From 241e81b262d143328d10a27c07a297f9edd1ba2e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: AddisonNoxy <34310754+AddisonNoxy@users.noreply.github.com> Date: Wed, 20 Mar 2019 15:45:11 -0500 Subject: [PATCH 01/63] Create wutheringheights --- files/books/unrelated/wutheringheights | 1944 ++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 1944 insertions(+) create mode 100644 files/books/unrelated/wutheringheights diff --git a/files/books/unrelated/wutheringheights b/files/books/unrelated/wutheringheights new file mode 100644 index 0000000..32ce326 --- /dev/null +++ b/files/books/unrelated/wutheringheights @@ -0,0 +1,1944 @@ +CHAPTER I +1801.—I have just returned from a visit to my landlord—the solitary neighbour that I shall be troubled with. This is certainly a beautiful country! In all England, I do not believe that I could have fixed on a situation so completely removed from the stir of society. A perfect misanthropist’s heaven: and Mr. Heathcliff and I are such a suitable pair to divide the desolation between us. A capital fellow! He little imagined how my heart warmed towards him when I beheld his black eyes withdraw so suspiciously under their brows, as I rode up, and when his fingers sheltered themselves, with a jealous resolution, still further in his waistcoat, as I announced my name. +‘Mr. Heathcliff?’ I said. +A nod was the answer. +‘Mr. Lockwood, your new tenant, sir. I do myself the honour of calling as soon as possible after my arrival, to express the hope that I have not inconvenienced you by my perseverance in soliciting the occupation of Thrushcross Grange: I heard yesterday you had had some thoughts—’ +‘Thrushcross Grange is my own, sir,’ he interrupted, wincing. ‘I should not allow any one to inconvenience me, if I could hinder it—walk in!’ +The ‘walk in’ was uttered with closed teeth, and expressed the sentiment, ‘Go to the Deuce:’ even the gate over which he leant manifested no sympathising movement to the words; and I think that circumstance determined me to accept the invitation: I felt interested in a man who seemed more exaggeratedly reserved than myself. +When he saw my horse’s breast fairly pushing the barrier, he did put out his hand to unchain it, and then sullenly preceded me up the causeway, calling, as we entered the court,—‘Joseph, take Mr. Lockwood’s horse; and bring up some wine.’ +‘Here we have the whole establishment of domestics, I suppose,’ was the reflection suggested by this compound order. ‘No wonder the grass grows up between the flags, and cattle are the only hedge-cutters.’ +Joseph was an elderly, nay, an old man: very old, perhaps, though hale and sinewy. ‘The Lord help us!’ he soliloquised in an undertone of peevish displeasure, while relieving me of my horse: looking, meantime, in my face so sourly that I charitably conjectured he must have need of divine aid to digest his dinner, and his pious ejaculation had no reference to my unexpected advent. +Wuthering Heights is the name of Mr. Heathcliff’s dwelling. ‘Wuthering’ being a significant provincial adjective, descriptive of the atmospheric tumult to which its station is exposed in stormy weather. Pure, bracing ventilation they must have up there at all times, indeed: one may guess the power of the north wind blowing over the edge, by the excessive slant of a few stunted firs at the end of the house; and by a range of gaunt thorns all stretching their limbs one way, as if craving alms of the sun. Happily, the architect had foresight to build it strong: the narrow windows are deeply set in the wall, and the corners defended with large jutting stones. +Before passing the threshold, I paused to admire a quantity of grotesque carving lavished over the front, and especially about the principal door; above which, among a wilderness of crumbling griffins and shameless little boys, I detected the date ‘1500,’ and the name ‘Hareton Earnshaw.’ I would have made a few comments, and requested a short history of the place from the surly owner; but his attitude at the door appeared to demand my speedy entrance, or complete departure, and I had no desire to aggravate his impatience previous to inspecting the penetralium. +One stop brought us into the family sitting-room, without any introductory lobby or passage: they call it here ‘the house’ pre-eminently. It includes kitchen and parlour, generally; but I believe at Wuthering Heights the kitchen is forced to retreat altogether into another quarter: at least I distinguished a chatter of tongues, and a clatter of culinary utensils, deep within; and I observed no signs of roasting, boiling, or baking, about the huge fireplace; nor any glitter of copper saucepans and tin cullenders on the walls. One end, indeed, reflected splendidly both light and heat from ranks of immense pewter dishes, interspersed with silver jugs and tankards, towering row after row, on a vast oak dresser, to the very roof. The latter had never been under-drawn: its entire anatomy lay bare to an inquiring eye, except where a frame of wood laden with oatcakes and clusters of legs of beef, mutton, and ham, concealed it. Above the chimney were sundry villainous old guns, and a couple of horse-pistols: and, by way of ornament, three gaudily-painted canisters disposed along its ledge. The floor was of smooth, white stone; the chairs, high-backed, primitive structures, painted green: one or two heavy black ones lurking in the shade. In an arch under the dresser reposed a huge, liver-coloured bitch pointer, surrounded by a swarm of squealing puppies; and other dogs haunted other recesses. +The apartment and furniture would have been nothing extraordinary as belonging to a homely, northern farmer, with a stubborn countenance, and stalwart limbs set out to advantage in knee-breeches and gaiters. Such an individual seated in his arm-chair, his mug of ale frothing on the round table before him, is to be seen in any circuit of five or six miles among these hills, if you go at the right time after dinner. But Mr. Heathcliff forms a singular contrast to his abode and style of living. He is a dark-skinned gipsy in aspect, in dress and manners a gentleman: that is, as much a gentleman as many a country squire: rather slovenly, perhaps, yet not looking amiss with his negligence, because he has an erect and handsome figure; and rather morose. Possibly, some people might suspect him of a degree of under-bred pride; I have a sympathetic chord within that tells me it is nothing of the sort: I know, by instinct, his reserve springs from an aversion to showy displays of feeling—to manifestations of mutual kindliness. He’ll love and hate equally under cover, and esteem it a species of impertinence to be loved or hated again. No, I’m running on too fast: I bestow my own attributes over-liberally on him. Mr. Heathcliff may have entirely dissimilar reasons for keeping his hand out of the way when he meets a would-be acquaintance, to those which actuate me. Let me hope my constitution is almost peculiar: my dear mother used to say I should never have a comfortable home; and only last summer I proved myself perfectly unworthy of one. +While enjoying a month of fine weather at the sea-coast, I was thrown into the company of a most fascinating creature: a real goddess in my eyes, as long as she took no notice of me. I ‘never told my love’ vocally; still, if looks have language, the merest idiot might have guessed I was over head and ears: she understood me at last, and looked a return—the sweetest of all imaginable looks. And what did I do? I confess it with shame—shrunk icily into myself, like a snail; at every glance retired colder and farther; till finally the poor innocent was led to doubt her own senses, and, overwhelmed with confusion at her supposed mistake, persuaded her mamma to decamp. By this curious turn of disposition I have gained the reputation of deliberate heartlessness; how undeserved, I alone can appreciate. +I took a seat at the end of the hearthstone opposite that towards which my landlord advanced, and filled up an interval of silence by attempting to caress the canine mother, who had left her nursery, and was sneaking wolfishly to the back of my legs, her lip curled up, and her white teeth watering for a snatch. My caress provoked a long, guttural gnarl. +‘You’d better let the dog alone,’ growled Mr. Heathcliff in unison, checking fiercer demonstrations with a punch of his foot. ‘She’s not accustomed to be spoiled—not kept for a pet.’ Then, striding to a side door, he shouted again, ‘Joseph!’ +Joseph mumbled indistinctly in the depths of the cellar, but gave no intimation of ascending; so his master dived down to him, leaving me vis-à-vis the ruffianly bitch and a pair of grim shaggy sheep-dogs, who shared with her a jealous guardianship over all my movements. Not anxious to come in contact with their fangs, I sat still; but, imagining they would scarcely understand tacit insults, I unfortunately indulged in winking and making faces at the trio, and some turn of my physiognomy so irritated madam, that she suddenly broke into a fury and leapt on my knees. I flung her back, and hastened to interpose the table between us. This proceeding aroused the whole hive: half-a-dozen four-footed fiends, of various sizes and ages, issued from hidden dens to the common centre. I felt my heels and coat-laps peculiar subjects of assault; and parrying off the larger combatants as effectually as I could with the poker, I was constrained to demand, aloud, assistance from some of the household in re-establishing peace. +Mr. Heathcliff and his man climbed the cellar steps with vexatious phlegm: I don’t think they moved one second faster than usual, though the hearth was an absolute tempest of worrying and yelping. Happily, an inhabitant of the kitchen made more despatch: a lusty dame, with tucked-up gown, bare arms, and fire-flushed cheeks, rushed into the midst of us flourishing a frying-pan: and used that weapon, and her tongue, to such purpose, that the storm subsided magically, and she only remained, heaving like a sea after a high wind, when her master entered on the scene. +‘What the devil is the matter?’ he asked, eyeing me in a manner that I could ill endure, after this inhospitable treatment. +‘What the devil, indeed!’ I muttered. ‘The herd of possessed swine could have had no worse spirits in them than those animals of yours, sir. You might as well leave a stranger with a brood of tigers!’ +‘They won’t meddle with persons who touch nothing,’ he remarked, putting the bottle before me, and restoring the displaced table. ‘The dogs do right to be vigilant. Take a glass of wine?’ +‘No, thank you.’ +‘Not bitten, are you?’ +‘If I had been, I would have set my signet on the biter.’ Heathcliff’s countenance relaxed into a grin. +‘Come, come,’ he said, ‘you are flurried, Mr. Lockwood. Here, take a little wine. Guests are so exceedingly rare in this house that I and my dogs, I am willing to own, hardly know how to receive them. Your health, sir?’ +I bowed and returned the pledge; beginning to perceive that it would be foolish to sit sulking for the misbehaviour of a pack of curs; besides, I felt loth to yield the fellow further amusement at my expense; since his humour took that turn. He—probably swayed by prudential consideration of the folly of offending a good tenant—relaxed a little in the laconic style of chipping off his pronouns and auxiliary verbs, and introduced what he supposed would be a subject of interest to me,—a discourse on the advantages and disadvantages of my present place of retirement. I found him very intelligent on the topics we touched; and before I went home, I was encouraged so far as to volunteer another visit to-morrow. He evidently wished no repetition of my intrusion. I shall go, notwithstanding. It is astonishing how sociable I feel myself compared with him. +CHAPTER II +Yesterday afternoon set in misty and cold. I had half a mind to spend it by my study fire, instead of wading through heath and mud to Wuthering Heights. On coming up from dinner, however, (N.B.—I dine between twelve and one o’clock; the housekeeper, a matronly lady, taken as a fixture along with the house, could not, or would not, comprehend my request that I might be served at five)—on mounting the stairs with this lazy intention, and stepping into the room, I saw a servant-girl on her knees surrounded by brushes and coal-scuttles, and raising an infernal dust as she extinguished the flames with heaps of cinders. This spectacle drove me back immediately; I took my hat, and, after a four-miles’ walk, arrived at Heathcliff’s garden-gate just in time to escape the first feathery flakes of a snow-shower. +On that bleak hill-top the earth was hard with a black frost, and the air made me shiver through every limb. Being unable to remove the chain, I jumped over, and, running up the flagged causeway bordered with straggling gooseberry-bushes, knocked vainly for admittance, till my knuckles tingled and the dogs howled. +‘Wretched inmates!’ I ejaculated, mentally, ‘you deserve perpetual isolation from your species for your churlish inhospitality. At least, I would not keep my doors barred in the day-time. I don’t care—I will get in!’ So resolved, I grasped the latch and shook it vehemently. Vinegar-faced Joseph projected his head from a round window of the barn. +‘What are ye for?’ he shouted. ‘T’ maister’s down i’ t’ fowld. Go round by th’ end o’ t’ laith, if ye went to spake to him.’ +‘Is there nobody inside to open the door?’ I hallooed, responsively. +‘There’s nobbut t’ missis; and shoo’ll not oppen ’t an ye mak’ yer flaysome dins till neeght.’ +‘Why? Cannot you tell her whom I am, eh, Joseph?’ +‘Nor-ne me! I’ll hae no hend wi’t,’ muttered the head, vanishing. +The snow began to drive thickly. I seized the handle to essay another trial; when a young man without coat, and shouldering a pitchfork, appeared in the yard behind. He hailed me to follow him, and, after marching through a wash-house, and a paved area containing a coal-shed, pump, and pigeon-cot, we at length arrived in the huge, warm, cheerful apartment where I was formerly received. It glowed delightfully in the radiance of an immense fire, compounded of coal, peat, and wood; and near the table, laid for a plentiful evening meal, I was pleased to observe the ‘missis,’ an individual whose existence I had never previously suspected. I bowed and waited, thinking she would bid me take a seat. She looked at me, leaning back in her chair, and remained motionless and mute. +‘Rough weather!’ I remarked. ‘I’m afraid, Mrs. Heathcliff, the door must bear the consequence of your servants’ leisure attendance: I had hard work to make them hear me.’ +She never opened her mouth. I stared—she stared also: at any rate, she kept her eyes on me in a cool, regardless manner, exceedingly embarrassing and disagreeable. +‘Sit down,’ said the young man, gruffly. ‘He’ll be in soon.’ +I obeyed; and hemmed, and called the villain Juno, who deigned, at this second interview, to move the extreme tip of her tail, in token of owning my acquaintance. +‘A beautiful animal!’ I commenced again. ‘Do you intend parting with the little ones, madam?’ +‘They are not mine,’ said the amiable hostess, more repellingly than Heathcliff himself could have replied. +‘Ah, your favourites are among these?’ I continued, turning to an obscure cushion full of something like cats. +‘A strange choice of favourites!’ she observed scornfully. +Unluckily, it was a heap of dead rabbits. I hemmed once more, and drew closer to the hearth, repeating my comment on the wildness of the evening. +‘You should not have come out,’ she said, rising and reaching from the chimney-piece two of the painted canisters. +Her position before was sheltered from the light; now, I had a distinct view of her whole figure and countenance. She was slender, and apparently scarcely past girlhood: an admirable form, and the most exquisite little face that I have ever had the pleasure of beholding; small features, very fair; flaxen ringlets, or rather golden, hanging loose on her delicate neck; and eyes, had they been agreeable in expression, that would have been irresistible: fortunately for my susceptible heart, the only sentiment they evinced hovered between scorn and a kind of desperation, singularly unnatural to be detected there. The canisters were almost out of her reach; I made a motion to aid her; she turned upon me as a miser might turn if any one attempted to assist him in counting his gold. +‘I don’t want your help,’ she snapped; ‘I can get them for myself.’ +‘I beg your pardon!’ I hastened to reply. +‘Were you asked to tea?’ she demanded, tying an apron over her neat black frock, and standing with a spoonful of the leaf poised over the pot. +‘I shall be glad to have a cup,’ I answered. +‘Were you asked?’ she repeated. +‘No,’ I said, half smiling. ‘You are the proper person to ask me.’ +She flung the tea back, spoon and all, and resumed her chair in a pet; her forehead corrugated, and her red under-lip pushed out, like a child’s ready to cry. +Meanwhile, the young man had slung on to his person a decidedly shabby upper garment, and, erecting himself before the blaze, looked down on me from the corner of his eyes, for all the world as if there were some mortal feud unavenged between us. I began to doubt whether he were a servant or not: his dress and speech were both rude, entirely devoid of the superiority observable in Mr. and Mrs. Heathcliff; his thick brown curls were rough and uncultivated, his whiskers encroached bearishly over his cheeks, and his hands were embrowned like those of a common labourer: still his bearing was free, almost haughty, and he showed none of a domestic’s assiduity in attending on the lady of the house. In the absence of clear proofs of his condition, I deemed it best to abstain from noticing his curious conduct; and, five minutes afterwards, the entrance of Heathcliff relieved me, in some measure, from my uncomfortable state. +‘You see, sir, I am come, according to promise!’ I exclaimed, assuming the cheerful; ‘and I fear I shall be weather-bound for half an hour, if you can afford me shelter during that space.’ +‘Half an hour?’ he said, shaking the white flakes from his clothes; ‘I wonder you should select the thick of a snow-storm to ramble about in. Do you know that you run a risk of being lost in the marshes? People familiar with these moors often miss their road on such evenings; and I can tell you there is no chance of a change at present.’ +‘Perhaps I can get a guide among your lads, and he might stay at the Grange till morning—could you spare me one?’ +‘No, I could not.’ +‘Oh, indeed! Well, then, I must trust to my own sagacity.’ +‘Umph!’ +‘Are you going to mak’ the tea?’ demanded he of the shabby coat, shifting his ferocious gaze from me to the young lady. +‘Is he to have any?’ she asked, appealing to Heathcliff. +‘Get it ready, will you?’ was the answer, uttered so savagely that I started. The tone in which the words were said revealed a genuine bad nature. I no longer felt inclined to call Heathcliff a capital fellow. When the preparations were finished, he invited me with—‘Now, sir, bring forward your chair.’ And we all, including the rustic youth, drew round the table: an austere silence prevailing while we discussed our meal. +I thought, if I had caused the cloud, it was my duty to make an effort to dispel it. They could not every day sit so grim and taciturn; and it was impossible, however ill-tempered they might be, that the universal scowl they wore was their every-day countenance. +‘It is strange,’ I began, in the interval of swallowing one cup of tea and receiving another—‘it is strange how custom can mould our tastes and ideas: many could not imagine the existence of happiness in a life of such complete exile from the world as you spend, Mr. Heathcliff; yet, I’ll venture to say, that, surrounded by your family, and with your amiable lady as the presiding genius over your home and heart—’ +‘My amiable lady!’ he interrupted, with an almost diabolical sneer on his face. ‘Where is she—my amiable lady?’ +‘Mrs. Heathcliff, your wife, I mean.’ +‘Well, yes—oh, you would intimate that her spirit has taken the post of ministering angel, and guards the fortunes of Wuthering Heights, even when her body is gone. Is that it?’ +Perceiving myself in a blunder, I attempted to correct it. I might have seen there was too great a disparity between the ages of the parties to make it likely that they were man and wife. One was about forty: a period of mental vigour at which men seldom cherish the delusion of being married for love by girls: that dream is reserved for the solace of our declining years. The other did not look seventeen. +Then it flashed upon me—‘The clown at my elbow, who is drinking his tea out of a basin and eating his bread with unwashed hands, may be her husband: Heathcliff junior, of course. Here is the consequence of being buried alive: she has thrown herself away upon that boor from sheer ignorance that better individuals existed! A sad pity—I must beware how I cause her to regret her choice.’ The last reflection may seem conceited; it was not. My neighbour struck me as bordering on repulsive; I knew, through experience, that I was tolerably attractive. +‘Mrs. Heathcliff is my daughter-in-law,’ said Heathcliff, corroborating my surmise. He turned, as he spoke, a peculiar look in her direction: a look of hatred; unless he has a most perverse set of facial muscles that will not, like those of other people, interpret the language of his soul. +‘Ah, certainly—I see now: you are the favoured possessor of the beneficent fairy,’ I remarked, turning to my neighbour. +This was worse than before: the youth grew crimson, and clenched his fist, with every appearance of a meditated assault. But he seemed to recollect himself presently, and smothered the storm in a brutal curse, muttered on my behalf: which, however, I took care not to notice. +‘Unhappy in your conjectures, sir,’ observed my host; ‘we neither of us have the privilege of owning your good fairy; her mate is dead. I said she was my daughter-in-law: therefore, she must have married my son.’ +‘And this young man is—’ +‘Not my son, assuredly.’ +Heathcliff smiled again, as if it were rather too bold a jest to attribute the paternity of that bear to him. +‘My name is Hareton Earnshaw,’ growled the other; ‘and I’d counsel you to respect it!’ +‘I’ve shown no disrespect,’ was my reply, laughing internally at the dignity with which he announced himself. +He fixed his eye on me longer than I cared to return the stare, for fear I might be tempted either to box his ears or render my hilarity audible. I began to feel unmistakably out of place in that pleasant family circle. The dismal spiritual atmosphere overcame, and more than neutralised, the glowing physical comforts round me; and I resolved to be cautious how I ventured under those rafters a third time. +The business of eating being concluded, and no one uttering a word of sociable conversation, I approached a window to examine the weather. A sorrowful sight I saw: dark night coming down prematurely, and sky and hills mingled in one bitter whirl of wind and suffocating snow. +‘I don’t think it possible for me to get home now without a guide,’ I could not help exclaiming. ‘The roads will be buried already; and, if they were bare, I could scarcely distinguish a foot in advance.’ +‘Hareton, drive those dozen sheep into the barn porch. They’ll be covered if left in the fold all night: and put a plank before them,’ said Heathcliff. +‘How must I do?’ I continued, with rising irritation. +There was no reply to my question; and on looking round I saw only Joseph bringing in a pail of porridge for the dogs, and Mrs. Heathcliff leaning over the fire, diverting herself with burning a bundle of matches which had fallen from the chimney-piece as she restored the tea-canister to its place. The former, when he had deposited his burden, took a critical survey of the room, and in cracked tones grated out—‘Aw wonder how yah can faishion to stand thear i’ idleness un war, when all on ’ems goan out! Bud yah’re a nowt, and it’s no use talking—yah’ll niver mend o’yer ill ways, but goa raight to t’ divil, like yer mother afore ye!’ +I imagined, for a moment, that this piece of eloquence was addressed to me; and, sufficiently enraged, stepped towards the aged rascal with an intention of kicking him out of the door. Mrs. Heathcliff, however, checked me by her answer. +‘You scandalous old hypocrite!’ she replied. ‘Are you not afraid of being carried away bodily, whenever you mention the devil’s name? I warn you to refrain from provoking me, or I’ll ask your abduction as a special favour! Stop! look here, Joseph,’ she continued, taking a long, dark book from a shelf; ‘I’ll show you how far I’ve progressed in the Black Art: I shall soon be competent to make a clear house of it. The red cow didn’t die by chance; and your rheumatism can hardly be reckoned among providential visitations!’ +‘Oh, wicked, wicked!’ gasped the elder; ‘may the Lord deliver us from evil!’ +‘No, reprobate! you are a castaway—be off, or I’ll hurt you seriously! I’ll have you all modelled in wax and clay! and the first who passes the limits I fix shall—I’ll not say what he shall be done to—but, you’ll see! Go, I’m looking at you!’ +The little witch put a mock malignity into her beautiful eyes, and Joseph, trembling with sincere horror, hurried out, praying, and ejaculating ‘wicked’ as he went. I thought her conduct must be prompted by a species of dreary fun; and, now that we were alone, I endeavoured to interest her in my distress. +‘Mrs. Heathcliff,’ I said earnestly, ‘you must excuse me for troubling you. I presume, because, with that face, I’m sure you cannot help being good-hearted. Do point out some landmarks by which I may know my way home: I have no more idea how to get there than you would have how to get to London!’ +‘Take the road you came,’ she answered, ensconcing herself in a chair, with a candle, and the long book open before her. ‘It is brief advice, but as sound as I can give.’ +‘Then, if you hear of me being discovered dead in a bog or a pit full of snow, your conscience won’t whisper that it is partly your fault?’ +‘How so? I cannot escort you. They wouldn’t let me go to the end of the garden wall.’ +‘You! I should be sorry to ask you to cross the threshold, for my convenience, on such a night,’ I cried. ‘I want you to tell me my way, not to show it: or else to persuade Mr. Heathcliff to give me a guide.’ +‘Who? There is himself, Earnshaw, Zillah, Joseph and I. Which would you have?’ +‘Are there no boys at the farm?’ +‘No; those are all.’ +‘Then, it follows that I am compelled to stay.’ +‘That you may settle with your host. I have nothing to do with it.’ +‘I hope it will be a lesson to you to make no more rash journeys on these hills,’ cried Heathcliff’s stern voice from the kitchen entrance. ‘As to staying here, I don’t keep accommodations for visitors: you must share a bed with Hareton or Joseph, if you do.’ +‘I can sleep on a chair in this room,’ I replied. +‘No, no! A stranger is a stranger, be he rich or poor: it will not suit me to permit any one the range of the place while I am off guard!’ said the unmannerly wretch. +With this insult my patience was at an end. I uttered an expression of disgust, and pushed past him into the yard, running against Earnshaw in my haste. It was so dark that I could not see the means of exit; and, as I wandered round, I heard another specimen of their civil behaviour amongst each other. At first the young man appeared about to befriend me. +‘I’ll go with him as far as the park,’ he said. +‘You’ll go with him to hell!’ exclaimed his master, or whatever relation he bore. ‘And who is to look after the horses, eh?’ +‘A man’s life is of more consequence than one evening’s neglect of the horses: somebody must go,’ murmured Mrs. Heathcliff, more kindly than I expected. +‘Not at your command!’ retorted Hareton. ‘If you set store on him, you’d better be quiet.’ +‘Then I hope his ghost will haunt you; and I hope Mr. Heathcliff will never get another tenant till the Grange is a ruin,’ she answered, sharply. +‘Hearken, hearken, shoo’s cursing on ’em!’ muttered Joseph, towards whom I had been steering. +He sat within earshot, milking the cows by the light of a lantern, which I seized unceremoniously, and, calling out that I would send it back on the morrow, rushed to the nearest postern. +‘Maister, maister, he’s staling t’ lanthern!’ shouted the ancient, pursuing my retreat. ‘Hey, Gnasher! Hey, dog! Hey Wolf, holld him, holld him!’ +On opening the little door, two hairy monsters flew at my throat, bearing me down, and extinguishing the light; while a mingled guffaw from Heathcliff and Hareton put the copestone on my rage and humiliation. Fortunately, the beasts seemed more bent on stretching their paws, and yawning, and flourishing their tails, than devouring me alive; but they would suffer no resurrection, and I was forced to lie till their malignant masters pleased to deliver me: then, hatless and trembling with wrath, I ordered the miscreants to let me out—on their peril to keep me one minute longer—with several incoherent threats of retaliation that, in their indefinite depth of virulency, smacked of King Lear. +The vehemence of my agitation brought on a copious bleeding at the nose, and still Heathcliff laughed, and still I scolded. I don’t know what would have concluded the scene, had there not been one person at hand rather more rational than myself, and more benevolent than my entertainer. This was Zillah, the stout housewife; who at length issued forth to inquire into the nature of the uproar. She thought that some of them had been laying violent hands on me; and, not daring to attack her master, she turned her vocal artillery against the younger scoundrel. +‘Well, Mr. Earnshaw,’ she cried, ‘I wonder what you’ll have agait next? Are we going to murder folk on our very door-stones? I see this house will never do for me—look at t’ poor lad, he’s fair choking! Wisht, wisht; you mun’n’t go on so. Come in, and I’ll cure that: there now, hold ye still.’ +With these words she suddenly splashed a pint of icy water down my neck, and pulled me into the kitchen. Mr. Heathcliff followed, his accidental merriment expiring quickly in his habitual moroseness. +I was sick exceedingly, and dizzy, and faint; and thus compelled perforce to accept lodgings under his roof. He told Zillah to give me a glass of brandy, and then passed on to the inner room; while she condoled with me on my sorry predicament, and having obeyed his orders, whereby I was somewhat revived, ushered me to bed. +CHAPTER III +While leading the way upstairs, she recommended that I should hide the candle, and not make a noise; for her master had an odd notion about the chamber she would put me in, and never let anybody lodge there willingly. I asked the reason. She did not know, she answered: she had only lived there a year or two; and they had so many queer goings on, she could not begin to be curious. +Too stupefied to be curious myself, I fastened my door and glanced round for the bed. The whole furniture consisted of a chair, a clothes-press, and a large oak case, with squares cut out near the top resembling coach windows. Having approached this structure, I looked inside, and perceived it to be a singular sort of old-fashioned couch, very conveniently designed to obviate the necessity for every member of the family having a room to himself. In fact, it formed a little closet, and the ledge of a window, which it enclosed, served as a table. I slid back the panelled sides, got in with my light, pulled them together again, and felt secure against the vigilance of Heathcliff, and every one else. +The ledge, where I placed my candle, had a few mildewed books piled up in one corner; and it was covered with writing scratched on the paint. This writing, however, was nothing but a name repeated in all kinds of characters, large and small—Catherine Earnshaw, here and there varied to Catherine Heathcliff, and then again to Catherine Linton. +In vapid listlessness I leant my head against the window, and continued spelling over Catherine Earnshaw—Heathcliff—Linton, till my eyes closed; but they had not rested five minutes when a glare of white letters started from the dark, as vivid as spectres—the air swarmed with Catherines; and rousing myself to dispel the obtrusive name, I discovered my candle-wick reclining on one of the antique volumes, and perfuming the place with an odour of roasted calf-skin. I snuffed it off, and, very ill at ease under the influence of cold and lingering nausea, sat up and spread open the injured tome on my knee. It was a Testament, in lean type, and smelling dreadfully musty: a fly-leaf bore the inscription—‘Catherine Earnshaw, her book,’ and a date some quarter of a century back. I shut it, and took up another and another, till I had examined all. Catherine’s library was select, and its state of dilapidation proved it to have been well used, though not altogether for a legitimate purpose: scarcely one chapter had escaped, a pen-and-ink commentary—at least the appearance of one—covering every morsel of blank that the printer had left. Some were detached sentences; other parts took the form of a regular diary, scrawled in an unformed, childish hand. At the top of an extra page (quite a treasure, probably, when first lighted on) I was greatly amused to behold an excellent caricature of my friend Joseph,—rudely, yet powerfully sketched. An immediate interest kindled within me for the unknown Catherine, and I began forthwith to decipher her faded hieroglyphics. +‘An awful Sunday,’ commenced the paragraph beneath. ‘I wish my father were back again. Hindley is a detestable substitute—his conduct to Heathcliff is atrocious—H. and I are going to rebel—we took our initiatory step this evening. +‘All day had been flooding with rain; we could not go to church, so Joseph must needs get up a congregation in the garret; and, while Hindley and his wife basked downstairs before a comfortable fire—doing anything but reading their Bibles, I’ll answer for it—Heathcliff, myself, and the unhappy ploughboy were commanded to take our prayer-books, and mount: we were ranged in a row, on a sack of corn, groaning and shivering, and hoping that Joseph would shiver too, so that he might give us a short homily for his own sake. A vain idea! The service lasted precisely three hours; and yet my brother had the face to exclaim, when he saw us descending, “What, done already?” On Sunday evenings we used to be permitted to play, if we did not make much noise; now a mere titter is sufficient to send us into corners. +‘“You forget you have a master here,” says the tyrant. “I’ll demolish the first who puts me out of temper! I insist on perfect sobriety and silence. Oh, boy! was that you? Frances darling, pull his hair as you go by: I heard him snap his fingers.” Frances pulled his hair heartily, and then went and seated herself on her husband’s knee, and there they were, like two babies, kissing and talking nonsense by the hour—foolish palaver that we should be ashamed of. We made ourselves as snug as our means allowed in the arch of the dresser. I had just fastened our pinafores together, and hung them up for a curtain, when in comes Joseph, on an errand from the stables. He tears down my handiwork, boxes my ears, and croaks: +‘“T’ maister nobbut just buried, and Sabbath not o’ered, und t’ sound o’ t’ gospel still i’ yer lugs, and ye darr be laiking! Shame on ye! sit ye down, ill childer! there’s good books eneugh if ye’ll read ’em: sit ye down, and think o’ yer sowls!” +‘Saying this, he compelled us so to square our positions that we might receive from the far-off fire a dull ray to show us the text of the lumber he thrust upon us. I could not bear the employment. I took my dingy volume by the scroop, and hurled it into the dog-kennel, vowing I hated a good book. Heathcliff kicked his to the same place. Then there was a hubbub! +‘“Maister Hindley!” shouted our chaplain. “Maister, coom hither! Miss Cathy’s riven th’ back off ‘Th’ Helmet o’ Salvation,’ un’ Heathcliff’s pawsed his fit into t’ first part o’ ‘T’ Brooad Way to Destruction!’ It’s fair flaysome that ye let ’em go on this gait. Ech! th’ owd man wad ha’ laced ’em properly—but he’s goan!” +‘Hindley hurried up from his paradise on the hearth, and seizing one of us by the collar, and the other by the arm, hurled both into the back-kitchen; where, Joseph asseverated, “owd Nick” would fetch us as sure as we were living: and, so comforted, we each sought a separate nook to await his advent. I reached this book, and a pot of ink from a shelf, and pushed the house-door ajar to give me light, and I have got the time on with writing for twenty minutes; but my companion is impatient, and proposes that we should appropriate the dairywoman’s cloak, and have a scamper on the moors, under its shelter. A pleasant suggestion—and then, if the surly old man come in, he may believe his prophecy verified—we cannot be damper, or colder, in the rain than we are here.’ +* * * * * * +I suppose Catherine fulfilled her project, for the next sentence took up another subject: she waxed lachrymose. +‘How little did I dream that Hindley would ever make me cry so!’ she wrote. ‘My head aches, till I cannot keep it on the pillow; and still I can’t give over. Poor Heathcliff! Hindley calls him a vagabond, and won’t let him sit with us, nor eat with us any more; and, he says, he and I must not play together, and threatens to turn him out of the house if we break his orders. He has been blaming our father (how dared he?) for treating H. too liberally; and swears he will reduce him to his right place—’ +* * * * * * +I began to nod drowsily over the dim page: my eye wandered from manuscript to print. I saw a red ornamented title—‘Seventy Times Seven, and the First of the Seventy-First. A Pious Discourse delivered by the Reverend Jabez Branderham, in the Chapel of Gimmerden Sough.’ And while I was, half-consciously, worrying my brain to guess what Jabez Branderham would make of his subject, I sank back in bed, and fell asleep. Alas, for the effects of bad tea and bad temper! What else could it be that made me pass such a terrible night? I don’t remember another that I can at all compare with it since I was capable of suffering. +I began to dream, almost before I ceased to be sensible of my locality. I thought it was morning; and I had set out on my way home, with Joseph for a guide. The snow lay yards deep in our road; and, as we floundered on, my companion wearied me with constant reproaches that I had not brought a pilgrim’s staff: telling me that I could never get into the house without one, and boastfully flourishing a heavy-headed cudgel, which I understood to be so denominated. For a moment I considered it absurd that I should need such a weapon to gain admittance into my own residence. Then a new idea flashed across me. I was not going there: we were journeying to hear the famous Jabez Branderham preach, from the text—‘Seventy Times Seven;’ and either Joseph, the preacher, or I had committed the ‘First of the Seventy-First,’ and were to be publicly exposed and excommunicated. +We came to the chapel. I have passed it really in my walks, twice or thrice; it lies in a hollow, between two hills: an elevated hollow, near a swamp, whose peaty moisture is said to answer all the purposes of embalming on the few corpses deposited there. The roof has been kept whole hitherto; but as the clergyman’s stipend is only twenty pounds per annum, and a house with two rooms, threatening speedily to determine into one, no clergyman will undertake the duties of pastor: especially as it is currently reported that his flock would rather let him starve than increase the living by one penny from their own pockets. However, in my dream, Jabez had a full and attentive congregation; and he preached—good God! what a sermon; divided into four hundred and ninety parts, each fully equal to an ordinary address from the pulpit, and each discussing a separate sin! Where he searched for them, I cannot tell. He had his private manner of interpreting the phrase, and it seemed necessary the brother should sin different sins on every occasion. They were of the most curious character: odd transgressions that I never imagined previously. +Oh, how weary I grow. How I writhed, and yawned, and nodded, and revived! How I pinched and pricked myself, and rubbed my eyes, and stood up, and sat down again, and nudged Joseph to inform me if he would ever have done. I was condemned to hear all out: finally, he reached the ‘First of the Seventy-First.’ At that crisis, a sudden inspiration descended on me; I was moved to rise and denounce Jabez Branderham as the sinner of the sin that no Christian need pardon. +‘Sir,’ I exclaimed, ‘sitting here within these four walls, at one stretch, I have endured and forgiven the four hundred and ninety heads of your discourse. Seventy times seven times have I plucked up my hat and been about to depart—Seventy times seven times have you preposterously forced me to resume my seat. The four hundred and ninety-first is too much. Fellow-martyrs, have at him! Drag him down, and crush him to atoms, that the place which knows him may know him no more!’ +‘Thou art the Man!’ cried Jabez, after a solemn pause, leaning over his cushion. ‘Seventy times seven times didst thou gapingly contort thy visage—seventy times seven did I take counsel with my soul—Lo, this is human weakness: this also may be absolved! The First of the Seventy-First is come. Brethren, execute upon him the judgment written. Such honour have all His saints!’ +With that concluding word, the whole assembly, exalting their pilgrim’s staves, rushed round me in a body; and I, having no weapon to raise in self-defence, commenced grappling with Joseph, my nearest and most ferocious assailant, for his. In the confluence of the multitude, several clubs crossed; blows, aimed at me, fell on other sconces. Presently the whole chapel resounded with rappings and counter rappings: every man’s hand was against his neighbour; and Branderham, unwilling to remain idle, poured forth his zeal in a shower of loud taps on the boards of the pulpit, which responded so smartly that, at last, to my unspeakable relief, they woke me. And what was it that had suggested the tremendous tumult? What had played Jabez’s part in the row? Merely the branch of a fir-tree that touched my lattice as the blast wailed by, and rattled its dry cones against the panes! I listened doubtingly an instant; detected the disturber, then turned and dozed, and dreamt again: if possible, still more disagreeably than before. +This time, I remembered I was lying in the oak closet, and I heard distinctly the gusty wind, and the driving of the snow; I heard, also, the fir bough repeat its teasing sound, and ascribed it to the right cause: but it annoyed me so much, that I resolved to silence it, if possible; and, I thought, I rose and endeavoured to unhasp the casement. The hook was soldered into the staple: a circumstance observed by me when awake, but forgotten. ‘I must stop it, nevertheless!’ I muttered, knocking my knuckles through the glass, and stretching an arm out to seize the importunate branch; instead of which, my fingers closed on the fingers of a little, ice-cold hand! The intense horror of nightmare came over me: I tried to draw back my arm, but the hand clung to it, and a most melancholy voice sobbed, ‘Let me in—let me in!’ ‘Who are you?’ I asked, struggling, meanwhile, to disengage myself. ‘Catherine Linton,’ it replied, shiveringly (why did I think of Linton? I had read Earnshaw twenty times for Linton)—‘I’m come home: I’d lost my way on the moor!’ As it spoke, I discerned, obscurely, a child’s face looking through the window. Terror made me cruel; and, finding it useless to attempt shaking the creature off, I pulled its wrist on to the broken pane, and rubbed it to and fro till the blood ran down and soaked the bedclothes: still it wailed, ‘Let me in!’ and maintained its tenacious grip, almost maddening me with fear. ‘How can I!’ I said at length. ‘Let me go, if you want me to let you in!’ The fingers relaxed, I snatched mine through the hole, hurriedly piled the books up in a pyramid against it, and stopped my ears to exclude the lamentable prayer. I seemed to keep them closed above a quarter of an hour; yet, the instant I listened again, there was the doleful cry moaning on! ‘Begone!’ I shouted. ‘I’ll never let you in, not if you beg for twenty years.’ ‘It is twenty years,’ mourned the voice: ‘twenty years. I’ve been a waif for twenty years!’ Thereat began a feeble scratching outside, and the pile of books moved as if thrust forward. I tried to jump up; but could not stir a limb; and so yelled aloud, in a frenzy of fright. To my confusion, I discovered the yell was not ideal: hasty footsteps approached my chamber door; somebody pushed it open, with a vigorous hand, and a light glimmered through the squares at the top of the bed. I sat shuddering yet, and wiping the perspiration from my forehead: the intruder appeared to hesitate, and muttered to himself. At last, he said, in a half-whisper, plainly not expecting an answer, ‘Is any one here?’ I considered it best to confess my presence; for I knew Heathcliff’s accents, and feared he might search further, if I kept quiet. With this intention, I turned and opened the panels. I shall not soon forget the effect my action produced. +Heathcliff stood near the entrance, in his shirt and trousers; with a candle dripping over his fingers, and his face as white as the wall behind him. The first creak of the oak startled him like an electric shock: the light leaped from his hold to a distance of some feet, and his agitation was so extreme, that he could hardly pick it up. +‘It is only your guest, sir,’ I called out, desirous to spare him the humiliation of exposing his cowardice further. ‘I had the misfortune to scream in my sleep, owing to a frightful nightmare. I’m sorry I disturbed you.’ +‘Oh, God confound you, Mr. Lockwood! I wish you were at the—’ commenced my host, setting the candle on a chair, because he found it impossible to hold it steady. ‘And who showed you up into this room?’ he continued, crushing his nails into his palms, and grinding his teeth to subdue the maxillary convulsions. ‘Who was it? I’ve a good mind to turn them out of the house this moment?’ +‘It was your servant Zillah,’ I replied, flinging myself on to the floor, and rapidly resuming my garments. ‘I should not care if you did, Mr. Heathcliff; she richly deserves it. I suppose that she wanted to get another proof that the place was haunted, at my expense. Well, it is—swarming with ghosts and goblins! You have reason in shutting it up, I assure you. No one will thank you for a doze in such a den!’ +‘What do you mean?’ asked Heathcliff, ‘and what are you doing? Lie down and finish out the night, since you are here; but, for heaven’s sake! don’t repeat that horrid noise: nothing could excuse it, unless you were having your throat cut!’ +‘If the little fiend had got in at the window, she probably would have strangled me!’ I returned. ‘I’m not going to endure the persecutions of your hospitable ancestors again. Was not the Reverend Jabez Branderham akin to you on the mother’s side? And that minx, Catherine Linton, or Earnshaw, or however she was called—she must have been a changeling—wicked little soul! She told me she had been walking the earth these twenty years: a just punishment for her mortal transgressions, I’ve no doubt!’ +Scarcely were these words uttered when I recollected the association of Heathcliff’s with Catherine’s name in the book, which had completely slipped from my memory, till thus awakened. I blushed at my inconsideration: but, without showing further consciousness of the offence, I hastened to add—‘The truth is, sir, I passed the first part of the night in—’ Here I stopped afresh—I was about to say ‘perusing those old volumes,’ then it would have revealed my knowledge of their written, as well as their printed, contents; so, correcting myself, I went on—‘in spelling over the name scratched on that window-ledge. A monotonous occupation, calculated to set me asleep, like counting, or—’ +‘What can you mean by talking in this way to me!’ thundered Heathcliff with savage vehemence. ‘How—how dare you, under my roof?—God! he’s mad to speak so!’ And he struck his forehead with rage. +I did not know whether to resent this language or pursue my explanation; but he seemed so powerfully affected that I took pity and proceeded with my dreams; affirming I had never heard the appellation of ‘Catherine Linton’ before, but reading it often over produced an impression which personified itself when I had no longer my imagination under control. Heathcliff gradually fell back into the shelter of the bed, as I spoke; finally sitting down almost concealed behind it. I guessed, however, by his irregular and intercepted breathing, that he struggled to vanquish an excess of violent emotion. Not liking to show him that I had heard the conflict, I continued my toilette rather noisily, looked at my watch, and soliloquised on the length of the night: ‘Not three o’clock yet! I could have taken oath it had been six. Time stagnates here: we must surely have retired to rest at eight!’ +‘Always at nine in winter, and rise at four,’ said my host, suppressing a groan: and, as I fancied, by the motion of his arm’s shadow, dashing a tear from his eyes. ‘Mr. Lockwood,’ he added, ‘you may go into my room: you’ll only be in the way, coming down-stairs so early: and your childish outcry has sent sleep to the devil for me.’ +‘And for me, too,’ I replied. ‘I’ll walk in the yard till daylight, and then I’ll be off; and you need not dread a repetition of my intrusion. I’m now quite cured of seeking pleasure in society, be it country or town. A sensible man ought to find sufficient company in himself.’ +‘Delightful company!’ muttered Heathcliff. ‘Take the candle, and go where you please. I shall join you directly. Keep out of the yard, though, the dogs are unchained; and the house—Juno mounts sentinel there, and—nay, you can only ramble about the steps and passages. But, away with you! I’ll come in two minutes!’ +I obeyed, so far as to quit the chamber; when, ignorant where the narrow lobbies led, I stood still, and was witness, involuntarily, to a piece of superstition on the part of my landlord which belied, oddly, his apparent sense. He got on to the bed, and wrenched open the lattice, bursting, as he pulled at it, into an uncontrollable passion of tears. ‘Come in! come in!’ he sobbed. ‘Cathy, do come. Oh, do—once more! Oh! my heart’s darling! hear me this time, Catherine, at last!’ The spectre showed a spectre’s ordinary caprice: it gave no sign of being; but the snow and wind whirled wildly through, even reaching my station, and blowing out the light. +There was such anguish in the gush of grief that accompanied this raving, that my compassion made me overlook its folly, and I drew off, half angry to have listened at all, and vexed at having related my ridiculous nightmare, since it produced that agony; though why was beyond my comprehension. I descended cautiously to the lower regions, and landed in the back-kitchen, where a gleam of fire, raked compactly together, enabled me to rekindle my candle. Nothing was stirring except a brindled, grey cat, which crept from the ashes, and saluted me with a querulous mew. +Two benches, shaped in sections of a circle, nearly enclosed the hearth; on one of these I stretched myself, and Grimalkin mounted the other. We were both of us nodding ere any one invaded our retreat, and then it was Joseph, shuffling down a wooden ladder that vanished in the roof, through a trap: the ascent to his garret, I suppose. He cast a sinister look at the little flame which I had enticed to play between the ribs, swept the cat from its elevation, and bestowing himself in the vacancy, commenced the operation of stuffing a three-inch pipe with tobacco. My presence in his sanctum was evidently esteemed a piece of impudence too shameful for remark: he silently applied the tube to his lips, folded his arms, and puffed away. I let him enjoy the luxury unannoyed; and after sucking out his last wreath, and heaving a profound sigh, he got up, and departed as solemnly as he came. +A more elastic footstep entered next; and now I opened my mouth for a ‘good-morning,’ but closed it again, the salutation unachieved; for Hareton Earnshaw was performing his orison sotto voce, in a series of curses directed against every object he touched, while he rummaged a corner for a spade or shovel to dig through the drifts. He glanced over the back of the bench, dilating his nostrils, and thought as little of exchanging civilities with me as with my companion the cat. I guessed, by his preparations, that egress was allowed, and, leaving my hard couch, made a movement to follow him. He noticed this, and thrust at an inner door with the end of his spade, intimating by an inarticulate sound that there was the place where I must go, if I changed my locality. +It opened into the house, where the females were already astir; Zillah urging flakes of flame up the chimney with a colossal bellows; and Mrs. Heathcliff, kneeling on the hearth, reading a book by the aid of the blaze. She held her hand interposed between the furnace-heat and her eyes, and seemed absorbed in her occupation; desisting from it only to chide the servant for covering her with sparks, or to push away a dog, now and then, that snoozled its nose overforwardly into her face. I was surprised to see Heathcliff there also. He stood by the fire, his back towards me, just finishing a stormy scene with poor Zillah; who ever and anon interrupted her labour to pluck up the corner of her apron, and heave an indignant groan. +‘And you, you worthless—’ he broke out as I entered, turning to his daughter-in-law, and employing an epithet as harmless as duck, or sheep, but generally represented by a dash—. ‘There you are, at your idle tricks again! The rest of them do earn their bread—you live on my charity! Put your trash away, and find something to do. You shall pay me for the plague of having you eternally in my sight—do you hear, damnable jade?’ +‘I’ll put my trash away, because you can make me if I refuse,’ answered the young lady, closing her book, and throwing it on a chair. ‘But I’ll not do anything, though you should swear your tongue out, except what I please!’ +Heathcliff lifted his hand, and the speaker sprang to a safer distance, obviously acquainted with its weight. Having no desire to be entertained by a cat-and-dog combat, I stepped forward briskly, as if eager to partake the warmth of the hearth, and innocent of any knowledge of the interrupted dispute. Each had enough decorum to suspend further hostilities: Heathcliff placed his fists, out of temptation, in his pockets; Mrs. Heathcliff curled her lip, and walked to a seat far off, where she kept her word by playing the part of a statue during the remainder of my stay. That was not long. I declined joining their breakfast, and, at the first gleam of dawn, took an opportunity of escaping into the free air, now clear, and still, and cold as impalpable ice. +My landlord halloed for me to stop ere I reached the bottom of the garden, and offered to accompany me across the moor. It was well he did, for the whole hill-back was one billowy, white ocean; the swells and falls not indicating corresponding rises and depressions in the ground: many pits, at least, were filled to a level; and entire ranges of mounds, the refuse of the quarries, blotted from the chart which my yesterday’s walk left pictured in my mind. I had remarked on one side of the road, at intervals of six or seven yards, a line of upright stones, continued through the whole length of the barren: these were erected and daubed with lime on purpose to serve as guides in the dark, and also when a fall, like the present, confounded the deep swamps on either hand with the firmer path: but, excepting a dirty dot pointing up here and there, all traces of their existence had vanished: and my companion found it necessary to warn me frequently to steer to the right or left, when I imagined I was following, correctly, the windings of the road. +We exchanged little conversation, and he halted at the entrance of Thrushcross Park, saying, I could make no error there. Our adieux were limited to a hasty bow, and then I pushed forward, trusting to my own resources; for the porter’s lodge is untenanted as yet. The distance from the gate to the grange is two miles; I believe I managed to make it four, what with losing myself among the trees, and sinking up to the neck in snow: a predicament which only those who have experienced it can appreciate. At any rate, whatever were my wanderings, the clock chimed twelve as I entered the house; and that gave exactly an hour for every mile of the usual way from Wuthering Heights. +My human fixture and her satellites rushed to welcome me; exclaiming, tumultuously, they had completely given me up: everybody conjectured that I perished last night; and they were wondering how they must set about the search for my remains. I bid them be quiet, now that they saw me returned, and, benumbed to my very heart, I dragged up-stairs; whence, after putting on dry clothes, and pacing to and fro thirty or forty minutes, to restore the animal heat, I adjourned to my study, feeble as a kitten: almost too much so to enjoy the cheerful fire and smoking coffee which the servant had prepared for my refreshment. +CHAPTER IV +What vain weathercocks we are! I, who had determined to hold myself independent of all social intercourse, and thanked my stars that, at length, I had lighted on a spot where it was next to impracticable—I, weak wretch, after maintaining till dusk a struggle with low spirits and solitude, was finally compelled to strike my colours; and under pretence of gaining information concerning the necessities of my establishment, I desired Mrs. Dean, when she brought in supper, to sit down while I ate it; hoping sincerely she would prove a regular gossip, and either rouse me to animation or lull me to sleep by her talk. +‘You have lived here a considerable time,’ I commenced; ‘did you not say sixteen years?’ +‘Eighteen, sir: I came when the mistress was married, to wait on her; after she died, the master retained me for his housekeeper.’ +‘Indeed.’ +There ensued a pause. She was not a gossip, I feared; unless about her own affairs, and those could hardly interest me. However, having studied for an interval, with a fist on either knee, and a cloud of meditation over her ruddy countenance, she ejaculated—‘Ah, times are greatly changed since then!’ +‘Yes,’ I remarked, ‘you’ve seen a good many alterations, I suppose?’ +‘I have: and troubles too,’ she said. +‘Oh, I’ll turn the talk on my landlord’s family!’ I thought to myself. ‘A good subject to start! And that pretty girl-widow, I should like to know her history: whether she be a native of the country, or, as is more probable, an exotic that the surly indigenae will not recognise for kin.’ With this intention I asked Mrs. Dean why Heathcliff let Thrushcross Grange, and preferred living in a situation and residence so much inferior. ‘Is he not rich enough to keep the estate in good order?’ I inquired. +‘Rich, sir!’ she returned. ‘He has nobody knows what money, and every year it increases. Yes, yes, he’s rich enough to live in a finer house than this: but he’s very near—close-handed; and, if he had meant to flit to Thrushcross Grange, as soon as he heard of a good tenant he could not have borne to miss the chance of getting a few hundreds more. It is strange people should be so greedy, when they are alone in the world!’ +‘He had a son, it seems?’ +‘Yes, he had one—he is dead.’ +‘And that young lady, Mrs. Heathcliff, is his widow?’ +‘Yes.’ +‘Where did she come from originally?’ +‘Why, sir, she is my late master’s daughter: Catherine Linton was her maiden name. I nursed her, poor thing! I did wish Mr. Heathcliff would remove here, and then we might have been together again.’ +‘What! Catherine Linton?’ I exclaimed, astonished. But a minute’s reflection convinced me it was not my ghostly Catherine. ‘Then,’ I continued, ‘my predecessor’s name was Linton?’ +‘It was.’ +‘And who is that Earnshaw: Hareton Earnshaw, who lives with Mr. Heathcliff? Are they relations?’ +‘No; he is the late Mrs. Linton’s nephew.’ +‘The young lady’s cousin, then?’ +‘Yes; and her husband was her cousin also: one on the mother’s, the other on the father’s side: Heathcliff married Mr. Linton’s sister.’ +‘I see the house at Wuthering Heights has “Earnshaw” carved over the front door. Are they an old family?’ +‘Very old, sir; and Hareton is the last of them, as our Miss Cathy is of us—I mean, of the Lintons. Have you been to Wuthering Heights? I beg pardon for asking; but I should like to hear how she is!’ +‘Mrs. Heathcliff? she looked very well, and very handsome; yet, I think, not very happy.’ +‘Oh dear, I don’t wonder! And how did you like the master?’ +‘A rough fellow, rather, Mrs. Dean. Is not that his character? +‘Rough as a saw-edge, and hard as whinstone! The less you meddle with him the better.’ +‘He must have had some ups and downs in life to make him such a churl. Do you know anything of his history?’ +‘It’s a cuckoo’s, sir—I know all about it: except where he was born, and who were his parents, and how he got his money at first. And Hareton has been cast out like an unfledged dunnock! The unfortunate lad is the only one in all this parish that does not guess how he has been cheated.’ +‘Well, Mrs. Dean, it will be a charitable deed to tell me something of my neighbours: I feel I shall not rest if I go to bed; so be good enough to sit and chat an hour.’ +‘Oh, certainly, sir! I’ll just fetch a little sewing, and then I’ll sit as long as you please. But you’ve caught cold: I saw you shivering, and you must have some gruel to drive it out.’ +The worthy woman bustled off, and I crouched nearer the fire; my head felt hot, and the rest of me chill: moreover, I was excited, almost to a pitch of foolishness, through my nerves and brain. This caused me to feel, not uncomfortable, but rather fearful (as I am still) of serious effects from the incidents of to-day and yesterday. She returned presently, bringing a smoking basin and a basket of work; and, having placed the former on the hob, drew in her seat, evidently pleased to find me so companionable. +Before I came to live here, she commenced—waiting no farther invitation to her story—I was almost always at Wuthering Heights; because my mother had nursed Mr. Hindley Earnshaw, that was Hareton’s father, and I got used to playing with the children: I ran errands too, and helped to make hay, and hung about the farm ready for anything that anybody would set me to. One fine summer morning—it was the beginning of harvest, I remember—Mr. Earnshaw, the old master, came down-stairs, dressed for a journey; and, after he had told Joseph what was to be done during the day, he turned to Hindley, and Cathy, and me—for I sat eating my porridge with them—and he said, speaking to his son, ‘Now, my bonny man, I’m going to Liverpool to-day, what shall I bring you? You may choose what you like: only let it be little, for I shall walk there and back: sixty miles each way, that is a long spell!’ Hindley named a fiddle, and then he asked Miss Cathy; she was hardly six years old, but she could ride any horse in the stable, and she chose a whip. He did not forget me; for he had a kind heart, though he was rather severe sometimes. He promised to bring me a pocketful of apples and pears, and then he kissed his children, said good-bye, and set off. +It seemed a long while to us all—the three days of his absence—and often did little Cathy ask when he would be home. Mrs. Earnshaw expected him by supper-time on the third evening, and she put the meal off hour after hour; there were no signs of his coming, however, and at last the children got tired of running down to the gate to look. Then it grew dark; she would have had them to bed, but they begged sadly to be allowed to stay up; and, just about eleven o’clock, the door-latch was raised quietly, and in stepped the master. He threw himself into a chair, laughing and groaning, and bid them all stand off, for he was nearly killed—he would not have such another walk for the three kingdoms. +‘And at the end of it to be flighted to death!’ he said, opening his great-coat, which he held bundled up in his arms. ‘See here, wife! I was never so beaten with anything in my life: but you must e’en take it as a gift of God; though it’s as dark almost as if it came from the devil.’ +We crowded round, and over Miss Cathy’s head I had a peep at a dirty, ragged, black-haired child; big enough both to walk and talk: indeed, its face looked older than Catherine’s; yet when it was set on its feet, it only stared round, and repeated over and over again some gibberish that nobody could understand. I was frightened, and Mrs. Earnshaw was ready to fling it out of doors: she did fly up, asking how he could fashion to bring that gipsy brat into the house, when they had their own bairns to feed and fend for? What he meant to do with it, and whether he were mad? The master tried to explain the matter; but he was really half dead with fatigue, and all that I could make out, amongst her scolding, was a tale of his seeing it starving, and houseless, and as good as dumb, in the streets of Liverpool, where he picked it up and inquired for its owner. Not a soul knew to whom it belonged, he said; and his money and time being both limited, he thought it better to take it home with him at once, than run into vain expenses there: because he was determined he would not leave it as he found it. Well, the conclusion was, that my mistress grumbled herself calm; and Mr. Earnshaw told me to wash it, and give it clean things, and let it sleep with the children. +Hindley and Cathy contented themselves with looking and listening till peace was restored: then, both began searching their father’s pockets for the presents he had promised them. The former was a boy of fourteen, but when he drew out what had been a fiddle, crushed to morsels in the great-coat, he blubbered aloud; and Cathy, when she learned the master had lost her whip in attending on the stranger, showed her humour by grinning and spitting at the stupid little thing; earning for her pains a sound blow from her father, to teach her cleaner manners. They entirely refused to have it in bed with them, or even in their room; and I had no more sense, so I put it on the landing of the stairs, hoping it might be gone on the morrow. By chance, or else attracted by hearing his voice, it crept to Mr. Earnshaw’s door, and there he found it on quitting his chamber. Inquiries were made as to how it got there; I was obliged to confess, and in recompense for my cowardice and inhumanity was sent out of the house. +This was Heathcliff’s first introduction to the family. On coming back a few days afterwards (for I did not consider my banishment perpetual), I found they had christened him ‘Heathcliff’: it was the name of a son who died in childhood, and it has served him ever since, both for Christian and surname. Miss Cathy and he were now very thick; but Hindley hated him: and to say the truth I did the same; and we plagued and went on with him shamefully: for I wasn’t reasonable enough to feel my injustice, and the mistress never put in a word on his behalf when she saw him wronged. +He seemed a sullen, patient child; hardened, perhaps, to ill-treatment: he would stand Hindley’s blows without winking or shedding a tear, and my pinches moved him only to draw in a breath and open his eyes, as if he had hurt himself by accident, and nobody was to blame. This endurance made old Earnshaw furious, when he discovered his son persecuting the poor fatherless child, as he called him. He took to Heathcliff strangely, believing all he said (for that matter, he said precious little, and generally the truth), and petting him up far above Cathy, who was too mischievous and wayward for a favourite. +So, from the very beginning, he bred bad feeling in the house; and at Mrs. Earnshaw’s death, which happened in less than two years after, the young master had learned to regard his father as an oppressor rather than a friend, and Heathcliff as a usurper of his parent’s affections and his privileges; and he grew bitter with brooding over these injuries. I sympathised a while; but when the children fell ill of the measles, and I had to tend them, and take on me the cares of a woman at once, I changed my idea. Heathcliff was dangerously sick; and while he lay at the worst he would have me constantly by his pillow: I suppose he felt I did a good deal for him, and he hadn’t wit to guess that I was compelled to do it. However, I will say this, he was the quietest child that ever nurse watched over. The difference between him and the others forced me to be less partial. Cathy and her brother harassed me terribly: he was as uncomplaining as a lamb; though hardness, not gentleness, made him give little trouble. +He got through, and the doctor affirmed it was in a great measure owing to me, and praised me for my care. I was vain of his commendations, and softened towards the being by whose means I earned them, and thus Hindley lost his last ally: still I couldn’t dote on Heathcliff, and I wondered often what my master saw to admire so much in the sullen boy; who never, to my recollection, repaid his indulgence by any sign of gratitude. He was not insolent to his benefactor, he was simply insensible; though knowing perfectly the hold he had on his heart, and conscious he had only to speak and all the house would be obliged to bend to his wishes. As an instance, I remember Mr. Earnshaw once bought a couple of colts at the parish fair, and gave the lads each one. Heathcliff took the handsomest, but it soon fell lame, and when he discovered it, he said to Hindley— +‘You must exchange horses with me: I don’t like mine; and if you won’t I shall tell your father of the three thrashings you’ve given me this week, and show him my arm, which is black to the shoulder.’ Hindley put out his tongue, and cuffed him over the ears. ‘You’d better do it at once,’ he persisted, escaping to the porch (they were in the stable): ‘you will have to: and if I speak of these blows, you’ll get them again with interest.’ ‘Off, dog!’ cried Hindley, threatening him with an iron weight used for weighing potatoes and hay. ‘Throw it,’ he replied, standing still, ‘and then I’ll tell how you boasted that you would turn me out of doors as soon as he died, and see whether he will not turn you out directly.’ Hindley threw it, hitting him on the breast, and down he fell, but staggered up immediately, breathless and white; and, had not I prevented it, he would have gone just so to the master, and got full revenge by letting his condition plead for him, intimating who had caused it. ‘Take my colt, Gipsy, then!’ said young Earnshaw. ‘And I pray that he may break your neck: take him, and be damned, you beggarly interloper! and wheedle my father out of all he has: only afterwards show him what you are, imp of Satan.—And take that, I hope he’ll kick out your brains!’ +Heathcliff had gone to loose the beast, and shift it to his own stall; he was passing behind it, when Hindley finished his speech by knocking him under its feet, and without stopping to examine whether his hopes were fulfilled, ran away as fast as he could. I was surprised to witness how coolly the child gathered himself up, and went on with his intention; exchanging saddles and all, and then sitting down on a bundle of hay to overcome the qualm which the violent blow occasioned, before he entered the house. I persuaded him easily to let me lay the blame of his bruises on the horse: he minded little what tale was told since he had what he wanted. He complained so seldom, indeed, of such stirs as these, that I really thought him not vindictive: I was deceived completely, as you will hear. +CHAPTER V +In the course of time Mr. Earnshaw began to fail. He had been active and healthy, yet his strength left him suddenly; and when he was confined to the chimney-corner he grew grievously irritable. A nothing vexed him; and suspected slights of his authority nearly threw him into fits. This was especially to be remarked if any one attempted to impose upon, or domineer over, his favourite: he was painfully jealous lest a word should be spoken amiss to him; seeming to have got into his head the notion that, because he liked Heathcliff, all hated, and longed to do him an ill-turn. It was a disadvantage to the lad; for the kinder among us did not wish to fret the master, so we humoured his partiality; and that humouring was rich nourishment to the child’s pride and black tempers. Still it became in a manner necessary; twice, or thrice, Hindley’s manifestation of scorn, while his father was near, roused the old man to a fury: he seized his stick to strike him, and shook with rage that he could not do it. +At last, our curate (we had a curate then who made the living answer by teaching the little Lintons and Earnshaws, and farming his bit of land himself) advised that the young man should be sent to college; and Mr. Earnshaw agreed, though with a heavy spirit, for he said—‘Hindley was nought, and would never thrive as where he wandered.’ +I hoped heartily we should have peace now. It hurt me to think the master should be made uncomfortable by his own good deed. I fancied the discontent of age and disease arose from his family disagreements; as he would have it that it did: really, you know, sir, it was in his sinking frame. We might have got on tolerably, notwithstanding, but for two people—Miss Cathy, and Joseph, the servant: you saw him, I daresay, up yonder. He was, and is yet most likely, the wearisomest self-righteous Pharisee that ever ransacked a Bible to rake the promises to himself and fling the curses to his neighbours. By his knack of sermonising and pious discoursing, he contrived to make a great impression on Mr. Earnshaw; and the more feeble the master became, the more influence he gained. He was relentless in worrying him about his soul’s concerns, and about ruling his children rigidly. He encouraged him to regard Hindley as a reprobate; and, night after night, he regularly grumbled out a long string of tales against Heathcliff and Catherine: always minding to flatter Earnshaw’s weakness by heaping the heaviest blame on the latter. +Certainly she had ways with her such as I never saw a child take up before; and she put all of us past our patience fifty times and oftener in a day: from the hour she came down-stairs till the hour she went to bed, we had not a minute’s security that she wouldn’t be in mischief. Her spirits were always at high-water mark, her tongue always going—singing, laughing, and plaguing everybody who would not do the same. A wild, wicked slip she was—but she had the bonniest eye, the sweetest smile, and lightest foot in the parish: and, after all, I believe she meant no harm; for when once she made you cry in good earnest, it seldom happened that she would not keep you company, and oblige you to be quiet that you might comfort her. She was much too fond of Heathcliff. The greatest punishment we could invent for her was to keep her separate from him: yet she got chided more than any of us on his account. In play, she liked exceedingly to act the little mistress; using her hands freely, and commanding her companions: she did so to me, but I would not bear slapping and ordering; and so I let her know. +Now, Mr. Earnshaw did not understand jokes from his children: he had always been strict and grave with them; and Catherine, on her part, had no idea why her father should be crosser and less patient in his ailing condition than he was in his prime. His peevish reproofs wakened in her a naughty delight to provoke him: she was never so happy as when we were all scolding her at once, and she defying us with her bold, saucy look, and her ready words; turning Joseph’s religious curses into ridicule, baiting me, and doing just what her father hated most—showing how her pretended insolence, which he thought real, had more power over Heathcliff than his kindness: how the boy would do her bidding in anything, and his only when it suited his own inclination. After behaving as badly as possible all day, she sometimes came fondling to make it up at night. ‘Nay, Cathy,’ the old man would say, ‘I cannot love thee, thou’rt worse than thy brother. Go, say thy prayers, child, and ask God’s pardon. I doubt thy mother and I must rue that we ever reared thee!’ That made her cry, at first; and then being repulsed continually hardened her, and she laughed if I told her to say she was sorry for her faults, and beg to be forgiven. +But the hour came, at last, that ended Mr. Earnshaw’s troubles on earth. He died quietly in his chair one October evening, seated by the fire-side. A high wind blustered round the house, and roared in the chimney: it sounded wild and stormy, yet it was not cold, and we were all together—I, a little removed from the hearth, busy at my knitting, and Joseph reading his Bible near the table (for the servants generally sat in the house then, after their work was done). Miss Cathy had been sick, and that made her still; she leant against her father’s knee, and Heathcliff was lying on the floor with his head in her lap. I remember the master, before he fell into a doze, stroking her bonny hair—it pleased him rarely to see her gentle—and saying, ‘Why canst thou not always be a good lass, Cathy?’ And she turned her face up to his, and laughed, and answered, ‘Why cannot you always be a good man, father?’ But as soon as she saw him vexed again, she kissed his hand, and said she would sing him to sleep. She began singing very low, till his fingers dropped from hers, and his head sank on his breast. Then I told her to hush, and not stir, for fear she should wake him. We all kept as mute as mice a full half-hour, and should have done so longer, only Joseph, having finished his chapter, got up and said that he must rouse the master for prayers and bed. He stepped forward, and called him by name, and touched his shoulder; but he would not move: so he took the candle and looked at him. I thought there was something wrong as he set down the light; and seizing the children each by an arm, whispered them to ‘frame up-stairs, and make little din—they might pray alone that evening—he had summut to do.’ +‘I shall bid father good-night first,’ said Catherine, putting her arms round his neck, before we could hinder her. The poor thing discovered her loss directly—she screamed out—‘Oh, he’s dead, Heathcliff! he’s dead!’ And they both set up a heart-breaking cry. +I joined my wail to theirs, loud and bitter; but Joseph asked what we could be thinking of to roar in that way over a saint in heaven. He told me to put on my cloak and run to Gimmerton for the doctor and the parson. I could not guess the use that either would be of, then. However, I went, through wind and rain, and brought one, the doctor, back with me; the other said he would come in the morning. Leaving Joseph to explain matters, I ran to the children’s room: their door was ajar, I saw they had never lain down, though it was past midnight; but they were calmer, and did not need me to console them. The little souls were comforting each other with better thoughts than I could have hit on: no parson in the world ever pictured heaven so beautifully as they did, in their innocent talk; and, while I sobbed and listened, I could not help wishing we were all there safe together. +CHAPTER VI +Mr. Hindley came home to the funeral; and—a thing that amazed us, and set the neighbours gossiping right and left—he brought a wife with him. What she was, and where she was born, he never informed us: probably, she had neither money nor name to recommend her, or he would scarcely have kept the union from his father. +She was not one that would have disturbed the house much on her own account. Every object she saw, the moment she crossed the threshold, appeared to delight her; and every circumstance that took place about her: except the preparing for the burial, and the presence of the mourners. I thought she was half silly, from her behaviour while that went on: she ran into her chamber, and made me come with her, though I should have been dressing the children: and there she sat shivering and clasping her hands, and asking repeatedly—‘Are they gone yet?’ Then she began describing with hysterical emotion the effect it produced on her to see black; and started, and trembled, and, at last, fell a-weeping—and when I asked what was the matter, answered, she didn’t know; but she felt so afraid of dying! I imagined her as little likely to die as myself. She was rather thin, but young, and fresh-complexioned, and her eyes sparkled as bright as diamonds. I did remark, to be sure, that mounting the stairs made her breathe very quick; that the least sudden noise set her all in a quiver, and that she coughed troublesomely sometimes: but I knew nothing of what these symptoms portended, and had no impulse to sympathise with her. We don’t in general take to foreigners here, Mr. Lockwood, unless they take to us first. +Young Earnshaw was altered considerably in the three years of his absence. He had grown sparer, and lost his colour, and spoke and dressed quite differently; and, on the very day of his return, he told Joseph and me we must thenceforth quarter ourselves in the back-kitchen, and leave the house for him. Indeed, he would have carpeted and papered a small spare room for a parlour; but his wife expressed such pleasure at the white floor and huge glowing fireplace, at the pewter dishes and delf-case, and dog-kennel, and the wide space there was to move about in where they usually sat, that he thought it unnecessary to her comfort, and so dropped the intention. +She expressed pleasure, too, at finding a sister among her new acquaintance; and she prattled to Catherine, and kissed her, and ran about with her, and gave her quantities of presents, at the beginning. Her affection tired very soon, however, and when she grew peevish, Hindley became tyrannical. A few words from her, evincing a dislike to Heathcliff, were enough to rouse in him all his old hatred of the boy. He drove him from their company to the servants, deprived him of the instructions of the curate, and insisted that he should labour out of doors instead; compelling him to do so as hard as any other lad on the farm. +Heathcliff bore his degradation pretty well at first, because Cathy taught him what she learnt, and worked or played with him in the fields. They both promised fair to grow up as rude as savages; the young master being entirely negligent how they behaved, and what they did, so they kept clear of him. He would not even have seen after their going to church on Sundays, only Joseph and the curate reprimanded his carelessness when they absented themselves; and that reminded him to order Heathcliff a flogging, and Catherine a fast from dinner or supper. But it was one of their chief amusements to run away to the moors in the morning and remain there all day, and the after punishment grew a mere thing to laugh at. The curate might set as many chapters as he pleased for Catherine to get by heart, and Joseph might thrash Heathcliff till his arm ached; they forgot everything the minute they were together again: at least the minute they had contrived some naughty plan of revenge; and many a time I’ve cried to myself to watch them growing more reckless daily, and I not daring to speak a syllable, for fear of losing the small power I still retained over the unfriended creatures. One Sunday evening, it chanced that they were banished from the sitting-room, for making a noise, or a light offence of the kind; and when I went to call them to supper, I could discover them nowhere. We searched the house, above and below, and the yard and stables; they were invisible: and, at last, Hindley in a passion told us to bolt the doors, and swore nobody should let them in that night. The household went to bed; and I, too, anxious to lie down, opened my lattice and put my head out to hearken, though it rained: determined to admit them in spite of the prohibition, should they return. In a while, I distinguished steps coming up the road, and the light of a lantern glimmered through the gate. I threw a shawl over my head and ran to prevent them from waking Mr. Earnshaw by knocking. There was Heathcliff, by himself: it gave me a start to see him alone. +‘Where is Miss Catherine?’ I cried hurriedly. ‘No accident, I hope?’ ‘At Thrushcross Grange,’ he answered; ‘and I would have been there too, but they had not the manners to ask me to stay.’ ‘Well, you will catch it!’ I said: ‘you’ll never be content till you’re sent about your business. What in the world led you wandering to Thrushcross Grange?’ ‘Let me get off my wet clothes, and I’ll tell you all about it, Nelly,’ he replied. I bid him beware of rousing the master, and while he undressed and I waited to put out the candle, he continued—‘Cathy and I escaped from the wash-house to have a ramble at liberty, and getting a glimpse of the Grange lights, we thought we would just go and see whether the Lintons passed their Sunday evenings standing shivering in corners, while their father and mother sat eating and drinking, and singing and laughing, and burning their eyes out before the fire. Do you think they do? Or reading sermons, and being catechised by their manservant, and set to learn a column of Scripture names, if they don’t answer properly?’ ‘Probably not,’ I responded. ‘They are good children, no doubt, and don’t deserve the treatment you receive, for your bad conduct.’ ‘Don’t cant, Nelly,’ he said: ‘nonsense! We ran from the top of the Heights to the park, without stopping—Catherine completely beaten in the race, because she was barefoot. You’ll have to seek for her shoes in the bog to-morrow. We crept through a broken hedge, groped our way up the path, and planted ourselves on a flower-plot under the drawing-room window. The light came from thence; they had not put up the shutters, and the curtains were only half closed. Both of us were able to look in by standing on the basement, and clinging to the ledge, and we saw—ah! it was beautiful—a splendid place carpeted with crimson, and crimson-covered chairs and tables, and a pure white ceiling bordered by gold, a shower of glass-drops hanging in silver chains from the centre, and shimmering with little soft tapers. Old Mr. and Mrs. Linton were not there; Edgar and his sisters had it entirely to themselves. Shouldn’t they have been happy? We should have thought ourselves in heaven! And now, guess what your good children were doing? Isabella—I believe she is eleven, a year younger than Cathy—lay screaming at the farther end of the room, shrieking as if witches were running red-hot needles into her. Edgar stood on the hearth weeping silently, and in the middle of the table sat a little dog, shaking its paw and yelping; which, from their mutual accusations, we understood they had nearly pulled in two between them. The idiots! That was their pleasure! to quarrel who should hold a heap of warm hair, and each begin to cry because both, after struggling to get it, refused to take it. We laughed outright at the petted things; we did despise them! When would you catch me wishing to have what Catherine wanted? or find us by ourselves, seeking entertainment in yelling, and sobbing, and rolling on the ground, divided by the whole room? I’d not exchange, for a thousand lives, my condition here, for Edgar Linton’s at Thrushcross Grange—not if I might have the privilege of flinging Joseph off the highest gable, and painting the house-front with Hindley’s blood!’ +‘Hush, hush!’ I interrupted. ‘Still you have not told me, Heathcliff, how Catherine is left behind?’ +‘I told you we laughed,’ he answered. ‘The Lintons heard us, and with one accord they shot like arrows to the door; there was silence, and then a cry, “Oh, mamma, mamma! Oh, papa! Oh, mamma, come here. Oh, papa, oh!” They really did howl out something in that way. We made frightful noises to terrify them still more, and then we dropped off the ledge, because somebody was drawing the bars, and we felt we had better flee. I had Cathy by the hand, and was urging her on, when all at once she fell down. “Run, Heathcliff, run!” she whispered. “They have let the bull-dog loose, and he holds me!” The devil had seized her ankle, Nelly: I heard his abominable snorting. She did not yell out—no! she would have scorned to do it, if she had been spitted on the horns of a mad cow. I did, though: I vociferated curses enough to annihilate any fiend in Christendom; and I got a stone and thrust it between his jaws, and tried with all my might to cram it down his throat. A beast of a servant came up with a lantern, at last, shouting—“Keep fast, Skulker, keep fast!” He changed his note, however, when he saw Skulker’s game. The dog was throttled off; his huge, purple tongue hanging half a foot out of his mouth, and his pendent lips streaming with bloody slaver. The man took Cathy up; she was sick: not from fear, I’m certain, but from pain. He carried her in; I followed, grumbling execrations and vengeance. “What prey, Robert?” hallooed Linton from the entrance. “Skulker has caught a little girl, sir,” he replied; “and there’s a lad here,” he added, making a clutch at me, “who looks an out-and-outer! Very like the robbers were for putting them through the window to open the doors to the gang after all were asleep, that they might murder us at their ease. Hold your tongue, you foul-mouthed thief, you! you shall go to the gallows for this. Mr. Linton, sir, don’t lay by your gun.” “No, no, Robert,” said the old fool. “The rascals knew that yesterday was my rent-day: they thought to have me cleverly. Come in; I’ll furnish them a reception. There, John, fasten the chain. Give Skulker some water, Jenny. To beard a magistrate in his stronghold, and on the Sabbath, too! Where will their insolence stop? Oh, my dear Mary, look here! Don’t be afraid, it is but a boy—yet the villain scowls so plainly in his face; would it not be a kindness to the country to hang him at once, before he shows his nature in acts as well as features?” He pulled me under the chandelier, and Mrs. Linton placed her spectacles on her nose and raised her hands in horror. The cowardly children crept nearer also, Isabella lisping—“Frightful thing! Put him in the cellar, papa. He’s exactly like the son of the fortune-teller that stole my tame pheasant. Isn’t he, Edgar?” +‘While they examined me, Cathy came round; she heard the last speech, and laughed. Edgar Linton, after an inquisitive stare, collected sufficient wit to recognise her. They see us at church, you know, though we seldom meet them elsewhere. “That’s Miss Earnshaw?” he whispered to his mother, “and look how Skulker has bitten her—how her foot bleeds!” +‘“Miss Earnshaw? Nonsense!” cried the dame; “Miss Earnshaw scouring the country with a gipsy! And yet, my dear, the child is in mourning—surely it is—and she may be lamed for life!” +‘“What culpable carelessness in her brother!” exclaimed Mr. Linton, turning from me to Catherine. “I’ve understood from Shielders”’ (that was the curate, sir) ‘“that he lets her grow up in absolute heathenism. But who is this? Where did she pick up this companion? Oho! I declare he is that strange acquisition my late neighbour made, in his journey to Liverpool—a little Lascar, or an American or Spanish castaway.” +‘“A wicked boy, at all events,” remarked the old lady, “and quite unfit for a decent house! Did you notice his language, Linton? I’m shocked that my children should have heard it.” +‘I recommenced cursing—don’t be angry, Nelly—and so Robert was ordered to take me off. I refused to go without Cathy; he dragged me into the garden, pushed the lantern into my hand, assured me that Mr. Earnshaw should be informed of my behaviour, and, bidding me march directly, secured the door again. The curtains were still looped up at one corner, and I resumed my station as spy; because, if Catherine had wished to return, I intended shattering their great glass panes to a million of fragments, unless they let her out. She sat on the sofa quietly. Mrs. Linton took off the grey cloak of the dairy-maid which we had borrowed for our excursion, shaking her head and expostulating with her, I suppose: she was a young lady, and they made a distinction between her treatment and mine. Then the woman-servant brought a basin of warm water, and washed her feet; and Mr. Linton mixed a tumbler of negus, and Isabella emptied a plateful of cakes into her lap, and Edgar stood gaping at a distance. Afterwards, they dried and combed her beautiful hair, and gave her a pair of enormous slippers, and wheeled her to the fire; and I left her, as merry as she could be, dividing her food between the little dog and Skulker, whose nose she pinched as he ate; and kindling a spark of spirit in the vacant blue eyes of the Lintons—a dim reflection from her own enchanting face. I saw they were full of stupid admiration; she is so immeasurably superior to them—to everybody on earth, is she not, Nelly?’ +‘There will more come of this business than you reckon on,’ I answered, covering him up and extinguishing the light. ‘You are incurable, Heathcliff; and Mr. Hindley will have to proceed to extremities, see if he won’t.’ My words came truer than I desired. The luckless adventure made Earnshaw furious. And then Mr. Linton, to mend matters, paid us a visit himself on the morrow, and read the young master such a lecture on the road he guided his family, that he was stirred to look about him, in earnest. Heathcliff received no flogging, but he was told that the first word he spoke to Miss Catherine should ensure a dismissal; and Mrs. Earnshaw undertook to keep her sister-in-law in due restraint when she returned home; employing art, not force: with force she would have found it impossible. +CHAPTER VII +Cathy stayed at Thrushcross Grange five weeks: till Christmas. By that time her ankle was thoroughly cured, and her manners much improved. The mistress visited her often in the interval, and commenced her plan of reform by trying to raise her self-respect with fine clothes and flattery, which she took readily; so that, instead of a wild, hatless little savage jumping into the house, and rushing to squeeze us all breathless, there ‘lighted from a handsome black pony a very dignified person, with brown ringlets falling from the cover of a feathered beaver, and a long cloth habit, which she was obliged to hold up with both hands that she might sail in. Hindley lifted her from her horse, exclaiming delightedly, ‘Why, Cathy, you are quite a beauty! I should scarcely have known you: you look like a lady now. Isabella Linton is not to be compared with her, is she, Frances?’ ‘Isabella has not her natural advantages,’ replied his wife: ‘but she must mind and not grow wild again here. Ellen, help Miss Catherine off with her things—Stay, dear, you will disarrange your curls—let me untie your hat.’ +I removed the habit, and there shone forth beneath a grand plaid silk frock, white trousers, and burnished shoes; and, while her eyes sparkled joyfully when the dogs came bounding up to welcome her, she dared hardly touch them lest they should fawn upon her splendid garments. She kissed me gently: I was all flour making the Christmas cake, and it would not have done to give me a hug; and then she looked round for Heathcliff. Mr. and Mrs. Earnshaw watched anxiously their meeting; thinking it would enable them to judge, in some measure, what grounds they had for hoping to succeed in separating the two friends. +Heathcliff was hard to discover, at first. If he were careless, and uncared for, before Catherine’s absence, he had been ten times more so since. Nobody but I even did him the kindness to call him a dirty boy, and bid him wash himself, once a week; and children of his age seldom have a natural pleasure in soap and water. Therefore, not to mention his clothes, which had seen three months’ service in mire and dust, and his thick uncombed hair, the surface of his face and hands was dismally beclouded. He might well skulk behind the settle, on beholding such a bright, graceful damsel enter the house, instead of a rough-headed counterpart of himself, as he expected. ‘Is Heathcliff not here?’ she demanded, pulling off her gloves, and displaying fingers wonderfully whitened with doing nothing and staying indoors. +‘Heathcliff, you may come forward,’ cried Mr. Hindley, enjoying his discomfiture, and gratified to see what a forbidding young blackguard he would be compelled to present himself. ‘You may come and wish Miss Catherine welcome, like the other servants.’ +Cathy, catching a glimpse of her friend in his concealment, flew to embrace him; she bestowed seven or eight kisses on his cheek within the second, and then stopped, and drawing back, burst into a laugh, exclaiming, ‘Why, how very black and cross you look! and how—how funny and grim! But that’s because I’m used to Edgar and Isabella Linton. Well, Heathcliff, have you forgotten me?’ +She had some reason to put the question, for shame and pride threw double gloom over his countenance, and kept him immovable. +‘Shake hands, Heathcliff,’ said Mr. Earnshaw, condescendingly; ‘once in a way that is permitted.’ +‘I shall not,’ replied the boy, finding his tongue at last; ‘I shall not stand to be laughed at. I shall not bear it!’ And he would have broken from the circle, but Miss Cathy seized him again. +‘I did not mean to laugh at you,’ she said; ‘I could not hinder myself: Heathcliff, shake hands at least! What are you sulky for? It was only that you looked odd. If you wash your face and brush your hair, it will be all right: but you are so dirty!’ +She gazed concernedly at the dusky fingers she held in her own, and also at her dress; which she feared had gained no embellishment from its contact with his. +‘You needn’t have touched me!’ he answered, following her eye and snatching away his hand. ‘I shall be as dirty as I please: and I like to be dirty, and I will be dirty.’ +With that he dashed headforemost out of the room, amid the merriment of the master and mistress, and to the serious disturbance of Catherine; who could not comprehend how her remarks should have produced such an exhibition of bad temper. +After playing lady’s-maid to the new-comer, and putting my cakes in the oven, and making the house and kitchen cheerful with great fires, befitting Christmas-eve, I prepared to sit down and amuse myself by singing carols, all alone; regardless of Joseph’s affirmations that he considered the merry tunes I chose as next door to songs. He had retired to private prayer in his chamber, and Mr. and Mrs. Earnshaw were engaging Missy’s attention by sundry gay trifles bought for her to present to the little Lintons, as an acknowledgment of their kindness. They had invited them to spend the morrow at Wuthering Heights, and the invitation had been accepted, on one condition: Mrs. Linton begged that her darlings might be kept carefully apart from that ‘naughty swearing boy.’ +Under these circumstances I remained solitary. I smelt the rich scent of the heating spices; and admired the shining kitchen utensils, the polished clock, decked in holly, the silver mugs ranged on a tray ready to be filled with mulled ale for supper; and above all, the speckless purity of my particular care—the scoured and well-swept floor. I gave due inward applause to every object, and then I remembered how old Earnshaw used to come in when all was tidied, and call me a cant lass, and slip a shilling into my hand as a Christmas-box; and from that I went on to think of his fondness for Heathcliff, and his dread lest he should suffer neglect after death had removed him: and that naturally led me to consider the poor lad’s situation now, and from singing I changed my mind to crying. It struck me soon, however, there would be more sense in endeavouring to repair some of his wrongs than shedding tears over them: I got up and walked into the court to seek him. He was not far; I found him smoothing the glossy coat of the new pony in the stable, and feeding the other beasts, according to custom. +‘Make haste, Heathcliff!’ I said, ‘the kitchen is so comfortable; and Joseph is up-stairs: make haste, and let me dress you smart before Miss Cathy comes out, and then you can sit together, with the whole hearth to yourselves, and have a long chatter till bedtime.’ +He proceeded with his task, and never turned his head towards me. +‘Come—are you coming?’ I continued. ‘There’s a little cake for each of you, nearly enough; and you’ll need half-an-hour’s donning.’ +I waited five minutes, but getting no answer left him. Catherine supped with her brother and sister-in-law: Joseph and I joined at an unsociable meal, seasoned with reproofs on one side and sauciness on the other. His cake and cheese remained on the table all night for the fairies. He managed to continue work till nine o’clock, and then marched dumb and dour to his chamber. Cathy sat up late, having a world of things to order for the reception of her new friends: she came into the kitchen once to speak to her old one; but he was gone, and she only stayed to ask what was the matter with him, and then went back. In the morning he rose early; and, as it was a holiday, carried his ill-humour on to the moors; not re-appearing till the family were departed for church. Fasting and reflection seemed to have brought him to a better spirit. He hung about me for a while, and having screwed up his courage, exclaimed abruptly—‘Nelly, make me decent, I’m going to be good.’ +‘High time, Heathcliff,’ I said; ‘you have grieved Catherine: she’s sorry she ever came home, I daresay! It looks as if you envied her, because she is more thought of than you.’ +The notion of envying Catherine was incomprehensible to him, but the notion of grieving her he understood clearly enough. +‘Did she say she was grieved?’ he inquired, looking very serious. +‘She cried when I told her you were off again this morning.’ +‘Well, I cried last night,’ he returned, ‘and I had more reason to cry than she.’ +‘Yes: you had the reason of going to bed with a proud heart and an empty stomach,’ said I. ‘Proud people breed sad sorrows for themselves. But, if you be ashamed of your touchiness, you must ask pardon, mind, when she comes in. You must go up and offer to kiss her, and say—you know best what to say; only do it heartily, and not as if you thought her converted into a stranger by her grand dress. And now, though I have dinner to get ready, I’ll steal time to arrange you so that Edgar Linton shall look quite a doll beside you: and that he does. You are younger, and yet, I’ll be bound, you are taller and twice as broad across the shoulders; you could knock him down in a twinkling; don’t you feel that you could?’ +Heathcliff’s face brightened a moment; then it was overcast afresh, and he sighed. +‘But, Nelly, if I knocked him down twenty times, that wouldn’t make him less handsome or me more so. I wish I had light hair and a fair skin, and was dressed and behaved as well, and had a chance of being as rich as he will be!’ +‘And cried for mamma at every turn,’ I added, ‘and trembled if a country lad heaved his fist against you, and sat at home all day for a shower of rain. Oh, Heathcliff, you are showing a poor spirit! Come to the glass, and I’ll let you see what you should wish. Do you mark those two lines between your eyes; and those thick brows, that, instead of rising arched, sink in the middle; and that couple of black fiends, so deeply buried, who never open their windows boldly, but lurk glinting under them, like devil’s spies? Wish and learn to smooth away the surly wrinkles, to raise your lids frankly, and change the fiends to confident, innocent angels, suspecting and doubting nothing, and always seeing friends where they are not sure of foes. Don’t get the expression of a vicious cur that appears to know the kicks it gets are its dessert, and yet hates all the world, as well as the kicker, for what it suffers.’ +‘In other words, I must wish for Edgar Linton’s great blue eyes and even forehead,’ he replied. ‘I do—and that won’t help me to them.’ +‘A good heart will help you to a bonny face, my lad,’ I continued, ‘if you were a regular black; and a bad one will turn the bonniest into something worse than ugly. And now that we’ve done washing, and combing, and sulking—tell me whether you don’t think yourself rather handsome? I’ll tell you, I do. You’re fit for a prince in disguise. Who knows but your father was Emperor of China, and your mother an Indian queen, each of them able to buy up, with one week’s income, Wuthering Heights and Thrushcross Grange together? And you were kidnapped by wicked sailors and brought to England. Were I in your place, I would frame high notions of my birth; and the thoughts of what I was should give me courage and dignity to support the oppressions of a little farmer!’ +So I chattered on; and Heathcliff gradually lost his frown and began to look quite pleasant, when all at once our conversation was interrupted by a rumbling sound moving up the road and entering the court. He ran to the window and I to the door, just in time to behold the two Lintons descend from the family carriage, smothered in cloaks and furs, and the Earnshaws dismount from their horses: they often rode to church in winter. Catherine took a hand of each of the children, and brought them into the house and set them before the fire, which quickly put colour into their white faces. +I urged my companion to hasten now and show his amiable humour, and he willingly obeyed; but ill luck would have it that, as he opened the door leading from the kitchen on one side, Hindley opened it on the other. They met, and the master, irritated at seeing him clean and cheerful, or, perhaps, eager to keep his promise to Mrs. Linton, shoved him back with a sudden thrust, and angrily bade Joseph ‘keep the fellow out of the room—send him into the garret till dinner is over. He’ll be cramming his fingers in the tarts and stealing the fruit, if left alone with them a minute.’ +‘Nay, sir,’ I could not avoid answering, ‘he’ll touch nothing, not he: and I suppose he must have his share of the dainties as well as we.’ +‘He shall have his share of my hand, if I catch him downstairs till dark,’ cried Hindley. ‘Begone, you vagabond! What! you are attempting the coxcomb, are you? Wait till I get hold of those elegant locks—see if I won’t pull them a bit longer!’ +‘They are long enough already,’ observed Master Linton, peeping from the doorway; ‘I wonder they don’t make his head ache. It’s like a colt’s mane over his eyes!’ +He ventured this remark without any intention to insult; but Heathcliff’s violent nature was not prepared to endure the appearance of impertinence from one whom he seemed to hate, even then, as a rival. He seized a tureen of hot apple sauce (the first thing that came under his grip) and dashed it full against the speaker’s face and neck; who instantly commenced a lament that brought Isabella and Catherine hurrying to the place. Mr. Earnshaw snatched up the culprit directly and conveyed him to his chamber; where, doubtless, he administered a rough remedy to cool the fit of passion, for he appeared red and breathless. I got the dishcloth, and rather spitefully scrubbed Edgar’s nose and mouth, affirming it served him right for meddling. His sister began weeping to go home, and Cathy stood by confounded, blushing for all. +‘You should not have spoken to him!’ she expostulated with Master Linton. ‘He was in a bad temper, and now you’ve spoilt your visit; and he’ll be flogged: I hate him to be flogged! I can’t eat my dinner. Why did you speak to him, Edgar?’ +‘I didn’t,’ sobbed the youth, escaping from my hands, and finishing the remainder of the purification with his cambric pocket-handkerchief. ‘I promised mamma that I wouldn’t say one word to him, and I didn’t.’ +‘Well, don’t cry,’ replied Catherine, contemptuously; ‘you’re not killed. Don’t make more mischief; my brother is coming: be quiet! Hush, Isabella! Has anybody hurt you?’ +‘There, there, children—to your seats!’ cried Hindley, bustling in. ‘That brute of a lad has warmed me nicely. Next time, Master Edgar, take the law into your own fists—it will give you an appetite!’ +The little party recovered its equanimity at sight of the fragrant feast. They were hungry after their ride, and easily consoled, since no real harm had befallen them. Mr. Earnshaw carved bountiful platefuls, and the mistress made them merry with lively talk. I waited behind her chair, and was pained to behold Catherine, with dry eyes and an indifferent air, commence cutting up the wing of a goose before her. ‘An unfeeling child,’ I thought to myself; ‘how lightly she dismisses her old playmate’s troubles. I could not have imagined her to be so selfish.’ She lifted a mouthful to her lips: then she set it down again: her cheeks flushed, and the tears gushed over them. She slipped her fork to the floor, and hastily dived under the cloth to conceal her emotion. I did not call her unfeeling long; for I perceived she was in purgatory throughout the day, and wearying to find an opportunity of getting by herself, or paying a visit to Heathcliff, who had been locked up by the master: as I discovered, on endeavouring to introduce to him a private mess of victuals. +In the evening we had a dance. Cathy begged that he might be liberated then, as Isabella Linton had no partner: her entreaties were vain, and I was appointed to supply the deficiency. We got rid of all gloom in the excitement of the exercise, and our pleasure was increased by the arrival of the Gimmerton band, mustering fifteen strong: a trumpet, a trombone, clarionets, bassoons, French horns, and a bass viol, besides singers. They go the rounds of all the respectable houses, and receive contributions every Christmas, and we esteemed it a first-rate treat to hear them. After the usual carols had been sung, we set them to songs and glees. Mrs. Earnshaw loved the music, and so they gave us plenty. +Catherine loved it too: but she said it sounded sweetest at the top of the steps, and she went up in the dark: I followed. They shut the house door below, never noting our absence, it was so full of people. She made no stay at the stairs’-head, but mounted farther, to the garret where Heathcliff was confined, and called him. He stubbornly declined answering for a while: she persevered, and finally persuaded him to hold communion with her through the boards. I let the poor things converse unmolested, till I supposed the songs were going to cease, and the singers to get some refreshment: then I clambered up the ladder to warn her. Instead of finding her outside, I heard her voice within. The little monkey had crept by the skylight of one garret, along the roof, into the skylight of the other, and it was with the utmost difficulty I could coax her out again. When she did come, Heathcliff came with her, and she insisted that I should take him into the kitchen, as my fellow-servant had gone to a neighbour’s, to be removed from the sound of our ‘devil’s psalmody,’ as it pleased him to call it. I told them I intended by no means to encourage their tricks: but as the prisoner had never broken his fast since yesterday’s dinner, I would wink at his cheating Mr. Hindley that once. He went down: I set him a stool by the fire, and offered him a quantity of good things: but he was sick and could eat little, and my attempts to entertain him were thrown away. He leant his two elbows on his knees, and his chin on his hands and remained rapt in dumb meditation. On my inquiring the subject of his thoughts, he answered gravely—‘I’m trying to settle how I shall pay Hindley back. I don’t care how long I wait, if I can only do it at last. I hope he will not die before I do!’ +‘For shame, Heathcliff!’ said I. ‘It is for God to punish wicked people; we should learn to forgive.’ +‘No, God won’t have the satisfaction that I shall,’ he returned. ‘I only wish I knew the best way! Let me alone, and I’ll plan it out: while I’m thinking of that I don’t feel pain.’ +‘But, Mr. Lockwood, I forget these tales cannot divert you. I’m annoyed how I should dream of chattering on at such a rate; and your gruel cold, and you nodding for bed! I could have told Heathcliff’s history, all that you need hear, in half a dozen words.’ +* * * * * +Thus interrupting herself, the housekeeper rose, and proceeded to lay aside her sewing; but I felt incapable of moving from the hearth, and I was very far from nodding. ‘Sit still, Mrs. Dean,’ I cried; ‘do sit still another half-hour. You’ve done just right to tell the story leisurely. That is the method I like; and you must finish it in the same style. I am interested in every character you have mentioned, more or less.’ +‘The clock is on the stroke of eleven, sir.’ +‘No matter—I’m not accustomed to go to bed in the long hours. One or two is early enough for a person who lies till ten.’ +‘You shouldn’t lie till ten. There’s the very prime of the morning gone long before that time. A person who has not done one-half his day’s work by ten o’clock, runs a chance of leaving the other half undone.’ +‘Nevertheless, Mrs. Dean, resume your chair; because to-morrow I intend lengthening the night till afternoon. I prognosticate for myself an obstinate cold, at least.’ +‘I hope not, sir. Well, you must allow me to leap over some three years; during that space Mrs. Earnshaw—’ +‘No, no, I’ll allow nothing of the sort! Are you acquainted with the mood of mind in which, if you were seated alone, and the cat licking its kitten on the rug before you, you would watch the operation so intently that puss’s neglect of one ear would put you seriously out of temper?’ +‘A terribly lazy mood, I should say.’ +‘On the contrary, a tiresomely active one. It is mine, at present; and, therefore, continue minutely. I perceive that people in these regions acquire over people in towns the value that a spider in a dungeon does over a spider in a cottage, to their various occupants; and yet the deepened attraction is not entirely owing to the situation of the looker-on. They do live more in earnest, more in themselves, and less in surface, change, and frivolous external things. I could fancy a love for life here almost possible; and I was a fixed unbeliever in any love of a year’s standing. One state resembles setting a hungry man down to a single dish, on which he may concentrate his entire appetite and do it justice; the other, introducing him to a table laid out by French cooks: he can perhaps extract as much enjoyment from the whole; but each part is a mere atom in his regard and remembrance.’ +‘Oh! here we are the same as anywhere else, when you get to know us,’ observed Mrs. Dean, somewhat puzzled at my speech. +‘Excuse me,’ I responded; ‘you, my good friend, are a striking evidence against that assertion. Excepting a few provincialisms of slight consequence, you have no marks of the manners which I am habituated to consider as peculiar to your class. I am sure you have thought a great deal more than the generality of servants think. You have been compelled to cultivate your reflective faculties for want of occasions for frittering your life away in silly trifles.’ +Mrs. Dean laughed. +‘I certainly esteem myself a steady, reasonable kind of body,’ she said; ‘not exactly from living among the hills and seeing one set of faces, and one series of actions, from year’s end to year’s end; but I have undergone sharp discipline, which has taught me wisdom; and then, I have read more than you would fancy, Mr. Lockwood. You could not open a book in this library that I have not looked into, and got something out of also: unless it be that range of Greek and Latin, and that of French; and those I know one from another: it is as much as you can expect of a poor man’s daughter. However, if I am to follow my story in true gossip’s fashion, I had better go on; and instead of leaping three years, I will be content to pass to the next summer—the summer of 1778, that is nearly twenty-three years ago.’ +CHAPTER VIII +On the morning of a fine June day my first bonny little nursling, and the last of the ancient Earnshaw stock, was born. We were busy with the hay in a far-away field, when the girl that usually brought our breakfasts came running an hour too soon across the meadow and up the lane, calling me as she ran. +‘Oh, such a grand bairn!’ she panted out. ‘The finest lad that ever breathed! But the doctor says missis must go: he says she’s been in a consumption these many months. I heard him tell Mr. Hindley: and now she has nothing to keep her, and she’ll be dead before winter. You must come home directly. You’re to nurse it, Nelly: to feed it with sugar and milk, and take care of it day and night. I wish I were you, because it will be all yours when there is no missis!’ +‘But is she very ill?’ I asked, flinging down my rake and tying my bonnet. +‘I guess she is; yet she looks bravely,’ replied the girl, ‘and she talks as if she thought of living to see it grow a man. She’s out of her head for joy, it’s such a beauty! If I were her I’m certain I should not die: I should get better at the bare sight of it, in spite of Kenneth. I was fairly mad at him. Dame Archer brought the cherub down to master, in the house, and his face just began to light up, when the old croaker steps forward, and says he—“Earnshaw, it’s a blessing your wife has been spared to leave you this son. When she came, I felt convinced we shouldn’t keep her long; and now, I must tell you, the winter will probably finish her. Don’t take on, and fret about it too much: it can’t be helped. And besides, you should have known better than to choose such a rush of a lass!”’ +‘And what did the master answer?’ I inquired. +‘I think he swore: but I didn’t mind him, I was straining to see the bairn,’ and she began again to describe it rapturously. I, as zealous as herself, hurried eagerly home to admire, on my part; though I was very sad for Hindley’s sake. He had room in his heart only for two idols—his wife and himself: he doted on both, and adored one, and I couldn’t conceive how he would bear the loss. +When we got to Wuthering Heights, there he stood at the front door; and, as I passed in, I asked, ‘how was the baby?’ +‘Nearly ready to run about, Nell!’ he replied, putting on a cheerful smile. +‘And the mistress?’ I ventured to inquire; ‘the doctor says she’s—’ +‘Damn the doctor!’ he interrupted, reddening. ‘Frances is quite right: she’ll be perfectly well by this time next week. Are you going up-stairs? will you tell her that I’ll come, if she’ll promise not to talk. I left her because she would not hold her tongue; and she must—tell her Mr. Kenneth says she must be quiet.’ +I delivered this message to Mrs. Earnshaw; she seemed in flighty spirits, and replied merrily, ‘I hardly spoke a word, Ellen, and there he has gone out twice, crying. Well, say I promise I won’t speak: but that does not bind me not to laugh at him!’ +Poor soul! Till within a week of her death that gay heart never failed her; and her husband persisted doggedly, nay, furiously, in affirming her health improved every day. When Kenneth warned him that his medicines were useless at that stage of the malady, and he needn’t put him to further expense by attending her, he retorted, ‘I know you need not—she’s well—she does not want any more attendance from you! She never was in a consumption. It was a fever; and it is gone: her pulse is as slow as mine now, and her cheek as cool.’ +He told his wife the same story, and she seemed to believe him; but one night, while leaning on his shoulder, in the act of saying she thought she should be able to get up to-morrow, a fit of coughing took her—a very slight one—he raised her in his arms; she put her two hands about his neck, her face changed, and she was dead. +As the girl had anticipated, the child Hareton fell wholly into my hands. Mr. Earnshaw, provided he saw him healthy and never heard him cry, was contented, as far as regarded him. For himself, he grew desperate: his sorrow was of that kind that will not lament. He neither wept nor prayed; he cursed and defied: execrated God and man, and gave himself up to reckless dissipation. The servants could not bear his tyrannical and evil conduct long: Joseph and I were the only two that would stay. I had not the heart to leave my charge; and besides, you know, I had been his foster-sister, and excused his behaviour more readily than a stranger would. Joseph remained to hector over tenants and labourers; and because it was his vocation to be where he had plenty of wickedness to reprove. +The master’s bad ways and bad companions formed a pretty example for Catherine and Heathcliff. His treatment of the latter was enough to make a fiend of a saint. And, truly, it appeared as if the lad were possessed of something diabolical at that period. He delighted to witness Hindley degrading himself past redemption; and became daily more notable for savage sullenness and ferocity. I could not half tell what an infernal house we had. The curate dropped calling, and nobody decent came near us, at last; unless Edgar Linton’s visits to Miss Cathy might be an exception. At fifteen she was the queen of the country-side; she had no peer; and she did turn out a haughty, headstrong creature! I own I did not like her, after infancy was past; and I vexed her frequently by trying to bring down her arrogance: she never took an aversion to me, though. She had a wondrous constancy to old attachments: even Heathcliff kept his hold on her affections unalterably; and young Linton, with all his superiority, found it difficult to make an equally deep impression. He was my late master: that is his portrait over the fireplace. It used to hang on one side, and his wife’s on the other; but hers has been removed, or else you might see something of what she was. Can you make that out? +Mrs. Dean raised the candle, and I discerned a soft-featured face, exceedingly resembling the young lady at the Heights, but more pensive and amiable in expression. It formed a sweet picture. The long light hair curled slightly on the temples; the eyes were large and serious; the figure almost too graceful. I did not marvel how Catherine Earnshaw could forget her first friend for such an individual. I marvelled much how he, with a mind to correspond with his person, could fancy my idea of Catherine Earnshaw. +‘A very agreeable portrait,’ I observed to the house-keeper. ‘Is it like?’ +‘Yes,’ she answered; ‘but he looked better when he was animated; that is his everyday countenance: he wanted spirit in general.’ +Catherine had kept up her acquaintance with the Lintons since her five-weeks’ residence among them; and as she had no temptation to show her rough side in their company, and had the sense to be ashamed of being rude where she experienced such invariable courtesy, she imposed unwittingly on the old lady and gentleman by her ingenious cordiality; gained the admiration of Isabella, and the heart and soul of her brother: acquisitions that flattered her from the first—for she was full of ambition—and led her to adopt a double character without exactly intending to deceive any one. In the place where she heard Heathcliff termed a ‘vulgar young ruffian,’ and ‘worse than a brute,’ she took care not to act like him; but at home she had small inclination to practise politeness that would only be laughed at, and restrain an unruly nature when it would bring her neither credit nor praise. +Mr. Edgar seldom mustered courage to visit Wuthering Heights openly. He had a terror of Earnshaw’s reputation, and shrunk from encountering him; and yet he was always received with our best attempts at civility: the master himself avoided offending him, knowing why he came; and if he could not be gracious, kept out of the way. I rather think his appearance there was distasteful to Catherine; she was not artful, never played the coquette, and had evidently an objection to her two friends meeting at all; for when Heathcliff expressed contempt of Linton in his presence, she could not half coincide, as she did in his absence; and when Linton evinced disgust and antipathy to Heathcliff, she dared not treat his sentiments with indifference, as if depreciation of her playmate were of scarcely any consequence to her. I’ve had many a laugh at her perplexities and untold troubles, which she vainly strove to hide from my mockery. That sounds ill-natured: but she was so proud it became really impossible to pity her distresses, till she should be chastened into more humility. She did bring herself, finally, to confess, and to confide in me: there was not a soul else that she might fashion into an adviser. +Mr. Hindley had gone from home one afternoon, and Heathcliff presumed to give himself a holiday on the strength of it. He had reached the age of sixteen then, I think, and without having bad features, or being deficient in intellect, he contrived to convey an impression of inward and outward repulsiveness that his present aspect retains no traces of. In the first place, he had by that time lost the benefit of his early education: continual hard work, begun soon and concluded late, had extinguished any curiosity he once possessed in pursuit of knowledge, and any love for books or learning. His childhood’s sense of superiority, instilled into him by the favours of old Mr. Earnshaw, was faded away. He struggled long to keep up an equality with Catherine in her studies, and yielded with poignant though silent regret: but he yielded completely; and there was no prevailing on him to take a step in the way of moving upward, when he found he must, necessarily, sink beneath his former level. Then personal appearance sympathised with mental deterioration: he acquired a slouching gait and ignoble look; his naturally reserved disposition was exaggerated into an almost idiotic excess of unsociable moroseness; and he took a grim pleasure, apparently, in exciting the aversion rather than the esteem of his few acquaintances. +Catherine and he were constant companions still at his seasons of respite from labour; but he had ceased to express his fondness for her in words, and recoiled with angry suspicion from her girlish caresses, as if conscious there could be no gratification in lavishing such marks of affection on him. On the before-named occasion he came into the house to announce his intention of doing nothing, while I was assisting Miss Cathy to arrange her dress: she had not reckoned on his taking it into his head to be idle; and imagining she would have the whole place to herself, she managed, by some means, to inform Mr. Edgar of her brother’s absence, and was then preparing to receive him. +‘Cathy, are you busy this afternoon?’ asked Heathcliff. ‘Are you going anywhere?’ +‘No, it is raining,’ she answered. +‘Why have you that silk frock on, then?’ he said. ‘Nobody coming here, I hope?’ +‘Not that I know of,’ stammered Miss: ‘but you should be in the field now, Heathcliff. It is an hour past dinnertime: I thought you were gone.’ +‘Hindley does not often free us from his accursed presence,’ observed the boy. ‘I’ll not work any more to-day: I’ll stay with you.’ +‘Oh, but Joseph will tell,’ she suggested; ‘you’d better go!’ +‘Joseph is loading lime on the further side of Penistone Crags; it will take him till dark, and he’ll never know.’ +So, saying, he lounged to the fire, and sat down. Catherine reflected an instant, with knitted brows—she found it needful to smooth the way for an intrusion. ‘Isabella and Edgar Linton talked of calling this afternoon,’ she said, at the conclusion of a minute’s silence. ‘As it rains, I hardly expect them; but they may come, and if they do, you run the risk of being scolded for no good.’ +‘Order Ellen to say you are engaged, Cathy,’ he persisted; ‘don’t turn me out for those pitiful, silly friends of yours! I’m on the point, sometimes, of complaining that they—but I’ll not—’ +‘That they what?’ cried Catherine, gazing at him with a troubled countenance. ‘Oh, Nelly!’ she added petulantly, jerking her head away from my hands, ‘you’ve combed my hair quite out of curl! That’s enough; let me alone. What are you on the point of complaining about, Heathcliff?’ +‘Nothing—only look at the almanack on that wall;’ he pointed to a framed sheet hanging near the window, and continued, ‘The crosses are for the evenings you have spent with the Lintons, the dots for those spent with me. Do you see? I’ve marked every day.’ +‘Yes—very foolish: as if I took notice!’ replied Catherine, in a peevish tone. ‘And where is the sense of that?’ +‘To show that I do take notice,’ said Heathcliff. +‘And should I always be sitting with you?’ she demanded, growing more irritated. ‘What good do I get? What do you talk about? You might be dumb, or a baby, for anything you say to amuse me, or for anything you do, either!’ +‘You never told me before that I talked too little, or that you disliked my company, Cathy!’ exclaimed Heathcliff, in much agitation. +‘It’s no company at all, when people know nothing and say nothing,’ she muttered. +Her companion rose up, but he hadn’t time to express his feelings further, for a horse’s feet were heard on the flags, and having knocked gently, young Linton entered, his face brilliant with delight at the unexpected summon she had received. Doubtless Catherine marked the difference between her friends, as one came in and the other went out. The contrast resembled what you see in exchanging a bleak, hilly, coal country for a beautiful fertile valley; and his voice and greeting were as opposite as his aspect. He had a sweet, low manner of speaking, and pronounced his words as you do: that’s less gruff than we talk here, and softer. +‘I’m not come too soon, am I?’ he said, casting a look at me: I had begun to wipe the plate, and tidy some drawers at the far end in the dresser. +‘No,’ answered Catherine. ‘What are you doing there, Nelly?’ +‘My work, Miss,’ I replied. (Mr. Hindley had given me directions to make a third party in any private visits Linton chose to pay.) +She stepped behind me and whispered crossly, ‘Take yourself and your dusters off; when company are in the house, servants don’t commence scouring and cleaning in the room where they are!’ +‘It’s a good opportunity, now that master is away,’ I answered aloud: ‘he hates me to be fidgeting over these things in his presence. I’m sure Mr. Edgar will excuse me.’ +‘I hate you to be fidgeting in my presence,’ exclaimed the young lady imperiously, not allowing her guest time to speak: she had failed to recover her equanimity since the little dispute with Heathcliff. +‘I’m sorry for it, Miss Catherine,’ was my response; and I proceeded assiduously with my occupation. +She, supposing Edgar could not see her, snatched the cloth from my hand, and pinched me, with a prolonged wrench, very spitefully on the arm. I’ve said I did not love her, and rather relished mortifying her vanity now and then: besides, she hurt me extremely; so I started up from my knees, and screamed out, ‘Oh, Miss, that’s a nasty trick! You have no right to nip me, and I’m not going to bear it.’ +‘I didn’t touch you, you lying creature!’ cried she, her fingers tingling to repeat the act, and her ears red with rage. She never had power to conceal her passion, it always set her whole complexion in a blaze. +‘What’s that, then?’ I retorted, showing a decided purple witness to refute her. +She stamped her foot, wavered a moment, and then, irresistibly impelled by the naughty spirit within her, slapped me on the cheek: a stinging blow that filled both eyes with water. +‘Catherine, love! Catherine!’ interposed Linton, greatly shocked at the double fault of falsehood and violence which his idol had committed. +‘Leave the room, Ellen!’ she repeated, trembling all over. +Little Hareton, who followed me everywhere, and was sitting near me on the floor, at seeing my tears commenced crying himself, and sobbed out complaints against ‘wicked aunt Cathy,’ which drew her fury on to his unlucky head: she seized his shoulders, and shook him till the poor child waxed livid, and Edgar thoughtlessly laid hold of her hands to deliver him. In an instant one was wrung free, and the astonished young man felt it applied over his own ear in a way that could not be mistaken for jest. He drew back in consternation. I lifted Hareton in my arms, and walked off to the kitchen with him, leaving the door of communication open, for I was curious to watch how they would settle their disagreement. The insulted visitor moved to the spot where he had laid his hat, pale and with a quivering lip. +‘That’s right!’ I said to myself. ‘Take warning and begone! It’s a kindness to let you have a glimpse of her genuine disposition.’ +‘Where are you going?’ demanded Catherine, advancing to the door. +He swerved aside, and attempted to pass. +‘You must not go!’ she exclaimed, energetically. +‘I must and shall!’ he replied in a subdued voice. +‘No,’ she persisted, grasping the handle; ‘not yet, Edgar Linton: sit down; you shall not leave me in that temper. I should be miserable all night, and I won’t be miserable for you!’ +‘Can I stay after you have struck me?’ asked Linton. +Catherine was mute. +‘You’ve made me afraid and ashamed of you,’ he continued; ‘I’ll not come here again!’ +Her eyes began to glisten and her lids to twinkle. +‘And you told a deliberate untruth!’ he said. +‘I didn’t!’ she cried, recovering her speech; ‘I did nothing deliberately. Well, go, if you please—get away! And now I’ll cry—I’ll cry myself sick!’ +She dropped down on her knees by a chair, and set to weeping in serious earnest. Edgar persevered in his resolution as far as the court; there he lingered. I resolved to encourage him. +‘Miss is dreadfully wayward, sir,’ I called out. ‘As bad as any marred child: you’d better be riding home, or else she will be sick, only to grieve us.’ +The soft thing looked askance through the window: he possessed the power to depart as much as a cat possesses the power to leave a mouse half killed, or a bird half eaten. Ah, I thought, there will be no saving him: he’s doomed, and flies to his fate! And so it was: he turned abruptly, hastened into the house again, shut the door behind him; and when I went in a while after to inform them that Earnshaw had come home rabid drunk, ready to pull the whole place about our ears (his ordinary frame of mind in that condition), I saw the quarrel had merely effected a closer intimacy—had broken the outworks of youthful timidity, and enabled them to forsake the disguise of friendship, and confess themselves lovers. +Intelligence of Mr. Hindley’s arrival drove Linton speedily to his horse, and Catherine to her chamber. I went to hide little Hareton, and to take the shot out of the master’s fowling-piece, which he was fond of playing with in his insane excitement, to the hazard of the lives of any who provoked, or even attracted his notice too much; and I had hit upon the plan of removing it, that he might do less mischief if he did go the length of firing the gun. +CHAPTER IX +He entered, vociferating oaths dreadful to hear; and caught me in the act of stowing his son away in the kitchen cupboard. Hareton was impressed with a wholesome terror of encountering either his wild beast’s fondness or his madman’s rage; for in one he ran a chance of being squeezed and kissed to death, and in the other of being flung into the fire, or dashed against the wall; and the poor thing remained perfectly quiet wherever I chose to put him. +‘There, I’ve found it out at last!’ cried Hindley, pulling me back by the skin of my neck, like a dog. ‘By heaven and hell, you’ve sworn between you to murder that child! I know how it is, now, that he is always out of my way. But, with the help of Satan, I shall make you swallow the carving-knife, Nelly! You needn’t laugh; for I’ve just crammed Kenneth, head-downmost, in the Black-horse marsh; and two is the same as one—and I want to kill some of you: I shall have no rest till I do!’ +‘But I don’t like the carving-knife, Mr. Hindley,’ I answered; ‘it has been cutting red herrings. I’d rather be shot, if you please.’ +‘You’d rather be damned!’ he said; ‘and so you shall. No law in England can hinder a man from keeping his house decent, and mine’s abominable! Open your mouth.’ He held the knife in his hand, and pushed its point between my teeth: but, for my part, I was never much afraid of his vagaries. I spat out, and affirmed it tasted detestably—I would not take it on any account. +‘Oh!’ said he, releasing me, ‘I see that hideous little villain is not Hareton: I beg your pardon, Nell. If it be, he deserves flaying alive for not running to welcome me, and for screaming as if I were a goblin. Unnatural cub, come hither! I’ll teach thee to impose on a good-hearted, deluded father. Now, don’t you think the lad would be handsomer cropped? It makes a dog fiercer, and I love something fierce—get me a scissors—something fierce and trim! Besides, it’s infernal affectation—devilish conceit it is, to cherish our ears—we’re asses enough without them. Hush, child, hush! Well then, it is my darling! wisht, dry thy eyes—there’s a joy; kiss me. What! it won’t? Kiss me, Hareton! Damn thee, kiss me! By God, as if I would rear such a monster! As sure as I’m living, I’ll break the brat’s neck.’ +Poor Hareton was squalling and kicking in his father’s arms with all his might, and redoubled his yells when he carried him up-stairs and lifted him over the banister. I cried out that he would frighten the child into fits, and ran to rescue him. As I reached them, Hindley leant forward on the rails to listen to a noise below; almost forgetting what he had in his hands. ‘Who is that?’ he asked, hearing some one approaching the stairs’-foot. I leant forward also, for the purpose of signing to Heathcliff, whose step I recognised, not to come further; and, at the instant when my eye quitted Hareton, he gave a sudden spring, delivered himself from the careless grasp that held him, and fell. +There was scarcely time to experience a thrill of horror before we saw that the little wretch was safe. Heathcliff arrived underneath just at the critical moment; by a natural impulse he arrested his descent, and setting him on his feet, looked up to discover the author of the accident. A miser who has parted with a lucky lottery ticket for five shillings, and finds next day he has lost in the bargain five thousand pounds, could not show a blanker countenance than he did on beholding the figure of Mr. Earnshaw above. It expressed, plainer than words could do, the intensest anguish at having made himself the instrument of thwarting his own revenge. Had it been dark, I daresay he would have tried to remedy the mistake by smashing Hareton’s skull on the steps; but, we witnessed his salvation; and I was presently below with my precious charge pressed to my heart. Hindley descended more leisurely, sobered and abashed. +‘It is your fault, Ellen,’ he said; ‘you should have kept him out of sight: you should have taken him from me! Is he injured anywhere?’ +‘Injured!’ I cried angrily; ‘if he is not killed, he’ll be an idiot! Oh! I wonder his mother does not rise from her grave to see how you use him. You’re worse than a heathen—treating your own flesh and blood in that manner!’ He attempted to touch the child, who, on finding himself with me, sobbed off his terror directly. At the first finger his father laid on him, however, he shrieked again louder than before, and struggled as if he would go into convulsions. +‘You shall not meddle with him!’ I continued. ‘He hates you—they all hate you—that’s the truth! A happy family you have; and a pretty state you’re come to!’ +‘I shall come to a prettier, yet, Nelly,’ laughed the misguided man, recovering his hardness. ‘At present, convey yourself and him away. And hark you, Heathcliff! clear you too quite from my reach and hearing. I wouldn’t murder you to-night; unless, perhaps, I set the house on fire: but that’s as my fancy goes.’ +While saying this he took a pint bottle of brandy from the dresser, and poured some into a tumbler. +‘Nay, don’t!’ I entreated. ‘Mr. Hindley, do take warning. Have mercy on this unfortunate boy, if you care nothing for yourself!’ +‘Any one will do better for him than I shall,’ he answered. +‘Have mercy on your own soul!’ I said, endeavouring to snatch the glass from his hand. +‘Not I! On the contrary, I shall have great pleasure in sending it to perdition to punish its Maker,’ exclaimed the blasphemer. ‘Here’s to its hearty damnation!’ +He drank the spirits and impatiently bade us go; terminating his command with a sequel of horrid imprecations too bad to repeat or remember. +‘It’s a pity he cannot kill himself with drink,’ observed Heathcliff, muttering an echo of curses back when the door was shut. ‘He’s doing his very utmost; but his constitution defies him. Mr. Kenneth says he would wager his mare that he’ll outlive any man on this side Gimmerton, and go to the grave a hoary sinner; unless some happy chance out of the common course befall him.’ +I went into the kitchen, and sat down to lull my little lamb to sleep. Heathcliff, as I thought, walked through to the barn. It turned out afterwards that he only got as far as the other side the settle, when he flung himself on a bench by the wall, removed from the fire and remained silent. +I was rocking Hareton on my knee, and humming a song that began,— +It was far in the night, and the bairnies grat, +The mither beneath the mools heard that, +when Miss Cathy, who had listened to the hubbub from her room, put her head in, and whispered,—‘Are you alone, Nelly?’ +‘Yes, Miss,’ I replied. +She entered and approached the hearth. I, supposing she was going to say something, looked up. The expression of her face seemed disturbed and anxious. Her lips were half asunder, as if she meant to speak, and she drew a breath; but it escaped in a sigh instead of a sentence. I resumed my song; not having forgotten her recent behaviour. +‘Where’s Heathcliff?’ she said, interrupting me. +‘About his work in the stable,’ was my answer. +He did not contradict me; perhaps he had fallen into a doze. There followed another long pause, during which I perceived a drop or two trickle from Catherine’s cheek to the flags. Is she sorry for her shameful conduct?—I asked myself. That will be a novelty: but she may come to the point—as she will—I sha’n’t help her! No, she felt small trouble regarding any subject, save her own concerns. +‘Oh, dear!’ she cried at last. ‘I’m very unhappy!’ +‘A pity,’ observed I. ‘You’re hard to please; so many friends and so few cares, and can’t make yourself content!’ +‘Nelly, will you keep a secret for me?’ she pursued, kneeling down by me, and lifting her winsome eyes to my face with that sort of look which turns off bad temper, even when one has all the right in the world to indulge it. +‘Is it worth keeping?’ I inquired, less sulkily. +‘Yes, and it worries me, and I must let it out! I want to know what I should do. To-day, Edgar Linton has asked me to marry him, and I’ve given him an answer. Now, before I tell you whether it was a consent or denial, you tell me which it ought to have been.’ +‘Really, Miss Catherine, how can I know?’ I replied. ‘To be sure, considering the exhibition you performed in his presence this afternoon, I might say it would be wise to refuse him: since he asked you after that, he must either be hopelessly stupid or a venturesome fool.’ +‘If you talk so, I won’t tell you any more,’ she returned, peevishly rising to her feet. ‘I accepted him, Nelly. Be quick, and say whether I was wrong!’ +‘You accepted him! Then what good is it discussing the matter? You have pledged your word, and cannot retract.’ +‘But say whether I should have done so—do!’ she exclaimed in an irritated tone; chafing her hands together, and frowning. +‘There are many things to be considered before that question can be answered properly,’ I said, sententiously. ‘First and foremost, do you love Mr. Edgar?’ +‘Who can help it? Of course I do,’ she answered. +Then I put her through the following catechism: for a girl of twenty-two it was not injudicious. +‘Why do you love him, Miss Cathy?’ +‘Nonsense, I do—that’s sufficient.’ +‘By no means; you must say why?’ +‘Well, because he is handsome, and pleasant to be with.’ +‘Bad!’ was my commentary. +‘And because he is young and cheerful.’ +‘Bad, still.’ +‘And because he loves me.’ +‘Indifferent, coming there.’ +‘And he will be rich, and I shall like to be the greatest woman of the neighbourhood, and I shall be proud of having such a husband.’ +‘Worst of all. And now, say how you love him?’ +‘As everybody loves—You’re silly, Nelly.’ +‘Not at all—Answer.’ +‘I love the ground under his feet, and the air over his head, and everything he touches, and every word he says. I love all his looks, and all his actions, and him entirely and altogether. There now!’ +‘And why?’ +‘Nay; you are making a jest of it: it is exceedingly ill-natured! It’s no jest to me!’ said the young lady, scowling, and turning her face to the fire. +‘I’m very far from jesting, Miss Catherine,’ I replied. ‘You love Mr. Edgar because he is handsome, and young, and cheerful, and rich, and loves you. The last, however, goes for nothing: you would love him without that, probably; and with it you wouldn’t, unless he possessed the four former attractions.’ +‘No, to be sure not: I should only pity him—hate him, perhaps, if he were ugly, and a clown.’ +‘But there are several other handsome, rich young men in the world: handsomer, possibly, and richer than he is. What should hinder you from loving them?’ +‘If there be any, they are out of my way: I’ve seen none like Edgar.’ +‘You may see some; and he won’t always be handsome, and young, and may not always be rich.’ +‘He is now; and I have only to do with the present. I wish you would speak rationally.’ +‘Well, that settles it: if you have only to do with the present, marry Mr. Linton.’ +‘I don’t want your permission for that—I shall marry him: and yet you have not told me whether I’m right.’ +‘Perfectly right; if people be right to marry only for the present. And now, let us hear what you are unhappy about. Your brother will be pleased; the old lady and gentleman will not object, I think; you will escape from a disorderly, comfortless home into a wealthy, respectable one; and you love Edgar, and Edgar loves you. All seems smooth and easy: where is the obstacle?’ +‘Here! and here!’ replied Catherine, striking one hand on her forehead, and the other on her breast: ‘in whichever place the soul lives. In my soul and in my heart, I’m convinced I’m wrong!’ +‘That’s very strange! I cannot make it out.’ +‘It’s my secret. But if you will not mock at me, I’ll explain it: I can’t do it distinctly; but I’ll give you a feeling of how I feel.’ +She seated herself by me again: her countenance grew sadder and graver, and her clasped hands trembled. +‘Nelly, do you never dream queer dreams?’ she said, suddenly, after some minutes’ reflection. +‘Yes, now and then,’ I answered. +‘And so do I. I’ve dreamt in my life dreams that have stayed with me ever after, and changed my ideas: they’ve gone through and through me, like wine through water, and altered the colour of my mind. And this is one: I’m going to tell it—but take care not to smile at any part of it.’ +‘Oh! don’t, Miss Catherine!’ I cried. ‘We’re dismal enough without conjuring up ghosts and visions to perplex us. Come, come, be merry and like yourself! Look at little Hareton! he’s dreaming nothing dreary. How sweetly he smiles in his sleep!’ +‘Yes; and how sweetly his father curses in his solitude! You remember him, I daresay, when he was just such another as that chubby thing: nearly as young and innocent. However, Nelly, I shall oblige you to listen: it’s not long; and I’ve no power to be merry to-night.’ +‘I won’t hear it, I won’t hear it!’ I repeated, hastily. +I was superstitious about dreams then, and am still; and Catherine had an unusual gloom in her aspect, that made me dread something from which I might shape a prophecy, and foresee a fearful catastrophe. She was vexed, but she did not proceed. Apparently taking up another subject, she recommenced in a short time. +‘If I were in heaven, Nelly, I should be extremely miserable.’ +‘Because you are not fit to go there,’ I answered. ‘All sinners would be miserable in heaven.’ +‘But it is not for that. I dreamt once that I was there.’ +‘I tell you I won’t hearken to your dreams, Miss Catherine! I’ll go to bed,’ I interrupted again. +She laughed, and held me down; for I made a motion to leave my chair. +‘This is nothing,’ cried she: ‘I was only going to say that heaven did not seem to be my home; and I broke my heart with weeping to come back to earth; and the angels were so angry that they flung me out into the middle of the heath on the top of Wuthering Heights; where I woke sobbing for joy. That will do to explain my secret, as well as the other. I’ve no more business to marry Edgar Linton than I have to be in heaven; and if the wicked man in there had not brought Heathcliff so low, I shouldn’t have thought of it. It would degrade me to marry Heathcliff now; so he shall never know how I love him: and that, not because he’s handsome, Nelly, but because he’s more myself than I am. Whatever our souls are made of, his and mine are the same; and Linton’s is as different as a moonbeam from lightning, or frost from fire.’ +Ere this speech ended I became sensible of Heathcliff’s presence. Having noticed a slight movement, I turned my head, and saw him rise from the bench, and steal out noiselessly. He had listened till he heard Catherine say it would degrade her to marry him, and then he stayed to hear no further. My companion, sitting on the ground, was prevented by the back of the settle from remarking his presence or departure; but I started, and bade her hush! +‘Why?’ she asked, gazing nervously round. +‘Joseph is here,’ I answered, catching opportunely the roll of his cartwheels up the road; ‘and Heathcliff will come in with him. I’m not sure whether he were not at the door this moment.’ +‘Oh, he couldn’t overhear me at the door!’ said she. ‘Give me Hareton, while you get the supper, and when it is ready ask me to sup with you. I want to cheat my uncomfortable conscience, and be convinced that Heathcliff has no notion of these things. He has not, has he? He does not know what being in love is!’ +‘I see no reason that he should not know, as well as you,’ I returned; ‘and if you are his choice, he’ll be the most unfortunate creature that ever was born! As soon as you become Mrs. Linton, he loses friend, and love, and all! Have you considered how you’ll bear the separation, and how he’ll bear to be quite deserted in the world? Because, Miss Catherine—’ +‘He quite deserted! we separated!’ she exclaimed, with an accent of indignation. ‘Who is to separate us, pray? They’ll meet the fate of Milo! Not as long as I live, Ellen: for no mortal creature. Every Linton on the face of the earth might melt into nothing before I could consent to forsake Heathcliff. Oh, that’s not what I intend—that’s not what I mean! I shouldn’t be Mrs. Linton were such a price demanded! He’ll be as much to me as he has been all his lifetime. Edgar must shake off his antipathy, and tolerate him, at least. He will, when he learns my true feelings towards him. Nelly, I see now you think me a selfish wretch; but did it never strike you that if Heathcliff and I married, we should be beggars? whereas, if I marry Linton I can aid Heathcliff to rise, and place him out of my brother’s power.’ +‘With your husband’s money, Miss Catherine?’ I asked. ‘You’ll find him not so pliable as you calculate upon: and, though I’m hardly a judge, I think that’s the worst motive you’ve given yet for being the wife of young Linton.’ +‘It is not,’ retorted she; ‘it is the best! The others were the satisfaction of my whims: and for Edgar’s sake, too, to satisfy him. This is for the sake of one who comprehends in his person my feelings to Edgar and myself. I cannot express it; but surely you and everybody have a notion that there is or should be an existence of yours beyond you. What were the use of my creation, if I were entirely contained here? My great miseries in this world have been Heathcliff’s miseries, and I watched and felt each from the beginning: my great thought in living is himself. If all else perished, and he remained, I should still continue to be; and if all else remained, and he were annihilated, the universe would turn to a mighty stranger: I should not seem a part of it.—My love for Linton is like the foliage in the woods: time will change it, I’m well aware, as winter changes the trees. My love for Heathcliff resembles the eternal rocks beneath: a source of little visible delight, but necessary. Nelly, I am Heathcliff! He’s always, always in my mind: not as a pleasure, any more than I am always a pleasure to myself, but as my own being. So don’t talk of our separation again: it is impracticable; and—’ +She paused, and hid her face in the folds of my gown; but I jerked it forcibly away. I was out of patience with her folly! +‘If I can make any sense of your nonsense, Miss,’ I said, ‘it only goes to convince me that you are ignorant of the duties you undertake in marrying; or else that you are a wicked, unprincipled girl. But trouble me with no more secrets: I’ll not promise to keep them.’ +‘You’ll keep that?’ she asked, eagerly. +‘No, I’ll not promise,’ I repeated. +She was about to insist, when the entrance of Joseph finished our conversation; and Catherine removed her seat to a corner, and nursed Hareton, while I made the supper. After it was cooked, my fellow-servant and I began to quarrel who should carry some to Mr. Hindley; and we didn’t settle it till all was nearly cold. Then we came to the agreement that we would let him ask, if he wanted any; for we feared particularly to go into his presence when he had been some time alone. +‘And how isn’t that nowt comed in fro’ th’ field, be this time? What is he about? girt idle seeght!’ demanded the old man, looking round for Heathcliff. +‘I’ll call him,’ I replied. ‘He’s in the barn, I’ve no doubt.’ +I went and called, but got no answer. On returning, I whispered to Catherine that he had heard a good part of what she said, I was sure; and told how I saw him quit the kitchen just as she complained of her brother’s conduct regarding him. She jumped up in a fine fright, flung Hareton on to the settle, and ran to seek for her friend herself; not taking leisure to consider why she was so flurried, or how her talk would have affected him. She was absent such a while that Joseph proposed we should wait no longer. He cunningly conjectured they were staying away in order to avoid hearing his protracted blessing. They were ‘ill eneugh for ony fahl manners,’ he affirmed. And on their behalf he added that night a special prayer to the usual quarter-of-an-hour’s supplication before meat, and would have tacked another to the end of the grace, had not his young mistress broken in upon him with a hurried command that he must run down the road, and, wherever Heathcliff had rambled, find and make him re-enter directly! +‘I want to speak to him, and I must, before I go upstairs,’ she said. ‘And the gate is open: he is somewhere out of hearing; for he would not reply, though I shouted at the top of the fold as loud as I could.’ +Joseph objected at first; she was too much in earnest, however, to suffer contradiction; and at last he placed his hat on his head, and walked grumbling forth. Meantime, Catherine paced up and down the floor, exclaiming—‘I wonder where he is—I wonder where he can be! What did I say, Nelly? I’ve forgotten. Was he vexed at my bad humour this afternoon? Dear! tell me what I’ve said to grieve him? I do wish he’d come. I do wish he would!’ +‘What a noise for nothing!’ I cried, though rather uneasy myself. ‘What a trifle scares you! It’s surely no great cause of alarm that Heathcliff should take a moonlight saunter on the moors, or even lie too sulky to speak to us in the hay-loft. I’ll engage he’s lurking there. See if I don’t ferret him out!’ +I departed to renew my search; its result was disappointment, and Joseph’s quest ended in the same. +‘Yon lad gets war und war!’ observed he on re-entering. ‘He’s left th’ gate at t’ full swing, and Miss’s pony has trodden dahn two rigs o’ corn, and plottered through, raight o’er into t’ meadow! Hahsomdiver, t’ maister ‘ull play t’ devil to-morn, and he’ll do weel. He’s patience itsseln wi’ sich careless, offald craters—patience itsseln he is! Bud he’ll not be soa allus—yah’s see, all on ye! Yah mun’n’t drive him out of his heead for nowt!’ +‘Have you found Heathcliff, you ass?’ interrupted Catherine. ‘Have you been looking for him, as I ordered?’ +‘I sud more likker look for th’ horse,’ he replied. ‘It ’ud be to more sense. Bud I can look for norther horse nur man of a neeght loike this—as black as t’ chimbley! und Heathcliff’s noan t’ chap to coom at my whistle—happen he’ll be less hard o’ hearing wi’ ye!’ +It was a very dark evening for summer: the clouds appeared inclined to thunder, and I said we had better all sit down; the approaching rain would be certain to bring him home without further trouble. However, Catherine would not be persuaded into tranquillity. She kept wandering to and fro, from the gate to the door, in a state of agitation which permitted no repose; and at length took up a permanent situation on one side of the wall, near the road: where, heedless of my expostulations and the growling thunder, and the great drops that began to plash around her, she remained, calling at intervals, and then listening, and then crying outright. She beat Hareton, or any child, at a good passionate fit of crying. +About midnight, while we still sat up, the storm came rattling over the Heights in full fury. There was a violent wind, as well as thunder, and either one or the other split a tree off at the corner of the building: a huge bough fell across the roof, and knocked down a portion of the east chimney-stack, sending a clatter of stones and soot into the kitchen-fire. We thought a bolt had fallen in the middle of us; and Joseph swung on to his knees, beseeching the Lord to remember the patriarchs Noah and Lot, and, as in former times, spare the righteous, though he smote the ungodly. I felt some sentiment that it must be a judgment on us also. The Jonah, in my mind, was Mr. Earnshaw; and I shook the handle of his den that I might ascertain if he were yet living. He replied audibly enough, in a fashion which made my companion vociferate, more clamorously than before, that a wide distinction might be drawn between saints like himself and sinners like his master. But the uproar passed away in twenty minutes, leaving us all unharmed; excepting Cathy, who got thoroughly drenched for her obstinacy in refusing to take shelter, and standing bonnetless and shawlless to catch as much water as she could with her hair and clothes. She came in and lay down on the settle, all soaked as she was, turning her face to the back, and putting her hands before it. +‘Well, Miss!’ I exclaimed, touching her shoulder; ‘you are not bent on getting your death, are you? Do you know what o’clock it is? Half-past twelve. Come, come to bed! there’s no use waiting any longer on that foolish boy: he’ll be gone to Gimmerton, and he’ll stay there now. He guesses we shouldn’t wait for him till this late hour: at least, he guesses that only Mr. Hindley would be up; and he’d rather avoid having the door opened by the master.’ +‘Nay, nay, he’s noan at Gimmerton,’ said Joseph. ‘I’s niver wonder but he’s at t’ bothom of a bog-hoile. This visitation worn’t for nowt, and I wod hev’ ye to look out, Miss—yah muh be t’ next. Thank Hivin for all! All warks togither for gooid to them as is chozzen, and piked out fro’ th’ rubbidge! Yah knaw whet t’ Scripture ses.’ And he began quoting several texts, referring us to chapters and verses where we might find them. +I, having vainly begged the wilful girl to rise and remove her wet things, left him preaching and her shivering, and betook myself to bed with little Hareton, who slept as fast as if everyone had been sleeping round him. I heard Joseph read on a while afterwards; then I distinguished his slow step on the ladder, and then I dropped asleep. +Coming down somewhat later than usual, I saw, by the sunbeams piercing the chinks of the shutters, Miss Catherine still seated near the fireplace. The house-door was ajar, too; light entered from its unclosed windows; Hindley had come out, and stood on the kitchen hearth, haggard and drowsy. +‘What ails you, Cathy?’ he was saying when I entered: ‘you look as dismal as a drowned whelp. Why are you so damp and pale, child?’ +‘I’ve been wet,’ she answered reluctantly, ‘and I’m cold, that’s all.’ +‘Oh, she is naughty!’ I cried, perceiving the master to be tolerably sober. ‘She got steeped in the shower of yesterday evening, and there she has sat the night through, and I couldn’t prevail on her to stir.’ +Mr. Earnshaw stared at us in surprise. ‘The night through,’ he repeated. ‘What kept her up? not fear of the thunder, surely? That was over hours since.’ +Neither of us wished to mention Heathcliff’s absence, as long as we could conceal it; so I replied, I didn’t know how she took it into her head to sit up; and she said nothing. The morning was fresh and cool; I threw back the lattice, and presently the room filled with sweet scents from the garden; but Catherine called peevishly to me, ‘Ellen, shut the window. I’m starving!’ And her teeth chattered as she shrank closer to the almost extinguished embers. +‘She’s ill,’ said Hindley, taking her wrist; ‘I suppose that’s the reason she would not go to bed. Damn it! I don’t want to be troubled with more sickness here. What took you into the rain?’ +‘Running after t’ lads, as usuald!’ croaked Joseph, catching an opportunity from our hesitation to thrust in his evil tongue. ‘If I war yah, maister, I’d just slam t’ boards i’ their faces all on ’em, gentle and simple! Never a day ut yah’re off, but yon cat o’ Linton comes sneaking hither; and Miss Nelly, shoo’s a fine lass! shoo sits watching for ye i’ t’ kitchen; and as yah’re in at one door, he’s out at t’other; and, then, wer grand lady goes a-courting of her side! It’s bonny behaviour, lurking amang t’ fields, after twelve o’ t’ night, wi’ that fahl, flaysome divil of a gipsy, Heathcliff! They think I’m blind; but I’m noan: nowt ut t’ soart!—I seed young Linton boath coming and going, and I seed yah’ (directing his discourse to me), ‘yah gooid fur nowt, slattenly witch! nip up and bolt into th’ house, t’ minute yah heard t’ maister’s horse-fit clatter up t’ road.’ +‘Silence, eavesdropper!’ cried Catherine; ‘none of your insolence before me! Edgar Linton came yesterday by chance, Hindley; and it was I who told him to be off: because I knew you would not like to have met him as you were.’ +‘You lie, Cathy, no doubt,’ answered her brother, ‘and you are a confounded simpleton! But never mind Linton at present: tell me, were you not with Heathcliff last night? Speak the truth, now. You need not be afraid of harming him: though I hate him as much as ever, he did me a good turn a short time since that will make my conscience tender of breaking his neck. To prevent it, I shall send him about his business this very morning; and after he’s gone, I’d advise you all to look sharp: I shall only have the more humour for you.’ +‘I never saw Heathcliff last night,’ answered Catherine, beginning to sob bitterly: ‘and if you do turn him out of doors, I’ll go with him. But, perhaps, you’ll never have an opportunity: perhaps, he’s gone.’ Here she burst into uncontrollable grief, and the remainder of her words were inarticulate. +Hindley lavished on her a torrent of scornful abuse, and bade her get to her room immediately, or she shouldn’t cry for nothing! I obliged her to obey; and I shall never forget what a scene she acted when we reached her chamber: it terrified me. I thought she was going mad, and I begged Joseph to run for the doctor. It proved the commencement of delirium: Mr. Kenneth, as soon as he saw her, pronounced her dangerously ill; she had a fever. He bled her, and he told me to let her live on whey and water-gruel, and take care she did not throw herself downstairs or out of the window; and then he left: for he had enough to do in the parish, where two or three miles was the ordinary distance between cottage and cottage. +Though I cannot say I made a gentle nurse, and Joseph and the master were no better, and though our patient was as wearisome and headstrong as a patient could be, she weathered it through. Old Mrs. Linton paid us several visits, to be sure, and set things to rights, and scolded and ordered us all; and when Catherine was convalescent, she insisted on conveying her to Thrushcross Grange: for which deliverance we were very grateful. But the poor dame had reason to repent of her kindness: she and her husband both took the fever, and died within a few days of each other. +Our young lady returned to us saucier and more passionate, and haughtier than ever. Heathcliff had never been heard of since the evening of the thunder-storm; and, one day, I had the misfortune, when she had provoked me exceedingly, to lay the blame of his disappearance on her: where indeed it belonged, as she well knew. From that period, for several months, she ceased to hold any communication with me, save in the relation of a mere servant. Joseph fell under a ban also: he would speak his mind, and lecture her all the same as if she were a little girl; and she esteemed herself a woman, and our mistress, and thought that her recent illness gave her a claim to be treated with consideration. Then the doctor had said that she would not bear crossing much; she ought to have her own way; and it was nothing less than murder in her eyes for any one to presume to stand up and contradict her. From Mr. Earnshaw and his companions she kept aloof; and tutored by Kenneth, and serious threats of a fit that often attended her rages, her brother allowed her whatever she pleased to demand, and generally avoided aggravating her fiery temper. He was rather too indulgent in humouring her caprices; not from affection, but from pride: he wished earnestly to see her bring honour to the family by an alliance with the Lintons, and as long as she let him alone she might trample on us like slaves, for aught he cared! Edgar Linton, as multitudes have been before and will be after him, was infatuated: and believed himself the happiest man alive on the day he led her to Gimmerton Chapel, three years subsequent to his father’s death. +Much against my inclination, I was persuaded to leave Wuthering Heights and accompany her here. Little Hareton was nearly five years old, and I had just begun to teach him his letters. We made a sad parting; but Catherine’s tears were more powerful than ours. When I refused to go, and when she found her entreaties did not move me, she went lamenting to her husband and brother. The former offered me munificent wages; the latter ordered me to pack up: he wanted no women in the house, he said, now that there was no mistress; and as to Hareton, the curate should take him in hand, by-and-by. And so I had but one choice left: to do as I was ordered. I told the master he got rid of all decent people only to run to ruin a little faster; I kissed Hareton, said good-by; and since then he has been a stranger: and it’s very queer to think it, but I’ve no doubt he has completely forgotten all about Ellen Dean, and that he was ever more than all the world to her and she to him! +* * * * * +At this point of the housekeeper’s story she chanced to glance towards the time-piece over the chimney; and was in amazement on seeing the minute-hand measure half-past one. She would not hear of staying a second longer: in truth, I felt rather disposed to defer the sequel of her narrative myself. And now that she is vanished to her rest, and I have meditated for another hour or two, I shall summon courage to go also, in spite of aching laziness of head and limbs. +CHAPTER X +A charming introduction to a hermit’s life! Four weeks’ torture, tossing, and sickness! Oh, these bleak winds and bitter northern skies, and impassable roads, and dilatory country surgeons! And oh, this dearth of the human physiognomy! and, worse than all, the terrible intimation of Kenneth that I need not expect to be out of doors till spring! +Mr. Heathcliff has just honoured me with a call. About seven days ago he sent me a brace of grouse—the last of the season. Scoundrel! He is not altogether guiltless in this illness of mine; and that I had a great mind to tell him. But, alas! how could I offend a man who was charitable enough to sit at my bedside a good hour, and talk on some other subject than pills and draughts, blisters and leeches? This is quite an easy interval. I am too weak to read; yet I feel as if I could enjoy something interesting. Why not have up Mrs. Dean to finish her tale? I can recollect its chief incidents, as far as she had gone. Yes: I remember her hero had run off, and never been heard of for three years; and the heroine was married. I’ll ring: she’ll be delighted to find me capable of talking cheerfully. Mrs. Dean came. +‘It wants twenty minutes, sir, to taking the medicine,’ she commenced. +‘Away, away with it!’ I replied; ‘I desire to have—’ +‘The doctor says you must drop the powders.’ +‘With all my heart! Don’t interrupt me. Come and take your seat here. Keep your fingers from that bitter phalanx of vials. Draw your knitting out of your pocket—that will do—now continue the history of Mr. Heathcliff, from where you left off, to the present day. Did he finish his education on the Continent, and come back a gentleman? or did he get a sizar’s place at college, or escape to America, and earn honours by drawing blood from his foster-country? or make a fortune more promptly on the English highways?’ +‘He may have done a little in all these vocations, Mr. Lockwood; but I couldn’t give my word for any. I stated before that I didn’t know how he gained his money; neither am I aware of the means he took to raise his mind from the savage ignorance into which it was sunk: but, with your leave, I’ll proceed in my own fashion, if you think it will amuse and not weary you. Are you feeling better this morning?’ +‘Much.’ +‘That’s good news.’ +* * * * * +I got Miss Catherine and myself to Thrushcross Grange; and, to my agreeable disappointment, she behaved infinitely better than I dared to expect. She seemed almost over-fond of Mr. Linton; and even to his sister she showed plenty of affection. They were both very attentive to her comfort, certainly. It was not the thorn bending to the honeysuckles, but the honeysuckles embracing the thorn. There were no mutual concessions: one stood erect, and the others yielded: and who can be ill-natured and bad-tempered when they encounter neither opposition nor indifference? I observed that Mr. Edgar had a deep-rooted fear of ruffling her humour. He concealed it from her; but if ever he heard me answer sharply, or saw any other servant grow cloudy at some imperious order of hers, he would show his trouble by a frown of displeasure that never darkened on his own account. He many a time spoke sternly to me about my pertness; and averred that the stab of a knife could not inflict a worse pang than he suffered at seeing his lady vexed. Not to grieve a kind master, I learned to be less touchy; and, for the space of half a year, the gunpowder lay as harmless as sand, because no fire came near to explode it. Catherine had seasons of gloom and silence now and then: they were respected with sympathising silence by her husband, who ascribed them to an alteration in her constitution, produced by her perilous illness; as she was never subject to depression of spirits before. The return of sunshine was welcomed by answering sunshine from him. I believe I may assert that they were really in possession of deep and growing happiness. +It ended. Well, we must be for ourselves in the long run; the mild and generous are only more justly selfish than the domineering; and it ended when circumstances caused each to feel that the one’s interest was not the chief consideration in the other’s thoughts. On a mellow evening in September, I was coming from the garden with a heavy basket of apples which I had been gathering. It had got dusk, and the moon looked over the high wall of the court, causing undefined shadows to lurk in the corners of the numerous projecting portions of the building. I set my burden on the house-steps by the kitchen-door, and lingered to rest, and drew in a few more breaths of the soft, sweet air; my eyes were on the moon, and my back to the entrance, when I heard a voice behind me say,—‘Nelly, is that you?’ +It was a deep voice, and foreign in tone; yet there was something in the manner of pronouncing my name which made it sound familiar. I turned about to discover who spoke, fearfully; for the doors were shut, and I had seen nobody on approaching the steps. Something stirred in the porch; and, moving nearer, I distinguished a tall man dressed in dark clothes, with dark face and hair. He leant against the side, and held his fingers on the latch as if intending to open for himself. ‘Who can it be?’ I thought. ‘Mr. Earnshaw? Oh, no! The voice has no resemblance to his.’ +‘I have waited here an hour,’ he resumed, while I continued staring; ‘and the whole of that time all round has been as still as death. I dared not enter. You do not know me? Look, I’m not a stranger!’ +A ray fell on his features; the cheeks were sallow, and half covered with black whiskers; the brows lowering, the eyes deep-set and singular. I remembered the eyes. +‘What!’ I cried, uncertain whether to regard him as a worldly visitor, and I raised my hands in amazement. ‘What! you come back? Is it really you? Is it?’ +‘Yes, Heathcliff,’ he replied, glancing from me up to the windows, which reflected a score of glittering moons, but showed no lights from within. ‘Are they at home? where is she? Nelly, you are not glad! you needn’t be so disturbed. Is she here? Speak! I want to have one word with her—your mistress. Go, and say some person from Gimmerton desires to see her.’ +‘How will she take it?’ I exclaimed. ‘What will she do? The surprise bewilders me—it will put her out of her head! And you are Heathcliff! But altered! Nay, there’s no comprehending it. Have you been for a soldier?’ +‘Go and carry my message,’ he interrupted, impatiently. ‘I’m in hell till you do!’ +He lifted the latch, and I entered; but when I got to the parlour where Mr. and Mrs. Linton were, I could not persuade myself to proceed. At length I resolved on making an excuse to ask if they would have the candles lighted, and I opened the door. +They sat together in a window whose lattice lay back against the wall, and displayed, beyond the garden trees, and the wild green park, the valley of Gimmerton, with a long line of mist winding nearly to its top (for very soon after you pass the chapel, as you may have noticed, the sough that runs from the marshes joins a beck which follows the bend of the glen). Wuthering Heights rose above this silvery vapour; but our old house was invisible; it rather dips down on the other side. Both the room and its occupants, and the scene they gazed on, looked wondrously peaceful. I shrank reluctantly from performing my errand; and was actually going away leaving it unsaid, after having put my question about the candles, when a sense of my folly compelled me to return, and mutter, ‘A person from Gimmerton wishes to see you ma’am.’ +‘What does he want?’ asked Mrs. Linton. +‘I did not question him,’ I answered. +‘Well, close the curtains, Nelly,’ she said; ‘and bring up tea. I’ll be back again directly.’ +She quitted the apartment; Mr. Edgar inquired, carelessly, who it was. +‘Some one mistress does not expect,’ I replied. ‘That Heathcliff—you recollect him, sir—who used to live at Mr. Earnshaw’s.’ +‘What! the gipsy—the ploughboy?’ he cried. ‘Why did you not say so to Catherine?’ +‘Hush! you must not call him by those names, master,’ I said. ‘She’d be sadly grieved to hear you. She was nearly heartbroken when he ran off. I guess his return will make a jubilee to her.’ +Mr. Linton walked to a window on the other side of the room that overlooked the court. He unfastened it, and leant out. I suppose they were below, for he exclaimed quickly: ‘Don’t stand there, love! Bring the person in, if it be anyone particular.’ Ere long, I heard the click of the latch, and Catherine flew up-stairs, breathless and wild; too excited to show gladness: indeed, by her face, you would rather have surmised an awful calamity. +‘Oh, Edgar, Edgar!’ she panted, flinging her arms round his neck. ‘Oh, Edgar darling! Heathcliff’s come back—he is!’ And she tightened her embrace to a squeeze. +‘Well, well,’ cried her husband, crossly, ‘don’t strangle me for that! He never struck me as such a marvellous treasure. There is no need to be frantic!’ +‘I know you didn’t like him,’ she answered, repressing a little the intensity of her delight. ‘Yet, for my sake, you must be friends now. Shall I tell him to come up?’ +‘Here,’ he said, ‘into the parlour?’ +‘Where else?’ she asked. +He looked vexed, and suggested the kitchen as a more suitable place for him. Mrs. Linton eyed him with a droll expression—half angry, half laughing at his fastidiousness. +‘No,’ she added, after a while; ‘I cannot sit in the kitchen. Set two tables here, Ellen: one for your master and Miss Isabella, being gentry; the other for Heathcliff and myself, being of the lower orders. Will that please you, dear? Or must I have a fire lighted elsewhere? If so, give directions. I’ll run down and secure my guest. I’m afraid the joy is too great to be real!’ +She was about to dart off again; but Edgar arrested her. +‘You bid him step up,’ he said, addressing me; ‘and, Catherine, try to be glad, without being absurd. The whole household need not witness the sight of your welcoming a runaway servant as a brother.’ +I descended, and found Heathcliff waiting under the porch, evidently anticipating an invitation to enter. He followed my guidance without waste of words, and I ushered him into the presence of the master and mistress, whose flushed cheeks betrayed signs of warm talking. But the lady’s glowed with another feeling when her friend appeared at the door: she sprang forward, took both his hands, and led him to Linton; and then she seized Linton’s reluctant fingers and crushed them into his. Now, fully revealed by the fire and candlelight, I was amazed, more than ever, to behold the transformation of Heathcliff. He had grown a tall, athletic, well-formed man; beside whom my master seemed quite slender and youth-like. His upright carriage suggested the idea of his having been in the army. His countenance was much older in expression and decision of feature than Mr. Linton’s; it looked intelligent, and retained no marks of former degradation. A half-civilised ferocity lurked yet in the depressed brows and eyes full of black fire, but it was subdued; and his manner was even dignified: quite divested of roughness, though stern for grace. My master’s surprise equalled or exceeded mine: he remained for a minute at a loss how to address the ploughboy, as he had called him. Heathcliff dropped his slight hand, and stood looking at him coolly till he chose to speak. +‘Sit down, sir,’ he said, at length. ‘Mrs. Linton, recalling old times, would have me give you a cordial reception; and, of course, I am gratified when anything occurs to please her.’ +‘And I also,’ answered Heathcliff, ‘especially if it be anything in which I have a part. I shall stay an hour or two willingly.’ +He took a seat opposite Catherine, who kept her gaze fixed on him as if she feared he would vanish were she to remove it. He did not raise his to her often: a quick glance now and then sufficed; but it flashed back, each time more confidently, the undisguised delight he drank from hers. They were too much absorbed in their mutual joy to suffer embarrassment. Not so Mr. Edgar: he grew pale with pure annoyance: a feeling that reached its climax when his lady rose, and stepping across the rug, seized Heathcliff’s hands again, and laughed like one beside herself. +‘I shall think it a dream to-morrow!’ she cried. ‘I shall not be able to believe that I have seen, and touched, and spoken to you once more. And yet, cruel Heathcliff! you don’t deserve this welcome. To be absent and silent for three years, and never to think of me!’ +‘A little more than you have thought of me,’ he murmured. ‘I heard of your marriage, Cathy, not long since; and, while waiting in the yard below, I meditated this plan—just to have one glimpse of your face, a stare of surprise, perhaps, and pretended pleasure; afterwards settle my score with Hindley; and then prevent the law by doing execution on myself. Your welcome has put these ideas out of my mind; but beware of meeting me with another aspect next time! Nay, you’ll not drive me off again. You were really sorry for me, were you? Well, there was cause. I’ve fought through a bitter life since I last heard your voice; and you must forgive me, for I struggled only for you!’ +‘Catherine, unless we are to have cold tea, please to come to the table,’ interrupted Linton, striving to preserve his ordinary tone, and a due measure of politeness. ‘Mr. Heathcliff will have a long walk, wherever he may lodge to-night; and I’m thirsty.’ +She took her post before the urn; and Miss Isabella came, summoned by the bell; then, having handed their chairs forward, I left the room. The meal hardly endured ten minutes. Catherine’s cup was never filled: she could neither eat nor drink. Edgar had made a slop in his saucer, and scarcely swallowed a mouthful. Their guest did not protract his stay that evening above an hour longer. I asked, as he departed, if he went to Gimmerton? +‘No, to Wuthering Heights,’ he answered: ‘Mr. Earnshaw invited me, when I called this morning.’ +Mr. Earnshaw invited him! and he called on Mr. Earnshaw! I pondered this sentence painfully, after he was gone. Is he turning out a bit of a hypocrite, and coming into the country to work mischief under a cloak? I mused: I had a presentiment in the bottom of my heart that he had better have remained away. +About the middle of the night, I was wakened from my first nap by Mrs. Linton gliding into my chamber, taking a seat on my bedside, and pulling me by the hair to rouse me. +‘I cannot rest, Ellen,’ she said, by way of apology. ‘And I want some living creature to keep me company in my happiness! Edgar is sulky, because I’m glad of a thing that does not interest him: he refuses to open his mouth, except to utter pettish, silly speeches; and he affirmed I was cruel and selfish for wishing to talk when he was so sick and sleepy. He always contrives to be sick at the least cross! I gave a few sentences of commendation to Heathcliff, and he, either for a headache or a pang of envy, began to cry: so I got up and left him.’ +‘What use is it praising Heathcliff to him?’ I answered. ‘As lads they had an aversion to each other, and Heathcliff would hate just as much to hear him praised: it’s human nature. Let Mr. Linton alone about him, unless you would like an open quarrel between them.’ +‘But does it not show great weakness?’ pursued she. ‘I’m not envious: I never feel hurt at the brightness of Isabella’s yellow hair and the whiteness of her skin, at her dainty elegance, and the fondness all the family exhibit for her. Even you, Nelly, if we have a dispute sometimes, you back Isabella at once; and I yield like a foolish mother: I call her a darling, and flatter her into a good temper. It pleases her brother to see us cordial, and that pleases me. But they are very much alike: they are spoiled children, and fancy the world was made for their accommodation; and though I humour both, I think a smart chastisement might improve them all the same.’ +‘You’re mistaken, Mrs. Linton,’ said I. ‘They humour you: I know what there would be to do if they did not. You can well afford to indulge their passing whims as long as their business is to anticipate all your desires. You may, however, fall out, at last, over something of equal consequence to both sides; and then those you term weak are very capable of being as obstinate as you.’ +‘And then we shall fight to the death, sha’n’t we, Nelly?’ she returned, laughing. ‘No! I tell you, I have such faith in Linton’s love, that I believe I might kill him, and he wouldn’t wish to retaliate.’ +I advised her to value him the more for his affection. +‘I do,’ she answered, ‘but he needn’t resort to whining for trifles. It is childish and, instead of melting into tears because I said that Heathcliff was now worthy of anyone’s regard, and it would honour the first gentleman in the country to be his friend, he ought to have said it for me, and been delighted from sympathy. He must get accustomed to him, and he may as well like him: considering how Heathcliff has reason to object to him, I’m sure he behaved excellently!’ +‘What do you think of his going to Wuthering Heights?’ I inquired. ‘He is reformed in every respect, apparently: quite a Christian: offering the right hand of fellowship to his enemies all around!’ +‘He explained it,’ she replied. ‘I wonder as much as you. He said he called to gather information concerning me from you, supposing you resided there still; and Joseph told Hindley, who came out and fell to questioning him of what he had been doing, and how he had been living; and finally, desired him to walk in. There were some persons sitting at cards; Heathcliff joined them; my brother lost some money to him, and, finding him plentifully supplied, he requested that he would come again in the evening: to which he consented. Hindley is too reckless to select his acquaintance prudently: he doesn’t trouble himself to reflect on the causes he might have for mistrusting one whom he has basely injured. But Heathcliff affirms his principal reason for resuming a connection with his ancient persecutor is a wish to install himself in quarters at walking distance from the Grange, and an attachment to the house where we lived together; and likewise a hope that I shall have more opportunities of seeing him there than I could have if he settled in Gimmerton. He means to offer liberal payment for permission to lodge at the Heights; and doubtless my brother’s covetousness will prompt him to accept the terms: he was always greedy; though what he grasps with one hand he flings away with the other.’ +‘It’s a nice place for a young man to fix his dwelling in!’ said I. ‘Have you no fear of the consequences, Mrs. Linton?’ +‘None for my friend,’ she replied: ‘his strong head will keep him from danger; a little for Hindley: but he can’t be made morally worse than he is; and I stand between him and bodily harm. The event of this evening has reconciled me to God and humanity! I had risen in angry rebellion against Providence. Oh, I’ve endured very, very bitter misery, Nelly! If that creature knew how bitter, he’d be ashamed to cloud its removal with idle petulance. It was kindness for him which induced me to bear it alone: had I expressed the agony I frequently felt, he would have been taught to long for its alleviation as ardently as I. However, it’s over, and I’ll take no revenge on his folly; I can afford to suffer anything hereafter! Should the meanest thing alive slap me on the cheek, I’d not only turn the other, but I’d ask pardon for provoking it; and, as a proof, I’ll go make my peace with Edgar instantly. Good-night! I’m an angel!’ +In this self-complacent conviction she departed; and the success of her fulfilled resolution was obvious on the morrow: Mr. Linton had not only abjured his peevishness (though his spirits seemed still subdued by Catherine’s exuberance of vivacity), but he ventured no objection to her taking Isabella with her to Wuthering Heights in the afternoon; and she rewarded him with such a summer of sweetness and affection in return as made the house a paradise for several days; both master and servants profiting from the perpetual sunshine. +Heathcliff—Mr. Heathcliff I should say in future—used the liberty of visiting at Thrushcross Grange cautiously, at first: he seemed estimating how far its owner would bear his intrusion. Catherine, also, deemed it judicious to moderate her expressions of pleasure in receiving him; and he gradually established his right to be expected. He retained a great deal of the reserve for which his boyhood was remarkable; and that served to repress all startling demonstrations of feeling. My master’s uneasiness experienced a lull, and further circumstances diverted it into another channel for a space. +His new source of trouble sprang from the not anticipated misfortune of Isabella Linton evincing a sudden and irresistible attraction towards the tolerated guest. She was at that time a charming young lady of eighteen; infantile in manners, though possessed of keen wit, keen feelings, and a keen temper, too, if irritated. Her brother, who loved her tenderly, was appalled at this fantastic preference. Leaving aside the degradation of an alliance with a nameless man, and the possible fact that his property, in default of heirs male, might pass into such a one’s power, he had sense to comprehend Heathcliff’s disposition: to know that, though his exterior was altered, his mind was unchangeable and unchanged. And he dreaded that mind: it revolted him: he shrank forebodingly from the idea of committing Isabella to its keeping. He would have recoiled still more had he been aware that her attachment rose unsolicited, and was bestowed where it awakened no reciprocation of sentiment; for the minute he discovered its existence he laid the blame on Heathcliff’s deliberate designing. +We had all remarked, during some time, that Miss Linton fretted and pined over something. She grew cross and wearisome; snapping at and teasing Catherine continually, at the imminent risk of exhausting her limited patience. We excused her, to a certain extent, on the plea of ill-health: she was dwindling and fading before our eyes. But one day, when she had been peculiarly wayward, rejecting her breakfast, complaining that the servants did not do what she told them; that the mistress would allow her to be nothing in the house, and Edgar neglected her; that she had caught a cold with the doors being left open, and we let the parlour fire go out on purpose to vex her, with a hundred yet more frivolous accusations, Mrs. Linton peremptorily insisted that she should get to bed; and, having scolded her heartily, threatened to send for the doctor. Mention of Kenneth caused her to exclaim, instantly, that her health was perfect, and it was only Catherine’s harshness which made her unhappy. +‘How can you say I am harsh, you naughty fondling?’ cried the mistress, amazed at the unreasonable assertion. ‘You are surely losing your reason. When have I been harsh, tell me?’ +‘Yesterday,’ sobbed Isabella, ‘and now!’ +‘Yesterday!’ said her sister-in-law. ‘On what occasion?’ +‘In our walk along the moor: you told me to ramble where I pleased, while you sauntered on with Mr. Heathcliff!’ +‘And that’s your notion of harshness?’ said Catherine, laughing. ‘It was no hint that your company was superfluous? We didn’t care whether you kept with us or not; I merely thought Heathcliff’s talk would have nothing entertaining for your ears.’ +‘Oh, no,’ wept the young lady; ‘you wished me away, because you knew I liked to be there!’ +‘Is she sane?’ asked Mrs. Linton, appealing to me. ‘I’ll repeat our conversation, word for word, Isabella; and you point out any charm it could have had for you.’ +‘I don’t mind the conversation,’ she answered: ‘I wanted to be with—’ +‘Well?’ said Catherine, perceiving her hesitate to complete the sentence. +‘With him: and I won’t be always sent off!’ she continued, kindling up. ‘You are a dog in the manger, Cathy, and desire no one to be loved but yourself!’ +‘You are an impertinent little monkey!’ exclaimed Mrs. Linton, in surprise. ‘But I’ll not believe this idiotcy! It is impossible that you can covet the admiration of Heathcliff—that you consider him an agreeable person! I hope I have misunderstood you, Isabella?’ +‘No, you have not,’ said the infatuated girl. ‘I love him more than ever you loved Edgar, and he might love me, if you would let him!’ +‘I wouldn’t be you for a kingdom, then!’ Catherine declared, emphatically: and she seemed to speak sincerely. ‘Nelly, help me to convince her of her madness. Tell her what Heathcliff is: an unreclaimed creature, without refinement, without cultivation; an arid wilderness of furze and whinstone. I’d as soon put that little canary into the park on a winter’s day, as recommend you to bestow your heart on him! It is deplorable ignorance of his character, child, and nothing else, which makes that dream enter your head. Pray, don’t imagine that he conceals depths of benevolence and affection beneath a stern exterior! He’s not a rough diamond—a pearl-containing oyster of a rustic: he’s a fierce, pitiless, wolfish man. I never say to him, “Let this or that enemy alone, because it would be ungenerous or cruel to harm them;” I say, “Let them alone, because I should hate them to be wronged:” and he’d crush you like a sparrow’s egg, Isabella, if he found you a troublesome charge. I know he couldn’t love a Linton; and yet he’d be quite capable of marrying your fortune and expectations: avarice is growing with him a besetting sin. There’s my picture: and I’m his friend—so much so, that had he thought seriously to catch you, I should, perhaps, have held my tongue, and let you fall into his trap.’ +Miss Linton regarded her sister-in-law with indignation. +‘For shame! for shame!’ she repeated, angrily. ‘You are worse than twenty foes, you poisonous friend!’ +‘Ah! you won’t believe me, then?’ said Catherine. ‘You think I speak from wicked selfishness?’ +‘I’m certain you do,’ retorted Isabella; ‘and I shudder at you!’ +‘Good!’ cried the other. ‘Try for yourself, if that be your spirit: I have done, and yield the argument to your saucy insolence.’— +‘And I must suffer for her egotism!’ she sobbed, as Mrs. Linton left the room. ‘All, all is against me: she has blighted my single consolation. But she uttered falsehoods, didn’t she? Mr. Heathcliff is not a fiend: he has an honourable soul, and a true one, or how could he remember her?’ +‘Banish him from your thoughts, Miss,’ I said. ‘He’s a bird of bad omen: no mate for you. Mrs. Linton spoke strongly, and yet I can’t contradict her. She is better acquainted with his heart than I, or any one besides; and she never would represent him as worse than he is. Honest people don’t hide their deeds. How has he been living? how has he got rich? why is he staying at Wuthering Heights, the house of a man whom he abhors? They say Mr. Earnshaw is worse and worse since he came. They sit up all night together continually, and Hindley has been borrowing money on his land, and does nothing but play and drink: I heard only a week ago—it was Joseph who told me—I met him at Gimmerton: “Nelly,” he said, “we’s hae a crowner’s ‘quest enow, at ahr folks’. One on ’em ’s a’most getten his finger cut off wi’ hauding t’ other fro’ stickin’ hisseln loike a cawlf. That’s maister, yeah knaw, ’at ’s soa up o’ going tuh t’ grand ’sizes. He’s noan feared o’ t’ bench o’ judges, norther Paul, nur Peter, nur John, nur Matthew, nor noan on ’em, not he! He fair likes—he langs to set his brazened face agean ’em! And yon bonny lad Heathcliff, yah mind, he’s a rare ’un. He can girn a laugh as well ’s onybody at a raight divil’s jest. Does he niver say nowt of his fine living amang us, when he goes to t’ Grange? This is t’ way on ’t:—up at sun-down: dice, brandy, cloised shutters, und can’le-light till next day at noon: then, t’fooil gangs banning und raving to his cham’er, makking dacent fowks dig thur fingers i’ thur lugs fur varry shame; un’ the knave, why he can caint his brass, un’ ate, un’ sleep, un’ off to his neighbour’s to gossip wi’ t’ wife. I’ course, he tells Dame Catherine how her fathur’s goold runs into his pocket, and her fathur’s son gallops down t’ broad road, while he flees afore to oppen t’ pikes!” Now, Miss Linton, Joseph is an old rascal, but no liar; and, if his account of Heathcliff’s conduct be true, you would never think of desiring such a husband, would you?’ +‘You are leagued with the rest, Ellen!’ she replied. ‘I’ll not listen to your slanders. What malevolence you must have to wish to convince me that there is no happiness in the world!’ +Whether she would have got over this fancy if left to herself, or persevered in nursing it perpetually, I cannot say: she had little time to reflect. The day after, there was a justice-meeting at the next town; my master was obliged to attend; and Mr. Heathcliff, aware of his absence, called rather earlier than usual. Catherine and Isabella were sitting in the library, on hostile terms, but silent: the latter alarmed at her recent indiscretion, and the disclosure she had made of her secret feelings in a transient fit of passion; the former, on mature consideration, really offended with her companion; and, if she laughed again at her pertness, inclined to make it no laughing matter to her. She did laugh as she saw Heathcliff pass the window. I was sweeping the hearth, and I noticed a mischievous smile on her lips. Isabella, absorbed in her meditations, or a book, remained till the door opened; and it was too late to attempt an escape, which she would gladly have done had it been practicable. +‘Come in, that’s right!’ exclaimed the mistress, gaily, pulling a chair to the fire. ‘Here are two people sadly in need of a third to thaw the ice between them; and you are the very one we should both of us choose. Heathcliff, I’m proud to show you, at last, somebody that dotes on you more than myself. I expect you to feel flattered. Nay, it’s not Nelly; don’t look at her! My poor little sister-in-law is breaking her heart by mere contemplation of your physical and moral beauty. It lies in your own power to be Edgar’s brother! No, no, Isabella, you sha’n’t run off,’ she continued, arresting, with feigned playfulness, the confounded girl, who had risen indignantly. ‘We were quarrelling like cats about you, Heathcliff; and I was fairly beaten in protestations of devotion and admiration: and, moreover, I was informed that if I would but have the manners to stand aside, my rival, as she will have herself to be, would shoot a shaft into your soul that would fix you for ever, and send my image into eternal oblivion!’ +‘Catherine!’ said Isabella, calling up her dignity, and disdaining to struggle from the tight grasp that held her, ‘I’d thank you to adhere to the truth and not slander me, even in joke! Mr. Heathcliff, be kind enough to bid this friend of yours release me: she forgets that you and I are not intimate acquaintances; and what amuses her is painful to me beyond expression.’ +As the guest answered nothing, but took his seat, and looked thoroughly indifferent what sentiments she cherished concerning him, she turned and whispered an earnest appeal for liberty to her tormentor. +‘By no means!’ cried Mrs. Linton in answer. ‘I won’t be named a dog in the manger again. You shall stay: now then! Heathcliff, why don’t you evince satisfaction at my pleasant news? Isabella swears that the love Edgar has for me is nothing to that she entertains for you. I’m sure she made some speech of the kind; did she not, Ellen? And she has fasted ever since the day before yesterday’s walk, from sorrow and rage that I despatched her out of your society under the idea of its being unacceptable.’ +‘I think you belie her,’ said Heathcliff, twisting his chair to face them. ‘She wishes to be out of my society now, at any rate!’ +And he stared hard at the object of discourse, as one might do at a strange repulsive animal: a centipede from the Indies, for instance, which curiosity leads one to examine in spite of the aversion it raises. The poor thing couldn’t bear that; she grew white and red in rapid succession, and, while tears beaded her lashes, bent the strength of her small fingers to loosen the firm clutch of Catherine; and perceiving that as fast as she raised one finger off her arm another closed down, and she could not remove the whole together, she began to make use of her nails; and their sharpness presently ornamented the detainer’s with crescents of red. +‘There’s a tigress!’ exclaimed Mrs. Linton, setting her free, and shaking her hand with pain. ‘Begone, for God’s sake, and hide your vixen face! How foolish to reveal those talons to him. Can’t you fancy the conclusions he’ll draw? Look, Heathcliff! they are instruments that will do execution—you must beware of your eyes.’ +‘I’d wrench them off her fingers, if they ever menaced me,’ he answered, brutally, when the door had closed after her. ‘But what did you mean by teasing the creature in that manner, Cathy? You were not speaking the truth, were you?’ +‘I assure you I was,’ she returned. ‘She has been dying for your sake several weeks, and raving about you this morning, and pouring forth a deluge of abuse, because I represented your failings in a plain light, for the purpose of mitigating her adoration. But don’t notice it further: I wished to punish her sauciness, that’s all. I like her too well, my dear Heathcliff, to let you absolutely seize and devour her up.’ +‘And I like her too ill to attempt it,’ said he, ‘except in a very ghoulish fashion. You’d hear of odd things if I lived alone with that mawkish, waxen face: the most ordinary would be painting on its white the colours of the rainbow, and turning the blue eyes black, every day or two: they detestably resemble Linton’s.’ +‘Delectably!’ observed Catherine. ‘They are dove’s eyes—angel’s!’ +‘She’s her brother’s heir, is she not?’ he asked, after a brief silence. +‘I should be sorry to think so,’ returned his companion. ‘Half a dozen nephews shall erase her title, please heaven! Abstract your mind from the subject at present: you are too prone to covet your neighbour’s goods; remember this neighbour’s goods are mine.’ +‘If they were mine, they would be none the less that,’ said Heathcliff; ‘but though Isabella Linton may be silly, she is scarcely mad; and, in short, we’ll dismiss the matter, as you advise.’ +From their tongues they did dismiss it; and Catherine, probably, from her thoughts. The other, I felt certain, recalled it often in the course of the evening. I saw him smile to himself—grin rather—and lapse into ominous musing whenever Mrs. Linton had occasion to be absent from the apartment. +I determined to watch his movements. My heart invariably cleaved to the master’s, in preference to Catherine’s side: with reason I imagined, for he was kind, and trustful, and honourable; and she—she could not be called opposite, yet she seemed to allow herself such wide latitude, that I had little faith in her principles, and still less sympathy for her feelings. I wanted something to happen which might have the effect of freeing both Wuthering Heights and the Grange of Mr. Heathcliff quietly; leaving us as we had been prior to his advent. His visits were a continual nightmare to me; and, I suspected, to my master also. His abode at the Heights was an oppression past explaining. I felt that God had forsaken the stray sheep there to its own wicked wanderings, and an evil beast prowled between it and the fold, waiting his time to spring and destroy. +CHAPTER XI +Sometimes, while meditating on these things in solitude, I’ve got up in a sudden terror, and put on my bonnet to go see how all was at the farm. I’ve persuaded my conscience that it was a duty to warn him how people talked regarding his ways; and then I’ve recollected his confirmed bad habits, and, hopeless of benefiting him, have flinched from re-entering the dismal house, doubting if I could bear to be taken at my word. +One time I passed the old gate, going out of my way, on a journey to Gimmerton. It was about the period that my narrative has reached: a bright frosty afternoon; the ground bare, and the road hard and dry. I came to a stone where the highway branches off on to the moor at your left hand; a rough sand-pillar, with the letters W. H. cut on its north side, on the east, G., and on the south-west, T. G. It serves as a guide-post to the Grange, the Heights, and village. The sun shone yellow on its grey head, reminding me of summer; and I cannot say why, but all at once a gush of child’s sensations flowed into my heart. Hindley and I held it a favourite spot twenty years before. I gazed long at the weather-worn block; and, stooping down, perceived a hole near the bottom still full of snail-shells and pebbles, which we were fond of storing there with more perishable things; and, as fresh as reality, it appeared that I beheld my early playmate seated on the withered turf: his dark, square head bent forward, and his little hand scooping out the earth with a piece of slate. ‘Poor Hindley!’ I exclaimed, involuntarily. I started: my bodily eye was cheated into a momentary belief that the child lifted its face and stared straight into mine! It vanished in a twinkling; but immediately I felt an irresistible yearning to be at the Heights. Superstition urged me to comply with this impulse: supposing he should be dead! I thought—or should die soon!—supposing it were a sign of death! The nearer I got to the house the more agitated I grew; and on catching sight of it I trembled in every limb. The apparition had outstripped me: it stood looking through the gate. That was my first idea on observing an elf-locked, brown-eyed boy setting his ruddy countenance against the bars. Further reflection suggested this must be Hareton, my Hareton, not altered greatly since I left him, ten months since. +‘God bless thee, darling!’ I cried, forgetting instantaneously my foolish fears. ‘Hareton, it’s Nelly! Nelly, thy nurse.’ +He retreated out of arm’s length, and picked up a large flint. +‘I am come to see thy father, Hareton,’ I added, guessing from the action that Nelly, if she lived in his memory at all, was not recognised as one with me. +He raised his missile to hurl it; I commenced a soothing speech, but could not stay his hand: the stone struck my bonnet; and then ensued, from the stammering lips of the little fellow, a string of curses, which, whether he comprehended them or not, were delivered with practised emphasis, and distorted his baby features into a shocking expression of malignity. You may be certain this grieved more than angered me. Fit to cry, I took an orange from my pocket, and offered it to propitiate him. He hesitated, and then snatched it from my hold; as if he fancied I only intended to tempt and disappoint him. I showed another, keeping it out of his reach. +‘Who has taught you those fine words, my bairn?’ I inquired. ‘The curate?’ +‘Damn the curate, and thee! Gie me that,’ he replied. +‘Tell us where you got your lessons, and you shall have it,’ said I. ‘Who’s your master?’ +‘Devil daddy,’ was his answer. +‘And what do you learn from daddy?’ I continued. +He jumped at the fruit; I raised it higher. ‘What does he teach you?’ I asked. +‘Naught,’ said he, ‘but to keep out of his gait. Daddy cannot bide me, because I swear at him.’ +‘Ah! and the devil teaches you to swear at daddy?’ I observed. +‘Ay—nay,’ he drawled. +‘Who, then?’ +‘Heathcliff.’ +‘I asked if he liked Mr. Heathcliff.’ +‘Ay!’ he answered again. +Desiring to have his reasons for liking him, I could only gather the sentences—‘I known’t: he pays dad back what he gies to me—he curses daddy for cursing me. He says I mun do as I will.’ +‘And the curate does not teach you to read and write, then?’ I pursued. +‘No, I was told the curate should have his—teeth dashed down his—throat, if he stepped over the threshold—Heathcliff had promised that!’ +I put the orange in his hand, and bade him tell his father that a woman called Nelly Dean was waiting to speak with him, by the garden gate. He went up the walk, and entered the house; but, instead of Hindley, Heathcliff appeared on the door-stones; and I turned directly and ran down the road as hard as ever I could race, making no halt till I gained the guide-post, and feeling as scared as if I had raised a goblin. This is not much connected with Miss Isabella’s affair: except that it urged me to resolve further on mounting vigilant guard, and doing my utmost to check the spread of such bad influence at the Grange: even though I should wake a domestic storm, by thwarting Mrs. Linton’s pleasure. +The next time Heathcliff came my young lady chanced to be feeding some pigeons in the court. She had never spoken a word to her sister-in-law for three days; but she had likewise dropped her fretful complaining, and we found it a great comfort. Heathcliff had not the habit of bestowing a single unnecessary civility on Miss Linton, I knew. Now, as soon as he beheld her, his first precaution was to take a sweeping survey of the house-front. I was standing by the kitchen-window, but I drew out of sight. He then stepped across the pavement to her, and said something: she seemed embarrassed, and desirous of getting away; to prevent it, he laid his hand on her arm. She averted her face: he apparently put some question which she had no mind to answer. There was another rapid glance at the house, and supposing himself unseen, the scoundrel had the impudence to embrace her. +‘Judas! Traitor!’ I ejaculated. ‘You are a hypocrite, too, are you? A deliberate deceiver.’ +‘Who is, Nelly?’ said Catherine’s voice at my elbow: I had been over-intent on watching the pair outside to mark her entrance. +‘Your worthless friend!’ I answered, warmly: ‘the sneaking rascal yonder. Ah, he has caught a glimpse of us—he is coming in! I wonder will he have the heart to find a plausible excuse for making love to Miss, when he told you he hated her?’ +Mrs. Linton saw Isabella tear herself free, and run into the garden; and a minute after, Heathcliff opened the door. I couldn’t withhold giving some loose to my indignation; but Catherine angrily insisted on silence, and threatened to order me out of the kitchen, if I dared to be so presumptuous as to put in my insolent tongue. +‘To hear you, people might think you were the mistress!’ she cried. ‘You want setting down in your right place! Heathcliff, what are you about, raising this stir? I said you must let Isabella alone!—I beg you will, unless you are tired of being received here, and wish Linton to draw the bolts against you!’ +‘God forbid that he should try!’ answered the black villain. I detested him just then. ‘God keep him meek and patient! Every day I grow madder after sending him to heaven!’ +‘Hush!’ said Catherine, shutting the inner door! ‘Don’t vex me. Why have you disregarded my request? Did she come across you on purpose?’ +‘What is it to you?’ he growled. ‘I have a right to kiss her, if she chooses; and you have no right to object. I am not your husband: you needn’t be jealous of me!’ +‘I’m not jealous of you,’ replied the mistress; ‘I’m jealous for you. Clear your face: you sha’n’t scowl at me! If you like Isabella, you shall marry her. But do you like her? Tell the truth, Heathcliff! There, you won’t answer. I’m certain you don’t.’ +‘And would Mr. Linton approve of his sister marrying that man?’ I inquired. +‘Mr. Linton should approve,’ returned my lady, decisively. +‘He might spare himself the trouble,’ said Heathcliff: ‘I could do as well without his approbation. And as to you, Catherine, I have a mind to speak a few words now, while we are at it. I want you to be aware that I know you have treated me infernally—infernally! Do you hear? And if you flatter yourself that I don’t perceive it, you are a fool; and if you think I can be consoled by sweet words, you are an idiot: and if you fancy I’ll suffer unrevenged, I’ll convince you of the contrary, in a very little while! Meantime, thank you for telling me your sister-in-law’s secret: I swear I’ll make the most of it. And stand you aside!’ +‘What new phase of his character is this?’ exclaimed Mrs. Linton, in amazement. ‘I’ve treated you infernally—and you’ll take your revenge! How will you take it, ungrateful brute? How have I treated you infernally?’ +‘I seek no revenge on you,’ replied Heathcliff, less vehemently. ‘That’s not the plan. The tyrant grinds down his slaves and they don’t turn against him; they crush those beneath them. You are welcome to torture me to death for your amusement, only allow me to amuse myself a little in the same style, and refrain from insult as much as you are able. Having levelled my palace, don’t erect a hovel and complacently admire your own charity in giving me that for a home. If I imagined you really wished me to marry Isabel, I’d cut my throat!’ +‘Oh, the evil is that I am not jealous, is it?’ cried Catherine. ‘Well, I won’t repeat my offer of a wife: it is as bad as offering Satan a lost soul. Your bliss lies, like his, in inflicting misery. You prove it. Edgar is restored from the ill-temper he gave way to at your coming; I begin to be secure and tranquil; and you, restless to know us at peace, appear resolved on exciting a quarrel. Quarrel with Edgar, if you please, Heathcliff, and deceive his sister: you’ll hit on exactly the most efficient method of revenging yourself on me.’ +The conversation ceased. Mrs. Linton sat down by the fire, flushed and gloomy. The spirit which served her was growing intractable: she could neither lay nor control it. He stood on the hearth with folded arms, brooding on his evil thoughts; and in this position I left them to seek the master, who was wondering what kept Catherine below so long. +‘Ellen,’ said he, when I entered, ‘have you seen your mistress?’ +‘Yes; she’s in the kitchen, sir,’ I answered. ‘She’s sadly put out by Mr. Heathcliff’s behaviour: and, indeed, I do think it’s time to arrange his visits on another footing. There’s harm in being too soft, and now it’s come to this—.’ And I related the scene in the court, and, as near as I dared, the whole subsequent dispute. I fancied it could not be very prejudicial to Mrs. Linton; unless she made it so afterwards, by assuming the defensive for her guest. Edgar Linton had difficulty in hearing me to the close. His first words revealed that he did not clear his wife of blame. +‘This is insufferable!’ he exclaimed. ‘It is disgraceful that she should own him for a friend, and force his company on me! Call me two men out of the hall, Ellen. Catherine shall linger no longer to argue with the low ruffian—I have humoured her enough.’ +He descended, and bidding the servants wait in the passage, went, followed by me, to the kitchen. Its occupants had recommenced their angry discussion: Mrs. Linton, at least, was scolding with renewed vigour; Heathcliff had moved to the window, and hung his head, somewhat cowed by her violent rating apparently. He saw the master first, and made a hasty motion that she should be silent; which she obeyed, abruptly, on discovering the reason of his intimation. +‘How is this?’ said Linton, addressing her; ‘what notion of propriety must you have to remain here, after the language which has been held to you by that blackguard? I suppose, because it is his ordinary talk you think nothing of it: you are habituated to his baseness, and, perhaps, imagine I can get used to it too!’ +‘Have you been listening at the door, Edgar?’ asked the mistress, in a tone particularly calculated to provoke her husband, implying both carelessness and contempt of his irritation. Heathcliff, who had raised his eyes at the former speech, gave a sneering laugh at the latter; on purpose, it seemed, to draw Mr. Linton’s attention to him. He succeeded; but Edgar did not mean to entertain him with any high flights of passion. +‘I’ve been so far forbearing with you, sir,’ he said quietly; ‘not that I was ignorant of your miserable, degraded character, but I felt you were only partly responsible for that; and Catherine wishing to keep up your acquaintance, I acquiesced—foolishly. Your presence is a moral poison that would contaminate the most virtuous: for that cause, and to prevent worse consequences, I shall deny you hereafter admission into this house, and give notice now that I require your instant departure. Three minutes’ delay will render it involuntary and ignominious.' +Heathcliff measured the height and breadth of the speaker with an eye full of derision. +‘Cathy, this lamb of yours threatens like a bull!’ he said. ‘It is in danger of splitting its skull against my knuckles. By God! Mr. Linton, I’m mortally sorry that you are not worth knocking down!’ +My master glanced towards the passage, and signed me to fetch the men: he had no intention of hazarding a personal encounter. I obeyed the hint; but Mrs. Linton, suspecting something, followed; and when I attempted to call them, she pulled me back, slammed the door to, and locked it. +‘Fair means!’ she said, in answer to her husband’s look of angry surprise. ‘If you have not courage to attack him, make an apology, or allow yourself to be beaten. It will correct you of feigning more valour than you possess. No, I’ll swallow the key before you shall get it! I’m delightfully rewarded for my kindness to each! After constant indulgence of one’s weak nature, and the other’s bad one, I earn for thanks two samples of blind ingratitude, stupid to absurdity! Edgar, I was defending you and yours; and I wish Heathcliff may flog you sick, for daring to think an evil thought of me!’ +It did not need the medium of a flogging to produce that effect on the master. He tried to wrest the key from Catherine’s grasp, and for safety she flung it into the hottest part of the fire; whereupon Mr. Edgar was taken with a nervous trembling, and his countenance grew deadly pale. For his life he could not avert that excess of emotion: mingled anguish and humiliation overcame him completely. He leant on the back of a chair, and covered his face. +‘Oh, heavens! In old days this would win you knighthood!’ exclaimed Mrs. Linton. ‘We are vanquished! we are vanquished! Heathcliff would as soon lift a finger at you as the king would march his army against a colony of mice. Cheer up! you sha’n’t be hurt! Your type is not a lamb, it’s a sucking leveret.’ +‘I wish you joy of the milk-blooded coward, Cathy!’ said her friend. ‘I compliment you on your taste. And that is the slavering, shivering thing you preferred to me! I would not strike him with my fist, but I’d kick him with my foot, and experience considerable satisfaction. Is he weeping, or is he going to faint for fear?’ +The fellow approached and gave the chair on which Linton rested a push. He’d better have kept his distance: my master quickly sprang erect, and struck him full on the throat a blow that would have levelled a slighter man. It took his breath for a minute; and while he choked, Mr. Linton walked out by the back door into the yard, and from thence to the front entrance. +‘There! you’ve done with coming here,’ cried Catherine. ‘Get away, now; he’ll return with a brace of pistols and half-a-dozen assistants. If he did overhear us, of course he’d never forgive you. You’ve played me an ill turn, Heathcliff! But go—make haste! I’d rather see Edgar at bay than you.’ +‘Do you suppose I’m going with that blow burning in my gullet?’ he thundered. ‘By hell, no! I’ll crush his ribs in like a rotten hazel-nut before I cross the threshold! If I don’t floor him now, I shall murder him some time; so, as you value his existence, let me get at him!’ +‘He is not coming,’ I interposed, framing a bit of a lie. ‘There’s the coachman and the two gardeners; you’ll surely not wait to be thrust into the road by them! Each has a bludgeon; and master will, very likely, be watching from the parlour-windows to see that they fulfil his orders.’ +The gardeners and coachman were there: but Linton was with them. They had already entered the court. Heathcliff, on the second thoughts, resolved to avoid a struggle against three underlings: he seized the poker, smashed the lock from the inner door, and made his escape as they tramped in. +Mrs. Linton, who was very much excited, bade me accompany her up-stairs. She did not know my share in contributing to the disturbance, and I was anxious to keep her in ignorance. +‘I’m nearly distracted, Nelly!’ she exclaimed, throwing herself on the sofa. ‘A thousand smiths’ hammers are beating in my head! Tell Isabella to shun me; this uproar is owing to her; and should she or any one else aggravate my anger at present, I shall get wild. And, Nelly, say to Edgar, if you see him again to-night, that I’m in danger of being seriously ill. I wish it may prove true. He has startled and distressed me shockingly! I want to frighten him. Besides, he might come and begin a string of abuse or complainings; I’m certain I should recriminate, and God knows where we should end! Will you do so, my good Nelly? You are aware that I am no way blamable in this matter. What possessed him to turn listener? Heathcliff’s talk was outrageous, after you left us; but I could soon have diverted him from Isabella, and the rest meant nothing. Now all is dashed wrong; by the fool’s craving to hear evil of self, that haunts some people like a demon! Had Edgar never gathered our conversation, he would never have been the worse for it. Really, when he opened on me in that unreasonable tone of displeasure after I had scolded Heathcliff till I was hoarse for him, I did not care hardly what they did to each other; especially as I felt that, however the scene closed, we should all be driven asunder for nobody knows how long! Well, if I cannot keep Heathcliff for my friend—if Edgar will be mean and jealous, I’ll try to break their hearts by breaking my own. That will be a prompt way of finishing all, when I am pushed to extremity! But it’s a deed to be reserved for a forlorn hope; I’d not take Linton by surprise with it. To this point he has been discreet in dreading to provoke me; you must represent the peril of quitting that policy, and remind him of my passionate temper, verging, when kindled, on frenzy. I wish you could dismiss that apathy out of that countenance, and look rather more anxious about me.’ +The stolidity with which I received these instructions was, no doubt, rather exasperating: for they were delivered in perfect sincerity; but I believed a person who could plan the turning of her fits of passion to account, beforehand, might, by exerting her will, manage to control herself tolerably, even while under their influence; and I did not wish to ‘frighten’ her husband, as she said, and multiply his annoyances for the purpose of serving her selfishness. Therefore I said nothing when I met the master coming towards the parlour; but I took the liberty of turning back to listen whether they would resume their quarrel together. He began to speak first. +‘Remain where you are, Catherine,’ he said; without any anger in his voice, but with much sorrowful despondency. ‘I shall not stay. I am neither come to wrangle nor be reconciled; but I wish just to learn whether, after this evening’s events, you intend to continue your intimacy with—’ +‘Oh, for mercy’s sake,’ interrupted the mistress, stamping her foot, ‘for mercy’s sake, let us hear no more of it now! Your cold blood cannot be worked into a fever: your veins are full of ice-water; but mine are boiling, and the sight of such chillness makes them dance.’ +‘To get rid of me, answer my question,’ persevered Mr. Linton. ‘You must answer it; and that violence does not alarm me. I have found that you can be as stoical as anyone, when you please. Will you give up Heathcliff hereafter, or will you give up me? It is impossible for you to be my friend and his at the same time; and I absolutely require to know which you choose.’ +‘I require to be let alone!’ exclaimed Catherine, furiously. ‘I demand it! Don’t you see I can scarcely stand? Edgar, you—you leave me!’ +She rang the bell till it broke with a twang; I entered leisurely. It was enough to try the temper of a saint, such senseless, wicked rages! There she lay dashing her head against the arm of the sofa, and grinding her teeth, so that you might fancy she would crash them to splinters! Mr. Linton stood looking at her in sudden compunction and fear. He told me to fetch some water. She had no breath for speaking. I brought a glass full; and as she would not drink, I sprinkled it on her face. In a few seconds she stretched herself out stiff, and turned up her eyes, while her cheeks, at once blanched and livid, assumed the aspect of death. Linton looked terrified. +‘There is nothing in the world the matter,’ I whispered. I did not want him to yield, though I could not help being afraid in my heart. +‘She has blood on her lips!’ he said, shuddering. +‘Never mind!’ I answered, tartly. And I told him how she had resolved, previous to his coming, on exhibiting a fit of frenzy. I incautiously gave the account aloud, and she heard me; for she started up—her hair flying over her shoulders, her eyes flashing, the muscles of her neck and arms standing out preternaturally. I made up my mind for broken bones, at least; but she only glared about her for an instant, and then rushed from the room. The master directed me to follow; I did, to her chamber-door: she hindered me from going further by securing it against me. +As she never offered to descend to breakfast next morning, I went to ask whether she would have some carried up. ‘No!’ she replied, peremptorily. The same question was repeated at dinner and tea; and again on the morrow after, and received the same answer. Mr. Linton, on his part, spent his time in the library, and did not inquire concerning his wife’s occupations. Isabella and he had had an hour’s interview, during which he tried to elicit from her some sentiment of proper horror for Heathcliff’s advances: but he could make nothing of her evasive replies, and was obliged to close the examination unsatisfactorily; adding, however, a solemn warning, that if she were so insane as to encourage that worthless suitor, it would dissolve all bonds of relationship between herself and him. +CHAPTER XII +While Miss Linton moped about the park and garden, always silent, and almost always in tears; and her brother shut himself up among books that he never opened—wearying, I guessed, with a continual vague expectation that Catherine, repenting her conduct, would come of her own accord to ask pardon, and seek a reconciliation—and she fasted pertinaciously, under the idea, probably, that at every meal Edgar was ready to choke for her absence, and pride alone held him from running to cast himself at her feet; I went about my household duties, convinced that the Grange had but one sensible soul in its walls, and that lodged in my body. I wasted no condolences on Miss, nor any expostulations on my mistress; nor did I pay much attention to the sighs of my master, who yearned to hear his lady’s name, since he might not hear her voice. I determined they should come about as they pleased for me; and though it was a tiresomely slow process, I began to rejoice at length in a faint dawn of its progress: as I thought at first. +Mrs. Linton, on the third day, unbarred her door, and having finished the water in her pitcher and decanter, desired a renewed supply, and a basin of gruel, for she believed she was dying. That I set down as a speech meant for Edgar’s ears; I believed no such thing, so I kept it to myself and brought her some tea and dry toast. She ate and drank eagerly, and sank back on her pillow again, clenching her hands and groaning. ‘Oh, I will die,’ she exclaimed, ‘since no one cares anything about me. I wish I had not taken that.’ Then a good while after I heard her murmur, ‘No, I’ll not die—he’d be glad—he does not love me at all—he would never miss me!’ +‘Did you want anything, ma’am?’ I inquired, still preserving my external composure, in spite of her ghastly countenance and strange, exaggerated manner. +‘What is that apathetic being doing?’ she demanded, pushing the thick entangled locks from her wasted face. ‘Has he fallen into a lethargy, or is he dead?’ +‘Neither,’ replied I; ‘if you mean Mr. Linton. He’s tolerably well, I think, though his studies occupy him rather more than they ought: he is continually among his books, since he has no other society.’ +I should not have spoken so if I had known her true condition, but I could not get rid of the notion that she acted a part of her disorder. +‘Among his books!’ she cried, confounded. ‘And I dying! I on the brink of the grave! My God! does he know how I’m altered?’ continued she, staring at her reflection in a mirror hanging against the opposite wall. ‘Is that Catherine Linton? He imagines me in a pet—in play, perhaps. Cannot you inform him that it is frightful earnest? Nelly, if it be not too late, as soon as I learn how he feels, I’ll choose between these two: either to starve at once—that would be no punishment unless he had a heart—or to recover, and leave the country. Are you speaking the truth about him now? Take care. Is he actually so utterly indifferent for my life?’ +‘Why, ma’am,’ I answered, ‘the master has no idea of your being deranged; and of course he does not fear that you will let yourself die of hunger.’ +‘You think not? Cannot you tell him I will?’ she returned. ‘Persuade him! speak of your own mind: say you are certain I will!’ +‘No, you forget, Mrs. Linton,’ I suggested, ‘that you have eaten some food with a relish this evening, and to-morrow you will perceive its good effects.’ +‘If I were only sure it would kill him,’ she interrupted, ‘I’d kill myself directly! These three awful nights I’ve never closed my lids—and oh, I’ve been tormented! I’ve been haunted, Nelly! But I begin to fancy you don’t like me. How strange! I thought, though everybody hated and despised each other, they could not avoid loving me. And they have all turned to enemies in a few hours: they have, I’m positive; the people here. How dreary to meet death, surrounded by their cold faces! Isabella, terrified and repelled, afraid to enter the room, it would be so dreadful to watch Catherine go. And Edgar standing solemnly by to see it over; then offering prayers of thanks to God for restoring peace to his house, and going back to his books! What in the name of all that feels has he to do with books, when I am dying?’ +She could not bear the notion which I had put into her head of Mr. Linton’s philosophical resignation. Tossing about, she increased her feverish bewilderment to madness, and tore the pillow with her teeth; then raising herself up all burning, desired that I would open the window. We were in the middle of winter, the wind blew strong from the north-east, and I objected. Both the expressions flitting over her face, and the changes of her moods, began to alarm me terribly; and brought to my recollection her former illness, and the doctor’s injunction that she should not be crossed. A minute previously she was violent; now, supported on one arm, and not noticing my refusal to obey her, she seemed to find childish diversion in pulling the feathers from the rents she had just made, and ranging them on the sheet according to their different species: her mind had strayed to other associations. +‘That’s a turkey’s,’ she murmured to herself; ‘and this is a wild duck’s; and this is a pigeon’s. Ah, they put pigeons’ feathers in the pillows—no wonder I couldn’t die! Let me take care to throw it on the floor when I lie down. And here is a moor-cock’s; and this—I should know it among a thousand—it’s a lapwing’s. Bonny bird; wheeling over our heads in the middle of the moor. It wanted to get to its nest, for the clouds had touched the swells, and it felt rain coming. This feather was picked up from the heath, the bird was not shot: we saw its nest in the winter, full of little skeletons. Heathcliff set a trap over it, and the old ones dared not come. I made him promise he’d never shoot a lapwing after that, and he didn’t. Yes, here are more! Did he shoot my lapwings, Nelly? Are they red, any of them? Let me look.’ +‘Give over with that baby-work!’ I interrupted, dragging the pillow away, and turning the holes towards the mattress, for she was removing its contents by handfuls. ‘Lie down and shut your eyes: you’re wandering. There’s a mess! The down is flying about like snow.’ +I went here and there collecting it. +‘I see in you, Nelly,’ she continued dreamily, ‘an aged woman: you have grey hair and bent shoulders. This bed is the fairy cave under Penistone crags, and you are gathering elf-bolts to hurt our heifers; pretending, while I am near, that they are only locks of wool. That’s what you’ll come to fifty years hence: I know you are not so now. I’m not wandering: you’re mistaken, or else I should believe you really were that withered hag, and I should think I was under Penistone Crags; and I’m conscious it’s night, and there are two candles on the table making the black press shine like jet.’ +‘The black press? where is that?’ I asked. ‘You are talking in your sleep!’ +‘It’s against the wall, as it always is,’ she replied. ‘It does appear odd—I see a face in it!’ +‘There’s no press in the room, and never was,’ said I, resuming my seat, and looping up the curtain that I might watch her. +‘Don’t you see that face?’ she inquired, gazing earnestly at the mirror. +And say what I could, I was incapable of making her comprehend it to be her own; so I rose and covered it with a shawl. +‘It’s behind there still!’ she pursued, anxiously. ‘And it stirred. Who is it? I hope it will not come out when you are gone! Oh! Nelly, the room is haunted! I’m afraid of being alone!’ +I took her hand in mine, and bid her be composed; for a succession of shudders convulsed her frame, and she would keep straining her gaze towards the glass. +‘There’s nobody here!’ I insisted. ‘It was yourself, Mrs. Linton: you knew it a while since.’ +‘Myself!’ she gasped, ‘and the clock is striking twelve! It’s true, then! that’s dreadful!’ +Her fingers clutched the clothes, and gathered them over her eyes. I attempted to steal to the door with an intention of calling her husband; but I was summoned back by a piercing shriek—the shawl had dropped from the frame. +‘Why, what is the matter?’ cried I. ‘Who is coward now? Wake up! That is the glass—the mirror, Mrs. Linton; and you see yourself in it, and there am I too by your side.’ +Trembling and bewildered, she held me fast, but the horror gradually passed from her countenance; its paleness gave place to a glow of shame. +‘Oh, dear! I thought I was at home,’ she sighed. ‘I thought I was lying in my chamber at Wuthering Heights. Because I’m weak, my brain got confused, and I screamed unconsciously. Don’t say anything; but stay with me. I dread sleeping: my dreams appal me.’ +‘A sound sleep would do you good, ma’am,’ I answered: ‘and I hope this suffering will prevent your trying starving again.’ +‘Oh, if I were but in my own bed in the old house!’ she went on bitterly, wringing her hands. ‘And that wind sounding in the firs by the lattice. Do let me feel it—it comes straight down the moor—do let me have one breath!’ To pacify her I held the casement ajar a few seconds. A cold blast rushed through; I closed it, and returned to my post. She lay still now, her face bathed in tears. Exhaustion of body had entirely subdued her spirit: our fiery Catherine was no better than a wailing child. +‘How long is it since I shut myself in here?’ she asked, suddenly reviving. +‘It was Monday evening,’ I replied, ‘and this is Thursday night, or rather Friday morning, at present.’ +‘What! of the same week?’ she exclaimed. ‘Only that brief time?’ +‘Long enough to live on nothing but cold water and ill-temper,’ observed I. +‘Well, it seems a weary number of hours,’ she muttered doubtfully: ‘it must be more. I remember being in the parlour after they had quarrelled, and Edgar being cruelly provoking, and me running into this room desperate. As soon as ever I had barred the door, utter blackness overwhelmed me, and I fell on the floor. I couldn’t explain to Edgar how certain I felt of having a fit, or going raging mad, if he persisted in teasing me! I had no command of tongue, or brain, and he did not guess my agony, perhaps: it barely left me sense to try to escape from him and his voice. Before I recovered sufficiently to see and hear, it began to be dawn, and, Nelly, I’ll tell you what I thought, and what has kept recurring and recurring till I feared for my reason. I thought as I lay there, with my head against that table leg, and my eyes dimly discerning the grey square of the window, that I was enclosed in the oak-panelled bed at home; and my heart ached with some great grief which, just waking, I could not recollect. I pondered, and worried myself to discover what it could be, and, most strangely, the whole last seven years of my life grew a blank! I did not recall that they had been at all. I was a child; my father was just buried, and my misery arose from the separation that Hindley had ordered between me and Heathcliff. I was laid alone, for the first time; and, rousing from a dismal doze after a night of weeping, I lifted my hand to push the panels aside: it struck the table-top! I swept it along the carpet, and then memory burst in: my late anguish was swallowed in a paroxysm of despair. I cannot say why I felt so wildly wretched: it must have been temporary derangement; for there is scarcely cause. But, supposing at twelve years old I had been wrenched from the Heights, and every early association, and my all in all, as Heathcliff was at that time, and been converted at a stroke into Mrs. Linton, the lady of Thrushcross Grange, and the wife of a stranger: an exile, and outcast, thenceforth, from what had been my world. You may fancy a glimpse of the abyss where I grovelled! Shake your head as you will, Nelly, you have helped to unsettle me! You should have spoken to Edgar, indeed you should, and compelled him to leave me quiet! Oh, I’m burning! I wish I were out of doors! I wish I were a girl again, half savage and hardy, and free; and laughing at injuries, not maddening under them! Why am I so changed? why does my blood rush into a hell of tumult at a few words? I’m sure I should be myself were I once among the heather on those hills. Open the window again wide: fasten it open! Quick, why don’t you move?’ +‘Because I won’t give you your death of cold,’ I answered. +‘You won’t give me a chance of life, you mean,’ she said, sullenly. ‘However, I’m not helpless yet; I’ll open it myself.’ +And sliding from the bed before I could hinder her, she crossed the room, walking very uncertainly, threw it back, and bent out, careless of the frosty air that cut about her shoulders as keen as a knife. I entreated, and finally attempted to force her to retire. But I soon found her delirious strength much surpassed mine (she was delirious, I became convinced by her subsequent actions and ravings). There was no moon, and everything beneath lay in misty darkness: not a light gleamed from any house, far or near all had been extinguished long ago: and those at Wuthering Heights were never visible—still she asserted she caught their shining. +‘Look!’ she cried eagerly, ‘that’s my room with the candle in it, and the trees swaying before it; and the other candle is in Joseph’s garret. Joseph sits up late, doesn’t he? He’s waiting till I come home that he may lock the gate. Well, he’ll wait a while yet. It’s a rough journey, and a sad heart to travel it; and we must pass by Gimmerton Kirk to go that journey! We’ve braved its ghosts often together, and dared each other to stand among the graves and ask them to come. But, Heathcliff, if I dare you now, will you venture? If you do, I’ll keep you. I’ll not lie there by myself: they may bury me twelve feet deep, and throw the church down over me, but I won’t rest till you are with me. I never will!’ +She paused, and resumed with a strange smile. ‘He’s considering—he’d rather I’d come to him! Find a way, then! not through that kirkyard. You are slow! Be content, you always followed me!’ +Perceiving it vain to argue against her insanity, I was planning how I could reach something to wrap about her, without quitting my hold of herself (for I could not trust her alone by the gaping lattice), when, to my consternation, I heard the rattle of the door-handle, and Mr. Linton entered. He had only then come from the library; and, in passing through the lobby, had noticed our talking and been attracted by curiosity, or fear, to examine what it signified, at that late hour. +‘Oh, sir!’ I cried, checking the exclamation risen to his lips at the sight which met him, and the bleak atmosphere of the chamber. ‘My poor mistress is ill, and she quite masters me: I cannot manage her at all; pray, come and persuade her to go to bed. Forget your anger, for she’s hard to guide any way but her own.’ +‘Catherine ill?’ he said, hastening to us. ‘Shut the window, Ellen! Catherine! why—’ +He was silent. The haggardness of Mrs. Linton’s appearance smote him speechless, and he could only glance from her to me in horrified astonishment. +‘She’s been fretting here,’ I continued, ‘and eating scarcely anything, and never complaining: she would admit none of us till this evening, and so we couldn’t inform you of her state, as we were not aware of it ourselves; but it is nothing.’ +I felt I uttered my explanations awkwardly; the master frowned. ‘It is nothing, is it, Ellen Dean?’ he said sternly. ‘You shall account more clearly for keeping me ignorant of this!’ And he took his wife in his arms, and looked at her with anguish. +At first she gave him no glance of recognition: he was invisible to her abstracted gaze. The delirium was not fixed, however; having weaned her eyes from contemplating the outer darkness, by degrees she centred her attention on him, and discovered who it was that held her. +‘Ah! you are come, are you, Edgar Linton?’ she said, with angry animation. ‘You are one of those things that are ever found when least wanted, and when you are wanted, never! I suppose we shall have plenty of lamentations now—I see we shall—but they can’t keep me from my narrow home out yonder: my resting-place, where I’m bound before spring is over! There it is: not among the Lintons, mind, under the chapel-roof, but in the open air, with a head-stone; and you may please yourself whether you go to them or come to me!’ +‘Catherine, what have you done?’ commenced the master. ‘Am I nothing to you any more? Do you love that wretch Heath—’ +‘Hush!’ cried Mrs. Linton. ‘Hush, this moment! You mention that name and I end the matter instantly by a spring from the window! What you touch at present you may have; but my soul will be on that hill-top before you lay hands on me again. I don’t want you, Edgar: I’m past wanting you. Return to your books. I’m glad you possess a consolation, for all you had in me is gone.’ +‘Her mind wanders, sir,’ I interposed. ‘She has been talking nonsense the whole evening; but let her have quiet, and proper attendance, and she’ll rally. Hereafter, we must be cautious how we vex her.’ +‘I desire no further advice from you,’ answered Mr. Linton. ‘You knew your mistress’s nature, and you encouraged me to harass her. And not to give me one hint of how she has been these three days! It was heartless! Months of sickness could not cause such a change!’ +I began to defend myself, thinking it too bad to be blamed for another’s wicked waywardness. ‘I knew Mrs. Linton’s nature to be headstrong and domineering,’ cried I: ‘but I didn’t know that you wished to foster her fierce temper! I didn’t know that, to humour her, I should wink at Mr. Heathcliff. I performed the duty of a faithful servant in telling you, and I have got a faithful servant’s wages! Well, it will teach me to be careful next time. Next time you may gather intelligence for yourself!’ +‘The next time you bring a tale to me you shall quit my service, Ellen Dean,’ he replied. +‘You’d rather hear nothing about it, I suppose, then, Mr. Linton?’ said I. ‘Heathcliff has your permission to come a-courting to Miss, and to drop in at every opportunity your absence offers, on purpose to poison the mistress against you?’ +Confused as Catherine was, her wits were alert at applying our conversation. +‘Ah! Nelly has played traitor,’ she exclaimed, passionately. ‘Nelly is my hidden enemy. You witch! So you do seek elf-bolts to hurt us! Let me go, and I’ll make her rue! I’ll make her howl a recantation!’ +A maniac’s fury kindled under her brows; she struggled desperately to disengage herself from Linton’s arms. I felt no inclination to tarry the event; and, resolving to seek medical aid on my own responsibility, I quitted the chamber. +In passing the garden to reach the road, at a place where a bridle hook is driven into the wall, I saw something white moved irregularly, evidently by another agent than the wind. Notwithstanding my hurry, I stayed to examine it, lest ever after I should have the conviction impressed on my imagination that it was a creature of the other world. My surprise and perplexity were great on discovering, by touch more than vision, Miss Isabella’s springer, Fanny, suspended by a handkerchief, and nearly at its last gasp. I quickly released the animal, and lifted it into the garden. I had seen it follow its mistress up-stairs when she went to bed; and wondered much how it could have got out there, and what mischievous person had treated it so. While untying the knot round the hook, it seemed to me that I repeatedly caught the beat of horses’ feet galloping at some distance; but there were such a number of things to occupy my reflections that I hardly gave the circumstance a thought: though it was a strange sound, in that place, at two o’clock in the morning. +Mr. Kenneth was fortunately just issuing from his house to see a patient in the village as I came up the street; and my account of Catherine Linton’s malady induced him to accompany me back immediately. He was a plain rough man; and he made no scruple to speak his doubts of her surviving this second attack; unless she were more submissive to his directions than she had shown herself before. +‘Nelly Dean,’ said he, ‘I can’t help fancying there’s an extra cause for this. What has there been to do at the Grange? We’ve odd reports up here. A stout, hearty lass like Catherine does not fall ill for a trifle; and that sort of people should not either. It’s hard work bringing them through fevers, and such things. How did it begin?’ +‘The master will inform you,’ I answered; ‘but you are acquainted with the Earnshaws’ violent dispositions, and Mrs. Linton caps them all. I may say this; it commenced in a quarrel. She was struck during a tempest of passion with a kind of fit. That’s her account, at least: for she flew off in the height of it, and locked herself up. Afterwards, she refused to eat, and now she alternately raves and remains in a half dream; knowing those about her, but having her mind filled with all sorts of strange ideas and illusions.’ +‘Mr. Linton will be sorry?’ observed Kenneth, interrogatively. +‘Sorry? he’ll break his heart should anything happen!’ I replied. ‘Don’t alarm him more than necessary.’ +‘Well, I told him to beware,’ said my companion; ‘and he must bide the consequences of neglecting my warning! Hasn’t he been intimate with Mr. Heathcliff lately?’ +‘Heathcliff frequently visits at the Grange,’ answered I, ‘though more on the strength of the mistress having known him when a boy, than because the master likes his company. At present he’s discharged from the trouble of calling; owing to some presumptuous aspirations after Miss Linton which he manifested. I hardly think he’ll be taken in again.’ +‘And does Miss Linton turn a cold shoulder on him?’ was the doctor’s next question. +‘I’m not in her confidence,’ returned I, reluctant to continue the subject. +‘No, she’s a sly one,’ he remarked, shaking his head. ‘She keeps her own counsel! But she’s a real little fool. I have it from good authority that last night (and a pretty night it was!) she and Heathcliff were walking in the plantation at the back of your house above two hours; and he pressed her not to go in again, but just mount his horse and away with him! My informant said she could only put him off by pledging her word of honour to be prepared on their first meeting after that: when it was to be he didn’t hear; but you urge Mr. Linton to look sharp!’ +This news filled me with fresh fears; I outstripped Kenneth, and ran most of the way back. The little dog was yelping in the garden yet. I spared a minute to open the gate for it, but instead of going to the house door, it coursed up and down snuffing the grass, and would have escaped to the road, had I not seized it and conveyed it in with me. On ascending to Isabella’s room, my suspicions were confirmed: it was empty. Had I been a few hours sooner Mrs. Linton’s illness might have arrested her rash step. But what could be done now? There was a bare possibility of overtaking them if pursued instantly. I could not pursue them, however; and I dared not rouse the family, and fill the place with confusion; still less unfold the business to my master, absorbed as he was in his present calamity, and having no heart to spare for a second grief! I saw nothing for it but to hold my tongue, and suffer matters to take their course; and Kenneth being arrived, I went with a badly composed countenance to announce him. Catherine lay in a troubled sleep: her husband had succeeded in soothing the excess of frenzy; he now hung over her pillow, watching every shade and every change of her painfully expressive features. +The doctor, on examining the case for himself, spoke hopefully to him of its having a favourable termination, if we could only preserve around her perfect and constant tranquillity. To me, he signified the threatening danger was not so much death, as permanent alienation of intellect. +I did not close my eyes that night, nor did Mr. Linton: indeed, we never went to bed; and the servants were all up long before the usual hour, moving through the house with stealthy tread, and exchanging whispers as they encountered each other in their vocations. Every one was active but Miss Isabella; and they began to remark how sound she slept: her brother, too, asked if she had risen, and seemed impatient for her presence, and hurt that she showed so little anxiety for her sister-in-law. I trembled lest he should send me to call her; but I was spared the pain of being the first proclaimant of her flight. One of the maids, a thoughtless girl, who had been on an early errand to Gimmerton, came panting up-stairs, open-mouthed, and dashed into the chamber, crying: ‘Oh, dear, dear! What mun we have next? Master, master, our young lady—’ +‘Hold your noise!’ cried, I hastily, enraged at her clamorous manner. +‘Speak lower, Mary—What is the matter?’ said Mr. Linton. ‘What ails your young lady?’ +‘She’s gone, she’s gone! Yon’ Heathcliff’s run off wi’ her!’ gasped the girl. +‘That is not true!’ exclaimed Linton, rising in agitation. ‘It cannot be: how has the idea entered your head? Ellen Dean, go and seek her. It is incredible: it cannot be.’ +As he spoke he took the servant to the door, and then repeated his demand to know her reasons for such an assertion. +‘Why, I met on the road a lad that fetches milk here,’ she stammered, ‘and he asked whether we weren’t in trouble at the Grange. I thought he meant for missis’s sickness, so I answered, yes. Then says he, “There’s somebody gone after ’em, I guess?” I stared. He saw I knew nought about it, and he told how a gentleman and lady had stopped to have a horse’s shoe fastened at a blacksmith’s shop, two miles out of Gimmerton, not very long after midnight! and how the blacksmith’s lass had got up to spy who they were: she knew them both directly. And she noticed the man—Heathcliff it was, she felt certain: nob’dy could mistake him, besides—put a sovereign in her father’s hand for payment. The lady had a cloak about her face; but having desired a sup of water, while she drank it fell back, and she saw her very plain. Heathcliff held both bridles as they rode on, and they set their faces from the village, and went as fast as the rough roads would let them. The lass said nothing to her father, but she told it all over Gimmerton this morning.’ +I ran and peeped, for form’s sake, into Isabella’s room; confirming, when I returned, the servant’s statement. Mr. Linton had resumed his seat by the bed; on my re-entrance, he raised his eyes, read the meaning of my blank aspect, and dropped them without giving an order, or uttering a word. +‘Are we to try any measures for overtaking and bringing her back,’ I inquired. ‘How should we do?’ +‘She went of her own accord,’ answered the master; ‘she had a right to go if she pleased. Trouble me no more about her. Hereafter she is only my sister in name: not because I disown her, but because she has disowned me.’ +And that was all he said on the subject: he did not make single inquiry further, or mention her in any way, except directing me to send what property she had in the house to her fresh home, wherever it was, when I knew it. +CHAPTER XIII +For two months the fugitives remained absent; in those two months, Mrs. Linton encountered and conquered the worst shock of what was denominated a brain fever. No mother could have nursed an only child more devotedly than Edgar tended her. Day and night he was watching, and patiently enduring all the annoyances that irritable nerves and a shaken reason could inflict; and, though Kenneth remarked that what he saved from the grave would only recompense his care by forming the source of constant future anxiety—in fact, that his health and strength were being sacrificed to preserve a mere ruin of humanity—he knew no limits in gratitude and joy when Catherine’s life was declared out of danger; and hour after hour he would sit beside her, tracing the gradual return to bodily health, and flattering his too sanguine hopes with the illusion that her mind would settle back to its right balance also, and she would soon be entirely her former self. +The first time she left her chamber was at the commencement of the following March. Mr. Linton had put on her pillow, in the morning, a handful of golden crocuses; her eye, long stranger to any gleam of pleasure, caught them in waking, and shone delighted as she gathered them eagerly together. +‘These are the earliest flowers at the Heights,’ she exclaimed. ‘They remind me of soft thaw winds, and warm sunshine, and nearly melted snow. Edgar, is there not a south wind, and is not the snow almost gone?’ +‘The snow is quite gone down here, darling,’ replied her husband; ‘and I only see two white spots on the whole range of moors: the sky is blue, and the larks are singing, and the becks and brooks are all brim full. Catherine, last spring at this time, I was longing to have you under this roof; now, I wish you were a mile or two up those hills: the air blows so sweetly, I feel that it would cure you.’ +‘I shall never be there but once more,’ said the invalid; ‘and then you’ll leave me, and I shall remain for ever. Next spring you’ll long again to have me under this roof, and you’ll look back and think you were happy to-day.’ +Linton lavished on her the kindest caresses, and tried to cheer her by the fondest words; but, vaguely regarding the flowers, she let the tears collect on her lashes and stream down her cheeks unheeding. We knew she was really better, and, therefore, decided that long confinement to a single place produced much of this despondency, and it might be partially removed by a change of scene. The master told me to light a fire in the many-weeks’ deserted parlour, and to set an easy-chair in the sunshine by the window; and then he brought her down, and she sat a long while enjoying the genial heat, and, as we expected, revived by the objects round her: which, though familiar, were free from the dreary associations investing her hated sick chamber. By evening she seemed greatly exhausted; yet no arguments could persuade her to return to that apartment, and I had to arrange the parlour sofa for her bed, till another room could be prepared. To obviate the fatigue of mounting and descending the stairs, we fitted up this, where you lie at present—on the same floor with the parlour; and she was soon strong enough to move from one to the other, leaning on Edgar’s arm. Ah, I thought myself, she might recover, so waited on as she was. And there was double cause to desire it, for on her existence depended that of another: we cherished the hope that in a little while Mr. Linton’s heart would be gladdened, and his lands secured from a stranger’s grip, by the birth of an heir. +I should mention that Isabella sent to her brother, some six weeks from her departure, a short note, announcing her marriage with Heathcliff. It appeared dry and cold; but at the bottom was dotted in with pencil an obscure apology, and an entreaty for kind remembrance and reconciliation, if her proceeding had offended him: asserting that she could not help it then, and being done, she had now no power to repeal it. Linton did not reply to this, I believe; and, in a fortnight more, I got a long letter, which I considered odd, coming from the pen of a bride just out of the honeymoon. I’ll read it: for I keep it yet. Any relic of the dead is precious, if they were valued living. +* * * * * +Dear Ellen, it begins,—I came last night to Wuthering Heights, and heard, for the first time, that Catherine has been, and is yet, very ill. I must not write to her, I suppose, and my brother is either too angry or too distressed to answer what I sent him. Still, I must write to somebody, and the only choice left me is you. +Inform Edgar that I’d give the world to see his face again—that my heart returned to Thrushcross Grange in twenty-four hours after I left it, and is there at this moment, full of warm feelings for him, and Catherine! I can’t follow it though—(these words are underlined)—they need not expect me, and they may draw what conclusions they please; taking care, however, to lay nothing at the door of my weak will or deficient affection. +The remainder of the letter is for yourself alone. I want to ask you two questions: the first is,—How did you contrive to preserve the common sympathies of human nature when you resided here? I cannot recognise any sentiment which those around share with me. +The second question I have great interest in; it is this—Is Mr. Heathcliff a man? If so, is he mad? And if not, is he a devil? I sha’n’t tell my reasons for making this inquiry; but I beseech you to explain, if you can, what I have married: that is, when you call to see me; and you must call, Ellen, very soon. Don’t write, but come, and bring me something from Edgar. +Now, you shall hear how I have been received in my new home, as I am led to imagine the Heights will be. It is to amuse myself that I dwell on such subjects as the lack of external comforts: they never occupy my thoughts, except at the moment when I miss them. I should laugh and dance for joy, if I found their absence was the total of my miseries, and the rest was an unnatural dream! +The sun set behind the Grange as we turned on to the moors; by that, I judged it to be six o’clock; and my companion halted half an hour, to inspect the park, and the gardens, and, probably, the place itself, as well as he could; so it was dark when we dismounted in the paved yard of the farm-house, and your old fellow-servant, Joseph, issued out to receive us by the light of a dip candle. He did it with a courtesy that redounded to his credit. His first act was to elevate his torch to a level with my face, squint malignantly, project his under-lip, and turn away. Then he took the two horses, and led them into the stables; reappearing for the purpose of locking the outer gate, as if we lived in an ancient castle. +Heathcliff stayed to speak to him, and I entered the kitchen—a dingy, untidy hole; I daresay you would not know it, it is so changed since it was in your charge. By the fire stood a ruffianly child, strong in limb and dirty in garb, with a look of Catherine in his eyes and about his mouth. +‘This is Edgar’s legal nephew,’ I reflected—‘mine in a manner; I must shake hands, and—yes—I must kiss him. It is right to establish a good understanding at the beginning.’ +I approached, and, attempting to take his chubby fist, said—‘How do you do, my dear?’ +He replied in a jargon I did not comprehend. +‘Shall you and I be friends, Hareton?’ was my next essay at conversation. +An oath, and a threat to set Throttler on me if I did not ‘frame off’ rewarded my perseverance. +‘Hey, Throttler, lad!’ whispered the little wretch, rousing a half-bred bull-dog from its lair in a corner. ‘Now, wilt thou be ganging?’ he asked authoritatively. +Love for my life urged a compliance; I stepped over the threshold to wait till the others should enter. Mr. Heathcliff was nowhere visible; and Joseph, whom I followed to the stables, and requested to accompany me in, after staring and muttering to himself, screwed up his nose and replied—‘Mim! mim! mim! Did iver Christian body hear aught like it? Mincing un’ munching! How can I tell whet ye say?’ +‘I say, I wish you to come with me into the house!’ I cried, thinking him deaf, yet highly disgusted at his rudeness. +‘None o’ me! I getten summut else to do,’ he answered, and continued his work; moving his lantern jaws meanwhile, and surveying my dress and countenance (the former a great deal too fine, but the latter, I’m sure, as sad as he could desire) with sovereign contempt. +I walked round the yard, and through a wicket, to another door, at which I took the liberty of knocking, in hopes some more civil servant might show himself. After a short suspense, it was opened by a tall, gaunt man, without neckerchief, and otherwise extremely slovenly; his features were lost in masses of shaggy hair that hung on his shoulders; and his eyes, too, were like a ghostly Catherine’s with all their beauty annihilated. +‘What’s your business here?’ he demanded, grimly. ‘Who are you?’ +‘My name was Isabella Linton,’ I replied. ‘You’ve seen me before, sir. I’m lately married to Mr. Heathcliff, and he has brought me here—I suppose, by your permission.’ +‘Is he come back, then?’ asked the hermit, glaring like a hungry wolf. +‘Yes—we came just now,’ I said; ‘but he left me by the kitchen door; and when I would have gone in, your little boy played sentinel over the place, and frightened me off by the help of a bull-dog.’ +‘It’s well the hellish villain has kept his word!’ growled my future host, searching the darkness beyond me in expectation of discovering Heathcliff; and then he indulged in a soliloquy of execrations, and threats of what he would have done had the ‘fiend’ deceived him. +I repented having tried this second entrance, and was almost inclined to slip away before he finished cursing, but ere I could execute that intention, he ordered me in, and shut and re-fastened the door. There was a great fire, and that was all the light in the huge apartment, whose floor had grown a uniform grey; and the once brilliant pewter-dishes, which used to attract my gaze when I was a girl, partook of a similar obscurity, created by tarnish and dust. I inquired whether I might call the maid, and be conducted to a bedroom! Mr. Earnshaw vouchsafed no answer. He walked up and down, with his hands in his pockets, apparently quite forgetting my presence; and his abstraction was evidently so deep, and his whole aspect so misanthropical, that I shrank from disturbing him again. +You’ll not be surprised, Ellen, at my feeling particularly cheerless, seated in worse than solitude on that inhospitable hearth, and remembering that four miles distant lay my delightful home, containing the only people I loved on earth; and there might as well be the Atlantic to part us, instead of those four miles: I could not overpass them! I questioned with myself—where must I turn for comfort? and—mind you don’t tell Edgar, or Catherine—above every sorrow beside, this rose pre-eminent: despair at finding nobody who could or would be my ally against Heathcliff! I had sought shelter at Wuthering Heights, almost gladly, because I was secured by that arrangement from living alone with him; but he knew the people we were coming amongst, and he did not fear their intermeddling. +I sat and thought a doleful time: the clock struck eight, and nine, and still my companion paced to and fro, his head bent on his breast, and perfectly silent, unless a groan or a bitter ejaculation forced itself out at intervals. I listened to detect a woman’s voice in the house, and filled the interim with wild regrets and dismal anticipations, which, at last, spoke audibly in irrepressible sighing and weeping. I was not aware how openly I grieved, till Earnshaw halted opposite, in his measured walk, and gave me a stare of newly-awakened surprise. Taking advantage of his recovered attention, I exclaimed—‘I’m tired with my journey, and I want to go to bed! Where is the maid-servant? Direct me to her, as she won’t come to me!’ +‘We have none,’ he answered; ‘you must wait on yourself!’ +‘Where must I sleep, then?’ I sobbed; I was beyond regarding self-respect, weighed down by fatigue and wretchedness. +‘Joseph will show you Heathcliff’s chamber,’ said he; ‘open that door—he’s in there.’ +I was going to obey, but he suddenly arrested me, and added in the strangest tone—‘Be so good as to turn your lock, and draw your bolt—don’t omit it!’ +‘Well!’ I said. ‘But why, Mr. Earnshaw?’ I did not relish the notion of deliberately fastening myself in with Heathcliff. +‘Look here!’ he replied, pulling from his waistcoat a curiously-constructed pistol, having a double-edged spring knife attached to the barrel. ‘That’s a great tempter to a desperate man, is it not? I cannot resist going up with this every night, and trying his door. If once I find it open he’s done for; I do it invariably, even though the minute before I have been recalling a hundred reasons that should make me refrain: it is some devil that urges me to thwart my own schemes by killing him. You fight against that devil for love as long as you may; when the time comes, not all the angels in heaven shall save him!’ +I surveyed the weapon inquisitively. A hideous notion struck me: how powerful I should be possessing such an instrument! I took it from his hand, and touched the blade. He looked astonished at the expression my face assumed during a brief second: it was not horror, it was covetousness. He snatched the pistol back, jealously; shut the knife, and returned it to its concealment. +‘I don’t care if you tell him,’ said he. ‘Put him on his guard, and watch for him. You know the terms we are on, I see: his danger does not shock you.’ +‘What has Heathcliff done to you?’ I asked. ‘In what has he wronged you, to warrant this appalling hatred? Wouldn’t it be wiser to bid him quit the house?’ +‘No!’ thundered Earnshaw; ‘should he offer to leave me, he’s a dead man: persuade him to attempt it, and you are a murderess! Am I to lose all, without a chance of retrieval? Is Hareton to be a beggar? Oh, damnation! I will have it back; and I’ll have his gold too; and then his blood; and hell shall have his soul! It will be ten times blacker with that guest than ever it was before!’ +You’ve acquainted me, Ellen, with your old master’s habits. He is clearly on the verge of madness: he was so last night at least. I shuddered to be near him, and thought on the servant’s ill-bred moroseness as comparatively agreeable. He now recommenced his moody walk, and I raised the latch, and escaped into the kitchen. Joseph was bending over the fire, peering into a large pan that swung above it; and a wooden bowl of oatmeal stood on the settle close by. The contents of the pan began to boil, and he turned to plunge his hand into the bowl; I conjectured that this preparation was probably for our supper, and, being hungry, I resolved it should be eatable; so, crying out sharply, ‘I’ll make the porridge!’ I removed the vessel out of his reach, and proceeded to take off my hat and riding-habit. ‘Mr. Earnshaw,’ I continued, ‘directs me to wait on myself: I will. I’m not going to act the lady among you, for fear I should starve.’ +‘Gooid Lord!’ he muttered, sitting down, and stroking his ribbed stockings from the knee to the ankle. ‘If there’s to be fresh ortherings—just when I getten used to two maisters, if I mun hev’ a mistress set o’er my heead, it’s like time to be flitting. I niver did think to see t’ day that I mud lave th’ owld place—but I doubt it’s nigh at hand!’ +This lamentation drew no notice from me: I went briskly to work, sighing to remember a period when it would have been all merry fun; but compelled speedily to drive off the remembrance. It racked me to recall past happiness and the greater peril there was of conjuring up its apparition, the quicker the thible ran round, and the faster the handfuls of meal fell into the water. Joseph beheld my style of cookery with growing indignation. +‘Thear!’ he ejaculated. ‘Hareton, thou willn’t sup thy porridge to-neeght; they’ll be naught but lumps as big as my neive. Thear, agean! I’d fling in bowl un’ all, if I wer ye! There, pale t’ guilp off, un’ then ye’ll hae done wi’ ‘t. Bang, bang. It’s a mercy t’ bothom isn’t deaved out!’ +It was rather a rough mess, I own, when poured into the basins; four had been provided, and a gallon pitcher of new milk was brought from the dairy, which Hareton seized and commenced drinking and spilling from the expansive lip. I expostulated, and desired that he should have his in a mug; affirming that I could not taste the liquid treated so dirtily. The old cynic chose to be vastly offended at this nicety; assuring me, repeatedly, that ‘the barn was every bit as good’ as I, ‘and every bit as wollsome,’ and wondering how I could fashion to be so conceited. Meanwhile, the infant ruffian continued sucking; and glowered up at me defyingly, as he slavered into the jug. +‘I shall have my supper in another room,’ I said. ‘Have you no place you call a parlour?’ +‘Parlour!’ he echoed, sneeringly, ‘parlour! Nay, we’ve noa parlours. If yah dunnut loike wer company, there’s maister’s; un’ if yah dunnut loike maister, there’s us.’ +‘Then I shall go up-stairs,’ I answered; ‘show me a chamber.’ +I put my basin on a tray, and went myself to fetch some more milk. With great grumblings, the fellow rose, and preceded me in my ascent: we mounted to the garrets; he opened a door, now and then, to look into the apartments we passed. +‘Here’s a rahm,’ he said, at last, flinging back a cranky board on hinges. ‘It’s weel eneugh to ate a few porridge in. There’s a pack o’ corn i’ t’ corner, thear, meeterly clane; if ye’re feared o’ muckying yer grand silk cloes, spread yer hankerchir o’ t’ top on’t.’ +The ‘rahm’ was a kind of lumber-hole smelling strong of malt and grain; various sacks of which articles were piled around, leaving a wide, bare space in the middle. +‘Why, man,’ I exclaimed, facing him angrily, ‘this is not a place to sleep in. I wish to see my bed-room.’ +‘Bed-rume!’ he repeated, in a tone of mockery. ‘Yah’s see all t’ bed-rumes thear is—yon’s mine.’ +He pointed into the second garret, only differing from the first in being more naked about the walls, and having a large, low, curtainless bed, with an indigo-coloured quilt, at one end. +‘What do I want with yours?’ I retorted. ‘I suppose Mr. Heathcliff does not lodge at the top of the house, does he?’ +‘Oh! it’s Maister Hathecliff’s ye’re wanting?’ cried he, as if making a new discovery. ‘Couldn’t ye ha’ said soa, at onst? un’ then, I mud ha’ telled ye, baht all this wark, that that’s just one ye cannut see—he allas keeps it locked, un’ nob’dy iver mells on’t but hisseln.’ +‘You’ve a nice house, Joseph,’ I could not refrain from observing, ‘and pleasant inmates; and I think the concentrated essence of all the madness in the world took up its abode in my brain the day I linked my fate with theirs! However, that is not to the present purpose—there are other rooms. For heaven’s sake be quick, and let me settle somewhere!’ +He made no reply to this adjuration; only plodding doggedly down the wooden steps, and halting, before an apartment which, from that halt and the superior quality of its furniture, I conjectured to be the best one. There was a carpet—a good one, but the pattern was obliterated by dust; a fireplace hung with cut-paper, dropping to pieces; a handsome oak-bedstead with ample crimson curtains of rather expensive material and modern make; but they had evidently experienced rough usage: the vallances hung in festoons, wrenched from their rings, and the iron rod supporting them was bent in an arc on one side, causing the drapery to trail upon the floor. The chairs were also damaged, many of them severely; and deep indentations deformed the panels of the walls. I was endeavouring to gather resolution for entering and taking possession, when my fool of a guide announced,—‘This here is t’ maister’s.’ My supper by this time was cold, my appetite gone, and my patience exhausted. I insisted on being provided instantly with a place of refuge, and means of repose. +‘Whear the divil?’ began the religious elder. ‘The Lord bless us! The Lord forgie us! Whear the hell wold ye gang? ye marred, wearisome nowt! Ye’ve seen all but Hareton’s bit of a cham’er. There’s not another hoile to lig down in i’ th’ hahse!’ +I was so vexed, I flung my tray and its contents on the ground; and then seated myself at the stairs’-head, hid my face in my hands, and cried. +‘Ech! ech!’ exclaimed Joseph. ‘Weel done, Miss Cathy! weel done, Miss Cathy! Howsiver, t’ maister sall just tum’le o’er them brooken pots; un’ then we’s hear summut; we’s hear how it’s to be. Gooid-for-naught madling! ye desarve pining fro’ this to Chrustmas, flinging t’ precious gifts o’God under fooit i’ yer flaysome rages! But I’m mista’en if ye shew yer sperrit lang. Will Hathecliff bide sich bonny ways, think ye? I nobbut wish he may catch ye i’ that plisky. I nobbut wish he may.’ +And so he went on scolding to his den beneath, taking the candle with him; and I remained in the dark. The period of reflection succeeding this silly action compelled me to admit the necessity of smothering my pride and choking my wrath, and bestirring myself to remove its effects. An unexpected aid presently appeared in the shape of Throttler, whom I now recognised as a son of our old Skulker: it had spent its whelphood at the Grange, and was given by my father to Mr. Hindley. I fancy it knew me: it pushed its nose against mine by way of salute, and then hastened to devour the porridge; while I groped from step to step, collecting the shattered earthenware, and drying the spatters of milk from the banister with my pocket-handkerchief. Our labours were scarcely over when I heard Earnshaw’s tread in the passage; my assistant tucked in his tail, and pressed to the wall; I stole into the nearest doorway. The dog’s endeavour to avoid him was unsuccessful; as I guessed by a scutter down-stairs, and a prolonged, piteous yelping. I had better luck: he passed on, entered his chamber, and shut the door. Directly after Joseph came up with Hareton, to put him to bed. I had found shelter in Hareton’s room, and the old man, on seeing me, said,—‘They’s rahm for boath ye un’ yer pride, now, I sud think i’ the hahse. It’s empty; ye may hev’ it all to yerseln, un’ Him as allus maks a third, i’ sich ill company!’ +Gladly did I take advantage of this intimation; and the minute I flung myself into a chair, by the fire, I nodded, and slept. My slumber was deep and sweet, though over far too soon. Mr. Heathcliff awoke me; he had just come in, and demanded, in his loving manner, what I was doing there? I told him the cause of my staying up so late—that he had the key of our room in his pocket. The adjective our gave mortal offence. He swore it was not, nor ever should be, mine; and he’d—but I’ll not repeat his language, nor describe his habitual conduct: he is ingenious and unresting in seeking to gain my abhorrence! I sometimes wonder at him with an intensity that deadens my fear: yet, I assure you, a tiger or a venomous serpent could not rouse terror in me equal to that which he wakens. He told me of Catherine’s illness, and accused my brother of causing it promising that I should be Edgar’s proxy in suffering, till he could get hold of him. +I do hate him—I am wretched—I have been a fool! Beware of uttering one breath of this to any one at the Grange. I shall expect you every day—don’t disappoint me!—Isabella. +CHAPTER XIV +As soon as I had perused this epistle I went to the master, and informed him that his sister had arrived at the Heights, and sent me a letter expressing her sorrow for Mrs. Linton’s situation, and her ardent desire to see him; with a wish that he would transmit to her, as early as possible, some token of forgiveness by me. +‘Forgiveness!’ said Linton. ‘I have nothing to forgive her, Ellen. You may call at Wuthering Heights this afternoon, if you like, and say that I am not angry, but I’m sorry to have lost her; especially as I can never think she’ll be happy. It is out of the question my going to see her, however: we are eternally divided; and should she really wish to oblige me, let her persuade the villain she has married to leave the country.’ +‘And you won’t write her a little note, sir?’ I asked, imploringly. +‘No,’ he answered. ‘It is needless. My communication with Heathcliff’s family shall be as sparing as his with mine. It shall not exist!’ +Mr. Edgar’s coldness depressed me exceedingly; and all the way from the Grange I puzzled my brains how to put more heart into what he said, when I repeated it; and how to soften his refusal of even a few lines to console Isabella. I daresay she had been on the watch for me since morning: I saw her looking through the lattice as I came up the garden causeway, and I nodded to her; but she drew back, as if afraid of being observed. I entered without knocking. There never was such a dreary, dismal scene as the formerly cheerful house presented! I must confess, that if I had been in the young lady’s place, I would, at least, have swept the hearth, and wiped the tables with a duster. But she already partook of the pervading spirit of neglect which encompassed her. Her pretty face was wan and listless; her hair uncurled: some locks hanging lankly down, and some carelessly twisted round her head. Probably she had not touched her dress since yester evening. Hindley was not there. Mr. Heathcliff sat at a table, turning over some papers in his pocket-book; but he rose when I appeared, asked me how I did, quite friendly, and offered me a chair. He was the only thing there that seemed decent; and I thought he never looked better. So much had circumstances altered their positions, that he would certainly have struck a stranger as a born and bred gentleman; and his wife as a thorough little slattern! She came forward eagerly to greet me, and held out one hand to take the expected letter. I shook my head. She wouldn’t understand the hint, but followed me to a sideboard, where I went to lay my bonnet, and importuned me in a whisper to give her directly what I had brought. Heathcliff guessed the meaning of her manoeuvres, and said—‘If you have got anything for Isabella (as no doubt you have, Nelly), give it to her. You needn’t make a secret of it: we have no secrets between us.’ +‘Oh, I have nothing,’ I replied, thinking it best to speak the truth at once. ‘My master bid me tell his sister that she must not expect either a letter or a visit from him at present. He sends his love, ma’am, and his wishes for your happiness, and his pardon for the grief you have occasioned; but he thinks that after this time his household and the household here should drop intercommunication, as nothing could come of keeping it up.’ +Mrs. Heathcliff’s lip quivered slightly, and she returned to her seat in the window. Her husband took his stand on the hearthstone, near me, and began to put questions concerning Catherine. I told him as much as I thought proper of her illness, and he extorted from me, by cross-examination, most of the facts connected with its origin. I blamed her, as she deserved, for bringing it all on herself; and ended by hoping that he would follow Mr. Linton’s example and avoid future interference with his family, for good or evil. +‘Mrs. Linton is now just recovering,’ I said; ‘she’ll never be like she was, but her life is spared; and if you really have a regard for her, you’ll shun crossing her way again: nay, you’ll move out of this country entirely; and that you may not regret it, I’ll inform you Catherine Linton is as different now from your old friend Catherine Earnshaw, as that young lady is different from me. Her appearance is changed greatly, her character much more so; and the person who is compelled, of necessity, to be her companion, will only sustain his affection hereafter by the remembrance of what she once was, by common humanity, and a sense of duty!’ +‘That is quite possible,’ remarked Heathcliff, forcing himself to seem calm: ‘quite possible that your master should have nothing but common humanity and a sense of duty to fall back upon. But do you imagine that I shall leave Catherine to his duty and humanity? and can you compare my feelings respecting Catherine to his? Before you leave this house, I must exact a promise from you that you’ll get me an interview with her: consent, or refuse, I will see her! What do you say?’ +‘I say, Mr. Heathcliff,’ I replied, ‘you must not: you never shall, through my means. Another encounter between you and the master would kill her altogether.’ +‘With your aid that may be avoided,’ he continued; ‘and should there be danger of such an event—should he be the cause of adding a single trouble more to her existence—why, I think I shall be justified in going to extremes! I wish you had sincerity enough to tell me whether Catherine would suffer greatly from his loss: the fear that she would restrains me. And there you see the distinction between our feelings: had he been in my place, and I in his, though I hated him with a hatred that turned my life to gall, I never would have raised a hand against him. You may look incredulous, if you please! I never would have banished him from her society as long as she desired his. The moment her regard ceased, I would have torn his heart out, and drunk his blood! But, till then—if you don’t believe me, you don’t know me—till then, I would have died by inches before I touched a single hair of his head!’ +‘And yet,’ I interrupted, ‘you have no scruples in completely ruining all hopes of her perfect restoration, by thrusting yourself into her remembrance now, when she has nearly forgotten you, and involving her in a new tumult of discord and distress.’ +‘You suppose she has nearly forgotten me?’ he said. ‘Oh, Nelly! you know she has not! You know as well as I do, that for every thought she spends on Linton she spends a thousand on me! At a most miserable period of my life, I had a notion of the kind: it haunted me on my return to the neighbourhood last summer; but only her own assurance could make me admit the horrible idea again. And then, Linton would be nothing, nor Hindley, nor all the dreams that ever I dreamt. Two words would comprehend my future—death and hell: existence, after losing her, would be hell. Yet I was a fool to fancy for a moment that she valued Edgar Linton’s attachment more than mine. If he loved with all the powers of his puny being, he couldn’t love as much in eighty years as I could in a day. And Catherine has a heart as deep as I have: the sea could be as readily contained in that horse-trough as her whole affection be monopolised by him. Tush! He is scarcely a degree dearer to her than her dog, or her horse. It is not in him to be loved like me: how can she love in him what he has not?’ +‘Catherine and Edgar are as fond of each other as any two people can be,’ cried Isabella, with sudden vivacity. ‘No one has a right to talk in that manner, and I won’t hear my brother depreciated in silence!’ +‘Your brother is wondrous fond of you too, isn’t he?’ observed Heathcliff, scornfully. ‘He turns you adrift on the world with surprising alacrity.’ +‘He is not aware of what I suffer,’ she replied. ‘I didn’t tell him that.’ +‘You have been telling him something, then: you have written, have you?’ +‘To say that I was married, I did write—you saw the note.’ +‘And nothing since?’ +‘No.’ +‘My young lady is looking sadly the worse for her change of condition,’ I remarked. ‘Somebody’s love comes short in her case, obviously; whose, I may guess; but, perhaps, I shouldn’t say.’ +‘I should guess it was her own,’ said Heathcliff. ‘She degenerates into a mere slut! She is tired of trying to please me uncommonly early. You’d hardly credit it, but the very morrow of our wedding she was weeping to go home. However, she’ll suit this house so much the better for not being over nice, and I’ll take care she does not disgrace me by rambling abroad.’ +‘Well, sir,’ returned I, ‘I hope you’ll consider that Mrs. Heathcliff is accustomed to be looked after and waited on; and that she has been brought up like an only daughter, whom every one was ready to serve. You must let her have a maid to keep things tidy about her, and you must treat her kindly. Whatever be your notion of Mr. Edgar, you cannot doubt that she has a capacity for strong attachments, or she wouldn’t have abandoned the elegancies, and comforts, and friends of her former home, to fix contentedly, in such a wilderness as this, with you.’ +‘She abandoned them under a delusion,’ he answered; ‘picturing in me a hero of romance, and expecting unlimited indulgences from my chivalrous devotion. I can hardly regard her in the light of a rational creature, so obstinately has she persisted in forming a fabulous notion of my character and acting on the false impressions she cherished. But, at last, I think she begins to know me: I don’t perceive the silly smiles and grimaces that provoked me at first; and the senseless incapability of discerning that I was in earnest when I gave her my opinion of her infatuation and herself. It was a marvellous effort of perspicacity to discover that I did not love her. I believed, at one time, no lessons could teach her that! And yet it is poorly learnt; for this morning she announced, as a piece of appalling intelligence, that I had actually succeeded in making her hate me! A positive labour of Hercules, I assure you! If it be achieved, I have cause to return thanks. Can I trust your assertion, Isabella? Are you sure you hate me? If I let you alone for half a day, won’t you come sighing and wheedling to me again? I daresay she would rather I had seemed all tenderness before you: it wounds her vanity to have the truth exposed. But I don’t care who knows that the passion was wholly on one side: and I never told her a lie about it. She cannot accuse me of showing one bit of deceitful softness. The first thing she saw me do, on coming out of the Grange, was to hang up her little dog; and when she pleaded for it, the first words I uttered were a wish that I had the hanging of every being belonging to her, except one: possibly she took that exception for herself. But no brutality disgusted her: I suppose she has an innate admiration of it, if only her precious person were secure from injury! Now, was it not the depth of absurdity—of genuine idiotcy, for that pitiful, slavish, mean-minded brach to dream that I could love her? Tell your master, Nelly, that I never, in all my life, met with such an abject thing as she is. She even disgraces the name of Linton; and I’ve sometimes relented, from pure lack of invention, in my experiments on what she could endure, and still creep shamefully cringing back! But tell him, also, to set his fraternal and magisterial heart at ease: that I keep strictly within the limits of the law. I have avoided, up to this period, giving her the slightest right to claim a separation; and, what’s more, she’d thank nobody for dividing us. If she desired to go, she might: the nuisance of her presence outweighs the gratification to be derived from tormenting her!’ +‘Mr. Heathcliff,’ said I, ‘this is the talk of a madman; your wife, most likely, is convinced you are mad; and, for that reason, she has borne with you hitherto: but now that you say she may go, she’ll doubtless avail herself of the permission. You are not so bewitched, ma’am, are you, as to remain with him of your own accord?’ +‘Take care, Ellen!’ answered Isabella, her eyes sparkling irefully; there was no misdoubting by their expression the full success of her partner’s endeavours to make himself detested. ‘Don’t put faith in a single word he speaks. He’s a lying fiend! a monster, and not a human being! I’ve been told I might leave him before; and I’ve made the attempt, but I dare not repeat it! Only, Ellen, promise you’ll not mention a syllable of his infamous conversation to my brother or Catherine. Whatever he may pretend, he wishes to provoke Edgar to desperation: he says he has married me on purpose to obtain power over him; and he sha’n’t obtain it—I’ll die first! I just hope, I pray, that he may forget his diabolical prudence and kill me! The single pleasure I can imagine is to die, or to see him dead!’ +‘There—that will do for the present!’ said Heathcliff. ‘If you are called upon in a court of law, you’ll remember her language, Nelly! And take a good look at that countenance: she’s near the point which would suit me. No; you’re not fit to be your own guardian, Isabella, now; and I, being your legal protector, must retain you in my custody, however distasteful the obligation may be. Go up-stairs; I have something to say to Ellen Dean in private. That’s not the way: up-stairs, I tell you! Why, this is the road upstairs, child!’ +He seized, and thrust her from the room; and returned muttering—‘I have no pity! I have no pity! The more the worms writhe, the more I yearn to crush out their entrails! It is a moral teething; and I grind with greater energy in proportion to the increase of pain.’ +‘Do you understand what the word pity means?’ I said, hastening to resume my bonnet. ‘Did you ever feel a touch of it in your life?’ +‘Put that down!’ he interrupted, perceiving my intention to depart. ‘You are not going yet. Come here now, Nelly: I must either persuade or compel you to aid me in fulfilling my determination to see Catherine, and that without delay. I swear that I meditate no harm: I don’t desire to cause any disturbance, or to exasperate or insult Mr. Linton; I only wish to hear from herself how she is, and why she has been ill; and to ask if anything that I could do would be of use to her. Last night I was in the Grange garden six hours, and I’ll return there to-night; and every night I’ll haunt the place, and every day, till I find an opportunity of entering. If Edgar Linton meets me, I shall not hesitate to knock him down, and give him enough to insure his quiescence while I stay. If his servants oppose me, I shall threaten them off with these pistols. But wouldn’t it be better to prevent my coming in contact with them, or their master? And you could do it so easily. I’d warn you when I came, and then you might let me in unobserved, as soon as she was alone, and watch till I departed, your conscience quite calm: you would be hindering mischief.’ +I protested against playing that treacherous part in my employer’s house: and, besides, I urged the cruelty and selfishness of his destroying Mrs. Linton’s tranquillity for his satisfaction. ‘The commonest occurrence startles her painfully,’ I said. ‘She’s all nerves, and she couldn’t bear the surprise, I’m positive. Don’t persist, sir! or else I shall be obliged to inform my master of your designs; and he’ll take measures to secure his house and its inmates from any such unwarrantable intrusions!’ +‘In that case I’ll take measures to secure you, woman!’ exclaimed Heathcliff; ‘you shall not leave Wuthering Heights till to-morrow morning. It is a foolish story to assert that Catherine could not bear to see me; and as to surprising her, I don’t desire it: you must prepare her—ask her if I may come. You say she never mentions my name, and that I am never mentioned to her. To whom should she mention me if I am a forbidden topic in the house? She thinks you are all spies for her husband. Oh, I’ve no doubt she’s in hell among you! I guess by her silence, as much as anything, what she feels. You say she is often restless, and anxious-looking: is that a proof of tranquillity? You talk of her mind being unsettled. How the devil could it be otherwise in her frightful isolation? And that insipid, paltry creature attending her from duty and humanity! From pity and charity! He might as well plant an oak in a flower-pot, and expect it to thrive, as imagine he can restore her to vigour in the soil of his shallow cares? Let us settle it at once: will you stay here, and am I to fight my way to Catherine over Linton and his footman? Or will you be my friend, as you have been hitherto, and do what I request? Decide! because there is no reason for my lingering another minute, if you persist in your stubborn ill-nature!’ +Well, Mr. Lockwood, I argued and complained, and flatly refused him fifty times; but in the long run he forced me to an agreement. I engaged to carry a letter from him to my mistress; and should she consent, I promised to let him have intelligence of Linton’s next absence from home, when he might come, and get in as he was able: I wouldn’t be there, and my fellow-servants should be equally out of the way. Was it right or wrong? I fear it was wrong, though expedient. I thought I prevented another explosion by my compliance; and I thought, too, it might create a favourable crisis in Catherine’s mental illness: and then I remembered Mr. Edgar’s stern rebuke of my carrying tales; and I tried to smooth away all disquietude on the subject, by affirming, with frequent iteration, that that betrayal of trust, if it merited so harsh an appellation, should be the last. Notwithstanding, my journey homeward was sadder than my journey thither; and many misgivings I had, ere I could prevail on myself to put the missive into Mrs. Linton’s hand. +But here is Kenneth; I’ll go down, and tell him how much better you are. My history is dree, as we say, and will serve to while away another morning. +Dree, and dreary! I reflected as the good woman descended to receive the doctor: and not exactly of the kind which I should have chosen to amuse me. But never mind! I’ll extract wholesome medicines from Mrs. Dean’s bitter herbs; and firstly, let me beware of the fascination that lurks in Catherine Heathcliff’s brilliant eyes. I should be in a curious taking if I surrendered my heart to that young person, and the daughter turned out a second edition of the mother. +CHAPTER XV +Another week over—and I am so many days nearer health, and spring! I have now heard all my neighbour’s history, at different sittings, as the housekeeper could spare time from more important occupations. I’ll continue it in her own words, only a little condensed. She is, on the whole, a very fair narrator, and I don’t think I could improve her style. +In the evening, she said, the evening of my visit to the Heights, I knew, as well as if I saw him, that Mr. Heathcliff was about the place; and I shunned going out, because I still carried his letter in my pocket, and didn’t want to be threatened or teased any more. I had made up my mind not to give it till my master went somewhere, as I could not guess how its receipt would affect Catherine. The consequence was, that it did not reach her before the lapse of three days. The fourth was Sunday, and I brought it into her room after the family were gone to church. There was a manservant left to keep the house with me, and we generally made a practice of locking the doors during the hours of service; but on that occasion the weather was so warm and pleasant that I set them wide open, and, to fulfil my engagement, as I knew who would be coming, I told my companion that the mistress wished very much for some oranges, and he must run over to the village and get a few, to be paid for on the morrow. He departed, and I went up-stairs. +Mrs. Linton sat in a loose white dress, with a light shawl over her shoulders, in the recess of the open window, as usual. Her thick, long hair had been partly removed at the beginning of her illness, and now she wore it simply combed in its natural tresses over her temples and neck. Her appearance was altered, as I had told Heathcliff; but when she was calm, there seemed unearthly beauty in the change. The flash of her eyes had been succeeded by a dreamy and melancholy softness; they no longer gave the impression of looking at the objects around her: they appeared always to gaze beyond, and far beyond—you would have said out of this world. Then, the paleness of her face—its haggard aspect having vanished as she recovered flesh—and the peculiar expression arising from her mental state, though painfully suggestive of their causes, added to the touching interest which she awakened; and—invariably to me, I know, and to any person who saw her, I should think—refuted more tangible proofs of convalescence, and stamped her as one doomed to decay. +A book lay spread on the sill before her, and the scarcely perceptible wind fluttered its leaves at intervals. I believe Linton had laid it there: for she never endeavoured to divert herself with reading, or occupation of any kind, and he would spend many an hour in trying to entice her attention to some subject which had formerly been her amusement. She was conscious of his aim, and in her better moods endured his efforts placidly, only showing their uselessness by now and then suppressing a wearied sigh, and checking him at last with the saddest of smiles and kisses. At other times, she would turn petulantly away, and hide her face in her hands, or even push him off angrily; and then he took care to let her alone, for he was certain of doing no good. +Gimmerton chapel bells were still ringing; and the full, mellow flow of the beck in the valley came soothingly on the ear. It was a sweet substitute for the yet absent murmur of the summer foliage, which drowned that music about the Grange when the trees were in leaf. At Wuthering Heights it always sounded on quiet days following a great thaw or a season of steady rain. And of Wuthering Heights Catherine was thinking as she listened: that is, if she thought or listened at all; but she had the vague, distant look I mentioned before, which expressed no recognition of material things either by ear or eye. +‘There’s a letter for you, Mrs. Linton,’ I said, gently inserting it in one hand that rested on her knee. ‘You must read it immediately, because it wants an answer. Shall I break the seal?’ ‘Yes,’ she answered, without altering the direction of her eyes. I opened it—it was very short. ‘Now,’ I continued, ‘read it.’ She drew away her hand, and let it fall. I replaced it in her lap, and stood waiting till it should please her to glance down; but that movement was so long delayed that at last I resumed—‘Must I read it, ma’am? It is from Mr. Heathcliff.’ +There was a start and a troubled gleam of recollection, and a struggle to arrange her ideas. She lifted the letter, and seemed to peruse it; and when she came to the signature she sighed: yet still I found she had not gathered its import, for, upon my desiring to hear her reply, she merely pointed to the name, and gazed at me with mournful and questioning eagerness. +‘Well, he wishes to see you,’ said I, guessing her need of an interpreter. ‘He’s in the garden by this time, and impatient to know what answer I shall bring.’ +As I spoke, I observed a large dog lying on the sunny grass beneath raise its ears as if about to bark, and then smoothing them back, announce, by a wag of the tail, that some one approached whom it did not consider a stranger. Mrs. Linton bent forward, and listened breathlessly. The minute after a step traversed the hall; the open house was too tempting for Heathcliff to resist walking in: most likely he supposed that I was inclined to shirk my promise, and so resolved to trust to his own audacity. With straining eagerness Catherine gazed towards the entrance of her chamber. He did not hit the right room directly: she motioned me to admit him, but he found it out ere I could reach the door, and in a stride or two was at her side, and had her grasped in his arms. +He neither spoke nor loosed his hold for some five minutes, during which period he bestowed more kisses than ever he gave in his life before, I daresay: but then my mistress had kissed him first, and I plainly saw that he could hardly bear, for downright agony, to look into her face! The same conviction had stricken him as me, from the instant he beheld her, that there was no prospect of ultimate recovery there—she was fated, sure to die. +‘Oh, Cathy! Oh, my life! how can I bear it?’ was the first sentence he uttered, in a tone that did not seek to disguise his despair. And now he stared at her so earnestly that I thought the very intensity of his gaze would bring tears into his eyes; but they burned with anguish: they did not melt. +‘What now?’ said Catherine, leaning back, and returning his look with a suddenly clouded brow: her humour was a mere vane for constantly varying caprices. ‘You and Edgar have broken my heart, Heathcliff! And you both come to bewail the deed to me, as if you were the people to be pitied! I shall not pity you, not I. You have killed me—and thriven on it, I think. How strong you are! How many years do you mean to live after I am gone?’ +Heathcliff had knelt on one knee to embrace her; he attempted to rise, but she seized his hair, and kept him down. +‘I wish I could hold you,’ she continued, bitterly, ‘till we were both dead! I shouldn’t care what you suffered. I care nothing for your sufferings. Why shouldn’t you suffer? I do! Will you forget me? Will you be happy when I am in the earth? Will you say twenty years hence, “That’s the grave of Catherine Earnshaw? I loved her long ago, and was wretched to lose her; but it is past. I’ve loved many others since: my children are dearer to me than she was; and, at death, I shall not rejoice that I am going to her: I shall be sorry that I must leave them!” Will you say so, Heathcliff?’ +‘Don’t torture me till I’m as mad as yourself,’ cried he, wrenching his head free, and grinding his teeth. +The two, to a cool spectator, made a strange and fearful picture. Well might Catherine deem that heaven would be a land of exile to her, unless with her mortal body she cast away her moral character also. Her present countenance had a wild vindictiveness in its white cheek, and a bloodless lip and scintillating eye; and she retained in her closed fingers a portion of the locks she had been grasping. As to her companion, while raising himself with one hand, he had taken her arm with the other; and so inadequate was his stock of gentleness to the requirements of her condition, that on his letting go I saw four distinct impressions left blue in the colourless skin. +‘Are you possessed with a devil,’ he pursued, savagely, ‘to talk in that manner to me when you are dying? Do you reflect that all those words will be branded in my memory, and eating deeper eternally after you have left me? You know you lie to say I have killed you: and, Catherine, you know that I could as soon forget you as my existence! Is it not sufficient for your infernal selfishness, that while you are at peace I shall writhe in the torments of hell?’ +‘I shall not be at peace,’ moaned Catherine, recalled to a sense of physical weakness by the violent, unequal throbbing of her heart, which beat visibly and audibly under this excess of agitation. She said nothing further till the paroxysm was over; then she continued, more kindly— +‘I’m not wishing you greater torment than I have, Heathcliff. I only wish us never to be parted: and should a word of mine distress you hereafter, think I feel the same distress underground, and for my own sake, forgive me! Come here and kneel down again! You never harmed me in your life. Nay, if you nurse anger, that will be worse to remember than my harsh words! Won’t you come here again? Do!’ +Heathcliff went to the back of her chair, and leant over, but not so far as to let her see his face, which was livid with emotion. She bent round to look at him; he would not permit it: turning abruptly, he walked to the fireplace, where he stood, silent, with his back towards us. Mrs. Linton’s glance followed him suspiciously: every movement woke a new sentiment in her. After a pause and a prolonged gaze, she resumed; addressing me in accents of indignant disappointment:— +‘Oh, you see, Nelly, he would not relent a moment to keep me out of the grave. That is how I’m loved! Well, never mind. That is not my Heathcliff. I shall love mine yet; and take him with me: he’s in my soul. And,’ added she musingly, ‘the thing that irks me most is this shattered prison, after all. I’m tired of being enclosed here. I’m wearying to escape into that glorious world, and to be always there: not seeing it dimly through tears, and yearning for it through the walls of an aching heart: but really with it, and in it. Nelly, you think you are better and more fortunate than I; in full health and strength: you are sorry for me—very soon that will be altered. I shall be sorry for you. I shall be incomparably beyond and above you all. I wonder he won’t be near me!’ She went on to herself. ‘I thought he wished it. Heathcliff, dear! you should not be sullen now. Do come to me, Heathcliff.’ +In her eagerness she rose and supported herself on the arm of the chair. At that earnest appeal he turned to her, looking absolutely desperate. His eyes, wide and wet, at last flashed fiercely on her; his breast heaved convulsively. An instant they held asunder, and then how they met I hardly saw, but Catherine made a spring, and he caught her, and they were locked in an embrace from which I thought my mistress would never be released alive: in fact, to my eyes, she seemed directly insensible. He flung himself into the nearest seat, and on my approaching hurriedly to ascertain if she had fainted, he gnashed at me, and foamed like a mad dog, and gathered her to him with greedy jealousy. I did not feel as if I were in the company of a creature of my own species: it appeared that he would not understand, though I spoke to him; so I stood off, and held my tongue, in great perplexity. +A movement of Catherine’s relieved me a little presently: she put up her hand to clasp his neck, and bring her cheek to his as he held her; while he, in return, covering her with frantic caresses, said wildly— +‘You teach me now how cruel you’ve been—cruel and false. Why did you despise me? Why did you betray your own heart, Cathy? I have not one word of comfort. You deserve this. You have killed yourself. Yes, you may kiss me, and cry; and wring out my kisses and tears: they’ll blight you—they’ll damn you. You loved me—then what right had you to leave me? What right—answer me—for the poor fancy you felt for Linton? Because misery and degradation, and death, and nothing that God or Satan could inflict would have parted us, you, of your own will, did it. I have not broken your heart—you have broken it; and in breaking it, you have broken mine. So much the worse for me that I am strong. Do I want to live? What kind of living will it be when you—oh, God! would you like to live with your soul in the grave?’ +‘Let me alone. Let me alone,’ sobbed Catherine. ‘If I’ve done wrong, I’m dying for it. It is enough! You left me too: but I won’t upbraid you! I forgive you. Forgive me!’ +‘It is hard to forgive, and to look at those eyes, and feel those wasted hands,’ he answered. ‘Kiss me again; and don’t let me see your eyes! I forgive what you have done to me. I love my murderer—but yours! How can I?’ +They were silent—their faces hid against each other, and washed by each other’s tears. At least, I suppose the weeping was on both sides; as it seemed Heathcliff could weep on a great occasion like this. +I grew very uncomfortable, meanwhile; for the afternoon wore fast away, the man whom I had sent off returned from his errand, and I could distinguish, by the shine of the western sun up the valley, a concourse thickening outside Gimmerton chapel porch. +‘Service is over,’ I announced. ‘My master will be here in half an hour.’ +Heathcliff groaned a curse, and strained Catherine closer: she never moved. +Ere long I perceived a group of the servants passing up the road towards the kitchen wing. Mr. Linton was not far behind; he opened the gate himself and sauntered slowly up, probably enjoying the lovely afternoon that breathed as soft as summer. +‘Now he is here,’ I exclaimed. ‘For heaven’s sake, hurry down! You’ll not meet any one on the front stairs. Do be quick; and stay among the trees till he is fairly in.’ +‘I must go, Cathy,’ said Heathcliff, seeking to extricate himself from his companion’s arms. ‘But if I live, I’ll see you again before you are asleep. I won’t stray five yards from your window.’ +‘You must not go!’ she answered, holding him as firmly as her strength allowed. ‘You shall not, I tell you.’ +‘For one hour,’ he pleaded earnestly. +‘Not for one minute,’ she replied. +‘I must—Linton will be up immediately,’ persisted the alarmed intruder. +He would have risen, and unfixed her fingers by the act—she clung fast, gasping: there was mad resolution in her face. +‘No!’ she shrieked. ‘Oh, don’t, don’t go. It is the last time! Edgar will not hurt us. Heathcliff, I shall die! I shall die!’ +‘Damn the fool! There he is,’ cried Heathcliff, sinking back into his seat. ‘Hush, my darling! Hush, hush, Catherine! I’ll stay. If he shot me so, I’d expire with a blessing on my lips.’ +And there they were fast again. I heard my master mounting the stairs—the cold sweat ran from my forehead: I was horrified. +‘Are you going to listen to her ravings?’ I said, passionately. ‘She does not know what she says. Will you ruin her, because she has not wit to help herself? Get up! You could be free instantly. That is the most diabolical deed that ever you did. We are all done for—master, mistress, and servant.’ +I wrung my hands, and cried out; and Mr. Linton hastened his step at the noise. In the midst of my agitation, I was sincerely glad to observe that Catherine’s arms had fallen relaxed, and her head hung down. +‘She’s fainted, or dead,’ I thought: ‘so much the better. Far better that she should be dead, than lingering a burden and a misery-maker to all about her.’ +Edgar sprang to his unbidden guest, blanched with astonishment and rage. What he meant to do I cannot tell; however, the other stopped all demonstrations, at once, by placing the lifeless-looking form in his arms. +‘Look there!’ he said. ‘Unless you be a fiend, help her first—then you shall speak to me!’ +He walked into the parlour, and sat down. Mr. Linton summoned me, and with great difficulty, and after resorting to many means, we managed to restore her to sensation; but she was all bewildered; she sighed, and moaned, and knew nobody. Edgar, in his anxiety for her, forgot her hated friend. I did not. I went, at the earliest opportunity, and besought him to depart; affirming that Catherine was better, and he should hear from me in the morning how she passed the night. +‘I shall not refuse to go out of doors,’ he answered; ‘but I shall stay in the garden: and, Nelly, mind you keep your word to-morrow. I shall be under those larch-trees. Mind! or I pay another visit, whether Linton be in or not.’ +He sent a rapid glance through the half-open door of the chamber, and, ascertaining that what I stated was apparently true, delivered the house of his luckless presence. +CHAPTER XVI +About twelve o’clock that night was born the Catherine you saw at Wuthering Heights: a puny, seven-months’ child; and two hours after the mother died, having never recovered sufficient consciousness to miss Heathcliff, or know Edgar. The latter’s distraction at his bereavement is a subject too painful to be dwelt on; its after-effects showed how deep the sorrow sunk. A great addition, in my eyes, was his being left without an heir. I bemoaned that, as I gazed on the feeble orphan; and I mentally abused old Linton for (what was only natural partiality) the securing his estate to his own daughter, instead of his son’s. An unwelcomed infant it was, poor thing! It might have wailed out of life, and nobody cared a morsel, during those first hours of existence. We redeemed the neglect afterwards; but its beginning was as friendless as its end is likely to be. +Next morning—bright and cheerful out of doors—stole softened in through the blinds of the silent room, and suffused the couch and its occupant with a mellow, tender glow. Edgar Linton had his head laid on the pillow, and his eyes shut. His young and fair features were almost as deathlike as those of the form beside him, and almost as fixed: but his was the hush of exhausted anguish, and hers of perfect peace. Her brow smooth, her lids closed, her lips wearing the expression of a smile; no angel in heaven could be more beautiful than she appeared. And I partook of the infinite calm in which she lay: my mind was never in a holier frame than while I gazed on that untroubled image of Divine rest. I instinctively echoed the words she had uttered a few hours before: ‘Incomparably beyond and above us all! Whether still on earth or now in heaven, her spirit is at home with God!’ +I don’t know if it be a peculiarity in me, but I am seldom otherwise than happy while watching in the chamber of death, should no frenzied or despairing mourner share the duty with me. I see a repose that neither earth nor hell can break, and I feel an assurance of the endless and shadowless hereafter—the Eternity they have entered—where life is boundless in its duration, and love in its sympathy, and joy in its fulness. I noticed on that occasion how much selfishness there is even in a love like Mr. Linton’s, when he so regretted Catherine’s blessed release! To be sure, one might have doubted, after the wayward and impatient existence she had led, whether she merited a haven of peace at last. One might doubt in seasons of cold reflection; but not then, in the presence of her corpse. It asserted its own tranquillity, which seemed a pledge of equal quiet to its former inhabitant. +Do you believe such people are happy in the other world, sir? I’d give a great deal to know. +I declined answering Mrs. Dean’s question, which struck me as something heterodox. She proceeded: +Retracing the course of Catherine Linton, I fear we have no right to think she is; but we’ll leave her with her Maker. +The master looked asleep, and I ventured soon after sunrise to quit the room and steal out to the pure refreshing air. The servants thought me gone to shake off the drowsiness of my protracted watch; in reality, my chief motive was seeing Mr. Heathcliff. If he had remained among the larches all night, he would have heard nothing of the stir at the Grange; unless, perhaps, he might catch the gallop of the messenger going to Gimmerton. If he had come nearer, he would probably be aware, from the lights flitting to and fro, and the opening and shutting of the outer doors, that all was not right within. I wished, yet feared, to find him. I felt the terrible news must be told, and I longed to get it over; but how to do it I did not know. He was there—at least, a few yards further in the park; leant against an old ash-tree, his hat off, and his hair soaked with the dew that had gathered on the budded branches, and fell pattering round him. He had been standing a long time in that position, for I saw a pair of ousels passing and repassing scarcely three feet from him, busy in building their nest, and regarding his proximity no more than that of a piece of timber. They flew off at my approach, and he raised his eyes and spoke:—‘She’s dead!’ he said; ‘I’ve not waited for you to learn that. Put your handkerchief away—don’t snivel before me. Damn you all! she wants none of your tears!’ +I was weeping as much for him as her: we do sometimes pity creatures that have none of the feeling either for themselves or others. When I first looked into his face, I perceived that he had got intelligence of the catastrophe; and a foolish notion struck me that his heart was quelled and he prayed, because his lips moved and his gaze was bent on the ground. +‘Yes, she’s dead!’ I answered, checking my sobs and drying my cheeks. ‘Gone to heaven, I hope; where we may, every one, join her, if we take due warning and leave our evil ways to follow good!’ +‘Did she take due warning, then?’ asked Heathcliff, attempting a sneer. ‘Did she die like a saint? Come, give me a true history of the event. How did—?’ +He endeavoured to pronounce the name, but could not manage it; and compressing his mouth he held a silent combat with his inward agony, defying, meanwhile, my sympathy with an unflinching, ferocious stare. ‘How did she die?’ he resumed, at last—fain, notwithstanding his hardihood, to have a support behind him; for, after the struggle, he trembled, in spite of himself, to his very finger-ends. +‘Poor wretch!’ I thought; ‘you have a heart and nerves the same as your brother men! Why should you be anxious to conceal them? Your pride cannot blind God! You tempt him to wring them, till he forces a cry of humiliation.’ +‘Quietly as a lamb!’ I answered, aloud. ‘She drew a sigh, and stretched herself, like a child reviving, and sinking again to sleep; and five minutes after I felt one little pulse at her heart, and nothing more!’ +‘And—did she ever mention me?’ he asked, hesitating, as if he dreaded the answer to his question would introduce details that he could not bear to hear. +‘Her senses never returned: she recognised nobody from the time you left her,’ I said. ‘She lies with a sweet smile on her face; and her latest ideas wandered back to pleasant early days. Her life closed in a gentle dream—may she wake as kindly in the other world!’ +‘May she wake in torment!’ he cried, with frightful vehemence, stamping his foot, and groaning in a sudden paroxysm of ungovernable passion. ‘Why, she’s a liar to the end! Where is she? Not there—not in heaven—not perished—where? Oh! you said you cared nothing for my sufferings! And I pray one prayer—I repeat it till my tongue stiffens—Catherine Earnshaw, may you not rest as long as I am living; you said I killed you—haunt me, then! The murdered do haunt their murderers, I believe. I know that ghosts have wandered on earth. Be with me always—take any form—drive me mad! only do not leave me in this abyss, where I cannot find you! Oh, God! it is unutterable! I cannot live without my life! I cannot live without my soul!’ +He dashed his head against the knotted trunk; and, lifting up his eyes, howled, not like a man, but like a savage beast being goaded to death with knives and spears. I observed several splashes of blood about the bark of the tree, and his hand and forehead were both stained; probably the scene I witnessed was a repetition of others acted during the night. It hardly moved my compassion—it appalled me: still, I felt reluctant to quit him so. But the moment he recollected himself enough to notice me watching, he thundered a command for me to go, and I obeyed. He was beyond my skill to quiet or console! +Mrs. Linton’s funeral was appointed to take place on the Friday following her decease; and till then her coffin remained uncovered, and strewn with flowers and scented leaves, in the great drawing-room. Linton spent his days and nights there, a sleepless guardian; and—a circumstance concealed from all but me—Heathcliff spent his nights, at least, outside, equally a stranger to repose. I held no communication with him: still, I was conscious of his design to enter, if he could; and on the Tuesday, a little after dark, when my master, from sheer fatigue, had been compelled to retire a couple of hours, I went and opened one of the windows; moved by his perseverance to give him a chance of bestowing on the faded image of his idol one final adieu. He did not omit to avail himself of the opportunity, cautiously and briefly; too cautiously to betray his presence by the slightest noise. Indeed, I shouldn’t have discovered that he had been there, except for the disarrangement of the drapery about the corpse’s face, and for observing on the floor a curl of light hair, fastened with a silver thread; which, on examination, I ascertained to have been taken from a locket hung round Catherine’s neck. Heathcliff had opened the trinket and cast out its contents, replacing them by a black lock of his own. I twisted the two, and enclosed them together. +Mr. Earnshaw was, of course, invited to attend the remains of his sister to the grave; he sent no excuse, but he never came; so that, besides her husband, the mourners were wholly composed of tenants and servants. Isabella was not asked. +The place of Catherine’s interment, to the surprise of the villagers, was neither in the chapel under the carved monument of the Lintons, nor yet by the tombs of her own relations, outside. It was dug on a green slope in a corner of the kirk-yard, where the wall is so low that heath and bilberry-plants have climbed over it from the moor; and peat-mould almost buries it. Her husband lies in the same spot now; and they have each a simple headstone above, and a plain grey block at their feet, to mark the graves. +CHAPTER XVII +That Friday made the last of our fine days for a month. In the evening the weather broke: the wind shifted from south to north-east, and brought rain first, and then sleet and snow. On the morrow one could hardly imagine that there had been three weeks of summer: the primroses and crocuses were hidden under wintry drifts; the larks were silent, the young leaves of the early trees smitten and blackened. And dreary, and chill, and dismal, that morrow did creep over! My master kept his room; I took possession of the lonely parlour, converting it into a nursery: and there I was, sitting with the moaning doll of a child laid on my knee; rocking it to and fro, and watching, meanwhile, the still driving flakes build up the uncurtained window, when the door opened, and some person entered, out of breath and laughing! My anger was greater than my astonishment for a minute. I supposed it one of the maids, and I cried—‘Have done! How dare you show your giddiness here; What would Mr. Linton say if he heard you?’ +‘Excuse me!’ answered a familiar voice; ‘but I know Edgar is in bed, and I cannot stop myself.’ +With that the speaker came forward to the fire, panting and holding her hand to her side. +‘I have run the whole way from Wuthering Heights!’ she continued, after a pause; ‘except where I’ve flown. I couldn’t count the number of falls I’ve had. Oh, I’m aching all over! Don’t be alarmed! There shall be an explanation as soon as I can give it; only just have the goodness to step out and order the carriage to take me on to Gimmerton, and tell a servant to seek up a few clothes in my wardrobe.’ +The intruder was Mrs. Heathcliff. She certainly seemed in no laughing predicament: her hair streamed on her shoulders, dripping with snow and water; she was dressed in the girlish dress she commonly wore, befitting her age more than her position: a low frock with short sleeves, and nothing on either head or neck. The frock was of light silk, and clung to her with wet, and her feet were protected merely by thin slippers; add to this a deep cut under one ear, which only the cold prevented from bleeding profusely, a white face scratched and bruised, and a frame hardly able to support itself through fatigue; and you may fancy my first fright was not much allayed when I had had leisure to examine her. +‘My dear young lady,’ I exclaimed, ‘I’ll stir nowhere, and hear nothing, till you have removed every article of your clothes, and put on dry things; and certainly you shall not go to Gimmerton to-night, so it is needless to order the carriage.’ +‘Certainly I shall,’ she said; ‘walking or riding: yet I’ve no objection to dress myself decently. And—ah, see how it flows down my neck now! The fire does make it smart.’ +She insisted on my fulfilling her directions, before she would let me touch her; and not till after the coachman had been instructed to get ready, and a maid set to pack up some necessary attire, did I obtain her consent for binding the wound and helping to change her garments. +‘Now, Ellen,’ she said, when my task was finished and she was seated in an easy-chair on the hearth, with a cup of tea before her, ‘you sit down opposite me, and put poor Catherine’s baby away: I don’t like to see it! You mustn’t think I care little for Catherine, because I behaved so foolishly on entering: I’ve cried, too, bitterly—yes, more than any one else has reason to cry. We parted unreconciled, you remember, and I sha’n’t forgive myself. But, for all that, I was not going to sympathise with him—the brute beast! Oh, give me the poker! This is the last thing of his I have about me:’ she slipped the gold ring from her third finger, and threw it on the floor. ‘I’ll smash it!’ she continued, striking it with childish spite, ‘and then I’ll burn it!’ and she took and dropped the misused article among the coals. ‘There! he shall buy another, if he gets me back again. He’d be capable of coming to seek me, to tease Edgar. I dare not stay, lest that notion should possess his wicked head! And besides, Edgar has not been kind, has he? And I won’t come suing for his assistance; nor will I bring him into more trouble. Necessity compelled me to seek shelter here; though, if I had not learned he was out of the way, I’d have halted at the kitchen, washed my face, warmed myself, got you to bring what I wanted, and departed again to anywhere out of the reach of my accursed—of that incarnate goblin! Ah, he was in such a fury! If he had caught me! It’s a pity Earnshaw is not his match in strength: I wouldn’t have run till I’d seen him all but demolished, had Hindley been able to do it!’ +‘Well, don’t talk so fast, Miss!’ I interrupted; ‘you’ll disorder the handkerchief I have tied round your face, and make the cut bleed again. Drink your tea, and take breath, and give over laughing: laughter is sadly out of place under this roof, and in your condition!’ +‘An undeniable truth,’ she replied. ‘Listen to that child! It maintains a constant wail—send it out of my hearing for an hour; I sha’n’t stay any longer.’ +I rang the bell, and committed it to a servant’s care; and then I inquired what had urged her to escape from Wuthering Heights in such an unlikely plight, and where she meant to go, as she refused remaining with us. +‘I ought, and I wished to remain,’ answered she, ‘to cheer Edgar and take care of the baby, for two things, and because the Grange is my right home. But I tell you he wouldn’t let me! Do you think he could bear to see me grow fat and merry—could bear to think that we were tranquil, and not resolve on poisoning our comfort? Now, I have the satisfaction of being sure that he detests me, to the point of its annoying him seriously to have me within ear-shot or eyesight: I notice, when I enter his presence, the muscles of his countenance are involuntarily distorted into an expression of hatred; partly arising from his knowledge of the good causes I have to feel that sentiment for him, and partly from original aversion. It is strong enough to make me feel pretty certain that he would not chase me over England, supposing I contrived a clear escape; and therefore I must get quite away. I’ve recovered from my first desire to be killed by him: I’d rather he’d kill himself! He has extinguished my love effectually, and so I’m at my ease. I can recollect yet how I loved him; and can dimly imagine that I could still be loving him, if—no, no! Even if he had doted on me, the devilish nature would have revealed its existence somehow. Catherine had an awfully perverted taste to esteem him so dearly, knowing him so well. Monster! would that he could be blotted out of creation, and out of my memory!’ +‘Hush, hush! He’s a human being,’ I said. ‘Be more charitable: there are worse men than he is yet!’ +‘He’s not a human being,’ she retorted; ‘and he has no claim on my charity. I gave him my heart, and he took and pinched it to death, and flung it back to me. People feel with their hearts, Ellen: and since he has destroyed mine, I have not power to feel for him: and I would not, though he groaned from this to his dying day, and wept tears of blood for Catherine! No, indeed, indeed, I wouldn’t!’ And here Isabella began to cry; but, immediately dashing the water from her lashes, she recommenced. ‘You asked, what has driven me to flight at last? I was compelled to attempt it, because I had succeeded in rousing his rage a pitch above his malignity. Pulling out the nerves with red hot pincers requires more coolness than knocking on the head. He was worked up to forget the fiendish prudence he boasted of, and proceeded to murderous violence. I experienced pleasure in being able to exasperate him: the sense of pleasure woke my instinct of self-preservation, so I fairly broke free; and if ever I come into his hands again he is welcome to a signal revenge. +‘Yesterday, you know, Mr. Earnshaw should have been at the funeral. He kept himself sober for the purpose—tolerably sober: not going to bed mad at six o’clock and getting up drunk at twelve. Consequently, he rose, in suicidal low spirits, as fit for the church as for a dance; and instead, he sat down by the fire and swallowed gin or brandy by tumblerfuls. +‘Heathcliff—I shudder to name him! has been a stranger in the house from last Sunday till to-day. Whether the angels have fed him, or his kin beneath, I cannot tell; but he has not eaten a meal with us for nearly a week. He has just come home at dawn, and gone up-stairs to his chamber; locking himself in—as if anybody dreamt of coveting his company! There he has continued, praying like a Methodist: only the deity he implored is senseless dust and ashes; and God, when addressed, was curiously confounded with his own black father! After concluding these precious orisons—and they lasted generally till he grew hoarse and his voice was strangled in his throat—he would be off again; always straight down to the Grange! I wonder Edgar did not send for a constable, and give him into custody! For me, grieved as I was about Catherine, it was impossible to avoid regarding this season of deliverance from degrading oppression as a holiday. +‘I recovered spirits sufficient to bear Joseph’s eternal lectures without weeping, and to move up and down the house less with the foot of a frightened thief than formerly. You wouldn’t think that I should cry at anything Joseph could say; but he and Hareton are detestable companions. I’d rather sit with Hindley, and hear his awful talk, than with “t’ little maister” and his staunch supporter, that odious old man! When Heathcliff is in, I’m often obliged to seek the kitchen and their society, or starve among the damp uninhabited chambers; when he is not, as was the case this week, I establish a table and chair at one corner of the house fire, and never mind how Mr. Earnshaw may occupy himself; and he does not interfere with my arrangements. He is quieter now than he used to be, if no one provokes him: more sullen and depressed, and less furious. Joseph affirms he’s sure he’s an altered man: that the Lord has touched his heart, and he is saved “so as by fire.” I’m puzzled to detect signs of the favourable change: but it is not my business. +‘Yester-evening I sat in my nook reading some old books till late on towards twelve. It seemed so dismal to go up-stairs, with the wild snow blowing outside, and my thoughts continually reverting to the kirk-yard and the new-made grave! I dared hardly lift my eyes from the page before me, that melancholy scene so instantly usurped its place. Hindley sat opposite, his head leant on his hand; perhaps meditating on the same subject. He had ceased drinking at a point below irrationality, and had neither stirred nor spoken during two or three hours. There was no sound through the house but the moaning wind, which shook the windows every now and then, the faint crackling of the coals, and the click of my snuffers as I removed at intervals the long wick of the candle. Hareton and Joseph were probably fast asleep in bed. It was very, very sad: and while I read I sighed, for it seemed as if all joy had vanished from the world, never to be restored. +‘The doleful silence was broken at length by the sound of the kitchen latch: Heathcliff had returned from his watch earlier than usual; owing, I suppose, to the sudden storm. That entrance was fastened, and we heard him coming round to get in by the other. I rose with an irrepressible expression of what I felt on my lips, which induced my companion, who had been staring towards the door, to turn and look at me. +‘“I’ll keep him out five minutes,” he exclaimed. “You won’t object?” +‘“No, you may keep him out the whole night for me,” I answered. “Do! put the key in the lock, and draw the bolts.” +‘Earnshaw accomplished this ere his guest reached the front; he then came and brought his chair to the other side of my table, leaning over it, and searching in my eyes for a sympathy with the burning hate that gleamed from his: as he both looked and felt like an assassin, he couldn’t exactly find that; but he discovered enough to encourage him to speak. +‘“You, and I,” he said, “have each a great debt to settle with the man out yonder! If we were neither of us cowards, we might combine to discharge it. Are you as soft as your brother? Are you willing to endure to the last, and not once attempt a repayment?” +‘“I’m weary of enduring now,” I replied; “and I’d be glad of a retaliation that wouldn’t recoil on myself; but treachery and violence are spears pointed at both ends; they wound those who resort to them worse than their enemies.” +‘“Treachery and violence are a just return for treachery and violence!” cried Hindley. “Mrs. Heathcliff, I’ll ask you to do nothing; but sit still and be dumb. Tell me now, can you? I’m sure you would have as much pleasure as I in witnessing the conclusion of the fiend’s existence; he’ll be your death unless you overreach him; and he’ll be my ruin. Damn the hellish villain! He knocks at the door as if he were master here already! Promise to hold your tongue, and before that clock strikes—it wants three minutes of one—you’re a free woman!” +‘He took the implements which I described to you in my letter from his breast, and would have turned down the candle. I snatched it away, however, and seized his arm. +‘“I’ll not hold my tongue!” I said; “you mustn’t touch him. Let the door remain shut, and be quiet!” +‘“No! I’ve formed my resolution, and by God I’ll execute it!” cried the desperate being. “I’ll do you a kindness in spite of yourself, and Hareton justice! And you needn’t trouble your head to screen me; Catherine is gone. Nobody alive would regret me, or be ashamed, though I cut my throat this minute—and it’s time to make an end!” +‘I might as well have struggled with a bear, or reasoned with a lunatic. The only resource left me was to run to a lattice and warn his intended victim of the fate which awaited him. +‘“You’d better seek shelter somewhere else to-night!” I exclaimed, in rather a triumphant tone. “Mr. Earnshaw has a mind to shoot you, if you persist in endeavouring to enter.” +‘“You’d better open the door, you—” he answered, addressing me by some elegant term that I don’t care to repeat. +‘“I shall not meddle in the matter,” I retorted again. “Come in and get shot, if you please. I’ve done my duty.” +‘With that I shut the window and returned to my place by the fire; having too small a stock of hypocrisy at my command to pretend any anxiety for the danger that menaced him. Earnshaw swore passionately at me: affirming that I loved the villain yet; and calling me all sorts of names for the base spirit I evinced. And I, in my secret heart (and conscience never reproached me), thought what a blessing it would be for him should Heathcliff put him out of misery; and what a blessing for me should he send Heathcliff to his right abode! As I sat nursing these reflections, the casement behind me was banged on to the floor by a blow from the latter individual, and his black countenance looked blightingly through. The stanchions stood too close to suffer his shoulders to follow, and I smiled, exulting in my fancied security. His hair and clothes were whitened with snow, and his sharp cannibal teeth, revealed by cold and wrath, gleamed through the dark. +‘“Isabella, let me in, or I’ll make you repent!” he “girned,” as Joseph calls it. +‘“I cannot commit murder,” I replied. “Mr. Hindley stands sentinel with a knife and loaded pistol.” +‘“Let me in by the kitchen door,” he said. +‘“Hindley will be there before me,” I answered: “and that’s a poor love of yours that cannot bear a shower of snow! We were left at peace in our beds as long as the summer moon shone, but the moment a blast of winter returns, you must run for shelter! Heathcliff, if I were you, I’d go stretch myself over her grave and die like a faithful dog. The world is surely not worth living in now, is it? You had distinctly impressed on me the idea that Catherine was the whole joy of your life: I can’t imagine how you think of surviving her loss.” +‘“He’s there, is he?” exclaimed my companion, rushing to the gap. “If I can get my arm out I can hit him!” +‘I’m afraid, Ellen, you’ll set me down as really wicked; but you don’t know all, so don’t judge. I wouldn’t have aided or abetted an attempt on even his life for anything. Wish that he were dead, I must; and therefore I was fearfully disappointed, and unnerved by terror for the consequences of my taunting speech, when he flung himself on Earnshaw’s weapon and wrenched it from his grasp. +‘The charge exploded, and the knife, in springing back, closed into its owner’s wrist. Heathcliff pulled it away by main force, slitting up the flesh as it passed on, and thrust it dripping into his pocket. He then took a stone, struck down the division between two windows, and sprang in. His adversary had fallen senseless with excessive pain and the flow of blood, that gushed from an artery or a large vein. The ruffian kicked and trampled on him, and dashed his head repeatedly against the flags, holding me with one hand, meantime, to prevent me summoning Joseph. He exerted preterhuman self-denial in abstaining from finishing him completely; but getting out of breath, he finally desisted, and dragged the apparently inanimate body on to the settle. There he tore off the sleeve of Earnshaw’s coat, and bound up the wound with brutal roughness; spitting and cursing during the operation as energetically as he had kicked before. Being at liberty, I lost no time in seeking the old servant; who, having gathered by degrees the purport of my hasty tale, hurried below, gasping, as he descended the steps two at once. +‘“What is ther to do, now? what is ther to do, now?” +‘“There’s this to do,” thundered Heathcliff, “that your master’s mad; and should he last another month, I’ll have him to an asylum. And how the devil did you come to fasten me out, you toothless hound? Don’t stand muttering and mumbling there. Come, I’m not going to nurse him. Wash that stuff away; and mind the sparks of your candle—it is more than half brandy!” +‘“And so ye’ve been murthering on him?” exclaimed Joseph, lifting his hands and eyes in horror. “If iver I seed a seeght loike this! May the Lord—” +‘Heathcliff gave him a push on to his knees in the middle of the blood, and flung a towel to him; but instead of proceeding to dry it up, he joined his hands and began a prayer, which excited my laughter from its odd phraseology. I was in the condition of mind to be shocked at nothing: in fact, I was as reckless as some malefactors show themselves at the foot of the gallows. +‘“Oh, I forgot you,” said the tyrant. “You shall do that. Down with you. And you conspire with him against me, do you, viper? There, that is work fit for you!” +‘He shook me till my teeth rattled, and pitched me beside Joseph, who steadily concluded his supplications, and then rose, vowing he would set off for the Grange directly. Mr. Linton was a magistrate, and though he had fifty wives dead, he should inquire into this. He was so obstinate in his resolution, that Heathcliff deemed it expedient to compel from my lips a recapitulation of what had taken place; standing over me, heaving with malevolence, as I reluctantly delivered the account in answer to his questions. It required a great deal of labour to satisfy the old man that Heathcliff was not the aggressor; especially with my hardly-wrung replies. However, Mr. Earnshaw soon convinced him that he was alive still; Joseph hastened to administer a dose of spirits, and by their succour his master presently regained motion and consciousness. Heathcliff, aware that his opponent was ignorant of the treatment received while insensible, called him deliriously intoxicated; and said he should not notice his atrocious conduct further, but advised him to get to bed. To my joy, he left us, after giving this judicious counsel, and Hindley stretched himself on the hearthstone. I departed to my own room, marvelling that I had escaped so easily. +‘This morning, when I came down, about half an hour before noon, Mr. Earnshaw was sitting by the fire, deadly sick; his evil genius, almost as gaunt and ghastly, leant against the chimney. Neither appeared inclined to dine, and, having waited till all was cold on the table, I commenced alone. Nothing hindered me from eating heartily, and I experienced a certain sense of satisfaction and superiority, as, at intervals, I cast a look towards my silent companions, and felt the comfort of a quiet conscience within me. After I had done, I ventured on the unusual liberty of drawing near the fire, going round Earnshaw’s seat, and kneeling in the corner beside him. +‘Heathcliff did not glance my way, and I gazed up, and contemplated his features almost as confidently as if they had been turned to stone. His forehead, that I once thought so manly, and that I now think so diabolical, was shaded with a heavy cloud; his basilisk eyes were nearly quenched by sleeplessness, and weeping, perhaps, for the lashes were wet then: his lips devoid of their ferocious sneer, and sealed in an expression of unspeakable sadness. Had it been another, I would have covered my face in the presence of such grief. In his case, I was gratified; and, ignoble as it seems to insult a fallen enemy, I couldn’t miss this chance of sticking in a dart: his weakness was the only time when I could taste the delight of paying wrong for wrong.’ +‘Fie, fie, Miss!’ I interrupted. ‘One might suppose you had never opened a Bible in your life. If God afflict your enemies, surely that ought to suffice you. It is both mean and presumptuous to add your torture to his!’ +‘In general I’ll allow that it would be, Ellen,’ she continued; ‘but what misery laid on Heathcliff could content me, unless I have a hand in it? I’d rather he suffered less, if I might cause his sufferings and he might know that I was the cause. Oh, I owe him so much. On only one condition can I hope to forgive him. It is, if I may take an eye for an eye, a tooth for a tooth; for every wrench of agony return a wrench: reduce him to my level. As he was the first to injure, make him the first to implore pardon; and then—why then, Ellen, I might show you some generosity. But it is utterly impossible I can ever be revenged, and therefore I cannot forgive him. Hindley wanted some water, and I handed him a glass, and asked him how he was. +‘“Not as ill as I wish,” he replied. “But leaving out my arm, every inch of me is as sore as if I had been fighting with a legion of imps!” +‘“Yes, no wonder,” was my next remark. “Catherine used to boast that she stood between you and bodily harm: she meant that certain persons would not hurt you for fear of offending her. It’s well people don’t really rise from their grave, or, last night, she might have witnessed a repulsive scene! Are not you bruised, and cut over your chest and shoulders?” +‘“I can’t say,” he answered, “but what do you mean? Did he dare to strike me when I was down?” +‘“He trampled on and kicked you, and dashed you on the ground,” I whispered. “And his mouth watered to tear you with his teeth; because he’s only half man: not so much, and the rest fiend.” +‘Mr. Earnshaw looked up, like me, to the countenance of our mutual foe; who, absorbed in his anguish, seemed insensible to anything around him: the longer he stood, the plainer his reflections revealed their blackness through his features. +‘“Oh, if God would but give me strength to strangle him in my last agony, I’d go to hell with joy,” groaned the impatient man, writhing to rise, and sinking back in despair, convinced of his inadequacy for the struggle. +‘“Nay, it’s enough that he has murdered one of you,” I observed aloud. “At the Grange, every one knows your sister would have been living now had it not been for Mr. Heathcliff. After all, it is preferable to be hated than loved by him. When I recollect how happy we were—how happy Catherine was before he came—I’m fit to curse the day.” +‘Most likely, Heathcliff noticed more the truth of what was said, than the spirit of the person who said it. His attention was roused, I saw, for his eyes rained down tears among the ashes, and he drew his breath in suffocating sighs. I stared full at him, and laughed scornfully. The clouded windows of hell flashed a moment towards me; the fiend which usually looked out, however, was so dimmed and drowned that I did not fear to hazard another sound of derision. +‘“Get up, and begone out of my sight,” said the mourner. +‘I guessed he uttered those words, at least, though his voice was hardly intelligible. +‘“I beg your pardon,” I replied. “But I loved Catherine too; and her brother requires attendance, which, for her sake, I shall supply. Now, that she’s dead, I see her in Hindley: Hindley has exactly her eyes, if you had not tried to gouge them out, and made them black and red; and her—” +‘“Get up, wretched idiot, before I stamp you to death!” he cried, making a movement that caused me to make one also. +‘“But then,” I continued, holding myself ready to flee, “if poor Catherine had trusted you, and assumed the ridiculous, contemptible, degrading title of Mrs. Heathcliff, she would soon have presented a similar picture! She wouldn’t have borne your abominable behaviour quietly: her detestation and disgust must have found voice.” +‘The back of the settle and Earnshaw’s person interposed between me and him; so instead of endeavouring to reach me, he snatched a dinner-knife from the table and flung it at my head. It struck beneath my ear, and stopped the sentence I was uttering; but, pulling it out, I sprang to the door and delivered another; which I hope went a little deeper than his missile. The last glimpse I caught of him was a furious rush on his part, checked by the embrace of his host; and both fell locked together on the hearth. In my flight through the kitchen I bid Joseph speed to his master; I knocked over Hareton, who was hanging a litter of puppies from a chair-back in the doorway; and, blessed as a soul escaped from purgatory, I bounded, leaped, and flew down the steep road; then, quitting its windings, shot direct across the moor, rolling over banks, and wading through marshes: precipitating myself, in fact, towards the beacon-light of the Grange. And far rather would I be condemned to a perpetual dwelling in the infernal regions than, even for one night, abide beneath the roof of Wuthering Heights again.’ +Isabella ceased speaking, and took a drink of tea; then she rose, and bidding me put on her bonnet, and a great shawl I had brought, and turning a deaf ear to my entreaties for her to remain another hour, she stepped on to a chair, kissed Edgar’s and Catherine’s portraits, bestowed a similar salute on me, and descended to the carriage, accompanied by Fanny, who yelped wild with joy at recovering her mistress. She was driven away, never to revisit this neighbourhood: but a regular correspondence was established between her and my master when things were more settled. I believe her new abode was in the south, near London; there she had a son born a few months subsequent to her escape. He was christened Linton, and, from the first, she reported him to be an ailing, peevish creature. +Mr. Heathcliff, meeting me one day in the village, inquired where she lived. I refused to tell. He remarked that it was not of any moment, only she must beware of coming to her brother: she should not be with him, if he had to keep her himself. Though I would give no information, he discovered, through some of the other servants, both her place of residence and the existence of the child. Still, he didn’t molest her: for which forbearance she might thank his aversion, I suppose. He often asked about the infant, when he saw me; and on hearing its name, smiled grimly, and observed: ‘They wish me to hate it too, do they?’ +‘I don’t think they wish you to know anything about it,’ I answered. +‘But I’ll have it,’ he said, ‘when I want it. They may reckon on that!’ +Fortunately its mother died before the time arrived; some thirteen years after the decease of Catherine, when Linton was twelve, or a little more. +On the day succeeding Isabella’s unexpected visit I had no opportunity of speaking to my master: he shunned conversation, and was fit for discussing nothing. When I could get him to listen, I saw it pleased him that his sister had left her husband; whom he abhorred with an intensity which the mildness of his nature would scarcely seem to allow. So deep and sensitive was his aversion, that he refrained from going anywhere where he was likely to see or hear of Heathcliff. Grief, and that together, transformed him into a complete hermit: he threw up his office of magistrate, ceased even to attend church, avoided the village on all occasions, and spent a life of entire seclusion within the limits of his park and grounds; only varied by solitary rambles on the moors, and visits to the grave of his wife, mostly at evening, or early morning before other wanderers were abroad. But he was too good to be thoroughly unhappy long. He didn’t pray for Catherine’s soul to haunt him. Time brought resignation, and a melancholy sweeter than common joy. He recalled her memory with ardent, tender love, and hopeful aspiring to the better world; where he doubted not she was gone. +And he had earthly consolation and affections also. For a few days, I said, he seemed regardless of the puny successor to the departed: that coldness melted as fast as snow in April, and ere the tiny thing could stammer a word or totter a step it wielded a despot’s sceptre in his heart. It was named Catherine; but he never called it the name in full, as he had never called the first Catherine short: probably because Heathcliff had a habit of doing so. The little one was always Cathy: it formed to him a distinction from the mother, and yet a connection with her; and his attachment sprang from its relation to her, far more than from its being his own. +I used to draw a comparison between him and Hindley Earnshaw, and perplex myself to explain satisfactorily why their conduct was so opposite in similar circumstances. They had both been fond husbands, and were both attached to their children; and I could not see how they shouldn’t both have taken the same road, for good or evil. But, I thought in my mind, Hindley, with apparently the stronger head, has shown himself sadly the worse and the weaker man. When his ship struck, the captain abandoned his post; and the crew, instead of trying to save her, rushed into riot and confusion, leaving no hope for their luckless vessel. Linton, on the contrary, displayed the true courage of a loyal and faithful soul: he trusted God; and God comforted him. One hoped, and the other despaired: they chose their own lots, and were righteously doomed to endure them. But you’ll not want to hear my moralising, Mr. Lockwood; you’ll judge, as well as I can, all these things: at least, you’ll think you will, and that’s the same. The end of Earnshaw was what might have been expected; it followed fast on his sister’s: there were scarcely six months between them. We, at the Grange, never got a very succinct account of his state preceding it; all that I did learn was on occasion of going to aid in the preparations for the funeral. Mr. Kenneth came to announce the event to my master. +‘Well, Nelly,’ said he, riding into the yard one morning, too early not to alarm me with an instant presentiment of bad news, ‘it’s yours and my turn to go into mourning at present. Who’s given us the slip now, do you think?’ +‘Who?’ I asked in a flurry. +‘Why, guess!’ he returned, dismounting, and slinging his bridle on a hook by the door. ‘And nip up the corner of your apron: I’m certain you’ll need it.’ +‘Not Mr. Heathcliff, surely?’ I exclaimed. +‘What! would you have tears for him?’ said the doctor. ‘No, Heathcliff’s a tough young fellow: he looks blooming to-day. I’ve just seen him. He’s rapidly regaining flesh since he lost his better half.’ +‘Who is it, then, Mr. Kenneth?’ I repeated impatiently. +‘Hindley Earnshaw! Your old friend Hindley,’ he replied, ‘and my wicked gossip: though he’s been too wild for me this long while. There! I said we should draw water. But cheer up! He died true to his character: drunk as a lord. Poor lad! I’m sorry, too. One can’t help missing an old companion: though he had the worst tricks with him that ever man imagined, and has done me many a rascally turn. He’s barely twenty-seven, it seems; that’s your own age: who would have thought you were born in one year?’ +I confess this blow was greater to me than the shock of Mrs. Linton’s death: ancient associations lingered round my heart; I sat down in the porch and wept as for a blood relation, desiring Mr. Kenneth to get another servant to introduce him to the master. I could not hinder myself from pondering on the question—‘Had he had fair play?’ Whatever I did, that idea would bother me: it was so tiresomely pertinacious that I resolved on requesting leave to go to Wuthering Heights, and assist in the last duties to the dead. Mr. Linton was extremely reluctant to consent, but I pleaded eloquently for the friendless condition in which he lay; and I said my old master and foster-brother had a claim on my services as strong as his own. Besides, I reminded him that the child Hareton was his wife’s nephew, and, in the absence of nearer kin, he ought to act as its guardian; and he ought to and must inquire how the property was left, and look over the concerns of his brother-in-law. He was unfit for attending to such matters then, but he bid me speak to his lawyer; and at length permitted me to go. His lawyer had been Earnshaw’s also: I called at the village, and asked him to accompany me. He shook his head, and advised that Heathcliff should be let alone; affirming, if the truth were known, Hareton would be found little else than a beggar. +‘His father died in debt,’ he said; ‘the whole property is mortgaged, and the sole chance for the natural heir is to allow him an opportunity of creating some interest in the creditor’s heart, that he may be inclined to deal leniently towards him.’ +When I reached the Heights, I explained that I had come to see everything carried on decently; and Joseph, who appeared in sufficient distress, expressed satisfaction at my presence. Mr. Heathcliff said he did not perceive that I was wanted; but I might stay and order the arrangements for the funeral, if I chose. +‘Correctly,’ he remarked, ‘that fool’s body should be buried at the cross-roads, without ceremony of any kind. I happened to leave him ten minutes yesterday afternoon, and in that interval he fastened the two doors of the house against me, and he has spent the night in drinking himself to death deliberately! We broke in this morning, for we heard him sporting like a horse; and there he was, laid over the settle: flaying and scalping would not have wakened him. I sent for Kenneth, and he came; but not till the beast had changed into carrion: he was both dead and cold, and stark; and so you’ll allow it was useless making more stir about him!’ +The old servant confirmed this statement, but muttered: +‘I’d rayther he’d goan hisseln for t’ doctor! I sud ha’ taen tent o’ t’ maister better nor him—and he warn’t deead when I left, naught o’ t’ soart!’ +I insisted on the funeral being respectable. Mr. Heathcliff said I might have my own way there too: only, he desired me to remember that the money for the whole affair came out of his pocket. He maintained a hard, careless deportment, indicative of neither joy nor sorrow: if anything, it expressed a flinty gratification at a piece of difficult work successfully executed. I observed once, indeed, something like exultation in his aspect: it was just when the people were bearing the coffin from the house. He had the hypocrisy to represent a mourner: and previous to following with Hareton, he lifted the unfortunate child on to the table and muttered, with peculiar gusto, ‘Now, my bonny lad, you are mine! And we’ll see if one tree won’t grow as crooked as another, with the same wind to twist it!’ The unsuspecting thing was pleased at this speech: he played with Heathcliff’s whiskers, and stroked his cheek; but I divined its meaning, and observed tartly, ‘That boy must go back with me to Thrushcross Grange, sir. There is nothing in the world less yours than he is!’ +‘Does Linton say so?’ he demanded. +‘Of course—he has ordered me to take him,’ I replied. +‘Well,’ said the scoundrel, ‘we’ll not argue the subject now: but I have a fancy to try my hand at rearing a young one; so intimate to your master that I must supply the place of this with my own, if he attempt to remove it. I don’t engage to let Hareton go undisputed; but I’ll be pretty sure to make the other come! Remember to tell him.’ +This hint was enough to bind our hands. I repeated its substance on my return; and Edgar Linton, little interested at the commencement, spoke no more of interfering. I’m not aware that he could have done it to any purpose, had he been ever so willing. +The guest was now the master of Wuthering Heights: he held firm possession, and proved to the attorney—who, in his turn, proved it to Mr. Linton—that Earnshaw had mortgaged every yard of land he owned for cash to supply his mania for gaming; and he, Heathcliff, was the mortgagee. In that manner Hareton, who should now be the first gentleman in the neighbourhood, was reduced to a state of complete dependence on his father’s inveterate enemy; and lives in his own house as a servant, deprived of the advantage of wages: quite unable to right himself, because of his friendlessness, and his ignorance that he has been wronged. +CHAPTER XVIII +The twelve years, continued Mrs. Dean, following that dismal period were the happiest of my life: my greatest troubles in their passage rose from our little lady’s trifling illnesses, which she had to experience in common with all children, rich and poor. For the rest, after the first six months, she grew like a larch, and could walk and talk too, in her own way, before the heath blossomed a second time over Mrs. Linton’s dust. She was the most winning thing that ever brought sunshine into a desolate house: a real beauty in face, with the Earnshaws’ handsome dark eyes, but the Lintons’ fair skin and small features, and yellow curling hair. Her spirit was high, though not rough, and qualified by a heart sensitive and lively to excess in its affections. That capacity for intense attachments reminded me of her mother: still she did not resemble her: for she could be soft and mild as a dove, and she had a gentle voice and pensive expression: her anger was never furious; her love never fierce: it was deep and tender. However, it must be acknowledged, she had faults to foil her gifts. A propensity to be saucy was one; and a perverse will, that indulged children invariably acquire, whether they be good tempered or cross. If a servant chanced to vex her, it was always—‘I shall tell papa!’ And if he reproved her, even by a look, you would have thought it a heart-breaking business: I don’t believe he ever did speak a harsh word to her. He took her education entirely on himself, and made it an amusement. Fortunately, curiosity and a quick intellect made her an apt scholar: she learned rapidly and eagerly, and did honour to his teaching. +Till she reached the age of thirteen she had not once been beyond the range of the park by herself. Mr. Linton would take her with him a mile or so outside, on rare occasions; but he trusted her to no one else. Gimmerton was an unsubstantial name in her ears; the chapel, the only building she had approached or entered, except her own home. Wuthering Heights and Mr. Heathcliff did not exist for her: she was a perfect recluse; and, apparently, perfectly contented. Sometimes, indeed, while surveying the country from her nursery window, she would observe— +‘Ellen, how long will it be before I can walk to the top of those hills? I wonder what lies on the other side—is it the sea?’ +‘No, Miss Cathy,’ I would answer; ‘it is hills again, just like these.’ +‘And what are those golden rocks like when you stand under them?’ she once asked. +The abrupt descent of Penistone Crags particularly attracted her notice; especially when the setting sun shone on it and the topmost heights, and the whole extent of landscape besides lay in shadow. I explained that they were bare masses of stone, with hardly enough earth in their clefts to nourish a stunted tree. +‘And why are they bright so long after it is evening here?’ she pursued. +‘Because they are a great deal higher up than we are,’ replied I; ‘you could not climb them, they are too high and steep. In winter the frost is always there before it comes to us; and deep into summer I have found snow under that black hollow on the north-east side!’ +‘Oh, you have been on them!’ she cried gleefully. ‘Then I can go, too, when I am a woman. Has papa been, Ellen?’ +‘Papa would tell you, Miss,’ I answered, hastily, ‘that they are not worth the trouble of visiting. The moors, where you ramble with him, are much nicer; and Thrushcross Park is the finest place in the world.’ +‘But I know the park, and I don’t know those,’ she murmured to herself. ‘And I should delight to look round me from the brow of that tallest point: my little pony Minny shall take me some time.’ +One of the maids mentioning the Fairy Cave, quite turned her head with a desire to fulfil this project: she teased Mr. Linton about it; and he promised she should have the journey when she got older. But Miss Catherine measured her age by months, and, ‘Now, am I old enough to go to Penistone Crags?’ was the constant question in her mouth. The road thither wound close by Wuthering Heights. Edgar had not the heart to pass it; so she received as constantly the answer, ‘Not yet, love: not yet.’ +I said Mrs. Heathcliff lived above a dozen years after quitting her husband. Her family were of a delicate constitution: she and Edgar both lacked the ruddy health that you will generally meet in these parts. What her last illness was, I am not certain: I conjecture, they died of the same thing, a kind of fever, slow at its commencement, but incurable, and rapidly consuming life towards the close. She wrote to inform her brother of the probable conclusion of a four-months’ indisposition under which she had suffered, and entreated him to come to her, if possible; for she had much to settle, and she wished to bid him adieu, and deliver Linton safely into his hands. Her hope was that Linton might be left with him, as he had been with her: his father, she would fain convince herself, had no desire to assume the burden of his maintenance or education. My master hesitated not a moment in complying with her request: reluctant as he was to leave home at ordinary calls, he flew to answer this; commanding Catherine to my peculiar vigilance, in his absence, with reiterated orders that she must not wander out of the park, even under my escort he did not calculate on her going unaccompanied. +He was away three weeks. The first day or two my charge sat in a corner of the library, too sad for either reading or playing: in that quiet state she caused me little trouble; but it was succeeded by an interval of impatient, fretful weariness; and being too busy, and too old then, to run up and down amusing her, I hit on a method by which she might entertain herself. I used to send her on her travels round the grounds—now on foot, and now on a pony; indulging her with a patient audience of all her real and imaginary adventures when she returned. +The summer shone in full prime; and she took such a taste for this solitary rambling that she often contrived to remain out from breakfast till tea; and then the evenings were spent in recounting her fanciful tales. I did not fear her breaking bounds; because the gates were generally locked, and I thought she would scarcely venture forth alone, if they had stood wide open. Unluckily, my confidence proved misplaced. Catherine came to me, one morning, at eight o’clock, and said she was that day an Arabian merchant, going to cross the Desert with his caravan; and I must give her plenty of provision for herself and beasts: a horse, and three camels, personated by a large hound and a couple of pointers. I got together good store of dainties, and slung them in a basket on one side of the saddle; and she sprang up as gay as a fairy, sheltered by her wide-brimmed hat and gauze veil from the July sun, and trotted off with a merry laugh, mocking my cautious counsel to avoid galloping, and come back early. The naughty thing never made her appearance at tea. One traveller, the hound, being an old dog and fond of its ease, returned; but neither Cathy, nor the pony, nor the two pointers were visible in any direction: I despatched emissaries down this path, and that path, and at last went wandering in search of her myself. There was a labourer working at a fence round a plantation, on the borders of the grounds. I inquired of him if he had seen our young lady. +‘I saw her at morn,’ he replied: ‘she would have me to cut her a hazel switch, and then she leapt her Galloway over the hedge yonder, where it is lowest, and galloped out of sight.’ +You may guess how I felt at hearing this news. It struck me directly she must have started for Penistone Crags. ‘What will become of her?’ I ejaculated, pushing through a gap which the man was repairing, and making straight to the high-road. I walked as if for a wager, mile after mile, till a turn brought me in view of the Heights; but no Catherine could I detect, far or near. The Crags lie about a mile and a half beyond Mr. Heathcliff’s place, and that is four from the Grange, so I began to fear night would fall ere I could reach them. ‘And what if she should have slipped in clambering among them,’ I reflected, ‘and been killed, or broken some of her bones?’ My suspense was truly painful; and, at first, it gave me delightful relief to observe, in hurrying by the farmhouse, Charlie, the fiercest of the pointers, lying under a window, with swelled head and bleeding ear. I opened the wicket and ran to the door, knocking vehemently for admittance. A woman whom I knew, and who formerly lived at Gimmerton, answered: she had been servant there since the death of Mr. Earnshaw. +‘Ah,’ said she, ‘you are come a-seeking your little mistress! Don’t be frightened. She’s here safe: but I’m glad it isn’t the master.’ +‘He is not at home then, is he?’ I panted, quite breathless with quick walking and alarm. +‘No, no,’ she replied: ‘both he and Joseph are off, and I think they won’t return this hour or more. Step in and rest you a bit.’ +I entered, and beheld my stray lamb seated on the hearth, rocking herself in a little chair that had been her mother’s when a child. Her hat was hung against the wall, and she seemed perfectly at home, laughing and chattering, in the best spirits imaginable, to Hareton—now a great, strong lad of eighteen—who stared at her with considerable curiosity and astonishment: comprehending precious little of the fluent succession of remarks and questions which her tongue never ceased pouring forth. +‘Very well, Miss!’ I exclaimed, concealing my joy under an angry countenance. ‘This is your last ride, till papa comes back. I’ll not trust you over the threshold again, you naughty, naughty girl!’ +‘Aha, Ellen!’ she cried, gaily, jumping up and running to my side. ‘I shall have a pretty story to tell to-night; and so you’ve found me out. Have you ever been here in your life before?’ +‘Put that hat on, and home at once,’ said I. ‘I’m dreadfully grieved at you, Miss Cathy: you’ve done extremely wrong! It’s no use pouting and crying: that won’t repay the trouble I’ve had, scouring the country after you. To think how Mr. Linton charged me to keep you in; and you stealing off so! It shows you are a cunning little fox, and nobody will put faith in you any more.’ +‘What have I done?’ sobbed she, instantly checked. ‘Papa charged me nothing: he’ll not scold me, Ellen—he’s never cross, like you!’ +‘Come, come!’ I repeated. ‘I’ll tie the riband. Now, let us have no petulance. Oh, for shame! You thirteen years old, and such a baby!’ +This exclamation was caused by her pushing the hat from her head, and retreating to the chimney out of my reach. +‘Nay,’ said the servant, ‘don’t be hard on the bonny lass, Mrs. Dean. We made her stop: she’d fain have ridden forwards, afeard you should be uneasy. Hareton offered to go with her, and I thought he should: it’s a wild road over the hills.’ +Hareton, during the discussion, stood with his hands in his pockets, too awkward to speak; though he looked as if he did not relish my intrusion. +‘How long am I to wait?’ I continued, disregarding the woman’s interference. ‘It will be dark in ten minutes. Where is the pony, Miss Cathy? And where is Phoenix? I shall leave you, unless you be quick; so please yourself.’ +‘The pony is in the yard,’ she replied, ‘and Phoenix is shut in there. He’s bitten—and so is Charlie. I was going to tell you all about it; but you are in a bad temper, and don’t deserve to hear.’ +I picked up her hat, and approached to reinstate it; but perceiving that the people of the house took her part, she commenced capering round the room; and on my giving chase, ran like a mouse over and under and behind the furniture, rendering it ridiculous for me to pursue. Hareton and the woman laughed, and she joined them, and waxed more impertinent still; till I cried, in great irritation,—‘Well, Miss Cathy, if you were aware whose house this is you’d be glad enough to get out.’ +‘It’s your father’s, isn’t it?’ said she, turning to Hareton. +‘Nay,’ he replied, looking down, and blushing bashfully. +He could not stand a steady gaze from her eyes, though they were just his own. +‘Whose then—your master’s?’ she asked. +He coloured deeper, with a different feeling, muttered an oath, and turned away. +‘Who is his master?’ continued the tiresome girl, appealing to me. ‘He talked about “our house,” and “our folk.” I thought he had been the owner’s son. And he never said Miss: he should have done, shouldn’t he, if he’s a servant?’ +Hareton grew black as a thunder-cloud at this childish speech. I silently shook my questioner, and at last succeeded in equipping her for departure. +‘Now, get my horse,’ she said, addressing her unknown kinsman as she would one of the stable-boys at the Grange. ‘And you may come with me. I want to see where the goblin-hunter rises in the marsh, and to hear about the fairishes, as you call them: but make haste! What’s the matter? Get my horse, I say.’ +‘I’ll see thee damned before I be thy servant!’ growled the lad. +‘You’ll see me what!’ asked Catherine in surprise. +‘Damned—thou saucy witch!’ he replied. +‘There, Miss Cathy! you see you have got into pretty company,’ I interposed. ‘Nice words to be used to a young lady! Pray don’t begin to dispute with him. Come, let us seek for Minny ourselves, and begone.’ +‘But, Ellen,’ cried she, staring fixed in astonishment, ‘how dare he speak so to me? Mustn’t he be made to do as I ask him? You wicked creature, I shall tell papa what you said.—Now, then!’ +Hareton did not appear to feel this threat; so the tears sprang into her eyes with indignation. ‘You bring the pony,’ she exclaimed, turning to the woman, ‘and let my dog free this moment!’ +‘Softly, Miss,’ answered she addressed; ‘you’ll lose nothing by being civil. Though Mr. Hareton, there, be not the master’s son, he’s your cousin: and I was never hired to serve you.’ +‘He my cousin!’ cried Cathy, with a scornful laugh. +‘Yes, indeed,’ responded her reprover. +‘Oh, Ellen! don’t let them say such things,’ she pursued in great trouble. ‘Papa is gone to fetch my cousin from London: my cousin is a gentleman’s son. That my—’ she stopped, and wept outright; upset at the bare notion of relationship with such a clown. +‘Hush, hush!’ I whispered; ‘people can have many cousins and of all sorts, Miss Cathy, without being any the worse for it; only they needn’t keep their company, if they be disagreeable and bad.’ +‘He’s not—he’s not my cousin, Ellen!’ she went on, gathering fresh grief from reflection, and flinging herself into my arms for refuge from the idea. +I was much vexed at her and the servant for their mutual revelations; having no doubt of Linton’s approaching arrival, communicated by the former, being reported to Mr. Heathcliff; and feeling as confident that Catherine’s first thought on her father’s return would be to seek an explanation of the latter’s assertion concerning her rude-bred kindred. Hareton, recovering from his disgust at being taken for a servant, seemed moved by her distress; and, having fetched the pony round to the door, he took, to propitiate her, a fine crooked-legged terrier whelp from the kennel, and putting it into her hand, bid her whist! for he meant nought. Pausing in her lamentations, she surveyed him with a glance of awe and horror, then burst forth anew. +I could scarcely refrain from smiling at this antipathy to the poor fellow; who was a well-made, athletic youth, good-looking in features, and stout and healthy, but attired in garments befitting his daily occupations of working on the farm and lounging among the moors after rabbits and game. Still, I thought I could detect in his physiognomy a mind owning better qualities than his father ever possessed. Good things lost amid a wilderness of weeds, to be sure, whose rankness far over-topped their neglected growth; yet, notwithstanding, evidence of a wealthy soil, that might yield luxuriant crops under other and favourable circumstances. Mr. Heathcliff, I believe, had not treated him physically ill; thanks to his fearless nature, which offered no temptation to that course of oppression: he had none of the timid susceptibility that would have given zest to ill-treatment, in Heathcliff’s judgment. He appeared to have bent his malevolence on making him a brute: he was never taught to read or write; never rebuked for any bad habit which did not annoy his keeper; never led a single step towards virtue, or guarded by a single precept against vice. And from what I heard, Joseph contributed much to his deterioration, by a narrow-minded partiality which prompted him to flatter and pet him, as a boy, because he was the head of the old family. And as he had been in the habit of accusing Catherine Earnshaw and Heathcliff, when children, of putting the master past his patience, and compelling him to seek solace in drink by what he termed their ‘offald ways,’ so at present he laid the whole burden of Hareton’s faults on the shoulders of the usurper of his property. If the lad swore, he wouldn’t correct him: nor however culpably he behaved. It gave Joseph satisfaction, apparently, to watch him go the worst lengths: he allowed that the lad was ruined: that his soul was abandoned to perdition; but then he reflected that Heathcliff must answer for it. Hareton’s blood would be required at his hands; and there lay immense consolation in that thought. Joseph had instilled into him a pride of name, and of his lineage; he would, had he dared, have fostered hate between him and the present owner of the Heights: but his dread of that owner amounted to superstition; and he confined his feelings regarding him to muttered innuendoes and private comminations. I don’t pretend to be intimately acquainted with the mode of living customary in those days at Wuthering Heights: I only speak from hearsay; for I saw little. The villagers affirmed Mr. Heathcliff was near, and a cruel hard landlord to his tenants; but the house, inside, had regained its ancient aspect of comfort under female management, and the scenes of riot common in Hindley’s time were not now enacted within its walls. The master was too gloomy to seek companionship with any people, good or bad; and he is yet. +This, however, is not making progress with my story. Miss Cathy rejected the peace-offering of the terrier, and demanded her own dogs, Charlie and Phoenix. They came limping and hanging their heads; and we set out for home, sadly out of sorts, every one of us. I could not wring from my little lady how she had spent the day; except that, as I supposed, the goal of her pilgrimage was Penistone Crags; and she arrived without adventure to the gate of the farm-house, when Hareton happened to issue forth, attended by some canine followers, who attacked her train. They had a smart battle, before their owners could separate them: that formed an introduction. Catherine told Hareton who she was, and where she was going; and asked him to show her the way: finally, beguiling him to accompany her. He opened the mysteries of the Fairy Cave, and twenty other queer places. But, being in disgrace, I was not favoured with a description of the interesting objects she saw. I could gather, however, that her guide had been a favourite till she hurt his feelings by addressing him as a servant; and Heathcliff’s housekeeper hurt hers by calling him her cousin. Then the language he had held to her rankled in her heart; she who was always ‘love,’ and ‘darling,’ and ‘queen,’ and ‘angel,’ with everybody at the Grange, to be insulted so shockingly by a stranger! She did not comprehend it; and hard work I had to obtain a promise that she would not lay the grievance before her father. I explained how he objected to the whole household at the Heights, and how sorry he would be to find she had been there; but I insisted most on the fact, that if she revealed my negligence of his orders, he would perhaps be so angry that I should have to leave; and Cathy couldn’t bear that prospect: she pledged her word, and kept it for my sake. After all, she was a sweet little girl. +CHAPTER XIX +A letter, edged with black, announced the day of my master’s return. Isabella was dead; and he wrote to bid me get mourning for his daughter, and arrange a room, and other accommodations, for his youthful nephew. Catherine ran wild with joy at the idea of welcoming her father back; and indulged most sanguine anticipations of the innumerable excellencies of her ‘real’ cousin. The evening of their expected arrival came. Since early morning she had been busy ordering her own small affairs; and now attired in her new black frock—poor thing! her aunt’s death impressed her with no definite sorrow—she obliged me, by constant worrying, to walk with her down through the grounds to meet them. +‘Linton is just six months younger than I am,’ she chattered, as we strolled leisurely over the swells and hollows of mossy turf, under shadow of the trees. ‘How delightful it will be to have him for a playfellow! Aunt Isabella sent papa a beautiful lock of his hair; it was lighter than mine—more flaxen, and quite as fine. I have it carefully preserved in a little glass box; and I’ve often thought what a pleasure it would be to see its owner. Oh! I am happy—and papa, dear, dear papa! Come, Ellen, let us run! come, run.’ +She ran, and returned and ran again, many times before my sober footsteps reached the gate, and then she seated herself on the grassy bank beside the path, and tried to wait patiently; but that was impossible: she couldn’t be still a minute. +‘How long they are!’ she exclaimed. ‘Ah, I see, some dust on the road—they are coming! No! When will they be here? May we not go a little way—half a mile, Ellen, only just half a mile? Do say Yes: to that clump of birches at the turn!’ +I refused staunchly. At length her suspense was ended: the travelling carriage rolled in sight. Miss Cathy shrieked and stretched out her arms as soon as she caught her father’s face looking from the window. He descended, nearly as eager as herself; and a considerable interval elapsed ere they had a thought to spare for any but themselves. While they exchanged caresses I took a peep in to see after Linton. He was asleep in a corner, wrapped in a warm, fur-lined cloak, as if it had been winter. A pale, delicate, effeminate boy, who might have been taken for my master’s younger brother, so strong was the resemblance: but there was a sickly peevishness in his aspect that Edgar Linton never had. The latter saw me looking; and having shaken hands, advised me to close the door, and leave him undisturbed; for the journey had fatigued him. Cathy would fain have taken one glance, but her father told her to come, and they walked together up the park, while I hastened before to prepare the servants. +‘Now, darling,’ said Mr. Linton, addressing his daughter, as they halted at the bottom of the front steps: ‘your cousin is not so strong or so merry as you are, and he has lost his mother, remember, a very short time since; therefore, don’t expect him to play and run about with you directly. And don’t harass him much by talking: let him be quiet this evening, at least, will you?’ +‘Yes, yes, papa,’ answered Catherine: ‘but I do want to see him; and he hasn’t once looked out.’ +The carriage stopped; and the sleeper being roused, was lifted to the ground by his uncle. +‘This is your cousin Cathy, Linton,’ he said, putting their little hands together. ‘She’s fond of you already; and mind you don’t grieve her by crying to-night. Try to be cheerful now; the travelling is at an end, and you have nothing to do but rest and amuse yourself as you please.’ +‘Let me go to bed, then,’ answered the boy, shrinking from Catherine’s salute; and he put his fingers to remove incipient tears. +‘Come, come, there’s a good child,’ I whispered, leading him in. ‘You’ll make her weep too—see how sorry she is for you!’ +I do not know whether it was sorrow for him, but his cousin put on as sad a countenance as himself, and returned to her father. All three entered, and mounted to the library, where tea was laid ready. I proceeded to remove Linton’s cap and mantle, and placed him on a chair by the table; but he was no sooner seated than he began to cry afresh. My master inquired what was the matter. +‘I can’t sit on a chair,’ sobbed the boy. +‘Go to the sofa, then, and Ellen shall bring you some tea,’ answered his uncle patiently. +He had been greatly tried, during the journey, I felt convinced, by his fretful ailing charge. Linton slowly trailed himself off, and lay down. Cathy carried a footstool and her cup to his side. At first she sat silent; but that could not last: she had resolved to make a pet of her little cousin, as she would have him to be; and she commenced stroking his curls, and kissing his cheek, and offering him tea in her saucer, like a baby. This pleased him, for he was not much better: he dried his eyes, and lightened into a faint smile. +‘Oh, he’ll do very well,’ said the master to me, after watching them a minute. ‘Very well, if we can keep him, Ellen. The company of a child of his own age will instil new spirit into him soon, and by wishing for strength he’ll gain it.’ +‘Ay, if we can keep him!’ I mused to myself; and sore misgivings came over me that there was slight hope of that. And then, I thought, how ever will that weakling live at Wuthering Heights? Between his father and Hareton, what playmates and instructors they’ll be. Our doubts were presently decided—even earlier than I expected. I had just taken the children up-stairs, after tea was finished, and seen Linton asleep—he would not suffer me to leave him till that was the case—I had come down, and was standing by the table in the hall, lighting a bedroom candle for Mr. Edgar, when a maid stepped out of the kitchen and informed me that Mr. Heathcliff’s servant Joseph was at the door, and wished to speak with the master. +‘I shall ask him what he wants first,’ I said, in considerable trepidation. ‘A very unlikely hour to be troubling people, and the instant they have returned from a long journey. I don’t think the master can see him.’ +Joseph had advanced through the kitchen as I uttered these words, and now presented himself in the hall. He was donned in his Sunday garments, with his most sanctimonious and sourest face, and, holding his hat in one hand, and his stick in the other, he proceeded to clean his shoes on the mat. +‘Good-evening, Joseph,’ I said, coldly. ‘What business brings you here to-night?’ +‘It’s Maister Linton I mun spake to,’ he answered, waving me disdainfully aside. +‘Mr. Linton is going to bed; unless you have something particular to say, I’m sure he won’t hear it now,’ I continued. ‘You had better sit down in there, and entrust your message to me.’ +‘Which is his rahm?’ pursued the fellow, surveying the range of closed doors. +I perceived he was bent on refusing my mediation, so very reluctantly I went up to the library, and announced the unseasonable visitor, advising that he should be dismissed till next day. Mr. Linton had no time to empower me to do so, for Joseph mounted close at my heels, and, pushing into the apartment, planted himself at the far side of the table, with his two fists clapped on the head of his stick, and began in an elevated tone, as if anticipating opposition— +‘Hathecliff has sent me for his lad, and I munn’t goa back ‘bout him.’ +Edgar Linton was silent a minute; an expression of exceeding sorrow overcast his features: he would have pitied the child on his own account; but, recalling Isabella’s hopes and fears, and anxious wishes for her son, and her commendations of him to his care, he grieved bitterly at the prospect of yielding him up, and searched in his heart how it might be avoided. No plan offered itself: the very exhibition of any desire to keep him would have rendered the claimant more peremptory: there was nothing left but to resign him. However, he was not going to rouse him from his sleep. +‘Tell Mr. Heathcliff,’ he answered calmly, ‘that his son shall come to Wuthering Heights to-morrow. He is in bed, and too tired to go the distance now. You may also tell him that the mother of Linton desired him to remain under my guardianship; and, at present, his health is very precarious.’ +‘Noa!’ said Joseph, giving a thud with his prop on the floor, and assuming an authoritative air. ‘Noa! that means naught. Hathecliff maks noa ‘count o’ t’ mother, nor ye norther; but he’ll heu’ his lad; und I mun tak’ him—soa now ye knaw!’ +‘You shall not to-night!’ answered Linton decisively. ‘Walk down stairs at once, and repeat to your master what I have said. Ellen, show him down. Go—’ +And, aiding the indignant elder with a lift by the arm, he rid the room of him and closed the door. +‘Varrah weell!’ shouted Joseph, as he slowly drew off. ‘To-morn, he’s come hisseln, and thrust him out, if ye darr!’ +CHAPTER XX +To obviate the danger of this threat being fulfilled, Mr. Linton commissioned me to take the boy home early, on Catherine’s pony; and, said he—‘As we shall now have no influence over his destiny, good or bad, you must say nothing of where he is gone to my daughter: she cannot associate with him hereafter, and it is better for her to remain in ignorance of his proximity; lest she should be restless, and anxious to visit the Heights. Merely tell her his father sent for him suddenly, and he has been obliged to leave us.’ +Linton was very reluctant to be roused from his bed at five o’clock, and astonished to be informed that he must prepare for further travelling; but I softened off the matter by stating that he was going to spend some time with his father, Mr. Heathcliff, who wished to see him so much, he did not like to defer the pleasure till he should recover from his late journey. +‘My father!’ he cried, in strange perplexity. ‘Mamma never told me I had a father. Where does he live? I’d rather stay with uncle.’ +‘He lives a little distance from the Grange,’ I replied; ‘just beyond those hills: not so far, but you may walk over here when you get hearty. And you should be glad to go home, and to see him. You must try to love him, as you did your mother, and then he will love you.’ +‘But why have I not heard of him before?’ asked Linton. ‘Why didn’t mamma and he live together, as other people do?’ +‘He had business to keep him in the north,’ I answered, ‘and your mother’s health required her to reside in the south.’ +‘And why didn’t mamma speak to me about him?’ persevered the child. ‘She often talked of uncle, and I learnt to love him long ago. How am I to love papa? I don’t know him.’ +‘Oh, all children love their parents,’ I said. ‘Your mother, perhaps, thought you would want to be with him if she mentioned him often to you. Let us make haste. An early ride on such a beautiful morning is much preferable to an hour’s more sleep.’ +‘Is she to go with us,’ he demanded, ‘the little girl I saw yesterday?’ +‘Not now,’ replied I. +‘Is uncle?’ he continued. +‘No, I shall be your companion there,’ I said. +Linton sank back on his pillow and fell into a brown study. +‘I won’t go without uncle,’ he cried at length: ‘I can’t tell where you mean to take me.’ +I attempted to persuade him of the naughtiness of showing reluctance to meet his father; still he obstinately resisted any progress towards dressing, and I had to call for my master’s assistance in coaxing him out of bed. The poor thing was finally got off, with several delusive assurances that his absence should be short: that Mr. Edgar and Cathy would visit him, and other promises, equally ill-founded, which I invented and reiterated at intervals throughout the way. The pure heather-scented air, the bright sunshine, and the gentle canter of Minny, relieved his despondency after a while. He began to put questions concerning his new home, and its inhabitants, with greater interest and liveliness. +‘Is Wuthering Heights as pleasant a place as Thrushcross Grange?’ he inquired, turning to take a last glance into the valley, whence a light mist mounted and formed a fleecy cloud on the skirts of the blue. +‘It is not so buried in trees,’ I replied, ‘and it is not quite so large, but you can see the country beautifully all round; and the air is healthier for you—fresher and drier. You will, perhaps, think the building old and dark at first; though it is a respectable house: the next best in the neighbourhood. And you will have such nice rambles on the moors. Hareton Earnshaw—that is, Miss Cathy’s other cousin, and so yours in a manner—will show you all the sweetest spots; and you can bring a book in fine weather, and make a green hollow your study; and, now and then, your uncle may join you in a walk: he does, frequently, walk out on the hills.’ +‘And what is my father like?’ he asked. ‘Is he as young and handsome as uncle?’ +‘He’s as young,’ said I; ‘but he has black hair and eyes, and looks sterner; and he is taller and bigger altogether. He’ll not seem to you so gentle and kind at first, perhaps, because it is not his way: still, mind you, be frank and cordial with him; and naturally he’ll be fonder of you than any uncle, for you are his own.’ +‘Black hair and eyes!’ mused Linton. ‘I can’t fancy him. Then I am not like him, am I?’ +‘Not much,’ I answered: not a morsel, I thought, surveying with regret the white complexion and slim frame of my companion, and his large languid eyes—his mother’s eyes, save that, unless a morbid touchiness kindled them a moment, they had not a vestige of her sparkling spirit. +‘How strange that he should never come to see mamma and me!’ he murmured. ‘Has he ever seen me? If he has, I must have been a baby. I remember not a single thing about him!’ +‘Why, Master Linton,’ said I, ‘three hundred miles is a great distance; and ten years seem very different in length to a grown-up person compared with what they do to you. It is probable Mr. Heathcliff proposed going from summer to summer, but never found a convenient opportunity; and now it is too late. Don’t trouble him with questions on the subject: it will disturb him, for no good.’ +The boy was fully occupied with his own cogitations for the remainder of the ride, till we halted before the farmhouse garden-gate. I watched to catch his impressions in his countenance. He surveyed the carved front and low-browed lattices, the straggling gooseberry-bushes and crooked firs, with solemn intentness, and then shook his head: his private feelings entirely disapproved of the exterior of his new abode. But he had sense to postpone complaining: there might be compensation within. Before he dismounted, I went and opened the door. It was half-past six; the family had just finished breakfast: the servant was clearing and wiping down the table. Joseph stood by his master’s chair telling some tale concerning a lame horse; and Hareton was preparing for the hayfield. +‘Hallo, Nelly!’ said Mr. Heathcliff, when he saw me. ‘I feared I should have to come down and fetch my property myself. You’ve brought it, have you? Let us see what we can make of it.’ +He got up and strode to the door: Hareton and Joseph followed in gaping curiosity. Poor Linton ran a frightened eye over the faces of the three. +‘Sure-ly,’ said Joseph after a grave inspection, ‘he’s swopped wi’ ye, Maister, an’ yon’s his lass!’ +Heathcliff, having stared his son into an ague of confusion, uttered a scornful laugh. +‘God! what a beauty! what a lovely, charming thing!’ he exclaimed. ‘Hav’n’t they reared it on snails and sour milk, Nelly? Oh, damn my soul! but that’s worse than I expected—and the devil knows I was not sanguine!’ +I bid the trembling and bewildered child get down, and enter. He did not thoroughly comprehend the meaning of his father’s speech, or whether it were intended for him: indeed, he was not yet certain that the grim, sneering stranger was his father. But he clung to me with growing trepidation; and on Mr. Heathcliff’s taking a seat and bidding him ‘come hither’ he hid his face on my shoulder and wept. +‘Tut, tut!’ said Heathcliff, stretching out a hand and dragging him roughly between his knees, and then holding up his head by the chin. ‘None of that nonsense! We’re not going to hurt thee, Linton—isn’t that thy name? Thou art thy mother’s child, entirely! Where is my share in thee, puling chicken?’ +He took off the boy’s cap and pushed back his thick flaxen curls, felt his slender arms and his small fingers; during which examination Linton ceased crying, and lifted his great blue eyes to inspect the inspector. +‘Do you know me?’ asked Heathcliff, having satisfied himself that the limbs were all equally frail and feeble. +‘No,’ said Linton, with a gaze of vacant fear. +‘You’ve heard of me, I daresay?’ +‘No,’ he replied again. +‘No! What a shame of your mother, never to waken your filial regard for me! You are my son, then, I’ll tell you; and your mother was a wicked slut to leave you in ignorance of the sort of father you possessed. Now, don’t wince, and colour up! Though it is something to see you have not white blood. Be a good lad; and I’ll do for you. Nelly, if you be tired you may sit down; if not, get home again. I guess you’ll report what you hear and see to the cipher at the Grange; and this thing won’t be settled while you linger about it.’ +‘Well,’ replied I, ‘I hope you’ll be kind to the boy, Mr. Heathcliff, or you’ll not keep him long; and he’s all you have akin in the wide world, that you will ever know—remember.’ +‘I’ll be very kind to him, you needn’t fear,’ he said, laughing. ‘Only nobody else must be kind to him: I’m jealous of monopolising his affection. And, to begin my kindness, Joseph, bring the lad some breakfast. Hareton, you infernal calf, begone to your work. Yes, Nell,’ he added, when they had departed, ‘my son is prospective owner of your place, and I should not wish him to die till I was certain of being his successor. Besides, he’s mine, and I want the triumph of seeing my descendant fairly lord of their estates; my child hiring their children to till their fathers’ lands for wages. That is the sole consideration which can make me endure the whelp: I despise him for himself, and hate him for the memories he revives! But that consideration is sufficient: he’s as safe with me, and shall be tended as carefully as your master tends his own. I have a room up-stairs, furnished for him in handsome style; I’ve engaged a tutor, also, to come three times a week, from twenty miles’ distance, to teach him what he pleases to learn. I’ve ordered Hareton to obey him: and in fact I’ve arranged everything with a view to preserve the superior and the gentleman in him, above his associates. I do regret, however, that he so little deserves the trouble: if I wished any blessing in the world, it was to find him a worthy object of pride; and I’m bitterly disappointed with the whey-faced, whining wretch!’ +While he was speaking, Joseph returned bearing a basin of milk-porridge, and placed it before Linton: who stirred round the homely mess with a look of aversion, and affirmed he could not eat it. I saw the old man-servant shared largely in his master’s scorn of the child; though he was compelled to retain the sentiment in his heart, because Heathcliff plainly meant his underlings to hold him in honour. +‘Cannot ate it?’ repeated he, peering in Linton’s face, and subduing his voice to a whisper, for fear of being overheard. ‘But Maister Hareton nivir ate naught else, when he wer a little ’un; and what wer gooid enough for him’s gooid enough for ye, I’s rayther think!’ +‘I sha’n’t eat it!’ answered Linton, snappishly. ‘Take it away.’ +Joseph snatched up the food indignantly, and brought it to us. +‘Is there aught ails th’ victuals?’ he asked, thrusting the tray under Heathcliff’s nose. +‘What should ail them?’ he said. +‘Wah!’ answered Joseph, ‘yon dainty chap says he cannut ate ’em. But I guess it’s raight! His mother wer just soa—we wer a’most too mucky to sow t’ corn for makking her breead.’ +‘Don’t mention his mother to me,’ said the master, angrily. ‘Get him something that he can eat, that’s all. What is his usual food, Nelly?’ +I suggested boiled milk or tea; and the housekeeper received instructions to prepare some. Come, I reflected, his father’s selfishness may contribute to his comfort. He perceives his delicate constitution, and the necessity of treating him tolerably. I’ll console Mr. Edgar by acquainting him with the turn Heathcliff’s humour has taken. Having no excuse for lingering longer, I slipped out, while Linton was engaged in timidly rebuffing the advances of a friendly sheep-dog. But he was too much on the alert to be cheated: as I closed the door, I heard a cry, and a frantic repetition of the words— +‘Don’t leave me! I’ll not stay here! I’ll not stay here!’ +Then the latch was raised and fell: they did not suffer him to come forth. I mounted Minny, and urged her to a trot; and so my brief guardianship ended. +CHAPTER XXI +We had sad work with little Cathy that day: she rose in high glee, eager to join her cousin, and such passionate tears and lamentations followed the news of his departure that Edgar himself was obliged to soothe her, by affirming he should come back soon: he added, however, ‘if I can get him’; and there were no hopes of that. This promise poorly pacified her; but time was more potent; and though still at intervals she inquired of her father when Linton would return, before she did see him again his features had waxed so dim in her memory that she did not recognise him. +When I chanced to encounter the housekeeper of Wuthering Heights, in paying business visits to Gimmerton, I used to ask how the young master got on; for he lived almost as secluded as Catherine herself, and was never to be seen. I could gather from her that he continued in weak health, and was a tiresome inmate. She said Mr. Heathcliff seemed to dislike him ever longer and worse, though he took some trouble to conceal it: he had an antipathy to the sound of his voice, and could not do at all with his sitting in the same room with him many minutes together. There seldom passed much talk between them: Linton learnt his lessons and spent his evenings in a small apartment they called the parlour: or else lay in bed all day: for he was constantly getting coughs, and colds, and aches, and pains of some sort. +‘And I never know such a fainthearted creature,’ added the woman; ‘nor one so careful of hisseln. He will go on, if I leave the window open a bit late in the evening. Oh! it’s killing, a breath of night air! And he must have a fire in the middle of summer; and Joseph’s bacca-pipe is poison; and he must always have sweets and dainties, and always milk, milk for ever—heeding naught how the rest of us are pinched in winter; and there he’ll sit, wrapped in his furred cloak in his chair by the fire, with some toast and water or other slop on the hob to sip at; and if Hareton, for pity, comes to amuse him—Hareton is not bad-natured, though he’s rough—they’re sure to part, one swearing and the other crying. I believe the master would relish Earnshaw’s thrashing him to a mummy, if he were not his son; and I’m certain he would be fit to turn him out of doors, if he knew half the nursing he gives hisseln. But then he won’t go into danger of temptation: he never enters the parlour, and should Linton show those ways in the house where he is, he sends him up-stairs directly.’ +I divined, from this account, that utter lack of sympathy had rendered young Heathcliff selfish and disagreeable, if he were not so originally; and my interest in him, consequently, decayed: though still I was moved with a sense of grief at his lot, and a wish that he had been left with us. Mr. Edgar encouraged me to gain information: he thought a great deal about him, I fancy, and would have run some risk to see him; and he told me once to ask the housekeeper whether he ever came into the village? She said he had only been twice, on horseback, accompanying his father; and both times he pretended to be quite knocked up for three or four days afterwards. That housekeeper left, if I recollect rightly, two years after he came; and another, whom I did not know, was her successor; she lives there still. +Time wore on at the Grange in its former pleasant way till Miss Cathy reached sixteen. On the anniversary of her birth we never manifested any signs of rejoicing, because it was also the anniversary of my late mistress’s death. Her father invariably spent that day alone in the library; and walked, at dusk, as far as Gimmerton kirkyard, where he would frequently prolong his stay beyond midnight. Therefore Catherine was thrown on her own resources for amusement. This twentieth of March was a beautiful spring day, and when her father had retired, my young lady came down dressed for going out, and said she asked to have a ramble on the edge of the moor with me: Mr. Linton had given her leave, if we went only a short distance and were back within the hour. +‘So make haste, Ellen!’ she cried. ‘I know where I wish to go; where a colony of moor-game are settled: I want to see whether they have made their nests yet.’ +‘That must be a good distance up,’ I answered; ‘they don’t breed on the edge of the moor.’ +‘No, it’s not,’ she said. ‘I’ve gone very near with papa.’ +I put on my bonnet and sallied out, thinking nothing more of the matter. She bounded before me, and returned to my side, and was off again like a young greyhound; and, at first, I found plenty of entertainment in listening to the larks singing far and near, and enjoying the sweet, warm sunshine; and watching her, my pet and my delight, with her golden ringlets flying loose behind, and her bright cheek, as soft and pure in its bloom as a wild rose, and her eyes radiant with cloudless pleasure. She was a happy creature, and an angel, in those days. It’s a pity she could not be content. +‘Well,’ said I, ‘where are your moor-game, Miss Cathy? We should be at them: the Grange park-fence is a great way off now.’ +‘Oh, a little further—only a little further, Ellen,’ was her answer, continually. ‘Climb to that hillock, pass that bank, and by the time you reach the other side I shall have raised the birds.’ +But there were so many hillocks and banks to climb and pass, that, at length, I began to be weary, and told her we must halt, and retrace our steps. I shouted to her, as she had outstripped me a long way; she either did not hear or did not regard, for she still sprang on, and I was compelled to follow. Finally, she dived into a hollow; and before I came in sight of her again, she was two miles nearer Wuthering Heights than her own home; and I beheld a couple of persons arrest her, one of whom I felt convinced was Mr. Heathcliff himself. +Cathy had been caught in the fact of plundering, or, at least, hunting out the nests of the grouse. The Heights were Heathcliff’s land, and he was reproving the poacher. +‘I’ve neither taken any nor found any,’ she said, as I toiled to them, expanding her hands in corroboration of the statement. ‘I didn’t mean to take them; but papa told me there were quantities up here, and I wished to see the eggs.’ +Heathcliff glanced at me with an ill-meaning smile, expressing his acquaintance with the party, and, consequently, his malevolence towards it, and demanded who ‘papa’ was? +‘Mr. Linton of Thrushcross Grange,’ she replied. ‘I thought you did not know me, or you wouldn’t have spoken in that way.’ +‘You suppose papa is highly esteemed and respected, then?’ he said, sarcastically. +‘And what are you?’ inquired Catherine, gazing curiously on the speaker. ‘That man I’ve seen before. Is he your son?’ +She pointed to Hareton, the other individual, who had gained nothing but increased bulk and strength by the addition of two years to his age: he seemed as awkward and rough as ever. +‘Miss Cathy,’ I interrupted, ‘it will be three hours instead of one that we are out, presently. We really must go back.’ +‘No, that man is not my son,’ answered Heathcliff, pushing me aside. ‘But I have one, and you have seen him before too; and, though your nurse is in a hurry, I think both you and she would be the better for a little rest. Will you just turn this nab of heath, and walk into my house? You’ll get home earlier for the ease; and you shall receive a kind welcome.’ +I whispered Catherine that she mustn’t, on any account, accede to the proposal: it was entirely out of the question. +‘Why?’ she asked, aloud. ‘I’m tired of running, and the ground is dewy: I can’t sit here. Let us go, Ellen. Besides, he says I have seen his son. He’s mistaken, I think; but I guess where he lives: at the farmhouse I visited in coming from Penistone Crags. Don’t you?’ +‘I do. Come, Nelly, hold your tongue—it will be a treat for her to look in on us. Hareton, get forwards with the lass. You shall walk with me, Nelly.’ +‘No, she’s not going to any such place,’ I cried, struggling to release my arm, which he had seized: but she was almost at the door-stones already, scampering round the brow at full speed. Her appointed companion did not pretend to escort her: he shied off by the road-side, and vanished. +‘Mr. Heathcliff, it’s very wrong,’ I continued: ‘you know you mean no good. And there she’ll see Linton, and all will be told as soon as ever we return; and I shall have the blame.’ +‘I want her to see Linton,’ he answered; ‘he’s looking better these few days; it’s not often he’s fit to be seen. And we’ll soon persuade her to keep the visit secret: where is the harm of it?’ +‘The harm of it is, that her father would hate me if he found I suffered her to enter your house; and I am convinced you have a bad design in encouraging her to do so,’ I replied. +‘My design is as honest as possible. I’ll inform you of its whole scope,’ he said. ‘That the two cousins may fall in love, and get married. I’m acting generously to your master: his young chit has no expectations, and should she second my wishes she’ll be provided for at once as joint successor with Linton.’ +‘If Linton died,’ I answered, ‘and his life is quite uncertain, Catherine would be the heir.’ +‘No, she would not,’ he said. ‘There is no clause in the will to secure it so: his property would go to me; but, to prevent disputes, I desire their union, and am resolved to bring it about.’ +‘And I’m resolved she shall never approach your house with me again,’ I returned, as we reached the gate, where Miss Cathy waited our coming. +Heathcliff bade me be quiet; and, preceding us up the path, hastened to open the door. My young lady gave him several looks, as if she could not exactly make up her mind what to think of him; but now he smiled when he met her eye, and softened his voice in addressing her; and I was foolish enough to imagine the memory of her mother might disarm him from desiring her injury. Linton stood on the hearth. He had been out walking in the fields, for his cap was on, and he was calling to Joseph to bring him dry shoes. He had grown tall of his age, still wanting some months of sixteen. His features were pretty yet, and his eye and complexion brighter than I remembered them, though with merely temporary lustre borrowed from the salubrious air and genial sun. +‘Now, who is that?’ asked Mr. Heathcliff, turning to Cathy. ‘Can you tell?’ +‘Your son?’ she said, having doubtfully surveyed, first one and then the other. +‘Yes, yes,’ answered he: ‘but is this the only time you have beheld him? Think! Ah! you have a short memory. Linton, don’t you recall your cousin, that you used to tease us so with wishing to see?’ +‘What, Linton!’ cried Cathy, kindling into joyful surprise at the name. ‘Is that little Linton? He’s taller than I am! Are you Linton?’ +The youth stepped forward, and acknowledged himself: she kissed him fervently, and they gazed with wonder at the change time had wrought in the appearance of each. Catherine had reached her full height; her figure was both plump and slender, elastic as steel, and her whole aspect sparkling with health and spirits. Linton’s looks and movements were very languid, and his form extremely slight; but there was a grace in his manner that mitigated these defects, and rendered him not unpleasing. After exchanging numerous marks of fondness with him, his cousin went to Mr. Heathcliff, who lingered by the door, dividing his attention between the objects inside and those that lay without: pretending, that is, to observe the latter, and really noting the former alone. +‘And you are my uncle, then!’ she cried, reaching up to salute him. ‘I thought I liked you, though you were cross at first. Why don’t you visit at the Grange with Linton? To live all these years such close neighbours, and never see us, is odd: what have you done so for?’ +‘I visited it once or twice too often before you were born,’ he answered. ‘There—damn it! If you have any kisses to spare, give them to Linton: they are thrown away on me.’ +‘Naughty Ellen!’ exclaimed Catherine, flying to attack me next with her lavish caresses. ‘Wicked Ellen! to try to hinder me from entering. But I’ll take this walk every morning in future: may I, uncle? and sometimes bring papa. Won’t you be glad to see us?’ +‘Of course,’ replied the uncle, with a hardly suppressed grimace, resulting from his deep aversion to both the proposed visitors. ‘But stay,’ he continued, turning towards the young lady. ‘Now I think of it, I’d better tell you. Mr. Linton has a prejudice against me: we quarrelled at one time of our lives, with unchristian ferocity; and, if you mention coming here to him, he’ll put a veto on your visits altogether. Therefore, you must not mention it, unless you be careless of seeing your cousin hereafter: you may come, if you will, but you must not mention it.’ +‘Why did you quarrel?’ asked Catherine, considerably crestfallen. +‘He thought me too poor to wed his sister,’ answered Heathcliff, ‘and was grieved that I got her: his pride was hurt, and he’ll never forgive it.’ +‘That’s wrong!’ said the young lady: ‘some time I’ll tell him so. But Linton and I have no share in your quarrel. I’ll not come here, then; he shall come to the Grange.’ +‘It will be too far for me,’ murmured her cousin: ‘to walk four miles would kill me. No, come here, Miss Catherine, now and then: not every morning, but once or twice a week.’ +The father launched towards his son a glance of bitter contempt. +‘I am afraid, Nelly, I shall lose my labour,’ he muttered to me. ‘Miss Catherine, as the ninny calls her, will discover his value, and send him to the devil. Now, if it had been Hareton!—Do you know that, twenty times a day, I covet Hareton, with all his degradation? I’d have loved the lad had he been some one else. But I think he’s safe from her love. I’ll pit him against that paltry creature, unless it bestir itself briskly. We calculate it will scarcely last till it is eighteen. Oh, confound the vapid thing! He’s absorbed in drying his feet, and never looks at her.—Linton!’ +‘Yes, father,’ answered the boy. +‘Have you nothing to show your cousin anywhere about, not even a rabbit or a weasel’s nest? Take her into the garden, before you change your shoes; and into the stable to see your horse.’ +‘Wouldn’t you rather sit here?’ asked Linton, addressing Cathy in a tone which expressed reluctance to move again. +‘I don’t know,’ she replied, casting a longing look to the door, and evidently eager to be active. +He kept his seat, and shrank closer to the fire. Heathcliff rose, and went into the kitchen, and from thence to the yard, calling out for Hareton. Hareton responded, and presently the two re-entered. The young man had been washing himself, as was visible by the glow on his cheeks and his wetted hair. +‘Oh, I’ll ask you, uncle,’ cried Miss Cathy, recollecting the housekeeper’s assertion. ‘That is not my cousin, is he?’ +‘Yes,’ he, replied, ‘your mother’s nephew. Don’t you like him!’ +Catherine looked queer. +‘Is he not a handsome lad?’ he continued. +The uncivil little thing stood on tiptoe, and whispered a sentence in Heathcliff’s ear. He laughed; Hareton darkened: I perceived he was very sensitive to suspected slights, and had obviously a dim notion of his inferiority. But his master or guardian chased the frown by exclaiming— +‘You’ll be the favourite among us, Hareton! She says you are a—What was it? Well, something very flattering. Here! you go with her round the farm. And behave like a gentleman, mind! Don’t use any bad words; and don’t stare when the young lady is not looking at you, and be ready to hide your face when she is; and, when you speak, say your words slowly, and keep your hands out of your pockets. Be off, and entertain her as nicely as you can.’ +He watched the couple walking past the window. Earnshaw had his countenance completely averted from his companion. He seemed studying the familiar landscape with a stranger’s and an artist’s interest. Catherine took a sly look at him, expressing small admiration. She then turned her attention to seeking out objects of amusement for herself, and tripped merrily on, lilting a tune to supply the lack of conversation. +‘I’ve tied his tongue,’ observed Heathcliff. ‘He’ll not venture a single syllable all the time! Nelly, you recollect me at his age—nay, some years younger. Did I ever look so stupid: so “gaumless,” as Joseph calls it?’ +‘Worse,’ I replied, ‘because more sullen with it.’ +‘I’ve a pleasure in him,’ he continued, reflecting aloud. ‘He has satisfied my expectations. If he were a born fool I should not enjoy it half so much. But he’s no fool; and I can sympathise with all his feelings, having felt them myself. I know what he suffers now, for instance, exactly: it is merely a beginning of what he shall suffer, though. And he’ll never be able to emerge from his bathos of coarseness and ignorance. I’ve got him faster than his scoundrel of a father secured me, and lower; for he takes a pride in his brutishness. I’ve taught him to scorn everything extra-animal as silly and weak. Don’t you think Hindley would be proud of his son, if he could see him? almost as proud as I am of mine. But there’s this difference; one is gold put to the use of paving-stones, and the other is tin polished to ape a service of silver. Mine has nothing valuable about it; yet I shall have the merit of making it go as far as such poor stuff can go. His had first-rate qualities, and they are lost: rendered worse than unavailing. I have nothing to regret; he would have more than any but I are aware of. And the best of it is, Hareton is damnably fond of me! You’ll own that I’ve outmatched Hindley there. If the dead villain could rise from his grave to abuse me for his offspring’s wrongs, I should have the fun of seeing the said offspring fight him back again, indignant that he should dare to rail at the one friend he has in the world!’ +Heathcliff chuckled a fiendish laugh at the idea. I made no reply, because I saw that he expected none. Meantime, our young companion, who sat too removed from us to hear what was said, began to evince symptoms of uneasiness, probably repenting that he had denied himself the treat of Catherine’s society for fear of a little fatigue. His father remarked the restless glances wandering to the window, and the hand irresolutely extended towards his cap. +‘Get up, you idle boy!’ he exclaimed, with assumed heartiness. +‘Away after them! they are just at the corner, by the stand of hives.’ +Linton gathered his energies, and left the hearth. The lattice was open, and, as he stepped out, I heard Cathy inquiring of her unsociable attendant what was that inscription over the door? Hareton stared up, and scratched his head like a true clown. +‘It’s some damnable writing,’ he answered. ‘I cannot read it.’ +‘Can’t read it?’ cried Catherine; ‘I can read it: it’s English. But I want to know why it is there.’ +Linton giggled: the first appearance of mirth he had exhibited. +‘He does not know his letters,’ he said to his cousin. ‘Could you believe in the existence of such a colossal dunce?’ +‘Is he all as he should be?’ asked Miss Cathy, seriously; ‘or is he simple: not right? I’ve questioned him twice now, and each time he looked so stupid I think he does not understand me. I can hardly understand him, I’m sure!’ +Linton repeated his laugh, and glanced at Hareton tauntingly; who certainly did not seem quite clear of comprehension at that moment. +‘There’s nothing the matter but laziness; is there, Earnshaw?’ he said. ‘My cousin fancies you are an idiot. There you experience the consequence of scorning “book-larning,” as you would say. Have you noticed, Catherine, his frightful Yorkshire pronunciation?’ +‘Why, where the devil is the use on’t?’ growled Hareton, more ready in answering his daily companion. He was about to enlarge further, but the two youngsters broke into a noisy fit of merriment: my giddy miss being delighted to discover that she might turn his strange talk to matter of amusement. +‘Where is the use of the devil in that sentence?’ tittered Linton. ‘Papa told you not to say any bad words, and you can’t open your mouth without one. Do try to behave like a gentleman, now do!’ +‘If thou weren’t more a lass than a lad, I’d fell thee this minute, I would; pitiful lath of a crater!’ retorted the angry boor, retreating, while his face burnt with mingled rage and mortification! for he was conscious of being insulted, and embarrassed how to resent it. +Mr. Heathcliff having overheard the conversation, as well as I, smiled when he saw him go; but immediately afterwards cast a look of singular aversion on the flippant pair, who remained chattering in the door-way: the boy finding animation enough while discussing Hareton’s faults and deficiencies, and relating anecdotes of his goings on; and the girl relishing his pert and spiteful sayings, without considering the ill-nature they evinced. I began to dislike, more than to compassionate Linton, and to excuse his father in some measure for holding him cheap. +We stayed till afternoon: I could not tear Miss Cathy away sooner; but happily my master had not quitted his apartment, and remained ignorant of our prolonged absence. As we walked home, I would fain have enlightened my charge on the characters of the people we had quitted: but she got it into her head that I was prejudiced against them. +‘Aha!’ she cried, ‘you take papa’s side, Ellen: you are partial I know; or else you wouldn’t have cheated me so many years into the notion that Linton lived a long way from here. I’m really extremely angry; only I’m so pleased I can’t show it! But you must hold your tongue about my uncle; he’s my uncle, remember; and I’ll scold papa for quarrelling with him.’ +And so she ran on, till I relinquished the endeavour to convince her of her mistake. She did not mention the visit that night, because she did not see Mr. Linton. Next day it all came out, sadly to my chagrin; and still I was not altogether sorry: I thought the burden of directing and warning would be more efficiently borne by him than me. But he was too timid in giving satisfactory reasons for his wish that she should shun connection with the household of the Heights, and Catherine liked good reasons for every restraint that harassed her petted will. +‘Papa!’ she exclaimed, after the morning’s salutations, ‘guess whom I saw yesterday, in my walk on the moors. Ah, papa, you started! you’ve not done right, have you, now? I saw—but listen, and you shall hear how I found you out; and Ellen, who is in league with you, and yet pretended to pity me so, when I kept hoping, and was always disappointed about Linton’s coming back!’ +She gave a faithful account of her excursion and its consequences; and my master, though he cast more than one reproachful look at me, said nothing till she had concluded. Then he drew her to him, and asked if she knew why he had concealed Linton’s near neighbourhood from her? Could she think it was to deny her a pleasure that she might harmlessly enjoy? +‘It was because you disliked Mr. Heathcliff,’ she answered. +‘Then you believe I care more for my own feelings than yours, Cathy?’ he said. ‘No, it was not because I disliked Mr. Heathcliff, but because Mr. Heathcliff dislikes me; and is a most diabolical man, delighting to wrong and ruin those he hates, if they give him the slightest opportunity. I knew that you could not keep up an acquaintance with your cousin without being brought into contact with him; and I knew he would detest you on my account; so for your own good, and nothing else, I took precautions that you should not see Linton again. I meant to explain this some time as you grew older, and I’m sorry I delayed it.’ +‘But Mr. Heathcliff was quite cordial, papa,’ observed Catherine, not at all convinced; ‘and he didn’t object to our seeing each other: he said I might come to his house when I pleased; only I must not tell you, because you had quarrelled with him, and would not forgive him for marrying aunt Isabella. And you won’t. You are the one to be blamed: he is willing to let us be friends, at least; Linton and I; and you are not.’ +My master, perceiving that she would not take his word for her uncle-in-law’s evil disposition, gave a hasty sketch of his conduct to Isabella, and the manner in which Wuthering Heights became his property. He could not bear to discourse long upon the topic; for though he spoke little of it, he still felt the same horror and detestation of his ancient enemy that had occupied his heart ever since Mrs. Linton’s death. ‘She might have been living yet, if it had not been for him!’ was his constant bitter reflection; and, in his eyes, Heathcliff seemed a murderer. Miss Cathy—conversant with no bad deeds except her own slight acts of disobedience, injustice, and passion, arising from hot temper and thoughtlessness, and repented of on the day they were committed—was amazed at the blackness of spirit that could brood on and cover revenge for years, and deliberately prosecute its plans without a visitation of remorse. She appeared so deeply impressed and shocked at this new view of human nature—excluded from all her studies and all her ideas till now—that Mr. Edgar deemed it unnecessary to pursue the subject. He merely added: ‘You will know hereafter, darling, why I wish you to avoid his house and family; now return to your old employments and amusements, and think no more about them.’ +Catherine kissed her father, and sat down quietly to her lessons for a couple of hours, according to custom; then she accompanied him into the grounds, and the whole day passed as usual: but in the evening, when she had retired to her room, and I went to help her to undress, I found her crying, on her knees by the bedside. +‘Oh, fie, silly child!’ I exclaimed. ‘If you had any real griefs you’d be ashamed to waste a tear on this little contrariety. You never had one shadow of substantial sorrow, Miss Catherine. Suppose, for a minute, that master and I were dead, and you were by yourself in the world: how would you feel, then? Compare the present occasion with such an affliction as that, and be thankful for the friends you have, instead of coveting more.’ +‘I’m not crying for myself, Ellen,’ she answered, ‘it’s for him. He expected to see me again to-morrow, and there he’ll be so disappointed: and he’ll wait for me, and I sha’n’t come!’ +‘Nonsense!’ said I, ‘do you imagine he has thought as much of you as you have of him? Hasn’t he Hareton for a companion? Not one in a hundred would weep at losing a relation they had just seen twice, for two afternoons. Linton will conjecture how it is, and trouble himself no further about you.’ +‘But may I not write a note to tell him why I cannot come?’ she asked, rising to her feet. ‘And just send those books I promised to lend him? His books are not as nice as mine, and he wanted to have them extremely, when I told him how interesting they were. May I not, Ellen?’ +‘No, indeed! no, indeed!’ replied I with decision. ‘Then he would write to you, and there’d never be an end of it. No, Miss Catherine, the acquaintance must be dropped entirely: so papa expects, and I shall see that it is done.’ +‘But how can one little note—?’ she recommenced, putting on an imploring countenance. +‘Silence!’ I interrupted. ‘We’ll not begin with your little notes. Get into bed.’ +She threw at me a very naughty look, so naughty that I would not kiss her good-night at first: I covered her up, and shut her door, in great displeasure; but, repenting half-way, I returned softly, and lo! there was Miss standing at the table with a bit of blank paper before her and a pencil in her hand, which she guiltily slipped out of sight on my entrance. +‘You’ll get nobody to take that, Catherine,’ I said, ‘if you write it; and at present I shall put out your candle.’ +I set the extinguisher on the flame, receiving as I did so a slap on my hand and a petulant ‘cross thing!’ I then quitted her again, and she drew the bolt in one of her worst, most peevish humours. The letter was finished and forwarded to its destination by a milk-fetcher who came from the village; but that I didn’t learn till some time afterwards. Weeks passed on, and Cathy recovered her temper; though she grew wondrous fond of stealing off to corners by herself and often, if I came near her suddenly while reading, she would start and bend over the book, evidently desirous to hide it; and I detected edges of loose paper sticking out beyond the leaves. She also got a trick of coming down early in the morning and lingering about the kitchen, as if she were expecting the arrival of something; and she had a small drawer in a cabinet in the library, which she would trifle over for hours, and whose key she took special care to remove when she left it. +One day, as she inspected this drawer, I observed that the playthings and trinkets which recently formed its contents were transmuted into bits of folded paper. My curiosity and suspicions were roused; I determined to take a peep at her mysterious treasures; so, at night, as soon as she and my master were safe upstairs, I searched, and readily found among my house keys one that would fit the lock. Having opened, I emptied the whole contents into my apron, and took them with me to examine at leisure in my own chamber. Though I could not but suspect, I was still surprised to discover that they were a mass of correspondence—daily almost, it must have been—from Linton Heathcliff: answers to documents forwarded by her. The earlier dated were embarrassed and short; gradually, however, they expanded into copious love-letters, foolish, as the age of the writer rendered natural, yet with touches here and there which I thought were borrowed from a more experienced source. Some of them struck me as singularly odd compounds of ardour and flatness; commencing in strong feeling, and concluding in the affected, wordy style that a schoolboy might use to a fancied, incorporeal sweetheart. Whether they satisfied Cathy I don’t know; but they appeared very worthless trash to me. After turning over as many as I thought proper, I tied them in a handkerchief and set them aside, relocking the vacant drawer. +Following her habit, my young lady descended early, and visited the kitchen: I watched her go to the door, on the arrival of a certain little boy; and, while the dairymaid filled his can, she tucked something into his jacket pocket, and plucked something out. I went round by the garden, and laid wait for the messenger; who fought valorously to defend his trust, and we spilt the milk between us; but I succeeded in abstracting the epistle; and, threatening serious consequences if he did not look sharp home, I remained under the wall and perused Miss Cathy’s affectionate composition. It was more simple and more eloquent than her cousin’s: very pretty and very silly. I shook my head, and went meditating into the house. The day being wet, she could not divert herself with rambling about the park; so, at the conclusion of her morning studies, she resorted to the solace of the drawer. Her father sat reading at the table; and I, on purpose, had sought a bit of work in some unripped fringes of the window-curtain, keeping my eye steadily fixed on her proceedings. Never did any bird flying back to a plundered nest, which it had left brimful of chirping young ones, express more complete despair, in its anguished cries and flutterings, than she by her single ‘Oh!’ and the change that transfigured her late happy countenance. Mr. Linton looked up. +‘What is the matter, love? Have you hurt yourself?’ he said. +His tone and look assured her he had not been the discoverer of the hoard. +‘No, papa!’ she gasped. ‘Ellen! Ellen! come up-stairs—I’m sick!’ +I obeyed her summons, and accompanied her out. +‘Oh, Ellen! you have got them,’ she commenced immediately, dropping on her knees, when we were enclosed alone. ‘Oh, give them to me, and I’ll never, never do so again! Don’t tell papa. You have not told papa, Ellen? say you have not? I’ve been exceedingly naughty, but I won’t do it any more!’ +With a grave severity in my manner I bade her stand up. +‘So,’ I exclaimed, ‘Miss Catherine, you are tolerably far on, it seems: you may well be ashamed of them! A fine bundle of trash you study in your leisure hours, to be sure: why, it’s good enough to be printed! And what do you suppose the master will think when I display it before him? I hav’n’t shown it yet, but you needn’t imagine I shall keep your ridiculous secrets. For shame! and you must have led the way in writing such absurdities: he would not have thought of beginning, I’m certain.’ +‘I didn’t! I didn’t!’ sobbed Cathy, fit to break her heart. ‘I didn’t once think of loving him till—’ +‘Loving!’ cried I, as scornfully as I could utter the word. ‘Loving! Did anybody ever hear the like! I might just as well talk of loving the miller who comes once a year to buy our corn. Pretty loving, indeed! and both times together you have seen Linton hardly four hours in your life! Now here is the babyish trash. I’m going with it to the library; and we’ll see what your father says to such loving.’ +She sprang at her precious epistles, but I held them above my head; and then she poured out further frantic entreaties that I would burn them—do anything rather than show them. And being really fully as much inclined to laugh as scold—for I esteemed it all girlish vanity—I at length relented in a measure, and asked,—‘If I consent to burn them, will you promise faithfully neither to send nor receive a letter again, nor a book (for I perceive you have sent him books), nor locks of hair, nor rings, nor playthings?’ +‘We don’t send playthings,’ cried Catherine, her pride overcoming her shame. +‘Nor anything at all, then, my lady?’ I said. ‘Unless you will, here I go.’ +‘I promise, Ellen!’ she cried, catching my dress. ‘Oh, put them in the fire, do, do!’ +But when I proceeded to open a place with the poker the sacrifice was too painful to be borne. She earnestly supplicated that I would spare her one or two. +‘One or two, Ellen, to keep for Linton’s sake!’ +I unknotted the handkerchief, and commenced dropping them in from an angle, and the flame curled up the chimney. +‘I will have one, you cruel wretch!’ she screamed, darting her hand into the fire, and drawing forth some half-consumed fragments, at the expense of her fingers. +‘Very well—and I will have some to exhibit to papa!’ I answered, shaking back the rest into the bundle, and turning anew to the door. +She emptied her blackened pieces into the flames, and motioned me to finish the immolation. It was done; I stirred up the ashes, and interred them under a shovelful of coals; and she mutely, and with a sense of intense injury, retired to her private apartment. I descended to tell my master that the young lady’s qualm of sickness was almost gone, but I judged it best for her to lie down a while. She wouldn’t dine; but she reappeared at tea, pale, and red about the eyes, and marvellously subdued in outward aspect. Next morning I answered the letter by a slip of paper, inscribed, ‘Master Heathcliff is requested to send no more notes to Miss Linton, as she will not receive them.’ And, henceforth, the little boy came with vacant pockets. +CHAPTER XXII +Summer drew to an end, and early autumn: it was past Michaelmas, but the harvest was late that year, and a few of our fields were still uncleared. Mr. Linton and his daughter would frequently walk out among the reapers; at the carrying of the last sheaves they stayed till dusk, and the evening happening to be chill and damp, my master caught a bad cold, that settled obstinately on his lungs, and confined him indoors throughout the whole of the winter, nearly without intermission. +Poor Cathy, frightened from her little romance, had been considerably sadder and duller since its abandonment; and her father insisted on her reading less, and taking more exercise. She had his companionship no longer; I esteemed it a duty to supply its lack, as much as possible, with mine: an inefficient substitute; for I could only spare two or three hours, from my numerous diurnal occupations, to follow her footsteps, and then my society was obviously less desirable than his. +On an afternoon in October, or the beginning of November—a fresh watery afternoon, when the turf and paths were rustling with moist, withered leaves, and the cold blue sky was half hidden by clouds—dark grey streamers, rapidly mounting from the west, and boding abundant rain—I requested my young lady to forego her ramble, because I was certain of showers. She refused; and I unwillingly donned a cloak, and took my umbrella to accompany her on a stroll to the bottom of the park: a formal walk which she generally affected if low-spirited—and that she invariably was when Mr. Edgar had been worse than ordinary, a thing never known from his confession, but guessed both by her and me from his increased silence and the melancholy of his countenance. She went sadly on: there was no running or bounding now, though the chill wind might well have tempted her to race. And often, from the side of my eye, I could detect her raising a hand, and brushing something off her cheek. I gazed round for a means of diverting her thoughts. On one side of the road rose a high, rough bank, where hazels and stunted oaks, with their roots half exposed, held uncertain tenure: the soil was too loose for the latter; and strong winds had blown some nearly horizontal. In summer Miss Catherine delighted to climb along these trunks, and sit in the branches, swinging twenty feet above the ground; and I, pleased with her agility and her light, childish heart, still considered it proper to scold every time I caught her at such an elevation, but so that she knew there was no necessity for descending. From dinner to tea she would lie in her breeze-rocked cradle, doing nothing except singing old songs—my nursery lore—to herself, or watching the birds, joint tenants, feed and entice their young ones to fly: or nestling with closed lids, half thinking, half dreaming, happier than words can express. +‘Look, Miss!’ I exclaimed, pointing to a nook under the roots of one twisted tree. ‘Winter is not here yet. There’s a little flower up yonder, the last bud from the multitude of bluebells that clouded those turf steps in July with a lilac mist. Will you clamber up, and pluck it to show to papa?’ Cathy stared a long time at the lonely blossom trembling in its earthy shelter, and replied, at length—‘No, I’ll not touch it: but it looks melancholy, does it not, Ellen?’ +‘Yes,’ I observed, ‘about as starved and suckless as you: your cheeks are bloodless; let us take hold of hands and run. You’re so low, I daresay I shall keep up with you.’ +‘No,’ she repeated, and continued sauntering on, pausing at intervals to muse over a bit of moss, or a tuft of blanched grass, or a fungus spreading its bright orange among the heaps of brown foliage; and, ever and anon, her hand was lifted to her averted face. +‘Catherine, why are you crying, love?’ I asked, approaching and putting my arm over her shoulder. ‘You mustn’t cry because papa has a cold; be thankful it is nothing worse.’ +She now put no further restraint on her tears; her breath was stifled by sobs. +‘Oh, it will be something worse,’ she said. ‘And what shall I do when papa and you leave me, and I am by myself? I can’t forget your words, Ellen; they are always in my ear. How life will be changed, how dreary the world will be, when papa and you are dead.’ +‘None can tell whether you won’t die before us,’ I replied. ‘It’s wrong to anticipate evil. We’ll hope there are years and years to come before any of us go: master is young, and I am strong, and hardly forty-five. My mother lived till eighty, a canty dame to the last. And suppose Mr. Linton were spared till he saw sixty, that would be more years than you have counted, Miss. And would it not be foolish to mourn a calamity above twenty years beforehand?’ +‘But Aunt Isabella was younger than papa,’ she remarked, gazing up with timid hope to seek further consolation. +‘Aunt Isabella had not you and me to nurse her,’ I replied. ‘She wasn’t as happy as Master: she hadn’t as much to live for. All you need do, is to wait well on your father, and cheer him by letting him see you cheerful; and avoid giving him anxiety on any subject: mind that, Cathy! I’ll not disguise but you might kill him if you were wild and reckless, and cherished a foolish, fanciful affection for the son of a person who would be glad to have him in his grave; and allowed him to discover that you fretted over the separation he has judged it expedient to make.’ +‘I fret about nothing on earth except papa’s illness,’ answered my companion. ‘I care for nothing in comparison with papa. And I’ll never—never—oh, never, while I have my senses, do an act or say a word to vex him. I love him better than myself, Ellen; and I know it by this: I pray every night that I may live after him; because I would rather be miserable than that he should be: that proves I love him better than myself.’ +‘Good words,’ I replied. ‘But deeds must prove it also; and after he is well, remember you don’t forget resolutions formed in the hour of fear.’ +As we talked, we neared a door that opened on the road; and my young lady, lightening into sunshine again, climbed up and seated herself on the top of the wall, reaching over to gather some hips that bloomed scarlet on the summit branches of the wild-rose trees shadowing the highway side: the lower fruit had disappeared, but only birds could touch the upper, except from Cathy’s present station. In stretching to pull them, her hat fell off; and as the door was locked, she proposed scrambling down to recover it. I bid her be cautious lest she got a fall, and she nimbly disappeared. But the return was no such easy matter: the stones were smooth and neatly cemented, and the rose-bushes and black-berry stragglers could yield no assistance in re-ascending. I, like a fool, didn’t recollect that, till I heard her laughing and exclaiming—‘Ellen! you’ll have to fetch the key, or else I must run round to the porter’s lodge. I can’t scale the ramparts on this side!’ +‘Stay where you are,’ I answered; ‘I have my bundle of keys in my pocket: perhaps I may manage to open it; if not, I’ll go.’ +Catherine amused herself with dancing to and fro before the door, while I tried all the large keys in succession. I had applied the last, and found that none would do; so, repeating my desire that she would remain there, I was about to hurry home as fast as I could, when an approaching sound arrested me. It was the trot of a horse; Cathy’s dance stopped also. +‘Who is that?’ I whispered. +‘Ellen, I wish you could open the door,’ whispered back my companion, anxiously. +‘Ho, Miss Linton!’ cried a deep voice (the rider’s), ‘I’m glad to meet you. Don’t be in haste to enter, for I have an explanation to ask and obtain.’ +‘I sha’n’t speak to you, Mr. Heathcliff,’ answered Catherine. ‘Papa says you are a wicked man, and you hate both him and me; and Ellen says the same.’ +‘That is nothing to the purpose,’ said Heathcliff. (He it was.) ‘I don’t hate my son, I suppose; and it is concerning him that I demand your attention. Yes; you have cause to blush. Two or three months since, were you not in the habit of writing to Linton? making love in play, eh? You deserved, both of you, flogging for that! You especially, the elder; and less sensitive, as it turns out. I’ve got your letters, and if you give me any pertness I’ll send them to your father. I presume you grew weary of the amusement and dropped it, didn’t you? Well, you dropped Linton with it into a Slough of Despond. He was in earnest: in love, really. As true as I live, he’s dying for you; breaking his heart at your fickleness: not figuratively, but actually. Though Hareton has made him a standing jest for six weeks, and I have used more serious measures, and attempted to frighten him out of his idiotcy, he gets worse daily; and he’ll be under the sod before summer, unless you restore him!’ +‘How can you lie so glaringly to the poor child?’ I called from the inside. ‘Pray ride on! How can you deliberately get up such paltry falsehoods? Miss Cathy, I’ll knock the lock off with a stone: you won’t believe that vile nonsense. You can feel in yourself it is impossible that a person should die for love of a stranger.’ +‘I was not aware there were eavesdroppers,’ muttered the detected villain. ‘Worthy Mrs. Dean, I like you, but I don’t like your double-dealing,’ he added aloud. ‘How could you lie so glaringly as to affirm I hated the “poor child”? and invent bugbear stories to terrify her from my door-stones? Catherine Linton (the very name warms me), my bonny lass, I shall be from home all this week; go and see if have not spoken truth: do, there’s a darling! Just imagine your father in my place, and Linton in yours; then think how you would value your careless lover if he refused to stir a step to comfort you, when your father himself entreated him; and don’t, from pure stupidity, fall into the same error. I swear, on my salvation, he’s going to his grave, and none but you can save him!’ +The lock gave way and I issued out. +‘I swear Linton is dying,’ repeated Heathcliff, looking hard at me. ‘And grief and disappointment are hastening his death. Nelly, if you won’t let her go, you can walk over yourself. But I shall not return till this time next week; and I think your master himself would scarcely object to her visiting her cousin.’ +‘Come in,’ said I, taking Cathy by the arm and half forcing her to re-enter; for she lingered, viewing with troubled eyes the features of the speaker, too stern to express his inward deceit. +He pushed his horse close, and, bending down, observed—‘Miss Catherine, I’ll own to you that I have little patience with Linton; and Hareton and Joseph have less. I’ll own that he’s with a harsh set. He pines for kindness, as well as love; and a kind word from you would be his best medicine. Don’t mind Mrs. Dean’s cruel cautions; but be generous, and contrive to see him. He dreams of you day and night, and cannot be persuaded that you don’t hate him, since you neither write nor call.’ +I closed the door, and rolled a stone to assist the loosened lock in holding it; and spreading my umbrella, I drew my charge underneath: for the rain began to drive through the moaning branches of the trees, and warned us to avoid delay. Our hurry prevented any comment on the encounter with Heathcliff, as we stretched towards home; but I divined instinctively that Catherine’s heart was clouded now in double darkness. Her features were so sad, they did not seem hers: she evidently regarded what she had heard as every syllable true. +The master had retired to rest before we came in. Cathy stole to his room to inquire how he was; he had fallen asleep. She returned, and asked me to sit with her in the library. We took our tea together; and afterwards she lay down on the rug, and told me not to talk, for she was weary. I got a book, and pretended to read. As soon as she supposed me absorbed in my occupation, she recommenced her silent weeping: it appeared, at present, her favourite diversion. I suffered her to enjoy it a while; then I expostulated: deriding and ridiculing all Mr. Heathcliff’s assertions about his son, as if I were certain she would coincide. Alas! I hadn’t skill to counteract the effect his account had produced: it was just what he intended. +‘You may be right, Ellen,’ she answered; ‘but I shall never feel at ease till I know. And I must tell Linton it is not my fault that I don’t write, and convince him that I shall not change.’ +What use were anger and protestations against her silly credulity? We parted that night—hostile; but next day beheld me on the road to Wuthering Heights, by the side of my wilful young mistress’s pony. I couldn’t bear to witness her sorrow: to see her pale, dejected countenance, and heavy eyes: and I yielded, in the faint hope that Linton himself might prove, by his reception of us, how little of the tale was founded on fact. +CHAPTER XXIII +The rainy night had ushered in a misty morning—half frost, half drizzle—and temporary brooks crossed our path—gurgling from the uplands. My feet were thoroughly wetted; I was cross and low; exactly the humour suited for making the most of these disagreeable things. We entered the farm-house by the kitchen way, to ascertain whether Mr. Heathcliff were really absent: because I put slight faith in his own affirmation. +Joseph seemed sitting in a sort of elysium alone, beside a roaring fire; a quart of ale on the table near him, bristling with large pieces of toasted oat-cake; and his black, short pipe in his mouth. Catherine ran to the hearth to warm herself. I asked if the master was in? My question remained so long unanswered, that I thought the old man had grown deaf, and repeated it louder. +‘Na—ay!’ he snarled, or rather screamed through his nose. ‘Na—ay! yah muh goa back whear yah coom frough.’ +‘Joseph!’ cried a peevish voice, simultaneously with me, from the inner room. ‘How often am I to call you? There are only a few red ashes now. Joseph! come this moment.’ +Vigorous puffs, and a resolute stare into the grate, declared he had no ear for this appeal. The housekeeper and Hareton were invisible; one gone on an errand, and the other at his work, probably. We knew Linton’s tones, and entered. +‘Oh, I hope you’ll die in a garret, starved to death!’ said the boy, mistaking our approach for that of his negligent attendant. +He stopped on observing his error: his cousin flew to him. +‘Is that you, Miss Linton?’ he said, raising his head from the arm of the great chair, in which he reclined. ‘No—don’t kiss me: it takes my breath. Dear me! Papa said you would call,’ continued he, after recovering a little from Catherine’s embrace; while she stood by looking very contrite. ‘Will you shut the door, if you please? you left it open; and those—those detestable creatures won’t bring coals to the fire. It’s so cold!’ +I stirred up the cinders, and fetched a scuttleful myself. The invalid complained of being covered with ashes; but he had a tiresome cough, and looked feverish and ill, so I did not rebuke his temper. +‘Well, Linton,’ murmured Catherine, when his corrugated brow relaxed, ‘are you glad to see me? Can I do you any good?’ +‘Why didn’t you come before?’ he asked. ‘You should have come, instead of writing. It tired me dreadfully writing those long letters. I’d far rather have talked to you. Now, I can neither bear to talk, nor anything else. I wonder where Zillah is! Will you’ (looking at me) ‘step into the kitchen and see?’ +I had received no thanks for my other service; and being unwilling to run to and fro at his behest, I replied—‘Nobody is out there but Joseph.’ +‘I want to drink,’ he exclaimed fretfully, turning away. ‘Zillah is constantly gadding off to Gimmerton since papa went: it’s miserable! And I’m obliged to come down here—they resolved never to hear me up-stairs.’ +‘Is your father attentive to you, Master Heathcliff?’ I asked, perceiving Catherine to be checked in her friendly advances. +‘Attentive? He makes them a little more attentive at least,’ he cried. ‘The wretches! Do you know, Miss Linton, that brute Hareton laughs at me! I hate him! indeed, I hate them all: they are odious beings.’ +Cathy began searching for some water; she lighted on a pitcher in the dresser, filled a tumbler, and brought it. He bid her add a spoonful of wine from a bottle on the table; and having swallowed a small portion, appeared more tranquil, and said she was very kind. +‘And are you glad to see me?’ asked she, reiterating her former question and pleased to detect the faint dawn of a smile. +‘Yes, I am. It’s something new to hear a voice like yours!’ he replied. ‘But I have been vexed, because you wouldn’t come. And papa swore it was owing to me: he called me a pitiful, shuffling, worthless thing; and said you despised me; and if he had been in my place, he would be more the master of the Grange than your father by this time. But you don’t despise me, do you, Miss—?’ +‘I wish you would say Catherine, or Cathy,’ interrupted my young lady. ‘Despise you? No! Next to papa and Ellen, I love you better than anybody living. I don’t love Mr. Heathcliff, though; and I dare not come when he returns: will he stay away many days?’ +‘Not many,’ answered Linton; ‘but he goes on to the moors frequently, since the shooting season commenced; and you might spend an hour or two with me in his absence. Do say you will. I think I should not be peevish with you: you’d not provoke me, and you’d always be ready to help me, wouldn’t you?’ +‘Yes,’ said Catherine, stroking his long soft hair: ‘if I could only get papa’s consent, I’d spend half my time with you. Pretty Linton! I wish you were my brother.’ +‘And then you would like me as well as your father?’ observed he, more cheerfully. ‘But papa says you would love me better than him and all the world, if you were my wife; so I’d rather you were that.’ +‘No, I should never love anybody better than papa,’ she returned gravely. ‘And people hate their wives, sometimes; but not their sisters and brothers: and if you were the latter, you would live with us, and papa would be as fond of you as he is of me.’ +Linton denied that people ever hated their wives; but Cathy affirmed they did, and, in her wisdom, instanced his own father’s aversion to her aunt. I endeavoured to stop her thoughtless tongue. I couldn’t succeed till everything she knew was out. Master Heathcliff, much irritated, asserted her relation was false. +‘Papa told me; and papa does not tell falsehoods,’ she answered pertly. +‘My papa scorns yours!’ cried Linton. ‘He calls him a sneaking fool.’ +‘Yours is a wicked man,’ retorted Catherine; ‘and you are very naughty to dare to repeat what he says. He must be wicked to have made Aunt Isabella leave him as she did.’ +‘She didn’t leave him,’ said the boy; ‘you sha’n’t contradict me.’ +‘She did,’ cried my young lady. +‘Well, I’ll tell you something!’ said Linton. ‘Your mother hated your father: now then.’ +‘Oh!’ exclaimed Catherine, too enraged to continue. +‘And she loved mine,’ added he. +‘You little liar! I hate you now!’ she panted, and her face grew red with passion. +‘She did! she did!’ sang Linton, sinking into the recess of his chair, and leaning back his head to enjoy the agitation of the other disputant, who stood behind. +‘Hush, Master Heathcliff!’ I said; ‘that’s your father’s tale, too, I suppose.’ +‘It isn’t: you hold your tongue!’ he answered. ‘She did, she did, Catherine! she did, she did!’ +Cathy, beside herself, gave the chair a violent push, and caused him to fall against one arm. He was immediately seized by a suffocating cough that soon ended his triumph. It lasted so long that it frightened even me. As to his cousin, she wept with all her might, aghast at the mischief she had done: though she said nothing. I held him till the fit exhausted itself. Then he thrust me away, and leant his head down silently. Catherine quelled her lamentations also, took a seat opposite, and looked solemnly into the fire. +‘How do you feel now, Master Heathcliff?’ I inquired, after waiting ten minutes. +‘I wish she felt as I do,’ he replied: ‘spiteful, cruel thing! Hareton never touches me: he never struck me in his life. And I was better to-day: and there—’ his voice died in a whimper. +‘I didn’t strike you!’ muttered Cathy, chewing her lip to prevent another burst of emotion. +He sighed and moaned like one under great suffering, and kept it up for a quarter of an hour; on purpose to distress his cousin apparently, for whenever he caught a stifled sob from her he put renewed pain and pathos into the inflexions of his voice. +‘I’m sorry I hurt you, Linton,’ she said at length, racked beyond endurance. ‘But I couldn’t have been hurt by that little push, and I had no idea that you could, either: you’re not much, are you, Linton? Don’t let me go home thinking I’ve done you harm. Answer! speak to me.’ +‘I can’t speak to you,’ he murmured; ‘you’ve hurt me so that I shall lie awake all night choking with this cough. If you had it you’d know what it was; but you’ll be comfortably asleep while I’m in agony, and nobody near me. I wonder how you would like to pass those fearful nights!’ And he began to wail aloud, for very pity of himself. +‘Since you are in the habit of passing dreadful nights,’ I said, ‘it won’t be Miss who spoils your ease: you’d be the same had she never come. However, she shall not disturb you again; and perhaps you’ll get quieter when we leave you.’ +‘Must I go?’ asked Catherine dolefully, bending over him. ‘Do you want me to go, Linton?’ +‘You can’t alter what you’ve done,’ he replied pettishly, shrinking from her, ‘unless you alter it for the worse by teasing me into a fever.’ +‘Well, then, I must go?’ she repeated. +‘Let me alone, at least,’ said he; ‘I can’t bear your talking.’ +She lingered, and resisted my persuasions to departure a tiresome while; but as he neither looked up nor spoke, she finally made a movement to the door, and I followed. We were recalled by a scream. Linton had slid from his seat on to the hearthstone, and lay writhing in the mere perverseness of an indulged plague of a child, determined to be as grievous and harassing as it can. I thoroughly gauged his disposition from his behaviour, and saw at once it would be folly to attempt humouring him. Not so my companion: she ran back in terror, knelt down, and cried, and soothed, and entreated, till he grew quiet from lack of breath: by no means from compunction at distressing her. +‘I shall lift him on to the settle,’ I said, ‘and he may roll about as he pleases: we can’t stop to watch him. I hope you are satisfied, Miss Cathy, that you are not the person to benefit him; and that his condition of health is not occasioned by attachment to you. Now, then, there he is! Come away: as soon as he knows there is nobody by to care for his nonsense, he’ll be glad to lie still.’ +She placed a cushion under his head, and offered him some water; he rejected the latter, and tossed uneasily on the former, as if it were a stone or a block of wood. She tried to put it more comfortably. +‘I can’t do with that,’ he said; ‘it’s not high enough.’ +Catherine brought another to lay above it. +‘That’s too high,’ murmured the provoking thing. +‘How must I arrange it, then?’ she asked despairingly. +He twined himself up to her, as she half knelt by the settle, and converted her shoulder into a support. +‘No, that won’t do,’ I said. ‘You’ll be content with the cushion, Master Heathcliff. Miss has wasted too much time on you already: we cannot remain five minutes longer.’ +‘Yes, yes, we can!’ replied Cathy. ‘He’s good and patient now. He’s beginning to think I shall have far greater misery than he will to-night, if I believe he is the worse for my visit: and then I dare not come again. Tell the truth about it, Linton; for I musn’t come, if I have hurt you.’ +‘You must come, to cure me,’ he answered. ‘You ought to come, because you have hurt me: you know you have extremely! I was not as ill when you entered as I am at present—was I?’ +‘But you’ve made yourself ill by crying and being in a passion.—I didn’t do it all,’ said his cousin. ‘However, we’ll be friends now. And you want me: you would wish to see me sometimes, really?’ +‘I told you I did,’ he replied impatiently. ‘Sit on the settle and let me lean on your knee. That’s as mamma used to do, whole afternoons together. Sit quite still and don’t talk: but you may sing a song, if you can sing; or you may say a nice long interesting ballad—one of those you promised to teach me; or a story. I’d rather have a ballad, though: begin.’ +Catherine repeated the longest she could remember. The employment pleased both mightily. Linton would have another, and after that another, notwithstanding my strenuous objections; and so they went on until the clock struck twelve, and we heard Hareton in the court, returning for his dinner. +‘And to-morrow, Catherine, will you be here to-morrow?’ asked young Heathcliff, holding her frock as she rose reluctantly. +‘No,’ I answered, ‘nor next day neither.’ She, however, gave a different response evidently, for his forehead cleared as she stooped and whispered in his ear. +‘You won’t go to-morrow, recollect, Miss!’ I commenced, when we were out of the house. ‘You are not dreaming of it, are you?’ +She smiled. +‘Oh, I’ll take good care,’ I continued: ‘I’ll have that lock mended, and you can escape by no way else.’ +‘I can get over the wall,’ she said laughing. ‘The Grange is not a prison, Ellen, and you are not my gaoler. And besides, I’m almost seventeen: I’m a woman. And I’m certain Linton would recover quickly if he had me to look after him. I’m older than he is, you know, and wiser: less childish, am I not? And he’ll soon do as I direct him, with some slight coaxing. He’s a pretty little darling when he’s good. I’d make such a pet of him, if he were mine. We should never quarrel, should we after we were used to each other? Don’t you like him, Ellen?’ +‘Like him!’ I exclaimed. ‘The worst-tempered bit of a sickly slip that ever struggled into its teens. Happily, as Mr. Heathcliff conjectured, he’ll not win twenty. I doubt whether he’ll see spring, indeed. And small loss to his family whenever he drops off. And lucky it is for us that his father took him: the kinder he was treated, the more tedious and selfish he’d be. I’m glad you have no chance of having him for a husband, Miss Catherine.’ +My companion waxed serious at hearing this speech. To speak of his death so regardlessly wounded her feelings. +‘He’s younger than I,’ she answered, after a protracted pause of meditation, ‘and he ought to live the longest: he will—he must live as long as I do. He’s as strong now as when he first came into the north; I’m positive of that. It’s only a cold that ails him, the same as papa has. You say papa will get better, and why shouldn’t he?’ +‘Well, well,’ I cried, ‘after all, we needn’t trouble ourselves; for listen, Miss,—and mind, I’ll keep my word,—if you attempt going to Wuthering Heights again, with or without me, I shall inform Mr. Linton, and, unless he allow it, the intimacy with your cousin must not be revived.’ +‘It has been revived,’ muttered Cathy, sulkily. +‘Must not be continued, then,’ I said. +‘We’ll see,’ was her reply, and she set off at a gallop, leaving me to toil in the rear. +We both reached home before our dinner-time; my master supposed we had been wandering through the park, and therefore he demanded no explanation of our absence. As soon as I entered I hastened to change my soaked shoes and stockings; but sitting such awhile at the Heights had done the mischief. On the succeeding morning I was laid up, and during three weeks I remained incapacitated for attending to my duties: a calamity never experienced prior to that period, and never, I am thankful to say, since. +My little mistress behaved like an angel in coming to wait on me, and cheer my solitude; the confinement brought me exceedingly low. It is wearisome, to a stirring active body: but few have slighter reasons for complaint than I had. The moment Catherine left Mr. Linton’s room she appeared at my bedside. Her day was divided between us; no amusement usurped a minute: she neglected her meals, her studies, and her play; and she was the fondest nurse that ever watched. She must have had a warm heart, when she loved her father so, to give so much to me. I said her days were divided between us; but the master retired early, and I generally needed nothing after six o’clock, thus the evening was her own. Poor thing! I never considered what she did with herself after tea. And though frequently, when she looked in to bid me good-night, I remarked a fresh colour in her cheeks and a pinkness over her slender fingers, instead of fancying the line borrowed from a cold ride across the moors, I laid it to the charge of a hot fire in the library. +CHAPTER XXIV +At the close of three weeks I was able to quit my chamber and move about the house. And on the first occasion of my sitting up in the evening I asked Catherine to read to me, because my eyes were weak. We were in the library, the master having gone to bed: she consented, rather unwillingly, I fancied; and imagining my sort of books did not suit her, I bid her please herself in the choice of what she perused. She selected one of her own favourites, and got forward steadily about an hour; then came frequent questions. +‘Ellen, are not you tired? Hadn’t you better lie down now? You’ll be sick, keeping up so long, Ellen.’ +‘No, no, dear, I’m not tired,’ I returned, continually. +Perceiving me immovable, she essayed another method of showing her disrelish for her occupation. It changed to yawning, and stretching, and— +‘Ellen, I’m tired.’ +‘Give over then and talk,’ I answered. +That was worse: she fretted and sighed, and looked at her watch till eight, and finally went to her room, completely overdone with sleep; judging by her peevish, heavy look, and the constant rubbing she inflicted on her eyes. The following night she seemed more impatient still; and on the third from recovering my company she complained of a headache, and left me. I thought her conduct odd; and having remained alone a long while, I resolved on going and inquiring whether she were better, and asking her to come and lie on the sofa, instead of up-stairs in the dark. No Catherine could I discover up-stairs, and none below. The servants affirmed they had not seen her. I listened at Mr. Edgar’s door; all was silence. I returned to her apartment, extinguished my candle, and seated myself in the window. +The moon shone bright; a sprinkling of snow covered the ground, and I reflected that she might, possibly, have taken it into her head to walk about the garden, for refreshment. I did detect a figure creeping along the inner fence of the park; but it was not my young mistress: on its emerging into the light, I recognised one of the grooms. He stood a considerable period, viewing the carriage-road through the grounds; then started off at a brisk pace, as if he had detected something, and reappeared presently, leading Miss’s pony; and there she was, just dismounted, and walking by its side. The man took his charge stealthily across the grass towards the stable. Cathy entered by the casement-window of the drawing-room, and glided noiselessly up to where I awaited her. She put the door gently too, slipped off her snowy shoes, untied her hat, and was proceeding, unconscious of my espionage, to lay aside her mantle, when I suddenly rose and revealed myself. The surprise petrified her an instant: she uttered an inarticulate exclamation, and stood fixed. +‘My dear Miss Catherine,’ I began, too vividly impressed by her recent kindness to break into a scold, ‘where have you been riding out at this hour? And why should you try to deceive me by telling a tale? Where have you been? Speak!’ +‘To the bottom of the park,’ she stammered. ‘I didn’t tell a tale.’ +‘And nowhere else?’ I demanded. +‘No,’ was the muttered reply. +‘Oh, Catherine!’ I cried, sorrowfully. ‘You know you have been doing wrong, or you wouldn’t be driven to uttering an untruth to me. That does grieve me. I’d rather be three months ill, than hear you frame a deliberate lie.’ +She sprang forward, and bursting into tears, threw her arms round my neck. +‘Well, Ellen, I’m so afraid of you being angry,’ she said. ‘Promise not to be angry, and you shall know the very truth: I hate to hide it.’ +We sat down in the window-seat; I assured her I would not scold, whatever her secret might be, and I guessed it, of course; so she commenced— +‘I’ve been to Wuthering Heights, Ellen, and I’ve never missed going a day since you fell ill; except thrice before, and twice after you left your room. I gave Michael books and pictures to prepare Minny every evening, and to put her back in the stable: you mustn’t scold him either, mind. I was at the Heights by half-past six, and generally stayed till half-past eight, and then galloped home. It was not to amuse myself that I went: I was often wretched all the time. Now and then I was happy: once in a week perhaps. At first, I expected there would be sad work persuading you to let me keep my word to Linton: for I had engaged to call again next day, when we quitted him; but, as you stayed up-stairs on the morrow, I escaped that trouble. While Michael was refastening the lock of the park door in the afternoon, I got possession of the key, and told him how my cousin wished me to visit him, because he was sick, and couldn’t come to the Grange; and how papa would object to my going: and then I negotiated with him about the pony. He is fond of reading, and he thinks of leaving soon to get married; so he offered, if I would lend him books out of the library, to do what I wished: but I preferred giving him my own, and that satisfied him better. +‘On my second visit Linton seemed in lively spirits; and Zillah (that is their housekeeper) made us a clean room and a good fire, and told us that, as Joseph was out at a prayer-meeting and Hareton Earnshaw was off with his dogs—robbing our woods of pheasants, as I heard afterwards—we might do what we liked. She brought me some warm wine and gingerbread, and appeared exceedingly good-natured, and Linton sat in the arm-chair, and I in the little rocking chair on the hearth-stone, and we laughed and talked so merrily, and found so much to say: we planned where we would go, and what we would do in summer. I needn’t repeat that, because you would call it silly. +‘One time, however, we were near quarrelling. He said the pleasantest manner of spending a hot July day was lying from morning till evening on a bank of heath in the middle of the moors, with the bees humming dreamily about among the bloom, and the larks singing high up overhead, and the blue sky and bright sun shining steadily and cloudlessly. That was his most perfect idea of heaven’s happiness: mine was rocking in a rustling green tree, with a west wind blowing, and bright white clouds flitting rapidly above; and not only larks, but throstles, and blackbirds, and linnets, and cuckoos pouring out music on every side, and the moors seen at a distance, broken into cool dusky dells; but close by great swells of long grass undulating in waves to the breeze; and woods and sounding water, and the whole world awake and wild with joy. He wanted all to lie in an ecstasy of peace; I wanted all to sparkle and dance in a glorious jubilee. I said his heaven would be only half alive; and he said mine would be drunk: I said I should fall asleep in his; and he said he could not breathe in mine, and began to grow very snappish. At last, we agreed to try both, as soon as the right weather came; and then we kissed each other and were friends. +‘After sitting still an hour, I looked at the great room with its smooth uncarpeted floor, and thought how nice it would be to play in, if we removed the table; and I asked Linton to call Zillah in to help us, and we’d have a game at blindman’s-buff; she should try to catch us: you used to, you know, Ellen. He wouldn’t: there was no pleasure in it, he said; but he consented to play at ball with me. We found two in a cupboard, among a heap of old toys, tops, and hoops, and battledores and shuttlecocks. One was marked C., and the other H.; I wished to have the C., because that stood for Catherine, and the H. might be for Heathcliff, his name; but the bran came out of H., and Linton didn’t like it. I beat him constantly: and he got cross again, and coughed, and returned to his chair. That night, though, he easily recovered his good humour: he was charmed with two or three pretty songs—your songs, Ellen; and when I was obliged to go, he begged and entreated me to come the following evening; and I promised. Minny and I went flying home as light as air; and I dreamt of Wuthering Heights and my sweet, darling cousin, till morning. +‘On the morrow I was sad; partly because you were poorly, and partly that I wished my father knew, and approved of my excursions: but it was beautiful moonlight after tea; and, as I rode on, the gloom cleared. I shall have another happy evening, I thought to myself; and what delights me more, my pretty Linton will. I trotted up their garden, and was turning round to the back, when that fellow Earnshaw met me, took my bridle, and bid me go in by the front entrance. He patted Minny’s neck, and said she was a bonny beast, and appeared as if he wanted me to speak to him. I only told him to leave my horse alone, or else it would kick him. He answered in his vulgar accent, “It wouldn’t do mitch hurt if it did;” and surveyed its legs with a smile. I was half inclined to make it try; however, he moved off to open the door, and, as he raised the latch, he looked up to the inscription above, and said, with a stupid mixture of awkwardness and elation: “Miss Catherine! I can read yon, now.” +‘“Wonderful,” I exclaimed. “Pray let us hear you—you are grown clever!” +‘He spelt, and drawled over by syllables, the name—“Hareton Earnshaw.” +‘“And the figures?” I cried, encouragingly, perceiving that he came to a dead halt. +‘“I cannot tell them yet,” he answered. +‘“Oh, you dunce!” I said, laughing heartily at his failure. +‘The fool stared, with a grin hovering about his lips, and a scowl gathering over his eyes, as if uncertain whether he might not join in my mirth: whether it were not pleasant familiarity, or what it really was, contempt. I settled his doubts, by suddenly retrieving my gravity and desiring him to walk away, for I came to see Linton, not him. He reddened—I saw that by the moonlight—dropped his hand from the latch, and skulked off, a picture of mortified vanity. He imagined himself to be as accomplished as Linton, I suppose, because he could spell his own name; and was marvellously discomfited that I didn’t think the same.’ +‘Stop, Miss Catherine, dear!’—I interrupted. ‘I shall not scold, but I don’t like your conduct there. If you had remembered that Hareton was your cousin as much as Master Heathcliff, you would have felt how improper it was to behave in that way. At least, it was praiseworthy ambition for him to desire to be as accomplished as Linton; and probably he did not learn merely to show off: you had made him ashamed of his ignorance before, I have no doubt; and he wished to remedy it and please you. To sneer at his imperfect attempt was very bad breeding. Had you been brought up in his circumstances, would you be less rude? He was as quick and as intelligent a child as ever you were; and I’m hurt that he should be despised now, because that base Heathcliff has treated him so unjustly.’ +‘Well, Ellen, you won’t cry about it, will you?’ she exclaimed, surprised at my earnestness. ‘But wait, and you shall hear if he conned his A B C to please me; and if it were worth while being civil to the brute. I entered; Linton was lying on the settle, and half got up to welcome me. +‘“I’m ill to-night, Catherine, love,” he said; “and you must have all the talk, and let me listen. Come, and sit by me. I was sure you wouldn’t break your word, and I’ll make you promise again, before you go.” +‘I knew now that I mustn’t tease him, as he was ill; and I spoke softly and put no questions, and avoided irritating him in any way. I had brought some of my nicest books for him: he asked me to read a little of one, and I was about to comply, when Earnshaw burst the door open: having gathered venom with reflection. He advanced direct to us, seized Linton by the arm, and swung him off the seat. +‘“Get to thy own room!” he said, in a voice almost inarticulate with passion; and his face looked swelled and furious. “Take her there if she comes to see thee: thou shalln’t keep me out of this. Begone wi’ ye both!” +‘He swore at us, and left Linton no time to answer, nearly throwing him into the kitchen; and he clenched his fist as I followed, seemingly longing to knock me down. I was afraid for a moment, and I let one volume fall; he kicked it after me, and shut us out. I heard a malignant, crackly laugh by the fire, and turning, beheld that odious Joseph standing rubbing his bony hands, and quivering. +‘“I wer sure he’d sarve ye out! He’s a grand lad! He’s getten t’ raight sperrit in him! He knaws—ay, he knaws, as weel as I do, who sud be t’ maister yonder—Ech, ech, ech! He made ye skift properly! Ech, ech, ech!” +‘“Where must we go?” I asked of my cousin, disregarding the old wretch’s mockery. +‘Linton was white and trembling. He was not pretty then, Ellen: oh, no! he looked frightful; for his thin face and large eyes were wrought into an expression of frantic, powerless fury. He grasped the handle of the door, and shook it: it was fastened inside. +‘“If you don’t let me in, I’ll kill you!—If you don’t let me in, I’ll kill you!” he rather shrieked than said. “Devil! devil!—I’ll kill you—I’ll kill you!” +Joseph uttered his croaking laugh again. +‘“Thear, that’s t’ father!” he cried. “That’s father! We’ve allas summut o’ either side in us. Niver heed, Hareton, lad—dunnut be ‘feard—he cannot get at thee!” +‘I took hold of Linton’s hands, and tried to pull him away; but he shrieked so shockingly that I dared not proceed. At last his cries were choked by a dreadful fit of coughing; blood gushed from his mouth, and he fell on the ground. I ran into the yard, sick with terror; and called for Zillah, as loud as I could. She soon heard me: she was milking the cows in a shed behind the barn, and hurrying from her work, she inquired what there was to do? I hadn’t breath to explain; dragging her in, I looked about for Linton. Earnshaw had come out to examine the mischief he had caused, and he was then conveying the poor thing up-stairs. Zillah and I ascended after him; but he stopped me at the top of the steps, and said I shouldn’t go in: I must go home. I exclaimed that he had killed Linton, and I would enter. Joseph locked the door, and declared I should do “no sich stuff,” and asked me whether I were “bahn to be as mad as him.” I stood crying till the housekeeper reappeared. She affirmed he would be better in a bit, but he couldn’t do with that shrieking and din; and she took me, and nearly carried me into the house. +‘Ellen, I was ready to tear my hair off my head! I sobbed and wept so that my eyes were almost blind; and the ruffian you have such sympathy with stood opposite: presuming every now and then to bid me “wisht,” and denying that it was his fault; and, finally, frightened by my assertions that I would tell papa, and that he should be put in prison and hanged, he commenced blubbering himself, and hurried out to hide his cowardly agitation. Still, I was not rid of him: when at length they compelled me to depart, and I had got some hundred yards off the premises, he suddenly issued from the shadow of the road-side, and checked Minny and took hold of me. +‘“Miss Catherine, I’m ill grieved,” he began, “but it’s rayther too bad—” +‘I gave him a cut with my whip, thinking perhaps he would murder me. He let go, thundering one of his horrid curses, and I galloped home more than half out of my senses. +‘I didn’t bid you good-night that evening, and I didn’t go to Wuthering Heights the next: I wished to go exceedingly; but I was strangely excited, and dreaded to hear that Linton was dead, sometimes; and sometimes shuddered at the thought of encountering Hareton. On the third day I took courage: at least, I couldn’t bear longer suspense, and stole off once more. I went at five o’clock, and walked; fancying I might manage to creep into the house, and up to Linton’s room, unobserved. However, the dogs gave notice of my approach. Zillah received me, and saying “the lad was mending nicely,” showed me into a small, tidy, carpeted apartment, where, to my inexpressible joy, I beheld Linton laid on a little sofa, reading one of my books. But he would neither speak to me nor look at me, through a whole hour, Ellen: he has such an unhappy temper. And what quite confounded me, when he did open his mouth, it was to utter the falsehood that I had occasioned the uproar, and Hareton was not to blame! Unable to reply, except passionately, I got up and walked from the room. He sent after me a faint “Catherine!” He did not reckon on being answered so: but I wouldn’t turn back; and the morrow was the second day on which I stayed at home, nearly determined to visit him no more. But it was so miserable going to bed and getting up, and never hearing anything about him, that my resolution melted into air before it was properly formed. It had appeared wrong to take the journey once; now it seemed wrong to refrain. Michael came to ask if he must saddle Minny; I said “Yes,” and considered myself doing a duty as she bore me over the hills. I was forced to pass the front windows to get to the court: it was no use trying to conceal my presence. +‘“Young master is in the house,” said Zillah, as she saw me making for the parlour. I went in; Earnshaw was there also, but he quitted the room directly. Linton sat in the great arm-chair half asleep; walking up to the fire, I began in a serious tone, partly meaning it to be true— +‘“As you don’t like me, Linton, and as you think I come on purpose to hurt you, and pretend that I do so every time, this is our last meeting: let us say good-bye; and tell Mr. Heathcliff that you have no wish to see me, and that he mustn’t invent any more falsehoods on the subject.” +‘“Sit down and take your hat off, Catherine,” he answered. “You are so much happier than I am, you ought to be better. Papa talks enough of my defects, and shows enough scorn of me, to make it natural I should doubt myself. I doubt whether I am not altogether as worthless as he calls me, frequently; and then I feel so cross and bitter, I hate everybody! I am worthless, and bad in temper, and bad in spirit, almost always; and, if you choose, you may say good-bye: you’ll get rid of an annoyance. Only, Catherine, do me this justice: believe that if I might be as sweet, and as kind, and as good as you are, I would be; as willingly, and more so, than as happy and as healthy. And believe that your kindness has made me love you deeper than if I deserved your love: and though I couldn’t, and cannot help showing my nature to you, I regret it and repent it; and shall regret and repent it till I die!” +‘I felt he spoke the truth; and I felt I must forgive him: and, though we should quarrel the next moment, I must forgive him again. We were reconciled; but we cried, both of us, the whole time I stayed: not entirely for sorrow; yet I was sorry Linton had that distorted nature. He’ll never let his friends be at ease, and he’ll never be at ease himself! I have always gone to his little parlour, since that night; because his father returned the day after. +‘About three times, I think, we have been merry and hopeful, as we were the first evening; the rest of my visits were dreary and troubled: now with his selfishness and spite, and now with his sufferings: but I’ve learned to endure the former with nearly as little resentment as the latter. Mr. Heathcliff purposely avoids me: I have hardly seen him at all. Last Sunday, indeed, coming earlier than usual, I heard him abusing poor Linton cruelly for his conduct of the night before. I can’t tell how he knew of it, unless he listened. Linton had certainly behaved provokingly: however, it was the business of nobody but me, and I interrupted Mr. Heathcliff’s lecture by entering and telling him so. He burst into a laugh, and went away, saying he was glad I took that view of the matter. Since then, I’ve told Linton he must whisper his bitter things. Now, Ellen, you have heard all. I can’t be prevented from going to Wuthering Heights, except by inflicting misery on two people; whereas, if you’ll only not tell papa, my going need disturb the tranquillity of none. You’ll not tell, will you? It will be very heartless, if you do.’ +‘I’ll make up my mind on that point by to-morrow, Miss Catherine,’ I replied. ‘It requires some study; and so I’ll leave you to your rest, and go think it over.’ +I thought it over aloud, in my master’s presence; walking straight from her room to his, and relating the whole story: with the exception of her conversations with her cousin, and any mention of Hareton. Mr. Linton was alarmed and distressed, more than he would acknowledge to me. In the morning, Catherine learnt my betrayal of her confidence, and she learnt also that her secret visits were to end. In vain she wept and writhed against the interdict, and implored her father to have pity on Linton: all she got to comfort her was a promise that he would write and give him leave to come to the Grange when he pleased; but explaining that he must no longer expect to see Catherine at Wuthering Heights. Perhaps, had he been aware of his nephew’s disposition and state of health, he would have seen fit to withhold even that slight consolation. +CHAPTER XXV +‘These things happened last winter, sir,’ said Mrs. Dean; ‘hardly more than a year ago. Last winter, I did not think, at another twelve months’ end, I should be amusing a stranger to the family with relating them! Yet, who knows how long you’ll be a stranger? You’re too young to rest always contented, living by yourself; and I some way fancy no one could see Catherine Linton and not love her. You smile; but why do you look so lively and interested when I talk about her? and why have you asked me to hang her picture over your fireplace? and why—?’ +‘Stop, my good friend!’ I cried. ‘It may be very possible that I should love her; but would she love me? I doubt it too much to venture my tranquillity by running into temptation: and then my home is not here. I’m of the busy world, and to its arms I must return. Go on. Was Catherine obedient to her father’s commands?’ +‘She was,’ continued the housekeeper. ‘Her affection for him was still the chief sentiment in her heart; and he spoke without anger: he spoke in the deep tenderness of one about to leave his treasure amid perils and foes, where his remembered words would be the only aid that he could bequeath to guide her. He said to me, a few days afterwards, “I wish my nephew would write, Ellen, or call. Tell me, sincerely, what you think of him: is he changed for the better, or is there a prospect of improvement, as he grows a man?” +‘“He’s very delicate, sir,” I replied; “and scarcely likely to reach manhood: but this I can say, he does not resemble his father; and if Miss Catherine had the misfortune to marry him, he would not be beyond her control: unless she were extremely and foolishly indulgent. However, master, you’ll have plenty of time to get acquainted with him and see whether he would suit her: it wants four years and more to his being of age.”’ +Edgar sighed; and, walking to the window, looked out towards Gimmerton Kirk. It was a misty afternoon, but the February sun shone dimly, and we could just distinguish the two fir-trees in the yard, and the sparely-scattered gravestones. +‘I’ve prayed often,’ he half soliloquised, ‘for the approach of what is coming; and now I begin to shrink, and fear it. I thought the memory of the hour I came down that glen a bridegroom would be less sweet than the anticipation that I was soon, in a few months, or, possibly, weeks, to be carried up, and laid in its lonely hollow! Ellen, I’ve been very happy with my little Cathy: through winter nights and summer days she was a living hope at my side. But I’ve been as happy musing by myself among those stones, under that old church: lying, through the long June evenings, on the green mound of her mother’s grave, and wishing—yearning for the time when I might lie beneath it. What can I do for Cathy? How must I quit her? I’d not care one moment for Linton being Heathcliff’s son; nor for his taking her from me, if he could console her for my loss. I’d not care that Heathcliff gained his ends, and triumphed in robbing me of my last blessing! But should Linton be unworthy—only a feeble tool to his father—I cannot abandon her to him! And, hard though it be to crush her buoyant spirit, I must persevere in making her sad while I live, and leaving her solitary when I die. Darling! I’d rather resign her to God, and lay her in the earth before me.’ +‘Resign her to God as it is, sir,’ I answered, ‘and if we should lose you—which may He forbid—under His providence, I’ll stand her friend and counsellor to the last. Miss Catherine is a good girl: I don’t fear that she will go wilfully wrong; and people who do their duty are always finally rewarded.’ +Spring advanced; yet my master gathered no real strength, though he resumed his walks in the grounds with his daughter. To her inexperienced notions, this itself was a sign of convalescence; and then his cheek was often flushed, and his eyes were bright; she felt sure of his recovering. On her seventeenth birthday, he did not visit the churchyard: it was raining, and I observed—‘You’ll surely not go out to-night, sir?’ +He answered,—‘No, I’ll defer it this year a little longer.’ He wrote again to Linton, expressing his great desire to see him; and, had the invalid been presentable, I’ve no doubt his father would have permitted him to come. As it was, being instructed, he returned an answer, intimating that Mr. Heathcliff objected to his calling at the Grange; but his uncle’s kind remembrance delighted him, and he hoped to meet him sometimes in his rambles, and personally to petition that his cousin and he might not remain long so utterly divided. +That part of his letter was simple, and probably his own. Heathcliff knew he could plead eloquently for Catherine’s company, then. +‘I do not ask,’ he said, ‘that she may visit here; but am I never to see her, because my father forbids me to go to her home, and you forbid her to come to mine? Do, now and then, ride with her towards the Heights; and let us exchange a few words, in your presence! We have done nothing to deserve this separation; and you are not angry with me: you have no reason to dislike me, you allow, yourself. Dear uncle! send me a kind note to-morrow, and leave to join you anywhere you please, except at Thrushcross Grange. I believe an interview would convince you that my father’s character is not mine: he affirms I am more your nephew than his son; and though I have faults which render me unworthy of Catherine, she has excused them, and for her sake, you should also. You inquire after my health—it is better; but while I remain cut off from all hope, and doomed to solitude, or the society of those who never did and never will like me, how can I be cheerful and well?’ +Edgar, though he felt for the boy, could not consent to grant his request; because he could not accompany Catherine. He said, in summer, perhaps, they might meet: meantime, he wished him to continue writing at intervals, and engaged to give him what advice and comfort he was able by letter; being well aware of his hard position in his family. Linton complied; and had he been unrestrained, would probably have spoiled all by filling his epistles with complaints and lamentations: but his father kept a sharp watch over him; and, of course, insisted on every line that my master sent being shown; so, instead of penning his peculiar personal sufferings and distresses, the themes constantly uppermost in his thoughts, he harped on the cruel obligation of being held asunder from his friend and love; and gently intimated that Mr. Linton must allow an interview soon, or he should fear he was purposely deceiving him with empty promises. +Cathy was a powerful ally at home; and between them they at length persuaded my master to acquiesce in their having a ride or a walk together about once a week, under my guardianship, and on the moors nearest the Grange: for June found him still declining. Though he had set aside yearly a portion of his income for my young lady’s fortune, he had a natural desire that she might retain—or at least return in a short time to—the house of her ancestors; and he considered her only prospect of doing that was by a union with his heir; he had no idea that the latter was failing almost as fast as himself; nor had any one, I believe: no doctor visited the Heights, and no one saw Master Heathcliff to make report of his condition among us. I, for my part, began to fancy my forebodings were false, and that he must be actually rallying, when he mentioned riding and walking on the moors, and seemed so earnest in pursuing his object. I could not picture a father treating a dying child as tyrannically and wickedly as I afterwards learned Heathcliff had treated him, to compel this apparent eagerness: his efforts redoubling the more imminently his avaricious and unfeeling plans were threatened with defeat by death. +CHAPTER XXVI +Summer was already past its prime, when Edgar reluctantly yielded his assent to their entreaties, and Catherine and I set out on our first ride to join her cousin. It was a close, sultry day: devoid of sunshine, but with a sky too dappled and hazy to threaten rain: and our place of meeting had been fixed at the guide-stone, by the cross-roads. On arriving there, however, a little herd-boy, despatched as a messenger, told us that,—‘Maister Linton wer just o’ this side th’ Heights: and he’d be mitch obleeged to us to gang on a bit further.’ +‘Then Master Linton has forgot the first injunction of his uncle,’ I observed: ‘he bid us keep on the Grange land, and here we are off at once.’ +‘Well, we’ll turn our horses’ heads round when we reach him,’ answered my companion; ‘our excursion shall lie towards home.’ +But when we reached him, and that was scarcely a quarter of a mile from his own door, we found he had no horse; and we were forced to dismount, and leave ours to graze. He lay on the heath, awaiting our approach, and did not rise till we came within a few yards. Then he walked so feebly, and looked so pale, that I immediately exclaimed,—‘Why, Master Heathcliff, you are not fit for enjoying a ramble this morning. How ill you do look!’ +Catherine surveyed him with grief and astonishment: she changed the ejaculation of joy on her lips to one of alarm; and the congratulation on their long-postponed meeting to an anxious inquiry, whether he were worse than usual? +‘No—better—better!’ he panted, trembling, and retaining her hand as if he needed its support, while his large blue eyes wandered timidly over her; the hollowness round them transforming to haggard wildness the languid expression they once possessed. +‘But you have been worse,’ persisted his cousin; ‘worse than when I saw you last; you are thinner, and—’ +‘I’m tired,’ he interrupted, hurriedly. ‘It is too hot for walking, let us rest here. And, in the morning, I often feel sick—papa says I grow so fast.’ +Badly satisfied, Cathy sat down, and he reclined beside her. +‘This is something like your paradise,’ said she, making an effort at cheerfulness. ‘You recollect the two days we agreed to spend in the place and way each thought pleasantest? This is nearly yours, only there are clouds; but then they are so soft and mellow: it is nicer than sunshine. Next week, if you can, we’ll ride down to the Grange Park, and try mine.’ +Linton did not appear to remember what she talked of and he had evidently great difficulty in sustaining any kind of conversation. His lack of interest in the subjects she started, and his equal incapacity to contribute to her entertainment, were so obvious that she could not conceal her disappointment. An indefinite alteration had come over his whole person and manner. The pettishness that might be caressed into fondness, had yielded to a listless apathy; there was less of the peevish temper of a child which frets and teases on purpose to be soothed, and more of the self-absorbed moroseness of a confirmed invalid, repelling consolation, and ready to regard the good-humoured mirth of others as an insult. Catherine perceived, as well as I did, that he held it rather a punishment, than a gratification, to endure our company; and she made no scruple of proposing, presently, to depart. That proposal, unexpectedly, roused Linton from his lethargy, and threw him into a strange state of agitation. He glanced fearfully towards the Heights, begging she would remain another half-hour, at least. +‘But I think,’ said Cathy, ‘you’d be more comfortable at home than sitting here; and I cannot amuse you to-day, I see, by my tales, and songs, and chatter: you have grown wiser than I, in these six months; you have little taste for my diversions now: or else, if I could amuse you, I’d willingly stay.’ +‘Stay to rest yourself,’ he replied. ‘And, Catherine, don’t think or say that I’m very unwell: it is the heavy weather and heat that make me dull; and I walked about, before you came, a great deal for me. Tell uncle I’m in tolerable health, will you?’ +‘I’ll tell him that you say so, Linton. I couldn’t affirm that you are,’ observed my young lady, wondering at his pertinacious assertion of what was evidently an untruth. +‘And be here again next Thursday,’ continued he, shunning her puzzled gaze. ‘And give him my thanks for permitting you to come—my best thanks, Catherine. And—and, if you did meet my father, and he asked you about me, don’t lead him to suppose that I’ve been extremely silent and stupid: don’t look sad and downcast, as you are doing—he’ll be angry.’ +‘I care nothing for his anger,’ exclaimed Cathy, imagining she would be its object. +‘But I do,’ said her cousin, shuddering. ‘Don’t provoke him against me, Catherine, for he is very hard.’ +‘Is he severe to you, Master Heathcliff?’ I inquired. ‘Has he grown weary of indulgence, and passed from passive to active hatred?’ +Linton looked at me, but did not answer; and, after keeping her seat by his side another ten minutes, during which his head fell drowsily on his breast, and he uttered nothing except suppressed moans of exhaustion or pain, Cathy began to seek solace in looking for bilberries, and sharing the produce of her researches with me: she did not offer them to him, for she saw further notice would only weary and annoy. +‘Is it half-an-hour now, Ellen?’ she whispered in my ear, at last. ‘I can’t tell why we should stay. He’s asleep, and papa will be wanting us back.’ +‘Well, we must not leave him asleep,’ I answered; ‘wait till he wakes, and be patient. You were mighty eager to set off, but your longing to see poor Linton has soon evaporated!’ +‘Why did he wish to see me?’ returned Catherine. ‘In his crossest humours, formerly, I liked him better than I do in his present curious mood. It’s just as if it were a task he was compelled to perform—this interview—for fear his father should scold him. But I’m hardly going to come to give Mr. Heathcliff pleasure; whatever reason he may have for ordering Linton to undergo this penance. And, though I’m glad he’s better in health, I’m sorry he’s so much less pleasant, and so much less affectionate to me.’ +‘You think he is better in health, then?’ I said. +‘Yes,’ she answered; ‘because he always made such a great deal of his sufferings, you know. He is not tolerably well, as he told me to tell papa; but he’s better, very likely.’ +‘There you differ with me, Miss Cathy,’ I remarked; ‘I should conjecture him to be far worse.’ +Linton here started from his slumber in bewildered terror, and asked if any one had called his name. +‘No,’ said Catherine; ‘unless in dreams. I cannot conceive how you manage to doze out of doors, in the morning.’ +‘I thought I heard my father,’ he gasped, glancing up to the frowning nab above us. ‘You are sure nobody spoke?’ +‘Quite sure,’ replied his cousin. ‘Only Ellen and I were disputing concerning your health. Are you truly stronger, Linton, than when we separated in winter? If you be, I’m certain one thing is not stronger—your regard for me: speak,—are you?’ +The tears gushed from Linton’s eyes as he answered, ‘Yes, yes, I am!’ And, still under the spell of the imaginary voice, his gaze wandered up and down to detect its owner. +Cathy rose. ‘For to-day we must part,’ she said. ‘And I won’t conceal that I have been sadly disappointed with our meeting; though I’ll mention it to nobody but you: not that I stand in awe of Mr. Heathcliff.’ +‘Hush,’ murmured Linton; ‘for God’s sake, hush! He’s coming.’ And he clung to Catherine’s arm, striving to detain her; but at that announcement she hastily disengaged herself, and whistled to Minny, who obeyed her like a dog. +‘I’ll be here next Thursday,’ she cried, springing to the saddle. ‘Good-bye. Quick, Ellen!’ +And so we left him, scarcely conscious of our departure, so absorbed was he in anticipating his father’s approach. +Before we reached home, Catherine’s displeasure softened into a perplexed sensation of pity and regret, largely blended with vague, uneasy doubts about Linton’s actual circumstances, physical and social: in which I partook, though I counselled her not to say much; for a second journey would make us better judges. My master requested an account of our ongoings. His nephew’s offering of thanks was duly delivered, Miss Cathy gently touching on the rest: I also threw little light on his inquiries, for I hardly knew what to hide and what to reveal. +CHAPTER XXVII +Seven days glided away, every one marking its course by the henceforth rapid alteration of Edgar Linton’s state. The havoc that months had previously wrought was now emulated by the inroads of hours. Catherine we would fain have deluded yet; but her own quick spirit refused to delude her: it divined in secret, and brooded on the dreadful probability, gradually ripening into certainty. She had not the heart to mention her ride, when Thursday came round; I mentioned it for her, and obtained permission to order her out of doors: for the library, where her father stopped a short time daily—the brief period he could bear to sit up—and his chamber, had become her whole world. She grudged each moment that did not find her bending over his pillow, or seated by his side. Her countenance grew wan with watching and sorrow, and my master gladly dismissed her to what he flattered himself would be a happy change of scene and society; drawing comfort from the hope that she would not now be left entirely alone after his death. +He had a fixed idea, I guessed by several observations he let fall, that, as his nephew resembled him in person, he would resemble him in mind; for Linton’s letters bore few or no indications of his defective character. And I, through pardonable weakness, refrained from correcting the error; asking myself what good there would be in disturbing his last moments with information that he had neither power nor opportunity to turn to account. +We deferred our excursion till the afternoon; a golden afternoon of August: every breath from the hills so full of life, that it seemed whoever respired it, though dying, might revive. Catherine’s face was just like the landscape—shadows and sunshine flitting over it in rapid succession; but the shadows rested longer, and the sunshine was more transient; and her poor little heart reproached itself for even that passing forgetfulness of its cares. +We discerned Linton watching at the same spot he had selected before. My young mistress alighted, and told me that, as she was resolved to stay a very little while, I had better hold the pony and remain on horseback; but I dissented: I wouldn’t risk losing sight of the charge committed to me a minute; so we climbed the slope of heath together. Master Heathcliff received us with greater animation on this occasion: not the animation of high spirits though, nor yet of joy; it looked more like fear. +‘It is late!’ he said, speaking short and with difficulty. ‘Is not your father very ill? I thought you wouldn’t come.’ +‘Why won’t you be candid?’ cried Catherine, swallowing her greeting. ‘Why cannot you say at once you don’t want me? It is strange, Linton, that for the second time you have brought me here on purpose, apparently to distress us both, and for no reason besides!’ +Linton shivered, and glanced at her, half supplicating, half ashamed; but his cousin’s patience was not sufficient to endure this enigmatical behaviour. +‘My father is very ill,’ she said; ‘and why am I called from his bedside? Why didn’t you send to absolve me from my promise, when you wished I wouldn’t keep it? Come! I desire an explanation: playing and trifling are completely banished out of my mind; and I can’t dance attendance on your affectations now!’ +‘My affectations!’ he murmured; ‘what are they? For heaven’s sake, Catherine, don’t look so angry! Despise me as much as you please; I am a worthless, cowardly wretch: I can’t be scorned enough; but I’m too mean for your anger. Hate my father, and spare me for contempt.’ +‘Nonsense!’ cried Catherine in a passion. ‘Foolish, silly boy! And there! he trembles: as if I were really going to touch him! You needn’t bespeak contempt, Linton: anybody will have it spontaneously at your service. Get off! I shall return home: it is folly dragging you from the hearth-stone, and pretending—what do we pretend? Let go my frock! If I pitied you for crying and looking so very frightened, you should spurn such pity. Ellen, tell him how disgraceful this conduct is. Rise, and don’t degrade yourself into an abject reptile—don’t!’ +With streaming face and an expression of agony, Linton had thrown his nerveless frame along the ground: he seemed convulsed with exquisite terror. +‘Oh!’ he sobbed, ‘I cannot bear it! Catherine, Catherine, I’m a traitor, too, and I dare not tell you! But leave me, and I shall be killed! Dear Catherine, my life is in your hands: and you have said you loved me, and if you did, it wouldn’t harm you. You’ll not go, then? kind, sweet, good Catherine! And perhaps you will consent—and he’ll let me die with you!’ +My young lady, on witnessing his intense anguish, stooped to raise him. The old feeling of indulgent tenderness overcame her vexation, and she grew thoroughly moved and alarmed. +‘Consent to what?’ she asked. ‘To stay! tell me the meaning of this strange talk, and I will. You contradict your own words, and distract me! Be calm and frank, and confess at once all that weighs on your heart. You wouldn’t injure me, Linton, would you? You wouldn’t let any enemy hurt me, if you could prevent it? I’ll believe you are a coward, for yourself, but not a cowardly betrayer of your best friend.’ +‘But my father threatened me,’ gasped the boy, clasping his attenuated fingers, ‘and I dread him—I dread him! I dare not tell!’ +‘Oh, well!’ said Catherine, with scornful compassion, ‘keep your secret: I’m no coward. Save yourself: I’m not afraid!’ +Her magnanimity provoked his tears: he wept wildly, kissing her supporting hands, and yet could not summon courage to speak out. I was cogitating what the mystery might be, and determined Catherine should never suffer to benefit him or any one else, by my good will; when, hearing a rustle among the ling, I looked up and saw Mr. Heathcliff almost close upon us, descending the Heights. He didn’t cast a glance towards my companions, though they were sufficiently near for Linton’s sobs to be audible; but hailing me in the almost hearty tone he assumed to none besides, and the sincerity of which I couldn’t avoid doubting, he said— +‘It is something to see you so near to my house, Nelly. How are you at the Grange? Let us hear. The rumour goes,’ he added, in a lower tone, ‘that Edgar Linton is on his death-bed: perhaps they exaggerate his illness?’ +‘No; my master is dying,’ I replied: ‘it is true enough. A sad thing it will be for us all, but a blessing for him!’ +‘How long will he last, do you think?’ he asked. +‘I don’t know,’ I said. +‘Because,’ he continued, looking at the two young people, who were fixed under his eye—Linton appeared as if he could not venture to stir or raise his head, and Catherine could not move, on his account—‘because that lad yonder seems determined to beat me; and I’d thank his uncle to be quick, and go before him! Hallo! has the whelp been playing that game long? I did give him some lessons about snivelling. Is he pretty lively with Miss Linton generally?’ +‘Lively? no—he has shown the greatest distress,’ I answered. ‘To see him, I should say, that instead of rambling with his sweetheart on the hills, he ought to be in bed, under the hands of a doctor.’ +‘He shall be, in a day or two,’ muttered Heathcliff. ‘But first—get up, Linton! Get up!’ he shouted. ‘Don’t grovel on the ground there up, this moment!’ +Linton had sunk prostrate again in another paroxysm of helpless fear, caused by his father’s glance towards him, I suppose: there was nothing else to produce such humiliation. He made several efforts to obey, but his little strength was annihilated for the time, and he fell back again with a moan. Mr. Heathcliff advanced, and lifted him to lean against a ridge of turf. +‘Now,’ said he, with curbed ferocity, ‘I’m getting angry and if you don’t command that paltry spirit of yours—damn you! get up directly!’ +‘I will, father,’ he panted. ‘Only, let me alone, or I shall faint. I’ve done as you wished, I’m sure. Catherine will tell you that I—that I—have been cheerful. Ah! keep by me, Catherine; give me your hand.’ +‘Take mine,’ said his father; ‘stand on your feet. There now—she’ll lend you her arm: that’s right, look at her. You would imagine I was the devil himself, Miss Linton, to excite such horror. Be so kind as to walk home with him, will you? He shudders if I touch him.’ +‘Linton dear!’ whispered Catherine, ‘I can’t go to Wuthering Heights: papa has forbidden me. He’ll not harm you: why are you so afraid?’ +‘I can never re-enter that house,’ he answered. ‘I’m not to re-enter it without you!’ +‘Stop!’ cried his father. ‘We’ll respect Catherine’s filial scruples. Nelly, take him in, and I’ll follow your advice concerning the doctor, without delay.’ +‘You’ll do well,’ replied I. ‘But I must remain with my mistress: to mind your son is not my business.’ +‘You are very stiff,’ said Heathcliff, ‘I know that: but you’ll force me to pinch the baby and make it scream before it moves your charity. Come, then, my hero. Are you willing to return, escorted by me?’ +He approached once more, and made as if he would seize the fragile being; but, shrinking back, Linton clung to his cousin, and implored her to accompany him, with a frantic importunity that admitted no denial. However I disapproved, I couldn’t hinder her: indeed, how could she have refused him herself? What was filling him with dread we had no means of discerning; but there he was, powerless under its grip, and any addition seemed capable of shocking him into idiotcy. We reached the threshold; Catherine walked in, and I stood waiting till she had conducted the invalid to a chair, expecting her out immediately; when Mr. Heathcliff, pushing me forward, exclaimed—‘My house is not stricken with the plague, Nelly; and I have a mind to be hospitable to-day: sit down, and allow me to shut the door.’ +He shut and locked it also. I started. +‘You shall have tea before you go home,’ he added. ‘I am by myself. Hareton is gone with some cattle to the Lees, and Zillah and Joseph are off on a journey of pleasure; and, though I’m used to being alone, I’d rather have some interesting company, if I can get it. Miss Linton, take your seat by him. I give you what I have: the present is hardly worth accepting; but I have nothing else to offer. It is Linton, I mean. How she does stare! It’s odd what a savage feeling I have to anything that seems afraid of me! Had I been born where laws are less strict and tastes less dainty, I should treat myself to a slow vivisection of those two, as an evening’s amusement.’ +He drew in his breath, struck the table, and swore to himself, ‘By hell! I hate them.’ +‘I am not afraid of you!’ exclaimed Catherine, who could not hear the latter part of his speech. She stepped close up; her black eyes flashing with passion and resolution. ‘Give me that key: I will have it!’ she said. ‘I wouldn’t eat or drink here, if I were starving.’ +Heathcliff had the key in his hand that remained on the table. He looked up, seized with a sort of surprise at her boldness; or, possibly, reminded, by her voice and glance, of the person from whom she inherited it. She snatched at the instrument, and half succeeded in getting it out of his loosened fingers: but her action recalled him to the present; he recovered it speedily. +‘Now, Catherine Linton,’ he said, ‘stand off, or I shall knock you down; and, that will make Mrs. Dean mad.’ +Regardless of this warning, she captured his closed hand and its contents again. ‘We will go!’ she repeated, exerting her utmost efforts to cause the iron muscles to relax; and finding that her nails made no impression, she applied her teeth pretty sharply. Heathcliff glanced at me a glance that kept me from interfering a moment. Catherine was too intent on his fingers to notice his face. He opened them suddenly, and resigned the object of dispute; but, ere she had well secured it, he seized her with the liberated hand, and, pulling her on his knee, administered with the other a shower of terrific slaps on both sides of the head, each sufficient to have fulfilled his threat, had she been able to fall. +At this diabolical violence I rushed on him furiously. ‘You villain!’ I began to cry, ‘you villain!’ A touch on the chest silenced me: I am stout, and soon put out of breath; and, what with that and the rage, I staggered dizzily back and felt ready to suffocate, or to burst a blood-vessel. The scene was over in two minutes; Catherine, released, put her two hands to her temples, and looked just as if she were not sure whether her ears were off or on. She trembled like a reed, poor thing, and leant against the table perfectly bewildered. +‘I know how to chastise children, you see,’ said the scoundrel, grimly, as he stooped to repossess himself of the key, which had dropped to the floor. ‘Go to Linton now, as I told you; and cry at your ease! I shall be your father, to-morrow—all the father you’ll have in a few days—and you shall have plenty of that. You can bear plenty; you’re no weakling: you shall have a daily taste, if I catch such a devil of a temper in your eyes again!’ +Cathy ran to me instead of Linton, and knelt down and put her burning cheek on my lap, weeping aloud. Her cousin had shrunk into a corner of the settle, as quiet as a mouse, congratulating himself, I dare say, that the correction had alighted on another than him. Mr. Heathcliff, perceiving us all confounded, rose, and expeditiously made the tea himself. The cups and saucers were laid ready. He poured it out, and handed me a cup. +‘Wash away your spleen,’ he said. ‘And help your own naughty pet and mine. It is not poisoned, though I prepared it. I’m going out to seek your horses.’ +Our first thought, on his departure, was to force an exit somewhere. We tried the kitchen door, but that was fastened outside: we looked at the windows—they were too narrow for even Cathy’s little figure. +‘Master Linton,’ I cried, seeing we were regularly imprisoned, ‘you know what your diabolical father is after, and you shall tell us, or I’ll box your ears, as he has done your cousin’s.’ +‘Yes, Linton, you must tell,’ said Catherine. ‘It was for your sake I came; and it will be wickedly ungrateful if you refuse.’ +‘Give me some tea, I’m thirsty, and then I’ll tell you,’ he answered. ‘Mrs. Dean, go away. I don’t like you standing over me. Now, Catherine, you are letting your tears fall into my cup. I won’t drink that. Give me another.’ Catherine pushed another to him, and wiped her face. I felt disgusted at the little wretch’s composure, since he was no longer in terror for himself. The anguish he had exhibited on the moor subsided as soon as ever he entered Wuthering Heights; so I guessed he had been menaced with an awful visitation of wrath if he failed in decoying us there; and, that accomplished, he had no further immediate fears. +‘Papa wants us to be married,’ he continued, after sipping some of the liquid. ‘And he knows your papa wouldn’t let us marry now; and he’s afraid of my dying if we wait; so we are to be married in the morning, and you are to stay here all night; and, if you do as he wishes, you shall return home next day, and take me with you.’ +‘Take you with her, pitiful changeling!’ I exclaimed. ‘You marry? Why, the man is mad! or he thinks us fools, every one. And do you imagine that beautiful young lady, that healthy, hearty girl, will tie herself to a little perishing monkey like you? Are you cherishing the notion that anybody, let alone Miss Catherine Linton, would have you for a husband? You want whipping for bringing us in here at all, with your dastardly puling tricks: and—don’t look so silly, now! I’ve a very good mind to shake you severely, for your contemptible treachery, and your imbecile conceit.’ +I did give him a slight shaking; but it brought on the cough, and he took to his ordinary resource of moaning and weeping, and Catherine rebuked me. +‘Stay all night? No,’ she said, looking slowly round. ‘Ellen, I’ll burn that door down but I’ll get out.’ +And she would have commenced the execution of her threat directly, but Linton was up in alarm for his dear self again. He clasped her in his two feeble arms sobbing:—‘Won’t you have me, and save me? not let me come to the Grange? Oh, darling Catherine! you mustn’t go and leave, after all. You must obey my father—you must!’ +‘I must obey my own,’ she replied, ‘and relieve him from this cruel suspense. The whole night! What would he think? He’ll be distressed already. I’ll either break or burn a way out of the house. Be quiet! You’re in no danger; but if you hinder me—Linton, I love papa better than you!’ The mortal terror he felt of Mr. Heathcliff’s anger restored to the boy his coward’s eloquence. Catherine was near distraught: still, she persisted that she must go home, and tried entreaty in her turn, persuading him to subdue his selfish agony. While they were thus occupied, our jailor re-entered. +‘Your beasts have trotted off,’ he said, ‘and—now Linton! snivelling again? What has she been doing to you? Come, come—have done, and get to bed. In a month or two, my lad, you’ll be able to pay her back her present tyrannies with a vigorous hand. You’re pining for pure love, are you not? nothing else in the world: and she shall have you! There, to bed! Zillah won’t be here to-night; you must undress yourself. Hush! hold your noise! Once in your own room, I’ll not come near you: you needn’t fear. By chance, you’ve managed tolerably. I’ll look to the rest.’ +He spoke these words, holding the door open for his son to pass, and the latter achieved his exit exactly as a spaniel might which suspected the person who attended on it of designing a spiteful squeeze. The lock was re-secured. Heathcliff approached the fire, where my mistress and I stood silent. Catherine looked up, and instinctively raised her hand to her cheek: his neighbourhood revived a painful sensation. Anybody else would have been incapable of regarding the childish act with sternness, but he scowled on her and muttered—‘Oh! you are not afraid of me? Your courage is well disguised: you seem damnably afraid!’ +‘I am afraid now,’ she replied, ‘because, if I stay, papa will be miserable: and how can I endure making him miserable—when he—when he—Mr. Heathcliff, let me go home! I promise to marry Linton: papa would like me to: and I love him. Why should you wish to force me to do what I’ll willingly do of myself?’ +‘Let him dare to force you,’ I cried. ‘There’s law in the land, thank God! there is; though we be in an out-of-the-way place. I’d inform if he were my own son: and it’s felony without benefit of clergy!’ +‘Silence!’ said the ruffian. ‘To the devil with your clamour! I don’t want you to speak. Miss Linton, I shall enjoy myself remarkably in thinking your father will be miserable: I shall not sleep for satisfaction. You could have hit on no surer way of fixing your residence under my roof for the next twenty-four hours than informing me that such an event would follow. As to your promise to marry Linton, I’ll take care you shall keep it; for you shall not quit this place till it is fulfilled.’ +‘Send Ellen, then, to let papa know I’m safe!’ exclaimed Catherine, weeping bitterly. ‘Or marry me now. Poor papa! Ellen, he’ll think we’re lost. What shall we do?’ +‘Not he! He’ll think you are tired of waiting on him, and run off for a little amusement,’ answered Heathcliff. ‘You cannot deny that you entered my house of your own accord, in contempt of his injunctions to the contrary. And it is quite natural that you should desire amusement at your age; and that you would weary of nursing a sick man, and that man only your father. Catherine, his happiest days were over when your days began. He cursed you, I dare say, for coming into the world (I did, at least); and it would just do if he cursed you as he went out of it. I’d join him. I don’t love you! How should I? Weep away. As far as I can see, it will be your chief diversion hereafter; unless Linton make amends for other losses: and your provident parent appears to fancy he may. His letters of advice and consolation entertained me vastly. In his last he recommended my jewel to be careful of his; and kind to her when he got her. Careful and kind—that’s paternal. But Linton requires his whole stock of care and kindness for himself. Linton can play the little tyrant well. He’ll undertake to torture any number of cats, if their teeth be drawn and their claws pared. You’ll be able to tell his uncle fine tales of his kindness, when you get home again, I assure you.’ +‘You’re right there!’ I said; ‘explain your son’s character. Show his resemblance to yourself: and then, I hope, Miss Cathy will think twice before she takes the cockatrice!’ +‘I don’t much mind speaking of his amiable qualities now,’ he answered; ‘because she must either accept him or remain a prisoner, and you along with her, till your master dies. I can detain you both, quite concealed, here. If you doubt, encourage her to retract her word, and you’ll have an opportunity of judging!’ +‘I’ll not retract my word,’ said Catherine. ‘I’ll marry him within this hour, if I may go to Thrushcross Grange afterwards. Mr. Heathcliff, you’re a cruel man, but you’re not a fiend; and you won’t, from mere malice, destroy irrevocably all my happiness. If papa thought I had left him on purpose, and if he died before I returned, could I bear to live? I’ve given over crying: but I’m going to kneel here, at your knee; and I’ll not get up, and I’ll not take my eyes from your face till you look back at me! No, don’t turn away! do look! you’ll see nothing to provoke you. I don’t hate you. I’m not angry that you struck me. Have you never loved anybody in all your life, uncle? never? Ah! you must look once. I’m so wretched, you can’t help being sorry and pitying me.’ +‘Keep your eft’s fingers off; and move, or I’ll kick you!’ cried Heathcliff, brutally repulsing her. ‘I’d rather be hugged by a snake. How the devil can you dream of fawning on me? I detest you!’ +He shrugged his shoulders: shook himself, indeed, as if his flesh crept with aversion; and thrust back his chair; while I got up, and opened my mouth, to commence a downright torrent of abuse. But I was rendered dumb in the middle of the first sentence, by a threat that I should be shown into a room by myself the very next syllable I uttered. It was growing dark—we heard a sound of voices at the garden-gate. Our host hurried out instantly: he had his wits about him; we had not. There was a talk of two or three minutes, and he returned alone. +‘I thought it had been your cousin Hareton,’ I observed to Catherine. ‘I wish he would arrive! Who knows but he might take our part?’ +‘It was three servants sent to seek you from the Grange,’ said Heathcliff, overhearing me. ‘You should have opened a lattice and called out: but I could swear that chit is glad you didn’t. She’s glad to be obliged to stay, I’m certain.’ +At learning the chance we had missed, we both gave vent to our grief without control; and he allowed us to wail on till nine o’clock. Then he bid us go upstairs, through the kitchen, to Zillah’s chamber; and I whispered my companion to obey: perhaps we might contrive to get through the window there, or into a garret, and out by its skylight. The window, however, was narrow, like those below, and the garret trap was safe from our attempts; for we were fastened in as before. We neither of us lay down: Catherine took her station by the lattice, and watched anxiously for morning; a deep sigh being the only answer I could obtain to my frequent entreaties that she would try to rest. I seated myself in a chair, and rocked to and fro, passing harsh judgment on my many derelictions of duty; from which, it struck me then, all the misfortunes of my employers sprang. It was not the case, in reality, I am aware; but it was, in my imagination, that dismal night; and I thought Heathcliff himself less guilty than I. +At seven o’clock he came, and inquired if Miss Linton had risen. She ran to the door immediately, and answered, ‘Yes.’ ‘Here, then,’ he said, opening it, and pulling her out. I rose to follow, but he turned the lock again. I demanded my release. +‘Be patient,’ he replied; ‘I’ll send up your breakfast in a while.’ +I thumped on the panels, and rattled the latch angrily and Catherine asked why I was still shut up? He answered, I must try to endure it another hour, and they went away. I endured it two or three hours; at length, I heard a footstep: not Heathcliff’s. +‘I’ve brought you something to eat,’ said a voice; ‘oppen t’ door!’ +Complying eagerly, I beheld Hareton, laden with food enough to last me all day. +‘Tak’ it,’ he added, thrusting the tray into my hand. +‘Stay one minute,’ I began. +‘Nay,’ cried he, and retired, regardless of any prayers I could pour forth to detain him. +And there I remained enclosed the whole day, and the whole of the next night; and another, and another. Five nights and four days I remained, altogether, seeing nobody but Hareton once every morning; and he was a model of a jailor: surly, and dumb, and deaf to every attempt at moving his sense of justice or compassion. +CHAPTER XXVIII +On the fifth morning, or rather afternoon, a different step approached—lighter and shorter; and, this time, the person entered the room. It was Zillah; donned in her scarlet shawl, with a black silk bonnet on her head, and a willow-basket swung to her arm. +‘Eh, dear! Mrs. Dean!’ she exclaimed. ‘Well! there is a talk about you at Gimmerton. I never thought but you were sunk in the Blackhorse marsh, and missy with you, till master told me you’d been found, and he’d lodged you here! What! and you must have got on an island, sure? And how long were you in the hole? Did master save you, Mrs. Dean? But you’re not so thin—you’ve not been so poorly, have you?’ +‘Your master is a true scoundrel!’ I replied. ‘But he shall answer for it. He needn’t have raised that tale: it shall all be laid bare!’ +‘What do you mean?’ asked Zillah. ‘It’s not his tale: they tell that in the village—about your being lost in the marsh; and I calls to Earnshaw, when I come in—“Eh, they’s queer things, Mr. Hareton, happened since I went off. It’s a sad pity of that likely young lass, and cant Nelly Dean.” He stared. I thought he had not heard aught, so I told him the rumour. The master listened, and he just smiled to himself, and said, “If they have been in the marsh, they are out now, Zillah. Nelly Dean is lodged, at this minute, in your room. You can tell her to flit, when you go up; here is the key. The bog-water got into her head, and she would have run home quite flighty; but I fixed her till she came round to her senses. You can bid her go to the Grange at once, if she be able, and carry a message from me, that her young lady will follow in time to attend the squire’s funeral.”’ +‘Mr. Edgar is not dead?’ I gasped. ‘Oh! Zillah, Zillah!’ +‘No, no; sit you down, my good mistress,’ she replied; ‘you’re right sickly yet. He’s not dead; Doctor Kenneth thinks he may last another day. I met him on the road and asked.’ +Instead of sitting down, I snatched my outdoor things, and hastened below, for the way was free. On entering the house, I looked about for some one to give information of Catherine. The place was filled with sunshine, and the door stood wide open; but nobody seemed at hand. As I hesitated whether to go off at once, or return and seek my mistress, a slight cough drew my attention to the hearth. Linton lay on the settle, sole tenant, sucking a stick of sugar-candy, and pursuing my movements with apathetic eyes. ‘Where is Miss Catherine?’ I demanded sternly, supposing I could frighten him into giving intelligence, by catching him thus, alone. He sucked on like an innocent. +‘Is she gone?’ I said. +‘No,’ he replied; ‘she’s upstairs: she’s not to go; we won’t let her.’ +‘You won’t let her, little idiot!’ I exclaimed. ‘Direct me to her room immediately, or I’ll make you sing out sharply.’ +‘Papa would make you sing out, if you attempted to get there,’ he answered. ‘He says I’m not to be soft with Catherine: she’s my wife, and it’s shameful that she should wish to leave me. He says she hates me and wants me to die, that she may have my money; but she shan’t have it: and she shan’t go home! She never shall!—she may cry, and be sick as much as she pleases!’ +He resumed his former occupation, closing his lids, as if he meant to drop asleep. +‘Master Heathcliff,’ I resumed, ‘have you forgotten all Catherine’s kindness to you last winter, when you affirmed you loved her, and when she brought you books and sung you songs, and came many a time through wind and snow to see you? She wept to miss one evening, because you would be disappointed; and you felt then that she was a hundred times too good to you: and now you believe the lies your father tells, though you know he detests you both. And you join him against her. That’s fine gratitude, is it not?’ +The corner of Linton’s mouth fell, and he took the sugar-candy from his lips. +‘Did she come to Wuthering Heights because she hated you?’ I continued. ‘Think for yourself! As to your money, she does not even know that you will have any. And you say she’s sick; and yet you leave her alone, up there in a strange house! You who have felt what it is to be so neglected! You could pity your own sufferings; and she pitied them, too; but you won’t pity hers! I shed tears, Master Heathcliff, you see—an elderly woman, and a servant merely—and you, after pretending such affection, and having reason to worship her almost, store every tear you have for yourself, and lie there quite at ease. Ah! you’re a heartless, selfish boy!’ +‘I can’t stay with her,’ he answered crossly. ‘I’ll not stay by myself. She cries so I can’t bear it. And she won’t give over, though I say I’ll call my father. I did call him once, and he threatened to strangle her if she was not quiet; but she began again the instant he left the room, moaning and grieving all night long, though I screamed for vexation that I couldn’t sleep.’ +‘Is Mr. Heathcliff out?’ I inquired, perceiving that the wretched creature had no power to sympathize with his cousin’s mental tortures. +‘He’s in the court,’ he replied, ‘talking to Doctor Kenneth; who says uncle is dying, truly, at last. I’m glad, for I shall be master of the Grange after him. Catherine always spoke of it as her house. It isn’t hers! It’s mine: papa says everything she has is mine. All her nice books are mine; she offered to give me them, and her pretty birds, and her pony Minny, if I would get the key of our room, and let her out; but I told her she had nothing to give, they were all, all mine. And then she cried, and took a little picture from her neck, and said I should have that; two pictures in a gold case, on one side her mother, and on the other uncle, when they were young. That was yesterday—I said they were mine, too; and tried to get them from her. The spiteful thing wouldn’t let me: she pushed me off, and hurt me. I shrieked out—that frightens her—she heard papa coming, and she broke the hinges and divided the case, and gave me her mother’s portrait; the other she attempted to hide: but papa asked what was the matter, and I explained it. He took the one I had away, and ordered her to resign hers to me; she refused, and he—he struck her down, and wrenched it off the chain, and crushed it with his foot.’ +‘And were you pleased to see her struck?’ I asked: having my designs in encouraging his talk. +‘I winked,’ he answered: ‘I wink to see my father strike a dog or a horse, he does it so hard. Yet I was glad at first—she deserved punishing for pushing me: but when papa was gone, she made me come to the window and showed me her cheek cut on the inside, against her teeth, and her mouth filling with blood; and then she gathered up the bits of the picture, and went and sat down with her face to the wall, and she has never spoken to me since: and I sometimes think she can’t speak for pain. I don’t like to think so; but she’s a naughty thing for crying continually; and she looks so pale and wild, I’m afraid of her.’ +‘And you can get the key if you choose?’ I said. +‘Yes, when I am up-stairs,’ he answered; ‘but I can’t walk up-stairs now.’ +‘In what apartment is it?’ I asked. +‘Oh,’ he cried, ‘I shan’t tell you where it is. It is our secret. Nobody, neither Hareton nor Zillah, is to know. There! you’ve tired me—go away, go away!’ And he turned his face on to his arm, and shut his eyes again. +I considered it best to depart without seeing Mr. Heathcliff, and bring a rescue for my young lady from the Grange. On reaching it, the astonishment of my fellow-servants to see me, and their joy also, was intense; and when they heard that their little mistress was safe, two or three were about to hurry up and shout the news at Mr. Edgar’s door: but I bespoke the announcement of it myself. How changed I found him, even in those few days! He lay an image of sadness and resignation awaiting his death. Very young he looked: though his actual age was thirty-nine, one would have called him ten years younger, at least. He thought of Catherine; for he murmured her name. I touched his hand, and spoke. +‘Catherine is coming, dear master!’ I whispered; ‘she is alive and well; and will be here, I hope, to-night.’ +I trembled at the first effects of this intelligence: he half rose up, looked eagerly round the apartment, and then sank back in a swoon. As soon as he recovered, I related our compulsory visit, and detention at the Heights. I said Heathcliff forced me to go in: which was not quite true. I uttered as little as possible against Linton; nor did I describe all his father’s brutal conduct—my intentions being to add no bitterness, if I could help it, to his already over-flowing cup. +He divined that one of his enemy’s purposes was to secure the personal property, as well as the estate, to his son: or rather himself; yet why he did not wait till his decease was a puzzle to my master, because ignorant how nearly he and his nephew would quit the world together. However, he felt that his will had better be altered: instead of leaving Catherine’s fortune at her own disposal, he determined to put it in the hands of trustees for her use during life, and for her children, if she had any, after her. By that means, it could not fall to Mr. Heathcliff should Linton die. +Having received his orders, I despatched a man to fetch the attorney, and four more, provided with serviceable weapons, to demand my young lady of her jailor. Both parties were delayed very late. The single servant returned first. He said Mr. Green, the lawyer, was out when he arrived at his house, and he had to wait two hours for his re-entrance; and then Mr. Green told him he had a little business in the village that must be done; but he would be at Thrushcross Grange before morning. The four men came back unaccompanied also. They brought word that Catherine was ill: too ill to quit her room; and Heathcliff would not suffer them to see her. I scolded the stupid fellows well for listening to that tale, which I would not carry to my master; resolving to take a whole bevy up to the Heights, at day-light, and storm it literally, unless the prisoner were quietly surrendered to us. Her father shall see her, I vowed, and vowed again, if that devil be killed on his own doorstones in trying to prevent it! +Happily, I was spared the journey and the trouble. I had gone down-stairs at three o’clock to fetch a jug of water; and was passing through the hall with it in my hand, when a sharp knock at the front door made me jump. ‘Oh! it is Green,’ I said, recollecting myself—‘only Green,’ and I went on, intending to send somebody else to open it; but the knock was repeated: not loud, and still importunately. I put the jug on the banister and hastened to admit him myself. The harvest moon shone clear outside. It was not the attorney. My own sweet little mistress sprang on my neck sobbing, ‘Ellen, Ellen! Is papa alive?’ +‘Yes,’ I cried: ‘yes, my angel, he is, God be thanked, you are safe with us again!’ +She wanted to run, breathless as she was, up-stairs to Mr. Linton’s room; but I compelled her to sit down on a chair, and made her drink, and washed her pale face, chafing it into a faint colour with my apron. Then I said I must go first, and tell of her arrival; imploring her to say, she should be happy with young Heathcliff. She stared, but soon comprehending why I counselled her to utter the falsehood, she assured me she would not complain. +I couldn’t abide to be present at their meeting. I stood outside the chamber-door a quarter of an hour, and hardly ventured near the bed, then. All was composed, however: Catherine’s despair was as silent as her father’s joy. She supported him calmly, in appearance; and he fixed on her features his raised eyes that seemed dilating with ecstasy. +He died blissfully, Mr. Lockwood: he died so. Kissing her cheek, he murmured,—‘I am going to her; and you, darling child, shall come to us!’ and never stirred or spoke again; but continued that rapt, radiant gaze, till his pulse imperceptibly stopped and his soul departed. None could have noticed the exact minute of his death, it was so entirely without a struggle. +Whether Catherine had spent her tears, or whether the grief were too weighty to let them flow, she sat there dry-eyed till the sun rose: she sat till noon, and would still have remained brooding over that deathbed, but I insisted on her coming away and taking some repose. It was well I succeeded in removing her, for at dinner-time appeared the lawyer, having called at Wuthering Heights to get his instructions how to behave. He had sold himself to Mr. Heathcliff: that was the cause of his delay in obeying my master’s summons. Fortunately, no thought of worldly affairs crossed the latter’s mind, to disturb him, after his daughter’s arrival. +Mr. Green took upon himself to order everything and everybody about the place. He gave all the servants but me, notice to quit. He would have carried his delegated authority to the point of insisting that Edgar Linton should not be buried beside his wife, but in the chapel, with his family. There was the will, however, to hinder that, and my loud protestations against any infringement of its directions. The funeral was hurried over; Catherine, Mrs. Linton Heathcliff now, was suffered to stay at the Grange till her father’s corpse had quitted it. +She told me that her anguish had at last spurred Linton to incur the risk of liberating her. She heard the men I sent disputing at the door, and she gathered the sense of Heathcliff’s answer. It drove her desperate. Linton who had been conveyed up to the little parlour soon after I left, was terrified into fetching the key before his father re-ascended. He had the cunning to unlock and re-lock the door, without shutting it; and when he should have gone to bed, he begged to sleep with Hareton, and his petition was granted for once. Catherine stole out before break of day. She dared not try the doors lest the dogs should raise an alarm; she visited the empty chambers and examined their windows; and, luckily, lighting on her mother’s, she got easily out of its lattice, and on to the ground, by means of the fir-tree close by. Her accomplice suffered for his share in the escape, notwithstanding his timid contrivances. +CHAPTER XXIX +The evening after the funeral, my young lady and I were seated in the library; now musing mournfully—one of us despairingly—on our loss, now venturing conjectures as to the gloomy future. +We had just agreed the best destiny which could await Catherine would be a permission to continue resident at the Grange; at least during Linton’s life: he being allowed to join her there, and I to remain as housekeeper. That seemed rather too favourable an arrangement to be hoped for; and yet I did hope, and began to cheer up under the prospect of retaining my home and my employment, and, above all, my beloved young mistress; when a servant—one of the discarded ones, not yet departed—rushed hastily in, and said ‘that devil Heathcliff’ was coming through the court: should he fasten the door in his face? +If we had been mad enough to order that proceeding, we had not time. He made no ceremony of knocking or announcing his name: he was master, and availed himself of the master’s privilege to walk straight in, without saying a word. The sound of our informant’s voice directed him to the library; he entered and motioning him out, shut the door. +It was the same room into which he had been ushered, as a guest, eighteen years before: the same moon shone through the window; and the same autumn landscape lay outside. We had not yet lighted a candle, but all the apartment was visible, even to the portraits on the wall: the splendid head of Mrs. Linton, and the graceful one of her husband. Heathcliff advanced to the hearth. Time had little altered his person either. There was the same man: his dark face rather sallower and more composed, his frame a stone or two heavier, perhaps, and no other difference. Catherine had risen with an impulse to dash out, when she saw him. +‘Stop!’ he said, arresting her by the arm. ‘No more runnings away! Where would you go? I’m come to fetch you home; and I hope you’ll be a dutiful daughter and not encourage my son to further disobedience. I was embarrassed how to punish him when I discovered his part in the business: he’s such a cobweb, a pinch would annihilate him; but you’ll see by his look that he has received his due! I brought him down one evening, the day before yesterday, and just set him in a chair, and never touched him afterwards. I sent Hareton out, and we had the room to ourselves. In two hours, I called Joseph to carry him up again; and since then my presence is as potent on his nerves as a ghost; and I fancy he sees me often, though I am not near. Hareton says he wakes and shrieks in the night by the hour together, and calls you to protect him from me; and, whether you like your precious mate, or not, you must come: he’s your concern now; I yield all my interest in him to you.’ +‘Why not let Catherine continue here,’ I pleaded, ‘and send Master Linton to her? As you hate them both, you’d not miss them: they can only be a daily plague to your unnatural heart.’ +‘I’m seeking a tenant for the Grange,’ he answered; ‘and I want my children about me, to be sure. Besides, that lass owes me her services for her bread. I’m not going to nurture her in luxury and idleness after Linton is gone. Make haste and get ready, now; and don’t oblige me to compel you.’ +‘I shall,’ said Catherine. ‘Linton is all I have to love in the world, and though you have done what you could to make him hateful to me, and me to him, you cannot make us hate each other. And I defy you to hurt him when I am by, and I defy you to frighten me!’ +‘You are a boastful champion,’ replied Heathcliff; ‘but I don’t like you well enough to hurt him: you shall get the full benefit of the torment, as long as it lasts. It is not I who will make him hateful to you—it is his own sweet spirit. He’s as bitter as gall at your desertion and its consequences: don’t expect thanks for this noble devotion. I heard him draw a pleasant picture to Zillah of what he would do if he were as strong as I: the inclination is there, and his very weakness will sharpen his wits to find a substitute for strength.’ +‘I know he has a bad nature,’ said Catherine: ‘he’s your son. But I’m glad I’ve a better, to forgive it; and I know he loves me, and for that reason I love him. Mr. Heathcliff you have nobody to love you; and, however miserable you make us, we shall still have the revenge of thinking that your cruelty arises from your greater misery. You are miserable, are you not? Lonely, like the devil, and envious like him? Nobody loves you—nobody will cry for you when you die! I wouldn’t be you!’ +Catherine spoke with a kind of dreary triumph: she seemed to have made up her mind to enter into the spirit of her future family, and draw pleasure from the griefs of her enemies. +‘You shall be sorry to be yourself presently,’ said her father-in-law, ‘if you stand there another minute. Begone, witch, and get your things!’ +She scornfully withdrew. In her absence I began to beg for Zillah’s place at the Heights, offering to resign mine to her; but he would suffer it on no account. He bid me be silent; and then, for the first time, allowed himself a glance round the room and a look at the pictures. Having studied Mrs. Linton’s, he said—‘I shall have that home. Not because I need it, but—’ He turned abruptly to the fire, and continued, with what, for lack of a better word, I must call a smile—‘I’ll tell you what I did yesterday! I got the sexton, who was digging Linton’s grave, to remove the earth off her coffin lid, and I opened it. I thought, once, I would have stayed there: when I saw her face again—it is hers yet!—he had hard work to stir me; but he said it would change if the air blew on it, and so I struck one side of the coffin loose, and covered it up: not Linton’s side, damn him! I wish he’d been soldered in lead. And I bribed the sexton to pull it away when I’m laid there, and slide mine out too; I’ll have it made so: and then by the time Linton gets to us he’ll not know which is which!’ +‘You were very wicked, Mr. Heathcliff!’ I exclaimed; ‘were you not ashamed to disturb the dead?’ +‘I disturbed nobody, Nelly,’ he replied; ‘and I gave some ease to myself. I shall be a great deal more comfortable now; and you’ll have a better chance of keeping me underground, when I get there. Disturbed her? No! she has disturbed me, night and day, through eighteen years—incessantly—remorselessly—till yesternight; and yesternight I was tranquil. I dreamt I was sleeping the last sleep by that sleeper, with my heart stopped and my cheek frozen against hers.’ +‘And if she had been dissolved into earth, or worse, what would you have dreamt of then?’ I said. +‘Of dissolving with her, and being more happy still!’ he answered. ‘Do you suppose I dread any change of that sort? I expected such a transformation on raising the lid—but I’m better pleased that it should not commence till I share it. Besides, unless I had received a distinct impression of her passionless features, that strange feeling would hardly have been removed. It began oddly. You know I was wild after she died; and eternally, from dawn to dawn, praying her to return to me her spirit! I have a strong faith in ghosts: I have a conviction that they can, and do, exist among us! The day she was buried, there came a fall of snow. In the evening I went to the churchyard. It blew bleak as winter—all round was solitary. I didn’t fear that her fool of a husband would wander up the glen so late; and no one else had business to bring them there. Being alone, and conscious two yards of loose earth was the sole barrier between us, I said to myself—“I’ll have her in my arms again! If she be cold, I’ll think it is this north wind that chills me; and if she be motionless, it is sleep.” I got a spade from the tool-house, and began to delve with all my might—it scraped the coffin; I fell to work with my hands; the wood commenced cracking about the screws; I was on the point of attaining my object, when it seemed that I heard a sigh from some one above, close at the edge of the grave, and bending down. “If I can only get this off,” I muttered, “I wish they may shovel in the earth over us both!” and I wrenched at it more desperately still. There was another sigh, close at my ear. I appeared to feel the warm breath of it displacing the sleet-laden wind. I knew no living thing in flesh and blood was by; but, as certainly as you perceive the approach to some substantial body in the dark, though it cannot be discerned, so certainly I felt that Cathy was there: not under me, but on the earth. A sudden sense of relief flowed from my heart through every limb. I relinquished my labour of agony, and turned consoled at once: unspeakably consoled. Her presence was with me: it remained while I re-filled the grave, and led me home. You may laugh, if you will; but I was sure I should see her there. I was sure she was with me, and I could not help talking to her. Having reached the Heights, I rushed eagerly to the door. It was fastened; and, I remember, that accursed Earnshaw and my wife opposed my entrance. I remember stopping to kick the breath out of him, and then hurrying up-stairs, to my room and hers. I looked round impatiently—I felt her by me—I could almost see her, and yet I could not! I ought to have sweat blood then, from the anguish of my yearning—from the fervour of my supplications to have but one glimpse! I had not one. She showed herself, as she often was in life, a devil to me! And, since then, sometimes more and sometimes less, I’ve been the sport of that intolerable torture! Infernal! keeping my nerves at such a stretch that, if they had not resembled catgut, they would long ago have relaxed to the feebleness of Linton’s. When I sat in the house with Hareton, it seemed that on going out I should meet her; when I walked on the moors I should meet her coming in. When I went from home I hastened to return; she must be somewhere at the Heights, I was certain! And when I slept in her chamber—I was beaten out of that. I couldn’t lie there; for the moment I closed my eyes, she was either outside the window, or sliding back the panels, or entering the room, or even resting her darling head on the same pillow as she did when a child; and I must open my lids to see. And so I opened and closed them a hundred times a night—to be always disappointed! It racked me! I’ve often groaned aloud, till that old rascal Joseph no doubt believed that my conscience was playing the fiend inside of me. Now, since I’ve seen her, I’m pacified—a little. It was a strange way of killing: not by inches, but by fractions of hairbreadths, to beguile me with the spectre of a hope through eighteen years!’ +Mr. Heathcliff paused and wiped his forehead; his hair clung to it, wet with perspiration; his eyes were fixed on the red embers of the fire, the brows not contracted, but raised next the temples; diminishing the grim aspect of his countenance, but imparting a peculiar look of trouble, and a painful appearance of mental tension towards one absorbing subject. He only half addressed me, and I maintained silence. I didn’t like to hear him talk! After a short period he resumed his meditation on the picture, took it down and leant it against the sofa to contemplate it at better advantage; and while so occupied Catherine entered, announcing that she was ready, when her pony should be saddled. +‘Send that over to-morrow,’ said Heathcliff to me; then turning to her, he added: ‘You may do without your pony: it is a fine evening, and you’ll need no ponies at Wuthering Heights; for what journeys you take, your own feet will serve you. Come along.’ +‘Good-bye, Ellen!’ whispered my dear little mistress. +As she kissed me, her lips felt like ice. ‘Come and see me, Ellen; don’t forget.’ +‘Take care you do no such thing, Mrs. Dean!’ said her new father. ‘When I wish to speak to you I’ll come here. I want none of your prying at my house!’ +He signed her to precede him; and casting back a look that cut my heart, she obeyed. I watched them, from the window, walk down the garden. Heathcliff fixed Catherine’s arm under his: though she disputed the act at first evidently; and with rapid strides he hurried her into the alley, whose trees concealed them. +CHAPTER XXX +I have paid a visit to the Heights, but I have not seen her since she left: Joseph held the door in his hand when I called to ask after her, and wouldn’t let me pass. He said Mrs. Linton was ‘thrang,’ and the master was not in. Zillah has told me something of the way they go on, otherwise I should hardly know who was dead and who living. She thinks Catherine haughty, and does not like her, I can guess by her talk. My young lady asked some aid of her when she first came; but Mr. Heathcliff told her to follow her own business, and let his daughter-in-law look after herself; and Zillah willingly acquiesced, being a narrow-minded, selfish woman. Catherine evinced a child’s annoyance at this neglect; repaid it with contempt, and thus enlisted my informant among her enemies, as securely as if she had done her some great wrong. I had a long talk with Zillah about six weeks ago, a little before you came, one day when we foregathered on the moor; and this is what she told me. +‘The first thing Mrs. Linton did,’ she said, ‘on her arrival at the Heights, was to run up-stairs, without even wishing good-evening to me and Joseph; she shut herself into Linton’s room, and remained till morning. Then, while the master and Earnshaw were at breakfast, she entered the house, and asked all in a quiver if the doctor might be sent for? her cousin was very ill. +‘“We know that!” answered Heathcliff; “but his life is not worth a farthing, and I won’t spend a farthing on him.” +‘“But I cannot tell how to do,” she said; “and if nobody will help me, he’ll die!” +‘“Walk out of the room,” cried the master, “and let me never hear a word more about him! None here care what becomes of him; if you do, act the nurse; if you do not, lock him up and leave him.” +‘Then she began to bother me, and I said I’d had enough plague with the tiresome thing; we each had our tasks, and hers was to wait on Linton: Mr. Heathcliff bid me leave that labour to her. +‘How they managed together, I can’t tell. I fancy he fretted a great deal, and moaned hisseln night and day; and she had precious little rest: one could guess by her white face and heavy eyes. She sometimes came into the kitchen all wildered like, and looked as if she would fain beg assistance; but I was not going to disobey the master: I never dare disobey him, Mrs. Dean; and, though I thought it wrong that Kenneth should not be sent for, it was no concern of mine either to advise or complain, and I always refused to meddle. Once or twice, after we had gone to bed, I’ve happened to open my door again and seen her sitting crying on the stairs’-top; and then I’ve shut myself in quick, for fear of being moved to interfere. I did pity her then, I’m sure: still I didn’t wish to lose my place, you know. +‘At last, one night she came boldly into my chamber, and frightened me out of my wits, by saying, “Tell Mr. Heathcliff that his son is dying—I’m sure he is, this time. Get up, instantly, and tell him.” +‘Having uttered this speech, she vanished again. I lay a quarter of an hour listening and trembling. Nothing stirred—the house was quiet. +‘She’s mistaken, I said to myself. He’s got over it. I needn’t disturb them; and I began to doze. But my sleep was marred a second time by a sharp ringing of the bell—the only bell we have, put up on purpose for Linton; and the master called to me to see what was the matter, and inform them that he wouldn’t have that noise repeated. +‘I delivered Catherine’s message. He cursed to himself, and in a few minutes came out with a lighted candle, and proceeded to their room. I followed. Mrs. Heathcliff was seated by the bedside, with her hands folded on her knees. Her father-in-law went up, held the light to Linton’s face, looked at him, and touched him; afterwards he turned to her. +‘“Now—Catherine,” he said, “how do you feel?” +‘She was dumb. +‘“How do you feel, Catherine?” he repeated. +‘“He’s safe, and I’m free,” she answered: “I should feel well—but,” she continued, with a bitterness she couldn’t conceal, “you have left me so long to struggle against death alone, that I feel and see only death! I feel like death!” +‘And she looked like it, too! I gave her a little wine. Hareton and Joseph, who had been wakened by the ringing and the sound of feet, and heard our talk from outside, now entered. Joseph was fain, I believe, of the lad’s removal; Hareton seemed a thought bothered: though he was more taken up with staring at Catherine than thinking of Linton. But the master bid him get off to bed again: we didn’t want his help. He afterwards made Joseph remove the body to his chamber, and told me to return to mine, and Mrs. Heathcliff remained by herself. +‘In the morning, he sent me to tell her she must come down to breakfast: she had undressed, and appeared going to sleep, and said she was ill; at which I hardly wondered. I informed Mr. Heathcliff, and he replied,—“Well, let her be till after the funeral; and go up now and then to get her what is needful; and, as soon as she seems better, tell me.”’ +Cathy stayed upstairs a fortnight, according to Zillah; who visited her twice a day, and would have been rather more friendly, but her attempts at increasing kindness were proudly and promptly repelled. +Heathcliff went up once, to show her Linton’s will. He had bequeathed the whole of his, and what had been her, moveable property, to his father: the poor creature was threatened, or coaxed, into that act during her week’s absence, when his uncle died. The lands, being a minor, he could not meddle with. However, Mr. Heathcliff has claimed and kept them in his wife’s right and his also: I suppose legally; at any rate, Catherine, destitute of cash and friends, cannot disturb his possession. +‘Nobody,’ said Zillah, ‘ever approached her door, except that once, but I; and nobody asked anything about her. The first occasion of her coming down into the house was on a Sunday afternoon. She had cried out, when I carried up her dinner, that she couldn’t bear any longer being in the cold; and I told her the master was going to Thrushcross Grange, and Earnshaw and I needn’t hinder her from descending; so, as soon as she heard Heathcliff’s horse trot off, she made her appearance, donned in black, and her yellow curls combed back behind her ears as plain as a Quaker: she couldn’t comb them out. +‘Joseph and I generally go to chapel on Sundays:’ the kirk, you know, has no minister now, explained Mrs. Dean; and they call the Methodists’ or Baptists’ place (I can’t say which it is) at Gimmerton, a chapel. ‘Joseph had gone,’ she continued, ‘but I thought proper to bide at home. Young folks are always the better for an elder’s over-looking; and Hareton, with all his bashfulness, isn’t a model of nice behaviour. I let him know that his cousin would very likely sit with us, and she had been always used to see the Sabbath respected; so he had as good leave his guns and bits of indoor work alone, while she stayed. He coloured up at the news, and cast his eyes over his hands and clothes. The train-oil and gunpowder were shoved out of sight in a minute. I saw he meant to give her his company; and I guessed, by his way, he wanted to be presentable; so, laughing, as I durst not laugh when the master is by, I offered to help him, if he would, and joked at his confusion. He grew sullen, and began to swear. +‘Now, Mrs. Dean,’ Zillah went on, seeing me not pleased by her manner, ‘you happen think your young lady too fine for Mr. Hareton; and happen you’re right: but I own I should love well to bring her pride a peg lower. And what will all her learning and her daintiness do for her, now? She’s as poor as you or I: poorer, I’ll be bound: you’re saying, and I’m doing my little all that road.’ +Hareton allowed Zillah to give him her aid; and she flattered him into a good humour; so, when Catherine came, half forgetting her former insults, he tried to make himself agreeable, by the housekeeper’s account. +‘Missis walked in,’ she said, ‘as chill as an icicle, and as high as a princess. I got up and offered her my seat in the arm-chair. No, she turned up her nose at my civility. Earnshaw rose, too, and bid her come to the settle, and sit close by the fire: he was sure she was starved. +‘“I’ve been starved a month and more,” she answered, resting on the word as scornful as she could. +‘And she got a chair for herself, and placed it at a distance from both of us. Having sat till she was warm, she began to look round, and discovered a number of books on the dresser; she was instantly upon her feet again, stretching to reach them: but they were too high up. Her cousin, after watching her endeavours a while, at last summoned courage to help her; she held her frock, and he filled it with the first that came to hand. +‘That was a great advance for the lad. She didn’t thank him; still, he felt gratified that she had accepted his assistance, and ventured to stand behind as she examined them, and even to stoop and point out what struck his fancy in certain old pictures which they contained; nor was he daunted by the saucy style in which she jerked the page from his finger: he contented himself with going a bit farther back and looking at her instead of the book. She continued reading, or seeking for something to read. His attention became, by degrees, quite centred in the study of her thick silky curls: her face he couldn’t see, and she couldn’t see him. And, perhaps, not quite awake to what he did, but attracted like a child to a candle, at last he proceeded from staring to touching; he put out his hand and stroked one curl, as gently as if it were a bird. He might have stuck a knife into her neck, she started round in such a taking. +‘“Get away this moment! How dare you touch me? Why are you stopping there?” she cried, in a tone of disgust. “I can’t endure you! I’ll go upstairs again, if you come near me.” +‘Mr. Hareton recoiled, looking as foolish as he could do: he sat down in the settle very quiet, and she continued turning over her volumes another half hour; finally, Earnshaw crossed over, and whispered to me. +‘“Will you ask her to read to us, Zillah? I’m stalled of doing naught; and I do like—I could like to hear her! Dunnot say I wanted it, but ask of yourseln.” +‘“Mr. Hareton wishes you would read to us, ma’am,” I said, immediately. “He’d take it very kind—he’d be much obliged.” +‘She frowned; and looking up, answered— +‘“Mr. Hareton, and the whole set of you, will be good enough to understand that I reject any pretence at kindness you have the hypocrisy to offer! I despise you, and will have nothing to say to any of you! When I would have given my life for one kind word, even to see one of your faces, you all kept off. But I won’t complain to you! I’m driven down here by the cold; not either to amuse you or enjoy your society.” +‘“What could I ha’ done?” began Earnshaw. “How was I to blame?” +‘“Oh! you are an exception,” answered Mrs. Heathcliff. “I never missed such a concern as you.” +‘“But I offered more than once, and asked,” he said, kindling up at her pertness, “I asked Mr. Heathcliff to let me wake for you—” +‘“Be silent! I’ll go out of doors, or anywhere, rather than have your disagreeable voice in my ear!” said my lady. +‘Hareton muttered she might go to hell, for him! and unslinging his gun, restrained himself from his Sunday occupations no longer. He talked now, freely enough; and she presently saw fit to retreat to her solitude: but the frost had set in, and, in spite of her pride, she was forced to condescend to our company, more and more. However, I took care there should be no further scorning at my good nature: ever since, I’ve been as stiff as herself; and she has no lover or liker among us: and she does not deserve one; for, let them say the least word to her, and she’ll curl back without respect of any one. She’ll snap at the master himself, and as good as dares him to thrash her; and the more hurt she gets, the more venomous she grows.’ +At first, on hearing this account from Zillah, I determined to leave my situation, take a cottage, and get Catherine to come and live with me: but Mr. Heathcliff would as soon permit that as he would set up Hareton in an independent house; and I can see no remedy, at present, unless she could marry again; and that scheme it does not come within my province to arrange. +* * * * * +Thus ended Mrs. Dean’s story. Notwithstanding the doctor’s prophecy, I am rapidly recovering strength; and though it be only the second week in January, I propose getting out on horseback in a day or two, and riding over to Wuthering Heights, to inform my landlord that I shall spend the next six months in London; and, if he likes, he may look out for another tenant to take the place after October. I would not pass another winter here for much. +CHAPTER XXXI +Yesterday was bright, calm, and frosty. I went to the Heights as I proposed: my housekeeper entreated me to bear a little note from her to her young lady, and I did not refuse, for the worthy woman was not conscious of anything odd in her request. The front door stood open, but the jealous gate was fastened, as at my last visit; I knocked and invoked Earnshaw from among the garden-beds; he unchained it, and I entered. The fellow is as handsome a rustic as need be seen. I took particular notice of him this time; but then he does his best apparently to make the least of his advantages. +I asked if Mr. Heathcliff were at home? He answered, No; but he would be in at dinner-time. It was eleven o’clock, and I announced my intention of going in and waiting for him; at which he immediately flung down his tools and accompanied me, in the office of watchdog, not as a substitute for the host. +We entered together; Catherine was there, making herself useful in preparing some vegetables for the approaching meal; she looked more sulky and less spirited than when I had seen her first. She hardly raised her eyes to notice me, and continued her employment with the same disregard to common forms of politeness as before; never returning my bow and good-morning by the slightest acknowledgment. +‘She does not seem so amiable,’ I thought, ‘as Mrs. Dean would persuade me to believe. She’s a beauty, it is true; but not an angel.’ +Earnshaw surlily bid her remove her things to the kitchen. ‘Remove them yourself,’ she said, pushing them from her as soon as she had done; and retiring to a stool by the window, where she began to carve figures of birds and beasts out of the turnip-parings in her lap. I approached her, pretending to desire a view of the garden; and, as I fancied, adroitly dropped Mrs. Dean’s note on to her knee, unnoticed by Hareton—but she asked aloud, ‘What is that?’ And chucked it off. +‘A letter from your old acquaintance, the housekeeper at the Grange,’ I answered; annoyed at her exposing my kind deed, and fearful lest it should be imagined a missive of my own. She would gladly have gathered it up at this information, but Hareton beat her; he seized and put it in his waistcoat, saying Mr. Heathcliff should look at it first. Thereat, Catherine silently turned her face from us, and, very stealthily, drew out her pocket-handkerchief and applied it to her eyes; and her cousin, after struggling awhile to keep down his softer feelings, pulled out the letter and flung it on the floor beside her, as ungraciously as he could. Catherine caught and perused it eagerly; then she put a few questions to me concerning the inmates, rational and irrational, of her former home; and gazing towards the hills, murmured in soliloquy: +‘I should like to be riding Minny down there! I should like to be climbing up there! Oh! I’m tired—I’m stalled, Hareton!’ And she leant her pretty head back against the sill, with half a yawn and half a sigh, and lapsed into an aspect of abstracted sadness: neither caring nor knowing whether we remarked her. +‘Mrs. Heathcliff,’ I said, after sitting some time mute, ‘you are not aware that I am an acquaintance of yours? so intimate that I think it strange you won’t come and speak to me. My housekeeper never wearies of talking about and praising you; and she’ll be greatly disappointed if I return with no news of or from you, except that you received her letter and said nothing!’ +She appeared to wonder at this speech, and asked,— +‘Does Ellen like you?’ +‘Yes, very well,’ I replied, hesitatingly. +‘You must tell her,’ she continued, ‘that I would answer her letter, but I have no materials for writing: not even a book from which I might tear a leaf.’ +‘No books!’ I exclaimed. ‘How do you contrive to live here without them? if I may take the liberty to inquire. Though provided with a large library, I’m frequently very dull at the Grange; take my books away, and I should be desperate!’ +‘I was always reading, when I had them,’ said Catherine; ‘and Mr. Heathcliff never reads; so he took it into his head to destroy my books. I have not had a glimpse of one for weeks. Only once, I searched through Joseph’s store of theology, to his great irritation; and once, Hareton, I came upon a secret stock in your room—some Latin and Greek, and some tales and poetry: all old friends. I brought the last here—and you gathered them, as a magpie gathers silver spoons, for the mere love of stealing! They are of no use to you; or else you concealed them in the bad spirit that, as you cannot enjoy them, nobody else shall. Perhaps your envy counselled Mr. Heathcliff to rob me of my treasures? But I’ve most of them written on my brain and printed in my heart, and you cannot deprive me of those!’ +Earnshaw blushed crimson when his cousin made this revelation of his private literary accumulations, and stammered an indignant denial of her accusations. +‘Mr. Hareton is desirous of increasing his amount of knowledge,’ I said, coming to his rescue. ‘He is not envious, but emulous of your attainments. He’ll be a clever scholar in a few years.’ +‘And he wants me to sink into a dunce, meantime,’ answered Catherine. ‘Yes, I hear him trying to spell and read to himself, and pretty blunders he makes! I wish you would repeat Chevy Chase as you did yesterday: it was extremely funny. I heard you; and I heard you turning over the dictionary to seek out the hard words, and then cursing because you couldn’t read their explanations!’ +The young man evidently thought it too bad that he should be laughed at for his ignorance, and then laughed at for trying to remove it. I had a similar notion; and, remembering Mrs. Dean’s anecdote of his first attempt at enlightening the darkness in which he had been reared, I observed,—‘But, Mrs. Heathcliff, we have each had a commencement, and each stumbled and tottered on the threshold; had our teachers scorned instead of aiding us, we should stumble and totter yet.’ +‘Oh!’ she replied, ‘I don’t wish to limit his acquirements: still, he has no right to appropriate what is mine, and make it ridiculous to me with his vile mistakes and mispronunciations! Those books, both prose and verse, are consecrated to me by other associations; and I hate to have them debased and profaned in his mouth! Besides, of all, he has selected my favourite pieces that I love the most to repeat, as if out of deliberate malice.’ +Hareton’s chest heaved in silence a minute: he laboured under a severe sense of mortification and wrath, which it was no easy task to suppress. I rose, and, from a gentlemanly idea of relieving his embarrassment, took up my station in the doorway, surveying the external prospect as I stood. He followed my example, and left the room; but presently reappeared, bearing half a dozen volumes in his hands, which he threw into Catherine’s lap, exclaiming,—‘Take them! I never want to hear, or read, or think of them again!’ +‘I won’t have them now,’ she answered. ‘I shall connect them with you, and hate them.’ +She opened one that had obviously been often turned over, and read a portion in the drawling tone of a beginner; then laughed, and threw it from her. ‘And listen,’ she continued, provokingly, commencing a verse of an old ballad in the same fashion. +But his self-love would endure no further torment: I heard, and not altogether disapprovingly, a manual check given to her saucy tongue. The little wretch had done her utmost to hurt her cousin’s sensitive though uncultivated feelings, and a physical argument was the only mode he had of balancing the account, and repaying its effects on the inflictor. He afterwards gathered the books and hurled them on the fire. I read in his countenance what anguish it was to offer that sacrifice to spleen. I fancied that as they consumed, he recalled the pleasure they had already imparted, and the triumph and ever-increasing pleasure he had anticipated from them; and I fancied I guessed the incitement to his secret studies also. He had been content with daily labour and rough animal enjoyments, till Catherine crossed his path. Shame at her scorn, and hope of her approval, were his first prompters to higher pursuits; and instead of guarding him from one and winning him to the other, his endeavours to raise himself had produced just the contrary result. +‘Yes that’s all the good that such a brute as you can get from them!’ cried Catherine, sucking her damaged lip, and watching the conflagration with indignant eyes. +‘You’d better hold your tongue, now,’ he answered fiercely. +And his agitation precluded further speech; he advanced hastily to the entrance, where I made way for him to pass. But ere he had crossed the door-stones, Mr. Heathcliff, coming up the causeway, encountered him, and laying hold of his shoulder asked,—‘What’s to do now, my lad?’ +‘Naught, naught,’ he said, and broke away to enjoy his grief and anger in solitude. +Heathcliff gazed after him, and sighed. +‘It will be odd if I thwart myself,’ he muttered, unconscious that I was behind him. ‘But when I look for his father in his face, I find her every day more! How the devil is he so like? I can hardly bear to see him.’ +He bent his eyes to the ground, and walked moodily in. There was a restless, anxious expression in his countenance. I had never remarked there before; and he looked sparer in person. His daughter-in-law, on perceiving him through the window, immediately escaped to the kitchen, so that I remained alone. +‘I’m glad to see you out of doors again, Mr. Lockwood,’ he said, in reply to my greeting; ‘from selfish motives partly: I don’t think I could readily supply your loss in this desolation. I’ve wondered more than once what brought you here.’ +‘An idle whim, I fear, sir,’ was my answer; ‘or else an idle whim is going to spirit me away. I shall set out for London next week; and I must give you warning that I feel no disposition to retain Thrushcross Grange beyond the twelve months I agreed to rent it. I believe I shall not live there any more.’ +‘Oh, indeed; you’re tired of being banished from the world, are you?’ he said. ‘But if you be coming to plead off paying for a place you won’t occupy, your journey is useless: I never relent in exacting my due from any one.’ +‘I’m coming to plead off nothing about it,’ I exclaimed, considerably irritated. ‘Should you wish it, I’ll settle with you now,’ and I drew my note-book from my pocket. +‘No, no,’ he replied, coolly; ‘you’ll leave sufficient behind to cover your debts, if you fail to return: I’m not in such a hurry. Sit down and take your dinner with us; a guest that is safe from repeating his visit can generally be made welcome. Catherine! bring the things in: where are you?’ +Catherine reappeared, bearing a tray of knives and forks. +‘You may get your dinner with Joseph,’ muttered Heathcliff, aside, ‘and remain in the kitchen till he is gone.’ +She obeyed his directions very punctually: perhaps she had no temptation to transgress. Living among clowns and misanthropists, she probably cannot appreciate a better class of people when she meets them. +With Mr. Heathcliff, grim and saturnine, on the one hand, and Hareton, absolutely dumb, on the other, I made a somewhat cheerless meal, and bade adieu early. I would have departed by the back way, to get a last glimpse of Catherine and annoy old Joseph; but Hareton received orders to lead up my horse, and my host himself escorted me to the door, so I could not fulfil my wish. +‘How dreary life gets over in that house!’ I reflected, while riding down the road. ‘What a realisation of something more romantic than a fairy tale it would have been for Mrs. Linton Heathcliff, had she and I struck up an attachment, as her good nurse desired, and migrated together into the stirring atmosphere of the town!’ +CHAPTER XXXII +1802.—This September I was invited to devastate the moors of a friend in the north, and on my journey to his abode, I unexpectedly came within fifteen miles of Gimmerton. The ostler at a roadside public-house was holding a pail of water to refresh my horses, when a cart of very green oats, newly reaped, passed by, and he remarked,—‘Yon’s frough Gimmerton, nah! They’re allas three wick’ after other folk wi’ ther harvest.’ +‘Gimmerton?’ I repeated—my residence in that locality had already grown dim and dreamy. ‘Ah! I know. How far is it from this?’ +‘Happen fourteen mile o’er th’ hills; and a rough road,’ he answered. +A sudden impulse seized me to visit Thrushcross Grange. It was scarcely noon, and I conceived that I might as well pass the night under my own roof as in an inn. Besides, I could spare a day easily to arrange matters with my landlord, and thus save myself the trouble of invading the neighbourhood again. Having rested awhile, I directed my servant to inquire the way to the village; and, with great fatigue to our beasts, we managed the distance in some three hours. +I left him there, and proceeded down the valley alone. The grey church looked greyer, and the lonely churchyard lonelier. I distinguished a moor-sheep cropping the short turf on the graves. It was sweet, warm weather—too warm for travelling; but the heat did not hinder me from enjoying the delightful scenery above and below: had I seen it nearer August, I’m sure it would have tempted me to waste a month among its solitudes. In winter nothing more dreary, in summer nothing more divine, than those glens shut in by hills, and those bluff, bold swells of heath. +I reached the Grange before sunset, and knocked for admittance; but the family had retreated into the back premises, I judged, by one thin, blue wreath, curling from the kitchen chimney, and they did not hear. I rode into the court. Under the porch, a girl of nine or ten sat knitting, and an old woman reclined on the housesteps, smoking a meditative pipe. +‘Is Mrs. Dean within?’ I demanded of the dame. +‘Mistress Dean? Nay!’ she answered, ‘she doesn’t bide here: shoo’s up at th’ Heights.’ +‘Are you the housekeeper, then?’ I continued. +‘Eea, aw keep th’ hause,’ she replied. +‘Well, I’m Mr. Lockwood, the master. Are there any rooms to lodge me in, I wonder? I wish to stay all night.’ +‘T’ maister!’ she cried in astonishment. ‘Whet, whoiver knew yah wur coming? Yah sud ha’ send word. They’s nowt norther dry nor mensful abaht t’ place: nowt there isn’t!’ +She threw down her pipe and bustled in, the girl followed, and I entered too; soon perceiving that her report was true, and, moreover, that I had almost upset her wits by my unwelcome apparition, I bade her be composed. I would go out for a walk; and, meantime she must try to prepare a corner of a sitting-room for me to sup in, and a bedroom to sleep in. No sweeping and dusting, only good fire and dry sheets were necessary. She seemed willing to do her best; though she thrust the hearth-brush into the grates in mistake for the poker, and malappropriated several other articles of her craft: but I retired, confiding in her energy for a resting-place against my return. Wuthering Heights was the goal of my proposed excursion. An afterthought brought me back, when I had quitted the court. +‘All well at the Heights?’ I inquired of the woman. +‘Eea, f’r owt ee knaw!’ she answered, skurrying away with a pan of hot cinders. +I would have asked why Mrs. Dean had deserted the Grange, but it was impossible to delay her at such a crisis, so I turned away and made my exit, rambling leisurely along, with the glow of a sinking sun behind, and the mild glory of a rising moon in front—one fading, and the other brightening—as I quitted the park, and climbed the stony by-road branching off to Mr. Heathcliff’s dwelling. Before I arrived in sight of it, all that remained of day was a beamless amber light along the west: but I could see every pebble on the path, and every blade of grass, by that splendid moon. I had neither to climb the gate nor to knock—it yielded to my hand. That is an improvement, I thought. And I noticed another, by the aid of my nostrils; a fragrance of stocks and wallflowers wafted on the air from amongst the homely fruit-trees. +Both doors and lattices were open; and yet, as is usually the case in a coal-district, a fine red fire illumined the chimney: the comfort which the eye derives from it renders the extra heat endurable. But the house of Wuthering Heights is so large that the inmates have plenty of space for withdrawing out of its influence; and accordingly what inmates there were had stationed themselves not far from one of the windows. I could both see them and hear them talk before I entered, and looked and listened in consequence; being moved thereto by a mingled sense of curiosity and envy, that grew as I lingered. +‘Con-trary!’ said a voice as sweet as a silver bell. ‘That for the third time, you dunce! I’m not going to tell you again. Recollect, or I’ll pull your hair!’ +‘Contrary, then,’ answered another, in deep but softened tones. ‘And now, kiss me, for minding so well.’ +‘No, read it over first correctly, without a single mistake.’ +The male speaker began to read: he was a young man, respectably dressed and seated at a table, having a book before him. His handsome features glowed with pleasure, and his eyes kept impatiently wandering from the page to a small white hand over his shoulder, which recalled him by a smart slap on the cheek, whenever its owner detected such signs of inattention. Its owner stood behind; her light, shining ringlets blending, at intervals, with his brown looks, as she bent to superintend his studies; and her face—it was lucky he could not see her face, or he would never have been so steady. I could; and I bit my lip in spite, at having thrown away the chance I might have had of doing something besides staring at its smiting beauty. +The task was done, not free from further blunders; but the pupil claimed a reward, and received at least five kisses; which, however, he generously returned. Then they came to the door, and from their conversation I judged they were about to issue out and have a walk on the moors. I supposed I should be condemned in Hareton Earnshaw’s heart, if not by his mouth, to the lowest pit in the infernal regions if I showed my unfortunate person in his neighbourhood then; and feeling very mean and malignant, I skulked round to seek refuge in the kitchen. There was unobstructed admittance on that side also; and at the door sat my old friend Nelly Dean, sewing and singing a song; which was often interrupted from within by harsh words of scorn and intolerance, uttered in far from musical accents. +‘I’d rayther, by th’ haulf, hev’ ’em swearing i’ my lugs fro’h morn to neeght, nor hearken ye hahsiver!’ said the tenant of the kitchen, in answer to an unheard speech of Nelly’s. ‘It’s a blazing shame, that I cannot oppen t’ blessed Book, but yah set up them glories to sattan, and all t’ flaysome wickednesses that iver were born into th’ warld! Oh! ye’re a raight nowt; and shoo’s another; and that poor lad ’ll be lost atween ye. Poor lad!’ he added, with a groan; ‘he’s witched: I’m sartin on’t. Oh, Lord, judge ’em, for there’s norther law nor justice among wer rullers!’ +‘No! or we should be sitting in flaming fagots, I suppose,’ retorted the singer. ‘But wisht, old man, and read your Bible like a Christian, and never mind me. This is “Fairy Annie’s Wedding”—a bonny tune—it goes to a dance.’ +Mrs. Dean was about to recommence, when I advanced; and recognising me directly, she jumped to her feet, crying—‘Why, bless you, Mr. Lockwood! How could you think of returning in this way? All’s shut up at Thrushcross Grange. You should have given us notice!’ +‘I’ve arranged to be accommodated there, for as long as I shall stay,’ I answered. ‘I depart again to-morrow. And how are you transplanted here, Mrs. Dean? tell me that.’ +‘Zillah left, and Mr. Heathcliff wished me to come, soon after you went to London, and stay till you returned. But, step in, pray! Have you walked from Gimmerton this evening?’ +‘From the Grange,’ I replied; ‘and while they make me lodging room there, I want to finish my business with your master; because I don’t think of having another opportunity in a hurry.’ +‘What business, sir?’ said Nelly, conducting me into the house. ‘He’s gone out at present, and won’t return soon.’ +‘About the rent,’ I answered. +‘Oh! then it is with Mrs. Heathcliff you must settle,’ she observed; ‘or rather with me. She has not learnt to manage her affairs yet, and I act for her: there’s nobody else.’ +I looked surprised. +‘Ah! you have not heard of Heathcliff’s death, I see,’ she continued. +‘Heathcliff dead!’ I exclaimed, astonished. ‘How long ago?’ +‘Three months since: but sit down, and let me take your hat, and I’ll tell you all about it. Stop, you have had nothing to eat, have you?’ +‘I want nothing: I have ordered supper at home. You sit down too. I never dreamt of his dying! Let me hear how it came to pass. You say you don’t expect them back for some time—the young people?’ +‘No—I have to scold them every evening for their late rambles: but they don’t care for me. At least, have a drink of our old ale; it will do you good: you seem weary.’ +She hastened to fetch it before I could refuse, and I heard Joseph asking whether ‘it warn’t a crying scandal that she should have followers at her time of life? And then, to get them jocks out o’ t’ maister’s cellar! He fair shaamed to ‘bide still and see it.’ +She did not stay to retaliate, but re-entered in a minute, bearing a reaming silver pint, whose contents I lauded with becoming earnestness. And afterwards she furnished me with the sequel of Heathcliff’s history. He had a ‘queer’ end, as she expressed it. +I was summoned to Wuthering Heights, within a fortnight of your leaving us, she said; and I obeyed joyfully, for Catherine’s sake. My first interview with her grieved and shocked me: she had altered so much since our separation. Mr. Heathcliff did not explain his reasons for taking a new mind about my coming here; he only told me he wanted me, and he was tired of seeing Catherine: I must make the little parlour my sitting-room, and keep her with me. It was enough if he were obliged to see her once or twice a day. She seemed pleased at this arrangement; and, by degrees, I smuggled over a great number of books, and other articles, that had formed her amusement at the Grange; and flattered myself we should get on in tolerable comfort. The delusion did not last long. Catherine, contented at first, in a brief space grew irritable and restless. For one thing, she was forbidden to move out of the garden, and it fretted her sadly to be confined to its narrow bounds as spring drew on; for another, in following the house, I was forced to quit her frequently, and she complained of loneliness: she preferred quarrelling with Joseph in the kitchen to sitting at peace in her solitude. I did not mind their skirmishes: but Hareton was often obliged to seek the kitchen also, when the master wanted to have the house to himself! and though in the beginning she either left it at his approach, or quietly joined in my occupations, and shunned remarking or addressing him—and though he was always as sullen and silent as possible—after a while, she changed her behaviour, and became incapable of letting him alone: talking at him; commenting on his stupidity and idleness; expressing her wonder how he could endure the life he lived—how he could sit a whole evening staring into the fire, and dozing. +‘He’s just like a dog, is he not, Ellen?’ she once observed, ‘or a cart-horse? He does his work, eats his food, and sleeps eternally! What a blank, dreary mind he must have! Do you ever dream, Hareton? And, if you do, what is it about? But you can’t speak to me!’ +Then she looked at him; but he would neither open his mouth nor look again. +‘He’s, perhaps, dreaming now,’ she continued. ‘He twitched his shoulder as Juno twitches hers. Ask him, Ellen.’ +‘Mr. Hareton will ask the master to send you up-stairs, if you don’t behave!’ I said. He had not only twitched his shoulder but clenched his fist, as if tempted to use it. +‘I know why Hareton never speaks, when I am in the kitchen,’ she exclaimed, on another occasion. ‘He is afraid I shall laugh at him. Ellen, what do you think? He began to teach himself to read once; and, because I laughed, he burned his books, and dropped it: was he not a fool?’ +‘Were not you naughty?’ I said; ‘answer me that.’ +‘Perhaps I was,’ she went on; ‘but I did not expect him to be so silly. Hareton, if I gave you a book, would you take it now? I’ll try!’ +She placed one she had been perusing on his hand; he flung it off, and muttered, if she did not give over, he would break her neck. +‘Well, I shall put it here,’ she said, ‘in the table-drawer; and I’m going to bed.’ +Then she whispered me to watch whether he touched it, and departed. But he would not come near it; and so I informed her in the morning, to her great disappointment. I saw she was sorry for his persevering sulkiness and indolence: her conscience reproved her for frightening him off improving himself: she had done it effectually. But her ingenuity was at work to remedy the injury: while I ironed, or pursued other such stationary employments as I could not well do in the parlour, she would bring some pleasant volume and read it aloud to me. When Hareton was there, she generally paused in an interesting part, and left the book lying about: that she did repeatedly; but he was as obstinate as a mule, and, instead of snatching at her bait, in wet weather he took to smoking with Joseph; and they sat like automatons, one on each side of the fire, the elder happily too deaf to understand her wicked nonsense, as he would have called it, the younger doing his best to seem to disregard it. On fine evenings the latter followed his shooting expeditions, and Catherine yawned and sighed, and teased me to talk to her, and ran off into the court or garden the moment I began; and, as a last resource, cried, and said she was tired of living: her life was useless. +Mr. Heathcliff, who grew more and more disinclined to society, had almost banished Earnshaw from his apartment. Owing to an accident at the commencement of March, he became for some days a fixture in the kitchen. His gun burst while out on the hills by himself; a splinter cut his arm, and he lost a good deal of blood before he could reach home. The consequence was that, perforce, he was condemned to the fireside and tranquillity, till he made it up again. It suited Catherine to have him there: at any rate, it made her hate her room up-stairs more than ever: and she would compel me to find out business below, that she might accompany me. +On Easter Monday, Joseph went to Gimmerton fair with some cattle; and, in the afternoon, I was busy getting up linen in the kitchen. Earnshaw sat, morose as usual, at the chimney corner, and my little mistress was beguiling an idle hour with drawing pictures on the window-panes, varying her amusement by smothered bursts of songs, and whispered ejaculations, and quick glances of annoyance and impatience in the direction of her cousin, who steadfastly smoked, and looked into the grate. At a notice that I could do with her no longer intercepting my light, she removed to the hearthstone. I bestowed little attention on her proceedings, but, presently, I heard her begin—‘I’ve found out, Hareton, that I want—that I’m glad—that I should like you to be my cousin now, if you had not grown so cross to me, and so rough.’ +Hareton returned no answer. +‘Hareton, Hareton, Hareton! do you hear?’ she continued. +‘Get off wi’ ye!’ he growled, with uncompromising gruffness. +‘Let me take that pipe,’ she said, cautiously advancing her hand and abstracting it from his mouth. +Before he could attempt to recover it, it was broken, and behind the fire. He swore at her and seized another. +‘Stop,’ she cried, ‘you must listen to me first; and I can’t speak while those clouds are floating in my face.’ +‘Will you go to the devil!’ he exclaimed, ferociously, ‘and let me be!’ +‘No,’ she persisted, ‘I won’t: I can’t tell what to do to make you talk to me; and you are determined not to understand. When I call you stupid, I don’t mean anything: I don’t mean that I despise you. Come, you shall take notice of me, Hareton: you are my cousin, and you shall own me.’ +‘I shall have naught to do wi’ you and your mucky pride, and your damned mocking tricks!’ he answered. ‘I’ll go to hell, body and soul, before I look sideways after you again. Side out o’ t’ gate, now, this minute!’ +Catherine frowned, and retreated to the window-seat chewing her lip, and endeavouring, by humming an eccentric tune, to conceal a growing tendency to sob. +‘You should be friends with your cousin, Mr. Hareton,’ I interrupted, ‘since she repents of her sauciness. It would do you a great deal of good: it would make you another man to have her for a companion.’ +‘A companion!’ he cried; ‘when she hates me, and does not think me fit to wipe her shoon! Nay, if it made me a king, I’d not be scorned for seeking her good-will any more.’ +‘It is not I who hate you, it is you who hate me!’ wept Cathy, no longer disguising her trouble. ‘You hate me as much as Mr. Heathcliff does, and more.’ +‘You’re a damned liar,’ began Earnshaw: ‘why have I made him angry, by taking your part, then, a hundred times? and that when you sneered at and despised me, and—Go on plaguing me, and I’ll step in yonder, and say you worried me out of the kitchen!’ +‘I didn’t know you took my part,’ she answered, drying her eyes; ‘and I was miserable and bitter at everybody; but now I thank you, and beg you to forgive me: what can I do besides?’ +She returned to the hearth, and frankly extended her hand. He blackened and scowled like a thunder-cloud, and kept his fists resolutely clenched, and his gaze fixed on the ground. Catherine, by instinct, must have divined it was obdurate perversity, and not dislike, that prompted this dogged conduct; for, after remaining an instant undecided, she stooped and impressed on his cheek a gentle kiss. The little rogue thought I had not seen her, and, drawing back, she took her former station by the window, quite demurely. I shook my head reprovingly, and then she blushed and whispered—‘Well! what should I have done, Ellen? He wouldn’t shake hands, and he wouldn’t look: I must show him some way that I like him—that I want to be friends.’ +Whether the kiss convinced Hareton, I cannot tell: he was very careful, for some minutes, that his face should not be seen, and when he did raise it, he was sadly puzzled where to turn his eyes. +Catherine employed herself in wrapping a handsome book neatly in white paper, and having tied it with a bit of ribbon, and addressed it to ‘Mr. Hareton Earnshaw,’ she desired me to be her ambassadress, and convey the present to its destined recipient. +‘And tell him, if he’ll take it, I’ll come and teach him to read it right,’ she said; ‘and, if he refuse it, I’ll go upstairs, and never tease him again.’ +I carried it, and repeated the message; anxiously watched by my employer. Hareton would not open his fingers, so I laid it on his knee. He did not strike it off, either. I returned to my work. Catherine leaned her head and arms on the table, till she heard the slight rustle of the covering being removed; then she stole away, and quietly seated herself beside her cousin. He trembled, and his face glowed: all his rudeness and all his surly harshness had deserted him: he could not summon courage, at first, to utter a syllable in reply to her questioning look, and her murmured petition. +‘Say you forgive me, Hareton, do. You can make me so happy by speaking that little word.’ +He muttered something inaudible. +‘And you’ll be my friend?’ added Catherine, interrogatively. +‘Nay, you’ll be ashamed of me every day of your life,’ he answered; ‘and the more ashamed, the more you know me; and I cannot bide it.’ +‘So you won’t be my friend?’ she said, smiling as sweet as honey, and creeping close up. +I overheard no further distinguishable talk, but, on looking round again, I perceived two such radiant countenances bent over the page of the accepted book, that I did not doubt the treaty had been ratified on both sides; and the enemies were, thenceforth, sworn allies. +The work they studied was full of costly pictures; and those and their position had charm enough to keep them unmoved till Joseph came home. He, poor man, was perfectly aghast at the spectacle of Catherine seated on the same bench with Hareton Earnshaw, leaning her hand on his shoulder; and confounded at his favourite’s endurance of her proximity: it affected him too deeply to allow an observation on the subject that night. His emotion was only revealed by the immense sighs he drew, as he solemnly spread his large Bible on the table, and overlaid it with dirty bank-notes from his pocket-book, the produce of the day’s transactions. At length he summoned Hareton from his seat. +‘Tak’ these in to t’ maister, lad,’ he said, ‘and bide there. I’s gang up to my own rahm. This hoile’s neither mensful nor seemly for us: we mun side out and seearch another.’ +‘Come, Catherine,’ I said, ‘we must “side out” too: I’ve done my ironing. Are you ready to go?’ +‘It is not eight o’clock!’ she answered, rising unwillingly. +‘Hareton, I’ll leave this book upon the chimney-piece, and I’ll bring some more to-morrow.’ +‘Ony books that yah leave, I shall tak’ into th’ hahse,’ said Joseph, ‘and it’ll be mitch if yah find ’em agean; soa, yah may plase yerseln!’ +Cathy threatened that his library should pay for hers; and, smiling as she passed Hareton, went singing up-stairs: lighter of heart, I venture to say, than ever she had been under that roof before; except, perhaps, during her earliest visits to Linton. +The intimacy thus commenced grew rapidly; though it encountered temporary interruptions. Earnshaw was not to be civilized with a wish, and my young lady was no philosopher, and no paragon of patience; but both their minds tending to the same point—one loving and desiring to esteem, and the other loving and desiring to be esteemed—they contrived in the end to reach it. +You see, Mr. Lockwood, it was easy enough to win Mrs. Heathcliff’s heart. But now, I’m glad you did not try. The crown of all my wishes will be the union of those two. I shall envy no one on their wedding day: there won’t be a happier woman than myself in England! +CHAPTER XXXIII +On the morrow of that Monday, Earnshaw being still unable to follow his ordinary employments, and therefore remaining about the house, I speedily found it would be impracticable to retain my charge beside me, as heretofore. She got downstairs before me, and out into the garden, where she had seen her cousin performing some easy work; and when I went to bid them come to breakfast, I saw she had persuaded him to clear a large space of ground from currant and gooseberry bushes, and they were busy planning together an importation of plants from the Grange. +I was terrified at the devastation which had been accomplished in a brief half-hour; the black-currant trees were the apple of Joseph’s eye, and she had just fixed her choice of a flower-bed in the midst of them. +‘There! That will be all shown to the master,’ I exclaimed, ‘the minute it is discovered. And what excuse have you to offer for taking such liberties with the garden? We shall have a fine explosion on the head of it: see if we don’t! Mr. Hareton, I wonder you should have no more wit than to go and make that mess at her bidding!’ +‘I’d forgotten they were Joseph’s,’ answered Earnshaw, rather puzzled; ‘but I’ll tell him I did it.’ +We always ate our meals with Mr. Heathcliff. I held the mistress’s post in making tea and carving; so I was indispensable at table. Catherine usually sat by me, but to-day she stole nearer to Hareton; and I presently saw she would have no more discretion in her friendship than she had in her hostility. +‘Now, mind you don’t talk with and notice your cousin too much,’ were my whispered instructions as we entered the room. ‘It will certainly annoy Mr. Heathcliff, and he’ll be mad at you both.’ +‘I’m not going to,’ she answered. +The minute after, she had sidled to him, and was sticking primroses in his plate of porridge. +He dared not speak to her there: he dared hardly look; and yet she went on teasing, till he was twice on the point of being provoked to laugh. I frowned, and then she glanced towards the master: whose mind was occupied on other subjects than his company, as his countenance evinced; and she grew serious for an instant, scrutinizing him with deep gravity. Afterwards she turned, and recommenced her nonsense; at last, Hareton uttered a smothered laugh. Mr. Heathcliff started; his eye rapidly surveyed our faces, Catherine met it with her accustomed look of nervousness and yet defiance, which he abhorred. +‘It is well you are out of my reach,’ he exclaimed. ‘What fiend possesses you to stare back at me, continually, with those infernal eyes? Down with them! and don’t remind me of your existence again. I thought I had cured you of laughing.’ +‘It was me,’ muttered Hareton. +‘What do you say?’ demanded the master. +Hareton looked at his plate, and did not repeat the confession. Mr. Heathcliff looked at him a bit, and then silently resumed his breakfast and his interrupted musing. We had nearly finished, and the two young people prudently shifted wider asunder, so I anticipated no further disturbance during that sitting: when Joseph appeared at the door, revealing by his quivering lip and furious eyes that the outrage committed on his precious shrubs was detected. He must have seen Cathy and her cousin about the spot before he examined it, for while his jaws worked like those of a cow chewing its cud, and rendered his speech difficult to understand, he began:— +‘I mun hev’ my wage, and I mun goa! I hed aimed to dee wheare I’d sarved fur sixty year; and I thowt I’d lug my books up into t’ garret, and all my bits o’ stuff, and they sud hev’ t’ kitchen to theirseln; for t’ sake o’ quietness. It wur hard to gie up my awn hearthstun, but I thowt I could do that! But nah, shoo’s taan my garden fro’ me, and by th’ heart, maister, I cannot stand it! Yah may bend to th’ yoak an ye will—I noan used to ’t, and an old man doesn’t sooin get used to new barthens. I’d rayther arn my bite an’ my sup wi’ a hammer in th’ road!’ +‘Now, now, idiot!’ interrupted Heathcliff, ‘cut it short! What’s your grievance? I’ll interfere in no quarrels between you and Nelly. She may thrust you into the coal-hole for anything I care.’ +‘It’s noan Nelly!’ answered Joseph. ‘I sudn’t shift for Nelly—nasty ill nowt as shoo is. Thank God! shoo cannot stale t’ sowl o’ nob’dy! Shoo wer niver soa handsome, but what a body mud look at her ‘bout winking. It’s yon flaysome, graceless quean, that’s witched our lad, wi’ her bold een and her forrard ways—till—Nay! it fair brusts my heart! He’s forgotten all I’ve done for him, and made on him, and goan and riven up a whole row o’ t’ grandest currant-trees i’ t’ garden!’ and here he lamented outright; unmanned by a sense of his bitter injuries, and Earnshaw’s ingratitude and dangerous condition. +‘Is the fool drunk?’ asked Mr. Heathcliff. ‘Hareton, is it you he’s finding fault with?’ +‘I’ve pulled up two or three bushes,’ replied the young man; ‘but I’m going to set ’em again.’ +‘And why have you pulled them up?’ said the master. +Catherine wisely put in her tongue. +‘We wanted to plant some flowers there,’ she cried. ‘I’m the only person to blame, for I wished him to do it.’ +‘And who the devil gave you leave to touch a stick about the place?’ demanded her father-in-law, much surprised. ‘And who ordered you to obey her?’ he added, turning to Hareton. +The latter was speechless; his cousin replied—‘You shouldn’t grudge a few yards of earth for me to ornament, when you have taken all my land!’ +‘Your land, insolent slut! You never had any,’ said Heathcliff. +‘And my money,’ she continued; returning his angry glare, and meantime biting a piece of crust, the remnant of her breakfast. +‘Silence!’ he exclaimed. ‘Get done, and begone!’ +‘And Hareton’s land, and his money,’ pursued the reckless thing. ‘Hareton and I are friends now; and I shall tell him all about you!’ +The master seemed confounded a moment: he grew pale, and rose up, eyeing her all the while, with an expression of mortal hate. +‘If you strike me, Hareton will strike you,’ she said; ‘so you may as well sit down.’ +‘If Hareton does not turn you out of the room, I’ll strike him to hell,’ thundered Heathcliff. ‘Damnable witch! dare you pretend to rouse him against me? Off with her! Do you hear? Fling her into the kitchen! I’ll kill her, Ellen Dean, if you let her come into my sight again!’ +Hareton tried, under his breath, to persuade her to go. +‘Drag her away!’ he cried, savagely. ‘Are you staying to talk?’ And he approached to execute his own command. +‘He’ll not obey you, wicked man, any more,’ said Catherine; ‘and he’ll soon detest you as much as I do.’ +‘Wisht! wisht!’ muttered the young man, reproachfully; ‘I will not hear you speak so to him. Have done.’ +‘But you won’t let him strike me?’ she cried. +‘Come, then,’ he whispered earnestly. +It was too late: Heathcliff had caught hold of her. +‘Now, you go!’ he said to Earnshaw. ‘Accursed witch! this time she has provoked me when I could not bear it; and I’ll make her repent it for ever!’ +He had his hand in her hair; Hareton attempted to release her locks, entreating him not to hurt her that once. Heathcliff’s black eyes flashed; he seemed ready to tear Catherine in pieces, and I was just worked up to risk coming to the rescue, when of a sudden his fingers relaxed; he shifted his grasp from her head to her arm, and gazed intently in her face. Then he drew his hand over his eyes, stood a moment to collect himself apparently, and turning anew to Catherine, said, with assumed calmness—‘You must learn to avoid putting me in a passion, or I shall really murder you some time! Go with Mrs. Dean, and keep with her; and confine your insolence to her ears. As to Hareton Earnshaw, if I see him listen to you, I’ll send him seeking his bread where he can get it! Your love will make him an outcast and a beggar. Nelly, take her; and leave me, all of you! Leave me!’ +I led my young lady out: she was too glad of her escape to resist; the other followed, and Mr. Heathcliff had the room to himself till dinner. I had counselled Catherine to dine up-stairs; but, as soon as he perceived her vacant seat, he sent me to call her. He spoke to none of us, ate very little, and went out directly afterwards, intimating that he should not return before evening. +The two new friends established themselves in the house during his absence; where I heard Hareton sternly check his cousin, on her offering a revelation of her father-in-law’s conduct to his father. He said he wouldn’t suffer a word to be uttered in his disparagement: if he were the devil, it didn’t signify; he would stand by him; and he’d rather she would abuse himself, as she used to, than begin on Mr. Heathcliff. Catherine was waxing cross at this; but he found means to make her hold her tongue, by asking how she would like him to speak ill of her father? Then she comprehended that Earnshaw took the master’s reputation home to himself; and was attached by ties stronger than reason could break—chains, forged by habit, which it would be cruel to attempt to loosen. She showed a good heart, thenceforth, in avoiding both complaints and expressions of antipathy concerning Heathcliff; and confessed to me her sorrow that she had endeavoured to raise a bad spirit between him and Hareton: indeed, I don’t believe she has ever breathed a syllable, in the latter’s hearing, against her oppressor since. +When this slight disagreement was over, they were friends again, and as busy as possible in their several occupations of pupil and teacher. I came in to sit with them, after I had done my work; and I felt so soothed and comforted to watch them, that I did not notice how time got on. You know, they both appeared in a measure my children: I had long been proud of one; and now, I was sure, the other would be a source of equal satisfaction. His honest, warm, and intelligent nature shook off rapidly the clouds of ignorance and degradation in which it had been bred; and Catherine’s sincere commendations acted as a spur to his industry. His brightening mind brightened his features, and added spirit and nobility to their aspect: I could hardly fancy it the same individual I had beheld on the day I discovered my little lady at Wuthering Heights, after her expedition to the Crags. While I admired and they laboured, dusk drew on, and with it returned the master. He came upon us quite unexpectedly, entering by the front way, and had a full view of the whole three, ere we could raise our heads to glance at him. Well, I reflected, there was never a pleasanter, or more harmless sight; and it will be a burning shame to scold them. The red fire-light glowed on their two bonny heads, and revealed their faces animated with the eager interest of children; for, though he was twenty-three and she eighteen, each had so much of novelty to feel and learn, that neither experienced nor evinced the sentiments of sober disenchanted maturity. +They lifted their eyes together, to encounter Mr. Heathcliff: perhaps you have never remarked that their eyes are precisely similar, and they are those of Catherine Earnshaw. The present Catherine has no other likeness to her, except a breadth of forehead, and a certain arch of the nostril that makes her appear rather haughty, whether she will or not. With Hareton the resemblance is carried farther: it is singular at all times, then it was particularly striking; because his senses were alert, and his mental faculties wakened to unwonted activity. I suppose this resemblance disarmed Mr. Heathcliff: he walked to the hearth in evident agitation; but it quickly subsided as he looked at the young man: or, I should say, altered its character; for it was there yet. He took the book from his hand, and glanced at the open page, then returned it without any observation; merely signing Catherine away: her companion lingered very little behind her, and I was about to depart also, but he bid me sit still. +‘It is a poor conclusion, is it not?’ he observed, having brooded awhile on the scene he had just witnessed: ‘an absurd termination to my violent exertions? I get levers and mattocks to demolish the two houses, and train myself to be capable of working like Hercules, and when everything is ready and in my power, I find the will to lift a slate off either roof has vanished! My old enemies have not beaten me; now would be the precise time to revenge myself on their representatives: I could do it; and none could hinder me. But where is the use? I don’t care for striking: I can’t take the trouble to raise my hand! That sounds as if I had been labouring the whole time only to exhibit a fine trait of magnanimity. It is far from being the case: I have lost the faculty of enjoying their destruction, and I am too idle to destroy for nothing. +‘Nelly, there is a strange change approaching; I’m in its shadow at present. I take so little interest in my daily life that I hardly remember to eat and drink. Those two who have left the room are the only objects which retain a distinct material appearance to me; and that appearance causes me pain, amounting to agony. About her I won’t speak; and I don’t desire to think; but I earnestly wish she were invisible: her presence invokes only maddening sensations. He moves me differently: and yet if I could do it without seeming insane, I’d never see him again! You’ll perhaps think me rather inclined to become so,’ he added, making an effort to smile, ‘if I try to describe the thousand forms of past associations and ideas he awakens or embodies. But you’ll not talk of what I tell you; and my mind is so eternally secluded in itself, it is tempting at last to turn it out to another. +‘Five minutes ago Hareton seemed a personification of my youth, not a human being; I felt to him in such a variety of ways, that it would have been impossible to have accosted him rationally. In the first place, his startling likeness to Catherine connected him fearfully with her. That, however, which you may suppose the most potent to arrest my imagination, is actually the least: for what is not connected with her to me? and what does not recall her? I cannot look down to this floor, but her features are shaped in the flags! In every cloud, in every tree—filling the air at night, and caught by glimpses in every object by day—I am surrounded with her image! The most ordinary faces of men and women—my own features—mock me with a resemblance. The entire world is a dreadful collection of memoranda that she did exist, and that I have lost her! Well, Hareton’s aspect was the ghost of my immortal love; of my wild endeavours to hold my right; my degradation, my pride, my happiness, and my anguish— +‘But it is frenzy to repeat these thoughts to you: only it will let you know why, with a reluctance to be always alone, his society is no benefit; rather an aggravation of the constant torment I suffer: and it partly contributes to render me regardless how he and his cousin go on together. I can give them no attention any more.’ +‘But what do you mean by a change, Mr. Heathcliff?’ I said, alarmed at his manner: though he was neither in danger of losing his senses, nor dying, according to my judgment: he was quite strong and healthy; and, as to his reason, from childhood he had a delight in dwelling on dark things, and entertaining odd fancies. He might have had a monomania on the subject of his departed idol; but on every other point his wits were as sound as mine. +‘I shall not know that till it comes,’ he said; ‘I’m only half conscious of it now.’ +‘You have no feeling of illness, have you?’ I asked. +‘No, Nelly, I have not,’ he answered. +‘Then you are not afraid of death?’ I pursued. +‘Afraid? No!’ he replied. ‘I have neither a fear, nor a presentiment, nor a hope of death. Why should I? With my hard constitution and temperate mode of living, and unperilous occupations, I ought to, and probably shall, remain above ground till there is scarcely a black hair on my head. And yet I cannot continue in this condition! I have to remind myself to breathe—almost to remind my heart to beat! And it is like bending back a stiff spring: it is by compulsion that I do the slightest act not prompted by one thought; and by compulsion that I notice anything alive or dead, which is not associated with one universal idea. I have a single wish, and my whole being and faculties are yearning to attain it. They have yearned towards it so long, and so unwaveringly, that I’m convinced it will be reached—and soon—because it has devoured my existence: I am swallowed up in the anticipation of its fulfilment. My confessions have not relieved me; but they may account for some otherwise unaccountable phases of humour which I show. O God! It is a long fight; I wish it were over!’ +He began to pace the room, muttering terrible things to himself, till I was inclined to believe, as he said Joseph did, that conscience had turned his heart to an earthly hell. I wondered greatly how it would end. Though he seldom before had revealed this state of mind, even by looks, it was his habitual mood, I had no doubt: he asserted it himself; but not a soul, from his general bearing, would have conjectured the fact. You did not when you saw him, Mr. Lockwood: and at the period of which I speak, he was just the same as then; only fonder of continued solitude, and perhaps still more laconic in company. +CHAPTER XXXIV +For some days after that evening Mr. Heathcliff shunned meeting us at meals; yet he would not consent formally to exclude Hareton and Cathy. He had an aversion to yielding so completely to his feelings, choosing rather to absent himself; and eating once in twenty-four hours seemed sufficient sustenance for him. +One night, after the family were in bed, I heard him go downstairs, and out at the front door. I did not hear him re-enter, and in the morning I found he was still away. We were in April then: the weather was sweet and warm, the grass as green as showers and sun could make it, and the two dwarf apple-trees near the southern wall in full bloom. After breakfast, Catherine insisted on my bringing a chair and sitting with my work under the fir-trees at the end of the house; and she beguiled Hareton, who had perfectly recovered from his accident, to dig and arrange her little garden, which was shifted to that corner by the influence of Joseph’s complaints. I was comfortably revelling in the spring fragrance around, and the beautiful soft blue overhead, when my young lady, who had run down near the gate to procure some primrose roots for a border, returned only half laden, and informed us that Mr. Heathcliff was coming in. ‘And he spoke to me,’ she added, with a perplexed countenance. +‘What did he say?’ asked Hareton. +‘He told me to begone as fast as I could,’ she answered. ‘But he looked so different from his usual look that I stopped a moment to stare at him.’ +‘How?’ he inquired. +‘Why, almost bright and cheerful. No, almost nothing—very much excited, and wild, and glad!’ she replied. +‘Night-walking amuses him, then,’ I remarked, affecting a careless manner: in reality as surprised as she was, and anxious to ascertain the truth of her statement; for to see the master looking glad would not be an every-day spectacle. I framed an excuse to go in. Heathcliff stood at the open door; he was pale, and he trembled: yet, certainly, he had a strange joyful glitter in his eyes, that altered the aspect of his whole face. +‘Will you have some breakfast?’ I said. ‘You must be hungry, rambling about all night!’ I wanted to discover where he had been, but I did not like to ask directly. +‘No, I’m not hungry,’ he answered, averting his head, and speaking rather contemptuously, as if he guessed I was trying to divine the occasion of his good humour. +I felt perplexed: I didn’t know whether it were not a proper opportunity to offer a bit of admonition. +‘I don’t think it right to wander out of doors,’ I observed, ‘instead of being in bed: it is not wise, at any rate this moist season. I daresay you’ll catch a bad cold or a fever: you have something the matter with you now!’ +‘Nothing but what I can bear,’ he replied; ‘and with the greatest pleasure, provided you’ll leave me alone: get in, and don’t annoy me.’ +I obeyed: and, in passing, I noticed he breathed as fast as a cat. +‘Yes!’ I reflected to myself, ‘we shall have a fit of illness. I cannot conceive what he has been doing.’ +That noon he sat down to dinner with us, and received a heaped-up plate from my hands, as if he intended to make amends for previous fasting. +‘I’ve neither cold nor fever, Nelly,’ he remarked, in allusion to my morning’s speech; ‘and I’m ready to do justice to the food you give me.’ +He took his knife and fork, and was going to commence eating, when the inclination appeared to become suddenly extinct. He laid them on the table, looked eagerly towards the window, then rose and went out. We saw him walking to and fro in the garden while we concluded our meal, and Earnshaw said he’d go and ask why he would not dine: he thought we had grieved him some way. +‘Well, is he coming?’ cried Catherine, when her cousin returned. +‘Nay,’ he answered; ‘but he’s not angry: he seemed rarely pleased indeed; only I made him impatient by speaking to him twice; and then he bid me be off to you: he wondered how I could want the company of anybody else.’ +I set his plate to keep warm on the fender; and after an hour or two he re-entered, when the room was clear, in no degree calmer: the same unnatural—it was unnatural—appearance of joy under his black brows; the same bloodless hue, and his teeth visible, now and then, in a kind of smile; his frame shivering, not as one shivers with chill or weakness, but as a tight-stretched cord vibrates—a strong thrilling, rather than trembling. +I will ask what is the matter, I thought; or who should? And I exclaimed—‘Have you heard any good news, Mr. Heathcliff? You look uncommonly animated.’ +‘Where should good news come from to me?’ he said. ‘I’m animated with hunger; and, seemingly, I must not eat.’ +‘Your dinner is here,’ I returned; ‘why won’t you get it?’ +‘I don’t want it now,’ he muttered, hastily: ‘I’ll wait till supper. And, Nelly, once for all, let me beg you to warn Hareton and the other away from me. I wish to be troubled by nobody: I wish to have this place to myself.’ +‘Is there some new reason for this banishment?’ I inquired. ‘Tell me why you are so queer, Mr. Heathcliff? Where were you last night? I’m not putting the question through idle curiosity, but—’ +‘You are putting the question through very idle curiosity,’ he interrupted, with a laugh. ‘Yet I’ll answer it. Last night I was on the threshold of hell. To-day, I am within sight of my heaven. I have my eyes on it: hardly three feet to sever me! And now you’d better go! You’ll neither see nor hear anything to frighten you, if you refrain from prying.’ +Having swept the hearth and wiped the table, I departed; more perplexed than ever. +He did not quit the house again that afternoon, and no one intruded on his solitude; till, at eight o’clock, I deemed it proper, though unsummoned, to carry a candle and his supper to him. He was leaning against the ledge of an open lattice, but not looking out: his face was turned to the interior gloom. The fire had smouldered to ashes; the room was filled with the damp, mild air of the cloudy evening; and so still, that not only the murmur of the beck down Gimmerton was distinguishable, but its ripples and its gurgling over the pebbles, or through the large stones which it could not cover. I uttered an ejaculation of discontent at seeing the dismal grate, and commenced shutting the casements, one after another, till I came to his. +‘Must I close this?’ I asked, in order to rouse him; for he would not stir. +The light flashed on his features as I spoke. Oh, Mr. Lockwood, I cannot express what a terrible start I got by the momentary view! Those deep black eyes! That smile, and ghastly paleness! It appeared to me, not Mr. Heathcliff, but a goblin; and, in my terror, I let the candle bend towards the wall, and it left me in darkness. +‘Yes, close it,’ he replied, in his familiar voice. ‘There, that is pure awkwardness! Why did you hold the candle horizontally? Be quick, and bring another.’ +I hurried out in a foolish state of dread, and said to Joseph—‘The master wishes you to take him a light and rekindle the fire.’ For I dared not go in myself again just then. +Joseph rattled some fire into the shovel, and went: but he brought it back immediately, with the supper-tray in his other hand, explaining that Mr. Heathcliff was going to bed, and he wanted nothing to eat till morning. We heard him mount the stairs directly; he did not proceed to his ordinary chamber, but turned into that with the panelled bed: its window, as I mentioned before, is wide enough for anybody to get through; and it struck me that he plotted another midnight excursion, of which he had rather we had no suspicion. +‘Is he a ghoul or a vampire?’ I mused. I had read of such hideous incarnate demons. And then I set myself to reflect how I had tended him in infancy, and watched him grow to youth, and followed him almost through his whole course; and what absurd nonsense it was to yield to that sense of horror. ‘But where did he come from, the little dark thing, harboured by a good man to his bane?’ muttered Superstition, as I dozed into unconsciousness. And I began, half dreaming, to weary myself with imagining some fit parentage for him; and, repeating my waking meditations, I tracked his existence over again, with grim variations; at last, picturing his death and funeral: of which, all I can remember is, being exceedingly vexed at having the task of dictating an inscription for his monument, and consulting the sexton about it; and, as he had no surname, and we could not tell his age, we were obliged to content ourselves with the single word, ‘Heathcliff.’ That came true: we were. If you enter the kirkyard, you’ll read, on his headstone, only that, and the date of his death. +Dawn restored me to common sense. I rose, and went into the garden, as soon as I could see, to ascertain if there were any footmarks under his window. There were none. ‘He has stayed at home,’ I thought, ‘and he’ll be all right to-day.’ I prepared breakfast for the household, as was my usual custom, but told Hareton and Catherine to get theirs ere the master came down, for he lay late. They preferred taking it out of doors, under the trees, and I set a little table to accommodate them. +On my re-entrance, I found Mr. Heathcliff below. He and Joseph were conversing about some farming business; he gave clear, minute directions concerning the matter discussed, but he spoke rapidly, and turned his head continually aside, and had the same excited expression, even more exaggerated. When Joseph quitted the room he took his seat in the place he generally chose, and I put a basin of coffee before him. He drew it nearer, and then rested his arms on the table, and looked at the opposite wall, as I supposed, surveying one particular portion, up and down, with glittering, restless eyes, and with such eager interest that he stopped breathing during half a minute together. +‘Come now,’ I exclaimed, pushing some bread against his hand, ‘eat and drink that, while it is hot: it has been waiting near an hour.’ +He didn’t notice me, and yet he smiled. I’d rather have seen him gnash his teeth than smile so. +‘Mr. Heathcliff! master!’ I cried, ‘don’t, for God’s sake, stare as if you saw an unearthly vision.’ +‘Don’t, for God’s sake, shout so loud,’ he replied. ‘Turn round, and tell me, are we by ourselves?’ +‘Of course,’ was my answer; ‘of course we are.’ +Still, I involuntarily obeyed him, as if I was not quite sure. With a sweep of his hand he cleared a vacant space in front among the breakfast things, and leant forward to gaze more at his ease. +Now, I perceived he was not looking at the wall; for when I regarded him alone, it seemed exactly that he gazed at something within two yards’ distance. And whatever it was, it communicated, apparently, both pleasure and pain in exquisite extremes: at least the anguished, yet raptured, expression of his countenance suggested that idea. The fancied object was not fixed, either: his eyes pursued it with unwearied diligence, and, even in speaking to me, were never weaned away. I vainly reminded him of his protracted abstinence from food: if he stirred to touch anything in compliance with my entreaties, if he stretched his hand out to get a piece of bread, his fingers clenched before they reached it, and remained on the table, forgetful of their aim. +I sat, a model of patience, trying to attract his absorbed attention from its engrossing speculation; till he grew irritable, and got up, asking why I would not allow him to have his own time in taking his meals? and saying that on the next occasion I needn’t wait: I might set the things down and go. Having uttered these words he left the house, slowly sauntered down the garden path, and disappeared through the gate. +The hours crept anxiously by: another evening came. I did not retire to rest till late, and when I did, I could not sleep. He returned after midnight, and, instead of going to bed, shut himself into the room beneath. I listened, and tossed about, and, finally, dressed and descended. It was too irksome to lie there, harassing my brain with a hundred idle misgivings. +I distinguished Mr. Heathcliff’s step, restlessly measuring the floor, and he frequently broke the silence by a deep inspiration, resembling a groan. He muttered detached words also; the only one I could catch was the name of Catherine, coupled with some wild term of endearment or suffering; and spoken as one would speak to a person present; low and earnest, and wrung from the depth of his soul. I had not courage to walk straight into the apartment; but I desired to divert him from his reverie, and therefore fell foul of the kitchen fire, stirred it, and began to scrape the cinders. It drew him forth sooner than I expected. He opened the door immediately, and said—‘Nelly, come here—is it morning? Come in with your light.’ +‘It is striking four,’ I answered. ‘You want a candle to take up-stairs: you might have lit one at this fire.’ +‘No, I don’t wish to go up-stairs,’ he said. ‘Come in, and kindle me a fire, and do anything there is to do about the room.’ +‘I must blow the coals red first, before I can carry any,’ I replied, getting a chair and the bellows. +He roamed to and fro, meantime, in a state approaching distraction; his heavy sighs succeeding each other so thick as to leave no space for common breathing between. +‘When day breaks I’ll send for Green,’ he said; ‘I wish to make some legal inquiries of him while I can bestow a thought on those matters, and while I can act calmly. I have not written my will yet; and how to leave my property I cannot determine. I wish I could annihilate it from the face of the earth.’ +‘I would not talk so, Mr. Heathcliff,’ I interposed. ‘Let your will be a while: you’ll be spared to repent of your many injustices yet! I never expected that your nerves would be disordered: they are, at present, marvellously so, however; and almost entirely through your own fault. The way you’ve passed these three last days might knock up a Titan. Do take some food, and some repose. You need only look at yourself in a glass to see how you require both. Your cheeks are hollow, and your eyes blood-shot, like a person starving with hunger and going blind with loss of sleep.’ +‘It is not my fault that I cannot eat or rest,’ he replied. ‘I assure you it is through no settled designs. I’ll do both, as soon as I possibly can. But you might as well bid a man struggling in the water rest within arms’ length of the shore! I must reach it first, and then I’ll rest. Well, never mind Mr. Green: as to repenting of my injustices, I’ve done no injustice, and I repent of nothing. I’m too happy; and yet I’m not happy enough. My soul’s bliss kills my body, but does not satisfy itself.’ +‘Happy, master?’ I cried. ‘Strange happiness! If you would hear me without being angry, I might offer some advice that would make you happier.’ +‘What is that?’ he asked. ‘Give it.’ +‘You are aware, Mr. Heathcliff,’ I said, ‘that from the time you were thirteen years old you have lived a selfish, unchristian life; and probably hardly had a Bible in your hands during all that period. You must have forgotten the contents of the book, and you may not have space to search it now. Could it be hurtful to send for some one—some minister of any denomination, it does not matter which—to explain it, and show you how very far you have erred from its precepts; and how unfit you will be for its heaven, unless a change takes place before you die?’ +‘I’m rather obliged than angry, Nelly,’ he said, ‘for you remind me of the manner in which I desire to be buried. It is to be carried to the churchyard in the evening. You and Hareton may, if you please, accompany me: and mind, particularly, to notice that the sexton obeys my directions concerning the two coffins! No minister need come; nor need anything be said over me.—I tell you I have nearly attained my heaven; and that of others is altogether unvalued and uncoveted by me.’ +‘And supposing you persevered in your obstinate fast, and died by that means, and they refused to bury you in the precincts of the kirk?’ I said, shocked at his godless indifference. ‘How would you like it?’ +‘They won’t do that,’ he replied: ‘if they did, you must have me removed secretly; and if you neglect it you shall prove, practically, that the dead are not annihilated!’ +As soon as he heard the other members of the family stirring he retired to his den, and I breathed freer. But in the afternoon, while Joseph and Hareton were at their work, he came into the kitchen again, and, with a wild look, bid me come and sit in the house: he wanted somebody with him. I declined; telling him plainly that his strange talk and manner frightened me, and I had neither the nerve nor the will to be his companion alone. +‘I believe you think me a fiend,’ he said, with his dismal laugh: ‘something too horrible to live under a decent roof.’ Then turning to Catherine, who was there, and who drew behind me at his approach, he added, half sneeringly,—‘Will you come, chuck? I’ll not hurt you. No! to you I’ve made myself worse than the devil. Well, there is one who won’t shrink from my company! By God! she’s relentless. Oh, damn it! It’s unutterably too much for flesh and blood to bear—even mine.’ +He solicited the society of no one more. At dusk he went into his chamber. Through the whole night, and far into the morning, we heard him groaning and murmuring to himself. Hareton was anxious to enter; but I bid him fetch Mr. Kenneth, and he should go in and see him. When he came, and I requested admittance and tried to open the door, I found it locked; and Heathcliff bid us be damned. He was better, and would be left alone; so the doctor went away. +The following evening was very wet: indeed, it poured down till day-dawn; and, as I took my morning walk round the house, I observed the master’s window swinging open, and the rain driving straight in. He cannot be in bed, I thought: those showers would drench him through. He must either be up or out. But I’ll make no more ado, I’ll go boldly and look.’ +Having succeeded in obtaining entrance with another key, I ran to unclose the panels, for the chamber was vacant; quickly pushing them aside, I peeped in. Mr. Heathcliff was there—laid on his back. His eyes met mine so keen and fierce, I started; and then he seemed to smile. I could not think him dead: but his face and throat were washed with rain; the bed-clothes dripped, and he was perfectly still. The lattice, flapping to and fro, had grazed one hand that rested on the sill; no blood trickled from the broken skin, and when I put my fingers to it, I could doubt no more: he was dead and stark! +I hasped the window; I combed his black long hair from his forehead; I tried to close his eyes: to extinguish, if possible, that frightful, life-like gaze of exultation before any one else beheld it. They would not shut: they seemed to sneer at my attempts; and his parted lips and sharp white teeth sneered too! Taken with another fit of cowardice, I cried out for Joseph. Joseph shuffled up and made a noise, but resolutely refused to meddle with him. +‘Th’ divil’s harried off his soul,’ he cried, ‘and he may hev’ his carcass into t’ bargin, for aught I care! Ech! what a wicked ’un he looks, girning at death!’ and the old sinner grinned in mockery. I thought he intended to cut a caper round the bed; but suddenly composing himself, he fell on his knees, and raised his hands, and returned thanks that the lawful master and the ancient stock were restored to their rights. +I felt stunned by the awful event; and my memory unavoidably recurred to former times with a sort of oppressive sadness. But poor Hareton, the most wronged, was the only one who really suffered much. He sat by the corpse all night, weeping in bitter earnest. He pressed its hand, and kissed the sarcastic, savage face that every one else shrank from contemplating; and bemoaned him with that strong grief which springs naturally from a generous heart, though it be tough as tempered steel. +Mr. Kenneth was perplexed to pronounce of what disorder the master died. I concealed the fact of his having swallowed nothing for four days, fearing it might lead to trouble, and then, I am persuaded, he did not abstain on purpose: it was the consequence of his strange illness, not the cause. +We buried him, to the scandal of the whole neighbourhood, as he wished. Earnshaw and I, the sexton, and six men to carry the coffin, comprehended the whole attendance. The six men departed when they had let it down into the grave: we stayed to see it covered. Hareton, with a streaming face, dug green sods, and laid them over the brown mould himself: at present it is as smooth and verdant as its companion mounds—and I hope its tenant sleeps as soundly. But the country folks, if you ask them, would swear on the Bible that he walks: there are those who speak to having met him near the church, and on the moor, and even within this house. Idle tales, you’ll say, and so say I. Yet that old man by the kitchen fire affirms he has seen two on ’em looking out of his chamber window on every rainy night since his death:—and an odd thing happened to me about a month ago. I was going to the Grange one evening—a dark evening, threatening thunder—and, just at the turn of the Heights, I encountered a little boy with a sheep and two lambs before him; he was crying terribly; and I supposed the lambs were skittish, and would not be guided. +‘What is the matter, my little man?’ I asked. +‘There’s Heathcliff and a woman yonder, under t’ nab,’ he blubbered, ‘un’ I darnut pass ’em.’ +I saw nothing; but neither the sheep nor he would go on so I bid him take the road lower down. He probably raised the phantoms from thinking, as he traversed the moors alone, on the nonsense he had heard his parents and companions repeat. Yet, still, I don’t like being out in the dark now; and I don’t like being left by myself in this grim house: I cannot help it; I shall be glad when they leave it, and shift to the Grange. +‘They are going to the Grange, then?’ I said. +‘Yes,’ answered Mrs. Dean, ‘as soon as they are married, and that will be on New Year’s Day.’ +‘And who will live here then?’ +‘Why, Joseph will take care of the house, and, perhaps, a lad to keep him company. They will live in the kitchen, and the rest will be shut up.’ +‘For the use of such ghosts as choose to inhabit it?’ I observed. +‘No, Mr. Lockwood,’ said Nelly, shaking her head. ‘I believe the dead are at peace: but it is not right to speak of them with levity.’ +At that moment the garden gate swung to; the ramblers were returning. +‘They are afraid of nothing,’ I grumbled, watching their approach through the window. ‘Together, they would brave Satan and all his legions.’ +As they stepped on to the door-stones, and halted to take a last look at the moon—or, more correctly, at each other by her light—I felt irresistibly impelled to escape them again; and, pressing a remembrance into the hand of Mrs. Dean, and disregarding her expostulations at my rudeness, I vanished through the kitchen as they opened the house-door; and so should have confirmed Joseph in his opinion of his fellow-servant’s gay indiscretions, had he not fortunately recognised me for a respectable character by the sweet ring of a sovereign at his feet. +My walk home was lengthened by a diversion in the direction of the kirk. When beneath its walls, I perceived decay had made progress, even in seven months: many a window showed black gaps deprived of glass; and slates jutted off here and there, beyond the right line of the roof, to be gradually worked off in coming autumn storms. +I sought, and soon discovered, the three headstones on the slope next the moor: the middle one grey, and half buried in the heath; Edgar Linton’s only harmonized by the turf and moss creeping up its foot; Heathcliff’s still bare. +I lingered round them, under that benign sky: watched the moths fluttering among the heath and harebells, listened to the soft wind breathing through the grass, and wondered how any one could ever imagine unquiet slumbers for the sleepers in that quiet earth. From 067e5da5188ef1436ab33ff2ac542119905084ae Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: AddisonNoxy <34310754+AddisonNoxy@users.noreply.github.com> Date: Wed, 20 Mar 2019 15:46:46 -0500 Subject: [PATCH 02/63] Create drjekyllandmrhyde --- files/books/unrelated/drjekyllandmrhyde | 3030 +++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 3030 insertions(+) create mode 100644 files/books/unrelated/drjekyllandmrhyde diff --git a/files/books/unrelated/drjekyllandmrhyde b/files/books/unrelated/drjekyllandmrhyde new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8dfdec0 --- /dev/null +++ b/files/books/unrelated/drjekyllandmrhyde @@ -0,0 +1,3030 @@ +1) + + + + STORY OF THE DOOR + +MR. UTTERSON the lawyer was a man of a rugged countenance, that was +never lighted by a smile; cold, scanty and embarrassed in +discourse; backward in sentiment; lean, long, dusty, dreary, and +yet somehow lovable. At friendly meetings, and when the wine was to +his taste, something eminently human beaconed from his eye; +something indeed which never found its way into his talk, but which +spoke not only in these silent symbols of the after-dinner face, but +more often and loudly in the acts of his life. He was austere with +himself; drank gin when he was alone, to mortify a taste for +vintages; and though he enjoyed the theatre, had not crossed the +doors of one for twenty years. But he had an approved tolerance for +others; sometimes wondering, almost with envy, at the high pressure +of spirits involved in their misdeeds; and in any extremity inclined +to help rather than to reprove. + +2) + +"I incline to Cain's heresy," he used to say quaintly: "I let my +brother go to the devil in his own way." In this character, it was +frequently his fortune to be the last reputable acquaintance and the +last good influence in the lives of down-going men. And to such as +these, so long as they came about his chambers, he never marked a +shade of change in his demeanour. + +No doubt the feat was easy to Mr. Utterson; for he was +undemonstrative at the best, and even his friendship seemed to be +founded in a similar catholicity of good-nature. It is the mark of a +modest man to accept his friendly circle ready-made from the hands +of opportunity; and that was the lawyer's way. His friends were +those of his own blood or those whom he had known the longest; his +affections, like ivy, were the growth of time, they implied no +aptness in the object. Hence, no doubt, the bond that united him to +Mr. Richard Enfield, his distant kinsman, the well-known man about +town. It was a nut to crack for many, what these two could see in +each other, or what subject they could find in common. It was +reported by those who encountered them in their Sunday walks, that +they said nothing, looked singularly dull, and would hail with +obvious relief the appearance of a friend. For all that, the two men +put the greatest store by these excursions, counted them the chief +jewel of each week, and not only set aside occasions of pleasure, +but even resisted the calls + +3) + +of business, that they might enjoy them uninterrupted. + +It chanced on one of these rambles that their way led them down a +by-street in a busy quarter of London. The street was small and +what is called quiet, but it drove a thriving trade on the +week-days. The inhabitants were all doing well, it seemed, and all +emulously hoping to do better still, and laying out the surplus of +their gains in coquetry; so that the shop fronts stood along that +thoroughfare with an air of invitation, like rows of smiling +saleswomen. Even on Sunday, when it veiled its more florid charms +and lay comparatively empty of passage, the street shone out in +contrast to its dingy neighbourhood, like a fire in a forest; and +with its freshly painted shutters, well-polished brasses, and +general cleanliness and gaiety of note, instantly caught and pleased +the eye of the passenger. + +Two doors from one corner, on the left hand going east, the line +was broken by the entry of a court; and just at that point, a +certain sinister block of building thrust forward its gable on the +street. It was two stories high; showed no window, nothing but a +door on the lower story and a blind forehead of discoloured wall on +the upper; and bore in every feature, the marks of prolonged and +sordid negligence. The door, which was equipped with neither bell +nor knocker, was blistered and distained. Tramps slouched into the +recess and struck matches on + +4) + +the panels; children kept shop upon the steps; the schoolboy had +tried his knife on the mouldings; and for close on a generation, no +one had appeared to drive away these random visitors or to repair +their ravages. + +Mr. Enfield and the lawyer were on the other side of the by-street; +but when they came abreast of the entry, the former lifted up his +cane and pointed. + +"Did you ever remark that door?" he asked; and when his companion +had replied in the affirmative, "It is connected in my mind," added +he, "with a very odd story." + +"Indeed?" said Mr. Utterson, with a slight change of voice, "and +what was that?" + +"Well, it was this way," returned Mr. Enfield: "I was coming home +from some place at the end of the world, about three o'clock of a +black winter morning, and my way lay through a part of town where +there was literally nothing to be seen but lamps. Street after +street, and all the folks asleep--street after street, all lighted +up as if for a procession and all as empty as a church--till at +last I got into that state of mind when a man listens and listens +and begins to long for the sight of a policeman. All at once, I saw +two figures: one a little man who was stumping along eastward at a +good walk, and the other a girl of maybe eight or ten who was +running as hard as she was able down a cross street. Well, sir, the +two ran into one another naturally enough at the + +5) + +corner; and then came the horrible part of the thing; for the man +trampled calmly over the child's body and left her screaming on +the ground. It sounds nothing to hear, but it was hellish to see. +It wasn't like a man; it was like some damned Juggernaut. I gave a +view-halloa, took to my heels, collared my gentleman, and brought +him back to where there was already quite a group about the +screaming child. He was perfectly cool and made no resistance, but +gave me one look, so ugly that it brought out the sweat on me like +running. The people who had turned out were the girl's own family; +and pretty soon, the doctor, for whom she had been sent, put in his +appearance. Well, the child was not much the worse, more frightened, +according to the Sawbones; and there you might have supposed would +be an end to it. But there was one curious circumstance. I had taken +a loathing to my gentleman at first sight. So had the child's +family, which was only natural. But the doctor's case was what +struck me. He was the usual cut-and-dry apothecary, of no particular +age and colour, with a strong Edinburgh accent, and about as +emotional as a bagpipe. Well, sir, he was like the rest of us; every +time he looked at my prisoner, I saw that Sawbones turn sick and +white with the desire to kill him. I knew what was in his mind, just +as he knew what was in mine; and killing being out of the question, +we did the next best. We told the man we could + +6) + +and would make such a scandal out of this, as should make his name +stink from one end of London to the other. If he had any friends or +any credit, we undertook that he should lose them. And all the time, +as we were pitching it in red hot, we were keeping the women off him +as best we could, for they were as wild as harpies. I never saw a +circle of such hateful faces; and there was the man in the middle, +with a kind of black, sneering coolness--frightened too, I could +see that--but carrying it off, sir, really like Satan. 'If you +choose to make capital out of this accident,' said he, 'I am +naturally helpless. No gentleman but wishes to avoid a scene,' says +he. 'Name your figure.' Well, we screwed him up to a hundred pounds +for the child's family; he would have clearly liked to stick out; +but there was something about the lot of us that meant mischief, and +at last he struck. The next thing was to get the money; and where +do you think he carried us but to that place with the door?-- +whipped out a key, went in, and presently came back with the matter +of ten pounds in gold and a cheque for the balance on Coutts's, +drawn payable to bearer and signed with a name that I can't mention, +though it's one of the points of my story, but it was a name at +least very well known and often printed. The figure was stiff; but +the signature was good for more than that, if it was only genuine. I +took the liberty of pointing out to my gentleman that the whole + +7) + +business looked apocryphal, and that a man does not, in real life, +walk into a cellar door at four in the morning and come out of it +with another man's cheque for close upon a hundred pounds. But he +was quite easy and sneering. 'Set your mind at rest,' says he, 'I +will stay with you till the banks open and cash the cheque myself.' +So we all set off, the doctor, and the child's father, and our +friend and myself, and passed the rest of the night in my chambers; +and next day, when we had breakfasted, went in a body to the bank. I +gave in the check myself, and said I had every reason to believe it +was a forgery. Not a bit of it. The cheque was genuine." + +"Tut-tut," said Mr. Utterson. + +"I see you feel as I do," said Mr. Enfield. "Yes, it's a bad story. +For my man was a fellow that nobody could have to do with, a really +damnable man; and the person that drew the cheque is the very pink +of the proprieties, celebrated too, and (what makes it worse) one of +your fellows who do what they call good. Black-mail, I suppose; an +honest man paying through the nose for some of the capers of his +youth. Black-Mail House is what I call that place with the door, in +consequence. Though even that, you know, is far from explaining +all," he added, and with the words fell into a vein of musing. + +From this he was recalled by Mr. Utterson asking rather suddenly: +"And you don't know if the drawer of the cheque lives there?" + +8) + +"A likely place, isn't it?" returned Mr. Enfield. "But I happen to +have noticed his address; he lives in some square or other." + +"And you never asked about the--place with the door?" said Mr. +Utterson. + +"No, sir: I had a delicacy," was the reply. "I feel very strongly +about putting questions; it partakes too much of the style of the +day of judgment. You start a question, and it's like starting a +stone. You sit quietly on the top of a hill; and away the stone +goes, starting others; and presently some bland old bird (the last +you would have thought of) is knocked on the head in his own +back-garden and the family have to change their name. No, sir, I +make it a rule of mine: the more it looks like Queer Street, the +less I ask." + +"A very good rule, too," said the lawyer. + +"But I have studied the place for myself," continued Mr. Enfield. +"It seems scarcely a house. There is no other door, and nobody goes +in or out of that one but, once in a great while, the gentleman of +my adventure. There are three windows looking on the court on the +first floor; none below; the windows are always shut but they're +clean. And then there is a chimney which is generally smoking; so +somebody must live there. And yet it's not so sure; for the +buildings are so packed together about that court, that it's hard to +say where one ends and another begins." + +9) + +The pair walked on again for a while in silence; and then, +"Enfield," said Mr. Utterson, "that's a good rule of yours." + +"Yes, I think it is," returned Enfield. + +"But for all that," continued the lawyer, "there's one point I want +to ask: I want to ask the name of that man who walked over the +child." + +"Well," said Mr. Enfield, "I can't see what harm it would do. It +was a man of the name of Hyde." + +"H'm," said Mr. Utterson. "What sort of a man is he to see?" + +"He is not easy to describe. There is something wrong with his +appearance; something displeasing, something downright detestable. I +never saw a man I so disliked, and yet I scarce know why. He must be +deformed somewhere; he gives a strong feeling of deformity, although +I couldn't specify the point. He's an extraordinary-looking man, and +yet I really can name nothing out of the way. No, sir; I can make no +hand of it; I can't describe him. And it's not want of memory; for I +declare I can see him this moment." + +Mr. Utterson again walked some way in silence and obviously under a +weight of consideration. + +"You are sure he used a key?" he inquired at last. + +"My dear sir..." began Enfield, surprised out of himself. + +10) + +"Yes, I know," said Utterson; "I know it must seem strange. The +fact is, if I do not ask you the name of the other party, it is +because I know it already. You see, Richard, your tale has gone +home. If you have been inexact in any point, you had better correct +it." + +"I think you might have warned me," returned the other, with a +touch of sullenness. "But I have been pedantically exact, as you +call it. The fellow had a key; and what's more, he has it still. I +saw him use it, not a week ago." + +Mr. Utterson sighed deeply but said never a word; and the young man +presently resumed. "Here is another lesson to say nothing," said he. +"I am ashamed of my long tongue. Let us make a bargain never to +refer to this again." + +"With all my heart," said the lawyer. "I shake hands on that, +Richard." + +11) + + + SEARCH FOR MR. HYDE + +THAT evening Mr. Utterson came home to his bachelor house in sombre +spirits and sat down to dinner without relish. It was his custom of +a Sunday, when this meal was over, to sit close by the fire, a +volume of some dry divinity on his reading-desk, until the clock of +the neighbouring church rang out the hour of twelve, when he would +go soberly and gratefully to bed. On this night, however, as soon as +the cloth was taken away, he took up a candle and went into his +business-room. There he opened his safe, took from the most private +part of it a document endorsed on the envelope as Dr. Jekyll's Will, +and sat down with a clouded brow to study its contents. The will was +holograph, for Mr. Utterson, though he took charge of it now that it +was made, had refused to lend the least assistance in the making of +it; it provided not only that, in case of the decease of Henry +Jekyll, M.D., D.C.L., L.L.D., F.R.S., etc., all his possessions were +to pass into the hands of his "friend and benefactor Edward Hyde," +but that in case of + +12) + +Dr. Jekyll's "disappearance or unexplained absence for any period +exceeding three calendar months," the said Edward Hyde should step +into the said Henry Jekyll's shoes without further delay and free +from any burthen or obligation, beyond the payment of a few small +sums to the members of the doctor's household. This document had +long been the lawyer's eyesore. It offended him both as a lawyer and +as a lover of the sane and customary sides of life, to whom the +fanciful was the immodest. And hitherto it was his ignorance of Mr. +Hyde that had swelled his indignation; now, by a sudden turn, it was +his knowledge. It was already bad enough when the name was but a +name of which he could learn no more. It was worse when it began to +be clothed upon with detestable attributes; and out of the shifting, +insubstantial mists that had so long baffled his eye, there leaped +up the sudden, definite presentment of a fiend. + +"I thought it was madness," he said, as he replaced the obnoxious +paper in the safe, "and now I begin to fear it is disgrace." + +With that he blew out his candle, put on a great-coat, and set +forth in the direction of Cavendish Square, that citadel of +medicine, where his friend, the great Dr. Lanyon, had his house and +received his crowding patients. "If any one knows, it will be +Lanyon," he had thought. + +The solemn butler knew and welcomed him; + +13) + +he was subjected to no stage of delay, but ushered direct from the +door to the dining-room where Dr. Lanyon sat alone over his wine. +This was a hearty, healthy, dapper, red-faced gentleman, with a +shock of hair prematurely white, and a boisterous and decided +manner. At sight of Mr. Utterson, he sprang up from his chair and +welcomed him with both hands. The geniality, as was the way of the +man, was somewhat theatrical to the eye; but it reposed on genuine +feeling. For these two were old friends, old mates both at school +and college, both thorough respecters of themselves and of each +other, and, what does not always follow, men who thoroughly enjoyed +each other's company. + +After a little rambling talk, the lawyer led up to the subject +which so disagreeably pre-occupied his mind. + +"I suppose, Lanyon," said he "you and I must be the two oldest +friends that Henry Jekyll has?" + +"I wish the friends were younger," chuckled Dr. Lanyon. "But I +suppose we are. And what of that? I see little of him now." + + +"Indeed?" said Utterson. "I thought you had a bond of common +interest." + +"We had," was the reply. "But it is more than ten years since Henry +Jekyll became too fanciful for me. He began to go wrong, wrong in +mind; and though of course I continue to take an interest in him for +old sake's sake, as they say, + +14) + +I see and I have seen devilish little of the man. Such unscientific +balderdash," added the doctor, flushing suddenly purple, "would have +estranged Damon and Pythias." + +This little spirit of temper was somewhat of a relief to Mr. +Utterson. "They have only differed on some point of science," he +thought; and being a man of no scientific passions (except in the +matter of conveyancing), he even added: "It is nothing worse than +that!" He gave his friend a few seconds to recover his composure, +and then approached the question he had come to put. "Did you ever +come across a protege of his--one Hyde?" he asked. + +"Hyde?" repeated Lanyon. "No. Never heard of him. Since my time." + +That was the amount of information that the lawyer carried back +with him to the great, dark bed on which he tossed to and fro, +until the small hours of the morning began to grow large. It was a +night of little ease to his toiling mind, toiling in mere darkness +and besieged by questions. + +Six o'clock struck on the bells of the church that was so +conveniently near to Mr. Utterson's dwelling, and still he was +digging at the problem. Hitherto it had touched him on the +intellectual side alone; but now his imagination also was engaged, +or rather enslaved; and as he lay and tossed in the gross darkness +of the night and the curtained room, Mr. Enfield's tale went by + +15) + +before his mind in a scroll of lighted pictures. He would be aware +of the great field of lamps of a nocturnal city; then of the figure +of a man walking swiftly; then of a child running from the doctor's; +and then these met, and that human Juggernaut trod the child down +and passed on regardless of her screams. Or else he would see a room +in a rich house, where his friend lay asleep, dreaming and smiling +at his dreams; and then the door of that room would be opened, the +curtains of the bed plucked apart, the sleeper recalled, and lo! +there would stand by his side a figure to whom power was given, and +even at that dead hour, he must rise and do its bidding. The figure +in these two phases haunted the lawyer all night; and if at any time +he dozed over, it was but to see it glide more stealthily through +sleeping houses, or move the more swiftly and still the more +swiftly, even to dizziness, through wider labyrinths of lamplighted +city, and at every street-corner crush a child and leave her +screaming. And still the figure had no face by which he might know +it; even in his dreams, it had no face, or one that baffled him and +melted before his eyes; and thus it was that there sprang up and +grew apace in the lawyer's mind a singularly strong, almost an +inordinate, curiosity to behold the features of the real Mr. Hyde. +If he could but once set eyes on him, he thought the mystery would +lighten and perhaps roll altogether away, as was the habit of +mysterious + +16) + +things when well examined. He might see a reason for his friend's +strange preference or bondage (call it which you please) and even +for the startling clause of the will. At least it would be a face +worth seeing: the face of a man who was without bowels of mercy: a +face which had but to show itself to raise up, in the mind of the +unimpressionable Enfield, a spirit of enduring hatred. + +From that time forward, Mr. Utterson began to haunt the door in the +by-street of shops. In the morning before office hours, at noon when +business was plenty, and time scarce, at night under the face of the +fogged city moon, by all lights and at all hours of solitude or +concourse, the lawyer was to be found on his chosen post. + +"If he be Mr. Hyde," he had thought, "I shall be Mr. Seek." + +And at last his patience was rewarded. It was a fine dry night; +frost in the air; the streets as clean as a ballroom floor; the +lamps, unshaken, by any wind, drawing a regular pattern of light +and shadow. By ten o'clock, when the shops were closed, the +by-street was very solitary and, in spite of the low growl of +London from all round, very silent. Small sounds carried far; +domestic sounds out of the houses were clearly audible on either +side of the roadway; and the rumour of the approach of any +passenger preceded him by a long time. Mr. Utterson had been some +minutes at his post, when he was + +17) + +aware of an odd, light footstep drawing near. In the course of his +nightly patrols, he had long grown accustomed to the quaint effect +with which the footfalls of a single person, while he is still a +great way off, suddenly spring out distinct from the vast hum and +clatter of the city. Yet his attention had never before been so +sharply and decisively arrested; and it was with a strong, +superstitious prevision of success that he withdrew into the entry +of the court. + +The steps drew swiftly nearer, and swelled out suddenly louder as +they turned the end of the street. The lawyer, looking forth from +the entry, could soon see what manner of man he had to deal with. +He was small and very plainly dressed, and the look of him, even at +that distance, went somehow strongly against the watcher's +inclination. But he made straight for the door, crossing the +roadway to save time; and as he came, he drew a key from his pocket +like one approaching home. + +Mr. Utterson stepped out and touched him on the shoulder as he +passed. "Mr. Hyde, I think?" + +Mr. Hyde shrank back with a hissing intake of the breath. But his +fear was only momentary; and though he did not look the lawyer in +the face, he answered coolly enough: "That is my name. What do you +want?" + +"I see you are going in," returned the lawyer. "I am an old friend +of Dr. Jekyll's--Mr. Utter- + +18) + +son of Gaunt Street--you must have heard my name; and meeting you +so conveniently, I thought you might admit me." + +"You will not find Dr. Jekyll; he is from home," replied Mr. Hyde, +blowing in the key. And then suddenly, but still without looking up, +"How did you know me?" he asked. + +"On your side," said Mr. Utterson, "will you do me a favour?" + +"With pleasure," replied the other. "What shall it be?" + +"Will you let me see your face?" asked the lawyer. + +Mr. Hyde appeared to hesitate, and then, as if upon some sudden +reflection, fronted about with an air of defiance; and the pair +stared at each other pretty fixedly for a few seconds. "Now I shall +know you again," said Mr. Utterson. "It may be useful." + +"Yes," returned Mr. Hyde, "it is as well we have, met; and a +propos, you should have my address." And he gave a number of a +street in Soho. + +"Good God!" thought Mr. Utterson, "can he, too, have been thinking +of the will?" But he kept his feelings to himself and only grunted +in acknowledgment of the address. + +"And now," said the other, "how did you know me?" + +"By description," was the reply. + +"Whose description?" + +19) + +"We have common friends," said Mr. Utterson. + +"Common friends?" echoed Mr. Hyde, a little hoarsely. "Who are +they?" + +"Jekyll, for instance," said the lawyer. + +"He never told you," cried Mr. Hyde, with a flush of anger. "I did +not think you would have lied." + +"Come," said Mr. Utterson, "that is not fitting language." + + +The other snarled aloud into a savage laugh; and the next moment, +with extraordinary quickness, he had unlocked the door and +disappeared into the house. + +The lawyer stood awhile when Mr. Hyde had left him, the picture of +disquietude. Then he began slowly to mount the street, pausing +every step or two and putting his hand to his brow like a man in +mental perplexity. The problem he was thus debating as he walked, +was one of a class that is rarely solved. Mr. Hyde was pale and +dwarfish, he gave an impression of deformity without any nameable +malformation, he had a displeasing smile, he had borne himself to +the lawyer with a sort of murderous mixture of timidity and +boldness, and he spoke with a husky, whispering and somewhat broken +voice; all these were points against him, but not all of these +together could explain the hitherto unknown disgust, loathing, and +fear with which Mr. Utterson regarded him. "There must be some- + +20) + +thing else," said the perplexed gentleman. "There is something +more, if I could find a name for it. God bless me, the man seems +hardly human! Something troglodytic, shall we say? or can it be the +old story of Dr. Fell? or is it the mere radiance of a foul soul +that thus transpires through, and transfigures, its clay continent? +The last, I think; for, O my poor old Harry Jekyll, if ever I read +Satan's signature upon a face, it is on that of your new friend." + +Round the corner from the by-street, there was a square of ancient, +handsome houses, now for the most part decayed from their high +estate and let in flats and chambers to all sorts and conditions of +men: map-engravers, architects, shady lawyers, and the agents of +obscure enterprises. One house, however, second from the corner, was +still occupied entire; and at the door of this, which wore a great +air of wealth and comfort, though it was now plunged in darkness +except for the fan-light, Mr. Utterson stopped and knocked. A +well-dressed, elderly servant opened the door. + +"Is Dr. Jekyll at home, Poole?" asked the lawyer. + +"I will see, Mr. Utterson," said Poole, admitting the visitor, as +he spoke, into a large, low-roofed, comfortable hall, paved with +flags, warmed (after the fashion of a country house) by a bright, +open fire, and furnished with costly cabinets of oak. "Will you +wait here by the + +21) + +fire, sir? or shall I give you a light in the dining room?" + +"Here, thank you," said the lawyer, and he drew near and leaned on +the tall fender. This hall, in which he was now left alone, was a +pet fancy of his friend the doctor's; and Utterson himself was wont +to speak of it as the pleasantest room in London. But to-night there +was a shudder in his blood; the face of Hyde sat heavy on his +memory; he felt (what was rare with him) a nausea and distaste of +life; and in the gloom of his spirits, he seemed to read a menace in +the flickering of the firelight on the polished cabinets and the +uneasy starting of the shadow on the roof. He was ashamed of his +relief, when Poole presently returned to announce that Dr. Jekyll +was gone out. + +"I saw Mr. Hyde go in by the old dissecting-room door, Poole," he +said. "Is that right, when Dr. Jekyll is from home?" + +"Quite right, Mr. Utterson, sir," replied the servant. "Mr. Hyde +has a key." + +"Your master seems to repose a great deal of trust in that young +man, Poole," resumed the other musingly. + +"Yes, sir, he do indeed," said Poole. "We have all orders to obey +him." + +"I do not think I ever met Mr. Hyde?" asked Utterson. + + +"O, dear no, sir. He never dines here," replied the butler. "Indeed +we see very little of + +22) + +him on this side of the house; he mostly comes and goes by the +laboratory." + +"Well, good-night, Poole." + +"Good-night, Mr. Utterson." And the lawyer set out homeward with a +very heavy heart. "Poor Harry Jekyll," he thought, "my mind +misgives me he is in deep waters! He was wild when he was young; a +long while ago to be sure; but in the law of God, there is no +statute of limitations. Ay, it must be that; the ghost of some old +sin, the cancer of some concealed disgrace: punishment coming, PEDE +CLAUDO, years after memory has forgotten and self-love condoned the +fault." And the lawyer, scared by the thought, brooded a while on +his own past, groping in all the corners of memory, lest by chance +some Jack-in-the-Box of an old iniquity should leap to light there. +His past was fairly blameless; few men could read the rolls of their +life with less apprehension; yet he was humbled to the dust by the +many ill things he had done, and raised up again into a sober and +fearful gratitude by the many that he had come so near to doing, yet +avoided. And then by a return on his former subject, he conceived a +spark of hope. "This Master Hyde, if he were studied," thought he, +"must have secrets of his own; black secrets, by the look of him; +secrets compared to which poor Jekyll's worst would be like +sunshine. Things cannot continue as they are. It turns me cold to +think of this creature stealing like a + +23) + +thief to Harry's bedside; poor Harry, what a wakening! And the +danger of it; for if this Hyde suspects the existence of the will, +he may grow impatient to inherit. Ay, I must put my shoulder to the +wheel if Jekyll will but let me," he added, "if Jekyll will only let +me." For once more he saw before his mind's eye, as clear as a +transparency, the strange clauses of the will. + +24) + + + + DR. JEKYLL WAS QUITE AT EASE + +A FORTNIGHT later, by excellent good fortune, the doctor gave one +of his pleasant dinners to some five or six old cronies, all +intelligent, reputable men and all judges of good wine; and Mr. +Utterson so contrived that he remained behind after the others had +departed. This was no new arrangement, but a thing that had +befallen many scores of times. Where Utterson was liked, he was +liked well. Hosts loved to detain the dry lawyer, when the +light-hearted and the loose-tongued had already their foot on the +threshold; they liked to sit a while in his unobtrusive company, +practising for solitude, sobering their minds in the man's rich +silence after the expense and strain of gaiety. To this rule, Dr. +Jekyll was no exception; and as he now sat on the opposite side of +the fire--a large, well-made, smooth-faced man of fifty, with +something of a slyish cast perhaps, but every mark of capacity and +kindness--you could see by his looks that he cherished for Mr. +Utterson a sincere and warm affection. + +25) + + +"I have been wanting to speak to you, Jekyll," began the latter. +"You know that will of yours?" + +A close observer might have gathered that the topic was +distasteful; but the doctor carried it off gaily. "My poor +Utterson," said he, "you are unfortunate in such a client. I never +saw a man so distressed as you were by my will; unless it were that +hide-bound pedant, Lanyon, at what he called my scientific heresies. +Oh, I know he's a good fellow--you needn't frown--an excellent +fellow, and I always mean to see more of him; but a hide-bound +pedant for all that; an ignorant, blatant pedant. I was never more +disappointed in any man than Lanyon." + +"You know I never approved of it," pursued Utterson, ruthlessly +disregarding the fresh topic. + +"My will? Yes, certainly, I know that," said the doctor, a trifle +sharply. "You have told me so." + +"Well, I tell you so again," continued the lawyer. "I have been +learning something of young Hyde." + +The large handsome face of Dr. Jekyll grew pale to the very lips, +and there came a blackness about his eyes. "I do not care to hear +more," said he. "This is a matter I thought we had agreed to drop." + +"What I heard was abominable," said Utterson. + +"It can make no change. You do not under- + +26) + +stand my position," returned the doctor, with a certain incoherency +of manner. "I am painfully situated, Utterson; my position is a very +strange--a very strange one. It is one of those affairs that +cannot be mended by talking." + +"Jekyll," said Utterson, "you know me: I am a man to be trusted. +Make a clean breast of this in confidence; and I make no doubt I +can get you out of it." + +"My good Utterson," said the doctor, "this is very good of you, +this is downright good of you, and I cannot find words to thank you +in. I believe you fully; I would trust you before any man alive, ay, +before myself, if I could make the choice; but indeed it isn't what +you fancy; it is not so bad as that; and just to put your good heart +at rest, I will tell you one thing: the moment I choose, I can be +rid of Mr. Hyde. I give you my hand upon that; and I thank you again +and again; and I will just add one little word, Utterson, that I'm +sure you'll take in good part: this is a private matter, and I beg +of you to let it sleep." + + +Utterson reflected a little, looking in the fire. + +"I have no doubt you are perfectly right," he said at last, getting +to his feet. + +"Well, but since we have touched upon this business, and for the +last time I hope," continued the doctor, "there is one point I +should like you to understand. I have really a very great interest +in poor Hyde. I know you have seen + +27) + +him; he told me so; and I fear he was rude. But, I do sincerely +take a great, a very great interest in that young man; and if I am +taken away, Utterson, I wish you to promise me that you will bear +with him and get his rights for him. I think you would, if you knew +all; and it would be a weight off my mind if you would promise." + +"I can't pretend that I shall ever like him," said the lawyer. + +"I don't ask that," pleaded Jekyll, laying his hand upon the +other's arm; "I only ask for justice; I only ask you to help him +for my sake, when I am no longer here." + +Utterson heaved an irrepressible sigh. "Well," said he, "I +promise." + +28) + + + + THE CAREW MURDER CASE + +NEARLY a year later, in the month of October, 18---, London was +startled by a crime of singular ferocity and rendered all the more +notable by the high position of the victim. The details were few and +startling. A maid servant living alone in a house not far from the +river, had gone up-stairs to bed about eleven. Although a fog rolled +over the city in the small hours, the early part of the night was +cloudless, and the lane, which the maid's window overlooked, was +brilliantly lit by the full moon. It seems she was romantically +given, for she sat down upon her box, which stood immediately under +the window, and fell into a dream of musing. Never (she used to say, +with streaming tears, when she narrated that experience), never had +she felt more at peace with all men or thought more kindly of the +world. And as she so sat she became aware of an aged and beautiful +gentleman with white hair, drawing near along the lane; and +advancing to meet him, another and very small gentleman, to whom at +first she + +29) + +paid less attention. When they had come within speech (which was +just under the maid's eyes) the older man bowed and accosted the +other with a very pretty manner of politeness. It did not seem as +if the subject of his address were of great importance; indeed, +from his pointing, it sometimes appeared as if he were only +inquiring his way; but the moon shone on his face as he spoke, and +the girl was pleased to watch it, it seemed to breathe such an +innocent and old-world kindness of disposition, yet with something +high too, as of a well-founded self-content. Presently her eye +wandered to the other, and she was surprised to recognise in him a +certain Mr. Hyde, who had once visited her master and for whom she +had conceived a dislike. He had in his hand a heavy cane, with which +he was trifling; but he answered never a word, and seemed to listen +with an ill-contained impatience. And then all of a sudden he broke +out in a great flame of anger, stamping with his foot, brandishing +the cane, and carrying on (as the maid described it) like a madman. +The old gentleman took a step back, with the air of one very much +surprised and a trifle hurt; and at that Mr. Hyde broke out of all +bounds and clubbed him to the earth. And next moment, with ape-like +fury, he was trampling his victim under foot and hailing down a +storm of blows, under which the bones were audibly shattered and the +body jumped upon the roadway. At the horror of these sights and +sounds, the maid fainted. + +30) + +It was two o'clock when she came to herself and called for the +police. The murderer was gone long ago; but there lay his victim in +the middle of the lane, incredibly mangled. The stick with which the +deed had been done, although it was of some rare and very tough and +heavy wood, had broken in the middle under the stress of this +insensate cruelty; and one splintered half had rolled in the +neighbouring gutter--the other, without doubt, had been carried +away by the murderer. A purse and a gold watch were found upon the +victim: but no cards or papers, except a sealed and stamped +envelope, which he had been probably carrying to the post, and which +bore the name and address of Mr. Utterson. + +This was brought to the lawyer the next morning, before he was out +of bed; and he had no sooner seen it, and been told the +circumstances, than he shot out a solemn lip. "I shall say nothing +till I have seen the body," said he; "this may be very serious. Have +the kindness to wait while I dress." And with the same grave +countenance he hurried through his breakfast and drove to the police +station, whither the body had been carried. As soon as he came into +the cell, he nodded. + +"Yes," said he, "I recognise him. I am sorry to say that this is +Sir Danvers Carew." + +"Good God, sir," exclaimed the officer, "is it possible?" And the +next moment his eye + +31) + +lighted up with professional ambition. "This will make a deal of +noise," he said. "And perhaps you can help us to the man." And he +briefly narrated what the maid had seen, and showed the broken +stick. + +Mr. Utterson had already quailed at the name of Hyde; but when the +stick was laid before him, he could doubt no longer; broken and +battered as it was, he recognised it for one that he had himself +presented many years before to Henry Jekyll. + +"Is this Mr. Hyde a person of small stature?" he inquired. + +"Particularly small and particularly wicked-looking, is what the +maid calls him," said the officer. + +Mr. Utterson reflected; and then, raising his head, "If you will +come with me in my cab," he said, "I think I can take you to his +house." + +It was by this time about nine in the morning, and the first fog of +the season. A great chocolate-coloured pall lowered over heaven, but +the wind was continually charging and routing these embattled +vapours; so that as the cab crawled from street to street, Mr. +Utterson beheld a marvellous number of degrees and hues of twilight; +for here it would be dark like the back-end of evening; and there +would be a glow of a rich, lurid brown, like the light of some +strange conflagration; and here, for a moment, the fog would be +quite broken up, and a haggard shaft + +32) + +of daylight would glance in between the swirling wreaths. The +dismal quarter of Soho seen under these changing glimpses, with its +muddy ways, and slatternly passengers, and its lamps, which had +never been extinguished or had been kindled afresh to combat this +mournful re-invasion of darkness, seemed, in the lawyer's eyes, like +a district of some city in a nightmare. The thoughts of his mind, +besides, were of the gloomiest dye; and when he glanced at the +companion of his drive, he was conscious of some touch of that +terror of the law and the law's officers, which may at times assail +the most honest. + +As the cab drew up before the address indicated, the fog lifted a +little and showed him a dingy street, a gin palace, a low French +eating-house, a shop for the retail of penny numbers and twopenny +salads, many ragged children huddled in the doorways, and many +women of different nationalities passing out, key in hand, to have a +morning glass; and the next moment the fog settled down again upon +that part, as brown as umber, and cut him off from his blackguardly +surroundings. This was the home of Henry Jekyll's favourite; of a +man who was heir to a quarter of a million sterling. + +An ivory-faced and silvery-haired old woman opened the door. She +had an evil face, smoothed by hypocrisy; but her manners were +excellent. Yes, she said, this was Mr. Hyde's, but he was not at +home; he had been in that night very late, + +33) + +but had gone away again in less than an hour; there was nothing +strange in that; his habits were very irregular, and he was often +absent; for instance, it was nearly two months since she had seen +him till yesterday. + +"Very well, then, we wish to see his rooms," said the lawyer; and +when the woman began to declare it was impossible, "I had better +tell you who this person is," he added. "This is Inspector Newcomen +of Scotland Yard." + +A flash of odious joy appeared upon the woman's face. "Ah!" said +she, "he is in trouble! What has he done?" + +Mr. Utterson and the inspector exchanged glances. "He don't seem a +very popular character," observed the latter. "And now, my good +woman, just let me and this gentleman have a look about us." + +In the whole extent of the house, which but for the old woman +remained otherwise empty, Mr. Hyde had only used a couple of rooms; +but these were furnished with luxury and good taste. A closet was +filled with wine; the plate was of silver, the napery elegant; a +good picture hung upon the walls, a gift (as Utterson supposed) from +Henry Jekyll, who was much of a connoisseur; and the carpets were of +many plies and agreeable in colour. At this moment, however, the +rooms bore every mark of having been recently and hurriedly +ransacked; clothes lay about the floor, with their pockets inside +out; + +34) + +lock-fast drawers stood open; and on the hearth there lay a pile of +grey ashes, as though many papers had been burned. From these +embers the inspector disinterred the butt-end of a green +cheque-book, which had resisted the action of the fire; the other +half of the stick was found behind the door; and as this clinched +his suspicions, the officer declared himself delighted. A visit to +the bank, where several thousand pounds were found to be lying to +the murderer's credit, completed his gratification. + +"You may depend upon it, sir," he told Mr. Utterson: "I have him in +my hand. He must have lost his head, or he never would have left the +stick or, above all, burned the cheque-book. Why, money's life to +the man. We have nothing to do but wait for him at the bank, and get +out the handbills." + +This last, however, was not so easy of accomplishment; for Mr. Hyde +had numbered few familiars--even the master of the servant-maid +had only seen him twice; his family could nowhere be traced; he had +never been photographed; and the few who could describe him differed +widely, as common observers will. Only on one point, were they +agreed; and that was the haunting sense of unexpressed deformity +with which the fugitive impressed his beholders. + +35) + + + + INCIDENT OF THE LETTER + +IT was late in the afternoon, when Mr. Utterson found his way to +Dr. Jekyll's door, where he was at once admitted by Poole, and +carried down by the kitchen offices and across a yard which had +once been a garden, to the building which was indifferently known +as the laboratory or the dissecting-rooms. The doctor had bought +the house from the heirs of a celebrated surgeon; and his own +tastes being rather chemical than anatomical, had changed the +destination of the block at the bottom of the garden. It was the +first time that the lawyer had been received in that part of his +friend's quarters; and he eyed the dingy, windowless structure with +curiosity, and gazed round with a distasteful sense of strangeness +as he crossed the theatre, once crowded with eager students and now +lying gaunt and silent, the tables laden with chemical apparatus, +the floor strewn with crates and littered with packing straw, and +the light falling dimly through the foggy cupola. At the further +end, a flight of stairs mounted to a door covered with red baize; + +36) + +and through this, Mr. Utterson was at last received into the +doctor's cabinet. It was a large room, fitted round with glass +presses, furnished, among other things, with a cheval-glass and a +business table, and looking out upon the court by three dusty +windows barred with iron. A fire burned in the grate; a lamp was +set lighted on the chimney shelf, for even in the houses the fog +began to lie thickly; and there, close up to the warmth, sat Dr. +Jekyll, looking deadly sick. He did not rise to meet his visitor, +but held out a cold hand and bade him welcome in a changed voice. + +"And now," said Mr. Utterson, as soon as Poole had left them, "you +have heard the news?" + +The doctor shuddered. "They were crying it in the square," he said. +"I heard them in my dining-room." + +"One word," said the lawyer. "Carew was my client, but so are you, +and I want to know what I am doing. You have not been mad enough to +hide this fellow?" + +"Utterson, I swear to God," cried the doctor, "I swear to God I +will never set eyes on him again. I bind my honour to you that I am +done with him in this world. It is all at an end. And indeed he does +not want my help; you do not know him as I do; he is safe, he is +quite safe; mark my words, he will never more be heard of." + + +The lawyer listened gloomily; he did not like his friend's feverish +manner. "You seem pretty + +37) + +sure of him," said he; "and for your sake, I hope you may be right. +If it came to a trial, your name might appear." + +"I am quite sure of him," replied Jekyll; "I have grounds for +certainty that I cannot share with any one. But there is one thing +on which you may advise me. I have--I have received a letter; and +I am at a loss whether I should show it to the police. I should like +to leave it in your hands, Utterson; you would judge wisely, I am +sure; I have so great a trust in you." + +"You fear, I suppose, that it might lead to his detection?" asked +the lawyer. + +"No," said the other. "I cannot say that I care what becomes of +Hyde; I am quite done with him. I was thinking of my own character, +which this hateful business has rather exposed." + +Utterson ruminated a while; he was surprised at his friend's +selfishness, and yet relieved by it. "Well," said he, at last, "let +me see the letter." + +The letter was written in an odd, upright hand and signed "Edward +Hyde": and it signified, briefly enough, that the writer's +benefactor, Dr. Jekyll, whom he had long so unworthily repaid for a +thousand generosities, need labour under no alarm for his safety, as +he had means of escape on which he placed a sure dependence. The +lawyer liked this letter well enough; it put a better colour on the +intimacy than he had looked for; and he blamed himself for some of +his past suspicions. + +38) + + +"Have you the envelope?" he asked. + +"I burned it," replied Jekyll, "before I thought what I was about. +But it bore no postmark. The note was handed in." + +"Shall I keep this and sleep upon it?" asked Utterson. + +"I wish you to judge for me entirely," was the reply. "I have lost +confidence in myself." + +"Well, I shall consider," returned the lawyer. "And now one word +more: it was Hyde who dictated the terms in your will about that +disappearance?" + +The doctor seemed seized with a qualm of faintness: he shut his +mouth tight and nodded. + +"I knew it," said Utterson. "He meant to murder you. You have had a +fine escape." + +"I have had what is far more to the purpose," returned the doctor +solemnly: "I have had a lesson--O God, Utterson, what a lesson I +have had!" And he covered his face for a moment with his hands. + +On his way out, the lawyer stopped and had a word or two with +Poole. "By the by," said he, "there was a letter handed in to-day: +what was the messenger like?" But Poole was positive nothing had +come except by post; "and only circulars by that," he added. + +This news sent off the visitor with his fears renewed. Plainly the +letter had come by the laboratory door; possibly, indeed, it had +been + +39) + +written in the cabinet; and if that were so, it must be differently +judged, and handled with the more caution. The newsboys, as he went, +were crying themselves hoarse along the footways: "Special edition. +Shocking murder of an M. P." That was the funeral oration of one +friend and client; and he could not help a certain apprehension lest +the good name of another should be sucked down in the eddy of the +scandal. It was, at least, a ticklish decision that he had to make; +and self-reliant as he was by habit, he began to cherish a longing +for advice. It was not to be had directly; but perhaps, he thought, +it might be fished for. + +Presently after, he sat on one side of his own hearth, with Mr. +Guest, his head clerk, upon the other, and midway between, at a +nicely calculated distance from the fire, a bottle of a particular +old wine that had long dwelt unsunned in the foundations of his +house. The fog still slept on the wing above the drowned city, where +the lamps glimmered like carbuncles; and through the muffle and +smother of these fallen clouds, the procession of the town's life +was still rolling in through the great arteries with a sound as of a +mighty wind. But the room was gay with firelight. In the bottle the +acids were long ago resolved; the imperial dye had softened with +time, As the colour grows richer in stained windows; and the glow of +hot autumn afternoons on hillside vineyards was ready to be set free + +40) + +and to disperse the fogs of London. Insensibly the lawyer melted. +There was no man from whom he kept fewer secrets than Mr. Guest; +and he was not always sure that he kept as many as he meant. Guest +had often been on business to the doctor's; he knew Poole; he could +scarce have failed to hear of Mr. Hyde's familiarity about the +house; he might draw conclusions: was it not as well, then, that he +should see a letter which put that mystery to rights? and above all +since Guest, being a great student and critic of handwriting, would +consider the step natural and obliging? The clerk, besides, was a +man of counsel; he would scarce read so strange a document without +dropping a remark; and by that remark Mr. Utterson might shape his +future course. + +"This is a sad business about Sir Danvers," he said. + +"Yes, sir, indeed. It has elicited a great deal of public feeling," +returned Guest. "The man, of course, was mad." + +"I should like to hear your views on that," replied Utterson. "I +have a document here in his handwriting; it is between ourselves, +for I scarce know what to do about it; it is an ugly business at +the best. But there it is; quite in your way a murderer's +autograph." + +Guest's eyes brightened, and he sat down at once and studied it +with passion. "No, sir," he said: "not mad; but it is an odd hand." + +41) + +"And by all accounts a very odd writer," added the lawyer. + +Just then the servant entered with a note. + +"Is that from Dr. Jekyll, sir?" inquired the clerk. "I thought I +knew the writing. Anything private, Mr. Utterson?" + +"Only an invitation to dinner. Why? Do you want to see it?" + +"One moment. I thank you, sir"; and the clerk laid the two sheets +of paper alongside and sedulously compared their contents. "Thank +you, sir," he said at last, returning both; "it's a very +interesting autograph." + +There was a pause, during which Mr. Utterson struggled with +himself. "Why did you compare them, Guest?" he inquired suddenly. + +"Well, sir," returned the clerk, "there's a rather singular +resemblance; the two hands are in many points identical: only +differently sloped." + +"Rather quaint," said Utterson. + +"It is, as you say, rather quaint," returned Guest. + +"I wouldn't speak of this note, you know," said the master. + +"No, sir," said the clerk. "I understand." + +But no sooner was Mr. Utterson alone that night than he locked the +note into his safe, where it reposed from that time forward. +"What!" he thought. "Henry Jekyll forge for a murderer!" And his +blood ran cold in his veins. + + + +42) + + + + REMARKABLE INCIDENT OF DR. LANYON + +TIME ran on; thousands of pounds were offered in reward, for the +death of Sir Danvers was resented as a public injury; but Mr. Hyde +had disappeared out of the ken of the police as though he had never +existed. Much of his past was unearthed, indeed, and all +disreputable: tales came out of the man's cruelty, at once so +callous and violent; of his vile life, of his strange associates, +of the hatred that seemed to have surrounded his career; but of his +present whereabouts, not a whisper. From the time he had left the +house in Soho on the morning of the murder, he was simply blotted +out; and gradually, as time drew on, Mr. Utterson began to recover +from the hotness of his alarm, and to grow more at quiet with +himself. The death of Sir Danvers was, to his way of thinking, more +than paid for by the disappearance of Mr. Hyde. Now that that evil +influence had been withdrawn, a new life began for Dr. Jekyll. He +came out of his seclusion, renewed relations with his friends, +became once more their familiar guest + +43) + +and entertainer; and whilst he had always been known for +charities, he was now no less distinguished for religion. He was +busy, he was much in the open air, he did good; his face seemed to +open and brighten, as if with an inward consciousness of service; +and for more than two months, the doctor was at peace. + +On the 8th of January Utterson had dined at the doctor's with a +small party; Lanyon had been there; and the face of the host had +looked from one to the other as in the old days when the trio were +inseparable friends. On the 12th, and again on the 14th, the door +was shut against the lawyer. "The doctor was confined to the +house," Poole said, "and saw no one." On the 15th, he tried again, +and was again refused; and having now been used for the last two +months to see his friend almost daily, he found this return of +solitude to weigh upon his spirits. The fifth night he had in Guest +to dine with him; and the sixth he betook himself to Dr. Lanyon's. + +There at least he was not denied admittance; but when he came in, +he was shocked at the change which had taken place in the doctor's +appearance. He had his death-warrant written legibly upon his face. +The rosy man had grown pale; his flesh had fallen away; he was +visibly balder and older; and yet it was not so much, these tokens +of a swift physical decay that arrested the lawyer's notice, as a +look in the eye and quality of manner that seemed to testify to + +44) + +some deep-seated terror of the mind. It was unlikely that the +doctor should fear death; and yet that was what Utterson was +tempted to suspect. "Yes," he thought; "he is a doctor, he must +know his own state and that his days are counted; and the knowledge +is more than he can bear." And yet when Utterson remarked on his +ill-looks, it was with an air of greatness that Lanyon declared +himself a doomed man. + +"I have had a shock," he said, "and I shall never recover. It is a +question of weeks. Well, life has been pleasant; I liked it; yes, +sir, I used to like it. I sometimes think if we knew all, we should +be more glad to get away." + +"Jekyll is ill, too," observed Utterson. "Have you seen him?" + +But Lanyon's face changed, and he held up a trembling hand. "I wish +to see or hear no more of Dr. Jekyll," he said in a loud, unsteady +voice. "I am quite done with that person; and I beg that you will +spare me any allusion to one whom I regard as dead." + +"Tut-tut," said Mr. Utterson; and then after a considerable pause, +"Can't I do anything?" he inquired. "We are three very old friends, +Lanyon; we shall not live to make others." + +"Nothing can be done," returned Lanyon; "ask himself." + +"He will not see me," said the lawyer. + +"I am not surprised at that," was the reply. "Some day, Utterson, +after I am dead, you may + +45) + +perhaps come to learn the right and wrong of this. I cannot tell +you. And in the meantime, if you can sit and talk with me of other +things, for God's sake, stay and do so; but if you cannot keep clear +of this accursed topic, then, in God's name, go, for I cannot bear +it." + +As soon as he got home, Utterson sat down and wrote to Jekyll, +complaining of his exclusion from the house, and asking the cause +of this unhappy break with Lanyon; and the next day brought him a +long answer, often very pathetically worded, and sometimes darkly +mysterious in drift. The quarrel with Lanyon was incurable. "I do +not blame our old friend," Jekyll wrote, "but I share his view +that we must never meet. I mean from henceforth to lead a life of +extreme seclusion; you must not be surprised, nor must you doubt +my friendship, if my door is often shut even to you. You must +suffer me to go my own dark way. I have brought on myself a +punishment and a danger that I cannot name. If I am the chief of +sinners, I am the chief of sufferers also. I could not think that +this earth contained a place for sufferings and terrors so +unmanning; and you can do but one thing, Utterson, to lighten +this destiny, and that is to respect my silence." Utterson was +amazed; the dark influence of Hyde had been withdrawn, the doctor +had returned to his old tasks and amities; a week ago, the +prospect had smiled with every promise of a cheerful and an +honoured age; + +46) + +and now in a moment, friendship, and peace of mind, and the whole +tenor of his life were wrecked. So great and unprepared a change +pointed to madness; but in view of Lanyon's manner and words, +there must lie for it some deeper ground. + +A week afterwards Dr. Lanyon took to his bed, and in something +less than a fortnight he was dead. The night after the funeral, +at which he had been sadly affected, Utterson locked the door of +his business room, and sitting there by the light of a melancholy +candle, drew out and set before him an envelope addressed by the +hand and sealed with the seal of his dead friend. "PRIVATE: for +the hands of G. J. Utterson ALONE and in case of his predecease +to be destroyed unread," so it was emphatically superscribed; and +the lawyer dreaded to behold the contents. "I have buried one +friend to-day," he thought: "what if this should cost me +another?" And then he condemned the fear as a disloyalty, and +broke the seal. Within there was another enclosure, likewise +sealed, and marked upon the cover as "not to be opened till the +death or disappearance of Dr. Henry Jekyll." Utterson could not +trust his eyes. Yes, it was disappearance; here again, as in the +mad will which he had long ago restored to its author, here again +were the idea of a disappearance and the name of Henry Jekyll +bracketed. But in the will, that idea had sprung from the +sinister suggestion of + +47) + +the man Hyde; it was set there with a purpose all too plain and +horrible. Written by the hand of Lanyon, what should it mean? A +great curiosity came on the trustee, to disregard the prohibition +and dive at once to the bottom of these mysteries; but +professional honour and faith to his dead friend were stringent +obligations; and the packet slept in the inmost corner of his +private safe. + +It is one thing to mortify curiosity, another to conquer it; and +it may be doubted if, from that day forth, Utterson desired the +society of his surviving friend with the same eagerness. He +thought of him kindly; but his thoughts were disquieted and +fearful. He went to call indeed; but he was perhaps relieved to +be denied admittance; perhaps, in his heart, he preferred to +speak with Poole upon the doorstep and surrounded by the air and +sounds of the open city, rather than to be admitted into that +house of voluntary bondage, and to sit and speak with its +inscrutable recluse. Poole had, indeed, no very pleasant news to +communicate. The doctor, it appeared, now more than ever confined +himself to the cabinet over the laboratory, where he would +sometimes even sleep; he was out of spirits, he had grown very +silent, he did not read; it seemed as if he had something on his +mind. Utterson became so used to the unvarying character of these +reports, that he fell off little by little in the frequency of +his visits. + +48) + + + + INCIDENT AT THE WINDOW + +IT chanced on Sunday, when Mr. Utterson was on his usual walk +with Mr. Enfield, that their way lay once again through the +by-street; and that when they came in front of the door, both +stopped to gaze on it. + +"Well," said Enfield, "that story's at an end at least. We shall +never see more of Mr. Hyde." + +"I hope not," said Utterson. "Did I ever tell you that I once saw +him, and shared your feeling of repulsion?" + +"It was impossible to do the one without the other," returned +Enfield. "And by the way, what an ass you must have thought me, +not to know that this was a back way to Dr. Jekyll's! It was +partly your own fault that I found it out, even when I did." + +"So you found it out, did you?" said Utterson. "But if that be +so, we may step into the court and take a look at the windows. To +tell you the truth, I am uneasy about poor Jekyll; and even +outside, I feel as if the presence of a friend might do him +good." + +49) + +The court was very cool and a little damp, and full of premature +twilight, although the sky, high up overhead, was still bright +with sunset. The middle one of the three windows was half-way +open; and sitting close beside it, taking the air with an +infinite sadness of mien, like some disconsolate prisoner, +Utterson saw Dr. Jekyll. + +"What! Jekyll!" he cried. "I trust you are better." + +"I am very low, Utterson," replied the doctor, drearily, "very +low. It will not last long, thank God." + +"You stay too much indoors," said the lawyer. "You should be out, +whipping up the circulation like Mr. Enfield and me. (This is my +cousin--Mr. Enfield--Dr. Jekyll.) Come, now; get your hat and +take a quick turn with us." + +"You are very good," sighed the other. "I should like to very +much; but no, no, no, it is quite impossible; I dare not. But +indeed, Utterson, I am very glad to see you; this is really a +great pleasure; I would ask you and Mr. Enfield up, but the place +is really not fit." + +"Why then," said the lawyer, good-naturedly, "the best thing we +can do is to stay down here and speak with you from where we +are." + +"That is just what I was about to venture to propose," returned +the doctor with a smile. But the words were hardly uttered, +before the smile was struck out of his face and succeeded + +50) + +by an expression of such abject terror and despair, as froze the +very blood of the two gentlemen below. They saw it but for a +glimpse, for the window was instantly thrust down; but that +glimpse had been sufficient, and they turned and left the court +without a word. In silence, too, they traversed the by-street; +and it was not until they had come into a neighbouring +thoroughfare, where even upon a Sunday there were still some +stirrings of life, that Mr. Utterson at last turned and looked at +his companion. They were both pale; and there was an answering +horror in their eyes. + +"God forgive us, God forgive us," said Mr. Utterson. + +But Mr. Enfield only nodded his head very seriously and walked on +once more in silence. + +51) + + + + THE LAST NIGHT + +MR. UTTERSON was sitting by his fireside one evening after +dinner, when he was surprised to receive a visit from Poole. + +"Bless me, Poole, what brings you here?" he cried; and then +taking a second look at him, "What ails you?" he added; "is the +doctor ill?" + +"Mr. Utterson," said the man, "there is something wrong." + + +"Take a seat, and here is a glass of wine for you," said the +lawyer. "Now, take your time, and tell me plainly what you want." + +"You know the doctor's ways, sir," replied Poole, "and how he +shuts himself up. Well, he's shut up again in the cabinet; and I +don't like it, sir--I wish I may die if I like it. Mr. Utterson, +sir, I'm afraid." + +"Now, my good man," said the lawyer, "be explicit. What are you +afraid of?" + +"I've been afraid for about a week," returned Poole, doggedly +disregarding the question, "and I can bear it no more." + +The man's appearance amply bore out his + +52) + +words; his manner was altered for the worse; and except for the +moment when he had first announced his terror, he had not once +looked the lawyer in the face. Even now, he sat with the glass of +wine untasted on his knee, and his eyes directed to a corner of +the floor. "I can bear it no more," he repeated. + +"Come," said the lawyer, "I see you have some good reason, Poole; +I see there is something seriously amiss. Try to tell me what it +is." + +"I think there's been foul play," said Poole, hoarsely. + + +"Foul play!" cried the lawyer, a good deal frightened and rather +inclined to be irritated in consequence. "What foul play? What +does the man mean?" + +"I daren't say, sir," was the answer; "but will you come along +with me and see for yourself?" + +Mr. Utterson's only answer was to rise and get his hat and +great-coat; but he observed with wonder the greatness of the +relief that appeared upon the butler's face, and perhaps with no +less, that the wine was still untasted when he set it down to +follow. + +It was a wild, cold, seasonable night of March, with a pale moon, +lying on her back as though the wind had tilted her, and a flying +wrack of the most diaphanous and lawny texture. The wind made +talking difficult, and flecked the blood into the face. It seemed +to have swept the + +53) + +streets unusually bare of passengers, besides; for Mr. Utterson +thought he had never seen that part of London so deserted. He +could have wished it otherwise; never in his life had he been +conscious of so sharp a wish to see and touch his +fellow-creatures; for struggle as he might, there was borne in +upon his mind a crushing anticipation of calamity. The square, +when they got there, was all full of wind and dust, and the thin +trees in the garden were lashing themselves along the railing. +Poole, who had kept all the way a pace or two ahead, now pulled +up in the middle of the pavement, and in spite of the biting +weather, took off his hat and mopped his brow with a red +pocket-handkerchief. But for all the hurry of his coming, these +were not the dews of exertion that he wiped away, but the +moisture of some strangling anguish; for his face was white and +his voice, when he spoke, harsh and broken. + +"Well, sir," he said, "here we are, and God grant there be +nothing wrong." + +"Amen, Poole," said the lawyer. + +Thereupon the servant knocked in a very guarded manner; the door +was opened on the chain; and a voice asked from within, "Is that +you, Poole?" + +"It's all right," said Poole. "Open the door." The hall, when +they entered it, was brightly lighted up; the fire was built +high; and about the hearth the whole of the servants, men and + +54) + +women, stood huddled together like a flock of sheep. At the sight +of Mr. Utterson, the housemaid broke into hysterical whimpering; +and the cook, crying out, "Bless God! it's Mr. Utterson," ran +forward as if to take him in her arms. + +"What, what? Are you all here?" said the lawyer peevishly. "Very +irregular, very unseemly; your master would be far from pleased." + +"They're all afraid," said Poole. + +Blank silence followed, no one protesting; only the maid lifted +up her voice and now wept loudly. + +"Hold your tongue!" Poole said to her, with a ferocity of accent +that testified to his own jangled nerves; and indeed, when the +girl had so suddenly raised the note of her lamentation, they had +all started and turned toward the inner door with faces of +dreadful expectation. "And now," continued the butler, addressing +the knife-boy, "reach me a candle, and we'll get this through +hands at once." And then he begged Mr. Utterson to follow him, +and led the way to the back-garden. + +"Now, sir," said he, "you come as gently as you can. I want you +to hear, and I don't want you to be heard. And see here, sir, if +by any chance he was to ask you in, don't go." + +Mr. Utterson's nerves, at this unlooked-for termination, gave a +jerk that nearly threw him from his balance; but he re-collected +his courage + +55) + +and followed the butler into the laboratory building and through +the surgical theatre, with its lumber of crates and bottles, to +the foot of the stair. Here Poole motioned him to stand on one +side and listen; while he himself, setting down the candle and +making a great and obvious call on his resolution, mounted the +steps and knocked with a somewhat uncertain hand on the red baize +of the cabinet door. + +"Mr. Utterson, sir, asking to see you," he called; and even as he +did so, once more violently signed to the lawyer to give ear. + +A voice answered from within: "Tell him I cannot see any one," it +said complainingly. + +"Thank you, sir," said Poole, with a note of something like +triumph in his voice; and taking up his candle, he led Mr. +Utterson back across the yard and into the great kitchen, where +the fire was out and the beetles were leaping on the floor. + +"Sir," he said, looking Mr. Utterson in the eyes, "was that my +master's voice?" + +"It seems much changed," replied the lawyer, very pale, but +giving look for look. + +"Changed? Well, yes, I think so," said the butler. "Have I been +twenty years in this man's house, to be deceived about his voice? +No, sir; master's made away with; he was made, away with eight +days ago, when we heard him cry out upon the name of God; and +who's in there instead of him, and why it stays there, is a thing +that cries to Heaven, Mr. Utterson!" + +56) + +"This is a very strange tale, Poole; this is rather a wild tale, +my man," said Mr. Utterson, biting his finger. "Suppose it were +as you suppose, supposing Dr. Jekyll to have been--well, +murdered, what could induce the murderer to stay? That won't hold +water; it doesn't commend itself to reason." + +"Well, Mr. Utterson, you are a hard man to satisfy, but I'll do +it yet," said Poole. "All this last week (you must know) him, or +it, or whatever it is that lives in that cabinet, has been crying +night and day for some sort of medicine and cannot get it to his +mind. It was sometimes his way--the master's, that is--to +write his orders on a sheet of paper and throw it on the stair. +We've had nothing else this week back; nothing but papers, and a +closed door, and the very meals left there to be smuggled in when +nobody was looking. Well, sir, every day, ay, and twice and +thrice in the same day, there have been orders and complaints, +and I have been sent flying to all the wholesale chemists in +town. Every time I brought the stuff back, there would be another +paper telling me to return it, because it was not pure, and +another order to a different firm. This drug is wanted bitter +bad, sir, whatever for." + +"Have you any of these papers?" asked Mr. Utterson. + +Poole felt in his pocket and handed out a crumpled note, which +the lawyer, bending nearer + +57) + +to the candle, carefully examined. Its contents ran thus: "Dr. +Jekyll presents his compliments to Messrs. Maw. He assures them +that their last sample is impure and quite useless for his +present purpose. In the year 18---, Dr. J. purchased a somewhat +large quantity from Messrs. M. He now begs them to search with +the most sedulous care, and should any of the same quality be +left, to forward it to him at once. Expense is no consideration. +The importance of this to Dr. J. can hardly be exaggerated." So +far the letter had run composedly enough, but here with a sudden +splutter of the pen, the writer's emotion had broken loose. "For +God's sake," he had added, "find me some of the old." + +"This is a strange note," said Mr. Utterson; and then sharply, +"How do you come to have it open?" + +"The man at Maw's was main angry, sir, and he threw it back to me +like so much dirt," returned Poole. + +"This is unquestionably the doctor's hand, do you know?" resumed +the lawyer. + +"I thought it looked like it," said the servant rather sulkily; +and then, with another voice, "But what matters hand-of-write?" +he said. "I've seen him!" + +"Seen him?" repeated Mr. Utterson. "Well?" + +"That's it!" said Poole. "It was this way. I came suddenly into +the theatre from the + +58) + +garden. It seems he had slipped out to look for this drug or +whatever it is; for the cabinet door was open, and there he was +at the far end of the room digging among the crates. He looked up +when I came in, gave a kind of cry, and whipped up-stairs into +the cabinet. It was but for one minute that I saw him, but the +hair stood upon my head like quills. Sir, if that was my master, +why had he a mask upon his face? If it was my master, why did he +cry out like a rat, and run from me? I have served him long +enough. And then..." The man paused and passed his hand over his +face. + +"These are all very strange circumstances," said Mr. Utterson, +"but I think I begin to see daylight. Your master, Poole, is +plainly seized with one of those maladies that both torture and +deform the sufferer; hence, for aught I know, the alteration of +his voice; hence the mask and the avoidance of his friends; hence +his eagerness to find this drug, by means of which the poor soul +retains some hope of ultimate recovery--God grant that he be +not deceived! There is my explanation; it is sad enough, Poole, +ay, and appalling to consider; but it is plain and natural, hangs +well together, and delivers us from all exorbitant alarms." + +"Sir," said the butler, turning to a sort of mottled pallor, +"that thing was not my master, and there's the truth. My master" +here he looked round him and began to whisper--"is + +59) + +a tall, fine build of a man, and this was more of a dwarf." +Utterson attempted to protest. "O, sir," cried Poole, "do you +think I do not know my master after twenty years? Do you think I +do not know where his head comes to in the cabinet door, where I +saw him every morning of my life? No, Sir, that thing in the mask +was never Dr. Jekyll--God knows what it was, but it was never +Dr. Jekyll; and it is the belief of my heart that there was +murder done." + +"Poole," replied the lawyer, "if you say that, it will become my +duty to make certain. Much as I desire to spare your master's +feelings, much as I am puzzled by this note which seems to prove +him to be still alive, I shall consider it my duty to break in +that door." + +"Ah Mr. Utterson, that's talking!" cried the butler. + +"And now comes the second question," resumed Utterson: "Who is +going to do it?" + +"Why, you and me," was the undaunted reply. + +"That's very well said," returned the lawyer; "and whatever comes +of it, I shall make it my business to see you are no loser." + +"There is an axe in the theatre," continued Poole; "and you might +take the kitchen poker for yourself." + +The lawyer took that rude but weighty instrument into his hand, +and balanced it. "Do you know, Poole," he said, looking up, "that + +60) + +you and I are about to place ourselves in a position of some +peril?" + +"You may say so, sir, indeed," returned the butler. + +"It is well, then, that we should be frank," said the other. "We +both think more than we have said; let us make a clean breast. +This masked figure that you saw, did you recognise it?" + +"Well, sir, it went so quick, and the creature was so doubled up, +that I could hardly swear to that," was the answer. "But if you +mean, was it Mr. Hyde?--why, yes, I think it was! You see, it +was much of the same bigness; and it had the same quick, light +way with it; and then who else could have got in by the +laboratory door? You have not forgot, sir that at the time of the +murder he had still the key with him? But that's not all. I don't +know, Mr. Utterson, if ever you met this Mr. Hyde?" + +"Yes," said the lawyer, "I once spoke with him." + +"Then you must know as well as the rest of us that there was +something queer about that gentleman--something that gave a man +a turn--I don't know rightly how to say it, sir, beyond this: +that you felt it in your marrow kind of cold and thin." + +"I own I felt something of what you describe," said Mr. Utterson. + +"Quite so, sir," returned Poole. "Well, when + +61) + +that masked thing like a monkey jumped from among the chemicals +and whipped into the cabinet, it went down my spine like ice. Oh, +I know it's not evidence, Mr. Utterson. I'm book-learned enough +for that; but a man has his feelings, and I give you my +Bible-word it was Mr. Hyde!" + +"Ay, ay," said the lawyer. "My fears incline to the same point. +Evil, I fear, founded--evil was sure to come--of that +connection. Ay, truly, I believe you; I believe poor Harry is +killed; and I believe his murderer (for what purpose, God alone +can tell) is still lurking in his victim's room. Well, let our +name be vengeance. Call Bradshaw." + +The footman came at the summons, very white and nervous. + + +"Pull yourself together, Bradshaw," said the lawyer. "This +suspense, I know, is telling upon all of you; but it is now our +intention to make an end of it. Poole, here, and I are going to +force our way into the cabinet. If all is well, my shoulders are +broad enough to bear the blame. Meanwhile, lest anything should +really be amiss, or any malefactor seek to escape by the back, +you and the boy must go round the corner with a pair of good +sticks and take your post at the laboratory door. We give you ten +minutes to get to your stations." + +As Bradshaw left, the lawyer looked at his watch. "And now, +Poole, let us get to ours," + +62) + +he said; and taking the poker under his arm, led the way into the +yard. The scud had banked over the moon, and it was now quite +dark. The wind, which only broke in puffs and draughts into that +deep well of building, tossed the light of the candle to and fro +about their steps, until they came into the shelter of the +theatre, where they sat down silently to wait. London hummed +solemnly all around; but nearer at hand, the stillness was only +broken by the sounds of a footfall moving to and fro along the +cabinet floor. + +"So it will walk all day, sir," whispered Poole; "ay, and the +better part of the night. Only when a new sample comes from the +chemist, there's a bit of a break. Ah, it's an ill conscience +that's such an enemy to rest! Ah, sir, there's blood foully shed +in every step of it! But hark again, a little closer--put your +heart in your ears, Mr. Utterson, and tell me, is that the +doctor's foot?" + +The steps fell lightly and oddly, with a certain swing, for all +they went so slowly; it was different indeed from the heavy +creaking tread of Henry Jekyll. Utterson sighed. "Is there never +anything else?" he asked. + +Poole nodded. "Once," he said. "Once I heard it weeping!" + +"Weeping? how that?" said the lawyer, conscious of a sudden chill +of horror. + +"Weeping like a woman or a lost soul," said + +63) + +the butler. "I came away with that upon my heart, that I could +have wept too." + +But now the ten minutes drew to an end. Poole disinterred the axe +from under a stack of packing straw; the candle was set upon the +nearest table to light them to the attack; and they drew near +with bated breath to where that patient foot was still going up +and down, up and down, in the quiet of the night. + +"Jekyll," cried Utterson, with a loud voice, "I demand to see +you." He paused a moment, but there came no reply. "I give you +fair warning, our suspicions are aroused, and I must and shall +see you," he resumed; "if not by fair means, then by foul! if not +of your consent, then by brute force!" + +"Utterson," said the voice, "for God's sake, have mercy!" + + +"Ah, that's not Jekyll's voice--it's Hyde's!" cried Utterson. +"Down with the door, Poole!" + +Poole swung the axe over his shoulder; the blow shook the +building, and the red baize door leaped against the lock and +hinges. A dismal screech, as of mere animal terror, rang from the +cabinet. Up went the axe again, and again the panels crashed and +the frame bounded; four times the blow fell; but the wood was +tough and the fittings were of excellent workmanship; and it was +not until the fifth, that the lock burst in sunder and the wreck +of the door fell inwards on the carpet. + +64) + + +The besiegers, appalled by their own riot and the stillness that +had succeeded, stood back a little and peered in. There lay the +cabinet before their eyes in the quiet lamplight, a good fire +glowing and chattering on the hearth, the kettle singing its thin +strain, a drawer or two open, papers neatly set forth on the +business-table, and nearer the fire, the things laid out for tea: +the quietest room, you would have said, and, but for the glazed +presses full of chemicals, the most commonplace that night in +London. + +Right in the midst there lay the body of a man sorely contorted +and still twitching. They drew near on tiptoe, turned it on its +back and beheld the face of Edward Hyde. He was dressed in +clothes far too large for him, clothes of the doctor's bigness; +the cords of his face still moved with a semblance of life, but +life was quite gone; and by the crushed phial in the hand and the +strong smell of kernels that hung upon the air, Utterson knew +that he was looking on the body of a self-destroyer. + +"We have come too late," he said sternly, "whether to save or +punish. Hyde is gone to his account; and it only remains for us +to find the body of your master." + +The far greater proportion of the building was occupied by the +theatre, which filled almost the whole ground story and was +lighted from above, and by the cabinet, which formed an upper +story at one end and looked upon the + +65) + +court. A corridor joined the theatre to the door on the +by-street; and with this the cabinet communicated separately by a +second flight of stairs. There were besides a few dark closets +and a spacious cellar. All these they now thoroughly examined. +Each closet needed but a glance, for all were empty, and all, by +the dust that fell from their doors, had stood long unopened. The +cellar, indeed, was filled with crazy lumber, mostly dating from +the times of the surgeon who was Jekyll's predecessor; but even +as they opened the door they were advertised of the uselessness +of further search, by the fall of a perfect mat of cobweb which +had for years sealed up the entrance. Nowhere was there any trace +of Henry Jekyll, dead or alive. + +Poole stamped on the flags of the corridor. "He must be buried +here," he said, hearkening to the sound. + +"Or he may have fled," said Utterson, and he turned to examine +the door in the by-street. It was locked; and lying near by on +the flags, they found the key, already stained with rust. + +"This does not look like use," observed the lawyer. + +"Use!" echoed Poole. "Do you not see, sir, it is broken? much as +if a man had stamped on it." + +"Ay," continued Utterson, "and the fractures, too, are rusty." +The two men looked at each other with a scare. "This is beyond +me, + +66) + +Poole," said the lawyer. "Let us go back to the cabinet." + +They mounted the stair in silence, and still with an occasional +awe-struck glance at the dead body, proceeded more thoroughly to +examine the contents of the cabinet. At one table, there were +traces of chemical work, various measured heaps of some white +salt being laid on glass saucers, as though for an experiment in +which the unhappy man had been prevented. + +"That is the same drug that I was always bringing him," said +Poole; and even as he spoke, the kettle with a startling noise +boiled over. + +This brought them to the fireside, where the easy-chair was drawn +cosily up, and the tea-things stood ready to the sitter's elbow, +the very sugar in the cup. There were several books on a shelf; +one lay beside the tea-things open, and Utterson was amazed to +find it a copy of a pious work, for which Jekyll had several +times expressed a great esteem, annotated, in his own hand, with +startling blasphemies. + +Next, in the course of their review of the chamber, the searchers +came to the cheval glass, into whose depths they looked with an +involuntary horror. But it was so turned as to show them nothing +but the rosy glow playing on the roof, the fire sparkling in a +hundred repetitions along the glazed front of the presses, and +their own pale and fearful countenances stooping to look in. + +67) + +"This glass have seen some strange things, sir," whispered Poole. + +"And surely none stranger than itself," echoed the lawyer in the +same tones. "For what did Jekyll"--he caught himself up at the +word with a start, and then conquering the weakness--"what +could Jekyll want with it?" he said. + +"You may say that!" said Poole. Next they turned to the +business-table. On the desk among the neat array of papers, a +large envelope was uppermost, and bore, in the doctor's hand, the +name of Mr. Utterson. The lawyer unsealed it, and several +enclosures fell to the floor. The first was a will, drawn in the +same eccentric terms as the one which he had returned six months +before, to serve as a testament in case of death and as a deed of +gift in case of disappearance; but, in place of the name of +Edward Hyde, the lawyer, with indescribable amazement, read the +name of Gabriel John Utterson. He looked at Poole, and then back +at the paper, and last of all at the dead malefactor stretched +upon the carpet. + +"My head goes round," he said. "He has been all these days in +possession; he had no cause to like me; he must have raged to see +himself displaced; and he has not destroyed this document." + +He caught up the next paper; it was a brief note in the doctor's +hand and dated at the top. + +68) + +"O Poole!" the lawyer cried, "he was alive and here this day. He +cannot have been disposed of in so short a space, he must be +still alive, he must have fled! And then, why fled? and how? and +in that case, can we venture to declare this suicide? Oh, we must +be careful. I foresee that we may yet involve your master in some +dire catastrophe." + +"Why don't you read it, sir?" asked Poole. + +"Because I fear," replied the lawyer solemnly. "God grant I have +no cause for it!" And with that he brought the paper to his eyes +and read as follows: + + +"MY DEAR UTTERSON,--When this shall fall into your hands, I +shall have disappeared, under what circumstances I have not the +penetration to foresee, but my instinct and all the circumstances +of my nameless situation tell me that the end is sure and must be +early. Go then, and first read the narrative which Lanyon warned +me he was to place in your hands; and if you care to hear more, +turn to the confession of + + "Your unworthy and unhappy friend, + "HENRY JEKYLL." + + +"There was a third enclosure?" asked Utterson. + +"Here, sir," said Poole, and gave into his hands a considerable +packet sealed in several places. + +69) + +The lawyer put it in his pocket. "I would say nothing of this +paper. If your master has fled or is dead, we may at least save +his credit. It is now ten; I must go home and read these +documents in quiet; but I shall be back before midnight, when we +shall send for the police." + +They went out, locking the door of the theatre behind them; and +Utterson, once more leaving the servants gathered about the fire +in the hall, trudged back to his office to read the two +narratives in which this mystery was now to be explained. + +70) + + + + DR. LANYON'S NARRATIVE + +ON the ninth of January, now four days ago, I received by the +evening delivery a registered envelope, addressed in the hand of +my colleague and old school-companion, Henry Jekyll. I was a good +deal surprised by this; for we were by no means in the habit of +correspondence; I had seen the man, dined with him, indeed, the +night before; and I could imagine nothing in our intercourse that +should justify formality of registration. The contents increased +my wonder; for this is how the letter ran: + + "10th December, 18--- + +"DEAR LANYON, You are one of my oldest friends; and although we +may have differed at times on scientific questions, I cannot +remember, at least on my side, any break in our affection. There +was never a day when, if you had said to me, 'Jekyll, my life, my +honour, my reason, depend upon you,' I would not have sacrificed +my left hand to help you. Lanyon, my life, my honour my reason, +are all at your mercy; + +71) + +if you fail me to-night I am lost. You might suppose, after this +preface, that I am going to ask you for something dishonourable +to grant. Judge for yourself. + +"I want you to postpone all other engagements for to-night--ay, +even if you were summoned to the bedside of an emperor; to take a +cab, unless your carriage should be actually at the door; and +with this letter in your hand for consultation, to drive straight +to my house. Poole, my butler, has his orders; you will find, him +waiting your arrival with a locksmith. The door of my cabinet is +then to be forced: and you are to go in alone; to open the glazed +press (letter E) on the left hand, breaking the lock if it be +shut; and to draw out, with all its contents as they stand, the +fourth drawer from the top or (which is the same thing) the third +from the bottom. In my extreme distress of wind, I have a morbid +fear of misdirecting you; but even if I am in error, you may know +the right drawer by its contents: some powders, a phial and a +paper book. This drawer I beg of you to carry back with you to +Cavendish Square exactly as it stands. + +"That is the first part of the service: now for the second. You +should be back, if you set out at once on the receipt of this, +long before midnight; but I will leave you that amount of margin, +not only in the fear of one of those obstacles that can neither +be prevented nor fore- + +72) + +seen, but because an hour when your servants are in bed is to be +preferred for what will then remain to do. At midnight, then, I +have to ask you to be alone in your consulting-room, to admit +with your own hand into the house a man who will present himself +in my name, and to place in his hands the drawer that you will +have brought with you from my cabinet. Then you will have played +your part and earned my gratitude completely. Five minutes +afterwards, if you insist upon an explanation, you will have +understood that these arrangements are of capital importance; and +that by the neglect of one of them, fantastic as they must +appear, you might have charged your conscience with my death or +the shipwreck of my reason. + +"Confident as I am that you will not trifle with this appeal, my +heart sinks and my hand trembles at the bare thought of such a +possibility. Think of me at this hour, in a strange place, +labouring under a blackness of distress that no fancy can +exaggerate, and yet well aware that, if you will but punctually +serve me, my troubles will roll away like a story that is told. +Serve me, my dear Lanyon, and save + "Your friend, + + "H. J. + +"P. S. I had already sealed this up when a fresh terror struck +upon my soul. It is possible that the postoffice may fail me, and +this letter + +73) + +not come into your hands until to-morrow morning. In that case, +dear Lanyon, do my errand when it shall be most convenient for +you in the course of the day; and once more expect my messenger +at midnight. It may then already be too late; and if that night +passes without event, you will know that you have seen the last +of Henry Jekyll." + + +Upon the reading of this letter, I made sure my colleague was +insane; but till that was proved beyond the possibility of doubt, +I felt bound to do as he requested. The less I understood of this +farrago, the less I was in a position to judge of its importance; +and an appeal so worded could not be set aside without a grave +responsibility. I rose accordingly from table, got into a hansom, +and drove straight to Jekyll's house. The butler was awaiting my +arrival; he had received by the same post as mine a registered +letter of instruction, and had sent at once for a locksmith and a +carpenter. The tradesmen came while we were yet speaking; and we +moved in a body to old Dr. Denman's surgical theatre, from which +(as you are doubtless aware) Jekyll's private cabinet is most +conveniently entered. The door was very strong, the lock +excellent; the carpenter avowed he would have great trouble and +have to do much damage, if force were to be used; and the +locksmith was near despair. But this last was a handy fellow, + +74) + +and after two hours' work, the door stood open. The press marked +E was unlocked; and I took out the drawer, had it filled up with +straw and tied in a sheet, and returned with it to Cavendish +Square. + +Here I proceeded to examine its contents. The powders were neatly +enough made up, but not with the nicety of the dispensing +chemist; so that it was plain they were of Jekyll's private +manufacture; and when I opened one of the wrappers I found what +seemed to me a simple crystalline salt of a white colour. The +phial, to which I next turned my attention, might have been about +half-full of a blood-red liquor, which was highly pungent to the +sense of smell and seemed to me to contain phosphorus and some +volatile ether. At the other ingredients I could make no guess. +The book was an ordinary version-book and contained little but a +series of dates. These covered a period of many years, but I +observed that the entries ceased nearly a year ago and quite +abruptly. Here and there a brief remark was appended to a date, +usually no more than a single word: "double" occurring perhaps +six times in a total of several hundred entries; and once very +early in the list and followed by several marks of exclamation, +"total failure!!!" All this, though it whetted my curiosity, told +me little that was definite. Here were a phial of some tincture, +a paper of some salt, and the record of a series of experi- + +75) + +ments that had led (like too many of Jekyll's investigations) to +no end of practical usefulness. How could the presence of these +articles in my house affect either the honour, the sanity, or the +life of my flighty colleague? If his messenger could go to one +place, why could he not go to another? And even granting some +impediment, why was this gentleman to be received by me in +secret? The more I reflected the more convinced I grew that I was +dealing with a case of cerebral disease: and though I dismissed +my servants to bed, I loaded an old revolver, that I might be +found in some posture of self-defence. + +Twelve o'clock had scarce rung out over London, ere the knocker +sounded very gently on the door. I went myself at the summons, +and found a small man crouching against the pillars of the +portico. + +"Are you come from Dr. Jekyll?" I asked. + +He told me "yes" by a constrained gesture; and when I had bidden +him enter, he did not obey me without a searching backward glance +into the darkness of the square. There was a policeman not far +off, advancing with his bull's eye open; and at the sight, I +thought my visitor started and made greater haste. + +These particulars struck me, I confess, disagreeably; and as I +followed him into the bright light of the consulting-room, I kept +my hand ready on my weapon. Here, at last, I had a + +76) + +chance of clearly seeing him. I had never set eyes on him before, +so much was certain. He was small, as I have said; I was struck +besides with the shocking expression of his face, with his +remarkable combination of great muscular activity and great +apparent debility of constitution, and--last but not least-- +with the odd, subjective disturbance caused by his neighbourhood. +This bore some resemblance to incipient rigour, and was +accompanied by a marked sinking of the pulse. At the time, I set +it down to some idiosyncratic, personal distaste, and merely +wondered at the acuteness of the symptoms; but I have since had +reason to believe the cause to lie much deeper in the nature of +man, and to turn on some nobler hinge than the principle of +hatred. + +This person (who had thus, from the first moment of his entrance, +struck in me what I can only describe as a disgustful curiosity) +was dressed in a fashion that would have made an ordinary person +laughable; his clothes, that is to say, although they were of +rich and sober fabric, were enormously too large for him in every +measurement--the trousers hanging on his legs and rolled up to +keep them from the ground, the waist of the coat below his +haunches, and the collar sprawling wide upon his shoulders. +Strange to relate, this ludicrous accoutrement was far from +moving me to laughter. Rather, as there was something abnormal +and misbe- + +77) + +gotten in the very essence of the creature that now faced me-- +something seizing, surprising, and revolting--this fresh +disparity seemed but to fit in with and to reinforce it; so that +to my interest in the man's nature and character, there was added +a curiosity as to his origin, his life, his fortune and status in +the world. + +These observations, though they have taken so great a space to be +set down in, were yet the work of a few seconds. My visitor was, +indeed, on fire with sombre excitement. + +"Have you got it?" he cried. "Have you got it?" And so lively was +his impatience that he even laid his hand upon my arm and sought +to shake me. + +I put him back, conscious at his touch of a certain icy pang +along my blood. "Come, sir," said I. "You forget that I have not +yet the pleasure of your acquaintance. Be seated, if you please." +And I showed him an example, and sat down myself in my customary +seat and with as fair an imitation of my ordinary manner to a +patient, as the lateness of the hour, the nature of my +pre-occupations, and the horror I had of my visitor, would suffer +me to muster. + +"I beg your pardon, Dr. Lanyon," he replied civilly enough. "What +you say is very well founded; and my impatience has shown its +heels to my politeness. I come here at the instance of your +colleague, Dr. Henry Jekyll, on a piece of business of some +moment; and I under- + +78) + +stood..." He paused and put his hand to his throat, and I could +see, in spite of his collected manner, that he was wrestling +against the approaches of the hysteria--"I understood, a +drawer..." + +But here I took pity on my visitor's suspense, and some perhaps +on my own growing curiosity. + +"There it is, sir," said I, pointing to the drawer, where it lay +on the floor behind a table and still covered with the sheet. + +He sprang to it, and then paused, and laid his hand upon his +heart: I could hear his teeth grate with the convulsive action of +his jaws; and his face was so ghastly to see that I grew alarmed +both for his life and reason. + +"Compose yourself," said I. + +He turned a dreadful smile to me, and as if with the decision of +despair, plucked away the sheet. At sight of the contents, he +uttered one loud sob of such immense relief that I sat petrified. +And the next moment, in a voice that was already fairly well +under control, "Have you a graduated glass?" he asked. + +I rose from my place with something of an effort and gave him +what he asked. + +He thanked me with a smiling nod, measured out a few minims of +the red tincture and added one of the powders. The mixture, which +was at first of a reddish hue, began, in proportion as the +crystals melted, to brighten in colour, to effervesce audibly, +and to throw off small + +79) + +fumes of vapour. Suddenly and at the same moment, the ebullition +ceased and the compound changed to a dark purple, which faded +again more slowly to a watery green. My visitor, who had watched +these metamorphoses with a keen eye, smiled, set down the glass +upon the table, and then turned and looked upon me with an air of +scrutiny. + +"And now," said he, "to settle what remains. Will you be wise? +will you be guided? will you suffer me to take this glass in my +hand and to go forth from your house without further parley? or +has the greed of curiosity too much command of you? Think before +you answer, for it shall be done as you decide. As you decide, +you shall be left as you were before, and neither richer nor +wiser, unless the sense of service rendered to a man in mortal +distress may be counted as a kind of riches of the soul. Or, if +you shall so prefer to choose, a new province of knowledge and +new avenues to fame and power shall be laid open to you, here, in +this room, upon the instant; and your sight shall be blasted by a +prodigy to stagger the unbelief of Satan." + +"Sir," said I, affecting a coolness that I was far from truly +possessing, "you speak enigmas, and you will perhaps not wonder +that I hear you with no very strong impression of belief. But I +have gone too far in the way of inexplicable services to pause +before I see the end." + +"It is well," replied my visitor. "Lanyon, + +80) + +you remember your vows: what follows is under the seal of our +profession. And now, you who have so long been bound to the most +narrow and material views, you who have denied the virtue of +transcendental medicine, you who have derided your superiors-- +behold!" + +He put the glass to his lips and drank at one gulp. A cry +followed; he reeled, staggered, clutched at the table and held +on, staring with injected eyes, gasping with open mouth; and as I +looked there came, I thought, a change--he seemed to swell-- +his face became suddenly black and the features seemed to melt +and alter--and the next moment, I had sprung to my feet and +leaped back against the wall, my arm raised to shield me from +that prodigy, my mind submerged in terror. + +"O God!" I screamed, and "O God!" again and again; for there +before my eyes--pale and shaken, and half-fainting, and groping +before him with his hands, like a man restored from death-- +there stood Henry Jekyll! + +What he told me in the next hour, I cannot bring my mind to set +on paper. I saw what I saw, I heard what I heard, and my soul +sickened at it; and yet now when that sight has faded from my +eyes, I ask myself if I believe it, and I cannot answer. My life +is shaken to its roots; sleep has left me; the deadliest terror +sits by me at all hours of the day and night; I feel that my days +are numbered, and that I + +81) + +must die; and yet I shall die incredulous. As for the moral +turpitude that man unveiled to me, even with tears of penitence, +I cannot, even in memory, dwell on it without a start of horror. +I will say but one thing, Utterson, and that (if you can bring +your mind to credit it) will be more than enough. The creature +who crept into my house that night was, on Jekyll's own +confession, known by the name of Hyde and hunted for in every +corner of the land as the murderer of Carew. + HASTIE LANYON + +82) + + + + HENRY JEKYLL'S FULL STATEMENT OF THE CASE + +I WAS born in the year 18--- to a large fortune, endowed besides +with excellent parts, inclined by nature to industry, fond of the +respect of the wise and good among my fellow-men, and thus, as +might have been supposed, with every guarantee of an honourable +and distinguished future. And indeed the worst of my faults was a +certain impatient gaiety of disposition, such as has made the +happiness of many, but such as I found it hard to reconcile with +my imperious desire to carry my head high, and wear a more than +commonly grave countenance before the public. Hence it came about +that I concealed my pleasures; and that when I reached years of +reflection, and began to look round me and take stock of my +progress and position in the world, I stood already committed to +a profound duplicity of life. Many a man would have even blazoned +such irregularities as I was guilty of; but from the high views +that I had set before me, I regarded and hid them with an almost +morbid sense of shame. It was thus rather the exacting + +83) + +nature of my aspirations than any particular degradation in my +faults, that made me what I was and, with even a deeper trench +than in the majority of men, severed in me those provinces of +good and ill which divide and compound man's dual nature. In this +case, I was driven to reflect deeply and inveterately on that +hard law of life, which lies at the root of religion and is one +of the most plentiful springs of distress. Though so profound a +double-dealer, I was in no sense a hypocrite; both sides of me +were in dead earnest; I was no more myself when I laid aside +restraint and plunged in shame, than when I laboured, in the eye +of day, at the furtherance of knowledge or the relief of sorrow +and suffering. And it chanced that the direction of my scientific +studies, which led wholly toward the mystic and the +transcendental, re-acted and shed a strong light on this +consciousness of the perennial war among my members. With every +day, and from both sides of my intelligence, the moral and the +intellectual, I thus drew steadily nearer to that truth, by whose +partial discovery I have been doomed to such a dreadful +shipwreck: that man is not truly one, but truly two. I say two, +because the state of my own knowledge does not pass beyond that +point. Others will follow, others will outstrip me on the same +lines; and I hazard the guess that man will be ultimately known +for a mere polity of multifarious, incongruous, and independent +denizens. I, for my + +84) + +part, from the nature of my life, advanced infallibly in one +direction and in one direction only. It was on the moral side, +and in my own person, that I learned to recognise the thorough +and primitive duality of man; I saw that, of the two natures that +contended in the field of my consciousness, even if I could +rightly be said to be either, it was only because I was radically +both; and from an early date, even before the course of my +scientific discoveries had begun to suggest the most naked +possibility of such a miracle, I had learned to dwell with +pleasure, as a beloved day-dream, on the thought of the +separation of these elements. If each, I told myself, could but +be housed in separate identities, life would be relieved of all +that was unbearable; the unjust delivered from the aspirations +might go his way, and remorse of his more upright twin; and the +just could walk steadfastly and securely on his upward path, +doing the good things in which he found his pleasure, and no +longer exposed to disgrace and penitence by the hands of this +extraneous evil. It was the curse of mankind that these +incongruous fagots were thus bound together that in the agonised +womb of consciousness, these polar twins should be continuously +struggling. How, then, were they dissociated? + +I was so far in my reflections when, as I have said, a side-light +began to shine upon the subject from the laboratory table. I +began to perceive + +85) + +more deeply than it has ever yet been stated, the trembling +immateriality, the mist-like transience of this seemingly so +solid body in which we walk attired. Certain agents I found to +have the power to shake and to pluck back that fleshly vestment, +even as a wind might toss the curtains of a pavilion. For two +good reasons, I will not enter deeply into this scientific branch +of my confession. First, because I have been made to learn that +the doom and burthen of our life is bound for ever on man's +shoulders, and when the attempt is made to cast it off, it but +returns upon us with more unfamiliar and more awful pressure. +Second, because, as my narrative will make, alas! too evident, my +discoveries were incomplete. Enough, then, that I not only +recognised my natural body for the mere aura and effulgence of +certain of the powers that made up my spirit, but managed to +compound a drug by which these powers should be dethroned from +their supremacy, and a second form and countenance substituted, +none the less natural to me because they were the expression, and +bore the stamp, of lower elements in my soul. + +I hesitated long before I put this theory to the test of +practice. I knew well that I risked death; for any drug that so +potently controlled and shook the very fortress of identity, +might by the least scruple of an overdose or at the least +inopportunity in the moment of exhibition, utterly blot out that +immaterial tabernacle which I + +86) + +looked to it to change. But the temptation of a discovery so +singular and profound, at last overcame the suggestions of alarm. +I had long since prepared my tincture; I purchased at once, from +a firm of wholesale chemists, a large quantity of a particular +salt which I knew, from my experiments, to be the last ingredient +required; and late one accursed night, I compounded the elements, +watched them boil and smoke together in the glass, and when the +ebullition had subsided, with a strong glow of courage, drank off +the potion. + +The most racking pangs succeeded: a grinding in the bones, deadly +nausea, and a horror of the spirit that cannot be exceeded at the +hour of birth or death. Then these agonies began swiftly to +subside, and I came to myself as if out of a great sickness. +There was something strange in my sensations, something +indescribably new and, from its very novelty, incredibly sweet. I +felt younger, lighter, happier in body; within I was conscious of +a heady recklessness, a current of disordered sensual images +running like a mill-race in my fancy, a solution of the bonds of +obligation, an unknown but not an innocent freedom of the soul. I +knew myself, at the first breath of this new life, to be more +wicked, tenfold more wicked, sold a slave to my original evil; +and the thought, in that moment, braced and delighted me like +wine. I stretched out my hands, exulting in the freshness of +these + +87) + +sensations; and in the act, I was suddenly aware that I had lost +in stature. + +There was no mirror, at that date, in my room; that which stands +beside me as I write, was brought there later on and for the very +purpose of these transformations. The night, however, was far +gone into the morning--the morning, black as it was, was nearly +ripe for the conception of the day--the inmates of my house +were locked in the most rigorous hours of slumber; and I +determined, flushed as I was with hope and triumph, to venture in +my new shape as far as to my bedroom. I crossed the yard, wherein +the constellations looked down upon me, I could have thought, +with wonder, the first creature of that sort that their +unsleeping vigilance had yet disclosed to them; I stole through +the corridors, a stranger in my own house; and coming to my room, +I saw for the first time the appearance of Edward Hyde. + +I must here speak by theory alone, saying not that which I know, +but that which I suppose to be most probable. The evil side of my +nature, to which I had now transferred the stamping efficacy, was +less robust and less developed than the good which I had just +deposed. Again, in the course of my life, which had been, after +all, nine-tenths a life of effort, virtue, and control, it had +been much less exercised and much less exhausted. And hence, as I +think, it came about that Edward Hyde was so much smaller, + +88) + +slighter, and younger than Henry Jekyll. Even as good shone upon +the countenance of the one, evil was written broadly and plainly +on the face of the other. Evil besides (which I must still +believe to be the lethal side of man) had left on that body an +imprint of deformity and decay. And yet when I looked upon that +ugly idol in the glass, I was conscious of no repugnance, rather +of a leap of welcome. This, too, was myself. It seemed natural +and human. In my eyes it bore a livelier image of the spirit, it +seemed more express and single, than the imperfect and divided +countenance I had been hitherto accustomed to call mine. And in +so far I was doubtless right. I have observed that when I wore +the semblance of Edward Hyde, none could come near to me at first +without a visible misgiving of the flesh. This, as I take it, was +because all human beings, as we meet them, are commingled out of +good and evil: and Edward Hyde, alone in the ranks of mankind, +was pure evil. + +I lingered but a moment at the mirror: the second and conclusive +experiment had yet to be attempted; it yet remained to be seen if +I had lost my identity beyond redemption and must flee before +daylight from a house that was no longer mine; and hurrying back +to my cabinet, I once more prepared and drank the cup, once more +suffered the pangs of dissolution, and came to myself once more +with the character, the stature, and the face of Henry Jekyll. + +89) + +That night I had come to the fatal cross-roads. Had I approached +my discovery in a more noble spirit, had I risked the experiment +while under the empire of generous or pious aspirations, all must +have been otherwise, and from these agonies of death and birth, I +had come forth an angel instead of a fiend. The drug had no +discriminating action; it was neither diabolical nor divine; it +but shook the doors of the prison-house of my disposition; and +like the captives of Philippi, that which stood within ran forth. +At that time my virtue slumbered; my evil, kept awake by +ambition, was alert and swift to seize the occasion; and the +thing that was projected was Edward Hyde. Hence, although I had +now two characters as well as two appearances, one was wholly +evil, and the other was still the old Henry Jekyll, that +incongruous compound of whose reformation and improvement I had +already learned to despair. The movement was thus wholly toward +the worse. + +Even at that time, I had not yet conquered my aversion to the +dryness of a life of study. I would still be merrily disposed at +times; and as my pleasures were (to say the least) undignified, +and I was not only well known and highly considered, but growing +toward the elderly man, this incoherency of my life was daily +growing more unwelcome. It was on this side that my new power +tempted me until I fell in slavery. I had but to drink the cup, +to doff at once the body + +90) + +of the noted professor, and to assume, like a thick cloak, that +of Edward Hyde. I smiled at the notion; it seemed to me at the +time to be humorous; and I made my preparations with the most +studious care. I took and furnished that house in Soho, to which +Hyde was tracked by the police; and engaged as housekeeper a +creature whom I well knew to be silent and unscrupulous. On the +other side, I announced to my servants that a Mr. Hyde (whom I +described) was to have full liberty and power about my house in +the square; and to parry mishaps, I even called and made myself a +familiar object, in my second character. I next drew up that will +to which you so much objected; so that if anything befell me in +the person of Dr. Jekyll, I could enter on that of Edward Hyde +without pecuniary loss. And thus fortified, as I supposed, on +every side, I began to profit by the strange immunities of my +position. + +Men have before hired bravos to transact their crimes, while +their own person and reputation sat under shelter. I was the +first that ever did so for his pleasures. I was the first that +could thus plod in the public eye with a load of genial +respectability, and in a moment, like a schoolboy, strip off +these lendings and spring headlong into the sea of liberty. But +for me, in my impenetrable mantle, the safety was complete. Think +of it--I did not even exist! Let me but escape into my +laboratory door, give me but a second or + +91) + +two to mix and swallow the draught that I had always standing +ready; and whatever he had done, Edward Hyde would pass away like +the stain of breath upon a mirror; and there in his stead, +quietly at home, trimming the midnight lamp in his study, a man +who could afford to laugh at suspicion, would be Henry Jekyll. + +The pleasures which I made haste to seek in my disguise were, as +I have said, undignified; I would scarce use a harder term. But +in the hands of Edward Hyde, they soon began to turn toward the +monstrous. When I would come back from these excursions, I was +often plunged into a kind of wonder at my vicarious depravity. +This familiar that I called out of my own soul, and sent forth +alone to do his good pleasure, was a being inherently malign and +villainous; his every act and thought centred on self; drinking +pleasure with bestial avidity from any degree of torture to +another; relentless like a man of stone. Henry Jekyll stood at +times aghast before the acts of Edward Hyde; but the situation +was apart from ordinary laws, and insidiously relaxed the grasp +of conscience. It was Hyde, after all, and Hyde alone, that was +guilty. Jekyll was no worse; he woke again to his good qualities +seemingly unimpaired; he would even make haste, where it was +possible, to undo the evil done by Hyde. And thus his conscience +slumbered. + +Into the details of the infamy at which I thus + +92) + +connived (for even now I can scarce grant that I committed it) I +have no design of entering; I mean but to point out the warnings +and the successive steps with which my chastisement approached. I +met with one accident which, as it brought on no consequence, I +shall no more than mention. An act of cruelty to a child aroused +against me the anger of a passer-by, whom I recognised the other +day in the person of your kinsman; the doctor and the child's +family joined him; there were moments when I feared for my life; +and at last, in order to pacify their too just resentment, Edward +Hyde had to bring them to the door, and pay them in a cheque +drawn in the name of Henry Jekyll. But this danger was easily +eliminated from the future, by opening an account at another bank +in the name of Edward Hyde himself; and when, by sloping my own +hand backward, I had supplied my double with a signature, I +thought I sat beyond the reach of fate. + +Some two months before the murder of Sir Danvers, I had been out +for one of my adventures, had returned at a late hour, and woke +the next day in bed with somewhat odd sensations. It was in vain +I looked about me; in vain I saw the decent furniture and tall +proportions of my room in the square; in vain that I recognised +the pattern of the bed-curtains and the design of the mahogany +frame; something still kept insisting that I was not where I was, + +93) + +that I had not wakened where I seemed to be, but in the little +room in Soho where I was accustomed to sleep in the body of +Edward Hyde. I smiled to myself, and, in my psychological way +began lazily to inquire into the elements of this illusion, +occasionally, even as I did so, dropping back into a comfortable +morning doze. I was still so engaged when, in one of my more +wakeful moments, my eyes fell upon my hand. Now the hand of Henry +Jekyll (as you have often remarked) was professional in shape and +size: it was large, firm, white, and comely. But the hand which I +now saw, clearly enough, in the yellow light of a mid-London +morning, lying half shut on the bed-clothes, was lean, corded, +knuckly, of a dusky pallor and thickly shaded with a swart growth +of hair. It was the hand of Edward Hyde. + +I must have stared upon it for near half a minute, sunk as I was +in the mere stupidity of wonder, before terror woke up in my +breast as sudden and startling as the crash of cymbals; and +bounding from my bed, I rushed to the mirror. At the sight that +met my eyes, my blood was changed into something exquisitely thin +and icy. Yes, I had gone to bed Henry Jekyll, I had awakened +Edward Hyde. How was this to be explained? I asked myself, and +then, with another bound of terror--how was it to be remedied? +It was well on in the morning; the servants were up; all my drugs +were in the + +94) + +cabinet--a long journey down two pairs of stairs, through the +back passage, across the open court and through the anatomical +theatre, from where I was then standing horror-struck. It might +indeed be possible to cover my face; but of what use was that, +when I was unable to conceal the alteration in my stature? And +then with an overpowering sweetness of relief, it came back upon +my mind that the servants were already used to the coming and +going of my second self. I had soon dressed, as well as I was +able, in clothes of my own size: had soon passed through the +house, where Bradshaw stared and drew back at seeing Mr. Hyde at +such an hour and in such a strange array; and ten minutes later, +Dr. Jekyll had returned to his own shape and was sitting down, +with a darkened brow, to make a feint of breakfasting. + +Small indeed was my appetite. This inexplicable incident, this +reversal of my previous experience, seemed, like the Babylonian +finger on the wall, to be spelling out the letters of my +judgment; and I began to reflect more seriously than ever before +on the issues and possibilities of my double existence. That part +of me which I had the power of projecting, had lately been much +exercised and nourished; it had seemed to me of late as though +the body of Edward Hyde had grown in stature, as though (when I +wore that form) I were conscious of a more generous tide of +blood; and I began to spy a danger that, + +95) + +if this were much prolonged, the balance of my nature might be +permanently overthrown, the power of voluntary change be +forfeited, and the character of Edward Hyde become irrevocably +mine. The power of the drug had not been always equally +displayed. Once, very early in my career, it had totally failed +me; since then I had been obliged on more than one occasion to +double, and once, with infinite risk of death, to treble the +amount; and these rare uncertainties had cast hitherto the sole +shadow on my contentment. Now, however, and in the light of that +morning's accident, I was led to remark that whereas, in the +beginning, the difficulty had been to throw off the body of +Jekyll, it had of late gradually but decidedly transferred itself +to the other side. All things therefore seemed to point to this: +that I was slowly losing hold of my original and better self, and +becoming slowly incorporated with my second and worse. + +Between these two, I now felt I had to choose. My two natures had +memory in common, but all other faculties were most unequally +shared between them. Jekyll (who was composite) now with the most +sensitive apprehensions, now with a greedy gusto, projected and +shared in the pleasures and adventures of Hyde; but Hyde was +indifferent to Jekyll, or but remembered him as the mountain +bandit remembers the cavern in which he conceals himself from +pursuit. Jekyll had more than a father's interest; Hyde + +96) + +had more than a son's indifference. To cast in my lot with +Jekyll, was to die to those appetites which I had long secretly +indulged and had of late begun to pamper. To cast it in with +Hyde, was to die to a thousand interests and aspirations, and to +become, at a blow and for ever, despised and friendless. The +bargain might appear unequal; but there was still another +consideration in the scales; for while Jekyll would suffer +smartingly in the fires of abstinence, Hyde would be not even +conscious of all that he had lost. Strange as my circumstances +were, the terms of this debate are as old and commonplace as man; +much the same inducements and alarms cast the die for any tempted +and trembling sinner; and it fell out with me, as it falls with +so vast a majority of my fellows, that I chose the better part +and was found wanting in the strength to keep to it. + +Yes, I preferred the elderly and discontented doctor, surrounded +by friends and cherishing honest hopes; and bade a resolute +farewell to the liberty, the comparative youth, the light step, +leaping impulses and secret pleasures, that I had enjoyed in the +disguise of Hyde. I made this choice perhaps with some +unconscious reservation, for I neither gave up the house in Soho, +nor destroyed the clothes of Edward Hyde, which still lay ready +in my cabinet. For two months, however, I was true to my +determination; for two months I led a life of such + +97) + +severity as I had never before attained to, and enjoyed the +compensations of an approving conscience. But time began at last +to obliterate the freshness of my alarm; the praises of +conscience began to grow into a thing of course; I began to be +tortured with throes and longings, as of Hyde struggling after +freedom; and at last, in an hour of moral weakness, I once again +compounded and swallowed the transforming draught. + +I do not suppose that, when a drunkard reasons with himself upon +his vice, he is once out of five hundred times affected by the +dangers that he runs through his brutish, physical insensibility; +neither had I, long as I had considered my position, made enough +allowance for the complete moral insensibility and insensate +readiness to evil, which were the leading characters of Edward +Hyde. Yet it was by these that I was punished. My devil had been +long caged, he came out roaring. I was conscious, even when I +took the draught, of a more unbridled, a more furious propensity +to ill. It must have been this, I suppose, that stirred in my +soul that tempest of impatience with which I listened to the +civilities of my unhappy victim; I declare, at least, before God, +no man morally sane could have been guilty of that crime upon so +pitiful a provocation; and that I struck in no more reasonable +spirit than that in which a sick child may break a plaything. But +I had voluntarily stripped myself of all those balancing +instincts + +98) + +by which even the worst of us continues to walk with some degree +of steadiness among temptations; and in my case, to be tempted, +however slightly, was to fall. + +Instantly the spirit of hell awoke in me and raged. With a +transport of glee, I mauled the unresisting body, tasting delight +from every blow; and it was not till weariness had begun to +succeed, that I was suddenly, in the top fit of my delirium, +struck through the heart by a cold thrill of terror. A mist +dispersed; I saw my life to be forfeit; and fled from the scene +of these excesses, at once glorying and trembling, my lust of +evil gratified and stimulated, my love of life screwed to the +topmost peg. I ran to the house in Soho, and (to make assurance +doubly sure) destroyed my papers; thence I set out through the +lamplit streets, in the same divided ecstasy of mind, gloating on +my crime, light-headedly devising others in the future, and yet +still hastening and still hearkening in my wake for the steps of +the avenger. Hyde had a song upon his lips as he compounded the +draught, and as he drank it, pledged the dead man. The pangs of +transformation had not done tearing him, before Henry Jekyll, +with streaming tears of gratitude and remorse, had fallen upon +his knees and lifted his clasped hands to God. The veil of +self-indulgence was rent from head to foot, I saw my life as a +whole: I followed it up from the days of childhood, when I had +walked + +99) + +with my father's hand, and through the self-denying toils of my +professional life, to arrive again and again, with the same sense +of unreality, at the damned horrors of the evening. I could have +screamed aloud; I sought with tears and prayers to smother down +the crowd of hideous images and sounds with which my memory +swarmed against me; and still, between the petitions, the ugly +face of my iniquity stared into my soul. As the acuteness of this +remorse began to die away, it was succeeded by a sense of joy. +The problem of my conduct was solved. Hyde was thenceforth +impossible; whether I would or not, I was now confined to the +better part of my existence; and oh, how I rejoiced to think it! +with what willing humility, I embraced anew the restrictions of +natural life! with what sincere renunciation, I locked the door +by which I had so often gone and come, and ground the key under +my heel! + +The next day, came the news that the murder had been overlooked, +that the guilt of Hyde was patent to the world, and that the +victim was a man high in public estimation. It was not only a +crime, it had been a tragic folly. I think I was glad to know it; +I think I was glad to have my better impulses thus buttressed and +guarded by the terrors of the scaffold. Jekyll was now my city of +refuge; let but Hyde peep out an instant, and the hands of all +men would be raised to take and slay him. + +100) + +I resolved in my future conduct to redeem the past; and I can say +with honesty that my resolve was fruitful of some good. You know +yourself how earnestly in the last months of last year, I +laboured to relieve suffering; you know that much was done for +others, and that the days passed quietly, almost happily for +myself. Nor can I truly say that I wearied of this beneficent and +innocent life; I think instead that I daily enjoyed it more +completely; but I was still cursed with my duality of purpose; +and as the first edge of my penitence wore off, the lower side of +me, so long indulged, so recently chained down, began to growl +for licence. Not that I dreamed of resuscitating Hyde; the bare +idea of that would startle me to frenzy: no, it was in my own +person, that I was once more tempted to trifle with my +conscience; and it was as an ordinary secret sinner, that I at +last fell before the assaults of temptation. + +There comes an end to all things; the most capacious measure is +filled at last; and this brief condescension to evil finally +destroyed the balance of my soul. And yet I was not alarmed; the +fall seemed natural, like a return to the old days before I had +made discovery. It was a fine, clear, January day, wet under foot +where the frost had melted, but cloudless overhead; and the +Regent's Park was full of winter chirrupings and sweet with +spring odours. I sat in the sun on a bench; the animal within me +licking the + +101) + +chops of memory; the spiritual side a little drowsed, promising +subsequent penitence, but not yet moved to begin. After all, I +reflected, I was like my neighbours; and then I smiled, comparing +myself with other men, comparing my active goodwill with the lazy +cruelty of their neglect. And at the very moment of that +vain-glorious thought, a qualm came over me, a horrid nausea and +the most deadly shuddering. These passed away, and left me faint; +and then as in its turn the faintness subsided, I began to be +aware of a change in the temper of my thoughts, a greater +boldness, a contempt of danger, a solution of the bonds of +obligation. I looked down; my clothes hung formlessly on my +shrunken limbs; the hand that lay on my knee was corded and +hairy. I was once more Edward Hyde. A moment before I had been +safe of all men's respect, wealthy, beloved--the cloth laying +for me in the dining-room at home; and now I was the common +quarry of mankind, hunted, houseless, a known murderer, thrall to +the gallows. + +My reason wavered, but it did not fail me utterly. I have more +than once observed that, in my second character, my faculties +seemed sharpened to a point and my spirits more tensely elastic; +thus it came about that, where Jekyll perhaps might have +succumbed, Hyde rose to the importance of the moment. My drugs +were in one of the presses of my cabinet; how was I + +102) + +to reach them? That was the problem that (crushing my temples in +my hands) I set myself to solve. The laboratory door I had +closed. If I sought to enter by the house, my own servants would +consign me to the gallows. I saw I must employ another hand, and +thought of Lanyon. How was he to be reached? how persuaded? +Supposing that I escaped capture in the streets, how was I to +make my way into his presence? and how should I, an unknown and +displeasing visitor, prevail on the famous physician to rifle the +study of his colleague, Dr. Jekyll? Then I remembered that of my +original character, one part remained to me: I could write my own +hand; and once I had conceived that kindling spark, the way that +I must follow became lighted up from end to end. + + Thereupon, I arranged my clothes as best I could, and summoning +a passing hansom, drove to an hotel in Portland Street, the name +of which I chanced to remember. At my appearance (which was +indeed comical enough, however tragic a fate these garments +covered) the driver could not conceal his mirth. I gnashed my +teeth upon him with a gust of devilish fury; and the smile +withered from his face--happily for him--yet more happily for +myself, for in another instant I had certainly dragged him from +his perch. At the inn, as I entered, I looked about me with so +black a countenance as made the attendants tremble; not a look +did they exchange in my + +103) + +presence; but obsequiously took my orders, led me to a private +room, and brought me wherewithal to write. Hyde in danger of his +life was a creature new to me; shaken with inordinate anger, +strung to the pitch of murder, lusting to inflict pain. Yet the +creature was astute; mastered his fury with a great effort of the +will; composed his two important letters, one to Lanyon and one +to Poole; and that he might receive actual evidence of their +being posted, sent them out with directions that they should be +registered. + +Thenceforward, he sat all day over the fire in the private room, +gnawing his nails; there he dined, sitting alone with his fears, +the waiter visibly quailing before his eye; and thence, when the +night was fully come, he set forth in the corner of a closed cab, +and was driven to and fro about the streets of the city. He, I +say--I cannot say, I. That child of Hell had nothing human; +nothing lived in him but fear and hatred. And when at last, +thinking the driver had begun to grow suspicious, he discharged +the cab and ventured on foot, attired in his misfitting clothes, +an object marked out for observation, into the midst of the +nocturnal passengers, these two base passions raged within him +like a tempest. He walked fast, hunted by his fears, chattering +to himself, skulking through the less-frequented thoroughfares, +counting the minutes that still divided him from midnight. Once a + +104) + +woman spoke to him, offering, I think, a box of lights. He smote +her in the face, and she fled. + +When I came to myself at Lanyon's, the horror of my old friend +perhaps affected me somewhat: I do not know; it was at least but +a drop in the sea to the abhorrence with which I looked back upon +these hours. A change had come over me. It was no longer the fear +of the gallows, it was the horror of being Hyde that racked me. I +received Lanyon's condemnation partly in a dream; it was partly +in a dream that I came home to my own house and got into bed. I +slept after the prostration of the day, with a stringent and +profound slumber which not even the nightmares that wrung me +could avail to break. I awoke in the morning shaken, weakened, +but refreshed. I still hated and feared the thought of the brute +that slept within me, and I had not of course forgotten the +appalling dangers of the day before; but I was once more at home, +in my own house and close to my drugs; and gratitude for my +escape shone so strong in my soul that it almost rivalled the +brightness of hope. + +I was stepping leisurely across the court after breakfast, +drinking the chill of the air with pleasure, when I was seized +again with those indescribable sensations that heralded the +change; and I had but the time to gain the shelter of my cabinet, +before I was once again raging and freezing with the passions of +Hyde. It took on this occasion a double dose to recall me to + +105) + +myself; and alas! Six hours after, as I sat looking sadly in the +fire, the pangs returned, and the drug had to be re-administered. +In short, from that day forth it seemed only by a great effort as +of gymnastics, and only under the immediate stimulation of the +drug, that I was able to wear the countenance of Jekyll. At all +hours of the day and night, I would be taken with the premonitory +shudder; above all, if I slept, or even dozed for a moment in my +chair, it was always as Hyde that I awakened. Under the strain of +this continually-impending doom and by the sleeplessness to which +I now condemned myself, ay, even beyond what I had thought +possible to man, I became, in my own person, a creature eaten up +and emptied by fever, languidly weak both in body and mind, and +solely occupied by one thought: the horror of my other self. But +when I slept, or when the virtue of the medicine wore off, I +would leap almost without transition (for the pangs of +transformation grew daily less marked) into the possession of a +fancy brimming with images of terror, a soul boiling with +causeless hatreds, and a body that seemed not strong enough to +contain the raging energies of life. The powers of Hyde seemed to +have grown with the sickliness of Jekyll. And certainly the hate +that now divided them was equal on each side. With Jekyll, it was +a thing of vital instinct. He had now seen the full deformity of +that creature that shared with him some of the phenomena of + +106) + +consciousness, and was co-heir with him to death: and beyond these +links of community, which in themselves made the most poignant +part of his distress, he thought of Hyde, for all his energy of +life, as of something not only hellish but inorganic. This was the +shocking thing; that the slime of the pit seemed to utter cries +and voices; that the amorphous dust gesticulated and sinned; that +what was dead, and had no shape, should usurp the offices of life. +And this again, that that insurgent horror was knit to him closer +than a wife, closer than an eye; lay caged in his flesh, where he +heard it mutter and felt it struggle to be born; and at every hour +of weakness, and in the confidence of slumber, prevailed against +him and deposed him out of life. The hatred of Hyde for Jekyll, +was of a different order. His terror of the gallows drove him +continually to commit temporary suicide, and return to his +subordinate station of a part instead of a person; but he loathed +the necessity, he loathed the despondency into which Jekyll was +now fallen, and he resented the dislike with which he was himself +regarded. Hence the ape-like tricks that he would play me, +scrawling in my own hand blasphemies on the pages of my books, +burning the letters and destroying the portrait of my father; and +indeed, had it not been for his fear of death, he would long ago +have ruined himself in order to involve me in the ruin. But his +love of life is wonderful; I go further: I, who sicken + +107) + +and freeze at the mere thought of him, when I recall the +abjection and passion of this attachment, and when I know how he +fears my power to cut him off by suicide, I find it in my heart +to pity him. + +It is useless, and the time awfully fails me, to prolong this +description; no one has ever suffered such torments, let that +suffice; and yet even to these, habit brought--no, not +alleviation--but a certain callousness of soul, a certain +acquiescence of despair; and my punishment might have gone on for +years, but for the last calamity which has now fallen, and which +has finally severed me from my own face and nature. My provision +of the salt, which had never been renewed since the date of the +first experiment, began to run low. I sent out for a fresh +supply, and mixed the draught; the ebullition followed, and the +first change of colour, not the second; I drank it and it was +without efficiency. You will learn from Poole how I have had +London ransacked; it was in vain; and I am now persuaded that my +first supply was impure, and that it was that unknown impurity +which lent efficacy to the draught. + +About a week has passed, and I am now finishing this statement +under the influence of the last of the old powders. This, then, +is the last time, short of a miracle, that Henry Jekyll can think +his own thoughts or see his own face (now how sadly altered!) +in the glass. Nor must I delay + +108) + +too long to bring my writing to an end; for if my narrative has +hitherto escaped destruction, it has been by a combination of +great prudence and great good luck. Should the throes of change +take me in the act of writing it, Hyde will tear it in pieces; +but if some time shall have elapsed after I have laid it by, his +wonderful selfishness and Circumscription to the moment will +probably save it once again from the action of his ape-like +spite. And indeed the doom that is closing on us both, has +already changed and crushed him. Half an hour from now, when I +shall again and for ever re-indue that hated personality, I know +how I shall sit shuddering and weeping in my chair, or continue, +with the most strained and fear-struck ecstasy of listening, to +pace up and down this room (my last earthly refuge) and give ear +to every sound of menace. Will Hyde die upon the scaffold? or +will he find courage to release himself at the last moment? God +knows; I am careless; this is my true hour of death, and what is +to follow concerns another than myself. Here then, as I lay down +the pen and proceed to seal up my confession, I bring the life of +that unhappy Henry Jekyll to an end. From 24177a0fa7c39449e75085fb5510d5bc0c71fd45 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: AddisonNoxy <34310754+AddisonNoxy@users.noreply.github.com> Date: Wed, 20 Mar 2019 15:49:15 -0500 Subject: [PATCH 03/63] Create phantomoftheopera --- files/books/unrelated/phantomoftheopera | 10757 ++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 10757 insertions(+) create mode 100644 files/books/unrelated/phantomoftheopera diff --git a/files/books/unrelated/phantomoftheopera b/files/books/unrelated/phantomoftheopera new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a3a406e --- /dev/null +++ b/files/books/unrelated/phantomoftheopera @@ -0,0 +1,10757 @@ +Contents + + Chapter + + PROLOGUE + I IS IT A GHOST? + II THE NEW MARGARITA + III THE MYSTERIOUS REASON + IV BOX FIVE + V THE ENCHANTED VIOLIN + VI A VISIT TO BOX FIVE + VII FAUST AND WHAT FOLLOWED + VIII THE MYSTERIOUS BROUGHAM + IX AT THE MASKED BALL + X FORGET THE NAME OF THE MAN'S VOICE + XI ABOVE THE TRAP-DOORS + XII APOLLO'S LYRE + XIII A MASTER-STROKE OF THE TRAP-DOOR LOVER + XIV THE SINGULAR ATTITUDE OF A SAFETY-PIN + XV CHRISTINE! CHRISTINE! + XVI MME. GIRY'S REVELATIONS + XVII THE SAFETY-PIN AGAIN + XVIII THE COMMISSARY, THE VISCOUNT AND THE PERSIAN + XIX THE VISCOUNT AND THE PERSIAN + XX IN THE CELLARS OF THE OPERA + XXI INTERESTING VICISSITUDES + XXII IN THE TORTURE CHAMBER + XXIII THE TORTURES BEGIN + XXIV BARRELS! BARRELS! + XXV THE SCORPION OR THE GRASSHOPPER: WHICH + XXVI THE END OF THE GHOST'S LOVE STORY + EPILOGUE + +{plus a "bonus chapter" called "THE PARIS OPERA HOUSE"} + + + + +The Phantom of the Opera + + + +Prologue + + +IN WHICH THE AUTHOR OF THIS SINGULAR WORK INFORMS THE READER HOW HE +ACQUIRED THE CERTAINTY THAT THE OPERA GHOST REALLY EXISTED + +The Opera ghost really existed. He was not, as was long believed, a +creature of the imagination of the artists, the superstition of the +managers, or a product of the absurd and impressionable brains of the +young ladies of the ballet, their mothers, the box-keepers, the +cloak-room attendants or the concierge. Yes, he existed in flesh and +blood, although he assumed the complete appearance of a real phantom; +that is to say, of a spectral shade. + +When I began to ransack the archives of the National Academy of Music I +was at once struck by the surprising coincidences between the phenomena +ascribed to the "ghost" and the most extraordinary and fantastic +tragedy that ever excited the Paris upper classes; and I soon conceived +the idea that this tragedy might reasonably be explained by the +phenomena in question. The events do not date more than thirty years +back; and it would not be difficult to find at the present day, in the +foyer of the ballet, old men of the highest respectability, men upon +whose word one could absolutely rely, who would remember as though they +happened yesterday the mysterious and dramatic conditions that attended +the kidnapping of Christine Daae, the disappearance of the Vicomte de +Chagny and the death of his elder brother, Count Philippe, whose body +was found on the bank of the lake that exists in the lower cellars of +the Opera on the Rue-Scribe side. But none of those witnesses had +until that day thought that there was any reason for connecting the +more or less legendary figure of the Opera ghost with that terrible +story. + +The truth was slow to enter my mind, puzzled by an inquiry that at +every moment was complicated by events which, at first sight, might be +looked upon as superhuman; and more than once I was within an ace of +abandoning a task in which I was exhausting myself in the hopeless +pursuit of a vain image. At last, I received the proof that my +presentiments had not deceived me, and I was rewarded for all my +efforts on the day when I acquired the certainty that the Opera ghost +was more than a mere shade. + +On that day, I had spent long hours over THE MEMOIRS OF A MANAGER, the +light and frivolous work of the too-skeptical Moncharmin, who, during +his term at the Opera, understood nothing of the mysterious behavior of +the ghost and who was making all the fun of it that he could at the +very moment when he became the first victim of the curious financial +operation that went on inside the "magic envelope." + +I had just left the library in despair, when I met the delightful +acting-manager of our National Academy, who stood chatting on a landing +with a lively and well-groomed little old man, to whom he introduced me +gaily. The acting-manager knew all about my investigations and how +eagerly and unsuccessfully I had been trying to discover the +whereabouts of the examining magistrate in the famous Chagny case, M. +Faure. Nobody knew what had become of him, alive or dead; and here he +was back from Canada, where he had spent fifteen years, and the first +thing he had done, on his return to Paris, was to come to the +secretarial offices at the Opera and ask for a free seat. The little +old man was M. Faure himself. + +We spent a good part of the evening together and he told me the whole +Chagny case as he had understood it at the time. He was bound to +conclude in favor of the madness of the viscount and the accidental +death of the elder brother, for lack of evidence to the contrary; but +he was nevertheless persuaded that a terrible tragedy had taken place +between the two brothers in connection with Christine Daae. He could +not tell me what became of Christine or the viscount. When I mentioned +the ghost, he only laughed. He, too, had been told of the curious +manifestations that seemed to point to the existence of an abnormal +being, residing in one of the most mysterious corners of the Opera, and +he knew the story of the envelope; but he had never seen anything in it +worthy of his attention as magistrate in charge of the Chagny case, and +it was as much as he had done to listen to the evidence of a witness +who appeared of his own accord and declared that he had often met the +ghost. This witness was none other than the man whom all Paris called +the "Persian" and who was well-known to every subscriber to the Opera. +The magistrate took him for a visionary. + +I was immensely interested by this story of the Persian. I wanted, if +there were still time, to find this valuable and eccentric witness. My +luck began to improve and I discovered him in his little flat in the +Rue de Rivoli, where he had lived ever since and where he died five +months after my visit. I was at first inclined to be suspicious; but +when the Persian had told me, with child-like candor, all that he knew +about the ghost and had handed me the proofs of the ghost's +existence--including the strange correspondence of Christine Daae--to +do as I pleased with, I was no longer able to doubt. No, the ghost was +not a myth! + +I have, I know, been told that this correspondence may have been forged +from first to last by a man whose imagination had certainly been fed on +the most seductive tales; but fortunately I discovered some of +Christine's writing outside the famous bundle of letters and, on a +comparison between the two, all my doubts were removed. I also went +into the past history of the Persian and found that he was an upright +man, incapable of inventing a story that might have defeated the ends +of justice. + +This, moreover, was the opinion of the more serious people who, at one +time or other, were mixed up in the Chagny case, who were friends of +the Chagny family, to whom I showed all my documents and set forth all +my inferences. In this connection, I should like to print a few lines +which I received from General D----: + +SIR: + +I can not urge you too strongly to publish the results of your inquiry. +I remember perfectly that, a few weeks before the disappearance of that +great singer, Christine Daae, and the tragedy which threw the whole of +the Faubourg Saint-Germain into mourning, there was a great deal of +talk, in the foyer of the ballet, on the subject of the "ghost;" and I +believe that it only ceased to be discussed in consequence of the later +affair that excited us all so greatly. But, if it be possible--as, +after hearing you, I believe--to explain the tragedy through the ghost, +then I beg you sir, to talk to us about the ghost again. + +Mysterious though the ghost may at first appear, he will always be more +easily explained than the dismal story in which malevolent people have +tried to picture two brothers killing each other who had worshiped each +other all their lives. + +Believe me, etc. + +Lastly, with my bundle of papers in hand, I once more went over the +ghost's vast domain, the huge building which he had made his kingdom. +All that my eyes saw, all that my mind perceived, corroborated the +Persian's documents precisely; and a wonderful discovery crowned my +labors in a very definite fashion. It will be remembered that, later, +when digging in the substructure of the Opera, before burying the +phonographic records of the artist's voice, the workmen laid bare a +corpse. Well, I was at once able to prove that this corpse was that of +the Opera ghost. I made the acting-manager put this proof to the test +with his own hand; and it is now a matter of supreme indifference to me +if the papers pretend that the body was that of a victim of the Commune. + +The wretches who were massacred, under the Commune, in the cellars of +the Opera, were not buried on this side; I will tell where their +skeletons can be found in a spot not very far from that immense crypt +which was stocked during the siege with all sorts of provisions. I +came upon this track just when I was looking for the remains of the +Opera ghost, which I should never have discovered but for the +unheard-of chance described above. + +But we will return to the corpse and what ought to be done with it. +For the present, I must conclude this very necessary introduction by +thanking M. Mifroid (who was the commissary of police called in for the +first investigations after the disappearance of Christine Daae), M. +Remy, the late secretary, M. Mercier, the late acting-manager, M. +Gabriel, the late chorus-master, and more particularly Mme. la Baronne +de Castelot-Barbezac, who was once the "little Meg" of the story (and +who is not ashamed of it), the most charming star of our admirable +corps de ballet, the eldest daughter of the worthy Mme. Giry, now +deceased, who had charge of the ghost's private box. All these were of +the greatest assistance to me; and, thanks to them, I shall be able to +reproduce those hours of sheer love and terror, in their smallest +details, before the reader's eyes. + +And I should be ungrateful indeed if I omitted, while standing on the +threshold of this dreadful and veracious story, to thank the present +management the Opera, which has so kindly assisted me in all my +inquiries, and M. Messager in particular, together with M. Gabion, the +acting-manager, and that most amiable of men, the architect intrusted +with the preservation of the building, who did not hesitate to lend me +the works of Charles Garnier, although he was almost sure that I would +never return them to him. Lastly, I must pay a public tribute to the +generosity of my friend and former collaborator, M. J. Le Croze, who +allowed me to dip into his splendid theatrical library and to borrow +the rarest editions of books by which he set great store. + +GASTON LEROUX. + + + +Chapter I Is it the Ghost? + + +It was the evening on which MM. Debienne and Poligny, the managers of +the Opera, were giving a last gala performance to mark their +retirement. Suddenly the dressing-room of La Sorelli, one of the +principal dancers, was invaded by half-a-dozen young ladies of the +ballet, who had come up from the stage after "dancing" Polyeucte. They +rushed in amid great confusion, some giving vent to forced and +unnatural laughter, others to cries of terror. Sorelli, who wished to +be alone for a moment to "run through" the speech which she was to make +to the resigning managers, looked around angrily at the mad and +tumultuous crowd. It was little Jammes--the girl with the tip-tilted +nose, the forget-me-not eyes, the rose-red cheeks and the lily-white +neck and shoulders--who gave the explanation in a trembling voice: + +"It's the ghost!" And she locked the door. + +Sorelli's dressing-room was fitted up with official, commonplace +elegance. A pier-glass, a sofa, a dressing-table and a cupboard or two +provided the necessary furniture. On the walls hung a few engravings, +relics of the mother, who had known the glories of the old Opera in the +Rue le Peletier; portraits of Vestris, Gardel, Dupont, Bigottini. But +the room seemed a palace to the brats of the corps de ballet, who were +lodged in common dressing-rooms where they spent their time singing, +quarreling, smacking the dressers and hair-dressers and buying one +another glasses of cassis, beer, or even rhum, until the call-boy's +bell rang. + +Sorelli was very superstitious. She shuddered when she heard little +Jammes speak of the ghost, called her a "silly little fool" and then, +as she was the first to believe in ghosts in general, and the Opera +ghost in particular, at once asked for details: + +"Have you seen him?" + +"As plainly as I see you now!" said little Jammes, whose legs were +giving way beneath her, and she dropped with a moan into a chair. + +Thereupon little Giry--the girl with eyes black as sloes, hair black as +ink, a swarthy complexion and a poor little skin stretched over poor +little bones--little Giry added: + +"If that's the ghost, he's very ugly!" + +"Oh, yes!" cried the chorus of ballet-girls. + +And they all began to talk together. The ghost had appeared to them in +the shape of a gentleman in dress-clothes, who had suddenly stood +before them in the passage, without their knowing where he came from. +He seemed to have come straight through the wall. + +"Pooh!" said one of them, who had more or less kept her head. "You see +the ghost everywhere!" + +And it was true. For several months, there had been nothing discussed +at the Opera but this ghost in dress-clothes who stalked about the +building, from top to bottom, like a shadow, who spoke to nobody, to +whom nobody dared speak and who vanished as soon as he was seen, no one +knowing how or where. As became a real ghost, he made no noise in +walking. People began by laughing and making fun of this specter +dressed like a man of fashion or an undertaker; but the ghost legend +soon swelled to enormous proportions among the corps de ballet. All +the girls pretended to have met this supernatural being more or less +often. And those who laughed the loudest were not the most at ease. +When he did not show himself, he betrayed his presence or his passing +by accident, comic or serious, for which the general superstition held +him responsible. Had any one met with a fall, or suffered a practical +joke at the hands of one of the other girls, or lost a powderpuff, it +was at once the fault of the ghost, of the Opera ghost. + +After all, who had seen him? You meet so many men in dress-clothes at +the Opera who are not ghosts. But this dress-suit had a peculiarity of +its own. It covered a skeleton. At least, so the ballet-girls said. +And, of course, it had a death's head. + +Was all this serious? The truth is that the idea of the skeleton came +from the description of the ghost given by Joseph Buquet, the chief +scene-shifter, who had really seen the ghost. He had run up against +the ghost on the little staircase, by the footlights, which leads to +"the cellars." He had seen him for a second--for the ghost had +fled--and to any one who cared to listen to him he said: + +"He is extraordinarily thin and his dress-coat hangs on a skeleton +frame. His eyes are so deep that you can hardly see the fixed pupils. +You just see two big black holes, as in a dead man's skull. His skin, +which is stretched across his bones like a drumhead, is not white, but +a nasty yellow. His nose is so little worth talking about that you +can't see it side-face; and THE ABSENCE of that nose is a horrible +thing TO LOOK AT. All the hair he has is three or four long dark locks +on his forehead and behind his ears." + +This chief scene-shifter was a serious, sober, steady man, very slow at +imagining things. His words were received with interest and amazement; +and soon there were other people to say that they too had met a man in +dress-clothes with a death's head on his shoulders. Sensible men who +had wind of the story began by saying that Joseph Buquet had been the +victim of a joke played by one of his assistants. And then, one after +the other, there came a series of incidents so curious and so +inexplicable that the very shrewdest people began to feel uneasy. + +For instance, a fireman is a brave fellow! He fears nothing, least of +all fire! Well, the fireman in question, who had gone to make a round +of inspection in the cellars and who, it seems, had ventured a little +farther than usual, suddenly reappeared on the stage, pale, scared, +trembling, with his eyes starting out of his head, and practically +fainted in the arms of the proud mother of little Jammes.[1] And why? +Because he had seen coming toward him, AT THE LEVEL OF HIS HEAD, BUT +WITHOUT A BODY ATTACHED TO IT, A HEAD OF FIRE! And, as I said, a +fireman is not afraid of fire. + +The fireman's name was Pampin. + +The corps de ballet was flung into consternation. At first sight, this +fiery head in no way corresponded with Joseph Buquet's description of +the ghost. But the young ladies soon persuaded themselves that the +ghost had several heads, which he changed about as he pleased. And, of +course, they at once imagined that they were in the greatest danger. +Once a fireman did not hesitate to faint, leaders and front-row and +back-row girls alike had plenty of excuses for the fright that made +them quicken their pace when passing some dark corner or ill-lighted +corridor. Sorelli herself, on the day after the adventure of the +fireman, placed a horseshoe on the table in front of the +stage-door-keeper's box, which every one who entered the Opera +otherwise than as a spectator must touch before setting foot on the +first tread of the staircase. This horse-shoe was not invented by +me--any more than any other part of this story, alas!--and may still be +seen on the table in the passage outside the stage-door-keeper's box, +when you enter the Opera through the court known as the Cour de +l'Administration. + +To return to the evening in question. + +"It's the ghost!" little Jammes had cried. + +An agonizing silence now reigned in the dressing-room. Nothing was +heard but the hard breathing of the girls. At last, Jammes, flinging +herself upon the farthest corner of the wall, with every mark of real +terror on her face, whispered: + +"Listen!" + +Everybody seemed to hear a rustling outside the door. There was no +sound of footsteps. It was like light silk sliding over the panel. +Then it stopped. + +Sorelli tried to show more pluck than the others. She went up to the +door and, in a quavering voice, asked: + +"Who's there?" + +But nobody answered. Then feeling all eyes upon her, watching her last +movement, she made an effort to show courage, and said very loudly: + +"Is there any one behind the door?" + +"Oh, yes, yes! Of course there is!" cried that little dried plum of a +Meg Giry, heroically holding Sorelli back by her gauze skirt. +"Whatever you do, don't open the door! Oh, Lord, don't open the door!" + +But Sorelli, armed with a dagger that never left her, turned the key +and drew back the door, while the ballet-girls retreated to the inner +dressing-room and Meg Giry sighed: + +"Mother! Mother!" + +Sorelli looked into the passage bravely. It was empty; a gas-flame, in +its glass prison, cast a red and suspicious light into the surrounding +darkness, without succeeding in dispelling it. And the dancer slammed +the door again, with a deep sigh. + +"No," she said, "there is no one there." + +"Still, we saw him!" Jammes declared, returning with timid little +steps to her place beside Sorelli. "He must be somewhere prowling +about. I shan't go back to dress. We had better all go down to the +foyer together, at once, for the 'speech,' and we will come up again +together." + +And the child reverently touched the little coral finger-ring which she +wore as a charm against bad luck, while Sorelli, stealthily, with the +tip of her pink right thumb-nail, made a St. Andrew's cross on the +wooden ring which adorned the fourth finger of her left hand. She said +to the little ballet-girls: + +"Come, children, pull yourselves together! I dare say no one has ever +seen the ghost." + +"Yes, yes, we saw him--we saw him just now!" cried the girls. "He had +his death's head and his dress-coat, just as when he appeared to Joseph +Buquet!" + +"And Gabriel saw him too!" said Jammes. "Only yesterday! Yesterday +afternoon--in broad day-light----" + +"Gabriel, the chorus-master?" + +"Why, yes, didn't you know?" + +"And he was wearing his dress-clothes, in broad daylight?" + +"Who? Gabriel?" + +"Why, no, the ghost!" + +"Certainly! Gabriel told me so himself. That's what he knew him by. +Gabriel was in the stage-manager's office. Suddenly the door opened +and the Persian entered. You know the Persian has the evil eye----" + +"Oh, yes!" answered the little ballet-girls in chorus, warding off +ill-luck by pointing their forefinger and little finger at the absent +Persian, while their second and third fingers were bent on the palm and +held down by the thumb. + +"And you know how superstitious Gabriel is," continued Jammes. +"However, he is always polite. When he meets the Persian, he just puts +his hand in his pocket and touches his keys. Well, the moment the +Persian appeared in the doorway, Gabriel gave one jump from his chair +to the lock of the cupboard, so as to touch iron! In doing so, he tore +a whole skirt of his overcoat on a nail. Hurrying to get out of the +room, he banged his forehead against a hat-peg and gave himself a huge +bump; then, suddenly stepping back, he skinned his arm on the screen, +near the piano; he tried to lean on the piano, but the lid fell on his +hands and crushed his fingers; he rushed out of the office like a +madman, slipped on the staircase and came down the whole of the first +flight on his back. I was just passing with mother. We picked him up. +He was covered with bruises and his face was all over blood. We were +frightened out of our lives, but, all at once, he began to thank +Providence that he had got off so cheaply. Then he told us what had +frightened him. He had seen the ghost behind the Persian, THE GHOST +WITH THE DEATH'S HEAD just like Joseph Buquet's description!" + +Jammes had told her story ever so quickly, as though the ghost were at +her heels, and was quite out of breath at the finish. A silence +followed, while Sorelli polished her nails in great excitement. It was +broken by little Giry, who said: + +"Joseph Buquet would do better to hold his tongue." + +"Why should he hold his tongue?" asked somebody. + +"That's mother's opinion," replied Meg, lowering her voice and looking +all about her as though fearing lest other ears than those present +might overhear. + +"And why is it your mother's opinion?" + +"Hush! Mother says the ghost doesn't like being talked about." + +"And why does your mother say so?" + +"Because--because--nothing--" + +This reticence exasperated the curiosity of the young ladies, who +crowded round little Giry, begging her to explain herself. They were +there, side by side, leaning forward simultaneously in one movement of +entreaty and fear, communicating their terror to one another, taking a +keen pleasure in feeling their blood freeze in their veins. + +"I swore not to tell!" gasped Meg. + +But they left her no peace and promised to keep the secret, until Meg, +burning to say all she knew, began, with her eyes fixed on the door: + +"Well, it's because of the private box." + +"What private box?" + +"The ghost's box!" + +"Has the ghost a box? Oh, do tell us, do tell us!" + +"Not so loud!" said Meg. "It's Box Five, you know, the box on the +grand tier, next to the stage-box, on the left." + +"Oh, nonsense!" + +"I tell you it is. Mother has charge of it. But you swear you won't +say a word?" + +"Of course, of course." + +"Well, that's the ghost's box. No one has had it for over a month, +except the ghost, and orders have been given at the box-office that it +must never be sold." + +"And does the ghost really come there?" + +"Yes." + +"Then somebody does come?" + +"Why, no! The ghost comes, but there is nobody there." + +The little ballet-girls exchanged glances. If the ghost came to the +box, he must be seen, because he wore a dress-coat and a death's head. +This was what they tried to make Meg understand, but she replied: + +"That's just it! The ghost is not seen. And he has no dress-coat and +no head! All that talk about his death's head and his head of fire is +nonsense! There's nothing in it. You only hear him when he is in the +box. Mother has never seen him, but she has heard him. Mother knows, +because she gives him his program." + +Sorelli interfered. + +"Giry, child, you're getting at us!" + +Thereupon little Giry began to cry. + +"I ought to have held my tongue--if mother ever came to know! But I +was quite right, Joseph Buquet had no business to talk of things that +don't concern him--it will bring him bad luck--mother was saying so +last night----" + +There was a sound of hurried and heavy footsteps in the passage and a +breathless voice cried: + +"Cecile! Cecile! Are you there?" + +"It's mother's voice," said Jammes. "What's the matter?" + +She opened the door. A respectable lady, built on the lines of a +Pomeranian grenadier, burst into the dressing-room and dropped groaning +into a vacant arm-chair. Her eyes rolled madly in her brick-dust +colored face. + +"How awful!" she said. "How awful!" + +"What? What?" + +"Joseph Buquet!" + +"What about him?" + +"Joseph Buquet is dead!" + +The room became filled with exclamations, with astonished outcries, +with scared requests for explanations. + +"Yes, he was found hanging in the third-floor cellar!" + +"It's the ghost!" little Giry blurted, as though in spite of herself; +but she at once corrected herself, with her hands pressed to her mouth: +"No, no!--I, didn't say it!--I didn't say it!----" + +All around her, her panic-stricken companions repeated under their +breaths: + +"Yes--it must be the ghost!" + +Sorelli was very pale. + +"I shall never be able to recite my speech," she said. + +Ma Jammes gave her opinion, while she emptied a glass of liqueur that +happened to be standing on a table; the ghost must have something to do +with it. + +The truth is that no one ever knew how Joseph Buquet met his death. +The verdict at the inquest was "natural suicide." In his Memoirs of +Manager, M. Moncharmin, one of the joint managers who succeeded MM. +Debienne and Poligny, describes the incident as follows: + +"A grievous accident spoiled the little party which MM. Debienne and +Poligny gave to celebrate their retirement. I was in the manager's +office, when Mercier, the acting-manager, suddenly came darting in. He +seemed half mad and told me that the body of a scene-shifter had been +found hanging in the third cellar under the stage, between a farm-house +and a scene from the Roi de Lahore. I shouted: + +"'Come and cut him down!' + +"By the time I had rushed down the staircase and the Jacob's ladder, +the man was no longer hanging from his rope!" + +So this is an event which M. Moncharmin thinks natural. A man hangs at +the end of a rope; they go to cut him down; the rope has disappeared. +Oh, M. Moncharmin found a very simple explanation! Listen to him: + +"It was just after the ballet; and leaders and dancing-girls lost no +time in taking their precautions against the evil eye." + +There you are! Picture the corps de ballet scuttling down the Jacob's +ladder and dividing the suicide's rope among themselves in less time +than it takes to write! When, on the other hand, I think of the exact +spot where the body was discovered--the third cellar underneath the +stage!--imagine that SOMEBODY must have been interested in seeing that +the rope disappeared after it had effected its purpose; and time will +show if I am wrong. + +The horrid news soon spread all over the Opera, where Joseph Buquet was +very popular. The dressing-rooms emptied and the ballet-girls, +crowding around Sorelli like timid sheep around their shepherdess, made +for the foyer through the ill-lit passages and staircases, trotting as +fast as their little pink legs could carry them. + + +[1] I have the anecdote, which is quite authentic, from M. Pedro +Gailhard himself, the late manager of the Opera. + + + + +Chapter II The New Margarita + + +On the first landing, Sorelli ran against the Comte de Chagny, who was +coming up-stairs. The count, who was generally so calm, seemed greatly +excited. + +"I was just going to you," he said, taking off his hat. "Oh, Sorelli, +what an evening! And Christine Daae: what a triumph!" + +"Impossible!" said Meg Giry. "Six months ago, she used to sing like a +CROCK! But do let us get by, my dear count," continues the brat, with +a saucy curtsey. "We are going to inquire after a poor man who was +found hanging by the neck." + +Just then the acting-manager came fussing past and stopped when he +heard this remark. + +"What!" he exclaimed roughly. "Have you girls heard already? Well, +please forget about it for tonight--and above all don't let M. Debienne +and M. Poligny hear; it would upset them too much on their last day." + +They all went on to the foyer of the ballet, which was already full of +people. The Comte de Chagny was right; no gala performance ever +equalled this one. All the great composers of the day had conducted +their own works in turns. Faure and Krauss had sung; and, on that +evening, Christine Daae had revealed her true self, for the first time, +to the astonished and enthusiastic audience. Gounod had conducted the +Funeral March of a Marionnette; Reyer, his beautiful overture to +Siguar; Saint Saens, the Danse Macabre and a Reverie Orientale; +Massenet, an unpublished Hungarian march; Guiraud, his Carnaval; +Delibes, the Valse Lente from Sylvia and the Pizzicati from Coppelia. +Mlle. Krauss had sung the bolero in the Vespri Siciliani; and Mlle. +Denise Bloch the drinking song in Lucrezia Borgia. + +But the real triumph was reserved for Christine Daae, who had begun by +singing a few passages from Romeo and Juliet. It was the first time +that the young artist sang in this work of Gounod, which had not been +transferred to the Opera and which was revived at the Opera Comique +after it had been produced at the old Theatre Lyrique by Mme. Carvalho. +Those who heard her say that her voice, in these passages, was +seraphic; but this was nothing to the superhuman notes that she gave +forth in the prison scene and the final trio in FAUST, which she sang +in the place of La Carlotta, who was ill. No one had ever heard or +seen anything like it. + +Daae revealed a new Margarita that night, a Margarita of a splendor, a +radiance hitherto unsuspected. The whole house went mad, rising to its +feet, shouting, cheering, clapping, while Christine sobbed and fainted +in the arms of her fellow-singers and had to be carried to her +dressing-room. A few subscribers, however, protested. Why had so great +a treasure been kept from them all that time? Till then, Christine +Daae had played a good Siebel to Carlotta's rather too splendidly +material Margarita. And it had needed Carlotta's incomprehensible and +inexcusable absence from this gala night for the little Daae, at a +moment's warning, to show all that she could do in a part of the +program reserved for the Spanish diva! Well, what the subscribers +wanted to know was, why had Debienne and Poligny applied to Daae, when +Carlotta was taken ill? Did they know of her hidden genius? And, if +they knew of it, why had they kept it hidden? And why had she kept it +hidden? Oddly enough, she was not known to have a professor of singing +at that moment. She had often said she meant to practise alone for the +future. The whole thing was a mystery. + +The Comte de Chagny, standing up in his box, listened to all this +frenzy and took part in it by loudly applauding. Philippe Georges +Marie Comte de Chagny was just forty-one years of age. He was a great +aristocrat and a good-looking man, above middle height and with +attractive features, in spite of his hard forehead and his rather cold +eyes. He was exquisitely polite to the women and a little haughty to +the men, who did not always forgive him for his successes in society. +He had an excellent heart and an irreproachable conscience. On the +death of old Count Philibert, he became the head of one of the oldest +and most distinguished families in France, whose arms dated back to the +fourteenth century. The Chagnys owned a great deal of property; and, +when the old count, who was a widower, died, it was no easy task for +Philippe to accept the management of so large an estate. His two +sisters and his brother, Raoul, would not hear of a division and waived +their claim to their shares, leaving themselves entirely in Philippe's +hands, as though the right of primogeniture had never ceased to exist. +When the two sisters married, on the same day, they received their +portion from their brother, not as a thing rightfully belonging to +them, but as a dowry for which they thanked him. + +The Comtesse de Chagny, nee de Moerogis de La Martyniere, had died in +giving birth to Raoul, who was born twenty years after his elder +brother. At the time of the old count's death, Raoul was twelve years +of age. Philippe busied himself actively with the youngster's +education. He was admirably assisted in this work first by his sisters +and afterward by an old aunt, the widow of a naval officer, who lived +at Brest and gave young Raoul a taste for the sea. The lad entered the +Borda training-ship, finished his course with honors and quietly made +his trip round the world. Thanks to powerful influence, he had just +been appointed a member of the official expedition on board the Requin, +which was to be sent to the Arctic Circle in search of the survivors of +the D'Artoi's expedition, of whom nothing had been heard for three +years. Meanwhile, he was enjoying a long furlough which would not be +over for six months; and already the dowagers of the Faubourg +Saint-Germain were pitying the handsome and apparently delicate +stripling for the hard work in store for him. + +The shyness of the sailor-lad--I was almost saying his innocence--was +remarkable. He seemed to have but just left the women's apron-strings. +As a matter of fact, petted as he was by his two sisters and his old +aunt, he had retained from this purely feminine education manners that +were almost candid and stamped with a charm that nothing had yet been +able to sully. He was a little over twenty-one years of age and looked +eighteen. He had a small, fair mustache, beautiful blue eyes and a +complexion like a girl's. + +Philippe spoiled Raoul. To begin with, he was very proud of him and +pleased to foresee a glorious career for his junior in the navy in +which one of their ancestors, the famous Chagny de La Roche, had held +the rank of admiral. He took advantage of the young man's leave of +absence to show him Paris, with all its luxurious and artistic +delights. The count considered that, at Raoul's age, it is not good to +be too good. Philippe himself had a character that was very +well-balanced in work and pleasure alike; his demeanor was always +faultless; and he was incapable of setting his brother a bad example. +He took him with him wherever he went. He even introduced him to the +foyer of the ballet. I know that the count was said to be "on terms" +with Sorelli. But it could hardly be reckoned as a crime for this +nobleman, a bachelor, with plenty of leisure, especially since his +sisters were settled, to come and spend an hour or two after dinner in +the company of a dancer, who, though not so very, very witty, had the +finest eyes that ever were seen! And, besides, there are places where +a true Parisian, when he has the rank of the Comte de Chagny, is bound +to show himself; and at that time the foyer of the ballet at the Opera +was one of those places. + +Lastly, Philippe would perhaps not have taken his brother behind the +scenes of the Opera if Raoul had not been the first to ask him, +repeatedly renewing his request with a gentle obstinacy which the count +remembered at a later date. + +On that evening, Philippe, after applauding the Daae, turned to Raoul +and saw that he was quite pale. + +"Don't you see," said Raoul, "that the woman's fainting?" + +"You look like fainting yourself," said the count. "What's the matter?" + +But Raoul had recovered himself and was standing up. + +"Let's go and see," he said, "she never sang like that before." + +The count gave his brother a curious smiling glance and seemed quite +pleased. They were soon at the door leading from the house to the +stage. Numbers of subscribers were slowly making their way through. +Raoul tore his gloves without knowing what he was doing and Philippe +had much too kind a heart to laugh at him for his impatience. But he +now understood why Raoul was absent-minded when spoken to and why he +always tried to turn every conversation to the subject of the Opera. + +They reached the stage and pushed through the crowd of gentlemen, +scene-shifters, supers and chorus-girls, Raoul leading the way, feeling +that his heart no longer belonged to him, his face set with passion, +while Count Philippe followed him with difficulty and continued to +smile. At the back of the stage, Raoul had to stop before the inrush +of the little troop of ballet-girls who blocked the passage which he +was trying to enter. More than one chaffing phrase darted from little +made-up lips, to which he did not reply; and at last he was able to +pass, and dived into the semi-darkness of a corridor ringing with the +name of "Daae! Daae!" The count was surprised to find that Raoul knew +the way. He had never taken him to Christine's himself and came to the +conclusion that Raoul must have gone there alone while the count stayed +talking in the foyer with Sorelli, who often asked him to wait until it +was her time to "go on" and sometimes handed him the little gaiters in +which she ran down from her dressing-room to preserve the spotlessness +of her satin dancing-shoes and her flesh-colored tights. Sorelli had +an excuse; she had lost her mother. + +Postponing his usual visit to Sorelli for a few minutes, the count +followed his brother down the passage that led to Daae's dressing-room +and saw that it had never been so crammed as on that evening, when the +whole house seemed excited by her success and also by her fainting fit. +For the girl had not yet come to; and the doctor of the theater had +just arrived at the moment when Raoul entered at his heels. Christine, +therefore, received the first aid of the one, while opening her eyes in +the arms of the other. The count and many more remained crowding in +the doorway. + +"Don't you think, Doctor, that those gentlemen had better clear the +room?" asked Raoul coolly. "There's no breathing here." + +"You're quite right," said the doctor. + +And he sent every one away, except Raoul and the maid, who looked at +Raoul with eyes of the most undisguised astonishment. She had never +seen him before and yet dared not question him; and the doctor imagined +that the young man was only acting as he did because he had the right +to. The viscount, therefore, remained in the room watching Christine +as she slowly returned to life, while even the joint managers, Debienne +and Poligny, who had come to offer their sympathy and congratulations, +found themselves thrust into the passage among the crowd of dandies. +The Comte de Chagny, who was one of those standing outside, laughed: + +"Oh, the rogue, the rogue!" And he added, under his breath: "Those +youngsters with their school-girl airs! So he's a Chagny after all!" + +He turned to go to Sorelli's dressing-room, but met her on the way, +with her little troop of trembling ballet-girls, as we have seen. + +Meanwhile, Christine Daae uttered a deep sigh, which was answered by a +groan. She turned her head, saw Raoul and started. She looked at the +doctor, on whom she bestowed a smile, then at her maid, then at Raoul +again. + +"Monsieur," she said, in a voice not much above a whisper, "who are +you?" + +"Mademoiselle," replied the young man, kneeling on one knee and +pressing a fervent kiss on the diva's hand, "I AM THE LITTLE BOY WHO +WENT INTO THE SEA TO RESCUE YOUR SCARF." + +Christine again looked at the doctor and the maid; and all three began +to laugh. + +Raoul turned very red and stood up. + +"Mademoiselle," he said, "since you are pleased not to recognize me, I +should like to say something to you in private, something very +important." + +"When I am better, do you mind?" And her voice shook. "You have been +very good." + +"Yes, you must go," said the doctor, with his pleasantest smile. +"Leave me to attend to mademoiselle." + +"I am not ill now," said Christine suddenly, with strange and +unexpected energy. + +She rose and passed her hand over her eyelids. + +"Thank you, Doctor. I should like to be alone. Please go away, all of +you. Leave me. I feel very restless this evening." + +The doctor tried to make a short protest, but, perceiving the girl's +evident agitation, he thought the best remedy was not to thwart her. +And he went away, saying to Raoul, outside: + +"She is not herself to-night. She is usually so gentle." + +Then he said good night and Raoul was left alone. The whole of this +part of the theater was now deserted. The farewell ceremony was no +doubt taking place in the foyer of the ballet. Raoul thought that Daae +might go to it and he waited in the silent solitude, even hiding in the +favoring shadow of a doorway. He felt a terrible pain at his heart and +it was of this that he wanted to speak to Daae without delay. + +Suddenly the dressing-room door opened and the maid came out by +herself, carrying bundles. He stopped her and asked how her mistress +was. The woman laughed and said that she was quite well, but that he +must not disturb her, for she wished to be left alone. And she passed +on. One idea alone filled Raoul's burning brain: of course, Daae +wished to be left alone FOR HIM! Had he not told her that he wanted to +speak to her privately? + +Hardly breathing, he went up to the dressing-room and, with his ear to +the door to catch her reply, prepared to knock. But his hand dropped. +He had heard A MAN'S VOICE in the dressing-room, saying, in a curiously +masterful tone: + +"Christine, you must love me!" + +And Christine's voice, infinitely sad and trembling, as though +accompanied by tears, replied: + +"How can you talk like that? WHEN I SING ONLY FOR YOU!" + +Raoul leaned against the panel to ease his pain. His heart, which had +seemed gone for ever, returned to his breast and was throbbing loudly. +The whole passage echoed with its beating and Raoul's ears were +deafened. Surely, if his heart continued to make such a noise, they +would hear it inside, they would open the door and the young man would +be turned away in disgrace. What a position for a Chagny! To be +caught listening behind a door! He took his heart in his two hands to +make it stop. + +The man's voice spoke again: "Are you very tired?" + +"Oh, to-night I gave you my soul and I am dead!" Christine replied. + +"Your soul is a beautiful thing, child," replied the grave man's voice, +"and I thank you. No emperor ever received so fair a gift. THE ANGELS +WEPT TONIGHT." + +Raoul heard nothing after that. Nevertheless, he did not go away, but, +as though he feared lest he should be caught, he returned to his dark +corner, determined to wait for the man to leave the room. At one and +the same time, he had learned what love meant, and hatred. He knew +that he loved. He wanted to know whom he hated. To his great +astonishment, the door opened and Christine Daae appeared, wrapped in +furs, with her face hidden in a lace veil, alone. She closed the door +behind her, but Raoul observed that she did not lock it. She passed +him. He did not even follow her with his eyes, for his eyes were fixed +on the door, which did not open again. + +When the passage was once more deserted, he crossed it, opened the door +of the dressing-room, went in and shut the door. He found himself in +absolute darkness. The gas had been turned out. + +"There is some one here!" said Raoul, with his back against the closed +door, in a quivering voice. "What are you hiding for?" + +All was darkness and silence. Raoul heard only the sound of his own +breathing. He quite failed to see that the indiscretion of his conduct +was exceeding all bounds. + +"You shan't leave this until I let you!" he exclaimed. "If you don't +answer, you are a coward! But I'll expose you!" + +And he struck a match. The blaze lit up the room. There was no one in +the room! Raoul, first turning the key in the door, lit the gas-jets. +He went into the dressing-closet, opened the cupboards, hunted about, +felt the walls with his moist hands. Nothing! + +"Look here!" he said, aloud. "Am I going mad?" + +He stood for ten minutes listening to the gas flaring in the silence of +the empty room; lover though he was, he did not even think of stealing +a ribbon that would have given him the perfume of the woman he loved. +He went out, not knowing what he was doing nor where he was going. At +a given moment in his wayward progress, an icy draft struck him in the +face. He found himself at the bottom of a staircase, down which, +behind him, a procession of workmen were carrying a sort of stretcher, +covered with a white sheet. + +"Which is the way out, please?" he asked of one of the men. + +"Straight in front of you, the door is open. But let us pass." + +Pointing to the stretcher, he asked mechanically: "What's that?" + +The workmen answered: + +"'That' is Joseph Buquet, who was found in the third cellar, hanging +between a farm-house and a scene from the ROI DE LAHORE." + +He took off his hat, fell back to make room for the procession and went +out. + + + +Chapter III The Mysterious Reason + + +During this time, the farewell ceremony was taking place. I have +already said that this magnificent function was being given on the +occasion of the retirement of M. Debienne and M. Poligny, who had +determined to "die game," as we say nowadays. They had been assisted +in the realization of their ideal, though melancholy, program by all +that counted in the social and artistic world of Paris. All these +people met, after the performance, in the foyer of the ballet, where +Sorelli waited for the arrival of the retiring managers with a glass of +champagne in her hand and a little prepared speech at the tip of her +tongue. Behind her, the members of the Corps de Ballet, young and old, +discussed the events of the day in whispers or exchanged discreet +signals with their friends, a noisy crowd of whom surrounded the +supper-tables arranged along the slanting floor. + +A few of the dancers had already changed into ordinary dress; but most +of them wore their skirts of gossamer gauze; and all had thought it the +right thing to put on a special face for the occasion: all, that is, +except little Jammes, whose fifteen summers--happy age!--seemed already +to have forgotten the ghost and the death of Joseph Buquet. She never +ceased to laugh and chatter, to hop about and play practical jokes, +until Mm. Debienne and Poligny appeared on the steps of the foyer, when +she was severely called to order by the impatient Sorelli. + +Everybody remarked that the retiring managers looked cheerful, as is +the Paris way. None will ever be a true Parisian who has not learned +to wear a mask of gaiety over his sorrows and one of sadness, boredom +or indifference over his inward joy. You know that one of your friends +is in trouble; do not try to console him: he will tell you that he is +already comforted; but, should he have met with good fortune, be +careful how you congratulate him: he thinks it so natural that he is +surprised that you should speak of it. In Paris, our lives are one +masked ball; and the foyer of the ballet is the last place in which two +men so "knowing" as M. Debienne and M. Poligny would have made the +mistake of betraying their grief, however genuine it might be. And +they were already smiling rather too broadly upon Sorelli, who had +begun to recite her speech, when an exclamation from that little madcap +of a Jammes broke the smile of the managers so brutally that the +expression of distress and dismay that lay beneath it became apparent +to all eyes: + +"The Opera ghost!" + +Jammes yelled these words in a tone of unspeakable terror; and her +finger pointed, among the crowd of dandies, to a face so pallid, so +lugubrious and so ugly, with two such deep black cavities under the +straddling eyebrows, that the death's head in question immediately +scored a huge success. + +"The Opera ghost! The Opera ghost!" Everybody laughed and pushed his +neighbor and wanted to offer the Opera ghost a drink, but he was gone. +He had slipped through the crowd; and the others vainly hunted for him, +while two old gentlemen tried to calm little Jammes and while little +Giry stood screaming like a peacock. + +Sorelli was furious; she had not been able to finish her speech; the +managers, had kissed her, thanked her and run away as fast as the ghost +himself. No one was surprised at this, for it was known that they were +to go through the same ceremony on the floor above, in the foyer of the +singers, and that finally they were themselves to receive their +personal friends, for the last time, in the great lobby outside the +managers' office, where a regular supper would be served. + +Here they found the new managers, M. Armand Moncharmin and M. Firmin +Richard, whom they hardly knew; nevertheless, they were lavish in +protestations of friendship and received a thousand flattering +compliments in reply, so that those of the guests who had feared that +they had a rather tedious evening in store for them at once put on +brighter faces. The supper was almost gay and a particularly clever +speech of the representative of the government, mingling the glories of +the past with the successes of the future, caused the greatest +cordiality to prevail. + +The retiring managers had already handed over to their successors the +two tiny master-keys which opened all the doors--thousands of doors--of +the Opera house. And those little keys, the object of general +curiosity, were being passed from hand to hand, when the attention of +some of the guests was diverted by their discovery, at the end of the +table, of that strange, wan and fantastic face, with the hollow eyes, +which had already appeared in the foyer of the ballet and been greeted +by little Jammes' exclamation: + +"The Opera ghost!" + +There sat the ghost, as natural as could be, except that he neither ate +nor drank. Those who began by looking at him with a smile ended by +turning away their heads, for the sight of him at once provoked the +most funereal thoughts. No one repeated the joke of the foyer, no one +exclaimed: + +"There's the Opera ghost!" + +He himself did not speak a word and his very neighbors could not have +stated at what precise moment he had sat down between them; but every +one felt that if the dead did ever come and sit at the table of the +living, they could not cut a more ghastly figure. The friends of +Firmin Richard and Armand Moncharmin thought that this lean and skinny +guest was an acquaintance of Debienne's or Poligny's, while Debienne's +and Poligny's friends believed that the cadaverous individual belonged +to Firmin Richard and Armand Moncharmin's party. + +The result was that no request was made for an explanation; no +unpleasant remark; no joke in bad taste, which might have offended this +visitor from the tomb. A few of those present who knew the story of +the ghost and the description of him given by the chief +scene-shifter--they did not know of Joseph Buquet's death--thought, in +their own minds, that the man at the end of the table might easily have +passed for him; and yet, according to the story, the ghost had no nose +and the person in question had. But M. Moncharmin declares, in his +Memoirs, that the guest's nose was transparent: "long, thin and +transparent" are his exact words. I, for my part, will add that this +might very well apply to a false nose. M. Moncharmin may have taken +for transparency what was only shininess. Everybody knows that +orthopaedic science provides beautiful false noses for those who have +lost their noses naturally or as the result of an operation. + +Did the ghost really take a seat at the managers' supper-table that +night, uninvited? And can we be sure that the figure was that of the +Opera ghost himself? Who would venture to assert as much? I mention +the incident, not because I wish for a second to make the reader +believe--or even to try to make him believe--that the ghost was capable +of such a sublime piece of impudence; but because, after all, the thing +is impossible. + +M. Armand Moncharmin, in chapter eleven of his Memoirs, says: + +"When I think of this first evening, I can not separate the secret +confided to us by MM. Debienne and Poligny in their office from the +presence at our supper of that GHOSTLY person whom none of us knew." + +What happened was this: Mm. Debienne and Poligny, sitting at the +center of the table, had not seen the man with the death's head. +Suddenly he began to speak. + +"The ballet-girls are right," he said. "The death of that poor Buquet +is perhaps not so natural as people think." + +Debienne and Poligny gave a start. + +"Is Buquet dead?" they cried. + +"Yes," replied the man, or the shadow of a man, quietly. "He was +found, this evening, hanging in the third cellar, between a farm-house +and a scene from the Roi de Lahore." + +The two managers, or rather ex-managers, at once rose and stared +strangely at the speaker. They were more excited than they need have +been, that is to say, more excited than any one need be by the +announcement of the suicide of a chief scene-shifter. They looked at +each other. They, had both turned whiter than the table-cloth. At +last, Debienne made a sign to Mm. Richard and Moncharmin; Poligny +muttered a few words of excuse to the guests; and all four went into +the managers' office. I leave M. Moncharmin to complete the story. In +his Memoirs, he says: + +"Mm. Debienne and Poligny seemed to grow more and more excited, and +they appeared to have something very difficult to tell us. First, they +asked us if we knew the man, sitting at the end of the table, who had +told them of the death of Joseph Buquet; and, when we answered in the +negative, they looked still more concerned. They took the master-keys +from our hands, stared at them for a moment and advised us to have new +locks made, with the greatest secrecy, for the rooms, closets and +presses that we might wish to have hermetically closed. They said this +so funnily that we began to laugh and to ask if there were thieves at +the Opera. They replied that there was something worse, which was the +GHOST. We began to laugh again, feeling sure that they were indulging +in some joke that was intended to crown our little entertainment. +Then, at their request, we became 'serious,' resolving to humor them +and to enter into the spirit of the game. They told us that they never +would have spoken to us of the ghost, if they had not received formal +orders from the ghost himself to ask us to be pleasant to him and to +grant any request that he might make. However, in their relief at +leaving a domain where that tyrannical shade held sway, they had +hesitated until the last moment to tell us this curious story, which +our skeptical minds were certainly not prepared to entertain. But the +announcement of the death of Joseph Buquet had served them as a brutal +reminder that, whenever they had disregarded the ghost's wishes, some +fantastic or disastrous event had brought them to a sense of their +dependence. + +"During these unexpected utterances made in a tone of the most secret +and important confidence, I looked at Richard. Richard, in his student +days, had acquired a great reputation for practical joking, and he +seemed to relish the dish which was being served up to him in his turn. +He did not miss a morsel of it, though the seasoning was a little +gruesome because of the death of Buquet. He nodded his head sadly, +while the others spoke, and his features assumed the air of a man who +bitterly regretted having taken over the Opera, now that he knew that +there was a ghost mixed up in the business. I could think of nothing +better than to give him a servile imitation of this attitude of +despair. However, in spite of all our efforts, we could not, at the +finish, help bursting out laughing in the faces of MM. Debienne and +Poligny, who, seeing us pass straight from the gloomiest state of mind +to one of the most insolent merriment, acted as though they thought +that we had gone mad. + +"The joke became a little tedious; and Richard asked half-seriously and +half in jest: + +"'But, after all, what does this ghost of yours want?' + +"M. Poligny went to his desk and returned with a copy of the +memorandum-book. The memorandum-book begins with the well-known words +saying that 'the management of the Opera shall give to the performance +of the National Academy of Music the splendor that becomes the first +lyric stage in France' and ends with Clause 98, which says that the +privilege can be withdrawn if the manager infringes the conditions +stipulated in the memorandum-book. This is followed by the conditions, +which are four in number. + +"The copy produced by M. Poligny was written in black ink and exactly +similar to that in our possession, except that, at the end, it +contained a paragraph in red ink and in a queer, labored handwriting, +as though it had been produced by dipping the heads of matches into the +ink, the writing of a child that has never got beyond the down-strokes +and has not learned to join its letters. This paragraph ran, word for +word, as follows: + +"'5. Or if the manager, in any month, delay for more than a fortnight +the payment of the allowance which he shall make to the Opera ghost, an +allowance of twenty thousand francs a month, say two hundred and forty +thousand francs a year.' + +"M. Poligny pointed with a hesitating finger to this last clause, which +we certainly did not expect. + +"'Is this all? Does he not want anything else?' asked Richard, with +the greatest coolness. + +"'Yes, he does,' replied Poligny. + +"And he turned over the pages of the memorandum-book until he came to +the clause specifying the days on which certain private boxes were to +be reserved for the free use of the president of the republic, the +ministers and so on. At the end of this clause, a line had been added, +also in red ink: + +"'Box Five on the grand tier shall be placed at the disposal of the +Opera ghost for every performance.' + +"When we saw this, there was nothing else for us to do but to rise from +our chairs, shake our two predecessors warmly by the hand and +congratulate them on thinking of this charming little joke, which +proved that the old French sense of humor was never likely to become +extinct. Richard added that he now understood why MM. Debienne and +Poligny were retiring from the management of the National Academy of +Music. Business was impossible with so unreasonable a ghost. + +"'Certainly, two hundred and forty thousand francs are not be picked up +for the asking,' said M. Poligny, without moving a muscle of his face. +'And have you considered what the loss over Box Five meant to us? We +did not sell it once; and not only that, but we had to return the +subscription: why, it's awful! We really can't work to keep ghosts! +We prefer to go away!' + +"'Yes,' echoed M. Debienne, 'we prefer to go away. Let us go.'" + +"And he stood up. Richard said: 'But, after all all, it seems to me +that you were much too kind to the ghost. If I had such a troublesome +ghost as that, I should not hesitate to have him arrested.' + +"'But how? Where?' they cried, in chorus. 'We have never seen him!' + +"'But when he comes to his box?' + +"'WE HAVE NEVER SEEN HIM IN HIS BOX.' + +"'Then sell it.' + +"'Sell the Opera ghost's box! Well, gentlemen, try it.' + +"Thereupon we all four left the office. Richard and I had 'never +laughed so much in our lives.'" + + + +Chapter IV Box Five + + +Armand Moncharmin wrote such voluminous Memoirs during the fairly long +period of his co-management that we may well ask if he ever found time +to attend to the affairs of the Opera otherwise than by telling what +went on there. M. Moncharmin did not know a note of music, but he +called the minister of education and fine arts by his Christian name, +had dabbled a little in society journalism and enjoyed a considerable +private income. Lastly, he was a charming fellow and showed that he +was not lacking in intelligence, for, as soon as he made up his mind to +be a sleeping partner in the Opera, he selected the best possible +active manager and went straight to Firmin Richard. + +Firmin Richard was a very distinguished composer, who had published a +number of successful pieces of all kinds and who liked nearly every +form of music and every sort of musician. Clearly, therefore, it was +the duty of every sort of musician to like M. Firmin Richard. The only +things to be said against him were that he was rather masterful in his +ways and endowed with a very hasty temper. + +The first few days which the partners spent at the Opera were given +over to the delight of finding themselves the head of so magnificent an +enterprise; and they had forgotten all about that curious, fantastic +story of the ghost, when an incident occurred that proved to them that +the joke--if joke it were--was not over. M. Firmin Richard reached his +office that morning at eleven o'clock. His secretary, M. Remy, showed +him half a dozen letters which he had not opened because they were +marked "private." One of the letters had at once attracted Richard's +attention not only because the envelope was addressed in red ink, but +because he seemed to have seen the writing before. He soon remembered +that it was the red handwriting in which the memorandum-book had been +so curiously completed. He recognized the clumsy childish hand. He +opened the letter and read: + +DEAR MR. MANAGER: + +I am sorry to have to trouble you at a time when you must be so very +busy, renewing important engagements, signing fresh ones and generally +displaying your excellent taste. I know what you have done for +Carlotta, Sorelli and little Jammes and for a few others whose +admirable qualities of talent or genius you have suspected. + +Of course, when I use these words, I do not mean to apply them to La +Carlotta, who sings like a squirt and who ought never to have been +allowed to leave the Ambassadeurs and the Cafe Jacquin; nor to La +Sorelli, who owes her success mainly to the coach-builders; nor to +little Jammes, who dances like a calf in a field. And I am not +speaking of Christine Daae either, though her genius is certain, +whereas your jealousy prevents her from creating any important part. +When all is said, you are free to conduct your little business as you +think best, are you not? + +All the same, I should like to take advantage of the fact that you have +not yet turned Christine Daae out of doors by hearing her this evening +in the part of Siebel, as that of Margarita has been forbidden her +since her triumph of the other evening; and I will ask you not to +dispose of my box to-day nor on the FOLLOWING DAYS, for I can not end +this letter without telling you how disagreeably surprised I have been +once or twice, to hear, on arriving at the Opera, that my box had been +sold, at the box-office, by your orders. + +I did not protest, first, because I dislike scandal, and, second, +because I thought that your predecessors, MM. Debienne and Poligny, who +were always charming to me, had neglected, before leaving, to mention +my little fads to you. I have now received a reply from those +gentlemen to my letter asking for an explanation, and this reply proves +that you know all about my Memorandum-Book and, consequently, that you +are treating me with outrageous contempt. IF YOU WISH TO LIVE IN +PEACE, YOU MUST NOT BEGIN BY TAKING AWAY MY PRIVATE BOX. + +Believe me to be, dear Mr. Manager, without prejudice to these little +observations, + + Your Most Humble and Obedient Servant, + OPERA GHOST. + +The letter was accompanied by a cutting from the agony-column of the +Revue Theatrale, which ran: + +O. G.--There is no excuse for R. and M. We told them and left your +memorandum-book in their hands. Kind regards. + +M. Firmin Richard had hardly finished reading this letter when M. +Armand Moncharmin entered, carrying one exactly similar. They looked +at each other and burst out laughing. + +"They are keeping up the joke," said M. Richard, "but I don't call it +funny." + +"What does it all mean?" asked M. Moncharmin. "Do they imagine that, +because they have been managers of the Opera, we are going to let them +have a box for an indefinite period?" + +"I am not in the mood to let myself be laughed at long," said Firmin +Richard. + +"It's harmless enough," observed Armand Moncharmin. "What is it they +really want? A box for to-night?" + +M. Firmin Richard told his secretary to send Box Five on the grand tier +to Mm. Debienne and Poligny, if it was not sold. It was not. It was +sent off to them. Debienne lived at the corner of the Rue Scribe and +the Boulevard des Capucines; Poligny, in the Rue Auber. O. Ghost's two +letters had been posted at the Boulevard des Capucines post-office, as +Moncharmin remarked after examining the envelopes. + +"You see!" said Richard. + +They shrugged their shoulders and regretted that two men of that age +should amuse themselves with such childish tricks. + +"They might have been civil, for all that!" said Moncharmin. "Did you +notice how they treat us with regard to Carlotta, Sorelli and Little +Jammes?" + +"Why, my dear fellow, these two are mad with jealousy! To think that +they went to the expense of, an advertisement in the Revue Theatrale! +Have they nothing better to do?" + +"By the way," said Moncharmin, "they seem to be greatly interested in +that little Christine Daae!" + +"You know as well as I do that she has the reputation of being quite +good," said Richard. + +"Reputations are easily obtained," replied Moncharmin. "Haven't I a +reputation for knowing all about music? And I don't know one key from +another." + +"Don't be afraid: you never had that reputation," Richard declared. + +Thereupon he ordered the artists to be shown in, who, for the last two +hours, had been walking up and down outside the door behind which fame +and fortune--or dismissal--awaited them. + +The whole day was spent in discussing, negotiating, signing or +cancelling contracts; and the two overworked managers went to bed +early, without so much as casting a glance at Box Five to see whether +M. Debienne and M. Poligny were enjoying the performance. + +Next morning, the managers received a card of thanks from the ghost: + +DEAR, MR. MANAGER: + +Thanks. Charming evening. Daae exquisite. Choruses want waking up. +Carlotta a splendid commonplace instrument. Will write you soon for +the 240,000 francs, or 233,424 fr. 70 c., to be correct. Mm. Debienne +and Poligny have sent me the 6,575 fr. 30 c. representing the first ten +days of my allowance for the current year; their privileges finished on +the evening of the tenth inst. + +Kind regards. O. G. + +On the other hand, there was a letter from Mm. Debienne and Poligny: + +GENTLEMEN: + +We are much obliged for your kind thought of us, but you will easily +understand that the prospect of again hearing Faust, pleasant though it +is to ex-managers of the Opera, can not make us forget that we have no +right to occupy Box Five on the grand tier, which is the exclusive +property of HIM of whom we spoke to you when we went through the +memorandum-book with you for the last time. See Clause 98, final +paragraph. + +Accept, gentlemen, etc. + +"Oh, those fellows are beginning to annoy me!" shouted Firmin Richard, +snatching up the letter. + +And that evening Box Five was sold. + +The next morning, Mm. Richard and Moncharmin, on reaching their office, +found an inspector's report relating to an incident that had happened, +the night before, in Box Five. I give the essential part of the report: + +I was obliged to call in a municipal guard twice, this evening, to +clear Box Five on the grand tier, once at the beginning and once in the +middle of the second act. The occupants, who arrived as the curtain +rose on the second act, created a regular scandal by their laughter and +their ridiculous observations. There were cries of "Hush!" all around +them and the whole house was beginning to protest, when the box-keeper +came to fetch me. I entered the box and said what I thought necessary. +The people did not seem to me to be in their right mind; and they made +stupid remarks. I said that, if the noise was repeated, I should be +compelled to clear the box. The moment I left, I heard the laughing +again, with fresh protests from the house. I returned with a municipal +guard, who turned them out. They protested, still laughing, saying +they would not go unless they had their money back. At last, they +became quiet and I allowed them to enter the box again. The laughter +at once recommenced; and, this time, I had them turned out definitely. + +"Send for the inspector," said Richard to his secretary, who had +already read the report and marked it with blue pencil. + +M. Remy, the secretary, had foreseen the order and called the inspector +at once. + +"Tell us what happened," said Richard bluntly. + +The inspector began to splutter and referred to the report. + +"Well, but what were those people laughing at?" asked Moncharmin. + +"They must have been dining, sir, and seemed more inclined to lark +about than to listen to good music. The moment they entered the box, +they came out again and called the box-keeper, who asked them what they +wanted. They said, 'Look in the box: there's no one there, is there?' +'No,' said the woman. 'Well,' said they, 'when we went in, we heard a +voice saying THAT THE BOX WAS TAKEN!'" + +M. Moncharmin could not help smiling as he looked at M. Richard; but M. +Richard did not smile. He himself had done too much in that way in his +time not to recognize, in the inspector's story, all the marks of one +of those practical jokes which begin by amusing and end by enraging the +victims. The inspector, to curry favor with M. Moncharmin, who was +smiling, thought it best to give a smile too. A most unfortunate +smile! M. Richard glared at his subordinate, who thenceforth made it +his business to display a face of utter consternation. + +"However, when the people arrived," roared Richard, "there was no one +in the box, was there?" + +"Not a soul, sir, not a soul! Nor in the box on the right, nor in the +box on the left: not a soul, sir, I swear! The box-keeper told it me +often enough, which proves that it was all a joke." + +"Oh, you agree, do you?" said Richard. "You agree! It's a joke! And +you think it funny, no doubt?" + +"I think it in very bad taste, sir." + +"And what did the box-keeper say?" + +"Oh, she just said that it was the Opera ghost. That's all she said!" + +And the inspector grinned. But he soon found that he had made a +mistake in grinning, for the words had no sooner left his mouth than M. +Richard, from gloomy, became furious. + +"Send for the box-keeper!" he shouted. "Send for her! This minute! +This minute! And bring her in to me here! And turn all those people +out!" + +The inspector tried to protest, but Richard closed his mouth with an +angry order to hold his tongue. Then, when the wretched man's lips +seemed shut for ever, the manager commanded him to open them once more. + +"Who is this 'Opera ghost?'" he snarled. + +But the inspector was by this time incapable of speaking a word. He +managed to convey, by a despairing gesture, that he knew nothing about +it, or rather that he did not wish to know. + +"Have you ever seen him, have you seen the Opera ghost?" + +The inspector, by means of a vigorous shake of the head, denied ever +having seen the ghost in question. + +"Very well!" said M. Richard coldly. + +The inspector's eyes started out of his head, as though to ask why the +manager had uttered that ominous "Very well!" + +"Because I'm going to settle the account of any one who has not seen +him!" explained the manager. "As he seems to be everywhere, I can't +have people telling me that they see him nowhere. I like people to +work for me when I employ them!" + +Having said this, M. Richard paid no attention to the inspector and +discussed various matters of business with his acting-manager, who had +entered the room meanwhile. The inspector thought he could go and was +gently--oh, so gently!--sidling toward the door, when M. Richard nailed +the man to the floor with a thundering: + +"Stay where you are!" + +M. Remy had sent for the box-keeper to the Rue de Provence, close to +the Opera, where she was engaged as a porteress. She soon made her +appearance. + +"What's your name?" + +"Mme. Giry. You know me well enough, sir; I'm the mother of little +Giry, little Meg, what!" + +This was said in so rough and solemn a tone that, for a moment, M. +Richard was impressed. He looked at Mme. Giry, in her faded shawl, her +worn shoes, her old taffeta dress and dingy bonnet. It was quite +evident from the manager's attitude, that he either did not know or +could not remember having met Mme. Giry, nor even little Giry, nor even +"little Meg!" But Mme. Giry's pride was so great that the celebrated +box-keeper imagined that everybody knew her. + +"Never heard of her!" the manager declared. "But that's no reason, +Mme. Giry, why I shouldn't ask you what happened last night to make you +and the inspector call in a municipal guard." + +"I was just wanting to see you, sir, and talk to you about it, so that +you mightn't have the same unpleasantness as M. Debienne and M. +Poligny. They wouldn't listen to me either, at first." + +"I'm not asking you about all that. I'm asking what happened last +night." + +Mme. Giry turned purple with indignation. Never had she been spoken to +like that. She rose as though to go, gathering up the folds of her +skirt and waving the feathers of her dingy bonnet with dignity, but, +changing her mind, she sat down again and said, in a haughty voice: + +"I'll tell you what happened. The ghost was annoyed again!" + +Thereupon, as M. Richard was on the point of bursting out, M. +Moncharmin interfered and conducted the interrogatory, whence it +appeared that Mme. Giry thought it quite natural that a voice should be +heard to say that a box was taken, when there was nobody in the box. +She was unable to explain this phenomenon, which was not new to her, +except by the intervention of the ghost. Nobody could see the ghost in +his box, but everybody could hear him. She had often heard him; and +they could believe her, for she always spoke the truth. They could ask +M. Debienne and M. Poligny, and anybody who knew her; and also M. +Isidore Saack, who had had a leg broken by the ghost! + +"Indeed!" said Moncharmin, interrupting her. "Did the ghost break poor +Isidore Saack's leg?" + +Mme. Giry opened her eyes with astonishment at such ignorance. +However, she consented to enlighten those two poor innocents. The +thing had happened in M. Debienne and M. Poligny's time, also in Box +Five and also during a performance of FAUST. Mme. Giry coughed, +cleared her throat--it sounded as though she were preparing to sing the +whole of Gounod's score--and began: + +"It was like this, sir. That night, M. Maniera and his lady, the +jewelers in the Rue Mogador, were sitting in the front of the box, with +their great friend, M. Isidore Saack, sitting behind Mme. Maniera. +Mephistopheles was singing"--Mme. Giry here burst into song +herself--"'Catarina, while you play at sleeping,' and then M. Maniera +heard a voice in his right ear (his wife was on his left) saying, 'Ha, +ha! Julie's not playing at sleeping!' His wife happened to be called +Julie. So. M. Maniera turns to the right to see who was talking to +him like that. Nobody there! He rubs his ear and asks himself, if +he's dreaming. Then Mephistopheles went on with his serenade... But, +perhaps I'm boring you gentlemen?" + +"No, no, go on." + +"You are too good, gentlemen," with a smirk. "Well, then, +Mephistopheles went on with his serenade"--Mme. Giry, burst into song +again--"'Saint, unclose thy portals holy and accord the bliss, to a +mortal bending lowly, of a pardon-kiss.' And then M. Maniera again +hears the voice in his right ear, saying, this time, 'Ha, ha! Julie +wouldn't mind according a kiss to Isidore!' Then he turns round again, +but, this time, to the left; and what do you think he sees? Isidore, +who had taken his lady's hand and was covering it with kisses through +the little round place in the glove--like this, gentlemen"--rapturously +kissing the bit of palm left bare in the middle of her thread gloves. +"Then they had a lively time between them! Bang! Bang! M. Maniera, +who was big and strong, like you, M. Richard, gave two blows to M. +Isidore Saack, who was small and weak like M. Moncharmin, saving his +presence. There was a great uproar. People in the house shouted, +'That will do! Stop them! He'll kill him!' Then, at last, M. Isidore +Saack managed to run away." + +"Then the ghost had not broken his leg?" asked M. Moncharmin, a little +vexed that his figure had made so little impression on Mme. Giry. + +"He did break it for him, sir," replied Mme. Giry haughtily. "He broke +it for him on the grand staircase, which he ran down too fast, sir, and +it will be long before the poor gentleman will be able to go up it +again!" + +"Did the ghost tell you what he said in M. Maniera's right ear?" asked +M. Moncharmin, with a gravity which he thought exceedingly humorous. + +"No, sir, it was M. Maniera himself. So----" + +"But you have spoken to the ghost, my good lady?" + +"As I'm speaking to you now, my good sir!" Mme. Giry replied. + +"And, when the ghost speaks to you, what does he say?" + +"Well, he tells me to bring him a footstool!" + +This time, Richard burst out laughing, as did Moncharmin and Remy, the +secretary. Only the inspector, warned by experience, was careful not +to laugh, while Mme. Giry ventured to adopt an attitude that was +positively threatening. + +"Instead of laughing," she cried indignantly, "you'd do better to do as +M. Poligny did, who found out for himself." + +"Found out about what?" asked Moncharmin, who had never been so much +amused in his life. + +"About the ghost, of course! ... Look here ..." + +She suddenly calmed herself, feeling that this was a solemn moment in +her life: + +"LOOK HERE," she repeated. "They were playing La Juive. M. Poligny +thought he would watch the performance from the ghost's box... Well, +when Leopold cries, 'Let us fly!'--you know--and Eleazer stops them and +says, 'Whither go ye?' ... well, M. Poligny--I was watching him from +the back of the next box, which was empty--M. Poligny got up and walked +out quite stiffly, like a statue, and before I had time to ask him, +'Whither go ye?' like Eleazer, he was down the staircase, but without +breaking his leg. + +"Still, that doesn't let us know how the Opera ghost came to ask you +for a footstool," insisted M. Moncharmin. + +"Well, from that evening, no one tried to take the ghost's private box +from him. The manager gave orders that he was to have it at each +performance. And, whenever he came, he asked me for a footstool." + +"Tut, tut! A ghost asking for a footstool! Then this ghost of yours +is a woman?" + +"No, the ghost is a man." + +"How do you know?" + +"He has a man's voice, oh, such a lovely man's voice! This is what +happens: When he comes to the opera, it's usually in the middle of the +first act. He gives three little taps on the door of Box Five. The +first time I heard those three taps, when I knew there was no one in +the box, you can think how puzzled I was! I opened the door, listened, +looked; nobody! And then I heard a voice say, 'Mme. Jules' my poor +husband's name was Jules--'a footstool, please.' Saving your presence, +gentlemen, it made me feel all-overish like. But the voice went on, +'Don't be frightened, Mme. Jules, I'm the Opera ghost!' And the voice +was so soft and kind that I hardly felt frightened. THE VOICE WAS +SITTING IN THE CORNER CHAIR, ON THE RIGHT, IN THE FRONT ROW." + +"Was there any one in the box on the right of Box Five?" asked +Moncharmin. + +"No; Box Seven, and Box Three, the one on the left, were both empty. +The curtain had only just gone up." + +"And what did you do?" + +"Well, I brought the footstool. Of course, it wasn't for himself he +wanted it, but for his lady! But I never heard her nor saw her." + +"Eh? What? So now the ghost is married!" The eyes of the two +managers traveled from Mme. Giry to the inspector, who, standing behind +the box-keeper, was waving his arms to attract their attention. He +tapped his forehead with a distressful forefinger, to convey his +opinion that the widow Jules Giry was most certainly mad, a piece of +pantomime which confirmed M. Richard in his determination to get rid of +an inspector who kept a lunatic in his service. Meanwhile, the worthy +lady went on about her ghost, now painting his generosity: + +"At the end of the performance, he always gives me two francs, +sometimes five, sometimes even ten, when he has been many days without +coming. Only, since people have begun to annoy him again, he gives me +nothing at all. + +"Excuse me, my good woman," said Moncharmin, while Mme. Giry tossed the +feathers in her dingy hat at this persistent familiarity, "excuse me, +how does the ghost manage to give you your two francs?" + +"Why, he leaves them on the little shelf in the box, of course. I find +them with the program, which I always give him. Some evenings, I find +flowers in the box, a rose that must have dropped from his lady's +bodice ... for he brings a lady with him sometimes; one day, they left +a fan behind them." + +"Oh, the ghost left a fan, did he? And what did you do with it?" + +"Well, I brought it back to the box next night." + +Here the inspector's voice was raised. + +"You've broken the rules; I shall have to fine you, Mme. Giry." + +"Hold your tongue, you fool!" muttered M. Firmin Richard. + +"You brought back the fan. And then?" + +"Well, then, they took it away with them, sir; it was not there at the +end of the performance; and in its place they left me a box of English +sweets, which I'm very fond of. That's one of the ghost's pretty +thoughts." + +"That will do, Mme. Giry. You can go." + +When Mme. Giry had bowed herself out, with the dignity that never +deserted her, the manager told the inspector that they had decided to +dispense with that old madwoman's services; and, when he had gone in +his turn, they instructed the acting-manager to make up the inspector's +accounts. Left alone, the managers told each other of the idea which +they both had in mind, which was that they should look into that little +matter of Box Five themselves. + + + +Chapter V The Enchanted Violin + + +Christine Daae, owing to intrigues to which I will return later, did +not immediately continue her triumph at the Opera. After the famous +gala night, she sang once at the Duchess de Zurich's; but this was the +last occasion on which she was heard in private. She refused, without +plausible excuse, to appear at a charity concert to which she had +promised her assistance. She acted throughout as though she were no +longer the mistress of her own destiny and as though she feared a fresh +triumph. + +She knew that the Comte de Chagny, to please his brother, had done his +best on her behalf with M. Richard; and she wrote to thank him and also +to ask him to cease speaking in her favor. Her reason for this curious +attitude was never known. Some pretended that it was due to +overweening pride; others spoke of her heavenly modesty. But people on +the stage are not so modest as all that; and I think that I shall not +be far from the truth if I ascribe her action simply to fear. Yes, I +believe that Christine Daae was frightened by what had happened to her. +I have a letter of Christine's (it forms part of the Persian's +collection), relating to this period, which suggests a feeling of +absolute dismay: + +"I don't know myself when I sing," writes the poor child. + +She showed herself nowhere; and the Vicomte de Chagny tried in vain to +meet her. He wrote to her, asking to call upon her, but despaired of +receiving a reply when, one morning, she sent him the following note: + +MONSIEUR: + +I have not forgotten the little boy who went into the sea to rescue my +scarf. I feel that I must write to you to-day, when I am going to +Perros, in fulfilment of a sacred duty. To-morrow is the anniversary +of the death of my poor father, whom you knew and who was very fond of +you. He is buried there, with his violin, in the graveyard of the +little church, at the bottom of the slope where we used to play as +children, beside the road where, when we were a little bigger, we said +good-by for the last time. + +The Vicomte de Chagny hurriedly consulted a railway guide, dressed as +quickly as he could, wrote a few lines for his valet to take to his +brother and jumped into a cab which brought him to the Gare +Montparnasse just in time to miss the morning train. He spent a dismal +day in town and did not recover his spirits until the evening, when he +was seated in his compartment in the Brittany express. He read +Christine's note over and over again, smelling its perfume, recalling +the sweet pictures of his childhood, and spent the rest of that tedious +night journey in feverish dreams that began and ended with Christine +Daae. Day was breaking when he alighted at Lannion. He hurried to the +diligence for Perros-Guirec. He was the only passenger. He questioned +the driver and learned that, on the evening of the previous day, a +young lady who looked like a Parisian had gone to Perros and put up at +the inn known as the Setting Sun. + +The nearer he drew to her, the more fondly he remembered the story of +the little Swedish singer. Most of the details are still unknown to +the public. + +There was once, in a little market-town not far from Upsala, a peasant +who lived there with his family, digging the earth during the week and +singing in the choir on Sundays. This peasant had a little daughter to +whom he taught the musical alphabet before she knew how to read. +Daae's father was a great musician, perhaps without knowing it. Not a +fiddler throughout the length and breadth of Scandinavia played as he +did. His reputation was widespread and he was always invited to set +the couples dancing at weddings and other festivals. His wife died +when Christine was entering upon her sixth year. Then the father, who +cared only for his daughter and his music, sold his patch of ground and +went to Upsala in search of fame and fortune. He found nothing but +poverty. + +He returned to the country, wandering from fair to fair, strumming his +Scandinavian melodies, while his child, who never left his side, +listened to him in ecstasy or sang to his playing. One day, at Ljimby +Fair, Professor Valerius heard them and took them to Gothenburg. He +maintained that the father was the first violinist in the world and +that the daughter had the making of a great artist. Her education and +instruction were provided for. She made rapid progress and charmed +everybody with her prettiness, her grace of manner and her genuine +eagerness to please. + +When Valerius and his wife went to settle in France, they took Daae and +Christine with them. "Mamma" Valerius treated Christine as her +daughter. As for Daae, he began to pine away with homesickness. He +never went out of doors in Paris, but lived in a sort of dream which he +kept up with his violin. For hours at a time, he remained locked up in +his bedroom with his daughter, fiddling and singing, very, very softly. +Sometimes Mamma Valerius would come and listen behind the door, wipe +away a tear and go down-stairs again on tiptoe, sighing for her +Scandinavian skies. + +Daae seemed not to recover his strength until the summer, when the +whole family went to stay at Perros-Guirec, in a far-away corner of +Brittany, where the sea was of the same color as in his own country. +Often he would play his saddest tunes on the beach and pretend that the +sea stopped its roaring to listen to them. And then he induced Mamma +Valerius to indulge a queer whim of his. At the time of the "pardons," +or Breton pilgrimages, the village festival and dances, he went off +with his fiddle, as in the old days, and was allowed to take his +daughter with him for a week. They gave the smallest hamlets music to +last them for a year and slept at night in a barn, refusing a bed at +the inn, lying close together on the straw, as when they were so poor +in Sweden. At the same time, they were very neatly dressed, made no +collection, refused the halfpence offered them; and the people around +could not understand the conduct of this rustic fiddler, who tramped +the roads with that pretty child who sang like an angel from Heaven. +They followed them from village to village. + +One day, a little boy, who was out with his governess, made her take a +longer walk than he intended, for he could not tear himself from the +little girl whose pure, sweet voice seemed to bind him to her. They +came to the shore of an inlet which is still called Trestraou, but +which now, I believe, harbors a casino or something of the sort. At +that time, there was nothing but sky and sea and a stretch of golden +beach. Only, there was also a high wind, which blew Christine's scarf +out to sea. Christine gave a cry and put out her arms, but the scarf +was already far on the waves. Then she heard a voice say: + +"It's all right, I'll go and fetch your scarf out of the sea." + +And she saw a little boy running fast, in spite of the outcries and the +indignant protests of a worthy lady in black. The little boy ran into +the sea, dressed as he was, and brought her back her scarf. Boy and +scarf were both soaked through. The lady in black made a great fuss, +but Christine laughed merrily and kissed the little boy, who was none +other than the Vicomte Raoul de Chagny, staying at Lannion with his +aunt. + +During the season, they saw each other and played together almost every +day. At the aunt's request, seconded by Professor Valerius, Daae +consented to give the young viscount some violin lessons. In this way, +Raoul learned to love the same airs that had charmed Christine's +childhood. They also both had the same calm and dreamy little cast of +mind. They delighted in stories, in old Breton legends; and their +favorite sport was to go and ask for them at the cottage-doors, like +beggars: + +"Ma'am ..." or, "Kind gentleman ... have you a little story to tell us, +please?" + +And it seldom happened that they did not have one "given" them; for +nearly every old Breton grandame has, at least once in her life, seen +the "korrigans" dance by moonlight on the heather. + +But their great treat was, in the twilight, in the great silence of the +evening, after the sun had set in the sea, when Daae came and sat down +by them on the roadside and, in a low voice, as though fearing lest he +should frighten the ghosts whom he evoked, told them the legends of the +land of the North. And, the moment he stopped, the children would ask +for more. + +There was one story that began: + +"A king sat in a little boat on one of those deep, still lakes that +open like a bright eye in the midst of the Norwegian mountains ..." + +And another: + +"Little Lotte thought of everything and nothing. Her hair was golden +as the sun's rays and her soul as clear and blue as her eyes. She +wheedled her mother, was kind to her doll, took great care of her frock +and her little red shoes and her fiddle, but most of all loved, when +she went to sleep, to hear the Angel of Music." + +While the old man told this story, Raoul looked at Christine's blue +eyes and golden hair; and Christine thought that Lotte was very lucky +to hear the Angel of Music when she went to sleep. The Angel of Music +played a part in all Daddy Daae's tales; and he maintained that every +great musician, every great artist received a visit from the Angel at +least once in his life. Sometimes the Angel leans over their cradle, +as happened to Lotte, and that is how there are little prodigies who +play the fiddle at six better than men at fifty, which, you must admit, +is very wonderful. Sometimes, the Angel comes much later, because the +children are naughty and won't learn their lessons or practise their +scales. And, sometimes, he does not come at all, because the children +have a bad heart or a bad conscience. + +No one ever sees the Angel; but he is heard by those who are meant to +hear him. He often comes when they least expect him, when they are sad +and disheartened. Then their ears suddenly perceive celestial +harmonies, a divine voice, which they remember all their lives. +Persons who are visited by the Angel quiver with a thrill unknown to +the rest of mankind. And they can not touch an instrument, or open +their mouths to sing, without producing sounds that put all other human +sounds to shame. Then people who do not know that the Angel has +visited those persons say that they have genius. + +Little Christine asked her father if he had heard the Angel of Music. +But Daddy Daae shook his head sadly; and then his eyes lit up, as he +said: + +"You will hear him one day, my child! When I am in Heaven, I will send +him to you!" + +Daddy was beginning to cough at that time. + +Three years later, Raoul and Christine met again at Perros. Professor +Valerius was dead, but his widow remained in France with Daddy Daae and +his daughter, who continued to play the violin and sing, wrapping in +their dream of harmony their kind patroness, who seemed henceforth to +live on music alone. The young man, as he now was, had come to Perros +on the chance of finding them and went straight to the house in which +they used to stay. He first saw the old man; and then Christine +entered, carrying the tea-tray. She flushed at the sight of Raoul, who +went up to her and kissed her. She asked him a few questions, +performed her duties as hostess prettily, took up the tray again and +left the room. Then she ran into the garden and took refuge on a +bench, a prey to feelings that stirred her young heart for the first +time. Raoul followed her and they talked till the evening, very shyly. +They were quite changed, cautious as two diplomatists, and told each +other things that had nothing to do with their budding sentiments. +When they took leave of each other by the roadside, Raoul, pressing a +kiss on Christine's trembling hand, said: + +"Mademoiselle, I shall never forget you!" + +And he went away regretting his words, for he knew that Christine could +not be the wife of the Vicomte de Chagny. + +As for Christine, she tried not to think of him and devoted herself +wholly to her art. She made wonderful progress and those who heard her +prophesied that she would be the greatest singer in the world. +Meanwhile, the father died; and, suddenly, she seemed to have lost, +with him, her voice, her soul and her genius. She retained just, but +only just, enough of this to enter the CONSERVATOIRE, where she did not +distinguish herself at all, attending the classes without enthusiasm +and taking a prize only to please old Mamma Valerius, with whom she +continued to live. + +The first time that Raoul saw Christine at the Opera, he was charmed by +the girl's beauty and by the sweet images of the past which it evoked, +but was rather surprised at the negative side of her art. He returned +to listen to her. He followed her in the wings. He waited for her +behind a Jacob's ladder. He tried to attract her attention. More than +once, he walked after her to the door of her box, but she did not see +him. She seemed, for that matter, to see nobody. She was all +indifference. Raoul suffered, for she was very beautiful and he was +shy and dared not confess his love, even to himself. And then came the +lightning-flash of the gala performance: the heavens torn asunder and +an angel's voice heard upon earth for the delight of mankind and the +utter capture of his heart. + +And then ... and then there was that man's voice behind the door--"You +must love me!"--and no one in the room... + +Why did she laugh when he reminded her of the incident of the scarf? +Why did she not recognize him? And why had she written to him? ... + +Perros was reached at last. Raoul walked into the smoky sitting-room +of the Setting Sun and at once saw Christine standing before him, +smiling and showing no astonishment. + +"So you have come," she said. "I felt that I should find you here, +when I came back from mass. Some one told me so, at the church." + +"Who?" asked Raoul, taking her little hand in his. + +"Why, my poor father, who is dead." + +There was a silence; and then Raoul asked: + +"Did your father tell you that I love you, Christine, and that I can +not live without you?" + +Christine blushed to the eyes and turned away her head. In a trembling +voice, she said: + +"Me? You are dreaming, my friend!" + +And she burst out laughing, to put herself in countenance. + +"Don't laugh, Christine; I am quite serious," Raoul answered. + +And she replied gravely: "I did not make you come to tell me such +things as that." + +"You 'made me come,' Christine; you knew that your letter would not +leave me indignant and that I should hasten to Perros. How can you +have thought that, if you did not think I loved you?" + +"I thought you would remember our games here, as children, in which my +father so often joined. I really don't know what I thought... Perhaps +I was wrong to write to you ... This anniversary and your sudden +appearance in my room at the Opera, the other evening, reminded me of +the time long past and made me write to you as the little girl that I +then was..." + +There was something in Christine's attitude that seemed to Raoul not +natural. He did not feel any hostility in her; far from it: the +distressed affection shining in her eyes told him that. But why was +this affection distressed? That was what he wished to know and what +was irritating him. + +"When you saw me in your dressing-room, was that the first time you +noticed me, Christine?" + +She was incapable of lying. + +"No," she said, "I had seen you several times in your brother's box. +And also on the stage." + +"I thought so!" said Raoul, compressing his lips. "But then why, when +you saw me in your room, at your feet, reminding you that I had rescued +your scarf from the sea, why did you answer as though you did not know +me and also why did you laugh?" + +The tone of these questions was so rough that Christine stared at Raoul +without replying. The young man himself was aghast at the sudden +quarrel which he had dared to raise at the very moment when he had +resolved to speak words of gentleness, love and submission to +Christine. A husband, a lover with all rights, would talk no +differently to a wife, a mistress who had offended him. But he had +gone too far and saw no other way out of the ridiculous position than +to behave odiously. + +"You don't answer!" he said angrily and unhappily. "Well, I will +answer for you. It was because there was some one in the room who was +in your way, Christine, some one that you did not wish to know that you +could be interested in any one else!" + +"If any one was in my way, my friend," Christine broke in coldly, "if +any one was in my way, that evening, it was yourself, since I told you +to leave the room!" + +"Yes, so that you might remain with the other!" + +"What are you saying, monsieur?" asked the girl excitedly. "And to +what other do you refer?" + +"To the man to whom you said, 'I sing only for you! ... to-night I gave +you my soul and I am dead!'" + +Christine seized Raoul's arm and clutched it with a strength which no +one would have suspected in so frail a creature. + +"Then you were listening behind the door?" + +"Yes, because I love you everything ... And I heard everything ..." + +"You heard what?" + +And the young girl, becoming strangely calm, released Raoul's arm. + +"He said to you, 'Christine, you must love me!'" + +At these words, a deathly pallor spread over Christine's face, dark +rings formed round her eyes, she staggered and seemed on the point of +swooning. Raoul darted forward, with arms outstretched, but Christine +had overcome her passing faintness and said, in a low voice: + +"Go on! Go on! Tell me all you heard!" + +At an utter loss to understand, Raoul answered: "I heard him reply, +when you said you had given him your soul, 'Your soul is a beautiful +thing, child, and I thank you. No emperor ever received so fair a +gift. The angels wept tonight.'" + +Christine carried her hand to her heart, a prey to indescribable +emotion. Her eyes stared before her like a madwoman's. Raoul was +terror-stricken. But suddenly Christine's eyes moistened and two great +tears trickled, like two pearls, down her ivory cheeks. + +"Christine!" + +"Raoul!" + +The young man tried to take her in his arms, but she escaped and fled +in great disorder. + +While Christine remained locked in her room, Raoul was at his wit's end +what to do. He refused to breakfast. He was terribly concerned and +bitterly grieved to see the hours, which he had hoped to find so sweet, +slip past without the presence of the young Swedish girl. Why did she +not come to roam with him through the country where they had so many +memories in common? He heard that she had had a mass said, that +morning, for the repose of her father's soul and spent a long time +praying in the little church and on the fiddler's tomb. Then, as she +seemed to have nothing more to do at Perros and, in fact, was doing +nothing there, why did she not go back to Paris at once? + +Raoul walked away, dejectedly, to the graveyard in which the church +stood and was indeed alone among the tombs, reading the inscriptions; +but, when he turned behind the apse, he was suddenly struck by the +dazzling note of the flowers that straggled over the white ground. +They were marvelous red roses that had blossomed in the morning, in the +snow, giving a glimpse of life among the dead, for death was all around +him. It also, like the flowers, issued from the ground, which had +flung back a number of its corpses. Skeletons and skulls by the +hundred were heaped against the wall of the church, held in position by +a wire that left the whole gruesome stack visible. Dead men's bones, +arranged in rows, like bricks, to form the first course upon which the +walls of the sacristy had been built. The door of the sacristy opened +in the middle of that bony structure, as is often seen in old Breton +churches. + +Raoul said a prayer for Daae and then, painfully impressed by all those +eternal smiles on the mouths of skulls, he climbed the slope and sat +down on the edge of the heath overlooking the sea. The wind fell with +the evening. Raoul was surrounded by icy darkness, but he did not feel +the cold. It was here, he remembered, that he used to come with little +Christine to see the Korrigans dance at the rising of the moon. He had +never seen any, though his eyes were good, whereas Christine, who was a +little shortsighted, pretended that she had seen many. He smiled at +the thought and then suddenly gave a start. A voice behind him said: + +"Do you think the Korrigans will come this evening?" + +It was Christine. He tried to speak. She put her gloved hand on his +mouth. + +"Listen, Raoul. I have decided to tell you something serious, very +serious ... Do you remember the legend of the Angel of Music?" + +"I do indeed," he said. "I believe it was here that your father first +told it to us." + +"And it was here that he said, 'When I am in Heaven, my child, I will +send him to you.' Well, Raoul, my father is in Heaven, and I have been +visited by the Angel of Music." + +"I have no doubt of it," replied the young man gravely, for it seemed +to him that his friend, in obedience to a pious thought, was connecting +the memory of her father with the brilliancy of her last triumph. + +Christine appeared astonished at the Vicomte de Chagny's coolness: + +"How do you understand it?" she asked, bringing her pale face so close +to his that he might have thought that Christine was going to give him +a kiss; but she only wanted to read his eyes in spite of the dark. + +"I understand," he said, "that no human being can sing as you sang the +other evening without the intervention of some miracle. No professor +on earth can teach you such accents as those. You have heard the Angel +of Music, Christine." + +"Yes," she said solemnly, "IN MY DRESSING-ROOM. That is where he comes +to give me my lessons daily." + +"In your dressing-room?" he echoed stupidly. + +"Yes, that is where I have heard him; and I have not been the only one +to hear him." + +"Who else heard him, Christine?" + +"You, my friend." + +"I? I heard the Angel of Music?" + +"Yes, the other evening, it was he who was talking when you were +listening behind the door. It was he who said, 'You must love me.' But +I then thought that I was the only one to hear his voice. Imagine my +astonishment when you told me, this morning, that you could hear him +too." + +Raoul burst out laughing. The first rays of the moon came and shrouded +the two young people in their light. Christine turned on Raoul with a +hostile air. Her eyes, usually so gentle, flashed fire. + +"What are you laughing at? YOU think you heard a man's voice, I +suppose?" + +"Well! ..." replied the young man, whose ideas began to grow confused +in the face of Christine's determined attitude. + +"It's you, Raoul, who say that? You, an old playfellow of my own! A +friend of my father's! But you have changed since those days. What are +you thinking of? I am an honest girl, M. le Vicomte de Chagny, and I +don't lock myself up in my dressing-room with men's voices. If you had +opened the door, you would have seen that there was nobody in the room!" + +"That's true! I did open the door, when you were gone, and I found no +one in the room." + +"So you see! ... Well?" + +The viscount summoned up all his courage. + +"Well, Christine, I think that somebody is making game of you." + +She gave a cry and ran away. He ran after her, but, in a tone of +fierce anger, she called out: "Leave me! Leave me!" And she +disappeared. + +Raoul returned to the inn feeling very weary, very low-spirited and +very sad. He was told that Christine had gone to her bedroom saying +that she would not be down to dinner. Raoul dined alone, in a very +gloomy mood. Then he went to his room and tried to read, went to bed +and tried to sleep. There was no sound in the next room. + +The hours passed slowly. It was about half-past eleven when he +distinctly heard some one moving, with a light, stealthy step, in the +room next to his. Then Christine had not gone to bed! Without +troubling for a reason, Raoul dressed, taking care not to make a sound, +and waited. Waited for what? How could he tell? But his heart +thumped in his chest when he heard Christine's door turn slowly on its +hinges. Where could she be going, at this hour, when every one was +fast asleep at Perros? Softly opening the door, he saw Christine's +white form, in the moonlight, slipping along the passage. She went +down the stairs and he leaned over the baluster above her. Suddenly he +heard two voices in rapid conversation. He caught one sentence: "Don't +lose the key." + +It was the landlady's voice. The door facing the sea was opened and +locked again. Then all was still. + +Raoul ran back to his room and threw back the window. Christine's +white form stood on the deserted quay. + +The first floor of the Setting Sun was at no great height and a tree +growing against the wall held out its branches to Raoul's impatient +arms and enabled him to climb down unknown to the landlady. Her +amazement, therefore, was all the greater when, the next morning, the +young man was brought back to her half frozen, more dead than alive, +and when she learned that he had been found stretched at full length on +the steps of the high altar of the little church. She ran at once to +tell Christine, who hurried down and, with the help of the landlady, +did her best to revive him. He soon opened his eyes and was not long +in recovering when he saw his friend's charming face leaning over him. + +A few weeks later, when the tragedy at the Opera compelled the +intervention of the public prosecutor, M. Mifroid, the commissary of +police, examined the Vicomte de Chagny touching the events of the night +at Perros. I quote the questions and answers as given in the official +report pp. 150 et seq.: + +Q. "Did Mlle. Daae not see you come down from your room by the curious +road which you selected?" + +R. "No, monsieur, no, although, when walking behind her, I took no +pains to deaden the sound of my footsteps. In fact, I was anxious that +she should turn round and see me. I realized that I had no excuse for +following her and that this way of spying on her was unworthy of me. +But she seemed not to hear me and acted exactly as though I were not +there. She quietly left the quay and then suddenly walked quickly up +the road. The church-clock had struck a quarter to twelve and I +thought that this must have made her hurry, for she began almost to run +and continued hastening until she came to the church." + +Q. "Was the gate open?" + +R. "Yes, monsieur, and this surprised me, but did not seem to surprise +Mlle. Daae." + +Q. "Was there no one in the churchyard?" + +R. "I did not see any one; and, if there had been, I must have seen +him. The moon was shining on the snow and made the night quite light." + +Q. "Was it possible for any one to hide behind the tombstones?" + +R. "No, monsieur. They were quite small, poor tombstones, partly +hidden under the snow, with their crosses just above the level of the +ground. The only shadows were those of the crosses and ourselves. The +church stood out quite brightly. I never saw so clear a night. It was +very fine and very cold and one could see everything." + +Q. "Are you at all superstitious?" + +R. "No, monsieur, I am a practising Catholic," + +Q. "In what condition of mind were you?" + +R. "Very healthy and peaceful, I assure you. Mlle. Daae's curious +action in going out at that hour had worried me at first; but, as soon +as I saw her go to the churchyard, I thought that she meant to fulfil +some pious duty on her father's grave and I considered this so natural +that I recovered all my calmness. I was only surprised that she had +not heard me walking behind her, for my footsteps were quite audible on +the hard snow. But she must have been taken up with her intentions and +I resolved not to disturb her. She knelt down by her father's grave, +made the sign of the cross and began to pray. At that moment, it +struck midnight. At the last stroke, I saw Mlle. Daae life{sic} her +eyes to the sky and stretch out her arms as though in ecstasy. I was +wondering what the reason could be, when I myself raised my head and +everything within me seemed drawn toward the invisible, WHICH WAS +PLAYING THE MOST PERFECT MUSIC! Christine and I knew that music; we +had heard it as children. But it had never been executed with such +divine art, even by M. Daae. I remembered all that Christine had told +me of the Angel of Music. The air was The Resurrection of Lazarus, +which old M. Daae used to play to us in his hours of melancholy and of +faith. If Christine's Angel had existed, he could not have played +better, that night, on the late musician's violin. When the music +stopped, I seemed to hear a noise from the skulls in the heap of bones; +it was as though they were chuckling and I could not help shuddering." + +Q. "Did it not occur to you that the musician might be hiding behind +that very heap of bones?" + +R. "It was the one thought that did occur to me, monsieur, so much so +that I omitted to follow Mlle. Daae, when she stood up and walked +slowly to the gate. She was so much absorbed just then that I am not +surprised that she did not see me." + +Q. "Then what happened that you were found in the morning lying +half-dead on the steps of the high altar?" + +R. "First a skull rolled to my feet ... then another ... then another +... It was as if I were the mark of that ghastly game of bowls. And I +had an idea that false step must have destroyed the balance of the +structure behind which our musician was concealed. This surmise seemed +to be confirmed when I saw a shadow suddenly glide along the sacristy +wall. I ran up. The shadow had already pushed open the door and +entered the church. But I was quicker than the shadow and caught hold +of a corner of its cloak. At that moment, we were just in front of the +high altar; and the moonbeams fell straight upon us through the +stained-glass windows of the apse. As I did not let go of the cloak, +the shadow turned round; and I saw a terrible death's head, which +darted a look at me from a pair of scorching eyes. I felt as if I were +face to face with Satan; and, in the presence of this unearthly +apparition, my heart gave way, my courage failed me ... and I remember +nothing more until I recovered consciousness at the Setting Sun." + + + +Chapter VI A Visit to Box Five + + +We left M. Firmin Richard and M. Armand Moncharmin at the moment when +they were deciding "to look into that little matter of Box Five." + +Leaving behind them the broad staircase which leads from the lobby +outside the managers' offices to the stage and its dependencies, they +crossed the stage, went out by the subscribers' door and entered the +house through the first little passage on the left. Then they made +their way through the front rows of stalls and looked at Box Five on +the grand tier, They could not see it well, because it was half in +darkness and because great covers were flung over the red velvet of the +ledges of all the boxes. + +They were almost alone in the huge, gloomy house; and a great silence +surrounded them. It was the time when most of the stage-hands go out +for a drink. The staff had left the boards for the moment, leaving a +scene half set. A few rays of light, a wan, sinister light, that +seemed to have been stolen from an expiring luminary, fell through some +opening or other upon an old tower that raised its pasteboard +battlements on the stage; everything, in this deceptive light, adopted +a fantastic shape. In the orchestra stalls, the drugget covering them +looked like an angry sea, whose glaucous waves had been suddenly +rendered stationary by a secret order from the storm phantom, who, as +everybody knows, is called Adamastor. MM. Moncharmin and Richard were +the shipwrecked mariners amid this motionless turmoil of a calico sea. +They made for the left boxes, plowing their way like sailors who leave +their ship and try to struggle to the shore. The eight great polished +columns stood up in the dusk like so many huge piles supporting the +threatening, crumbling, big-bellied cliffs whose layers were +represented by the circular, parallel, waving lines of the balconies of +the grand, first and second tiers of boxes. At the top, right on top +of the cliff, lost in M. Lenepveu's copper ceiling, figures grinned and +grimaced, laughed and jeered at MM. Richard and Moncharmin's distress. +And yet these figures were usually very serious. Their names were +Isis, Amphitrite, Hebe, Pandora, Psyche, Thetis, Pomona, Daphne, +Clytie, Galatea and Arethusa. Yes, Arethusa herself and Pandora, whom +we all know by her box, looked down upon the two new managers of the +Opera, who ended by clutching at some piece of wreckage and from there +stared silently at Box Five on the grand tier. + +I have said that they were distressed. At least, I presume so. M. +Moncharmin, in any case, admits that he was impressed. To quote his +own words, in his Memoirs: + +"This moonshine about the Opera ghost in which, since we first took +over the duties of MM. Poligny and Debienne, we had been so nicely +steeped"--Moncharmin's style is not always irreproachable--"had no +doubt ended by blinding my imaginative and also my visual faculties. +It may be that the exceptional surroundings in which we found +ourselves, in the midst of an incredible silence, impressed us to an +unusual extent. It may be that we were the sport of a kind of +hallucination brought about by the semi-darkness of the theater and the +partial gloom that filled Box Five. At any rate, I saw and Richard +also saw a shape in the box. Richard said nothing, nor I either. But +we spontaneously seized each other's hand. We stood like that for some +minutes, without moving, with our eyes fixed on the same point; but the +figure had disappeared. Then we went out and, in the lobby, +communicated our impressions to each other and talked about 'the +shape.' The misfortune was that my shape was not in the least like +Richard's. I had seen a thing like a death's head resting on the ledge +of the box, whereas Richard saw the shape of an old woman who looked +like Mme. Giry. We soon discovered that we had really been the victims +of an illusion, whereupon, without further delay and laughing like +madmen, we ran to Box Five on the grand tier, went inside and found no +shape of any kind." + +Box Five is just like all the other grand tier boxes. There is nothing +to distinguish it from any of the others. M. Moncharmin and M. +Richard, ostensibly highly amused and laughing at each other, moved the +furniture of the box, lifted the cloths and the chairs and particularly +examined the arm-chair in which "the man's voice" used to sit. But +they saw that it was a respectable arm-chair, with no magic about it. +Altogether, the box was the most ordinary box in the world, with its +red hangings, its chairs, its carpet and its ledge covered in red +velvet. After, feeling the carpet in the most serious manner possible, +and discovering nothing more here or anywhere else, they went down to +the corresponding box on the pit tier below. In Box Five on the pit +tier, which is just inside the first exit from the stalls on the left, +they found nothing worth mentioning either. + +"Those people are all making fools of us!" Firmin Richard ended by +exclaiming. "It will be FAUST on Saturday: let us both see the +performance from Box Five on the grand tier!" + + + +Chapter VII Faust and What Followed + + +On the Saturday morning, on reaching their office, the joint managers +found a letter from O. G. worded in these terms: + +MY DEAR MANAGERS: + +So it is to be war between us? + +If you still care for peace, here is my ultimatum. It consists of the +four following conditions: + +1. You must give me back my private box; and I wish it to be at my +free disposal from henceforward. + +2. The part of Margarita shall be sung this evening by Christine Daae. +Never mind about Carlotta; she will be ill. + +3. I absolutely insist upon the good and loyal services of Mme. Giry, +my box-keeper, whom you will reinstate in her functions forthwith. + +4. Let me know by a letter handed to Mme. Giry, who will see that it +reaches me, that you accept, as your predecessors did, the conditions +in my memorandum-book relating to my monthly allowance. I will inform +you later how you are to pay it to me. + +If you refuse, you will give FAUST to-night in a house with a curse +upon it. + +Take my advice and be warned in time. O. G. + +"Look here, I'm getting sick of him, sick of him!" shouted Richard, +bringing his fists down on his office-table. + +Just then, Mercier, the acting-manager, entered. + +"Lachenel would like to see one of you gentlemen," he said. "He says +that his business is urgent and he seems quite upset." + +"Who's Lachenel?" asked Richard. + +"He's your stud-groom." + +"What do you mean? My stud-groom?" + +"Yes, sir," explained Mercier, "there are several grooms at the Opera +and M. Lachenel is at the head of them." + +"And what does this groom do?" + +"He has the chief management of the stable." + +"What stable?" + +"Why, yours, sir, the stable of the Opera." + +"Is there a stable at the Opera? Upon my word, I didn't know. Where +is it?" + +"In the cellars, on the Rotunda side. It's a very important +department; we have twelve horses." + +"Twelve horses! And what for, in Heaven's name?" + +"Why, we want trained horses for the processions in the Juive, The +Profeta and so on; horses 'used to the boards.' It is the grooms' +business to teach them. M. Lachenel is very clever at it. He used to +manage Franconi's stables." + +"Very well ... but what does he want?" + +"I don't know; I never saw him in such a state." + +"He can come in." + +M. Lachenel came in, carrying a riding-whip, with which he struck his +right boot in an irritable manner. + +"Good morning, M. Lachenel," said Richard, somewhat impressed. "To +what do we owe the honor of your visit?" + +"Mr. Manager, I have come to ask you to get rid of the whole stable." + +"What, you want to get rid of our horses?" + +"I'm not talking of the horses, but of the stablemen." + +"How many stablemen have you, M. Lachenel?" + +"Six stablemen! That's at least two too many." + +"These are 'places,'" Mercier interposed, "created and forced upon us +by the under-secretary for fine arts. They are filled by protegees of +the government and, if I may venture to ..." + +"I don't care a hang for the government!" roared Richard. "We don't +need more than four stablemen for twelve horses." + +"Eleven," said the head riding-master, correcting him. + +"Twelve," repeated Richard. + +"Eleven," repeated Lachenel. + +"Oh, the acting-manager told me that you had twelve horses!" + +"I did have twelve, but I have only eleven since Cesar was stolen." + +And M. Lachenel gave himself a great smack on the boot with his whip. + +"Has Cesar been stolen?" cried the acting-manager. "Cesar, the white +horse in the Profeta?" + +"There are not two Cesars," said the stud-groom dryly. "I was ten +years at Franconi's and I have seen plenty of horses in my time. Well, +there are not two Cesars. And he's been stolen." + +"How?" + +"I don't know. Nobody knows. That's why I have come to ask you to +sack the whole stable." + +"What do your stablemen say?" + +"All sorts of nonsense. Some of them accuse the supers. Others +pretend that it's the acting-manager's doorkeeper ..." + +"My doorkeeper? I'll answer for him as I would for myself!" protested +Mercier. + +"But, after all, M. Lachenel," cried Richard, "you must have some idea." + +"Yes, I have," M. Lachenel declared. "I have an idea and I'll tell you +what it is. There's no doubt about it in my mind." He walked up to the +two managers and whispered. "It's the ghost who did the trick!" + +Richard gave a jump. + +"What, you too! You too!" + +"How do you mean, I too? Isn't it natural, after what I saw?" + +"What did you see?" + +"I saw, as clearly as I now see you, a black shadow riding a white +horse that was as like Cesar as two peas!" + +"And did you run after them?" + +"I did and I shouted, but they were too fast for me and disappeared in +the darkness of the underground gallery." + +M. Richard rose. "That will do, M. Lachenel. You can go ... We will +lodge a complaint against THE GHOST." + +"And sack my stable?" + +"Oh, of course! Good morning." + +M. Lachenel bowed and withdrew. Richard foamed at the mouth. + +"Settle that idiot's account at once, please." + +"He is a friend of the government representative's!" Mercier ventured +to say. + +"And he takes his vermouth at Tortoni's with Lagrene, Scholl and +Pertuiset, the lion-hunter," added Moncharmin. "We shall have the +whole press against us! He'll tell the story of the ghost; and +everybody will be laughing at our expense! We may as well be dead as +ridiculous!" + +"All right, say no more about it." + +At that moment the door opened. It must have been deserted by its +usual Cerberus, for Mme. Giry entered without ceremony, holding a +letter in her hand, and said hurriedly: + +"I beg your pardon, excuse me, gentlemen, but I had a letter this +morning from the Opera ghost. He told me to come to you, that you had +something to ..." + +She did not complete the sentence. She saw Firmin Richard's face; and +it was a terrible sight. He seemed ready to burst. He said nothing, +he could not speak. But suddenly he acted. First, his left arm seized +upon the quaint person of Mme. Giry and made her describe so unexpected +a semicircle that she uttered a despairing cry. Next, his right foot +imprinted its sole on the black taffeta of a skirt which certainly had +never before undergone a similar outrage in a similar place. The thing +happened so quickly that Mme. Giry, when in the passage, was still +quite bewildered and seemed not to understand. But, suddenly, she +understood; and the Opera rang with her indignant yells, her violent +protests and threats. + +About the same time, Carlotta, who had a small house of her own in the +Rue du Faubourg St. Honore, rang for her maid, who brought her letters +to her bed. Among them was an anonymous missive, written in red ink, +in a hesitating, clumsy hand, which ran: + +If you appear to-night, you must be prepared for a great misfortune at +the moment when you open your mouth to sing ... a misfortune worse than +death. + +The letter took away Carlotta's appetite for breakfast. She pushed +back her chocolate, sat up in bed and thought hard. It was not the +first letter of the kind which she had received, but she never had one +couched in such threatening terms. + +She thought herself, at that time, the victim of a thousand jealous +attempts and went about saying that she had a secret enemy who had +sworn to ruin her. She pretended that a wicked plot was being hatched +against her, a cabal which would come to a head one of those days; but +she added that she was not the woman to be intimidated. + +The truth is that, if there was a cabal, it was led by Carlotta herself +against poor Christine, who had no suspicion of it. Carlotta had never +forgiven Christine for the triumph which she had achieved when taking +her place at a moment's notice. When Carlotta heard of the astounding +reception bestowed upon her understudy, she was at once cured of an +incipient attack of bronchitis and a bad fit of sulking against the +management and lost the slightest inclination to shirk her duties. +From that time, she worked with all her might to "smother" her rival, +enlisting the services of influential friends to persuade the managers +not to give Christine an opportunity for a fresh triumph. Certain +newspapers which had begun to extol the talent of Christine now +interested themselves only in the fame of Carlotta. Lastly, in the +theater itself, the celebrated, but heartless and soulless diva made +the most scandalous remarks about Christine and tried to cause her +endless minor unpleasantnesses. + +When Carlotta had finished thinking over the threat contained in the +strange letter, she got up. + +"We shall see," she said, adding a few oaths in her native Spanish with +a very determined air. + +The first thing she saw, when looking out of her window, was a hearse. +She was very superstitious; and the hearse and the letter convinced her +that she was running the most serious dangers that evening. She +collected all her supporters, told them that she was threatened at that +evening's performance with a plot organized by Christine Daae and +declared that they must play a trick upon that chit by filling the +house with her, Carlotta's, admirers. She had no lack of them, had +she? She relied upon them to hold themselves prepared for any +eventuality and to silence the adversaries, if, as she feared, they +created a disturbance. + +M. Richard's private secretary called to ask after the diva's health +and returned with the assurance that she was perfectly well and that, +"were she dying," she would sing the part of Margarita that evening. +The secretary urged her, in his chief's name, to commit no imprudence, +to stay at home all day and to be careful of drafts; and Carlotta could +not help, after he had gone, comparing this unusual and unexpected +advice with the threats contained in the letter. + +It was five o'clock when the post brought a second anonymous letter in +the same hand as the first. It was short and said simply: + +You have a bad cold. If you are wise, you will see that it is madness +to try to sing to-night. + +Carlotta sneered, shrugged her handsome shoulders and sang two or three +notes to reassure herself. + +Her friends were faithful to their promise. They were all at the Opera +that night, but looked round in vain for the fierce conspirators whom +they were instructed to suppress. The only unusual thing was the +presence of M. Richard and M. Moncharmin in Box Five. Carlotta's +friends thought that, perhaps, the managers had wind, on their side, of +the proposed disturbance and that they had determined to be in the +house, so as to stop it then and there; but this was unjustifiable +supposition, as the reader knows. M. Richard and M. Moncharmin were +thinking of nothing but their ghost. + +"Vain! In vain do I call, through my vigil weary, On creation and its +Lord! Never reply will break the silence dreary! No sign! No single +word!" + +The famous baritone, Carolus Fonta, had hardly finished Doctor Faust's +first appeal to the powers of darkness, when M. Firmin Richard, who was +sitting in the ghost's own chair, the front chair on the right, leaned +over to his partner and asked him chaffingly: + +"Well, has the ghost whispered a word in your ear yet?" + +"Wait, don't be in such a hurry," replied M. Armand Moncharmin, in the +same gay tone. "The performance has only begun and you know that the +ghost does not usually come until the middle of the first act." + +The first act passed without incident, which did not surprise +Carlotta's friends, because Margarita does not sing in this act. As +for the managers, they looked at each other, when the curtain fell. + +"That's one!" said Moncharmin. + +"Yes, the ghost is late," said Firmin Richard. + +"It's not a bad house," said Moncharmin, "for 'a house with a curse on +it.'" + +M. Richard smiled and pointed to a fat, rather vulgar woman, dressed in +black, sitting in a stall in the middle of the auditorium with a man in +a broadcloth frock-coat on either side of her. + +"Who on earth are 'those?'" asked Moncharmin. + +"'Those,' my dear fellow, are my concierge, her husband and her +brother." + +"Did you give them their tickets?" + +"I did ... My concierge had never been to the Opera--this is, the first +time--and, as she is now going to come every night, I wanted her to +have a good seat, before spending her time showing other people to +theirs." + +Moncharmin asked what he meant and Richard answered that he had +persuaded his concierge, in whom he had the greatest confidence, to +come and take Mme. Giry's place. Yes, he would like to see if, with +that woman instead of the old lunatic, Box Five would continue to +astonish the natives? + +"By the way," said Moncharmin, "you know that Mother Giry is going to +lodge a complaint against you." + +"With whom? The ghost?" + +The ghost! Moncharmin had almost forgotten him. However, that +mysterious person did nothing to bring himself to the memory of the +managers; and they were just saying so to each other for the second +time, when the door of the box suddenly opened to admit the startled +stage-manager. + +"What's the matter?" they both asked, amazed at seeing him there at +such a time. + +"It seems there's a plot got up by Christine Daae's friends against +Carlotta. Carlotta's furious." + +"What on earth ... ?" said Richard, knitting his brows. + +But the curtain rose on the kermess scene and Richard made a sign to +the stage-manager to go away. When the two were alone again, +Moncharmin leaned over to Richard: + +"Then Daae has friends?" he asked. + +"Yes, she has." + +"Whom?" + +Richard glanced across at a box on the grand tier containing no one but +two men. + +"The Comte de Chagny?" + +"Yes, he spoke to me in her favor with such warmth that, if I had not +known him to be Sorelli's friend ..." + +"Really? Really?" said Moncharmin. "And who is that pale young man +beside him?" + +"That's his brother, the viscount." + +"He ought to be in his bed. He looks ill." + +The stage rang with gay song: + + "Red or white liquor, + Coarse or fine! + What can it matter, + So we have wine?" + +Students, citizens, soldiers, girls and matrons whirled light-heartedly +before the inn with the figure of Bacchus for a sign. Siebel made her +entrance. Christine Daae looked charming in her boy's clothes; and +Carlotta's partisans expected to hear her greeted with an ovation which +would have enlightened them as to the intentions of her friends. But +nothing happened. + +On the other hand, when Margarita crossed the stage and sang the only +two lines allotted her in this second act: + + "No, my lord, not a lady am I, nor yet a beauty, + And do not need an arm to help me on my way," + +Carlotta was received with enthusiastic applause. It was so unexpected +and so uncalled for that those who knew nothing about the rumors looked +at one another and asked what was happening. And this act also was +finished without incident. + +Then everybody said: "Of course, it will be during the next act." + +Some, who seemed to be better informed than the rest, declared that the +"row" would begin with the ballad of the KING OF THULE and rushed to +the subscribers' entrance to warn Carlotta. The managers left the box +during the entr'acte to find out more about the cabal of which the +stage-manager had spoken; but they soon returned to their seats, +shrugging their shoulders and treating the whole affair as silly. + +The first thing they saw, on entering the box, was a box of English +sweets on the little shelf of the ledge. Who had put it there? They +asked the box-keepers, but none of them knew. Then they went back to +the shelf and, next to the box of sweets, found an opera glass. They +looked at each other. They had no inclination to laugh. All that Mme. +Giry had told them returned to their memory ... and then ... and then +... they seemed to feel a curious sort of draft around them ... They +sat down in silence. + +The scene represented Margarita's garden: + + "Gentle flow'rs in the dew, + Be message from me ..." + +As she sang these first two lines, with her bunch of roses and lilacs +in her hand, Christine, raising her head, saw the Vicomte de Chagny in +his box; and, from that moment, her voice seemed less sure, less +crystal-clear than usual. Something seemed to deaden and dull her +singing... + +"What a queer girl she is!" said one of Carlotta's friends in the +stalls, almost aloud. "The other day she was divine; and to-night +she's simply bleating. She has no experience, no training." + + "Gentle flow'rs, lie ye there + And tell her from me ..." + +The viscount put his head under his hands and wept. The count, behind +him, viciously gnawed his mustache, shrugged his shoulders and frowned. +For him, usually so cold and correct, to betray his inner feelings like +that, by outward signs, the count must be very angry. He was. He had +seen his brother return from a rapid and mysterious journey in an +alarming state of health. The explanation that followed was +unsatisfactory and the count asked Christine Daae for an appointment. +She had the audacity to reply that she could not see either him or his +brother... + + "Would she but deign to hear me + And with one smile to cheer me ..." + +"The little baggage!" growled the count. + +And he wondered what she wanted. What she was hoping for... She was a +virtuous girl, she was said to have no friend, no protector of any sort +... That angel from the North must be very artful! + +Raoul, behind the curtain of his hands that veiled his boyish tears, +thought only of the letter which he received on his return to Paris, +where Christine, fleeing from Perros like a thief in the night, had +arrived before him: + +MY DEAR LITTLE PLAYFELLOW: + +You must have the courage not to see me again, not to speak of me +again. If you love me just a little, do this for me, for me who will +never forget you, my dear Raoul. My life depends upon it. Your life +depends upon it. YOUR LITTLE CHRISTINE. + +Thunders of applause. Carlotta made her entrance. + + "I wish I could but know who was he + That addressed me, + If he was noble, or, at least, what his name is ..." + +When Margarita had finished singing the ballad of the KING OF THULE, +she was loudly cheered and again when she came to the end of the jewel +song: + + "Ah, the joy of past compare + These jewels bright to wear! ..." + +Thenceforth, certain of herself, certain of her friends in the house, +certain of her voice and her success, fearing nothing, Carlotta flung +herself into her part without restraint of modesty ... She was no +longer Margarita, she was Carmen. She was applauded all the more; and +her debut with Faust seemed about to bring her a new success, when +suddenly ... a terrible thing happened. + +Faust had knelt on one knee: + + "Let me gaze on the form below me, + While from yonder ether blue + Look how the star of eve, bright and tender, + lingers o'er me, + To love thy beauty too!" + +And Margarita replied: + + "Oh, how strange! + Like a spell does the evening bind me! + And a deep languid charm + I feel without alarm + With its melody enwind me + And all my heart subdue." + +At that moment, at that identical moment, the terrible thing +happened... Carlotta croaked like a toad: + +"Co-ack!" + +There was consternation on Carlotta's face and consternation on the +faces of all the audience. The two managers in their box could not +suppress an exclamation of horror. Every one felt that the thing was +not natural, that there was witchcraft behind it. That toad smelt of +brimstone. Poor, wretched, despairing, crushed Carlotta! + +The uproar in the house was indescribable. If the thing had happened +to any one but Carlotta, she would have been hooted. But everybody +knew how perfect an instrument her voice was; and there was no display +of anger, but only of horror and dismay, the sort of dismay which men +would have felt if they had witnessed the catastrophe that broke the +arms of the Venus de Milo... And even then they would have seen ... +and understood ... + +But here that toad was incomprehensible! So much so that, after some +seconds spent in asking herself if she had really heard that note, that +sound, that infernal noise issue from her throat, she tried to persuade +herself that it was not so, that she was the victim of an illusion, an +illusion of the ear, and not of an act of treachery on the part of her +voice.... + +Meanwhile, in Box Five, Moncharmin and Richard had turned very pale. +This extraordinary and inexplicable incident filled them with a dread +which was the more mysterious inasmuch as for some little while, they +had fallen within the direct influence of the ghost. They had felt his +breath. Moncharmin's hair stood on end. Richard wiped the +perspiration from his forehead. Yes, the ghost was there, around them, +behind them, beside them; they felt his presence without seeing him, +they heard his breath, close, close, close to them! ... They were sure +that there were three people in the box ... They trembled ... They +thought of running away ... They dared not ... They dared not make a +movement or exchange a word that would have told the ghost that they +knew that he was there! ... What was going to happen? + +This happened. + +"Co-ack!" Their joint exclamation of horror was heard all over the +house. THEY FELT THAT THEY WERE SMARTING UNDER THE GHOST'S ATTACKS. +Leaning over the ledge of their box, they stared at Carlotta as though +they did not recognize her. That infernal girl must have given the +signal for some catastrophe. Ah, they were waiting for the +catastrophe! The ghost had told them it would come! The house had a +curse upon it! The two managers gasped and panted under the weight of +the catastrophe. Richard's stifled voice was heard calling to Carlotta: + +"Well, go on!" + +No, Carlotta did not go on ... Bravely, heroically, she started afresh +on the fatal line at the end of which the toad had appeared. + +An awful silence succeeded the uproar. Carlotta's voice alone once +more filled the resounding house: + +"I feel without alarm ..." + +The audience also felt, but not without alarm. .. + + "I feel without alarm ... + I feel without alarm--co-ack! + With its melody enwind me--co-ack! + And all my heart sub--co-ack!" + +The toad also had started afresh! + +The house broke into a wild tumult. The two managers collapsed in +their chairs and dared not even turn round; they had not the strength; +the ghost was chuckling behind their backs! And, at last, they +distinctly heard his voice in their right ears, the impossible voice, +the mouthless voice, saying: + +"SHE IS SINGING TO-NIGHT TO BRING THE CHANDELIER DOWN!" + +With one accord, they raised their eyes to the ceiling and uttered a +terrible cry. The chandelier, the immense mass of the chandelier was +slipping down, coming toward them, at the call of that fiendish voice. +Released from its hook, it plunged from the ceiling and came smashing +into the middle of the stalls, amid a thousand shouts of terror. A +wild rush for the doors followed. + +The papers of the day state that there were numbers wounded and one +killed. The chandelier had crashed down upon the head of the wretched +woman who had come to the Opera for the first time in her life, the one +whom M. Richard had appointed to succeed Mme. Giry, the ghost's +box-keeper, in her functions! She died on the spot and, the next +morning, a newspaper appeared with this heading: + +TWO HUNDRED KILOS ON THE HEAD OF A CONCIERGE + +That was her sole epitaph! + + + +Chapter VIII The Mysterious Brougham + + +That tragic evening was bad for everybody. Carlotta fell ill. As for +Christine Daae, she disappeared after the performance. A fortnight +elapsed during which she was seen neither at the Opera nor outside. + +Raoul, of course, was the first to be astonished at the prima donna's +absence. He wrote to her at Mme. Valerius' flat and received no reply. +His grief increased and he ended by being seriously alarmed at never +seeing her name on the program. FAUST was played without her. + +One afternoon he went to the managers' office to ask the reason of +Christine's disappearance. He found them both looking extremely +worried. Their own friends did not recognize them: they had lost all +their gaiety and spirits. They were seen crossing the stage with +hanging heads, care-worn brows, pale cheeks, as though pursued by some +abominable thought or a prey to some persistent sport of fate. + +The fall of the chandelier had involved them in no little +responsibility; but it was difficult to make them speak about it. The +inquest had ended in a verdict of accidental death, caused by the wear +and tear of the chains by which the chandelier was hung from the +ceiling; but it was the duty of both the old and the new managers to +have discovered this wear and tear and to have remedied it in time. +And I feel bound to say that MM. Richard and Moncharmin at this time +appeared so changed, so absent-minded, so mysterious, so +incomprehensible that many of the subscribers thought that some event +even more horrible than the fall of the chandelier must have affected +their state of mind. + +In their daily intercourse, they showed themselves very impatient, +except with Mme. Giry, who had been reinstated in her functions. And +their reception of the Vicomte de Chagny, when he came to ask about +Christine, was anything but cordial. They merely told him that she was +taking a holiday. He asked how long the holiday was for, and they +replied curtly that it was for an unlimited period, as Mlle. Daae had +requested leave of absence for reasons of health. + +"Then she is ill!" he cried. "What is the matter with her?" + +"We don't know." + +"Didn't you send the doctor of the Opera to see her?" + +"No, she did not ask for him; and, as we trust her, we took her word." + +Raoul left the building a prey to the gloomiest thoughts. He resolved, +come what might, to go and inquire of Mamma Valerius. He remembered +the strong phrases in Christine's letter, forbidding him to make any +attempt to see her. But what he had seen at Perros, what he had heard +behind the dressing-room door, his conversation with Christine at the +edge of the moor made him suspect some machination which, devilish +though it might be, was none the less human. The girl's highly strung +imagination, her affectionate and credulous mind, the primitive +education which had surrounded her childhood with a circle of legends, +the constant brooding over her dead father and, above all, the state of +sublime ecstasy into which music threw her from the moment that this +art was made manifest to her in certain exceptional conditions, as in +the churchyard at Perros; all this seemed to him to constitute a moral +ground only too favorable for the malevolent designs of some mysterious +and unscrupulous person. Of whom was Christine Daae the victim? This +was the very reasonable question which Raoul put to himself as he +hurried off to Mamma Valerius. + +He trembled as he rang at a little flat in the Rue +Notre-Dame-des-Victoires. The door was opened by the maid whom he had +seen coming out of Christine's dressing-room one evening. He asked if +he could speak to Mme. Valerius. He was told that she was ill in bed +and was not receiving visitors. + +"Take in my card, please," he said. + +The maid soon returned and showed him into a small and scantily +furnished drawing-room, in which portraits of Professor Valerius and +old Daae hung on opposite walls. + +"Madame begs Monsieur le Vicomte to excuse her," said the servant. +"She can only see him in her bedroom, because she can no longer stand +on her poor legs." + +Five minutes later, Raoul was ushered into an ill-lit room where he at +once recognized the good, kind face of Christine's benefactress in the +semi-darkness of an alcove. Mamma Valerius' hair was now quite white, +but her eyes had grown no older; never, on the contrary, had their +expression been so bright, so pure, so child-like. + +"M. de Chagny!" she cried gaily, putting out both her hands to her +visitor. "Ah, it's Heaven that sends you here! ... We can talk of HER." + +This last sentence sounded very gloomily in the young man's ears. He +at once asked: + +"Madame ... where is Christine?" + +And the old lady replied calmly: + +"She is with her good genius!" + +"What good genius?" exclaimed poor Raoul. + +"Why, the Angel of Music!" + +The viscount dropped into a chair. Really? Christine was with the +Angel of Music? And there lay Mamma Valerius in bed, smiling to him +and putting her finger to her lips, to warn him to be silent! And she +added: + +"You must not tell anybody!" + +"You can rely on me," said Raoul. + +He hardly knew what he was saying, for his ideas about Christine, +already greatly confused, were becoming more and more entangled; and it +seemed as if everything was beginning to turn around him, around the +room, around that extraordinary good lady with the white hair and +forget-me-not eyes. + +"I know! I know I can!" she said, with a happy laugh. "But why don't +you come near me, as you used to do when you were a little boy? Give +me your hands, as when you brought me the story of little Lotte, which +Daddy Daae had told you. I am very fond of you, M. Raoul, you know. +And so is Christine too!" + +"She is fond of me!" sighed the young man. He found a difficulty in +collecting his thoughts and bringing them to bear on Mamma Valerius' +"good genius," on the Angel of Music of whom Christine had spoken to +him so strangely, on the death's head which he had seen in a sort of +nightmare on the high altar at Perros and also on the Opera ghost, +whose fame had come to his ears one evening when he was standing behind +the scenes, within hearing of a group of scene-shifters who were +repeating the ghastly description which the hanged man, Joseph Buquet, +had given of the ghost before his mysterious death. + +He asked in a low voice: "What makes you think that Christine is fond +of me, madame?" + +"She used to speak of you every day." + +"Really? ... And what did she tell you?" + +"She told me that you had made her a proposal!" + +And the good old lady began laughing wholeheartedly. Raoul sprang from +his chair, flushing to the temples, suffering agonies. + +"What's this? Where are you going? Sit down again at once, will you? +... Do you think I will let you go like that? ... If you're angry with +me for laughing, I beg your pardon... After all, what has happened +isn't your fault... Didn't you know? ... Did you think that Christine +was free? ..." + +"Is Christine engaged to be married?" the wretched Raoul asked, in a +choking voice. + +"Why no! Why no! ... You know as well as I do that Christine couldn't +marry, even if she wanted to!" + +"But I don't know anything about it! ... And why can't Christine marry?" + +"Because of the Angel of Music, of course! ..." + +"I don't follow ..." + +"Yes, he forbids her to! ..." + +"He forbids her! ... The Angel of Music forbids her to marry!" + +"Oh, he forbids her ... without forbidding her. It's like this: he +tells her that, if she got married, she would never hear him again. +That's all! ... And that he would go away for ever! ... So, you +understand, she can't let the Angel of Music go. It's quite natural." + +"Yes, yes," echoed Raoul submissively, "it's quite natural." + +"Besides, I thought Christine had told you all that, when she met you +at Perros, where she went with her good genius." + +"Oh, she went to Perros with her good genius, did she?" + +"That is to say, he arranged to meet her down there, in Perros +churchyard, at Daae's grave. He promised to play her The Resurrection +of Lazarus on her father's violin!" + +Raoul de Chagny rose and, with a very authoritative air, pronounced +these peremptory words: + +"Madame, you will have the goodness to tell me where that genius lives." + +The old lady did not seem surprised at this indiscreet command. She +raised her eyes and said: + +"In Heaven!" + +Such simplicity baffled him. He did not know what to say in the +presence of this candid and perfect faith in a genius who came down +nightly from Heaven to haunt the dressing-rooms at the Opera. + +He now realized the possible state of mind of a girl brought up between +a superstitious fiddler and a visionary old lady and he shuddered when +he thought of the consequences of it all. + +"Is Christine still a good girl?" he asked suddenly, in spite of +himself. + +"I swear it, as I hope to be saved!" exclaimed the old woman, who, this +time, seemed to be incensed. "And, if you doubt it, sir, I don't know +what you are here for!" + +Raoul tore at his gloves. + +"How long has she known this 'genius?'" + +"About three months ... Yes, it's quite three months since he began to +give her lessons." + +The viscount threw up his arms with a gesture of despair. + +"The genius gives her lessons! ... And where, pray?" + +"Now that she has gone away with him, I can't say; but, up to a +fortnight ago, it was in Christine's dressing-room. It would be +impossible in this little flat. The whole house would hear them. +Whereas, at the Opera, at eight o'clock in the morning, there is no one +about, do you see!" + +"Yes, I see! I see!" cried the viscount. + +And he hurriedly took leave of Mme. Valerius, who asked herself if the +young nobleman was not a little off his head. + +He walked home to his brother's house in a pitiful state. He could +have struck himself, banged his head against the walls! To think that +he had believed in her innocence, in her purity! The Angel of Music! +He knew him now! He saw him! It was beyond a doubt some unspeakable +tenor, a good-looking jackanapes, who mouthed and simpered as he sang! +He thought himself as absurd and as wretched as could be. Oh, what a +miserable, little, insignificant, silly young man was M. le Vicomte de +Chagny! thought Raoul, furiously. And she, what a bold and damnable +sly creature! + +His brother was waiting for him and Raoul fell into his arms, like a +child. The count consoled him, without asking for explanations; and +Raoul would certainly have long hesitated before telling him the story +of the Angel of Music. His brother suggested taking him out to dinner. +Overcome as he was with despair, Raoul would probably have refused any +invitation that evening, if the count had not, as an inducement, told +him that the lady of his thoughts had been seen, the night before, in +company of the other sex in the Bois. At first, the viscount refused +to believe; but he received such exact details that he ceased +protesting. She had been seen, it appeared, driving in a brougham, +with the window down. She seemed to be slowly taking in the icy night +air. There was a glorious moon shining. She was recognized beyond a +doubt. As for her companion, only his shadowy outline was +distinguished leaning back in the dark. The carriage was going at a +walking pace in a lonely drive behind the grand stand at Longchamp. + +Raoul dressed in frantic haste, prepared to forget his distress by +flinging himself, as people say, into "the vortex of pleasure." Alas, +he was a very sorry guest and, leaving his brother early, found +himself, by ten o'clock in the evening, in a cab, behind the Longchamp +race-course. + +It was bitterly cold. The road seemed deserted and very bright under +the moonlight. He told the driver to wait for him patiently at the +corner of a near turning and, hiding himself as well as he could, stood +stamping his feet to keep warm. He had been indulging in this healthy +exercise for half an hour or so, when a carriage turned the corner of +the road and came quietly in his direction, at a walking pace. + +As it approached, he saw that a woman was leaning her head from the +window. And, suddenly, the moon shed a pale gleam over her features. + +"Christine!" + +The sacred name of his love had sprung from his heart and his lips. He +could not keep it back... He would have given anything to withdraw it, +for that name, proclaimed in the stillness of the night, had acted as +though it were the preconcerted signal for a furious rush on the part +of the whole turn-out, which dashed past him before he could put into +execution his plan of leaping at the horses' heads. The carriage +window had been closed and the girl's face had disappeared. And the +brougham, behind which he was now running, was no more than a black +spot on the white road. + +He called out again: "Christine!" + +No reply. And he stopped in the midst of the silence. + +With a lack-luster eye, he stared down that cold, desolate road and +into the pale, dead night. Nothing was colder than his heart, nothing +half so dead: he had loved an angel and now he despised a woman! + +Raoul, how that little fairy of the North has trifled with you! Was it +really, was it really necessary to have so fresh and young a face, a +forehead so shy and always ready to cover itself with the pink blush of +modesty in order to pass in the lonely night, in a carriage and pair, +accompanied by a mysterious lover? Surely there should be some limit +to hypocrisy and lying! ... + +She had passed without answering his cry ... And he was thinking of +dying; and he was twenty years old! ... + +His valet found him in the morning sitting on his bed. He had not +undressed and the servant feared, at the sight of his face, that some +disaster had occurred. Raoul snatched his letters from the man's +hands. He had recognized Christine's paper and hand-writing. She said: + +DEAR: + +Go to the masked ball at the Opera on the night after to-morrow. At +twelve o'clock, be in the little room behind the chimney-place of the +big crush-room. Stand near the door that leads to the Rotunda. Don't +mention this appointment to any one on earth. Wear a white domino and +be carefully masked. As you love me, do not let yourself be +recognized. CHRISTINE. + + + +Chapter IX At the Masked Ball + + +The envelope was covered with mud and unstamped. It bore the words "To +be handed to M. le Vicomte Raoul de Chagny," with the address in +pencil. It must have been flung out in the hope that a passer-by would +pick up the note and deliver it, which was what happened. The note had +been picked up on the pavement of the Place de l'Opera. + +Raoul read it over again with fevered eyes. No more was needed to +revive his hope. The somber picture which he had for a moment imagined +of a Christine forgetting her duty to herself made way for his original +conception of an unfortunate, innocent child, the victim of imprudence +and exaggerated sensibility. To what extent, at this time, was she +really a victim? Whose prisoner was she? Into what whirlpool had she +been dragged? He asked himself these questions with a cruel anguish; +but even this pain seemed endurable beside the frenzy into which he was +thrown at the thought of a lying and deceitful Christine. What had +happened? What influence had she undergone? What monster had carried +her off and by what means? ... + +By what means indeed but that of music? He knew Christine's story. +After her father's death, she acquired a distaste of everything in +life, including her art. She went through the CONSERVATOIRE like a +poor soulless singing-machine. And, suddenly, she awoke as though +through the intervention of a god. The Angel of Music appeared upon +the scene! She sang Margarita in FAUST and triumphed! ... + +The Angel of Music! ... For three months the Angel of Music had been +giving Christine lessons ... Ah, he was a punctual singing-master! ... +And now he was taking her for drives in the Bois! ... + +Raoul's fingers clutched at his flesh, above his jealous heart. In his +inexperience, he now asked himself with terror what game the girl was +playing? Up to what point could an opera-singer make a fool of a +good-natured young man, quite new to love? O misery! ... + +Thus did Raoul's thoughts fly from one extreme to the other. He no +longer knew whether to pity Christine or to curse her; and he pitied +and cursed her turn and turn about. At all events, he bought a white +domino. + +The hour of the appointment came at last. With his face in a mask +trimmed with long, thick lace, looking like a pierrot in his white +wrap, the viscount thought himself very ridiculous. Men of the world +do not go to the Opera ball in fancy-dress! It was absurd. One +thought, however, consoled the viscount: he would certainly never be +recognized! + +This ball was an exceptional affair, given some time before Shrovetide, +in honor of the anniversary of the birth of a famous draftsman; and it +was expected to be much gayer, noisier, more Bohemian than the ordinary +masked ball. Numbers of artists had arranged to go, accompanied by a +whole cohort of models and pupils, who, by midnight, began to create a +tremendous din. Raoul climbed the grand staircase at five minutes to +twelve, did not linger to look at the motley dresses displayed all the +way up the marble steps, one of the richest settings in the world, +allowed no facetious mask to draw him into a war of wits, replied to no +jests and shook off the bold familiarity of a number of couples who had +already become a trifle too gay. Crossing the big crush-room and +escaping from a mad whirl of dancers in which he was caught for a +moment, he at last entered the room mentioned in Christine's letter. +He found it crammed; for this small space was the point where all those +who were going to supper in the Rotunda crossed those who were +returning from taking a glass of champagne. The fun, here, waxed fast +and furious. + +Raoul leaned against a door-post and waited. He did not wait long. A +black domino passed and gave a quick squeeze to the tips of his +fingers. He understood that it was she and followed her: + +"Is that you, Christine?" he asked, between his teeth. + +The black domino turned round promptly and raised her finger to her +lips, no doubt to warn him not to mention her name again. Raoul +continued to follow her in silence. + +He was afraid of losing her, after meeting her again in such strange +circumstances. His grudge against her was gone. He no longer doubted +that she had "nothing to reproach herself with," however peculiar and +inexplicable her conduct might seem. He was ready to make any display +of clemency, forgiveness or cowardice. He was in love. And, no doubt, +he would soon receive a very natural explanation of her curious absence. + +The black domino turned back from time to time to see if the white +domino was still following. + +As Raoul once more passed through the great crush-room, this time in +the wake of his guide, he could not help noticing a group crowding +round a person whose disguise, eccentric air and gruesome appearance +were causing a sensation. It was a man dressed all in scarlet, with a +huge hat and feathers on the top of a wonderful death's head. From his +shoulders hung an immense red-velvet cloak, which trailed along the +floor like a king's train; and on this cloak was embroidered, in gold +letters, which every one read and repeated aloud, "Don't touch me! I +am Red Death stalking abroad!" + +Then one, greatly daring, did try to touch him ... but a skeleton hand +shot out of a crimson sleeve and violently seized the rash one's wrist; +and he, feeling the clutch of the knucklebones, the furious grasp of +Death, uttered a cry of pain and terror. When Red Death released him +at last, he ran away like a very madman, pursued by the jeers of the +bystanders. + +It was at this moment that Raoul passed in front of the funereal +masquerader, who had just happened to turn in his direction. And he +nearly exclaimed: + +"The death's head of Perros-Guirec!" + +He had recognized him! ... He wanted to dart forward, forgetting +Christine; but the black domino, who also seemed a prey to some strange +excitement, caught him by the arm and dragged him from the crush-room, +far from the mad crowd through which Red Death was stalking... + +The black domino kept on turning back and, apparently, on two occasions +saw something that startled her, for she hurried her pace and Raoul's +as though they were being pursued. + +They went up two floors. Here, the stairs and corridors were almost +deserted. The black domino opened the door of a private box and +beckoned to the white domino to follow her. Then Christine, whom he +recognized by the sound of her voice, closed the door behind them and +warned him, in a whisper, to remain at the back of the box and on no +account to show himself. Raoul took off his mask. Christine kept hers +on. And, when Raoul was about to ask her to remove it, he was +surprised to see her put her ear to the partition and listen eagerly +for a sound outside. Then she opened the door ajar, looked out into +the corridor and, in a low voice, said: + +"He must have gone up higher." Suddenly she exclaimed: "He is coming +down again!" + +She tried to close the door, but Raoul prevented her; for he had seen, +on the top step of the staircase that led to the floor above, A RED +FOOT, followed by another ... and slowly, majestically, the whole +scarlet dress of Red Death met his eyes. And he once more saw the +death's head of Perros-Guirec. + +"It's he!" he exclaimed. "This time, he shall not escape me! ..." + +But Christian{sic} had slammed the door at the moment when Raoul was on +the point of rushing out. He tried to push her aside. + +"Whom do you mean by 'he'?" she asked, in a changed voice. "Who shall +not escape you?" + +Raoul tried to overcome the girl's resistance by force, but she +repelled him with a strength which he would not have suspected in her. +He understood, or thought he understood, and at once lost his temper. + +"Who?" he repeated angrily. "Why, he, the man who hides behind that +hideous mask of death! ... The evil genius of the churchyard at Perros! +... Red Death! ... In a word, madam, your friend ... your Angel of +Music! ... But I shall snatch off his mask, as I shall snatch off my +own; and, this time, we shall look each other in the face, he and I, +with no veil and no lies between us; and I shall know whom you love and +who loves you!" + +He burst into a mad laugh, while Christine gave a disconsolate moan +behind her velvet mask. With a tragic gesture, she flung out her two +arms, which fixed a barrier of white flesh against the door. + +"In the name of our love, Raoul, you shall not pass! ..." + +He stopped. What had she said? ... In the name of their love? ... +Never before had she confessed that she loved him. And yet she had had +opportunities enough ... Pooh, her only object was to gain a few +seconds! ... She wished to give the Red Death time to escape ... And, +in accents of childish hatred, he said: + +"You lie, madam, for you do not love me and you have never loved me! +What a poor fellow I must be to let you mock and flout me as you have +done! Why did you give me every reason for hope, at Perros ... for +honest hope, madam, for I am an honest man and I believed you to be an +honest woman, when your only intention was to deceive me! Alas, you +have deceived us all! You have taken a shameful advantage of the +candid affection of your benefactress herself, who continues to believe +in your sincerity while you go about the Opera ball with Red Death! ... +I despise you! ..." + +And he burst into tears. She allowed him to insult her. She thought +of but one thing, to keep him from leaving the box. + +"You will beg my pardon, one day, for all those ugly words, Raoul, and +when you do I shall forgive you!" + +He shook his head. "No, no, you have driven me mad! When I think that +I had only one object in life: to give my name to an opera wench!" + +"Raoul! ... How can you?" + +"I shall die of shame!" + +"No, dear, live!" said Christine's grave and changed voice. "And ... +good-by. Good-by, Raoul ..." + +The boy stepped forward, staggering as he went. He risked one more +sarcasm: + +"Oh, you must let me come and applaud you from time to time!" + +"I shall never sing again, Raoul! ..." + +"Really?" he replied, still more satirically. "So he is taking you off +the stage: I congratulate you! ... But we shall meet in the Bois, one +of these evenings!" + +"Not in the Bois nor anywhere, Raoul: you shall not see me again ..." + +"May one ask at least to what darkness you are returning? ... For what +hell are you leaving, mysterious lady ... or for what paradise?" + +"I came to tell you, dear, but I can't tell you now ... you would not +believe me! You have lost faith in me, Raoul; it is finished!" + +She spoke in such a despairing voice that the lad began to feel remorse +for his cruelty. + +"But look here!" he cried. "Can't you tell me what all this means! +... You are free, there is no one to interfere with you... You go +about Paris ... You put on a domino to come to the ball... Why do you +not go home? ... What have you been doing this past fortnight? ... What +is this tale about the Angel of Music, which you have been telling +Mamma Valerius? Some one may have taken you in, played upon your +innocence. I was a witness of it myself, at Perros ... but you know +what to believe now! You seem to me quite sensible, Christine. You +know what you are doing ... And meanwhile Mamma Valerius lies waiting +for you at home and appealing to your 'good genius!' ... Explain +yourself, Christine, I beg of you! Any one might have been deceived as +I was. What is this farce?" + +Christine simply took off her mask and said: "Dear, it is a tragedy!" + +Raoul now saw her face and could not restrain an exclamation of +surprise and terror. The fresh complexion of former days was gone. A +mortal pallor covered those features, which he had known so charming +and so gentle, and sorrow had furrowed them with pitiless lines and +traced dark and unspeakably sad shadows under her eyes. + +"My dearest! My dearest!" he moaned, holding out his arms. "You +promised to forgive me ..." + +"Perhaps! ... Some day, perhaps!" she said, resuming her mask; and she +went away, forbidding him, with a gesture, to follow her. + +He tried to disobey her; but she turned round and repeated her gesture +of farewell with such authority that he dared not move a step. + +He watched her till she was out of sight. Then he also went down among +the crowd, hardly knowing what he was doing, with throbbing temples and +an aching heart; and, as he crossed the dancing-floor, he asked if +anybody had seen Red Death. Yes, every one had seen Red Death; but +Raoul could not find him; and, at two o'clock in the morning, he turned +down the passage, behind the scenes, that led to Christine Daae's +dressing-room. + +His footsteps took him to that room where he had first known suffering. +He tapped at the door. There was no answer. He entered, as he had +entered when he looked everywhere for "the man's voice." The room was +empty. A gas-jet was burning, turned down low. He saw some +writing-paper on a little desk. He thought of writing to Christine, +but he heard steps in the passage. He had only time to hide in the +inner room, which was separated from the dressing-room by a curtain. + +Christine entered, took off her mask with a weary movement and flung it +on the table. She sighed and let her pretty head fall into her two +hands. What was she thinking of? Of Raoul? No, for Raoul heard her +murmur: "Poor Erik!" + +At first, he thought he must be mistaken. To begin with, he was +persuaded that, if any one was to be pitied, it was he, Raoul. It +would have been quite natural if she had said, "Poor Raoul," after what +had happened between them. But, shaking her head, she repeated: "Poor +Erik!" + +What had this Erik to do with Christine's sighs and why was she pitying +Erik when Raoul was so unhappy? + +Christine began to write, deliberately, calmly and so placidly that +Raoul, who was still trembling from the effects of the tragedy that +separated them, was painfully impressed. + +"What coolness!" he said to himself. + +She wrote on, filling two, three, four sheets. Suddenly, she raised +her head and hid the sheets in her bodice ... She seemed to be +listening ... Raoul also listened ... Whence came that strange sound, +that distant rhythm? ... A faint singing seemed to issue from the walls +... yes, it was as though the walls themselves were singing! ... The +song became plainer ... the words were now distinguishable ... he heard +a voice, a very beautiful, very soft, very captivating voice ... but, +for all its softness, it remained a male voice ... The voice came +nearer and nearer ... it came through the wall ... it approached ... +and now the voice was IN THE ROOM, in front of Christine. Christine +rose and addressed the voice, as though speaking to some one: + +"Here I am, Erik," she said. "I am ready. But you are late." + +Raoul, peeping from behind the curtain, could not believe his eyes, +which showed him nothing. Christine's face lit up. A smile of +happiness appeared upon her bloodless lips, a smile like that of sick +people when they receive the first hope of recovery. + +The voice without a body went on singing; and certainly Raoul had never +in his life heard anything more absolutely and heroically sweet, more +gloriously insidious, more delicate, more powerful, in short, more +irresistibly triumphant. He listened to it in a fever and he now began +to understand how Christine Daae was able to appear one evening, before +the stupefied audience, with accents of a beauty hitherto unknown, of a +superhuman exaltation, while doubtless still under the influence of the +mysterious and invisible master. + +The voice was singing the Wedding-night Song from Romeo and Juliet. +Raoul saw Christine stretch out her arms to the voice as she had done, +in Perros churchyard, to the invisible violin playing The Resurrection +of Lazarus. And nothing could describe the passion with which the +voice sang: + +"Fate links thee to me for ever and a day!" + +The strains went through Raoul's heart. Struggling against the charm +that seemed to deprive him of all his will and all his energy and of +almost all his lucidity at the moment when he needed them most, he +succeeded in drawing back the curtain that hid him and he walked to +where Christine stood. She herself was moving to the back of the room, +the whole wall of which was occupied by a great mirror that reflected +her image, but not his, for he was just behind her and entirely covered +by her. + +"Fate links thee to me for ever and a day!" + +Christine walked toward her image in the glass and the image came +toward her. The two Christines--the real one and the reflection--ended +by touching; and Raoul put out his arms to clasp the two in one +embrace. But, by a sort of dazzling miracle that sent him staggering, +Raoul was suddenly flung back, while an icy blast swept over his face; +he saw, not two, but four, eight, twenty Christines spinning round him, +laughing at him and fleeing so swiftly that he could not touch one of +them. At last, everything stood still again; and he saw himself in the +glass. But Christine had disappeared. + +He rushed up to the glass. He struck at the walls. Nobody! And +meanwhile the room still echoed with a distant passionate singing: + +"Fate links thee to me for ever and a day!" + +Which way, which way had Christine gone? ... Which way would she +return? ... + +Would she return? Alas, had she not declared to him that everything +was finished? And was the voice not repeating: + +"Fate links thee to me for ever and a day!" + +To me? To whom? + +Then, worn out, beaten, empty-brained, he sat down on the chair which +Christine had just left. Like her, he let his head fall into his +hands. When he raised it, the tears were streaming down his young +cheeks, real, heavy tears like those which jealous children shed, tears +that wept for a sorrow which was in no way fanciful, but which is +common to all the lovers on earth and which he expressed aloud: + +"Who is this Erik?" he said. + + + +Chapter X Forget the Name of the Man's Voice + + +The day after Christine had vanished before his eyes in a sort of +dazzlement that still made him doubt the evidence of his senses, M. le +Vicomte de Chagny called to inquire at Mamma Valerius'. He came upon a +charming picture. Christine herself was seated by the bedside of the +old lady, who was sitting up against the pillows, knitting. The pink +and white had returned to the young girl's cheeks. The dark rings +round her eyes had disappeared. Raoul no longer recognized the tragic +face of the day before. If the veil of melancholy over those adorable +features had not still appeared to the young man as the last trace of +the weird drama in whose toils that mysterious child was struggling, he +could have believed that Christine was not its heroine at all. + +She rose, without showing any emotion, and offered him her hand. But +Raoul's stupefaction was so great that he stood there dumfounded, +without a gesture, without a word. + +"Well, M. de Chagny," exclaimed Mamma Valerius, "don't you know our +Christine? Her good genius has sent her back to us!" + +"Mamma!" the girl broke in promptly, while a deep blush mantled to her +eyes. "I thought, mamma, that there was to be no more question of +that! ... You know there is no such thing as the Angel of Music!" + +"But, child, he gave you lessons for three months!" + +"Mamma, I have promised to explain everything to you one of these days; +and I hope to do so but you have promised me, until that day, to be +silent and to ask me no more questions whatever!" + +"Provided that you promised never to leave me again! But have you +promised that, Christine?" + +"Mamma, all this can not interest M. de Chagny." + +"On the contrary, mademoiselle," said the young man, in a voice which +he tried to make firm and brave, but which still trembled, "anything +that concerns you interests me to an extent which perhaps you will one +day understand. I do not deny that my surprise equals my pleasure at +finding you with your adopted mother and that, after what happened +between us yesterday, after what you said and what I was able to guess, +I hardly expected to see you here so soon. I should be the first to +delight at your return, if you were not so bent on preserving a secrecy +that may be fatal to you ... and I have been your friend too long not +to be alarmed, with Mme. Valerius, at a disastrous adventure which will +remain dangerous so long as we have not unraveled its threads and of +which you will certainly end by being the victim, Christine." + +At these words, Mamma Valerius tossed about in her bed. + +"What does this mean?" she cried. "Is Christine in danger?" + +"Yes, madame," said Raoul courageously, notwithstanding the signs which +Christine made to him. + +"My God!" exclaimed the good, simple old woman, gasping for breath. +"You must tell me everything, Christine! Why did you try to reassure +me? And what danger is it, M. de Chagny?" + +"An impostor is abusing her good faith." + +"Is the Angel of Music an impostor?" + +"She told you herself that there is no Angel of Music." + +"But then what is it, in Heaven's name? You will be the death of me!" + +"There is a terrible mystery around us, madame, around you, around +Christine, a mystery much more to be feared than any number of ghosts +or genii!" + +Mamma Valerius turned a terrified face to Christine, who had already +run to her adopted mother and was holding her in her arms. + +"Don't believe him, mummy, don't believe him," she repeated. + +"Then tell me that you will never leave me again," implored the widow. + +Christine was silent and Raoul resumed. + +"That is what you must promise, Christine. It is the only thing that +can reassure your mother and me. We will undertake not to ask you a +single question about the past, if you promise us to remain under our +protection in future." + +"That is an undertaking which I have not asked of you and a promise +which I refuse to make you!" said the young girl haughtily. "I am +mistress of my own actions, M. de Chagny: you have no right to control +them, and I will beg you to desist henceforth. As to what I have done +during the last fortnight, there is only one man in the world who has +the right to demand an account of me: my husband! Well, I have no +husband and I never mean to marry!" + +She threw out her hands to emphasize her words and Raoul turned pale, +not only because of the words which he had heard, but because he had +caught sight of a plain gold ring on Christine's finger. + +"You have no husband and yet you wear a wedding-ring." + +He tried to seize her hand, but she swiftly drew it back. + +"That's a present!" she said, blushing once more and vainly striving to +hide her embarrassment. + +"Christine! As you have no husband, that ring can only have been given +by one who hopes to make you his wife! Why deceive us further? Why +torture me still more? That ring is a promise; and that promise has +been accepted!" + +"That's what I said!" exclaimed the old lady. + +"And what did she answer, madame?" + +"What I chose," said Christine, driven to exasperation. "Don't you +think, monsieur, that this cross-examination has lasted long enough? +As far as I am concerned ..." + +Raoul was afraid to let her finish her speech. He interrupted her: + +"I beg your pardon for speaking as I did, mademoiselle. You know the +good intentions that make me meddle, just now, in matters which, you no +doubt think, have nothing to do with me. But allow me to tell you what +I have seen--and I have seen more than you suspect, Christine--or what +I thought I saw, for, to tell you the truth, I have sometimes been +inclined to doubt the evidence of my eyes." + +"Well, what did you see, sir, or think you saw?" + +"I saw your ecstasy AT THE SOUND OF THE VOICE, Christine: the voice +that came from the wall or the next room to yours ... yes, YOUR +ECSTASY! And that is what makes me alarmed on your behalf. You are +under a very dangerous spell. And yet it seems that you are aware of +the imposture, because you say to-day THAT THERE IS NO ANGEL OF MUSIC! +In that case, Christine, why did you follow him that time? Why did you +stand up, with radiant features, as though you were really hearing +angels? ... Ah, it is a very dangerous voice, Christine, for I myself, +when I heard it, was so much fascinated by it that you vanished before +my eyes without my seeing which way you passed! Christine, Christine, +in the name of Heaven, in the name of your father who is in Heaven now +and who loved you so dearly and who loved me too, Christine, tell us, +tell your benefactress and me, to whom does that voice belong? If you +do, we will save you in spite of yourself. Come, Christine, the name +of the man! The name of the man who had the audacity to put a ring on +your finger!" + +"M. de Chagny," the girl declared coldly, "you shall never know!" + +Thereupon, seeing the hostility with which her ward had addressed the +viscount, Mamma Valerius suddenly took Christine's part. + +"And, if she does love that man, Monsieur le Vicomte, even then it is +no business of yours!" + +"Alas, madame," Raoul humbly replied, unable to restrain his tears, +"alas, I believe that Christine really does love him! ... But it is not +only that which drives me to despair; for what I am not certain of, +madame, is that the man whom Christine loves is worthy of her love!" + +"It is for me to be the judge of that, monsieur!" said Christine, +looking Raoul angrily in the face. + +"When a man," continued Raoul, "adopts such romantic methods to entice +a young girl's affections. .." + +"The man must be either a villain, or the girl a fool: is that it?" + +"Christine!" + +"Raoul, why do you condemn a man whom you have never seen, whom no one +knows and about whom you yourself know nothing?" + +"Yes, Christine ... Yes ... I at least know the name that you thought +to keep from me for ever ... The name of your Angel of Music, +mademoiselle, is Erik!" + +Christine at once betrayed herself. She turned as white as a sheet and +stammered: "Who told you?" + +"You yourself!" + +"How do you mean?" + +"By pitying him the other night, the night of the masked ball. When +you went to your dressing-room, did you not say, 'Poor Erik?' Well, +Christine, there was a poor Raoul who overheard you." + +"This is the second time that you have listened behind the door, M. de +Chagny!" + +"I was not behind the door ... I was in the dressing-room, in the inner +room, mademoiselle." + +"Oh, unhappy man!" moaned the girl, showing every sign of unspeakable +terror. "Unhappy man! Do you want to be killed?" + +"Perhaps." + +Raoul uttered this "perhaps" with so much love and despair in his voice +that Christine could not keep back a sob. She took his hands and +looked at him with all the pure affection of which she was capable: + +"Raoul," she said, "forget THE MAN'S VOICE and do not even remember its +name... You must never try to fathom the mystery of THE MAN'S VOICE." + +"Is the mystery so very terrible?" + +"There is no more awful mystery on this earth. Swear to me that you +will make no attempt to find out," she insisted. "Swear to me that you +will never come to my dressing-room, unless I send for you." + +"Then you promise to send for me sometimes, Christine?" + +"I promise." + +"When?" + +"To-morrow." + +"Then I swear to do as you ask." + +He kissed her hands and went away, cursing Erik and resolving to be +patient. + + + +Chapter XI Above the Trap-Doors + + +The next day, he saw her at the Opera. She was still wearing the plain +gold ring. She was gentle and kind to him. She talked to him of the +plans which he was forming, of his future, of his career. + +He told her that the date of the Polar expedition had been put forward +and that he would leave France in three weeks, or a month at latest. +She suggested, almost gaily, that he must look upon the voyage with +delight, as a stage toward his coming fame. And when he replied that +fame without love was no attraction in his eyes, she treated him as a +child whose sorrows were only short-lived. + +"How can you speak so lightly of such serious things?" he asked. +"Perhaps we shall never see each other again! I may die during that +expedition." + +"Or I," she said simply. + +She no longer smiled or jested. She seemed to be thinking of some new +thing that had entered her mind for the first time. Her eyes were all +aglow with it. + +"What are you thinking of, Christine?" + +"I am thinking that we shall not see each other again ..." + +"And does that make you so radiant?" + +"And that, in a month, we shall have to say good-by for ever!" + +"Unless, Christine, we pledge our faith and wait for each other for +ever." + +She put her hand on his mouth. + +"Hush, Raoul! ... You know there is no question of that ... And we +shall never be married: that is understood!" + +She seemed suddenly almost unable to contain an overpowering gaiety. +She clapped her hands with childish glee. Raoul stared at her in +amazement. + +"But ... but," she continued, holding out her two hands to Raoul, or +rather giving them to him, as though she had suddenly resolved to make +him a present of them, "but if we can not be married, we can ... we can +be engaged! Nobody will know but ourselves, Raoul. There have been +plenty of secret marriages: why not a secret engagement? ... We are +engaged, dear, for a month! In a month, you will go away, and I can be +happy at the thought of that month all my life long!" + +She was enchanted with her inspiration. Then she became serious again. + +"This," she said, "IS A HAPPINESS THAT WILL HARM NO ONE." + +Raoul jumped at the idea. He bowed to Christine and said: + +"Mademoiselle, I have the honor to ask for your hand." + +"Why, you have both of them already, my dear betrothed! ... Oh, Raoul, +how happy we shall be! ... We must play at being engaged all day long." + +It was the prettiest game in the world and they enjoyed it like the +children that they were. Oh, the wonderful speeches they made to each +other and the eternal vows they exchanged! They played at hearts as +other children might play at ball; only, as it was really their two +hearts that they flung to and fro, they had to be very, very handy to +catch them, each time, without hurting them. + +One day, about a week after the game began, Raoul's heart was badly +hurt and he stopped playing and uttered these wild words: + +"I shan't go to the North Pole!" + +Christine, who, in her innocence, had not dreamed of such a +possibility, suddenly discovered the danger of the game and reproached +herself bitterly. She did not say a word in reply to Raoul's remark +and went straight home. + +This happened in the afternoon, in the singer's dressing-room, where +they met every day and where they amused themselves by dining on three +biscuits, two glasses of port and a bunch of violets. In the evening, +she did not sing; and he did not receive his usual letter, though they +had arranged to write to each other daily during that month. The next +morning, he ran off to Mamma Valerius, who told him that Christine had +gone away for two days. She had left at five o'clock the day before. + +Raoul was distracted. He hated Mamma Valerius for giving him such news +as that with such stupefying calmness. He tried to sound her, but the +old lady obviously knew nothing. + +Christine returned on the following day. She returned in triumph. She +renewed her extraordinary success of the gala performance. Since the +adventure of the "toad," Carlotta had not been able to appear on the +stage. The terror of a fresh "co-ack" filled her heart and deprived +her of all her power of singing; and the theater that had witnessed her +incomprehensible disgrace had become odious to her. She contrived to +cancel her contract. Daae was offered the vacant place for the time. +She received thunders of applause in the Juive. + +The viscount, who, of course, was present, was the only one to suffer +on hearing the thousand echoes of this fresh triumph; for Christine +still wore her plain gold ring. A distant voice whispered in the young +man's ear: + +"She is wearing the ring again to-night; and you did not give it to +her. She gave her soul again tonight and did not give it to you... If +she will not tell you what she has been doing the past two days ... you +must go and ask Erik!" + +He ran behind the scenes and placed himself in her way. She saw him +for her eyes were looking for him. She said: + +"Quick! Quick! ... Come!" + +And she dragged him to her dressing-room. + +Raoul at once threw himself on his knees before her. He swore to her +that he would go and he entreated her never again to withhold a single +hour of the ideal happiness which she had promised him. She let her +tears flow. They kissed like a despairing brother and sister who have +been smitten with a common loss and who meet to mourn a dead parent. + +Suddenly, she snatched herself from the young man's soft and timid +embrace, seemed to listen to something, and, with a quick gesture, +pointed to the door. When he was on the threshold, she said, in so low +a voice that the viscount guessed rather than heard her words: + +"To-morrow, my dear betrothed! And be happy, Raoul: I sang for you +to-night!" + +He returned the next day. But those two days of absence had broken the +charm of their delightful make-believe. They looked at each other, in +the dressing-room, with their sad eyes, without exchanging a word. +Raoul had to restrain himself not to cry out: + +"I am jealous! I am jealous! I am jealous!" + +But she heard him all the same. Then she said: + +"Come for a walk, dear. The air will do you good." + +Raoul thought that she would propose a stroll in the country, far from +that building which he detested as a prison whose jailer he could feel +walking within the walls ... the jailer Erik ... But she took him to +the stage and made him sit on the wooden curb of a well, in the +doubtful peace and coolness of a first scene set for the evening's +performance. + +On another day, she wandered with him, hand in, hand, along the +deserted paths of a garden whose creepers had been cut out by a +decorator's skilful hands. It was as though the real sky, the real +flowers, the real earth were forbidden her for all time and she +condemned to breathe no other air than that of the theater. An +occasional fireman passed, watching over their melancholy idyll from +afar. And she would drag him up above the clouds, in the magnificent +disorder of the grid, where she loved to make him giddy by running in +front of him along the frail bridges, among the thousands of ropes +fastened to the pulleys, the windlasses, the rollers, in the midst of a +regular forest of yards and masts. If he hesitated, she said, with an +adorable pout of her lips: + +"You, a sailor!" + +And then they returned to terra firma, that is to say, to some passage +that led them to the little girls' dancing-school, where brats between +six and ten were practising their steps, in the hope of becoming great +dancers one day, "covered with diamonds ..." Meanwhile, Christine gave +them sweets instead. + +She took him to the wardrobe and property-rooms, took him all over her +empire, which was artificial, but immense, covering seventeen stories +from the ground-floor to the roof and inhabited by an army of subjects. +She moved among them like a popular queen, encouraging them in their +labors, sitting down in the workshops, giving words of advice to the +workmen whose hands hesitated to cut into the rich stuffs that were to +clothe heroes. There were inhabitants of that country who practised +every trade. There were cobblers, there were goldsmiths. All had +learned to know her and to love her, for she always interested herself +in all their troubles and all their little hobbies. + +She knew unsuspected corners that were secretly occupied by little old +couples. She knocked at their door and introduced Raoul to them as a +Prince Charming who had asked for her hand; and the two of them, +sitting on some worm-eaten "property," would listen to the legends of +the Opera, even as, in their childhood, they had listened to the old +Breton tales. Those old people remembered nothing outside the Opera. +They had lived there for years without number. Past managements had +forgotten them; palace revolutions had taken no notice of them; the +history of France had run its course unknown to them; and nobody +recollected their existence. + +The precious days sped in this way; and Raoul and Christine, by +affecting excessive interest in outside matters, strove awkwardly to +hide from each other the one thought of their hearts. One fact was +certain, that Christine, who until then had shown herself the stronger +of the two, became suddenly inexpressibly nervous. When on their +expeditions, she would start running without reason or else suddenly +stop; and her hand, turning ice-cold in a moment, would hold the young +man back. Sometimes her eyes seemed to pursue imaginary shadows. She +cried, "This way," and "This way," and "This way," laughing a +breathless laugh that often ended in tears. Then Raoul tried to speak, +to question her, in spite of his promises. But, even before he had +worded his question, she answered feverishly: + +"Nothing ... I swear it is nothing." + +Once, when they were passing before an open trapdoor on the stage, +Raoul stopped over the dark cavity. + +"You have shown me over the upper part of your empire, Christine, but +there are strange stories told of the lower part. Shall we go down?" + +She caught him in her arms, as though she feared to see him disappear +down the black hole, and, in a trembling voice, whispered: + +"Never! ... I will not have you go there! ... Besides, it's not mine +... EVERYTHING THAT IS UNDERGROUND BELONGS TO HIM!" + +Raoul looked her in the eyes and said roughly: + +"So he lives down there, does he?" + +"I never said so ... Who told you a thing like that? Come away! I +sometimes wonder if you are quite sane, Raoul ... You always take +things in such an impossible way ... Come along! Come!" + +And she literally dragged him away, for he was obstinate and wanted to +remain by the trap-door; that hole attracted him. + +Suddenly, the trap-door was closed and so quickly that they did not +even see the hand that worked it; and they remained quite dazed. + +"Perhaps HE was there," Raoul said, at last. + +She shrugged her shoulders, but did not seem easy. + +"No, no, it was the 'trap-door-shutters.' They must do something, you +know ... They open and shut the trap-doors without any particular +reason ... It's like the 'door-shutters:' they must spend their time +somehow." + +"But suppose it were HE, Christine?" + +"No, no! He has shut himself up, he is working." + +"Oh, really! He's working, is he?" + +"Yes, he can't open and shut the trap-doors and work at the same time." +She shivered. + +"What is he working at?" + +"Oh, something terrible! ... But it's all the better for us... When +he's working at that, he sees nothing; he does not eat, drink, or +breathe for days and nights at a time ... he becomes a living dead man +and has no time to amuse himself with the trap-doors." She shivered +again. She was still holding him in her arms. Then she sighed and +said, in her turn: + +"Suppose it were HE!" + +"Are you afraid of him?" + +"No, no, of course not," she said. + +For all that, on the next day and the following days, Christine was +careful to avoid the trap-doors. Her agitation only increased as the +hours passed. At last, one afternoon, she arrived very late, with her +face so desperately pale and her eyes so desperately red, that Raoul +resolved to go to all lengths, including that which he foreshadowed +when he blurted out that he would not go on the North Pole expedition +unless she first told him the secret of the man's voice. + +"Hush! Hush, in Heaven's name! Suppose HE heard you, you unfortunate +Raoul!" + +And Christine's eyes stared wildly at everything around her. + +"I will remove you from his power, Christine, I swear it. And you +shall not think of him any more." + +"Is it possible?" + +She allowed herself this doubt, which was an encouragernent, while +dragging the young man up to the topmost floor of the theater, far, +very far from the trap-doors. + +"I shall hide you in some unknown corner of the world, where HE can not +come to look for you. You will be safe; and then I shall go away ... +as you have sworn never to marry." + +Christine seized Raoul's hands and squeezed them with incredible +rapture. But, suddenly becoming alarmed again, she turned away her +head. + +"Higher!" was all she said. "Higher still!" + +And she dragged him up toward the summit. + +He had a difficulty in following her. They were soon under the very +roof, in the maze of timber-work. They slipped through the buttresses, +the rafters, the joists; they ran from beam to beam as they might have +run from tree to tree in a forest. + +And, despite the care which she took to look behind her at every +moment, she failed to see a shadow which followed her like her own +shadow, which stopped when she stopped, which started again when she +did and which made no more noise than a well-conducted shadow should. +As for Raoul, he saw nothing either; for, when he had Christine in +front of him, nothing interested him that happened behind. + + + +Chapter XII Apollo's Lyre + + +On this way, they reached the roof. Christine tripped over it as +lightly as a swallow. Their eyes swept the empty space between the +three domes and the triangular pediment. She breathed freely over +Paris, the whole valley of which was seen at work below. She called +Raoul to come quite close to her and they walked side by side along the +zinc streets, in the leaden avenues; they looked at their twin shapes +in the huge tanks, full of stagnant water, where, in the hot weather, +the little boys of the ballet, a score or so, learn to swim and dive. + +The shadow had followed behind them clinging to their steps; and the +two children little suspected its presence when they at last sat down, +trustingly, under the mighty protection of Apollo, who, with a great +bronze gesture, lifted his huge lyre to the heart of a crimson sky. + +It was a gorgeous spring evening. Clouds, which had just received +their gossamer robe of gold and purple from the setting sun, drifted +slowly by; and Christine said to Raoul: + +"Soon we shall go farther and faster than the clouds, to the end of the +world, and then you will leave me, Raoul. But, if, when the moment +comes for you to take me away, I refuse to go with you--well you must +carry me off by force!" + +"Are you afraid that you will change your mind, Christine?" + +"I don't know," she said, shaking her head in an odd fashion. "He is a +demon!" And she shivered and nestled in his arms with a moan. "I am +afraid now of going back to live with him ... in the ground!" + +"What compels you to go back, Christine?" + +"If I do not go back to him, terrible misfortunes may happen! ... But +I can't do it, I can't do it! ... I know one ought to be sorry for +people who live underground ... But he is too horrible! And yet the +time is at hand; I have only a day left; and, if I do not go, he will +come and fetch me with his voice. And he will drag me with him, +underground, and go on his knees before me, with his death's head. And +he will tell me that he loves me! And he will cry! Oh, those tears, +Raoul, those tears in the two black eye-sockets of the death's head! I +can not see those tears flow again!" + +She wrung her hands in anguish, while Raoul pressed her to his heart. + +"No, no, you shall never again hear him tell you that he loves you! +You shall not see his tears! Let us fly, Christine, let us fly at +once!" + +And he tried to drag her away, then and there. But she stopped him. + +"No, no," she said, shaking her head sadly. "Not now! ... It would be +too cruel ... let him hear me sing to-morrow evening ... and then we +will go away. You must come and fetch me in my dressing-room at +midnight exactly. He will then be waiting for me in the dining-room by +the lake ... we shall be free and you shall take me away ... You must +promise me that, Raoul, even if I refuse; for I feel that, if I go back +this time, I shall perhaps never return." + +And she gave a sigh to which it seemed to her that another sigh, behind +her, replied. + +"Didn't you hear?" + +Her teeth chattered. + +"No," said Raoul, "I heard nothing." + +"It is too terrible," she confessed, "to be always trembling like this! +... And yet we run no danger here; we are at home, in the sky, in the +open air, in the light. The sun is flaming; and night-birds can not +bear to look at the sun. I have never seen him by daylight ... it must +be awful! ... Oh, the first time I saw him! ... I thought that he was +going to die." + +"Why?" asked Raoul, really frightened at the aspect which this strange +confidence was taking. + +"BECAUSE I HAD SEEN HIM!" + +This time, Raoul and Christine turned round at the same time: + +"There is some one in pain," said Raoul. "Perhaps some one has been +hurt. Did you hear?" + +"I can't say," Christine confessed. "Even when he is not there, my +ears are full of his sighs. Still, if you heard ..." + +They stood up and looked around them. They were quite alone on the +immense lead roof. They sat down again and Raoul said: + +"Tell me how you saw him first." + +"I had heard him for three months without seeing him. The first time I +heard it, I thought, as you did, that that adorable voice was singing +in another room. I went out and looked everywhere; but, as you know, +Raoul, my dressing-room is very much by itself; and I could not find +the voice outside my room, whereas it went on steadily inside. And it +not only sang, but it spoke to me and answered my questions, like a +real man's voice, with this difference, that it was as beautiful as the +voice of an angel. I had never got the Angel of Music whom my poor +father had promised to send me as soon as he was dead. I really think +that Mamma Valerius was a little bit to blame. I told her about it; +and she at once said, 'It must be the Angel; at any rate, you can do no +harm by asking him.' I did so; and the man's voice replied that, yes, +it was the Angel's voice, the voice which I was expecting and which my +father had promised me. From that time onward, the voice and I became +great friends. It asked leave to give me lessons every day. I agreed +and never failed to keep the appointment which it gave me in my +dressing-room. You have no idea, though you have heard the voice, of +what those lessons were like." + +"No, I have no idea," said Raoul. "What was your accompaniment?" + +"We were accompanied by a music which I do not know: it was behind the +wall and wonderfully accurate. The voice seemed to understand mine +exactly, to know precisely where my father had left off teaching me. +In a few weeks' time, I hardly knew myself when I sang. I was even +frightened. I seemed to dread a sort of witchcraft behind it; but +Mamma Valerius reassured me. She said that she knew I was much too +simple a girl to give the devil a hold on me ... My progress, by the +voice's own order, was kept a secret between the voice, Mamma Valerius +and myself. It was a curious thing, but, outside the dressing-room, I +sang with my ordinary, every-day voice and nobody noticed anything. I +did all that the voice asked. It said, 'Wait and see: we shall +astonish Paris!' And I waited and lived on in a sort of ecstatic dream. +It was then that I saw you for the first time one evening, in the +house. I was so glad that I never thought of concealing my delight +when I reached my dressing-room. Unfortunately, the voice was there +before me and soon noticed, by my air, that something had happened. It +asked what was the matter and I saw no reason for keeping our story +secret or concealing the place which you filled in my heart. Then the +voice was silent. I called to it, but it did not reply; I begged and +entreated, but in vain. I was terrified lest it had gone for good. I +wish to Heaven it had, dear! ... That night, I went home in a +desperate condition. I told Mamma Valerius, who said, 'Why, of course, +the voice is jealous!' And that, dear, first revealed to me that I +loved you." + +Christine stopped and laid her head on Raoul's shoulder. They sat like +that for a moment, in silence, and they did not see, did not perceive +the movement, at a few steps from them, of the creeping shadow of two +great black wings, a shadow that came along the roof so near, so near +them that it could have stifled them by closing over them. + +"The next day," Christine continued, with a sigh, "I went back to my +dressing-room in a very pensive frame of mind. The voice was there, +spoke to me with great sadness and told me plainly that, if I must +bestow my heart on earth, there was nothing for the voice to do but to +go back to Heaven. And it said this with such an accent of HUMAN +sorrow that I ought then and there to have suspected and begun to +believe that I was the victim of my deluded senses. But my faith in +the voice, with which the memory of my father was so closely +intermingled, remained undisturbed. I feared nothing so much as that I +might never hear it again; I had thought about my love for you and +realized all the useless danger of it; and I did not even know if you +remembered me. Whatever happened, your position in society forbade me +to contemplate the possibility of ever marrying you; and I swore to the +voice that you were no more than a brother to me nor ever would be and +that my heart was incapable of any earthly love. And that, dear, was +why I refused to recognize or see you when I met you on the stage or in +the passages. Meanwhile, the hours during which the voice taught me +were spent in a divine frenzy, until, at last, the voice said to me, +'You can now, Christine Daae, give to men a little of the music of +Heaven.' I don't know how it was that Carlotta did not come to the +theater that night nor why I was called upon to sing in her stead; but +I sang with a rapture I had never known before and I felt for a moment +as if my soul were leaving my body!" + +"Oh, Christine," said Raoul, "my heart quivered that night at every +accent of your voice. I saw the tears stream down your cheeks and I +wept with you. How could you sing, sing like that while crying?" + +"I felt myself fainting," said Christine, "I closed my eyes. When I +opened them, you were by my side. But the voice was there also, Raoul! +I was afraid for your sake and again I would not recognize you and +began to laugh when you reminded me that you had picked up my scarf in +the sea! ... Alas, there is no deceiving the voice! ... The voice +recognized you and the voice was jealous! ... It said that, if I did +not love you, I would not avoid you, but treat you like any other old +friend. It made me scene upon scene. At last, I said to the voice, +'That will do! I am going to Perros to-morrow, to pray on my father's +grave, and I shall ask M. Raoul de Chagny to go with me.' 'Do as you +please,' replied the voice, 'but I shall be at Perros too, for I am +wherever you are, Christine; and, if you are still worthy of me, if you +have not lied to me, I will play you The Resurrection of Lazarus, on +the stroke of midnight, on your father's tomb and on your father's +violin.' That, dear, was how I came to write you the letter that +brought you to Perros. How could I have been so beguiled? How was it, +when I saw the personal, the selfish point of view of the voice, that I +did not suspect some impostor? Alas, I was no longer mistress of +myself: I had become his thing!" + +"But, after all," cried Raoul, "you soon came to know the truth! Why +did you not at once rid yourself of that abominable nightmare?" + +"Know the truth, Raoul? Rid myself of that nightmare? But, my poor +boy, I was not caught in the nightmare until the day when I learned the +truth! ... Pity me, Raoul, pity me! ... You remember the terrible +evening when Carlotta thought that she had been turned into a toad on +the stage and when the house was suddenly plunged in darkness through +the chandelier crashing to the floor? There were killed and wounded +that night and the whole theater rang with terrified screams. My first +thought was for you and the voice. I was at once easy, where you were +concerned, for I had seen you in your brother's box and I knew that you +were not in danger. But the voice had told me that it would be at the +performance and I was really afraid for it, just as if it had been an +ordinary person who was capable of dying. I thought to myself, 'The +chandelier may have come down upon the voice.' I was then on the stage +and was nearly running into the house, to look for the voice among the +killed and wounded, when I thought that, if the voice was safe, it +would be sure to be in my dressing-room and I rushed to my room. The +voice was not there. I locked my door and, with tears in my eyes, +besought it, if it were still alive, to manifest itself to me. The +voice did not reply, but suddenly I heard a long, beautiful wail which +I knew well. It is the plaint of Lazarus when, at the sound of the +Redeemer's voice, he begins to open his eyes and see the light of day. +It was the music which you and I, Raoul, heard at Perros. And then the +voice began to sing the leading phrase, 'Come! And believe in me! +Whoso believes in me shall live! Walk! Whoso hath believed in me +shall never die! ...' I can not tell you the effect which that music +had upon me. It seemed to command me, personally, to come, to stand up +and come to it. It retreated and I followed. 'Come! And believe in +me!' I believed in it, I came ... I came and--this was the +extraordinary thing--my dressing-room, as I moved, seemed to lengthen +out ... to lengthen out ... Evidently, it must have been an effect of +mirrors ... for I had the mirror in front of me ... And, suddenly, I +was outside the room without knowing how!" + +"What! Without knowing how? Christine, Christine, you must really +stop dreaming!" + +"I was not dreaming, dear, I was outside my room without knowing how. +You, who saw me disappear from my room one evening, may be able to +explain it; but I can not. I can only tell you that, suddenly, there +was no mirror before me and no dressing-room. I was in a dark passage, +I was frightened and I cried out. It was quite dark, but for a faint +red glimmer at a distant corner of the wall. I tried out. My voice +was the only sound, for the singing and the violin had stopped. And, +suddenly, a hand was laid on mine ... or rather a stone-cold, bony +thing that seized my wrist and did not let go. I cried out again. An +arm took me round the waist and supported me. I struggled for a little +while and then gave up the attempt. I was dragged toward the little +red light and then I saw that I was in the hands of a man wrapped in a +large cloak and wearing a mask that hid his whole face. I made one +last effort; my limbs stiffened, my mouth opened to scream, but a hand +closed it, a hand which I felt on my lips, on my skin ... a hand that +smelt of death. Then I fainted away. + +"When I opened my eyes, we were still surrounded by darkness. A +lantern, standing on the ground, showed a bubbling well. The water +splashing from the well disappeared, almost at once, under the floor on +which I was lying, with my head on the knee of the man in the black +cloak and the black mask. He was bathing my temples and his hands +smelt of death. I tried to push them away and asked, 'Who are you? +Where is the voice?' His only answer was a sigh. Suddenly, a hot +breath passed over my face and I perceived a white shape, beside the +man's black shape, in the darkness. The black shape lifted me on to +the white shape, a glad neighing greeted my astounded ears and I +murmured, 'Cesar!' The animal quivered. Raoul, I was lying half back +on a saddle and I had recognized the white horse out of the PROFETA, +which I had so often fed with sugar and sweets. I remembered that, one +evening, there was a rumor in the theater that the horse had +disappeared and that it had been stolen by the Opera ghost. I believed +in the voice, but had never believed in the ghost. Now, however, I +began to wonder, with a shiver, whether I was the ghost's prisoner. I +called upon the voice to help me, for I should never have imagined that +the voice and the ghost were one. You have heard about the Opera +ghost, have you not, Raoul?" + +"Yes, but tell me what happened when you were on the white horse of the +Profeta?" + +"I made no movement and let myself go. The black shape held me up, and +I made no effort to escape. A curious feeling of peacefulness came +over me and I thought that I must be under the influence of some +cordial. I had the full command of my senses; and my eyes became used +to the darkness, which was lit, here and there, by fitful gleams. I +calculated that we were in a narrow circular gallery, probably running +all round the Opera, which is immense, underground. I had once been +down into those cellars, but had stopped at the third floor, though +there were two lower still, large enough to hold a town. But the +figures of which I caught sight had made me run away. There are demons +down there, quite black, standing in front of boilers, and they wield +shovels and pitchforks and poke up fires and stir up flames and, if you +come too near them, they frighten you by suddenly opening the red +mouths of their furnaces ... Well, while Cesar was quietly carrying me +on his back, I saw those black demons in the distance, looking quite +small, in front of the red fires of their furnaces: they came into +sight, disappeared and came into sight again, as we went on our winding +way. At last, they disappeared altogether. The shape was still +holding me up and Cesar walked on, unled and sure-footed. I could not +tell you, even approximately, how long this ride lasted; I only know +that we seemed to turn and turn and often went down a spiral stair into +the very heart of the earth. Even then, it may be that my head was +turning, but I don't think so: no, my mind was quite clear. At last, +Cesar raised his nostrils, sniffed the air and quickened his pace a +little. I felt a moistness in the air and Cesar stopped. The darkness +had lifted. A sort of bluey light surrounded us. We were on the edge +of a lake, whose leaden waters stretched into the distance, into the +darkness; but the blue light lit up the bank and I saw a little boat +fastened to an iron ring on the wharf!" + +"A boat!" + +"Yes, but I knew that all that existed and that there was nothing +supernatural about that underground lake and boat. But think of the +exceptional conditions in which I arrived upon that shore! I don't +know whether the effects of the cordial had worn off when the man's +shape lifted me into the boat, but my terror began all over again. My +gruesome escort must have noticed it, for he sent Cesar back and I +heard his hoofs trampling up a staircase while the man jumped into the +boat, untied the rope that held it and seized the oars. He rowed with +a quick, powerful stroke; and his eyes, under the mask, never left me. +We slipped across the noiseless water in the bluey light which I told +you of; then we were in the dark again and we touched shore. And I was +once more taken up in the man's arms. I cried aloud. And then, +suddenly, I was silent, dazed by the light... Yes, a dazzling light in +the midst of which I had been put down. I sprang to my feet. I was in +the middle of a drawing-room that seemed to me to be decorated, adorned +and furnished with nothing but flowers, flowers both magnificent and +stupid, because of the silk ribbons that tied them to baskets, like +those which they sell in the shops on the boulevards. They were much +too civilized flowers, like those which I used to find in my +dressing-room after a first night. And, in the midst of all these +flowers, stood the black shape of the man in the mask, with arms +crossed, and he said, 'Don't be afraid, Christine; you are in no +danger.' IT WAS THE VOICE! + +"My anger equaled my amazement. I rushed at the mask and tried to +snatch it away, so as to see the face of the voice. The man said, 'You +are in no danger, so long as you do not touch the mask.' And, taking me +gently by the wrists, he forced me into a chair and then went down on +his knees before me and said nothing more! His humility gave me back +some of my courage; and the light restored me to the realties of life. +However extraordinary the adventure might be, I was now surrounded by +mortal, visible, tangible things. The furniture, the hangings, the +candles, the vases and the very flowers in their baskets, of which I +could almost have told whence they came and what they cost, were bound +to confine my imagination to the limits of a drawing-room quite as +commonplace as any that, at least, had the excuse of not being in the +cellars of the Opera. I had, no doubt, to do with a terrible, +eccentric person, who, in some mysterious fashion, had succeeded in +taking up his abode there, under the Opera house, five stories below +the level of the ground. And the voice, the voice which I had +recognized under the mask, was on its knees before me, WAS A MAN! And +I began to cry... The man, still kneeling, must have understood the +cause of my tears, for he said, 'It is true, Christine! ... I am not an +Angel, nor a genius, nor a ghost ... I am Erik!'" + +Christine's narrative was again interrupted. An echo behind them +seemed to repeat the word after her. + +"Erik!" + +What echo? ... They both turned round and saw that night had fallen. +Raoul made a movement as though to rise, but Christine kept him beside +her. + +"Don't go," she said. "I want you to know everything HERE!" + +"But why here, Christine? I am afraid of your catching cold." + +"We have nothing to fear except the trap-doors, dear, and here we are +miles away from the trap-doors ... and I am not allowed to see you +outside the theater. This is not the time to annoy him. We must not +arouse his suspicion." + +"Christine! Christine! Something tells me that we are wrong to wait +till to-morrow evening and that we ought to fly at once." + +"I tell you that, if he does not hear me sing tomorrow, it will cause +him infinite pain." + +"It is difficult not to cause him pain and yet to escape from him for +good." + +"You are right in that, Raoul, for certainly he will die of my flight." +And she added in a dull voice, "But then it counts both ways ... for +we risk his killing us." + +"Does he love you so much?" + +"He would commit murder for me." + +"But one can find out where he lives. One can go in search of him. +Now that we know that Erik is not a ghost, one can speak to him and +force him to answer!" + +Christine shook her head. + +"No, no! There is nothing to be done with Erik except to run away!" + +"Then why, when you were able to run away, did you go back to him?" + +"Because I had to. And you will understand that when I tell you how I +left him." + +"Oh, I hate him!" cried Raoul. "And you, Christine, tell me, do you +hate him too?" + +"No," said Christine simply. + +"No, of course not ... Why, you love him! Your fear, your terror, all +of that is just love and love of the most exquisite kind, the kind +which people do not admit even to themselves," said Raoul bitterly. +"The kind that gives you a thrill, when you think of it... Picture it: +a man who lives in a palace underground!" And he gave a leer. + +"Then you want me to go back there?" said the young girl cruelly. +"Take care, Raoul; I have told you: I should never return!" + +There was an appalling silence between the three of them: the two who +spoke and the shadow that listened, behind them. + +"Before answering that," said Raoul, at last, speaking very slowly, "I +should like to know with what feeling he inspires you, since you do not +hate him." + +"With horror!" she said. "That is the terrible thing about it. He +fills me with horror and I do not hate him. How can I hate him, Raoul? +Think of Erik at my feet, in the house on the lake, underground. He +accuses himself, he curses himself, he implores my forgiveness! ... He +confesses his cheat. He loves me! He lays at my feet an immense and +tragic love... He has carried me off for love! ... He has imprisoned +me with him, underground, for love! ... But he respects me: he crawls, +he moans, he weeps! ... And, when I stood up, Raoul, and told him that +I could only despise him if he did not, then and there, give me my +liberty ... he offered it ... he offered to show me the mysterious road +... Only ... only he rose too ... and I was made to remember that, +though he was not an angel, nor a ghost, nor a genius, he remained the +voice ... for he sang. And I listened ... and stayed! ... That night, +we did not exchange another word. He sang me to sleep. + +"When I woke up, I was alone, lying on a sofa in a simply furnished +little bedroom, with an ordinary mahogany bedstead, lit by a lamp +standing on the marble top of an old Louis-Philippe chest of drawers. +I soon discovered that I was a prisoner and that the only outlet from +my room led to a very comfortable bath-room. On returning to the +bedroom, I saw on the chest of drawers a note, in red ink, which said, +'My dear Christine, you need have no concern as to your fate. You have +no better nor more respectful friend in the world than myself. You are +alone, at present, in this home which is yours. I am going out +shopping to fetch you all the things that you can need.' I felt sure +that I had fallen into the hands of a madman. I ran round my little +apartment, looking for a way of escape which I could not find. I +upbraided myself for my absurd superstition, which had caused me to +fall into the trap. I felt inclined to laugh and to cry at the same +time. + +"This was the state of mind in which Erik found me. After giving three +taps on the wall, he walked in quietly through a door which I had not +noticed and which he left open. He had his arms full of boxes and +parcels and arranged them on the bed, in a leisurely fashion, while I +overwhelmed him with abuse and called upon him to take off his mask, if +it covered the face of an honest man. He replied serenely, 'You shall +never see Erik's face.' And he reproached me with not having finished +dressing at that time of day: he was good enough to tell me that it was +two o'clock in the afternoon. He said he would give me half an hour +and, while he spoke, wound up my watch and set it for me. After which, +he asked me to come to the dining-room, where a nice lunch was waiting +for us. + +"I was very angry, slammed the door in his face and went to the +bath-room ... When I came out again, feeling greatly refreshed, Erik +said that he loved me, but that he would never tell me so except when I +allowed him and that the rest of the time would be devoted to music. +'What do you mean by the rest of the time?' I asked. 'Five days,' he +said, with decision. I asked him if I should then be free and he said, +'You will be free, Christine, for, when those five days are past, you +will have learned not to see me; and then, from time to time, you will +come to see your poor Erik!' He pointed to a chair opposite him, at a +small table, and I sat down, feeling greatly perturbed. However, I ate +a few prawns and the wing of a chicken and drank half a glass of tokay, +which he had himself, he told me, brought from the Konigsberg cellars. +Erik did not eat or drink. I asked him what his nationality was and if +that name of Erik did not point to his Scandinavian origin. He said +that he had no name and no country and that he had taken the name of +Erik by accident. + +"After lunch, he rose and gave me the tips of his fingers, saying he +would like to show me over his flat; but I snatched away my hand and +gave a cry. What I had touched was cold and, at the same time, bony; +and I remembered that his hands smelt of death. 'Oh, forgive me!' he +moaned. And he opened a door before me. 'This is my bedroom, if you +care to see it. It is rather curious.' His manners, his words, his +attitude gave me confidence and I went in without hesitation. I felt +as if I were entering the room of a dead person. The walls were all +hung with black, but, instead of the white trimmings that usually set +off that funereal upholstery, there was an enormous stave of music with +the notes of the DIES IRAE, many times repeated. In the middle of the +room was a canopy, from which hung curtains of red brocaded stuff, and, +under the canopy, an open coffin. 'That is where I sleep,' said Erik. +'One has to get used to everything in life, even to eternity.' The +sight upset me so much that I turned away my head. + +"Then I saw the keyboard of an organ which filled one whole side of the +walls. On the desk was a music-book covered with red notes. I asked +leave to look at it and read, 'Don Juan Triumphant.' 'Yes,' he said, 'I +compose sometimes.' I began that work twenty years ago. When I have +finished, I shall take it away with me in that coffin and never wake up +again.' 'You must work at it as seldom as you can,' I said. He +replied, 'I sometimes work at it for fourteen days and nights together, +during which I live on music only, and then I rest for years at a +time.' 'Will you play me something out of your Don Juan Triumphant?' I +asked, thinking to please him. 'You must never ask me that,' he said, +in a gloomy voice. 'I will play you Mozart, if you like, which will +only make you weep; but my Don Juan, Christine, burns; and yet he is +not struck by fire from Heaven.' Thereupon we returned to the +drawing-room. I noticed that there was no mirror in the whole +apartment. I was going to remark upon this, but Erik had already sat +down to the piano. He said, 'You see, Christine, there is some music +that is so terrible that it consumes all those who approach it. +Fortunately, you have not come to that music yet, for you would lose +all your pretty coloring and nobody would know you when you returned to +Paris. Let us sing something from the Opera, Christine Daae.' He spoke +these last words as though he were flinging an insult at me." + +"What did you do?" + +"I had no time to think about the meaning he put into his words. We at +once began the duet in Othello and already the catastrophe was upon us. +I sang Desdemona with a despair, a terror which I had never displayed +before. As for him, his voice thundered forth his revengeful soul at +every note. Love, jealousy, hatred, burst out around us in harrowing +cries. Erik's black mask made me think of the natural mask of the Moor +of Venice. He was Othello himself. Suddenly, I felt a need to see +beneath the mask. I wanted to know the FACE of the voice, and, with a +movement which I was utterly unable to control, swiftly my fingers tore +away the mask. Oh, horror, horror, horror!" + +Christine stopped, at the thought of the vision that had scared her, +while the echoes of the night, which had repeated the name of Erik, now +thrice moaned the cry: + +"Horror! ... Horror! ... Horror!" + +Raoul and Christine, clasping each other closely, raised their eyes to +the stars that shone in a clear and peaceful sky. Raoul said: + +"Strange, Christine, that this calm, soft night should be so full of +plaintive sounds. One would think that it was sorrowing with us." + +"When you know the secret, Raoul, your ears, like mine, will be full of +lamentations." + +She took Raoul's protecting hands in hers and, with a long shiver, +continued: + +"Yes, if I lived to be a hundred, I should always hear the superhuman +cry of grief and rage which he uttered when the terrible sight appeared +before my eyes ... Raoul, you have seen death's heads, when they have +been dried and withered by the centuries, and, perhaps, if you were not +the victim of a nightmare, you saw HIS death's head at Perros. And +then you saw Red Death stalking about at the last masked ball. But all +those death's heads were motionless and their dumb horror was not +alive. But imagine, if you can, Red Death's mask suddenly coming to +life in order to express, with the four black holes of its eyes, its +nose, and its mouth, the extreme anger, the mighty fury of a demon; AND +NOT A RAY OF LIGHT FROM THE SOCKETS, for, as I learned later, you can +not see his blazing eyes except in the dark. + +"I fell back against the wall and he came up to me, grinding his teeth, +and, as I fell upon my knees, he hissed mad, incoherent words and +curses at me. Leaning over me, he cried, 'Look! You want to see! See! +Feast your eyes, glut your soul on my cursed ugliness! Look at Erik's +face! Now you know the face of the voice! You were not content to +hear me, eh? You wanted to know what I looked like! Oh, you women are +so inquisitive! Well, are you satisfied? I'm a very good-looking +fellow, eh? ... When a woman has seen me, as you have, she belongs to +me. She loves me for ever. I am a kind of Don Juan, you know!' And, +drawing himself up to his full height, with his hand on his hip, +wagging the hideous thing that was his head on his shoulders, he +roared, 'Look at me! I AM DON JUAN TRIUMPHANT!' And, when I turned +away my head and begged for mercy, he drew it to him, brutally, +twisting his dead fingers into my hair." + +"Enough! Enough!" cried Raoul. "I will kill him. In Heaven's name, +Christine, tell me where the dining-room on the lake is! I must kill +him!" + +"Oh, be quiet, Raoul, if you want to know!" + +"Yes, I want to know how and why you went back; I must know! ... But, +in any case, I will kill him!" + +"Oh, Raoul, listen, listen! ... He dragged me by my hair and then ... +and then ... Oh, it is too horrible!" + +"Well, what? Out with it!" exclaimed Raoul fiercely. "Out with it, +quick!" + +"Then he hissed at me. 'Ah, I frighten you, do I? ... I dare say! ... +Perhaps you think that I have another mask, eh, and that this ... this +... my head is a mask? Well,' he roared, 'tear it off as you did the +other! Come! Come along! I insist! Your hands! Your hands! Give +me your hands!' And he seized my hands and dug them into his awful +face. He tore his flesh with my nails, tore his terrible dead flesh +with my nails! ... 'Know,' he shouted, while his throat throbbed and +panted like a furnace, 'know that I am built up of death from head to +foot and that it is a corpse that loves you and adores you and will +never, never leave you! ... Look, I am not laughing now, I am crying, +crying for you, Christine, who have torn off my mask and who therefore +can never leave me again! ... As long as you thought me handsome, you +could have come back, I know you would have come back ... but, now that +you know my hideousness, you would run away for good... So I shall keep +you here! ... Why did you want to see me? Oh, mad Christine, who +wanted to see me! ... When my own father never saw me and when my +mother, so as not to see me, made me a present of my first mask!' + +"He had let go of me at last and was dragging himself about on the +floor, uttering terrible sobs. And then he crawled away like a snake, +went into his room, closed the door and left me alone to my +reflections. Presently I heard the sound of the organ; and then I +began to understand Erik's contemptuous phrase when he spoke about +Opera music. What I now heard was utterly different from what I had +heard up to then. His Don Juan Triumphant (for I had not a doubt but +that he had rushed to his masterpiece to forget the horror of the +moment) seemed to me at first one long, awful, magnificent sob. But, +little by little, it expressed every emotion, every suffering of which +mankind is capable. It intoxicated me; and I opened the door that +separated us. Erik rose, as I entered, BUT DARED NOT TURN IN MY +DIRECTION. 'Erik,' I cried, 'show me your face without fear! I swear +that you are the most unhappy and sublime of men; and, if ever again I +shiver when I look at you, it will be because I am thinking of the +splendor of your genius!' Then Erik turned round, for he believed me, +and I also had faith in myself. He fell at my feet, with words of love +... with words of love in his dead mouth ... and the music had ceased +... He kissed the hem of my dress and did not see that I closed my +eyes. + +"What more can I tell you, dear? You now know the tragedy. It went on +for a fortnight--a fortnight during which I lied to him. My lies were +as hideous as the monster who inspired them; but they were the price of +my liberty. I burned his mask; and I managed so well that, even when +he was not singing, he tried to catch my eye, like a dog sitting by its +master. He was my faithful slave and paid me endless little +attentions. Gradually, I gave him such confidence that he ventured to +take me walking on the banks of the lake and to row me in the boat on +its leaden waters; toward the end of my captivity he let me out through +the gates that closed the underground passages in the Rue Scribe. Here +a carriage awaited us and took us to the Bois. The night when we met +you was nearly fatal to me, for he is terribly jealous of you and I had +to tell him that you were soon going away ... Then, at last, after a +fortnight of that horrible captivity, during which I was filled with +pity, enthusiasm, despair and horror by turns, he believed me when I +said, 'I WILL COME BACK!'" + +"And you went back, Christine," groaned Raoul. + +"Yes, dear, and I must tell you that it was not his frightful threats +when setting me free that helped me to keep my word, but the harrowing +sob which he gave on the threshold of the tomb. ... That sob attached +me to the unfortunate man more than I myself suspected when saying +good-by to him. Poor Erik! Poor Erik!" + +"Christine," said Raoul, rising, "you tell me that you love me; but you +had recovered your liberty hardly a few hours before you returned to +Erik! Remember the masked ball!" + +"Yes; and do you remember those hours which I passed with you, Raoul +... to the great danger of both of us?" + +"I doubted your love for me, during those hours." + +"Do you doubt it still, Raoul? ... Then know that each of my visits to +Erik increased my horror of him; for each of those visits, instead of +calming him, as I hoped, made him mad with love! And I am so +frightened, so frightened! ..." + +"You are frightened ... but do you love me? If Erik were good-looking, +would you love me, Christine?" + +She rose in her turn, put her two trembling arms round the young man's +neck and said: + +"Oh, my betrothed of a day, if I did not love you, I would not give you +my lips! Take them, for the first time and the last." + +He kissed her lips; but the night that surrounded them was rent +asunder, they fled as at the approach of a storm and their eyes, filled +with dread of Erik, showed them, before they disappeared, high up above +them, an immense night-bird that stared at them with its blazing eyes +and seemed to cling to the string of Apollo's lyre. + + + +Chapter XIII A Master-Stroke of the Trap-Door Lover + + +Raoul and Christine ran, eager to escape from the roof and the blazing +eyes that showed only in the dark; and they did not stop before they +came to the eighth floor on the way down. + +There was no performance at the Opera that night and the passages were +empty. Suddenly, a queer-looking form stood before them and blocked +the road: + +"No, not this way!" + +And the form pointed to another passage by which they were to reach the +wings. Raoul wanted to stop and ask for an explanation. But the form, +which wore a sort of long frock-coat and a pointed cap, said: + +"Quick! Go away quickly!" + +Christine was already dragging Raoul, compelling him to start running +again. + +"But who is he? Who is that man?" he asked. + +Christine replied: "It's the Persian." + +"What's he doing here?" + +"Nobody knows. He is always in the Opera." + +"You are making me run away, for the first time in my life. If we +really saw Erik, what I ought to have done was to nail him to Apollo's +lyre, just as we nail the owls to the walls of our Breton farms; and +there would have been no more question of him." + +"My dear Raoul, you would first have had to climb up to Apollo's lyre: +that is no easy matter." + +"The blazing eyes were there!" + +"Oh, you are getting like me now, seeing him everywhere! What I took +for blazing eyes was probably a couple of stars shining through the +strings of the lyre." + +And Christine went down another floor, with Raoul following her. + +"As you have quite made up your mind to go, Christine, I assure you it +would be better to go at once. Why wait for to-morrow? He may have +heard us to-night." + +"No, no, he is working, I tell you, at his Don Juan Triumphant and not +thinking of us." + +"You're so sure of that you keep on looking behind you!" + +"Come to my dressing-room." + +"Hadn't we better meet outside the Opera?" + +"Never, till we go away for good! It would bring us bad luck, if I did +not keep my word. I promised him to see you only here." + +"It's a good thing for me that he allowed you even that. Do you know," +said Raoul bitterly, "that it was very plucky of you to let us play at +being engaged?" + +"Why, my dear, he knows all about it! He said, 'I trust you, +Christine. M. de Chagny is in love with you and is going abroad. +Before he goes, I want him to be as happy as I am.' Are people so +unhappy when they love?" + +"Yes, Christine, when they love and are not sure of being loved." + +They came to Christine's dressing-room. + +"Why do you think that you are safer in this room than on the stage?" +asked Raoul. "You heard him through the walls here, therefore he can +certainly hear us." + +"No. He gave me his word not to be behind the walls of my dressing-room +again and I believe Erik's word. This room and my bedroom on the lake +are for me, exclusively, and not to be approached by him." + +"How can you have gone from this room into that dark passage, +Christine? Suppose we try to repeat your movements; shall we?" + +"It is dangerous, dear, for the glass might carry me off again; and, +instead of running away, I should be obliged to go to the end of the +secret passage to the lake and there call Erik." + +"Would he hear you?" + +"Erik will hear me wherever I call him. He told me so. He is a very +curious genius. You must not think, Raoul, that he is simply a man who +amuses himself by living underground. He does things that no other man +could do; he knows things which nobody in the world knows." + +"Take care, Christine, you are making a ghost of him again!" + +"No, he is not a ghost; he is a man of Heaven and earth, that is all." + +"A man of Heaven and earth ... that is all! ... A nice way to speak of +him! ... And are you still resolved to run away from him?" + +"Yes, to-morrow." + +"To-morrow, you will have no resolve left!" + +"Then, Raoul, you must run away with me in spite of myself; is that +understood?" + +"I shall be here at twelve to-morrow night; I shall keep my promise, +whatever happens. You say that, after listening to the performance, he +is to wait for you in the dining-room on the lake?" + +"Yes." + +"And how are you to reach him, if you don't know how to go out by the +glass?" + +"Why, by going straight to the edge of the lake." + +Christine opened a box, took out an enormous key and showed it to Raoul. + +"What's that?" he asked. + +"The key of the gate to the underground passage in the Rue Scribe." + +"I understand, Christine. It leads straight to the lake. Give it to +me, Christine, will you?" + +"Never!" she said. "That would be treacherous!" + +Suddenly Christine changed color. A mortal pallor overspread her +features. + +"Oh heavens!" she cried. "Erik! Erik! Have pity on me!" + +"Hold your tongue!" said Raoul. "You told me he could hear you!" + +But the singer's attitude became more and more inexplicable. She wrung +her fingers, repeating, with a distraught air: + +"Oh, Heaven! Oh, Heaven!" + +"But what is it? What is it?" Raoul implored. + +"The ring ... the gold ring he gave me." + +"Oh, so Erik gave you that ring!" + +"You know he did, Raoul! But what you don't know is that, when he gave +it to me, he said, 'I give you back your liberty, Christine, on +condition that this ring is always on your finger. As long as you keep +it, you will be protected against all danger and Erik will remain your +friend. But woe to you if you ever part with it, for Erik will have +his revenge!' ... My dear, my dear, the ring is gone! ... Woe to us +both!" + +They both looked for the ring, but could not find it. Christine +refused to be pacified. + +"It was while I gave you that kiss, up above, under Apollo's lyre," she +said. "The ring must have slipped from my finger and dropped into the +street! We can never find it. And what misfortunes are in store for +us now! Oh, to run away!" + +"Let us run away at once," Raoul insisted, once more. + +She hesitated. He thought that she was going to say yes... Then her +bright pupils became dimmed and she said: + +"No! To-morrow!" + +And she left him hurriedly, still wringing and rubbing her fingers, as +though she hoped to bring the ring back like that. + +Raoul went home, greatly perturbed at all that he had heard. + +[Illustration: They Sat Like that for a Moment in Silence] + +"If I don't save her from the hands of that humbug," he said, aloud, as +he went to bed, "she is lost. But I shall save her." + +He put out his lamp and felt a need to insult Erik in the dark. Thrice +over, he shouted: + +"Humbug! ... Humbug! ... Humbug!" + +But, suddenly, he raised himself on his elbow. A cold sweat poured +from his temples. Two eyes, like blazing coals, had appeared at the +foot of his bed. They stared at him fixedly, terribly, in the darkness +of the night. + +Raoul was no coward; and yet he trembled. He put out a groping, +hesitating hand toward the table by his bedside. He found the matches +and lit his candle. The eyes disappeared. + +Still uneasy in his mind, he thought to himself: + +"She told me that HIS eyes only showed in the dark. His eyes have +disappeared in the light, but HE may be there still." + +And he rose, hunted about, went round the room. He looked under his +bed, like a child. Then he thought himself absurd, got into bed again +and blew out the candle. The eyes reappeared. + +He sat up and stared back at them with all the courage he possessed. +Then he cried: + +"Is that you, Erik? Man, genius, or ghost, is it you?" + +He reflected: "If it's he, he's on the balcony!" + +Then he ran to the chest of drawers and groped for his revolver. He +opened the balcony window, looked out, saw nothing and closed the +window again. He went back to bed, shivering, for the night was cold, +and put the revolver on the table within his reach. + +The eyes were still there, at the foot of the bed. Were they between +the bed and the window-pane or behind the pane, that is to say, on the +balcony? That was what Raoul wanted to know. He also wanted to know +if those eyes belonged to a human being... He wanted to know +everything. Then, patiently, calmly, he seized his revolver and took +aim. He aimed a little above the two eyes. Surely, if they were eyes +and if above those two eyes there was a forehead and if Raoul was not +too clumsy ... + +The shot made a terrible din amid the silence of the slumbering house. +And, while footsteps came hurrying along the passages, Raoul sat up +with outstretched arm, ready to fire again, if need be. + +This time, the two eyes had disappeared. + +Servants appeared, carrying lights; Count Philippe, terribly anxious: + +"What is it?" + +"I think I have been dreaming," replied the young man. "I fired at two +stars that kept me from sleeping." + +"You're raving! Are you ill? For God's sake, tell me, Raoul: what +happened?" + +And the count seized hold of the revolver. + +"No, no, I'm not raving... Besides, we shall soon see ..." + +He got out of bed, put on a dressing-gown and slippers, took a light +from the hands of a servant and, opening the window, stepped out on the +balcony. + +The count saw that the window had been pierced by a bullet at a man's +height. Raoul was leaning over the balcony with his candle: "Aha!" he +said. "Blood! ... Blood! ... Here, there, more blood! ... That's a +good thing! A ghost who bleeds is less dangerous!" he grinned. + +"Raoul! Raoul! Raoul!" + +The count was shaking him as though he were trying to waken a +sleep-walker. + +"But, my dear brother, I'm not asleep!" Raoul protested impatiently. +"You can see the blood for yourself. I thought I had been dreaming and +firing at two stars. It was Erik's eyes ... and here is his blood! ... +After all, perhaps I was wrong to shoot; and Christine is quite capable +of never forgiving me ... All this would not have happened if I had +drawn the curtains before going to bed." + +"Raoul, have you suddenly gone mad? Wake up!" + +"What, still? You would do better to help me find Erik ... for, after +all, a ghost who bleeds can always be found." + +The count's valet said: + +"That is so, sir; there is blood on the balcony." + +The other man-servant brought a lamp, by the light of which they +examined the balcony carefully. The marks of blood followed the rail +till they reached a gutter-spout; then they went up the gutter-spout. + +"My dear fellow," said Count Philippe, "you have fired at a cat." + +"The misfortune is," said Raoul, with a grin, "that it's quite +possible. With Erik, you never know. Is it Erik? Is it the cat? Is +it the ghost? No, with Erik, you can't tell!" + +Raoul went on making this strange sort of remarks which corresponded so +intimately and logically with the preoccupation of his brain and which, +at the same time, tended to persuade many people that his mind was +unhinged. The count himself was seized with this idea; and, later, the +examining magistrate, on receiving the report of the commissary of +police, came to the same conclusion. + +"Who is Erik?" asked the count, pressing his brother's hand. + +"He is my rival. And, if he's not dead, it's a pity." + +He dismissed the servants with a wave of the hand and the two Chagnys +were left alone. But the men were not out of earshot before the +count's valet heard Raoul say, distinctly and emphatically: + +"I shall carry off Christine Daae to-night." + +This phrase was afterward repeated to M. Faure, the +examining-magistrate. But no one ever knew exactly what passed between +the two brothers at this interview. The servants declared that this +was not their first quarrel. Their voices penetrated the wall; and it +was always an actress called Christine Daae that was in question. + +At breakfast--the early morning breakfast, which the count took in his +study--Philippe sent for his brother. Raoul arrived silent and gloomy. +The scene was a very short one. Philippe handed his brother a copy of +the Epoque and said: + +"Read that!" + +The viscount read: + +"The latest news in the Faubourg is that there is a promise of marriage +between Mlle. Christine Daae, the opera-singer, and M. le Vicomte Raoul +de Chagny. If the gossips are to be credited, Count Philippe has sworn +that, for the first time on record, the Chagnys shall not keep their +promise. But, as love is all-powerful, at the Opera as--and even more +than--elsewhere, we wonder how Count Philippe intends to prevent the +viscount, his brother, from leading the new Margarita to the altar. +The two brothers are said to adore each other; but the count is +curiously mistaken if he imagines that brotherly love will triumph over +love pure and simple." + +"You see, Raoul," said the count, "you are making us ridiculous! That +little girl has turned your head with her ghost-stories." + +The viscount had evidently repeated Christine's narrative to his +brother, during the night. All that he now said was: + +"Good-by, Philippe." + +"Have you quite made up your mind? You are going to-night? With her?" + +No reply. + +"Surely you will not do anything so foolish? I SHALL know how to +prevent you!" + +"Good-by, Philippe," said the viscount again and left the room. + +This scene was described to the examining-magistrate by the count +himself, who did not see Raoul again until that evening, at the Opera, +a few minutes before Christine's disappearance. + +Raoul, in fact, devoted the whole day to his preparations for the +flight. The horses, the carriage, the coachman, the provisions, the +luggage, the money required for the journey, the road to be taken (he +had resolved not to go by train, so as to throw the ghost off the +scent): all this had to be settled and provided for; and it occupied +him until nine o'clock at night. + +At nine o'clock, a sort of traveling-barouche with the curtains of its +windows close-down, took its place in the rank on the Rotunda side. It +was drawn by two powerful horses driven by a coachman whose face was +almost concealed in the long folds of a muffler. In front of this +traveling-carriage were three broughams, belonging respectively to +Carlotta, who had suddenly returned to Paris, to Sorelli and, at the +head of the rank, to Comte Philippe de Chagny. No one left the +barouche. The coachman remained on his box, and the three other +coachmen remained on theirs. + +A shadow in a long black cloak and a soft black felt hat passed along +the pavement between the Rotunda and the carriages, examined the +barouche carefully, went up to the horses and the coachman and then +moved away without saying a word, The magistrate afterward believed +that this shadow was that of the Vicomte Raoul de Chagny; but I do not +agree, seeing that that evening, as every evening, the Vicomte de +Chagny was wearing a tall hat, which hat, besides, was subsequently +found. I am more inclined to think that the shadow was that of the +ghost, who knew all about the whole affair, as the reader will soon +perceive. + +They were giving FAUST, as it happened, before a splendid house. The +Faubourg was magnificently represented; and the paragraph in that +morning's EPOQUE had already produced its effect, for all eyes were +turned to the box in which Count Philippe sat alone, apparently in a +very indifferent and careless frame of mind. The feminine element in +the brilliant audience seemed curiously puzzled; and the viscount's +absence gave rise to any amount of whispering behind the fans. +Christine Daae met with a rather cold reception. That special audience +could not forgive her for aiming so high. + +The singer noticed this unfavorable attitude of a portion of the house +and was confused by it. + +The regular frequenters of the Opera, who pretended to know the truth +about the viscount's love-story, exchanged significant smiles at +certain passages in Margarita's part; and they made a show of turning +and looking at Philippe de Chagny's box when Christine sang: + + "I wish I could but know who was he + That addressed me, + If he was noble, or, at least, what his name is." + +The count sat with his chin on his hand and seemed to pay no attention +to these manifestations. He kept his eyes fixed on the stage; but his +thoughts appeared to be far away. + +Christine lost her self-assurance more and more. She trembled. She +felt on the verge of a breakdown ... Carolus Fonta wondered if she was +ill, if she could keep the stage until the end of the Garden Act. In +the front of the house, people remembered the catastrophe that had +befallen Carlotta at the end of that act and the historic "co-ack" +which had momentarily interrupted her career in Paris. + +Just then, Carlotta made her entrance in a box facing the stage, a +sensational entrance. Poor Christine raised her eyes upon this fresh +subject of excitement. She recognized her rival. She thought she saw +a sneer on her lips. That saved her. She forgot everything, in order +to triumph once more. + +From that moment the prima donna sang with all her heart and soul. She +tried to surpass all that she had done till then; and she succeeded. +In the last act when she began the invocation to the angels, she made +all the members of the audience feel as though they too had wings. + +In the center of the amphitheater a man stood up and remained standing, +facing the singer. It was Raoul. + +"Holy angel, in Heaven blessed ..." + +And Christine, her arms outstretched, her throat filled with music, the +glory of her hair falling over her bare shoulders, uttered the divine +cry: + +"My spirit longs with thee to rest!" + +It was at that moment that the stage was suddenly plunged in darkness. +It happened so quickly that the spectators hardly had time to utter a +sound of stupefaction, for the gas at once lit up the stage again. But +Christine Daae was no longer there! + +What had become of her? What was that miracle? All exchanged glances +without understanding, and the excitement at once reached its height. +Nor was the tension any less great on the stage itself. Men rushed +from the wings to the spot where Christine had been singing that very +instant. The performance was interrupted amid the greatest disorder. + +Where had Christine gone? What witchcraft had snatched her, away +before the eyes of thousands of enthusiastic onlookers and from the +arms of Carolus Fonta himself? It was as though the angels had really +carried her up "to rest." + +Raoul, still standing up in the amphitheater, had uttered a cry. Count +Philippe had sprung to his feet in his box. People looked at the +stage, at the count, at Raoul, and wondered if this curious event was +connected in any way with the paragraph in that morning's paper. But +Raoul hurriedly left his seat, the count disappeared from his box and, +while the curtain was lowered, the subscribers rushed to the door that +led behind the scenes. The rest of the audience waited amid an +indescribable hubbub. Every one spoke at once. Every one tried to +suggest an explanation of the extraordinary incident. + +At last, the curtain rose slowly and Carolus Fonta stepped to the +conductor's desk and, in a sad and serious voice, said: + +"Ladies and gentlemen, an unprecedented event has taken place and +thrown us into a state of the greatest alarm. Our sister-artist, +Christine Daae, has disappeared before our eyes and nobody can tell us +how!" + + + +Chapter XIV The Singular Attitude of a Safety-Pin + + +Behind the curtain, there was an indescribable crowd. Artists, +scene-shifters, dancers, supers, choristers, subscribers were all +asking questions, shouting and hustling one another. + +"What became of her?" + +"She's run away." + +"With the Vicomte de Chagny, of course!" + +"No, with the count!" + +"Ah, here's Carlotta! Carlotta did the trick!" + +"No, it was the ghost!" And a few laughed, especially as a careful +examination of the trap-doors and boards had put the idea of an +accident out of the question. + +Amid this noisy throng, three men stood talking in a low voice and with +despairing gestures. They were Gabriel, the chorus-master; Mercier, +the acting-manager; and Remy, the secretary. They retired to a corner +of the lobby by which the stage communicates with the wide passage +leading to the foyer of the ballet. Here they stood and argued behind +some enormous "properties." + +"I knocked at the door," said Remy. "They did not answer. Perhaps +they are not in the office. In any case, it's impossible to find out, +for they took the keys with them." + +"They" were obviously the managers, who had given orders, during the +last entr'acte, that they were not to be disturbed on any pretext +whatever. They were not in to anybody. + +"All the same," exclaimed Gabriel, "a singer isn't run away with, from +the middle of the stage, every day!" + +"Did you shout that to them?" asked Mercier, impatiently. + +"I'll go back again," said Remy, and disappeared at a run. + +Thereupon the stage-manager arrived. + +"Well, M. Mercier, are you coming? What are you two doing here? +You're wanted, Mr. Acting-Manager." + +"I refuse to know or to do anything before the commissary arrives," +declared Mercier. "I have sent for Mifroid. We shall see when he +comes!" + +"And I tell you that you ought to go down to the organ at once." + +"Not before the commissary comes." + +"I've been down to the organ myself already." + +"Ah! And what did you see?" + +"Well, I saw nobody! Do you hear--nobody!" + +"What do you want me to do down there for{sic}?" + +"You're right!" said the stage-manager, frantically pushing his hands +through his rebellious hair. "You're right! But there might be some +one at the organ who could tell us how the stage came to be suddenly +darkened. Now Mauclair is nowhere to be found. Do you understand +that?" + +Mauclair was the gas-man, who dispensed day and night at will on the +stage of the Opera. + +"Mauclair is not to be found!" repeated Mercier, taken aback. "Well, +what about his assistants?" + +"There's no Mauclair and no assistants! No one at the lights, I tell +you! You can imagine," roared the stage-manager, "that that little +girl must have been carried off by somebody else: she didn't run away +by herself! It was a calculated stroke and we have to find out about +it ... And what are the managers doing all this time? ... I gave +orders that no one was to go down to the lights and I posted a fireman +in front of the gas-man's box beside the organ. Wasn't that right?" + +"Yes, yes, quite right, quite right. And now let's wait for the +commissary." + +The stage-manager walked away, shrugging his shoulders, fuming, +muttering insults at those milksops who remained quietly squatting in a +corner while the whole theater was topsyturvy{sic}. + +Gabriel and Mercier were not so quiet as all that. Only they had +received an order that paralyzed them. The managers were not to be +disturbed on any account. Remy had violated that order and met with no +success. + +At that moment he returned from his new expedition, wearing a curiously +startled air. + +"Well, have you seen them?" asked Mercier. + +"Moncharmin opened the door at last. His eyes were starting out of his +head. I thought he meant to strike me. I could not get a word in; and +what do you think he shouted at me? 'Have you a safety-pin?' 'No!' +'Well, then, clear out!' I tried to tell him that an unheard-of thing +had happened on the stage, but he roared, 'A safety-pin! Give me a +safety-pin at once!' A boy heard him--he was bellowing like a +bull--ran up with a safety-pin and gave it to him; whereupon Moncharmin +slammed the door in my face, and there you are!" + +"And couldn't you have said, 'Christine Daae.'" + +"I should like to have seen you in my place. He was foaming at the +mouth. He thought of nothing but his safety-pin. I believe, if they +hadn't brought him one on the spot, he would have fallen down in a fit! +... Oh, all this isn't natural; and our managers are going mad! ... +Besides, it can't go on like this! I'm not used to being treated in +that fashion!" + +Suddenly Gabriel whispered: + +"It's another trick of O. G.'s." + +Rimy gave a grin, Mercier a sigh and seemed about to speak ... but, +meeting Gabriel's eye, said nothing. + +However, Mercier felt his responsibility increased as the minutes +passed without the managers' appearing; and, at last, he could stand it +no longer. + +"Look here, I'll go and hunt them out myself!" + +Gabriel, turning very gloomy and serious, stopped him. + +"Be careful what you're doing, Mercier! If they're staying in their +office, it's probably because they have to! O. G. has more than one +trick in his bag!" + +But Mercier shook his head. + +"That's their lookout! I'm going! If people had listened to me, the +police would have known everything long ago!" + +And he went. + +"What's everything?" asked Remy. "What was there to tell the police? +Why don't you answer, Gabriel? ... Ah, so you know something! Well, +you would do better to tell me, too, if you don't want me to shout out +that you are all going mad! ... Yes, that's what you are: mad!" + +Gabriel put on a stupid look and pretended not to understand the +private secretary's unseemly outburst. + +"What 'something' am I supposed to know?" he said. "I don't know what +you mean." + +Remy began to lose his temper. + +"This evening, Richard and Moncharmin were behaving like lunatics, +here, between the acts." + +"I never noticed it," growled Gabriel, very much annoyed. + +"Then you're the only one! ... Do you think that I didn't see them? ... +And that M. Parabise, the manager of the Credit Central, noticed +nothing? ... And that M. de La Borderie, the ambassador, has no eyes to +see with? ... Why, all the subscribers were pointing at our managers!" + +"But what were our managers doing?" asked Gabriel, putting on his most +innocent air. + +"What were they doing? You know better than any one what they were +doing! ... You were there! ... And you were watching them, you and +Mercier! ... And you were the only two who didn't laugh." + +"I don't understand!" + +Gabriel raised his arms and dropped them to his sides again, which +gesture was meant to convey that the question did not interest him in +the least. Remy continued: + +"What is the sense of this new mania of theirs? WHY WON'T THEY HAVE +ANY ONE COME NEAR THEM NOW?" + +"What? WON'T THEY HAVE ANY ONE COME NEAR THEM?" + +"AND THEY WON'T LET ANY ONE TOUCH THEM!" + +"Really? Have you noticed THAT THEY WON'T LET ANY ONE TOUCH THEM? +That is certainly odd!" + +"Oh, so you admit it! And high time, too! And THEN, THEY WALK +BACKWARD!" + +"BACKWARD! You have seen our managers WALK BACKWARD? Why, I thought +that only crabs walked backward!" + +"Don't laugh, Gabriel; don't laugh!" + +"I'm not laughing," protested Gabriel, looking as solemn as a judge. + +"Perhaps you can tell me this, Gabriel, as you're an intimate friend of +the management: When I went up to M. Richard, outside the foyer, +during the Garden interval, with my hand out before me, why did M. +Moncharmin hurriedly whisper to me, 'Go away! Go away! Whatever you +do, don't touch M. le Directeur!' Am I supposed to have an infectious +disease?" + +"It's incredible!" + +"And, a little later, when M. de La Borderie went up to M. Richard, +didn't you see M. Moncharmin fling himself between them and hear him +exclaim, 'M. l'Ambassadeur I entreat you not to touch M. le Directeur'?" + +"It's terrible! ... And what was Richard doing meanwhile?" + +"What was he doing? Why, you saw him! He turned about, BOWED IN FRONT +OF HIM, THOUGH THERE WAS NOBODY IN FRONT OF HIM, AND WITHDREW BACKWARD." + +"BACKWARD?" + +"And Moncharmin, behind Richard, also turned about; that is, he +described a semicircle behind Richard and also WALKED BACKWARD! ... And +they went LIKE THAT to the staircase leading to the managers' office: +BACKWARD, BACKWARD, BACKWARD! ... Well, if they are not mad, will you +explain what it means?" + +"Perhaps they were practising a figure in the ballet," suggested +Gabriel, without much conviction in his voice. + +The secretary was furious at this wretched joke, made at so dramatic a +moment. He knit his brows and contracted his lips. Then he put his +mouth to Gabriel's ear: + +"Don't be so sly, Gabriel. There are things going on for which you and +Mercier are partly responsible." + +"What do you mean?" asked Gabriel. + +"Christine Daae is not the only one who suddenly disappeared to-night." + +"Oh, nonsense!" + +"There's no nonsense about it. Perhaps you can tell me why, when +Mother Giry came down to the foyer just now, Mercier took her by the +hand and hurried her away with him?" + +"Really?" said Gabriel, "I never saw it." + +"You did see it, Gabriel, for you went with Mercier and Mother Giry to +Mercier's office. Since then, you and Mercier have been seen, but no +one has seen Mother Giry." + +"Do you think we've eaten her?" + +"No, but you've locked her up in the office; and any one passing the +office can hear her yelling, 'Oh, the scoundrels! Oh, the scoundrels!'" + +At this point of this singular conversation, Mercier arrived, all out +of breath. + +"There!" he said, in a gloomy voice. "It's worse than ever! ... I +shouted, 'It's a serious matter! Open the door! It's I, Mercier.' I +heard footsteps. The door opened and Moncharmin appeared. He was very +pale. He said, 'What do you want?' I answered, 'Some one has run away +with Christine Daae.' What do you think he said? 'And a good job, +too!' And he shut the door, after putting this in my hand." + +Mercier opened his hand; Remy and Gabriel looked. + +"The safety-pin!" cried Remy. + +"Strange! Strange!" muttered Gabriel, who could not help shivering. + +Suddenly a voice made them all three turn round. + +"I beg your pardon, gentlemen. Could you tell me where Christine Daae +is?" + +In spite of the seriousness of the circumstances, the absurdity of the +question would have made them roar with laughter, if they had not +caught sight of a face so sorrow-stricken that they were at once seized +with pity. It was the Vicomte Raoul de Chagny. + + + +Chapter XV Christine! Christine! + + +Raoul's first thought, after Christine Daae's fantastic disappearance, +was to accuse Erik. He no longer doubted the almost supernatural +powers of the Angel of Music, in this domain of the Opera in which he +had set up his empire. And Raoul rushed on the stage, in a mad fit of +love and despair. + +"Christine! Christine!" he moaned, calling to her as he felt that she +must be calling to him from the depths of that dark pit to which the +monster had carried her. "Christine! Christine!" + +And he seemed to hear the girl's screams through the frail boards that +separated him from her. He bent forward, he listened, ... he wandered +over the stage like a madman. Ah, to descend, to descend into that pit +of darkness every entrance to which was closed to him, ... for the +stairs that led below the stage were forbidden to one and all that +night! + +"Christine! Christine! ..." + +People pushed him aside, laughing. They made fun of him. They thought +the poor lover's brain was gone! + +By what mad road, through what passages of mystery and darkness known +to him alone had Erik dragged that pure-souled child to the awful +haunt, with the Louis-Philippe room, opening out on the lake? + +"Christine! Christine! ... Why don't you answer? ... Are you alive? +..." + +Hideous thoughts flashed through Raoul's congested brain. Of course, +Erik must have discovered their secret, must have known that Christine +had played him false. What a vengeance would be his! + +And Raoul thought again of the yellow stars that had come, the night +before, and roamed over his balcony. Why had he not put them out for +good? There were some men's eyes that dilated in the darkness and +shone like stars or like cats' eyes. Certainly Albinos, who seemed to +have rabbits' eyes by day, had cats' eyes at night: everybody knew +that! ... Yes, yes, he had undoubtedly fired at Erik. Why had he not +killed him? The monster had fled up the gutter-spout like a cat or a +convict who--everybody knew that also--would scale the very skies, with +the help of a gutter-spout ... No doubt Erik was at that time +contemplating some decisive step against Raoul, but he had been wounded +and had escaped to turn against poor Christine instead. + +Such were the cruel thoughts that haunted Raoul as he ran to the +singer's dressing-room. + +"Christine! Christine!" + +Bitter tears scorched the boy's eyelids as he saw scattered over the +furniture the clothes which his beautiful bride was to have worn at the +hour of their flight. Oh, why had she refused to leave earlier? + +Why had she toyed with the threatening catastrophe? Why toyed with the +monster's heart? Why, in a final access of pity, had she insisted on +flinging, as a last sop to that demon's soul, her divine song: + + "Holy angel, in Heaven blessed, + My spirit longs with thee to rest!" + +Raoul, his throat filled with sobs, oaths and insults, fumbled +awkwardly at the great mirror that had opened one night, before his +eyes, to let Christine pass to the murky dwelling below. He pushed, +pressed, groped about, but the glass apparently obeyed no one but Erik +... Perhaps actions were not enough with a glass of the kind? Perhaps +he was expected to utter certain words? When he was a little boy, he +had heard that there were things that obeyed the spoken word! + +Suddenly, Raoul remembered something about a gate opening into the Rue +Scribe, an underground passage running straight to the Rue Scribe from +the lake ... Yes, Christine had told him about that... And, when he +found that the key was no longer in the box, he nevertheless ran to the +Rue Scribe. Outside, in the street, he passed his trembling hands over +the huge stones, felt for outlets ... met with iron bars ... were those +they? ... Or these? ... Or could it be that air-hole? ... He plunged +his useless eyes through the bars ... How dark it was in there! ... He +listened ... All was silence! ... He went round the building ... and +came to bigger bars, immense gates! ... It was the entrance to the Cour +de l'Administration. + +Raoul rushed into the doorkeeper's lodge. + +"I beg your pardon, madame, could you tell me where to find a gate or +door, made of bars, iron bars, opening into the Rue Scribe ... and +leading to the lake? ... You know the lake I mean? ... Yes, the +underground lake ... under the Opera." + +"Yes, sir, I know there is a lake under the Opera, but I don't know +which door leads to it. I have never been there!" + +"And the Rue Scribe, madame, the Rue Scribe? Have you never been to +the Rue Scribe?" + +The woman laughed, screamed with laughter! Raoul darted away, roaring +with anger, ran up-stairs, four stairs at a time, down-stairs, rushed +through the whole of the business side of the opera-house, found +himself once more in the light of the stage. + +He stopped, with his heart thumping in his chest: suppose Christine +Daae had been found? He saw a group of men and asked: + +"I beg your pardon, gentlemen. Could you tell me where Christine Daae +is?" + +And somebody laughed. + +At the same moment the stage buzzed with a new sound and, amid a crowd +of men in evening-dress, all talking and gesticulating together, +appeared a man who seemed very calm and displayed a pleasant face, all +pink and chubby-cheeked, crowned with curly hair and lit up by a pair +of wonderfully serene blue eyes. Mercier, the acting-manager, called +the Vicomte de Chagny's attention to him and said: + +"This is the gentleman to whom you should put your question, monsieur. +Let me introduce Mifroid, the commissary of police." + +"Ah, M. le Vicomte de Chagny! Delighted to meet you, monsieur," said +the commissary. "Would you mind coming with me? ... And now where are +the managers? ... Where are the managers?" + +Mercier did not answer, and Remy, the secretary, volunteered the +information that the managers were locked up in their office and that +they knew nothing as yet of what had happened. + +"You don't mean to say so! Let us go up to the office!" + +And M. Mifroid, followed by an ever-increasing crowd, turned toward the +business side of the building. Mercier took advantage of the confusion +to slip a key into Gabriel's hand: + +"This is all going very badly," he whispered. "You had better let +Mother Giry out." + +And Gabriel moved away. + +They soon came to the managers' door. Mercier stormed in vain: the +door remained closed. + +"Open in the name of the law!" commanded M. Mifroid, in a loud and +rather anxious voice. + +At last the door was opened. All rushed in to the office, on the +commissary's heels. + +Raoul was the last to enter. As he was about to follow the rest into +the room, a hand was laid on his shoulder and he heard these words +spoken in his ear: + +"ERIK'S SECRETS CONCERN NO ONE BUT HIMSELF!" + +He turned around, with a stifled exclamation. The hand that was laid +on his shoulder was now placed on the lips of a person with an ebony +skin, with eyes of jade and with an astrakhan cap on his head: the +Persian! The stranger kept up the gesture that recommended discretion +and then, at the moment when the astonished viscount was about to ask +the reason of his mysterious intervention, bowed and disappeared. + + + +Chapter XVI Mme. Giry's Astounding Revelations as to Her Personal +Relations with the Opera Ghost + + +Before following the commissary into the manager's office I must +describe certain extraordinary occurrences that took place in that +office which Remy and Mercier had vainly tried to enter and into which +MM. Richard and Moncharmin had locked themselves with an object which +the reader does not yet know, but which it is my duty, as an historian, +to reveal without further postponement. + +I have had occasion to say that the managers' mood had undergone a +disagreeable change for some time past and to convey the fact that this +change was due not only to the fall of the chandelier on the famous +night of the gala performance. + +The reader must know that the ghost had calmly been paid his first +twenty thousand francs. Oh, there had been wailing and gnashing of +teeth, indeed! And yet the thing had happened as simply as could be. + +One morning, the managers found on their table an envelope addressed to +"Monsieur O. G. (private)" and accompanied by a note from O. G. himself: + +The time has come to carry out the clause in the memorandum-book. +Please put twenty notes of a thousand francs each into this envelope, +seal it with your own seal and hand it to Mme. Giry, who will do what +is necessary. + +The managers did not hesitate; without wasting time in asking how these +confounded communications came to be delivered in an office which they +were careful to keep locked, they seized this opportunity of laying +hands, on the mysterious blackmailer. And, after telling the whole +story, under the promise of secrecy, to Gabriel and Mercier, they put +the twenty thousand francs into the envelope and without asking for +explanations, handed it to Mme. Giry, who had been reinstated in her +functions. The box-keeper displayed no astonishment. I need hardly +say that she was well watched. She went straight to the ghost's box +and placed the precious envelope on the little shelf attached to the +ledge. The two managers, as well as Gabriel and Mercier, were hidden +in such a way that they did not lose sight of the envelope for a second +during the performance and even afterward, for, as the envelope had not +moved, those who watched it did not move either; and Mme. Giry went +away while the managers, Gabriel and Mercier were still there. At +last, they became tired of waiting and opened the envelope, after +ascertaining that the seals had not been broken. + +At first sight, Richard and Moncharmin thought that the notes were +still there; but soon they perceived that they were not the same. The +twenty real notes were gone and had been replaced by twenty notes, of +the "Bank of St. Farce"![1] + +The managers' rage and fright were unmistakable. Moncharmin wanted to +send for the commissary of police, but Richard objected. He no doubt +had a plan, for he said: + +"Don't let us make ourselves ridiculous! All Paris would laugh at us. +O. G. has won the first game: we will win the second." + +He was thinking of the next month's allowance. + +Nevertheless, they had been so absolutely tricked that they were bound +to suffer a certain dejection. And, upon my word, it was not difficult +to understand. We must not forget that the managers had an idea at the +back of their minds, all the time, that this strange incident might be +an unpleasant practical joke on the part of their predecessors and that +it would not do to divulge it prematurely. On the other hand, +Moncharmin was sometimes troubled with a suspicion of Richard himself, +who occasionally took fanciful whims into his head. And so they were +content to await events, while keeping an eye on Mother Giry. Richard +would not have her spoken to. + +"If she is a confederate," he said, "the notes are gone long ago. But, +in my opinion, she is merely an idiot." + +"She's not the only idiot in this business," said Moncharmin pensively. + +"Well, who could have thought it?" moaned Richard. "But don't be +afraid ... next time, I shall have taken my precautions." + +The next time fell on the same day that beheld the disappearance of +Christine Daae. In the morning, a note from the ghost reminded them +that the money was due. It read: + +Do just as you did last time. It went very well. Put the twenty +thousand in the envelope and hand it to our excellent Mme. Giry. + +And the note was accompanied by the usual envelope. They had only to +insert the notes. + +This was done about half an hour before the curtain rose on the first +act of Faust. Richard showed the envelope to Moncharmin. Then he +counted the twenty thousand-franc notes in front of him and put the +notes into the envelope, but without closing it. + +"And now," he said, "let's have Mother Giry in." + +The old woman was sent for. She entered with a sweeping courtesy. She +still wore her black taffeta dress, the color of which was rapidly +turning to rust and lilac, to say nothing of the dingy bonnet. She +seemed in a good temper. She at once said: + +"Good evening, gentlemen! It's for the envelope, I suppose?" + +"Yes, Mme. Giry," said Richard, most amiably. "For the envelope ... +and something else besides." + +"At your service, M. Richard, at your service. And what is the +something else, please?" + +"First of all, Mme. Giry, I have a little question to put to you." + +"By all means, M. Richard: Mme. Giry is here to answer you." + +"Are you still on good terms with the ghost?" + +"Couldn't be better, sir; couldn't be better." + +"Ah, we are delighted ... Look here, Mme. Giry," said Richard, in the +tone of making an important confidence. "We may just as well tell you, +among ourselves ... you're no fool!" + +"Why, sir," exclaimed the box-keeper, stopping the pleasant nodding of +the black feathers in her dingy bonnet, "I assure you no one has ever +doubted that!" + +"We are quite agreed and we shall soon understand one another. The +story of the ghost is all humbug, isn't it? ... Well, still between +ourselves, ... it has lasted long enough." + +Mme. Giry looked at the managers as though they were talking Chinese. +She walked up to Richard's table and asked, rather anxiously: + +"What do you mean? I don't understand." + +"Oh, you, understand quite well. In any case, you've got to +understand... And, first of all, tell us his name." + +"Whose name?" + +"The name of the man whose accomplice you are, Mme. Giry!" + +"I am the ghost's accomplice? I? ... His accomplice in what, pray?" + +"You do all he wants." + +"Oh! He's not very troublesome, you know." + +"And does he still tip you?" + +"I mustn't complain." + +"How much does he give you for bringing him that envelope?" + +"Ten francs." + +"You poor thing! That's not much, is it? + +"Why?" + +"I'll tell you that presently, Mme. Giry. Just now we should like to +know for what extraordinary reason you have given yourself body and +soul, to this ghost ... Mme. Giry's friendship and devotion are not to +be bought for five francs or ten francs." + +"That's true enough ... And I can tell you the reason, sir. There's +no disgrace about it... on the contrary." + +"We're quite sure of that, Mme. Giry!" + +"Well, it's like this ... only the ghost doesn't like me to talk about +his business." + +"Indeed?" sneered Richard. + +"But this is a matter that concerns myself alone ... Well, it was in +Box Five one evening, I found a letter addressed to myself, a sort of +note written in red ink. I needn't read the letter to you sir; I know +it by heart, and I shall never forget it if I live to be a hundred!" + +And Mme. Giry, drawing herself up, recited the letter with touching +eloquence: + +MADAM: + +1825. Mlle. Menetrier, leader of the ballet, became Marquise de Cussy. + +1832. Mlle. Marie Taglioni, a dancer, became Comtesse Gilbert des +Voisins. + +1846. La Sota, a dancer, married a brother of the King of Spain. + +1847. Lola Montes, a dancer, became the morganatic wife of King Louis +of Bavaria and was created Countess of Landsfeld. + +1848. Mlle. Maria, a dancer, became Baronne d'Herneville. + +1870. Theresa Hessier, a dancer, married Dom Fernando, brother to the +King of Portugal. + +Richard and Moncharmin listened to the old woman, who, as she proceeded +with the enumeration of these glorious nuptials, swelled out, took +courage and, at last, in a voice bursting with pride, flung out the +last sentence of the prophetic letter: + +1885. Meg Giry, Empress! + +Exhausted by this supreme effort, the box-keeper fell into a chair, +saying: + +"Gentlemen, the letter was signed, 'Opera Ghost.' I had heard much of +the ghost, but only half believed in him. From the day when he +declared that my little Meg, the flesh of my flesh, the fruit of my +womb, would be empress, I believed in him altogether." + +And really it was not necessary to make a long study of Mme. Giry's +excited features to understand what could be got out of that fine +intellect with the two words "ghost" and "empress." + +But who pulled the strings of that extraordinary puppet? That was the +question. + +"You have never seen him; he speaks to you and you believe all he +says?" asked Moncharmin. + +"Yes. To begin with, I owe it to him that my little Meg was promoted +to be the leader of a row. I said to the ghost, 'If she is to be +empress in 1885, there is no time to lose; she must become a leader at +once.' He said, 'Look upon it as done.' And he had only a word to say +to M. Poligny and the thing was done." + +"So you see that M. Poligny saw him!" + +"No, not any more than I did; but he heard him. The ghost said a word +in his ear, you know, on the evening when he left Box Five, looking so +dreadfully pale." + +Moncharmin heaved a sigh. "What a business!" he groaned. + +"Ah!" said Mme. Giry. "I always thought there were secrets between the +ghost and M. Poligny. Anything that the ghost asked M. Poligny to do +M. Poligny did. M. Poligny could refuse the ghost nothing." + +"You hear, Richard: Poligny could refuse the ghost nothing." + +"Yes, yes, I hear!" said Richard. "M. Poligny is a friend of the +ghost; and, as Mme. Giry is a friend of M. Poligny, there we are! ... +But I don't care a hang about M. Poligny," he added roughly. "The only +person whose fate really interests me is Mme. Giry... Mme. Giry, do +you know what is in this envelope?" + +"Why, of course not," she said. + +"Well, look." + +Mine. Giry looked into the envelope with a lackluster eye, which soon +recovered its brilliancy. + +"Thousand-franc notes!" she cried. + +"Yes, Mme. Giry, thousand-franc notes! And you knew it!" + +"I, sir? I? ... I swear ..." + +"Don't swear, Mme. Giry! ... And now I will tell you the second reason +why I sent for you. Mme. Giry, I am going to have you arrested." + +The two black feathers on the dingy bonnet, which usually affected the +attitude of two notes of interrogation, changed into two notes of +exclamation; as for the bonnet itself, it swayed in menace on the old +lady's tempestuous chignon. Surprise, indignation, protest and dismay +were furthermore displayed by little Meg's mother in a sort of +extravagant movement of offended virtue, half bound, half slide, that +brought her right under the nose of M. Richard, who could not help +pushing back his chair. + +"HAVE ME ARRESTED!" + +The mouth that spoke those words seemed to spit the three teeth that +were left to it into Richard's face. + +M. Richard behaved like a hero. He retreated no farther. His +threatening forefinger seemed already to be pointing out the keeper of +Box Five to the absent magistrates. + +"I am going to have you arrested, Mme. Giry, as a thief!" + +"Say that again!" + +And Mme. Giry caught Mr. Manager Richard a mighty box on the ear, +before Mr. Manager Moncharmin had time to intervene. But it was not +the withered hand of the angry old beldame that fell on the managerial +ear, but the envelope itself, the cause of all the trouble, the magic +envelope that opened with the blow, scattering the bank-notes, which +escaped in a fantastic whirl of giant butterflies. + +The two managers gave a shout, and the same thought made them both go +on their knees, feverishly, picking up and hurriedly examining the +precious scraps of paper. + +"Are they still genuine, Moncharmin?" + +"Are they still genuine, Richard?" + +"Yes, they are still genuine!" + +Above their heads, Mme. Giry's three teeth were clashing in a noisy +contest, full of hideous interjections. But all that could be clearly +distinguished was this LEIT-MOTIF: + +"I, a thief! ... I, a thief, I?" + +She choked with rage. She shouted: + +"I never heard of such a thing!" + +And, suddenly, she darted up to Richard again. + +"In any case," she yelped, "you, M. Richard, ought to know better than +I where the twenty thousand francs went to!" + +"I?" asked Richard, astounded. "And how should I know?" + +Moncharmin, looking severe and dissatisfied, at once insisted that the +good lady should explain herself. + +"What does this mean, Mme. Giry?" he asked. "And why do you say that +M. Richard ought to know better than you where the twenty-thousand +francs went to?" + +As for Richard, who felt himself turning red under Moncharmin's eyes, +he took Mme. Giry by the wrist and shook it violently. In a voice +growling and rolling like thunder, he roared: + +"Why should I know better than you where the twenty-thousand francs +went to? Why? Answer me!" + +"Because they went into your pocket!" gasped the old woman, looking at +him as if he were the devil incarnate. + +Richard would have rushed upon Mme. Giry, if Moncharmin had not stayed +his avenging hand and hastened to ask her, more gently: + +"How can you suspect my partner, M. Richard, of putting twenty-thousand +francs in his pocket?" + +"I never said that," declared Mme. Giry, "seeing that it was myself who +put the twenty-thousand francs into M. Richard's pocket." And she +added, under her voice, "There! It's out! ... And may the ghost +forgive me!" + +Richard began bellowing anew, but Moncharmin authoritatively ordered +him to be silent. + +"Allow me! Allow me! Let the woman explain herself. Let me question +her." And he added: "It is really astonishing that you should take up +such a tone! ... We are on the verge of clearing up the whole mystery. +And you're in a rage! ... You're wrong to behave like that... I'm +enjoying myself immensely." + +Mme. Giry, like the martyr that she was, raised her head, her face +beaming with faith in her own innocence. + +"You tell me there were twenty-thousand francs in the envelope which I +put into M. Richard's pocket; but I tell you again that I knew nothing +about it ... Nor M. Richard either, for that matter!" + +"Aha!" said Richard, suddenly assuming a swaggering air which +Moncharmin did not like. "I knew nothing either! You put +twenty-thousand francs in my pocket and I knew nothing either! I am +very glad to hear it, Mme. Giry!" + +"Yes," the terrible dame agreed, "yes, it's true. We neither of us +knew anything. But you, you must have ended by finding out!" + +Richard would certainly have swallowed Mme. Giry alive, if Moncharmin +had not been there! But Moncharmin protected her. He resumed his +questions: + +"What sort of envelope did you put in M. Richard's pocket? It was not +the one which we gave you, the one which you took to Box Five before +our eyes; and yet that was the one which contained the twenty-thousand +francs." + +"I beg your pardon. The envelope which M. le Directeur gave me was the +one which I slipped into M. le Directeur's pocket," explained Mme. +Giry. "The one which I took to the ghost's box was another envelope, +just like it, which the ghost gave me beforehand and which I hid up my +sleeve." + +So saying, Mme. Giry took from her sleeve an envelope ready prepared +and similarly addressed to that containing the twenty-thousand francs. +The managers took it from her. They examined it and saw that it was +fastened with seals stamped with their own managerial seal. They +opened it. It contained twenty Bank of St. Farce notes like those +which had so much astounded them the month before. + +"How simple!" said Richard. + +"How simple!" repeated Moncharmin. And he continued with his eyes +fixed upon Mme. Giry, as though trying to hypnotize her. + +"So it was the ghost who gave you this envelope and told you to +substitute it for the one which we gave you? And it was the ghost who +told you to put the other into M. Richard's pocket?" + +"Yes, it was the ghost." + +"Then would you mind giving us a specimen of your little talents? Here +is the envelope. Act as though we knew nothing." + +"As you please, gentlemen." + +Mme. Giry took the envelope with the twenty notes inside it and made +for the door. She was on the point of going out when the two managers +rushed at her: + +"Oh, no! Oh, no! We're not going to be 'done' a second time! Once +bitten, twice shy!" + +"I beg your pardon, gentlemen," said the old woman, in self-excuse, +"you told me to act as though you knew nothing ... Well, if you knew +nothing, I should go away with your envelope!" + +"And then how would you slip it into my pocket?" argued Richard, whom +Moncharmin fixed with his left eye, while keeping his right on Mme. +Giry: a proceeding likely to strain his sight, but Moncharmin was +prepared to go to any length to discover the truth. + +"I am to slip it into your pocket when you least expect it, sir. You +know that I always take a little turn behind the scenes, in the course +of the evening, and I often go with my daughter to the ballet-foyer, +which I am entitled to do, as her mother; I bring her her shoes, when +the ballet is about to begin ... in fact, I come and go as I please ... +The subscribers come and go too... So do you, sir ... There are lots +of people about ... I go behind you and slip the envelope into the +tail-pocket of your dress-coat ... There's no witchcraft about that!" + +"No witchcraft!" growled Richard, rolling his eyes like Jupiter Tonans. +"No witchcraft! Why, I've just caught you in a lie, you old witch!" + +Mme. Giry bristled, with her three teeth sticking out of her mouth. + +"And why, may I ask?" + +"Because I spent that evening watching Box Five and the sham envelope +which you put there. I did not go to the ballet-foyer for a second." + +"No, sir, and I did not give you the envelope that evening, but at the +next performance ... on the evening when the under-secretary of state +for fine arts ..." + +At these words, M. Richard suddenly interrupted Mme. Giry: + +"Yes, that's true, I remember now! The under-secretary went behind the +scenes. He asked for me. I went down to the ballet-foyer for a +moment. I was on the foyer steps ... The under-secretary and his +chief clerk were in the foyer itself. I suddenly turned around ... you +had passed behind me, Mme. Giry ... You seemed to push against me ... +Oh, I can see you still, I can see you still!" + +"Yes, that's it, sir, that's it. I had just finished my little +business. That pocket of yours, sir, is very handy!" + +And Mme. Giry once more suited the action to the word, She passed +behind M. Richard and, so nimbly that Moncharmin himself was impressed +by it, slipped the envelope into the pocket of one of the tails of M. +Richard's dress-coat. + +"Of course!" exclaimed Richard, looking a little pale. "It's very +clever of O. G. The problem which he had to solve was this: how to do +away with any dangerous intermediary between the man who gives the +twenty-thousand francs and the man who receives it. And by far the +best thing he could hit upon was to come and take the money from my +pocket without my noticing it, as I myself did not know that it was +there. It's wonderful!" + +"Oh, wonderful, no doubt!" Moncharmin agreed. "Only, you forget, +Richard, that I provided ten-thousand francs of the twenty and that +nobody put anything in my pocket!" + + + +[1] Flash notes drawn on the "Bank of St. Farce" in France correspond +with those drawn on the "Bank of Engraving" in England.--Translator's +Note. + + + + +Chapter XVII The Safety-Pin Again + + +Moncharmin's last phrase so dearly expressed the suspicion in which he +now held his partner that it was bound to cause a stormy explanation, +at the end of which it was agreed that Richard should yield to all +Moncharmin's wishes, with the object of helping him to discover the +miscreant who was victimizing them. + +This brings us to the interval after the Garden Act, with the strange +conduct observed by M. Remy and those curious lapses from the dignity +that might be expected of the managers. It was arranged between +Richard and Moncharmin, first, that Richard should repeat the exact +movements which he had made on the night of the disappearance of the +first twenty-thousand francs; and, second, that Moncharmin should not +for an instant lose sight of Richard's coat-tail pocket, into which +Mme. Giry was to slip the twenty-thousand francs. + +M. Richard went and placed himself at the identical spot where he had +stood when he bowed to the under-secretary for fine arts. M. +Moncharmin took up his position a few steps behind him. + +Mme. Giry passed, rubbed up against M. Richard, got rid of her +twenty-thousand francs in the manager's coat-tail pocket and +disappeared ... Or rather she was conjured away. In accordance with +the instructions received from Moncharmin a few minutes earlier, +Mercier took the good lady to the acting-manager's office and turned +the key on her, thus making it impossible for her to communicate with +her ghost. + +Meanwhile, M. Richard was bending and bowing and scraping and walking +backward, just as if he had that high and mighty minister, the +under-secretary for fine arts, before him. Only, though these marks of +politeness would have created no astonishment if the under-secretary of +state had really been in front of M. Richard, they caused an easily +comprehensible amazement to the spectators of this very natural but +quite inexplicable scene when M. Richard had no body in front of him. + +M. Richard bowed ... to nobody; bent his back ... before nobody; and +walked backward ... before nobody ... And, a few steps behind him, M. +Moncharmin did the same thing that he was doing in addition to pushing +away M. Remy and begging M. de La Borderie, the ambassador, and the +manager of the Credit Central "not to touch M. le Directeur." + +Moncharmin, who had his own ideas, did not want Richard to come to him +presently, when the twenty-thousand francs were gone, and say: + +"Perhaps it was the ambassador ... or the manager of the Credit Central +... or Remy." + +The more so as, at the time of the first scene, as Richard himself +admitted, Richard had met nobody in that part of the theater after Mme. +Giry had brushed up against him... + +Having begun by walking backward in order to bow, Richard continued to +do so from prudence, until he reached the passage leading to the +offices of the management. In this way, he was constantly watched by +Moncharmin from behind and himself kept an eye on any one approaching +from the front. Once more, this novel method of walking behind the +scenes, adopted by the managers of our National Academy of Music, +attracted attention; but the managers themselves thought of nothing but +their twenty-thousand francs. + +On reaching the half-dark passage, Richard said to Moncharmin, in a low +voice: + +"I am sure that nobody has touched me ... You had now better keep at +some distance from me and watch me till I come to door of the office: +it is better not to arouse suspicion and we can see anything that +happens." + +But Moncharmin replied. "No, Richard, no! You walk ahead and I'll +walk immediately behind you! I won't leave you by a step!" + +"But, in that case," exclaimed Richard, "they will never steal our +twenty-thousand francs!" + +"I should hope not, indeed!" declared Moncharmin. + +"Then what we are doing is absurd!" + +"We are doing exactly what we did last time ... Last time, I joined +you as you were leaving the stage and followed close behind you down +this passage." + +"That's true!" sighed Richard, shaking his head and passively obeying +Moncharmin. + +Two minutes later, the joint managers locked themselves into their +office. Moncharmin himself put the key in his pocket: + +"We remained locked up like this, last time," he said, "until you left +the Opera to go home." + +"That's so. No one came and disturbed us, I suppose?" + +"No one." + +"Then," said Richard, who was trying to collect his memory, "then I +must certainly have been robbed on my way home from the Opera." + +"No," said Moncharmin in a drier tone than ever, "no, that's +impossible. For I dropped you in my cab. The twenty-thousand francs +disappeared at your place: there's not a shadow of a doubt about that." + +"It's incredible!" protested Richard. "I am sure of my servants ... +and if one of them had done it, he would have disappeared since." + +Moncharmin shrugged his shoulders, as though to say that he did not +wish to enter into details, and Richard began to think that Moncharmin +was treating him in a very insupportable fashion. + +"Moncharmin, I've had enough of this!" + +"Richard, I've had too much of it!" + +"Do you dare to suspect me?" + +"Yes, of a silly joke." + +"One doesn't joke with twenty-thousand francs." + +"That's what I think," declared Moncharmin, unfolding a newspaper and +ostentatiously studying its contents. + +"What are you doing?" asked Richard. "Are you going to read the paper +next?" + +"Yes, Richard, until I take you home." + +"Like last time?" + +"Yes, like last time." + +Richard snatched the paper from Moncharmin's hands. Moncharmin stood +up, more irritated than ever, and found himself faced by an exasperated +Richard, who, crossing his arms on his chest, said: + +"Look here, I'm thinking of this, I'M THINKING OF WHAT I MIGHT THINK +if, like last time, after my spending the evening alone with you, you +brought me home and if, at the moment of parting, I perceived that +twenty-thousand francs had disappeared from my coat-pocket ... like +last time." + +"And what might you think?" asked Moncharmin, crimson with rage. + +"I might think that, as you hadn't left me by a foot's breadth and as, +by your own wish, you were the only one to approach me, like last time, +I might think that, if that twenty-thousand francs was no longer in my +pocket, it stood a very good chance of being in yours!" + +Moncharmin leaped up at the suggestion. + +"Oh!" he shouted. "A safety-pin!" + +"What do you want a safety-pin for?" + +"To fasten you up with! ... A safety-pin! ... A safety-pin!" + +"You want to fasten me with a safety-pin?" + +"Yes, to fasten you to the twenty-thousand francs! Then, whether it's +here, or on the drive from here to your place, or at your place, you +will feel the hand that pulls at your pocket and you will see if it's +mine! Oh, so you're suspecting me now, are you? A safety-pin!" + +And that was the moment when Moncharmin opened the door on the passage +and shouted: + +"A safety-pin! ... somebody give me a safety-pin!" + +And we also know how, at the same moment, Remy, who had no safety-pin, +was received by Moncharmin, while a boy procured the pin so eagerly +longed for. And what happened was this: Moncharmin first locked the +door again. Then he knelt down behind Richard's back. + +"I hope," he said, "that the notes are still there?" + +"So do I," said Richard. + +"The real ones?" asked Moncharmin, resolved not to be "had" this time. + +"Look for yourself," said Richard. "I refuse to touch them." + +Moncharmin took the envelope from Richard's pocket and drew out the +bank-notes with a trembling hand, for, this time, in order frequently +to make sure of the presence of the notes, he had not sealed the +envelope nor even fastened it. He felt reassured on finding that they +were all there and quite genuine. He put them back in the tail-pocket +and pinned them with great care. Then he sat down behind Richard's +coat-tails and kept his eyes fixed on them, while Richard, sitting at +his writing-table, did not stir. + +"A little patience, Richard," said Moncharmin. "We have only a few +minutes to wait ... The clock will soon strike twelve. Last time, we +left at the last stroke of twelve." + +"Oh, I shall have all the patience necessary!" + +The time passed, slow, heavy, mysterious, stifling. Richard tried to +laugh. + +"I shall end by believing in the omnipotence of the ghost," he said. +"Just now, don't you find something uncomfortable, disquieting, +alarming in the atmosphere of this room?" + +"You're quite right," said Moncharmin, who was really impressed. + +"The ghost!" continued Richard, in a low voice, as though fearing lest +he should be overheard by invisible ears. "The ghost! Suppose, all +the same, it were a ghost who puts the magic envelopes on the table ... +who talks in Box Five ... who killed Joseph Buquet ... who unhooked +the chandelier ... and who robs us! For, after all, after all, after +all, there is no one here except you and me, and, if the notes +disappear and neither you nor I have anything to do with it, well, we +shall have to believe in the ghost ... in the ghost." + +At that moment, the clock on the mantlepiece gave its warning click and +the first stroke of twelve struck. + +The two managers shuddered. The perspiration streamed from their +foreheads. The twelfth stroke sounded strangely in their ears. + +When the clock stopped, they gave a sigh and rose from their chairs. + +"I think we can go now," said Moncharmin. + +"I think so," Richard a agreed. + +"Before we go, do you mind if I look in your pocket?" + +"But, of course, Moncharmin, YOU MUST! ... Well?" he asked, as +Moncharmin was feeling at the pocket. + +"Well, I can feel the pin." + +"Of course, as you said, we can't be robbed without noticing it." + +But Moncharmin, whose hands were still fumbling, bellowed: + +"I can feel the pin, but I can't feel the notes!" + +"Come, no joking, Moncharmin! ... This isn't the time for it." + +"Well, feel for yourself." + +Richard tore off his coat. The two managers turned the pocket inside +out. THE POCKET WAS EMPTY. And the curious thing was that the pin +remained, stuck in the same place. + +Richard and Moncharmin turned pale. There was no longer any doubt +about the witchcraft. + +"The ghost!" muttered Moncharmin. + +But Richard suddenly sprang upon his partner. + +"No one but you has touched my pocket! Give me back my twenty-thousand +francs! ... Give me back my twenty-thousand francs! ..." + +"On my soul," sighed Moncharmin, who was ready to swoon, "on my soul, I +swear that I haven't got it!" + +Then somebody knocked at the door. Moncharmin opened it automatically, +seemed hardly to recognize Mercier, his business-manager, exchanged a +few words with him, without knowing what he was saying and, with an +unconscious movement, put the safety-pin, for which he had no further +use, into the hands of his bewildered subordinate ... + + + +Chapter XVIII The Commissary, The Viscount and the Persian + + +The first words of the commissary of police, on entering the managers' +office, were to ask after the missing prima donna. + +"Is Christine Daae here?" + +"Christine Daae here?" echoed Richard. "No. Why?" + +As for Moncharmin, he had not the strength left to utter a word. + +Richard repeated, for the commissary and the compact crowd which had +followed him into the office observed an impressive silence. + +"Why do you ask if Christine Daae is here, M. LE COMMISSAIRE?" + +"Because she has to be found," declared the commissary of police +solemnly. + +"What do you mean, she has to be found? Has she disappeared?" + +"In the middle of the performance!" + +"In the middle of the performance? This is extraordinary!" + +"Isn't it? And what is quite as extraordinary is that you should first +learn it from me!" + +"Yes," said Richard, taking his head in his hands and muttering. "What +is this new business? Oh, it's enough to make a man send in his +resignation!" + +And he pulled a few hairs out of his mustache without even knowing what +he was doing. + +"So she ... so she disappeared in the middle of the performance?" he +repeated. + +"Yes, she was carried off in the Prison Act, at the moment when she was +invoking the aid of the angels; but I doubt if she was carried off by +an angel." + +"And I am sure that she was!" + +Everybody looked round. A young man, pale and trembling with +excitement, repeated: + +"I am sure of it!" + +"Sure of what?" asked Mifroid. + +"That Christine Daae was carried off by an angel, M. LE COMMISSAIRE and +I can tell you his name." + +"Aha, M. le Vicomte de Chagny! So you maintain that Christine Daae was +carried off by an angel: an angel of the Opera, no doubt?" + +"Yes, monsieur, by an angel of the Opera; and I will tell you where he +lives ... when we are alone." + +"You are right, monsieur." + +And the commissary of police, inviting Raoul to take a chair, cleared +the room of all the rest, excepting the managers. + +Then Raoul spoke: + +"M. le Commissaire, the angel is called Erik, he lives in the Opera and +he is the Angel of Music!" + +"The Angel of Music! Really! That is very curious! ... The Angel of +Music!" And, turning to the managers, M. Mifroid asked, "Have you an +Angel of Music on the premises, gentlemen?" + +Richard and Moncharmin shook their heads, without even speaking. + +"Oh," said the viscount, "those gentlemen have heard of the Opera +ghost. Well, I am in a position to state that the Opera ghost and the +Angel of Music are one and the same person; and his real name is Erik." + +M. Mifroid rose and looked at Raoul attentively. + +"I beg your pardon, monsieur but is it your intention to make fun of +the law? And, if not, what is all this about the Opera ghost?" + +"I say that these gentlemen have heard of him." + +"Gentlemen, it appears that you know the Opera ghost?" + +Richard rose, with the remaining hairs of his mustache in his hand. + +"No, M. Commissary, no, we do not know him, but we wish that we did, +for this very evening he has robbed us of twenty-thousand francs!" + +And Richard turned a terrible look on Moncharmin, which seemed to say: + +"Give me back the twenty-thousand francs, or I'll tell the whole story." + +Moncharmin understood what he meant, for, with a distracted gesture, he +said: + +"Oh, tell everything and have done with it!" + +As for Mifroid, he looked at the managers and at Raoul by turns and +wondered whether he had strayed into a lunatic asylum. He passed his +hand through his hair. + +"A ghost," he said, "who, on the same evening, carries off an +opera-singer and steals twenty-thousand francs is a ghost who must have +his hands very full! If you don't mind, we will take the questions in +order. The singer first, the twenty-thousand francs after. Come, M. +de Chagny, let us try to talk seriously. You believe that Mlle. +Christine Daae has been carried off by an individual called Erik. Do +you know this person? Have you seen him?" + +"Yes." + +"Where?" + +"In a church yard." + +M. Mifroid gave a start, began to scrutinize Raoul again and said: + +"Of course! ... That's where ghosts usually hang out! ... And what were +you doing in that churchyard?" + +"Monsieur," said Raoul, "I can quite understand how absurd my replies +must seem to you. But I beg you to believe that I am in full +possession of my faculties. The safety of the person dearest to me in +the world is at stake. I should like to convince you in a few words, +for time is pressing and every minute is valuable. Unfortunately, if I +do not tell you the strangest story that ever was from the beginning, +you will not believe me. I will tell you all I know about the Opera +ghost, M. Commissary. Alas, I do not know much! ..." + +"Never mind, go on, go on!" exclaimed Richard and Moncharmin, suddenly +greatly interested. + +Unfortunately for their hopes of learning some detail that could put +them on the track of their hoaxer, they were soon compelled to accept +the fact that M. Raoul de Chagny had completely lost his head. All +that story about Perros-Guirec, death's heads and enchanted violins, +could only have taken birth in the disordered brain of a youth mad with +love. It was evident, also, that Mr. Commissary Mifroid shared their +view; and the magistrate would certainly have cut short the incoherent +narrative if circumstances had not taken it upon themselves to +interrupt it. + +The door opened and a man entered, curiously dressed in an enormous +frock-coat and a tall hat, at once shabby and shiny, that came down to +his ears. He went up to the commissary and spoke to him in a whisper. +It was doubtless a detective come to deliver an important communication. + +During this conversation, M. Mifroid did not take his eyes off Raoul. +At last, addressing him, he said: + +"Monsieur, we have talked enough about the ghost. We will now talk +about yourself a little, if you have no objection: you were to carry +off Mlle. Christine Daae to-night?" + +"Yes, M. le Commissaire." + +"After the performance?" + +"Yes, M. le Commissaire." + +"All your arrangements were made?" + +"Yes, M. le Commissaire." + +"The carriage that brought you was to take you both away... There were +fresh horses in readiness at every stage ..." + +"That is true, M. le Commissaire." + +"And nevertheless your carriage is still outside the Rotunda awaiting +your orders, is it not?" + +"Yes, M. le Commissaire." + +"Did you know that there were three other carriages there, in addition +to yours?" + +"I did not pay the least attention." + +"They were the carriages of Mlle. Sorelli, which could not find room in +the Cour de l'Administration; of Carlotta; and of your brother, M. le +Comte de Chagny..." + +"Very likely..." + +"What is certain is that, though your carriage and Sorelli's and +Carlotta's are still there, by the Rotunda pavement, M. le Comte de +Chagny's carriage is gone." + +"This has nothing to say to ..." + +"I beg your pardon. Was not M. le Comte opposed to your marriage with +Mlle. Daae?" + +"That is a matter that only concerns the family." + +"You have answered my question: he was opposed to it ... and that was +why you were carrying Christine Daae out of your brother's reach... +Well, M. de Chagny, allow me to inform you that your brother has been +smarter than you! It is he who has carried off Christine Daae!" + +"Oh, impossible!" moaned Raoul, pressing his hand to his heart. "Are +you sure?" + +"Immediately after the artist's disappearance, which was procured by +means which we have still to ascertain, he flung into his carriage, +which drove right across Paris at a furious pace." + +"Across Paris?" asked poor Raoul, in a hoarse voice. "What do you mean +by across Paris?" + +"Across Paris and out of Paris ... by the Brussels road." + +"Oh," cried the young man, "I shall catch them!" And he rushed out of +the office. + +"And bring her back to us!" cried the commisary gaily ... "Ah, that's +a trick worth two of the Angel of Music's!" + +And, turning to his audience, M. Mifroid delivered a little lecture on +police methods. + +"I don't know for a moment whether M. le Comte de Chagny has really +carried Christine Daae off or not ... but I want to know and I believe +that, at this moment, no one is more anxious to inform us than his +brother ... And now he is flying in pursuit of him! He is my chief +auxiliary! This, gentlemen, is the art of the police, which is +believed to be so complicated and which, nevertheless appears so simple +as soon its you see that it consists in getting your work done by +people who have nothing to do with the police." + +But M. le Commissaire de Police Mifroid would not have been quite so +satisfied with himself if he had known that the rush of his rapid +emissary was stopped at the entrance to the very first corridor. A +tall figure blocked Raoul's way. + +"Where are you going so fast, M. de Chagny?" asked a voice. + +Raoul impatiently raised his eyes and recognized the astrakhan cap of +an hour ago. He stopped: + +"It's you!" he cried, in a feverish voice. "You, who know Erik's +secrets and don't want me to speak of them. Who are you?" + +"You know who I am! ... I am the Persian!" + + + +Chapter XIX The Viscount and the Persian + + +Raoul now remembered that his brother had once shown him that +mysterious person, of whom nothing was known except that he was a +Persian and that he lived in a little old-fashioned flat in the Rue de +Rivoli. + +The man with the ebony skin, the eyes of jade and the astrakhan cap +bent over Raoul. + +"I hope, M. de Chagny," he said, "that you have not betrayed Erik's +secret?" + +"And why should I hesitate to betray that monster, sir?" Raoul rejoined +haughtily, trying to shake off the intruder. "Is he your friend, by +any chance?" + +"I hope that you said nothing about Erik, sir, because Erik's secret is +also Christine Daae's and to talk about one is to talk about the other!" + +"Oh, sir," said Raoul, becoming more and more impatient, "you seem to +know about many things that interest me; and yet I have no time to +listen to you!" + +"Once more, M. de Chagny, where are you going so fast?" + +"Can not you guess? To Christine Daae's assistance..." + +"Then, sir, stay here, for Christine Daae is here!" + +"With Erik?" + +"With Erik." + +"How do you know?" + +"I was at the performance and no one in the world but Erik could +contrive an abduction like that! ... Oh," he said, with a deep sigh, "I +recognized the monster's touch! ..." + +"You know him then?" + +The Persian did not reply, but heaved a fresh sigh. + +"Sir," said Raoul, "I do not know what your intentions are, but can you +do anything to help me? I mean, to help Christine Daae?" + +"I think so, M. de Chagny, and that is why I spoke to you." + +"What can you do?" + +"Try to take you to her ... and to him." + +"If you can do me that service, sir, my life is yours! ... One word +more: the commissary of police tells me that Christine Daae has been +carried off by my brother, Count Philippe." + +"Oh, M. de Chagny, I don't believe a word of it." + +"It's not possible, is it?" + +"I don't know if it is possible or not; but there are ways and ways of +carrying people off; and M. le Comte Philippe has never, as far as I +know, had anything to do with witchcraft." + +"Your arguments are convincing, sir, and I am a fool! ... Oh, let us +make haste! I place myself entirely in your hands! ... How should I +not believe you, when you are the only one to believe me ... when you +are the only one not to smile when Erik's name is mentioned?" + +And the young man impetuously seized the Persian's hands. They were +ice-cold. + +"Silence!" said the Persian, stopping and listening to the distant +sounds of the theater. "We must not mention that name here. Let us +say 'he' and 'him;' then there will be less danger of attracting his +attention." + +"Do you think he is near us?" + +"It is quite possible, Sir, if he is not, at this moment, with his +victim, IN THE HOUSE ON THE LAKE." + +"Ah, so you know that house too?" + +"If he is not there, he may be here, in this wall, in this floor, in +this ceiling! ... Come!" + +And the Persian, asking Raoul to deaden the sound of his footsteps, led +him down passages which Raoul had never seen before, even at the time +when Christine used to take him for walks through that labyrinth. + +"If only Darius has come!" said the Persian. + +"Who is Darius?" + +"Darius? My servant." + +They were now in the center of a real deserted square, an immense +apartment ill-lit by a small lamp. The Persian stopped Raoul and, in +the softest of whispers, asked: + +"What did you say to the commissary?" + +"I said that Christine Daae's abductor was the Angel of Music, ALIAS +the Opera ghost, and that the real name was ..." + +"Hush! ... And did he believe you?" + +"No." + +"He attached no importance to what you said?" + +"No." + +"He took you for a bit of a madman?" + +"Yes." + +"So much the better!" sighed the Persian. + +And they continued their road. After going up and down several +staircases which Raoul had never seen before, the two men found +themselves in front of a door which the Persian opened with a +master-key. The Persian and Raoul were both, of course, in +dress-clothes; but, whereas Raoul had a tall hat, the Persian wore the +astrakhan cap which I have already mentioned. It was an infringement +of the rule which insists upon the tall hat behind the scenes; but in +France foreigners are allowed every license: the Englishman his +traveling-cap, the Persian his cap of astrakhan. + +"Sir," said the Persian, "your tall hat will be in your way: you would +do well to leave it in the dressing-room." + +"What dressing-room?" asked Raoul. + +"Christine Daae's." + +And the Persian, letting Raoul through the door which he had just +opened, showed him the actress' room opposite. They were at the end of +the passage the whole length of which Raoul had been accustomed to +traverse before knocking at Christine's door. + +"How well you know the Opera, sir!" + +"Not so well as 'he' does!" said the Persian modestly. + +And he pushed the young man into Christine's dressing-room, which was +as Raoul had left it a few minutes earlier. + +Closing the door, the Persian went to a very thin partition that +separated the dressing-room from a big lumber-room next to it. He +listened and then coughed loudly. + +There was a sound of some one stirring in the lumber-room; and, a few +seconds later, a finger tapped at the door. + +"Come in," said the Persian. + +A man entered, also wearing an astrakhan cap and dressed in a long +overcoat. He bowed and took a richly carved case from under his coat, +put it on the dressing-table, bowed once again and went to the door. + +"Did no one see you come in, Darius?" + +"No, master." + +"Let no one see you go out." + +The servant glanced down the passage and swiftly disappeared. + +The Persian opened the case. It contained a pair of long pistols. + +"When Christine Daae was carried off, sir, I sent word to my servant to +bring me these pistols. I have had them a long time and they can be +relied upon." + +"Do you mean to fight a duel?" asked the young man. + +"It will certainly be a duel which we shall have to fight," said the +other, examining the priming of his pistols. "And what a duel!" +Handing one of the pistols to Raoul, he added, "In this duel, we shall +be two to one; but you must be prepared for everything, for we shall be +fighting the most terrible adversary that you can imagine. But you +love Christine Daae, do you not?" + +"I worship the ground she stands on! But you, sir, who do not love +her, tell me why I find you ready to risk your life for her! You must +certainly hate Erik!" + +"No, sir," said the Persian sadly, "I do not hate him. If I hated him, +he would long ago have ceased doing harm." + +"Has he done you harm?" + +"I have forgiven him the harm which he has done me." + +"I do not understand you. You treat him as a monster, you speak of his +crime, he has done you harm and I find in you the same inexplicable +pity that drove me to despair when I saw it in Christine!" + +The Persian did not reply. He fetched a stool and set it against the +wall facing the great mirror that filled the whole of the wall-space +opposite. Then he climbed on the stool and, with his nose to the +wallpaper, seemed to be looking for something. + +"Ah," he said, after a long search, "I have it!" And, raising his +finger above his head, he pressed against a corner in the pattern of +the paper. Then he turned round and jumped off the stool: + +"In half a minute," he said, "he shall be ON HIS ROAD!" and crossing +the whole of the dressing-room he felt the great mirror. + +"No, it is not yielding yet," he muttered. + +"Oh, are we going out by the mirror?" asked Raoul. "Like Christine +Daae." + +"So you knew that Christine Daae went out by that mirror?" + +"She did so before my eyes, sir! I was hidden behind the curtain of +the inner room and I saw her vanish not by the glass, but in the glass!" + +"And what did you do?" + +"I thought it was an aberration of my senses, a mad dream. + +"Or some new fancy of the ghost's!" chuckled the Persian. "Ah, M. de +Chagny," he continued, still with his hand on the mirror, "would that +we had to do with a ghost! We could then leave our pistols in their +case ... Put down your hat, please ... there ... and now cover your +shirt-front as much as you can with your coat ... as I am doing ... +Bring the lapels forward ... turn up the collar ... We must make +ourselves as invisible as possible." + +Bearing against the mirror, after a short silence, he said: + +"It takes some time to release the counterbalance, when you press on +the spring from the inside of the room. It is different when you are +behind the wall and can act directly on the counterbalance. Then the +mirror turns at once and is moved with incredible rapidity." + +"What counterbalance?" asked Raoul. + +"Why, the counterbalance that lifts the whole of this wall on to its +pivot. You surely don't expect it to move of itself, by enchantment! +If you watch, you will see the mirror first rise an inch or two and +then shift an inch or two from left to right. It will then be on a +pivot and will swing round." + +"It's not turning!" said Raoul impatiently. + +"Oh, wait! You have time enough to be impatient, sir! The mechanism +has obviously become rusty, or else the spring isn't working... Unless +it is something else," added the Persian, anxiously. + +"What?" + +"He may simply have cut the cord of the counterbalance and blocked the +whole apparatus." + +"Why should he? He does not know that we are coming this way!" + +"I dare say he suspects it, for he knows that I understand the system." + +"It's not turning! ... And Christine, sir, Christine?" + +The Persian said coldly: + +"We shall do all that it is humanly possible to do! ... But he may stop +us at the first step! ... He commands the walls, the doors and the +trapdoors. In my country, he was known by a name which means the +'trap-door lover.'" + +"But why do these walls obey him alone? He did not build them!" + +"Yes, sir, that is just what he did!" + +Raoul looked at him in amazement; but the Persian made a sign to him to +be silent and pointed to the glass ... There was a sort of shivering +reflection. Their image was troubled as in a rippling sheet of water +and then all became stationary again. + +"You see, sir, that it is not turning! Let us take another road!" + +"To-night, there is no other!" declared the Persian, in a singularly +mournful voice. "And now, look out! And be ready to fire." + +He himself raised his pistol opposite the glass. Raoul imitated his +movement. With his free arm, the Persian drew the young man to his +chest and, suddenly, the mirror turned, in a blinding daze of +cross-lights: it turned like one of those revolving doors which have +lately been fixed to the entrances of most restaurants, it turned, +carrying Raoul and the Persian with it and suddenly hurling them from +the full light into the deepest darkness. + + + +Chapter XX In the Cellars of the Opera + + +"Your hand high, ready to fire!" repeated Raoul's companion quickly. + +The wall, behind them, having completed the circle which it described +upon itself, closed again; and the two men stood motionless for a +moment, holding their breath. + +At last, the Persian decided to make a movement; and Raoul heard him +slip on his knees and feel for something in the dark with his groping +hands. Suddenly, the darkness was made visible by a small dark lantern +and Raoul instinctively stepped backward as though to escape the +scrutiny of a secret enemy. But he soon perceived that the light +belonged to the Persian, whose movements he was closely observing. The +little red disk was turned in every direction and Raoul saw that the +floor, the walls and the ceiling were all formed of planking. It must +have been the ordinary road taken by Erik to reach Christine's +dressing-room and impose upon her innocence. And Raoul, remembering +the Persian's remark, thought that it had been mysteriously constructed +by the ghost himself. Later, he learned that Erik had found, all +prepared for him, a secret passage, long known to himself alone and +contrived at the time of the Paris Commune to allow the jailers to +convey their prisoners straight to the dungeons that had been +constructed for them in the cellars; for the Federates had occupied the +opera-house immediately after the eighteenth of March and had made a +starting-place right at the top for their Mongolfier balloons, which +carried their incendiary proclamations to the departments, and a state +prison right at the bottom. + +The Persian went on his knees and put his lantern on the ground. He +seemed to be working at the floor; and suddenly he turned off his +light. Then Raoul heard a faint click and saw a very pale luminous +square in the floor of the passage. It was as though a window had +opened on the Opera cellars, which were still lit. Raoul no longer saw +the Persian, but he suddenly felt him by his side and heard him whisper: + +"Follow me and do all that I do." + +Raoul turned to the luminous aperture. Then he saw the Persian, who +was still on his knees, hang by his hands from the rim of the opening, +with his pistol between his teeth, and slide into the cellar below. + +Curiously enough, the viscount had absolute confidence in the Persian, +though he knew nothing about him. His emotion when speaking of the +"monster" struck him as sincere; and, if the Persian had cherished any +sinister designs against him, he would not have armed him with his own +hands. Besides, Raoul must reach Christine at all costs. He therefore +went on his knees also and hung from the trap with both hands. + +"Let go!" said a voice. + +And he dropped into the arms of the Persian, who told him to lie down +flat, closed the trap-door above him and crouched down beside him. +Raoul tried to ask a question, but the Persian's hand was on his mouth +and he heard a voice which he recognized as that of the commissary of +police. + +Raoul and the Persian were completely hidden behind a wooden partition. +Near them, a small staircase led to a little room in which the +commissary appeared to be walking up and down, asking questions. The +faint light was just enough to enable Raoul to distinguish the shape of +things around him. And he could not restrain a dull cry: there were +three corpses there. + +The first lay on the narrow landing of the little staircase; the two +others had rolled to the bottom of the staircase. Raoul could have +touched one of the two poor wretches by passing his fingers through the +partition. + +"Silence!" whispered the Persian. + +He too had seen the bodies and he gave one word in explanation: + +"HE!" + +The commissary's voice was now heard more distinctly. He was asking +for information about the system of lighting, which the stage-manager +supplied. The commissary therefore must be in the "organ" or its +immediate neighborhood. + +Contrary to what one might think, especially in connection with an +opera-house, the "organ" is not a musical instrument. At that time, +electricity was employed only for a very few scenic effects and for the +bells. The immense building and the stage itself were still lit by +gas; hydrogen was used to regulate and modify the lighting of a scene; +and this was done by means of a special apparatus which, because of the +multiplicity of its pipes, was known as the "organ." A box beside the +prompter's box was reserved for the chief gas-man, who from there gave +his orders to his assistants and saw that they were executed. Mauclair +stayed in this box during all the performances. + +But now Mauclair was not in his box and his assistants not in their +places. + +"Mauclair! Mauclair!" + +The stage-manager's voice echoed through the cellars. But Mauclair did +not reply. + +I have said that a door opened on a little staircase that led to the +second cellar. The commissary pushed it, but it resisted. + +"I say," he said to the stage-manager, "I can't open this door: is it +always so difficult?" + +The stage-manager forced it open with his shoulder. He saw that, at +the same time, he was pushing a human body and he could not keep back +an exclamation, for he recognized the body at once: + +"Mauclair! Poor devil! He is dead!" + +But Mr. Commissary Mifroid, whom nothing surprised, was stooping over +that big body. + +"No," he said, "he is dead-drunk, which is not quite the same thing." + +"It's the first time, if so," said the stage-manager + +"Then some one has given him a narcotic. That is quite possible." + +Mifroid went down a few steps and said: + +"Look!" + +By the light of a little red lantern, at the foot of the stairs, they +saw two other bodies. The stage-manager recognized Mauclair's +assistants. Mifroid went down and listened to their breathing. + +"They are sound asleep," he said. "Very curious business! Some person +unknown must have interfered with the gas-man and his staff ... and +that person unknown was obviously working on behalf of the kidnapper +... But what a funny idea to kidnap a performer on the stage! ... Send +for the doctor of the theater, please." And Mifroid repeated, "Curious, +decidedly curious business!" + +Then he turned to the little room, addressing the people whom Raoul and +the Persian were unable to see from where they lay. + +"What do you say to all this, gentlemen? You are the only ones who +have not given your views. And yet you must have an opinion of some +sort." + +Thereupon, Raoul and the Persian saw the startled faces of the joint +managers appear above the landing--and they heard Moncharmin's excited +voice: + +"There are things happening here, Mr. Commissary, which we are unable +to explain." + +And the two faces disappeared. + +"Thank you for the information, gentlemen," said Mifroid, with a jeer. + +But the stage-manager, holding his chin in the hollow of his right +hand, which is the attitude of profound thought, said: + +"It is not the first time that Mauclair has fallen asleep in the +theater. I remember finding him, one evening, snoring in his little +recess, with his snuff-box beside him." + +"Is that long ago?" asked M. Mifroid, carefully wiping his eye-glasses. + +"No, not so very long ago ... Wait a bit! ... It was the night ... of +course, yes ... It was the night when Carlotta--you know, Mr. +Commissary--gave her famous 'co-ack'!" + +"Really? The night when Carlotta gave her famous 'co-ack'?" + +And M. Mifroid, replacing his gleaming glasses on his nose, fixed the +stage-manager with a contemplative stare. + +"So Mauclair takes snuff, does he?" he asked carelessly. + +"'Yes, Mr. Commissary ... Look, there is his snuff-box on that little +shelf ... Oh! he's a great snuff-taker!" + +"So am I," said Mifroid and put the snuff-box in his pocket. + +Raoul and the Persian, themselves unobserved, watched the removal of +the three bodies by a number of scene-shifters, who were followed by +the commissary and all the people with him. Their steps were heard for +a few minutes on the stage above. When they were alone the Persian +made a sign to Raoul to stand up. Raoul did so; but, as he did not +lift his hand in front of his eyes, ready to fire, the Persian told him +to resume that attitude and to continue it, whatever happened. + +"But it tires the hand unnecessarily," whispered Raoul. "If I do fire, +I shan't be sure of my aim." + +"Then shift your pistol to the other hand," said the Persian. + +"I can't shoot with my left hand." + +Thereupon, the Persian made this queer reply, which was certainly not +calculated to throw light into the young man's flurried brain: + +"It's not a question of shooting with the right hand or the left; it's +a question of holding one of your hands as though you were going to +pull the trigger of a pistol with your arm bent. As for the pistol +itself, when all is said, you can put that in your pocket!" And he +added, "Let this be clearly understood, or I will answer for nothing. +It is a matter of life and death. And now, silence and follow me!" + +The cellars of the Opera are enormous and they are five in number. +Raoul followed the Persian and wondered what he would have done without +his companion in that extraordinary labyrinth. They went down to the +third cellar; and their progress was still lit by some distant lamp. + +The lower they went, the more precautions the Persian seemed to take. +He kept on turning to Raoul to see if he was holding his arm properly, +showing him how he himself carried his hand as if always ready to fire, +though the pistol was in his pocket. + +Suddenly, a loud voice made them stop. Some one above them shouted: + +"All the door-shutters on the stage! The commissary of police wants +them!" + +Steps were heard and shadows glided through the darkness. The Persian +drew Raoul behind a set piece. They saw passing before and above them +old men bent by age and the past burden of opera-scenery. Some could +hardly drag themselves along; others, from habit, with stooping bodies +and outstretched hands, looked for doors to shut. + +They were the door-shutters, the old, worn-out scene-shifters, on whom +a charitable management had taken pity, giving them the job of shutting +doors above and below the stage. They went about incessantly, from top +to bottom of the building, shutting the doors; and they were also +called "The draft-expellers," at least at that time, for I have little +doubt that by now they are all dead. Drafts are very bad for the +voice, wherever they may come from.[1] + +The two men might have stumbled over them, waking them up and provoking +a request for explanations. For the moment, M. Mifroid's inquiry saved +them from any such unpleasant encounters. + +The Persian and Raoul welcomed this incident, which relieved them of +inconvenient witnesses, for some of those door-shutters, having nothing +else to do or nowhere to lay their heads, stayed at the Opera, from +idleness or necessity, and spent the night there. + +But they were not left to enjoy their solitude for long. Other shades +now came down by the same way by which the door-shutters had gone up. +Each of these shades carried a little lantern and moved it about, +above, below and all around, as though looking for something or +somebody. + +"Hang it!" muttered the Persian. "I don't know what they are looking +for, but they might easily find us ... Let us get away, quick! ... +Your hand up, sir, ready to fire! ... Bend your arm ... more ... that's +it! ... Hand at the level of your eye, as though you were fighting a +duel and waiting for the word to fire! Oh, leave your pistol in your +pocket. Quick, come along, down-stairs. Level of your eye! Question +of life or death! ... Here, this way, these stairs!" They reached the +fifth cellar. "Oh, what a duel, sir, what a duel!" + +Once in the fifth cellar, the Persian drew breath. He seemed to enjoy +a rather greater sense of security than he had displayed when they both +stopped in the third; but he never altered the attitude of his hand. +And Raoul, remembering the Persian's observation--"I know these pistols +can be relied upon"--was more and more astonished, wondering why any +one should be so gratified at being able to rely upon a pistol which he +did not intend to use! + +But the Persian left him no time for reflection. Telling Raoul to stay +where he was, he ran up a few steps of the staircase which they had +just left and then returned. + +"How stupid of us!" he whispered. "We shall soon have seen the end of +those men with their lanterns. It is the firemen going their +rounds."[2] + +The two men waited five minutes longer. Then the Persian took Raoul up +the stairs again; but suddenly he stopped him with a gesture. +Something moved in the darkness before them. + +"Flat on your stomach!" whispered the Persian. + +The two men lay flat on the floor. + +They were only just in time. A shade, this time carrying no light, +just a shade in the shade, passed. It passed close to them, near +enough to touch them. + +They felt the warmth of its cloak upon them. For they could +distinguish the shade sufficiently to see that it wore a cloak which +shrouded it from head to foot. On its head it had a soft felt hat ... + +It moved away, drawing its feet against the walls and sometimes giving +a kick into a corner. + +"Whew!" said the Persian. "We've had a narrow escape; that shade knows +me and has twice taken me to the managers' office." + +"Is it some one belonging to the theater police?" asked Raoul. + +"It's some one much worse than that!" replied the Persian, without +giving any further explanation.[3] + +"It's not ... he?" + +"He? ... If he does not come behind us, we shall always see his yellow +eyes! That is more or less our safeguard to-night. But he may come +from behind, stealing up; and we are dead men if we do not keep our +hands as though about to fire, at the level of our eyes, in front!" + +The Persian had hardly finished speaking, when a fantastic face came in +sight ... a whole fiery face, not only two yellow eyes! + +Yes, a head of fire came toward them, at a man's height, but with no +body attached to it. The face shed fire, looked in the darkness like a +flame shaped as a man's face. + +"Oh," said the Persian, between his teeth. "I have never seen this +before! ... Pampin was not mad, after all: he had seen it! ... What +can that flame be? It is not HE, but he may have sent it! ... Take +care! ... Take care! Your hand at the level of your eyes, in Heaven's +name, at the level of your eyes! ... know most of his tricks ... but +not this one ... Come, let us run ... it is safer. Hand at the level +of your eyes!" + +And they fled down the long passage that opened before them. + +After a few seconds, that seemed to them like long minutes, they +stopped. + +"He doesn't often come this way," said the Persian. "This side has +nothing to do with him. This side does not lead to the lake nor to the +house on the lake ... But perhaps he knows that we are at his heels +... although I promised him to leave him alone and never to meddle in +his business again!" + +So saying, he turned his head and Raoul also turned his head; and they +again saw the head of fire behind their two heads. It had followed +them. And it must have run also, and perhaps faster than they, for it +seemed to be nearer to them. + +At the same time, they began to perceive a certain noise of which they +could not guess the nature. They simply noticed that the sound seemed +to move and to approach with the fiery face. It was a noise as though +thousands of nails had been scraped against a blackboard, the perfectly +unendurable noise that is sometimes made by a little stone inside the +chalk that grates on the blackboard. + +They continued to retreat, but the fiery face came on, came on, gaining +on them. They could see its features clearly now. The eyes were round +and staring, the nose a little crooked and the mouth large, with a +hanging lower lip, very like the eyes, nose and lip of the moon, when +the moon is quite red, bright red. + +How did that red moon manage to glide through the darkness, at a man's +height, with nothing to support it, at least apparently? And how did +it go so fast, so straight ahead, with such staring, staring eyes? And +what was that scratching, scraping, grating sound which it brought with +it? + +The Persian and Raoul could retreat no farther and flattened themselves +against the wall, not knowing what was going to happen because of that +incomprehensible head of fire, and especially now, because of the more +intense, swarming, living, "numerous" sound, for the sound was +certainly made up of hundreds of little sounds that moved in the +darkness, under the fiery face. + +And the fiery face came on ... with its noise ... came level with them! +... + +And the two companions, flat against their wall, felt their hair stand +on end with horror, for they now knew what the thousand noises meant. +They came in a troop, hustled along in the shadow by innumerable little +hurried waves, swifter than the waves that rush over the sands at high +tide, little night-waves foaming under the moon, under the fiery head +that was like a moon. And the little waves passed between their legs, +climbing up their legs, irresistibly, and Raoul and the Persian could +no longer restrain their cries of horror, dismay and pain. Nor could +they continue to hold their hands at the level of their eyes: their +hands went down to their legs to push back the waves, which were full +of little legs and nails and claws and teeth. + +Yes, Raoul and the Persian were ready to faint, like Pampin the +fireman. But the head of fire turned round in answer to their cries, +and spoke to them: + +"Don't move! Don't move! ... Whatever you do, don't come after me! +... I am the rat-catcher! ... Let me pass, with my rats! ..." + +And the head of fire disappeared, vanished in the darkness, while the +passage in front of it lit up, as the result of the change which the +rat-catcher had made in his dark lantern. Before, so as not to scare +the rats in front of him, he had turned his dark lantern on himself, +lighting up his own head; now, to hasten their flight, he lit the dark +space in front of him. And he jumped along, dragging with him the +waves of scratching rats, all the thousand sounds. + +Raoul and the Persian breathed again, though still trembling. + +"I ought to have remembered that Erik talked to me about the +rat-catcher," said the Persian. "But he never told me that he looked +like that ... and it's funny that I should never have met him before +... Of course, Erik never comes to this part!" + +[Illustration: two page color illustration] + +"Are we very far from the lake, sir?" asked Raoul. "When shall we get +there? ... Take me to the lake, oh, take me to the lake! ... When we +are at the lake, we will call out! ... Christine will hear us! ... And +HE will hear us, too! ... And, as you know him, we shall talk to him!" +"Baby!" said the Persian. "We shall never enter the house on the lake +by the lake! ... I myself have never landed on the other bank ... the +bank on which the house stands. ... You have to cross the lake first +... and it is well guarded! ... I fear that more than one of those +men--old scene-shifters, old door-shutters--who have never been seen +again were simply tempted to cross the lake ... It is terrible ... I +myself would have been nearly killed there ... if the monster had not +recognized me in time! ... One piece of advice, sir; never go near the +lake... And, above all, shut your ears if you hear the voice singing +under the water, the siren's voice!" + +"But then, what are we here for?" asked Raoul, in a transport of fever, +impatience and rage. "If you can do nothing for Christine, at least +let me die for her!" The Persian tried to calm the young man. + +"We have only one means of saving Christine Daae, believe me, which is +to enter the house unperceived by the monster." + +"And is there any hope of that, sir?" + +"Ah, if I had not that hope, I would not have come to fetch you!" + +"And how can one enter the house on the lake without crossing the lake?" + +"From the third cellar, from which we were so unluckily driven away. +We will go back there now ... I will tell you," said the Persian, with +a sudden change in his voice, "I will tell you the exact place, sir: it +is between a set piece and a discarded scene from ROI DE LAHORE, +exactly at the spot where Joseph Buquet died... Come, sir, take +courage and follow me! And hold your hand at the level of your eyes! +... But where are we?" + +The Persian lit his lamp again and flung its rays down two enormous +corridors that crossed each other at right angles. + +"We must be," he said, "in the part used more particularly for the +waterworks. I see no fire coming from the furnaces." + +He went in front of Raoul, seeking his road, stopping abruptly when he +was afraid of meeting some waterman. Then they had to protect +themselves against the glow of a sort of underground forge, which the +men were extinguishing, and at which Raoul recognized the demons whom +Christine had seen at the time of her first captivity. + +In this way, they gradually arrived beneath the huge cellars below the +stage. They must at this time have been at the very bottom of the +"tub" and at an extremely great depth, when we remember that the earth +was dug out at fifty feet below the water that lay under the whole of +that part of Paris.[4] + +The Persian touched a partition-wall and said: + +"If I am not mistaken, this is a wall that might easily belong to the +house on the lake." + +He was striking a partition-wall of the "tub," and perhaps it would be +as well for the reader to know how the bottom and the partition-walls +of the tub were built. In order to prevent the water surrounding the +building-operations from remaining in immediate contact with the walls +supporting the whole of the theatrical machinery, the architect was +obliged to build a double case in every direction. The work of +constructing this double case took a whole year. It was the wall of +the first inner case that the Persian struck when speaking to Raoul of +the house on the lake. To any one understanding the architecture of +the edifice, the Persian's action would seem to indicate that Erik's +mysterious house had been built in the double case, formed of a thick +wall constructed as an embankment or dam, then of a brick wall, a +tremendous layer of cement and another wall several yards in thickness. + +At the Persian's words, Raoul flung himself against the wall and +listened eagerly. But he heard nothing ... nothing ... except distant +steps sounding on the floor of the upper portions of the theater. + +The Persian darkened his lantern again. + +"Look out!" he said. "Keep your hand up! And silence! For we shall +try another way of getting in." + +And he led him to the little staircase by which they had come down +lately. + +They went up, stopping at each step, peering into the darkness and the +silence, till they came to the third cellar. Here the Persian motioned +to Raoul to go on his knees; and, in this way, crawling on both knees +and one hand--for the other hand was held in the position +indicated--they reached the end wall. + +Against this wall stood a large discarded scene from the ROI DE LAHORE. +Close to this scene was a set piece. Between the scene and the set +piece there was just room for a body ... for a body which one day was +found hanging there. The body of Joseph Buquet. + +The Persian, still kneeling, stopped and listened. For a moment, he +seemed to hesitate and looked at Raoul; then he turned his eyes upward, +toward the second cellar, which sent down the faint glimmer of a +lantern, through a cranny between two boards. This glimmer seemed to +trouble the Persian. + +At last, he tossed his head and made up his mind to act. He slipped +between the set piece and the scene from the ROI DE LAHORE, with Raoul +close upon his heels. With his free hand, the Persian felt the wall. +Raoul saw him bear heavily upon the wall, just as he had pressed +against the wall in Christine's dressing-room. Then a stone gave way, +leaving a hole in the wall. + +This time, the Persian took his pistol from his pocket and made a sign +to Raoul to do as he did. He cocked the pistol. + +And, resolutely, still on his knees, he wiggled through the hole in the +wall. Raoul, who had wished to pass first, had to be content to follow +him. + +The hole was very narrow. The Persian stopped almost at once. Raoul +heard him feeling the stones around him. Then the Persian took out his +dark lantern again, stooped forward, examined something beneath him and +immediately extinguished his lantern. Raoul heard him say, in a +whisper: + +"We shall have to drop a few yards, without making a noise; take off +your boots." + +The Persian handed his own shoes to Raoul. + +"Put them outside the wall," he said. "We shall find them there when +we leave."[5] + +He crawled a little farther on his knees, then turned right round and +said: + +"I am going to hang by my hands from the edge of the stone and let +myself drop INTO HIS HOUSE. You must do exactly the same. Do not be +afraid. I will catch you in my arms." + +Raoul soon heard a dull sound, evidently produced by the fall of the +Persian, and then dropped down. + +He felt himself clasped in the Persian's arms. + +"Hush!" said the Persian. + +And they stood motionless, listening. + +The darkness was thick around them, the silence heavy and terrible. + +Then the Persian began to make play with the dark lantern again, +turning the rays over their heads, looking for the hole through which +they had come, and failing to find it: + +"Oh!" he said. "The stone has closed of itself!" + +And the light of the lantern swept down the wall and over the floor. + +The Persian stooped and picked up something, a sort of cord, which he +examined for a second and flung away with horror. + +"The Punjab lasso!" he muttered. + +"What is it?" asked Raoul. + +The Persian shivered. "It might very well be the rope by which the man +was hanged, and which was looked for so long." + +And, suddenly seized with fresh anxiety, he moved the little red disk +of his lantern over the walls. In this way, he lit up a curious thing: +the trunk of a tree, which seemed still quite alive, with its leaves; +and the branches of that tree ran right up the walls and disappeared in +the ceiling. + +Because of the smallness of the luminous disk, it was difficult at +first to make out the appearance of things: they saw a corner of a +branch ... and a leaf ... and another leaf ... and, next to it, nothing +at all, nothing but the ray of light that seemed to reflect itself ... +Raoul passed his hand over that nothing, over that reflection. + +"Hullo!" he said. "The wall is a looking-glass!" + +"Yes, a looking-glass!" said the Persian, in a tone of deep emotion. +And, passing the hand that held the pistol over his moist forehead, he +added, "We have dropped into the torture-chamber!" + +What the Persian knew of this torture-chamber and what there befell him +and his companion shall be told in his own words, as set down in a +manuscript which he left behind him, and which I copy VERBATIM. + + + +[1] M. Pedro Gailhard has himself told me that he created a few +additional posts as door-shutters for old stage-carpenters whom he was +unwilling to dismiss from the service of the Opera. + +[2] In those days, it was still part of the firemen's duty to watch +over the safety of the Opera house outside the performances; but this +service has since been suppressed. I asked M. Pedro Gailhard the +reason, and he replied: + +"It was because the management was afraid that, in their utter +inexperience of the cellars of the Opera, the firemen might set fire to +the building!" + +[3] Like the Persian, I can give no further explanation touching the +apparition of this shade. Whereas, in this historic narrative, +everything else will be normally explained, however abnormal the course +of events may seem, I can not give the reader expressly to understand +what the Persian meant by the words, "It is some one much worse than +that!" The reader must try to guess for himself, for I promised M. +Pedro Gailhard, the former manager of the Opera, to keep his secret +regarding the extremely interesting and useful personality of the +wandering, cloaked shade which, while condemning itself to live in the +cellars of the Opera, rendered such immense services to those who, on +gala evenings, for instance, venture to stray away from the stage. I +am speaking of state services; and, upon my word of honor, I can say no +more. + +[4] All the water had to be exhausted, in the building of the Opera. +To give an idea of the amount of water that was pumped up, I can tell +the reader that it represented the area of the courtyard of the Louvre +and a height half as deep again as the towers of Notre Dame. And +nevertheless the engineers had to leave a lake. + +[5] These two pairs of boots, which were placed, according to the +Persian's papers, just between the set piece and the scene from the ROI +DE LAHORE, on the spot where Joseph Buquet was found hanging, were +never discovered. They must have been taken by some stage-carpenter or +"door-shutter." + + + + +Chapter XXI Interesting and Instructive Vicissitudes of a Persian in +the Cellars of the Opera + + +THE PERSIAN'S NARRATIVE + +It was the first time that I entered the house on the lake. I had +often begged the "trap-door lover," as we used to call Erik in my +country, to open its mysterious doors to me. He always refused. I +made very many attempts, but in vain, to obtain admittance. Watch him +as I might, after I first learned that he had taken up his permanent +abode at the Opera, the darkness was always too thick to enable me to +see how he worked the door in the wall on the lake. One day, when I +thought myself alone, I stepped into the boat and rowed toward that +part of the wall through which I had seen Erik disappear. It was then +that I came into contact with the siren who guarded the approach and +whose charm was very nearly fatal to me. + +I had no sooner put off from the bank than the silence amid which I +floated on the water was disturbed by a sort of whispered singing that +hovered all around me. It was half breath, half music; it rose softly +from the waters of the lake; and I was surrounded by it through I knew +not what artifice. It followed me, moved with me and was so soft that +it did not alarm me. On the contrary, in my longing to approach the +source of that sweet and enticing harmony, I leaned out of my little +boat over the water, for there was no doubt in my mind that the singing +came from the water itself. By this time, I was alone in the boat in +the middle of the lake; the voice--for it was now distinctly a +voice--was beside me, on the water. I leaned over, leaned still +farther. The lake was perfectly calm, and a moonbeam that passed +through the air hole in the Rue Scribe showed me absolutely nothing on +its surface, which was smooth and black as ink. I shook my ears to get +rid of a possible humming; but I soon had to accept the fact that there +was no humming in the ears so harmonious as the singing whisper that +followed and now attracted me. + +Had I been inclined to superstition, I should have certainly thought +that I had to do with some siren whose business it was to confound the +traveler who should venture on the waters of the house on the lake. +Fortunately, I come from a country where we are too fond of fantastic +things not to know them through and through; and I had no doubt but +that I was face to face with some new invention of Erik's. But this +invention was so perfect that, as I leaned out of the boat, I was +impelled less by a desire to discover its trick than to enjoy its +charm; and I leaned out, leaned out until I almost overturned the boat. + +Suddenly, two monstrous arms issued from the bosom of the waters and +seized me by the neck, dragging me down to the depths with irresistible +force. I should certainly have been lost, if I had not had time to +give a cry by which Erik knew me. For it was he; and, instead of +drowning me, as was certainly his first intention, he swam with me and +laid me gently on the bank: + +"How imprudent you are!" he said, as he stood before me, dripping with +water. "Why try to enter my house? I never invited you! I don't want +you there, nor anybody! Did you save my life only to make it +unbearable to me? However great the service you rendered him, Erik may +end by forgetting it; and you know that nothing can restrain Erik, not +even Erik himself." + +He spoke, but I had now no other wish than to know what I already +called the trick of the siren. He satisfied my curiosity, for Erik, +who is a real monster--I have seen him at work in Persia, alas--is +also, in certain respects, a regular child, vain and self-conceited, +and there is nothing he loves so much, after astonishing people, as to +prove all the really miraculous ingenuity of his mind. + +He laughed and showed me a long reed. + +"It's the silliest trick you ever saw," he said, "but it's very useful +for breathing and singing in the water. I learned it from the Tonkin +pirates, who are able to remain hidden for hours in the beds of the +rivers."[1] + +I spoke to him severely. + +"It's a trick that nearly killed me!" I said. "And it may have been +fatal to others! You know what you promised me, Erik? No more +murders!" + +"Have I really committed murders?" he asked, putting on his most +amiable air. + +"Wretched man!" I cried. "Have you forgotten the rosy hours of +Mazenderan?" + +"Yes," he replied, in a sadder tone, "I prefer to forget them. I used +to make the little sultana laugh, though!" + +"All that belongs to the past," I declared; "but there is the present +... and you are responsible to me for the present, because, if I had +wished, there would have been none at all for you. Remember that, +Erik: I saved your life!" + +And I took advantage of the turn of conversation to speak to him of +something that had long been on my mind: + +"Erik," I asked, "Erik, swear that ..." + +"What?" he retorted. "You know I never keep my oaths. Oaths are made +to catch gulls with." + +"Tell me ... you can tell me, at any rate..." + +"Well?" + +"Well, the chandelier ... the chandelier, Erik? ..." + +"What about the chandelier?" + +"You know what I mean." + +"Oh," he sniggered, "I don't mind telling you about the chandelier! +... IT WASN'T I! ... The chandelier was very old and worn." + +When Erik laughed, he was more terrible than ever. He jumped into the +boat, chuckling so horribly that I could not help trembling. + +"Very old and worn, my dear daroga![2] Very old and worn, the +chandelier! ... It fell of itself! ... It came down with a smash! ... +And now, daroga, take my advice and go and dry yourself, or you'll +catch a cold in the head! ... And never get into my boat again ... +And, whatever you do, don't try to enter my house: I'm not always +there ... daroga! And I should be sorry to have to dedicate my Requiem +Mass to you!" + +So saying, swinging to and fro, like a monkey, and still chuckling, he +pushed off and soon disappeared in the darkness of the lake. + +From that day, I gave up all thought of penetrating into his house by +the lake. That entrance was obviously too well guarded, especially +since he had learned that I knew about it. But I felt that there must +be another entrance, for I had often seen Erik disappear in the third +cellar, when I was watching him, though I could not imagine how. + +Ever since I had discovered Erik installed in the Opera, I lived in a +perpetual terror of his horrible fancies, not in so far as I was +concerned, but I dreaded everything for others.[3] + +And whenever some accident, some fatal event happened, I always thought +to myself, "I should not be surprised if that were Erik," even as +others used to say, "It's the ghost!" How often have I not heard +people utter that phrase with a smile! Poor devils! If they had known +that the ghost existed in the flesh, I swear they would not have +laughed! + +Although Erik announced to me very solemnly that he had changed and +that he had become the most virtuous of men SINCE HE WAS LOVED FOR +HIMSELF--a sentence that, at first, perplexed me most terribly--I could +not help shuddering when I thought of the monster. His horrible, +unparalleled and repulsive ugliness put him without the pale of +humanity; and it often seemed to me that, for this reason, he no longer +believed that he had any duty toward the human race. The way in which +he spoke of his love affairs only increased my alarm, for I foresaw the +cause of fresh and more hideous tragedies in this event to which he +alluded so boastfully. + +On the other hand, I soon discovered the curious moral traffic +established between the monster and Christine Daae. Hiding in the +lumber-room next to the young prima donna's dressing-room, I listened +to wonderful musical displays that evidently flung Christine into +marvelous ecstasy; but, all the same, I would never have thought that +Erik's voice--which was loud as thunder or soft as angels' voices, at +will--could have made her forget his ugliness. I understood all when I +learned that Christine had not yet seen him! I had occasion to go to +the dressing-room and, remembering the lessons he had once given me, I +had no difficulty in discovering the trick that made the wall with the +mirror swing round and I ascertained the means of hollow bricks and so +on--by which he made his voice carry to Christine as though she heard +it close beside her. In this way also I discovered the road that led +to the well and the dungeon--the Communists' dungeon--and also the +trap-door that enabled Erik to go straight to the cellars below the +stage. + +A few days later, what was not my amazement to learn by my own eyes and +ears that Erik and Christine Daae saw each other and to catch the +monster stooping over the little well, in the Communists' road and +sprinkling the forehead of Christine Daae, who had fainted. A white +horse, the horse out of the PROFETA, which had disappeared from the +stables under the Opera, was standing quietly beside them. I showed +myself. It was terrible. I saw sparks fly from those yellow eyes and, +before I had time to say a word, I received a blow on the head that +stunned me. + +When I came to myself, Erik, Christine and the white horse had +disappeared. I felt sure that the poor girl was a prisoner in the +house on the lake. Without hesitation, I resolved to return to the +bank, notwithstanding the attendant danger. For twenty-four hours, I +lay in wait for the monster to appear; for I felt that he must go out, +driven by the need of obtaining provisions. And, in this connection, I +may say, that, when he went out in the streets or ventured to show +himself in public, he wore a pasteboard nose, with a mustache attached +to it, instead of his own horrible hole of a nose. This did not quite +take away his corpse-like air, but it made him almost, I say almost, +endurable to look at. + +I therefore watched on the bank of the lake and, weary of long waiting, +was beginning to think that he had gone through the other door, the +door in the third cellar, when I heard a slight splashing in the dark, +I saw the two yellow eyes shining like candles and soon the boat +touched shore. Erik jumped out and walked up to me: + +"You've been here for twenty-four hours," he said, "and you're annoying +me. I tell you, all this will end very badly. And you will have +brought it upon yourself; for I have been extraordinarily patient with +you. You think you are following me, you great booby, whereas it's I +who am following you; and I know all that you know about me, here. I +spared you yesterday, in MY COMMUNISTS' ROAD; but I warn you, +seriously, don't let me catch you there again! Upon my word, you don't +seem able to take a hint!" + +He was so furious that I did not think, for the moment, of interrupting +him. After puffing and blowing like a walrus, he put his horrible +thought into words: + +"Yes, you must learn, once and for all--once and for all, I say--to +take a hint! I tell you that, with your recklessness--for you have +already been twice arrested by the shade in the felt hat, who did not +know what you were doing in the cellars and took you to the managers, +who looked upon you as an eccentric Persian interested in stage +mechanism and life behind the scenes: I know all about it, I was +there, in the office; you know I am everywhere--well, I tell you that, +with your recklessness, they will end by wondering what you are after +here ... and they will end by knowing that you are after Erik ... and +then they will be after Erik themselves and they will discover the +house on the lake ... If they do, it will be a bad lookout for you, +old chap, a bad lookout! ... I won't answer for anything." + +Again he puffed and blew like a walrus. + +"I won't answer for anything! ... If Erik's secrets cease to be Erik's +secrets, IT WILL BE A BAD LOOKOUT FOR A GOODLY NUMBER OF THE HUMAN +RACE! That's all I have to tell you, and unless you are a great booby, +it ought to be enough for you ... except that you don't know how to +take a hint." + +He had sat down on the stern of his boat and was kicking his heels +against the planks, waiting to hear what I had to answer. I simply +said: + +"It's not Erik that I'm after here!" + +"Who then?" + +"You know as well as I do: it's Christine Daae," I answered. + +He retorted: "I have every right to see her in my own house. I am +loved for my own sake." + +"That's not true," I said. "You have carried her off and are keeping +her locked up." + +"Listen," he said. "Will you promise never to meddle with my affairs +again, if I prove to you that I am loved for my own sake?" + +"Yes, I promise you," I replied, without hesitation, for I felt +convinced that for such a monster the proof was impossible. + +"Well, then, it's quite simple ... Christine Daae shall leave this as +she pleases and come back again! ... Yes, come back again, because she +wishes ... come back of herself, because she loves me for myself! ..." + +"Oh, I doubt if she will come back! ... But it is your duty to let her +go." "My duty, you great booby! ... It is my wish ... my wish to let +her go; and she will come back again ... for she loves me! ... All this +will end in a marriage ... a marriage at the Madeleine, you great +booby! Do you believe me now? When I tell you that my nuptial mass is +written ... wait till you hear the KYRIE..." + +He beat time with his heels on the planks of the boat and sang: + +"KYRIE! ... KYRIE! ... KYRIE ELEISON! ... Wait till you hear, wait till +you hear that mass." + +"Look here," I said. "I shall believe you if I see Christine Daae come +out of the house on the lake and go back to it of her own accord." + +"And you won't meddle any more in my affairs?" + +"No." + +"Very well, you shall see that to-night. Come to the masked ball. +Christine and I will go and have a look round. Then you can hide in +the lumber-room and you shall see Christine, who will have gone to her +dressing-room, delighted to come back by the Communists' road... And, +now, be off, for I must go and do some shopping!" + +To my intense astonishment, things happened as he had announced. +Christine Daae left the house on the lake and returned to it several +times, without, apparently, being forced to do so. It was very +difficult for me to clear my mind of Erik. However, I resolved to be +extremely prudent, and did not make the mistake of returning to the +shore of the lake, or of going by the Communists' road. But the idea +of the secret entrance in the third cellar haunted me, and I repeatedly +went and waited for hours behind a scene from the Roi de Lahore, which +had been left there for some reason or other. At last my patience was +rewarded. One day, I saw the monster come toward me, on his knees. I +was certain that he could not see me. He passed between the scene +behind which I stood and a set piece, went to the wall and pressed on a +spring that moved a stone and afforded him an ingress. He passed +through this, and the stone closed behind him. + +I waited for at least thirty minutes and then pressed the spring in my +turn. Everything happened as with Erik. But I was careful not to go +through the hole myself, for I knew that Erik was inside. On the other +hand, the idea that I might be caught by Erik suddenly made me think of +the death of Joseph Buquet. I did not wish to jeopardize the +advantages of so great a discovery which might be useful to many +people, "to a goodly number of the human race," in Erik's words; and I +left the cellars of the Opera after carefully replacing the stone. + +I continued to be greatly interested in the relations between Erik and +Christine Daae, not from any morbid curiosity, but because of the +terrible thought which obsessed my mind that Erik was capable of +anything, if he once discovered that he was not loved for his own sake, +as he imagined. I continued to wander, very cautiously, about the +Opera and soon learned the truth about the monster's dreary love-affair. + +He filled Christine's mind, through the terror with which he inspired +her, but the dear child's heart belonged wholly to the Vicomte Raoul de +Chagny. While they played about, like an innocent engaged couple, on +the upper floors of the Opera, to avoid the monster, they little +suspected that some one was watching over them. I was prepared to do +anything: to kill the monster, if necessary, and explain to the police +afterward. But Erik did not show himself; and I felt none the more +comfortable for that. + +I must explain my whole plan. I thought that the monster, being driven +from his house by jealousy, would thus enable me to enter it, without +danger, through the passage in the third cellar. It was important, for +everybody's sake, that I should know exactly what was inside. One day, +tired of waiting for an opportunity, I moved the stone and at once +heard an astounding music: the monster was working at his Don Juan +Triumphant, with every door in his house wide open. I knew that this +was the work of his life. I was careful not to stir and remained +prudently in my dark hole. + +He stopped playing, for a moment, and began walking about his place, +like a madman. And he said aloud, at the top of his voice: + +"It must be finished FIRST! Quite finished!" + +This speech was not calculated to reassure me and, when the music +recommenced, I closed the stone very softly. + +On the day of the abduction of Christine Daae, I did not come to the +theater until rather late in the evening, trembling lest I should hear +bad news. I had spent a horrible day, for, after reading in a morning +paper the announcement of a forthcoming marriage between Christine and +the Vicomte de Chagny, I wondered whether, after all, I should not do +better to denounce the monster. But reason returned to me, and I was +persuaded that this action could only precipitate a possible +catastrophe. + +When, my cab set me down before the Opera, I was really almost +astonished to see it still standing! But I am something of a fatalist, +like all good Orientals, and I entered ready, for anything. + +Christine Daae's abduction in the Prison Act, which naturally surprised +everybody, found me prepared. I was quite certain that she had been +juggled away by Erik, that prince of conjurers. And I thought +positively that this was the end of Christine and perhaps of everybody, +so much so that I thought of advising all these people who were staying +on at the theater to make good their escape. I felt, however, that +they would be sure to look upon me as mad and I refrained. + +On the other hand, I resolved to act without further delay, as far as I +was concerned. The chances were in my favor that Erik, at that moment, +was thinking only of his captive. This was the moment to enter his +house through the third cellar; and I resolved to take with me that +poor little desperate viscount, who, at the first suggestion, accepted, +with an amount of confidence in myself that touched me profoundly. I +had sent my servant for my pistols. I gave one to the viscount and +advised him to hold himself ready to fire, for, after all, Erik might +be waiting for us behind the wall. We were to go by the Communists' +road and through the trap-door. + +Seeing my pistols, the little viscount asked me if we were going to +fight a duel. I said: + +"Yes; and what a duel!" But, of course, I had no time to explain +anything to him. The little viscount is a brave fellow, but he knew +hardly anything about his adversary; and it was so much the better. My +great fear was that he was already somewhere near us, preparing the +Punjab lasso. No one knows better than he how to throw the Punjab +lasso, for he is the king of stranglers even as he is the prince of +conjurors. When he had finished making the little sultana laugh, at +the time of the "rosy hours of Mazenderan," she herself used to ask him +to amuse her by giving her a thrill. It was then that he introduced +the sport of the Punjab lasso. + +He had lived in India and acquired an incredible skill in the art of +strangulation. He would make them lock him into a courtyard to which +they brought a warrior--usually, a man condemned to death--armed with a +long pike and broadsword. Erik had only his lasso; and it was always +just when the warrior thought that he was going to fell Erik with a +tremendous blow that we heard the lasso whistle through the air. With +a turn of the wrist, Erik tightened the noose round his adversary's +neck and, in this fashion, dragged him before the little sultana and +her women, who sat looking from a window and applauding. The little +sultana herself learned to wield the Punjab lasso and killed several of +her women and even of the friends who visited her. But I prefer to +drop this terrible subject of the rosy hours of Mazenderan. I have +mentioned it only to explain why, on arriving with the Vicomte de +Chagny in the cellars of the Opera, I was bound to protect my companion +against the ever-threatening danger of death by strangling. My pistols +could serve no purpose, for Erik was not likely to show himself; but +Erik could always strangle us. I had no time to explain all this to +the viscount; besides, there was nothing to be gained by complicating +the position. I simply told M. de Chagny to keep his hand at the level +of his eyes, with the arm bent, as though waiting for the command to +fire. With his victim in this attitude, it is impossible even for the +most expert strangler to throw the lasso with advantage. It catches +you not only round the neck, but also round the arm or hand. This +enables you easily to unloose the lasso, which then becomes harmless. + +After avoiding the commissary of police, a number of door-shutters and +the firemen, after meeting the rat-catcher and passing the man in the +felt hat unperceived, the viscount and I arrived without obstacle in +the third cellar, between the set piece and the scene from the Roi de +Lahore. I worked the stone, and we jumped into the house which Erik +had built himself in the double case of the foundation-walls of the +Opera. And this was the easiest thing in the world for him to do, +because Erik was one of the chief contractors under Philippe Garnier, +the architect of the Opera, and continued to work by himself when the +works were officially suspended, during the war, the siege of Paris and +the Commune. + +I knew my Erik too well to feel at all comfortable on jumping into his +house. I knew what he had made of a certain palace at Mazenderan. +From being the most honest building conceivable, he soon turned it into +a house of the very devil, where you could not utter a word but it was +overheard or repeated by an echo. With his trap-doors the monster was +responsible for endless tragedies of all kinds. He hit upon +astonishing inventions. Of these, the most curious, horrible and +dangerous was the so-called torture-chamber. Except in special cases, +when the little sultana amused herself by inflicting suffering upon +some unoffending citizen, no one was let into it but wretches condemned +to death. And, even then, when these had "had enough," they were +always at liberty to put an end to themselves with a Punjab lasso or +bowstring, left for their use at the foot of an iron tree. + +My alarm, therefore, was great when I saw that the room into which M. +le Vicomte de Chagny and I had dropped was an exact copy of the +torture-chamber of the rosy hours of Mazenderan. At our feet, I found +the Punjab lasso which I had been dreading all the evening. I was +convinced that this rope had already done duty for Joseph Buquet, who, +like myself, must have caught Erik one evening working the stone in the +third cellar. He probably tried it in his turn, fell into the +torture-chamber and only left it hanged. I can well imagine Erik +dragging the body, in order to get rid of it, to the scene from the Roi +de Lahore, and hanging it there as an example, or to increase the +superstitious terror that was to help him in guarding the approaches to +his lair! Then, upon reflection, Erik went back to fetch the Punjab +lasso, which is very curiously made out of catgut, and which might have +set an examining magistrate thinking. This explains the disappearance +of the rope. + +And now I discovered the lasso, at our feet, in the torture-chamber! +... I am no coward, but a cold sweat covered my forehead as I moved +the little red disk of my lantern over the walls. + +M. de Chagny noticed it and asked: + +"What is the matter, sir?" + +I made him a violent sign to be silent. + + + +[1] An official report from Tonkin, received in Paris at the end of +July, 1909, relates how the famous pirate chief De Tham was tracked, +together with his men, by our soldiers; and how all of them succeeded +in escaping, thanks to this trick of the reeds. + +[2] DAROGA is Persian for chief of police. + +[3] The Persian might easily have admitted that Erik's fate also +interested himself, for he was well aware that, if the government of +Teheran had learned that Erik was still alive, it would have been all +up with the modest pension of the erstwhile daroga. It is only fair, +however, to add that the Persian had a noble and generous heart; and I +do not doubt for a moment that the catastrophes which he feared for +others greatly occupied his mind. His conduct, throughout this +business, proves it and is above all praise. + + + + +Chapter XXII In the Torture Chamber + + +THE PERSIAN'S NARRATIVE CONTINUED + +We were in the middle of a little six-cornered room, the sides of which +were covered with mirrors from top to bottom. In the corners, we could +clearly see the "joins" in the glasses, the segments intended to turn +on their gear; yes, I recognized them and I recognized the iron tree in +the corner, at the bottom of one of those segments ... the iron tree, +with its iron branch, for the hanged men. + +I seized my companion's arm: the Vicomte de Chagny was all a-quiver, +eager to shout to his betrothed that he was bringing her help. I +feared that he would not be able to contain himself. + +Suddenly, we heard a noise on our left. It sounded at first like a +door opening and shutting in the next room; and then there was a dull +moan. I clutched M. de Chagny's arm more firmly still; and then we +distinctly heard these words: + +"You must make your choice! The wedding mass or the requiem mass!" I +recognized the voice of the monster. + +There was another moan, followed by a long silence. + +I was persuaded by now that the monster was unaware of our presence in +his house, for otherwise he would certainly have managed not to let us +hear him. He would only have had to close the little invisible window +through which the torture-lovers look down into the torture-chamber. +Besides, I was certain that, if he had known of our presence, the +tortures would have begun at once. + +The important thing was not to let him know; and I dreaded nothing so +much as the impulsiveness of the Vicomte de Chagny, who wanted to rush +through the walls to Christine Daae, whose moans we continued to hear +at intervals. + +"The requiem mass is not at all gay," Erik's voice resumed, "whereas +the wedding mass--you can take my word for it--is magnificent! You +must take a resolution and know your own mind! I can't go on living +like this, like a mole in a burrow! Don Juan Triumphant is finished; +and now I want to live like everybody else. I want to have a wife like +everybody else and to take her out on Sundays. I have invented a mask +that makes me look like anybody. People will not even turn round in +the streets. You will be the happiest of women. And we will sing, all +by ourselves, till we swoon away with delight. You are crying! You +are afraid of me! And yet I am not really wicked. Love me and you +shall see! All I wanted was to be loved for myself. If you loved me I +should be as gentle as a lamb; and you could do anything with me that +you pleased." + +Soon the moans that accompanied this sort of love's litany increased +and increased. I have never heard anything more despairing; and M. de +Chagny and I recognized that this terrible lamentation came from Erik +himself. Christine seemed to be standing dumb with horror, without the +strength to cry out, while the monster was on his knees before her. + +Three times over, Erik fiercely bewailed his fate: + +"You don't love me! You don't love me! You don't love me!" + +And then, more gently: + +"Why do you cry? You know it gives me pain to see you cry!" + +A silence. + +Each silence gave us fresh hope. We said to ourselves: + +"Perhaps he has left Christine behind the wall." + +And we thought only of the possibility of warning Christine Daae of our +presence, unknown to the monster. We were unable to leave the +torture-chamber now, unless Christine opened the door to us; and it was +only on this condition that we could hope to help her, for we did not +even know where the door might be. + +Suddenly, the silence in the next room was disturbed by the ringing of +an electric bell. There was a bound on the other side of the wall and +Erik's voice of thunder: + +"Somebody ringing! Walk in, please!" + +A sinister chuckle. + +"Who has come bothering now? Wait for me here ... I AM GOING TO TELL +THE SIREN TO OPEN THE DOOR." + +Steps moved away, a door closed. I had no time to think of the fresh +horror that was preparing; I forgot that the monster was only going out +perhaps to perpetrate a fresh crime; I understood but one thing: +Christine was alone behind the wall! + +The Vicomte de Chagny was already calling to her: + +"Christine! Christine!" + +As we could hear what was said in the next room, there was no reason +why my companion should not be heard in his turn. Nevertheless, the +viscount had to repeat his cry time after time. + +At last, a faint voice reached us. + +"I am dreaming!" it said. + +"Christine, Christine, it is I, Raoul!" + +A silence. + +"But answer me, Christine! ... In Heaven's name, if you are alone, +answer me!" + +Then Christine's voice whispered Raoul's name. + +"Yes! Yes! It is I! It is not a dream! ... Christine, trust me! ... +We are here to save you ... but be prudent! When you hear the monster, +warn us!" + +Then Christine gave way to fear. She trembled lest Erik should +discover where Raoul was hidden; she told us in a few hurried words +that Erik had gone quite mad with love and that he had decided TO KILL +EVERYBODY AND HIMSELF WITH EVERYBODY if she did not consent to become +his wife. He had given her till eleven o'clock the next evening for +reflection. It was the last respite. She must choose, as he said, +between the wedding mass and the requiem. + +And Erik had then uttered a phrase which Christine did not quite +understand: + +"Yes or no! If your answer is no, everybody will be dead AND BURIED!" + +But I understood the sentence perfectly, for it corresponded in a +terrible manner with my own dreadful thought. + +"Can you tell us where Erik is?" I asked. + +She replied that he must have left the house. + +"Could you make sure?" + +"No. I am fastened. I can not stir a limb." + +When we heard this, M. de Chagny and I gave a yell of fury. Our +safety, the safety of all three of us, depended on the girl's liberty +of movement. + +"But where are you?" asked Christine. "There are only two doors in my +room, the Louis-Philippe room of which I told you, Raoul; a door +through which Erik comes and goes, and another which he has never +opened before me and which he has forbidden me ever to go through, +because he says it is the most dangerous of the doors, the door of the +torture-chamber!" + +"Christine, that is where we are!" + +"You are in the torture-chamber?" + +"Yes, but we can not see the door." + +"Oh, if I could only drag myself so far! I would knock at the door and +that would tell you where it is." + +"Is it a door with a lock to it?" I asked. + +"Yes, with a lock." + +"Mademoiselle," I said, "it is absolutely necessary, that you should +open that door to us!" + +"But how?" asked the poor girl tearfully. + +We heard her straining, trying to free herself from the bonds that held +her. + +"I know where the key is," she said, in a voice that seemed exhausted +by the effort she had made. "But I am fastened so tight ... Oh, the +wretch!" + +And she gave a sob. + +"Where is the key?" I asked, signing to M. de Chagny not to speak and +to leave the business to me, for we had not a moment to lose. + +"In the next room, near the organ, with another little bronze key, +which he also forbade me to touch. They are both in a little leather +bag which he calls the bag of life and death... Raoul! Raoul! Fly! +Everything is mysterious and terrible here, and Erik will soon have +gone quite mad, and you are in the torture-chamber! ... Go back by the +way you came. There must be a reason why the room is called by that +name!" + +"Christine," said the young man. "We will go from here together or die +together!" + +"We must keep cool," I whispered. "Why has he fastened you, +mademoiselle? You can't escape from his house; and he knows it!" + +"I tried to commit suicide! The monster went out last night, after +carrying me here fainting and half chloroformed. He was going TO HIS +BANKER, so he said! ... When he returned he found me with my face +covered with blood ... I had tried to kill myself by striking my +forehead against the walls." + +"Christine!" groaned Raoul; and he began to sob. + +"Then he bound me ... I am not allowed to die until eleven o'clock +to-morrow evening." + +"Mademoiselle," I declared, "the monster bound you ... and he shall +unbind you. You have only to play the necessary part! Remember that +he loves you!" + +"Alas!" we heard. "Am I likely to forget it!" + +"Remember it and smile to him ... entreat him ... tell him that your +bonds hurt you." + +But Christine Daae said: + +"Hush! ... I hear something in the wall on the lake! ... It is he! ... +Go away! Go away! Go away!" + +"We could not go away, even if we wanted to," I said, as impressively +as I could. "We can not leave this! And we are in the +torture-chamber!" + +"Hush!" whispered Christine again. + +Heavy steps sounded slowly behind the wall, then stopped and made the +floor creak once more. Next came a tremendous sigh, followed by a cry +of horror from Christine, and we heard Erik's voice: + +"I beg your pardon for letting you see a face like this! What a state +I am in, am I not? It's THE OTHER ONE'S FAULT! Why did he ring? Do I +ask people who pass to tell me the time? He will never ask anybody the +time again! It is the siren's fault." + +[Illustration: two page color illustration] + +Another sigh, deeper, more tremendous still, came from the abysmal +depths of a soul. + +"Why did you cry out, Christine?" + +"Because I am in pain, Erik." + +"I thought I had frightened you." + +"Erik, unloose my bonds ... Am I not your prisoner?" + +"You will try to kill yourself again." + +"You have given me till eleven o'clock to-morrow evening, Erik." + +The footsteps dragged along the floor again. + +"After all, as we are to die together ... and I am just as eager as you +... yes, I have had enough of this life, you know... Wait, don't move, +I will release you ... You have only one word to say: 'NO!' And it +will at once be over WITH EVERYBODY! ... You are right, you are right; +why wait till eleven o'clock to-morrow evening? True, it would have +been grander, finer ... But that is childish nonsense ... We should +only think of ourselves in this life, of our own death ... the rest +doesn't matter... YOU'RE LOOKING AT ME BECAUSE I AM ALL WET? ... Oh, +my dear, it's raining cats and dogs outside! ... Apart from that, +Christine, I think I am subject to hallucinations ... You know, the +man who rang at the siren's door just now--go and look if he's ringing +at the bottom of the lake-well, he was rather like... There, turn +round ... are you glad? You're free now... Oh, my poor Christine, +look at your wrists: tell me, have I hurt them? ... That alone +deserves death ... Talking of death, I MUST SING HIS REQUIEM!" + +Hearing these terrible remarks, I received an awful presentiment ... I +too had once rung at the monster's door ... and, without knowing it, +must have set some warning current in motion. + +And I remembered the two arms that had emerged from the inky waters... +What poor wretch had strayed to that shore this time? Who was 'the +other one,' the one whose requiem we now heard sung? + +Erik sang like the god of thunder, sang a DIES IRAE that enveloped us +as in a storm. The elements seemed to rage around us. Suddenly, the +organ and the voice ceased so suddenly that M. de Chagny sprang back, +on the other side of the wall, with emotion. And the voice, changed +and transformed, distinctly grated out these metallic syllables: "WHAT +HAVE YOU DONE WITH MY BAG?" + + + +Chapter XXIII The Tortures Begin + + +THE PERSIAN'S NARRATIVE CONTINUED. + +The voice repeated angrily: "What have you done with my bag? So it +was to take my bag that you asked me to release you!" + +We heard hurried steps, Christine running back to the Louis-Philippe +room, as though to seek shelter on the other side of our wall. + +"What are you running away for?" asked the furious voice, which had +followed her. "Give me back my bag, will you? Don't you know that it +is the bag of life and death?" + +"Listen to me, Erik," sighed the girl. "As it is settled that we are +to live together ... what difference can it make to you?" + +"You know there are only two keys in it," said the monster. "What do +you want to do?" + +"I want to look at this room which I have never seen and which you have +always kept from me ... It's woman's curiosity!" she said, in a tone +which she tried to render playful. + +But the trick was too childish for Erik to be taken in by it. + +"I don't like curious women," he retorted, "and you had better remember +the story of BLUE-BEARD and be careful ... Come, give me back my bag! +... Give me back my bag! ... Leave the key alone, will you, you +inquisitive little thing?" + +And he chuckled, while Christine gave a cry of pain. Erik had +evidently recovered the bag from her. + +At that moment, the viscount could not help uttering an exclamation of +impotent rage. + +"Why, what's that?" said the monster. "Did you hear, Christine?" + +"No, no," replied the poor girl. "I heard nothing." + +"I thought I heard a cry." + +"A cry! Are you going mad, Erik? Whom do you expect to give a cry, in +this house? ... I cried out, because you hurt me! I heard nothing." + +"I don't like the way you said that! ... You're trembling... You're +quite excited ... You're lying! ... That was a cry, there was a cry! +... There is some one in the torture-chamber! ... Ah, I understand +now!" + +"There is no one there, Erik!" + +"I understand!" + +"No one!" + +"The man you want to marry, perhaps!" + +"I don't want to marry anybody, you know I don't." + +Another nasty chuckle. "Well, it won't take long to find out. +Christine, my love, we need not open the door to see what is happening +in the torture-chamber. Would you like to see? Would you like to see? +Look here! If there is some one, if there is really some one there, +you will see the invisible window light up at the top, near the +ceiling. We need only draw the black curtain and put out the light in +here. There, that's it ... Let's put out the light! You're not +afraid of the dark, when you're with your little husband!" + +Then we heard Christine's voice of anguish: + +"No! ... I'm frightened! ... I tell you, I'm afraid of the dark! ... I +don't care about that room now ... You're always frightening me, like +a child, with your torture-chamber! ... And so I became inquisitive... +But I don't care about it now ... not a bit ... not a bit!" + +And that which I feared above all things began, AUTOMATICALLY. We were +suddenly flooded with light! Yes, on our side of the wall, everything +seemed aglow. The Vicomte de Chagny was so much taken aback that he +staggered. And the angry voice roared: + +"I told you there was some one! Do you see the window now? The +lighted window, right up there? The man behind the wall can't see it! +But you shall go up the folding steps: that is what they are there +for! ... You have often asked me to tell you; and now you know! ... +They are there to give a peep into the torture-chamber ... you +inquisitive little thing!" + +"What tortures? ... Who is being tortured? ... Erik, Erik, say you are +only trying to frighten me! ... Say it, if you love me, Erik! ... There +are no tortures, are there?" + +"Go and look at the little window, dear!" + +I do not know if the viscount heard the girl's swooning voice, for he +was too much occupied by the astounding spectacle that now appeared +before his distracted gaze. As for me, I had seen that sight too +often, through the little window, at the time of the rosy hours of +Mazenderan; and I cared only for what was being said next door, seeking +for a hint how to act, what resolution to take. + +"Go and peep through the little window! Tell me what he looks like!" + +We heard the steps being dragged against the wall. + +"Up with you! ... No! ... No, I will go up myself, dear!" + +"Oh, very well, I will go up. Let me go!" + +"Oh, my darling, my darling! ... How sweet of you! ... How nice of you +to save me the exertion at my age! ... Tell me what he looks like!" + +At that moment, we distinctly heard these words above our heads: + +"There is no one there, dear!" + +"No one? ... Are you sure there is no one?" + +"Why, of course not ... no one!" + +"Well, that's all right! ... What's the matter, Christine? You're not +going to faint, are you ... as there is no one there? ... Here ... +come down ... there! ... Pull yourself together ... as there is no one +there! ... BUT HOW DO YOU LIKE THE LANDSCAPE?" + +"Oh, very much!" + +"There, that's better! ... You're better now, are you not? ... That's +all right, you're better! ... No excitement! ... And what a funny +house, isn't it, with landscapes like that in it?" + +"Yes, it's like the Musee Grevin ... But, say, Erik ... there are no +tortures in there! ... What a fright you gave me!" + +"Why ... as there is no one there?" + +"Did you design that room? It's very handsome. You're a great artist, +Erik." + +"Yes, a great artist, in my own line." + +"But tell me, Erik, why did you call that room the torture-chamber?" + +"Oh, it's very simple. First of all, what did you see?" + +"I saw a forest." + +"And what is in a forest?" + +"Trees." + +"And what is in a tree?" + +"Birds." + +"Did you see any birds?" + +"No, I did not see any birds." + +"Well, what did you see? Think! You saw branches And what are the +branches?" asked the terrible voice. "THERE'S A GIBBET! That is why I +call my wood the torture-chamber! ... You see, it's all a joke. I +never express myself like other people. But I am very tired of it! ... +I'm sick and tired of having a forest and a torture-chamber in my house +and of living like a mountebank, in a house with a false bottom! ... +I'm tired of it! I want to have a nice, quiet flat, with ordinary +doors and windows and a wife inside it, like anybody else! A wife whom +I could love and take out on Sundays and keep amused on week-days ... +Here, shall I show you some card-tricks? That will help us to pass a +few minutes, while waiting for eleven o'clock to-morrow evening ... My +dear little Christine! ... Are you listening to me? ... Tell me you +love me! ... No, you don't love me ... but no matter, you will! ... +Once, you could not look at my mask because you knew what was behind... +And now you don't mind looking at it and you forget what is behind! ... +One can get used to everything ... if one wishes... Plenty of young +people who did not care for each other before marriage have adored each +other since! Oh, I don't know what I am talking about! But you would +have lots of fun with me. For instance, I am the greatest +ventriloquist that ever lived, I am the first ventriloquist in the +world! ... You're laughing ... Perhaps you don't believe me? Listen." + +The wretch, who really was the first ventriloquist in the world, was +only trying to divert the child's attention from the torture-chamber; +but it was a stupid scheme, for Christine thought of nothing but us! +She repeatedly besought him, in the gentlest tones which she could +assume: + +"Put out the light in the little window! ... Erik, do put out the light +in the little window!" + +For she saw that this light, which appeared so suddenly and of which +the monster had spoken in so threatening a voice, must mean something +terrible. One thing must have pacified her for a moment; and that was +seeing the two of us, behind the wall, in the midst of that resplendent +light, alive and well. But she would certainly have felt much easier +if the light had been put out. + +Meantime, the other had already begun to play the ventriloquist. He +said: + +"Here, I raise my mask a little ... Oh, only a little! ... You see my +lips, such lips as I have? They're not moving! ... My mouth is +closed--such mouth as I have--and yet you hear my voice... Where will +you have it? In your left ear? In your right ear? In the table? In +those little ebony boxes on the mantelpiece? ... Listen, dear, it's in +the little box on the right of the mantelpiece: what does it say? +'SHALL I TURN THE SCORPION?' ... And now, crack! What does it say in +the little box on the left? 'SHALL I TURN THE GRASSHOPPER?' ... And +now, crack! Here it is in the little leather bag ... What does it +say? 'I AM THE LITTLE BAG OF LIFE AND DEATH!' ... And now, crack! It +is in Carlotta's throat, in Carlotta's golden throat, in Carlotta's +crystal throat, as I live! What does it say? It says, 'It's I, Mr. +Toad, it's I singing! I FEEL WITHOUT ALARM--CO-ACK--WITH ITS MELODY +ENWIND ME--CO-ACK!' ... And now, crack! It is on a chair in the +ghost's box and it says, 'MADAME CARLOTTA IS SINGING TO-NIGHT TO BRING +THE CHANDELIER DOWN!' ... And now, crack! Aha! Where is Erik's voice +now? Listen, Christine, darling! Listen! It is behind the door of +the torture-chamber! Listen! It's myself in the torture-chamber! And +what do I say? I say, 'Woe to them that have a nose, a real nose, and +come to look round the torture-chamber! Aha, aha, aha!'" + +Oh, the ventriloquist's terrible voice! It was everywhere, everywhere. +It passed through the little invisible window, through the walls. It +ran around us, between us. Erik was there, speaking to us! We made a +movement as though to fling ourselves upon him. But, already, swifter, +more fleeting than the voice of the echo, Erik's voice had leaped back +behind the wall! + +Soon we heard nothing more at all, for this is what happened: + +"Erik! Erik!" said Christine's voice. "You tire me with your voice. +Don't go on, Erik! Isn't it very hot here?" + +"Oh, yes," replied Erik's voice, "the heat is unendurable!" + +"But what does this mean? ... The wall is really getting quite hot! ... +The wall is burning!" + +"I'll tell you, Christine, dear: it is because of the forest next +door." + +"Well, what has that to do with it? The forest?" + +"WHY, DIDN'T YOU SEE THAT IT WAS AN AFRICAN FOREST?" + +And the monster laughed so loudly and hideously that we could no longer +distinguish Christine's supplicating cries! The Vicomte de Chagny +shouted and banged against the walls like a madman. I could not +restrain him. But we heard nothing except the monster's laughter, and +the monster himself can have heard nothing else. And then there was +the sound of a body falling on the floor and being dragged along and a +door slammed and then nothing, nothing more around us save the +scorching silence of the south in the heart of a tropical forest! + + + +Chapter XXIV "Barrels! ... Barrels! ... Any Barrels to Sell?" + + +THE PERSIAN'S NARRATIVE CONTINUED + +I have said that the room in which M. le Vicomte de Chagny and I were +imprisoned was a regular hexagon, lined entirely with mirrors. Plenty +of these rooms have been seen since, mainly at exhibitions: they are +called "palaces of illusion," or some such name. But the invention +belongs entirely to Erik, who built the first room of this kind under +my eyes, at the time of the rosy hours of Mazenderan. A decorative +object, such as a column, for instance, was placed in one of the +corners and immediately produced a hall of a thousand columns; for, +thanks to the mirrors, the real room was multiplied by six hexagonal +rooms, each of which, in its turn, was multiplied indefinitely. But +the little sultana soon tired of this infantile illusion, whereupon +Erik altered his invention into a "torture-chamber." For the +architectural motive placed in one corner, he substituted an iron tree. +This tree, with its painted leaves, was absolutely true to life and was +made of iron so as to resist all the attacks of the "patient" who was +locked into the torture-chamber. We shall see how the scene thus +obtained was twice altered instantaneously into two successive other +scenes, by means of the automatic rotation of the drums or rollers in +the corners. These were divided into three sections, fitting into the +angles of the mirrors and each supporting a decorative scheme that came +into sight as the roller revolved upon its axis. + +The walls of this strange room gave the patient nothing to lay hold of, +because, apart from the solid decorative object, they were simply +furnished with mirrors, thick enough to withstand any onslaught of the +victim, who was flung into the chamber empty-handed and barefoot. + +There was no furniture. The ceiling was capable of being lit up. An +ingenious system of electric heating, which has since been imitated, +allowed the temperature of the walls and room to be increased at will. + +I am giving all these details of a perfectly natural invention, +producing, with a few painted branches, the supernatural illusion of an +equatorial forest blazing under the tropical sun, so that no one may +doubt the present balance of my brain or feel entitled to say that I am +mad or lying or that I take him for a fool.[1] + +I now return to the facts where I left them. When the ceiling lit up +and the forest became visible around us, the viscount's stupefaction +was immense. That impenetrable forest, with its innumerable trunks and +branches, threw him into a terrible state of consternation. He passed +his hands over his forehead, as though to drive away a dream; his eyes +blinked; and, for a moment, he forgot to listen. + +I have already said that the sight of the forest did not surprise me at +all; and therefore I listened for the two of us to what was happening +next door. Lastly, my attention was especially attracted, not so much +to the scene, as to the mirrors that produced it. These mirrors were +broken in parts. Yes, they were marked and scratched; they had been +"starred," in spite of their solidity; and this proved to me that the +torture-chamber in which we now were HAD ALREADY SERVED A PURPOSE. + +Yes, some wretch, whose feet were not bare like those of the victims of +the rosy hours of Mazenderan, had certainly fallen into this "mortal +illusion" and, mad with rage, had kicked against those mirrors which, +nevertheless, continued to reflect his agony. And the branch of the +tree on which he had put an end to his own sufferings was arranged in +such a way that, before dying, he had seen, for his last consolation, a +thousand men writhing in his company. + +Yes, Joseph Buquet had undoubtedly been through all this! Were we to +die as he had done? I did not think so, for I knew that we had a few +hours before us and that I could employ them to better purpose than +Joseph Buquet was able to do. After all, I was thoroughly acquainted +with most of Erik's "tricks;" and now or never was the time to turn my +knowledge to account. + +To begin with, I gave up every idea of returning to the passage that +had brought us to that accursed chamber. I did not trouble about the +possibility of working the inside stone that closed the passage; and +this for the simple reason that to do so was out of the question. We +had dropped from too great a height into the torture-chamber; there was +no furniture to help us reach that passage; not even the branch of the +iron tree, not even each other's shoulders were of any avail. + +There was only one possible outlet, that opening into the +Louis-Philippe room in which Erik and Christine Daae were. But, though +this outlet looked like an ordinary door on Christine's side, it was +absolutely invisible to us. We must therefore try to open it without +even knowing where it was. + +When I was quite sure that there was no hope for us from Christine +Daae's side, when I had heard the monster dragging the poor girl from +the Louis-Philippe room LEST SHE SHOULD INTERFERE WITH OUR TORTURES, I +resolved to set to work without delay. + +But I had first to calm M. de Chagny, who was already walking about +like a madman, uttering incoherent cries. The snatches of conversation +which he had caught between Christine and the monster had contributed +not a little to drive him beside himself: add to that the shock of the +magic forest and the scorching heat which was beginning to make the +prespiration{sic} stream down his temples and you will have no +difficulty in understanding his state of mind. He shouted Christine's +name, brandished his pistol, knocked his forehead against the glass in +his endeavors to run down the glades of the illusive forest. In short, +the torture was beginning to work its spell upon a brain unprepared for +it. + +I did my best to induce the poor viscount to listen to reason. I made +him touch the mirrors and the iron tree and the branches and explained +to him, by optical laws, all the luminous imagery by which we were +surrounded and of which we need not allow ourselves to be the victims, +like ordinary, ignorant people. + +"We are in a room, a little room; that is what you must keep saying to +yourself. And we shall leave the room as soon as we have found the +door." + +And I promised him that, if he let me act, without disturbing me by +shouting and walking up and down, I would discover the trick of the +door in less than an hour's time. + +Then he lay flat on the floor, as one does in a wood, and declared that +he would wait until I found the door of the forest, as there was +nothing better to do! And he added that, from where he was, "the view +was splendid!" The torture was working, in spite of all that I had +said. + +Myself, forgetting the forest, I tackled a glass panel and began to +finger it in every direction, hunting for the weak point on which to +press in order to turn the door in accordance with Erik's system of +pivots. This weak point might be a mere speck on the glass, no larger +than a pea, under which the spring lay hidden. I hunted and hunted. I +felt as high as my hands could reach. Erik was about the same height +as myself and I thought that he would not have placed the spring higher +than suited his stature. + +While groping over the successive panels with the greatest care, I +endeavored not to lose a minute, for I was feeling more and more +overcome with the heat and we were literally roasting in that blazing +forest. + +I had been working like this for half an hour and had finished three +panels, when, as ill-luck would have it, I turned round on hearing a +muttered exclamation from the viscount. + +"I am stifling," he said. "All those mirrors are sending out an +infernal heat! Do you think you will find that spring soon? If you +are much longer about it, we shall be roasted alive!" + +I was not sorry to hear him talk like this. He had not said a word of +the forest and I hoped that my companion's reason would hold out some +time longer against the torture. But he added: + +"What consoles me is that the monster has given Christine until eleven +to-morrow evening. If we can't get out of here and go to her +assistance, at least we shall be dead before her! Then Erik's mass can +serve for all of us!" + +And he gulped down a breath of hot air that nearly made him faint. + +As I had not the same desperate reasons as M. le Vicomte for accepting +death, I returned, after giving him a word of encouragement, to my +panel, but I had made the mistake of taking a few steps while speaking +and, in the tangle of the illusive forest, I was no longer able to find +my panel for certain! I had to begin all over again, at random, +feeling, fumbling, groping. + +Now the fever laid hold of me in my turn ... for I found nothing, +absolutely nothing. In the next room, all was silence. We were quite +lost in the forest, without an outlet, a compass, a guide or anything. +Oh, I knew what awaited us if nobody came to our aid ... or if I did +not find the spring! But, look as I might, I found nothing but +branches, beautiful branches that stood straight up before me, or +spread gracefully over my head. But they gave no shade. And this was +natural enough, as we were in an equatorial forest, with the sun right +above our heads, an African forest. + +M. de Chagny and I had repeatedly taken off our coats and put them on +again, finding at one time that they made us feel still hotter and at +another that they protected us against the heat. I was still making a +moral resistance, but M. de Chagny seemed to me quite "gone." He +pretended that he had been walking in that forest for three days and +nights, without stopping, looking for Christine Daae! From time to +time, he thought he saw her behind the trunk of a tree, or gliding +between the branches; and he called to her with words of supplication +that brought the tears to my eyes. And then, at last: + +"Oh, how thirsty I am!" he cried, in delirious accents. + +I too was thirsty. My throat was on fire. And, yet, squatting on the +floor, I went on hunting, hunting, hunting for the spring of the +invisible door ... especially as it was dangerous to remain in the +forest as evening drew nigh. Already the shades of night were +beginning to surround us. It had happened very quickly: night falls +quickly in tropical countries ... suddenly, with hardly any twilight. + +Now night, in the forests of the equator, is always dangerous, +particularly when, like ourselves, one has not the materials for a fire +to keep off the beasts of prey. I did indeed try for a moment to break +off the branches, which I would have lit with my dark lantern, but I +knocked myself also against the mirrors and remembered, in time, that +we had only images of branches to do with. + +The heat did not go with the daylight; on the contrary, it was now +still hotter under the blue rays of the moon. I urged the viscount to +hold our weapons ready to fire and not to stray from camp, while I went +on looking for my spring. + +Suddenly, we heard a lion roaring a few yards away. + +"Oh," whispered the viscount, "he is quite close! ... Don't you see +him? ... There ... through the trees ... in that thicket! If he roars +again, I will fire! ..." + +And the roaring began again, louder than before. And the viscount +fired, but I do not think that he hit the lion; only, he smashed a +mirror, as I perceived the next morning, at daybreak. We must have +covered a good distance during the night, for we suddenly found +ourselves on the edge of the desert, an immense desert of sand, stones +and rocks. It was really not worth while leaving the forest to come +upon the desert. Tired out, I flung myself down beside the viscount, +for I had had enough of looking for springs which I could not find. + +I was quite surprised--and I said so to the viscount--that we had +encountered no other dangerous animals during the night. Usually, +after the lion came the leopard and sometimes the buzz of the tsetse +fly. These were easily obtained effects; and I explained to M. de +Chagny that Erik imitated the roar of a lion on a long tabour or +timbrel, with an ass's skin at one end. Over this skin he tied a +string of catgut, which was fastened at the middle to another similar +string passing through the whole length of the tabour. Erik had only +to rub this string with a glove smeared with resin and, according to +the manner in which he rubbed it, he imitated to perfection the voice +of the lion or the leopard, or even the buzzing of the tsetse fly. + +The idea that Erik was probably in the room beside us, working his +trick, made me suddenly resolve to enter into a parley with him, for we +must obviously give up all thought of taking him by surprise. And by +this time he must be quite aware who were the occupants of his +torture-chamber. I called him: "Erik! Erik!" + +I shouted as loudly as I could across the desert, but there was no +answer to my voice. All around us lay the silence and the bare +immensity of that stony desert. What was to become of us in the midst +of that awful solitude? + +We were beginning literally to die of heat, hunger and thirst ... of +thirst especially. At last, I saw M. de Chagny raise himself on his +elbow and point to a spot on the horizon. He had discovered an oasis! + +Yes, far in the distance was an oasis ... an oasis with limpid water, +which reflected the iron trees! ... Tush, it was the scene of the +mirage ... I recognized it at once ... the worst of the three! ... No +one had been able to fight against it ... no one... I did my utmost to +keep my head AND NOT TO HOPE FOR WATER, because I knew that, if a man +hoped for water, the water that reflected the iron tree, and if, after +hoping for water, he struck against the mirror, then there was only one +thing for him to do: to hang himself on the iron tree! + +So I cried to M. de Chagny: + +"It's the mirage! ... It's the mirage! ... Don't believe in the water! +... It's another trick of the mirrors! ..." + +Then he flatly told me to shut up, with my tricks of the mirrors, my +springs, my revolving doors and my palaces of illusions! He angrily +declared that I must be either blind or mad to imagine that all that +water flowing over there, among those splendid, numberless trees, was +not real water! ... And the desert was real! ... And so was the +forest! ... And it was no use trying to take him in ... he was an old, +experienced traveler ... he had been all over the place! + +And he dragged himself along, saying: "Water! Water!" + +And his mouth was open, as though he were drinking. + +And my mouth was open too, as though I were drinking. + +For we not only saw the water, but WE HEARD IT! ... We heard it flow, +we heard it ripple! ... Do you understand that word "ripple?" ... IT IS +A SOUND WHICH YOU HEAR WITH YOUR TONGUE! ... You put your tongue out +of your mouth to listen to it better! + +Lastly--and this was the most pitiless torture of all--we heard the +rain and it was not raining! This was an infernal invention... Oh, I +knew well enough how Erik obtained it! He filled with little stones a +very long and narrow box, broken up inside with wooden and metal +projections. The stones, in falling, struck against these projections +and rebounded from one to another; and the result was a series of +pattering sounds that exactly imitated a rainstorm. + +Ah, you should have seen us putting out our tongues and dragging +ourselves toward the rippling river-bank! Our eyes and ears were full +of water, but our tongues were hard and dry as horn! + +When we reached the mirror, M. de Chagny licked it ... and I also +licked the glass. + +It was burning hot! + +Then we rolled on the floor with a hoarse cry of despair. M. de Chagny +put the one pistol that was still loaded to his temple; and I stared at +the Punjab lasso at the foot of the iron tree. I knew why the iron +tree had returned, in this third change of scene! ... The iron tree +was waiting for me! ... + +But, as I stared at the Punjab lasso, I saw a thing that made me start +so violently that M. de Chagny delayed his attempt at suicide. I took +his arm. And then I caught the pistol from him ... and then I dragged +myself on my knees toward what I had seen. + +I had discovered, near the Punjab lasso, in a groove in the floor, a +black-headed nail of which I knew the use. At last I had discovered +the spring! I felt the nail ... I lifted a radiant face to M. de +Chagny ... The black-headed nail yielded to my pressure ... + +And then ... + +And then we saw not a door opened in the wall, but a cellar-flap +released in the floor. Cool air came up to us from the black hole +below. We stooped over that square of darkness as though over a limpid +well. With our chins in the cool shade, we drank it in. And we bent +lower and lower over the trap-door. What could there be in that cellar +which opened before us? Water? Water to drink? + +I thrust my arm into the darkness and came upon a stone and another +stone ... a staircase ... a dark staircase leading into the cellar. +The viscount wanted to fling himself down the hole; but I, fearing a +new trick of the monster's, stopped him, turned on my dark lantern and +went down first. + +The staircase was a winding one and led down into pitchy darkness. But +oh, how deliciously cool were the darkness and the stairs? The lake +could not be far away. + +We soon reached the bottom. Our eyes were beginning to accustom +themselves to the dark, to distinguish shapes around us ... circular +shapes ... on which I turned the light of my lantern. + +Barrels! + +We were in Erik's cellar: it was here that he must keep his wine and +perhaps his drinking-water. I knew that Erik was a great lover of good +wine. Ah, there was plenty to drink here! + +M. de Chagny patted the round shapes and kept on saying: + +"Barrels! Barrels! What a lot of barrels! ..." + +Indeed, there was quite a number of them, symmetrically arranged in two +rows, one on either side of us. They were small barrels and I thought +that Erik must have selected them of that size to facilitate their +carriage to the house on the lake. + +We examined them successively, to see if one of them had not a funnel, +showing that it had been tapped at some time or another. But all the +barrels were hermetically closed. + +Then, after half lifting one to make sure it was full, we went on our +knees and, with the blade of a small knife which I carried, I prepared +to stave in the bung-hole. + +At that moment, I seemed to hear, coming from very far, a sort of +monotonous chant which I knew well, from often hearing it in the +streets of Paris: + +"Barrels! ... Barrels! ... Any barrels to sell?" + +My hand desisted from its work. M. de Chagny had also heard. He said: + +"That's funny! It sounds as if the barrel were singing!" + +The song was renewed, farther away: + +"Barrels! ... Barrels! ... Any barrels to sell? ..." + +"Oh, I swear," said the viscount, "that the tune dies away in the +barrel! ..." + +We stood up and went to look behind the barrel. + +"It's inside," said M. de Chagny, "it's inside!" + +But we heard nothing there and were driven to accuse the bad condition +of our senses. And we returned to the bung-hole. M. de Chagny put his +two hands together underneath it and, with a last effort, I burst the +bung. + +"What's this?" cried the viscount. "This isn't water!" + +The viscount put his two full hands close to my lantern ... I stooped +to look ... and at once threw away the lantern with such violence that +it broke and went out, leaving us in utter darkness. + +What I had seen in M. de Chagny's hands ... was gun-powder! + + + +[1] It is very natural that, at the time when the Persian was writing, +he should take so many precautions against any spirit of incredulity on +the part of those who were likely to read his narrative. Nowadays, +when we have all seen this sort of room, his precautions would be +superfluous. + + + + +Chapter XXV The Scorpion or the Grasshopper: Which? + + +THE PERSIAN'S NARRATIVE CONCLUDED + +The discovery flung us into a state of alarm that made us forget all +our past and present sufferings. We now knew all that the monster +meant to convey when he said to Christine Daae: + +"Yes or no! If your answer is no, everybody will be dead AND BURIED!" + +Yes, buried under the ruins of the Paris Grand Opera! + +The monster had given her until eleven o'clock in the evening. He had +chosen his time well. There would be many people, many "members of the +human race," up there, in the resplendent theater. What finer retinue +could be expected for his funeral? He would go down to the tomb +escorted by the whitest shoulders in the world, decked with the richest +jewels. + +Eleven o'clock to-morrow evening! + +We were all to be blown up in the middle of the performance ... if +Christine Daae said no! + +Eleven o'clock to-morrow evening! ... + +And what else could Christine say but no? Would she not prefer to +espouse death itself rather than that living corpse? She did not know +that on her acceptance or refusal depended the awful fate of many +members of the human race! + +Eleven o'clock to-morrow evening! + +And we dragged ourselves through the darkness, feeling our way to the +stone steps, for the light in the trap-door overhead that led to the +room of mirrors was now extinguished; and we repeated to ourselves: + +"Eleven o'clock to-morrow evening!" + +At last, I found the staircase. But, suddenly I drew myself up on the +first step, for a terrible thought had come to my mind: + +"What is the time?" + +Ah, what was the time? ... For, after all, eleven o'clock to-morrow +evening might be now, might be this very moment! Who could tell us the +time? We seemed to have been imprisoned in that hell for days and days +... for years ... since the beginning of the world. Perhaps we should +be blown up then and there! Ah, a sound! A crack! "Did you hear +that? ... There, in the corner ... good heavens! ... Like a sound of +machinery! ... Again! ... Oh, for a light! ... Perhaps it's the +machinery that is to blow everything up! ... I tell you, a cracking +sound: are you deaf?" + +M. de Chagny and I began to yell like madmen. Fear spurred us on. We +rushed up the treads of the staircase, stumbling as we went, anything +to escape the dark, to return to the mortal light of the room of +mirrors! + +We found the trap-door still open, but it was now as dark in the room +of mirrors as in the cellar which we had left. We dragged ourselves +along the floor of the torture-chamber, the floor that separated us +from the powder-magazine. What was the time? We shouted, we called: M. +de Chagny to Christine, I to Erik. I reminded him that I had saved his +life. But no answer, save that of our despair, of our madness: what +was the time? We argued, we tried to calculate the time which we had +spent there, but we were incapable of reasoning. If only we could see +the face of a watch! ... Mine had stopped, but M. de Chagny's was +still going ... He told me that he had wound it up before dressing for +the Opera ... We had not a match upon us ... And yet we must know ... +M. de Chagny broke the glass of his watch and felt the two hands... He +questioned the hands of the watch with his finger-tips, going by the +position of the ring of the watch ... Judging by the space between the +hands, he thought it might be just eleven o'clock! + +But perhaps it was not the eleven o'clock of which we stood in dread. +Perhaps we had still twelve hours before us! + +Suddenly, I exclaimed: "Hush!" + +I seemed to hear footsteps in the next room. Some one tapped against +the wall. Christine Daae's voice said: + +"Raoul! Raoul!" We were now all talking at once, on either side of +the wall. Christine sobbed; she was not sure that she would find M. de +Chagny alive. The monster had been terrible, it seemed, had done +nothing but rave, waiting for her to give him the "yes" which she +refused. And yet she had promised him that "yes," if he would take her +to the torture-chamber. But he had obstinately declined, and had +uttered hideous threats against all the members of the human race! At +last, after hours and hours of that hell, he had that moment gone out, +leaving her alone to reflect for the last time. + +"Hours and hours? What is the time now? What is the time, Christine?" + +"It is eleven o'clock! Eleven o'clock, all but five minutes!" + +"But which eleven o'clock?" + +"The eleven o'clock that is to decide life or death! ... He told me so +just before he went ... He is terrible ... He is quite mad: he tore +off his mask and his yellow eyes shot flames! ... He did nothing but +laugh! ... He said, 'I give you five minutes to spare your blushes! +Here,' he said, taking a key from the little bag of life and death, +'here is the little bronze key that opens the two ebony caskets on the +mantelpiece in the Louis-Philippe room... In one of the caskets, you +will find a scorpion, in the other, a grasshopper, both very cleverly +imitated in Japanese bronze: they will say yes or no for you. If you +turn the scorpion round, that will mean to me, when I return, that you +have said yes. The grasshopper will mean no.' And he laughed like a +drunken demon. I did nothing but beg and entreat him to give me the +key of the torture-chamber, promising to be his wife if he granted me +that request ... But he told me that there was no future need for that +key and that he was going to throw it into the lake! ... And he again +laughed like a drunken demon and left me. Oh, his last words were, +'The grasshopper! Be careful of the grasshopper! A grasshopper does +not only turn: it hops! It hops! And it hops jolly high!'" + +The five minutes had nearly elapsed and the scorpion and the +grasshopper were scratching at my brain. Nevertheless, I had +sufficient lucidity left to understand that, if the grasshopper were +turned, it would hop ... and with it many members of the human race! +There was no doubt but that the grasshopper controlled an electric +current intended to blow up the powder-magazine! + +M. de Chagny, who seemed to have recovered all his moral force from +hearing Christine's voice, explained to her, in a few hurried words, +the situation in which we and all the Opera were. He told her to turn +the scorpion at once. + +There was a pause. + +"Christine," I cried, "where are you?" + +"By the scorpion." + +"Don't touch it!" + +The idea had come to me--for I knew my Erik--that the monster had +perhaps deceived the girl once more. Perhaps it was the scorpion that +would blow everything up. After all, why wasn't he there? The five +minutes were long past ... and he was not back... Perhaps he had taken +shelter and was waiting for the explosion! ... Why had he not +returned? ... He could not really expect Christine ever to consent to +become his voluntary prey! ... Why had he not returned? + +"Don't touch the scorpion!" I said. + +"Here he comes!" cried Christine. "I hear him! Here he is!" + +We heard his steps approaching the Louis-Philippe room. He came up to +Christine, but did not speak. Then I raised my voice: + +"Erik! It is I! Do you know me?" + +With extraordinary calmness, he at once replied: + +"So you are not dead in there? Well, then, see that you keep quiet." + +I tried to speak, but he said coldly: + +"Not a word, daroga, or I shall blow everything up." And he added, +"The honor rests with mademoiselle ... Mademoiselle has not touched +the scorpion"--how deliberately he spoke!--"mademoiselle has not +touched the grasshopper"--with that composure!--"but it is not too late +to do the right thing. There, I open the caskets without a key, for I +am a trap-door lover and I open and shut what I please and as I please. +I open the little ebony caskets: mademoiselle, look at the little dears +inside. Aren't they pretty? If you turn the grasshopper, +mademoiselle, we shall all be blown up. There is enough gun-powder +under our feet to blow up a whole quarter of Paris. If you turn the +scorpion, mademoiselle, all that powder will be soaked and drowned. +Mademoiselle, to celebrate our wedding, you shall make a very handsome +present to a few hundred Parisians who are at this moment applauding a +poor masterpiece of Meyerbeer's ... you shall make them a present of +their lives ... For, with your own fair hands, you shall turn the +scorpion ... And merrily, merrily, we will be married!" + +A pause; and then: + +"If, in two minutes, mademoiselle, you have not turned the scorpion, I +shall turn the grasshopper ... and the grasshopper, I tell you, HOPS +JOLLY HIGH!" + +The terrible silence began anew. The Vicomte de Chagny, realizing that +there was nothing left to do but pray, went down on his knees and +prayed. As for me, my blood beat so fiercely that I had to take my +heart in both hands, lest it should burst. At last, we heard Erik's +voice: + +"The two minutes are past ... Good-by, mademoiselle... Hop, +grasshopper! "Erik," cried Christine, "do you swear to me, monster, do +you swear to me that the scorpion is the one to turn? + +"Yes, to hop at our wedding." + +"Ah, you see! You said, to hop!" + +"At our wedding, ingenuous child! ... The scorpion opens the ball... +But that will do! ... You won't have the scorpion? Then I turn the +grasshopper!" + +"Erik!" + +"Enough!" + +I was crying out in concert with Christine. M. de Chagny was still on +his knees, praying. + +"Erik! I have turned the scorpion!" + +Oh, the second through which we passed! + +Waiting! Waiting to find ourselves in fragments, amid the roar and the +ruins! + +Feeling something crack beneath our feet, hearing an appalling hiss +through the open trap-door, a hiss like the first sound of a rocket! + +It came softly, at first, then louder, then very loud. But it was not +the hiss of fire. It was more like the hiss of water. And now it +became a gurgling sound: "Guggle! Guggle!" + +We rushed to the trap-door. All our thirst, which vanished when the +terror came, now returned with the lapping of the water. + +The water rose in the cellar, above the barrels, the +powder-barrels--"Barrels! ... Barrels! Any barrels to sell?"--and we +went down to it with parched throats. It rose to our chins, to our +mouths. And we drank. We stood on the floor of the cellar and drank. +And we went up the stairs again in the dark, step by step, went up with +the water. + +The water came out of the cellar with us and spread over the floor of +the room. If, this went on, the whole house on the lake would be +swamped. The floor of the torture-chamber had itself become a regular +little lake, in which our feet splashed. Surely there was water enough +now! Erik must turn off the tap! + +"Erik! Erik! That is water enough for the gunpowder! Turn off the +tap! Turn off the scorpion!" + +But Erik did not reply. We heard nothing but the water rising: it was +half-way to our waists! + +"Christine!" cried M. de Chagny. "Christine! The water is up to our +knees!" + +But Christine did not reply ... We heard nothing but the water rising. + +No one, no one in the next room, no one to turn the tap, no one to turn +the scorpion! + +We were all alone, in the dark, with the dark water that seized us and +clasped us and froze us! + +"Erik! Erik!" + +"Christine! Christine!" + +By this time, we had lost our foothold and were spinning round in the +water, carried away by an irresistible whirl, for the water turned with +us and dashed us against the dark mirror, which thrust us back again; +and our throats, raised above the whirlpool, roared aloud. + +Were we to die here, drowned in the torture-chamber? I had never seen +that. Erik, at the time of the rosy hours of Mazenderan, had never +shown me that, through the little invisible window. + +"Erik! Erik!" I cried. "I saved your life! Remember! ... You were +sentenced to death! But for me, you would be dead now! ... Erik!" + +We whirled around in the water like so much wreckage. But, suddenly, +my straying hands seized the trunk of the iron tree! I called M. de +Chagny, and we both hung to the branch of the iron tree. + +And the water rose still higher. + +"Oh! Oh! Can you remember? How much space is there between the +branch of the tree and the dome-shaped ceiling? Do try to remember! +... After all, the water may stop, it must find its level! ... There, +I think it is stopping! ... No, no, oh, horrible! ... Swim! Swim for +your life!" + +Our arms became entangled in the effort of swimming; we choked; we +fought in the dark water; already we could hardly breathe the dark air +above the dark water, the air which escaped, which we could hear +escaping through some vent-hole or other. + +"Oh, let us turn and turn and turn until we find the air hole and then +glue our mouths to it!" + +But I lost my strength; I tried to lay hold of the walls! Oh, how +those glass walls slipped from under my groping fingers! ... We whirled +round again! ... We began to sink! ... One last effort! ... A last +cry: "Erik! ... Christine! ..." + +"Guggle, guggle, guggle!" in our ears. "Guggle! Guggle!" At the +bottom of the dark water, our ears went, "Guggle! Guggle!" + +And, before losing consciousness entirely, I seemed to hear, between +two guggles: + +"Barrels! Barrels! Any barrels to sell?" + + + +Chapter XXVI The End of the Ghost's Love Story + + +The previous chapter marks the conclusion of the written narrative +which the Persian left behind him. + +Notwithstanding the horrors of a situation which seemed definitely to +abandon them to their deaths, M. de Chagny and his companion were saved +by the sublime devotion of Christine Daae. And I had the rest of the +story from the lips of the daroga himself. + +When I went to see him, he was still living in his little flat in the +Rue de Rivoli, opposite the Tuileries. He was very ill, and it +required all my ardor as an historian pledged to the truth to persuade +him to live the incredible tragedy over again for my benefit. His +faithful old servant Darius showed me in to him. The daroga received +me at a window overlooking the garden of the Tuileries. He still had +his magnificent eyes, but his poor face looked very worn. He had +shaved the whole of his head, which was usually covered with an +astrakhan cap; he was dressed in a long, plain coat and amused himself +by unconsciously twisting his thumbs inside the sleeves; but his mind +was quite clear, and he told me his story with perfect lucidity. + +It seems that, when he opened his eyes, the daroga found himself lying +on a bed. M. de Chagny was on a sofa, beside the wardrobe. An angel +and a devil were watching over them. + +After the deceptions and illusions of the torture-chamber, the +precision of the details of that quiet little middle-class room seemed +to have been invented for the express purpose of puzzling the mind of +the mortal rash enough to stray into that abode of living nightmare. +The wooden bedstead, the waxed mahogany chairs, the chest of drawers, +those brasses, the little square antimacassars carefully placed on the +backs of the chairs, the clock on the mantelpiece and the +harmless-looking ebony caskets at either end, lastly, the whatnot +filled with shells, with red pin-cushions, with mother-of-pearl boats +and an enormous ostrich-egg, the whole discreetly lighted by a shaded +lamp standing on a small round table: this collection of ugly, +peaceable, reasonable furniture, AT THE BOTTOM OF THE OPERA CELLARS, +bewildered the imagination more than all the late fantastic happenings. + +And the figure of the masked man seemed all the more formidable in this +old-fashioned, neat and trim little frame. It bent down over the +Persian and said, in his ear: + +"Are you better, daroga? ... You are looking at my furniture? ... It +is all that I have left of my poor unhappy mother." + +Christine Daae did not say a word: she moved about noiselessly, like a +sister of charity, who had taken a vow of silence. She brought a cup +of cordial, or of hot tea, he did not remember which. The man in the +mask took it from her hands and gave it to the Persian. M. de Chagny +was still sleeping. + +Erik poured a drop of rum into the daroga's cup and, pointing to the +viscount, said: + +"He came to himself long before we knew if you were still alive, +daroga. He is quite well. He is asleep. We must not wake him." + +Erik left the room for a moment, and the Persian raised himself on his +elbow, looked around him and saw Christine Daae sitting by the +fireside. He spoke to her, called her, but he was still very weak and +fell back on his pillow. Christine came to him, laid her hand on his +forehead and went away again. And the Persian remembered that, as she +went, she did not give a glance at M. de Chagny, who, it is true, was +sleeping peacefully; and she sat down again in her chair by the +chimney-corner, silent as a sister of charity who had taken a vow of +silence. + +Erik returned with some little bottles which he placed on the +mantelpiece. And, again in a whisper, so as not to wake M. de Chagny, +he said to the Persian, after sitting down and feeling his pulse: + +"You are now saved, both of you. And soon I shall take you up to the +surface of the earth, TO PLEASE MY WIFE." + +Thereupon he rose, without any further explanation, and disappeared +once more. + +The Persian now looked at Christine's quiet profile under the lamp. +She was reading a tiny book, with gilt edges, like a religious book. +There are editions of THE IMITATION that look like that. The Persian +still had in his ears the natural tone in which the other had said, "to +please my wife." Very gently, he called her again; but Christine was +wrapped up in her book and did not hear him. + +Erik returned, mixed the daroga a draft and advised him not to speak to +"his wife" again nor to any one, BECAUSE IT MIGHT BE VERY DANGEROUS TO +EVERYBODY'S HEALTH. + +Eventually, the Persian fell asleep, like M. de Chagny, and did not +wake until he was in his own room, nursed by his faithful Darius, who +told him that, on the night before, he was found propped against the +door of his flat, where he had been brought by a stranger, who rang the +bell before going away. + +As soon as the daroga recovered his strength and his wits, he sent to +Count Philippe's house to inquire after the viscount's health. The +answer was that the young man had not been seen and that Count Philippe +was dead. His body was found on the bank of the Opera lake, on the +Rue-Scribe side. The Persian remembered the requiem mass which he had +heard from behind the wall of the torture-chamber, and had no doubt +concerning the crime and the criminal. Knowing Erik as he did, he +easily reconstructed the tragedy. Thinking that his brother had run +away with Christine Daae, Philippe had dashed in pursuit of him along +the Brussels Road, where he knew that everything was prepared for the +elopement. Failing to find the pair, he hurried back to the Opera, +remembered Raoul's strange confidence about his fantastic rival and +learned that the viscount had made every effort to enter the cellars of +the theater and that he had disappeared, leaving his hat in the prima +donna's dressing-room beside an empty pistol-case. And the count, who +no longer entertained any doubt of his brother's madness, in his turn +darted into that infernal underground maze. This was enough, in the +Persian's eyes, to explain the discovery of the Comte de Chagny's +corpse on the shore of the lake, where the siren, Erik's siren, kept +watch. + +The Persian did not hesitate. He determined to inform the police. Now +the case was in the hands of an examining-magistrate called Faure, an +incredulous, commonplace, superficial sort of person, (I write as I +think), with a mind utterly unprepared to receive a confidence of this +kind. M. Faure took down the daroga's depositions and proceeded to +treat him as a madman. + +Despairing of ever obtaining a hearing, the Persian sat down to write. +As the police did not want his evidence, perhaps the press would be +glad of it; and he had just written the last line of the narrative I +have quoted in the preceding chapters, when Darius announced the visit +of a stranger who refused his name, who would not show his face and +declared simply that he did not intend to leave the place until he had +spoken to the daroga. + +The Persian at once felt who his singular visitor was and ordered him +to be shown in. The daroga was right. It was the ghost, it was Erik! + +He looked extremely weak and leaned against the wall, as though he were +afraid of falling. Taking off his hat, he revealed a forehead white as +wax. The rest of the horrible face was hidden by the mask. + +The Persian rose to his feet as Erik entered. + +"Murderer of Count Philippe, what have you done with his brother and +Christine Daae?" + +Erik staggered under this direct attack, kept silent for a moment, +dragged himself to a chair and heaved a deep sigh. Then, speaking in +short phrases and gasping for breath between the words: + +"Daroga, don't talk to me ... about Count Philippe ... He was dead ... +by the time ... I left my house ... he was dead ... when ... the siren +sang ... It was an ... accident ... a sad ... a very sad ... accident. +He fell very awkwardly ... but simply and naturally ... into the lake! +..." + +"You lie!" shouted the Persian. + +Erik bowed his head and said: + +"I have not come here ... to talk about Count Philippe ... but to tell +you that ... I am going ... to die..." + +"Where are Raoul de Chagny and Christine Daae?" + +"I am going to die." + +"Raoul de Chagny and Christine Daae?" + +"Of love ... daroga ... I am dying ... of love ... That is how it is +... loved her so! ... And I love her still ... daroga ... and I am +dying of love for her, I ... I tell you! ... If you knew how beautiful +she was ... when she let me kiss her ... alive ... It was the first +... time, daroga, the first ... time I ever kissed a woman ... Yes, +alive ... I kissed her alive ... and she looked as beautiful as if she +had been dead!" + +The Persian shook Erik by the arm: + +"Will you tell me if she is alive or dead." + +"Why do you shake me like that?" asked Erik, making an effort to speak +more connectedly. "I tell you that I am going to die... Yes, I kissed +her alive ..." + +"And now she is dead?" + +"I tell you I kissed her just like that, on her forehead ... and she +did not draw back her forehead from my lips! ... Oh, she is a good +girl! ... As to her being dead, I don't think so; but it has nothing to +do with me ... No, no, she is not dead! And no one shall touch a hair +of her head! She is a good, honest girl, and she saved your life, +daroga, at a moment when I would not have given twopence for your +Persian skin. As a matter of fact, nobody bothered about you. Why +were you there with that little chap? You would have died as well as +he! My word, how she entreated me for her little chap! But I told her +that, as she had turned the scorpion, she had, through that very fact, +and of her own free will, become engaged to me and that she did not +need to have two men engaged to her, which was true enough. + +"As for you, you did not exist, you had ceased to exist, I tell you, +and you were going to die with the other! ... Only, mark me, daroga, +when you were yelling like the devil, because of the water, Christine +came to me with her beautiful blue eyes wide open, and swore to me, as +she hoped to be saved, that she consented to be MY LIVING WIFE! ... +Until then, in the depths of her eyes, daroga, I had always seen my +dead wife; it was the first time I saw MY LIVING WIFE there. She was +sincere, as she hoped to be saved. She would not kill herself. It was +a bargain ... Half a minute later, all the water was back in the lake; +and I had a hard job with you, daroga, for, upon my honor, I thought +you were done for! ... However! ... There you were! ... It was +understood that I was to take you both up to the surface of the earth. +When, at last, I cleared the Louis-Philippe room of you, I came back +alone ..." + +"What have you done with the Vicomte de Chagny?" asked the Persian, +interrupting him. + +"Ah, you see, daroga, I couldn't carry HIM up like that, at once. ... +He was a hostage ... But I could not keep him in the house on the +lake, either, because of Christine; so I locked him up comfortably, I +chained him up nicely--a whiff of the Mazenderan scent had left him as +limp as a rag--in the Communists' dungeon, which is in the most +deserted and remote part of the Opera, below the fifth cellar, where no +one ever comes, and where no one ever hears you. Then I came back to +Christine, she was waiting for me." + +Erik here rose solemnly. Then he continued, but, as he spoke, he was +overcome by all his former emotion and began to tremble like a leaf: + +"Yes, she was waiting for me ... waiting for me erect and alive, a +real, living bride ... as she hoped to be saved ... And, when I ... +came forward, more timid than ... a little child, she did not run away +... no, no ... she stayed ... she waited for me ... I even believe ... +daroga ... that she put out her forehead ... a little ... oh, not much +... just a little ... like a living bride ... And ... and ... I ... +kissed her! ... I! ... I! ... I! ... And she did not die! ... Oh, how +good it is, daroga, to kiss somebody on the forehead! ... You can't +tell! ... But I! I! ... My mother, daroga, my poor, unhappy mother +would never ... let me kiss her ... She used to run away ... and throw +me my mask! ... Nor any other woman ... ever, ever! ... Ah, you can +understand, my happiness was so great, I cried. And I fell at her +feet, crying ... and I kissed her feet ... her little feet ... crying. +You're crying, too, daroga ... and she cried also ... the angel cried! +..." Erik sobbed aloud and the Persian himself could not retain his +tears in the presence of that masked man, who, with his shoulders +shaking and his hands clutched at his chest, was moaning with pain and +love by turns. + +"Yes, daroga ... I felt her tears flow on my forehead ... on mine, +mine! ... They were soft ... they were sweet! ... They trickled under +my mask ... they mingled with my tears in my eyes ... yes ... they +flowed between my lips ... Listen, daroga, listen to what I did ... I +tore off my mask so as not to lose one of her tears ... and she did not +run away! ... And she did not die! ... She remained alive, weeping +over me, with me. We cried together! I have tasted all the happiness +the world can offer!" + +And Erik fell into a chair, choking for breath: + +"Ah, I am not going to die yet ... presently I shall ... but let me +cry! ... Listen, daroga ... listen to this ... While I was at her feet +... I heard her say, 'Poor, unhappy Erik!' ... AND SHE TOOK MY HAND! +... I had become no more, you know, than a poor dog ready to die for +her ... I mean it, daroga! ... I held in my hand a ring, a plain gold +ring which I had given her ... which she had lost ... and which I had +found again ... a wedding-ring, you know ... I slipped it into her +little hand and said, 'There! ... Take it! ... Take it for you ... and +him! ... It shall be my wedding-present a present from your poor, +unhappy Erik ... I know you love the boy ... don't cry any more! ... +She asked me, in a very soft voice, what I meant ... Then I made her +understand that, where she was concerned, I was only a poor dog, ready +to die for her ... but that she could marry the young man when she +pleased, because she had cried with me and mingled her tears with mine! +..." + +Erik's emotion was so great that he had to tell the Persian not to look +at him, for he was choking and must take off his mask. The daroga went +to the window and opened it. His heart was full of pity, but he took +care to keep his eyes fixed on the trees in the Tuileries gardens, lest +he should see the monster's face. + +"I went and released the young man," Erik continued, "and told him to +come with me to Christine ... They kissed before me in the +Louis-Philippe room ... Christine had my ring ... I made Christine +swear to come back, one night, when I was dead, crossing the lake from +the Rue-Scribe side, and bury me in the greatest secrecy with the gold +ring, which she was to wear until that moment. ... I told her where +she would find my body and what to do with it... Then Christine kissed +me, for the first time, herself, here, on the forehead--don't look, +daroga!--here, on the forehead ... on my forehead, mine--don't look, +daroga!--and they went off together... Christine had stopped crying +... I alone cried ... Daroga, daroga, if Christine keeps her promise, +she will come back soon! ..." + +The Persian asked him no questions. He was quite reassured as to the +fate of Raoul Chagny and Christine Daae; no one could have doubted the +word of the weeping Erik that night. + +The monster resumed his mask and collected his strength to leave the +daroga. He told him that, when he felt his end to be very near at +hand, he would send him, in gratitude for the kindness which the +Persian had once shown him, that which he held dearest in the world: +all Christine Daae's papers, which she had written for Raoul's benefit +and left with Erik, together with a few objects belonging to her, such +as a pair of gloves, a shoe-buckle and two pocket-handkerchiefs. In +reply to the Persian's questions, Erik told him that the two young +people, at soon as they found themselves free, had resolved to go and +look for a priest in some lonely spot where they could hide their +happiness and that, with this object in view, they had started from +"the northern railway station of the world." Lastly, Erik relied on +the Persian, as soon as he received the promised relics and papers, to +inform the young couple of his death and to advertise it in the EPOQUE. + +That was all. The Persian saw Erik to the door of his flat, and Darius +helped him down to the street. A cab was waiting for him. Erik +stepped in; and the Persian, who had gone back to the window, heard him +say to the driver: + +"Go to the Opera." + +And the cab drove off into the night. + +The Persian had seen the poor, unfortunate Erik for the last time. +Three weeks later, the Epoque published this advertisement: + +"Erik is dead." + + + +Epilogue. + + +I have now told the singular, but veracious story of the Opera ghost. +As I declared on the first page of this work, it is no longer possible +to deny that Erik really lived. There are to-day so many proofs of his +existence within the reach of everybody that we can follow Erik's +actions logically through the whole tragedy of the Chagnys. + +There is no need to repeat here how greatly the case excited the +capital. The kidnapping of the artist, the death of the Comte de +Chagny under such exceptional conditions, the disappearance of his +brother, the drugging of the gas-man at the Opera and of his two +assistants: what tragedies, what passions, what crimes had surrounded +the idyll of Raoul and the sweet and charming Christine! ... What had +become of that wonderful, mysterious artist of whom the world was +never, never to hear again? ... She was represented as the victim of a +rivalry between the two brothers; and nobody suspected what had really +happened, nobody understood that, as Raoul and Christine had both +disappeared, both had withdrawn far from the world to enjoy a happiness +which they would not have cared to make public after the inexplicable +death of Count Philippe ... They took the train one day from "the +northern railway station of the world." ... Possibly, I too shall take +the train at that station, one day, and go and seek around thy lakes, O +Norway, O silent Scandinavia, for the perhaps still living traces of +Raoul and Christine and also of Mamma Valerius, who disappeared at the +same time! ... Possibly, some day, I shall hear the lonely echoes of +the North repeat the singing of her who knew the Angel of Music! ... + +Long after the case was pigeonholed by the unintelligent care of M. le +Juge d'Instruction Faure, the newspapers made efforts, at intervals, to +fathom the mystery. One evening paper alone, which knew all the gossip +of the theaters, said: + +"We recognize the touch of the Opera ghost." + +And even that was written by way of irony. + +The Persian alone knew the whole truth and held the main proofs, which +came to him with the pious relics promised by the ghost. It fell to my +lot to complete those proofs with the aid of the daroga himself. Day +by day, I kept him informed of the progress of my inquiries; and he +directed them. He had not been to the Opera for years and years, but +he had preserved the most accurate recollection of the building, and +there was no better guide than he possible to help me discover its most +secret recesses. He also told me where to gather further information, +whom to ask; and he sent me to call on M. Poligny, at a moment when the +poor man was nearly drawing his last breath. I had no idea that he was +so very ill, and I shall never forget the effect which my questions +about the ghost produced upon him. He looked at me as if I were the +devil and answered only in a few incoherent sentences, which showed, +however--and that was the main thing--the extent of the perturbation +which O. G., in his time, had brought into that already very restless +life (for M. Poligny was what people call a man of pleasure). + +When I came and told the Persian of the poor result of my visit to M. +Poligny, the daroga gave a faint smile and said: + +"Poligny never knew how far that extraordinary blackguard of an Erik +humbugged him."--The Persian, by the way, spoke of Erik sometimes as a +demigod and sometimes as the lowest of the low--"Poligny was +superstitious and Erik knew it. Erik knew most things about the public +and private affairs of the Opera. When M. Poligny heard a mysterious +voice tell him, in Box Five, of the manner in which he used to spend +his time and abuse his partner's confidence, he did not wait to hear +any more. Thinking at first that it was a voice from Heaven, he +believed himself damned; and then, when the voice began to ask for +money, he saw that he was being victimized by a shrewd blackmailer to +whom Debienne himself had fallen a prey. Both of them, already tired +of management for various reasons, went away without trying to +investigate further into the personality of that curious O. G., who had +forced such a singular memorandum-book upon them. They bequeathed the +whole mystery to their successors and heaved a sigh of relief when they +were rid of a business that had puzzled them without amusing them in +the least." + +I then spoke of the two successors and expressed my surprise that, in +his Memoirs of a Manager, M. Moncharmin should describe the Opera +ghost's behavior at such length in the first part of the book and +hardly mention it at all in the second. In reply to this, the Persian, +who knew the MEMOIRS as thoroughly as if he had written them himself, +observed that I should find the explanation of the whole business if I +would just recollect the few lines which Moncharmin devotes to the +ghost in the second part aforesaid. I quote these lines, which are +particularly interesting because they describe the very simple manner +in which the famous incident of the twenty-thousand francs was closed: + +"As for O. G., some of whose curious tricks I have related in the first +part of my Memoirs, I will only say that he redeemed by one spontaneous +fine action all the worry which he had caused my dear friend and +partner and, I am bound to say, myself. He felt, no doubt, that there +are limits to a joke, especially when it is so expensive and when the +commissary of police has been informed, for, at the moment when we had +made an appointment in our office with M. Mifroid to tell him the whole +story, a few days after the disappearance of Christine Daae, we found, +on Richard's table, a large envelope, inscribed, in red ink, "WITH O. +G.'S COMPLIMENTS." It contained the large sum of money which he had +succeeded in playfully extracting, for the time being, from the +treasury. Richard was at once of the opinion that we must be content +with that and drop the business. I agreed with Richard. All's well +that ends well. What do you say, O. G.?" + +Of course, Moncharmin, especially after the money had been restored, +continued to believe that he had, for a short while, been the butt of +Richard's sense of humor, whereas Richard, on his side, was convinced +that Moncharmin had amused himself by inventing the whole of the affair +of the Opera ghost, in order to revenge himself for a few jokes. + +I asked the Persian to tell me by what trick the ghost had taken +twenty-thousand francs from Richard's pocket in spite of the +safety-pin. He replied that he had not gone into this little detail, +but that, if I myself cared to make an investigation on the spot, I +should certainly find the solution to the riddle in the managers' +office by remembering that Erik had not been nicknamed the trap-door +lover for nothing. I promised the Persian to do so as soon as I had +time, and I may as well tell the reader at once that the results of my +investigation were perfectly satisfactory; and I hardly believed that I +should ever discover so many undeniable proofs of the authenticity of +the feats ascribed to the ghost. + +The Persian's manuscript, Christine Daae's papers, the statements made +to me by the people who used to work under MM. Richard and Moncharmin, +by little Meg herself (the worthy Madame Giry, I am sorry to say, is no +more) and by Sorelli, who is now living in retirement at Louveciennes: +all the documents relating to the existence of the ghost, which I +propose to deposit in the archives of the Opera, have been checked and +confirmed by a number of important discoveries of which I am justly +proud. I have not been able to find the house on the lake, Erik having +blocked up all the secret entrances.[1] On the other hand, I have +discovered the secret passage of the Communists, the planking of which +is falling to pieces in parts, and also the trap-door through which +Raoul and the Persian penetrated into the cellars of the opera-house. +In the Communists' dungeon, I noticed numbers of initials traced on the +walls by the unfortunate people confined in it; and among these were an +"R" and a "C." R. C.: Raoul de Chagny. The letters are there to this +day. + +If the reader will visit the Opera one morning and ask leave to stroll +where he pleases, without being accompanied by a stupid guide, let him +go to Box Five and knock with his fist or stick on the enormous column +that separates this from the stage-box. He will find that the column +sounds hollow. After that, do not be astonished by the suggestion that +it was occupied by the voice of the ghost: there is room inside the +column for two men. If you are surprised that, when the various +incidents occurred, no one turned round to look at the column, you must +remember that it presented the appearance of solid marble, and that the +voice contained in it seemed rather to come from the opposite side, +for, as we have seen, the ghost was an expert ventriloquist. + +The column was elaborately carved and decorated with the sculptor's +chisel; and I do not despair of one day discovering the ornament that +could be raised or lowered at will, so as to admit of the ghost's +mysterious correspondence with Mme. Giry and of his generosity. + +However, all these discoveries are nothing, to my mind, compared with +that which I was able to make, in the presence of the acting-manager, +in the managers' office, within a couple of inches from the desk-chair, +and which consisted of a trap-door, the width of a board in the +flooring and the length of a man's fore-arm and no longer; a trap-door +that falls back like the lid of a box; a trap-door through which I can +see a hand come and dexterously fumble at the pocket of a swallow-tail +coat. + +That is the way the forty-thousand francs went! ... And that also is +the way by which, through some trick or other, they were returned. + +Speaking about this to the Persian, I said: + +"So we may take it, as the forty-thousand francs were returned, that +Erik was simply amusing himself with that memorandum-book of his?" + +"Don't you believe it!" he replied. "Erik wanted money. Thinking +himself without the pale of humanity, he was restrained by no scruples +and he employed his extraordinary gifts of dexterity and imagination, +which he had received by way of compensation for his extraordinary +uglinesss, to prey upon his fellow-men. His reason for restoring the +forty-thousand francs, of his own accord, was that he no longer wanted +it. He had relinquished his marriage with Christine Daae. He had +relinquished everything above the surface of the earth." + +According to the Persian's account, Erik was born in a small town not +far from Rouen. He was the son of a master-mason. He ran away at an +early age from his father's house, where his ugliness was a subject of +horror and terror to his parents. For a time, he frequented the fairs, +where a showman exhibited him as the "living corpse." He seems to have +crossed the whole of Europe, from fair to fair, and to have completed +his strange education as an artist and magician at the very +fountain-head of art and magic, among the Gipsies. A period of Erik's +life remained quite obscure. He was seen at the fair of +Nijni-Novgorod, where he displayed himself in all his hideous glory. +He already sang as nobody on this earth had ever sung before; he +practised ventriloquism and gave displays of legerdemain so +extraordinary that the caravans returning to Asia talked about it +during the whole length of their journey. In this way, his reputation +penetrated the walls of the palace at Mazenderan, where the little +sultana, the favorite of the Shah-in-Shah, was boring herself to death. +A dealer in furs, returning to Samarkand from Nijni-Novgorod, told of +the marvels which he had seen performed in Erik's tent. The trader was +summoned to the palace and the daroga of Mazenderan was told to +question him. Next the daroga was instructed to go and find Erik. He +brought him to Persia, where for some months Erik's will was law. He +was guilty of not a few horrors, for he seemed not to know the +difference between good and evil. He took part calmly in a number of +political assassinations; and he turned his diabolical inventive powers +against the Emir of Afghanistan, who was at war with the Persian +empire. The Shah took a liking to him. + +This was the time of the rosy hours of Mazenderan, of which the +daroga's narrative has given us a glimpse. Erik had very original +ideas on the subject of architecture and thought out a palace much as a +conjuror contrives a trick-casket. The Shah ordered him to construct an +edifice of this kind. Erik did so; and the building appears to have +been so ingenious that His Majesty was able to move about in it unseen +and to disappear without a possibility of the trick's being discovered. +When the Shah-in-Shah found himself the possessor of this gem, he +ordered Erik's yellow eyes to be put out. But he reflected that, even +when blind, Erik would still be able to build so remarkable a house for +another sovereign; and also that, as long as Erik was alive, some one +would know the secret of the wonderful palace. Erik's death was +decided upon, together with that of all the laborers who had worked +under his orders. The execution of this abominable decree devolved +upon the daroga of Mazenderan. Erik had shown him some slight services +and procured him many a hearty laugh. He saved Erik by providing him +with the means of escape, but nearly paid with his head for his +generous indulgence. + +Fortunately for the daroga, a corpse, half-eaten by the birds of prey, +was found on the shore of the Caspian Sea, and was taken for Erik's +body, because the daroga's friends had dressed the remains in clothing +that belonged to Erik. The daroga was let off with the loss of the +imperial favor, the confiscation of his property and an order of +perpetual banishment. As a member of the Royal House, however, he +continued to receive a monthly pension of a few hundred francs from the +Persian treasury; and on this he came to live in Paris. + +As for Erik, he went to Asia Minor and thence to Constantinople, where +he entered the Sultan's employment. In explanation of the services +which he was able to render a monarch haunted by perpetual terrors, I +need only say that it was Erik who constructed all the famous +trap-doors and secret chambers and mysterious strong-boxes which were +found at Yildiz-Kiosk after the last Turkish revolution. He also +invented those automata, dressed like the Sultan and resembling the +Sultan in all respects,[2] which made people believe that the +Commander of the Faithful was awake at one place, when, in reality, he +was asleep elsewhere. + +Of course, he had to leave the Sultan's service for the same reasons +that made him fly from Persia: he knew too much. Then, tired of his +adventurous, formidable and monstrous life, he longed to be some one +"like everybody else." And he became a contractor, like any ordinary +contractor, building ordinary houses with ordinary bricks. He tendered +for part of the foundations in the Opera. His estimate was accepted. +When he found himself in the cellars of the enormous playhouse, his +artistic, fantastic, wizard nature resumed the upper hand. Besides, +was he not as ugly as ever? He dreamed of creating for his own use a +dwelling unknown to the rest of the earth, where he could hide from +men's eyes for all time. + +The reader knows and guesses the rest. It is all in keeping with this +incredible and yet veracious story. Poor, unhappy Erik! Shall we pity +him? Shall we curse him? He asked only to be "some one," like +everybody else. But he was too ugly! And he had to hide his genius OR +USE IT TO PLAY TRICKS WITH, when, with an ordinary face, he would have +been one of the most distinguished of mankind! He had a heart that +could have held the empire of the world; and, in the end, he had to +content himself with a cellar. Ah, yes, we must needs pity the Opera +ghost. + +I have prayed over his mortal remains, that God might show him mercy +notwithstanding his crimes. Yes, I am sure, quite sure that I prayed +beside his body, the other day, when they took it from the spot where +they were burying the phonographic records. It was his skeleton. I +did not recognize it by the ugliness of the head, for all men are ugly +when they have been dead as long as that, but by the plain gold ring +which he wore and which Christine Daae had certainly slipped on his +finger, when she came to bury him in accordance with her promise. + +The skeleton was lying near the little well, in the place where the +Angel of Music first held Christine Daae fainting in his trembling +arms, on the night when he carried her down to the cellars of the +opera-house. + +And, now, what do they mean to do with that skeleton? Surely they will +not bury it in the common grave! ... I say that the place of the +skeleton of the Opera ghost is in the archives of the National Academy +of Music. It is no ordinary skeleton. + + + +[1] Even so, I am convinced that it would be easy to reach it by +draining the lake, as I have repeatedly requested the Ministry of Fine +Arts to do. I was speaking about it to M. Dujardin-Beaumetz, the +under-secretary for fine arts, only forty-eight hours before the +publication of this book. Who knows but that the score of DON JUAN +TRIUMPHANT might yet be discovered in the house on the lake? + +[2] See the interview of the special correspondent of the MATIN, with +Mohammed-Ali Bey, on the day after the entry of the Salonika troops +into Constantinople. + + + + +THE END + + + + +The Paris Opera House + + +THE SCENE OF GASTON LEROUX'S NOVEL, "THE PHANTOM OF THE OPERA" + +That Mr. Leroux has used, for the scene of his story, the Paris Opera +House as it really is and has not created a building out of his +imagination, is shown by this interesting description of it taken from +an article which appeared in Scribner's Magazine in 1879, a short time +after the building was completed: + +"The new Opera House, commenced under the Empire and finished under the +Republic, is the most complete building of the kind in the world and in +many respects the most beautiful. No European capital possesses an +opera house so comprehensive in plan and execution, and none can boast +an edifice equally vast and splendid. + +"The site of the Opera House was chosen in 1861. It was determined to +lay the foundation exceptionally deep and strong. It was well known +that water would be met with, but it was impossible to foresee at what +depth or in what quantity it would be found. Exceptional depth also +was necessary, as the stage arrangements were to be such as to admit a +scene fifty feet high to be lowered on its frame. It was therefore +necessary to lay a foundation in a soil soaked with water which should +be sufficiently solid to sustain a weight of 22,000,000 pounds, and at +the same time to be perfectly dry, as the cellars were intended for the +storage of scenery and properties. While the work was in progress, the +excavation was kept free from water by means of eight pumps, worked by +steam power, and in operation, without interruption, day and night, +from March second to October thirteenth. The floor of the cellar was +covered with a layer of concrete, then with two coats of cement, +another layer of concrete and a coat of bitumen. The wall includes an +outer wall built as a coffer-dam, a brick wall, a coat of cement, and a +wall proper, a little over a yard thick. After all this was done the +whole was filled with water, in order that the fluid, by penetrating +into the most minute interstices, might deposit a sediment which would +close them more surely and perfectly than it would be possible to do by +hand. Twelve years elapsed before the completion of the building, and +during that time it was demonstrated that the precautions taken secured +absolute impermeability and solidity. + +"The events of 1870 interrupted work just as it was about to be +prosecuted most vigorously, and the new Opera House was put to new and +unexpected uses. During the siege, it was converted into a vast +military storehouse and filled with a heterogeneous mass of goods. +After the siege the building fell into the hands of the Commune and the +roof was turned into a balloon station. The damage done, however, was +slight. + +"The fine stone employed in the construction was brought from quarries +in Sweden, Scotland, Italy, Algeria, Finland, Spain, Belgium and +France. While work on the exterior was in progress, the building was +covered in by a wooden shell, rendered transparent by thousands of +small panes of glass. In 1867 a swarm of men, supplied with hammers +and axes, stripped the house of its habit, and showed in all its +splendor the great structure. No picture can do justice to the rich +colors of the edifice or to the harmonious tone resulting from the +skilful use of many diverse materials. The effect of the frontage is +completed by the cupola of the auditorium, topped with a cap of bronze +sparingly adorned with gilding. Farther on, on a level with the towers +of Notre-Dame, is the gable end of the roof of the stage, a 'Pegasus', +by M. Lequesne, rising at either end of the roof, and a bronze group by +M. Millet, representing 'Apollo lifting his golden lyre', commanding +the apex. Apollo, it may here be mentioned, is useful as well as +ornamental, for his lyre is tipped with a metal point which does duty +as a lightning-rod, and conducts the fluid to the body and down the +nether limbs of the god. + +"The spectator, having climbed ten steps and left behind him a gateway, +reaches a vestibule in which are statues of Lully, Rameau, Gluck, and +Handel. Ten steps of green Swedish marble lead to a second vestibule +for ticket-sellers. Visitors who enter by the pavilion reserved for +carriages pass through a hallway where ticket offices are situated. +The larger number of the audience, before entering the auditorium, +traverse a large circular vestibule located exactly beneath it. The +ceiling of this portion of the building is upheld by sixteen fluted +columns of Jura stone, with white marble capitals, forming a portico. +Here servants are to await their masters, and spectators may remain +until their carriages are summoned. The third entrance, which is quite +distinct from the others, is reserved for the Executive. The section +of the building set aside for the use of the Emperor Napoleon was to +have included an antechamber for the bodyguards; a salon for the +aides-de-camp; a large salon and a smaller one for the Empress; hat and +cloak rooms, etc. Moreover, there were to be in close proximity to the +entrance, stables for three coaches, for the outriders' horses, and for +the twenty-one horsemen acting as an escort; a station for a squad of +infantry of thirty-one men and ten cent-gardes, and a stable for the +horses of the latter; and, besides, a salon for fifteen or twenty +domestics. Thus arrangements had to be made to accommodate in this +part of the building about one hundred persons, fifty horses, and +half-a-dozen carriages. The fall of the Empire suggested some changes, +but ample provision still exists for emergencies. + +"Its novel conception, perfect fitness, and rare splendor of material, +make the grand stairway unquestionably one of the most remarkable +features of the building. It presents to the spectator, who has just +passed through the subscribers' pavilion, a gorgeous picture. From +this point he beholds the ceiling formed by the central landing; this +and the columns sustaining it, built of Echaillon stone, are +honeycombed with arabesques and heavy with ornaments; the steps are of +white marble, and antique red marble balusters rest on green marble +sockets and support a balustrade of onyx. To the right and to the left +of this landing are stairways to the floor, on a plane with the first +row of boxes. On this floor stand thirty monolith columns of +Sarrancolin marble, with white marble bases and capitals. Pilasters of +peach-blossom and violet stone are against the corresponding walls. +More than fifty blocks had to be extracted from the quarry to find +thirty perfect monoliths. + +"The foyer de la danse has particular interest for the habitues of the +Opera. It is a place of reunion to which subscribers to three +performances a week are admitted between the acts in accordance with a +usage established in 1870. Three immense looking-glasses cover the +back wall of the FOYER, and a chandelier with one hundred and seven +burners supplies it with light. The paintings include twenty oval +medallions, in which are portrayed the twenty danseuses of most +celebrity since the opera has existed in France, and four panels by M. +Boulanger, typifying 'The War Dance', 'The Rustic Dance', 'The Dance of +Love' and 'The Bacchic Dance.' While the ladies of the ballet receive +their admirers in this foyer, they can practise their steps. +Velvet-cushioned bars have to this end been secured at convenient +points, and the floor has been given the same slope as that of the +stage, so that the labor expended may be thoroughly profitable to the +performance. The singers' foyer, on the same floor, is a much less +lively resort than the foyer de la danse, as vocalists rarely leave +their dressing-rooms before they are summoned to the stage. Thirty +panels with portraits of the artists of repute in the annals of the +Opera adorn this foyer. + +"Some estimate ... may be arrived at by sitting before the concierge an +hour or so before the representation commences. First appear the stage +carpenters, who are always seventy, and sometimes, when L'Africaine, +for example, with its ship scene, is the opera, one hundred and ten +strong. Then come stage upholsterers, whose sole duty is to lay +carpets, hang curtains, etc.; gas-men, and a squad of firemen. +Claqueurs, call-boys, property-men, dressers, coiffeurs, +supernumeraries, and artists, follow. The supernumeraries number about +one hundred; some are hired by the year, but the 'masses' are generally +recruited at the last minute and are generally working-men who seek to +add to their meagre earnings. There are about a hundred choristers, +and about eighty musicians. + +"Next we behold equeries, whose horses are hoisted on the stage by +means of an elevator; electricians who manage the light-producing +batteries; hydrauliciens to take charge of the water-works in ballets +like La Source; artificers who prepare the conflagration in Le Profeta; +florists who make ready Margarita's garden, and a host of minor +employees. This personnel is provided for as follows: Eighty +dressing-rooms are reserved for the artists, each including a small +antechamber, the dressing-room proper, and a little closet. Besides +these apartments, the Opera has a dressing-room for sixty male, and +another for fifty female choristers; a third for thirty-four male +dancers; four dressing-rooms for twenty female dancers of different +grades; a dressing-room for one hundred and ninety supernumeraries, +etc." + +A few figures taken from the article will suggest the enormous capacity +and the perfect convenience of the house. "There are 2,531 doors and +7,593 keys; 14 furnaces and grates heat the house; the gaspipes if +connected would form a pipe almost 16 miles long; 9 reservoirs, and two +tanks hold 22,222 gallons of water and distribute their contents +through 22,829 2-5 feet of piping; 538 persons have places assigned +wherein to change their attire. The musicians have a foyer with 100 +closets for their instruments." + +The author remarks of his visit to the Opera House that it "was almost +as bewildering as it was agreeable. Giant stairways and colossal +halls, huge frescoes and enormous mirrors, gold and marble, satin and +velvet, met the eye at every turn." + +In a recent letter Mr. Andre Castaigne, whose remarkable pictures +illustrate the text, speaks of a river or lake under the Opera House +and mentions the fact that there are now also three metropolitan +railway tunnels, one on top of the other. + + + + + + + + + + +End of Project Gutenberg's The Phantom of the Opera, by Gaston Leroux + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE PHANTOM OF THE OPERA *** + +***** This file should be named 175.txt or 175.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/1/7/175/ + + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.net/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.net + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.net), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.net + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. From 6be104a4b84d694e697b7bc5e7b33f5db99402aa Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: AddisonNoxy <34310754+AddisonNoxy@users.noreply.github.com> Date: Wed, 20 Mar 2019 15:51:29 -0500 Subject: [PATCH 04/63] Create frankenstein --- files/books/unrelated/frankenstein | 7801 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 7801 insertions(+) create mode 100644 files/books/unrelated/frankenstein diff --git a/files/books/unrelated/frankenstein b/files/books/unrelated/frankenstein new file mode 100644 index 0000000..163bcca --- /dev/null +++ b/files/books/unrelated/frankenstein @@ -0,0 +1,7801 @@ + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK FRANKENSTEIN *** + + + + +Produced by Judith Boss, Christy Phillips, Lynn Hanninen, +and David Meltzer. HTML version by Al Haines. +Further corrections by Menno de Leeuw. + + + +Frankenstein; + + +or, the Modern Prometheus + + + + +by + + +Mary Wollstonecraft (Godwin) Shelley + + + + + + +CONTENTS + + + + +Letter 1 + +Letter 2 + +Letter 3 + +Letter 4 + +Chapter 1 + +Chapter 2 + +Chapter 3 + +Chapter 4 + +Chapter 5 + +Chapter 6 + +Chapter 7 + +Chapter 8 + +Chapter 9 + +Chapter 10 + +Chapter 11 + +Chapter 12 + +Chapter 13 + +Chapter 14 + +Chapter 15 + +Chapter 16 + +Chapter 17 + +Chapter 18 + +Chapter 19 + +Chapter 20 + +Chapter 21 + +Chapter 22 + +Chapter 23 + +Chapter 24 + + + + + +Letter 1 + +_To Mrs. Saville, England._ + + +St. Petersburgh, Dec. 11th, 17—. + + +You will rejoice to hear that no disaster has accompanied the +commencement of an enterprise which you have regarded with such evil +forebodings. I arrived here yesterday, and my first task is to assure +my dear sister of my welfare and increasing confidence in the success +of my undertaking. + +I am already far north of London, and as I walk in the streets of +Petersburgh, I feel a cold northern breeze play upon my cheeks, which +braces my nerves and fills me with delight. Do you understand this +feeling? This breeze, which has travelled from the regions towards +which I am advancing, gives me a foretaste of those icy climes. +Inspirited by this wind of promise, my daydreams become more fervent +and vivid. I try in vain to be persuaded that the pole is the seat of +frost and desolation; it ever presents itself to my imagination as the +region of beauty and delight. There, Margaret, the sun is for ever +visible, its broad disk just skirting the horizon and diffusing a +perpetual splendour. There—for with your leave, my sister, I will put +some trust in preceding navigators—there snow and frost are banished; +and, sailing over a calm sea, we may be wafted to a land surpassing in +wonders and in beauty every region hitherto discovered on the habitable +globe. Its productions and features may be without example, as the +phenomena of the heavenly bodies undoubtedly are in those undiscovered +solitudes. What may not be expected in a country of eternal light? I +may there discover the wondrous power which attracts the needle and may +regulate a thousand celestial observations that require only this +voyage to render their seeming eccentricities consistent for ever. I +shall satiate my ardent curiosity with the sight of a part of the world +never before visited, and may tread a land never before imprinted by +the foot of man. These are my enticements, and they are sufficient to +conquer all fear of danger or death and to induce me to commence this +laborious voyage with the joy a child feels when he embarks in a little +boat, with his holiday mates, on an expedition of discovery up his +native river. But supposing all these conjectures to be false, you +cannot contest the inestimable benefit which I shall confer on all +mankind, to the last generation, by discovering a passage near the pole +to those countries, to reach which at present so many months are +requisite; or by ascertaining the secret of the magnet, which, if at +all possible, can only be effected by an undertaking such as mine. + +These reflections have dispelled the agitation with which I began my +letter, and I feel my heart glow with an enthusiasm which elevates me +to heaven, for nothing contributes so much to tranquillise the mind as +a steady purpose—a point on which the soul may fix its intellectual +eye. This expedition has been the favourite dream of my early years. I +have read with ardour the accounts of the various voyages which have +been made in the prospect of arriving at the North Pacific Ocean +through the seas which surround the pole. You may remember that a +history of all the voyages made for purposes of discovery composed the +whole of our good Uncle Thomas’ library. My education was neglected, +yet I was passionately fond of reading. These volumes were my study +day and night, and my familiarity with them increased that regret which +I had felt, as a child, on learning that my father’s dying injunction +had forbidden my uncle to allow me to embark in a seafaring life. + +These visions faded when I perused, for the first time, those poets +whose effusions entranced my soul and lifted it to heaven. I also +became a poet and for one year lived in a paradise of my own creation; +I imagined that I also might obtain a niche in the temple where the +names of Homer and Shakespeare are consecrated. You are well +acquainted with my failure and how heavily I bore the disappointment. +But just at that time I inherited the fortune of my cousin, and my +thoughts were turned into the channel of their earlier bent. + +Six years have passed since I resolved on my present undertaking. I +can, even now, remember the hour from which I dedicated myself to this +great enterprise. I commenced by inuring my body to hardship. I +accompanied the whale-fishers on several expeditions to the North Sea; +I voluntarily endured cold, famine, thirst, and want of sleep; I often +worked harder than the common sailors during the day and devoted my +nights to the study of mathematics, the theory of medicine, and those +branches of physical science from which a naval adventurer might derive +the greatest practical advantage. Twice I actually hired myself as an +under-mate in a Greenland whaler, and acquitted myself to admiration. I +must own I felt a little proud when my captain offered me the second +dignity in the vessel and entreated me to remain with the greatest +earnestness, so valuable did he consider my services. + +And now, dear Margaret, do I not deserve to accomplish some great purpose? +My life might have been passed in ease and luxury, but I preferred glory to +every enticement that wealth placed in my path. Oh, that some encouraging +voice would answer in the affirmative! My courage and my resolution is +firm; but my hopes fluctuate, and my spirits are often depressed. I am +about to proceed on a long and difficult voyage, the emergencies of which +will demand all my fortitude: I am required not only to raise the spirits +of others, but sometimes to sustain my own, when theirs are failing. + +This is the most favourable period for travelling in Russia. They fly +quickly over the snow in their sledges; the motion is pleasant, and, in +my opinion, far more agreeable than that of an English stagecoach. The +cold is not excessive, if you are wrapped in furs—a dress which I have +already adopted, for there is a great difference between walking the +deck and remaining seated motionless for hours, when no exercise +prevents the blood from actually freezing in your veins. I have no +ambition to lose my life on the post-road between St. Petersburgh and +Archangel. + +I shall depart for the latter town in a fortnight or three weeks; and my +intention is to hire a ship there, which can easily be done by paying the +insurance for the owner, and to engage as many sailors as I think necessary +among those who are accustomed to the whale-fishing. I do not intend to +sail until the month of June; and when shall I return? Ah, dear sister, how +can I answer this question? If I succeed, many, many months, perhaps years, +will pass before you and I may meet. If I fail, you will see me again soon, +or never. + +Farewell, my dear, excellent Margaret. Heaven shower down blessings on you, +and save me, that I may again and again testify my gratitude for all your +love and kindness. + +Your affectionate brother, + +R. Walton + + + + + + +Letter 2 + + + + +_To Mrs. Saville, England._ + + +Archangel, 28th March, 17—. + + +How slowly the time passes here, encompassed as I am by frost and snow! +Yet a second step is taken towards my enterprise. I have hired a +vessel and am occupied in collecting my sailors; those whom I have +already engaged appear to be men on whom I can depend and are certainly +possessed of dauntless courage. + +But I have one want which I have never yet been able to satisfy, and the +absence of the object of which I now feel as a most severe evil, I have no +friend, Margaret: when I am glowing with the enthusiasm of success, there +will be none to participate my joy; if I am assailed by disappointment, no +one will endeavour to sustain me in dejection. I shall commit my thoughts +to paper, it is true; but that is a poor medium for the communication of +feeling. I desire the company of a man who could sympathise with me, whose +eyes would reply to mine. You may deem me romantic, my dear sister, but I +bitterly feel the want of a friend. I have no one near me, gentle yet +courageous, possessed of a cultivated as well as of a capacious mind, whose +tastes are like my own, to approve or amend my plans. How would such a +friend repair the faults of your poor brother! I am too ardent in execution +and too impatient of difficulties. But it is a still greater evil to me +that I am self-educated: for the first fourteen years of my life I ran wild +on a common and read nothing but our Uncle Thomas’ books of voyages. +At that age I became acquainted with the celebrated poets of our own +country; but it was only when it had ceased to be in my power to derive its +most important benefits from such a conviction that I perceived the +necessity of becoming acquainted with more languages than that of my native +country. Now I am twenty-eight and am in reality more illiterate than many +schoolboys of fifteen. It is true that I have thought more and that my +daydreams are more extended and magnificent, but they want (as the painters +call it) _keeping;_ and I greatly need a friend who would have sense +enough not to despise me as romantic, and affection enough for me to +endeavour to regulate my mind. + +Well, these are useless complaints; I shall certainly find no friend on the +wide ocean, nor even here in Archangel, among merchants and seamen. Yet +some feelings, unallied to the dross of human nature, beat even in these +rugged bosoms. My lieutenant, for instance, is a man of wonderful courage +and enterprise; he is madly desirous of glory, or rather, to word my phrase +more characteristically, of advancement in his profession. He is an +Englishman, and in the midst of national and professional prejudices, +unsoftened by cultivation, retains some of the noblest endowments of +humanity. I first became acquainted with him on board a whale vessel; +finding that he was unemployed in this city, I easily engaged him to assist +in my enterprise. + +The master is a person of an excellent disposition and is remarkable in the +ship for his gentleness and the mildness of his discipline. This +circumstance, added to his well-known integrity and dauntless courage, made +me very desirous to engage him. A youth passed in solitude, my best years +spent under your gentle and feminine fosterage, has so refined the +groundwork of my character that I cannot overcome an intense distaste to +the usual brutality exercised on board ship: I have never believed it to be +necessary, and when I heard of a mariner equally noted for his kindliness +of heart and the respect and obedience paid to him by his crew, I felt +myself peculiarly fortunate in being able to secure his services. I heard +of him first in rather a romantic manner, from a lady who owes to him the +happiness of her life. This, briefly, is his story. Some years ago he loved +a young Russian lady of moderate fortune, and having amassed a considerable +sum in prize-money, the father of the girl consented to the match. He saw +his mistress once before the destined ceremony; but she was bathed in +tears, and throwing herself at his feet, entreated him to spare her, +confessing at the same time that she loved another, but that he was poor, +and that her father would never consent to the union. My generous friend +reassured the suppliant, and on being informed of the name of her lover, +instantly abandoned his pursuit. He had already bought a farm with his +money, on which he had designed to pass the remainder of his life; but he +bestowed the whole on his rival, together with the remains of his +prize-money to purchase stock, and then himself solicited the young +woman’s father to consent to her marriage with her lover. But the old +man decidedly refused, thinking himself bound in honour to my friend, who, +when he found the father inexorable, quitted his country, nor returned +until he heard that his former mistress was married according to her +inclinations. “What a noble fellow!” you will exclaim. He is +so; but then he is wholly uneducated: he is as silent as a Turk, and a kind +of ignorant carelessness attends him, which, while it renders his conduct +the more astonishing, detracts from the interest and sympathy which +otherwise he would command. + +Yet do not suppose, because I complain a little or because I can +conceive a consolation for my toils which I may never know, that I am +wavering in my resolutions. Those are as fixed as fate, and my voyage +is only now delayed until the weather shall permit my embarkation. The +winter has been dreadfully severe, but the spring promises well, and it +is considered as a remarkably early season, so that perhaps I may sail +sooner than I expected. I shall do nothing rashly: you know me +sufficiently to confide in my prudence and considerateness whenever the +safety of others is committed to my care. + +I cannot describe to you my sensations on the near prospect of my +undertaking. It is impossible to communicate to you a conception of +the trembling sensation, half pleasurable and half fearful, with which +I am preparing to depart. I am going to unexplored regions, to “the +land of mist and snow,” but I shall kill no albatross; therefore do not +be alarmed for my safety or if I should come back to you as worn and +woeful as the “Ancient Mariner.” You will smile at my allusion, but I +will disclose a secret. I have often attributed my attachment to, my +passionate enthusiasm for, the dangerous mysteries of ocean to that +production of the most imaginative of modern poets. There is something +at work in my soul which I do not understand. I am practically +industrious—painstaking, a workman to execute with perseverance and +labour—but besides this there is a love for the marvellous, a belief +in the marvellous, intertwined in all my projects, which hurries me out +of the common pathways of men, even to the wild sea and unvisited +regions I am about to explore. + +But to return to dearer considerations. Shall I meet you again, after +having traversed immense seas, and returned by the most southern cape of +Africa or America? I dare not expect such success, yet I cannot bear to +look on the reverse of the picture. Continue for the present to write to +me by every opportunity: I may receive your letters on some occasions when +I need them most to support my spirits. I love you very tenderly. +Remember me with affection, should you never hear from me again. + +Your affectionate brother, + Robert Walton + + + + + + +Letter 3 + + + + +_To Mrs. Saville, England._ + + +July 7th, 17—. + + +My dear Sister, + +I write a few lines in haste to say that I am safe—and well advanced +on my voyage. This letter will reach England by a merchantman now on +its homeward voyage from Archangel; more fortunate than I, who may not +see my native land, perhaps, for many years. I am, however, in good +spirits: my men are bold and apparently firm of purpose, nor do the +floating sheets of ice that continually pass us, indicating the dangers +of the region towards which we are advancing, appear to dismay them. We +have already reached a very high latitude; but it is the height of +summer, and although not so warm as in England, the southern gales, +which blow us speedily towards those shores which I so ardently desire +to attain, breathe a degree of renovating warmth which I had not +expected. + +No incidents have hitherto befallen us that would make a figure in a +letter. One or two stiff gales and the springing of a leak are +accidents which experienced navigators scarcely remember to record, and +I shall be well content if nothing worse happen to us during our voyage. + +Adieu, my dear Margaret. Be assured that for my own sake, as well as +yours, I will not rashly encounter danger. I will be cool, +persevering, and prudent. + +But success _shall_ crown my endeavours. Wherefore not? Thus far I +have gone, tracing a secure way over the pathless seas, the very stars +themselves being witnesses and testimonies of my triumph. Why not +still proceed over the untamed yet obedient element? What can stop the +determined heart and resolved will of man? + +My swelling heart involuntarily pours itself out thus. But I must +finish. Heaven bless my beloved sister! + +R.W. + + + + + + +Letter 4 + + + + +_To Mrs. Saville, England._ + + +August 5th, 17—. + + +So strange an accident has happened to us that I cannot forbear +recording it, although it is very probable that you will see me before +these papers can come into your possession. + +Last Monday (July 31st) we were nearly surrounded by ice, which closed +in the ship on all sides, scarcely leaving her the sea-room in which +she floated. Our situation was somewhat dangerous, especially as we +were compassed round by a very thick fog. We accordingly lay to, +hoping that some change would take place in the atmosphere and weather. + +About two o’clock the mist cleared away, and we beheld, stretched out +in every direction, vast and irregular plains of ice, which seemed to +have no end. Some of my comrades groaned, and my own mind began to +grow watchful with anxious thoughts, when a strange sight suddenly +attracted our attention and diverted our solicitude from our own +situation. We perceived a low carriage, fixed on a sledge and drawn by +dogs, pass on towards the north, at the distance of half a mile; a +being which had the shape of a man, but apparently of gigantic stature, +sat in the sledge and guided the dogs. We watched the rapid progress +of the traveller with our telescopes until he was lost among the +distant inequalities of the ice. + +This appearance excited our unqualified wonder. We were, as we believed, +many hundred miles from any land; but this apparition seemed to denote that +it was not, in reality, so distant as we had supposed. Shut in, however, by +ice, it was impossible to follow his track, which we had observed with the +greatest attention. + +About two hours after this occurrence we heard the ground sea, and before +night the ice broke and freed our ship. We, however, lay to until the +morning, fearing to encounter in the dark those large loose masses which +float about after the breaking up of the ice. I profited of this time to +rest for a few hours. + +In the morning, however, as soon as it was light, I went upon deck and +found all the sailors busy on one side of the vessel, apparently +talking to someone in the sea. It was, in fact, a sledge, like that we +had seen before, which had drifted towards us in the night on a large +fragment of ice. Only one dog remained alive; but there was a human +being within it whom the sailors were persuading to enter the vessel. +He was not, as the other traveller seemed to be, a savage inhabitant of +some undiscovered island, but a European. When I appeared on deck the +master said, “Here is our captain, and he will not allow you to perish +on the open sea.” + +On perceiving me, the stranger addressed me in English, although with a +foreign accent. “Before I come on board your vessel,” said he, +“will you have the kindness to inform me whither you are bound?” + +You may conceive my astonishment on hearing such a question addressed +to me from a man on the brink of destruction and to whom I should have +supposed that my vessel would have been a resource which he would not +have exchanged for the most precious wealth the earth can afford. I +replied, however, that we were on a voyage of discovery towards the +northern pole. + +Upon hearing this he appeared satisfied and consented to come on board. +Good God! Margaret, if you had seen the man who thus capitulated for +his safety, your surprise would have been boundless. His limbs were +nearly frozen, and his body dreadfully emaciated by fatigue and +suffering. I never saw a man in so wretched a condition. We attempted +to carry him into the cabin, but as soon as he had quitted the fresh +air he fainted. We accordingly brought him back to the deck and +restored him to animation by rubbing him with brandy and forcing him to +swallow a small quantity. As soon as he showed signs of life we +wrapped him up in blankets and placed him near the chimney of the +kitchen stove. By slow degrees he recovered and ate a little soup, +which restored him wonderfully. + +Two days passed in this manner before he was able to speak, and I often +feared that his sufferings had deprived him of understanding. When he +had in some measure recovered, I removed him to my own cabin and +attended on him as much as my duty would permit. I never saw a more +interesting creature: his eyes have generally an expression of +wildness, and even madness, but there are moments when, if anyone +performs an act of kindness towards him or does him any the most +trifling service, his whole countenance is lighted up, as it were, with +a beam of benevolence and sweetness that I never saw equalled. But he +is generally melancholy and despairing, and sometimes he gnashes his +teeth, as if impatient of the weight of woes that oppresses him. + +When my guest was a little recovered I had great trouble to keep off +the men, who wished to ask him a thousand questions; but I would not +allow him to be tormented by their idle curiosity, in a state of body +and mind whose restoration evidently depended upon entire repose. +Once, however, the lieutenant asked why he had come so far upon the ice +in so strange a vehicle. + +His countenance instantly assumed an aspect of the deepest gloom, and +he replied, “To seek one who fled from me.” + +“And did the man whom you pursued travel in the same fashion?” + +“Yes.” + +“Then I fancy we have seen him, for the day before we picked you up we +saw some dogs drawing a sledge, with a man in it, across the ice.” + +This aroused the stranger’s attention, and he asked a multitude of +questions concerning the route which the dæmon, as he called him, had +pursued. Soon after, when he was alone with me, he said, “I have, +doubtless, excited your curiosity, as well as that of these good +people; but you are too considerate to make inquiries.” + +“Certainly; it would indeed be very impertinent and inhuman in me to +trouble you with any inquisitiveness of mine.” + +“And yet you rescued me from a strange and perilous situation; you have +benevolently restored me to life.” + +Soon after this he inquired if I thought that the breaking up of the +ice had destroyed the other sledge. I replied that I could not answer +with any degree of certainty, for the ice had not broken until near +midnight, and the traveller might have arrived at a place of safety +before that time; but of this I could not judge. + +From this time a new spirit of life animated the decaying frame of the +stranger. He manifested the greatest eagerness to be upon deck to watch for +the sledge which had before appeared; but I have persuaded him to remain in +the cabin, for he is far too weak to sustain the rawness of the atmosphere. +I have promised that someone should watch for him and give him instant +notice if any new object should appear in sight. + +Such is my journal of what relates to this strange occurrence up to the +present day. The stranger has gradually improved in health but is very +silent and appears uneasy when anyone except myself enters his cabin. +Yet his manners are so conciliating and gentle that the sailors are all +interested in him, although they have had very little communication +with him. For my own part, I begin to love him as a brother, and his +constant and deep grief fills me with sympathy and compassion. He must +have been a noble creature in his better days, being even now in wreck +so attractive and amiable. + +I said in one of my letters, my dear Margaret, that I should find no friend +on the wide ocean; yet I have found a man who, before his spirit had been +broken by misery, I should have been happy to have possessed as the brother +of my heart. + +I shall continue my journal concerning the stranger at intervals, +should I have any fresh incidents to record. + + + + +August 13th, 17—. + + +My affection for my guest increases every day. He excites at once my +admiration and my pity to an astonishing degree. How can I see so +noble a creature destroyed by misery without feeling the most poignant +grief? He is so gentle, yet so wise; his mind is so cultivated, and +when he speaks, although his words are culled with the choicest art, +yet they flow with rapidity and unparalleled eloquence. + +He is now much recovered from his illness and is continually on the deck, +apparently watching for the sledge that preceded his own. Yet, although +unhappy, he is not so utterly occupied by his own misery but that he +interests himself deeply in the projects of others. He has frequently +conversed with me on mine, which I have communicated to him without +disguise. He entered attentively into all my arguments in favour of my +eventual success and into every minute detail of the measures I had taken +to secure it. I was easily led by the sympathy which he evinced to use the +language of my heart, to give utterance to the burning ardour of my soul +and to say, with all the fervour that warmed me, how gladly I would +sacrifice my fortune, my existence, my every hope, to the furtherance of my +enterprise. One man’s life or death were but a small price to pay for +the acquirement of the knowledge which I sought, for the dominion I should +acquire and transmit over the elemental foes of our race. As I spoke, a +dark gloom spread over my listener’s countenance. At first I +perceived that he tried to suppress his emotion; he placed his hands before +his eyes, and my voice quivered and failed me as I beheld tears trickle +fast from between his fingers; a groan burst from his heaving breast. I +paused; at length he spoke, in broken accents: “Unhappy man! Do you +share my madness? Have you drunk also of the intoxicating draught? Hear me; +let me reveal my tale, and you will dash the cup from your lips!” + +Such words, you may imagine, strongly excited my curiosity; but the +paroxysm of grief that had seized the stranger overcame his weakened +powers, and many hours of repose and tranquil conversation were +necessary to restore his composure. + +Having conquered the violence of his feelings, he appeared to despise +himself for being the slave of passion; and quelling the dark tyranny of +despair, he led me again to converse concerning myself personally. He asked +me the history of my earlier years. The tale was quickly told, but it +awakened various trains of reflection. I spoke of my desire of finding a +friend, of my thirst for a more intimate sympathy with a fellow mind than +had ever fallen to my lot, and expressed my conviction that a man could +boast of little happiness who did not enjoy this blessing. + +“I agree with you,” replied the stranger; “we are +unfashioned creatures, but half made up, if one wiser, better, dearer than +ourselves—such a friend ought to be—do not lend his aid to +perfectionate our weak and faulty natures. I once had a friend, the most +noble of human creatures, and am entitled, therefore, to judge respecting +friendship. You have hope, and the world before you, and have no cause for +despair. But I—I have lost everything and cannot begin life +anew.” + +As he said this his countenance became expressive of a calm, settled +grief that touched me to the heart. But he was silent and presently +retired to his cabin. + +Even broken in spirit as he is, no one can feel more deeply than he +does the beauties of nature. The starry sky, the sea, and every sight +afforded by these wonderful regions seem still to have the power of +elevating his soul from earth. Such a man has a double existence: he +may suffer misery and be overwhelmed by disappointments, yet when he +has retired into himself, he will be like a celestial spirit that has a +halo around him, within whose circle no grief or folly ventures. + +Will you smile at the enthusiasm I express concerning this divine +wanderer? You would not if you saw him. You have been tutored and +refined by books and retirement from the world, and you are therefore +somewhat fastidious; but this only renders you the more fit to +appreciate the extraordinary merits of this wonderful man. Sometimes I +have endeavoured to discover what quality it is which he possesses that +elevates him so immeasurably above any other person I ever knew. I +believe it to be an intuitive discernment, a quick but never-failing +power of judgment, a penetration into the causes of things, unequalled +for clearness and precision; add to this a facility of expression and a +voice whose varied intonations are soul-subduing music. + + + + +August 19th, 17—. + + +Yesterday the stranger said to me, “You may easily perceive, Captain +Walton, that I have suffered great and unparalleled misfortunes. I had +determined at one time that the memory of these evils should die with +me, but you have won me to alter my determination. You seek for +knowledge and wisdom, as I once did; and I ardently hope that the +gratification of your wishes may not be a serpent to sting you, as mine +has been. I do not know that the relation of my disasters will be +useful to you; yet, when I reflect that you are pursuing the same +course, exposing yourself to the same dangers which have rendered me +what I am, I imagine that you may deduce an apt moral from my tale, one +that may direct you if you succeed in your undertaking and console you +in case of failure. Prepare to hear of occurrences which are usually +deemed marvellous. Were we among the tamer scenes of nature I might +fear to encounter your unbelief, perhaps your ridicule; but many things +will appear possible in these wild and mysterious regions which would +provoke the laughter of those unacquainted with the ever-varied powers +of nature; nor can I doubt but that my tale conveys in its series +internal evidence of the truth of the events of which it is composed.” + +You may easily imagine that I was much gratified by the offered +communication, yet I could not endure that he should renew his grief by +a recital of his misfortunes. I felt the greatest eagerness to hear +the promised narrative, partly from curiosity and partly from a strong +desire to ameliorate his fate if it were in my power. I expressed +these feelings in my answer. + +“I thank you,” he replied, “for your sympathy, but it is +useless; my fate is nearly fulfilled. I wait but for one event, and then I +shall repose in peace. I understand your feeling,” continued he, +perceiving that I wished to interrupt him; “but you are mistaken, my +friend, if thus you will allow me to name you; nothing can alter my +destiny; listen to my history, and you will perceive how irrevocably it is +determined.” + +He then told me that he would commence his narrative the next day when I +should be at leisure. This promise drew from me the warmest thanks. I have +resolved every night, when I am not imperatively occupied by my duties, to +record, as nearly as possible in his own words, what he has related during +the day. If I should be engaged, I will at least make notes. This +manuscript will doubtless afford you the greatest pleasure; but to me, who +know him, and who hear it from his own lips—with what interest and +sympathy shall I read it in some future day! Even now, as I commence my +task, his full-toned voice swells in my ears; his lustrous eyes dwell on me +with all their melancholy sweetness; I see his thin hand raised in +animation, while the lineaments of his face are irradiated by the soul +within. Strange and harrowing must be his story, frightful the storm which +embraced the gallant vessel on its course and wrecked it—thus! + + + + + +Chapter 1 + +I am by birth a Genevese, and my family is one of the most +distinguished of that republic. My ancestors had been for many years +counsellors and syndics, and my father had filled several public +situations with honour and reputation. He was respected by all who +knew him for his integrity and indefatigable attention to public +business. He passed his younger days perpetually occupied by the +affairs of his country; a variety of circumstances had prevented his +marrying early, nor was it until the decline of life that he became a +husband and the father of a family. + +As the circumstances of his marriage illustrate his character, I cannot +refrain from relating them. One of his most intimate friends was a +merchant who, from a flourishing state, fell, through numerous +mischances, into poverty. This man, whose name was Beaufort, was of a +proud and unbending disposition and could not bear to live in poverty +and oblivion in the same country where he had formerly been +distinguished for his rank and magnificence. Having paid his debts, +therefore, in the most honourable manner, he retreated with his +daughter to the town of Lucerne, where he lived unknown and in +wretchedness. My father loved Beaufort with the truest friendship and +was deeply grieved by his retreat in these unfortunate circumstances. +He bitterly deplored the false pride which led his friend to a conduct +so little worthy of the affection that united them. He lost no time in +endeavouring to seek him out, with the hope of persuading him to begin +the world again through his credit and assistance. + +Beaufort had taken effectual measures to conceal himself, and it was ten +months before my father discovered his abode. Overjoyed at this discovery, +he hastened to the house, which was situated in a mean street near the +Reuss. But when he entered, misery and despair alone welcomed him. Beaufort +had saved but a very small sum of money from the wreck of his fortunes, but +it was sufficient to provide him with sustenance for some months, and in +the meantime he hoped to procure some respectable employment in a +merchant’s house. The interval was, consequently, spent in inaction; +his grief only became more deep and rankling when he had leisure for +reflection, and at length it took so fast hold of his mind that at the end +of three months he lay on a bed of sickness, incapable of any exertion. + +His daughter attended him with the greatest tenderness, but she saw +with despair that their little fund was rapidly decreasing and that +there was no other prospect of support. But Caroline Beaufort +possessed a mind of an uncommon mould, and her courage rose to support +her in her adversity. She procured plain work; she plaited straw and +by various means contrived to earn a pittance scarcely sufficient to +support life. + +Several months passed in this manner. Her father grew worse; her time +was more entirely occupied in attending him; her means of subsistence +decreased; and in the tenth month her father died in her arms, leaving +her an orphan and a beggar. This last blow overcame her, and she knelt +by Beaufort’s coffin weeping bitterly, when my father entered the +chamber. He came like a protecting spirit to the poor girl, who +committed herself to his care; and after the interment of his friend he +conducted her to Geneva and placed her under the protection of a +relation. Two years after this event Caroline became his wife. + +There was a considerable difference between the ages of my parents, but +this circumstance seemed to unite them only closer in bonds of devoted +affection. There was a sense of justice in my father’s upright mind +which rendered it necessary that he should approve highly to love +strongly. Perhaps during former years he had suffered from the +late-discovered unworthiness of one beloved and so was disposed to set +a greater value on tried worth. There was a show of gratitude and +worship in his attachment to my mother, differing wholly from the +doting fondness of age, for it was inspired by reverence for her +virtues and a desire to be the means of, in some degree, recompensing +her for the sorrows she had endured, but which gave inexpressible grace +to his behaviour to her. Everything was made to yield to her wishes +and her convenience. He strove to shelter her, as a fair exotic is +sheltered by the gardener, from every rougher wind and to surround her +with all that could tend to excite pleasurable emotion in her soft and +benevolent mind. Her health, and even the tranquillity of her hitherto +constant spirit, had been shaken by what she had gone through. During +the two years that had elapsed previous to their marriage my father had +gradually relinquished all his public functions; and immediately after +their union they sought the pleasant climate of Italy, and the change +of scene and interest attendant on a tour through that land of wonders, +as a restorative for her weakened frame. + +From Italy they visited Germany and France. I, their eldest child, was born +at Naples, and as an infant accompanied them in their rambles. I remained +for several years their only child. Much as they were attached to each +other, they seemed to draw inexhaustible stores of affection from a very +mine of love to bestow them upon me. My mother’s tender caresses and +my father’s smile of benevolent pleasure while regarding me are my +first recollections. I was their plaything and their idol, and something +better—their child, the innocent and helpless creature bestowed on +them by Heaven, whom to bring up to good, and whose future lot it was in +their hands to direct to happiness or misery, according as they fulfilled +their duties towards me. With this deep consciousness of what they owed +towards the being to which they had given life, added to the active spirit +of tenderness that animated both, it may be imagined that while during +every hour of my infant life I received a lesson of patience, of charity, +and of self-control, I was so guided by a silken cord that all seemed but +one train of enjoyment to me. + +For a long time I was their only care. My mother had much desired to have a +daughter, but I continued their single offspring. When I was about five +years old, while making an excursion beyond the frontiers of Italy, they +passed a week on the shores of the Lake of Como. Their benevolent +disposition often made them enter the cottages of the poor. This, to my +mother, was more than a duty; it was a necessity, a +passion—remembering what she had suffered, and how she had been +relieved—for her to act in her turn the guardian angel to the +afflicted. During one of their walks a poor cot in the foldings of a vale +attracted their notice as being singularly disconsolate, while the number +of half-clothed children gathered about it spoke of penury in its worst +shape. One day, when my father had gone by himself to Milan, my mother, +accompanied by me, visited this abode. She found a peasant and his wife, +hard working, bent down by care and labour, distributing a scanty meal to +five hungry babes. Among these there was one which attracted my mother far +above all the rest. She appeared of a different stock. The four others were +dark-eyed, hardy little vagrants; this child was thin and very fair. Her +hair was the brightest living gold, and despite the poverty of her +clothing, seemed to set a crown of distinction on her head. Her brow was +clear and ample, her blue eyes cloudless, and her lips and the moulding of +her face so expressive of sensibility and sweetness that none could behold +her without looking on her as of a distinct species, a being heaven-sent, +and bearing a celestial stamp in all her features. + +The peasant woman, perceiving that my mother fixed eyes of wonder and +admiration on this lovely girl, eagerly communicated her history. She was +not her child, but the daughter of a Milanese nobleman. Her mother was a +German and had died on giving her birth. The infant had been placed with +these good people to nurse: they were better off then. They had not been +long married, and their eldest child was but just born. The father of their +charge was one of those Italians nursed in the memory of the antique glory +of Italy—one among the _schiavi ognor frementi,_ who exerted +himself to obtain the liberty of his country. He became the victim of its +weakness. Whether he had died or still lingered in the dungeons of Austria +was not known. His property was confiscated; his child became an orphan and +a beggar. She continued with her foster parents and bloomed in their rude +abode, fairer than a garden rose among dark-leaved brambles. + +When my father returned from Milan, he found playing with me in the hall of +our villa a child fairer than pictured cherub—a creature who seemed +to shed radiance from her looks and whose form and motions were lighter +than the chamois of the hills. The apparition was soon explained. With his +permission my mother prevailed on her rustic guardians to yield their +charge to her. They were fond of the sweet orphan. Her presence had seemed +a blessing to them, but it would be unfair to her to keep her in poverty +and want when Providence afforded her such powerful protection. They +consulted their village priest, and the result was that Elizabeth Lavenza +became the inmate of my parents’ house—my more than +sister—the beautiful and adored companion of all my occupations and +my pleasures. + +Everyone loved Elizabeth. The passionate and almost reverential +attachment with which all regarded her became, while I shared it, my +pride and my delight. On the evening previous to her being brought to +my home, my mother had said playfully, “I have a pretty present for my +Victor—tomorrow he shall have it.” And when, on the morrow, she +presented Elizabeth to me as her promised gift, I, with childish +seriousness, interpreted her words literally and looked upon Elizabeth +as mine—mine to protect, love, and cherish. All praises bestowed on +her I received as made to a possession of my own. We called each other +familiarly by the name of cousin. No word, no expression could body +forth the kind of relation in which she stood to me—my more than +sister, since till death she was to be mine only. + + + + + +Chapter 2 + +We were brought up together; there was not quite a year difference in +our ages. I need not say that we were strangers to any species of +disunion or dispute. Harmony was the soul of our companionship, and +the diversity and contrast that subsisted in our characters drew us +nearer together. Elizabeth was of a calmer and more concentrated +disposition; but, with all my ardour, I was capable of a more intense +application and was more deeply smitten with the thirst for knowledge. +She busied herself with following the aerial creations of the poets; +and in the majestic and wondrous scenes which surrounded our Swiss +home —the sublime shapes of the mountains, the changes of the seasons, +tempest and calm, the silence of winter, and the life and turbulence of +our Alpine summers—she found ample scope for admiration and delight. +While my companion contemplated with a serious and satisfied spirit the +magnificent appearances of things, I delighted in investigating their +causes. The world was to me a secret which I desired to divine. +Curiosity, earnest research to learn the hidden laws of nature, +gladness akin to rapture, as they were unfolded to me, are among the +earliest sensations I can remember. + +On the birth of a second son, my junior by seven years, my parents gave +up entirely their wandering life and fixed themselves in their native +country. We possessed a house in Geneva, and a _campagne_ on Belrive, +the eastern shore of the lake, at the distance of rather more than a +league from the city. We resided principally in the latter, and the +lives of my parents were passed in considerable seclusion. It was my +temper to avoid a crowd and to attach myself fervently to a few. I was +indifferent, therefore, to my school-fellows in general; but I united +myself in the bonds of the closest friendship to one among them. Henry +Clerval was the son of a merchant of Geneva. He was a boy of singular +talent and fancy. He loved enterprise, hardship, and even danger for +its own sake. He was deeply read in books of chivalry and romance. He +composed heroic songs and began to write many a tale of enchantment and +knightly adventure. He tried to make us act plays and to enter into +masquerades, in which the characters were drawn from the heroes of +Roncesvalles, of the Round Table of King Arthur, and the chivalrous +train who shed their blood to redeem the holy sepulchre from the hands +of the infidels. + +No human being could have passed a happier childhood than myself. My +parents were possessed by the very spirit of kindness and indulgence. +We felt that they were not the tyrants to rule our lot according to +their caprice, but the agents and creators of all the many delights +which we enjoyed. When I mingled with other families I distinctly +discerned how peculiarly fortunate my lot was, and gratitude assisted +the development of filial love. + +My temper was sometimes violent, and my passions vehement; but by some +law in my temperature they were turned not towards childish pursuits +but to an eager desire to learn, and not to learn all things +indiscriminately. I confess that neither the structure of languages, +nor the code of governments, nor the politics of various states +possessed attractions for me. It was the secrets of heaven and earth +that I desired to learn; and whether it was the outward substance of +things or the inner spirit of nature and the mysterious soul of man +that occupied me, still my inquiries were directed to the metaphysical, +or in its highest sense, the physical secrets of the world. + +Meanwhile Clerval occupied himself, so to speak, with the moral +relations of things. The busy stage of life, the virtues of heroes, +and the actions of men were his theme; and his hope and his dream was +to become one among those whose names are recorded in story as the +gallant and adventurous benefactors of our species. The saintly soul +of Elizabeth shone like a shrine-dedicated lamp in our peaceful home. +Her sympathy was ours; her smile, her soft voice, the sweet glance of +her celestial eyes, were ever there to bless and animate us. She was +the living spirit of love to soften and attract; I might have become +sullen in my study, rough through the ardour of my nature, but that +she was there to subdue me to a semblance of her own gentleness. And +Clerval—could aught ill entrench on the noble spirit of Clerval? Yet +he might not have been so perfectly humane, so thoughtful in his +generosity, so full of kindness and tenderness amidst his passion for +adventurous exploit, had she not unfolded to him the real loveliness of +beneficence and made the doing good the end and aim of his soaring +ambition. + +I feel exquisite pleasure in dwelling on the recollections of childhood, +before misfortune had tainted my mind and changed its bright visions of +extensive usefulness into gloomy and narrow reflections upon self. Besides, +in drawing the picture of my early days, I also record those events which +led, by insensible steps, to my after tale of misery, for when I would +account to myself for the birth of that passion which afterwards ruled my +destiny I find it arise, like a mountain river, from ignoble and almost +forgotten sources; but, swelling as it proceeded, it became the torrent +which, in its course, has swept away all my hopes and joys. + +Natural philosophy is the genius that has regulated my fate; I desire, +therefore, in this narration, to state those facts which led to my +predilection for that science. When I was thirteen years of age we all went +on a party of pleasure to the baths near Thonon; the inclemency of the +weather obliged us to remain a day confined to the inn. In this house I +chanced to find a volume of the works of Cornelius Agrippa. I opened it +with apathy; the theory which he attempts to demonstrate and the wonderful +facts which he relates soon changed this feeling into enthusiasm. A new +light seemed to dawn upon my mind, and bounding with joy, I communicated my +discovery to my father. My father looked carelessly at the title page of my +book and said, “Ah! Cornelius Agrippa! My dear Victor, do not waste +your time upon this; it is sad trash.” + +If, instead of this remark, my father had taken the pains to explain to me +that the principles of Agrippa had been entirely exploded and that a modern +system of science had been introduced which possessed much greater powers +than the ancient, because the powers of the latter were chimerical, while +those of the former were real and practical, under such circumstances I +should certainly have thrown Agrippa aside and have contented my +imagination, warmed as it was, by returning with greater ardour to my +former studies. It is even possible that the train of my ideas would never +have received the fatal impulse that led to my ruin. But the cursory glance +my father had taken of my volume by no means assured me that he was +acquainted with its contents, and I continued to read with the greatest +avidity. + +When I returned home my first care was to procure the whole works of this +author, and afterwards of Paracelsus and Albertus Magnus. I read and +studied the wild fancies of these writers with delight; they appeared to me +treasures known to few besides myself. I have described myself as always +having been imbued with a fervent longing to penetrate the secrets of +nature. In spite of the intense labour and wonderful discoveries of modern +philosophers, I always came from my studies discontented and unsatisfied. +Sir Isaac Newton is said to have avowed that he felt like a child picking +up shells beside the great and unexplored ocean of truth. Those of his +successors in each branch of natural philosophy with whom I was acquainted +appeared even to my boy’s apprehensions as tyros engaged in the same +pursuit. + +The untaught peasant beheld the elements around him and was acquainted +with their practical uses. The most learned philosopher knew little +more. He had partially unveiled the face of Nature, but her immortal +lineaments were still a wonder and a mystery. He might dissect, +anatomise, and give names; but, not to speak of a final cause, causes +in their secondary and tertiary grades were utterly unknown to him. I +had gazed upon the fortifications and impediments that seemed to keep +human beings from entering the citadel of nature, and rashly and +ignorantly I had repined. + +But here were books, and here were men who had penetrated deeper and knew +more. I took their word for all that they averred, and I became their +disciple. It may appear strange that such should arise in the eighteenth +century; but while I followed the routine of education in the schools of +Geneva, I was, to a great degree, self-taught with regard to my favourite +studies. My father was not scientific, and I was left to struggle with a +child’s blindness, added to a student’s thirst for knowledge. +Under the guidance of my new preceptors I entered with the greatest +diligence into the search of the philosopher’s stone and the elixir +of life; but the latter soon obtained my undivided attention. Wealth was an +inferior object, but what glory would attend the discovery if I could +banish disease from the human frame and render man invulnerable to any but +a violent death! + +Nor were these my only visions. The raising of ghosts or devils was a +promise liberally accorded by my favourite authors, the fulfilment of which +I most eagerly sought; and if my incantations were always unsuccessful, I +attributed the failure rather to my own inexperience and mistake than to a +want of skill or fidelity in my instructors. And thus for a time I was +occupied by exploded systems, mingling, like an unadept, a thousand +contradictory theories and floundering desperately in a very slough of +multifarious knowledge, guided by an ardent imagination and childish +reasoning, till an accident again changed the current of my ideas. + +When I was about fifteen years old we had retired to our house near +Belrive, when we witnessed a most violent and terrible thunderstorm. It +advanced from behind the mountains of Jura, and the thunder burst at once +with frightful loudness from various quarters of the heavens. I remained, +while the storm lasted, watching its progress with curiosity and delight. +As I stood at the door, on a sudden I beheld a stream of fire issue from an +old and beautiful oak which stood about twenty yards from our house; and so +soon as the dazzling light vanished, the oak had disappeared, and nothing +remained but a blasted stump. When we visited it the next morning, we found +the tree shattered in a singular manner. It was not splintered by the +shock, but entirely reduced to thin ribbons of wood. I never beheld +anything so utterly destroyed. + +Before this I was not unacquainted with the more obvious laws of +electricity. On this occasion a man of great research in natural +philosophy was with us, and excited by this catastrophe, he entered on +the explanation of a theory which he had formed on the subject of +electricity and galvanism, which was at once new and astonishing to me. +All that he said threw greatly into the shade Cornelius Agrippa, +Albertus Magnus, and Paracelsus, the lords of my imagination; but by +some fatality the overthrow of these men disinclined me to pursue my +accustomed studies. It seemed to me as if nothing would or could ever +be known. All that had so long engaged my attention suddenly grew +despicable. By one of those caprices of the mind which we are perhaps +most subject to in early youth, I at once gave up my former +occupations, set down natural history and all its progeny as a deformed +and abortive creation, and entertained the greatest disdain for a +would-be science which could never even step within the threshold of +real knowledge. In this mood of mind I betook myself to the +mathematics and the branches of study appertaining to that science as +being built upon secure foundations, and so worthy of my consideration. + +Thus strangely are our souls constructed, and by such slight ligaments +are we bound to prosperity or ruin. When I look back, it seems to me +as if this almost miraculous change of inclination and will was the +immediate suggestion of the guardian angel of my life—the last effort +made by the spirit of preservation to avert the storm that was even +then hanging in the stars and ready to envelop me. Her victory was +announced by an unusual tranquillity and gladness of soul which +followed the relinquishing of my ancient and latterly tormenting +studies. It was thus that I was to be taught to associate evil with +their prosecution, happiness with their disregard. + +It was a strong effort of the spirit of good, but it was ineffectual. +Destiny was too potent, and her immutable laws had decreed my utter and +terrible destruction. + + + + + +Chapter 3 + +When I had attained the age of seventeen my parents resolved that I +should become a student at the university of Ingolstadt. I had +hitherto attended the schools of Geneva, but my father thought it +necessary for the completion of my education that I should be made +acquainted with other customs than those of my native country. My +departure was therefore fixed at an early date, but before the day +resolved upon could arrive, the first misfortune of my life +occurred—an omen, as it were, of my future misery. + +Elizabeth had caught the scarlet fever; her illness was severe, and she was +in the greatest danger. During her illness many arguments had been urged to +persuade my mother to refrain from attending upon her. She had at first +yielded to our entreaties, but when she heard that the life of her +favourite was menaced, she could no longer control her anxiety. She +attended her sickbed; her watchful attentions triumphed over the malignity +of the distemper—Elizabeth was saved, but the consequences of this +imprudence were fatal to her preserver. On the third day my mother +sickened; her fever was accompanied by the most alarming symptoms, and the +looks of her medical attendants prognosticated the worst event. On her +deathbed the fortitude and benignity of this best of women did not desert +her. She joined the hands of Elizabeth and myself. “My +children,” she said, “my firmest hopes of future happiness were +placed on the prospect of your union. This expectation will now be the +consolation of your father. Elizabeth, my love, you must supply my place to +my younger children. Alas! I regret that I am taken from you; and, happy +and beloved as I have been, is it not hard to quit you all? But these are +not thoughts befitting me; I will endeavour to resign myself cheerfully to +death and will indulge a hope of meeting you in another world.” + +She died calmly, and her countenance expressed affection even in death. +I need not describe the feelings of those whose dearest ties are rent +by that most irreparable evil, the void that presents itself to the +soul, and the despair that is exhibited on the countenance. It is so +long before the mind can persuade itself that she whom we saw every day +and whose very existence appeared a part of our own can have departed +for ever—that the brightness of a beloved eye can have been +extinguished and the sound of a voice so familiar and dear to the ear +can be hushed, never more to be heard. These are the reflections of +the first days; but when the lapse of time proves the reality of the +evil, then the actual bitterness of grief commences. Yet from whom has +not that rude hand rent away some dear connection? And why should I +describe a sorrow which all have felt, and must feel? The time at +length arrives when grief is rather an indulgence than a necessity; and +the smile that plays upon the lips, although it may be deemed a +sacrilege, is not banished. My mother was dead, but we had still +duties which we ought to perform; we must continue our course with the +rest and learn to think ourselves fortunate whilst one remains whom the +spoiler has not seized. + +My departure for Ingolstadt, which had been deferred by these events, +was now again determined upon. I obtained from my father a respite of +some weeks. It appeared to me sacrilege so soon to leave the repose, +akin to death, of the house of mourning and to rush into the thick of +life. I was new to sorrow, but it did not the less alarm me. I was +unwilling to quit the sight of those that remained to me, and above +all, I desired to see my sweet Elizabeth in some degree consoled. + +She indeed veiled her grief and strove to act the comforter to us all. +She looked steadily on life and assumed its duties with courage and +zeal. She devoted herself to those whom she had been taught to call +her uncle and cousins. Never was she so enchanting as at this time, +when she recalled the sunshine of her smiles and spent them upon us. +She forgot even her own regret in her endeavours to make us forget. + +The day of my departure at length arrived. Clerval spent the last +evening with us. He had endeavoured to persuade his father to permit +him to accompany me and to become my fellow student, but in vain. His +father was a narrow-minded trader and saw idleness and ruin in the +aspirations and ambition of his son. Henry deeply felt the misfortune +of being debarred from a liberal education. He said little, but when +he spoke I read in his kindling eye and in his animated glance a +restrained but firm resolve not to be chained to the miserable details +of commerce. + +We sat late. We could not tear ourselves away from each other nor +persuade ourselves to say the word “Farewell!” It was said, and we +retired under the pretence of seeking repose, each fancying that the +other was deceived; but when at morning’s dawn I descended to the +carriage which was to convey me away, they were all there—my father +again to bless me, Clerval to press my hand once more, my Elizabeth to +renew her entreaties that I would write often and to bestow the last +feminine attentions on her playmate and friend. + +I threw myself into the chaise that was to convey me away and indulged in +the most melancholy reflections. I, who had ever been surrounded by +amiable companions, continually engaged in endeavouring to bestow mutual +pleasure—I was now alone. In the university whither I was going I +must form my own friends and be my own protector. My life had hitherto +been remarkably secluded and domestic, and this had given me invincible +repugnance to new countenances. I loved my brothers, Elizabeth, and +Clerval; these were “old familiar faces,” but I believed myself +totally unfitted for the company of strangers. Such were my reflections as +I commenced my journey; but as I proceeded, my spirits and hopes rose. I +ardently desired the acquisition of knowledge. I had often, when at home, +thought it hard to remain during my youth cooped up in one place and had +longed to enter the world and take my station among other human beings. +Now my desires were complied with, and it would, indeed, have been folly to +repent. + +I had sufficient leisure for these and many other reflections during my +journey to Ingolstadt, which was long and fatiguing. At length the +high white steeple of the town met my eyes. I alighted and was +conducted to my solitary apartment to spend the evening as I pleased. + +The next morning I delivered my letters of introduction and paid a visit to +some of the principal professors. Chance—or rather the evil +influence, the Angel of Destruction, which asserted omnipotent sway over me +from the moment I turned my reluctant steps from my father’s +door—led me first to M. Krempe, professor of natural philosophy. He +was an uncouth man, but deeply imbued in the secrets of his science. He +asked me several questions concerning my progress in the different branches +of science appertaining to natural philosophy. I replied carelessly, and +partly in contempt, mentioned the names of my alchemists as the principal +authors I had studied. The professor stared. “Have you,” he +said, “really spent your time in studying such nonsense?” + +I replied in the affirmative. “Every minute,” continued M. Krempe with +warmth, “every instant that you have wasted on those books is utterly +and entirely lost. You have burdened your memory with exploded systems +and useless names. Good God! In what desert land have you lived, +where no one was kind enough to inform you that these fancies which you +have so greedily imbibed are a thousand years old and as musty as they +are ancient? I little expected, in this enlightened and scientific +age, to find a disciple of Albertus Magnus and Paracelsus. My dear +sir, you must begin your studies entirely anew.” + +So saying, he stepped aside and wrote down a list of several books +treating of natural philosophy which he desired me to procure, and +dismissed me after mentioning that in the beginning of the following +week he intended to commence a course of lectures upon natural +philosophy in its general relations, and that M. Waldman, a fellow +professor, would lecture upon chemistry the alternate days that he +omitted. + +I returned home not disappointed, for I have said that I had long +considered those authors useless whom the professor reprobated; but I +returned not at all the more inclined to recur to these studies in any +shape. M. Krempe was a little squat man with a gruff voice and a +repulsive countenance; the teacher, therefore, did not prepossess me in +favour of his pursuits. In rather a too philosophical and connected a +strain, perhaps, I have given an account of the conclusions I had come +to concerning them in my early years. As a child I had not been +content with the results promised by the modern professors of natural +science. With a confusion of ideas only to be accounted for by my +extreme youth and my want of a guide on such matters, I had retrod the +steps of knowledge along the paths of time and exchanged the +discoveries of recent inquirers for the dreams of forgotten alchemists. +Besides, I had a contempt for the uses of modern natural philosophy. +It was very different when the masters of the science sought +immortality and power; such views, although futile, were grand; but now +the scene was changed. The ambition of the inquirer seemed to limit +itself to the annihilation of those visions on which my interest in +science was chiefly founded. I was required to exchange chimeras of +boundless grandeur for realities of little worth. + +Such were my reflections during the first two or three days of my +residence at Ingolstadt, which were chiefly spent in becoming +acquainted with the localities and the principal residents in my new +abode. But as the ensuing week commenced, I thought of the information +which M. Krempe had given me concerning the lectures. And although I +could not consent to go and hear that little conceited fellow deliver +sentences out of a pulpit, I recollected what he had said of M. +Waldman, whom I had never seen, as he had hitherto been out of town. + +Partly from curiosity and partly from idleness, I went into the lecturing +room, which M. Waldman entered shortly after. This professor was very +unlike his colleague. He appeared about fifty years of age, but with an +aspect expressive of the greatest benevolence; a few grey hairs covered his +temples, but those at the back of his head were nearly black. His person +was short but remarkably erect and his voice the sweetest I had ever heard. +He began his lecture by a recapitulation of the history of chemistry and +the various improvements made by different men of learning, pronouncing +with fervour the names of the most distinguished discoverers. He then took +a cursory view of the present state of the science and explained many of +its elementary terms. After having made a few preparatory experiments, he +concluded with a panegyric upon modern chemistry, the terms of which I +shall never forget: + +“The ancient teachers of this science,” said he, +“promised impossibilities and performed nothing. The modern masters +promise very little; they know that metals cannot be transmuted and that +the elixir of life is a chimera but these philosophers, whose hands seem +only made to dabble in dirt, and their eyes to pore over the microscope or +crucible, have indeed performed miracles. They penetrate into the recesses +of nature and show how she works in her hiding-places. They ascend into the +heavens; they have discovered how the blood circulates, and the nature of +the air we breathe. They have acquired new and almost unlimited powers; +they can command the thunders of heaven, mimic the earthquake, and even +mock the invisible world with its own shadows.” + +Such were the professor’s words—rather let me say such the words of +the fate—enounced to destroy me. As he went on I felt as if my soul +were grappling with a palpable enemy; one by one the various keys were +touched which formed the mechanism of my being; chord after chord was +sounded, and soon my mind was filled with one thought, one conception, +one purpose. So much has been done, exclaimed the soul of +Frankenstein—more, far more, will I achieve; treading in the steps +already marked, I will pioneer a new way, explore unknown powers, and +unfold to the world the deepest mysteries of creation. + +I closed not my eyes that night. My internal being was in a state of +insurrection and turmoil; I felt that order would thence arise, but I +had no power to produce it. By degrees, after the morning’s dawn, +sleep came. I awoke, and my yesternight’s thoughts were as a dream. +There only remained a resolution to return to my ancient studies and to +devote myself to a science for which I believed myself to possess a +natural talent. On the same day I paid M. Waldman a visit. His +manners in private were even more mild and attractive than in public, +for there was a certain dignity in his mien during his lecture which in +his own house was replaced by the greatest affability and kindness. I +gave him pretty nearly the same account of my former pursuits as I had +given to his fellow professor. He heard with attention the little +narration concerning my studies and smiled at the names of Cornelius +Agrippa and Paracelsus, but without the contempt that M. Krempe had +exhibited. He said that “These were men to whose indefatigable zeal +modern philosophers were indebted for most of the foundations of their +knowledge. They had left to us, as an easier task, to give new names +and arrange in connected classifications the facts which they in a +great degree had been the instruments of bringing to light. The +labours of men of genius, however erroneously directed, scarcely ever +fail in ultimately turning to the solid advantage of mankind.” I +listened to his statement, which was delivered without any presumption +or affectation, and then added that his lecture had removed my +prejudices against modern chemists; I expressed myself in measured +terms, with the modesty and deference due from a youth to his +instructor, without letting escape (inexperience in life would have +made me ashamed) any of the enthusiasm which stimulated my intended +labours. I requested his advice concerning the books I ought to +procure. + +“I am happy,” said M. Waldman, “to have gained a +disciple; and if your application equals your ability, I have no doubt of +your success. Chemistry is that branch of natural philosophy in which the +greatest improvements have been and may be made; it is on that account that +I have made it my peculiar study; but at the same time, I have not +neglected the other branches of science. A man would make but a very sorry +chemist if he attended to that department of human knowledge alone. If your +wish is to become really a man of science and not merely a petty +experimentalist, I should advise you to apply to every branch of natural +philosophy, including mathematics.” + +He then took me into his laboratory and explained to me the uses of his +various machines, instructing me as to what I ought to procure and +promising me the use of his own when I should have advanced far enough in +the science not to derange their mechanism. He also gave me the list of +books which I had requested, and I took my leave. + +Thus ended a day memorable to me; it decided my future destiny. + + + + + +Chapter 4 + +From this day natural philosophy, and particularly chemistry, in the +most comprehensive sense of the term, became nearly my sole occupation. +I read with ardour those works, so full of genius and discrimination, +which modern inquirers have written on these subjects. I attended the +lectures and cultivated the acquaintance of the men of science of the +university, and I found even in M. Krempe a great deal of sound sense +and real information, combined, it is true, with a repulsive +physiognomy and manners, but not on that account the less valuable. In +M. Waldman I found a true friend. His gentleness was never tinged by +dogmatism, and his instructions were given with an air of frankness and +good nature that banished every idea of pedantry. In a thousand ways +he smoothed for me the path of knowledge and made the most abstruse +inquiries clear and facile to my apprehension. My application was at +first fluctuating and uncertain; it gained strength as I proceeded and +soon became so ardent and eager that the stars often disappeared in the +light of morning whilst I was yet engaged in my laboratory. + +As I applied so closely, it may be easily conceived that my progress +was rapid. My ardour was indeed the astonishment of the students, and +my proficiency that of the masters. Professor Krempe often asked me, +with a sly smile, how Cornelius Agrippa went on, whilst M. Waldman +expressed the most heartfelt exultation in my progress. Two years +passed in this manner, during which I paid no visit to Geneva, but was +engaged, heart and soul, in the pursuit of some discoveries which I +hoped to make. None but those who have experienced them can conceive +of the enticements of science. In other studies you go as far as +others have gone before you, and there is nothing more to know; but in +a scientific pursuit there is continual food for discovery and wonder. +A mind of moderate capacity which closely pursues one study must +infallibly arrive at great proficiency in that study; and I, who +continually sought the attainment of one object of pursuit and was +solely wrapped up in this, improved so rapidly that at the end of two +years I made some discoveries in the improvement of some chemical +instruments, which procured me great esteem and admiration at the +university. When I had arrived at this point and had become as well +acquainted with the theory and practice of natural philosophy as +depended on the lessons of any of the professors at Ingolstadt, my +residence there being no longer conducive to my improvements, I thought +of returning to my friends and my native town, when an incident +happened that protracted my stay. + +One of the phenomena which had peculiarly attracted my attention was +the structure of the human frame, and, indeed, any animal endued with +life. Whence, I often asked myself, did the principle of life proceed? +It was a bold question, and one which has ever been considered as a +mystery; yet with how many things are we upon the brink of becoming +acquainted, if cowardice or carelessness did not restrain our +inquiries. I revolved these circumstances in my mind and determined +thenceforth to apply myself more particularly to those branches of +natural philosophy which relate to physiology. Unless I had been +animated by an almost supernatural enthusiasm, my application to this +study would have been irksome and almost intolerable. To examine the +causes of life, we must first have recourse to death. I became +acquainted with the science of anatomy, but this was not sufficient; I +must also observe the natural decay and corruption of the human body. +In my education my father had taken the greatest precautions that my +mind should be impressed with no supernatural horrors. I do not ever +remember to have trembled at a tale of superstition or to have feared +the apparition of a spirit. Darkness had no effect upon my fancy, and +a churchyard was to me merely the receptacle of bodies deprived of +life, which, from being the seat of beauty and strength, had become +food for the worm. Now I was led to examine the cause and progress of +this decay and forced to spend days and nights in vaults and +charnel-houses. My attention was fixed upon every object the most +insupportable to the delicacy of the human feelings. I saw how the +fine form of man was degraded and wasted; I beheld the corruption of +death succeed to the blooming cheek of life; I saw how the worm +inherited the wonders of the eye and brain. I paused, examining and +analysing all the minutiae of causation, as exemplified in the change +from life to death, and death to life, until from the midst of this +darkness a sudden light broke in upon me—a light so brilliant and +wondrous, yet so simple, that while I became dizzy with the immensity +of the prospect which it illustrated, I was surprised that among so +many men of genius who had directed their inquiries towards the same +science, that I alone should be reserved to discover so astonishing a +secret. + +Remember, I am not recording the vision of a madman. The sun does not +more certainly shine in the heavens than that which I now affirm is +true. Some miracle might have produced it, yet the stages of the +discovery were distinct and probable. After days and nights of +incredible labour and fatigue, I succeeded in discovering the cause of +generation and life; nay, more, I became myself capable of bestowing +animation upon lifeless matter. + +The astonishment which I had at first experienced on this discovery +soon gave place to delight and rapture. After so much time spent in +painful labour, to arrive at once at the summit of my desires was the +most gratifying consummation of my toils. But this discovery was so +great and overwhelming that all the steps by which I had been +progressively led to it were obliterated, and I beheld only the result. +What had been the study and desire of the wisest men since the creation +of the world was now within my grasp. Not that, like a magic scene, it +all opened upon me at once: the information I had obtained was of a +nature rather to direct my endeavours so soon as I should point them +towards the object of my search than to exhibit that object already +accomplished. I was like the Arabian who had been buried with the dead +and found a passage to life, aided only by one glimmering and seemingly +ineffectual light. + +I see by your eagerness and the wonder and hope which your eyes +express, my friend, that you expect to be informed of the secret with +which I am acquainted; that cannot be; listen patiently until the end +of my story, and you will easily perceive why I am reserved upon that +subject. I will not lead you on, unguarded and ardent as I then was, +to your destruction and infallible misery. Learn from me, if not by my +precepts, at least by my example, how dangerous is the acquirement of +knowledge and how much happier that man is who believes his native town +to be the world, than he who aspires to become greater than his nature +will allow. + +When I found so astonishing a power placed within my hands, I hesitated +a long time concerning the manner in which I should employ it. +Although I possessed the capacity of bestowing animation, yet to +prepare a frame for the reception of it, with all its intricacies of +fibres, muscles, and veins, still remained a work of inconceivable +difficulty and labour. I doubted at first whether I should attempt the +creation of a being like myself, or one of simpler organization; but my +imagination was too much exalted by my first success to permit me to +doubt of my ability to give life to an animal as complex and wonderful +as man. The materials at present within my command hardly appeared +adequate to so arduous an undertaking, but I doubted not that I should +ultimately succeed. I prepared myself for a multitude of reverses; my +operations might be incessantly baffled, and at last my work be +imperfect, yet when I considered the improvement which every day takes +place in science and mechanics, I was encouraged to hope my present +attempts would at least lay the foundations of future success. Nor +could I consider the magnitude and complexity of my plan as any +argument of its impracticability. It was with these feelings that I +began the creation of a human being. As the minuteness of the parts +formed a great hindrance to my speed, I resolved, contrary to my first +intention, to make the being of a gigantic stature, that is to say, +about eight feet in height, and proportionably large. After having +formed this determination and having spent some months in successfully +collecting and arranging my materials, I began. + +No one can conceive the variety of feelings which bore me onwards, like +a hurricane, in the first enthusiasm of success. Life and death +appeared to me ideal bounds, which I should first break through, and +pour a torrent of light into our dark world. A new species would bless +me as its creator and source; many happy and excellent natures would +owe their being to me. No father could claim the gratitude of his +child so completely as I should deserve theirs. Pursuing these +reflections, I thought that if I could bestow animation upon lifeless +matter, I might in process of time (although I now found it impossible) +renew life where death had apparently devoted the body to corruption. + +These thoughts supported my spirits, while I pursued my undertaking +with unremitting ardour. My cheek had grown pale with study, and my +person had become emaciated with confinement. Sometimes, on the very +brink of certainty, I failed; yet still I clung to the hope which the +next day or the next hour might realise. One secret which I alone +possessed was the hope to which I had dedicated myself; and the moon +gazed on my midnight labours, while, with unrelaxed and breathless +eagerness, I pursued nature to her hiding-places. Who shall conceive +the horrors of my secret toil as I dabbled among the unhallowed damps +of the grave or tortured the living animal to animate the lifeless +clay? My limbs now tremble, and my eyes swim with the remembrance; but +then a resistless and almost frantic impulse urged me forward; I seemed +to have lost all soul or sensation but for this one pursuit. It was +indeed but a passing trance, that only made me feel with renewed +acuteness so soon as, the unnatural stimulus ceasing to operate, I had +returned to my old habits. I collected bones from charnel-houses and +disturbed, with profane fingers, the tremendous secrets of the human +frame. In a solitary chamber, or rather cell, at the top of the house, +and separated from all the other apartments by a gallery and staircase, +I kept my workshop of filthy creation; my eyeballs were starting from +their sockets in attending to the details of my employment. The +dissecting room and the slaughter-house furnished many of my materials; +and often did my human nature turn with loathing from my occupation, +whilst, still urged on by an eagerness which perpetually increased, I +brought my work near to a conclusion. + +The summer months passed while I was thus engaged, heart and soul, in +one pursuit. It was a most beautiful season; never did the fields +bestow a more plentiful harvest or the vines yield a more luxuriant +vintage, but my eyes were insensible to the charms of nature. And the +same feelings which made me neglect the scenes around me caused me also +to forget those friends who were so many miles absent, and whom I had +not seen for so long a time. I knew my silence disquieted them, and I +well remembered the words of my father: “I know that while you are +pleased with yourself you will think of us with affection, and we shall +hear regularly from you. You must pardon me if I regard any +interruption in your correspondence as a proof that your other duties +are equally neglected.” + +I knew well therefore what would be my father’s feelings, but I could +not tear my thoughts from my employment, loathsome in itself, but which +had taken an irresistible hold of my imagination. I wished, as it +were, to procrastinate all that related to my feelings of affection +until the great object, which swallowed up every habit of my nature, +should be completed. + +I then thought that my father would be unjust if he ascribed my neglect +to vice or faultiness on my part, but I am now convinced that he was +justified in conceiving that I should not be altogether free from +blame. A human being in perfection ought always to preserve a calm and +peaceful mind and never to allow passion or a transitory desire to +disturb his tranquillity. I do not think that the pursuit of knowledge +is an exception to this rule. If the study to which you apply yourself +has a tendency to weaken your affections and to destroy your taste for +those simple pleasures in which no alloy can possibly mix, then that +study is certainly unlawful, that is to say, not befitting the human +mind. If this rule were always observed; if no man allowed any pursuit +whatsoever to interfere with the tranquillity of his domestic +affections, Greece had not been enslaved, Cæsar would have spared his +country, America would have been discovered more gradually, and the +empires of Mexico and Peru had not been destroyed. + +But I forget that I am moralizing in the most interesting part of my +tale, and your looks remind me to proceed. + +My father made no reproach in his letters and only took notice of my +silence by inquiring into my occupations more particularly than before. +Winter, spring, and summer passed away during my labours; but I did not +watch the blossom or the expanding leaves—sights which before always +yielded me supreme delight—so deeply was I engrossed in my +occupation. The leaves of that year had withered before my work drew near +to a close, and now every day showed me more plainly how well I had +succeeded. But my enthusiasm was checked by my anxiety, and I appeared +rather like one doomed by slavery to toil in the mines, or any other +unwholesome trade than an artist occupied by his favourite employment. +Every night I was oppressed by a slow fever, and I became nervous to a most +painful degree; the fall of a leaf startled me, and I shunned my fellow +creatures as if I had been guilty of a crime. Sometimes I grew alarmed at +the wreck I perceived that I had become; the energy of my purpose alone +sustained me: my labours would soon end, and I believed that exercise and +amusement would then drive away incipient disease; and I promised myself +both of these when my creation should be complete. + + + + + +Chapter 5 + +It was on a dreary night of November that I beheld the accomplishment +of my toils. With an anxiety that almost amounted to agony, I +collected the instruments of life around me, that I might infuse a +spark of being into the lifeless thing that lay at my feet. It was +already one in the morning; the rain pattered dismally against the +panes, and my candle was nearly burnt out, when, by the glimmer of the +half-extinguished light, I saw the dull yellow eye of the creature +open; it breathed hard, and a convulsive motion agitated its limbs. + +How can I describe my emotions at this catastrophe, or how delineate +the wretch whom with such infinite pains and care I had endeavoured to +form? His limbs were in proportion, and I had selected his features as +beautiful. Beautiful! Great God! His yellow skin scarcely covered +the work of muscles and arteries beneath; his hair was of a lustrous +black, and flowing; his teeth of a pearly whiteness; but these +luxuriances only formed a more horrid contrast with his watery eyes, +that seemed almost of the same colour as the dun-white sockets in which +they were set, his shrivelled complexion and straight black lips. + +The different accidents of life are not so changeable as the feelings +of human nature. I had worked hard for nearly two years, for the sole +purpose of infusing life into an inanimate body. For this I had +deprived myself of rest and health. I had desired it with an ardour +that far exceeded moderation; but now that I had finished, the beauty +of the dream vanished, and breathless horror and disgust filled my +heart. Unable to endure the aspect of the being I had created, I +rushed out of the room and continued a long time traversing my +bed-chamber, unable to compose my mind to sleep. At length lassitude +succeeded to the tumult I had before endured, and I threw myself on the +bed in my clothes, endeavouring to seek a few moments of forgetfulness. +But it was in vain; I slept, indeed, but I was disturbed by the wildest +dreams. I thought I saw Elizabeth, in the bloom of health, walking in +the streets of Ingolstadt. Delighted and surprised, I embraced her, +but as I imprinted the first kiss on her lips, they became livid with +the hue of death; her features appeared to change, and I thought that I +held the corpse of my dead mother in my arms; a shroud enveloped her +form, and I saw the grave-worms crawling in the folds of the flannel. +I started from my sleep with horror; a cold dew covered my forehead, my +teeth chattered, and every limb became convulsed; when, by the dim and +yellow light of the moon, as it forced its way through the window +shutters, I beheld the wretch—the miserable monster whom I had +created. He held up the curtain of the bed; and his eyes, if eyes they +may be called, were fixed on me. His jaws opened, and he muttered some +inarticulate sounds, while a grin wrinkled his cheeks. He might have +spoken, but I did not hear; one hand was stretched out, seemingly to +detain me, but I escaped and rushed downstairs. I took refuge in the +courtyard belonging to the house which I inhabited, where I remained +during the rest of the night, walking up and down in the greatest +agitation, listening attentively, catching and fearing each sound as if +it were to announce the approach of the demoniacal corpse to which I +had so miserably given life. + +Oh! No mortal could support the horror of that countenance. A mummy +again endued with animation could not be so hideous as that wretch. I +had gazed on him while unfinished; he was ugly then, but when those +muscles and joints were rendered capable of motion, it became a thing +such as even Dante could not have conceived. + +I passed the night wretchedly. Sometimes my pulse beat so quickly and +hardly that I felt the palpitation of every artery; at others, I nearly +sank to the ground through languor and extreme weakness. Mingled with +this horror, I felt the bitterness of disappointment; dreams that had +been my food and pleasant rest for so long a space were now become a +hell to me; and the change was so rapid, the overthrow so complete! + +Morning, dismal and wet, at length dawned and discovered to my +sleepless and aching eyes the church of Ingolstadt, its white steeple +and clock, which indicated the sixth hour. The porter opened the gates +of the court, which had that night been my asylum, and I issued into +the streets, pacing them with quick steps, as if I sought to avoid the +wretch whom I feared every turning of the street would present to my +view. I did not dare return to the apartment which I inhabited, but +felt impelled to hurry on, although drenched by the rain which poured +from a black and comfortless sky. + +I continued walking in this manner for some time, endeavouring by +bodily exercise to ease the load that weighed upon my mind. I +traversed the streets without any clear conception of where I was or +what I was doing. My heart palpitated in the sickness of fear, and I +hurried on with irregular steps, not daring to look about me: + + Like one who, on a lonely road, + Doth walk in fear and dread, + And, having once turned round, walks on, + And turns no more his head; + Because he knows a frightful fiend + Doth close behind him tread. + + [Coleridge’s “Ancient Mariner.”] + + + +Continuing thus, I came at length opposite to the inn at which the various +diligences and carriages usually stopped. Here I paused, I knew not why; +but I remained some minutes with my eyes fixed on a coach that was coming +towards me from the other end of the street. As it drew nearer I observed +that it was the Swiss diligence; it stopped just where I was standing, and +on the door being opened, I perceived Henry Clerval, who, on seeing me, +instantly sprung out. “My dear Frankenstein,” exclaimed he, +“how glad I am to see you! How fortunate that you should be here at +the very moment of my alighting!” + +Nothing could equal my delight on seeing Clerval; his presence brought back +to my thoughts my father, Elizabeth, and all those scenes of home so dear +to my recollection. I grasped his hand, and in a moment forgot my horror +and misfortune; I felt suddenly, and for the first time during many months, +calm and serene joy. I welcomed my friend, therefore, in the most cordial +manner, and we walked towards my college. Clerval continued talking for +some time about our mutual friends and his own good fortune in being +permitted to come to Ingolstadt. “You may easily believe,” said +he, “how great was the difficulty to persuade my father that all +necessary knowledge was not comprised in the noble art of book-keeping; +and, indeed, I believe I left him incredulous to the last, for his constant +answer to my unwearied entreaties was the same as that of the Dutch +schoolmaster in The Vicar of Wakefield: ‘I have ten thousand florins +a year without Greek, I eat heartily without Greek.’ But his +affection for me at length overcame his dislike of learning, and he has +permitted me to undertake a voyage of discovery to the land of +knowledge.” + +“It gives me the greatest delight to see you; but tell me how you left +my father, brothers, and Elizabeth.” + +“Very well, and very happy, only a little uneasy that they hear from +you so seldom. By the by, I mean to lecture you a little upon their +account myself. But, my dear Frankenstein,” continued he, stopping +short and gazing full in my face, “I did not before remark how very ill +you appear; so thin and pale; you look as if you had been watching for +several nights.” + +“You have guessed right; I have lately been so deeply engaged in one +occupation that I have not allowed myself sufficient rest, as you see; +but I hope, I sincerely hope, that all these employments are now at an +end and that I am at length free.” + +I trembled excessively; I could not endure to think of, and far less to +allude to, the occurrences of the preceding night. I walked with a +quick pace, and we soon arrived at my college. I then reflected, and +the thought made me shiver, that the creature whom I had left in my +apartment might still be there, alive and walking about. I dreaded to +behold this monster, but I feared still more that Henry should see him. +Entreating him, therefore, to remain a few minutes at the bottom of the +stairs, I darted up towards my own room. My hand was already on the +lock of the door before I recollected myself. I then paused, and a +cold shivering came over me. I threw the door forcibly open, as +children are accustomed to do when they expect a spectre to stand in +waiting for them on the other side; but nothing appeared. I stepped +fearfully in: the apartment was empty, and my bedroom was also freed +from its hideous guest. I could hardly believe that so great a good +fortune could have befallen me, but when I became assured that my enemy +had indeed fled, I clapped my hands for joy and ran down to Clerval. + +We ascended into my room, and the servant presently brought breakfast; +but I was unable to contain myself. It was not joy only that possessed +me; I felt my flesh tingle with excess of sensitiveness, and my pulse +beat rapidly. I was unable to remain for a single instant in the same +place; I jumped over the chairs, clapped my hands, and laughed aloud. +Clerval at first attributed my unusual spirits to joy on his arrival, +but when he observed me more attentively, he saw a wildness in my eyes +for which he could not account, and my loud, unrestrained, heartless +laughter frightened and astonished him. + +“My dear Victor,” cried he, “what, for God’s sake, +is the matter? Do not laugh in that manner. How ill you are! What is the +cause of all this?” + +“Do not ask me,” cried I, putting my hands before my eyes, for I +thought I saw the dreaded spectre glide into the room; “_he_ can +tell. Oh, save me! Save me!” I imagined that the monster seized me; +I struggled furiously and fell down in a fit. + +Poor Clerval! What must have been his feelings? A meeting, which he +anticipated with such joy, so strangely turned to bitterness. But I +was not the witness of his grief, for I was lifeless and did not +recover my senses for a long, long time. + +This was the commencement of a nervous fever which confined me for +several months. During all that time Henry was my only nurse. I +afterwards learned that, knowing my father’s advanced age and unfitness +for so long a journey, and how wretched my sickness would make +Elizabeth, he spared them this grief by concealing the extent of my +disorder. He knew that I could not have a more kind and attentive +nurse than himself; and, firm in the hope he felt of my recovery, he +did not doubt that, instead of doing harm, he performed the kindest +action that he could towards them. + +But I was in reality very ill, and surely nothing but the unbounded and +unremitting attentions of my friend could have restored me to life. +The form of the monster on whom I had bestowed existence was for ever +before my eyes, and I raved incessantly concerning him. Doubtless my +words surprised Henry; he at first believed them to be the wanderings +of my disturbed imagination, but the pertinacity with which I +continually recurred to the same subject persuaded him that my disorder +indeed owed its origin to some uncommon and terrible event. + +By very slow degrees, and with frequent relapses that alarmed and +grieved my friend, I recovered. I remember the first time I became +capable of observing outward objects with any kind of pleasure, I +perceived that the fallen leaves had disappeared and that the young +buds were shooting forth from the trees that shaded my window. It was +a divine spring, and the season contributed greatly to my +convalescence. I felt also sentiments of joy and affection revive in +my bosom; my gloom disappeared, and in a short time I became as +cheerful as before I was attacked by the fatal passion. + +“Dearest Clerval,” exclaimed I, “how kind, how very good +you are to me. This whole winter, instead of being spent in study, as you +promised yourself, has been consumed in my sick room. How shall I ever +repay you? I feel the greatest remorse for the disappointment of which I +have been the occasion, but you will forgive me.” + +“You will repay me entirely if you do not discompose yourself, but get +well as fast as you can; and since you appear in such good spirits, I +may speak to you on one subject, may I not?” + +I trembled. One subject! What could it be? Could he allude to an object on +whom I dared not even think? + +“Compose yourself,” said Clerval, who observed my change of +colour, “I will not mention it if it agitates you; but your father +and cousin would be very happy if they received a letter from you in your +own handwriting. They hardly know how ill you have been and are uneasy at +your long silence.” + +“Is that all, my dear Henry? How could you suppose that my first +thought would not fly towards those dear, dear friends whom I love and +who are so deserving of my love?” + +“If this is your present temper, my friend, you will perhaps be glad +to see a letter that has been lying here some days for you; it is from +your cousin, I believe.” + + + + + +Chapter 6 + +Clerval then put the following letter into my hands. It was from my +own Elizabeth: + +“My dearest Cousin, + +“You have been ill, very ill, and even the constant letters of dear +kind Henry are not sufficient to reassure me on your account. You are +forbidden to write—to hold a pen; yet one word from you, dear Victor, +is necessary to calm our apprehensions. For a long time I have thought +that each post would bring this line, and my persuasions have +restrained my uncle from undertaking a journey to Ingolstadt. I have +prevented his encountering the inconveniences and perhaps dangers of so +long a journey, yet how often have I regretted not being able to +perform it myself! I figure to myself that the task of attending on +your sickbed has devolved on some mercenary old nurse, who could never +guess your wishes nor minister to them with the care and affection of +your poor cousin. Yet that is over now: Clerval writes that indeed +you are getting better. I eagerly hope that you will confirm this +intelligence soon in your own handwriting. + +“Get well—and return to us. You will find a happy, cheerful home and +friends who love you dearly. Your father’s health is vigorous, and he +asks but to see you, but to be assured that you are well; and not a +care will ever cloud his benevolent countenance. How pleased you would +be to remark the improvement of our Ernest! He is now sixteen and full +of activity and spirit. He is desirous to be a true Swiss and to enter +into foreign service, but we cannot part with him, at least until his +elder brother returns to us. My uncle is not pleased with the idea of +a military career in a distant country, but Ernest never had your +powers of application. He looks upon study as an odious fetter; his +time is spent in the open air, climbing the hills or rowing on the +lake. I fear that he will become an idler unless we yield the point +and permit him to enter on the profession which he has selected. + +“Little alteration, except the growth of our dear children, has taken +place since you left us. The blue lake and snow-clad mountains—they +never change; and I think our placid home and our contented hearts are +regulated by the same immutable laws. My trifling occupations take up +my time and amuse me, and I am rewarded for any exertions by seeing +none but happy, kind faces around me. Since you left us, but one +change has taken place in our little household. Do you remember on +what occasion Justine Moritz entered our family? Probably you do not; +I will relate her history, therefore in a few words. Madame Moritz, +her mother, was a widow with four children, of whom Justine was the +third. This girl had always been the favourite of her father, but +through a strange perversity, her mother could not endure her, and +after the death of M. Moritz, treated her very ill. My aunt observed +this, and when Justine was twelve years of age, prevailed on her mother +to allow her to live at our house. The republican institutions of our +country have produced simpler and happier manners than those which +prevail in the great monarchies that surround it. Hence there is less +distinction between the several classes of its inhabitants; and the +lower orders, being neither so poor nor so despised, their manners are +more refined and moral. A servant in Geneva does not mean the same +thing as a servant in France and England. Justine, thus received in +our family, learned the duties of a servant, a condition which, in our +fortunate country, does not include the idea of ignorance and a +sacrifice of the dignity of a human being. + +“Justine, you may remember, was a great favourite of yours; and I +recollect you once remarked that if you were in an ill humour, one +glance from Justine could dissipate it, for the same reason that +Ariosto gives concerning the beauty of Angelica—she looked so +frank-hearted and happy. My aunt conceived a great attachment for her, +by which she was induced to give her an education superior to that +which she had at first intended. This benefit was fully repaid; +Justine was the most grateful little creature in the world: I do not +mean that she made any professions I never heard one pass her lips, but +you could see by her eyes that she almost adored her protectress. +Although her disposition was gay and in many respects inconsiderate, +yet she paid the greatest attention to every gesture of my aunt. She +thought her the model of all excellence and endeavoured to imitate her +phraseology and manners, so that even now she often reminds me of her. + +“When my dearest aunt died every one was too much occupied in their own +grief to notice poor Justine, who had attended her during her illness +with the most anxious affection. Poor Justine was very ill; but other +trials were reserved for her. + +“One by one, her brothers and sister died; and her mother, with the +exception of her neglected daughter, was left childless. The +conscience of the woman was troubled; she began to think that the +deaths of her favourites was a judgement from heaven to chastise her +partiality. She was a Roman Catholic; and I believe her confessor +confirmed the idea which she had conceived. Accordingly, a few months +after your departure for Ingolstadt, Justine was called home by her +repentant mother. Poor girl! She wept when she quitted our house; she +was much altered since the death of my aunt; grief had given softness +and a winning mildness to her manners, which had before been remarkable +for vivacity. Nor was her residence at her mother’s house of a nature +to restore her gaiety. The poor woman was very vacillating in her +repentance. She sometimes begged Justine to forgive her unkindness, +but much oftener accused her of having caused the deaths of her +brothers and sister. Perpetual fretting at length threw Madame Moritz +into a decline, which at first increased her irritability, but she is +now at peace for ever. She died on the first approach of cold weather, +at the beginning of this last winter. Justine has just returned to us; +and I assure you I love her tenderly. She is very clever and gentle, +and extremely pretty; as I mentioned before, her mien and her +expression continually remind me of my dear aunt. + +“I must say also a few words to you, my dear cousin, of little darling +William. I wish you could see him; he is very tall of his age, with +sweet laughing blue eyes, dark eyelashes, and curling hair. When he +smiles, two little dimples appear on each cheek, which are rosy with +health. He has already had one or two little _wives,_ but Louisa Biron +is his favourite, a pretty little girl of five years of age. + +“Now, dear Victor, I dare say you wish to be indulged in a little +gossip concerning the good people of Geneva. The pretty Miss Mansfield +has already received the congratulatory visits on her approaching +marriage with a young Englishman, John Melbourne, Esq. Her ugly +sister, Manon, married M. Duvillard, the rich banker, last autumn. Your +favourite schoolfellow, Louis Manoir, has suffered several misfortunes +since the departure of Clerval from Geneva. But he has already +recovered his spirits, and is reported to be on the point of marrying a +lively pretty Frenchwoman, Madame Tavernier. She is a widow, and much +older than Manoir; but she is very much admired, and a favourite with +everybody. + +“I have written myself into better spirits, dear cousin; but my anxiety +returns upon me as I conclude. Write, dearest Victor,—one line—one +word will be a blessing to us. Ten thousand thanks to Henry for his +kindness, his affection, and his many letters; we are sincerely +grateful. Adieu! my cousin; take care of yourself; and, I entreat +you, write! + +“Elizabeth Lavenza. + + +“Geneva, March 18th, 17—.” + + + +“Dear, dear Elizabeth!” I exclaimed, when I had read her +letter: “I will write instantly and relieve them from the anxiety +they must feel.” I wrote, and this exertion greatly fatigued me; but +my convalescence had commenced, and proceeded regularly. In another +fortnight I was able to leave my chamber. + +One of my first duties on my recovery was to introduce Clerval to the +several professors of the university. In doing this, I underwent a +kind of rough usage, ill befitting the wounds that my mind had +sustained. Ever since the fatal night, the end of my labours, and the +beginning of my misfortunes, I had conceived a violent antipathy even +to the name of natural philosophy. When I was otherwise quite restored +to health, the sight of a chemical instrument would renew all the agony +of my nervous symptoms. Henry saw this, and had removed all my +apparatus from my view. He had also changed my apartment; for he +perceived that I had acquired a dislike for the room which had +previously been my laboratory. But these cares of Clerval were made of +no avail when I visited the professors. M. Waldman inflicted torture +when he praised, with kindness and warmth, the astonishing progress I +had made in the sciences. He soon perceived that I disliked the +subject; but not guessing the real cause, he attributed my feelings to +modesty, and changed the subject from my improvement, to the science +itself, with a desire, as I evidently saw, of drawing me out. What +could I do? He meant to please, and he tormented me. I felt as if he +had placed carefully, one by one, in my view those instruments which +were to be afterwards used in putting me to a slow and cruel death. I +writhed under his words, yet dared not exhibit the pain I felt. +Clerval, whose eyes and feelings were always quick in discerning the +sensations of others, declined the subject, alleging, in excuse, his +total ignorance; and the conversation took a more general turn. I +thanked my friend from my heart, but I did not speak. I saw plainly +that he was surprised, but he never attempted to draw my secret from +me; and although I loved him with a mixture of affection and reverence +that knew no bounds, yet I could never persuade myself to confide in +him that event which was so often present to my recollection, but which +I feared the detail to another would only impress more deeply. + +M. Krempe was not equally docile; and in my condition at that time, of +almost insupportable sensitiveness, his harsh blunt encomiums gave me even +more pain than the benevolent approbation of M. Waldman. “D—n +the fellow!” cried he; “why, M. Clerval, I assure you he has +outstript us all. Ay, stare if you please; but it is nevertheless true. A +youngster who, but a few years ago, believed in Cornelius Agrippa as firmly +as in the gospel, has now set himself at the head of the university; and if +he is not soon pulled down, we shall all be out of countenance.—Ay, +ay,” continued he, observing my face expressive of suffering, +“M. Frankenstein is modest; an excellent quality in a young man. +Young men should be diffident of themselves, you know, M. Clerval: I was +myself when young; but that wears out in a very short time.” + +M. Krempe had now commenced an eulogy on himself, which happily turned +the conversation from a subject that was so annoying to me. + +Clerval had never sympathised in my tastes for natural science; and his +literary pursuits differed wholly from those which had occupied me. He +came to the university with the design of making himself complete +master of the oriental languages, and thus he should open a field for +the plan of life he had marked out for himself. Resolved to pursue no +inglorious career, he turned his eyes toward the East, as affording +scope for his spirit of enterprise. The Persian, Arabic, and Sanskrit +languages engaged his attention, and I was easily induced to enter on +the same studies. Idleness had ever been irksome to me, and now that I +wished to fly from reflection, and hated my former studies, I felt +great relief in being the fellow-pupil with my friend, and found not +only instruction but consolation in the works of the orientalists. I +did not, like him, attempt a critical knowledge of their dialects, for +I did not contemplate making any other use of them than temporary +amusement. I read merely to understand their meaning, and they well +repaid my labours. Their melancholy is soothing, and their joy +elevating, to a degree I never experienced in studying the authors of +any other country. When you read their writings, life appears to +consist in a warm sun and a garden of roses,—in the smiles and frowns +of a fair enemy, and the fire that consumes your own heart. How +different from the manly and heroical poetry of Greece and Rome! + +Summer passed away in these occupations, and my return to Geneva was +fixed for the latter end of autumn; but being delayed by several +accidents, winter and snow arrived, the roads were deemed impassable, +and my journey was retarded until the ensuing spring. I felt this +delay very bitterly; for I longed to see my native town and my beloved +friends. My return had only been delayed so long, from an +unwillingness to leave Clerval in a strange place, before he had become +acquainted with any of its inhabitants. The winter, however, was spent +cheerfully; and although the spring was uncommonly late, when it came +its beauty compensated for its dilatoriness. + +The month of May had already commenced, and I expected the letter daily +which was to fix the date of my departure, when Henry proposed a +pedestrian tour in the environs of Ingolstadt, that I might bid a +personal farewell to the country I had so long inhabited. I acceded +with pleasure to this proposition: I was fond of exercise, and Clerval +had always been my favourite companion in the ramble of this nature +that I had taken among the scenes of my native country. + +We passed a fortnight in these perambulations: my health and spirits +had long been restored, and they gained additional strength from the +salubrious air I breathed, the natural incidents of our progress, and +the conversation of my friend. Study had before secluded me from the +intercourse of my fellow-creatures, and rendered me unsocial; but +Clerval called forth the better feelings of my heart; he again taught +me to love the aspect of nature, and the cheerful faces of children. +Excellent friend! how sincerely you did love me, and endeavour to +elevate my mind until it was on a level with your own. A selfish +pursuit had cramped and narrowed me, until your gentleness and +affection warmed and opened my senses; I became the same happy creature +who, a few years ago, loved and beloved by all, had no sorrow or care. +When happy, inanimate nature had the power of bestowing on me the most +delightful sensations. A serene sky and verdant fields filled me with +ecstasy. The present season was indeed divine; the flowers of spring +bloomed in the hedges, while those of summer were already in bud. I +was undisturbed by thoughts which during the preceding year had pressed +upon me, notwithstanding my endeavours to throw them off, with an +invincible burden. + +Henry rejoiced in my gaiety, and sincerely sympathised in my feelings: he +exerted himself to amuse me, while he expressed the sensations that filled +his soul. The resources of his mind on this occasion were truly +astonishing: his conversation was full of imagination; and very often, in +imitation of the Persian and Arabic writers, he invented tales of wonderful +fancy and passion. At other times he repeated my favourite poems, or drew +me out into arguments, which he supported with great ingenuity. + +We returned to our college on a Sunday afternoon: the peasants were +dancing, and every one we met appeared gay and happy. My own spirits were +high, and I bounded along with feelings of unbridled joy and hilarity. + + + + + +Chapter 7 + +On my return, I found the following letter from my father:— + +“My dear Victor, + +“You have probably waited impatiently for a letter to fix the date of +your return to us; and I was at first tempted to write only a few +lines, merely mentioning the day on which I should expect you. But +that would be a cruel kindness, and I dare not do it. What would be +your surprise, my son, when you expected a happy and glad welcome, to +behold, on the contrary, tears and wretchedness? And how, Victor, can +I relate our misfortune? Absence cannot have rendered you callous to +our joys and griefs; and how shall I inflict pain on my long absent +son? I wish to prepare you for the woeful news, but I know it is +impossible; even now your eye skims over the page to seek the words +which are to convey to you the horrible tidings. + +“William is dead!—that sweet child, whose smiles delighted and warmed +my heart, who was so gentle, yet so gay! Victor, he is murdered! + +“I will not attempt to console you; but will simply relate the +circumstances of the transaction. + +“Last Thursday (May 7th), I, my niece, and your two brothers, went to +walk in Plainpalais. The evening was warm and serene, and we prolonged +our walk farther than usual. It was already dusk before we thought of +returning; and then we discovered that William and Ernest, who had gone +on before, were not to be found. We accordingly rested on a seat until +they should return. Presently Ernest came, and enquired if we had seen +his brother; he said, that he had been playing with him, that William +had run away to hide himself, and that he vainly sought for him, and +afterwards waited for a long time, but that he did not return. + +“This account rather alarmed us, and we continued to search for him +until night fell, when Elizabeth conjectured that he might have +returned to the house. He was not there. We returned again, with +torches; for I could not rest, when I thought that my sweet boy had +lost himself, and was exposed to all the damps and dews of night; +Elizabeth also suffered extreme anguish. About five in the morning I +discovered my lovely boy, whom the night before I had seen blooming and +active in health, stretched on the grass livid and motionless; the +print of the murder’s finger was on his neck. + +“He was conveyed home, and the anguish that was visible in my +countenance betrayed the secret to Elizabeth. She was very earnest to +see the corpse. At first I attempted to prevent her but she persisted, +and entering the room where it lay, hastily examined the neck of the +victim, and clasping her hands exclaimed, ‘O God! I have murdered my +darling child!’ + +“She fainted, and was restored with extreme difficulty. When she again +lived, it was only to weep and sigh. She told me, that that same +evening William had teased her to let him wear a very valuable +miniature that she possessed of your mother. This picture is gone, and +was doubtless the temptation which urged the murderer to the deed. We +have no trace of him at present, although our exertions to discover him +are unremitted; but they will not restore my beloved William! + +“Come, dearest Victor; you alone can console Elizabeth. She weeps +continually, and accuses herself unjustly as the cause of his death; +her words pierce my heart. We are all unhappy; but will not that be an +additional motive for you, my son, to return and be our comforter? +Your dear mother! Alas, Victor! I now say, Thank God she did not live +to witness the cruel, miserable death of her youngest darling! + +“Come, Victor; not brooding thoughts of vengeance against the assassin, +but with feelings of peace and gentleness, that will heal, instead of +festering, the wounds of our minds. Enter the house of mourning, my +friend, but with kindness and affection for those who love you, and not +with hatred for your enemies. + +“Your affectionate and afflicted father, + +“Alphonse Frankenstein. + + + +“Geneva, May 12th, 17—.” + + + +Clerval, who had watched my countenance as I read this letter, was +surprised to observe the despair that succeeded the joy I at first +expressed on receiving new from my friends. I threw the letter on the +table, and covered my face with my hands. + +“My dear Frankenstein,” exclaimed Henry, when he perceived me +weep with bitterness, “are you always to be unhappy? My dear friend, +what has happened?” + +I motioned him to take up the letter, while I walked up and down the +room in the extremest agitation. Tears also gushed from the eyes of +Clerval, as he read the account of my misfortune. + +“I can offer you no consolation, my friend,” said he; +“your disaster is irreparable. What do you intend to do?” + +“To go instantly to Geneva: come with me, Henry, to order the horses.” + +During our walk, Clerval endeavoured to say a few words of consolation; +he could only express his heartfelt sympathy. “Poor William!” said he, +“dear lovely child, he now sleeps with his angel mother! Who that had +seen him bright and joyous in his young beauty, but must weep over his +untimely loss! To die so miserably; to feel the murderer’s grasp! How +much more a murdered that could destroy radiant innocence! Poor little +fellow! one only consolation have we; his friends mourn and weep, but +he is at rest. The pang is over, his sufferings are at an end for ever. +A sod covers his gentle form, and he knows no pain. He can no longer +be a subject for pity; we must reserve that for his miserable +survivors.” + +Clerval spoke thus as we hurried through the streets; the words +impressed themselves on my mind and I remembered them afterwards in +solitude. But now, as soon as the horses arrived, I hurried into a +cabriolet, and bade farewell to my friend. + +My journey was very melancholy. At first I wished to hurry on, for I longed +to console and sympathise with my loved and sorrowing friends; but when I +drew near my native town, I slackened my progress. I could hardly sustain +the multitude of feelings that crowded into my mind. I passed through +scenes familiar to my youth, but which I had not seen for nearly six years. +How altered every thing might be during that time! One sudden and +desolating change had taken place; but a thousand little circumstances +might have by degrees worked other alterations, which, although they were +done more tranquilly, might not be the less decisive. Fear overcame me; I +dared no advance, dreading a thousand nameless evils that made me tremble, +although I was unable to define them. + +I remained two days at Lausanne, in this painful state of mind. I +contemplated the lake: the waters were placid; all around was calm; and the +snowy mountains, “the palaces of nature,” were not changed. By +degrees the calm and heavenly scene restored me, and I continued my journey +towards Geneva. + +The road ran by the side of the lake, which became narrower as I +approached my native town. I discovered more distinctly the black +sides of Jura, and the bright summit of Mont Blanc. I wept like a +child. “Dear mountains! my own beautiful lake! how do you welcome your +wanderer? Your summits are clear; the sky and lake are blue and +placid. Is this to prognosticate peace, or to mock at my unhappiness?” + +I fear, my friend, that I shall render myself tedious by dwelling on +these preliminary circumstances; but they were days of comparative +happiness, and I think of them with pleasure. My country, my beloved +country! who but a native can tell the delight I took in again +beholding thy streams, thy mountains, and, more than all, thy lovely +lake! + +Yet, as I drew nearer home, grief and fear again overcame me. Night also +closed around; and when I could hardly see the dark mountains, I felt still +more gloomily. The picture appeared a vast and dim scene of evil, and I +foresaw obscurely that I was destined to become the most wretched of human +beings. Alas! I prophesied truly, and failed only in one single +circumstance, that in all the misery I imagined and dreaded, I did not +conceive the hundredth part of the anguish I was destined to endure. + +It was completely dark when I arrived in the environs of Geneva; the gates +of the town were already shut; and I was obliged to pass the night at +Secheron, a village at the distance of half a league from the city. The sky +was serene; and, as I was unable to rest, I resolved to visit the spot +where my poor William had been murdered. As I could not pass through the +town, I was obliged to cross the lake in a boat to arrive at Plainpalais. +During this short voyage I saw the lightning playing on the summit of Mont +Blanc in the most beautiful figures. The storm appeared to approach +rapidly, and, on landing, I ascended a low hill, that I might observe its +progress. It advanced; the heavens were clouded, and I soon felt the rain +coming slowly in large drops, but its violence quickly increased. + +I quitted my seat, and walked on, although the darkness and storm +increased every minute, and the thunder burst with a terrific crash +over my head. It was echoed from Salêve, the Juras, and the Alps of +Savoy; vivid flashes of lightning dazzled my eyes, illuminating the +lake, making it appear like a vast sheet of fire; then for an instant +every thing seemed of a pitchy darkness, until the eye recovered itself +from the preceding flash. The storm, as is often the case in +Switzerland, appeared at once in various parts of the heavens. The +most violent storm hung exactly north of the town, over the part of the +lake which lies between the promontory of Belrive and the village of +Copêt. Another storm enlightened Jura with faint flashes; and another +darkened and sometimes disclosed the Môle, a peaked mountain to the +east of the lake. + +While I watched the tempest, so beautiful yet terrific, I wandered on with +a hasty step. This noble war in the sky elevated my spirits; I clasped my +hands, and exclaimed aloud, “William, dear angel! this is thy +funeral, this thy dirge!” As I said these words, I perceived in the +gloom a figure which stole from behind a clump of trees near me; I stood +fixed, gazing intently: I could not be mistaken. A flash of lightning +illuminated the object, and discovered its shape plainly to me; its +gigantic stature, and the deformity of its aspect more hideous than belongs +to humanity, instantly informed me that it was the wretch, the filthy +dæmon, to whom I had given life. What did he there? Could he be (I +shuddered at the conception) the murderer of my brother? No sooner did that +idea cross my imagination, than I became convinced of its truth; my teeth +chattered, and I was forced to lean against a tree for support. The figure +passed me quickly, and I lost it in the gloom. Nothing in human shape could +have destroyed the fair child. _He_ was the murderer! I could not +doubt it. The mere presence of the idea was an irresistible proof of the +fact. I thought of pursuing the devil; but it would have been in vain, for +another flash discovered him to me hanging among the rocks of the nearly +perpendicular ascent of Mont Salêve, a hill that bounds Plainpalais on the +south. He soon reached the summit, and disappeared. + +I remained motionless. The thunder ceased; but the rain still +continued, and the scene was enveloped in an impenetrable darkness. I +revolved in my mind the events which I had until now sought to forget: +the whole train of my progress toward the creation; the appearance of +the works of my own hands at my bedside; its departure. Two years had +now nearly elapsed since the night on which he first received life; and +was this his first crime? Alas! I had turned loose into the world a +depraved wretch, whose delight was in carnage and misery; had he not +murdered my brother? + +No one can conceive the anguish I suffered during the remainder of the +night, which I spent, cold and wet, in the open air. But I did not +feel the inconvenience of the weather; my imagination was busy in +scenes of evil and despair. I considered the being whom I had cast +among mankind, and endowed with the will and power to effect purposes +of horror, such as the deed which he had now done, nearly in the light +of my own vampire, my own spirit let loose from the grave, and forced +to destroy all that was dear to me. + +Day dawned; and I directed my steps towards the town. The gates were +open, and I hastened to my father’s house. My first thought was to +discover what I knew of the murderer, and cause instant pursuit to be +made. But I paused when I reflected on the story that I had to tell. A +being whom I myself had formed, and endued with life, had met me at +midnight among the precipices of an inaccessible mountain. I +remembered also the nervous fever with which I had been seized just at +the time that I dated my creation, and which would give an air of +delirium to a tale otherwise so utterly improbable. I well knew that +if any other had communicated such a relation to me, I should have +looked upon it as the ravings of insanity. Besides, the strange nature +of the animal would elude all pursuit, even if I were so far credited +as to persuade my relatives to commence it. And then of what use would +be pursuit? Who could arrest a creature capable of scaling the +overhanging sides of Mont Salêve? These reflections determined me, and +I resolved to remain silent. + +It was about five in the morning when I entered my father’s house. I +told the servants not to disturb the family, and went into the library +to attend their usual hour of rising. + +Six years had elapsed, passed in a dream but for one indelible trace, and I +stood in the same place where I had last embraced my father before my +departure for Ingolstadt. Beloved and venerable parent! He still remained +to me. I gazed on the picture of my mother, which stood over the +mantel-piece. It was an historical subject, painted at my father’s +desire, and represented Caroline Beaufort in an agony of despair, kneeling +by the coffin of her dead father. Her garb was rustic, and her cheek pale; +but there was an air of dignity and beauty, that hardly permitted the +sentiment of pity. Below this picture was a miniature of William; and my +tears flowed when I looked upon it. While I was thus engaged, Ernest +entered: he had heard me arrive, and hastened to welcome me: +“Welcome, my dearest Victor,” said he. “Ah! I wish you +had come three months ago, and then you would have found us all joyous and +delighted. You come to us now to share a misery which nothing can +alleviate; yet your presence will, I hope, revive our father, who seems +sinking under his misfortune; and your persuasions will induce poor +Elizabeth to cease her vain and tormenting self-accusations.—Poor +William! he was our darling and our pride!” + +Tears, unrestrained, fell from my brother’s eyes; a sense of mortal +agony crept over my frame. Before, I had only imagined the +wretchedness of my desolated home; the reality came on me as a new, and +a not less terrible, disaster. I tried to calm Ernest; I enquired more +minutely concerning my father, and here I named my cousin. + +“She most of all,” said Ernest, “requires consolation; she accused +herself of having caused the death of my brother, and that made her +very wretched. But since the murderer has been discovered—” + +“The murderer discovered! Good God! how can that be? who could attempt +to pursue him? It is impossible; one might as well try to overtake the +winds, or confine a mountain-stream with a straw. I saw him too; he +was free last night!” + +“I do not know what you mean,” replied my brother, in accents of +wonder, “but to us the discovery we have made completes our misery. No +one would believe it at first; and even now Elizabeth will not be +convinced, notwithstanding all the evidence. Indeed, who would credit +that Justine Moritz, who was so amiable, and fond of all the family, +could suddenly become so capable of so frightful, so appalling a crime?” + +“Justine Moritz! Poor, poor girl, is she the accused? But it is +wrongfully; every one knows that; no one believes it, surely, Ernest?” + +“No one did at first; but several circumstances came out, that have +almost forced conviction upon us; and her own behaviour has been so +confused, as to add to the evidence of facts a weight that, I fear, +leaves no hope for doubt. But she will be tried today, and you will +then hear all.” + +He then related that, the morning on which the murder of poor William +had been discovered, Justine had been taken ill, and confined to her +bed for several days. During this interval, one of the servants, +happening to examine the apparel she had worn on the night of the +murder, had discovered in her pocket the picture of my mother, which +had been judged to be the temptation of the murderer. The servant +instantly showed it to one of the others, who, without saying a word to +any of the family, went to a magistrate; and, upon their deposition, +Justine was apprehended. On being charged with the fact, the poor girl +confirmed the suspicion in a great measure by her extreme confusion of +manner. + +This was a strange tale, but it did not shake my faith; and I replied +earnestly, “You are all mistaken; I know the murderer. Justine, poor, +good Justine, is innocent.” + +At that instant my father entered. I saw unhappiness deeply impressed +on his countenance, but he endeavoured to welcome me cheerfully; and, +after we had exchanged our mournful greeting, would have introduced +some other topic than that of our disaster, had not Ernest exclaimed, +“Good God, papa! Victor says that he knows who was the murderer of +poor William.” + +“We do also, unfortunately,” replied my father, “for indeed I had +rather have been for ever ignorant than have discovered so much +depravity and ungratitude in one I valued so highly.” + +“My dear father, you are mistaken; Justine is innocent.” + +“If she is, God forbid that she should suffer as guilty. She is to be +tried today, and I hope, I sincerely hope, that she will be acquitted.” + +This speech calmed me. I was firmly convinced in my own mind that +Justine, and indeed every human being, was guiltless of this murder. I +had no fear, therefore, that any circumstantial evidence could be +brought forward strong enough to convict her. My tale was not one to +announce publicly; its astounding horror would be looked upon as +madness by the vulgar. Did any one indeed exist, except I, the +creator, who would believe, unless his senses convinced him, in the +existence of the living monument of presumption and rash ignorance +which I had let loose upon the world? + +We were soon joined by Elizabeth. Time had altered her since I last +beheld her; it had endowed her with loveliness surpassing the beauty of +her childish years. There was the same candour, the same vivacity, but +it was allied to an expression more full of sensibility and intellect. +She welcomed me with the greatest affection. “Your arrival, my dear +cousin,” said she, “fills me with hope. You perhaps will find some +means to justify my poor guiltless Justine. Alas! who is safe, if she +be convicted of crime? I rely on her innocence as certainly as I do +upon my own. Our misfortune is doubly hard to us; we have not only +lost that lovely darling boy, but this poor girl, whom I sincerely +love, is to be torn away by even a worse fate. If she is condemned, I +never shall know joy more. But she will not, I am sure she will not; +and then I shall be happy again, even after the sad death of my little +William.” + +“She is innocent, my Elizabeth,” said I, “and that shall +be proved; fear nothing, but let your spirits be cheered by the assurance +of her acquittal.” + +“How kind and generous you are! every one else believes in her guilt, +and that made me wretched, for I knew that it was impossible: and to +see every one else prejudiced in so deadly a manner rendered me +hopeless and despairing.” She wept. + +“Dearest niece,” said my father, “dry your tears. If she +is, as you believe, innocent, rely on the justice of our laws, and the +activity with which I shall prevent the slightest shadow of +partiality.” + + + + + +Chapter 8 + +We passed a few sad hours until eleven o’clock, when the trial was to +commence. My father and the rest of the family being obliged to attend +as witnesses, I accompanied them to the court. During the whole of +this wretched mockery of justice I suffered living torture. It was to +be decided whether the result of my curiosity and lawless devices would +cause the death of two of my fellow beings: one a smiling babe full of +innocence and joy, the other far more dreadfully murdered, with every +aggravation of infamy that could make the murder memorable in horror. +Justine also was a girl of merit and possessed qualities which promised +to render her life happy; now all was to be obliterated in an +ignominious grave, and I the cause! A thousand times rather would I +have confessed myself guilty of the crime ascribed to Justine, but I +was absent when it was committed, and such a declaration would have +been considered as the ravings of a madman and would not have +exculpated her who suffered through me. + +The appearance of Justine was calm. She was dressed in mourning, and +her countenance, always engaging, was rendered, by the solemnity of her +feelings, exquisitely beautiful. Yet she appeared confident in +innocence and did not tremble, although gazed on and execrated by +thousands, for all the kindness which her beauty might otherwise have +excited was obliterated in the minds of the spectators by the +imagination of the enormity she was supposed to have committed. She +was tranquil, yet her tranquillity was evidently constrained; and as +her confusion had before been adduced as a proof of her guilt, she +worked up her mind to an appearance of courage. When she entered the +court she threw her eyes round it and quickly discovered where we were +seated. A tear seemed to dim her eye when she saw us, but she quickly +recovered herself, and a look of sorrowful affection seemed to attest +her utter guiltlessness. + +The trial began, and after the advocate against her had stated the +charge, several witnesses were called. Several strange facts combined +against her, which might have staggered anyone who had not such proof +of her innocence as I had. She had been out the whole of the night on +which the murder had been committed and towards morning had been +perceived by a market-woman not far from the spot where the body of the +murdered child had been afterwards found. The woman asked her what she +did there, but she looked very strangely and only returned a confused +and unintelligible answer. She returned to the house about eight +o’clock, and when one inquired where she had passed the night, she +replied that she had been looking for the child and demanded earnestly +if anything had been heard concerning him. When shown the body, she +fell into violent hysterics and kept her bed for several days. The +picture was then produced which the servant had found in her pocket; +and when Elizabeth, in a faltering voice, proved that it was the same +which, an hour before the child had been missed, she had placed round +his neck, a murmur of horror and indignation filled the court. + +Justine was called on for her defence. As the trial had proceeded, her +countenance had altered. Surprise, horror, and misery were strongly +expressed. Sometimes she struggled with her tears, but when she was +desired to plead, she collected her powers and spoke in an audible +although variable voice. + +“God knows,” she said, “how entirely I am innocent. But I +do not pretend that my protestations should acquit me; I rest my innocence +on a plain and simple explanation of the facts which have been adduced +against me, and I hope the character I have always borne will incline my +judges to a favourable interpretation where any circumstance appears +doubtful or suspicious.” + +She then related that, by the permission of Elizabeth, she had passed +the evening of the night on which the murder had been committed at the +house of an aunt at Chêne, a village situated at about a league from +Geneva. On her return, at about nine o’clock, she met a man who asked +her if she had seen anything of the child who was lost. She was +alarmed by this account and passed several hours in looking for him, +when the gates of Geneva were shut, and she was forced to remain +several hours of the night in a barn belonging to a cottage, being +unwilling to call up the inhabitants, to whom she was well known. Most +of the night she spent here watching; towards morning she believed that +she slept for a few minutes; some steps disturbed her, and she awoke. +It was dawn, and she quitted her asylum, that she might again endeavour +to find my brother. If she had gone near the spot where his body lay, +it was without her knowledge. That she had been bewildered when +questioned by the market-woman was not surprising, since she had passed +a sleepless night and the fate of poor William was yet uncertain. +Concerning the picture she could give no account. + +“I know,” continued the unhappy victim, “how heavily and +fatally this one circumstance weighs against me, but I have no power of +explaining it; and when I have expressed my utter ignorance, I am only left +to conjecture concerning the probabilities by which it might have been +placed in my pocket. But here also I am checked. I believe that I have no +enemy on earth, and none surely would have been so wicked as to destroy me +wantonly. Did the murderer place it there? I know of no opportunity +afforded him for so doing; or, if I had, why should he have stolen the +jewel, to part with it again so soon? + +“I commit my cause to the justice of my judges, yet I see no room for +hope. I beg permission to have a few witnesses examined concerning my +character, and if their testimony shall not overweigh my supposed +guilt, I must be condemned, although I would pledge my salvation on my +innocence.” + +Several witnesses were called who had known her for many years, and +they spoke well of her; but fear and hatred of the crime of which they +supposed her guilty rendered them timorous and unwilling to come +forward. Elizabeth saw even this last resource, her excellent +dispositions and irreproachable conduct, about to fail the accused, +when, although violently agitated, she desired permission to address +the court. + +“I am,” said she, “the cousin of the unhappy child who +was murdered, or rather his sister, for I was educated by and have lived +with his parents ever since and even long before his birth. It may +therefore be judged indecent in me to come forward on this occasion, but +when I see a fellow creature about to perish through the cowardice of her +pretended friends, I wish to be allowed to speak, that I may say what I +know of her character. I am well acquainted with the accused. I have lived +in the same house with her, at one time for five and at another for nearly +two years. During all that period she appeared to me the most amiable and +benevolent of human creatures. She nursed Madame Frankenstein, my aunt, in +her last illness, with the greatest affection and care and afterwards +attended her own mother during a tedious illness, in a manner that excited +the admiration of all who knew her, after which she again lived in my +uncle’s house, where she was beloved by all the family. She was +warmly attached to the child who is now dead and acted towards him like a +most affectionate mother. For my own part, I do not hesitate to say that, +notwithstanding all the evidence produced against her, I believe and rely +on her perfect innocence. She had no temptation for such an action; as to +the bauble on which the chief proof rests, if she had earnestly desired it, +I should have willingly given it to her, so much do I esteem and value +her.” + +A murmur of approbation followed Elizabeth’s simple and powerful +appeal, but it was excited by her generous interference, and not in +favour of poor Justine, on whom the public indignation was turned with +renewed violence, charging her with the blackest ingratitude. She +herself wept as Elizabeth spoke, but she did not answer. My own +agitation and anguish was extreme during the whole trial. I believed +in her innocence; I knew it. Could the dæmon who had (I did not for a +minute doubt) murdered my brother also in his hellish sport have +betrayed the innocent to death and ignominy? I could not sustain the +horror of my situation, and when I perceived that the popular voice and +the countenances of the judges had already condemned my unhappy victim, +I rushed out of the court in agony. The tortures of the accused did +not equal mine; she was sustained by innocence, but the fangs of +remorse tore my bosom and would not forgo their hold. + +I passed a night of unmingled wretchedness. In the morning I went to +the court; my lips and throat were parched. I dared not ask the fatal +question, but I was known, and the officer guessed the cause of my +visit. The ballots had been thrown; they were all black, and Justine +was condemned. + +I cannot pretend to describe what I then felt. I had before +experienced sensations of horror, and I have endeavoured to bestow upon +them adequate expressions, but words cannot convey an idea of the +heart-sickening despair that I then endured. The person to whom I +addressed myself added that Justine had already confessed her guilt. +“That evidence,” he observed, “was hardly required in so glaring a +case, but I am glad of it, and, indeed, none of our judges like to +condemn a criminal upon circumstantial evidence, be it ever so +decisive.” + +This was strange and unexpected intelligence; what could it mean? Had +my eyes deceived me? And was I really as mad as the whole world would +believe me to be if I disclosed the object of my suspicions? I +hastened to return home, and Elizabeth eagerly demanded the result. + +“My cousin,” replied I, “it is decided as you may have expected; all +judges had rather that ten innocent should suffer than that one guilty +should escape. But she has confessed.” + +This was a dire blow to poor Elizabeth, who had relied with firmness upon +Justine’s innocence. “Alas!” said she. “How shall I +ever again believe in human goodness? Justine, whom I loved and esteemed as +my sister, how could she put on those smiles of innocence only to betray? +Her mild eyes seemed incapable of any severity or guile, and yet she has +committed a murder.” + +Soon after we heard that the poor victim had expressed a desire to see my +cousin. My father wished her not to go but said that he left it to her own +judgment and feelings to decide. “Yes,” said Elizabeth, +“I will go, although she is guilty; and you, Victor, shall accompany +me; I cannot go alone.” The idea of this visit was torture to me, yet +I could not refuse. + +We entered the gloomy prison chamber and beheld Justine sitting on some +straw at the farther end; her hands were manacled, and her head rested on +her knees. She rose on seeing us enter, and when we were left alone with +her, she threw herself at the feet of Elizabeth, weeping bitterly. My +cousin wept also. + +“Oh, Justine!” said she. “Why did you rob me of my last consolation? +I relied on your innocence, and although I was then very wretched, I +was not so miserable as I am now.” + +“And do you also believe that I am so very, very wicked? Do you also +join with my enemies to crush me, to condemn me as a murderer?” Her +voice was suffocated with sobs. + +“Rise, my poor girl,” said Elizabeth; “why do you kneel, +if you are innocent? I am not one of your enemies, I believed you +guiltless, notwithstanding every evidence, until I heard that you had +yourself declared your guilt. That report, you say, is false; and be +assured, dear Justine, that nothing can shake my confidence in you for a +moment, but your own confession.” + +“I did confess, but I confessed a lie. I confessed, that I might +obtain absolution; but now that falsehood lies heavier at my heart than +all my other sins. The God of heaven forgive me! Ever since I was +condemned, my confessor has besieged me; he threatened and menaced, +until I almost began to think that I was the monster that he said I +was. He threatened excommunication and hell fire in my last moments if +I continued obdurate. Dear lady, I had none to support me; all looked +on me as a wretch doomed to ignominy and perdition. What could I do? +In an evil hour I subscribed to a lie; and now only am I truly +miserable.” + +She paused, weeping, and then continued, “I thought with horror, my +sweet lady, that you should believe your Justine, whom your blessed +aunt had so highly honoured, and whom you loved, was a creature capable +of a crime which none but the devil himself could have perpetrated. +Dear William! dearest blessed child! I soon shall see you again in +heaven, where we shall all be happy; and that consoles me, going as I +am to suffer ignominy and death.” + +“Oh, Justine! Forgive me for having for one moment distrusted you. +Why did you confess? But do not mourn, dear girl. Do not fear. I +will proclaim, I will prove your innocence. I will melt the stony +hearts of your enemies by my tears and prayers. You shall not die! +You, my playfellow, my companion, my sister, perish on the scaffold! +No! No! I never could survive so horrible a misfortune.” + +Justine shook her head mournfully. “I do not fear to die,” she said; +“that pang is past. God raises my weakness and gives me courage to +endure the worst. I leave a sad and bitter world; and if you remember +me and think of me as of one unjustly condemned, I am resigned to the +fate awaiting me. Learn from me, dear lady, to submit in patience to +the will of heaven!” + +During this conversation I had retired to a corner of the prison room, +where I could conceal the horrid anguish that possessed me. Despair! +Who dared talk of that? The poor victim, who on the morrow was to pass +the awful boundary between life and death, felt not, as I did, such +deep and bitter agony. I gnashed my teeth and ground them together, +uttering a groan that came from my inmost soul. Justine started. When +she saw who it was, she approached me and said, “Dear sir, you are very +kind to visit me; you, I hope, do not believe that I am guilty?” + +I could not answer. “No, Justine,” said Elizabeth; “he is more +convinced of your innocence than I was, for even when he heard that you +had confessed, he did not credit it.” + +“I truly thank him. In these last moments I feel the sincerest +gratitude towards those who think of me with kindness. How sweet is +the affection of others to such a wretch as I am! It removes more than +half my misfortune, and I feel as if I could die in peace now that my +innocence is acknowledged by you, dear lady, and your cousin.” + +Thus the poor sufferer tried to comfort others and herself. She indeed +gained the resignation she desired. But I, the true murderer, felt the +never-dying worm alive in my bosom, which allowed of no hope or +consolation. Elizabeth also wept and was unhappy, but hers also was +the misery of innocence, which, like a cloud that passes over the fair +moon, for a while hides but cannot tarnish its brightness. Anguish and +despair had penetrated into the core of my heart; I bore a hell within +me which nothing could extinguish. We stayed several hours with +Justine, and it was with great difficulty that Elizabeth could tear +herself away. “I wish,” cried she, “that I were to die with you; I +cannot live in this world of misery.” + +Justine assumed an air of cheerfulness, while she with difficulty +repressed her bitter tears. She embraced Elizabeth and said in a voice +of half-suppressed emotion, “Farewell, sweet lady, dearest Elizabeth, +my beloved and only friend; may heaven, in its bounty, bless and +preserve you; may this be the last misfortune that you will ever +suffer! Live, and be happy, and make others so.” + +And on the morrow Justine died. Elizabeth’s heart-rending eloquence +failed to move the judges from their settled conviction in the +criminality of the saintly sufferer. My passionate and indignant +appeals were lost upon them. And when I received their cold answers +and heard the harsh, unfeeling reasoning of these men, my purposed +avowal died away on my lips. Thus I might proclaim myself a madman, +but not revoke the sentence passed upon my wretched victim. She +perished on the scaffold as a murderess! + +From the tortures of my own heart, I turned to contemplate the deep and +voiceless grief of my Elizabeth. This also was my doing! And my +father’s woe, and the desolation of that late so smiling home all was +the work of my thrice-accursed hands! Ye weep, unhappy ones, but these +are not your last tears! Again shall you raise the funeral wail, and +the sound of your lamentations shall again and again be heard! +Frankenstein, your son, your kinsman, your early, much-loved friend; he +who would spend each vital drop of blood for your sakes, who has no +thought nor sense of joy except as it is mirrored also in your dear +countenances, who would fill the air with blessings and spend his life +in serving you—he bids you weep, to shed countless tears; happy beyond +his hopes, if thus inexorable fate be satisfied, and if the destruction +pause before the peace of the grave have succeeded to your sad torments! + +Thus spoke my prophetic soul, as, torn by remorse, horror, and despair, +I beheld those I loved spend vain sorrow upon the graves of William and +Justine, the first hapless victims to my unhallowed arts. + + + + + +Chapter 9 + +Nothing is more painful to the human mind than, after the feelings have +been worked up by a quick succession of events, the dead calmness of +inaction and certainty which follows and deprives the soul both of hope +and fear. Justine died, she rested, and I was alive. The blood flowed +freely in my veins, but a weight of despair and remorse pressed on my +heart which nothing could remove. Sleep fled from my eyes; I wandered +like an evil spirit, for I had committed deeds of mischief beyond +description horrible, and more, much more (I persuaded myself) was yet +behind. Yet my heart overflowed with kindness and the love of virtue. +I had begun life with benevolent intentions and thirsted for the moment +when I should put them in practice and make myself useful to my fellow +beings. Now all was blasted; instead of that serenity of conscience +which allowed me to look back upon the past with self-satisfaction, and +from thence to gather promise of new hopes, I was seized by remorse and +the sense of guilt, which hurried me away to a hell of intense tortures +such as no language can describe. + +This state of mind preyed upon my health, which had perhaps never +entirely recovered from the first shock it had sustained. I shunned +the face of man; all sound of joy or complacency was torture to me; +solitude was my only consolation—deep, dark, deathlike solitude. + +My father observed with pain the alteration perceptible in my disposition +and habits and endeavoured by arguments deduced from the feelings of his +serene conscience and guiltless life to inspire me with fortitude and +awaken in me the courage to dispel the dark cloud which brooded over me. +“Do you think, Victor,” said he, “that I do not suffer +also? No one could love a child more than I loved your +brother”—tears came into his eyes as he spoke—“but +is it not a duty to the survivors that we should refrain from augmenting +their unhappiness by an appearance of immoderate grief? It is also a duty +owed to yourself, for excessive sorrow prevents improvement or enjoyment, +or even the discharge of daily usefulness, without which no man is fit for +society.” + +This advice, although good, was totally inapplicable to my case; I +should have been the first to hide my grief and console my friends if +remorse had not mingled its bitterness, and terror its alarm, with my +other sensations. Now I could only answer my father with a look of +despair and endeavour to hide myself from his view. + +About this time we retired to our house at Belrive. This change was +particularly agreeable to me. The shutting of the gates regularly at +ten o’clock and the impossibility of remaining on the lake after that +hour had rendered our residence within the walls of Geneva very irksome +to me. I was now free. Often, after the rest of the family had +retired for the night, I took the boat and passed many hours upon the +water. Sometimes, with my sails set, I was carried by the wind; and +sometimes, after rowing into the middle of the lake, I left the boat to +pursue its own course and gave way to my own miserable reflections. I +was often tempted, when all was at peace around me, and I the only +unquiet thing that wandered restless in a scene so beautiful and +heavenly—if I except some bat, or the frogs, whose harsh and +interrupted croaking was heard only when I approached the shore—often, +I say, I was tempted to plunge into the silent lake, that the waters +might close over me and my calamities for ever. But I was restrained, +when I thought of the heroic and suffering Elizabeth, whom I tenderly +loved, and whose existence was bound up in mine. I thought also of my +father and surviving brother; should I by my base desertion leave them +exposed and unprotected to the malice of the fiend whom I had let loose +among them? + +At these moments I wept bitterly and wished that peace would revisit my +mind only that I might afford them consolation and happiness. But that +could not be. Remorse extinguished every hope. I had been the author of +unalterable evils, and I lived in daily fear lest the monster whom I had +created should perpetrate some new wickedness. I had an obscure feeling +that all was not over and that he would still commit some signal crime, +which by its enormity should almost efface the recollection of the past. +There was always scope for fear so long as anything I loved remained +behind. My abhorrence of this fiend cannot be conceived. When I thought of +him I gnashed my teeth, my eyes became inflamed, and I ardently wished to +extinguish that life which I had so thoughtlessly bestowed. When I +reflected on his crimes and malice, my hatred and revenge burst all bounds +of moderation. I would have made a pilgrimage to the highest peak of the +Andes, could I, when there, have precipitated him to their base. I wished +to see him again, that I might wreak the utmost extent of abhorrence on his +head and avenge the deaths of William and Justine. + +Our house was the house of mourning. My father’s health was deeply +shaken by the horror of the recent events. Elizabeth was sad and +desponding; she no longer took delight in her ordinary occupations; all +pleasure seemed to her sacrilege toward the dead; eternal woe and tears she +then thought was the just tribute she should pay to innocence so blasted +and destroyed. She was no longer that happy creature who in earlier youth +wandered with me on the banks of the lake and talked with ecstasy of our +future prospects. The first of those sorrows which are sent to wean us from +the earth had visited her, and its dimming influence quenched her dearest +smiles. + +“When I reflect, my dear cousin,” said she, “on the miserable death of +Justine Moritz, I no longer see the world and its works as they before +appeared to me. Before, I looked upon the accounts of vice and +injustice that I read in books or heard from others as tales of ancient +days or imaginary evils; at least they were remote and more familiar to +reason than to the imagination; but now misery has come home, and men +appear to me as monsters thirsting for each other’s blood. Yet I am +certainly unjust. Everybody believed that poor girl to be guilty; and +if she could have committed the crime for which she suffered, assuredly +she would have been the most depraved of human creatures. For the sake +of a few jewels, to have murdered the son of her benefactor and friend, +a child whom she had nursed from its birth, and appeared to love as if +it had been her own! I could not consent to the death of any human +being, but certainly I should have thought such a creature unfit to +remain in the society of men. But she was innocent. I know, I feel +she was innocent; you are of the same opinion, and that confirms me. +Alas! Victor, when falsehood can look so like the truth, who can +assure themselves of certain happiness? I feel as if I were walking on +the edge of a precipice, towards which thousands are crowding and +endeavouring to plunge me into the abyss. William and Justine were +assassinated, and the murderer escapes; he walks about the world free, +and perhaps respected. But even if I were condemned to suffer on the +scaffold for the same crimes, I would not change places with such a +wretch.” + +I listened to this discourse with the extremest agony. I, not in deed, +but in effect, was the true murderer. Elizabeth read my anguish in my +countenance, and kindly taking my hand, said, “My dearest friend, you +must calm yourself. These events have affected me, God knows how +deeply; but I am not so wretched as you are. There is an expression of +despair, and sometimes of revenge, in your countenance that makes me +tremble. Dear Victor, banish these dark passions. Remember the +friends around you, who centre all their hopes in you. Have we lost +the power of rendering you happy? Ah! While we love, while we are +true to each other, here in this land of peace and beauty, your native +country, we may reap every tranquil blessing—what can disturb our +peace?” + +And could not such words from her whom I fondly prized before every +other gift of fortune suffice to chase away the fiend that lurked in my +heart? Even as she spoke I drew near to her, as if in terror, lest at +that very moment the destroyer had been near to rob me of her. + +Thus not the tenderness of friendship, nor the beauty of earth, nor of +heaven, could redeem my soul from woe; the very accents of love were +ineffectual. I was encompassed by a cloud which no beneficial +influence could penetrate. The wounded deer dragging its fainting +limbs to some untrodden brake, there to gaze upon the arrow which had +pierced it, and to die, was but a type of me. + +Sometimes I could cope with the sullen despair that overwhelmed me, but +sometimes the whirlwind passions of my soul drove me to seek, by bodily +exercise and by change of place, some relief from my intolerable +sensations. It was during an access of this kind that I suddenly left +my home, and bending my steps towards the near Alpine valleys, sought +in the magnificence, the eternity of such scenes, to forget myself and +my ephemeral, because human, sorrows. My wanderings were directed +towards the valley of Chamounix. I had visited it frequently during my +boyhood. Six years had passed since then: _I_ was a wreck, but nought +had changed in those savage and enduring scenes. + +I performed the first part of my journey on horseback. I afterwards +hired a mule, as the more sure-footed and least liable to receive +injury on these rugged roads. The weather was fine; it was about the +middle of the month of August, nearly two months after the death of +Justine, that miserable epoch from which I dated all my woe. The +weight upon my spirit was sensibly lightened as I plunged yet deeper in +the ravine of Arve. The immense mountains and precipices that overhung +me on every side, the sound of the river raging among the rocks, and +the dashing of the waterfalls around spoke of a power mighty as +Omnipotence—and I ceased to fear or to bend before any being less +almighty than that which had created and ruled the elements, here +displayed in their most terrific guise. Still, as I ascended higher, +the valley assumed a more magnificent and astonishing character. +Ruined castles hanging on the precipices of piny mountains, the +impetuous Arve, and cottages every here and there peeping forth from +among the trees formed a scene of singular beauty. But it was +augmented and rendered sublime by the mighty Alps, whose white and +shining pyramids and domes towered above all, as belonging to another +earth, the habitations of another race of beings. + +I passed the bridge of Pélissier, where the ravine, which the river +forms, opened before me, and I began to ascend the mountain that +overhangs it. Soon after, I entered the valley of Chamounix. This +valley is more wonderful and sublime, but not so beautiful and +picturesque as that of Servox, through which I had just passed. The +high and snowy mountains were its immediate boundaries, but I saw no +more ruined castles and fertile fields. Immense glaciers approached +the road; I heard the rumbling thunder of the falling avalanche and +marked the smoke of its passage. Mont Blanc, the supreme and +magnificent Mont Blanc, raised itself from the surrounding _aiguilles_, +and its tremendous _dôme_ overlooked the valley. + +A tingling long-lost sense of pleasure often came across me during this +journey. Some turn in the road, some new object suddenly perceived and +recognised, reminded me of days gone by, and were associated with the +lighthearted gaiety of boyhood. The very winds whispered in soothing +accents, and maternal Nature bade me weep no more. Then again the +kindly influence ceased to act—I found myself fettered again to grief +and indulging in all the misery of reflection. Then I spurred on my +animal, striving so to forget the world, my fears, and more than all, +myself—or, in a more desperate fashion, I alighted and threw myself on +the grass, weighed down by horror and despair. + +At length I arrived at the village of Chamounix. Exhaustion succeeded +to the extreme fatigue both of body and of mind which I had endured. +For a short space of time I remained at the window watching the pallid +lightnings that played above Mont Blanc and listening to the rushing of +the Arve, which pursued its noisy way beneath. The same lulling sounds +acted as a lullaby to my too keen sensations; when I placed my head +upon my pillow, sleep crept over me; I felt it as it came and blessed +the giver of oblivion. + + + + + +Chapter 10 + +I spent the following day roaming through the valley. I stood beside +the sources of the Arveiron, which take their rise in a glacier, that +with slow pace is advancing down from the summit of the hills to +barricade the valley. The abrupt sides of vast mountains were before +me; the icy wall of the glacier overhung me; a few shattered pines were +scattered around; and the solemn silence of this glorious +presence-chamber of imperial Nature was broken only by the brawling +waves or the fall of some vast fragment, the thunder sound of the +avalanche or the cracking, reverberated along the mountains, of the +accumulated ice, which, through the silent working of immutable laws, +was ever and anon rent and torn, as if it had been but a plaything in +their hands. These sublime and magnificent scenes afforded me the +greatest consolation that I was capable of receiving. They elevated me +from all littleness of feeling, and although they did not remove my +grief, they subdued and tranquillised it. In some degree, also, they +diverted my mind from the thoughts over which it had brooded for the +last month. I retired to rest at night; my slumbers, as it were, +waited on and ministered to by the assemblance of grand shapes which I +had contemplated during the day. They congregated round me; the +unstained snowy mountain-top, the glittering pinnacle, the pine woods, +and ragged bare ravine, the eagle, soaring amidst the clouds—they all +gathered round me and bade me be at peace. + +Where had they fled when the next morning I awoke? All of +soul-inspiriting fled with sleep, and dark melancholy clouded every +thought. The rain was pouring in torrents, and thick mists hid the +summits of the mountains, so that I even saw not the faces of those +mighty friends. Still I would penetrate their misty veil and seek them +in their cloudy retreats. What were rain and storm to me? My mule was +brought to the door, and I resolved to ascend to the summit of +Montanvert. I remembered the effect that the view of the tremendous +and ever-moving glacier had produced upon my mind when I first saw it. +It had then filled me with a sublime ecstasy that gave wings to the +soul and allowed it to soar from the obscure world to light and joy. +The sight of the awful and majestic in nature had indeed always the +effect of solemnising my mind and causing me to forget the passing +cares of life. I determined to go without a guide, for I was well +acquainted with the path, and the presence of another would destroy the +solitary grandeur of the scene. + +The ascent is precipitous, but the path is cut into continual and short +windings, which enable you to surmount the perpendicularity of the +mountain. It is a scene terrifically desolate. In a thousand spots +the traces of the winter avalanche may be perceived, where trees lie +broken and strewed on the ground, some entirely destroyed, others bent, +leaning upon the jutting rocks of the mountain or transversely upon +other trees. The path, as you ascend higher, is intersected by ravines +of snow, down which stones continually roll from above; one of them is +particularly dangerous, as the slightest sound, such as even speaking +in a loud voice, produces a concussion of air sufficient to draw +destruction upon the head of the speaker. The pines are not tall or +luxuriant, but they are sombre and add an air of severity to the scene. +I looked on the valley beneath; vast mists were rising from the rivers +which ran through it and curling in thick wreaths around the opposite +mountains, whose summits were hid in the uniform clouds, while rain +poured from the dark sky and added to the melancholy impression I +received from the objects around me. Alas! Why does man boast of +sensibilities superior to those apparent in the brute; it only renders +them more necessary beings. If our impulses were confined to hunger, +thirst, and desire, we might be nearly free; but now we are moved by +every wind that blows and a chance word or scene that that word may +convey to us. + + We rest; a dream has power to poison sleep. + We rise; one wand’ring thought pollutes the day. + We feel, conceive, or reason; laugh or weep, + Embrace fond woe, or cast our cares away; + It is the same: for, be it joy or sorrow, + The path of its departure still is free. + Man’s yesterday may ne’er be like his morrow; + Nought may endure but mutability! + + + +It was nearly noon when I arrived at the top of the ascent. For some +time I sat upon the rock that overlooks the sea of ice. A mist covered +both that and the surrounding mountains. Presently a breeze dissipated +the cloud, and I descended upon the glacier. The surface is very +uneven, rising like the waves of a troubled sea, descending low, and +interspersed by rifts that sink deep. The field of ice is almost a +league in width, but I spent nearly two hours in crossing it. The +opposite mountain is a bare perpendicular rock. From the side where I +now stood Montanvert was exactly opposite, at the distance of a league; +and above it rose Mont Blanc, in awful majesty. I remained in a recess +of the rock, gazing on this wonderful and stupendous scene. The sea, +or rather the vast river of ice, wound among its dependent mountains, +whose aerial summits hung over its recesses. Their icy and glittering +peaks shone in the sunlight over the clouds. My heart, which was +before sorrowful, now swelled with something like joy; I exclaimed, +“Wandering spirits, if indeed ye wander, and do not rest in your narrow +beds, allow me this faint happiness, or take me, as your companion, +away from the joys of life.” + +As I said this I suddenly beheld the figure of a man, at some distance, +advancing towards me with superhuman speed. He bounded over the +crevices in the ice, among which I had walked with caution; his +stature, also, as he approached, seemed to exceed that of man. I was +troubled; a mist came over my eyes, and I felt a faintness seize me, +but I was quickly restored by the cold gale of the mountains. I +perceived, as the shape came nearer (sight tremendous and abhorred!) +that it was the wretch whom I had created. I trembled with rage and +horror, resolving to wait his approach and then close with him in +mortal combat. He approached; his countenance bespoke bitter anguish, +combined with disdain and malignity, while its unearthly ugliness +rendered it almost too horrible for human eyes. But I scarcely +observed this; rage and hatred had at first deprived me of utterance, +and I recovered only to overwhelm him with words expressive of furious +detestation and contempt. + +“Devil,” I exclaimed, “do you dare approach me? And do +not you fear the fierce vengeance of my arm wreaked on your miserable head? +Begone, vile insect! Or rather, stay, that I may trample you to dust! And, +oh! That I could, with the extinction of your miserable existence, restore +those victims whom you have so diabolically murdered!” + +“I expected this reception,” said the dæmon. “All men hate the +wretched; how, then, must I be hated, who am miserable beyond all +living things! Yet you, my creator, detest and spurn me, thy creature, +to whom thou art bound by ties only dissoluble by the annihilation of +one of us. You purpose to kill me. How dare you sport thus with life? +Do your duty towards me, and I will do mine towards you and the rest of +mankind. If you will comply with my conditions, I will leave them and +you at peace; but if you refuse, I will glut the maw of death, until it +be satiated with the blood of your remaining friends.” + +“Abhorred monster! Fiend that thou art! The tortures of hell are too +mild a vengeance for thy crimes. Wretched devil! You reproach me with +your creation, come on, then, that I may extinguish the spark which I +so negligently bestowed.” + +My rage was without bounds; I sprang on him, impelled by all the +feelings which can arm one being against the existence of another. + +He easily eluded me and said, + +“Be calm! I entreat you to hear me before you give vent to your hatred +on my devoted head. Have I not suffered enough, that you seek to +increase my misery? Life, although it may only be an accumulation of +anguish, is dear to me, and I will defend it. Remember, thou hast made +me more powerful than thyself; my height is superior to thine, my +joints more supple. But I will not be tempted to set myself in +opposition to thee. I am thy creature, and I will be even mild and +docile to my natural lord and king if thou wilt also perform thy part, +the which thou owest me. Oh, Frankenstein, be not equitable to every +other and trample upon me alone, to whom thy justice, and even thy +clemency and affection, is most due. Remember that I am thy creature; +I ought to be thy Adam, but I am rather the fallen angel, whom thou +drivest from joy for no misdeed. Everywhere I see bliss, from which I +alone am irrevocably excluded. I was benevolent and good; misery made +me a fiend. Make me happy, and I shall again be virtuous.” + +“Begone! I will not hear you. There can be no community between you +and me; we are enemies. Begone, or let us try our strength in a fight, +in which one must fall.” + +“How can I move thee? Will no entreaties cause thee to turn a +favourable eye upon thy creature, who implores thy goodness and +compassion? Believe me, Frankenstein, I was benevolent; my soul glowed +with love and humanity; but am I not alone, miserably alone? You, my +creator, abhor me; what hope can I gather from your fellow creatures, +who owe me nothing? They spurn and hate me. The desert mountains and +dreary glaciers are my refuge. I have wandered here many days; the +caves of ice, which I only do not fear, are a dwelling to me, and the +only one which man does not grudge. These bleak skies I hail, for they +are kinder to me than your fellow beings. If the multitude of mankind +knew of my existence, they would do as you do, and arm themselves for +my destruction. Shall I not then hate them who abhor me? I will keep +no terms with my enemies. I am miserable, and they shall share my +wretchedness. Yet it is in your power to recompense me, and deliver +them from an evil which it only remains for you to make so great, that +not only you and your family, but thousands of others, shall be +swallowed up in the whirlwinds of its rage. Let your compassion be +moved, and do not disdain me. Listen to my tale; when you have heard +that, abandon or commiserate me, as you shall judge that I deserve. +But hear me. The guilty are allowed, by human laws, bloody as they +are, to speak in their own defence before they are condemned. Listen +to me, Frankenstein. You accuse me of murder, and yet you would, with +a satisfied conscience, destroy your own creature. Oh, praise the +eternal justice of man! Yet I ask you not to spare me; listen to me, +and then, if you can, and if you will, destroy the work of your hands.” + +“Why do you call to my remembrance,” I rejoined, “circumstances of +which I shudder to reflect, that I have been the miserable origin and +author? Cursed be the day, abhorred devil, in which you first saw +light! Cursed (although I curse myself) be the hands that formed you! +You have made me wretched beyond expression. You have left me no power +to consider whether I am just to you or not. Begone! Relieve me from +the sight of your detested form.” + +“Thus I relieve thee, my creator,” he said, and placed his hated hands +before my eyes, which I flung from me with violence; “thus I take from +thee a sight which you abhor. Still thou canst listen to me and grant +me thy compassion. By the virtues that I once possessed, I demand this +from you. Hear my tale; it is long and strange, and the temperature of +this place is not fitting to your fine sensations; come to the hut upon +the mountain. The sun is yet high in the heavens; before it descends +to hide itself behind your snowy precipices and illuminate another +world, you will have heard my story and can decide. On you it rests, +whether I quit for ever the neighbourhood of man and lead a harmless +life, or become the scourge of your fellow creatures and the author of +your own speedy ruin.” + +As he said this he led the way across the ice; I followed. My heart +was full, and I did not answer him, but as I proceeded, I weighed the +various arguments that he had used and determined at least to listen to +his tale. I was partly urged by curiosity, and compassion confirmed my +resolution. I had hitherto supposed him to be the murderer of my +brother, and I eagerly sought a confirmation or denial of this opinion. +For the first time, also, I felt what the duties of a creator towards +his creature were, and that I ought to render him happy before I +complained of his wickedness. These motives urged me to comply with +his demand. We crossed the ice, therefore, and ascended the opposite +rock. The air was cold, and the rain again began to descend; we +entered the hut, the fiend with an air of exultation, I with a heavy +heart and depressed spirits. But I consented to listen, and seating +myself by the fire which my odious companion had lighted, he thus began +his tale. + + + + + +Chapter 11 + +“It is with considerable difficulty that I remember the original era of +my being; all the events of that period appear confused and indistinct. +A strange multiplicity of sensations seized me, and I saw, felt, heard, +and smelt at the same time; and it was, indeed, a long time before I +learned to distinguish between the operations of my various senses. By +degrees, I remember, a stronger light pressed upon my nerves, so that I +was obliged to shut my eyes. Darkness then came over me and troubled +me, but hardly had I felt this when, by opening my eyes, as I now +suppose, the light poured in upon me again. I walked and, I believe, +descended, but I presently found a great alteration in my sensations. +Before, dark and opaque bodies had surrounded me, impervious to my +touch or sight; but I now found that I could wander on at liberty, with +no obstacles which I could not either surmount or avoid. The light +became more and more oppressive to me, and the heat wearying me as I +walked, I sought a place where I could receive shade. This was the +forest near Ingolstadt; and here I lay by the side of a brook resting +from my fatigue, until I felt tormented by hunger and thirst. This +roused me from my nearly dormant state, and I ate some berries which I +found hanging on the trees or lying on the ground. I slaked my thirst +at the brook, and then lying down, was overcome by sleep. + +“It was dark when I awoke; I felt cold also, and half frightened, as it +were, instinctively, finding myself so desolate. Before I had quitted +your apartment, on a sensation of cold, I had covered myself with some +clothes, but these were insufficient to secure me from the dews of +night. I was a poor, helpless, miserable wretch; I knew, and could +distinguish, nothing; but feeling pain invade me on all sides, I sat +down and wept. + +“Soon a gentle light stole over the heavens and gave me a sensation of +pleasure. I started up and beheld a radiant form rise from among the +trees. [The moon] I gazed with a kind of wonder. It moved slowly, +but it enlightened my path, and I again went out in search of berries. +I was still cold when under one of the trees I found a huge cloak, with +which I covered myself, and sat down upon the ground. No distinct +ideas occupied my mind; all was confused. I felt light, and hunger, +and thirst, and darkness; innumerable sounds rang in my ears, and on +all sides various scents saluted me; the only object that I could +distinguish was the bright moon, and I fixed my eyes on that with +pleasure. + +“Several changes of day and night passed, and the orb of night had +greatly lessened, when I began to distinguish my sensations from each +other. I gradually saw plainly the clear stream that supplied me with +drink and the trees that shaded me with their foliage. I was delighted +when I first discovered that a pleasant sound, which often saluted my +ears, proceeded from the throats of the little winged animals who had +often intercepted the light from my eyes. I began also to observe, +with greater accuracy, the forms that surrounded me and to perceive the +boundaries of the radiant roof of light which canopied me. Sometimes I +tried to imitate the pleasant songs of the birds but was unable. +Sometimes I wished to express my sensations in my own mode, but the +uncouth and inarticulate sounds which broke from me frightened me into +silence again. + +“The moon had disappeared from the night, and again, with a lessened +form, showed itself, while I still remained in the forest. My +sensations had by this time become distinct, and my mind received every +day additional ideas. My eyes became accustomed to the light and to +perceive objects in their right forms; I distinguished the insect from +the herb, and by degrees, one herb from another. I found that the +sparrow uttered none but harsh notes, whilst those of the blackbird and +thrush were sweet and enticing. + +“One day, when I was oppressed by cold, I found a fire which had been +left by some wandering beggars, and was overcome with delight at the +warmth I experienced from it. In my joy I thrust my hand into the live +embers, but quickly drew it out again with a cry of pain. How strange, +I thought, that the same cause should produce such opposite effects! I +examined the materials of the fire, and to my joy found it to be +composed of wood. I quickly collected some branches, but they were wet +and would not burn. I was pained at this and sat still watching the +operation of the fire. The wet wood which I had placed near the heat +dried and itself became inflamed. I reflected on this, and by touching +the various branches, I discovered the cause and busied myself in +collecting a great quantity of wood, that I might dry it and have a +plentiful supply of fire. When night came on and brought sleep with +it, I was in the greatest fear lest my fire should be extinguished. I +covered it carefully with dry wood and leaves and placed wet branches +upon it; and then, spreading my cloak, I lay on the ground and sank +into sleep. + +“It was morning when I awoke, and my first care was to visit the fire. +I uncovered it, and a gentle breeze quickly fanned it into a flame. I +observed this also and contrived a fan of branches, which roused the +embers when they were nearly extinguished. When night came again I +found, with pleasure, that the fire gave light as well as heat and that +the discovery of this element was useful to me in my food, for I found +some of the offals that the travellers had left had been roasted, and +tasted much more savoury than the berries I gathered from the trees. I +tried, therefore, to dress my food in the same manner, placing it on +the live embers. I found that the berries were spoiled by this +operation, and the nuts and roots much improved. + +“Food, however, became scarce, and I often spent the whole day +searching in vain for a few acorns to assuage the pangs of hunger. When +I found this, I resolved to quit the place that I had hitherto +inhabited, to seek for one where the few wants I experienced would be +more easily satisfied. In this emigration I exceedingly lamented the +loss of the fire which I had obtained through accident and knew not how +to reproduce it. I gave several hours to the serious consideration of +this difficulty, but I was obliged to relinquish all attempt to supply +it, and wrapping myself up in my cloak, I struck across the wood +towards the setting sun. I passed three days in these rambles and at +length discovered the open country. A great fall of snow had taken +place the night before, and the fields were of one uniform white; the +appearance was disconsolate, and I found my feet chilled by the cold +damp substance that covered the ground. + +“It was about seven in the morning, and I longed to obtain food and +shelter; at length I perceived a small hut, on a rising ground, which +had doubtless been built for the convenience of some shepherd. This +was a new sight to me, and I examined the structure with great +curiosity. Finding the door open, I entered. An old man sat in it, +near a fire, over which he was preparing his breakfast. He turned on +hearing a noise, and perceiving me, shrieked loudly, and quitting the +hut, ran across the fields with a speed of which his debilitated form +hardly appeared capable. His appearance, different from any I had ever +before seen, and his flight somewhat surprised me. But I was enchanted +by the appearance of the hut; here the snow and rain could not +penetrate; the ground was dry; and it presented to me then as exquisite +and divine a retreat as Pandæmonium appeared to the dæmons of hell +after their sufferings in the lake of fire. I greedily devoured the +remnants of the shepherd’s breakfast, which consisted of bread, cheese, +milk, and wine; the latter, however, I did not like. Then, overcome by +fatigue, I lay down among some straw and fell asleep. + +“It was noon when I awoke, and allured by the warmth of the sun, which +shone brightly on the white ground, I determined to recommence my +travels; and, depositing the remains of the peasant’s breakfast in a +wallet I found, I proceeded across the fields for several hours, until +at sunset I arrived at a village. How miraculous did this appear! The +huts, the neater cottages, and stately houses engaged my admiration by +turns. The vegetables in the gardens, the milk and cheese that I saw +placed at the windows of some of the cottages, allured my appetite. One +of the best of these I entered, but I had hardly placed my foot within +the door before the children shrieked, and one of the women fainted. +The whole village was roused; some fled, some attacked me, until, +grievously bruised by stones and many other kinds of missile weapons, I +escaped to the open country and fearfully took refuge in a low hovel, +quite bare, and making a wretched appearance after the palaces I had +beheld in the village. This hovel however, joined a cottage of a neat +and pleasant appearance, but after my late dearly bought experience, I +dared not enter it. My place of refuge was constructed of wood, but so +low that I could with difficulty sit upright in it. No wood, however, +was placed on the earth, which formed the floor, but it was dry; and +although the wind entered it by innumerable chinks, I found it an +agreeable asylum from the snow and rain. + +“Here, then, I retreated and lay down happy to have found a shelter, +however miserable, from the inclemency of the season, and still more +from the barbarity of man. As soon as morning dawned I crept from my +kennel, that I might view the adjacent cottage and discover if I could +remain in the habitation I had found. It was situated against the back +of the cottage and surrounded on the sides which were exposed by a pig +sty and a clear pool of water. One part was open, and by that I had +crept in; but now I covered every crevice by which I might be perceived +with stones and wood, yet in such a manner that I might move them on +occasion to pass out; all the light I enjoyed came through the sty, and +that was sufficient for me. + +“Having thus arranged my dwelling and carpeted it with clean straw, I +retired, for I saw the figure of a man at a distance, and I remembered +too well my treatment the night before to trust myself in his power. I +had first, however, provided for my sustenance for that day by a loaf +of coarse bread, which I purloined, and a cup with which I could drink +more conveniently than from my hand of the pure water which flowed by +my retreat. The floor was a little raised, so that it was kept +perfectly dry, and by its vicinity to the chimney of the cottage it was +tolerably warm. + +“Being thus provided, I resolved to reside in this hovel until +something should occur which might alter my determination. It was +indeed a paradise compared to the bleak forest, my former residence, +the rain-dropping branches, and dank earth. I ate my breakfast with +pleasure and was about to remove a plank to procure myself a little +water when I heard a step, and looking through a small chink, I beheld +a young creature, with a pail on her head, passing before my hovel. The +girl was young and of gentle demeanour, unlike what I have since found +cottagers and farmhouse servants to be. Yet she was meanly dressed, a +coarse blue petticoat and a linen jacket being her only garb; her fair +hair was plaited but not adorned: she looked patient yet sad. I lost +sight of her, and in about a quarter of an hour she returned bearing +the pail, which was now partly filled with milk. As she walked along, +seemingly incommoded by the burden, a young man met her, whose +countenance expressed a deeper despondence. Uttering a few sounds with +an air of melancholy, he took the pail from her head and bore it to the +cottage himself. She followed, and they disappeared. Presently I saw +the young man again, with some tools in his hand, cross the field +behind the cottage; and the girl was also busied, sometimes in the +house and sometimes in the yard. + +“On examining my dwelling, I found that one of the windows of the +cottage had formerly occupied a part of it, but the panes had been +filled up with wood. In one of these was a small and almost +imperceptible chink through which the eye could just penetrate. +Through this crevice a small room was visible, whitewashed and clean +but very bare of furniture. In one corner, near a small fire, sat an +old man, leaning his head on his hands in a disconsolate attitude. The +young girl was occupied in arranging the cottage; but presently she +took something out of a drawer, which employed her hands, and she sat +down beside the old man, who, taking up an instrument, began to play +and to produce sounds sweeter than the voice of the thrush or the +nightingale. It was a lovely sight, even to me, poor wretch who had +never beheld aught beautiful before. The silver hair and benevolent +countenance of the aged cottager won my reverence, while the gentle +manners of the girl enticed my love. He played a sweet mournful air +which I perceived drew tears from the eyes of his amiable companion, of +which the old man took no notice, until she sobbed audibly; he then +pronounced a few sounds, and the fair creature, leaving her work, knelt +at his feet. He raised her and smiled with such kindness and affection +that I felt sensations of a peculiar and overpowering nature; they were +a mixture of pain and pleasure, such as I had never before experienced, +either from hunger or cold, warmth or food; and I withdrew from the +window, unable to bear these emotions. + +“Soon after this the young man returned, bearing on his shoulders a +load of wood. The girl met him at the door, helped to relieve him of +his burden, and taking some of the fuel into the cottage, placed it on +the fire; then she and the youth went apart into a nook of the cottage, +and he showed her a large loaf and a piece of cheese. She seemed +pleased and went into the garden for some roots and plants, which she +placed in water, and then upon the fire. She afterwards continued her +work, whilst the young man went into the garden and appeared busily +employed in digging and pulling up roots. After he had been employed +thus about an hour, the young woman joined him and they entered the +cottage together. + +“The old man had, in the meantime, been pensive, but on the appearance +of his companions he assumed a more cheerful air, and they sat down to +eat. The meal was quickly dispatched. The young woman was again +occupied in arranging the cottage, the old man walked before the +cottage in the sun for a few minutes, leaning on the arm of the youth. +Nothing could exceed in beauty the contrast between these two excellent +creatures. One was old, with silver hairs and a countenance beaming +with benevolence and love; the younger was slight and graceful in his +figure, and his features were moulded with the finest symmetry, yet his +eyes and attitude expressed the utmost sadness and despondency. The +old man returned to the cottage, and the youth, with tools different +from those he had used in the morning, directed his steps across the +fields. + +“Night quickly shut in, but to my extreme wonder, I found that the +cottagers had a means of prolonging light by the use of tapers, and was +delighted to find that the setting of the sun did not put an end to the +pleasure I experienced in watching my human neighbours. In the evening +the young girl and her companion were employed in various occupations +which I did not understand; and the old man again took up the +instrument which produced the divine sounds that had enchanted me in +the morning. So soon as he had finished, the youth began, not to play, +but to utter sounds that were monotonous, and neither resembling the +harmony of the old man’s instrument nor the songs of the birds; I since +found that he read aloud, but at that time I knew nothing of the +science of words or letters. + +“The family, after having been thus occupied for a short time, +extinguished their lights and retired, as I conjectured, to rest.” + + + + + +Chapter 12 + +“I lay on my straw, but I could not sleep. I thought of the +occurrences of the day. What chiefly struck me was the gentle manners +of these people, and I longed to join them, but dared not. I +remembered too well the treatment I had suffered the night before from +the barbarous villagers, and resolved, whatever course of conduct I +might hereafter think it right to pursue, that for the present I would +remain quietly in my hovel, watching and endeavouring to discover the +motives which influenced their actions. + +“The cottagers arose the next morning before the sun. The young woman +arranged the cottage and prepared the food, and the youth departed +after the first meal. + +“This day was passed in the same routine as that which preceded it. +The young man was constantly employed out of doors, and the girl in +various laborious occupations within. The old man, whom I soon +perceived to be blind, employed his leisure hours on his instrument or +in contemplation. Nothing could exceed the love and respect which the +younger cottagers exhibited towards their venerable companion. They +performed towards him every little office of affection and duty with +gentleness, and he rewarded them by his benevolent smiles. + +“They were not entirely happy. The young man and his companion often +went apart and appeared to weep. I saw no cause for their unhappiness, +but I was deeply affected by it. If such lovely creatures were +miserable, it was less strange that I, an imperfect and solitary being, +should be wretched. Yet why were these gentle beings unhappy? They +possessed a delightful house (for such it was in my eyes) and every +luxury; they had a fire to warm them when chill and delicious viands +when hungry; they were dressed in excellent clothes; and, still more, +they enjoyed one another’s company and speech, interchanging each day +looks of affection and kindness. What did their tears imply? Did they +really express pain? I was at first unable to solve these questions, +but perpetual attention and time explained to me many appearances which +were at first enigmatic. + +“A considerable period elapsed before I discovered one of the causes of +the uneasiness of this amiable family: it was poverty, and they +suffered that evil in a very distressing degree. Their nourishment +consisted entirely of the vegetables of their garden and the milk of +one cow, which gave very little during the winter, when its masters +could scarcely procure food to support it. They often, I believe, +suffered the pangs of hunger very poignantly, especially the two +younger cottagers, for several times they placed food before the old +man when they reserved none for themselves. + +“This trait of kindness moved me sensibly. I had been accustomed, +during the night, to steal a part of their store for my own +consumption, but when I found that in doing this I inflicted pain on +the cottagers, I abstained and satisfied myself with berries, nuts, and +roots which I gathered from a neighbouring wood. + +“I discovered also another means through which I was enabled to assist +their labours. I found that the youth spent a great part of each day +in collecting wood for the family fire, and during the night I often +took his tools, the use of which I quickly discovered, and brought home +firing sufficient for the consumption of several days. + +“I remember, the first time that I did this, the young woman, when she +opened the door in the morning, appeared greatly astonished on seeing a great +pile of wood on the outside. She uttered some words in a loud voice, and the +youth joined her, who also expressed surprise. I observed, with pleasure, +that he did not go to the forest that day, but spent it in repairing the +cottage and cultivating the garden. + +“By degrees I made a discovery of still greater moment. I found that +these people possessed a method of communicating their experience and +feelings to one another by articulate sounds. I perceived that the words +they spoke sometimes produced pleasure or pain, smiles or sadness, in the +minds and countenances of the hearers. This was indeed a godlike science, +and I ardently desired to become acquainted with it. But I was baffled in +every attempt I made for this purpose. Their pronunciation was quick, and +the words they uttered, not having any apparent connection with visible +objects, I was unable to discover any clue by which I could unravel the +mystery of their reference. By great application, however, and after having +remained during the space of several revolutions of the moon in my hovel, I +discovered the names that were given to some of the most familiar objects of +discourse; I learned and applied the words, _fire, milk, bread,_ and +_wood._ I learned also the names of the cottagers themselves. The youth +and his companion had each of them several names, but the old man had only +one, which was _father._ The girl was called _sister_ or +_Agatha,_ and the youth _Felix, brother,_ or _son_. I cannot +describe the delight I felt when I learned the ideas appropriated to each of +these sounds and was able to pronounce them. I distinguished several other +words without being able as yet to understand or apply them, such as _good, +dearest, unhappy._ + +“I spent the winter in this manner. The gentle manners and beauty of +the cottagers greatly endeared them to me; when they were unhappy, I +felt depressed; when they rejoiced, I sympathised in their joys. I saw +few human beings besides them, and if any other happened to enter the +cottage, their harsh manners and rude gait only enhanced to me the +superior accomplishments of my friends. The old man, I could perceive, +often endeavoured to encourage his children, as sometimes I found that +he called them, to cast off their melancholy. He would talk in a +cheerful accent, with an expression of goodness that bestowed pleasure +even upon me. Agatha listened with respect, her eyes sometimes filled +with tears, which she endeavoured to wipe away unperceived; but I +generally found that her countenance and tone were more cheerful after +having listened to the exhortations of her father. It was not thus +with Felix. He was always the saddest of the group, and even to my +unpractised senses, he appeared to have suffered more deeply than his +friends. But if his countenance was more sorrowful, his voice was more +cheerful than that of his sister, especially when he addressed the old +man. + +“I could mention innumerable instances which, although slight, marked +the dispositions of these amiable cottagers. In the midst of poverty +and want, Felix carried with pleasure to his sister the first little +white flower that peeped out from beneath the snowy ground. Early in +the morning, before she had risen, he cleared away the snow that +obstructed her path to the milk-house, drew water from the well, and +brought the wood from the outhouse, where, to his perpetual +astonishment, he found his store always replenished by an invisible +hand. In the day, I believe, he worked sometimes for a neighbouring +farmer, because he often went forth and did not return until dinner, +yet brought no wood with him. At other times he worked in the garden, +but as there was little to do in the frosty season, he read to the old +man and Agatha. + +“This reading had puzzled me extremely at first, but by degrees I +discovered that he uttered many of the same sounds when he read as when +he talked. I conjectured, therefore, that he found on the paper signs +for speech which he understood, and I ardently longed to comprehend +these also; but how was that possible when I did not even understand +the sounds for which they stood as signs? I improved, however, +sensibly in this science, but not sufficiently to follow up any kind of +conversation, although I applied my whole mind to the endeavour, for I +easily perceived that, although I eagerly longed to discover myself to +the cottagers, I ought not to make the attempt until I had first become +master of their language, which knowledge might enable me to make them +overlook the deformity of my figure, for with this also the contrast +perpetually presented to my eyes had made me acquainted. + +“I had admired the perfect forms of my cottagers—their grace, beauty, +and delicate complexions; but how was I terrified when I viewed myself +in a transparent pool! At first I started back, unable to believe that +it was indeed I who was reflected in the mirror; and when I became +fully convinced that I was in reality the monster that I am, I was +filled with the bitterest sensations of despondence and mortification. +Alas! I did not yet entirely know the fatal effects of this miserable +deformity. + +“As the sun became warmer and the light of day longer, the snow +vanished, and I beheld the bare trees and the black earth. From this +time Felix was more employed, and the heart-moving indications of +impending famine disappeared. Their food, as I afterwards found, was +coarse, but it was wholesome; and they procured a sufficiency of it. +Several new kinds of plants sprang up in the garden, which they +dressed; and these signs of comfort increased daily as the season +advanced. + +“The old man, leaning on his son, walked each day at noon, when it did +not rain, as I found it was called when the heavens poured forth its +waters. This frequently took place, but a high wind quickly dried the +earth, and the season became far more pleasant than it had been. + +“My mode of life in my hovel was uniform. During the morning I +attended the motions of the cottagers, and when they were dispersed in +various occupations, I slept; the remainder of the day was spent in +observing my friends. When they had retired to rest, if there was any +moon or the night was star-light, I went into the woods and collected +my own food and fuel for the cottage. When I returned, as often as it +was necessary, I cleared their path from the snow and performed those +offices that I had seen done by Felix. I afterwards found that these +labours, performed by an invisible hand, greatly astonished them; and +once or twice I heard them, on these occasions, utter the words _good +spirit, wonderful_; but I did not then understand the signification +of these terms. + +“My thoughts now became more active, and I longed to discover the +motives and feelings of these lovely creatures; I was inquisitive to +know why Felix appeared so miserable and Agatha so sad. I thought +(foolish wretch!) that it might be in my power to restore happiness to +these deserving people. When I slept or was absent, the forms of the +venerable blind father, the gentle Agatha, and the excellent Felix +flitted before me. I looked upon them as superior beings who would be +the arbiters of my future destiny. I formed in my imagination a +thousand pictures of presenting myself to them, and their reception of +me. I imagined that they would be disgusted, until, by my gentle +demeanour and conciliating words, I should first win their favour and +afterwards their love. + +“These thoughts exhilarated me and led me to apply with fresh ardour to +the acquiring the art of language. My organs were indeed harsh, but +supple; and although my voice was very unlike the soft music of their +tones, yet I pronounced such words as I understood with tolerable ease. +It was as the ass and the lap-dog; yet surely the gentle ass whose +intentions were affectionate, although his manners were rude, deserved +better treatment than blows and execration. + +“The pleasant showers and genial warmth of spring greatly altered the +aspect of the earth. Men who before this change seemed to have been +hid in caves dispersed themselves and were employed in various arts of +cultivation. The birds sang in more cheerful notes, and the leaves +began to bud forth on the trees. Happy, happy earth! Fit habitation +for gods, which, so short a time before, was bleak, damp, and +unwholesome. My spirits were elevated by the enchanting appearance of +nature; the past was blotted from my memory, the present was tranquil, +and the future gilded by bright rays of hope and anticipations of joy.” + + + + + +Chapter 13 + +“I now hasten to the more moving part of my story. I shall relate +events that impressed me with feelings which, from what I had been, +have made me what I am. + +“Spring advanced rapidly; the weather became fine and the skies +cloudless. It surprised me that what before was desert and gloomy +should now bloom with the most beautiful flowers and verdure. My +senses were gratified and refreshed by a thousand scents of delight and +a thousand sights of beauty. + +“It was on one of these days, when my cottagers periodically rested +from labour—the old man played on his guitar, and the children +listened to him—that I observed the countenance of Felix was +melancholy beyond expression; he sighed frequently, and once his father +paused in his music, and I conjectured by his manner that he inquired +the cause of his son’s sorrow. Felix replied in a cheerful accent, and +the old man was recommencing his music when someone tapped at the door. + +“It was a lady on horseback, accompanied by a country-man as a guide. +The lady was dressed in a dark suit and covered with a thick black +veil. Agatha asked a question, to which the stranger only replied by +pronouncing, in a sweet accent, the name of Felix. Her voice was +musical but unlike that of either of my friends. On hearing this word, +Felix came up hastily to the lady, who, when she saw him, threw up her +veil, and I beheld a countenance of angelic beauty and expression. Her +hair of a shining raven black, and curiously braided; her eyes were +dark, but gentle, although animated; her features of a regular +proportion, and her complexion wondrously fair, each cheek tinged with +a lovely pink. + +“Felix seemed ravished with delight when he saw her, every trait of +sorrow vanished from his face, and it instantly expressed a degree of +ecstatic joy, of which I could hardly have believed it capable; his +eyes sparkled, as his cheek flushed with pleasure; and at that moment I +thought him as beautiful as the stranger. She appeared affected by +different feelings; wiping a few tears from her lovely eyes, she held +out her hand to Felix, who kissed it rapturously and called her, as +well as I could distinguish, his sweet Arabian. She did not appear to +understand him, but smiled. He assisted her to dismount, and +dismissing her guide, conducted her into the cottage. Some +conversation took place between him and his father, and the young +stranger knelt at the old man’s feet and would have kissed his hand, +but he raised her and embraced her affectionately. + +“I soon perceived that although the stranger uttered articulate sounds +and appeared to have a language of her own, she was neither understood +by nor herself understood the cottagers. They made many signs which I +did not comprehend, but I saw that her presence diffused gladness +through the cottage, dispelling their sorrow as the sun dissipates the +morning mists. Felix seemed peculiarly happy and with smiles of +delight welcomed his Arabian. Agatha, the ever-gentle Agatha, kissed +the hands of the lovely stranger, and pointing to her brother, made +signs which appeared to me to mean that he had been sorrowful until she +came. Some hours passed thus, while they, by their countenances, +expressed joy, the cause of which I did not comprehend. Presently I +found, by the frequent recurrence of some sound which the stranger +repeated after them, that she was endeavouring to learn their language; +and the idea instantly occurred to me that I should make use of the +same instructions to the same end. The stranger learned about twenty +words at the first lesson; most of them, indeed, were those which I had +before understood, but I profited by the others. + +“As night came on, Agatha and the Arabian retired early. When they +separated Felix kissed the hand of the stranger and said, ‘Good night +sweet Safie.’ He sat up much longer, conversing with his father, and +by the frequent repetition of her name I conjectured that their lovely +guest was the subject of their conversation. I ardently desired to +understand them, and bent every faculty towards that purpose, but found +it utterly impossible. + +“The next morning Felix went out to his work, and after the usual +occupations of Agatha were finished, the Arabian sat at the feet of the +old man, and taking his guitar, played some airs so entrancingly +beautiful that they at once drew tears of sorrow and delight from my +eyes. She sang, and her voice flowed in a rich cadence, swelling or +dying away like a nightingale of the woods. + +“When she had finished, she gave the guitar to Agatha, who at first +declined it. She played a simple air, and her voice accompanied it in +sweet accents, but unlike the wondrous strain of the stranger. The old +man appeared enraptured and said some words which Agatha endeavoured to +explain to Safie, and by which he appeared to wish to express that she +bestowed on him the greatest delight by her music. + +“The days now passed as peaceably as before, with the sole alteration +that joy had taken place of sadness in the countenances of my friends. +Safie was always gay and happy; she and I improved rapidly in the +knowledge of language, so that in two months I began to comprehend most +of the words uttered by my protectors. + +“In the meanwhile also the black ground was covered with herbage, and +the green banks interspersed with innumerable flowers, sweet to the +scent and the eyes, stars of pale radiance among the moonlight woods; +the sun became warmer, the nights clear and balmy; and my nocturnal +rambles were an extreme pleasure to me, although they were considerably +shortened by the late setting and early rising of the sun, for I never +ventured abroad during daylight, fearful of meeting with the same +treatment I had formerly endured in the first village which I entered. + +“My days were spent in close attention, that I might more speedily +master the language; and I may boast that I improved more rapidly than +the Arabian, who understood very little and conversed in broken +accents, whilst I comprehended and could imitate almost every word that +was spoken. + +“While I improved in speech, I also learned the science of letters as +it was taught to the stranger, and this opened before me a wide field +for wonder and delight. + +“The book from which Felix instructed Safie was Volney’s _Ruins +of Empires_. I should not have understood the purport of this book had not +Felix, in reading it, given very minute explanations. He had chosen this +work, he said, because the declamatory style was framed in imitation of the +Eastern authors. Through this work I obtained a cursory knowledge of history +and a view of the several empires at present existing in the world; it gave +me an insight into the manners, governments, and religions of the different +nations of the earth. I heard of the slothful Asiatics, of the stupendous +genius and mental activity of the Grecians, of the wars and wonderful virtue +of the early Romans—of their subsequent degenerating—of the +decline of that mighty empire, of chivalry, Christianity, and kings. I heard +of the discovery of the American hemisphere and wept with Safie over the +hapless fate of its original inhabitants. + +“These wonderful narrations inspired me with strange feelings. Was +man, indeed, at once so powerful, so virtuous and magnificent, yet so +vicious and base? He appeared at one time a mere scion of the evil +principle and at another as all that can be conceived of noble and +godlike. To be a great and virtuous man appeared the highest honour +that can befall a sensitive being; to be base and vicious, as many on +record have been, appeared the lowest degradation, a condition more +abject than that of the blind mole or harmless worm. For a long time I +could not conceive how one man could go forth to murder his fellow, or +even why there were laws and governments; but when I heard details of +vice and bloodshed, my wonder ceased and I turned away with disgust and +loathing. + +“Every conversation of the cottagers now opened new wonders to me. +While I listened to the instructions which Felix bestowed upon the +Arabian, the strange system of human society was explained to me. I +heard of the division of property, of immense wealth and squalid +poverty, of rank, descent, and noble blood. + +“The words induced me to turn towards myself. I learned that the +possessions most esteemed by your fellow creatures were high and +unsullied descent united with riches. A man might be respected with +only one of these advantages, but without either he was considered, +except in very rare instances, as a vagabond and a slave, doomed to +waste his powers for the profits of the chosen few! And what was I? Of +my creation and creator I was absolutely ignorant, but I knew that I +possessed no money, no friends, no kind of property. I was, besides, +endued with a figure hideously deformed and loathsome; I was not even +of the same nature as man. I was more agile than they and could +subsist upon coarser diet; I bore the extremes of heat and cold with +less injury to my frame; my stature far exceeded theirs. When I looked +around I saw and heard of none like me. Was I, then, a monster, a blot +upon the earth, from which all men fled and whom all men disowned? + +“I cannot describe to you the agony that these reflections inflicted +upon me; I tried to dispel them, but sorrow only increased with +knowledge. Oh, that I had for ever remained in my native wood, nor +known nor felt beyond the sensations of hunger, thirst, and heat! + +“Of what a strange nature is knowledge! It clings to the mind when it +has once seized on it like a lichen on the rock. I wished sometimes to +shake off all thought and feeling, but I learned that there was but one +means to overcome the sensation of pain, and that was death—a state +which I feared yet did not understand. I admired virtue and good +feelings and loved the gentle manners and amiable qualities of my +cottagers, but I was shut out from intercourse with them, except +through means which I obtained by stealth, when I was unseen and +unknown, and which rather increased than satisfied the desire I had of +becoming one among my fellows. The gentle words of Agatha and the +animated smiles of the charming Arabian were not for me. The mild +exhortations of the old man and the lively conversation of the loved +Felix were not for me. Miserable, unhappy wretch! + +“Other lessons were impressed upon me even more deeply. I heard of the +difference of sexes, and the birth and growth of children, how the +father doted on the smiles of the infant, and the lively sallies of the +older child, how all the life and cares of the mother were wrapped up +in the precious charge, how the mind of youth expanded and gained +knowledge, of brother, sister, and all the various relationships which +bind one human being to another in mutual bonds. + +“But where were my friends and relations? No father had watched my +infant days, no mother had blessed me with smiles and caresses; or if +they had, all my past life was now a blot, a blind vacancy in which I +distinguished nothing. From my earliest remembrance I had been as I +then was in height and proportion. I had never yet seen a being +resembling me or who claimed any intercourse with me. What was I? The +question again recurred, to be answered only with groans. + +“I will soon explain to what these feelings tended, but allow me now to +return to the cottagers, whose story excited in me such various +feelings of indignation, delight, and wonder, but which all terminated +in additional love and reverence for my protectors (for so I loved, in +an innocent, half-painful self-deceit, to call them).” + + + + + +Chapter 14 + +“Some time elapsed before I learned the history of my friends. It was +one which could not fail to impress itself deeply on my mind, unfolding +as it did a number of circumstances, each interesting and wonderful to +one so utterly inexperienced as I was. + +“The name of the old man was De Lacey. He was descended from a good +family in France, where he had lived for many years in affluence, +respected by his superiors and beloved by his equals. His son was bred +in the service of his country, and Agatha had ranked with ladies of the +highest distinction. A few months before my arrival they had lived in +a large and luxurious city called Paris, surrounded by friends and +possessed of every enjoyment which virtue, refinement of intellect, or +taste, accompanied by a moderate fortune, could afford. + +“The father of Safie had been the cause of their ruin. He was a +Turkish merchant and had inhabited Paris for many years, when, for some +reason which I could not learn, he became obnoxious to the government. +He was seized and cast into prison the very day that Safie arrived from +Constantinople to join him. He was tried and condemned to death. The +injustice of his sentence was very flagrant; all Paris was indignant; +and it was judged that his religion and wealth rather than the crime +alleged against him had been the cause of his condemnation. + +“Felix had accidentally been present at the trial; his horror and +indignation were uncontrollable when he heard the decision of the +court. He made, at that moment, a solemn vow to deliver him and then +looked around for the means. After many fruitless attempts to gain +admittance to the prison, he found a strongly grated window in an +unguarded part of the building, which lighted the dungeon of the +unfortunate Muhammadan, who, loaded with chains, waited in despair the +execution of the barbarous sentence. Felix visited the grate at night +and made known to the prisoner his intentions in his favour. The Turk, +amazed and delighted, endeavoured to kindle the zeal of his deliverer +by promises of reward and wealth. Felix rejected his offers with +contempt, yet when he saw the lovely Safie, who was allowed to visit +her father and who by her gestures expressed her lively gratitude, the +youth could not help owning to his own mind that the captive possessed +a treasure which would fully reward his toil and hazard. + +“The Turk quickly perceived the impression that his daughter had made +on the heart of Felix and endeavoured to secure him more entirely in +his interests by the promise of her hand in marriage so soon as he +should be conveyed to a place of safety. Felix was too delicate to +accept this offer, yet he looked forward to the probability of the +event as to the consummation of his happiness. + +“During the ensuing days, while the preparations were going forward for +the escape of the merchant, the zeal of Felix was warmed by several +letters that he received from this lovely girl, who found means to +express her thoughts in the language of her lover by the aid of an old +man, a servant of her father who understood French. She thanked him in +the most ardent terms for his intended services towards her parent, and +at the same time she gently deplored her own fate. + +“I have copies of these letters, for I found means, during my residence +in the hovel, to procure the implements of writing; and the letters +were often in the hands of Felix or Agatha. Before I depart I will +give them to you; they will prove the truth of my tale; but at present, +as the sun is already far declined, I shall only have time to repeat +the substance of them to you. + +“Safie related that her mother was a Christian Arab, seized and made a +slave by the Turks; recommended by her beauty, she had won the heart of +the father of Safie, who married her. The young girl spoke in high and +enthusiastic terms of her mother, who, born in freedom, spurned the +bondage to which she was now reduced. She instructed her daughter in +the tenets of her religion and taught her to aspire to higher powers of +intellect and an independence of spirit forbidden to the female +followers of Muhammad. This lady died, but her lessons were indelibly +impressed on the mind of Safie, who sickened at the prospect of again +returning to Asia and being immured within the walls of a harem, +allowed only to occupy herself with infantile amusements, ill-suited to +the temper of her soul, now accustomed to grand ideas and a noble +emulation for virtue. The prospect of marrying a Christian and +remaining in a country where women were allowed to take a rank in +society was enchanting to her. + +“The day for the execution of the Turk was fixed, but on the night +previous to it he quitted his prison and before morning was distant +many leagues from Paris. Felix had procured passports in the name of +his father, sister, and himself. He had previously communicated his +plan to the former, who aided the deceit by quitting his house, under +the pretence of a journey and concealed himself, with his daughter, in +an obscure part of Paris. + +“Felix conducted the fugitives through France to Lyons and across Mont +Cenis to Leghorn, where the merchant had decided to wait a favourable +opportunity of passing into some part of the Turkish dominions. + +“Safie resolved to remain with her father until the moment of his +departure, before which time the Turk renewed his promise that she +should be united to his deliverer; and Felix remained with them in +expectation of that event; and in the meantime he enjoyed the society +of the Arabian, who exhibited towards him the simplest and tenderest +affection. They conversed with one another through the means of an +interpreter, and sometimes with the interpretation of looks; and Safie +sang to him the divine airs of her native country. + +“The Turk allowed this intimacy to take place and encouraged the hopes +of the youthful lovers, while in his heart he had formed far other +plans. He loathed the idea that his daughter should be united to a +Christian, but he feared the resentment of Felix if he should appear +lukewarm, for he knew that he was still in the power of his deliverer +if he should choose to betray him to the Italian state which they +inhabited. He revolved a thousand plans by which he should be enabled +to prolong the deceit until it might be no longer necessary, and +secretly to take his daughter with him when he departed. His plans +were facilitated by the news which arrived from Paris. + +“The government of France were greatly enraged at the escape of their +victim and spared no pains to detect and punish his deliverer. The +plot of Felix was quickly discovered, and De Lacey and Agatha were +thrown into prison. The news reached Felix and roused him from his +dream of pleasure. His blind and aged father and his gentle sister lay +in a noisome dungeon while he enjoyed the free air and the society of +her whom he loved. This idea was torture to him. He quickly arranged +with the Turk that if the latter should find a favourable opportunity +for escape before Felix could return to Italy, Safie should remain as a +boarder at a convent at Leghorn; and then, quitting the lovely Arabian, +he hastened to Paris and delivered himself up to the vengeance of the +law, hoping to free De Lacey and Agatha by this proceeding. + +“He did not succeed. They remained confined for five months before the +trial took place, the result of which deprived them of their fortune +and condemned them to a perpetual exile from their native country. + +“They found a miserable asylum in the cottage in Germany, where I +discovered them. Felix soon learned that the treacherous Turk, for +whom he and his family endured such unheard-of oppression, on +discovering that his deliverer was thus reduced to poverty and ruin, +became a traitor to good feeling and honour and had quitted Italy with +his daughter, insultingly sending Felix a pittance of money to aid him, +as he said, in some plan of future maintenance. + +“Such were the events that preyed on the heart of Felix and rendered +him, when I first saw him, the most miserable of his family. He could +have endured poverty, and while this distress had been the meed of his +virtue, he gloried in it; but the ingratitude of the Turk and the loss +of his beloved Safie were misfortunes more bitter and irreparable. The +arrival of the Arabian now infused new life into his soul. + +“When the news reached Leghorn that Felix was deprived of his wealth +and rank, the merchant commanded his daughter to think no more of her +lover, but to prepare to return to her native country. The generous +nature of Safie was outraged by this command; she attempted to +expostulate with her father, but he left her angrily, reiterating his +tyrannical mandate. + +“A few days after, the Turk entered his daughter’s apartment and told +her hastily that he had reason to believe that his residence at Leghorn +had been divulged and that he should speedily be delivered up to the +French government; he had consequently hired a vessel to convey him to +Constantinople, for which city he should sail in a few hours. He +intended to leave his daughter under the care of a confidential +servant, to follow at her leisure with the greater part of his +property, which had not yet arrived at Leghorn. + +“When alone, Safie resolved in her own mind the plan of conduct that it +would become her to pursue in this emergency. A residence in Turkey +was abhorrent to her; her religion and her feelings were alike averse +to it. By some papers of her father which fell into her hands she +heard of the exile of her lover and learnt the name of the spot where +he then resided. She hesitated some time, but at length she formed her +determination. Taking with her some jewels that belonged to her and a +sum of money, she quitted Italy with an attendant, a native of Leghorn, +but who understood the common language of Turkey, and departed for +Germany. + +“She arrived in safety at a town about twenty leagues from the cottage +of De Lacey, when her attendant fell dangerously ill. Safie nursed her +with the most devoted affection, but the poor girl died, and the +Arabian was left alone, unacquainted with the language of the country +and utterly ignorant of the customs of the world. She fell, however, +into good hands. The Italian had mentioned the name of the spot for +which they were bound, and after her death the woman of the house in +which they had lived took care that Safie should arrive in safety at +the cottage of her lover.” + + + + + +Chapter 15 + +“Such was the history of my beloved cottagers. It impressed me deeply. +I learned, from the views of social life which it developed, to admire +their virtues and to deprecate the vices of mankind. + +“As yet I looked upon crime as a distant evil, benevolence and +generosity were ever present before me, inciting within me a desire to +become an actor in the busy scene where so many admirable qualities +were called forth and displayed. But in giving an account of the +progress of my intellect, I must not omit a circumstance which occurred +in the beginning of the month of August of the same year. + +“One night during my accustomed visit to the neighbouring wood where I +collected my own food and brought home firing for my protectors, I found on +the ground a leathern portmanteau containing several articles of dress and +some books. I eagerly seized the prize and returned with it to my hovel. +Fortunately the books were written in the language, the elements of which I +had acquired at the cottage; they consisted of _Paradise Lost_, a volume +of _Plutarch’s Lives_, and the _Sorrows of Werter_. The +possession of these treasures gave me extreme delight; I now continually +studied and exercised my mind upon these histories, whilst my friends were +employed in their ordinary occupations. + +“I can hardly describe to you the effect of these books. They produced +in me an infinity of new images and feelings, that sometimes raised me +to ecstasy, but more frequently sunk me into the lowest dejection. In +the _Sorrows of Werter_, besides the interest of its simple and affecting +story, so many opinions are canvassed and so many lights thrown upon +what had hitherto been to me obscure subjects that I found in it a +never-ending source of speculation and astonishment. The gentle and +domestic manners it described, combined with lofty sentiments and +feelings, which had for their object something out of self, accorded +well with my experience among my protectors and with the wants which +were for ever alive in my own bosom. But I thought Werter himself a +more divine being than I had ever beheld or imagined; his character +contained no pretension, but it sank deep. The disquisitions upon +death and suicide were calculated to fill me with wonder. I did not +pretend to enter into the merits of the case, yet I inclined towards +the opinions of the hero, whose extinction I wept, without precisely +understanding it. + +“As I read, however, I applied much personally to my own feelings and +condition. I found myself similar yet at the same time strangely +unlike to the beings concerning whom I read and to whose conversation I +was a listener. I sympathised with and partly understood them, but I +was unformed in mind; I was dependent on none and related to none. +‘The path of my departure was free,’ and there was none to lament my +annihilation. My person was hideous and my stature gigantic. What did +this mean? Who was I? What was I? Whence did I come? What was my +destination? These questions continually recurred, but I was unable to +solve them. + +“The volume of _Plutarch’s Lives_ which I possessed contained the +histories of the first founders of the ancient republics. This book +had a far different effect upon me from the _Sorrows of Werter_. I +learned from Werter’s imaginations despondency and gloom, but Plutarch +taught me high thoughts; he elevated me above the wretched sphere of my +own reflections, to admire and love the heroes of past ages. Many +things I read surpassed my understanding and experience. I had a very +confused knowledge of kingdoms, wide extents of country, mighty rivers, +and boundless seas. But I was perfectly unacquainted with towns and +large assemblages of men. The cottage of my protectors had been the +only school in which I had studied human nature, but this book +developed new and mightier scenes of action. I read of men concerned +in public affairs, governing or massacring their species. I felt the +greatest ardour for virtue rise within me, and abhorrence for vice, as +far as I understood the signification of those terms, relative as they +were, as I applied them, to pleasure and pain alone. Induced by these +feelings, I was of course led to admire peaceable lawgivers, Numa, +Solon, and Lycurgus, in preference to Romulus and Theseus. The +patriarchal lives of my protectors caused these impressions to take a +firm hold on my mind; perhaps, if my first introduction to humanity had +been made by a young soldier, burning for glory and slaughter, I should +have been imbued with different sensations. + +“But _Paradise Lost_ excited different and far deeper emotions. I read +it, as I had read the other volumes which had fallen into my hands, as +a true history. It moved every feeling of wonder and awe that the +picture of an omnipotent God warring with his creatures was capable of +exciting. I often referred the several situations, as their similarity +struck me, to my own. Like Adam, I was apparently united by no link to +any other being in existence; but his state was far different from mine +in every other respect. He had come forth from the hands of God a +perfect creature, happy and prosperous, guarded by the especial care of +his Creator; he was allowed to converse with and acquire knowledge from +beings of a superior nature, but I was wretched, helpless, and alone. +Many times I considered Satan as the fitter emblem of my condition, for +often, like him, when I viewed the bliss of my protectors, the bitter +gall of envy rose within me. + +“Another circumstance strengthened and confirmed these feelings. Soon +after my arrival in the hovel I discovered some papers in the pocket of +the dress which I had taken from your laboratory. At first I had +neglected them, but now that I was able to decipher the characters in +which they were written, I began to study them with diligence. It was +your journal of the four months that preceded my creation. You +minutely described in these papers every step you took in the progress +of your work; this history was mingled with accounts of domestic +occurrences. You doubtless recollect these papers. Here they are. +Everything is related in them which bears reference to my accursed +origin; the whole detail of that series of disgusting circumstances +which produced it is set in view; the minutest description of my odious +and loathsome person is given, in language which painted your own +horrors and rendered mine indelible. I sickened as I read. ‘Hateful +day when I received life!’ I exclaimed in agony. ‘Accursed creator! +Why did you form a monster so hideous that even _you_ turned from me in +disgust? God, in pity, made man beautiful and alluring, after his own +image; but my form is a filthy type of yours, more horrid even from the +very resemblance. Satan had his companions, fellow devils, to admire +and encourage him, but I am solitary and abhorred.’ + +“These were the reflections of my hours of despondency and solitude; +but when I contemplated the virtues of the cottagers, their amiable and +benevolent dispositions, I persuaded myself that when they should +become acquainted with my admiration of their virtues they would +compassionate me and overlook my personal deformity. Could they turn +from their door one, however monstrous, who solicited their compassion +and friendship? I resolved, at least, not to despair, but in every way +to fit myself for an interview with them which would decide my fate. I +postponed this attempt for some months longer, for the importance +attached to its success inspired me with a dread lest I should fail. +Besides, I found that my understanding improved so much with every +day’s experience that I was unwilling to commence this undertaking +until a few more months should have added to my sagacity. + +“Several changes, in the meantime, took place in the cottage. The +presence of Safie diffused happiness among its inhabitants, and I also +found that a greater degree of plenty reigned there. Felix and Agatha +spent more time in amusement and conversation, and were assisted in +their labours by servants. They did not appear rich, but they were +contented and happy; their feelings were serene and peaceful, while +mine became every day more tumultuous. Increase of knowledge only +discovered to me more clearly what a wretched outcast I was. I +cherished hope, it is true, but it vanished when I beheld my person +reflected in water or my shadow in the moonshine, even as that frail +image and that inconstant shade. + +“I endeavoured to crush these fears and to fortify myself for the trial +which in a few months I resolved to undergo; and sometimes I allowed my +thoughts, unchecked by reason, to ramble in the fields of Paradise, and +dared to fancy amiable and lovely creatures sympathising with my +feelings and cheering my gloom; their angelic countenances breathed +smiles of consolation. But it was all a dream; no Eve soothed my +sorrows nor shared my thoughts; I was alone. I remembered Adam’s +supplication to his Creator. But where was mine? He had abandoned me, +and in the bitterness of my heart I cursed him. + +“Autumn passed thus. I saw, with surprise and grief, the leaves decay +and fall, and nature again assume the barren and bleak appearance it +had worn when I first beheld the woods and the lovely moon. Yet I did +not heed the bleakness of the weather; I was better fitted by my +conformation for the endurance of cold than heat. But my chief +delights were the sight of the flowers, the birds, and all the gay +apparel of summer; when those deserted me, I turned with more attention +towards the cottagers. Their happiness was not decreased by the +absence of summer. They loved and sympathised with one another; and +their joys, depending on each other, were not interrupted by the +casualties that took place around them. The more I saw of them, the +greater became my desire to claim their protection and kindness; my +heart yearned to be known and loved by these amiable creatures; to see +their sweet looks directed towards me with affection was the utmost +limit of my ambition. I dared not think that they would turn them from +me with disdain and horror. The poor that stopped at their door were +never driven away. I asked, it is true, for greater treasures than a +little food or rest: I required kindness and sympathy; but I did not +believe myself utterly unworthy of it. + +“The winter advanced, and an entire revolution of the seasons had taken +place since I awoke into life. My attention at this time was solely +directed towards my plan of introducing myself into the cottage of my +protectors. I revolved many projects, but that on which I finally +fixed was to enter the dwelling when the blind old man should be alone. +I had sagacity enough to discover that the unnatural hideousness of my +person was the chief object of horror with those who had formerly +beheld me. My voice, although harsh, had nothing terrible in it; I +thought, therefore, that if in the absence of his children I could gain +the good will and mediation of the old De Lacey, I might by his means +be tolerated by my younger protectors. + +“One day, when the sun shone on the red leaves that strewed the ground +and diffused cheerfulness, although it denied warmth, Safie, Agatha, +and Felix departed on a long country walk, and the old man, at his own +desire, was left alone in the cottage. When his children had departed, +he took up his guitar and played several mournful but sweet airs, more +sweet and mournful than I had ever heard him play before. At first his +countenance was illuminated with pleasure, but as he continued, +thoughtfulness and sadness succeeded; at length, laying aside the +instrument, he sat absorbed in reflection. + +“My heart beat quick; this was the hour and moment of trial, which +would decide my hopes or realise my fears. The servants were gone to a +neighbouring fair. All was silent in and around the cottage; it was an +excellent opportunity; yet, when I proceeded to execute my plan, my +limbs failed me and I sank to the ground. Again I rose, and exerting +all the firmness of which I was master, removed the planks which I had +placed before my hovel to conceal my retreat. The fresh air revived +me, and with renewed determination I approached the door of their +cottage. + +“I knocked. ‘Who is there?’ said the old man. ‘Come in.’ + +“I entered. ‘Pardon this intrusion,’ said I; ‘I am +a traveller in want of a little rest; you would greatly oblige me if you +would allow me to remain a few minutes before the fire.’ + +“‘Enter,’ said De Lacey, ‘and I will try in what +manner I can to relieve your wants; but, unfortunately, my children are +from home, and as I am blind, I am afraid I shall find it difficult to +procure food for you.’ + +“‘Do not trouble yourself, my kind host; I have food; it is +warmth and rest only that I need.’ + +“I sat down, and a silence ensued. I knew that every minute was +precious to me, yet I remained irresolute in what manner to commence +the interview, when the old man addressed me. + +‘By your language, stranger, I suppose you are my countryman; are you +French?’ + +“‘No; but I was educated by a French family and understand that +language only. I am now going to claim the protection of some friends, +whom I sincerely love, and of whose favour I have some hopes.’ + +“‘Are they Germans?’ + +“‘No, they are French. But let us change the subject. I am an +unfortunate and deserted creature, I look around and I have no relation +or friend upon earth. These amiable people to whom I go have never +seen me and know little of me. I am full of fears, for if I fail +there, I am an outcast in the world for ever.’ + +“‘Do not despair. To be friendless is indeed to be unfortunate, but +the hearts of men, when unprejudiced by any obvious self-interest, are +full of brotherly love and charity. Rely, therefore, on your hopes; +and if these friends are good and amiable, do not despair.’ + +“‘They are kind—they are the most excellent creatures in the world; +but, unfortunately, they are prejudiced against me. I have good +dispositions; my life has been hitherto harmless and in some degree +beneficial; but a fatal prejudice clouds their eyes, and where they +ought to see a feeling and kind friend, they behold only a detestable +monster.’ + +“‘That is indeed unfortunate; but if you are really blameless, cannot +you undeceive them?’ + +“‘I am about to undertake that task; and it is on that account that I +feel so many overwhelming terrors. I tenderly love these friends; I +have, unknown to them, been for many months in the habits of daily +kindness towards them; but they believe that I wish to injure them, and +it is that prejudice which I wish to overcome.’ + +“‘Where do these friends reside?’ + +“‘Near this spot.’ + +“The old man paused and then continued, ‘If you will unreservedly +confide to me the particulars of your tale, I perhaps may be of use in +undeceiving them. I am blind and cannot judge of your countenance, but +there is something in your words which persuades me that you are +sincere. I am poor and an exile, but it will afford me true pleasure +to be in any way serviceable to a human creature.’ + +“‘Excellent man! I thank you and accept your generous offer. You +raise me from the dust by this kindness; and I trust that, by your aid, +I shall not be driven from the society and sympathy of your fellow +creatures.’ + +“‘Heaven forbid! Even if you were really criminal, for that can only +drive you to desperation, and not instigate you to virtue. I also am +unfortunate; I and my family have been condemned, although innocent; +judge, therefore, if I do not feel for your misfortunes.’ + +“‘How can I thank you, my best and only benefactor? From your lips +first have I heard the voice of kindness directed towards me; I shall +be for ever grateful; and your present humanity assures me of success +with those friends whom I am on the point of meeting.’ + +“‘May I know the names and residence of those friends?’ + +“I paused. This, I thought, was the moment of decision, which was to +rob me of or bestow happiness on me for ever. I struggled vainly for +firmness sufficient to answer him, but the effort destroyed all my +remaining strength; I sank on the chair and sobbed aloud. At that +moment I heard the steps of my younger protectors. I had not a moment +to lose, but seizing the hand of the old man, I cried, ‘Now is the +time! Save and protect me! You and your family are the friends whom I +seek. Do not you desert me in the hour of trial!’ + +“‘Great God!’ exclaimed the old man. ‘Who are you?’ + +“At that instant the cottage door was opened, and Felix, Safie, and +Agatha entered. Who can describe their horror and consternation on +beholding me? Agatha fainted, and Safie, unable to attend to her +friend, rushed out of the cottage. Felix darted forward, and with +supernatural force tore me from his father, to whose knees I clung, in +a transport of fury, he dashed me to the ground and struck me violently +with a stick. I could have torn him limb from limb, as the lion rends +the antelope. But my heart sank within me as with bitter sickness, and +I refrained. I saw him on the point of repeating his blow, when, +overcome by pain and anguish, I quitted the cottage, and in the general +tumult escaped unperceived to my hovel.” + + + + + +Chapter 16 + +“Cursed, cursed creator! Why did I live? Why, in that instant, did I +not extinguish the spark of existence which you had so wantonly +bestowed? I know not; despair had not yet taken possession of me; my +feelings were those of rage and revenge. I could with pleasure have +destroyed the cottage and its inhabitants and have glutted myself with +their shrieks and misery. + +“When night came I quitted my retreat and wandered in the wood; and +now, no longer restrained by the fear of discovery, I gave vent to my +anguish in fearful howlings. I was like a wild beast that had broken +the toils, destroying the objects that obstructed me and ranging +through the wood with a stag-like swiftness. Oh! What a miserable +night I passed! The cold stars shone in mockery, and the bare trees +waved their branches above me; now and then the sweet voice of a bird +burst forth amidst the universal stillness. All, save I, were at rest +or in enjoyment; I, like the arch-fiend, bore a hell within me, and +finding myself unsympathised with, wished to tear up the trees, spread +havoc and destruction around me, and then to have sat down and enjoyed +the ruin. + +“But this was a luxury of sensation that could not endure; I became +fatigued with excess of bodily exertion and sank on the damp grass in +the sick impotence of despair. There was none among the myriads of men +that existed who would pity or assist me; and should I feel kindness +towards my enemies? No; from that moment I declared everlasting war +against the species, and more than all, against him who had formed me +and sent me forth to this insupportable misery. + +“The sun rose; I heard the voices of men and knew that it was +impossible to return to my retreat during that day. Accordingly I hid +myself in some thick underwood, determining to devote the ensuing hours +to reflection on my situation. + +“The pleasant sunshine and the pure air of day restored me to some +degree of tranquillity; and when I considered what had passed at the +cottage, I could not help believing that I had been too hasty in my +conclusions. I had certainly acted imprudently. It was apparent that +my conversation had interested the father in my behalf, and I was a +fool in having exposed my person to the horror of his children. I +ought to have familiarised the old De Lacey to me, and by degrees to +have discovered myself to the rest of his family, when they should have +been prepared for my approach. But I did not believe my errors to be +irretrievable, and after much consideration I resolved to return to the +cottage, seek the old man, and by my representations win him to my +party. + +“These thoughts calmed me, and in the afternoon I sank into a profound +sleep; but the fever of my blood did not allow me to be visited by +peaceful dreams. The horrible scene of the preceding day was for ever +acting before my eyes; the females were flying and the enraged Felix +tearing me from his father’s feet. I awoke exhausted, and finding that +it was already night, I crept forth from my hiding-place, and went in +search of food. + +“When my hunger was appeased, I directed my steps towards the +well-known path that conducted to the cottage. All there was at peace. +I crept into my hovel and remained in silent expectation of the +accustomed hour when the family arose. That hour passed, the sun +mounted high in the heavens, but the cottagers did not appear. I +trembled violently, apprehending some dreadful misfortune. The inside +of the cottage was dark, and I heard no motion; I cannot describe the +agony of this suspense. + +“Presently two countrymen passed by, but pausing near the cottage, they +entered into conversation, using violent gesticulations; but I did not +understand what they said, as they spoke the language of the country, +which differed from that of my protectors. Soon after, however, Felix +approached with another man; I was surprised, as I knew that he had not +quitted the cottage that morning, and waited anxiously to discover from +his discourse the meaning of these unusual appearances. + +“‘Do you consider,’ said his companion to him, +‘that you will be obliged to pay three months’ rent and to lose +the produce of your garden? I do not wish to take any unfair advantage, and +I beg therefore that you will take some days to consider of your +determination.’ + +“‘It is utterly useless,’ replied Felix; ‘we can +never again inhabit your cottage. The life of my father is in the greatest +danger, owing to the dreadful circumstance that I have related. My wife and +my sister will never recover from their horror. I entreat you not to reason +with me any more. Take possession of your tenement and let me fly from this +place.’ + +“Felix trembled violently as he said this. He and his companion +entered the cottage, in which they remained for a few minutes, and then +departed. I never saw any of the family of De Lacey more. + +“I continued for the remainder of the day in my hovel in a state of +utter and stupid despair. My protectors had departed and had broken +the only link that held me to the world. For the first time the +feelings of revenge and hatred filled my bosom, and I did not strive to +control them, but allowing myself to be borne away by the stream, I +bent my mind towards injury and death. When I thought of my friends, +of the mild voice of De Lacey, the gentle eyes of Agatha, and the +exquisite beauty of the Arabian, these thoughts vanished and a gush of +tears somewhat soothed me. But again when I reflected that they had +spurned and deserted me, anger returned, a rage of anger, and unable to +injure anything human, I turned my fury towards inanimate objects. As +night advanced, I placed a variety of combustibles around the cottage, +and after having destroyed every vestige of cultivation in the garden, +I waited with forced impatience until the moon had sunk to commence my +operations. + +“As the night advanced, a fierce wind arose from the woods and quickly +dispersed the clouds that had loitered in the heavens; the blast tore +along like a mighty avalanche and produced a kind of insanity in my +spirits that burst all bounds of reason and reflection. I lighted the +dry branch of a tree and danced with fury around the devoted cottage, +my eyes still fixed on the western horizon, the edge of which the moon +nearly touched. A part of its orb was at length hid, and I waved my +brand; it sank, and with a loud scream I fired the straw, and heath, +and bushes, which I had collected. The wind fanned the fire, and the +cottage was quickly enveloped by the flames, which clung to it and +licked it with their forked and destroying tongues. + +“As soon as I was convinced that no assistance could save any part of +the habitation, I quitted the scene and sought for refuge in the woods. + +“And now, with the world before me, whither should I bend my steps? I +resolved to fly far from the scene of my misfortunes; but to me, hated +and despised, every country must be equally horrible. At length the +thought of you crossed my mind. I learned from your papers that you +were my father, my creator; and to whom could I apply with more fitness +than to him who had given me life? Among the lessons that Felix had +bestowed upon Safie, geography had not been omitted; I had learned from +these the relative situations of the different countries of the earth. +You had mentioned Geneva as the name of your native town, and towards +this place I resolved to proceed. + +“But how was I to direct myself? I knew that I must travel in a +southwesterly direction to reach my destination, but the sun was my +only guide. I did not know the names of the towns that I was to pass +through, nor could I ask information from a single human being; but I +did not despair. From you only could I hope for succour, although +towards you I felt no sentiment but that of hatred. Unfeeling, +heartless creator! You had endowed me with perceptions and passions +and then cast me abroad an object for the scorn and horror of mankind. +But on you only had I any claim for pity and redress, and from you I +determined to seek that justice which I vainly attempted to gain from +any other being that wore the human form. + +“My travels were long and the sufferings I endured intense. It was +late in autumn when I quitted the district where I had so long resided. +I travelled only at night, fearful of encountering the visage of a +human being. Nature decayed around me, and the sun became heatless; +rain and snow poured around me; mighty rivers were frozen; the surface +of the earth was hard and chill, and bare, and I found no shelter. Oh, +earth! How often did I imprecate curses on the cause of my being! The +mildness of my nature had fled, and all within me was turned to gall +and bitterness. The nearer I approached to your habitation, the more +deeply did I feel the spirit of revenge enkindled in my heart. Snow +fell, and the waters were hardened, but I rested not. A few incidents +now and then directed me, and I possessed a map of the country; but I +often wandered wide from my path. The agony of my feelings allowed me +no respite; no incident occurred from which my rage and misery could +not extract its food; but a circumstance that happened when I arrived +on the confines of Switzerland, when the sun had recovered its warmth +and the earth again began to look green, confirmed in an especial +manner the bitterness and horror of my feelings. + +“I generally rested during the day and travelled only when I was +secured by night from the view of man. One morning, however, finding +that my path lay through a deep wood, I ventured to continue my journey +after the sun had risen; the day, which was one of the first of spring, +cheered even me by the loveliness of its sunshine and the balminess of +the air. I felt emotions of gentleness and pleasure, that had long +appeared dead, revive within me. Half surprised by the novelty of +these sensations, I allowed myself to be borne away by them, and +forgetting my solitude and deformity, dared to be happy. Soft tears +again bedewed my cheeks, and I even raised my humid eyes with +thankfulness towards the blessed sun, which bestowed such joy upon me. + +“I continued to wind among the paths of the wood, until I came to its +boundary, which was skirted by a deep and rapid river, into which many +of the trees bent their branches, now budding with the fresh spring. +Here I paused, not exactly knowing what path to pursue, when I heard +the sound of voices, that induced me to conceal myself under the shade +of a cypress. I was scarcely hid when a young girl came running +towards the spot where I was concealed, laughing, as if she ran from +someone in sport. She continued her course along the precipitous sides +of the river, when suddenly her foot slipped, and she fell into the +rapid stream. I rushed from my hiding-place and with extreme labour, +from the force of the current, saved her and dragged her to shore. She +was senseless, and I endeavoured by every means in my power to restore +animation, when I was suddenly interrupted by the approach of a rustic, +who was probably the person from whom she had playfully fled. On +seeing me, he darted towards me, and tearing the girl from my arms, +hastened towards the deeper parts of the wood. I followed speedily, I +hardly knew why; but when the man saw me draw near, he aimed a gun, +which he carried, at my body and fired. I sank to the ground, and my +injurer, with increased swiftness, escaped into the wood. + +“This was then the reward of my benevolence! I had saved a human being +from destruction, and as a recompense I now writhed under the miserable +pain of a wound which shattered the flesh and bone. The feelings of +kindness and gentleness which I had entertained but a few moments +before gave place to hellish rage and gnashing of teeth. Inflamed by +pain, I vowed eternal hatred and vengeance to all mankind. But the +agony of my wound overcame me; my pulses paused, and I fainted. + +“For some weeks I led a miserable life in the woods, endeavouring to +cure the wound which I had received. The ball had entered my shoulder, +and I knew not whether it had remained there or passed through; at any +rate I had no means of extracting it. My sufferings were augmented +also by the oppressive sense of the injustice and ingratitude of their +infliction. My daily vows rose for revenge—a deep and deadly revenge, +such as would alone compensate for the outrages and anguish I had +endured. + +“After some weeks my wound healed, and I continued my journey. The +labours I endured were no longer to be alleviated by the bright sun or +gentle breezes of spring; all joy was but a mockery which insulted my +desolate state and made me feel more painfully that I was not made for +the enjoyment of pleasure. + +“But my toils now drew near a close, and in two months from this time I +reached the environs of Geneva. + +“It was evening when I arrived, and I retired to a hiding-place among +the fields that surround it to meditate in what manner I should apply +to you. I was oppressed by fatigue and hunger and far too unhappy to +enjoy the gentle breezes of evening or the prospect of the sun setting +behind the stupendous mountains of Jura. + +“At this time a slight sleep relieved me from the pain of reflection, +which was disturbed by the approach of a beautiful child, who came +running into the recess I had chosen, with all the sportiveness of +infancy. Suddenly, as I gazed on him, an idea seized me that this +little creature was unprejudiced and had lived too short a time to have +imbibed a horror of deformity. If, therefore, I could seize him and +educate him as my companion and friend, I should not be so desolate in +this peopled earth. + +“Urged by this impulse, I seized on the boy as he passed and drew him +towards me. As soon as he beheld my form, he placed his hands before +his eyes and uttered a shrill scream; I drew his hand forcibly from his +face and said, ‘Child, what is the meaning of this? I do not intend to +hurt you; listen to me.’ + +“He struggled violently. ‘Let me go,’ he cried; +‘monster! Ugly wretch! You wish to eat me and tear me to pieces. You +are an ogre. Let me go, or I will tell my papa.’ + +“‘Boy, you will never see your father again; you must come with me.’ + +“‘Hideous monster! Let me go. My papa is a syndic—he is M. +Frankenstein—he will punish you. You dare not keep me.’ + +“‘Frankenstein! you belong then to my enemy—to him towards whom I have +sworn eternal revenge; you shall be my first victim.’ + +“The child still struggled and loaded me with epithets which carried +despair to my heart; I grasped his throat to silence him, and in a +moment he lay dead at my feet. + +“I gazed on my victim, and my heart swelled with exultation and hellish +triumph; clapping my hands, I exclaimed, ‘I too can create desolation; +my enemy is not invulnerable; this death will carry despair to him, and +a thousand other miseries shall torment and destroy him.’ + +“As I fixed my eyes on the child, I saw something glittering on his +breast. I took it; it was a portrait of a most lovely woman. In spite +of my malignity, it softened and attracted me. For a few moments I +gazed with delight on her dark eyes, fringed by deep lashes, and her +lovely lips; but presently my rage returned; I remembered that I was +for ever deprived of the delights that such beautiful creatures could +bestow and that she whose resemblance I contemplated would, in +regarding me, have changed that air of divine benignity to one +expressive of disgust and affright. + +“Can you wonder that such thoughts transported me with rage? I only +wonder that at that moment, instead of venting my sensations in +exclamations and agony, I did not rush among mankind and perish in the +attempt to destroy them. + +“While I was overcome by these feelings, I left the spot where I had +committed the murder, and seeking a more secluded hiding-place, I +entered a barn which had appeared to me to be empty. A woman was +sleeping on some straw; she was young, not indeed so beautiful as her +whose portrait I held, but of an agreeable aspect and blooming in the +loveliness of youth and health. Here, I thought, is one of those whose +joy-imparting smiles are bestowed on all but me. And then I bent over +her and whispered, ‘Awake, fairest, thy lover is near—he who would +give his life but to obtain one look of affection from thine eyes; my +beloved, awake!’ + +“The sleeper stirred; a thrill of terror ran through me. Should she +indeed awake, and see me, and curse me, and denounce the murderer? Thus +would she assuredly act if her darkened eyes opened and she beheld me. +The thought was madness; it stirred the fiend within me—not I, but +she, shall suffer; the murder I have committed because I am for ever +robbed of all that she could give me, she shall atone. The crime had +its source in her; be hers the punishment! Thanks to the lessons of +Felix and the sanguinary laws of man, I had learned now to work +mischief. I bent over her and placed the portrait securely in one of +the folds of her dress. She moved again, and I fled. + +“For some days I haunted the spot where these scenes had taken place, +sometimes wishing to see you, sometimes resolved to quit the world and +its miseries for ever. At length I wandered towards these mountains, +and have ranged through their immense recesses, consumed by a burning +passion which you alone can gratify. We may not part until you have +promised to comply with my requisition. I am alone and miserable; man +will not associate with me; but one as deformed and horrible as myself +would not deny herself to me. My companion must be of the same species +and have the same defects. This being you must create.” + + + + + +Chapter 17 + +The being finished speaking and fixed his looks upon me in the +expectation of a reply. But I was bewildered, perplexed, and unable to +arrange my ideas sufficiently to understand the full extent of his +proposition. He continued, + +“You must create a female for me with whom I can live in the +interchange of those sympathies necessary for my being. This you alone +can do, and I demand it of you as a right which you must not refuse to +concede.” + +The latter part of his tale had kindled anew in me the anger that had +died away while he narrated his peaceful life among the cottagers, and +as he said this I could no longer suppress the rage that burned within +me. + +“I do refuse it,” I replied; “and no torture shall ever extort a +consent from me. You may render me the most miserable of men, but you +shall never make me base in my own eyes. Shall I create another like +yourself, whose joint wickedness might desolate the world. Begone! I +have answered you; you may torture me, but I will never consent.” + +“You are in the wrong,” replied the fiend; “and instead +of threatening, I am content to reason with you. I am malicious because I +am miserable. Am I not shunned and hated by all mankind? You, my creator, +would tear me to pieces and triumph; remember that, and tell me why I +should pity man more than he pities me? You would not call it murder if you +could precipitate me into one of those ice-rifts and destroy my frame, the +work of your own hands. Shall I respect man when he condemns me? Let him +live with me in the interchange of kindness, and instead of injury I would +bestow every benefit upon him with tears of gratitude at his acceptance. +But that cannot be; the human senses are insurmountable barriers to our +union. Yet mine shall not be the submission of abject slavery. I will +revenge my injuries; if I cannot inspire love, I will cause fear, and +chiefly towards you my arch-enemy, because my creator, do I swear +inextinguishable hatred. Have a care; I will work at your destruction, nor +finish until I desolate your heart, so that you shall curse the hour of +your birth.” + +A fiendish rage animated him as he said this; his face was wrinkled +into contortions too horrible for human eyes to behold; but presently +he calmed himself and proceeded— + +“I intended to reason. This passion is detrimental to me, for you do +not reflect that _you_ are the cause of its excess. If any being felt +emotions of benevolence towards me, I should return them a hundred and a +hundredfold; for that one creature’s sake I would make peace with the +whole kind! But I now indulge in dreams of bliss that cannot be realised. +What I ask of you is reasonable and moderate; I demand a creature of +another sex, but as hideous as myself; the gratification is small, but it +is all that I can receive, and it shall content me. It is true, we shall be +monsters, cut off from all the world; but on that account we shall be more +attached to one another. Our lives will not be happy, but they will be +harmless and free from the misery I now feel. Oh! My creator, make me +happy; let me feel gratitude towards you for one benefit! Let me see that I +excite the sympathy of some existing thing; do not deny me my +request!” + +I was moved. I shuddered when I thought of the possible consequences +of my consent, but I felt that there was some justice in his argument. +His tale and the feelings he now expressed proved him to be a creature +of fine sensations, and did I not as his maker owe him all the portion +of happiness that it was in my power to bestow? He saw my change of +feeling and continued, + +“If you consent, neither you nor any other human being shall ever see +us again; I will go to the vast wilds of South America. My food is not +that of man; I do not destroy the lamb and the kid to glut my appetite; +acorns and berries afford me sufficient nourishment. My companion will +be of the same nature as myself and will be content with the same fare. +We shall make our bed of dried leaves; the sun will shine on us as on +man and will ripen our food. The picture I present to you is peaceful +and human, and you must feel that you could deny it only in the +wantonness of power and cruelty. Pitiless as you have been towards me, +I now see compassion in your eyes; let me seize the favourable moment +and persuade you to promise what I so ardently desire.” + +“You propose,” replied I, “to fly from the habitations of +man, to dwell in those wilds where the beasts of the field will be your +only companions. How can you, who long for the love and sympathy of man, +persevere in this exile? You will return and again seek their kindness, and +you will meet with their detestation; your evil passions will be renewed, +and you will then have a companion to aid you in the task of destruction. +This may not be; cease to argue the point, for I cannot consent.” + +“How inconstant are your feelings! But a moment ago you were moved by +my representations, and why do you again harden yourself to my complaints? +I swear to you, by the earth which I inhabit, and by you that made me, that +with the companion you bestow, I will quit the neighbourhood of man and +dwell, as it may chance, in the most savage of places. My evil passions +will have fled, for I shall meet with sympathy! My life will flow quietly +away, and in my dying moments I shall not curse my maker.” + +His words had a strange effect upon me. I compassionated him and +sometimes felt a wish to console him, but when I looked upon him, when +I saw the filthy mass that moved and talked, my heart sickened and my +feelings were altered to those of horror and hatred. I tried to stifle +these sensations; I thought that as I could not sympathise with him, I +had no right to withhold from him the small portion of happiness which +was yet in my power to bestow. + +“You swear,” I said, “to be harmless; but have you not +already shown a degree of malice that should reasonably make me distrust +you? May not even this be a feint that will increase your triumph by +affording a wider scope for your revenge?” + +“How is this? I must not be trifled with, and I demand an answer. If +I have no ties and no affections, hatred and vice must be my portion; +the love of another will destroy the cause of my crimes, and I shall +become a thing of whose existence everyone will be ignorant. My vices +are the children of a forced solitude that I abhor, and my virtues will +necessarily arise when I live in communion with an equal. I shall feel +the affections of a sensitive being and become linked to the chain of +existence and events from which I am now excluded.” + +I paused some time to reflect on all he had related and the various +arguments which he had employed. I thought of the promise of virtues which +he had displayed on the opening of his existence and the subsequent blight +of all kindly feeling by the loathing and scorn which his protectors had +manifested towards him. His power and threats were not omitted in my +calculations; a creature who could exist in the ice-caves of the glaciers +and hide himself from pursuit among the ridges of inaccessible precipices +was a being possessing faculties it would be vain to cope with. After a +long pause of reflection I concluded that the justice due both to him and +my fellow creatures demanded of me that I should comply with his request. +Turning to him, therefore, I said, + +“I consent to your demand, on your solemn oath to quit Europe for ever, +and every other place in the neighbourhood of man, as soon as I shall +deliver into your hands a female who will accompany you in your exile.” + +“I swear,” he cried, “by the sun, and by the blue sky of +heaven, and by the fire of love that burns my heart, that if you grant my +prayer, while they exist you shall never behold me again. Depart to your +home and commence your labours; I shall watch their progress with +unutterable anxiety; and fear not but that when you are ready I shall +appear.” + +Saying this, he suddenly quitted me, fearful, perhaps, of any change in +my sentiments. I saw him descend the mountain with greater speed than +the flight of an eagle, and quickly lost among the undulations of the +sea of ice. + +His tale had occupied the whole day, and the sun was upon the verge of +the horizon when he departed. I knew that I ought to hasten my descent +towards the valley, as I should soon be encompassed in darkness; but my +heart was heavy, and my steps slow. The labour of winding among the +little paths of the mountain and fixing my feet firmly as I advanced +perplexed me, occupied as I was by the emotions which the occurrences +of the day had produced. Night was far advanced when I came to the +halfway resting-place and seated myself beside the fountain. The stars +shone at intervals as the clouds passed from over them; the dark pines +rose before me, and every here and there a broken tree lay on the +ground; it was a scene of wonderful solemnity and stirred strange +thoughts within me. I wept bitterly, and clasping my hands in agony, I +exclaimed, “Oh! stars and clouds and winds, ye are all about to mock +me; if ye really pity me, crush sensation and memory; let me become as +nought; but if not, depart, depart, and leave me in darkness.” + +These were wild and miserable thoughts, but I cannot describe to you +how the eternal twinkling of the stars weighed upon me and how I +listened to every blast of wind as if it were a dull ugly siroc on its +way to consume me. + +Morning dawned before I arrived at the village of Chamounix; I took no +rest, but returned immediately to Geneva. Even in my own heart I could +give no expression to my sensations—they weighed on me with a +mountain’s weight and their excess destroyed my agony beneath them. +Thus I returned home, and entering the house, presented myself to the +family. My haggard and wild appearance awoke intense alarm, but I +answered no question, scarcely did I speak. I felt as if I were placed +under a ban—as if I had no right to claim their sympathies—as if +never more might I enjoy companionship with them. Yet even thus I +loved them to adoration; and to save them, I resolved to dedicate +myself to my most abhorred task. The prospect of such an occupation +made every other circumstance of existence pass before me like a dream, +and that thought only had to me the reality of life. + + + + + +Chapter 18 + +Day after day, week after week, passed away on my return to Geneva; and +I could not collect the courage to recommence my work. I feared the +vengeance of the disappointed fiend, yet I was unable to overcome my +repugnance to the task which was enjoined me. I found that I could not +compose a female without again devoting several months to profound +study and laborious disquisition. I had heard of some discoveries +having been made by an English philosopher, the knowledge of which was +material to my success, and I sometimes thought of obtaining my +father’s consent to visit England for this purpose; but I clung to +every pretence of delay and shrank from taking the first step in an +undertaking whose immediate necessity began to appear less absolute to +me. A change indeed had taken place in me; my health, which had +hitherto declined, was now much restored; and my spirits, when +unchecked by the memory of my unhappy promise, rose proportionably. My +father saw this change with pleasure, and he turned his thoughts +towards the best method of eradicating the remains of my melancholy, +which every now and then would return by fits, and with a devouring +blackness overcast the approaching sunshine. At these moments I took +refuge in the most perfect solitude. I passed whole days on the lake +alone in a little boat, watching the clouds and listening to the +rippling of the waves, silent and listless. But the fresh air and +bright sun seldom failed to restore me to some degree of composure, and +on my return I met the salutations of my friends with a readier smile +and a more cheerful heart. + +It was after my return from one of these rambles that my father, +calling me aside, thus addressed me, + +“I am happy to remark, my dear son, that you have resumed your former +pleasures and seem to be returning to yourself. And yet you are still +unhappy and still avoid our society. For some time I was lost in +conjecture as to the cause of this, but yesterday an idea struck me, +and if it is well founded, I conjure you to avow it. Reserve on such a +point would be not only useless, but draw down treble misery on us all.” + +I trembled violently at his exordium, and my father continued— + +“I confess, my son, that I have always looked forward to your +marriage with our dear Elizabeth as the tie of our domestic comfort and the +stay of my declining years. You were attached to each other from your +earliest infancy; you studied together, and appeared, in dispositions and +tastes, entirely suited to one another. But so blind is the experience of +man that what I conceived to be the best assistants to my plan may have +entirely destroyed it. You, perhaps, regard her as your sister, without any +wish that she might become your wife. Nay, you may have met with another +whom you may love; and considering yourself as bound in honour to +Elizabeth, this struggle may occasion the poignant misery which you appear +to feel.” + +“My dear father, reassure yourself. I love my cousin tenderly and +sincerely. I never saw any woman who excited, as Elizabeth does, my +warmest admiration and affection. My future hopes and prospects are +entirely bound up in the expectation of our union.” + +“The expression of your sentiments of this subject, my dear Victor, +gives me more pleasure than I have for some time experienced. If you +feel thus, we shall assuredly be happy, however present events may cast +a gloom over us. But it is this gloom which appears to have taken so +strong a hold of your mind that I wish to dissipate. Tell me, +therefore, whether you object to an immediate solemnisation of the +marriage. We have been unfortunate, and recent events have drawn us +from that everyday tranquillity befitting my years and infirmities. You +are younger; yet I do not suppose, possessed as you are of a competent +fortune, that an early marriage would at all interfere with any future +plans of honour and utility that you may have formed. Do not suppose, +however, that I wish to dictate happiness to you or that a delay on +your part would cause me any serious uneasiness. Interpret my words +with candour and answer me, I conjure you, with confidence and +sincerity.” + +I listened to my father in silence and remained for some time incapable +of offering any reply. I revolved rapidly in my mind a multitude of +thoughts and endeavoured to arrive at some conclusion. Alas! To me +the idea of an immediate union with my Elizabeth was one of horror and +dismay. I was bound by a solemn promise which I had not yet fulfilled +and dared not break, or if I did, what manifold miseries might not +impend over me and my devoted family! Could I enter into a festival +with this deadly weight yet hanging round my neck and bowing me to the +ground? I must perform my engagement and let the monster depart with +his mate before I allowed myself to enjoy the delight of a union from +which I expected peace. + +I remembered also the necessity imposed upon me of either journeying to +England or entering into a long correspondence with those philosophers +of that country whose knowledge and discoveries were of indispensable +use to me in my present undertaking. The latter method of obtaining +the desired intelligence was dilatory and unsatisfactory; besides, I +had an insurmountable aversion to the idea of engaging myself in my +loathsome task in my father’s house while in habits of familiar +intercourse with those I loved. I knew that a thousand fearful +accidents might occur, the slightest of which would disclose a tale to +thrill all connected with me with horror. I was aware also that I +should often lose all self-command, all capacity of hiding the +harrowing sensations that would possess me during the progress of my +unearthly occupation. I must absent myself from all I loved while thus +employed. Once commenced, it would quickly be achieved, and I might be +restored to my family in peace and happiness. My promise fulfilled, +the monster would depart for ever. Or (so my fond fancy imaged) some +accident might meanwhile occur to destroy him and put an end to my +slavery for ever. + +These feelings dictated my answer to my father. I expressed a wish to +visit England, but concealing the true reasons of this request, I +clothed my desires under a guise which excited no suspicion, while I +urged my desire with an earnestness that easily induced my father to +comply. After so long a period of an absorbing melancholy that +resembled madness in its intensity and effects, he was glad to find +that I was capable of taking pleasure in the idea of such a journey, +and he hoped that change of scene and varied amusement would, before my +return, have restored me entirely to myself. + +The duration of my absence was left to my own choice; a few months, or +at most a year, was the period contemplated. One paternal kind +precaution he had taken to ensure my having a companion. Without +previously communicating with me, he had, in concert with Elizabeth, +arranged that Clerval should join me at Strasburgh. This interfered +with the solitude I coveted for the prosecution of my task; yet at the +commencement of my journey the presence of my friend could in no way be +an impediment, and truly I rejoiced that thus I should be saved many +hours of lonely, maddening reflection. Nay, Henry might stand between +me and the intrusion of my foe. If I were alone, would he not at times +force his abhorred presence on me to remind me of my task or to +contemplate its progress? + +To England, therefore, I was bound, and it was understood that my union +with Elizabeth should take place immediately on my return. My father’s +age rendered him extremely averse to delay. For myself, there was one +reward I promised myself from my detested toils—one consolation for my +unparalleled sufferings; it was the prospect of that day when, +enfranchised from my miserable slavery, I might claim Elizabeth and +forget the past in my union with her. + +I now made arrangements for my journey, but one feeling haunted me +which filled me with fear and agitation. During my absence I should +leave my friends unconscious of the existence of their enemy and +unprotected from his attacks, exasperated as he might be by my +departure. But he had promised to follow me wherever I might go, and +would he not accompany me to England? This imagination was dreadful in +itself, but soothing inasmuch as it supposed the safety of my friends. +I was agonised with the idea of the possibility that the reverse of +this might happen. But through the whole period during which I was the +slave of my creature I allowed myself to be governed by the impulses of +the moment; and my present sensations strongly intimated that the fiend +would follow me and exempt my family from the danger of his +machinations. + +It was in the latter end of September that I again quitted my native +country. My journey had been my own suggestion, and Elizabeth +therefore acquiesced, but she was filled with disquiet at the idea of +my suffering, away from her, the inroads of misery and grief. It had +been her care which provided me a companion in Clerval—and yet a man +is blind to a thousand minute circumstances which call forth a woman’s +sedulous attention. She longed to bid me hasten my return; a thousand +conflicting emotions rendered her mute as she bade me a tearful, silent +farewell. + +I threw myself into the carriage that was to convey me away, hardly +knowing whither I was going, and careless of what was passing around. +I remembered only, and it was with a bitter anguish that I reflected on +it, to order that my chemical instruments should be packed to go with +me. Filled with dreary imaginations, I passed through many beautiful +and majestic scenes, but my eyes were fixed and unobserving. I could +only think of the bourne of my travels and the work which was to occupy +me whilst they endured. + +After some days spent in listless indolence, during which I traversed +many leagues, I arrived at Strasburgh, where I waited two days for +Clerval. He came. Alas, how great was the contrast between us! He +was alive to every new scene, joyful when he saw the beauties of the +setting sun, and more happy when he beheld it rise and recommence a new +day. He pointed out to me the shifting colours of the landscape and +the appearances of the sky. “This is what it is to live,” he cried; +“now I enjoy existence! But you, my dear Frankenstein, wherefore are +you desponding and sorrowful!” In truth, I was occupied by gloomy +thoughts and neither saw the descent of the evening star nor the golden +sunrise reflected in the Rhine. And you, my friend, would be far more +amused with the journal of Clerval, who observed the scenery with an +eye of feeling and delight, than in listening to my reflections. I, a +miserable wretch, haunted by a curse that shut up every avenue to +enjoyment. + +We had agreed to descend the Rhine in a boat from Strasburgh to +Rotterdam, whence we might take shipping for London. During this +voyage we passed many willowy islands and saw several beautiful towns. +We stayed a day at Mannheim, and on the fifth from our departure from +Strasburgh, arrived at Mainz. The course of the Rhine below Mainz +becomes much more picturesque. The river descends rapidly and winds +between hills, not high, but steep, and of beautiful forms. We saw +many ruined castles standing on the edges of precipices, surrounded by +black woods, high and inaccessible. This part of the Rhine, indeed, +presents a singularly variegated landscape. In one spot you view +rugged hills, ruined castles overlooking tremendous precipices, with +the dark Rhine rushing beneath; and on the sudden turn of a promontory, +flourishing vineyards with green sloping banks and a meandering river +and populous towns occupy the scene. + +We travelled at the time of the vintage and heard the song of the labourers +as we glided down the stream. Even I, depressed in mind, and my spirits +continually agitated by gloomy feelings, even I was pleased. I lay at the +bottom of the boat, and as I gazed on the cloudless blue sky, I seemed to +drink in a tranquillity to which I had long been a stranger. And if these +were my sensations, who can describe those of Henry? He felt as if he had +been transported to Fairy-land and enjoyed a happiness seldom tasted by +man. “I have seen,” he said, “the most beautiful scenes +of my own country; I have visited the lakes of Lucerne and Uri, where the +snowy mountains descend almost perpendicularly to the water, casting black +and impenetrable shades, which would cause a gloomy and mournful appearance +were it not for the most verdant islands that relieve the eye by their gay +appearance; I have seen this lake agitated by a tempest, when the wind tore +up whirlwinds of water and gave you an idea of what the water-spout must be +on the great ocean; and the waves dash with fury the base of the mountain, +where the priest and his mistress were overwhelmed by an avalanche and +where their dying voices are still said to be heard amid the pauses of the +nightly wind; I have seen the mountains of La Valais, and the Pays de Vaud; +but this country, Victor, pleases me more than all those wonders. The +mountains of Switzerland are more majestic and strange, but there is a +charm in the banks of this divine river that I never before saw equalled. +Look at that castle which overhangs yon precipice; and that also on the +island, almost concealed amongst the foliage of those lovely trees; and now +that group of labourers coming from among their vines; and that village +half hid in the recess of the mountain. Oh, surely the spirit that inhabits +and guards this place has a soul more in harmony with man than those who +pile the glacier or retire to the inaccessible peaks of the mountains of +our own country.” + +Clerval! Beloved friend! Even now it delights me to record your words and +to dwell on the praise of which you are so eminently deserving. He was a +being formed in the “very poetry of nature.” His wild and +enthusiastic imagination was chastened by the sensibility of his heart. His +soul overflowed with ardent affections, and his friendship was of that +devoted and wondrous nature that the worldly-minded teach us to look for only +in the imagination. But even human sympathies were not sufficient to +satisfy his eager mind. The scenery of external nature, which others regard +only with admiration, he loved with ardour:— + + ——The sounding cataract + Haunted him like a passion: the tall rock, + The mountain, and the deep and gloomy wood, + Their colours and their forms, were then to him + An appetite; a feeling, and a love, + That had no need of a remoter charm, + By thought supplied, or any interest + Unborrow’d from the eye. + + [Wordsworth’s “Tintern Abbey”.] + + + +And where does he now exist? Is this gentle and lovely being lost +for ever? Has this mind, so replete with ideas, imaginations fanciful +and magnificent, which formed a world, whose existence depended on the +life of its creator;—has this mind perished? Does it now only exist +in my memory? No, it is not thus; your form so divinely wrought, and +beaming with beauty, has decayed, but your spirit still visits and +consoles your unhappy friend. + +Pardon this gush of sorrow; these ineffectual words are but a slight +tribute to the unexampled worth of Henry, but they soothe my heart, +overflowing with the anguish which his remembrance creates. I will +proceed with my tale. + +Beyond Cologne we descended to the plains of Holland; and we resolved to +post the remainder of our way, for the wind was contrary and the stream of +the river was too gentle to aid us. + +Our journey here lost the interest arising from beautiful scenery, but we +arrived in a few days at Rotterdam, whence we proceeded by sea to England. +It was on a clear morning, in the latter days of December, that I first saw +the white cliffs of Britain. The banks of the Thames presented a new scene; +they were flat but fertile, and almost every town was marked by the +remembrance of some story. We saw Tilbury Fort and remembered the Spanish +Armada, Gravesend, Woolwich, and Greenwich—places which I had heard +of even in my country. + +At length we saw the numerous steeples of London, St. Paul’s towering +above all, and the Tower famed in English history. + + + + + +Chapter 19 + +London was our present point of rest; we determined to remain several +months in this wonderful and celebrated city. Clerval desired the +intercourse of the men of genius and talent who flourished at this +time, but this was with me a secondary object; I was principally +occupied with the means of obtaining the information necessary for the +completion of my promise and quickly availed myself of the letters of +introduction that I had brought with me, addressed to the most +distinguished natural philosophers. + +If this journey had taken place during my days of study and happiness, +it would have afforded me inexpressible pleasure. But a blight had +come over my existence, and I only visited these people for the sake of +the information they might give me on the subject in which my interest +was so terribly profound. Company was irksome to me; when alone, I +could fill my mind with the sights of heaven and earth; the voice of +Henry soothed me, and I could thus cheat myself into a transitory +peace. But busy, uninteresting, joyous faces brought back despair to +my heart. I saw an insurmountable barrier placed between me and my +fellow men; this barrier was sealed with the blood of William and +Justine, and to reflect on the events connected with those names filled +my soul with anguish. + +But in Clerval I saw the image of my former self; he was inquisitive +and anxious to gain experience and instruction. The difference of +manners which he observed was to him an inexhaustible source of +instruction and amusement. He was also pursuing an object he had long +had in view. His design was to visit India, in the belief that he had +in his knowledge of its various languages, and in the views he had +taken of its society, the means of materially assisting the progress of +European colonization and trade. In Britain only could he further the +execution of his plan. He was for ever busy, and the only check to his +enjoyments was my sorrowful and dejected mind. I tried to conceal this +as much as possible, that I might not debar him from the pleasures +natural to one who was entering on a new scene of life, undisturbed by +any care or bitter recollection. I often refused to accompany him, +alleging another engagement, that I might remain alone. I now also +began to collect the materials necessary for my new creation, and this +was to me like the torture of single drops of water continually falling +on the head. Every thought that was devoted to it was an extreme +anguish, and every word that I spoke in allusion to it caused my lips +to quiver, and my heart to palpitate. + +After passing some months in London, we received a letter from a person in +Scotland who had formerly been our visitor at Geneva. He mentioned the +beauties of his native country and asked us if those were not sufficient +allurements to induce us to prolong our journey as far north as Perth, +where he resided. Clerval eagerly desired to accept this invitation, and I, +although I abhorred society, wished to view again mountains and streams and +all the wondrous works with which Nature adorns her chosen dwelling-places. + +We had arrived in England at the beginning of October, and it was now +February. We accordingly determined to commence our journey towards the +north at the expiration of another month. In this expedition we did not +intend to follow the great road to Edinburgh, but to visit Windsor, Oxford, +Matlock, and the Cumberland lakes, resolving to arrive at the completion of +this tour about the end of July. I packed up my chemical instruments and +the materials I had collected, resolving to finish my labours in some +obscure nook in the northern highlands of Scotland. + +We quitted London on the 27th of March and remained a few days at +Windsor, rambling in its beautiful forest. This was a new scene to us +mountaineers; the majestic oaks, the quantity of game, and the herds of +stately deer were all novelties to us. + +From thence we proceeded to Oxford. As we entered this city, our minds +were filled with the remembrance of the events that had been transacted +there more than a century and a half before. It was here that Charles +I. had collected his forces. This city had remained faithful to him, +after the whole nation had forsaken his cause to join the standard of +Parliament and liberty. The memory of that unfortunate king and his +companions, the amiable Falkland, the insolent Goring, his queen, and +son, gave a peculiar interest to every part of the city which they +might be supposed to have inhabited. The spirit of elder days found a +dwelling here, and we delighted to trace its footsteps. If these +feelings had not found an imaginary gratification, the appearance of +the city had yet in itself sufficient beauty to obtain our admiration. +The colleges are ancient and picturesque; the streets are almost +magnificent; and the lovely Isis, which flows beside it through meadows +of exquisite verdure, is spread forth into a placid expanse of waters, +which reflects its majestic assemblage of towers, and spires, and +domes, embosomed among aged trees. + +I enjoyed this scene, and yet my enjoyment was embittered both by the +memory of the past and the anticipation of the future. I was formed +for peaceful happiness. During my youthful days discontent never +visited my mind, and if I was ever overcome by _ennui_, the sight of what +is beautiful in nature or the study of what is excellent and sublime in +the productions of man could always interest my heart and communicate +elasticity to my spirits. But I am a blasted tree; the bolt has +entered my soul; and I felt then that I should survive to exhibit what +I shall soon cease to be—a miserable spectacle of wrecked humanity, +pitiable to others and intolerable to myself. + +We passed a considerable period at Oxford, rambling among its environs +and endeavouring to identify every spot which might relate to the most +animating epoch of English history. Our little voyages of discovery +were often prolonged by the successive objects that presented +themselves. We visited the tomb of the illustrious Hampden and the +field on which that patriot fell. For a moment my soul was elevated +from its debasing and miserable fears to contemplate the divine ideas +of liberty and self-sacrifice of which these sights were the monuments +and the remembrancers. For an instant I dared to shake off my chains +and look around me with a free and lofty spirit, but the iron had eaten +into my flesh, and I sank again, trembling and hopeless, into my +miserable self. + +We left Oxford with regret and proceeded to Matlock, which was our next +place of rest. The country in the neighbourhood of this village +resembled, to a greater degree, the scenery of Switzerland; but +everything is on a lower scale, and the green hills want the crown of +distant white Alps which always attend on the piny mountains of my +native country. We visited the wondrous cave and the little cabinets +of natural history, where the curiosities are disposed in the same +manner as in the collections at Servox and Chamounix. The latter name +made me tremble when pronounced by Henry, and I hastened to quit +Matlock, with which that terrible scene was thus associated. + +From Derby, still journeying northwards, we passed two months in +Cumberland and Westmorland. I could now almost fancy myself among the +Swiss mountains. The little patches of snow which yet lingered on the +northern sides of the mountains, the lakes, and the dashing of the +rocky streams were all familiar and dear sights to me. Here also we +made some acquaintances, who almost contrived to cheat me into +happiness. The delight of Clerval was proportionably greater than +mine; his mind expanded in the company of men of talent, and he found +in his own nature greater capacities and resources than he could have +imagined himself to have possessed while he associated with his +inferiors. “I could pass my life here,” said he to me; “and among +these mountains I should scarcely regret Switzerland and the Rhine.” + +But he found that a traveller’s life is one that includes much pain +amidst its enjoyments. His feelings are for ever on the stretch; and +when he begins to sink into repose, he finds himself obliged to quit +that on which he rests in pleasure for something new, which again +engages his attention, and which also he forsakes for other novelties. + +We had scarcely visited the various lakes of Cumberland and Westmorland +and conceived an affection for some of the inhabitants when the period +of our appointment with our Scotch friend approached, and we left them +to travel on. For my own part I was not sorry. I had now neglected my +promise for some time, and I feared the effects of the dæmon’s +disappointment. He might remain in Switzerland and wreak his vengeance +on my relatives. This idea pursued me and tormented me at every moment +from which I might otherwise have snatched repose and peace. I waited +for my letters with feverish impatience; if they were delayed I was +miserable and overcome by a thousand fears; and when they arrived and I +saw the superscription of Elizabeth or my father, I hardly dared to +read and ascertain my fate. Sometimes I thought that the fiend +followed me and might expedite my remissness by murdering my companion. +When these thoughts possessed me, I would not quit Henry for a moment, +but followed him as his shadow, to protect him from the fancied rage of +his destroyer. I felt as if I had committed some great crime, the +consciousness of which haunted me. I was guiltless, but I had indeed +drawn down a horrible curse upon my head, as mortal as that of crime. + +I visited Edinburgh with languid eyes and mind; and yet that city might +have interested the most unfortunate being. Clerval did not like it so well +as Oxford, for the antiquity of the latter city was more pleasing to him. +But the beauty and regularity of the new town of Edinburgh, its romantic +castle and its environs, the most delightful in the world, Arthur’s +Seat, St. Bernard’s Well, and the Pentland Hills, compensated him for +the change and filled him with cheerfulness and admiration. But I was +impatient to arrive at the termination of my journey. + +We left Edinburgh in a week, passing through Coupar, St. Andrew’s, and +along the banks of the Tay, to Perth, where our friend expected us. +But I was in no mood to laugh and talk with strangers or enter into +their feelings or plans with the good humour expected from a guest; and +accordingly I told Clerval that I wished to make the tour of Scotland +alone. “Do you,” said I, “enjoy yourself, and let this be our +rendezvous. I may be absent a month or two; but do not interfere with +my motions, I entreat you; leave me to peace and solitude for a short +time; and when I return, I hope it will be with a lighter heart, more +congenial to your own temper.” + +Henry wished to dissuade me, but seeing me bent on this plan, ceased to +remonstrate. He entreated me to write often. “I had rather be with +you,” he said, “in your solitary rambles, than with these Scotch +people, whom I do not know; hasten, then, my dear friend, to return, +that I may again feel myself somewhat at home, which I cannot do in +your absence.” + +Having parted from my friend, I determined to visit some remote spot of +Scotland and finish my work in solitude. I did not doubt but that the +monster followed me and would discover himself to me when I should have +finished, that he might receive his companion. + +With this resolution I traversed the northern highlands and fixed on one of +the remotest of the Orkneys as the scene of my labours. It was a place +fitted for such a work, being hardly more than a rock whose high sides were +continually beaten upon by the waves. The soil was barren, scarcely +affording pasture for a few miserable cows, and oatmeal for its +inhabitants, which consisted of five persons, whose gaunt and scraggy limbs +gave tokens of their miserable fare. Vegetables and bread, when they +indulged in such luxuries, and even fresh water, was to be procured from +the mainland, which was about five miles distant. + +On the whole island there were but three miserable huts, and one of +these was vacant when I arrived. This I hired. It contained but two +rooms, and these exhibited all the squalidness of the most miserable +penury. The thatch had fallen in, the walls were unplastered, and the +door was off its hinges. I ordered it to be repaired, bought some +furniture, and took possession, an incident which would doubtless have +occasioned some surprise had not all the senses of the cottagers been +benumbed by want and squalid poverty. As it was, I lived ungazed at +and unmolested, hardly thanked for the pittance of food and clothes +which I gave, so much does suffering blunt even the coarsest sensations +of men. + +In this retreat I devoted the morning to labour; but in the evening, +when the weather permitted, I walked on the stony beach of the sea to +listen to the waves as they roared and dashed at my feet. It was a +monotonous yet ever-changing scene. I thought of Switzerland; it was +far different from this desolate and appalling landscape. Its hills +are covered with vines, and its cottages are scattered thickly in the +plains. Its fair lakes reflect a blue and gentle sky, and when +troubled by the winds, their tumult is but as the play of a lively +infant when compared to the roarings of the giant ocean. + +In this manner I distributed my occupations when I first arrived, but +as I proceeded in my labour, it became every day more horrible and +irksome to me. Sometimes I could not prevail on myself to enter my +laboratory for several days, and at other times I toiled day and night +in order to complete my work. It was, indeed, a filthy process in +which I was engaged. During my first experiment, a kind of +enthusiastic frenzy had blinded me to the horror of my employment; my +mind was intently fixed on the consummation of my labour, and my eyes +were shut to the horror of my proceedings. But now I went to it in +cold blood, and my heart often sickened at the work of my hands. + +Thus situated, employed in the most detestable occupation, immersed in +a solitude where nothing could for an instant call my attention from +the actual scene in which I was engaged, my spirits became unequal; I +grew restless and nervous. Every moment I feared to meet my +persecutor. Sometimes I sat with my eyes fixed on the ground, fearing +to raise them lest they should encounter the object which I so much +dreaded to behold. I feared to wander from the sight of my fellow +creatures lest when alone he should come to claim his companion. + +In the mean time I worked on, and my labour was already considerably +advanced. I looked towards its completion with a tremulous and eager +hope, which I dared not trust myself to question but which was +intermixed with obscure forebodings of evil that made my heart sicken +in my bosom. + + + + + +Chapter 20 + +I sat one evening in my laboratory; the sun had set, and the moon was just +rising from the sea; I had not sufficient light for my employment, and I +remained idle, in a pause of consideration of whether I should leave my +labour for the night or hasten its conclusion by an unremitting attention +to it. As I sat, a train of reflection occurred to me which led me to +consider the effects of what I was now doing. Three years before, I was +engaged in the same manner and had created a fiend whose unparalleled +barbarity had desolated my heart and filled it for ever with the bitterest +remorse. I was now about to form another being of whose dispositions I was +alike ignorant; she might become ten thousand times more malignant than her +mate and delight, for its own sake, in murder and wretchedness. He had +sworn to quit the neighbourhood of man and hide himself in deserts, but she +had not; and she, who in all probability was to become a thinking and +reasoning animal, might refuse to comply with a compact made before her +creation. They might even hate each other; the creature who already lived +loathed his own deformity, and might he not conceive a greater abhorrence +for it when it came before his eyes in the female form? She also might turn +with disgust from him to the superior beauty of man; she might quit him, +and he be again alone, exasperated by the fresh provocation of being +deserted by one of his own species. + +Even if they were to leave Europe and inhabit the deserts of the new world, +yet one of the first results of those sympathies for which the dæmon +thirsted would be children, and a race of devils would be propagated upon +the earth who might make the very existence of the species of man a +condition precarious and full of terror. Had I right, for my own benefit, +to inflict this curse upon everlasting generations? I had before been moved +by the sophisms of the being I had created; I had been struck senseless by +his fiendish threats; but now, for the first time, the wickedness of my +promise burst upon me; I shuddered to think that future ages might curse me +as their pest, whose selfishness had not hesitated to buy its own peace at +the price, perhaps, of the existence of the whole human race. + +I trembled and my heart failed within me, when, on looking up, I saw by +the light of the moon the dæmon at the casement. A ghastly grin +wrinkled his lips as he gazed on me, where I sat fulfilling the task +which he had allotted to me. Yes, he had followed me in my travels; he +had loitered in forests, hid himself in caves, or taken refuge in wide +and desert heaths; and he now came to mark my progress and claim the +fulfilment of my promise. + +As I looked on him, his countenance expressed the utmost extent of +malice and treachery. I thought with a sensation of madness on my +promise of creating another like to him, and trembling with passion, +tore to pieces the thing on which I was engaged. The wretch saw me +destroy the creature on whose future existence he depended for +happiness, and with a howl of devilish despair and revenge, withdrew. + +I left the room, and locking the door, made a solemn vow in my own +heart never to resume my labours; and then, with trembling steps, I +sought my own apartment. I was alone; none were near me to dissipate +the gloom and relieve me from the sickening oppression of the most +terrible reveries. + +Several hours passed, and I remained near my window gazing on the sea; +it was almost motionless, for the winds were hushed, and all nature +reposed under the eye of the quiet moon. A few fishing vessels alone +specked the water, and now and then the gentle breeze wafted the sound +of voices as the fishermen called to one another. I felt the silence, +although I was hardly conscious of its extreme profundity, until my ear +was suddenly arrested by the paddling of oars near the shore, and a +person landed close to my house. + +In a few minutes after, I heard the creaking of my door, as if some one +endeavoured to open it softly. I trembled from head to foot; I felt a +presentiment of who it was and wished to rouse one of the peasants who +dwelt in a cottage not far from mine; but I was overcome by the sensation +of helplessness, so often felt in frightful dreams, when you in vain +endeavour to fly from an impending danger, and was rooted to the spot. + +Presently I heard the sound of footsteps along the passage; the door +opened, and the wretch whom I dreaded appeared. Shutting the door, he +approached me and said in a smothered voice, + +“You have destroyed the work which you began; what is it that you +intend? Do you dare to break your promise? I have endured toil and misery; +I left Switzerland with you; I crept along the shores of the Rhine, among +its willow islands and over the summits of its hills. I have dwelt many +months in the heaths of England and among the deserts of Scotland. I have +endured incalculable fatigue, and cold, and hunger; do you dare destroy my +hopes?” + +“Begone! I do break my promise; never will I create another like +yourself, equal in deformity and wickedness.” + +“Slave, I before reasoned with you, but you have proved yourself +unworthy of my condescension. Remember that I have power; you believe +yourself miserable, but I can make you so wretched that the light of +day will be hateful to you. You are my creator, but I am your master; +obey!” + +“The hour of my irresolution is past, and the period of your power is +arrived. Your threats cannot move me to do an act of wickedness; but +they confirm me in a determination of not creating you a companion in +vice. Shall I, in cool blood, set loose upon the earth a dæmon whose +delight is in death and wretchedness? Begone! I am firm, and your +words will only exasperate my rage.” + +The monster saw my determination in my face and gnashed his teeth in the +impotence of anger. “Shall each man,” cried he, “find a +wife for his bosom, and each beast have his mate, and I be alone? I had +feelings of affection, and they were requited by detestation and scorn. +Man! You may hate, but beware! Your hours will pass in dread and misery, +and soon the bolt will fall which must ravish from you your happiness for +ever. Are you to be happy while I grovel in the intensity of my +wretchedness? You can blast my other passions, but revenge +remains—revenge, henceforth dearer than light or food! I may die, but +first you, my tyrant and tormentor, shall curse the sun that gazes on your +misery. Beware, for I am fearless and therefore powerful. I will watch with +the wiliness of a snake, that I may sting with its venom. Man, you shall +repent of the injuries you inflict.” + +“Devil, cease; and do not poison the air with these sounds of malice. +I have declared my resolution to you, and I am no coward to bend +beneath words. Leave me; I am inexorable.” + +“It is well. I go; but remember, I shall be with you on your +wedding-night.” + +I started forward and exclaimed, “Villain! Before you sign my +death-warrant, be sure that you are yourself safe.” + +I would have seized him, but he eluded me and quitted the house with +precipitation. In a few moments I saw him in his boat, which shot +across the waters with an arrowy swiftness and was soon lost amidst the +waves. + +All was again silent, but his words rang in my ears. I burned with rage to +pursue the murderer of my peace and precipitate him into the ocean. I +walked up and down my room hastily and perturbed, while my imagination +conjured up a thousand images to torment and sting me. Why had I not +followed him and closed with him in mortal strife? But I had suffered him +to depart, and he had directed his course towards the mainland. I shuddered +to think who might be the next victim sacrificed to his insatiate revenge. +And then I thought again of his words—“_I will be with you on +your wedding-night._” That, then, was the period fixed for the +fulfilment of my destiny. In that hour I should die and at once satisfy and +extinguish his malice. The prospect did not move me to fear; yet when I +thought of my beloved Elizabeth, of her tears and endless sorrow, when she +should find her lover so barbarously snatched from her, tears, the first I +had shed for many months, streamed from my eyes, and I resolved not to fall +before my enemy without a bitter struggle. + +The night passed away, and the sun rose from the ocean; my feelings became +calmer, if it may be called calmness when the violence of rage sinks into +the depths of despair. I left the house, the horrid scene of the last +night’s contention, and walked on the beach of the sea, which I +almost regarded as an insuperable barrier between me and my fellow +creatures; nay, a wish that such should prove the fact stole across me. I +desired that I might pass my life on that barren rock, wearily, it is true, +but uninterrupted by any sudden shock of misery. If I returned, it was to +be sacrificed or to see those whom I most loved die under the grasp of a +dæmon whom I had myself created. + +I walked about the isle like a restless spectre, separated from all it +loved and miserable in the separation. When it became noon, and the +sun rose higher, I lay down on the grass and was overpowered by a deep +sleep. I had been awake the whole of the preceding night, my nerves +were agitated, and my eyes inflamed by watching and misery. The sleep +into which I now sank refreshed me; and when I awoke, I again felt as +if I belonged to a race of human beings like myself, and I began to +reflect upon what had passed with greater composure; yet still the +words of the fiend rang in my ears like a death-knell; they appeared +like a dream, yet distinct and oppressive as a reality. + +The sun had far descended, and I still sat on the shore, satisfying my +appetite, which had become ravenous, with an oaten cake, when I saw a +fishing-boat land close to me, and one of the men brought me a packet; +it contained letters from Geneva, and one from Clerval entreating me to +join him. He said that he was wearing away his time fruitlessly where +he was, that letters from the friends he had formed in London desired +his return to complete the negotiation they had entered into for his +Indian enterprise. He could not any longer delay his departure; but as +his journey to London might be followed, even sooner than he now +conjectured, by his longer voyage, he entreated me to bestow as much of +my society on him as I could spare. He besought me, therefore, to +leave my solitary isle and to meet him at Perth, that we might proceed +southwards together. This letter in a degree recalled me to life, and +I determined to quit my island at the expiration of two days. + +Yet, before I departed, there was a task to perform, on which I shuddered +to reflect; I must pack up my chemical instruments, and for that purpose I +must enter the room which had been the scene of my odious work, and I must +handle those utensils the sight of which was sickening to me. The next +morning, at daybreak, I summoned sufficient courage and unlocked the door +of my laboratory. The remains of the half-finished creature, whom I had +destroyed, lay scattered on the floor, and I almost felt as if I had +mangled the living flesh of a human being. I paused to collect myself and +then entered the chamber. With trembling hand I conveyed the instruments +out of the room, but I reflected that I ought not to leave the relics of my +work to excite the horror and suspicion of the peasants; and I accordingly +put them into a basket, with a great quantity of stones, and laying them +up, determined to throw them into the sea that very night; and in the +meantime I sat upon the beach, employed in cleaning and arranging my +chemical apparatus. + +Nothing could be more complete than the alteration that had taken place +in my feelings since the night of the appearance of the dæmon. I had +before regarded my promise with a gloomy despair as a thing that, with +whatever consequences, must be fulfilled; but I now felt as if a film +had been taken from before my eyes and that I for the first time saw +clearly. The idea of renewing my labours did not for one instant occur +to me; the threat I had heard weighed on my thoughts, but I did not +reflect that a voluntary act of mine could avert it. I had resolved in +my own mind that to create another like the fiend I had first made +would be an act of the basest and most atrocious selfishness, and I +banished from my mind every thought that could lead to a different +conclusion. + +Between two and three in the morning the moon rose; and I then, putting my +basket aboard a little skiff, sailed out about four miles from the shore. +The scene was perfectly solitary; a few boats were returning towards land, +but I sailed away from them. I felt as if I was about the commission of a +dreadful crime and avoided with shuddering anxiety any encounter with my +fellow creatures. At one time the moon, which had before been clear, was +suddenly overspread by a thick cloud, and I took advantage of the moment of +darkness and cast my basket into the sea; I listened to the gurgling sound +as it sank and then sailed away from the spot. The sky became clouded, but +the air was pure, although chilled by the northeast breeze that was then +rising. But it refreshed me and filled me with such agreeable sensations +that I resolved to prolong my stay on the water, and fixing the rudder in a +direct position, stretched myself at the bottom of the boat. Clouds hid the +moon, everything was obscure, and I heard only the sound of the boat as its +keel cut through the waves; the murmur lulled me, and in a short time I +slept soundly. + +I do not know how long I remained in this situation, but when I awoke I +found that the sun had already mounted considerably. The wind was high, and +the waves continually threatened the safety of my little skiff. I found +that the wind was northeast and must have driven me far from the coast from +which I had embarked. I endeavoured to change my course but quickly found +that if I again made the attempt the boat would be instantly filled with +water. Thus situated, my only resource was to drive before the wind. I +confess that I felt a few sensations of terror. I had no compass with me +and was so slenderly acquainted with the geography of this part of the +world that the sun was of little benefit to me. I might be driven into the +wide Atlantic and feel all the tortures of starvation or be swallowed up in +the immeasurable waters that roared and buffeted around me. I had already +been out many hours and felt the torment of a burning thirst, a prelude to +my other sufferings. I looked on the heavens, which were covered by clouds +that flew before the wind, only to be replaced by others; I looked upon the +sea; it was to be my grave. “Fiend,” I exclaimed, “your +task is already fulfilled!” I thought of Elizabeth, of my father, and +of Clerval—all left behind, on whom the monster might satisfy his +sanguinary and merciless passions. This idea plunged me into a reverie so +despairing and frightful that even now, when the scene is on the point of +closing before me for ever, I shudder to reflect on it. + +Some hours passed thus; but by degrees, as the sun declined towards the +horizon, the wind died away into a gentle breeze and the sea became +free from breakers. But these gave place to a heavy swell; I felt sick +and hardly able to hold the rudder, when suddenly I saw a line of high +land towards the south. + +Almost spent, as I was, by fatigue and the dreadful suspense I endured +for several hours, this sudden certainty of life rushed like a flood of +warm joy to my heart, and tears gushed from my eyes. + +How mutable are our feelings, and how strange is that clinging love we have +of life even in the excess of misery! I constructed another sail with a +part of my dress and eagerly steered my course towards the land. It had a +wild and rocky appearance, but as I approached nearer I easily perceived +the traces of cultivation. I saw vessels near the shore and found myself +suddenly transported back to the neighbourhood of civilised man. I +carefully traced the windings of the land and hailed a steeple which I at +length saw issuing from behind a small promontory. As I was in a state of +extreme debility, I resolved to sail directly towards the town, as a place +where I could most easily procure nourishment. Fortunately I had money with +me. As I turned the promontory I perceived a small neat town and a good +harbour, which I entered, my heart bounding with joy at my unexpected +escape. + +As I was occupied in fixing the boat and arranging the sails, several +people crowded towards the spot. They seemed much surprised at my +appearance, but instead of offering me any assistance, whispered +together with gestures that at any other time might have produced in me +a slight sensation of alarm. As it was, I merely remarked that they +spoke English, and I therefore addressed them in that language. “My +good friends,” said I, “will you be so kind as to tell me the name of +this town and inform me where I am?” + +“You will know that soon enough,” replied a man with a hoarse voice. +“Maybe you are come to a place that will not prove much to your taste, +but you will not be consulted as to your quarters, I promise you.” + +I was exceedingly surprised on receiving so rude an answer from a +stranger, and I was also disconcerted on perceiving the frowning and +angry countenances of his companions. “Why do you answer me so +roughly?” I replied. “Surely it is not the custom of Englishmen to +receive strangers so inhospitably.” + +“I do not know,” said the man, “what the custom of the +English may be, but it is the custom of the Irish to hate villains.” + +While this strange dialogue continued, I perceived the crowd rapidly +increase. Their faces expressed a mixture of curiosity and anger, which +annoyed and in some degree alarmed me. I inquired the way to the inn, but +no one replied. I then moved forward, and a murmuring sound arose from the +crowd as they followed and surrounded me, when an ill-looking man +approaching tapped me on the shoulder and said, “Come, sir, you must +follow me to Mr. Kirwin’s to give an account of yourself.” + +“Who is Mr. Kirwin? Why am I to give an account of myself? Is not +this a free country?” + +“Ay, sir, free enough for honest folks. Mr. Kirwin is a magistrate, +and you are to give an account of the death of a gentleman who was +found murdered here last night.” + +This answer startled me, but I presently recovered myself. I was innocent; +that could easily be proved; accordingly I followed my conductor in silence +and was led to one of the best houses in the town. I was ready to sink from +fatigue and hunger, but being surrounded by a crowd, I thought it politic +to rouse all my strength, that no physical debility might be construed into +apprehension or conscious guilt. Little did I then expect the calamity that +was in a few moments to overwhelm me and extinguish in horror and despair +all fear of ignominy or death. + +I must pause here, for it requires all my fortitude to recall the memory of +the frightful events which I am about to relate, in proper detail, to my +recollection. + + + + + +Chapter 21 + +I was soon introduced into the presence of the magistrate, an old +benevolent man with calm and mild manners. He looked upon me, however, +with some degree of severity, and then, turning towards my conductors, +he asked who appeared as witnesses on this occasion. + +About half a dozen men came forward; and, one being selected by the +magistrate, he deposed that he had been out fishing the night before with +his son and brother-in-law, Daniel Nugent, when, about ten o’clock, +they observed a strong northerly blast rising, and they accordingly put in +for port. It was a very dark night, as the moon had not yet risen; they did +not land at the harbour, but, as they had been accustomed, at a creek about +two miles below. He walked on first, carrying a part of the fishing tackle, +and his companions followed him at some distance. As he was proceeding +along the sands, he struck his foot against something and fell at his +length on the ground. His companions came up to assist him, and by the +light of their lantern they found that he had fallen on the body of a man, +who was to all appearance dead. Their first supposition was that it was the +corpse of some person who had been drowned and was thrown on shore by the +waves, but on examination they found that the clothes were not wet and even +that the body was not then cold. They instantly carried it to the cottage +of an old woman near the spot and endeavoured, but in vain, to restore it +to life. It appeared to be a handsome young man, about five and twenty +years of age. He had apparently been strangled, for there was no sign of +any violence except the black mark of fingers on his neck. + +The first part of this deposition did not in the least interest me, but +when the mark of the fingers was mentioned I remembered the murder of +my brother and felt myself extremely agitated; my limbs trembled, and a +mist came over my eyes, which obliged me to lean on a chair for +support. The magistrate observed me with a keen eye and of course drew +an unfavourable augury from my manner. + +The son confirmed his father’s account, but when Daniel Nugent was +called he swore positively that just before the fall of his companion, he +saw a boat, with a single man in it, at a short distance from the shore; +and as far as he could judge by the light of a few stars, it was the same +boat in which I had just landed. + +A woman deposed that she lived near the beach and was standing at the door +of her cottage, waiting for the return of the fishermen, about an hour +before she heard of the discovery of the body, when she saw a boat with +only one man in it push off from that part of the shore where the corpse +was afterwards found. + +Another woman confirmed the account of the fishermen having brought the +body into her house; it was not cold. They put it into a bed and +rubbed it, and Daniel went to the town for an apothecary, but life was +quite gone. + +Several other men were examined concerning my landing, and they agreed +that, with the strong north wind that had arisen during the night, it +was very probable that I had beaten about for many hours and had been +obliged to return nearly to the same spot from which I had departed. +Besides, they observed that it appeared that I had brought the body +from another place, and it was likely that as I did not appear to know +the shore, I might have put into the harbour ignorant of the distance +of the town of —— from the place where I had deposited the corpse. + +Mr. Kirwin, on hearing this evidence, desired that I should be taken into +the room where the body lay for interment, that it might be observed what +effect the sight of it would produce upon me. This idea was probably +suggested by the extreme agitation I had exhibited when the mode of the +murder had been described. I was accordingly conducted, by the magistrate +and several other persons, to the inn. I could not help being struck by the +strange coincidences that had taken place during this eventful night; but, +knowing that I had been conversing with several persons in the island I had +inhabited about the time that the body had been found, I was perfectly +tranquil as to the consequences of the affair. + +I entered the room where the corpse lay and was led up to the coffin. How +can I describe my sensations on beholding it? I feel yet parched with +horror, nor can I reflect on that terrible moment without shuddering and +agony. The examination, the presence of the magistrate and witnesses, +passed like a dream from my memory when I saw the lifeless form of Henry +Clerval stretched before me. I gasped for breath, and throwing myself on +the body, I exclaimed, “Have my murderous machinations deprived you +also, my dearest Henry, of life? Two I have already destroyed; other +victims await their destiny; but you, Clerval, my friend, my +benefactor—” + +The human frame could no longer support the agonies that I endured, and +I was carried out of the room in strong convulsions. + +A fever succeeded to this. I lay for two months on the point of death; my +ravings, as I afterwards heard, were frightful; I called myself the +murderer of William, of Justine, and of Clerval. Sometimes I entreated my +attendants to assist me in the destruction of the fiend by whom I was +tormented; and at others I felt the fingers of the monster already grasping +my neck, and screamed aloud with agony and terror. Fortunately, as I spoke +my native language, Mr. Kirwin alone understood me; but my gestures and +bitter cries were sufficient to affright the other witnesses. + +Why did I not die? More miserable than man ever was before, why did I not +sink into forgetfulness and rest? Death snatches away many blooming +children, the only hopes of their doting parents; how many brides and +youthful lovers have been one day in the bloom of health and hope, and the +next a prey for worms and the decay of the tomb! Of what materials was I +made that I could thus resist so many shocks, which, like the turning of +the wheel, continually renewed the torture? + +But I was doomed to live and in two months found myself as awaking from +a dream, in a prison, stretched on a wretched bed, surrounded by +gaolers, turnkeys, bolts, and all the miserable apparatus of a dungeon. +It was morning, I remember, when I thus awoke to understanding; I had +forgotten the particulars of what had happened and only felt as if some +great misfortune had suddenly overwhelmed me; but when I looked around +and saw the barred windows and the squalidness of the room in which I +was, all flashed across my memory and I groaned bitterly. + +This sound disturbed an old woman who was sleeping in a chair beside +me. She was a hired nurse, the wife of one of the turnkeys, and her +countenance expressed all those bad qualities which often characterise +that class. The lines of her face were hard and rude, like that of +persons accustomed to see without sympathising in sights of misery. Her +tone expressed her entire indifference; she addressed me in English, +and the voice struck me as one that I had heard during my sufferings. + +“Are you better now, sir?” said she. + +I replied in the same language, with a feeble voice, “I believe I am; +but if it be all true, if indeed I did not dream, I am sorry that I am +still alive to feel this misery and horror.” + +“For that matter,” replied the old woman, “if you mean about the +gentleman you murdered, I believe that it were better for you if you +were dead, for I fancy it will go hard with you! However, that’s none +of my business; I am sent to nurse you and get you well; I do my duty +with a safe conscience; it were well if everybody did the same.” + +I turned with loathing from the woman who could utter so unfeeling a +speech to a person just saved, on the very edge of death; but I felt +languid and unable to reflect on all that had passed. The whole series +of my life appeared to me as a dream; I sometimes doubted if indeed it +were all true, for it never presented itself to my mind with the force +of reality. + +As the images that floated before me became more distinct, I grew +feverish; a darkness pressed around me; no one was near me who soothed +me with the gentle voice of love; no dear hand supported me. The +physician came and prescribed medicines, and the old woman prepared +them for me; but utter carelessness was visible in the first, and the +expression of brutality was strongly marked in the visage of the +second. Who could be interested in the fate of a murderer but the +hangman who would gain his fee? + +These were my first reflections, but I soon learned that Mr. Kirwin had +shown me extreme kindness. He had caused the best room in the prison +to be prepared for me (wretched indeed was the best); and it was he who +had provided a physician and a nurse. It is true, he seldom came to +see me, for although he ardently desired to relieve the sufferings of +every human creature, he did not wish to be present at the agonies and +miserable ravings of a murderer. He came, therefore, sometimes to see +that I was not neglected, but his visits were short and with long +intervals. + +One day, while I was gradually recovering, I was seated in a chair, my eyes +half open and my cheeks livid like those in death. I was overcome by gloom +and misery and often reflected I had better seek death than desire to +remain in a world which to me was replete with wretchedness. At one time I +considered whether I should not declare myself guilty and suffer the +penalty of the law, less innocent than poor Justine had been. Such were my +thoughts when the door of my apartment was opened and Mr. Kirwin entered. +His countenance expressed sympathy and compassion; he drew a chair close to +mine and addressed me in French, + +“I fear that this place is very shocking to you; can I do anything to +make you more comfortable?” + +“I thank you, but all that you mention is nothing to me; on the whole +earth there is no comfort which I am capable of receiving.” + +“I know that the sympathy of a stranger can be but of little relief to +one borne down as you are by so strange a misfortune. But you will, I +hope, soon quit this melancholy abode, for doubtless evidence can +easily be brought to free you from the criminal charge.” + +“That is my least concern; I am, by a course of strange events, become +the most miserable of mortals. Persecuted and tortured as I am and +have been, can death be any evil to me?” + +“Nothing indeed could be more unfortunate and agonising than the +strange chances that have lately occurred. You were thrown, by some +surprising accident, on this shore, renowned for its hospitality, +seized immediately, and charged with murder. The first sight that was +presented to your eyes was the body of your friend, murdered in so +unaccountable a manner and placed, as it were, by some fiend across +your path.” + +As Mr. Kirwin said this, notwithstanding the agitation I endured on +this retrospect of my sufferings, I also felt considerable surprise at +the knowledge he seemed to possess concerning me. I suppose some +astonishment was exhibited in my countenance, for Mr. Kirwin hastened +to say, + +“Immediately upon your being taken ill, all the papers that were on +your person were brought me, and I examined them that I might discover some +trace by which I could send to your relations an account of your misfortune +and illness. I found several letters, and, among others, one which I +discovered from its commencement to be from your father. I instantly wrote +to Geneva; nearly two months have elapsed since the departure of my letter. +But you are ill; even now you tremble; you are unfit for agitation of any +kind.” + +“This suspense is a thousand times worse than the most horrible event; +tell me what new scene of death has been acted, and whose murder I am +now to lament?” + +“Your family is perfectly well,” said Mr. Kirwin with +gentleness; “and someone, a friend, is come to visit you.” + +I know not by what chain of thought the idea presented itself, but it +instantly darted into my mind that the murderer had come to mock at my +misery and taunt me with the death of Clerval, as a new incitement for +me to comply with his hellish desires. I put my hand before my eyes, +and cried out in agony, + +“Oh! Take him away! I cannot see him; for God’s sake, do not +let him enter!” + +Mr. Kirwin regarded me with a troubled countenance. He could not help +regarding my exclamation as a presumption of my guilt and said in +rather a severe tone, + +“I should have thought, young man, that the presence of your father +would have been welcome instead of inspiring such violent repugnance.” + +“My father!” cried I, while every feature and every muscle was relaxed +from anguish to pleasure. “Is my father indeed come? How kind, how +very kind! But where is he, why does he not hasten to me?” + +My change of manner surprised and pleased the magistrate; perhaps he +thought that my former exclamation was a momentary return of delirium, +and now he instantly resumed his former benevolence. He rose and +quitted the room with my nurse, and in a moment my father entered it. + +Nothing, at this moment, could have given me greater pleasure than the +arrival of my father. I stretched out my hand to him and cried, + +“Are you then safe—and Elizabeth—and Ernest?” + +My father calmed me with assurances of their welfare and endeavoured, by +dwelling on these subjects so interesting to my heart, to raise my +desponding spirits; but he soon felt that a prison cannot be the abode of +cheerfulness. “What a place is this that you inhabit, my son!” +said he, looking mournfully at the barred windows and wretched appearance +of the room. “You travelled to seek happiness, but a fatality seems +to pursue you. And poor Clerval—” + +The name of my unfortunate and murdered friend was an agitation too +great to be endured in my weak state; I shed tears. + +“Alas! Yes, my father,” replied I; “some destiny of the +most horrible kind hangs over me, and I must live to fulfil it, or surely I +should have died on the coffin of Henry.” + +We were not allowed to converse for any length of time, for the +precarious state of my health rendered every precaution necessary that +could ensure tranquillity. Mr. Kirwin came in and insisted that my +strength should not be exhausted by too much exertion. But the +appearance of my father was to me like that of my good angel, and I +gradually recovered my health. + +As my sickness quitted me, I was absorbed by a gloomy and black +melancholy that nothing could dissipate. The image of Clerval was +for ever before me, ghastly and murdered. More than once the agitation +into which these reflections threw me made my friends dread a dangerous +relapse. Alas! Why did they preserve so miserable and detested a +life? It was surely that I might fulfil my destiny, which is now +drawing to a close. Soon, oh, very soon, will death extinguish these +throbbings and relieve me from the mighty weight of anguish that bears +me to the dust; and, in executing the award of justice, I shall also +sink to rest. Then the appearance of death was distant, although the +wish was ever present to my thoughts; and I often sat for hours +motionless and speechless, wishing for some mighty revolution that +might bury me and my destroyer in its ruins. + +The season of the assizes approached. I had already been three months +in prison, and although I was still weak and in continual danger of a +relapse, I was obliged to travel nearly a hundred miles to the country +town where the court was held. Mr. Kirwin charged himself with every +care of collecting witnesses and arranging my defence. I was spared +the disgrace of appearing publicly as a criminal, as the case was not +brought before the court that decides on life and death. The grand +jury rejected the bill, on its being proved that I was on the Orkney +Islands at the hour the body of my friend was found; and a fortnight +after my removal I was liberated from prison. + +My father was enraptured on finding me freed from the vexations of a +criminal charge, that I was again allowed to breathe the fresh +atmosphere and permitted to return to my native country. I did not +participate in these feelings, for to me the walls of a dungeon or a +palace were alike hateful. The cup of life was poisoned for ever, and +although the sun shone upon me, as upon the happy and gay of heart, I +saw around me nothing but a dense and frightful darkness, penetrated by +no light but the glimmer of two eyes that glared upon me. Sometimes +they were the expressive eyes of Henry, languishing in death, the dark +orbs nearly covered by the lids and the long black lashes that fringed +them; sometimes it was the watery, clouded eyes of the monster, as I +first saw them in my chamber at Ingolstadt. + +My father tried to awaken in me the feelings of affection. He talked +of Geneva, which I should soon visit, of Elizabeth and Ernest; but +these words only drew deep groans from me. Sometimes, indeed, I felt a +wish for happiness and thought with melancholy delight of my beloved +cousin or longed, with a devouring _maladie du pays_, to see once more +the blue lake and rapid Rhone, that had been so dear to me in early +childhood; but my general state of feeling was a torpor in which a +prison was as welcome a residence as the divinest scene in nature; and +these fits were seldom interrupted but by paroxysms of anguish and +despair. At these moments I often endeavoured to put an end to the +existence I loathed, and it required unceasing attendance and vigilance +to restrain me from committing some dreadful act of violence. + +Yet one duty remained to me, the recollection of which finally +triumphed over my selfish despair. It was necessary that I should +return without delay to Geneva, there to watch over the lives of those +I so fondly loved and to lie in wait for the murderer, that if any +chance led me to the place of his concealment, or if he dared again to +blast me by his presence, I might, with unfailing aim, put an end to +the existence of the monstrous image which I had endued with the +mockery of a soul still more monstrous. My father still desired to +delay our departure, fearful that I could not sustain the fatigues of a +journey, for I was a shattered wreck—the shadow of a human being. My +strength was gone. I was a mere skeleton, and fever night and day +preyed upon my wasted frame. + +Still, as I urged our leaving Ireland with such inquietude and impatience, +my father thought it best to yield. We took our passage on board a vessel +bound for Havre-de-Grace and sailed with a fair wind from the Irish shores. +It was midnight. I lay on the deck looking at the stars and listening to +the dashing of the waves. I hailed the darkness that shut Ireland from my +sight, and my pulse beat with a feverish joy when I reflected that I should +soon see Geneva. The past appeared to me in the light of a frightful dream; +yet the vessel in which I was, the wind that blew me from the detested +shore of Ireland, and the sea which surrounded me, told me too forcibly +that I was deceived by no vision and that Clerval, my friend and dearest +companion, had fallen a victim to me and the monster of my creation. I +repassed, in my memory, my whole life; my quiet happiness while residing +with my family in Geneva, the death of my mother, and my departure for +Ingolstadt. I remembered, shuddering, the mad enthusiasm that hurried me on +to the creation of my hideous enemy, and I called to mind the night in +which he first lived. I was unable to pursue the train of thought; a +thousand feelings pressed upon me, and I wept bitterly. + +Ever since my recovery from the fever, I had been in the custom of taking +every night a small quantity of laudanum, for it was by means of this drug +only that I was enabled to gain the rest necessary for the preservation of +life. Oppressed by the recollection of my various misfortunes, I now +swallowed double my usual quantity and soon slept profoundly. But sleep did +not afford me respite from thought and misery; my dreams presented a +thousand objects that scared me. Towards morning I was possessed by a kind +of nightmare; I felt the fiend’s grasp in my neck and could not free +myself from it; groans and cries rang in my ears. My father, who was +watching over me, perceiving my restlessness, awoke me; the dashing waves +were around, the cloudy sky above, the fiend was not here: a sense of +security, a feeling that a truce was established between the present hour +and the irresistible, disastrous future imparted to me a kind of calm +forgetfulness, of which the human mind is by its structure peculiarly +susceptible. + + + + + +Chapter 22 + +The voyage came to an end. We landed, and proceeded to Paris. I soon +found that I had overtaxed my strength and that I must repose before I +could continue my journey. My father’s care and attentions were +indefatigable, but he did not know the origin of my sufferings and +sought erroneous methods to remedy the incurable ill. He wished me to +seek amusement in society. I abhorred the face of man. Oh, not +abhorred! They were my brethren, my fellow beings, and I felt +attracted even to the most repulsive among them, as to creatures of an +angelic nature and celestial mechanism. But I felt that I had no right +to share their intercourse. I had unchained an enemy among them whose +joy it was to shed their blood and to revel in their groans. How they +would, each and all, abhor me and hunt me from the world, did they know +my unhallowed acts and the crimes which had their source in me! + +My father yielded at length to my desire to avoid society and strove by +various arguments to banish my despair. Sometimes he thought that I +felt deeply the degradation of being obliged to answer a charge of +murder, and he endeavoured to prove to me the futility of pride. + +“Alas! My father,” said I, “how little do you know me. +Human beings, their feelings and passions, would indeed be degraded if such +a wretch as I felt pride. Justine, poor unhappy Justine, was as innocent +as I, and she suffered the same charge; she died for it; and I am the cause +of this—I murdered her. William, Justine, and Henry—they all +died by my hands.” + +My father had often, during my imprisonment, heard me make the same +assertion; when I thus accused myself, he sometimes seemed to desire an +explanation, and at others he appeared to consider it as the offspring of +delirium, and that, during my illness, some idea of this kind had presented +itself to my imagination, the remembrance of which I preserved in my +convalescence. I avoided explanation and maintained a continual silence +concerning the wretch I had created. I had a persuasion that I should be +supposed mad, and this in itself would for ever have chained my tongue. But, +besides, I could not bring myself to disclose a secret which would fill my +hearer with consternation and make fear and unnatural horror the inmates of +his breast. I checked, therefore, my impatient thirst for sympathy and was +silent when I would have given the world to have confided the fatal secret. +Yet, still, words like those I have recorded would burst uncontrollably +from me. I could offer no explanation of them, but their truth in part +relieved the burden of my mysterious woe. + +Upon this occasion my father said, with an expression of unbounded wonder, +“My dearest Victor, what infatuation is this? My dear son, I entreat +you never to make such an assertion again.” + +“I am not mad,” I cried energetically; “the sun and the heavens, who +have viewed my operations, can bear witness of my truth. I am the +assassin of those most innocent victims; they died by my machinations. +A thousand times would I have shed my own blood, drop by drop, to have +saved their lives; but I could not, my father, indeed I could not +sacrifice the whole human race.” + +The conclusion of this speech convinced my father that my ideas were +deranged, and he instantly changed the subject of our conversation and +endeavoured to alter the course of my thoughts. He wished as much as +possible to obliterate the memory of the scenes that had taken place in +Ireland and never alluded to them or suffered me to speak of my +misfortunes. + +As time passed away I became more calm; misery had her dwelling in my +heart, but I no longer talked in the same incoherent manner of my own +crimes; sufficient for me was the consciousness of them. By the utmost +self-violence I curbed the imperious voice of wretchedness, which +sometimes desired to declare itself to the whole world, and my manners +were calmer and more composed than they had ever been since my journey +to the sea of ice. + +A few days before we left Paris on our way to Switzerland, I received the +following letter from Elizabeth: + +“My dear Friend, + +“It gave me the greatest pleasure to receive a letter from my uncle +dated at Paris; you are no longer at a formidable distance, and I may +hope to see you in less than a fortnight. My poor cousin, how much you +must have suffered! I expect to see you looking even more ill than +when you quitted Geneva. This winter has been passed most miserably, +tortured as I have been by anxious suspense; yet I hope to see peace in +your countenance and to find that your heart is not totally void of +comfort and tranquillity. + +“Yet I fear that the same feelings now exist that made you so miserable +a year ago, even perhaps augmented by time. I would not disturb you at +this period, when so many misfortunes weigh upon you, but a +conversation that I had with my uncle previous to his departure renders +some explanation necessary before we meet. + +Explanation! You may possibly say, What can Elizabeth have to explain? If +you really say this, my questions are answered and all my doubts satisfied. +But you are distant from me, and it is possible that you may dread and yet +be pleased with this explanation; and in a probability of this being the +case, I dare not any longer postpone writing what, during your absence, I +have often wished to express to you but have never had the courage to begin. + +“You well know, Victor, that our union had been the favourite plan of +your parents ever since our infancy. We were told this when young, and +taught to look forward to it as an event that would certainly take +place. We were affectionate playfellows during childhood, and, I +believe, dear and valued friends to one another as we grew older. But +as brother and sister often entertain a lively affection towards each +other without desiring a more intimate union, may not such also be our +case? Tell me, dearest Victor. Answer me, I conjure you by our mutual +happiness, with simple truth—Do you not love another? + +“You have travelled; you have spent several years of your life at +Ingolstadt; and I confess to you, my friend, that when I saw you last +autumn so unhappy, flying to solitude from the society of every +creature, I could not help supposing that you might regret our +connection and believe yourself bound in honour to fulfil the wishes of +your parents, although they opposed themselves to your inclinations. +But this is false reasoning. I confess to you, my friend, that I love +you and that in my airy dreams of futurity you have been my constant +friend and companion. But it is your happiness I desire as well as my +own when I declare to you that our marriage would render me eternally +miserable unless it were the dictate of your own free choice. Even now +I weep to think that, borne down as you are by the cruellest +misfortunes, you may stifle, by the word _honour_, all hope of that +love and happiness which would alone restore you to yourself. I, who +have so disinterested an affection for you, may increase your miseries +tenfold by being an obstacle to your wishes. Ah! Victor, be assured +that your cousin and playmate has too sincere a love for you not to be +made miserable by this supposition. Be happy, my friend; and if you +obey me in this one request, remain satisfied that nothing on earth +will have the power to interrupt my tranquillity. + +“Do not let this letter disturb you; do not answer tomorrow, or the +next day, or even until you come, if it will give you pain. My uncle +will send me news of your health, and if I see but one smile on your +lips when we meet, occasioned by this or any other exertion of mine, I +shall need no other happiness. + +“Elizabeth Lavenza. + + + +“Geneva, May 18th, 17—” + + + +This letter revived in my memory what I had before forgotten, the threat of +the fiend—“_I will be with you on your +wedding-night!_” Such was my sentence, and on that night would the +dæmon employ every art to destroy me and tear me from the glimpse of +happiness which promised partly to console my sufferings. On that night he +had determined to consummate his crimes by my death. Well, be it so; a +deadly struggle would then assuredly take place, in which if he were +victorious I should be at peace and his power over me be at an end. If he +were vanquished, I should be a free man. Alas! What freedom? Such as the +peasant enjoys when his family have been massacred before his eyes, his +cottage burnt, his lands laid waste, and he is turned adrift, homeless, +penniless, and alone, but free. Such would be my liberty except that in my +Elizabeth I possessed a treasure, alas, balanced by those horrors of +remorse and guilt which would pursue me until death. + +Sweet and beloved Elizabeth! I read and reread her letter, and some +softened feelings stole into my heart and dared to whisper paradisiacal +dreams of love and joy; but the apple was already eaten, and the +angel’s arm bared to drive me from all hope. Yet I would die to make +her happy. If the monster executed his threat, death was inevitable; yet, +again, I considered whether my marriage would hasten my fate. My +destruction might indeed arrive a few months sooner, but if my torturer +should suspect that I postponed it, influenced by his menaces, he would +surely find other and perhaps more dreadful means of revenge. He had vowed +_to be with me on my wedding-night_, yet he did not consider that +threat as binding him to peace in the meantime, for as if to show me that +he was not yet satiated with blood, he had murdered Clerval immediately +after the enunciation of his threats. I resolved, therefore, that if my +immediate union with my cousin would conduce either to hers or my +father’s happiness, my adversary’s designs against my life +should not retard it a single hour. + +In this state of mind I wrote to Elizabeth. My letter was calm and +affectionate. “I fear, my beloved girl,” I said, “little happiness +remains for us on earth; yet all that I may one day enjoy is centred in +you. Chase away your idle fears; to you alone do I consecrate my life +and my endeavours for contentment. I have one secret, Elizabeth, a +dreadful one; when revealed to you, it will chill your frame with +horror, and then, far from being surprised at my misery, you will only +wonder that I survive what I have endured. I will confide this tale of +misery and terror to you the day after our marriage shall take place, +for, my sweet cousin, there must be perfect confidence between us. But +until then, I conjure you, do not mention or allude to it. This I most +earnestly entreat, and I know you will comply.” + +In about a week after the arrival of Elizabeth’s letter we returned +to Geneva. The sweet girl welcomed me with warm affection, yet tears were +in her eyes as she beheld my emaciated frame and feverish cheeks. I saw a +change in her also. She was thinner and had lost much of that heavenly +vivacity that had before charmed me; but her gentleness and soft looks of +compassion made her a more fit companion for one blasted and miserable as I +was. + +The tranquillity which I now enjoyed did not endure. Memory brought madness +with it, and when I thought of what had passed, a real insanity possessed +me; sometimes I was furious and burnt with rage, sometimes low and +despondent. I neither spoke nor looked at anyone, but sat motionless, +bewildered by the multitude of miseries that overcame me. + +Elizabeth alone had the power to draw me from these fits; her gentle voice +would soothe me when transported by passion and inspire me with human +feelings when sunk in torpor. She wept with me and for me. When reason +returned, she would remonstrate and endeavour to inspire me with +resignation. Ah! It is well for the unfortunate to be resigned, but for the +guilty there is no peace. The agonies of remorse poison the luxury there is +otherwise sometimes found in indulging the excess of grief. + +Soon after my arrival my father spoke of my immediate marriage with +Elizabeth. I remained silent. + +“Have you, then, some other attachment?” + +“None on earth. I love Elizabeth and look forward to our union with +delight. Let the day therefore be fixed; and on it I will consecrate +myself, in life or death, to the happiness of my cousin.” + +“My dear Victor, do not speak thus. Heavy misfortunes have befallen +us, but let us only cling closer to what remains and transfer our love +for those whom we have lost to those who yet live. Our circle will be +small but bound close by the ties of affection and mutual misfortune. +And when time shall have softened your despair, new and dear objects of +care will be born to replace those of whom we have been so cruelly +deprived.” + +Such were the lessons of my father. But to me the remembrance of the +threat returned; nor can you wonder that, omnipotent as the fiend had +yet been in his deeds of blood, I should almost regard him as +invincible, and that when he had pronounced the words “_I shall be with +you on your wedding-night_,” I should regard the threatened fate as +unavoidable. But death was no evil to me if the loss of Elizabeth were +balanced with it, and I therefore, with a contented and even cheerful +countenance, agreed with my father that if my cousin would consent, the +ceremony should take place in ten days, and thus put, as I imagined, +the seal to my fate. + +Great God! If for one instant I had thought what might be the hellish +intention of my fiendish adversary, I would rather have banished myself +for ever from my native country and wandered a friendless outcast over +the earth than have consented to this miserable marriage. But, as if +possessed of magic powers, the monster had blinded me to his real +intentions; and when I thought that I had prepared only my own death, I +hastened that of a far dearer victim. + +As the period fixed for our marriage drew nearer, whether from cowardice or +a prophetic feeling, I felt my heart sink within me. But I concealed my +feelings by an appearance of hilarity that brought smiles and joy to the +countenance of my father, but hardly deceived the ever-watchful and nicer +eye of Elizabeth. She looked forward to our union with placid contentment, +not unmingled with a little fear, which past misfortunes had impressed, +that what now appeared certain and tangible happiness might soon dissipate +into an airy dream and leave no trace but deep and everlasting regret. + +Preparations were made for the event, congratulatory visits were received, +and all wore a smiling appearance. I shut up, as well as I could, in my own +heart the anxiety that preyed there and entered with seeming earnestness +into the plans of my father, although they might only serve as the +decorations of my tragedy. Through my father’s exertions a part of +the inheritance of Elizabeth had been restored to her by the Austrian +government. A small possession on the shores of Como belonged to her. It +was agreed that, immediately after our union, we should proceed to Villa +Lavenza and spend our first days of happiness beside the beautiful lake +near which it stood. + +In the meantime I took every precaution to defend my person in case the +fiend should openly attack me. I carried pistols and a dagger +constantly about me and was ever on the watch to prevent artifice, and +by these means gained a greater degree of tranquillity. Indeed, as the +period approached, the threat appeared more as a delusion, not to be +regarded as worthy to disturb my peace, while the happiness I hoped for +in my marriage wore a greater appearance of certainty as the day fixed +for its solemnisation drew nearer and I heard it continually spoken of +as an occurrence which no accident could possibly prevent. + +Elizabeth seemed happy; my tranquil demeanour contributed greatly to +calm her mind. But on the day that was to fulfil my wishes and my +destiny, she was melancholy, and a presentiment of evil pervaded her; +and perhaps also she thought of the dreadful secret which I had +promised to reveal to her on the following day. My father was in the +meantime overjoyed, and, in the bustle of preparation, only recognised in +the melancholy of his niece the diffidence of a bride. + +After the ceremony was performed a large party assembled at my +father’s, but it was agreed that Elizabeth and I should commence our +journey by water, sleeping that night at Evian and continuing our +voyage on the following day. The day was fair, the wind favourable; +all smiled on our nuptial embarkation. + +Those were the last moments of my life during which I enjoyed the +feeling of happiness. We passed rapidly along; the sun was hot, but we +were sheltered from its rays by a kind of canopy while we enjoyed the +beauty of the scene, sometimes on one side of the lake, where we saw +Mont Salêve, the pleasant banks of Montalègre, and at a distance, +surmounting all, the beautiful Mont Blanc, and the assemblage of snowy +mountains that in vain endeavour to emulate her; sometimes coasting the +opposite banks, we saw the mighty Jura opposing its dark side to the +ambition that would quit its native country, and an almost +insurmountable barrier to the invader who should wish to enslave it. + +I took the hand of Elizabeth. “You are sorrowful, my love. Ah! If +you knew what I have suffered and what I may yet endure, you would +endeavour to let me taste the quiet and freedom from despair that this +one day at least permits me to enjoy.” + +“Be happy, my dear Victor,” replied Elizabeth; “there is, I hope, +nothing to distress you; and be assured that if a lively joy is not +painted in my face, my heart is contented. Something whispers to me +not to depend too much on the prospect that is opened before us, but I +will not listen to such a sinister voice. Observe how fast we move +along and how the clouds, which sometimes obscure and sometimes rise +above the dome of Mont Blanc, render this scene of beauty still more +interesting. Look also at the innumerable fish that are swimming in +the clear waters, where we can distinguish every pebble that lies at +the bottom. What a divine day! How happy and serene all nature +appears!” + +Thus Elizabeth endeavoured to divert her thoughts and mine from all +reflection upon melancholy subjects. But her temper was fluctuating; +joy for a few instants shone in her eyes, but it continually gave place +to distraction and reverie. + +The sun sank lower in the heavens; we passed the river Drance and +observed its path through the chasms of the higher and the glens of the +lower hills. The Alps here come closer to the lake, and we approached +the amphitheatre of mountains which forms its eastern boundary. The +spire of Evian shone under the woods that surrounded it and the range +of mountain above mountain by which it was overhung. + +The wind, which had hitherto carried us along with amazing rapidity, +sank at sunset to a light breeze; the soft air just ruffled the water +and caused a pleasant motion among the trees as we approached the +shore, from which it wafted the most delightful scent of flowers and +hay. The sun sank beneath the horizon as we landed, and as I touched +the shore I felt those cares and fears revive which soon were to clasp +me and cling to me for ever. + + + + + +Chapter 23 + +It was eight o’clock when we landed; we walked for a short time on the +shore, enjoying the transitory light, and then retired to the inn and +contemplated the lovely scene of waters, woods, and mountains, obscured +in darkness, yet still displaying their black outlines. + +The wind, which had fallen in the south, now rose with great violence +in the west. The moon had reached her summit in the heavens and was +beginning to descend; the clouds swept across it swifter than the +flight of the vulture and dimmed her rays, while the lake reflected the +scene of the busy heavens, rendered still busier by the restless waves +that were beginning to rise. Suddenly a heavy storm of rain descended. + +I had been calm during the day, but so soon as night obscured the +shapes of objects, a thousand fears arose in my mind. I was anxious +and watchful, while my right hand grasped a pistol which was hidden in +my bosom; every sound terrified me, but I resolved that I would sell my +life dearly and not shrink from the conflict until my own life or that +of my adversary was extinguished. + +Elizabeth observed my agitation for some time in timid and fearful silence, +but there was something in my glance which communicated terror to her, and +trembling, she asked, “What is it that agitates you, my dear Victor? +What is it you fear?” + +“Oh! Peace, peace, my love,” replied I; “this night, and +all will be safe; but this night is dreadful, very dreadful.” + +I passed an hour in this state of mind, when suddenly I reflected how +fearful the combat which I momentarily expected would be to my wife, +and I earnestly entreated her to retire, resolving not to join her +until I had obtained some knowledge as to the situation of my enemy. + +She left me, and I continued some time walking up and down the passages +of the house and inspecting every corner that might afford a retreat to +my adversary. But I discovered no trace of him and was beginning to +conjecture that some fortunate chance had intervened to prevent the +execution of his menaces when suddenly I heard a shrill and dreadful +scream. It came from the room into which Elizabeth had retired. As I +heard it, the whole truth rushed into my mind, my arms dropped, the +motion of every muscle and fibre was suspended; I could feel the blood +trickling in my veins and tingling in the extremities of my limbs. This +state lasted but for an instant; the scream was repeated, and I rushed +into the room. + +Great God! Why did I not then expire! Why am I here to relate the +destruction of the best hope and the purest creature on earth? She was +there, lifeless and inanimate, thrown across the bed, her head hanging down +and her pale and distorted features half covered by her hair. Everywhere I +turn I see the same figure—her bloodless arms and relaxed form flung +by the murderer on its bridal bier. Could I behold this and live? Alas! +Life is obstinate and clings closest where it is most hated. For a moment +only did I lose recollection; I fell senseless on the ground. + +When I recovered I found myself surrounded by the people of the inn; their +countenances expressed a breathless terror, but the horror of others +appeared only as a mockery, a shadow of the feelings that oppressed me. I +escaped from them to the room where lay the body of Elizabeth, my love, my +wife, so lately living, so dear, so worthy. She had been moved from the +posture in which I had first beheld her, and now, as she lay, her head upon +her arm and a handkerchief thrown across her face and neck, I might have +supposed her asleep. I rushed towards her and embraced her with ardour, but +the deadly languor and coldness of the limbs told me that what I now held +in my arms had ceased to be the Elizabeth whom I had loved and cherished. +The murderous mark of the fiend’s grasp was on her neck, and the +breath had ceased to issue from her lips. + +While I still hung over her in the agony of despair, I happened to look up. +The windows of the room had before been darkened, and I felt a kind of +panic on seeing the pale yellow light of the moon illuminate the chamber. +The shutters had been thrown back, and with a sensation of horror not to be +described, I saw at the open window a figure the most hideous and abhorred. +A grin was on the face of the monster; he seemed to jeer, as with his +fiendish finger he pointed towards the corpse of my wife. I rushed towards +the window, and drawing a pistol from my bosom, fired; but he eluded me, +leaped from his station, and running with the swiftness of lightning, +plunged into the lake. + +The report of the pistol brought a crowd into the room. I pointed to +the spot where he had disappeared, and we followed the track with +boats; nets were cast, but in vain. After passing several hours, we +returned hopeless, most of my companions believing it to have been a +form conjured up by my fancy. After having landed, they proceeded to +search the country, parties going in different directions among the +woods and vines. + +I attempted to accompany them and proceeded a short distance from the +house, but my head whirled round, my steps were like those of a drunken +man, I fell at last in a state of utter exhaustion; a film covered my +eyes, and my skin was parched with the heat of fever. In this state I +was carried back and placed on a bed, hardly conscious of what had +happened; my eyes wandered round the room as if to seek something that +I had lost. + +After an interval I arose, and as if by instinct, crawled into the room +where the corpse of my beloved lay. There were women weeping around; I +hung over it and joined my sad tears to theirs; all this time no +distinct idea presented itself to my mind, but my thoughts rambled to +various subjects, reflecting confusedly on my misfortunes and their +cause. I was bewildered, in a cloud of wonder and horror. The death +of William, the execution of Justine, the murder of Clerval, and lastly +of my wife; even at that moment I knew not that my only remaining +friends were safe from the malignity of the fiend; my father even now +might be writhing under his grasp, and Ernest might be dead at his +feet. This idea made me shudder and recalled me to action. I started +up and resolved to return to Geneva with all possible speed. + +There were no horses to be procured, and I must return by the lake; but the +wind was unfavourable, and the rain fell in torrents. However, it was +hardly morning, and I might reasonably hope to arrive by night. I hired men +to row and took an oar myself, for I had always experienced relief from +mental torment in bodily exercise. But the overflowing misery I now felt, +and the excess of agitation that I endured rendered me incapable of any +exertion. I threw down the oar, and leaning my head upon my hands, gave way +to every gloomy idea that arose. If I looked up, I saw scenes which were +familiar to me in my happier time and which I had contemplated but the day +before in the company of her who was now but a shadow and a recollection. +Tears streamed from my eyes. The rain had ceased for a moment, and I saw +the fish play in the waters as they had done a few hours before; they had +then been observed by Elizabeth. Nothing is so painful to the human mind as +a great and sudden change. The sun might shine or the clouds might lower, +but nothing could appear to me as it had done the day before. A fiend had +snatched from me every hope of future happiness; no creature had ever been +so miserable as I was; so frightful an event is single in the history of +man. + +But why should I dwell upon the incidents that followed this last +overwhelming event? Mine has been a tale of horrors; I have reached their +_acme_, and what I must now relate can but be tedious to you. Know +that, one by one, my friends were snatched away; I was left desolate. My +own strength is exhausted, and I must tell, in a few words, what remains of +my hideous narration. + +I arrived at Geneva. My father and Ernest yet lived, but the former sunk +under the tidings that I bore. I see him now, excellent and venerable old +man! His eyes wandered in vacancy, for they had lost their charm and their +delight—his Elizabeth, his more than daughter, whom he doted on with +all that affection which a man feels, who in the decline of life, having +few affections, clings more earnestly to those that remain. Cursed, cursed +be the fiend that brought misery on his grey hairs and doomed him to waste +in wretchedness! He could not live under the horrors that were accumulated +around him; the springs of existence suddenly gave way; he was unable to +rise from his bed, and in a few days he died in my arms. + +What then became of me? I know not; I lost sensation, and chains and +darkness were the only objects that pressed upon me. Sometimes, +indeed, I dreamt that I wandered in flowery meadows and pleasant vales +with the friends of my youth, but I awoke and found myself in a +dungeon. Melancholy followed, but by degrees I gained a clear +conception of my miseries and situation and was then released from my +prison. For they had called me mad, and during many months, as I +understood, a solitary cell had been my habitation. + +Liberty, however, had been a useless gift to me, had I not, as I +awakened to reason, at the same time awakened to revenge. As the +memory of past misfortunes pressed upon me, I began to reflect on their +cause—the monster whom I had created, the miserable dæmon whom I had +sent abroad into the world for my destruction. I was possessed by a +maddening rage when I thought of him, and desired and ardently prayed +that I might have him within my grasp to wreak a great and signal +revenge on his cursed head. + +Nor did my hate long confine itself to useless wishes; I began to +reflect on the best means of securing him; and for this purpose, about +a month after my release, I repaired to a criminal judge in the town +and told him that I had an accusation to make, that I knew the +destroyer of my family, and that I required him to exert his whole +authority for the apprehension of the murderer. + +The magistrate listened to me with attention and kindness. “Be +assured, sir,” said he, “no pains or exertions on my part shall +be spared to discover the villain.” + +“I thank you,” replied I; “listen, therefore, to the +deposition that I have to make. It is indeed a tale so strange that I +should fear you would not credit it were there not something in truth +which, however wonderful, forces conviction. The story is too connected to +be mistaken for a dream, and I have no motive for falsehood.” My +manner as I thus addressed him was impressive but calm; I had formed in my +own heart a resolution to pursue my destroyer to death, and this purpose +quieted my agony and for an interval reconciled me to life. I now related +my history briefly but with firmness and precision, marking the dates with +accuracy and never deviating into invective or exclamation. + +The magistrate appeared at first perfectly incredulous, but as I continued +he became more attentive and interested; I saw him sometimes shudder with +horror; at others a lively surprise, unmingled with disbelief, was painted +on his countenance. + +When I had concluded my narration, I said, “This is the being whom I +accuse and for whose seizure and punishment I call upon you to exert your +whole power. It is your duty as a magistrate, and I believe and hope that +your feelings as a man will not revolt from the execution of those +functions on this occasion.” + +This address caused a considerable change in the physiognomy of my own +auditor. He had heard my story with that half kind of belief that is given +to a tale of spirits and supernatural events; but when he was called upon +to act officially in consequence, the whole tide of his incredulity +returned. He, however, answered mildly, “I would willingly afford you +every aid in your pursuit, but the creature of whom you speak appears to +have powers which would put all my exertions to defiance. Who can follow an +animal which can traverse the sea of ice and inhabit caves and dens where +no man would venture to intrude? Besides, some months have elapsed since +the commission of his crimes, and no one can conjecture to what place he +has wandered or what region he may now inhabit.” + +“I do not doubt that he hovers near the spot which I inhabit, and if +he has indeed taken refuge in the Alps, he may be hunted like the chamois +and destroyed as a beast of prey. But I perceive your thoughts; you do not +credit my narrative and do not intend to pursue my enemy with the +punishment which is his desert.” + +As I spoke, rage sparkled in my eyes; the magistrate was intimidated. +“You are mistaken,” said he. “I will exert myself, and if +it is in my power to seize the monster, be assured that he shall suffer +punishment proportionate to his crimes. But I fear, from what you have +yourself described to be his properties, that this will prove +impracticable; and thus, while every proper measure is pursued, you should +make up your mind to disappointment.” + +“That cannot be; but all that I can say will be of little avail. My +revenge is of no moment to you; yet, while I allow it to be a vice, I +confess that it is the devouring and only passion of my soul. My rage +is unspeakable when I reflect that the murderer, whom I have turned +loose upon society, still exists. You refuse my just demand; I have +but one resource, and I devote myself, either in my life or death, to +his destruction.” + +I trembled with excess of agitation as I said this; there was a frenzy +in my manner, and something, I doubt not, of that haughty fierceness +which the martyrs of old are said to have possessed. But to a Genevan +magistrate, whose mind was occupied by far other ideas than those of +devotion and heroism, this elevation of mind had much the appearance of +madness. He endeavoured to soothe me as a nurse does a child and +reverted to my tale as the effects of delirium. + +“Man,” I cried, “how ignorant art thou in thy pride of +wisdom! Cease; you know not what it is you say.” + +I broke from the house angry and disturbed and retired to meditate on +some other mode of action. + + + + + +Chapter 24 + +My present situation was one in which all voluntary thought was +swallowed up and lost. I was hurried away by fury; revenge alone +endowed me with strength and composure; it moulded my feelings and +allowed me to be calculating and calm at periods when otherwise +delirium or death would have been my portion. + +My first resolution was to quit Geneva for ever; my country, which, when I +was happy and beloved, was dear to me, now, in my adversity, became +hateful. I provided myself with a sum of money, together with a few jewels +which had belonged to my mother, and departed. + +And now my wanderings began which are to cease but with life. I have +traversed a vast portion of the earth and have endured all the hardships +which travellers in deserts and barbarous countries are wont to meet. How I +have lived I hardly know; many times have I stretched my failing limbs upon +the sandy plain and prayed for death. But revenge kept me alive; I dared +not die and leave my adversary in being. + +When I quitted Geneva my first labour was to gain some clue by which I +might trace the steps of my fiendish enemy. But my plan was unsettled, +and I wandered many hours round the confines of the town, uncertain +what path I should pursue. As night approached I found myself at the +entrance of the cemetery where William, Elizabeth, and my father +reposed. I entered it and approached the tomb which marked their +graves. Everything was silent except the leaves of the trees, which +were gently agitated by the wind; the night was nearly dark, and the +scene would have been solemn and affecting even to an uninterested +observer. The spirits of the departed seemed to flit around and to +cast a shadow, which was felt but not seen, around the head of the +mourner. + +The deep grief which this scene had at first excited quickly gave way to +rage and despair. They were dead, and I lived; their murderer also lived, +and to destroy him I must drag out my weary existence. I knelt on the grass +and kissed the earth and with quivering lips exclaimed, “By the +sacred earth on which I kneel, by the shades that wander near me, by the +deep and eternal grief that I feel, I swear; and by thee, O Night, and the +spirits that preside over thee, to pursue the dæmon who caused this misery, +until he or I shall perish in mortal conflict. For this purpose I will +preserve my life; to execute this dear revenge will I again behold the sun +and tread the green herbage of earth, which otherwise should vanish from my +eyes for ever. And I call on you, spirits of the dead, and on you, wandering +ministers of vengeance, to aid and conduct me in my work. Let the cursed +and hellish monster drink deep of agony; let him feel the despair that now +torments me.” + +I had begun my adjuration with solemnity and an awe which almost assured me +that the shades of my murdered friends heard and approved my devotion, but +the furies possessed me as I concluded, and rage choked my utterance. + +I was answered through the stillness of night by a loud and fiendish +laugh. It rang on my ears long and heavily; the mountains re-echoed +it, and I felt as if all hell surrounded me with mockery and laughter. +Surely in that moment I should have been possessed by frenzy and have +destroyed my miserable existence but that my vow was heard and that I +was reserved for vengeance. The laughter died away, when a well-known +and abhorred voice, apparently close to my ear, addressed me in an +audible whisper, “I am satisfied, miserable wretch! You have +determined to live, and I am satisfied.” + +I darted towards the spot from which the sound proceeded, but the devil +eluded my grasp. Suddenly the broad disk of the moon arose and shone +full upon his ghastly and distorted shape as he fled with more than +mortal speed. + +I pursued him, and for many months this has been my task. Guided by a +slight clue, I followed the windings of the Rhone, but vainly. The +blue Mediterranean appeared, and by a strange chance, I saw the fiend +enter by night and hide himself in a vessel bound for the Black Sea. I +took my passage in the same ship, but he escaped, I know not how. + +Amidst the wilds of Tartary and Russia, although he still evaded me, I +have ever followed in his track. Sometimes the peasants, scared by +this horrid apparition, informed me of his path; sometimes he himself, +who feared that if I lost all trace of him I should despair and die, +left some mark to guide me. The snows descended on my head, and I saw +the print of his huge step on the white plain. To you first entering +on life, to whom care is new and agony unknown, how can you understand +what I have felt and still feel? Cold, want, and fatigue were the +least pains which I was destined to endure; I was cursed by some devil +and carried about with me my eternal hell; yet still a spirit of good +followed and directed my steps and when I most murmured would suddenly +extricate me from seemingly insurmountable difficulties. Sometimes, +when nature, overcome by hunger, sank under the exhaustion, a repast +was prepared for me in the desert that restored and inspirited me. The +fare was, indeed, coarse, such as the peasants of the country ate, but +I will not doubt that it was set there by the spirits that I had +invoked to aid me. Often, when all was dry, the heavens cloudless, and +I was parched by thirst, a slight cloud would bedim the sky, shed the +few drops that revived me, and vanish. + +I followed, when I could, the courses of the rivers; but the dæmon +generally avoided these, as it was here that the population of the +country chiefly collected. In other places human beings were seldom +seen, and I generally subsisted on the wild animals that crossed my +path. I had money with me and gained the friendship of the villagers +by distributing it; or I brought with me some food that I had killed, +which, after taking a small part, I always presented to those who had +provided me with fire and utensils for cooking. + +My life, as it passed thus, was indeed hateful to me, and it was during +sleep alone that I could taste joy. O blessed sleep! Often, when most +miserable, I sank to repose, and my dreams lulled me even to rapture. The +spirits that guarded me had provided these moments, or rather hours, of +happiness that I might retain strength to fulfil my pilgrimage. Deprived of +this respite, I should have sunk under my hardships. During the day I was +sustained and inspirited by the hope of night, for in sleep I saw my +friends, my wife, and my beloved country; again I saw the benevolent +countenance of my father, heard the silver tones of my Elizabeth’s +voice, and beheld Clerval enjoying health and youth. Often, when wearied by +a toilsome march, I persuaded myself that I was dreaming until night should +come and that I should then enjoy reality in the arms of my dearest +friends. What agonising fondness did I feel for them! How did I cling to +their dear forms, as sometimes they haunted even my waking hours, and +persuade myself that they still lived! At such moments vengeance, that +burned within me, died in my heart, and I pursued my path towards the +destruction of the dæmon more as a task enjoined by heaven, as the +mechanical impulse of some power of which I was unconscious, than as the +ardent desire of my soul. + +What his feelings were whom I pursued I cannot know. Sometimes, indeed, he +left marks in writing on the barks of the trees or cut in stone that guided +me and instigated my fury. “My reign is not yet +over”—these words were legible in one of these +inscriptions—“you live, and my power is complete. Follow me; I +seek the everlasting ices of the north, where you will feel the misery of +cold and frost, to which I am impassive. You will find near this place, if +you follow not too tardily, a dead hare; eat and be refreshed. Come on, my +enemy; we have yet to wrestle for our lives, but many hard and miserable +hours must you endure until that period shall arrive.” + +Scoffing devil! Again do I vow vengeance; again do I devote thee, +miserable fiend, to torture and death. Never will I give up my search +until he or I perish; and then with what ecstasy shall I join my +Elizabeth and my departed friends, who even now prepare for me the +reward of my tedious toil and horrible pilgrimage! + +As I still pursued my journey to the northward, the snows thickened and the +cold increased in a degree almost too severe to support. The peasants were +shut up in their hovels, and only a few of the most hardy ventured forth to +seize the animals whom starvation had forced from their hiding-places to +seek for prey. The rivers were covered with ice, and no fish could be +procured; and thus I was cut off from my chief article of maintenance. + +The triumph of my enemy increased with the difficulty of my labours. One +inscription that he left was in these words: “Prepare! Your toils +only begin; wrap yourself in furs and provide food, for we shall soon enter +upon a journey where your sufferings will satisfy my everlasting +hatred.” + +My courage and perseverance were invigorated by these scoffing words; I +resolved not to fail in my purpose, and calling on Heaven to support +me, I continued with unabated fervour to traverse immense deserts, +until the ocean appeared at a distance and formed the utmost boundary +of the horizon. Oh! How unlike it was to the blue seasons of the +south! Covered with ice, it was only to be distinguished from land by +its superior wildness and ruggedness. The Greeks wept for joy when +they beheld the Mediterranean from the hills of Asia, and hailed with +rapture the boundary of their toils. I did not weep, but I knelt down +and with a full heart thanked my guiding spirit for conducting me in +safety to the place where I hoped, notwithstanding my adversary’s gibe, +to meet and grapple with him. + +Some weeks before this period I had procured a sledge and dogs and thus +traversed the snows with inconceivable speed. I know not whether the +fiend possessed the same advantages, but I found that, as before I had +daily lost ground in the pursuit, I now gained on him, so much so that +when I first saw the ocean he was but one day’s journey in advance, and +I hoped to intercept him before he should reach the beach. With new +courage, therefore, I pressed on, and in two days arrived at a wretched +hamlet on the seashore. I inquired of the inhabitants concerning the +fiend and gained accurate information. A gigantic monster, they said, +had arrived the night before, armed with a gun and many pistols, +putting to flight the inhabitants of a solitary cottage through fear of +his terrific appearance. He had carried off their store of winter +food, and placing it in a sledge, to draw which he had seized on a +numerous drove of trained dogs, he had harnessed them, and the same +night, to the joy of the horror-struck villagers, had pursued his +journey across the sea in a direction that led to no land; and they +conjectured that he must speedily be destroyed by the breaking of the +ice or frozen by the eternal frosts. + +On hearing this information I suffered a temporary access of despair. +He had escaped me, and I must commence a destructive and almost endless +journey across the mountainous ices of the ocean, amidst cold that few +of the inhabitants could long endure and which I, the native of a +genial and sunny climate, could not hope to survive. Yet at the idea +that the fiend should live and be triumphant, my rage and vengeance +returned, and like a mighty tide, overwhelmed every other feeling. +After a slight repose, during which the spirits of the dead hovered +round and instigated me to toil and revenge, I prepared for my journey. + +I exchanged my land-sledge for one fashioned for the inequalities of +the Frozen Ocean, and purchasing a plentiful stock of provisions, I +departed from land. + +I cannot guess how many days have passed since then, but I have endured +misery which nothing but the eternal sentiment of a just retribution +burning within my heart could have enabled me to support. Immense and +rugged mountains of ice often barred up my passage, and I often heard +the thunder of the ground sea, which threatened my destruction. But +again the frost came and made the paths of the sea secure. + +By the quantity of provision which I had consumed, I should guess that +I had passed three weeks in this journey; and the continual protraction +of hope, returning back upon the heart, often wrung bitter drops of +despondency and grief from my eyes. Despair had indeed almost secured +her prey, and I should soon have sunk beneath this misery. Once, after +the poor animals that conveyed me had with incredible toil gained the +summit of a sloping ice mountain, and one, sinking under his fatigue, +died, I viewed the expanse before me with anguish, when suddenly my eye +caught a dark speck upon the dusky plain. I strained my sight to +discover what it could be and uttered a wild cry of ecstasy when I +distinguished a sledge and the distorted proportions of a well-known +form within. Oh! With what a burning gush did hope revisit my heart! +Warm tears filled my eyes, which I hastily wiped away, that they might +not intercept the view I had of the dæmon; but still my sight was +dimmed by the burning drops, until, giving way to the emotions that +oppressed me, I wept aloud. + +But this was not the time for delay; I disencumbered the dogs of their +dead companion, gave them a plentiful portion of food, and after an +hour’s rest, which was absolutely necessary, and yet which was bitterly +irksome to me, I continued my route. The sledge was still visible, nor +did I again lose sight of it except at the moments when for a short +time some ice-rock concealed it with its intervening crags. I indeed +perceptibly gained on it, and when, after nearly two days’ journey, I +beheld my enemy at no more than a mile distant, my heart bounded within +me. + +But now, when I appeared almost within grasp of my foe, my hopes were +suddenly extinguished, and I lost all trace of him more utterly than I had +ever done before. A ground sea was heard; the thunder of its progress, as +the waters rolled and swelled beneath me, became every moment more ominous +and terrific. I pressed on, but in vain. The wind arose; the sea roared; +and, as with the mighty shock of an earthquake, it split and cracked with a +tremendous and overwhelming sound. The work was soon finished; in a few +minutes a tumultuous sea rolled between me and my enemy, and I was left +drifting on a scattered piece of ice that was continually lessening and +thus preparing for me a hideous death. + +In this manner many appalling hours passed; several of my dogs died, and I +myself was about to sink under the accumulation of distress when I saw your +vessel riding at anchor and holding forth to me hopes of succour and life. +I had no conception that vessels ever came so far north and was astounded +at the sight. I quickly destroyed part of my sledge to construct oars, and +by these means was enabled, with infinite fatigue, to move my ice raft in +the direction of your ship. I had determined, if you were going southwards, +still to trust myself to the mercy of the seas rather than abandon my +purpose. I hoped to induce you to grant me a boat with which I could pursue +my enemy. But your direction was northwards. You took me on board when my +vigour was exhausted, and I should soon have sunk under my multiplied +hardships into a death which I still dread, for my task is unfulfilled. + +Oh! When will my guiding spirit, in conducting me to the dæmon, allow +me the rest I so much desire; or must I die, and he yet live? If I do, +swear to me, Walton, that he shall not escape, that you will seek him +and satisfy my vengeance in his death. And do I dare to ask of you to +undertake my pilgrimage, to endure the hardships that I have undergone? +No; I am not so selfish. Yet, when I am dead, if he should appear, if +the ministers of vengeance should conduct him to you, swear that he +shall not live—swear that he shall not triumph over my accumulated +woes and survive to add to the list of his dark crimes. He is eloquent +and persuasive, and once his words had even power over my heart; but +trust him not. His soul is as hellish as his form, full of treachery +and fiend-like malice. Hear him not; call on the names of William, +Justine, Clerval, Elizabeth, my father, and of the wretched Victor, and +thrust your sword into his heart. I will hover near and direct the +steel aright. + +Walton, _in continuation._ + + +August 26th, 17—. + + +You have read this strange and terrific story, Margaret; and do you not +feel your blood congeal with horror, like that which even now curdles +mine? Sometimes, seized with sudden agony, he could not continue his +tale; at others, his voice broken, yet piercing, uttered with +difficulty the words so replete with anguish. His fine and lovely eyes +were now lighted up with indignation, now subdued to downcast sorrow +and quenched in infinite wretchedness. Sometimes he commanded his +countenance and tones and related the most horrible incidents with a +tranquil voice, suppressing every mark of agitation; then, like a +volcano bursting forth, his face would suddenly change to an expression +of the wildest rage as he shrieked out imprecations on his persecutor. + +His tale is connected and told with an appearance of the simplest truth, +yet I own to you that the letters of Felix and Safie, which he showed me, +and the apparition of the monster seen from our ship, brought to me a +greater conviction of the truth of his narrative than his asseverations, +however earnest and connected. Such a monster has, then, really existence! +I cannot doubt it, yet I am lost in surprise and admiration. Sometimes I +endeavoured to gain from Frankenstein the particulars of his +creature’s formation, but on this point he was impenetrable. + +“Are you mad, my friend?” said he. “Or whither does your +senseless curiosity lead you? Would you also create for yourself and the +world a demoniacal enemy? Peace, peace! Learn my miseries and do not seek +to increase your own.” + +Frankenstein discovered that I made notes concerning his history; he asked +to see them and then himself corrected and augmented them in many places, +but principally in giving the life and spirit to the conversations he held +with his enemy. “Since you have preserved my narration,” said +he, “I would not that a mutilated one should go down to +posterity.” + +Thus has a week passed away, while I have listened to the strangest +tale that ever imagination formed. My thoughts and every feeling of my +soul have been drunk up by the interest for my guest which this tale +and his own elevated and gentle manners have created. I wish to soothe +him, yet can I counsel one so infinitely miserable, so destitute of +every hope of consolation, to live? Oh, no! The only joy that he can +now know will be when he composes his shattered spirit to peace and +death. Yet he enjoys one comfort, the offspring of solitude and +delirium; he believes that when in dreams he holds converse with his +friends and derives from that communion consolation for his miseries or +excitements to his vengeance, that they are not the creations of his +fancy, but the beings themselves who visit him from the regions of a +remote world. This faith gives a solemnity to his reveries that render +them to me almost as imposing and interesting as truth. + +Our conversations are not always confined to his own history and +misfortunes. On every point of general literature he displays +unbounded knowledge and a quick and piercing apprehension. His +eloquence is forcible and touching; nor can I hear him, when he relates +a pathetic incident or endeavours to move the passions of pity or love, +without tears. What a glorious creature must he have been in the days +of his prosperity, when he is thus noble and godlike in ruin! He seems +to feel his own worth and the greatness of his fall. + +“When younger,” said he, “I believed myself destined for +some great enterprise. My feelings are profound, but I possessed a coolness +of judgment that fitted me for illustrious achievements. This sentiment of +the worth of my nature supported me when others would have been oppressed, +for I deemed it criminal to throw away in useless grief those talents that +might be useful to my fellow creatures. When I reflected on the work I had +completed, no less a one than the creation of a sensitive and rational +animal, I could not rank myself with the herd of common projectors. But +this thought, which supported me in the commencement of my career, now +serves only to plunge me lower in the dust. All my speculations and hopes +are as nothing, and like the archangel who aspired to omnipotence, I am +chained in an eternal hell. My imagination was vivid, yet my powers of +analysis and application were intense; by the union of these qualities I +conceived the idea and executed the creation of a man. Even now I cannot +recollect without passion my reveries while the work was incomplete. I trod +heaven in my thoughts, now exulting in my powers, now burning with the idea +of their effects. From my infancy I was imbued with high hopes and a lofty +ambition; but how am I sunk! Oh! My friend, if you had known me as I once +was, you would not recognise me in this state of degradation. Despondency +rarely visited my heart; a high destiny seemed to bear me on, until I fell, +never, never again to rise.” + +Must I then lose this admirable being? I have longed for a friend; I have +sought one who would sympathise with and love me. Behold, on these desert +seas I have found such a one, but I fear I have gained him only to know his +value and lose him. I would reconcile him to life, but he repulses the idea. + +“I thank you, Walton,” he said, “for your kind intentions towards so +miserable a wretch; but when you speak of new ties and fresh +affections, think you that any can replace those who are gone? Can any +man be to me as Clerval was, or any woman another Elizabeth? Even +where the affections are not strongly moved by any superior excellence, +the companions of our childhood always possess a certain power over our +minds which hardly any later friend can obtain. They know our +infantine dispositions, which, however they may be afterwards modified, +are never eradicated; and they can judge of our actions with more +certain conclusions as to the integrity of our motives. A sister or a +brother can never, unless indeed such symptoms have been shown early, +suspect the other of fraud or false dealing, when another friend, +however strongly he may be attached, may, in spite of himself, be +contemplated with suspicion. But I enjoyed friends, dear not only +through habit and association, but from their own merits; and wherever +I am, the soothing voice of my Elizabeth and the conversation of +Clerval will be ever whispered in my ear. They are dead, and but one +feeling in such a solitude can persuade me to preserve my life. If I +were engaged in any high undertaking or design, fraught with extensive +utility to my fellow creatures, then could I live to fulfil it. But +such is not my destiny; I must pursue and destroy the being to whom I +gave existence; then my lot on earth will be fulfilled and I may die.” + +My beloved Sister, + +September 2d. + + +I write to you, encompassed by peril and ignorant whether I am ever +doomed to see again dear England and the dearer friends that inhabit +it. I am surrounded by mountains of ice which admit of no escape and +threaten every moment to crush my vessel. The brave fellows whom I +have persuaded to be my companions look towards me for aid, but I have +none to bestow. There is something terribly appalling in our +situation, yet my courage and hopes do not desert me. Yet it is +terrible to reflect that the lives of all these men are endangered +through me. If we are lost, my mad schemes are the cause. + +And what, Margaret, will be the state of your mind? You will not hear of my +destruction, and you will anxiously await my return. Years will pass, and +you will have visitings of despair and yet be tortured by hope. Oh! My +beloved sister, the sickening failing of your heart-felt expectations is, +in prospect, more terrible to me than my own death. But you have a husband +and lovely children; you may be happy. Heaven bless you and make you so! + +My unfortunate guest regards me with the tenderest compassion. He +endeavours to fill me with hope and talks as if life were a possession +which he valued. He reminds me how often the same accidents have +happened to other navigators who have attempted this sea, and in spite +of myself, he fills me with cheerful auguries. Even the sailors feel +the power of his eloquence; when he speaks, they no longer despair; he +rouses their energies, and while they hear his voice they believe these +vast mountains of ice are mole-hills which will vanish before the +resolutions of man. These feelings are transitory; each day of +expectation delayed fills them with fear, and I almost dread a mutiny +caused by this despair. + +September 5th. + + +A scene has just passed of such uncommon interest that, although it is +highly probable that these papers may never reach you, yet I cannot +forbear recording it. + +We are still surrounded by mountains of ice, still in imminent danger +of being crushed in their conflict. The cold is excessive, and many of +my unfortunate comrades have already found a grave amidst this scene of +desolation. Frankenstein has daily declined in health; a feverish fire +still glimmers in his eyes, but he is exhausted, and when suddenly +roused to any exertion, he speedily sinks again into apparent +lifelessness. + +I mentioned in my last letter the fears I entertained of a mutiny. +This morning, as I sat watching the wan countenance of my friend—his +eyes half closed and his limbs hanging listlessly—I was roused by half +a dozen of the sailors, who demanded admission into the cabin. They +entered, and their leader addressed me. He told me that he and his +companions had been chosen by the other sailors to come in deputation +to me to make me a requisition which, in justice, I could not refuse. +We were immured in ice and should probably never escape, but they +feared that if, as was possible, the ice should dissipate and a free +passage be opened, I should be rash enough to continue my voyage and +lead them into fresh dangers, after they might happily have surmounted +this. They insisted, therefore, that I should engage with a solemn +promise that if the vessel should be freed I would instantly direct my +course southwards. + +This speech troubled me. I had not despaired, nor had I yet conceived +the idea of returning if set free. Yet could I, in justice, or even in +possibility, refuse this demand? I hesitated before I answered, when +Frankenstein, who had at first been silent, and indeed appeared hardly +to have force enough to attend, now roused himself; his eyes sparkled, +and his cheeks flushed with momentary vigour. Turning towards the men, +he said, + +“What do you mean? What do you demand of your captain? Are you, then, +so easily turned from your design? Did you not call this a glorious +expedition? “And wherefore was it glorious? Not because the way was +smooth and placid as a southern sea, but because it was full of dangers and +terror, because at every new incident your fortitude was to be called forth +and your courage exhibited, because danger and death surrounded it, and +these you were to brave and overcome. For this was it a glorious, for this +was it an honourable undertaking. You were hereafter to be hailed as the +benefactors of your species, your names adored as belonging to brave men +who encountered death for honour and the benefit of mankind. And now, +behold, with the first imagination of danger, or, if you will, the first +mighty and terrific trial of your courage, you shrink away and are content +to be handed down as men who had not strength enough to endure cold and +peril; and so, poor souls, they were chilly and returned to their warm +firesides. Why, that requires not this preparation; ye need not have come +thus far and dragged your captain to the shame of a defeat merely to prove +yourselves cowards. Oh! Be men, or be more than men. Be steady to your +purposes and firm as a rock. This ice is not made of such stuff as your +hearts may be; it is mutable and cannot withstand you if you say that it +shall not. Do not return to your families with the stigma of disgrace +marked on your brows. Return as heroes who have fought and conquered and +who know not what it is to turn their backs on the foe.” + +He spoke this with a voice so modulated to the different feelings expressed +in his speech, with an eye so full of lofty design and heroism, that can +you wonder that these men were moved? They looked at one another and were +unable to reply. I spoke; I told them to retire and consider of what had +been said, that I would not lead them farther north if they strenuously +desired the contrary, but that I hoped that, with reflection, their courage +would return. + +They retired and I turned towards my friend, but he was sunk in languor and +almost deprived of life. + +How all this will terminate, I know not, but I had rather die than +return shamefully, my purpose unfulfilled. Yet I fear such will be my +fate; the men, unsupported by ideas of glory and honour, can never +willingly continue to endure their present hardships. + +September 7th. + + +The die is cast; I have consented to return if we are not destroyed. +Thus are my hopes blasted by cowardice and indecision; I come back +ignorant and disappointed. It requires more philosophy than I possess +to bear this injustice with patience. + +September 12th. + + +It is past; I am returning to England. I have lost my hopes of utility +and glory; I have lost my friend. But I will endeavour to detail these +bitter circumstances to you, my dear sister; and while I am wafted +towards England and towards you, I will not despond. + +September 9th, the ice began to move, and roarings like thunder were heard +at a distance as the islands split and cracked in every direction. We were +in the most imminent peril, but as we could only remain passive, my chief +attention was occupied by my unfortunate guest whose illness increased in +such a degree that he was entirely confined to his bed. The ice cracked +behind us and was driven with force towards the north; a breeze sprang from +the west, and on the 11th the passage towards the south became perfectly +free. When the sailors saw this and that their return to their native +country was apparently assured, a shout of tumultuous joy broke from them, +loud and long-continued. Frankenstein, who was dozing, awoke and asked the +cause of the tumult. “They shout,” I said, “because they +will soon return to England.” + +“Do you, then, really return?” + +“Alas! Yes; I cannot withstand their demands. I cannot lead them +unwillingly to danger, and I must return.” + +“Do so, if you will; but I will not. You may give up your purpose, but +mine is assigned to me by Heaven, and I dare not. I am weak, but +surely the spirits who assist my vengeance will endow me with +sufficient strength.” Saying this, he endeavoured to spring from the +bed, but the exertion was too great for him; he fell back and fainted. + +It was long before he was restored, and I often thought that life was +entirely extinct. At length he opened his eyes; he breathed with +difficulty and was unable to speak. The surgeon gave him a composing +draught and ordered us to leave him undisturbed. In the meantime he +told me that my friend had certainly not many hours to live. + +His sentence was pronounced, and I could only grieve and be patient. I sat +by his bed, watching him; his eyes were closed, and I thought he slept; but +presently he called to me in a feeble voice, and bidding me come near, +said, “Alas! The strength I relied on is gone; I feel that I shall +soon die, and he, my enemy and persecutor, may still be in being. Think +not, Walton, that in the last moments of my existence I feel that burning +hatred and ardent desire of revenge I once expressed; but I feel myself +justified in desiring the death of my adversary. During these last days I +have been occupied in examining my past conduct; nor do I find it blamable. +In a fit of enthusiastic madness I created a rational creature and was +bound towards him to assure, as far as was in my power, his happiness and +well-being. This was my duty, but there was another still paramount to +that. My duties towards the beings of my own species had greater claims to +my attention because they included a greater proportion of happiness or +misery. Urged by this view, I refused, and I did right in refusing, to +create a companion for the first creature. He showed unparalleled malignity +and selfishness in evil; he destroyed my friends; he devoted to destruction +beings who possessed exquisite sensations, happiness, and wisdom; nor do I +know where this thirst for vengeance may end. Miserable himself that he may +render no other wretched, he ought to die. The task of his destruction was +mine, but I have failed. When actuated by selfish and vicious motives, I +asked you to undertake my unfinished work, and I renew this request now, +when I am only induced by reason and virtue. + +“Yet I cannot ask you to renounce your country and friends to fulfil +this task; and now that you are returning to England, you will have +little chance of meeting with him. But the consideration of these +points, and the well balancing of what you may esteem your duties, I +leave to you; my judgment and ideas are already disturbed by the near +approach of death. I dare not ask you to do what I think right, for I +may still be misled by passion. + +“That he should live to be an instrument of mischief disturbs me; in +other respects, this hour, when I momentarily expect my release, is the +only happy one which I have enjoyed for several years. The forms of +the beloved dead flit before me, and I hasten to their arms. Farewell, +Walton! Seek happiness in tranquillity and avoid ambition, even if it +be only the apparently innocent one of distinguishing yourself in +science and discoveries. Yet why do I say this? I have myself been +blasted in these hopes, yet another may succeed.” + +His voice became fainter as he spoke, and at length, exhausted by his +effort, he sank into silence. About half an hour afterwards he +attempted again to speak but was unable; he pressed my hand feebly, and +his eyes closed for ever, while the irradiation of a gentle smile passed +away from his lips. + +Margaret, what comment can I make on the untimely extinction of this +glorious spirit? What can I say that will enable you to understand the +depth of my sorrow? All that I should express would be inadequate and +feeble. My tears flow; my mind is overshadowed by a cloud of +disappointment. But I journey towards England, and I may there find +consolation. + +I am interrupted. What do these sounds portend? It is midnight; the +breeze blows fairly, and the watch on deck scarcely stir. Again there +is a sound as of a human voice, but hoarser; it comes from the cabin +where the remains of Frankenstein still lie. I must arise and examine. +Good night, my sister. + +Great God! what a scene has just taken place! I am yet dizzy with the +remembrance of it. I hardly know whether I shall have the power to detail +it; yet the tale which I have recorded would be incomplete without this +final and wonderful catastrophe. + +I entered the cabin where lay the remains of my ill-fated and admirable +friend. Over him hung a form which I cannot find words to +describe—gigantic in stature, yet uncouth and distorted in its +proportions. As he hung over the coffin, his face was concealed by long +locks of ragged hair; but one vast hand was extended, in colour and +apparent texture like that of a mummy. When he heard the sound of my +approach, he ceased to utter exclamations of grief and horror and sprung +towards the window. Never did I behold a vision so horrible as his face, of +such loathsome yet appalling hideousness. I shut my eyes involuntarily and +endeavoured to recollect what were my duties with regard to this destroyer. +I called on him to stay. + +He paused, looking on me with wonder, and again turning towards the +lifeless form of his creator, he seemed to forget my presence, and +every feature and gesture seemed instigated by the wildest rage of some +uncontrollable passion. + +“That is also my victim!” he exclaimed. “In his murder my +crimes are consummated; the miserable series of my being is wound to its +close! Oh, Frankenstein! Generous and self-devoted being! What does it +avail that I now ask thee to pardon me? I, who irretrievably destroyed thee +by destroying all thou lovedst. Alas! He is cold, he cannot answer +me.” + +His voice seemed suffocated, and my first impulses, which had suggested to +me the duty of obeying the dying request of my friend in destroying his +enemy, were now suspended by a mixture of curiosity and compassion. I +approached this tremendous being; I dared not again raise my eyes to his +face, there was something so scaring and unearthly in his ugliness. I +attempted to speak, but the words died away on my lips. The monster +continued to utter wild and incoherent self-reproaches. At length I +gathered resolution to address him in a pause of the tempest of his passion. + +“Your repentance,” I said, “is now superfluous. If you +had listened to the voice of conscience and heeded the stings of remorse +before you had urged your diabolical vengeance to this extremity, +Frankenstein would yet have lived.” + +“And do you dream?” said the dæmon. “Do you think that I was then +dead to agony and remorse? He,” he continued, pointing to the corpse, +“he suffered not in the consummation of the deed. Oh! Not the +ten-thousandth portion of the anguish that was mine during the +lingering detail of its execution. A frightful selfishness hurried me +on, while my heart was poisoned with remorse. Think you that the +groans of Clerval were music to my ears? My heart was fashioned to be +susceptible of love and sympathy, and when wrenched by misery to vice +and hatred, it did not endure the violence of the change without +torture such as you cannot even imagine. + +“After the murder of Clerval I returned to Switzerland, heart-broken +and overcome. I pitied Frankenstein; my pity amounted to horror; I +abhorred myself. But when I discovered that he, the author at once of +my existence and of its unspeakable torments, dared to hope for +happiness, that while he accumulated wretchedness and despair upon me +he sought his own enjoyment in feelings and passions from the +indulgence of which I was for ever barred, then impotent envy and bitter +indignation filled me with an insatiable thirst for vengeance. I +recollected my threat and resolved that it should be accomplished. I +knew that I was preparing for myself a deadly torture, but I was the +slave, not the master, of an impulse which I detested yet could not +disobey. Yet when she died! Nay, then I was not miserable. I had +cast off all feeling, subdued all anguish, to riot in the excess of my +despair. Evil thenceforth became my good. Urged thus far, I had no +choice but to adapt my nature to an element which I had willingly +chosen. The completion of my demoniacal design became an insatiable +passion. And now it is ended; there is my last victim!” + +I was at first touched by the expressions of his misery; yet, when I called +to mind what Frankenstein had said of his powers of eloquence and +persuasion, and when I again cast my eyes on the lifeless form of my +friend, indignation was rekindled within me. “Wretch!” I said. +“It is well that you come here to whine over the desolation that you +have made. You throw a torch into a pile of buildings, and when they are +consumed, you sit among the ruins and lament the fall. Hypocritical fiend! +If he whom you mourn still lived, still would he be the object, again would +he become the prey, of your accursed vengeance. It is not pity that you +feel; you lament only because the victim of your malignity is withdrawn +from your power.” + +“Oh, it is not thus—not thus,” interrupted the being. +“Yet such must be the impression conveyed to you by what appears to +be the purport of my actions. Yet I seek not a fellow feeling in my misery. +No sympathy may I ever find. When I first sought it, it was the love of +virtue, the feelings of happiness and affection with which my whole being +overflowed, that I wished to be participated. But now that virtue has +become to me a shadow, and that happiness and affection are turned into +bitter and loathing despair, in what should I seek for sympathy? I am +content to suffer alone while my sufferings shall endure; when I die, I am +well satisfied that abhorrence and opprobrium should load my memory. Once +my fancy was soothed with dreams of virtue, of fame, and of enjoyment. Once +I falsely hoped to meet with beings who, pardoning my outward form, would +love me for the excellent qualities which I was capable of unfolding. I was +nourished with high thoughts of honour and devotion. But now crime has +degraded me beneath the meanest animal. No guilt, no mischief, no +malignity, no misery, can be found comparable to mine. When I run over the +frightful catalogue of my sins, I cannot believe that I am the same +creature whose thoughts were once filled with sublime and transcendent +visions of the beauty and the majesty of goodness. But it is even so; the +fallen angel becomes a malignant devil. Yet even that enemy of God and man +had friends and associates in his desolation; I am alone. + +“You, who call Frankenstein your friend, seem to have a knowledge of my +crimes and his misfortunes. But in the detail which he gave you of them +he could not sum up the hours and months of misery which I endured +wasting in impotent passions. For while I destroyed his hopes, I did +not satisfy my own desires. They were for ever ardent and craving; still +I desired love and fellowship, and I was still spurned. Was there no +injustice in this? Am I to be thought the only criminal, when all +humankind sinned against me? Why do you not hate Felix, who drove his +friend from his door with contumely? Why do you not execrate the rustic +who sought to destroy the saviour of his child? Nay, these are virtuous +and immaculate beings! I, the miserable and the abandoned, am an +abortion, to be spurned at, and kicked, and trampled on. Even now my +blood boils at the recollection of this injustice. + +“But it is true that I am a wretch. I have murdered the lovely and +the helpless; I have strangled the innocent as they slept and grasped to +death his throat who never injured me or any other living thing. I have +devoted my creator, the select specimen of all that is worthy of love and +admiration among men, to misery; I have pursued him even to that +irremediable ruin. There he lies, white and cold in death. You hate me, but +your abhorrence cannot equal that with which I regard myself. I look on the +hands which executed the deed; I think on the heart in which the +imagination of it was conceived and long for the moment when these hands +will meet my eyes, when that imagination will haunt my thoughts no more. + +“Fear not that I shall be the instrument of future mischief. My work +is nearly complete. Neither yours nor any man’s death is needed to +consummate the series of my being and accomplish that which must be done, +but it requires my own. Do not think that I shall be slow to perform this +sacrifice. I shall quit your vessel on the ice raft which brought me +thither and shall seek the most northern extremity of the globe; I shall +collect my funeral pile and consume to ashes this miserable frame, that its +remains may afford no light to any curious and unhallowed wretch who would +create such another as I have been. I shall die. I shall no longer feel the +agonies which now consume me or be the prey of feelings unsatisfied, yet +unquenched. He is dead who called me into being; and when I shall be no +more, the very remembrance of us both will speedily vanish. I shall no +longer see the sun or stars or feel the winds play on my cheeks. Light, +feeling, and sense will pass away; and in this condition must I find my +happiness. Some years ago, when the images which this world affords first +opened upon me, when I felt the cheering warmth of summer and heard the +rustling of the leaves and the warbling of the birds, and these were all to +me, I should have wept to die; now it is my only consolation. Polluted by +crimes and torn by the bitterest remorse, where can I find rest but in +death? + +“Farewell! I leave you, and in you the last of humankind whom these +eyes will ever behold. Farewell, Frankenstein! If thou wert yet alive +and yet cherished a desire of revenge against me, it would be better +satiated in my life than in my destruction. But it was not so; thou +didst seek my extinction, that I might not cause greater wretchedness; +and if yet, in some mode unknown to me, thou hadst not ceased to think +and feel, thou wouldst not desire against me a vengeance greater than +that which I feel. Blasted as thou wert, my agony was still superior to +thine, for the bitter sting of remorse will not cease to rankle in my +wounds until death shall close them for ever. + +“But soon,” he cried with sad and solemn enthusiasm, “I +shall die, and what I now feel be no longer felt. Soon these burning +miseries will be extinct. I shall ascend my funeral pile triumphantly and +exult in the agony of the torturing flames. The light of that conflagration +will fade away; my ashes will be swept into the sea by the winds. My spirit +will sleep in peace, or if it thinks, it will not surely think thus. +Farewell.” + +He sprang from the cabin-window as he said this, upon the ice raft +which lay close to the vessel. He was soon borne away by the waves and +lost in darkness and distance. + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Frankenstein, by +Mary Wollstonecraft (Godwin) Shelley + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK FRANKENSTEIN *** + +***** This file should be named 84-0.txt or 84-0.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/8/84/ + +Produced by Judith Boss, Christy Phillips, Lynn Hanninen, +and David Meltzer. HTML version by Al Haines. +Further corrections by Menno de Leeuw. + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.net/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.net + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.net), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.net + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. From 948394493567aece0fe233fd02b2187e9fb6aced Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: AddisonNoxy <34310754+AddisonNoxy@users.noreply.github.com> Date: Wed, 20 Mar 2019 15:55:09 -0500 Subject: [PATCH 05/63] Create thepirates'who'swho --- files/books/unrelated/thepirates'who'swho | 11623 ++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 11623 insertions(+) create mode 100644 files/books/unrelated/thepirates'who'swho diff --git a/files/books/unrelated/thepirates'who'swho b/files/books/unrelated/thepirates'who'swho new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c089667 --- /dev/null +++ b/files/books/unrelated/thepirates'who'swho @@ -0,0 +1,11623 @@ +THE PIRATES' + +WHO'S WHO + +_Giving Particulars of the Lives & Deaths of the Pirates & Buccaneers_ + +BY PHILIP GOSSE + +ILLUSTRATED + + +BURT FRANKLIN: RESEARCH & SOURCE WORKS SERIES 119 + +Essays in History, Economics & Social Science 51 + + +BURT FRANKLIN + +NEW YORK + + + + + Published by BURT FRANKLIN + 235 East 44th St., New York 10017 + Originally Published: 1924 + Printed in the U.S.A. + + Library of Congress Catalog Card No.: 68-56594 + Burt Franklin: Research & Source Works Series 119 + Essays in History, Economics & Social Science 51 + + + + + I DEDICATE THIS BOOK + + TO + + MY FELLOW-MEMBERS OF + + THE FOUNTAIN CLUB + + WITH THE EARNEST HOPE THAT NOTHING + IT CONTAINS MAY INCITE THEM TO + EMULATE ITS HEROES + + + + +LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS + + + TO FACE PAGE + + A PAGE FROM THE LOG-BOOK OF CAPTAIN DAMPIER 98 + + PRESSING A PIRATE TO PLEAD 140 + + A PIRATE BEING HANGED AT EXECUTION DOCK, WAPPING 182 + + ANNE BONNY AND MARY READ, CONVICTED OF + PIRACY NOVEMBER 28TH, 1720, IN JAMAICA 256 + + CAPTAIN BARTHOLOMEW ROBERTS 262 + + + + +PREFACE + + +Let it be made clear at the very outset of this Preface that the pages +which follow do not pretend to be a history of piracy, but are simply an +attempt to gather together, from various sources, particulars of those +redoubtable pirates and buccaneers whose names have been handed down to us +in a desultory way. + +I do not deal here with the children of fancy; I believe that every man, +or woman too--since certain of the gentler sex cut no small figure at the +game--mentioned in this volume actually existed. + +A time has come when every form of learning, however preposterous it may +seem, is made as unlaborious as possible for the would-be student. +Knowledge, which is after all but a string of facts, is being arranged, +sorted, distilled, and set down in compact form, ready for rapid +assimilation. There is little fear that the student who may wish in the +future to become master of any subject will have to delve into the +original sources in his search after facts and dates. + +Surely pirates, taking them in their broadest sense, are as much entitled +to a biographical dictionary of their own as are clergymen, race-horses, +or artists in ferro-concrete, who all, I am assured, have their own "Who's +Who"? Have not the medical men their Directory, the lawyers their List, +the peers their Peerage? There are books which record the names and the +particulars of musicians, schoolmasters, stockbrokers, saints and +bookmakers, and I dare say there is an average adjuster's almanac. A peer, +a horse, dog, cat, and even a white mouse, if of blood sufficiently blue, +has his pedigree recorded somewhere. Above all, there is that astounding +and entertaining volume, "Who's Who," found in every club smoking-room, +and which grows more bulky year by year, stuffed with information about +the careers, the hobbies, and the marriages of all the most distinguished +persons in every profession, including very full details about the lives +and doings of all our journalists. But on the club table where these books +of ready reference stand with "Whitaker," "ABC," and "Ruff's Guide to the +Turf," there is just one gap that the compiler of this work has for a long +while felt sorely needed filling. There has been until now no work that +gives immediate and trustworthy information about the lives, and--so sadly +important in their cases--the deaths of our pirates and buccaneers. + +In delving in the volumes of the "Dictionary of National Biography," it +has been a sad disappointment to the writer to find so little space +devoted to the careers of these picturesque if, I must admit, often +unseemly persons. There are, of course, to be found a few pirates with +household names such as Kidd, Teach, and Avery. A few, too, of the +buccaneers, headed by the great Sir Henry Morgan, come in for their share. +But I compare with indignation the meagre show of pirates in that +monumental work with the rich profusion of divines! Even during the years +when piracy was at its height--say from 1680 until 1730--the pirates are +utterly swamped by the theologians. Can it be that these two professions +flourished most vigorously side by side, and that when one began to +languish, the other also began to fade? + +Even so there can be no excuse for the past and present neglect of these +sea-adventurers. But a change is beginning to show itself. Increasing +evidence is to be found that the more intelligent portions of the +population of this country, and even more so the enlightened of the great +United States of America, are beginning to show a proper interest in the +lives of the pirates and buccaneers. That this should be so amongst the +Americans is quite natural, when it is remembered what a close intimacy +existed between their Puritan forefathers of New England and the pirates, +both by blood relation and by trade, since the pirates had no more +obliging and ready customers for their spoils of gold dust, stolen slaves, +or church ornaments, than the early settlers of New York, Massachusetts, +and Carolina. + +In beginning to compile such a list as is to be found in this volume, a +difficulty is met at once. My original intention was that only pirates and +buccaneers should be included. To admit privateers, corsairs, and other +sea-rovers would have meant the addition of a vast number of names, and +would have made the work unwieldy, and the very object of this volume as a +book of ready reference would not have been achieved. But the difficulty +has been to define the exact meaning of a pirate and of a buccaneer. In +the dictionary a pirate is defined as "a sea-robber, marauder, one who +infringes another's copyright"; while a buccaneer is described as "a +sea-robber, a pirate, especially of the Spanish-American coasts." This +seems explicit, but a pirate was not a pirate from the cradle to the +gallows. He usually began his life at sea as an honest mariner in the +merchant service. He perhaps mutinied with other of the ship's crew, +killed or otherwise disposed of the captain, seized the ship, elected a +new commander, and sailed off "on the account." Many an honest seaman was +captured with the rest of his ship's crew by a pirate, and either +voluntarily joined the freebooters by signing their articles, or, being a +good navigator or "sea-artist," was compelled by the pirates to lend them +his services. Others, again, were in privateer ships, which carried on a +legitimate warfare against the shipping of hostile countries, under a +commission or letter of marque. + +Often the very commission or letter of marque carried about so jealously +by some shady privateer was not worth the paper it was written on, nor the +handful of dubloons paid for it. One buccaneer sailed about the South +Seas, plundering Spanish ships and sacking churches and burning towns, +under a commission issued to him, for a consideration, by the Governor of +a Danish West India island, himself an ex-pirate. This precious document, +adorned with florid scrolls and a big, impressive seal, was written in +Danish. Someone with a knowledge of that language had an opportunity and +the curiosity to translate it, when he found that all it entitled the +bearer to do was to hunt for goats and pigs on the Island of Hispaniola, +and nothing more. + +When, at the conclusion of hostilities, peace was declared, the crew of a +privateer found it exceedingly irksome to give up the roving life, and +were liable to drift into piracy. Often it happened that, after a long +naval war, crews were disbanded, ships laid up, and navies reduced, thus +flooding the countryside with idle mariners, and filling the roads with +begging and starving seamen. These were driven to go to sea if they could +find a berth, often half starved and brutally treated, and always +underpaid, and so easily yielded to the temptation of joining some vessel +bound vaguely for the "South Sea," where no questions were asked and no +wages paid, but every hand on board had a share in the adventure. + +The buccaneers were a great source of piracy also. When a war was on hand +the English Government was only too glad to have the help of these daring +and skilful seamen; but when peace was declared these allies began to lead +to international complications, and means had to be taken to abolish them, +and to try and turn them into honest settlers in the islands. But when a +man has for years lived the free life, sailed out from Jamaica a pauper, +to return in six weeks or less with, perhaps, a bag of gold worth two, +three, or four thousand pounds, which he has prided himself on spending in +the taverns and gambling-hells of Port Royal in a week, how can he settle +down to humdrum uneventful toil, with its small profits? Thus he goes back +"on the account" and sails to some prearranged rendezvous of the "brethren +of the coast." + +To write a whole history of piracy would be a great undertaking, but a +very interesting one. Piracy must have begun in the far, dim ages, and +perhaps when some naked savage, paddling himself across a tropical river, +met with another adventurer on a better tree-trunk, or carrying a bigger +bunch of bananas, the first act of piracy was committed. Indeed, piracy +must surely be the third oldest profession in the world, if we give the +honour of the second place to the ancient craft of healing. If such a +history were to include the whole of piracy, it would have to refer to the +Phoenicians, to the Mediterranean sea-rovers of the days of Rome, who, had +they but known it, held the future destiny of the world in their grasp +when they, a handful of pirates, took prisoner the young Julius Cæsar, to +ransom him and afterwards to be caught and crucified by him. The Arabs in +the Red Sea were for many years past-masters of the art of piracy, as were +the Barbary corsairs of Algiers and Tunis, who made the Mediterranean a +place of danger for many generations of seamen. All this while the Chinese +and Malays were active pirates, while the Pirate coast of the Persian Gulf +was feared by all mariners. Then arose the great period, beginning in the +reign of Henry VIII., advancing with rapid strides during the adventurous +years of Queen Elizabeth, when many West of England squires were wont to +sell their estates and invest all in a ship in which to go cruising on +the Spanish Main, in the hope of taking a rich Spanish galleon homeward +bound from Cartagena and Porto Bello, deep laden with the riches of Peru +and Mexico. + +Out of these semi-pirate adventurers developed the buccaneers, a +ruffianly, dare-devil lot, who feared neither God, man, nor death. + +By the middle of the eighteenth century piracy was on the wane, and +practically had died out by the beginning of the nineteenth, the final +thrust that destroyed it being given by the American and English Navies in +the North Atlantic and West Indian Seas. But by this time piracy had +degenerated to mere sea-robbing, the days of gallant and ruthless +sea-battles had passed, and the pirate of those decadent days was +generally a Spanish-American half-breed, with no courage, a mere robber +and murderer. + +The advent of the telegraph and of steam-driven ships settled for ever the +account of the pirates, except in China, when even to this day accounts +reach us, through the Press, of piratical enterprises; but never again +will the black, rakish-looking craft of the pirate, with the Jolly Roger +flying, be liable to pounce down upon the unsuspecting and harmless +merchantman. + +The books devoted to the lives and exploits of buccaneers and pirates are +few. Indeed, but two stand out prominently, both masterpieces of their +kind. One, "The Bucaniers of America, or a True Account of the Most +Remarkable Assaults Committed of Late Years upon the Coasts of the West +Indies," etc., was written by a sea-surgeon to the buccaneers, A.O. +Exquemelin, a Dutchman, and was published at Amsterdam in 1679. + +Many translations were made, the first one in English being published in +1684 by William Crooke, at the Green Dragon, without Temple Bar, in +London. The publication of this book was the cause of a libel action +brought by Sir Henry Morgan against the publisher; the buccaneer commander +won his case and was granted £200 damages and a public apology. In this +book Morgan was held up as a perfect monster for his cruel treatment to +his prisoners, but although Morgan resented this very much, the statement +that annoyed him much more was that which told the reader that Morgan came +of very humble stock and was sold by his parents when a boy, to serve as a +labourer in Barbadoes. + +The greatest work on pirates was written in 1726 by Captain Charles +Johnson. The original edition, now exceedingly rare, is called "A General +History of the Pyrates, from Their First Rise and Settlement in the Island +of Providence, to the Present Time," and is illustrated by interesting +engravings. + +Another edition, in 1734, is a handsome folio called "A General History of +the Lives and Adventures of the Most Famous Highwaymen," etc., "To which +is added a Genuine Account of the Voyages and Plunders of the Most +Notorious Pyrates," and contains many full-page copperplates by J. Basire +and others. The pirates are given only a share in the pages of this book, +but it has some very fine engravings of such famous pirates as Avery, +Roberts, Low, Lowther, and "Blackbeard." + +The third edition of the "History of Pirates," of 1725, has a quaint +frontispiece, showing the two women pirates, Anne Bonny and Mary Read, in +action with their swords drawn, upon the deck of a ship. While the fourth +edition, published in 1726, in two volumes, contains the stories of the +less well-known South-Sea Rovers. + +After studying the subject of piracy at all closely, one cannot but be +struck by the number of pirates who came from Wales. Welshmen figure not +only amongst the rank and file, but amongst the leaders. Morgan, of +course, stands head and shoulders above the rest. It is curious how +certain races show particular adaptability for certain callings. Up to two +hundred years ago the chief pirates were Welshmen; to-day most of our +haberdashers hail from the same land of the leek. It would be interesting +to try and fathom the reason why these two callings, at first sight so +dissimilar, should call forth the qualities in a particular race. Perhaps +some of our leading haberdashers and linen drapers will be willing to +supply the answer. + +I sometimes wonder what happens to the modern pirates; I mean the men who, +had they lived 200 years ago, would have been pirates. What do they find +to exercise their undoubted, if unsocial, talents and energies to-day? +Many, I think, find openings of an adventurous financial kind in the City. + +Politics, again, surely has its buccaneers. One can imagine, for example, +some leading modern politician--let us say a Welshman--who, like Morgan, +being a brilliant public speaker, is able by his eloquence to sway vast +crowds of listeners, whether buccaneers or electors, a man of quick and +subtle mind, able to recognize and seize upon the main chance, perfectly +ruthless in his methods when necessity requires, and one who, having +achieved the goal on which he had set his ambition, discards his party or +followers, as Morgan did his buccaneers after the sacking of Panama. Nor +is Europe to-day without a counterpart to the ruffian crews who arrogantly +"defied the world and declared war on all nations." + +One great difficulty which the author of this work is met with is to +decide who was, and who was not, a pirate. + +Certain friends who have taken a kindly, if somewhat frivolous, interest +in the compilation of this work have inquired if Sir Francis Drake was to +be included; and it must be admitted that the question is not an easy one +to answer. The most fervent patriot must admit that the early voyages of +Drake were, to put it mildly, of a buccaneering kind, although his late +voyages were more nearly akin to privateering cruises than piracy. But if, +during the reign of King Philip, a Spaniard had been asked if Drake was a +pirate, he would certainly have answered, "Yes," and that without any +hesitation whatever. So much depends upon the point of view. + +In the 1814 edition of Johnson's "History of Highwaymen and Pirates," the +famous Paul Jones holds a prominent place as a pirate, and is described in +no half measures as a traitor; yet I doubt if in the schools of America +to-day the rising young citizens of "God's Own Country" are told any such +thing, but are probably, and quite naturally, taught to look upon Paul +Jones as a true patriot and a brave sailor. Again, there is Christopher +Columbus, the greatest of all explorers, about whom no breath of scandal +in the piratical way was ever breathed, who only escaped being a pirate by +the fact that his was the first ship to sail in the Caribbean Sea; for +there is little doubt that had the great navigator found an English ship +lying at anchor when he first arrived at the Island of San Salvador, an +act of piracy would have immediately taken place. + +For the student who is interested there are other writers who have dealt +with the subject of piracy, such as the buccaneers Ringrose, Cooke, +Funnell, Dampier, and Cowley; Woodes Rogers, with his "Voyage to the South +Seas"; Wafer, who wrote an amusing little book in 1699 describing his +hardships and adventures on the Isthmus of Darien. Of modern writers may +be recommended Mr. John Masefield's "Spanish Main," "The Buccaneers in the +West Indies," by C.H. Haring, and the latest publication of the Marine +Research Society of Massachusetts, entitled "The Pirates of the New +England Coast," and last, but far from least, the works of Mr. A. Hyatt +Verrill. + +The conditions of life on a pirate ship appear to have been much the same +in all vessels. On procuring a craft by stealing or by mutiny of the crew, +the first thing to do was to elect a commander. This was done by vote +amongst the crew, who elected whoever they considered the most daring +amongst them, and the best navigator. The next officer chosen was the +quartermaster. The captain and quartermaster once elected, the former +could appoint any junior officers he chose, and the shares in any plunder +they took was divided according to the rank of each pirate. The crew were +then searched for a pirate who could write, and, when found, this scholar +would be taken down to the great cabin, given pen, ink, and paper, and +after the articles had been discussed and decided upon, they were written +down, to be signed by each member of the crew. As an example, the articles +drawn up by the crew of Captain John Phillips on board the _Revenge_ are +given below in full: + + 1. + + Every man shall obey civil Command; the Captain shall have one + full Share and a half in all Prizes; the Master, Carpenter, + Boatswain and Gunner shall have one Share and quarter. + + 2. + + If any Man shall offer to run away, or keep any Secret from + the Company, he shall be marroon'd with one Bottle of Powder, + one Bottle of Water, one small Arm, and Shot. + + 3. + + If any Man shall steal any Thing in the Company, or game, to + the value of a Piece of Eight, he shall be Marroon'd or shot. + + 4. + + If at any Time we should meet another Marrooner (that is, + Pyrate,) that Man that shall sign his Articles without the + Consent of our Company, shall suffer such Punishment as the + Captain and Company shall think fit. + + 5. + + That Man that shall strike another whilst these Articles are + in force, shall receive Moses's Law (that is 40 Stripes + lacking one) on the bare Back. + + 6. + + That Man that shall snap his Arms, or smoak Tobacco in the + Hold, without a cap to his Pipe, or carry a Candle lighted + without a Lanthorn, shall suffer the same Punishment as in the + former Article. + + 7. + + That Man that shall not keep his Arms clean, fit for an + Engagement, or neglect his Business, shall be cut off from his + Share, and suffer such other Punishment as the Captain and the + Company shall think fit. + + 8. + + If any Man shall lose a Joint in time of an Engagement, shall + have 400 Pieces of Eight; if a limb, 800. + + 9. + + If at any time you meet with a prudent Woman, that Man that + offers to meddle with her, without her Consent, shall suffer + present Death. + +These formalities took time and much argument and the drinking of many +bowls of punch, and, when once settled, the next business was to make a +flag. The Jolly Roger, consisting of a human skull and two crossed +thigh-bones, was generally portrayed in black and white. Some crews +preferred a study in red and white. More enterprising captains with +imagination and taste, such as Captain Bartholomew Roberts, who was a +truly remarkable man and the greatest pirate who ever "declared war upon +all the world," aimed at something more elaborate. Roberts flew several +flags, all made to his own design. + +On one was depicted a "human anatomy," holding a rummer, or glass, of +punch in one bony hand, and a flaming sword in the other. Another +favourite flag of Roberts had a huge portrait of himself, sword in hand, +and two skulls. + +Another had a "skellington" standing with either foot firmly placed on a +skull, and under one skull were embroidered the letters A.B.H., under the +other A.M.H., which letters stood for a Barbadian's head and a +Martinican's head, to warn any inhabitant of either of these islands what +to expect if he was so unfortunate as to be taken prisoner by Bartholomew, +who never forgot nor forgave two occasions on which he was very roughly +handled by ships from Barbadoes and Martinique. + +The weak point in all pirate ships was the lack of discipline. Time and +again some successful enterprise, almost completed, was thrown away by +lack of discipline. No captain could be certain of his command or crew. If +he did anything they disapproved of, the crew would throw him in chains +into the hold, or as likely overboard, and elect another. It is on record +that one ship had elected thirteen different commanders in a few months. +Some of the big men retained their commands, Roberts holding the record, +for a pirate, of four years, until his death; while Bartholomew Sharp +holds the record for a buccaneer. + +Having procured a vessel, perhaps little more than a fishing-boat, +sometimes only an open row-boat, the embryo pirates would paddle along +some coast until they came across an unsuspecting craft, one not too big +for the desperadoes to attack. Hiding their arms, they would row +alongside, and then suddenly, with shouts and curses, board the vessel, +kill any who resisted, and start a cruise in their new ship, their number +being increased by volunteers or forced men from amongst the prize's crew. +Cruising thus, the pirates would gradually get together a small fleet of +the fastest and best sailing vessels among their prizes and increase their +crew as they went along. + +Both the buccaneers and the pirates had their favourite haunts and places +of rendezvous. These had to be within easy sailing distance of one or more +regular trade routes, and at the same time had to be in some quiet spot +unlikely to be visited by strange craft, and, besides being sheltered +from storms, must have a suitable beach on which their vessels could be +careened and the hulls scraped of barnacles and weeds. The greatest +stronghold of the buccaneers was at Tortuga, or Turtle Island, a small +island lying off the west coast of Hispaniola. Here in their most piping +days flourished a buccaneer republic, where the seamen made their own laws +and cultivated the land for sugar-cane and yams. Occasionally the +Spaniards or the French, without any warning, would swoop down on the +settlement and break up the small republic, but sooner or later the +buccaneers would be back once again in possession. + +The favourite and most flourishing headquarters of the West India pirates +was at New Providence Island in the Bahama Islands, occupied to-day by the +flourishing town of Nassau, now the headquarters of those worthy +descendants of the pirates, the bootleggers, who from the old port carry +on their exciting and profitable smuggling of whisky into the United +States. + +The numerous bays and islands lying off the coast of South Carolina were +very popular with the free booters in the late seventeenth and early +eighteenth centuries; while Port Royal, in Jamaica, was noted from early +days as the port from which the most famous buccaneers sailed for the +Spanish Main, and to which they returned with their plunder. + +The French filibusters and pirates mostly used the Virgin Islands, while +the Dutch patronized their own islands of Curaçao, Saba, and St. +Eustatius. But the buccaneers did not allow the chance of nationality to +divide them, for Frenchmen, Englishmen, and Dutchmen, all "brethren of the +coast," sailed together and plundered the Spaniard in open and equal +friendship. + +An entirely different group of pirates arose in the South Seas, with their +headquarters in Madagascar. Here the pirates went farther towards forming +a permanent society than at any other time during their history, with the +exception of the Barbary corsairs, who had their strongly fortified +settlements for many years at Algiers, Tunis, and Sallee. + +The origin of the buccaneers is interesting, and I cannot do better than +quote the opening chapter of Clark Russell's "Life of William Dampier," in +the English Men of Action Series, published by Messrs. Macmillan in 1889. +He writes: + +"In or about the middle of the seventeenth century, the Island of San +Domingo, or Hispaniola as it was then called, was haunted and overrun by a +singular community of savage, surly, fierce, and filthy men. They were +chiefly composed of French colonists, whose ranks had from time to time +been enlarged by liberal contributions from the slums and alleys of more +than one European city and town. These people went dressed in shirts and +pantaloons of coarse linen cloth, which they steeped in the blood of the +animals they slaughtered. They wore round caps, boots of hogskin drawn +over their naked feet, and belts of raw hide, in which they stuck their +sabres and knives. They also armed themselves with firelocks, which threw +a couple of balls, each weighing two ounces. The places where they dried +and salted their meat were called _boucans_, and from this term they came +to be styled bucaniers, or buccaneers, as we spell it. They were hunters +by trade, and savages in their habits. They chased and slaughtered horned +cattle and trafficked with the flesh, and their favourite food was raw +marrow from the bones of the beasts which they shot. They ate and slept on +the ground, their table was a stone, their bolster the trunk of a tree, +and their roof the hot and sparkling heavens of the Antilles." + +The Spaniards, who were jealous of any other nation than their own having +a foothold in America, determined to get rid of these wild but hitherto +harmless buccaneers. This they accomplished, and in time drove the +cattle-hunters out of Hispaniola; and to make sure that the unwelcome +visitors should not return, they exterminated all the wild cattle. This +was the worst mistake the Spaniards could have made, for these wild men +had to look for other means of supporting themselves, and they joined the +freebooters and thus began the great period of piracy which was the cause +of the ultimate breaking-up of the Spanish power in the West Indies. + +Of the life on board buccaneer and pirate ships a somewhat hazy and +incomplete picture reaches us. The crews were usually large compared with +the number of men carried in other ships, and a state of crowded +discomfort must have been the result, especially in some crazy old vessel +cruising in the tropics or rounding the Horn in winter. Of the +relationship between the sea-rovers and the fair sex it would be best, +perhaps, to draw a discreet veil. The pirates and the buccaneers looked +upon women simply as the spoils of war, and were as profligate with these +as with the rest of their plunder. I do not know if I am disclosing a +secret when I mention that my friend Mr. Hyatt Verrill, who is an +authority on the subject of the lives of the pirates, is about to publish +a book devoted to the love affairs of these gentry. I confess to looking +forward with pleasure and a certain degree of trepidation to reading his +book and to seeing how he will deal with so delicate a subject. + +We know that Sir Henry Morgan was married and provided for his widow in +his will. + +Captain Kidd, wife, and child, resided in New York, in the utmost conjugal +happiness and respectability, but then Kidd was a martyr and no pirate. + +Captain Rackam, the dashing "Calico Jack," ran away to sea with the woman +pirate, Mrs. Anne Bonny, and they lived together happily on board ship +and on land, as did Captain and Mrs. Cobham. The only other pirate I know +of who took a "wife" to sea with him was Captain Pease, who flourished in +a half-hearted way--half-hearted in the piratical, but not the matrimonial +sense--in the middle of the nineteenth century. + +A certain settler in New Zealand in the "early days" describes a visit he +paid to Captain Pease and his family on board that pirate's handy little +schooner, lying at anchor in a quiet cove at that island. + +On stepping aboard, the guest was warmly welcomed by a short, red-faced +man, bald of head and rotund in figure, of about fifty-five years of age. +His appearance suggested a successful grocer rather than a pirate. On the +deck were seated two ladies, one nearing middle age, the other young and +undoubtedly pretty. At the feet of these ladies sprawled several small +children. Captain Pease proceeded to introduce his guest to these as Mrs. +Pease No. 1 and Mrs. Pease No. 2. The ladies continued their sewing while +a conversation took place on various subjects. Presently, taking out his +watch, the pirate turned to the younger lady, observing that it was +nearing teatime. Mrs. Pease No. 2, laying down her sewing, went to the +cabin, from which the rattle of teacups and the hiss of a boiling kettle +were soon heard. Tea being announced as ready, the party entered the +cabin, Mrs. Pease senior taking the place at the head of the table and +pouring out the tea while the younger Mrs. Pease very prettily handed +round the cups and bread and butter, the guest particularly noticing with +what respect and thoughtfulness she looked after the wants of the elder +Mrs. Pease. + +As a pirate Captain Pease was second or even third rate, confining his +daring to seizing small unarmed native craft, or robbing the stores of +lonely white traders on out-of-the-way atolls. But as a married man he +showed himself to be a master; matrimony was his strong suit, domesticity +his trump card. He gave one valuable hint to his guest, which was this: +"Never take more than two wives with you on a voyage, _and choose 'em with +care_." + +One is apt to disassociate serious matrimony, and still less responsible +paternity, with the calling of piracy, but with Captain Pease this was far +from being the case. Every one of his wives--for he had others on +shore--contributed her mite, or two, to the growing family, and the +Captain really could not say which of his offspring he was most proud of. +It seems at first strange that a man of Captain Pease's appearance, +figure, and settled habits, almost humdrum, should have been such an +undoubted success with the ladies; but that he was a success there can be +no doubt. Perhaps his calling had a good deal to do with this attraction +he had for them. + +Before bringing this Preface to a conclusion, there is one other aspect of +piracy upon which I will touch. + +Death, portrayed by a skeleton, was the device on the flag beneath which +they fought; and a skeleton was for ever threatening to emerge from its +cupboard aboard every pirate vessel. + +The end of most of the pirates and a large proportion of the buccaneers +was a sudden and violent one, and few of them died in their beds. Many +were killed in battle, numbers of them were drowned. Not a few drank +themselves to death with strong Jamaica rum, while many of the buccaneers +died of malaria and yellow fever contracted in the jungles of Central +America, and most of the pirates who survived these perils lived only to +be hanged. + +It is recorded of a certain ex-prizefighter and pirate, Dennis McCarthy, +who was about to be hanged at New Providence Island in 1718, that, as he +stood on the gallows, all bedecked with coloured ribbons, as became a +boxer, he told his admiring audience that his friends had often, in joke, +told him he would die in his shoes; and so, to prove them liars, he kicked +off his shoes amongst the crowd, and so died without them. + +The trial of a pirate was usually a rough and ready business, and the +culprit seldom received the benefit of any doubt that might exist. + +If he made any defence at all, it was usually to plead that he had been +forced to join the pirates against his wish, and that he had long been +waiting for an opportunity to escape. + +Once condemned to death, and the date of execution decided, the prisoner, +if at Newgate, was handed over to the good offices of the prison Ordinary; +or, if in New England, to such vigorous apostles of Christianity as the +Rev. Cotton or the Rev. Increase Mather. The former of these two famous +theologians was pastor of the North Church in Boston, and the author of a +very rare work published in 1695, called "An History of Some Criminals +Executed in This Land." Cotton Mather preached many a "hanging" sermon to +condemned pirates, a few of which can still be read. One of these, +preached in 1704, is called "A Brief Discourse occasioned by a Tragical +Spectacle of a Number of Miserables under Sentence of Death for Piracy." + +The Reverend Doctor made a speciality of these "hanging" sermons, and was +a thorough master of his subject, as is shown by the following passage +taken from the above "Brief Discourse": + +"The Privateering Stroke so easily degenerates into the Piratical; and the +Privateering Trade is usually carried on with an Unchristian Temper, and +proves an Inlet unto so much Debauchery and Iniquity." + +On the Sunday previous to an execution the condemned pirates were taken to +church to listen to a sermon while they were "exhibited" to the crowded +and gaping congregation. On the day of the execution a procession was +formed, which marched from the gaol to the gallows. + +At the head was carried a silver oar, the emblem from very early days of a +pirate execution. Arrived at the gibbet, the prisoner, who always dressed +himself in his, or someone else's, best clothes, would doff his hat and +make a speech. + +Sometimes the bolder spirits would speak in a defiant and unrepentant way; +but most of them professed a deep repentance for their sins and warned +their listeners to guard against the temptation of drink and avarice. +After the prisoner's death the bodies of the more notorious pirates were +taken down and hanged in chains at some prominent spot where ships passed, +in order to be a warning to any mariners who had piratical leanings. + +The number of pirates or buccaneers who died in their beds must have been +very small, particularly amongst the former; and I have been able to trace +but a single example of a tombstone marking the burial-place of a pirate. +This is, or was until recently, to be found in the graveyard at Dartmouth, +and records the resting-place of the late Captain Thomas Goldsmith, who +commanded the _Snap Dragon_, of Dartmouth, in which vessel he amassed much +riches during the reign of Queen Anne, and died, apparently not regretted, +in 1714. Engraved upon his headstone are the following lines: + + Men that are virtuous serve the Lord; + And the Devil's by his friends ador'd; + And as they merit get a place + Amidst the bless'd or hellish race; + Pray then ye learned clergy show + Where can this brute, Tom Goldsmith, go? + Whose life was one continual evil + Striving to cheat God, Man and Devil. + + + + +THE PIRATES' WHO'S WHO + + +AISA. Barbary corsair. + +A famous Mediterranean pirate, and one of Dragut's admirals in the +sixteenth century. + + +ALCANTRA, CAPTAIN MANSEL. + +A Spaniard. Commanded a pirate brig, the _Macrinarian_. Committed many +outrages. Took the Liverpool packet _Topaz_, from Calcutta to Boston, in +1829, near St. Helena, murdering the whole crew. In the same year he took +the _Candace_, from Marblehead, and plundered her. The supercargo of the +_Candace_ was an amateur actor, and had on board a priest's black gown and +broad brimmed hat. These he put on and sat in his cabin pretending to tell +his beads. On the pirates coming to rob him, they all crossed themselves +and left him, so that he alone of the whole company was not robbed. + + +ALEXANDER, JOHN. + +A Scotch buccaneer; one of Captain Sharp's crew. Drowned on May 9th, 1681. +Captain Sharp, with a party of twenty-four men, had landed on the Island +of Chiva, off the coast of Peru, and taken several prisoners, amongst whom +was a shipwright and his man, who were actually at work building two great +ships for the Spaniards. Sharp, thinking these men would be very useful to +him, took them away, with all their tools and a quantity of ironwork, in a +dory, to convey them off to his ship. But the dory, being overladen, +sank, and Alexander was drowned. On the evening of May 12th his body was +found; which they took up, and next day "threw him overboard, giving him +three French vollies for his customary ceremony." + + +ALI BASHA. + +Of Algiers. Barbary corsair. + +Conquered the Kingdom of Tunis in the sixteenth century, and captured many +Maltese galleys. He brought the development of organized piracy to its +greatest perfection. + +In 1571 Ali Basha commanded a fleet of no fewer than 250 Moslem galleys in +the battle of Lepanto, when he was severely defeated, but escaped with his +life. + + +ALLESTON, CAPTAIN. + +Commanded a vessel of eighteen tons, no guns, and a crew of twenty-four. +In March, 1679, sailed in company with eight other vessels, under command +of Captain Harris, to the Coast of Darien, and marched on foot across the +isthmus, on his way attacking and sacking Santa Maria. + + +AMAND or ANNAND, ALEXANDER. + +Of Jamaica. + +One of Major Stede Bonnet's crew in the _Royal James_. Hanged on November +8th, 1718, at White Point, Charleston, South Carolina, and buried in the +marsh below low-water mark. + + +AMEER, IBRAHIM. + +An admiral of an Arabian fleet of Red Sea pirates. In 1816 he captured +four British merchant vessels on their way to Surat. + + +ANDRESON, CAPTAIN CORNELIUS. + +A Dutch pirate. Sailed from Boston in 1674 with Captain Roderigo to +plunder English ships along the coast of Maine, in a vessel called the +_Penobscot Shallop_. + +Tried at Cambridge, Massachusetts, sentenced to death, but later on +pardoned. Afterwards fought very bravely for the English colonists against +the Indians. + + +ANDROEAS, CAPTAIN. + +A Chief or Captain of the Darien Indians, who in 1679 conducted the +buccaneers under Coxon and Harris across the isthmus to attack Santa Maria +and afterwards to make an attempt on Panama. + +Captain Androeas had a great esteem for the English, partly because the +buccaneers were kind to the Indians, and partly because of the Indians' +fear and hatred of the Spaniards. He afterwards led back a party of +malcontents under Captain Coxon from the Pacific side of the isthmus. + + +ANGORA, Sultan of Timor. + +Refusing to allow the East India Company to station garrisons on Timor, he +was driven out of the whole of his island except the chief town, also +called Angora. + +Deciding to take revenge, he turned pirate and went to sea in command of a +small fleet of five well-armed prows and several galleys. His first prize +was a packet brig carrying despatches from Calcutta to the English General +before Angora. Captain Hastings, the commander, a near relation of Warren +Hastings, and a gallant officer, had thrown the despatches overboard, for +which he was hanged, while the crew were sent to prison at Angora and +afterwards poisoned. His next prize was an East Indian ship, the _Edward_, +Captain Harford, the crew of which were also poisoned. Cruising off Bombay +he defeated a vessel sent out by the Government to attack him. After +taking other English vessels, Angora met with a richly laden ship from +Burmah, a country whose sovereign he was on friendly terms with, but the +Sultan-pirate took this ship and drowned every soul on board except one +woman, who, owing to her great beauty, he kept for himself. His next +victim was a well-armed Malay praam, which he captured after a severe +fight. The crew he shackled and threw overboard, while he burnt the +vessel. Paying another visit to Bombay, he caught the garrison unprepared, +blew up the fort, and sailed off with some sheep, cows, and pigs. A few +days later the pirate seized an English packet, _St. George_, and after he +had tortured to death the captain, the terrified crew joined his service. +Returning to Timor with his plunder, he was surprised by the arrival off +the port of H.M.S. _Victorious_, seventy-four guns, which had been sent to +take him. Slipping out of harbour unobserved in the night in his fastest +sailing praam, he escaped to Trincomalee in Ceylon, where the East India +Company decided to allow him to remain undisturbed. + + +ANGRIA. + +Brother of a famous pirate, Angora, Sultan of Timor. When the Sultan +retired from practice to the Island of Ceylon he gave his brother his +praam, a fast vessel armed with thirty-eight guns. + +Angria's brother Angora had been dethroned from the Island of Timor by the +English Government, and this had prevented the former from all hope of +succeeding as Sultan. Owing to this, Angria, a very vindictive man, +nursed against the English Government a very real grievance. Declaring +himself Sultan of another smaller island, Little Timor, he sailed out to +look for spoil. His first victim was the _Elphinston_, which he took some +eighty miles off Bombay. Putting the crew of forty-seven men into an open +boat, without water, and with scarcely room to move, he left them. It was +in the hottest month of the year, and only twenty-eight of them reached +Bombay alive. + +Angria, being broad-minded on the subject of his new profession, did not +limit himself to taking only English vessels, for meeting with two Chinese +junks, laden with spices and riches, he plundered them both, and tying the +crew back to back threw them into the sea to drown. One of the Chinamen, +while watching his companions being drowned, managed to get a hand free +from his ropes, and, taking his dagger, stabbed Angria, but, missing his +heart, only wounded him in the shoulder. To punish him the pirate had the +skin cut off his back and then had him beaten with canes. Then lashing him +firmly down to a raft he was thrown overboard. After drifting about for +three days and nights he was picked up, still alive, by a fishing-boat and +carried to Bombay, where, fully recovered, he lived the rest of his days. + +Angria continued his activities for three years, during which space he was +said to have murdered in cold blood over 500 Englishmen. He was eventually +chased by Commander Jones in H.M.S. _Asia_, sixty-four guns, into Timor, +and after a close siege of the town for twelve months, Angria was shot by +one of the mob while haranguing them from a balcony. + +After Commander Jones's death his widow built a tower at Shooter's Hill, +by Woolwich Common, to perpetuate the memory of her husband who had rid +the Indian Ocean of the tyrant Angria. + +The following lines are from the pen of Robert Bloomfield, and allude to +this monument: + + Yon far-famed monumental tower + Records the achievements of the brave, + And Angria's subjugated power, + Who plunder'd on the Eastern Wave. + + +ANSTIS, CAPTAIN THOMAS. + +The first mention of the name of this notorious pirate occurs in the year +1718, when we hear of him shipping himself at Providence in a sloop called +the _Buck_ in company with five other rascals who were conspiring together +to seize the vessel and with her go "a-pyrating." + +Of these five, one was Howel Davis, who was afterwards killed in an affair +at the Island of Princes; another, Denman Topping, who was killed in the +taking of a rich Portuguese ship on the coast of Brazil; a third, Walter +Kennedy, was eventually hanged at Execution Dock, while the two others, +who escaped the usual end of pirates--that is, by hanging, shooting, or +drowning in saltwater or rum--disappeared into respectable obscurity in +employment of some sort in the City of London. + +This party of six conspirators was the nucleus of a very powerful +combination of pirates, which eventually came under the command of the +famous Captain Roberts. + +Anstis's pirate career began as did most others. They cruised about +amongst the West India Islands, seizing and plundering all merchant ships +they chanced upon, and, if we are to believe some of the stories that were +circulated at the time of their treatment of their prisoners, they appear +to have been an even rougher lot of scoundrels than was usual. + +Before long they seized a very stout ship, the _Morning Star_, bound from +Guinea to Carolina, and fitted her up with thirty-two cannons taken from +another prize; manned her with a crew of one hundred men, and put Captain +John Fenn in command. Anstis, as the elder officer, could have had command +of this newer and larger ship, but he was so in love with his own vessel, +the _Good Fortune_, which was an excellent sailer, that he preferred to +remain in her. + +The party now had two stout ships, but, as so often happened, trouble +began to ferment amongst the crew. A large number of these had been more +or less forced to "go a-pyrating," and were anxious to avoid the +consequences, so they decided to send a round-robin--that is, a +petition--signed by all with their names in a circle so that no rogue +could be held to be more prominent than any other, to ask for the King's +pardon. + +This round-robin was addressed to "his most sacred Majesty George, by the +Grace of God, of Great Britain, France, and Ireland, King, Defender of the +Faith," etc. + +This petition was sent to England by a merchant vessel then sailing from +Jamaica, while the crews hid their ships amongst the mangrove swamps of a +small uninhabited island off the coast of Cuba. Here they waited for nine +months for an answer to their petition to the King, living on turtle, +fish, rice, and, of course, rum _ad lib._ as long as it lasted. + +To pass the time various diversions were instigated, particularly +dancing--a pastime in great favour amongst pirates. We have a most amusing +account left us of a mock court of justice held by them to try one another +of piracy, and he who was on one day tried as the prisoner would next day +take his turn at being Judge. + +This shows a grim sense of humour, as most of those who took part in these +mock trials were certain to end their careers before a real trial unless +they came to a sudden and violent end beforehand. + +Here is an account of one such mock-trial as given to Captain Johnson, the +historian of the pirates, by an eyewitness: + +"The Court and Criminals being both appointed, as also Council to plead, +the Judge got up in a Tree, and had a dirty Taurpaulin hung over his +shoulder; this was done by Way of Robe, with a Thrum Cap on his Head, and +a large Pair of Spectacles upon his Nose. Thus equipp'd, he settled +himself in his Place; and abundance of Officers attending him below, with +Crows, Handspikes, etc., instead of Wands, Tipstaves, and such like.... +The Criminals were brought out, making a thousand sour Faces; and one who +acted as Attorney-General opened the Charge against them; their Speeches +were very laconick, and their whole Proceedings concise. We shall give it +by Way of Dialogue. + +"Attor. Gen.: 'An't please your Lordship, and you Gentlemen of the Jury, +here is a Fellow before you that is a sad Dog, a sad sad Dog; and I humbly +hope your Lordship will order him to be hang'd out of the Way +immediately.... He has committed Pyracy upon the High Seas, and we shall +prove, an't please your Lordship, that this Fellow, this sad Dog before +you, has escaped a thousand Storms, nay, has got safe ashore when the Ship +has been cast away, which was a certain Sign he was not born to be +drown'd; yet not having the Fear of hanging before his Eyes, he went on +robbing and ravishing Man, Woman and Child, plundering Ships Cargoes fore +and aft, burning and sinking Ship, Bark and Boat, as if the Devil had been +in him. But this is not all, my Lord, he has committed worse Villanies +than all these, for we shall prove, that he has been guilty of drinking +Small-Beer; and your Lordship knows, there never was a sober Fellow but +what was a Rogue. My Lord, I should have spoke much finer than I do now, +but that as your Lordship knows our Rum is all out, and how should a Man +speak good Law that has not drank a Dram.... However, I hope, your +Lordship will order the Fellow to be hang'd.' + +"Judge: '... Hearkee me, Sirrah ... you lousy, pittiful, ill-look'd Dog; +what have you to say why you should not be tuck'd up immediately, and set +a Sun-drying like a Scare-crow?... Are you guilty, or not guilty?' + +"Pris.: 'Not guilty, an't please your Worship.' + +"Judge: 'Not guilty! say so again, Sirrah, and I'll have you hang'd +without any Tryal.' + +"Pris.: 'An't please your Worship's Honour, my Lord, I am as honest a poor +Fellow as ever went between Stem and Stern of a Ship, and can hand, reef, +steer, and clap two Ends of a Rope together, as well as e'er a He that +ever cross'd salt Water; but I was taken by one George Bradley' (the Name +of him that sat as Judge,) 'a notorious Pyrate, a sad Rogue as ever was +unhang'd, and he forc'd me, an't please your Honour.' + +"Judge: 'Answer me, Sirrah.... How will you be try'd?' + +"Pris.: 'By G---- and my Country.' + +"Judge: 'The Devil you will.... Why then, Gentlemen of the Jury, I think +we have nothing to do but to proceed to Judgement.' + +"Attor. Gen.: 'Right, my Lord; for if the Fellow should be suffered to +speak, he may clear himself, and that's an Affront to the Court.' + +"Pris.: 'Pray, my Lord, I hope your Lordship will consider ...' + +"Judge: 'Consider!... How dare you talk of considering?... Sirrah, Sirrah, +I never consider'd in all my Life.... I'll make it Treason to consider.' + +"Pris.: 'But, I hope, your Lordship will hear some reason.' + +"Judge: 'D'ye hear how the Scoundrel prates?... What have we to do with +the Reason?... I'd have you to know, Raskal, we don't sit here to hear +Reason ... we go according to Law.... Is our Dinner ready?' + +"Attor. Gen.: 'Yes, my Lord.' + +"Judge: 'Then heark'ee you Raskal at the Bar; hear me, Sirrah, hear me.... +You must suffer, for three reasons; first, because it is not fit I should +sit here as Judge, and no Body be hanged.... Secondly, you must be hanged, +because you have a damn'd hanging Look.... And thirdly, you must be +hanged, because I am hungry; for, know, Sirrah, that 'tis a Custom, that +whenever the Judge's Dinner is ready before the Tryal is over, the +Prisoner is to be hanged of Course.... There's Law for you, ye Dog.... So +take him away Gaoler.'" + +In August, 1722, the pirates sailed out from their hiding-place and +waylaid the ship which was returning to Jamaica with the answer to the +petition, but to their disappointment heard that no notice had been taken +of their round-robin by the Government at home. + +No time was lost in returning to their old ways, for the very next day +both pirate ships left their hiding-place and sailed out on the "grand +account." + +But now their luck deserted them, for the _Morning Star_ was run aground +on a reef by gross neglect on the part of the officers and wrecked. Most +of the crew escaped on to an island, where Captain Anstis found them next +day, and no sooner had he taken aboard Captain Fenn, Phillips, the +carpenter, and a few others, than all of a sudden down upon them came two +men-of-war, the _Hector_ and the _Adventure_, so that Anstis had barely +time to cut his cables and get away to sea, hotly pursued by the +_Adventure_. The latter, in a stiff breeze, was slowly gaining on the +brigantine when all of a sudden the wind dropped, the pirates got out the +sweeps, and thus managed, for the time being, to escape. In the meantime +the _Hector_ took prisoner the forty pirates remaining on the island. + +Anstis soon got to work again, and captured several prizes. He then sailed +to the Island of Tobago to clean and refit his ship. Just when all the +guns and stores had been landed and the ship heeled, as ill-luck would +have it, the _Winchester_, man-of-war, put into the bay; and the pirates +had barely time to set their ship on fire and to escape into the woods. +Anstis had by now lost all authority over his discontented crew, and one +night was shot while asleep in his hammock. + + +ANTONIO. + +Captain of the Darien Indians and friend to the English buccaneers. + + +ARCHER, JOHN ROSE. + +He learnt his art as a pirate in the excellent school of the notorious +Blackbeard. + +In 1723 he was, for the time being, in honest employment in a Newfoundland +fishing-boat, which was captured by Phillips and his crew. As Phillips was +only a beginner at piracy, he was very glad to get the aid of such an old +hand at the game as John Archer, whom he promptly appointed to the office +of quartermaster in the pirate ship. This quick promotion caused some +murmuring amongst Phillips's original crew, the carpenter, Fern, being +particularly outspoken against it. + +Archer ended his days on the gallows at Boston on June 2nd, 1724, and we +read that he "dy'd very penitent, with the assistance of two grave Divines +to attend him." + + +ARGALL. + +Licensed and titled buccaneer. + +Believed to have buried a rich treasure in the Isles of Shoals, off +Portsmouth, New Hampshire, in the seventeenth century. + + +ARMSTRONG. + +Born in London. A deserter from the Royal Navy. One of Captain Roberts's +crew taken by H.M.S. _Swallow_, from which ship he had previously +deserted. + +In an account of his execution on board H.M.S. _Weymouth_ we read: "Being +on board a Man of War there was no Body to press him to an Acknowledgement +of the Crime he died for, nor of sorrowing in particular for it, which +would have been exemplary, and made suitable Impressions on seamen; so +that his last Hour was spent in lamenting and bewailing his Sins in +general, exhorting the Spectators to an honest and good life, in which +alone they could find Satisfaction." + +This painful scene ended by the condemned singing with the spectators a +few verses of the 140th Psalm: at the conclusion of which, at the firing +of a gun, "he was tric'd up at the Fore Yard." + +Died at the age of 34. + + +ARNOLD, SION. + +A Madagascar pirate, who was brought to New England by Captain Shelley in +1699. + + +ASHPLANT, VALENTINE. + +Born in the Minories, London. He served with Captain Howell Davis, and +later with Bartholomew Roberts. He was one of the leading lights of +Roberts's crew, a member of the "House of Lords." + +He took part in the capture and plundering of the _King Solomon_ at Cape +Apollonia, North-West Coast of Africa, in January, 1719, when the pirates, +in an open boat, attacked the ship while at anchor. Ashplant was taken +prisoner two years later by H.M.S. _Swallow_. Tried for piracy at Cape +Coast Castle and found guilty in March, 1722, and hanged in chains there +at the age of 32. + + +ATWELL. + +A hand aboard the brig _Vineyard_ in 1830, he took part with Charles Gibbs +and others in a mutiny in which both the captain and mate was murdered. + + +AUGUR, CAPTAIN JOHN. + +A pirate of New Providence, Bahama Islands. He accepted the royal pardon +in 1718, and impressed the Governor, Woodes Rogers, so favourably that he +was placed in command of a sloop to go and trade amongst the islands. A +few days out Augur met with two sloops, "the sight of which dispelled all +memory of their late good intention," and turning pirates once more, they +seized the two sloops and took out of them money and goods to the value of +£500. + +The pirates now sailed for Hispaniola, but with bad luck, or owing to +retribution, a sudden hurricane arose which drove them back to the one +spot in the West Indies they must have been most anxious to avoid--that +is, the Bahama Islands. Here the sloop became a total wreck, but the crew +got ashore and for a while lay hidden in a wood. Rogers, hearing where +they were, sent an armed sloop to the island, and the captain by fair +promises induced the eleven marooned pirates to come aboard. Taking these +back to Providence, Rogers had them all tried before a court of lately +converted pirates, and they were condemned to be hanged. While standing +on the gallows platform the wretched culprits reproached the crowd of +spectators, so lately their fellow-brethren in piracy, for allowing their +old comrades to be hanged, and urging them to come to the rescue. But +virtue was still strong in these recent converts, and all the comfort the +criminals got was to be told "it was their Business to turn their Minds to +another World, and sincerely to repent of what Wickedness they had done in +this." "Yes," answered the now irritated and in no-wise abashed Augur, "I +_do_ heartily repent: I repent I have not done more Mischief, and that we +did not cut the Throats of them that took us, and I am extremely sorry +that you an't all hang'd as well as we." + + +AUSTIN, JAMES. + +Captured with the rest of Captain John Quelch's crew in the brigantine +_Charles_. Escaped for a time, but was caught and secured in the gaol at +Piscataqua, and later on tried for piracy at the Star Tavern at Boston in +June, 1704. + + +AVERY, CAPTAIN JOHN, _alias_ HENRY EVERY, _alias_ CAPTAIN BRIDGEMAN. +Nicknamed "Long Ben," or the "Arch-Pirate." + +In the year 1695, when at the height of his career, Avery caught the +public's fancy as no other pirate ever did, with the possible exception of +Captain Kidd. So much so that his achievements, or supposed achievements, +formed the plot of several popular novels and plays. + +Charles Johnson wrote a play called "The Successful Pyrate," which work +ran into several editions, and was acted at the Theatre Royal in Drury +Lane. + +The scene in this play was laid in the Island of Madagascar, and the hero +was modelled on Captain Avery. + +This pirate was a Devonshire man, being born near Plymouth about the year +1665, and was bred to the sea. He sailed on several voyages as mate aboard +a merchantman. He was later appointed first officer in an armed privateer +_The Duke_, Commander Captain Gibson, which sailed from Bristol for Spain, +being hired by the Spaniards for service in the West Indies against the +French pirates. + +Avery soon plotted a mutiny, which was carried out while _The Duke_ lay at +anchor in Cadiz Harbour; the ship was seized, and the captain put ashore. +Avery was elected captain, and he renamed the ship the _Charles the +Second_. For more than a year Avery sailed in this vessel, preying without +distinction upon persons of all nations and religions. + +After leaving Spain he first sailed to the Isle of May, holding the +Portuguese governor for ransom till provisions were sent on board. He took +near here three English ships, then sailed to the coast of Guinea to +procure slaves. To catch these Avery would anchor off a village and hoist +English colours. The trusting negroes would then paddle off to the ship in +canoes, bringing gold to traffic with. At a given signal these natives +would be seized, clapped in irons, and thrown into the hold. + +Avery next sailed to the Island of Princes, where he attacked two Danish +ships, and took them both. The next place the pirates touched at was +Madagascar, from there they sailed to the Red Sea to await the fleet +expected from Mocha. To pass the time and to earn an honest penny the +pirates called in at a town called Meat, there to sell to the natives some +of their stolen merchandise. But the cautious inhabitants refused to do +any business with these suspicious looking merchants, so in order to +punish them the pirates burnt down their town. They next visited Aden, +where they met two other English pirate ships, and were soon joined by +three others from America, all on the same enterprise. + +Expecting the Mocha fleet to come along, they waited here, but the fleet +slipped past the pirates in the night. Avery was after them the next +morning, and catching them up, singled out the largest ship, fought her +for two hours, and took her. She proved to be the _Gunsway_, belonging to +the Great Mogul himself, and a very valuable prize, as out of her they +took 100,000 pieces of eight and a like number of chequins, as well as +several of the highest persons of the court who were passengers on a +pilgrimage to Mecca. It was rumoured that a daughter of the Great Mogul +was also on board. Accounts of this exploit eventually reached England, +and created great excitement, so that it soon became the talk of the town +that Captain Avery had taken the beautiful young princess to Madagascar, +where he had married her and was living in royal state, the proud father +of several small princes and princesses. + +The Mogul was naturally infuriated at this outrage on his ship, and +threatened in retaliation to lay waste all the East India Company's +settlements. + +Having got a vast booty, Avery and his friends sailed towards Madagascar, +and on the way there Avery, as admiral of the little fleet, signalled to +the captain of the other sloops to come aboard his vessel. When they +arrived Avery put before them the following ingenious scheme. He proposed +that the treasures in the two sloops should, for safety, be put into his +keeping till they all three arrived in Madagascar. This, being agreed to, +was done, but during the night, after Avery had explained matters to his +own men, he altered his course and left the sloops, and never saw them +again. He now sailed away with all the plunder to the West Indies, +arriving safely at New Providence Island in the Bahamas, where he offered +the Governor a bribe of twenty pieces of eight and two pieces of gold to +get him a pardon. Avery arrived in 1696 at Boston, where he appears to +have successfully bribed the Quaker Governor to let him and some of his +crew land with their spoils unmolested. But the pirate did not feel quite +safe, and also thought it would be wellnigh impossible to sell his +diamonds in the colony without being closely questioned as to how he came +by them. So, leaving America, he sailed to the North of Ireland, where he +sold the sloop. Here the crew finally dispersed, and Avery stopped some +time in Dublin, but was still unable to dispose of his stolen diamonds. +Thinking England would be a better place for this transaction, he went +there, and settled at Bideford in Devon. Here he lived very quietly under +a false name, and through a friend communicated with certain merchants in +Bristol. These came to see him, accepted his diamonds and some gold cups, +giving him a few pounds for his immediate wants, and took the valuables to +Bristol to sell, promising to send him the money procured for them. Time +dragged on, but nothing came from the Bristol merchants, and at last it +began to dawn on Avery that there were pirates on land as well as at sea. +His frequent letters to the merchants brought at the most but a few +occasional shillings, which were immediately swallowed up by the payment +of his debts for the bare necessities of life at Bideford. At length, when +matters were becoming desperate, Avery was taken ill and died "not being +worth as much as would buy him a coffin." Thus ended Avery, "the Grand +Pirate," whose name was known all over Europe, and who was supposed to be +reigning as a king in Madagascar when all the while he was hiding and +starving in a cottage at Bideford. + + +AYLETT, CAPTAIN. + +This buccaneer was killed by an explosion of gunpowder on board the +_Oxford_ during a banquet of Morgan's captains off Hispaniola in 1669. + + +BAILY, JOB, or BAYLEY. + +Of London. + +One of Major Stede Bonnet's crew. Hanged at Charleston in 1718. + + +BAKER, CAPTAIN. + +One of Gasparilla's gang up to 1822, when they were broken up by the +United States Navy. His favourite hunting-ground was the Gulf of Mexico. + + +BALL, ROGER. + +One of Captain Bartholomew's crew in the _Royal Fortune_. Captured by +H.M.S. _Swallow_ off the West Coast of Africa. He had been terribly burnt +by an explosion of a barrel of gunpowder, and while seated "in a private +corner, with a look as sullen as winter," a surgeon of the king's ship +came up and asked him how he came to be blown up in that frightful manner. +"Why," says he, "John Morris fired a pistol into the powder, and if he had +not done it, I would." The surgeon, with great kindness, offered to dress +the prisoner's wounds, but Ball, although in terrible pain, refused to +allow them to be touched. He died the same night. + + +BALLET, JOHN. Buccaneer. + +Third mate on board Woodes Rogers's ship, the _Duke_, but was by +profession a surgeon, in which latter capacity he had sailed on a previous +voyage with Dampier. + + +BALTIZAR, CAPTAIN. + +A terror to all shipping in the Gulf of Mexico in the early part of the +nineteenth century. Brought to Boston as a prisoner in 1823, taken thence +to Kingston, Jamaica, and there hanged. For some extraordinary reason the +American juries seldom would condemn a pirate to death, so that whenever +possible the pirate prisoners were handed over to the English, who made +short shift with them. + + +BANNISTER, CAPTAIN. + +Ran away from Port Royal, Jamaica, in June, 1684, on a "privateering" +venture in a ship of thirty guns. Caught and brought back by the frigate +_Ruby_, and put on trial by the Lieutenant-Governor Molesworth, who was at +that time very active in his efforts to stamp out piracy in the West +Indies. + +Bannister entirely escaped punishment, capital or otherwise, as he was +released by the grand jury on a technical point, surely most rare good +fortune for the captain in days when the law was elastic enough to fit +most crimes, and was far from lenient on piracy. Six months later the +indefatigable captain again eluded the forts, and for two years succeeded +in dodging the frigates sent out by Governor Molesworth to capture him. +Finally, in January, 1687, Captain Spragge sailed victoriously into Port +Royal with Bannister and three other buccaneers hanging at the yard-arm, +"a spectacle of great satisfaction to all good people, and of terror to +the favourers of pirates." + + +BARBAROSSA, or "REDBEARD" (his real name was URUJ). Barbary Corsair. + +Son of a Turkish renegade and a Christian mother. Born in the Island of +Lesbon in the Ægean Sea, a stronghold of the Mediterranean pirates. + +In 1504 Barbarossa made his headquarters at Tunis, in return for which he +paid the Sultan one-fifth of all the booty he took. One of his first and +boldest exploits was the capture of two richly laden galleys belonging to +Pope Julius II., on their way from Genoa to Civita Vecchia. Next year he +captured a Spanish ship with 500 soldiers on board. In 1512 he was invited +by the Moors to assist them in an attempt to retake the town and port of +Bujeya from the Spaniards. After eight days of fighting, Barbarossa lost +an arm, and the siege was given up, but he took away with him a large +Genoese ship. In 1516 Barbarossa changed his headquarters to Jijil, and +took command of an army of 6,000 men and sixteen galliots, with which he +attacked and captured the Spanish fortress of Algiers, of which he became +Sultan. Barbarossa was by now vastly rich and powerful, his fleets +bringing in prizes from Genoa, Naples, Venice, and Spain. + +Eventually Charles V. of Spain sent an army of 10,000 troops to North +Africa, defeated the corsairs, and Barbarossa was slain in battle. + + +BARBE, CAPTAIN NICHOLAS. + +Master of a Breton ship, the _Mychell_, of St. Malo, owned by Hayman +Gillard. Captured by an English ship in 1532. Her crew was made up of nine +Bretons and five Scots. + + +BARNARD, CAPTAIN. Buccaneer. + +In June, 1663, this buccaneer sailed from Port Royal to the Orinoco. He +took and plundered the town of Santo Tomas, and returned the following +March. + + +BARNES, CAPTAIN. + +In 1677 several English privateers surprised and sacked the town of Santa +Marta in the Spanish Main. To save the town from being burnt, the +Governor and Bishop became hostages until a ransom had been paid. These +the pirates, under the command of Captains Barnes and Coxon, carried back +to Jamaica and delivered up to Lord Vaughan, the Governor of the island. +Vaughan treated the Bishop well, and hired a vessel specially to send him +back to Castagona, for which kindness "the good old man was exceedingly +pleased." + + +BARNES, HENRY. + +Of Barbadoes. + +Tried for piracy at Newport in 1723, but found to be not guilty. + + +BARROW, JAMES. + +Taken by Captain Roberts out of the _Martha_ snow (Captain Lady). Turned +pirate and served in the _Ranger_ in 1721. + + +BELLAMY, CAPTAIN CHARLES. Pirate, Socialist, and orator. A famous West +Indian filibuster. + +He began life as a wrecker in the West Indies, but this business being +uncertain in its profits, and Bellamy being an ambitious young man, he +decided with his partner, Paul Williams, to aim at higher things, and to +enter the profession of piracy. Bellamy had now chosen a calling that lent +itself to his undoubted talents, and his future career, while it lasted, +was a brilliant one. + +Procuring a ship, he sailed up and down the coast of Carolina and New +England, taking and plundering numerous vessels; and when this +neighbourhood became too hot for him he would cruise for a while in the +cooler climate of Newfoundland. + +Bellamy had considerable gifts for public speaking, and seldom missed an +opportunity of addressing the assembled officers and crews of the ships +he took, before liberating or otherwise disposing of them. + +His views were distinctly Socialistic. On one occasion, in an address to a +Captain Beer, who had pleaded to have his sloop returned to him, Captain +Bellamy, after clearing his throat, began as follows: "I am sorry," he +said, "that you can't have your sloop again, for I scorn to do anyone any +mischief--when it is not to my advantage--though you are a sneaking puppy, +and so are all those who will submit to be governed by laws which rich men +have made for their own security, for the cowardly whelps have not the +courage otherwise to defend what they get by their knavery. But damn ye +altogether for a pack of crafty rascals, and you, who serve them, for a +parcel of hen-hearted numbskulls! They vilify us, the scoundrels do, when +there is the only difference that they rob the poor under cover of the +law, forsooth, and we plunder the rich under the protection of our own +courage. Had you not better make one of us than sneak after these villains +for employment?" + +Bellamy's fall came at last at the hands of a whaler captain. At the time +he was in command of the _Whidaw_ and a small fleet of other pirate craft, +which was lying at anchor in the Bay of Placentia in Newfoundland. Sailing +from Placentia for Nantucket Shoals, he seized a whaling vessel, the _Mary +Anne_. As the skipper of the whaler knew the coast well, Bellamy made him +pilot of his small fleet. The cunning skipper one night ran his ship on to +a sand-bank near Eastman, Massachusetts, and the rest of the fleet +followed his stern light on to the rocks. Almost all the crews perished, +only seven of the pirates being saved. These were seized and brought to +trial, condemned, and hanged at Boston in 1726. The days spent between the +sentence and the hanging were not wasted, for we read in a contemporary +account that "by the indefatigable pains of a pious and learned divine, +who constantly attended them, they were at length, by the special grace of +God, made sensible of and truly penitent for the enormous crimes they had +been guilty of." + + +BELVIN, JAMES. + +Bo'son to Captain Gow, the pirate. He had the reputation of being a good +sailor but a bloodthirsty fellow. Was hanged at Wapping in June, 1725. + + +BEME, FRANCIS. + +In 1539 this Baltic pirate was cruising off Antwerp, waiting to waylay +English merchant vessels. + + +BENDALL, GEORGE, or BENDEALL. + +A flourishing pirate, whose headquarters, in the early eighteenth century, +were in New Providence Island. + +In the year 1717, King George offered a free pardon to all freebooters who +would come in and give themselves up. But the call of the brotherhood was +too strong for a few of the "old hands," and Bendall, amongst others, was +off once again to carry on piracy around the Bahama and Virgin Islands. +Within a few years these last "die-hards" were all killed, drowned, +caught, or hanged. + + +BENNETT, WILLIAM. + +An English soldier, who deserted from Fort Loyal, Falmouth, Marne, in +1689, and joined the pirate Pounds. Was sent to prison at Boston, where he +died. + + +BILL, PHILIP. + +Belonged to the Island of St. Thomas. + +One of Captain Roberts's crew. Hanged at the age of 27. + + +BISHOP. + +An Irishman. Chief mate to the pirate Captain Cobham. + + +BISHOP, CAPTAIN. + +In 1613, Bishop and a few other English seamen set up as pirates at +Marmora on the Barbary Coast. + + +BISHOP, WILLIAM. + +One of Avery's crew. Hanged at Execution Dock in 1691. + + +BLADS, WILLIAM. + +Born in Rhode Island. + +One of Captain Charles Harris's crew. Hanged at Newport on July 19th, +1723. Age 28. + + +BLAKE, BENJAMIN. + +A Boston boy, taken prisoner with Captain Pounds's crew at Tarpaulin Cove. + + +BLAKE, JAMES. + +One of Captain Teach's crew. Hanged in 1718 at Virginia. + + +BLEWFIELD, CAPTAIN, or BLAUVELT. + +In 1649 this Dutch pirate brought a prize into Newport, Rhode Island. In +1663 was known to be living among the friendly Indians at Cape Gratia de +Dios on the Spanish Main. He commanded a barque carrying three guns and a +crew of fifty men. He was very active in the logwood cutting in Honduras. +Whether the town and river of Bluefield take their name from this pirate +is uncertain, but the captain must many a time have gone up the river into +the forests of Nicaragua on his logwood cutting raids. + + +BLOT, CAPTAIN. French filibuster. + +In 1684 was in command of _La Quagone_, ninety men, eight guns. + + +BOLIVAR, LIEUTENANT. + +This Portuguese pirate was first officer to Captain Jonnia. He was a +stout, well-built man of swarthy complexion and keen, ferocious eyes, huge +black whiskers and beard, and a tremendously loud voice. He took the +Boston schooner _Exertion_ at Twelve League Key on December 17th, 1821. + + +BOND, CAPTAIN. + +Of Bristol. + +In 1682 arrived at the Cape Verde Islands. Having procured leave to land +on Mayo Island, on the pretence of being an honest merchant in need of +provisions, particularly of beef and goats, Bond and his crew seized and +carried away some of the principal inhabitants. A year later John Cooke +and Cowley arrived at Mayo in the _Revenge_, but were prevented by the +inhabitants from landing owing to their recent treatment at the hands of +Bond. + + +BONNET, MAJOR STEDE, _alias_ CAPTAIN THOMAS, _alias_ EDWARDS. + +The history of this pirate is both interesting and unique. He was not +brought up to the seafaring life; in fact, before he took to piracy, he +had already retired from the Army, with the rank of Major. He owned +substantial landed property in Barbadoes, lived in a fine house, was +married, and much respected by the quality and gentry of that island. His +turning pirate naturally greatly scandalized his neighbours, and they +found it difficult at first to imagine whatever had caused this sudden and +extraordinary resolution, particularly in a man of his position in +Society. But when the cause at last came to be known, he was more pitied +than blamed, for it was understood that the Major's mind had become +unbalanced owing to the unbridled nagging of Mrs. Bonnet. Referring to +this, the historian Captain Johnson writes as follows: "He was afterwards +rather pitty'd than condemned, by those that were acquainted with him, +believing that this Humour of going a-pyrating proceeded from a Disorder +in his Mind, which had been but too visible in him, some Time before this +wicked Undertaking; and which is said to have been occasioned by some +Discomforts he found in a married State; be that as it will, the Major was +but ill qualified for the Business, as not understanding maritime +Affairs." Whatever the cause of the Major's "disorder of mind," the fact +remains that at his own expense he fitted out a sloop armed with ten guns +and a crew of seventy men. The fact that he honestly paid in cash for this +ship is highly suspicious of a deranged mind, since no other pirate, to +the writer's knowledge, ever showed such a nicety of feeling, but always +stole the ship in which to embark "on the account." The Major, to satisfy +the curious, gave out that he intended to trade between the islands, but +one night, without a word of farewell to Mrs. Bonnet, he sailed out of +harbour in the _Revenge_, as he called his ship, and began to cruise off +the coast of Virginia. For a rank amateur, Bonnet met with wonderful +success, as is shown by a list of the prizes he took and plundered in this +first period of his piracy: + +The _Anne_, of Glasgow (Captain Montgomery). + +The _Turbet_, of Barbadoes, which, after plundering, he burnt, as he did +all prizes from Barbadoes. + +The _Endeavour_ (Captain Scott). + +The _Young_, of Leith. + +The plunder out of these ships he sold at Gardiner Island, near New York. + +Cruising next off the coast of Carolina, Bonnet took a brace of prizes, +but began to have trouble with his unruly crew, who, seeing that their +captain knew nothing whatever of sea affairs, took advantage of the fact +and commenced to get out of hand. Unluckily for Bonnet, he at this time +met with the famous Captain Teach, or Blackbeard, and the latter, quickly +appreciating how matters stood, ordered the Major to come aboard his own +ship, while he put his lieutenant, Richards, to command Bonnet's vessel. +The poor Major was most depressed by this undignified change in his +affairs, until Blackbeard lost his ship in Topsail Inlet, and finding +himself at a disadvantage, promptly surrendered to the King's proclamation +and allowed Bonnet to reassume command of his own sloop. But Major Bonnet +had been suffering from qualms of conscience latterly, so he sailed to +Bath Town in North Carolina, where he, too, surrendered to the Governor +and received his certificate of pardon. Almost at once news came of war +being declared between England and France with Spain, so Bonnet hurried +back to Topsail, and was granted permission to take back his sloop and +sail her to St. Thomas's Island, to receive a commission as a privateer +from the French Governor of that island. But in the meanwhile Teach had +robbed everything of any value out of Bonnet's ship, and had marooned +seventeen of the crew on a sandy island, but these were rescued by the +Major before they died of starvation. Just as the ship was ready to sail, +a bumboat came alongside to sell apples and cider to the sloop's crew, and +from these they got an interesting piece of news. They learnt that Teach, +with a crew of eighteen men, was at that moment lying at anchor in +Ocricock Inlet. The Major, longing to revenge the insult he had suffered +from Blackbeard, and his crew remembering how he had left them to die on a +desert island, went off in search of Teach, but failed to find him. Stede +Bonnet having received his pardon in his own name, now called himself +Captain Thomas and again took to piracy, and evidently had benefited by +his apprenticeship with Blackbeard, for he was now most successful, taking +many prizes off the coast of Virginia, and later in Delaware Bay. + +Bonnet now sailed in a larger ship, the _Royal James_, so named from +feelings of loyalty to the Crown. But she proved to be very leaky, and the +pirates had to take her to the mouth of Cape Fear River for repairs. News +of this being carried to the Council of South Carolina, arrangements were +made to attempt to capture the pirate, and a Colonel William Rhet, at his +own expense, fitted out two armed sloops, the _Henry_ (eight guns and +seventy men) and the _Sea Nymph_ (eight guns and sixty men), both sailing +under the direct command of the gallant Colonel. On September 25th, 1718, +the sloops arrived at Cape Fear River, and there sure enough was the +_Royal James_, with three sloops lying at anchor behind the bar. The +pirate tried to escape by sailing out, but was followed by the Colonel's +two vessels until all three ran aground within gunshot of each other. A +brisk fight took place for five hours, when the Major struck his colours +and surrendered. There was great public rejoicing in Charleston when, on +October 3rd, Colonel Rhet sailed victoriously into the harbour with his +prisoners. But next day Bonnet managed to escape out of prison and sailed +to Swillivant's Island. The indefatigable Colonel Rhet again set out after +the Major, and again caught him and brought him back to Charleston. + +The trial of Stede Bonnet and his crew began on October 28th, 1718, at +Charleston, and continued till November 12th, the Judge being Nicholas +Trot. Bonnet was found guilty and condemned to be hanged. Judge Trot made +a speech of overwhelming length to the condemned, full of Biblical +quotations, to each of which the learned magistrate gave chapter and +verse. In November, 1718, the gallant, if unfortunate, Major was hanged at +White Point, Charleston. + +Apart from the unusual cause for his turning pirate, Bonnet is interesting +as being almost the only case known, otherwise than in books of romance, +of a pirate making his prisoners walk the plank. + + +BONNY, ANNE. Female pirate. + +Anne was born in County Cork, and her father was an Attorney-at-Law, who +practised his profession in that city, her mother being lady's maid to the +attorney's lawful wife. + +The story of the events which led to the existence of Anne may be read in +Johnson's "History of the Pyrates," where it is recounted in a style quite +suggestive of Fielding. In spite of its sad deficiency in moral tone, the +narrative is highly diverting. But as this work is strictly confined to +the history of the pirates and not to the amorous intrigues of their +forbears, we will skip these pre-natal episodes and come to the time when +the attorney, having lost a once flourishing legal practice, sailed from +Ireland to Carolina to seek a fortune there, taking his little daughter +Anne with him. In new surroundings fortune favoured the attorney, and he +soon owned a rich plantation, and his daughter kept house for him. + +Anne was now grown up and a fine young woman, but had a "fierce and +courageous temper," which more than once led her into scrapes, as, on one +occasion, when in a sad fit of temper, she slew her English servant-maid +with a case-knife. But except for these occasional outbursts of passion +she was a good and dutiful girl. Her father now began to think of finding +a suitable young man to be a husband for Anne, which would not be hard to +do, since Anne, besides her good looks, was his heir and would be well +provided for by him. But Anne fell in love with a good-looking young +sailor who arrived one day at Charleston, and, knowing her father would +never consent to such a match, the lovers were secretly married, in the +expectation that, the deed being done, the father would soon become +reconciled to it. But on the contrary, the attorney, on being told the +news, turned his daughter out of doors and would have nothing more to do +with either of them. The bridegroom, finding his heiress worth not a +groat, did what other sailors have done before and since, and slipped away +to sea without so much as saying good-bye to his bride. But a more gallant +lover soon hove in sight, the handsome, rich, dare-devil pirate, Captain +John Rackam, known up and down the coast as "Calico Jack." Jack's methods +of courting and taking a ship were similar--no time wasted, straight up +alongside, every gun brought to play, and the prize seized. Anne was soon +swept off her feet by her picturesque and impetuous lover, and consented +to go to sea with him in his ship, but disguised herself in sailor's +clothes before going on board. The lovers sailed together on a piratical +honeymoon until certain news being conveyed to Captain Rackam by his +bride, he sailed to Cuba and put Anne ashore at a small cove, where he had +a house and also friends, who he knew would take good care of her. But +before long Anne was back in the pirate ship, as active as any of her male +shipmates with cutlass and marlinspike, always one of the leaders in +boarding a prize. + +However, the day of retribution was at hand. While cruising near Jamaica +in October, 1720, the pirates were surprised by the sudden arrival of an +armed sloop, which had been sent out by the Governor of that island for +the express purpose of capturing Rackam and his crew. A fight followed, in +which the pirates behaved in a most cowardly way, and were soon driven +below decks, all but Anne Bonny and another woman pirate, Mary Read, who +fought gallantly till taken prisoners, all the while flaunting their male +companions on their cowardly conduct. The prisoners were carried to +Jamaica and tried for piracy at St. Jago de la Vega, and convicted on +November 28th, 1720. Anne pleaded to have her execution postponed for +reasons of her condition of health, and this was allowed, and she never +appears to have been hanged, though what her ultimate fate was is unknown. +On the day that her lover Rackam was hanged he obtained, by special +favour, permission to see Anne, but must have derived little comfort from +the farewell interview, for all he got in the way of sympathy from his +lady love were these words--that "she was sorry to see him there, but if +he had fought like a Man, he need not have been hang'd like a Dog." + + +BOON, JOHN. + +Member of the Council of Carolina under Governor Colleton, and expelled +from it "for holding correspondence with pirates," 1687. + + +BOOTH, SAMUEL. + +Of Charleston, Carolina. + +One of Major Bonnet's crew. Hanged at Charleston, South Carolina, in 1718. + + +BOURNANO, CAPTAIN, or DE BERNANOS. + +In 1679 this famous French filibuster commanded a ship of ninety tons, +armed with six guns, and manned by a crew of eighty-six French sailors. +Joined Captain Bartholomew Sharp when he was preparing his expedition to +assault the town of Santa Maria. Bournano was a useful ally, as he was +much liked by the Darien Indians, but his crew quarrelled with the English +buccaneers, and they left Sharp's company. In the year 1684, Bournano, +known by then as Le Sieur de Bernanos, commanded a ship, _La Schite_, +carrying a crew of sixty men and armed with eight guns. + + +LA BOUSE, CAPTAIN OLIVER, or DE LA BOUCHE. + +French pirate. + +When Captain Howel Davis had taken and sacked the fort at Gambia and with +his crew was spending a day in revelry, a ship was reported, bearing down +on them in full sail. The pirates prepared to fight her, when she ran up +the Black Flag and proved to be a French pirate ship of fourteen guns and +sixty-four hands, half French and half negroes, commanded by Captain La +Bouse. A great many civilities passed between the two captains, and they +agreed to sail down the coast together. Arriving at Sierra Leone, they +found a tall ship lying at anchor. This ship they attacked, firing a +broadside, when she also ran up the Black Flag, being the vessel of the +notorious Captain Cocklyn. For the next two days the three captains and +their crews "spent improving their acquaintance and friendship," which was +the pirate expression for getting gloriously drunk. On the third day they +attacked and took the African Company's Fort. Shortly afterwards the three +captains quarrelled, and each went his own way. In 1718 La Bouse was at +New Providence Island. In 1720 this pirate commanded the _Indian Queen_, +250 tons, armed with twenty-eight guns, and a crew of ninety men. Sailing +from the Guinea Coast to the East Indies, de la Bouche lost his ship on +the Island of Mayotta, near Madagascar. + +The captain and forty men set about building a new vessel, while the +remainder went off in canoes to join Captain England's pirates at Johanna. + + +BOWEN. + +A Bristol man. In 1537, when the Breton pirates were becoming very daring +along the south coast of England and Wales, Bowen contrived to capture +fourteen of these robbers, who had landed near Tenby, and had them put in +prison. + + +BOWEN, CAPTAIN JOHN. + +The practice of this South Sea pirate extended from Madagascar to Bengal. +He commanded a good ship, the _Speaker_, a French vessel, owned by an +English company interested in the slave trade, which Bowen had captured by +a cunning ruse. He afterwards lost his ship off Mauritius, but was well +treated by the Dutch Governor, who supplied doctors, medicine, and food to +the shipwrecked pirates. After three months' hospitality on the island, +Bowen procured a sloop, and in March, 1701, sailed for Madagascar. As a +parting friendly gift to the Governor, he gave him 2,500 pieces of eight +and the wreck of the _Speaker_, with all the guns and stores. On arriving +at Madagascar, Bowen erected a fort and built a town. Shortly after this a +ship, the _Speedy Return_, and a brigantine were so very thoughtless as to +put into the port, and paid for this thoughtlessness by being promptly +seized by Bowen. With these two vessels Bowen and his merry men went +"a-pyrating" again, and with great success, for in a short time they had +gathered together over a million dollars in coin, as well as vast +quantities of valuable merchandise. The pirates then, most wisely, +considering that they had succeeded well enough, settled down amongst +their Dutch friends in the Island of Mauritius to a quiet and comfortable +life on shore. + + +BOWMAN, WILLIAM. + +A seaman; one of the party which crossed the Isthmus of Darien on foot +with Dampier in 1681. Wafer records that Bowman, "a weakly Man, a Taylor +by trade," slipped while crossing a swollen river, and was carried off by +the swift current, and nearly drowned by the weight of a satchel he +carried containing 400 pieces of eight. + + +BOYD, ROBERT. + +Of Bath Town, North Carolina. + +Sailed with Major Stede Bonnet in the _Royal James_. Hanged on November +8th, 1718, at Charleston. + + +BOYZA. + +A Columbian. + +One of Captain Gilbert's crew in the _Panda_. Hanged at Boston in June, +1835. + + +BRADISH, CAPTAIN JOSEPH. + +A notorious pirate. Born at Cambridge, Massachusetts, on November 28th, +1672. In March, 1689, was in London out of a berth, and shipped as mate in +the hake-boat _Adventure_, bound for Borneo on an interloping trade. + +In September, 1698, when most of the officers and passengers were ashore +at the Island of Polonais, Bradish and the crew cut the cable and ran away +with the ship. The crew shared the money which was found in the +bread-room, and which filled nine chests, amounting to about 3,700 Spanish +dollars. + +Bradish sailed the _Adventure_ to Long Island, arriving there on March +19th, 1699. After leaving their money and jewels on Nassau Island, they +sank their ship. Most of the crew bought horses at the neighbouring +farmhouses and disappeared. Bradish and a few others were rash enough to +go to Massachusetts, where they were promptly arrested and placed in the +Boston Gaol. But the gaolkeeper, one Caleb Ray, was a relation of Bradish, +and allowed him to escape. An offer of a reward of £200 brought the +escaped prisoner back, and he sailed in irons on H.M.S. _Advice_, with +Kidd and other pirates, to England, and was hanged in chains in London at +Hope Dock in 1700. + + +BRADLEY, GEORGE. + +Master of Captain Fenn's ship, the _Morning Star_, wrecked on the Grand +Caymans in August, 1722. The crew got ashore on an island and hid in the +woods. Bradley and the other pirates afterwards surrendered themselves to +an English sloop, and were carried to Bermuda. Bradley escaped to England, +and was last heard of at Bristol. + + +BREAKES, CAPTAIN HIRAM. + +This Dutch pirate was the second son of a well-to-do councillor of the +Island of Saba in the West Indies. Hiram was appointed in the year 1764 to +a ship which traded between that island and Amsterdam. In the latter port, +Hiram, who was now 19 years of age and a handsome fellow standing over six +feet in height, fell in love with a certain Mrs. Snyde. + +Getting command of a small ship that traded between Schiedam, in Holland, +and Lisbon, Breakes for some time sailed between these ports. Returning to +Amsterdam, he and Mrs. Snyde murdered that lady's husband, but at the +trial managed to get acquitted. + +Breakes's next exploit was to steal his employer's ship and cargo and go +out as a pirate, naming his vessel the _Adventure_. His first exploit was +a daring one. Sailing into Vigo Harbour in full view of the forts, he +seized a vessel, the _Acapulco_, lately come from Valparaiso, and took her +off. On plundering her they found 200,000 small bars of gold, each about +the size of a man's finger. The captain and crew of this Chilian vessel +were all murdered. Breakes preferred the _Acapulco_ to his own ship, so he +fitted her up and sailed in her to the Mediterranean. + +Breakes was one of the religious variety of pirate, for after six days of +robbing and throat-slitting he would order his crew to clean themselves on +the Sabbath and gather on the quarter-deck, where he would read prayers to +them and would often preach a sermon "after the Lutheran style," thus +fortifying the brave fellows for another week of toil and bloodshed. + +Gifted with unlimited boldness, Breakes called in at Gibraltar and +requested the Governor to grant him a British privateer's commission, +which the Governor did "for a consideration." Sailing in the neighbourhood +of the Balearic Islands, he took a few ships, when one day, spying a +nunnery by the sea-shore in Minorca, he proposed to his crew that they +should fit themselves out with a wife apiece. + +This generous offer was eagerly accepted, and the crew, headed by Captain +Breakes, marched up to the nunnery unopposed, and were welcomed at the +door by the lady abbess. Having entered the peaceful cloister, each pirate +chose a nun and marched back to the ship with their spoils. Soon after +this Breakes decided to retire from piracy, and returned to Amsterdam to +claim Mrs. Snyde. But he found that she had but lately been hanged for +poisoning her little son, of which the pirate was father. This tragedy so +preyed upon the mind of Captain Breakes that he turned "melancholy mad" +and drowned himself in one of the many dykes with which that city abounds. + + +BRECK, JOHN. + +One of the crew of the brigantine _Charles_ (Captain John Quelch). Tried +for piracy at Boston in 1704. + + +BREHA, CAPTAIN, _alias_ LANDRESSON. + + +BRENNINGHAM, CAPTAIN. + +Of Jamaica and Tortuga. + +In 1663 commanded a frigate of six guns and seventy men. + + +BRIERLY, JOHN, _alias_ TIMBERHEAD. + +Of Bath Town in North Carolina. + +One of the crew of the _Royal James_. Hanged at Charleston in November, +1718. + + +BRIGHT, JOHN. + +Of St. Margaret's, Westminster. + +One of the crew of Captain Charles Harris. Hanged at Newport, Rhode +Island, in July, 1723, at the age of 25. + + +BRINKLEY, JAMES. + +Of Suffolk, England. + +One of Captain Charles Harris's crew. Hanged for piracy at Newport, Rhode +Island, on July 19th, 1723. Age 28. + + +BRODLEY, CAPTAIN JOSEPH, or BRADLEY, sometimes called +"Lieutenant-Colonel." "An ancient and expert pirate." + +Appointed Vice-Admiral by Morgan in his expedition up the Chagre River. He +was a tough old pirate, and had proved himself a terror to the Spaniards, +particularly when Mansvelt took the Isle of St. Catharine. In 1676 Brodley +was sent by Morgan to capture the Castle of Chagre, a very strongly +garrisoned fort. All day the pirates kept up a furious attack, but were +driven back. At last, when it seemed impossible for the pirates ever to +succeed in entering the castle, a remarkable accident happened which +altered the whole issue. One of the pirates was wounded by an arrow in his +back, which pierced his body and came out the opposite side. This he +instantly pulled out at the side of his breast; then, taking a little +cotton, he wound it about the arrow, and, putting it into his musket, he +shot it back into the castle. The cotton, kindled by the powder, set fire +to several houses within the castle, which, being thatched with +palm-leaves, took fire very easily. This fire at last reached the powder +magazine, and a great explosion occurred. Owing to this accident of the +arrow the pirates were eventually able to take the Castle of Chagre. This +was one of the finest and bravest defences ever made by the Spaniards. Out +of 314 Spanish soldiers in the castle, only thirty survived, all the rest, +including the Governor, being killed. Brodley was himself severely wounded +in this action and died as a consequence ten days later. + + +BROOKS, JOSEPH (senior). + +One of Blackbeard's crew in the _Queen Ann's Revenge_. Killed on November +22nd, 1718, at North Carolina. + + +BROOKS, JOSEPH (junior). + +One of Blackbeard's crew in the _Queen Ann's Revenge_. Taken prisoner by +Lieutenant Maynard on November 22nd, 1718. Carried to Virginia, where he +was tried and hanged. + + +BROWN, CAPTAIN. + +A notorious latter-day pirate, who "worked" the east coast of Central +America in the early part of the nineteenth century. + + +BROWN, CAPTAIN. + +On July 24th, 1702, sailed from Jamaica in command of the _Blessing_--ten +guns and crew of seventy-nine men, with the famous Edward Davis on +board--to attack the town of Tolu on the Spanish Main. The town was taken +and plundered, but Brown was killed, being shot through the head. + + +BROWN, CAPTAIN NICHOLAS. + +Surrendered to the King's pardon for pirates at New Providence, Bahamas, +in 1718. Soon afterwards he surrendered to the Spanish Governor of Cuba, +embraced the Catholic faith, and turned pirate once more; and was very +active in attacking English ships off the Island of Jamaica. + + +BROWN, JOHN. + +Of Durham, England. + +One of Captain Charles Harris's crew. Hanged at the age of 29 years at +Newport, Rhode Island, in 1723. + + +BROWN, JOHN. + +Of Liverpool. + +One of Captain Harris's crew. Found guilty of piracy at Newport, Rhode +Island, in 1723, but recommended to the King's favour, perhaps in view of +his age, being but 17 years old. + + +BROWNE, CAPTAIN JAMES. + +A Scotchman. + +In 1677, when in command of a mixed crew of English, Dutch, and French +pirates, he took a Dutch ship trading in negroes off the coast of +Cartagena. The Dutch captain and several of his crew were killed, while +the cargo of 150 negroes was landed in a remote bay on the coast of +Jamaica. + +Lord Vaughan sent a frigate, which captured about a hundred of the negro +slaves and also Browne and eight of his pirate crew. The captain and crew +were tried for piracy and condemned. The crew were pardoned, but Browne +was ordered to be executed. The captain appealed to the Assembly to have +the benefit of the Act of Privateers, and the House of Assembly twice sent +a committee to the Governor to beg a reprieve. Lord Vaughan refused this +and ordered the immediate execution of Browne. Half an hour after the +hanging the provost-marshal appeared with an order, signed by the Speaker, +to stop the execution. + + +BROWNE, EDWARD. + +Of York River, Virginia. + +One of Captain Pounds's crew. Wounded at Tarpaulin Cove in 1689. + + +BROWNE, JOHN, _alias_ MAMME. + +An English sailor who joined the Barbary pirates at Algiers and turned +Mohammedan. Taken in the _Exchange_ in 1622 and carried a prisoner to +Plymouth. + + +BROWNE, RICHARD. Surgeon. + +Surgeon-General in Morgan's fleet which carried the buccaneers to the +Spanish Main. He wrote an account of the disastrous explosion on board the +_Oxford_ during a banquet given to Morgan and the buccaneer commanders on +January 2nd, 1669, off Cow Island to the south of Hispaniola, at which the +details were being discussed for an attack on Cartagena. + +Browne writes: "I was eating my dinner with the rest when the mainmasts +blew out and fell upon Captains Aylett and Bigford and others and knocked +them on the head. I saved myself by getting astride the mizzenmast." Only +Morgan and those who sat on his side of the dinner-table were saved. + +Browne, who certainly was not biased towards Morgan in his accounts of his +exploits, is one of the few narrators who gives the buccaneer Admiral +credit for moderation towards his prisoners, particularly women. + + +BUCK, ELEAZER. + +One of Captain Pounds's crew. Tried at Boston in 1689 for piracy and found +guilty, but pardoned on payment of a fine of twenty marks. + + +BUCKENHAM, CAPTAIN. + +In 1679 sailed from England to the West Indies. He was taken by the +Spaniards off Campeachy and carried to Mexico. A seaman, Russel, also a +prisoner there, and who escaped afterwards, reported to Lionel Wafer that +he last saw Captain Buckenham with a log chained to his leg and a basket +on his back, crying bread about the streets of the city of Mexico for his +master, a baker. + + +BULL, CAPTAIN DIXEY. + +Born in London of a respectable family, and in 1631 went to Boston, where +he received a grant of land at York on the coast of Maine. Became a +"trader for bever" in New England. In June, 1632, while in Penobscot Bay, +a French pinnace arrived and seized his shallop and stock of "coats, +ruggs, blanketts, bisketts, etc." Annoyed by this high-handed behaviour, +Bull collected together a small crew and turned pirate, thus being the +very first pirate on the New England coast. Bull took several small +vessels, and was not caught by the authorities, who sent out small armed +sloops to search for him, and nothing more was heard of this pioneer +pirate after 1633, although rumour said that he had reached England in +safety. + + +BULL, MR. + +A member of the crew of Coxon's canoe, he was killed in the famous attack +by the buccaneers on the Spanish Fleet off Panama in 1680. + + +BULLOCK. Surgeon. + +One of the crew at the second disastrous attack by Captain Sharp on the +town of Arica, when the buccaneers were driven out of the town. All +escaped who could, except the surgeons, who, in a most unprofessional way, +had been indulging somewhat freely in the wines of the country during the +battle, and consequently were in no condition to take their places with +the retreating force. The surgeons, after being taken prisoner, were +persuaded to disclose to the Spaniards the prearranged signals by smoke +from two fires, which was to be given in case of a successful taking of +the town, to bring up the boats that were hiding on the shore, ready to +take the buccaneers back to their ships. Fortunately the buccaneers on the +shore arrived just as the canoes were getting under way, otherwise the +whole remnant of them would have perished. The only one of these +disreputable surgeons whose name we know is Dr. Bullock. Some months +afterwards it was ascertained, through a prisoner, that the Spaniards +"civilly entertained these surgeons, more especially the women." Surgeons, +even such surgeons as these, were considered to be valuable in those days +in the out-of-the-way Spanish colonies. + + +BUNCE, CHARLES. + +Born at Exeter; died at the age of 26. + +Taken by Captain Roberts out of a Dutch galley in 1721, he joined the +pirates, to be eventually hanged in 1722. He made a moving speech from the +gallows, "disclaiming against the guilded Bates of Power, Liberty, and +Wealth that had ensnared him amongst the pirates," earnestly exhorting the +spectators to remember his youth, and ending by declaring that "he stood +there as a beacon upon a Rock" (the gallows standing on one) "to warn +erring Marriners of Danger." + + +BURDER, WILLIAM. + +Mayor of Dover. + +It may seem strange to accuse the mayor of so important a seaport as Dover +of being a pirate, but it is difficult to see how William Burder is to +escape the accusation when we learn that in the year 1563 he captured 600 +French vessels and a large number of neutral craft, which he plundered, +and also no fewer than sixty-one Spanish ships, to the very natural +annoyance of the King of Spain, whose country was at this time at peace +with England. + + +BURGESS, CAPTAIN SAMUEL SOUTH. + +Born and bred in New York, he was a man of good education, and began his +career on a privateer in the West Indies. Later on he was sent by a Mr. +Philips, owner and shipbuilder, to trade with the pirates in Madagascar. +This business Burgess augmented with a little piracy on his own account, +and after taking several prizes he returned to the West Indies, where he +disposed of his loot. He then proceeded to New York, and, purposely +wrecking his vessel at Sandy Hook, landed in the guise of an honest +shipwrecked mariner. + +Burgess settled down for a time to a well-earned rest, and married a +relative of his employer, Mr. Philips. + +Philips sent him on two further voyages, both of which were run on +perfectly honest lines, and were most successful both to owner and +captain. But a later voyage had an unhappy ending. After successfully +trading with the pirates in Madagascar, Burgess was returning home, +carrying several pirates as passengers, who were returning to settle in +America, having made their fortunes. The ship was captured off the Cape of +Good Hope by an East Indiaman, and taken to Madras. Here the captain and +passengers were put in irons and sent to England to be tried. The case +against Burgess fell through, and he was liberated. Instead of at once +getting away, he loitered about London until one unlucky day he ran across +an old pirate associate called Culliford, on whose evidence Burgess was +again arrested, tried, and condemned to death, but pardoned at the last +moment by the Queen, through the intercession of the Bishop of London. +After a while he procured the post of mate in the _Neptune_, a Scotch +vessel, which was to go to Madagascar to trade liquors with the pirates +who had their headquarters in that delectable island. On arrival at +Madagascar a sudden hurricane swept down, dismasted the _Neptune_, and +sank two pirate ships. The chief pirate, Halsey, as usual, proved himself +a man of resource. Seeing that without a ship his activities were severely +restricted, he promptly, with the help of his faithful and willing crew, +seized the _Neptune_, this satisfactory state of affairs being largely +facilitated by the knowledge that the mate, Burgess, was all ripe to go on +the main chance once more. The first venture of this newly formed crew was +most successful, as they seized a ship, the _Greyhound_, which lay in the +bay, the owners of which had but the previous day bought--and paid for--a +valuable loading of merchandise from the pirates. This was now taken back +by the pirates, who, having refitted the _Neptune_, set forth seeking +fresh adventures and prizes. The further history of Burgess is one of +constant change and disappointment. + +While serving under a Captain North, he was accused of betraying some of +his associates, and was robbed of all his hard-earned savings. For several +years after this he lived ashore at a place in Madagascar called +Methalage, until captured by some Dutch rovers, who soon after were +themselves taken by French pirates. Burgess, with his former Dutch +captain, was put ashore at Johanna, where, under the former's expert +knowledge, a ship was built and sailed successfully to Youngoul, where +Burgess got a post as third mate on a ship bound to the West Indies. +Before sailing, Burgess was sent, on account of his knowledge of the +language, as ambassador to the local King. Burgess, unfortunately for +himself, had in the past said some rather unkind things about this +particular ruler, and the offended monarch, in revenge, gave Burgess some +poisoned liquor to drink, which quickly brought to an end an active if +chequered career. + + +BURGESS, CAPTAIN THOMAS. + +One of the pirates of the Bahama Islands who surrendered to King George in +1718 and received the royal pardon. He was afterwards drowned at sea. + + +BURK, CAPTAIN. + +An Irishman, who committed many piracies on the coast of Newfoundland. +Drowned in the Atlantic during a hurricane in 1699. + + +CACHEMARÉE, CAPTAIN. French filibuster. + +Commanded the _St. Joseph_, of six guns and a crew of seventy men. In 1684 +had his headquarters at San Domingo. + + +CÆSAR. + +A negro. One of Teach's crew hanged at Virginia in 1718. Cæsar, who was +much liked and trusted by Blackbeard, had orders from him to blow up the +_Queen Ann's Revenge_ by dropping a lighted match into the powder magazine +in case the ship was taken by Lieutenant Maynard. Cæsar attempted to carry +out his instructions, but was prevented from doing so by two of the +surrendered pirates. + + +CÆSAR, CAPTAIN. + +One of Gasparilla's gang of pirates who hunted in the Gulf of Mexico. His +headquarters were on Sanibel Island. + + +CALLES, CAPTAIN JOHN, or CALLIS. + +A notorious Elizabethan pirate, whose activities were concentrated on the +coast of Wales. + +We quote Captain John Smith, the founder of Virginia, who writes: "This +Ancient pirate Callis, who most refreshed himselfe upon the Coast of +Wales, who grew famous, till Queene Elizabeth of Blessed Memory, hanged +him at Wapping." + +Calles did not die on the gallows without an attempt at getting let off. +He wrote a long and ingenious letter to Lord Walsyngham, bewailing his +former wicked life and promising, if spared, to assist in ridding the +coast of pirates by giving particulars of "their roads, haunts, creeks, +and maintainers." One of the chief of these "maintainers," or receivers of +stolen property, was Lord O'Sullivan, or the Sulivan Bere of Berehaven. +In spite of a long and very plausible plea for pity, this "ancient and +wicked pyrate" met his fate on the gibbet at Wapping. + + +CAMMOCK, WILLIAM. + +A seaman under Captain Bartholomew Sharp. He died at sea on December 14th, +1679, off the coast of Chile. "His disease was occasioned by a sunfit, +gained by too much drinking on shore at La Serena; which produced in him a +_celenture_, or malignant fever and a hiccough." He was buried at sea with +the usual honours of "three French vollies." + + +CANDOR, RALPH. + +Tried for piracy with the rest of Captain Lowther's crew at St. Kitts in +March, 1723, and acquitted. + + +CANNIS, _alias_ CANNIS MARCY. + +A Dutch pirate who acted as interpreter to Captain Bartholomew Sharp's +South Sea Expedition. Captain Cox and Basil Ringmore took him with them +after the sacking of Hilo in 1679, to come to terms with the Spanish +cavalry over the ransoming of a sugar mill. On Friday, May 27th, 1680, +while ashore with a watering party in the Gulf of Nicoya, the interpreter, +having had, no doubt, his fill of buccaneering, ran away. + + +CARACCIOLI, SIGNOR, _alias_ D'AUBIGNY. + +An Italian renegade priest, who became an atheist, Socialist, and +revolutionist, and was living at Naples when Captain Fourbin arrived there +in the French man-of-war _Victoire_. + +Caraccioli met and made great friends with a young French apprentice in +the ship, called Misson, and a place was found for him on board. The +ex-priest proved himself to be a brave man in several engagements with +the Moors and with an English warship, and was quickly promoted to be a +petty officer. + +Caraccioli, by his eloquence, soon converted most of the crew to believe +in his theories, and when Captain Fourbin was killed in an action off +Martinique with an English ship, Misson took command and appointed the +Italian to be his Lieutenant, and continued to fight the English ship to a +finish. The victorious crew then elected Misson to be their captain, and +decided to "bid defiance to all nations" and to settle on some +out-of-the-way island. Capturing another English ship off the Cape of Good +Hope, Caraccioli was put in command of her, and the whole of the English +crew voluntarily joined the pirates, and sailed to Madagascar. Here they +settled, and the Italian married the daughter of a black Island King; an +ideal republic was formed, and our hero was appointed Secretary of State. + +Eventually Caraccioli died fighting during a sudden attack made on the +settlement by a neighbouring tribe. + + +CARMAN, THOMAS. + +Of Maidstone in Kent. + +Hanged at Charleston in 1718 with the rest of Major Bonnet's crew. + + +CARNES, JOHN. + +One of Blackbeard's crew. Hanged at Virginia in 1718. + + +CARR, JOHN. + +A Massachusetts pirate, one of Hore's crew, who was hiding in Rhode Island +in 1699. + + +CARTER, DENNIS. + +Tried for piracy in June, 1704, at the Star Tavern in Boston. One of John +Quelch's crew. + + +CARTER, JOHN. + +Captured by Major Sewall in the _Larimore_ galley, and brought into Salem. +One of Captain Quelch's crew. Tried at Boston in 1704. + + +CASTILLO. + +A Columbian sailor in the schooner _Panda_. Hanged for piracy at Boston on +June 11th, 1835. + + +LA CATA. + +A most blood-thirsty pirate and one of the last of the West Indian gangs. + +In 1824, when La Cata was cruising off the Isle of Pines, his ship was +attacked by an English cutter only half his size. After a furious fight +the cutter was victorious, and returned in triumph to Jamaica with the +three survivors of the pirates as prisoners. One of these was found out at +the trial to be La Cata himself. Hanged at Kingston, Jamaica. + + +CHANDLER, HENRY, _alias_ RAMMETHAM RISE. + +Born in Devonshire, his father kept a chandler's shop in Southwark. An +English _renegado_ at Algiers, who had turned Mohammedan and had become an +overseer in the pirates' shipyards. He was a man of some authority amongst +the Moors, and in 1621 he appointed a slave called Goodale to become +master of one of the pirate ships, the _Exchange_, in which one Rawlins +also sailed. Owing to the courage and ingenuity of the latter, the +European slaves afterwards seized the ship and brought her into Plymouth; +Chandler being thrown into gaol and afterwards hanged. + + +CHEESMAN, EDWARD. + +Taken prisoner out of the _Dolphin_, on the Banks of Newfoundland, by the +Pirate Phillips in 1724. With the help of a fisherman called Fillmore, he +killed Phillips and ten other pirates and brought the ship into Boston +Harbour. + + +CHEVALLE, DANIEL. + +One of Captain John Quelch's crew. Tried for piracy at Boston in 1704. + + +CHILD, THOMAS. + +In the year 1723, at the age of 15, he was tried for piracy at Newport, +Rhode Island. This child must have seen scores of cold-blooded murders +committed while he sailed with Low and Harris. Found to be not guilty. + + +CHRISTIAN, CAPTAIN. + +In 1702 the town of Tolu was sacked by Captain Brown of the _Blessing_. +Brown was killed, and Christian was elected to be captain in his stead. +Davis tells us that "Christian was an old experienced soldier and +privateer, very brave and just in all his actions." He had lived for a +long while amongst the Darien Indians, with whom he was on very friendly +terms. + + +CHULY, DANIEL. + +Tried for piracy at Boston, Massachusetts, in 1706. + + +CHURCH, CHARLES. + +Of St. Margaret's, Westminster. + +One of Captain Charles Harris's crew. Hanged on July 19th, 1723, at +Newport, Rhode Island. Age + + +CHURCH, EDWARD. + +In 1830 he served in the brig _Vineyard_, from New Orleans to +Philadelphia. Took part in the mutiny which was planned by the notorious +pirate Charles Gibbs. + + +CHURCH, WILLIAM. + +Of the _Gertrwycht_ of Holland. + +At the trial at West Africa in 1722 of the crew of Bartholomew Roberts's, +four of the prisoners--W. Church, Phil. Haak, James White, and Nicholas +Brattle--were proved to have "served as Musick on board the _Royal +Fortune_, being taken out of several merchant ships, having had an uneasy +life of it, having sometimes their Fiddles, and often their Heads broke, +only for excusing themselves, as saying they were tired, when any Fellow +took it in his Head to demand a Tune." Acquitted. + + +CHURCHILL, JOHN. + +One of Captain George Lowther's crew. Captured by the _Eagle_ sloop at the +Island of Blanco, not far from Tortuga. + +Hanged on March 11th, 1722, at St. Kitts. + + +CLARKE, JONATHAN. + +Of Charleston, South Carolina. + +One of Major Stede Bonnet's crew. Tried for piracy at Charleston in 1718, +and found to be not guilty. + + +CLARKE, RICHARD, _alias_ JAFAR. + +A renegade English sailor, who turned "Turk"--that is, became a +Mohammedan--and was appointed chief gunner on one of the Barbary pirate +ships. Captured in the _Exchange_, and brought into Plymouth in 1622. He +was hanged. + + +CLARKE, ROBERT. + +Governor of New Providence, Bahama Islands. Instead of trying to stamp out +the pirates, he did all he could to encourage them, by granting letters of +marque to such men as Coxon, to go privateering, these letters being quite +illegal. The proprietors of the Bahama Islands turned Clarke out and +appointed in his place Robert Lilburne in 1682. + + +CLIFFORD, JOHN. + +One of Captain John Quelch's crew; tried at the Star Tavern at Boston in +1704 for piracy. All the accused pleaded "Not guilty" except Clifford and +two others who turned Queen's evidence. + + +CLINTON, CAPTAIN. + +One of the notorious sixteenth century pirates "who grew famous until +Queene Elizabeth of blessed memory, hanged them at Wapping." + + +COBHAM, CAPTAIN. + +Of Poole in Dorsetshire. + +At the age of 18 he took to smuggling. His biographer tells us that even +at this comparatively early age Cobham "was cautious and prudent, and +though he intrigued with the ladies, he managed to keep it secret." Cobham +was very successful as a smuggler, on one occasion landing a cargo of ten +thousand gallons of brandy at Poole. But a little later on his vessel was +captured by a King's cutter. This annoyed the young captain, and he bought +a cutter at Bridport, mounted fourteen guns in her, and turned pirate. +Out of his very first prize, an Indiaman, which he boarded off the Mersey, +he took a sum of £40,000, and then scuttled the ship and drowned the crew. + +Cobham, calling in at Plymouth, met a damsel called Maria, whom he took on +board with him, which at first caused some murmuring amongst his crew, who +were jealous because they themselves were not able to take lady companions +with them on their voyages, for, as the same biographer sagely remarks, +"where a man is married the case is altered, no man envies him his +happiness; but where he only keeps a girl, every man says, 'I have as much +right to one as he has.'" Nevertheless, Maria proved herself a great +success, for when any member of the crew was to be punished Maria would +use her influence with the captain to get him excused or his punishment +lessened, thus winning the affection of all on board. The English Channel +becoming too dangerous for Cobham, he sailed across the Atlantic and lay +in wait for vessels between Cape Breton and Prince Edward Isle, and took +several prizes. In one of these he placed all the crew in sacks and threw +them into the sea. Maria, too, took her part in these affairs, and once +stabbed to the heart, with her own little dirk, the captain of a Liverpool +brig, the _Lion_, and on another occasion, to indulge her whim, a captain +and his two mates were tied up to the windlass while Maria shot them with +her pistol. Maria always wore naval uniform, both at sea and when in port; +in fact, she entered thoroughly into the spirit of the enterprise. + +Cobham now wished to retire from the sea, but Maria urged him to further +efforts, as she had set her heart on his buying her a beautiful place in +England called Mapleton Hall, near Poole. + +Maria's last act at sea was to poison the whole crew of an Indiaman, who +were prisoners in irons aboard the pirate ship. + +Cobham having made a vast fortune, at last decided to settle down, and he +bought a large estate near Havre from the Duc de Chartres. It was on the +coast, and had a snug little harbour of its own, where the retired pirate +kept a small pleasure yacht in which he and Maria used to go for fishing +expeditions. One day, when they were out on one of these picnics, a West +India brig lay becalmed near by, and Cobham and his crew went on board to +visit the captain of the merchant ship. But the temptation proved too +strong, and Cobham suddenly shooting the captain, Maria and the yacht's +crew quickly despatched the rest. Carrying the prize to Bordeaux, he sold +her for a good price. This was Cobham's last act of piracy, and soon +afterwards he was made a magistrate, and presided at the county courts. +Maria, it was thought, possibly owing to remorse, poisoned herself with +laudanum and died. Cobham lived to a good old age, and eventually passed +away, leaving many descendants, who, a hundred years ago, "were moving in +the first grade at Havre." + + +COBHAM, MRS. MARIA. + +A bloodthirsty and ambitious woman pirate, the wife of Captain Cobham, +late of Poole in Dorset. + + +COCKLYN, CAPTAIN THOMAS. + +In 1717 was in the Bahama Islands when Woodes Rogers arrived at New +Providence Island with King George's offer of pardon to those pirates who +came in and surrendered themselves. Cocklyn, like many others, after +surrendering, fell again into their wicked ways, and ended by being +hanged. Only a year after receiving the royal pardon we hear of him being +in company with Davis and La Bouse and several other notorious pirates at +Sierra Leone, when he was in command of a tall ship of twenty-four guns. + +Cocklyn ended his life on the gallows. + + +COFRECINA, CAPTAIN. + +A notorious Spanish-American pirate who was very troublesome in the South +Atlantic in the early part of the last century. Eventually captured by +Midshipman Hull Foot of the U.S. Navy in March, 1825, at St. Thomas Isle. +Executed in Porto Rico by the terrible Spanish method of the garotte. + + +COLE, CAPTAIN JOHN. + +Commander of the _Eagle_, _alias_ the _New York Revenge's Revenge_. Tried, +condemned, and hanged in 1718 at Charleston. His was a brilliant career +while it lasted, but was cut short after a brief and meteoric spell. + + +COLE, SAMUEL. + +One of Captain Fly's crew. Tried and condemned for piracy at Boston in +1726. On the way to the gallows the culprits were taken to church, where +they had to listen to a long sermon from Dr. Colman, bringing home to the +wretched creatures their dreadful sins and their awful future. + + +COLLIER, CAPTAIN EDWARD. + +Commanded the _Oxford_, a King's ship, which was sent from England to +Jamaica at the earnest request of Governor Modyford, for a "nimble +frigate," to help keep control over the increasingly turbulent buccaneers. +Collier's first act was to seize a French man-of-war, a privateer called +the _Cour Volent_, of La Rochelle, commanded by M. la Vivon, his excuse +being that the Frenchmen had robbed an English vessel of provisions. +Collier was appointed to be Morgan's Vice-Admiral, and a few days later +the _Oxford_ was blown up accidentally while a conference of buccaneer +captains was taking place. + +In 1670, with six ships and 400 men, the buccaneers sailed for the Spanish +Main and sacked the city of Rio de la Hacha. Collier led the left wing in +the famous and successful attack on Panama City with the rank of colonel. + +Richard Brown reports that Collier could on occasions be very cruel, and +that he even executed a Spanish friar on the battlefield after quarter had +been given to the vanquished. On their return to the coast after the +sacking of Panama, Collier was accused, with Morgan and the other +commanders, of having cheated the seamen of their fair share of the +plunder, and of deserting them, and then sailing off in the ships with the +supplies of food as well as the plunder. + + +COLLINS, THOMAS. + +This Madagascar pirate was a carpenter by trade, who had by 1716 retired +from the sea and lived in splendour in that island. Collins was made +Governor of the pirate colony, and built a small fort for its defence, +which the pirates armed with the guns taken out of their ship, which had +by long use grown old and crazy, and was of no further use to them. + + +COMRY, ADAM. + +Surgeon to the ship _Elizabeth_, taken by Captain Bartholomew Roberts's +squadron. Gave evidence at the trial of George Wilson and another +sea-surgeon, Scudamore, that the former had borrowed from Comry a "clean +shirt and drawers, for his better appearance and reception." When visiting +Captain Bartholomew Roberts's ship, Comry was forced to serve as surgeon +on board one of Roberts's vessels. + + +CONDENT, CAPTAIN, _also_ CONGDON or CONDEN. + +Born at Plymouth in Devonshire. + +Condent was quartermaster in a New York sloop, at the Island of New +Providence, when Governor Woodes Rogers arrived there in 1718. The captain +of the sloop seems to have thought best to leave rather than wait to +welcome the new Governor. When only a few days out, one of the crew, an +Indian, who had been cruelly treated, attempted, in revenge, to blow up +the ship. This was prevented by Condent, who with great courage leapt into +the hold and shot the Indian, but not before the latter had fired at him +and broken his arm. The crew, to show the relief they felt at being saved +from a sudden death, hacked to pieces the body of the Indian, while the +gunner, ripping open the dead man's belly, tore out his heart, which he +boiled and ate. + +Turning their attention from cannibalism to piracy, the pirates took a +prize, the _Duke of York_, but disputes arising, the captain and part of +the crew sailed in the prize, while Condent was elected captain of the +sloop, and headed across the Atlantic for the Cape Verde Islands, where he +found the salt fleet, of twenty small vessels, lying at anchor off the +Island of Mayo, all of which he took. Sailing next to the Island of St. +Jago, he took a Dutch ship. This proving a better ship than the sloop, +Condent transferred himself and crew into her, and named her the _Flying +Dragon_, presenting the sloop to the mate of an English prize, who he had +forced to go with him. From thence Condent sailed away for the coast of +Brazil, taking several Portuguese ships which, after plundering, he let +go. After cleaning the _Flying Dragon_ on Ferdinando Island, the pirates +took several more prizes, and then one day met with a Portuguese +man-of-war of seventy guns. Coming up with her, the Portuguese hailed the +pirates, and they answered "from London bound for Buenos Ayres." The +man-of-war, to pay a compliment to the ship of her English ally, manned +the shrouds and cheered him, and while this amicable demonstration of +marine brotherly feeling was taking place, Captain Condent came up +alongside and suddenly fired a broadside and a volley of small arms into +the man-of-war, and a smart engagement followed, in which the pirates were +worsted, and were lucky to escape. + +Sailing away round the Cape of Good Hope, Condent arrived at the pirate +stronghold at the Island of Johanna, where he took on board some of +Captain Halsey's crew, and, reinforced by these skilled masters in the +craft of piracy, took several rich East Indiamen off the Malabar coast. + +Calling in at the Isle of St. Mary, one of the Mascerenas group, he met +with another Portuguese ship of seventy guns, which he was fortunate +enough to make a prize of. In this ship they found amongst the passengers +the Viceroy of Goa. Carrying this rich prize to Zanzibar, they plundered +her of a large amount of money. + +Having now gathered a vast fortune, they thought it time to give up +piracy, so they returned to the Island of St. Mary, where they made a +share of their plunder, and the company broke up, many of them settling +down amongst the natives. Captain Condent and some others sent from here a +petition to the Governor of Mauritius asking for a pardon, and received +answer that he would take them into his protection if they would destroy +their ships. Having done this, they sailed to Mauritius, where they +settled down, and Captain Condent married the Governor's sister-in-law. + +A few years later the captain and his wife left the island and sailed to +France, settling at St. Malo, where Condent drove a considerable trade as +a merchant. + + +COOK, CAPTAIN EDWARD, or EDMUND. + +Was on the Pacific coast with Captains Sharp and Sawkins, 1680. Being +unable to keep order amongst his unruly crew, he resigned his ship and +command to Captain John Cox, a New Englander. He commanded a barque in the +successful sacking of Porto Bello in the same year in company with Sharp, +Coxon, and others. + +On land engagements his flag was a red one striped with yellow, on which +was a device of a hand and sword. + + +COOK, GEORGE, _alias_ RAMEDAM. + +An English renegade amongst the Barbary pirates of Algiers. Was gunner's +mate when captured in the _Exchange_ in 1622. Brought to Plymouth and +hanged. + + +COOK, WILLIAM. + +Servant to Captain Edmund Cook, and was found, on being searched, to have +on him a paper with the names of all his fellow pirates written on it, and +was suspected of having prepared it to give to some of the Spanish +prisoners. For this, Captain Walters put him in irons on January 7th, +1681. + +He died on board ship on Monday, February 14th, 1681, off the coast of +Chile. + + +COOKE, CAPTAIN JOHN. + +This buccaneer was born in the Island of St. Christopher. "A brisk, bold +man," he was promoted to the rank of quartermaster by Captain Yankey. On +taking a Spanish ship, Cooke claimed the command of her, which he was +entitled to, and would have gone in her with an English crew had not the +French members of the crew, through jealousy, sacked the ship and marooned +the Englishmen on the Island of Avache. Cooke and his men were rescued by +another French buccaneer, Captain Tristram, and taken to the Island of +Dominica. Here the English managed to get away with the ship, leaving +Tristram and his Frenchmen behind on land. Cooke, now with a ship of his +own, took two French ships loaded with wine. With this valuable cargo he +steered northward, and reached Virginia in April, 1683. He had no +difficulty in selling his wine for a good price to the New Englanders, and +with the profits prepared for a long voyage in his ship, the _Revenge_. He +took on board with him several famous buccaneers, including Dampier and +Cowley, the latter as sailing master. They first sailed to Sierra Leone, +then round the Horn to the Island of Juan Fernandez. Here Cooke was taken +ill. His next stop was at the Galapagos Islands. Eventually Cooke died a +mile or two off the coast of Cape Blanco in Mexico. His body was rowed +ashore to be buried, accompanied by an armed guard of twelve seamen. While +his grave was being dug three Spanish Indians came up, and asked so many +questions as to rouse the suspicions of the pirates, who seized them as +spies, but one escaping, he raised the whole countryside. + + +COOPER, CAPTAIN. + +Commanded a pirate sloop, the _Night Rambler_. On November 14th, 1725, he +took the _Perry_ galley (Captain King, commander), three days out from +Barbadoes, and the following day a French sloop, and carried both prizes +to a small island called Aruba, near Curaçao, where they plundered them +and divided the spoil amongst the crew. The crews of the two prizes were +kept on the island by Cooper for seventeen days, and would have starved if +the pirate's doctor had not taken compassion on them and procured them +food. + +Upton, boatswain in the _Perry_, joined the pirates, and was afterwards +tried and hanged in England. + + +COOPER, CAPTAIN. + +On October 19th, 1663, he brought into Port Royal, Jamaica, two Spanish +prizes, one the _Maria of Seville_, a royal azogue carrying 1,000 quintals +of quicksilver for the King of Spain's mines in Mexico, besides oil, wine, +and olives. Also a number of prisoners were taken, including several +friars on their way to Campeachy and Vera Cruz. The buccaneers always +rejoiced at capturing a priest or a friar, and these holy men generally +experienced very rough treatment at the hands of the pirates. + +Cooper's ship was a frigate of ten guns, and a crew of eighty men. + + +CORBET, CAPTAIN. + +Sailed with Captain Heidon from Bantry Bay in the _John of Sandwich_ in +1564 to search for a good prize in which he might go a-pirating on his own +account. The ship was wrecked on the Island of Alderney, and all the crew +arrested. Corbett and several others escaped in a small boat. + + +CORNELIUS, CAPTAIN. + +A contemporary of Howard Burgess North and other Madagascar pirates. + + +DE COSSEY, STEPHEN JAMES. + +With three other pirates was tried and convicted in June, 1717, before the +Vice-Admiralty Court at Charleston. The President of the Court was Judge +Trot, a terror to all pirates, as he never failed to hang a guilty one. De +Cossey and the other prisoners were found guilty of piratically taking the +vessels _Turtle Dove_, _Penelope_, and the _Virgin Queen_. + + +COWARD, WILLIAM. + +In November, 1689, with three men and a boy he rowed out to the ketch +_Elinor_ (William Shortrigs, master), lying at anchor in Boston Harbour, +and seized the vessel and took her to Cape Cod. The crew of the ketch +could make no resistance as they were all down with the smallpox. The +pirates were caught and locked up in the new stone gaol in Boston. Hanged +on January 27th, 1690. + + +COWLEY, CAPTAIN C. + +M.A. Cantab. + +A man of high intelligence and an able navigator. In the year 1683 he +sailed from Achamach or Cape Charles in Virginia for Dominica as sailing +master of a privateer, the _Revenge_ (eight guns and fifty-two men), in +company with Dampier and Captain John Cooke. As soon as they were away +from the land, they turned buccaneers or pirates, and sailed to Sierra +Leone in West Africa. Thence to the coast of Brazil, round the Horn, where +Cowley mentions that owing to the intense cold weather the crew were able, +each man, to drink three quarts of burnt brandy a day without becoming +drunk. + +On February 14th the buccaneers were abreast of Cape Horn, and in his +diary Cowley writes: "We were choosing valentines and discoursing on the +Intrigues of Woman, when there arose a prodigious storm," which lasted +till the end of the month, driving them farther south than any ship had +ever been before; "so that we concluded the discoursing of Women at sea +was very unlucky and occasioned the storm." Cowley, who was addicted to +giving new names to islands, not only named one Pepys Island, but when he +arrived at the Galapagos Islands, he rechristened them most thoroughly, +naming one King Charles Island, while others he named after the Dukes of +York, Norfolk, and Albemarle, and Sir John Narborough. Feeling, no doubt, +that he had done enough to honour the great, and perhaps to have insured +himself against any future trouble with the authorities when he returned +home, he named one small island "Cowley's Enchanted Isle." + +The Earl of Alington, Lord Culpepper, Lord Wenman, all had islands in this +group christened with their names and titles. + +In September, 1684, Cowley, now in the _Nicholas_, separated from Davis, +and sailed from Ampalla for San Francisco, and then started west to cross +the Pacific Ocean. On March 14th, 1685, at seven o'clock in the morning, +after a voyage of 7,646 miles, land was at last seen, which proved to be +the Island of Guan. + +The Spanish Governor was most friendly to the visitors, and when complaint +was made to him that the buccaneers had killed some of his Indian subjects +he "gave us a Toleration to kill them all if we would." Presents were +exchanged, Cowley giving the Governor a valuable diamond ring, one, no +doubt, taken off the hand of some other loyal subject of the King of +Spain. Here the pirates committed several atrocious cruelties on the +Indians, who wished to be friends with the foreigners. + +In April they arrived at Canton to refit, and while there, thirteen Tartar +ships arrived laden with Chinese merchandise, chiefly valuable silks. +Cowley wanted to attack and plunder them, but his crew refused to do so, +saying "they came for gold and silver, and not to be made pedlars, to +carry packs on their backs," to Cowley's disgust, for he complains, "had +Reason but ruled them, we might all have made our Fortunes and have done +no Christian Prince nor their subjects any harm at all." Thence they +sailed to Borneo, the animals and birds of which island Cowley describes. +Sailing next to Timor, the crew mutinied, and Cowley and eighteen others +bought a boat and sailed in her to Java, some 300 leagues. Here they heard +of the death of King Charles II., which caused Cowley to get out his map +of the Galapagos Islands, and to change the name of Duke of York Island to +King James Island. At Batavia Cowley procured a passage in a Dutch ship to +Cape Town. In June, 1686, he sailed for Holland after much health drinking +and salutes of 300 guns, arriving in that country in September, and +reaching London, "through the infinite Mercy of God," on October 12th, +1686. + + +COX, CAPTAIN JOHN. Buccaneer. + +Born in New England, and considered by some of his fellow buccaneers "to +have forced kindred upon Captain Sharp"--the leader of the fleet--"out of +old acquaintance, only to advance himself." Thus he was made Vice-Admiral +to Captain Sharp, in place of Captain Cook, whose crew had mutinied and +refused to sail any longer under his command. Cox began his captaincy by +getting lost, but after a fortnight rejoined the fleet off the Island of +Plate, on the coast of Peru, "to the great joy of us all." This island +received its name from the fact that Sir Francis Drake had here made a +division of his spoils, distributing to each man of his company sixteen +bowlfuls of doubloons and pieces of eight. The buccaneers rechristened it +Drake's Island. + +Cox took part in the attack on the town of Hilo in October, 1679, sacked +the town and burnt down the large sugar factory outside. He led a mutiny +against his relative and benefactor, Captain Sharp, on New Year's Day, +1681, being the "main promoter of their design" to turn him out. Sharp +afterwards described his old friend as a "true-hearted dissembling +New-England Man," who he had promoted captain "merely for old +acquaintance-sake." + + +COXON, CAPTAIN JOHN. Buccaneer. + +One of the most famous of the "Brethren of the Coast." + +In the spring of 1677, in company of other English buccaneers, he +surprised and plundered the town of Santa Marta on the Spanish Main, +carrying away the Governor and the Bishop to Jamaica. + +In 1679 Coxon, with Sharp and others, was fitting out an expedition in +Jamaica to make a raid in the Gulf of Honduras, which proved very +successful, as they brought back 500 chests of indigo, besides cocoa, +cochineal, tortoiseshell, money, and plate. + +Coxon was soon out again upon a much bolder design, for in December, 1679, +he met Sharp, Essex, Allinson, Row, and other buccaneer chiefs at Point +Morant, and in January set sail for Porto Bello. Landing some twenty +leagues from the town, they marched for four days, arriving in sight of +the town on February 17th, "many of them being weak, being three days +without any food, and their feet cut with the rocks for want of shoes." +They quickly took and plundered the town, hurrying off with their spoils +before the arrival of strong Spanish reinforcements. The share of each man +in this enterprise came to one hundred pieces of eight. A warrant was +issued by Lord Carlisle, the Governor of Jamaica, for the apprehension of +Coxon for plundering Porto Bello, and another was issued soon after by +Morgan, when acting as Governor, but nothing seems to have resulted from +these. Sailing north to Boca del Toro, they careened their ships, and were +joined by Sawkins and Harris. From this place the buccaneers began, in +April, 1680, to land and cross the Isthmus of Darien, taking the town of +Santa Maria on the way. Quarrels took place between Coxon, who was, no +doubt, a hot-tempered man, and Harris, which led to blows. Coxon was also +jealous of the popular young Captain Sawkins, and refused to go further +unless he was allowed to lead one of the companies. After sacking the town +of Santa Maria, the adventurers proceeded in canoes down the river to the +Pacific. Seizing two small vessels they found there, and accompanied by a +flotilla of canoes, they steered for Panama, and, with the utmost daring, +attacked, and eventually took, the Spanish fleet of men-of-war--one of the +most remarkable achievements in the history of the buccaneers. + +Coxon now quarrelled again with his brother leaders, and began a march +back across the isthmus; his party of seventy malcontents including +Dampier and Wafer, who each published accounts of their journey. By 1682 +Coxon seems to have so ingratiated himself with the Jamaican authorities +as to be sent in quest of a troublesome French pirate, Jean Hamlin, who +was playing havoc with the English shipping in his vessel, _La Trompeuse_. + +Later in the same year Coxon procured letters of marque from Robert +Clarke, the Governor of New Providence Island, himself nothing better than +a pirate, to go cruising as a "privateer." Coxon was continually being +arrested and tried for piracy, but each time he managed to escape the +gallows. We do not know the name of the ship Coxon commanded at this date, +but it was a vessel of eighty tons, armed with eight guns, and carrying a +crew of ninety-seven men. + + +COYLE, CAPTAIN RICHARD. + +Born at Exeter in Devonshire. + +An honest seafaring man until, when sailing as mate with Captain Benjamin +Hartley, they arrived at Ancona with a cargo of pilchards. Here the +captain took on board a new carpenter, called Richardson, who soon became +a close friend of the mate's. These two brought about a mutiny, attacked +the captain, and threw him, still alive, over the side to drown. Coyle was +elected captain, and they sailed as pirates, in which capacity they were a +disgrace to an ancient calling. After a visit to Minorca, which ended with +ignominy, they sailed to Tunis, where Coyle told such a plausible yarn as +to deceive the Governor into believing that he had been the master of a +vessel lost in a storm off the coast of Sardinia. The pirates were +supplied with money by the British Consul in Tunis; but Coyle, while in +his cups, talked too freely, so that the true story of his doings got to +the Consul's ears, who had him arrested and sent to London to be lodged in +the Marshalsea Prison. Tried at the Old Bailey, he was sentenced to death, +and was hanged at Execution Dock on January 25th, 1738. + + +CRACKERS, CAPTAIN. + +A retired pirate who settled at Sierra Leone, and was living there in +1721. He had been famous in his day, having robbed and plundered many a +ship. He owned the best house in the settlement, and was distinguished by +having three cannons placed before his door, which he was accustomed to +fire salutes from whenever a pirate ship arrived or left the port. He was +the soul of hospitality and good fellowship, and kept open-house for all +pirates, buccaneers, and privateersmen. + + +CRISS, CAPTAIN JOHN, _alias_ "JACK THE BACHELOR." + +A native of Lorne in the North of Ireland. + +His father was a fisherman, and little Jack used to go out with him, and +then help him sell his fish at Londonderry. The lad grew up into a bold +and handsome young fellow, "and many a girl cocked cap at him and he had +great success amongst the ladies, and intrigued with every woman that gave +him any encouragement." + +Tiring of the monotony and low profits of a fisherman's calling, Jack +turned smuggler, carrying cargoes of contraband goods from Guernsey to +Ireland. Making a tidy sum at this, he bought himself a French galliot, +and sailing from Cork, he began to take vessels off the coast of France, +selling them at Cherbourg. The young pirate took no risks of information +leaking out, for he drowned all his prisoners. Cruising in the +Mediterranean, Criss met with his usual success, and, not content with +taking ships, he plundered the seaport of Amalfi on the coast of Calabria. +Calling at Naples, Criss put up at the Ferdinand Hotel, where one morning +he was found dead in his bed. It was discovered afterwards that, in spite +of his nickname, he was married to three wives. + + +CULLEN, ANDREW. + +Of Cork in Ireland. + +Brother of Pierce Cullen. One of the crew of Captain Roche's ship. After +the crew had mutinied and turned pirate he posed as the supercargo. + + +CULLEN, PIERCE. + +Of Cork in Ireland. + +One of Captain Philip Roche's gang. + + +CULLIFORD, CAPTAIN, of the _Mocha_. + +A Madagascar pirate. + +Little is known of him except that one day in the streets of London he +recognized and denounced another pirate called Burgess. + + +CUMBERLAND, GEORGE, THIRD EARL OF, 1558-1605. + +M.A., Trinity College, Cambridge. + +After taking his degree at Cambridge he migrated to Oxford for the purpose +of studying geography. + +So many books have been written about this picturesque and daring +adventurer that it is not necessary to do more than mention his name here, +as being perhaps the finest example of a buccaneer that ever sacked a +Spanish town. + +He led twelve voyages to the Spanish Main, fitting them out at his own +expense, and encountering the same dangers and hardships as his meanest +seaman. + +He married in 1577 at the age of nineteen, and sailed on his first voyage +in 1586. Cumberland was greatly esteemed by Queen Elizabeth, and always +wore in his hat a glove which she had given him. + +There is sufficient evidence to show that the Earl was not prompted to +spend his life and fortune on buccaneering voyages merely by greed of +plunder, but was chiefly inspired by intense love of his country, loyalty +to his Queen, and bitter hatred of the Spaniards. + + +CUNNINGHAM, CAPTAIN WILLIAM. + +Had his headquarters at New Providence Island, in the Bahamas. Refused the +royal offer of pardon to the pirates in 1717, and was later caught and +hanged. + + +CUNNINGHAM, PATRICK. + +Found guilty at Newport in 1723, but reprieved. + + +CURTICE, JOSEPH. + +One of Captain Teach's crew in the _Queen Ann's Revenge_. Killed on +November 22nd, 1718, off the coast of North Carolina. + + +DAMPIER, CAPTAIN WILLIAM. Buccaneer, explorer, and naturalist. + +Born at East Coker in the year 1652. + +Brought up at first to be a shopkeeper, a life he detested, he was in 1669 +apprenticed to a ship belonging to Weymouth, and his first voyage was to +France. In the same year he sailed to Newfoundland, but finding the bitter +cold unbearable, he returned to England. His next voyage, which he called +"a warm one," was to the East Indies, in the _John and Martha_, and suited +him better. + +Many books have been written recounting the voyages of Dampier, but none +of these are better reading than his own narrative, published by James and +John Knapton in London. This popular book ran into many editions, the best +being the fourth, published in 1729, in four volumes. These volumes are +profusely illustrated by maps and rough charts, and also with crude cuts, +which are intended to portray the more interesting and strange animals, +birds, fishes, and insects met with in his voyages round the globe. + +In 1673 Dampier enlisted as a seaman in the _Royal Prince_, commanded by +the famous Sir Edward Spragge, and fought in the Dutch war. + +A year later he sailed to Jamaica in the _Content_, to take up a post as +manager of a plantation belonging to a Colonel Hellier. His restless +spirit soon revolted against this humdrum life on a plantation, and +Dampier again went to sea, sailing in a small trading vessel amongst the +islands. + +Dampier's first step towards buccaneering was taken when he shipped +himself on a small ketch which was sailing from Port Royal to load logwood +at the Bay of Campeachy. This was an illegal business, as the Spanish +Government claimed the ownership of all that coast, and did their best to +prevent the trade. Dampier found some 250 Englishmen engaged in cutting +the wood, which they exchanged for rum. Most of these men were buccaneers +or privateers, who made a living in this way when out of a job afloat. +When a ship came into the coast, these men would think nothing of coming +aboard and spending thirty and forty pounds on rum and punch at a single +drinking bout. + +Dampier returned afterwards to take up logwood cutting himself, but met +with little success, and went off to Beef Island. He had by this time +begun to take down notes of all that appeared to him of interest, +particularly objects of natural history. For example, he described, in his +own quaint style, an animal he found in this island. + +"The Squash is a four-footed Beast, bigger than a Cat. Its Head is much +like a Foxes, with short Ears and a long Nose. It has pretty short Legs +and sharp Claws, by which it will run up trees like a Cat. The flesh is +good, sweet, wholesome Meat. We commonly skin and roast it; and then we +call it pig; and I think it eats as well. It feeds on nothing but good +Fruit; therefore we find them most among the Sapadillo-Trees. This +Creature never rambles very far, and being taken young, will become as +tame as a Dog, and be as roguish as a Monkey." + +Dampier's first act of actual piracy was when he joined in an attack on +the Spanish fort of Alvarado, but although the fort was taken, the +townspeople had time to escape with all their valuables before the pirates +could reach them. Returning to England in 1678, he did not remain long at +home, for in the beginning of 1679 he sailed for Jamaica in a vessel named +the _Loyal Merchant_. Shortly after reaching the West Indies, he chanced +to meet with several well-known buccaneers, including Captains Coxon, +Sawkins, and Sharp. Joining with these, he sailed on March 25th, 1679, for +the Province of Darien, "to pillage and plunder these parts." Dampier says +strangely little about his adventures for the next two years, but a full +description of them is given by Ringrose in his "Dangerous Voyage and Bold +Adventures of Captain Sharp and Others in the South Sea," published as an +addition to the "History of the Buccaneers of America" in 1684. + +This narrative tells how the buccaneers crossed the isthmus and attacked +and defeated the Spanish Fleet off Panama City. After the death of their +leader, Sawkins, the party split up, and Dampier followed Captain Sharp on +his "dangerous and bold voyage" in May, 1680. + +In April, 1681, after various adventures up and down the coast of Peru and +Chile, further quarrels arose amongst the buccaneers, and a party of +malcontents, of which number Dampier was one, went off on their own +account in a launch and two canoes from the Island of Plate, made famous +by Drake, and landed on the mainland near Cape San Lorenzo. The march +across the Isthmus of Darien has been amusingly recounted by the surgeon +of the party, Lionel Wafer, in his book entitled "A New Voyage and +Description of the Isthmus of America," published in London in 1699. + +[Illustration: A PAGE FROM THE LOG-BOOK OF CAPTAIN DAMPIER. + +To face p. 98.] + +On reaching the Atlantic, Dampier found some buccaneer ships and joined +them, arriving at Virginia in July, 1682. In this country he resided for a +year, but tells little about it beyond hinting that great troubles befell +him. In April, 1683, he joined a privateer vessel, the _Revenge_, but +directly she was out of sight of land the crew turned pirates, which had +been their intention all along. Two good narratives have been written of +this voyage, one by Dampier, and the other by Cowley, the sailing-master. +This venture ended in the famous circumnavigation of the world, and +Dampier described every object of interest he met with, including the +country and natives of the north coast of Australia, which had never been +visited before by Europeans. Dampier must have found it very difficult to +keep his journal so carefully and regularly, particularly in his early +voyages, when he was merely a seaman before the mast or a petty officer. +He tells us that he carried about with him a long piece of hollow bamboo, +in which he placed his manuscript for safe keeping, waxing the ends to +keep out the sea water. + +After almost endless adventures and hardships, he arrived back in England +in September, 1691, after a voyage of eight years, and an absence from +England of twelve, without a penny piece in his pocket, nor any other +property except his unfortunate friend Prince Jeoly, whom he sold on his +arrival in the Thames, to supply his own immediate wants. Dampier's next +voyage was in the year 1699, when he was appointed to command H.M.S. +_Roebuck_, of twelve guns and a crew of fifty men and boys, and victualled +for twenty months' cruise. The object of this voyage was to explore and +map the new continent to the south of the East Indies which Dampier had +discovered on his previous voyage. Had he in this next voyage taken the +westward course, as he originally intended, and sailed to Australia round +the Horn, it is possible that Dampier would have made many of the +discoveries for which James Cook afterwards became so famous, and by +striking the east coast of Australia would very likely have antedated the +civilisation of that continent by fifty years. But he was persuaded, +partly by his timid crew, and perhaps in some measure by his own dislike +of cold temperatures, to sail by the eastward route and to double the Cape +of Good Hope. The story of this voyage is given by Dampier in his book, +published in 1709, "A Voyage to New Holland, etc., in the Year 1699." + +After spending some unprofitable weeks on the north coast of Australia, +failing to find water or to make friends with the aboriginals, scurvy +broke out amongst his somewhat mutinous crew, and he sailed to New Guinea, +the coast of which he saw on New Year's Day, 1700. + +By this time the _Roebuck_ was falling to pieces, her wood rotten, her +hull covered with barnacles. Eventually, using the pumps day and night, +they arrived, on February 21st, 1701, at Ascension Island, where the old +ship sank at her anchors. Getting ashore with their belongings, they +waited on this desolate island until April 3rd, when four ships arrived, +three of them English men-of-war. + +I was told, only the other day, by a friend who lives in the Island of St. +Helena, and whose duties take him at least once each year to Ascension +Island, that a story still survives amongst the inhabitants of these +islands that there is hidden somewhere in the sandhills a treasure, which +Dampier is believed to have put there for safe keeping, but for some +reason never removed. But poor Dampier never came by a treasure in this or +any other of his voyages, and though the legend is a pleasant one, it is a +legend and nothing more. Dampier went on board one of the men-of-war, the +_Anglesea_, with thirty-five of his crew. Taken to Barbadoes, he there +procured a berth in another vessel, the _Canterbury_, in which he sailed +to England. + +Dampier had now made so great a name for himself by his two voyages round +the globe that he was granted a commission by Prince George of Denmark to +sail as a privateer in the _St. George_, to prey on French and Spanish +ships, the terms being: "No purchase, no pay." Sailing as his consort was +the _Cinque Ports_, whose master was Alexander Selkirk, the original of +Robinson Crusoe. This voyage, fully recounted in Dampier's book, is a long +tale of adventure, hardship, and disaster, and the explorer eventually +returned to England a beggar. However, his travels made a great stir, and +he was allowed to kiss the Queen's hand and to have the honour of relating +his adventures to her. + +Dampier's last voyage was in the capacity of pilot or navigating officer +to Captain Woodes Rogers in the _Duke_, which sailed with another Bristol +privateer, the _Duchess_, in 1708. The interesting narrative of this +successful voyage is told by Rogers in his book, "A Cruising Voyage Round +the World," etc., published in 1712. Another account was written by the +captain of the _Duchess_, Edward Cooke, and published in the same year. +This last voyage round the world ended at Erith on October 14th, 1711, and +was the only one in which Dampier returned with any profit other than to +his reputation as an explorer and navigator. + +Dampier was now fifty-nine years of age, and apparently never went to sea +again. In fact, he henceforth disappears from the stage altogether, and is +supposed to have died in Colman Street in London, in the year 1715. Of +Dampier's early life in England little is known, except that he owned, at +one time, a small estate in Somersetshire, and that in 1678 he married "a +young woman out of the family of the Duchess of Grafton." There is an +interesting picture of Dampier in the National Portrait Gallery, painted +by T. Murray, and I take this opportunity to thank the directors for +their kind permission to reproduce this portrait. + +One other book Dampier wrote, called a "Discourse of Winds," an +interesting work, and one which added to the author's reputation as a +hydrographer. There is little doubt that Defoe was inspired by the +experiences and writings of Dampier, not only in his greatest work, +"Robinson Crusoe," but also in "Captain Singleton," "Colonel Jack," "A New +Voyage Round the World," and many of the maritime incidents in "Roxana" +and "Moll Flanders." + + +DAN, JOSEPH. + +One of Avery's crew. Turned King's witness at his trial in 1696, and was +not hanged. + + +DANIEL, CAPTAIN. A French filibuster. + +The name of this bloodthirsty pirate will go down to fame as well as +notoriety by his habit of combining piracy with strict Church discipline. +Harling recounts an example of this as follows, the original account of +the affair being written by a priest, M. Labat, who seems to have had +rather a weak spot in his heart for the buccaneer fraternity: + +"Captain Daniel, in need of provisions, anchored one night off one of the +'Saintes,' small islands near Dominica, and landing without opposition, +took possession of the house of the curé and of some other inhabitants of +the neighbourhood. He carried the curé and his people on board his ship +without offering them the least violence, and told them that he merely +wished to buy some wine, brandy and fowls. While these were being +gathered, Daniel requested the curé to celebrate Mass, which the poor +priest dared not refuse. So the necessary sacred vessels were sent for and +an altar improvised on the deck for the service, which they chanted to the +best of their ability. As at Martinique, the Mass was begun by a +discharge of artillery, and after the Exaudiat and prayer for the King, +was closed by a loud 'Vive la Roi!' from the throats of the buccaneers. A +single incident, however, somewhat disturbed the devotions. One of the +buccaneers, remaining in an indecent attitude during the Elevation, was +rebuked by the captain, and instead of heeding the correction, replied +with an impertinence and a fearful oath. Quick as a flash Daniel whipped +out his pistol and shot the buccaneer through the head, adjuring God that +he would do as much to the first who failed in his respect to the Holy +Sacrifice. The shot was fired close by the priest, who, as we can readily +imagine, was considerably agitated. 'Do not be troubled, my father,' said +Daniel; 'he is a rascal lacking in his duty and I have punished him to +teach him better.'" A very efficacious means, remarks Labat, of preventing +his falling into another like mistake. After the Mass the body of the dead +man was thrown into the sea, and the curé was recompensed for his pains by +some goods out of their stock and the present of a negro slave. + + +DANIEL, STEPHEN. + +One of Captain Teach's crew. Hanged for piracy in Virginia in 1718. + + +DANSKER, CAPTAIN. + +A Dutch pirate who cruised in the Mediterranean in the sixteenth century, +using the North African coast as his base. He joined the Moors and turned +Mohammedan. In 1671 Admiral Sir Edward Spragge was with a fleet at Bougie +Bay, near Algiers, where, after a sharp fight, he burnt and destroyed a +big fleet of the Moorish pirates, amongst those killed being the renegade +Dansker. + + +DARBY, JOHN. + +A Marblehead fisherman, one of the crew of the ketch _Mary_, of Salem, +captured by Captain Pound. He joined the pirates, and was killed at +Tarpaulin Cove. + + +DAVIS, CAPTAIN EDWARD. Buccaneer and pirate. + +Flourished from 1683-1702. According to Esquemiling, who knew Davis +personally, his name was John, but some authorities call him Edward, the +name he is given in the "Dictionary of National Biography." + +In 1683 Davis was quartermaster to Captain Cook when he took the ship of +Captain Tristian, a French buccaneer, of Petit Guave in the West Indies. +Sailed north to cruise off the coast of Virginia. From there he sailed +across the Atlantic to West Africa, and at Sierra Leone came upon a Danish +ship of thirty-six guns, which he attacked and took. The pirates shifted +their crew into this ship, christening her the _Bachelor's Delight_, and +sailed for Juan Fernandez in the South Pacific, arriving there in March, +1684. Here they met with Captain Brown, in the _Nicholas_, and together +sailed to the Galapagos Islands. About this time Captain Cook died, and +Davis was elected captain in his place. Cruising along the coasts of Chile +and Peru, they sacked towns and captured Spanish ships. On November 3rd +Davis landed, and burnt the town of Paita. Their principal plan was to +waylay the Spanish Fleet on its voyage to Panama. This fleet arrived off +the Bay of Panama on May 28th, 1685, but the buccaneers were beaten and +were lucky to escape with their lives. At the Gulf of Ampalla, Davis had +to put his sick on shore, as spotted fever raged amongst the crew. Davis +then cruised for a while with the buccaneer Knight, sacking several +towns. + +Deciding to return to the West Indies with their plunder, several of the +crew, who had lost all their share by gambling, were left, at their own +request, on the Island of Juan Fernandez. Davis then sailed round the +Horn, arriving safely at Jamaica with a booty of more than 50,000 pieces +of eight, besides quantities of plate and jewels. + +At Port Royal, after he had accepted the offer of pardon of King James +II., Davis sailed to Virginia and settled down at Point Comfort. We hear +no more of him for the next fourteen years, until July 24th, 1702, when he +sailed from Jamaica in the _Blessing_ (Captain Brown; twenty guns, +seventy-nine men), to attack the town of Tolu on the Spanish Main, which +was plundered and burnt. Davis next sailed to the Samballoes, and, guided +by the Indians, who were friendly to the buccaneers, but hated the +Spaniards, they attacked the gold-mines, where, in spite of most cruel +tortures, they got but little gold. The crew next attacked Porto Bello, +but found little worth stealing in that much harassed town. + +Davis is chiefly remarkable for having commanded his gang of ruffians in +the Pacific for nearly four years. To do this he must have been a man of +extraordinary personality and bravery, for no other buccaneer or pirate +captain ever remained in uninterrupted power for so long a while, with the +exception of Captain Bartholomew Roberts. + + +DAVIS, CAPTAIN HOWEL. + +This Welsh pirate was born at Milford in Monmouthshire. He went to sea as +a boy, and eventually sailed as chief mate in the _Cadogan_ snow, of +Bristol, to the Guinea Coast. His ship was taken off Sierra Leone by the +pirate England, and the captain murdered. Davis turned pirate, and was +given command of this old vessel, the _Cadogan_, in which to go "on the +account." But the crew refused to turn pirate, and sailed the ship to +Barbadoes, and there handed Davis over to the Governor, who imprisoned him +for three months and then liberated him. As no one on the island would +offer him employment, Davis went to New Providence Island, the stronghold +of the West India pirates. + +Arrived there, he found that Captain Woodes Rogers had only lately come +from England with an offer of a royal pardon, which most of the pirates +had availed themselves of. Davis got employment under the Governor, on +board the sloop, the _Buck_, to trade goods with the French and Spanish +settlements. The crew was composed of the very recently reformed pirates, +and no sooner was the sloop out of sight of land than they mutinied and +seized the vessel, Davis being voted captain, on which occasion, over a +bowl of punch in the great cabin, the new captain made an eloquent speech, +finishing by declaring war against the whole world. Davis proved himself +an enterprising and successful pirate chief, but preferred, whenever +possible, to use strategy and cunning rather than force to gain his ends. +His first prize was a big French ship, which, although Davis had only a +small sloop and a crew of but thirty-five men, he managed to take by a +bold and clever trick. After taking a few more ships in the West Indies, +Davies sailed across the Atlantic to the Island of St. Nicholas in the +Cape Verde Islands. Here he and his crew were a great social success, +spending weeks on shore as the guests of the Governor and chief +inhabitants. When Davis reluctantly left this delightful spot, five of his +crew were missing, "being so charmed with the Luxuries of the Place, and +the Conversation of some Women, that they stayed behind." + +Davis now went cruising and took a number of vessels, and arrived +eventually at St. Jago. The Portuguese Governor of this island did not +take at all kindly to his bold visitor, and was blunt enough to say he +suspected Davis of being a pirate. This suspicion his crew took exception +to, and they decided they could not let such an insult pass, so that very +night they made a sudden attack on the fort, taking and plundering it. + +Davis sailed away next morning to the coast and anchored off the Castle of +Gambia, which was strongly held for the African Company by the Governor +and a garrison of English soldiers. Davis, nothing daunted, proposed to +his merry men a bold and ingenious stratagem by which they could take the +castle, and, the crew agreeing, it was carried out with so much success +that they soon had the castle, Governor, and soldiers in their possession, +as well as a rich spoil of bars of gold; and all these without a solitary +casualty on either side. After this brilliant coup, many of the soldiers +joined the pirates. The pirates were attacked shortly afterwards by a +French ship commanded by Captain La Bouse, but on both ships hoisting +their colours, the Jolly Roger, they understood each other and +fraternized, and then sailed together to Sierra Leone, where they attacked +a tall ship they found lying there at anchor. This ship also proved to be +a pirate, commanded by one Captain Cocklyn, so the three joined forces and +assaulted the fort, which, after a sharp bombardment, surrendered. Davis +was then elected commander of the pirate fleet, but one night, when +entertaining the other captains in his cabin, all having drunk freely of +punch, they started to quarrel, and blows were threatened, when Davis, +with true Celtic eloquence, hiccupped out the following speech: + +"Hearke ye, you Cocklyn and La Bouse. I find by strengthening you I have +put a rod into your Hands to whip myself, but I'm still able to deal with +you both; but since we met in Love, let us part in Love, for I find that +three of a Trade can never agree." Alone once more, Davis had prodigious +success, taking prize after prize, amongst others the _Princess_, the +second mate in which was one Roberts, soon to become a most famous pirate. +Off Anamaboe he took a very rich prize, a Hollander ship, on board of +which was the Governor of Accra and his retinue, as well as £15,000 +sterling and rich merchandise. Arriving next at the Portuguese Island of +Princes, Davis posed as an English man-of-war in search of pirates, and +was most warmly welcomed by the Governor, who received him in person with +a guard of honour and entertained him most hospitably. Davis heard that +the Governor and the chief persons of the island had sent their wives to a +village a few miles away, so the pirate and a few chosen spirits decided +to pay a surprise visit on these ladies. However, the ladies, on +perceiving their gallant callers, shrieked and ran into the woods and, in +fact, made such a hullabaloo that the English Don Juans were glad to slink +away, and "the Thing made some noise, but not being known was passed +over." + +Davis, ever a cunning rogue, now formed a pretty scheme to take the +Governor and chief inhabitants prisoners and to hold them for a big +ransom. This plan was spoilt by a Portuguese slave swimming to shore and +telling the Governor all about it, and worse, telling him about the little +affair of Davis and his visit to the ladies in the wood. The Governor now +laid his plans, and with such success that Davis walked unsuspecting into +the trap, and was "shot in the bowels," but it is some consolation to know +that he "dyed like a game Cock," as he shot two of the Portuguese with his +pistols as he fell. + +Thus died a man noted during his lifetime by his contemporaries for his +"affability and good nature," which only goes to show how one's point of +view is apt to be influenced by circumstances. + + +DAVIS, GABRIEL. + +Tried for piracy at the Star Tavern in Boston, Massachusetts, in 1704. + + +DAVIS, WILLIAM. + +A Welshman. + +Arrived at Sierra Leone in honest employ in the _Ann_ galley. Quarrelling +with the mate, whom he beat, he deserted his ship and went to live ashore +with the negroes, one of whom he married, with whom he settled down. One +evening, the weather being hot, and Davis being very thirsty, he sold his +bride for some punch. His wife's relations, being indignant, seized Davis, +who told them, being, perhaps, still a little under the influence of the +punch, that he did not care if they took his head off. But his "in-laws" +knew a more profitable way of being revenged than that, and sold him to +Seignior Joffee, a Christian black. Soon afterwards Captain Roberts, in +the _Royal Fortune_, arrived in the bay, and Davis ran away and joined the +pirates. + +Hanged at the age of 23. + + +DAWES. Corsair. + +An English renegade. + +When Roberts was cast away on June 12th, 1692, in Nio, a small island in +the Grecian Archipelago, in His Majesty's hired ship the _Arcana_ galley, +most of the crew escaped in a French prize they had taken. Roberts +remained behind, hoping to save some of his valuables, which were in the +_Arcana_. But on June 15th a crusal, or corsair, appeared in the harbour, +which Roberts's five companions went on board of. Various designs were +made by the corsair captain to induce Roberts to come aboard. Eventually +an Englishman named Dawes (a native of Saltash in Cornwall) was sent +ashore. He had served for eight years in the corsair until taken out of +her a short time previously by the _Arcana_. Roberts writes, in his frank +style: "But Dawes, like a Dog returning to his Vomit, went on Board +again." Eventually a party of the corsair's landed under the leadership of +Dawes, and captured Roberts and carried him on board the pirate craft, +where for many years he worked as a slave. + + +DAWES, ROBERT. + +One of the mutineers on the brig _Vineyard_ in 1830. It was the full +confession of Dawes that brought about the conviction and execution of the +ringleader, Charles Gibbs. + + +DAWSON, JOSEPH. + +One of Captain Avery's crew of the _Charles the Second_. Tried at the Old +Bailey in 1696 for piracy, and convicted. He pleaded to be spared and to +be sent to servitude in India, but was hanged at Execution Dock. + + +DEAL, CAPTAIN ROBERT. + +Mate to Captain Vane in 1718. He was very active off the coast of Carolina +and New England, taking many prizes. In November, 1718, when cruising +between Cape Meise and Cape Nicholas, on the lookout for ships, he met +with and fired on a vessel that appeared to be a merchantman, at the same +time running up the Jolly Roger. The apparently peaceful merchantman +replied with a broadside, and proved to be a French man-of-war. A quarrel +took place amongst the pirates, Vane and some of the crew, including +Deal, being for running away for safety, while the rest, headed by Rackam, +were in favour of fighting it out. Vane insisted on their escaping, which +they did, but next day he, Deal, and some others were turned out of the +ship and sent away on their own in a small sloop. Deal was put in command +of this sloop, but was soon afterwards captured by an English man-of-war +and brought to Jamaica, where he was tried, convicted, and hanged. + + +DEANE, CAPTAIN JOHN. Buccaneer. + +Commanded the _St. David_. He was accused by the Governor of Jamaica in +1676 of having held up a ship called the _John Adventure_ and of taking +out of her several pipes of wine and a cable worth £100, and of forcibly +carrying the vessel to Jamaica. Deane was also reported for wearing Dutch, +French, and Spanish colours without commission, and was tried and +condemned to suffer death as a pirate. Owing to various legal, or illegal, +quibbles, Deane was reprieved. + + +DEDRAN, LE CAPITAINE. A French filibuster of French Domingo. + +Commanded, in 1684, the _Chasseur_ (120 men, 20 guns). + + +DEIGLE, RICHARD. + +An Elizabethan pirate. Wrecked in the _John of Sandwich_ at Alderney in +1564, when he was arrested, but escaped in a small boat. + + +DELANDER, CAPTAIN. Buccaneer. + +Commanded a _chatas_, or small coasting craft. He was sent by Morgan ahead +of the main body when, in January, 1671, he marched from San Lorenzo on +his great assault on Panama. + + +DELIZUFF. Barbary corsair. + +In 1553, while Barbarossa was sailing from Algiers to Constantinople, he +was joined by Delizuff with a fleet of eighteen pirate vessels. + +Delizuff was killed in an affair at the Island of Biba, and, the crews of +the two corsairs quarrelling, the ships of Delizuff stole away one dark +night. + + +DELVE, JONATHAN. + +One of Captain Lowther's crew in the _Happy Delivery_. Was hanged at St. +Kitts in 1722. + + +DEMPSTER, CAPTAIN. Buccaneer. + +In 1668 he was in command of several vessels and 300 men, blockading +Havana. + + +DENNIS, HENRY. + +Of Bideford in Devonshire. + +At first a pirate with Captain Davis, he afterwards joined Captain +Roberts's crew. Was tried for piracy at Cape Coast Castle in 1722, and +found guilty, but for some reason was reprieved and sold for seven years +to serve the Royal African Company on their plantations. + + +DERDRAKE, CAPTAIN JOHN, _alias_ JACK OF THE BALTIC. A Danish pirate, of +Copenhagen. + +When a carpenter in the King's Dockyard at Copenhagen he was dismissed for +drunkenness. After making a few voyages to London as a ship's carpenter, +his parents died and left their son a fortune of 10,000 rix-dollars. With +this money Derdrake built himself a fast sailing brig sheathed with +copper, and for a while traded in wood between Norway and London. Becoming +impatient of the smallness of the profits in this trade, he offered his +services and ship to Peter the Great. This monarch, as was his custom, +examined the ship in person, and, approving of her, bought her, and at the +same time appointed Derdrake to be a master shipwright in the royal +dockyards on the Neva. The carpenter, always a man of violent temper, one +day quarrelled with one of his superiors, seized an axe, and slew him. His +ship then happening to be in the roads, Derdrake hurried on board her and +made sail, and went off with the cargo, which he sold in London. Arming +his vessel with twelve guns, he sailed for Norway, but on the way he was +attacked by a big Russian man-of-war. The Russian was defeated and +surrendered, and Derdrake went into her in place of his own smaller ship, +giving his new craft the ominous name of the _Sudden Death_. With a fine, +well-armed ship and a crew of seventy desperadoes, one-half English, and +the rest Norwegian and Danish, he now definitely turned pirate. Lying in +wait for English and Russian ships carrying goods to Peter the Great, the +pirates took many valuable prizes, with cargoes consisting of fittings for +ships, arms, and warm woollen clothing. For these he found a ready market +in Sweden, where no questions were asked and "cash on delivery" was the +rule. + +Derdrake drowned all his prisoners, and was one of the very few pirates, +other than those found in works of fiction, who forced his victims to +"walk the plank." Not long afterwards the pirates met with and fought an +armed Swedish vessel, which was defeated, but the captain and crew escaped +in the long-boat, and, getting to shore, spread the tidings of the +pirates' doings. On hearing the news, the Governor of St. Petersburg, +General Shevelling, sent out two ships to search for and take the pirates, +offering a reward of 4,000 rix-dollars for Derdrake's head. The pirates +had just heard of this when they happened to take a Russian vessel bound +for Cronstadt, on board of which was a passenger, a sister of the very +General Shevelling. This poor lady, after being reproached by the pirates +for her brother's doings, was stabbed to death in the back by Derdrake. At +this time there was aboard the _Sudden Death_ a Danish sailor, who, having +been severely flogged for being drunk at sea, shammed sickness and +pretended to have lost the use of his limbs. The captain was deceived, and +sent the sailor, well supplied with money, to a country house at Drontheim +in Sweden, to recover. No sooner had Jack of the Baltic left than the +Danish sailor set off post-haste for St. Petersburg, where he saw the +Governor and told him of his sister's murder, and also that the pirates +were to be found at Strothing in Sweden. Two well-armed vessels were +immediately despatched, which, finding the _Sudden Death_ at anchor, +fought and sunk her, though unfortunately Derdrake was on shore and so +escaped; but the whole crew were hung up alive by hooks fixed in their +ribs and sent to drift down the Volga. Derdrake, who had a large sum of +money with him, bought an estate near Stralsund, and lived there in luxury +for fourteen years, until one day, a servant having robbed him of a sum of +money, Derdrake followed him to Stockholm, where he was recognized by the +captain of the Swedish ship who had first given information against him, +and the pirate was at once arrested, tried, and hanged. + + +DEW, CAPTAIN GEORGE. + +Of Bermuda. + +He commanded a Bermuda ship and sailed in company with Captain Tew, when +they were caught in a storm off that island, and Captain Dew, having +sprung his mast, was compelled to put back to the island for repairs. +Captain Tew continued his journey to Africa, but what became of Captain +Dew is not known. + + +DIABOLITO. + +A Central American pirate who became very famous in the early part of the +last century. Commanded the _Catalina_ in 1823 off the coast of Cuba. + + +DIEGO, or DIEGO GRILLO. + +A mulatto of Havana. + +After the general amnesty to pirates, given in 1670, Diego, Thurston, and +others continued to attack Spanish ships and to carry their prizes to +their lair at Tortuga Island. Diego commanded a vessel carrying fifteen +guns. He succeeded in defeating three armed ships in the Bahama Channel, +which had been sent to take him, and he massacred all the Spaniards of +European birth that he found among the crews. He was caught in 1673 and +hanged. + + +DIPPER, HENRY. + +One of the English soldiers who deserted from the Fort Loyal, Falmouth, +Maine, and joined Captain Pound, the pirate. Killed in the fight at +Tarpaulin Cove in 1689. + + +DOLE, FRANCIS. + +Was one of Hore's crew. Lived with his wife, when not "on the account," at +his house at Charleston, near Boston. The pirate Gillam was found hiding +there by the Governor's search-party on the night of November 11th, 1699. +Dole was committed to gaol at Boston. + + +DOROTHY, JOHN. + +One of Captain John Quelch's crew. Tried for piracy at Boston in June, +1704. + + +DOVER, DOCTOR THOMAS. + +Born 1660; died 1742. + +This many-sided character was educated at Caius College, Cambridge, where +he took the degree of Bachelor of Medicine. Many years afterwards, in +1721, the Royal College of Physicians made him a licentiate. For many +years Dover practised as a physician at Bristol, until the year 1708, when +he sailed from Bristol as "second captain" to Captain Woodes Rogers, with +the _Duke_ and the _Duchess_, two privateer ships fitted out for a South +Sea cruise by some Bristol merchants. Dover had no knowledge whatever of +navigation, but, having a considerable share in the adventure, he insisted +on being given a command. Sailing round the Horn, the two ships arrived, +on the night of February 1st, 1709, off the Island of Juan Fernandez, +where they observed a light. Next morning Dover went ashore in a boat, to +find and rescue the solitary inhabitant of the island, Alexander Selkirk, +the original of Robinson Crusoe. Sailing north, a Spanish ship was taken +and rechristened the _Bachelor_, and Dover was put in command of her. He +sacked Guayaquil in April, 1709, many of the crew contracting plague from +sleeping in a church where some bodies had recently been buried. Dover +undertook to treat the sick with most heroic measures, bleeding each sick +man and drawing off 100 ounces of blood. + +He also took the famous _Acapulco_ ship, with a booty worth more than a +million pounds sterling. Dover returned to Bristol in October, 1711, with +a prize of great value, after sailing round the world. + +Giving up piracy, he settled in practice in London, seeing his patients +daily at the Jerusalem Coffee-house in Cecil Street, Strand. He wrote a +book called "The Ancient Physician's Legacy to His Country," which ran +into seven or eight editions, in which he strongly recommended the +administration of large doses of quicksilver for almost every malady that +man is subject to. This book won him the nickname of the "Quicksilver +Doctor." He invented a diaphoretic powder containing ipecacuanha and +opium, which is used to this day, and is still known as Dover's powder. + +Dover died at the age of 82, in the year 1742, and should always be +remembered for having invented Dover's powders, commanded a company of +Marines, rescued Alexander Selkirk, written a most extraordinary medical +book, and for having been a successful pirate captain. + + +DOWLING, CAPTAIN WILLIAM. + +Of New Providence, Bahamas. + +Hanged for piracy in the early part of the eighteenth century. + + +DRAGUT. Barbary corsair. + +Started life as a pirate, and was eventually put in command of twelve +large galleys by Kheyr-ed-din. Pillaged and burnt many towns on the +Italian coast, and destroyed ships without number. Was taken prisoner by +the younger Doria, and condemned to row in the galleys for four years +until ransomed for 3,000 ducats by Kheyr-ed-din. Appointed Admiral of the +Ottoman Fleet. Ended a bloodthirsty but very successful career in 1565 by +being killed at the Siege of Malta. + + +DRAKE, SIR FRANCIS. + +Born about 1540. + +The life of the famous Admiral is too well known to require more than a +bare notice in these pages. Although the Spaniards called him "the +Pirate," he was more strictly a buccaneer in his early voyages, when he +sailed with the sole object of spoiling the Spaniards. His first command +was the _Judith_, in John Hawkins's unfortunate expedition in 1567. Drake +made several voyages from Plymouth to the West Indies and the Spanish +Main. + +In 1572 he burnt Porto Bello, and a year later sacked Vera Cruz. He served +with the English Army in Ireland under Lord Essex in 1574 and 1575. In +1578 he sailed through the Straits of Magellan, plundered Valparaiso, and +also captured a great treasure ship from Acapulco. Sailing from America, +he crossed the Pacific Ocean, passed through the Indian Archipelago, +rounded the Cape of Good Hope, and arrived at Deptford in England in 1581. +At the conclusion of this voyage he was knighted by Queen Elizabeth, being +the first Englishman to sail round the world. Drake's voyages after this +were sailed under commission and letters of marque, and so lose any stigma +of being buccaneering adventures. + +Drake died at Porto Bello in the year 1596. + + +DROMYOWE, PETER. A Breton pirate. + +One of the crew of Captain du Laerquerac, who in 1537 took several English +ships in the Bristol Channel. + + +DRUMMOND, _alias_ TEACH, THATCH, or BLACKBEARD. + + +DUNBAR, NICHOLAS. Pirate. + +One of the crew of the brigantine _Charles_ (Captain Quelch). Tried for +piracy at Boston in 1704. + + +DUNKIN, GEORGE. + +Of Glasgow. + +One of Major Stede Bonnet's crew. Hanged at Charleston, South Carolina, in +November, 1718. Buried in the marsh below low-water mark. + + +DUNN, WILLIAM. + +One of Captain Pound's crew. + + +DUNTON, CAPTAIN. + +A citizen of London, taken prisoner by the Sallee pirates in 1636. Being a +good navigator and seaman, and the Moorish pirates being as yet +inexperienced in the management of sailing ships, Dunton was put into a +Sallee ship as pilot and master, with a crew of twenty-one Moors and five +Flemish renegadoes. He was ordered to go to the English coast to capture +Christian prisoners. When off Hurst Castle, near the Needles in the Isle +of Wight, his ship was seized and the crew carried to Winchester to stand +their trial for piracy. Dunton was acquitted, but he never saw his little +son of 10 years old, as he was still a slave in Algiers. + + +EASTON, CAPTAIN. + +Joined the Barbary pirates in the sixteenth century, succeeding so well as +to become, according to John Smith, the Virginian, a "Marquesse in Savoy," +whatever that may have been. + + +EASTON, CAPTAIN PETER. + +One of the most notorious of the English pirates during the reign of James +I. + +In the year 1611 he had forty vessels under his command. The next year he +was on the Newfoundland coast, where he plundered the shipping and fishing +settlements, stealing provisions and munitions, as well as inducing one +hundred men to join his fleet. + +A year later, in 1613, he appears to have joined the English pirates who +had established themselves at Mamora on the Barbary coast. + + +EATON, EDWARD. + +Of Wrexham in Wales. + +One of Captain Harris's crew. Hanged at Newport, Rhode Island, on July +19th, 1723. Age 38. + + +ECHLIN. + +An English pirate, of the _Two Brothers_, a Rhode Island built vessel, +commanded in 1730 by a one-armed English pirate called Captain Johnson. + + +EDDY, WILLIAM. + +Of Aberdeen. + +One of Major Stede Bonnet's crew. Hanged at White Point, Charleston, South +Carolina, on November 8th, 1718, and buried in the marsh below low-water +mark. + + +ENGLAND, CAPTAIN. + +Sailing in 1718 as mate in a sloop from Jamaica, he was taken prisoner by +the pirate Captain Winter. England joined the pirates, and was given the +command of a vessel. In this ship he sailed to the coast of West Africa, +and the first prize he took was the _Cadogan_ snow (Captain Skinner), at +Sierra Leone. Some of England's crew knew Skinner, having served in his +ship, and, owing to some quarrel, had been handed over to a man-of-war, +and deprived of the wages due to them. These men afterwards deserted the +man-of-war and joined the pirates. On Captain Skinner coming aboard +England's ship, these men took him and bound him to the windlass, and then +pelted him with glass bottles, after which they whipped him up and down +the deck, eventually one of them shooting him through the head. This +brutal treatment was none of England's doing, who was generally kind to +his prisoners. + +England's next prize was the _Pearl_, which he exchanged for his own +sloop; fitted her up for the "pyratical Account," and christened her the +_Royal James_. Captain England was most successful, taking a number of +prizes, which he plundered. One ship he captured so took the eye of +England that he fitted her up and changed into her, naming her the +_Victory_. This he did in the harbour at Whydah, where he met with another +pirate, called la Bouche. The two pirates and their crews spent a holiday +at this place where, according to the well-informed Captain Johnson, "they +liv'd very wantonly for several Weeks, making free with the Negroe Women +and committing such outrageous Acts, that they came to an open Rupture +with the Natives, several of whom they kill'd and one of their Towns they +set on Fire." Leaving here, no doubt to the great relief of the negroes, +it was put to the vote of the crew to decide where they should go, and the +majority were for visiting the East Indies. Rounding the Cape of Good +Hope, they arrived at Madagascar early in 1720, where they only stopped +for water and provisions, and then sailed to the coast of Malabar in +India. Here they took several country ships, and one Dutch one, but soon +returned to Madagascar, where they went on shore, living in tents, and +hunting hogs and deer. While on this island they looked for Captain +Avery's crew, but failed to discover them. While the pirates were here +they managed to take a ship commanded by a Captain Mackra, but not without +a desperate fight. The pirates were for killing Mackra, but, owing to the +efforts of Captain England, he managed to escape. + +The pirates had several times complained of the weakness, or humanity, of +their commander towards his prisoners, and they now turned him out and +elected a new captain, and marooned England and three others on the +Island of Mauritius. The captain and his companions set about building a +small boat of some old staves and pieces of deal they found washed up on +the beach. When finished they sailed to Madagascar, where, when last heard +of, they were living on the charity of some other pirates. + + +ERNADOS, EMANUEL. + +A Carolina pirate who was hanged at Charleston in 1717. + + +ESMIT, ADOLF. + +A Danish buccaneer, who afterwards became Governor of the Danish island of +St. Thomas, one of the Virgin Islands. The population of this island +consisted of some 350 persons, most of whom were English. Esmit did all he +could to assist the pirates, paid to fit out their ships for them, gave +sanctuary to runaway servants, seamen, and debtors, and refused to restore +captured vessels. Adolf had taken advantage of his popularity with the +inhabitants to turn out his brother, who was the rightful Governor +appointed by the Danish Government. + + +ESSEX, CAPTAIN CORNELIUS. Buccaneer. + +In December, 1679, he met with several other well-known buccaneers in four +barques and two sloops at Point Morant, and on January 7th set sail for +Porto Bello. The fleet was scattered by a terrible storm, but eventually +they all arrived at the rendezvous. Some 300 men went in canoes and landed +about twenty leagues from the town of Porto Bello, and marched for four +days along the sea-coast. + +The buccaneers, "many of them were weak, being three days without any +food, and their feet cut with the rocks for want of shoes," entered the +town on February 17th, 1680. The buccaneers, with prisoners and spoil, +left the town just in time, for a party of 700 Spanish soldiers was near +at hand coming to the rescue. The share to each man came to one hundred +pieces of eight. In 1679 Essex was brought a prisoner by a frigate, the +_Hunter_, to Port Royal, and tried with some twenty of his crew for +plundering on the Jamaican coast. Essex was acquitted, but two of his crew +were hanged. + + +EUCALLA, DOMINGO. + +A negro. Hanged at Kingston, Jamaica, on February 7th, 1823. Made a moving +harangue to the spectators from the gallows, ending with a prayer. Of the +ten pirates executed this day, Eucalla showed the greatest courage. + + +EVANS, CAPTAIN JOHN. Welsh pirate. + +Was master of a sloop belonging to the Island of Nevis. Afterwards being +in Jamaica and out of employment, and berths being scarce, he decided to +go "on the account," and in September, 1722, rowed out of Port Royal in a +canoe with a few chosen companions. They began piracy in a small way, by +paddling along the coast and landing at night to break into a house or two +and robbing these of anything they could carry away. + +At last at Dun's Hole they found what they were looking for, a small +Bermuda sloop lying at anchor. Evans stepped aboard and informed the crew +of the sloop that he was captain of their vessel, "which was a piece of +news they knew not before." Going on shore, Evans stood treat to his crew +at the village inn, spending three pistols on liquid refreshment. He so +took the fancy of the publican by his open-handed ways that he was invited +to call again. This Evans and his companions did, in the middle of the +same night, and rifled the house and took away all they could carry +aboard their sloop. + +Mounting four guns and christening their little vessel the _Scowerer_, +they set sail for Hispaniola. Good luck immediately followed, as on the +very next day they took their first prize, a Spanish sloop, an +extraordinarily rich prize for her size, for the crew were able to share a +sum of £150 a man. For a while all was _coleur de rose_, prize after prize +simply falling into their hands. But an unhappy accident was soon to bring +an end to Evans's career. The boatswain was a noisy, surly fellow, and on +several occasions the captain had words with him about his disrespectful +behaviour. The boatswain on one of these occasions so far forgot himself +as not only to use ill language to his captain but to challenge him to a +fight on the next shore they came to with pistol and sword. On reaching +land the cowardly boatswain refused to go ashore or to fight, whereupon +the captain took his cane and gave him a hearty drubbing, when the +boatswain, all of a sudden drawing a pistol, shot Evans through the head, +so that he fell down dead. Thus was brought to a tragic and sudden end a +career that showed early signs of great promise. The boatswain jumped +overboard and swam for the shore, but a boat put off and brought him back +to the vessel. A trial was at once held, but the chief gunner, unable to +bear with the slow legal procedure any further, stepped forward and shot +the prisoner dead. + +The crew of thirty men now shared their plunder of some £9,000 and broke +up, each going his own way. + + +EVERSON, CAPTAIN JACOB, _alias_ JACOBS. + +In January, 1681, Sir Henry Morgan, then Lieutenant-Governor of Jamaica, +received information that a famous Dutch buccaneer, Everson, was anchored +off the coast in an armed sloop, in company with a brigantine which he had +lately captured. This was more than the ex-pirate Governor could tolerate, +so he at once set out in a small vessel with fifty picked men. The sloop +was boarded at midnight, but Everson and a few others escaped by leaping +overboard and swimming to the shore. Most of the prisoners were +Englishmen, and were convicted of piracy and hanged. + + +EXQUEMELIN, ALEXANDER OLIVIER, or ESQUEMELING in English, OEXMELIN in +French. Buccaneer. + +A surgeon with the most famous buccaneers, Exquemelin will always be known +as the historian who recorded the deeds of the buccaneers in his classic +book, "Bucaniers of America, or a true account of the assaults committed +upon the coasts of the West Indies, etc.," published by W. Cooke, London, +1684. This book was first published in Dutch at Amsterdam in 1678, then in +German in 1679, in Spanish in 1681. Since then almost innumerable editions +and reprints have appeared. + +The author was a Fleming, who arrived at Tortuga Island in 1666 as an +engagé of the French West India Company. After serving for three years +under an inhuman master he became so ill that he was sold cheaply to a +surgeon. By the kind treatment of his new master Exquemelin soon regained +his health, and at the same time picked up the rudiments of the craft of +barber surgeon. He was in all the great exploits of the buccaneers, and +writes a clear, entertaining, and apparently perfectly accurate first-hand +account of these adventures. He returned to Europe in 1674, and shortly +afterwards published his book. + + +FALL, JOHN. + +This buccaneer was one of Captain Sharp's crew. On the death of John +Hilliard, the ship's master, Fall was promoted to the larboard watch. +Nothing further is known of this man. + + +FARRINGTON, THOMAS. + +One of John Quelch's crew on the brigantine _Charles_. Tried for piracy at +Boston in June, 1704, at the Star Tavern. + + +FENN, CAPTAIN JOHN. + +In the year 1721 Captain Anstis took prize a stout ship, the _Morning +Star_, bound from Guiney to Carolina. This ship the pirates armed with +thirty-two pieces of cannon, manned her with a crew of one hundred men, +and placed Fenn in command, who had until then been gunner in Anstis's +ship, the _Good Fortune_. Fenn was a one-handed man. By carelessness, or +perhaps because of Fenn only having one hand, the _Morning Star_ was run +on to a reef in the Grand Caymans and lost. Fenn and a few others had just +been taken on board by his consort when two King's ships arrived, and the +_Good Fortune_ barely escaped capture. + +Fenn was soon given another ship, one armed with twenty-four guns. In +April, 1723, while cleaning their ship at the Island of Tobago, they were +suddenly surprised by the arrival of a man-of-war, the _Winchelsea_. +Setting fire to their ship, the crew ran to hide in the woods. Fenn was +caught a few days later struggling through the jungle with his gunner. + + +FERDINANDO, LEWIS. + +In 1699 he captured a sloop belonging to Samuel Salters, of Bermuda. + + +FERN, THOMAS. + +A Newfoundland fish-splitter. + +In August, 1723, joined with John Phillips in stealing a small vessel, +which they called the _Revenge_, and went "on the account." Fern was +appointed carpenter. Fern gave trouble afterwards over the promotion of a +prisoner, an old pirate called Rose Archer, to the rank of quartermaster. + +Later on Fern headed a mutiny and attempted to sail off on his own in one +of the prize vessels. He was caught, brought back, and forgiven, but on +attempting to run away a second time, Captain Phillips killed him, +"pursuant to the pirates articles." + + +FERNON, WILLIAM. + +A Somersetshire man. + +Taken from a Newfoundland ship, he became a seaman aboard Bartholomew +Roberts's _Royal Fortune_. Died at the age of 22. + + +FIFE, CAPTAIN JAMES. + +Surrendered to Governor Woodes Rogers at New Providence Island, Bahamas, +in June, 1718, and received the royal pardon to pirates. Was afterwards +killed by his own crew. + + +FILLMORE, JOHN. + +A fisherman of Ipswich. + +Taken out of the _Dolphin_ when fishing for cod off the Banks of +Newfoundland in 1724 by the pirate Captain Phillips, and forced to join +the pirates. Having no other means of escape he, with two others, suddenly +killed Phillips and two more pirates and brought the vessel into Boston +Harbour. Millard Fillmore, thirteenth President of the United States, was +the great grandson of John Fillmore. + + +FITZERRALD, JOHN. + +Of Limerick. + +This Irish pirate was hanged at Newport, Rhode Island, in 1723, at the age +of 21. + + +FLEMING, CAPTAIN. Pirate. + +This notorious Elizabethan pirate did his country a great service by +bringing to Plymouth the first tidings of the approach of the Spanish +Armada in 1585. + +To quote John Smith, the great Elizabethan traveller and the founder of +the colony of Virginia, "Fleming was an expert and as much sought for as +any pirate of the Queen's reign, yet such a friend to his Country, that +discovering the Spanish Armada, he voluntarily came to Plymouth, yielded +himself freely to my Lord Admirall, and gave him notice of the Spaniards +coming: which good warning came so happily and unexpectedly, that he had +his pardon, and a good reward." + + +FLETCHER, JOHN. + +Of Edinburgh. + +Tried at Newport, Rhode Island, for piracy in 1723, found "not guilty." +His age was only 17 years. + + +FLY, CAPTAIN WILLIAM. Pirate and prizefighter. + +He was boatswain in the _Elizabeth_, of Bristol, in 1726, bound for +Guinea. Heading a mutiny on May 27th, he tossed the captain over the +ship's side, and slaughtered all the officers except the ship's surgeon. +Fly was unanimously elected captain by the crew. His first prize was the +_John and Hannah_ off the coast of North Carolina. The next the _John and +Betty_, Captain Gale, from Bardadoes to Guinea. After taking several other +vessels, he cruised off the coast of Newfoundland where he took a whaler. +Fly was caught by a piece of strategy on the part of the whaler captain, +who carried him and his crew in chains in their own ship to Great +Brewster, Massachusetts, in June, 1726. On July 4th Fly and the other +pirates were brought to trial at Boston, and on the 16th were executed. On +the day of execution Fly refused to go to church before the hanging to +listen to a sermon by Dr. Coleman. On the way to the gallows he bore +himself with great bravado, jumping briskly into the cart with a nosegay +in his hands bedecked with coloured ribbons like a prizefighter, smiling +and bowing to the spectators. He was hanged in chains at Nix's Mate, a +small island in Boston Harbour, and thus was brought to a close a brief +though brilliant piratical career of just one month. + + +FORREST, WILLIAM. + +One of the mutinous crew of the _Antonio_ hanged at Boston in 1672. + + +FORSEITH, EDWARD. + +One of Captain Avery's crew. Hanged at Execution Dock, 1696. + + +FOSTER. Buccaneer and poet. + +Only two facts are known about this adventurer. One is that he was +reproved on a certain occasion by Morgan (who thought nothing of torturing +his captives) for "harshness" to his prisoners, and the other that he +wrote sentimental verse, particularly one work entitled "Sonneyettes of +Love." + + +FRANKLYN, CHARLES. + +This Welsh pirate was a Monmouthshire man, and one of Captain Howel +Davis's crew. While at the Cape Verde Islands, Franklyn "was so charmed +with the luxuries of the place and the free conversation of the Women," +that he married and settled down there. + + +FREEBARN, MATTHEW. + +One of Captain Lowther's crew. Hanged at St. Kitts on March 11th, 1722. + + +FROGGE, WILLIAM. Buccaneer. + +Was with Morgan in his attacks on Porto Bello and Panama in 1670. He kept +a diary of the chief events of these exploits, and distinctly states that +the Spaniards, and not Morgan, set fire to the city. But he was greatly +enraged against Morgan for cheating the buccaneers out of their plunder, +and giving each man only about £10 as his share. + + +FULWORTH, MRS. ANNE. + +This lady accompanied Anne Bonny to New Providence Island from Carolina in +the guise of her mother. When Captain Rackam and Anne Bonny were +intriguing to run away from the latter's husband, "a pardoned pirate, a +likely young fellow and of a sober life," Mrs. Fulworth offered sympathy +and advice to the lovers. The scandal being brought to the ears of +Governor Woodes Rogers by a pirate called Richard Turnley, he sent for the +two ladies, "and examining them both upon it, and finding they could not +deny it, he threaten'd, if they proceeded further in it, to commit them +both to Prison, and order them to be whipp'd, and that Rackam, himself, +should be their Executioner." + + +GARCIA. + +One of Gilbert's crew in the _Panda_. Hanged at Boston in June, 1835. + + +GARDINER. + +Although at one time a pirate, by some means or other he became appointed +to the office of Deputy Collector at Boston in 1699. Accepted a bribe of +stolen gold from the pirate Gillam, which caused some gossip in the town. + + +GASPAR, CAPTAIN JOSÉ, _alias_ "GASPARILLA" or "RICHARD COEUR DE LION." + +Was an officer of high rank in the Spanish Navy till 1782, when, having +been detected in stealing some jewels belonging to the Crown, he stole a +ship and turned pirate. Settling at Charlotte Harbour, he built a fort, +where he kept his female prisoners, all the male ones being killed. Here +he lived in regal state as king of the pirates, on Gasparilla Island. In +1801 he took a big Spanish ship forty miles from Boca Grande, killed the +crew, and took a quantity of gold and twelve young ladies. One of these +was a Spanish princess, whom he kept for himself; the eleven Mexican girls +he gave to his crew. + +Gaspar was described as having polished manners and a great love of +fashionable clothes, and being fearless in fight; but in spite of all +these attractive qualities, the little Spanish princess would have none of +him, and was murdered. + +By the year 1821 the United States Government had made matters so hot for +Gaspar that the pirate kingdom was broken up and their booty of 30,000,000 +dollars divided. + +As he was about to sail away, a big ship came into the bay, apparently an +English merchantman. Gaspar at once prepared to attack her, when she ran +up the Stars and Stripes, proving herself to be a heavily armed American +man-of-war. The pirate ship was defeated, and Gaspar, winding a piece of +anchor chain round his waist, jumped overboard and was drowned, his age +being 65. + + +GATES, THOMAS. + +Hanged in Virginia in 1718 with the rest of Captain Edward Teach's crew. + + +GAUTIER, FRANÇOIS, or GAUTIEZ, _alias_ GEORGE SADWELL. + +Native of Havre. + +Cook on board the _Jane_ schooner, commanded by Captain Thomas Johnson. +While on a voyage from Gibraltar to Brazil with a valuable cargo, Gautier +and the mate killed the captain and the helmsman and steered the vessel to +Scotland, sinking her near Stornoway. Caught and tried at Edinburgh in +November, 1821, found guilty, and hanged in January on the sands of Leith, +his body being publicly dissected afterwards by the Professor of Anatomy +to Edinburgh University. The age of this French pirate at his death was +23. + + +GAYNY, GEORGE, or GAINY. + +One of Wafer's little party lost in the jungle of Darien in 1681. In +attempting to swim across a swollen river with a line, he got into +difficulties, became entangled in the line which was tied round his neck, +and having also a bag containing 300 Spanish silver dollars on his back, +he sank and was swept away. Some time afterwards Wafer found Gayny lying +dead in a creek with the rope twisted about him and his money at his neck. + + +GENNINGS, CAPTAIN. + +A renegade English pirate who joined the Barbary corsairs, turned +Mohammedan, and commanded a Moorish pirate vessel. Taken prisoner off the +Irish coast, he was brought to London and hanged at Wapping. + + +GERRARD, THOMAS. + +Of the Island of Antigua. + +One of Major Bonnet's crew of the _Royal James_. Tried for piracy at +Charleston in 1718, but found "not guilty." + + +GIBBENS, GARRAT. + +Boatswain on board the _Queen Ann's Revenge_. Was killed at the same time +as Captain Teach. + + +GIBBS, CHARLES. + +Born at Rhode Island in 1794, he was brought up on a farm there. Ran away +to sea in the United States sloop-of-war _Harriet_. Was in action off +Pernambuco against H.M.S. _Peacock_, afterwards serving with credit on +board the _Chesapeake_ in her famous fight with the _Shannon_; but after +his release from Dartmoor as a prisoner of war he opened a grocery shop in +Ann Street, called the "Tin Pot," "a place full of abandoned women and +dissolute fellows." Drinking up all the profits, he was compelled to go to +sea again, and got a berth on a South American privateer. Gibbs led a +mutiny, seized the ship and turned her into a pirate, and cruised about in +the neighbourhood of Havana, plundering merchant vessels along the coast +of Cuba. He slaughtered the crews of all the ships he took. In 1819 +returned to private life in New York with 30,000 dollars in gold. Taking a +pleasure trip to Liverpool, he was entrapped by a designing female and +lost all his money. + +In 1830 he took to piracy once more and shipped as a seaman in the brig +_Vineyard_ (Captain W. Thornby), New Orleans to Philadelphia, with a cargo +of cotton, molasses, and 54,000 dollars in specie. + +Gibbs again brought about a mutiny, murdering the captain and mate. After +setting fire to and scuttling the ship, the crew took to their boats, +landing at Barrow Island, where they buried their money in the sand. + +He was hanged at New York as recently as 1831. + + +GIDDENS, PAUL. + +One of Captain Quelch's crew. Tried at Boston in 1704. + + +GIDDINGS, JOHN. + +Of York River, Virginia. + +One of Captain Pound's crew. Wounded and taken prisoner at Tarpaulin Cove +in 1689. + + +GILBERT, CAPTAIN. + +Commanded the schooner _Panda_. On September 20th, 1832, he took and +plundered a Salem brig, the _Mexican_, on her way from Salem to Rio de +Janeiro. A few months later Gilbert and his crew were captured by Captain +Trotter, of H.M. brig-of-war _Curlew_, and taken as prisoners to Salem and +handed over to the United States authorities. Tried at Boston in December, +1834. Hanged at the same place on June 11th, 1835. This was the last act +of piracy committed upon the Atlantic Ocean. + + +GILLAM, CAPTAIN JAMES, _alias_ KELLY. + +A notorious pirate. When serving on board the East Indiaman _Mocha_, he +led a mutiny, and with his own hands murdered the commander, Captain +Edgecomb, in his sleep. He came back to America with Captain Kidd, and was +hiding, under the name of Kelly, when caught in 1699 at Charleston, +opposite Boston, by the Governor of Massachusetts, who described him as +"the most impudent, hardened villain I ever saw." It was said that Gillam +had entered the service of the Mogul, turned Mohammedan, and been +circumcised. To settle this last point, the prisoner was examined by a +surgeon and a Jew, who both declared, on oath, that it was so. + + +GILLS, JOHN. + +One of Captain Teach's crew. Hanged in Virginia in 1718. + + +GLASBY, HARRY. + +Sailed as mate in the _Samuel_, of London (Captain Cary), which was taken +in 1720 by Roberts, who made Glasby master on board the _Royal Fortune_. + +Tried for piracy on the Guinea Coast in April and acquitted. Evidence was +brought at his trial to show that Glasby was forced to serve with the +pirates, for, being a "sea-artist" or sail-master, he was most useful to +them. Twice he tried to escape in the West Indies, on one occasion being +tried with two others by a drunken jury of pirates. The other deserters +were shot, but Glasby was saved by one of his judges threatening to shoot +anyone who made any attempt on him. Glasby befriended other prisoners and +gave away his share of the plunder to them. When the _Royal Fortune_ was +taken by the _Swallow_, several of the most desperate pirates, +particularly one James Philips, took lighted matches with which to ignite +the powder magazine and blow up the ship. Glasby prevented this by placing +trusted sentinels below. + + +GODEKINS, MASTER. + +This notorious Hanseatic pirate, with another called Stertebeker, did +fearful damage to English and other merchant shipping in the North Sea in +the latter part of the fourteenth century. + +On June 1st, 1395, he seized an English ship laden with salt fish off the +coast of Denmark, her value being reckoned at £170. The master and crew of +twenty-five men they slew, the only mariner saved being a boy, whom the +pirates took with them to Wismar. + +These same men took another English ship, the _Dogger_ (Captain Gervase +Cat). The _Dogger_ was at anchor, and the crew fishing, when the pirates +attacked them. The captain and crew were wounded, and damage was done to +the tune of 200 nobles. + +Another vessel taken was a Yarmouth barque, _Michael_ (master, Robert +Rigweys), while off Plymouth, the owner, Hugh ap Fen, losing 800 nobles. +In 1394 these Hanseatic pirates, with a large fleet, attacked the town of +Norbern in Norway, plundering the town and taking away all they could +carry, as well as the merchants, who they held for ransom. The houses they +burnt. + + +GOFFE, CHRISTOPHER. + +Originally one of Captain Woollery's crew of Rhode Island pirates. In +November, 1687, he surrendered himself at Boston, and was pardoned. In +August, 1691, was commissioned by the Governor to cruise with his ship, +the _Swan_, between Cape Cod and Cape Ann, to protect the coast from +pirates. + + +GOLDSMITH, CAPTAIN THOMAS. + +Of Dartmouth in Devon. + +During the reign of Queen Anne, Goldsmith commanded a privateer vessel, +the _Snap Dragon_, of Dartmouth. He turned pirate and amassed great +riches. + +This pirate would have been forgotten by now were it not that he died in +his bed at Dartmouth, and was buried in the churchyard there. The lines +engraved on his tombstone have been quoted in the Preface, but may be +repeated here: + + Men that are virtuous serve the Lord; + And the Devil's by his friends ador'd; + And as they merit get a place + Amidst the bless'd or hellish race; + Pray then, ye learned clergy show + Where can this brute, Tom Goldsmith, go? + Whose life was one continual evil, + Striving to cheat God, Man, and Devil. + + +GOMEZ, JOHN, _alias_ PANTHER KEY JOHN. + +Brother-in-law of the famous pirate Gasparilla. + +Died, credited with the great age of 120 years, at Panther Key in Florida +in 1900. + + +GOODALE, JOHN. + +A Devonshire man. + +Goodale, who was a renegade and had turned Mohammedan, held a position of +importance and wealth amongst the Moors of Algiers. In the year 1621 he +bought from the Moors a British prize called the _Exchange_, and also, for +the sum of £7 10s., an English slave, lately captain of an English +merchant ship, whom he got cheap owing to his having a deformed hand. + + +GOODLY, CAPTAIN. + +An English buccaneer of Jamaica, who in the year 1663 was in command of a +"junk" armed with six guns and carrying a crew of sixty men. + + +GORDON, CAPTAIN NATHANIEL. + +Of Portland, Maine. + +Commanded and owned the _Evie_, a small, full-rigged ship, which was +fitted up as a "slaver." Made four voyages to West Africa for slaves. On +his last voyage he was captured by the United States sloop _Mohican_, with +967 negroes on board. Tried in New York for piracy and found guilty and +condemned to death. Great pressure was brought on President Lincoln to +reprieve him, but without success, and Gordon was hanged at New York on +February 22nd, 1862. + + +GOSS, CUTHBERT. + +Born at Topsham in Devon. + +The compiler of these biographies regrets to have to record that this +pirate was hanged, at the comparatively tender age of 21, outside the +gates of Cape Coast Castle, within the flood-marks, in 1722. He was one of +Captain Roberts's crew, having been taken prisoner by Roberts at Calabar +in a prize called the _Mercy_ galley, of Bristol, in 1721. + + +GOW, CAPTAIN JOHN, _alias_ SMITH, _alias_ GOFFE. A Scotch pirate, born at +Thurso. + +Although the short career of this pirate made a great noise at the time, +he did little to merit the fame which he achieved. He had the honour of +having an account of his piratical activities written by Defoe, and ninety +years later was made the hero in a novel by Walter Scott, as Captain +Cleveland. + +Gow sailed from Amsterdam as a foremast hand in the _George_ galley, +commanded by Captain Ferneau, a Guernsey man. Being a brisk and +intelligent man, he was soon promoted to be second mate. They called at +Santa Cruz in Barbary to take in a cargo of beeswax to deliver at Genoa. +Sailing from Santa Cruz on November 3rd, 1724, Gow and a few others +conspired to mutiny and then to go "upon the account." The captain, as was +his custom, had all hands, except the helmsman, into his cabin at eight +o'clock each night for prayers. This particular night, after it was dark, +the conspirators went below to the hammocks of the chief mate, the +supercargo, and the surgeon and cut all their throats. They did the same +to the captain, who was then thrown overboard though still alive. + +Gow being now elected captain and one Williams, a thorough rogue, mate, +they renamed the vessel the _Revenge_, armed her with eighteen guns, and +cruised off the coast of Spain, taking an English sloop with a cargo of +fish from Newfoundland, commanded by Captain Thomas Wise of Poole. Their +second prize was a Glasgow ship loaded with herrings and salmon. + +They next sailed to Madeira, where Gow presented the Governor with a box +of Scotch herrings. About this time Williams, the first mate, insulted Gow +by accusing him of cowardice because he had refused to attack a big French +ship, and snapped his pistol at him. Two seamen standing near shot +Williams, wounding him severely, and to get rid of him they put him aboard +one of their prizes. Discussions now took place as to where to sail, and +Gow, who was in love with a lass in the Orkney Islands, suggested sailing +thither, as being a good place to traffic their stolen goods. + +On arriving at Carristown they sold most of their cargo, and one of the +crew, going on shore, bought a horse for three pieces of eight and rode +to Kirkwall and surrendered himself. Next day ten more men deserted, +setting out in the long-boat for the mainland of Scotland, but were taken +prisoners in the _Forth_, of Edinburgh. By now the whole countryside was +alarmed. Gow's next move was to land his men and plunder the houses of the +gentry. They visited a Mrs. Honnyman and her daughter, but these ladies +managed to get their money and jewellery away in safety. Gow's crew +marched back to their ship with a bagpiper playing at their head. + +They now sailed to Calfsound, seized three girls and took them aboard. +Then to the Island of Eda to plunder the house of Mr. Fea, an old +schoolmate of Gow's. Arriving there on February 13th, by bad management +they ran their vessel on the rocks. The bo'son and five men went ashore +and met Mr. Fea, who entertained them at the local public-house. By a +simple stratagem, Mr. Fea seized first the bo'son and afterwards the five +men. Soon after this, Fea trapped Gow and all the rest of his crew of +twenty-eight men. Help was sent for, and eventually the _Greyhound_ +frigate arrived and took Gow and his crew to London, arriving off Woolwich +on March 26th, 1725. The prisoners were taken to the Marshalsea Prison in +Southwark, and there found their old companion, Lieutenant Williams. Four +men turned King's evidence--viz., George Dobson, Job Phinnies, Tim Murphy, +and William Booth. + +The trial at Newgate began on May 8th, when Gow was sullen and reserved +and refused to plead. He was ordered to be pressed to death, which was the +only form of torture still allowed by the law. At the last moment Gow +yielded, and pleaded "not guilty." Gow was found guilty, and hanged on +June 11th, 1725, but "as he was turned off, he fell down from the Gibbit, +the rope breaking by the weight of some that pulled his leg. Although +he had been hanging for four minutes, he was able to climb up the ladder a +second time, which seemed to concern him very little, and he was hanged +again." + +[Illustration: PRESSING A PIRATE TO PLEAD. + +To face p. 140.] + +His body was then taken to Greenwich and there hanged in chains, to be a +warning to others. + + +GRAFF, LE CAPITAINE LAURENS DE. Filibuster. + +Commanded _Le Neptune_, a ship armed with fifty-four guns and a crew of +210 men, in the West Indies in the seventeenth century. + + +GRAHAM, CAPTAIN. + +Commanded a shallop, with a crew of fourteen men, in 1685. Sailed in +company with Captain Veale up and down the coast of Virginia and New +England. + + +GRAMBO. + +Was "boss" of Barataria, the smugglers' stronghold off the Island of +Grande Terre, near Louisiana, until shot by Jean Lafitte in 1811. + + +GRAMMONT, SIEUR DE. French filibuster. + +One of the great buccaneers. Born in Paris, he entered the Royal Marines, +in which he distinguished himself in several naval engagements. + +He commanded a frigate in the West Indies, and captured near Martinique a +Dutch ship with a cargo worth £400,000, which he carried to Hispaniola, +but there lost all of it through gambling, and, not daring to return to +France, he joined the buccaneers. + +He sailed to Curaçoa in 1678 with the Count d'Estrees' fleet, which was +wrecked on a coral reef off the Isle d'Aves. De Grammont was left behind +to salve what he could from the wreck. After this, with 700 men he sailed +to Maracaibo, spending six months on the lake, seizing the shipping and +plundering all the settlements in the neighbourhood. + +In June, 1680, de Grammont, with an obsolete commission and a small party +of men, made a brilliant night assault on La Guayra, the seaport of +Caracas. Only forty-seven men took part in the actual attack on the town, +which was guarded by two forts and by cannon upon the walls. The pirates +were attacked next day by 2,000 Spaniards from Caracas, but with the +greatest skill and bravery de Grammont got almost all his party away, +though wounded himself in the throat. He carried away with him amongst his +prisoners the Governor of the town. + +He retired to the Isle d'Aves to nurse his wound, and later went to Petit +Goave. + +In 1683 took part in the successful English and French attack on Vera +Cruz, and afterwards, when Vanhorn died of gangrene, de Grammont, his +lieutenant, carried his ship back to Petit Goave. In 1685 he received a +fresh commission from de Cossey, the Governor of Dominica, and joined +forces with the famous buccaneer Laurens de Graff at the Isle of Vache, +and sailed with 11,000 men for Campeachy. Taking the town, he reduced it +to ashes and blew up the fortress, returning with the plunder to +Hispaniola. Before leaving, however, to celebrate the Festival of St. +Louis, they burnt a huge bonfire, using 200,000 crowns worth of logwood. + +Grammont at this time commanded a fine ship, _Le Hardy_ (fifty guns and a +crew of 300 men). + +In 1686 de Grammont was granted a commission of "Lieutenant du Roi," in +order to keep him from harassing the Spaniards, and yet not to lose his +valuable services to his country. + +In order to have one last fling at the old free buccaneering life before +settling down to the more sedate and respectable calling of an officer in +the French King's navy, de Grammont sailed off with a party of 180 +desperadoes, but was never heard of again. + + +GRAND, PIERRE LE. + +A native of Dieppe in Normandy. + +Le Grand was the man who, having made one great and successful exploit, +had the good sense to retire. He was the first pirate to take up his +quarters at Tortuga Island, and was known amongst the English as "Peter +the Great." His name will go down to posterity for his "bold and insolent" +action when in a small open boat with a handful of men he seized a great +Spanish galleon. + +Pierre had been out on the "grand account" for a long while, meeting with +no success. When almost starving and in despair, a great Spanish fleet +hove in sight, and one ship, bigger than the rest, was observed sailing at +some little distance behind the other vessels. The mad idea entered the +head of the now desperate pirate to take this ship. The pirates all took +an oath to their captain to fight without fear and never to surrender. It +was dusk, and in these tropical latitudes night follows day very quickly. +Before the attack, orders were given to the surgeon to bore a hole in the +bottom of the boat so that it would quickly sink, thus taking away any +hope of escape should the enterprise fail. This was done, and the boat was +paddled quietly alongside the great warship, when the crew, armed only +with a pistol and a sword a-piece, clambered up the sides and jumped +aboard. Quickly and silently the sleeping helmsman was killed, while +Pierre and a party of his men ran down into the great cabin, where they +surprised the Spanish admiral playing cards with his officers. The +admiral, suddenly confronted by a band of bearded desperadoes in his cabin +with a pistol aimed at his head, ejaculated "Jesus bless us! are these +devils or what are they?" While this was going on others of the pirates +had hurried to the gun-room, seized the arms, killing every Spaniard who +withstood them. Pierre knew, as scarcely any other successful pirate or +gambler ever did, the right moment to stop. He at once put ashore all the +prisoners he did not want for working the ship, and sailed straight back +to France; where he lived the rest of his life in comfortable obscurity, +and never again returned to piracy. + +The news of this exploit spread rapidly over the West Indies, and caused +the greatest excitement amongst the pirate fraternity of Tortuga and +Hispaniola. + +Men left their work of killing and drying beef, while others deserted +their plantations to go a-pirating on the Spaniards, in much the same way +as men went to a gold rush years after. Those who had no boat would +venture forth in canoes looking for rich Spanish treasure ships. + +It was this wild deed of Pierre le Grand that was the beginning of piracy +in the West Indies, towards the latter half of the seventeenth century. + + +GRANGE, ROGER. + +One of Captain Lowther's crew of the _Happy Delivery_. Tried for piracy at +St. Kitts in 1722, but acquitted. + + +DE GRAVES, CAPTAIN HERBERT. + +This Dutch pirate sailed as captain of his own merchant vessel during the +reign of King Charles II. He took to landing his crew on the south coast +of England and raiding gentlemen's houses. The first he ever pillaged was +that of a Mr. Sturt, in Sussex. In those days, when banks were almost +unknown, the houses of the rich often contained great sums of money. De +Graves was wont to sail along the Devonshire coast, sometimes landing and +robbing a house, sometimes taking a ship, which he would carry to +Rotterdam and sell. He made several daring raids into Cowes and Lowestoft, +getting off with valuable plunder. + +In the war between England and the Dutch, Graves was given command of a +fire-ship. This vessel he handled very capably, and in the action off the +Downs he ran her on board the _Sandwich_, setting her on fire. James, Duke +of York, escaped from the _Sandwich_ with great difficulty, while the Earl +of Albemarle and most of the crew perished. At the conclusion of the war, +De Graves returned to piracy, but his ship was wrecked in a storm close to +Walmer Castle. The captain and a few of his crew were saved, and, being +made prisoners, were hanged on a tree. + + +GREAVES, CAPTAIN, _alias_ "RED LEGS." West Indian pirate. + +Born in Barbadoes of prisoners who had been sent there as slaves by +Cromwell. Most of these slaves were natives of Scotland and Ireland, and, +owing to their bare knees, generally went by the name of Red Legs. Young +Greaves was left an orphan, but had a kind master and a good education. +His master dying, the lad was sold to another and a cruel one. The boy ran +away, swam across Carlisle Bay, but by mistake clambered on to the wrong +ship, a pirate vessel, commanded by a notoriously cruel pirate called +Captain Hawkins. Finding himself driven to the calling of piracy, Greaves +became very efficient, and quickly rose to eminence. He was remarkable for +his dislike of unnecessary bloodshed, torture of prisoners, and killing of +non-combatants. These extraordinary views brought about a duel between +himself and his captain, in which the former was victorious, and he was at +once elected commander. + +Greaves now entered a period of the highest piratical success, but always +preserved very strictly his reputation for humanity and morality. He never +tortured his prisoners, nor ever robbed the poor, nor maltreated women. + +His greatest success of all was his capture of the Island of Margarita, +off the coast of Venezuela. + +On this occasion, after capturing the Spanish Fleet, he turned the guns of +their warships against the forts, which he then stormed, and was rewarded +by a huge booty of pearls and gold. + +Red Legs then retired to the respectable life of a planter in the Island +of Nevis, but was one day denounced as a pirate by an old seaman. He was +cast into a dungeon to await execution, when the great earthquake came +which destroyed and submerged the town in 1680, and one of the few +survivors was Greaves. He was picked up by a whaler, on board of which he +served with success, and later on, for his assistance in capturing a gang +of pirates, he received pardon for his earlier crimes. + +He again retired to a plantation, and was noted for his many acts of piety +and for his generous gifts to charities and public institutions, +eventually dying universally respected and sorrowed. + + +GREENSAIL, RICHARD. + +One of Blackbeard's crew in the _Queen Ann's Revenge_. Hanged in Virginia +in 1718. + + +GREENVILLE, HENRY. + +Hanged at Boston in 1726 with Captain Fly and Samuel Cole. + + +GRIFFIN, JACK. + +Chief mate of a Bristol vessel. One of the chief mutineers on board the +_Bird_ galley in 1718, off Sierra Leone, when he befriended the captain of +the _Bird_, with whom he had been at school. Took part in a feast to +celebrate the success of the mutiny, the meal being cooked in a huge +caldron in which the slaves' food was prepared. In this caldron were +boiled, on this occasion, fowls, ducks, geese, and turkeys, which were +unplucked; several Westphalian hams were added, and a "large sow with +young embowled." The health of King James III., the Pretender, was drunk +with full honours. + + +GRIFFIN, JOHN. + +Of Blackwall, Middlesex. + +Taken out of the _Mercy_ galley and appointed carpenter on board the +_Royal Fortune_ by Captain Roberts. Condemned to be hanged at Cape Coast +Castle, but pardoned and sold to the Royal African Company as a slave for +seven years. + + +GRIFFIN, RICHARD. + +A gunsmith of Boston. + +Sailed with Captain Pound. Wounded in a fight at Tarpaulin Cove, a bullet +entering his ear and coming out through his eye. + + +GROGNIET, CAPTAIN. + +A French buccaneer who in 1683 was in company with Captain L'Escayer, with +a crew of some 200 French and 80 English freebooters. He joined Davis and +Swan during the blockade of Panama in 1685, and was in the unsuccessful +attempt in May, 1685, on the Spanish treasure fleet from Lima. In July of +the same year Grogniet, with 340 French buccaneers, parted company from +Davis at Quibo, plundered several towns, and then, foolishly, revisited +Quibo, where they were discovered by a Spanish squadron in January, 1686, +and their ship was burnt while the crew was on shore. They were rescued +by Townley, with whom they went north to Nicaragua, and sacked Granada. In +May, 1686, Grogniet and half the Frenchmen crossed the isthmus. In the +January following, Grogniet reappeared, and, joining with the English, +again plundered Guayaquil, where he was severely wounded, and died soon +afterwards. + + +GULLIMILLIT, BRETI. + +Taken with other South American pirates by H.M. sloop _Tyne_, and hanged +at Kingston, Jamaica, in 1823. + + +GUTTEREZ, JUAN. + +Hanged at Kingston, Jamaica, on February 7th, 1823. + + +GUY, CAPTAIN. + +Commanded the frigate _James_ (fourteen guns, ninety men). Belonged to +Tortuga Island and Jamaica in 1663. + + +HAINS, RICHARD. + +One of Captain Low's crew. When Low took a Portuguese ship at St. +Michael's in the Azores in 1723, he, with unusual kindness, simply burnt +the ship and let the crew go to shore in a boat. While the prisoners were +getting out the boat, Richard Hains happened to be drinking punch out of a +silver tankard at one of the open ports, and took the opportunity to drop +into the boat among the Portuguese and lie down in the bottom, so as to +escape with them. Suddenly remembering his silver tankard, he climbed +back, seized the tankard, and hid again in the boat, somehow, by great +good fortune, being unobserved by those on the ship, and so escaped almost +certain death both for himself and the Portuguese sailors. + + +HALSEY, CAPTAIN JOHN. + +This famous South Sea pirate was born on March 1st, 1670, at Boston, and +received a commission from the Governor of Massachusetts to cruise as a +privateer on the Banks. No sooner was he out of sight of land than Halsey +turned pirate. Taking a ship or two, he sailed to the Canary Islands, +picking up a rich Spanish ship there. He next doubled the Cape of Good +Hope, and paid a call on the "brethren" at Madagascar. He then sailed to +the Red Sea, another happy hunting ground of the pirates, and met a big +Dutch ship armed with sixty guns. Halsey astounded his men by announcing +his sudden determination to attack only Moorish ships in the future. The +indignant crew mutinied, threw Captain Halsey and his chief gunner in +irons, and proceeded to attack the Dutchman. The mutinous pirates got the +worst of the encounter, and released Halsey, who only just managed to get +his ship away. Luck seems to have deserted Halsey for a while, for not a +Moorish ship could he meet with, so much so that his scruples against +taking Christian ships eased enough to permit him to bag a brace of +English ships, the _Essex_ and the _Rising Eagle_. + +The captain of the former proved to be a very old and dear friend of +Halsey's quartermaster, and to show a friendly feeling, Halsey allowed the +captain to keep all his personal belongings. Nevertheless, they took a +comfortable booty, comprising some fifty thousand pounds in English gold, +out of the _Essex_, and another ten thousand out of the _Rising Eagle_. + +The pirates, being strict business men, produced invoices and sold the two +ships back to their legal owners for cash, and having settled this affair +to everybody's satisfaction, Halsey and his consort returned to +Madagascar. Here they were visited by the captain of a Scotch ship, the +_Neptune_, which had come to trade liquor, probably rum, but possibly +whisky, with the pirates. A sudden hurricane arose, destroying both the +pirate ships and damaging the _Neptune_. Halsey, ever a man of resource, +thereupon seized the Scotch ship, and, with even greater enterprise, at +once attacked a ship, the _Greyhound_, which lay at anchor, which was +loaded with stolen merchandise which the pirates had only just sold to the +captain of the _Greyhound_, and for which they had been paid. + +The end was now drawing near, for in 1716 Captain Halsey was taken ill of +some tropical fever and died. He was a popular commander, respected, ever +loved by his men, for he was a humane man, never killing his prisoners +unless necessity compelled. A contemporary eyewitness of his funeral rites +leaves the following account of his burial: + +"With great solemnity, the prayers of the Church of England being read +over him and his sword and pistols laid on his coffin, which was covered +with a ship's Jack. As many minute guns were fired as he was old--viz., +46--and three English vollies and one French volley of small arms." The +chronicler continues: "His grave was made in a garden of watermelons and +fenced in to prevent his being rooted up by wild pigs." + +This last a truly touching thought on the part of the bereaved. + + +HAMAN, CAPTAIN JOHN. + +He lived all alone with his wife and family on a small and otherwise +uninhabited island in the Bahamas. + +About the year 1720, he sailed into New Providence Harbour in his 40-ton +sloop, intending to settle there. Captain Rackam and Anne Bonny stole this +vessel and eloped in her. + +Writing of Captain Haman, Johnson tells us "his Livelihood and constant +Employment was to plunder and pillage the Spaniards, whose Sloops and +Launces he had often surprised about Cuba and Hispaniola, and sometimes +brought off a considerable Booty, always escaping by a good Pair of Heels, +insomuch that it became a Bye-Word to say, 'There goes John Haman, catch +him if you can.' His Business to Providence now was to bring his Family +there, in order to live and settle, being weary, perhaps, of living in +that Solitude, or else apprehensive if any of the Spaniards should +discover his Habitation, they might land, and be revenged of him for all +his Pranks." + + +HAMLIN, CAPTAIN JEAN. + +A famous French filibuster who turned pirate. + +Set out in 1682 from Jamaica in a sloop with 120 other desperadoes in +pursuit of a French ship that was "wanted" by the Jamaican Governor. +Having overtaken the ship, _La Trompeuse_, he seized her, fitted her up as +a man-of-war, and then started out on a wild piratical cruise, taking +eighteen Jamaican vessels, barbarously ill-treating the crews, and +completely demoralizing the trade of the island. Two other ships were now +sent to find and destroy the new _La Trompeuse_, but Hamlin escaped and +sailed to the Virgin Islands, and was most hospitably received by the +Governor of the Danish Island of St. Thomas, one Adolf Esmit, who was +himself a retired pirate. Using this island as his headquarters Hamlin +cruised about and took several English ships. + +In May, 1683, he appeared on the West Coast of Africa disguised as an +English man-of-war. Off the coast of Sierra Leone, he took seventeen Dutch +and English ships, returning to Dominica in July, 1683, finally reaching +the friendly St. Thomas Island, being warmly welcomed back by the pirate +Governor. Three days afterwards, H.M.S. _Francis_ arrived on the lookout +for pirates, and attacked and burnt Hamlin's ship. Hamlin, with the help +of the Governor, managed to escape with his life. + + +HANDS, ISRAEL, also known as BASILICA HANDS. + +Sailing-master with the famous Teach or Blackbeard. One day when Teach was +entertaining a pilot and Hands in his cabin, after they had been drinking +and chatting awhile seated round the cabin table, on which stood a lighted +candle, Blackbeard suddenly drew his pistols, blew out the candle, and +crossing his arms, fired both his pistols under the table. Hands was shot +in the knee, and crippled for life. Teach's explanation to the angry +demands of his guests as to the reason for this extraordinary conduct +produced the reply that "if he did not shoot one or two of them now and +then, they'd forget who he was." Hands after this deserted, but was +captured at Bath in Carolina by Brand. Hands, probably in revenge for +being wantonly shot by Teach, turned King's evidence at the inquiry held +at Charleston, and brought very serious accusations against one of the +most prominent men in the colony, Knight, who was secretary to the Chief +Justice, and a deputy collector of Customs. + +Hands was tried for piracy in Virginia in December, 1718, but pardoned. +When last heard of was seen begging his bread in London. + + +HANSEL, CAPTAIN. + +He behaved himself so courageously at the taking of Porto Bello in 1669, +that a party of some 400 men, in four ships, chose Hansel to be their +admiral in an attempt on the town of Comana, near Caracas. This attack was +a most complete failure, the pirates being driven off "with great loss +and in great confusion." When Hansel's party arrived back at Jamaica, they +found the rest of Morgan's men had returned before them, who "ceased not +to mock and jeer at them for their ill success at Comana, after telling +them, 'Let us see what money you brought from Comana, and if it be as good +silver as that which we bring from Maracaibo.'" + + +HARDING, CAPTAIN THOMAS. + +In 1653 he captured a rich prize, a Barbadoes vessel. For this he was +tried for piracy at Boston. + + +HARDY, RICHARD. + +One of Captain Bartholomew Roberts's crew. Hanged at Cape Coast Castle, +West Coast of Africa, on April 6th, 1722, at the age of 25 years. + +It is recorded that, owing to the lack of expert knowledge in the niceties +of carrying out executions, Hardy was led to the scaffold with his hands +tied behind him. This annoyed Hardy very much, and it is mentioned in the +official account of his execution that the prisoner indignantly declared +"that he had seen many a Man hang'd, but this Way of the Hands being ty'd +behind them, he was a Stranger to, and never saw before in his Life." + + +HARPER, ABRAHAM. + +Born at Bristol. + +He was cooper on board Captain Roberts's _Royal Fortune_. When the pirates +took a prize, it was Harper's duty to see that all the casks and coopers' +tools were removed from the prize to the pirate craft. + +Hanged at the age of 23, with the rest of the crew, in 1722. + + +HARRIS, CAPTAIN. + +Joined the Barbary corsairs during the reign of Queen Elizabeth, turned +Mohammedan, and rose to command a Moorish pirate vessel. Cruised off the +coast of Ireland, was taken prisoner by an English ship, and hanged at +Wapping. + + +HARRIS, HUGH. + +Of Corfe Castle, Dorsetshire. + +One of Roberts's crew; tried and condemned to be hanged in 1722, but +reprieved and sold to the Royal African Company to serve for seven years +in their plantations. + + +HARRIS, JAMES. + +One of Roberts's crew. + + +HARRIS, PETER. + +Born in Kent. + +This buccaneer was known amongst the brethren of the coast as "a brave and +Stout Soldier." + +In 1680 he took a leading part in the march of the buccaneers across the +Isthmus of Darien, but during the attack on the Spanish Fleet off Panama +he was shot in both legs, and died of his wounds. + + +HARRIS, RICHARD. + +A Cornishman. + +One of Captain Roberts's crew and the oldest, being 45 years of age when +he was hanged, an unusually advanced age to reach in this most "unhealthy" +profession. + + +HARRISON, CAPTAIN. + +Sailed in October, 1670, in company with Captains Prince and Ludbury, into +Port Royal, after a successful expedition with 170 men up the San Juan +River in Nicaragua, when they plundered the unfortunate city of Granada. +This city had suffered so much from previous attacks from the buccaneers +that the plunder came to only some £20 per man on this occasion. + +Modyford, the Governor of Jamaica, "reproved the captains for acting +without commissions, but did not deem it prudent to press the matter too +far"; in fact, instead of arresting Harrison and his crew, he sent them to +join Morgan the Buccaneer, who was then gathering together a great fleet +of buccaneers at the Isle of Vache. + + +HARVEY, CAPTAIN. + +Arrived at New London in 1685 in company with another pirate, Captain +Veale; posed as an honest merchant, but, being recognized, left in great +haste. + + +HARVEY, WILLIAM. + +Tried for piracy with the rest of Gow's crew at Newgate in 1725, and +acquitted. + + +HARWOOD, JOHN. + +Tried for piracy at Boston in 1704. One of the crew of the brigantine +_Charles_ (Captain John Quelch, Commander). + + +HATTSELL, CAPTAIN. + +This buccaneer served as an officer with Mansfield in his successful and +daring night attack on the Island of Providence, when, with only 200 men, +the fort was captured and the Spanish Governor taken prisoner. Captain +Hattsell was left behind with thirty-five men to hold the island, while +Mansfield sailed to the mainland with his prisoners, who had surrendered +on condition that they should be safely conducted there. + + +HAWKINS, CAPTAIN. + +A seventeenth-century Barbadoes pirate. Notorious for his cruelty, which +led to his fighting a duel with one of his crew, Greaves, _alias_ Red +Legs, by whom he was defeated, his victor being elected captain in his +place. + + +HAWKINS, SIR JOHN. + +Born in 1532. + +This famous Elizabethan seaman sailed in 1561 to the Canary Islands, and +traded in negro slaves between Africa and Hispaniola. Afterwards became an +officer in the Royal Navy. Died at sea off Porto Bello, in 1595, when +serving with Drake in the West Indies. + + +HAWKINS, CAPTAIN THOMAS. + +In the year 1689 cruised off the coast of New England, burning and +plundering the shipping. The Bay colony sent out an armed sloop, the +_Mary_ (Samuel Pease, commander), in October of that year, to attempt to +capture Hawkins. Pease found the pirate in Buzzard's Bay. Hawkins ran up a +red flag and a furious engagement began. The crew of the _Mary_ at last +boarded the pirates, and the captain, Pease, was so severely wounded that +he died. + + +HAWKINS, THOMAS. + +Born at Boston. + +Turned pirate and cruised with Captain Pound. Tried for piracy at Boston +in 1690, but reprieved. Sent to England, but on the voyage was killed in a +fight with a French privateer. + + +HAYES, CAPTAIN, nicknamed "Bully Hayes." A South Sea pirate. + +In 1870 was arrested by the English Consul at Samoa for piracy. There +being no prison in this delightful island, the Consul ran Hayes's ship on +shore, and waited for a man-of-war to call and take his prisoner away. +Hayes spent his time, while under open arrest, attending native picnic +parties, at which he was the life and soul, being, when off duty, a man of +great charm of manner and a favourite with the ladies. Presently another +pirate arrived, one Captain Pease, in an armed ship with a Malay crew. +Hayes and Pease quarrelled violently, and the Consul had great trouble to +keep the two pirates from coming to blows. This animosity was all a sham +to throw dust in the Consul's eyes, for one night Pease sailed away with +Hayes, whom he had smuggled on board his ship. + + +HAZEL, THOMAS. + +Of Westminster. + +Hanged in Rhode Island in 1723 at the advanced age, for a pirate, of 50. +This is one of the longest lived pirates we have been able to hear of. + + +HEAMAN, PETER, _alias_ ROGERS. + +A French pirate, born in 1787. + +Sailed from Gibraltar in May, 1821, as mate on board the schooner _Jane_ +(Captain Thomas Johnson), bound for Bahia, Brazil, with a very rich cargo +of beeswax, silk, olives, and other goods, as well as eight barrels of +Spanish dollars. + +When about seventeen days out, in the middle of the night, Heaman attacked +one of the crew, James Paterson, and beat him to death. On the captain +coming up on deck to find out what all the noise was about, Heaman beat +him to death with a musket, being assisted by the cook, Francis Gautier, +also a Frenchman. The two conspirators then proceeded to imprison the rest +of the crew in the forecastle, and threw the dead bodies of the captain +and the sailor overboard. For two days the murderers tried to suffocate +the crew by burning pitch and blowing the smoke into the forecastle. +Failing to accomplish this they let the crew out after each had sworn on +the Bible not to inform on them. The course was now altered, and they +sailed towards Scotland. The barrels of dollars were broken open and the +coins placed in bags. In June they reached the Island of Barra, where +Gautier went ashore, wearing the late captain's green coat, and bought a +large boat. Next, they sailed to Stornoway, where they arrived in July, +and here they sank their schooner. The crew rowed ashore in the long-boat, +sharing out the dollars as they went, using an old tin as a measure, each +man getting 6,300 dollars as his share. Their boat was smashed on the +rocks when landing, but they got their plunder safely ashore and hid it +amongst the stones on the beach. Early next morning the mutineers were +visited by the Customs officer. After he had left, the cabin boy, a +Maltese, ran after him and told him the true story of the murders and +robbery. A party of islanders was got together, the mutineers arrested and +taken to Edinburgh, where Heaman and Gautier were tried for piracy and +murder, and on November 27th found guilty and condemned to death. They +were both hanged on January 9th, 1822, on the sands of Leith, within the +flood mark, and afterwards their bodies were delivered to Dr. Alexander +Munro, Professor of Anatomy in the University of Edinburgh, to be publicly +dissected by him. + + +HEATH, PELEG. + +One of William Coward's crew. Condemned to be hanged at Boston in 1690, +but afterwards reprieved. + + +HEIDON, CAPTAIN. + +Arrested for piracy in 1564 for having captured a Flemish ship. This +vessel he manned with thirteen Scotchmen in addition to his own crew, and +sailed off the coast of Spain. Here he took a prize containing a cargo of +wine, which he carried to the Island of Bere in Bantry Bay. The wine was +sold to Lord O'Sullivan. Heidon now fitted up another ship, the _John of +Sandwich_. Was wrecked in her on the Island of Alderney and Heidon was +arrested, but managed to escape in a small boat with some others of the +pirates. + + +HENLEY, CAPTAIN. + +In 1683 sailed from Boston "bound for the Rack," afterwards going to the +Red Sea, where he plundered Arab and Malabar ships. + + +HERDUE, CAPTAIN. Buccaneer. + +Commanded a frigate of four guns, crew of forty men, at Tortuga Island, in +1663. + + +HERNANDEZ, AUGUSTUS. + +Hanged at Kingston, Jamaica, in 1823. + + +HERNANDEZ, JUAN. + +Captured with nine other pirates by H.M. sloop-of-war _Tyne_ and taken to +Jamaica. Hanged on February 7th, 1823, at Kingston. + + +HERRIOTT, DAVID. + +Master of the _Adventure_, from Jamaica, taken by Teach in 1718. He joined +the pirates, and later, when Major Stede Bonnet separated from Teach, he +took Herriott to be his sailing-master. Taken prisoner with Bonnet and his +crew of the _Royal James_ by Colonel Rhet, at Cape Fear, North Carolina, +September 27th, 1718. Herriott and the boatswain, Ignatius Pell, turned +King's evidence at the trial of the pirates held at Charleston. On October +25th, Bonnet and Herriott escaped from prison, in spite of the fact that +the latter had turned King's evidence. Herriott was shot on Sullivan +Island a few days later. + + +HEWETT, WILLIAM, or HEWET, or HEWIT. + +Of Jamaica. + +One of Major Stede Bonnet's crew. Tried for piracy at Charleston in 1718, +and hanged at White Point on November 8th, and buried in the marsh below +low-water mark. + + +HIDE, DANIEL. + +Of Virginia. + +One of the crew of Captain Charles Harris, who, with Captain Low, played +havoc on the shipping off the American coast from New York to Charleston. +Hanged at Newport, Rhode Island, in July, 1723, at the age of 23. + + +HILL, CORPORAL JOHN. + +In charge of the guard at Fort Royal, Falmouth, Maine, which all deserted +one night, and went to sea with the pirate Captain Pound. Killed at +Tarpaulin Cove in 1689. + + +HILLIARD, JOHN. + +Was "chief man" of the company of Captain Bartholomew Sharp on his +"dangerous voyage" to the South Seas. Died on January 2nd, 1681, of +dropsy; buried at sea with the usual buccaneers' honours. + + +HINCHER, DR. JOHN. + +Of Edinburgh University. + +Tried for piracy in July, 1723, at Newport, Rhode Island, but acquitted. +This young doctor, his age was only 22, was taken off a prize by Captain +Low against his will, to act as ship's surgeon with the pirates. + + +HIND, ISRAEL, or HYNDE. + +Of Bristol. + +One of Captain Roberts's crew. Hanged at Cape Coast Castle in 1722, at the +age of 30. + + +HINGSON, JOHN. + +One of Wafer's party left behind and lost in the forest when Dampier +crossed the Isthmus of Darien on foot in 1681. + + +HITCHENS, ROBERT. + +A Devonshire man, born in the year 1515. + +Took to piracy early in life. Sailed with the pirate Captain Heidon, and +was wrecked on Alderney in the year 1564. Arrested and tried for piracy, +and was hanged in chains at low-water mark at St. Martin's Point, +Guernsey, in 1564, at the age of 50. + + +HOLDING, ANTHONY. + +One of John Quelch's crew of the brigantine _Charles_. Tried for piracy at +Boston in 1704. + + +HOLFORD, CAPTAIN. Buccaneer. + +Of Jamaica. + +An old friend of the notorious pirate Vane. In 1718 he happened to arrive +in his ship at a small uninhabited island in the Bay of Honduras to find +Vane on shore and destitute. Vane thought he would be saved by Holford, +but the latter was quite frank in refusing, saying: "I shan't trust you +aboard my ship unless I carry you a prisoner, for I shall have you +caballing with my men, knock me on the head, and run away with my ship +a-pyrating." It was owing to Holford that Vane was eventually taken a +prisoner to Jamaica and there hanged. + + +HOLLAND, CAPTAIN RICHARD. + +An Irishman. + +Commanded a Spanish pirate vessel in the West Indies in 1724. The crew +consisted of sixty Spaniards, eighteen French, and eighteen English +sailors. Holland had originally belonged to the Royal Navy, but deserted +from the _Suffolk_ at Naples, and took shelter in a convent in that city. +In August, 1724, Holland's ship took as prizes the _John and Mary_, the +_Prudent Hannah of Boston_, and the _Dolphin_, of Topsham, all on their +way to Virginia. From out of the _John and Mary_ he took thirty-six men +slaves, some gold dust, the captain's clothes, four great guns and small +arms, and 400 gallons of rum. + + +HOPKINS, MR. Buccaneer and apothecary. + +First lieutenant to Captain Dover (a doctor of physic) on board the +_Duchess_ privateer, of Bristol. Mr. Hopkins was an apothecary by +profession, not a sailor, but being a kinsman to the captain, no doubt was +given promotion. He sailed from Bristol on August 2nd, 1708. + + +HORE, CAPTAIN. + +About 1650 Hore turned from a privateer into a pirate, and was very active +and successful in taking prizes between New York and Newport, occasionally +sailing to Madagascar to waylay ships of the East India Company. + + +HORNIGOLD, CAPTAIN BENJAMIN. + +Commanded a sloop in 1716 and cruised off the Guinea coast with Teach, +taking a big French Guinea ship. He then sailed to the Bahama Islands, +where, in 1718, Woodes Rogers had just arrived with the offer of a pardon +to all pirates who surrendered themselves. Teach went off again "on the +account," but Hornigold surrendered. Shortly afterwards Hornigold was +wrecked on a reef and drowned. + + +HOW, THOMAS. + +A native of Barnstaple in Devon. + +One of Captain Bartholomew Roberts's crew. Condemned to death for piracy, +but reprieved and sold to the Royal African Company to work on their +plantations for seven years. + + +HOWARD, THOMAS. + +Born in London, the son of a Thames lighterman. Sailing to Jamaica, he +deserted his ship and, with some companions of a like mind, stole a canoe +and set off to the Grand Cayman Islands, and there met with some 200 +buccaneers and pirates. Joining with these, they took several vessels, +lastly a well-armed Spanish ship. In her they cruised off the coast of +Virginia, taking a large New England brigantine, of which Howard was +appointed quartermaster. Their next prize was a fine Virginian galley, +twenty-four guns, crowded with convicts being transplanted to America. +These passengers were only too willing to join the pirates. + +Next, they sailed away to Guinea, where they took numerous prizes. Here +they were attacked by a big Portuguese ship of thirty-six guns, which they +defeated. Having by now got together a well appointed pirate fleet, they +sailed round the Cape of Good Hope to Madagascar, the happy home of the +South Sea pirates. Their ship, the _Alexander_, was wrecked and lost on a +reef, and Howard, together with the English and Dutch members of the crew, +seized the treasure, and drove off the Portuguese and Spanish sailors and +also the captain, and got to shore in a boat. They then broke up their +ship, and lived for a while by fishing and hunting. On one of these +hunting parties, the men ran away and left Howard behind. + +Howard was found by the King of Anquala, who took care of him until he was +picked up by a ship. Later on, Howard became captain of a fine vessel, the +_Prosperous_, thirty-six guns, which he and some other pirates had seized +at Madagascar. In her, Howard went cruising, eventually in company with +Captain Bowen, attacking a Moorish fleet off St. John's Island. Howard +followed the Moorish ships up a river, and, after a fierce fight, seized +the largest and richest prize, a ship containing upward of a million +dollars worth of goods. Howard, having now made a considerable fortune, +retired from the piratical life and went to India, and there married a +native woman and settled down. Howard, who was a morose, sour kind of man, +ill-treated his wife, and he was at length murdered by some of her +relations. + + +HUGGIT, THOMAS. + +Of London. + +Hanged at Newport, Rhode Island, in July, 1723. Age 30. + + +HULL, CAPTAIN EDWARD. + +Commanded the _Swallow_ "frigott" in which he sailed from Boston in 1653, +and captured several French and Dutch ships. He afterwards sold his +vessels and went with his share of the plunder to England, where he +settled down. + + +HUNTER, ANDREW. + +One of Captain Lowther's crew. Hanged at St. Kitts on March 11th, 1722. + + +HUSK, JOHN. + +One of Blackbeard's crew in the _Queen Ann's Revenge_. Killed off North +Carolina in 1718. + + +HUTNOT, JOSEPH. + +One of the crew of the notorious brigantine _Charles_, commanded by +Captain Quelch. Tried for piracy at the Star Tavern, Boston, in 1704. + + +HUTT, CAPTAIN GEORGE, or HOUT. Buccaneer. + +An Englishman who succeeded Captain Townley when the latter was killed +during a gallant fight with three Spanish galleons in 1686 near Panama. + + +INGRAM, GUNNER WILLIAM. + +Was one of Captain Anstis's crew in the _Good Fortune_ when that pirate +took the _Morning Star_. After the prize had been converted to the +pirates' use, Ingram was appointed gunner. Later, when Ingram came to be +tried for piracy, evidence was produced to prove that he had joined the +pirates of his own free will, and, in fact, had on all occasions been one +of the forwardest in any action, and altogether "a very resolute hardened +Fellow." He was hanged. + + +IRELAND, JOHN. Pirate. + +"A wicked and ill-disposed person," according to the royal warrant of King +William III. granted to "our truly and dearly beloved Captain William +Kidd" to go in the year 1695 to seize this and other pirates who were +doing great mischief to the ships trading off the coast of North America. + + +IRVINE, CAPTAIN. + +One of the last pirates in the Atlantic. Very active in the early part of +the nineteenth century. + + +JACKMAN, CAPTAIN. Buccaneer. + +In 1665 took part with Morris and Morgan in a very successful raid on +Central America, ascending the river Tabasco in the province of Campeachy +with only 107 men. Led by Indians by a detour of 300 miles, they surprised +and sacked the town of Villa de Mosa. Dampier describes this small town as +"standing on the starboard side of the river, inhabited chiefly by +Indians, with some Spaniards." On their return to the mouth of the river, +Jackman's party found the Spaniards had seized their ship, and some three +hundred of them attacked the pirates, but the Spaniards were easily beaten +off. + +The freebooters next attacked Rio Garta, and took it with only thirty men, +crossed the Gulf of Honduras to rest on the Island of Roatan, and then +proceeded to the Port of Truxillo, which they plundered. They next sailed +down the Mosquito coast, burning and pillaging as they went. + +Anchoring in Monkey Bay, they ascended the San Juan River in canoes one +hundred miles to Lake Nicaragua. The pirates described the Lake of +Nicaragua as being a veritable paradise, which, indeed, it must have been +prior to their visit. Hiding by day amongst the many islands and rowing by +night, on the fifth night they landed near the city of Granada, just one +year after Mansfield's visit. The buccaneers marched right into the +central square of the city without being observed by the Spaniards, who +were taken completely by surprise, so that the English were soon masters +of the city, and for sixteen hours they plundered it. Some 1,000 Indians, +driven to rebellion by the cruelty and oppression of the Spaniards, +accompanied the marauders and wanted to massacre the prisoners, +particularly "the religious," but when they understood that the buccaneers +were not remaining in Granada, they thought better of it, having, no +doubt, a shrewd inkling of what to expect in the future when their +rescuers had left. + + +JACKSON, CAPTAIN WILLIAM. Buccaneer. + +In 1642 he gathered together a crew of more than a thousand buccaneers in +the Islands of St. Kitts and Barbadoes, and sailed with these in three +ships to the Spanish Main, plundering Maracaibo and Truxillo. + +On March 25th, 1643, Jackson's little fleet dropped anchor in the harbour, +what was afterwards to be known as Kingston, in the Island of Jamaica, +which was then still in the possession of Spain. Landing 500 of his men, +he attacked the town of St. Jago de la Vega, which he took after a hard +fight and with the loss of some forty of his men. For sparing the town +from fire he received ransom from the Spaniards of 200 beeves, 10,000 +pounds of cassava bread, and 7,000 pieces of eight. The English sailors +were so delighted by the beauty of the island that in one night +twenty-three of them deserted to the Spaniards. + + +JACKSON, NATHANIEL. + +One of Captain Edward Teach's crew. Killed at North Carolina in 1718. + + +JAMES, CAPTAIN. Buccaneer. + +Belonged to Jamaica and Tortuga. In 1663 was in command of a frigate, the +_American_ (six guns, crew of seventy men). + + +JAMES, CAPTAIN. + +A buccaneer captain who was in 1640 temporarily appointed "President" of +Tortuga Island by the Providence Company, while their regular Governor, +Captain Flood, was in London, clearing himself of charges preferred +against him by the planters. + + +JAMES, CAPTAIN. + +About 1709 commanded a pirate brigantine off Madagascar. Sailed for some +time in company with a New York pirate called Ort Van Tyle. + + +JAMES, CHARLES. + +One of Captain John Quelch's crew taken in the _Larimore_ galley at Salem. +Tried for piracy at Boston in 1704. + + +JAMISON, _alias_ MONACRE NICKOLA. + +Born at Greenock in Scotland, the son of a rich cloth merchant, he +received a polite education, spoke several languages, and was described as +being of gentlemanly deportment. + +He served as sailing-master to Captain Jonnia when he took the schooner +_Exertion_. The captain and crew were eventually saved by Nickola. Years +afterwards Nickola went to Boston, and lived with Captain Lincoln of the +_Exertion_, and made a living by fishing for mackerel in the warm season, +and during the winter by teaching navigation to young gentlemen. + + +JANQUAIS, CAPTAIN. + +A French filibuster of San Domingo. + +His ship, _La Dauphine_, carried thirty guns and a crew of 180 men. + + +JEFFERYS, BENJAMIN. + +Of Bristol. + +Taken by Roberts in the _Norman_ galley in April, 1721. Roberts allowed +those of the crew who did not wish to join the pirates to return to the +_Norman_, but Jefferys had made such friends on the pirate ship that he +was too drunk to go, and also was abusive in his cups, telling his hosts +there was not one man amongst them. For this he received six lashes with +the cat-o'-nine-tails from every member of the crew, "which disordered him +for some weeks." But Jefferys eventually proved himself a brisk and +willing lad, and was made bos'on's mate. He was hanged a year later at the +age of 21. + + +JENNINGS. + +A Welshman who in 1613 was settled on the Barbary coast with some thirty +other British pirates. + + +JENNINGS, CAPTAIN. + +This Welsh pirate had been a man of good position, education, and property +before he took to piracy, which he did for the love of the life and not +from necessity. He was held in high esteem by his fellow-pirates at their +stronghold in the Bahamas. When notice was brought of King George's pardon +in 1717, a meeting was held of all the pirates at which Jennings presided. +After much discussion, Jennings boldly gave out that he himself meant to +surrender, whereupon some hundred and fifty other pirates declared their +intention of doing likewise. On the new Governor's arrival from England +they received their certificates, though the greater part of them soon +went back to piracy, or, to quote the expressive Captain Johnson, +"returned again like the Dog to the Vomit." + + +JOBSON, RICHARD, or COBSON or GOPSON. + +His original calling was that of a druggist's assistant in London. He +combined piracy with the study of divinity. He was one of Dampier's party +which crossed the Isthmus of Darien in 1681, and was left behind with +Wafer, who tells us in his book that Gopson "was an ingenious man and a +good scholar, and had with him a Greek testament which he frequently read +and would translate extempore into English to such of the company as were +disposed to hear him." + +After great sufferings in the tropical jungle in the wet season, Jobson +and his friends reached the "North Sea" to find an English buccaneer +vessel lying at anchor off the shore. On rowing out to the ship the canoe +upset, and Jobson and his gun were thrown overboard, but the former was +rescued, though he died a few days later on board the vessel owing to the +exposure he had been subjected to. He was buried in the sand at Le Sounds +Cay with full honours--that is, a volley of guns and colours flown at +half-mast. + + +JOCARD, LE CAPITAINE. + +A French filibuster who in 1684 had his headquarters in San Domingo. + +He commanded the _Irondelle_, a ship armed with eighteen guns and a crew +of 120 men. + + +JOHNSON, CAPTAIN. A successful and very bloody pirate. + +Of Jamaica. + +Immediately after the publication of peace by Sir Thomas Lynch, Governor +of Jamaica in 1670, which included a general pardon to all privateers, +Johnson fled from Port Royal with some ten followers, and shortly after, +meeting with a Spanish ship of eighteen guns, managed to take her and kill +the captain and fourteen of the crew. Gradually collecting together a +party of a hundred or more English and French desperadoes he plundered +many ships round the Cuban coast. Tiring of his quarrelsome French +companions he sailed to Jamaica to make terms with the Governor, and +anchored in Morant Bay, but his ship was blown ashore by a hurricane. +Johnson was immediately arrested by Governor Lynch, who ordered Colonel +Modyford to assemble the justices and to proceed to trial and immediate +execution. Lynch had had bitter experiences of trying pirates, and knew +that the sooner they were hanged the better. But Modyford, like many other +Jamaicans, felt a strong sympathy for the pirates, and he managed to get +Johnson acquitted in spite of the fact that Johnson "confessed enough to +hang a hundred honester persons." It is interesting to read that half an +hour after the dismissal of the court Johnson "came to drink with his +judges." Governor Lynch, now thoroughly roused, took the matter into his +own hands. He again placed Johnson under arrest, called a meeting of the +council, from which he dismissed Colonel Modyford, and managed to have the +former judgment reversed. The pirate was again tried, and in order that no +mistake might happen, Lynch himself presided over the court. Johnson, as +before, made a full confession, but was condemned and immediately +executed, and was, writes Lynch, "as much regretted as if he had been as +pious and as innocent as one of the primitive martyrs." This second trial +was absolutely illegal, and Lynch was reproved by the King for his rash +and high-handed conduct. + + +JOHNSON, CAPTAIN BEN. + +When a lad he had served as a midshipman in an East Indiaman, the _Asia_, +but having been caught red-handed robbing the purser of brandy and wine, +he was flogged and sent to serve as a sailor before the mast. In 1750, +while in the Red Sea, he deserted his ship and entered the service of the +Sultan of Ormus. Finding Johnson to be a clever sailor, the Sultan +appointed him admiral of his pirate fleet of fourteen vessels. The young +admiral became a convert to Brahminism, and was ceremoniously blessed by +the arch-priests of the Temple. Amongst his crew Johnson had some two +hundred other Englishmen, who also became followers of Brahmin, each of +whom was allowed, when in port, a dancing girl from the Temple. + +Johnson proved a most capable and bloodthirsty pirate, playing havoc with +the shipping of the Red Sea, taking also several towns on the coast, and +putting to death his prisoners, often after cruel tortures. His boldest +exploit was to attack the fortified town of Busrah. This he did, putting +the Sheik and most of the inhabitants to death, and taking back to his +master, the Sultan, vast plunder of diamonds, pearls, and gold. + +On another occasion Johnson landed his crews on the Island of Omalee, at +the entrance to the Persian Gulf, a favourite place of pilgrimage, and +raided the temples of the Indian God Buddha. Putting to death all the two +thousand priests, he cut off the noses and slit the upper lips of seven +hundred dancing girls, only sparing a few of the best looking ones, whom +he carried away with him along with plunder worth half a million rupees. + +On their way back to the Red Sea the pirates met with an English East +Indiaman, which they took and plundered, and Johnson, remembering his +previous sufferings in the same service, murdered the whole crew. + +Shortly afterwards Johnson and ten of his English officers contrived to +run away from their master, the Sultan, in his best and fastest lateen +vessel, with an enormous booty. Sailing up to the head of the Persian +Gulf, Johnson managed to reach Constantinople with his share of the +plunder, worth £800,000. With this as an introduction, he was hospitably +received, and was made a bashaw, and at the end of a long life of +splendour died a natural death. + + +JOHNSON, CAPTAIN HENRY, _alias_ "HENRIQUES THE ENGLISHMAN." + +A West Indian pirate, born in the North of Ireland. + +Commanded the _Two Brothers_, a Rhode Island-built sloop, eighteen guns, +crew of ninety, mostly Spaniards. On March 20th, 1730, he took the _John +and Jane_ (Edward Burt, master), from Jamaica, off Swan Island. The _John +and Jane_ was armed with eight carriage and ten swivel guns, and a crew of +only twenty-five men. After a gallant resistance for five hours the +pirates boarded and took the English ship. The few survivors were stripped +naked, and preparations made to hang them in pairs. This was prevented by +Captain Johnson and an English pirate called Echlin. There was a Mrs. +Groves, a passenger, in the _John and Jane_, whose husband and the English +surgeon had both been killed at the first onslaught of the pirates. This +poor lady was hidden in the hold of the ship during the action, and was +only informed afterwards of the death of her husband. The pirates now +dragged her on deck, "stript her in a manner naked," and carried her as a +prize to the Spanish captain, Pedro Poleas, who immediately took her to +the "great cabin and there with horrible oaths and curses insolently +assaulted her Chastity." Her loud cries of distress brought Captain +Johnson into the cabin, who, seeing what was on hand, drew his pistol and +threatened to blow out the brains of any man who attempted the least +violence upon her. He next commanded everything belonging to Mrs. Groves +to be returned to her, which was done--including her clothing. The gallant +conduct of Johnson is the more surprising and pleasing since he had the +reputation of being as bloody and ruthless a pirate as ever took a ship or +cut an innocent throat. He only had one hand, and used to fire his piece +with great skill, laying the barrel on his stump, and drawing the trigger +with his right hand. + +In all the American "plantations" there were rewards offered for him alive +or dead. + +The end of this "penny-dreadful" pirate is unrecorded, but was probably a +violent one, as this type of pirate seldom, if ever, died in his bed. + + +JOHNSON, ISAAC. + +One of Captain Quelch's crew. Tried for piracy at the Star Tavern at +Boston in 1704. + + +JOHNSON, JACOB. + +Taken prisoner by Captain Roberts out of the _King Solomon_, he joined the +pirates. + + +JOHNSON, JOHN, or JAYNSON. + +Born "nigh Lancaster." + +Taken out of the _King Solomon_. One of Roberts's crew. Hanged in 1722 at +the age of 22. + + +JOHNSON, MARCUS. + +One of Captain Roberts's crew. Hanged in 1722. Stated in his death warrant +to be a native of Smyrna. Died at the age of 21. + + +JOHNSON, ROBERT. + +From Whydah in West Africa. + +Tried for piracy with the rest of Captain Roberts's crew, and hanged in +1722 at the age of 32. At his trial he pleaded that he did not enter with +the pirates of his own free will, and called witnesses to prove that at +the time he was captured he was so very drunk that he had to be hoisted +out of his own ship, the _Jeremiah and Ann_, into the pirate ship in +tackles. + + +JOHNSTON, THOMAS. + +Of Boston. + +Known as "the limping privateer." Sailed with Captain Pound. Wounded in +the jaw in the fight at Tarpaulin Cove. Tried for piracy at Boston, and +hanged on January 27th, 1690. + + +JONES, CAPTAIN PAUL. + +Probably few persons, even in Great Britain, would to-day call Paul Jones +a pirate, but this was not always the case. In all books on pirates +written shortly after the American war, Paul Jones figured as a notorious +character. + +This famous privateer, let us call him, was born at Kirkcudbright in +Scotland in 1728, the son of Mr. Paul, head gardener to Lord Selkirk, and +was christened John Paul. So much has been written about this man in +books, easily procurable for reference, that little need be said about him +here. + +Starting life as a sailor before the mast, he quickly showed abilities +which led to his promotion to the rank of mate in an English ship trading +in the West India Islands, and later he was made master. On the +declaration of war with America, Jones joined the rebels, and was given +command of a privateer, and from 1777 he became a terror to English +shipping around the British Isles. + +One of his most startling exploits was his surprise visit in his ship, the +_Ranger_, to his old home with the object of kidnapping his former +employer, Lord Selkirk. + +On September 23rd, 1779, he fought his famous action off Scarborough +against a British convoy from the Baltic under the command of Captain +Pearson, in the _Serapis_, and Captain Piercy in the _Countess of +Scarborough_. Jones had left the _Ranger_ for a frigate called the _Bonne +Homme Richard_ of forty guns and a crew of three hundred and seventy men, +and had also under his command four other ships of war. A furious +engagement took place, the utmost bravery being shown on either side; the +English ships at last being compelled to surrender, but not until the +enemy had themselves suffered fearful damage to both their crews and +ships. After the conclusion of peace, Paul Jones, once the darling of two +continents, faded into obscurity and even poverty, and died in Paris in +the year 1792 at the age of 64. + + +JONES. SEAMAN. + +A mariner. "A brisk young fellow" who served with Captain Bartholomew +Roberts's crew. On one occasion Captain Roberts had reason to think that +one of his men had spoken disrespectfully to him, so, as a warning to the +rest, he killed him. The dead man's greatest friend was Jones, who, +hearing what had happened, had a fierce fight with Roberts. This severe +breach of discipline was punished by Jones receiving two lashes on the +back from every man on board. Jones after this sailed with Captain Anstis +in the _Good Fortune_. + + +JONES, THOMAS. + +Found to be "not guilty" at a trial for piracy at Newport, Rhode Island, +in 1723. One of Captain Charles Harris's crew. Age 17. + + +JONES, WILLIAM. + +Tried for piracy at Boston, 1704. + + +JONES, WILLIAM. + +Of London. + +Age 28. Hanged at Rhode Island, 1723. + + +JONNIA, CAPTAIN. + +A Spaniard. + +Commanded in 1821 a fast schooner, carrying a crew of forty men, armed +with muskets, cutlasses, blunderbusses, long knives, dirks, two +carronades--one a twelve, the other a six-pounder. They had aboard with +them three Mexican negresses. The pirates took and plundered the Boston +schooner _Exertion_, on December 17th, 1821, the crew being considerably +drunk at the time. The plunder they took to Principe in the Island of +Cuba. The pirates took everything from their prisoners, even their +clothes, but as a parting gift sent the captain a copy of the "Family +Prayer Book" by the Rev. Mr. Brooks. The prisoners were marooned on a +small mangrove quay, but they eventually escaped. Jonnia and some of his +crew were afterwards captured by an English ship and taken to Kingston, +Jamaica, and there hanged. + + +JOSE, MIGUEL. + +Hanged at Kingston, Jamaica, in February, 1823. This old man's last words +on the scaffold were: "No he robado, no he matado ningune, muero +innocente." + + +JUDSON, RANDALL. + +One of Captain Roderigo's crew. Tried for piracy at Cambridge, +Massachusetts, in June, 1675, and sentenced to be hanged; "presently after +the lecture," which was delivered by the Rev. Increase Mather. Afterwards +pardoned, but fined and banished from the colony. + + +KELLWANTON. + +A notorious pirate in the sixteenth century. Was captured in the Isle of +Man in 1531. + + +KENNEDY, CAPTAIN. + +Began life as a pickpocket and housebreaker in London. He was Captain +Roberts's lieutenant, and was afterwards given command of a prize, the +_Rover_. + +Kennedy could never, even when a captain, forget his old trade. It is +recorded that he stole a black suit of clothes from the captain of the +_Bird_ at Sierra Leone in 1718. These he put on with the captain's best +wig and sword. He then swaggered about on board in these till his +fellow-pirates drenched him with buckets of claret, so that he had to +disrobe and throw the garments overboard. + +Owing to a quarrel with Captain Roberts, Kennedy went off in his ship, the +_Rover_, and sailed to Barbadoes. His first prize, a Boston ship, was a +distinct novelty, being commanded by one Captain Knot, a Quaker, who lived +up to the principles of his sect by allowing no pistol, sword, or cutlass, +or other weapon aboard his vessel. The crew, finding Kennedy had no +knowledge whatever of navigation, threatened to throw him overboard, but +because he was a man of great personal courage they did not in the end +carry out their threat. The crew next decided to give over piracy and to +set sail for Ireland. This island they altogether missed through bad +navigation, and they ran the ship ashore on the north of Scotland. The +crew landed and passed themselves off as shipwrecked mariners, but owing +to their drinking and rioting in each village they came to, the whole +countryside was soon roused. Kennedy slipped away and reached Ireland. +Having soon spent all his ill-gotten gains in Dublin, he came to Deptford +and set up a house of ill-fame, adding occasionally to his income from +this source by a little highwaymanry. One of the ladies of his house at +Deptford, to be revenged for some slight or other, gave information to the +watch, and Kennedy was imprisoned at Marshalsea and afterwards tried for +robbery and piracy. Kennedy turned King's evidence against some of his old +associates, but this did not save his neck, for he was condemned and +hanged at Execution Dock. + + +KHEYR-ED-DIN. Corsair. + +Brother of the famous Barbarossa. When the latter was defeated and killed +by the Spaniards, Kheyr-ed-din sent an ambassador to Constantinople, +begging for help to protect Algiers. He was appointed Governor of Algiers +by the Sultan of Turkey in 1519. Now greatly increased both in ships and +power, he scoured the whole Mediterranean for Italian and Spanish prizes. +He raided the Spanish coast and carried off slaves from the Balearic +Islands. He next took and destroyed the fortress of Algiers, and employed +7,000 Christian slaves to build a new one and also a great mole to protect +the harbour. Invited by Solyman the Magnificent to help him against the +Christian Admiral Andria Doria, in August, 1533, he sailed from Algiers +with his fleet, being joined on the way by another noted corsair, +Delizuff. + +A year afterwards, at the age of 73, Kheyr-ed-din set out from +Constantinople with a vast fleet, sacking towns and burning all Christian +ships that were so unfortunate as to fall in his way. He returned to the +Bosphorus with huge spoil and 11,000 prisoners. He sacked Sardinia, then +sailed to Tunis, which he vanquished. + +Charles V. of Spain now began to collect a large fleet and an army of +25,000 men and sailed to Tunis. A fierce fight followed; the Christians +broke into the town, massacred the inhabitants and rescued some 20,000 +Christian slaves. Kheyr-ed-din escaped with a few followers, but soon was +in command of a fleet of pirate galleys once more. A terrific but +undecisive naval battle took place off Prevesa between the Mohammedans and +the Christians, the fleet of the latter being under the command of Andrea +Doria; and Kheyr-ed-din died shortly afterwards at Constantinople at a +great age. + + +KIDD, CAPTAIN WILLIAM, sometimes ROBERT KIDD or KID. + +In the whole history of piracy there is no name that has so taken the +world's fancy than has that of William Kidd. And yet, if he be judged by +his actions as a pirate, he must be placed amongst the second- or even +third-rate masters of that craft. He took but two or three ships, and +these have been, after two hundred years, proved to be lawful prizes taken +in his legal capacity as a privateer. + +Kidd was born at Greenock in Scotland about the year 1655, and was the son +of the Rev. John Kidd. Of his early life little record is left, but we +know that in August, 1689, he arrived at St. Nevis in the West Indies, in +command of a privateer of sixteen guns. In 1691, while Kidd was on shore, +his crew ran away with his ship, which was not surprising, as most of his +crew were old pirates. But that Kidd was an efficient seaman and a capable +captain is shown by the number of times he was given the command of +different privateer vessels, both by the Government of New York and by +privateer owners. + +In 1695 Kidd was in London, and on October 10th signed the articles which +were to prove so fatal for him. In January, 1696, King William III. issued +to his "beloved friend William Kidd" a commission to apprehend certain +pirates, particularly Thomas Tew, of Rhode Island, Thomas Wake, and +William Maze, of New York, John Ireland, and "all other Pirates, +Free-booters, and Sea Rovers of what Nature soever." + +This privateer enterprise was financed chiefly by Lord Bellomont, but the +other adventurers (on shore and in safety) were the Lord Chancellor; the +Earl of Orford, the First Lord of the Admiralty; the Earl of Romney and +the Duke of Shrewsbury, Secretaries of State; Robert Livingston, Esq., of +New York; and lastly, Captain Kidd himself. + +The ship the _Adventure_ galley was bought and fitted up, and Kidd sailed +away in her to suppress piracy, particularly on the coast of America. +Nothing was heard of him till August, 1698, when ugly rumours began to get +about of piracies committed by Kidd in the Indian Ocean. In December of +the same year a general pardon was offered to all pirates who should +surrender themselves, with two exceptions--namely, Captain Avery and +Captain Kidd. In May, 1699, Kidd suddenly appeared in a small vessel at +New York, with rich booty. His chief patron, Lord Bellomont, was now +Governor, and was placed in the most awkward position of having to carry +out his orders and arrest Kidd for piracy and send him in chains to +England in H.M.S. _Advice_, which ship had been sent specially to New York +to carry back Kidd, Bradish, and other pirates to England. + +The trial of Kidd proved a scandal, for someone had to suffer as scapegoat +for the aristocratic company privateers, and the lot fell to the luckless +Kidd. Kidd was charged with piracy and with murder. The first charge of +seizing two ships of the Great Mogul could have been met by the production +of two documents which Kidd had taken out of these ships, and which, he +claimed, proved that the ships were sailing under commissions issued by +the French East India Company, and made them perfectly lawful prizes. +These commissions Kidd had most foolishly handed over to Lord Bellomont, +and they could not be produced at the trial, although they had been +exhibited before the House of Commons a little while previously. + +It is an extraordinary and tragic fact that these two documents, so vital +to Kidd, were discovered only lately in the Public Records Office--too +late, by some 200 years, to save an innocent man's life. + +As it happened, the charge of which Kidd was hanged for was murder, and +ran thus: "Being moved and seduced by the instigations of the Devil he did +make an assault in and upon William Moore upon the high seas with a +certain wooden bucket, bound with iron hoops, of the value of eight pence, +giving the said William Moore one mortal bruise of which the aforesaid +William Moore did languish and die." This aforesaid William Moore was +gunner in the _Adventure_ galley, and was mutinous, and Kidd, as captain, +was perfectly justified in knocking him down and even of killing him; but +as the court meant Kidd to "swing," this was quite good enough for finding +him guilty. The unfortunate prisoner was executed at Wapping on May 23rd, +1701, and his body afterwards hanged in chains at Tilbury. + +[Illustration: A PIRATE BEING HANGED AT EXECUTION DOCK, WAPPING. + +To face p. 182.] + +A popular ballad was sung to commemorate the life and death of Kidd, who, +for some reason, was always called Robert Kidd by the populace. It +consists of no less than twenty-four verses, and we here give fifteen of +them: + + +THE BALLAD OF CAPTAIN KIDD + + My name was Robert Kidd, when I sailed, when I sailed, + My name was Robert Kidd, when I sailed, + My name was Robert Kidd, + God's laws I did forbid, + And so wickedly I did, when I sailed. + + My parents taught me well, when I sailed, when I sailed, + My parents taught me well, when I sailed, + My parents taught me well, + To shun the gates of hell, + But 'gainst them I rebelled, when I sailed. + + I'd a Bible in my hand, when I sailed, when I sailed, + I'd a Bible in my hand, when I sailed, + I'd a Bible in my hand, + By my father's great command, + And sunk it in the sand, when I sailed. + + I murdered William Moore, as I sailed, as I sailed, + I murdered William Moore, as I sailed, + I murdered William Moore, + And laid him in his gore, + Not many leagues from shore, as I sailed. + + I was sick and nigh to death, when I sailed, when I sailed, + I was sick and nigh to death, when I sailed, + I was sick and nigh to death, + And I vowed at every breath, + To walk in wisdom's ways, as I sailed. + + I thought I was undone, as I sailed, as I sailed, + I thought I was undone, as I sailed, + I thought I was undone, + And my wicked glass had run, + But health did soon return, as I sailed. + + My repentance lasted not, as I sailed, as I sailed, + My repentance lasted not, as I sailed, + My repentance lasted not, + My vows I soon forgot, + Damnation was my lot, as I sailed. + + I spyed the ships from France, as I sailed, as I sailed, + I spyed the ships of France, as I sailed, + I spyed the ships from France, + To them I did advance, + And took them all by chance, as I sailed. + + I spyed the ships of Spain, as I sailed, as I sailed, + I spyed the ships of Spain, as I sailed, + I spyed the ships of Spain, + I fired on them amain, + 'Till most of them was slain, as I sailed. + + I'd ninety bars of gold, as I sailed, as I sailed, + I'd ninety bars of gold, as I sailed, + I'd ninety bars of gold, + And dollars manifold, + With riches uncontrolled, as I sailed. + + Thus being o'er-taken at last, I must die, I must die, + Thus being o'er-taken at last, I must die, + Thus being o'er-taken at last, + And into prison cast, + And sentence being passed, I must die. + + Farewell, the raging main, I must die, I must die, + Farewell, the raging main, I must die, + Farewell, the raging main, + To Turkey, France and Spain, + I shall n'er see you again, I must die. + + To Execution Dock I must go, I must go, + To Execution Dock I must go, + To Execution Dock, + Will many thousands flock, + But I must bear the shock, and must die. + + Come all ye young and old, see me die, see me die, + Come all ye young and old, see me die, + Come all ye young and old, + You're welcome to my gold, + For by it I've lost my soul, and must die. + + Take warning now by me, for I must die, for I must die, + Take warning now by me, for I must die, + Take warning now by me, + And shun bad company, + Lest you come to hell with me, for I die. + + +KILLING, JAMES. + +One of Major Stede Bonnet's crew, who gave evidence against him at his +trial at Charleston in 1718. + + +KING, CHARLES. + +Attempted to escape in the _Larimore_ galley, but was captured and brought +into Salem. Tried at Boston with the rest of Quelch's crew in June, 1704. + + +KING, FRANCIS. + +One of Captain Quelch's crew captured in the _Larimore_ galley by Major +Sewall, and brought into Salem Harbour on June 11th, 1704. Tried at Boston +and condemned to be hanged. Was reprieved while standing on the gallows. + + +KING, JOHN. + +One of Captain Quelch's crew taken out of the _Larimore_ galley. Tried at +Boston in June, 1704. + + +KING, MATTHEW. + +Of Jamaica. + +One of Major Stede Bonnet's crew. Was hanged at Charleston, South +Carolina, on November 8th, 1718, and buried in the marsh below low-water +mark. + + +KNEEVES, PETER. + +Of Exeter in Devon. + +Sailed with Captain Charles Harris, and was tried for piracy with the rest +of his crew at Rhode Island in 1723. Hanged at Newport at the age of 32. + + +KNIGHT, CAPTAIN W. Buccaneer. + +In 1686 Knight was cruising off the coast of Peru and Chile with Swan, +Townley, and Davis. At the end of that year, having got a fair quantity of +plunder, he sailed round the Horn to the West Indies. + + +KNIGHT, CHRISTOPHER. + +One of Captain Coward's crew. Tried for piracy at Boston in January, 1690, +and found guilty, but afterwards reprieved. + + +KNOT, CAPTAIN. + +An old Massachusetts pirate who retired from the sea and was settled in +Boston in 1699. His wife gave information to the Governor, the Earl of +Bellomont, of the whereabouts of a pirate called Gillam, who was "wanted." + + +KOXINGA. His real name was Kuo-hsing Yeh, Koxinga being the Portuguese +version. + +The son of a Chinese pirate, Cheng Chih-lung, by a Japanese mother, he was +born in 1623. + +From early youth Koxinga was inspired with a hatred of the Manchus, who +had imprisoned his father. + +The young pirate soon became so successful in his raids along the coast of +China that the Emperor resorted to the extraordinary expedient of ordering +the inhabitants of more than eighty seaboard towns to migrate ten miles +inland, after destroying their homes. + +There can be no doubt that Koxinga was a thorough-going cut-throat pirate, +worked solely for his own ambitious ends and to satisfy his revengeful +feelings, but the fact that he fought against the alien conquerors, the +Dutch in Formosa, and defeated them, caused him to be regarded as a hero +pirate. + +His father was executed at Peking, which only increased his bitterness +against the reigning house. Koxinga made himself what was, to all intents +and purposes, the ruler of Formosa, and the island became, through him, +part of the Chinese Empire. + +After his death, which took place in 1662, he received official +canonization. + +The direct descendant of Koxinga, the pirate, is one of the very few +hereditary nobles in China. + + +LACY, ABRAHAM. + +Of Devonshire. + +Hanged at the age of 21 at Rhode Island in 1723. + + +DU LAERQUERAC, CAPTAIN JOHN. + +This Breton pirate was captured in 1537 by a Bristol seaman called John +Wynter. Du Laerquerac, with other pirates from Brittany, had been holding +up ships on their way to the great fair of St. James at Bristol. On being +arrested, he denied that he had "spoiled" any English ships, but on being +further pressed to confess, admitted that he had taken a few odds and +ends, such as ropes, sailors' clothes, some wine, fish, a gold crown in +money and eleven silver halfpence, as well as four daggers and a +"couverture." + + +LAFITTE, CAPTAIN JEAN. + +Jean and his brother first appeared in New Orleans in the year 1809. +Though blacksmiths by profession, they soon took to smuggling goods +brought by privateersmen and pirates. The headquarters of this trade was +on the Island of Grande Terre in Barataria Bay. This island was inhabited +and governed by ex-pirates; one Grambo being the acknowledged chief, until +he was shot by Jean Lafitte. + +In 1813, the Baratarians were denounced by the Governor of Louisiana as +pirates. This made no difference to the pirate smugglers, who grew more +and more rich and insolent. The Governor then secured an indictment +against Jean and his brother, Pierre, who retained the very best and most +expensive lawyers in the State to defend them, and they were acquitted. In +1814, war was declared with England, and Jean was invited by the English +to fight on their side, with the offer of a commission in the navy and a +large sum of money. He refused this, and eventually General Jackson +accepted his offer of the services of himself and his Baratarians, who +proved invaluable in the Battle of Orleans, serving the guns. He +disappeared completely after the war until 1823, when a British sloop of +war captured a pirate ship with a crew of sixty men under the command of +the famous Lafitte, who was amongst those who fell fighting. + + +LAGARDE, LE CAPITAINE. + +A French filibuster of San Domingo, who in 1684 commanded a small ship, +_La Subtille_ (crew of thirty men and two guns). + + +LAMBERT, JOHN. + +One of Captain John Quelch's crew. Hanged on Charles River, Boston Side, +on Friday, June 30th, 1704. In a broadside published at Boston in July of +the same year, Lambert's conduct on the gallows is described thus: "He +appeared much hardened and pleaded much on his Innocency. He desired all +men to beware of Bad Company and seemed to be in great Agony near his +Execution." + + +LANDER, DANIEL. + +One of Captain Pound's crew. + + +LANDRESSON, CAPTAIN MICHEL, _alias_ BREHA. + +Filibuster. + +Accompanied Pain in his expedition against St. Augustine in 1683. He was a +constant source of annoyance to the Jamaicans. His ship was called _La +Trompeuse_, but must not be confused with the famous ship of that name +belonging to Hamlin. Landresson, when he had got a good booty of gold, +jewels, cocoa, etc., would go to Boston to dispose of it to the godly +merchants of New England. In 1684 a Royal proclamation was published in +Massachusetts, warning all Governors that no succour or aid was to be +given to any of the outlaws, but, in spite of this, Landresson was +received with open arms and the proclamations in the streets torn down. + +In 1684 he was at San Domingo, in command of _La Fortune_ (crew of 100 +men and fourteen guns). At this time the filibuster was disguised under +the _alias_ of Le Capitaine Breha. + +Captured in 1686 by the Armada de Barlorento, and hanged with several of +his companions. + + +LANE, CAPTAIN. + +In 1720 Lane was one of Captain England's crew when he took the _Mercury_ +off the coast of West Africa. The _Mercury_ was fitted up as a pirate +ship, named the _Queen Ann's Revenge_, and Lane was voted captain of her. +Lane left Captain England and sailed to Brazil, where he took several +Portuguese ships and did a great deal of mischief. + + +LARIMORE, CAPTAIN THOMAS, or LARRAMORE. + +Commanded the _Larimore_ galley. In 1704 was with the pirate Quelch and +several other pirates, and, among other prizes, seized a Portuguese ship, +the _Portugal_, from which they took gold dust, bar and coined gold, and +other treasure, and at the same time "acted divers villainous Murders." +For these Larimore was tried, condemned and hanged at Boston, June 11th, +1704. + + +LAWRENCE, NICHOLAS. + +Tried for piracy with the rest of Quelch's crew at Boston in 1704. + + +LAWRENCE, RICHARD. + +One of Captain John Quelch's crew. Tried for piracy at Boston in 1704. + + +LAWSON, EDWARD. + +Born in the Isle of Man. + +One of Captain Harris's crew. Hanged at Newport, Rhode Island, in July, +1723, at the age of 20. + + +L'ESCAYER. A French filibuster. + +In 1685, in company with Grogniet, Davis, and Swan, sacked Paita and +Guayaquil and blockaded Panama. Afterwards sailed with Townley and his +English pirates and again plundered Guayaquil. Suffered a severe defeat at +the hands of the Spaniards at Quibo, afterwards being rescued by Townley, +with whom he and his crew of buccaneers sacked Granada in Nicaragua. + + +LESSONE, CAPTAIN. French filibuster. + +In 1680 he joined Sharp, Coxon, and other English buccaneers in an attack +on Porto Bello. Putting 300 men into canoes, they landed some sixty miles +from the city and marched for four days, arriving in a weak state through +hardship and lack of food, but in spite of this they took the city on +February 17th, 1680. + + +LEVERCOTT, SAM. + +Hanged in 1722 at the Island of St. Kitts, with the rest of Captain +Lowther's crew. + + +LEVIT, JOHN. + +Of North Carolina. + +One of Major Stede Bonnet's crew. Hanged at White Point, Charleston, South +Carolina, on November 8th, 1723. + + +LEWIS, JAMES. + +After being a prisoner in France, he managed to reach Spain, and was with +Avery when he seized the ship _Charles the Second_. Tried for piracy at +the Old Bailey in 1696 and hanged. + + +LEWIS, NICHOLAS. + +One of Captain George Lowther's crew. Hanged at St. Kitts on March 11th, +1722. + + +LEWIS, WILLIAM. + +The greatest triumph and most important exploit of this pirate was the +attacking, and eventually taking, of a powerful French ship of twenty-four +guns. + +Lewis enjoyed a longer career than most of the brethren, and by 1717 he +was already one of the leading piratical lights of Nassau, and his end did +not come till ten years later. In 1726, he spent several months on the +coast of South Carolina and Virginia, trading with the inhabitants the +spoils he had taken from vessels in the Atlantic. He learnt his trade +under the daring pirate Bannister, who was brought into Port Royal, +hanging dead from his own yard-arm. On this occasion, Lewis and another +boy were triced up to the corvette's mizzen-peak like "two living flags." + +Lewis, amongst other accomplishments, was a born linguist, and could speak +with fluency in several languages, even the dialect of the Mosquito +Indians. He was once captured by the Spaniards, and taken to Havana, but +escaped with a few other prisoners in a canoe, seized a piragua, and with +this captured a sloop employed in the turtle trade, and by gradually +taking larger and larger prizes, Lewis soon found himself master of a fine +ship and a crew of more than fifty men. He renamed her the _Morning Star_, +and made her his flagship. + +On one occasion when chasing a vessel off the Carolina coast, his fore and +main topmasts were carried away. Lewis, in a frenzy of excitement, +clambered up the main top, tore out a handful of his hair, which he tossed +into the wind, crying: "Good devil, take this till I come." The ship, in +spite of her damaged rigging, gained on the other ship, which they took. +Lewis's sailors, superstitious at the best of times, considered this +intimacy of their captain with Satan a little too much, and soon +afterwards one of the Frenchmen aboard murdered Lewis in his sleep. + + +LEYTON, FRANCIS. + +One of Captain Charles Harris's crew. Hanged for piracy at Newport, Rhode +Island, on July 19th, 1723. Age 39. + + +LIMA, MANUEL. + +Taken by H.M. sloop _Tyne_, and hanged at Kingston, Jamaica, in February, +1823. + + +LINCH, CAPTAIN. Buccaneer. + +Of Port Royal, Jamaica. + +In 1680 Lionel Wafer, tiring of the life of a civil surgeon at Port Royal, +left Jamaica to go on a voyage with Captains Linch and Cook to the Spanish +Main. + + +LING, CAPTAIN WILLIAM. + +A notorious pirate of New Providence. Captured and hanged shortly after +accepting King George's pardon of 1718. + + +LINISLER, THOMAS. + +Of Lancashire. + +One of Captain Charles Harris's crew. Hanged at Rhode Island in 1723 at +the age of 21. + + +LITHGOW, CAPTAIN. + +Famous in his day for his activities in the West Indies, this pirate had +his headquarters at New Providence in the Bahamas. + + +LIVER, WILLIAM, _alias_ EVIS. + +One of Major Stede Bonnet's crew. Hanged for piracy at Charleston, South +Carolina, in 1718. + + +LO, MRS. HON-CHO. + +This Chinese woman pirate was the widow of another noted pirate who was +killed in 1921. She took command after the death of her husband, and soon +became a terror to the countryside about Pakhoi, carrying on the work in +the best traditions of the craft, being the Admiral of some sixty +ocean-going junks. Although both young and pretty, she won a reputation +for being a thorough-going murderess and pirate. + +During the late revolution, Mrs. Lo joined General Wong Min-Tong's forces, +and received the rank of full Colonel. After the war, she resumed her +piracies, occasionally for the sake of variety, surprising and sacking a +village or two, and from these she usually carried away some fifty or +sixty girls to sell as slaves. + +Her career ended quite suddenly in October, 1922. + + +LODGE, THOMAS. Poet, buccaneer, and physician. + +Born about 1557, he was the son of Sir Thomas Lodge, grocer, and Lord +Mayor of London in 1563. He was educated at Merchant Taylors' School and +Trinity College, Oxford. The poet engaged in more than one freebooting +expedition to Spanish waters between 1584 and 1590, and he tells us that +he accompanied Captain Clarke in an attack on the Azores and the Canaries. +"Having," he tells his friend Lord Hunsdon, "with Captain Clarke made a +voyage to the Islands of Terceras and the Canaries, to beguile the time +with labour, I writ this book, rough, as hatched in the storms of the +ocean, and feathered in the surges of many perilous seas." On August 26th, +1591, Lodge sailed from Plymouth with Sir Thomas Cavendish in the +_Desire_, a galleon of 140 tons. The freebooters sailed to Brazil and +attacked the town of Santa, while the people were at Mass. They remained +there from December 15th until January 22nd, 1592. Some of the Englishmen, +of whom Lodge was one, took up their quarters in the College of the +Jesuits, and this literary buccaneer spent his time amongst the books in +the library of the Fathers. + +Leaving Brazil, the small fleet sailed south to the Straits of Magellan. +While storm-bound amongst the icy cliffs of Patagonia, Lodge wrote his +Arcadian romance "Margarite of America." + +From the point of view of plunder, this expedition was a dismal failure, +and the _Desire_ returned and reached the coast of Ireland on June 11th, +1593. The crew had been reduced to sixteen, and of these only five were +even in tolerable health. + +At the age of 40, Lodge deserted literature and studied medicine, taking +his degree of Doctor of Physics at Avignon in 1600. His last original work +was a "Treatise on the Plague," published in 1603. After practising +medicine with great success for many years, Thomas Lodge died, it is said, +of the plague, in the year 1625, at the age of 68. + + +LONG, ZACHARIAH. + +Of the Province of Holland. + +One of Major Stede Bonnet's crew. Hanged at White Point, Charleston, in +1718, and buried in the marsh below low-water mark. + + +LOPEZ, JOHN. + +Of Oporto. + +This Portuguese pirate sailed in the _Royal James_, and was hanged with +the rest of the crew at Charleston, South Carolina, on November 8th, +1718. + + +LORD, JOHN. + +A soldier. Deserted from Fort Loyal, Falmouth, Maine. Killed at Tarpaulin +Cove in 1689. + + +LOW, CAPTAIN EDWARD, or LOE. + +Born in Westminster, he began in very early life to plunder the boys of +their farthings, and as he grew bigger used to gamble with the footmen who +waited in the lobby of the House of Commons. While still quite small one +of his elder brothers used to carry little Edward hidden in a basket on +his back, and when in a crowd the future pirate would, from above, snatch +the hats and even the wigs off the heads of passing citizens and secret +them in the basket and so get away with them. The Low family were the +originators of this ingenious and fascinating trick, and for a time it was +most successful, until the people of the city took to tying on their hats +and wigs with bands to prevent their sudden removal. When he grew up, Ned +went to Boston and earned an honest living as a rigger, but after a while +he tired of this and sailed in a sloop to Honduras to steal log-wood. Here +Low quarrelled with his captain, tried to shoot him, and then went off in +an open boat with twelve other men, and the very next day they took a +small vessel, in which they began their "war against all the world." Low +soon happened to meet with Captain Lowther, the pirate, and the two agreed +to sail in company. This partnership lasted until May 28th, 1722, when +they took a prize, a brigantine from Boston, which Low went into with a +crew of forty-four men. This vessel they armed with two guns, four +swivels, and six quarter-casks of powder, and saying good-bye to Lowther, +sailed off on their own account. A week later a prize fell into their +hands, which was the first of several. Things soon became too hot for Low +along the American coast and the West Indies, as several men-of-war were +searching for him; so he sailed to the Azores, taking on his way a big +French ship of thirty-four guns, and later, in the harbour of St. Michael, +he seized several vessels which he found at anchor there. Here they burnt +the French ship, but let the crew all go, except the cook, who, they said, +"being a greasy fellow would fry well in the fire, so the poor man was +bound to the main mast and burnt in the ship to the no small derision of +Low and his Mirmidons." + +Low and his crew now began to treat their prisoners with great brutality. +However, on one occasion the biter was bitten. It happened that one of the +drunken crew, playfully cutting at a prisoner, missed his mark and +accidentally slashed Captain Low across his lower jaw, the sword opening +his cheek and laying bare his teeth. The surgeon was called, who at once +stitched up the wound, but Low found some fault with the operation, as +well he might, seeing that "the surgeon was tollerably drunk" at the time. +The surgeon's professional pride was outraged by this criticism of his +skill by a layman, and he showed his annoyance in a ready, if +unprofessional, manner, by striking "Low such a blow with his Fists, that +broke out all the Stitches, and then bid him sew up his Chops himself and +be damned, so that the captain made a very pitiful Figure for some time +after." Low took a large number of prizes, but he was not a sympathetic +figure, and the list of his prizes and brutalities soon becomes irksome +reading. Low, still in the _Fancy_, and accompanied by Captain Harris in +the _Ranger_, then sailed back to the West Indies, and later to South +Carolina, where he took several prizes, one the _Amsterdam Merchant_ +(Captain Willard), belonging to New England, and as Low never missed an +opportunity of showing his dislike of all New Englanders, he sent the +captain away with both his ears cut off and with various other wounds +about his body. + +Low and Harris now made a most unfortunate mistake in giving chase to a +ship which on close quarters proved to be not a merchant vessel, but +H.M.S. _Greyhound_. After a short fight, the coward Low slipped away, and +left his consort, Harris, to carry on an unequal contest until he was +compelled to surrender his ship. + +Low's cruelties became more and more disgusting, and there can be little +doubt that he was really by this time a lunatic. + +In July, 1723, Low took a new ship for himself, naming himself Admiral, +and sporting a new black flag with a red skeleton upon it. He again +cruised off the Azores, the Canaries, and the Guinea coast, but what the +end was of this repulsive, uninteresting, and bloody pirate has never been +known. + + +LOWTHER, CAPTAIN GEORGE. + +Sailed as second mate from the Thames in the _Gambia Castle_, a ship +belonging to the African Company, sixteen guns and a crew of thirty men. +On board as passengers were Captain Massey and a number of soldiers. +Arriving at their destination, Massey quarrelled with the merchants on +shore, and, a few days later, with Lowther, seized the ship, which he +renamed the _Delivery_. They now went a-pirating, their first prize being +a Boston ship, and cruising about off the Island of Hispaniola, several +more were taken, but nothing very rich. Lowther quarrelled with Captain +Massey, who, being a soldier, wished to land on some island to plunder the +French settlements, but this was not agreed to, and Massey and his +followers were sent away in a sloop. Life for Lowther now became a series +of successes, prizes being taken, and visits to land being occasionally +made for the crew to enjoy a drunken revel. + +Having met with Captain Low, for a while the two sailed together, and +took the _Greyhound_, a merchantman, and several more rich prizes. Lowther +now commanded a small pirate fleet, and styled himself Admiral, his +flagship being the _Happy Delivery_. While careening their ships in the +Gulf of Matigue, they were suddenly attacked by the natives, and the +pirates barely escaped in a sloop with their lives. Lowther soon improved +himself by seizing a brigantine, and in her shaped his course to the coast +of South Carolina, a favourite resort for the pirates. Here he attacked an +English ship, but was so roughly handled that he was glad to run his ship +ashore and escape. + +In 1723 he steered for Newfoundland, taking many small vessels there, and +returning to the West Indies. While cleaning his ship at the Isle of +Blanco, he was suddenly attacked by a South Sea Company's ship, the +_Eagle_, and the pirates were compelled to surrender. Lowther and a dozen +of his crew escaped by climbing out of the cabin window, and, reaching the +island, hid themselves in the woods. All were caught except Lowther and +three men and a boy. He was shortly afterwards found lying dead with a +pistol by his side, and was supposed to have shot himself. Three of his +crew who were caught were carried to St. Christopher's, and there tried +for piracy and hanged. + + +LUDBURY, CAPTAIN. Buccaneer. + +Sailed in company with Captains Prince and Harrison in October, 1670, +ascended the San Juan River in Nicaragua with a party of 170 men, and +surprised and plundered the city of Granada. + + +LUKE, CAPTAIN MATTHEW. + +This Italian pirate had his headquarters at Porto Rico, and specialized in +attacking English ships. In 1718 he took four of these and murdered all +the crews. In May, 1722, Luke made a terrible mistake. Perceiving what he +thought to be a merchant ship, he attacked her, to find out all too late +that she was an English man-of-war, the _Lauceston_. Luke and his crew +were taken to Jamaica and hanged. One of his crew confessed to having +killed twenty English sailors with his own hands. + + +LUSHINGHAM, CAPTAIN. + +In 1564 this pirate was at Berehaven in the South of Ireland, having just +sold a cargo of wine out of a Spanish prize to the Lord O'Sullivan, when +some of Queen Elizabeth's ships arrived in the bay in search of pirates. +By Lord O'Sullivan's help the pirates escaped, but Lushingham was killed +"by a piece of ordnance" as he was in the act of waving his cap towards +the Queen's ships. + + +LUSSAN, LE SIEUR RAVENEAU DE. + +This French filibuster was a man of much better birth and education than +the usual buccaneer. Also, he was the author of a most entertaining book +recording his adventures and exploits as a buccaneer, called "Journal du +Voyage fait a la Mer de sud avec les Flibustiers de l'Amerique en 1684." + +Pressure from his creditors drove de Lussan into buccaneering, as being a +rapid method of gaining enough money to satisfy them and to enable him to +return to the fashionable life he loved so well in Paris. De Lussan was, +according to his own account, a man of the highest principles, and very +religious. He never allowed his crew to molest priests, nuns, or churches. +After taking a Spanish town, the fighting being over, he would lead his +crew of pirates to attend Mass in the church, and when this was done--and +not until then--would he allow the plundering and looting to begin. + +De Lussan was surprised and grieved to find that his Spanish prisoners had +a most exaggerated idea of the brutality of the buccaneers, and on one +occasion when he was conducting a fair young Spanish lady, a prisoner, to +a place of safety, he was overwhelmed when he discovered that the reason +of her terror was that she believed she was shortly to be eaten by him and +his crew. To remedy this erroneous impression, it was the custom of the +French commander to gather together all his prisoners into the church or +the plaza, and there to give them a lecture on the true life and character +of the buccaneers. + +The student who wishes to learn more about the adventures of de Lussan can +do so in his book. There he will read, amongst other interesting events, +particulars about the filibuster's surprising and romantic affair with the +beautiful and wealthy Spanish widow who fell so violently in love with +him. + +It happened on one occasion that Raveneau and his crew, having taken a +town on the West Coast of South America after a somewhat bloody battle, +had, as usual, attended Mass in the Cathedral, before setting out to +plunder the place. + +Entering one of the chief houses in the town, de Lussan discovered the +widow of the late town treasurer dissolved in tears, upon which the tender +buccaneer hastened, with profound apologies, discreetly to withdraw, but +calling again next day to offer his sympathy he found the widow had +forgotten all about the late treasurer, for she had fallen violently in +love with her gallant, handsome, and fashionably dressed visitor. + +After various adventures, de Lussan arrived safely back in Paris with +ample means in his possession not only to satisfy his creditors, but also +to enable him to live there as a gentleman of fortune and fashion. + + +MACHAULY, DANIEL, or MACCAWLY, or MCCAWLEY. + +A Scotch pirate. One of Captain Gow's crew. Hanged at Execution Dock at +Wapping on June 11th, 1725. + + +MACKDONALD, EDWARD. + +One of Captain George Lowther's crew in the _Happy Delivery_. Hanged at +St. Kitts on March 11th, 1722. + + +MACKET, CAPTAIN, or MAGGOTT. + +On March 23rd, 1679, Macket, who commanded a small vessel of fourteen +tons, with a crew of twenty men, was at Boca del Toro with Coxon, Hawkins, +and other famous buccaneers, having just returned from the sacking of +Porto Bello. + +Shortly afterwards the fleet sailed to Golden Island, off the coast of +Darien, and from thence set out to attack Santa Maria and Panama. + + +MACKINTOSH, WILLIAM. + +Of Canterbury in Kent. + +One of Captain Roberts's crew. Hanged at Cape Coast Castle in 1722 at the +age of 21. + + +MAGNES, WILLIAM, or MAGNUS. + +Born at Minehead in Somersetshire in 1687. Quartermaster of the _Royal +Fortune_ (Captain Bartholomew Roberts). Tried for piracy at Cape Coast +Castle, and hanged in chains in 1718, for taking and plundering the _King +Solomon_. + + +MAIN, WILLIAM. + +One of Captain Roberts's crew. Hanged in April, 1722, at the age of 28 +years. + + +MAIN, WILLIAM. + +Boatswain to Captain Bartholomew Roberts in the _Royal Fortune_. Was blown +up, the explosion being caused by one of the crew firing his pistol into +some gunpowder when the ship was taken by H.M.S. _Swallow_ in 1722. + + +MAINTENON, MARQUIS DE. + +Arrived in the West Indies from France in 1676. In 1678 commanded _La +Sorcière_, a frigate, and, in company with other French filibusters from +Tortuga Island, cruised off the coast of Caracas. He ravaged the islands +of Margarita and Trinidad. He met with but little success, and soon +afterwards his fleet scattered. + + +MAINWARING, CAPTAIN HENRY. + +A notorious Newfoundland pirate. + +On June 4th, 1614, when off the coast of that island, in command of eight +vessels, he plundered the fishing fleet, stealing what provisions and +stores he was in need of, also taking away with him all the carpenters and +mariners he wanted for his own fleet. + +It was his custom, when taking seamen, to pick one out of every six. In +all he took 400 men, some of whom joined him willingly, while others were +"perforstmen." Sailing across the Atlantic to the coast of Spain, +Mainwaring took a Portuguese ship and stole from out of her a good store +of wine, and out of a French prize 10,000 dried fish. A few years later +this pirate was pardoned and placed in command of a squadron and sent to +the Barbary coast in an unsuccessful attempt to drive out the pirates who +were settled there. Here he may well have met with his old friend Captain +Peter Easton, who had also been a Newfoundland pirate, but in 1613 had +joined the Barbary corsairs. + + +EL MAJORCAM, CAPTAIN ANTONIO. + +At one time an officer in the Spanish Navy. Became a notorious West Indian +pirate, but about 1824 he retired from the sea to become a highwayman on +shore. + + +MANSFIELD, JO. + +One of Captain Bartholomew Roberts's men. Must not be confused with Edward +Mansfield, the famous buccaneer. + +A native of the Orkney Islands. At one time was a highwayman. Later on +deserted from the _Rose_, man-of-war. Volunteered to join the pirates at +the island of Dominica, and was always keen to do any mischief. He was a +bully and a drunkard. + +When Roberts's ship was attacked by H.M.S. _Swallow_ and had surrendered +after a sharp fight, Mansfield, who had been below all the while, very +drunk, came staggering and swearing up on deck, with a drawn cutlass in +his hand, crying out to know who would go on board the prize with him, and +it was some time before his friends could persuade him of the true +condition of things. + +At his trial at Cape Coast Castle he said little in his defence, but +pleaded that the cause of his backsliding was drunkenness. Hanged in the +year 1722 at the age of 30. + + +MANSFIELD, CAPTAIN EDWARD, or MANSVELT. + +A Dutchman born in the Island of Curacao. + +He was the chief of the buccaneers, and at his death was succeeded by +Henry Morgan. He was the first buccaneer to cross the Isthmus of Darien to +the Pacific Ocean. Noted for his charm of manner, he was very popular with +the buccaneers of all nationalities. In 1663 he commanded a brigantine +carrying four guns and a crew of sixty men. Was chosen admiral of the +fleet of buccaneers that gathered at Bleufields Bay in Jamaica in +November, 1665, at the invitation of Modyford, the Governor, when he +appointed young Henry Morgan to be his vice-admiral. This fleet was to +sail and attempt to seize the Island of Curacao, and consisted of fifteen +ships and a mixed crew of 500 buccaneers. On the way there they landed in +Cuba, although England was at peace with Spain, and marched forty miles +inland, to surprise and sack the town of Sancti Spiritus, from which they +took a rich booty. + +Mansfield, "being resolved never to face the Governor of Jamaica until he +had done some service to the King," next made a very daring attack on the +Island of Old Providence, which the Spaniards had fortified and used as a +penal settlement. This was successful, and Mansfield, with great humanity, +landed all the prisoners on the mainland of America. For a long while it +had been Mansfield's dream to make this island a permanent home of the +buccaneers, as it was close to the Spanish Main, with the towns of Porto +Bello and Vera Cruz, and on the trade route of the Spanish galleons, +taking their rich cargoes to Spain. + +Mansfield's next exploit was to ascend the San Juan River and to sack +Granada, the capital of Nicaragua. From there he coasted south along Costa +Rica, burning plantations, smashing the images in the churches, +ham-stringing cows and mules, and cutting down fruit-trees. + +He returned in June, 1665, to Port Royal, with a rich booty. For this +inexcusable attack on a country at peace with England, Governor Modyford +mildly reproved him! + +Mansfield, now an old man, died suddenly at the Island of Tortuga, off +Hispaniola, when on a visit to the French pirates there. Another account +says that he was captured by the Spaniards and taken by them to Porto +Bello, and there put to death. + + +MARTEEN, CAPTAIN DAVID. Buccaneer. + +In 1665 he had his headquarters in Jamaica. + + +MARTEL, CAPTAIN JOHN. + +An old Jamaican privateer. After the Peace of Utrecht, being out of +employment, he took to piracy. His career as a pirate was very successful +so long as it lasted. Cruising off Jamaica, Cuba, and other islands, he +continued taking ship after ship, with one particularly rich prize, a West +African ship containing gold-dust, elephants' teeth, and slaves. His +original command was a sloop of eight guns and a crew of eighty men, but +after a short while he commanded a small fleet consisting of two ships +(each armed with twenty guns), three sloops, and several armed prizes. +With these Martel entered a bay in a small island called Santa Cruz, near +Porto Rico, to careen and refit. This was in December, 1716, but news had +leaked out of the pirate's whereabouts, and soon there arrived on the +scene Captain Hume, of H.M.S. _Scarborough_. Martel tried to escape, but +his ship ran aground, and many of the pirates were killed, but a few, with +Martel, got ashore and hid on the island. None of them were heard of again +except Martel, and it was supposed that they had died of hunger. In the +space of three months Martel took and plundered thirteen vessels, all of +considerable size. Two years later he was back in New Providence Island, +when Governor Rogers arrived with King George's offer of pardon to the +pirates, and Martel was one of those who surrendered. + + +MARTIN, JOHN. + +Hanged in Virginia in 1718 with the rest of Blackbeard's crew. + + +MASSEY, CAPTAIN JOHN. + +As a lieutenant, he "served with great applause" in the army in Flanders, +under the command of the Duke of Marlborough. + +He afterwards sailed from the Thames in the _Gambia Castle_, a ship of the +African Company, in command of a company of soldiers which was being sent +to garrison the fort. The merchants of Gambia were supposed to victual +this garrison, but the rations supplied were considered by Massey to be +quite insufficient. He quarrelled with the Governor and merchants, and +took his soldiers back on board the ship, and with Lowther, the second +mate, seized the ship and turned pirate. Lowther and Massey eventually +quarrelled, for the latter, being a soldier, "was solicitous to move in +his own sphere"--that is, he wanted to land his troops and plunder the +French West Indian settlements. In the end Massey and a few followers were +permitted to go off in a captured sloop, and in this sailed for Port +Royal, Jamaica. Arrived there, "with a bold countenance he went to the +Governor" and told a long and plausible tale of how he had managed to +escape from the pirates at the first opportunity. He deceived the +sympathetic Governor, and was sent with Captain Laws to hunt for Lowther. +Returning to Jamaica without finding Lowther, he was granted a +"certificate of his surrender," and came to England as a passenger. + +On reaching London, he wrote a narrative of the whole affair--or as much +as he deemed wise--to the African Company, who, receiving the story with +far less credulity than the Governor of Jamaica, returned him answer "that +he should be fairly hanged," and very shortly afterwards he was, at +Tyburn on July 26th, 1723. + + +MAY, WILLIAM. + +A London mariner. One of Captain Avery's crew, left behind in Madagascar +very sick. A negro, hearing that an Englishman was there, came to him and +nursed and fed him. This negro spoke good English, having lived at Bethnal +Green. + +May was promoted afterwards to be captain of a ship in the Red Sea. He was +described by a shipmate as being "a true cock of the Game and an old +sportsman." Hanged at London in 1696. + + +MAZE, CAPTAIN WILLIAM, or MACE, or MAISE. + +A notorious pirate; particularly mentioned in the royal warrant +authorizing Captain Kidd to go and capture certain "wicked and +ill-disposed persons." + +Arrived in command of a big ship at New York in 1699, loaded with booty +taken in the Red Sea. + + +McCARTHY, CAPTAIN DENNIS. + +Of New Providence, Bahama Islands. + +This pirate and prize-fighter was one of those who refused King George's +pardon in 1717, and was eventually hanged by his late fellow-pirates. On +the gallows he made the following dying speech: + +"Some friends of mine have often said I should die in my shoes, but I +would rather make them liars." And so, kicking off his shoes, he was +hanged. + + +MEGHLYN, HANS VAN. + +A pirate of Antwerp, who owned a vessel of forty-five tons, painted black +with pitch, and carried a crew of thirty. In 1539 he was cruising off +Whitstable, on the lookout for vessels entering or leaving the Thames. +Cromwell had been warned by Vaughan to look out for this pirate ship. + + +DE MELTON. + +A well-known pirate in the sixteenth century. Was with Kellwanton when he +was captured in the Isle of Man in 1531, but de Melton managed to escape +with some of the crew and get away in their ship to Grimsby. + + +MELVIN, WILLIAM. + +This Scotch pirate was hanged, with other members of Gow's crew, at +Wapping in June, 1725. + + +MENDOZA, ANTONIO. + +A Spaniard from San Domingo. + +Mention is made of this unlucky mariner in a very interesting document +which Mr. A. Hyatt Verrill was fortunate enough to acquire quite recently +in the island of St. Kitts. It runs as follows: + +"An assize and generall Gaole delivrie held at St. Christophers Colonie +from ye nineteenthe daye of Maye to ye 22n. daye off ye same Monthe 1701 +Captaine Josias Pendringhame Magustrate &c. The Jurye of our Soveraigne +Lord the Kinge Doe presente Antonio Mendoza of Hispaniola and a subjecte +of ye Kinge of Spain for that ye said on or about ye 11 Daye of Apryl 1701 +feloneousely delibyrately and malliciousley and encontrarye to ye laws off +Almightie God and our Soveraigne Lord the Kinge did in his cuppes saucely +and arrogantyly speak of the Governour and Lord the Kinge and bye force +and armies into ye tavernne of John Wilkes Esq. did entre and there did +Horrible sware and cursse and did felonoslye use threatteninge words and +did strike and cutte most murtherouslye severalle subjects of our +Soveraigne Lord the Kinge. Of w'h Indictment he pleadeth not Guiltie +butte onne presente Master Samuel Dunscombe mariner did sware that said +Antonio Mendoza was of his knowenge a Blood-thirste piratte and Guiltie of +diabolicalle practises & ye Grande Inquest findinge yt a trewe bill to be +tryd by God and ye Countrye w'h beinge a Jurie of 12 men sworne finde him +Guiltie & for the same he be adjuged to be carryd to ye Fort Prison to +have both his earres cutt close by his head and be burnet throughe ye +tongue with an Hot iron and to be caste chained in ye Dungon to awaitte ye +plesyure of God and Our Soveraigne Lord the Kinge." + + +MEYEURS. + +A South Sea pirate, killed when taking part with Captain Williams in a +raid against an Arab settlement at Bayu. + + +MICHEL, CAPITAINE. Filibuster. + +His ship, _La Mutine_, was armed with forty-four guns and carried a crew +of 200 men. + + +MICHEL LE BASQUE. A French filibuster. + +In company with the butcher L'Onnais and 650 other buccaneers, he pillaged +the town of Maracaibo in Venezuela, in the year 1667. A very successful +but ruthless buccaneer. + + +DON MIGUEL. + +In 1830 commanded a squadron of small pirate vessels off the Azores. After +seizing a Sardinian brig off St. Michael's, was himself captured by a +British frigate. + + +MIGUEL, FRANCESCO. + +Hanged at Kingston, Jamaica, in 1823. + + +MILLER, JOHN. + +One of Captain John Quelch's crew. Hanged at Boston on June 30th, 1704. A +broadsheet published at the time, describing the scenes at the execution, +tells us that Miller "seemed much concerned, and complained of a great +Burden of Sins to answer for, expressing often: 'Lord, what shall I do to +be Saved?'" + + +MILLER, THOMAS. + +Quartermaster on the pirate ship _Queen Ann's Revenge_, and killed on +November 22nd, 1718. + + +MISNIL, SIEUR DU. + +A French filibuster who commanded a ship, _La Trompeuse_ (one hundred men +and fourteen guns). + + +MISSON, CAPTAIN. + +This unique pirate came of an ancient French family of Provence. He was +the youngest of a large family, and received a good education. At the age +of 15 he had already shown unusual distinction in the subjects of humanity +and logic, and had passed quite tolerably in mathematics. Deciding to +carve a fortune for himself with his sword, he was sent to the Academy at +Angiers for a year, and at the conclusion of his military studies his +father would have bought him a commission in a regiment of musketeers. But +young Misson had been reading books of travel, and begged so earnestly to +be allowed to go to sea that his father got him admitted as a volunteer on +the French man-of-war _Victoire_, commanded by Monsieur Fourbin. Joining +his ship at Marseilles, they cruised in the Mediterranean, and the young +volunteer soon showed great keenness in his duties, and lost no +opportunity of learning all he could about navigation and the +construction of ships, even parting with his pocket-money to the boatswain +and the carpenter to receive special instruction from them. + +Arriving one day at Naples, Misson obtained permission from the captain to +visit Rome, a visit that eventually changed his whole career. + +It happened that while in Rome the young sailor met a priest, a Signor +Caraccioli, a Dominican, who held most unclerical views about the +priesthood; and, indeed, his ideas on life in general were, to say the +least, unorthodox. A great friendship was struck up between these two, +which at length led the priest to throw off his habit and join the crew of +the _Victoire_. Two days out from port they met and fought a desperate +hand-to-hand engagement with a Sallee pirate, in which the ex-priest and +Misson both distinguished themselves by their bravery. Misson's next +voyage was in a privateer, the _Triumph_, and, meeting one day an English +ship, the _Mayflower_, between Guernsey and Start Point, the merchantman +was defeated after a gallant resistance. + +Rejoining the _Victoire_, Misson sailed from Rochelle to the West Indies, +and Caraccioli lost no opportunity of preaching to young Misson the gospel +of atheism and communism, and with such success that the willing convert +soon held views as extreme as those of his teacher. These two apostles now +began to talk to the crew, and their views, particularly on the rights of +private property, were soon held by almost all on board. A fortunate event +happened just then to help the new "cause." Meeting with an English +man-of-war, the _Winchester_, off the island of Martinique, a smart +engagement took place between the two ships, at the very commencement of +which Captain Fourbin and three of the officers on the French ship were +killed. The fight ended by the English ship blowing up, and an era of +speech-making may be said to have now begun. + +Firstly, Signor Caraccioli, stepping forward, made a long and eloquent +address to Misson, inviting him to become captain of the _Victoire_, and +calling upon him to follow the example of Alexander the Great with the +Persians, and that of the Kings Henry IV. and VII. of England, reminding +him how Mahomet, with but a few camel-drivers, founded the Ottoman Empire, +also how Darius, with a handful of companions, got possession of Persia. +Inflamed by this speech, young Misson showed what he could do, when, +calling all hands up on deck, he made his first, but, as events proved, by +far from last, speech. The result was a triumph of oratory, the excited +French sailors crying out: "Vive le Capitaine Misson et son Lieutenant le +Scavant Caraccioli!" Misson, returning thanks in a few graceful words, +promised to do his utmost as their commander for their new marine +republic. The newly elected officers retiring to the great cabin, a +friendly discussion began as to their future arrangements. The first +question that arose was to choose what colours they should sail under. The +newly elected boatswain, Mathew le Tondu, a brave but simple mariner, +advised a black one, as being the most terrifying. This brought down a +full blast of eloquence from Caraccioli, the new lieutenant, who objected +that "they were no pirates, but men who were resolved to affect the +Liberty which God and Nature gave them," with a great deal about +"guardians of the Peoples Rights and Liberties," etc., and, gradually +becoming worked up, gave the wretched boatswain, who must have regretted +his unfortunate remark, a heated lecture on the soul, on shaking "the Yoak +of Tyranny" off their necks, on "Oppression and Poverty" and the miseries +of life under these conditions as compared to those of "Pomp and +Dignity." In the end he showed that their policy was not to be one of +piracy, for pirates were men of no principle and led dissolute lives; but +_their_ lives were to be brave, just, and innocent, and their cause the +cause of Liberty; and therefore, instead of a black flag, they should live +under a white ensign, with the motto "For God and Liberty" embroidered +upon it. + +The simple sailors, debarred from these councils, had gathered outside the +cabin, but were able to overhear this speech, and at its conclusion, +carried away by enthusiasm, loud cries went up of "Liberty! Liberty! We +are free men! Vive the brave Captain Misson and the noble Lieutenant +Caraccioli!" Alas! it is impossible in the space of this work to do +justice to the perfectly wonderful and idealistic conditions of this +pirate crew. Their speeches and their kind acts follow each other in +fascinating profusion. We can only recommend those who feel disposed to +follow more closely the history of these delightful pirates, to read the +account printed in English in 1726, if they are fortunate enough to come +by a copy. + +The first prize taken by these pirates under the white flag was an English +sloop commanded by one Captain Thomas Butler, only a day's sail out from +St. Kitts. After helping themselves to a couple of puncheons of rum and a +few other articles which the pirates needed, but without doing any +unkindness to the crew, nor stripping them, as was the usual custom of +pirates on such occasions, they let them go, greatly to the surprise of +Captain Butler, who handsomely admitted that he had never before met with +so much "candour" in any similar situation, and to further express his +gratitude he ordered his crew to man ship, and at parting called for three +rousing British cheers for the good pirate and his men, which were +enthusiastically given. + +Sailing to the coast of Africa, Misson took a Dutch ship, the +_Nieuwstadt_, of Amsterdam. The cargo was found to consist of gold dust +and seventeen slaves. In the latter Captain Misson recognized a good text +for one of his little sermons to his crew, so, calling all hands on deck, +he made the following observations on the vile trade of slavery, telling +his men: + +"That the Trading for those of our own Species, cou'd never be agreeable +to the Eyes of divine Justice. That no Man had Power of the Liberty of +another; and while those who profess a more enlightened Knowledge of the +Deity, sold Men like Beasts; they prov'd that their Religion was no more +than Grimace, and that they differ'd from the Barbarians in Name only, +since their Practice was in nothing more humane. For his Part, and he +hop'd he spoke the Sentiments of all his brave Companions, he had not +exempted his Neck from the galling Yoak of Slavery, and asserted his own +Liberty, to enslave others. That however, these Men, were distinguished +from the Europeans by their Colour, Customs, or religious Rites, they were +the Work of the same omnipotent Being, and endued with equal Reason. +Wherefore, he desired they might be treated like Freemen (for he wou'd +banish even the Name of Slavery from among them) and be divided into +Messes among them, to the end they might the sooner learn their language, +be sensible of the Obligations they had to them, and more capable and +zealous to defend that Liberty they owed to their Justice and Humanity." +This speech was met with general applause, and once again the good ship +_Victoire_ rang with cries of "Vive le Capitaine Misson!" The negroes were +freed of their irons, dressed up in the clothes of their late Dutch +masters, and it is gratifying to read that "by their Gesticulations, they +shew'd they were gratefully sensible of their being delivered from their +Chains." But alas! a sad cloud was creeping insidiously over the fair +reputation of these super-pirates. Out of the last slave ship they had +taken, a number of Dutch sailors had volunteered to serve with Misson and +had come aboard as members of his crew. Hitherto no swearword was ever +heard, no loose or profane expression had pained the ears of Captain +Misson or his ex-priestly lieutenant. But the Dutch mariners began to lead +the crew into ways of swearing and drunkenness, which, coming to the +captain's notice, he thought best to nip these weeds in the bud; so, +calling both French and Dutch upon deck, and desiring the Dutch captain to +translate his remarks into the Dutch language, he told them that-- + +"Before he had the Misfortune of having them on Board, his Ears were never +grated with hearing the Name of the great Creator profaned, tho' he, to +his Sorrow, had often since heard his own Men guilty of that Sin, which +administer'd neither Profit nor Pleasure, and might draw upon them a +severe Punishment: That if they had a just Idea of that great Being, they +wou'd never mention him, but they wou'd immediately reflect on his Purity, +and their own Vileness. That we so easily took Impression from our +Company, that the Spanish Proverb says: 'Let a Hermit and a Thief live +together, the Thief wou'd become Hermit, or the Hermit thief': That he saw +this verified in his ship, for he cou'd attribute the Oaths and Curses he +had heard among his brave Companions, to nothing but the odious Example of +the Dutch: That this was not the only Vice they had introduced, for before +they were on Board, his Men were Men, but he found by their beastly +Pattern they were degenerated into Brutes, by drowning that only Faculty, +which distinguishes between Man and Beast, Reason. That as he had the +Honour to command them, he could not see them run into these odious Vices +without a sincere Concern, as he had a paternal Affection for them, and he +should reproach himself as neglectful of the common Good, if he did not +admonish them; and as by the Post which they had honour'd him, he was +obliged to have a watchful Eye over their general Interest; he was obliged +to tell them his Sentiments were, that the Dutch allured them to a +dissolute Way of Life, that they might take some Advantage over them: +Wherefore, as his brave Companions, he was assured, wou'd be guided by +reason, he gave the Dutch Notice, that the first whom he catch'd either +with an Oath in his Mouth or Liquor in his Head, should be brought to the +Geers, whipped and pickled, for an Example to the rest of his Nation: As +to his Friends, his Companions, his Children, those gallant, those +generous, noble and heroick Souls he had the Honour to command, he +entreated them to allow a small Time for Reflection, and to consider how +little Pleasure, and how much Danger, might flow from imitating the Vices +of their Enemies; and that they would among themselves, make a Law for the +Suppression of what would otherwise estrange them from the Source of Life, +and consequently leave them destitute of his Protection." + +This speech had the desired effect, and ever afterwards, when any one of +the crew had reason to mention the name of his captain, he never failed to +add the epithet "Good" before it. + +These chaste pirates soon took and plundered many rich merchant ships, but +always in the most gentlemanly manner, so that none failed to be "not a +little surprised at the Regularity, Tranquillity and Humanity of these +new-fashioned Pyrates." From out of one of these, an English vessel, they +took a sum of £60,000, but during the engagement the captain was killed. +Poor Captain Misson was broken-hearted over this unfortunate mishap, and +to show as best he could his regret, he buried the body on shore, and, +finding that one of his men was by trade a stonecutter, raised a monument +over the grave with, engraved upon it, the words: "Here lies a gallant +English-Man." And at the conclusion of a very moving burial service he +paid a final tribute by "a triple Discharge of 50 small Arms and fired +Minute Guns." + +Misson now sailed to the Island of Johanna in the Indian Ocean, which +became his future home. Misson married the sister of the local dusky +queen, and his lieutenant led to the altar her niece, while many of the +crew also were joined in holy wedlock to one or more ladies of more humble +social standing. + +Already Misson has received more space than he is entitled to in a work of +reference of this kind, but his career is so full of charming incidents +that one is tempted to continue to unseemly length. Let it suffice to say +that for some years Misson made speeches, robbed ships, and now and again, +when unavoidably driven to it, would reluctantly slaughter his enemies. + +Finally, Misson took his followers to a sheltered bay in Madagascar, and +on landing there made a little speech, telling them that here they could +settle down, build a town, that here, in fact, "they might have some Place +to call their own; and a Receptacle, when Age or Wounds had render'd them +incapable of Hardship, where they might enjoy the Fruits of their Labour, +and go to their Graves in Peace." + +This ideal colony was called Libertatia, and was run on strictly +Socialistic lines, for no one owned any individual property; all money was +kept in a common treasury, and no hedges bounded any man's particular plot +of land. Docks were made and fortifications set up. Soon Misson had two +ships built, called the _Childhood_ and the _Liberty_, and these were sent +for a voyage round the island, to map and chart the coast, and to train +the released slaves to be efficient sailors. A Session House was built, +and a form of Government arranged. At the first meeting Misson was elected +Lord Conservator, as they called the President, for a term of three years, +and during that period he was to have "all the Ensigns of Royalty to +attend him." Captain Tew, the English pirate, was elected Admiral of the +Fleet of Libertatia, Caraccioli became Secretary of State, while the +Council was formed of the ablest amongst the pirates, without distinction +of nation or colour. The difficulty of language, as French, English, +Portuguese, and Dutch were equally spoken, was overcome by the invention +of a new language, a kind of Esperanto, which was built up of words from +all four. For many years this ideally successful and happy pirate Utopia +flourished; but at length misfortunes came, one on top of the other, and a +sudden and unexpected attack by the hitherto friendly natives finally +drove Misson and a few other survivors to seek safety at sea, but, +overtaken by a hurricane, their vessel foundered, and Misson and all his +crew were drowned; and thus ended the era of what may be called "piracy +without tears." + + He was the mildest-manner'd man + That ever scuttled ship or cut a throat. + BYRON. + + +MITCHELL, CAPTAIN. + +An English buccaneer of Jamaica, who flourished in 1663. + + +MITCHELL, JOHN. + +Of Shadwell Parish, London. + +One of the crew of the _Ranger_. Condemned to death, but reprieved and +sold to the Royal African Company. + + +M'KINLIE, PETER. Irish pirate. + +Boatswain in a merchant ship which sailed from the Canaries to England in +the year 1765. On board were three passengers, the adventurous Captain +Glass and his wife and daughter. One night M'Kinlie and four other +mutineers murdered the commander of the vessel, Captain Cockeran, and +Captain Glass and his family, as well as all the crew except two +cabin-boys. After throwing their bodies overboard, M'Kinlie steered for +the coast of Ireland, and on December 3rd arrived in the neighbourhood of +the harbour of Ross. Filling the long-boat with dollars, weighing some two +tons, they rowed ashore, after killing the two boys and scuttling the +ship. On landing, the pirates found they had much more booty than they +could carry, so they buried 250 bags of dollars in the sand, and took what +they could with them to a village called Fishertown. Here they regaled +themselves, while one of the villagers relieved them of a bag containing +1,200 dollars. Next day they walked into Ross, and there sold another bag +of dollars, and with the proceeds each man bought a pair of pistols and a +horse and rode to Dublin. In the meanwhile the ship, instead of sinking, +was washed up on the shore. Strong suspicion being roused in the +countryside, messengers were sent post-haste to inform the Lords of the +Regency at Dublin that the supposed pirates were in the city. Three of +them were arrested in the Black Bull Inn in Thomas Street, but M'Kinlie +and another pirate, who had already taken a post-chaise for Cork, +intending to embark there on a vessel for England, were arrested on the +way. + +The five pirates were tried in Dublin, condemned and executed, their +bodies being hung in chains, on December 19th, 1765. + + +MONTBARS, THE EXTERMINATOR. + +A native of Languedoc. He joined the buccaneers after reading a book which +recorded the cruelty of the Spaniards to the American natives, and this +story inspired him with such a hatred of all Spaniards that he determined +to go to the West Indies, throw in his lot with the buccaneers, and to +devote his whole life and energies to punishing the Spaniards. He carried +out his resolve most thoroughly, and treated all Spaniards who came into +his power with such cruelty that he became known all up and down the +Spanish Main as the Exterminator. Eventually Montbars became a notorious +and successful buccaneer or pirate chief, having his headquarters at St. +Bartholomew, one of the Virgin Islands, to which he used to bring all his +prisoners and spoils taken out of Spanish ships and towns. + + +MONTENEGRO. + +A Columbian. One of Captain Gilbert's crew in the pirate schooner _Panda_. +Hanged at Boston in 1835. + + +DE MONT, FRANCIS. + +Captured in South Carolina in 1717. Tried at Charleston, and convicted of +taking the _Turtle Dove_ and other vessels in the previous July. Hanged in +June, 1717. + + +MOODY, CAPTAIN CHRISTOPHER. + +A notorious pirate. Very active off the coast of Carolina, 1717, with two +ships under his command. In 1722 was with Roberts on board the _Royal +Fortune_, being one of his chief men or "Lords." Taken prisoner, and tried +at Cape Coast Castle, and hanged in chains at the age of 28. + + +MOORE. Gunner. + +A gunner aboard Captain Kidd's ship the _Adventure_. When Kidd's mutinous +crew were all for attacking a Dutch ship, Kidd refused to allow them to, +and Moore threatened the captain, who seized a bucket and struck Moore on +the head with it, the blow killing him. Kidd was perfectly justified in +killing this mutinous sailor, but eventually it was for this act that he +was hanged in London. + + +MORGAN, CAPTAIN. + +This pirate must not be confused with the buccaneer, Sir Henry Morgan. +Little is known about him except that he was with Hamlin, the French +pirate, in 1683, off the coast of West Africa, and helped to take several +Danish and English ships. Soon the pirates quarrelled over the division of +their plunder and separated into two companies, the English following +Captain Morgan in one of the prizes. + + +MORGAN, COLONEL BLODRE, or BLEDRY. + +This buccaneer was probably a relation of Sir Henry Morgan. He was an +important person in Jamaica between 1660 and 1670. At the taking of Panama +by Henry Morgan in 1670 the Colonel commanded the rearguard of 300 men. In +May, 1671, he was appointed to act as Deputy Governor of Providence Island +by Sir James Modyford. + + +MORGAN, LIEUT.-COLONEL EDWARD. Buccaneer. + +Uncle and father-in-law of Sir Henry Morgan. + +In 1665, when war had been declared on Holland, the Governor of Jamaica +issued commissions to several pirates and buccaneers to sail to and attack +the Dutch islands of St. Eustatius, Saba, and Curacao. Morgan was put in +command of ten ships and some 500 men; most of them were "reformed +prisoners," while some were condemned pirates who had been pardoned in +order to let them join the expedition. + +Before leaving Jamaica the crews mutinied, but were pacified by the +promise of an equal share of all the spoils that should be taken. Three +ships out of the fleet slipped away on the voyage, but the rest arrived at +St. Kitts, landed, and took the fort. Colonel Morgan, who was an old and +corpulent man, died of the heat and exertion during the campaign. + + +MORGAN, LIEUT.-COLONEL THOMAS. + +Sailed with Colonel Edward Morgan to attack St. Eustatius and Saba +Islands, and after these were surrendered by the Dutch, Thomas Morgan was +left in charge. + +In 1686 he sailed in command of a company of buccaneers to assist Governor +Wells, of St. Kitts, against the French. The defence of the island was +disgraceful, and Morgan's company was the only one which displayed any +courage or discipline, and most of them were killed or wounded, Colonel +Morgan himself being shot in both legs. + +Often these buccaneer leaders altered their titles from colonel to +captain, to suit the particular enterprise on which they were engaged, +according if it took place on sea or land. + + +MORGAN, SIR HENRY. Buccaneer. + +This, the greatest of all the "brethren of the coast," was a Welshman, +born at Llanrhymmy in Monmouthshire in the year 1635. The son of a +well-to-do farmer, Robert Morgan, he early took to the seafaring life. +When quite a young man Morgan went to Barbadoes, but afterwards he +settled at Jamaica, which was his home for the rest of his life. + +Morgan may have been induced to go to the West Indies by his uncle, +Colonel Morgan, who was for a time Deputy Governor of Jamaica, a post Sir +Henry Morgan afterwards held. + +Morgan was a man of great energy, and must have possessed great power of +winning his own way with people. That he could be absolutely unscrupulous +when it suited his ends there can be little doubt. He was cruel at times, +but was not the inhuman monster that he is made out to be by Esquemeling +in his "History of the Bucaniers." This was largely proved by the evidence +given in the suit for libel brought and won by Morgan against the +publishers, although Morgan was, if possible, more indignant over the +statement in the same book that he had been kidnapped in Wales and sold, +as a boy, and sent to be a slave in Barbadoes. That he could descend to +rank dishonesty was shown when, returning from his extraordinary and +successful assault on the city of Panama in 1670, to Chagres, he left most +of his faithful followers behind, without ships or food, while he slipped +off in the night with most of the booty to Jamaica. No doubt, young Morgan +came to Jamaica with good credentials from his uncle, the Colonel, for the +latter was held in high esteem by Modyford, then Governor of Barbadoes, +who describes Colonel Morgan as "that honest privateer." + +Colonel Morgan did not live to see his nephew reach the pinnacle of his +success, for in the year 1665 he was sent at the head of an expedition to +attack the Dutch stronghold at St. Eustatius Island, but he was too old to +stand the hardships of such an expedition and died shortly afterwards. + +By this time Morgan had made his name as a successful and resolute +buccaneer by returning to Port Royal from a raiding expedition in Central +America with a huge booty. + +In 1665 Morgan, with two other buccaneers, Jackman and Morris, plundered +the province of Campeachy, and then, acting as Vice-Admiral to the most +famous buccaneer of the day, Captain Mansfield, plundered Cuba, captured +Providence Island, sacked Granada, burnt and plundered the coast of Costa +Rica, bringing back another booty of almost fabulous wealth to Jamaica. In +this year Morgan married a daughter of his uncle, Colonel Morgan. + +In 1668, when 33 years of age, Morgan was commissioned by the Jamaican +Government to collect together the privateers, and by 1669 he was in +command of a big fleet, when he was almost killed by a great explosion in +the _Oxford_, which happened while Morgan was giving a banquet to his +captains. About this time Morgan calmly took a fine ship, the _Cour +Volant_, from a French pirate, and made her his own flagship, christening +her the _Satisfaction_. + +In 1670 the greatest event of Morgan's life took place--the sacking of +Panama. First landing a party which took the Castle of San Lorenzo at the +mouth of the Chagres River, Morgan left a strong garrison there to cover +his retreat and pushed on with 1,400 men in a fleet of canoes up the river +on January 9th, 1671. The journey across the isthmus, through the tropical +jungle, was very hard on the men, particularly as they had depended on +finding provisions to supply their wants on the way, and carried no food +with them. They practically starved until the sixth day, when they found a +barn full of maize, which the fleeing Spaniards had neglected to destroy. +On the evening of the ninth day a scout reported he had seen the steeple +of a church in Panama. Morgan, with that touch of genius which so often +brought him success, attacked the city from a direction the Spaniards had +not thought possible, so that their guns were all placed where they were +useless, and they were compelled to do just what the buccaneer leader +wanted them to do--namely, to come out of their fortifications and fight +him in the open. The battle raged fiercely for two hours between the brave +Spanish defenders and the equally brave but almost exhausted buccaneers. +When at last the Spaniards turned and ran, the buccaneers were too tired +to immediately follow up their success, but after resting they advanced, +and at the end of three hours' street fighting the city was theirs. The +first thing Morgan now did was to assemble all his men and strictly forbid +them to drink any wine, telling them that he had secret information that +the wine had been poisoned by the Spaniards before they left the city. +This was, of course, a scheme of Morgan's to stop his men from becoming +drunk, when they would be at the mercy of the enemy, as had happened in +many a previous buccaneer assault. + +Morgan now set about plundering the city, a large part of which was burnt +to the ground, though whether this was done by his orders or by the +Spanish Governor has never been decided. After three weeks the buccaneers +started back on their journey to San Lorenzo, with a troop of 200 +pack-mules laden with gold, silver, and goods of all sorts, together with +a large number of prisoners. The rearguard on the march was under the +command of a kinsman of the Admiral, Colonel Bledry Morgan. + +On their arrival at Chagres the spoils were divided, amidst a great deal +of quarrelling, and in March, 1671, Morgan sailed off to Port Royal with a +few friends and the greater part of the plunder, leaving his faithful +followers behind without ships or provisions, and with but £10 apiece as +their share of the spoils. + +On May 31st, 1671, the Council of Jamaica passed a vote of thanks to +Morgan for his successful expedition, and this in spite of the fact that +in July, a year before, a treaty had been concluded at Madrid between +Spain and England for "restraining depredations and establishing peace" in +the New World. + +In April, 1672, Morgan was carried to England as a prisoner in the +_Welcome_ frigate. But he was too popular to be convicted, and after being +acquitted was appointed Deputy Governor of Jamaica, and in November, 1674, +he was knighted and returned to the West Indies. In 1672 Major-General +Banister, who was Commander-in-Chief of the troops in Jamaica, writing to +Lord Arlington about Morgan, said: "He (Morgan) is a well deserving +person, and one of great courage and conduct, who may, with His Majesty's +pleasure, perform good public service at home, or be very advantageous to +this island if war should again break forth with the Spaniards." + +While Morgan was in England he brought an action for libel against William +Crooke, the publisher of the "History of the Bucaniers of America." The +result of this trial was that Crooke paid £200 damages to Morgan and +published a long and grovelling apology. + +Morgan was essentially a man of action, and a regular life on shore proved +irksome to him, for we learn from a report sent home by Lord Vaughan in +1674 that Morgan "frequented the taverns of Port Royal, drinking and +gambling in unseemly fashion," but nevertheless the Jamaican Assembly had +voted the Lieutenant-Governor a sum of £600 special salary. In 1676 +Vaughan brought definite charges against Morgan and another member of the +Council, Robert Byndloss, of giving aid to certain Jamaica pirates. + +Morgan made a spirited defence and, no doubt largely owing to his +popularity, got off, and in 1678 was granted a commission to be a captain +of a company of 100 men. + +The Governor to succeed Vaughan was Lord Carlisle, who seems to have liked +Morgan, in spite of his jovial "goings on" with his old buccaneer friends +in the taverns of Port Royal, and in some of his letters speaks of +Morgan's "generous manner," and hints that whatever allowances are made to +him "he will be a beggar." + +In 1681 Sir Thomas Lynch was appointed to be Governor, and trouble at once +began between him and his deputy. Amongst the charges the former brought +against Morgan was one of his having been overheard to say, "God damn the +Assembly!" for which he was suspended from that body. + +In April, 1688, the King, at the urgent request of the Duke of Albemarle, +ordered Morgan to be reinstated in the Assembly, but Morgan did not live +long to enjoy his restored honours, for he died on August 25th, 1688. + +An extract from the journal of Captain Lawrence Wright, commander of +H.M.S. _Assistance_, dated August, 1688, describes the ceremonies held at +Port Royal at the burial of Morgan, and shows how important and popular a +man he was thought to be. It runs: + +"Saturday 25. This day about eleven hours noone Sir Henry Morgan died, & +the 26th was brought over from Passage-fort to the King's house at Port +Royall, from thence to the Church, & after a sermon was carried to the +Pallisadoes & there buried. All the forts fired an equal number of guns, +wee fired two & twenty & after wee & the Drake had fired, all the merchant +men fired." + +Morgan was buried in Jamaica, and his will, which was filed in the Record +Office at Spanish Town, makes provision for his wife and near relations. + + +MORRICE, HUMPHREY. + +Of New Providence, Bahama Islands. + +Hanged at New Providence in 1718 by his lately reformed fellow-pirates, +and on the gallows taxed them with "pusillanimity and cowardice" because +they did not rescue him and his fellow-sufferers. + + +MORRIS, CAPTAIN JOHN. + +Of Jamaica. + +A privateer until 1665, he afterwards became a buccaneer with Mansfield. +Took part in successful raids in Central America, plundering Vildemo in +the Bay of Campeachy; he also sacked Truxillo, and then, after a journey +by canoe up the San Juan River to take Nicaragua, surprised and plundered +the city of Granada in March, 1666. + + +MORRIS, CAPTAIN THOMAS. + +One of the pirates of New Providence, Bahamas, who, on pardon being +offered by King George in 1717, escaped, and for a while carried on piracy +in the West Indian Islands. Caught and hanged a few years afterwards. + + +MORRIS, JOHN. + +One of Captain Bartholomew Roberts's crew. When the _Royal Fortune_ +surrendered to H.M.S. _Swallow_, Morris fired his pistol into the +gunpowder in the steerage and caused an explosion that killed or maimed +many of the pirates. + + +MORRISON, CAPTAIN. + +A Scotch pirate, who lived on Prince Edward Island. + +For an account of his career, see Captain NELSON. + + +MORRISON, WILLIAM. + +Of Jamaica. + +One of Major Stede Bonnet's crew. Hanged at White Point, Charleston, South +Carolina, on November 8th, 1718, and buried in the marsh below low-water +mark. + + +MORTON, PHILIP. + +Gunner on board "Blackbeard's" ship, the _Queen Ann's Revenge_. Killed on +November 22nd, 1718, in North Carolina, during the fight with Lieutenant +Maynard. + + +MULLET, JAMES, _alias_ MILLET. + +Of London. + +One of the crew of the _Royal James_, in which vessel Major Stede Bonnet +played havoc with the shipping along the coasts of South Carolina and New +England. Hanged at Charleston in 1718. + + +MULLINS, DARBY. + +This Irish pirate was born in the north of Ireland, not many miles from +Londonderry. Being left an orphan at the age of 18, he was sold to a +planter in the West Indies for a term of four years. + +After the great earthquake at Jamaica in 1691, Mullins built himself a +house at Kingston and ran it as a punch-house--often a very profitable +business when the buccaneers returned to Port Royal with good plunder. +This business failing, he went to New York, where he met Captain Kidd, and +was, according to his own story, persuaded to engage in piracy, it being +urged that the robbing only of infidels, the enemies of Christianity, was +an act, not only lawful, but one highly meritorious. + +At his trial later on in London his judges did not agree with this view of +the rights of property, and Mullins was hanged at Execution Dock on May +23rd, 1701. + + +MUMPER, THOMAS. + +An Indian of Mather's Vineyard, New England. + +Tried for piracy with Captain Charles Harris and his men, but found to be +"not guilty." + + +MUNDON, STEPHEN. + +Of London. + +Hanged for piracy at Newport, Rhode Island, on July 19th, 1723, at the age +of 20. + + +MUSTAPHA. Turkish pirate. + +In 1558 he sailed, with a fleet of 140 vessels, to the Island of Minorca. +Landed, and besieged the fortified town of Ciudadda, which at length +surrendered. The Turks slew great numbers of the inhabitants, taking the +rest away as slaves. + + +NAU, CAPTAIN JEAN DAVID, _alias_ FRANCIS L'OLLONAIS. + +A Frenchman born at Les Sables d'Ollone. + +In his youth he was transported as an indented labourer to the French +Island of Dominica in the West Indies. Having served his time L'Ollonais +went to the Island of Hispaniola, and joined the buccaneers there, living +by hunting wild cattle and drying the flesh or boucan. + +He then sailed for a few voyages as a sailor before the mast, and acted +with such ability and courage that the Governor of Tortuga Island, +Monsieur de la Place, gave him the command of a vessel and sent him out +to seek his fortune. + +At first the young buccaneer was very successful, and he took many Spanish +ships, but owing to his ferocious treatment of his prisoners he soon won a +name for cruelty which has never been surpassed. But at the height of this +success his ship was wrecked in a storm, and, although most of the pirates +got ashore, they were at once attacked by a party of Spaniards, and all +but L'Ollonais were killed. The captain escaped, after being wounded, by +smearing blood and sand over his face and hiding himself amongst his dead +companions. Disguised as a Spaniard he entered the city of Campeachy, +where bonfires and other manifestations of public relief were being held, +to express the joy of the citizens at the news of the death of their +terror, L'Ollonais. + +Meeting with some French slaves, the fugitive planned with them to escape +in the night in a canoe, this being successfully carried out, they +eventually arrived back at Tortuga, the pirate stronghold. Here the +enterprising captain stole a small vessel, and again started off "on the +account," plundering a village called De los Cagos in Cuba. The Governor +of Havana receiving word of the notorious and apparently resurrected +pirate's arrival sent a well-armed ship to take him, adding to the ship's +company a negro executioner, with orders to hang all the pirate crew with +the exception of L'Ollonais, who was to be brought back to Havana alive +and in chains. + +Instead of the Spaniards taking the Frenchman, the opposite happened, and +everyone of them was murdered, including the negro hangman, with the +exception of one man, who was sent with a written message to the Governor +to tell him that in future L'Ollonais would kill every Spaniard he met +with. + +Joining with a famous filibuster, Michael de Basco, L'Ollonais soon +organized a more important expedition, consisting of a fleet of eight +vessels and 400 men. Sailing to the Gulf of Venezuela in 1667, they +entered the lake, destroying the fort that stood to guard the entrance. +Thence sailing to the city of Maracaibo they found all the inhabitants had +fled in terror. The filibusters caught many of the inhabitants hiding in +the neighbouring woods, and killed numbers of them in their attempts to +force from the rest the hiding-places of their treasure. They next marched +upon and attacked the town of Gibraltar, which was valiantly defended by +the Spaniards, until the evening, when, having lost 500 men killed, they +surrendered. For four weeks this town was pillaged, the inhabitants +murdered, while torture and rape were daily occurrences. At last, to the +relief of the wretched inhabitants, the buccaneers, with a huge booty, +sailed away to Corso Island, a place of rendezvous of the French +buccaneers. Here they divided their spoil, which totalled the great sum of +260,000 pieces of eight, which, when divided amongst them, gave each man +above one hundred pieces of eight, as well as his share of plate, silk, +and jewels. + +Also, a share was allotted for the next-of-kin of each man killed, and +extra rewards for those pirates who had lost a limb or an eye. L'Ollonais +had now become most famous amongst the "Brethren of the Coast," and began +to make arrangements for an even more daring expedition to attack and +plunder the coast of Nicaragua. Here he burnt and pillaged ruthlessly, +committing the most revolting cruelties on the Spanish inhabitants. One +example of this monster's inhuman deeds will more than suffice to tell of. +It happened that during an attack on the town of San Pedros the buccaneers +had been caught in an ambuscade and many of them killed, although the +Spaniards had at last turned and fled. The pirates killed most of their +prisoners, but kept a few to be questioned by L'Ollonais so as to find +some other way to the town. As he could get no information out of these +men, the Frenchman drew his cutlass and with it cut open the breast of one +of the Spaniards, and pulling out his still beating heart he began to bite +and gnaw it with his teeth like a ravenous wolf, saying to the other +prisoners, "I will serve you all alike, if you show me not another way." + +Shortly after this, many of the buccaneers broke away from L'Ollonais and +sailed under the command of Moses van Vin, the second in command. +L'Ollonais, in his big ship, sailed to the coast of Honduras, but ran his +vessel on a sand-bank and lost her. While building a new but small craft +on one of the Las Pertas Islands, they cultivated beans and other +vegetables, and also wheat, for which they baked bread in portable ovens +which these French buccaneers carried about with them. It took them six +months to build their long-boat, and when it was finished it would not +carry more than half the number of buccaneers. Lots were drawn to settle +who should sail and who remain behind. L'Ollonais steered the boat towards +Cartagena, but was caught by the Indians, as described by Esquemeling. +"Here suddenly his ill-fortune assailed him, which of a long time had been +reserved for him as a punishment due to the multitude of horrible crimes, +which in his licentious and wicked life he had committed. For God +Almighty, the time of His divine justice being now already come, had +appointed the Indians of Darien to be the instruments and executioners +thereof." + +These "instruments of God," having caught L'Ollonais, tore him in pieces +alive, throwing his body limb by limb into the fire and his ashes into the +air, to the intent "no trace nor memory might remain of such an infamous +inhuman creature." + +Thus died a monster of cruelty, who would, had he lived to-day, have been +confined in an asylum for lunatics. + + +NEAL. + +A fisherman of Cork. + +Mutinied in a French ship sailing from Cork to Nantes in 1721, and, under +the leadership of Philip Roche, murdered the captain and many of the crew +and became a pirate. + + +NEFF, WILLIAM. + +Born at Haverhill, Massachusetts, in 1667. + +A soldier, one of the guard at Fort Loyal, Falmouth, Maine. Deserted in +1689 and went to sea with the pirate Captain Pound. + + +NELSON, CAPTAIN. + +Born on Prince Edward Island, where his father had a grant of land for +services rendered in the American war. He was a wealthy man, a member of +the Council and a Colonel of the Militia. In order to set his son up in +life he bought him a captaincy in the Militia and a fine farm, where young +Nelson married and settled down. Buying a schooner, he used to sail to +Halifax with cargoes of potatoes and fruit. He seems to have liked these +trips in which he combined business with pleasure, for we learn that on +these visits to Halifax he "was very wild, and drank and intrigued with +the girls in an extravagant manner." Getting into disgrace on Prince +Edward Island, and losing his commission, he went to live near Halifax, +and became a lieutenant in the Nova Scotia Fencibles, while his wife +remained on the island to look after his estates, which brought him in +£300 a year. Meeting with a Scotchman called Morrison, together they +bought a "pretty little New York battleship," mounting ten guns. Manning +this dangerous toy with a crew of ninety desperate characters, the +partners went "on the account," and began well by taking a brig belonging +to Mr. Hill, of Rotherhithe, which they took to New York, and there sold +both ship and cargo. + +They next cruised in the West Indies, taking several English and Dutch +ships, the crews of which they treated with the greatest brutality. + +Landing on St. Kitts Island, they burnt and plundered two Dutch +plantations, murdering the owners and slaves. Sailing north to +Newfoundland they took ten more vessels, which they sold in New York. +After further successful voyages in the West Indies and off the coast of +Brazil, Nelson felt the call of home ties becoming so strong that he +ventured to return to Prince Edward Island to visit his wife and family, +where no one dared to molest him. + +By this time Nelson had been a pirate for three years and had, by his +industry, won for himself a fortune worth £150,000, but his Scotch +partner, Morrison, being a frugal soul, had in the meantime saved an even +larger sum. Eventually their ship was wrecked in a fog on a small barren +island near Prince Edward Island, and Morrison and most of the crew were +drowned, but Nelson and a few others were saved. At last he reached New +York, where he lived the rest of his life in peaceful happiness with his +wife and family. + + +NICHOLLS, THOMAS, _alias_ NICHOLAS. + +Of London. + +One of Major Stede Bonnet's crew in the _Royal James_. Tried for piracy at +Charleston on November 8th, 1718, and found "not guilty." + + +NONDRE, PEDRO. + +Hanged at Kingston, Jamaica, in February, 1823. At the time of execution +it was observed that he was covered with the marks of deep wounds. On the +scaffold he wept bitterly. An immensely heavy man, he broke the rope, and +had to be hanged a second time. + + +NORMAN, CAPTAIN. Buccaneer. + +Served under Morgan in 1670, and after the fall of Chagres Fort, Norman +was left in charge with 500 men to hold it, while Morgan crossed the +isthmus to attack Panama. Norman soon "sent forth to sea two boats to +exercise piracy." These hoisted Spanish colours and met a big Spanish +merchant ship on the same day. They chased the ship, which fled for safety +into the Chagres River, only to be caught there by Norman. She proved a +valuable prize, being loaded with all kinds of provisions, of which the +garrison was in sore need. + + +NORTH, CAPTAIN NATHANIEL. + +Born in Bermuda, and by profession a lawyer, Captain North was a man of +remarkable ability, and in his later calling of piracy he gained great +notoriety, and was a born leader of men. His history has been written +fully, and is well worth reading. He had many ups and downs in his early +seafaring life in the West Indies; being no less than three times taken by +the pressgang, each time escaping. He served in Dutch and Spanish +privateers, and eventually rose to being a pirate captain, making his +headquarters in Madagascar. From here he sailed out to the East Indies, +and preyed on the ships of the East India Company. Several times he was +wrecked, once he was the only survivor, and swam ashore at Madagascar +stark naked. The unusual sight of a naked Englishman spread terror amongst +the natives who were on the beach, and they all fled into the jungle +except one, a woman, who from previous personal experience knew that this +was but a human being and not a sea devil. She supplied him with clothes, +of a sort, and led him to the nearest pirate settlement, some six miles +away. On another occasion when the pirates were having a jollification +ashore, having left their Moorish prisoners on the ship at anchor, North +gave the prisoners a hint to clear off in the night with the ship, +otherwise they would all be made slaves. This friendly hint was acted +upon, and in the morning both ship and prisoners had vanished. The pirates +having lost their ship took to the peaceful and harmless life of planters, +with North as their ruler. He won the confidence of the natives, who +abided by his decision in all quarrels and misunderstandings. Occasionally +North and his men would join forces with a neighbouring friendly tribe and +go to war, North leading the combined army, and victory always resulted. +The call of piracy was too strong in his bones to resist, and after three +years planting he was back to sea and the Jolly Roger once more. On one +occasion he seized the opportunity, when in the neighbourhood of the +Mascarenhas Islands, to go ashore and visit the Catholic priest and +confess, and at the same time made suitable arrangements for his children +to be educated by the Church. North evidently truly repented his former +sins, for he returned to resume his simple life on his plantation. On +arriving home he found the settlement in an uproar. He soon settled all +the disputes, appeased the natives, and before long had this garden-city +of pirates back in its previous peaceful and happy state. Beyond an +occasional little voyage, taking a ship or two, or burning an Arab +village, North's career as a pirate may be considered to have terminated, +as, indeed, his life was shortly afterwards, being murdered in his bed by +a treacherous native. North's friends the pirates, shocked at this +cold-blooded murder, waged a ruthless war on the natives for seven years: +thus in their simple way thinking to revenge the loss of this estimable +man, who had always been the natives' best friend. + + +NORTON, GEORGE. + +One of Captain John Quelch's crew. Tried for piracy in June, 1704, at the +Star Tavern at Boston. + + +NUTT, JOHN. + +One of Captain John Phillip's original crew of five pirates in the +_Revenge_ in 1723. Nutt was made master or navigator. + + +OCHALI. Barbary renegade. + +In 1511 he sailed from Algiers with a fleet of twenty-two vessels and +1,700 men to raid Majorca. The Moors landed at Soller and pillaged it. +Before they could get back to their ship, the pirates were attacked by the +Majorcans, headed by Miguel Angelats, and completely routed, 500 of them +being killed. + + +ODELL, SAMUEL. + +Taken prisoner by the pirate Captain Teach on November 21st, 1718, and on +the very next day retaken by Lieutenant Maynard. Odell received no less +than seventy wounds in the fight, but recovered, and was carried to +Virginia to stand his trial for piracy, and was acquitted. + + +OUGHTERLAUNEY, THOMAS. + +Acted as pilot in the _Royal Fortune_. Took an active part in taking and +plundering the _King Solomon_ on the West Coast of Africa in 1721. + +Was tried for piracy with the rest of Roberts's crew, when one witness, +Captain Trahern, deposed that the prisoner dressed himself up in the +captain's best suit of clothes, his new tye wig, and called loudly for a +bottle of wine, and then, very arrogantly, gave orders as to the steering +of the captured ship. + +Hanged at Cape Coast Castle in 1722. + + +PAIN, CAPTAIN. + +A Bahaman privateer who in 1683 turned pirate and attacked St. Augustine +in Florida under French colours. Being driven off by the Spaniards, he had +to content himself with looting some neighbouring settlements. On +returning to New Providence, the Governor attempted, but without success, +to arrest Pain and his crew. Pain afterwards appeared in Rhode Island, and +when the authorities tried to seize him and his ship, he got off by +exhibiting an old commission to hunt for pirates given him a long while +before by Sir Thomas Lynch. When the West Indies became too hot for him, +Pain made the coast of Carolina his headquarters. + + +PAINE, CAPTAIN PETER, _alias_ LE PAIN. A French buccaneer. + +He brought into Port Royal in 1684 a merchant ship, _La Trompeuse_. +Pretending to be the owner, he sold both ship and cargo, which brought +about great trouble afterwards between the French and English Governments, +because he had stolen the ship on the high seas. He was sent from Jamaica +under arrest to France the same year, to answer for his crimes. + + +PAINTER, PETER. + +This Carolina pirate retired and lived at Charleston. In August, 1710, he +was recommended for the position of public powder-receiver, but was +rejected by the Upper House. "Mr. Painter Having committed Piracy, and +not having his Majesties Pardon for the same, Its resolved he is not fit +for that Trust." Which only goes to show how hard it was for a man to live +down a thing like piracy. + + +PARDAL, CAPTAIN MANUEL RIVERO. + +Known to the Jamaicans as "the vapouring admiral of St. Jago," because in +July, 1670, he had nailed a piece of canvas to a tree on the Jamaican +coast with this curious challenge written both in English and Spanish: + +"I, Captain Manuel Rivero Pardal, to the chief of the squadron of +privateers in Jamaica. I am he who this year have done that which follows. +I went on shore at Caimanos, and burnt 20 houses and fought with Captain +Ary, and took from him a catch laden with provisions and a canoe. And I am +he who took Captain Baines and did carry the prize to Cartagena, and now +am arrived to this coast, and have burnt it. And I come to seek General +Morgan, with 2 ships of 20 guns, and having seen this, I crave he would +come out upon the coast and seek me, that he might see the valour of the +Spaniards. And because I had no time I did not come to the mouth of Port +Royal to speak by word of mouth in the name of my king, whom God preserve. +Dated the 5th of July, 1670." + + +PARKER, CAPTAIN WILLIAM. Buccaneer. + +Just after the city of Porto Bello had been made, as the Spanish thought, +impregnable, by the building of the massive stone fort of San Jerome, the +daring Parker, with but 200 English desperadoes, took the place by storm, +burning part of the town and getting quickly and safely away with a huge +amount of booty. + + +PARKINS, BENJAMIN. + +One of Captain John Quelch's crew in the brigantine _Charles_. Tried at +Boston for piracy in 1704. + + +PARROT, JAMES. + +One of Quelch's crew, who turned King's evidence at the trial at Boston in +1704, and thus escaped hanging. + + +PATTERSON, NEAL. + +Of Aberdeen. + +One of Major Stede Bonnet's crew in the _Royal James_. Hanged at +Charleston, South Carolina, on November 8th, 1718, and buried in the +marsh. + + +PATTISON, JAMES. + +Tried for piracy at Boston in 1704. + + +PEASE, CAPTAIN. + +A low down, latter-day South Sea pirate. Arrived in an armed ship with a +Malay crew at Apia in Samoa in June, 1870, and rescued the pirate Bully +Hayes, who was under arrest of the English Consul. He pleased the British +inhabitants of the island by his display of loyalty to Queen Victoria by +firing a salute of twenty-one guns on her Majesty's birthday. + + +PELL, IGNATIUS. + +Boatswain of the _Royal James_, Major Stede Bonnet's ship. Turned King's +evidence at trial of Bonnet and his crew at Charleston, Carolina, in 1718. + + +PENNER, MAJOR. + +We have been able to find out nothing of this pirate except that he was at +New Providence Island in 1718 and took the King's pardon for pirates. He +seems to have returned to the old life and was killed soon after, though +how this came about is not recorded. + + +PERKINS, BENJAMIN. + +One of Quelch's crew. Captured at Marblehead in 1704. + + +PERRY, DANIEL. + +Of Guernsey. + +Tried for piracy in 1718 at Charleston, South Carolina, and found guilty. +Hanged on November 8th at White Point. Buried in the marsh below low-water +mark. + + +PETERSON, CAPTAIN. + +Of Newport, Rhode Island. + +In 1688 he arrived at Newport in a "barkalonga" armed with ten guns and +seventy men. The Governor prosecuted him for piracy, but the grand jury, +which consisted of friends and neighbours of Peterson, threw out the bill. +Among other charges, Peterson was accused of selling some hides and +elephants' teeth to a Boston merchant for £57, being part of the booty he +had previously taken out of prizes in the West Indies. + + +PETERSON, ERASMUS. + +Tried for piracy with the rest of Captain Quelch's crew at Boston. Was +hanged there on June 30th, 1704. When standing on the gallows "He cryed of +injustice done him and said, 'It is very hard for so many lives to be +taken away for a little Gold.' He said his peace was made with God, yet he +found it extremely hard to forgive those who had wronged him. He told the +Executioner 'he was a strong man and Prayed to be put out of his misery +as soon as possible.'" + + +PETERSON, JOHN. + +A Swedish pirate, one of Gow's crew. He was hanged at Wapping in June, +1725. + + +PETIT, CAPTAIN. French filibuster. + +Of San Domingo. + +In 1634 was in command of _Le Ruze_, crew of forty men and four guns. + + +PETTY, WILLIAM. + +Born at Deptford. + +A sailmaker in Captain Roberts's _Royal Fortune_ when the _King Solomon_ +was taken and plundered in West Africa. Petty, as sailmaker, had to see +that all the sails and canvas aboard the prizes were removed to the pirate +ship. Hanged at the age of 30. + + +PHELIPP, CAPTAIN WILLIAM. + +In 1533 a Portuguese merchant, Peter Alves, engaged Phelipp to pilot his +ship, the _Santa Maria Desaie_, from Tenby to Bastabill Haven. Off the +Welsh coast the ship was attacked by a pirate vessel called the +_Furtuskewys_, with a crew of thirty-five pirates. Alves was put ashore on +the Welsh coast, and the two ships then sailed to Cork, where the ship and +her cargo were sold to the mayor for 1,524 crowns. + +Alves complained to the King of England, and orders were sent to the Mayor +of Cork, Richard Gowllys, to give up the ship, which he refused to do, but +by way of excusing his actions he explained that he thought the ship was a +Scotch one and not a Portuguese. + + +PHILLIPS, CAPTAIN. + +In 1723 this noted pirate took a sloop, the _Dolphin_, of Cape Ann, on the +Banks of Newfoundland. The crew of the _Dolphin_ were compelled by +Phillips to join the pirates. Amongst the prisoners was a fisherman, John +Fillmore. Finding no opportunity to escape, Fillmore with another sailor, +Edward Cheesman, and an Indian, suddenly seized and killed Phillips and +the two other chief pirates. The rest of the crew agreeing, the ship was +taken to Boston. + + +PHILIPS, JAMES. + +Of the Island of Antigua. + +Formerly of the _Revenge_, and afterwards in the _Royal Fortune_ (Captain +Roberts). When the _Royal Fortune_ surrendered in 1722 to H.M.S. +_Swallow_, Philips seized a lighted match and attempted to blow up the +ship, swearing he would "send them all to Hell together," but was +prevented by the master, Glasby. Hanged at the age of 35. + + +PHILLIPS, JOHN. + +A carpenter by trade, he sailed from the West Country for Newfoundland in +a ship that was captured by the pirate Anstis in the _Good Fortune_. +Phillips soon became reconciled to the life of a pirate, and, being a +brisk fellow, he was appointed carpenter to the ship. Returning to England +he soon found it necessary to quit the country again, and he shipped +himself on board a vessel at Topsham for Newfoundland. On arriving at +Peter Harbour he ran away, and hired himself as a splitter to the +Newfoundland cod fishery. + +On the night of August 29th, 1723, with four others, he stole a vessel in +the harbour and sailed away. Phillips was chosen captain. Articles were +now drawn up and were sworn to upon a hatchet, because no Bible could be +found on board. Amongst other laws was the punishment of "40 stripes +lacking one, known as Moses's law, to be afflicted for striking a +fellow-pirate." The last law of the nine casts a curious light on these +murderers; it runs: "If at any time you meet with a prudent Woman, that +Man that offers to meddle with her, without her Consent, shall suffer +present Death." The pirates, fortified by these laws, met with instant +success, taking several fishing vessels, from which they augmented their +small crew by the addition of several likely and brisk seamen. Amongst +these they had the good fortune to take prisoner an old pirate called John +Rose Archer, who had served his pirate apprenticeship under the able +tuition of the famous Blackbeard, and who they at once promoted to be +quartermaster. This quick promotion caused trouble afterwards, for some of +the original crew, particularly carpenter Fern, resented it. The pirates +next sailed to Barbadoes, that happy hunting ground, but for three months +never a sail did they meet with, so that they were almost starving for +want of provisions, being reduced to a pound of dried meat a day amongst +ten of them. + +At last they met with a French vessel, a Martinico ship, of twelve guns, +and hunger drove them to attack even so big a ship as this, but the sight +of the Black flag so terrified the French crew that they surrendered +without firing a shot. After this, they took several vessels, and matters +began to look much brighter. Phillips quickly developed into a most +accomplished and bloody pirate, butchering his prisoners on very little or +on no provocation whatever. But even this desperate pirate had an +occasional "qualm of conscience come athwart his stomach," for when he +captured a Newfoundland vessel and was about to scuttle her, he found out +that she was the property of a Mr. Minors of that island, from whom they +stole the original vessel in which they went a-pirating, so Phillips, +telling his companions "We have done him enough injury already," ordered +the vessel to be repaired and returned to the owner. On another occasion, +they took a ship, the master of which was a "Saint" of New England, by +name Dependance Ellery, who gave them a pretty chase before being +overhauled, and so, as a punishment, the "Saint" was compelled to dance +the deck until he fell down exhausted. + +This pirate's career ended with a mutiny of his unruly crew, Phillips +being tripped up and then thrown overboard to drown off Newfoundland in +April, 1724. + +During the nine months of Phillips's command as a pirate captain, he +accounted for more than thirty ships. + + +PHILLIPS, JOSEPH. + +One of Teach's crew. Hanged in Virginia in 1718. + + +PHILLIPS, WILLIAM. + +Born at Lower Shadwell. + +Boatswain in the _King Solomon_, a Guinea merchant ship. This ship, while +lying at anchor in January, 1721, was attacked by a boatful of pirates +from Bartholomew Roberts's ship, the _Royal Fortune_. The captain of the +_King Solomon_ fired a musket at the approaching boat, and called upon his +crew to do the same, but Phillips called for quarter and persuaded the +rest of the crew to lay down their arms and surrender the ship. Phillips +eagerly joined the pirates and signed the articles, and was "very forward +and brisk" in helping to rob his own ship of provisions and stores. + +At his trial at Cape Coast Castle, he pleaded, as nearly all the prisoners +did, that he was compelled to sign the pirates' articles, which were +offered to him on a dish, on which lay a loaded pistol beside the copy of +the articles. + +Found guilty and hanged in April, 1722, within the flood marks at Cape +Coast Castle, in his 29th year. + + +PHIPS, RICHARD. + +An English soldier who deserted from Fort Loyal, Falmouth, Maine, in 1689. +Wounded by a bullet in the head at Tarpaulin Cove. Taken to Boston Prison, +where he died. + + +PICKERING, CAPTAIN CHARLES. + +Commanded the _Cinque Ports_ galley, sixteen guns, crew of sixty-three +men, and accompanied Dampier on his voyage in 1703. Died off the coast of +Brazil in the same year. + + +PIERSE, GEORGE. + +Tried for piracy along with the rest of the crew of the brigantine +_Charles_, at Boston, in 1704. + + +PITMAN, JOHN. + +One of Captain Quelch's crew. Tried for piracy at Boston in 1704. + + +POLEAS, PEDRO. Spanish pirate. + +Co-commander with Captain Johnson of a pirate sloop, the _Two Brothers_. +In March, 1731, took a ship, the _John and Jane_ (Edward Burt, master), +south of Jamaica, on board of which was a passenger, John Cockburn, who +afterwards wrote a book relating his adventures on a journey on foot of +240 miles on the mainland of America. + + +PORTER, CAPTAIN. + +A West Indian pirate, who commanded a sloop, and, in company with a +Captain Tuckerman in another sloop, came one day into Bennet's Key in +Hispaniola. The two captains were but beginners at piracy, and finding +the great Bartholomew Roberts in the bay, paid him a polite visit, hoping +to pick up a few wrinkles from the "master." This scene is described by +Captain Johnson, in his "Lives of the Pirates," when Porter and his friend +"addressed the Pyrate, as the Queen of Sheba did Solomon, to wit, That +having heard of his Fame and Achievements, they had put in there to learn +his Art and Wisdom in the Business of pyrating, being Vessels on the same +honourable Design with himself; and hoped with the Communication of his +Knowledge, they should also receive his Charity, being in want of +Necessaries for such Adventures. Roberts was won upon by the Peculiarity +and Bluntness of these two Men and gave them Powder, Arms, and what ever +else they had Occasion for, spent two or three merry Nights with them, and +at parting, said, he hoped the L---- would Prosper their handy Works." + + +POUND, CAPTAIN THOMAS. + +On August 8th, 1689, this pirate, with five men and a boy, sailed out of +Boston Harbour as passengers in a small vessel. When off Lovell's Island, +five other armed men joined them. Pound now seized the craft and took +command, and declared his intention of going on a piratical cruise. The +first vessel they met with they decided to take. It was a fishing boat. +Pound ran his craft alongside, but at the last moment his heart failed +him, and he merely bought eight penn'o'th of mackerel from the surprised +fishermen. + +He then sailed to Falmouth, Maine, where the corporal and soldiers of the +guard at the fort deserted in the night and sailed off with Pound and his +crew. Fortified by this addition to his crew, the pirate attacked a sloop, +the _Good Speed_, off Cape Cod, and a brigantine, the _Merrimack_, and +several other prizes. By this time, the Governor at Boston had heard of +Pound's escapades, and sent an armed sloop, the _Mary_, to search for him. +The pirate was discovered in Tarpaulin Cove, and a fierce and bloody fight +took place before the pirates struck their "Red flagg." The prisoners were +cast into Boston Gaol to await their trial. Pound had been wounded, being +shot in the arm and side. The trial took place on January 13th, 1690. +Pound was found guilty, but reprieved, and was sent to England, but was +later on liberated. Afterwards he got command of a ship. He died in +England in 1703. + + +POWELL, THOMAS. + +Of Connecticut, New England. + +One of Captain Charles Harris's crew. Hanged at Newport, Rhode Island, on +July 19th, 1723, at the age of 21. + + +POWER, JOHN. + +Born in the West of England. + +Served in a slave vessel, the _Polly_ (Captain Fox, commander), on a +voyage to the coast of West Africa. While the captain was on shore, the +crew ran away with the ship, turned pirates, called their vessel the +_Bravo_, and elected Power to be captain and sailed to the West Indies. +Arrived there, he tried to sell his cargo of slaves, but being suspected +of having stolen them, he thought it best to sail to New York. Here the +pirates got ashore, but the ship's surgeon informed the authorities, and +Power was arrested and sent to England, where he was tried, and hanged at +Execution Dock on March 10th, 1768. + + +PRICE, THOMAS. + +Of Bristol. + +Hanged at Charleston, South Carolina, on November 8th, 1718. One of Major +Stede Bonnet's crew. + + +PRIMER, MATTHEW. + +One of Captain Quelch's crew. Turned King's evidence at the trial for +piracy held at the Star Tavern, Boston, in June, 1704. + + +PRINCE, CAPTAIN LAWRENCE. + +In 1760 this buccaneer sacked the city of Granada in company with Captains +Harris and Ludbury. Late in the same year, Prince, with the rank of +Lieut.-Colonel, led the vanguard in the attack on Panama. + + +PRO, CAPTAIN. + +This Dutch South Sea pirate owned a small plantation in Madagascar, and +was joined there by the pirate Williams after he had escaped from slavery. +Both were taken prisoner by an English frigate. In a fight with the +natives, the pirate crew was defeated, but Pro and Williams managed to +escape and to reach some friendly natives. Procuring a boat, they sailed +away to join some other pirates at Methulage in Madagascar. + + +PROWSE, CAPTAIN LAWRENCE. + +A Devon man, a noted sea captain, and a terror to the Spaniards. Was +imprisoned by King James I. at the instance of the King of Spain for +piracy and was to have been executed, but English public feeling ran so +high that Prowse was discharged. + + +PULLING, CAPTAIN JOHN. + +Commanded the _Fame_, which set out in 1703 in company with Dampier in the +_St. George_ on a plundering expedition to the South Seas. Their +commissions were to attack only Spanish and French ships. The two +captains quarrelled at the very beginning of the voyage, while lying off +the Downs, and Pulling slipped away by himself to go a-pirating amongst +the Canary Islands. + + +PURSSER, CAPTAIN. + +In the sixteenth century this pirate became notorious for his piracies off +the coast of Wales, and with Calles and Clinton, two other pirates, "grew +famous, till Queene Elizabeth of blessed memory, hanged them at Wapping." + + +QUELCH, CAPTAIN JOHN. + +A native of Massachusetts Colony. + +In 1703 was one of the crew of the brigantine _Charles_, eighty tons, +owned by some leading citizens of Boston, and fitted out to go +privateering off the coasts of Arcadia and Newfoundland. On leaving +Marblehead the crew mutinied, locked the captain in his cabin, and elected +Quelch their commander. They sailed to the south, and shortly afterwards +threw the captain overboard. They hoisted a flag, the "Old Roger," +described as having "in the middle of it an Anatomy with an Hourglars in +one hand and a dart in the Heart with three drops of Blood proceeding from +it in the other." They took nine Portuguese vessels off the coast of +Brazil, out of which they took plunder of very great value. + +Quelch now had the audacity to sail back to Marblehead, where his crew +landed and quickly scattered with their plunder. Within a week Quelch was +in gaol, and was taken to Boston, where his trial began on June 17th, +1704, and he was found guilty. The days between the sentence and the +execution must have, indeed, been trying for the prisoner. We read in a +pamphlet published at the time: "The Ministers of the Town used more than +ordinary Endeavours to Instruct the Prisoners and bring them to +Repentance. There were Sermons Preached in their hearing Every Day, and +Prayer daily made with them. And they were Catechised, and they had many +occasional Exhortations. And nothing was left that could be done for their +Good." + +On Friday, June 30th, 1704, Quelch and his companions marched on foot +through the town of Boston to Scarlil's Wharf with a strong armed guard of +musketeers, accompanied by various officials and two ministers, while in +front was carried a silver oar, the emblem of a pirate's execution. Before +the last act the minister gave a long and fervent harangue to the wretched +culprits, in all of whom were observed suitable signs of repentance except +Quelch, who, stepping forward on the platform, his hat in his hand, and +bowing left and right to the spectators, gave a short address, in which he +warned them "They should take care how they brought Money into New England +to be Hanged for it." + + +QUITTANCE, JOHN. + +One of Captain Quelch's crew of the brigantine _Charles_. Tried with the +rest of that crew at the Star Tavern at Boston in June, 1704. + + +RACKAM, CAPTAIN JOHN, _alias_ CALICO JACK. + +Served as quartermaster in Captain Vane's company. On one occasion Vane +refused to fight a big French ship, and in consequence was dismissed his +ship and marooned on an uninhabited island off the coast of America, while +the crew elected Rackam to be their captain in his place. This was on +November 24th, 1718, and on the very first day of his command he had the +good fortune to take and plunder several small vessels. + +Off the Island of Jamaica they took a Madeira ship, and found an old +friend on board as a passenger--a Mr. Hosea Tisdell, who kept a tavern in +the island, and they treated him with great respect. + +Christmas Day coming, the pirates landed on a small island to celebrate +this festival in a thorough manner, carousing and drinking as long as the +liquor lasted, when they sailed away to seek more. Their next prize was a +strange one. On coming alongside a ship, she surrendered, and the pirates +boarding her to examine her cargo, found it to consist of thieves from +Newgate on their way to the plantations. Taking two more vessels, Rackam +sailed to the Bahama Islands, but the Governor, Captain Woodes Rogers, +sent a sloop, which took away their prizes. + +Rackam now sailed his ship to a snug little cove he knew of in Cuba, where +he had more than one lady acquaintance. Here the pirates were very happy +until all their provisions and money was spent. Just as they were about to +sail, in comes a Spanish Guarda del Costa with a small English sloop which +they had recently taken. Rackam was now in a very awkward position, being +unable to get past the Spaniard, and all he could do was to hide behind a +small island. Night came on, and when it was dark Rackam put all his crew +into a boat, rowed quietly up to the sloop, clambered aboard, threatening +instant death to the Spanish guards if they cried out, then cut the cables +and sailed out of the bay. As soon as it was light the Spanish ship +commenced a furious bombardment of Rackam's empty vessel, thinking he was +still aboard her. + +In the summer of 1720 he took numbers of small vessels and fishing boats, +but nothing very rich, and was not above stealing the fishermen's nets and +landing and taking cattle. In October Rackam was chased near Nigril Bay by +a Government sloop commanded by a Captain Barret. After a short fight +Rackam surrendered, and was carried a prisoner to Port Royal. + +On November 16th Rackam and his crew were tried at St. Jago de la Vega, +convicted and sentenced to death. Amongst the crew were two women dressed +as men, Anne Bonny and Mary Read. The former was married, in pirate +fashion, to Rackam. + +On the morning of his execution Rackam was allowed, as a special favour, +to visit his Anne, but all the comfort he got from her was "that she was +sorry to see him there, but if he had fought like a man, he need not have +been hanged like a Dog." + +Rackam was hanged on November 17th, 1720, at Gallows Point, at Port Royal, +Jamaica. + + +RAPHAELINA, CAPTAIN. + +Much dreaded by the merchant sailors navigating the South Atlantic. In +1822 he controlled a fleet of pirate vessels in the vicinity of Cape +Antonio. + + +RAYNER, CAPTAIN. + +In a letter to the Lords of Trade, dated from Philadelphia, February 28th, +1701, William Penn mentions that several of Captain Kidd's men had settled +as planters in Carolina with Rayner as their captain. + + +RAYNOR, WILLIAM. + +One of Captain John Quelch's crew. Tried at Boston in 1704. + + +READ, CAPTAIN. + +Commanded a brigantine which had its headquarters at Madagascar. Rescued +the pirate Thomas White. Read died at sea. + + +READ, MARY. Woman pirate. + +Born in London of obscure parentage; all that is known for certain is that +her mother was a "young and airy widow." Mary was brought up as a boy, and +at the age of 13 was engaged as a footboy to wait on a French lady. Having +a roving spirit, Mary ran away and entered herself on board a man-of-war. +Deserting a few years later, she enlisted in a regiment of foot and fought +in Flanders, showing on all occasions great bravery, but quitted the +service to enlist in a regiment of horse. Her particular comrade in this +regiment was a Fleming, with whom she fell in love and disclosed to him +the secret of her sex. She now dressed as a woman, and the two troopers +were married, "which made a great noise," and several of her officers +attended the nuptials. She and her husband got their discharge and kept an +eating house or ordinary, the Three Horseshoes, near the Castle of Breda. +The husband died, and Mary once again donned male attire and enlisted in a +regiment in Holland. Soon tiring of this, she deserted, and shipped +herself aboard a vessel bound for the West Indies. This ship was taken by +an English pirate, Captain Rackam, and Mary joined his crew as a seaman. + +She was at New Providence Island, Bahama, when Woodes Rogers came there +with the royal pardon to all pirates, and she shipped herself aboard a +privateer sent out by Rogers to cruise against the Spaniards. The crew +mutinied and again became pirates. She now sailed under Captain Rackam, +who had with him another woman pirate, Anne Bonny. They took a large +number of ships belonging to Jamaica, and out of one of these took +prisoner "a young fellow of engaging behaviour" with whom Mary fell deeply +in love. This young fellow had a quarrel with one of the pirates, and as +the ship lay at anchor they were to go to fight it out on shore according +to pirate law. Mary, to save her lover, picked a quarrel with the same +pirate, and managed to have her duel at once, and fighting with sword and +pistol killed him on the spot. + +She now married the young man "of engaging behaviour," and not long after +was taken prisoner with Captain Rackam and the rest of the crew to +Jamaica. She was tried at St. Jago de la Vega in Jamaica, and on November +28th, 1720, was convicted, but died in prison soon after of a violent +fever. + +That Mary Read was a woman of great spirit is shown by her reply to +Captain Rackam, who had asked her (thinking she was a young man) what +pleasure she could find in a life continually in danger of death by fire, +sword, or else by hanging; to which Mary replied "that as to hanging, she +thought it no great Hardship, for were it not for that, every cowardly +Fellow would turn Pirate and so unfit the Seas, that Men of Courage must +starve." + + +READ, ROBERT. + +Tried for piracy with Gow's crew at Newgate in 1725, and acquitted. + + +READ, WILLIAM. + +Of Londonderry, Ireland. + +One of Captain Harris's crew. Was hanged at Newport, Rhode Island, in +1723, at the age of 35. + + +READHEAD, PHILIP. + +One of Captain Heidon's crew of the pirate ship _John of Sandwich_, +wrecked on Alderney Island in 1564. Was arrested and hanged at St. +Martin's Point, Guernsey, in the same year. + +[Illustration: ANN BONNY AND MARY READ, CONVICTED OF PIRACY, NOVEMBER 28, +1720, AT A COURT OF VICE-ADMIRALTY HELD AT ST. JAGO DE LA VEGA IN THE +ISLAND OF JAMAICA. + +To face p. 256.] + + +RHOADE, CAPTAIN JOHN. + +A Dutch coasting pilot of Boston. + +In 1674 appointed chief pilot to the Curacao privateer _Flying Horse_, and +sailed along the coast of Maine and as far north as the St. John River. +Afterwards attacked and plundered several small English craft occupied in +bartering furs with the Indians. Condemned to be hanged at Cambridge, +Massachusetts, in June, 1675. + + +RICE, DAVID. Welsh pirate. + +Of Bristol. + +Taken out of the Cornwall galley by Captain Roberts, he served in the +_Royal Fortune_. Tried and found guilty of piracy and condemned to death, +but was reprieved and sold to the Royal African Company to serve for seven +years in their plantations. + + +RICE, OWEN. Welsh pirate. + +Of South Wales. + +Hanged at the age of 27 at Rhode Island in 1723. One of Captain Charles +Harris's crew. + + +RICHARDS, LIEUTENANT. + +Lieutenant to Blackbeard on board the _Queen Ann's Revenge_. Cruised in +the West Indies and along the coast of Carolina and Virginia. + +In 1717 Teach blockaded the harbour at Charleston and sent Richards with a +party of pirates to the Governor to demand a medicine chest and all +necessary medical supplies, with a threat that if these were not +forthcoming he would cut the throats of all his prisoners, many of them +the leading merchants of the town. While waiting for the Governor's reply, +Richards and his companions scandalized the towns-folk of Charleston by +their outrageous and swaggering conduct. + + +RICHARDSON, JOHN. + +His father was a goldsmith at New York. John, tiring of the trade of +cooper, to which he was apprenticed, ran away to sea. For many years he +served both in men-of-war and in merchant ships. Although an unmitigated +blackguard, he did not commit piracy nor murder until some years later, +when, being at Ancona, he met a Captain Benjamin Hartley, who had come +there with a loading of pilchards. Richardson was taken on board to serve +as ship's carpenter, and sailed for Leghorn. With another sailor called +Coyle, Richardson concocted a mutiny, murdered the captain in the most +brutal manner, and was appointed mate in the pirate ship. As a pirate +Richardson was beneath contempt. His life ended on the gallows at +Execution Dock on January 25th, 1738. + + +RICHARDSON, NICHOLAS. + +One of Captain Quelch's crew. Taken out of the brigantine _Charles_, and +tried for piracy at Boston in 1704. + + +RIDGE, JOHN. + +Of London. + +One of Major Stede Bonnet's crew. Hanged in 1718 at Charleston, South +Carolina. + + +RINGROSE, BASIL. Buccaneer, pirate, and author. + +Sailed in 1679 to the West Indies. A year later Ringrose had joined the +buccaneers at their rendezvous in the Gulf of Darien, where they were +preparing for a bold enterprise on the Spanish Main. They landed and +marched to the town of Santa Maria, which they plundered and burnt. +Thence they travelled in canoes down the river to the Bay of Panama. After +attacking the Spanish fleet and laying siege to the city, the buccaneers +cruised up and down the West Coast of South America for eighteen months, +sacking towns and attacking Spanish ships. All this while Ringrose kept a +very full and graphic journal, in which he recorded not only their +exploits, but also their hardships and quarrels, and gave descriptions as +well of the various natives and their customs, and drew charts and +sketches. + +In 1681 Ringrose was still with Captain Sharp, and sailed through the +Straits of Magellan, and on January 30th of the same year anchored off +Antigua. Here he got a passage in a ship to England, landing safely at +Dartmouth on March 26th. + +A year later he published an account of his voyage, as a second volume to +Esquemeling's, "Bucaniers of America." In 1684 he went to sea again in the +_Cygnet_ (Captain Swan), to traffic with the Spanish colonies. But the +Spaniards refused to trade with them. In October, 1684, they met the +famous Captain Edward Davis at that favourite haunt of the buccaneers, the +Isle of Plate. The two captains agreed to join forces and to go together +"on the account," so all the cargo was thrown overboard the _Cygnet_, and +the ships set out to make war on any Spanish ships they might meet with. + +In February, 1686, Ringrose with one hundred men took the town of Santiago +in Mexico, but while returning with the plunder to their ship were caught +by the Spaniards in an ambush, and Ringrose was killed. + +Ringrose never attained any rank among the buccaneers beyond occasionally +being put in charge of a boat or a small company on shore, but as a +recorder of the doings of his companions he proved both careful and +painstaking. Dampier had a great regard for him, and in his book he +writes: "My ingenious friend Ringrose had no mind to this voyage, but was +necessitated to engage in it or starve." + +The title of Ringrose's book, first published in 1685, is "The Dangerous +Voyage and Bold Assaults of Captain Bartholomew Sharp and Others." + +Written by Mr. Basil Ringrose. + +Printed for William Crooke, 1685. + + +ROACH, PETER. + +When Captain Quelch was captured with his crew, Roach escaped near the +Cape by Snake Island. He was afterwards captured and thrown into the gaol +at Salem. Tried for piracy at the Star Tavern at Boston, and on June 30th, +1704, was hanged. At the place of execution Roach disappointed the +onlooking crowd, as, instead of the expected and hoped-for repentant +speech, "he seemed little concerned, and said but little or nothing at +all." + + +ROB, ALEXANDER. + +One of Captain Gow's crew. Hanged at Execution Dock, Wapping, in June, +1724. He was not one of the original crew of the _George_ galley, but was +taken out of a prize and joined the pirates of his own free-will. + + +ROBBINS, JAMES. + +Hanged in Virginia in 1718 along with the rest of Captain Teach's crew. + + +ROBBINS, JAMES. + +Of London. + +One of the crew of the _Royal James_. Hanged in 1718 at Charleston, South +Carolina. + + +ROBERTS, CAPTAIN BARTHOLOMEW. Welsh pirate. + +Born 1682. Died 1722. + +If a pirate is to be reckoned by the amount of damage he does and the +number of ships he takes there can be no doubt that Captain Roberts should +be placed at the very head of his profession, for he is said to have taken +over 400 vessels. The only man who can be said to rival him is Sir Henry +Morgan, but Morgan, although in some ways an unmitigated blackguard, was a +man of much greater breadth of outlook than Roberts ever was, and, +moreover, was a buccaneer rather than a pirate. + +Roberts, like many other successful pirates, was born in Wales, not far +from Haverfordwest. He is described as being "a tall black man," and was +about 40 years of age at the time of his death. He was remarkable, even +among his remarkable companions, for several things. First of all, he only +drank tea--thus being the only total abstainer known to the fraternity. +Also he was a strict disciplinarian, and on board his ships all lights had +to be extinguished by 8 p.m., any of the crew who wished to continue +drinking after that hour had to do so on the open deck. But try as he +would this ardent apostle of abstemiousness was unable to put down +drinking. If Roberts had lived to-day, no doubt he would have been on the +council of the local vigilance committee. He would allow no women aboard +his ships, in fact he made it a law that any man who brought a woman on +board disguised as a man was to suffer death. Roberts allowed no games at +cards or dice to be played for money, as he strongly disapproved of +gambling. He was a strict Sabbatarian, and allowed the musicians to have a +rest on the seventh day. This was as well, for the post of musician on a +pirate ship was no sinecure, as every pirate had the right to demand a +tune at any hour of the day or night. He used to place a guard to protect +all his women prisoners, and it is sadly suspicious that there was always +the greatest competition amongst the worst characters in the ship to be +appointed sentinel over a good-looking woman prisoner. All quarrels had to +be settled on shore, pirate fashion, the duellists standing back to back +armed with pistol and cutlass. Roberts would have no fighting among the +crew on board his ship. + +Bartholomew must have looked the very part of a pirate when dressed for +action. A tall, dark man, he used to wear a rich damask waistcoat and +breeches, a red feather in his cap, a gold chain round his neck with a +large diamond cross dangling from it, a sword in his hand, and two pairs +of pistols hanging at the end of a silk sling flung over his shoulders. + +We first hear of Roberts as sailing, in honest employ, as master of the +_Princess_ (Captain Plumb), from London in November, 1719, bound for the +coast of Guinea to pick up a cargo of "black ivory" at Anamaboe. Here his +ship was taken by the Welsh pirate Howel Davis. At first Roberts was +disinclined for the pirate life, but soon changed his mind. + +On the death of Davis there were several candidates for the post of +commander, all brisk and lively men, distinguished by the title of +"Lords," such as Sympson, Ashplant, Anstis, and others. One of these +"Lords," Dennis, concluded an eloquent harangue over a bowl of punch with +a strong appeal for Roberts to be the new chief. This proposal was +acclaimed with but one dissenting voice, that of "Lord" Sympson, who had +hopes of being elected himself, and who sullenly left the meeting swearing +"he did not care who they chose captain so it was not a papist." So +Roberts was elected after being a pirate only six weeks; thus was true +merit quickly appreciated and rewarded amongst them. + +[Illustration: CAPTAIN BARTHOLOMEW ROBERTS. + +To face p. 262.] + +Roberts's speech to his fellow-pirates was short but to the point, saying +"that since he had dipped his hands in muddy water, and must be a pyrate, +it was better being a commander than a common man," not perhaps a graceful +nor grateful way of expressing his thanks, but one which was no doubt +understood by his audience. + +Roberts began his career in a bright manner, for to revenge the perfectly +justifiable death of their late captain he seized and razed the fort, +bombarded the town, and setting on fire two Portuguese ships so as to act +as torches, sailed away the same night. Sailing to Brazil they found in +the Bay of Bahia a fleet of forty-two Portuguese ships ready laden and on +the point of leaving for Lisbon, and Roberts, with the most astounding +boldness, sailed right in amongst them until he found the deepest laden, +which he attacked and boarded, although his was a much smaller ship. He +sailed away with his prize from the harbour. This prize, amongst the +merchandise, contained 40,000 moidors and a cross of diamonds designed for +the King of Portugal. + +He then took a Dutch ship, and two days later an English one, and sailed +back to Brazil, refitting and cleaning at the Island of Ferdinando. + +In a work such as this is, it is impossible to recount all, or even a few, +of the daring adventures, or the piratical ups and downs of one pirate. +Roberts sailed to the West Indies devastating the commerce of Jamaica and +Barbadoes. When things grew too hot there, he went north to Newfoundland, +and played the very devil with the English and French fishing fleets and +settlements. + +His first ship he called the _Fortune_, his next, a bigger ship, the +_Royal Fortune_, another the _Good Fortune_. + +On two occasions Roberts had been very roughly handled, once by a ship +from Barbadoes and once by the inhabitants of Martinica, so when he +designed his new flag, he portrayed on it a huge figure of himself +standing sword in hand upon two skulls, and under these were the letters +A.B.H. and A.M.H., signifying a Barbadian's and a Martinican's head. + +In April, 1721, Roberts was back again on the Guinea Coast, burning and +plundering. Amongst the prisoners he took out of one of his prizes was a +clergyman. The captain dearly wished to have a chaplain on board his ship +to administer to the spiritual welfare of his crew, and tried all he could +to persuade the parson to sign on, promising him that his only duties +should be to say prayers and make punch. But the prelate begged to be +excused, and was at length allowed to go with all his belongings, except +three prayer-books and a corkscrew--articles which were sorely needed +aboard the _Royal Fortune_. + +The end of Roberts's career was now in sight. A King's ship, the _Swallow_ +(Captain Chaloner Ogle), discovered Roberts's ships at Parrot Island, and, +pretending to fly from them, was followed out to sea by one of the +pirates. A fight took place, and after two hours the pirates struck, +flinging overboard their black flag "that it might not rise in Judgement +over them." The _Swallow_ returned in a few days to Parrot Island to look +for Roberts in the _Royal Fortune_. Roberts being at breakfast, enjoying a +savoury dish of solomongundy, was informed of the approach of the ship, +but refused to take any notice of it. At last, thoroughly alarmed, he cut +his cables and sailed out, but most of his crew being drunk, even at this +early hour, the pirates did not make as good a resistance as if they had +been sober. Early in the engagement Roberts was hit in the throat by a +grape-shot and killed; this being on February 10th, 1722. His body, fully +dressed, with his arms and ornaments, was thrown overboard according to +his repeated request made during his lifetime. Thus the arch-pirate died, +as he always said he wished to die, fighting. His motto had always been "A +short life and a merry one." One good word can be said for Roberts, that +he never forced a man to become a pirate against his wish. + + +ROBERTS, OWEN. Welsh pirate. + +Carpenter in the _Queen Ann's Revenge_, and killed on November 22nd, 1718, +off the North Carolina Coast. + + +ROBINSON, EDWARD. + +Of Newcastle-upon-Tyne. + +Hanged at Charleston, South Carolina, in 1718. + + +ROCHE, CAPTAIN PHILIP, _alias_ JOHN EUSTACE. + +In company with three other mariners--Cullen, Wife, and Neale--this Irish +pirate shipped himself on board a French snow at Cork in November, 1721, +for a passage to Nantes. Owing to Roche's briskness, genteel manners, and +knowledge of navigation, the master used occasionally to place him in +charge of the vessel. One night a few days out a pre-arranged mutiny took +place, the French crew being butchered and thrown overboard. The captain, +who pleaded for mercy, was also thrown into the sea. Driven by bad weather +to Dartmouth, the new captain, Roche, had the ship repainted and +disguised, and renamed her the _Mary_. Then sailing to Rotterdam he sold +the cargo of beef and took on a fresh cargo with the owner, Mr. Annesly. +The first night out of port they threw Mr. Annesly overboard, and he swam +alongside for some while pleading to be taken in. On going into a French +port, and hearing that an enquiry was being made about his ship, Roche ran +away. The crew took the ship to Scotland, and there landed and +disappeared, and the ship was seized and taken to the Thames. + +Later on Roche was arrested in London and committed to Newgate Prison, +found guilty of piracy, and hanged on August 5th, 1723, at Execution Dock, +at the age of 30. The hanging was not, from the public spectators point of +view, a complete success, for the culprit "was so ill at the time that he +could not make any public declaration of his abhorrence of the crime for +which he suffered." + + +RODERIGO, PETER. + +A "Flanderkin." + +Commanded a Dutch vessel, the _Edward and Thomas_, that sailed from Boston +in 1674, and took several small English vessels along the coast of Maine. +Tried for piracy at Cambridge, Massachusetts, and condemned to be hanged, +but was afterwards pardoned. + + +ROGERS, CAPTAIN THOMAS. + +Commanded a ship, the _Forlorn_. Routed the Spaniards at Venta Cruz in +1671. One of Morgan's captains in his attack on Panama. + + +ROGERS, CAPTAIN WOODES. + +As the life of this famous navigator and privateer is, very justly, +treated fully in the "Dictionary of National Biography" it is unnecessary +to mention more than a few incidents in his adventurous career. Woodes +Rogers was not only a good navigator, for on many occasions he showed a +remarkable gift for commanding mutinous crews in spite of having many +officers on whom he could place little reliance. On leaving Cork in 1708, +after an incompetent pilot had almost run his ship on two rocks off +Kinsale called "The Sovereigne's Bollacks," Rogers describes his crew +thus: "A third were foreigners, while of Her Majestie's subjects many were +taylors, tinkers, pedlars, fiddlers, and hay-makers, with ten boys and one +negro." It was with crews such as these that many of the boldest and most +remarkable early voyages were made, and they required a man of Woodes +Rogers stamp to knock them into sailors. Rogers had a gift for inspiring +friendship wherever he went. On arriving at the coast of Brazil, his boat +was fired on when trying to land at Angre de Reys. This settlement had but +lately received several hostile visitors in the way of French pirates. But +before a week was passed Woodes Rogers had so won the hearts of the +Portuguese Governor and the settlers that he and his "musick" were invited +to take part in an important religious function, or "entertainment," as +Rogers calls it, "where," he says, "we waited on the Governour, Signior +Raphael de Silva Lagos, in a body, being ten of us, with two trumpets and +a hautboy, which he desir'd might play us to church, where our musick did +the office of an organ, but separate from the singing, which was by the +fathers well perform'd. Our musick played 'Hey, boys, up go we!' and all +manner of noisy paltry tunes. And after service, our musicians, who were +by that time more than half drunk, march'd at the head of the company; +next to them an old father and two fryars carrying lamps of incense, then +an image dressed with flowers and wax candles, then about forty priests, +fryars, etc., followed by the Governor of the town, myself, and Capt. +Courtney, with each of us a long wax candle lighted. The ceremony held +about two hours; after which we were splendidly entertained by the +fathers of the Convent, and then by the Governour. They unanimously told +us they expected nothing from us but our Company, and they had no more but +our musick." + +What a delightful picture this calls to the mind--the little Brazilian +town, the tropical foliage, the Holy Procession, "wax figure" and priests, +followed by the Governor with an English buccaneer on either side, and +headed by a crew of drunken Protestant English sailors playing "Hey, boys, +up go we!" + +Rogers, not to be outdone in hospitality, next day entertained the +Governor and fathers on board the _Duke_, "when," he says, "they were very +merry, and in their cups propos'd the Pope's health to us. But we were +quits with 'em by toasting the Archbishop of Canterbury; and to keep up +the humour, we also proposed William Pen's health, and they liked the +liquor so well, that they refused neither." Alas! the good Governor and +the fathers were not in a fit state to leave the ship when the end came to +the entertainment, so slept on board, being put ashore in the morning, +"when we saluted 'em with a huzza from each ship, because," as Rogers +says, "we were not overstocked with powder." + +It was in March, 1710, that Rogers brought his little fleet into the +harbour of Guam, one of the Ladrone Islands. Although at war with Spain, +the captain soon became on his usual friendly terms with the Governor of +this Spanish colony, and gave an entertainment on board his ship to him +and four other Spanish gentlemen, making them "as welcome as time and +place would afford, with musick and our sailors dancing." The Governor +gave a return party on shore, to which Rogers and all his brother officers +were invited, partaking of "sixty dishes of various sorts." After this +feast Rogers gave his host a present, consisting of "two negro boys +dress'd in liveries." One other instance of Woodes Rogers adaptability +must suffice. In the year 1717 he was appointed Governor to the Bahama +Islands, at New Providence, now called Nassau. His chief duty was to stamp +out the West India pirates who had made this island their headquarters for +many years, and were in complete power there, and numbered more than 2,000 +desperadoes, including such famous men as Vane and Teach. Rogers's only +weapon, besides the man-of-war he arrived in, was a royal proclamation +from King George offering free pardon to all pirates or buccaneers who +would surrender at once to the new Governor. At first the pirates were +inclined to resist his landing, but in the end the tactful Rogers got his +own way, and not only landed, but was received by an armed guard of +honour, and passed between two lines of pirates who fired salutes with +their muskets. + +Most of the pirates surrendered and received their pardons, but some, who +reverted shortly afterwards to piracy and were captured and brought back +to New Providence, were tried and actually hanged by Rogers's late +buccaneer subjects. + +Woodes Rogers eventually died in Nassau in the year 1729. + +He was the author of a delightful book entitled "A Cruising Voyage Round +the World, begun in 1708 and finish'd in 1711, by Captain Woodes Rogers, +Commander-in-Chief on this Expedition, with the ships _Duke_ and _Duchess_ +of Bristol." + +This was published in London in 1712. + + +ROLLSON, PETER. + +Captain Gow's gunner in the _Revenge_. Hanged at Execution Dock, Wapping, +in June, 1725. + + +ROSS, GEORGE, or ROSE. + +Of Glasgow. + +One of Major Stede Bonnet's crew of the _Royal James_. Was hanged at +Charleston, South Carolina, on November 8th, 1718, and buried in the marsh +below low-water mark. + + +ROSSOE, FRANCIS. + +In June, 1717, in company with four other Carolina pirates, was placed on +trial for his life. Convicted with De Cossey, De Mont, and Ernandos, of +piratically taking the vessels the _Turtle Dove_, the _Penelope_, and the +_Virgin Queen_ in July of the previous year, and, after being sentenced to +death by Judge Trott, Rossoe and his fellow-pirates were promptly +executed. + + +ROUNDSIVEL, CAPTAIN GEORGE. + +Of the Bahama Islands. + +He refused to avail himself of King George's pardon to all pirates in +1717, and went off again on the "main chance" till captured. + + +ROW, CAPTAIN. Buccaneer. + +In 1679, at the Boca del Toro, was with the buccaneer fleet that attacked +and sacked Santa Maria. Row commanded a small vessel of twenty tons, a +crew of twenty-five men, and no guns. + + +RUIZ. + +One of Captain Gilbert's crew in the pirate schooner _Panda_, which +plundered the Salem brig _Mexican_ in 1834. Tried in Boston and condemned +to be hanged. Pleading insanity, he was respited for sixty days and then +hanged on September 12th, 1835. + + +RUPERT. Prince of the Rhine. + +After an adventurous life as a soldier on the Continent, he sailed from +Ireland in 1648 with seven ships. His own ship was the _Swallow_. He was a +man of boundless energy, who was never happy if not engaged in some +enterprise, and as legitimate warfare gave him few opportunities he turned +pirate. He spent five years at sea, largely in the West Indies, meeting +with every kind of adventure. + +In 1653 he was caught in a storm in the Virgin Islands, and his fleet was +wrecked. His brother, Prince Maurice, was lost with his ship, the +_Defiance_, the only ship saved being the _Swallow_. Prince Rupert +returned in the _Swallow_ to France in the same year. Hitherto the prince +had been a restless, clever man, "very sparkish in his dress," but this +catastrophe to his fleet and the loss of his brother broke his spirit, and +he retired to England, where he died in his bed in 1682 at Spring Gardens. + + +LE SAGE, CAPTAIN. French filibuster. + +In 1684 was at San Domingo, in command of the _Tigre_, carrying thirty +guns and a crew of 130 men. + + +SALTER, EDWARD. + +Hanged in Virginia in 1718 with the rest of Captain Teach's crew. + + +SAMPLE, CAPTAIN RICHARD. Buccaneer. + +Was at New Providence Island in 1718, and received the royal pardon from +King George, offered to those pirates who surrendered themselves to +Governor Woodes Rogers. Like many another, he fell again into his former +wicked ways, and ended his life by being hanged. + + +SAMPLE, CAPTAIN ROBERT. + +One of England's crew in the _Royal James_. In 1720 they took a prize, the +_Elizabeth and Katherine_, off the coast of West Africa. Fitting her out +for a pirate, they named her the _Flying King_, and Sample was put in +command. In company with Captain Low, he sailed to Brazil and did much +mischief amongst the Portuguese shipping. In November of the same year the +two pirate ships were attacked by a very powerful man-of-war. Lane got +away, but Sample was compelled to run his ship ashore on the coast. Of his +crew of seventy men, twelve were killed and the rest taken prisoners, of +whom the Portuguese hanged thirty-eight. Of these, thirty-two were +English, three Dutch, two French, and one Portuguese. + + +SANDERS, THOMAS. + +An Elizabethan mariner who was taken prisoner by the Moors. He wrote a +narrative of his life as a slave on a Barbary pirate galley. + +"I and sixe more of my fellowes," he wrote, "together with four-score +Italians and Spaniards, were sent foorth in a Galeot to take a Greekish +Carmosell, which came into Africa to steale Negroes. We were chained three +and three to an oare, and we rowed naked above the girdle, and the +Boteswaine of the Galley walked abaft the masts, and his Mate afore the +maste ... and when their develish choller rose, they would strike the +Christians for no cause. And they allowed us but halfe a pound of bread a +man in a day without any other kind of sustenance, water excepted.... We +were then so cruelly manackled in such sort, that we could not put our +hands the length of one foote asunder the one from the other, and every +night they searched our chains three times, to see if they were fast +riveted." + + +SAWKINS, CAPTAIN RICHARD. Buccaneer. + +We know little of the early career of this remarkable buccaneer. He was +loved by his crew, and had great influence over them. It is recorded that +one Sunday morning, finding some of his men gambling, he threw the dice +overboard, saying "he would have no gambling aboard his ship." + +We know that on one occasion he was caught in his vessel by H.M.S. +_Success_ and brought to Port Royal, Jamaica, and that on December 1st, +1679, he was in prison awaiting trial for piracy. Apparently he got off, +for this brilliant young buccaneer is soon afterwards heard of as +commanding a small vessel of sixteen tons, armed with but one gun and a +crew of thirty-five men. He was one of a party of 330 buccaneers who, +under the leadership of Coxon and Sharp, landed on the coast of Darien and +marched through the jungle to attack and plunder the town of Santa Maria. +The remainder of the journey across the isthmus was done in canoes, in +which the pirates travelled down the Santa Maria River until they found +themselves in the Pacific. On this expedition each captain had his company +and had his own colours, Sawkins's flag being a red one with yellow +stripes. Arrived at the sea, they captured two small Spanish vessels, and, +the rest of the company being in the canoes, they boldly sailed towards +Panama City. Meeting with the Spanish fleet of eight ships, the buccaneers +attacked it, and, after a most furious battle, came off victorious. This +was one of the most gallant episodes in the whole history of the "brethren +of the coast," and was afterwards known as the Battle of Perico. Sawkins +fought in the most brave and desperate manner, and took a large share in +the successful enterprise. After this action some quarrelling took place, +which ended by Captain Coxon going off with some seventy men, to return +across the isthmus on foot. The company that remained in the Pacific +elected Sawkins to be their leader, as Captain Sharp, a much older man, +was away in his ship. + +The buccaneers, ever since they defeated the Spanish fleet, had blockaded +the harbour, and a correspondence took place between the Governor of +Panama and Sawkins, the former wishing to know what the pirates had come +there for. To this message Sawkins sent back answer "that we came to +assist the King of Darien, who was the true Lord of Panama and all the +country thereabouts. And that since we were come so far, there was no +reason but that we should have some satisfaction. So that if he pleased to +send us five hundred pieces of eight for each man, and one thousand for +each commander, and not any farther to annoy the Indians, but suffer them +to use their own power and liberty, as became the true and natural lords +of the country, that then we would desist from all further hostilities, +and go away peaceably; otherwise that we should stay there, and get what +we could, causing to them what damage was possible." + +This message was just bluff on Sawkins's part, but having heard that the +Bishop of Santa Martha was in the city, Sawkins sent him two loaves of +sugar as a present, and reminded the prelate that he had been his prisoner +five years before, when Sawkins took that town. Further messengers +returned from Panama next day, bringing a gold ring for Sawkins from the +well-disposed Bishop, and a message from the Governor, in which he +inquired "from whom we had our commission and to whom he ought to complain +for the damage we had already done them?" To this Sawkins sent back answer +"that as yet all his company were not come together; but that when they +were come up we would come and visit him at Panama, and bring our +commissions on the muzzles of our guns, at which time he should read them +as plain as the flame of gunpowder could make them." + +After lying off Panama for some while without meeting with any plunder, +and their victuals running short, the crews began to grumble, and +persuaded Sawkins to sail south along the coast. This he did, and, +arriving off the town of Puebla Nueva on May 22nd, 1679, Sawkins landed a +party of sixty men and led them against the town. But the Spaniards had +been warned in time, and had built up three strong breastworks. + +Sawkins, who never knew what fear meant, stormed the town at the head of +his men, but was killed by a musket-ball. + +Basil Ringrose, the buccaneer who wrote the narrative of this voyage, +describes Sawkins as being "a man who was as valiant and courageous as any +man could be, and the best beloved of all our company"; and on another +occasion he speaks of him as "a man whom nothing on earth could terrifie." + + +SAWNEY, CAPTAIN. + +A pirate of New Providence Island in the Bahamas. In this pirate republic +this old man lived in the best hut, and was playfully known as "Governor +Sawney." + + +DE SAYAS, FRANCISCO. + +A Spanish pirate hanged at Kingston, Jamaica, in 1823. + + +SCOT, LEWIS. + +Distinguished as being the first pirate to carry on the trade on land as +well as at sea. Before this time pirates were never known to be anything +but harmless drunkards when on shore, whatever they might be on board +their ships. Scot changed all this when he sacked and pillaged the city of +Campeachy. So successful was he that his example was quickly followed by +Mansfield, John Davis, and other pirates. + + +SCOT, ROGER. + +Born at Bristol. + +One of Captain Roberts's crew. Tried for piracy in April, 1722, at Cape +Coast Castle, West Africa, after the great defeat of the pirates by H.M.S. +_Swallow_. On this occasion no less than 267 pirates were accounted for. +The finding of the Honourable the President and Judges of the Court of +Admiralty for trying of pirates was as follows: + + Acquitted 74 + Executed 52 + Respited 2 + To Servitude 20 + To the Marshallsea 17 for tryal + +The rest were accounted for as follows: + + Killed { In the _Ranger_ 10 + { In the _Fortune_ 3 + Dy'd { In the passage to Cape Corso 15 + { Afterwards in the castle 4 + Negroes in both ships 70 + ---- + 267 + ---- + +A number of the prisoners signed a "humble petition" begging that, as +they, being "unhappily and unwisely drawn into that wretched and +detestable Crime of Piracy," they might be permitted to serve in the Royal +African Company in the country for seven years, in remission of their +crimes. This clemency was granted to twenty of the prisoners, of which +Scot was one. + +A very impressive indenture was drawn up, according to which the prisoners +were to become the slaves of the Company for seven years, and this was +signed by the prisoners and by the President. + + +SCOTT, WILLIAM. + +One of Major Stede Bonnet's crew in the _Royal James_. Tried for piracy in +1718 at Charleston, South Carolina, and hanged at White Point on November +8th. + + +SCUDAMORE, CHRISTOPHER. + +One of Captain John Quelch's crew. Tried for piracy at the Star Tavern in +Hanover Street, Boston, in 1704, and hanged on Charles River, Boston Side, +on June 30th. A report of the trial and execution of these pirates, +describing Scudamore's conduct on the gallows, says: "He appeared very +Penitent since his Condemnation, was very diligent to improve his time +going to, and at the place of Execution." + + +SCUDAMORE, PETER. + +Belonging to Bristol. + +Surgeon in the _Mercy_ galley, and taken by Captain Roberts in 1721. It +was a rule on all pirate vessels for the surgeon to be excused from +signing the ship's articles. When the next prize was taken, if she carried +a surgeon, he was taken in place of their present one, if the latter +wished to leave. But when Scudamore came on board the _Royal Fortune_ he +insisted on signing the pirate articles and boasted that he was the first +surgeon that had ever done so, and he hoped, he said, to prove as great a +rogue as any of them. + +When the African Company's Guinea ship, the _King Solomon_, was taken, +Scudamore came aboard and helped himself to their surgeon's instruments +and medicines. He also took a fancy for a backgammon board, but only kept +it after a violent quarrel with another pirate. It came out at his trial +that on a voyage from the Island of St. Thomas, in a prize, the _Fortune_, +in which was a cargo of slaves, Scudamore had tried to bring about a +mutiny of the blacks to kill the prize crew which was on board, and he was +detected in the night going about amongst the negroes, talking to them in +the Angolan language. He said that he knew enough about navigation to sail +the ship himself, and he was heard to say that "this were better than to +be taken to Cape Corso to be hanged and sun dried." + +The same witness told how he had approached the prisoner when he was +trying to persuade a wounded pirate, one James Harris, to join him in his +scheme, but fearing to be overheard, Scudamore turned the conversation to +horse-racing. + +Scudamore was condemned to death, but allowed three days' grace before +being hanged, which he spent in incessant prayers and reading of the +Scriptures. On the gallows he sang, solo, the Thirty-first Psalm. Died at +the age of 35. + + +SEARLES, CAPTAIN ROBERT. + +In 1664 he brought in two Spanish prizes to Port Royal, but as orders had +only lately come from England to the Governor to do all in his power to +promote friendly relations with the Spanish islands, these prizes were +returned to their owners. To prevent Searle's doing such things again, he +was deprived of his ship's rudder and sails. In 1666, Searle, in company +with a Captain Stedman and a party of only eighty men, took the Island of +Tobago, near Trinidad, from the Dutch, destroying everything they could +not carry away. + + +SELKIRK, ALEXANDER. The original Robinson Crusoe. + +Born in 1676 at Largo in Fifeshire, he was the seventh son of John +Selcraig, a shoemaker. In 1695 he was cited to appear before the Session +for "indecent conduct in church," but ran away to sea. In 1701 he was back +again in Largo, and was rebuked in the face of the congregation for +quarrelling with his brothers. A year later Selkirk sailed to England, and +in 1703 joined Dampier's expedition to the South Seas. Appointed +sailing-master to the _Cinque Ports_, commanded by Captain Stradling. + +In September, 1704, he arrived at the uninhabited island of Juan +Fernandez, in the South Pacific. Selkirk, having quarrelled with the +captain, insisted on being landed on the island with all his belongings. +He lived alone here for nearly four years, building himself two cabins, +hunting the goats which abounded, and taming young goats and cats to be +his companions. + +On the night of January 31st, 1709, seeing two ships, Selkirk lit a fire, +and a boat was sent ashore. These ships were the _Duke_ and _Duchess_ of +Bristol, under the command of Captain Woodes Rogers, while his old friend +Dampier was acting as pilot. Selkirk was at once appointed sailing-master +of the _Duchess_, and eventually arrived back in the Thames on October +14th, 1711, with booty worth £800, having been away from England for eight +years. While in England he met Steele, who described Selkirk as a "man of +good sense, with strong but cheerful expression." Whether Selkirk ever met +Defoe is uncertain, though the character of Robinson Crusoe was certainly +founded on his adventures in Juan Fernandez. In 1712 he returned to Largo, +living the life of a recluse, and we must be forgiven for suspecting that +he rather acted up to the part, since it is recorded that he made a cave +in his father's garden in which to meditate. This life of meditation in an +artificial cave was soon rudely interrupted by the appearance of a certain +Miss Sophia Bonce, with whom Selkirk fell violently in love, and they +eloped together to Bristol, which must have proved indeed a sad scandal to +the elders and other godly citizens of Largo. Beyond the fact that he was +charged at Bristol with assaulting one Richard Nettle, a shipwright, we +hear no more of Selkirk until his first will was drawn up in 1717, in +which he leaves his fortune and house to "my loving friend Sophia Bonce, +of the Pall Mall, London, Spinster." Shortly after this, Alexander basely +deserted his loving friend and married a widow, one Mrs. Francis Candis, +at Oarston in Devon. + +In 1720 he was appointed mate to H.M.S. _Weymouth_, on board of which he +died a year later at the age of 45. + +Selkirk is immortalized in literature, not only by Defoe, but by Cowper in +his "Lines on Solitude," beginning: "I am monarch of all I survey." + + +SHARP, ROWLAND. + +Of Bath Town in North Carolina. + +One of Major Stede Bonnet's crew. Tried for piracy at Charleston in 1718 +and found "not guilty." + + +SHASTER, ROGER. + +One of Captain Heidon's crew of the pirate ship _John of Sandwich_, which +was wrecked on the coast of Alderney. Shaster was arrested and hanged at +St. Martin's Point, Guernsey, in 1564. + + +SHAW, JOHN. + +One of Captain Lowther's crew. Hanged at St. Kitts on March 11th, 1722. + + +SHERGALL, HENRY, or SHERRAL. Buccaneer. + +A seaman with Captain Bartholomew Sharp in his South Sea voyage. One +October day he fell into the sea while going into the spritsail-top and +was drowned. "This incident several of our company interpreted as a bad +omen, which proved not so, through the providence of the Almighty." + + +SHIRLEY, SIR ANTHONY. + +In January, 1597, headed an expedition to the Island of Jamaica. He met +with little opposition from the Spaniards, and seized and plundered St. +Jago de la Vega. + + +SHIVERS, CAPTAIN. + +This South Sea pirate cruised in company with Culliford and Nathaniel +North in the Red Sea, preying principally on Moorish ships, and also +sailed about the Indian Ocean as far as the Malacca Islands. He accepted +the royal pardon to pirates, which was brought out to Madagascar by +Commodore Littleton, and apparently gave up his wicked ways thereafter. + + +SHUTFIELD, WILLIAM. + +Of Lancaster. + +Hanged at Rhode Island in July, 1723, at the age of 40. + + +SICCADAM, JOHN. + +Of Boston. + +One of Captain Pound's crew. Found guilty of piracy, but pardoned. + + +SIMMS, HENRY, _alias_ "GENTLEMAN HARRY." Pickpocket, highwayman, pirate, +and Old Etonian. + +Born in 1716 at St. Martin's-in-the-Fields. Sent while quite young to +school at Eton, where he "shewed an early inclination to vice," and at the +age of 14 was taken from school and apprenticed to a breeches-maker. No +Old Etonian, either then or now, would stand that kind of treatment, so +Simms ran away, becoming a pickpocket and later a highwayman. After +numerous adventures and escapes from prison, he was pressed on board +H.M.S. _Rye_, but he deserted his ship at Leith. After an "affair" at +Croydon, Simms was transplanted with other convicts to Maryland, in the +_Italian Merchant_. On the voyage he attempted, but without success, to +raise a mutiny. On his arrival in America he was sold to the master of the +_Two Sisters_, which was taken a few days out from Maryland by a Bayonne +pirate. Carried to Spain, Simms got to Oporto, and there was pressed on +board H.M.S. _King Fisher_. Eventually he reached Bristol, where he +bought, with his share of booty, a horse and two pistols, with which to go +on the highway. + +Hanged on June 17th, 1747, for stealing an old silver watch and 5s. from +Mr. Francis Sleep at Dunstable. + + +SKIPTON, CAPTAIN. + +Commanded a pirate ship, in which he sailed in company with Captain +Spriggs. Being chased by H.M.S. _Diamond_ off the coast of Cuba, Skipton +ran his sloop on to the Florida Reef. Escaping with his crew to an island, +they were attacked by the Indians, and many of them were captured and +eaten. The survivors, embarking in a canoe, were caught by the man-of-war +and taken prisoner. + + +SKYRM, CAPTAIN JAMES. Welsh pirate. + +Hanged at the advanced age--for a pirate--of 44. + +Commanded the _Ranger_, one of Captain Roberts's ships that cruised in +1721 and 1722 off the West Coast of Africa. In the fight with the King's +ship that took him he was very active with a drawn sword in his hand, with +which he beat any of his crew who were at all backward. One of his legs +was shot away in this action, but he refused to leave the deck and go +below as long as the action lasted. He was condemned to death and hanged +in chains. + + +SMITH, GEORGE. Welsh pirate. + +One of Captain Roberts's pirates. Hanged at the age of 25. + + +SMITH, JOHN. + +One of the mutinous crew of the _Antonio_. Hanged at Boston in 1672. + + +SMITH, JOHN WILLIAMS. + +Of Charleston, Carolina. + +Hanged in 1718 for piracy, at Charleston. + + +SMITH, MAJOR SAMUEL. Buccaneer. + +At one time a buccaneer with the famous Mansfield. + +In 1641 he was sent, by the Governor of Jamaica, with a party to reinforce +the troops which under Mansfield had recaptured the New Providence Island +from the Spanish. In 1660 he was taken prisoner by the Spanish and carried +to Panama and there kept in chains in a dungeon for seventeen months. + + +DE SOTO, BERNADO. + +One of the crew of the schooner _Panda_ that took and plundered the Salem +brig _Mexican_. The crew of the _Panda_ were captured by an English +man-of-war and taken to Boston. De Soto was condemned to death, but +eventually fully pardoned owing to his heroic conduct in rescuing the crew +of an American vessel some time previously. + + +DE SOTO, CAPTAIN BENITO. + +A Portuguese. + +A most notorious pirate in and about 1830. + +In 1827 he shipped at Buenos Ayres as mate in a slaver, named the +_Defenser de Pedro_, and plotted to seize the ship off the African coast. +The pirates took the cargo of slaves to the West Indies, where they sold +them. De Soto plundered many vessels in the Caribbean Sea, then sailed to +the South Atlantic, naming his ship the _Black Joke_. The fear of the +_Black Joke_ became so great amongst the East Indiamen homeward bound that +they used to make up convoys at St. Helena before heading north. + +In 1832 de Soto attacked the _Morning Star_, an East Indiaman, and took +her, when he plundered the ship and murdered the captain. After taking +several more ships, de Soto lost his own on the rocky coast of Spain, near +Cadiz. His crew, although pretending to be honest shipwrecked sailors, +were arrested, but de Soto managed to escape to Gibraltar. Here he was +recognized by a soldier who had seen de Soto when he took the _Morning +Star_, in which he had been a passenger. The pirate was arrested, and +tried before Sir George Don, the Governor of Gibraltar, and sentenced to +death. He was sent to Cadiz to be hanged with the rest of his crew. The +gallows was erected at the water's edge, and de Soto, with his coffin, was +conveyed there in a cart. He died bravely, arranging the noose around his +own neck, stepping up into his coffin to do so; then, crying out, "Adios +todos," he threw himself off the cart. + +This man must not be confused with one Bernado de Soto, who was tried for +piracy at Boston in 1834. + + +SOUND, JOSEPH. + +Of the city of Westminster. + +Hanged, at the age of 28, at Newport, Rhode Island, in 1723. + + +SPARKS, JAMES. + +A Newfoundland fisherman. + +In August, 1723, with John Phillips and three others, ran away with a +vessel to go "on the account." Sparks was appointed gunner. + + +SPARKES, JOHN. + +A member of Captain Avery's crew, and described by one of his shipmates as +being "a true cock of the game." A thief, he robbed his fellow-shipmates, +and from one, Philip Middleton, he stole 270 pieces of gold. + +Hanged at Execution Dock in 1696. + + +SPRATLIN, ROBERT. + +Was one of Dampier's party which in 1681 crossed the Isthmus of Darien, +when he was left behind in the jungle with Wafer. Spratlin was lost when +the little party attempted to ford the swollen Chagres River. He +afterwards rejoined Wafer. + + +SPRIGGS, CAPTAIN FRANCIS FARRINGTON. + +An uninteresting and bloody pirate without one single redeeming character. + +He learnt his art with the pirate Captain Lowther, afterwards serving as +quartermaster with Captain Low and taking an active part in all the +barbarities committed by the latter. + +About 1720 Low took a prize, a man-of-war called the _Squirrel_. This he +handed over to some of the crew, who elected Spriggs their captain. The +ship they renamed the _Delight_, and in the night altered their course and +left Low. They made a flag, bearing upon it a white skeleton, holding in +one hand a dart striking a bleeding heart, and in the other an hourglass. +Sailing to the West Indies, Spriggs took several prizes, treating the +crews with abominable cruelty. On one occasion the pirates chased what +they believed to be a Spanish ship, and after a long while they came +alongside and fired a broadside into her. The ship immediately +surrendered, and turned out to be a vessel the pirate had plundered only a +few days previously. This infuriated Spriggs and his crew, who showed +their disappointment by half murdering the captain. After a narrow escape +from being captured by a French man-of-war near the Island of St. Kitts, +Spriggs sailed north to the Summer Isles, or Bermudas. Taking a ship +coming from Rhode Island, they found her cargo to consist of horses. +Several of the pirates mounted these and galloped up and down the deck +until they were thrown. While plundering several small vessels of their +cargo of logwood in the Bay of Honduras, Spriggs was surprised and +attacked by an English man-of-war, and the pirates only escaped by using +their sweeps. Spriggs now went for a cruise off the coast of South +Carolina, returning again to Honduras. This was a rash proceeding on +Spriggs's part, for as he was sailing off the west end of Cuba he again +met the man-of-war which had so nearly caught him before in the bay. +Spriggs clapped on all sail, but ran his ship on Rattan Island, where she +was burnt by the _Spence_, while Captain Spriggs and his crew escaped to +the woods. + + +SPRINGER, CAPTAIN. + +He fought gallantly with Sawkins and Ringrose in the Battle of Perico off +Panama on St. George's Day in 1680. He gave his name to Springer's Cay, +one of the Samballoes Islands. This was the rendezvous chosen by the +pirates, where Dampier and his party found the French pirate ship that +rescued them after their famous trudge across the Isthmus of Darien. + + +STANLEY, CAPTAIN. Buccaneer. + +With a few other buccaneers in their stronghold at New Providence Island +in 1660, withstood an attack by a Spanish fleet for five days. The three +English captains, Stanley, Sir Thomas Whetstone, and Major Smith, were +carried to Panama and there cast into a dungeon and bound in irons for +seventeen months. + + +STEDMAN, CAPTAIN. Buccaneer. + +In 1666, with Captain Searle and a party of only eighty men, he took and +plundered the Dutch island of Tobago. Later on, after the outbreak of war +with France, he was captured by a French frigate off the Island of +Guadeloupe. Stedman had a small vessel and a crew of only 100 men, and +found himself becalmed and unable to escape, so he boldly boarded the +Frenchman and fought for two hours, being finally overcome. + + +STEPHENS, WILLIAM. + +Died on January 14th, 1682, on board of Captain Sharp's ship a few days +before their return to the Barbadoes from the South Seas. His death was +supposed to have been caused by indulging too freely in mancanilla while +ashore at Golfo Dulce. "Next morning we threw overboard our dead man and +gave him two French vollies and one English one." + + +STEPHENSON, JOHN. + +Sailed as an honest seaman in the _Onslow_ (Captain Gee) from Sestos. +Taken in May, 1721, by the pirate Captain Roberts, he willingly joined the +pirates. When Roberts was killed on board the _Royal Fortune_, Stephenson +burst into tears, and declared that he wished the next shot might kill +him. Hanged in 1722. + + +STILES, RICHARD. + +Hanged in Virginia in 1718 with the rest of Captain Teach's crew. + + +STOREY, THOMAS. + +One of William Coward's crew which stole the ketch _Elinor_ in Boston +Harbour. Condemned to be hanged on January 27th, 1690, but afterwards +reprieved. + + +ST. QUINTIN, RICHARD. + +A native of Yorkshire. + +One of M'Kinlie's crew that murdered Captain Glass and his family in the +Canary ship. Afterwards arrested at Cork and hanged in chains near Dublin +on March 19th, 1765. + + +STURGES, CAPTAIN. + +An Elizabethan pirate, who had his headquarters at Rochelle. In company +with the notorious pirate Calles, he in one year pillaged two Portuguese, +one French, one Spanish, and also a Scotch ship. His end is not known. + + +O'SULLIVAN, LORD. Receiver of pirate plunder. + +The Sulivan Bere, of Berehaven in Ireland. + +A notorious friend of the English pirates, he bought their spoils, which +he stored in his castle. He helped to fit out pirate captains for their +cruises, and protected them when Queen Elizabeth sent ships to try and +arrest them. + + +SUTTON, THOMAS. + +Born at Berwick in 1699. + +Gunner in Roberts's ship the _Royal Fortune_. At his trial he was proved +to have been particularly active in helping to take a Dutch merchantman, +the _Gertruycht_. Hanged in chains at Cape Coast Castle in April, 1722, at +the age of 23. + + +SWAN, CAPTAIN. + +Commanded the _Nicholas_, and met Dampier when in the _Batchelor's +Delight_ at the Island of Juan Fernandez in 1684. The two captains cruised +together off the west coast of South America, the _Nicholas_ leaving +Dampier, who returned to England by way of the East Indies. + + +SWAN, CAPTAIN. Buccaneer. + +Of the _Cygnet_. Left England as an honest trader. Rounded the Horn and +sailed up to the Bay of Nicoya, there taking on a crew of buccaneers who +had crossed the Isthmus of Darien on foot. Dampier was appointed pilot or +quartermaster to the _Cygnet_, a post analogous to that of a navigating +officer on a modern man-of-war, while Ringrose was appointed supercargo. +Swan had an adventurous and chequered voyage, sometimes meeting with +successes, but often with reverses. Eventually he sailed to the Philippine +Islands, where the crew mutinied and left Swan and thirty-six of the crew +behind. After various adventures the _Cygnet_, by now in a very crazy +state, just managed to reach Madagascar, where she sank at her anchorage. + + +SWITZER, JOSEPH. + +Of Boston in New England. + +Tried for piracy at Rhode Island in 1723, but found to be "not guilty." + + +SYMPSON, DAVID. + +Born at North Berwick. + +One of Roberts's crew. Tried and hanged at Cape Coast Castle in 1722. On +the day of execution Sympson was among the first six prisoners to be +brought up from the ship's hold to have their fetters knocked off and to +be fitted with halters, and it was observed that none of the culprits +appeared in the least dejected, except Sympson, who "spoke a little faint, +but this was rather imputed to a Flux that had seized him two or three +days before, than Fear." There being no clergyman in the colony, a kindly +surgeon tried to take on the duties of the ordinary, but with ill-success, +the hardened ruffians being quite unmoved by his attempts at exhortation. +In fact, the spectators were considerably shocked, as indeed they well +might be, by Sympson, suddenly recognizing among the crowd a woman whom he +knew, calling out "he had lain with that B----h three times, and now she +was come to see him hanged." + +Sympson died at the age of 36, which was considerably above the average +age to which a pirate might expect to live. + + +TAYLOR, CAPTAIN. + +This formidable South Sea pirate must indeed have looked, as well as +acted, the part, since his appearance is described by Captain Johnson as +follows: "A Fellow with a terrible pair of Whiskers, and a wooden Leg, +being stuck round with Pistols, like the Man in the Almanack with Darts." + +This man Taylor it was who stirred up the crew of the _Victory_ to turn +out and maroon Captain England, and elect himself in his place. He was a +villain of the deepest dye, and burnt ships and houses and tortured his +prisoners. + +The pirates sailed down the West Coast of India from Goa to Cochin, and +returned to Mauritius. Thence sailing to the Island of Mascarine they +found a big Portuguese ship, which they took. In her they discovered the +Conde de Eviceira, Viceroy of Goa, and, even better, four million dollars +worth of diamonds. + +Taylor, now sailing in the _Cassandra_, heard that there were four +men-of-war on his tracks, so he sailed to Delagoa Bay and spent the +winter of the year 1722 there. It was now decided that as they had a huge +amount of plunder they had better give up piracy, so they sailed away to +the West Indies and surrendered themselves to the Governor of Porto Bello. +The crew broke up and each man, with a bag of diamonds, went whither he +would; but Captain Taylor joined the Spanish service, and was put in +command of a man-of-war, which was sent to attack the English logwood +cutters in the Bay of Honduras. + + +TAYLOR, WILLIAM. + +One of Captain Phillips's crew. Wounded in the leg while attempting to +desert. There being no surgeon on board, a consultation was held over the +patient by the whole crew, and these learned men were unanimous in +agreeing that the leg should be amputated. Some dispute then arose as to +who should act the part of surgeon, and at length the carpenter was chosen +as the most proper person. "Upon which he fetch'd up the biggest saw, and +taking the limb under his Arm, fell to Work, and separated it from the +Body of the Patient in as little Time as he could have cut a Deal Board in +two." This surgeon-carpenter evidently appreciated the importance of +aseptics, for, "after that he had heated his Ax red hot in the Fire, +cauteriz'd the Wound but not with so much Art as he perform'd the other +Part for he so burnt the Flesh distant from the Place of Amputation that +it had like to have mortify'd." Taylor was tried and condemned to death at +Boston on May 12th, 1714, but for some reason not explained was reprieved. + + +TEACH, CAPTAIN EDWARD, or THATCH, or THACH, _alias_ DRUMMOND, _alias_ +BLACKBEARD. Arch-pirate. + +A Bristol man who settled in Jamaica, sailing in privateers, but not in +the capacity of an officer. + +In 1716, Teach took to piracy, being put in command of a sloop by the +pirate Benjamin Hornigold. In 1717, Hornigold and Teach sailed together +from Providence towards the American coast, taking a billop from Havana +and several other prizes. After careening their vessels on the coast of +Virginia, the pirates took a fine French Guineaman bound to Martinico; +this ship they armed with forty guns, named her the _Queen Ann's Revenge_, +and Blackbeard went aboard as captain. Teach now had a ship that allowed +him to go for larger prizes, and he began by taking a big ship called the +_Great Allen_, which he plundered and then set fire to. A few days later, +Teach was attacked by H.M.S. _Scarborough_, of thirty guns, but after a +sharp engagement lasting some hours, the pirate was able to drive off the +King's ship. + +The next ship he met with was the sloop of that amateur pirate and +landsman, Major Stede Bonnet. Teach and Bonnet became friends and sailed +together for a few days, when Teach, finding that Bonnet was quite +ignorant of maritime matters, ordered the Major, in the most high-handed +way, to come aboard his ship, while he put another officer in command of +Bonnet's vessel. Teach now took ship after ship, one of which, with the +curious name of the _Protestant Cæsar_, the pirates burnt out of spite, +not because of her name, but because she belonged to Boston, where there +had lately been a hanging of pirates. + +Blackbeard now sailed north along the American coast, arriving off +Charleston, South Carolina. Here he lay off the bar for several days, +seizing every vessel that attempted to enter or leave the port, "striking +great Terror to the whole Province of Carolina," the more so since the +colony was scarcely recovered from a recent visit by another pirate, Vane. + +Being in want of medicines, Teach sent his lieutenant, Richards, on shore +with a letter to the Governor demanding that he should instantly send off +a medicine chest, or else Teach would murder all his prisoners, and +threatening to send their heads to Government House; many of these +prisoners being the chief persons of the colony. + +Teach, who was unprincipled, even for a pirate, now commanded three +vessels, and he wanted to get rid of his crews and keep all the booty for +himself and a few chosen friends. To do this, he contrived to wreck his +own vessel and one of his sloops. Then with his friends and all the booty +he sailed off, leaving the rest marooned on a small sandy island. Teach +next sailed to North Carolina, and with the greatest coolness surrendered +with twenty of his men to the Governor, Charles Eden, and received the +Royal pardon. The ex-pirate spent the next few weeks in cultivating an +intimate friendship with the Governor, who, no doubt, shared Teach's booty +with him. + +A romantic episode took place at this time at Bath Town. The pirate fell +in love, not by any means for the first time, with a young lady of 16 +years of age. To show his delight at this charming union, the Governor +himself married the happy pair, this being the captain's fourteenth wife; +though certain Bath Town gossips were heard to say that there were no +fewer than twelve Mrs. Teach still alive at different ports up and down +the West India Islands. + +In June, 1718, the bridegroom felt that the call of duty must be obeyed, +so kissing good-bye to the new Mrs. Teach, he sailed away to the Bermudas, +meeting on his way half a dozen ships, which he plundered, and then +hurried back to share the spoils with the Governor of North Carolina and +his secretary, Mr. Knight. + +For several months, Blackbeard remained in the river, exacting a toll from +all the shipping, often going ashore to make merry at the expense of the +planters. At length, things became so unbearable that the citizens and +planters sent a request to the Governor of the neighbouring colony of +Virginia for help to rid them of the presence of Teach. The Governor, +Spotswood, an energetic man, at once made plans for taking the pirate, and +commissioned a gallant young naval officer, Lieutenant Robert Maynard, of +H.M.S. _Pearl_, to go in a sloop, the _Ranger_, in search of him. On +November 17, 1718, the lieutenant sailed for Kicquetan in the James River, +and on the 21st arrived at the mouth of Okerecock Inlet, where he +discovered the pirate he was in search of. Blackbeard would have been +caught unprepared had not his friend, Mr. Secretary Knight, hearing what +was on foot, sent a letter warning him to be on his guard, and also any of +Teach's crew whom he could find in the taverns of Bath Town. Maynard lost +no time in attacking the pirate's ship, which had run aground. The fight +was furious, Teach boarding the sloop and a terrific hand-to-hand struggle +taking place, the lieutenant and Teach fighting with swords and pistols. +Teach was wounded in twenty-five places before he fell dead, while the +lieutenant escaped with nothing worse than a cut over the fingers. + +Maynard now returned in triumph in his sloop to Bath Town, with the head +of Blackbeard hung up to the bolt-spit end, and received a tremendous +ovation from the inhabitants. + +During his meteoric career as a pirate, the name of Blackbeard was one +that created terror up and down the coast of America from Newfoundland to +Trinidad. This was not only due to the number of ships Teach took, but in +no small measure to his alarming appearance. Teach was a tall, powerful +man, with a fierce expression, which was increased by a long, black beard +which grew from below his eyes and hung down to a great length. This he +plaited into many tails, each one tied with a coloured ribbon and turned +back over his ears. When going into action, Teach wore a sling on his +shoulders with three pairs of pistols, and struck lighted matches under +the brim of his hat. These so added to his fearful appearance as to strike +terror into all beholders. Teach had a peculiar sense of humour, and one +that could at times cause much uneasiness amongst his friends. Thus we are +told that one day on the deck of his ship, being at the time a little +flushed with wine, Blackbeard addressed his crew, saying: "Come let us +make a Hell of our own, and try how long we can bear it," whereupon Teach, +with several others, descended to the hold, shut themselves in, and then +set fire to several pots of brimstone. For a while they stood it, choking +and gasping, but at length had to escape to save themselves from being +asphyxiated, but the last to give up was the captain, who was wont to +boast afterwards that he had outlasted all the rest. + +Then there was that little affair in the cabin, when Teach blew out the +candle and in the dark fired his pistols under the table, severely +wounding one of his guests in the knee, for no other reason, as he +explained to them afterwards, than "if he did not shoot one or two of them +now and then they'd forget who he was." + +Teach kept a log or journal, which unfortunately is lost, but the entries +for two days have been preserved, and are worth giving, and seem to smack +of Robert Louis Stevenson in "Treasure Island." The entries, written in +Teach's handwriting, run as follows: + +"1718. Rum all out--Our Company somewhat sober--A damn'd Confusion amongst +us!--Rogues a plotting--great Talk of Separation--so I look'd sharp for a +Prize. + +"1718. Took one, with a great deal of Liquor on Board, so kept the Company +hot, damned hot, then all Things went well again." + + +TEAGUE, ROBERT. + +A Scotch pirate, one of Captain Gow's crew. On May 26th, 1725, the crew +were tried in London and found guilty and sentenced to death, except +Teague and two others who were acquitted. + + +TEMPLETON, JOHN. + +One of Captain John Quelch's crew of the ship _Charles_. Tried for piracy +at Boston in 1704, but, being discovered to be not yet 14 years of age and +only a servant on board the pirate ship, was acquitted. + + +TEW, Captain THOMAS, or Too. + +A famous pirate, whose headquarters were at Madagascar. He was mentioned +by name in King William III.'s Royal Warrant to Captain Kidd to go hunting +for pirates, as a specially "wicked and ill-disposed person." + +He sailed with Captain Dew from the Barbadoes with a Commission from the +Governor to join with the Royal African Company in an attack on the French +factory at Goori, at Gambia. Instead of going to West Africa, Tew and his +crew turned pirates, and sailed to the Red Sea. Here he met with a great +Indian ship, which he had the hardiness to attack, and soon took her, and +each of his men received as his share £3,000, and with this booty they +sailed to Madagascar. He was already held in high esteem by the pirates +who resided in that favourite stronghold. At one time he joined Misson, +the originator of "piracy-without-tears" at his garden city of Libertatia. +A quarrel arose between Misson's French followers and Tew's English +pirates. A duel was arranged between the two leaders, but by the tact of +another pirate--an unfrocked Italian priest--all was settled amicably, Tew +being appointed Admiral and the diplomatic ex-priest suitably chosen as +Secretary of State to the little republic. Such a reputation for kindness +had Tew that ships seldom resisted him, but on knowing who their assailant +was they gave themselves up freely. Some of Tew's men started a daughter +colony on their own account, and the Admiral sailed after them to try and +persuade them to return to the fold at Libertatia. The men refused, and +while Tew was arguing and trying to persuade them to change their minds, +his ship was lost in a sudden storm. Tew was soon rescued by the ship +_Bijoux_ with Misson on board, who, with a few men, had escaped being +massacred by the natives. Misson, giving Tew an equal share of his gold +and diamonds, sailed away, while Tew managed to return to Rhode Island in +New England, where he settled down for a while. To show the honesty of +this man, being now affluent, he kept a promise to the friends in Bermuda +who originally set him up with a ship, by sending them fourteen times the +original cost of the sloop as their just share of the profits. + +At last, Tew found the call of the sea and the lure of the "grand account" +too great to resist, and he consented to take command of a pirate ship +which was to go on a cruise in the Red Sea. Arrived there, Tew attacked a +big ship belonging to the Great Mogul, and during the battle was mortally +wounded. + +His historian tells us "a shot carried away the rim of Tew's belly, who +held his bowels with his hands for some space. When he dropped, it struck +such terror to his men that they suffered themselves to be taken without +further resistance." Thus fell fighting a fine sailor, a brave man, and a +successful pirate, and one who cheated the gallows awaiting him at +Execution Dock. + + +THOMAS, CAPTAIN, _alias_ STEDE BONNET. + + +THOMAS, JOHN. + +Of Jamaica. + +This Welsh pirate was one of Major Stede Bonnet's crew of the _Royal +James_. Hanged at Charleston, South Carolina, in 1718. + + +THOMPSON, CAPTAIN. + +A renegade pirate who joined the Barbary corsairs, becoming a Mohammedan. +Commanded a pirate vessel, and was taken prisoner off the coast of Ireland +by an Elizabethan ship. Hanged at Wapping. + + +THURBAR, RICHARD. + +Tried for piracy at Boston in 1704. + + +THURSTON, CAPTAIN. Buccaneer. + +Of Tortuga Island. + +Refused to accept the Royal offer of pardon of 1670, when all commissions +to privateer on the Spanish were revoked. Thurston, with a mulatto, Diego, +using obsolete commissions issued by the late Governor of Jamaica, +Modyford, continued to prey upon Spanish shipping, carrying their prizes +to Tortuga. + + +THWAITES, CAPTAIN JOSEPH. + +Coxswain to Captain Hood, he was promoted in 1763 to be a midshipman in +H.M.S. _Zealous_, cruising in the Mediterranean. Putting into Algiers, +Thwaites was sent ashore by the captain to buy some sheep, but did not +return to the boat and, it being supposed he had been assassinated, the +ship sailed without him. The fact was that young Thwaites, who spoke +Turkish and Greek, had accepted an invitation to enter the Ottoman +service. Embracing the Mohammedan religion, Thwaites was put in command of +a forty-four gun frigate. + +His first engagement was with the flagship of the Tunisian Admiral, which +he took and carried to Algiers. He soon brought in another prize, and so +pleased the Dey that he presented him with a scimitar, the hilt of which +was set with diamonds. + +Thwaites, having soiled his hands with blood, now became the pirate +indeed, taking vessels of any nation, and drowning all his prisoners by +tying a double-headed shot round their necks and throwing them overboard. + +He stopped at no atrocity--even children were killed, and one prisoner, an +English lieutenant and an old shipmate of his, called Roberts, he murdered +without a second thought. When Thwaites happened to be near Gibraltar, he +would go ashore and through his agents, Messrs. Ross and Co., transmit +large sums of money to his wife and children in England. But Thwaites had +another home at Algiers fitted with every luxury, including three Armenian +girls. + +For several years this successful pirate plundered ships of all nations +until such pressure was brought to bear on the Dey of Algiers that +Thwaites thought it best to collect what valuables he could carry away and +disappear. + +Landing at Gibraltar in 1796, dressed in European clothes, he procured a +passage to New York in an American frigate, the _Constitution_. Arriving +in the United States, he purchased an estate not far from New York and +built himself a handsome mansion, but a year later retribution came from +an unlooked-for quarter, for he was bitten by a rattlesnake and died in +the most horrible agonies both of mind and body. + + +TOMKINS, JOHN. + +Of Gloucestershire. + +Hanged at the age of 23 at Rhode Island in 1723. One of Charles Harris's +crew. + + +TOPPING, DENNIS. + +He shipped on board the sloop _Buck_ at Providence in 1718, in company +with Anstis and other famous pirates. Was killed at the taking of a rich +Portuguese ship off the coast of Brazil. + + +TOWNLEY, CAPTAIN. Buccaneer. + +A buccaneer who in the year 1684 was one of the mixed English and French +fleet blockading Panama. On this occasion, he commanded a ship with a crew +of 180 men. By the next year the quarrels between the English had reached +such a pitch that Townley and Swan left Davis and sailed in search of +their French friends. In May, 1685, Townley was amongst the company that +took and sacked Guayaquil. In January, 1686, Townley rescued the French +pirate Grogniet and some 350 Frenchmen who, when attacking the town of +Quibo, were surprised by a Spanish squadron, which burnt their vessels +while the crews were on shore. Townley then sailed north with his French +comrades and sacked Granada. + +His next adventure was to take the town of Lavelia, near to Panama, where +he found a rich cargo which the Viceroy had placed on shore because he was +afraid to send it to sea when so many pirates were about. + +In August of the same year, Townley's ship was attacked by three Spanish +men-of-war. A furious fight took place, which ended by two of the Spanish +ships being captured and the third burnt. In this action the gallant +Townley was gravely wounded, and died shortly afterwards. + + +TRISTRIAN, CAPTAIN. French buccaneer. + +In the year 1681 Dampier, with other malcontents, broke away from Captain +Sharp and marched on foot across the Isthmus of Darien. After undergoing +terrible hardships for twenty-two days, the party arrived on the Atlantic +seaboard, to find Captain Tristrian with his ship lying in La Sounds Cay. + +The buccaneers bought red, blue, and green beads, and knives, scissors, +and looking-glasses from the French pirates to give to their faithful +Indian guides as parting gifts. + + +TRYER, MATTHEW. + +A Carolina pirate, accused and acquitted on a charge of having captured a +sloop belonging to Samuel Salters, of Bermuda, in 1699. + + +TUCKER, ROBERT. + +Of the Island of Jamaica. + +One of Major Stede Bonnet's crew. Tried, condemned, and hanged at +Charleston, South Carolina, on November 8th, 1718. The prisoners were not +defended by counsel, because the members of the South Carolina Bar still +deemed it "a base and vile thing to plead for money or reward." We +understand that the barristers of South Carolina have since persuaded +themselves to overcome this prejudice. The result was that, with the +famous Judge Trott, a veritable terror to pirates, being President of the +Court of Vice-Admiralty, the prisoners had short and ready justice, and +all but four of the thirty-five pirates tried were found guilty. + + +TUCKERMAN, CAPTAIN. + +Sailed with Captain Porter in the West Indies. Captain Johnson gives an +account of the meeting between these two pirate novices and the great +Captain Roberts at Hispaniola. + + +TURNLEY, CAPTAIN RICHARD. + +A New Providence pirate who received the general pardon from Captain +Woodes Rogers in 1718. When, a little later, the scandal of Captain +Rackam's infatuation for Anne Bonny was causing such gossip among the two +thousand ex-pirates who formed the population of the settlement, it was +Turnley who brought news of the affair to the notice of the Governor. In +revenge for this action, Rackam and his lady, one day hearing that Turnley +had sailed to a neighbouring island to catch turtles, followed him. It +happened that Turnley was on shore hunting wild pigs and so escaped, but +Rackam sank his sloop and took his crew away with him as prisoners. + + +TYLE, CAPTAIN ORT VAN. + +A Dutchman from New York. + +A successful pirate in the days of the Madagascan sea-rovers. For some +time he sailed in company with Captain James, taking several prizes in the +Indian Ocean. + +Van Tyle had a plantation at Madagascar and used to put his prisoners to +work there as slaves, one in particular being the notorious Welsh pirate, +David Williams, who toiled with Van Tyles's other slaves for six months +before making his escape to a friendly tribe in the neighbourhood. + + +UPTON, BOATSWAIN JOHN. + +Born in 1679 of honest parents at Deptford. + +Apprenticed to a waterman, he afterwards went to sea, serving on different +men-of-war as a petty officer. Until July, 1723, when 40 years of age, +Upton lived a perfectly honest life, but his wife dying, Upton found she +had contracted various debts and that he was in danger of being arrested +by the creditors. Leaving his four orphans, Upton hurried to Poole in +Dorsetshire, and was taken on as boatswain in the _John and Elizabeth_ +(Captain Hooper), bound for Bonavista in Newfoundland. He seems to have +continued to sail as an honest seaman until November 14th, 1725, when +serving as boatswain in the _Perry_ galley, on a voyage between Barbadoes +and Bristol, the vessel was taken by a pirate, Cooper, in the _Night +Rambler_. At his subsequent trial witnesses declared that Upton willingly +joined the pirates, signed their articles, and was afterwards one of their +most active and cruel men. + +Upton kept a journal, which was his only witness for his defence, in which +he described how he was forced to sign the pirates' articles under threats +of instant death. If his journal is to be believed, Upton escaped from the +pirates at the first opportunity, landing on the Mosquito coast. After +being arrested by the Spaniards as a spy, he was sent from one prison to +another in Central America, at last being put on board a galleon at Porto +Bello, to be sent to Spain. Escaping, he got aboard a New York sloop and +arrived at Jamaica in December, 1726. While at Port Royal he was pressed +on board H.M.S. _Nottingham_, serving in her for more than two years as +quartermaster, until one day he was accused of having been a pirate. Under +this charge he was brought a prisoner to England in 1729, tried in London, +and hanged, protesting his innocence to the last. + + +URUJ. See BARBAROSSA. + + +VALLANUEVA, CAPTAIN. + +A Dominican. + +Commanded in 1831 a small gaff-topsail schooner, the _General Morazan_, +armed with a brass eight-pounder and carrying a mixed crew of forty-four +men, French, Italian, English, and Creoles of St. Domingo. + + +VANCLEIN, CAPTAIN MOSES. Dutch filibuster. + +Was serving with L'Ollonais's fleet off the coast of Yucatan when a mutiny +broke out, of which Vanclein was the ringleader. He persuaded the +malcontents to sail with him along the coast till they came to Costa Rica. +There they landed and marched to the town of Veraguas, which they seized +and pillaged. The pirates got little booty, only eight pounds of gold, it +proving to be a poor place. + + +VANE, CAPTAIN CHARLES. + +Famous for his piratical activities off the coast of North America, +specially the Carolinas. + +In 1718, when Woodes Rogers was sent by the English Government to break up +the pirate stronghold in the Bahama Islands, all the pirates at New +Providence Island surrendered to Rogers and received the King's pardon +except Vane, who, after setting fire to a prize he had, slipped out of the +bay as Rogers with his two men-of-war entered. Vane sailed to the coast of +Carolina, as did other West Indian pirates who found their old haunts too +warm for them. + +Vane is first heard of as being actively engaged in stealing from the +Spaniards the silver which they were salving from a wrecked galleon in the +Gulf of Florida. Tiring of this, Vane stole a vessel and ranged up and +down the coast from Florida to New York, taking ship after ship, until at +last the Governor of South Carolina sent out a Colonel Rhet in an armed +sloop to try and take him. On one occasion Vane met the famous Blackbeard, +whom he saluted with his great guns loaded with shot. This compliment of +one pirate chief to another was returned in like kind, and then "mutual +civilities" followed for several days between the two pirate captains and +their crews, these civilities taking the form of a glorious debauch in a +quiet creek on the coast. + +Vane soon had a change of fortune, when, meeting with a French man-of-war, +he decided to decline an engagement and to seek safety in flight, greatly +to the anger of his crew. For this he was obliged to stand the test of the +vote of the whole crew, who passed a resolution against his honour and +dignity, and branded him a coward, deprived him of his command, and packed +him off with a few of his adherents in a small sloop. Vane, not +discouraged by this reverse of fortune, rose again from the bottom rung of +the ladder to success, and quickly increased in strength of ships and +crew, until one day, being overcome by a sudden tornado, he lost +everything but his life, being washed up on a small uninhabited island off +the Honduras coast. Here he managed to support life by begging food from +the fishermen who occasionally came there in their canoes. + +At last a ship put in for water, commanded by one Captain Holford, who +happened to be an old friend of Vane's. Vane naturally was pleased at this +piece of good fortune, and asked his dear old friend to take him off the +island in his ship, to which Holford replied: "Charles, I shan't trust you +aboard my ship, unless I carry you as a prisoner, for I shall have you +caballing with my men, knock me on the head, and run away with my ship +a-pirating." No promises of good behaviour from Vane would prevail on his +friend to rescue him; in fact, Captain Holford's parting remark was that +he would be returning in a month, and that if he then found Vane still on +the island he would carry him to Jamaica to be hanged. + +Soon after Holford's departure another ship put in for water, none of the +crew of which knew Vane by sight, and he was too crafty to let them find +out the notorious pirate he was. They consented to take off the +shipwrecked mariner, when, just as all seemed to be going well, back came +the ship of friend Holford. Holford, who seems to have been a sociable +kind of man, was well acquainted with the captain who was befriending +Vane, and Holford was invited to dine on board his ship. As the guest was +passing along the deck of his host's ship on his way to the great cabin he +chanced to glance down the open hold, and there who should he see but his +dear old friend Vane hard at work; for he had already won his new master's +good graces by being a "brisk hand." Holford at once informed his host +that he was entertaining a notorious pirate, and with his consent clapped +Vane in irons, and removed him to his own ship, and when he arrived in +Jamaica handed his old friend to the justices, who quickly tried, +convicted, and hanged him. + + +VANHORN, CAPTAIN NICHOLAS. A Dutch filibuster. + +Of Hispaniola. + +Sailed from England in 1681 in command of the _Mary and Martha_, _alias_ +the _St. Nicholas_, a merchant ship. Vanhorn soon showed his hand by +putting two of his merchants ashore at Cadiz and stealing four Spanish +guns. Next he sailed to the Canary Islands, and then to the Guinea coast, +plundering ships and stealing negroes, until November, 1682, when he +arrived at the city of San Domingo. In April, 1683, he picked up some 300 +buccaneers at Petit Goave, and joined the filibuster Laurens in the Gulf +of Honduras with six other buccaneer captains, who were planning an attack +on the rich city of Vera Cruz. The fleet arrived off the city in May, and +the pirates, hearing that the Spaniards were expecting the arrival of two +ships from Caracas, they crowded a landing party of 800 men into two +ships, and, displaying Spanish colours, stood in boldly for the city. The +inhabitants, imagining these were the ships they were expecting, actually +lit bonfires to pilot them into the harbour. Landing on May 17th two miles +away, they soon found themselves masters of the town and forts, all the +sentinels being asleep. For four days they plundered the churches, +convents, and houses, and threatened to burn the cathedral, in which they +had put all the prisoners, unless more booty was forthcoming. An +Englishman found the Governor hiding in some hay in a loft, and he was +ransomed for 70,000 pieces of eight. While this was taking place a Spanish +fleet of fourteen ships had arrived from Cadiz, and anchored just outside +the harbour, but would not venture to land nor to attack the buccaneer +ships. The buccaneers, feeling it was time to depart, sailed right past +the fleet without opposition to a cay not far off, and there divided the +spoils; each of the 1,000 sailors getting 800 pieces of eight as his +share, while Vanhorn's own share, was 24,000 pieces of eight. This +division of the spoil did not take place without some bickering, and the +two leaders, Vanhorn and Laurens, came to blows, and Vanhorn was wounded +in the wrist. Although the wound was little more than a scratch, he died +of gangrene a fortnight later. + +It is significant that Vanhorn had originally been sent out by the +Governor of Hispaniola to hunt for pirates, but once out of sight of land +and away from authority the temptation to get rich quickly was too great +to resist, so that he joined the pirates in the expedition to sack Vera +Cruz. + + +VEALE, CAPTAIN. + +On July 1st, 1685, he arrived at New London in a sloop, but was compelled +to hurry away, being recognized as a pirate by one of the crew of a ship +he had previously taken in Virginia. + + +VEALE, THOMAS. + +One of four New England pirates who in the middle of the seventeenth +century rowed up the Saugus river and landed at a place called Lynn Woods. +The boat contained, besides the pirates, a quantity of plunder and a +beautiful young woman. They built a hut on Dungeon Rock, dug a well, and +lived there until the woman died. Three of the pirates were captured, and +ended their days on the gallows in England. + +Thomas Veale escaped and went to live in a cave, where he is supposed to +have hidden his booty, but he continued to work as a cordwainer. In the +earthquake of 1658 the cave was blocked up by pieces of rock, and Veale +was never seen again. + + +VERPRE, CAPTAIN. French filibuster. + +His ship _Le Postillion_ carried a crew of twenty-five men and was armed +with two guns. + + +VIGERON, CAPTAIN. French filibuster. + +Of San Domingo. + +Commanded a bark, _La Louse_, thirty men and four guns. + + +VILLA RISE. + +In the year 1621 this Moorish pirate commanded a small squadron of five +vessels which took an English ship, the _George Bonaventure_ (Captain John +Rawlins, Plymouth), in the Straits of Gibraltar. One of the finest deeds +ever achieved by English sailors was the escape of Rawlins and some of his +crew from the Moors at Alexandria in a stolen ship. + + +VAN VIN, MOSES. Buccaneer. + +One of L'Ollonais's officers. After burning Puerto Cavallo and torturing +and murdering the inhabitants, L'Ollonais marched away to attack the town +of San Pedro with 300 of his crew, leaving van Vin as his lieutenant to +govern the rest of his men during his absence. + + +VIRGIN, HENRY. + +Of Bristol. + +One of Major Stede Bonnet's crew of the _Royal James_. Hanged for piracy +at White Point, Charleston, South Carolina, on November 8th, 1718, and +buried in the marsh below low-water mark. + + +VIVON, CAPTAIN M. LA. French filibuster. + +Commanded the _Cour Valant_ of La Rochelle. In December, 1668, his ship +was seized by Captain Collier for having robbed an English ship of +provisions. + + +WAFER, LIONEL. Surgeon, buccaneer, and author. + +Believed to have been born about the year 1660. + +He could speak Gaelic and also Erse, which languages he had learnt during +his childhood, which was spent partly in the Highlands of Scotland and +partly in Ireland. + +In 1677 he sailed as mate to the surgeon of the _Great Ann_, of London +(Captain Zachary Browne), bound for Java. + +Two years later, he again sailed as surgeon's mate on a voyage to the West +Indies. He deserted his ship at Jamaica and set himself up as a surgeon at +Port Royal, but one day meeting with two noted buccaneers, Captain Linch +and Captain Cook, he agreed to sail with them as ship's surgeon. + +Wafer's subsequent adventures are recounted by Basil Ringrose in his +"Dangerous Voyage and Bold Assaults of Captain Bartholomew Sharp and +Others," and by William Dampier in his "New Voyage Round the World." +After taking part in 1679 in the futile expedition of the buccaneers to +Panama, Wafer joined the party of malcontents who left Captain Sharp and +returned on foot across the Isthmus of Darien. Wafer was accidentally +wounded in the knee by an explosion of gunpowder on May 5th, 1681, which +he recounts in his narrative as follows: "I was sitting on the ground near +one of our Men, who was drying of Gunpowder in a Silver Plate: But not +managing it as he should, it blew up and scorch'd my knee to that degree, +that the bone was left bare, the Flesh being torn away, and my Thigh burnt +for a great way above it. I applied to it immediately such Remedies as I +had in my knapsack: and being unwilling to be left behind by my +companions, I made hard shift to jog on." + +The whole story of these adventures is told by Wafer in a book he wrote, +and which was published in London in 1699. It is called "A New Voyage and +Description of the Isthmus of America, giving an Account of the Author's +Abode there," and is illustrated by some quaint copperplates. + +Wafer and his companions suffered extreme hardships as they struggled +through the dense tropical jungle during the wettest season of the year. + +On one occasion when in danger of his life, Wafer was spared by the +Indians owing to his skill as a phlebotomist, after he had been allowed to +exhibit his skill to an Indian chief called Lacentra, when he bled one of +his wives so successfully that the chief made Wafer his inseparable +companion, to the no little discomfort of the buccaneer, who wished to +reach the Atlantic and rejoin his companions who had left him behind. + +Wafer described the birds, animals, fishes, and insects with considerable +minuteness, although it is obvious that he had no special training in, or +great gift for, natural history. Wafer eventually reached Philadelphia, +where he availed himself of King James's general pardon to pirates. + + +WAKE, CAPTAIN THOMAS. + +A notorious pirate, one of those particularly named in the Royal Warrant +issued in 1695 to Captain Kidd, authorizing him to go in search of the +American pirates. + + +WALDEN, JOHN, _alias_ "MISS NANNEY." + +Born in Somersetshire. + +Taken in the _Blessing_, of Lymington, by Roberts in Newfoundland, he +joined the pirates, and was later on hanged at the age of 24 in West +Africa. Walden was one of Captain Roberts's most active men. On taking +Captain Traher's ship, Walden carried a pole-axe with which he wrenched +open locked doors and boxes. He was a bold and daring man, of violent +temper, and was known amongst his shipmates by the nickname of Miss +Nanney. He lost a leg during the attack on the _Swallow_. After the +pirates took the _King Solomon_, Walden had to get up the anchor, but he +cut the cable, explaining to the captain that the weather was too hot to +go straining and crying "Yo Hope," and he could easily buy another anchor +when he got to London. + + +WANSLEY, THOMAS. + +A negro steward on the brig _Vineyard_, he mutinied and assisted to murder +the captain and mate, afterwards becoming one of Captain Charles Gibbs's +crew. Hanged at New York in February, 1831. + + +WANT, CAPTAIN. + +A Carolina pirate who was referred to at the trial of Captain Avery's crew +at London in 1696. + + +WARD. + +One of the first English pirates to establish himself on the Barbary coast +in North Africa. By the year 1613 some thirty others had their +headquarters at the mouth of the Sebu River. + + +WARD, CAPTAIN. + +As a poor English sailor he went to Barbary, turned Mohammedan, offered +his services to the Moors, and became captain of a galley. He grew to be +very rich, and "lived like a Bashaw in Barbary." + + +WARREN, WILLIAM. + +Joined Captain Pound's crew from Lovell's Island. + + +WATERS, JOHN. + +Of Devonshire. + +Quartermaster to Captain Charles Harris. Tried and hanged at Newport, +Rhode Island, on July 19th, 1734. Aged 35. + + +WATKINS, JOHN. + +An English soldier stationed at Fort Loyal, Falmouth, Maine. Deserted and +sailed with the pirate Pound. Killed at Tarpaulin Cove in 1689. + + +WATLING, CAPTAIN JOHN. Buccaneer. + +When Bartholomew Sharp's crew mutinied on New Year's Day in 1681 on the +_Most Holy Trinity_, they clapped their captain in irons and put him down +below on the ballast, and elected an old pirate and a "stout seaman," John +Watling, in his place. One of the reasons for the revolt was said to be +the ungodliness of Captain Sharp. + +Watling began his command by giving orders for the strict keeping of the +Sabbath Day, and on January 9th the buccaneers observed Sunday as a day +apart, the first for many months. One of the first acts of this godly +Captain Watling was to cruelly shoot an old man, a prisoner, whom he +suspected, quite wrongly, of not telling the truth. + +On January 30th Watling headed a surprise attack on the town of Arica in +North Chile, but it turned out later that the Spaniards had three days' +warning of the intended attack, and had gathered together no less than +2,000 defenders. A furious attack was made, with great slaughter of the +Spanish defenders and considerable loss amongst the pirates. In one attack +Watling placed 100 of his prisoners in front of his storming party, hoping +this would prevent the enemy firing at them. After taking the town, the +buccaneers were driven out owing to the arrival of a number of Lima +soldiers. During the retreat from the town Watling was shot in the liver +and died. Perhaps he gave his name to Watling Island in the Bahama +Islands, the first spot of America that Christopher Columbus ever saw, and +a great resort of the buccaneers. + + +WATSON, HENRY. + +One of Captain Lowther's crew in the _Happy Delivery_. Hanged at St. Kitts +on March 11th, 1722. + + +WATTS, EDWARD. + +Born at Dunmore. + +One of Captain Roberts's crew. Hanged in 1722 at the age of 22. + + +WATTS, SAMUEL. + +Of Lovell's Island. + +One of Captain Pound's crew. + + +WATTS, WILLIAM. + +An Irishman. + +Hanged, at the age of 23, along with the rest of Roberts's crew. + + +WAY, JOHN. + +Tried at Boston in 1704 for piracy with the rest of the crew of the +_Charles_ brigantine. + + +WEAVER, CAPTAIN BRIGSTOCK. + +Of Hereford, England. + +One of Captain Anstis's crew in the _Good Fortune_ when he took the +_Morning Star_. After the prize had been converted for Anstis's use, +Weaver was given command of the _Good Fortune_. He proved himself to be a +capable pirate captain, taking between fifty and sixty sailing ships in +the West Indies and on the Banks of Newfoundland. + +Here are particulars of a few of his prizes: + +In August, 1722, he took a Dutch ship, and out of her got 100 pieces of +holland, value £800, and 1,000 pieces of eight. On November 20th in the +same year he plundered the _Dolphin_, of London (Captain William Haddock), +of 300 pieces of eight and forty gallons of rum. + +Out of the _Don Carlos_ (Lot Neekins, master) he stole 400 ounces of +silver, fifty gallons of rum, 1,000 pieces of eight, 100 pistols, and +other valuable goods. + +Out of the _Portland_, ten pipes of wine valued at £250. + +This period of prosperity came to an end, for in May, 1723, Weaver, +dressed in rags, was begging charity at the door of a Mr. Thomas Smith in +Bristol, telling a plausible tale of how he had been taken and robbed by +some wicked pirates, but had lately managed to escape from them. The +kindly Mr. Smith, together with a Captain Edwards, gave Weaver £10 and +provided him with a lodging at the Griffin Inn. Being now dressed in good +clothes, Weaver enjoyed walking about the streets of Bristol, until one +day he met with a sea-captain who claimed former acquaintance and invited +him into a neighbouring tavern to share a bottle of wine with him. Over +this the captain reminded the pirate that he had been one of his victims, +and that Weaver had once stolen from him a considerable quantity of +liquor; but at the same time he had not forgotten that the pirate had used +him very civilly, and that therefore, if he would give him four hogsheads +of cider, nothing further would be said about the matter. Weaver would +not, or could not, produce these, and was apprehended, brought to London, +and there tried and sentenced to death, and hanged at Execution Dock. + + +WELLS, LIEUTENANT JOSEPH. + +An officer on board Captain John Quelch's _Charles_ galley. Attempted to +escape at Gloucester, Massachusetts, in the _Larimore_, but was captured +by Major Sewell and brought to Salem, and there secured in the town gaol +until tried for piracy at Boston in June, 1704. + + +WEST, RICHARD. + +One of Captain Lowther's crew. Hanged at St. Kitts in March, 1722. + + +WETHERLEY, TEE. + +A Massachusetts pirate, with only one eye. Captured in 1699 with the +pirate Joseph Bradish and put in prison. They escaped two months later. A +reward of £200 was offered for the recapture of Wetherley, which was +gained by a Kennekeck Indian called Essacambuit, who brought him back to +prison. He was taken, in irons, to England in H.M.S. _Advice_ in 1700, +and tried and hanged in London. + + +WHETSTONE, SIR THOMAS, or WHITSTONE. Buccaneer. + +In 1663 he commanded a ship, a Spanish prize, armed with seven guns and +carrying a crew of sixty men. In August, 1666, Sir Thomas was with a small +English garrison of some sixty men in the buccaneer stronghold of New +Providence in the Bahama Islands. Suddenly a Spanish fleet arrived from +Porto Bello, and after a siege of three days the garrison capitulated. The +three English captains were carried prisoners to Panama and there cast +into a dungeon and bound in irons for seventeen months. + + +WHITE, CAPTAIN THOMAS. South Sea pirate. An Englishman. Born at Plymouth. + +As a young man he was taken prisoner by a French pirate off the coast of +Guinea. The French massacred their prisoners by painting targets on their +chests and using them for rifle practice. White alone was saved by an +heroic Frenchman throwing himself in front of him and receiving the volley +in his own body. White sailed with the French pirates, who were wrecked on +the coast of Madagascar. White himself managed to escape, and found safety +with a native, King Bavaw, but the French pirates were all massacred. +White not very long afterwards joined another pirate ship, commanded by a +Captain Read, with whom he sailed, helping to take several prizes, amongst +others a slave ship, the _Speaker_. White soon found himself possessed of +a considerable fortune, and settled down with his crew at a place called +Methelage in Madagascar, marrying a native woman, and leading the peaceful +life of a planter. The call of piracy at length proving irresistible, he +sailed before the mast with Captain Halsey, then returned to his native +wife and home, shortly afterwards to die of fever. + +In his will, he left legacies to various relatives and friends, and +appointed three guardians for his son, all of different nationalities, +with instructions that the boy should be taken to England to be educated, +which was duly done. + +White was buried with the full ceremonies of the Church of England, his +sword and pistols being carried on his coffin, and three English and one +French volley fired over his grave. + + +WHITE, JAMES. + +Hanged in Virginia in 1718 along with the rest of Captain Edward Teach's +crew. + + +WHITE, ROBERT. + +One of Captain George Lowther's crew. Hanged on March 22nd, 1722, at St. +Kitts. + + +WHITE, WILLIAM. + +A Newfoundland fish-splitter. With John Phillips and three others, he +stole a fishing-boat at St. Peter's Harbour in Newfoundland in August, +1723. The other four were made officers in the pirate craft, White having +the distinction of being the only private man in the crew of five. He +appears to have been a man lacking in ambition, as he never showed any +desire to become even a petty officer amongst the pirates; in fact, we +hear no more of William until June 2nd, 1724, when he was hanged at Boston +and "dy'd very penitently, with the Assistance of two grave Divines that +attended him." + + +WHITTING, WILLIAM. + +One of Captain Quelch's crew. In 1704 we read that he "lyes sick, like to +dye, not yet examined" in the gaol at Marblehead, when awaiting trial for +piracy. + + +WIFE, FRANCIS. + +An unwilling mutineer with Philip Roche in a French vessel sailing from +Cork in 1721. + + +WILES, WILLIAM. + +One of John Quelch's crew of the brigantine _Charles_. Tried at Boston in +1704. + + +WILGRESS, CAPTAIN. Buccaneer. + +Of Jamaica. + +Sent by the Governor of Jamaica in 1670 to search for, and capture or +sink, a Dutchman called Captain Yallahs, who had entered the Spanish +service to cruise against the English logwood cutters. But Wilgress, +instead of carrying out his orders, went a-buccaneering on his own +account, chasing a Spanish vessel ashore, stealing logwood, and burning +Spanish houses along the coast. + + +WILLIAMS, CAPTAIN JOHN, _alias_ "YANKY." Buccaneer. + +In 1683, when the pirate Hamlin in his famous ship, _La Trompeuse_, was +playing havoc with the English shipping around Jamaica, Governor Lynch +offered Williams a free pardon, men, victuals, and naturalization, and +£200 as well if he would catch the Frenchman. + + +WILLIAMS, CAPTAIN MORRIS. Buccaneer. + +In November, 1664, he applied to Governor Modyford to be allowed to bring +into Port Royal, Jamaica, a rich prize of logwood, indigo, and silver, +and, in spite of the Governor's refusal, he brought the ship in. The goods +were seized and sold in the interest of the Spanish owner. At this time +the English Government was doing all it could to stamp out the pirates and +buccaneers. + + +WILLIAMS, CAPTAIN PAUL. + +A Carolina pirate, who began as a wrecker with the pirate Bellamy in the +West Indies. He later on took to piracy and ended a not too glorious +career by being hanged at Eastman, Massachusetts. Williams was one of the +pirates who accepted King George's offer of pardon at New Providence +Island in 1718. + + +WILLIAMS, DAVID. + +This son of a Welsh farmer was a poor pirate but a born soldier. He was +described by one who knew him as being morose, sour, unsociable, and +ill-tempered, and that he "knew as little of the sea or of ships as he did +of the Arts of Natural Philosophy." But it is recorded to his credit that +he was not cruel. He started life in a merchant ship bound for India, and +was accidentally left behind in Madagascar. Taken care of by friendly +natives, he fought so well on the side of his benefactors in an +inter-tribal battle that the King made him his intimate friend. A little +later this tribe was wiped out and Williams taken prisoner. The King of +this hostile tribe, knowing Williams to be a brave man, put him in charge +of his army, for his success as a leader was known far and wide. He was +next seized by a very powerful King, Dempaino, who made him +Commander-in-Chief over his army of 6,000 men, and supplied him with +slaves, clothes, and everything he could want. After several years as +commander of Dempaino's army, a pirate ship, the _Mocha_ (Captain +Culliford), arrived on the coast, and Williams escaped in her and went for +a cruise. He was afterwards captured by the Dutch pirate Ort Van Tyle of +New York, and made to work as a slave on his plantation. After six months +he escaped and sought safety with a Prince Rebaiharang, with whom he lived +for a year. He next joined a Dutchman, Pro, who had a small settlement, +to be again taken prisoner by an English frigate. In a skirmish between +the crew and some natives, Williams and Pro managed to escape, and, +procuring a boat, joined Captain White's pirates at Methalage, in +Madagascar. + +Williams now spent his time pirating, unsuccessfully, until one day in a +sloop he attempted a raid on an Arab town at Boyn. This attempt proved a +fiasco, and Williams was caught by the Arabs, cruelly tortured, and +finally killed by a lance thrust. He was so loved and admired by the +Madagascar natives that his friend and benefactor, King Dempaino, seized +the Arab chief of Boyn and executed him in revenge for the death of +Williams. Williams seems to have been as much beloved by the natives as he +was hated by men of his own colour. As a pirate he was a failure, but as a +soldier of fortune with the native tribes he was a great success. + + +WILLIAMS, JOHN. + +A Cornish pirate, who sailed from Jamaica with Captain Morrice, and was +captured by the Dutch. Eventually he reached Boston, and sailed with +Captain Roderigo in 1674 in the _Edward and Thomas_, a Boston vessel. + +Tried for piracy, but acquitted. + + +WILLIAMS, LIEUTENANT JAMES. Welsh pirate. + +Sailed as a hand on board the _George_ galley from Amsterdam in 1724. +Conspiring with Gow to bring about a mutiny, he took an active part in +murdering the captain, the chief mate, super cargo, and surgeon. Gow +promoted him to be his mate. He was a violent, brutal man, and a bully. On +one occasion, he accused Gow of cowardice, and snapped his pistol in Gow's +face, but the weapon failed to go off, and two seamen standing by shot +Williams, wounding him in the arm and belly. The next day Gow sent away a +crew of prisoners in a sloop he had taken and plundered, and Williams, +heavily manacled, was cast into the hold of this vessel, with orders that +he should be given up as a pirate to the first English man-of-war they +should meet with. He was taken to Lisbon and there put on board H.M.S. +_Argyle_, and carried to London. When Gow and his crew eventually arrived +in irons at the Marshalsea Prison, they found Williams already there +awaiting trial. Hanged at Newgate on June 11th, 1725, his body being +hanged in chains at Blackwall. + + +WILLIAMS, WILLIAM. + +"Habitation--nigh Plymouth." + +One of Captain Roberts's crew. Deserted the pirates at Sierra Leone, but +was delivered up by the negroes, and as a punishment received two lashes +from the whole ship's company. Hanged at the age of 40. + + +WILLIS, ROBERT. + +One of Captain George Lowther's crew. Tried for piracy at St. Kitts in +March, 1722, and acquitted. + + +WILSON, ALEXANDER. + +One of the mutineers of the ship _Antonio_. Hanged at Boston in 1672. + + +WILSON, GEORGE. Surgeon and pirate. + +Originally he sailed as surgeon in a Liverpool ship, the _Tarlton_, which +was taken by the pirate Bartholomew Roberts. Wilson voluntarily joined the +pirates. One day, being accidentally left on shore, he had to remain +amongst the negroes at Sestos on the West Coast of Africa for five +months, until he was eventually rescued by a Captain Sharp, of the +_Elizabeth_, who ransomed Wilson for the value of £3 5s. in goods. Wilson +was again captured by Roberts, and served with him as surgeon. At his +trial for piracy at Cape Coast Castle in 1722, witnesses proved that +Wilson was "very alert and cheerful at meeting with Roberts, hailed him, +told him he was glad to see him, and would come on board presently, +borrowing a clean Shirt and Drawers" from the witness "for his better +Appearance and Reception: signed the Articles willingly," and tried to +persuade him, the witness, to sign also, as then they would each get £600 +or £700 a man in the next voyage to Brazil. + +When the election of senior surgeon took place, Wilson wanted to be +appointed, as then he would receive a bigger share of the booty. Wilson +became very intimate with Captain Roberts, and told him that if ever they +were taken by one of the "Turnip-Man's ships"--_i.e.,_ a man-of-war--they +would blow up their ship and go to hell together. But the surgeon proved +such a lazy ruffian, neglecting to dress the wounded crew, that Roberts +threatened to cut his ears off. + +At the trial Wilson was found guilty and condemned to be hanged, but his +execution was withheld until the King's pleasure was known, because it was +believed that owing to information given by Wilson a mutiny of the +prisoners was prevented. + + +WILSON, JAMES. + +Of Dublin. + +One of Major Stede Bonnet's crew in the _Royal James_. Hanged at +Charleston, South Carolina, on November 8th, 1718, and buried in the marsh +below low-water mark. + + +WILSON, JOHN. + +Of New London County. + +Tried for piracy in 1723 at Newport, Rhode Island, and acquitted. + + +WINTER, CAPTAIN CHRISTOPHER. + +Of New Providence Island. + +He took a sloop off the coast of Jamaica, the mate on board which was one +Edward England, who, on Winter's persuasion, turned pirate and soon +reached the summit of his new profession. + +In 1718 Winter accepted the King's offer of pardon to all pirates who +surrendered. Winter soon afterwards not only returned to piracy, but did +even worse, for he surrendered to the Spanish Governor of Cuba, and turned +Papist. From Cuba he carried on piracy, chiefly preying on English +vessels, and made raids on the coast of Jamaica, stealing slaves, which he +took away to Cuba. The Governor of Jamaica, Sir Nicholas Laws, sent +Lieutenant Joseph Laws, in H.M.S. _Happy_ snow, to demand the surrender of +Winter and another renegade, Nicholas Brown, but nothing resulted but an +exchange of acrimonious letters between the Lieutenant and the Governor of +Cuba. + + +WINTER, JOHN. + +One of Gow's crew in the _Revenge_. Hanged in 1725 at Wapping. + + +WINTER, WILLIAM, _alias_ MUSTAPHA. + +A renegade English sailor amongst the Algiers pirates. Taken prisoner in +the _Exchange_, on which vessel he was carpenter. + + +WINTHROP. + +One of Fly's crew. Took an active part in the mutiny aboard the +_Elizabeth_. Winthrop it was who chopped off the hand of Captain Green, +and in a fight with Jenkins, the mate, severed his shoulder with an axe +and then threw the still living officer overboard. He was hanged at Boston +on July 4th, 1726. + + +WITHERBORN, CAPTAIN FRANCIS. + +Captured, with his ship, by Major Beeston and brought to Jamaica. Tried +for piracy at Port Royal, he was condemned to death, and sent a prisoner +to England. + + +WOLLERVY, CAPTAIN WILLIAM. + +A New England pirate who sailed in company with a Captain Henley in 1683 +off the Island of Elenthera. He burnt his vessel near Newport, Rhode +Island, where he and his crew disappeared with their plunder. + + +WOOD, WILLIAM. + +Native of York. + +One of Captain Roberts's crew. Hanged in April, 1722, at the age of 27. + + +WORLEY, CAPTAIN. + +His reign was short, lasting but six months from start to finish. He was +first heard of in September, 1718, when he set out, in company with eight +other desperadoes, from New York in a small open boat "upon the account." +They were provided with a few biscuits, a dried tongue, and a keg of +water, half a dozen old muskets and some ammunition. They sailed down the +coast for 150 miles, entered the river Delaware, and rowed up to +Newcastle, and there seized a shallop. The news of this enterprise was +quickly spread abroad, and roused the whole coast. Going down the river +again, still in their open boat, they took another sloop belonging to a +mulatto called Black Robbin. They changed into this sloop, and next day +met with another sloop from Hull, which suited their purpose better. By +now the country was much alarmed, and the Government sent out H.M.S. +_Phoenix_, of twenty guns, to cruise in search of the pirates. In the +meantime the latter sailed to the Bahama Islands and took another sloop +and a brigantine. Worley now commanded a tidy craft of six guns and a crew +of twenty-five men, and flew a black ensign with a white death's head upon +it. So far all had gone well with the pirates, but one day, when cruising +off the Cape of Virginia, Worley sighted two sloops as he thought making +for the James River, but which were really armed vessels sent in search of +him. Worley stood in to cut them off, little dreaming what they really +were. The two sloops and the pirate ship all standing in together, Worley +hoisted his black flag. This terrified the inhabitants of Jamestown, who +thought that three pirates were about to attack them. Hurried preparations +for defence were made, when all of a sudden the people on shore were +surprised to see the supposed pirates fighting amongst themselves. No +quarter was asked, and the pirates were all killed in hand-to-hand +fighting except Captain Worley and one other pirate, who were captured +alive but desperately wounded. The formalities were quickly got through +for trying these two men, so that next day they were hanged before death +from their wounds could save them from their just punishment. "Thus," +writes Captain Johnson, "Worley's beginning was bold and desperate, his +course short and prosperous, and his end bloody and disgraceful." + + +WORMALL, DANIEL. + +Master on the brigantine _Charles_, commanded by Captain John Quelch. +Attempted to escape from Gloucester, Massachusetts, by sailing off in the +_Larimore_ galley, but was followed and caught by Major Sewell and taken +to Salem. Here he was kept in the town gaol until sent to Boston to be +tried for piracy in June, 1704. + + +YALLAHS, CAPTAIN, or YELLOWS. A Dutch buccaneer. + +In 1671 fled from Jamaica to Campeachy, there selling his frigate to the +Spanish Governor for 7,000 pieces of eight. He entered the Spanish service +to cruise against the English logwood cutters, at which business he was +successful, taking more than a dozen of these vessels off the coast of +Honduras. + + +YEATES, CAPTAIN. + +In 1718 this Carolina pirate commanded a sloop which acted as tender to +Captain Vane. When at Sullivan Island, Carolina, Yeates, finding himself +master of a fine sloop armed with several guns and a crew of fifteen men, +and with a valuable cargo of slaves aboard, slipped his anchor in the +middle of the night and sailed away. + +Yeates thought highly of himself as a pirate and had long resented the way +Vane treated him as a subordinate, and was glad to get a chance of sailing +on his own account. Yeates, having escaped, came to North Edisto River, +some ten leagues off Charleston. There, sending hurried word to the +Governor to ask for the Royal pardon, he surrendered himself, his crew, +and two negro slaves. Yeates was pardoned, and his negroes were returned +to Captain Thurston, from whom they had been stolen. + + +ZEKERMAN, ANDREW. + +A Dutch pirate, one of Peter M'Kinlie's gang, who murdered Captain Glass +and his family on board a ship sailing from the Canary Islands to England. +Zekerman was the most brutal of the whole crew of mutineers. + +He was hanged in chains near Dublin on December 19th, 1765. + + + + +SOME FAMOUS PIRATE SHIPS, WITH THEIR CAPTAINS + + Black Joke Captain de Soto. + Bravo " Power. + Flying Horse " Rhoade. + Fortune " Bartholomew Roberts. + Royal Fortune " Bartholomew Roberts. + Good Fortune " Bartholomew Roberts. + Batchelor's Delight " Dampier. + Delight " Spriggs. + Flying King " Sample. + Night Rambler " Cooper. + Cour Valant " La Vivon. + Most Holy Trinity " Bartholomew Sharp. + Flying Dragon " Condent. + Sudden Death " Derdrake. + Scowerer " Evans. + Queen Ann's Revenge " Teach. + Happy Delivery " Lowther. + Snap Dragon " Goldsmith. + Revenge Captains Cowley, Bonnet, Gow, + Phillips, and others. + Bonne Homme Richard Captain Paul Jones. + Blessing " Brown. + New York Revenge's Revenge " Cole. + Mayflower " Cox. + Childhood " Caraccioli. + Liberty " Tew. + + + + +Transcriber's notes: + +Despite consuming (I suspect) large amounts of rum while writing this, the +author saved none of it for me. I, therefore, refuse to correct any of his +mistakes. + +... except this one on page 321: Wiliams corrected to Williams, as +per rest of same entry. + +The entry on page 75 for "CHURCH, CHARLES" ends abruptly, as per original. + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Pirates' Who's Who, by Philip Gosse + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE PIRATES' WHO'S WHO *** + +***** This file should be named 19564-8.txt or 19564-8.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/1/9/5/6/19564/ + +Produced by Suzanne Shell, Christine D. and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. From de9fe048acbfb691a6fbbe31551bc1c35c1bf86a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: AddisonNoxy <34310754+AddisonNoxy@users.noreply.github.com> Date: Wed, 20 Mar 2019 15:56:15 -0500 Subject: [PATCH 06/63] Create livesofthemostremarkablecriminals --- .../livesofthemostremarkablecriminals | 28989 ++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 28989 insertions(+) create mode 100644 files/books/unrelated/livesofthemostremarkablecriminals diff --git a/files/books/unrelated/livesofthemostremarkablecriminals b/files/books/unrelated/livesofthemostremarkablecriminals new file mode 100644 index 0000000..41272c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/files/books/unrelated/livesofthemostremarkablecriminals @@ -0,0 +1,28989 @@ +Produced by Eloise Mason and Cally Soukup, and PG Distributed +Proofreaders + + + + + + +[Illustration: HIGHWAY MURDER ON HOUNSLOW HEATH + +The assailant is strangling his victim with a whip-thong; nearby is a +typical roadside gallows with two highwaymen dangling from the +cross-tree + +(_From the Newgate Calendar_)] + + + + +LIVES OF THE + +MOST REMARKABLE + +CRIMINALS + +Who have been Condemned and Executed for Murder, the Highway, +Housebreaking, Street Robberies, Coining or other offences + +_Collected from Original Papers and Authentic Memoirs, and +Published in 1735_ + +EDITED BY + +ARTHUR L. HAYWARD + + + +CONTENTS + + +Introduction + +Volume One + +Preface--Jane Griffin--John Trippuck, Richard Cane and Richard +Shepherd--William Barton--Robert Perkins--Barbara Spencer--Walter +Kennedy--Matthew Clark--John Winship--John Meff--John Wigley--William +Casey--John Dykes--Richard James--James Wright--Nathaniel Hawes--John +Jones--John Smith--James Shaw, _alias_ Smith--William Colthouse--William +Burridge--John Thomson--Thomas Reeves--Richard Whittingham--James +Booty--Thomas Butlock--Nathaniel Jackson--James Carrick--John +Molony--Thomas Wilson--Robert Wilkinson and James Lincoln--Mathias +Brinsden--Edmund Neal--Charles Weaver--John Levee--Richard Oakey and +Matthew Flood--William Burk--Luke Nunney--Richard Trantham--John Tyrrell +and William Hawksworth--William Duce--James Butler--Captain John +Massey--Philip Roche--Humphrey Angier--Captain Stanley--Stephen +Gardiner--Samuel Ogden, John Pugh, William Frost, Richard Woodman and +William Elisha--Thomas Burden--Frederick Schmidt--Peter Curtis--Lumley +Davis--James Harman--John Lewis--The Waltham Blacks--Julian, a Black +Boy--Abraham Deval--Joseph Blake, _alias_ Blueskin--John Shepherd--Lewis +Houssart--Charles Towers--Thomas Anderson--Joseph Picken--Thomas +Packer--Thomas Bradely--William Lipsat--John Hewlet--James Cammell and +William Marshal--John Guy--Vincent Davis--Mary Hanson--Bryan +Smith--Joseph Ward--James White--Joseph Middleton + + +Volume Two + +Preface--William Sperry--Robert Harpham--Jonathan Wild--John +Little--John Price--Foster Snow--John Whalebone--James Little--John +Hamp--John Austin, John Foster and Richard Scurrier--Francis +Bailey--John Barton--William Swift--Edward Burnworth, etc.--John +Gillingham--John Cotterel--Catherine Hayes--Thomas Billings--Thomas +Wood--Captain Jaen--William Bourn--John Murrel--William Hollis--Thomas +Smith--Edward Reynolds--John Claxton--Mary Standford--John +Cartwright--Frances Blacket--Jane Holmes--Katherine Fitzpatrick--Mary +Robinson--Jane Martin--Timothy Benson--Joseph Shrewsberry--Anthony +Drury--William Miller--Robert Haynes--Thomas Timms, Thomas Perry and +Edward Brown--Alice Green--An Account of the Murder of Mr. Widdington +Darby--Joshua Cornwall + + +Volume Three + +John Turner, _alias_ Civil John--John Johnson--James Sherwood, George +Weldon and John Hughs--Martin Bellamy--William Russell, Robert Crough and +William Holden--Christopher Rawlins, etc.--Richard Hughes and Bryan +MacGuire--James How--Griffith Owen, Samuel Harris and Thomas +Medline--Peter Levee, etc.--Thomas Neeves--Henry Gahogan and Robert +Blake--Peter Kelley--William Marple and Timothy Cotton--John +Upton--Jephthah Bigg--Thomas James Grundy--Joseph Kemp--Benjamin +Wileman--James Cluff--John Dyer--William Rogers, William Simpson and +Robert Oliver--James Drummond--William Caustin and Geoffrey +Younger--Henry Knowland and Thomas Westwood--John Everett--Robert +Drummond and Ferdinando Shrimpton--William Newcomb--Stephen +Dowdale--Abraham Israel--Ebenezer Ellison--James Dalton--Hugh +Houghton--John Doyle--John Young--Thomas Polson--Samuel +Armstrong--Nicholas Gilburn--James O'Bryan, Hugh Morris and Robert +Johnson--Captain John Gow + +Appendix + +Index + + + + +LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS + +Murder on Hounslow Heath +Matthew Clark cutting the throat of Sarah Goldington +A Prisoner Under Pressure in Newgate +The Hangman arrested when attending John Meff to Tyburn +Stephen Gardiner making his dying speech at Tyburn +Jack Sheppard in the Stone Room in Newgate +Trial of a Highwayman at the Old Bailey +Jonathan Wild pelted by the mob on his way to Tyburn +A Condemned Man drawn on a Sledge to Tyburn +The Murder of John Hayes: + Catherine Hayes, Wood and Billings cutting off the head + John Hayes's Head exhibited at St. Margaret's, Westminster + Catherine Hayes burnt for the murder of her husband +Joseph Blake attempting the life of Jonathan Wild +An Execution in Smithfield Market +Highway Robbery of His Majesty's Mail +A Gang of Men and Women Transports being marched from + Newgate to Blackfriars + + + + +INTRODUCTION + + _To close the scene of all his actions he + Was brought from Newgate to the fatal tree; + And there his life resigned, his race is run, + And Tyburn ends what wickedness begun._ + +If there be a haunted spot in London it must surely be a few square +yards that lie a little west of the Marble Arch, for in the long course +of some six centuries over fifty thousand felons, traitors and martyrs +took there a last farewell of a world they were too bad or too good to +live in. From remote antiquity, when the seditious were taken _ad furcas +Tyburnam_, until that November day in 1783 when John Austin closed the +long list, the gallows were kept ever busy, and during the first half of +the eighteenth century, with which this book deals, every Newgate +sessions sent thither its thieves, highwaymen and coiners by the score. + +There has been some discussion as to the exact site of Tyburn gallows, +but there can be little doubt that the great permanent three-beamed +erection--the Triple Tree--stood where now the Edgware Road joins Oxford +Street and Bayswater Road. A triangular stone let into the roadway +indicates the site of one of its uprights. In 1759 the sinister beams +were pulled down, a moveable gibbet being brought in a cart when there +was occasion to use it. The moveable gallows was in use until 1783, when +the place of execution was transferred to Newgate; the beams of the old +structure being sawn up and converted to a more genial use as stands for +beer-butts in a neighbouring public-house. + +The original gallows probably consisted of two uprights with a +cross-piece, but when Elizabeth's government felt that more adequate +means must be provided to strengthen its subjects' faith and enforce the +penal laws against Catholics, a new type of gibbet was sought. So in +1571 the triangular one was erected, with accommodation for eight such +miscreants on each beam, or a grand total of twenty-four at a +stringing. It was first used for the learned Dr. John Story, who, upon +June 1st, "was drawn upon a hurdle from the Tower of London unto Tyburn, +where was prepared for him a new pair of gallows made in triangular +manner". There is rather a gruesome tale of how, when in pursuance of +the sentence the executioner had cut him down and was "rifling among his +bowels", the doctor arose and dealt him a shrewd blow on the head. +Doctor Story was followed by a long line of priests, monks, laymen and +others who died for their faith to the number of some three thousand. +And the Triple Tree, the Three-Legged Mare, or Deadly Never-green, as +the gallows were called with grim familiarity, flourished for another +two hundred years. + +In the early eighteenth century it appears to have been the usual custom +to reserving sentencing until the end of the sessions, but as soon as +the jury's verdict of guilty was known steps were taken to procure a +pardon by the condemned man's friends. They had, indeed, much more +likelihood of success in those times when the Law was so severe than in +later days when capital punishment was reserved for the most heinous +crimes. On several occasions in the following pages mention is made of +felons urging their friends to bribe or make interest in the right +quarters for obtaining a pardon, or commutation of the sentence to one +of transportation. It was not until the arrival of the death warrant +that the condemned man felt that the "Tyburn tippet" was really being +drawn about his neck. + +No better description can be given of the ride to Tyburn tree, from +Newgate and along Holborn, than that furnished by one of the _Familiar +Letters_ written by Samuel Richardson in 1741: + + I mounted my horse and accompanied the melancholy cavalcade from + Newgate to the fatal Tree. The criminals were five in number. I was + much disappointed at the unconcern and carelessness that appeared in + the faces of three of the unhappy wretches; the countenance of the + other two were spread with that horror and despair which is not to + be wondered at in men whose period of life is so near, with the + terrible aggravation of its being hastened by their own voluntary + indiscretion and misdeeds. The exhortation spoken by the Bell-man, + from the wall of St. Sepulchre's churchyard is well intended; but + the noise of the officers and the mob was so great, and the silly + curiosity of people climbing into the cart to take leave of the + criminals made such a confused noise that I could not hear the + words of the exhortation when spoken, though they are as follows: + + All good people pray heartily to God for these poor sinners, who are + now going to their deaths; for whom this great bell doth toll. + + You that are condemned to die, repent with lamentable tears. Ask + mercy of the Lord for the salvation of your own souls through the + merits, death and passion of Jesus Christ, Who now sits at the right + hand of God, to make intercession for as many of you as penitently + return unto Him. + + Lord, have mercy upon you! Christ have mercy upon you! + + Which last words the Bell-man repeats three times. + + All the way up to Holborn the crowd was so great as at every twenty + or thirty yards to obstruct the passage; and wine, notwithstanding a + late good order against this practice, was brought to the + malefactors, who drank greedily of it, which I thought did not suit + well with their deplorable circumstances. After this the three + thoughtless young men, who at first seemed not enough concerned, + grew most shamefully wanton and daring, behaving, themselves in a + manner that would have been ridiculous in men in any circumstances + whatever. They swore, laughed, and talked obscenely, and wished + their wicked companions good luck with as much assurance as if their + employment had been the most lawful. + + At the place of execution the scene grew still more shocking, and + the clergyman who attended was more the subject of ridicule than of + their serious attention. The Psalm was sung amidst the curses and + quarrelling of hundreds of the most abandoned and profligate of + mankind, upon them (so stupid are they to any sense of decency) all + the preparation of the unhappy wretches seems to serve only for + subject of a barbarous kind of mirth, altogether inconsistent with + humanity. And as soon as the poor creatures were half dead, I was + much surprised to see the populace fall to hauling and pulling the + carcasses with so much earnestness as to occasion several warm + rencounters and broken heads. These, I was told, were the friends of + the persons executed, or such as, for the sake of to-night, chose to + appear so: as well as some persons sent by private surgeons to + obtain bodies for dissection. The contests between these were fierce + and bloody, and frightful to look at; so I made the best of my way + out of the crowd, and with some difficulty rode back among the large + number of people who had been upon the same errand as myself. The + face of every one spoke a kind of mirth, as if the spectacle they + had beheld had afforded pleasure instead of pain, which I am wholly + unable to account for.... + + One of the bodies was carried to the lodging of his wife, who not + being in the way to receive it, they immediately hawked it about to + every surgeon they could think of; and when none would buy it they + rubbed tar all over it, and left it in a field scarcely covered with + earth. + +In a few words, too, Swift draws a vivid picture of a rogue on his last +journey through the London streets: + + His waistcoat, and stockings, and breeches were white; + His cap had a new cherry ribbon to tie't. + The maids to the doors and the balconies ran, + And said, "Lack-a-day, he's a proper young man!" + But as from the windows the ladies he spied, + Like a beau in a box, he bow'd low on each side. + + Execution day, or Tyburn Fair, as it was jocularly called, was not + only a holiday for the ragamuffins and idlers of London; folk of all + classes made their way thither to indulge a morbid desire of seeing + the dying agonies of a fellow being, criminal or not. There were + grand stands and scaffoldings from which the more favoured could + view the proceedings in comfort, and every inch of window space and + room on the neighbouring roofs was worth a pretty penny to the + owners. In his last scene of the career of the Idle Apprentice + Hogarth drew a picture of Tyburn Tree which no description can + amplify. + + As the procession drew near the hangman clambered to the cross-piece + of the gallows and lolled there, pipe in mouth, until the first cart + drew up beneath him. Then he would reach down, or one of his + assistants would pass up, one after the other, the loose ends of the + halters which the condemned men had had placed round their necks + before leaving Newgate. When all were made fast Jack Ketch climbed + down and kicked his heels until the sheriff, or maybe the felons + themselves, gave him the sign to drive away the cart and leave its + occupants dangling in mid-air. The dead men's clothes were his + perquisite, and now was his time to claim them. There is a graphic + description of how, on one occasion, when the murderer "flung down + his handkerchief for the signal for the cart to move on, Jack Ketch, + instead of instantly whipping on the horse, jumped on the other side + of him to snatch up the handkerchief, lest he should lose his + rights. He then returned to the head of the cart and jehu'd him out + of the world". + + As the cart drew away a few carrier pigeons, which were released + from the galleries, flew off City-ward to bear the tidings to + Newgate. + +Perhaps as good a description of the actual event as can be obtained is +contained in a letter from Anthony Storer to his friend George Selwyn, a +morbid cynic whose cruel and tasteless bon-mots were hailed as wit by +Horace Walpole and his cronies. The execution was that of Dr. Dodd, the +"macaroni parson", whose unfortunate vanity led him to forgery and +Tyburn. The date--June 27, 1777--is considerably after the period of our +book, but the description applies as well as if it had been written +expressly for it. + + Upon the whole, the piece was not very full of events. The doctor, + to all appearances, was rendered perfectly stupid from despair. His + hat was flapped all round, and pulled over his eyes, which were + never directed to any object around, nor even raised, except now and + then lifted up in the course of his prayers. He came in a coach, and + a very heavy shower of rain fell just upon his entering the + executioner's cart, and another just at his putting on his nightcap. + During the shower an umbrella was held over his head, which Gilly + Williams, who was present, observed was quite unnecessary, as the + doctor was going to a place where he might be dried. + + He was a considerable time in praying, which some people standing + about seemed rather tired with; they rather wished for a more + interesting part of the tragedy. The wind, which was high, blew off + his hat, which rather embarrassed him, and discovered to us his + countenance, which we could scarcely see before. His hat, however, + was soon restored to him, and he went on with his prayers. There + were two clergymen attending on him, one of whom seemed very much + affected. The other, I suppose, was the Ordinary of Newgate, as he + was perfectly indifferent and unfeeling in everything he did and + said. + + The executioner took both the hat and wig off at the same time. Why + he put on his wig again I do not know, but he did; and the doctor + took off his wig a second time, and then tied on the nightcap which + did not fit him; but whether he stretched that or took another, I + did not perceive. He then put on his nightcap himself, and upon his + taking it he certainly had a smile on his countenance, and very soon + afterwards there was an end of all his hopes and fears on this side + of the grave. He never moved from the place he first took in the + cart; seemed absorbed in despair and utterly dejected; without any + other sign of animation but in praying. I stayed until he was cut + down and put in the hearse. + +But the hangman's work was not always done when he had turned off his +man. The full sentence for high treason, for example, provided him with +much more occupation. In the first place, the criminal was drawn to the +gallows and not carried or allowed to walk. Common humanity had +mitigated this sentence to being drawn upon a hurdle or sledge, which +preserved him from the horrors of being dragged over the stones. Having +been hanged, the traitor was then cut down alive, and Jack Ketch set +about disembowelling him and burning his entrails before he died. The +head was then completely severed, the body quartered and the dismembered +pieces taken away for exhibition at Temple Bar and other prominent +places. + +Here is the account of one such execution. "After the traitor had hung +six minutes he was cut down, and having life in him, as he lay upon the +block to be quartered, the executioner gave him several blows on his +breast, which not having the effect designed, he immediately cut his +throat; after which he took his head off; then ripped him open and took +out his bowels and heart, and then threw them into a fire which consumed +them. Then he slashed his four quarters and put them with the head into +a coffin.... His head was put on Temple Bar and his body and limbs +suffered to be buried." + +Such proceedings were exceptional, however. In the majority of +executions the body was taken down when life was considered to be +extinct, and carried away to Surgeon's Hall for dissection. Sometimes +the relatives used their influence to have the corpse handed over to +them (often not even in a coffin) and they then carried it away in a +coach for decent burial, or to try resuscitation. Occasionally, indeed, +hanged men came to life again. In 1740 one Duel, or Dewell, was hanged +for a rape, and his body taken to Surgeons' Hall in the ordinary +routine. As one of the attendants was washing it he perceived signs of +life. Steps were taken immediately and Duel was brought to, and +eventually taken away in triumph by the mob, who had got wind of the +affair and refused to allow the Law to re-hang their man. A little +earlier something of the same sort had happened to John Smith, who had +been hanging for five minutes and a quarter, during which time the +hangman "pulled him by the legs and used other means to put a speedy +period to his life", when a reprieve arrived and he was cut down. He was +hurried away to a neighbouring tavern where restoratives were given, +blood was let, and after a time he came to himself, "to the great +admiration of the spectators". According to his own account of the +affair, he felt a terrible pain when first the cart drew away and left +him dangling, but that ceased almost at once, his last sensation being +that of a light glimmering fitfully before his eyes. Yet all his +previous agony was surpassed when he was being brought to, and the blood +began to circulate freely again. A last ignominy, and one strangely +dreaded by some of the most hardened criminals, was hanging in irons. +When life was extinct the corpse was placed in a sort of iron cage and +thus suspended from a gibbet, usually by the highway or near the place +where the crime had been committed. There it hung until it fell to +pieces from the effects of Time and the weather, and only a few hideous +bones and scraps of dried flesh remained as evidence of the strong hand +of the Law. + + + + +With the exception of minor alterations in punctuation and spellings +this book is a complete reprint of three volumes printed and sold by +John Osborn, at the Golden Ball, in Paternoster Row, 1735. + +A. L. H. + + + + +LIVES OF THE CRIMINALS + +VOLUME ONE + + + + +THE PREFACE + + +_The clemency of the Law of England is so great that it does not take +away the life of any subject whatever, but in order to the preservation +of the rest both by removing the offender from a possibility of +multiplying his offences, and by the example of his punishment intending +to deter others from such crimes as the welfare of society requires +should be punished with the utmost severity of the Law. My intention in +communicating to the public the lives of those who, for about a dozen +years past have been victims to their own crimes, is to continue to +posterity the good effects of such examples, and by a recital of their +vices to warn those who become my readers from ever engaging in those +paths which necessarily have so fatal an end. In the work itself I have, +as well as I am able, painted in a proper light those vices which induce +men to fall into those courses which are so justly punished by the +Legislature._ + +_I flatter myself that however contemptible the_ Lives of the Criminals, +_etc., may seem in the eyes of those who affect great wisdom and put on +the appearance of much learning, yet it will not be without its uses +amongst the middling sort of people, who are glad to take up with books +within the circle of their own comprehension. It ought to be the care of +all authors to treat their several subjects so that while they are read +for the sake of amusement they may, as it were imperceptibly, convey +notions both profitable and just. The adventures of those who, for the +sake of supplying themselves with money for their debaucheries, have +betaken themselves to the desperate trade of knights of the road, often +have in them circumstances diverting enough and such as serve to show us +what sort of amusements they are by which vice betrays us to ruin, and +how the fatal inclination to gratify our passions hurries us finally to +destruction._ + +_I would not have my readers imagine however, because I talk of +rendering books of this kind useful, that I have thrown out any part of +what may be styled interesting. On the contrary, I have carefully +preserved this and as far as the subject would give me leave, improved +it, but with this caution always, that I have set forth the +entertainments of vice in their proper colours, lest young people might +be led to take them for innocent diversions, and from figures not +uncommon in modern authors, learn to call lewdness gallantry, and the +effects of unbridled lust the starts of too warm an imagination. These +are notions which serve to cheat the mind and represent as the road of +pleasure that which is indeed the highway to the gallows. This, I +conceived, was the use proper to be made of the lives, or rather the +deaths of malefactors, and if I have done no other good in writing them, +I shall have at least this satisfaction, that I have preserved them from +being presented to the world in such a dress as might render the_ +Academy of Thieving _their proper title, a thing once practised before, +and if one may guess from the general practice of mankind, might +probably have been attempted again, with success. How a different method +will fare in the world, time only can determine, and to that I leave it. +Yet considering the method in which I treat this subject, I readily +forsaw one objection which occasioned my writing so long a preface as +this, in order that it might be fully obviated._ + +_Though in the body of the work itself I have carefully traced the rise +of those corrupt inclinations which bring men to the committing of facts +within the cognizance of the Law, it still remains necessary that my +readers also become acquainted, at least in general, with what those +facts are which are so severely punished. In doing this I shall not +speak of matters in the style of a lawyer, but preserve the same +plainness of language which, as I thought it the most proper, I have +endeavoured throughout the whole piece._ + +_The order of things requires that I should first of all take notice how +the Law comes to have a right of punishing those who live under it with +Death or other grievous penalties, and this in a few words arises thus. +We enter into society for the sake of protection, and as this renders +certain laws necessary, we are justly concluded by them in other cases +for the protection of others; but of all the criminal institutions which +have been settled in any nation, never was any more just, more +reasonable, or fuller of clemency, than that which is called the Crown +Law in England. In speaking of this it may not be improper to explain +the meaning of that term, which seems to take its rise from the +conclusion of indictments, which run always_ contra pacem dicti domini +regis, coronam et dignitatem suam _(against the peace of our Sovereign +Lord the King, his Crown and Dignity) and therefore, as the Crown is +always the prosecutor against such offenders, the Law which creates the +offence is with propriety enough styled the Crown Law._ + +_The first head of Crown Law is that which concerns offences committed +against God, and anciently there were three which were capital, viz., +heresy, witchcraft and sodomy; but the law passed in the reign of King +Charles the Second for taking away the writ_ de Hæretica comburendo, +_leaves the first not now punishable with death, even in its highest +degree. However, by a statute made in the reign of King William, persons +educated in the Christian religion who are convicted of denying the +Trinity, the Christian religion, or the authority of the Scriptures, are +for the first offence to be adjudged incapable of office, for the second +to be disabled from suing in any action, and over and above other +incapacities to suffer three years' imprisonment. As to witchcraft, it +was formerly punished in the same manner as heresy. In the time of +Edward the Third, one taken with the head and face of a dead man and a +book of sorcery about him, was brought into the King's Bench, and only +sworn that he would not thenceforth be a sorcerer, and so dismissed, the +head, however, being burnt at his charge. There was a law made against +conjurations, enchantments and witchcraft, in the days of Queen +Elizabeth, but it stands repealed by a statute of King James's time, +which is the law whereon all proceedings at this day are founded. By +this law, any person invoking or conjuring any evil spirit, covenanting +with, employing, feeding, or rewarding them, or taking up any dead +person out of their grave, or any part of them, and making use of it in +any witchcraft, sorcery, etc., shall suffer death as a felon, without +benefit of clergy, and this whether the spirits appear, or whether the +charm take effect or no. By the same statute those who take upon them by +witchcraft, etc., to tell where treasure is hid, or things lost or +stolen should be found, or to engage unlawful love, shall suffer for the +first offence a year's imprisonment, and stand in the pillory once every +quarter in that year six hours, and if guilty a second time, shall +suffer death; even though such discoveries should prove false, or +charms, etc., should have no effect. Executions upon this Act were +heretofore frequent, but of late years, prosecutions on these heads in +which vulgar opinion often goes a great way have been much discouraged +and discontinued. As for the last head it remains yet capital, by virtue +of a statute made in the reign of Henry VIII, which had been repealed in +the first of Queen Mary, and was revived in the fifth of Queen +Elizabeth, by which statute, after reciting that the laws then in being +in this realm were not sufficient for punishing that detestable vice, it +is enacted that such crimes for the future, whether committed with +mankind or beasts, should be punished as felonies without benefit of +clergy._ + +_It is wide of my purpose to dwell any longer on those crimes which are +by the laws styled properly against God, seeing none of the persons +mentioned in the following work were executed for doing anything against +them. Let us therefore pass on to the second great branch of the Crown +Law, viz., offences immediately against the King, and these are either +treasons or felonies. Of treasons there are four kinds, all settled by +the Statute of the 25th of Edward the Third. The two latter only, viz., +offences against the King's great or privy seal, and offences in +counterfeiting money, have anything to do with our present design, and +therefore we shall speak particularly of them. Not only the persons who +actually counterfeit those seals, but even the aiders and consenters to +such counterfeiting, are within the Act, and by a statute made in the +reign of Queen Mary, counterfeiting the sign manual or privy signet, is +also made high treason. By the same statute of Edward the Third, the +making of false money, or the bringing it into this realm, in deceit of +our Lord the King and his people, was also declared to be high treason, +but this Act being found insufficient, clippers being not made guilty +either of treason or of misprison of treason, it was helped in that +respect by several other Acts; but the fullest of all was the Act made +in the reign of the late King William, and rendered perpetual by a +subsequent Law made in the reign of her late Majesty [Anne], whereby it +is enacted, that whoever shall make, mend, buy, sell, or have in his +possession, any mould or press for coining, or shall convey such +instruments out of the King's Mint, or mark on the edges of any coin +current or counterfeit, or any round blanks of base metal, or colour or +gild any coin resembling the coin of this kingdom, shall suffer death as +in case of high treason. At the time when these laws were made coining +and clipping were at a prodigious height, and practised not only by mean +and indigent persons but also by some of tolerable character and rank, +insomuch that these executions were numerous for some years after +passing the said Act, which as it created some new species of high +treason, so it also made felony some other offences against the coin +which were not so, or at least were not clearly so before, viz., to +blanch copper for sale; or to mix blanch copper with silver, or +knowingly or fraudulently to buy any mixture which shall be heavier than +silver, and look, touch, and wear like gold, but be manifestly worse; or +receive, or pay any counterfeit money at a lower rate than its +denomination doth import, shall be guilty of felony._ + +_A third head under which, in this cursory account of Crown Law, I shall +range other offences that are punished capitally, are those against our +fellow subjects, and they are either committed against their lives, +their goods or their habitations. With respect to those against life, if +one person kill another without any malice aforethought, then that +natural tenderness of which the Law of England is full, interposes for +the first fact, which in such a case is denominated manslaughter. Yet +there is a particular kind of manslaughter which, by the first of King +James, is made felony without benefit of clergy, and that is, where a +person shall stab or thrust any person or persons that have not any +weapon drawn (or that have not first struck the party which shall so +stab or thrust), so that the person or persons so stabbed or thrust +shall die within six months next following, though it cannot be proved +that the same was done of malice aforethought. This Act it is which is +commonly called the Statute of Stabbing._ + +_As to murder properly so called, and taking it as a term in the English +Law, it signifies the killing of any person whatsoever from malice +aforethought, whether the person slain be an Englishman or not, and this +may not only be done directly by a wound or blow, but also by +deliberately doing a thing which apparently endangers another's life, so +that if death follow thereon he shall be adjudged to have killed him. +Such was the case of him who carried his sick father from one town to +another against his will in a frosty season. It would be too long for +this Preface, should I endeavour to distinguish the several cases which +in the eye of the Law come under this denomination; having, therefore, a +view to the work itself, I shall distinguish two points only from which +malice prepense is presumed in Law._ + +_(1) Where an express purpose appears in him who kills, to do some +personal injury to him who is slain; in which case malice is properly to +be expressed._ + +_(2) Where a person in the execution of an unlawful action kills +another, though his principal intent was not to do any personal injury +to the person slain; in which case the malice is said to be implied._ + +_As to duels where the blood has once cooled, there is no doubt but he +who kills another is guilty of wilful murder; or even in case of a +sudden quarrel, if the person killing appear by any circumstance to be +master of his temper at the time he slew the other, then it will be +murder. Not that the English Law allows nothing to the frailties of +human nature, but that it always exerts itself where there appears to +have been a person killed in cool blood. Far this reason the seconds at +a premeditated duel have been held guilty of murder, nor will the +justice of the English Law be defeated where a person appears to have +intended a less hurt than death, if that hurt arose from a desire of +revenge in cool blood; for if the person dies of the injury it will be +murder. So, also, where the revenge of a sudden provocation is executed +in a cruel manner, though without intention of death, yet if it happen, +it is murder._ + +_We come now to those kinds of killing in which the Law, from the second +method of reasoning we have spoken of, implies malice, and into which +slaying of others, those unfortunate persons of whom we speak in the +following sheets were mostly led either through the violence of their +passions, or through the necessity into which they are often drawn by +the commission of thefts and other crimes. Thus, were a person to kill +another in doing a felony, though it be by accident, or where a person +fires at one who resists his robbing him and by such firing kills +another against whom he had no design, yet from the evil intention of +the first act, he becomes liable for all its consequences, and the fact, +by an implication of malice, will be adjudged murder. Nay, though there +be no design of committing felony, but only of breaking the peace, yet +if a man be slain in the tumult they will all be guilty of murder, +because their first act was a deliberate breach of the Law. There is yet +another manner of killing which the Law punishes with the utmost +severity, which is resisting an officer, civil or criminal, in the +execution of his office (arresting a person) so that he be slain, yet +though he did not produce his warrant, the offence will be adjudged +murder. And if persons who design no mischief at all, do unadvisedly +commit any idle wanton act which cannot but be attended with manifest +danger, such as riding with a horse known to kick amongst a crowd of +people, merely to divert oneself by putting them in a fright, and by +such riding a death ensues, there such a person will be judged guilty of +murder. Yet some offences there are of so transcendent a cruelty that +the Law hath thought fit to difference them from the other murders, and +these are of three sorts, viz., where a servant kills his master; where +a wife kills her husband; where an ecclesiastical man kills his prelate +to whom he owes obedience. In all these cases the Law makes the crimes +Petit Treason._ + +_From crimes committed against the lives of men we descend next to +offences against their goods, in which, that we may be the more clearly +understood, we shall begin with the lowest kind of thefts. The Law calls +it larceny where there is felonious and fraudulent taking and carrying +away the mere personal goods of another, so long as it be neither from +his person nor out of his house. If the value of such goods be under +twelvepence, then it is called petty larceny, and is punishable only by +whipping or other corporal punishments; but if they exceed that value, +then it is grand larceny, and is punishable with death, where benefit of +clergy is not allowed._ + +_There are a multitude of offences contained under the general title of +grand larceny, and, therefore, as I intend only to give my readers such +a general idea of Crown Law as may serve to render the following pages +more intelligible, so I shall dwell on such particulars as are more +especially useful in that respect, and leave the perfect knowledge of +the pleas of the Crown to be attained by the study of the several books +which treat of them directly and fully. There was until the reign of +King William, a doubt whether a lodger who stole the furniture of his +lodgings were indictable as a felon, inasmuch as he had a special +property in the goods, and was to pay the greater rent in consideration +of them. To clear this, a Statute was made in the afore-mentioned reign, +by which it is declared larceny and felony for any person to steal, +embezzle, or purloin any chattel or furniture which by contract he was +to have the use of in lodging; and by a Statute made in the reign of +Henry VIII, it is enacted that all servants being of the age of eighteen +years, and not apprentices, to whom goods and chattels shall be +delivered by their masters or mistresses for them to keep, if they shall +go away with, or shall defraud or embezzle any part of such goods or +chattels, to the value of forty shillings or upwards, then such false +and fraudulent act be deemed and adjudged felony._ + +_But besides simple larceny, which is divided into grand and petty, +there is a mixed larceny which has a greater degree of guilt in it, as +being a taking from the person of a man or from his house. Larceny from +the person of a man either puts him in fear, and then it is a robbery, +or does not put him in fear, and then it is a larceny from the person, +and of this we shall speak first. It is either committed without a man's +knowledge, and in such a case it is excluded from benefit of clergy, or +it is openly done before the person's face, and then it is within the +benefit of clergy, unless it be in a dwelling-house and to the value of +forty shillings, in which case benefit is taken away by an Act made in +the reign of the late Queen. Larceny from the house is at this day in +several cases excluded from benefit of clergy, but in others it is +allowed._ + +_Robbery is the taking away violently and feloniously the goods or money +from the person of a man, putting him in fear; and this taking is not +only with the robber's own hands, but if he compel, by the terror of his +assault, the person whom he robs to give it himself, or bind him by such +terrible oaths, that afterwards in conscience he thinks himself obliged +to give it, is a taking within the Law, and cannot be purged from any +delivery afterwards. Yea, where there is a gang of several persons, only +one of which robs, they are all guilty as to the circumstance of putting +in fear, wherever a person attacks another with circumstances of terror, +as though fear oblige him to part with his money though it be without +weapons drawn, and the person taking it pretend to receive it as an +alms. And in respect of punishment, though judgment of death cannot be +given in any larceny whatsoever, unless the goods taken exceed twelve +pence in value, yet in robbery such judgment is given, let the value of +the goods be ever so small._ + +_As to crimes committed against the habitations of men, there are two +kinds, viz., burglary and arson._ + +_Burglary is a felony at Common Law, and consists in breaking and +entering the mansion house of another in the night time with an intent +of committing a felony therein, whether that intention be executed or +not. Here, from the best opinions, is to be understood such a degree of +darkness as hinders a man's countenance from being discerned. The +breaking and entering are points essential to be proved in order to make +any fact burglary; the place in which it is committed must be a dwelling +house, and the breaking and entering such a dwelling house must be an +intent of committing felony, and not a trespass; and this much I think +is sufficient to define the nature of this crime, which notwithstanding +the many examples which have been made of it, is still too much +practised. As to arson, by which the Law understand maliciously and +voluntarily burning the house of another by night or by day; to make a +man guilty of this it must appear that he did it voluntarily and of +malice aforethought._ + +_Besides these, there are several other felonies which are made so by +Statute, such as rapes committed on women by force, and against their +will. This offence was anciently punished by putting out the eyes and +cutting off the testicles of the offenders; it was afterwards made a +felony, and by a statute in Queen Elizabeth's reign, excluded from +benefit of clergy. By an Act made in the reign of King Henry the +Seventh, taking any woman (whether maid, wife or widow) having any +substance, or being heir apparent to her ancestors, for the lucre of +such substance, and either to marry or defile the said woman against her +will, then such persons and all those procuring or abetting them in the +said violence, shall be guilty of felony, from which, by another Act in +Queen Elizabeth's reign, benefit of clergy is taken. Also by an Act in +the reign of King James the First, any person marrying, their former +husband or wife being then alive, such persons shall be deemed guilty of +felony, but benefit of clergy is yet allowed for this offence._ + +_As it often happens that boisterous and unruly people, either in frays +or out of revenge, do very great injuries unto others, yet without +taking away their lives, in such a case the Law adjudges the offender +who commits a mayhem to the severest penalties. The true definition of a +mayhem is such a hurt whereby a man is rendered less able in fighting, +so that cutting off or disabling a man's hand, striking out his eye, or +foretooth, were mayhems at Common Law. But by the Statute of King +Charles the Second, if any person or persons, with malice aforethought, +by lying in wait, unlawfully cut out or disable the tongue, put out an +eye, slit the nose, or cut off the nose or lip of any subject of his +Majesty, with an intention of maiming or disfiguring, then the person +so offending, their counsellors, aiders and abetters, privy to the +offence, shall suffer death, as in cases of felony, without benefit of +clergy; which Act is commonly called the Coventry Act, because it was +occasioned by the slitting of the nose of a gentleman of that name, for +a speech made by him in Parliament.[1]_ + +_As nothing is of greater consequence to the commonwealth than public +credit, so the Legislature hath thought fit, by the highest punishments, +to deter persons from committing such facts for the lucre of gain, as +might injure the credit of the nation. For this purpose, an Act was made +in the reign of the late King William, by which forging or +counterfeiting the common seal of the Governor and Company of the Bank +of England, or of any sealed bank-bill given out in the name of the said +Governor and Company for the payment of any sum of money, or of any +bank-note whatsoever, signed by the said Governor and Company of the +Bank of England, or altering or raising any bank-bill, or note of any +sort, is declared to be felony, without benefit of clergy. Upon this +Statute there have been several convictions, and it is hoped men are +pretty well cured of committing this crime, by that care those in the +direction of the Bank have always taken to bring offenders of this kind +to justice._ + +_By an Act also passed in the reign of King William, persons who +counterfeit any stamp which by its mark relates to the Revenue, shall be +guilty of felony without benefit of clergy, and upon this also there +have been some executions._ + +_But as the public companies established in this kingdom have often +occasion to borrow money under their common seal, which bonds, so +sealed, are transferable and pass currently from hand to hand as ready +money, so for the greater security of the subject the counterfeiting the +common seal of the South Sea Company, or altering any bond or obligation +of the said company, is rendered felony without benefit of clergy. Some +other statutes of the same nature in respect to lottery tickets, etc., +have been made to create felonies of the counterfeiting thereof, but of +these and some other later Statutes, I forbear mentioning here, because +I have spoken particularly of them in the cases where persons have been +punished for transgressing them._ + +_As I have already exceeded the bounds which I at first intended should +have restrained my Preface, so I forbear lengthening it in speaking of +lesser crimes, few of which concern the persons whose lives are to be +found in the following volume. Therefore I shall conclude here, only +putting my readers once more in mind that by this work the intent of the +Law, in punishing malefactors, is more perfectly fulfilled, since the +example of their deaths is transmitted in a proper light to posterity._ + +FOOTNOTES: + + [1] Sir John Coventry, M. P. for Weymouth, in the course of a + debate on a proposed levy on playhouses, asked "whether did the + king's pleasure lie among the men or the women that acted?" This + open allusion to Charles's relations with Nell Gwynn and Moll + Davies enraged the Court party, and on Dec. 21, 1670, as Sir + John was going to his house in Suffolk Street, he was waylaid by + a brutal gang under Sir Thomas Sandys, dragged from his + carriage, and his nose slit to the bone. This outrage caused + great indignation, and the Coventry Act mentioned in the text + was passed, 22 & 23 Car. II. The perpetrators of the deed + escaped. + + + + +The Life of JANE GRIFFIN, who was Executed for the Murder of her Maid, +January 29, 1719-20 + + +Passion, when it once gains an ascendant over our minds, is often more +fatal to us than the most deliberate course of vice could be. On every +little start it throws us from the paths of reason, and hurries us in +one moment into acts more wicked and more dangerous than we could at any +other time suffer to enter our imagination. As anger is justly said to +be a short madness, so, while the frenzy is upon us, blood is shed as +easily as water, and the mind is so filled with fury that there is no +room left for compassion. There cannot be a stronger proof of what I +have been observing than in the unhappy end of the poor woman who is the +subject of this chapter. + +Jane Griffin was the daughter of honest and substantial parents, who +educated her with very great tenderness and care, particularly with +respect to religion, in which she was well and rationally instructed. As +she grew up her person grew agreeable, and she had a lively wit and a +very tolerable share of understanding. She lived with a very good +reputation, and to general satisfaction, in several places, till she +married Mr. Griffin, who kept the Three Pigeons in Smithfield[2]. + +She behaved herself so well and was so obliging in her house that she +drew to it a very great trade, in which she managed so as to leave +everyone well satisfied. Yet she allowed her temper to fly out into +sudden gusts of passion, and that folly alone sullied her character to +those who were witnesses of it, and at last caused a shameful end to an +honest and industrious life. + +One Elizabeth Osborn, coming to live with her as a servant, she proved +of a disposition as Mrs. Griffin could by no means agree with. They were +continually differing and having high words, in which, as is usual on +such occasions, Mrs. Griffin made use of wild expressions, which though +she might mean nothing by them when she spoke them, yet proved of the +utmost ill consequence, after the fatal accident of the maid's death. +For being then given in evidence, they were esteemed proofs of malice +prepense, which ought to be a warning to all hasty people to endeavour +at some restraint upon their tongues when in fits of anger, since we are +not only sure of answering hereafter for every idle word we speak, but +even here they may, as in this case, become fatal in the last degree. + +It was said at the time those things were transacted that jealousy was +in some degree the source of their debates, but of that I can affirm +nothing. It no way appeared as to the accident which immediately drew on +her death, and which happened after this manner. + +One evening, having cut some cold fowl for the children's supper, it +happened the key of the cellar was missing on a sudden, and on Mrs. +Griffin's first speaking of it they began to look for it. But it not +being found, Mrs. Griffin went into the room where the maid was, and +using some very harsh expression, taxed her with having seen it, or laid +it out of the way. Instead of excusing herself modestly, the maid flew +out also into ill language at her mistress, and in the midst of the +fray, the knife with which she had been cutting lying unluckily by her, +she snatched it up, and stuck it into the maid's bosom; her stays +happening to be unluckily open, it entered so deep as to give her a +mortal wound. + +After she had struck her Mrs. Griffin went upstairs, not imagining that +she had killed her, but the alarm was soon raised on her falling down, +and Mrs. Griffin was carried before a magistrate, and committed to +Newgate. When she was first confined, she seemed hopeful of getting off +at her trial, yet though she did not make any confession, she was very +sorrowful and concerned. As her trial drew nearer, her apprehensions +grew stronger, till notwithstanding all she could urge in her defence, +the jury found her guilty, and sentence was pronounced as the Law +directs. + +Hitherto she had hopes of life, and though she did not totally +relinquish them even upon her conviction, yet she prepared with all due +care for her departure. She sent for the minister of her own parish, who +attended her with great charity, and she seemed exceedingly penitent +and heartily sorry for her crime, praying with great favour and emotion. + +And as the struggling of an afflicted heart seeks every means to vent +its sorrow, in order to gain ease, or at least an alleviation of pain, +so this unhappy woman, to soothe the gloomy sorrows that oppressed her, +used to sit down on the dirty floor, saying it was fit she should humble +herself in dust and ashes, and professing that if she had an hundred +hearts she would freely yield them all to bleed, so they might blot out +the stain of her offence. By such expression did she testify those +inward sufferings which far exceed the punishment human laws inflict, +even on the greatest crimes. + +When the death warrant came down and she utterly despaired of life, her +sorrow and contrition became greater than before, and here the use and +comfort of religion manifestly appeared; for had not her faith in Christ +moderated her afflictions, perhaps grief might have forestalled the +executioner, but she still comforted herself with thinking on a future +state, and what in so short an interval she must do to deserve an happy +immortality. + +The time of her death drawing very near, she desired a last interview +with her husband and daughter, which was accompanied with so much +tenderness that nobody could have beheld it without the greatest +emotion. She exhorted her husband with great earnestness to the practice +of a regular and Christian life, begged him to take due care of his +temporal concerns, and not omit anything necessary in the education of +the unhappy child she left behind her. When he had promised a due regard +should be had to all her requests she seemed more composed and better +satisfied than she had been. Continuing her discourse, she reminded him +of what occurred to her with regard to his affairs, adding that it was +the last advice she should give, and begging therefore it might be +remembered. She finished what she had to say with the most fervent +prayers and wishes for his prosperity. + +Turning next to her daughter, and pouring over her a flood of tears, _My +dearest child_, she said, _let the afflictions of thy mother be a +warning and an example unto thee; and since I am denied life to educate +and bring thee up, let this dreadful monument of my death suffice to +warn you against yielding in any degree to your passion, or suffering a +vehemence of temper to transport you so far even as indecent words, +which bring on a custom of flying out in a rage on trivial occasions, +till they fatally terminate in such acts of wrath and cruelty as that +for which I die. Let your heart, then, be set to obey your Maker and +yield a ready submission to all His laws. Learn that Charity, Love and +Meekness which our blessed religion teaches, and let your mother's +unhappy death excite you to a sober and godly life. The hopes of thus +are all I have to comfort me in this miserable state, this deplorable +condition to which my own rash folly has reduced me._ + +The sorrow expressed both by her husband and by her child was very great +and lively and scarce inferior to her own, but the ministers who +attended her fearing their lamentations might make too strong an +impression on her spirits, they took their last farewell, leaving her to +take care of her more important concern, the eternal welfare of her +soul. + +Some malicious people (as is too often the custom) spread stories of +this unfortunate woman, as if she had been privy to the murder of one +Mr. Hanson, who was killed in the Farthing-Pie House fields[3]; and +attended this with so many odd circumstances and particulars, which +tales of this kind acquire by often being repeated, that the then +Ordinary of Newgate thought it became him to mention it to the prisoner. +Mrs. Griffin appeared to be much affected at her character being thus +stained by the fictions of idle suspicions of silly mischievous persons. +She declared her innocence in the most solemn manner, averred she had +never lived near the place, nor had heard so much as the common reports +as to that gentleman's death. + +Yet, as if folks were desirous to heap sorrow on sorrow, and to embitter +even the heavy sentence on this poor woman, they now gave out a new +fable to calumniate her in respect to her chastity, averring on report +of which the first author is never to be found, that she had lived with +Mr. Griffin in a criminal intimacy before their marriage. The Ordinary +also (though with great reluctance) told her this story. The unhappy +woman answered it was false, and confirmed what she said by undeniable +evidence, adding she freely forgave the forgers of so base an +insinuation. + +When the fatal day came on which she was to die, Mrs. Griffin +endeavoured, as far as she was able, to compose herself easily to submit +to what was not now to be avoided. She had all along manifested a true +sense of religion, knowing that nothing could support her under the +calamities she went through but the hopes of earthly sufferings atoning +for her faults, and becoming thereby a means of eternal salvation. Yet +though these thoughts reconciled this ignominious death to her reason, +her apprehensions were, notwithstanding, strong and terrible when it +came so near. + +At the place of execution she was in terrible agonies, conjuring the +minister who attended her and the Ordinary of Newgate, to tell her +whither there was any hopes of her salvation, which she repeated with +great earnestness, and seeming to part with them reluctantly. The +Ordinary entreated her to submit cheerfully to this, her last stage of +sorrow, and in certain assurance of meeting again (if it so pleased God) +in a better slate. + +The following paper having been left in the hands of a friend, and being +designed for the people, I thought proper to publish it. + + I declare, then, with respect to the deed for which I die, that I + did it without any malice or anger aforethought, for the unlucky + instrument of my passion lying at hand, when first words arose on + the loss of the key, I snatched it up suddenly, and executed that + rash act which hath brought her and me to death, without thinking. + + I trust, however, that my most sincere and hearty repentance of this + bloody act of cruelty, the sufferings which I have endured since, + the ignominious death I am now to die, and above all the merits of + my Saviour, who shed His blood for me on the Cross, will atone for + this my deep and heavy offence, and procure for me eternal rest. + + But as I am sensible that there is no just hope of forgiveness from + the Almighty without a perfect forgiveness of those who have any way + injured us, so I do freely and from the bottom of my soul, forgive + all who have ever done me any wrong, and particularly those who, + since my sorrowful imprisonment, have cruelly aspersed me, earnestly + entreating all who in my life-time I may have offended, that they + would also in pity to my deplorable state, remit those offences to + me with a like freedom. + + And now as the Law hath adjudged, and I freely offer my body to + suffer for what I have committed, I hope nobody will be so unjust + and so uncharitable as to reflect on those I leave behind me on my + account, and for this, I most humbly make my last dying request, as + also that ye would pray for my departed soul. + +She died with all exterior marks of true penitence, being about forty +years of age, the 29th of January, 1719-20. + +FOOTNOTES: + + [2] This tavern was in Butcher Hall Lane (now King Edward + Street, Newgate Street), and was a favourite resort of the + Paternoster Row booksellers. + + [3] The Farthing-Pie House was a tavern in Marylebone. It was + subsequently re-christened The Green Man. + + + + +The Lives of JOHN TRIPPUCK, the Golden Tinman, a Highwayman; RICHARD +CANE, a Footpad; THOMAS CHARNOCK, a thief; and RICHARD SHEPHERD, a +Housebreaker, who were all executed at Tyburn, the 29th of January, +1719-20 + + +The first of these offenders had been an old sinner, and I suppose had +acquired the nickname of the Golden Tinman as a former practitioner in +the same wretched calling did that of the Golden Farmer.[4] Trippuck had +robbed alone and in company for a considerable space, till his character +was grown so notorious that some short time before his being taken for +the last offence, he had, by dint of money and interest, procured a +pardon. However, venturing on the deed which brought him to his death, +the person injured soon seized him, and being inexorable in his +prosecution, Trippuck was cast and received sentence. However, having +still some money, he did not lose all hope of a reprieve, but kept up +his spirits by flattering himself with his life being preserved, till +within a very few days of the execution. If the Ordinary spoke to him of +the affairs of the soul, Trippuck immediately cut him short with, _D'ye +believe I can obtain a pardon? I don't know that, indeed_, says the +doctor. _But you know one Counsellor Such-a-one_, says Trippuck, +_prithee make use of your interest with him, and see whether you can get +him to serve me. I'll not be ungrateful, doctor._ + +The Ordinary was almost at his wits' end with this sort of cross +purposes; however, he went on to exhort him to think of the great work +he had to do, and entreated him to consider the nature of that +repentance which must atone for all his numerous offences. Upon this, +Trippuck opened his breast and showed him a great number of scars +amongst which were two very large ones, out of which he said two musket +bullets had been extracted. _And will not these, good doctor_, quoth he, +_and the vast pains I have endured in their cure, in some sort lessen +the heinousness of the facts I may have committed? No_, said the +Ordinary, _what evils have fallen upon you in such expeditions, you have +drawn upon yourself, and do not imagine that these will in any degree +make amends for the multitude of your offences. You had much better +clear your conscience by a full and ingenious confession of your crimes, +and prepare in earnest for another world, since I dare assure you, you +need entertain no hopes of staying in this._ + +As soon as be found the Ordinary was in the right, and that all +expectation of a reprieve or pardon were totally in vain, Trippuck +began, as most of those sort of people do, to lose much of that +stubbornness they mistake for courage. He now felt all the terrors of an +awakened conscience, and persisted no longer in denying the crime for +which he died, though at first he declared it altogether a falsehood, +and Constable, his companion, had denied it even to death. As is +customary when persons are under their misfortune, it had been reported +that this Trippuck was the man who killed Mr. Hall towards the end of +the summer before on Blackheath, but when the story reached the Golden +Tinman's ears he declared it was an utter falsity; repeating this +assertion to the Ordinary a few moments before his being turned off, and +pointing to the rope about him, he said, _As you see this instrument of +death about me, what I say is the real truth._ He died with all outward +signs of penitence. + +Richard Cane was a young man of about twenty-two years of age, at the +time he suffered. Having a tolerable genius when a youth, his friends +put him apprentice twice, but to no purpose, for having got rambling +notions in his head, he would needs go to sea. There, but for his +unhappy temper, he might have done well, for the ship of war in which he +sailed was so fortunate as to take, after eight hours sharp engagement, +a Spanish vessel of immense value; but the share he got did him little +service. As soon as he came home Richard made a quick hand of it, and +when the usual train of sensual delights which pass for pleasures in low +life had exhausted him to the last farthing, necessity and the desire of +still indulging his vices, made him fall into the worst and most +unlawful methods to obtain the means which they might procure them. + +Sometime after this, the unhappy man of whom we are speaking fell in +love (as the vulgar call it) with an honest, virtuous, young woman, who +lived with her mother, a poor, well-meaning creature, utterly ignorant +of Cane's behaviour, or that he had ever committed any crimes punishable +by Law. The girl, as such silly people are wont, yielded quickly to a +marriage which was to be consummated privately, because Cane's relations +were not to be disobliged, who it seems did not think him totally ruined +so long as he escaped matrimony. But the unhappy youth not having enough +money to procure a licence, and being ashamed to put the expense on the +woman and her mother, in a fit of amorous distraction went out from +them one evening, and meeting a man somewhat fuddled in the street, +threw him down, and took away his hat and coat. The fellow was not so +drunk but that he cried out, and people coming to his assistance, Cane +was immediately apprehended, and so this fact, instead of raising him +money enough to be married, brought him to death in this ignominious +way. + +While he lay in Newgate, the miserable young creature who was to have +been his wife came constantly to cry with him and deplore their mutual +misfortunes, which were increased by the girl's mother falling sick, and +being confined to her bed through grief for her designed son-in-law's +fate. When the day of his suffering drew on, this unhappy man composed +himself to submit to it with great serenity. He professed abundance of +contrition for the wickedness of his former life and lamented with much +tenderness those evils he had brought upon the girl and her mother. The +softness of his temper, and the steady affection he had for the maid, +contributed to make his exit much pitied; which happened at Tyburn in +the twenty-second year of his age. He left this paper behind him, which +he spoke at the tree. + + Good People, + + The Law having justly condemned me for my offence to suffer in this + shameful manner, I thought it might be expected that I should say + something here of the crime for which I die, the commission of which + I do readily acknowledge, though it was attended with that + circumstance of knocking down, which was sworn against me. I own I + have been guilty of much wickedness, and am exceedingly troubled at + the reflection it may bring upon my relations, who are all honest + and reputable people. As I die for the offences I have done, and die + in charity forgiving all the world, so I hope none will be so cruel + as to pursue my memory with disgrace or insult an unhappy young + woman on my account, whose character I must vindicate with my last + breath, as all the justice I am able to do her, I die in the + communion of the Church of England and humbly request your prayers + for my departing soul. + +Richard Shepherd was born of very honest and reputable parents in the +city of Oxford, who were careful in giving him a suitable education, +which he, through the wickedness of his future life, utterly forgot, +insomuch that he knew scarce the Creed and the Lord's Prayer, at the +time he had most need of them. When he grew a tolerable big lad his +friends put him out as apprentice to a butcher, where having served a +great part of his time, he fell in love, as they call it, with a young +country lass hard by, and Dick's passion growing outrageous, he attacked +the poor maid with all the amorous strains of gallantry he was able. The +hearts of young uneducated wenches, like unfortified towns, make little +resistance when once beseiged, and therefore Shepherd had no great +difficulty in making a conquest. However the girl insisted on honourable +terms, and unfortunately for the poor fellow they were married before +his time was out; an error in conduct, which in low life is seldom +retrieved. + +It happened so here. Shepherd's master was not long before he discovered +this wedding. He thereupon gave the poor fellow so much trouble that he +was at last forced to give him forty shillings down, and a bond for +twenty-eight pounds more. This having totally ruined him, Dick unhappily +fell into the way of dishonest company, who soon drew him into their +ways of gaining money and supplying his necessities at the hazard both +of his conscience and his neck; in which, though he became an expert +proficient, yet could he never acquire anything considerable thereby, +but was continually embroiled in debt. His wife bringing every year a +child, contributed not a little thereto. However, Dick rubbed on mostly +by thieving and as little by working as it was possible to avoid. + +When he first began his robberies, he went housebreaking, and actually +committed several facts in the city of Oxford itself. But those things +not being so easily to be concealed there as at London, report quickly +began to grow very loud about him, and Dick was forced to make shift +with pilfering in other places; in which he was (to use the manner of +speaking of those people) so unlucky that the second or third fact he +committed in Hertfordshire, he was detected, seized, and at the next +assizes capitally convicted. Yet out of compassion to his youth, and in +hopes he might be sufficiently checked by so narrow an escape from the +gallows, his friends procured him first a reprieve and then a pardon. + +But this proximity to death made little impression on his heart, which +is too often the fault in persons who, like him, receive mercy, and have +notwithstanding too little grace to make use of it. Partly driven by +necessity, for few people cared after his release to employ him, partly +through the instigations of his own wicked heart, Dick went again upon +the old trade for which he had so lately been like to have suffered, +but thieving was still an unfortunate profession to him. He soon after +fell again into the hands of Justice, from whence he escaped by +impeaching Allen and Chambers, two of his accomplices, and so evaded +Tyburn a second time. Yet all this signified nothing to him, for as soon +as he was at home, so soon to work he went in his old way, till +apprehended and executed for his wickedness. + +No unhappy criminal had more warning than Shepherd of his approaching +miserable fate, if he would have suffered anything to have deterred him; +but alas! what are advices, terrors, what even the sight of death +itself, to souls hardened in sin and consciences so seared as his. He +had, when taken up and carried before Col. Ellis, been committed to New +Prison for a capital offence. He had not remained there long before he +wrote the Colonel a letter in which (provided he were admitted an +evidence) he offered to make large discoveries. His offers were +accepted, and several convicted capitally at the Old Bailey by him were +executed at Tyburn, whither for his trade of housebreaking, Shepherd +quickly followed them. + +While in Newgate Shepherd had picked up a thoughtless resolution as to +dying, not uncommon to those malefactors who, having been often +condemned, go at last hardened to the gallows. When he was exhorted to +think seriously of making his peace with God, he replied 'twas done and +he was sure of going to Heaven. + +With these were executed Thomas Charnock, a young man well and +religiously educated. By his friends he had been placed in the house of +a very eminent trader, and being seduced by ill-company yielded to the +desire of making a show in the world. In order to do so, he robbed his +master's counting-house, which fact made him indeed conspicuous, but in +a very different manner from what he had flattered himself with. They +died tolerably submissive and penitent, this last malefactor, +especially, having rational ideas of religion. + +FOOTNOTES: + + [4] William Davis, the Golden Farmer, was a notorious + highwayman, who obtained his sobriquet from a habit of always + paying in gold. He was hanged in Fleet Street, December 20, + 1689. His adventures are told at length in Smith's _History of + the Highwaymen_, edited by me and published in the same series + as this volume. + + + + +The Life of WILLIAM BARTON, a Highwayman + + +This William Barton was born in Thames Street, London, and seemed to +have inherited a sort of hereditary wildness and inconstancy, his father +having been always of a restless temper and addicted to every species of +wickedness, except such as are punished by temporal laws. While this son +William was a child, he left him, without any provision, to the care of +his mother, and accompanied by a concubine whom he had long convened +with, shipped himself for the island of Jamaica, carrying with him a +good quantity of goods proper for that climate, intending to live there +as pleasantly as the place would give him leave. His head being well +turned, both for trading and planting, it was, indeed, probable enough +he should succeed. + +Now, no sooner was his father gone on this unaccountable voyage, but +William was taken home and into favour by his grandfather, who kept a +great eating-house in Covent Garden. Here Will, if he would, might +certainly have done well. His grandfather bound him to himself, treated +him with the utmost tenderness and indulgence, and the gentlemen who +frequented the house were continually making him little presents, which +by their number were considerable, and might have contented a youth like +him. + +But William, whose imagination was full of roving as his father's, far +from sitting down pleased and satisfied with that easy condition into +which Fortune had thrown him, began to dream of nothing but travels and +adventures. In short, in spite of all the poor old man, his grandfather, +could say to prevent it, to sea he went, and to Jamaica in quest of his +father, who he fancied must have grown extravagantly rich by this time, +the common sentiments of fools, who think none poor who have the good +luck to dwell in the West Indies. + +On Barton's arrival at Jamaica he found all things in a very different +condition from what he had flattered himself with. His father was dead +and the woman who went over with him settled in a good plantation, 'tis +true, but so settled that Will was unable to remove her; so he betook +himself to sea again, and rubbed on the best way he was able. But as if +the vengeance of Heaven had pursued him, or rather as if Providence, by +punishments, designed to make him lay aside his vices, Barton had no +sooner scraped a little money together, but the vessel in which he +sailed was (under the usual pretence of contraband goods) seized by the +Spaniards, who not long after they were taken, sent the men they made +prisoners into Spain. The natural moroseness of those people's temper, +makes them harsh masters. Poor Barton found it so, and with the rest of +his unfortunate companions, suffered all the inconveniences of hard +usage and low diet, though as they drew nearer the coast of Spain that +severity was a little softened. + +When they were safely landed, they were hurried to a prison where it was +difficult to determine which was worst, their treatment or their food. +Above all the rest Barton was uneasy, and his head ever turned towards +contriving an escape. When he and some other intriguing heads had +meditated long in vain, an accident put it in their power to do that +with ease which all their prudence could not render probable in the +attempt, a thing common with men under misfortune, who have reason, +therefore, never to part with hope. + +Finding an old wall in the outer court of the prison weak, and ready to +fall down, the keeper caused the English prisoners, amongst others, to +be sent to repair it. The work was exceedingly laborious, but Barton and +one of his companions soon thought of a way to ease it. They had no +sooner broke up a small part of the foundation which was to be new laid, +but stealing the Spanish soldiers' pouches, they crowded the powder into +a small bag, placing it underneath as far as they could reach, and then +gave it fire. This threw up two yards of the wall, and while the +Spaniards stood amazed at the report, Barton and his associates marched +off through the breach, without finding the slightest resistance from +any of the keeper's people, though he had another party in the street. + +But this would have signified very little, if Providence had not also +directed them to a place of safety by bringing them as soon as they +broke out of the door to a monastery. Thither they fled for shelter, and +the religious of the place treated them with much humanity. They +succoured them with all necessary provision, protected them when +reclaimed by the gaoler, and taking them into their service, showed them +in all respects the same care and favour they did to the rest of their +domestics. + +Yet honest labour, however recompensed, was grating to these restless +people, who longed for nothing but debauchery, and struggled for liberty +only as a preparative to the indulging of their vices; and so they began +to contrive how they should free themselves from hence. Barton and his +fellow engineer were not long before they fell on a method to effect it, +by wrenching open the outer doors in the night, and getting to an +English vessel that lay in the harbour ready to sail. + +They had not been aboard long ere they found that the charitable friars +had agreed with the captain for their passage, and so all they gained by +breaking out was the danger of being reclaimed, or at least going naked +and without any assistance, which to be sure they would have met with +from their masters, if they could but have had a little patience. But +the passion of returning home, or rather a vehement lust after the +basest pleasures, hurried them to whatever appeared conducive to that +end, however fatal in its consequence it might be. + +When they were got safe into their native country again, each took such +a course for a livelihood as he liked best. Whether Barton then fell +into thievery, or whether he learned not that mystery before he had +served an apprenticeship thereto in the Army I cannot say, but in some +short space after his being at home 'tis certain that he listed himself +a soldier, and served several campaigns in Flanders, during the last +War. Being a very gallant fellow, he gained the love of his officers, +and there was great probability of his doing well there, having gained +at least some principle of honour in the service, which would have +prevented him doing such base things as those for which he afterwards +died. But, unhappily for him, the War ended just as he was on the point +of becoming paymaster-sergeant, and his regiment being disbanded, poor +Will became broke in every acceptation of the word. He retained always a +strong tincture of his military education, and was peculiarly fond of +telling such adventures as he gained the knowledge of, while in the +Army. + +Amongst other stories that he told were one or two which may appear +perhaps not unentertaining to my readers. When Brussels came towards the +latter end of the War to be pretty well settled under the Imperialists, +abundance of persons of distinction came to reside there and in the +neighborhood from the advantage natural to so fine a situation. Amongst +these was the Baron De Casteja, a nobleman of a Spanish family, who +except for his being addicted excessively to gaming, was in every way a +fine gentlemen. He had married a lady of one of the best families in +Flanders, by whom he had a son of the greatest hopes. The baron's +passion for play had so far lessened their fortune that they lived but +obscurely at a village three leagues from Brussels, where having now +nothing to support his gaming expenses, he grew reformed, and his +behaviour gained so high and general esteem that the most potent lord in +the country met not with higher reverence on any occasion. The great +prudence and economy of the baroness made her the theme of general +praise, while the young Chevalier de Casteja did not a little add to the +honours of the family. + +It happened the baron had a younger brother in the Emperor's service, +whose merit having raised him to a considerable rank in his armies, he +had acquired a very considerable estate, to the amount of upwards of one +hundred thousand crowns, which on his death he bequeathed him. Upon this +accession of fortune, the Baron Casteja, as is but too frequent, fell to +his old habit, and became as fond of gaming as ever. The poor lady saw +this with the utmost concern, and dreaded the confounding this legacy, +as all the baron's former fortune had been consumed by his being the +dupe of gamesters. In deep affliction at the consideration of what +might in future times become the Chevalier's fortune, she therefore +entreated the baron to lay out part of the sum in somewhat which might +be a provision for his son. The baron promised both readily and +faithfully that he would out of the first remittance. A few weeks later +he received forty thousand crowns and the baroness and he set out for +Brussels, under pretence of enquiring for something proper for his +purpose, carrying with him twenty thousand crowns for the purchase. But +he forgot the errand upon the road, and no sooner arrived at Brussels, +but going to a famous marquis's entertainment, in a very few hours lost +the last penny of his money. Returning home after this misfortune, he +was a little out of humour for a week, but at the end of that space, +making up the other twenty thousand privately he intended to set out +next day. + +The poor lady, at her wit's end for fear this large sum should go the +same way as the other, bethought herself of a method of securing both +the cash and her son's place. She communicated her design to her major +domo, who readily came into it, and having taken three of the servants +and the baroness's page into the secret, he sent for Barton and another +Englishman quartered near them, and easily prevailed on them for a very +small sum, to become accomplices in the undertaking. In a word, the lady +having provided disguises for them, and a man's suit for herself, caused +the touch-holes of the arms which the baron and two servants carried +with him to be nailed up, and then towards evening sallying at the head +of her little troop from a wood, as he passed on the road, the baron +being rendered incapable of resistance, was robbed of the whole twenty +thousand crowns. With this she settled her son, and the baron was so far +touched at the loss of such a provision for his family, that he made a +real and thorough reformation, and Barton from this exploit fell in love +with robbing ever after. + +Another adventure he related was this. Being taken prisoner by the +French, and carried to one of their frontier garrisons, a treaty shortly +being expected to be settled, to relieve the miseries he endured, Barton +got into the service of a Gascon officer who proved at bottom almost as +poor as himself. However, after Barton's coming he quickly found a way +to live as well as anybody in the garrison, which he accomplished thus. +All play at games of chance was, in the score of some unlucky accidents +proceeding from quarrels which it had occasioned, absolutely forbidden, +and the provosts were enjoined to visit all quarters, in order to bring +the offenders to shameful punishments. The Gascon captain took advantage +of the severity of this order, and having concerted the matter with a +countryman and comrade of his, a known gamester, plundered all the rest +who were addicted to that destructive passion; for gaining intelligence +of the private places where they met, from his friend, he putting +himself, Barton and another person into proper habits, attacked these +houses suddenly almost every night with a crowd of the populace at his +heels, and raised swinging contributions on those who being less wicked +than himself never had any suspicion of his actions, but took him and +his comrades for the proper officer and his attendants. + +Barton's greatest unhappiness was his marriage. He was too uxorious, and +too solicitous for what concerned his wife, how well so ever she +deserved of him; for not enduring to see her work honestly for her bread +he would needs support her in an easy state of life, though at the +hazard of the gallows. There is, however, little question to be made but +that he had learned much in his travels to enable him to carry on his +wicked designs with more ease and dexterity, for no thief, perhaps, in +any age, managed his undertakings with greater prudence and economy. And +having somewhere picked up the story of the Pirate and Alexander the +Great, it became one of Will's standing maxims that the only difference +between a robber and a conqueror was the value of the prize. + +Being one day on the road with a comrade of his, who had served also +with him abroad in the Army, and observing a stage coach at a distance, +in right of the seniority of his commission as a Knight of the Pad, +Barton commanded the other to ride forward in order to reconnoitre. The +young fellow obeyed him as submissively as if he had been an aide de +camp, and returning, brought him word that the force of the enemy +consisted of four beau laden with blunderbusses, two ladies and a +footman. _Then_, quoth Will, _we may e'en venture to attack them. Let us +make our necessary disposition. I will ride slowly up to them, while you +gallop round that hill, and as soon as you come behind the coach, be +sure to fire a pistol over it, and leave the rest to me._ + +Things thus adjusted, each advanced on his attack. Barton no sooner +stopped the coach and presented his pistol at one window, than his +companion, after firing a brace of balls over the coachman's head, did +the like at the other, which so surprised the fine gentlemen within, +that without the least resistance they surrendered all they had about +them, which amounted to about one hundred pounds, which Barton put up. +_Come, gentlemen_, says he, _let us make bold with your fire-arms too, +for you see we make more use of them than you._ So, seizing a brace of +pistols inlaid with silver, and two fine brass blunderbusses, Will and +his subaltern rode off. + +But alas, Will's luck would not last (as his rogueship used to express +it). For, attempting a robbery in Covent Garden, where he was too well +known, he was surprised, committed to Newgate and on his conviction +ordered to be transported for seven years to his Majesty's Plantations, +whither he was accordingly carried. + +When he was landed, a planter bought him after the manner of that +country, and paid eighteen pounds for him. Barton wanting neither +understanding nor address, he soon became the darling of his master, who +far from employing him in those laborious works which are usually talked +of here, put upon him nothing more than merely supervising his slaves +and taking care of them, when business obliged him to be absent. + +One would have thought that so easy a state of life, after the toil and +miseries such a man as him of whom we are speaking must have run +through, would have been pleasing, and that it might have become a means +of reclaiming him from those vices so heinous in the sight of God, and +for which he had barely escaped the greatest punishment that can be +inflicted by man. At first, it indeed made some impressions not very +different from these; Barton owning that his master's treatment was such +that if a man had not absolutely bent his mind on such courses as +necessarily must make him unhappy, he might have enjoyed all he could +have hoped for there. Of which he became so sensible that for some time +he remained fully satisfied with his condition. + +But alas! Content, when its basis rests not upon virtue, like a house +founded on a sandy soil is incapable of continuing long. No sooner had +Barton leisure and opportunity to recollect home, his friends, and above +all his wife, but it soon shocked his repose, and having awhile +disturbed and troubled him, it pushed him at last on the unhappy +resolution or returning to England, before the expiration of his time +for which he was banished. This project rolled for a very considerable +space in the fellow's head. Sometimes the desire of seeing his +companions, and above all things his wife, made him eager to undertake +it; at others, the fear of running upon inevitable death in case of a +discovery, and the consideration of the felicity he now had in his power +made him timorous, at least, if not unwilling to return. + +At last, as is ordinary amongst these unhappy people, the worst opinion +prevailed, and finding a method to free himself from his master, and to +get aboard a ship, he came back to his dearly beloved London, and to +those measures which had already occasioned so great a misfortune, and +at last brought him to an ignominious death. On his return, his first +care was to seek out his wife, for whom he had a warm and never ceasing +affection, and having found her, he went to live with her, taking his +old methods of supporting them, though he constantly denied that she was +either a partner in the commission, or even so much as in the knowledge +of his guilt. But this quickly brought him to Newgate again, and to that +fatal end to which he, like some other flagitious creatures of this +stamp, seem impatient to arrive; since no warning, no admonition, no +escape is sufficient to deter them from those crimes, which they are +sensible the laws of their country with Justice have rendered capital. + +Barton's return from transportation was sufficient to have brought him +to death had he committed nothing besides; but he, whether through +necessity, as having no way left of living honestly, or from his own +evil inclinations, ventured upon his old trade, and robbing amongst +others the Lord Viscount Lisbourn, of the Kingdom of Ireland, and a lady +who was with him in the coach, of a silver hilted sword, a snuff-box and +about twelve shillings in money, he was for this fact taken, tried and +convicted at the Old Bailey. + +He immediately laid by all hopes of life as soon as he had received +sentence, and with great earnestness set himself to secure that peace in +the world to come, which his own vices had hindered him from in this. He +got some good books which he read with continual devotion and attention, +submitted with the utmost patience to the miseries of his sad condition, +and finding his relations would take care of his daughter and that his +wife, for whom he never lost the most tender concern, would be in no +danger of want, he laid aside the thoughts of temporal matters +altogether expressing a readiness to die, and never showing any weakness +or impatience of the nearest approach of death. + +Much of that firmness with which he behaved in these last moments of his +life might probably be owing to natural courage, of which certainly +Barton had a very large share. But the remains of virtue and religion, +to which the man had always a propensity, notwithstanding that he gave +way to passions which brought him to all the sorrows he knew, yet the +return he made, when in the shadow of death, to piety and devotion, +enabled him to suffer with great calmness, on Friday the 12th of May, +1721, aged about thirty-one years. + + + + +ROBERT PERKINS, Thief + + +I should never have undertaken this work without believing it might in +some degree be advantageous to the public. Young persons, and especially +those in a meaner state, are, I presume, those who will make up the +bulk of my readers, and these, too, are they who are more commonly +seduced into practices of this ignominious nature. I should therefore +think myself unpardonable if I did not take care to furnish them with +such cautions as the examples I am giving of the fatal consequences of +vice will allow, at the same time that I exhibit those adventures and +entertaining scenes which disguise the dismal path, and make the road to +ruin pleasing. They meet here with a true prospect of things, the tinsel +splendour of sensual pleasure, and that dreadful price men pay for +it--shameful death. I hope it may be of use in correcting the errors of +juvenile tempers devoted to their passions, with whom sometimes danger +passes for a certain road to honour, and the highway seems as tempting +to them as chivalry did to Don Quixote. Such and some other such like, +are very unlucky notions in young heads, and too often inspire them with +courage enough to dare the gallows, which seldom fails meeting with them +in the end. + +As to the particulars of the person's life we are now speaking of, they +will be sufficient to warn those who are so unhappy as to suffer from +the ill-usage of their parents not to fall into courses of so base a +nature, but rather to try every honest method to submit rather than +commit dishonest acts, thereby justifying all the ill-treatment they +have received, and by their own follies blot out the remembrance of +their cruel parents' crimes. For though it sometimes happens that they +are reduced to necessities which force them, in a manner, on what brings +them to disgrace, yet the ill-natured world will charge all upon +themselves, or at most will spare their pity till it comes too late; and +when the poor wretch is dead will add to their reflections on him, as +harsh ones as on those from whom he is descended. + +Robert Perkins was the son of a very considerable innkeeper, in or near +Hempsted, in Hertfordshire, who during the life-time of his wife treated +him with great tenderness and seeming affection, sending him to school +to a person in a neighbouring village, who was very considerable for his +art of teaching, and professing his settled resolution to give his son +Bob a very good education. + +But no sooner had death snatched away the poor woman by whom Mr. Perkins +had our unhappy Robin, then his father began to change his measures. +First of all the unfortunate lad experienced the miseries that flow from +the careless management of a widower, who forgetting all obligations to +his deceased wife, thought of nothing but diverting himself, and getting +a new helpmate. But Robin continued not long in this state; his +hardships were quickly increased by the second marriage of his father, +upon which he was fetched home and treated with some kindness at first. +But in a little time perceiving how things were going, and perhaps +expressing his suspicions too freely, his mother-in-law soon prevailed +to have him turned out, and absolutely forbidden his father's house, the +ready way to force a naked uninstructed youth on the most sinful +courses. Whether Robin at that time did anything dishonest is not +certain, but being grievously pinched with cold one night, and troubled +also with dismal apprehensions of what might come to his sister, he got +a ladder and by the help of it climbed in at his mother's window. This +was immediately exaggerated into a design of cutting her throat, and +poor Bob was thereupon utterly discarded. + +A short time after this, old Mr. Perkins died and left a fortune of +several thousand pounds behind him, for which the poor young man was +never a groat the better, being bound out 'prentice to a baker, and +left, as to everything else, to the wide world. His inclination, joined +to the rambling life which he had hitherto led, induced him to mind the +vulgar pleasures of drinking, gaming, and idling about much more than +his business, which to him appeared very laborious. There are everywhere +companions enough to be met with who are ready to teach ignorant youths +the practice of all sorts of debauchery. Perkins fell quickly among such +a set, and often rambled abroad with them on the usual errands of +whoring, shuffle-board, or skittle-playing, etc. The thoughts of that +estate which in justice he ought to have possessed, did not a little +contribute to make him thus heedless of his business, for as is usual +with weak minds, he affected living at the rate his father's fortune +would have afforded him, rather than in the frugal manner which his +narrow circumstance actually required; methods which necessarily pushed +him on such expeditions for supply as drew on those misfortunes which +rendered his life miserable and his death shameful. + +One day, having agreed with some young lads in the neighbourhood to go +out upon the rake, they steered their course to Whitechapel, and going +into a little alehouse, began to drink stoutly, sing bawdy songs, and +indulge themselves in the rest of those brutal delights into which such +wretches are used to plunge under the name of pleasure. In the height, +however, of all their mirth, the people of the house missing out of the +till a crown piece with some particular marks, they sent for a constable +and some persons to assist him, who caused all the young fellows +instantly to be separated and searched one by one; on which the marked +crown was found in Robert Perkin's pocket, and he was thereupon +immediately carried before a Justice, who committed him to Newgate. The +sessions coming on soon after, and the case being plain, he was cast +and ordered for transportation, having time enough, however, before he +was shipped, to consider the melancholy circumstances into which his +ill-conduct had reduced him, and to think of what was fitting for him to +do in the present sad state he was in. At first nothing ran in his head +but the cruelties which he had met with from his family, but as the time +of his departure drew nearer he meditated how to gain the captain's +favour, and to escape some hardships in the voyage. + +Robin had the good luck to make himself tolerably easy in the ship. His +natural good nature and obliging temper prevailing so far on the captain +of the vessel that he gave him all the liberty and afforded him whatever +indulgence it was in his power to permit with safety. But our young +traveller had much worse luck when he came on shore at Jamaica, where he +was immediately sold to a planter for ten pounds, and his trade of baker +being of little use there, his master put him upon much the same labour +as he did his negroes, Robin's constitution was really incapable of +great fatigue; his master, therefore, finding in the end that nothing +would make him work, sold him to another, who put him upon his own +employment of baking, building an oven on purpose. But whether this +master really used him cruelly or whether his idle inclinations made him +think all labour cruel usage, is hard to say, but however it was, Bob +ran away from this master and got on board a ship which carried him to +Carolina, from whence he said he travelled to Maryland and shipped +himself there, in a vessel for England. After being taken by the +Spaniards, and enduring many other great hardships, he at last with much +difficulty got home, as is too frequently the practice of these unhappy +wretches who are ready to return from tolerable plenty to the gallows. + +After his arrival in England, he wrought for near two years together at +his own business, and had the settled intention to live honestly and +forsake that disorderly state of life which had involved him in such +calamities; but the fear he was continually in of being discovered, +rendered him so uneasy and so unable to do anything, that at last he +resolved to go over into the East Indies. For this purpose he was come +down to Gravesend, in order to embark, when he was apprehended; and +being tried on an indictment for returning from transportation, he was +convicted thereon, and received sentence of death. During the time he +lay under conviction, the principles of a good education began again to +exert themselves, and by leading him to a thorough confidence in the +mercies of Christ weaned him from that affection which hitherto he had +for this sinful and miserable world, in which, as he had felt nothing +but misery and affliction, the change seemed the easier, so that he at +last began not only to shake off the fear of death, bur even to desire +it. Nor was this calmness short and transitory, but he continued in it +till the time he suffered, which was on the 5th of July, 1721, at +Tyburn. He said he died with less reluctance because his ruin involved +nobody but himself, he leaving no children behind him, and his wife +being young enough to get a living honestly. + + + + +BARBARA SPENCER, Coiner, etc. + + +Before we proceed to mention the particulars that have come to our hands +concerning this unhappy criminal, it may not be amiss to take notice of +the rigour with which all civilised nations have treated offenders in +this kind, by considering the crime itself as a species of treason. The +reason of which arises thus. As money is the universal standard or +measure of the value of any commodity, so the value of money is always +regulated, in respect of its weight, fineness, etc., by the public +authority of the State. To counterfeit, therefore, is in some degree to +assume the supreme authority, inasmuch as it is giving a currency to +another less valuable piece of metal than that made current by the +State. The old laws of England were very severe on this head, and +carried their care of preventing it so far as to damage the public in +other respects, as by forbidding the importation of bullion, and +punishing with death attempts made to discover the Philosopher's Stone +which forced whimsical persons who were enamoured of that experiment to +go abroad and spend their money in pursuit of that project there. These +causes, therefore, upon a review of the laws on this head, were +abrogated; but the edge in other respects was rather sharpened than +abated. For as the trade of the nation increased, frauds in the coin +became of worse consequence and not only so, but were more practised. + +In the reign of King William and Queen Mary, clipping and coining grew +so notorious and had so great and fatal influences on the public trade +of the nation, that Parliament found it necessary to enter upon that +great work of a recoinage[5] and in order to prevent all future +inconveniences of a like nature, they at the same time enacted that not +only counterfeiting, chipping, scaling, lightening, or otherwise +debasing the current specie of this realm, should be deemed and punished +as high treason, but they included also under the same charge and +punishment the having any press, engine, tool, or implement proper for +coining, the mending, buying, selling, etc., of them; and upon this Act, +which was rendered perpetual by another made in the seventh year of the +reign of Queen Anne, all our proceedings on this head are at this day +grounded. Many executions and many more trials happened on these laws +being first made, dipping, especially, being an ordinary thing, and some +persons of tolerable reputation in the world engaged in it; but the +strict proceedings (in the days of King William, especially) against +all, without distinction, who offended in that way, so effectually +crushed them that a coiner nowadays is looked upon as an extraordinary +criminal, though the Law still continues to take its course, whenever +they are convicted, the Crown being seldom or never induced to grant a +pardon. + +As to this poor woman, Barbara Spencer, she was the daughter of mean +parents and was left very young to the care of her mother, who lived in +the parish of St. Giles, Cripplegate. This old creature, as is common +enough with ordinary people, indulged her daughter so much in all her +humours, and suffered her to take so uncontrolled a liberty that all her +life-time after, she was incapable of bearing restraint, but, on every +slight contradiction flew out into the wildest excesses of passion and +fury. When but a child, on a very slight difference at home, she must +needs go out 'prentice, and was accordingly put to a mantua-maker, who +having known her throughout her infancy, fatally treated her with the +same indulgence and tenderness. She continued with her about two years, +and then, on a few warm words happening, went away from so good a +mistress, and came home again to her mother, who by that time had set up +a brandy shop. + +On Miss Barbara's return, a maid had to be taken, for she was much too +good to do the work of the house. The servant had not been there long +before they quarrelled, the mother taking the wench's part. Away went +the young woman, but matters being made up and the old mother keeping an +alehouse in Cripplegate parish, she once more went to live with her. +This reconciliation lasted longer, but was more fatal to Barbara than +her late falling out. + +One day, it seems, she took into her head to go and see the prisoners +die at Tyburn, but her mother meeting her at the door, told her that +there was too much business for her to do at home, and that she should +not go. Harsh words ensuing on this, her mother at last struck her, and +said she should be her death. However, Barbara went, and the man who +attended her to Tyburn, brought her afterwards to a house by St. Giles's +Pound[6] where after relating the difference between herself and her +mother, she vowed she would never return any more home. In this +resolution she was encouraged, and soon after was acquainted with the +secrets of the house, and appointed to go out with their false money, in +order to vend, or utter it; which trade, as it freed her from all +restraint, she was at first mightily pleased with. But being soon +discovered she was committed to Newgate, convicted and fined. + +About this time she first became acquainted with Mrs. Miles, who +afterwards betrayed her, and upon this occasion was, it seems, so kind +as to advance some money for her. On the affair for which she died, the +evidence could have hardly done without Miles's assistance, which so +enraged poor Barbara that even to the instant of death, she could hardly +prevail with herself to forgive her, and never spoke of her without a +kind of heat, very improper and unbecoming in a person in her +distressful state. + +The punishment ordained by our laws for treasons committed by women, +whether high or petty, is burning alive.[7] This, though pronounced upon +her by the judge, she could never be brought to believe would be +executed, but while she lay under sentence, she endeavoured to put off +the thoughts of the fatal day as much as she could, always asserting +that she thought the crime no sin, for which she was condemned. It seems +her mother died at Tyburn before midsummer, and this poor wretch would +often say that she little thought she should so soon follow her, when +she attended her to death, averring also that she suffered unjustly. As +for this poor woman, her temper was exceedingly unhappy, and as it had +made her uneasy and miserable all her life, so at her death it +occasioned her to be impatient, and to behave inconsistently. For which, +sometimes, she would apologise, by saying that though it was not in her +power to put on grave looks, yet her heart was as truly affected as +theirs who gave greater outward signs of contrition; a manner of +speaking usually taken up by those who would be thought to think +seriously in the midst of outward gaiety, and of whose sincerity in +cases like these. He only can judge who is acquainted with the secrets +of all hearts and who, as He is not to be deceived, so His penetration +is utterly unknown to us, who are confined to appearances and the +exterior marks of things. + +She lost all her boldness at the near approach of death and seemed +excessively surprised and concerned at the apprehension of the flames. +When she went out to die, she owned her crime more fully than she had +ever done. She said she had learnt to coin of a man and woman who had +now left off and lived very honestly, wherefore she said she would not +discover them. At the very slake she complained how hard she found it to +forgive Miles, who had been her accomplice and then betrayed her, adding +that though she saw faggots and brushes ready to be lighted and to +consume her, yet she would not receive life at the expense of another's +blood. She averred there were great numbers of London who followed the +same trade of coining, and earnestly wished they might take warning by +her death. At the instant of suffering, she appeared to have reassumed +all her resolution, for which she had, indeed, sufficient occasion, when +to the lamentable death by burning was added the usual noise and clamour +of the mob, who also threw stones and dirt, which beat her down and +wounded her. However, she forgave them cheerfully, prayed with much +earnestness and ended her life the same day as the last mentioned +malefactor, Perkins, aged about twenty-four years. + +FOOTNOTES: + + [5] A commission was appointed to consider the debased state of + the currency and, not without considerable opposition, a bill + was passed in 1696, withdrawing all debased coin from + circulation. This incurred an expense of some £1,200,000, which + the Government met by imposing a window tax. + + [6] This was at the corner of Tottenham Court Road and Oxford + Street. It was an old London landmark, from which distances were + measured as from the Standard in Cornhill. It was demolished in + 1765. + + [7] In practice, criminals were strangled before being burned. + The last case in which this penalty was inflicted was in 1789; + it was abolished the following year. + + + + +WALTER KENNEDY, a Pirate + + +Piracy was anciently in this kingdom considered as a petty treason at +Common Law; but the multitude of treasons, or to speak more properly of +offences construed into treason, becoming a very great grievance to the +subject, this with many others was left out in the famous Statute of the +25th Edward the Third, for limiting what thenceforth should be deemed +treason. From that time piracy was regarded in England only as a crime +against the Civil Law, by which it was always capital; but there being +some circumstances very troublesome, as to the proofs therein required +for conviction, by a statute in the latter end of the reign of Henry the +Eighth it was provided that this offence should be tried by +commissioners appointed by the king, consisting of the admiral and +certain of his officers, with such other persons as the reigning prince +should think fit, after the common course of the laws of this realm for +felonies and robberies committed on land, in which state it hath +continued with very small alterations to this day. + +Offenders of this kind are now tried at the Sessions-house in the Old +Bailey, before the judge of the Court of Admiralty, assisted by certain +other judges of the Common Law by virtue of such a commission as ts +before mentioned, the silver oar (a peculiar ensign of authority +belonging to the Court of Admiralty) lying on the table. As pirates are +not very often apprehended in Britain, so particular notice is always +given when a Court like this, called an Admiralty Sessions, is to be +held, the prisoners until that time remaining in the Marshalsea, the +proper prison of this Court. + +On the 26th of Jury, 1721, at such a sessions, Walter Kennedy and John +Bradshaw were tried for piracies committed on the high seas, and both of +them convicted. This Walter Kennedy was born at a place called Pelican +Stairs in Wapping. His father was an anchor-smith, a man of good +reputation, who gave his son Walter the best education he was able; and +while a lad he was very tractable, and had no other apparent ill quality +than that of a too aspiring temper. When he was grown up big enough to +have gone out to a trade, his father bound him apprentice to himself, +but died before his son was out of his time. Leaving his father's +effects in the possession of his mother and brothers, Walter then +followed his own roving inclinations and went to sea. He served for a +considerable time on board a man-of-war, in the reign of her late +Majesty Queen Anne, in the war then carried on against France; during +which time he often had occasion to hear of the exploits of the pirates, +both in the East and West Indies, and of their having got several +islands into their possession, wherein they were settled, and in which +they exercised a sovereign power. + +These tales had wonderful effect on Walter's disposition, and created in +him a secret ambition of making a figure in the same way. He became more +than ordinarily attentive whenever stories of that sort were told, and +sought every opportunity of putting his fellow sailors upon such +relations. Men of that profession have usually good memories with +respect, at least, to such matters, and Kennedy, therefore, without much +difficulty became acquainted with the principal expeditions of these +maritime desperadoes, from the time of Sir Henry Morgan's commanding the +Buccaneers in America, to Captain Avery's more modern exploits at +Madagascar[8]; his fancy insinuating to him continually that he might be +able to make as great a figure as any of these thievish heroes, whenever +a proper opportunity offered. + +It happened that he was sent with Captain Woodes Rogers,[9] Governor of +Providence [Bahama Islands], when that gentleman first sent to recover +that island by reducing the pirates, who then had it in possession. At +the time of the captain's arrival these people had fortified themselves +in several places, and with all the care they were able, had provided +both for their safety and subsistence. + +It happened that some time before, they had taken a ship, on board of +which they found a considerable quantity of the richest brocades, for +which having no other occasion, they tore them up, and tying them +between the horns of their goats, made use of them to distinguish herds +that belonged to one settlement and those that belonged to another, and +sight of this, notwithstanding the miserable condition which in other +respects these wretches were in, mightily excited the inclination +Kennedy had to following their occupation. + +Captain Rogers having signified to the chiefs of them the offers he had +to make of free grace and pardon, the greater number of them came in and +submitted very readily. Those who were determined to continue the same +dissolute kind of life, provided with all the secrecy imaginable for +their safety, and when practicable took their flight out of the island. +The captain being made Governor, fitted out two sloops for trade, and +having given proper directions to their commanders, manned them out of +his own sailors with some of these reformed pirates intermixed. Kennedy +went out on one of these vessels, in which he had not long been at sea +before he joined in a conspiracy some of the rest had formed of seizing +the vessel, putting those to death who refused to come into their +measures, and then to go, as the sailors phrase it, "upon the account", +that is in plain English, commence pirates. + +This villainous design succeeded according to their wish. They emptied +the other vessel of whatever they thought might be of use, and then +turned her adrift, as being a heavy sailer, and consequently unfit for +their purpose. A few days after their entering on this new course of +life, they made themselves masters of two pretty large ships, having +fitted which for their purpose, they now grew strong enough to execute +any project that in their present circumstances they were capable of +forming. Thus Kennedy was now got in to that unhappy state of living +which from a false notion of things he had framed so fair an idea of and +was so desirous to engage in. + +Kennedy took a particular delight in relating what happened to him in +these expeditions, even after they had brought him to misery and +confinement. The account he gave of that form of rule which these +wretches set up, in imitation of the legal government, and of those +regulations there made to supply the place of moral honesty was in +substance this. + +They chose a captain from amongst themselves, who in effect held little +more than that title, excepting in an engagement, when he commanded +absolutely and without control. Most of them having suffered formerly +from the ill-treatment of their officers, provided carefully against any +such evil, now they had the choice in themselves. By their orders they +provided especially against any quarrels which might happen among +themselves, and appointed certain punishments for anything that tended +that way; for the due execution thereof they constituted other officers +besides the captain, so very industrious were they to avoid putting too +much power into the hands of one man. The rest of their agreement +consisted chiefly in relation to the manner of dividing the cargo of +such prizes as they should happen to take, and though they had broken +through all laws divine and human, yet they imposed an oath to be taken +for the due observance of these, so inconsistent a thing is vice, and so +strong the principles imbibed from education. + +The life they led at sea was rendered equally unhappy from fear and +hardship, they never seeing any vessel which reduced them not to the +necessity of fighting, and often filled them with apprehensions of being +overcome. Whatever they took in their several prizes could afford them +no other pleasure but downright drunkenness on board, and except for two +or three islands there were no other places where they were permitted to +come on shore, for nowadays it was become exceedingly dangerous to land, +either at Jamaica, Barbadoes, or on the islands of the Bermudas. In this +condition they were when they came to a resolution of choosing one +Davis[10] as captain, and going under his command to the coast of +Brazil. + +This design they put in execution, being chiefly tempted with the hopes +of surprising some vessel of the homeward bound Portuguese fleet, by +which they hoped to be made rich at once, and no longer be obliged to +lead a life so full of danger. Accordingly they fell in with twenty sail +of those ships and were in the utmost danger of being taken and treated +as they deserved. However, on this occasion their captain behaved very +prudently, and taking the advantage of one of those vessels being +separated from the rest, they boarded her in the night without firing a +gun. They forced the captain, when they had him in one of their own +ships, to discover which of the fleet was the most richly laden, which +he having done through fear, they impudently attacked her, and were very +near becoming masters of her, though they were surrounded by the +Portuguese ships, from whence they at last escaped, not so much by the +swiftness of their own sailing, as by the cowardice of the enemy. In +this attempt, though they miscarried as to the prize they had proposed, +yet they accounted themselves very fortunate in having thus escaped from +so dangerous an adventure. + +Being some time after this in great want of water, Davis at the head of +about fifty of his men, very well armed, made a descent in order to fill +their casks, though the Portuguese governor of the port near which they +landed easily discovered them to be pirates; but not thinking himself in +a condition strong enough to attack them, he thought fit to dissemble +that knowledge. + +Davis and his men were no sooner returned on board than they received a +message by a boat from shore, that the Governor would think himself +highly honoured if the captain and as many as he pleased of his ship's +company would accept of an entertainment the next day at the castle +where he resided. Their commander, who had hitherto behaved himself like +a man of conduct, suffered his vanity to overcome him so far as to +accept of the proposal, and the next morning with ten of his sailors, +all dressed in their best clothes, went on shore to this collation. But +before they had reached half way, they were set upon by a party of +Indians who lay in ambuscade, and with one flight of their poisoned +arrows laid them all upon the ground, except Kennedy and another, who +escaped to the top of a mountain, from whence they leaped into the sea, +and were with much difficulty taken up by a boat which their companions +sent to relieve them. + +After this they grew tired of the coast of Brazil. However, in their +return to the West Indies they took some very considerable prizes, upon +which they resolved unanimously to return home, in order, as they +flattered themselves, to enjoy their riches. The captain who then +commanded them was an Irishman, who endeavoured to bring the ship into +Ireland, on the north coast of which a storm arising, the vessel was +carried into Scotland and there wrecked. At that time Kennedy had a +considerable quantity of gold, which he either squandered away, or had +stolen from him in the Highlands. He afterwards went over into Ireland, +where being in a low and poor condition he shipped himself at length for +England, and came up to London. He had not been long in town before he +was observed by some whose vessel had been taken by the crew with whom +he sailed. They caused him to be apprehended, and after lying a +considerable time in prison, he was, as I have said before, tried and +convicted. + +After sentence, he showed much less concern for life than is usual for +persons in that condition. He was so much tired with the miseries and +misfortune which for some years before he had endured, that death +appeared to him a thing rather desirable than frightful. When the +reprieve came for Bradshaw, who was condemned with him, he expressed +great satisfaction, at the same time saying that he was better pleased +than if he himself had received mercy. _For_, continued he, _should I be +banished into America as he is, 'tis highly probable I might be tempted +to my old way of life, and so instead of reforming, add to the number of +my sins._ + +He continued in these sentiments till the time of his death, when, as he +went through Cheapside to his execution, the silver oar being carried +before him as is usual, he turned about to a person who sat by him in +the cart, and said, _Though it is a common thing for us when at sea to +acquire vast quantities both of that metal which goes before me, and of +gold, yet such is the justice of Providence that few or none of us +preserve enough to maintain us; but as you see in me, when we go to +death, we have not wherewith to purchase a coffin to bury us._ He died +at Execution Dock, the 21st[11] of July, 1721, being then about +twenty-six years of age. + +FOOTNOTES: + + [8] Avery was one of the best known pirates of his time and + told of his wonderful wealth, his capturing and marrying the + daughter of the Great Mogul, and his setting up a kingdom in + Madagascar. He was even the hero of a popular play--_The + Successful Pirate_, produced at Dray Lane in 1712. The true + story of his life and how he died in want, is related at length + in Captain Charles Johnson's _History of the Pirates_ edited by + me, and published in the same edition as the present volume. + + [9] Woodes Rogers (d. 1732) sailed on Dampier's voyages and + made a large sum of money which he devoted to buying the Bahama + Islands from the proprietors on a twenty-one years' lease. He + was made governor, but found himself unable to cope with the + pirates and Spaniards who infested the islands, and went back to + England in 1721. He returned as governor in 1728, and remained + there until his death. + + [10] This was Howel Davis, whose adventures are related at + length in Johnson's _History of the Pirates_, chap. ix. + + [11] _The History of the Pirates_ gives the date as 19th of July. + This book gives an interesting account of Kennedy, pp. 178-81. + + + + +The Life of MATTHEW CLARK, a Footpad and Murderer + + +Perhaps there is nothing to which we may more justly attribute those +numerous executions which so disgrace our country, than the false +notions which the meaner sort, especially, imbibe in their youth as to +love and women. This unhappy person, Matthew Clark, of whom we are now +to speak, was a most remarkable instance of the truth of this +observation. He was born at St. Albans, of parents in but mean +circumstances, who thought they had provided very well for their son +when they had procured his admission into the family of a neighbouring +gentleman, equally distinguished by the greatness of his merit and +fortune. + +In this place, certainly, had Matthew been inclined in any degree to +good, he might have acquired from the favour of his master all the +advantages, even of a liberal education; but proving an incorrigible, +lazy and undutiful servant, the gentleman in whose service he was, after +bearing with him a long time, turned him out of his family. He then went +to plough and cart, and such other country work, but though he had been +bred to this and was never in any state from which he could reasonably +hope better, yet was he so restless and uneasy at those hardships which +he fancied were put upon him, that he chose rather to rob than to +labour; and leaving the farmer in whose service he was, used to skulk +about Bushey Heath, and watch all opportunities to rob passengers. + +Matthew was a perfect composition of all the vices that enter into low +life. He was idle, inclined to drunkenness, cruel and a coward; nor +would he have had spirit enough to attack anybody on the road had it not +been to supply him with money for merry meetings and dancing bouts, to +which he was carried by his prevailing passion for loose women. And +these expeditions keeping him continually bare, robbing and junketting, +desire of pleasure and fear of the gallows were the whole round of both +his actions and his thoughts. + +At last the matrimonial maggot bit his brain, and alter a short +courtship, he prevailed on a young girl in the neighbourhood to go up +with him to London, in order to their marriage. When they were there, +finding his stock reduced so low that he had not even money to purchase +the wedding ring, he pretended that a legacy of fifteen pounds was just +left him in the country, and with a thousand promises of a quick return, +set out from London to fetch it. When he left the town, full of uneasy +thoughts, he travelled towards Neasden and Willesden Green, where +formerly he had lived. He intended to have lurked there till he had an +opportunity of robbing as many persons as to make up fifteen pounds from +their effects. In pursuance of this resolution, he designed in himself +to attack every passenger he saw, but whenever it came to the push, the +natural cowardice of his temper prevailed and his heart failed him. + +[Illustration: MATTHEW CLARK CUTTING THE THROAT OF SARAH GOLDINGTON + +(_From the Annals of Newgate_)] + +While he loitered about there, the master of an alehouse hard by took +notice of him and asked him how he came to idle about in haytime, when +there was so much work, offering at the same time to hire him for a +servant. Upon this discourse Clark immediately recollected that all the +persons belonging to this man's house must be out haymaking, except the +maid, who served his liquors and waited upon guests. As soon, therefore, +as he had parted from the master and saw he was gone into the fields, he +turned back and went into his house, where renewing his former +acquaintance with the maid, who as he had guessed, was there alone, and +to whom he formerly had been a sweetheart, he sat near an hour drinking +and talking in that jocose manner which is usual between people of their +condition in the country. But in the midst of all his expressions of +affection, he mediated how to rob the house, his timorous disposition +supposing a thousand dangers from the knowledge the maid had of him. + +He resolved, in order absolutely to secure himself, to murder her out of +the way; upon which, having secretly drawn his knife out of his sheath, +and hiding it under his coat, he kissed her, designing at the same time +to dispatch her; but his heart failed him the first time. However, +getting up and kissing her a second time, he darted it into her +windpipe; but its edge being very dull, the poor creature made a shift +to mutter his name, and endeavoured to scramble after him. Upon which he +returned, and with the utmost inhumanity cut her neck to the bone quite +round; after which he robbed the house of some silver, but being +confounded and astonished did not carry off much. + +He went directly into the London Road, and came as far as Tyburn, the +sight of which filled him with so much terror that he was not able to +pick up courage enough to go by it. Returning back into the road again, +he met a waggon, which, in hopes of preventing all suspicion, he +undertook to drive up to town (the man who drove it having hurt his +leg). But he had not gone far before the persons who were in pursuit of +the murderer of Sarah Goldington (the maid before mentioned) came up +with him, and enquired whether he had seen anybody pass by his waggon +who looked suspicious, or was likely to have committed the fact. This +enquiry put him into so much confusion that he was scarce able to make +an answer, which occasioned their looking at him more narrowly and +thereby discovering the sleeve of his shirt to be all bloody. At first +he affirmed with great confidence that a soldier meeting him upon the +road had insulted him, and that in fighting with him he had made the +soldier's mouth bleed, which had so stained his shirt. But in a little +time perceiving this excuse would not prevail, but that they were +resolved to carry him back, he fell into a violent agony and confessed +the fact. + +At the next sessions at the Old Bailey he was convicted, and after +receiving sentence of death, endeavoured all he could to comfort and +compose himself during the time he lay under condemnation. His father, +who was a very honest industrious man came to see him, and after he was +gone Matthew spoke with great concern of an expression which his father +had made use of, viz., That if he had been to die for any other offence, +he would have made all the interest and friends he could to have served +for his life, but that the murder he had committed was so cruel, that he +thought that nothing could atone for it but his blood. The inhumanity +and cruel circumstances of it did indeed in some degree affect this +malefactor himself, but he seemed much more disturbed with the +apprehension of being hanged in chains, a thing which from the weakness +of vulgar minds terrifies more than death itself, and the use of which I +confess I do not see, since it serves only to render the poor wretches +uneasy in their last moments, and instead of making suitable impressions +on the minds of the spectators, affords a pretence for servants and +other young persons to idle away their time in going to see the body so +exposed on a gibbet. + +At the place of execution, Clark was extremely careful to inform the +people that he was so far from having any malice against the woman whom +he murdered that he really had a love for her. A report, too, of his +having designed to sell the young girl he had brought out of the country +into Virginia had weight enough with him to occasion his solemn denying +of it at the tree, though he acknowledged at the same time that he had +resolved to leave her. He declared also, to prevent any aspersions on +some young men who had been his companions, that no person was ever +present with, or privy to any of the robberies he had committed; and +having thus far discharged his conscience, he suffered on the 28th of +July, 1721, in the twenty-fourth year of his age. + + + + +The Life of JOHN WINSHIP, Highwayman and Footpad + + +That idleness in which youths are suffered to live in this kingdom till +they are grown to that size at which they are usually put apprentice (a +space of time in which they are much better employed, in many other +countries of Europe) too often creates an inaptitude to work and allows +them opportunity of entering into paths which have a fatal termination. + +John Winship, of whom we are now to treat, was born of parents in +tolerable circumstances in the parish of St. Paul's, Covent Garden. They +gave him an education rather superior to his condition, and treated him +with an indulgence by which his future life became unhappy. At about +fourteen, they placed him as an apprentice with a carpenter, to which +trade he himself had a liking. His master used him as well as he could +have expected or wished, yet that inclination to idleness and loitering +which he had contracted while a boy, made him incapable of pursuing his +business with tolerable application. The particular accident by which he +was determined to leave it shall be the next point in our relation. + +It happened that returning one day from work, he took notice of a young +woman standing at a door in a street not far distant from that in which +his master lived. He was then about seventeen, and imagining love to be +a very fine thing, thought fit, without further enquiry, to make this +young woman the object of his affection. The next evening he took +occasion to speak to her, and this acquaintance soon improving into +frequent appointments, naturally led Winship into much greater expenses +than he was able to support. This had two consequences equally fatal to +this unhappy young man, for in the first place he left his master and +his trade, and took to driving of coaches and like methods, to get his +bread; but all the ways he could think of, proving unable to supply his +expenses, he went next upon the road, and raised daily contributions in +as illegal a manner as they were spent at night, in all the excesses of +vice. + +It is impossible to give either a particular or exact account of the +robberies he committed, because he was always very reserved, even after +conviction, in speaking as to these points. + +However, he is said to have been concerned in robbing a Frenchman of +quality in the road to Hampstead, who in a two-horsed chaise, with the +coachman on his box, was attacked in the dusk of the evening by three +highwaymen. They exchanged several pistols and continued the fight, +till, the ammunition on both sides being exhausted, the foreigner +prepared to defend himself with his sword. The rogues were almost out of +all hopes of obtaining their booty, when one of them getting behind the +chaise secretly cut a square hole in its back, and putting in both his +arms, seized the gentleman so strongly about the shoulders that his +companions had an opportunity of closing in with him, disarming him of +his sword, rifling and taking a hundred and twenty pistoles. Not +content with this they ripped the lace off his clothes, and took from +the coachmen all the money he had about him. + +Winship had been concerned in divers gangs, and being a fellow of +uncommon agility of body, was mighty well received and much caressed by +them, as was also another companion of his, whom they called +Clean-Limbed Tom, whose true name was never known, being killed in a +duel at Kilkenny in Ireland. This last mentioned person had been bred +with an apothecary, and sometimes travelled the country in the high +capacity of a quack doctor, at others, in the more humble station of a +merry-andrew. Travelling once down into the west, with a little chest of +medicines which he intended to dispose of in this matter at West +Chester, at an inn about twenty miles short of that city he overtook a +London wholesale dealer, who had been that way collecting debts. Tom +made a shift to get into his company overnight, and diverted him so much +with his facetious conversation that he invited him to breakfast with +him the next morning. Tom took occasion to put a strong purge into the +ale and toast which the Londoner was drinking, he himself pretending +never to take anything in the morning but a glass of wine and bitters. +When the stranger got on horseback, Tom offered to accompany him, _For_, +says he, _I can easily walk as fast as your horse will trot._ They had +not got above two miles before, at the entrance of a common, the physic +began to work. The tradesman alighting to untruss a point, Tom leaped at +once into his saddle, and galloped off both with his horse and +portmanteau. He baited an hour at a small village three miles beyond +Chester, having avoided passing through that city, then continued his +journey to Port Patrick, from whence he crossed to Dublin with about +four score pounds in ready money, a gold watch, which was put up in a +corner of a cloak bag, linen, and other things to a considerable value +besides. + +But to return to Winship. His robberies were so numerous that he began +to be very well known and much sought after by those who make it their +business to bring men to justice for rewards. There is some reason to +believe that he had been once condemned and received mercy. However, on +the 25th of May, 1721, he stopped one Mr. Lowther in his chariot, +between Pancras Church and the Halfway House, and robbed him of his +silver watch and a purse of ten guineas; for which robbery being quickly +after apprehended, he was convicted at the Old Bailey, on the evidence +of the prosecutor and the voluntary information of one of his +companions. + +While he lay under sentence, he could not help expressing a great +impatience at the miserable condition to which his follies had reduced +him, and at the same time to show the most earnest desire of life, +though it were upon the terms of transportation for the whole +continuance of it; though he frequently declared it did not arise so +much from a willingness in himself to continue in this world, as at the +grief he felt for the misfortunes of his aged mother, who was ready to +run distracted at her son's unhappy fate. + +As he was a very personable young man strangers, especially at chapel, +took particular notice of him, and were continually inquiring of his +adventures; but Winship not only constantly refused to give them any +satisfaction, but declared also to the Ordinary that he did not think +himself obliged to make any discoveries which might affect the lives of +others, showing also an extraordinary uneasiness whenever such questions +were put to him. When he was asked, by the direction of a person of some +rank, whether he did not rob a person dressed in such a manner in a +chaise as he was watering his horse before the church door, during the +time of Divine service, Winship replied, he supposed the crime did not +consist in the time or place, and as to whether he was guilty of it or +no, he would tell nothing. + +In other respects he appeared penitent and devout, suffering at Tyburn +at the same time with the afore-mentioned Matthew Clark, in the +twenty-second year of his age, leaving behind him a wife, who died +afterwards with grief for his execution. + + + + +The Life of JOHN MEFF, _alias_ MERTH, a Housebreaker and a Highwayman + + +The rigid execution of felons who return from transportation has been +found so necessary that few or none who have been tried for such illegal +returning have escaped, though 'tis very hard to convince those who +suffer for that offence that there is any real crime in their evading +their sentence. It was this which brought John Meff, _alias_ Merth, of +whom we are now to speak, to an ignominious death, after he had once +before escaped it in a very extraordinary manner, as in the process of +his story shall be related. + +This unhappy man was born in London of French parents, who retired into +England for the sake of their religion, when Louis XIV began his furious +persecution against the Protestants in his dominions. This John Meff +was educated with great care, especially as to the principles of +religion, by a father who had very just notions of that faith for which +in banishment he suffered. When his son John grew up, he put him out +apprentice to a weaver, whom he served with great fidelity, and after he +came out of his time, married; but finding himself incapable to maintain +his family by his labour, he unfortunately addicted himself to +ill-courses. In this he was yet more unlucky, for having almost at his +first setting out broke open a house, he was discovered, apprehended, +tried, convicted, and put in the cart, in order to go to execution +within the fortnight; but the hangman being arrested as he was going to +Tyburn, he and the rest who were to have suffered with him were +transported through the clemency of the Government. + +On this narrow escape from death, Meff was full of many penitent +resolutions, and determined with himself to follow for the future an +honest course of life, however hard and laborious, as persons are +generally inclined to believe all works in the plantations are. Yet no +sooner was he at liberty (that is, on board the transport vessel, where +he found means to make the master his friend) than much of these honest +intentions were dissolved and laid aside, to which perhaps the behaviour +of his companions and of the seamen on board the ship, did not a little +contribute. At first their passage was easy, the wind fair and +prosperous. They began to comfort one another with the hopes of living +easily in the Plantations, greedily enquiring of the seamen how persons +in their unhappy condition were treated by their masters, and whether +all the terrible relations they had had in England were really facts, or +invented only to terrify those who were to undergo that punishment. + +But while these unhappy persons were thus amusing themselves a new and +unlooked for misfortune fell upon them, for in the height of Bermuda +they were surprised by two pirate sloops, who though they found no +considerable booty on board, were very well satisfied by the great +addition they made to their force, from most of those felons joining +with them in their piratical undertakings. Meff, however, and eight +others, absolutely refused to sign the paper which contained the +pirate's engagement and articles for better pursuing their designs. +These nine were, according to the barbarous practice of those kind of +people, marooned, that is, set on shore on an uninhabited island. +According to the custom of the people in such distress, they were +obliged to rub two dry sticks together till they took fire, and with +great difficulty gathered as many other sticks as made a fire large +enough to yield them some relief from the inclemency of the weather. +They caught some fowls with springes made of an old horsehair wig, +which were very tough and of a fishy taste, but after three or four +days, they became acquainted with the springes and were never afterwards +to be taken by that means. Their next resource for food was an animal +which burrowed in the ground like our rabbits, but the flesh of these +proving unwholesome, threw them into such dangerous fluxes that five out +of the nine were scarce able to go. They were then forced to take up +with such fish as they were able to catch, and even these were not only +very rank and unpleasant, but very small also, and no great plenty of +them either. + +At last, when they almost despaired of ever getting off that +inhospitable island, they espied early one morning an Indian canoe come +on shore with seven persons. They hid themselves behind the rocks as +carefully as they could, and the Indians being gone up into the heart of +the island, they went down and finding much salt provisions in the boat, +they trusted themselves to the mercy of the waves. + +By the providence of God they were driven in two days into an English +settlement, where Meff, instead of betaking himself to any settled +course, resolved to turn sailor, and in that capacity made several +voyages, not only to Barbadoes, Jamaica, and the rest of the British +Islands, but also to New England, Virginia, South Carolina, and other +plantations. On the main, there is no doubt but he led a life of no +great satisfaction in this occupation, which probably was the reason he +resolved to return home to England at all hazards. He did so, and had +hardly been a month in this kingdom before he fell to his old practices, +in which he was attended with the same ill-fortune as formerly; that is +to say, he was apprehended for one of his first acts, and committed to +Newgate. Out of this prison he escaped by the assistance of a certain +bricklayer, and went down to Hatfield in Hertfordshire to remain in +hiding, but as he affirmed and was generally believed, being betrayed by +the same bricklayer he was retaken, conveyed again to Newgate and +confined the utmost severity. + +At his trial there arose a doubt whether the fact he had committed was +not pardoned by the Act of Indemnity then lately granted. However, the +record of his former conviction being produced, the Court ordered he +should be indicted for returning without lawful cause, on which +indictment he was convicted upon full proof, condemned and shortly after +ordered for execution. + +During the space he lay under sentence he expressed much penitence for +his former ill-spent life, and together with James Reading, who was in +the same unhappy state with himself, read and prayed with the rest of +the prisoners. This Reading had been concerned in abundance of +robberies, and, as he himself owned, in some which were attended with +murder; he acknowledged he knew of the killing of Mr. Philpot, the +surveyor of the window-lights, at the perpetration of which fact Reading +said there were three persons present, two of which he knew, but as to +the third he could say nothing. This malefactor, though but thirty-five +years of age, was a very old offender, and had in his life-time been +concerned with most of the notorious gangs that at that time were in +England, some of whom he had impeached and hanged for his own +preservation; but he was at last convicted for robbing (in company with +two others) George Brownsworth of a watch and other things of a +considerable value, between Islington and the turnpike, and for it was +executed at Tyburn, the 11th of September, 1721, together with John Meff +aforesaid, then in the fortieth year of his age. + + + + +The Life of JOHN WIGLEY, a Highwayman + + +It is an observation which must be obvious to all my readers, that few +who addict themselves to robbing and stealing ever continue long in the +practice of those crimes before they are overtaken by Justice, not +seldom as soon as they set out. + +This man had been bred a plasterer, but seems to have fallen very early +into ill courses and felonious methods of getting money, in which horrid +practice he spent his years, till taking up with an old woman who sold +brandy upon Finchley Common, she sometimes persuaded him, of late years, +to work at his trade. + +There has been great suspicions that he murdered the old husband to this +woman, who was found dead in a barn or outhouse not far from Hornsey; +but Wigley, though he confessed an unlawful correspondence with the +woman, yet constantly averred his innocency of that fact, and always +asserted that though the old man's death was sudden, yet it was natural. +He used to account for it by saying that the deceased was a great +brandy-drinker, by which he had worn out his constitution, and that +being one evening benighted in his return home from London, he crawled +into that barn where he was found dead next morning, and was currently +reported to have been murdered. + +Though this malefactor had committed a multitude of robberies, yet he +generally chose to go on such expeditions alone, having always great +aversion for those confederacies in villainy which we call gangs, in +which he always affirmed there was little safety, notwithstanding any +oaths, by which they might bind themselves to secrecy. For +notwithstanding some instances of their neglecting rewards when they +were to be obtained by betraying their companions, yet when life came to +be touched, they hardly ever failed of betraying all they knew. Yet he +once receded from the resolution he had made of never robbing in +company, and went out one night with two others of the same occupation +towards Islington, there they met with one Symbol Conyers, whom they +robbed of a watch, a pair of silver spurs, and four shillings in money, +at the same time treating him very ill, and terrifying him with their +pistols. + +For this fact, soon after it was done, Wigley was apprehended, and +convicted at the ensuing sessions. When all hopes of life were lost, he +seemed disposed to suffer with cheerfulness and resignation that death +to which the Law had doomed him. He said, in the midst of his +afflictions it was some comfort to him that he had no children who might +be exposed by his death to the wide world, not only in a helpless and +desolate condition, but also liable to the reflections incident from his +crimes. He also observed that the immediate hand of Providence seemed to +dissipate whatever wicked persons got by rapine and plunder, so as not +only to prevent their acquiring a subsistence which might set them above +the necessity of continuing in such courses, but that they even wanted +bread to support them, when overtaken by Justice. He was near forty +years of age at the time of his death, which happened on the same day as +the malefactors last mentioned. + + + + +The Life of WILLIAM CASEY, a Robber + + +William Casey, whose life is the subject of our present discourse, was a +son of one of the same name, a soldier who had served his Majesty long, +and with good reputation. As is usual amongst that sort of people, the +education he gave his son was such as might fit him for the same course +of life, though at the same time he took care to provide him with a +tolerable competency of learning, that is, as to writing and reading +English. When he was about fifteen years of age, his father caused him +to be enlisted in the same company in which he served for some small +time before my Lord Cobham's expedition into Spain,[12] in which he +accompanied him. That expedition being over, Casey returned into +England, and did duty as usual in the Guards. + +One night he, with some others, crossing the park a fray happened +between them and one John Stone, which as Casey affirmed at his death, +was occasioned by the prosecutor Stone offering very great indecencies +to him, upon which they in a fury beat and abused him, from the +abhorrence they pretended to have for that beastly and unnatural sin of +sodomy. Whether this was really the case or no is hard to determine; all +who were concerned in it with Casey being indicted (though not +apprehended) with him, and their evidence consequently taken. However +that matter was, Stone the prosecutor told a dreadful story on Casey's +trial. He said the four men attacked him crossing the Park, who +attacked, beat and cruelly trod upon and wounded him, taking from him at +the same time his hat, wig, neck-cloth and five shillings in money; and +that upon his arising and endeavouring to follow them, they turned back, +stamped upon him, broke one of his ribs, and told him that if he +attempted to stir, they would seize him and swear sodomy upon him. On +this indictment Casey was convicted and ordered for execution, +notwithstanding all the intercession his friends could make. + +While under sentence he complained heavily of the pains a certain +corporal had taken in preparing and pressing the evidence against him. +He said his diligence proceeded not from any desire of doing justice, or +for his guilt, but from an old grudge he owed their family, from Casey's +father threatening to prosecute him for a rape committed on his +daughter, then very young, and attended with very cruel circumstances; +and which even the corporal himself had in part owned in a letter which +he had written to the said Casey's father. However, while he lay in +Newgate, he seemed heartily affected with sorrow for his misspent life, +which he said was consumed as is too frequent among soldiers, either in +idleness or vice. He added, that in Spain he had made serious +resolutions of amendment with himself, but was hindered from performing +them by his companions, who were continually seducing him into his old +courses. When he found that all hopes of life were lost, he disposed +himself to submit with decency to his fate, which disposition he +preserved to the last. + +At the place of execution he behaved with great composure and said that +as he had heard he was accused in the world of having robbed and +murdered a woman in Hyde Park, he judged it proper to discharge his +conscience by declaring that he knew nothing of the murder, but said +nothing as to the robbery. At the time of his death, which was on the +11th of September, 1721, he was about twenty years of age, and according +to the character his officers gave him, a very quiet and orderly young +man. He left behind him a paper to be published to the world, which as +he was a dying man he averred to be the truth. + + A copy of a paper left by William Casey. + + Good People, I am now brought to this place to suffer a shameful and + ignominious death, and of all such unhappy persons, 'tis expected by + the world that they should either say something at their death, or + leave some account behind them. And having that which more nearly + concerns me, viz., the care of my immortal soul, I choose rather to + leave these lines behind me than to waste my few precious moments in + talking to the multitude. First, I declare, I die like a member, + though a very unworthy one, of the Church of England as by Law + established, the principles of which my now unhappy father took an + early care to instruct me in. And next for the robbery of Mr. Stone, + for which I am now brought to this fatal place. I solemnly do + declare to God and the world, that I never had the value of one + halfpenny from him, and that the occasion of his being so ill-used + was that he offered to me that detestable and crying sin of sodomy. + + I take this opportunity, with almost my last breath, to give my + hearty thanks to the honourable Col. Pitts, and Col. Pagitt, for + their endeavours to save my life, and indeed I had some small hopes + that his Majesty, in consideration of the services of my whole + family, having all been faithful soldiers and servants to the Crown + of England, would have extended one branch of his mercy to me, and + have sent me to have served him in another country. But welcome be + the Grace of God, I am resigned to His will, and die in charity with + all men, forgiving, hoping to be forgiven myself, through the merits + of my blessed Saviour Jesus Christ. I hope, and make it my earnest + request that nobody will be so little Christian as to reflect on my + aged parents, wife, brother, or sisters, for my untimely end. And I + pray God, into whose hands I commend my spirit, that the great + number of sodomites in and about this City and suburbs, may not + bring down the same judgement from Heaven as fell on Sodom and + Gomorrah. + + William Casey. + +FOOTNOTES: + + [12] Sir Richard Temple, 1st Viscount Cobham, was a distinguished + general who had served under Marlborough. In 1719 he led an + expedition to the north coast of Spain and seized Vigo and the + neighbouring towns and harbours. + + + + +The Life of JOHN DYKES, a Thief and Highwayman + + +It is a reflection almost too common to be repeated that of all the +vices to which young people are addicted, nothing is so dangerous as a +habit and inclination to gaming. To explain this would be to swell a +volume. Instances which are so numerous do it much better. Perhaps this +unhappy person John Dykes is as strong a one as is anywhere to be met +with. His parents were persons in middling circumstances, but he being +their eldest child, they treated him with great indulgence, and to the +detriment of their own fortune afforded him a necessary education. When +he grew up and his friends thought of placing him out apprentice, he +always found some excuse or other to avoid it, which arose only from his +great indolence of temper, and his continual itching after gaming. When +he had money, he went to the gaming tables about town, and when reduced +by losses sustained there, would put on an old ragged coat and get out +to play at chuck, and span-farthing, amongst the boys in the street, by +which, sometimes he got money enough to go to his old companions again. +But this being a very uncertain recourse, he made use more frequently of +picking pockets; for which being several times apprehended and committed +to Bridewell, his friends, especially his poor father, would often +demonstrate to him the ignominious end which such practices would +necessarily bring on, entreating him while there was yet time, to +reflect and to leave them off, promising to do their utmost for him, +notwithstanding all that was past. In the course of this unhappy life +the youth had acquired an extraordinary share of cunning, and an unusual +capacity of dissembling; he employed it more than once to deceive his +family into a belief of his having made a thorough resolution of +amendment. + +Once, after having suffered the usual discipline of the horsepond, Dykes +was carried before a Justice of Peace, and committed to Tothill Fields +Bridewell[13]. Here he became acquainted with one Jeddediah West, a +Quaker's son, who had fallen into the like practices, and for them +shared the same punishment with himself. They were pretty much of a +temper, but Jeddediah was the elder and much the more subtle of the two, +and in this unhappy place they contracted a strict and intimate +friendship. Out of shame Jeddediah forbore for two or three days to +acquaint his relations, and during that time for the most part subsisted +out of what Dykes got from home. But at last West picked up courage +enough to send to his brother, a very eminent man in business, and by +telling him a plausible story, procured not only pity and relief, but +even prevailed on him to believe that he was innocent of the fact for +which he was committed. He so well tutored his friend Dykes that though +he could not persuade his parents into the same degree of credulity, yet +his outward appearance of penitence induced them not only to pardon him +but to take him home, give him a new suit of clothes, and to promise +him, if he continued to do well, whatever was in their power to do for +him. + +Dykes and his companion being in favour with their friends, and having +money in their pockets, continued their correspondence and went often to +the gaming tables together. At first they had a considerable run of luck +for about three weeks, but Fortune then forsaking them, they were +reduced to be downright penniless, without any hopes of relief or +assistance from their friends sufficient to carry on their expenses. +West at last proposed an expedient for raising money, which lay +altogether upon himself, and which he the next day executed in the +following manner. + +About the time that he knew his brother was to come home from the +Exchange to dinner, he went to his house equipped in a sailor's +pea-jacket, his hair cropped short to his ears, his eyebrows coloured +black, and a handkerchief about his neck. As soon as he saw him in the +counting-house, his brother started back, and cried, _Bless me! +Jeddediah, how came you in this pickle?_ With all signs of grief and +confusion, he threw himself at his brother's feet, and told him with a +flood of tears that two coiners who had accidentally seen him in +Bridewell had sworn against him and three others on their apprehension, +in order on the merit thereof to be admitted evidences to get off +themselves. _So that, dear brother_, he continued, _I have been obliged +to take a passage in a vessel that does down next tide to Gravesend, for +I have ran the hazard of my life to come and beg your charitable +assistance._ + +The poor honest man was so much amazed and concerned at this melancholy +tale, that bursting out into tears, and hanging about his brother's +neck, he begged him to take a coach and begone to Billingsgate, giving +him ten guineas in hand and telling him that his bills should not be +protested if he drew within the compass of a hundred pounds from Dieppe, +whither he said the ship was bound. West was no sooner out of the street +where his brother lived, but he ordered the coach to drive to a certain +place where he had appointed Dykes to meet him, and there they expressed +a great deal of mutual satisfaction at the trick West had played his +brother. However, the latter was no great gainer in the end, for Mr. +West, senior, soon finding out the contrivance, forever renounced him, +and Jeddediah being soon after arrested for twelve pounds due to his +tailor, was carried to prison and remained there without the least +assistance from his brother, till after his friend Dykes was hanged. + +The last mentioned malefactor, unmoved by all the tender entreaties of +his friends, and the glaring prospect before him of his own ruin, went +still on at the old rate, and whenever gaming had brought him low in +cash, took up with the road, or some such like dishonest method to +recruit it. At last he had the ill-luck to commit a robbery in Stepney +parish, in the road between Mile End and Bow, upon one Charles Wright, +to whose bosom clapping a pistol, he commanded him to deliver +peacefully, or he would shoot him through the body. The booty he took +was very inconsiderable, being only a penknife, an ordinary seal, and +five shillings and eightpence in money. A poor price for life, since two +days after he was apprehended for this robbery, committed to Newgate and +condemned the next sessions. + +His behaviour under these unhappy circumstances was very mean, and such +as fully showed what difference there is between courage and that +resolution which is necessary to support the spirits and calm our +apprehensions at the certain approach of a violent death. I forbear +attempting any description of those unutterable torments which the +exterior marks of a distracted behaviour fully showed that this poor +wretch endured. And as I have nothing more to add of him, but that he +confessed his having been guilty of a multitude of ill acts, he +submitted at last with greater cheerfulness than he had ever shown +during his confinement to that shameful death which the Law had ordained +for his crimes, on the 23rd of October, 1721, when he was about +twenty-three years of age. + +FOOTNOTES: + + [13] This Bridewell occupied the site adjoining the north side + of the Green Coat School, on the west: side of Artillery Place. + Although originally intended for vagrants, early in the 18th + century it was turned into a house of detention for criminals. + + + + +The Life of RICHARD JAMES, a Highwayman + + +The misfortune of not having early a virtuous education is often so +great a one as never to be retrieved, and it happens frequently (as far +as human capacity will give us leave to judge) that those prove +remarkably wicked and profligate for want of it who if they had been so +happy as to have received it, would probably have led an honest and +industrious life. I am led to this observation at present by the +materials which lay before me for the composition of this life. + +Richard James was the son of a nobleman's cook, but he knew little more +of his father than that he left him to the wide world while very young; +and so at about twelve years of age he was sent to sea. There he had the +misfortune to be taken prisoner by the Spaniards, who he acknowledged +treated him with great humanity, and a house-painter taking a great +liking to him, received him into his house, taught him his profession, +and used him with the same tenderness as if he had been his nearest +relation. + +But fondness for his country exciting in him a continual desire of +seeing England again, at last he found a means to return before he was +seventeen; and after this, being in England but a very small time, he +totally disobliged what few friends he had left, by his silly marriage +to a poor girl younger than himself. As is common enough in such mad +adventures, the woman's friends were as much disobliged as his, and so +not knowing how to subsist together, Richard was obliged to betake him +to his old profession of the sea. + +The first voyage he made was to the West Indies, where he had the +misfortune to be taken by pirates, and by them being set on shore, he +was reduced almost to downright starving. However, begging his way to +Boston in New England, he from thence found a method of returning home +once again. The first thing he did was to enquire for his wife. But she, +under a pretence of having received advice of his death from America, +had gotten another husband; and though poor James was willing to pass +that by, yet the woman, it seems, knew better when she was well, and +under pretence of affection for two children which she had by this last +husband, absolutely refused to leave him and return back to Dick, her +first spouse. However, he did not seem to have taken this much to heart, +for in a short time he followed her example and married another wife; +but finding no method of procuring an honest livelihood, he took a short +method of living, viz., to thieving after every manner that came in his +way. + +He committed a vast number of robberies in a very short space, chiefly +upon the waggoners in the Oxford Road, and sometimes, as if there were +not crime enough in barely robbing them, he added to it by the cruel +manner in which he treated them. At this rate he went on for a +considerable space, till being apprehended for a robbery of a man on +Hanwell Green, from whom he took but ten shillings, he was shortly after +convicted; and having no friends, from that time he laid aside all hope +of life. + +During the space he had to prepare himself for death, he appeared so +far from being either terrified, or even unwilling to die, that he +looked upon it as a very happy relief from a very troublesome and uneasy +life, and declared, with all outward appearance of sincerity, that he +would not, even if it were in his power, procure a reprieve, or avoid +that death which could alone prove a remedy for those evils which had so +long rendered life a burden. He was very earnest to be instructed in the +duties of religion, and seemed to desire nothing else than to prepare +himself, as well as time and his melancholy circumstances would allow +him, and never from the time of his conviction showed any change in his +disposition but continued still rather to wish for his death than to +fear it. He made a very ample confession of all the robberies he had +ever done, and seemed sorrowful enough, above all, for the inhumanity +and incivility with which he had sometimes treated people. + +Amongst other particulars he said that once, with his companions, having +robbed a lady in some other company of a whip, and a tortoiseshell +snuff-box with a silver rim, she earnestly desired to have them +returned, saying that as to the money they had taken they were heartily +welcome; the other thieves seemed inclinable to grant her request, but +James absolutely declared that she should not have them. However, as a +very extraordinary mark of his generosity, he took the snuff out of the +box, and putting it into a paper, gave it her back again. + +At the place of execution he repeated what he had formerly said as to +his readiness of dying, adding, that if the people pitied the misfortune +he fell under of dying so ignominious a death, he no less pitied them in +the dangers and misfortunes they were sure to run through in this +miserable world. At the time of his death he was about thirty years of +age, and suffered on the same day with the criminal last mentioned. + + + + +The Life of JAMES WRIGHT, a Highwayman + + +James Wright, the malefactor whose life we are going to relate at +present, was born at Enfield, of very honest and industrious parents, +who, that he might get a living honestly, put him apprentice to a +peruke-maker. At this trade, after having served his time, he set up in +the Old Bailey, and lived there for some time in very good credit. But +being much given up to women, and an idle habit of life, his expenses +quickly outwent his profits, and thus in the space of some months +reduced him to downright want. This put him upon the illegal ways he +afterwards took to support himself in the enjoyment of those pleasures +which even the evils he had already felt could not make him wise enough +to shun. + +He was very far from being a hardened criminal, hardly ever robbing a +passenger without tears in his eyes, and always framing resolutions to +himself of quitting that infamous manner of life, as soon as ever it +should be in his power. He fancied that as the rich could better spare +it than the poor, there was less crime in taking it from them, and +valued himself not a little that he had never injured any poor man, but +always singled out those who from their equipage were likeliest to yield +him a good booty, and at the same time not be much the worse for it +themselves. He had gone on for a considerable space in the commission of +villainies with impunity, but at last being apprehended for a robbery +committed by him in the county of Surrey, he was thereupon indicted and +tried at the ensuing assizes at Kingston, and by some means or other, +was so lucky as to be acquitted, no doubt to his very great joy; and on +this deliverance he again renewed his vows of amendment. + +After this acquittal a friend of his was so kind as to take him down to +his house in the country, in hopes of keeping him out of harm's way; and +indeed 'tis highly probable that he had totally given over all evil +intention of that sort, when he was unfortunately impeached by Hawkins, +one of his old companions, and on his evidence and that of the +prosecutor whom he found out, Wright was taken up, tried and convicted +at the Old Bailey. When he perceived there was no hope of life he +applied himself to the great business of his soul, and behaved with the +greatest composure imaginable. He declared himself a Roman Catholic, yet +frequented the chapel all the time he was in Newgate, and seemed only +studious how to make peace with God. + +When the fatal day of execution approached, he was far from seeming +amazed, notwithstanding that after mature deliberation he refused to +declare his associates, or how they might be found, saying that perhaps +they might repent, and he hoped some of them had done so, and he would +not bring them to the same ignominious death with himself. The fact he +died for, viz., robbing Mr. Towers, with some ladies in a coach in +Marlborough Street, he confessed, also that his companion called out to +him, _What, do they resist? Shoot 'em._ He suffered with all the outward +signs of penitence, on the 22nd of December, 1721, being about +thirty-four years of age. + + + + +The Life of NATHANIEL HAWES, a Thief and a Robber + + +Amongst many odd notions which are picked up by the common people, there +is none more dangerous, both to themselves and unto others, than the +idea they get of courage, which with them consists either in a furious +madness, or an obstinate perseverence, even in the worst cause. + +Nathaniel Hawes was a very extraordinary instance of this, as the +following part of his life will show. He was, as he said himself, the +son of a very rich grazier in Norfolk, who dying when he was but a year +old, he afterwards pretended that he was defrauded of a greater part of +his father's effects which should have belonged to him. However, those +who took care of his education put him out apprentice to an upholsterer, +with whom having served about four years, he then fell into very +expensive company, which reduced him to such straits as obliged him to +make bold with his master's cash, by which he injured him for some time +with impunity. But proceeding, at last, to the commission of a downright +robbery, he was therein detected, tried and convicted, but being then a +very young man, the Court had pity on him, and he had the good luck to +procure a pardon. + +Natt made the old use of mercy, when extended to such sort of people, +that is, when he returned to liberty he returned to his old practices. +His companions were several young men of the same stamp with himself, +who placed all their delight in the sensual and brutal pleasures of +drinking, gaming, whoring and idling about, without betaking themselves +to any business. Natt, who was a young fellow naturally sprightly and of +good parts, from thence became very acceptable to these sort of people, +and committed abundance of robberies in a very small space of time. The +natural fire of his temper made him behave with great boldness on such +occasions, and gave him no small reputation amongst the gang. Seeing +himself extravagantly commended on such occasions, Hawes began to form +to himself high notions of heroism in that way, and from the warmth of a +lively imagination, became a downright Don Quixote in all their +adventures. He particularly affected the company of Richard James, and +with him robbed very much on the Oxford Road, whereon it was common for +both these persons not only to take away the money from passengers, but +also to treat them with great inhumanity, which for all I might know +might arise in a great measure from Hawes's whimsical notions. + +This fellow was so puffed up with the reputation he had got amongst his +companions in the same miserable occupation, that he fancied no +expedition impracticable which he thought fit to engage, and indeed the +boldness of his attempts had so often given him success that there is no +wonder a fellow of his small parts and education should conceive so +highly of himself. It was nothing for Hawes singly to rob a coach full +of gentlemen, to stop two or three persons on the highway at a time, or +to rob the waggons in a line as they came on the Oxford Road to London, +nor was there any of the little prisons or Bridewells that could hold +him. + +There was, however, an adventure of Natt's of this kind that deserves a +particular relation. He had, it seems, been so unlucky as to be taken +and committed to New Prison,[14] on suspicion of robbing two gentlemen +in a chaise coming from Hampstead. Hawes viewed well the place of his +confinement, but found it much too strong for any attempts like those he +was wont to make. In the same place with himself and another man mere +was a woman very genteelly dressed, who had been committed for +shoplifting. This woman seemed even more ready to attempt something +which might get her out of that confinement than either Hawes or her +other companion. The latter said it was impracticable, and Natt that +though he had broken open many a prison, yet he saw no probability of +putting this in the number. + +_Well_, said the woman _have you courage enough to try, if I put you in +the way? Yes_, quoth Hawes, _there's nothing I won't undertake for +liberty;_ and said the other fellow, _If I once saw a likelihood of +performing it, there's nobody has better hands at such work than myself. +In the first place_, said this politician in petticoats, _we must raise +as much money amongst us as will keep a very good fire. Why truly_, +replied Hawes, _a fire would be convenient in this cold weather, but I +can't, for my heart, see how we should be nearer our liberty for it, +unless you intend to set the gaol in flames. Tush! Tush!_ answered the +woman, _follow but my directions, and let's have some faggots and coals, +and I warrant you by to-morrow morning we shall be safe oat of these +regions._ The woman spoke this with so much assurance that Hawes and the +other man complied, and reserving but one shilling, laid out all their +money in combustibles and liquor. While the runners of the prison were +going to and fro upon this occasion, the woman seemed so dejected that +she could scarce speak, and the two men by her directions sat with the +same air as if the rope already had been about them at Tyburn. At last, +as they were going to be locked up; _Pray_, says the woman, with a +faint voice, _Can't you give me something like a poker? Why, yes_, says +one of the fellows belonging to the gaol, _if you'll give me twopence, +I'll bring you one of the old bars that was taken out of the window when +these new ones were put in._ The woman gave him the halfpence, he +delivered the bar, and the keepers having locked them up, barred and +bolted the doors, and left them until next morning. + +As soon as ever the people of the gaol were gone, up starts madam. _Now, +my lads_, says she, _to work_; and putting her hands into her pockets +and shaking her petticoats, down drops two little bags of tools. She +pointed out to them a large stone at the corner of the roof which was +morticed into two others, one above and the other below. After they had +picked all the mortar from between them, she heated the bar red hot in +the fire, and putting it to the sockets into which the irons that held +the stones were fastened with lead, it quickly loosened them, and then +making use of the bars as of a crow, by two o'clock in the morning they +had got them all three out, and opened a fair passage into the streets, +only that it was a little too high. Upon this the woman made them fasten +the iron bar strongly at the angle where the three stones met, and then +pulling off her stays, she unrolled from the top of her petticoats four +yards of strong cord, the noose of which being fastened on the iron, the +other end was thrown out over the wall, and so the descent was rendered +easy. The men were equally pleased and surprised at their good fortune, +and in gratitude to the female author of it, helped her to the top of +the wall, and let her get safe over before they attempted to go out +themselves. + +It was not long after this that Hawes committed a robbery on Finchley +Common, upon one Richard Hall, from whom he took about four shillings in +money; and to make up the badness of the booty, he took from him his +horse, in order to be the better equipped to go in quest of another +which might make up the deficiency. For this robbery, being shortly +after detected and apprehended, he was convicted and received sentence +of death. When first confined, he behaved himself with very great +levity, and declared he would merit a greater reputation by the boldness +of his behaviour than any highwayman that had died these seven years. +Indeed, this was the style he always made use of, and the great +affectation of intrepidity and resolution which he always put on would +have moved anybody (had it not been for his melancholy condition) to +smile at the vanity of the man. + +At the time he was taken up, he had, it seems, a good suit of clothes +taken from him, which put him so much out of humour, because he could +not appear, as he said, like a gentleman at the sessions-house, that +when he was arraigned and should have put himself upon his trial, he +refused to plead unless they were delivered to him again. But to this +the Court answered that it was not in their power, and on his persisting +to remain mute, after all the exhortations which were made to him, the +Court at last ordered that the sentence of the press should be read to +him, as is customary on such occasions; after which the Judge from the +Bench spoke to him to this effect + + Nathaniel Hawes, + + The equity of the Law of England, more tender of the lives of its + subjects than any other in the world, allows no person to be put to + death, either unheard or without the positive proof against him of + the fact whereon he stands charged; and that proof, too, must be + such as shall satisfy twelve men who are his equals, and by whose + verdict he is to be tried. And surely no method can be devised + fuller than this is, as well of compassion, as of Justice. But then + it is required that the person to be tried shall aver his innocence + by pleading Not Guilty to his indictment, which contains the charge. + You have heard that which the grand jury have found against you. You + see here twelve honest men ready to enquire impartially into the + evidence that shall be given against you. The Court, such is the + humanity of our constitution, is counsel for you as you are a + prisoner. What hinders then, that you should submit to so fair, so + equal a trial; and wherefore will you, by a brutish obstinacy, draw + upon you that heavy judgement which the Law has appointed for those + who seem to have lost the rational faculties of men? + +To this Hawes impudently made answer, that the Court was formerly a +place of Justice, but now it was become a place of injustice; that he +doubted not but that they would receive a severer sentence than that +which they had pronounced upon him; and that for his part, he made no +question of dying with the same resolution with which he had often +beheld death, and would leave the world with the same courage with which +he had lived in it. + +Natt thought this a most glorious instance of his courage, and when some +of his companions said jestingly, that he chose pressing because the +Court would not let him have a good suit of clothes to be hanged in, he +replied, with a great deal of warmth, that it was no such thing, but +that as he had lived with the character of the boldest fellow of his +profession he was resolved to die with it, and leave his memory to be +admired by all the gentlemen of the road in succeeding ages. This was +the rant which took up the poor fellow's head, and induced him to bear +250 pound weight upon his breast for upwards of seven minutes, and was +much the same kind of bravery as that which induced the French lacquey +to dance a minuet immediately before he danced his last upon the wheel, +an action which made so much noise in France as engaged the Duke de +Rochefoucauld to compare it with the death of Cato. + +Hawes, indeed, did not persist quite so long, but submitted to that +justice which he saw was unavoidable, after he had endured, as I have +said before, so great a weight in the press. The bruises he received on +the chest pained him so exceedingly during the short remainder of his +life that he was hardly able to perform those devotions which the near +approach of death made him desirous to offer up for so profligate a +life. He laid aside, then, those wild notions which had been so fatal to +him through the whole course of his days, and so remarkably unfortunate +to him in this last age of life. He confessed frankly what crimes he +could remember and seemed very desirous of acquitting some innocent +persons who were at that time imprisoned, or suspected, for certain +villainies which were committed by Hawes and his gang; particularly a +footman, then in the Poultry Compter, and a man's son at an alehouse, +who, though Hawes declared he knew no harm of him, yet at the place of +execution he said that as he desired his death might be a warning to all +in general, so he wished it might be particularly considered by him. +Though, as I have said, he was fully convinced of the folly of those +notions which he had formerly entertained, yet he did not, as most of +those braves do, go from one degree of extravagance to the other, that +is, from daring everything to sinking into the meanest cowardice, for +Hawes went to his death very composedly, as he had received the +Sacrament the day before, with all the outward marks of devotion. He +suffered on the 22nd day of September, 1721, at which time he was scarce +twenty years of age. + +FOOTNOTES: + + [14] This was the Clerkenwell House of Detention, where + prisoners were sent after being sentenced, pending their + disposal at a House of Correction. It was originally intended + for the overflow from Newgate. The prison stood in Clerkenwell + Close. + + + + +The Life of JOHN JONES, a Pickpocket + + +There is not, perhaps, a greater misfortune to young people than that +too great tenderness and compassion with which they are treated in their +youth, and those hopes of amendment which their relations flatter +themselves with as they grow up. If they could suffer themselves to be +guided by experience, they would quickly find that sagacious minds do +but increase in wickedness as they increase in years. Timely services, +therefore, and proper restraints are the only methods with which such +persons are to be treated, for minds disposed to such gross impurities +as those which lead to such wickednesses or are rendered capital by Law, +are seldom to be prevailed on by gentleness, or admonitions unseconded +by harsher means. I am very far from being an advocate for great +severities towards young people, but I confess in cases like these, I +think they are as necessary as amputations, where the distemper has +spread so far that no cure is to be hoped for by any other means. If the +relations of John Jones had known and practised these methods, it is +highly probable he had escaped the suffering and the shame of that +ignominious death to which, after a long persisting in his crimes, he at +last came. + +[Illustration: A PRISONER UNDER PRESSURE IN NEWGATE + +Accused men who refused to plead to their indictment might be pressed to +death. Edward Burnworth carried 424 lb. on his chest for an hour and +three minutes before he consented to plead + +_(From the Newgate Calendar)_] + +This malefactor was born in the parish of St. Andrew's, Holborn, of +parents in tolerable circumstances, who, while a boy, indulged him in +all his little humours from a wise expectation of their dropping from +him all at once when he grew up. But this expectation not succeeding, as +it must be owned there was no great probability it should, they were +then for persuading him to settle in business. That he might do this +with less reluctancy they were so kind as to put him out upon liking to +three or four trades; but it happening unluckily that there was work to +be done in all of them, Jones could not be brought to go apprentice to +any, but idled on amongst his companions, without ever thinking of +applying himself to any business whatever. His relations sent him to +sea, another odd academy to learn honesty at, and on his return from +thence, and refusing to go any more, his relations refused to support +him any longer. + +Jack was very melancholy on this score, and having but eighteenpence in +the world when he received the comfortable message of his never being to +expect a farthing more from his friends, he went out to take a walk in +Hyde Park to divert his melancholy, when he ruminated on what he was to +do next for a livelihood. In the midst of these reflections he espied an +old schoolfellow of his, who used to have the same inclinations with +himself. There had been a great intimacy between them; it was quickly +renewed, and Jack Jones unburdened to him the whole budget of his +sorrows. _And is this all?_ says the young fellow. _Why, I will put you +in a way to ease this in a minute, if you will step along with me to a +house hard by, where I am to meet with some of my acquaintance._ Jones +readily consented, and to a little blind alehouse in a dark lane they +went. The woman of the house received them very kindly, and as soon as +Jack's companion had informed her that he was a newcomer, she conducted +him into a little room, where she entertained him with a good dinner and +a bowl of punch after it. Jack was mightily taken with the courtesy of +his landlady, who promised him he should never want such usage and his +friend would teach him in the evening how to earn it. + +Evening came, and out walked the two young men. Jack was put upon +nothing at that time, but to observe how his companion managed. He was a +very dexterous youth, and at seven o'clock prayers picked up, in half an +hour's time, three good handkerchiefs, and a silver snuff-box. Having +this readily shown him the practice, he was no less courteous in +acquainting Jones with the theory of his profession, and two or three +night's work made Jones a very complete workman in their way. + +He lived at this rate for some months, until going with his instructor +through King Street, Westminster, and passing by a woman pretty well +dressed, says the other fellow to Jones, _Now mind, Jack, and while +jostle her against the wall, do you whip off her pocket._ Jones +performed tolerably well, though the woman screamed out and people were +thick in the street. He gave the pocket, as soon as he had plucked it +off, to his comrade, but having felt it rather weighty, would trust him +no farther than the first by-alley before they stopped to examine its +contents. + +They had scarce found their prize consisted of no more than a small +prayer-book, a needle case, and a silver thimble, when the woman with a +mob at her heels bolted upon them and seized them. Jones had the pocket +in his hand when they laid hold of him, and his associate no sooner +perceived the danger, but he clapped hold of him by the collar and cried +out as loud as any of the mob, _Ay, ay, this is he, good woman, is not +this your pocket?_ By this strategem he escaped, and Jones was left to +feel the whole weight of the punishment which was ready to fall upon +them. He was immediately committed to prison, and the offence being +capital in its nature, he was condemned at the next sessions, and though +he always buoyed himself up with hopes to the contrary, was ordered for +execution. He was dreadfully amazed at death, as being, indeed, very +unfit to die. However, when he found it was inevitable, he began to +prepare for it as well as he was able. His relations now afforded him +some little relief, and after having made as ample a confession as he +was able, he suffered at Tyburn with the two above-mentioned +malefactors, Hawes and Wright, being then but a little above nineteen +years of age. + + + + +The Life of JOHN SMITH, a Murderer + + +As idleness is fatal to youth, so it and ill-company become not seldom +so even to persons in years. John Smith, of whose extraction we can say +nothing, had served with a very good character in a regiment of foot, +during Queen Anne's wars in Flanders. His captain took a particular +liking to him, and from his boldness and fierce courage, to which he +himself was also greatly inclined, they did abundance of odd actions +during the War, some of which may not be unentertaining to the reader, +if I mention. + +The army lying encamped almost over against that of the French king, +foraging was become very dangerous, and hardly a party went out without +a skirmish. John's master, the captain, having been out with a party, +and being over powered by the French, were obliged to leave their +trusses behind them. When they returned to the camp, Smith was ordered +to lead his master's horse out into the field between the two camps, +that the poor creature might be able to pick up a little pasture. John +had not attended his horse long before, at the distance of about half a +mile, he saw a boy leading two others, at the foot of a hill which +joined to the French fortification. As John's livery was yellow, and he +spoke Walloon bad enough to be taken for a Frenchman, he ventured to +stake the Captain's horse down where it was feeding, and without the +least apprehension of the risk he ran, went across to the fellow who was +feeding his horses under the French lines. He proceeded with so much +caution that he was within a stone's throw of the boy, before he +perceived him. From the colour of his clothes, and the place where they +were, immediately under the French camp, the lad took him for one of +their own people, and therefore answered him very civilly when he asked +what o'clock it was, and whom he belonged to. But John no sooner +observed from the boy's turning his horses, that the hill lay again +between them and the French soldiers, than clapping his hand suddenly +upon the boy's throat and tripping up his heels, he clapped a gag in his +mouth, which he had cut for that purpose; and leaving him with his hands +tied behind him upon the ground, he rode clear off with the best of the +horses, notwithstanding that the boy had alarmed the French camp, and he +had some hundred shot sent after him. + +The captain and Smith were out one day a-foraging, and one of the +officers of their party who was known to have a hundred pistoles about +him, was killed in a skirmish, and neither party dared to bring off the +body for fear of the other, it being just dark, each expected a +reinforcement from the camp. Smith told his captain that if he'd give +him one half of the gold for fetching, he would venture; and his offer +being gladly accepted, he accordingly crept two hundred yards upon his +belly, and after he had picked the purse out of the dead man's pockets, +returned without being either seen or suspected. + +When the army was disbanded, Smith betook himself to the sea, and served +under Admiral Byng,[15] in the fight at Messina; but on the return of +that fleet from the Mediterranean, being discharged he came up to +London, where having squandered his money, he did some petty thefts to +get more. To this he was induced chiefly by the company of one Woolford, +who was executed, and at whose execution Smith was present, and soon +after cohabited with his wife. But not long after this, Smith meeting +with one Sarah Thompson, an old acquaintance of his, who had it seems +left him to live with another fellow, he took it into his head thereupon +to use her very roughly, and clapping a pistol to her breast, threatened +with abundance of ill-language to shoot her. This occasioned a great +fray in the place where it happened, which was near the Hermitage +towards Wapping, and several persons running to take the woman away, and +to seize him, in order to prevent murder, Smith fired his pistol, and +unhappily killed one Matthew Walden, who was amongst the number. The mob +immediately crowded upon him and seized him, and the fact appearing very +clear on his trial, he was convicted at the next sessions at the Old +Bailey. + +He behaved himself with great resolution, professed himself extremely +sorry, as well for the many vices he had been guilty of as for that last +bloody act which brought him to his shameful end. He especially +recommended to all who spoke to him, to avoid the snares and delusions +of lewd women; and at the place of execution delivered the following +paper. He was about forty years of age when he died, being the 8th day +of February, 1722, at Tyburn. + + The paper delivered by John Smith at the place of execution + + I was born of honest parents, bred to the sea, and lived honest, + 'till I was led aside by lewd women. I then robbed on ships, and + never robbed on shore. I had no design to kill the woman who jilted + me, and left me for another man, but only to terrify her, for I + could have shot her when the loaded pistol was at her breast, but I + curbed my passion, and only threw a candle-stick at her. I confess + my cruelty towards my wife, who is a woman too good for me, but I + was at first forced to forsake her for debt, and go to sea. I hope + in God none will reflect on her, or my poor innocent children, who + could not help my sad passion, and more sad death. Written by me, + + John Smith + +FOOTNOTES: + + [15] George Byng, later created Viscount Torrington, was sent + with a fleet for the protection of Sicily against the Spaniards. + He found them besieging Messina, whereupon he gave their fleet + battle and gained a smashing victory at Cape Passaro, 31 July, + 1718. + + + + +The Life of JAMES SHAW, _alias_ SMITH, a Highwayman and Murderer + + +James Shaw, otherwise Smith (for by both these names he went, nor am I +able to say which was his true one) was the son of parents both of +circumstances and inclination to have given him a very good education if +he would have received it. The unsettledness of his temper was +heightened by that indulgence with which he was treated by his +relations, who permitted him to make trial of several trades, though he +could not be brought to like any. Indeed, he stayed so long with a +forger of gun-locks, as to learn something of his art, which sometimes +he practised and thereby got money; but generally speaking he chose +rather to acquire it by easier means. + +I cannot take upon me to say at what time he began to rob upon the road, +or take to any other villainy of that sort, but 'tis certain that if he +himself were to be believed, it was in a great measure owing to a bad +wife; for when he, by his labour, got nine shillings a week, and used to +return home very weary in the evening, he generally found nobody there +to receive him, or to get ready his supper, but everything in the +greatest confusion, without any person to take care of what little he +had. This, as he would have had it believed, was the source of his +misfortunes and necessities, as it was also the occasion of his taking +such fatal methods to relieve them. + +The Hampstead Road was that in which he chiefly robbed, and he could not +be persuaded that there was any great crime in taking away the +superfluous cash of those who lavish it in vanity and luxury, or from +those who procure it by cheating and gaming; and under these two classes +Shaw pretended to rank all who frequented the Wells or Belsize, and it +is to be much feared that in this respect he was not very far out. +Amongst the many adventures which befell him in his expeditions on the +road, there are one or two which it may not be improper to take notice +of. + +One evening, as he was patrolling thereabouts, he came up to a chariot +in which there was a certain famous justice, who happened to have won +about four hundred pounds at play, and Count Ui----n, a famous foreign +gamester, that has made many different figures about this town. No +sooner was the coach stopped by Shaw and another person on horseback, +but the Squire slipped the money he had won behind the seat of the +coach, and the Count having little to lose, seemed not very uneasy at +the accident. The highwaymen no sooner had demanded their money, but the +Count gave two or three pieces of foreign gold, and the gentleman, in +hopes by this means of getting rid of them, presented them with twenty +guineas. + +_Why, really, sir_, said Shaw, on the receipt of the gold, _this were a +handsome compliment from another person, but methinks you might have +spared a little more out of the long bag you brought from the gaming +table. Come, gentlemen, get out, get out, we must examine the nest a +little, I fancy the goldfinches are not yet flown._ Upon this, they both +got out of the chariot, and Shaw shaking the cushion that covered the +seat hastily, the long bag fell out with its mouth open, and all its +bright contents were scattered on the ground. The two knights of the +road began to pick them up as fast as they could, and while the justice +cursed this unlucky accident which had nicked him, after he had nicked +all the gamesters at the Wells, the Count, who thought swearing an +unprofitable exercise, began to gather as fast as they. A good deal of +company coming in sight just as they had finished, and while they were +calling upon the Count to refund, they were glad to gallop away. But +returning to London they were taken, and about three hours after +committing the fact, they, together with the witnesses against them, +were brought before a Middlesex magistrate, who committed them. + +_But, pray, Sir_, says Shaw, before he was taken out of the room; _Why +should not that French fellow suffer as well as we? He shared the booty, +and please your Worship, 'tis but reasonable he should share the +punishment. Well, what say you, Sir?_ quoth the Justice to his brother +magistrate. _What is this outlandish man they talk of? He is a count, +Sir_, replied he, _returned from Naples, whither he went on some affairs +of importance. He makes a very good figure here sometimes, though I do +not know what his income is. I do not apprehend your Worship has +anything to do with that, since I do not complain. However_, replied +this dispenser of justice, _I have had but a very sorry account of you, +yet as you are in company with my brother here, I shall take no further +notice of what these men say._[16] + +Shaw being after this got out of prison and having no money to purchase +a horse, he endeavoured to carry on his old profession of a footpad. In +this shape he robbed also several coaches and single passengers, and +that with very great inhumanity, which was natural, he said, from that +method of attacking, for it was impossible for a footpad to get off, +unless he either maimed the man, or wounded his horse. + +Meeting by chance, as he was walking across Hampstead Road, an old +grave-looking man, he thought there was no danger in making up to him, +and seizing him, since he himself was well armed. The old gentleman +immediately begged that he would be civil and told him that if he would +be so, he would give him an old pair of breeches which were filled with +money and effects worth money, and, as he said, lay buried by such a +tree, pointing at the same time to it with his hand. Shaw went thither +directly, in hopes of gaining the miser's great prize, for the old +fellow made him believe he had buried it out of covetousness, and came +there to brood over it. But no sooner were they come to the place, and +Shaw looping down, began to look for three pieces of tobacco pipe, which +the old man pretended to have stack where they were buried, but the +gentleman whipped out his sword, and made two or three passes at Shaw, +wounding him in the neck, side and breast. + +As the number of his robberies were very great, so it is not to be +expected that we should have a very exact account of them, yet as Shaw +was not shy in revealing any circumstance that related to them, we may +not perhaps have been as particular in the relation of his crimes as our +readers would desire, and therefore it will be necessary to mention some +other of his expeditions. + +At his usual time and place, viz., Hampstead Road, in the evening, he +overtook a dapper fellow, who was formerly a peruke-maker but now a +gamester. This man taking Shaw for a bubble, began to talk of play, and +mentioned All Fours and Cribbage, and asked him whether he would play a +game for a bottle or so at the Flask. Shaw pretended to be very willing, +but said he had made a terrible oath against playing for anything in any +house; but if to avoid it, the gentleman would tie his horse to a tree +and had any cards in his pocket, he'd sit down on the green bank in +yonder close, and hazard a shilling or two. The gamester, who always +carried his implements in his pocket, readily accepted of the offer, and +tying their horses to a post of a little alehouse on the road, over they +whipped into the fields. But no sooner were they set down, and the +sharper began to shuffle the cards, but Shaw starting up, caught him by +the throat, and after shaking out three guineas and a half from his +breeches' pocket, broke to pieces two peep boxes, split as many pair of +false dice, and kicked the cards all about the ground. He left him tied +hand and foot to consider ways and means to recruit his stock by methods +just as honest as those by which he lost it. + +The soldiers that at that time were placed on the road, passed for a +great security amongst people in town, but those who had occasion to +pass that way found no great benefit from their protection, for +robberies were as frequent as ever, and the ill-usage of persons when +robbed more so, because the rogues thought themselves in greater danger +of being taken, and therefore bound or disabled those they plundered, +for fear of their pursuing them. + +For a fact of this kind it was that Shaw came to his death, for one +Philip Pots, being robbed on horseback by several footpads and knocked +off his horse near the tile kilns by Pancras, and wounded in several +places of his body with his own sword, which one of the villains had +taken from him, some persons who passed by soon after took him up, and +carried him to the Pinder of Wakefield.[17] There, on the Monday +following (this accident happening on Saturday night) he in great +agonies expired. For this murder and another robbery between Highgate +and Kentish Town, Shaw was taken up and soon after convicted. At first +he denied all knowledge of the murder, but when his death grew near, he +did acknowledge being privy to it, though he persisted in saying he had +no hand in its commission. + +At the time he was under condemnation, the afore-mentioned John Smith, +William Colthouse, and Jonah Burgess were in the same condition. They +formed a conspiracy for breaking out of the place where they were +confined and to force an escape against all those who should oppose +them. For this purpose they had procured pistols, but their plot being +discovered, Burgess in great rage, cut his own throat and pretended that +Shaw designed to have dispatched himself with one of the pistols. But +Shaw, himself, absolutely denied this, and affirmed on the contrary that +when Burgess said his enemies should never have the satisfaction (as +they had bragged they would have) of placing themselves upon Holborn +Bridge, to see him go by Tyburn, he (Shaw) exhorted him never to think +of self-murder, and by that means give his enemies a double revenge in +destroying both body and soul. + +As Shaw had formerly declared his wife's ill-conduct had been the first +occasion of his falling into those courses which had proved so fatal to +him, he still retained so great an antipathy to her on that account, as +not to be able to pardon her, even in the last moments of his life, in +which he would neither confess, nor positively deny the murder for which +he died. He was then about twenty-eight years of age, and died the same +day with the last-mentioned malefactor, Smith. + +FOOTNOTES: + + [16] This discourse between the magistrates is obscure. I have + been unable to clear it. + + [17] This was the public-house at the Battle Bridge (King's + Cross) end of Gray's Inn Road. + + + + +The Life of WILLIAM COLTHOUSE, a Thief and Highwayman + + +William Colthouse was born in Yorkshire, had a very good education for a +person of his rank and especially with regard to religious principles, +of which he retained a knowledge seldom to be met with among the lower +class of people; but he was so unhappy as to imbibe in his youth strange +notions in regard to civil government, hereditary rights having been +much magnified in the latter end of the late Queen's reign. William +amongst others was violent attached thereto, and fancied it was a very +meritorious thing to profess his sentiments, notwithstanding they were +directly opposite to those of persons then in power. Some declarations +of this sort occasioned his being confined in Newgate, and prosecuted +for speaking seditious words in the beginning of King George the First's +reign. His Newgate acquaintances taught him quickly their arts of +living, and he was no sooner at liberty than he put them into execution, +he and his brother living like gentlemen on their expeditions on the +road; till unfortunately committing a robbery on Hounslow Heath +together, they were both closely pursued, the other taken, and William +narrowly escaped by creeping into a hollow tree. + +After the execution of his brother, Colthouse being terribly affected +therewith, retired to Oxford, and there worked as a journeyman joiner, +determining with himself to live honestly for the future, and not by a +habit of ill-actions go the same way as one so nearly related to him had +done before. But as his brother's death in time grew out of his +remembrance, so his evil inclinations again took place, and he came up +to London with a full purpose of getting money at an easier rate than +working. + +Soon after his arrival his Jacobite principles brought him into a great +fray at an alehouse in Tothill Fields, Westminster, where some soldiers +were drinking, and who on some disrespectful words said of the Prince, +caught up Colthouse and threw him upon a red-hot gridiron, thereby +making a scar on his cheek and under his left eye. By this he came to be +taken for a person who murdered a farmer's son in Philpot Lane, in +Hampshire, when he was charged with which he not only denied, but by +abundance of circumstances rendered it highly probable that he did not +commit it, there being, indeed, no other circumstance which occasioned +that suspicion but the likeness of the scar in his face, which happened +in the manner I told you. + +While he lay under condemnation, a report reached his ear that his two +brothers in the country were also said to be highwaymen; he complained +grievously of the common practice that was made by idle people raising +stories to increase the sorrows of families which were so unhappy as to +have any who belonged to them come to such a death as his was to be. As +to his brothers, he declared himself well satisfied that the younger was +a sober and religious lad, and as for the elder, though he might have +been guilty of some extravagance, yet he hoped and believed they were +not of the same kind with those which had brought him to ruin. However, +that he might do all the good which his present sad circumstance would +allow, he wrote the following letter to his brethren in the country. + + Dear Brothers, + + Though the nearness of my approaching death ought to shut out from + my thoughts all temporal concerns, yet I could not compose my mind + into that quietness with which I hope to pass from this sinful world + into the presence of the Almighty, before I had thus exorted you to + take particular warning from my death, which the intent of the Law + to deter others from wickedness hath decreed to be in a public and + ignominious manner. Amidst the terrors which the frailty of human + nature (shocked with the prospect of so terrible an end) makes my + afflicted heart to feel, even these sorrows are increased, and all + my woes doubled by a story which is spread, I hope without the least + grounds of truth, that ye, as well as I, have lived by taking away + by force the property of others. + + Let the said examples of my poor brother, who died by the hand of + Justice, and of me, who now follow him in the same unhappy course, + deter you not only from those flagrant offences which have been so + fatal unto us, but also from those foolish and sinful pleasures in + which it is but too frequent for young persons to indulge + themselves. Remember that I tell you from a sad experience, that the + wages of sin, though in appearance they be sometimes large and what + may promise outward pleasure, yet are they attended with such inward + disquiet as renders it impossible for those to have received them + to enjoy either quiet or ease. Work, then, hard at your employments, + and be assured that sixpence got thereby will afford you more solid + satisfaction than the largest acquisitions at the expense of your + conscience. That God may, by His grace, enable you to follow this my + last advice, and that He may bless your honest labour with plenty + and prosperity is the earnest prayer of your dying brother + + William Colthouse + +Till the day of his execution he had denied his being accessory to the +intended escape by forcing the prison, but when he came to Tyburn, he +acknowledged that assertion to be false, and owned that he caused the +two pistols to be provided for that purpose. He was about thirty-four +years of age at the time he suffered, which was on the 8th of February, +1722, with Burgess, Shaw and Smith. + + + + +The Life of WILLIAM BURRIDGE, a Highwayman + + +In the course of these lives I have more than once observed that the +vulgar have false notions of courage, and that applause is given to it +by those who have as false notions of it as themselves, and this it was +in a great measure which made William Burridge take to those fatal +practices which had the usual termination in an ignominious death. He +was the son of reputable people, who lived at West Haden in +Northamptonshire, who after affording him a competent education, thought +proper to bind him to his father's trade of a carpenter. But he, having +been pretty much indulged before that time, could not by any means be +brought to relish labour, or working for his bread. + +Burridge was a well-made fellow, and of a handsome person, as well as +great strength and dexterity, which he had often exercised in wrestling +and cudgel-playing which gained him great praise amongst the country +fellows at wakes and fairs, where such prizes are usually given. +Therefore giving himself up almost wholly to such exercises, he used +frequently to run away from his parents, and lie about the country, +stealing poultry, and what else he could lay his hands on to support +himself. His father trying all methods possible to reclaim him and +finding them fruitless, as his last refuge turned him over to another +master, in hopes that having there no mother to plead for him, a course +of continued severities might perhaps reclaim him. But his hopes were +all disappointed, for instead of mending under his new master, William +gave himself over to all sorts of vices, and more especially became +addicted to junketting with servant-wenches in the neighbourhood, who +especially on Sundays when their masters were out, were but too ready to +receive and entertain him at their expense. + +But these adventures made him very obnoxious to others, as well as his +master, who no longer able to bear his lying out of night, and other +disorderly practices, turned him off, and left him to shift for himself. +He went home to his friends, but going on still in the same way, they +frankly advised him to ship himself on board a man-of-war in order to +avoid that ill-fate which they then foresaw, and which afterwards +overtook him. William, though not very apt to follow good counsel, yet +approved of this at last when he saw some of his companions had already +suffered for those profligate courses to which they were addicted. + +He shipped himself, therefore, in a squadron then sailing for Spain +under the command of Commodore Cavendish, on board whose ship he was +when an engagement happened with the Spaniards in Cadiz Bay. The dispute +was long and very sharp, and Burridge behaved therein so as to meet with +extraordinary commendations. These had the worst effect upon him +imaginable, for they so far puffed him up, that he thought himself +worthier of command than most of the officers on the ship, and therefore +was not a little uneasy at being obliged to obey them. This hindered +them from doing him any kindness, which they would otherwise perhaps +have done in consideration of his gallant behaviour against the enemy. +At his return into England he was extremely ambitious of living without +the toil of business, and therefore went upon the highway with great +diligence, in order to acquire a fortune by it, which when he had done, +he designed to have left it off, and to have lived easily and honestly +upon the fruits of it. But, alas! these were vain hopes and idle +expectations, for instead of acquiring anything which might keep him +hereafter, he could scarce procure a present livelihood at the hazard +both of his neck and his soul, for he was continually obliged to hide +himself, through apprehension, and not seldom got into Bridewell or some +such place, for brawls and riots. + +This William Burridge was the person who with Nat Hawes made their +escape out of New Prison, by the assistance of a woman, as the life of +that malefactor is before related.[18] And as he saved himself then from +the same ignominious death which afterwards befell him, so he escaped it +another time by becoming evidence against one Reading, who died for the +life offences. As to Burridge, he still continued the same trade, till +being taken for stealing a bay gelding belonging to one Mr. Wragg, he +was for that offence finally condemned at the Old Bailey. While under +sentence, as he had been much the greatest and oldest offender of any +that were under the same fate, so he seemed to be by much the most +affected and the most penitent of them all; and with great signs and +sorrow for the many crimes he had committed, he suffered on the 14th of +March, 1722, with five other persons at Tyburn, being then about +thirty-four years of age. + +FOOTNOTES: + + [18] See page 59. + + + + +The Life of JOHN THOMSON, a thief, Highwayman, etc. + + +John Thomson was born at Carlisle, but was brought with his friends to +London. They, it seems, were persons of no substance, and took little +care of their son's education, suffering him, while a lad, to go often +to such houses as were frequented by ill-people, and such as took +dishonest methods to get money. Such are seldom very dose in their +discourse when they meet and junket together, and Thomson, then a boy, +was so much pleased with their jovial manner of life, eating well and +drinking hard, that he had ever a bias that way, even when he was +otherways employed, till he was fifteen years old, leading such an idle +and debauched life that, as he himself expressed it, he had never heard +of or read a Bible or other good book throughout all that space. + +A friend of his was then so kind as to put him out apprentice to a +weaver, and he might have had some chance of coming into the world in an +honest and reputable way, but he had not continued with his master any +long time before he listed himself in the sea service, during the Wars +in the late Queen's time, and served on board a squadron which was sent +up the Baltic to join the Danes. This cold country, with other hardships +he endured, made him so out of humour with a sailor's life that though +he behaved himself tolerably well when on board, yet he resolved never +to engage in the same state, if once discharged and safe on shore. + +Upon his coming back to England, he went to work at his trade of a +weaver, and being for a while very sensible of the miseries he had run +through on board the man-of-war, he became highly pleased with the quiet +and easy way in which he got his bread by his business, thinking, +however, that there was no way so proper to settle him as by marrying, +which accordingly he did. But he was so unfortunate that though his wife +was a very honest woman, yet the money he got not being sufficient to +maintain them, he was even obliged to take to the sea again for a +subsistence, and continued on board several ships in the Straits and +Mediterranean for a very considerable space, during which he was so +fortunate as to serve once on board an enterprising captain, who in less +than a year's space, took nineteen prizes to a very considerable value. +And as they were returning from their cruise, they took a French East +India ship on the coast of that kingdom, whose cargo was computed at no +less than a hundred thousand pounds sterling. Thomson might certainly, +if he would, have saved money enough to have put himself into a +creditable method of life as many of his shipmates had done, and so well +did the captain improve his own good fortune that on his return he +retired into the country, where he purchased an estate of fifteen +hundred pounds _per annum._ + +But Thomson being much altered from the usual bent of his temper by his +being long accustomed at sea to blood and plunder, so when he returned +home, instead of returning to an honest way of living, he endeavoured to +procure money at the same rate by land which he had done at sea, and for +that purpose associated himself with persons of a like disposition, and +in their company did abundance of mischief. At last he and one of his +associates passing over Smithfield between twelve and one in the +morning, on the second of March, they perceived one George Currey going +across that place very much in drink. Him they attacked, though at first +they pretended to lead him safe home, drawing him to a proper place out +of hearing of the houses, where they took from him a shirt, a wig and a +hat, in doing which they knocked him down, stamped upon his breast, and +in other respects used him very cruelly. Being apprehended soon after +this fact, he was for it tried and convicted. + +In the space between that and his death, he behaved himself very +penitently, and desired with great earnestness that his wife would +retire into the country to her friends, and learn by his unhappy example +that nothing but an honest industry could procure the blessing of God. +This he assiduously begged for her in his prayers, imploring her at the +same time that he gave her this advice, to be careful of her young son +she had then at her breast, not only as to his education, but also that +he might never know his father's unhappy end, for that would but damp +his spirits, and perhaps force him upon ill-courses when he grew up, +from an apprehension that people might distrust his honesty and not +employ him. He professed himself much afflicted at the past follies of +his life, and with an outward appearance of true penitence, died on the +fourth of May, 1722, in the thirty-third year of his age, at Tyburn. + + + + +The Life of THOMAS REEVES, a Notorious Highwayman and Footpad + + +As it is not to be denied that it is a singular blessing to a nation +where no persecution is ever raised against persons for their religion, +so I am confident that the late Free Thinking principles (as they have +been called) have by their being spread amongst the vulgar, contributed +greatly to the many frauds and villainies which have been so much +complained of within these thirty years, and not a little to encouraging +men in obtaining a subsistence and the gratification of their pleasures +by rapines committed upon others rather than live in a laborious state +of life, in which, perhaps, both their birth and circumstances concurred +to fix them. + +Thomas Reeves was a very remarkable as well as very unfortunate instance +of that depravity in moral principles of which I have been speaking. By +his friends he was bred a tinman, his father, who was of that +profession, taking him as an apprentice but using him with the most +indulgent fondness and never suffering him to want anything which was in +his power to procure for him, flattered himself with the hopes of his +becoming a good and happy man. It happened very unfortunately for Reeves +that he fell, when young, into the acquaintance of some sceptical +persons who made a jest of all religion and treated both its precepts +and its mysteries as inventions subservient to priestcraft. Such notions +are too easily imbibed by those who are desirous to indulge their +vicious inclinations, and Reeves being of this stamp, greedily listened +to all discourses of such a nature. + +Amongst some of these companions who had cheated him out of his +religion, he found some also inclined to practise the same freedom they +taught, encouraged both by precept and example. Tom soon became the most +conspicuous of the gang. His boldness and activity preferred him +generally to be a leader in their adventures, and he had such good luck, +in several of his first attempts, that he picked up as much as +maintained him in that extravagant and superfluous manner of life in +which he most of all delighted. One John Hartly was his constant +companion in his debauches, and generally speaking an assistant in his +crimes. Both of them in the evening of the ninth of March, 1722, +attacked one Roger Worebington, near Shoreditch, as he was going across +the fields on some business. Hartly gave him a blow on the head with his +pistol, after which Reeves bid him stand, and whistling, four more of +the gang came up, seized him, and knocked him down. They stripped him +stark naked and carried away all his clothes, tying him hand and foot in +a cruel manner and leaving him in a ditch hard by. However he was +relieved, and Reeves and Hartly being soon after taken, they were both +tried and convicted for this fact. + +After the passing sentence, Reeves behaved himself with much +indifference, his own principles stuck by him, and he had so far +satisfied himself by considering the necessity of dying, and coined a +new religion of his own, that he never believed the soul in any danger, +but had very extensive notions of the mercy of God, which he thought was +too great to punish with eternal misery those souls which He had +created. This criminal was, indeed, of a very odd temper, for sometimes +he would both pray and read to the rest of the prisoners, and at other +times he would talk loosely and divert them from their duty, often +making enquiries as to curious points, and to be informed whether the +soul went immediately into bliss or torment, or whether, as some +Christians taught, they went through an intermediate state? All which he +spoke of with an unconcernedness scarce to be conceived, and as it were +rather out of curiosity than that he thought himself in any danger of +eternal punishment hereafter. + +Hartly, on the other hand, was a fellow of a much softer disposition, +showed very great fear, and looked in great confusion at the approach of +death. He got six persons dressed in white to go to the Royal Chapel and +petition for a pardon, he being to marry one of them in case it had been +procured, but they failed in the attempt, and he appeared less sensible +than ever when he found that death was not to be evaded. + +At the place of execution, Reeves not only preserved that resolution +with which he had hitherto borne up against his misfortunes, but when +the mob pushed down one of the horses that drew the cart, and it leaning +sideways so that Reeves was thereby half hanged, to ease himself of his +misery he sprung over at once and finished the execution. + +Hartly wept and lamented exceedingly his miserable condition, and the +populace much pitied him, for he was not twenty years of age at the time +he died; but Reeves was about twenty-eight years of age, when he +suffered, which was at the same time with John Thomson, before +mentioned. + + + + +The Life of RICHARD WHITTINGHAM, a Footpad and Street robber + + +Though there have been some instances of felons adhering so closely +together as not to give up one another to Justice, even for the sake of +saving life, yet are such instances very rare, and examples of the +contrary very common. + +Richard Whittingham was a young man of very good natural inclinations, +had he not been of too easy a temper, and ready to yield to the +inducements of bad women. His friends had placed him as an apprentice to +a hot-presser, with whom he lived very honestly for some time; but at +last, the idle women with whom he conversed continually pressing him for +money in return for their lewd favours, he was by that means drawn in to +run away from his master, and subsist by picking pockets. In the +prosecution of this trade, he contracted an infamous friendship with +Jones, Applebee and Lee, three notorious villains of the same stamp, +with whom he committed abundance of robberies in the streets, especially +by cutting off women's pockets, and such other exploits. This, he +pretended, was performed with great address and regularity, for he said +that after many consultations, 'twas resolved to attack persons only in +broad streets for the future, from whence they found it much less +troublesome to escape than when they committed them in alleys and such +like close places, whereupon a pursuit once begun, they seldom or never +missed being taken. He added, that when they had determined to go out to +plunder, each had his different post assigned him, and that while one +laid his leg before a passenger, another gave him a jolt on the +shoulders, and as soon as he was down a third came to their assistance, +whereupon they immediately went to stripping and binding those who were +so unlucky as thus to fall into their hands. Upon Applebee's being +apprehended, and himself impeached, Whittingham withdrew to Rochester, +with an intent to have gone out of the kingdom, but after all he could +not prevail with himself to quit his native country. + +On his return to London, he fled for sanctuary to the house of his +former master, who treated him with great kindness, supplied him with +work, sent up his victuals privately, and did all in his power to +conceal him. But Jones and Lee, his former companions, found means to +discover him as they had already impeached him, and so, on their +evidence and that of the prosecutor, he was convicted of robbing William +Garnet, in the area of Red Lion Square, when Applebee knocked him down, +and Jones and Lee held their hands upon his eyes, and crammed his own +neck-cloth down his throat. + +When he found he was to die, he was far from behaving himself +obstinately, but as far as his capacity would give him leave, +endeavoured to pray, and to fit himself for his approaching dissolution. +He had married a young wife, for whom he expressed a very tender +affection, and seemed more cast down with the thoughts of those miseries +to which she would be exposed by his death, than he was at what he +himself was to suffer. + +During the time he lay in the condemned hold, he complained often of the +great interruptions those under sentence of death met with from some +prisoners who were confined underneath, and who, through the crevice, +endeavoured as usual, by talking to them lewdly and profanely, to +disturb them even in their last moments. At the place of execution he +wept bitterly, and seemed to be much affrighted at death and very sorry +for his having committed those crimes which brought him thither. He was +but nineteen years old when he suffered, which was on the 21st of May, +1722. + + + + +The Life of JAMES BOOTY, a Ravisher + + +Such is the present depravity of human nature that we have sometimes +instances of infant criminals and children meriting death by their +crimes, before they know or can be expected to know how to do anything +to live. Perhaps there was never a stronger instance of this than in +James Booty, of whom we are now speaking. He was a boy rather without +capacity than obstinate, whose inclinations, one would have expected, +could hardly have attained to that pitch of wickedness in thought, which +it appeared both by evidence and his own confessions, he had actually +practised. His father was a peruke-maker in Holborn, and not in so bad +circumstances but that he could have afforded him a tolerable education, +if he had not been snatched away by death. Thus his son was left to the +care of his mother, who put him to a cabinet-maker, where he might have +been bound apprentice if the unhappy accident (for so indeed I think it +may be called) had not intervened. It seemed his master had taken a +cousin of his, a girl of about fifteen or somewhat more, for a servant. +This girl went into the workshop where the boy lay, under pretence of +mending his coat, which he had torn by falling upon a hook as he +stumbled over the well of the stairs; but instead of darning the hole, +she went to bed to the boy, put out the candle, and gave him the foul +distemper. + +Not knowing what was the matter with him, but finding continual pains in +his body, he made a shift at last to learn the cause from some of the +workmen. Not daring to trust even his mother with what was the matter +with him, instead of applying to a proper person to be cured, he +listened as attentively as he could to all discourses about that +distemper, which happened frequently enough amongst his master's +journeymen. There he heard some of the foolish fellows say that lying +with any person who was sound would cure those who were in such a +condition. The extreme anguish of body he was in excited him to try the +experiment, and he injured no less than four or five children, between +four years old and six, before he committed that act for which he was +executed. + +He one day carried his master's daughter, Anne Milton, a girl of but +five years and two months old, to the top of the house, and there with +great violence abused her and gave her the foul disease. The parents +were not long before they made the discovery of it, and the child +telling them what Booty had done to her, they sent for a surgeon who +examined him, and found him in a very sad condition with venereal +disease. Upon this he was taken up and committed to Newgate, and upon +very full evidence was convicted at the next sessions, and received +sentence of death; from which time to the day before he was executed, he +was afflicted with so violent a fever as to have little or no sense. But +then coming to himself, he expressed a confused sense of religion and +penitence, desired to be instructed how to go to Heaven, and showed +evident marks of his inclination to do anything which might be for the +good of his soul. + +At the place of execution he wept and looked dejected, said his mother +had sought diligently for the wench who did him the injury, and was the +cause of his doing it to so many others; but that although the girl was +known to live in Westminster after she left his master, yet his mother +was never able to find her. Thus was this young creature removed from +the world by an ignominious death at Tyburn, on the 21st May, 1722, +being then somewhat above fifteen years old. + + + + +The Life of THOMAS BUTLOCK, _alias_ BUTLOGE, a Thief + + +The foolish pride of wearing fine clothes and making a figure has +certainly undone many ordinary people, both by making them live beyond +what their labour or trade would allow, and by inducing them to take +illegal methods to procure money for that purpose. + +Thomas Butlock, otherwise Butloge, which last was his true name, was +born in the kingdom of Ireland, about thirty miles east of Dublin, +whither his parents had gone from Cheshire (which was their native +country) with a gentleman on whom they had a great dependence, and who +was settled in Ireland. Though their circumstances were but indifferent, +yet they found means to raise as much as put their son apprentice to a +vintner in Dublin, and probably, had he ever set up in that business +they would have done more. But he had not been long ere what little +education he had was lost, and his morals corrupted by the sight of such +lewd scenes as passed often in his master's house. However the man was +very kind to him, and in return Thomas had so great esteem and affection +for his master that when he broke and come over to hide himself at +Chester, Butloge frequently stole over to him with small supplies of +money and acquainted him with the condition of his family, which he had +left behind. + +In this precarious manner of life, he spent some time, until finding it +impossible for him to subsist any longer by following his master's +broken fortunes, he began to lay out for some new employment to get his +bread. But after various projects had proved unsuccessful when they came +to be executed, he was forced to return into Ireland again, where not +long after, he had the good fortune to marry a substantial man's +daughter which retrieved his circumstances once more. + +But Butloge had always, as he expressed it, an aspiring temper, which +put him upon crossing the seas again upon the invitation of a gentleman +who, he pretended was a relation, and belonged to the Law, by whose +interest he was in hopes of getting into a place. Accordingly, when he +came to London, he took lodgings and lived as if he was already in +possession of his expectation, which bringing his pocket low, he +accepted the service of Mr. Claude Langley, a foreign gentleman, who had +lodged in the same house. It cannot be exactly determined how long he +had been in his service before he had committed the fact for which he +died, but as to the manner it happened thus. + +Mr. Langley, as well as all the rest of the family, being out at church, +Butloge was sitting by himself in his master's room, looking at the +drawers, and knowing that there was a good sum of ready money therein. +It then came into his head what a figure he might cut if he had all that +money. It occurred to him, at the same time, that his master was scarce +able to speak any English, and was obliged to go over to France again in +a month's time; so that he persuaded himself that if he could keep out +of the way for that month, all would be well, and he should be able to +live upon the spoil, without any apprehension of danger. These +considerations took up his mind for half an hour; then he put his scheme +into execution, broke open the drawers and took from thence twenty-seven +guineas, four _louis d'ors_, and some other French pieces. As soon as he +completed the robbery, and was got safe out of town, he went directly to +Chester, that he might appear fine (as he himself said) at a place where +he was known. His precaution being so little, there is no wonder that he +was taken, or that the fact appearing plain, he should be convicted +thereon. + +After sentence was passed, he laid aside all hopes of life, and without +flattering himself as too many do, he prepared for his approaching end. +Whatever follies he might have committed in his life, yet he suffered +very composedly on the 22nd day of July, 1722, being then about +twenty-three years of age. + + + + +The Life of NATHANIEL JACKSON, a Highwayman + + +The various dispositions of men make frequent differences in their +progress, either in virtue or vice; some being disposed to cultivate +this or that branch of their duty with peculiar diligence, and others, +again, plunging themselves in some immoralities they have no taste for. + +But as for this unfortunate criminal, Nathaniel Jackson, he seemed to +have swept all impurities with a drag net, and to have habituated +himself to nothing but wickedness from his cradle. He was the son of a +person of some fortune at Doncaster, in Yorkshire, who died when his son +Nat was very young, but not, however, till he had given him some +education. He was bound by a friend, in whose hands his father left his +fortune, to a silk-weaver at Norwich, with whom he lived about three +years; but his master restraining his extravagancies, and taking great +pains to keep him within the bounds of moderation, Jackson at last grew +so uneasy that he ran away from his master, and absconded for some time. +But his guardian at last hearing where he was, wrote to him, and advised +him to purchase some small place with his fortune, whereon he might live +with economy, since he perceived he would do no good in trade. Jackson +despised this advice, and instead of thinking of settling, got into the +Army, and with a regiment of dragoons went over into Ireland. + +There he indulged himself in all the vices and lusts to which he was +prone, living in all those debaucheries to which the meanest and most +licentious of the common soldiers are addicted; but he more especially +gave himself up to lewdness and the conversation of women. This, as it +led him into abundance of inconveniences, so at last it engaged him in a +quarrel with one of his comrades which ended in a duel. Jackson had the +advantage of his antagonist and hacked and wounded him in a most cruel +manner. For this, his officers broke him, and he thereby lost the +fifteen guineas which he had given to be admitted into the troop; and as +men are always apt to be angry with punishment, however justly they +receive it, so Jackson imputed his being cashiered to the officers' +covetousness, the crime he had committed passing in his own imagination +for a very trivial action. + +Having from this accident a new employment to seek, he came over to his +guardian and stayed with him a while. But growing very soon weary of +those restraints which were put upon him there, as he had done at those +under his Norwich master, he soon fell into his old courses, got into an +acquaintance with lewd women and drunken fellows, with whom he often +stayed out all night at the most notorious bawdy houses. This making a +great noise, his friends remonstrated in the strongest terms, pointing +out to him the wrong he did himself; but finding all their persuasions +ineffectual, they told him plainly he must remove. Upon this he came up +to London, not without receiving considerable presents from his so much +abused friends. + +The town was an ill place to amend a man who came into it with +dispositions like his. On the contrary, he found still more +opportunities for gratifying his lustful inclinations than at any time +before, and these lewd debaucheries having reduced him quickly to the +last extremity, he was in a fair way to be prevailed on to take any +method to gain money. He was in these said circumstances when he met +accidentally with John Morphew, an old companion of his in Ireland, and +soon after, as they were talking together, they fell upon one O'Brian in +a footman's garb, also their acquaintance in Ireland. + +He invited them both to go with him to the camp in Hyde Park, and at a +sutler's tent there, treated them with as much as they would drink. When +he had paid the reckoning, turning about, _d'ye see, boys_, says he, +_how full my pockets are of money? Come, I'll teach you to fill yours, +if you are but men of courage._ Upon this out they walked towards +Hampstead, between which place and St. Pancras they met one Dennet, whom +they robbed and stripped, taking from him a coat and a waistcoat, two +shirts, some hair, thirteen pence in money, and other things. This did +not make O'Brian's promise good, all they got being but of +inconsiderable value, but it cost poor Jackson his life, though he and +Morphew had saved Dennet's when O'Brian would have killed him to prevent +discoveries; for Jackson being not long after apprehended, was convicted +of the fact, but O'Brian, having timely notice of his commitment, made +his escape into Ireland. + +As soon as sentence was passed, Jackson thought of nothing but how to +prepare himself for another world, there being no probability that +interest his friends could make to save him. He made a very ingenious +confession of all he knew, and seemed perfectly easy and resigned to +that end which the Law had appointed for those who, like him, had +injured society. He was about thirty years old at the time of his death, +which was on the 18th of July, 1722, at Tyburn. + + + + +The Life of JAMES, _alias_ VALENTINE CARRICK, a Notorious Highwayman and +Street Robber + + +Though it has become a very common and fashionable opinion that honour +may supply the place of piety, and thereby preserve a morality more +beneficial to society than religion, yet if we would allow experience to +decide, it will be no very difficult matter to prove that when persons +have once given way to certain vices (which in the polite style pass +under the denomination of pleasures) rather than forego them they will +quickly acquire that may put it in their power to enjoy them, though +obtained at the rate of perpetrating the most ignominious offences. If +there had not been too much truth in this observation we should hardly +find in the list of criminals persons who, like James Carrick, have had +a liberal education, and were not meanly descended, bringing themselves +to the most miserable of all states and reflecting dishonour upon those +from whom they were descended. + +This unfortunate person was the son of an Irish gentleman, who lived not +far from Dublin, and whom we must believe to have been a man of +tolerable fortune, since he provided as well for all his children as to +make even this, who was his youngest, an ensign. James was a perfect boy +at the time when his commission required him to quit Ireland to repair +to Spain, whither, a little before, the regiment wherein he was to serve +had been commanded. As he had performed his duty towards the rest of his +children, the father was more than ordinarily fond of this his youngest, +whom therefore he equipped in a manner rather beyond that capacity in +which he was to appear upon his arrival at the army. In his person James +was a very beautiful well-shaped young man, of a middle size, and +something more than ordinarily genteel in his appearance, as his father +had taken care to supply him abundantly for his expenses; so when he +came into Spain he spent his money as freely as any officer of twice his +pay. His tent was the constant rendezvous of all the beaux who were at +that time in the camp, and whenever the army were in quarters, nobody +was handsomer, or made a better figure than Mr. Carrick. + +Though we are very often disposed to laugh at those stories for fictions +which carry in them anything very different from what we see in daily +experience, yet as the materials I have for this unfortunate man's life +happen both to be full and very exact, I shall not scruple mentioning +some of his adventures, which I am persuaded will neither be unpleasant, +nor incapable of improving my readers. + +The regiment in which Carrick served was quartered at Barcelona, after +the taking of that place by the English troops[19] who supported the +title of the present Emperor to the crown of Spain. The inhabitants were +not only civil, but to the last degree courteous to the English, for +whom they always preserved a greater esteem than for any other nation. +Carrick, therefore, had frequent opportunities for making himself known +and getting into an acquaintance with some of the Spanish cavaliers, who +were in the interest of King Charles. Amongst these was Don Raphael de +Ponto, a man of fortune and family amongst the Catalans, but, as is +usual with the Spaniards, very amorous and continually employed in some +intrigue or other. He was mightily pleased with Carrick's humour, and +conceived for him a friendship, in which the Spaniards are perhaps more +constant and at the same time more zealous, than any other nation in +Europe. As Carrick had been bred a Roman Catholic and always continued +so, notwithstanding his professing the contrary to those in the Army, so +he made no scruple of going to Mass with his Spanish friend, which +passed with the English officers only as a piece of complaisance. + +Vespers was generally the time when Don Raphael and his English +companion used to make their appointments with the ladies, and therefore +they were very punctual at those devotions, from a spirit which too +often takes up young minds. It happened one evening, when after the +Spanish custom they were thus gone forth in quest of adventures, a +duenna slipped into Don Raphael's hand a note, by which he was appointed +to come under such a window near the convent, in the street of St. +Thomas, when the bell of the convent rang in the evening, and was +desired to bring his friend, if he were not afraid of a Spanish lady. +Don Raphael immediately acquainted his friend, who you may be sure was +ready to obey the summons. + +When the hour came, and the convent bell rang, our sparks, wrapped up in +their cloaks, slipped to their posts under a balcony. They did not wait +long there, before the same woman who delivered the note to Don Raphael +made her appearance at the window, and throwing down another little +billet, exhorted them to be patient a little, and they should not lose +their labour. The lovers waited quiet enough for about a quarter of an +hour, when the old woman slipped down, and opened a door behind them, at +which our sparks entered with great alacrity. The old woman conduced +them into a very handsome apartment above stairs, where they were +received by two young ladies, as beautiful as they could have wished +them. Compliments are not much used on such occasions in Spain, and +these gentlemen, therefore, did not make many before they were for +coming to the point with the ladies, when of a sudden they heard a great +noise upon the stairs, and as such adventures make all men cautious in +Spain, they immediately left the ladies, and retiring towards the +window, drew their swords. They had hardly clapped their backs against +it, before the noise on the stairs ceasing, they felt the floor tremble +under their feet, and at last giving way, they both fell into a dark +room underneath, where without any other noise than their fall had made, +they were disarmed, gagged and bound by some persons placed there for +that purpose. When the rogues had finished their search, and taken away +everything that was valuable about them, even to ripping the gold lace +off Carrick's clothes, they let them lie there for a considerable time, +and at last removed them in two open chests to the middle of the great +marketplace, where they left them to wait for better fortune. They had +not remained there above a quarter of an hour, before Carrick's sergeant +went the rounds with a file of musketeers. Carrick hearing his voice, +made as much noise as he was able, and that bringing the sergeant and +his men to the place where they were set, their limbs and mouths were +immediately released from bondage. + +The morning following, as soon as Carrick was up, the Spanish +gentleman's major domo came to wait upon him, and told him that his +master being extremely ill, had desired him to make his compliments to +his English friend in order to supply the defects of the letter he sent +him, which by reason of his indisposition was very short. Having said +this, the Spaniard presented him with a letter, and a little parcel, +and then withdrew. Carrick did not know what to make of all this, but as +soon as the stranger was withdrawn, opened his packet in order to +discover what it contained. He found in it a watch, a diamond ring, and +a note on a merchant for two hundred pieces-of-eight, which was the sum +Carrick (to make himself look great) said he had lost by the accident. +The note at the same time informing him that Don Raphael de Ponto +thought it but just to restore to him what he had lost by accompanying +him in the former night's adventures. + +After Carrick returned into England, though he had no longer his +commission, or indeed any other way of living, yet he could not lay +aside those vices in which hitherto he had indulged himself. When he had +any money he entertained a numerous train of the most abandoned women of +the town, and had also intrigues at the same time with some of the +highest rank of those prostitutes. To the latter he applied himself when +his pocket first began to grow low, and they supplied him as long, and +as far as they were able. But, alas! their contributions went but a +little way towards supporting his expenses. Happening about that time to +fall into an acquaintance with Smith, his countryman, after a serious +consultation on ways and means to support their manner of living, they +came at last to a resolution of taking a purse on the road, and joined +company soon afterwards with Butler, another Irish robber, who was +executed some time before them on the evidence of this very Carrick. +When Carrick's elder brother heard of this in Ireland, he wrote to him +in the most moving terms, beseeching him to consider the sad end to +which he was running headlong, and the shame and ignominy with which he +covered his family and friends, exhorting him at the same time not to +cast away all hopes of doing well, but to think of returning to Dublin, +where he assured him he would meet him, and provide handsomely for him, +notwithstanding all that was past. + +But Carrick little regarded this good advice, or the kind overtures made +him by his brother. No sooner had he procured his liberty but he +returned to his old profession, and committed a multitude of robberies +on Finchley Common, Hounslow and Bagshot Heaths, spending all the money +he got on women of the town, at the gaming table, and in fine clothes, +which last was the thing in which he seemed most to delight. But money +not coming in very quick by these methods, he with Molony, Carrol and +some others of his countrymen, began to rob in the streets, and by that +means got great sums of money. They continued this practice for a long +space of time with safety, but being one night out in Little Queen +Street, by Lincoln's Inn Fields, between one and two in the morning they +stopped a chair in which was the Hon. William Young, Esq., from whom +they took a gold watch, valued at £50, a sword, and forty guineas in +money. Carrick thrust his pistol into the chair, Carrol watched at a +distance, while Molony, perceiving the gentleman hesitate a little in +delivering, said with a stern voice, _Your money, sir! Do you trifle?_ +It was a very short time after the commission of this robbery that both +he and his companion Molony were taken, Carrol making a timely escape to +his native kingdom. While James Carrick remained in Newgate, his +behaviour was equally singular and indecent, for he affected to pass his +time with the same gaiety in his last moments as he had spent it in the +former part of his days. + +Throngs of people, as it is but too much the custom, came to see him in +Newgate, to whom, as if he had intended that they should not lose their +curiosity, he told all the adventures of his life, with the same air and +gaiety as if he had been relating them at some gaming ordinaries. This +being told about town, drew still greater heaps of company upon him, +which he received with the same pleasantness; by which means he daily +increased them, and by that means the gain of the keepers at Newgate, +who took money to show him. Upon this he said to them merrily one day: +_You pay, good folks, for seeing me now, but if you had suspended your +curiosity 'till I went to Tyburn, you might have seen me for nothing._ +This was the manner in which he talked and lived even to the last, +conversing until the time of his death with certain loose women who had +been his former favourites, and whom no persuasions could engage him to +banish from his presence while he yet had eyes, and could behold them in +his sight. + +At the place of execution, where it often happens that the most daring +offenders drop that resolution on which they foolishly value themselves, +Carrick failed not in the least. He gave himself genteel airs (as Mr. +Purney, the then Ordinary, phrases it) in placing the rope about his +neck, smiled and bowed to everybody he knew round him, and continued +playing a hundred little tricks of the same odd nature, until the very +instant the cart drove away, declaring himself to be a Roman Catholic, +and that he was persuaded he had made his peace with God in his own way. +In this temper he finished his life at Tyburn, on the 18th of July, +1722, being then about twenty-seven years of age. + +FOOTNOTES: + + [19] This was in 1705, by an expedition commanded by the Earl + of Peterborough. + + + + +The Life of John MOLONY, a Highwayman and Street Robber + + +John Molony was an Irishman likewise, born at Dublin and sent to sea +when very young. He served in the fleets which during the late Queen's +reign sailed into the Mediterranean, and happening to be on board a ship +which was lost, he with some other sailors, was called to a very strict +account for that misfortune, upon some presumption that they were +accessory thereto. Afterwards he sailed in a vessel of war which was +fitted out against the pirates, and had therein so good luck that if his +inclinations had been honest, he might certainly have settled very +handsomely in the world. But that was far from his intention; he liked a +seaman's pleasures, drinking and gaming, and when on shore, lewd women, +the certain methods of being brought to such ways of getting money as +end in a shameful death. + +When abroad, his adventures were not many, because he had little +opportunity of going on shore, yet one happened in Sicily which made a +very great impression upon him, and which it may not therefore be +improper to relate. There were two merchants at Palermo, both young men, +and perfectly skilled in the arts of traffic; they had had a very +liberal education, and had been constant friends and companions +together. The intimacy they had so long continued was cemented by their +marriage with two sisters. They lived very happily for the space of +about two years, and in all probability might have continued to do so +much longer, had not the duenna who attended one of their wives, died, +and a new one been put in her place. Not knowing the young ladies' +brothers, upon their speaking to them at Church, she gave notice of it +to the husband of her whom she attended, and he immediately posting to +his neighbour, the woman told them both that their wives, +notwithstanding all she could say, were talking to two well-dressed +cavaliers, which the duenna who waited on the other, notwithstanding the +duties of her post, saw without taking any notice. This so exasperated +the jealousy of the Sicilians that without more ado they ran to the +church, and meeting with their spouses coming out from thence with an +air of gaiety, seized them, and stabbed them dead with a little dagger, +which for that purpose each had concealed under his coat. Then flying +into the church for sanctuary, they discovered their mistake, when one +of them, seized with fury at the loss of a wife of whom he was so +extravagantly fond, stabbed the other, though not mortally, and with +many repeated wounds murdered the duenna, whose rash error had been the +occasion of spilling so much blood. + +Upon Molony's return to England, he was totally out of all business, +and minded nothing but haunting the gaming tables, living on the +charity of his fortunate countrymen when his luck was bad, and relieving +them, in turn, when he had a favourable run at dice. It was at one of +these houses that he became acquainted with Carrick, and the likeness of +their tempers creating a great intimacy, after a short knowledge of one +another they joined with Carrol, a fellow as wicked as themselves, but +much more cruel, and were all concerned in that robbery for which +Carrick and Molony died. + +When these two criminals came to be tried at the Old Bailey, their +behaviour was equally ludicrous, silly and indecent; affecting to rally +the evidence that was produced against them, and to make the people +smile at their premeditated bulls. Carrick, was a lean, fair man, and +stood at the left hand corner of the bar; Molony was a larger built man, +who wore a browner wig. Carrick took occasion to ask Mr. Young, when he +stood up to give his evidence, which side of the chair it was he stood +on, when he robbed him. Mr. Young answered him, that he stood on the +right side. _Why now, what a lie that is_, returned Carrick, _you know +Molony, I stood on the left._ Before the people recovered themselves +from laughing at this, Molony asked him what coloured wig he took him to +have on at the time the robbery was committed; being answered it was +much the same colour with that he had on then, _There's another story_, +quoth Molony, _you know, Carrick, I changed wigs with you that morning, +and wore it all day._ + +Yet after sentence was passed, Molony laid aside all airs of gaiety, and +seemed to be thoroughly convinced he had mistaken the true path of +happiness. He did not care to see company, treated the Ordinary civilly +when he spoke to him, though he professed himself a Papist, and was +visited by a clergymen of that Church. + +As he was going to the place of execution, he still looked graver and +mote concerned; though he did not fall into those agonies of sighing and +tears as some do, but seemed to bear his miserable state with great +composedness and resignation, saying he had repented as well as he could +in the short time allowed him, suffering the same day with the two last +mentioned malefactors. + + + + +The Life of THOMAS WILSON, a Notorious Footpad + + +It happens so commonly in the world, that I am persuaded that none of my +readers but must have remarked that there is a certain settled and +stupid obstinacy in some tempers which renders them capable of +persevering in any act, how wicked and villainous soever, without +either reluctancy at the time of its commission, or a capacity of +humbling themselves so far as to acknowledge and ask pardon for their +offences when detected or discovered. Of this rugged disposition was the +criminal we are now to speak of. + +Thomas Wilson was born of parents not in the worst of circumstances, in +the neighbourhood of London. They educated him both in respect of +learning and other things as well as their capacity would give them +leave; but Thomas, far from making that use of it that they desired, +addicted himself wholly to ill practices, that is to idleness, and those +little crimes of spoiling others, and depriving them of their property, +which an evil custom has made pass for trivial offences in England. But +it seems the parents of Wilson did not think so, but both reprimanded +him and corrected him severely whenever he robbed orchards, or any other +such like feats as passed for instances of a quick spirit and ingenuity +in children with less honest and religious parents. + +But these restraints grew quickly so grievous to Thomas's temper, that +he, observing that his parents, notwithstanding their correction, were +really fond of him, bethought himself of a method of conquering their +dislike to his recreations. Therefore stealing away from his home, he +rambled for a considerable space in the world, subsisting wholly upon +such methods as he had before used for his recreation. But this project +was so far from taking effect, that his parents, finding him +incorrigible, looked very coldly upon him, and instead of fondling him +the more for this act of disobedience, treated him as one whom they +foresaw would be a disgrace to their family and of whom they had now +very little or no hope. + +Wilson perceiving this, out of the natural sourness of his temper +resolved to abandon them totally, which he did, and went to sea without +their consent or notice. But men of his cast being very ill-suited to +that employment, where the strictest obedience is required towards those +who are in command, Wilson soon brought himself into very unhappy +circumstances by his moroseness and ill-behaviour; for though he was but +thirteen when he went to sea, and never made but one voyage to the +Baltic, yet in that space he was fourteen times whipped and pickled and +six times hung by the heels and lashed for the villainies he committed +on the ship. + +Upon this return into England, he was so thoroughly mortified by this +treatment that he went home to his friends, and as far as his surly +humour would give him leave, made his submission and promised more +obedience and better behaviour for the future. They then took him in, +and were in some hopes that they should now reclaim him. Accordingly +they placed him with a sawyer, by Fleet Ditch, which at his first coming +to the business seemed to him to be a much lighter work than that he had +endured in the space of his being at sea. He served four years honestly, +indeed, and with as much content as a person of his unsettled mind could +enjoy in any state; but at the end of that space, good usage had so far +spoiled him that he longed to be at liberty again, though at the expense +of another sea voyage. Accordingly, leaving his master, he went away +again on board of a merchantman bound for the Straits. During the time +which the ship lay in port for her loading, he contracted some distemper +from the heat of the country, and his immoderate love of its wine and +the fruits that grow there. These brought him very low, and he falling +at the same time into company of some bad women, made an addition to his +former ails by adding one of the worst and most painful of all +distempers to the miseries he before endured. + +In this miserable condition, more like a ghost than a man, he shipped +himself at last for England in a vessel, the captain of which out of +charity gave him his passage home. The air of that climate in which he +was born, recovered him to a miracle. Soon after which being, I suppose, +cured also of those maladies which had attended the Spanish women's +favours, he fell in love with a very honest industrious young woman, and +quickly prevailed with her to marry him. But her friends discovering +what a profligate life he led, resolved she should not share in the +misfortunes such a measure would be sure to draw upon him, wherefore +they took her away from him. How crabbed soever this malefactor might be +towards others, yet so affectionately fond was he of his wife that the +taking of her away made him not only uneasy and melancholy, but drove +him also into distraction. To relieve his grief, at first he betook +himself to those companies that afterwards led him to the courses which +brought on his death, and in almost all the villainies he committed +afterwards he was hardly ever sober, so much did the loss of his wife, +and the remorse of his course of the life he led affect him, whenever he +allowed himself coolly to reflect thereon. + +The crew he had engaged himself in were the most notorious and the most +cruel footpads which for many years had infested the road. The robberies +they committed were numerous and continual, and the manner in which they +perpetrated them base and inhuman. For, seldom going out with pistols +(the sight of which serves often to terrify passengers out of their +money, without offering them any other injury than what arises from +their own apprehensions) these villains provided themselves with large +sticks, loaded at the end with lead; with these, from behind a hedge, +they were able to knock down passengers as they walked along the road, +and then starting from their covert, easily plunder and bind them if +they thought proper. They had carried on this detestable practice for a +long space in almost all those roads which lead to the little villages +whither people go for pleasure from the hurry and noise of London. + +Amongst many other robberies which they committed, it happened that in +the road to Bow they met a footman, whom without speaking to, they +knocked down as soon as they had passed him. The fellow was so stunned +with the fall, and so frighted with their approach, that be made not the +least resistance while they took away his money and his watch, stripped +him of his hat and wig, his waistcoat and a pair of silver buckles; but +when one of them perceiving a ring of some value upon his finger, went +to tear it off, he begged him in the most moving terms to leave it, +because it had been given to him by his lady, who would never forgive +the loss of it. However it happened, he who first went to take it off, +seemed to relent at the fellow's repeated entreaties, but Wilson +catching hold of the fellow's hand, dragged it off at once, saying at +the same time, _Sirrah, I suppose you are your lady's stallion, and the +ring comes as honestly to us as it did to you._ + +A few days after this adventure, Wilson being got very drunk, thought he +would go out on the road himself, in hopes of acquiring a considerable +booty without being obliged to share it with his companions. He had not +walked above half an hour, before he overtook a man laden with several +little glazed pots and other things, which being tied up in a cloth, he +had hung upon the end of a stick and carried on his shoulder. Wilson +coming behind him with one of those loaded sticks that I have mentioned, +knocked him down by the side of the ditch, and immediately secured his +bundle. But attempting to rifle him farther, his foot slipped, he being +very full of liquor, and he tumbled backwards into the ditch. The poor +man took that opportunity to get up and run away, and so soon as he +could recover himself, Wilson retreated to one of those evil houses that +entertain such people, in order to see what great purchase he had got; +but upon opening the cloth, he was not a little out of humour at finding +four pots, each filled with a pound of rappee snuff, and as many galley +pots of scented pomatum. + +Some nights after this expedition, he and one of his companions went out +on the like errand, and had not been long in the fields before they +perceived one Mr. Cowell, near Islington. Wilson's companion immediately +resolved to attack him, but Wilson himself was struck with such a +terror that he begged him to desist, from an apprehension that the man +knew him; but that not prevailing with his associate, they robbed him of +a hat and wig, and about a shilling in money. Wilson was quickly +apprehended, but his companion having notice thereof, saved himself by a +flight into Holland. At the ensuing sessions Wilson was indicted, not +only for this fact, but for many others of a like nature, to all of +which he immediately pleaded guilty, declaring that as he had done few +favours to mankind, so he would never expect any. + +After sentence of death was pronounced upon him, he laid aside much of +his stubbornness, and not only applied himself to the duties of religion +which are recommended to persons in his unhappy condition to practice, +but also offered to make any discoveries he was able which might tend to +satisfying the Justice of his country or the benefit of society. In +pursuance of which he wrote a paper, which he delivered with much +ceremony at the place of execution, and which though penned in none of +the best styles, I have yet thought convenient to annex in his own +words. + +Being questioned with respect of several of his companions who are very +well known, but whom, notwithstanding all the search had been made after +them, no discovery could be made so as they might be apprehended and +brought to justice, Wilson declared that as for three of the most +notorious, they had made their escape into Holland some time before he +was apprehended; two others were in Newgate for trivial offences, and +another (whom he would not name) was retired into Warwickshire, had +married there, and led a very honest and industrious life. + +At the place of execution he seemed less daunted than any of the +malefactors who suffered with him, showed himself several times by +standing up to the spectators, before the rope was fastened about his +neck, and told them that he hoped they would give no credit to any +spurious accounts which might be published of him; because whatever he +thought might be necessary for them to know, he had digested in a paper +which he had delivered the Sunday before he died, in order to be +communicated to the public. He added, that since he had been in the +cart, he had been informed that one Phelps had been committed to Newgate +for a robbery mentioned by him in his paper. He said, as he was a dying +man, he knew nothing of Phelps, and that he was not in any manner +whatsoever concerned in that robbery for which he had been apprehended. +He then put the rope about his neck, and submitted to his death with +great resolution, being then about twenty years of age, and the day he +suffered the 26th of July, 1722. + +The Paper delivered by the above mentioned criminal the day before his +execution. + + I, Thomas Wilson, desire it may be known that I was in a horse-way + that lies between Highgate and Hornsey, where meeting a man and a + woman, they enquired the way to Upper Holloway. We directed them + across the fields; meantime we drank two pints of ale to hearten us, + then followed them, and robbed them of two shillings and some half + pence, the woman's apron, her hat and coloured handkerchief. We left + them without misusing them, though there were thoughts of doing it. + My companion that robbed with me is gone to Holland upon hearing I + was taken up, though I should not have impeached him, but his + friends lived in Holland. Another robbery we committed was by a barn + in the footpath near Pancras Church of a hat and tie-wig, and cane, + and some goods he was carrying, but we heard he had a considerable + sum of money about him; but he ran away and I ran after him, but I + being drunk he escaped, and I was glad to get off safe. We robbed + two other men near Copenhagen House of a coat and waistcoat. I + committed many street robberies about Lincoln's Inn. For these and + for all other sins, I pray God and Man to pardon me, especially for + shooting the pistol off before Justice Perry, at my friend's + adversary, and am very glad I did not kill him. + + + + +The Lives of ROBERT WILKINSON and JAMES LINCOLN, Murderers and Footpads + + +Robert Wilkinson, like abundance of other unhappy young men, contracted +in his youth a liking to idleness, and an aversion to all sorts of work +and labour, and applied himself for a livelihood hardly to anything that +was honest. The only employment he ever pretended to was that of a prize +fighter or boxer at Hockley-in-the-Hole,[20] where, as a fellow of +prodigious dexterity, though low in stature, and very small limbed, he +was much taken notice of. And as is usual for persons who have long +addicted themselves to such a way of living, he had contracted an +inhumanity of temper which made him little concerned at the greatest +miseries be saw others suffer, and even regardless of what might happen +to himself. The set of villains into whose society he had joined +himself, viz., Carrick who was executed, Carrol who made his escape into +Ireland, Lincoln of whom we shall speak afterwards, Shaw and Burridge +before mentioned, and William Lock, perpetrated together a prodigious +number of villainies often attended with cruel and bloody acts. + +Some of these fellows, it seems, valued themselves much on the ferocity +they exerted in the war they carried on against the rest of mankind, +amongst which Wilkinson might be justly reckoned, being ever ready to +second any bloody proposal, and as unwilling to comply with any +good-natured one. An instance of this happened in the case of two +gentlemen whom Shaw, he and Burridge attacked near Highgate. Not +contented with robbing them of about forty shillings, their watches and +whatever else about 'em was valuable, Wilkinson, after they were +dismounted, knocked one of them into a ditch, where he would have +strangled him with his hand if one of his comrades had not hindered him. +The man pleaded all the while the other held him, that he was without +arms, incapable of making any resistance, and that it was equally base +and barbarous to injure him, who neither could, nor would attempt to +pursue him. Though this fact was very fully proved, yet Wilkinson +strongly denied it, as indeed he did almost everything, though nothing +was more notorious than that he had lived by these wicked courses for a +very considerable time. + +Having had occasion to mention this gang with whom Wilkinson was +concerned, it may not be improper to acquaint my readers with an +adventure of one Calhagan and Disney, two Irish robbers of the same +crew. One of them had persuaded a gentleman's housekeeper, of about +thirty-five, that he was extremely in love with her, passing at the same +time for a gentleman of fortune in the kingdom of Ireland, the brogue +being too strong upon his tongue for him to deny his country. He met her +frequently, and made her not a few visits, even at her master's house, +taking care all the while to keep up the greatest form of ceremony, as +though to a person whom he designed to make his wife. His companion +attended on him with great respect as his tutor or gentleman, appearing +at first very much dissatisfied with his making his addresses to a woman +so much beneath him, but as the affair went on pretending to be so much +taken with her wit, prudence and genteel behaviour, that he said his +master had made an excellent choice, and advised him to delay his +marriage no longer than till he had settled his affairs with his +guardian, naming as such a certain noble lord of unquestioned character +and honour. These pretences prevailing on the credulity of an old maid, +who like most of her species was fond of the company of young fellows, +and in raptures at the thoughts of a lover, she thought it a prodigious +long while till these accounts were made up, enquiring wherever she +went, when such a lord would come to town. She heard, at last, with +great satisfaction, that he would certainly come over from Ireland that +summer. + +The family in which she lived, going out of town as usual, left her in +charge of the house; as there was nobody but herself and an under maid, +her lover often visited her, and at last told her that on such a day my +Lord had appointed to settle his affairs and to deliver up all his +trust. The evening of this day, the gentleman and his tutor came and +brought with them a bundle of papers and parchments, which they +pretended were the instruments which had been signed on this occasion. +After making merry with the housekeeper and the maid on a supper which +they had sent from the tavern, the elder of them at last pulls out his +watch, and said, _Come, 'tis time to do business, 'tis almost one +o'clock._ Upon which the other arose, seized the housekeeper, to whom he +had so long paid his addresses, and clapped an ivory gag into her mouth, +while his companion did the same thing by the other. Then putting out +all the candles, having first put one into a dark lanthorn they had +brought on purpose, they next led the poor creatures up and down the +house, till they had shown them the several places where the plate, +linen, jewels and other valuable things belonging to the family were +laid. After having bundled up these they threw them down upon the floor, +tied their ankles to one another, and left them hanging, one on one +side, and the other on the other side of the parlour door; in which +posture they were found the next day at noon, at the very point of +expiring, their blood having stagnated about their necks, which put them +into the greatest danger. + +But to return to Wilkinson. One night, he with his companions Lincoln +and William Lock came up with one Peter Martin, a poor pensioner of +Chelsea College, whom they stopped. Wilkinson held him down and Lincoln +knocked him down on his crying out for help; afterwards taking him up, +he would have led him along, and Wilkinson pricked him with his sword in +the shoulders and buttocks for some time, to make him advance, till +William Lock cried out to them, _How should ye expect the man to go +forward when he is dead._ + +For this murder and for a robbery committed by them with Carrick and +Carrol they were both capitally convicted. Wilkinson behaved himself to +the time of his execution very morosely, and when pressed, at the place +of execution, to unburden his conscience as to the crime for which he +died, he answered peremptorily that he knew nothing of the murder, nor +of Lincoln who died with him, until they were apprehended; adding, that +as to hanging in chains he did not value it, but he had no business to +tell lies, to make himself guilty of things he never did. Three days and +three nights before the time of his death, he abstained totally from +meat and drink, which rendered him so faint that he had scarce strength +enough to speak at the tree. + +James Lincoln, who died with him for the aforesaid cruel murder, was a +fellow of a more docile and gentle temper than Wilkinson, owned +abundance of the offences he had been guilty of, and had designed, as he +himself owned, to have robbed the Duke of Newcastle of his gaiter +ornaments, as he returned from the instalment. Notwithstanding these +confessions, he persisted, as well as Wilkinson, in utterly denying that +he knew anything of the murder of the pensioner, and saying that he +forgave William Lock who had sworn himself and them into it. Wilkinson +was at the time of his execution about thirty-five years old, and James +Lincoln somewhat under. They died at the same time with the +afore-mentioned malefactor, Wilson, at Tyburn. + +FOOTNOTES: + + [20] This was near Clerkenwell Green. It was a famous Bear + Garden and the scene of various prize-fights to which public + challenges were issued. Cunningham quotes a curious one for the + year 1722:--"I, Elizabeth Wilkinson, of Clerkenwell, having had + some words with Hannah Hyfield, and requiring satisfaction, do + invite her to meet me on the stage and box with me for three + guineas, each woman holding half-a-crown in each hand, and the + first woman that drops her money to lose the battle" (this was + to prevent scratching). The acceptance ran, "I, Hannah Hyfield, + of Newgate Market, hearing of the resoluteness of Elizabeth + Wilkinson, will not fail, God willing, to give her more blows + than words, desiring home blows and from her no favour." + + + + +The Life of MATTHIAS BRINSDEN, a Murderer + + +Though all offences against the laws of God and the land are highly +criminal in themselves, as well as fatal in their consequences, yet +there is certainly some degree in guilt; and petty thieveries and crimes +of a like nature seem to fall very short in comparison of the atrocious +guilt of murder and the imbrueing one's hands in blood, more especially +when a crime of so deep a dye in itself is heightened by aggravating +circumstances. + +Matthias Brinsden, who is to be the subject of our present narration, +was a man in tolerable circumstances at the time the misfortune happened +to him for which he died. He had several children by his wife whom he +murdered, and with whom he had lived in great uneasiness for a long +time. The deceased Mrs. Brinsden was a woman of a great spirit, much +addicted to company and not a little to drinking. This had occasioned +many quarrels between her and her husband on the score of those +extravagancies she was guilty of, Mr. Brinsden thinking it hard that she +should squander away his money when he had a large family, and scarce +knew how to maintain it. + +Their quarrels frequently rose to such a height as to alarm the +neighbourhood, the man being of a cruel, and the woman of an obstinate +temper, and it seemed rather a wonder that the murder had not ensued +before than that it happened when it did, they seldom falling out and +fighting without drawing blood, or having some grievous accident or +other happening therefrom. Once he burnt her arms with a red-hot iron, +and but a week before her death he ran a great pair of scissors into her +skull, which covered her with blood, and made him and all who saw her +think he had murdered her then. But after bleeding prodigiously she came +a little to herself, and on the application of proper remedies +recovered. Brinsden, in the meanwhile fled, and was hardly prevailed +with to return, upon repeated assurances that she was in no danger, +promising himself that if she escaped with life then, he would never +suffer himself to be so far transported with passion as to do her an +injury again. + +The fatal occasion of that quarrel which produced the immediate death of +the woman, warm with liquor, and in the midst of passion, and which soon +after brought on a shameful and ignominious end to the man himself, +happened by Mrs. Brinsden's drinking cheerfully with some company at +home, and after their going away, demanding of her husband what she +should have for supper? He answered, bread and cheese; to which the +deceased replied that she thought bread and cheese once a day was +enough, and as she had eaten it for dinner, she would not eat it for +supper. Brinsden said, she should have no better than the rest of his +family, who were like to be contented with the same, except his eldest +daughter for whom he had provided a pie, and towards whom on all +occasions he showed a peculiar affection, occasioned as he said, from +the care she took of his other children and of his affairs, though +malicious and ill-natured people gave out that it sprang from a much +worse and, indeed, the basest of reasons. + +On the discourse I have mentioned between him and his wife, Mrs. +Brinsden in a violent passion declared she would go to the general shop +and sup with her friends, who were gone from her but a little before. +He, therefore, having got between her and the door, having the knife in +his hand with which he cut the bread and cheese, and she still +persisting with great violence in endeavouring to go out, he threw her +down with one hand and stabbed her with the other. This is the account +of this bloody action as it was sworn against him at his trial by his +own daughter, though he persisted in it that what she called throwing +down was only gently laying her on the bed after she received the blow, +which as he averred happened only by chance, and her own pressing +against him as the knife was in his hand. However that was, he sent for +basilicon and sugar to dress the wound, in hopes she might at least +recover so far as to declare there was no malice between them, but those +endeavours were in vain, for she never spoke after. + +In the meanwhile, Brinsden took occasion during the bustle that this sad +accident occasioned, and fled to one Mr. Kegg's at Shadwell Dock, where, +though for some small space he continued safe, yet the terrors and +apprehensions he was under were more choking and uneasy than all the +miseries he experienced after his being taken up. Such is the weight of +blood, and such the dreadful condition of the wicked. + +At his trial he put on an air of boldness and intrepidity, saying that +though the clamour of the town was very strong against him, yet he hoped +it would not make an impression to his disadvantage on the jury, since +the death of his wife happened with no premeditated design. The surgeon +who examined the wound, having deposed that it was six inches deep, he +objected to his evidence by observing that the knife, when produced in +Court, was not quite so long. He pleaded also, very strongly, the +insupportable temper of his wife, and said she was of such a disposition +that nothing would do with her but blows. But all this signifying +little, the evidence of this daughter appearing also full and direct +against him, the jury showed very small regard to his excuses, and after +a short reflection on the evidence, they found him guilty. + +Under sentence he behaved himself indolently and sottishly, doing +nothing but eat his victuals and doze in his bed; thinking it at the +same time a very great indignity that he should be obliged to take up +with those thieves and robbers who were in the same state of +condemnation with himself, always behaving himself towards then very +distantly, and as if it would have been a great debasement to him if he +had joined with them in devotion. + +His daughter who had borne witness against him at his trial, came to him +at chapel and begged his forgiveness, even for having testified the +truth. At first he turned away from her with much indignation; the +second day she came, after great entreaty and persuasion of his friends, +he at last muttered out, _I forgive you._ But the girl coming the third +day and earnestly desiring he would kiss her, which at first he refused, +and at last turning to her and weeping lamentably, he took her in his +arms, and said: _For Christ's sake, my child, forgive me. I have robbed +you of your own mother. Be a good child, rather die than steal, never be +in a passion, but curb your anger. Honour your mistress, for she will be +both a father and a mother to you. Pray for your father and think of him +as well as you can._ + +At the place of execution he composed himself to suffer with as much +patience as he could, and while the rest threw books and handkerchiefs +to their friends, he seemed wrapped up in a profound meditation, out of +which he drew himself as soon as prayers began and assisted with much +cheerfulness and attention. When they were ended he stood up and +desiring the Ordinary to repeat after him the following speech, which he +dictated word for word as I have transcribed it, seeming most +passionately affected with the reflection the world had cast on himself +and daughter, as my readers will perceive from the speech itself. After +the making of which, he was immediately turned off, on the sixteenth of +July, 1722. + + The last speech of Matthias Brinsden + + I was born of kind parents, who gave me learning, and went + apprentice to a fine-drawer. I had often jars which might increase a + natural waspishness in my temper. I fell in love with Hannah, my + late wife, and after much difficulty won her, she having five + sisters at the same time. We had ten children (half of them dead) + and I believe we loved each other dearly, but often quarrelled and + fought. Pray good people mind, I had no malice against her, nor + thought to kill her, two minutes before the deed, but I designed + only to make her obey me thoroughly, which the Scripture says all + wives should do. This I thought I had done, when I cut her skull on + Monday, but she was the same again by Tuesday. + + Good people, I request you to observe that though the world has + spitefully given out that I carnally and incestuously lay with my + eldest daughter, I here solemnly declare, as I am entering into the + presence of God, I never knew whether she was man or woman, since + she was a babe. I have often taken her in my arms, often kissed her, + sometimes given her a cake or a pie, when she did any particular + service beyond what came to her share, but never lay with her, or + carnally knew her, much less had a child by her. But when a man is + in calamities and is hated like me, the women will make surmises + into certainties. Good Christians pray for me, I deserve death, I am + willing to die, for though my sins are great, God's mercies are + greater. + + + + +The Life of EDMUND NEAL, a Footpad + + +Of all the unhappy wretches whose ends I have recorded that their +examples may be of the more use to mankind, there is none perhaps which +be more useful, if well considered, than this of Edmund Neal Though +there be nothing in it very extraordinary, yet it contains a perfect +picture of low pleasures for which men sacrifice reputation and +happiness, and go on in a voluptuous dream till they awake to temporal +and, but for the mercy of God, to eternal death. + +This Edmund Neal was the son of a father of the same name, a blacksmith +in a market town in Warwickshire. He was one of those mechanics who, +from a particular observance of the foibles of human nature, insinuate +themselves into the good graces of those who employ them, and from being +created as something even beneath a servant, grow up at last into a +confidence to which it would not be improper to affix the name of a +friend. This Edmund Neal senior had by this method climbed (by a little +skill he had in horses) from paring off their hoofs, to directing of +their riders, until in short there was scarce a sporting squire in the +neighbourhood but old Edmund was of his privy council. Yet though he got +a vast deal of money, he took very little care of the education of his +son, whom he scarce allowed as much learning as would enable him to read +a chapter; but notwithstanding this, he carried him about with him +wherever he went, as if the company of gentlemen, though he was unable +to converse with them, would have been sufficient to improve him. + +The scenes young Neal saw at the houses whither his father carried him, +filled him with such a liking to debauchery and such an irreclaimable +passion for sensual pleasures, as was the source from whence his +following misfortunes flowed. For what, as he himself complained, first +gave him occasion to repine at his condition, and filled him with +wandering inclinations of pursuing an idle and extravagant life, was the +forcing of him to go apprentice to a tailor, a trade for which he had +always the greatest aversion, and contempt. No sooner, therefore, was he +placed out apprentice, but the young fellows of that occupation whom he +had before derided and despised, now ridiculed him in their turns, and +laughed at the uneasiness which they saw his new employment caused him. +However, he lived about four years with his master, being especially +induced thereto by the company of a young man who worked there, and who +used to amuse him with stories of intrigues in London, to which Neal +listened with a very attentive ear. + +This London companion more and more inclined him to vice, and the +history he gave of his living with a woman--who cheated her other +cullies to maintain him, and at last for the sake of a new sweetheart, +stripped him of all he had one night while he slept, and left him so +much in debt that he was obliged to fly into the country--the relation, +I say, of these adventures made such an impression on young Neal that he +was never at rest until he fell into a method of copying them. And as +ill-design seldom waits long for an opportunity, so the death of his +first master, and his being turned over to a second, much less careful +and diligent to his business, furnished Neal with the occasion he +wanted. This master he both cheated of his money and defrauded of his +goods, letting in loose and disorderly persons in the night, and finding +a way for their going out again in the morning before his master was +awake, and consequently without the least suspicion. + +These practices quickly broke the man with whom he lived, and his +breaking turned Edmund upon the wide world, equally destitute of money, +friends and capacity, not knowing what to do, and having but two +shillings in his pocket. He took a solitary walk to that end of the town +which went out upon the London Road, and there by chance he met a woman +who asked him to go with her to London. He not knowing what to do with +himself accepted her offer, and without any more words to the bargain +they set out together. The woman was very kind to him on the road, and +poor Edmund flattered himself that money was so plentiful in London as +to render it impossible for him to remain without it. But he was +miserably mistaken when he arrived there. He went to certain +public-houses of persons whom he had known in the country, who instead +of using him civilly, in a day or two's time were thrusting him out of +doors. Some common whores, also, finding him to be a poor country +fellow, easily seduced him and kept him amongst them for a stallion, +until, between their lust and their diseases, they had put him in a fair +road to the grave. + +Tired out with their vices, which were even too gross for a mind so +corrupted as his was, he chose rather to go and live with a brewer and +carry out drink. But after living for some time with two masters of that +occupation, his mind still roving after an easier and pleasanter life, +he endeavoured to get it at some public-house; which at last he with +much ado effected at Sadlers Wells.[21] This appeared so great a +happiness that he thought he should never be tired of a life where there +was so much music and dancing, to which he had been always addicted; +and, as he phrased it himself, he thought he was in another world when +he got with a set of men and maids in a barn with a fiddle among them. + +However, he at last grew tired of that also; and resolving to betake +himself to some more settled and honest employment, he hired himself to +a man who kept swine, and there behaved himself both with honesty and +diligence. But his master breaking a little time after he had been with +him, though as he affirmed without his wronging him in the least, he was +reduced to look for some new way of maintaining himself. This being +about the time of the late Rebellion,[22] and great encouragement being +then offered for those who would enter themselves in the late king's +service at sea, Neal accepted thereof, and shipped himself on board the +_Gosport_ man-of-war, which sailed to the Western Islands of Scotland. +What between the cold and the hard fare he suffered deeply, and never, +as be said, tasted any degree of comfort till he returned to the West of +England The Rebellion being then over, Neal with very great joy accepted +his discharge from the service, and once more in search of business came +up to London. + +The reputation of an honest servant he had acquired from the hog +merchant he had formerly lived with, quickly procured him a place with +another of the same trade, with him he lived too (as was said) very +honestly; and having been trusted with twenty or thirty pounds at a +time, was always found very trusty and faithful. But happening, +unluckily, to work here with one Pincher, who in the course of his life +had been as unhappy as himself, they thereupon grew very intimate +together, and being a couple of fellows of very odd tempers, after +having got half drunk at the Hampshire Hog, they took it into their +heads that there was not in the world two fellows so unhappy as +themselves. The subject began when they were maudlin, and as they grew +quite drunk, they came to a resolution to go out and beat everybody they +met, for being happier than themselves. + +The first persons they met in this expedition were a poor old man whose +name was Dormer and his wife. The woman they abused grossly, and Pincher +knocked the man down, though very much in years, Neal afterwards +rolling him about, and either took or shook out of his pocket all the +money he had, which was but three pence farthing. For this unaccountable +action they were both apprehended, tried and convicted, with three other +persons, in the November sessions, 1722. But their inhuman behaviour to +the old man made such an impression on the Court to their disadvantage, +that when the death warrant came down, they two only were appointed for +execution. + +At the near approach of death, Neal appeared excessively astonished, and +what between fear and concern, his senses grew disordered. However, at +the place of execution he seemed more composed than he had been before, +and said that it was very fit he should die, but added he suffered +rather for being drunk than any design he had either to rob or use the +man cruelly. As for William Pincher, his companion both in the robbery +and its punishment, he seemed to be the counterpart of Neal, a downright +Norfolk clown, born within six miles of Lynn and by the kindness of a +master of good fortune, taken into his house with an intent to breed him +up, on his father's going for a soldier. At first he behaved himself +diligently and thereby got much into the favour of his master, but +falling into loose company and addicting himself to sotting in +alehouses, his once kind and indulgent master, finding him incorrigible, +dismissed him from his service, and having given him some small matter +by way of encouragement, he set out for London. Here he got into the +business before mentioned, and said himself, that he might have lived +very comfortably thereon, if he had been industrious and frugal; but +that addicting himself to his old custom of sitting continually in an +alehouse had drawn him into very great inconveniences. In order to draw +himself out of these he thought of following certain courses, by which, +as he had heard some company where he used say, a young man might get as +much money as he could spend, let him live as extravagantly as he would. +This occasioned his persuading Neal into that fatal undertaking which +cost them their lives. His behaviour under sentence was irreproachable, +being always taken up either in reading, praying or singing of Psalms, +performing all things that so short a space would give him leave to do, +and showing as evident marks of true repentance as perhaps any unhappy +person ever did in his condition. + +Thus these two companions in misfortune suffered together on die last +day of the year 1722, Edmund Neal being then about thirty years of age, +and Pincher about twenty-six. + +FOOTNOTES: + + [21] This was opened, about 1680, by a certain Sadler, as a + public music-room and house of entertainment. The discovery of a + spring of mineral water in the garden attracted general + attention and the place soon became a place of popular resort. + + [22] The Jacobite rising of 1715. + + + + +The Life of CHARLES WEAVER, a Murderer + + +Hastiness of temper and yielding to all the rash dictates of anger, as +it is an offence the most unworthy a rational creature, so it is +attended also with consequences as fatal as any other crime whatever. A +wild expression thrown out in the heat of passion has often cost men +dearer than even a real injury would have done, had it been offered to +the same person. A blow intended for the slightest has often taken away +life, and the sudden anger of a moment produced the sorrow of years, and +has been, after all, irreparable in its effect. + +Charles Weaver, of whom we are now speaking, was the son of parents in +very good circumstances in the city of Gloucester, who put him +apprentice to a goldsmith. He served about four years of his time with +his master, and having in that space run out into so much lewdness and +extravagance that his friends refused any longer to supply or to support +him, he then thought fit to go into the service of the Queen, as a +soldier, and in that capacity went over with those who were sent into +America to quell the Indians. These people were at that time instigated +by the French to attack our plantations on the main near which they lay. +The greater part of these poor creatures were without European arms, yet +several amongst them had fusees, powder and ball from the French, with +which, being very good marksmen, they did abundance of mischief from +their ambuscades in the woods. + +At the time Weaver served against them, they were commanded by one +Ouranaquoy, a man of a bloody disposition, great courage and greater +cunning. He had commanded his nation in war against another Indian +nation, from whom he took about forty prisoners, who according to the +Indian custom were immediately destined to death; but being prevailed +upon, by the presence of the French, to turn his arms against the +English, on the confines of whose plantations he had gained his last +victory, Ouranaquoy having sent for the prisoners he had taken before +him, told them that if they would fall upon a village about three miles +distant, he would not only give them their liberty, but also such a +reward for the scalp of every Englishman, woman or child, they brought. +They readily agreed on these terms and immediately went and plundered +the village. + +The English army lay about seven miles off, and no sooner heard of such +an outrage committed by such a nation, but they immediately attacked the +people to whom the prisoners belonged, marching their whole army for +that purpose against the village, which if we may call it so, was the +capital of their country. By this policy Ouranaquoy gained two +advantages, for first he involved the English in a war with the people +with whom they had entertained a friendship for twenty years, and in the +next place gained time, while the English army were so employed, to +enter twenty-five miles within their country, destroying fourscore +whites and three hundred Indians and negroes. But this insult did not +remain long unrevenged, for the troops in which Weaver served arriving +immediately after from Europe, the army (who before they had done any +considerable mischief to the people against whom they marched, had +learnt the stratagem by which they had been deceived by Ouranaquoy) +returned suddenly into his country, and exercised such severities upon +the people thereof that to appease and make peace with the English the +chiefs sent them the scalps of Ouranaquoy, his three brothers and nine +sons. + +On Weaver's return into England from this expedition, he shipped himself +again as a recruit for that army which was then commanded by the Earl of +Peterborough in Spain. He served also under the Duke of Ormond when his +grace took Vigo, and Weaver had the good luck to get some hundred pounds +for his share in the booty, but that money which he, in his thoughts, +had designed for setting himself up in England, being insensibly +squandered and decayed, he was obliged to list himself again, and so +became a second time spectator of the taking of Vigo under the Lord +Cobham.[23] + +While he served in the second regiment of Foot-guards, he behaved +himself so well as to engage his officer to take him into his own house, +where he lived for a considerable space; and he had been twice actually +reviewed in order to his going into the Life-guards, when he committed +the act for which he died, which according to the evidence given at his +trial happened thus. He was going into a boat in company with Eleanor +Clark, widow, and Edward Morris. After they were in the boat, some words +arising, the woman bid Weaver pay Morris what he owed him, upon which +Weaver in a great passion got up, and endeavoured to overturn the boat +with them all. But Thomas Watkins, the waterman, preventing that, Weaver +immediately drew his sword, and swore he would murder them all, making +several passes at them as if he had firmly intended to be as good as his +word. The men defended themselves so well as to escape hurt, and +endeavoured all they could to have preserved the woman, but Weaver +making a pass, the sword entered underneath her left shoulder, and +thereby gave her a wound seven inches deep, after which she gave but one +groan and immediately expired. For this bloody fact Weaver was tried and +convicted, and thereupon received sentence of death. + +During the space between the passing of sentence and its execution an +accident happened which added grievously to all his misfortunes. His +wife, big with child, coming about a fortnight before his death to see +him in Newgate, was run over by a dray and killed upon the spot. Weaver +himself, though in the course of the life he had led he had totally +forgot both reading and writing, yet came duly to prayers, and gave all +possible marks of sorrow and repentance for his misspent life, though he +all along pretended that the woman's death happened by accident, and +that he had had no intent to murder her. He suffered the 8th day of +February, 1722-3, being at that time about thirty years of age. + +FOOTNOTES: + + [23] See page 49. + + + + +The Life of JOHN LEVEE, a Highwayman, Footpad, etc. + + +There is a certain busy sprightliness in some young people which from I +know not what views, parents are apt to encourage in hopes of its one +day producing great effects. I will not say that they are always +disappointed in their expectations, but I will venture to pronounce that +where one bold spirit has succeeded in the world, five have been ruined, +by a busy turbulent temper. + +This was the case with this criminal, John Levee, who, to cover the +disgrace his family suffered in him, called himself Junks. His father +was a French gentleman, who came over with King Charles II at the +Restoration, taught French to persons of distinction in court, and +particularly to some of that prince's natural children. For the +convenience of his scholars, he kept a large boarding-school in Pall +Mall, whereby he acquired such a fortune as enabled him to set up for a +wine merchant. In this capacity he dealt with France for many years to +the amount of thousands _per annum._ His children received the best +education that could be given them and never stirred out of doors but +with a footman to attend them. + +But Mr. Levee, the merchant, falling into misfortunes by some of his +correspondents' failures, withdrew from his family into Holland; and +this son John being taken by the French Society, in order to be put out +apprentice and provided for, being induced thereto by the boy's natural +vivacity and warmth of temper in which he had been foolishly encouraged, +they sent him to sea with a captain of a man-of-war. He was on board the +_Essex_ when Sir George Byng, now Viscount Torrington, engaged the +Spaniards at Messina.[24] He served afterwards on board the squadron +commanded by Sir John Norris in the Baltic, and when he returned home, +public affairs being in a more quiet state, his friends thought it +better for him to learn merchants' accounts than to go any more voyages, +where there was now little prospect of advantage. + +But book-keeping was too quiet an employment for one of Levee's warm +disposition, who far from being discouraged at the hardships of sea, +only complained of his ill-luck in not being in an engagement. And so, +to amuse this martial disposition, he with some companions went upon the +road, which they practised for a very considerable time, robbing in a +very genteel manner, by putting a hat into the coach and desiring the +passengers to contribute as they thought proper, being always contented +with what they gave them, though sometimes part of it was farthings. +Nay, they were so civil that Blueskin and this Levee, once robbing a +single gentlewoman in a coach, she happening to have a basket full of +buns and cakes, Levee took some of them, but Blueskin proceeded to +search her for money, but found none. The woman in the meanwhile +scratched him and called him a thousand hard names, giving him two or +three sound slaps in the face, at which they only laughed, as it was a +woman, and went away without further ill-usage, a civility she would +hardly have met with from any other gentlemen of their profession. + +In October, he and his great companion Blueskin,[25] met a coach with +two ladies and a little miss riding between their knees, coming from the +Gravel Pits at Kensington.[26] Levee stopped the coach and without more +ado, ordered both the coachmen and footman to jump the ditch, or he'd +shoot them. They then stripped the ladies of their necklaces, cut a gold +girdle buckle from the side of the child, and took away about ten +shillings in money, with a little white metal image of a man, which they +thought had been solid silver, but proved a mere trifle. + +At a grand consultation of the whole gang, and a report of great booties +that were to be made (and that, too, with much safety) on Blackheath, +they agreed to make some attempts there. Accordingly they set out, +being six horsemen well armed and mounted; but after having continued +about six hours upon the Heath, and not meeting so much as one person, +and the same ill luck being three or four times repeated, they left off +going on that road for the future. In December following, he and another +person robbed a butcher on horseback, on the road coming from Hampstead. +He told them he had sold two lambs there. Levee's companion said +immediately, _Then you have eight-and-twenty shillings about you, for +lambs sold to-day at fourteen shillings apiece._ After some grumbling +and hard words they made him deliver and by way of punishment for his +sauciness, as they phrased it, they took away his great coat into the +bargain, and had probably used him worse had not Levee seen a Jew's +coach coming that way, and been conscious to himself that those within +it knew him; whereupon he persuaded his associates to go off without +robbing it. + +Levee never used anybody cruelly in any of his adventures, excepting +only one Betts, who foolishly struck him three or four blows on the +head, whereupon Levee with one blow of his pistol struck his eye out. +One night, upon the same road, Blake and Matthew Flood being in company +with this unhappy youth, they stopped the chariot of Mr. Young, the same +person who hanged Molony and Carrick.[27] Blake calling out to lay hold, +and Flood stopping the horses, Levee went into the coach and took from +Mr. Young a gold watch and chain, one Richard Oakey also assisting, who +died likewise for this fact. They robbed also Col. Cope, who was in the +same chariot, of his gold watch, chain and ring, and twenty-two +shillings in money. Levee said it would have been a very easy matter for +the gentleman to have taken him, he going into the coach without arms, +and his companions being on the other side of the hedge; but they gave +him the things very readily, and it was hard to say who behaved +themselves most civilly one towards the other, the gentlemen or he. One +of them desired to have a cornelian ring returned, which Levee inclined +to do, but that his companions would not permit him. + +As they were going home after taking this booty, they met a poor man on +horseback. Notwithstanding the considerable sum they had taken just +before, they turned out of the road, carried him behind two haycocks +because the moon shone light, and there finding that he had but two +shillings in the world, the rest of his companions were for binding and +beating him, but upon the man's saying that he was very sick and +begging earnestly that they would not abuse him, Levee prevailed with +them not only to set him on his horse again, but to restore him his two +shillings, and lead him into the road where they left him. + +Levee, Flood and Oakey were soon apprehended and Blake turning evidence, +they were convicted the next sessions at the Old Bailey, and ordered for +execution. Levee behaved himself while under condemnation very seriously +and modestly, though before that time, he had acted too much the bravo, +from the mistaken opinion that people are apt to entertain of courage +and resolution. But when death approached near, he laid aside all this, +and applied himself with great seriousness and attention to prayers and +other duties becoming a person in his condition. + +At the place of execution he fell into a strange passion at his hands +being to be tied, and his cap pulled over his face. Passion signifying +nothing there, he was obliged to submit as the others did, being at the +time of his execution, aged about twenty-seven. + +FOOTNOTES: + + [24] See page 66. + + [25] His real name was Joseph Blake, see page 177. + + [26] This was a portion of what is now the Bayswater Road, + roughly between Petersburgh Place and the Notting Hill Tube + Station. Swift had lodgings there and it was a fairly + fashionable residential spot. + + [27] See page 89. + + + + +The Lives of RICHARD OAKEY and MATTHEW FLOOD, Street-Robbers and +Footpads + + +The first of these criminals, Richard Oakey, had been by his friends put +apprentice to a tailor. In about two years his master failed, and from +thence to the day of his unhappy death, Oakey continually followed +thieving in one way or other. At first he wholly practised picking of +women's pockets, which he said he did in a manner peculiar to himself; +for being dressed pretty genteelly, he passed by the person he intended +to rob, took up their upper petticoat and cut off the pocket at once, +tripping them down at the same time. Then he stepped softly on the other +side of the way, walked on and was never suspected. He said that while a +lad, he had committed several hundred robberies in this way. As he grew +older he made use of a woman to assist him, by pushing the people +against the wall, while he took the opportunity of cutting their +pockets; or at other times this woman came behind folks as they were +crossing the way, and catching them by the arm, cried out, _There's a +coach will run over ye_; while Oakey, in the moment of their surprise, +whipped off their pocket. + +This woman, who had followed the trade for a considerable time, happened +one night at a bawdy-house to incense her bully so far as to make him +beat her; she thereupon gave him still more provoking language, till +at last he used her so cruelly, that she roared out _Murder_; and not +without occasion, for she died of the bruises, though the people of the +house concealed it for fear of trouble, and buried her privately. Upon +this Oakey was obliged to go on his old way by himself. + +[Illustration: THE HANGMAN ARRESTED WHEN ATTENDING JOHN MEFF TO TYBURN + +(_From the Annals of Newgate_)] + +The robberies he committed being numerous and successful, he bethought +himself of doing something, as he called it, in a higher way; upon +which, scraping acquaintance with two as abandoned fellows as himself, +they took to housebreaking. In this they were so unlucky as to be +detected in their second adventure, which was upon a house in Southwark +near the Mint, where they stole calicoes to the value of twenty pounds +and upwards. For this his two associates were convicted at Kingston +assizes, he himself being the witness against them, by which method he +at that time escaped. And being cured of any desire to go +a-housebreaking again, he fell upon his old trade of picking pockets, +till he got into the acquaintance of another as bad as himself, whom +they called Will the Sailor. This fellow's practice was to wear a long +sword, and then by jostling the gentleman whom they designed to rob, +first created a quarrel, and while the fray lasted, gave his companion +the opportunity of rubbing off with the booty. But whether Will grew +tired of his companion, or of the dangerous trade which he was engaged +in, certain it is that he left it off, and got again out of England on +ship-board. + +Oakey then got acquainted with Hawes, Milksop, Lincoln, Reading, +Wilkinson, and half a dozen others, with whom one way or other he was +continually concerned while they reigned in their villainies. And as +they were in a short space all executed, he became acquainted with +Levee, Flood, Blake and the rest of that gang, in whose association he +continued until his crimes and theirs brought them together to the +gallows. After condemnation his behaviour was such as became his +condition, getting up in the night to pray so often and manifesting all +the signs of a sincere repentance. + +Matthew Flood was the son of a man who kept the Clink Prison[28] in the +parish of St. Mary Overys, who had given him as good an education as was +in his power, and bound him apprentice to one Mr. Williams, a +lighterman. In this occupation he might certainly have done well, if he +had not fallen into the company of those lewd persons who brought him to +his fate. He had been about three months concerned with Blake, Levee, +etc., and had committed many facts. + +His behaviour under sentence was very penitent and modest, nor did he +suffer the continual hopes his friends gave him of a reprieve ever to +make him neglect his devotions. At the place of execution he said he was +more particularly concerned for a robbery he had committed on a woman in +Cornhill, not only because he took from her a good many guineas which +were in her pocket, but that at the same time also he had taken a will +which he burnt, and which he feared would be more to her prejudice than +the loss of her money. + +Oakey was about twenty-five years old at the time of his death, and +Matthew Flood somewhat younger. They suffered on the same day with +Weaver and the last-mentioned malefactor Levee, at Tyburn. + +FOOTNOTES: + + [28] The Clink Prison was, until 1745, at the corner of Maid + Lane, Southwark. It was originally used as a house of detention + for heretics and offenders against the bishop of Winchester, + whose palace stood nearby. + + + + +The Life of WILLIAM BURK, a Footpad and Highwayman + + +As indulgence is a very common parent of wickedness and disobedience, so +immoderate correction and treating children as if they were Stocks is as +likely a method as the other to make them stubborn and obstinate, and +perhaps even force upon them taking ill methods to avoid usage which +they cannot bear. + +William Burk, the unfortunate criminal whose enterprises are to be the +subject of our present narration, was born towards Wapping of parents +honest and willing to give him education, though their condition in the +world rendered them not able. He was thereupon put to the charity +school, the master of which being of a morose temper and he a boy of +very indifferent disposition, the discipline with which he was treated +was so severe that it created in him an aversion towards all learning; +and one day, after a more severe whipping than ordinary, he determined +(though but eleven years of age) to run away. + +He sought out, therefore, for a captain who might want a boy, and that +being no difficult matter to find in their neighbourhood, he went on +board the _Salisbury_, Captain Hosier, then lying at the Buoy in the +Nore, bound for Jamaica. His poor mother followed him in great +affliction, and endeavoured all she could to persuade him to return, but +her arguments were all in vain, for he had contracted so great an +antipathy to school, from his master's treatment, that instead of being +glad to go back, he earnestly intreated the captain to interpose his +authority and keep him on board. His request was complied with, and the +poor woman was forced to depart without her son. + +It was the latter end of Queen Anne's War when they sailed to Jamaica, +and during the time they were out, took two Spanish galleons very richly +laden. Their first engagement was obstinate and bloody, and he, though a +boy, was dangerously hurt as he bustled about one way or another as the +captain commanded him. The second prize carried 74 guns and 650 men, yet +the _Salisbury_ (but a 60-gun ship) took her without the loss of a +single man; only a woman, who was the only one on board, going to peep +at the engagement, had her head and shoulders shot off. Burk said the +prize money of each sailor came but to £15, but some of the officers +shared so handsomely as never to be obliged to go to sea again, being +enabled to live easily on shore. + +Three years he continued in the West Indies, and there (especially in +Jamaica) he learned so much wickedness that when he came home, hardly +any of the gangs into which he entered were half so bad, though inured +to plunder, as he when he came amongst them a fresh man. From this +voyage he went another in the slave trade to the coast of Guinea. Here +he endured very great hardships, especially when he had the misfortune +to be on board where the negroes rose upon the English, and had like to +have overcome them; but at last having been vanquished, and tied down in +a convenient place, they were used with severity enough. Upon his return +into England from this voyage, he went into the Baltic in the +_Worcester_ man-of-war, in which he suffered prodigious hardships from +the coldness of the climate and other difficulties he went through. + +The many miseries he had experienced in a life at sea might possibly +have induced him to the resolution he made of never going on ship-board +any more. How he came to take to robbing does not very clearly appear, +further than that he was induced thereto by bad women; but he behaved +himself with very great cruelty, for going over the first field from +Stepney, armed with a hedging-bill, he attacked one William Fitzer, and +robbed him of his jacket, tobacco-box, a knife and fork, etc. He robbed, +also, one James Westwood, of a coat and ten shillings in money; last of +all, attacking John Andrews and Robert his son, coming over the fields, +he dove the old man down. His son taking up the stick boldly attacked +Burk, and a neighbour, one Perkinson, coming in at the noise, he was +overpowered and apprehended. As the fact was very plainly proved, he was +on a short trial convicted, and the barbarity of the fact being so +great, left no room for his being omitted in the warrant for execution. + +As he lay a long time under condemnation, and had no hopes of life, from +the moment of his confinement he applied himself to make his peace with +that Being whom he had so much offended by his profligate course of +life. On all occasions he expressed his readiness to confess anything +which might be for the promoting of justice or public good, in all +respects manifesting a thorough sorrow and penitence for that cruelty +with which he had treated poor old Andrews. At the tree he stood up in +the car, beckoned for silence, and then spoke to the multitude in these +terms. + + Good People, + + I never was concerned but in four robberies in my life. I desire all + men who see my fatal end to let my death teach them to lead a sober + and regular life, and above all to shun the company of ill-women, + which has brought me to this shameful end and place. I desire that + nobody may reflect upon my wife after my decease, since she was so + far from having any knowledge of the ills I committed, that she was + continually exciting me to live a sober and honest life. Wherefore I + hope God will bless her, as I also pray He may do all of you. + +This malefactor, William Burk, was in the twenty-second year of his age +when executed at Tyburn, April the 8th, 1723. + + + + +The Life of LUKE NUNNEY, a murderer + + +Though drunkenness in itself is a shocking and beastly crime, yet in its +consequences it is also often so bloody and inhuman that one would +wonder persons of understanding should indulge themselves in a sin at +once so odious and so fatal both to body and soul. The instances of +persons who have committed murders when drunk, and those accompanied +with circumstances of such barbarity as even those persons themselves +could not have heard without trembling, are so many and so well known to +all of any reading, or who have made any reflection, that I need not +dwell longer than the bare narration of this malefactor's misfortunes +will detain me, to warn against a vice which makes them always monsters +and often murderers. + +Luke Nunney, of whom we are to speak, was a young fellow of some parts, +and of a tolerable education, his father, at the time of his death, +being a shoemaker in tolerable circumstances, and very careful in the +bringing up of his children. He was more particularly zealous in +affording them due notions of religion, and took abundance of pains +himself to inculcate them in their tender years, which at first had so +good an effect upon this Luke that his whole thoughts ran upon finding +out that method of worship in which he was most likely to please God. +Sometimes, though his parents were at the Church of England, he slipped +to a Presbyterian Meeting-house, where he was so much affected with the +preacher's vehemency in prayer and his plain and pious method of +preaching that he often regretted not being bred up in that way, and the +loss his parents sustained by their not having a relish for religion +ungraced with exterior ornaments. These were his thoughts, and his +practice was suitable to them, until the misfortunes of his father +obliged him to break up the house, and put Luke out to work at another +place. + +The men where Nunney went to work were lewd and profligate fellows, +always talking idly or lewdly, relating stories of what had passed in +the country before they came up to work in London, the intrigues they +had had with vicious women, and such loose and unprofitable discourses. +This quickly destroyed the former good inclinations of Luke, who first +began to waver in religion, and as he had quitted the Church of England +to turn to the Dissenters, so now he had some thoughts of leaving them +for the Quakers; but after going often to their meetings he professed he +thought their behaviour so ridiculous and absurd as not to deserve the +name either of religion or Divine worship. + +His instability of mind pressed him also to go out into the world, for +it appeared to him a great evil that while all the rest of his +companions were continually discoursing of their adventures, he should +have none to mention of his own. Some of them, also, having slightingly +called him Cockney and reproaching him with never having been seven +miles from London, he remembered that his father had some near relations +in the west of England, so he took a sudden resolution of going down +thither to work at his trade. Full of these notions he went over one +evening pretty late with his brother to Southwark, and meeting there +with an acquaintance who would needs make him drink, they stayed pretty +long at the house, insomuch that Luke got very drunk, and being always +quarrelsome when he had liquor, insulted and abused everybody in the +room. As he was quarrelling particularly with one James Young, William +Bramston who stood by, came up and desired him to be quiet, advised him +to go home with his company, and not stay and make a disturbance where +nobody had a mind to quarrel but himself. Without making any reply Luke +struck him a blow on the face. Bramston thereupon held up his fist as if +he would have struck him, but did not. However Nunney struck him again +and pushed him forwards, upon which Bramston reeled, cried out he was +stabbed and a dead man, that Nunney was the person who gave him the +wound, and Luke thereupon (drunk as he was) attempted to run away. + +Upon this he was apprehended, committed prisoner to Newgate, and the +next sessions, on the evidence of such of his companions as were +present, he was convicted and received sentence of death. He behaved +himself from that time as a person who had as little desire as hopes of +continuing in the world, enquired diligently both of the Ordinary and of +the man who was under sentence with him, how he should prepare himself +for his latter end, coming constantly to chapel, and praying regularly +at all times. Yet at the place of execution he declared himself a +Papist. He added, that at the time the murder was committed he had no +knife nor could he imagine how it was done, being so drunk that he knew +nothing that had happened until the morning, when he found himself in +custody. He was about twenty years of age at the time of his suffering +on the 25th of May, 1723. + + + + +The Life of RICHARD TRANTHAM, a Housebreaker + + +Though vices and extravagancies are the common causes which induce men +to fall into those illegal practices which lead to a shameful death, yet +now and then it happens we find men of outward gravity and serious +deportment as wicked as those whose open licenciousness renders their +committing crimes of this sort the less amazing. + +Of the number of these was Richard Trantham, a married man, having a +wife and child living at the time of his death, keeping also a tolerable +house at Mitcham in Surrey. He had been apprehended on the sale of some +stolen silk, and the next sessions following was convicted of having +broken the house of John Follwell, in the night-time, two years before, +and taking thence a silver tankard, a silver salver, and fifty-four +pounds of Bologna silk, valued at £74 and upwards. During the time which +passed between the sentence and execution he behaved in a manner the +most penitent and devout, not only making use of a considerable number +of books which the charity of his friends had furnished him with, but +also reading to all those who were in the condemned hold with them. + +The morning he was to die, after having received the Sacrament, he was +exhorted to make a confession of those crimes which he had committed, +particularly as to housebreaking, in which he was thought to have been +long concerned; thereupon he recollected himself a little, and told of +six or seven houses which he had broken open, particularly General +Groves's near St. James's; a stone-cutter in Chiswell Street; and Mr. +Follwell's in Spitalfields, for which he died. At the place of +execution, whither he was conveyed in a mourning coach, he appeared +perfectly composed and submissive to that sentence which his own +misdeeds and the justice of the Law had brought upon him. Before the +halter was put about his neck, he spoke to those who were assembled at +the gallows to see his death, in the following terms: + + Good People, + + Those wicked and unlawful methods by which, for a considerable time, + I have supported myself, have justly drawn upon me the anger of God, + and the sentence of the Law. As I have injured many and the + substance I have is very small, I fear a restitution would be hard + to make, even if it should be divided. I therefore leave it all to + my wife for the maintenance of her and my child. I entreat you + neither to reflect on her nor on my parents, and pray the blessing + of God upon you all. + +He was thirty years old when he died and was executed the same day with +the malefactor afore-mentioned. + + + + +The Lives of JOHN TYRRELL, a Horse-dealer, and WILLIAM HAWKSWORTH, a +Murderer + + +John Tyrrell, the first of these malefactors, was convicted for stealing +two horses in Yorkshire, but selling them in Smithfield he was tried at +the Old Bailey. It seem she had been an old horse-stealer as most people +conjecture, though he himself denied it, and as he pretended at his +trial to have bought those two for which he died at Northampton Fair, so +he continually endeavoured to infuse the same notions into all persons +who spoke to him at the time of his death. He had practised carrying +horses over into Flanders and Germany, and there selling them to persons +of the highest rank, with whom he always dealt so justly and honourably +that, as it was said, his word would have gone there for any sum +whatsoever that was to be laid out in horse-flesh. + +He had been bred up a Dissenter, and above all things affected the +character of a religious and sober man, which excepting the instances +for which he died, he never seemed to have forfeited; for whatever else +was said against him after he was condemned, arose merely from +conjectures occasioned by the number of horses he had sold in foreign +parts. He himself professed that he had always led a most regular and +devout life, and in the frequent voyages he made by sea, exhorted the +sailors to leave that dissolute manner of life which too generally they +led. During the whole time he lay under sentence, he talked of nothing +else but his own great piety and devotion, which though, as he +confessed, it had often been rewarded by many singular deliverances +through the hand of Providence, yet since he was suffered to die this +ignominious death and thereby disgrace his family and altogether +overturn that reputation of sanctity with which so much pains himself +had been setting up, he inclined to atheistic notions, and a wavering +belief as to the being of a God at all. + +As for the other malefactor, William Hawksworth, he was a Yorkshireman +by birth. His parents, reputable people who took a great care in his +reputation, intended to breed him to some good trade, but a regiment of +soldiers happening to come into the town, Hawksworth imagining great +things might be attained to in the army, would needs go with them, and +accordingly listed himself. But having run through many difficulties and +much hardships, finding also that he was like to meet with little else +while he wore a red coat, he took a great deal of pains and made much +interest to be discharged. At last he effected it, and a gentleman +kindly taking him to live with him as a footman, he there recovered part +of that education which he had lost while in the army. There, also, he +addicted himself for some time to a sober and quiet life, but soon after +giving way to his old roving disposition, he went away from his master, +and listed himself again in the army in one of the regiments of Guards. + +His behaviour the last time of his being in the service was honest and +regular, his officers giving him a very good character, and nobody else +a bad one; but happening to be one day commanded on a party to mount +guard at the Admiralty Office, by Charing Cross, they met a man and +woman. The man's name was John Ransom, and this Hawksworth stepping up +to the woman and going to kiss her, Ransom interposed and pushed him +off, upon which Hawksworth knocked him down with the butt end of his +piece, by which blow about nine o'clock that evening he died. + +The prisoner insisted continually that as he had no design to kill the +man it was not wilful murder. He and Tyrrell died with less confusion +and seeming concern than most malefactors do. Tyrrell was about thirty +and Hawksworth in the twenty-eighth year of his age, on the 17th of +June, 1723. + + + + +The Life of WILLIAM DUCE, a Notorious Highwayman and Footpad + + +However hardened some men may appear during the time they are acting +their crimes and while hopes of safety of life remains, yet when these +are totally lost and death, attended with ignominy and reproach, stares +them in the face, they seldom fail to lay aside their obstinacy; or, if +they do not, it is through a stupid want of consideration, either of +themselves or of their condition. + +William Duce, of whom we are now to speak, was one of the most cruel and +abandoned wretches that ever went on the road. He was born at +Wolverhampton, but of what parents, or in what manner he lived until his +coming up to London, I am not able to say. He had not been long here +before he got in debt with one Allom, who arrested him and threw him +into Newgate, where he remained a prisoner upwards of fifteen months; +here it was that he learnt those principles of villainy which he +afterwards put in practice. + +His companions were Dyer, Butler, Rice and some others whom I shall have +occasion to mention. The first of December, 1722, he and one of his +associates crossing Chelsea Fields, overtook a well-dressed gentleman, a +tall strong-limbed man, who having a sword by his side and a good cane +in his hand they were at first in some doubt whether they should attack +him. At last one went on one side and the other on the other, and +clapping at once fast hold of each arm, they thereby totally disabled +him from making a resistance. They took from him four guineas, and tying +his wrists and ankles together, left him bound behind the hedge. + +Not long after he, with two others, planned to rob in St. James's Park. +Accordingly they seized a woman who was walking on the grass near the +wall towards Petty France, and after they had robbed her got over the +wall and made their escape. About this time his first acquaintance began +with Dyer, who was the great occasion of this poor fellow's ruin, whom +he continually plagued to go out a-robbing, and sometimes threatened him +if he did not. In Tottenham Court Road, they attacked a gentleman, who +being intoxicated with wine, either fell from his horse, or was thrown +off by them, from whom they took only a gold watch. Then Butler and Dyer +being in his company, they robbed Mr. Holmes of Chelsea, of a guinea and +twopence, the fact for which he and Butler died. + +Thinking the town dangerous after all these robberies, and finding the +country round about too hot to hold them, they went into Hampshire and +there committed several robberies, attended with such cruelties as have +not for many years been heard of in England; and though these actions +made a great noise, yet it was some weeks before any of them were +apprehended. + +On the Portsmouth Road it happened they fell upon one Mr. Bunch, near a +wood side, where they robbed and stripped him naked; yet not thinking +themselves secure, Duce turned and fired at his head. He took his aim so +true that the bullet entered the man's cheek, upon which he fell with +the agony of pain, turning his head downwards that the bullet might drop +out of his mouth. Seeing that, Butler turned back and began to charge +his pistol. The man fell down on his knees and humbly besought his life. +Perceiving the villain was implacable, he took the advantage before the +pistol was charged to take to his heels, and being better acquainted +with the way than they, escaped to a neighbouring village which he +raised, and soon after it the whole country; upon which they were +apprehended. Mead, Wade and Barking, were condemned at Winchester +assizes, but this malefactor and Butler were removed by an _Habeas +Corpus_ to Newgate. + +While under sentence of death, Duce laid aside all that barbarity and +stubbornness with which he had formerly behaved, with great frankness +confessed all the villainies he had been guilty of, and at the place of +execution delivered the following letter for the evidence Dyer, who as +he said, had often cheated them of their shares of the money they took +from passengers, and had now sworn away their lives. + + The Letter of William Duce to John Dyer + + It is unnecessary for me to remind you of the many wicked and + barbarous actions which in your company and mostly by your advice, + have been practised upon innocent persons. Before you receive this, + I shall have suffered all that the law of man can inflict for my + offences. You will do well to reflect thereon, and make use of that + mercy which you have purchased at the expense of our blood, to + procure by a sincere repentance the pardon also of God; without + which, the lengthening of your days will be but a misfortune, and + however late, your crimes if you pursue them, will certainly bring + you after us to this ignominious place. + + You ought especially to think of the death of poor Rice, who fell in + the midst of his sins, without having so much as time to say, _Lord + have mercy on me._ God who has been so gracious as to permit it to + you, will expect a severe account of it, and even this warning, if + neglected, shall be remembered against you. Do not however think + that I die in any wrath or anger with you, for what you swore at my + trial. I own myself guilty of that for which I suffer, and I as + heartily and freely forgive you, as I hope forgiveness for myself, + from that infinitely merciful Being, to whose goodness and + providence I recommend you. + + WILLIAM DUCE + +He also wrote another letter to one Mr. R. W., who had been guilty of +some offences of the like nature in his company, but who for some time +had retired and lived honestly and privately, was no longer addicted to +such courses, nor as he hoped would relapse into them again. At the time +of his execution he was about twenty-five years of age, and suffered at +Tyburn on the 5th of August, 1723. + + + + +The Life of JAMES BUTLER, a Most notorious Highwayman, Footpad, etc. + + +James Butler was the son of a very honest man in the parish of St. +Ann's, Soho, who gave him what education it was in his power to bestow, +and strained his circumstances to the utmost to put him apprentice to a +silversmith. James had hardly lived with him six months when his roving +inclination pushed him upon running away and going to sea, which he did, +with one Captain Douglass in a man-of-war. + +Here he was better used than most young people are at the first setting +out in a sailor's life. The captain being a person of great humanity and +consideration, treated James with much tenderness, taking him to wait on +himself, and never omitting any opportunity to either encourage or +reward him. But even then Butler could not avoid doing some little +thieving tricks, which very much grieved and provoked his kind +benefactor, who tried by all means, fair and foul, to make him leave +them off. One day, particularly, when he had been caught opening one of +the men's chests and a complaint was thereupon made to the captain, he +was called into the great cabin, and everybody being withdrawn except +the captain, calling him to him, he spoke in these terms. + +_Butler, I have always treated you with more kindness and indulgence +than perhaps anybody in your station has been used with on board any +ship. You do, therefore, very wrong by playing such tricks as make the +men uneasy, to put it out of my power to do you any good. We are now +going home, where I must discharge you, for as I had never any +difference with the crew since I commanded the_ Arundel, _I am +determined not to let you become the occasion of it now. There is two +guineas for you, I will take care to have you sent safe to your mother._ + +The captain performed all his promises, but Butler continued still in +the same disposition, and though he made several voyages in other ships, +yet still continued light-fingered, and made many quarrels and +disturbances on board, until at last he could find nobody who knew him +that would hire him. The last ship he served in was the _Mary_, Capt. +Vernon commander, from which ship he was discharged and paid off at +Portsmouth, in August, 1721. + +Having got, after this, into the gang with Dyer, Duce, Rice and others, +they robbed almost always on the King's Road, between Buckingham House +and Chelsea. On the 27th of April, 1723, after having plundered two or +three persons on the aforesaid road, they observed a coach coming +towards them, and a footman on horseback riding behind it. As soon as +they came in sight Dyer determined with himself to attack them, and +forced his companions into the same measures by calling out to the +coachman to stop, and presenting his pistols. The fellow persisted a +little, and Dyer was cocking his pistol to discharge it at him, when the +ladies' footman from behind the coach, fired amongst them, and killed +Joseph Rice upon the spot. + +This accident made such an impression upon Butler that though he +continued to rob with them a day or two longer, yet as soon as he had an +opportunity he withdrew and went to hard labour with one Cladins, a very +honest man, at the village called Wandsworth, in Surrey. He had not +wrought there long, before some of his gang had been discovered. His +wife was seized and sent to Bridewell in order to make her discover +where her husband was, who had been impeached with the rest. This +obliged him to leave his place, and betake himself again to robbing. + +Going with his companions, Wade, Meads, Garns and Spigget, they went +into the Gravesend Road, and there attacking four gentlemen, Meads +thought it would contribute to their safety to disable the servant who +rode behind, upon which he fired at him directly, and shot him through +the breast. Not long after, they set upon another man, whom Meads +wounded likewise in the same place, and then setting him on his horse, +bid him ride to Gravesend. But the man turning the beast's head the +other way, Meads went back again, and shot him in the face, of which +wound he died. + +When Butler lay under sentence of death he readily confessed whatever +crimes he had committed, but he, as well as the before-mentioned +criminal, charged much of his guilt upon the persuasions of the evidence +Dyer. He particularly owned the fact of shooting the man at Farnham. +Having always professed himself a Papist, he died in that religion, at +the same time with the afore-mentioned criminal, at Tyburn. + + + + +The Life of CAPTAIN JOHN MASSEY, who died for Piracy + + +The gentleman of whom we are now to speak, though he suffered for +piracy, was a man of another turn of mind than any of whom we have +hitherto had occasion to mention. Captain John Massey was of a family I +need not dwell on, since he hath at present two brothers living who make +a considerable figure in their respective professions. + +This unhappy person had a natural vivacity in his temper, which +sometimes rose to such a height that his relations took it for a degree +of madness. They, therefore, hoping by a compliance with his humours to +bring him to a better sense of things, sent him into the army then in +Flanders, under the command of the Duke of Marlborough; and there he +assisted at the several sieges which were undertaken by the Confederate +army after his arrival, viz., Mons, Douai, Bouchain, and several others. +Yet though he was bold there, even to temerity, he never received so +much as one wound through the whole course of the war, in which, after +the siege of Lille, he commanded as a lieutenant, and that with great +reputation. + +On his return into England he at first wholly addicted himself to a +religious sober life, the several accidents of the war having disposed +him to a more serious temper by making him plainly perceive the hand of +Providence in protecting and destroying, according as its wisdom seeth +fit. But after a short stay in London, he unhappily fell into the +acquaintance of a lewd woman, who so besotted him that he really +intended to marry her, if the regiment's going to Ireland had not +prevented it. But there the case was not much mended, since Captain +Massey gave too much way to the debaucheries generally practised in that +nation. + +On his coming back from thence, by the recommendation of the Duke of +Chandois, he was made by the Royal African Company a lieutenant colonel +in their service, and an engineer for erecting a fort on the Coast of +Africa. He promised himself great advantage and a very honourable +support from this employment, but he and the soldiers under his command +being very ill used by the person who commanded the ship in which he +went over (being denied their proportion of provisions and in all other +respects treated with much indignity) it made a great impression on +Captain Massey's mind, who could not bear to see numbers of those poor +creatures perish, not only without temporal necessities, but wanting +also the assistance of a divine in their last moments. For the chaplain +of the ship remained behind in the Maderas, on a foresight perhaps, of +the miseries he should have suffered in the voyage. + +In this miserable condition were things when the Captain and his +soldiers came into the River Gambia, where the designed fort was to be +built. Here the water was so bad that the poor wretches, already in the +most dreadful condition, were many of them deprived of life a few days +after they were on shore. The Captain was excessively troubled at the +sight of their misfortunes and too easily in hopes of relieving them +gave way to the persuasion of a captain[29] of a lighter vessel than his +own, who arrived in that port, and persuaded him to turn pirate rather +than let his men starve. + +After repeated solicitations, Captain Massey and his men went on board +this ship, and having there tolerable good provisions, soon picked up +their strength and took some very considerable prizes. At the plundering +of these Massey was confused and amazed, not knowing well what to do, +for though he was glad to see his men have meat, yet it gave him great +trouble when he reflected on the methods by which they acquired it. In +this disconsolate state his night was often so troublesome to him as his +days, for, as he himself said, he seldom shut his eyes but he dreamt +that he was sailing in a ship to the gallows, with several others round +him. + +After a considerable space, the ship putting into the island of Jamaica +for necessary supply of water and provision, he made his escape to the +Governor, and gave him such information that he took several vessels +thereby; but not being easy there, he desired leave of Sir Nicholas Laws +to return home. Sir Nicholas gave him letters of recommendation, but +notwithstanding those, he no sooner returned in England but he was +apprehended and committed for piracy. Soon after which he was bailed; +but the persons who became security growing uneasy, he surrendered in +their discharge, soon after which he was tried, convicted and +condemned. + +During the space he remained in prison under condemnation he behaved +with so much gravity, piety and composedness, as surprised all who saw +him, many of whom were inclined to think his case hard. No mercy was to +be had and as he did not expect it, so false hopes never troubled his +repose; but as death was to cut him off from the world, so he beforehand +retired all his affections from thence and thought of nothing but that +state whither he was going. + +In his passage to execution he pointed to the African House,[30] said, +_They have used me severely, but I pray God prosper and bless them in +all their undertakings._ + +Mr. Nicholson, of St. Sepulchre's, attended him in his last moments. +Just before he died he read the following speech to the people. + + Good People, + + I beg of you to pray for my departing soul. I likewise pray God to + forgive all the evidences that swore against me, as I do from my + heart. I challenge all the world to say I ever did a dishonourable + act or anything unlike a gentleman, but what might be common to all + young fellows in this age. This was surely a rash action, but I did + not designedly turn pirate. I am sorry for it, and I wish it were in + my power to make amends to the Honourable African Company for what + they have lost by my means. I likewise declare upon the word of a + dying man that I never once thought of molesting his Grace the Duke + of Chandois, although it has been maliciously reported that I always + went with two loaded pistols to dispatch his Grace. As for the Duke, + I was always, while living, devoted to his service, for his good + offices done unto me, and I humbly beg Almighty God, that He would + be pleased to pour down His blessings upon his good family. Good + people, once more I beg of you to pray for my departing soul. I + desire my dying words to be printed, as for the truth and sincerity + of it, I sign them as a man departing this world. + + John Massey + +After he had pronounced these words, he signified it as his last request +that neither his wife, nor any of his relations might see his body after +it was in the coffin. Then praying a few moments to himself he submitted +to his fate, being at the time of his death twenty-eight years old. He +suffered at high-water mark, Execution Dock, on the 26th of July, 1723, +his unhappy death being universally pitied. + +FOOTNOTES: + + [29] This was Captain George Lowther, a redoubtable pirate. A + more complete Story of Massey's adventures is given in Johnson's + _History of the Pirates._ + + [30] In Leadenhall Street, along which he would pass on the way + to Wapping. + + + + +The Life of PHILIP ROCHE, a Pirate, etc. + + +As in the life of Captain Massey, my readers cannot but take notice of +those great evils into which men are brought by over-forwardness and +inconsideration, so in the life of the malefactor we are now to speak +of, they will discern what a prodigious pitch of wickedness, rapine and +cruelty, human nature is capable of reaching unto, when people abandon +themselves to a desire of living after their own wicked inclinations, +without considering the injuries they do others while they gratify their +own lusts and sensual pleasures. + +Philip Roche[31] was the son of a person of the same name in Ireland. +His father gave him all the education his narrow circumstances would +permit which extended however to reading and writing a tolerable good +hand, after which he sent him to sea. Philip was a lad of ingenious +parts, and instead of forgetting, as many do, all they have learnt, he +on the contrary took all imaginable care to perfect himself in +whatsoever he had but a slight notion of before he went to sea. He made +abundance of coasting voyages about his native island, went once or +twice to Barbadoes, and being a saving and industrious young fellow, +picked up money enough to become first mate in a trading vessel to +Nantes in France, by which being suffered to buy goods himself, he got +considerably, and was in a fair way to attaining as great a fortune as +he could reasonably expect. But this slow method of getting money did by +no means satisfy Roche; he was resolved to grow rich at once, and not +wait till much labour and many voyages had made him so. + +When men once form to themselves such designs, it is not long before +they find companions fit for their purpose. Roche soon met with one +Neal, a fisherman of no education, barbarous but very daring, a fellow +who had all the qualities that could conspire to make a dangerous +villain, and who had already inured himself to the commission of +whatever was black or bloody, not only without remorse but without +reluctance. Neal recommended him to one Pierce Cullen, as a proper +associate in those designs they were contriving; for this Cullen, as +Neal informed him, was a fellow of principles and qualifications much +like himself, but had somewhat a better capacity for executing them, and +with Neal had been concerned in sinking a ship, after insuring her both +in London and Amsterdam. But Providence had disappointed them in the +success of their wicked design for Cullen having been known, or at +least suspected of doing such a thing before, those with whom they had +insured at London, instead of their paying the money, caused him to be +seized and brought to a trial, which demolished all their schemes for +cheating insurance offices. + +Cullen brought in his brother to their confederacy, and after abundance +of solicitation induced Wise to come in likewise. The project they had +formed was to seize some light ship, and turn pirates in her, conceiving +it no difficult matter afterwards to obtain a stronger vessel, and one +better fitted for their purpose. + +The ship they pitched on to execute this their villainous purpose was +that of Peter Tartoue, a Frenchman of a very generous disposition, who +on Roche and his companions telling him a melancholy story, readily +entertained them; and perceiving Roche was an experienced sailor, he +entrusted him upon any occasion with the care and command of the ship. +Having done so one night, himself and the chief mate with the rest of +the French who were on board went to rest, except a man and a boy, whom +Roche commanded to go up and furl the sails. He then called the rest of +his Irish associates to him upon the quarter-deck. There Roche, +perceiving that Francis Wise began to relent, and fearing he should +persuade others in the same measures, he told them that if every +Irishman on board did not assist in destroying the French, and put him +and Cullen in a capacity of retrieving the losses they had had at sea, +they would treat whoever hesitated in obeying them with as little mercy +as they did the Frenchmen; but if they would all assist, they should all +fare alike, and have a share in the booty. + +Upon this the action began, and two of them running up after the +Frenchman and boy, one tossed the lad by the arm into the water, and the +other driving the man down upon the deck he there had his brains dashed +out by Roche and his companions. They fell next upon those who were +retired to their rest, some of whom, upon the shrieks of the man and boy +who were murdered, rising hastily out of their beds and running up upon +deck to see what occasioned those dismal noises, were murdered +themselves before they well knew where they were. The mate and the +captain were next brought up, and Roche went immediately to binding them +together, in order to toss them overboard, as had been consulted. 'Twas +in vain for poor Tartoue to plead the kindness he had done them all and +particularly Roche. They were deaf to all sentiments, either of +gratitude or pity, and though the poor men entreated only so much time +as to say their prayers, and recommend themselves to God, yet the +villains (though they could be under no apprehensions, having already +murdered all the rest of the men) would not even yield to this, but +Cullen hastened Roche in binding them back to back, to toss them at once +into the sea. Then hurrying down into the cabin, they tapped a little +barrel of rum to make themselves good cheer, and laughed at the cries of +the two poor drowned men, whom they distinctly heard calling upon God, +until their voices and their breaths were lost in the waves. + +After having drunk and eaten their fill, with as much mirth and jollity +as if they had been at a feast, they began to plunder the vessel, +breaking open the chests, and taking out of them what they thought +proper. Then to drinking they went again, pleasing themselves with the +barbarous expedition which they resolved to undertake as soon as they +could get a ship proper to carry them into the West Indies, intending +there to follow the example the buccaneers had set them, and rob and +plunder all who fell into their hands. From these villainies in +intention, the present state of their affairs called upon them to make +some provision for their immediate safety. They turned therefore into +the Channel, and putting the ship into Portsmouth, there got her new +painted and then sailed for Amsterdam, Roche being unanimously +recognised their captain, and all of them promising faithfully to submit +to him through the course of their future expeditions. + +On their arrival in Holland, they had the ship a second time new +painted, and thinking themselves now safe from all discovery began to +sell off Captain Tartoue's cargo as fast as they could. No sooner had +they completed this, but getting one Mr. Annesley to freight them with +goods to England (himself also going as a passenger) they resolved with +themselves to make prise of him and his effects, as they had also done +with the French captain. Mr. Annesley, poor man, little dreaming of +their design, came on board as soon as the wind served; and the next +night a brisk gale blowing, they tore him suddenly out of his bed and +tossed him over. Roche and Cullen being with others in the great cabin, +he swam round and round the ship, called out to them, and told them they +should freely have all his goods if they would take him in and save his +life, for he had friends and fortunes enough in England to make up that +loss. But his entreaties were all vain to a set of wretches who had long +ago abandoned all sentiments of humour and mercy. They therefore +caroused as usual, and after sharing the booty, steered the vessel for +England. + +Some information of their villainies had by that time reached thither, +so that upon a letter being stopped at the post office, which Roche, as +soon as they had landed, had written to his wife, a messenger was +immediately sent down, who brought Philip up in custody. Being brought +to the Council table, and there examined, he absolutely denied either +that himself was Philip Roche, or that he knew of any one of that name. +But his letters under his own hand to his wife being produced, he was +not able any longer to stand in that falsehood. + +Yet those in authority knowing that there was not legal proof sufficient +to bring these abominable men to justice, offered Roche his life, +provided he gave such information that they might be able to apprehend +and convict any three of his companions more wicked than himself; but he +was so far from complying therewith that he suffered those of his crew +who were taken to perish in custody rather than become an evidence +against them. This was the fate of Neal, who perished of want in the +Marshalsea, having in vain petitioned for a trunk in which was a large +quantity of money, clothes and other things to a considerable value, +which had been seized in Ireland by virtue of a warrant from the Lord +Justice of that Kingdom, on the account of the detention of which, while +he perished for want of necessaries and clothes, Neal most heavily +complained, forgetting that these very things were the plunder of those +unhappy persons whom they had so barbarously murdered, after having +received so much kindness and civility from them. + +In the meanwhile Roche, being confined in Newgate, went constantly to +the chapel and appeared of so obliging a temper that many persuaded +themselves he could not be guilty of the bloody crimes laid to his +charge; and taking advantage of these kind thoughts of theirs, he framed +a new story in defence of himself. He said that there happened a quarrel +on board the ship between an Irishman and a Frenchman, and that Tartoue +taking part with his own nation, threatened to lash the Irishman +severely, though he was not in any way in the wrong. This, he pretended, +begat a general quarrel between the two nations, and the Irish being the +stronger, they overpowered and threw the French overboard in the heat of +their anger, without considering what they did. + +Throughout the whole time he lay in Newgate, he very much delighted +himself with the exercise of his pen, continually writing upon one +subject or other, and often assisting his fellow prisoners in writing +letters or whatever else they wanted in that kind. When he was told that +Neal, who died in the Marshalsea, gushed out at all parts of his body +with Wood, so that before he expired he was as if he had been dipped in +gore, Roche replied, it was a just judgment that he who had always +lived in blood, should die covered with it. + +Sometime afterwards, being told that one of his companions had poisoned +himself he said, Alas! that so evil an end should follow so evil a life; +for his part he would suffer Providence to take its course with him, and +rather die the most ignominious death than to his other crimes add that +of self-murder. The rest who had been apprehended dying one by one in +the same dreadful condition with Neal, that is, with the blood gushing +from every part of their body, which looked so much like a judgment that +all who saw it were amazed, he (Roche) began to think himself perfectly +safe after the death of his companions, supposing that now there was +nobody to bear any testimony against him; and therefore, instead of +appearing in any way dismayed, he most earnestly desired the speedy +approach of an Admiralty sessions. It was not long before it happened +and when he found what evidence would be produced against him, he +appeared much less solicitous about his trial than anybody in his +condition would have been expected to be, for he very well knew it was +impossible for them to prove him guilty of the murders and as impossible +for him to be acquitted of the piracy. + +After receiving sentence of death, he declared himself a Papist, and +said that he could no longer comply with the service of the Church of +England, and come to the chapel. He did not, however, think that he was +in any danger of death, but supposed that the promises which had been +made him on this first examination would now take place and prevent the +execution of his sentence. When, therefore, the messenger returned from +Hanover[32], and brought an express order that he should die, he +appeared exceedingly moved thereat, and without reflecting at all on the +horrid and barbarous treatment with Which he had used others, he could +not forbear complaining of the great hardship he suffered in being put +into the death warrant, after a promise had been made him of life, +though nothing is more certain than that he never performed any part of +those conditions upon which it was to have taken place. + +At the place of execution he was so faint, confused, and in such a +consternation that he could not speak either to the people, or to those +who were nearer at hand, dying with the greatest marks of dejection and +confusion that could possibly be seen in any criminal whatever. He was +about thirty years old at the time of his execution, which was at +high-water mark, Execution Dock, on the 14th of August, 1723. + +FOOTNOTES: + + [31] A detailed account of this villain is given in Johnson's + _History of the Pirates._ + + [32] Where the warrant had evidently been taken for the + signature of the king or a minister. + + + + +The Life of HUMPHRY ANGIER, a Highwayman and Footpad + + +From the life of Roche, the course of those papers from which I extract +these accounts leads me to mention this criminal, that the deaths of +malefactors may not only terrify those who behold them dying, but also +posterity, who, by hearing their crimes and the event which they brought +on, may avoid falling into the one, for fear of feeling the other. + +Humphry Angier was by birth of the Kingdom of Ireland, his father being +a man in very ordinary circumstances in a little town a few miles +distant from Dublin. As soon as this son was able to do anything, he +sent him to the city of Cork, and there bound him apprentice to a +cooper. His behaviour while an apprentice was so bad that his master +utterly despaired to do any good with him, and therefore was not sorry +that he ran away from him. However, he found a way to vex him +sufficiently, for he got into a crew of loose fellows, which so far +frightened the old cooper that he was at a considerable expense to hire +persons to watch his house for the four years that Angier loitered about +that city. At last his father even took him from thence, and brought him +over into England where he left him at full liberty to do what he +thought fit; resolving with himself that if his son would take to +ill-courses, it should be where the fame of his villainies might not +reflect upon him and his family. + +He was now near eighteen years of age and being in some fear that some +persons whom he had wronged might bring him into danger, he listed +himself in the king's service, and went down with a new raised regiment +into Scotland, where he hoped to make something by plundering the +inhabitants, it being in the time of the Rebellion[33]. But he did not +succeed very well there, and on his return fell into the company of +William Duce, whom we have mentioned before. His conversation soon +seduced him to follow the same course of life, and that their intimacy +might be the more strongly knit, he married Duce's sister. Then engaging +himself with all that gang, he committed abundance of robberies in their +company, but was far from falling into that barbarous manner of beating +the passengers which was grown customary and habitual to Mead, Butler, +and some others of his and Duce's companions. + +Angier told a particular story of them, which made a very great +impression upon him, and cannot but give my readers of an idea of that +horrible spirit which inspired those wretches. Mead and Butler came one +evening to him very full of their exploits, and the good luck they had +had. Mead particularly, having related every circumstance which had +happened since their last parting, said that amongst others whom they +had robbed they met a smooth-faced shoemaker, who said he was just +married and going home to his friends. They persuaded him to turn out of +the road to look in the hedge for a bird's nest, whither he was no +sooner got, but they bound, gagged and robbed him, and afterwards +turning back, barbarously clapped a pistol to his head and shot out his +brains. After this Angier declared he would never drink in the company +of Mead, and when Butler sometimes talked after the same manner, he used +to reprove him by telling him that cruelty was no courage, at which +Butler and some of his companions sometimes laughed, and told him he had +singular notions of courage. + +After this, he and his wife (Duce's sister) set up a little alehouse by +Charing Cross, which soon against his will, though not without his +consent, became a bawdy-house, a receptacle for thieves, etc. This sort +of company rendered his house so suspicious and so obnoxious to the +magistrates for the City of Westminster, that he quickly found the +necessity of moving from thence. He then went and set up a brandy-shop, +where the same people came, though as he pretended much to his +dissatisfaction. While he kept the alehouse, there were two odd +accidents befell him, which brought him for the first time to Newgate. +It happened that while he was out one day, a Dutch woman picked up a +gentleman and brought him to Angier's house, where, while he was asleep, +she picked his pocket and left him. For this Angier and his maid were +taken up, and tried at the Old Bailey. He was also at the same time +tried for another offence, viz., an Irishwoman coming to his house and +drinking pretty hard there, he at last carried her upstairs, and +throwing her upon a bed pretended a great affection for her person; but +his wife coming in and pretending to be jealous of the woman, pulled her +off the bed and in so doing picked her pocket of four guineas. But of +this there being no direct evidence against him, he was also acquitted. +However, it ruined his house and credit, and drove him upon what was too +much his inclination, the taking money by force upon the road. + +He now got into an acquaintance with Carrick, Carrol, Lock, Kelly, and +many others of that stamp, with whom he committed several villainies, +but always pretending to be above picking pockets, which he said was +practised by none of their crew but Hugh Kelly, who was a very dextrous +fellow in his way. However, when Angier was in custody, abundance of +people applied to him to help them to their gold watches, snuff-boxes, +etc.; but as he told them, so he persisted in it always, that he knew +nothing of the matter; and Kelly being gone over into America and there +settled, there was no hopes of getting any of them again. + +One evening he and Milksop, one of his companions, being upon the road +to St. Albans, a little on this side of it, met a gentleman's coach, and +in it a young man and two ladies. They immediately called to the +coachman to stop, but he neglecting to obey their summons, they knocked +him off from the box, having first prevented him from whipping off, by +shooting one of his horses. They then dragged him under the coach, which +running over him hurt him exceedingly and even endangered his life. Then +they robbed the young gentleman and the ladies of whatever they had +about them valuable, using them very rudely and stripping things off +them in a very harsh and cruel way. Angier excused this by saying at the +time he did it he was much in liquor. + +In the beginning of the year '20, Angier, who had so long escaped +punishment for the offences which he had committed, was very near +suffering for one in which he had not the least hand; for a person of +quality's coachman being robbed of a watch and some money, a woman of +the town, whom Angier and one of his companions had much abused, was +thereupon taken up, having attempted to pawn the fellow's watch after he +had advertised it. She played the hypocrite very dexterously upon her +apprehension, and said that the robbery was not committed by her, but +that Angier, Armstrong and another young man were the persons who took +it, and by her help they were seized and committed to Newgate. At the +ensuing sessions the woman swore roundly against them, but the fellow +being more tender, and some circumstances of their innocence plainly +appearing, they were acquitted by the jury and that very justly in this +case in which they had no hand. + +During the time he lay under sentence, he behaved himself with much +penitence for another offence, always calling earnestly to God for His +assistance and grace to comfort him under those heavy sorrows which his +follies and crimes had so justly brought upon him. + +At the place of execution he did not appear at all terrified at death, +but submitted to it with the same resignation which for a long space he +had professed since his being under confinement. Immediately before he +suffered he recollected his spirits and spoke in the following terms to +that crowd which always attends on such melancholy occasions. + + Good People, + + I see many of you here assembled to behold my wretched end. I hope + it will induce you to avoid those evils which have brought me + hither. Sometime before my being last taken up, I had formed within + myself most steady purposes of amendment, which it is a great + comfort to me, even here that I never broke them, having lived at + Henley upon Thames, both with a good reputation, and in a manner + which deserved it. I heartily forgive and I hope God would do the + same to Dyer, whose evidence hath taken away my life. I hope he will + make a good use of that time which the price of my blood and that of + others has procured him. I heartily desire pardon of all whom I have + injured and declare that in the several robberies I have committed, + I have been always careful to avoid committing any murder. + +After this he adjusted the rope about his own neck, and submitted to +that sentence which the Law directed, being at that time about +twenty-nine years of age. He suffered on the 9th of September, 1723. + +FOOTNOTES: + + [33] The Jacobite rising of 1715. + + + + +The Life of CAPTAIN STANLEY, a Murderer + + +There cannot be a greater misfortune than to want education, except it +be the having a bad one. The minds of young persons are generally +compared to paper on which we may write whatever we think fit, but if it +be once blurred and blotted with improper characters, it becomes much +harder to impress proper sentiments thereon, because those which were +first there must be totally erased. This seems to have been too much the +case with the unhappy person of whom the thread of these narrations +requires that I should speak, viz., Captain Stanley. + +This unhappy young gentleman was the son of an officer in the army who +married the sister of Mr. Palmer, of Duce Hill, in Essex, where she was +brought to bed of this unfortunate son John, in the year 1698. The first +rudiments he received were those of cruelty and blood, his father at +five years old often parrying and thrusting him with a sword, pricking +him himself and encouraging other officers to play with him in the same +manner, so that his boy, as old Stanley phrased it, might never be +afraid of a point--a wretched method of bringing up a child and which +was highly likely to produce the sad end he came to. + +He served afterwards in the army with his father in Spain and Portugal, +where he suffered hardships enough, but they did not very much affect +him, who acquired by his hopeful education so savage a temper as to +delight in nothing so much as trampling on the dead carcasses in the +fields after an engagement. + +Returning into England with his father, old Stanley had the misfortune +to slab a near relation of my Lord Newbury's, in the Tilt Yard,[34] for +which he was committed prisoner to Newgate. Afterwards being released +and commanded into Ireland, he carried over with him this son John and +procured for him an ensign's commission in a regiment there. Poor young +Stanley's sprightly temper gained him abundance of acquaintance and (if +it be not to profane the name) of friends amongst the young rakes in +Ireland, some of whom were persons of very great quality, and had such +an affection for him as to continue their visits and relieve his +necessities when under his last misfortunes in Newgate. But such company +involving him at that time in expenses he was no way able to support, he +was obliged shortly to part for ready money with his ensign's +commission, which gave his father great pain and uneasiness. + +Not long after, he came again into England and to London, where he +pursued the same methods, though his father importuned him to apply to +General Stanhope, as a person he was sure would assist him, having been +always a friend to their family, and particularly to old Stanley +himself. But Jack was become a favourite with the ladies, and had taken +an easier road to what he accounted happiness, living either upon the +benevolence of friends, the fortune of the dice, or the favours of the +sex. A continual round of sensual delights employed his time, and he was +so far from endeavouring to attain any other commission or employment in +order to support him, that there was nothing he so much feared as his +being obliged to quit that life he loved; for old Stanley was +continually soliciting for him, and as he had very good interest, +nothing but his son's notorious misbehaviour made him not prevail. In +the current of his extravagancies Jack fixed himself often upon young +men coming into the world, and under pretence of being their tutor in +the fashionable vices of the town, shared in their pleasures and helped +them squander their estates. + +Of this stamp was a gay young Yorkshire squire, who by the death of an +uncle and by the loss of his father while a boy, had had so little +education as not to know how to use it. Him Stanley got hold of, and +persuaded him that nothing was so advantageous to a young gentleman as +travel, and drew him to make a tour of Flanders and Holland in his +company. Though a very wild young fellow, Stanley gave a very tolerable +account of the places, especially the fortifications which he had seen, +and sufficiently demonstrated how capable he might have been of making +an exalted figure in the world, if due care had been taken to furnish +him with any principles in his youth. But the neglect of that undid him, +and every opportunity which he afterwards had of acquiring anything, +instead of making him an accomplished gentleman, did him mischief. Thus +his journey to Paris in company with the afore-mentioned gentleman +helped him to an opportunity of learning to fence to the greatest +perfection, so that the skill he was sensible he had in the sword made +him ever ready to quarrel and seek occasions to use it. + +Amongst the multitude of his amours he became acquainted and +passionately fond of one Mrs. Maycock, whose husband was once an eminent +tradesman upon Ludgate Hill. By her he had a child of which also he was +very fond. This woman was the source of the far greater part of his +misfortunes, for when his father had procured him a handsome commission +in the service of the African Company, and he had received a +considerable sum of money for his voyage, appearing perfectly satisfied +himself, and behaving in so grave and decent a manner as filled his +family and relations with very agreeable hopes, they were all blasted by +Mrs. Maycock's coming with her child to Portsmouth, where he was to +embark. She so far prevailed upon his inclinations as to get him to give +her one half of the Company's money and to return to town with the other +half himself. On his coming up to London he avoided going to his +father's, who no sooner heard how dishonourably his son had behaved, but +laying it more to heart than all the rest of his misfortunes, grief in a +short time put an end to them all by his death. + +When the news of it came to young Stanley, he fell into transports of +grief and passion, which as many of his intimate companions said, so +disturbed his brain that he never afterwards was in a right temper. +This, indeed, appeared by several accidents, some of which were sworn at +his trial, particularly that while he lodged in the house of Mr. +Underhill, somebody having quoted a sentence of Latin in his company, he +was so disturbed at the thoughts of his having had such opportunities of +acquiring the knowledge of that language and yet continuing ignorant +thereof, through his negligence and debauchery, that it made at that +time so strong an impression on his spirits, that starting up, he drew +a penknife and attempted to stab himself, without any other cause of +passion. At other times he would fall into sudden and grievous rages, +either at trifles, or at nothing at all, abuse his best friends, and +endeavour to injure himself, and then coming to a better temper, begged +them to forgive him, for he did not know what he did. + +During the latter part of his life, his circumstances were so bad that +he was reduced to doing many dirty actions which I am persuaded +otherwise would not have happened, such as going into gentlemen's select +companies at taverns, without any other ceremony than telling them that +his impudence must make him welcome to a dinner with them, after which, +instead of thanking them for their kindness, he would often pick a +quarrel with them, though strangers, drawing his sword and fighting +before he left the room. Such behaviour made him obnoxious to all who +were not downright debauchees like himself, and hindered persons of rank +conversing with him as they were wont. + +In the meantime his favourite Mrs. Maycock, whom he had some time lived +with as a wife and even prevailed with his mother to visit her as such, +being no longer able to live at his rate, or bear with his temper, +frequented a house in the Old Bailey, where it was supposed, and perhaps +with truth, that she received other company. This made Stanley very +uneasy, who like most young rakes thought himself at liberty to pursue +as many women as he pleased, but could not forgive any liberties taken +by a woman whom he, forsooth, had honoured with his affections. + +One night therefore, seeing her in Fleet Street with a man and a woman, +he came up to her and gently tapped her on the shoulder. She turning, +cried, _What! My dear Captain!_ And so on they went walking to his house +in the Old Bailey. There some words happened about the mutual +misfortunes they had brought upon one another. Mrs. Maycock reproached +him with seducing her, and bringing on all the miseries she had ever +felt; Stanley reflected on her hindering his voyage to Cape Coast, the +extravagant sums he had spent upon her, and her now conversing with +other men, though she had had three or four children by him. At last +they grew very high, and Mrs. Maycock, who was naturally a very +sweet-tempered woman, was so far provoked, as Stanley said, that she +threw a cup of beer at him; upon which some ill-names passing between +them, Stanley drew his sword and stabbed her between the breasts eight +inches deep; immediately upon which he stopped his handkerchief into the +wound. + +He was quickly secured and committed to Wood Street Compter,[35] where +he expressed very little concern at what had happened, laughing and +giving himself abundance of airs, such as by no means became a man in +his condition. On his commitment to Newgate, he seemed not to abate the +least of that vivacity which was natural to his temper, and as he had +too much mistaken vice for the characteristic of a fine gentleman, so +nothing appeared to him so great a testimony of gallantry and courage as +behaving intrepidly while death was so near its approach. He therefore +entertained all who conversed with him in the prison, and all who +visited him from without, with the history of his amours and the favours +that had been bestowed on him by a multitude of fine ladies. Nay, his +vanity and impudence was so great as to mention some of their names, and +especially to asperse two ladies who lived near Cheapside Conduit.[36] +But there is great reason to believe that part of this was put on to +make his madness more probable at his trial, where he behaved very +oddly, and when he received sentence of death, took snuff at the bar, +and put on abundance of airs that were even ridiculous anywhere, and +shocking and scandalous upon so melancholy an occasion. + +After sentence, his carriage under his confinement altered not so much +as one would have expected; he offering to lay wagers that he should +never be hanged, notwithstanding his sentence, for he was resolved not +to die like a dog on a string, when he had it in his power always to go +out of the world a nobler way, by which he meant either a knife or +opium, which were the two methods by one of which he resolved to prevent +his fate. But when he found that all his pretences of madness were like +to produce nothing, and that he was in danger of dying in every respect +like a brute, he laid aside much of his ill-timed gaiety, and began to +think of preparing for death after another manner. + +These gentlemen who assisted him while in Newgate, were so kind as to +offer to make up a considerable sum of money, if it could have been of +any use; but finding that neither that nor their interest could do +anything to save him, they frankly acquainted him therewith and begged +him not to delude himself with false hopes. All the while he was in +Newgate, a little boy whom he had by Mrs. Maycock, continued with him, +and lay constantly in his bosom. He manifested the utmost tenderness +and concern for that poor child, who by his rashness had been deprived +of his mother, and whom the Law would, by its just sentence, now +likewise deprive of its father. Being told that Mr. Bryan, Mrs. +Maycock's brother on Tower Hill was dead, merely through concern at his +sister's misfortunes and the deplorable end that followed them, Stanley +clapped his hands together and cried, _What, more death still? Sure I am +the most unfortunate wretch that was ever born._ + +Some few days before his execution, talking to one of his friends, he +said, _I am perfectly convinced that it is false courage to avoid the +just sentence of the Law, by executing the rash dictates of one's rage +by one's own head. I am heartily sorry for the rash expression I have +been guilty of, of that sort, and am determined to let the world see my +courage fails me no more in my death than it has done in my life; and, +my dear friend_, added he, _I never felt so much ease, quiet and +satisfaction in all my life, as I have experienced, since my coming to +this resolution._ + +But though he sometimes expressed himself in a serious and religious +manner yet passion would sometimes break in upon him to the last and +make him burst out into frightful and horrid speeches. Then again he +would grow calm and cool, and speak with great seeming sense of God's +providence in his afflictions. + +He was particularly affected with two accidents which happened to him +not long before his death, and which struck him with great concern at +the time they happened. The first of these was a fall from his horse +under Tyburn, in which he was stunned so that he could not recover +strength enough to remount, but was helped on his horse again by the +assistance of two friends. Not long after which, he had as bad an +accident of the same kind under Newgate, which he said, made such an +impression on him, that he did not go abroad for many mornings +afterwards, without recommending himself in the most serious manner to +the Divine protection. + +Another story he also told, with many marks of real thankfulness for the +narrow escape he then made from death, which happened thus. At a +cider-cellar in Covent Garden he fell out with one Captain Chickley, and +challenging him to fight in a dark room, they were then shut up together +for some space. But a constable being sent for by the people of the +house, and breaking the door open, delivered him from being sent +altogether unprepared out of the world, Chickley being much too hard for +him, and having given him a wound quite through the body, himself +escaping with only a slight cut or two. + +As the day of execution drew near, Mr. Stanley appeared more serious +and much more attentive to his devotions than hitherto he had been. Yet +could he not wholly contain himself even then, for the Sunday before he +died, after sermon, at which he had behaved himself decently and +modestly, he broke out into this wild expression, that he was only sorry +he had not fired the whole house where he killed Mrs. Maycock. When he +was reproved for these things he would look ashamed, and say, 'twas +true, they were very unbecoming, but they were what he could not help, +arising from certain starts in his imagination that hurried him into a +short madness, for which he was very sorry as soon as he came to +himself. + +At the place of execution, to which he was conveyed in a mourning coach, +he turned pale, seemed uneasy, and complained that he was very sick, +entreating a gentleman by him to support him with his hand. He desired +to be unbound that he might be at liberty to pray kneeling, which with +some difficulty was granted. He then applied himself to his devotions +with much fervency, and then submitted to his fate, but when the cap was +drawn over his eyes he seemed to shed tears abundantly. Immediately +before he was turned off he said his friends had provided a hearse to +carry away his body and he hoped nobody would be so cruel as to deny his +relations his dead limbs to be interred, adding, that unless he were +assured of this, he could not die in peace. + +Such was the end of a young man in person and capacity every way fitted +to have made a reputable figure in the world, if either his natural +principles, or his education had laid any restraint upon his vices; but +as his passions hurried him beyond all bounds, so they brought a just +end upon themselves, by finishing a life spent in sensual pleasures with +an ignominious death, which happened at Tyburn in the twenty-fifth year +of his age, on the 23rd of December, 1722. + +FOOTNOTES: + + [34] This was an open space, facing the banquetting-house of + old Whitehall, and included part of what is now Horse Guards' + Parade. + + [35] This was one of the sheriff's compters--the other was in + the Poultry--and served for debtors as well as criminals. It + stood about half-way up Wood Street, on the east side. + + [36] There were two conduits in Cheapside; the Great, which + stood in the middle of the street, near its junction with the + Poultry, and the Little, which was at the other end, facing + Foster Lane and Old Change. + + + + +The Life of STEPHEN GARDINER, a Highwayman and Housebreaker + + +Stephen Gardiner was the son of parents of middling circumstances, +living at the time of his birth in Moorfields. This, perhaps, was the +immediate cause of his ruin, since he learnt there, while a boy, to idle +away his time, and to look on nothing as so great a pleasure as gaming +and cudgel playing. This took up equally his time and his thoughts, till +he grew up to about fourteen years old, when his friends placed him out +as an apprentice to a weaver. + +While he was with his master he did so many unlucky tricks as +occasioned not only severe usage at home, but incurred also the dislike +and hatred of all the neighbours; so that instead of interposing to +preserve him from his master's correction, they were continually +complaining and getting him beaten; nay, sometimes when his master was +not ready enough to do it, would beat him themselves. Stephen was so +wearied out with this kind of treatment, notwithstanding it arose solely +from his own fault, that he determined to run away for good and all, +thinking it would be no difficult matter for him to maintain himself, +considering that dexterity with which he played at ninepins, skittles, +etc. But experience quickly convinced him of the contrary, so in one +month being much reduced after betaking himself to this life, by those +misfortunes which were evident enough (though his passion for liberty +and idleness hindered him from foreseeing them) that he had not so much +as bread to eat. + +In this distressed condition he was glad to return home again to his +friends, imploring their charity, and that, forgetting what was passed, +they would be so kind as to relieve him and put him in some method of +providing for himself. Natural affection pleading for him, +notwithstanding all his failings they took him home again, and soon +after put him as a boy on board a corn vessel which traded to Holland +and France; but the swearing, quarrelling and fighting of the sailors so +frightened him, being then very young and unable to cope with them, that +on his return he again implored the tenderness of his relations to +permit his staying in England upon any terms, promising to live in a +most sober and regular manner, provided that he might get his bread by +hard labour at home, and not be exposed to the injuries of wind and +weather and the abuses of seamen more boisterous than both. They again +complied and put him to another trade, but work, it seems, was a thing +no shape could reconcile to him, and so he ran away from thence, too, +and once more put himself for a livelihood upon the contrivance of his +own brain. + +He went immediately to his old employment and old haunt, Moorfields, +where as long as he had any money he played at cards, skittles, etc., +with the chiefs of those villainous gangs that haunt the place; and when +reduced to the want both of money and clothes, he attempted to pick +pockets, or by playing with the lads for farthings to recruit himself. +But pocket-picking was a trade in which he had very ill-luck, for taking +a wig out of a gentleman's pocket at the drawing of the state +lottery,[37] the man suffered him totally to take it out, then seized +him and cried out _Pickpocket._ The boy immediately dropped it, and +giving it a little kick with his foot protected his innocence which +induced a good-natured person there present to stand so far his friend +that he suffered no deeper that bout. But a month after, being taken in +the same manner, and delivered over to the mob, they handled him with +such cruelty as scarce to leave him life, though he often upon his knees +begged them to carry him before a Justice and let him be committed to +Newgate. But the mob were not so to be prevailed on, and this severity, +as he said, cured him effectually of that method of thieving. + +But in the course of his rambling life, becoming acquainted with two +young fellows, whose names were Garraway and Sly, they invited him to go +with them upon some of their expeditions in the night. He absolutely +refused to do anything of that kind for a long time, but one evening, +having been so unlucky as to lose not only his money but all his clothes +off his back, he went in search of Sly and Garraway, who received him +with open arms, and immediately carried him with them upon those +exploits by which they got their living. Garraway proposed robbing of +his brother for their first attempt, which succeeded so far as to their +getting into the house; but they found nothing there but a few clothes +of his brother and sister, which they took away. But Garraway bid them +not be discouraged at the smallness of the booty, for his father's house +was as well furnished as most men's, and their next attack should be +upon that. To this they agreed, and plundered it also, taking away some +spoons, tankards, salts and several other pieces of plate of +considerable value; but a quick search being made, they were all three +apprehended, and Gardiner being the youngest was admitted an evidence +against the other two, who were convicted. + +Some weeks after, Gardiner got his liberty, but being unwarned, he went +on still at the same rate. The first robbery he committed afterwards was +in the house of the father of one of his acquaintances on Addle Hill, +where Gardiner stole softly upstairs into the garret, and stole from +thence some men's apparel to a very considerable value. A while after +this, he became acquainted with Mr. Richard Jones, and with him went +(mounted upon a strong horse) into Wales upon what in the canting +dialect is called "the Passing Lay," which in plain English is thus: +They get countrymen into an alehouse, under pretence of talking about +the sale of cattle, then a pack of cards is found as if by accident, and +the two sharpers fall to playing with one another until one offering to +lay a great wager on the game, staking the money down, the other shows +his hand to the countryman, and convinces him that it is impossible but +he must win, offering to let him go halves in the wager. As soon as the +countryman lays down the money, these sharpers manage so as to pass off +with it, which is the meaning of their cant, and this practice he was +very successful in; the country people in Wales, where they travelled, +having not had opportunity to become acquainted with such bites as those +who live in the counties nearer London have, where the country fellows +are often as adroit as any of the sharpers themselves. + +It happened that the person with whom Stephen travelled had parted with +his wife and at Bristol had received a gold watch and chain, laced +clothes and several other things of value. This immediately put it into +Gardiner's head that he might make his fortune at once, by murdering him +and possessing himself of his goods; knowing also that besides these +valuable things, he had near a hundred guineas about him. In order to +effect this, he stole a large brass pestle out of a mortar, at the next +inn, and carried it unperceived in his boots, intending as he and his +companion rode through the woods to dash his brains out with it. Twice +for this purpose he drew it, but his heart relenting just when he was +going to give the stroke he put it up again. At last it fell out of his +boot and he had much ado to get it pulled up unperceived by his +companion. The next day it dropped again, and Gardiner was so much +afraid of Jones's perceiving it, and himself being thereupon killed from +a suspicion of his design, that he laid aside all further thoughts of +that matter. + +But he took occasion a day or two after to part with him, whereupon the +other as Stephen was going away, called out to him, _Hark ye, you +Gardiner! I'll tell you somewhat._ Gardiner therefore turning back. _You +are going up to London?_ said Jones. _Yes_, replied Gardiner. _Then +trust me_, said the other, _you're going up to be hanged._ + +Between Abergavenny and Monmouth, Gardiner took notice of a little +house, the windows of which were shut up, but the hens and cocks in the +back yard showed that it was inhabited. Gardiner thereupon knocked at +the door several times, to see if anybody was at home, but perceiving +none, he ventured to break open some wooden bars that lay across the +window, and getting in thereat found two boxes full of clothes, and +writings relating to an estate. He took only one gown, as not daring to +load himself with clothes, for fear of being discovered on the road, +being then coming up to London. + +A very short space after his return he committed that fact for which he +died, which was by breaking open the house of Dorcas Roberts, widow, and +stealing thence a great quantity of linen; and he was soon after +apprehended in bed with one of the fine shirts upon his back and the +rest of the linen stowed under the bed. When carried before the Justice, +he said that one Martin brought the linen to him, and gave him two fine +shirts to conceal it in his brandy-shop; but this pretence being thought +impossible both by the magistrate who committed him, and by the jury who +tried him, he was convicted for that offence, and being an old offender +he had no hopes of mercy. + +He applied himself, therefore, with all the earnestness he was able, to +prepare himself sufficiently for that change he was about to make. He +said that an accident which happened about a year before gave him great +apprehension, and for some time prevented his continuing in that wicked +course of life. The accident he mentioned was this: being taken up for +some trivial thing or other, and carried to St. Sepulchre's Watch-House, +the constable was so kind as to dismiss him, but the bellman[38] of the +parish happening to come in before he went out, the constable said, +_Young man, be careful, I am much afraid this bellman will say his +verses over you_; at which Gardiner was so much struck, he could scarce +speak. + +Stephen had a very great notion of mortifying his body, as some +atonement for the crimes he had committed. He therefore fasted some time +while under sentence, and though the weather was very cold, yet he went +to execution with no other covering on him but his shroud. At Tyburn he +addressed himself to the people and begged they would not reflect upon +his parents, who knew nothing of his crimes. Seeing several of his old +companions in the crowd, he called out to them and desired them to take +notice of his death and by amending their lives avoid following him +thither. He died the 3rd of February, 1723-4. + +FOOTNOTES: + + [37] In 1720 a State Lottery was launched, with 100,000 tickets + of £10 each. The prizes were converted into 3 per cent. stock. + The issue was a failure and a loss of some £7,000 was incurred. + + [38] A parishioner of St. Sepulchre's bequeathed a sum of money + for paying a bellman to visit condemned criminals in Newgate, on + the night before their execution, and having rung his bell, to + recite an admonitory verse and prayer. He was likewise to accost + the cart on its way to the gallows, the following day, and give + its inmates a similar admonition. The bell is still to be seen + in the church. + + + + +The Lives of SAMUEL OGDEN, JOHN PUGH, WILLIAM FROST, RICHARD WOODMAN, +and WILLIAM ELISHA, Highwaymen, Footpads, Housebreakers, etc. + + +Samuel Ogden was the son of a sailor in Southwark, who bred him to his +own employment, in which he wrought honestly for many years until he +fell very ill of dropsy, for the cure of which, being carried to St. +Thomas's Hospital, he after his recovery applied himself to selling +fish, instead of going again to sea. How he came to be engaged in the +crimes he afterwards perpetrated we cannot well learn, and therefore +shall not pretend to relate. However, he associated himself with a very +numerous gang, such as Mills, Pugh, Blunt, Bishop, Gutteridge, and +Matthews, who became the evidence against him. He positively averred +that one of the robberies for which he was convicted, was the first he +ever committed. He expressed the greatest horror and detestation for +murder imaginable, protesting he was no ways guilty of that committed on +Brixton Causeway. + +[Illustration: STEPHEN GARDINER MAKING HIS DYING SPEECH AT TYBURN + +This plate gives an excellent representation of an execution. The +condemned man is in his shroud; the hangman is adjusting the knot, and +at a signal the cart will drive away; nearby is the sheriff in his state +carriage; and gazing on is a curious, morbid crowd of spectators. + +(_From the Newgate Calendar_)] + +At the time of his trial at Kingston he behaved himself very insolently +and audaciously; but when sentence had been passed upon him, most of +that unruly temper was lost, and he began to think seriously of +preparing for another world. He confessed that his sins were many, and +that judgment against him was just, meekly accepting his death as the +due rewards of his deeds. He was the example of seriousness and +penitence to the other twelve malefactors who suffered with him, being +about thirty-seven years of age at the time of his decease. + +John Pugh, otherwise Blueskin, was born at Morpeth near +Newcastle-upon-Tyne. His father was a carrier in tolerable business and +circumstance, who put him to be a servant in a silver-spinner's in +Moorfields, where he soon learnt all sorts of wickedness, beginning with +defrauding his master and doing any other little tricks of that kind, as +opportunity would give him leave. We are told of him what perhaps can be +hardly said of any other criminal who hath died in the same way for many +years past, that though he was but twenty-two years of age, he had spent +twelve of them in cheating, pilfering, and robbing. At last he fell into +the gang that brought him to his death, for a robbery committed by +several of them in the county of Surrey. Pugh, though so young a fellow, +was so unaccountably stupid and wicked that though he made a large and +particular confession of his guilt, yet it was done in such a manner as +plainly showed his crimes made no just impression upon his heart; all he +said, being in the language of the Kingston Ordinary, the sleepy +apprehensions of unawakened ignorance, in which condition he continued +to the last. + +William Frost, a cripple, was the son of a pin-maker in Christ Church +parish, Southwark, and as to his education, my account says it was in +hereditary ignorance. He had wrought, it seems, while a boy at his +father's trade of pin-making, but since he was thirteen or fourteen had +addicted himself to that preparative trade to the gallows, +shoeblacking. While he continued in this most honourable profession, +abundance of opportunities offered for robbing in the night season, and +we must do him the justice to say that they were not offered in vain. +Thus by degrees he came on to robbing on the road and in the streets +until he was apprehended, and upon the evidence of his companion was +convicted. + +The Sunday after this, he with the rest of the malefactors was brought +to the parish church, which was the first time, as he declared, he had +ever entered one, at least with an intention to hear and observe what +was said. There he made a blundering sort of confession, and would +perhaps have been more penitent if he had known well what penitence was; +but he was a poor stupid, doltish wretch, scarce sensible even of the +misfortune of being hanged. He was, however, very attentive in the cart +to the prayer of those who were a little better instructed than himself, +and finished a wretched life with an ignominious death at twenty-one +years of age. + +Richard Woodman was born at Newington, in Surrey. He got his bread some +years by selling milk about, but thinking labour too great a price for +victuals, he addicted himself to getting an easier livelihood by +thieving. In this course he soon got in with a gang who let him want no +instructions that were necessary to bring him to the gallows. Amongst +them the above-mentioned lame man was his principal tutor. The last +robbery but one that they ever committed was upon a poor man who had +laid out his money in the purchase of a shoulder of mutton to feast his +family, but they disappointed him by taking it away, and with it a +bundle of clothes and other necessaries, by which the unfortunate person +who lost them, though their value was not much in themselves, lost all +he had. + +His behaviour was pretty much of a piece with the rest of his +companions, that is, he was so unaffected either with the shamefulness +of his death or the danger of his soul that perhaps never any creatures +went to death in a more odd manner than these did, whose behaviour +cannot for all that be charged with any rudeness or want of decency. But +religion and repentance were things so wholly new to them, and so +unsuited to their comprehension, that there needed a much greater length +of time than they had to have given them any true sense of their duty, +to which it cannot be said they were so averse, as they were ignorant +and incapable. + +William Elisha was another of these wretches, but he seemed to have had +a better education than most of them, though he made as ill use of it as +any. He was once an evidence at Croydon assizes, where he convicted two +of his companions, but the sight of their execution, and the +consciousness of having preserved his own life merely by taking theirs, +did not in the least contribute to his amendment, for he was no sooner +at liberty but he was engaged in new crimes, until at last with those +malefactors before mentioned, and with eight others, he was executed at +Kingston, in the twenty-fourth year of his age, April 4th, 1724. + + + + +The Life of THOMAS BURDEN, a Robber + + +Thomas Burden was born in Dorsetshire, of parents in tolerable +circumstances, who being persons getting their living by seamen, they +bred up their son to that profession, and sent him very young to sea. It +does not appear that he ever liked that employment, but rather that he +was hurried into it when he was very young by the choice of his parents, +and therefore in no condition to choose better for himself. He was up in +the Straits several years, and while there in abundance of fights, at +which time he had so much religion as to apply himself diligently to God +in prayer for his protection, and made abundance of vows and resolutions +of amendment, if it pleased the providence of God to preserve his life. +But no sooner was the danger over, but all these promises were forgotten +until the next time he was in jeopardy. + +At this rate he went on until the war was over, and notwithstanding the +aversion he always had to a military kind of life, yet such was his +unconquerable aversion to labour, that he rather enlisted himself in the +land service than submit thereto. Going, however, one day to Hounslow to +the house of one of the staff officers of his regiment, and not finding +him at home, but only a corporal who had been left at the house to give +answers, with this corporal he sat chatting and talking until night; so +that being obliged to stay there until the next morning, a discourse +somehow or other happened between him and the person who entertained +him, about William Zouch, an old man who lived alone on the common. And +Burden having been drinking, it came into his head, how easily he might +rob such an old man. Upon which, he immediately went to his house, and +finding him sitting on the bench at his door, he began to talk with and +ask him questions. The old man answered him with great mildness, until +at last Burden drew an iron instrument out of his cane, threatening him +with death if he did not reveal where his money was. Zouch thereupon +brought it him in a pint pot, being but one-and-thirty shillings. Then +tying the old man in his chair, Burden left him. But it seems he did not +tie him so fast but that he easily got loose, and alarming the town, +Burden was quickly taken, having fled along the Common, which was open +to the eye for a long way, instead of taking into the town or the woods, +which if he had, in all probability he might have escaped. When +Whittington and Greenbury apprehended him, he did not deny the fact, but +on the contrary offered them money to let him go. + +After his conviction he manifested vast uneasiness at the thoughts of +death, appearing wonderfully moved that he who had lived so long in the +world with the reputation of an honest man, should now die with that of +a thief, and in the manner of a dog. But as death grew nearer, and he +saw there was no remedy, he began to be a little more penitent and +resigned, especially when he was comforting himself with the hopes that +his temporal punishment here might preserve him from feeling everlasting +misery. With these thoughts having somewhat composed himself, he +approached the place where he was to suffer, with tolerable temper and +constancy, entreating the people who were there in very great numbers to +pray for him, and begging that all by his example would learn to stifle +the first motions of wickedness and sin, since such was the depravity of +human nature that no man knew how soon he might fall. At the same place +he delivered a paper in which he much extenuated the crime for which he +suffered, and from whence he would feign have insinuated that it was a +rash action committed when in drink, and which he should certainly have +set right again when he was sober. In this frame of mind he suffered, on +the 29th of April, 1724, being then about fifty years of age. + + + + +The Life of FREDERICK SCHMIDT, Alterer of Bank-Notes + + +When persons sin out of ignorance there is great room for pity, and when +persons suddenly become guilty of evil through a precipitate yielding to +the violence of their passions there is still room for extenuation. But +when people sin, not only against knowledge but deliberately, and +without the incitement of any violent passion such as anger or lust, +even as nothing can be said in alleviation, so there is little or no +room left for compassion. + +Frederick Schmidt was a person born of a very honourable and wealthy +family at Breslau, the capital of the Duchy of Silesia in the north-east +of Germany. They educated this their son not only in such a manner as +might qualify him for the occupation they designed him, of a merchant, +but also gave him a most learned and liberal knowledge, such as suited a +person of the highest rank. He lived, however, at Breslau as a merchant +for many years, and at the request of his friends, when very young, he +married a lady of considerable fortune, but upon some disgust at her +behaviour they parted, and had not lived together for many years before +his death. + +He carried on a very considerable correspondence to Hamburg, Amsterdam +and other places, and above a year before had been over in England to +transact some affairs, and thought it, it seems, so easy a matter to +live here by his wits, that he returned hither with the Baron Vanloden +and the Countess Vanloden. It is very hard to say what these people +really were, some people taking Schmidt for the baron's servant, but he +himself affirmed, and indeed it seems most likely, that they were +companions, and that both of them exerted their utmost skill in +defrauding others to maintain her. + +The method they took here for that purpose was by altering bank-notes, +which they did so dexterously as absolutely to prevent all suspicion. +They succeeded in paying away two of them, but the fraud being +discovered by the cheque-book at the bank, Schmidt was apprehended and +brought to a trial. There it was sworn that being in possession of a +bank-note of £25 he had turned it into one of £85, and with the Baron +Vanloden tendered it to one Monsieur Mallorey, who gave him goods for +it, and another note of £20. It was deposed by the Baron Vanloden and +Eleanora Sophia, Countess Vanloden, that Schmidt took the last mentioned +note of £20 upstairs, and soon after brought it down again, the word +"twenty" being taken out; upon which they drew it through a plate of +gummed water, and then smoothing it between several papers with a box +iron, the words "one hundred" were written in its place. Then he gave it +to the Baron and the interpreter to go out with it and buy plate, which +they did to the amount of £40. It appeared also, by the same witnesses, +that Schmidt had owned to the Baron that he could write twenty hands, +and that if he had but three or four hundred pounds, he could swell them +to fifty thousand. It was proved also by his own confession that he had +written over to his correspondent in Holland, to know whether English +bank-notes went currently there or not. Upon which he was found guilty +by a party-jury, that singular favour permitted to foreigners by the +equitable leniency of the Law of England. Yet after this he could hardly +be persuaded that his life was in any danger; nay, when he came into the +condemned hold, he told the unhappy persons there, in as good English as +he could speak, that he should not be hanged with them. + +For the first two or three days, therefore, that he was under sentence, +he refused to look so much as on a book, or to say a prayer, employing +that time with unwearied diligence in writing a multitude of letters to +merchants, foreign ministers, and German men of quality and such like, +still holding fast his old opinion that his life was not in the least +danger; and when a Lutheran minister was so kind as to visit him, he +would hardly condescend to speak with him. But when he had received a +letter from him who had all along buoyed him up with hopes of safety, in +which he informed him that all those hopes were vain, he then began to +apply himself with a real concern to the Lutheran minister whom he had +before almost rejected, but did not appear terrified or much affrighted +thereat. However, quickly after, he fell into a fit of sickness and +became so very weak as not to be able to stand. He confessed, however, +to the foreign divine who attended him that he was really guilty of that +crime for which he was to die, though it did not appear that he +conceived it to be capital at the time he did it, nor, indeed, was he +easily convinced it was so, until within a few days of his execution. + +There had prevailed a report about the town that he had done something +of the like nature at Paris, for which he had been obliged to fly, but +he absolutely denied that, and seemed to think the story derived its +birth from the Baron, who, he said, was an apothecary's son, and from +his acquaintance with his father's trade, knew the secret of expunging +waters. He added, that his airs of innocence were very unjust, he having +been guilty of abundance of such tricks, and the Countess of many more +than he. Thus, as is very common in such cases, these unhappy people +blackened one another. But the Baron and the Countess had the advantage, +since by their testimony poor Schmidt was despatched out of the way, and +'tis probable their credit at the time of his execution, was not in any +great danger of being hurt by his character of them. + +When he came to Tyburn, being attended in the cart by the Lutheran +minister whom I have so often mentioned, he was forced to be held up, +being so weak as not to be able to stand alone. He joined with the +prayers at first, but could not carry on his attention to the end, +looking about him, and staring at the other prisoners, with a curiosity +that perhaps was never observed in any other prisoner in his condition +what-so ever; neither his looks not his behaviour seemed to express so +much terror as was struck into others by the sight of his condition. So +after recommending to the minister by letter, to inform his aged mother +in Germany of his unhappy fate, he requested the executioner to put him +to death as easily as he could. He then submitted to his fate on the 4th +of April, 1724, being in the forty-fifth year of his age. + + + + +The Life of PETER CURTIS, a Housebreaker, etc. + + +Peter Curtis, _alias_ Friend, was born of honest but industrious parents +in the country, at a very great distance from London. Finding a method +to get him put apprentice to a ship's carpenter, they were very much +pleased therewith, hoping that they had settled him in a trade in which +he might live well, and much beyond anything they could have expected to +have done for him. + +But Peter himself was of a very different opinion, for from the hour he +came to it he greatly disliked his profession, and though he went to sea +with his master once or twice, yet he failed not to take hold of the +first opportunity to set himself at liberty by running away from him. +From that time he devoted himself to live a life of pleasure, having +contracted an obstinate aversion to business and to everything which +looked like labour; though, as be acknowledged, the hand of Providence +hindered him from accomplishing his wish, making this life that he chose +a greater burden and hardship to him than that which he had +relinquished. + +He found means to get into gentlemen's service, and lived in them with +tolerable reputation and credit for the space of several years. At last +he was resolved to go to sea again, but he had so unconquerable an +aversion to his own trade that he chose rather going in the capacity of +a trumpeter, having learnt how to play on that instrument at one of his +services. He sailed on board the _Salisbury_, in that expedition Sir +George Byng made to the Straits of Messina, when he attacked and +destroyed the Spanish Fleet.[39] There Peter had the good luck to escape +without any hurt, though there were many killed and wounded on board +that ship. He afterwards served in a regiment of dragoons, where by +prudent management he saved no less than fourscore pounds. With this he +certainly had it in his power to have put himself in some way of doing +well, but he omitted it, and falling into the company of a lewd woman, +she persuaded him to take lodgings with her, and they lived together for +some space as man and wife. + +During this time he made a shift to be bound for one of his companions, +for a very considerable sum, which the other had the honesty to leave +him to pay. The creditor, upon information that Curtis was packing up +his awls[40] to go to sea, resolved to secure him for his debt. But not +being able to catch him upon a writ, he made up a felonious charge +against him, and having thereupon got him committed to the Poultry +Compter, as soon as the Justice had discharged him, he got him taken for +the debt, and recommitted to the same place. Here he was soon reduced to +a very melancholy condition, having neither necessaries of life not any +prospect of a release. The wretched company with which such prisons are +always full, corrupted him as to his honesty, and taught him first to +think of making himself rich by taking away the properties of others. + +When he came out of prison, upon an agreement with his creditor, he soon +got into service with Mr. Fluellen Aspley, a very eminent chinaman by +Stocks Market.[41] When he was there, the bad woman with whom he still +conversed, was continually dunning his ears with how easy a matter it +was for him to make himself and her rich and easy by pilfering from his +master, telling him that she and her friends in the country would help +him off with a thousand pounds worth of china, if need were, and baiting +him continually, not to lose such an opportunity of enriching them. The +fellow himself was averse to such practices, and nothing but her +continual teasing could have induced him ever to have entertained a +design of so base a nature. + +At last he condescended so far as to enquire how it might be done with +safety. _For that_, replied the woman, _trust to my management. I'll put +you in a way to bring off the most valuable things in the house, and yet +get a good character, and be trusted and valued by the family for having +robbed them._ At that Curtis stared, and said, if she'd but put him to +such a road he did not know but he might comply with her request. She +thereupon opened her scheme to him this: _Here's my son, you shall lift +him into the house, and after you have given him plate and what you +think proper and my boy, who is a very dexterous lad, is got off with +them, you have nothing to do but to put an end of a candle under the +Indian cabinet in the counting-house, and leave things to themselves. +The neighbourhood will soon be alarmed by the fire, and if you are +apparently honest in what you take away publicly, there will be no +suspicion upon you for what went before, which will be either thought to +be destroyed in the fire, or to be taken away by some other means._ + +This appeared so shocking a project to Curtis that he absolutely refused +to comply with the burning, though with much ado he was brought to +stealing a large quantity of plate, which he brought to this woman, but +in attempting to sell it she was stopped, and the robbery discovered. +However, there being no direct evidence at first against Curtis, he was +released from his confinement on suspicion, even by the intercession of +Mr. Aspley himself. But a little time discovering the mistake, and that +he was really the principal in the robbery, he was thereupon again +apprehended, and at the next sessions tried and convicted. + +While he lay under sentence of death, he behaved himself as if he had +totally resigned all thoughts of the world, or of continuing in it, +praying with great fervency and devotion, making full and large +confession, and doing every other act which might induce men to believe +that he was a real penitent, and sincerely sorry and affected for the +crime he had committed. + +But it seems that this was all put on, for the true source of his +easiness and resignation was the assurance he had in himself of escaping +death either by pardon, or by an escape; for which purpose, he and those +who were under sentence with him had provided all necessaries, loosened +their irons and intended to have effected it at the expense of the lives +of their keepers. But their design being discovered the Saturday before +their deaths, and Curtis perceiving that his hopes of pardon were +ill-founded, began to apply himself to repenting in earnest. Yet there +was very little time left for so great a work, especially considering +that nothing but the necessity of the thing inclined him thereto, and +that he had spent that respite allowed him by the clemency of the Law to +prepare for death in contriving to fly from justice at the expense of +the blood of others. How he performed this it is impossible for us to +know, and must be left to be decided by the Great Judge to whom the +secrets of all hearts are open. However, at his death he appeared +tolerably composed and cheerful, and turning to the people said, _You +see, they who contrived to burn the house and the people in it escaped, +but I, who never consented to any such thing, die as you see._ Some +discourse there was of his having buried a portmanteau and about +fourteen hundred pounds; he was spoke to about it, and did not deny he +had it. He said he hid it upon Finchley Common and that by the arms, +which was the Spread Eagle, he took to be an ambassador's. As to the +diamond ring he had been seen to wear, he did not affirm he came very +honestly by it, but would not give any direct answer concerning it, and +seemed uneasy that he should have such questions put to him at the very +point of death. He suffered the 15th of June, 1724, about thirty years +of age. + +FOOTNOTES: + + [39] See note, page 49. + + [40] An old-fashioned play on the words "awl" and "all," and + means, of course, packing up all his possessions. + + [41] A busy market for fish and vegetables, which occupied the + site on which the present Mansion House stands. The market was + moved, in 1737, to Farringdon Street. + + + + +The Life of LUMLEY DAVIS, a Highwayman + + +Such is the frailty of human nature that neither the best examples nor +the most liberal education can warrant an honest life, or secure to the +most careful parents the certainty of their children not becoming a +disgrace to them, either in their lives or by their deaths. + +This malefactor, of whom the course of our memoirs now obliges us to +make mention, was the son of a man of the same name, viz., Lumley Davis, +who was, it seems, in circumstances good enough to procure his sons +being brought up in one of the greatest and best schools in England. +There his proficiency procured him an election upon the establishment, +and he became respected as a person whose parts would do honour even to +that remarkable seminary of learning where he had been bred. But +unaccountably growing fond, all on a sudden, of going to some trade or +employment and absolutely refusing to continue any longer at his +studies, his friends were obliged to comply with the ardency of his +request and accordingly put him apprentice to an eminent vintner at the +One Tun Tavern, in the Strand. + +He continued there but a little while before he was as much dissatisfied +with that as he had been with learning, so that leaving his master, and +leading an unsettled kind of life, he fell into great debts, being +unable to satisfy which, when demanded, he was arrested and thrown into +the Marshalsea. There for some time he continued in a very deplorable +condition, till by the charitable assistance of a friend, his debt was +paid and the fees of the prison discharged. After this he went into the +Mint,[42] where drinking accidentally at one of the tap-houses in that +infamous place, and being very much out of humour with the low and +profligate company he was obliged to converse with there, he took notice +of a very genteel man, who sat at the table by himself. He inquired of +some persons with whom he was drinking, who that man was. They answered +that they could not tell themselves; he was lately come over for shelter +amongst them; he was a gentleman, as folks said, of much learning, and +though he never conversed with anybody, yet was kind enough to afford +them his assistance, either with his pen, or by his advice when they +asked it. On this character Davis was very industrious to become his +acquaintance, and Harman, which was the other man's name, not having +been able to meet with anybody there with whom he could converse, he +very readily embraced the society of Davis; with whom comparing notes, +and finding their case to be pretty much the same, they often condoled +one another's misfortunes and as often projected between themselves how +to gain some supply without depending continually upon the charity of +their friends. + +In the meantime, Davis was so unfortunate as to fall ill of a +languishing distemper, which brought him so low as to oblige him to +apply for relief to that friend who had discharged him out of the +Marshalsea. He was so good as to get him into St. Thomas's Hospital, and +to supply him while there with whatever was necessary for his support. +When he was so far recovered as to be able to go abroad, this kind and +good friend provided for him a country habitation, where he might be +able to live in privacy and comfort and indulge himself in those +inclinations which he began again to show towards learning. + +Some time after he had been there, not being able to support longer that +quiet kind of life which before he did so earnestly desire, +notwithstanding the entreaties of his friends, he came up to London +again, where falling into idle company, he became addicted to the vices +of drinking and following bad women, things which before he had both +detested and avoided. Not long after this, he again found out Mr. +Harman, and renewed his acquaintance with him. He enquired into his past +adventures and how he had supported himself since they last had been +together, and on perceiving that they were far from being on the mending +hand with him, the fatal proposal was at last made of going upon the +road, and there robbing such persons as might seem best able to spare +it, and at the same time furnish them with the largest booty. + +The first person they attacked was one John Nichols, Esq., from whom +they took a guinea and seventeen shillings, with which they determined +to make themselves easy a little, and not go that week again upon any +such hazardous exploits. But alas, their resolutions had little success, +for that very evening they were both apprehended and on full evidence at +the next sessions were convicted and received sentence of death, within +a very short time after they had committed the crime. + +Davis all along flattered himself with the hopes of a pardon or a +reprieve and therefore was not perhaps so serious as he ought, and as he +otherwise would have been. Not that those hopes made him either +licentious or turbulent, but rather disturbed his meditations and +hindered his getting over the terrors which death always brings to the +unprepared. But when, on his name being in the death warrant, he found +there was no longer any hopes, he then, indeed, applied himself without +losing a moment to the great concern of saving his soul, now there was +no hopes of preserving his body. + +However, neither his education nor all the assistance he could receive +from those divines that visited him, could bring him to bear the +approach of death with any tolerable patience. Even at the place of +execution, he endeavoured as much as he could to linger away the time, +spoke to the Ordinary to spin out the prayers, and to the executioner to +forbear doing his office as long as it was possible. However, he spoke +with great kindness and affection to his companion, Mr. Harman, shook +hands with those who were his companions in death, and at last submitted +to his fate, being then about twenty-three years of age. + +FOOTNOTES: + + [42] The Southwark Mint was a sanctuary for insolvent debtors + and a nest of infamy in general. It stood over against St. + George's church. + + + + +The Life of JAMES HARMAN, Highwayman + + +James Harman was the son of a merchant in the City of London, who took +care to furnish his son with such an education as enabled him, when +about fourteen years of age, to be removed to the University. His +behaviour there was like that of too many others, spent in diversities +instead of study, and in a progression of vice, instead of improving in +learning. After having been there about three years, and having run into +such debts as he saw no probability of discharging, he was forced to +leave it abruptly; and his father, much grieved at this behaviour, +bought him an ensign's commission in the army, where he continued in +Jones's Regiment till it was disbanded. Then, indeed, being forced to +live as he could, and the assistance of friends, though large, yet no +ways suited to his expenses, he became so plunged in debt and other +misfortunes that he was in necessity of going over to the Mint, where +reflecting on his own follies, he became very reserved and melancholy. +He would probably have quite altered his course of life if opportunity +had offered, or if he had not fallen in that company which by a +similarity of manner induced him to fall into the commission of such +crimes as would not probably have otherwise entered his head. + +The fact which he and the before-mentioned Davis committed, was their +first and last attempt, but Mr. Harman, all the time he lay under +sentence (without suffering himself to be amused by expectations of +success from those endeavours which he knew his friends used to save his +life,) accustomed himself to the thoughts of death, performing all the +duties requisite from a person of his condition for atoning the evils +of a misspent life, and making his peace with that Being from whom he +had received so great a capacity of doing well, and which he had so much +abused. + +Having spent the whole time of his confinement after this manner, he did +not appear in any degree shocked or confounded when his name being to +the death warrant left him no room to doubt of what must be his fate. At +the place of execution he appeared not only perfectly easy and serene, +but with an air of satisfaction that could arise only from the peace he +enjoyed within. Being asked if he had anything to say to the people, he +rose up, and turning towards them said, _I hope you will all make that +use of my being exposed to you as a spectacle which the Law intends, and +by the sight of my death avoid such acts as may bring you hither, with +the same Justice that they do me._ + +He suffered about the twenty-fifth year of his age, the 28th of August, +1724, at Tyburn. + + + + +The Life of JOHN LEWIS, _alias_ LAURENCE, a Thief, Highwayman, etc. + + +One great cause of that degeneracy we observe amongst the lower part of +the human species arises from a mistake which has generally prevailed in +the education of young people throughout all ages. Parents are sometimes +exceedingly assiduous that their children should read well and write a +good hand, but they are seldom solicitous about their making a due use +of their reason, and hardly ever enquire into the opinions which, while +children, they entertain of happiness or misery, and the paths which +lead to either of them. This is the true and natural intent of all +education whatsoever, which can never tend to anything but teaching +persons how to live easily and seducing their affections to the bounds +prescribed them by the law of God and their country. + +John Lewis, _alias_ Laurence, had doubtless parents who bred him +somewhere, though the papers I have do not afford me light enough to say +where. This indeed, I find, that he was bred apprentice to a butcher, +took up his freedom in the City, and worked for a considerable space as +a journeyman. For his honesty we have no vouchers for any part of that +time, for in his apprenticeship he fell into the use of profligate +company, who taught him all those vices which were destructive to his +future life. He grew fond of everything which looked like lewdness and +debauchery, drank hard, was continually idling about; above all, +strumpets the most abandoned, both in their manner and discourse, were +the very ultimate end of his wishes, insomuch that he would often say he +had nothing to answer for in debauching modest women, for they were a +set of creatures he could never so much as endure to converse with. + +His usual method of living with his mistresses was this: as soon as the +impudence and lewdness of a woman had made her infamous, even amongst +the hackney coachmen, pickpockets, footpads and such others of his +polite acquaintance, then Lewis thought her a fit person for his turn, +and used to live with her for the space of perhaps a month; then growing +tired of her, he went to look for another. + +This practice of his grew at last so well known that he found it a +little difficult to get women who would take up with him upon his terms; +but there was one Moll Davis, who for her dexterity in picking of +pockets amongst those of her own tribe went by the name of Diver, who +was so great a scandal to her sex that the most abandoned of that low +crew with whom he conversed, hated and despised her. With her Lewis went +to live after his usual manner, and was very fond of her after his way, +for about a fortnight; at the end of which he grew fractious, and in +about nine weeks' time more he beat her. Moll wept and took on at a sad +rate for his unkindness and told him that if would but promise +faithfully never to live with any other woman, she should fairly present +him with a brace of hundred pounds, which she had lodged in the hands of +an uncle who knew nothing of her way of life, but lived reputably at +such a place. + +This was the right way of touching Lewis's temper. He began to put on as +many good looks as his face was capable of wearing, and made use of as +many kind expressions as he could remember out of the _Academy of +Compliments_, until the day came that she was to meet her uncle at +Smithfield Market. They then went very lovingly together to an inn upon +the paven stones, where Moll asked very readily at the bar if Mr. +Tompkins (which was the name of her uncle) was there. The woman of the +house made her a low curtsy and said he was only stepped over the way to +be shaved, and she would call him. She went accordingly and brought the +grave old man, who as soon as he came into the room said, _Well, Mary, +is this thy husband? Yes, sir_, answered she, _this is the person I have +promised to bring you._ Upon which the old man thrust out his hand and +said, _Come, friend, as you have married my niece, you and I must be +better acquainted._ Lewis scraped him a good bow as he could, and giving +his hand in return, the old fellow laid hold on him somewhat above the +wrist, stamped with his right foot, and then closing with him got him +down. + +In the meanwhile, half a dozen fellows broke into the room and one of +them seizing him by the arms another pulled out a small twine, and bound +him; then shoving him downstairs, they had no sooner got into +Smithfield, then the mob cried out, _Here's the rogue! Here's the dog +that held a penknife to the old grazier's throat, while a woman and +another man robbed him._ It seems the story was true of Moll, who by +thus taking and then swearing it upon Lewis, who had never so much as +heard of it, escaped with impunity, and besides that got five guineas +for her pains from the brother of the old man, who upon this occasion +played the part of her uncle. If the grazier had been a hasty, rash man, +Lewis had certainly hanged for the fact, but looking hard upon him at +his trial, he told the Court he was sure that Lewis was not the man, for +though his eyes were not very good, he could easily distinguish his +voice, and added that the man who robbed him was taller than himself, +whereas Lewis was much shorter. By which means he had the good luck to +come off, though not without lying two sessions in Newgate. + +As soon as be came abroad be threatened Moll Davis hard for what she had +done, and swore as soon as he could find her to cut her ears off; but +she made light of that, and dared him to come and look for her at the +brandy-shop where she frequented. Lewis hearing that resolved to go +thither and beat her, and knowing the usual time of her coming thither +to be about eleven o'clock at night, he chose that time to come also. +But Moll, the day before, had made one of her crew who had turned +evidence, put him into his information, and the constables and their +assistants being ready planted, they seized him directly and carried him +to his old lodgings in Newgate. + +He was acquitted upon this next sessions, there being no evidence +against him but the informer, but the Court ordered him to find security +for his good behaviour. That proved two months' work, so that in all it +was a quarter of a year before he got out of Newgate for the second +time. Then, hearing Davis had picked a gentleman's pockets of a +considerable sum, and kept out of the way upon it, he resolved to be +even with her for the trouble she had cost him, and for that purpose +hunted through all her old places of resort, in order to find out how to +have her apprehended. Moll hearing of it, got her sister, who followed +the same trade with herself, to waylay him at the brandy-shop in Fleet +Street. There Susan was very sweet upon him, and being as impudent as +her sister, Lewis resolved to take up with her, at least for a night; +but she pretended reasons why he could not go home with her, and he +complaining that he did not know where to get a lodging, she gave him +half a crown and a large silver medal, which she said would pawn for +five shillings, and appointed to meet him the next night at the same +place. In the morning Lewis goes with the silver piece to a pawnbroker +at Houndsditch; the broker said he would take it into the next room and +weigh it, and about ten minutes after returned with a constable and two +assistants, the medal having been advertised in the papers as taken with +eleven guineas in a green purse out of a gentleman's pocket, and was the +very robbery for which Moll Davis kept out of the way. + +When he got over this, he went down into the country, and having been so +often in prison for naught, he resolved to merit it now for something. +So on the Gravesend Road he went upon the highway, and having been, as I +told you, bred up a butcher, the weapon he made use of to rob with was +his knife. The first robbery he attempted was upon an old officer who +was retired into that part of the country to live quiet. Lewis bolted +out upon him from behind the corner of a hedge, and clapping a sharp +pointed knife to his breast, with a volley of oaths commanded him to +deliver. This was new language to the gentleman to whom it was offered, +yet seeing how great an advantage the villain had of him, he thought it +the most prudent method to comply, and gave him therefore a few +shillings which were in his coat-pocket. Lewis very highly resented +this, and told him he did not use him like a gentleman; that he would +search him himself. In order to do this, clapping his knife into his +mouth as he used to do when preparing a sheep for the shambles, he fell +to ransacking the gentleman's pockets. He had hardly got his hand into +one of them, but the gentleman snatched the knife out of his mouth and +in the wrench almost broke his jaw. Lewis hereupon took to his heels, +but the country being raised upon him, he was apprehended just as he was +going to take water at Gravesend. But his pride in refusing the +gentleman's silver happened very luckily for him here, for on his trial +at the next assizes, the indictment being laid for a robbery, the jury +acquitted him and he was once more put into a road of doing well, which +according to his usual method he made lead towards the gallows. + +The first week he was out, he broke open a house in Ratcliff Highway, +from whence he took but a small quantity of things, and those of small +value, because there happened to be nothing better in the way. In a few +days after this, he snatched off a woman's pocket in the open street, +for which fact being immediately apprehended, he was at the next +sessions at the Old Bailey, tried and convicted, but by the favour of +the Court ordered for transportation. + +A woman whom at this time he called his wife, happened to be under the +like sentence at the same time. They went therefore together, and were +each of them such turbulent dispositions that the captain of the +transport thought fit to promise them their liberty in a most solemn +manner, as soon as they came on shore in Carolina, provided they would +be but quiet. To this they agreed, and they kept their words so well, +that the captain performed his promise and released them at their +arrival in South Carolina, upon which they made no long stay there, but +found a method to come back in the same ship. Upon arrival in England +they were actually married, but they did not live long together, Lewis +finding that she conversed with other men, and being in fear, lest in +hopes of favour, she should discover his return from transportation, and +by convicting him save herself. + +Upon these apprehensions, he thought fit to go again to sea, in a ship +bound for the Straits; but falling violently sick at Genoa, they left +him there. And though he might afterwards have gone to his vessel, his +old thought and wishes returned and he took the advantage of the first +ship to return to England. Here he found many of his old acquaintances, +carrying on the business of plunder in every shape. He joined with them, +and in their company broke open with much difficulty an alehouse in Fore +Street, at the sign of the King of Hearts, where they took a dozen of +tankards, which they apprehended to be of silver; but finding upon +examination they were no better than pewter well scoured, they judged +there would be more danger in selling them than they were worth. +Therefore having first melted them, they threw them away; but being a +little fearful of robbing in company, he took to his old method of +robbing by himself in the streets. But the first attempt he made to do +this was in the old Artillery Ground,[43] where he snatched a woman's +pocket; and she crying out raised the neighbourhood. They pursued him, +and after wounding two or three persons desperately, he was taken and +committed to his old mansions in Newgate, and being tried at the next +sessions was found guilty and from that time could not enjoy the least +hopes of life. But he continued still very obdurate, being so hardened +by a continual series of villainous actions that he seemed to have no +idea whatsoever of religion, penitence or atoning by prayers, for the +numerous villainies he had committed. + +At the place of execution he said nothing to the people, only that he +was sorry he had not stayed in Carolina, because if he had, he should +never have come to be hanged, and so finished his life in the same +stupid manner in which he had lived. He was near forty years of age at +the time he suffered, which was on the 27th of June, 1720. + +FOOTNOTES: + + [43] This was the exercising ground of the Train Bands and the + Honourable Artillery Company. It was on the west side of + Finsbury Square. + + + + +The History of the WALTHAM BLACKS and their transactions to the death of +RICHARD PARVIN, EDWARD ELLIOT, ROBERT KINGSHELL, HENRY MARSHALL, JOHN +PINK and EDWARD PINK, and JAMES ANSELL _alias_ PHILLIPS, at Tyburn, +whose lives are also included + + +Such is the unaccountable folly which reigns in too great a part of the +human species, that by their own ill-deeds, they make such laws +necessary for the security of men's persons and properties, as by their +severity, unless necessity compelled them, would appear cruel and +inhuman, and doubtless those laws which we esteem barbarous in other +nations, and even some which appear so though anciently practised in our +own, had their rise from the same cause. + +I am led to this observation from the folly which certain persons were +guilty of in making small insurrections for the sake only of getting a +few deer, and going on, because they found the leniency of the laws +could not punish them at present, until they grew to that height as to +ride in armed troops, blacked and disguised, in order the more to +terrify those whom they assaulted, and wherever they were denied what +they thought proper to demand, whether venison, wine, money, or other +necessaries for their debauched feasts, would by letter threaten plunder +and destroying with fire and sword, whomever they thought proper. + +These villainies being carried on with a high hand for some time in the +years 1722 and 1723, their insolence grew at last so intolerable as to +oblige the Legislature to make a new law against all who thus went armed +and disguised, and associated themselves together by the name of Blacks, +or entered into any other confederacies to support and assist one +another in doing injuries and violences to the persons and properties of +the king's subjects. + +By this law it was enacted that after the first day of June, 1723, +whatever persons armed with offensive weapons, and having their faces +blacked, or otherwise disguised, should appear in any forest, park or +grounds enclosed with any wall or fence, wherein deer were kept, or any +warren where hares or conies are kept, or in any highway, heath or down, +or unlawfully hunt, kill or steal any red or fallow deer, or rob any +warren, or steal fish of any pond, or kill or wound cattle, or set fire +to any house or outhouses, stack, etc., or cut down or any otherway +destroy trees planted for shelter or profit, or shall maliciously shoot +at any person, or send a letter demanding money or other valuable +things, shall rescue any person in custody of any officer for any such +offences, or by gifts or promise, procure any one to join with them, +shall be deemed guilty of felony without benefit of clergy, and shall +suffer pains of death as felons so convicted. + +Nor was even this thought sufficient to remedy those evils, which the +idle follies of some rash persons had brought about, but a retrospect +was also by the same Act had to offences heretofore committed, and all +persons who had committed any crimes punishable by this Act, after the +second of February, 1722, were commanded to render themselves before the +24th of July, 1723, to some Justice of his Majesty's Court of King's +Bench, or to some Justice of the Peace for the county where they lived, +and there make a full and exact confession of the crimes of such a +nature which they had committed, the times when, and the places where, +and persons with whom, together with an account of such persons' places +of abode as had with them been guilty as aforesaid, in order to their +being thereupon apprehended, and brought to judgment according to Law, +on pain of being deemed felons, without benefit of clergy, and suffering +accordingly; but were entitled to a free pardon and forgiveness in case +that before the 24th of July they surrendered and made such discovery. + +Justices of Peace by the said Act were required on any information being +made before them by one or more credible persons, against any person +charged with any of the offences aforesaid, to transmit it under their +hands and seals to one of his Majesty's principal Secretaries of State, +who by the same Act is required to lay such information and return +before his Majesty in Council; whereupon an order is to issue for the +person so charged to surrender within forty days. And in case he refuse +or neglect to surrender within that time, then from the day in which the +forty days elapsed, he is to be deemed as a felon convict, and execution +may be awarded as attainted of felony by a verdict. + +Every person who, after the time appointed for the surrender of the +person, shall conceal, aid or succour him, knowing the circumstances in +which he then stands, shall suffer death as a felon, without benefit of +clergy, and that people might the more readily hazard their persons for +the apprehending such offenders, it is likewise enacted that if any +person shall be wounded so as to lose an eye, or the use of any limb in +endeavouring to take persons charged with the commission of crimes +within this law, then on a certificate from the Justices of the Peace +of his being so wounded, the sheriff of the county, if commanded within +thirty days after the sight of such certificate, to pay the said wounded +persons £50 under pain of forfeiting £10 on failure thereof, and in case +any person should be killed in seizing such persons as aforesaid, then +the said £50 is to be paid to the executors of the person to be killed. + +It cannot seem strange that in consequence of so extraordinary an act of +legislature, many of these presumptious and silly people should be +apprehended, and a considerable number of them having upon their +apprehension been committed to Winchester gaol, seven of them were by +_Habeas Corpus_, removed for the greater solemnity of their trial to +Newgate, and for their offence brought up and arraigned at the King's +Bench Bar, Westminster. There being convicted on full evidence, all of +them of felony, and three of murder, I shall inform ye, one by one, of +what has come to my hand in relation to their crimes, and the manner and +circumstances with which they were committed. + +Richard Parvin was master of a public-house at Portsmouth, a man of dull +and dogmatic disposition, who continually denied his having been in any +manner concerned with these people, though the evidence against him at +his trial was as full and as direct as possibly could have been +expected, and he himself evidently proved to have been on the spot where +the violences committed by the other prisoners were transacted. In +answer to this, he said that he was not with them, though indeed he was +upon the forest, for which he gave this reason. He had, he said, a very +handsome young wench who lived with him, and for that reason being +admired by many of his customers, she took it in her head one day to run +away. He hearing that she had fled across the forest, pursued her, and +in that pursuit calling at the house of Mr. Parford, who keeps an +alehouse in the forest, this man being an evidence against the other +Blacks, took him it seems into the number, though as he said, he could +fully have cleared himself if he had had any money to have sent for some +witnesses out of Berkshire. But the mayor of Portsmouth seizing, as soon +as he was apprehended, all his goods, put his family into great distress +and whether he could have found them or not, hindered his being able to +produce any witnesses at his trial. + +He persevered in these professions of his innocency to the very last, +still hoping for a reprieve, and not only feeding himself with such +expectations while in prison, but also gazed earnestly when at the tree, +in hopes that pardon would be brought him, until the cart drew away and +extinguished life and the desire of life together. + +Edward Elliot, a boy of about seventeen years of age, whose father was a +tailor at a village between Petworth and Guildford, was the next who +received sentence of death with Parvin. The account he gave of his +coming into this society has something very odd in it, and which gives a +fuller idea of the strange whims which possessed these people. The boy +said that about a year before his being apprehended, thirty or forty men +met him in the county of Surrey and hurried him away. He who appeared to +be the chief of them told him that he enlisted him in the service of the +King of the Blacks, in pursuance of which he was to disguise his face, +obey orders of whatsoever kind they were, such as breaking down fish +ponds, burning woods, shooting deer, taking also an oath to be true to +them, or they by their art magic would turn him into a beast, and as +such make him carry their burdens, and live like a horse upon grass and +water. + +He said, also, that in the space of time he continued with them, he saw +several experiments of their witchcraft, for that once when two men had +offended them by refusing to comply in taking their oath and obeying +their orders, they caused them immediately to be blindfolded and +stopping them in holes of the earth up to their chin, ran at them as if +they had been dogs, bellowing and barking as it were in their ears; and +when they had plagued them awhile in this ridiculous manner they took +them out, and bid them remember how they offended any of the Black +Nation again, for if they did, they should not escape so well as they +had at present. He had seen them also, he said, oblige carters to drive +a good way out of the road, and carry whatsoever venison or other thing +they had plundered to the places where they would have them; that the +men were generally so frightened with their usage and so terrified with +the oaths they were obliged to swear, that they seldom complained, or +even spoke of their bondage. + +As to the fact for which they died, Elliot gave this account: that in +the morning when that fact was committed for which he died, Marshall, +Kingshell and four others came to him and persuaded him to go to Farnham +Holt, and that he need not fear disobliging any gentlemen in the +country, some of whom were very kind to this Elliot. They persuaded him +that certain persons of fortune were concerned with them and would bear +him harmless if he would go. He owned that at last he consented to go +with them, but trembled all the way, insomuch that he could hardly reach +the Holt. While they were engaged in the business for which they came, +viz., killing the deer, the keepers came upon them. Elliot was wandered +a considerable way from his companions after a fawn which he intended +to send as a present to a young woman at Guildford; him therefore they +quickly seized and bound, and leaving him in that condition, went in +search of the rest of his associates. It was not long before they came +up with them. The keepers were six, the Blacks were seven in number, so +they fell to it warmly with quarter-staffs. The keepers unwilling to +have lives taken, advised them to retire, but upon their refusing, and +Marshall's firing a gun, by which one of the keepers belonging to the +Lady How was slain, they discharged a blunderbuss and shattered the +thigh of one Barber, amongst the Blacks. Upon this three of his +associates ran away, and the two others, Marshall and Kingshell were +likewise taken, and so the fray for the present ended. + +Elliot lay bound all the while within hearing, and in the greatest +agonies imaginable, at the consideration that whatever blood was spilt +he should be as much answerable for it as these who shed it; in which he +was not mistaken, for the keepers returning after the fight was over, +carried him away bound and he never had his fetters off after, till the +morning of his execution. He behaved himself very soberly, quietly and +with much seeming penitence and contrition. He owned the justice of the +Law in punishing him, and said he more especially deserved to suffer, +since at the time of the committing this fact, he was servant to a widow +lady, where he wanted nothing to make him happy or easy. + +Robert Kingshell was twenty-six years old, and lived in the same house +with his parents, being apprentice to his brother a shoemaker. His +parents were very watchful over his behaviour and sought by every method +to prevent his taking to ill courses, or being guilty of any debauchery +whatever. The night before this unhappy accident fell out, as he and the +rest of the family were sleeping in their beds, Barber made a signal at +his chamber window, it being then about eleven o'clock. Upon this +Kingshell arose and got softly out of the window; Barber took him upon +his horse, and away they went to the Holt, twelve miles distant, calling +in their way upon Henry Marshall, Elliot and the rest of their +accomplices. He said it was eight o'clock in the morning before the +keepers attacked them, he owned they bid them retire, and that he +himself told them they would, provided the bound man (Elliot) was +released and delivered into their hands, but that proposition being +refused, the fight at once grew warm. Barber's thigh was broken, and +Marshall killed the keeper with a shot; being thereupon very hard +pressed, three of their companions ran away, leaving him and Marshall to +fight it out. Elliot being already taken, and Barber disabled, it was +not long before they were in the same unhappy condition with their +companions. From the time of their being apprehended, Kingshell laid +aside all hopes of life, and applied himself with great fervency and +devotion to enable him in what alone remained for him to do, viz., dying +decently. + +Henry Marshall, about thirty-six years of age, the unfortunate person by +whose hand the murder was committed, seemed to be the least sensible of +any of the evils he had done, although such was the pleasure of Almighty +God that till the day before his execution, he neither had his senses, +nor the use of his speech. When he recovered it, and a clergyman +represented to him the horrid crime of which he had been guilty, he was +so far from showing any deep sense of that crime of shedding innocent +blood, that he made light of it, said he might stand upon his own +defence, and was not bound to run away and leave his companions in +danger. This was the language he talked for the space of twenty-four +hours before his death, in which he enjoyed the use of speech; and so +far was he from thanking those who charitably offered him their +admonitions, that he said he had not forgot himself, but had already +taken care of what he thought necessary for his soul. However, he did +not attempt in the least to prevaricate, but fairly acknowledged that he +committed the fact for which he died, though nothing could oblige him to +speak of it in any manner as if he was sorry for or repented of it, +farther than for having occasioned his own misfortunes; so strong is the +prejudice which vulgar minds acquire by often repeating to themselves +and in company certain positions, however ridiculous and false. And +sure, nothing could be more so than for a man to fancy he had a right to +imbrue his hands in the blood of another, who was in the execution of +his office, and endeavouring to hinder the commission of an illegal act. + +These of whom I have last spoken were all concerned together in the +before-mentioned fact, which was attended with murder; but we are now to +speak of the rest who were concerned in the felony only, for which they +with the above-mentioned Parvin suffered. Of these were two brothers, +whose names were John and Edward Pink, carters in Portsmouth, and always +accounted honest and industrious fellows before this accident happened. +They did not, however, deny their being guilty, but on the contrary +ingenuously confessed the truth of what was sworn, and mentioned some +other circumstances that had been produced at the trial which attended +their committing it. They said they met Parvin's housekeeper upon that +road, that they forced her to cut the throat of a deer which they had +just taken upon Bear Forest, gave her a dagger which they forced her to +wear, and to ride cross-legged with pistols before her. + +In this dress they brought her to Parvin's house upon the forest, where +they dined upon a haunch of venison, feasted merrily and after dinner +sent out two of their companions to kill more deer, not in the King's +Forest, but in Waltham Chase, belonging to the Bishop of Winchester. One +of these two persons they called their king, and the other they called +Lyon. Neither of these brothers objected anything, either to the truth +of the evidence given against them, or the justice of that sentence +which had passed upon them, only one insinuating that the evidence would +not have been so strong against him and Ansell, if it had not been for +running away with the witness's wife, which so provoked him that they +were sure they should not escape when he was admitted a witness. + +These like the rest were hard to be persuaded that the things they had +committed were any crimes in the eyes of God. They said deer were wild +beasts, and they did not see why the poor had not as good a right to +them as the rich. However, as the Law condemned them to suffer, they +were bound to submit, and in consequence of that notion, behaved +themselves very orderly, decently and quietly, while under sentence. + +James Ansell, _alias_ Stephen Philips, the seventh and last of these +unhappy persons, was a man addicted to a worse and more profligate life +than any of the rest had ever been; for he had held no settled +employment, but had been a loose disorderly person, concerned in all +sorts of wickedness for many years, both at Portsmouth, Guildford, and +other country towns, as well as at London. Deer were not the only things +that he had dealt in; stealing and robbing on the highway had been +formerly his employment, and in becoming a Black, he did not as the +others ascend in wickedness, but came down on the contrary, a step +lower. Yet this criminal as his offences were greater, so his sense of +them was much stronger than in any of the rest, excepting Kingshell, for +he gave over all manner of hopes of life and all concerns about it as +soon as he was taken. + +Yet even he had no notion of making discoveries, unless they might be +beneficial to himself, and though he owned the knowledge of twenty +persons who were notorious offenders in the same kind, he absolutely +refused to name them, since such naming would not procure himself a +pardon; talking to him of the duty of doing justice was beating the air. +He said, he thought there was no justice in taking away other people's +lives, unless it was to save his own, yet no sooner was he taxed about +his own going on the highway than he confessed it, said he knew very +well bills would have been preferred against him at Guildford assizes, +in case he had got off at the King's Bench, but that he did not greatly +value them. Though formerly he had been guilty of some facts in that +way, yet they could not all now be proved, and he should have found it +no difficult matter to have demonstrated his innocence of those then +charged upon him, of which he was not really guilty, but owed his being +thought so to the profligate course of life he had for some time led, +and his aversion to all honest employments. + +Bold as the whole gang of these fellows appeared, yet with what +sickness, what with the apprehension of death, they were so terrified +that not one of them but Ansell, _alias_ Philips, was able to stand up, +or speak at the place of execution, many who saw them affirming that +some of them were dead even before they were turned off. + +As an appendix to the melancholy history of these seven miserable and +unhappy persons, I will add a letter written at that time by a gentleman +of the county of Essex, to his friend in London, containing a more +particular account of the transactions of these people, than I have seen +anywhere else. Wherefore, without any further preface, I shall leave it +to speak for itself. + + A letter to Mr. C. D. in London. + + Dear Sir, + + Amongst the odd accidents which you know have happened to me in the + course of a very unsettled life, I don't know any which hath been + more extraordinary or surprising than one I met with in going down + to my own house when I left you last in town. You cannot but have + heard of the Waltham Blacks, as they are called, a set of whimsical + merry fellows, that are so mad to run the greatest hazards for the + sake of a haunch of venison, and passing a jolly evening together. + + For my part, though the stories told of these people had reached my + ears, yet I confess I took most of them for fables, and I thought + that if there was truth in any of them it was much exaggerated. But + experience (the mistress of fools) has taught me the contrary, by + the adventure I am going to relate to you, which though it ended + well enough at last, I confess at first put me a good deal out of + humour. To begin, then; my horse got a stone in his foot, and + therewith went so lame just as I entered the forest, that I really + thought his shoulder slipped. Finding it however impossible to get + him along, I was even glad to take up at a little blind alehouse + which I perceived had a yard and a stable behind it. + + The man of the house received me very civilly, but when he + perceived my horse was so lame as scarce to be able to stir a step, + I observed he grew uneasy. I asked him whether I could lodge there + that night, he told me no, he had no room, I desired him, then, to + put something to my horse's foot, and let me sit up all night; for I + was resolved not to spoil a horse which cost me twenty guineas by + riding him in such a condition in which he was at present. The man + made me no answer, and I proposed the same questions to the wife. + She dealt more roughly and freely with me, and told me that truly I + neither could, nor should stay there, and was for hurrying her + husband to get my horse out. However, on putting a crown into her + hand and promising another for my lodging, she began to consider a + little; and at last told me that there was indeed a little bed above + stairs, on which she should order a clean pair of sheets to be put, + for she was persuaded I was more of a gentleman than to take any + notice of what I saw passed there. + + This made me more uneasy than I was before. I concluded now I was + got amongst a den of highwaymen, and expected nothing less than to + be robbed and my throat cut. However, finding there was no remedy, I + even set myself down and endeavoured to be as easy as I could. By + this time it was very dark, and I heard three or four horsemen + alight and lead their horses into the yard. As the men returned and + were coming into the room where I was, I overheard my landlord say, + _Indeed, brother, you need not be uneasy, I am positive the + gentleman's a man of honour_, to which I heard another voice reply, + _What could our death do to any stranger? Faith, I don't apprehend + half the danger you do. I dare say the gentleman would be glad of + our company, and we should be pleased with his. Come, hang fear, + I'll lead the way._ So said, so done, in they came, five of them, + all disguised so effectually that I declare, unless it were in the + same disguise, I should not be able to distinguish any one of them. + + Down they sat, and he who I suppose was constituted their captain + _pro hac vice_, accosted me with great civility, and asked me if I + would honour them with my company to supper. I acknowledge I did not + yet guess the profession of my new acquaintances, but supposing my + landlord would be cautious of suffering either a robbery or a murder + in his own house, I know not how, but by degrees my mind grew + perfectly easy. About ten o'clock I heard a very great noise of + horses, and soon after men's feet tramping in a room over my head. + Then my landlord came down and informed us supper was just ready to + go upon the table. + + Upon this we were all desired to walk up, and he whom I before + called the captain, presented me, with a humorous kind of ceremony, + to a man more dignified than the rest who sat at the end of the + table, telling me at the same time, he hoped I would not refuse to + pay my respects to Prince Oroonoko, King of the Blacks. It then + immediately struck into my head who those worthy persons were, into + whose company I was thus accidentally fallen. I called myself a + thousand blockheads for not finding out before, but the hurry of + things, or to speak the truth, the fear I was in, prevented my + judging even from the most evident signs. + + As soon as our awkward ceremony was over, supper was brought in; it + consisted of eighteen dishes of venison in every shape, roasted, + boiled with broth, hashed collops, pasties, umble pies, and a large + haunch in the middle, larded. I easily saw that of three ordinary + rooms of which the first floor of the house consisted, ours (by + taking down the partitions) was very large, and the company in all + twenty-one persons. At each of our elbows there was set a bottle of + claret, and the man and woman of the house sat down at the lower + end. Two or three of the fellows had good natural voices, and so the + evening was spent as merrily as the rakes pass theirs in the King's + Arms, or the City apprentices with their master's maids at Sadler's + Wells. About two the company seemed inclined to break up, having + first assured me that they should take my company as a favour any + Thursday evening, if I came that way. + + I confess I did not sleep all night with reflecting on what had + passed, and could not resolve with myself whether these humorous + gentlemen in masquerade were to be ranked under the denomination of + knight-errants, or plain robbers. This I must tell you, by the by, + that with respect both to honesty and hardship, their life resembles + much that of the hussars, since drinking is all their delight, and + plundering their employment. + + Before I conclude my epistle, it is fit I should inform you that + they did me the honour (with a design perhaps to have received me + into their order) of acquainting me with those rules by which their + society was governed. + + In the first place their Black Prince assured me that their + government was perfectly monarchial, and that when upon expeditions + he had an absolute command; _but in the time of peace_, continued + he, _and at the table, government being no longer necessary, I + condescend to eat and drink familiarly with my subjects as friends. + We admit no man_, continued he, _into our society until he has been + twice drunk with us, that we may be perfectly acquainted with his + temper, in compliance with the old proverb--women, children and + drunken folks speak truth. But if the person who sues to be + admitted, declares solemnly he was never drunk in his life, and it + plainly appears to the society in such case, this rule is dispensed + with, and the person before admission is only bound to converse with + us a month. As soon as we have determined to admit him, he is then + to equip himself with a good mare or gelding, a brace of pistols, + and a gun of the size of this, to lie on the saddle bow. Then he is + sworn upon the horns over the chimney, and having a new name + conferred by the society, is thereby entered upon the roll, and from + that day forward, considered as a lawful member._ + + He went on with abundance more of their wise institutions, which I + think are not of consequence enough to tell you, and shall only + remark one thing more, which is the phrase they make use of in + speaking of one another, viz., _He is a very honest fellow and one + of us._ For you must know it is the first article in their creed + that there's no sin in deer-stealing. + + In the morning, having given my landlady the other crown piece, I + found her temper so much altered for the better, that in my + conscience I believe she was not in the humour to have refused me + anything, no, not even the last favour; and so walking down the yard + and finding my horse in pretty tolerable order, I speeded directly + home, much in amaze at the new people I had discovered. You see I + have taken a great deal of pains in my letter; pray, in return, let + me have as long a one from you, and let me see if all your London + rambles can produce such another adventure. + + I am, yours, etc. + +Before I leave these people, I think it proper to acquaint my readers +that their folly was not to be extinguished by a single execution. There +were a great many young fellows of the same stamp, who were fools enough +to forfeit their lives upon the same occasion. However, the humour did +not run very long, though some of them were impudent enough to murder a +keeper or two afterwards. Yet in the space of a twelvemonth, the whole +nation of Blacks was extinguished, and these country rakes were +contented to play the fool upon easier terms. The last blood that was +shed on either side was that of a keeper's son at Old Windsor, whom some +of these wise people fired at as he looked out of the window, by which +means they drew on their own ruin and that of several numerous families +by which the country was put in such terror that we have heard nothing +of them since, though this Act of Parliament[44] as I shall tell you, +has been by construction extended to some other criminals, who were not +strictly speaking of the same kind as the Waltham Blacks. + +FOOTNOTES: + + [44] The Black Act (9 Geo. I, cap. 2) was repealed so late as 1827. + + + + +The Life of JULIAN, a Black Boy and Incendiary + + +From speaking of artificial blacks, I come now to relate the unhappy +death of one who was naturally of that colour. This poor creature's +Julian. At the time of his execution he seemed to be about sixteen years +of age, he had been stolen while young from his parents at Madras. He +still retained his pagan ignorance both in respect to religion and our +language. + +He was brought over by one Captain Dawes, who presented him to Mrs. +Elizabeth Turner, where he was used with the greatest tenderness and +kindness, she often calling him to dance and sing after his manner +before company; and he himself acknowledged that he had never been so +happy in his life as he was there. Yet, on a sudden, he stole about +twenty or thirty guineas, and then placing a candle under the sheets +left it burning to fire the house, and consume the inhabitants in it. Of +this, upon proof and his own confession made before Sir Francis Forbes +and Mr. Turner, he was convicted. + +While he remained under sentence, he was often heard to mumble in +reproach and revengeful terms to himself. However, before his death he +learned the Lord's Prayer, and when it was demanded whether he would be +a Christian, he assented with great joy, which arose, it seems, from his +having heard the common foolish opinion that when christened Blacks are +to be set free. However, christened he was, and received at his baptism +the name of John. + +The place in which he was confined being very damp, the boy having +nothing to lie on but a coat, caught so great a cold in his limbs that +he almost lost the use of them before his death, and continued in a +state of great pain and weakness; insomuch that when he was told he +must prepare for his execution, he determined with himself to forestall +it, and for that purpose desired one of the prisoners to lend him a +penknife, but the man, it seems, had more grace than to grant his +request, and he ended his life at Tyburn, according to his sentence. + + + + +The Life of ABRAHAM DEVAL, a Lottery Ticket Forger + + +Abraham Deval, who had been a clerk to the Lottery Office, at last took +it into his head to coin tickets for himself, and had such good luck +therein that he at one time counterfeited a certificate for £52 12s. +0d., for seven blank lottery tickets, in the year 1723. Two or three +other facts of the same nature he perpetrated with the like success, but +happening to counterfeit two blank tickets of the lottery in the year in +which he died, they were discovered, and he thereupon apprehended and +tried at the Old Bailey. On the first indictment, for want of evidence +he was acquitted, upon which he behaved himself with great insolence, +lolled out his tongue at the Court, and told them he did not value the +second indictment. But herein he happened to be mistaken, for the jury +found him guilty of that indictment and thereupon he received sentence +of death accordingly. + +Notwithstanding that impudence with which he had treated the Court at +his trial, he complained very loudly of their not showing him favour; +nay, he even pretended that he had not justice done him. This he +grounded upon the score that the ticket he was indicted for was No. 39, +in the 651st course of payment. Now it seems that in searching of his +brother-in-law Parson's room, the original ticket was found, though very +much torn, from whence Deval would have had it taken to be no more than +a duplicate, and much blamed his counsel for not insisting long enough +upon this point, which if he had done, Deval entertained a strong +opinion that he could not have been convicted. + +The apprehension of this and the uneasiness he was under with his irons +made him pass his last moments with great unquietness and discontent. He +said it was against the law to put men in irons, that fettering English +subjects (except they attempted to break prisons) was altogether +illegal. But after having raved at this rate for a small space, when he +found it did him no good, and that there were no hopes of a reprieve, he +even began to settle himself to the performance of those duties which +became a man in his sad condition and when he did apply himself +thereto, nobody could appear to have a juster sense than he of that +miserable and sad condition into which the folly and wickedness of his +life had brought him. + +It is certain the man did not want parts, though sometimes he applied +them to the worst of purposes, and was cursed with an insolent and +overbearing temper which hindered him from being loved or respected +anywhere, and which never did him any service but in the last moments of +his life, where if it had not been for the severity of his behaviour, +Julian, the black boy, would have been very troublesome, both to him and +to the other person who was under sentence at the same time. + +At the place of execution Deval owned the fact, but wished the +spectators to consider whether for all that he was legally convicted, +and so suffered in the thirtieth year of his age. + + + + +The Life of JOSEPH BLAKE, _alias_ BLUESKIN, a Footpad and Highwayman + + +As there is impudence and wickedness enough in the lives of most +malefactors to make persons of a sober education and behaviour wonder at +the depravity of human nature, so there are sometimes superlative rogues +who, in the infamous boldness of their behaviour, as far exceed the +ordinary class of rogues as they do honest people; and whenever such a +monster as this appears in the world, there are enough fools to gape at +him, and to make such a noise and outcry about his conduct as is sure to +invite others of the gang to imitate the obstinacy of his deportment, +through that false love of fame, which seems inherent to human nature. +Amongst the number of these, Joseph Blake, better known by his nickname +of Blueskin, always deserves to be remembered as one who thought +wickedness the greatest achievement, and studiously took the paths of +infamy in order to become famous. + +By birth he was a native of this City of London. His parents being +persons in tolerable circumstances kept him six years at school, where +he did not learn half as much good from his master as he did evil from +his schoolfellow, William Blewitt, from whose lessons he copied so well +that all his education signified nothing. When he came from school he +absolutely refused to go to any employment, but on the contrary set up +for a robber when he was scarce seventeen, but from that time to the day +of his death was unsuccessful in all his undertakings, hardly ever +committing the most trivial fact but he experienced for it, either the +humanity of the mob, or of the keepers of Bridewell, out of which or +some other prison, he could hardly keep his feet for a month together. + +He fell into the gang of Lock, Wilkinson, Carrick[45] Lincoln and Daniel +Carroll, which last having so often been mentioned, perhaps my readers +may be desirous to know what became of him. I shall therefore inform +them that after Carrick and Molony were executed for robbing Mr. Young, +as has been before related, he fled home to his own native country of +Ireland, where for a while making a great figure till he had exhausted +what little wealth he had brought over with him from England, he was +obliged to go again upon the old method to supply him. But +street-robbing being a very new thing at Dublin, it so alarmed that city +that they never ceased pursuing him, and one or two more who joined with +him, till catching them one night at their employment, they pursued +Carrol so closely that he was obliged to come to a close engagement with +a thief-taker, so he was killed upon the spot. + +But to return to Blake, _alias_ Blueskin. Being one night out with his +gang, they robbed one Mr. Clark of eight shillings and a silver hilted +sword, just as candles were going to be lighted, and a woman looking +accidentally out of a window, perceived it, and cried out, _Thieves._ +Wilkinson fired a pistol at her which, very luckily, upon her drawing in +her head, grazed upon the stone of the window, and did no other +mischief. Blake was also in the company of the same gang when they +attacked Captain Langley, at the corner of Hyde Park Road, as he was +going to the Camp[46]; but the Captain behaved himself so well that +notwithstanding they shot several times through and through his coat, +yet they were not able to rob him. + +Not long after this Wilkinson being apprehended impeached a large number +of persons, and with them Joseph Blake and William Lock. Blake hereupon +made a fuller discovery than the other before Justice Blackerby; in +which information there was contained no less than seventy robberies, +upon which he also was admitted a witness. And having named Wilkinson, +Lincoln, Carrick, Carrol, and himself to have been the five persons who +murdered Peter Martin the Chelsea pensioner, by the Park wall, Wilkinson +was apprehended, tried and convicted, notwithstanding the information he +had before given (which was thereby totally set aside); so that Blake +himself became now an evidence against the rest of his companions, and +discovered about a dozen robberies which they had committed. + +Amongst these there was one very remarkable one. Two gentlemen in +hunting caps were together in a chariot on the Hampstead Road, and they +took from them two gold watches, rings, seals and other things to a +considerable value. Junks, _alias_ Levee, laid his pistol down by the +gentleman all the while he searched him, yet he wanted either the +courage or the presence of mind to seize and prevent their losing things +of so great value. Not long after this, Oakey, Junks and this Blake, +stopped a single man with a link before him in Fig Lane; and he not +surrendering so easily as they expected, Junks and Oakey beat him over +the head with their pistols, and then left him wounded in a terrible +condition, taking from him one guinea and one penny. A very short time +after this, Junks, Oakey and Flood were apprehended and executed for +robbing Colonel Cope and Mr. Young of that very watch for which Carrick +and Molony had been before executed, Joseph Blake being the evidence +against them. + +After this hanging work of his companions, he thought himself not only +entitled to liberty but reward. Herein, however, he was mightily +mistaken, for not having surrendered willingly and quietly, but being +taken after long resistance and when he was much wounded, there did not +seem to be the least foundation for this confident demand, he still +remaining a prisoner in the Wood Street Compter, obstinately refusing to +be transported for seven years, but insisting that as he had given +evidence he ought to have his liberty. However, the magistrates were of +another opinion, until at last by procuring two men to be bound for his +good behaviour, he was carried before a wealthy alderman of the City and +there discharged. At which time, somebody there present asking how long +time might be given him before they should see him again at the Old +Bailey, a gentleman made answer in about three sessions, in which time +it seems he guessed very right, for the third session from thence, Blake +was indeed brought to the Bar. + +For no sooner were his feet at liberty but his hands were employed in +robbing, and having picked up Jack Shepherd for a companion, they went +out together to search for prey in the fields. Near the half-way house +to Hampstead they met with one Pargiter, a man pretty much in liquor, +whom immediately Blake knocked down into the ditch, where he must have +inevitably perished if John Shepherd had not kept his head above the mud +with great difficulty. For this fact, the next sessions after it +happened the two brothers Brightwell in the Guards were tried, and if a +number of men had not sworn them to have been upon duty at the time the +robbery was committed, they had certainly been convicted, the evidence +of the prosecutor being direct and full. Through the grief of this the +elder Brightwell died a week after he was released from his confinement, +and so did not live to see his innocence fully cleared by the confession +of Blake. + +A very short space after this, Blake and his companion Shepherd +committed the burglary together in the house of Mr. Kneebone, where +Shepherd getting into the house, let in Blake at the back door and +stripped the house of a considerable value. For this, both Shepherd and +he were apprehended, and the sessions before Blake was convicted his +companion received sentence of death; but at the time Blake was taken +up, he had made his escape out of the condemned hold. + +He behaved with great impudence at his trial, and when he found nothing +would save him, he took the advantage of Jonathan Wild coming to speak +with him, to cut the said Wild's throat, making a large gash from the +ear beyond the windpipe.[47] Of this wound Wild languished a long time, +and happy had it been for him if Blake's wound had proved fatal, for +then Jonathan had escaped death by a more dishonourable wound in the +throat than that of a penknife; but the number of his crimes and the +spleen of his enemies procured him a worse fate. Whatever Wild might +deserve of others, he seems to have merited better usage from this +Blake, for while he continued a prisoner in the Compter, Jonathan was at +the expense of curing his wound, allowing him three shillings and +sixpence a week, and after his last misfortune promised him a good +coffin, actually furnishing him with money to support him in Newgate, +and several good books, if he would have made any use of them; but +because he freely declared to Blueskin that there was no hopes of +getting him transported, the bloody villain determined to take away his +life, and was so far from showing any signs of remorse when he was +brought up again to Newgate, that he declared if he had thought of it +before, he would have provided such a knife as should have cut his head +off. + +At the time that he received sentence there was a woman also condemned, +and they being placed as usual in what is called the Bail Dock at the +Old Bailey, Blake offered such rudeness to the woman that she cried out +and alarmed the whole Bench. All the time he lay under condemnation he +appeared utterly thoughtless and insensible of his approaching fate. +Though from the cutting of Wild's throat, and some other barbarities of +the same nature, he acquired amongst the mob the character of a brave +fellow, yet he was in himself but a mean-spirited timorous wretch, and +never exerted himself but either through fury and despair. His cowardice +appealed manifestly in his behaviour at his death; he wept much at the +chapel in the morning he was to die, and though he drank deeply to drive +away fear, yet at the place of execution he wept again, trembled and +showed all the signs of a timorous confusion, as well he might, who had +lived wickedly and trifled with his repentance to the grave. + +There was nothing in his person extraordinary. A dapper, well-set fellow +of great strength, and great cruelty, equally detested by the sober part +of the world for his audacious wickedness of his behaviour, and despised +by his companions for the villainies he committed even against them. He +was executed in the twenty-eighth year of his age, on the 11th of +November, 1724. + +FOOTNOTES: + + [45] See page 85. + + [46] An encampment was formed in Hyde Park, about 1714. Writing + to Martha Blount, Pope says "The tents are carried there this + morning, new regiments with new clothes and furniture, far + exceeding the late cloth and linen designed by his Grace (the + Duke of Marlborough) for the soldiery." + + [47] See also the Life of Jonathan Wild, subsequently related. + + + + +The Life of the Famous JOHN SHEPHERD, Footpad, Housebreaker and +Prison-breaker + + +Amongst the prodigies of ingenious wickedness and artful mischief which +have surprised the world in our time, perhaps none has made so great a +noise as John Shepherd, the malefactor of whom we are now to speak. His +father's name was Thomas Shepherd, who was by trade a carpenter, and +lived in Spitalfields, a man of an extraordinary good character, and who +took all the care his narrow circumstances would allow, that his family +might be brought up in the fear of God, and in just notions of their +duty towards their neighbour. Yet he was so unhappy in his children that +both his son John and another took to evil courses, and both in their +turns have been convicted at the bar at the Old Bailey. + +After the father's death, his widow did all she could to get this +unfortunate son of hers admitted into Christ's Hospital, but failing of +that, she got him bred up at a school in Bishopsgate Street, where he +learned to read. He might in all probability have got a good education +if he had not been too soon removed, being put out to a trade, viz., +that of a cane-chair-maker, who used him very well, and with whom +probably he might have lived honestly. But his mother dying a short time +afterwards, he was put to another, a much younger man, who used him so +harshly that in a little time he ran away from him, and was put to +another master, one Mr. Wood in Wych Street. From his kindness and that +of Mr. Kneebone (whom he robbed) he was taught to write and had many +other favours done by that gentleman whom he so ungratefully treated. +But good usage or bad, it was grown all alike to him now; he had given +himself up to all the sensual pleasures of low life. Drinking all day, +and getting to some impudent and notorious strumpet at night, was the +whole course of his life for a considerable space, without the least +reflection on what a miserable fate it might bring upon him here, much +less the judgment that might be passed upon him hereafter. + +Amongst the chief of his mistresses there was one Elizabeth Lion, +commonly called Edgeworth Bess, the impudence of whose behaviour was +shocking even to the greatest part of Shepherd's companions, but it +charmed him so much that he suffered her for a while to direct him in +every thing, and she was the first who engaged him in taking base +methods to obtain money wherewith to purchase baser pleasures. This Lion +was a large masculine woman, and Shepherd a very little slight-limbed +lad, so that whenever he had been drinking and came to her quarrelsome, +Bess often beat him into better temper, though Shepherd upon other +occasions manifested his wanting neither courage nor strength. Repeated +quarrels, however, between Shepherd and his mistress, as it does often +with people of better rank, created such coldness that they spoke not +together sometimes for a month. But our robber could not be so long +without some fair one to take up his time, and drive his thoughts from +the consideration of his crimes and the punishment which might one day +befall them. + +The creature he picked out to supply the place of Betty Lion was one +Mrs. Maggott, a woman somewhat less boisterous in her temper, but full +as wicked. She had a very great contempt for Shepherd, and only made use +of him to go and steal money, or what might yield money, for her to +spend in company that she liked better. One night when Shepherd came to +her and told her he had pawned the last thing he had for half a crown, +_Prithee_, says she, _don't tell me such melancholy stories but think +how you may get more money. I have been in Whitehorse Yard this +afternoon. There's a piece-broker there worth a great deal of money; he +keeps his cash in a drawer under the counter, and there's abundance of +good things in his shop that would be fit for me to wear. A word, you +know, to the wise is enough, let me see now how soon you'll put me in +possession of them._ This had the effect she desired; Shepherd left her +about one o'clock in the morning, went to the house she talked of, took +up the cellar window bars, and from thence entered the shop, which he +plundered of money and goods, to the amount of £22. He brought it to his +doxy the same day before she was stirring, who thereupon appeared very +satisfied with his diligence, and helped him in a short time to squander +what he had so dearly earned. + +However, he still retained some affection for his old favourite, Bess +Lion, who being taken up for some of her tricks, was committed to St. +Giles's Round-house. Shepherd going to see her there, broke the doors +open, beat the keeper, and like a true knight-errant, set his distressed +paramour at liberty. This heroic act got him so much reputation amongst +the fair ladies in Drury Lane that there was nobody of his profession so +much esteemed by them as John Shepherd, with his brother Thomas, who had +taken to the same trade. Observing and being in himself in tolerable +estimation with that debauched part of the sex, he importuned some of +them to speak to his brother John to lend him a little money, and for +the future to allow him to go out robbing with him. To both these +propositions Jack (being a kind brother as he himself said) consented at +the first word, and from thence forward the two brothers were always of +one party: Jack having, as he impudently phrased it, lent him forty +shillings to put himself in a proper plight, and soon after their being +together having broke open an alehouse, where they got a tolerable +booty, in a high fit of generosity, John presented it all to his +brother, as, soon after, he did clothes to a very considerable extent, +so that the young man might not appear among the damsels of Drury +unbecoming Mr. Shepherd's brother. + +About three weeks after their coming together, they broke open a +linen-draper's shop, near Clare Market, where the brothers made good use +of their time; for they were not in the house above a quarter of an hour +before they made a shift to strip it of £50. But the younger brother +acting imprudently in disposing of some of the goods, he was detected +and apprehended, upon which the first thing he did was to make a full +discovery to impeach his brother and as many of his confederates as he +could. Jack was very quickly apprehended upon his brother's information, +and was committed by Justice Parry to the Round-house, for further +examination. But instead of waiting for that, Jack began to examine as +well as he could the strength of the place of his confinement, which +being much too weak for a fellow of his capacity, he marched off before +night, and committed a robbery into the bargain, but vowed to be +revenged on Tom who had so basely behaved himself (as Jack phrased it) +towards so good a brother. However, that information going off, Jack +went on in his old way as usual. + +One day in May he and F. Benson being in Leicester Fields, Benson +attempted to get a gentleman's watch, but missing his pull, the +gentleman perceived it and raised a mob. Shepherd passing briskly to +save his companion, was apprehended in his stead, and being carried +before Justice Walters, was committed to New Prison, where the first +sight he saw was his old companion, Bess Lion, who had found her way +thither upon a like errand. Jack, who now saw himself beset with danger, +began to exert all his little cunning, which was indeed his masterpiece. +For this purpose he applied first to Benson's friends, who were in good +circumstances, hoping by their mediation to make the matter up, but in +this he miscarried. Then he attempted a slight information, but the +Justice to whom he sent it, perceiving how trivial a thing it was, and +guessing well at the drift thereof, refused it. Whereupon Shepherd, when +driven to his last shift, communicated his resolution to Bess Lion. They +laid their heads together the fore part of the night, and then went to +work to break out, which they effected by force, and got safe off to one +of Bess Lion's old lodgings, where she kept him secret for some time, +frightening him with stories of great searches being made after him, in +order to detain him from conversing with any other woman. + +But Jack being not naturally timorous, and having a strong inclination +to be out again in his old way with his companions, it was not long +before he gave her the slip, and lodged himself with another of his +female acquaintances, in a little by-court near the Strand. Here one +Charles Grace desired to become an associate with him. Jack was very +ready to take any young fellow in as a partner of his villainies, and +Grace told him that his reason for doing such things was to keep a +beautiful woman without the knowledge of his relations. Shepherd and he +therefore getting into the acquaintance of one Anthony Lamb, an +apprentice of Mr. Carter, near St. Clement's Church, they inveigled the +young man to consent to let them in to rob his master's house. He +accordingly performed it, and they took from Mr. Barton, who lodged +there, to a very considerable value. But Grace and Shepherd quarrelling +about the division, Shepherd wounded Grace in a violent manner, and on +this quarrel betraying one another, they were all taken, Shepherd only +escaping. But the misfortune of poor Lamb who had been drawn in, being +so very young, so far prevailed upon several gentlemen who knew him, +that they not only prevailed to have his sentence mitigated to +transportation, but also furnished him with all necessaries, and +procured an order that on his arrival there he should not be sold as the +other felons were, but that he should be left at liberty to provide for +himself as well as he could. + +It seems that Shepherd's gang (which consisted of himself, his brother +Tom, Joseph Blake, _alias_ Blueskin, Charles Grace, James Sikes, to +whose name his companions tacked their two favourite syllables, Hell and +Fury) not knowing how to dispose of the goods they had taken, made use +of one William Field for that purpose, who Shepherd in his ludicrous +style, used to characterise thus: that he was a fellow wicked enough to +do anything, but his want of courage permitted him to do nothing but +carry on the trade he did, which was that of selling stolen goods when +put into his hands. + +But Blake and Shepherd finding Field somewhat dilatory, not thinking it +always safe to trust him, they resolved to hire a warehouse and lodge +their goods there, which accordingly they did, near the Horseferry in +Westminster. There they placed what they had taken out of Mr. Kneebones' +house, and the goods made a great show there, whence the people in the +neighbourhood really took them for honest persons, who had so great a +wholesale business on their hands as occasioned their taking a place +where they by convenient for the water. + +Field, however, importuned them (having got scent they had such a +warehouse) that he might go and see the goods, pretending that he had it +just now in his power to sell them at a very great price. They +accordingly carried him thither and showed him the things. Two or three +days afterwards, though he had not courage enough to rob anybody else, +Field ventured to break open the warehouse, and took every rag that had +been lodged there; and not long after, Shepherd was apprehended for the +fact and tried at the next sessions of the Old Bailey. + +His appearance there was very mean, and all the defence he offered to +make was that Jonathan Wild had helped to dispose of part of the goods +and he thought it was very hard that he should not share in the +punishment. The Court took little notice of so insignificant a plea and +sentence being passed upon him, he hardly made a sensible petition for +the favour of the Court in the report, but behaved throughout as a +person either stupid or foolish, so far was he from appearing in any +degree likely to make the noise he afterwards did. + +When put into the condemned hold, he prevailed upon one Fowls, who was +also under sentence, to lift him up to the iron spikes placed over the +door which looks into the lodge. A woman of large make attending +without, and two others standing behind her in riding hoods, Jack no +sooner got his head and shoulders through between the iron spikes, than +by a sudden spring his body followed with ease, and the women taking him +down gently, he was without suspicion of the keepers (although some of +them were drinking at the upper end of the lodge) conveyed safely out of +the lodge door, and getting a hackney coach went clear off before there +was the least notice of his escape, which, when it was known, very much +surprised the keepers, who never dreamt of an attempt of that kind +before. + +As soon as John breathed the fresh air, he went again briskly to his old +employment, and the first thing he did was to find out one Page, a +butcher of his acquaintance in Clare Market, who dressed him up in one +of his frocks, and then went with him upon the business of raising +money. No sooner had they set out, but Shepherd remembering one Mr. +Martin, a watchmaker near the Castle Tavern in Fleet Street, he +prevailed upon his companion to go thither, and screwing a gimlet fast +into the post of the door, they then tied the knocker thereto with a +spring, and then boldly breaking the windows, they snatched three +watches before a boy that was in the shop could open the door, and so +marched clear off, Shepherd having the impudence, upon this occasion, to +pass underneath Newgate. + +However, he did not long enjoy his liberty, for strolling about Finchley +Common, he was apprehended and committed to Newgate, and was put +immediately in the Stone Room, where they put him on a heavy pair of +irons, and then stapled him fast down to the floor. Being left there +alone in the sessions time (most of the people in the gaol then +attending at the Old Bailey) with a crooked nail he opened the lock, and +by that means got rid of his chain, and went directly to the chimney in +the room, where with incessant working he got out a couple of stones and +by that means climbed up into a room called the Red Room, where nobody +had been lodged for a considerable time. Here he threw down a door, +which one would have thought impossible to have been done by the +strength of man (though with ever so much noise); from hence with a +great deal to do, he forced his passage into the chapel. There he broke +a spike off the door, forcing open by its help four other doors. Getting +at last upon the leads, he from thence descended gently (by the help of +the blanket on which he lay, for which he went back through the whole +prison) upon the leads of Mr. Bird, a turner who lives next door to +Newgate; and looking in at the garret window, he saw the maid going to +bed. As soon as he thought she was asleep, he stepped downstairs, went +through the shop, opened the door, then into the street, leaving the +door open behind him. + +In the morning, when the keepers were in search after him, hearing of +this circumstance by the watchman, they were then perfectly satisfied of +the method by which he went off. However, they were obliged to publish +a reward and make the strictest enquiry after him, some foolish people +having propagated a report that he had not got out without connivance. +In the meanwhile, Shepherd found it a very difficult thing to get rid of +his irons, being obliged to lurk about and lie hid near a village not +far from town, until with much ado he fell upon a method of procuring a +hammer and taking his irons off. + +[Illustration: JACK SHEPPARD IN THE STONE ROOM IN NEWGATE + +_(From the Annals of Newgate)_] + +He was no sooner freed from the encumbrance that remained upon him, than +he came secretly into the town that night, and robbed Mr. Rawlin's +house, a pawnbroker in Drury Lane. Here he got a very large booty, and +amongst other things a very handsome black suit of clothes and a gold +watch. Being dressed in this manner he carried the rest of the goods and +valuable effects to two women, one of whom was a poor young creature +whom Shepherd had seduced, and who was imprisoned on this account. No +sooner had she taken care of the booty but he went among his old +companions, pickpockets and whores in Drury Lane and Clare Market. There +being accidentally espied fuddling at a little brandy-shop, by a boy +belonging to an alehouse, who knew him very well, the lad immediately +gave information upon which he was apprehended, and reconducted, with a +vast mob, to his old mansion house of Newgate, being so much intoxicated +with liquor that he was hardly sensible of his miserable fate. However, +they took effectual care to prevent a third escape, never suffering him +to be alone a moment, which, as it put the keepers to a great expense, +they took care to pay themselves with the money they took of all who +came to see him. + +In this last confinement it was that Mr. Shepherd and his adventures +became the sole topic of conversation about town. Numbers flocked daily +to behold him, and far from being displeased at being made a spectacle +of, he entertained all who came with the greatest gaiety that could be. +He acquainted them with all his adventures, related each of his +robberies in the most ludicrous manner, and endeavoured to set off every +circumstance of his flagitious life as well as his capacity would give +him leave, which, to say truth, was excellent at cunning, and +buffoonery, and nothing else. + +Nor were the crowds that thronged to Newgate on this occasion made up of +the dregs of the people only, for then there would have been no wonder; +but instead of that they were persons of the first distinction, and not +a few even dignified with titles.[48] 'Tis certain that the noise made +about him, and this curiosity of persons of so high a rank, was a very +great misfortune to the poor wretch himself, who from these +circumstances began to conceive grand ideas of himself, as well as +strong hopes of pardon, which encouraged him to play over all his airs +and divert as many as thought it worth their while by their presence to +prevent a dying man from considering his latter end, who instead of +repenting of his crimes, gloried in rehearsing them. + +Yet when Shepherd came up to chapel, it was observed that all his gaiety +was laid aside, and he both heard and assisted with great attention at +Divine Service, though upon other occasions he avoided religious +discourse as much as he could; and depending upon the petitions he had +made to several noblemen to intercede with the king for mercy, he seemed +rather to aim at diverting his time until he received a pardon, than to +improve the few days he had to prepare himself for his last. + +On the 10th of November, 1724, he was by _Certiorari_ removed to the bar +of the Court of King's Bench, at Westminster. An affidavit being made +that he was the same John Shepherd mentioned in the record of conviction +before him, Mr. Justice Powis awarded judgment against him, and a rule +was made for his execution on the 16th. + +Such was the unaccountable fondness this criminal had for life, and so +unwilling was he to lose all hopes of preserving it, that he framed in +his mind resolutions of cutting the rope when he should be bound in the +cart, thinking thereby to get amongst the crowd, and so into Lincoln's +Inn Fields, and from thence to the Thames. For this purpose he had +provided a knife, which was with great difficulty taken from him by Mr. +Watson, who was to attend him to death. Nay, his hopes were carried even +beyond hanging, for when he spoke to a person to whom he gave what money +he had remaining out of the large presents he had received from those +who came to divert themselves at Shepherd's Show, or Newgate Fair, he +most earnestly entreated him that as soon as possible his body might be +taken out of the hearse which was provided for him, put into a warm bed, +and if it were possible, some blood taken from him, for he was in great +hopes that he might be brought to life again; but if he was not, he +desired him to defray the expenses of his funeral, and return the +overplus to his poor mother. Then he resumed his usual discourse about +his robberies and in the last moments of his life endeavoured to divert +himself from the thoughts of death. Yet so uncertain and various was he +in his behaviour that he told one whom he had a great desire to see on +the morning that he died, that he had then a satisfaction at his heart, +as if he were going to enjoy two hundred pounds _per annum_. + +At the place of execution, to which he was conveyed in a cart, with iron +handcuffs on, he behaved himself very gravely, confessing his robbery of +Mr. Philips and Mrs. Cook, but denied that he and Joseph Blake had +William Field in their company when they broke open the house of Mr. +Kneebone. After this he submitted to his fate on the 16th of November, +1724, much pitied by the mob.[49] + +FOOTNOTES: + + [48] While in Newgate he sat for his portrait to Sir James Thornhill. + + [49] Over 200,000 persons witnessed his execution at Tyburn, + and a riot which broke out concerning the disposal of his corpse + was quelled by soldiers with fixed bayonets. + + + + +The Life of LEWIS HOUSSART, the French Barber, a Murderer + + +As there is not any crime more shocking to human nature or more contrary +to all laws human and divine than murder, so perhaps there has been few +committed in these last years accompanied with more odd circumstances +than that for which this criminal suffered. + +Lewis Houssart was born at Sedan, a town in Champaigne in the kingdom of +France. His own paper says that he was bred a surgeon and qualified for +that business. However that were, he was here no better than a penny +barber, only that he let blood, and thereby got a little and not much +money. As to the other circumstances of his life, my memoirs are not +full enough to assist me in speaking thereto. All I can say of him is +that while his wife, Anne Rondeau, was living, he married another woman, +and the night of the marriage before sitting down to supper, he went out +a little space. During the interval between that and his coming in, it +was judged from the circumstances that I shall mention hereafter, that +he cut the throat of the poor woman who was his first wife, with a +razor. For this being apprehended he was tried at the Old Bailey, but +for want of proof sufficient was acquitted. + +Not long after he was indicted for bigamy, i.e., for marrying his second +wife, his first having been yet alive. Scarce making any defence upon +this indictment he was found guilty. He said thereupon, it was no more +than he expected, and that he did not trouble himself to preserve so +much as his reputation in this respect; for in the first place he knew +they were resolved to convict him, and in the next, he said, where there +was no fault, there was no shame; that his first wife was a Socinian, an +irrational creature, and was entitled to the advantages of no nation nor +people because she was no Christian, and accordingly the Scripture says, +with such a one have no conversation, no, not so much as to eat with +them. But an appeal was lodged against him by Solomon Rondeau, brother +and heir to Anne his wife, yet that appearing to be defective, it was +quashed, and he charged upon another, whereunto joining issue upon six +points they came to be tried at the Old Bailey, where the following +circumstances appeared upon the trial. + +First, that at the time he was at supper at his new wife's house, he +started on a sudden, looked aghast and seemed to be very much +frightened. A little boy deposed that the prisoner gave him money to go +to his own house in a little court, and fetch the mother of the deceased +Anne Rondeau to a gentleman who would be at such a place and wait for +her. When the mother returned from that place and found nobody wanting +her, or that had wanted her, she was very much out of humour at the +boy's calling her; but that quickly gave way to the surprise of finding +her daughter murdered as soon as she entered the room. This boy who +called her was very young, yet out of the number of persons who were in +Newgate he singled out Lewis Houssart, and declared that he was the only +man among them who gave him money to go on the errant for old Mistress +Rondeau. + +Upon this and several other corroborating proofs, the jury found him +guilty, upon which he arraigned the justice of a Court which hitherto +had been preserved without a taint, declaring that he was innocent, and +that they might punish if they would, but they could not make him +guilty, and much more to the like effect; but the Court were not +troubled with that, so he scarce endeavoured to make any other defence. + +While in the condemned hold amongst the rest of the criminals, he +behaved himself in a very odd manner, insisted upon it that he was +innocent of the fact laid to his charge, threw out most opprobious +language against the Court that condemned him, and when he was advised +to lay aside such heats of passionate expressions, he said he was sorry +he did not more fully expose British justice upon the spot at the Old +Bailey, and that now since they had tied up his hands from acting, he +would at least have satisfaction in saying what he pleased. + +When this Houssart was first apprehended he appeared to be very much +affected with his condition, was continually reading good books, praying +and meditating, and showing the utmost signs of a heart full of concern, +and under the greatest emotions, but after he had once been convicted, +it made a thorough change in his temper. He quite laid aside all the +former gravity of his temper and gave way, in the contrary, to a very +extraordinary spirit of obstinacy and unbelief. He puzzled himself +continually, and if Mr. Deval, who was then under sentence, would have +given leave, attempted to puzzle him too, as to the doctrines of a +future state, and an identical resurrection of the body. He said he +could not be persuaded of the truth thereof in a literal sense; that +when the individual frame of flesh which he bore about him was once +dead, and from being flesh became again clay, he did not either conceive +or believe that it, after lying in the earth, or disposed of otherwise +perhaps for the space of a thousand years, should at the last day be +reanimated by the soul which possessed it now, and become answerable +even to eternal punishment for crimes committed so long ago. It was, he +said, also little agreeable to the notions he entertained of the +infinite mercy of God, and therefore he chose rather to look upon such +doctrines as errors received from education, than torment and afflict +himself with the terrors which must arise from such a belief. But after +he had once answered as well as he could these objections, Mr. Deval +refused to harken a second time to any such discourses and was obliged +to have recourse to harsh language to oblige him to desist. + +In the meanwhile his brother came over from Holland, on the news of this +dreadful misfortune, and went to make him a visit in the place of his +confinement while under condemnation, going to condole with him on the +heavy weight of his misfortunes. Upon which, instead of receiving the +kindness of his brother in the manner it deserved, Houssart began to +make light of the affair, and treated the death of his wife and his own +confinement in such a manner that his brother leaving him abruptly, went +back to Holland more shocked at the brutality of his behaviour than +grieved for the misfortune which had befallen him. + +It being a considerable space of time that Houssart lay in confinement +in Newgate and even in the condemned hold, he had there, of course, +abundance of companions. But of them all he affected none so much as +John Shepherd, with whom he had abundance of merry and even loose +discourse. Once particularly, when the sparks flew very quickly out of +the charcoal fire, he said to Shepherd, _See, see! I wish these were so +many bullets that might beat the prison down about our ears, and then I +might die like Sampson._ + +It was near a month before he was called up to receive sentence, after +which he made no scruple of saying that since they had found him guilty +of throat-cutting, they should not lie, he would verify their judgment +by cutting his own throat. Upon which, when some who were in the same +sad state with himself, pointed out to him how great a crime self-murder +was, he immediately made answer that he was satisfied it was no crime at +all; and upon this he fell to arguing in favour of the mortality of the +soul, as if certain that it died with the body, endeavouring to cover +his opinions with false glosses on that text in Genesis where it is +said, that God breathed into man a living soul. From hence he would have +inferred that when a man ceased to live, he totally lost that soul, and +when it was asked of him where then it went, he said, he did not know, +nor did it concern him much. + +The standers-by, who notwithstanding their profligate course of life had +a natural abhorrence of this theoretical impiety, reproved him in very +sharp terms for making use of such expression, upon which he replied, +_Ay! would you have me believe all the strange notions that are taught +by the parsons? That the devil is a real thing? That our good God +punishes souls for ever and ever? That Hell is full of flames from +material fire, and that this body of mine shall feel it? Well, you may +believe it if you please, but it is so with me that I cannot._ + +Sometimes, however, he would lay aside these sceptical opinions for a +time, talk in another strain, and appear mightily concerned at the +misfortunes he had drawn upon his second wife and child. He would then +speak of Providence, and the decrees of God with much seeming +submission, would own that he had been guilty of many and grievous +offences, say that the punishment of God was just, and desire the +prayers of the minister of the place, and those that were about him. + +When he reflected on the grief it would give his father, near ninety +years old, to hear of his misfortunes and that his son should be +shamefully executed for the murder of his wife, he was seen to shed +tears and to appear very much affected; but as soon as these thoughts +were a little out of his head, he resumed his former temper and was +continually asking questions in relation to the truth of the Gospel +dispensation, and the doctrines therein taught of rewards and +punishments after this life. + +Being a Frenchman and not perfectly versed in our language, a minister +of the Reformed Church of that nation was prevailed upon to attend him. +Houssart received him with tolerable civility, seemed pleased that he +should pray by him, but industriously waved aside all discourses of his +guilt, and even fell out into violent passions if confession was pressed +upon him as a duty. In this strange way he consumed the time allowed him +to prepare for another world. + +The day before his execution he appeared more than ordinarily attentive +at the public devotions in the chapel. A sermon was then made with +particular regard to that fact for which he was to die; he heard that +also seemingly with much care, but when he was asked immediately after +to unburden his conscience in respect of the death of his wife, he not +only refused it, but also expressed a great indignation that he should +be tormented as he called it, to confess a thing of which he was not +guilty. + +In the evening of that day the foreign minister and he whose duty it was +to attend him, both waited upon him at night in order to discourse with +him on those strange notions he had of the mortality of the soul, and a +total cessation of being after this life. But when they came to speak to +him to this purpose, he said they might spare themselves any arguments +upon that head, for he believed a God and a resurrection as firmly as +they did. They then discoursed to him of the nature of a sufficient +repentance, and of the duty incumbent upon him to confess that great +crime for which he was condemned, and thereby give glory unto God. He +fell at this into his old temper, and said with some passion, _If you +will pray with me, I'll thank you, and pray with you as long as you +please; but if you come only to torture me with my guilt, I desire you +would let me alone altogether._ + +His lawyers having pretty well instructed him in the nature of an +appeal, and he coming thereby to know that he was now under sentence of +death, at the suit of the subject and not of the King, he was very +assiduous to learn where it was he was to apply for a reprieve; but +finding it was the relations of his deceased wife from whom he was to +expect it, he laid aside all those hopes, as conceiving it rightly a +thing impossible to prevail upon people to spare his life, who had +almost undone themselves in prosecuting him. + +In the morning of the day of execution he was very much disturbed at +being refused the Sacrament, which as the minister told him, could not +be given him by the canon without his confession. Yet this did not +prevail; he said he would die without receiving it, as he had before +answered a French minister, who said, _Lewis Houssart, since you are +condemned on full evidence, and I see no reason but to believe you +guilty, I must, as a just pastor, inform you that if you persist in this +denial, and die without confession, you can look for nothing but to be +d----;_ to which Houssart replied, _You must look for damnation to +yourself for judging me guilty, when you know nothing of the matter._ + +This confused frame of mind he continued in until he entered the cart +for his execution, persisting in a like declaration of innocence all the +way he went, though sometimes intermixed with short prayers to God to +forgive his manifold sins and offences. + +At the place of execution he turned very pale and grew very sick. The +ministers told him they would not pray by him unless he would confess +the murder for which he died. He said he was very sorry for that, but +if they would not pray by him he could not help it, he would not confess +what he was totally ignorant of. Even at the moment of being tied up he +persisted and when such exhortations were again repeated, he said: _Pray +do not torment me, pray cease troubling me. I tell you I will not make +myself worse than I am._ And so saying, he gave up the ghost without any +private prayer when left alone or calling upon God or Christ to receive +his spirit. He delivered to the minister of Newgate, however, a paper, +the copy which follows, from whence my readers will receive a more exact +idea of the man from this, his draught of himself, than from any picture +I can draw. + + The Paper delivered by Lewis Houssart at his death. + + I, Lewis Houssart, am forty years old, and was born in Sedan, a town + in Champaigne, near Boullonois. I have left France above fourteen + years. I was apprentice to a surgeon at Amsterdam, and after + examination was allowed by the college to be qualified for that + business, so that I intended to go on board a ship as surgeon, but I + could never have my health at sea. I dwelt sometime at Mæstricht, in + the Dutch Brabant, where my aged father and brother now dwell. I + travelled through Holland and was in almost every town. My two + sisters are in France and also many of my relations, for the earth + has scarce any family more numerous than ours. Seven or eight years + have I been in London, and here I met with Anne Rondeau, who was + born at the same village with me, and therefore I loved her. After I + had left her, she wrote to me, and said she would reveal a secret. I + promised her to be secret, and she told me she had not been chaste, + and the consequence of it was upon her, upon which I gave her my + best help and assistance. Since she is dead I hope her soul is + happy. + + Lewis Houssart + + + + +The Life of CHARLES TOWERS, a Minter in Wapping + + +Notwithstanding it must be apparent, even to a very ordinary +understanding, that the Law must be executed both in civil and criminal +cases, and that without such execution those who live under its +protection would be very unsafe, yet it happens so that those who feel +the smart of its judgment (though drawn upon them by their own misdeeds, +follies or misfortunes which the Law of man cannot remedy or prevent) +are always clamouring against its supposed severity, and making dreadful +complaints of the hardships they from thence sustain. This disposition +hath engaged numbers under these unhappy circumstances to attempt +screening themselves from the rigour of the laws by sheltering in +certain places, where by virtue of their own authority, or rather +necessities, they set up a right of exemption and endeavour to establish +a power of preserving those who live within certain limits from being +prosecuted according to the usual course of the Law. + +Anciently, indeed, there were several sanctuaries which depended on the +Roman Catholic religion, and which were, of course, destroyed when +popery was done away by Law. However, those who had sheltered themselves +in them kept up such exemption, and by force withstood whatever civil +officers attempted to execute process for debt, and that so vigorously +that at length they seemed to have established by prescription what was +directly against Law. These pretended privileged places increased at +last to such an extent that in the ninth year of King William, the +legislature was obliged to make provision by a clause in an Act of +Parliament, requiring the sheriffs of London, Middlesex, and Surrey, the +head bailiff of the Dutchy Liberty, or the bailiff of Surrey, under the +penalty of one hundred pounds, to execute with the assistance of the +_posse comitatus_ any writ or warrant directed to them for seizing any +person within any pretended privilege place such as Whitefriars, the +Savoy, Salisbury Court, Ram Alley, Mitre Court, Fuller's Rents, +Baldwin's Gardens, Montague Close or the Minories, Mint, Clink, or Dead +Man's Place.[50] At the same time they ordered the assistance for +executing the Law, of any who obey the sheriff or other person or +persons in such places as aforesaid, with very great penalties upon +persons who attempt to rescue persons from the hands of justice in such +place. + +This law had a very good effect with respect to all places excepting +those within the jurisdiction of the Mint, though not without some +struggle. There, however, they still continued to keep up those +privileges they had assumed, and accordingly did maintain them by so far +misusing persons who attempted to execute processes amongst them, by +ducking them in ditches, dragging them through privies or "lay stalls," +accompanied by a number of people dressed up in frightful habits, who +were summoned upon blowing a horn. All which at last became so very +great a grievance that the legislature was again forced to interpose, +and by an act of the 9th of the late King, the Mint, as it was commonly +called, situated in the parish of St. George's, Southwark, in the county +of Surrey, was taken away, and the punishment of transportation, and +even death, inflicted upon such who should persist in maintaining there +pretended privileges. + +Yet so far did the Government extend its mercy, as to suffer all those +who at the time of passing the Act were actually shelterers in the Mint +(provided that they made a just discovery of their effects) to be +discharged from any imprisonment of their persons for any debts +contracted before that time. By this Act of Parliament, the privilege of +the Mint was totally taken away and destroyed. + +The persons who had so many years supported themselves therein were +dissipated and dispersed. But many of them got again into debt, and +associating themselves with other persons in the same condition, with +unparalleled impudence they attempted to set up (towards Wapping) a new +privileged jurisdiction under the title of the Seven Cities of Refuge. +In this attempt they were much furthered and directed by one Major +Santloe, formerly a Justice of Peace, but being turned out of +commission, he came first a shelterer here, and afterwards a prisoner in +the Fleet. These people made an addition to these laws which had +formerly been established in such illegal sanctuaries, for they provided +large books in which they entered the names of persons who entered into +their association, swearing to defend one another against all bailiffs +and such like. In consequence of which, they very often rescued +prisoners out of custody, or even entered the houses of officers for +that purposes. Amongst the number of these unhappy people, who by +protecting themselves against the lesser judgments of the Law involved +themselves in greater difficulties, and at last drew on the greatest and +most heavy sentence which it could pronounce, was him we now speak of. + +Charles Towers was a person whose circumstances had been bad for many +years, and in order to retrieve them he had turned gamester. For a +guinea or two, it seems, he engaged for the payment of a very +considerable debt for a friend, who not paying it at his time, Towers +was obliged to fly for shelter into the Old Mint, then in being. He went +into the New, which was just then setting up, and where the Shelterers +took upon them to act more licentiously and with greater outrages +towards officers of Justice than the people in any other places had +done. Particularly they erected a tribunal on which a person chosen for +that purpose sat as a judge with great state and solemnity. When any +bailiff had attempted to arrest persons within the limits which they +assumed for their jurisdiction, he was seized immediately by a mob of +their own people, and hurried before the judge of their own choosing. +There a sort of charge or indictment was preferred against him, for +attempting to disturb the peace of the Shelterers within the +jurisdiction of the Seven Cities of Refuge. Then they examined certain +witnesses to prove this, and thereupon pretending to convict such +bailiff as a criminal, he was sentenced by their judge aforesaid to be +whipped or otherwise punished as he thought fit, which was executed +frequently in the most cruel and barbarous manner, by dragging him +through ditches and other nasty places, tearing his clothes off his +back, and even endangering his life. + +One West, who had got amongst them, being arrested by John Errington, +who carried him to his house by Wapping Wall, the Shelterers in the New +Mint no sooner heard thereof, but assembling on a Sunday morning in a +great number, with guns, swords, staves, and other offensive weapons, +they went to the house of the said John Errington, and there terrifying +and affrighting the persons in the house rescued John West, pursuant, as +they said, to their oaths, he being registered as a protected person in +their books of the Seven Cities of Refuge. In this expedition Charles +Towers was very forward, being dressed with only a blue pea-jacket, +without hat, wig or shirt, with a large stick like a quarter-staff in +his hand, his face and breast being so blackened that it appeared to be +done with soot and grease, contrary to the Statute made against those +called The Waltham Blacks, and done after the first day of June, 1723, +when that Statute took place. + +Upon an indictment for this, the fact being very fully and dearly +proved, notwithstanding his defence, which was that he was no more +disguised than his necessity obliged him to be, not having wherewith to +provide himself clothes, and his face perhaps dirty and daubed with mud, +the jury found him guilty, and he thereupon received sentence of death. + +Before the execution of that sentence, he insisted strenuously on his +innocence as to the point on which he was found guilty and condemned, +viz., having his face blacked and disguised within the intent and +meaning of the Statute, but he readily acknowledged that he had been +often present and assisted at such mock courts of justice as were held +in the New Mint, though he absolutely denied sitting as judge when one +Mr. Westwood, a bailiff, was most abominably abused by an order of that +pretended court. He seemed fully sensible of the ills and injuries he +had committed by being concerned amongst such people, but often said +that he thought the bailiffs had sufficiently revenged themselves by the +cruel treatment they had used the riotous persons with, when they fell +within their power, particularly since they hacked and chopped a +carpenter's right arm in such a manner that it was obliged to be cut +off; had abused others in so terrible a degree that they were not able +to work, or do anything for their living. He himself had received +several large cuts over the head, which though received six weeks +before, yet were in a very bad condition at the time of his death. + +As to disguises, he constantly averred they were never practised in the +New Mint. He owned they had had some masquerades amongst them, to which +himself amongst others had gone in the dress of a miller, and his face +all covered with white, but as to any blacking or other means to prevent +his face being known when he rescued West he had none, but on the +contrary was in his usual habit as all the rest were that accompanied +him. He framed as well as he could a petition for mercy, setting forth +the circumstances of the thing, and the hardship he conceived it to be +to suffer upon the bare construction of an Act of Parliament. He set +forth likewise, the miserable condition of his wife and two children +already, she being also big of a third. This petition she presented to +his Majesty at the Council Chamber door, but the necessity there was of +preventing such combinations for obstructing justice, rendered it of no +effect. Upon her return, and Towers being acquainted with the result, he +said he was contented, that he went willingly into a land of quiet from +a world so troublesome and so tormenting as this had been to him. Then +he kneeled down and prayed with great fervency and devotion, after which +he appeared very composed and showed no rage against the prosecutor and +witnesses who had brought on his death, as is too often the case with +men in his miserable condition. + +On the day appointed for his execution, he was carried in a cart to a +gallows whereon he was to suffer in Wapping, the crowd, as is not common +on such occasions, lamenting him, and pouring down showers of tears, he +himself behaving with great calmness and intrepidity. After prayers had +been said, he stood up in the cart, and turning towards the people, +professed his innocence in being in a disguise at the time of rescuing +Mr. West, and with the strongest asserverations said that it was Captain +Buckland and not himself who sat as judge upon Mr. Jones the bailiff, +though, as he complained, he had been ill-used while he remained a +prisoner upon that score. To this he added that for the robberies and +thefts with which he was charged, they were falsities, as he was a dying +man. Money indeed, be said, might be shaken out of the breeches pocket +of the bailiff when he was ditched, but that whether it was or was not +so, he was no judge, for he never saw any of it. That as to any design +of breaking open Sir Isaac Tilliard's house, he was innocent of that +also. In fine, he owned that the judgment of God was exceeding just for +the many offences he committed, but that the sentence of the Law was too +severe, because, as he understood it, he had done nothing culpable +within the intent of the Statute on which he died. After this, he +inveighed for some time against bailiffs, and then crying with vehemency +to God to receive his spirit, he gave up the ghost on the 4th of +January, 1724-5. + +However the death of Towers might prevent people committing such acts as +breaking open the houses of bailiffs, and setting prisoners at liberty, +yet it did not quite stifle or destroy those attempts which necessitous +people made for screening themselves from public justice, insomuch that +the Government were obliged at last to cause a Bill to be brought into +Parliament for the preventing such attempts for the future, whereupon in +the 11th year of the late King, it passed into a law to this effect: + +That if any number of persons not less than three, associate themselves +together in the hamlet of Wapping, Stepney, or in any other place within +the bills of mortality, in order to shelter themselves from their debts, +after complaint made thereof by presentment of a grand jury, and should +obstruct any officer legally empowered and authorised in the execution +of any writ or warrant against any person whatsoever, and in such +obstructing or hindering should hurt, wound or injure any person; then +any offender convicted of such offence, should suffer as a felon and be +transported for seven years in like manner as other persons are so +convicted. And it is further enacted by the same law that upon +application made to the judge of any Court, out of which the writs +therein mentioned are issued, the aforesaid judge, if he see proper, may +grant a warrant directly to the sheriff, or other person proper to raise +the _posse comitatus_, where there is any probability of resistance. And +if in the execution of such warrant any disturbance should happen, and a +rescue be made, then the persons assisting in such rescue, or who +harbour or conceal the persons so rescued, shall be transported for +seven years in like manner as if convicted of felony, but all +indictments upon this statute are to be commenced within six months +after the fact committed. + +FOOTNOTES: + + [50] Ram Alley was on the south side of Fleet Street, between + Sergeants' Inn and Mitre Court; Fuller's Rents is now Fulwood + Place, Holborn; Baldwin's Gardens runs from Gray's Inn Road to + Leather Lane; Montague Close was on the Southwark side, near + London Bridge; Dead Man's Place was a crooked street at the east + end of Bankside. + + + + +The Life of THOMAS ANDERSON, a Scotch Thief + + +Amongst a multitude of tragical adventures it is with some satisfaction +that I mention the life of a person who was of the number of those few +which take warning in time, and having once felt the rod of affliction, +fear it ever afterwards. + +Thomas Anderson was the son of reputable parents in the city of +Aberdeen, in Scotland. His father was of the number of those unhappy +people who went over to Darien when the Scots made their settlement +there in the reign of the late King William, his son Thomas being left +under the care of his mother then a widow. By this his education +suffered, and he was put apprentice to a glazier, although his father +had been a man of some fashion, and the boy always educated with hopes +of living genteelly. However, he is not the first that has been so +deceived, though he took it so to heart that at first going to his +master his grief was so great as had very nigh killed him. He continued, +however, with his master two years, and then making bold with about nine +guineas of his, and thirteen of his mother's, he procured a horse and +made the greatest speed he could to Edinburgh. + +Tom was sensible enough that he should be pursued, and hearing of a ship +ready to sail from Leith for London, he went on board it, and in five +days' time having a fair wind they arrived in the river of Thames. As +soon as he got on shore Tom had the precaution to take lodging in a +little street near Bur Street in Wapping, there he put his things; and +his stock now being dwindled to twelve guineas, he put two of them in +his fob, with his mother's old gold watch, which he had likewise brought +along with him, and then went out to see the town. He had not walked far +in Fleet Street, whither he had conveyed himself by boat, but he was +saluted by a well-dressed woman, in a tone almost as broad as his own. +Conscious of what he had committed he thought it was somebody that knew +him and would have taken him up. He turned thereupon pale, and started. +The woman observing his surprise, said, _Sir, I beg your pardon I took +you for one Mr. Johnson, of Hull, my near relation; but I see you are +not the same gentleman, though you are very like him._ + +Anderson thereupon taking heart, walked a little way with her, and the +woman inviting him to drink tea at her lodgings, he accepted it readily, +and away they went together to the bottom of Salisbury Court, where the +woman lived. After tea was over, so many overtures were made that our +new-come spark was easily drawn into an amour, and after a considerable +time spent in parley, it was at last agreed that he should pass for her +husband newly come from sea; and this being agreed upon, the landlady +was called up, and the story told in form. The name the woman assumed +was that of Johnson, and Tom consequently was obliged to go by the same. +So after compliments expressed on all sides for his safe return, a +supper was provided, and about ten o'clock they went to bed together. + +Whether anything had been put in the drink, or whether it was only owing +to the quantity he had drunk, he slept very soundly until 11 o'clock in +the morning, when he was awakened by a knocking at the door; upon +getting up to open it, he was a little surprised at finding the woman +gone and more so at seeing the key thrown under the door. However, he +took it up and opened it: his landlady then delivered him a letter, +which as soon as she was gone he opened, and found it to run in these +terms: + + Dear Sir, + + You must know that for about three years I have been an unfortunate + woman, that is, have conversed with many of your sex, as I have done + with you. I need not tell you that you made me a present of what + money you had about you last night, after the reckoning over the way + at The George was paid. I told my landlady when I went out this + morning that I was going to bring home some linen for shirts; you + had best say so too, and so you may go away without noise, for as I + owe her above three pound for lodging, 'tis odds but that as you + said last night you were my husband, she will put you in trouble, + and that I think would be hard, for to be sure you have paid dear + enough for your frolic. I hope you will forgive this presumption, + and I am yours next time you meet me. + + Jane Johnson + +Tom was not a little chagrined at this accident, especially when he +found that not only the remainder of the two guineas, but also his +mother's gold watch, and a gold chain and ring was gone into the +bargain. However, he thought it best to take the woman's word, and so +coming down and putting on the best air he could, he told his landlady +he hoped his wife would bring the linen home time enough to go to +breakfast, and that in the meanwhile he would go to the coffee-house, +and read the news. The woman said it was very well, and Tom getting to +the waterside, directed them to row to the stairs nearest to his lodging +by Bur Street, ruminating all the way he went on the accident which had +befallen him. + +The rumours of Jonathan Wild, then in the zenith of his glory, had +somehow or other reached the ears of our North Briton. He thereupon +mentioned him to the watermen, who perceiving that he was a stranger, +and hoping to get a pot of drink for the relation, obliged him with the +best account they were able of Mr. Wild and his proceedings. As soon, +therefore, as Anderson came home, he put the other two guineas in his +pocket, and over he came in a coach to the Old Bailey, where Mr. Wild +had just then set up in his office, Mr. Anderson being introduced in +form, acquainted him in good blunt Scotch how he had lost his money and +his watch. Jonathan used him very civilly, and promised his utmost +diligence in recovering it. Tom being willing to save money, enquired of +him his way home by land on foot, and having received instructions he +set out accordingly. About the middle of Cheapside a well-dressed +gentleman came up to him. _Friend_, says he, _I have heard you ask five +or six people, as I followed you, your way to Bur Street. I am going +thither and so if you'll walk along with me, 'twill save you the labour +of asking further questions._ + +Tom readily accepted the gentleman's civility, and so on they trudged, +until they came within twenty yards of the place, and into Tom's +knowledge. _Young man_, then says the stranger, _since I have shown you +the way home you must not refuse drinking a pint with me at a tavern +hard by, of my acquaintance._ No sooner were they entered and sat down, +but a third person was introduced into their company, as an acquaintance +of the former. A good supper was provided, and when they had drunk about +a pint of wine apiece, says the gentleman who brought him thither to +Anderson, _You seem an understanding young fellow. I fancy your +circumstances are not of the best. Come, if you have a tolerable head +and any courage, I'll put you in a way to live as easy as you can wish._ + +Tom pricked up his ears upon this motion, and told him that truly, as to +his circumstances, he had guessed very right, but that he wished he +would be so good as to put him into any road of living like a gentleman. +_For to say the truth, sir_, says he, _it was with that view I left my +own country to come up to London._ + +_Well spoken, my lad_, says the other, _and like a gentleman thou shalt +live. But hark ye, are you well acquainted with the men of quality's +families about Aberdeen? Yes, sir_, says he. _Well then_, replied the +stranger, _do you know none of them who has a son about your age? Yes, +yes_, replied Tom, _My Lord J---- sent his eldest son to our college at +Aberdeen to be bred, and he and I an much alike, and not above ten days +difference in our ages. Why then_, replied the spark, _it will do, and +here's to your honour's health. Come, from this time forward, you are +the Honourable Mr. ----, son and heir apparent to the Right Honourable, +the Lord ----._ + +To make the story short, these sharpers equipped him like the person +they put him upon the town to be, and lodging him at the house of a +Scotch merchant who was in the secret, with no less than three footmen +all in proper livery to attend him. In the space of ten days' time, they +took up effect upon his credit to the amount of a thousand pounds. Tom +was cunning enough to lay his hands on a good diamond ring, two suits of +clothes, and a handsome watch, and improved mightily from a fortnight's +conversation with these gentlemen. He foresaw the storm would quickly +begin, the news of his arrival under the name he had assumed, having +been in the papers a week; so to prevent what might happen to himself, +he sends his three footmen on different errands, and making up his +clothes and some holland shirts into a bundle, called a coach and drove +off to Bur Street, where having taken the remainder of his things that +had been there ever since his coming to town, he bid the fellow drive +him to the house of a person near St. Catherine's, to whom he had known +his mother direct letters when in Scotland. + +Yet recollecting in the coach that by this means he might be discovered +by his relations, he called to the coachman before he reached there, and +remembering an inn in Holborn, which he had heard spoken of by the +Scotch merchant, where he had lodged in his last adventure, bid the +fellow drive thither, saying he was afraid to be out late, and if he +made haste he would give him a shilling. When he came thither and had +had his two portmanteaus carried into the inn, pretending to be very +sick he went immediately upstairs to bed, having first ordered a pint of +wine to be burnt and brought upstairs. + +Reflecting in the night on the condition he was in and the consequence +of the measures he was taking, he resolved with himself to abandon his +ill-courses at once and try to live honestly in some plantation of the +West Indies. These meditations kept him pretty much awake, so that it +was late in the morning before he arose. Having ordered coffee for his +breakfast, he gave the chamberlain a shilling to go and fetch the +newspapers, where the first thing he saw was an account of his own cheat +in the body of the paper, and at the end of it an advertisement with a +reward for apprehending him. This made him very uneasy, and the rather +because he had no clothes but those which he had taken up as aforesaid; +so he ordered the chamberlain to send for a tailor, and pretended to be +so much indisposed that he could not get out. When the tailor came, he +directed him to make him a riding suit with all the expedition he could. +The tailor promised it in two days' time. The next day, pretending to be +still worse, he sent the chamberlain to take a place for him in the +Bristol coach, which being done, he removed himself and his things early +in the morning to the inn where it lay, and set out the next day +undiscovered for Bristol. + +Three days after his arrival he met with a captain bound for the West +Indies, with whom having agreed for a passage, he set sail for Jamaica. +But a fresh gale at sea accidentally damaging their rudder, they were +obliged to come to an anchor in Cork, where the captain himself and +several other passengers went on shore. Anderson accompanied him to the +coffee-house, where calling for the papers that last came in, he had +like to have swooned at the table on finding himself to have been +discovered at Bristol, and to have sailed in such a ship the day before +the persons came down to apprehend him in order to his being carried +back to London. + +As soon as he came a little to himself, he stepped up to the man of the +house and asked him for the vault [privy], which being shown him, he +immediately threw the paper down; and as soon as he came out, finding +the captain ready to go, he accompanied him with great satisfaction on +board again, where things being set to rights, by the next day at ten +o'clock they sailed with a fair wind, and without any further cross +accident arrived safe at Jamaica. There Tom had the good luck to pick up +a woman with a tolerable fortune, and about three years later remitted +£300 home to the jeweller who had been defrauded of the watch and the +ring, and directed him to pay what was over, after deducting his own +debt, to the people who had trusted him with other things, and who upon +his going off had recovered most of them, and were by this means made a +tolerable satisfaction. + +He resided in the West Indies for about five years in all, and in that +time, by his own industry acquired a very handsome fortune of his own, +and therewith returned to Scotland. + +I should be very glad if this story would incline some people who have +got money in not such honest ways (though perhaps less dangerous) to +endeavour at extenuating the crimes they have been guilty of, by making +such reparation as in their power, by which at once they atone for their +fault, and regain their lost reputation; but I am afraid this advice may +prove both unsuccessful and unseasonable and therefore shall proceed in +my narrations as the course of these memoirs directs me. + + + + +The Life of JOSEPH PICKEN, a Highwayman + + +There cannot, perhaps, be a greater misfortune to a man than his having +a woman of ill-principles about him, whether as a wife or otherwise. +When they once lay aside principles either of modesty or honesty, women +become commonly the most abandoned; and as their sex renders them +capable of seducing, so their vices tempt them not often to persuade men +to such crimes as otherwise, perhaps, they would never have thought of. +This was the case of the malefactor, the story of whose misfortunes we +are now to relate. + +Joseph Picken was the son of a tailor in Clerkenwell, who worked hard at +his employment and took pleasure in nothing but providing for, and +bringing up his family. This unhappy son, Joseph, was his darling, and +nothing grieved him so much upon his death-bed, as the fears of what +might befall the boy, being then an infant of five years old. However, +his mother, though a widow, took so much care of his education, that he +was well enough instructed for the business she designed him, viz., that +of a vintner, to which profession he was bound at a noted tavern near +Billingsgate. + +He served his time very faithfully and with great approbation, but +falling in love, or to speak more properly, taking a whim of marriage in +his head, he accepted of a young woman in the neighbourhood as his +partner for life. Soon after this, he removed to Windsor, where he took +the tap at a well-accustomed inn, and began the world in a very probable +way of doing well. However, partly through his own misfortunes, and +partly through the extravagance of his wife, in a little more than a +twelve months' time he found himself thirty pound in debt, and in no +likelihood from his trade of getting money to pay it. This made him very +melancholy, and nothing added so great a weight to his load of +affliction as the uneasiness he was under at the misfortunes which might +befall his wife, to whom as yet this fall in his circumstances was not +known. + +However, fearing it would be soon discovered in another way, at last he +mentioned it to her, at the same time telling her that she must retrench +her expenses, for he was now so far from being able to support them that +he could hardly get him family bread. Her mother and she thereupon +removed to a lodging, where by the side of the bed, poor Picken used to +slumber upon the boards, heavily disconsolate with the weight of his +misfortunes. One day after talking of them to his wife, he said: _I am +now quite at my wits' end. I have no way left to get anything to support +us; what shall I do? Do_, answered she, _why, what should a man do that +wants money and has any courage, but go upon the highway._ + +The poor man, not knowing how else to gain anything, even took her +advice, and recollecting a certain companion of his who had once upon a +time offered the same expedient for relieving their joint misfortunes, +Picken thereupon found him out, and without saying it was his wife's +proposal, pretended that his sorrows had at last so prevailed upon him +that he was resolved to repair the injuries of Fortune by taking away +something from those she had used better than him. His comrade unhappily +addicted himself still to his old way of thinking, and instead of +dissuading him from his purpose, seemed pleased that he had taken such a +resolution. He told him that for his part he always thought danger +rather to be chosen than want, and that while soldiers hazarded their +lives in war for sixpence a day, he thought it was cowardice to make a +man starve, where he had a chance of getting so much more than those who +hazarded as much as they did. + +Accordingly Picken and his companion provided themselves that week with +all necessaries for their expedition, and going upon it in the beginning +of the next, set out and had success, as they called it, in two or three +enterprises. But returning to London in the end of the week, they were +apprehended for a robbery committed on one Charles Cooper, on Finchley +Common, for which they were tried the next sessions, and both capitally +convicted. + +Through fear of death and want of necessaries, Joseph Picken fell into a +low and languishing state of health, under which, however, he gave all +the signs of penitence and sorrow that could be expected for the crimes +he had committed. Yet though he loaded his wife with the weight of all +his crimes, he forebore any harsh or shocking reproaches against her, +saying only that as she had brought him into all the miseries he now +felt, so she had left him to bear the weight of them alone, without +either ever coming near him, or affording him any assistance. However, +he said he was so well satisfied of the multitude of his own sins, and +the need he had of forgiveness from God, that he thought it a small +condition to forgive her, which he did freely from his heart. + +In these sentiments he took the Holy Sacrament, and continued with great +calmness to wait the execution of his sentence. In the passage to +execution and even at the fatal tree, he behaved himself with amazing +circumstances of quietness and resignation, and though he appeared much +less fearful than any of those who died with him, yet he parted with +life almost as soon as the cart was drawn away. He was about twenty-two +years of age, or somewhat more, at the time he suffered, which was on +the 24th of February, 1724-5, much pitied by the spectators, and much +lamented by those that knew him. + + + + +The Life of THOMAS PACKER, a Highwayman + + +Thomas Packer, the companion of the last-named criminal both in his +crimes and in his punishment, was the son of very honest and reputable +parents, not far from Newgate Street. His father gave him a competent +education, designing always to put him in a trade, and as soon as he was +fit for it placed him accordingly with a vintner at Greenwich. There he +served for some years, but growing out of humour with the place, be made +continual instances to his friends to be removed. They, willing and +desirous to comply with the young man's honours, at length after +repeated solicitation prevailed with his master to consent, and then he +was removed to another tavern in town. There he completed his time, but +ever after being of a rambling disposition, was continually changing +places and never settled. + +Amongst those in which he had lived, there was a tavern where he resided +as a drawer for about six weeks. Here he got into acquaintance of a +woman, handsome, indeed, but of no fortune, and little reputation. His +affection for this woman and the money he spent on her, was the chief +occasion of those wants which prevailed upon him to join with Picken in +those attempts which were fatal to them both. It cannot, indeed, be said +that the woman in any degree excited him to such practices. On the +contrary, the poor creature really endeavoured by every method she could +to procure money for their support, and did all that in her lay (while +Packer was under his misfortunes) to prevent the necessities of life +from hindering him in that just care which was necessary to secure his +interest in that which was to come. + +Packer was in himself a lad of very great good nature, and not without +just principles if he had been well improved, but the rambling life he +had led, and his too tender affection for the before-mentioned woman, +led him into great crimes rather than he would see her sustain great +wants. The reflection which he conceived his death would bring upon his +parents, and the miseries which he dreaded it would draw upon his wife +and child, seemed to press him heavier than any apprehension for +himself to his own sufferings, which from the time of his commitment he +bore with the greatest patience, and improved to the utmost of his +power. As he was sensible there was no hopes of remaining in this world, +so he immediately removed his thought, his wishes and his hopes from +thence, applied himself seriously to his devotions, and never suffered +even the woman whom he so much loved to interfere or hinder them in any +degree. + +As it had been his first week of robbing, and his last too, he had +little confession to make in that respect. He acknowledged, however, the +fact which they had done in that space, and seemed to be heartily +penitent, ashamed and sorry for his offences. At the place of execution +he behaved with the same decency which accompanied him through all the +sorrowful stations of his sad condition. He was asked whether he would +say anything to the people, but he declined it, though he had a paper in +his hand which he had designed to read, which for the satisfaction of +the public, I have thought fit to annex. + + The paper left by Thomas Packer. + + Good People, + + I see a large number of you assembled here, to behold a miserable + end of us whom the Law condemns to death for our offence, and for + the sake of giving you warning, makes us in our last moments, public + spectacles. I submit with the utmost resignation to the stroke of + the Law, and I heartily pray Almighty God that the sight of my + shameful death, may inspire every one of you with lasting + resolutions of leading an honest life. The facts for which both + Picken and I die were really committed by us, and consequently the + sentence under which we suffer, is very just. Let me then press ye + again that the warnings of our deaths may not be in vain, but that + you will remember our fate, and by urging that against your depraved + wishes, prevent following our steps; which is all I have to say. + + Thomas Packer + +He was about twenty years of age at the time he suffered, which was with +the afore-mentioned malefactor at Tyburn, much pitied by all the +spectators. + + + + +The Life of THOMAS BRADLEY, a Street-Robber + + +One must want humanity and be totally void of that tenderness which +denominates both a man and a Christian if we feel not some pity for +those who are brought to a violent and shameful death from a sudden and +rash act, excited either by necessity or through the frailty of human +nature sinking under misfortune or hurried into mischief by a sudden +transport of passion. I am persuaded, therefore, that the greater part, +if not all of my readers will feel the same emotions of tenderness and +compassion for the miserable youth of whom I am now going to speak. + +Thomas Bradley was the son of an officer in the Custom-House at +Liverpool. The father took care of his education, and having qualified +him for a seafaring business in reading and writing, placed him therein. +He came up accordingly with the master of a vessel to London, where some +misfortunes befalling the said master, Thomas was turned out of his +employment and left to shift for himself. Want pinched him. He had no +friends, nor anybody to whom be might apply for relief, and in the +anguish with which his sufferings oppressed him, he unfortunately +resolved to steal rather than submit to starving or to begging. One fact +he committed, but could never be prevailed on to mention the time, the +person or the place. + +The robbery for which he was condemned was upon a woman carrying home +another woman's riding-hood which she had borrowed; and he assaulting +her on the highway took it from her, which was valued at 25s. Upon this +he was capitally convicted at the next sessions at the Old Bailey, nor +could never be prevailed on by a person to apply for a pardon. On the +contrary, he said it was his greatest grief that notwithstanding all he +could do to stifle it, the news would reach his father, and break his +heart. He was told that such thoughts were better omitted than suffered +to disturb him, when he was on the point of going to another (and if he +repented thoroughly) to a better life; at which he sighed and said their +reasoning was very right, and he would comply with it if he could. From +that time he appeared more composed and cheerful, and resigned to his +fate. This temper he preserved to the time of his execution, and died +with as much courage and penitence as is ever seen in any of those +unhappy persons who suffer at the same place. + +At the time of his death he was not quite nineteen years of age. He died +between the last mentioned malefactor and him whose life we are next to +relate. + + + + +The Life of WILLIAM LIPSAT, a Thief + + +William Lipsat was the son of a person at Dublin, in very tolerable +circumstances, which he strained to the utmost to give this lad a +tolerable education. When he had acquired this he sent him over to an +uncle of his at Stockden, in Worcestershire, where he lived with more +indulgence than even when at home, his uncle having no children, and +behaving to him with all the tenderness of a parent. However, on some +little difference (the boy having long had an inclination to see this +great City of London) he took that occasion to go away from his uncle, +and accordingly came up to town, and was employed in the service of one +Mr. Kelway. He had not been long there before he received a letter from +his father, entreating him to return to Dublin with all the speed he was +able. This letter was soon followed by another, which not only desired, +but commanded him to come back to Ireland. He was not troubled at +thinking of the voyage and going home to his friends, but he was very +desirous of carrying money over with him to make a figure amongst his +relations, which not knowing how to get, he at last bethought himself of +stealing it from a place in which he knew it lay. After several +struggles with himself, vanity prevailed, and he accordingly went and +took away the things, viz., 57 guineas and a half, 25 Caroluses,[51] 5 +Jacobuses, 3 Moidores, six piece of silver, two purses valued at twelve +pence. These, as he said, would have made his journey pleasant and his +reception welcome, which was the reason he took them. The evidence was +very dear and direct against him, so that the jury found him guilty +without hesitation. + +From the time of his condemnation to the day he died, he neither +affected to extenuate his crime, nor reflect, as some are apt to do, on +the cruelty of the prosecutors, witnesses, or the Court that condemned +him. So far from it, that he always acknowledged the justice of his +sentence, seemed grieved only for the greatness of his sin and the +affliction of the punishment of it would bring upon his relations, who +had hitherto always born the best of characters, though by his failing +they were now like to be stigmatised with the most infamous crimes. +However, since his grief came now too late, he resolved as much as he +was able to keep such thoughts out of his head, and apply himself to +what more nearly concerned him, and for which all the little time he had +was rather too short. In a word, in his condition, none behaved with +more gravity, or to outward appearance with more penitence than this +criminal did. + +He suffered with the same resignation which had appeared in everything +he did from the time of his condemnation, on the 1st of February, +1724-5, with the before-mentioned malefactors, being then scarce +eighteen years of age. + +FOOTNOTES: + + [51] Carolus was a gold coin of Charles I, worth 20s.-23s.; a + Jacobus, coined by James I, was of the same value; the moidore + was worth about 27s. + + + + +The Life of JOHN HEWLET, a Murderer + + +There are several facts which have happened in the world, the +circumstances attending which, if we compare them as they are related by +one or other, we can hardly fix in our own mind any certainty of belief +concerning them, such an equality is there in the weight of evidence of +one side and of the other. Such, at the time it happened, was the case +of the malefactor before us. + +John Hewlet was born in Warwickshire, the son of Richard Hewlet, a +butcher, and though not bred up with his father, he was yet bred to the +same employment at Leicester, from which, malicious people said he +acquired a bloody and barbarous disposition. However, he did not serve +his time out with his master, but being a strong, sturdy young fellow, +and hoping some extraordinary preferment in the army, with that view he +engaged himself in the First Regiment of the Guards, during the reign of +the late King William. + +In the war he gained the reputation of a very brave, but a very cruel +and very rough fellow, and therefore was relied on by his officers, yet +never liked by them. Persons of a similar disposition generally live on +good terms with one another. Hewlet found out a corporal, one Blunt, +much of the same humour with himself, never pleased when in safety, nor +afraid though in the midst of danger. + +At the siege of Namur, in Flanders, these fellows happened to be both in +the trenches when the French made a desperate sally and were beaten off +at last with much loss and in such confusion that their pursuers lodged +themselves in one of the outworks, and had like to have gained another, +in the attack on which a young cadet of the regiment in which Blunt +served was killed. Blunt observing it, went to the commanding officer +and told him that the cadet had nineteen pistoles in his pocket, and it +was a shame the French should have them. _Why, that's true, corporal_, +said the Colonel, _but I don't see at present how we can help it. No_, +replied Blunt, _give me but leave to go and search his pockets, and I'll +answer for bringing the money back. Why, fool_, said the Colonel, _dost +thou not see the place covered with French? Should a man stir from hence +they would pour a whole shower of small shot upon him. I'll venture +that_, says Blunt. _But how will you know the body?_ added the Colonel. +_I am afraid we have left a score besides him behind us. Why, look ye, +sir_, said the Corporal, _let me have no more objections, and I'll +answer that, he was clapped, good Colonel, do you see, and that to some +purpose; so that if I can't know him by his face, I may know him by +somewhat else. Well_, said the Colonel, _if you have a mind to be +knocked on the head, and take it ill to be denied, you must go, I +think._ + +On which Blunt, waiting for no further orders, marched directly in the +midst of the enemy's fire to the dead bodies, which law within ten yards +of the muzzle of their pieces, and turning over several of the dead +bodies, he distinguished that of the cadet, and brought away the prize +for which he had so fairly ventured. + +This action put Hewlet on his mettle. He resolved to do something that +might equal it, and an opportunity offered some time after, of +performing such a service as no man in the army would have undertaken. +It happened thus: the engineer who was to set fire to the train of a +mine which had been made under a bastion of the enemy's, happened to +have drank very hard over night, and mistaking the hour, laid the match +an hour sooner than he ought. A sentinel immediately came out, called +out aloud, _What, have you clapped fire to the train? There's twenty +people in the mine who will be all blown up; it should not have been +fired till 12 o'clock._ + +On hearing this Hewlet ran in with his sword drawn, and therewith cut +off the train the moment before it would have given fire to all the +barrels of powder that were within, by which he saved the lives of all +the pioneers who were carrying the mines still forward at the time the +wild fire was unseasonably lighted by the engineer. + +At the battle of Landau he had his skull broken open by a blow from the +butt end of a musket. This occasioned his going through the operation +called trepanning, which is performed by an engine like a coffee-mill, +which being fixed on the bruised part of the bone, is turned round, and +cuts out all the black till the edges appear white and sound. After this +cure had been performed upon him, he never had his senses in the same +manner as he had before, but upon the least drinking fell into a passion +which was but very little removed from madness. + +He returned into England after the Peace of Ryswick, and being taken +into a gentleman's service, he there married a wife, by whom he had nine +children. Happy was it for them that they were all dead before his +disastrous end. + +How Hewlet came to be employed as a watchman a little before his death, +the papers I have give me no account of, only that he was in that +station at the time of the death of Joseph Candy, for whose murder he +was indicted for giving him a mortal bruise on the head with his staff. + +On the 26th of December, 1724, upon full evidences of eye-witnesses, the +jury found him guilty, he making no other defence than great +asservations of his innocence, and an obstinate denial of the fact. +After his conviction, being visited in the condemned hold, instead of +showing any marks of penitence or contrition, he raved against the +witnesses who had been produced to destroy him, called them all +perjured, and prayed God to inflict some dreadful judgment on them. Nay, +he went so far as to desire that he ought himself have the executing +thereof, wishing that after his death his apparition might come and +terrify them to their graves. When it was represented to him how odd +this behaviour was, and how far distant from that calmness and +tranquillity of mind with which it became him to clothe himself before +he went into the presence of his Maker, these representations had no +effect; he still continued to rave against his accusers, and against the +witnesses who had sworn at his trial. As death grew nearer he appeared +not a bit terrified, nor seemed uneasy at all at leaving this life, only +at leaving his wife, and as he phrased it, some old acquaintance in +Warwickshire. However, he desired to receive the Sacrament, and said he +would prepare himself for it as well as he could. + +He went to the place of execution in the same manner in which he had +passed the days of his confinement till that time. At Tyburn he was not +satisfied with protesting his innocence to the people, but designing to +have one of the Prayer Books which was made use of in the cart, he +kissed it as people do when they take oath, and then again turning to +the mob, declared as he was a dying man, he never gave Candy a blow in +his life. Thus with many ejaculations he gave way to fate in an advanced +age at Tyburn, at the same time with the malefactors last mentioned. + + + + +The Lives of JAMES CAMMEL and WILLIAM MARSHAL, Thieves and Footpads + + +James Cammel was born of parents in very low circumstances, and the +misfortunes arising therefrom were much increased by his father dying +while he was an infant, and leaving him to the care of a widow in the +lowest circumstances of life. The consequence was what might be easily +foreseen, for he forgot what little he had learned in his youngest days, +loitering away his time about Islington, Hoxton, Moorfield, and such +places, being continually drinking there, and playing at cudgels, +skittles, and such like. He never applied himself to labour or honest +working for his bread, but either got it from his mother or a few other +friends, or by methods of a more scandalous nature--I mean pilfering and +stealing from others, for which after he had long practised it, he came +at last to an untimely death. + +He was a fellow of a froward disposition, hasty and yet revengeful, and +made up of almost all the vices that go to forming a debauchee in low +life. He had had a long acquaintance with the person that suffered with +him for their offences, but what made him appear in the worst light was +that he had endeavoured to commit acts of cruelty at the time he did the +robbery. Notwithstanding he insisted not only that he was innocent of +the latter part of the offence but that he never committed the robbery +at all, though Marshal his associate did not deny it. + +They had been together in these exploits for some time, and once +particularly coming from Sadlers Wells, they took from a gentlewoman a +basket full of bed-child linen to a very great value, which offering to +sell to a woman in Monmouth Street, she privately sent for a constable +to apprehend them. One of their companions who went with them observing +this, he tipped them the wink to be gone, which the old woman of the +house perceiving, caught hold of Marshal by the coat; and while they +struggled, the third man whipped off a gold watch, a silver collar and +bells, and a silver plate for holding snuffers, and pretending to +interpose in the quarrel slipped through them, and out at the door, as +Cammel and Marshal did immediately after him. + +Once upon a time it happened that Marshal had no money, and his credit +being at a par, and a warrant out to take him for a great debt, and +another to take him for picking of pockets, he was in a great quandary +how to escape both. He strolled into St. James's Park, and walking there +pretty late behind the trees, a woman came up to the seat directly +before him, when she fell to roaring and crying. Marshal being unseen, +clapped himself down behind the seat, and listened with great attention. +He perceived the woman had her pocket in her hand, and heard her +distinctly say that a rogue not to be contented with cutting one pocket +and taking it away, but he must cut the other and let it drop at her +foot. Then she wiped her eyes and laying down her pocket by her, began +to shake her petticoats to see if the other pocket had not lodged +between them as the former had done. So Marshal took the opportunity and +secretly conveyed that away, thinking one lamentation might serve for +both. Upon turning the pocket out, he found only a thread paper, a +housewife and a crown piece. Upon this crown piece he lived a fortnight +at a milk-house, coming twice a day for milk, and hiding himself at +nights in some of the grass plots, it being summer. + +But his creditor dying, and the person whose pocket he had picked going +to Denmark, he came abroad again, and soon after engaged with Cammel in +the fact for which they were both hanged. It was committed upon a man +and a woman coming through the fields from Islington, and the things +they took did not amount to above 30 shillings. After they were +convicted and had received sentence of death, Cammel sent for _The +Practice of Piety, The Whole Duty of Man_, and such other good books as +he thought might assist him in the performance of their duty. Yet +notwithstanding all the outward appearance of resignation to the Divine +Will, the Sunday before his execution, upon the coming in to the chapel +of a person whom he took to be his prosecutor, he flew into a very great +passion, and expressed his uneasiness that he had no instrument there to +murder him with; and notwithstanding all that could be said to him to +abate his passion, he continued restless and uneasy until the person was +obliged to withdraw, and then with great attention applied himself to +hear the prayers, and discourse that was made proper for that occasion. + +Marshal in the meanwhile continued very sick, but though he could not +attend the chapel, did all that could be expected from a true penitent. +In this condition they both continued until the time of their death, +when Marshal truly acknowledged the fact, but Cammel prevaricated about +it, and at last peremptorily denied it. They suffered on the 30th of +April, 1725, Cammel appearing with an extraordinary carelessness and +unconcern, desired them to put him out of the world quickly, and was +very angry that they did not do it in less time. + + + + +The Life of JOHN GUY, a Deer-stealer + + +One would have thought that the numerous executions which had happened +upon the appearance of those called the Waltham Blacks,[52] and the +severity of that Act of Parliament which their folly had occasioned, +would effectually have prevented any outrages for the future upon either +the forests belonging to the Crown, or the parks of private gentlemen; +but it seems there were still fools capable of undertaking such mad +exploits. + +It is said that Guy being at a public house with a young woman whom, as +the country people phrase it, was his sweetheart, a discourse arose at +supper concerning the expeditions of the deer-stealers, which Guy's +mistress took occasion to express great admiration of, and to regard +them as so many heroes, who had behaved with courage enough to win the +most obdurate heart, adding that she was very fond of venison, and she +wished she had known some of them. This silly accident proved fatal to +the poor fellow, who engaging with one Biddisford, an old deer-stealer, +they broke into such forests and parks and carried off abundance of deer +with impunity. But the keepers at last getting a number of stout young +fellows to their assistance, waylaid them one night, when they were +informed by the keeper of an alehouse that Guy and Biddisford intended +to come for deer. + +I must inform my reader that the method these young men took in +deer-stealing was this. They went into the park on foot, sometimes with +a crossbow, and sometimes with a couple of dogs, being armed always, +however, with pistols for their own defence. When they had killed a +buck, they trussed him up and put him upon their backs and so walked +off, neither of them being able to procure horses for such service. + +On the night that the keepers were acquainted with their coming, they +sent to a neighbouring gentleman for the assistance of two of his +grooms; the fellows came about 11 o'clock at night, and tying their +horses in a little copse went to the place where the keepers had +appointed to keep guard. This was on a little rising ground, planted +with a star grove, through the avenues of which they could see all round +them without being discerned themselves. No sooner, therefore, had Guy +and his companion passed into the forest, but suffering them to pass by +one of the entries of the grove where they were, they immediately issued +out upon them, and pursued them so closely that they were within a few +yards of them when they entered the coppice, where the two grooms had +left their horses. They did not stay so much as to untie them, but +cutting the bridles, mounted them and rode off as hard as they could, +turning them loose as soon as they were in safety, and got home secure, +because the keepers could not say they had done anything but walk across +the forest. + +This escape of theirs and some others of the same nature, made them so +bold that not contented with the deer in chases and such places, they +broke into the paddock of Anthony Duncombe, Esq., and there killed +certain fallow deer. One Charles George who was the keeper, and some of +his assistants hearing the noise they made, issued out, and a sharp +fight beginning, the deer-stealers at last began to fly. But a +blunderbuss being fired after them, two of the balls ripped the belly of +Biddisford, who died on the spot; and soon after the keepers coming up, +John Guy was taken. And being tried for this offence at the ensuing +sessions of the Old Bailey, he was convicted and received sentence of +death, though it was some days after before he could be persuaded that +he should really suffer. + +When he found himself included in the death warrant, he applied himself +heartily to prayer and other religious duties, seeming to be thoroughly +penitent for the crimes he had committed, and with great earnestness +endeavoured to make amends for his follies, by sending the most tender +letters to his companions who had been guilty of the same faults, to +induce them to forsake such undertakings, which would surely bring them +to the same fate which he suffered, for so inconsiderable a thing +perhaps as a haunch of venison. Whether these epistles had the effect +for which they were designed, I am not able to say, but the papers I +have by me inform me that the prisoner Guy died with very cheerful +resolution, not above twenty-five years of age, the same day with the +malefactors before mentioned. + +FOOTNOTES: + + [52] See page 164. + + + + +The Life of VINCENT DAVIS, a Murderer + + +It is an observation made by some foreigners (and I am sorry to say +there's too much truth in it) that though the English are perhaps less +jealous than any nation under the heavens, yet more men murder their +wives amongst us than in any other nation in Europe. + +Vincent Davis was a man of no substance and who for several years +together had lived in a very ill correspondence with his wife, often +beating and abusing her, until the neighbours cried out shame. But +instead of amending he addicted himself still more and more to such +villainous acts, conversing also with other women. And at last buying a +knife, he had the impudence to say that that knife should end her, in +which he was as good as his word; for on a sudden quarrel he slabbed her +to the heart. For this murder he was indicted, and also on the Statute +of Stabbing,[53] of both of which on the fullest proof he was found +guilty. + +When Davis was first committed, he thought fit to appear very melancholy +and dejected. But when he found there was no hopes of life, he threw off +all decency in his behaviour and, to pass for a man of courage, showed +as much vehemence of temper as a madman would have done, rattling and +raving to everyone that came in, saying it was no crime to kill a wife; +and in all other expressions he made use of, behaved himself more like a +fool or a man who had lost his wits than a man who had lived so long and +creditably in a neighbourhood as he had done, excepting in relation to +his wife. But he was induced, with the hopes of passing for a bold and +daring fellow, to carry on this scene as long as he could, but when the +death warrant arrived, all this intrepidity left him, he trembled and +shook, and never afterwards recovered his spirits to the time of his +death. + +The account he gave of the reason of his killing his wife in so +barbarous a manner was this; that a tailor's servant having kept him out +pretty late one night, and he coming home elevated with liquor abused +her, upon which she got a warrant for him and sent him to New Prison. +After this, the prisoner said, he could never endure her; she was poison +to his sight, and the abhorrence he had for her was so great and so +strong that he could not treat her with the civility which is due to +every indifferent person, much less with that regard which Christianity +requires of us towards all who are of the same religion. So that upon +every occasion he was ready to fly out into the greatest passions, which +he vented by throwing everything at her that came in his way, by which +means the knife was darted into her bosom with which she was slain. + +Notwithstanding the barbarity which seemed natural to this unhappy man, +the cruelty with which he treated his wife in her last moments, the +spleen and malice with which he always spoke of her, and the little +regret he showed for having imbrued his hands in her blood, he yet had +an unaccountable tenderness for his own person, and employed the last +days of his confinement in writing many letters to his friends, +entreating them to be present at his execution in order to preserve his +body from the hands of the surgeons, which of all things he dreaded. And +in order to avoid being anatomised, he affronted the court at the Old +Bailey, at the time he received sentence of death, intending as he said +to provoke them to hang him in chains, by which means he should escape +the mangling of the surgeon's knives, which to him seemed ten thousand +times worse than death itself. Thus confused he passed the last moments +of his life, and with much ado recollected himself so as to suffer with +some kind of decency, which he did on the 30th of April, at the same +time with the last-mentioned malefactor. + +FOOTNOTES: + + [53] 1 Jac. I, cap. 8, "When one thrusts or stabs another, not + then having a weapon drawn, or who hath not then first stricken + the party stabbing, so that he dies thereof within six months + after, the offender shall not have the benefit of clergy, though + he did it not of malice aforethought." Blackstone. + + + + +The Life of MARY HANSON, a Murderer + + +Amongst the many frailties to which our nature is subject, there is not +perhaps a more dangerous one than the indulging ourselves in ridiculous +and provoking discourses, merely to try the tempers of other people. I +speak not this with regard to the criminal of whom we are next to treat, +but of the person who in the midst of his sins drew upon himself a +sudden and violent death by using such silly kind of speeches towards a +woman weak in her nature, and deprived of what little reason she had by +drink. + +This poor creature, flying into an excess of passion with Francis +Peters, who was some distant relation to her by marriage, she wounded +him suddenly under the right pap with a knife, before she could be +prevented by any of the company; of which wound he died. The warm +expressions she had been guilty of before the blow, prevailed with the +jury to think she had a premeditated malice, and thereupon they found +her guilty. + +Fear of death, want of necessaries, and a natural tenderness of body, +brought on her soon after conviction so great a sickness that she could +not attend the duties of public devotion, and reduced her to the +necessity of catching the little intervals of ease which her distemper +allowed her, to beg pardon of God for that terrible crime for which she +had been guilty. + +There was at the same time, one Mary Stevens in the condemned hold +(though she afterwards received a reprieve) who was very instrumental in +bringing this poor creature to a true sense of herself and of her sins; +she then confessed the murder with all its circumstances, reproached +herself with having been guilty of such a crime as to murder the person +who had so carefully took her under his roof, allowed her a subsistence +and been so peculiarly civil to her, for which he expected no return but +what was easily in her power to make. This Mary Stevens was a +weak-brained woman, full of scruples and difficulties, and almost +distracted at the thoughts of having committed several robberies. After +receiving the Sacrament, she not only persuaded this Mary Hanson to +behave herself as became a woman under her unhappy condition, but also +persuaded two or three other female criminals in that place to make the +best use of that mercy which the leniency of the Government has extended +them. + +There was a man suffered to go twice a day to read to them, and probably +it was he who drew up the paper for Mary Hanson which she left behind +her, for though it be very agreeable to the nature of her case, yet it +is penned in the manner not likely to come from the hands of a poor +ignorant woman. Certain it is, however, that she behaved herself with +great calmness and resolution at the time of her death, and did not +appear at all disturbed at that hurry which, as I shall mention in the +next life, happened at the place of execution. The paper she left ran in +these words, viz.: + + Though the poverty of my parents hindered me from having any great + education, yet I resolve to do as I know others in my unhappy + circumstances have done, and by informing the world of the causes + which led me to that crime for which I so justly suffer, that by + shunning it they may avoid such a shameful end; and I particularly + desire all women to take heed how they give way to drunkenness, + which is a vice but too common in this age. It was that disorder in + which my spirits were, occasioned by the liquor I had drunk, which + hurried me to the committing a crime, at the thoughts of which on + any other time my blood would have curdled. I hope you will afford + me your prayers for my departing soul, as I offer up mine to God + that none of you may follow me to this fatal place. + +Having delivered this paper, she suffered at about thirty years old. + + + + +The Life of BRYAN SMITH, a Threatening Letter Writer + + +I have already observed how the Black Act was extended for punishing +Charles Towers,[54] concerned in setting up the New Mint, who as he +affirmed died only for having his face accidentally dirty at the time he +assaulted the bailiff's house. I must now put you in mind of another +clause in the same act, viz., that for punishing with death those who +sent any threatening letters in order to affright persons into a +compliance with their demands, for fear of being murdered themselves, or +having their houses fired about their ears. This clause of the Act is +general, and therefore did not extend only to offences of this kind when +committed by deer-stealers and those gangs against whom it was +particularly levelled at that time, but included also whoever should be +guilty of writing such letters to any person or persons whatsoever; +which was a just and necessary construction of the Act, and not only +made use of in the case of this criminal, but of many more since, +becoming particularly useful of late years, when this practice became +frequent. + +Bryan Smith, who occasions this observation, was an Irishman, of parts +so very mean as perhaps were never met with in one who passed for a +rational creature; yet this fellow, forsooth, took it into his head that +he might be able to frighten Baron Swaffo, a very rich Jew in the City, +out of a considerable sum of money, by terrifying him with a letter. For +this purpose he wrote one indeed in a style I daresay was never seen +before, or since. Its spelling was _à la mode de brogue_, and the whole +substance of the thing was filled with oaths, curses, execrations and +threatenings of murder and burning if such a sum of money was not sent +as he, in his great wisdom, thought it fit to demand. + +The man's management in sending this and directing how he would have an +answer was of a piece with his style, and altogether made the discovery +no difficult matter. So that Bryan being apprehended, was at the next +sessions at the Old Bailey tried and convicted on the evidence of some +of his countrymen, and when, after receiving sentence, there remained no +hopes for him of favour, to make up a consistent character he declared +himself a Papist, and as is usual with persons of that profession, was +forbidden by his priest to go any more to the public chapel. + +However, to do him justice as far as outward circumstances will give us +leave to judge, he appeared very sorry for the crime he had committed, +and having had the priest with him a considerable time the day before +his death, he would needs go to the place of execution in a shroud. + +As he went along he repeated the Hail Mary and Paternoster. + +But there being many persons to suffer, and the executioner thereby +being put into a confusion, Smith observing the hurry slipped the rope +over his head, and jumped at once over the corpses in the cart amongst +the mob. Had he been wise enough to have come in his clothes, and not in +a shroud, it is highly probable he had made his escape; but his white +dress rendering him conspicuous even at a distance, the sheriffs +officers were not long before they retook him and placed him in his +former situation again. + +Hope and fear, desire of life, and dread of immediate execution, had +occasioned so great an emotion of his spirits that he appeared in his +last moments in a confusion not to be described, and departed the world +in such an agony that he was a long time before he died, which was at +the same time with the malefactor before-mentioned, viz., on the 30th of +April, 1725. + +FOOTNOTES: + + [54] See page 198. + + + + +The Life of JOSEPH WARD, a Footpad + + +There are some persons who are unhappy, even from their cradles, and +though every man is said to be born to a mixture of good and evil +fortune, yet these seem to reap nothing from their birth but an entry +into woe, and a passage to misery. + +This unhappy man we are now speaking of, Joseph Ward, is a strong +instance of this, for being the son of travelling people, he scarce knew +either the persons to whom he owed his birth, or the place where he was +born. However, they found a way to instruct him well enough to read, and +that so well that it was afterwards of great use to him, in the most +miserable state of his life. + +He rambled about with his father and mother until the age of fourteen, +when they dying, he was left to the wide world, with nothing to provide +for himself but his wits; so that he was almost under necessity of going +into a gang of gipsies that passed by that part of the country where he +was. These gipsies taught him all their arts of living, and it happened +that the crew he got into were not of the worst sort either, for they +maintained themselves rather by the credulity of the country folks, than +by the ordinary practices of those sort of people, stealing of poultry +and robbing hedges of what linen people are careless enough to leave +there. I shall have another and more proper occasion to give my readers +the history of this sort of people, who were anciently formidable enough +to deserve an especial Act of Parliament[55] altered and amended in +several reigns for banishing them from the Kingdom. + +But to go on with the story of Ward; disliking this employment, he took +occasion, when they came into Buckinghamshire, to leave them at a common +by Gerrard's Cross, and come up to London. When he came here, he was +still in the same state, not knowing what to do to get bread. At last he +bethought himself of the sea, and prevailed on a captain to take with +him a pretty long voyage. He behaved himself so well in his passage, +that his master took him with him again, and used him very kindly; but +he dying, Ward was again put to his shifts, though on his arrival in +England he brought with him near 30 guineas to London. + +He look up lodgings near the Iron Gate at St. Catherine's, and taking a +walk one evening on Tower Wharf, he there met with a young woman, who +after much shyness suffered him to talk to her. They met there a second +and a third time. She said she was niece to a pewterer of considerable +circumstances, not far from Tower Hill, who had promised, and was able +to give her five hundred pounds; but the fear of disobliging him by +marriage, hindered her from thinking of becoming a wife without his +approbation of her spouse. + +These difficulties made poor Ward imagine that if he could once persuade +the woman to marriage, he should soon mollify the heart of her relation, +and so become happy at once. With a great deal to do, Madam was +prevailed upon to consent, and going to the Fleet they were there +married, and soon returned to St. Catherine's, to new lodgings which +Ward had taken, where he had proposed to continue a day or two and then +wait upon the uncle. + +Never man was in his own opinion more happy than Joseph Ward in his new +wife, but alas! all human happiness is fleeting and uncertain, +especially when it depends in any degree upon a woman. The very next +morning after their wedding, Madam prevailed on him to slip on an old +coat and take a walk by the house which she had shown him for her +uncle's. He was no sooner out of doors, but she gave the sign to some of +her accomplices, who in a quarter of an hour's time helped her to strip +the lodging not only of all which belonged to Ward, but of some things +of value that belonged to the people of the house. They were scarce out +of doors before Ward returned, who finding his wife gone and the room +stripped, set up such an outcry as alarmed all the people in the house. + +Instead of being concerned at Joseph's loss they clamoured at their own, +and told him in so many words that if he did not find the woman, or make +them reparation for their goods, they would send him to Newgate. But +alas! it was neither in Ward's power to do one, nor the other. Upon +which the people were as good as their word, for they sent for a +constable and had him before a Justice. There the whole act appearing, +the justice discharged him and told them they must take their remedy +against him at the Common Law. Upon this Ward took the advantage and +made off, but taking to drinking to drive away the sorrows that +encompassed him, he at last fell into ill-company, and by them was +prevailed on to join in doing evil actions to get money. He had been but +a short time at this trade, before he committed the fact for which he +died. + +Islington was the road where he generally took a purse, and therefore +endeavoured to make himself perfectly acquainted with many ways that +lead to that little town, which he effected so well, that he escaped +several times from the strictest pursuits. At last it came into his head +that the safest way would be to rob women, which accordingly he put into +practice, and committed abundance of thefts that way for the space of +six weeks, particularly on one Mrs. Jane Vickary, of a gold ring value +twenty shillings, and soon after of Mrs. Elizabeth Barker, of a gold +ring set with garnets. Being apprehended for these two facts, he was +committed to New Prison, where either refusing or not being able to make +discoveries, he remained in custody till the sessions at the Old Bailey. +There the persons swearing positively to his face, he was after a +trivial defence convicted, and received sentence of death accordingly. + +As he had no relations that he knew of, nor so much as one friend in the +world, the thoughts of a pardon never distracted his mind a moment. He +applied himself from the day of his sentence to a new preparation for +death, and having in the midst of all his troubles accustomed himself to +reading, he was of great use to his unhappy companions in reading the +Scripture, and assisting them in their private devotions. He made a just +use of that space which the mercy of the English Law allows to persons +who are to suffer death for their crimes to make their peace with their +Creator. + +[Illustration: TRIAL OF A HIGHWAYMAN AT THE OLD BAILEY + +The manacled rogue is seen in the foreground, his head bowed in despair, +as the witness by his side unfolds his damning evidence. Through one +window is shown the robbery for which he is being tried; the other +affords a prophetical glimpse of the villain's end at Tyburn Tree. + +(_From the Newgate Calendar_)] + +There was but one person who visited this offender while under the +sentence of the Law, and he, thinking that the only method by which he +could do him service was to save his life, proposed to him a very +probable method of escaping, which for reasons not hard to be guessed +at, I shall forbear describing. He pressed him so often and made the +practicability of the thing so plain that the criminal at last +condescended to make the experiment, and his friend promised the next +day to bring him the materials for his escape. + +That night Ward, who began then to be weak in his limbs with the +sickness which had lain upon him ever since he had been in the prison, +fell into a deep sleep, a comfort he had not felt since the coming on of +his misfortunes. In this space he dreamed that he was in a very barren, +sandy place, which was bounded before him by a large deep river, which +in the middle of the plain parted itself into two streams that, after +having run a considerable space, united again, having formed an island +within the branches. On the other side of the main river, there appeared +one of the most beautiful countries that could be thought of, covered +with trees, full of ripe fruit, and adorned with flowers. On the other +side, in the island which was enclosed, having a large arm of water +running behind it and another smaller before, the soil appeared sandy +and barren, like that whereon he stood. + +While he was musing at this sight, he beheld a person of a grave and +venerable aspect, in garb and appearance like a shepherd, who asked him +twice or thrice, if he knew the meaning of what he there saw, to which +he answered, _No. Well, then_, says the stranger, _I will inform you. +This sight which you see is just your present case. You have nothing to +resolve with yourself but whether you will prepare by swimming across +this river immediately, forever to possess that beautiful country that +lies before you; or by attempting the passage over the narrow board +which crosses the first arm of the river and leads into the island, +where you will be again amidst briars and thorns, and must at last pass +that deep water, before you can enter the pleasant country you behold on +the other side._ + +This vision made so strong an impression on the poor man's spirits that +when his friend came he refused absolutely to make his escape, but +suffered with great marks of calmness and true repentance, at Tyburn, in +the twenty-seventh year of his age. + +FOOTNOTES: + + [55] This was the statute of 1530 (22 Hen. VIII, c, 10) + directed against "outlandish people calling themselves + Egyptians." It was amended 1 & 2 Ph. & Mary, c. 4 and 5 Eliz., + c. 10 and sundry other legislation was of a similar tenour. + + + + +The Life of JAMES WHITE, a Thief + + +Stupidity, however it may arise, whether from a natural imperfection of +the rational faculties, or from want of education, or from drowning it +wholly in bestial and sensual pleasures, is doubtless one of the highest +misfortunes which can befall any man whatsoever; for it not only leaves +him little better than the beasts which perish, exposed to a thousand +inconveniences against which there is no guard but that of a clear and +unbiased reason, but it renders him also base and abject when under +misfortunes, the sport and contempt of that wicked and debauched part of +the human species who are apt to scoff at despairing misery, and to add +by their insults to the miseries of those who sink under their load +already. + +James White, who is to be the subject of the following narration, was +the son of very honest and reputable parents, though their circumstances +were so mean as not to afford wherewith to put their son to school, and +they themselves were so careless as not to procure his admission into +the Charity School. By all which it happened that the poor fellow knew +hardly anything better than the beasts of the field, and addicted +himself like them, to filling his belly and satisfying his lust. +Whenever, therefore, either of those brutish appetites called, he never +scrupled plundering to obtain what might supply the first, or using +force that might oblige women to submit against their wills unto the +other. + +While he was a mere boy, and worked about as he could with anybody who +would employ him, he found a way to steal and carry off thirty pounds +weight of tobacco, the property of Mr. Perry, an eminent Virginian +merchant; for which he was at the ensuing assizes at the Old Bailey, +tried and convicted, and thereupon ordered for transportation, and in +pursuance of that sentence sent on board the transport vessel +accordingly. Their allowance there was very poor, such as the miserable +wretches could hardly subsist on, viz., a pint and a half of fresh +water, and a very small piece of salt meat _per diem_ each; but that +wherein their greatest misery consisted was the hole in which they were +locked underneath the deck, where they were tied two and two, in order +to prevent those dangers which the ship's crew often runs by the +attempts made by felons to escape. In this disconsolate condition he +passed his time until the arrival of the ship in America, where he met +with a piece of good luck (if attaining liberty may be called good luck) +without acquiring at the same time a means to preserve life in any +comfort. It happened thus. + +The super-cargo falling sick, under the usual distemper which visits +strangers at first coming if they keep not to the exact rules of +temperance and forbearance of strong liquors, ran quickly so much in +debt with his physician that he was obliged immediately to go off, by +doing which six felons became their own masters, of whom James White was +one. He retired into the woods and lived there in a very wretched manner +for some time, till he met with some Indian families in that retreat, +who according to the natural uncultivated humanity of that people +cherished and relieved him to the utmost of their power. + +Soon after this, he went to work amongst some English servants, in order +to ease them, telling them how things stood with him, viz., that he had +been transported, and that for fear of being seized he fled into the +woods, where he had endured the greatest hardships. The servants pitying +his desperate condition relieved him often, without the knowledge of +their mistress until they got him into a planter's service, where though +he worked hard he was sure to fare tolerably well. But at length being +ordered to carry water in large vessels over the rocks to the ship that +rode in the bay underneath it, his feet were thereby so intolerably cut +that he was soon rendered lame and incapable of doing it any longer. The +family thereupon grew weary of keeping him in that decrepit state he was +in, and so for what servile scullion-like labour he was able to do, a +master of a ship took him on board and carried him to England. + +On his return hither, he went directly to his friends in Cripplegate +parish and told them what had befallen him, and how he was driven home +again almost as much by force as he was hurried abroad. They were too +poor to be able to conceal him, and he was therefore obliged to go and +cry fruit about the streets publicly, that he might not want bread. He +went on in this mean but honest way, without committing any new acts +that I am able to learn, for the space of some months. Then being seen +and known by some who were at that employed (or at least employed +themselves) in detecting and taking up all such persons as returned from +transportation, White amongst the rest was seized, and the ensuing +sessions at the Old Bailey convicted on the Statute. He pleaded that he +was only a very young man, and if the Court would have so much pity on +him as to send him over again, he would be satisfied to stay all his +life-time in America; but the resolution which had been taken to spare +none who returned back into England, because such persons were more +bloody and dangerous rogues than any other, and when prompted by +despair, apt to resist the officers of justice, took place, and he was +put into the death warrant. + +Both before and after receiving sentence, he not only abandoned himself +to stupid, heedless indolence, but behaved in so rude and troublesome a +manner as occasioned his being complained of by those miserable wretches +who were under the same condemnation, as a greater grievance to them +than all their other misfortunes put together. He would sometimes +threaten women who came into the hold to visit modestly, tease them with +obscene discourse, and after his being prisoner there committed acts of +lewdness to the amazement and horror of the most wicked and abandoned +wretches in that dreadful place. Being however severely reprimanded for +continuing so beastly a course of life, when life itself was so near +being extinguished, he laid the crime to his own ignorance, and said +that if he were better instructed he would behave better, but he could +not bear being abused, threatened and even maltreated by those who were +in the same state with himself. From this time he addicted himself to +attend more carefully to religious discourses than most of the rest, and +as far as the amazing dullness of his intellects would give him leave, +applied to the duties of his sad state. + +Before his death he gave many testimonies of a sincere and unaffected +sorrow for his crimes, but as he had not the least notion of the nature, +efficacy or preparation necessary for the Sacrament, it was not given +him as is usually done to malefactors the day of their death. At the +place of execution he seemed surprised and astonished, looked wildly +round upon the people, and then asking the minister who attended him +what he must do now, the person spoke to instructed him; so shutting his +hands close, he cried out with great vehemence, _Lord receive my soul._ + +His age was about twenty-five at the time he suffered, which was on the +6th day of November, 1723. + + + + +The Life of JOSEPH MIDDLETON, Housebreaker and Thief + + +Amongst the numbers of unhappy wretches who perish at the gallows, most +pity seems due to those who, pressed by want and necessity, commit in +the bitter exigence of starving, some illegal act purely to support +life. But this is a very scarce case, and such a one as I cannot in +strictness presume to say that I have hitherto met with in all the loads +of papers I have turned over to this purpose, though as the best motive +to excite compassion, and consequently to obtain mercy, it is made very +often a pretence. + +Joseph Middleton was the son of a very poor, though honest, labouring +man in the county of Kent, near Deptford, who did all that was in his +power to bring up his children. This unfortunate son was taken off his +hand by an uncle, a gardener, who brought up the boy to his own +business, and consequently to labour hard enough, which would, to an +understanding person, appear no such very great hardship where a man had +continually been inured to it even from his cradle, and had neither +capacity nor the least probability of attaining anything better. Yet +such an intolerable thing did it seem to Middleton that he resolved at +any cost to be rid of it, and to purchase an easier way of spending his +days. + +In order to this, he very wisely chose to go aboard a man-of-war then +bound for the Baltic. He was in himself a stupid, clumsy fellow, and the +officers and seamen in the ship treated him so harshly, the fatigue he +went through was so great, and the coldness of the climate so pinching +to him, that he who so impatiently wished to be rid of the country work, +now wished as earnestly to return thereto. Therefore, when on the return +of Sir John Norris, the ship he was in was paid off and discharged, he +was in an ecstacy of joy thereat, and immediately went down again to +settle hard to labour as he had done before, experience having convinced +him that there were many more hardships sustained in one short ramble +than in a staid though laborious life. + +In order, as is the common phrase, to settle in the world, he married a +poor woman, by whom he had two children, and thereby made her as unhappy +as himself; what he was able to earn by his hands falling much short of +what was necessary to keep house in the way he lived, this reduced him +to such narrowness of circumstances that he was obliged (as he would +have it believed) to take illegal methods for support. + +His own blockish and dastardly temper, as it had prevented his ever +doing good in any honest way, so it as effectually put it out of his +power to acquire anything considerable by the rapine he committed; for +as he wanted spirit to go into a place where there was immediate danger, +so his companions, who did the act while he scouted about to see if +anybody was coming, and to give them notice, when they divided the booty +gave him just what they thought fit, and keep the rest to themselves. He +had gone on in this miserable way for a considerable space, and yet was +able to acquire very little, his wants being very near as great while he +robbed every night, as they were when he laboured every day, so that in +the exchange he got nothing but danger into the bargain. + +At last, he was apprehended for breaking into the house of John de Pais +and Joseph Gomeroon, and taking there jewels and other things to a +great value, though his innocence in not entering the place would +sufficiently excuse him, for he pleaded at his trial that he was so far +from breaking the house that he was not so much as on the ground of the +prosecutor when it was broke, but on the contrary, as appeared by their +own evidence, on the other side of the way. But it being very fully +proved by the evidence that Joseph Middleton belonged to the gang, that +he waited there only to give them an intelligence, and shared in the +money they took, the jury found him guilty. + +While he lay under conviction, he did his utmost to understand what was +necessary for him to do in order to salvation. He applied himself with +the utmost diligence to praying God to instruct him and enlighten his +understanding, that he might be able to improve by his sufferings and +reap a benefit from the chastisements of his Maker. In this frame of +mind he continued with great steadiness and calmness till the time of +his execution, at which he showed some fear and confusion, as the sight +of such a death is apt to create even in the stoutest and best prepared +breast. This Joseph Middleton, at the time of his exit, was in about the +fortieth year of his age. + + + + +The Life of JOHN PRICE,[56] a Housebreaker + + +A profligate life naturally terminates in misery, and according unto the +vices which it has most pursued, so are its punishments suited unto it. +Drunkenness besots the understanding, ruins the constitution, and leaves +those addicted to it in the last stages of life, in want and misery, +equally destitute of all necessaries, and incapable to procure them. +Lewdness and lust after loose women enervate both the vigour of the +brain and strength of the body, induce weaknesses that anticipate old +age, and afflict the declining sinner with so many evils, as makes him a +burden to himself and a spectacle to others. But if, for the support of +all these, men fall into rapacious and wicked courses, plundering others +who have frugally provided for the supply of life, in order to indulge +their own wicked inclinations, then indeed the Law of society interposes +generally before the Law of Nature, and cuts off with a sudden and +ignominious death those who would otherwise probably have fallen by the +fruits of their own sins. + +This malefactor, John Price, was one of these wretched people who act as +if they thought life was given them only to commit wickedness and +satiate their several appetites with gross impurities, without +considering how far they offend either against the institutions of God +or the laws of the land. It does not appear that this fellow ever +followed any employment that looked like honesty, except when he was at +sea. The terrors of a sick-bed alarmed even a conscience so hardened as +Price's, and the effects of an ill-spent life appeared so plainly in the +weak condition he found himself in, that he made, as he afterwards +owned, the most solemn vows of amendment, if through the favour of +Providence he recovered his former health. To this he was by the +goodness of God restored, but the resolutions he made on that condition +were totally forgotten. As soon as he returned home, he sought afresh +the company of those loose women and those abandoned wretches who by the +inconveniences into which they had formerly led him, had obliged him to +seek for shelter by a long voyage at sea. + +What little money he had received when the ship was paid off, was +quickly lavished away, so that on the 11th of August, 1725, he with two +others named Cliffe and Sparks, undertook, after having well weighed the +attempt, to enter the house of the Duke of Leeds by moving the sash, and +so plunder it of what was to be got. By their assistance Cliffe got in +at the window, and afterwards handed out a cloak, hat, and other things +to his companions Sparks and Price, but they were all immediately +apprehended. Cliffe made an information by which he discovered the whole +fact, and it was fully proved by Mr. Bealin that Price, when first +apprehended, owned that he had been with Cliffe and Sparks. Upon the +whole the jury found him guilty, upon which he freely acknowledged the +justice of their verdict at the bar. + +All the time he lay under conviction he behaved himself as a person +convinced of his own unworthiness of life, and therefore repined not at +the justice of that sentence which condemned him to death, though in his +behaviour before his trial there had appeared much of that rough and +boisterous disposition usual in fellows of no education, who have long +practised such ways of living. Yet long before his death he laid aside +all that ferocity of mind, appearing calm and easy under the weight of +his sufferings, and so much dissatisfied with the trouble he had met +with in the world that he appeared scarce desirous of remaining in it. +He was not able himself to give any account of his age, but as far as +could be guessed from his looks, he might be about thirty when executed, +which was at the same time with the malefactor last mentioned; Cliffe, +whose information had hanged him, being reprieved. + +FOOTNOTES: + + [56] A fuller account of this rogue will be found on page 276. + + + + +LIVES OF THE CRIMINALS + +VOLUME TWO + + + + +THE PREFACE + + +_In the Preface to my former volume I endeavoured to give my readers +some idea of the English Crown Law, in order to shew how consistent it +was with right reason, how perfectly just, and at the same time how full +of mercy. In this, I intend to pursue the thread of that discourse, and +explain the methods by which Justice in criminal cases is to be sought, +and the means afforded by our Law to accuse the guilty and to prevent +punishment from falling on the innocent. In order to do this the more +regularly, it is fit we begin with the apprehension of offenders, and +shew the care of the Legislature in that respect._ + +_In sudden injuries, such as assaults on the highway, attempts to murder +or to commit any felony whatsoever, there is no necessity for any legal +officer to secure the person who is guilty, for every private man hath +sufficient authority to seize and bring such criminal, either to a +constable or to a Justice of the Peace, in order to have the fact +clearly examined and such course taken therein as may conduce to the +impartial distribution of Justice. And because men are apt to be +scrupulous of interesting themselves in matters which do not immediately +concern either their persons or their properties, so the Law hath +provided punishments for those who, for fear of risking their private +safety or advantage, suffer those who offend against the public to +escape unpunished; hence hundreds are liable to be sued for suffering a +robber to escape, and that method of pursuit which is called hue and cry +is permitted, if no probable way may be left for felons to escape. Now a +hue and cry is raised thus: the person robbed, for example, goes to the +constable of the next town, tells him the case, described the felon, and +the way he went. Whereupon the constable, be it day or night, is to take +the assistance of those in his own town, and pursue him according to +those directions immediately, at the same time sending with the utmost +expedition to the neighbouring towns, who are to make like pursuit, and +to send like notice until the felon be found._ + +_So desirous is our Law of bringing offenders to Justice, and of +preserving the roads free from being infested with these vermin. For the +better effecting of this, besides those means prescribed by the customs +of our ancestors, of later times rewards have been given to such as +hazarded their own persons in bringing offenders to justice, and of +these, as far as they are settled by Acts of Parliament and thereby +rendered certain and perpetual, I shall speak here; though not of those +given by proclamation, because they being only for a stated time, people +must hereafter have been misled by our account, when that time is +expired._ + +_Highwaymen becoming, some time after the Revolution, exceedingly bold +and troublesome, by an Act made in the reign of William and Mary, a +reward of forty pounds is given for apprehending any one in England or +Wales, and prosecuting him so as he be convicted; which forty pounds is +to be paid by the sheriff on a certificate of the judge or justices +before whom such a felon was convicted. And in case a person shall be +killed in endeavouring to apprehend or making pursuit after such +robbers, the said forty pounds shall be paid to the executors or +administrators of such persons upon the like certificate. Moreover, +every person who shall take, apprehend, or convict such a person, shall +have as a reward the horse, furniture, arms, money or other goods of +such robber as shall be taken with him, the right or title of his +Majesty's bodies politic or corporate, lords of manors, or persons +lending or letting the same to such robber notwithstanding; excepting +only the right of those from whom such horses, furniture, arms, money, +or goods were before feloniously taken._ + +_A like reward of forty pounds was, by another Act in the same reign, +given to such as shall apprehend any person convicted of any capital +crime relating to the coin of this land._ + +_By an Act also made in the reign of the late King William, persons who +apprehend and prosecute to conviction any who feloniously steal goods to +the value of five shillings, out of any house, shop, warehouse, +coach-house or stable, or shall assist, hire or command any person to +commit such offence; then such person so taking as aforesaid, shall have +a certificate gratis from the Judge or Justices, expressing the parish +or place where such felony was committed; which certificate shall be +capable of being once assigned over, and shall exempt its proprietor or +assignee from all parish and ward offices, in the parish or ward wherein +the felony was committed._ + +_By an Act made in the fifth year of the late Queen, persons +apprehending one guilty of burglary, or of feloniously breaking into a +house in the day-time, and prosecuting to conviction, shall receive over +and above the certificate before mentioned, the sum of forty pounds, as +in the case of apprehending an Highwayman._ + +_By an Act passed in the sixth year of the late King, whoever shall +discover, apprehend, or prosecute to conviction without benefit of +clergy, any person for taking money or other reward, directly or +indirectly, to help persons to their stolen goods (such persons not +having apprehended the felon who stole the same, and brought him to +trial, and given evidence against him) shall be entitled to a reward of +forty pounds for every offender so convicted, and shall have the like +certificate, and like payment without fee, as persons may be entitled to +for apprehending highwaymen._ + +_The next point after offenders are once apprehended, is to carry them +before a proper magistrate, viz., a Justice of the Peace, and this leads +us to say something of the nature and authority of that office. My Lord +Chancellor, or Lord Keeper of the Great Seal, the Lord High Steward of +England, the Lord Marshal, and the Lord High Constable, each of the +Justices of the King's Bench, and as some say, the Lord High Treasurer +of England, have, as incidental to their offices, a general authority to +keep the peace throughout the realm, and to award process for their +surety thereof, and to take recognizances for it. The Master of the +Rolls has also a like power, either incident to his office, or at least +by prescription. As to the ordinary constructors or Justices of the +Peace, they are constituted by the King's Commission, which is at +present granted on the same form as was settled by the Judges in the +33rd Year of Queen Elizabeth, by which they are appointed and assigned +every one of then jointly and separately to keep the King's peace in +such a county, and cause to be kept all statutes made for the good of +the peace and the quiet government of the Kingdom, as well within +liberties, as without, and to punish all those who shall offend against +the said statutes, and to cause all those to come before them, or any of +them, who threaten any people as to the burning their houses, in order +to compel them to be kept in prison until they shall find it. As to the +other powers committed to these justices, it would be too long for me to +explain them, and therefore after this general Act, I shall go on to +take notice of the manner in which the person accused is treated, when +brought before them._ + +_First the Justice of Peace examines as carefully as he can into the +nature of the offence, and the weight there is of evidence to persuade +him of the just ground there is for accusing the person before him; and +after he has thoroughly considered this, if the thing appear frivolous +or ill-grounded, he may discharge the person, or if he think the +circumstances strong enough to require it, he may take the bail of the +party accused, or if the nature of the crime be more heinous, and the +proof direct and clear, he is bound by an instrument under his hand and +seal called a_ Mittimus, _to commit the offender to safe custody until +he is discharged according to Law. In carrying to prison for any crime +whatsoever, if the party so carried escape himself, or if he be rescued +by others, he and they are guilty of a very high misdemeanor, and in +some cases, those who assist in making the rescue may be guilty of +felony or high treason. But if a prisoner be once committed to gaol for +felony, and afterwards break that prison and escape, such breach of +prison is felony, by the Statute_ De Frangentibus Prisonam, _and shall +be tried for the same as in other cases of felony, and suffer on +conviction. My readers will find mention made of a case of this nature +in respect to one Roger Johnson, who some years ago was tried for +breaking the prison of Newgate, while he remained a prisoner there under +a charge of felony, and making his escape; but so tender is the English +law that when there appeared a probability that one Fisher (not then +taken) broke down the wall of the prison and that Johnson took advantage +of that hole and made his escape, he was found not guilty, for want of +due proof that he actually did break that hole through which he +escaped._ + +_The prisoner being in safe custody, a bill is next to be preferred to +the grand jury of the county, in which the nature of the crime is +properly set forth, and after hearing the evidence brought by the +prosecutor to support the charge, they return the bill to the Court, +marked_ Billa Vera _or_ Ignoramus. _In the first case the prisoner is +required to be tried by the petit jury of twelve, and to abide their +verdict; in case of the latter, he is to be discharged and freed from +that prosecution. But the grand jury must find or not find the bill +entire, for a_ Billa Vera _to one part and an_ Ignoramus _to another +renders the whole proceeding void and is of the same use to the prisoner +as if they had returned an_ Ignoramus _upon the whole._ + +_Many without knowing the Law have taken occasion to be very free with +its precedents, and to treat them as things written in barbarous Latin, +in which an unreasonable, if not ridiculous nicety is sometimes +required. But when this comes to be thoroughly examined, we shall find +that their proceedings are exactly conformable to reason, for if care +and circumspection be necessary in deeds and writings relating to civil +affairs, ought it not a fortiori to be more so where the life, liberty, +reputation and everything that is dear and valuable to the subject is at +stake? Therefore, since there are technical words in all sciences, +surely the Law is not to be blamed for preserving certain words to which +they have affixed particular and determined meanings for the expressing +of such crimes as are made more or less culpable by the Legislature. +Thus_ Murdravit _is absolutely necessary in an indictment charging the +prisoner with a murder;_ Caepit _is the term made use of in indictments +of larceny._ Mayhemaivit _expresses the fact charged in an indictment of +maim;_ Felonice _is absolutely necessary in all indictments of felony of +what kind soever;_ Burglariter _is the Latin word made use of to express +that breaking which from particular circumstances our Law has called +burglary, and appointed certain punishment for those who are guilty +thereof._ Proditorie _expresses the Act in indictments of treason, and +even if these are not Latin words, justified by the usage of Roman +authors, the certainty which they give to those charges in which they +are used, and which could not be so well expressed by circumlocutions, +is a full answer to that objection, since the proceedings before a Court +aim not at elegancy, but at Justice. But let us now go on to the next +step taken to bring the offenders to Judgment._ + +_The bill having been found by the grand jury, the prisoner is brought +into the Court where he is to be tried, and set to the bar in the +presence of the judges who are to try him. Then he is usually commanded +to hold up his hand, but this being only a ceremony to make the person +known to the court it may be omitted, or the person indicted saying_ I +am here, _will answer the same end. Then the proper officer reads the +indictment which has been found against him, in English, and when he +hath so done, he demands of the prisoner whether he be guilty or not +guilty of the fact alleged against him, to which the prisoner answers as +he thinks fit, and this answer is styled his plea. That tenderness which +the English Law on all occasions expresses towards those who are to be +brought to answer for crimes alleged against them, requires that at his +arraignment, the prisoner be totally free from any pain or duress which +may disturb his thought and hinder his liberty of pleading as he thinks +fit, and for this reason, even in cases of high treason, irons are taken +off during the time the prisoner is at the bar, where he stands without +any marks of contumely whatsoever._ + +_But in case the prisoner absolutely refuses to answer, or in an +impertinent manner delay or trifle with the court, then he is deemed a +mute; but if he speaks not at all, nor gives any sign by which the Court +shall be satisfied that he is able to speak, then an inquest of +officers, that is of twelve persons who happen to be by, are to enquire +whether his standing mute arises from his contempt of the Court, or be +really an infirmity under which he labours from the hands of God. If it +be found the latter, then the Court, as counsel for the prisoner, shall +hear the evidence with relation to the fact, and proceed therein as if +the prisoner had pleaded not guilty; but if, on the contrary, the Court +or the inquest shall be satisfied that the prisoner remains a mute only +from obstinacy, then in some cases judgment shall be awarded against him +as if he had pleaded or were found guilty, and in others he shall be +remitted to his penance, that is to suffer what the Law calls_ Peine +forte et dure, _which is pressing, of which the readers will find an +account in the subsequent life of Burnworth_, alias _Frazier; and +therefore I shall not treat further of it here._ + +_If, from conviction of his own guilt and a consciousness that it may be +fully proved against him, the prisoner plead guilty to the indictment, +it is considered as the highest species of conviction, and as soon as it +is entered on record the Court proceeds to judgment without further +proceedings on the indictments. But if the prisoner plead not guilty, +and put himself for trial upon his country, then a jury of twelve men +are to pass upon the defendant, and upon their verdict he is either to +be acquitted or convicted._ + +_And with respect to this jury, the English Law appears again more +equitable than perhaps any other in the world, for in this case as the +jury comes severally to the Book to be sworn, to try impartially between +the King and the prisoner of the bar, according to the evidence that is +given upon the indictment, the prisoner is even then at liberty to +except against, or as the law term it, to challenge, twenty of the jury +peremptorily, and as many more as he thinks fit on showing just cause. +So also, if the prisoner be an alien, the jury are to be half aliens and +half English. So tender is our constitution, not only of the lives of +its natural born subjects, but, also of those who put themselves under +its protection, that it has taken every precaution which the wit of man +could devise to prevent prejudice, partiality, or corruption from +mingling in any degree with the sentences pronounced upon offenders, or +in the proceedings upon which they are founded._ + +_Last of all we are to speak of the evidence or testimony which is to be +given for or against the prisoner at the time of his trial. And first +with respect to the evidence offered for the Crown; if it shall appear +that the person swearing shall gain any great and evident advantage by +the event of the trial in which he swears, he shall not be admitted as a +good witness against the prisoner. Thus in the case of Rhodes, tried +some years ago for forging letters of attorney for transferring South +Sea Stock belonging to one Mr. Heysham, the prosecutor, Mr. Heysham, was +not admitted to swear himself against the prisoner because in case of +conviction six thousand pounds stock must have replaced to his account. +But to this, though a general rule, there are some exceptions on which +the compass of this discourse will not permit us to dwell. It is also a +rule that a husband or wife cannot be admitted to testify against the +prisoner, but to this also there are some exceptions, as in the Lord +Audley's case,[57] where he was charged with holding his lady until his +servant committed a rape upon her by his command. Also in marriages +contracted by force against the form of the Statute; in that case it is +provided that the woman, though a wife, may be admitted as evidence, as +also in some other cases which we have not room to mention._ + +_Persons convicted of perjury, forgery, etc., are not to be admitted as +legal witnesses, but that the record of their contrition must be +produced at the time the objection is made, for the Court mil take no +notice of hearsay and common fame in such respect. An infidel, also, +that is one who believes neither the Old nor New Testament, cannot be a +witness, and some other disabilities there are which being uncommon, we +shall not dwell upon here Yet it is necessary to take notice that +whatever is offered as proof against the defendant, shall be heard +openly before him, that he may have an opportunity of falsifying it, if +he be able; and as in all cases, except high treason, no council is +permitted to the prisoner except in matters of law, because every man is +supposed to be capable of defending himself as to matters of fact, yet +the Court is always council for the prisoner and never fails of +instructing and informing him of whatever may conduce to his benefit or +advantage; and if any difficult points of Law arise, council are +assigned him, and are permitted to argue in his behalf with the same +freedom that those do who are appointed by the Crown._ + +_From this succinct account of the method in use in England, of doing +justice in criminal cases, I flatter myself my readers will very clearly +see how valuable those privileges are which we enjoy as Englishmen; how +equitable the proceedings of our Courts of Justice; and how well +constructed every part of our constitution is for the preservation of +the lives and liberties of its subjects. If there remained room for us +to compare the judicious proceedings in use here with those slight, +rigorous and summary methods which are practised in other countries, the +value of these blessings which we enjoy would be considerably enhanced. +But as this Preface already exceeds its intended length, we must refer +this to a more proper opportunity, and conclude with putting our readers +in mind that by the careful perusal of this and the Preface to the First +Volume, they will have competent notion of the Crown Law, the reasons on +which it is founded, the method in which it is prosecuted, and the +judgments on criminals which are inflicted thereby; matters highly +useful in themselves, as well as absolutely necessary to be known, in +order to a proper understanding of the following pages._ + +FOOTNOTES: + + [57] This was Mervyn, Lord Audley, 2nd Earl of Castlehaven, a + man of loathsome profligacy, who was tried by his peers on + charges of unnatural offences, and executed, in 1631. + + + + +The Life of WILLIAM SPERRY, Footpad and Highwayman + + +There is not anything more extraordinary in the circumstances of those +who from a life of rapine and plunder come to its natural catastrophe, a +violent and ignominious death, than that some of them from a life of +piety and religion, have on a sudden fallen into so opposite a +behaviour, and without any stumbles in the road of virtue take, as it +were, a leap from the precipice at once. + +This malefactor, William Sperry, was born of parents in very low +circumstances, who afforded him and his brother scarce any education, +until having reached the age of fourteen years, he and his younger +brother before mentioned, were both decoyed by one of the agents for the +plantations, to consent to their being transported to America, where +they were sold for about seven years.[58] After the expiration of the +term, William Sperry went to live at Philadelphia, the capital of +Pennsylvania, one of the best plantations the English have in America, +which receives its name from William Penn, the famous Quaker who first +planted it. Here, being chiefly instigated thereto by the great piety +and unaffected purity of morals in which the inhabitants of that colony +excel the greater part of the world, Sperry began with the utmost +industry to endeavour at retrieving his reading; and the master with +whom he lived favouring his inclinations, was at great pains and some +expense to have him taught writing. Yet he did not swerve in his +religion, nor fall into Quakerism, the predominant sect here, but went +constantly to the Church belonging to the religion by Law established in +England, read several good books, and addicted himself with much zeal to +the service of God. Removing from the house of his kind master to that +of another planter, he abated nothing in his zeal for devotion, but went +constantly from his master's house to church at West Chester, which was +near five miles from his home. + +Happening, not long after, to have the advantage of going in a trading +vessel to several ports in America, he addicted himself with great +pleasure to this new life. But his happiness therein, like all other +species of human bliss, very shortly faded, for one morning just as the +day began to dawn, the vessel in which he sailed was clapped on board, +and after a very short struggle taken by Low, the famous pirate.[59] +Sperry, being a brisk young lad, Low would very fain have taken him into +his crew, but the lad having still virtuous principles remaining, +earnestly entreated that he might be excused. On the score of his having +discovered to Low a mutinous conspiracy of his crew, the generosity of +that pirate was so great that, finding no offer he could make made any +impression, he caused him to be set safe on shore in the night, on one +of the Leeward Islands. + +Notwithstanding that Sperry did not at that time comply with the +instigations of the pirate, yet his mind was so much poisoned by the +sight of what passed on board, that from that time he had an itching +towards plunder and the desire of getting money at an easier rate than +by the sweat of his brow. While these thoughts were floating in his +head, he was entertained on board one of his Majesty's men-of-war, and +while he continued in the Service, saw a pirate vessel taken; and the +men being tried before a Court of Admiralty in New England, every one of +them was executed except five, who manifestly appeared to have been +forced into the pirates' service. One would have thought this would have +totally eradicated all liking for that sort of practice, but it seems it +did not. For as soon as Sperry came home into England and had married a +wife, by which his inclinations were chained, though he had no ability +to support her, and falling into very great necessities, he either +tempted others or associated himself with certain loose and abandoned +young men, for as he himself constantly declared, he was not led into +evil practices by the persuasions of any. However it were, the deeds he +committed were many, and he became the pest of most of the roads out to +the little villages about London, particularly towards Hampstead, +Islington and Marylebone, of some of which as our papers serve we shall +inform you. + +Sperry and four more of his associates hearing that gaming was very +public at Hampstead,[60] and that considerable sums were won and lost +there every night, resolved to share part of the winnings, let them +light where they would. In order to this, they planted themselves in a +dry ditch on one side of the foot-road just as evening came on, +intending when it was darker to venture into the coach road. They had +hardly been at their posts a quarter of an hour before two officers came +by. Some were for attacking them, but Sperry was of a contrary opinion. +In the meanwhile they heard one of the gentlemen say to the other, +_There's D---- M----, the Gamester, behind us, he has won at least sixty +guineas to-night._ Sperry and his crew had no further dispute whether +they should rob the gentlemen in red or no, but resolved to wait the +coming of so rich a prize. + +It was but a few minutes before M---- appeared in sight. They +immediately stepped into the path, two before him, and two behind, and +watching him to the corner of a hedge, the two who were behind him +caught him by the shoulders, turned him round, and hurrying him about +ten yards, pushed him into a dry ditch. This they had no sooner done, +but they all four leaped down upon him and began to examine his pockets, +M---- thought to have talked them out of a stricter search by pretending +he had lost a great deal of money at play, and had but fifty shillings +about him, which with a silver watch and a crystal ring he deemed very +ready to deliver; and it very probably would have been accepted if they +had not had better intelligence, but one of the oldest of the gang, +perceiving after turning out all his pockets that they could discover +nothing of value, began to exert the style of a highwayman upon an +examination, and addressed the gamester in these terms. + +_Nobody but such a rogue as you would have given gentlemen of our +faculty so much trouble. Sir, we have received advice by good hands from +Belsize that you won sixty guineas to-day at play. Produce them +immediately, or we shall take it for granted you have swallowed them; +and in such a case, Sir, I have an instrument ready to give us an +immediate account of the contents of your stomach._ + +M----, in a dreadful fright, put his hand under his arm, and from thence +produced a green purse with a fifty pound bank-note and eighteen +guineas. This they had no sooner taken than, tying him fast to a hedge +stake, they ran across the fields in search of another booty. They spun +out the time, being a moonlight night, until past eleven, there being so +much company on the road that they found it impossible to attack without +danger. + +As they were returning home, they heard the noise of a coach driving +very hard, and upon turning about saw it was that of Sir W---- B----, +himself on the box, two ladies of pleasure in the coach, and his +servants a great way behind. One of them seized the horse on one side, +and another on the other, but Sir W---- drove so very hard that the pull +of the horses brought them both to the ground, and he at the same time +encouraging them with his voice and the smack of his whip. So he drove +safe off without any hurt, though they fired two pistols after him. + +About three weeks after this they were passing down Drury Lane, and +observing a gentleman going with one of the fine ladies of the Hundreds +into a tavern thereabouts, one of the gang who knew him, and that he had +married a lady with a great fortune to whom his father was guardian, and +that they lived altogether in a great house near Lincoln's Inn Fields, +immediately thought on a project. They slipped into an alehouse, where +he wrote an epistle to the old gentleman, informing him that they had a +warrant to apprehend a lewd woman who was with child by his son, but +that she had made her escape, and was now actually with him at a certain +tavern in Drury Lane, wherefore being apprehensive of disturbance, and +being unwilling to disgrace his family, rather than take rougher +methods, they had informed him, in order that by his interposition the +affair might be made up. + +As soon as they had written this letter, they dispatched one of their +number to carry it and deliver it, as if by mistake, to the young +gentleman's wife. This had the desired effect, for in less than half an +hour came the father, the wife, and another of her trustees, who +happened to be paying a visit there when the letter came. They no sooner +entered the tavern but hearing the voice of the gentleman they asked +for, without ceremony they opened the door, and finding a woman there, +all was believed, and there followed a mighty uproar. Two of the rogues +who were best dressed, had slipped into the next room and called for +half a pint. As if by accident they came out at the noise, and under +pretence of enquiring the occasion, took the opportunity of picking the +gentleman's pockets of twenty-five guineas, one gold watch, and two +silver snuff-boxes, which it is to be presumed were never missed until +the hurry of the affair was over. + +The last robbery Sperry committed was upon one Thomas Golding, not far +from Bromley, who not having any money about him, Sperry endeavoured to +make it up by taking all his clothes. Being apprehended for this, at the +next sessions at the Old Bailey he was convicted for this offence, and +having no friends, could not entertain the least hopes of pardon. From +the time that he was convicted, and, indeed, from that of his +commitment, he behaved like a person on the brink of another world, +ingenuously confessing all his guilt, and acknowledging readily the +justice of that sentence by which he was doomed to death. His behaviour +was perfectly uniform, and as he never put on an air of contempt towards +death, so, at its nearest approach he did not seem exceedingly terrified +therewith, but with great calmness of mind prepared for his dissolution. + +On the day of his execution his countenance seemed rather more cheerful +than ordinarily, and he left this world with all exterior signs of true +penitence and contrition, on Monday, the 24th of May, 1725, at Tyburn, +being then about twenty-three years of age. + +FOOTNOTES: + + [58] There was great competition to secure white labour in the + American plantations. Infamous touts circulated amongst the + poor, and any who were starving or wished for personal reasons + to emigrate engaged themselves with a ship-master or an + office-keeper to allow themselves to be sold for a term of years + in return for their passage money. On arrival at their + destination these poor wretches were sent to the plantations and + lived as slaves until the term for which they had contracted had + expired. In Virginia and Maryland, where most of them went, they + were driven to work on the tobacco fields with the negroes, and + were worse treated than the blacks, as being only leasehold + property whereas the negroes were freehold. + + [59] Captain Edward Low was one of the bloodied of the pirates. + He served under Lowther until 1722, when he smarted on his own + account. After many atrocities he was taken by the French and + hanged, some time in 1724. A full account of him is given in my + edition of Johnson's _History of the Pirates_, issued in the + same series as the present volume. + + [60] Belsize House was opened as a place of amusement, about + 1720, by a certain Howell, who called himself the Welsh + Ambassador. At first it was a fashionable resort, but it soon + became the haunt of gamblers and harpies of both sexes. + + + + +The Life of ROBERT HARPHAM, a Coiner + + +In my former volume I have taken occasion, in the life of Barbara +Spencer, to mention the laws against coining as they stand at present in +this kingdom. I shall not, therefore, detain my readers here with the +unnecessary introduction, but proceed to inform them that a multitude of +false guineas being talked of--the natural consequence of a few being +detected--great pains were taken by the officers belonging to the Mint +for detecting those by whom such frauds had been committed. + +It was not long before information was had of one Robert Harpham and +Thomas Broom, who were suspected of being the persons by whom such false +guineas had been made. Upon these suspicions search warrants were +granted, and a large engine of iron was discovered at Harpham's house, +with other tools supposed to be made use of for that purpose. On this, +the mob immediately gave out that a cart-load of guineas had been +carried from thence, because those instruments were so cumberous as to +be fetched in that manner; though the truth, indeed, was that no great +number of false guineas had been coined, though the instruments +undoubtedly were fitted and made use of for that purpose. Harpham, who +well knew what evidence might be produced against him, never flattered +himself with hopes after he came to Newgate, but as he believed he +should die, so he prepared himself for it as well as he could. + +At his trial the evidence against him was very full and direct. Mr. +Pinket deposed flatly that the instruments produced in Court, and which +were sworn to be taken from the prisoner's house, could not serve for +any other purpose than that of coining. These instruments were an iron +press of very great weight, a cutting instrument for forming blanks, an +edging tool for indenting, with two dies for guineas and two dies for +half-guineas. To strengthen this, William Fornham deposed in relation to +the prisoners' possession, and Mr. Gornbey swore directly to his +striking a half-guinea in his presence. Mr. Oakley and Mr. Tardley +deposing further, that they flatted very considerable quantities of a +mixed metal for the prisoner, made up of brass, copper, etc., sometimes +to the quantity of 30 or 40 pound weight at a time. + +The defence he made was very weak and trifling, and after a very short +consideration the jury brought him in guilty of the indictment, and he, +never entertaining any hopes of pardon, bent all his endeavours in +making his peace with God. Some persons in the prison had been very +civil to him, and one of them presuming thereon, asked him wherein the +great secret of his art of coining lay? Mr. Harpham thanked him for the +kindnesses he had received of him, but said that he should make a very +bad return for the time afforded him by the law of repentance, if he +should leave behind him anything of that kind which might farther +detriment his country. Some instances were also made to him that he +should discover certain persons of that same profession with himself, +who were likely to carry on the same frauds long after his decease. Mr. +Harpham, notwithstanding the answer he had made to the other gentleman, +refused to comply with this request; for he said that the instruments +seized would effectually prevent that, and he would not take away their +lives and ruin their families, when he was sure they were incapacitated +from coining anything for the future. However, that he might discharge +his conscience as far as he could, he wrote several pathetic letters to +the persons concerned; earnestly exhorting them for the sake of +themselves and their families to leave off this wicked employment, and +not hazard their lives and their salvation in any further attempt of +that sort. + +Having thus disengaged himself from all worldly concerns, he dedicated +the last moments of his life entirely to the service of God; and having, +received the Sacrament the day before his execution, he was conveyed +the next noon to Tyburn in a sledge, where he was not a little +disturbed, even in the agonies of death, by the tumult and insults the +mob offered to Jonathan Wild, which he complained much of and seemed +very uneasy at. He suffered on the same day with the last mentioned +malefactor, appealing to be about two- or three-and-forty years of age. + + + + +The Life of the famous JONATHAN WILD, Thief-Taker + + +As no person in this collection ever made so much noise as the person we +are now speaking of, so never any man, perhaps, in any condition of life +whatever had so many romantic stories fathered upon him in his life, or +so many fictitious legendary accounts published of him after his death. +It may seem a low kind of affectation to say that the memoirs we are now +giving of Jonathan Wild are founded on certainty and fact; and that +though they are so founded, they are yet more extraordinary than any of +those fabulous relations pushed into the world to get a penny, at the +time of his death, when it was a proper season for vending such +forgeries, the public looking with so much attention on his catastrophe, +and greedily catching up whatever pretended to the giving an account of +his actions. But to go on with the history in its proper order. + +Jonathan Wild[61] was the son of persons in a mean and low state of +life, yet for all that I have ever heard of them, both honest and +industrious. Their family consisted of three sons and two daughters, +whom their father and mother maintained and educated in the best manner +they could from their joint labours, he as carpenter, and she by selling +fruit in Wolverhampton market, in Staffordshire, which in future ages +may perhaps become famous as the birth place of the celebrated Mr. +Jonathan Wild. He was the eldest of the sons, and received as good an +education as his father's circumstances would allow him, being bred at +the free-school to read and write, to both of which having attained to a +tolerable degree, he was put out an apprentice to a buckle-maker in +Birmingham. + +He served his time with much fidelity, and came up to town in the +service of a gentleman of the long robe, about the year 1704, or perhaps +a little later. But not liking his service, or his master being not +altogether so well pleased with him, he quitted it and retired to his +old employment in the country, where he continued to work diligently for +some time. But at last growing sick of labour, and still entertaining a +desire to taste the pleasures of London, up hither he came a second +time, and worked journey-work at the trade to which he was bred. But +this not producing money enough to support those expenses Jonathan's +love of pleasure threw him into, he got pretty deeply in debt; and some +of his creditors not being endued with altogether as much patience as +his circumstances required, he was suddenly arrested, and thrown into +Wood-street Compter. + +Having no friends to do anything for him, and having very little money +in his pocket when this misfortune happened, he lived very hardly there, +scarce getting bread enough to support him from the charity allowed to +prisoners, and from what little services he could render to prisoners of +the better sort in the gaol. However, as no man wanted address less than +Jonathan, so nobody could have employed it more properly than he did +upon this occasion; he thereby got so much into the favour of the +keepers, that they quickly permitted him the liberty of the gate, as +they call it, and he thereby got some little matter for going on +errands. This set him above the very pinch of want, and that was all; +but his fidelity and industry in these mean employments procured him +such esteem amongst those in power there, that they soon took him into +their ministry, and appointed him an under-keeper to those disorderly +persons who were brought in every night and are called, in their cant, +"rats." + +Jonathan now came into a comfortable subsistence, having learnt how to +get money of such people by putting them into the road of getting +liberty for themselves. But there, says my author, he met with a lady +who was confined on the score of such practices very often, and who went +by the name of Mary Milliner; and who soon taught him how to gain much +greater sums than in this way of life, by methods which he until then +never heard of, and will I am confident, to this day carry the charms of +novelty to most of my readers. Of these the first she put upon him was +going on what they call the "twang," which is thus managed: the man who +is the confederate goes out with some noted woman of the town, and if +she fall into any broil, he is to be at a proper distance, ready to come +into her assistance, and by making a sham quarrel, give her an +opportunity of getting off, perhaps after she has dived for a watch or a +purse of guineas, and was in danger of being caught in the very act. +This proved a very successful employment to Mr. Wild for a time. Moll +and he, therefore, resolved to set up together, and for that purpose +took lodgings and lived as man and wife, notwithstanding Jonathan then +had a wife and a son at Wolverhampton and the fair lady was married to a +waterman in town. + +By the help of this woman Jonathan grew acquainted with all the +notorious gangs of loose persons within the bills of mortality, and was +also perfectly versed in the manner by which they carried on their +schemes. He knew where and how their enterprises were to be gone upon, +and after what manner they disposed of their ill-got goods, when they +came into their possession. Having always an intriguing head Wild set up +for a director amongst them, and soon became so useful to them that +though he never went out upon any of their lays, yet he got as much or +more by their crimes as if he had been a partner with them, which upon +one pretence or other he always declined. + +He had long ago got rid of that debt for which he had been imprisoned in +the Compter, and having by his own thought projected a new manner of +life, he began in a very little time to grow weary of Mrs. Milliner, who +had been his first instructor. What probably contributed thereto was the +danger to which he saw himself exposed by continuing a bully in her +service; however, they parted without falling out, and as he had +occasion to make use of her pretty often in his new way of business, so +she proved very faithful and industrious to him in it, though she still +went on in her old way. + +'Tis now time, that both this and the remaining part of the discourse +may be intelligible, to explain the methods by which thieves became the +better for thieving where they did not steal ready money; and of this we +will speak in the clearest and most concise manner that we can. + +It must be observed that anciently when a thief had got his booty he had +done all that a man in his profession could do, and there were +multitudes of people ready to help them off with whatever effects he had +got, without any more to do. But this method being totally destroyed by +an Act passed in the reign of King William, by which it was made felony +for any person to buy goods stolen, knowing them to be so, and some +examples having been made on this Act, there were few or no receivers to +be met with. Those that still carried on the trade took exorbitant sums +for their own profit, leaving those who had run the hazard of their +necks in obtaining them, the least share of the plunder. This (as an +ingenious author says) had like to have brought the thieving trade to +naught; but Jonathan quickly thought of a method to put things again in +order, and give new life to the practices of the several branches of the +ancient art and mystery called stealing. The method he took was this. + +As soon as any considerable robbery was committed, and Jonathan received +intelligence by whom, he immediately went to the thieves, and instead of +offering to buy the whole or any part of the plunder, he only enquired +how the thing was done, where the persons lived who were injured, and +what the booty consisted in that was taken away. Then pretending to +chide them for their wickedness in doing such actions, and exhorting +them to live honestly for the future, he gave it them as his advice to +lodge what they had taken in a proper place which he appointed them, and +then promised he would take some measures for their security by getting +the people to give them somewhat to have them restored them again. +Having thus wheedled those who had committed a robbery into a compliance +with his measures, his next business was to divide the goods into +several parcels, and cause them to be sent to different places, always +avoiding taking them into his own hands. + +Things being in this position, Jonathan, or Mrs. Milliner went to the +persons who were robbed, and after condoling the misfortune, observed +that they had an acquaintance with a broker to whom certain goods were +brought, some of which they suspected to be stolen, and hearing that the +person to whom they thus applied had been robbed they said they thought +it the duty of one honest body to another to inform them thereof, and to +enquire what goods they were they lost, in order to discover whether +those they spoke of were the same or no. People who had such losses are +always ready, after the first fit of passion is over, to hearken to +anything that has a tendency towards recovering their goods. Jonathan or +his mistress therefore, who could either of them play the hypocrite +nicely, had no great difficulty in making people listen to such terms; +in a day or two, therefore, they were sure to come again with +intelligence that having called upon their friend and looked over the +goods, they had found part of the goods there; and provided nobody was +brought into trouble, and the broker had something in consideration of +his care, they might be had again. He generally told the people, when +they came on this errand, that he had heard of another parcel at such a +place, and that if they would stay a little, he would go and see +whether they were such as they described theirs to be which they had +lost. + +This practice of Jonathan's, if well considered, carries in it a great +deal of policy; for first it seemed to be an honest and good-natured act +to prevail on evil persons to restore the goods which they had stole; +and it must be acknowledged to be a great benefit to those who were +robbed thus to have their goods again upon a reasonable premium, +Jonathan or his mistress all the while taking apparently nothing, their +advantages arising from what they took out of the gratuity left with the +broker, and out of what they had bargained with the thief to be allowed +of the money which they had procured him. Such people finding this +advantage in it, the rewards were very near as large as the price now +given by receivers (since receiving became too dangerous), and they +reaped a certain security also by the bargain. + +With respect to Jonathan, the contrivance placed him in safety, not only +from all the laws then in being, but perhaps would have secured him as +securely from those that are made now, if covetousness had not prevailed +with him to take bolder steps than these; for in a short time he began +to give himself out for a person who made it his business to procure +stolen goods to their right owners. When he first did this he acted with +so much art and cunning that he acquired a very great reputation as an +honest man, not only from those who dealt with him to procure what they +had lost, but even from those people of higher station, who observing +the industry with which he prosecuted certain malefactors, took him for +a friend of Justice, and as such afforded him countenance and +encouragement. + +Certain it is that he brought more villains to the gallows than perhaps +any man ever did, and consequently by diminishing their number, made it +much more safe for persons to travel or even to reside with security in +their own houses. And so sensible was Jonathan of the necessity there +was for him to act in this manner, that he constantly hung up two or +three of his clients at least in a twelvemonth, that he might keep up +that character to which he had attained; and so indefatigable was he in +the pursuit of those he endeavoured to apprehend, that it never happened +in all his course of acting, that so much as one single person escaped +him. Nor need this appear so great a wonder, if we consider that the +exact acquaintance he had with their gangs and the haunts they used put +it out of their power almost to hide themselves so as to avoid his +searches. + +When this practice of Jonathan's became noted, and the people resorted +continually to his house in order to hear of the goods which they had +lost, it produced not only much discourse, but some enquiries into his +behaviour. Jonathan foresaw this, and in order to evade any ill +consequence that might follow upon it, upon such occasions put on an air +of gravity, and complained of the evil disposition of the times, which +would not permit a man to serve his neighbours and his country without +censure. _For do I not_, quoth Jonathan, _do the greatest good, when I +persuade these wicked people who have deprived them of their properties, +to restore them again for a reasonable consideration. And are not the +villains whom I have so industriously brought to suffer that punishment +which the Law, for the sake of its honest subjects, thinks fit to +inflict upon them--in this respect, I say, does not their death show how +much use I am to the country? Why, then_, added Jonathan, _should people +asperse me, or endeavour to take away my bread?_ + +This kind of discourse served, as my readers must know, to keep Wild +safe in his employment for many years, while not a step he took, but +trod on felony, nor a farthing did he obtain but what deserved the +gallows. Two great things there were which contributed to his +preservation, and they were these. The great readiness the Government +always shows in detecting persons guilty of capital offences; in which +case we know 'tis common to offer not only pardon, but rewards to +persons guilty, provided they make discoveries; and this Jonathan was so +sensible of that he did not only screen himself behind the lenity of the +Supreme Power, but made use of it also as a sort of authority, and +behaved himself with a very presuming air. And taking upon him the +character of a sort of minister of Justice, this assumed character of +his, however ill-founded, proved of great advantage to him in the course +of his life. The other point, which, as I have said, contributed to keep +him from any prosecutions on the score of these illegal and +unwarrantable actions, was the great willingness of people who had been +robbed to recover their goods, and who, provided for a small matter they +could regain things for a considerable worth, were so far from taking +pains to bring the offenders to justice that they thought the premium a +cheap price to get off. + +Thus by the rigour of the magistrate, and the lenity of the subject, +Jonathan claimed constant employment, and according as wicked persons +behaved, they were either trussed up to satisfy the just vengeance of +the one, or protected and encouraged, that by bringing the goods they +stole he might be enabled to satisfy the demands of the other. And thus +we see the policy of a mean and scandalous thief-taker, conducted with +as much prudence, caution, and necessary courage, as the measures taken +by even the greatest persons upon earth; nor perhaps is there, in all +history, an instance of a man who thus openly dallied with the laws, and +played with capital punishment. + +As I am persuaded my readers will take a pleasure in the relation of +Jonathan's maxims of policy, I shall be a little more particular in +relation to them than otherwise I should have been, considering that in +this work I do not propose to treat of the actions of a single person, +but to consider the villainies committed throughout the space of a dozen +years, such especially as have reached to public notice by bringing the +authors of them to the gallows. But Mr. Wild being a man of such +eminence as to value himself in his life-time on his superiority to +meaner rogues; so I am willing to distinguish him now he is dead, by +showing a greater complaisance in recording his history than that of any +other hero in this way whatsoever. + +Nor, to speak properly, was Jonathan ever an operator, as they call it, +that is a practicer in any one branch of thieving. No, his method was to +acquire money at an easier rate, and if any title can be devised +suitable to his great performance, it must be that of Director General +of the united forces of highwaymen, housebreakers, footpads, +pickpockets, and private thieves. Now, according to my promise, for the +maxims by which he supported himself in this dangerous capacity. + +In the first place, he continually exhorted the plunderers that belonged +to his several gangs, to let him know punctually what goods they at any +time took, by which means he had it in his power to give, for the most +part, a direct answer to those who came to make their enquiries after +they had lost their effects, either by their own carelessness, or the +dexterity of the thief. If they complied faithfully with his +instructions, he was a certain protector on all occasions, and sometimes +had interest enough to procure them liberty when apprehended, either in +the committing a robbery, or upon the information of one of the gang. In +such a case Jonathan's usual pretence was that such a person (who was +the man he intended to save) was capable of making a larger and more +effectual information, for which purpose Jonathan would sometimes supply +him with memorandums of his own, and thereby establish so well the +credit of his discovery, as scarce to fail of producing its effect. + +But if his thieves threatened to become independent, and despise his +rules, or endeavour for the sake of profit to vend the goods they got +some other way without making application to Jonathan; or if they threw +out any threatening speeches against their companions; or grumbled at +the compositions he made for them, in such cases as these Wild took the +first opportunity of talking to them in a new style, telling them that +he was well assured they did very ill acts and plundered poor honest +people, to indulge themselves in their debaucheries; that they would do +well to think of amending before the Justice of their country fell upon +them; and that after such warning they must not expect any assistance +from him, in case they should fall under any misfortune. The next thing +that followed after this fine harangue was that they were put into the +information of some of Jonathan's creatures; or the first fresh fact +they committed and Jonathan was applied to for the recovery of the +goods, he immediately set out to apprehend them, and laboured so +indefatigably therein that they never escaped him. Thus he not only +procured the reward for himself, but also gained an opportunity of +pretending that he not only restored goods to the right owners, but also +apprehended the thief as often as it was in his power. As to instances, +I shall mention them in a proper place. + +I shall now go on to another observation, viz., that in those steps of +his business which was most hazardous, Jonathan made the people +themselves take the first steps by publishing advertisements of things +lost, directing them to be brought to Mr. Wild, who was empowered to +receive them and pay such a reward as the person that lost them thought +fit to offer; and in this capacity Jonathan appeared no otherwise than +as a person on whose honour these sort of people could rely; by which, +his assistance became necessary for retrieving whatever had been +pilfered. + +After he had gone on in this trade for about ten years with success, he +began to lay aside much of his former caution, and gave way to the +natural vanity of his temper; taking a larger house in Old Bailey than +that in which he formerly lived; giving the woman who he called his +wife, abundance of fine things; keeping open office for restoring stolen +goods; appointing abundance of under-officers to receive goods, carry +messages to those who stole them, bring him exact intelligence of the +several gangs and the places of their resort, and in fine, for such +other purposes as this, their supreme governor, directed. His fame at +last came to that height that persons of the highest quality would +condescend to make use of his abilities, when at an installation, public +entry, or some other great solemnity they had the misfortune of losing +watches, jewels, or other things, whether of great real or imaginary +value. + +But as his methods of treating those who applied to him for his +assistance has been much misrepresented, I shall next give an exact and +impartial account thereof, that the fabulous history of Jonathan Wild +may not be imposed upon posterity. + +In the first place, then, when a person was introduced to Mr. Wild's +office, it was first hinted to him that a crown must be deposited by +way of fee for his advice; when this was complied with a large book was +brought out; then the loser was examined with much formality, as to the +time, place, and manner that the goods became missing; and then the +person was dismissed with a promise of careful enquiries being made, and +of hearing more concerning them in a day or two. When this was adjusted, +the person took his leave, with great hopes of being acquainted shortly +with the fruits of Mr. Wild's industry, and highly satisfied with the +methodical treatment he had met with. + +But at the bottom this was all grimace. Wild had not the least occasion +for these queries, except to amuse the persons he asked, for he knew +beforehand all the circumstances of the robbery much better than they +did. Nay, perhaps, he had the very goods in the house when the folks +came first to enquire for them; though for reasons not hard to guess he +made use of all this formality before he proceeded to return them. When, +therefore, according to his appointment, the enquirer came the second +time, Jonathan took care to amuse him by a new scene. He was told that +Mr. Wild had indeed made enquiries, but was very sorry to communicate +the result of them; the thief, truly, who was a bold impudent fellow, +rejected with scorn the offer which pursuant to the loser's instructions +had been made him, insisted that he could sell the goods at a double +price, and in short would not hear a word of restitution unless upon +better terms. _But notwithstanding all this_, says Jonathan, _if I can +but come to the speech of him, I don't doubt bringing him to reason._ + +At length, after one or two more attendances, Mr. Wild gave the definite +answer, that provided no questions were asked and so much money was +given to the porter who brought them, the loser might have his things +returned at such an hour precisely. This was transacted with all outward +appearances of friendship and honest intention on his side, and with +great seeming frankness and generosity; but when the client came to the +last article, viz., what Mr. Wild expected for his trouble, then an air +of coldness was put on, and he answered with equal pride and +indifference, that what he did was purely from a principle of doing +good. As to a gratuity for the trouble he had taken, he left it totally +to yourself; you might do it in what you thought fit. Even when money +was presented to him he received it with the same negligent grace, +always putting you in mind that it was your own act, that you did it +merely out of your generosity, and that it was no way the result of his +request, that he took it as a favour, not as a reward. + +By this dexterity in his management he fenced himself against the rigour +of the law, in the midst of these notorious transgressions of it, for +what could be imputed to Mr. Wild? He neither saw the thief who took +away your goods, nor received them after they were taken; the method he +pursued in order to procure you your things again was neither dishonest +or illegal, if you will believe his account on it, and no other than his +account could be gotten. According to him it was performed after this +manner: after having enquired amongst such loose people as he +acknowledged he had acquaintance with, and hearing that such a robbery +was committed at such a time, and such and such goods were taken, he +thereupon had caused it to be intimated to the thief that if he had any +regard for his own safety he would cause such and such goods to be +carried to such a place; in consideration of which, he might reasonably +hope such a reward, naming a certain sum. If it excited the thief to +return the goods, it did not thereby fix any guilt or blame upon +Jonathan; and by this description, I fancy my readers will have a pretty +clear idea of the man's capacity, as well as of his villainy. + +Had Mr. Wild continued satisfied with this way of dealing in all human +probability he might have gone to his grave in peace, without any +apprehensions of punishment but what he was to meet within a world to +come. But he was greedy, and instead of keeping constant to this safe +method, came at last to take the goods into his own custody, giving +those that stole them what he thought proper, and then making such a +bargain with the loser as he was able to bring him up to, sending the +porter himself, and taking without ceremony whatever money had been +given him. But as this happened only in the two last years of his life, +it is fit I should give you some instances of his behaviour before, and +these not from the hearsay of the town, but within the compass of my own +knowledge. + +A gentleman near Covent Garden who dealt in silks had bespoke a piece of +extraordinary rich damask, on purpose for the birthday suit of a certain +duke; and the lace-man having brought such trimming as was proper for +it, the mercer had made the whole up in a parcel, tied it at each end +with blue ribbon, sealed with great exactness, and placed on one end of +the counter, in expectation of his Grace's servant, who he knew was +directed to call for it in the afternoon. Accordingly the fellow came, +but when the mercer went to deliver him the goods, the piece had gone, +and no account could possibly he had of it. As the master had been all +day in the shop, so there was no possibility of charging anything either +upon the carelessness or dishonesty of servants. After an hour's +fretting, therefore, seeing no other remedy, he even determined to go +and communicate his loss to Mr. Wild, in hopes of receiving some benefit +by his assistance, the loss consisting not so much in the value of the +things as in the disappointment it would be to the nobleman not to have +them on the birthday. + +Upon this consideration a hackney-coach was immediately called, and away +he was ordered to drive directly to Jonathan's house in the Old Bailey. +As soon as he came into the room, and had acquainted Mr. Wild with his +business, the usual deposit of a crown being made, and the common +questions of the how, when, and where, having been asked, the mercer +being very impatient, said with some kind of heat, _Mr. Wild, the loss I +have sustained, though the intrinsic value of the goods be very little, +lies more in disobliging my customer. Tell me, therefore, in a few +words, if it be in your power to serve me. If it is, I have thirty +guineas here ready to lay down, but if you expect that I should dance +attendance for a week or two, I assure you I shall not be willing to +part with above half the money. Good sir_, replied Mr. Wild, _have a +little more consideration. I am no thief, sir, nor no receiver of stolen +goods, so that if you don't think fit to give me time to enquire, you +must e'en take what measures you please._ + +When the mercer found he was like to be left without any hopes, he began +to talk in a milder strain, and with abundance of intreaties fell to +persuading Jonathan to think of some method to serve him, and that +immediately. Wild stepped out a minute or two, as if to the necessary +house; as soon as he came back he told the gentleman, it was not in his +power to serve him in such a hurry, if at all; however, in a day or two +he might be able to give him some answer. The mercer insisted that a day +or two would lessen the value of the goods one half to him, and Jonathan +insisted, as peremptorily, that it was not in his power to do anything +sooner. + +At last a servant came in a hurry, and told Mr. Wild there was a +gentleman below desired to speak with him. Jonathan bowed and begged the +gentleman's pardon, told him he would wait on him in one minute, and +without staying for a reply withdrew, and clapped the door after him. In +about five minutes he returned with a very smiling countenance, and +turning to the gentleman, said, _I protest sir, you are the luckiest man +I ever knew. I spoke to one of my people just now, to go to a house +where I know some lifters resort, and directed him to talk of the +robbery that had been committed in your house, and to say that the +gentleman had been with me and offered thirty guineas, provided the +things might be had again, but declared, if he did not receive them in a +very short space, he would give as great a reward for the discovery of +the thief, whom he would prosecute with the utmost severity. This story +has had its effect, and if you go directly home, I fancy you'll hear +more news of it yourself than I am able to tell you. But pray, sir, +remember one thing; that the thirty guineas was your own offer. You are +at free liberty to give them, or let them alone; do which you please, +'tis nothing to me; but take notice, sir, that I have done all for you +in my power, without the least expectation of gratuity._ + +Away went the mercer, confounded in his mind, and wondering where this +affair would end. But as he walked up Southampton Street a fellow +overtook him, patted him on the shoulder, and delivered him the bundle +unopened, telling him the price was twenty guineas. The mercer paid it +him directly, and returning to Jonathan in half an hour's time, readily +expressed abundance of thanks to Mr. Wild for his assistance, and begged +him to accept of the ten guineas he had saved him, for his pains. +Jonathan told him that he had saved him nothing, but supposed that the +people thought twenty demand enough, considering that they were now +pretty safe from prosecution. The mercer still pressed the ten guineas +upon Jonathan, who after taking them out of his hand returned him five +of them, and assured him that was more than enough, adding: _'Tis +satisfaction enough, sir, to an honest man that he is able to procure +people their goods again._ + +This, you will say, was a remarkable instance of his moderation. I will +join to it as extraordinary an account of his justice, equity, or what +else you will please to call it. It happened thus. + +A lady whose husband was out of the kingdom, and had sent over to her +draughts for her assistance to the amount of between fifteen hundred and +two thousand pounds, lost the pocket-book in which they were contained, +between Bucklersbury and Magpie alehouse in Leadenhall Street, where the +merchant lived upon whom they were drawn. She however, went to the +gentleman, and he advised her to go directly to Mr. Jonathan Wild. +Accordingly to Jonathan she came, deposited the crown, and answered the +questions she asked him. Jonathan then told her that in an hour or two's +time, possibly, some of his people might hear who it was that had picked +her pocket. The lady was vehement in her desires to have it again, and +for that purpose went so far at last as to offer an hundred guineas. +Upon that Wild made answer, _Though they are of much greater value to +you, madam, yet they cannot be worth anything like it to them; therefore +keep your own counsel, say nothing in the hearing of my people, and I'll +give you the best, directions I am able for the recovery of your notes. +In the meanwhile, if you will go to any tavern near, and endeavour to +eat a bit of dinner, I will bring you an answer before the cloth is +taken away._ She said she was unacquainted with any house thereabouts, +upon which Mr. Wild named the Baptist Head.[62] The lady would not be +satisfied unless Mr. Wild promised to eat with her; he at last complied, +and she ordered a fowl and sausages at the house he had appointed. + +She waited there about three quarters of an hour, when Mr. Wild came +over and told her he had heard news of her book, desiring her to tell +out ten guineas upon the table in case she should have an occasion for +them. As the cook came up to acquaint her that the fowl was ready, +Jonathan begged she would see whether there was any woman waiting at his +door. + +The lady, without minding the mystery, did as he desired her, and +perceiving a woman in a scarlet riding-hood walk twice or thrice by Mr. +Wild's house, her curiosity prompted her to go near her. But +recollecting she had left the gold upon the table upstairs, she went and +snatched it up without saying a word to Jonathan, and then running down +again went towards the woman in the red hood, who was still walking +before his door. It seems she had guessed right, for no sooner did she +approach towards her but the woman came directly up to her, and +presenting her pocket book, desired she would open it and see that all +was safe. The lady did so, and answering it was alright, the woman in +the red riding-hood said, _Here's another little note for you, madam_; +upon which she gave her a little billet, on the outside of which was +written ten guineas. The lady delivered her the money immediately, +adding also a piece for herself, and returning with a great deal of joy +to Mr. Wild, told him she had got her book, and would now eat her dinner +heartily. When the things were taken away, she thought it was time to go +to the merchant. + +Thinking it would be necessary to make Mr. Wild a handsome present, she +put her hand in her pocket, and with great surprise found her green +purse gone, in which was the remainder of fifty guineas she had borrowed +of the merchant in the morning. Upon this she looked very much confused, +but did not speak a word. Jonathan perceived it, asked if she was not +well. _I am tolerably in health, sir_, answered she, _but I am amazed +that the woman took but ten guineas for the book, and at the same time +picked my pocket of thirty-nine._ + +Mr. Wild hereupon appeared in as great a confusion as the lady, and said +he hoped she was not in earnest, but if it were so, begged her not to +disturb herself, she should not lose one farthing. Upon which Jonathan +begging her to sit still, stepped over to his own house and gave, as +may be supposed, necessary directions, for in less than half an hour a +little Jew (called Abraham) that Wild kept, bolted into the room, and +told him the woman was taken, and on the point of going to the Compter. +_You shall see, Madam_, said Jonathan, turning to the lady, _what +exemplary punishment I'll make of this infamous woman._ Then turning +himself to the Jew, _Abraham_, says he, _was the green purse of money +taken on her? Yes sir_, replied his agent. _O la!_ then said the lady, +_I'll take the purse with all my heart; I would not prosecute the poor +wretch for the world. Would not you so, Madam_, replied Wild. _Well, +then, we'll see what's to be done._ Upon which he first whispered his +emissary, and then dispatched him. + +He was no sooner gone than Jonathan told the lady that she would be too +late at the merchant's unless they took coach; which thereupon they did, +and stopped over against the Compter gate by the Stocks Market.[63] She +wondered at all this, but by the time they have been in a tavern a very +little space, back comes Jonathan's emissary with the green purse and +the gold in it. _She says, sir_, said the fellow to Wild _she has only +broke a guinea of the money for garnish and wine, and here's all the +rest of it. Very well_, says Jonathan, _give it to the lady. Will you +please to tell it, madam?_ The lady accordingly did, and found there +were forty-nine. _Bless me!_ says she. _I think the woman's bewitched, +she has sent me ten guineas more than I should have had. No, Madam_, +replied Wild, _she has sent you back again the ten guineas which she +received for the book; I never suffer any such practices in my way. I +obliged her, therefore, to give up the money she had taken as well as +that she had stole. And therefore I hope, whatever you may think of her, +that you will not have a worse opinion of your humble servant for this +accident._ + +The lady was so much confounded and confuted at these unaccountable +incidents, that she scarce knew what she did; at last recollecting +herself, _Well, Mr. Wild_, says she; _I think the least I can do is to +oblige you to accept of these ten guineas. No_, replied he, _nor of ten +farthings. I scorn all actions of such a sort as much as any man of +quality in the kingdom. All the reward I desire, Madam, is that you will +acknowledge I have acted like an honest man, and a man of honour._ He +had scarce pronounced these words, before he rose up, made her a bow, +and went immediately down stairs. + +The reader may be assured there is not the least mixture of fiction in +this story, and yet perhaps there was not a more remarkable one which +happened in the whole course of Jonathan's life. I shall add but one +more relation of this sort, and then go on with the series of my +history. This which I am now going to relate happened within a few doors +of the place where I lived, and was transacted in this manner. + +There came a little boy with vials in a basket to sell to a surgeon who +was my very intimate acquaintance. It was in the winter, and the weather +cold, when one day after he had sold the bottles that were wanted, the +boy complained he was almost chilled to death with cold, and almost +starved for want of victuals. The surgeon's maid, in compassion to the +child, who was not above nine or ten years old, took him into the +kitchen, and gave him a porringer of milk and bread, with a lump or two +of sugar in it. The boy ate a little of it, then said he had enough, +gave her a thousand blessings and thanks, and marched off with a silver +spoon, and a pair of forceps of the same mettle, which lay in the shop +as he passed through. The instrument was first missed, and the search +after it occasioned their missing the spoon; and yet nobody suspected +anything of the boy, though they had all seen him in the kitchen. + +The gentleman of the house, however, having some knowledge of Jonathan +Wild, and not living far from the Old Bailey, went immediately to him +for his advice. Jonathan called for a bottle of white wine and ordered +it to be mulled; the gentleman knowing the custom of his house, laid +down the crown, and was going on to tell him the manner in which the +things were missed, but Mr. Wild soon cut him short by saying, _Sir, +step into the next room a moment; here's a lady coming hither. You may +depend upon my doing anything that is in my power, and presently we'll +talk the thing over at leisure._ The gentleman went into the room where +he was directed, and saw, with no little wonder, his forceps and silver +spoon lying upon the table. He had hardly taken them up to look at them +before Jonathan entered. _So, sir_, said he, _I suppose you have no +further occasion for my assistance. Yes, indeed, I have_, said the +surgeon, _there are a great many servants in our family, and some of +them will certainly be blamed for this transaction; so that I am under a +necessity of begging another favour, which is, that you will let me know +how they were stolen? I believe the thief is not far off_, quoth +Jonathan, _and if you'll give me your word he shall come to no harm, +I'll produce him immediately._ + +The gentleman readily condescended to this proposition, and Mr. Wild +stepping out for a minute or two, brought in the young vial merchant in +his hand. _Here, sir_, says Wild, _do you know this hopeful youth? Yes_, +answered the surgeon, _but I could never have dreamt that a creature so +little as he, could have had so much wickedness in him. However, as I +have given you my word, and as I have my things again, I will not only +pass by his robbing me, but if he will bring me bottles again, shall +make use of him as I used to do. I believe you may_, added Jonathan, +_when he ventures into your house again._ + +But it seems he was therein mistaken, for in less than a week afterwards +the boy had the impudence to come and offer his vials again, upon which +the gentleman not only bought of him as usual, but ordered two quarts of +milk to be set on the fire, put into it two ounces of glister sugar, +crumbled it with a couple of penny loaves, and obliged this +nimble-fingered youth to eat it every drop up before he went out of the +kitchen door, and then without farther correction hurried him about his +business. + +This was the channel in which Jonathan's business usually ran, but to +support his credit with the magistrates, he was forced to add +thief-catching to it, and every sessions or two, strung up some of the +youths of his own bringing-up to the gallows. But this, however, did not +serve his turn; an honourable person on the Bench took notice of his +manner of acting, which being become at last very notorious, an Act of +Parliament was passed, levelled directly against such practices, whereby +persons who took money for the recovery of stolen goods, and did +actually recover such goods without apprehending the felon, should be +deemed guilty in the same degree of felony with those who committed the +fact in taking such goods as were returned. And after this became law, +the same honourable person sent to him to warn him of going on any +longer at his old rate, for that it was now become a capital crime, and +if he was apprehended for it, he could expect no mercy. + +Jonathan received the reproof with abundance of thankfulness and +submission, but what was strange, never altered the manner of his +behaviour in the least; but on the contrary, did it more openly and +publicly than ever. Indeed, to compensate for this, he seemed to double +his diligence in apprehending thieves, and brought a vast number of the +most notorious amongst them to the gallows, even though he himself had +bred them up in the art of thieving, and given them both instructions +and encouragement to take that road which was ruinous enough in itself, +and by him made fatal. + +Of these none were so open and apparent a case as that of Blake, _alias_ +Blueskin. This fellow had from a child been under the tuition of +Jonathan, who paid for the curing his wounds, whilst he was in the +Compter, allowed him three and sixpence a week for his subsistence, and +afforded his help to get him out of there at last. Yet as soon after +this he abandoned him to his own conduct in such matters, and in a short +space caused him to be apprehended for breaking open the house of Mr. +Kneebone, which brought him to the gallows. When the fellow came to be +tried Jonathan, indeed, vouchsafed to speak to him, and assured him that +his body should be handsomely interred in a good coffin at his own +expense. This was strange comfort, and such as by no means suited +Blueskin: he insisted peremptorily upon a transportation pardon, which +be said he was sure Jonathan had interest enough to procure him. But +Wild assured him that he had not, and that it was in vain for him to +flatter himself with such hopes, but that he had better dispose himself +to thinking of another life; in order to which, good books and such like +helps should not be wanting. + +All this put Blueskin at last into such a passion that though this +discourse happened upon the leads at the Old Bailey; in the presence of +the Court then sitting, Blake could not forbear taking a revenge for +what he took to be an insult on him. And therefore, without ado, he +clapped one hand under Jonathan's chin, and with the other, taking a +sharp knife out of his pocket, cut him a large gash across the throat, +which everybody at the time it was done judged mortal. Jonathan was +carried off, all covered with blood, and though at that time he +professed the greatest resentment for such usage, affirming that he had +done all that lay in his power for the man who had so cruelly designed +against his life; yet when he afterwards came to be under sentence of +death, he regretted prodigiously the escape he had made then from death, +often wishing that the knife of Blake had put an end to his life, rather +than left him to linger out his days till so ignominious a fate befell +him. + +But it was not only Blake who had entertained notions of putting him to +death. He had disobliged almost the whole group of villains with whom he +had concern, and there were numbers of them who had taken it into their +heads to deprive him of life. His escapes in the apprehending such +persons were sometimes very narrow; he received wounds in almost every +part of his body, his skull was twice fractured, and his whole +constitution so broken by these accidents and the great fatigue he went +through, that when he fell under the misfortunes which brought him to +his death, he was scarce able to stand upright, and was never in a +condition to go to chapel. + +But we have broke a little into the thread of our history, and must +therefore go back in order to trace the causes which brought on +Jonathan's last adventures, and finally his violent death. This we shall +now relate in the clearest and concisest manner that the thing will +allow; being well furnished for that purpose, having to personal +experience added the best intelligence that could be procured, and +that, too, from persons the most deserving of credit. + +The practices of this criminal in the manner we have before mentioned +continued long after the Act of Parliament; and in so notorious a +manner, at last, that the magistrates in London and Middlesex thought +themselves obliged by the duty of their office to take notice of him. +This occasioned a warrant to be granted against him by a worshipful +alderman of the City, upon which Mr. Wild being apprehended somewhere +near Wood Street, he was carried into the Rose Sponging-house. There I +myself saw him sitting in the kitchen at the fire, waiting the leisure +of the magistrate who was to examine him. + +In the meantime the crowd was very great, and, with his usual hypocrisy, +Jonathan harangued them to this purpose. _I wonder, good people, what it +is you would see? I am a poor honest man, who have done all I could do +to serve people when they have had the misfortune to lose their goods by +the villainy of thieves. I have contributed more than any man living to +bringing the most daring and notorious malefactors to justice. Yet now +by the malice of my enemies, you see I am in custody, and am going +before a magistrate who I hope will do me justice. Why should you insult +me, therefore? I don't know that I ever injured any of you? Let me +intreat you, therefore, as you see me lame in body, and afflicted in +mind, not to make me more uneasy than I can bear. If I have offended +against the law it will punish me, but it gives you no right to use me +ill, unheard, and unconvicted._ + +By this time the people of the house and the Compter officers had pretty +well cleared the place, upon which he began to compose himself, and +desired them to get a coach to the door, for he was unable to walk. +About an hour after, he was carried before a Justice and examined, and I +think was thereupon immediately committed to Newgate. He lay there a +considerable time before he was tried; at last he was convicted +capitally upon the following fact, which appeared on the evidence, +exactly in the same light in which I shall state it. + +He was indicted on the afore-mentioned Statute, for receiving money for +the restoring stolen goods, without apprehending the persons by whom +they were stolen. In order to support this charge, the prosecutrix, +Catherine Stephens,[64] deposed as follows: + + On the 22nd of January, I had two persons come in to my shop under + pretence of buying some lace. They were so difficult that I had + none below would please them, so leaving my daughter in the shop, I + stepped upstairs and brought down another box. We could not agree + about the price, and so they went away together. In about half an + hour I missed a tin box of lace that I valued at £50. The same night + and the next I went to Jonathan Wild's house; but meeting with him + at home, I advertised the lace that I had lost with a reward of + fifteen guineas, and no questions asked. But hearing nothing of it, + I went to Jonathan's house again, and then met with him at home. He + desired me to give him a description of the persons that I + suspected, which I did, as near as I could; and then he told me, + that he would make enquiry, and bid me call again in two or three + days. I did so, and then he said that he had heard something of my + lace, and expected to know more of the matter in a very little time. + + I came to him again on that day he was apprehended (I think it was + the 15th of February). I told him that though I had advertised but + fifteen guineas reward, yet I would give twenty or twenty-five + guineas, rather than not have my goods. _Don't be in such a hurry_, + says Jonathan, _I don't know but I may help you to it for less, and + if I can I will; the persons that have it are gone out of town. I + shall set them to quarrelling about it, and then I shall get it the + cheaper._ On the 10th of March he sent me word that if I could come + to him in Newgate, and bring ten guineas in my pocket, he would help + me to the lace. I went, he desired me to call a porter, but I not + knowing where to find one, he sent a person who brought one that + appeared to be a ticket-porter. The prisoner gave me a letter which + he said was sent him as a direction where to go for the lace; but I + could not read, and so I delivered it to the porter. Then he desired + me to give the porter the ten guineas, or else (he said) the persons + who had the lace would not deliver it. I gave the porter the money; + he returned, and brought me a box that was sealed up, but not the + same that was lost. I opened it and found all my lace but one piece. + + _Now, Mr. Wild_, says I, _what must you have for your trouble? Not a + farthing_, says he, _not a farthing for me. I don't do these things + for worldly interest, but only for the good of poor people that have + met with misfortunes. As for the piece of lace that is missing, I + hope to get it for you ere long, and I don't know but that I may + help you not only to your money again, but to the thief too. And if + I can, much good may it do you; and as you are a good woman and a + widow, and a Christian, I desire nothing of you but your prayers, + and for these I shall be thankful. I have a great many enemies, and + God knows what may be the consequence of this imprisonment._ + +The fact suggested in the indictment was undoubtedly fully proved by +this disposition, and though that fact happened in Newgate, and after +his confinement, yet it still continued as much and as great a crime as +if it had been done before; the Law therefore condemned him upon it. But +even if he had escaped this, there were other facts of a like nature, +which inevitably would have destroyed him; for the last years of his +life, instead of growing more prudent, he undoubtedly became less so, +for the blunders committed in this fact, were very little like the +behaviour of Jonathan in the first years in which he carried on this +practice, when nobody behaved with greater caution, as nobody ever had +so much reason to be cautious. And though he had all along great +enemies, yet he had conducted his affairs so that the Law could not +possibly lay hold of him, nor his excuses be easily detected, even in +respect of honesty. + +When he was brought up to the bar to receive sentence, he appeared to be +very much dejected, and when the usual question was proposed to him: +_What have you to say why judgment of death should not pass upon you?_ +he spoke with a very feeble voice in the following terms. + +_My Lord, I hope even in the sad condition in which I stand, I may +pretend to some little merit in respect to the service I have done my +country, in delivering it from some of the greatest pests with which it +was ever troubled. My Lord, I have brought many bold and daring +malefactors to just punishment, even at the hazard of my own life, my +body being covered with scars I received in these undertakings. I +presume, my Lord, to say I have done merit, because at the time the +things were done, they were esteemed meritorious by the government; and +therefore I hope, my Lord, some compassion may be shown on the score of +those services. I submit myself wholly to his Majesty's mercy, and +humbly beg a favourable report of my case._ + +When Sir William Thomson[65] (now one of the barons of his Majesty's +Court of Exchequer), as Recorder of London, pronounced sentence of +death, he spoke particularly to Wild, put him in mind of those cautions +he had had against going on in those practices rendered capital by Law, +made on purpose for preventing that infamous trade of becoming broker +for felony, and standing in the middle between the felon and the person +injured, in order to receive a premium for redress. And when he had +properly stated the nature and aggravations of his crime, he exhorted +him to make a better use of that small portion of time, which the +tenderness of the law of England allowed sinners for repentance, and +desired he would remember this admonition though he had slighted others. +As to the report he told him, he might depend on Justice, and ought not +to hope for any more. + +Under conviction, no man who appeared upon other occasions to have so +much courage, ever showed so little. He had constantly declined ever +coming to chapel, under pretence of lameness and indisposition; when +clergymen took the pains to visit him and instruct him in those duties +which it became a dying man to practice, though he heard them without +interruption, yet he heard them coldly. Instead of desiring to be +instructed on that head, he was continually suggesting scruples and +doubts about a future state, asking impertinent questions as to the +state of souls departed, and putting frequent cases of the +reasonableness and lawfulness of suicide, where an ignominious death was +inevitable, and the thing was perpetrated only to avoid shame. He was +more especially swayed to such notions he pretended, from the examples +of the famous heroes of antiquity, who to avoid dishonourable treatment, +had given themselves a speedy death. As such discourses were what took +up most of the time between his sentence and death, so that occasioned +some very useful lectures upon this head from the charitable divines who +visited him; but though they would have been of great use in all such +cases for the future, yet being pronounced by word of mouth only, they +are now totally lost. One letter indeed was written to him by a learned +person on this head, of which a copy has been preserved, and it is with +great pleasure that I give it to my readers, it runs thus: + + A letter from the Reverend Dr. ---- to Mr. Wild in Newgate. + + I am very sorry that after a life so spent as yours is notoriously + known to have been, you should yet, instead of repenting of your + former offences, continue to swell their number even with greater. I + pray God that it be not the greatest of all sins, affecting doubts + as to a future state, and whether you shall ever be brought to + answer for your actions in this life, before a tribunal in that + which is to come. + + The heathens, it must be owned, could have no certainty as to the + immortality of the soul, because they had no immediate revelation; + for though the reasons which incline us to the belief of those two + points of future existence and future tribulation be as strong as + any of the motives are to other points in natural religion, yet as + none return from that land of darkness, or escape from the shadow of + death to bring news of what passeth in those regions whither all men + go, so without a direct revelation from the Almighty no positive + knowledge could be had of life in the world to come, which is + therefore properly said to be derived to us through Christ Jesus, + who in plain terms, and with that authority which confounded his + enemies, the Scribes and Pharisees, taught the doctrine of a final + judgment, and by affording us the means of grace, raised in us at + the same time the hopes of glory. + + The arguments, therefore, which might appear sufficient unto the + heathens, to justify killing themselves to avoid what they thought + greater evils, if they had any force then must have totally lost it + now. Indeed, the far greater number of instances which history has + transmitted us, show that self-murder, even then, proceeded from the + same causes as at present, viz., rage, despair, and disappointment. + Wise men in all ages despised it as a mean and despicable flight + from evils the soul wanted courage and strength to bear. This has + not only been said by philosophers, but even by poets, too; which + shows that it appeared a notion, not only rational, but heroic. + There are none so timorous, says Martial, but extremity of want may + force upon a voluntary death; those few alone are to be accounted + brave who can support a life of evil and the pressing load of + misery, without having recount to a dagger. + + But if there were no more in it than the dispute of which was the + most gallant act of the two, to suffer, or die, it would not deserve + so much consideration. The matter with you is of far greater + importance, it is not how, or in what manner you ought to die in + this world, but how you are to expect mercy and happiness in that + which is to come. This is your last stake, and all that now can + deserve your regard. Even hope is lost as to present life, and if + you make use of your reason, it must direct you to turn all your + wishes and endeavours towards attaining happiness in a future state. + What, then, remains to be examined in respect of this question is + whether persons who slay themselves can hope for pardon or happiness + in the sentence of that Judge from whom there is no appeal, and + whose sentence, as it surpasses all understanding, so is it executed + immediately. + + If we judge only from reason, it seems that we have no right over a + life which we receive not from ourselves, or from our parents, but + from the immediate gift of Him who is the Lord thereof, and the + Fountain of Being. + + To take away our own life, then, is contradicting as far as we are + able the Laws of Providence, and that disposition which His wisdom + has been pleased to direct. It is as though we pretended to have + more knowledge or more power than he; and as to that pretence which + is usually made use of, that Life is meant as a blessing, and that + therefore when it becomes an evil, we may if we think fit resign it, + it is indeed but a mere sophistry. We acknowledge God to be infinite + in all perfections, and consequently in wisdom and power; from the + latter we receive our existence in this Life, and as to the measure + it depends wholly on the former; so that if we from the shallow + dictates of our reason contemptuously shorten that term which is + appointed us by the Almighty, we thereby contradict all His laws, + throw up all right to His promises, and by the very last act we are + capable of, put ourselves out of His protection. + + This I say is the prospect of the fruits of suicide, looked on with + the eye only of natural religion; and the opinion of Christians is + unanimous in this respect, that persons who wilfully deprive + themselves of life here, involve themselves also in death + everlasting. As to your particular case, in which you say 'tis only + making choice of one death rather than another, there are also the + strongest reasons against it, The Law intends your death, not only + for the punishment of your crimes, but as an example to deter + others. The Law of God which hath commanded that the magistrates + should not bear the sword in vain, hath given power to denounce this + sentence against you; but that authority which you would assume, + defeats both the law of the land in its intention, and is opposite + also unto the Law of God. Add unto all this, the example of our + blessed Saviour, who submitted to be hung upon a tree, tho' He had + only need of praying to His Father to have sent Him thousands of + Angels; yet chose He the death of a thief, that the Will of God, and + the sentence even of an unrighteous judge might be satisfied. + + Let, then, the testimony of your own reason, your reverence towards + God, and the hopes which you ought to have in Jesus Christ, + determine you to await with patience the hour of your dissolution, + dispose you to fill up the short interval which yet remains with + sincere repentance, and enable you to support your sufferings with + such a Christian spirit of resignation, as may purchase for you an + eternal weight of glory. In the which you shall always be assisted + with my Prayers to God. + + Who am, etc. + +Jonathan at last pretended to be overcome with the reasons which had +been offered to him on the subject of self-murder. But it plainly +appeared that in this he was a hypocrite; for the day before his +execution, notwithstanding the keepers had the strictest eye on him +imaginable, somebody conveyed to him a bottle of liquid laudanum, of +which having taken a very large quantity, he hoped it would forestall +his dying at the gallows. But as he had not been sparing in the dose, so +the largeness of it made a speedy effect, which was perceived by his +fellow-prisoners seeing he could not open his eyes at the time that +prayers were said to them as usual in the condemned hold. Whereupon they +walked him about, which first made him sweat exceedingly, and he was +then very sick. At last he vomited, and they continuing still to lead +him, he threw the greatest part of the laudanum off from his stomach. +Notwithstanding that, he continued very drowsy, stupid and unable to do +anything but gasp out his breath until it was stopped by the halter. + +He went to execution in a cart, and instead of expressing any kind of +pity or compassion for him, the people continued to throw stones and +dirt all the way along, reviling and cursing him to die last, and +plainly showed by their behaviour how much the blackness and notoriety +of his crimes had made him abhorred, and how little tenderness the +enemies of mankind meet with, when overtaken by the hand of Justice. + +When he arrived at Tyburn, having by that gathered a little strength +(nature recovering from the convulsions in which the laudanum had thrown +him), the executioner told him he might take what time he pleased to +prepare his death. He therefore sat down in the cart for some small +time, during which the people were so uneasy that they called out +incessantly to the executioner to dispatch him, and at last threatened +to tear him to pieces if he did not tie him up immediately. Such a +furious spirit was hardly ever discovered in the populace upon such an +occasion. They generally look on blood with tenderness, and behold even +the stroke of Justice with tears; but so far were they from it in this +case that had a reprieve really come, 'tis highly questionable whether +the prisoner could ever have been brought back with safety, it being far +more likely that as they wounded him dangerously in the head in his +passage to Tyburn, they would have knocked him on the head outright, if +any had attempted to have brought mm back. + +Before I part with Mr. Wild, 'tis requisite that I inform you in regard +to his wives, or those who were called his wives, concerning whom so +much noise has been made. His first was a poor honest woman who +contented herself to live at Wolverhampton, with the son she had by him, +without ever putting him to any trouble, or endeavouring to come up to +Town to take upon her the style and title of Madam Wild, which the last +wife he lived with did with the greatest affection. The next whom he +thought fit to dignify with the name of his consort, was the +afore-mentioned Mrs. Milliner, with whom he continued in very great +intimacy after they lived separately, and by her means carried on the +first of his trade in detecting stolen goods. The third one was Betty +Man, a woman of the town in her younger days, but so suddenly struck +with horror by a Romish priest that she turned Papist; and as she +appeared in her heart exceedingly devout and thoroughly penitent for all +her sins, it is to be hoped such penitence might merit forgiveness, +however erroneous the principle might be of that Church in the communion +of which she died. Wild ever retained such an impression of the sanctity +of this woman after her decease, and so great veneration for her, that +he ordered his body to be buried next hers in Pancras Churchyard, which +his friends saw accordingly performed, about two o'clock in the morning +after his execution.[66] + +The next of Mr. Wild's sultana's was Sarah Perrin, _alias_ Graystone, +who survived him; then there was Judith Nunn, by whom he had a daughter, +who at the time of his decease might be about ten years old, both mother +and daughter being then living. The sixth and last was no less +celebrated as Mrs. or Madam Wild, than he was remarkable by the style of +Wild the Thief-catcher, or, by way of irony, of Benefit Jonathan. Before +her first marriage this remarkable damsel was known by the name of Mary +Brown, afterwards by that of Mrs. Dean, being wife to Skull Dean who was +executed about the year 1716 or 1717 for housebreaking. Some malicious +people have reported that Jonathan was accessory to hanging him merely +for the sake of the reward, and the opportunity of taking his relict, +who, whatever regard she might have for her first husband, is currently +reported to have been so much affected with the misfortunes that +happened to the latter, that she twice attempted to make away with +herself, after she had the news of his being under sentence of death. +However, by this his last lady, he left no children, and but two by his +three other wives were living at the time of his decease. + +As to the person of the man, it was homely to the greatest degree. There +was something remarkably villainous in his face, which nature had +imprinted in stronger terms than perhaps she ever did upon any other; +however, he was strong and active, a fellow of prodigious boldness and +resolution, which made the pusillanimity shown at his death more +remarkable. In his life-time he was not at all shy in owning his +profession, but on the contrary bragged of it upon all occasions; into +which perhaps he was led by that ridiculous respect which was paid him, +and the meanness of spirit some persons of distinction were guilty of in +talking to him freely. + +Common report has swelled the number of malefactors executed through his +means to no less than one hundred and twenty; certain it is that they +were very numerous in reality as in his own reckoning. The most +remarkable of them were these: White, Thurland, and Dunn, executed for +the murder of Mrs. Knap, and robbing Thomas Mickletwait, Esq.; James +Lincoln and Robert Wilkinson, for robbing and murdering Peter Martin, +the Chelsea Pensioner (but it must be noted that they denied the murder +even with their last breath); James Shaw, convicted by Jonathan, for the +murder of Mr. Pots, though he had been apprehended by others; Humphrey +Angier, who died for robbing Mr. Lewin, the City Marshal; John Levee and +Matthew Flood, for robbing the Honourable Mr. Young and Colonel Cope, of +a watch and other things of value; Richard Oakey, for robbing of Mr. +Betts, in Fig Lane; John Shepherd and Joseph Blake, for breaking the +house of Mr. Kneebone; with many others, some of which, such as John +Malony and Val Carrick, were of an older date. + +It has been said that there was a considerable sum of money due to him +for his share in the apprehension of several felonies at the very time +of his death, which happened, as I have told you, at Tyburn, on Monday, +the 24th day of May, 1725; he being then about forty-two years of age. + +[Illustration: JONATHAN WILD PELTED BY THE MOB ON HIS WAY TO TYBURN + +(_From the Newgate Calendar_)] + +FOOTNOTES: + + [61] A few additional particulars concerning Wild may be of + interest. Soon after he came to London he opened a brothel in + the infamous Lewkenor's Lane, in partnership with Mary Milliner; + after a time they quitted it to take an alehouse in Cock Alley, + Cripplegate. He then drifted into business as a receiver and + instigator of thefts, organizing regular gangs which operated in + every branch of the thieving trade. On account of the number of + criminals he brought to justice (as a result of their disloyalty + to himself) the authorities winked at and tolerated his + proceedings; and in January, 1724, he had the impudence to + petition for the freedom of the City, as some recognition for + the good services he had rendered in this direction. A few + months later, however, his reputation became sadly blown upon, + and in January, 1725, he was implicated in an affair with one of + his minions, a sailor named Johnson, who had been arrested and + had appealed to Wild for help. A riot was engineered, in which + Johnson made his escape, but information was laid against the + thief-taker, himself, who, after lying in hiding for three + weeks, was arrested and committed to Newgate, which he only left + to attend his trial and to take his last ride to Tyburn. + + [62] A well-known tavern in Old Bailey. + + [63] This was the Poultry Compter. + + [64] Her name was really Statham. + + [65] See page 418. + + [66] Soon after burial his body was disinterred and the head + and body separated. Wild's skull and the skeleton of his trunk + were exhibited publicly as late as 1860. + + + + +The Life of JOHN LITTLE, a Housebreaker and Thief + + +The papers which I have in relation to this malefactor speak nothing +with regard to his parents and education. The first thing that I with +concerning him is his being at sea, where he was at the time my Lord +Torrington, then Sir George Byng, went up the Mediterranean, as also in +my Lord Cobham's expedition to Vigo; and in these expeditions he got +such a knack of plundering that he could never bring himself afterwards +to thinking it was a sin to plunder anybody. This wicked principle he +did not fail to put in practice by stealing everything he could lay his +hands on, when he afterwards went into Sweden in a merchant-ship. +Indeed, there is too common a case for men who have been inured to +robbing and maltreating an enemy, now and then to receive the same +talents at home, and make free with the subjects of their own Sovereign +as they did with those of the enemy. Weak minds sometimes do not really +so well apprehend the difference, but thieve under little apprehension +of sin, provided they can escape the gallows; others of better +understanding acquire such an appetite to rapine that they are not +afterwards able to lay it aside; so that I cannot help observing that it +would be more prudent for officers to encourage their men to do their +duty against the enemy from generous motives of serving their country +and vindicating its rights, rather than proposing the hopes of gain, and +the reward arising from destroying those unhappy wretches who fall under +their power. But enough of this, and perhaps too much here; let us +return again to him of whom we are now speaking. + +When he came home into England, he fell into bad company, particularly +of John Bewle, _alias_ Hanley, and one Belcher, who it is to be supposed +inclined him by idle discourse first to look upon robbing as a very +entertaining employment, in which they met with abundance of pleasure, +and might, with a little care, avoid all the danger. This was language +very likely to work upon Little's disposition, who had a great +inclination to all sorts of debauchery, and no sort of religious +principles to check him. Over above all this he was unhappily married to +a woman of the same ways of living, one who got her bread by walking the +streets and picking of pockets. Therefore, instead of persuading her +husband to quit such company as she saw him inclined to follow, on the +contrary she encouraged, prompted and offered her assistance in the +expedition she knew they were going about. + +Thus Little's road to destruction lay open for him to rush into without +any let or the least check upon his vicious inclinations. + +He and his wicked companions became very busy in the practice of their +employment. They disturbed most of the roads near London, and were +particularly good customers to Sadler's Wells, Belsize,[67] and the rest +of the little places of junketting and entertainment which are most +frequented in the neighbourhood of this Metropolis. Their method upon +such occasions was to observe who was drunkest, and to watch such +persons when they came out, suffering them to walk a little before them +till they came to a proper place; then jostling them and picking a +quarrel with them, they fell to fighting, and in conclusion picked their +pockets, snatched their hats and wigs, or took any other methods that +were the most likely to obtain something wherewith to support their +riots in which they spent every night. + +At last, finding their incomings not so large as they expected, they +took next to housebreaking, in which they had found somewhat better +luck. But their expenses continuing still too large for even their +numerous booties to supply them, they were continually pushed upon +hazarding their lives, and hardly had any respite from the crimes they +committed, which, as they grew numerous, made them the more known and +consequently increased their danger, those who make it their business to +apprehend such people having had intelligence of most of them, which is +generally the first step in the road to Hyde Park Corner.[68] + +It is remarkable that the observation which most of all shocks thieves, +and convinces them at once both of the certainty and justice of a +Providence is this, that the money which they amass by such unrighteous +dealings never thrives with them; that though they thieve continually, +they are, notwithstanding that, always in want, pressed on every side +with fears and dangers, and never at liberty from the uneasy +apprehensions of having incurred the displeasure of God, as well as run +themselves into the punishments inflicted by the law. To these general +terrors there was added, to Little, the distracting fears of a discovery +from the rash and impetuous tempers of his associates, who were +continually defrauding one another in their shares of the booty, and +then quarrelling, fighting, threatening, and what not, till Little +sometimes at the expense of his own allotment, reconciled and put them +in humour. + +Nor were his fatal conjectures on this head without cause; for Bewle, +though as Little always declared he had drawn him into such practices, +put him into an information he made for the sake of procuring a pardon. +A few days after, Little was taken into custody, and at the next +sessions indicted for breaking open the house of one Mr. Deer, and +taking from thence several parcels of goods expressed in the indictment. +Upon this trial the prosecutor swore to the loss of his goods and Bewle, +who had been a confederate in the robbery, gave testimony as to the +manner in which they were taken. As he was conscious of his guilt, +Little made a very poor defence, pretending that he was utterly +unacquainted with this Bewle, hoping that if he could persuade the jury +to that, the prosecutor's evidence (as it did not affect him personally) +might not convict him. But his hope was vain, for Bewle confirmed what +he said by so many circumstances that the jury gave credit to his +testimony, and thereupon found the prisoners guilty. Little, though he +entertained scarce any hopes of success, moved the Court earnestly to +grant transportation; but as they gave him no encouragement upon the +motion, so it must be acknowledged that he did not amuse himself with +any vain expectations. + +During the time he remained under conviction, he behaved with great +marks of penitence, assisted constantly at the public devotions in the +chapel, and often prayed fervently in the place where he was confined; +he made no scruple of owning the falsehood of what he had asserted upon +his trial, and acknowledging the justice of that sentence which doomed +him to death. He seemed to be under a very great concern lest his wife, +who was addicted to such practices, should follow him to the same place; +in order to prevent which, as far as it lay in his power, he wrote to +her in the most pressing terms he was able, intreating her to take +notice of that melancholy condition in which he then lay, miserable +through the wants under which he suffered, and still more miserable from +the apprehensions of a shameful death, and the fear of being plunged +also into everlasting torment. Having finished this letter, he began to +withdraw his thoughts as much as possible from this world, and to fix +them wholly where they ought to have been placed throughout his life; +praying to God for His assistance, and endeavouring to render himself +worthy of it by a sincere repentance. In fine, as he had been enormously +wicked through the course of his life, so he was extraordinarily +penitent throughout the course of his misfortunes, deeply affected from +the apprehensions of temporal punishment, but apparently more afflicted +with the sense of his sins, and the fear of that punishment which the +justice of Almighty God might inflict upon him. Therefore, to the day of +his execution, he employed every moment in crying for mercy, and with +wonderful piety and resignation submitted to that death which the law +had appointed for his offences; on the 13th of September, 1725, at +Tyburn. As to his own age, that I am not able to say anything of, it not +being mentioned in the papers before me. + +FOOTNOTES: + + [67] See note, page 243. + + [68] That is, Tyburn tree. + + + + +The Life of JOHN PRICE, a Housebreaker and Thief[69] + + +Amongst the ordinary kind of people in England, debauchery is so common, +and the true principles of honesty and a just life so little understood, +that we need not be surprised at the numerous sessions we see so often +held in a year at the Old Bailey, and the multitudes which in +consequence of them are yearly executed at Tyburn. Fraud, which is only +robbery within the limits of the Law, is at this time of day (especially +amongst the common people) thought a sign of wit, and esteemed as fair a +branch of their calling as their labours. Mechanics of all sorts +practise it without showing any great concern to hide it, especially +from their own family, in which, on the contrary, they encourage and +admire it. Instead of being reproved for their first essays in +dishonesty, their children are called smart boys, and their tricks +related to neighbours and visitors as proofs of their genius and spirit. +Yet when the lads proceed in the same way, after being grown up a +little, nothing too harsh, or too severe can be inflicted upon them in +the opinion of these parents, as if cheating at chuck, and filching of +marbles were not as real crimes in children of eight years old, as +stealing of handkerchiefs and picking of pockets, in boys of thirteen or +fourteen. But with the vulgar, 'tis the punishment annexed to it, and +not the crime, that is dreaded; and the commandments against stealing +and murder would be as readily broke as those against swearing and +Sabbath-breaking, if the civil power had not set up a gallows at the end +of them. + +John Price, of whom we are now to speak, has very little preserved +concerning him in the memoirs that lie before me; all that I am able to +say of him is that by employment he was a sailor. In the course of his +voyages he had addicted himself to gratifying such inclinations as he +had towards drink or women, without the least concern as to the +consequences, here or hereafter; he said, indeed, that falling sick at +Oporto, in Portugal, and becoming very weak and almost incapable of +moving himself, the fear of death gave him apprehensions of what the +Justice of God might inflict on him through the number and heinousness +of his sins. This at last made so great an impression on his mind that +he put up a solemn vow to God of thorough repentance and amendment, if +it should please Him to raise him once more from the bed of sickness, +and restore him again to his former health. But when he had recovered, +his late good intentions were forgotten, and the evil examples he had +before his eyes of his companions, who, according to the custom of +Portugal, addicted themselves to all sorts of lewdness and debauchery, +prevailed. He returned like the dog to the vomit, and his last state was +worse than his first. + +On his return into England he had still a desire towards the same +sensual enjoyments, was ever coveting debauches of drink, accompanied +with the conversation of lewd women; but caring little for labour, and +finding no honest employment to support these expenses into which his +lusts obliged him to run, he therefore abandoned all thoughts of +honesty, and took to thieving as the proper method of supporting him in +his pleasures. When this resolution was once taken, it was no difficult +thing to find companions to engage with him, houses to receive him, and +women to caress him. On the contrary, it seemed difficult for him to +choose out of the number offered, and as soon as he had made the choice, +he and his associates fell immediately into the practice of that +miserable trade they had chosen. + +How long they continued to practice it before they fell into the hands +of Justice, I am not able to say, but from several circumstances it +seems probable that there was no long time intervening; for Price, in +company with Sparks and James Cliff, attempted the house of the Duke of +Leeds, and thrusting up the sash-window James Cliff was put into the +parlour and handed out some things to Price and Sparks. But it seems +they were seen by Mr. Best, and upon their being apprehended, Cliff +confessed the whole affair, owned that it was concerted between them, +and that himself handed out the things to his companions, Price and +Sparks. + +At the ensuing sessions, Price was tried for that offence, and upon the +evidence of Mr. Best, the confession of James Cliff, and Benjamin Bealin +deposing that he himself, at the time of his being apprehended, +acknowledged that he had been in company with Cliff and Sparks, the jury +found him guilty, as they did Cliff also, upon his own confession. Under +sentence he seemed to have a just sense of his preceding wicked life, +and was under no small apprehensions concerning his repentance, since it +was forced and not voluntary. However, the Ordinary having satisfied his +scruples of this sort, as far as he was able, recommended it to him +without oppressing his conscience with curious fears and unnecessary +scruples, to apply himself to prayer and other duties of a dying man. To +this he seemed inclinable enough, but complained that James Cliff, who +was in the condemned hold, prevented both him and the rest of the +criminals from their duty, by extravagant speeches, wild and profane +expressions, raving after the woman he had conversed with, and abusing +everybody who came near him, which partly arose from the temper of that +unhappy person, and was also owing to indisposition of body, as all the +while he lay in the hole he was labouring under a high fever. Another +great misfortune to Price, in the condition in which he was, consisted +in his incapacity to supply the want of ministers through his incapacity +of reading; however, he endeavoured to make up for it as well as he +could by attending constantly at chapel, and not only behaving gravely +at prayers, but listening attentively at sermon, by which means he +constantly brought away a great part, and sometimes lost very little out +of his memory of what he heard there. + +In a word, all the criminals who were at this time under sentence +(excepting Cliff) seemed perfectly disposed to make a just use of that +time which the peculiar clemency of the English Law affords to +malefactors, that they may make their peace with God, and by their +sufferings under the hands of men, prevent eternal condemnation. They +expressed, also, a great satisfaction that their crimes were of an +ordinary kind and occasioned no staring and whispering when they came to +chapel, a thing they were very much afraid of, inasmuch as it would have +hindered their devotions, and discomposed the frame of their minds. + +At the same time with Price, there lay under condemnation one Woolridge, +who was convicted for entering the house of Elizabeth Fell, in the night +time, with a felonious intent to take away the goods of Daniel Brooks; +but it seems he was apprehended before he could so much as open the +chest he had designed to rob. The thieves in Newgate usually take upon +them to be very learned in the Law, especially in respect to what +relates to evidence, and they had persuaded this unhappy man that no +evidence which could be produced against him would affect his life. +There is no doubt, but his conviction came therefore upon him with +greater surprise, and certain it is that such practices are of the +utmost ill consequence to those unhappy malefactors. However, when he +found that death was inevitable, by degrees he began to reconcile +himself thereto; and as he happened to be the only one amongst the +criminals who could read, so with great diligence he applied himself to +supply that deficiency in his fellow-prisoners. Even after he was seized +with sickness, which brought him exceedingly low, he ceased not to +strive against the weakness of the body, that he might do good to his +fellow-convicts. + +In a word, no temptation to drink, nor the desire of pleasing those who +vend it[70], circumstances which too often induce others in that +condition to be guilty of strange enormities, ever had force enough to +obtrude on them more than was necessary to support life, and to keep up +such a supply of spirits as enabled them to perform their duties; from +whence it happened that the approach of death did not affect them with +any extraordinary fear, but both suffered with resignation on the same +day with the former criminals at Tyburn. + +FOOTNOTES: + + [69] See page 230. + + [70] The gaolers and others in prisons had an interest in + furnishing prisoners with liquor and not only looked askance at + those who refused but made it highly uncomfortable for all who + avoided debauchery. + + + + +The Life of FOSTER SNOW, a Murderer + + +There cannot be anything more dangerous in our conduct through human +life, than a too ready compliance with any inclination of the mind, +whether it be lustful or of an irascible nature. Either transports us on +the least check into wicked extravagancies, which are fatal in their +consequences, and suddenly overwhelm us with both shame and ruin. There +is hardly a page in any of these volumes, but carries in it examples +which are so many strong proofs of the veracity of this observation. But +with respect to the criminal we are now speaking of, he is a yet more +extraordinary case than any of the rest; and therefore I shall in the +course of my relation, make such remarks as to me seem more likely to +render his misfortunes, and my account of them, useful to my readers. + +Foster Snow was the son of very honest and reputable parents, who gave +him an education suitable to their station in life, and which was also +the same they intended to breed him up to, viz., that of a gardener, in +which capacity, or as a butler, he served abundance of persons of +quality, with an untainted reputation. About fourteen years before the +time of his death, he married and set up an alehouse, wherein his +conduct was such that he gained the esteem and respect of his +neighbours, being a man who was without any great vices, except only +passions, in which he too much indulged himself. Whenever he was in +drink, he would launch out into unaccountable extravagancies both in +words and actions. However, it is likely that this proceeded in a great +measure from family uneasiness, which undoubtedly had for a long time +discomposed him before committing that murder for which he died. Though, +when sober, he might have wisdom enough to conceal his resentment, yet +when the fumes of wine had clouded his reason, he (as it is no uncommon +case) gave vent to his passion, and treated with undistinguished +surliness all who came in his way. + +Now, as to the source of these domestic discontents, it is apparent from +the papers I have that they were partly occasioned by family +mismanagement, and partly from the haughty and impudent carriage of the +unfortunate person who fell by his hands; for it seems the woman who +Snow married had a daughter by a former husband This daughter she +brought home to live with the deceased Mr. Snow, who was so far from +being angry therewith, or treating her with the coldness which is usual +to fathers-in-law, that, on the contrary, he gave her the sole direction +of his house, put everything into her hands, and was so fond of the +young daughter she had, that greater tenderness could not have been +shown to the child if she had been his own. + +It seems the deceased Mr. Rawlins had found a way to ingratiate himself +with both the mother and the daughter, but especially the latter, so +that although his circumstances were not extraordinary, they gave him +very extensive credit; and as he had a family of children, they +sometimes suffered them to get little matters about their house; and +thereby so effectually entailed them upon them, that at last they were +never out of it. + +Mr. Snow, it seems, took umbrage at this, and spared not to tell Mr. +Rawlins flatly, that he did not desire he should come thither, which was +frequently answered by the other in opprobrious and under-valuing terms, +which gave Mr. Snow uneasiness enough, considering that the man at the +same time owed him money; and this carriage on both sides having +continued for a pretty while, and broken out in several instances, it at +last made Mr. Snow so uneasy that he could not forbear expressing his +resentment to his wife and family. But it had little effect, they went +on still at the same rate; Mr. Rawlins was frequently at the house, his +children received no less assistance there than before, and in short, +everything went on in such a manner that poor Mr. Snow had enough to +aggravate the suspicions which he entertained. + +At last it unfortunately happened that he, having got a little more +liquor in his head than ordinary, when Mr. Rawlins came into the house, +he asked him for money, and upbraided him with his treatment in very +harsh terms, to which the other making no less gross replies, it kindled +such a resentment in this unfortunate man that, after several threats +which sufficiently expressed the rancour of his disposition, he snatched +up a case knife, and pursuing the unfortunate Mr. Rawlins, gave him +therewith a mortal wound, of which he instantly died. For this fact he +was apprehended and committed to Newgate. + +At the next sessions he was indicted, first for the murder of Thomas +Rawlins, by giving him with a knife a mortal wound of the breadth of an +inch, and of the depth of seven inches, whereby he immediately expired; +he was a second time indicted on the Statute of Stabbing[71]; and a +third time also on the coroner's inquest, for the same offence. Upon +each of the which indictments the evidence was so dear that the jury, +notwithstanding some witnesses which he called to his reputation, and +which indeed deposed that he was a very civil and honest, and peaceable +neighbour, found him guilty on them all, and he thereupon received +sentence of death. + +In passing this sentence, the then deputy-recorder, Mr. Faby, took +particular notice of the heinousness of the crime of murder, and +expatiated on the equity of the Divine Law, whereby it was required that +he who had shed man's blood, by man should his blood be shed; and from +thence took occasion to warn the prisoner from being misled into any +delusive hopes of pardon, since the nature of his offence was such as he +could not reasonably expect it from the Royal breast, which had ever +been cautious of extending mercy to those who had denied it unto their +fellow-subjects. + +Under sentence of death this unhappy man behaved himself very devoutly, +and with many signs of true penitence. He was, from the first, very +desirous to acquaint himself with the true nature of that crime which he +had committed, and finding it at once repugnant to religion, and +contrary to even the dictates of human nature, he began to loath himself +and his own cruelty, crying out frequently when alone. _Oh! Murder! +Murder! it is the guilt of that great sin which distracts my soul._ When +at chapel he attended with great devotion to the duties of prayer and +service there; but whenever the Commandments came to be repeated, at the +words, _Thou shalt do no murder_, he would tremble, turn pale, shed +tears, and with a violent agitation of spirit pray to God to pardon him +that great offence. + +To say truth never any man seemed to have a truer sense or a more quick +feeling of his crimes, than this unhappy man testified during his +confinement. His heart was so far from being hardened, as is too +commonly the case with those wretches who fall into the same condition, +that he, on the contrary, afflicted himself continually and without +ceasing, as fearing that all his penitence would be but too little in +the sight of God, for destroying His creature and taking away a life +which he could not restore. Amidst these apprehensions, covered with +terrors and sinking under the weight of his afflictions, he received +spiritual assistance of the Ordinary and other ministers, with much +meekness, and it is to be hoped with great benefit; since they +encouraged him to rely on the Mercy of God, and not by an unseasonable +diffidence to add the throwing away his own soul by despair, to the +taking away the life of another in his wrath. + +What added to the heavy load of his sorrows, was the unkindness of his +wife, who neither visited him in his misfortunes, and administered but +indifferently to his wants. It seems the quarrels they had, had so +embittered them towards one another that very little of that friendship +was to be seen in either, which makes the marriage bond easy and the +yoke of matrimony light. His complaints with respect to her occasioned +some enquiries as to whether he were not jealous of her person; such +suspicions being generally the cause of married people's greatest +dislikes. What he spoke on this head was exceedingly modest, far from +that rancour which might have been expected from a man whom the world +insinuated had brought himself to death by a too violent resentment of +what related to her conduit; though no such thing appeared from what he +declared to those who attended him. He said he was indeed uneasy at the +too large credit she gave to the deceased, but that it was her purse +only that he entertained suspicions of, and that as he was a dying man, +he had no ill thought of her in any other way. But with regard to his +daughter, he expressed a very great dislike to her behaviour, and said +her conduct had been such as forced her husband to leave her; and that +though he had treated her with the greatest kindness and affection, yet +such was the untowardness of her disposition that he had received but +very sorry returns. However, to the last he expressed great uneasiness +lest after his decease his little grand-daughter-in-law might suffer in +her education, of which he had intended to take the greatest care; his +dislike to the mother being far enough from giving him any aversion to +the child. It seems from the time he had taken it home he had placed his +affections strongly upon it, and did not withdraw them even to the hour +of his departure. + +As death grew near, he was afflicted with a violent disease, which +reduced him so low that he was incapable of coming to the chapel; and +when it abated a little it yet left his head so weak that he seemed to +be somewhat distracted, crying out in chapel the Sunday before he died, +like one grievously disturbed in mind, and expressing the greatest +agonies under the apprehension of his own guilt, and the strict justice +of Him to whom he was shortly to answer. However, he forgave with all +outward appearance of sincerity, all who had been in any degree +accessory to his death. + +Being carried in a mourning coach to the place of execution, he appeared +somewhat more composed than he had been for some time before. He told +the people that, except the crime for which he died, he had never been +guilty of anything which might bring him within the fear of meeting with +such a death. And in this disposition of mind he suffered at Tyburn, on +the 3rd day of November, 1725, being about fifty-five years of age. +Immediately after his death a paper was published under the title of his +case, full of circumstances tending to extenuate his guilt but such as +in no way appeared upon his trial. + +The Court of Old Bailey at the next sessions taking this paper into +their consideration, were of opinion that it reflected highly on the +justice of those who tried him, and therefore ordered the printer to +attend them to answer for this offence. Accordingly he attended the next +day, and being told that the Court was highly displeased with his +publishing a thing of that nature, in order to misrepresent the justice +of their proceedings, and that they were ready to punish him for his +contempt in the aforesaid publication of such a libel; Mr. Leech thought +fit to prevent it by making his most humble submission, and asking +pardon of the Court for his offence, assuring them that it proceeded +only from inadvertency, and promising never to print anything of the +like sort again. Whereupon the Court were graciously pleased to dismiss +him only with a reprimand, and to admonish others of the same +profession, that they should be cautious for the future of doing +anything which might reflect in any degree upon the proceedings had +before them. + +FOOTNOTES: + + [71] See note, page 218. + + + + +The Life of JOHN WHALEBONE, _alias_ WELBONE, a Thief, etc. + + +This malefactor was born in the midst of the City of London, in the +Parish of St. Dionis Back Church. His parents were persons in but mean +circumstances, who however strained them to the uttermost to give this +their son a tolerable education. They were especially careful to +instruct him in the principles of religion, and were therefore under an +excessive concern when they found that neglecting all other business, he +endeavoured only to qualify himself for the sea. However, finding this +inclinations so strong that way, they got him on board a man-of-war, and +procured such a recommendation to the captain that he was treated with +great civility during the voyage, and if he had had any inclinations to +have done well, he might in all probability have been much encouraged. +But after several voyages to sea, he took it as strongly in his head to +go no more as he had before to go, whether his parents would or no. + +He then cried old clothes about the streets; but not finding any great +encouragement in that employment, he was easily drawn in by some wicked +people of his acquaintance, to take what they called the shortest method +of getting money, which was in plain English to go a-thieving. He had +very ill-luck in his new occupation, for in six weeks' time, after his +first setting out on the information of one of his companions, he was +apprehended, tried, convicted, and ordered for transportation. + +It was his fortune to be delivered to a planter in South Carolina, who +employed him to labour in his plantations, afforded him good meat and +drink, and treated him rather better than our farmers treat their +servants here. Which leads me to say something concerning the usage such +people met with, when carried as the Law directs to our plantations, in +order to rectify certain gross mistakes; as if Englishmen abroad had +totally lost all humanity, and treated their fellow-creatures and +fellow-countrymen as slaves, or as brutes. + +The Colonies on the Continent of America are those which now take off +the greatest part of those who are transported for felony from Britain, +most of the Island Colonies having long ago refused to receive them. The +countries into which they now go, trading chiefly in such kind of +commodities as are produced in England (unless it be tobacco), the +employment, therefore, of persons thus sent over, is either in attending +husbandry, or in the culture of the plant which we have before +mentioned. They are thereby exposed to no more hardships than they would +have been obliged to have undergone at home, in order to have got an +honest livelihood, so that unless their being obliged to work for their +living is to pass for great hardship, I do not conceive where else it +can lie, since the Law, rather than shed the blood of persons for small +offences, or where they appear not to have gone on for a length of time +in them, by its lenity changes the punishment of death into sending them +amongst their own countrymen at a distance from their ill-disposed +companions, who might probably seduce them to commit the same offences +again. It directs also, that this banishment shall be for such a length +of time as may be suitable to the guilt of the crime, and render it +impracticable for them on their return to meet with their old gangs and +acquaintance, making by this means a happy mixture both of justice and +clemency, dealing mildly with them for the offence already committed and +endeavouring to put it ever out of their own power by fresh offences, to +draw a heavier judgment upon themselves. + +But to return to this Whalebone. The kind usage of his master, the +easiness of the life which he lived, and the certainty of death if he +attempted to return home, could not all of them prevail upon him to lay +aside the thoughts of coming back again to London, and there giving +himself up to those sensual delights which he had formerly enjoyed. +Opportunities are seldom wanting where men incline to make use of diem; +especially to one who had been bred as he was to the sea. So that in a +year and a half after ms being settled there, he took such ways of +recommending himself to a certain captain as induced him to bring him +home, and set him safe on shore near Harwich. He travelled on foot up to +London, and was in town but a very few days before being accidentally +taken notice of by a person who knew him, he caused him to be +apprehended, and at the next sessions at the Old Bailey, he was +convicted of such illegal return, and ordered for execution. + +At first he pretended that he thought it no crime for a man to return to +his own country, and therefore did not think himself bound to repent of +that. Whatever arguments the Ordinary made use of to persuade him to +sense of his guilt I know not. But because this is an error into which +such people are very apt to fall; and as there want not some of the +vulgar who take it for a great hardship, also making it one of those +topics upon which they take occasion to harangue against the severity of +a Law that they do not understand, I think it will not, therefore, be +improper to explain it. + +Transportation is a punishment whereby the British law commutes for +offences which would otherways be capital, and therefore a contract is +plainly presumed between every felon transported and the Court by whose +authority he is ordered for transportation, that the said felon shall +remain for such term of years as the Law directs, without returning into +any of the King's European dominions; and the Court plainly acquaints +the felon that if, in breach of his agreement, he shall so return, that +in such case the contract shall be deemed void, and the capital +punishment shall again take place. To say, then, that a person who +enters into an agreement like this, and is perfectly acquainted with its +conditions, knowing that no less than his life must be forfeited by the +breach of them, and yet wilfully breaks them, to say that such a person +as this is guilty of no offence, must in the opinion of every person of +common understanding be the greatest absurdity that can be asserted; and +to call that severity which only is the Law's taking its forfeit, is a +very great impropriety, and proceeds from a foolish and unreasonable +compassion. This I think so plain that nothing but prepossession or +stupidity can hinder people from comprehending it. + +As to Whalebone, when death approached, he laid aside all these excuses +and applied himself to what was much more material, the making a proper +use of that little time which yet remained for repentance. He +acknowledged all the crimes which he had committed in the former part of +his life, and the justice of his sentence by which he had been condemned +to transportation; and having warned the people at his execution to +avoid of all things being led into ill company, he suffered with much +seeming penitence, together with the afore-mentioned malefactors, at +Tyburn, being then about thirty-eight years of age. + + + + +The Life of JAMES LITTLE, a Footpad and Highwayman + + +James Little was a person descended from parents very honest and +industrious, though of small fortune. They bred him up with all the care +they were able, and when he came to a fit age put him out to an honest +employment. But in his youth having taken peculiar fancy to his father's +profession of a painter, he thereto attained in so great a degree as to +be able to earn twelve or fifteen shillings in a week, when he thought +fit to work hard. But that was very seldom, and he soon contracted such +a hatred to working at all that associating with some wild young +fellows, he kept himself continually drunk and mad, not caring what he +did for money, so long as he supplied himself with enough to procure +himself liquor. + +Amongst the rest of those debauched persons with whom he conversed there +was especially one Sandford, with whom he was peculiarly intimate. This +fellow was a soldier, of a rude, loose disposition, who took a +particular delight in making persons whom he conversed with as bad as +himself. Having one Sunday, therefore, got Little into his company and +drank him to such a pitch that he had scarce any sense, he next began to +open to him a new method of living, as he called it, which was neither +more than less than going on the highway. Little was so far gone in his +cups that be did not so much as know what he was saying; at last +Sandford rose up, and told him it was a good time now to go out upon +their attempts. Upon this Little got up, too, and went out with him. +They had not gone far before the soldier drew out a pair of pistols, and +robbed two or three persons, while Little stood by, so very drunk that +he was both unable to have hurt the persons, or to have defended +himself, he said. + +He robbed no more with the soldier, who was soon after taken up and +hanged at the same time with Jonathan Wild, yet the sad fate of his +companion had very little effect upon this unhappy lad. He fell +afterwards into an acquaintance with some of John Shepherd's mistresses, +and they continually dinning in his ears what great exploits that famous +robber had committed, they unfortunately prevailed upon him to go again +into the same way. But it was just as fatal to him as it had been to his +companion; for Little having robbed one Lionel Mills in the open fields, +put him in fear, and taken from him a handkerchief, three keys and +sixteen shillings in money, not contented with this he pulled the +turnover off from his neck hastily, and thereby nearly strangled him. +For this offence the man pursued him with unwearied diligence, and he +being taken up thereupon was quickly after charged with another robbery +committed on one Mr. Evans, in the same month, who lost a cane, three +keys, and twenty pounds in money. On these two offences he was severally +convicted at the next sessions at the Old Bailey; and having no friends, +could therefore entertain little expectation of pardon; especially +considering how short a time it was since he received mercy before; +being under sentence at the same time with the soldier before-mentioned +and Jonathan Wild, and discharged then upon his making certain +discoveries. + +He pretended to much penitence and sorrow, but it did not appear in his +behaviour, having been guilty of many levities when brought up to +chapel, to which perhaps the crowds of strangers, who from an +unaccountable humour desire to be present on these melancholy occasions, +did not a little contribute; for at other times, it must be owned, he +did not behave himself in any such manner, but seemed rather grave and +willing to be instructed, of which he had indeed sufficient want, +knowing very little, but of debauchery and vice. How ever, he reconciled +himself by degrees to the thoughts of death, and behaved with +tranquility enough during that small space that was left him to prepare +for it. At the place of execution, he looked less astonished though he +spoke much less to the people than the rest, and died seemingly +composed, at the same time with the other malefactors Snow, and +Whalebone, being at the time of his execution in his seventeenth year. + + + + +The Life of JOHN HAMP, Footpad and Highwayman + + +This unhappy person, John Hamp, was born of both honest and reputable +parents in the parish of St. Giles-without-Cripplegate. They took +abundance of pains in his education, and the lad seemed in his juvenile +years to deserve it; he was a boy of abundance of spirit, and his +friends at his own request put him out apprentice to a man whose trade +it was to lath houses. He did not stay out his time with him, but being +one evening with some drunken companions at an alehouse near the Iron +Gate by the Tower, three of them sailors on board a man-of-war (there +being at that time a great want of men, a squadron being fitted out for +the Baltic), these sailors, therefore, observing all the company very +drunk, put into their heard to make an agreement for their going +altogether this voyage to the North. Drink wrought powerfully in their +favour, and in less than two hours time, Hamp and two other of his +companions fell in with the sailors' motion, and talked of nothing but +braving the Czar, and seeing the rarities of Copenhagen. The fourth man +of Hamp's company stood out a little, but half an hour's rhodomantade +and another bowl of punch brought him to a sailor, upon which one of the +seamen stepped out, and gave notice to his lieutenant, who was drinking +not far off, of the great service he had performed, the lieutenant was +mightily pleased with Jack Tar's diligence, promised to pay the +reckoning, and give each of them a guinea besides. A quarter of an hour +after, the Lieutenant came in. The fellows were all so very drunk that +he was forced to send for more hands belonging to the ship, who carried +them to the long-boat, and there laying them down and covering them with +men's coats, carried them on board that night. + +There is no doubt that Hamp was very surprised when he found the +situation he was in next morning, but as there was no remedy, he +acquiesced without making any words, and so began the voyage cheerfully. +Everybody knows that there was no fighting in these Baltic expeditions, +so that all the hardships they had to combat with were those of the sea +and the weather, which was indeed bad enough to people of an English +constitution, who were very unfit to bear the extremity of cold. + +While they by before Copenhagen, an accident happened to one of Hamp's +great acquaintance, which much affected him at that time, and it would +have certainly have been happy for him if he had retained a just sense +of it always. There was one Scrimgeour, a very merry debonair fellow, +who used to make not only the men, but sometimes the officers merry on +board the ship. He was particularly remarkable for being always full of +money, of which he was no niggard, but ready to do anybody a service, +and consequently was very far from being ill-beloved. This man being one +day on shore and going to purchase some fresh provisions to make merry +with amongst his companions, somebody took notice of a dollar that was +in his hand, and Scrimgeour wanting change, the man readily offered to +give smaller money. Scrimgeour thereupon gave him the dollar, and having +afterwards bargained for what he wanted, was just going on board when a +Danish officer with a file of men, came to apprehend him for a coiner. +The fellow, conscious of his guilt, and suspicious of their intent, +seeing the man amongst them who had changed the dollar, took to his +heels, and springing into the boat, the men rowed him on board +immediately, where as soon as he was got, Scrimgeour fancied himself out +of all danger. + +But in this he was terribly mistaken, for early the next morning three +Danish commissaries came on board the admiral, and acquainted him that a +seaman on board his fleet had counterfeited their coin to a very +considerable value, and was yesterday detected in putting off a dollar; +that thereupon an officer had been ordered to seize him, but that he had +made his escape by jumping into the long-boat of such a ship, on board +of which they were informed he was; they therefore desired he might be +given up in order to be punished. The admiral declined that, but assured +them that, upon due proof, he would punish him with the greatest +severity on board; and having in the meanwhile dispatched a lieutenant +and twenty men on board Scrimgeour's ship, with the Dane who detected +him in putting off false money, he was secured immediately. Upon +searching his trunk they found there near a hundred false dollars, so +excellently made that none of the ship's crew could have distinguished +them from the true. + +He was immediately carried on board the admiral, who ordered him to be +confined. Soon after a court-martial condemned him to be whipped from +ship to ship, which was performed in the view of the Danish +commissaries, with so much rigour that instead of expressing any notion +of the Englishmen showing favour to their countryman upon any such +occasion, they interposed to mitigate the fellow's sufferings, and +humbly besought the admiral to omit lashing him on board three of the +last ships. But in this request they were civilly refused, and the +sentence which had been pronounced against him was executed upon him +with the utmost severity; and it happening that Hamp was one of the +persons who rowed him from ship to ship, it filled him with so much +terror that he was scarce able to perform his duty; the wretch, himself, +being made such a terrible spectacle of misery that not only Hamp, but +all the rest who saw him after his last lashing, were shocked at the +sight. And though it was shrewdly suspected that some others had been +concerned with him, yet this example had such an effect that there were +no more instances of any false money uttered from that time. + +It was near five years after Hamp went first to sea that he began to +think of returning home and working at his trade again; and after this +thought had once got into his head, as is usual with such fellows, he +was never easy until he had accomplished it. An opportunity offered soon +after, the ship he belonged to being recalled and paid off. John had, +however, very little to receive, the great delight he took in drinking +made him so constant a customer to a certain officer in the ship that +all was near spent by the time he came home. That, however, would have +been no great misfortune had he stuck close to his employment and +avoided those excesses of which he been formerly guilty. But alas! this +was by no means in his power; he drank rather harder after his return +than he had done before, and if he might be credited at that time when +the Law allows what is said to pass for evidence, viz., in the agony of +death, it was this love of drink that brought him, without any other +crime, to his shameful end. The manner of which, I shall next fully +relate. + +Hamp, passing one night very drunk through the street, a woman, as is +usual enough for common street-walkers to do, took him by the sleeve, +and after some immodest discourse, asked him if he would not go into her +mother's and take a pot with her. To this motion Hamp readily agreed, +and had not been long in the house before he fell fast asleep in the +company of James Bird (who was hanged with him), the woman who brought +him into the house, and an old woman, whom she called her mother. By and +by certain persons came who apprehended him and James Bird for being in +a disorderly house; and having carried them to the watch house, they +were there both charged with robbing and beating, in a most cruel and +barbarous manner, a poor old woman near Rag Fair.[72] + +At the next Old Bailey sessions they were both tried for the fact, and +the woman's evidence being positive against them, they were likewise +convicted. Hamp behaved himself with great serenity while under +sentence, declaring always that he had not the least knowledge of Bird +until the time they were taken up; that in all his life time he had +never acquired a halfpenny in a dishonest manner, and that although he +had so much abandoned himself to drinking and other debaucheries, yet he +constantly worked hard at his employment, in order to get money to +support them. As to the robbery, he knew no more of it than the child +unborn, that he readily believed all that the woman swore to be true, +except her mistake in the persons; and that as to Bird, he could not +take upon himself to say that he was concerned in it. + +A divine of eminency in the Church, being so charitable as to visit him, +spoke to him very particularly on this head; he told him that a jury of +his countrymen on their oaths had unanimously found him guilty; that the +Law upon such a conviction had appointed him to death, and that there +appeared not the least hopes of his being anyways able to prevent it; +that the denying of his guilt therefore, could not possibly be of any +use to him here, but might probably ruin him for ever hereafter; that he +would act wisely in this unfortunate situation into which his vices had +brought him, if he would make an ample acknowledgment of the crime he +had committed, and own the justice of Providence in bringing him to +condemnation, instead of leaving the world in the assertion of a +falsehood, and rushing into the presence of Almighty God with a lie in +his mouth. + +This exhortation was made publicly, and Hamp after having heard it with +great attention, answered it in the following terms. _I am very +sensible, sir, of your goodness in affording me this visit and am no +less obliged to you for your pressing instances to induce me confession. +But as I know the matter of fact, so I am sure, you would not press me +to own it if it be not true; I aver that the charge against me is +utterly false in every particular. I freely acknowledge that I have led +a most dissolute life, and abandoned myself in working all kind of +wickedness; but should I so satisfy some persons' importunities as to +own also the justice of my present sentence, as arising from the truth +of the fact, I should thereby become guilty of the very crime you warn +me of, and go out of the world, indeed, in the very act of telling an +untruth. Besides, of what use would it be to me, who have not the least +hopes of pardon, to persist in a lie, merely for the sake of deceiving +others, who may take my miserable death as a piece of news, and at the +same time cheat myself in what is my last and greatest concern? I beg, +therefore, to be troubled no more on this head, but to be left to make +my peace with God for those sins which I have really committed, without +being pressed to offend Him yet more, by taking upon me that which I +really know nothing of._ + +The Ordinary of Newgate hereupon went into the hold to examine Bird, who +lay there in a sick and lamentable condition. He confirmed all that Hamp +had said, declared he never saw him in his life before the night in +which they were taken up, acknowledged himself to be a great sinner, and +an old offender, that he had been often taken up before for thefts; but +as to the present case, he peremptorily insisted on his innocence, and +that he knew nothing of it. + +At the place of execution, Hamp appeared very composed and with a +cheerfulness that is seldom seen in the countenances of persons when +they come to the tree, and are on the very verge of death. He spoke for +a few moments to the people saying that he been a grievous sinner, much +addicted to women, and much more to drinking; that for these crimes, he +thought the Justice of God righteous in bringing him to a shameful +death; but as to assaulting the woman in Rag Fair, he again protested +his innocence, and declared he never committed any robbery whatsoever, +desired the prayers of the people in his last moments, and then applied +himself to some short private devotions. He resigned himself with much +calmness to his fate, on Wednesday, the 22nd of December, 1725, at +Tyburn, being then in the twenty-fifth year of his age. Bird confirmed, +as well as the craziness of his distempered head would give him leave, +the truth of what Hamp had said. + +FOOTNOTES: + + [72] This was in Rosemary Lane, Wellclose Square, + Whitechapel--"a place near the Tower of London where old clothes + and frippery are sold"--according to Pope. + + + + +The Lives of JOHN AUSTIN, a Footpad, JOHN FOSTER, a Housebreaker, and +RICHARD SCURRIER, a Shoplifter + + +Amongst the number of those extraordinary events which may be remarked +in the course of these melancholy memoirs of those who have fallen +martyrs to sin, and victims to justice, there is scarce anything more +remarkable than the finding a man who hath led an honest and reputable +life, till he hath attained the summit of life, and then, without +abandoning himself to any notorious vices that may be supposed to lead +him into rapine and stealth in order to support him, to take himself on +a sudden to robbing on the highway, and to finish a painful and +industrious life by a violent and shameful death. Yet this is exactly +the case before us. + +The criminal of whom we are first to speak, viz., John Austin, was the +son of very honest people, having not only been bred up in good +principles, but seeming also to retain them. He was put out young to a +gardener, in which employment being brought up, he became afterwards a +master for himself, and lived, as all his neighbours report it, with as +fair character as any man thereabout. On a sudden he was taken up for +assaulting and knocking down a man in Stepney Fields, with a short, +round, heavy club, and taking from him his coat, in the beginning of +November, 1725, about seven o'clock in the morning. The evidence being +very clear and direct, the jury, notwithstanding the persons he called +to his character, found him guilty. He received sentence of death +accordingly, and after a report had been made to his Majesty he was +ordered for execution. + +During the space he lay under conviction, he at first denied, then +endeavoured to extenuate his crime, by saying he did indeed knock the +man down, but that the man struck him first with an iron rod he had in +his hand; and in this story for some time he firmly persisted. But when +death made a nearer approach he acknowledged the falsity of these +pretences, and owned the robbery in the manner in which he had been +charged therewith. Being asked how a man in his circumstances, being +under no necessities, but on the contrary, in a way very likely to do +well, came to be guilty of so unaccountable an act as the knocking down +a poor man and taking away his coat, he said that though he was in a +fair way of living, and had a very careful and industrious wife, yet for +some time past, he had been disturbed in his mind, and that the morning +he committed the robbery he took the club out of his own house, being an +instrument made use of by his wife in the trade of a silk-throwster, and +from a sudden impulse of mind attacked the man in the manner which had +been sworn against him. + +He appeared to be a person of no vicious principles, had been guilty of +very few enormous crimes, except drinking to excess sometimes, and that +but seldom. The sin which most troubled him was (his ordinary practice) +as a gardener, in spending the Lord's day mostly in hard work, viz., in +packing up things for Monday's market. He was very penitent for the +offence which he had committed; he attended the service of chapel daily, +prayed constantly and fervently in the place of his confinement, and +suffered death with much serenity and resolution; averring with his last +breath, that it was the first and last act which he had ever committed, +being at the time of death about thirty-seven years old. + +The second of these malefactors, John Foster, was the son of a very poor +man, who yet did his utmost to give his son all the education that was +in his power; and finding he was resolved to do nothing else, sent him +with a very honest gentleman to sea. He continued there about seven +years, and as he met with no remarkable accidents in the voyages he made +himself, my readers may perhaps not be displeased if I mention a very +singular one which befell his master. His ship having the misfortune to +fall into the hands of the French, they plundered it of everything that +was in the least degree valuable, and then left him, with thirty-five +men, to the mercy of the waves. In this distressed condition, he with +much difficulty made the shore of Newfoundland, and had nothing to +subsist on but biscuit and a little water. Knowing it was no purpose to +ask those who were settled there for provisions without money or +effects, he landed himself and eighteen men, and carried off a dozen +sheep and eight pigs. They were scarce returned on board, before it +sprung up a brisk gale, which driving them from their anchors, obliged +them to be put to sea. It blew hard all that day and the next night; the +morning following the wind abated and they discovered a little vessel +before them which, by crowding all the sails she was able, endeavoured +to bear away. The captain thereupon gave her chase, and coming at last +up with her, perceived she was French, upon which he gave her a +broadside, and the master knowing it was impossible to defend her, +immediately struck. They found in her a large quantity of provisions and +in the master's cabin a bag with seven hundred pistoles. No sooner had +the English taken out the booty, but they gave the captain and his crew +liberty to sail where they pleased, leaving them sufficient provisions +for a subsistance, themselves standing in again for Newfoundland, where +the captain paid the person who was owner of the sheep and hogs he had +taken as much as he demanded, making him also a handsome present +besides; thereby giving Foster a remarkable example of integrity and +justice, if he had had grace enough to have followed it. + +When the ship came home, and its crew were paid off, Foster betook +himself to loose company, loved drinking and idling about, especially +with ill women. At last he was drawn in by some of his companions to +assist in breaking open the house of Captain Tolson, and stealing thence +linen and other things to a very great value. For this offence being +apprehended, some promises were made him in case of discoveries, which, +as he said, he made accordingly, and therefore thought it a great +hardship that they were not performed. But the gentleman, whoever he +was, that made him those promises, took no further notice of him, so +that Foster being tried thereupon, the evidence was very dear against +him, and the jury, after a very short consideration, found him guilty. + +Under sentence he behaved with very great sorrow for his offence; he +wept whenever any exhortations were made to him, confessed himself one +of the greatest of sinners, and with many heavy expressions of grief, +seemed to doubt whether even from the mercy of God he could expect +forgiveness. Those whose duty it was to instruct him how to prepare +himself for death, did all they could to convince him that the greatest +danger of not being forgiven arose from such doubtings, and persuaded +him to allay the fears of death by a settled faith and hope in Jesus +Christ. When he had a while reflected on the promises made in Scripture +on the nature of repentance itself, and the relation there is between +creatures and their Creator, he became at last better satisfied, and +bore the approach of death with tolerable cheerfulness. + +When the day of execution came, he received the Sacrament, as is usual +for persons in his condition. He declared, then, that he heartily +forgave him who had injured him, and particularly the person who, by +giving him hopes of life, had endangered his eternal safety. He +submitted cheerfully to the decrees of Providence and the Law of the +land; being at the time he suffered about thirty-seven years of age. + +Richard Scurrier was the son of a blacksmith of the same name, at +Kingston-upon-Thames. He followed for a time his father's business, but +growing totally weary of working honestly for his bread, he left his +relations, and without any just motive or expectation came up to London. +He here betook himself to driving a hackney-coach, which, as he himself +acknowledged, was the first inlet into all his misfortunes, for thereby +he got into loose and extravagant company, living in a continued series +of vice, unenlightened by the grace of God, or any intervals of a +virtuous practice. + +Such a road of wickedness soon induced him to take illegal methods for +money to support it. The papers which I have in my hands concerning him, +do not say whether the fact he committed was done at the persuasion of +others, or merely out of his own wicked inclinations; nay, I cannot be +so much as positive whether he had any associates or no; but in the +beginning of his thievish practices, he committed _petit_ larceny, which +was immediately discovered. He thereupon was apprehended and committed +to Newgate. At the next sessions he was tried, and the fact being plain, +he was convicted; but being very young, the Court, through its usual +tenderness, determined to soften his punishment into a private +whipping. But before that was done, he joined with some other desperate +fellows, forced the outward door of the prison as the keeper was going +in and escaped. + +He was no sooner at liberty but he fell to his old trade, and was just +as unlucky as he was before; for taking it into his head to rub off with +a firkin of butter, which he saw standing in a cheesemonger's shop, he +was again taken in the fact, and in the space of a few weeks recommitted +to his old lodging. At first he apprehended the crime to be so trivial +that he was not in the least afraid of death, and therefore his +amazement was the greater when he was capitally convicted. During the +first day after sentence had been pronounced, the extremity of grief and +fear made him behave like one distracted; as he came a little to +himself, and was instructed by those who charitably visited him, he +owned the justice of his sentence, which had been passed upon him, and +the notorious wickedness of his misspent life. He behaved with great +decency at chapel, and as well as a mean capacity and a small education +would give him leave, prayed in the place of his confinement. + +As there is little remarkable in this malefactor's life, permit me to +add an observation or two concerning the nature of crimes punished with +death in England, and the reasonableness of any project which would +answer the same end as death, viz., securing the public from any of +their future rapines, without sending the poor wretches to the gallows, +and pushing them headlong into the other world for every little offence. +The galleys in other nations serve for this purpose and the punishment +seems very well suited to the crime; for his life is preserved, and he, +notwithstanding, effectually deprived of all means of doing further +mischief. We have no galleys, it is true, in the service of the crown of +Britain, but there are many other laborious works to which they might be +put so as to be useful to their country. As to transportation, though it +may at first sight seem intended for their purpose, yet if we look into +it with ever so little attention, we shall see that it does not at all +answer the end; for we find by experience that in a year's time, many of +them are here again, and are ten times more dangerous rogues than they +were before; and in the plantations they generally behave themselves so +ill that many of them have refused to receive them, and have even laid +penalties on the captains who shall land them within the bounds of their +jurisdiction. It were certainly therefore, more advantageous to the +public that they worked hard here, than either forced upon the planters +abroad, or left in a capacity to return to their villainies at home, +where the punishment being capital, serves only to make them less +merciful and more resolute. This I propose only, and pretend not to +dictate. + +But it is now time we return to the last mentioned criminal, Richard +Scurrier, and inform ye that at the time he suffered, he was scarce +eighteen years of age, dying with the malefactors Hamp, Bird, Austin and +Foster, before-mentioned, on the 22nd of December, 1725, at Tyburn. + + + + +The Life of FRANCIS BAILEY, a notorious Highwayman + + +That bad company and an habitual course of indulging vicious +inclinations, though of a nature not punishable by human laws, should at +last lead men to the commission of such crimes as from the injury done +to society require capital sufferings to be inflicted, is a thing we so +often meet with, that its frequency alone is sufficient to instruct men +of the danger there is in becoming acquainted, much more of conversing +familiarly, with wicked and debauched persons. + +This criminal, Francis Bailey, was one of the number of those examples +from whence this observation arises. He was born of parents of the +lowest degree, in Worcestershire, who were either incapable of giving +him any education, or took so little care about it that at the time he +went out into the world he could neither read or write. However, they +bound him apprentice to a baker, and his master took so much care of him +that he was in a fair way of doing well if he would have been +industrious; but instead of that he quitted his employment to fall into +that sink of vice and laziness, the entering into a regiment as a common +soldier. However, it were, he behaved himself in this state so well that +he became a corporal and serjeant, which last, though a preferment of +small value, is seldom given to persons of no education. But it seems +Bailey had address enough to get that passed by, and lived with a good +reputation in the army near twenty years. During this space, with +whatever cover of honesty he appeared abroad, yet he failed not to make +up whatever deficiencies the irregular course of life might occasion, by +robbing upon the highway, though he had the good luck never to be +apprehended, or indeed suspected till the fact which brought him to his +end. + +His first attempt in this kind happened thus. The regiment in which he +served was quartered at a great road town; Bailey having no employment +for the greatest part of his time, and being incapable of diverting +himself by reading or innocent conversation, knew not therefore how to +employ his hours. It happened one evening, that among his idle +companions there was one who had been formerly intimate with a famous +highwayman. This fellow entertained the company with the relation of +abundance of adventures which had befallen the robber on the road, till +he had saved about seven hundred pounds, wherewith he retired (as this +man said) to Jamaica, and lived there in great splendour, having set up +a tavern, and by his facetious conversation, acquired more custom +thereto than any other public house had in the Island. + +As Bailey listened with great attention to this story, so it ran in his +head that night that this was the easiest method of obtaining money, and +that with prudence there was no great danger of being detected. Money at +that time ran low, and he resolved the next day to make the experiment. +Accordingly he procured a horse and arms in the evening and at dusk +sallied out, with an intent of stopping the first passenger he should +meet. A country clergyman happened to be the man. No sooner had Bailey +approached him with the usual salutation of _Stand and Deliver_, but +putting his hand in his pocket, and taking out some silver, he, in a +great fright, and as it were trembling, put it into Bailey's hat, who +thereupon carelessly let go the reins of his horse, and went to put the +money up in his own pocket. The parson upon seeing that, clapped spurs +to his horse, and thrust his right elbow with all his force under +Bailey's left breast, and gave him such a blow as made him tumble +backwards off his horse, the parson riding off as hard as he could with +a good watch and near forty pounds in gold in his purse. + +So ill a setting out might have marred a highwayman of less courage than +him of whom we are speaking; but Frank was not to be frightened either +from danger or wickedness, when he once got it into his head. So that as +soon as he came a little to himself, and had caught his horse, he +resolved, by looking more carefully after the next prize, to make up +what he fancied he had lost by the parson. With this intent he rode on +about a mile, when he met with a waggon, in which were three or four +young wenches, who had been at service in London and were going to +several places in the country to see their relations. Bailey, +notwithstanding there were three men belonging to the waggon, stopped +it, and rifled it of seven pounds, and then very contentedly retired to +his quarters. + +Flushed with this success, he never wanted money but he took this method +of supplying himself, managing, after the affair of the parson, with so +much caution that though he robbed on the greatest road, he was never +so much as once in danger of a pursuit. Perhaps he owed his security to +the newer taking any partner in the commission of his villainies to +which he was once inclined, though diverted from it by an accident which +to a less obstinate person might have proved a sufficient warning to +have quitted such exploits for good and all. + +Bailey being one day at an alehouse, not far from Moorfields, fell into +the conversation of an Irishman, of a very gay alert temper perfectly +suited to the humour of our knight of the road. They talked together +with mutual satisfaction for about two hours, and then the Stranger +whispered Bailey that if he would step to such a tavern, he would give +part of a bottle and fowl. Thither, accordingly, he walked; his +companion came in soon after; to supper they went and parted about +twelve in high good humour, appointing to meet the next evening but one. +Bailey, the day after, was upon the Barnet Road, following his usual +occupation, when looking by chance over the hedge, he perceived the +person he parted with the night before, slop a chariot with two ladies +in it, and as soon as he had robbed them, ride down a cross lane. +Bailey, hereupon, after taking nine guineas from a nobleman's steward, +whom he met about a quarter of an hour after, returned to his lodgings +at a little blind brandy-shop in Piccadilly, resolving the next day to +make a proposal to his new acquaintance of joining their forces. With +this view he staid at home all day, and went very punctually in the +evening to the place of their appointment; but to his great +mortification the other never came, and Bailey, after waiting some +hours, went away. + +As he was going home, he happened to step into an alehouse in Fore +Street, where recollecting that the house in which he had first seen +this person, was not far off, it came into his head that if he went +thither, he might possibly hear some news of him. Accordingly he goes to +the place, where he had hardly called for a mug of drink and a pipe of +tobacco, but the woman saluted him with, _O lack, sir! Don't you +remember a gentleman in red you spoke to here the other day? Yes_, +replied Bailey, _does he live hereabouts? I don't know, says the woman, +where he lives, but he was brought to a surgeon's hard by, about three +hours ago, terribly wounded. My husband is just going to see him._ + +Though Bailey could not but perceive that there might be danger in his +going thither, yet his curiosity was so strong that he could not +forbear. As soon as he entered the room the wounded man, who was just +dressed, beckoned to him, and desired to speak with him. He went near +enough not to have anything overheard, when the man in a low voice, told +him that he was mortally wounded in riding off after robbing a +gentleman's coach, and advised him to be cautious of himself, _For_, +says the dying man, _I knew you to be a brother of the road as soon as I +saw you; and if ever you trust any man with that secret, you may even +prepare yourself for the hands of justice._ In half an hour he fell into +fainting fits, and then became speechless, and died in the evening, to +the no little concern of his new acquaintance Bailey. + +Some months after this, Frank was apprehended for breaking open a house +in Piccadilly and stealing pewter, table-linen, and other household +stuff to a very considerable value. He was convicted at the ensuing +sessions at the Old Bailey for this crime, upon the oath of a woman who +had no very good character; though he acknowledged abundance of crimes +of which there was no proof against him, yet he absolutely denied that +for which he was condemned, and persisted in that denial to his death, +notwithstanding that the Ordinary and other ministers represented to him +how great a folly, as well as sin, it was for him to go out of the world +with a lie in his mouth. He said, indeed, he had been guilty of a +multitude of heinous sins and offences for which God did with great +justice bring him unto that ignominious end. Yet he persisted in his +declaration of innocence as to housebreaking, in which he affirmed he +had never been at all concerned; and with the strongest asservations to +this purpose, he suffered death at Tyburn, the fourteenth of March, +1725, being then about thirty-nine years old, in company with Jones, +Barton, Gates and Swift, of whose behaviour under sentence we shall have +occasion to speak by and by. + + + + +The Life of JOHN BARTON, a Robber, Highwayman and Housebreaker + + +Education is often thought a trouble by persons in their junior years, +who heartily repent of their neglect of it in the more advanced seasons +of their lives. This person, John Barton, who is to be the subject of +our discourse, was born at London, of parents capable enough of +affording him tolerable education, which they were also willing to +bestow upon him, if he had been just enough to have applied himself +while at school. But he, instead of that, raked about with boys of his +own age, without the least consideration of the expense his parents were +at, idled away his time, and forgot what little he learned almost as +soon as he had acquired it. + +It is a long time before parents perceive that in their children which +is evident to everyone else; however, Barton's father soon saw no good +was to be done with him at school; upon which he took him away, and +placed him apprentice with a butcher. There he continued for some time, +behaving to the well-liking of his master; yet even then he was so much +out of humour with work that he associated himself with some idle young +fellows who afterwards drew him into those illegal acts which proved +fatal to his reputation and his life. However, he did make a shift to +pass through the time of his apprenticeship with a tolerable character, +and was afterwards, through the kindness of his friends, set up as a +butcher; in which business he succeeded so well as to acquire money +enough thereby to have kept his family very well, if he could have been +contented with the fruits of his honest labour. But his old companions, +who by this time were become perfectly versed in those felonious arts by +which money is seemingly so easy to be attained, were continually +soliciting him to take their method of life, assuring him that there was +not half so much danger as was generally apprehended, and that if he had +but resolution enough to behave gallantly, he need not fear any +adventure whatsoever. + +Barton was a fellow rather of too much than too little courage. He +wanted no encouragements of this sort to egg him to such proceedings; +the hopes of living idly and in the enjoyment of such lewd pleasures as +he had addicted himself to, were sufficient to carry him into an affair +of this sort. He therefore soon yielded to their suggestions, and went +into such measures as they had before followed, especially +housebreaking, which was the particular branch of villainy to which he +had addicted himself. At this he became a very dextrous fellow, and +thereby much in favour with his wicked associates, amongst whom to be +impious argues a great spirit, and to be ingenious in mischief is the +highest character to which persons in their miserable state can ever +attain. + +Amongst the rest of Barton's acquaintance there was one Yorkshire Bob, +who was reckoned the most adroit housebreaker in town. This fellow one +day invited Barton to his house, which at that time was not far from Red +Lion Fields, and proposed to him two or three schemes by which some +houses in the neighbourhood might be broke open. Barton thought all the +attempts too hazardous to be made, but Bob, to convince him of the +possibility with which such things might be done, undertook to rob +without assistance a widow lady's house of some plate, which stood in +the butler's room at noon-day. + +Accordingly thither he went dressed in the habit of a footman belonging +to a family which were well acquainted there; the servants conversed +with him very freely, as my Lady Such-a-one's new man, while he +entertained them with abundance of merry stories, until dinner was upon +the table. Then taking advantage of that clutter in which they were, he +slily lighted a fire-ball at the fire-side, clapped it into a closet on +the side of the stairs in which the foul clothes were kept, and then +perceiving the smoke, cried out with the utmost vehemence, _Fire, fire._ +This naturally drew everybody downstairs, and created such a confusion +that he found little or no difficulty in laying hold of the silver plate +which he aimed at. He carried it away publicly, while the smoke +confounded all the spectators, and until the next morning nobody had the +least suspicion of him; but upon sending to the lady for the plate which +her new servant carried away the night before, and she denying that she +had any servant in the house that had not lived with her a twelvemonth, +they then discovered the cheat, though at a time too late to mend it. + +Barton, however, did not like his master's method entirely, choosing +rather to strike out a new one of his own, which he fancied might as +little mischief him as that audacious impudence of the other did in his +several adventures. For which reason, he was very cautious of +associating with this fellow who was very dextrous in his art, but was +more ready in undertaking dangerous exploits than any of the crew at +that time about town. John's way was by a certain nack of shifting the +shutters, whereby he opened a speedy entrance for himself; and as he +knew in how great danger his life was from each of these attempts, so he +never made them but upon shops or houses where so large a booty might be +expected as might prevent his being under necessity of thieving again in +a week or two's time. Yet when he had in this manner got money, he was +so ready to throw it away on women and at play, that in a short space +his pocket was at as low an ebb as ever. When his cash was quite gone, +he associated himself sometimes with a crew of footpads, and in that +method got sufficient plunder to subsist until something offered in his +own way, to which he would willingly have kept. + +At last, hearing of a goldsmith's not far from where he lodged, who had +a very considerable stock of fine snuff-boxes, gold chains, rings, etc., +he fancied he had now an opportunity of getting provision for his +extravagancies for at least a twelvemonth. The thoughts of this +encouraged him so far that he immediately went about it, and succeeded +to his wish, obtaining two gold chains, five gold necklaces, seventy-two +silver spoons, and a numberless cargo of little things of value. + +Yet this did not satisfy him. He ventured a few days afterwards having a +proper opportunity, on the house and shop of one Mrs. Higgs, from whence +he took an hundred pair of stockings, and other things to a large value. +But as is common with such persons, his imprudence betrayed him in the +disposing of them, and by the diligence of a constable employed for that +purpose, he was caught and committed to Newgate. At the next sessions he +was convicted for these facts, and as he had no friends, so it was not +in any degree probable that he should escape execution; and therefore it +is highly possible he might be the projector of that resistance which he +and the rest under sentence with him made in the condemned hold, and +which we shall give an exact account under the next life. + +The peculiar humour of Barton was to appear equally gay and cheerful, +though in these sad circumstances, as he had ever done in the most +dissolute part of his foregoing life. In consequence of which foolish +notion he smiled on a person's telling him his name was included in the +death-warrant, and at chapel behaved in a manner very unbecoming one who +was so soon to answer at the Bar of the Almighty for a life led in open +defiance both of the laws of God and man. Yet that surprise which people +naturally express at behaviour of such a kind on such an occasion seemed +in the eyes of this poor wretch so high a testimony in favour of his +gallantry, that he could not be prevailed on, either by the advice of +the ministers, or the entreaties of his relations, to abate anything of +that levity which he put on when he attended at Divine Service. Though +he saw it disturbed some of his fellow sufferers at first, who were +inclined to apply themselves strictly to their duties, so fatal is evil +communication, even in the latest moments of our life, that his +ludicrous carriage corrupted the rest, and instead of reproving him as +they had formerly done, they now seemed careful only of imitating his +example; and in this disposition he continued, even to the last minute +of his life, which ended at Tyburn, on the 14th of March, 1725, he being +then hardly twenty-three years of age. + + + + +The Life of WILLIAM SWIFT, a Thief, etc. + + +Amongst the multitude of other reasons which ought to incline men to an +honest life, there is one very strong motive which hitherto has not, I +think, been touched upon at all, and that is the danger a man runs from +being known to be of ill-life and fame, of having himself accused from +his character, only of crimes which he, though guiltless of, in such a +case might find it difficult to get his innocence either proved or +credited if any unlucky circumstance should give the least weight to the +accusation. + +The criminal whose life exercises our present care was a fellow of this +case. He was born of but mean parents, had little or no education, and +when he grew strong enough to labour, would apply himself to no way of +getting his bread but by driving a wheelbarrow with fruit about the +streets. This led him to the knowledge of abundance of wicked, +disorderly people, whose manners agreeing best with his own, he spent +most of his time in sotting with them at their haunts, when by bawling +about the streets, he had got just as much as would suffice to sot with. +There is no doubt, but that he now and then shared with them in what +amongst such folks, at least, pass for trivial offences, but that he +engaged in the great exploits of the road did not appear to any other +case than that for which he died, viz., taking four table cloths, eight +napkins, two shirts and other things, from Mary Cassell. The woman swore +positively to him upon his trial, and his course of life being such as I +have represented it, nobody appeared to his reputation so as to bring +the thing in to the least suspense with the jury; whereupon he was +convicted and received sentence of death. + +The concern Swift was under when he found not the least hopes of life +remaining, he having no friends who were capable (had they been willing) +to have solicited a pardon or reprieve, shocked him so much that he +scarce appeared to have his senses; however, he persisted obstinately in +denying that he had the least hand in the robbery which was sworn +against him. And as he made no scruple of acknowledging a multitude of +other crimes, his denial of this gained some belief, more especially +when Barton confessed that himself with two or three others were the +persons who committed the robbery on the woman who swore against this +criminal. It must be acknowledged that there was no appearance of any +sinister motive, at least in Barton, to take upon himself a crime of +which otherwise he would never have been accused; and the behaviour of +Swift was at first of such a nature that it is not easy to conceive why, +when all hopes of safety were lost, and he was full of acknowledgment as +to the justice of his sentence for the many other evil deeds he had +done, he should yet obdurately persist in denying this, if there had +been no truth at all in his allegations. + +As this fellow had neither natural courage, nor had acquired any +religious principles from his education, there is no wonder to be made +that he behaved himself so poorly in the last moments of his life; in +which terror, confusion, and self-condemnation wrought so strongly as to +make the ignominy of the halter the least dreadful part of his +execution. + +[Illustration: A CONDEMNED MAN DRAWN ON A SLEDGE TO TYBURN + +(_From the Newgate Calendar_)] + +The day on which the three last-mentioned persons, together with Yates +or Gates, _alias_ Vulcan, a deer-stealer, and Benjamin Jones (for house +breaking) were to have been executed, these miserable persons framed to +themselves the most absurd project of preserving their lives that could +possibly have entered into the heads of men; for getting, by some means +or other, an iron crow into the hold, they therewith dug out a +prodigious quantity of rubbish and some stones, which it is hardly +credible could have been removed with so small assistance as they had. +With these they blocked up the door of the condemned hold so effectually +that there was no possibility of getting it open by any force whatsoever +on the outside. The keepers endeavoured to make them sensible of the +folly of their undertaking, in hopes they would thereby be induced to +prevent any firing upon them; which was all that those who had the +custody of them were now capable of doing, to bring them to submission. +The Ordinary also joined in dissuading them from thus misspending the +last moments of their lives, which were through the mercy of the Law +extended to them for a better purpose. But they were inexorable, and as +they knew their surrender would bring them immediately to a shameful +death, so they declared positively they were determined to kill or to be +killed in the position in which they were. + +Sir Jeremiah Murden, one of the sheriffs for the time being, was so good +as to go down upon this occasion to Newgate. The keepers had opened a +sort of trap-door in the room over the hold, and from thence discharged +several pistols loaded with small shot, but to no purpose, the criminals +retiring to the farther end of the room, continuing there safe and out +of reach; though Barton and Yates received each of them a slight wound +in crowding backwards. Sir Jeremy went himself to this place, and talked +to them for a considerable space, and one of the fellows insisting to +see his gold chain, that they might be sure they were treating with the +sheriffs themselves, his condescension was so great as to put down part +of it through the hole, upon which they consulted together, and at last +agreed to surrender. Whereupon they began immediately to remove the +stones, and as soon as the door was at liberty, one of the keepers +entered. Just as he was within it, Barton snapped a steel tobacco-box in +his face, the noise of which resembling a pistol, made him start back, +upon which Barton said, _D----n you, you was afraid._ + +When they were brought out, Sir Jeremy ordered the Ordinary to be sent +for, and prayers to be said in the chapel, where he attended himself. +But whether the hurry of this affair, or that stench which is natural to +so filthy a place as the condemned hold, affected the sheriff's +constitution, is hard to say, but upon his return home, he was seized +with a violent fever, which in a very short space took away his life. + +But to return to Swift. When they came to Tyburn, and the minister had +performed his last office towards them, this criminal made a shift in a +faint tone to cry out, _Good People, I die as innocent of the crime for +which I suffer, as the child unborn_; which Barton, with a loud voice, +confirmed saying, _I am the man who robbed the person for which this man +dies; he was not concerned with me, but one Capell and another were +companions with me therein._ Swift, at the time of his execution, was +about twenty-seven years of age, or a little over. + + + + +The lives of EDWARD BURNWORTH, _alias_ FRAZIER, WILLIAM BLEWIT, THOMAS +BERRY, EMANUEL DICKENSON, WILLIAM MARJORAM, JOHN HIGGS, etc., Robbers, +Footpads, Housebreakers and Murderers + + +As society intends the preservation of every man's person and property +from the injuries which might be offered unto him from others, so those +who in contempt of its laws go on to injure the one, and either by force +or fraud to take away the other are, in the greatest proprieties of +speech, enemies of mankind; and as such are reasonably rooted out, and +destroyed by every government under heaven. In some parts of Europe, +certain outlaws, _Banditti_, or whatever other appellation you'll please +to bestow on them, have endeavoured to preserve themselves by force from +the punishments which should have been executed upon them by justice, +and finding mankind, from a spirit of self preservation, were become +their enemies, they exerted themselves the utmost they were capable of +in order to render their bodies so formidable as still to carry on their +ravages with impunity, and in open defiance of the laws made against +them. But an attempt of this sort was scarce ever heard of in Britain, +even in the most early times, when, as in all other governments the +hands of the Law wanted strength most; so that from the days of Robin +Hood and Little John to those of the criminals of whom we are now +writing, there was never any scheme formed for an open resistance of +Justice, and carrying on a direct war against the lives and properties +of mankind. + +Edward Burnworth, _alias_ Frazier, was the extraordinary person who +framed this project for bringing rapine into method, and bounding even +the practice of licentiousness with some kind of order. It may seem +reasonable therefore, to begin his life preferable to the rest, and in +so doing we must inform our readers that his father was by trade a +painter, though so low in his circumstances as to be able to afford his +son but a very mean education. However, he gave him as much as would +have been sufficient for him in that trade to which he bound him +apprentice, viz., to a buckle-maker in Grub Street, where for some time +Edward lived honestly and much in favour with his master. But his father +dying and his unhappy mother being reduced thereby into very narrow +circumstances, restraint grew uneasy to him, and the weight of a +parent's authority being now lost with him, he began to associate +himself with those loose incorrigible vagrants, who frequent the ring at +Moorfields, and from idleness and debauchery, go on in a very swift +progression to robbery and picking of pockets. + +Edward was a young fellow, active in his person and enterprising in his +genius; he soon distinguished himself in cudgel playing, and such other +Moorfields exercises as qualify a man first for the road and then for +the gallows. The mob who frequented this place, where one Frazier kept +the ring, were so highly pleased with Burnworth's performances that they +thought nothing could express their applause so much as conferring on +him the title of Young Frazier. This agreeing with the ferocity of his +disposition, made him so vain thereof, that, quitting his own name, he +chose to go by this, and accordingly was so called by all his +companions. + +Burnworth's grand associates were these, William Blewit, Emanuel +Dickenson, Thomas Berry, John Levee, William Marjoram, John Higgs, John +Wilson, John Mason, Thomas Mekins, William Gillingham, John Barton, +William Swift, and some others that it is not material here to mention. +At first he and his associates contented themselves with picking +pockets, and such other exercises in the lowest class of thieving, in +which however they went on very assiduously for a considerable space, +and did more mischief that way than any gang which had been before them +for twenty years. They rose afterwards to exploits of a more hazardous +nature, viz., snatching women's pockets, swords, hats, etc. + +The usual places for their carrying on such infamous practices were +about the Royal Exchange, Cheapside, St. Paul's Churchyard, Fleet +Street, the Strand and Charing Cross. Here they stuck a good while, nor +is it probable they would ever have risen higher if Burnworth, their +captain, had not been detected in an affair of this kind, and committed +thereupon to Bridewell, from whence, on some apprehension of the +keepers, he was removed to New Prison, where he had not continued long +before he projected an escape, which he afterwards put into execution. + +During this imprisonment, instead of reflecting on the sorrows which his +evil course of life had brought upon him, he meditated only how to +engage his companions in attempts of a higher nature than they had +hitherto been concerned in; and remembering how large a circle he had of +wicked associates, he began to entertain notions of putting them in such +a posture as might prevent their falling easily into the hands of +justice, which many of them within a month or two last past had +done--though as they were sent thither on trivial offences, they quickly +got discharged again. + +Full of such projects, and having once more regained his freedom, he +took much pains to find out Barton, Marjoram, Berry, Blewit and +Dickenson, in whose company he remained continually, never venturing +abroad in the day-time unless with his associates in the fields, where +they walked with strange boldness, considering warrants were out against +the greatest part of the gang. In the night time Burnworth strolled +about in such little bawdy-houses as he had formerly frequented, and +where he yet fancied he might be safe. + +One evening having wandered from the rest, he was so bold as to go to a +house in the Old Bailey, where he heard the servants and successors of +the famous Jonathan Wild were in close pursuit of him, and that one of +them was in the inner room by himself. Burnworth loaded his pistol under +the table, and having primed it, goes with it ready cocked into the room +where Jonathan's foreman was, with a quartern of brandy and a glass +before him. _Hark ye_, says Edward, _you fellow, who have served your +time to a thief-taker; what business might you have with me or my +company? Do you think to gain a hundred or two by swearing our lives +away? If you do you are much mistaken; but that I may be some judge of +your talent that way, I must hear you curse a little, on a very +particular occasion._ Upon which, filling a large glass of brandy, and +putting a little gunpowder into it, he clapped it into the fellow's +hands, and then presenting his pistol to his breast, obliged him to wish +most horrid mischiefs upon himself, if ever he attempted to follow him +or his companions any more. No sooner had he done this, but Frazier +knocking him down, quitted the room, and went to acquaint his companions +with his notable adventure, which, as it undoubtedly frightened the new +thief-taker, so it highly exalted his reputation for undaunted bravery +amongst the rest of the gang, a thing not only agreeable to Burnworth's +vanity, but useful also to his design, which was to advance himself to a +sort of absolute authority amongst them from whence he might be capable +of making them subservient to him in such enterprises as he designed. +His associates were not cunning enough to penetrate his views, but +without knowing it suffered them to take effect; so that instead of +robbing as they used to do (as accident directed them, or they received +intelligence of any booty) they now submitted themselves to his +guidance, and did nothing but as he directed or commanded them. + +The morning before the murder of Thomas Ball, Burnworth, and Barton, +whom we have before mentioned, pitched upon the house of an old Justice +of the Peace of Clerkenwell, to whom they had a particular pique for +having formerly committed Burnworth, and proposed it to their companions +to break it open that night, or rather the next morning (for it was +about one of the clock). They put their design in execution and executed +it successfully, carrying off some things of real value, and a +considerable parcel of what they took to be silver plate. With this they +went into the fields above Islington, and from thence to Copenhagen +House, where they spent the greatest part of the day. On parting the +booty Burnworth perceived what they had taken for silver was nothing +more than a gilt metal, at which he in a rage would have thrown it away; +Barton opposed it, and said they should be able to sell it for +something, to which Burnworth replied that it was good for nothing but +to discover them, and therefore it should not be preserved at any rate. +Upon this they differed, and while they were debating, came Blewit, +Berry, Dickenson, Higgs, Wilson, Levee, and Marjoram, who joined the +company. Burnworth and Barton agreed to toss up at whose disposal the +silver ware should be, they did so, and it fell to Burnworth to dispose +of it as he thought fit, upon which he carried it immediately to the New +River side, and threw it in there, adding that he was sorry he had not +the old Justice himself there, to share the same fate, being really as +much out of humour at the thing as if the Justice had imposed upon them +in a fair sale of the commodity, so easy a thing is it for men to impose +upon themselves. + +As it happened they were all present pretty full of money, and so under +no necessity of going upon any enterprise directly, wherefore they +loitered up and down the fields until towards evening, when they thought +they might venture unto town, and pass the time in their usual pleasures +of drinking, gaming, and whoring. While they were thus (as the French +say) murdering of time, a comrade of theirs came up puffing and blowing +as if ready to break his heart. As soon as he reached them, _Lads_, +says he, _beware of one thing; the constables have been all about Chick +Lane in search of folk of our profession, and if ye venture to the house +where we were to have met to-night, 'tis ten to one but we are all +taken._ + +This intelligence occasioned a deep consultation amongst them, what +method they had best take, in order to avoid the danger which threatened +them so nearly. Burnworth took this occasion to exhort them to keep +together, telling them that as they were armed with three or four +pistols apiece, and short daggers under their clothes, a small force +would not venture to attack them. This was approved by all the rest, and +when they had passed the afternoon in this manner, and had made a solemn +oath to stand by one another in case of danger, they resolved, as night +grew on, to draw towards town, Barton having at the beginning of these +consultations, quitted them and gone home. + +As they came through Turnmill Street, they accidentally met the keeper +of New Prison, from whom Burnworth had escaped about six weeks before. +He desired Edward to step across the way with him, adding that he saw he +had no arms, and that he did not intend to do him any prejudice. +Burnworth replied that he was no way in fear of him, nor apprehensive of +any injury he was able to do him, and so concealing a pistol in his +hand, he stepped over to him, his companions waiting for him in the +street. But the neighbours having some suspicion of them, and of the +methods they followed to get money, began to gather about them; upon +which they called to their companion to come away, which he, after +making a low bow to the captain of New Prison, did. Finding the people +increase they thought it their most advisable method to retire back in a +body into the fields. This they did keeping very close together; and in +order to deter the people from making any attempts, turned several times +and presented their pistols in their faces, swearing they would murder +the first man who came near enough for them to touch him. And the people +being terrified to see such a gang of obdurate villains, dispersed as +they drew near the fields, and left them at liberty to go whither they +would. + +As soon as they had dispersed their pursuers, they entered into a fresh +consultation as to what manner they would dispose of themselves. +Burnworth heard what every one proposed, and said at last, that he +thought the best thing they could do was to enter with as much privacy +as they could, the other quarter of the town, and so go directly to the +waterside. They approved his proposal, and accordingly getting down to +Blackfriars, crossed directly into Southwark; and retired at last into +St. George's Fields, where their last counsel was held to settle the +operation of the night. There Burnworth exerted himself in his proper +colours, informing them that there was no less danger of their being +apprehended there, than about Chick Lane; for that one Thomas Ball (who +kept a gin-shop in the Mint, and who was very well acquainted with most +of their persons) had taken it into his head to venture upon Jonathan +Wild's employment, and was for all that purpose indefatigable in +searching out all their haunts, that he might get a good penny to +himself apprehending them. He added that but a few nights ago, he +narrowly missed being caught by him, being obliged to clap a pistol to +his face, and threatened to shoot him dead if he offered to lay his +hands on him. _Therefore_, continued Burnworth, _the surest way for us +to procure safety, is to go to this rogue's house, and shoot him dead +upon the spot. His death will not only secure us from all fears of his +treachery, but it will likewise so terrify others that nobody will take +up the trade of thief-catching in haste; and if it were not for such +people who are acquainted with us and our houses of resort there would +hardly one of our profession in a hundred see the inside of Newgate._ + +Burnworth had scarce made an end of his bloody proposal, before they all +testified their assent to it with great alacrity, Higgs only excepted; +who seeming to disapprove thereof, it put the rest into such a passion +that they upbraided him in the most opprobious terms with being a coward +and a scoundrel, unworthy of being any longer the companion of such +brave fellows as themselves. When Frazier had sworn them all to stick +fast by one another, he put himself at their head, and away they went +directly to put their designed assassination into execution. Higgs +retreated under favour of the night, being apprehensive of himself when +their hands were in, since he, not being quite so wicked as the rest, +might share the fate of Ball upon the first dislike to him that took +them. + +As for Burnworth and his party, when they came to Ball's house and +enquired of his wife for him, they were informed that he was gone to the +next door, a public house, and that she would step and call him, and +went accordingly. Burnworth immediately followed her and meeting Ball at +the door, took him fast by the collar, and dragged him into his own +house, and began to expostulate with him as to the reason why he had +attempted to take him, and how ungenerous it was for him to seek to +betray his old friends and acquaintances. Ball, apprehending their +mischievous intentions, addressed himself to Blewit, and begged of him +to be an intercessor for him, and that they would not murder him; but +Burnworth with an oath replied, he would put it out of the power of Ball +ever to do him any further injury, that he should never get a penny by +betraying him, and thereupon immediately shot him. + +Having thus done, they all went out of doors again, and that the +neighbourhood might suppose the firing of the pistol to have been done +without any ill-intention, and only to discharge the same, Blewitt fired +another in the street over the tops of the houses, saying aloud, they +were got safe into town and there was no danger of meeting any rogues +there. Ball attempted to get as far as the door, but in vain, for he +dropped immediately, and died in a few minutes afterwards. + +Having this executed their barbarous design, they went down from Ball's +house directly towards the Falcon,[73] intending to cross the water back +again. By the way they accidentally met with Higgs, who was making to +the waterside likewise. Him they fell upon and rated for a pusilanimous +cowardly dog (as Burnworth called him) that would desert them in an +affair of such consequence, and then questioned whether Higgs himself +would not betray them. Burnworth proposed it to the company to shoot +their old comrade Higgs, because he had deserted them in their late +expedition; which it is believed, in the humour Burnworth was then in, +he would have done, had not Marjoram interposed and pleaded for sparing +his life. From the Falcon stairs they crossed the water to Trig +Stairs[74]; and then consulting how to spend the evening, they resolved +to go to the Boar's Head Tavern, in Smithfield, as not being at a +distance from the waterside, in case any pursuit should be made after +them, on account of the murder by them committed. At which place they +continued until near ten of the clock, when they separated themselves +into parties for that night, viz., one party towards the Royal Exchange, +the second to St. Paul's Churchyard, the third to Temple Bar, in pursuit +of their old trade of diving. + +This murder made them more cautious of appearing in public, and Blewit, +Berry and Dickenson soon after set out for Harwich, and went over in a +packet boat from thence for Helveot-Sluys. Higgs also being daily in +fear of a discovery, shipped himself on board the _Monmouth_ man-of-war, +at Spithead, where he thought himself safe, and began to be a little at +ease; but Justice quickly overtook him, when he thought himself safest +from its blow; for his brother who lived in town, having wrote a letter +to him, and given it to a ship's mate of his to carry to him at +Spithead, this man accidentally fell into company with one Arthur, a +watchman belonging to St. Sepulchre's Parish, and pulling the letters by +chance out of his pocket, the watchman saw the direction, and +recollected that Higgs was a companion of Frazier's. Upon this he sent +word to Mr. Delasay, Under-Secretary of State, and being examined as to +the circumstances of the thing, proper persons were immediately +dispatched to Spithead, who seized and brought him up in custody. +Wilson, another of the confederates, withdrew about the same time, and +had so much cunning as to preserve himself from being heard of for a +considerable time. + +Burnworth, in the meanwhile, with some companions of his, continued to +carry on their rapacious plunderings in almost all parts of the town; +and as they kept pretty well united, and were resolute fellows, they did +a vast deal of mischief, and yet were too strong to be apprehended. +Amongst the rest of their pranks they were so audacious as to stop the +Earl of Scarborough, in Piccadilly, but the chairmen having courage +enough to draw their poles and knock one of the robbers down, the earl +at the same time coming out of the chair, and putting himself upon his +defence, after a smart dispute in which Burnworth shot one of the +chairmen in the shoulder and thereby prevented any pursuit, they raised +their wounded companion and withdrew in great confusion. + +About this time their robberies and villainies having made so much noise +as to deserve the notice of the Government, a proclamation was published +for the apprehending Burnworth, Blewit, etc., it being justly supposed +that none but those who were guilty of these outrages could be the +persons concerned in the cruel murder of Ball. A gentleman who by +accident had brought one of these papers, came into the alehouse at +Whitecross Street, and read it publicly. The discourse of the company +turning thereupon, and the impossibility of the persons concerned making +their escape, and the likelihood there was that they would immediately +impeach one another. Marjoram, one of the gang, was there, though known +to nobody in the room; weighing the thing with himself, he retired +immediately from the house into the fields, where loitering about till +evening came on, he then stole with the utmost caution into Smithfield, +and going to a constable there, surrendered himself in a way of +obtaining a pardon, and the reward promised by the proclamation. + +That night he was confined in the Wood Street Compter, his Lordship not +being at leisure to examine him. The next day, as he was going to his +examination, the noise of his surrender being already spread all over +the town, many of his companions changed their lodgings and provided for +their safety; but Barton thought of another method of securing himself +from Marjoram's impeachment, and therefore planting himself in the way +as Marjoram was carrying to Goldsmiths' Hall, he popped out upon him at +once, though the constable had him by the arm, and presenting a pistol +to him, said, _D----n ye, I'll kill you._ Marjoram, at the sound of his +voice, ducked his head, and he immediately firing, the ball grazed only +on his back, without doing him any hurt. The surprise with which all who +were assisting the constable in the execution of his office were all +struck upon this occasion gave an opportunity for Barton to retire, +after his committing such an insult on public justice, as perhaps was +never heard of. However, Marjoram proceeded to his examination, and made +a very full discovery of all the transactions in which he had been +concerned. Levee being taken that night by his directions in White Cross +Street, and after examination committed to Newgate. + +Burnworth was now perfectly deprived of his old associates, yet he went +on at his old rate, even by himself; for a few nights after, he broke +open the shop and house of Mr. Beezely, a great distiller near Clare +Market, and took away from thence notes to a great value, with a +quantity of plate, which mistaking for white metal he threw away. One +Benjamin Jones picked it up and was thereupon hanged, being one of the +number under sentence when the Condemned Hold was shut up, and the +criminals refused to submit to the keepers. Burnworth was particularly +described in the proclamation, and three hundred pounds offered to any +who would apprehend him; yet so audacious was he as to come directly to +a house in Holborn, where he was known, and laying a loaded pistol down +on the table, called for a pint of beer, which he drank and paid for, +defying anybody to touch him, though they knew him to be the person +mentioned in the proclamation. It would be needless to particularise any +other bravadoes of his, which were so numerous that it gave no little +uneasiness to the magistrates, who perceived the evil consequences that +would show if such things should become frequent; they therefore doubled +their diligence in endeavouring to apprehend him, yet all their attempts +were to little purpose, and it is possible he might have gone on much +longer if he had not betrayed the natural consequence of one rogue's +trusting another. + +It happened at this time, that one Christopher Leonard was in prison for +some such feats as Burnworth had been guilty of, who lodged at the same +time with the wife and sister of the fellow. Kit Leonard, knowing in +what state he himself was, and supposing nothing could so effectually +recommend to him the mercy and favour of the Government as the procuring +Frazier to be apprehended, who had so long defied all the measures they +had taken for that purpose, he accordingly made the proposal by his +wife to persons in authority. And the project being approved they +appointed a sufficient force to assist in seizing him, who were placed +at an adjoining alehouse, where Kate, the wife of Kit Leonard, was to +give them the signal. + +About six of the clock in the evening of Shrove Tuesday, Kate Leonard +and her sister and Burnworth being all together (it not being late +enough for him to go out upon his nightly enterprises) Kate Leonard +proposed they should fry some pancakes for supper, which the other two +approved of, accordingly her sister set about them. Burnworth took off +his surtout coat, in the pocket of the lining whereof he had several +pistols. There was a little back door to the house, which Burnworth +usually kept upon the latch, in order to make his escape if he should be +surprised or discovered to be in that house. Unperceived by Burnworth, +and whilst her sister was frying the pancakes, Kate went to the alehouse +for a pot of drink, when having given the men who were there waiting for +him the signal, she returned, and closed the door after her, but +designedly missed the staple. The door being thus upon the jar only, as +she gave the drink to Burnworth, the six persons rushed into the room. +Burnworth hearing the noise and fearing the surprise, jumped up, +thinking to have made his escape at the back door, not knowing it to be +bolted; but they were upon him before he could get it open, and holding +his hands behind him, one of them tied them, whilst another, to +intimidate him, fired a pistol over his head. Having thus secured him, +they immediately carried him before a Justice of the Peace, who after a +long examination committed him to Newgate. + +Notwithstanding his confinement in that place, he was still director of +such of his companions as remained at liberty, and communicating to them +the suspicions he had of Kate Leonard's betraying him, and the dangers +there were of her detecting some of the rest, they were easily induced +to treat her as they had done Ball. One of them fired a pistol at her, +just as she was entering her own house, but that missing, they made two +or three other attempts of the same nature, until the Justice of the +Peace placed a guard thereabouts, in order to secure her from being +killed, and if possible to seize those who should attempt it, after +which they heard no more of these sorts of attacks. In Newgate they +confined Burnworth to the Condemned Hold, and took what other necessary +precautions they thought proper in order to secure so dangerous a +person, and who they were well enough aware meditated nothing but how to +escape. + +He was in this condition when the malefactors before-mentioned, viz., +Barton, Swift, etc., were under sentence, and it was shrewdly suspected +that he put them upon that attempt of breaking out, of which we have +given an account before. There were two things which more immediately +contributed to the defeating their design; the one was, that though five +of them were to die the next day, yet four of them were so drunk that +they were not able to work; the other was that they were so negligent in +providing candles that two hours after they were locked up they were +forced to lie-by for want of light. + +As we have already related the particulars of this story, we shall not +take up our reader's time in mentioning them again, but go on with the +story of Burnworth. Upon suspicion of his being the projector of that +enterprise the keepers removed him into the Bilbow Room, and there +loaded him with irons, leaving him by himself to lament the miseries of +his misspent life in the solitude of his wretched confinement; yet +nothing could break the wicked stubbornness of his temper, which, as it +had led him to those practices justly punished with so strait a +confinement, so it now urged him continually to force his way through +all opposition, and thereby regain his liberty, in order to practice +more villainies of the same sort, with those in which he had hitherto +spent his time. + +It is impossible to say how, but by some method or other he had procured +saws, files, and other instruments for this purpose; with these he first +released himself from his irons, then broke through the wall of the room +in which he was lodged, and thereby got into the women's apartment, the +window of which was fortified with three tier of iron bars. Upon these +he went immediately to work, and in a little time forced one of them; +while he was filing the next, one of the women, to ingratiate herself +with the keepers, gave notice, whereupon they came immediately and +dragged him back to the Condemned Hold and there stapled him down to the +ground. + +The course of our memoirs leads us now to say something of the rest of +his companions, who in a very short space came most of them to be +collected to share that punishment which the Law had so justly appointed +for their crimes. We will begin, then, with William Blewit, who, next to +Frazier, was the chief person in the gang. He was one of St. Giles's +breed, his father a porter, and his mother, at the time of his execution +selling greens in the same parish. They were both of them unable to give +their son education or otherwise provide for him, which occasioned his +being put out by the parish to a perfumer of gloves; but his temper from +his childhood inclining him to wicked practices, he soon got himself +into a gang of young pickpockets, with whom he practised several years +with impunity. But being at last apprehended in the very act, he was +committed to Newgate, and on plain proof convicted the next sessions, +and ordered for transportation. Being shipped on board the vessel with +other wretches in the same condition, he was quickly let into the secret +of their having provided for an escape by procuring saws, files, and +other implements, put up in a little barrel, which they pretended +contained gingerbread, and such other little presents which were given +them by relations. Blewitt immediately foresaw abundance of difficulties +in their design, and therefore resolved to make a sure use of it for his +own advantage. This he did by communicating all he knew to the captain, +who thereupon immediately seized their tools, and thereby prevented the +loss of his ship, which otherwise in all probability would have been +effected by the conspirators. + +In return for this service, Blewit obtained his freedom, which did not +serve him for any better purpose than his return to London as soon as be +was able. Whether he went again upon his old practices before he was +apprehended, we cannot determine, but before he had continued two months +in town, somebody seized him, and committed him to Newgate. At the next +sessions he was tried and convicted for returning from transportation, +but pleading, when he received sentence of death, the service he had +done in preventing the attempt of the other malefactors, execution was +respited until the return of the captain, and on his report the sentence +was changed into a new transportation, and leave given him also to go to +what foreign port he would. But he no sooner regained his liberty than +he put it to the same use as before, and took up the trade of snatching +hats, wigs, etc., until he got into acquaintance with Burnworth and his +gang, who taught him other methods of robbing than he had hitherto +practised. Like most of the unhappy people of his sort, he had to his +other crimes added the marriage of several wives, of which the first was +reputed a very honest and modest woman, and it seems had so great a love +for him, notwithstanding the wickedness of his behaviour, that upon her +visiting him at Newgate, the day before they set out for Kingston, she +was oppressed with so violent a grief as to fall down dead in the lodge. +Another of his wives married Emanuel Dickenson and survived them both. + +His meeting Burnworth that afternoon before Ball's murder was +accidental, but the savageness of his temper led him to a quick +compliance with that wicked proposition; but after the commission of +that fact, he with his companions before mentioned went over in the +packet boat to Holland. Guilt is a companion which never suffers rest +to enter any bosom where it inhabits; they were so uneasy after their +arrival there, lest an application should be made from the Government at +home, that they were constantly perusing the English newspapers as they +came over to the coffee houses in Rotterdam, that they might gain +intelligence of what advertisements, rewards, or other methods had been +taken to apprehend the persons concerned in Ball's murder; resolving on +the first news of a proclamation, or other interposition of the State on +that occasion, immediately to quit the Dominions of the Republic. But as +Burnworth had been betrayed by the only persons from whom he could +reasonably hope assistance; Higgs seized on board a ship where he +fancied himself secure from all searches; so Blewit and his associates, +though they daily endeavoured to acquaint themselves with the +transactions at London relating to them, fell also into the hands of +Justice, when they least expected it. So equal are the decrees of +providence, and so inevitable the strokes of Divine vengeance. + +The proclamation for apprehending them came no sooner to the hands of +Mr. Finch, the British resident at the Hague, but he immediately caused +an enquiry to be made, whether any such persons as were therein +described had been seen at Rotterdam. Being assured that there had, and +that they were lodged at the Hamburgh's Arms on the Boom Keys in that +City, he sent away a special messenger to enquire the truth thereof; of +which he was no sooner satisfied, than he procured an order from the +States General for apprehending them anywhere within the Province. By +virtue of this order the messenger, with the assistance of the proper +officers for that purpose in Holland, apprehended Blewit at the house +whither they had been directed; his two companions Dickenson and Berry, +had left him and were gone aboard a ship, not caring to remain any +longer in Holland. They conducted their prisoner to the Stadt House +Prison in Rotterdam, and then went to the Brill, where the ship on board +which his companions were, not being cleared out, they surprised them +also, and having handcuffed them, sent them under a strong guard to +Rotterdam, where they put them in the same place with their old +associate Blewit. We shall now therefore take an opportunity of speaking +of each of them, and acquainting the reader with those steps by which +they arose to that unparalleled pitch of wickedness which rendered them +alike the wonder and detestation of all the sober part of mankind. + +Emanuel Dickenson was the son of a very worthy person, whose memory I +shall be very careful not to stain upon this occasion. The lad was ever +wild and ungovernable in his temper, and being left a child at his +father's death, himself, his brother, and several sisters were thrown +all upon the hands of their mother, who was utterly unable to support +them in those extravagancies to which they were inclined. Whereupon they +unfortunately addicted themselves to such evil courses as to them seemed +likely to provide such a supply of money as might enable them to take +such licentious pleasures as were suitable to their vicious +inclinations. The natural consequence of which was that they all fell +under misfortunes, especially Emanuel of whom we are speaking, who +addicted himself to picking of pockets, and such kind of facts for a +considerable space. At last, attempting to snatch a gentleman's hat off +in the Strand, he was seized with it in his hand, and committed to +Newgate, and at the next sessions convicted and ordered for +transportation. But his mother applying at Court for a pardon, and +setting forth the merit of his father, procured his discharge. The only +use he made of this was to associate himself with his old companions, +who by degrees led him into greater villainies than any he had till that +time been concerned in; and at last falling under the direction of +Burnworth, he was with the rest drawn into the murder of Ball. After +this he followed Blewit's advice, and not thinking himself safe even in +Holland, he and Berry (as has been said) were actually on ship board, in +order to their departure. + +Thomas Berry was a beggar, if not a thief, from his cradle, descended +from parents in the most wretched circumstances, who being incapable of +giving him an honest education suffered him on the contrary to idle +about the streets, and to get into such gangs of thieves and pickpockets +as taught him from his infancy the arts of _diving_ (as they in their +cant call it). And as he grew in years they still brought him on to a +greater proficiency in such evil practices, in which however he did not +always meet with impunity; for besides getting into the little prisons +about town, and being whipped several times at the houses of correction, +he had also been thrice in Newgate, and for the last fact convicted and +ordered for transportation. However, by some means or other, he got away +from the ship, and returned quickly to his old employment; in which he +had not continued long, before falling into the acquaintance of +Burnworth, it brought him first to the commission of a cruel murder, and +after that with great justice to suffer an ignominious death. Having +been thus particular on the circumstances of each malefactor distinctly, +let us return to the thread of our story, and observe to what period +their wicked designs and lawless courses brought them at the last. + +After they were all three secured, and safe confined in Rotterdam, the +resident dispatched an account thereof to England; whereupon he received +directions for applying to the States-General for leave to send them +back. This was readily granted, and six soldiers were ordered to attend +them on board, besides the messengers who were sent to fetch them. +Captain Samuel Taylor, in the _Delight_ sloop, brought them safe to the +Nore, where they were met by two other messengers, who assisted in +taking charge of them up the river. In the midst of all the miseries +they suffered, and the certainty they had of being doomed to suffer much +more as soon as they came on shore, yet they behaved themselves with the +greatest gaiety imaginable, were full of their jests and showed as much +pleasantness as if their circumstances had been the most happy. +Observing a press-gang very busy on the water, and that the people in +the boat shunned them with great care, they treated them with the most +opprobrious language, and impudently dared the lieutenant to come and +press them for the service. On their arrival at the Tower, they were put +into a boat with the messengers, with three other boats to guard them, +each of which was filled with a corporal and a file of musqueteers; and +in this order they were brought to Westminster. After being examined +before Justice Chalk and Justice Blackerby they were all three put into +a coach, and conducted by a party of Foot-guards to Newgate through a +continued line of spectators, who by their loud huzzas proclaimed their +joy at seeing these egregious villains in the hands of justice; for +they, like Jonathan Wild, were so wicked as to lose the compassion of +the mob. + +On their arrival at Newgate, the keepers expressed a very great +satisfaction, and having put on each a pair of the heaviest irons in the +gaol, and taken such other precautions as they thought necessary for +securing them, they next did them the honour of conducting them upstairs +to their old friend Edward Burnworth. Having congratulated them on their +safe arrival and they condoled with him on his confinement, they took +their places near him, and had the convenience of the same apartment and +were shackled in the like manner. They did not appear to show the least +sign of contrition or remorse for what they had done; on the contrary +they spent their time with all the indifference imaginable. Great +numbers of people had the curiosity to come to Newgate to see them, and +Blewit upon all occasions made use of every opportunity to excite their +charity, alleging they had been robbed of everything when they were +seized. Burnworth, with an air of indifference replied, _D----n this +Blewit, because he had got a long wig and ruffled shirt he takes the +liberty to talk more than any of us._ Being exhorted to apply the little +time they had to live in preparing themselves for another world, +Burnworth replied that if they had any inclination to think of a future +state, it was impossible in their condition, so many persons as were +admitted to come to view them in their present circumstances must needs +divert any good thoughts. But their minds were totally taken up with +consulting the most likely means to make their escape and extricate +themselves from the bolts and shackles with which they were clogged and +encumbered; and indeed all their actions showed their thoughts were bent +only on enlargement, and that they were altogether unmindful of death, +or at least careless of the future consequence thereof. + +On Wednesday, the 30th of March, 1726, Burnworth, Blewit, Berry +Dickenson, Levee, and Higgs, were all put into a waggon, handcuffed and +chained, and carried to Kingston under a guard of the Duke of Bolton's +horse. At their coming out of Newgate they were very merry, charging the +guard to take care that no misfortune happened to them, and called upon +the numerous crowd of spectators, both at their getting into the waggon, +and afterwards as they passed along the road, to show their respect they +bore them by halloaing, and to pay them the compliments due to gentlemen +of their profession, and called for several bottles of wine that they +might drink to their good journey. As they passed along the road they +endeavoured to show themselves very merry and pleasant by their +facetious discourse to the spectators, and frequently threw money +amongst the people who followed them, diverting themselves with seeing +the others strive for it. And particularly Blewit, having thrown out +some halfpence amongst the mob, a little boy who was present picked up +one of them, and calling out to Blewit, told him, that as sure as he +(the said Blewit) would be condemned at Kingston, so sure would he have +his name engraved thereon; whereupon Blewit took a shilling out of his +pocket and gave it to the boy, telling him there was something towards +defraying the charge of engraving and bid him be as good as his word, +which he promised he would. + +On the 31st of March, the assizes were opened, together with the +commission of Oyer and Terminer and Gaol Delivery for the county of +Surrey, before the Right Hon. the Lord Chief Justice Raymond, and Mr. +Justice Denton; and the grand jury having found indictments against the +prisoners, they were severally arraigned thereupon, when five of them +pleaded not guilty. Burnworth absolutely refused to plead at all; upon +which, after being advised by the judge not to force the Court upon that +rigour which they were unwilling at any time to practice, and he still +continuing obstinate, his thumbs (as is usual in such cases) were tied +and strained with pack thread. This having no effect upon him, the +sentence of the press, or as it is sailed in Law, of the _Peine Fort et +Dure_, was read to him in these words: _You shall go to the place from +whence you came, and there being stripped naked and laid flat upon your +back on the floor, with a napkin about your middle to hide your privy +members, and a cloth on your face, then the press is to be laid upon +you, with as much weight as, or rather more than you can bear. You are +to have three morsels of barley-bread in twenty-four hours; a draught of +water from the next puddle near the gaol, but not running water. The +second day two morsels and the same water, with an increase of weight, +and so to the third day until you expire._ + +This sentence thus passed upon him, and he still continuing +contumacious, he was carried down to the stock-house, and the press laid +upon him, which he bore for the space of one hour and three minutes, +under the weight of three hundred, three quarters, and two pounds [424 +lb.]. Whilst he continued under the press, he endeavoured to beat out +his brains against the floor, during which time the High Sheriff himself +was present, and frequently exhorted him to plead to the indictment. +This at last he consented to do; and being brought up to the Court, +after a trial which lasted from eight in the morning until one in the +afternoon, on the first day of April, they were all six found guilty of +the indictment, and being remanded back to the stock-house, were all +chained and stapled down to the floor. + +Whilst they were under conviction, the terrors of death did not make any +impression upon them; they diverted themselves with repeating jests and +stories of various natures, particularly of the manner of their escapes +before out of the hands of justice, and the robberies and offences they +had committed. And it being proposed, for the satisfaction of the world, +for them to leave the particulars of the several robberies by them +committed, Burnworth replied that were he to write all the robberies by +him committed, a hundred sheets of paper, write as close as could be, +would not contain them. Notwithstanding what had been alleged by Higgs +of his forsaking his companions in the field, it appeared by other +evidence that he followed his companions to Ball's house, and was seen +hovering about the house during the time the murder was committed, with +a pistol in his hand. + +As for Burnworth, after conviction, his behaviour was as ludicrous as +ever; and being as I said, a painter's son, he had some little notion of +designing, and therewith diverted himself in sketching his own picture +in several forms; particularly as he lay under the press. This being +engraved in copper, was placed in the frontispiece of a sixpenny book +which was published of his life, and the rest seemed to fall no way +short of him in that silly contempt of death, which with the vulgar +passes for resolution. + +On Monday, the 4th day of April, they were brought up again from the +stock-house to receive sentence of death. Before he passed it upon them +Mr. Justice Denton made a very pathetic speech, in which he represented +to them the necessity there was of punishing crimes like theirs with +death, and exhorted them not to be more cruel to themselves than they +had obliged the law to be severe towards them, by squandering away the +small remainder of their time, and thereby adding to an ignominious end, +an eternal punishment hereafter. When sentence was passed, they +entreated leave for their friends to visit them in the prison, which was +granted them by the Court, but with a strict injunction to the keeper to +be careful over them. After they returned to the prison, they bent their +thought wholly on making their escape, and to that purpose sent to their +friends, and procured proper implements for the execution of it: +Burnworth's mother being surprised with several files, etc., about her, +and the whole plot discovered by Blewit's mother who was heard to say +that she had forgot the opium. + +It seems the scheme was to murder the two persons who attended them in +the gaol, together with Mr. Eliot, the turnkey; after they had got out +they intended to have fired a slack of bavins [firewood] adjoining to +the prison, and thereby amused the inhabitants while they got clear off. +Burnworth's mother was confined for this attempt in his favour, and some +lesser implements that were sewed up in the waistband of their breeches +being ripped out, all hopes whatsoever of escape were now taken away. +Yet Burnworth affected to keep up the same spirit with which he had +hitherto behaved, and talked in a rhodomantade to one of his guard, of +coming in the night in a dark entry, and pulling him by the nose, if he +did not see him decently buried. + +About ten of the clock, on Wednesday morning, together with one +Blackburn, who was condemned for robbing on the highway, a fellow +grossly ignorant and stupid, they were carried out in a cart to their +execution, being attended by a company of foot to the gallows. In their +passage thither, that audacious carriage in which they had so long +persisted totally forsook them, and they all appeared with all that +seriousness and devotion which might be looked for from persons in their +condition. Blewit perceiving one Mr. Warwick among the spectators +desired that he might stop to speak to him; which being granted, he +threw himself upon his knees, and earnestly intreated his pardon for +having once attempted his life by presenting a pistol at him, upon +suspicion that Mr. Warwick knowing what his profession was had given +information against him. + +When at the place of execution and tied up, Blewit and Dickenson, +especially, prayed with great fervour and with a becoming earnestness, +exhorted all the young persons they saw near them to take warning by +them, and not follow such courses as might in time bring them to so +terrible an end. Blewit acknowledged that for sixteen years last past he +had lived by stealing and pilfering only. He had given all the clothes +he had to his mother, but being informed that he was to be hung in +chains, he desired his mother might return them to prevent his being put +up in his shirt. He then desired the executioner to tie him up so that +he might be as soon out of his pain as possible; then he said the +Penitential Psalm, and repeated the words of it to the other criminals. +Then they all kissed one another, and after some private devotions the +cart drew away and they were turned off. Dickenson died very hard, +kicking off one of his shoes, and loosing the other. + +Their bodies were carried back under the same guard which attended them +to their execution. Burnworth and Blewit were afterwards hung in chains +over against the sign of the Fighting Cocks, in St. George's Fields, +Dickenson and Berry were hung up on Kennington Common, but the sheriff +of Surrey had orders at the same time to suffer his relations to take +down the body of Dickenson in order to be interred, after its hanging up +one day, which favour was granted on account of his father's service in +the army, who was killed at his post in the late war. Levee and Higgs +were hung up on Putney Common, beyond Wandsworth, which is all we have +to add concerning these hardened malefactors who so long defied the +justice of their country, and are now, to the joy of all honest people, +placed as spectacles for the warning of their companions who frequent +the places where they are hung in chains. + +FOOTNOTES: + + [73] Falcon Stairs were just east of where Blackfriars Bridge + now stands. + + [74] Trig Lane ran from Thames Street to the water's edge, near + Lambeth Hill. + + + + +The Life of JOHN GILLINGHAM, an Highwayman and Footpad, etc. + + +As want of education hath brought many who might otherwise have done +very well in the world to a miserable end, so the best education and +instructions are often of no effect to stubborn and corrupt minds. This +was the case of John Gillingham, of whom we are now to give an account. +He had been brought up at Westminster School, but all he acquired there +was only a smattering of learning and a great deal of self-conceit, +fancying labour was below him, and that he ought to live the life of a +gentleman. He associated himself with such companions as pretended to +teach him this art of easily attaining money. He was a person very +inclinable to follow such advices, and therefore readily came into these +proposals as soon as they were made. Amongst the rest of his +acquaintance, he became very intimate with Burnworth, and made one of +the number in attacking the chair of the Earl of Scarborough, near St. +James's Church, and was the person who shot the chairman in the +shoulder. + +As he was a young man of a good deal of spirit, so he committed +abundance of facts in a very short space; but the indefatigable industry +which the officers of Justice exerted, in apprehending Frazier's +desperate gang, soon brought him to the miserable end consequent from +such wicked courses. He was indicted for assaulting Robert Sherly, Esq., +upon the highway, and taking from him a watch value £20. He was a second +time indicted for assaulting John du Cummins, a footman, and taking from +him a silver watch, a snuff-box, and five guineas in money. Both of +which facts he steadily denied after his conviction, but there was a +third crime of which he was convicted, viz., sending a letter to extort +money from Simon Smith, Esq., and which follows in these words: + + Mr. Smith. + + I desire you to send me twenty guineas by the bearer, without + letting him know what it is for, he is innocent of the contents if + your offer to speak of this to anybody---- My blood and soul, if you + are not dead man before monday morning; and if you don't send the + money, the devil dash my brains out, if I don't shoot you the first + time you stir out of doors, or if I should be taken there are others + that will do your business for you by the first opportunity, + therefore pray fail not ----. Strike me to instant D---- if I am not + as good as my word. + + To Mr. Smith in Great George Street over against the Church near + Hanover Square. + +He confessed that he knew of the writing and sending this epistle, but +denied that he did it himself, and indeed the indictment set forth that +it was in company with one John Mason, then deceased, that the said +conspiracy was formed. Under sentence of death, he behaved himself very +sillily, laughing and scoffing at his approaching end, and saying to one +of his companions, as the keeper went downstairs before them, _Let us +knock him down and take his keys from him. If one leads to heaven, and +the other to hell, we shall at least have a chance to get the right!_ +Yet when death with all its horror stared him in the face, he began to +relent in his behaviour, and to acknowledge the justness of that +sentence which had doomed him to death. At the place of execution he +prayed with great earnestness, confessed he had been a grievous sinner, +and seemed in great confusion in his last moments. He was about twenty +years of age when he died, which was on the 9th of May, 1726, at Tyburn. + + + + +The Life of JOHN COTTERELL, a Thief, etc. + + +The miseries of life are so many, so deep, so sudden, and so +irretrievable, that when we consider them attentively, they ought to +inspire us with the greatest submission towards that Providence which +directs us and fills us with humble sentiments of our own capacities, +which are so weak and incapable to protect us from any of those evils to +which from the vicissitudes of life we are continually exposed. + +John Cotterell, the subject of this part of our work, was a person +descended of honest and industrious parents, who were exceedingly +careful in bringing him up as far as they were able, in such a manner as +might enable him to get his bread honestly and with some reputation. +When he was grown big enough to be put out apprentice, they agreed with +a friend of theirs, a master of a vessel, to take him with him two or +three voyages for a trial. John behaved himself so well that he gained +the esteem of his master and the love of all his fellow-sailors. When he +had been five years at sea, his credit was so good, both as to his being +an able sailor and an honest man, that his friends found it no great +difficulty to get him a ship, and after that another. The last he +commanded was of the burthen of 200 tons, but he sustained great losses +himself, and greater still, in supporting his eldest son, who dealt in +the same way, and with a vessel of his own carried on a trade between +England and Holland. Through these misfortunes he fell into +circumstances so narrow that he lay two years and a half in Newgate, for +debt. Being discharged by the Act of Insolvency, and having not +wherewith to sustain himself, he broke one night into a little +chandler's shop, where he used now and then to get a halfpenny-worth of +that destructive liquor gin; and there took a tub with two pounds of +butter, and a pound of pepper in it. But before he got out of the shop +he was apprehended, and at the next sessions was found guilty of the +fact. + +While under sentence of death he behaved with the greatest gravity, +averred that it was the first thing of that kind he had ever done; +indeed, his character appeared to be very good, for though his +acquaintance in town had done little for him hitherto, yet when they saw +that they should not be long troubled with him, they sent him good +books, and provided everything that was necessary for him; so that with +much resignation he finished his days, with the other malefactors, at +Tyburn, in the fifty-second year of his age, on the 9th day of May, +1726. + + + + +The Life of CATHERINE HAYES, a bloody and inhuman Murderess, etc. + + +Though all crimes are in this nature foul, yet some are apparently more +heinous, and of a blacker die than others. Murder has in all ages and in +all climates been amongst the number of those offences held to be most +enormous and the most shocking to human nature of any other; yet even +this admits sometimes of aggravation, and the laws of England have made +a distinction between the murder of a stranger, and of him or her to +whom we owe a civil, or natural obedience. Hence it is that killing a +husband, or a master is distinguished under the name of _petit_ treason. +Yet even this, in the story we are about to relate, had several +heightening circumstances, the poor man having both a son and a wife +imbrueing their hands in his blood. + +Catherine Hall, afterwards by her marriage, Catherine Hayes, was born in +the year 1690, at a village in the borders of Warwickshire, within four +miles of Birmingham. Her parents were so poor as to receive the +assistance of the parish and so careless of their daughter that they +never gave her the least education. While a girl she discovered marks of +so violent and turbulent a temper that she totally threw off all respect +and obedience to her parents, giving a loose to her passions and +gratifying herself in all her vicious inclinations. + +About the year 1705, some officers coming into the neighbourhood to +recruit, Kate was so much taken with the fellows in red that she +strolled away with them, until they came to a village called Great +Ombersley in Warwickshire, where they very ungenerously left her behind +them. This elopement of her sparks drove her almost mad, so that she +went like a distracted creature about the country, until coming to Mr. +Hayes's door, his wife in compassion took her in out of charity. The +eldest child of the family was John Hayes, the deceased; who being then +about twenty-one years of age, found so many charms in this Catherine +Hall that soon after he coming into the house he made proposals to her +of marriage. There is no doubt of their being readily enough received, +and as they both were sensible how disagreeable a thing it would be to +his parents, they agreed to keep it secret. They quickly adjusted the +measures that were to be taken in order to their being married at +Worcester; for which purpose Mr. John Hayes pretended to his mother that +he wanted some tools in the way of his trade, viz., that of a carpenter, +for which it was necessary he should go to Worcester; and under this +colour he procured also as much money as, with what he had already had, +was sufficient to defray the expense of the intended wedding. + +Catherine having quitted the house without the formality of bidding them +adieu, and meeting at the appointed place, they accompanied each other +to Worcester, where the wedding was soon celebrated. The same day Mrs. +Catherine Hayes had the fortune to meet with some of her quondam +acquaintance at Worcester. They understanding that she was that day +married, and where the nuptials were to be solemnized, consulted among +themselves how to make a penny of the bridegroom. Accordingly deferring +the execution of their intentions until the evening, just as Mr. Hayes +was got into bed to his wife, coming to the house where he lodged, they +forcibly entered the room, and dragged the bridegroom away, pretending +to impress him for her Majesty's service. + +This proceeding broke the measures Mr. John Hayes had concerted with his +bride, to keep their wedding secret; for finding no redemption from +their hands, without the expense of a larger sum of money than he was +master of, he was necessitated to let his father know of his misfortune. +Mr. Hayes hearing of his son's adventures, as well of his marriage and +his being pressed at the same time, his resentment for the one did not +extinguish his affection for him as a father, but that he resolved to +deliver him from his troubles; and accordingly, taking a gentleman in +the neighbourhood along with him, he went for Worcester. At their +arrival there, they found Mr. John Hayes in the hands of the officers, +who insisted upon detaining him for her Majesty's service; but his +father and the gentleman he brought with him by his authority, soon made +them sensible of their errors, and instead of making a benefit of him, +as they proposed, they were glad to discharge him, which they did +immediately. Mr. Hayes having acted thus far in favour of his son, then +expressed his resentment for his having married without his consent; but +it being too late to prevent it, there was no other remedy but to bear +with the same. For sometime afterwards Mr. Hayes and his bride lived in +the neighbourhood, and as he followed his business as a carpenter, his +father and mother grew more reconciled. But Mrs. Catherine Hayes, who +better approved of a travelling than a settled life, persuaded her +husband to enter himself a volunteer in a regiment then at Worcester, +which he did, and went away with them, where he continued for some time. + +Mr. John Hayes being in garrison in the Isle of Wight, Mrs. Hayes took +an opportunity of going over thither and continued with him for some +time; until Mr. Hayes, not content with such a lazy indolent life +(wherein he could find no advantage, unless it were the gratifying his +wife) solicited his father to procure his discharge, which at length he +was prevailed upon to consent to. But he found much difficulty in +perfecting the same, for the several journeys he was necessitated to +undertake before it could be done, and the expenses of procuring such +discharge, amounted to sixty pound. But having at last, at this great +expense and trouble, procured his son's release, Mr. John Hayes and his +wife returned to Worcestershire; and his father the better to induce him +to settle himself in business in the country, put him into an estate of +ten pound _per annum_, hoping that, with the benefit of his trade, would +enable them to live handsomely and creditably, and change her roving +inclinations, he being sensible that his son's ramble had been +occasioned through his wife's persuasions. But Mr. John Hayes +representing to his father that it was not possible for him and his wife +to live on that estate only, persuaded his father to let him have +another also, a leasehold of sixteen pound _per annum;_ upon which he +lived during the continuance of the lease, his father paying the annual +rent thereof until it expired. + +The characters of Mr. John Hayes and his wife were vastly different. He +had the repute of a sober, sedate, honest, quiet, peaceable man, and a +very good husband, the only objection his friends would admit of against +him was that he was of too parsimonious and frugal temper, and that he +was rather too indulgent of his wife, who repaid his kindness with ill +usage, and frequently very opprobious language. As to his wife, she was +on all hands allowed to be a very turbulent, vexatious person, always +setting people together by the ears, and never free from quarrels and +controversies in the neighbourhood, giving ill advice, and fomenting +disputes to the disturbance of all her friends and acquaintance. + +This unhappiness in her temper induced Mr. John Hayes's relations to +persuade him to settle in some remote place, at a distance from and +unknown to her for some time, to see if that would have any effect upon +her turbulent disposition; but Mr. Hayes would not approve of that +advice, nor consent to a separation. In this manner they lived for the +space of about six years, until the lease of the last-mentioned farm +expired; about which time Mrs. Hayes persuaded Mr. John Hayes to leave +the country and come to London, which about twelve months afterwards, +through her persuasions he did, in the year 1719. Upon their arrival in +town they took a house, part of which they let out in lodging, and sold +sea coal, chandlery-ware, etc., whereby they lived in a creditable +manner. And though Mr. Hayes was of a very indulgent temper, yet she was +so unhappy as to be frequently jarring, and a change of climate having +made no alteration in her temper, she continued her same passionate +nature, and frequent bickerings and disputes with her neighbours, as +well as before in the country. + +In this business they picked up money, and Mr. Hayes received the yearly +rent of the first-mentioned estate, though in town; and by lending out +money in small sums, amongst his country people improved the same +considerably. In speaking of Mr. Hayes to his friends and acquaintance +she would frequently give him the best of characters, and commend him +for an indulgent husband; notwithstanding which, to some of her +particular cronies who knew not Mr. Hayes's temper, she would exclaim +against him, and told them particularly (above a year before the murder +was committed) that it was no more sin to kill him (meaning her husband) +than to kill a mad dog, and that one time or other she might give him a +jolt. + +Afterwards they removed into Tottenham Court Road, where they lived for +some time, following the same business as formerly; from whence about +two years afterwards, they removed into Tyburn Road,[75] a few doors +above where the murder was committed. There they lived about twelve +months, Mr. Hayes supporting himself chiefly in lending out money upon +pledges, and sometimes working at his profession, and in husbandry, till +it was computed he had picked up a pretty handsome sum of money. About +ten months before the murder they removed a little lower to the house of +Mr. Whinyard, where the murder was committed, taking lodgings up two +pairs of stairs. There it was that Thomas Billings, by trade a tailor, +who wrought journey-work in and about Monmouth Street; under pretence +of being Mrs. Hayes's countryman came to see them. He did so, and +continued in the house about six weeks before the death of Mr. Hayes. + +He (Mr. Hayes) had occasion to go a little way out of town, of which his +wife gave her associates immediate notice, and they thereupon flocked +thither to junket with her until the time they expected his return. Some +of the neighbours out of ill-will which they bore the woman, gave him +intelligence of it as soon as he came back, upon which they had +abundance of high words, and at last Mr. Hayes gave her a blow or two. +Maybe this difference was in some degree the source of that malice which +she afterwards vented upon him. + +About this time Thomas Wood, who was a neighbour's son in the country, +and an intimate acquaintance both of Mr. Hayes and his wife, came to +town, and pressing being at that time very hot he was obliged to quit +his lodgings; and thereupon Mr. Hayes very kindly invited him to accept +of the convenience of theirs, promising him moreover, that as he was out +of business, he would recommend him to his friends, and acquaintances. +Wood accepted the offer, and lay with Billings. In three or four days' +time, Mrs. Hayes having taken every opportunity to caress him, opened to +him a desire of being rid of her husband, at which Wood, as he very well +might, was exceedingly surprised, and demonstrated the business as well +as cruelty there would be in such an action, if committed by him, who +besides the general ties of humanity, stood particularly obliged to him +as his neighbour and his friend. Mrs. Hayes did not desist upon this, +but in order to hush his scruples would fain have persuaded him that +there was no more sin in killing Hayes than in killing a brute-beast for +that he was void of all religion and goodness, an enemy to God, and +therefore unworthy of his protection; that he had killed a man in the +country, and destroyed two of his and her children, one of which was +buried under an apple tree, the other under a pear tree, in the country. +To these fictitious tales she added another, which perhaps had the +greatest weight, viz., that if he were dead, she should be the mistress +of fifteen hundred pounds. _And then_, says she, _you may be master +thereof, if you will help to get him out of the way. Billings has agreed +too, if you'll make a third, and so all may be finished without danger._ + +A few days after this, Wood's occasions called him out of town. On his +return, which was the first day of March, he found Mr. Hayes and his +wife and Billings very merry together. Amongst other things which passed +in conversation, Mr. Hayes happened to say that he and another person +once drank as much wine between them as came to a guinea, without +either of them being fuddled. Upon this Billings proposed a wager on +these terms, that half a dozen bottles of the best mountain wine should +be fetched, which if Mr. Hayes could drink without being disordered, +then Billings should pay for it; but if not, then it should be at the +cost of Mr. Hayes. He accepting of this proposal, Mrs. Hayes and the two +men went together to the Brawn's Head, in New Bond Street, to fetch the +wine. As they were going thither, she put them in mind of the +proposition she had made them to murder Mr. Hayes, and said they could +not have a better opportunity than at present, when he should be +intoxicated with liquor. Whereupon Wood made answer that it would be the +most inhuman act in the world to murder a man in cool blood, and that, +too, when he was in liquor. Mrs. Hayes had recourse to her old +arguments, and Billings joining with her, Wood suffered himself to be +overpowered. + +When they came to the tavern they called for a pint of the best +mountain, and after they had drank it ordered a gallon and a half to be +sent home to their lodgings, and Mrs. Hayes paid ten shillings and +sixpence for it, which was what it came to. Then they all came back and +sat down together to see Mr. Hayes drink the wager, and while he +swallowed the wine, they called for two or three full pots of beer, in +order to entertain themselves. Mr. Hayes, when he had almost finished +the wine, began to grow very merry, singing and dancing about the room +with all the gaiety which is natural to having taken a little too much +wine. But Mrs. Hayes was so fearful of his not having his dose, that she +sent away privately for another bottle, of which having drunk some also, +it quite finished the work, by depriving him totally of his +understanding; however, reeling into the other room, he there threw +himself across the bed and fell fast asleep. No sooner did his wife +perceive it than she came and excited the two men to go in and do the +work; whereupon Billings taking a coal-hatchet in his hand, going into +the other room, struck Mr. Hayes therewith on the back of the head. This +blow fractured the skull, and made him, through the agony of the pain, +stamp violently upon the ground, in so much that it alarmed the people +who lay in the garret; and Wood fearing the consequence, went in and +repeated the blows, though that was needless since the first was mortal +in itself, and he already lay still and quiet. By this time Mrs. +Springate, whose husband lodged over Mr. Hayes's head, on hearing the +noise came down to enquire the reason of it, complaining at the same +time that it so disturbed her family that they could not rest. Mrs. +Hayes thereupon told her that her husband had had some company with him, +who growing merry with their liquor were a little noisy, but that they +were going immediately, and desired she would be easy. Upon this she +went up again for the present, and the three murderers began immediately +to consult how to get rid of the body. + +The men were in so much terror and confusion that they knew not what to +do; but Mrs. Hayes quickly thought of an expedient in which they all +agreed. She said that if the head was cut off, there would not be near +so much difficulty in carrying off the body, which could not be known. +In order to put this design in execution, they got a pail and she +herself carrying the candle, they all entered the room where the +deceased lay. Then the woman holding the pail, Billings drew the body by +the head over the bedside, that the blood might bleed the more freely +into it; and Wood with his pocket penknife cut it off. As soon as it was +severed from the body, and the bleeding was over, they poured the blood +down a wooden sink at the window, and after it several pails of water, +in order to wash it quite away that it might not be perceived in the +morning. However, their precautions were not altogether effectual, for +the next morning Springate found several clots of blood, but not +suspecting anything of the matter, threw them away. Neither had they +escaped letting some tokens of their cruelty fall upon the floor, stain +the wall of the room, and even spin up against the ceiling, which it may +be supposed happened at the giving the first blow. + +When they had finished the decollation, they again consulted what was +next to be done. Mrs. Hayes was for boiling it in a pot till nothing but +the skull remained, which would effectually prevent anybody's knowing to +whom it belonged; but the two men thinking this too dilatory a method, +they resolved to put it in a pail, and go together and throw it in the +Thames. Springate, hearing a bustling in Mr. Hayes's room for some time, +and then somebody going down stairs, called again to know who it was and +what was the occasion of it (it being then about eleven o'clock). Mrs. +Hayes answered that it was her husband, who was going a journey into the +country, and pretended to take a formal leave of him, expressing her +sorrow that he was obliged to go out of town at that time of night, and +her fear least any accident should attend him in his journey. + +Billings and Wood being thus gone to dispose of the head, went towards +Whitehall, intending to have thrown the same into the river there, but +the gates being shut, they were obliged to go forward as far as Mr. +Macreth's wharf, near the Horseferry at Westminster, where Billings +setting down the pail from under his great coat, Wood took up the same +with the head therein, and threw it into the dock before the Wharf. It +was expected the same would have been carried away by the tide, but the +water being then ebbing, it was left behind. There were also some +lighters lying over against the dock, and one of the lightermen walking +then on board, saw them throw the pail into the dark; but by the +obscurity of the night, the distance, and having no suspicion, they did +not apprehend anything of the matter. Having thus done, they returned +home again to Mrs. Hayes's where they arrived about twelve o'clock and +being let in, found Mrs. Hayes had been very busily employed in washing +the floor, and scraping the blood off from it, and from the walls, etc. +After which, they all three went into the fore room, Billings and Wood +went to bed there, and Mrs. Hayes sat by them till morning. + +On the morning of the second of March, about the dawning of the day, one +Robinson a watchman saw a man's head lying in the dock, and the pail +near it. His surprise occasioned his calling some persons to assist in +taking up the head, and finding the pail bloody, they conjectured the +head had been brought thither in it. Their suspicions were fully +confirmed therein by the lighterman who saw Billings and Wood throw the +same into the dock, as before mentioned. + +It was now time for Mrs. Hayes, Billings, and Wood to consider how they +should dispose of the body. Mrs. Hayes and Wood proposed to put it in a +box, where it might lie concealed till a convenient opportunity offered +for removing it. This being approved of, Mrs. Hayes brought a box; but +upon their endeavouring to put it in, the box was not big enough to hold +it. They had before wrapped it up in a blanket, out of which they took +it; Mrs. Hayes proposed to cut off the arms and legs, and they again +attempted to put it in, but the box would not hold it. Then they cut off +the thighs, and laying it piecemeal in the box, concealed them until +night. + +In the meantime Mr. Hayes's head, which had been found as before, had +sufficiently alarmed the town, and information was given to the +neighbouring justices of the peace. The parish officers did all that was +possible towards the discovery of the persons guilty of perpetrating so +horrid an action. They caused the head to be cleaned, the face to be +washed from the dirt and blood, and the hair to be combed, and then the +head to be set upon a post in public view in St. Margaret's churchyard, +Westminster, so that everybody might have free access to see the same, +with some of the parish officers to attend, hoping by that means a +discovery of the same might be attained. The high constable of +Westminster liberty also issued private orders to all the petty +constables, watchmen, and other officers of that district, to keep a +strict eye on all coaches, carts, etc., passing in the night through +their liberty, imagining that the perpetrators of such a horrid fact +would endeavour to free themselves of the body in the same manner as +they had done the head. + +These orders were executed for some time, with all the secrecy +imaginable, under various pretences, but unsuccessfully; the head also +continued to be exposed for some days in the manner described, which +drew a prodigious number of people to see it, but without attaining any +discovery of the murderers. It would be impertinent to mention the +various opinions of the town upon this occasion, for they being founded +upon conjecture only, were far wide of the truth. Many people either +remembered or fancied they had seen that face before, but none could +tell where or who it belonged to. + +On the second of March, in the evening, Catherine Hayes, Thomas Wood, +and Thomas Billings took the body and disjointed members out of the box, +and wrapped them up in two blankets, viz., the body in one, and the +limbs in the other. Then Billings and Wood first took up the body, and +about nine o'clock in the evening carried it by turns into Marylebone +Fields, and threw the same into a pond (which Wood in the day time had +been hunting for) and returning back again about eleven o'clock the same +night, took up the limbs in the other old blanket, and carried them by +turns to the same place, throwing them in also. About twelve o'clock the +same night, they returned back again, and knocking at the door were let +in by Mary Springate. They went up to bed in Mrs. Hayes's fore-room, and +Mrs. Hayes stayed with them all night, sometimes sitting up, and +sometimes lay down upon the bed by them. + +The same day one Bennet, the king's organ-maker's apprentice, going to +Westminster to see the head, believed it to be Mr. Hayes's, he being +intimately acquainted with him; and thereupon went and informed Mrs. +Hayes, that the head exposed to view in St. Margaret's churchyard, was +so very like Mr. Hayes's that he believed it to be his. Upon which Mrs. +Hayes assured him that Mr. Hayes was very well and reproved him very +sharply for forming such an opinion, telling him he must be very +cautious how he raised such false and scandalous reports, for that he +might thereby bring himself into a great deal of trouble. This reprimand +put a stop to the youth's saying anything about it, and having no other +reason than the similitude of faces, he said no more about it. The same +day also Mr. Samuel Patrick, having been at Westminster to see the head, +went from thence to Mr. Grainger's at the Dog and Dial in Monmouth +Street, where Mr. Hayes and his wife were intimately acquainted, they +and most of their journeymen servants being Worcestershire people. Mr. +Patrick told them that he had been to see the head, and that in his +opinion it was the most like to their countryman Hayes of any he ever +saw. + +Billings being there then at work, some of the servants replied it could +not be his, because there being one of Mrs. Hayes's lodgers (meaning +Billings) then at work, they should have heard of it by him if Mr. Hayes +had been missing, or any accident had happened to him; to which Billings +made answer, that Mr. Hayes was then alive and well, and that he left him +in bed, when he came to work in the morning. The third day of March, Mrs. +Hayes gave Wood a white coat and a pair of leathern breeches of Mr. +Hayes's, which he carried with him to Greenford, near Harrow-on-the-Hill. +Mrs. Springate observed Wood carrying these things downstairs, bundled up +in a white cloth, whereupon she told Mrs. Hayes that Wood was gone down +with a bundle. Mrs. Hayes replied it was a suit of clothes he had +borrowed of a neighbour, and was going to carry them home again. + +On the fourth of March, one Mrs. Longmore coming to visit Mrs. Hayes, +enquired how Mr. Hayes did, and where he was. Mrs. Hayes answered, that +he was gone to take a walk, and then enquired what news there was about +town. Her visitor told her that most people's discourse run upon the +man's head that had been found at Westminster; Mrs. Hayes seemed to +wonder very much at the wickedness of the age, and exclaimed vehemently +against such barbarous murderers, adding, _Here is a discourse, too, in +our neighbourhood, of a woman who has been found in the fields, mangled +and cut to pieces. It may be so_, replied Mrs. Longmore, _but I have +heard nothing of it._ + +The next day Wood came again to town, and applied himself to his +landlady, Mrs. Hayes, who gave him a pair of shoes, a pair of stockings +and a waistcoat of the deceased, and five shillings in money, telling +him she would continue to supply him whenever he wanted. She informed +him also of her husband's head being found, and though it had been for +some time exposed, yet nobody had owned it. + +On the sixth of March, the parish officers considering that it might +putrify if it continued longer in the air, agreed with one Mr. +Westbrook, a surgeon, to have it preserved in spirits. He having +accordingly provided a proper glass, put it therein, and showed it to +all persons who were desirous of seeing it. Yet the murder remained +still undiscovered; and notwithstanding the multitude which had seen it, +yet none pretended to be directly positive of the face, though many +agreed in their having seen it before. + +[Illustration: THE MURDER OF JOHN HAYES + +Catherine Hayes assisting Wood and Billings to cut off the head from her +husband's corpse + +(_From the Annals of Newgate_)] + +In the meantime Mrs. Hayes quitted her lodgings, and removed from +where the murder was committed to Mr. Jones's, a distiller in the +neighbourhood, with Billings, Wood, and Springate, for whom she paid one +quarter's rent at her old lodgings. During this time she employed +herself in getting as much of her husband's effects as possibly she +could, and amongst other papers and securities, finding a bond due to +Mr. Hayes from John Davis, who had married Mr. Hayes's sister, she +consulted how to get the money. To which purpose she sent for one Mr. +Leonard Myring, a barber, and told him that she, knowing him to be her +husband's particular friend and acquaintance, and he then being under +some misfortunes, through which she feared he would not presently +return, she knew not how to recover several sums of money that were due +to her husband, unless by sending fictitious letters in his name, to the +several persons from whom the same were due. Mr. Myring considering the +consequences of such a proceeding declined it. But she prevailed upon +some other person to write letters in Mr. Hayes's name, particularly one +to his mother, on the 14th of March, to demand ten pounds of the +above-mentioned Mr. Davis, threatening if he refused, to sue him for it. +This letter Mr. Hayes's mother received, and acquainting her son-in-law +Davis with the contents thereof, he offered to pay the money on sending +down the bond, of which she by a letter acquainted Mrs. Hayes on the +twenty-second of the same month. + +During these transactions, several persons came daily to Mr. Westbrook's +to see the head. A poor woman at Kingsland, whose husband had been +missing the day before it was found, was one amongst them. At first +sight she fancied it bore some resemblance to that of her husband, but +was not positive enough to swear to it; yet her suspicion at first was +sufficient to ground a report, which flew about the town, in the +evening, and some enquiries were made after the body of the person to +whom it was supposed to belong but to no purpose. + +Mrs. Hayes, in the meanwhile, took all the pains imaginable to propagate +a story of Mr. Hayes's withdrawing on account of an unlucky blow he had +given to a person in a quarrel, and which made him apprehensive of a +prosecution, though he was then in treaty with the widow in order to +make it up. This story she at first told with many injunctions of +secrecy, to persons who she had good reason to believe would, +notwithstanding her injunctions, tell it again. It happened, in the +interim, that one Mr. Joseph Ashby, who had been an intimate +acquaintance of Mr. Hayes, came to see her. She, with a great deal of +pretended concern, communicated the tale she had framed to him. Mr. +Ashby asked whether the person he had killed was him to whom the head +belonged; she said, No, the man who died by Mr. Hayes's blow was buried +entire, and Mr. Hayes had given or was about to give, a security to pay +the widow fifteen pounds _per annum_ to hush it up. Mr. Ashby next +enquired where Mr. Hayes was gone; she said to Portugal, with three or +four foreign gentlemen. + +He thereupon took his leave; but going from thence to Mr. Henry +Longmore's, cousin of Mr. Hayes, he related to him the story Mrs. Hayes +had told him and expressed a good deal of dissatisfaction thereat, +desiring Mr. Longmore to go to her and make the same enquiry as he had +done, but without saying they had seen one another. Mr. Longmore went +thereupon directly to Mrs. Hayes's, and enquired in a peremptory tone +for her husband. In answer she said that she had supposed Mr. Ashby had +acquainted him with the misfortune which had befallen him. Mr. Longmore +replied he had not seen Mr. Ashby for a considerable time and knew +nothing of his cousin's misfortune, not judging of any that could attend +him, for he believed he was not indebted to anybody. He then asked if he +was in prison for debt. She answered him, No, 'twas worse than that. Mr. +Longmore demanded what worse could befall him. As to any debts, he +believed he had not contracted any. At which she blessed God and said +that neither Mr. Hayes nor herself owed a farthing to any person in the +world. Mr. Longmore again importuning her to know what he had done to +occasion his absconding so, said _I suppose he has not murdered +anybody?_ To this she replied, he had, and beckoning him to come +upstairs, related to him the story as before mentioned. + +Mr. Longmore being inquisitive which way he was gone, she told him into +Herefordshire, that Mr. Hayes had taken four pocket pistols with him for +his security, viz., one under each arm, and two in his pockets. Mr. +Longmore answered, 'twould be dangerous for him to travel in that +manner; that any person seeing him so armed with pistols, would cause +him to be apprehended on suspicion of being a highwayman. To which she +assured him that it was his usual manner; the reason of it was that he +had like to have been robbed coming out of the country, and that once he +was apprehended on suspicion of being an highwayman, but that a +gentleman who knew him, accidentally came in, and seeing him in custody, +passed his word for his appearance, by which he was discharged. To that +Mr. Longmore made answer that it was very improbable of his ever being +stopped on suspicion of being an highwayman, and discharged upon a man's +only passing his word for his appearance; he farther persisted which way +he was supplied with money for his journey. She told him she had sewn +twenty-six guineas into his clothes, and that he had about him seventeen +shillings in new silver. She added that Springate, who lodged there, was +privy to the whole transaction, for which reason she paid a quarter's +rent for her at her old lodgings, and the better to maintain what she +had averred, called Springate to justify the truth of it. In concluding +the discourse, she reflected on the unkind usage of Mr. Hayes towards +her, which surprised Mr. Longmore more than anything else she had said +yet, and strengthened his suspicion, because he had often been a witness +to her giving Mr. Hayes the best of characters, viz., of a most +indulgent, tender husband. + +Mr. Longmore then took leave of her and returned back to his friend Mr. +Ashby; when, after comparing their several notes together, they judged +by very apparent reasons that Mr. Hayes must have had very ill play +shown him. Upon which they agreed to go to Mr. Eaton, a Life Guardman +who was also an acquaintance of Mr. Hayes's, which accordingly they did, +intending him to have gone to Mrs. Hayes also, to have heard what +relation she would give him concerning her husband. They went and +enquired at several places for him, but he was not then to be found; +upon which Mr. Longmore and Mr. Ashby went down to Westminster to see +the head at Mr. Westbrook's. When they came there, Mr. Westbrook told +them that the head had been owned by a woman from Kingsland, who thought +it to be her husband, but was not certain enough to swear it, though the +circumstances were strong, because he had been missing from the day +before the head was found. They desired to see it and Mr. Ashby first +went upstairs to look on it, and coming down, told Mr. Longmore he +really thought it to be Mr. Hayes's head, upon which Mr. Longmore went +up to see it, and after examining it more particularly than Mr. Ashby, +confirmed him in his suspicion. Then they returned to seek out Mr. +Eaton, and finding him at home, informed him of their proceedings, with +the sufficient reasons upon which their suspicions were founded, and +compelled him to go with them to enquire into the affair. + +Mr. Eaton pressed them to stay to dinner with him, which at first they +agreed to, but afterwards altering their minds, went all down to Mr. +Longmore's house and there renewed the reasons of their suspicions, not +only of Mr. Hayes's being murdered (being satisfied with seeing the +head) but also that his wife was privy to the same. But in order to be +more fully satisfied they agreed that Mr. Eaton should in a day or two's +time go and enquire for Mr. Hayes, but withal taking no notice of his +having seen Mr. Longmore and Mr. Ashby. In the meantime Mr. Longmore's +brother interfered, saying, that it seemed apparent to him that his +cousin (Mr. Hayes) had been murdered, and that Mrs. Hayes appeared very +suspicious to him of being guilty with some other persons, viz., Wood +and Billings (who she told him, had drunk with him the night before his +journey). He added, moreover, that he thought time was not to be +delayed, because they might remove from their lodgings upon the least +apprehensions of a discovery. + +His opinion prevailed as the most reasonable, and Mr. Longmore said they +would go about it immediately. Accordingly he immediately applied to Mr. +Justice Lambert and acquainted him with the grounds of their suspicions +and their desire of his granting a warrant for the apprehension of the +parties. On hearing the story the justice not only readily agreed with +them in their suspicions, and complied with their demand, but said also +he would get proper officers to execute it in the evening, about nine +o'clock, putting Mrs. Hayes, Thomas Wood, Thomas Billings, and Mary +Springate into a special warrant for that purpose. + +At the hour appointed they met, and Mr. Eaton bringing two officers of +the Guards along with them, they went altogether to the house where Mrs. +Hayes lodged. They went directly in and upstairs, at which Mr. Jones, +who kept the house, demanded who and what they were. He was answered +that they were sufficiently authorised in all they did, desiring him at +the same time to bring candles and he should see on what occasion they +came. Light being thereupon brought they went all upstairs together. +Justice Lambert rapped at Mrs. Hayes's door with his cane; she demanded +who was there, for that she was in bed, on which she was bid to get up +and open it, or they would break it open. + +After some time taken to put on her clothes, she came and opened it. As +soon as they were in the room they seized her and Billings, who was +sitting upon her bedside, without either shoes or stockings on. The +justice asked whether he had been in bed with her. She said no, but that +he sat there to mend his stockings. _Why, then_, replied Mr. Lambert, +_he has very good eyes to see to do it without fire or candle_, +whereupon they seized him too. And leaving persons below to guard them, +they went up and apprehended Springate. After an examination in which +they would confess nothing, they committed Billings to New Prison, +Springate to the Gate House, and Mrs. Hayes to Tothill Fields Bridewell. + +The consciousness of her own guilt made Mrs. Hayes very assiduous in +contriving such a method of behaviour as might carry the greatest +appearance of innocence. In the first place, therefore, she entreated +Mr. Longmore that she might be admitted to see the head, in which +request she was indulged by Mr. Lambert, who ordered her to have a sight +of it as she came from Tothill Fields Bridewell to her examination. +Accordingly Mr. Longmore attending the officers to bring Mrs. Hayes from +thence the next day to Mr. Lambert's, ordered the coach to stop at Mr. +Westbrook's door. And as soon as he entered the house, being admitted +into the room, she threw herself down upon her knees, crying out in +great agonies, _Oh, it is my dear husband's head! It is my dear +husband's head!_ and embracing the glass in her arms kissed the outside +of it several times. In the meantime Mr. Westbrook coming in, told her +that if it was his head she should have a plainer view of it, that he +would take it out of the glass for her to have a full sight of it, which +he did, by lifting it up by the hair and brought it to her. Taking it in +her arms, she kissed it, and seemed in great confusion, withal begging +to have a lock of his hair; but Mr. Westbrook replied that he was afraid +she had had too much of his blood already. At which she fainted away, +and after recovering, was carried to Mr. Lambert's, to be examined +before him and some other Justices of the Peace. While these things were +in agitation, one Mr. Huddle and his servant walking in Marylebone +Fields in the evening, espied something lying in one of the ponds in the +fields, which after they had examined it they found to be the legs, +thighs, and arms of a man. They, being very much surprised at this, +determined to search farther, and the next morning getting assistance +drained the pond, where to their great astonishment they pulled out the +body of a man wrapped up in a blanket; with the news of which, while +Mrs. Hayes was under examination, Mr. Crosby, a constable, came down to +the justices, not doubting but this was the body of Mr. Hayes which he +had found thus mangled and dismembered. + +Yet, though she was somewhat confounded at the new discovery made hereby +of the cruelty with which her late husband had been treated, she could +not, however, be prevailed on to make any discovery or acknowledgment of +her knowing anything of the fact; whereupon the justices who examined +her, committed her that afternoon to Newgate, the mob attending her +thither with loud acclamations of joy at her commitment, and ardent +wishes of her coming to a just punishment, as if they were already +convinced of her guilt. + +Sunday morning following, Thomas Wood came to town from Greenford, near +Harrow, having heard nothing further of the affair, or of the taking up +of Mrs. Hayes, Billings, or Springate. The first place he went to was +Mrs. Hayes's old lodging; there he was answered that she had moved to +Mr. Jones's, a distiller, a little farther in the street. Thither he +went, where the people suspected of the murder said Mrs. Hayes was gone +to the Green Dragon in King Street, which is Mrs. Longmore's house; and +a man who was there told him, moreover, that he was going thither and +would show him the way; Wood being on horseback followed him, and he led +him the way to Mr. Longmore's house. At this time Mr. Longmore's brother +coming to the door, and seeing Wood, immediately seized him, and +unhorseing him, dragged him indoors, sent for officers and charged them +with him on suspicion of the murder. From thence he was carried before +Mr. Justice Lambert, who asked him many questions in relation to the +murder; but he would confess nothing, whereupon he was committed to +Tothill Fields Bridewell. While he was there he heard the various +reports of persons concerning the murder, and from those, judging it +impossible to prevent a full discovery or evade the proofs that were +against him, he resolved to name an ample confession of the whole +affair. Mr. Lambert being acquainted with this, he with John Madun and +Thomas Salt, Esqs., two other justices of the peace, went to Tothill +Fields Bridewell, to take his examination, in which he seemed very +ingenuous and ample declaring all the particulars before mentioned, with +this addition that Catherine Hayes was the first promoter of, and a +great assistance in several parts of this horrid affair; that he had +been drawn into the commission thereof partly through poverty, and +partly through her crafty insinuations, who by feeding them with +liquors, had spirited them up to the commission of such a piece of +barbarity. He farther acknowledged that ever since the commission of the +fact he had had no peace, but a continual torment of mind; that the very +day before he came from Greenford he was fully persuaded within himself +that he should be seized for the murder when he came to town, and should +never see Greenford more; notwithstanding which he could not refrain +coming, though under an unexpected certainty of being taken, and dying +for the fact. Having thus made a full and ample confession, and signed +the same on the 27th March, his _mittimus_ was made by Justice Lambert, +and he was committed to Newgate, whither he was carried under a guard of +a serjeant and eight soldiers with muskets and bayonets to keep off the +mob, who were so exasperated against the actors of such a piece of +barbarity that without that caution it would have been very difficult to +have carried him thither alive. + +On Monday, the 28th of March, after Mrs. Hayes was committed to Newgate, +being the day after Wood's apprehension, Joseph Mercer going to see +Mrs. Hayes, she told him that as he was Thomas Billings's friend as well +as hers; she desired he would go to him and tell him 'twas in vain to +deny any longer the murder of her husband, for they were equally guilty, +and both must die for it. Billings hearing this and that Wood was +apprehended and had fully confessed the whole affair, thought it +needless to persist any longer in a denial, and therefore the next day, +being the 29th of March, he made a full and plain discovery of the whole +fact, agreeing with Wood in all the particulars; which confession was +made and signed in the presence of Gideon Harvey and Oliver Lambert, +Esqs., two of his Majesty's justices of peace, whereupon he was removed +to Newgate the same day that Wood was. + +Wood and Billings, by their several confessions, acquitting Springate of +having any concern in the aforesaid murder, she was soon discharged from +her confinement. + +This discovery making a great noise in the town, divers of Mrs. Hayes's +went to visit her in Newgate and examine her as to the and motives that +induced her to commit the said fact. Her acknowledgment in general was: +that Mr. Hayes had proved but an indifferent husband to her; that one +night he came home drunk and struck her; that upon complaining to +Billings and Wood they, or one of them, said such a fellow (meaning Mr. +Hayes) ought not to live, and that they would murder him for a +halfpenny. She took that opportunity to propose her bloody intentions to +them, and her willingness that they should do so; she was acquainted +with their design, heard the blow given to Mr. Hayes by Billings, and +then went with Wood into the room; she held the candle while the head +was cut off, and in excuse for this bloody fact, said the devil was got +into them all that made them do it. When she was made sensible that her +crime in law was not only murder, but petty treason, she began to show +great concern indeed, making very strict enquiries into the nature of +the proof which was necessary to convict, and having possessed herself +with a notion that it appeared she murdered him with her own hands, she +was very angry that either Billings or Wood should, by their confession, +acknowledge her guilty of the murder, and thereby subject her to that +punishment which of all others she most feared, often repeating that it +was hard they would not suffer her to be hanged with them! When she was +told of the common report that Billings was her son, she affected, at +first, to make a great mystery of it; said he was her own flesh and +blood, indeed, but that he did not know how nearly he was related to her +himself; at other times she said she would never disown him while she +lived, and showed a greater tenderness for him than for herself, and +sent every day to the condemned hold where he lay, to enquire after his +health. But two or three days before her death, she became as the +ordinary tells us a little more sincere in this respect, affirming that +he was not only her child, but Mr. Hayes's also, though put out to +another person, with whom he was bred up in the country and called him +father. + +There are generally a set of people about most prisons, and especially +about Newgate, who get their living by imposing on unhappy criminals, +and persuading them that guilt may be covered, and Justice evaded by +certain artful contrivances in which they profess themselves masters. +Some of these had got access to this unhappy woman, and had instilled +into her a notion that the confession of Wood and Billings could no way +affect her life. This made her vainly imagine that there was no positive +proof against her, and that circumstantials only would not convict her. +For this reason she resolved to put herself upon her trial (contrary to +her first intentions; for having been asked what she would do, she had +replied she would hold up her hand at the bar and plead guilty, for the +whole world could not save her). Accordingly, being arraigned, she +pleaded not guilty, and put herself upon her trial. Wood and Billings +both pleaded guilty, and desired to make atonement for the same by the +loss of their blood, only praying the Court would be graciously pleased +to favour them so much (as they had made an ingenuous confession) as to +dispense with their being hanged in chains. Mrs. Hayes having thus put +herself upon her trial, the King's Counsel opened the indictment, +setting forth the heinousness of the fact, the premeditated intentions, +and inhuman method of acting it; that his Majesty for the more effectual +prosecution of such vile offenders, and out of a tender regard to the +peace and welfare of all his subjects, and that the actors and +perpetrators of such unheard of barbarities might be brought to condign +punishment, had given them directions to prosecute the prisoners. Then +Richard Bromage, Robert Wilkins, Leonard Myring, Joseph Mercer, John +Blakesby, Mary Springate, and Richard Bows, were called into Court; the +substance of whose evidence against the prisoner was that the prisoner +being interrogated about the murder, when in Newgate, said, the devil +put it into her head, but, however, John Hayes was none of the best of +husbands, for she had been half starved ever since she was married to +him; that she did not in the least repent of anything she had done, but +only in drawing those two poor men into this misfortune; that she was +six weeks importuning them to do it; that they denied it two or three +times, but at last agreed; her husband was so drunk that he fell out of +his chair, then Billings and Wood, carried him into the next room, and +laid him upon the bed; that she was not in that room but in the fore +room on the same floor when he was killed, but they told her that +Billings struck him twice on the head with a pole-axe, and that then +Wood cut his throat; that when he was quite dead she went in and held +the candle whilst Wood cut his head quite off, and afterwards they +chopped off his legs and arms; that they wanted to get him into an old +chest, but were forced to cut off his thighs and arms, and then the +chest would not hold them all; the body and limbs were put into blankets +at several times the next night, and thrown into a pond, that the devil +was in them all, and they were all drunk; that it would signify nothing +to make a long preamble, she could hold up her hand and say she was +guilty, for nothing could save her, nobody could forgive her; that the +men who did the murder were taken and confessed it; that she was not +with them when they did it; that she was sitting by the fire in the shop +upon a stool; that she heard the blow given and somebody stamp; that she +did not cry out, for fear they should kill her; that after the head was +cut off, it was put into a pail, and Wood carried it out; that Billings +sat down by her and cried, and would lie all the rest of the night in +the room with the dead body; that the first occasion of this design to +murder him was because he came home one night and beat her, upon which +Billings said this fellow deserved to be killed, and Wood said he would +be his butcher for a penny; that she told them they might do as they +would do it that night it was done; that she did not tell her husband of +the design to murder him, for fear he should beat her; that she sent to +Billings to let him know it was in vain to deny the murder of her +husband any longer, for they were both guilty, and must both die for it. + +Many other circumstances equally strong with those before mentioned +appeared, and a cloud of witnesses, many of whom (the thing appearing so +plain) were sent away unexamined. She herself confessed at the bar her +previous knowledge of their intent several days before the fact was +committed; yet foolishly insisted on her innocence, because the fact was +not committed by her own hands. The jury, without staying long to +consider of it, found her guilty, and she was taken from the bar in a +very weak and faint condition. On her return to Newgate, she was visited +by several persons of her acquaintance, who yet were so far from doing +her any good that they rather interrupted her in those preparations +which it became a woman in her sad condition to make. + +When they were brought up to receive sentence, Wood and Billings renewed +their former requests to the Court, that they might not be hung in +chains. Mrs. Hayes also made use of her former assertion, that she was +not guilty of actually committing the fact, and therefore begged of the +Court that she might at least have so much mercy shown her as not to be +burnt alive. The judges then proceeded in the manner prescribed by Law, +that is, they sentenced the two men, with the other malefactors, to be +hanged, and Mrs. Hayes, as in all cases of petty treason, to die by fire +at a stake; at which she screamed, and being carried back to Newgate, +fell into violent agonies. When the other criminals were brought thither +after sentence passed, the men were confined in the same place with the +rest in their condition, but Mrs. Hayes was put into a place by herself, +which was at that time the apartment allotted to women under +condemnation. + +Perhaps nobody ever kept their thoughts so long and so closely united to +the world, as appeared by the frequent messages she sent to Wood and +Billings in the place where they were confined, and that tenderness +which she expressed for both of them seemed preferable to any concern +she showed for her own misfortunes, lamenting in the softest terms of +having involved those two poor men in the commission of a fact for which +they were now to lose their lives. In which, indeed, they deserved pity, +since, as I shall show hereafter, they were persons of unblemished +characters, and of virtuous inclinations, until misled by her. + +As to the sense she had of her own circumstances, there has been scarce +any in her state known to behave with so much indifference. She said +often that death was neither grievous nor terrible to her in itself, but +was in some degree shocking from the manner in which she was to die. Her +fondness for Billings hurried her into indecencies of a very +extraordinary nature, such as sitting with her hand in his at chapel, +leaning upon his shoulder, and refusing upon being reprimanded (for +giving offence to the congregation) to make any amendment in respect of +these shocking passages between her and the murderers of her husband, +but on the contrary, she persisted in them to the very minute of her +death. One of her last expressions was to enquire of the executioner +whether he had hanged her dear child, and this, as she was going from +the sledge to the stake, so strong and lasting were the passions of this +woman. + +[Illustration: THE MURDER OF JOHN HAYES + +The murdered man's head is exhibited in the churchyard of St. +Margaret's, Westminster] + +The Friday night before her execution (being assured she should die on +the Monday following) she attempted to make away with herself; to which +purpose she had procured a bottle of strong poison, designing to have +taken the same. But a woman who was in the place with her, touching it +with her lips, found that it burnt them to an extraordinary degree, and +spilling a little on her handkerchief, perceived it burnt that also; +upon which suspecting her intentions, she broke the phial, whereby her +design was frustrated. + +On the day of her execution she was at prayers, and received the +Sacrament in the chapel, where she still showed her tenderness to +Billings. About twelve, the prisoners were severally carried away for +execution; Billings with eight others for various crimes were put into +three carts, and Catherine Hayes was drawn upon a sledge to the place of +execution; where being arrived, Billings with eight others, after having +had some time for their private devotions, were turned off. + +After which Catherine Hayes being brought to the stake, was chained +thereto with an iron chain running round her waist and under her arms +and a rope about her neck, which was drawn through a hole in the post; +then the faggots, intermixed with light brush wood and straw, being +piled all round her, the executioner put fire thereto in several places, +which immediately blazing out, as soon as the same reached her, with her +arms she pushed down those which were before her. When she appeared in +the middle of the flames as low as her waist, the executioner got hold +of the end of the cord which was round her neck, and pulled tight, in +order to strangle her, but the fire soon reached his hand and burnt it, +so that he was obliged to let it go again. More faggots were immediately +thrown upon her, and in about three or four hours she was reduced to +ashes. + +In the meantime, Billings's irons were put upon him as he was hanging on +the gallows; after which being cut down, he was carried to the gibbet, +about one hundred yards distance, and there hung up in chains. + +FOOTNOTES: + + [75] The old name for Oxford Street. + + + + +The Life of THOMAS BILLINGS, a Murderer. + + +We have said so much of this malefactor in the foregoing life, yet it +was necessary, in order to preserve the connection of that barbarous +story, to leave the particular consideration of these two assistants in +the murder of Mr. Hayes to particular chapters, and therefore we will +begin with Billings. Mrs. Hayes, some time before her execution, +confidently averred that he was the son both of Mr. Hayes and of +herself, that his father not liking him, he was put out to relations of +hers and took the name of Billings from his godfather. But Mr. Hayes's +relations confidently denying all this, and he himself saying he knew +nothing more than that he called his father a shoemaker in the country, +who some time since was dead. He was put apprentice to a tailor with +whom he served his time, and then came up to London to work +journey-work, which he did in Monmouth Street, lodging at Mr. Hayes's +and believed himself nearly related to his wife, who from the influence +she always maintained over him, drew him to the commission of that +horrid fact. + +But the most certain opinion is that he was found in a basket upon the +common, near the place where Mrs. Hayes lived before she married Mr. +Hayes, that he was at that time of his death about twenty-two or +twenty-three years old; whereas it evidently appeared by her own +confession, that she had been married to Mr. Hayes but twenty years and +eight months. He was put out to nurse by the charge of the parish, to +people whose names were Billings, and when he was big enough to go +apprentice, was bound to one Mr. Wetherland, a tailor, to whom the +parish gave forty shillings with him. It is very probable he might be a +natural son of Mrs. Hayes's, born in her rambles (of which we have +hinted) before her marriage, and dropped by her in the place where he +was found. + +As to the character of Billings in the country he was always reputed a +sober, honest, industrious young man. During the time he had worked in +town, he had done nothing to impeach that reputation which he brought up +with him, and might possibly have lived very happily, if he had not +fallen into the temptation of this unfortunate woman, who seems to have +been born for her own undoing and for the destruction of others. +Whatever knowledge he might have of that relation in which he stood to +Mrs. Hayes, certain it is that she always preserved such an authority +over him that in her presence he would never answer any questions but +constantly referred himself to her, or kept an obstinate silence; he +affected, also, a strange fondness for her, kissing her cheek when she +fainted in the chapel at Newgate, and behaving himself when near her, in +such a manner as gave great offence to the spectators. As to the remorse +he had for the horrid crime he had committed, those who had occasion to +know him while under confinement thought him sincere therein; but the +Ordinary, whose place it is to be supreme judge in these matters, told +the world in his account of the behaviour and confession of the +malefactors, that he was a confused, hard-hearted fellow, and had few +external signs of penitence; and a little farther, when possibly he was +in a better humour, he says that in all appearance he was very penitent +for his sins, and died in the Communion of the Church of England, of +which he owned himself an unworthy member. + + + + +Life of THOMAS WOOD, a Murderer + + +This malefactor, Thomas Wood, was born at a place called Ombersley, +between Ludlow and Worcester, of parents in very indifferent +circumstances, who were therefore able to give him but little education. +He was bred up to no settled business, but laboured in all such country +employments as require only a robust body for their performance. When +the summer's work was over, he used to assist as a tapster at inns and +alehouses in the neighbourhood of the village where he was born, and by +the industry, care, and regularity which he observed in all things, +gained a very great reputation as an honest and faithful servant with +all that knew him. + +His mother having been left in a needy condition, with several small +children, she set up a little alehouse in order to get bread for them. +Thomas was very dutiful, and as his diligence enabled him to save a +little money, so he was by no means backwards in giving her all the +assistance that was in his power. Some few months before his death, he +grew desirous of coming to London, which he did accordingly, and worked +at whatsoever employment he could get both with fidelity and diligence; +but a fleet being then setting out for the Mediterranean, press-warrants +were granted for the manning thereof, and the diligence that was used in +putting them in execution gave great uneasiness to Wood, who, having no +settled business, was afraid of falling into their hands. Whereupon he +bethought himself of his countryman, Mr. Hayes, to whom he applied for +his advice and assistance. Mr. Hayes kindly invited him to live with +them in order to avoid that danger, and he accordingly lay with Mr. +Billings, as has been before related. Mr. Hayes was moreover so desirous +of doing him service that he applied himself to finding out such persons +as wanted labourers in order to get him into business, while Mrs. Hayes, +in the meantime, made use of every blandishment to seduce the fellow +into following her wicked inclinations. Perceiving that both Billings +and he had religious principles then in common with ordinary persons, +she artfully made even those persons' dispositions subservient to her +brutal and inhuman purpose. + +It seems that Mr. Hayes had fallen, within a few years of his death, +into the company of some who called themselves Free-thinkers and fancy +an excellency in their own understandings because they are able to +ridicule those things which the rest of the world think sacred. Though +it is no great conquest to obtrude the belief of anything whatsoever on +persons of small parts and little education, yet they triumph greatly +therein and communicate the same honour of boasting in their pupils. Mr. +Hayes now and then let fall some rather rash expression, as to his +disbelief of the immortality of the soul, and talked in such a manner on +religious topics that Mrs. Hayes persuaded Billings and Wood that he was +an Atheist, and as he believed his own soul of no greater value than +that of a brute beast, there could be no difference between killing him +and them. It must be indeed acknowledged that there was no less oddity +in such propositions than in those of her husband; however, it +prevailed, it seems, with these unfortunate men; and as she had already +persuaded them it was no sin, so when they were intoxicated with liquor +she found it less difficult than at any other time, to deprive them also +of the humanity, and engage them in perpetrating a fact so opposite not +only to religion but to the natural tenderness of the human species. +Wood, as he yielded to her persuasions with reluctance, so he was the +first who showed any true remorse of conscience for that cruel act of +which he had been guilty; his confession of it being free and voluntary, +and at the same time full and ingenious. Two days after receiving +sentence, his constitution began to give way to the violence of a +feverish distemper, which by a natural death prevented his execution, he +dying in Newgate, in the twenty-eighth year of his age, much more pitied +than either Billings or Mrs. Hayes who suffered at Tyburn. And thus with +Wood we put a period to the relation of a tragedy which surprised the +world exceedingly at the same time it happened, and will doubtless be +read with horror in succeeding generations. + + + + +The Life of CAPTAIN JAEN, a Murderer + + +Though there is not perhaps any sin so opposite to our nature as cruelty +towards our fellow creatures, yet we see it so thoroughly established in +some tempers, that neither education nor a sense of religion are strong +enough to abate it, much less to wear it out. The person of whom we are +speaking, John Jaen, was the son of parents in very good circumstances +at Bristol, who they bred him up to the knowledge of everything +requisite to a person who was to be bred up in trade, and he grew a very +tolerable proficient as well in the knowledge of the Latin tongue, as in +writing and accounts, for his improvement in all which he was put under +the best masters. When he had finished that course of learning which +his friends thought would qualify him for what they designed him, he was +immediately put apprentice to a cooper in Bristol, where he served his +time with both fidelity and industry. When it was expired, he applied +himself to trade with the same diligence, and sometimes went to sea, +till in the year '24 he became master of a ship called the _Burnett_, +fitted out by some merchants at Bristol, for South Carolina. In his +return from this voyage he committed the murder for which he died. + +On the 25th April, 1726, an Admiralty Sessions was held at the Old +Bailey, before the Hon. Sir Henry Penrice, Judge of the High Court of +Admiralty, assisted by the Honourable Mr. Baron Hale, at which Captain +Greagh was indicated for feloniously sinking the good ship called the +_Friendship_, of which he was commander; but as there appeared no +grounds for such a charge, he was acquitted. Afterwards Captain John +Jaen, of Bristol, was set to the bar, and arraigned on an indictment for +wilfully and inhumanly murdering one Richard Pye, who had been +cabin-boy, in the month of March, in the year 1724. It appeared by the +evidence produced against him that he either whipped the boy himself or +caused him to be whipped every day during the voyage; that he caused him +to be tied to the mainmast with ropes for nine days together, extending +his arms and legs to the utmost, whipping him with a cat (as it is +called) of five small cords till he was all bloody, then causing his +wounds to be several times washed with brine and pickle. Under this +terrible usage the poor wretch grew soon after speechless. The Captain, +notwithstanding, continued his cruel usage, stamping, beating and +abusing him, and even obliging him to eat his own excrements, which +forcing its way upwards again, the boy in his agony of pain made signs +for a dram, whereupon the captain in derision took a glass, carried it +into the cabin, and made water therein, and then brought it to the boy +to drink, who rejected the same. The lamentable condition in which he +was made no impression on the captain, who continued to treat him with +the same severity, by whipping, pickling, kicking, beating, and bruising +him while he lingered out his miserable life. On the last day of this he +gave him eighteen lashes with the aforesaid cat of five tails, in a +little time after which the boy died. The evidence farther deposed that +when the boy's body was sewn up in a hammock to be thrown overboard it +had in it as many colours as there are in a rainbow, that his flesh in +many places was as soft as jelly, and his head swelled as big as two. +Upon the whole it very fully appeared that a more bloody premeditated +and wilful murder was never committed, and Sir Henry Penrice declared, +that in all the time he had had the honour of sitting on the Bench he +never heard anything like it, and hoped that no person who should sit +there after him should hear of such an offence. + +Under sentence of death he behaved with a great deal of piety and +resignation though he did not frequent the public chapel for two +reasons, the first because the number of strangers who were admitted +thither to stare at such unhappy persons as are to die are always +numerous and sometimes very indiscreet; the second was, that he had many +enemies who took a pleasure in coming to insult him, and as he was sure +either of these would totally interrupt his devotions, he thought it +excusable to receive the assistance of the minister in his own chamber. +As to the general offences of his life, he was very open in his +confession, but as to the particular fact for which he suffered, he +endeavoured to excuse it by saying he never intended to murder the boy, +but only to correct him as he deserved, he being exceedingly wicked and +unruly; he charged him with thieving in their voyage out, being yet +worse as they came home, and that particularly one evening when he was +asleep in the cabin, the lad broke open his lockers, and took out a +bottle of rum, of which he drank near a pint, making himself therefor so +drunk that his excrements fell involuntarily from him, which stunk so +abominably that it awakened him (the Captain), whereupon he called in +several of his men, who found the boy in a sad condition, and were +obliged to sit down and smoke tobacco in order to overcome the stench he +had raised. This produced the terrible punishment of tying him to the +mast for several days and the offering him his excrements which he +rejected. + +Notwithstanding the captain owned all this, yet he could not forbear +reflections on those who gave testimony against him at his trial, +charging them with perjury and conspiracy to ruin him, though nothing +like it appeared from the manner in which they delivered their +testimony. As the time of his death approached nearer, the fear thereof, +and remorse of conscience, brought the captain into so weak and low a +state that he could scarce speak or attend to any discourses of others, +but lay in a languishing condition, often fainting, and in fine +appearing not unlike a person who had taken something to produce a +sudden death, in order to prevent an ignominious one. Yet when such +suspicions were mentioned to him, he declared that they were without +ground, that he had never suffered such a thought once to enter into his +head. His wife, who attended him constantly while in prison, said she +loved him too well to become his executioner, and that she was positive +since his commitment, he had had nothing unwholesome administered to +him. + +[Illustration: CATHERINE HAYES BURNT FOR THE MURDER OF HER HUSBAND + +(_From the Annals of Newgate_)] + +As he was carried to execution, he was so very much spent, that it was +thought he would hardly have lived to have reached it. There he had the +assistance of a minister of distinction, who prayed with him till the +instant he was thrown off, which was on the 13th day of May, 1726, being +then about twenty-nine years of age. As soon as he was cut down, he was +put in chains, in order to be hung up. + + + + +The Life of WILLIAM BOURN, a Notorious Thief + + +As the want of education, from a multitude of instances, seems to be the +chief cause of many of those misfortunes which befall persons in the +ordinary course of life, so there are some born with such a natural +inaptitude thereto, that no care, no pains, is able to conquer the +stubborn stupidity of their nature, but like a knotty piece of wood, +they defy the ingenuity of others to frame anything useful out of such +cross-grained materials. This, as he acknowledged himself upon all +occasions, was the case of the malefactor we are now speaking of, who +was descended of honest and reputable parents, who were willing in his +younger years to have furnished him with a tolerable share of learning; +but he was utterly incorrigible, and though put to a good school, would +never be brought to read or write at all, which was no small +dissatisfaction to his parents, with whom in other respects he agreed +tolerably well. + +When of age to be put out apprentice, he was placed with a hatter in the +city of Dublin, to whom he served his time honestly and faithfully; as +soon as he was out of his time, he came up to London in order to become +acquainted with his business. He had the good luck, though a stranger, +to get into good business here, but was so unfortunate as to fall into +the acquaintance of two lewd women, who fatally persuaded him that +thieving was an easier way of getting money to supply their extravagant +expenses than working. He being a raw young lad, unacquainted with the +world, was so mad as to follow their advice, and in consequence thereof +snatched a show-glass out of the shop of Mr. Lovell, a goldsmith in +Bishopsgate Street, in which there was four snuff-boxes, eight silver +medals, six pairs of gold buttons, five diamond rings, twenty pairs of +ear-rings, sixty-four gold rings, several gold chains, and other rich +goods, to the amount of near £300, with all of which he got safe off, +though discovered soon afterwards by his folly in endeavouring to +dispose of them. + +He threw aside all hopes of life as soon as he was apprehended, as +having no friends to make intercession likely to procure a pardon. He +was, indeed, a poor young creature, rather stupid than wicked and his +vices more owing to his folly than to the malignity of his inclinations. +He seemed to have a just notion both of the heinousness of that crime +which he had committed and of the shame and ignominy he had brought upon +himself and his relations. He was particularly affected with the +miseries which were likely to fall upon his poor wife for his folly, and +when the day of his death came, he seemed very easy and contented under +it, declaring, however, at last that he died in the communion of the +Church of Rome. This was on the 27th of June, 1726, being then not much +above eighteen years old. + + + + +The Life of JOHN MURREL, a Horse-Stealer + + +This malefactor was descended of very honest and reputable parents in +the county of York, who took care not only that he should read and write +tolerably well, but also that he should be instructed in the principles +of religion. They brought him up in their own way of business, which was +grazing of cattle (both black cattle and horses), and afterwards selling +them at market. As he grew up a man, he settled in the same occupation, +farming what is called in Yorkshire a grazing room, for which he paid +near a hundred pounds a year rent, and dealt very considerably himself +in the same way which had been followed by his parents. He married also +a young woman with a tolerable fortune, who bore him several children, +five of which were alive at the time of his execution, and lived with +their mother upon some little estate she had of her own. + +For some years after his marriage he lived with tolerable reputation in +the country, but being lavish in his expenses, he quickly consumed both +his own little fortune and what he had with his wife, and then failing +in his business, a whim took him in the head to come to London, whither +also he brought his son. Here he soon fell into bad company, and getting +acquaintance with a woman whom he thought was capable of maintaining +him, he married her, or at least lived with her as if they had been +married, for a considerable space; the news of which reaching his wife +in the country, affected her so much that she had very nigh fallen into +a fit of sickness. Thereupon her friends demonstrated to her, in vain, +how unreasonable a thing it was for her to give herself so much pain +about a man who treated her at once with unkindness and injustice; in +spite of their remonstrances she came up to London, in hopes that her +presence might reclaim him. But herein she was utterly mistaken, for he +absolutely denied her to be his wife, and even persuaded his son to deny +her also for his mother, which the boy with much fear and confusion did; +and the poor woman was forced to go down into the country again, +overwhelmed with sorrow at the ingratitude of the one and the +undutifulness of the other. However, Murrel still went on in the same +way with the woman he had chosen for his companion. + +There is all the reason imaginable to suppose that he did not take the +most honest ways of supporting himself and his mistress. However, he +fell into no trouble nor is there any direct evidence of his having been +guilty of any dishonesty within the reach of the Law, until he ran away +with a mare from a man in town, as to which he excused himself by saying +that she had formerly been his own, and that there having nothing more +than a verbal contract between them, he thought fit to carry her off and +sell her again. Sometime afterwards, going down to Newcastle Fair (for +he still continued to carry on some dealing in horse-flesh) he fell +there into the company of some merchants in the same way, who found +means to get gains and sell very cheap, by paying nothing at the first +hand. Among these, there was a country man of his who went by the name +of Brown, with whom Murrel had formerly had an acquaintance. This fellow +knowing the company in general to be persons of the same profession, +began to talk very freely of his practices in that way (viz., of horse +stealing), and amongst other stories related this. He said he once rode +away with an officer's horse, who had just bought it with an intent to +ride him up to London; he carried the creature into the West, and having +made such alterations in his mane and tail as he thought proper, sold +him there to a parson for thirteen guineas, which was about seven less +than the horse was worth. But knowing the doctor had another church +about eight miles from the parish in which he lived, and that there was +a little stable at one angle of the churchyard, where the horse was put +up during service, he resolved to make bold with it again. Accordingly, +when the people were all at church, having provided himself with a red +coat and a horse-soldier's accoutrements, he picked the stable door, +clapped them on the priest's beast, and rode him without the least +suspicion as hard as conveniently he could to Worcester. There he laid +aside the habit of a cavalier, and transforming himself into the natural +appearance of a horse-courser, he sold the horse to a physician, +telling him at the time he bought it, that it would be greatly the +better for being suffered to run at grass a fortnight or so. _No doubt +on it_, said he; _but I had some design of so doing._ + +Yet they were much sooner executed than at first they were intended to +have been, by an accident which happened the very day after the beast +came into the hands of the physician; for one evening as Brown was +taking a walk in the skirts of the city, who should he perceive but his +old Cornish parson and his footman, jogging into town. Guilt struck him +immediately with apprehensions at their errand relating to him, so that +walking up and down, nor daring to go into the town for fear of being +taken up and at last supposing it the only way to rid him of danger, he +caught the horse once more in the doctor's close, and having stolen a +saddle and bridle out of the inn where he lodged, he rode on him as far +as Essex. + +There he remained until Northampton Fair, where he sold the horse for +the third time, for twenty-seven guineas, to an officer in the same +regiment with him from whom it had been first stolen, on whose return +from Flanders it was owned and the captain who bought it (though he +refused to lose his money) yet gave as good description as he could of +the person who sold it. Upon this the other officer put out an +advertisement, describing both the man and the horse, and offering a +reward of five guineas for whoever should apprehend him. This +advertisement roused both the parson and the doctor, and the former took +so much pains to discover him that he was at length apprehended in +Cornwall, where at the assizes he was tried and convicted for the fact. +But the captain who was the original possessor of the horse was so much +pleased with his ingenuity that he procured a reprieve for him, and +carried him abroad with him where he continued until the peace of +Utrecht, when he returned home and fell to his old way of living, by +which he had submitted himself unto the time in which he fell into +company with Murrel, and had then bought five or six horses which had +been stolen from the South, to be disposed of at the fair. + +Murrel liked the precedent, and put it in practice immediately by +stealing a brown mare which belonged to Jonathan Wood, for which he was +shortly after apprehended and committed to Newgate. At the next sessions +at the Old Bailey he was tried and convicted on very clear evidence, and +during the space in which he lay under condemnation, testified a true +sorrow for his sins, though not so just a sense of that for which he +died as he ought to have had, and which might have been reasonably +expected. For as horse-stealing did not appear any very great sin to +him at the time of his committing it, so now, when he was to die for it, +such an obstinate partiality towards ourselves is there naturally +grafted in human nature that he could not forbear complaining of the +severity of the Law, and find fault with its rigour which might have +been avoided. What seemed most of all to afflict him under his +misfortune was that be saw his son and nearest relations forsake him, +and as much as they could shun having anything to do with his affairs. +Of this he complained heavily to the minister of the place, during his +confinement in Newgate, who represented to him how justly this had +befallen him for first slighting his family, and leaving them without +the least tenderness of respect, either to the ties of a husband, or the +duty of a parent; so he began to read his sin in his punishment, and to +frame himself to a due submission to what he had so much merited by his +follies and his crimes. + +When he was first brought up to receive sentence, he counterfeited being +dead so exactly that he was brought back again to Newgate, but this +cheat served only to gain a little time; for at the next sessions he was +condemned and ordered for execution, which he suffered on the 27th of +June, 1726, being then between forty and fifty years of age. + + + + +The Life of WILLIAM HOLLIS, a Thief and an Housebreaker + + +This unhappy lad was born in Portugal, while the English army served +there in the late war. His father was drum-major of a regiment, but had +not wherewith to give his child anything but food, for intending to +bring him up a soldier, he perhaps thought learning an unnecessary thing +to one of that profession. During the first years of his life the poor +boy was a constant campaigner, being transported wherever the regiment +removed, with the same care and conveniency as the kettle [drum] and +knapsack, the only thing besides himself which make up the drum-major's +equipage. When he grew big, he got, it seems, on board a man-of-war in +the squadron that sailed up the Mediterranean. This was a proper +university for one who had been bred in such a school; so that there is +no wonder he became so great a proficient in all sorts of wickedness, +gaming, drinking, and whoring, which appear not to such poor creatures +as sins, but as the pleasures of life, about which they ought to spend +their whole care; and, indeed, how should it be otherwise, where they +know nothing that better deserves it. + +When he came home to England his father dying, he was totally +destitute, except what care his mother-in-law was pleased to take of +him, which was, indeed, a great deal, if he would have been in any +degree obedient to her instructions. But instead of that he looked upon +all restraints on his liberty as the greatest evil that could befall +him. Wherefore, leaving his mother's house, he abandoned himself to +procuring money at any rate to support those lewd pleasures to which he +had addicted himself. + +It happened that he lodged near one John Mattison, a working +silversmith, into whose house he got, and stole from thence no less than +one hundred and forty silver buckles, the goods of one Samuel Ashmelly. +For this offence he was apprehended, and committed to Newgate; at the +next sessions he was tried, and on the evidence of the prosecutor, which +was very full and direct, he was convicted, and having no friends, he +laid aside all hopes of life, and endeavoured as far as poor capacity +would give him leave to improve himself in the knowledge of the +Christian Faith, and in preparing for that death to which his follies +and his crimes had brought him. The Ordinary, in the account he gives of +his death, says that he was extremely stupid, a thing no ways improbable +considering the wretched manner in which he had spent the years of his +childhood and his youth. However, at last either his insensibility or +having satisfied himself with the little evil there is in death compared +with living in misery and want, furnished him with so much calmness that +he suffered with greater appearance of courage than could have been +expected from him. Just before he died he stood up in the cart, and +turning himself to the spectators, said, _Good people, I am very young, +but have been very wicked. It is true I have had no education, but I +might have laboured hard and lived well for all that; but gaming and +ill-company were my ruin. The Law hath justly brought me where I am, and +I hope such young men as see my untimely fate will avoid the paths which +lead unto it. Good people, pray for our departing souls, as we do, that +God may give you all more grace than to follow us thither._ He suffered +with the malefactors before-mentioned, being at the time of his +execution between seventeen and eighteen years old. + + + + +The Life of THOMAS SMITH, a Highwayman + + +There is a certain commendable tenderness in human nature towards all +who are under misfortunes, and this tenderness is in proportion to the +magnitude of those evils which we suppose the pitied person to labour +under. If we extend our compassion to relieving their necessities, and +feeling a regret for those miseries which they undergo, we undoubtedly +discharge the duties of humanity according to the scheme both of natural +religion and the laws laid down in the Gospel. Perhaps no object ever +merited it from juster motives than this poor man, who is the subject of +the following pages. His parents were people in tolerable circumstances +in Southwark; his father was snatched from him by death, while he was +yet a child, but his mother, as far as she was able, was very careful +that he should not pass his younger days without instruction, and an +uncle he then had, being pleased with the docile temper of the youth, +was at some expense also about his education. By this means he came to +read and write tolerably well, and gained some little knowledge of the +Latin tongue; and having a peculiar sweetness in his behaviour, it won +very much upon his relations, and encouraged them to treat him with +great indulgence. + +But unfortunately for him, by the time he grew big enough to go out +apprentice, or to enter upon any other method of living, his friends +suddenly dropped off, and, by their death becoming in great want of +money, he was forced to resign all the golden hopes he had formed and +for the sake of present subsistance submit to becoming footman to a +gentleman, who was, however, a very good and kind master to him, till in +about a year's time he died also, and poor Smith was again left at his +wits' end. However, out of this trouble he was relieved by an Irish +gentleman, who took him into his service, and carried him over with him +to Dublin. There he met with abundance of temptations to fall into that +loose and lascivious course of life which prevails more in that city, +perhaps, than in any other in Europe. But he had so much grace at that +time as to resist it, and after a stay there of twenty months, returned +into England again, where he came into the service of a third master, no +less indulgent to him than the two former had been. In this last service +an odd accident befell him, in which, though I neither believe myself, +nor incline to impose on my readers that there was anything supernatural +in the case of it, yet I fancy the oddness of the thing may, under the +story I am going to tell, prove not disagreeable. + +In a journey which Thomas had made into Herefordshire, with his first +master, he had contracted there an acquaintance with a young woman, +daughter to a farmer, in tolerable circumstances. This girl without +saying anything to the man, fell it seems desperately in love with him, +and about three months after he left the country, died. One night after +his coming to live with this last master, he fancied he saw her in a +dream, that she stood for some time by his bedside, and at last said, +_Thomas, a month or two hence you will be in danger of a fever, and when +that is over of a greater misfortune. Have a care, you have hitherto +always behaved as an honest man; do not let either poverty or +misfortunes tempt you to become otherwise;_ and having so said, she +withdrew. In the morning the fellow was prodigiously confounded, yet +made no discovery of what had happened to any but the person who lay +with him, though the thing made a very strong impression on his spirits, +and might perhaps contribute not a little to his falling ill about the +time predicted by the phantom he had seen. + +This fever soon brought him very low, and obliged him to make away with +most of his things in order to support himself. Upon recovery he found +himself in lamentable circumstances, being without friends, without +money, and out of business. Unfortunately for him, coming along the +Haymarket one evening, he happened to follow a gentleman somewhat in +liquor, who knowing him, desired that he would carry him home to his +house in St. Martin's Lane, to which Thomas readily agreed. But as they +were going along thither, a crowd gathered about the gentleman, who +became as quarrelsome as they, and took it into his head to box one of +the mob, in order to do which more conveniently, he gave Smith his hat +and cane, and his wig. Smith held them for some time, the mob forcing +them along like a torrent, till the gentleman, whose name was Brown, +made up a court near Northumberland House, and Smith thereupon marched +off with the things, the necessity he was under so far blinding him that +he made no scruple of attempting to sell them the next day; by which +means Mr. Brown hearing of them, he caused Smith to be apprehended as a +street-robber, and to be committed to Newgate, though he had the good +luck, notwithstanding, to get all his things again. It seems he visited +the poor man in prison, and if he did not prevaricate at his death, made +him some promises of softening at least, if not of dropping the +prosecution, which, as Smith asserted, prevented his making such a +preparation for his defence as otherwise he might have done; which +proved of very fatal consequence to him, since on the evidence of the +prosecutor he was convicted of the robbery and condemned. + +Never poor creature suffered more or severer hardships in the road of +death than this poor man did, for by the time sentence was passed, all +that he had was gone, and he had scarce a blanket to cover him from +downright nakedness, during the space he lay in the hold under sentence. +As he was better principled in religion than any of the other +malefactors, he had retained his reading so well as to assist them in +their devotions, and to supply in some measure the want of somebody +constantly to attend them in their preparation for another world. So he +picked up thereby such little assistances from amongst them as prevented +his being starved before the time appointed for their execution came. + +As this man did not want good sense, and was far from having lost what +learning he had acquired in his youth, so the terrors of an ignominious +death were quickly over with him, and instead of being affrighted with +his approaching fate, he considered it only as a relief from miseries +the most piercing that a man could feel, under which he had laboured so +long that life was become a burden, and the prospect of death the only +comfort that was left. He died with the greatest appearance of +resolution and tranquillity on the 3rd August, 1726, being then about +twenty-three years of age. + + + + +The Life of EDWARD REYNOLDS, a Thief, etc. + + +Notwithstanding the present age is so much celebrated for its excellency +in knowledge and politeness, yet I am persuaded both these qualities, if +they are really greater, are yet more restrained than they have been any +time herefore whatsoever. The common people are totally ignorant, almost +even of the first principles of religion. They give themselves up to +debauchery without restraint, and what is yet more extraordinary, they +fancy their vices are great qualifications, and look on all sorts of +wickedness as merit. + +This poor wretch who is the subject of our present page was put to +school by his parents, who were in circumstances mean enough; but from a +natural aversion to all goodness he absolutely declined making any +proficiency therein. Whether he was educated to any business I cannot +take upon me to say, but he worked at mop-making and carried them about +to the country fairs for sale, by which he got a competency at least, +and therefore had not by any means that ordinary excuse to plead that +necessity had forced him upon thieving. On the contrary, he was drawn to +the greatest part of those evils which he committed, and which +consequently brought of those which he suffered, by frequenting the ring +at Moorfields--a place which since it occurs so often in these memoirs, +put me under a kind of necessity to describe it, and the customs of +those who frequent it. + +It lies between Upper and Middle Moorfields, and as people of rank, when +they turn vicious, frequent some places where, under pretence of seeing +one diversion in which perhaps there is no moral evil, they either make +assignations for lewdness, or parties for gaming or drinking, and so by +degrees ruin their estates, and leave the character of debauchees behind +them, so those of meaner rank come thither to partake of the diversions +of cudgel-playing, wrestlings, quoits, and other robust exercises which +are now softened by a game of toss-up, hustle-cap, or nine-holes, which +quickly brings on want; and the desire continuing, naturally inclines +them to look for some means to recruit. And so, when the evening is +spent in gaming, the night induces them to thieve under its cover, that +they may have wherewith to supply the expenses of the ensuing day. Hence +it comes to pass that this place and these practices hath ruined more +young people, such as apprentices, journeymen, errand-boys, etc., than +any other seminary of vice in town. But it is time that we should now +return to the affairs of him who hath occasioned this digression. + +In the neighbourhood of this place Reynolds found out a little alehouse +to which he every night resorted. There were abundance of wicked persons +who used to meet there, in order to go upon their several villainous +ways of getting money; Reynolds (whose head was always full of +discovering a method by which he might live more at ease than he did by +working) listened very attentively to what passed amongst them. One +Barnham, who had formerly been a waterman, was highly distinguished at +these meetings for his consummate knowledge in every branch of the art +and mystery of cheating. He had followed such practices for near twenty +years, and commonly when they came there at night they formed a ring +about the place where he sat and listened with the greatest delight to +those relations of evil deeds, which his memory recorded. + +It happened one evening, when these worthy persons were assembled +together, that their orator took it in his head to harangue them on the +several alterations which the science of stealing had gone through from +the time of his becoming acquainted with its professors. In former days, +said he, knights of the road were a kind of military order into which +none but decayed gentlemen presumed to intrude themselves. If a younger +brother ran out of his allowance, or if a young heir spent his estate +before he had bought a tolerable understanding, if an under-courtier +lived above his income, or a subaltern officer laid out twice his pay in +rich suits and fine laces, this was the way they took to recruit; and if +they had but money enough left to procure a good horse and a case of +pistols, there was no fear of their keeping up their figure a year or +two, till their faces were known. And then, upon a discovery, they +generally had friends good enough to prevent their swinging, and who, +ten to one, provided handsomely for them afterwards, for fear of their +meeting with a second mischance, and thereby bringing a stain upon their +family. But nowadays a petty alehouse-keeper, if he gives too much +credit, a cheesemonger whose credit grows rotten, or a mechanic that is +weary of living by his fingers-ends, makes no more ado, when he finds +his circumstances uneasy, but whips into a saddle and thinks to get all +things retrieved by the magic of those two formidable words, _Stand and +Deliver._ Hence the profession is grown scandalous, since all the world +knows that the same methods now makes an highwayman, that some years ago +would have got a commission. + +_But hark ye_, says one of the company, _in the days of those gentlemen +highwaymen, was there no way left for a poor man to get his living out +of the road of honesty? Puh! Ay_, replied Barnham, _a hundred men were +more ingenious then than they are now, and the fellows were so dexterous +that it was dangerous for a man to laugh who had a good set of teeth, +for fear of having them stole. They made nothing of whipping hats and +wigs off at noon-day; whipping swords from folks' sides when it grew +dusk; or making a midnight visit, in spite of locks, bolts, bars, and +such like other little impediments to old misers, who kept their gold +molding in chests till such honest fellows, at the hazard of their +lives, came to set at liberty. For my part_, continued he, _I believe +Queen Anne's war swept away the last remains of these brave spirits; for +since the Peace of Utrac (as I think they call it) we have had a +wondrous growth of blockheads, even in our business. And if it were not +for Shephard and Frazier, a hundred years hence, they would not think +that in our times there were fellows bold enough to get sixpence out of +a legal road, or dare to do anything without a quirk of the law to +screen them._ + +All his auditors were wonderfully pleased with such discourses as these, +and when the liquor had a little warmed them, would each in their turn +tell a multitude of stories they had heard of the boldness, cunning, and +dexterity of the thieves who lived before them. In all cases whatever, +evil is much sooner learnt than good, and a night debauch makes a ten +times greater impression on the spirits than the most eloquent sermon. +Between the liquor and the tales people begin to form new ideas to +themselves of things, and instead of looking on robbery as rapine and +stealing as a villainous method of defrauding another, they, on the +contrary, take the first for a gallant action, and the latter for a +dexterous piece of cunning; by either of which they acquire the means of +indulging themselves in what best suits their inclinations, without the +fatigue of business or the drudgery of hard labour. + +Reynolds, though a very stupid fellow, soon became a convert to these +notions, and lost no time in putting them in execution, for the next +night he took from a person (who it seems knew him and his haunts well +enough) a coat and a shilling, which when he came to be indicted for the +fact, he pretended they were given him to prevent his charging the +prosecutor with an attempt to commit sodomy--an excuse which of late +years is grown as common with the men, as it has long been with the +women to pretend money was given them for flogging folks, when they have +been brought to the bar for picking it out of their pockets; hoping by +this reverberation of ignominy to blacken each other so that the jury +may believe neither. However, in this case, it must be acknowledged that +Reynolds went to death with the assertion that he received the coat and +the shilling on the before-mentioned account, and that he did not take +it by violence, which was the crime whereof he was convicted. + +He had married a poor woman, who lived in very good reputation both +before and after; by her he had three children, and though he had long +associated himself with other women, and left her to provide for the +poor infants, yet he was extremely offended because she did not send him +as much money as he wanted under his confinement, and he could not +forbear treating her with very ill language when she came to see him +under his misfortunes. As he was a fellow of little parts and no +education, so his behaviour under condemnation was confused and unequal, +as it is reasonable to suppose it should be, since he had nothing to +support his hopes or to comfort him against those fears of death which +are inseparable from human nature. However, he sometimes showed an +inclination to learn somewhat of religion, would listen attentively +while Smith was reading, and as well as his gross capacity would give +him leave, would pray for mercy and forgiveness. At chapel he behaved +himself decently, if not devoutly, and being by his misfortunes removed +from the company of those who first seduced him into his vices, he began +to have some ideas of the use of life when he was going to leave it; and +his thoughts had received certain ideas (though very imperfect ones) of +death and a future state, when the punishment appointed by Law sent him +to experience them. He died on the 23rd of August, 1726, being then +upwards of twenty-six years of age. + + + + +The Life of JOHN CLAXTON, _alias_ JOHNSTON, a Thief, etc. + + +This unhappy malefactor was amongst the number of those who, through +want of education, was the more easily drawn into the prosecution of +such practices as became fatal to him. His father was a common sailor +belonging to the town of Sunderland, who had it not in his power to +breed him in a very extraordinary manner; and what little he was able to +do was frustrated by the evil inclinations of his son, who instead of +applying himself closely while he remained at school, loitered away his +time, and made little or no proficiency there. His head, as those of +most seamen's children do, ran continually on voyages and seeing foreign +countries, with which roving temper the father too readily complied, and +while yet a boy, unacquainted with any kind of learning and unsettled in +the principles of religion, he was sent forth into the world to pick up +either as he could. + +The first voyage he made was up the Straits, where he touched at +Gibraltar, and went soon after to Leghorn, the port to which they were +bound. Being a young sprightly lad the mate carried him on shore with +him, and being a man of intrigue, made use of him to go between him and +an Irish woman, who was married to an Italian captain of a ship. The +lady's husband was in Sicily, and they therefore apprehended themselves +to be secure; she proposed to the mate the carrying off of jewels and +other things, to the amount of some thousand crowns, and then flying +with him from Italy. The project had certainly succeeded if it had not +been for their imprudence; for the mate, who passed for her cousin, +being continually in the house for three days before the ship went away, +a suspicion entered into some of the neighbours (as they often do +amongst Italians) that there was something more than ordinary concealed +under the frequency of his visits. They therefore dispatched a messenger +to Signor Stefano di Calvo, the captain's brother, with the account of +their surmises. He came immediately to Leghorn, and going directly to +his brother's house, found his sister had packed up all his valuable +effects, and having loaded the boy with as much as he could carry, was +on the point of setting out with him for the vessel. Stefano dragged her +back into an inner apartment, where he locked her in, and afterwards +fastened the doors of the outward apartment, through which they passed +thither. But Jack, seeing how things went, laid down his burden and fled +as hard as he could drive to the port, where he gave notice to the +master of their disappointment, and caused the vessel immediately to +weigh anchor and stand to sea, as fearing the consequences of the +affair, which he knew would make a great noise, and might possibly turn +to the detriment of his owners. + +Claxton had hitherto done nothing that was criminal within the eye of +the Law, though while at sea he was continually employed in some +mischievous trick or other. When he came into England the ship happened +to go to Yarmouth, and as all places were alike to him, so short a stay +there engaged him to marry a young woman who had some little matter of +money, with which he proposed to do for himself some little matter at +sea, and taking the greatest part of it with him, came up to London in +order to see after a good voyage. + +But this was the most fatal journey he ever made, for falling +unfortunately into the hands of bad women and their companions, they +quickly drew him to be as bad as themselves; so that forgetting the poor +woman he had married, and regardless of the business which brought him +up to town, he gave himself up entirely to the pursuit of such +villainies as they taught him, and in a short space became as expert a +proficient as any in the gang. + +Some of them had consulted together to rob a woodmonger's house of a +considerable quantity of plate, but there was one difficulty to be +encountered, without overcoming which there was no hopes of success. The +woodmonger's maid carried up the keys every night to her master (the +outer court having a gate to it), and unless they could call upon some +stratagem either to prevent the gate being shut, or to gain the means of +unlocking it, their attempt was certainly in vain. In order to bring +this to pass, they put Jack, who was a neat little fellow, into a very +good habit, and found means to introduce him to the acquaintance of the +wench at a neighbouring chandler's shop, where he took lodgings. In a +fortnight's time he prevailed upon Mrs. Anne to come out at twelve of +the clock to meet him, which she could not do without leaving the great +gate ajar, having first carried up the key to her master, though for her +own conveniency she had thus left it upon a single lock. While she and +her sweetheart were drinking punch and making merry together, the rest +of the confederates got into the house and carried away silver plate to +the value of £80, leaving everything behind them in so good order that +the maid, who was a little tipsy into the bargain, discovered nothing +that night. Going to acquaint her lover with the accident as soon as it +was found out, to her great surprise she was informed that he was +removed, having carried away all the things before his landlord and +landlady were up. The girl carefully concealed the passage, knowing how +fatal it would be to her if it should reach her master's ears; but for +her spark, she heard no more of him until his commitment to Newgate for +another fact, for which he was ordered for transportation. + +Being on board the vessel with the rest of the convicts, he soon +procured the favour of the master to be let to go out upon deck, and +being a strong able sailor, he ingratiated himself so far as to meet no +worse usage than any other sailor in the ship. On their arrival at the +Canaries, where by stress of weather they were obliged to put in, a +quarrel happened between the master of their vessel and the captain of a +Jamaicaman homeward bound. It ended in a duel with sword and pistol, and +the captain of the transport having carried John with him, he behaved so +well upon this occasion that he promised him his liberty as soon as they +arrived in America, which he honorably performed; and Jack was so +indefatigable in his endeavours to get home that he arrived at London +six weeks before the captain came back. + +He herded again with his old crew, though before he was able to do much +mischief amongst them he was apprehended for returning from +transportation, and was at the next sessions tried and convicted. By +this time the captain who had carried him was arrived, and hearing of +John's misfortune, he made such interest as procured the sentence of +death to be changed into a second transportation. + +Such narrow escapes, one would have imagined, might have taught him how +dangerous a thing it was to dally with the laws of the nation in any +respect whatsoever; and yet, when he was on shore in New England, where +the master took care to provide him with as easy a service as a man +could have wished, as soon as the captain's back was turned, he found +means to give the planter the slip, and in nine months' time revisited +London a second time. Whether he intended to have gone on in the old +trade or no is impossible for us to determine, but this we are certain, +that he had not been in England many weeks ere a person who made it his +business to detect such as returned from transportation clapped him up +in his old lodging at Newgate, brought him to his trial, and convicted +him the third time. As soon as he had received sentence, he relinquished +all hopes of life, and as in all this time he had never made any enquiry +after his wife at Yarmouth, so he would not now bring an odium upon her +and her family by sending to them, and making his misfortune public in +the place where they lived. + +The man seemed to be of an easy, tractable disposition, readily yielding +to whatever those who conversed with them desired to bring him to, +whether it were good or evil. He attended with great seeming piety and +devotion to the books which Thomas Smith read to his fellow prisoners, +and gained thereby a tolerable notion of the duty of repentance, and +that faith which men ought to have in Jesus Christ. Thus by degrees he +brought himself to a perfect indifference as to life or death, and at +the place of execution showed neither by change of colour, or any other +symptom any extraordinary fear of his approaching dissolution; and +having conformed very devoutly to the prayers said by the Ordinary, +after a short private devotion, he submitted to his fate with the +afore-mentioned malefactors Smith and Reynolds, being then about +twenty-eight years old or thereabouts. + + + + +The Life of MARY STANDFORD, a Pickpocket and Thief + + +This unfortunate woman was born of very good parents, who sent her to +school, and caused her to be bred up in every other respect so as to be +capable of performing well in her station of the world, and doing her +duty towards God, from a just notion of religion. But it happening, +unluckily, that she set her mind on nothing so much as the company of +young men and running about with them to fairs and such other country +diversions, her friends were put under the necessity of sending her to +London, a thing which they saw could not be avoided. + +When she came to town, she got in one or two good places, which she soon +lost from her forward behaviour; and having been seduced by a footman, +she soon became a common street walker, and practised all the vile arts +of those women who were a scandal to their sex. When she was young, she +was tolerably handsome, and associated herself with one Black Mary, +whose true name was Mary Rawlins, a woman of notorious ill-fame, and +who, from being kept by a man of substance in the City, by her own +ill-management was turned upon the town, and reduced to getting her +bread after the infamous manner of the inmates of Drury. These two Marys +used to walk together between Temple Bar and Ludgate Hill, where +sometimes they met with foolish young fellows out of whom they got +considerable sums, though at other times their adventures produced so +little that they were obliged to part with almost every rag of clothes +they had; nay, they were now and then reduced so low that one was +obliged to stay at home while the other went out. + +Mary Rawlins, contrary to the rules established amongst the sisterhood, +married a man who had been a Life-Guardsman, and so was obliged to +remove her lodgings to go with him into a little court near King +Street, Westminster. Some of my readers may perhaps imagine that either +her love for her husband, or the fear of his authority, might work a +reformation, but therein they would be highly mistaken for he proposed +no other end to himself than plundering her of those presents she +received from gallants, so that whenever evening drew on, he was very +assiduous for her to turn out (as they phrase it), that is to go upon +the street-walking account picking pockets. She had not followed this +trade long before she became so uneasy under it that one night meeting +with her old companion Standford, she persuaded her to remove into a new +quarter of the town, whither she fled to her from her husband. They +there carried on their intrigues together, and lived much more at their +ease then they had done before; for being now got towards Wapping, they +drew in the sailors when they had any money to part with for their +favours, and getting into acquaintance with some navy solicitors, they +found means to raise them cash, at the rate of 60 per cent. to the +broker, and as much to the whore. + +Thus they lived till Standford took it in her head to serve her partner +as she had done her before, for finding a man mad enough to marry her, +she was fool enough to consent to the marriage. But after living with +the man for about a year, she repented her bargain, and left him, as +Rawlins had done hers. Some time after this she contracted an +acquaintance with another man, at that time servant to a person in the +City. By him she had a child, which as it increased her necessary +expense, so it plunged her into the greater difficulty of knowing how to +supply it. However, fancying her gains would be larger if she plied by +herself, she totally left the company of her former associates, and +applied herself with an infamous industry to her shameful trade of +prostitution. + +Not long after she had entered upon this single method of +street-walking, she fell into the company of a gentleman who was more +than ordinary amorous of her, and who after treating her with a supper, +lay with her, and (as she said) gave her four guineas; but he on the +contrary charged her with picking his pocket of a shagreen book, a silk +handkerchief, and the money before mentioned. For this fact she was +committed to Newgate, and soon after tried and convicted, +notwithstanding her excuse of the man bestowing it on her as a present. + +After she had received sentence, some of her friends gave her hopes of +having it changed into a transportation pardon, but this she rejected +utterly, declaring that she had rather die not only the most +ignominious, but the most cruel death that could be invented at home, +rather than be sent abroad to slave for her living. Such strange +apprehensions enter into the head of these unhappy creatures, and +hinder them from taking the advantage of the only possibility they have +left of tasting happiness on this side of the grave; and as this +aversion to the plantations has so bad effects, especially in making the +convicts desirous of escaping from the vessel, or of flying out of the +country whither they were sent, almost before they have seen it, I am +surprised that no care has been taken to print a particular and +authentic account of the manner in which they are treated in those +places. I know it may be suggested that the terror of such usage as they +are represented to meet with there has often a good effect in diverting +them from such acts as they know must bring them to transportation; yet +though I confess I have heard this more than once repeated, yet I am far +from being convinced, and I am thoroughly satisfied that instead of +magnifying the miseries of their pretended slavery, or rather of +inventing stories that make a very easy service pass on these unhappy +creatures for the severest bondage, the convicts should be told the true +state of the case, and be put in mind that instead of suffering death, +the lenity of our Constitution permitted them to be removed into another +climate no way inferior to that in which they were born, where they were +to perform no harder tasks than those who work honestly for their bread +in England do. And this, not under persons of another nation, who might +treat them with less humanity, but with those who are no less English +for their living in the New, than if they dwelt in Old England, people +famous for their humanity, justice, and, piety,[76] and amongst whom +they are sure of meeting with no variation of manners, customs, etc., +unless in respect of the progress of their vices which are at present +more numerous there than in their motherland. I say if pains were taken +to instil into these unhappy persons such notions, at the same time +demonstrating to them that from being exposed either to want and +necessity from the loss they had sustained of this reputation, and being +thereby under a kind of force in following their old courses, and as +soon as discharged from the fears of death (supposing a free pardon +could be procured) obliged to run a like hazard immediately after, they +might probably conceive justly of that clemency which is extended +towards them, and instead of shunning transportation, flying from the +country where they are landed as soon as they have set their foot in +them, or neglecting opportunities they might have on their first coming +there, and be brought to serve their masters faithfully, to endure the +time of their service cheerfully, and settle afterwards in the best +manner they are able, so as to pass the close of their life in an +honest, easy and reputable manner. Now it too often happens that their +last end is worse than their first, because those who return from +transportation being sure of death if apprehended, are led thereby to +behave themselves worse and more cruelly than any malefactors, +whatsoever. + +But to return to Mary Standford, who led us into this digression. She +showed little or no regard for anything; no, not even for her own child, +who, she said, she hoped would be well taken care of by the parish, and +added that she had been a great sinner, for which she hoped God would +forgive her, praying as well as she could, both while under sentence and +at the place of execution. She declared that she bore no malice either +against her prosecutor, or any other person, and in this disposition she +finished her life at Tyburn, the same day with the afore-mentioned +malefactors, being at that time near thirty-six years of age. + +FOOTNOTES: + + [76] A New Hampshire law regulating the behaviour of masters + towards their white servants enacts, "if any man smite out the + eye or tooth of his manservant or maid-servant or otherwise maim + or disfigure them much, unless it be mere casualty, he shall let + him or her go free from his service and shall allow such further + recompense as the Court of Quarter Sessions shall adjudge them." + A good example of New England humanity and justice. + + + + +The Life of JOHN CARTWRIGHT, a Thief + + +This unhappy young man was born in Yorkshire, of a tolerable family, who +had been sufficiently careful in having him instructed in whatever was +necessary for a person of his condition, breeding him up to all works of +husbandry in general, and also qualifying him in every respect for a +gentleman's service; in one of which capacities they were in hopes he +would not find it difficult to get his bread. He lived with several +persons in the country with unspotted reputation, until at last a whim +came into his head of coming up to London. An uncle of his procured him +a very good service with one Mr. Charvin, a mercer in Paternoster Row, +with whom he Stayed for some time with great satisfaction on both sides; +for his master was highly pleased with the careful industry of the young +man's temper, and Cartwright on the other side had not the least reason +to complain, considering the great kindness and indulgence with which he +was used. But some young fellows of loose principles taking notice of +Cartwright's easy and tractable temper, quickly drew him into becoming +fond of their company and conversation. + +Every other Sunday he was permitted to go out where he would, until nine +o'clock at night, and these young fellows meeting at a fine alehouse +not far from his master's house, whither they began to bring Yorkshire +John (as they called him), there they usually ran over the description +of the diversions of the town, and of those places round it which are +most remarkable for the resort of company. These were new scenes to poor +John, who was unacquainted with any representation better than a puppet +show, or recreation of a superior nature to bullbaitings at a country +fair; and therefore his thoughts were extremely taken up with all he +heard, and his companions were so obliging that they took abundance of +pains to satisfy such questions as he asked them, and were often +soliciting him to go and partake with them at plays, dancing-bouts, and +all the various divertisements to which young unthinking youths are +addicted. He wanted not many intreaties to comply with their request, +but money, the main ingredient in such delights, was wanting, and of +this he at last acknowledged the deficiency to one of the young men his +companions. This fellow took no notice of it at that time, farther than +to wish he had more, and to tell him that a young man of his spirit +ought never to be without and that there were ways and means enough to +get it, if a man had not as much cash as courage. + +He repeated these insinuations often, without explaining them at all, +until frequent stories of the fine sights at the theatres and elsewhere +had so far raised poor John's curiosity that one evening he entreated +his companion to let him into the bottom of what he meant. The cunning +villain turned it at first into a jest and continued to banter him about +his being a country put, and so forth, until he perceived it was past +twelve o'clock, and knew that it was too late for him to get in at home; +then he told him that if he promised never to reveal it, he would tell +him what he meant. John being full of liquor swore he would not, and the +other replied, _Why, here you stand complaining of the want of money, +while I warrant you, there's a hundred or two pounds in your master's +drawer under the counter. Maybe there may_, said Cartwright, _but what's +that to me? Nay_, replied the other, _nothing, if you have not the +courage to go and fetch it; why now, you can get in I'm sure. Come, I'll +put you in a way of never being taken._ + +Cartwright, who was half drunk, remembered that there was a parcel of +gold in the drawer, and that it was in his power to get at a silver +watch and some plate, so that he fatally yielded to the temptations of +his companion, and thereupon the next morning, conveyed to him the +watch, fourscore pounds in money, and three silver spoons. They shared +the greatest part of the booty, of which Cartwright was quickly cheated, +and though he fled with the remainder as far as Monmouthshire, in Wales, +yet some way or other he was there detected, committed prisoner to the +county gaol and then sent up to London, where a few days after his +arrival he was tried and convicted. + +Never poor wretch suffered deeper affliction than he did, in the +reflection of his follies, for giving up all hopes of life, he spent the +whole interval of time between sentence and execution in grieving for +the sorrows he had brought upon himself and the stain his ignominious +death would leave upon his family. His companion, in the meantime, was +fled far enough out of the reach of Justice, so that Cartwright had +nothing to expect but death to which he patiently submitted, +acknowledging upon all occasions the justice of that sentence which had +befallen him, and wishing that his death might be sufficient to warn +other young men in such circumstances, as his once were, from falling +into faults of that kind, which had brought him to ruin and shame. Yet +though he laid aside all desires relating to worldly things, he yet +expressed a little peevishness from the neglect shown towards him by his +friends in the country, who though they knew well enough of his +misfortunes, yet they absolutely declined doing anything for him, from a +notion perhaps that it might reflect upon themselves. Above all things +Cartwright manifested a due sense of the ingratitude he had been guilty +of towards so good a master as the gentleman whom he robbed had been to +him, he therefore prayed for his prosperity, even with his last breath, +and declared he died without malice or ill-will against any person +whatsoever. + +At the place of his execution he attended very devoutly to the prayers, +but did not say anything to the people more than to beg of them to take +warning by him, after the rope was fixed about his neck. He was executed +at Tyburn, on Monday, the 21st of September, 1726, being then about +twenty-three years of age, a remarkable instance of how far youth, even +of the best principles, is liable to be corrupted, if they are not +carefully watched over and may justify those restraints which parents +and masters, from a just apprehension of things, put upon their children +or servants. + + + + +The Life of FRANCES, _alias_ MARY BLACKET, a Highwaywoman + + +Nothing deserves observation more than the resolution, or rather +obstinacy, with which some criminals deny the facts they have committed, +though ever so evidently proved against them. There are two evils which +follow from a hasty judgment formed from this consideration; the first +is, that people either instigated through malice, or rashly and by +mistake, swear against innocent persons from a presumption that nobody +would be so wicked as to die with a lie in their mouths; the other fault +consists in imagining that the prosecutor is never in the wrong, but +believing that covetousness or revenge can never bring people to such a +pitch as to take away the life of another to gain money, or glut their +passions. Our experience convinces us that either of these notions taken +generally is wrong in itself, and that even as many have died in the +profession of falsehoods, so some have suffered though innocent of the +crime for which they died. The true use, therefore, of this reflection +is that where life is concerned, too much care cannot be taken to sift +the truth, since appearances often deceive us and circumstances are +sometimes strong where the evidence, if the whole affair were known, +would be but weak. + +Mary Blacket, which was the real name of this unfortunate woman, was the +daughter of very mean parents, who yet were so careful of her education +that they brought her up to read and write tolerably well, and to do +everything which could be expected from a household servant, which was +the best station they ever expected she would arrive at. When she grew +big enough to go out, they procured for her a service in which as well +as in several others, while a single woman, she lived with very good +reputation. After this she married a sailor, and for all her neighbours +knew, lived by hard working while he was abroad. Then on a sudden she +was taken up and committed to Newgate, for assaulting William Whittle, +in the highway, and taking from him a watch value £4, and sixpence in +money, on the 6th of August, 1726. + +When sessions came on, the prosecutor appeared and swore the fact +positively upon her, whereupon the jury found her guilty, though at the +bar she declared with abundance of asseverations that she never was +guilty of anything of that sort in her life, and insisted on it that the +man was mistaken in her face. While under sentence of death, she behaved +herself with great devotion, and seemed to express no concern at leaving +the world, excepting her only apprehensions that her child would neither +be taken care of nor educated so well after her decease, at the charge +of the parish, as hitherto it had been. Yet with respect to the crime +for which she was to die, she still continued to profess her innocency +thereof, averring that she had never been concerned in injuring anybody +by theft, and charging the oath of the prosecutor wholly upon his +mistake, and not upon wilful design to do her prejudice. At chapel, as +well as in the place of her confinement, she declared she absolutely +forgave him who had brought her to that ignominious end, as freely as +she hoped forgiveness from her Creator; and with these professions she +left the world at Tyburn, on the same day with the before-mentioned +malefactor, being then about thirty-four years of age, persisting even +at the place of execution in the denial of the fact. + + + + +The Life of JANE HOLMES, _alias_ BARRET, _alias_ FRAZER, a Shoplifter + + +In the summer of the year 1726, shoplifting became so common a practice, +and so detrimental to the shopkeepers, that they made an application to +the Government for assistance in apprehending the offenders; and in +order thereto, offered a reward and a pardon for any who would discover +their associates in such practices. It was not long before by their +vigilance and warmth in carrying on the prosecution, they seized and +committed several of the most notorious shoplifters about town, and at +the next several ensuing sessions convicted six or seven of them, which +seems to have pretty well broke the neck of this branch of thieving ever +since. + +The malefactor of whom we are now speaking pretended to have been the +daughter of a gentleman of some rank in a northern county. Certain it is +that the woman had had a tolerable education, and neither in her person, +nor in her behaviour betrayed anything of vulgar birth. Yet those whom +she called her nearest relations absolutely disowned her on her +application to them, and would not be prevailed on to take any steps +whatsoever in order to procure her a reprieve. + +When between fifteen and sixteen years old, she came up to London to her +aunt, as she asserted, much against the will of her relations. At that +time she was not ugly, and therefore a young man in the neighbourhood +began to be very assiduous in his courtship to her, hoping also that the +persons she talked of, as her father and brothers in the country, would +give him a sum of money to set up his trade. Miss Jenny was a forward +lass, and the fellow being a spruce young spark, soon prevailed over her +affections, and they were accordingly privately married, though it +proved not much to her advantage. For her husband finding no money come, +began to use her indifferently, upon which she fell into that sort of +business which goes under the name of a Holland's Trader, and gave the +best opportunities of vending goods that are ill come by, at a +tolerable price, and with little danger. + +Whether in the life-time of this husband or afterwards, I cannot say, +but she fell into the acquaintance of the famous Jonathan Wild, and +possibly received some of his instructions in managing her affairs in +the disposal of stolen goods; but as Jonathan's friendships were mostly +fatal, so in about a year's time afterwards she was apprehended upon +that score, and shortly after was tried and convicted, and thereupon +ordered for transportation. She continued abroad for two years or +somewhat more; and then, under pretence of love to her children, +ventured over to England again, where it was not long before she got +acquainted with her old crew, who, if they were to be believed upon +their oaths, were inferior to her in the art or mystery of shoplifting. +However it were, whether by selling stolen goods, or by stealing them, +certain it is that she ran into so much money that an Irish sharper +thought fit, about Christmas before her death, to marry her in order to +possess himself of her effects; which without ceremony he did upon her +being last apprehended, disposing of every thing she had, and taking +away particularly a large purse of old gold, which by her industry she +had collected against a rainy day. + +The woman who became an evidence against her swore so positively on the +several indictments, and what she said was corroborated with so many +circumstances, that the jury found her guilty on the four following +indictments, viz.: for stealing 20 yards of straw-ground brocaded silk, +value £10, the goods of John Moon and Richard Stone, on the 1st of June, +1726; of stealing, in the shop of Mr. Mathew Herbert, 40 yards of +pink-coloured mantua silk, value £10, on the 1st of May, in the same +year; of stealing, in company with Mary Robinson, a silver cup of the +value of £5, the goods of Elizabeth Dobbinson, on the 7th January; of +stealing, in the company of Mary Robinson aforesaid, 80 yards of +cherry-coloured mantua silk value £5, the goods of Joseph Bourn and Mary +Harper, on the 24th December. + +Notwithstanding the clearness of the evidence given against her, while +under sentence of death she absolutely denied not only the several facts +of which she was convicted, but of her having been ever guilty of any +theft during the whole life. Yet she confessed her acquaintance with +Jonathan Wild, nay, she went so far as to own having bought stolen +goods, and disposing of them, by which she had got great sums of money. +She was exceedingly uneasy at the thoughts of dying, and left no method +untried to procure a reprieve, venting herself in most opprobrious terms +against some whom she would have put upon procuring it for her, by +pretending to be their near relation, though the people knew very well +that she had nothing to do with them or their family; and she herself +had been reproved for nuking such pretensions by the ministers who +assist condemned persons; yet she still persisted therein, and on the +Ordinary of Newgate's acquainting her that the gentleman she called her +father died the week before, suddenly, she fell into a great agony of +crying, and as soon as she came a little to herself, reproached, though +in very modest terms, the unnatural conduct of those she still averred +to be so nearly related to her. + +Nothing could be more fond than she was of her children, who were +brought to Newgate to see her, and over whom she wept bitterly, and +expressed great concern at her not having saved wherewith to support +them in their tender years. At last, when she lost all hopes of life, +instead of growing calmer and better reconciled to death, as is frequent +enough with persons in that sad condition, on the contrary, she became +more impatient than ever, flew out into excessive passions and behaved +herself with such vehemency and flights of railing, that she did not a +little disturb those who lay under sentence in the same place with her. +For this she was reprimanded by the keepers, and exhorted to alter her +behaviour by the minister of the place, which had at last so good an +effect upon her that she became more quiet for the two or three last +days of her life; in which she professed herself exceedingly grieved for +the many offences of her misspent life, declaring she heartily forgave +the woman who was an evidence against her, and who she believed was much +wickeder than herself, because as this criminal pretended, she had +varied not a little from the truth. At the place of execution she was +more composed than could have been expected, and with many prayers that +her life might prove a warning to others, she yielded up her last +breath, at Tyburn, on the same day with the before-mentioned +malefactors, being then about thirty-four years of age. + + + + +The Life of KATHERINE FITZPATRICK, _alias_ GREEN, _alias_ BOSWELL, a +notorious Shoplift + + +After once the mercers had got Burton, who was the evidence, into their +hands, she quickly detected numbers of her confederates, several of whom +were apprehended, and chiefly on her evidence, convicted. Amongst the +rest was this Katherine Fitzpatrick, who was born in Lincolnshire, of +parents far from being in low circumstances, and who were careful in +bestowing on her a very tolerable education. In the country she +discovered a little too much forwardness, and though London was a very +improper place in which to hope for her amendment, yet hither her +friends sent her, where she quickly fell into such company as deprived +her of all sentiments, either of virtue or honesty. What practices she +might pursue before she fell into shoplifting I have not been able to +learn, and will not therefore impose upon my readers at the expense of a +poor creature, who is so long ago gone to answer for her offences, +which, as they were doubtless many of themselves, so they shall never be +increased by me. + +Being a woman of a tolerable person, notwithstanding her not having the +best of characters, she got a man in the mind to marry her, to whom she +made an indifferent good wife; and though he was not altogether clear +from knowing of her being concerned with shoplifters, yet he was so far +from giving her the least encouragement therein that they were on the +contrary continually quarrelling upon this subject; and whenever, from +any circumstances, he guessed she had been thieving, he beat her +severely. Yet all this was to no purpose, she still continued to treat +in the old path and associated herself with a large number of women, who +were at this time busy in stealing silks out of the shops, either in the +absence of the master, or under the pretence of seeing others. It is +observable not only of Katherine Fitzpatrick, of whom we are now +speaking, but also of all the persons who died for this offence, that +they were extremely shy of making detailed confessions, though ready +enough to confess in general that they had been grievous sinners, and +that the punishment they were to undergo was very just from the hand of +God. Fitzpatrick, as well as the former criminal Holmes, charged Burton +the evidence with disingenuity in what she delivered on her oath against +them, and yet Fitzpatrick could not absolutely deny having been guilty +of a multitude of offences as to shoplifting, so that it is highly +probable, even if the evidence erred a little in immaterial +circumstances, that in the main she swore truth. + +The particular facts on which Fitzpatrick was convicted, were: (1) +stealing 19 yards of green damask valued at £9, the goods of Joseph +Giffard and John Ravenal, on July the 29th, 1724; (2) Taking 10 yards of +green satin out of the shop of John Moon and Richard Stone, value £3, on +the 10th February, 1724/25; (3) Stealing, in company with another +person, 50 yards of green mantua, value £10, the goods of John Autt, May +the 5th, 1725; (4) Stealing 63 yards of modena and pink italian mantua, +the goods of Joshua Fairy, February 24, 1724/25. These dates were all of +them somewhat more than a twelvemonth before the time of her +apprehension, and she insisted on it that she had left off committing +any such thing for a considerable space, which made the evidence envy +her, and so brought on the prosecution. + +As she was a woman of good natural parts, and had not utterly lost that +education which had been bestowed upon her, she was not near so much +confuted at the apprehensions of death as people in her circumstances +usually are. She said she was glad she had some reformation in her life +before this great evil came upon her, because she hoped her repentance +was the more sincere as it had not proceeded from force; yet she was +very desirous of life when first condemned, and, like Mrs. Holmes, +pleaded her belly, in hopes her pregnancy might have prevented her +execution. But a jury of matrons found neither of them to be quick with +child; yet both to the time of their death averred they were so, and +seemed exceedingly uneasy that their children should die violent deaths +within them. + +When the time of her execution drew very near, she called her thoughts +totally off from worldly affairs, and seemed to apply herself to the +great business which lay before her, with an earnestness and assiduity +seldom to be seen in such people. The assistance she had from her +friends abroad were not large, but she contented herself with a very +spare diet, being unwilling that anything should call her off from +penitence and religious duties. She seemed to have entirely weaned her +affections from the desire of life, and never showed any extraordinary +emotions, except on the visit of her youngest child, in the nurse's +arms, at the first sight of which she fell into strong convulsion fits, +from which she was not brought to herself without great difficulty. She +sometimes expressed a little uneasiness at the misfortunes which had +befallen her after she had left off that way of living, but upon her +being spoken to by several reverend persons, who explained and +vindicated the wisdom and justice of Providence, she acquiesced under +its decrees, and without murmuring submitted to her fate. + +A little before she died, she, with the rest of the shoplifters, was +asked some questions concerning one Mrs. Susanna, who was suspected of +having been in some degree concerned with her. Mrs. Fitzpatrick and Mrs. +Holmes each of them declared that they knew nothing evil about her. Mrs. +Fitzpatrick did indeed say that she had some little acquaintance with +the woman, and knew that she got her living by selling coffee, tea, and +some other little things, yet never was concerned in any ill practices +in relation to them, or anybody else she knew of. After having done +this public justice, she, with great meekness, yielded up her breath at +Tyburn, the 6th of September, 1726, being then about thirty-eight years +of age. + + + + +The Life of MARY ROBINSON, a Shoplift + + +The indiscretions of youth are always pitied, and often excused even by +those who suffer most by them; but when persons grown up to years of +discretion continue to pursue with eagerness the most flagitious +courses, and grow in wickedness as they grow in age, pity naturally +forsakes us, and they appear in so execrable a light that instead of +having compassion for their misfortunes we congratulate our country on +being rid of such monsters, whom nothing could tame, nor the approach +even of death in a natural way hinder them from anticipating it by +drawing on a violent one through their crimes. + +I am drawn to this observation from the fate of the miserable woman of +whom we are now speaking. What her parents were, or what her education +it is impossible to say, since she was shy of relating them herself; and +being seventy years old at the time of her execution, there was nobody +then living who could give an account about her. She was indicted for +stealing a silver cup, in company with Jane Holmes, and also stealing +eighty yards of cherry-coloured mantua silk, value five pounds, in +company with the aforesaid Jane Holmes, the property of Joseph Brown and +Mary Harper, on the 24th of December. On these facts she was convicted +as the rest were, in the evidence of Burton, whom, as is usual in such +cases, they represented as a woman worse than themselves, and who had +drawn many of them into the commission of what she now deposed against +them. + +As to this old woman Mary Robinson, she said she had been a widow +fourteen years, and had both children and grandchildren living at the +time of her execution; she said she had worked as hard for her living as +any woman in London. Yet when pressed thereupon to speak the truth and +not wrong her conscience in her last moments, she did then declare she +had been guilty of thieving tricks; but persisted in it that the +evidence Burton had not been exactly right in what she had sworn against +her. It was a melancholy thing to see a woman of her years, and who +really wanted not capacity, brought into those lamentable circumstances, +and going to a violent and ignominious death, when at a time when she +could not expect it would be any long term before she submitted to a +natural one. + +Possibly my readers may wonder how such large quantities of silk were +conveyed away. I thought, therefore, proper to inform them that the +evidence Burton said they had a contrivance under their petticoats, not +unlike two large hooks, upon which they laid a whole roll of silk, and +so conveyed it away at once, while one of their confederates amused the +people of the shop in some manner or other until they got out of reach; +and by this means they had for many years together carried on their +trade with great success and as much safety, until the losses of the +tradesmen ran so high as to induce them to take the method +before-mentioned, which quickly produced a discovery, not only of the +persons of the offenders, but of the place also where they had deposited +the goods. By this means a good part of them were recovered, and those +who had so long lived by this infamous practice were either detected or +destroyed; so that shoplifting has been thereby kept under ever since, +or at least the offenders have not ventured in so large a way as before. + +But to return to the criminal of whom we are to treat. She said she was +not afraid of death at all, though she confessed herself troubled as to +the manner in which she was to die, and reflected severely upon Burton, +who had given evidence against her. By degrees she grew calmer, and on +the day of her execution appeared more composed and cheerful than she +had done during all her troubles. She suffered at the same time with the +malefactors before mentioned, and in her years looked as if she had been +the mother of those with whom she died. + + + + +The Life of JANE MARTIN, _alias_ LLOYD, a Cheat and a Thief, etc. + + +This woman was the daughter of parents in very good reputation, about an +hundred miles off in the country. While they lived they took care to +breed her to understand everything as became a gentlewoman of a small +fortune, and in her younger years she was tractable enough; but her +parents dying while Jane was but a girl, she came into the hand of +guardians who were not altogether so careful as they ought. Before she +was of age she married a young gentleman who had a pretty little +fortune, which he and she quickly confounded; insomuch that he became a +prisoner in the King's Bench for debt. Being thus destitute, and in +great want of money, she set her wits to work to consider ways and +means of cheating people for her support, in which she became as +dexterous as any who ever followed that infamous trade. Yet her husband +(as she herself owned) was a man of strict honour, and so much offended +at these villainies that he used her with great severity thereupon, but +that had no effect, for she still continued the old trade, putting on +the saint until people trusted her, and pulling off the mask as soon as +she found there was no more to be got by keeping it on. + +Amongst the rest of her adventures in this way she once took it in her +head that it was possible for her to set up a great shop, entirely upon +credit, for except some good clothes she had nothing else to go to +market with. Accordingly she first took a shop not far from Somerset +House, and having caused some bales of brick-bats to be made up, sent +them thither in a cart with one of her confederates, which was safely +deposited in that which was to pass for the warehouse. A carpenter was +sent for, who was employed in making shelves, drawers, and other +utensils for a haberdasher's shop. Then going to the wholesale people in +that way, she found means to draw them in to six or seven hundred pounds +worth of goods to the house which she had taken. All of this stuff the +Saturday night following, she caused to be carried over into the Mint, a +practice very common with the infamous shelterers there who preserve +their pretended privileges. + +Mrs. Martin having got some acquaintance in a tolerable family, and +having a very fair tongue, she quickly wheedled them into a belief of +her being able to do great matters by her interest with some person of +distinction, whose name she made use of on this occasion, and thereby +got several presents and small sums of money, and (if she herself were +to be believed) among the rest a silver cup. Whether her failing in her +promises really provoked the people to swearing a theft upon her, or +whether (which is more probable) she took an opportunity of conveying it +secretly away, certain it is that for this she was prosecuted, and the +fact appearing clear enough to the jury, was thereupon convicted and +ordered for transportation. This afflicted her at least as much as if +she had been condemned to instant death, and therefore she applied +herself continually to thinking which way it might be eluded, and she +might escape. Soon after her going abroad, she effected what she so +earnestly desired, and unhappily for her returned again into England. + +The numerous frauds she had committed had exasperated many people +against her, who as soon as it was rumoured that she was come back +again, never left searching for her until they found her out, and got +her committed to Newgate; and on the record of her conviction being +produced the next sessions, and the prosecutor swearing positively that +she was the same person, the jury, after a short consultation, brought +her in guilty, and she received sentence of death, from which, as she +had no friends, she could not hope to escape. When she found death was +inevitable, she fell into excessive agonies and well-nigh into despair. +The reflection on the many people she had injured gave her so great +grief and anxiety of mind that she could scarce be persuaded to get down +a sufficient quantity of food to preserve her life until the time of her +execution. But the minister at Newgate having demonstrated to her the +wickedness and the folly of such a course, she by degrees came to have a +better sense of things; her mind grew calmer, and though her repentance +was accompanied with sighs and tears, yet she did not burst out into +those lamentable outcries by which she before disturbed both herself and +those poor creatures who were under sentence with her. In this +disposition of mind she continued until the day of her death, which was +on the 12th of September, 1726, being between twenty-seven-and-eight +years of age, in the company of the before-mentioned malefactors, +Cartwright, Blacket, Holmes, Fitzpatrick, Robinson, and William Allison, +a poor country lad of about twenty-five, apparently of an easy gentle +temper who had been induced into the fact, partly through covetousness, +and partly through want. + + + + +The Life of TIMOTHY BENSON, a Highwayman + + +Amongst the number of those unfortunate persons whose memory we have +preserved to the world in order that their punishments may become +lasting warnings unto all who are in any danger of following their +footsteps, none is more capable of affording useful reflections than the +incidents that are to be found in the life of this robber are likely to +create. He was the son of a serjeant's wife, in the regiment of the Earl +of Derby, but who his father was it would be hard to say. His mother +having had a long intrigue with one Captain Benson and the serjeant +dying soon after this child was born, she thought fit to give him the +captain's name, declaring publicly enough, that if it was in her power +to distinguish, the captain must be his father. Certain it is that the +woman acted cunningly, at least, for Benson, who had never had a child, +was so pleased with the boy's ingenuity that he sent him to a grammar +school in Yorkshire, where he caused him to be educated as well as if +he had been his legitimate son. + +Nothing could be more dutiful than Tim was, while a child. The captain +was continually vexed with long letters from the gentlewoman where he +was boarded, concerning master's fine person, great parts and wonderful +improvements, which Benson, being a man of sense, took to be such gross +flattery that he came down to Bellerby, the village where the child was, +on purpose to take it away. But Mr. Tim, upon his arrival, appeared such +a prodigy both in beauty and understanding that the old gentleman was +perfectly ravished with him, and whatever he might believe before, +vanity now engaged him to think the youth his son. For this reason he +doubled his care in providing for him, and when he had made a sufficient +progress at the Grammar School, he caused him to be sent over to Leyden, +a university of which he had a great opinion. + +Timothy lost not any of his reputation in this change of climate, but +returned in three years time from Holland as accomplished a young fellow +as had been bred there for a long time. He had but just made his +compliments to his supposed father, and received thirty guineas from him +as a welcome to England, before the old gentleman fell ill of a +pleurisy, which in four days' time deprived him of his life; and as he +had no will, his estate of £300 a year, and about £700 in money (which +he had lent out on securities), descended to his sister's son, as arrant +a booby as ever breathed, and deprived Tim both of his present +subsistance and future hopes. + +In this distressed condition he took lodgings in a little court at the +farther end of Westminster. He had a great number of good clothes, and +as he then addicted himself to nothing so much as reading, he lived so +frugally as to make a very tolerable appearance, and to pay everybody +justly for about half a year, which so well established his credit in +the neighbourhood that he was invited to the houses of the best families +thereabouts, and might undoubtedly, if he had had his wits about him, +have married some young gentlewoman thereabouts of a tolerable fortune. +But happening to lodge over against a great mantua-maker's, he took +notice of a young girl who was her apprentice, and happened to be a +chandler's daughter, at Hammersmith. The wench, whose name was Jenny, +was really handsome and agreeable, but as things were circumstanced with +him, nothing could be more ridiculous than that passion which he +suffered himself to entertain for her. + +It is very probable that he might have had some transient amours before +this, but Jenny was certainly the mistress to whom he made his first +addresses, and the real passion of his heart. The girl was quickly +tempted by the person and appearance of her lover, and without enquiring +too narrowly into his circumstances, would certainly have yielded to his +passion, if marriage had been the thing at which he aimed; but he was an +obstacle hard to get over. Tim looked upon himself to be irretrievably +undone from the hour he entered into that state. At last he conquered +that virtue which his mistress had hitherto preserved, and after they +had fooled away a month or two together, at the expense of all he had, +Tim found himself at last obliged to confess the truth of his +circumstances, and by that confession brought a flood of grief upon his +fair one, who had hitherto been unaccustomed to misfortunes. + +When they first came together it was agreed between them to quit that +part of the town where they were both known, and they afterwards lodged +in a very pretty little house on the edge of Red Lion Fields. On the +morning Tim made this discovery, his cash was reduced to a single crown. +It is true he had abundance of things of value, but when once they began +to go, he was conscious to himself that starving would be quickly their +lot, and what added more to his misfortunes was that his mistress, +amidst all her sighs and afflictions, declared she would rather continue +with him than go home to her relations, though from the indulgence of a +mother she did not doubt of meeting with a good reception. + +However, they came to this resolution, that Jenny should go and raise +five guineas upon a diamond ring of his, and while she was gone on this +errand, poor Benson sat leaning with his head upon his arm in a window +that looked towards the fields. Casting up his eyes by chance, he saw a +gentleman walking up and down as if for his diversion, whereupon a +thought immediately struck him, that it would be an easy matter to rob +him, and by his appearance it was not unlikely but that he might prove a +good prize. Without reflecting, he resolved upon the thing, and putting +on over his nightgown an old great coat which he had in his closet and +with a case of pistols in his breast, he slipped out at the garden gate +without being perceived, and was up with him in an instant. Then, taking +the button of his hat in his teeth, he mumbled out, _Deliver or you're a +dead man._ The gentleman in great confusion gave him a green purse of +gold, and was going to pull his ring off from his finger, and his watch +out of his pocket, but Tim stopped him and said he had enough, only +commanded him to turn his back towards him, and not to alter his +position for fifteen minutes by his own watch. This the gentleman +religiously observed, and Tim made all the haste he could through the +garden into his own chamber, where having hid the cloak at the back of +the bed, he began to examine the value of the plunder, and found that +the purse contained seventy guineas and two diamond rings, one a single +stone and a very fine one, the other consisting of seven, but small and +of no great value. These he went down and buried in the garden, having +first burnt the purse in the fire. + +The hurry of the fact being over, he sat down once again in his own +room, and had leisure to reflect a little on what he had done, which +threw him into such an agony that he was scarce able to sit upon the +chair. Shame at the villainy he had committed, the fear of being +apprehended, and the apprehensions of Tyburn, gave so many wounds to his +imagination that he thought his former uneasiness a state of quiet to +the pangs which he now felt, which were much more bitter, as well as of +a very different nature from anything he had known before. + +In the midst of these terrors, he heard the voices of a great deal of +company in his landlady's parlour. The hopes of being a little easy +where he had not so much opportunity of affrighting himself with his own +thoughts, occasioned his going downstairs, and without well knowing what +he did, he knocked at the parlour door, which when opened, the first +thing which struck his eyes was the gentleman whom he had robbed, +drinking a glass of water. This gave him such a shock that he had much +ado to collect spirits enough to tell the gentlewoman of the house that +he perceived she had company, and therefore would not intrude. But she, +laying her hand upon his arm, said, _Pray, Mr. Benson, walk in; here's +nobody but a gentleman who has had the misfortune to be robbed in the +field, the fright of which has put him into such a disorder that he +desired to step in here that he might have leisure to come a little to +himself._ Tim saw it was impossible for him to retreat, and so putting +on the best face he was able, he came in and sat down. + +The landlady began then to enquire the circumstances of the robbery. +_Why, madam_, replied he, _I was walking there, as I generally do of a +fine afternoon, in order to get a little fresh air, when a man came up +all of a sudden to me, close muffled up in a green or blue great-coat, +in truth I cannot say which. He clapped a pistol to my breast, and I +gave him my purse, and my niece's two rings, one of which cost me +fourscore guineas, but three weeks ago. And as I was afraid he would +murder me, I was going to give him this off my finger, and my watch out +of my pocket, but that the fellow said he had enough, and his leaving +these, surprised me almost as much as taking the rest. But what sort of +a man was he?_ said she. _Why, I think he was about that gentleman's +height_, added he; _but I am so short-sighted that I question whether I +should have known his face, even had it not been covered with his hat. +Besides I am so much taken with the rogue's generosity that I would not +prosecute him if I had him in the room._ + +This set Tim's heart so much at rest that he began to come to himself a +little, and asked the strange gentleman if he would not be so good as to +drink a glass of wine. A bottle was sent for, and during the time they +were drinking it, Jenny came in, and it being quite dark before they had +finished it, a coach was called, and Mr. Benson offered to see the +gentleman home, in order to which he was going upstairs to put on his +clothes. But this the stranger would not permit, begging him to go as he +was, upon which Jenny said, _Then, my dear, I'll fetch your great-coat._ +He had much ado to desire the gentleman to walk to the coach and he'd go +as he was, which he did accordingly, and after drinking a glass of +citron water with the lady whose rings he had stolen, he came home again +as fast as the coach could carry him. + +Jenny was very melancholy at his return, and giving him three guineas, +told him that it was all the pawnbroker would lend, and she had much ado +to get that, as she was not known. Tim bid her be of good cheer, and +said he hoped things would mend, and so they went to bed. Two or three +days after, he took an opportunity of going out pretty early, and +returning about dinner time, told her, with much seeming joy, that he +had met with a gentleman whom he had been acquainted with at Leyden, and +who hearing of his father's death, had begged him to accept of twenty +guineas as a mark to his esteem. Jenny was in raptures at their good +fortune, and went that afternoon and fetched the ring home, returning, +poor creature, with as much satisfaction as if she had received ever so +much money; for the hopes of living quietly a month or two with the man +she loved, dispelled all the apprehensions of poverty which she was +before under. + +Tim considering that this supply would not last always, and resolving +with himself never to run such a hazard again, he began to beat his +brains about the best method to be taken of getting money in an honest +way. As he had been bred to no profession, notwithstanding the excellent +education he had had, never was a man more at his wits' end. After a +thousand schemes had offered themselves to his mind, and were rejected, +it came at last into his head that as he was tolerably versed in physic, +it might not be impossible for him to get his bread by that. But how to +get into practice, there was the difficulty. A little recollection +helped him here. He had seen a quack doctor exhibit his medicines, with +a panegyric on their good qualities, on his journey to London; he +resolved, scandalous as the profession was, to venture upon it, rather +than run the risk he had done before. + +This scheme doubtless cost him some trouble before he brought it to bear +so as to give him any hopes of his putting it into execution, but having +at last settled it as well as he could, he determined with himself to go +down into some distant county and undertake it. In order to have his +thoughts at greater liberty to resolve about it, he took a walk into the +fields, and being very dry after his perambulation, he stepped into a +little alehouse, and called for a mug of drink. While he sat there he +heard two men discoursing upon the vast sums of money that was got by +one Smith, a practitioner in the very art which he was going to set up, +and he found by them that the chief scene of Smith's adventures had lain +in Lincolnshire and thereabouts; so without more ado, as all places were +alike to him, he settled his intentions to go down to the same place, +where he understood by the man that his _quondam_ doctor had done some +great cures and got a tolerable reputation. + +When he came home, he could not avoid appearing very thoughtful, and +Jenny fearful of some new disaster, would not let him rest until he had +acquainted her fully with his design, which he would not consent to do +until she promised to comply with a proposal he was to make her, after +he had revealed the secret she was so desirous to know. When he had told +her his project, she next demanded what the condition was to which she +had bound herself to yield. Benson replied that it was to remain at some +place thirty or forty miles distant from where he intended to go, that +she might not be exposed to any inconveniences from that unhappy figure +he saw himself obliged to make. It was with great reluctance that she +ratified the consent he had given, but at length, after much persuasion, +she again acknowledged he was in the right, and promised to do as he +would have her. Things being thus adjusted, nothing remained for him to +do but to get ready for his journey, and that his mate might be the less +timorous of the event, he told her he had procured another supply of +twenty-five guineas. + +His cloak-bag was soon stored with such medicines as he thought proper, +and having packed up a few practical books he thought he might have +occasion for, he took a place for himself and Jenny, who passed for his +wife, in the stage coach for Huntingdon, at a village near which, paying +the people for a month's board, he left his consort, and having hired +horses to Boston, he took a young fellow from Huntingdon with him +thither. + +As Benson had a very smooth tongue, so he set off the wonderful +properties of his drugs in so artful a manner that in the space of a +fortnight he had cleared £10 besides his expenses. As he had left Jenny +five guineas in her pocket, he wrote to her to pay the people another +month's board, and assured her that he would return within that space. +Hiring accordingly visited Sleaford, and some other great towns +thereabouts, in seven weeks' time he set out for his return into +Huntingdonshire, with fifty guineas, all clear gain, in his pockets. +This good luck encouraged him to run through the greatest part of the +North of England in the same manner, and within the compass of three +years he cleared upwards of £500. At the time of his making this +calculation he was set down at Bristol, in order to exercise his talent +in that great city; but an unexpected accident broke all his measures. +Just as his stage was set up, and he mounted, and opening his harangue +which was now become familiar to him, a constable stepped up upon the +stage, and told him that a gentleman had sworn a robbery directly +against him, and he must go immediately before the mayor. This put him +into a lamentable confusion. He knew himself innocent, but the character +of a mountebank was sufficient to make the thing believed at first, and +therefore he could not be blamed for his apprehensions, especially +considering he took it as a just return for that robbery which he had +committed in town, and for which he made no satisfaction when it was so +fully in his power. + +Upon his prosecutor's appearing before the mayor, and swearing flatly to +his face as to his robbing him of seven guineas, a silver watch, and a +snuff box, Tim had his _Mittimus_ made for Newgate; but upon his +desiring the mayor that his effects might be searched, but not +plundered, he had leave given him to return with the officer and see +them looked over at the inn. As many of them were valuable of +themselves, as the drugs were of the best sorts, and as he had several +letters from persons of good character, in the several counties through +which he had passed, and bank notes and bills to the value of £400, they +thought fit to report all this to the mayor, before they did anything. +The mayor thereupon resolved to act very cautiously, and having first +looked over everything himself, he then ordered the effects to be +delivered up to Mr. Benson, himself, who, however, was obliged to +undergo a confinement of eight weeks, till the assizes. The prosecutor +not appearing, and Mr. Benson, by permission of the Court, examining two +gentlemen of undoubted credit, who proved to his being at the time when +the robbery was sworn in another place, he was acquitted, and a copy of +his indictment ordered him. It seems a person under condemnation at +Hertford acknowledged the fact for which Tim had been committed, and +produced both the snuff-box and watch; which though the gentleman who +lost them got again, yet it proved an affair of very ill-consequence to +him, for he was obliged to give Benson one hundred guineas to obtain a +general release, and Tim fearing the noise of the thing had undone his +reputation, resolved to go over to America and settle there. + +A gentleman at Bristol who traded largely to the plantations offered him +his assistance in the affair, and matters being quickly adjusted between +them, Tim, to show himself grateful, and a man of honour, was married +privately to Jenny, whom he resolved should be the companion of his +future fortunes, as she had hitherto been the constant solace of all his +sorrows. But before they set out, he thought it proper to make a journey +to London, as well as to provide some necessary articles in the +profession he intended to follow, as to make an end of a little affair +which we have before related, and which lay very hard upon his +conscience. To town then came Jenny and he, and took a lodging near +Tower Street, where in about a fortnight's time, Mr. Benson had put +everything in order for his voyage. The day before he sat out on his +return for Bristol, he wrote the following letter to the old gentleman +he had robbed, and who as he informed himself, was still living at the +same place. + + Sir, + + Under the pressure of severe necessity my misfortunes tempted me to + commit so great a piece of villainy as the robbing you in Red Lion + Fields. You may remember, sir, that I took from you a green purse, + in which was seventy guineas, and two diamond rings, the one of a + large, the other of a less value. The first comes to you enclosed in + this, the latter, the same necessity which urged me so far as to + take them, obliged me some months after to dispose of, which I did + for fourteen pounds. As a satisfaction for the injury I did you, be + so good, sir, as to accept of the enclosed note of one hundred + pounds, which I hope will amount to the whole value of those things + I took from you, and may I flatter myself, procure your pardon, the + only thing wanting to making him easy, who is, + + Sir, + Your most obedient + Humble Servant. + +This he took care to convey by a ticket-porter of whose fidelity he was +well assured, and having despatched this affair, he let slip nothing to +make his intended voyage successful. His skill in his profession was +such that he soon had as much business in the plantation where he +settled, as he knew what to do with, and in seven or eight years' +practice, acquired such an estate as was sufficient to furnish him with +all the necessaries of life, upon which he lived when he gave this +account to the gentleman who communicated it to me. And as it is an +instance of a return of virtue not often to be met with, I thought it +might be as useful as any other relation which hitherto had a place in +this confession. + + + + +The Life of JOSEPH SHREWSBERRY, _alias_ SMITH, a Robber, etc. + + +This unhappy criminal of whom we are now to speak was the son of parents +in so mean circumstances that they were not able to give him any +education at all; yet they were careful in carrying him constantly to +church with them, and instructing him as far as they were able in the +principles of the Christian faith, and did everything that narrow +capacity would give them leave, in order to enable him to get his bread +in some honest employment. Then they put him out apprentice to a tanner +in the neighbourhood, a very honest, considerate man, who treated him +with all the indulgence and kindness he could have wished throughout the +time of his apprenticeship. But he was so unfortunate as to fall into +the company of a set of giddy young people who were totally addicted to +merry-making and dancing, which when he had once got into the road of, +he so neglected his business that his master, after abundance of +reproofs, was obliged to part with him. + +He had not at that time any designs of doing anything like the fact for +which he afterwards suffered, but continuing still to frequent his +dancing-mates' company, they promised to put him into a road to supply +him with money enough to live without working, provided he had courage +to do as they would have him; and he, without considering what he did, +giving consent to their motions, went out one evening with David +Anderson, Country Will and Jenny Austin, and after a while they stripped +one Thomas Collier, and robbed him of his coat and waistcoat, hat, and a +pair of silver buckles and other things, with a half guinea in gold, and +twenty-five shillings in silver. For this offence he was quickly after +committed, apprehended, and sent to Newgate, where, upon a plain proof +of the fact, he was convicted and ordered for execution. + +When the poor man was under sentence of death, he sufficiently repented +those idle hours he had consumed in dancing, and in the other merriments +into which he had been led by his companions. He was now sensible how +easily he might have lived if he had taken the advice of his kind +master, who with so much pains endeavoured not only to instruct him in +his profession, but also to reclaim him from those follies in which he +saw him engaged. The thoughts of death threw him into violent agonies +from whence his natural sense (of which he had a great deal) at last in +some measure recovered him; and when upon the coming down of the death +warrant, he saw there were no hopes left for him in this life, he +applied himself with very great ardency to secure happiness in the next. + +He declared that the fact for which he died was the first he ever +committed, and that the depositions against him were not exactly +conformable to truth. A day or two before his death, he appeared to be +very calm and very cheerful, submitted with a perfect resignation to the +lot which had befallen him, and at the place of execution exhorted the +people not to let their curiosity only be satisfied in the sight of his +wretched death, but he warned them also from the commission of such +crimes as might bring them to a like fate. He suffered on the 3rd of +November, 1726, at Tyburn, being then about twenty-two years of age. + + + + +The Life of ANTHONY DRURY, a Highwayman + + +This unfortunate man, whose fate made a great noise in the town at the +time it happened, was born of parents neither mean in family nor +fortune, in the county of Norfolk, where he received his education, on +which no little pains and expense were bestowed. As to the particular +circumstances of his life in his most early years, as no exact accounts +have come to my hands, so I do not think myself obliged to frame any +adventures for the entertainment of my readers, a practice very common, +yet I think unjustifiable in itself. All that I can is that it appears +he lived at Oxford and Bicester before he came to Wendover, at which +place he had a house and family at the time of his death. + +He was not, as far as I am able to learn, bred up to any particular +profession whatever, his parents leaving him in circumstances capable of +supporting himself. However, whether he arrived at it after some +misfortunes, or had it discovered to him before, certain it is that he +gained some knowledge in the act of curing smoking chimneys, by which +he got very considerably, and from whence be derived the name of the +Smoky Chimney Doctor, by which he was commonly known in the county of +Bucks. + +Some few years before his death, he married a widow gentlewoman at +Oxford, of a considerable fortune. The world (though something too +largely) reported that she had fifteen hundred pounds. However it were, +he still addicted himself to women, and in all probability made her but +an indifferent husband, since she took so little care about him, when in +the midst of so great calamities. However it were, he maintained a +tolerable character in the neighbourhood, and his credit had not been +impeached in any degree when he committed the fact I am going to relate. + +On the twenty-fifth of September, 1726, he attacked the Bicester wagon +as it was coming from London, and committed the following robberies +therein, viz., he took from Thomas Eldridge, fifteen moidores, two +hundred and ten guineas, eighty half-guineas, and the goods and money of +Mr. Burrows. He was likewise indicted and found guilty for assaulting +Sarah, the wife of Robert King, on the highway, and robbing her of two +shillings and sixpence. As likewise on a third indictment, for +assaulting the aforesaid Thomas Eldridge, and taking from him a calico +gown and petticoat, value twenty shillings, the goods of Giles Betts. +There was a fourth indictment against him for assaulting Mary, the wife +of Joseph Page, and taking from her two shillings and sixpence, but the +three former being all capital, the court did not think proper to try +him upon this. + +While he lay under sentence of death he did not discover any signs of +excessive fear, but appeared rather perplexed and confused than +dispirited or dejected. He entertained at first great hopes of a +reprieve, at least in order to be transported, and for obtaining it he +spent a great deal of time writing to several friends who he thought +might be instrumental in procuring it. However, he was far from +neglecting the concerns of his soul, but read daily with much seeming +diligence several little books proper for a man in his condition, and +whenever he attended at chapel behaved with the utmost gravity, praying, +if we may guess from exterior signs, with much fervour and devotion. He +was a man very well acquainted with the principles of the Christian +religion, and was in all appearance better persuaded of the merit and +efficacy of his Saviour's passion than people often are in his +condition. + +As to his capacity, it appeared to have been very tolerable in itself, +and to have received many advantages from education. How he acquired +the art of curing smoky chimneys is not very well known, he having been +bred up to no trade whatsoever, but coming into the world with a little +fortune left him by his parents, he lived thereupon with a tolerable +reputation, until the time of his marriage. + +When he was first under sentence he was very desirous of having his wife +come to town, and for that purpose wrote her several pressing letters, +to which he received no answer. This gave him great disturbance. He +thereupon wrote to a friend in the country, who lived near her, on whom +also he had a strong dependance, entreating him to go to his wife and +solicit her not absolutely to desert him in his extreme calamity, but to +come up to town with him, in order to make their last efforts for his +preservation. This epistle, however, proved in the main as unsuccessful +as the rest, though it procured him an answer, wherein the person he +wrote to informed him that his wife was extremely lame, insomuch that +she could not put on her own clothes; that her servant was gone; that +she had no money wherewith to defray the expenses of a journey to town, +much less to assist him in his distress. As for himself, his friend +excused his coming by reason of a great cold which he had caught in +London when he came up before to attend Mr. Drury's affairs. + +Hereupon the unfortunate criminal bethought himself of another +expedient, which he imagined would not fail of engaging Mrs. Drury to +come to London. He informed her by letter, that in the beginning of his +troubles he had pawned some silver plate in town for four-and-twenty +pounds, that it was more than double the value, and might probably be +lost on his death. To this his friend wrote him back that if anybody +would take the plate out, and give advice thereof to Mrs. Drury, she +would repay them, and gratify them also for their trouble. When this +letter came to the poor man's hand he said he was satisfied that his +wife did not desire he should live, however he heartily forgave her. + +He constantly denied that he had ever been concerned in any act of a +like kind with that for which he died. He acknowledged that with what +his wife had, and the business he followed, he might have lived very +genteelly in the country; that he had not indeed, been very prudent in +the management of his affairs; however, it was no necessity that forced +him on the base and wicked act for which he died, the sole cause of his +committing which was, as he solemnly protested, the repeated +solicitations of King, the wagoner, who for a considerable time before +represented the attempt to him as a thing no way dangerous in itself, +and which would bring him a very large sum of ready money. As soon as +King perceived that his insinuations begun to make some impression, he +opened himself more fully as to the facility of robbing the Bicester +wagon, _Wherein_, says he, _you will find generally a pretty handsome +sum of money; and as to opposition, depend on it you shall meet with +none._ At last these speeches prevailed on him, and it was agreed that +the wagoner should have half the booty for his advice and assistance; +and the better to conceal it, Drury, was directed to rob King's wife of +about four pounds, which was all she had about her. + +A minister of the Church of England, who was either acquainted with Mr. +Drury, or out of charitable intention, attended him at the request of +his friends, took abundance of pains to give him just notions of his +duty in that unfortunate slate into which his folly had brought him; he +repeated to him the reasons which render a public confession necessary +from those who die by judgment of the Law; he exhorted him not to +equivocate, or even extenuate in his declarations concerning his +offence. Mr. Drury heard him with great patience, seemed to be much +affected with the remonstrances which were made to him, and finally +promised that he would act sincerely in the confessions he made to the +public; adding that he had none in whom to trust but God alone, and +therefore he would not offend him. The reverend divine to whom he spoke +approved his resolution, and promised to afford him all the assistance +in his power till death. + +As soon as the criminal was satisfied that all applications that had +been made for mercy were ineffectual, and that there was not the least +probability of a pardon, he immediately sent for the clergyman +before-mentioned, and desired to receive the Sacrament at his hands, to +which the gentleman readily assented, uttering only a short previous +exhortation unto a true repentance, open and genuine confession, and +full and free forgiveness unto all who had ever injured him, or unto +whom he bore any ill will. Mr. Drury, therefore, before he received the +Elements, owned in express terms his being guilty of the fact for which +he died, affirmed the truth of what he had formerly said concerning the +wagoner, declared that he forgave both him and his own wife sincerely, +and that having now in some measure eased his mind, he was no longer +afraid of death. + +Mr. Drury, even after receiving sentence, was indulged by the keepers of +Newgate in having a room to himself in the Press Yard, which afforded +him leisure and privacy for his devotions; and he seemed, especially for +the last days of his life, to make proper use of those conveniences by +excluding himself from all company and applying earnestly to God in +prayer for the forgiveness of his sins. During the two or three days +succeeding that whereon he received sentence, a gentlewoman attended +pretty constantly upon him. Who she was we can neither say, nor is it +very material; but Mr. Drury appealing to her in the presence of some +persons, as to the truth of what he alleged concerning King, the +wagoner, she desired to relate what she knew as to that point. The +account she gave was to this purpose. _Mr. Drury carried me out of town +with him in a chaise to Wendover. On the road we were met by the wagoner +he speaks on, who desired Mr. Drury to step out, for he wanted to speak +with him. Thereupon he complying with the wagoner's request, they walked +together to a considerable distance, and there stopping talked to each +other very earnestly for some time._ As to the subject of their +discourse she declared she could say nothing, but as they came back to +the chaise, the wagoner said, _You need not be afraid, you will be sure +to get what you want._ To say truth, it was very odd for a single man to +rob a wagon to which so many people belonged, in company with several +other wagons, without any opposition, though it be likewise true that he +did not attempt any of the rest. + +Some persons of quality were prevailed on by his earnest solicitations +and the circumstances we have before mentioned to endeavour the +procuring him a pardon, but it was in vain; and it would have certainly +have been much better for the man if he never had any hopes given him, +for though he did not depend as much on promises as men in his miserable +condition frequently do, yet the desire of life, sometimes excited the +hopes of it, and thereby took off his thoughts from more weighty +concerns, or at least made him more languid and confused than otherways +he would have been, for the very day before his death he still +entertained some expectations of mercy. + +The evening before he suffered a woman knocked at his chamber door, and +earnestly desired to speak a few words to him. He accordingly came +towards the door and asked her what it was she would have to say to him. +The woman, after expressing much sorrow for his misfortunes, told him +she was desired by a person to whom she had been servant, if the thing +were possible, to learn from his own mouth what he had to say against +the wagoner. Mr. Drury replied that he had never had any thought of +robbing wagons, or any such thing, if the wagoner had not advised and +pressed him to it; so that his blood, the loss of his life, and all he +had in the world lay upon that man. Then shutting the door he returned +to his devotions, and continued to them all the evening and until the +night was considerably spent. + +As death drew near it seemed not to affect him so much as might be +expected. On the morning of his execution he appeared not only easy, but +cheerful, attended at the prayers at chapel with much composure, and +went out of Newgate without any sign of fright or disturbance of mind. +On the road to Tyburn he appeared serious but melancholy, spoke a good +deal concerning the errors of his former life, said he had never bees +addicted to drinking, but had conversed too much with bad women, which +had made his wife jealous, and caused home to be very uneasy. He seemed +truly penitent for these offences, as he confessed them without any +questions being asked by those about him. + +At the place of execution his courage did not forsake him. He still +preserved a great deal of serenity in his countenance, and when he was +desired to acquaint the people with anything he had to say concerning +the crime for which he died, he spoke with a strong voice, and repeated +what he had formerly alleged about King, the wagoner, adding that he +advised him also to rob the Banbury wagon; and that notwithstanding he +talked of his wife's having four pounds about her, yet he took but three +shillings, whereon the third indictment was founded, on which he was +convicted. He then complained of his wife's unkindness, and both prayed +for the spectators, and desired their prayers for him. As he was leaning +on the side of the cart, the Ordinary told him that a man had charged +him the day before with having married a man's daughter at Norwich, who +is still living. Mr. Drury answered, he was reproached by many people, +and he forgave them all, he then called to a gentleman who was near the +gallows and spoke to him about his estate, which he had before settled. +Afterwards he exhorted the people to live virtuously, and be warned by +his example, and then submitted patiently to his fate, on Thursday, the +third of November, 1726, being at that time of his decease about +twenty-eight years of age. + + + + +The Life of WILLIAM MILLER, a Highwayman, etc. + + +As necessary correction is often a method by which, when young people +begin to stray into the paths of vice, they are deterred and brought +back again into the road of virtue; yet when this is incautiously +inflicted or done in a violent manner, it frequently excites worse +thoughts than would otherwise probably have entered the breasts of young +people thus punished; and instead of hindering them from committing +trivial offences, puts them on doing the worst things imaginable in +order to deliver them from a state more hateful to them than death +itself. + +This criminal William Miller, was the son of very honest parents who +lived at Newcastle-upon-Tyne, who took care to give him a good +education, and what was much more commendable, a good example. They put +him out apprentice to a tradesman at Alnwick, with whom he might have +lived tolerably well had it not been for the churlishness of his +master's temper, who was continually picking quarrels with him, and +thereupon beating him inhumanly. At last an accident happened which +supplied a continual fund of anger and resentment and this was on +account of William's losing a horse, which, though his friends paid for, +yet every time it came into his masters head there was a battle between +them; for Miller being now grown pretty big made resistance when he +struck him, and not seldom got the better of him, and beat him in his +turn. This occasioned such disturbances and falling out between them +that at last Miller took a resolution for leaving him for good and all, +and determined to live as he could, up and down the country. + +At first he was so lucky as to meet with a man who employed him readily, +treated him with kindness, and gave him good advice, without +accompanying his reproofs with blows; but upon discovering that his man +William had not served out his time, but had only five years and a half +with his master, he absolutely refused to suffer him to work any longer. +It was with great reluctancy that Miller parted with this master, and he +became every day after more and more uneasy, because he found no other +master would let him work with them, upon the same account; so that by +degrees he was reduced to the great necessity in the country, and though +he was willing to work, yet could not tell which way to turn his hand. + +In the midst of these perplexities, he bethought himself of coming up to +London, which he put in execution. On his arrival there he listed +himself as a soldier in one of the regiments of Guards, and as it is no +very hard matter in this town, got abundance of amorous affairs upon his +hands. With one woman he lived a short time after his coming up to +London, but her he soon turned off for the sake of another, who was a +blacksmith's wife, and whom he married, notwithstanding her first +husband was then to his acknowledge alive. This was, indeed, the source +of a great part of his misfortunes, since what between the woman's +drinking and the money which the husband got out of him for permitting +him to live quietly with her, he was (notwithstanding he had learnt a +new employment, viz., that of a basket maker) miserably poor; and the +woman having brought him a child to increase his expenses, he was at +last forced, whether he would or no, to leave her and it both. After +this he associated with another woman, and at length married her also, +with whom he lived quietly enough until the time of his death. These +numerous intrigues drew him in consequence into a multitude of other +vices, which both lost him his reputation, and damaged his +understanding, especially when he came to drink hard, which he at last +did to such a degree that he was seldom or never sober, or if he were, +the reflecting on his misfortunes pushed him on getting drunk as fast as +he could--a case but too common amongst the meaner sort of people, who +as they have no philosophy of learning to support them, endeavour to +drown all care by sotting. + +Whether Miller really intended to go a-robbing at the time he committed +the fact for which he died, or whether drunkenness and the sense, even +in that condition which he retained of his misfortune, on a sudden +suggested to him the stripping of the old man Nicholas Bourn under the +favour of the night, certain it is (though from motives we cannot +determine) that he attacked the man and took from him his coat and hat. +On the injured person's crying out a watchman ran immediately to his +assistance, and with his pole, notwithstanding Miller drew his bayonet, +knocked him down, and so seized him and delivered him up to Justice. At +the next sessions at the Old Bailey he was indicted for this fact, and +the same was very fully and clearly proved against him; yet though he +had no friends capable of procuring him either a reprieve or pardon, he +had the good luck to remain a considerable space under condemnation, +viz., from one sessions to another, before the report was made, and so +had the greater leisure left him for repentance. + +During the space he lay in the condemned hold he expressed a very hearty +sorrow for all his offences and particularly regretted his having +addicted himself so much to the company of women, which, as it at first +led him into expenses, naturally brought him into narrow circumstances; +and his necessities unfortunately put him upon taking the fatal method +of supplying himself. Yet in the midst of these tokens of penitence and +contrition several women came still about him, so he resolved to send +the child he had by the second down to his friends in the country, not +doubting, as he said, but that they would take care of it. And for the +last of those who went for his wife, he really looked upon her as such, +and therefore treated her with more kindness and affection than he did +any of the rest. However, doubtless they were no great help to him in +his preparations for death. And amongst the other miseries produced, to +our view, this is not a small one, that they continue to pursue us even +to the last, and fasten so strongly about our thoughts and inclinations +that as at first, they defeated all consideration, so in the end they +are in danger of preventing a hearty and sincere repentance. + +As to the particular fact for which he was to die, he acknowledged +himself guilty thereof, but for all that objected to the several +circumstances that were sworn against him at his trial; nor could all +the arguments that were used towards him persuade him that those +trifling variations (for as he himself represented them they were no +more) were not now at all material to him, but that as he justly +deserved to die according to his own confession, it signified little to +him whether the particular steps taken in his apprehension were exactly +stated by the Court or not. As the day of his execution drew near, he +receded a little from these objections, and began to set himself in +earnest to acquire that calmness with which every reasonable man would +desire to meet death. The women he forbid visiting him, refused to eat +or drink anything but what was absolutely necessary to support Nature, +plied himself regularly and constantly to his devotions, and seemed to +have nothing at heart but to reconcile himself to that Divine Being, who +by the multitude of his crimes he had so much offended. To say truth, it +was not a little wonderful that a person after continuing for such a +length of time in the practice of wickedness and debauchery, should at +last be capable of applying himself with such zeal and attention to the +duties of a dying man. He yielded up his life the 13th of February, +1727, at Tyburn, being then twenty-six years of age. + + + + +The Life of ROBERT HAYNES, a Murderer, etc. + + +As from a multitude of instances in the course of these memoirs it has +been shown how great a misfortune it is to be destitute of education, so +from the following life it will appear that an improper education is as +dangerous as none at all. + +Robert Haynes, the criminal whose history we are to give at present, was +the son of persons in Ireland, of none of the best circumstances, who +yet afforded him a very good education, causing him to be instructed not +only in the Latin, but also in the Greek tongue, in both of which to the +day of his death he attained a tolerable knowledge. His father, it +seems, though he had done everything for his son in breeding him a +scholar, though when he grew up to man's estate he had nothing to give +him, and was forced to let him come over to England to list himself in +the Foot Guards. His officers gave him always the character of a quiet, +inoffensive lad, who injured nobody, nor was himself addicted to those +vices which are common to the men of his profession. On the contrary, he +retained yet strong notions of those religious principles in which he +had been educated. He addicted himself much to reading, and though his +spirit was not a little broken by the consideration of that low life by +which he was obliged to stoop, yet he preserved a becoming spirit and a +very gentleman-like behaviour upon all occasions; so that the officers +of his regiment very much regretted that misfortune which brought him to +an untimely end. Of the occasion of this we come next to speak, since +his youth and the regularity of his life prevented any other of his +adventures coming to our notice. + +It happened one Sunday evening, as he was walking along St. James's +Park, with two other soldiers, they met two men and two women. Haynes +unluckily kissed one of the women, upon which one of the men turned and +broke his head. As was insisted even to the time of the death of this +unfortunate person, the swords of both were drawn; however that were, he +gave his antagonist a wound in the breast of which he died. For this he +was apprehended and committed prisoner to Newgate. At the ensuing +sessions of the Old Bailey he was indicted for wilfully murdering Edward +Perry, by giving him a wound on the left part of the right breast near +the short ribs, of the depth of twelve inches, and of the length of one. +He was also indicted a second time on the Statute of Stabbing, and a +third time upon the coroner's inquest for wilful murder. On all three of +which, notwithstanding his defence, and the witnesses he called, he was +found guilty; and although some honourable persons took a great deal of +pains to procure a pardon or reprieve for him, yet it proved of no +purpose, but he and the afore-mentioned malefactor were put into the +death warrant and ordered for execution. + +For himself he had little hopes from the endeavours of his friends and +therefore behaved himself as if he had had none, being not only constant +and devout at the public exercises in the chapel, but also ardent in his +devotions in private and by himself. As the youth wanted not good sense, +and had not forgot the education he had received in Ireland, so in every +respect while under sentence of death he performed what could be +expected from a man of courage, and a Christian, under his +circumstances. A minister, out of charity, visited him several times and +prayed with him, exhorting him always to make a dear and candid +confession of the fact, and, since there were no hopes, not to go to +death with a lie between his lips. Yet he persisted still in what he +had at first declared, and continued to assert the truth of that +declaration, until the gaol sickness brought him so low, that he was +scarce able to speak at all. In this low slate of health he continued +until within two or three days of his death, when he began to pick up +strength a little; and as soon as he was able to go up the stairs, he +attended as usual the devotions of the chapel. In this frame and +disposition of heart he remained until the day of his execution came, +upon which he appeared not only calm but cheerful, received the +Sacrament as is usual with malefactors at the day of their death, and +behaved at it in a very pious and religious manner. + +When he came to Tyburn he stood up, and intended to have spoken to the +people, but finding himself too weak, he referred to a paper which he +delivered to Mr. Applebee, a printer, and which contained the substance +of what (if he had been able) he would have there spoken; and then, +after a few private ejaculations, he easily resigned up his breath at +the same time with the other malefactor, being then in the +one-and-twentieth year of his age. I thought proper to insert the copy +of that letter I have before spoken of, and it follows verbatim. + + Good people, + + I am to suffer by Law an ignominious death (God's will be done) + which untimely end I never expected. I am a youth and it's above + twelve months since I enlisted into his Majesty's Service. The + character of my behaviour in that time I will leave to my + acquaintance to declare; my character was sufficiently testified at + my trial, by gentlemen of worth and honour. I pray God bless them + for their Christian charity. I praise God my resolution to live + uprightly was no constraint; as for the cause I suffer, and the + horrid imputation I am charged with which is rendered murder (from + my soul I abhor) I now declare as I expect salvation, I am unjustly + accused, but I freely forgive my persecutors, as I hope to be + forgiven; for what I did was accidental, and in my own vindication. + The real truth is as follows: + + The two soldiers that were my evidence desired my company to drink + with them. As we were returning home through the Park, passing by + two women, and being warm with liquor, I presumed to give one of + them a kiss; the other was a married woman, and resenting my + freedom, called out to her husband, Edward Perry deceased, and to + Toms that walked before, both entire strangers to me. They returned, + Toms advanced towards me speaking abruptly, and struck me over the + head and shoulders with a stick, which stunned me; likewise he urged + the deceased to quarrel with me. The deceitful Perry enraged, swore + he would see me out, and struck me with his sword in his scabbard + over the head. He drew his sword and made several passes at me, I + still retreated till provoked to draw my sword to preserve myself. + This affair was in the night. I received a wound in my right hand + thumb, and a thrust through my coat. This I declare to be the whole + truth, as I shall answer before my great God; though my persecutors, + Toms and the deceased man's wife, swore quite the reverse, which + took place to my ruin. I pray God forgive them their trespasses, as + I hope forgiveness for my own. I pray God bless my good colonel for + his care and endeavours for my safety; I pray God bless him with + length of days and prosperity in all his undertakings. I thank God, + I never wronged man, woman, or child, to my knowledge, nor was I + ever inclined to quarrel. I heartily beg of God pardon and + forgiveness for my sins, and I confide in the merits of my dear + Saviour, who died for the World. I was baptized and bred a member of + the Church of England (though an unworthy and unfortunate one) in + which Communion I hope for salvation through my blessed Redeemer. + + Sunday, February the 12th, 1726. + + Robert Haynes + + + + +The Lives of THOMAS TIMMS, THOMAS PERRY, and EDWARD BROWN, Footpads + + +This poor unhappy man, Thomas Timms, was the son of mean parents in the +country and as indifferently educated as he was born, so that his future +ill-deeds were capable of some little extenuation. With much to-do his +friends and parents raised money enough to put him out apprentice to a +chair-carver, with whom he lived easily and honestly during the space of +his apprenticeship, coming out of it with the character of an honest +religious young lad, which he maintained after he was set up and +married. He had probably continued to maintain it to the end of his life +if he had not fallen into unhappy circumstances, by being out of work. +This obliged him to come up to Town, where for a while he lived pretty +well upon his business; but at last it so far fell off that he was +obliged to list himself a soldier in the first regiment of Guards. +Notwithstanding this he worked still at his trade, as much as it was +possible for him to do, and to perform his duty; but misfortunes still +crowding upon him, he grew at first melancholy, and at last took to +drinking in the company of bad women, who soon drew him into thinking of +taking dishonest methods to obtain money for the support of their +debaucheries. + +Amongst other of his acquaintance there was a woman who had formerly +lived with a very eminent lawyer in the City. It was said she had a +greater familiarity with her master than she ought to have had, from +whence she took the liberty to cheat him most egregiously, especially by +counterfeiting receipts from most of the tradesmen with whom her master +had any dealing, by which means she retained in her own hands the money +which she should have paid him. Some months after, however, the roguery +was discovered, and her master being newly married, he took this +opportunity to discharge her suddenly. However, he promised her, if she +went into any lodgings, and gave him notice, he would take care she +should not want, until she could get herself into some way of business +or other. + +This gentleman had three clerks, all of good families and good fortunes. +The wench, after she was out of the house, first went into a +neighbourhood where the eldest of these clerks and his relations were +very well known. Here she took upon her to be his wife, and said that +they were privately married for fear of disobliging his relations. By +the help of this she got so far into credit that she took up near a +hundred and twenty pounds worth of things before the least apprehension +was had of her being a cheat; and then removing her lodgings, she fixed +herself in a first floor within a few doors of the guardian of her +master's second clerk. She gave it out there as she had done before, +that she was secretly married to this young gentleman; and on the credit +thereof she took up near a hundred pounds in silks and shifts. But just +as she was on the point of moving off and playing the same game with the +third, she was detected and committed to Bridewell. From thence she +found means of escape by wheedling one of the keeper's servants, and +afterwards took lodgings in the house where this Timms worked. + +Whether she had any hand in persuading him to go out robbing or no, I +cannot take upon me to say, but soon after, he, with his companions, +Perry and Brown, on the 3rd of May, went out with a design to rob upon +Hounslow Heath. All that night they lay in the fields; the next morning +they met a poor old man, who telling them he had no money, they let him +go without misusing him. Not long after they stopped Samuel Sells +coming from Windsor, in his chair. He, it seems, kept a public-house +there. Him they commanded to deliver, whereupon he gave them three +half-crowns, but they toasting upon it that it was too little, he +thereupon gave them ten shillings more, which both he and his companions +averred was all that they took from him, though Sells at their trial, +swore to a much larger sum, and that one of them held a truncheon over +him, and threatened him with abundance of oaths in case he made any +resistance. All of them denied this part of the charge, even to death, +and said that though they had truncheons, yet they made no use of them, +but kept them either in their breasts or under their coats. + +Thomas Perry, the second of these malefactors, was born of parents in +such wretched circumstances that when he was grown a good big lad, and +death suddenly snatched them away, he found himself destitute of money, +of business and even of clothes to cover him. He thereupon traveled up +to London, and put himself apprentice to a glass-grinder, with whom he +served his time very honestly and faithfully. Then he married and lived +by working very hard in a reputable manner for about a twelve month, +after which he listed in the first regiment of Foot Guards, in which he +served till the Peace of Utrecht and Flanders, after the conclusion of +which he returned to London in the same regiment, in which he continued +to serve till this misfortune overtook him. For the last year of his +life, he had, it seems, led a more loose and extravagant course than in +all his days before, contracting an acquaintance with several women of +the town, creatures who are the utter ruin of all such unhappy men, +especially of all unlettered unexperienced persons as fall into their +snares. + +Some little time before he joined with Timms and his other companion in +this robbery, he had the misfortune of having his leg bit by a dog at +Windsor, where he was quartered. Having no friends, and but a small +allowance to subsist on, he fell under great miseries there, and on his +return to Town, those who had formerly employed him in glass-grinding, +taking distaste at his rude and wicked behaviour, refused to have +anything more to do with him. He readily gave way to the solicitations +of Timms, who, as he declared, first proposed their going upon the +highway, a crime which hitherto had not entered into Perry's head. +However, he yielded too readily thereto, and with the persons who had +shared in his crimes, came to share an ignominious and untimely death. + +While under sentence, he applied himself with great seriousness and +attention both to the public devotions of the chapel and to what was +privately read to them in the place of their confinement, so that +though he was very illiterate, he was far from being obstinate, and +though he wanted the advantages of education, he was not deficient in +grace, so we may therefore hope he might obtain mercy. + +Edward Brown, the last of these unfortunate criminals, drew his first +breath in the city of Oxford, and by the care of his parents, attained +to a tolerable degree of knowledge in the Christian faith, as also in +writing, reading and whatsoever was necessary in that station of life +which his parents designed for him. Being arrived at an age proper to be +put out an apprentice, they placed him with a glass-grinder, to whom he +served an apprenticeship faithfully, and to his good liking when out of +time. He worked hard as a journeyman, married a wife, and lived in +reputation and credit for some small space; but falling unluckily into +loose company, he gave himself up entirely to drinking, and running +after bad women, which soon ruined him in the country and obliged him to +come up to London for the sake of subsistance. How long he had been +there, or of what standing his acquaintance was with the other two +criminals, I cannot take upon me to say, only he in general was a fellow +of greater openness in his behaviour than any of the criminals before +mentioned. He said that they had all taken their cups pretty freely +together, and had spent every farthing that they had amongst them; it +was then resolved to go upon the highway for a supply, but he could not +say who was the proposer of the scheme; that he himself had a sword and +cane, and the rest truncheons, when they attacked Mr. Sells. He [Sells] +gave them at two several times, seventeen shillings, and when they +pressed for still more, said he had but eighteen pence about him, and +begged they would let him have that to come to town with, which he said +they agreed to, and did not offer him any ill-usage whatsoever. + +At the same time these unhappy men were under sentence of death, +Alexander Jones, John Platt, Mary Reynolds, Silvia Sherlock and Anne +Senior were also condemned for several offences, and as is but too +common with persons in their condition, all of them entertained strong +notions of reprieves or pardons, so that when the death warrant came +down, and these three found themselves ordered for execution, they were +not a little surprised. But as they had much natural courage they made +even that surprise turn to their advantage, and applied themselves with +greater earnestness than ever to the duties necessary to be practised by +people in their sad state. + +When the day of their execution came, they were carried in one cart to +Tyburn, and as they had been companions in that single action which had +brought all of them to death, so there was nobody to share in that +unhappy fate with them, nor were they disturbed with the sorrows of +other criminals, which often distract one another's devotions at Tyburn. +On the contrary, their behaviour was grave and decent, their public +devotions were closed with a Psalm, and with many demonstrations of +repentance they resigned their lives, on the 11th of August, 1727; Timms +being about twenty-eight years of age, Perry near forty, and Brown +somewhat less than twenty-four years old, at the time of their +execution. + + + + +The Life of ALICE GREEN, a Cheat, Thief and Housebreaker + + +Amongst these melancholy relations of misery and death, I fancy it is +some ease to my readers, as well as to myself, when the course of my +memoirs leads me to mention a story as full of incidents, and followed +by a less tragic end than the rest. This woman, whose life I am about to +relate, was the daughter of an under-officer to one of the colleges at +Oxford. As the doctrine of making up small salaries by taking up large +perquisites prevails there as well as elsewhere, Alice's father made a +shift to keep himself, his wife and five children in a handsome manner +out of £60 a year, and what he made besides of his place. + +An affectation of gentility had infected the whole family, the old man +had a good voice and played tolerably well on the fiddle. This drew +abundance of the young smart fellows of the university to his house, and +that of course engaged his three daughters to take all the pains they +were able to make themselves agreeable. The mother had great hopes that +fine clothes and a jaunty air might marry her daughters to some +gentlemen of tolerable fortunes, and that one of them, at least, might +have a chance of catching a fellow commoner with a thousand or two _per +annum_, for which reason Miss Molly, Miss Jenny, and Miss Alice were all +bred to the dancing school, taught to sing prettily, and to touch the +spinet with an agreeable air. In short, the house was a mansion of +politeness, and except the two brothers, one of which was put out +apprentice to a carpenter, and the other to a shoemaker, there was not a +person to be seen in it who looked, spoke or acted as became them in +their proper station of life. But it is necessary that we should come to +a more particular description. + +Old Peter, their father, was a man of mean birth, and of a sort of +accidental education. From his youth up he had lived in Oxford, and from +the time he was able to know anything, within the purlieus of a college, +from whence he had gleaned up a few Latin sentences, scraps of poetry, +and as the masterpiece of his improvements, had acquired a good knack of +punning. All these mighty qualifications were bent to keep a good house, +and drinking two or three quarts of strong ale, accompanied with a song, +and two or three hours' scraping at night. The mother, again, was the +last remnant of a decayed family, who charged its ruin on the Civil +Wars. She was exceedingly puffed up with the notions of her birth, and +the respect that was due to a person not sprung from the vulgar. Her +education had extended no farther than the knowledge of preserving, +pickling and making fricasees, a pretty exact knowledge in the several +kinds of points and a judgment not to be despised in the choice of lace, +silks and ribbons. She affected extravagance that she might not appear +mean, and troublesomely ceremonious that she might not seem to want good +manners. Clothes for herself and her daughters, a good quantity of china +and some other exuberances of a fancy almost turned mad with the love of +finery, made up the circle of what took up her thoughts, the daughters +participating in their parents' tempers. But what was wonderful indeed, +the sons were honest, sober, industrious young men. + +In the midst of all this mirth and splendour, the father died, and left +them all totally without support other than their own industry could +procure for them, slender provision indeed! Miss Molly, the eldest, was +about twenty-two at the time of her father's death, and her sisters were +each of them younger than her, and Alice a year younger than Jenny, and +about eighteen. The mother was at her wits' end to know how to procure a +living for herself and them, but an old gentleman in one of the +colleges, to whom Peter had been very useful, and who therefore retained +a grateful sense of his service, was so kind as to give fifty pounds +towards putting out the daughters, and took care to see the youngest +Alice placed with a mantua-maker in London. Molly fell into a +consumption, as was generally said, for the love of a young gentleman +who used to spend his evenings at her father's, and who marrying a young +lady of suitable birth and fortune to himself, was retired into +Shropshire. Jenny ran away with a servitor, and was lost to her mother +and her friends; so that Alice had it in her power to be tolerably +provided for, if she had inclined to have lived virtuously, and not to +have frustrated the offers of a good fortune. But she was wild and silly +from her cradle, born without capacity to do good to herself, and +indued only with such cunning as served her to ruin others. + +The first intrigue she had after her coming up to London was with a +young fellow who was clerk to a Justice of the Peace in the +neighbourhood. Before be saw Alice he had been a careful, industrious +young man, and through his master's kindness had picked up some money; +but from the time that his master had a suit of clothes made up with +Alice's mistress, and which occasioned her first coming about the house, +poor Mr. Philip became the victim of her charms, and moped up and down +like a hen that had lost her chickens. It was not long before the +Justice's daughters found out his passion, and having communicated their +discovery to the maids, exposed him to be the laughing stock of the +whole house. Never was a poor young fellow so pestered! One asked him +whether he liked the wife with three trades? Another was enquiring +whether he had cast up the amount of remnants of silk, shreds of lace, +and the savings that might be made out of linings, facings, and robings? +The Justice took notice that Philip had left off reading the news, and +the old lady wondered whether he had forgotten playing upon the organ in +her husband's study. But all this served rather to increase than to +abate his passion, so that he neglected no opportunity of meeting and +paying his addresses to his mistress. + +Alice was no less careful on her side, and in a short space it was +agreed that she should run away from her mistress, of whom she was grown +heartily weary, and that Philip should counterfeit most excessive grief +at his loss, in order to prevent the least suspicion of his being privy +thereto. Having adjusted this, it was not long before they put their +design into execution, and Philip first having provided a lodging for +her in Brewer Street, she, on a Sunday in the evening, when all the rest +of the family were out, removed from her mistress's house in a court +near the Strand, taking all that belonged to her in a hackney-coach, +leaving the key at an alehouse. Philip had so good a character that the +grief he affected on this occasion passed for reality upon all the +house, and the flight of Alice had no other effect than to excite a new +spring of railery on the loss of his mistress. He laid out the greatest +part of what he had saved during five years' service in furnishing out +two rooms for her very neatly, passing himself, where she lodged, for +the son of a gentleman of fortune in the country, who had married +against his friends' consent, and was therefore obliged to keep his wife +in a place of privacy until things at home could be made easy. + +For some time the lovers lived mighty happily together, and nothing was +wanting to complete Philip's wishes than that they were married, for +Alice never making such a proposal, now and then disturbed his thoughts, +and put him a little out of humour. Things remained in this state with a +little alteration for about five months, until an Irish captain coming +to lodge pretty near where Philip had placed Alice, he found a way to +see her twice or thrice, and being a fellow of a smooth tongue, a +handsome person and an immoderate assurance, it was not long before he +became master of her affections. The temper of Philip having been always +too grave for her, in about three weeks' time she let the captain into +the truth of the whole story, and at his persuasion, during the time +Philip was at Surrey assizes, sold off the furniture of her lodgings, +and directing a letter to be left for him at his master's house by the +Penny Post, moved off with her new gallant. + +It would be impossible, should I attempt to describe it, to describe the +agony the poor young fellow was in at the receipt of Alice's epistle, in +which she told him flatly she was weary of him and had got another +gallant; and saying that if he tried to look after her or give her any +other uneasiness, she would send a full account of all things to his +master. The jilt was sensible this would keep him quiet, for as he +depended solely upon his favour, so a story of this sort would have +inevitably deprived him of it for ever. It answered her intent, and the +force he put upon his passions cost him a severe fit of sickness. + +Alice, in the meanwhile, indulged for about a week with her Irish +captain, at the end of which he beat her and turned her out of doors. It +was in vain for her to talk of her goods and her clothes; the captain +had carried her amongst a set of his acquaintance, who on the first +quarrel called her a thousand foolish English whores, and bid her go +back to her Justice's clerk again. In the midst of her affliction, with +nothing on but a linen gown, and about three shillings in her pocket, +the watchman coming his rounds, found her sitting on the steps at the +door where the captain lodged. He asked her what she did there, she said +her husband and she had quarrelled and he had shut her out. The watchman +was going away, satisfied with the answer, when the captain called out +at the window, told him she was a street-walker, and bid him take her +away. The landlady confirmed this, and the fellow laying fast hold of +her shoulder, compelled her to go with him to the watch-house. However, +a shilling procured her liberty and a favourable report to the constable +that she was an honest young woman, who had the misfortune to be married +to a bad husband, who turned her into the street, and she was afraid +would not suffer her to come in again that night. Upon hearing this, the +constable bid her sit down by the fire, gave her a glass of brandy and +promised her she should be as safe and as easy as the place would allow +her for that night. + +But unluckily for Alice, as she went to take the glass out of the +constable's hand, he knew her face, and happening to be the baker who +served the mantua-maker with bread, where she lived, the next morning he +conducted Mrs. Alice, much against her will, home to her mistress. One +of her fellow-apprentices ran with the news to the Justice's, and one of +the daughters whispered it in Philip's ears, as he was writing a +recognizance in the Justice's book. Philip no sooner heard it but he +fell down in a swoon, and about half an hour was spent before they could +bring him again to himself. The young lady who had played him the trick, +immediately quitted the room, and he opening his eyes, and perceiving +her gone, pretended it was a sudden fit, and that he had been used to +them when a child. + +Much as he had suffered by this ungrateful woman, he took the first +opportunity to go to a coffee-house within a door or two of her +mistress, in order to learn what had become of her. There was but one +person who had been trusted with his ever having visited her at all, and +they too, were ignorant that she had ever run away with him. Philip +therefore sent for his confidant, from whom he received information, +that after snivelling and crying for a hour or two, she took advantage +of being left alone in a parlour (although the door was locked), and +getting out at the window into the backyard, made a shift to scramble +over the top of the house of office into the court, and so made her +escape to the waterside, where her mistress found she had taken a pair +of oars. But though they followed her to Falcon Stairs, yet they were +not able to retrieve her. Philip at this news was exceedingly grieved, +and returned home again very disconsolate on this occasion. + +Alice, in the meantime, lurked about in St. George's Fields till +evening, and then crossing the bridge, walked on towards St. James's. +However dirty and despicable her dress, yet as she had a very pretty +face and a very engaging manner of speaking at first sight, she drew in +a merchant's book-keeper, as she walked down Cornhill, to carry her to a +certain tavern at the corner of Bishopsgate Street; where, after a good +supper and a bottle or two of wine, she engaged him to take her to a +lodging, and by degrees to give her a great deal of fine clothes, in +return for which she flattered him so greatly that he grew as fond of +her and as much a fool as ever Philip had been. + +In the meantime her sister, who was much of her disposition, had been +turned off by a young fellow she had run away with from Oxford, and in +a miserable condition had trotted up to town, in order to see whether +she could have better luck with another gallant. One night, as she was +strolling through Leadenhall Street in her vocation, she saw her sister +Alice and the book-keeper who kept her, walking home with a servant, and +a candle and lanthorn before them. Jenny did not think fit to speak to +them, but dogging them privately home, called upon her sister the next +day and was mighty well received. The couple now took every opportunity +(notwithstanding the allowance of the book-keeper) to enable Alice to +stroll out with her together, and wandered about nightly in quest of +adventures, till it began to grow towards ten o'clock, and the fear of a +visit from her keeper drove Alice to her lodgings. + +This trade, without any remarkable accident, was practised for about +three months, when on a sudden the book-keeper vanished, and for three +weeks' time Alice heard not a word of him. This threw both the sisters +into a heavy peck of troubles, and the more because he had always kept +it a secret in whose family he lived and went to the people where Alice +lodged by another name than his own. However they got money enough by +sparks they picked up to live pretty easily together, and that no +misfortune might go too near their hearts, they fell to drinking a quart +of brandy a day. It seems the woman at whose house they lodged was +herself given to drinking, and so by treating her they fell into the +same vice. The landlady in return was mighty civil to them, and every +now and then invited them downstairs to drink with her. + +One evening when they were below stairs, there happened to be some +discourse about a trial at the Sessions House, whereupon Alice expressed +her desire of seeing the trials, and her sister agreeing in the request, +their landlady agreed to carry them the next morning. Accordingly they +were at Sessions House by the time the Court was set, and the two young +sluts were exceedingly merry at the wretched appearances the poor +creatures made at the bar. In the midst of their mirth, a man was +brought up to plead to his indictment, who had only a blanket wrapped +over his shirt to keep him from the weather; they were laughing and +talking to some of the people behind them, when Jenny patted her sister +to take notice of what the man was charged with. Alice listened and +heard the indictment read, which was for breaking open an escritoire and +taking out of it ninety guineas, two diamond rings and a good tweezer. +When the clerk had done reading, the criminal answered with a low voice, +_Not Guilty_, and the keeper thereupon took him from the bar. As he +turned, his face being towards them, Alice saw that it was the +book-keeper who had lived with her, and in a low voice whispered her +sister, _As I hope to live, it is our Tom._ They did not stay much +longer, but began to consider as soon as they got home what was to be +done. Alice was sensible that the tweezer-case mentioned in the +indictment had been given her, and was under a thousand frights and +fears that it should be discovered and was above all wondrous careful of +her landlady, that she did not go any more to the trials that Sessions. + +The day they heard that sentence was passed, Jenny went to one of the +runners at Newgate, and giving him a shilling, asked what had become of +such a person. The fellow answered that he was to be transported. Jenny +came immediately home with the news to her sister. She shed a few tears +and said, what if he should want in Newgate? _Nay_, says Jenny, _let him +want what he will, I'm sure you shall not be fool enough to pawn your +things to relieve him_; and as her fit of compassion was soon over, so +they determined to remove their lodgings for fear that if he were under +necessity, as they could not well doubt he was, considering the figure +he made at his trial, he might send to her. But they needed not to have +been under any apprehensions of that sort, for shame and grief had +brought him so low that the gaol distemper seizing on him, he died the +same week he had been tried, and the runner to whom Jenny had given the +shilling, remembering her face, stopped her in the street, and told her +the news. When Alice heard it, she pretended to fall into fits, and +express abundance of sorrow and concern. The sorrows were not, however, +so deep but that brandy and two days' time effaced them so well that she +dressed in the best manner she was able, in order to go out and look for +a spark. + +Unfortunately for her, her amours produced the usual consequence, a +loathsome distemper, which seizing about the same both her sister and +herself, through want of proper care, ruined both their constitutions; +and the ill consequence being increased by the use of improper food, +they were soon after in such a condition that their infamous trade of +prostitution fell off, and they were in danger of starving and rotting. +In this distress they knew not what to do, till at last advising with an +old woman whom they had scraped acquaintance with, she readily offered +them the use of her house, and to engage for them a surgeon, who should +complete their cure. The sisters were overjoyed at this, and in a hurry +accepted her offer, removing themselves and what little valuable +movables they had the next week. + +They were received with great courtesy and kindness, and the old woman, +from an acquaintance of three weeks, assured them that they were no less +dear to her than if they had been her own daughters. This treatment +continued until they were in the height of a salivation, and then they +were acquainted with usage of another sort. This distemper was very +expensive, their course of physic very troublesome, it required much +attendance, they were strangers to her, and so by degrees the old woman +got from them most of the trinkets they brought with them. So that when +they were come a little to themselves, and nourishing food was proper to +restore them to perfect soundness, they had no way left to procure it +but by pawning or selling their clothes, which being quickly done and +the money spent, nakedness and poverty became their companions. + +Thus plunged in misery, they were exposed to the daily insults of the +bawd, who treated them with great cruelty now she had them absolutely in +her power. Alice was so very uneasy under it, that having one night got +a few clean things about her, she resolved to venture out in a thin +linen gown, to see what might be done to free them from these +difficulties. She had not got lower than Southampton Street, in the +Strand, before a gentleman well dressed, though much in liquor, invited +her to go with him to his chambers. He carried her as far as Essex +Street, and then turning down to the Temple, brought her into rooms up +two pair of stairs, richly furnished. She saw nobody that he had to +attend him, but everything seemed in very exact order, and so without +further ceremony to bed they went. His weight of liquor soon forced him +to sleep, but Alice, whose head was full of the miseries she had so long +gone through, arose, put on her clothes and searching his pockets, found +a gold watch, nineteen guineas and a large gold medal. She was so much +surprised with the richness of this booty, and yet this being her first +fact, so confounded within herself, that she knew not well what to do. +At last, with great difficulty she forced open the chamber door, which +he had locked (and laid the key where she could not find it). Next she +came to the outer doors of the chambers, in which the key was, and so +there was no difficulty in getting out; but then finding it impossible +to shut the door after her without locking it, she even did so, and +carried away the key. + +She made all the haste she could home to her landlady, and without +considering the consequence, paid her six pounds which she demanded, and +got some clothes out of her hands, which she had retained as a security +for the money. Then she removed with her sister, as secretly as she +could, to an inn in Smithfield, and from thence, the next day, they +removed to a little lodging in narrow lane by St. John's, where +downright fear made them keep so much within doors that they had almost +spent all their money in six weeks' time, without thinking of any method +to get more. + +At last, Jenny, as being least in danger, equipped herself as well as +she could, and ventured about nine o'clock one evening into the streets. +She walked about half an hour without meeting with any adventure, but at +last picked up an innocent country lad. They had not gone far towards a +tavern before the constable and his body-guard of watchmen surprised and +hurried them away to the Wood Street Compter. There she remained until +the next day, when it was intimated to her that if she could produce a +couple of guineas they would be looked upon as good bail. She sent for +her sister Alice, who not having so much money, foolishly offered the +gold medal as a security. Some of the limbs of the Law thereabouts, were +acquainted with the gentleman of the Temple who lost it, and it being +shown up and down to know its value, they declared it was stolen, and +Alice, instead of procuring her sister's liberty, was forced into the +same prison, and confined with her. As it was about three weeks to +sessions, they were permitted to remain at the Compter during that time. + +This was a deeper plunge into misfortune than they had ever yet known, +and the fear of hanging was so strong that Alice, in order to avoid it, +resolved upon making an application to a person to whom otherwise she +would never have made herself known. Who should this be but Philip, who +was lately married, but still did the business of his old master the +Justice, and therefore was always to be met with at his house, though he +had now got a little place upon which he was capable of living pretty +handsomely. Alice's letter reached him just as he was sitting down to +dinner. The surprise he was in was so great that it could not be hid +from the company. However, to cover the cause of it, he pretended that +it brought him news of a person being gone off for whom he was bail, and +which obliged him not to lose a minute in going to see what might be +done. So putting on his hat, and entreating some gentlemen who were at +the table with him not to disturb themselves, for he should be back in +half an hour, away he went directly to the Compter. And having influence +over the people in power there, he prevailed to have her let out to an +adjacent tavern. + +The affliction she had gone through had altered but not impaired her +beauty. Philip, ill-used as he had been by her, could not forbear +bursting into tears at the sight of the miserable condition in which she +was. As soon as his surprise was a little over, she acquainted him with +the true state of the case, and begged his assistance in prevailing on +the injured gentleman to soften the prosecution. He promised her all +that was in his power, but desired to know after what manner she +intended to live, in case her liberty could ever be regained. She cried +and promised to work hard for her living rather than fall into that +miserable plight again, and then told him how unfortunately it happened +that her sister also was involved in the same calamity. At parting, +Philip presented her with a guinea, and told her she should have the +same every week while she remained there, assuring her also that he +would not fail coming to her the next day at noon, and informing her of +the temper in which he found her antagonist. + +It happened that the Templar was Philip's intimate acquaintance, and had +a seat near his father's house in the country. Philip told him the truth +of the story, and how he came to interest himself so far in the affair. +The gentleman was not hard to be prevailed on, and said he did not +conceive it would be of any service to the women to let them be set at +liberty, considering the course of life they would be obliged +immediately to fall into for bread; that for his part, he inclined +rather to procure them liberty to transport themselves, and that they +might not be destitute in a strange country, he was not averse, +notwithstanding his loss, to give them something towards putting them in +a condition of getting their livelihood when they got over. Philip +readily agreed to this, though he was fearful of its proving an +expedient little agreeable to the women. However, the next day, when he +went, he sent for them both to the tavern, and proposed it. Alice said +it was the most agreeable thing that could have befallen her. She was +sensible of the manner in which she had lived in her native country, and +of the difficulty there would be of her amending here, and though her +sister Jenny was at first very averse, yet she quickly brought her to be +as complying as herself and to wish nothing more than the possibility of +living honest in any of the plantations. + +Philip carried this news at night to the Temple and the gentleman there, +who was a great humorist, was so much taken with the temper and spirit +of Alice, that he would needs see her again, and thereupon accompanied +Philip the next day to the place of her confinement. There everything +was soon settled, the Templar procured their discharge, put them to +board at a house which he could command, and bargained with a captain of +a New England vessel for their passage thither; not as for persons who +had been guilty of any misdeeds here, but as of young women of good +families, who were unwilling to go to service here, and had therefore +got their friends to raise as much money as would send them over there, +where perhaps they might meet with better fortune. + +[Illustration: JOSEPH BLAKE ATTEMPTING THE LIFE OF JONATHAN WILD + +(_From the Newgate Calendar_)] + +In short, their two benefactors furnished then with things to the amount +of two hundred pounds, accompanied them themselves on board the +vessel, and recommended them to the captain with as much earnestness as +if they had been near relations. Coming in this light into the abroad, +they were received with great hospitality, and treated with much +kindness and respect; and in fine, after remaining here about a year, +Jenny married a gentleman of as good fortune as any in the country, and +her sister, not long after, had the same luck. Jenny did not indeed +survive it long, but Alice outlived her first husband, and marrying a +second, returned into England where she is still living in as much +respect and esteem as any gentlewoman in the county where she inhabits. + + + + +An Account of the horrid murder of MR. WIDDINGTON DARBY, committed in +his chambers in the Temple, on the 11th of April, 1727, for which one +HENRY FISHER was apprehended and committed to Newgate, from whence he +escaped. + + +The deceased Mr. Darby was a young gentleman who made an extraordinary +good appearance in the world. He generally wore fine rings, rich snuff +boxes, and an extraordinary gold watch about him. These things possibly +tempted a needy person of his acquaintance to be guilty of that +barbarous murder which was committed upon him. He lived in the chambers +belonging to Sir George Cook's office in the Temple. His servant lived +in another place, and went home every night. It happened the night +before, or rather in that wherein he was murdered, that Mr. Darby had a +good deal of company with him, who supping late, they did not go away +until eleven o'clock, when Mr. Darby's servant also retired to his +lodgings. The next morning, being Tuesday, about nine o'clock, Mr. Darby +was found dead in the said office, his skull penetrated with a pistol +ball, his ear and hand cut, his rings, watch and other valuables taken +away, besides his escritoire broken open, and his money and linen taken +from thence. + +The next day the coroner's inquest sat thereon, but being able to make +no discovery of the murder, they thought fit to adjourn _sine die_, as +soon as the coroner had made an order for the interment of his corpse +which was done accordingly in a vault in the church of St. Andrew's, +Holborn. + +Some time passed before any light was got into this affair. At length, +Mr. Moody, who had been upon the coroner's inquest who had sat on the +body of Mr. Darby, received information that one Fisher, who had been +in very bad circumstances, and as an acquaintance had been relieved +under him by the deceased Mr. Darby, was all on a sudden, since the +committing of that murder, observed to have a great deal of money. He +had paid some debts which had been troublesome to him and was observed +to have some valuable things about him which had never been seen before. +These circumstances appearing altogether very suspicious, Mr. Moody +acquainted Mr. York with it, who had been very assiduous in taking all +measures possible for the discover of this horrid assassination. He +falling readily into Mr. Moody's opinion, they agreed together that the +likeliest method to find out the truth was to go to Mr. Willoughby, who +was Fisher's landlord, and known to be a very honest man. Accordingly +they went to him in a tavern in Southampton Street, where they +understood he was, and falling into discourse about Mr. Darby's murder, +they insinuated to him the suspicions they had of his lodger. + +Returning to his house, Fisher being away, Mr. Willoughby went to his +room and broke open a box, and found in it the top and bottom of a +snuff-box, a vizard mask, and a pair of laced ruffles. The remains of +the snuff-box Mr. York knew to have belonged to the deceased, and had +reason to suspect the ruffles also to have been his, so that it was +immediately agreed to go before the Honourable Sir William Thompson,[77] +in order to procure a warrant. There they made an affidavit of the +several circumstances attending their discovery, and Sir William upon +the examination also of a lady (who produced a piece of lace before she +had seen the ruffle, and declared that if it were Mr. Darby's it must +tally therewith, which on a comparison it did exactly) granted a +warrant. It appeared also at the same time, upon the oath of Mr. +Willoughby, that the day Mr. Darby was murdered, Fisher borrowed +half-a-crown of him to pay his washerwoman, and was in the utmost +necessity for money. + +A woman swore that a person very like Fisher was hovering about Mr. +Darby's chambers the night the murder was committed, and it was proved +by the oath of another person that Fisher came not to his lodgings till +two o'clock on Tuesday morning, on which Mr. Darby was murdered. About +eight o'clock a porter came and informed Fisher of Mr. Darby's being +murdered, at which he shewed little concern and locked himself up for +some hours. + +Things being thus over at Sir William Thompson's, Mr. Willoughby, Mr. +York, and Mr. Moody, returned to Fisher's lodgings. About two o'clock +in the morning he came in, and they seized him, having a constable and +proper assistance for that purpose. On Sunday noon, he was carried +before Sir William Thompson in order to be examined, where he said: + +That about the latter end of the week in which Mr. Darby was murdered, +as he was passing through Lincoln's Inn Fields, about four in the +afternoon, be took up under the wall of Lincoln's Inn Gardens, a white +paper parcel in which were contained several things of great value +belonging to the deceased; some of the diamonds he acknowledged he sold +to a jeweller in Paternoster Row for ten guineas, the watch he pawned +for nine guineas to a person at a brazier's in Bond Street, and sold the +gold chain and swivels to a person in Lombard Street. He absolutely +denied all knowledge of the murder, and said that at the time it +happened he was at a billiard table in Duke Street, by St. James's. When +taken there was found upon him two of Mr. Darby's rings with the stones +taken out, wrapped up in a paper, with his seal the arms of which were +taken out, and in these circumstances he was committed to Newgate. + +Soon after this the coroner granted his warrant, and an order being +thereupon obtained from the Commons, Mr. Darby's body was taken up and +in the presence of several persons, his head opened by an eminent +surgeon, who found a large lacerated wound near the left ear, the +temporal bone on that side being very much fractured, several pieces of +which stuck in the brain on the same side. He found, likewise, the +temporal bone on the other side, exactly opposite, broken; the pieces +thereof were not removed from their places, but easily removed upon his +attempting to take them away. He took out the brain and the bullet +dropped upon the pillow which lay upon the ground under his head. It +appeared, upon comparing the said bullet taken out of the head, with +some other bullets found in custody of Henry Fisher (at that time in +Newgate on suspicion of the murder) that it seemed to have been cast in +the same mould; and when weighing it with one of these bullets, it was +very little lighter, and it fitted the bore of one of the pistols which +was found in Fisher's custody, even that pistol which by some signs were +looked on to have been discharged, though afterwards loaded again. + +This Fisher was the son of a very eminent clothier in the West of +England, who had sent him to London, and put him out clerk to an +attorney, and had done everything in his power which he was able, and +which was reasonable for him to do. But he being extravagant, lived far +beyond the rate which was consistent with the supplies he received from +his father; so that when pressed by his necessities, he had often +applied to Mr. Darby for relief. When in Newgate he affected a most +unreasonable gaiety and unconcernedness in his behaviour, although the +circumstances were so strong against him as occasioned it to prevail as +the general opinion that he would be convicted. However, he and the +famous Roger Johnson took the advantage of the workmen labouring on the +cells which were then building, and by breaking a hole through a place +done up only with lath and plaster, they got down one of the workmen's +ladders, and so made their escape. Johnson was afterwards retaken and +tried for breaking prison, but alleging it was done by Fisher, he was +acquitted, and this Henry Fisher, the supposed murderer of Mr. Darby, +was never heard of since. + +FOOTNOTES: + + [77] Sir William Thompson (1678-1739) was Recorder of London in + 1715, Solicitor General two years later, and in 1729 became + baron of the Exchequer. + + + + +The Life of JOSHUA CORNWALL, a Thief and Housebreaker + + +Though vices are undoubtedly the chief instruments that bring unhappy +persons to that ignominious death which the Law hath appointed for +enormous offences, yet it very often happens that folly rather than +wickedness brings them first into the road of ruin; in which, led on by +delusive hopes, they continue to run until a disastrous fate overtakes +them, and puts an end at once to their vicious race, and to their lives. +The criminal whose memoirs at present employ our pen is such an example +as I hope, while it entertains, may also instruct my readers to avoid +his errors. + +This unfortunate man was the son of reputable and honest parents in the +town of Brigg in the county of Lincoln. Their circumstances were such as +enabled them to give him an education; and the desire they had of doing +everything that was possible for their son inclined them not to be +wanting in this particular. His mother, was fond of him to a fault, and +being permitted by her indulgence to run up and down amongst young +people of his own age, riding across the country to friends and other +diversions of a like nature, he lost all liking to things of a serious +nature, and without thinking how to procure the necessaries of life, was +altogether taken up in enjoying those pleasures to which he had the +greatest inclination. In the midst of this pleasant situation of things +(at least as it appeared to him at that time) the prospect was darkened +by the death of his mother. His friends retained for him a due paternal +affection, but had no notion of permitting him to go on the life he +led, and therefore to break him of that as well as to make him +acquainted with an honest method of getting his living, his father put +him out apprentice to a baker in Hull. + +But as kindness seemed of all things the most fatal to this unhappy man, +so the acquaintance and friendship which his master had for Cornwall's +family became a new means of leading him into misfortune, for treating +the young man rather with a tenderness due to a son than that severity +which is usually practised towards apprentices and servants, it gave him +an opportunity of renewing his old course of life. Instead of inclining +him to behave in a manner which might deserve such lenity, it gave him, +on the contrary, occasion frequently to abuse it by running from one +dancing bout and merry-making to another, without the least care of his +master's business, who out of downright affection forbore to restrain +his follies with that harshness which they deserved, and which any other +person would have used. + +At length, having acquired so great a habit of laziness and so strong an +aversion to business that he found it impossible for him to live longer +in the country, he came up to London, that great receptacle of those who +are either unable or unwilling to live anywhere else. Here he got into +service as a footman with several persons of worth, and discharged his +duty well (as indeed it was a kind of life which of all others suited +him best), so that he obtained a tolerable reputation whereby he got +into the service of one Mr. Fenwick, a gentleman of affluent fortune. +Here it was that through desire of abounding in money he either drew in +others, or was drawn in himself to commit that crime which cost him his +life. + +It seems that in Mr. Fenwick's family there was a great deal of plate +used, which stood on a buffet. This tempted Cornwall, and it is highly +likely gave him the first notion of attempting to rob the house. When he +had once formed this project he resolved to take in one Rivers, a +debauched companion of his, as a partner in the designed theft. + +This Rivers was certainly easy enough prevailed on to join in the +commission of this fact, and after several meetings to consult upon +proper measures, Rivers at last proposed that their scheme should be put +in execution as soon as possible; and that he might the more perfectly +conceive how it was to be managed, he went home with Cornwall, and +looked upon the house. Soon after this they held their last +consultation, and Cornwall saying to Rivers that he must bring some +other persons to assist him, Rivers made choice of one Girst, and coming +with him at the appointed hour, Cornwall in his shirt opened the door +and let them in. In the buffet there stood a lighted candle in a silver +candle-stick, by which they were directed to the rest of the plate, +which as soon as they had taken out, they placed all together upon the +carpet, and fell next to rifling Mr. Fenwick's bureau, and took out a +great quantity of linen, a lady's lace, the tea equipage, and two silver +canisters. Then making it up in a bundle, it was carried to River's +lodgings in Vinegar Yard, Drury Lane. + +All this could not be performed with so little noise as not to disturb +the family. Mr. Fenwick himself heard the noise, being awakened by his +wife, who had heard it for some time, but it ceasing they fell asleep +again until one of the servants came up in the morning, and told his +master that the house had been robbed, the plate taken away, and a +window in the back parlour left open, about which, as he could observe +no marks of violence, he was led to suspect it was opened by somebody in +the family; upon which Cornwall and a maid in the house were immediately +thought to have a hand in. However, as there was no sort of proof, Mr. +Fenwick forbore seizing them at that time, and contented himself with +advertizing his plate; which advertisement coming into the hands of a +pawnbroker, to whom a part of it had been pledged, he immediately gave +notice that it was pawned to him by Rivers. A warrant being upon this +obtained for the searching of River's lodging, a note was there found, +directed to Thomas Rivers, Glover, in Guy's Court, Vinegar Yard, Drury +Lane, in which were these words: + + Dear Tom, + + Let me see you at seven o'clock to-morrow morning, at the Postern + Spring, Tower Hill, be sure. + + Joshua Cornwall. + +Upon this Cornwall was immediately taken up and Girst readily offered +himself an evidence. In a few days after, sessions coming on, Joshua +Cornwall and Thomas Rivers were indicted for burglariously breaking the +house of Nicholas Fenwick, Esq., and taking thence divers pieces of +plate, to the value of eighty-five pounds nineteen shillings, holland +shirts to the value of twenty pounds, and other goods of the said Mr. +Fenwick, on the 8th day of September, 1730. This indictment being fully +proved, the jury found Thomas Rivers guilty thereof. But being dubious +whether Joshua Cornwall, as a servant within the house of Mr. Fenwick, +could be properly convicted of burglariously breaking into his said +master's house, they found their verdict as to him special; which the +judges having considered, they were unanimously of opinion that the +crime was in its nature a burglary. Whereupon, at the following +sessions at the Old Bailey, the criminal was brought to the bar, and +being acquainted with their lordships' opinion, received sentence of +death. + +Under conviction, he behaved himself with great penitence, said he had +not been guilty of many of those atrocious crimes commonly practised by +such as come to that fatal end whither his folly had led him. At the +place of execution he, with great fervency, justified the character of a +young woman who had lived fellow-servant with him at Mr. Fenwick's. He +declared, as he was a dying man, that she was not in the least privy to +the injury done her master, and that he had no other than an +acquaintance with her, without either having, or attempting any criminal +conversation with her. Having done this justice, he seemed to die with +much composure, in the twenty-second year of his age, on the 23rd of +December, 1730. + + + + +LIVES OF THE CRIMINALS + +VOLUME THREE + + + + +The Life of JOHN TURNER, _alias_ CIVIL JOHN, a Highwayman + + +One of the most dangerous passions which can enter the breasts of young +people, though at the same time it be one of the most common, is the +love of finery and a mean and foolish ambition to appear better dressed +than becomes their station, in hopes of imposing upon the world as +persons of much higher rank than they really are. This inconsiderate, +ridiculous pride brings along with it such a numerous train of bad +consequences that of necessity it makes the person inflamed by it +unhappy and often miserable for life. In the case now before us a was +still more fatal by adding a violent and ignominious death. + +John Turner was the son of a person in tolerable circumstances, in the +county of Cornwall, where he received an education proper for that +condition of life in which he was likely to pass through the world. His +father was a man of good sense, and of a behaviour much more courteous +and genteel than is usual among persons of ordinary condition in a +county so remote from London. He was extremely desirous that his son +should be like him in this respect, and therefore he continually +cautioned him against falling into that rough boorish manner of behaving +which is natural to uneducated clowns, and makes them shocking to +everybody but themselves. In this respect John was very compliant with +his father's temper, and being put out apprentice to a peruke-maker, his +obliging carriage endeared him so much, not only to his master and the +family but also to the gentlemen on whom, as customers to the shop, he +sometimes waited, that they took a peculiar liking to the boy and were +continually giving him money as a reward for his diligence and +assiduity. + +But John's obliging temper took a turn very fatal to himself, as well as +very little suspected by his friends and relations. For having been made +use of by some young sparks at Exeter (the place where he served his +time) to carry messages to their mistresses, he from thence conceived so +strong an inclination to become a beau and a gallant that, in order to +it, he broke open his master's escritoire and took away a considerable +sum of money. With this he came up to London and went to live as a +journeyman with an eminent peruke-maker at the Court end of the town. +There his easy and obsequious temper made him very agreeable to +everybody, and his behaviour was so just and open that nobody in the +neighbourhood had a better character than himself. Yet he was far from +giving over those extravagancies the earnest desire of committing which +had brought him to town; for nobody in his station made so handsome a +figure as Mr. Turner. + +His amours with the wenches in the neighbourhood were very numerous, +though out of a point of honour he was careful enough in endeavouring to +conceal them. But as they naturally led him into an expensive way of +living, which what he got by his trade could in no degree support, he +quickly found himself obliged to take to new methods, and thought none +so concise and convenient as going upon the road. This he did for some +time without arousing the least suspicion, behaving himself towards +those whom he robbed with such gentleness and good manners, putting his +hat into the coach and taking what money they thought fit to give him, +nay, sometimes returning a part of that, if the dress or aspect of the +person gave him room to suspect that their wants were as great as his. +From this extraordinary conduct he obtained the name of Civil John, by +which he was very well known to the stage coachmen, wagoners, and other +such persons who travelled the Western road. + +Common fame, which ordinarily multiplies the adventures of men of his +profession, circulated a multitude of stories about him which had not +the least foundation in fact, and served only to make the poor man more +remarkable, and consequently the more easy to be taken; which was, +accordingly, the effect of those foolish encomiums which the vulgar +bestowed upon so genteel a robber. About six weeks after he had taken to +this unfortunate course of life; and while he yet preserved an unstained +reputation in the neighbourhood in which he lived, he was apprehended +for a robbery committed on Mr. Air, from whom he took but an +inconsiderable sum; yet the fact being clearly proved against him at the +next session at the Old Bailey, he was convicted, and having no +relations capable of making interest sufficient to obtain a reprieve, he +lost all hopes of life. Under sentence he conducted himself with much +calmness, penitence, and resignation, confessing the truth of that +charge which had been laid against him, acknowledging the justice of the +Law in this sentence, and disposing himself to submit to it with much +cheerfulness and alacrity. + +This great change in his circumstance and manner of living, added to +his own uneasy reflections upon those misfortunes into which vanity and +ostentation had brought him, soon reduced him by sickness to so weak a +state that he was incapable, almost, of coming to chapel alone. +Notwithstanding this, he continued to frequent it, some of the people +about the prison being so kind as to help him upstairs. As his vices +arose rather from the imitation of those fine gentlemen on whom he had +waited while a lad, so he did not carry them to that height which most +of these unhappy persons are wont to do; on the contrary he was very +sober, little addicted to gambling, and never followed the common women +of the town. But dress, dancing bouts, and the necessary entertainments +for carrying on his amours were the follies which involved him in these +expenses, for the supply of which he thus hazarded his soul and +forfeited his life. + +When the death warrant came down his sickness had brought him so low +that Nature seemed inclined to supersede the severity of the Law; but +too short a time which intervened between it and its execution, and so +he came to suffer a violent death at Tyburn a day or two before, +perhaps, he would otherwise have yielded up his breath in his bed. +Little could be expected of a person in his weak condition, at the place +of execution, where, when he arrived he was utterly unable to stand up. +However, with a faint voice he desired the prayers both of the minister +who attended them and of the spectators of his execution, which happened +on the 20th of November, 1727, in the twenty-sixth year of his age. + + + + +The Life of JOHN JOHNSON, a Coiner + + +In excuse of taking base measures to procure money there is no plea so +often urged as necessity, and the desire of providing for a family +otherwise in danger of want. The reason of this is pretty evident, since +nothing could be a greater alleviation of such a crime. But the word +necessity is so equivocal that it is hard to fix its true meaning, and +unless that can be done, it will be as hard to judge of the +reasonableness of such an excuse. + +John Johnson, the criminal on whose life we are next to cast an eye, was +born of a very honest and reputable family in the county of Nottingham, +and received in his youth the best education they were capable of giving +him. By this he became able to read tolerably and write well enough for +that business to which he was bred, viz., a tailor. Throughout his +apprenticeship he behaved himself virtuously and industriously, and left +his master with the character of a faithful and deserving young man. +When his time was out, and he had wrought for some time as a journeyman +in the country, the common whim of coming up to London seized him; and +after he had spent some time in town in working hard at his trade, he +married a wife with whom he lived in good correspondence for many years, +with the esteem and respect of all who knew him. But his family +increasing and he consequently finding the charge of maintaining them +rise higher than formerly, and, what was worse, that all he was capable +of doing could not maintain them, he grew very melancholy. + +After considering several projects for making his circumstances more +easy, he at last pitched upon going into Lincolnshire, as a place where +the cheapness of provisions might balance the number of mouths he had to +feed. But he had not been long there before he discovered his mistake, +for the smallness of wages made everything rather dearer than cheaper, +which plunged him into new difficulties, and rendered him incapable of +ease or satisfaction. While his wits were thus on the rack, and his +invention stretched to the uttermost in order to find out some means or +other to recoup his pockets, he unfortunately fell into the company of a +man who, under the pretence of being his most zealous friend, became, +though perhaps unwittingly, the instrument of his utter ruin. For his +appearing ever disconsolate and melancholy gave the countryman an +opportunity of prying into the cause of his concern, which he soon +discovered to be the narrowness of his circumstances. As we naturally +find ease in communicating our afflictions to others, so Johnson was +ready enough to inform him of the truth of his affairs, and the man no +less assiduous in endeavouring to help him out of these straits into +which he had fallen. + +At last, his Lincolnshire acquaintance told him there was but one way of +recovering his misfortunes and living like a man without labour, to +which Johnson began now to have a great aversion, and therefore he +eagerly desired to be acquainted with this delightful way of getting on. +With a grave face his associate told him that what he was about to +propose could not be effected without some risk, but that a man could +not expect to live without trouble or without hazard. Johnson said it +was true, and desired only to be informed wherein the hazard consisted, +as he would make no scruple of running it, for he lacked courage as +little as any man. + +Upon this his companion opened to him his whole scheme, which consisted +in a method of counterfeiting the silver coin to a tolerable degree of +likeness. Johnson was easily drawn in, for he thought there could be no +speedier way of getting money than making it. His country friend helped +him to the necessary implements, and Johnson applied himself with such +earnestness to his new occupation that in a very short time he greatly +outdid his master, giving the false money he had made so perfect a +similitude to the specie for which he made it that it was impossible to +distinguish it by the eye. But thinking it much more hazardous to +attempt putting off in the country than it would be in London, and his +fellow labourer being of the same opinion, they first went to work and +coined a considerable sum according to their method, and they came up to +dispose of it, as Johnson had proposed. + +By this time misfortune and remorse had taught the poor man whose life +we are writing to addict himself too much to drinking, especially to +strong liquors, so that the first experiment he made of the +practicability of getting rid of his false money was in putting off two +sixpences to a distiller for gin, in which he succeeded without being +suspected. But going to a shoemaker's and buying there a ready-made pair +of shoes, he was seized for attempting to pay the man with two bad +half-crowns, which though they looked pretty well to the eye, were +nevertheless much too light when they came to be weighed against the +metal that it was intended they should pass for. + +When carried before a Justice his heart soon failed him and almost as +soon as he was asked he revealed the whole truth of the matter, +impeaching both the countryman who had taught him and a person with whom +they had trusted the secret here in town. However, his confession was of +little benefit to him, for at the next sessions he was capitally +convicted and from thenceforward cast off all hopes of life. As he was a +man who did not lack good natural parts, during the short time he had to +live he endeavoured to make his prayer to God for the forgiveness of the +many errors of his life, attending also constantly at the time of public +devotion. Yet for all this he could not be persuaded that there was any +great degree of guilt in what he had done, but imagined on the contrary +that he was much more innocent than his fellow malefactors, regretting, +however, the heavy misfortune he had brought upon himself and family, +two of his children dying during the time of his imprisonment, and his +wife and third child coming upon the parish. In which sentiments he +continued until the day of his execution, which was on the same with the +before-mentioned John Turner, this criminal being then about fifty years +of age. + + + + +The Lives of JAMES SHERWOOD, GEORGE WEEDON and JOHN HUGHS, Street +Robbers and Footpads + + +Amongst the many artifices by which vice covers itself from our +apprehension, there is no method which it more commonly takes, and yet +better succeeds in, than by putting on a mask of virtue and thereby +imposing the most flagitious actions upon us as things indifferent, +sometimes as things which may gain applause. + +This was exactly the case with the persons whose lives we are now about +to write, who were all of them young men of tolerable education, but +giving way to their vicious inclinations, they associated themselves +together for the better carrying on those evil practices by which they +supported their extravagances, into which lewd women especially had +betrayed them. + +James Sherwood, who was the eldest of them, and also went by the name of +Hobbs, was the son of but mean parents, who, however, took all the pains +that were in their power to educate him in the best manner they were +able. When he grew up they put him out apprentice to a waterman, with +whom he served his time, and was afterwards a seaman in a man-of-war. +When at home he spent his time in the worst company imaginable, viz., +idle young men and lewd, infamous women. As he had naturally a good +understanding and quick apprehension, he quickly became adroit in every +mystery of wickedness to which he addicted himself. However, Justice +soon overtook him and his first companions in wickedness; upon which he +turned evidence and saved his own life by sacrificing theirs. He was +transported soon afterwards, but upon his finding it difficult to live +abroad without working (a thing, for which he had an intolerable +aversion) he took the first opportunity that offered of returning home +again. + +When he returned he fell to his old practices, taking up his lodgings at +the house of one Sarah Payne, a most infamous woman who was capable of +seducing unwary youths for the commission of the greatest villainies, +and then ready to betray them to death, either to benefit or secure +herself. By hers and Sherwood's means George Weedon was drawn in, a +young man of very reputable parents, who had been brought up with the +greatest care in the principles of virtue and true religion. It seems, +however, that having contracted an acquaintance with a lewd and artful +woman, who drew him into an excessive fondness for her, he yielded to +the solicitations of Sherwood and his landlady, and took to such courses +as they suggested, in order to supply himself with money for the +entertainment of that strumpet who was his ruin. It was but a few days +before his apprehension that he had been induced to quit the house of +his mother, who had ever treated him with the greatest tenderness and +affection, and instead thereof had taken lodging with the +before-mentioned Payne, who continually solicited him to commit +robberies and thefts. + +At length John Hughs, _alias_ Hews, another young man, joined them. +Though bred up carefully to the trade of a shoemaker by his father, who +was of the same profession, yet for many years he had addicted himself +to picking pockets and such other low kinds of theft, but had never done +any great robbery until he fell into the hands of Sherwood and Weedon; +with whom he readily agreed to associate himself, and to go with them +out into Moorfields and such other places near Town as they thought most +convenient in order to waylay and rob passengers, and at other times, +when such opportunities did not offer, to break open houses, and to +divide their profits equally amongst them. These designs were hardly +made before they were put into execution and a very short space elapsed +before they had committed many robberies and burglaries, always bringing +the booty home and spending it lewdly and extravagantly in the house of +that abandoned monster, Sarah Payne. + +It may not be amiss to take notice here how common a thing it is for +such wicked old sinners as this woman was, to set up houses of resort +for lewd and abandoned women of the town, who, first getting young men +into their company on amorous pretences, by degrees bring them on from +one wickedness to another, till at last they end their lives at the +gallows, and thereby leave these wretches at liberty to bring others to +the same miserable fate. These agents to the Prince of Darkness are +usually women who have an artful way of flattering and a pleasing +deceitfulness in their address. By this means they, without much +difficulty, draw in young lads at their first giving way to the current +of their lewd inclinations, and before they are aware, involve them in +such expenses as necessarily lead to housebreaking or the highway for a +supply. When once they have made a step of this kind, by which their +lives are placed in the power of those old practitioners in every kind +of wickedness, they are from thenceforward treated as slaves and forced +to continue, whether they will or no, in a repeated course of the like +villainies until they are arrested by the hand of Justice. Then, none so +ready to become evidences against them as those abominable wretches by +whom they were at first seduced. + +Such was the fate that befell these three unhappy young men, of whose +courses information being given, they were all apprehended and committed +close prisoners to Newgate, and at the next ensuing sessions not a few +indictments were found against them. The first indictment they were all +three arraigned upon was for felony and burglary in breaking open the +house of one William Meak, in the night-time, and taking from thence +twelve Gloster cheeses. But the evidence appearing clear only against +Sherwood, _alias_ Hobbs, he alone was convicted and the other two +acquitted. They were then indicted a second time for breaking open the +house of Daniel Elvingham, in the night-time, and taking out of it +several quantities of brandy and tobacco; upon which both Sherwood and +Weedon were, from very full evidence, convicted. On a third indictment +for breaking into the house of Elizabeth Cogdal, and taking thence eight +pewter dishes and twenty pewter plates, they were all found guilty; +Sherwood and Weedon also being a fourth time convicted for a robbery on +the highway, which was proved upon them by the testimony of their +landlady, Sarah Payne. + +Under sentence of death they all testified great sorrow for the offences +of their misspent lives. Weedon was of a better temper than the two +other, retained a greater sense of the principles of religion upon which +he had been brought up in his youth and exceeded his companions in +seriousness and steadiness in his devotions. Sherwood had been a much +longer proficient in all kinds of wickedness than the other two, having +practised several kinds of thefts for nearly eighteen years together, +and this had habituated him so much to sin that he showed much less +penitence than either of his companions. Hughs had been a thief in a low +degree for some years before he fell into the confederacy of Sherwood +and Weedon, to which, as he frankly owned, he was drawn by his own +previous inclination rather than the persuasions of any of his +companions. + +As the time of their death approached they seemed much more affected +than formerly they had been; in which frame of mind they continued till +they suffered, which was on the 12th of February, 1728, Sherwood being +in his twenty-sixth year, Hughs in the twenty-third, and Weedon in the +twenty-second year of his age. + + + + +The Life of MARTIN BELLAMY, a Notorious Thief, Highwayman and +Housebreaker + + +This criminal was amongst the number of those whom long practice had so +hardened in his offences that he took up the humour of glorying in them, +even under his confinement, and persisted in it to the hour of his +death, drawing up, when under sentence (or at least giving instructions +by which it was drawn up) an account of the several street-robberies, +burglaries, and other crimes which he had committed, in a style which +too plainly showed that nothing in his miserable condition afflicted him +but the thought of his ignominious death he was to suffer, not even the +reflection of those crimes which had so deservedly brought him to his +fate. By trade he was a tailor and a good workman in his business, by +which he lived in good credit for some time. It seems he married a woman +whose friends, at least, were very honest people, and highly displeased +with the villainous course of life he led. Insomuch that upon his being +apprehended and sent to Bridewell on suspicion, his wife's brother came +to him there in order to know where the prosecutor lived, that, as he +said, he might go and make some proposals for making up the affair. +Bellamy gave him the best account he could, and the man finding out the +person, advised him to prosecute Martin with the utmost severity, in +hopes, no doubt, that he should in this way rid his sister of a very bad +husband. However, Bellamy was so irritated by the attempt that he would +never cohabit with her afterwards, but with implacable hatred pursued +her and her family with all the mischiefs he was able. + +The methods which he and his gang mostly took in robbing, according to +the account which, as I have before said, he has left us of himself, +were chiefly these: the gang having met together in the evening used to +go, three or four in a company, to visit the shops of those tradesmen +who deal in the richest sort of toys[78] and other goods that are +portable and easily conveyed away. Then one of the company cheapens +something or other, making many words with the shopkeeper about the +price, thereby giving an opportunity to some of his companions to hand +things of value from one to another till they were insensibly vanished, +the honest shopkeeper being left to deplore the misfortune of having +such light-fingered customers find the way to his shop. Another practice +of theirs, to the same laudable purpose, was carried on after this +manner: three or four of them walked up and down several streets, which +by observation they had found fitted for their purpose, and on +perceiving things of any value lying in a parlour, they, with an engine +contrived for that purpose, suddenly threw up the sash; and +notwithstanding there being persons in the room, they would venture to +snatch it out and often get clear off before the people who saw them +could recover themselves from the surprise. But if there was nobody in +the way, then one of their associates, slipping off his shoes, stole +softly into the room and handed out whatever was of most value to his +companions without doors. + +But Bellamy was not only adroit in these ordinary practices, but was +also perfectly acquainted with the art and mystery of counterfeiting +hands; and as an instance thereof, upon which he much valued himself, he +used to relate a trick of that sort which he put upon the late Jonathan +Wild, after this manner: having accustomed himself for some time to +frequent the levee of that infamous agent of thieves, he became so well +acquainted with Jonathan's manner of writing and also with the persons +who gave him credit on particular occasions when money was low. +Whereupon he took occasion to forge a note from the said Wild to one +Wildgoose, servant at an inn, who used to be Jonathan's banker upon +emergencies, who, on receipt of the note, paid Bellamy the contents +thereof without hesitation. A few days after, Mr. Wild and his +correspondent met. The forgery was soon detected and Jonathan +immediately gave directions to that infamous band of villains who were +always in his pay and under his direction, to leave no means untried for +the apprehending Bellamy, who from Wildgoose's description he knew to be +the man who had been guilty of the forgery. + +In the search after him they were so assiduous that in a very short +space they surprised him at a house in Whitefriars, where he was forced +to fly up to a garret in order to conceal himself. His pursuers thinking +they had now lodged him pretty securely, sent notice of it to their +master. But Martin perceiving a long rope lying upon a bed in the room +where he hid himself, resolved for once to venture his neck; and having +fastened it as well as he could, he slipped down by it into the street, +with so great agility that none of his attendants perceived it till he +was in the street, by which time he got so much the start of them that +they found it but in vain to pursue him, and therefore laid by all +thoughts of catching him until another opportunity. + +However, the trick he had played them made them so diligent in pursuing +him that it was but a very short time before they surrounded him in a +brandy-shop in Chancery Lane, seized him and brought him in a coach to +the Elephant and Castle alehouse, Fleet Street, from whence they +dispatched advice to Jonathan of his apprehension. It happened that that +great man was gone to bed when the message arrived with this news; +however it was carried up and Jonathan with an air of generosity bid the +fellow return and inform his people that he would take Mr. Bellamy's +word, and that he might meet him with safety the next morning at his +levee. Bellamy, who well knew the temper of the man, failed not to pay +his court at the time appointed and adjourning to the Baptist Head +tavern in the Old Bailey, after drinking a refreshing bottle, he +presented Mr. Wild with five guineas, by way of atonement for the +offence which he had committed against him. Jonathan was so well +appeased by the intervention of the golden advocates that he promised +not only to forgive him, himself, but also to prevail with Mr. Wildgoose +to do the same, provided he entered into a bond for the repayment of the +ten guineas. This was a condition easily submitted to by Martin in his +present circumstances. This danger thus got over, he returned to his old +profession without running any further hazard of Jonathan's +interruption. + +About this time the gang to which he belonged entered upon a new method +of housebreaking, which they effected by stealing the keys which +fastened the pins in shopkeepers' window-shutters and thereby removing +the greatest difficulty they had of getting in. This trade they carried +on successfully for a good space; though now and then they miscarried in +their attempts, particularly at a goldsmith's shop in Russell Court, +where, having got into the shop and being about to remove a show-glass, +a man who lay in the shop suddenly started up and presenting a +blunderbuss with a great presence of mind told the thieves that he was +tender of shedding their blood and therefore advised them to get off as +soon as they could. They took his advice and withdrew accordingly, with +great confusion. But the same night they had, as Mr. Bellamy expresses +it, much better luck at a toy-shop not far from the same place, where, +entering the house, they found the maid sitting by the fire. She at +first screamed, but they soon made her silent, and then proceeded to +carry off the show-glass, with all the boxes that were contained in it. + +Not long after this they broke off the padlock from a toy-shop in +Swithin's Alley, in Cornhill. Not being able afterwards to enter the +house they fell to work next upon the thick timber that supports the +shutters, and after labouring at it about an hour, forced it off, +whereupon all the shutters dropping down at once into the court, made so +great a clatter that they doubted not that all the neighbourhood was +alarmed, and thought it would be no ill night's work if, after such an +accident, they had the good luck to escape. Upon which they endeavoured +to shift, everyone for himself. However, seeing nobody alarmed at the +noise of the falling of the shutters and that during two hours' time the +watch had never passed that way, they took courage at last: and +returned, entered the house, and putting up the most valuable goods, +went off without any molestation. + +A multitude of robberies of the same kind he confessed, but as they are +narrated in the account we have so often mentioned, it would be a kind +of imposition on our readers to transcribe those accounts there. +Wherefore, in the following articles concerning him, we shall make no +use at all of any that is to be found there. + +During the space he led this life he cohabited with one Amy Fowles, who +passed for his wife and bore him several children. At last, though he +had so often escaped, he was apprehended for a burglary committed on the +house of Mr. Holliday, in Bishopsgate Street, and upon very full +evidence was convicted at the ensuing sessions at the Old Bailey. After +his commitment to Newgate he entered, it seems, into a treaty with a +certain Justice of the Peace for making a full discovery of all his +accomplices, which might at that time have contributed very much to the +public advantage; but in the interim some person had talked thereof too +openly, it came to the ears of one who collected news for a daily paper. +This man thereupon went to Bellamy, making the poor fellow believe that +he came to him by the direction of some persons in power (a thing not at +all unlikely, considering that a proclamation had been issued but very +little before for the better encouraging the discovery of and bringing +first offenders to justice). And having by this means drawn the poor +fellow into a confession of several robberies and burglaries, he +digested it, or got somebody to do it for him, into proper paragraphs +which were inserted the next day in a newspaper and gave thereby an +opportunity to the persons impeached, of making their escape. This +rogue, therefore defeated Bellamy of all hopes of pardon and hindered +the public from receiving any benefit from his confession. All which +enormous villainies were perhaps perpetrated for the sake of a poor +crown, the utmost that could be expected by the collector for procuring +this extraordinary passage big with so much mischief, and which in its +consequences produced little better than a murder, since it is possible +that Bellamy's life might have been saved if a right use had been made +of his confession. + +At his trial he behaved with great impudence and during the time he lay +under sentence continued to affect that gaiety which amongst persons of +his profession is too often mistaken for bravery and true courage. But +when the fatal day approached he, as is common with most of them, sank +much in his spirits and had a great deal to do to recover himself so as +to be able to read the following paper, which he had written for that +purpose and brought with him to the tree, which, as the words of a dying +man, I publish verbatim: + + A Copy of the paper read by Martin Bellamy at the Place of Execution + + Gentlemen, I am brought here to suffer an ignominious death for my + having wilfully transgressed against the known laws of God and my + country. I fear there are too many here present who come to be + witnesses of my untimely end rather out of curiosity than from a + sincere intention to take warning by my unhappy fate. You see me + here in the very prime of my youth, cut off like an untimely flower + in the rigorous season, through my having been too much addicted to + a voluptuous and irregular course of life, which has been the + occasion of my committing those crimes for which I am now to suffer. + As the laws of God as well as of men call upon me to Lay down my + life as justly forfeited by my manifold transgressions, I + acknowledge the justice of my sentence, patiently submit to the same + without any rancour, ill-will or malice to any person whatsoever; + hoping through the merits of Christ Jesus (who laid down His life + for sinners, and who upon the cross pronounced a pardon for the + repenting thief under the agonies of death) to be with Him permitted + to partake of that glorious resurrection and immortality He has been + so graciously pleased to promise to the sincere penitent. I + earnestly exhort and beg of all here present to think seriously of + eternity--a long and endless eternity!--in which we are to be + rewarded or punished according to our good or evil actions in this + world; that you will all take warning by me and refrain from all + wilful transgressions and offences. Let a religious disposition + prevail upon you, and use your utmost endeavours to forsake and fly + from sin. The mercies of God are great, and He can save even at the + last moment of life. Yet do not therefore presume too much, lest you + provoke Him to cast you off in His anger, and become fearful + examples of His wrath and indignation. Let me prevail upon you to + forget and forgive me all the offences and injuries I have committed + or promoted in action, advice or example; and entreat your prayers + for me that the Lord would in mercy look down upon me in the last + moment of my life. + + His Prayer + + Look down in mercy, O God, I beseech Thee, upon me a miserable, + lost, and undone sinner. Number not my transgressions nor let my + iniquities rise up in judgment against me. Wash me and I shall be + clean; purge me and I shall be free from offence. Though my sins be + as scarlet, they shall be whiter than snow if Thou pleasest but to + receive me amongst those whom Thou hast redeemed, that I may sing + praises to the Most High and extol Thy Holy Name in the courts of + Heaven for ever and ever more. Amen. + +He suffered on the 27th of March, 1728, being then about +eight-and-twenty years of age. + +FOOTNOTES: + + [78] Trinkets and such trifles, not children's playthings. + + + + +The Lives of WILLIAM RUSSELL, ROBERT CROUCH and WILLIAM HOLDEN, +Street-Robbers, Footpads + + +Although the insolency of those street-robbers to whose gang the +malefactors we are now speaking of belong be at present too recent a +fact to be questioned, yet possibly in future times 'twill be thought an +exaggeration of truth to say that even at noon-day, and in the most open +places in London, persons were stopped and robbed. The offenders for +many months escaped with impunity, until those crimes became so frequent +and the terrors of passengers so great that the Government interposed in +an extraordinary manner, a royal proclamation being issued offering one +hundred pounds reward for apprehending any offender, and also promising +pardon to any who submitted and revealed their accomplices. This brought +numbers of young rash youths who had engaged in this wicked course of +life to a violent and ignominious death. + +William Russell was descended from persons of honourable family and +unblemished reputation. In his youth he had received a tolerable +education, which even in his misfortunes rendered him more civilized +than any of his companions. He was a young fellow of tolerable good +sense, ready wit, and great courage; he always spoke frankly of the +wickedness of his own life and acknowledged that sensual pleasures were +only what he aimed at in the course of life he led; yet he had never +been able to reap any satisfaction in them, but had been always +miserable in his own mind, from the time he pursued those base methods +of gaining money. His father being gone over to Ireland, and he left at +liberty to pursue what methods he thought best, evil women and bad +company soon prevailed with him to fall into those methods which +afterwards led him to the gallows. + +Robert Crouch, the second of these criminals, was born at Dunstable, of +very honest parents who afforded him as good an education as it was in +their power to give; and then, upon his own inclination to follow the +business of a butcher, bound him to one in Newgate Market, with whom he +served his time. But as soon as he was out of it he addicted himself to +gaming, drinking and whoring, and all the other vices which are so +natural to abandoned young fellows in low life. Dalton, who was an +evidence against him, was one of the chief persons of his gang, and +specially persuaded Crouch to join with him, though he had very little +occasion to fall into such ways of getting money, since his father was a +man in very good circumstances, who designed to set his son in his trade +in a short time, having not the least suspicion that this melancholy +accident would intervene. + +William Holden, the third of these unhappy persons, was born of very +mean parents, had little education, and had followed no particular +trade, but had sometimes gone to sea, and at other times driven a +hackney coach; so that throughout the whole course of his life he had +been continually plunged in the grossest debaucheries, whereby he became +ripe for such practices as he and his associates afterwards went upon. + +It does not appear, from the papers that I have, that any of these +criminals had followed that infamous course of life for above a year, +when Dalton, to save his own life, surrendered and made a confession by +which these and the rest of ms associates were quickly apprehended and +committed dose prisoners to Newgate. At the ensuing sessions at the Old +Bailey they were all indicted for assaulting one Martha Hide on the +highway, and taking from her a broad-cloth coat, value forty shillings; +a looking-glass, value thirty shillings; a woman's nightgown; and other +goods, to the value of thirty shillings more. To prove this charge James +Dalton was produced, who swore that about nine o'clock at night himself +and the prisoners overtook the prosecutor, Martha Hide, in Fleet Street; +and observing that she had a bundle they resolved to take it from her. +In order to accomplish their design they followed her into Lincoln's Inn +Fields, where Robert Crouch, _alias_ Bob the Butcher, knocked her down +and Russell took up the bundle and ran away with it. Upon their opening +thereof the looking-glass fell out and was broke all to pieces. The rest +of the things they sold to one Sarah Watts, who made it her business to +buy stolen goods and kept what in their cant is called a 'lock', that is +a place for the receipt of such things. Dalton swore, moreover, that not +having carefully examined the things, they were extremely mortified to +hear afterwards that there was forty shillings in specie wrapped up in a +rag, which the woman that bought them got into the bargain. + +Martha Hide, herself, deposed that crossing Lincoln's Inn Fields she was +knocked down and the bundle taken from her as Dalton had before related. +One Solomon Nicholas deposed that not long after, Russell and Crouch +quarrelling between themselves at a brandy-shop, Russell said to his +companion, _If you offer to meddle with Nicholas I'll cut the coat off +your back, for it's the woman's coat that we knocked down in Lincoln's +Inn Fields, and I have as much right to it as you have._ It appeared, +also, by another witness, that Crouch pawned an old coat to pay for the +altering of this, and after taking off a cloth cape which it had at the +time of its being stolen, he caused a velvet one to be sewn on in its +room. Mr. Willis, the constable, was the last witness called for by the +prosecutor. He swore that at the time that he apprehended the prisoner +Russell, he acknowledged that the goods before-mentioned were stolen and +sold for one pound two shillings, but said he did not value it, since he +should die in the company of such brave fellows. + +The jury withdrawing after hearing this evidence, returned soon after +and found them guilty, and sentence of death was passed upon them, at +one of the fullest sessions which had happened for many years at the Old +Bailey, there being twenty-two men and seven women capitally convicted. + +As these unhappy men could have little hope of life, considering the +nature and notoriety of their offences; they ought certainly to have +laid aside all other thoughts and have applied themselves strictly, +beseeching pardon of God for their numberless offences against Him. +Instead of this, there appeared too much affectation of unconcernedness +in all of them, especially in Russell, who, being confined in the same +cell with Holden, said to his companion a day or two before his death, +with an air of indifference, _I'll undertake, Will, to procure a coach +to carry off our bodies from the place of execution; but I must leave it +to the care of your fraternity_ (meaning the hackney coachmen) _to +prevent their being seized on by the surgeons._ Holden heard all this +very gravely, assented to the proposition without altering his +countenance or giving any other mark of his concern for that infamous +death which shortly they were both to suffer. + +Russell also took a certain pleasure in speaking of the state of +street-robbing at the time they left the world. He averred that the town +was much mistaken in imagining that the king's proclamation had +effectually crushed their fraternity, into which opinion they perhaps +might be drawn by seeing so many of them perish in so short a time; +which, he said, did not lessen their society, but would, notwithstanding +that, put all that remained of them upon bolder exploits than ever, to +show that they were yet unhanged. In which conjecture he was not very +much out. However, he said, gentlemen might now safely walk the streets +without fear of having their pockets picked, for that Benjamin Branch, +who died the last sessions, and Isaac Ashley, who was to suffer with +him, were the two neat masters in that way, and were capable of earning +fifteen or sixteen shillings by it in two or three hours' time; sorting +the fruits of their industry into several parcels, from the value of +sixpence to half a crown apiece as dexterously as any milliner in +London. + +After the coming out of the death warrant Russell laid aside much of his +boldness, appeared with more gravity at prayers and expressed greater +sorrow for his misspent life than he had done before. Crouch carried +himself very quietly all along, but could not forbear being unseasonably +merry and jocose upon several occasions, smiling at chapel and affecting +to talk with greater gaiety than became his condition. He himself owned +that this was very unbecoming in a person so near an ignominious death, +but he said it was in his temper, and he could not help it. He frankly +acknowledged the enormity of that course of life which for some years +past he had led, acknowledged that on the coming out of the king's +proclamation he had resolved on a four years' voyage to sea, but was +prevented from putting it in execution by Dalton's information. As the +time of their death drew near he became more and more sensible of his +miserable condition and the danger there was of losing his soul as well +as his body. + +William Holden at first denied very strongly his being in any degree +guilty of the fact for which he died; but when he heard that Russell had +owned it and at the same time confessed that he was concerned in it, +thinking it no further use to adhere to that denial he retracted it and +acknowledged that he had been a great sinner, and had committed several +thefts before that for which he died. In a word, these three, as they +had been companions together in wickedness and fellow-sufferers in the +punishment which their crimes had drawn upon them, so they appeared to +be all of them sensibly touched with sorrow and remorse for that +multitude of crimes which they had committed, endeavouring to merit the +pardon of God by hearty prayers and a sincere repentance. Russell, +however, declared but a day or two before his execution that Dalton, the +evidence, had proposed to him to join in that information he gave +against their companions, but that he scorned to save his life by so +mean a practice as betraying those who had received him into their +friendship. + +Their deportment at the place of execution was resolute without +obstinacy or impenitence, and the last moments of their lives were full +of seriousness, without any marks of timorousness or confusion. Russell +was about twenty-five, Crouch about twenty, and Holden somewhat more +than twenty-eight years of age at the time they suffered, which was on +Monday, 20th of May, 1728. + + + + +The Lives of CHRISTOPHER, _alias_ THOMAS RAWLINS; ISAAC ASHLEY, _alias_ +ALSEBY; JOHN ROUDEN, _alias_ HULKS; EDWARD BENSON, _alias_ BROWN, +_alias_ BOYSTON; GEORGE GALE, _alias_ KIDDY GEORGE; THOMAS CROWDER; +JAMES TOON; JOHN HORNBY; WILLIAM SEFTON; and RICHARD NICHOLS, Thieves, +Street-Robbers, Housebreakers, etc. + + +Although the several criminals whose lives we are now going to relate do +not so well tally with one another, they having been of different gangs +and dying for various offences, yet as they were all apprehended in +consequence of the before-mentioned proclamation, were street-robbers +and most of them not unknown to each other, I thought it would be better +to speak of them here all at once rather than divide them into several +lives. I have very little to say of any of them worthy the attention of +the reader. + +To begin, then, with Christopher, _alias_ Thomas Rawlins. He was the son +of very honest parents here in town, who brought him up as well as their +circumstances would permit, and when he grew big enough to go out to a +trade put him apprentice to a silversmith with whom he served out his +time with tolerable reputation. But being a lad of great gaiety and +spirit, having much addicted himself to the company of young fellows of +a like disposition, frequented dancing meetings, and taken delight in +everything but his business, such inclinations as these easily betrayed +him to the commission of the greatest crimes and a certain alertness in +his temper made him very acceptable to those debauched young fellows who +were his usual companions to such places. Whether he was at first +seduced by the persuasions of others to the committing thefts and +robberies, or whether those necessities to which their extravagancies +had reduced them put him and his associates on taking such measures for +filling their purses, is hard to be determined. But certain it is that +for some time before his being apprehended he had been very busy in +committing such exploits and for his courage and dexterity was looked +upon as one of the chief of the gang. + +Isaac Ashley, who was Rawlins's companion, and who went commonly amongst +them by the nickname of Black Isaac, was a fellow of a very different +cast. His parents were poor people, who had, indeed, taken as much care +as was in their power of his education and afterwards provided for him +as well as they were able, putting him out to a weaver in Spitalfields. +But he made them a very ill return for all their care and tenderness, +proving an obstinate, idle and illiterate fellow, willing to do nothing +that was either just or reputable, and who, except for his dexterity in +pocket-picking was one of the most stupid, incorrigible wretches that +ever lived. He followed the practice of petty thieving for a +considerable space, but though he got considerably thereby, he lost his +money continually at gaming, and so remained always in one state, viz., +very poor and very wicked; which is no very uncommon case amongst such +sort of miserable people, who lavishly waste what they hazard their +souls and throw away their lives to obtain. + +John Rouden, _alias_ Hulks, the latter being his true name, had the +advantage of a very tolerable education, the effects of which were not +obliterated by his having been many years addicted to the vilest and +most flagitious course of life that can possibly be imagined. The +principles with which he had been seasoned in his youth served to render +him more tractable and civilized when under his last misfortunes, unto +which he fell with the two afore-mentioned malefactors; they being all +indicted for assaulting one Mr. Francis Williams on the highway, and +taking from him a silver watch value three pounds, two guineas and a +moidore,[79] on the 28th of February, 1728. The prosecutor deposed that +going in a hackney coach, between Wading Street and St. Paul's School he +heard the coachman called on to stop; immediately after which a man came +up to the side of the coach, presented a pistol and demanded his money. +Four more presented themselves at the coach windows, offering their +pistols and saying they had no time to lose. One of them thereupon +thrust his hand into his fob and took out his money and his watch. Jones +next produced the watch to the Court and said he had it from Dalton, who +was the third witness called to support the indictment. He deposed that +himself, the three prisoners at the bar, and another person not yet +taken, were those that attacked the coach; that himself came up first +and Rouden afterwards, who took the watch, as himself did the money, +Rawlins and he secreting one guinea from their companions and afterwards +pawning the watch for two guineas more. + +Mr. Willis, the constable, swore that having received information of +certain disorderly persons, he thereupon went and apprehended Dalton, +the evidence, who, making an ingenious confession, told him of the +robbery committed on Mr. Williams and where the prisoners then were; +whereupon he went immediately to apprehend them also. Dalton produced a +pistol after he was apprehended, and declared that Rawlins had the +fellow to it which was loaded with a slug. When they came to the place +where the prisoners were, Rawlins and Rouden made an obstinate defence, +sword in hand, and were with great difficulty taken, while Ashley hid +himself under the bed, in hopes of making his escape in the confusion. +Mr. Willis's brother swore to taking a pistol from Rawlins, such as +Dalton had described, and which was loaded with a slug. + +The prisoners had nothing to say in their defence except flatly denying +everything, and averring that they did not so much as know Dalton. But +Mr. Wyatt being produced, swore to the contrary of that, affirming that +they were very intimate and that they all lodged together at his house. +The jury having received their charge from the judge, took but a small +time to consider, and then returning, brought in their verdict that they +were all guilty; whereupon at the close of the sessions they received +sentence with the rest. + +Edward Benson was the son of very reputable persons in the City of +London, who had taken all due care in providing him a suitable education +with respect both to the principles of learning and of religion; and +when he was at years of discretion, they put him out apprentice to a +silver-wire-drawer. In himself he was a young man of good understanding, +of a sweet temper and but too tractable in his disposition, which seems +to have been the cause of most of his misfortunes. For during the time +of his apprenticeship, being so unlucky as to fall into bad company, he +was easily seduced to following their measures; although he was far +enough from being naturally debauched, and seemed to have no great vice +but his inclination to women, which occasioned his marrying two wives, +who notwithstanding lived peaceably and quietly together. The papers I +have do not give any distinct account of the manner in which he first +came to join in the execrable employment of plundering and robbing in +the streets, and therefore it may be presumed he was drawn into it by +his companions whom we are next to mention. + +George Gale, _alias_ Kiddy George, was a perfect boy at the time of his +suffering death, and though descended of very honest parents, who no +doubt had given him some education in his youth, yet the uninterrupted +course of wickedness in which he lived from the time of his being able +to distinguish between wrong and right had so perfectly expunged all +notions of justice or piety, that never a more stupid or incorrigible +creature came into this miserable state. Thomas Neeves[80], who had been +their associate in all their villainies, was the person who gave +information against him, Benson, and several other malefactors we shall +hereafter speak of. Gale, as is common with such people, complained +vehemently against the evidence who had undone him. As death approached +he shed tears abundantly, but was so very ignorant that he expressed no +other marks of penitence for his offences. + +Thomas Crowder was a young man of an honest family and of a very good +education. His friends had put him out apprentice to a cabinet-maker. +Before he was out of his time he thought fit to go to sea, where, for +aught appears by our papers, he behaved himself very honestly and +industriously. Coming home from a voyage, a little before his death, he +was so unfortunate as to fall into the company of Neeves, the evidence, +who, pretending to have money and an inclination to employ it in the +Holland trade, prevailed on poor Crowder to attend him three or four +days, in which space Neeves was married and had great junkettings with +his new wife and her friends. In the midst of this they were all +apprehended, and Neeves, with how much truth must be determined at the +Last Day, put this unhappy man into his information and gave evidence +against him at his trial, when Benson, Gale and this Crowder were +indicted for assaulting James Colver on the highway, and taking from him +a watch value forty shillings, and five shillings in money. For this +offence, chiefly on the oath of Neeves, they were all capitally +convicted. + +James Toon was another of those unhappy persons who suffered on the oath +of Neeves. He had spent his time mostly upon the water, having been a +seaman for several years, and after that a bargeman. He was a young man +of tolerable good sense, very civil in his behaviour and in nothing +resembling those who are ordinarily addicted to robbing and thieving. +His parents were persons in tolerable circumstances, and had taken a due +care of his education. The particular crime for which he died was +assaulting James Flemming, in the company of George Gale and Edward +Brown, _alias_ Benson, and taking from him, the said Flemming, a silver +watch value forty shillings, and two guineas in money, the third of +April. + +John Hornby had been bred for some time at school, being descended of +honest parents, who put him apprentice to a joiner. But being naturally +inclined to idleness and vice, in a short time he had occasion to take +base and illegal methods to acquire money. His necessities were also +increased through foolishly marrying a woman, while he was yet a perfect +boy and knew not how to maintain her. Picking pockets was his first +resource, and the method of thieving which he always liked best and got +most money at; but being of a very easy temper, his companions found it +no hard thing to persuade him into taking such other methods of robbing +as they persuaded him would be more beneficial, and in this Benson seems +to have been one of his chief advisers. In himself, Hornby was +good-natured and much less rude and boisterous than some of his +companions. He had been but a very short time engaged in the +street-robbing practice and did not seem to have courage or boldness +sufficient to make himself considerable amongst his companions in those +enterprises, which in all probability was the reason that while under +confinement they treated him but very indifferently, and sometimes went +so far as to give him ill names and blows, which he endured without +saying much, and seemed perfectly resigned to the several punishments +which his own iniquities had brought upon him. The crime for which he +died was a robbery committed on the highway, upon the person of one +Edward Ellis, from whom was taken a silver watch, value four pounds, and +two guineas in money. + +William Sefton was born in Lancashire, and during the life-time of his +father received a tolerable education. But on his mother's marrying +another husband, Sefton, who had been bred a barber and peruke-maker, +finding things not to go to his mind, came up to London. But changing +place did not seem to make him much easier, so that after having led an +unsettled life for a considerable space, he became at length a common +soldier. 'Twill be easily imagined that this choice of his did not much +better his fortunes and possibly the company which his military life +obliged him to keep served only to increase his courage so far as to +enable him to take a purse on the highway; a practice he had pursued +with pretty good success a considerable time before he was taken. But +being a naming, close fellow, he robbed with so much precaution that he +was little suspected until taken up for the offence for which he died, +which was for assaulting Henry Bunn on the highway, and taking from him +a silver watch, two pieces of foreign gold, and two pounds eleven +shillings in money. + +Richard Nichols was a man in the middle age of life, of a grave and +civil deportment, of good character, and who was a barber and +peruke-maker. He had lived by his profession without the least suspicion +of his being guilty of any such crime as that for which he died. He was +convicted, chiefly on the evidence of Neeves, for feloniously stealing +nine silver watches and a gold watch, the property of Andrew Moran and +others in the dwelling-house of the said Moran. As there was nothing +remarkable in this man's life, and as it did appear that he was not +flagrantly guilty of any other vice except drinking and wasting his own +money, so it would be needless to dwell longer upon his adventures prior +to his condemnation; therefore we shall go on to speak of the behaviour +of these criminals while they remained under sentence of death. + +Christopher Rawlins seemed to retain much of his old boisterous temper, +and though he would bring himself to speak with more decency concerning +the great duty of repentance which now alone remained for them to +practise, yet in a little time he would fly out into strange and +blasphemous expressions, for which being reproved by William Russell, +whom we have before mentioned as being under sentence at the same time, +he answered, _What does it signify to prepare ourselves, since we have +passed through so wicked a life in this world and have now so short a +time to remain in it?_ He frequently expressed a despair of God's mercy +though after the death warrant came down he appeared somewhat more easy, +and in a better disposition to offer up his prayers to the Almighty. As +to the crimes for which he suffered, he readily and ingenuously +confessed them, owning the justice of the sentence which had been passed +upon him and expressed this sense of the multitude of offences which he +had committed, such as he acknowledged deserved no mercy here, nor, +without the interposition of the mercy of God hereafter. Yet in the +midst of these expressions of penitence he could not forbear doing +something in his old way, and a few days before his execution actually +cut the tassels from the pulpit cushion in the chapel. + +Ashley was very frank in his confessions of numberless thefts which he +had committed in the course of his wicked and licentious life; but he +peremptorily denied that he had any concern whatsoever in the robbery +for which he was to die, and this was confirmed by Rawlins and Benson, +who said that they, indeed, committed it, but that Ashley was no ways +concerned therein. However, as far as his stupid disposition would give +him leave, he sometimes expressed great penitence for the deeds which he +had committed. Yet the Sunday before his death he stole five or six +handkerchiefs at chapel, of which when the Ordinary spoke to him at the +place of execution, he only said that it was true, but that he must have +something to subsist on. + +Rouden acknowledged the justice of his sentence, that he was guilty of +the crimes laid to his charge, and behaved in every respect like a true +and sincere penitent. Benson showed the same easiness and sweetness of +temper which he had always been remarkable for, even to the last moment +of his life. He expressed, indeed, much sorrow for his having lived +deliberately in a continued course of adultery with two women who both +of them averred that they had been lawfully married to him. He frankly +confessed his own guilt, and that the sentence of the Law was just, +dying, as far as we are able to judge, in a composed and penitent +disposition of mind. + +George Gale, though he owned he had for some time been a thief, yet he +absolutely denied his having any concern in the robberies before +mentioned; but he averred that Neeves, knowing his character, took the +advantage of putting him in the information, as knowing that he had +neither friends nor interest to make his innocence appear. Indeed, +Benson did so far confirm what Gale had said that he owned he alone +committed the robbery for which he was convicted, and to this they both +adhered to their last moments at the place of execution, where Gale wept +bitterly, and with all outward tokens of sorrow confessed the multitude +of sins he had committed throughout the whole course of his life. + +Thomas Crowder persevered even to death in denying any concern with +Neeves, further than his being deluded with the hopes of joining with +him in a trade to Holland and France; yet the Ordinary tells us in his +account of these criminals that he had reason to believe that Crowder, +notwithstanding this, was guilty, because a gentleman averred that he +had owned as much to him in the chapel the very day he died. + +James Toon continued to behave with a uniform submission to the decrees +of Providence, absolutely denied his being guilty of the fact for which +he was convicted, yet acknowledged that he had led a very sinful life, +and therefore looked on it as a great mercy of the Providence of God +that he had so much time to reflect and repent in. Hornby wept and +lamented grievously for the miseries which he had brought on himself and +those who were related to him, said he had for a long time been guilty +of illegal practices, but would not acknowledge that he had been guilty +of that for which he was condemned. + +Sefton appeared under condemnation to have a very just idea of the +wretched state he was in, the necessity there was of preventing, by a +thorough repentance, a yet more severe judgment than that under which he +then lay. He acknowledged the crime for which he died, said he had been +drawn to the commission of it by the persuasion of a person whom he +named, and at the place of execution declared he died sorry for all his +sins and in charity with mankind. He had hardly been turned off a minute +before the rope broke and he fell to the ground, but the sheriff's men +laying hold on him, he was soon tied up again and so executed in +pursuance of his sentence. + +Richard Nichols, as he always behaved with great decency and was of a +sober, serious and religious disposition, so he constantly affirmed +(though without vehemence or any signs of passion) that he knew nothing +of the robbery whereof he stood convicted, but that his life was basely +sworn away by Neeves the evidence, without the least grounds whatsoever, +he having never associated himself with street-robbers or been concerned +in any sort of thieving whatever. In this he persisted to the time of +his death, repeating it and averring it at the place of execution; and, +indeed, there is the greatest reason to believe that he spoke nothing +but the truth, because Thomas Neeves, the witness, when he came +afterwards to die at Tyburn, did acknowledge that he knew nothing of +Nichols, nor had ever seen him before his being committed at the +Justice's, and begged that God would pardon his crying sin of perjury +and murder in taking the life of an innocent man. + +These malefactors suffered on the 20th of May, 1728; Rawlins being +twenty-two, Ashley, twenty-six; Rouden, twenty-four; Benson, +twenty-four; Gale, seventeen; Crowder, twenty-two; Toon, twenty-five; +Hornby, twenty-one; Sefton, twenty-six; and Nichols, forty years of age. + +FOOTNOTES: + + [79] A Portuguese gold coin current in England, worth about 23s. + + [80] See page 463. + + + + +The Lives of RICHARD HUGHS and BRYAN MACGUIRE, Highwaymen and Footpads + + +Idleness, lewd women and bad company are the sum total of those excuses +urged by criminals when they come to be punished, even for the most +flagrant offences. With just reason Richard Hughs exclaimed on them all, +for from youth upwards he had ever addicted himself to laziness and a +dislike to that business to which he was bred, viz., that of a +bricklayer. Following loose women was the thing in which he took most +delight, and was probably the occasion of his subsequent misfortunes. +The immediate cause of them was his acquaintance with William Sefton +before-mentioned, with whom he joined in a confederacy to rob on the +highway, a thing to which his necessities in some measure drove him, +since he had squandered all he had in the world on those abandoned women +with whom he conversed, and had contracted so bad a reputation that he +found it hard to be employed in his business. + +Into this wretched confederacy entered also the other offender, Bryan +Macguire, an Irishman born in the county of Wicklow. He had been bred a +sawyer, but was never very well pleased with the trade which required so +much hard labour. However, he worked at it some time after he came to +England, but some of his countrymen persuading him that it was much +easier to live by sharping, a practice they very well understood, he +readily fell into their sentiments and soon struck out a new method of +cheating, which brought them in more and with less hazard than any of +the ways pursued by his associates. The artifice was this: by repeated +practice he found a way to pull his tongue so far back into his throat +that he really appeared to have none at all, and by going to +coffee-houses and other places of public resort for the better sort of +people, he, by pretending to be dumb and then opening his mouth and +showing them what looked only like the root of a tongue, obtained large +charities. He had great success in this cheat for a long time, but at +last was discovered by a gentleman's blowing some snuff into his throat, +which, by setting him a-coughing, detected the imposture. + +Then, being very straitened, he fell in with Sefton and Hughs with whom +having cheated and tricked for a little space, they at last came all to +an agreement of going together upon the highway and sharing their booty +equally amongst them. However, their partnership was of no very long +continuance, for in nine or ten days they were all apprehended and +brought to condign punishment. Hughs had been a soldier as well as +Sefton, and had quitted the Army to go upon the highway, which was a +very luckless occasion for him. Being quickly apprehended he was charged +with five several capital indictments, to all of which, when he came to +be arraigned, he resolutely pleaded guilty; and when admonished by the +Court that the crimes with which he was charged were felonies without +benefit of clergy, he persisted therein, saying that he would not give +the judge nor the gentlemen of the jury unnecessary trouble. + +Macguire was indicted on four of the indictments which had been +preferred against Hughs, and capitally convicted upon them all. He was +no sooner under sentence than he declared himself to be of the communion +of the Church of Rome. However, he attended constantly at the chapel, +seemed to listen earnestly to what was said there, and made responses +very regularly to the several prayers, a thing which Papists very seldom +comply with. However, Bryan appeared to be a very reasonable man in this +respect, saying that he hoped God would be satisfied with that imperfect +atonement which he was able to make for his offences, and would not +impute it to him as a sin that he had taken all occasions which offered +of presenting his petitions for remission. In this disposition he +continued until the day of his execution, when both he and Hughs +appeared very composed and penitent, desiring the prayers of those who +were witnesses of their death, submitting thereto with all exterior +marks of proper resignation, on the 26th day of June, 1728; Hughs being +twenty-four and Macguire twenty-eight years of age or thereabouts. + + + + +The Life of JAMES HOW, _alias_ HARRIS, a notorious Highwayman and Thief + + +Though, generally speaking, the old saying holds true that nobody +becomes superlatively wicked at once, yet it may be also averred that a +long and habitual course of vice at last so hardens the soul that no +warnings are sufficient, no dangers so frightful, nor reflections so +strong as to overcome lewd inclinations, when their strength has become +increased by a long unrestrained indulgence. + +The criminal of whom we are now to speak was a native of the town of +Windsor, in the county of Berks. His parents were honest people in +middling circumstances, who yet took such care of his education that he +was fit for any business to which he would have applied himself. But +he, on the contrary, continuing to lead a lazy and indolent course of +life, sauntering from one place to another, and preferring want and +idleness to industry and labour, at last became so burdensome to his +relations that with much ado they sent him to sea. There being of a +robust constitution and of a bold, daring spirit, he quickly gained some +preferment in the ship on board of which he sailed and might possibly +have done very well if he had continued at sea for any time, having the +good luck to serve on board the admiral's vessel, and to be taken notice +of as a sprightly young fellow, capable of coming to good. + +But alas! James soon blasted this prospect of good fortune, for no +sooner was he on shore than laying aside all the views he had formed of +rising in the Navy, he associated himself with some of his old +companions. They persuaded him to take a purse, as the shortest and +easiest method of supporting those expenses into which his inclinations +for sensual pleasures naturally plunged him. He too easily listened to +their persuasions and from that time forward he left nothing unstolen +upon which he could lay his fingers. + +Punishment did not pursue his crimes with a leaden pace; on the +contrary, he had scarce offended ere she made him sensible of the +offences. Bridewells, prisons, duckings, lashings, and beatings of hemp +were made familiar to him by his running through them several times in +the space of a few years. At length, as he increased the guilt of his +crimes, so he added to the weight of his sufferings; for after having +been at Newgate several times for lesser offences, he was at last +committed for a felony, and being convicted thereof, was ordered for +transportation. Rightly conceiving that if he was carried into the +Plantations he would be obliged to work very hard, which he most +dreaded, in order to escape he forged a letter as from a certain man of +quality directing that he should be set at liberty in order to serve as +a good hand on board of one of his Majesty's ships. His old ill luck +pursuing him, the forgery was detected and he was thereupon ordered to +remain two years at hard labour in Bridewell; but when he was brought +thither, the keeper absolutely refused to have anything to do with him. +They knew him of old and said that he was a fellow only fit to make the +other criminals who were there unruly, by projecting and putting them +into way of making their escape. Upon this he was carried back to +Newgate and remained a prisoner for that space of time. + +How he came by his liberty again I cannot take upon me to say; all that +appears from my papers is that he made a very ill use of it as soon as +he obtained it, returning immediately to the commission of those crimes +for which he had before forfeited it. At length turning housebreaker he +was committed for feloniously stealing five pounds out of the house of +John Spence, for which fact, at the sessions following, a bill of +indictment was found against him, and he was thereupon arraigned. + +At first he insisted that overtures had been made in order to procure +discoveries from him, and therefore he desired that he might be admitted +an evidence. The Court informed him that they would enter into no +altercations with a prisoner at the bar; that he had heard the nature of +the charge preferred against him; and that now they could hear nothing +from him unless he pleaded guilty or not guilty. He persisted +obstinately in his first demand, and in consequence thereof obstinately +refused to plead. Whereupon he was told from the Bench that such +behaviour was not a proper method to excite the mercy of the Court, that +it was not in their power to comply in any degree with what he desired, +but that on the contrary they should proceed to pass sentence upon him +as a mute, by which be would be subjected to a much greater and more +grievous punishment than if he were found guilty of the crime of which +he was accused. All this made no impression upon the criminal; he said +he could but die, and the manner in which he died was indifferent to +him. And so sentence, as is usual in such cases, was pronounced upon +him, and he was ordered to be carried back and put into the press. But +when he had carried it so far, and found there was no avoiding that +cruel fortune which was appointed for such obstinate persons as himself, +he desired time till the next morning to consider his plea, which being +permitted him, he that time pleaded guilty. + +While under sentence of death something very extraordinary occurred in +relation to this malefactor. It seems that one Mrs. Dawson had a parcel +of plate, consisting of two silver tankards, two silver mugs, a silver +cup and a punch ladle, seven pounds sixteen shillings in money, and a +great quantity of papers of considerable value, stolen out of her house. +She suspected one Eleanor Reddey, and caused her to be apprehended, who +thereupon confessed that she opened the door of her mistress's house in +the night-time and let in one William Read; that she saw him take away +the plate and watched, in the meantime, to observe if anyone came. Upon +this confession she herself was convicted, but no evidence appearing +against William Read, who was tried with her, he was acquitted. + +After she received sentence of death she declared herself absolutely +innocent of the fact for which she was to die, affirming that as soon as +she was taken up some neighbours persuaded her to make such a +confession, and to charge William Read with stealing the things, +assuring her that if she did so, she would preserve herself by coming a +witness against him. Being a silly timorous creature in herself, and +terrified by their suggesting that if she did not take the method they +proposed, somebody would infallibly swear against her, she with much ado +assented; and being carried before Justice Jackson, made and signed such +a confession as is before mentioned. + +But How, _alias_ Harris, whose life we are now writing, declared that +he, himself, robbed Mrs. Dawson, and that he had a considerable quantity +of the plate and most of the papers in his power, offering to restore +them if the said Mrs. Dawson had interest enough to procure a pardon +either for himself or Eleanor Reddey. But the Ordinary assured him that +Mrs. Dawson could do no such thing, and at the same time exhorted him to +make what restitution was in his power, since otherwise his repentance +would remain imperfect and small hope could be given him of his meeting +with forgiveness from an offended God. At first this seemed to have +little or no weight with the criminal; he expressed himself very civilly +when spoken to on that head, but peremptorily refused to do anything +towards making satisfaction to Mrs. Dawson, unless she could do +something for him or the woman. + +But when death approached nearer he began to relent, sent for the +Ordinary and told him that, as for the plate, it was indeed out of his +power, but for that the papers, he had caused them to be brought in a +box which he delivered and desired they might be kept carefully, because +he was sensible that they were of great value to their owner. + +At the place of execution he seemed desirous only of clearing his wife +from any imputation of being concerned with him in any of his villainies +and then suffered with much resignation, on the 11th of September, 1728, +being near thirty-eight years of age. + + + + +The Lives of GRIFFITH OWEN, SAMUEL HARRIS, and THOMAS MEDLINE, +Highwaymen and Footpads + + +Griffith Owen, the first of these unhappy criminals, was the son of very +honest parents who had given him a very good education in respect both +of letters and religion. When he was grown up they put him out +apprentice to a butcher in Newgate Market, with whom he served his time, +though not without committing many faults and neglecting his business +in a very marked degree, addicting himself too much to idle company, the +usual incitements to those crimes for the commission of which he +afterwards suffered. + +His companion Harris, if Owen were to be believed, first proposed +robbing as an expedient to the supply of their pockets, to which he too +readily gave way; and having once ventured to attack he never suffered +himself nor his companions to cool. For the space of about six weeks, +keeping themselves still warm with liquor, they committed five or six +robberies, for which at last they were all apprehended. And as they had +been companions together in wickedness, so they shared also in +imprisonment and death as the consequences of those offences they had +committed. + +Samuel Harris, though he had received a very tolerable education as to +reading and writing, yet he never applied himself to any business, but +served bricklayers as a labourer, in company with his fellow-sufferer +Medline. But having been all his life addicted to lust and wickedness, +he proposed robbing to his companions as the most feasible method of +getting money wherewith to support their debauches and the strumpets who +used to partake with them at their houses of resort. He confirmed what +Owen had said, and acknowledged that during the time they continued +their robberies, never any people in the world led more profligate and +more uneasy lives than they did; being always engaged in a continual +circle of drunkenness, violence and whoredom; while their minds were +continually agitated with the fear of being apprehended, so that they +never enjoyed peace or quiet from the time of their betaking themselves +to this course of life unto the day of their apprehension and coming to +the gallows. + +Thomas Medline was born more meanly than either of his companions, and +had so little care taken of him in his youth, that he could neither read +nor write. However, he applied himself to working hard as a labourer to +the bricklayers, and got thereby for some time sufficient wherewith to +maintain himself and his family. At last, giving himself over to drink, +he minded little of what became of his wife and children, and falling +unhappily about the same time into the acquaintance of the +before-mentioned malefactor Harris, he was easily seduced by him to +become a partner in his crimes and addicted himself to the highway. + +It was but a very short space that they continued to exercise this their +illegal and infamous calling, for venturing to attack one Mr. Barker, on +the Ware Road, and not long after Dr. Edward Hulse,[81] they were +quickly apprehended for those facts, and after remaining some time in +Newgate, were brought to their trials at the Old Bailey. + +There it was sworn by Mr. Barker, that he observed them drinking at an +alehouse at Tottenham, the very evening in which he was robbed; and that +apprehending them to be loose and disorderly persons he took more than +ordinary notice of their faces; that about a mile from Edmonton church +they came up with him, and notwithstanding he told them he knew them, +they pulled him off his horse and robbed him of five pounds and +sixpence; that returning the next day to the place where he was robbed, +he found sevenpence, which he supposed they had dropped in their hurry. + +On the second indictment it was desposed by one Mr. Hyatt that he +suspected the prisoners, from the description given by Mr. Barker and +Doctor Hulse, to be the persons who had robbed them; he thereupon +apprehended them upon suspicion, and that Mr. Barker, as soon as he saw +them, swore to their faces. + +Doctor Hulse deposed that they were the persons who robbed him of his +watch and money, and that he had particularly remarked Owen as having a +scar on his face. Thomas Bennett, the doctor's coachman, swore that Owen +was the man who got upon the coach-box and beat him, and afterwards +robbed his master; that not contented therewith, they beat the witness +again, knocked out one of his teeth, and broke his own whip about him. +Henry Greenwood confirmed this account in general, but could not be +positive to any of the faces except that of Owen. The jury, in this +proof, without any long stay found them all guilty. + +While under sentence of death they all behaved themselves with as much +penitence and seeming sorrow for their offences as was ever seen amongst +persons in their condition. They attended as often as Divine Worship was +celebrated in the chapel, and appeared very desirous of instruction as +to those private prayers which they thought necessary to put up to God, +when carried back to their several places of confinement. + +Harris seemed a little uneasy at the Ordinary's remonstrating with him +that he was more guilty than the rest, inasmuch as he first incited them +to the falling into those wretched methods by which they brought shame +and ruin upon themselves. He answered that there was little difference +in their dispositions, having been all of them addicted for many years +to the greatest wickedness which men could practise; that his companions +were no less ready than he to fall upon such means of supporting +themselves in sensual delights. As he averred this to their faces they +did not contradict it, but seemed to take shame to themselves and to +sorrow alike for the evils they had committed. + +They ended their lives at Tyburn, on the 11th of September, 1728, with +all outward signs of true repentance; Owen being twenty, Harris +twenty-nine, and Medline thirty-nine years of age at the time of their +execution. + +FOOTNOTES: + + [81] An eminent Whig doctor who was later appointed physician + to George II. He was created a baronet in 1739. + + + + +The Lives of PETER LEVEE, JOHN FEATHERBY, STEPHEN BURNET, _alias_ +BARNET, _alias_ BARNHAM, and THOMAS VAUX, Street-Robbers, Footpads, +Thieves, etc. + + +In the course of these memoirs I have more than once remarked that a +ridiculous spirit of vainglory is often the source of those prodigious +mischiefs which are committed by those abandoned persons, who addict +themselves to open robberies, and the carrying on, as it were, a +declared war against mankind. Theft and rapine may to some appear odd +subjects for acquiring glory, and yet it is certain that many, +especially of the younger criminals, have been chiefly instigated in +their most daring attempts from a vain inclination to be much talked of, +in order to which this seemed to them the shortest course. But these +observations that I have made will be better illustrated from the +following lives, than they could have been any other way. + +Peter Levee was descended from honest and reputable parents, who gave +him a very good education, and afterwards bound him out apprentice to a +silk weaver; but such as the perverse disposition of this unfortunate +Lad, such his love of gaming, and such his continual inclination to +debauched company, that nothing better could be expected from him than +what afterwards befell him. Yet his understanding was very tolerable, he +did not want a sufficient share of wit, and in a word his capacity +altogether might have enabled him to have lived very well, if his +prodigious vices had not prevented it by hurrying him into misfortunes. +It was remarkable in this criminal that his long habit of carrying in +the detestable trade of stealing, to which he had incurred himself in +every shape as much as possible, had given so odd a cast to his visage +that it was impossible for a man to look him in the face without +immediately guessing him to be a rogue. + +While yet a boy, he had been so accustomed to confinement in the +Compter, especially in Wood Street, that he had contracted a friendship +with all the under-officers in that prison, who treated him with great +leniency as often as he came there. Picking pockets, sneaking goods out +of shops, snatching them through windows, and such other petty facts, +were the employments of his junior years. As he grew bigger, he grew +riper in all sorts of villainy, though never a fellow had worse luck in +dishonest attempts, for he was always detected, and very frequently had +gone through the lesser punishments of the Law, such as whipping and +hard labour. At one time he lay four years in Newgate for a fine, and +this finished the course of his villainous education, for from the time +he got out, he never ceased to practice robbing in the streets, and on +the roads to the villages near London, until he and his companions fell +into the hands of Justice, and went altogether to their last adventure +at Tyburn. + +John Featherby, the second of these criminals, had received a greater +share of education than any of the rest. His father had been a man of +tolerable circumstances, and with great care provided that this young +fellow should not be ignorant of anything that might be necessary or +convenient for him to know in that business for which he designed him, +viz., a coach-painter. But he did not live to see him put apprentice to +it, which his mother afterwards took care to do, and consequently he had +not the misfortune of seeing him live so scandalous a life, and die so +shameful a death. + +His understanding was tolerable, but his behaviour so rude, boisterous +and shocking that he left no room even for that compassion to which all +men are naturally prone when they see persons under sentence of death. +The desire of appearing brave and making the figure of a hero in low +life was in all probability the occasion of his acting so odd a part, +and as he was generally looked upon as their chief by those unfortunate +creatures who were of his gang, possibly he put on this ferocity in his +manner in order to support his authority, and preserve that respect and +superiority of which these wretches are observed to be inexpressibly +fond. + +Stephen Burnet, _alias_ Barnet, _alias_ Barnham, which was his true +name, was a child when he died, and a thief almost from his cradle. His +parents, who were people of worth, sent him to school with a design, +doubtless, that he should have acquired some good there; but Stephen +made use of that time to visit a master of his own choosing, the +celebrated Mr. Jonathan Wild, at whose levy he was a pretty constant +attendant and while an infant he was a most assiduous companion and +assistant to the famous Blueskin. + +My readers may be perhaps inquisitive how an infant of eight years old +could in any way assist a person of Blueskin's profession. For their +information, then, perhaps for their security, I must inform them that +while Blueskin and one of his companions bought a pair of stockings, or +two or three pairs of gloves in a large Shop, Stephen used to creep on +all fours under the counter, and march off with goods perhaps to the +value of ten, twelve, or twenty pounds. But, alas, he was not the +youngest of Mr. Wild's scholars. I myself have seen a boy of six years +old tried at the Old Bailey for stealing the rings of an oyster women's +fingers as she sat asleep by her tub, and after his being acquitted by +the compassion of the jury, Jonathan took him from the bar, and carrying +him back upon the leads, lifted him up in his arms, and turning to the +spectators, said, _Here's a cock of the game for you, of my own breeding +up._ + +But to return to Barnham. His friends no sooner found out the villainy +of his inclinations, but they took all methods imaginable to wean him +from his vices. They corrected him severely; they offered him any +encouragements on his showing the least visible sign of amendment, they +put him to seven several trades upon liking. But all this was to no +purpose, nothing could persuade him to forsake his old trade, which +following with indefatigable industry, he made a shift to reach the +gallows of an old offender, at almost nineteen years of age. + +After he, Featherby, Vaux and Levee became acquainted, they suffered no +time to be lost in perpetrating such facts as were most likely to supply +them with money, roving abroad almost every night, in quest of +adventures and returning very seldom without some considerable prey. +Perhaps my readers may be inquisitive as to what became of all this +money. Why, really, it was spent in drink, gaming and in whores, three +articles which ran so high amongst these knight-errants in low life that +Barnham and two more found a way to lavish an hundred and twenty pounds +on them in three weeks. + +On one of his nocturnal expeditions, in company with Levee and +Featherby, they robbed one Mr. Brown, in Dean's Court by St. Paul's +Churchyard, of a gold watch and thirteen guineas; upon which the +gentleman thought fit, it seems, to offer in the newspapers a reward of +five guineas for restoring the watch. Not many days after, he received a +penny-post epistle from Mr. Barnham, in which he was told that if he +came to a field near Sadler's Wells, and brought the promised reward of +five guineas along with him, he should there meet a single person at +half an hour after six precisely, who would restore him his watch +without doing him any injury whatsoever. At the time appointed the +gentleman went thither, found Barnham walking alone, well dressed with a +laced hat on, who immediately came up to him, and receiving the five +guineas presented him with his watch. + +Mr. Brown having no more to do with him, immediately turned round about +to go back, upon which Barnham produced a pistol ready cocked from under +his coat. _You see_, says he, _it is in my power to rob you again; but I +scorn to break my word of honour._ Levee and Featherby, it seems, were +posted pretty near and, as they all declared, intended to have shot the +gentleman if he had brought anybody with him, or had made the least +opposition or noise. + +At Kingston assizes he was tried for a robbery committed in Surrey, but +for want of sufficient evidence was acquitted, upon which he returned +immediately to his old trade. About three months before he was +apprehended for the last time, he came into Little Britain (the place +where he was born), produced a silver spoon and fifteen shillings in +money, declared it to be the effects of that day's exploits, and then +climbing up a lamp-post, thrust his head through the iron circle in +which in winter time the lamp is placed, declaring to the neighbours who +called him and advised him to reform, that within three months he would +do something that should bring him to be hanged in the same place. As to +the time he was not mistaken, though he was a little out as to the +manner and place of his execution, and we mention this fact only to show +the amazing wickedness of so young a man, of which we shall hereafter +have occasion to say a great deal more. + +Thomas Vaux was a fellow of no education at all. Whether he had been +bred to any employment or not I am not able to say, but that which he +followed was sweeping of chimneys, the profits of which he eked out with +thefts, in which he continued undiscovered for a long space of time. In +himself he was a fellow void of almost every good quality, disliked even +by his own companions for his brutal behaviour which he still kept up +even under his misfortunes, and ceased not to behave with an obstinate +perverseness even to the last moment of his life. + +The fact for which all this gang suffered was for robbing one Mr. Clark, +at the corner of Water Lane, in Fleet Street,[82] which at their trial, +was proved upon them by witnesses in the following manner: + +Mr. Clark, the prosecutor, deposed that going in a coach from St. Paul's +to the Inner Temple, he saw three or four persons dogging it from a +toy-shop at the corner of St. Paul's Churchyard; that he scarce lost +sight of them until he came to the end of Water Lane, where Barnham and +Vaux stopped the coach; he then looked out and saw them very plainly. +Levee stepped into the coach, put his hand into his pocket, and tore +his breeches down in taking out the things; Featherby all the while +holding a pistol to his breast The things they took from him were a +silver watch, value four pounds, a diamond ring, three pounds eleven +shillings in silver and fourteen guineas. + +Then the confessions of Levee and Barnham before Sir William Billers, +Knight and Alderman, were read, in which they owned that they committed +the robbery on Mr. Clark, and that Featherby and Vaux assisted therein. +Sir William also attested that they made the said confession freely and +without any promises made, or being threatened in case of refusal. +Thomas Wood swore that going to apprehend Featherby and one Cable, in a +house in Blue Boar's Head Alley, in Barbican, they both snapped their +pistols at him, but that neither of them went off. + +Mary Vaux, wife of the prisoner Thomas Vaux, having first excused +herself from giving any testimony against her husband, deposed that she +saw the rest of the prisoners commit the robbery at the end of Water +Lane, and that Levee got into the coach. Upon which evidence taken +altogether the jury found them guilty without going out of the Court. + +When they received sentence of death, they all behaved themselves very +audaciously, except Levee who appeared penitent, and excused himself of +the misbehaviour he had been guilty of at his trial. During the time +they remained under sentence of death in Newgate, this last mentioned +criminal, Levee, appeared truly sensible of that miserable state in +which he was. He attended the public devotion at Chapel with great +seriousness, except when his audacious companions pulled him and +disturbed him, when he would sometimes smile. As he had passed through +the former part of his life without thought or reflection, so he seemed +now awakened all at once to a just sense of his sins. In a word, he did +every thing which so short a space could admit of, to convince those who +saw him that he minded only the great business he had to do, viz., the +making of his peace with that God who he had so much offended. + +Featherby, as has been said, persisted in that brutal behaviour for +which he had been remarkable amongst his gang. At chapel he disturbed +the congregation by throwing sticks at a gentleman, laughing and talking +to his companions, sometimes insulting and beating those who were near +him, and in fine encouraged the rest of his companions to behave in such +a manner that the keepers were reduced to the necessity of causing them +all four to be chained and nailed down in the old condemned hold, for +fear of their committing some murder or other before they died, which +they often threatened they would do. There they continued for three or +four days, until upon the promise of amendment and behaving better for +the future, they were released, brought back again to their respective +cells, and at times of public devotion up to chapel. + +When the death warrant came down, Featherby pretended to be much more +moved than could be expected, seemed in dreadful agonies at the +remembrance of his former wicked and impudent behaviour, prayed with +great fervency, and said he hoped that God would yet have mercy on him. +Barnham continued unmoved to the last. He did, indeed, abstain from +ill-language and disturbing people at chapel, but employed his time in +his cell, in composing a song to celebrate the glorious actions of +himself and his companions. This was work he very much valued himself +upon, and sending for the person who usually prints the dying speeches, +he desired it might be inserted, but it containing incitements to their +companions to go on in the same trade, in the strongest terms he was +capable of framing them in, his design was frustrated, and they were not +published. + +Vaux behaved a little more civilly after their being stapled down in the +condemned hold, but throughout the time of his confinement appeared to +be a very obstinate and incorrigible fellow. Levee was twenty-four years +old; Featherby about the same age; Barnham near nineteen; and Vaux +twenty-three, at the time they suffered, being on the 11th of November, +1728, in company with nine other malefactors. + + A Paper written by Featherby's own hand, which he delivered to the + Ordinary of Newgate in the Chapel immediately before they went to be + executed. + + As it is my sad misfortune to come to this untimely end, I think it + my duty to acknowledge the justice of Almighty God, and that of my + country, and I humbly implore pardon of the Divine Goodness, and + forgiveness of all that I have injured, or any ways offended. It is + a sad reflection upon my spirit that I have had the blessing and + advantage of honest and pious parents, whose tender care provided + for my education, so that I might have lived to God's glory, their + comfort and my own lasting felicity. But I take shame to myself, and + humbly acknowledge that by the evil ways I of late followed I + neglected my duty to my great Creator, and brought grief to my dear + and tender mother. And having thus far, and much more, effended + against God and man, I hope and earnestly desire, that no prudent + nor charitable person will reflect upon my good mother, or any other + friend or relation for my shameful end. + + John Featherby + +FOOTNOTES: + + [82] Now called Whitefriars Street. + + + + +The Life of THOMAS NEEVES, Street-Robber and Thief + + +There are some persons so amazingly destitute of reason, so exceedingly +stupid, and of so sleepy a disposition of mind, that neither advice, nor +danger, nor punishment are capable of awaking them; they pass through +life in a continual lethargy of wickedness, nor can they be obliged to +open their eyes even when at the point of death. + +How shocking, how horrid soever such a character may be, certain it is +that the criminal Neeves, of whom we are now speaking, deserved no +better. His parents, though mean, had not omitted the care of his +education so far but that he had learned to read and write, which they +thought qualification sufficient for the business in which they intended +to breed him, viz., a cane chair-maker, to which employment they put him +apprentice. He did not serve out his time with his master, for having +got into an acquaintance with some lewd, debauched persons, he, whose +inclination from his youth turned that way, went totally into all their +measures, and quitting all thoughts of an honest livelihood, thought of +nothing but picking and stealing. + +He associated himself with a woman of the same calling, who probably +furthered him in all his attempts, in consideration of which he married +her, and they were both together in Newgate for their several offences. +In the former part of this volume[83] we have mentioned his becoming a +witness against several street-robbers, who were executed upon his +evidence; of whom George Gale, _alias_ Kiddy George, Thomas Crowder, +James Toon, and John Hornby, denied the commission of those particular +facts which he swore upon them, and Richard Nichols (who was a grave +sober man) went to death and took it upon his salvation, that he was +never concerned either in that act for which he died, or in any other of +the same kind during the course of his life. + +As the town naturally abhors perjuries which affect men's lives, and are +not very well affected towards evidences even when they do not exceed +the truth, so the misfortune of Neeves being a second time apprehended, +instead of creating pity, gave the public a general satisfaction. At the +sessions following his confinement he was indicted for privately +stealing out of the shop of Charles Lawrence a corduroy coat value +thirteen shillings. In respect of this robbery, the prosecutor deposed +that Thomas Neeves, about seven in the evening, came into his shop, he +being a salesman, and enquired for a dimity waistcoat; one accordingly +was shown him, but they not at all agreeing in the price, Neeves on a +sudden turned towards the door, and having with some earnestness cursed +the prosecutor, snatched up a coat and ran away. Upon which Mr. Lawrence +followed him, crying out, _Stop Thief!_ which Neeves himself also bawled +out as loud as he could until he was taken. Upon this evidence the jury +found him guilty. + +Under sentence of death his behaviour was much of a piece with what it +was before. As to his confession, he would make none, saying he would +give no occasion for books or ballads to be made about him. Even in +chapel he behaved himself so rudely that he occasioned great +disturbance, and put the keepers under a necessity of treating him with +more severity than was usual to persons under his miserable condition. +When alone in his cell he expressed great diffidence of the mercy of +God, seemed to be in a slate of despair, and though he was often pressed +to declare whether depositions he had given against the afore-mentioned +street robbers were true or not, he either waived making an answer, or +used so much evasion or equivocation that it still remained doubtful +whether he swore truth or no. + +As his end drew yet nearer, he appeared more and more confused and +uneasy, but not a bit more penitent or ready to confess, notwithstanding +that several persons, and some of them of distinction had applied to him +in the cells and earnestly exhorted him to that purpose. He also drank +excessively, though so near his end, and his conscience so loaded with +such a weight of horrible offences. + +Yet it is very probable that he would have been much more tractable in +his temper and ingenuous in his confessions, if he had not been +continually visited and kept warm by a certain bad woman he at that time +owned for his wife. This wretched creature was employed by some persons +who thought themselves in danger if Neeves should once become truly +penitent, to keep him full of idle thoughts and delusive promises to the +very hour of his death, in which (from the temper of the fellow), they +flattered themselves his cowardice would make them safe. In which wicked +design both they and she succeeded but too well, for he continued +careless, obstinate and impenitent to the last moment of his life, and +at the place of execution staggered and was scarce able to stand, +bawling out to a man in a coach who was to carry away his body, until +the Ordinary reprimanded him and told him he believed he had drunk too +much that morning; to which Neeves answered, _No indeed, Sir, I only +took a dram._ He then besought him that a Psalm might be sung, which +request of his being complied with, he yet could not forbear smiling +while they were singing. + +[Illustration: AN EXECUTION IN SMITHFIELD MARKET + +(_From the Newgate Calendar_)] + +The father and wife of Mr. Nichols, the barber so often mentioned, got +into the cart and earnestly enquired whether the deposition he had given +against him was the truth or not. Neeves, thereupon, with tears in his +eyes owned that it was not, and thence fell into a greater agony than he +had ever been perceived in before, beseeching God to have mercy on him +for shedding innocent blood, into which he had been induced by the +persuasion of others, who represented it to him as a means for getting +money both for them and him, owning that he never saw Nichols in his +life before they were at the justices together. After this he cried two +or three times unto God to forgive him, and so was turned off with the +rest on the 27th of February, 1729, being then about twenty-eight years +of age. + +FOOTNOTES: + + [83] See page 445. + + + + +The Lives of HENRY GAHOGAN and ROBERT BLAKE, Coiners + + +Notwithstanding the number of those who have been executed for this +offence, yet of late years we have had frequent instances of persons who +rather than groan under the burden of poverty or labour hard to get an +honest livelihood, have chosen this method of supplying their +extravagances and consequently have run their heads into a halter. + +Henry Gahogan, an Irishman of mean parents (who had however bestowed so +much education upon him that he attained writing a very fair hand), in +order to get his bread set up the business of a writing-master in that +part of Ireland, where there were few masters to strive against him. +Here he behaved for some time so well, that he got the reputation of +being an honest industrious young man; but whether business fell off, or +that his roving temper could no longer be kept within bounds, the papers +I have do not authorise me to determine. + +He went upon his travels, and passed through a great part of Europe in +the quality, as may be conjectured, of a gentleman's servant, until two +or three years before his death, about which time he brought over the +art of coining into England, which he had been taught by a countryman of +his, as an easy and certain resource whenever his difficulties should +straiten him so far as to make its assistance necessary. This happened +no very long time after his coming over thence, for in a short time his +extravagancies reduced him so much that one of his countrymen thought he +did him a great service in recommending him to one Blake, for an usher, +which Blake at that time set up to teach young gentlemen to fence, +having a school for that purpose near the Temple. + +Thither Gahogan came accordingly, and after staying for two days +successively, and finding no scholars came, he opened the case to his +master that was to have been and told him how easy it was to get money +and live well, provided they had but utensils for coining, and soon +after he showed him a specimen of his art, which he performed so +dexterously that at first sight they promised themselves prodigious +matters therefrom. They engaged one Ferris, who formerly had wrote as a +clerk to a gentleman of Lincoln's Inn and the Temple, but adventuring to +trust another person with that secret, he soon after made a confession +and impeached them all. Upon which this Gahogan, Blake and the +before-mentioned Ferris, together with two women, came to be tried for +this offence on an indictment of high treason. + +The evidence was very clear, and notwithstanding the assurance with +which Blake and Gahogan behaved at the bar, and the perplexed defence +which was made by Ferris (who fancied himself so sure of being acquitted +that he directed horses to be hired in order to his going down to a +country assizes, there to assist as solicitor for a notorious offender), +the jury, after a short stay, brought them in guilty, but acquitted the +women, of whom the one was the mother of this Gahogan and the other the +mistress or wife of the said Robert Blake, of whom we are next to speak. + +He was by birth also of the Kingdom of Ireland, his parents being people +of some condition, who gave him a very good education and afterwards put +him out apprentice to a linendraper. After he was out of his time he +married a woman with some little fortune, by whom he had three children, +and after misusing her greatly, went away from her into England. Here he +led a loose, debauched life, and subsisted himself, to give it the best +phrase, rather upon the ingenuity of his head than the industry of his +hands. Here he found means to draw aside a farmer's daughter, to whom he +was married, and whom he involved so far in his misfortunes, as to bring +her to the bar with himself for high treason, where her marriage was so +far of service to her that it excused her from bearing a share in his +conviction. + +After they were found guilty, Gahogan expressed much penitence and +sorrow, acknowledged the heinous offences of which he had been guilty, +and expressed particular concern for the ill-usage he had given his poor +mother, whom he had often beaten and abused, for whom he was once +committed to Bridewell on that score, which effectually ruined what +little reputation be had left. Before the day of execution came he was +exceedingly poor and destitute, so that he had scarce clothes wherewith +to cover him, or food sufficient to preserve that life which was so +suddenly to be finished at the gallows. As far as we are able to judge +from the man's outward behaviour, he was a sincere and hearty penitent, +only it was with great difficulty he forgave the persons concerned in +his prosecution, which however at last he declared he did, and passed +with great resignation and piety, though by a violent death from this +world to another, and we may charitably hope, a better. + +As to Blake, his behaviour was not so much of a piece at first, but when +he perceived death inevitable, notwithstanding his having procured a +reprieve for a week, and thereby escaped dying with his companion +Gahogan, the prospect of his approaching dissolution wrought so far upon +him that with much seeming penitence he made a frank confession of all +his offences, reflecting chiefly on himself for having deserted his +wife, and living for so many years with other women. When the week for +which he had procured a reprieve was expired, he was carried alone on a +hurdle, which is usual in cases of high treason, and being come to the +place of execution he stood up and spoke to those who were present in +the following terms: + + Good People, + + I am brought here justly to suffer death for an offence the nature + of which I did not so well comprehend at the time I committed it. I + have been the greatest of all sinners, addicted to every kind of + lust, and guilty of every manner of crime, excepting that of murder + only. You that are assembled here to see the unfortunate exit of an + unhappy man, take warning from my fate, and avoid falling into those + extravagancies which necessarily bring persons to those straits + which have forced me upon taking undue courses for a supply. This is + the end proposed by the Law for making me a spectacle, and I pray + God with my last breath that you may make that use of it. + +After this he betook himself to some private devotions, and then +suffered with great constancy and resignation of mind. He was executed +on the 31st of March, 1729, being then about thirty-eight years of age. +Gahogan died on the 24th of the same month, being then thirty years of +age. + + + + +The Life of PETER KELLEY, _alias_ OWEN, _alias_ NISBET, a Murderer + + +Whether there be really any gradation in crimes, or whether we do not +mistake in supposing the transgression of one Law of God more heinous +than that of another, would be a point too difficult and too abstract +for us to enter into, but as human nature is more shocked at the +shedding of blood than at any other offence, we may be allowed to treat +those who are guilty of it as bloody and unnatural men, who besides +their losing all respect towards the laws of God, show also a want of +that compassion and tenderness which seems incident to the human +species. + +The unhappy person of whom we are now to speak, was by birth an +Irishman, and his true name Mackhuen, but upon his coming over into +England he thought fit to change it for Owen, thereby inclining to avoid +being taken for any other person than an Englishman. His parents were, +it seems, persons so low in the world that they could not afford him any +education, so that he was unable either to write or read at the time of +his death. However, they put him out apprentice to a weaver, with whom +having served his time, he came over to England, and worked for a little +time at his trade. But growing idle, and being always inclined to +sotting, he chose rather to go errands, or to do anything rather than +work any longer. + +It seems he played with great dexterity upon two jews' harps at a time, +and this serving to entertain people of as loose and idle a disposition +as himself, he thereby got a good deal of money, or least drink (which +was to him all one, for without it he could not live), and his delight +in an alehouse was so great that he seldom cared to be out of it. People +in such houses finding they got money by his playing upon the jews' +harp, and thereby keeping people longer at the pot than otherwise they +were inclined to stay, used to encourage Peter by helping him to +errands; but amongst all the persons who were so kind as to supply his +necessities, there was one Nisbet, an old joiner in the neighbourhood, +who was never weary of doing him kindnesses. Having repeated these often +and for a long time together, Kelley at last began to call the old man +father, and there seemed to be an inviolable friendship between them, +Peter always preserving some respect towards him, though he seemed to +have lost it towards everybody else. + +One night, however, or rather morning, for it was near two o'clock, +Kelley came with many signs of terror and confusion to the watch-house, +and there told the constable and attendants that old Nisbet was +murdered and lay weltering in his bed and a razor by him. The watch, +knowing Peter to be a wild, half-witted drunken fellow, gave little heed +to his discourse, and so far they were from crediting it that they +turned him out of the watch-house, and bid him get about his business. +In the morning old Nisbet's lodgers not hearing him stir at his usual +hour, went to the door, and there made a noise in order to awake him. +Having no answer upon that, they sent for a proper officer and broke the +door open, where they found the old man with his throat cut in a most +barbarous fashion, overflowed with the torrent of his own blood, which +was yet warm. No sooner did the particulars of this horrid murder begin +to make a noise, but the watch calling to mind what Kelley had told +them, immediately suspected him for the murder, and caused him quickly +to be apprehended and committed to Newgate. + +On the trial the strongest circumstances imaginable appeared against +him, so much that the jury, without much hesitation, found him guilty, +and he, after a pathetic speech from the Bench, of the nature and +circumstances of his bloody crime, received sentence of death with the +rest. Under conviction he appeared a very stupid creature, though as far +as his capacity would give him leave he showed all imaginable signs of +penitence and sorrow, and attended with great gravity and devotion at +the public service in the chapel, notwithstanding he professed himself +to be in the communion of the Church of Rome. He acknowledged the +deceased Mr. Nisbet to have been extraordinarily kind and charitable to +him, even to as great a degree as if he had been his own child, but as +to the murder, he flatly denied his committing it, or his having any +knowledge of its being committed; and though he was strongly pressed as +to the nature of those circumstances on which the jury had found him +guilty, and which were so strong as to persuade all mankind that their +verdict was just, yet he continued still in the same mind, protesting +his own clearness from that bloody and detestable crime. In this +disposition of mind he suffered at Tyburn, being at that time about +forty years of age or somewhat under. + + + + +The Lives of WILLIAM MARPLE and TIMOTHY COTTON, Highwaymen + + +That violence with which, in this age, young people pursue the +gratification of their passions without considering how far they therein +violate the laws of God and their country, is the common and natural +source of those many and great afflictions which fall upon them; and +though they do now always bring them to such exemplary punishment as +befel the criminal whose memoirs we have undertaken to transmit to +posterity, yet they fail not of making them exceedingly uneasy and +grievously unhappy, consequences unavoidably entailed on these +destructive pleasures, so contrary to the nature of man's soul, and so +derogatory from that excellence to the attainment of which he was +created. Although one would imagine these observations must naturally +occur at some time or other to the minds of persons who ever think at +all concerning the design of their own being yet experience convinces us +that they very seldom do, and if they do, they make but very little +impression. + +William Marple, the first of these criminals, was descended from parents +of very tolerable fortune, as well as unblemished reputation. Their care +had not only gone so far in providing him with useful and common +learning, but had also been careful in bestowing on him an excellent +education in schools both in town and country. The use he made of them +you will quickly hear, which cannot however be mentioned as a reflection +on his unhappy parents, who were as industrious to have him taught good, +as he was in pursuing evil. + +When he grew to years capable of being put out to business, the +unsettled giddiness of his temper sufficiently appeared, for being put +out to three several trades at his own request, he could not bring +himself to any of them, but went at last to a fourth which was that of a +joiner, with whom he stayed a considerable space. But before the +expiration of his time he fell in love with a young woman and married +her, which coming with other stories to his master's ears, occasioned +such difference that they parted. + +Marple was prodigiously fond of his new married wife, and what is a +pretty rare circumstance in this age, his fondness proved the greatest +advantage possible to him, for the young woman being in herself both +virtuous and industrious, her temper (as it is natural for us to imitate +what we love) made so great an impression upon Marple that from a wild, +loose and extravagant young man, he became a sober, diligent and honest +workman, labouring hard to get his bread, and living at home with his +wife in the greatest tranquility and with the utmost satisfaction. But +the agreeable beauty of this scene was soon darkened, or rather totally +destroyed, by the death of his wife; for no sooner were the transports +of his melancholy over than he returned to his old course of life. And +in order to efface effectually that grief which still hung over him, he +removed out of town to an adjacent village, where he quickly contracted +an intimate acquaintance with a young woman, and thereby almost at once +put all thoughts of sorrow and honesty quite out of his head. This +creature was of a very different disposition from Marple's late wife. +She had no regard for the man, farther than she was able to get money +out of him; and provided she had wherewith to buy her fine clothes and +keep her in handsome lodgings, she gave herself no trouble how he came +by it, and this carriage of hers in a short time put him upon illegal +methods of obtaining money. + +Who were his first companions in his robberies is not in my power to +say; it was generally looked upon that one Rouden seduced him, but +Marple declared this to be false, and perhaps the best account that can +be given is that he was led to it by his own evil inclinations, and his +necessities in which they had brought him. However it were, during the +time he practised going upon the road nobody committed more robberies +than he himself did, preying alike upon all sorts of people, and taking +from the poor what little they had, as well as plundering the rich of +what they could much better spare. + +In Marylebone Fields he and his companion Cotton met with a poor woman +with a basket on her head, who gained her livelihood by selling joints +of meat to gentlemen's families. The first thing they did was to search +her basket, in which there was a fine leg of mutton, which these +gentlemen thought fit to dress and eat next day for dinner. They then +commanded her to deliver her money, which she declared was a thing out +of her power, because she had none about her; upon which they took her +pocket and turned it out, where finding seven shillings, Marple struck +and abused the woman for daring to tell him a lie. + +Amongst the rest of the acquaintance that Marple picked up, was a young +man who had a very rich uncle who, though he was very willing to do +anything which might be for the real good of his nephew, did not think +it at all reasonable to waste his fortune in the supply of the young +man's extravagances. This spark, with another, acquainted Marple how +easy a thing it would be to rob the old man of a considerable sum of +money. They readily came into the project, and accordingly it was put +into execution; Marple and the nephew actually committing the robbery, +and the other man standing at the door till they came out. The booty +they got was about thirty-six guineas, which they divided into three +parts. In a very short time, Marple was apprehended and committed to +Newgate for this very fact. However, the old man would not prosecute +him, because he would not expose his relation. + +Yet this was no warning to Marple who continued his old trade, and +committed thirty or forty robberies in a very short space. Drinking was +a vice he abhorred, and the chief cause for which he addicted himself to +this life of rapine was his associating himself with all sorts of lewd +women, amongst whom he became acquainted with the infamous Elizabeth +Lion,[84] mistress to Jack Shepherd, who grew quickly too impudent and +abusive for Marple's conversation, for when he fell under his +misfortunes he declared that she was the vilest and most abominable +wretch that ever lived. However, to the immodest, lascivious carriage of +this woman, he owed the sudden dislike he took to that sort of cattle; +which became so strong that he no longer frequented their company, but +married a second wife, a young woman of a handsome person, of a good +character, and who, as he said, was totally ignorant of the measures he +took for getting money. + +Timothy Cotton, the second of these malefactors, was descended of mean, +yet honest parents, who in his infancy had not spared to give him a very +good education, and bred him to get an honest livelihood to the trade of +a poulterer. In this, when he grew up, he was for a time very +industrious, and got thereby sufficient to have maintained himself and +his family, as well as he could reasonably expect; but happening +unluckily to call into the acquaintance and conversation of lewd women, +they soon took up so much of his thoughts, his time and his money, that +he was obliged to think of easier methods of getting it than those to +which hitherto he had applied himself. For it is a truth deducible from +uninterrupted experience that a whore is not to be maintained at the +same easy expense with a wife. Cotton found this to his cost, for he had +not committed above five robberies, of which three were with his +companion Marple, who had been his schoolfellow, before he was +apprehended. + +The first of their exploits, I have already told you, was plundering the +poor woman's basket. The second was upon the Hampstead Road, where they +stopped the coach and robbed the passengers. Three gentlemen coming by +on horseback, Marple presented his pistol, and commanded them to ride +off as hard as they could; but the fear with which they were seized made +them so far mistake his words as to apprehend he bid them deliver, and +so they went very readily to work, putting their hands into their +pockets to satisfy his demands. But Marple having no guess of their +intention, and perceiving them to stand still, repeated his order to +them to ride off, with greater vehemency than before, which as soon as +they apprehended they very readily complied with, and rode off as hard +as their horses would carry them. A little while after this they robbed +one Stout, who was servant to Captain Trevor, of his hat, two pounds of +butter, his buckles, five and sixpence in money, and some other trivial +things. For this fact they were both apprehended, and at the next +sessions at the Old Bailey tried and convicted upon very full evidence. + +Under sentence of death Marple appeared with less concern than is +usually seen in persons under such unfortunate circumstances. He however +confessed a multitude of offences with which he was not charged, as well +as that particular crime for which he was convicted. He said he had +never any strong inclination to drunkenness or gaming, but that +addicting himself to the company and conversation of bad women had been +the sole occasion of all his misfortunes. He particularly regretted his +want of respect towards his parents, and especially towards his mother, +who had given him the best of advice, though he had trifled with and +abused it. He said that he often struck and abused those whom he robbed, +but not so as to endanger their lives, and therefore he hoped they would +forgive him, and join their prayers with his for his forgiveness at the +hand of God. + +Cotton was more tender and more penitent, expressed great sorrow for his +numerous offences, and besought Almighty God to accept of a sincere, +though late repentance. They both of them protested that their wives had +not anything to do with their affairs, that they never advised them, nor +were so much as privy to the offences they had committed. Then both of +them suffered with much penitence and resignation, on the 24th of March, +1729, Marple being about thirty, and Cotton near twenty-five years of +age. + +FOOTNOTES: + + [84] See page 182. + + + + +The Life of JOHN UPTON, a Pirate; including also the history of that +sort of people, particularly the crew under Captain Cooper, in the +_Night Rambler_ + + +No laws in any civilized nations are more severe than those against +piracy, nor are they less severely executed, and the criminals who +suffer by them are usually the least pitied, or rather the most detested +of all who come to die an ignominious death by the sentence of the Law. +Of old they were styled _hostes humani generis_, and the oldest systems +we have of particular institutions have treated them with a rigor +suitable to their offence. With respect to those who fall into the hands +of British justice, it must be remarked that they usually plead as an +excuse for what they have done their being forced into pirates' service, +and as it is well known that numbers are really forced into crimes they +detest, so the lenience of our judicators generally admit whatever +proofs are probable in such a case. But where the contrary appears, and +the acts of piracy plainly arise from the wicked dispositions of the +offenders, the Royal Mercy is less frequently extended to them than to +any other sort of criminal whatever. + +As to the prisoner of whom we are to speak, John Upton was born at +Deptford, of very honest parents who gave him such an education as +fitted their station, and that in which they intended to breed him. When +grown up to be a sturdy youth, they put him out apprentice to a +waterman, with whom he served out his time faithfully, and with a good +character. Afterwards he went to sea and served for twenty-eight years +together on board a man-of-war, in the posts of either boatswain or +quartermaster. Near the place of his birth he married a woman, took a +house and lived very respectably with her during the whole course of her +life, but she dying while he was at sea, and finding at his return that +his deceased wife had run him greatly in debt, clamours coming from +every quarter, and several writs being issued out against him, he +quitted the service in the man-of-war, and went immediately in a +merchantman to Newfoundland. There by agreement he was discharged from +the ship and entered himself for eighteen pounds _per annum_ into the +service of a planter in that country in order to serve him in fishing +and furring, the chief trade of that place; for Newfoundland abounding +with excellent harbours, there is no country in the world which affords +so large and so plentiful a fishery as this does. However its climate +renders it less desirable, it being extremely hot in the summer and as +intensely cold in the winter, when the wild beasts roam about in great +numbers, and furnish thereby an opportunity to the inhabitants of +gaining considerably by falling them, and selling their furs. + +Upton having served his year out was discharged from his master, and +going to New England, he there, in the month of July, 1725, shipped +himself on board the _Perry_ merchantman bound for Barbadoes. The ship +was livred and loaded again, the captain designing them to sail for +England, whereupon Upton desired leave to go on board his Majesty's ship +_Lynn_, Captain Cooper. But Captain King absolutely refusing to +discharge him in order thereto, on the ninth of November, 1725, he +sailed in the aforesaid vessel for England. + +On the twelfth of the same month, off Dominica, they were attacked by a +pirate sloop called the _Night Rambler_, under the command of one +Cooper. The pirate immediately ordered the captain of the _Perry_ galley +to come on board his ship, which he and four of his men did, and the +pirate immediately sent some of his crew on board the _Perry_ galley, +who effectually made themselves masters thereof, and as Upton said, used +him and the rest of the persons they found on board with great +inhumanity and baseness, a thing very common amongst those wretches. +Upton also insisted that as to himself, one of the pirate's crew ran up +to him as soon as they came on board and with a cutlass in his hand, +said with an oath, _You old son of a bitch, I know you and you shall go +along with us or I'll cut out your liver_, and thereupon fell to beating +him fore and aft the deck with his cutlass. + +The same evening he was carried on board the pirate sloop, where, +according to his journal, three of the pirates attacked him; one with a +pistol levelled at his forehead demanded whether he would sign their +articles, another with a pistol at his right ear, swore that if he did +not they would blow out his brains, while a third held a couple of forks +at his breast, and terrified him with the continual apprehensions of +having them stabbed into him. Whereupon he told them that he had four +young infants in England, to whom he thought it his duty to return, and +therefore begged to be excused as having reason to decline their +service, as well as a natural dislike to their proceedings. Upon which, +he said, he called his captain to take notice that he did not enter +voluntarily amongst them. Upon this the pirate said they found out a way +to satisfy themselves by signing for him, and this, he constantly +averred, was the method of his being taken into the crew of the _Night +Rambler_, where he insisted he did nothing but as he was commanded, +received no share in the plunder, but lived wholly on the ship's +allowance, being treated in all respect as one whom force and not choice +had brought amongst them. + +But to return to the _Perry_ galley, which the pirates carried to the +Island of Aruba, a maroon or uninhabited island, or rather sand bank, +where they sat the crew ashore and left them for seventeen days without +any provision, except that the surgeon of the pirate now and then +brought them something in his pocket by stealth. On the tenth of +December the pirates saw a sail which proved to be a Dutch sloop, which +they took, and on board this Upton and two others who had been forced as +well as himself were put, from whence as he said, they made their +escape. After abundance of misfortunes and many extraordinary +adventures, he got on board his Majesty's ship _Nottingham_, commanded +by Captain Charles Cotterel, where he served for two years in the +quality of quartermaster. He was then taken up and charged with piracy, +upon which he was indicted at an Admiralty sessions held in the month of +May, 1729, when the evidence at his trial appeared so strong that after +a short stay the jury found him guilty. + +But his case having been very differently represented, I fancy my +readers will not be displeased if I give them an exact account of the +proofs produced against him. + +The first witness who was called on the part of the Crown was Mr. +Dimmock, who had been chief mate on board the _Perry_ galley, and he +deposed in the following terms: + + On the twelfth of November, 1725, we sailed from Barbadoes on the + _Perry_ galley bound for England. On the 14th, about noon, we were + taken by the _Night Rambler_, pirate sloop, one Cooper commander. + Our captain and four men were ordered on board the pirate sloop, + part of the pirate's crew coming also on board the _Perry._ Wherein + they no sooner entered, but the prisoner at the bar said, _Lads, are + ye come? I'm glad to see ye; I have been looking out for ye for a + great while._ Whereupon the pirates saluted him very particularly, + calling him by his name, and the prisoner was as busy as any of the + rest in plundering and stripping the ship on board of which he had + served, and the rest who belonged to it, the very next day after + being made boatswain of the pirate. The same day I was carried on + board the pirate sloop, tied to the gears and received two hundred + lashes with a cat o' nine tails which the prisoner Upton had made + for that purpose; after which they pickled me, and the prisoner + Upton stabbed me in the head near my ear with a knife, insomuch that + I could not lay my head upon a pillow for fourteen days, but was + forced to support it upon my hand against the table; and when some + of the pirate's crew asked me how I did, upon my answering that I + was as bad as a man could be and live, the prisoner, Upton, said + _D----n him, give him a second reward._ + +It was also further deposed by the same gentleman that at the island of +Aruba, the prisoner was very busy in stripping the _Perry_ galley of the +most useful and valuable parts of her rigging, carrying them on board +the pirate, and making use of them there. He had also in his custody +several things of value, and particularly wearing apparel, belonging to +one Mr. Furnell, a passenger belonging to the said _Perry_ galley; and +when it was debated amongst the pirates, and afterwards put to the vote, +whether the crew of the said galley should have their vessel again or +no, John Upton was not only against them, but also proposed burning the +said vessel, and tying the captain and mate to one of the masts in order +to their being burnt too. + +Mr. Eaton, the second mate of the ship, was the next witness called. He +confirmed all that had been sworn by Mr. Dimmock, adding that the day +they were taken the pirates asked if he would consent to sign their +articles, which he refused. Whereupon they put a rope about his neck, +and hoisted him up to the yard's arm, so that he totally lost his +senses. He recovered them by some of the pirate's crew pricking him in +the fleshy parts of his body, while others beat him with the flat of +their swords. As soon as they perceived he was a little come to himself +they put the former question to him, whether he would sign their +articles. He answered, _No_, a second time. One of the crew thereupon +snatched up a pistol, and swore he would shoot him through the head; but +another of them said, _No, d----n him, that's too honourable a death; he +shall be hanged._ Upon this they pulled him up by the rope again, and +treated him with many other indignities, and at last in the captain's +cabin, pulled a cap over his eyes and clapped a pistol to his head; then +he expected nothing but immediate death, a person having almost jabbed +his eye out with the muzzle of the pistol, but at last they did let him +go. He swore, also, that when the pirates' articles were presented to +him to sign, he saw there the name of John Upton, he being well +acquainted with his hand. + +Mr. Furnell, a passenger in the ship, was the third evidence against the +prisoner. He deposed to the same effect with the other two, adding that +John Upton was more cruel and barbarous to them than any of the other +pirates, insomuch that when they were marooned, and under the greatest +necessities for food, Upton said, _D----n them, let them be starved_, +and was the most active of all the rest in taking the goods, and +whatever he could lay his hands on out of the _Perry_ galley. + +In his defence the prisoner would fain have suggested that what the +witnesses had sworn against him was chiefly occasioned by a malicious +spleen they had against him. He asserted that he was forced by the +pirates to become one of their number and was so far from concerned with +them voluntarily that he proposed to the mate, after they were taken, to +regain the ship, urging that there were but thirteen of the pirates on +board, and they all drunk, and no less than nine of their own men left +there who were all sober; that the mate's heart failed him, and instead +of complying with his motion, said, _This is a dangerous thing to speak +of; if it should come to the pirates' ears we shall be all murdered_, +and therefore entreated the prisoner not to speak of it any more. The +mate denied every syllable of this, and so the prisoner's assertions did +not weigh at all with the jury. After they had brought in their verdict, +Mr. Upton said to those who swore against him, _Lord! What have you +three done?_ + +Under sentence of death he behaved himself with much courage, and yet +with great penitence. He denied part of the charge, viz., that he was +willingly one of the pirates, but as to the other facts, he confessed +them with very little alteration. He averred that the course of his life +had been very wicked and debauched, for which he expressed much sorrow, +and to the day of his death behaved himself with all outward mark of +true repentance. At the place of execution, he was asked whether he had +not advised the burning of the _Perry_ galley, with Captain King and the +chief mate on board. He averred that he did not in any shape whatsoever +either propose or agree to an act of such a sort. Then, after some +private devotions, he submitted to his sentence, and was turned off on +the 16th day of May, 1729, being then about fifty years of age. + + + + +The Life of JEPTHAH BIGG, an Incendiary, and Writer of Threatening +Letters + + +I have already taken notice in the life of Bryan Smith[85] of the Act of +Parliament on which the proceedings against these letter-writers are +grounded. One would be surprised that after more examples than one of +that kind, people should yet be found so foolish as well as wicked as to +carry on so desperate an enterprise, in which there is scarce any +probability of meeting with success; yet this unfortunate person of whom +we are now to speak, who was descended of mean parents, careful however +of giving him a very good education, fell upon this project, put into +his head by being a little out of business, and so in one moment +cancelled all his former honesty and industry, and hazarded a life which +soon after became forfeited. + +His friends had put him out apprentice to a gunstock maker, to which he +served out his time honestly and with a good character. Afterwards he +continued to work at his business with several masters and tolerable +reputation, until about a year before the time of his death, when he was +out of work, by reason he had disobliged two or three persons for whom +he had wrought, and had also been guilty of some extravagancies which +had brought him into narrow circumstances. These straits it is to be +supposed put him upon the fatal project of writing a letter to Mr. +Nathaniel Newman, senior, a man of a very good fortune, threatening him +that unless he sent the sum of eighty-five guineas to such a place, he +would murder him and his wife, with other bloody and barbarous +expressions. This not having its effect, he wrote him a second letter by +the penny post, demanding one hundred guineas, with grievous +threatenings in case they were not sent. This soon made a very great +noise about town, and put Mr. Newman upon all methods possible for +detecting the author of these villainous epistles, and as everybody +almost looked upon it as a common case, to which any gentleman who is +supposed to be rich might be liable, such indefatigable pains were taken +that in a short time the whole mystery of iniquity was discovered and +Bigg apprehended. + +At the next sessions at the Old Bailey he was indicted capitally for +this offence, and after the counsel for the prosecutor had fully opened +the heinous nature of the crime, Peter Salter was the first witness +called to prove it upon the prisoner. He deposed that Jepthah Bigg came +to him where he was at work in the Minories, and desired him to go with +him, having something to say to him of consequence; whereupon the +witness would have gone to the sign of the Ship where he used, but the +prisoner would needs go to the Sieve in the Little Minories. There he +communicated to him his design, and then prevailed on Salter to go to +the Shoulder of Mutton alehouse at Billingsgate, where Bigg directed him +to call for drink, and to wait until a porter came to him with a parcel +directed to John Harrison, when if he suspected anything, he should come +to the prisoner at the King's Head alehouse, on Fish Street Hill. This +the evidence performed punctually, whereupon Bigg sent him a second +time to the Blackboy, in Goodman's Fields, where a second parcel was +left, though of no value. Whereupon Bigg would have had the evidence +Salter concerned in a third letter to the same purpose, but Salter +declined it and dissuaded him as much as lay in his power, from +continuing to venture on such hazardous things. Upon which the prisoner +replied, _You need not fear. Nothing can hurt you; my life is in your +hands; but if ever you reveal the matter, you shall share the same +fate._ + +John Long, servant to Mr. Newman, deposed that he delivered two penny +post letters to his master on the 20th and 27th of March. Other +witnesses swore as to the sending of the parcels, and the jury on the +whole, seeing the fact to be well proved against the prisoner, found him +guilty. + +Under sentence of death at first the poor man behaved himself like one +stupid. He pretended that he did not know the offence that he had +committed was capital, and afterwards exclaimed against the hardness of +the Law which made it so; but some little pains being taken with him in +those points, he was soon brought over to acknowledge the justice of his +sentence, and the reasonableness of that Statute which enacted it into a +capital offence. + +As the day of his death drew nigh he was still more and more drowned in +stupidity and lost to all thought or concern for this world or that to +come, at least as to outward appearance. Some said he was a Roman +Catholic, but while the poor wretch retained his senses, he said nothing +that could give any ground for a suspicion of that sort. He heard the +discourses which the Ordinary made to him, with as much patience as the +rest did, and when he visited him in the cell, did not express any +uneasiness thereat. Indeed, in the passage to execution, there were two +fellows in the cart who would fain have had the minister desist from his +duty, urging the same reason, that the criminal was in communion with +another Church. The man, himself, seemed stupid and speechless all the +way, yet when he was turned off, the reverend Ordinary tells us, he went +off the stage crying out aloud, _O Lord! etc._ This seems to me a very +indecent way of concluding a dying speech, but as it is that which is +generally used, I shall not stay to bestow any further reflections upon +it. He died on the 19th of May, 1729, being about twenty-five years of +age. + +FOOTNOTES: + + [85] See page 221. + + + + +The Life of THOMAS JAMES GRUNDY, a Housebreaker + + +When we meet with accounts of persons doubly remarkable for the +multitude of their offences and the tenderness of their age, it is +almost impossible for us to determine whether we should most pity or +detest a mind so preternaturally abandoned to wickedness as to transcend +its usual course, and make itself remarkable as a sinner, before taken +notice of as a man. + +This was exactly the case with the unfortunate criminal whom we are now +to mention. He was the son of parents in the lowest circumstances, who +yet had strained those circumstances to give him a tolerable education, +which he, instead of improving, forgot as fast as it was possible, and +seemed solicitous about nothing but out-doing in villainy all his +contemporaries of the same unhappy cast. During his junior years he +addicted himself continually to picking and stealing whatever he could +lay his hands on, and although his father had been exceedingly careful +in causing him to be taught his own trade of a weaver, yet he seldom or +never worked at it, but went on at this rate, from one crime to another, +until he at last arrived at those which brought him to the ignominious +end, and thereby rendered him a subject for our memoirs. + +At twelve years old, he took up the trade of housebreaking, to which he +applied himself very closely, for the last six years of his life. +Hampstead, Highgate, Hackney, and other villages round the town were the +places which he generally made choice of to play his tricks in, and as +people are much more ingenious in wickedness than ever they are in the +pursuit of honest employments, so by degrees he became (even while a +boy) the most dexterous housebreaker of his time; insomuch that as is +usual amongst those unhappy people, the gang commended him so much, that +believing himself some great person, he went on with an air of +confidence, in the commission of a multitude of burglaries, in and about +the streets of this metropolis. + +Young as he was at that time, he plunged himself, as it were with +industry, into all manner of lusts, wickedness and illegal pleasures, +which, as it wasted all he acquired by the thefts he committed, so it +injured his health and damaged his understanding to such a degree that +when he came to die, he could scarce be looked on as a rational +creature. + +The offence which proved fatal to him was the breaking into the house of +Mr. Samuel Smith, in the night-time, on the 31st of May, 1729, with an +intent to steal. At his trial the prosecutor swore that between the +hours of eleven and one of the dock of the night laid in the indictment +he was called up by his neighbours, and found that his window was broken +open; whereupon, searching about very narrowly, he at last found the +prisoner got up the chimney, and landing on the pole whereon the +pothooks hung. In his defence the prisoner told the Court that meeting +with a person who said he lodged in the prosecutor's house, and it being +late, he accepted the man's proposition to lie with him; thereupon his +new acquaintance carried him to Mr. Smith's, let him in, and then ran +away, so that he had never seen or heard of him since. This relation +being every way improbable and ridiculous, the jury very readily found +him guilty of the fact, and he with the rest, on the last day of the +sessions received sentence of death accordingly. + +While he lay in the cells, his behaviour was as stupid in all outward +appearance as ever had appeared in any who came to that miserable place. +However, he persuaded his companions, of whom we shall speak hereafter, +to attempt breaking out and to encourage them told them that there was +no brick or free stone wall in the world could keep him in, if he had +but a few tools proper for loosening the stones. These were quickly +procured, and Grundy put his companions into so proper a method of +working, that if a discovery had not been made on the Sunday morning in +a very few hours space they would have broken their way into Phoenix +Court, and so have undoubtedly got off. But as soon as the keepers came +to the knowledge of their design, they removed the three persons +concerned in it, into the old condemned hold, and there stapled them +down to the ground. + +Then this lad began to repent. He wept bitterly, but said it was not so +much for the fear of death as the apprehension of his soul being thrown +into the pit of destruction and eternal misery. However, by degrees, he +recovered a little spirit, confessed all the enormities of his past +life, and begged pardon of God, and of the persons whom he had injured. +If we were to attempt an account of them, it would not only seem +improbable but incredible; and therefore, as there was nothing in them +otherwise extraordinary than as they were committed by a lad of his age, +we shall not dwell any longer upon them than to inform our readers that +with much sorrow, and grievous agonies, he expired at Tyburn, on the +22nd of August, 1729, being about eighteen years old. + + + + +The Life of JOSEPH KEMP, a Housebreaker + + +We have often, in the course of these lives, observed to our readers +that loose women are generally the causes of those misfortunes which +first bring men to the commission of felonious crimes, and, as a just +consequence thereof, to an ignominious death. It may yet seem strange, +how, after so many instances, there are still to be found people so weak +as for the sake of the caresses of these strumpets to lavish away their +lives, at the same time that they are putting their souls into the +greatest hazard. If I may be allowed to offer my conjecture in this +case, I should be apt to account for it thus: that in the present age, +the depravity of men's morals being greater than ever, they addict +themselves so entirely to their lusts and sensual pleasures that having +no relish left for more innocent entertainments, they think no price too +great to purchase those lewd enjoyments, to which, by a continued series +of such actions, they have habituated themselves beyond their own power +to retire. + +This unfortunate person, Joseph Kemp, was son to people in very mean +circumstances, in Holborn, who yet procured him a very good education in +a public charity-school. When of age to be put out to employment, his +friends made him apply himself to the heads of the parish, who put him +out to a glazier, with whom he served out his time with the character of +a very honest young man. By that time his parents had thriven pretty +well in the world through their own industry, and so, on his setting up +a shop, they gave him sixty pounds to begin with. But unfortunately for +him, he had ere now seen a woman of the town, on whom he had +irretrievably fixed his affections, and was absolutely resolved on +living with her, though ever so great ruin should prove the consequence +of the purchase. + +In pursuance of this unfortunate resolution, he no sooner had received +the aforesaid sum, but proposals of marriage were immediately offered to +this object of his affections, notwithstanding that he well knew she at +that time conversed with two men, styling each of them her husband. +However, as Kemp was the most likely to maintain her in idleness and +plenty, she, without much trouble, suffered herself to be prevailed on +to let him, by a legal matrimony, increase the number of her husbands. +This, as it was but probable, was speedily followed by his breaking in +his business, and being totally undone, which, though it was a great +misfortune, and an evil new to poor Kemp, only reduced the lady to her +former manner of living, which was by thieving whatever she could come +at. A little while after, she was ruined even in this business, for +being detected, she was committed to Newgate, and was in great danger of +lying there for life. Poor Kemp was still as fond of her as ever. He +carried her all the money he could get, and lamenting to her that it was +not in his power to raise more, she immediately flew into a passion, +stormed and swore at him, bid him go and break houses, rob people in the +streets, or do anything which would get money, for money she wanted and +money she would have. He foolishly complied with her request and having +provided himself with the necessary implements for housebreaking, he +soon put her in possession of a large quantity of plate, which being +converted into money, easily procured her liberty, the consequence of +which was that she lavished whatever he brought her upon other men. + +Yet even her perfidy could not cure him; he was still as much her slave +as ever, and failed not venturing body and soul to procure whatever +might give her pleasure. In this unhappy state a considerable space of +time was spent, until, for some other thievish exploits of her own, +Kemp's wife was apprehended, convicted and transported. One would have +thought this might have put an end to his crimes of the same sort, but +it seems he was too far plunged into the mire of rapine and debauchery +ever to struggle out, so that no sooner was she safely on board the +transport vessel but he found out a new mistress to supply her place; as +if he had been industrious in destroying his fortune and careful about +nothing but arriving as soon as possible at the gallows. + +By the time he made his second marriage, which in itself was illegal +while the first wife was living, his credit was totally exhausted, his +character totally ruined, and no manner of subsistence left but what was +purchased at the hazard of his soul and the price of his life; and as +housebreaking was now become his sole business, so he pursued it with +great eagerness, and for a while with as great success. But it was not +long before he was apprehended, and committed close to Newgate for a +multitude of charges of this kind against him. + +At the following sessions at the Old Bailey, he was indicted for +burglariously breaking open the house of Sarah Pickard, and feloniously +taking thence thirty-six gold rings and stone rings, three silver +watches, several pieces of silver plate, and divers other goods of +considerable value. The prosecutrix, Mrs. Pickard, deposed that her +house was fast shut between then and eleven o'clock at night, and found +broken open at five of the clock the next morning, and that one Kemp, a +person related to the prisoner, found a short strong knife left in the +yard, together with an auger, which he knew to belong to the prisoner. + +In confirmation of this Mr. Kemp deposed that the prisoner had shown him +the knife; Joanna Kemp and Jonathan Auskins deposed likewise to the same +thing, and Samuel Gerrard, the constable, swore that when with the two +preceding witnesses he went to search the house of the aforesaid +prisoner, and found therein several things belonging to Mrs. Pickard, +the prisoner then confessed that he committed burglary alone and not by +the persuasion or with the assistance of any other person whatsoever. + +The prisoner said very little in his own defence, and the jury +thereupon, without hesitation, found him guilty; as they did also upon +two other indictments, the one for breaking the house of James Wood, and +the other for breaking the house of Mrs. Mary Paget, and stealing thence +plate to a considerable value; the facts being dearly proved by John +Knap, who had been an accomplice, and turned evidence to save himself. +His last wife was indicted and tried with him, but acquitted. + +Under sentence of death he was seized with a disease which held him for +the greater part of the time permitted by Law for him to repent, and by +reason of that distemper he was so deaf that he was scarce capable of +instruction. However, he appeared to be fully sensible of the great +danger he was in, of suffering much more from the just anger of God than +that sentence of the Law which his crimes had drawn upon him. He +bewailed with much passion and concern that wicked course of life which +for many years past he had led, seemed exceedingly grieved at the horror +of those reflections, and to mourn with unfeigned penitence his +forgetfulness of the duties he owed towards God, and to his neighbours. +As the hour of death approached, he resumed somewhat of courage, and at +the place of execution died with all outward marks of a repenting +sinner. + +His wife came up into the cart and took her last adieu of him, in the +most tender manner that can be imagined. He died on the 24th of August, +1729, being then in the twenty-fourth year of his age, and left behind +him the following paper, which seems to have been what he intended to +have said to the people at the time of his death, and therefore we, +according to custom, thought it not proper to be omitted in this +account. + + THE PAPER + + Good People, + + My father and mother brought me up tenderly and honestly, and always + gave me good advice, whilst I was under their care. They put me + apprentice to a glazier. My master not being so careful of me as he + ought to have been, I took to ill courses, and before my time was + expired, married a woman that brought me to this untimely end; for + she could not live upon what I got at my trade, and out of my + over-fondess for her, I did whatever she required, or requested of + me. At length she was taken up for some fact, and transported. Then + I married a second wife, and she was as good as the other was bad. + She would do anything to help to support me that I might not commit + any wickedness, but I could not take her advice, but still ran on in + my wicked course of life, till I was overtaken by my folly. For if + we think ourselves safe in committing sin, God will certainly find + such out, because He is just, and will punish accordingly. This my + miserable end, I would have all take warning by, and that they + follow not the devices of the world, the snares whereof are apt to + lead men into evil courses, unless they endeavour to shun them, and + seek the grace of God to assist and enable them for the good of all + men, and ask pardon of God for my evil doings, and forgiveness of + all whom I have wronged, and particularly the forgiveness of God to + those who have sworn away my life. I beg reflections pass not upon + my wife, for I declare, whatever wrongs she may have committed, was + through my persuasion, of herself being inclinable to good. I would + lastly request that the follies and vices which have brought me to + this untimely end may not by any means be a cause to afflict my + grievous parents, both father and mother, but would have all to + consider when ever they are persuaded to any manner of ways, tending + to their ruin, they would likewise remember to call upon God to help + and assist them, in shunning such, and all other wicked courses. + Good people, pray for me, that God may receive me through his + mercies, which I trust he will. + + Newgate, August 22nd, 1729. + + Joseph Kemp + + + + +The Life of BENJAMIN WILEMAN, a Highwayman + + +Amongst the many other ill consequences of a debauched life and wicked +conversation, it may be reckoned, perhaps, no small one that they render +men liable to suspicions, imprisonments and even capital punishment, +when at the same time, they may be innocent of the particular fact with +which they are charged; nor in such a case is the conviction of an +innocent person so great a reflection on any, as on themselves having +rendered such an accusation probable. + +Benjamin Wileman, of whom we are now to speak, was the son of honest +parents in the city of Dublin. They gave him a very good education at +school, and when he was fit to go out apprentice, his father bred him to +his own trade, which was that of a tailor. When he grew weary of that +business, he listed himself as a soldier, and in that state of life +passed twelve years, a sufficient space of time to acquire those +numerous vices which are so ordinary amongst the common sort of men, who +betake themselves to a military employment. Then he came over into +England and lived here, as he himself said, by working at his own trade; +though certain it is, that he led a most debauched and dissolute life, +associating himself with those of his countrymen who of all others were +the most abandoned in their characters. In fine, in all the associations +of his life he seemed to proceed without any other design than that of +gratifying his vicious inclinations. + +In the midst of this terrible course of folly and wickedness he was +apprehended for a highwayman, committed to Newgate, and at the ensuing +sessions capitally indicted for two robberies, the one committed on +William Hucks, Esq., and the other on William Bridges, Esq. On the first +indictment it was deposed by the prosecutor that he believed Wileman to +be the person who attacked him. John Doyle, who owned himself to have +been an accomplice in the robbery, swore that Wileman and he committed +it together, and that he paid Wileman five guineas and a half for his +share of the gold watch and other things which were taken from the +gentleman. As to the second fact, Mr. Bridges gave evidence that he was +robbed on the highway and lost a sword, a hat, a pocket-book and a +bank-note for twenty pounds. Doyle gave evidence in this, as in the +former case, declaring that Wileman and he committed the fact together. + +Then Elizabeth Jones being produced, swore that the same day she met +Doyle and Wileman booted and spurred and very dirty in Bedford Row, and +that they showed her the bank note, which when shown to her, she deposed +to be the same. Arabelle Manning deposed that on the night of the day +the robbery was committed, the prisoner Wileman and Doyle gave her a +dram at a gin-shop in Drury Lane, and that one of them let fall a paper, +and taking it up again, said that the loss of it would have been the +loss of twenty pounds. + +The prisoner objected to the character of Doyle, Jones and Manning, and +called some persons as to his own, but the jury thinking the fact +sufficiently proved, found him guilty on both indictments. Under +sentence of death, his behaviour was very regular, professing a deep +sorrow and repentance for a very loose life which he had led, and at the +same time peremptorily denying that he had any hand in, or knew anything +of either of those facts which had been sworn against him, and for which +he was to die. + +Notwithstanding that the most earnest entreaties were made use of to +induce him to a plain and sincere confession, yet he continued always to +assert his innocence as to thieving, letting fall sharp and invidious +expressions against the evidence of Doyle whom he charged with swearing +against him only to preserve another guilty person from punishment, whom +Wileman intended to prosecute and had it is his power to convict. The +effects of his former good education were very serviceable to him in +this his great and last misfortune, for he seemed to have very just +notions of those duties which were incumbent upon him in his miserable +state; therefore, especially towards the latter part of his time, he +appeared gravely at chapel and prayed fervently in his cell until the +boy James Grundy, whom we have mentioned before, put it in to his head +to make his escape; for the attempting which they were all carried (as +we have said before) into the old condemned hold and there stapled down +to the ground. + +As there is no courage so reasonable as that which is founded on +Christian principles, so neither constitutional bravery nor that +resolution which arises either from custom, from vanity, or from other +false maxims preserves that steady firmness at the approach of death +which gives true quiet and peace of mind in the last moments of life, +taking away through the certainty of belief, those terrors which are +otherwise too strong for the mind, and which human nature is unable to +resist. Wileman's conduct under his misfortunes, fully verified this +observation in its strongest sense; he only retained just notions of +religion and this enabled him to support his affliction after a very +different manner from that in which it affected his two companions; or +as it had done himself before, from a just contemplation of the mercy of +God, and the merits of his Saviour, he had brought himself to a right +idea of the importance of his soul, and thereby took himself off from +the superfluous consideration of this world and stifled those uneasy +sensations with which men are naturally startled at the approach of +death. Yet he did not in all this time alter a jot in his confession, +but asserted calmly that he was innocent, and that Doyle had perjured +himself in order to take away his life. + +At the place of execution his wife came to him, embraced him with great +tenderness, and all he said there in relation to the world was that he +hoped nobody would reflect upon her for the misfortune which had +befallen him, and then, with great piety and resignation in the midst of +fervent ejaculations, yielded up his last breath at Tyburn, at the same +time with the malefactor before mentioned, being at the time of his +decease about forty-three years of age. + + + + +The Life of JAMES CLUFF, a Murderer, in which is contained a concise +account of the nature of Appeals + + +To curb our vicious inclinations and to restrain those passions from the +sudden transports of which cruel and irreparable mischiefs are done, is +without doubt the best end of all instructions; and for my own part, I +cannot help thinking that this very book may contribute as much to this +purpose as any other that has been published for a long time. That vices +are foul in their nature is certainly true, and that they are fatal in +their consequences, those who, without consideration pursue them, feel. +There are few who will take time to convince themselves of the first, +but no man can be so blind as to mistake the latter after the perusal of +these memoirs, in which I have been particularly careful to describe the +several roads by which our lusts lead us to destruction; and have fixed +up Tyburn as a beacon to warn several men from indulging themselves in +sensual pleasures. + +This unfortunate person we are now going to give the public an account +of was the son of very honest people who kept a public-house in Clare +Market. They were careful in sending him to school, and having taught +him there to read and write etc., sufficiently to qualify him for +business, then put him apprentice to the Swan Tavern near the Tower. +There he served his time carefully and with a good character, nor did +his parents omit in instructing him in the grounds of the Christian +religion, of which having a tolerable understanding he attained a just +knowledge, and preserved a tolerable remembrance unto the time of his +unhappy death. + +After he was out of his time, he served as a drawer at several public +houses, and behaved himself civilly and honestly without any reflections +either on his temper or his honesty until he came to Mr. Payne's, who +kept the Green Lettuce, a public house in High Holborn, where the +accident fell out which cost him his life. + +It seems there lived with him as a fellow servant, one Mary Green, whom +some suggested he had an affection for; but whether that were so or not, +did not very clearly appear, but on the contrary it was proved that they +had many janglings and quarrels together, in which Cluff had sometimes +struck her. However it was, on the 11th of April, 1729, Mary Green being +at dinner in a box by herself, Cluff came in and went into the box to +her, where he had not continued above four or five minutes before he +called to his mistress, who was walking up and down, _Madam, pray come +here._ By this time the maid was dead of a wound in her thigh, which +pierced the femoral artery. There was a noise heard before the man +himself came out, and the wench was dead before her mistress came in. + +However, Cluff was immediately apprehended, and at the ensuing sessions +at the Old Bailey he was indicted for the murder of Mary Green, by +giving her a mortal wound in the right thigh, of the breadth of one +inch, and of the depth of five inches, of which she instantly died. He +was a second time indicted upon the coroner's inquest for the said +offence, and also a third time upon the Statute of Stabbing. However the +evidence not being clear enough to satisfy the jury, on his trial he was +acquitted by them all. But this not at all satisfying the relations of +the deceased Mary Green, her brother William Green brought an appeal +against him, which is a kind of proceeding which has occasioned several +popular errors to take rise. Therefore it may not be improper to say +something concerning it for the better information of our readers. + +Appeals are of two sorts, viz., such as are brought by an innocent +person, and such as are brought by an offender confessing himself +guilty, who is commonly called an approver. An innocent person's appeal +is the party's private action, prosecuting also for the Crown, in +respect of the offence against the public, and such a prosecution may be +either by writ or by bill. As to the writ of appeal, it is an original +issuing out of Chancery and remarkable in the Court of King's Bench +only. Bills of Appeal are more common and contain in them the nature +both of a writ and a declaration, and they may be received by +commissioners of gaol delivery or justices of assize. + +Those which are in use at present in capital cases are four, viz., +Appeals of Death, of Larceny, of Rape and of Arson. The first is both +the most common and that of which we are particularly to speak. It is to +be brought by the wife or heir of the person deceased, unless they be +guilty of the murder, and then the heir may have an appeal against the +wife, or if he be accused the next heir may have it against him. The +appellant must be heir general to the deceased, and his heir male (for +by _Magna Charta_ a woman cannot have an appeal of death for any but her +husband) and in the appeal also it must be set forth how the appellant +is heir unto the deceased. As to the time in which an appeal may be +brought, it is by the Statute of Gloucester[86] restrained within a year +and a day from the time of the deed done. There is great nicety in all +the proceedings on appeals of death and everything must be set forth +with the greatest exactness imaginable. The appellant hath also the +liberty of pleading as many pleas, or to speak more properly, to take +issue on as many points as he thinks fit. He is tried by a jury, and on +his being found guilty, the appellant hath an order for his execution +settled by the Court; but when the appellee is acquitted, the appellant +is chargeable with damages on such a prosecution, provided there appear +to have been no just cause for the commencement thereof. + +But to return to the case of Cluff, which led us into this discourse. +The evidence at his trial upon the appeal was, as to its substance thus. +Mrs. Diana Payne, at the Green Lettuce in Holborn, deposed that the +prisoner James Cluff and the deceased Mary Green were both of them her +servants; that about a quarter of an hour before Mary Green died, she +saw the prisoner carry out a pot of drink; that while she was walking in +the tap-house with her child in her arms, she saw Mary Green go down +into the cellar and bring up two pints of drink, one for a customer and +another for herself, which she carried into a box where she was at +dinner; that about four or five minutes before the accident happened, +Cluff came in, and went to the box to the deceased, and in about four +minutes cried out, _Madam, pray come hither_; that the witness thereupon +went to the door of the box and saw the deceased on her backside on the +floor, and the prisoner held her up by the shoulders, while the blood +ran from her in a stream; that on seeing her, she said to the prisoner, +_James, what have you done?_ To which he answered, _Nothing, Madam._ +Whereupon this evidence enquired whether he had seen her do anything to +herself, he replied. _No_, the deceased at that time neither speaking +not stirring, but looking as if she were dead. However, the prisoner at +that time said he saw her have a knife in her hand in the cellar, and +the witness being prodigiously affrighted called her husband and ran for +an apothecary. + +Mr. John Payne, husband of the first witness, deposed to the same +purpose as his wife, adding that no struggling was heard when the blows +were given and that she had no knife in her hand when she came out of +the cellar; that in the morning between nine and ten o'clock, a young +man came in, who, as he was informed, had been formerly a sweetheart of +the deceased; that this person drank a pint of drink and smoked a pipe, +the deceased sitting by him some little time, during which as he +believed the stranger kissed her; at which, as they stood before the +bar, he observed the prisoner's countenance alter, as if he were out of +humour at somewhat, although he could not say that he had ever heard of +courtship between them; adding, that when the prisoner went into the box +where the deceased was at dinner, he did take notice of his throwing the +door after him with an unusual violence. + +Mr. Saunders, who happened that day to dine at Mr. Payne's house, +confirmed all the former evidence, deposing moreover, than when Mr. +Payne gave the prisoner some harsh language, the prisoner replied, _Sir, +I am as innocent as the child is at my mistress's breast_; that the +prisoner also pretended the deceased took a knife in her hand when she +went into the cellar, upon which this evidence and Mr. Payne went down, +and found not a drop of blood all the way. Mr. Saunders also deposed +that the prisoner was out of the way when the deceased went to draw +drink, and that they saw no knife in her hand. + +Mr. Cox, the surgeon, deposed that he saw the deceased lying upon her +back, amid a vast stream of blood which had issued from her; that upon +the table among other knives he had found one amongst them which was a +little bloody and answered exactly to the cut, it going through her +apron, a stuff petticoat and a strong coarse shift. The wound was in her +thigh, going obliquely upwards, and therefore, as he thought, could not +have been given by the deceased herself. The knife, too, was as he said, +laid farther than the deceased could have carried it after the receipt +of the wound, which being in the femoral artery must be mortal in a +minute, or a minute and a half at most. He observed, also, that under +her chin and about her left ear there seemed to have been some violence +used, so as to have caused a stagnation of the blood. This deposition +was confirmed by another surgeon and apothecary, and also in most of its +material circumstances by a surgeon who looked on her on behalf of the +prisoner. + +Cluff asked very few questions, and Mr. Daldwin being called for the +appellant, swore that at nine o'clock in the morning he was at Mr. +Payne's and saw the prisoner and the deceased quarrelling, that he +looked maliciously and was an ill-natured fellow. Here the counsel of +the appeal rested their proof, and the prisoner made no other defence +than absolutely denying the fact. After his counsel had said what they +thought proper on the nature and circumstances that had been sworn +against him, the jury withdrew, and after a short stay brought in the +prisoner guilty. + +During the space he was confined, between their verdict and his death, +he behaved with a calmness very rare to be met with. He attended the +public devotion of the chapel very gravely and devoutly, behaved quietly +and patiently in his cell, never expressed either fear or uneasiness at +his approaching death, nor ever let fall a warm expression against his +prosecutors, but on the contrary always spoke well of them, and prayed +heartily for them. When pressed, by the ministers who attended him, not +to pass into the other world with a lie in his mouth, but to declare +sincerely and candidly how Mary Green came by her death, he at first +looked a little confused, but at last seeming to recollect himself, he +said, _Gentlemen, I know it is my duty to give glory unto God, and to +take shame unto myself for those sins I have committed in my passage +through this life. I therefore readily acknowledge that my offences have +been black in their nature, and many in number; but for the particular +crime I am to suffer death as the punishment of it, I know no more of it +than the child that is unborn, nor am I able to say in what manner she +came by her death._ And in this he continued to persist unto the time of +his death, appearing to be very easy under his sufferings and did not +change countenance when he was told the day was fixed for his execution, +as it is ordinarily observed the other malefactors do. + +As he passed through Holborn to the place of execution, he desired the +cart might stop at his master's house, which accordingly it did. Cluff +thereupon called for a pint of wine and desired to speak with Mr. Payne. +Accordingly he came out, and then he addressed himself to him in these +words. _Sir, you are not insensible that I am going to suffer an +ignominious death for what I declare I am not guilty of, as I am to +appear before my Great Judge in a few moments, to answer for all my past +sins. I hope you and my good mistress will pray for my poor soul. I pray +God bless you and all your family._ Then he spoke to somebody to bid the +carman go on. It was remarkable that he spoke this with great +composedness and seeming cheerfulness. + +At the place of execution he did not lose anything of that cheerful +sedateness which he had preserved under the course of his misfortunes, +but made the responses regular to the prayers in the cart and standing +up, addressed himself in these words to the multitude. _Good People, I +die for a fact I did not commit. I have never ceased to pray for my +prosecutors most heartily, ever since I have been under sentence. I wish +all men well. My sins have been great, but I hope for God's mercy +through the merits of Jesus Christ._ Then a Psalm was sung at his own +request. Afterwards, overhearing somebody say that his mistress was in a +coach hard by his execution, he could not be satisfied until somebody +went to search and coming back assured him she was not there. As the +cart was going away he spoke again to the people saying, _I beg of you +to pray for my departing soul. I wish I was as free from all other sins +as I am of this for which I am now going to suffer._ + +He desired of his friends that his body might be carried to Hand Alley +in Holborn, and from thence to St. Andrew's Church, to lie in the grave +with his brother. He suffered on the 25th of July, 1719, being then +about thirty-two years of age. + +FOOTNOTES: + + [86] Passed by a Parliament held at Gloucester in 1278 and + dealing with actions at law. + + + + +The Life of JOHN DYER, a most notorious thief, highwayman and +housebreaker + + +My readers cannot but remember the mention often made of this criminal, +in the former volumes. He was, at the time of his death, one of the +oldest offenders in England, and as he was at some pains to digest his +own story that is, the series of his villainies into writing, so what we +take from thence, will at once be authentic and entertaining to our +readers. + +He was born of honest and mean parents at Salisbury, who took care, +however, to bestow on him a very tolerable education, and when he grew +up, put him out apprentice to a shoemaker, where he soon made a +beginning in those pernicious practices to which he so assiduously +afterwards addicted himself. The first thing he did, was robbing a +chandler's chop at Collinburn, in the county of Wilts, of the money box, +in which was thirty shillings, and got clear off. Some time after, his +master sending him on a Sunday to a village just by, to get twelve +pennyworth of halfpence at a chandler's shop, Dyer finding nobody at +home, cut the bar of the window, got in thereat, and rifled the house. +The booty he found did not amount to above three half-crowns, but he +added to that the taking away what currants and raisins there were in +the shop, which piece of covetousness had well-nigh cost him his life, +for being suspected and charged with the fact, he had only time to hide +the money. Having searched him in vain, they turned some of the plums +out of his coat pocket, but he readily averring that he bought them at +Andover Market, there being nobody who could falsify it, he escaped for +that time. + +His matter shortly after sending him with five pounds to buy leather, +Dyer picking up a companion, as wicked as himself, he persuaded him to +join in a story of his being robbed of the aforesaid sum of money, +which, upon his return, he told his master, and the boy vouching it +firmly, they were believed. Some small space from this, being sent +amongst his master's customers to receive some money, he picked up about +three pounds, and then went off immediately for Salisbury, where he +became acquainted with an idle young woman; which bringing him once more +into necessity, he went one day into the market to see what he might be +able to lay hands on. There he observed a young woman to receive money, +and watching her out of town, he took an opportunity to knock her down, +robbing her, and dragging her into a wood, where he lay with her, and +then bound her fast to a tree. + +From thence he went to a village in Hampshire, where he wrought +journey-work at his trade; and getting acquainted with a young woman, he +lodged at her mother's house, where he soon got the daughter with child, +and persuaded her to rob the old woman, and go with him to Bristol. +There they lived together profusely until all the money was spent, and +then she and her child went back to her mother, who received them very +gladly. Dyer did not think fit to return, but went to make his mother a +visit at Salisbury, where he continued not long before he took an +opportunity of robbing her of fifty pounds, and thence marched off to +Bristol, where he gamed most of the money away. Then he retired to a +town in Wiltshire, where cohabiting with a widow women, they found means +to get so good credit as to take the town in (as Mr. Dyer expressed it) +for thirty pounds. Then packing up they marched off to a place at a +considerable distance, where Dyer entered into partnership with a +collier, being to advance fifty pounds, thirty of which he paid down and +the rest was to pay monthly; but before the first payment became due the +collier broke, and his partner, Dyer, thereupon thought it convenient to +remove to some other place. + +He pitched, therefore, upon the city of Hereford, where he worked +honestly for a space, until being in company one night with a higgler, +he heard the man say he should go to a place called Ross to buy fowls. +Dyer answered that he did not care if he went with him, and in their +journey, taking the advantage of a proper place he stopped his companion +and robbed him. The man gave him two shillings out of his pocket, but +Dyer suspecting he must have some more money to buy fowls with, +searched the hampers and took out twelve pounds. Taking the man's horse +also, he rode it forty miles outright, after which he went to +Marlborough in Wiltshire, and stayed there a fortnight. But venturing to +steal a silver mug, he was for that fact apprehended and committed close +prisoner there, in order to be tried for it next assizes, but before +that time, he found a weak place in the prison, and breaking it made his +escape. + +From thence he went to an aunt's house, about seven or eight miles from +Salisbury, where he stayed until her husband grew so uneasy that he was +obliged to take his leave. He travelled then to a sister of his, and +meeting there with an old schoolfellow and relation, he quickly +persuaded the lad to become as bad as himself, drawing him in to rob his +mother of fifty shillings, with which small stock they two were set up +for their old trade of gaming. But the robbery they had committed was +quickly detected. However, Dyer so well tutored his associate that the +boy could neither by threats nor promises be brought to own it, yet +their denials had not the least weight with their relations. They were +thoroughly convinced of their being guilty, and therefore were +determined that they should be punished, for which purpose they carried +them before a neighbouring Justice of Peace, who committed them to +Bridewell to hard labour. + +As Dyer could not endure imprisonment, especially when hard labour was +added to it, so he very speedily contrived a method to free himself and +his companion from their fetters, which was by leaping down the house of +office,[87] which a few days afterwards they did and got clear off. + +These various difficulties and narrow escapes seemed to make no other +impression upon Dyer than to give him a greater liking than ever to such +sort of villainous enterprises. He stole as many horses out of New +Forest as came to three-score pounds, and afterwards setting up for a +highwayman, committed a multitude of facts in that neighbourhood, which +he has with great care related in the account he published of his life. +Amongst the rest he stripped a poor maid-servant, who was just come out +of a place, of all the money she had, viz., a gold ring, and a box of +clothes, and so left her without either necessaries or money. At +Winchester he disposed of the clothes and linen which he took from the +poor woman. At an alehouse in High Street he fell into company with a +lace-man, from whom he learned, by some little conversation, that he was +going to Amesbury Fair in Wiltshire. Dyer told him he was going thither +too, and so along they journeyed together. When they arrived there, they +put up their horses at the sign of the Chopping Knife, and while the +lace-man went out to take a stand to sell his goods in, Dyer demanded +the box of lace of the landlord, as if he had been the man's partner; +then calling for his horse, while the landlord's back was turned, he +rode clear off from them all. + +On the Plain, going towards Devizes, he overtook a Scotch pedlar. Dyer +it seems knew him, and called him by his name, asking him if he had any +good handkerchiefs, upon which the poor man let down the pack off his +back and showed him several. Dyer told him, after looking over the +goods, that he did not want to buy anything, but must have what he +pleased for nothing. The Scotchman, upon that, put himself in a posture +of defence, but Dyer drawing his pistols on him soon obliged him to +yield, and tied him with some of his own cloth fast to the post of a +wall. He then went and rifled the pack, taking thence nine pounds odd in +money, a great parcel of hair, which he sold afterwards for eight +pounds, six dozen handkerchiefs, and a quantity of muslin. Then he +released the pedlar again, and bid him go and take care of the rest of +his pack, Mr. Dyer being then in some hurry to look out for another +booty. + +A very small time after our plunderer met with an old shepherd, who had +sold a good parcel of sheep. Dyer attacked him with his hanger and the +old man, though he had nothing but his stick, made a very good defence. +However, at last he was overcome and lost seventy-two pounds which he +had taken at the market. Dyer being by this time full of money, he +thought fit to go to Dorchester in Wilts, where by the usual course of +his extravagances, he lessened it in a very short time; and then +persuading a poor butcher of the town, who had broke, to become his +companion, he soon taught him from being unfortunate to become wicked. +They agreed very well together (as Mr. Dyer says) until he caught his +new partner endeavouring to cheat him as well as he had taught him to +rob other people. But after some hard words the butcher confessed the +fact, and and promised to be honest to him for the future; which being +all that Dyer wanted, a new agreement was made, and they went to work +again in their old occupation. + +The first exploit they went upon afterwards was at Woodbury Hill Fair, +in Dorsetshire, where as soon as the fair was over, Mr. Dyer, in his +merry style, tells us their fair began, for observing a cheeseman who +received about fourscore pounds, they watched him so narrowly that about +a mile from the fair they attacked him and bid him deliver. With a heavy +heart the old man suffered himself to be rifled, though he had paid away +a far greater part of the money, and had not above twelve pounds about +him, yet he sighed as if he would have broken his heart at the loss, +while Dyer and his companion were as much out of humour at the +disappointment and gave him several smart lashes with their whips, +telling him that he should never pay money when gentlemen waited to +receive it. + +A small time after this robbery they committed another upon a +hop-merchant, who was riding with his wife. They searched him very +carefully for money, but could find none, until Dyer beginning to curse +and swear and threatening to kill him, his wife cried out, _For Heaven's +sake, do not murder my husband and I'll tell you where his money is._ +Accordingly, she declared it was in his boots, upon which Dyer cut them +off his legs and found fifty guineas therein, then taking their leave of +the merchant and his wife, Dyer very gratefully thanked her for her good +office. From thence they went down to Sherbourne, and each of them +having got a mistress, they lived there very merrily for a considerable +space, living in full enjoyment of those gross sensualities in which +they alone reaped satisfaction at the expense of such honest people as +they had before plundered. + +Here they had intelligence of a certain grazier who was going down into +the country to buy lean beasts, upon which they followed him and robbed +him of all the money he had, which was about fourscore-and-ten pounds. +So large a sum proved only a fund for extravagance, a use to which these +men put all the money they laid their hands on. Hampshire being so lucky +a place, Dyer and his comrade went next to Ringwood, where the butcher +fell sick, and lay for some time, until their money was almost consumed. +But then growing well again, Dyer took him down to Bath, where they +robbed the stage-coaches from Bath to London, and as they returned from +London to Bath again, until the road became so dangerous that they hired +persons to guard them for the future; and notwithstanding they so often +practised this villainy, they never were in danger but once, when a +gentleman fired a blunderbuss at them but missed them both, whereupon +they robbed the coach, and afterwards whipped him severely with their +horse whips. + +Their next expedition was to Hungerford, where they stayed about two +months, in which time Dyer made a match for the butcher with a widow +woman of his own trade; but just as they were going to be married, +somebody discovered both his and the butcher's occupation, and thereupon +obliged them to quit Hungerford, and to take their road to Newbury, with +more precipitation than they were wont to do. In the road to Reading +they robbed a tallow-chandler, and then galloped to Reading, where they +had like to have been taken by the information of the Bath coachman; +but they being pretty well mounted and riding hard night and day got +safe down to Exeter in Devonshire, where, as the securest method, they +agreed to part by consent. The butcher went back to Devonshire again, +and Dyer must needs go to visit his friends at Salisbury, and then after +a short stay with them set out for London. + +The fear he was under of being discovered if he came into the direct +road made him take a roundabout way in his journey, and thereby put it +in his power to rob four Oxford scholars; from two of them he took their +watches and their money, but though he searched the other two very +diligently could find nothing, upon which he rode away with the booty he +had taken. But the two whom he had robbed quickly called him back again, +and told him their companions had money, if he had but wit enough to +find it. Whereupon Dyer began to examine the first very strictly, and +found his money put under his buttons, and his watch thrust into his +breeches. On search of the second, he discovered his money put up in the +cape of his coat, but his watch he had hustled to one of his companions, +who held it out, which as soon as Dyer saw he took it away. It is +surprising that men should be possessed with so odd a spirit that +because they have lost all themselves, they must needs have others +plundered into the bargain. However, Dyer thought it a good job, and +with the help of this money he came up to London. + +When he arrived here, he worked honestly for some time at his trade, +with a very noted shoemaker upon Ludgate Hill. Soon after, he removed to +a lodging in Leather Lane, and worked there for twelve months. At last +he got into the company of a common woman of the town, and she very +quickly brought him into his old condition, for being much in debt and +often arrested, Dyer, who was at present very fond of her, was obliged +to bail her or get her bailed. Hearing that he had a legacy of ten +pounds a year in an Exchequer Annuity, she would never let him alone +until he had disposed of it, which at last he did, for about fourscore +pounds. The first thing that was done after the receipt of the sum of +money was to clothe madam in Monmouth Street, in an handsome suit of +blue flowered satin, with everything agreeable thereto. On their return +home the man of the house where they lodged flew into a great passion, +said he'd never suffer her to wear such fine clothes unless he was paid +what was due to him. Mr. Dyer in his memoirs gives us this story, +dressed out with abundance of oaths and such like decoration, which we +will venture to leave out, and relate the adventure, as it gives a very +good idea of such sort of houses, otherwise in his own language. + +The bawd, while her husband was swearing, took Mr. Dyer upstairs, and +there with a wheedling tone asked him if Moll should not bring them a +quartern of brandy to drink his and his spouse's health, but before Dyer +could give her an answer, she issued a positive command herself, +whereupon up comes Moll and the quartern. The mistress poured out half +of it into one glass which she drank off to the health of Mr. and Mrs. +Dyer, adding with great complaisance. _Well, indeed your Alice is a fine +woman when she's dressed. I love to see a handsome woman with all my +heart. Come, Moll, fill t'other quartern, and bid Mrs. Dyer come to her +spouse; and d'ye hear, tell my husband that Mrs. Dyer desires to drink a +glass of brandy with him._ + +On this message up comes the husband, and clapping down by him took him +by the hand, with an abundance of seeming courtesy, said, _Pray, Mr. +Dyer, don't let you and I fall out. I may, in my passion, have let fall +some provoking words to your wife, but I can't help it, 'tis my way, and +I really want money so that it almost makes me mad. I'll tell you what; +your spouse, Mr. Dyer, owes me almost nine pounds, now if you'll give me +five guineas, I'll give you a receipt in full._ Upon which our cully of +a robber, thinking to save so much money, paid it him down, and madam +seemed to be highly pleased. + +As soon as this was over and the receipt given, his lady said to Dyer, +_Come my dear, we'll go and take a walk and see Mrs. Sheldon._ Thither +they went. No sooner were they in the house, but after the first +compliments were passed, Mrs. Sheldon said, _We were just talking of you +when you came in, Mr. Dyer, and of that small matter your spouse owes +us._ Says Dyer, _How much is it?_ But two-and-forty shillings, says Mrs. +Sheldon. Upon which the fool took the money out of his pocket and paid +it. A little while after this, Dyer's mistress thought fit to quarrel +with one of her female acquaintances whom she had made her confidante, +by which means the story came out that she was not a penny in debt +either to her landlord or Mrs. Sheldon, but that she wanted money and +was resolved to make hay while the sun shone. + +One would have thought that a fellow so versed in villainy, and so given +up to all sorts of debauchery, would have immediately discarded a woman +who showed him such tricks, but on the contrary he grew fonder of her, +removed her to another lodging, and lavished all he had on her. But as a +new misfortune, one morning early a man knocked at the door, which he +taking to be one of her gallants, went in his shirt to the window. The +man enquired whether one Mrs. Davis was there, upon which Dyer's +mistress in a great agony, said. _O, la, John, it's my husband come from +sea, what shall I do?_ Upon this, Dyer hustled on his clothes and went +downstairs to another harlot, and by there until his first lady and her +husband came downstairs. + +However, it was not long before the seaman had an account of Dyer's +familiarity with his wife, and thereupon thinking to get money out of +him brought his action against him; but Dyer got himself bailed, and +soon after arrested him for meat, drink and lodging for his wife for +several months, for which he lay in the Compter for a considerable time, +and at last was obliged to give Dyer ten pounds to make it up. + +At last, when money ran low, Dyer's love on a sudden went all out. He +dismissed his mistress and not finding another quickly to his mind, took +up a sudden resolution to marry and live honest. It was not long before +he prevailed on an honest woman, and accordingly they were joined +together in wedlock. Dyer thereupon provided himself with a cobbler's +stall in Leather Lane, worked hard and lived well. But as his +inclinations were always dishonest, he could not long confine himself to +honesty and labour, but in a short space meeting with a young man in the +neighbourhood, who was very uneasy in his circumstances, and on ill +terms with ms friends, and very much disordered in his mind on account +of the misfortunes under which he laboured, Dyer began immediately to +cast eyes upon him as one who would make him a fit companion. + +It seems the other had exactly the same thoughts, and one day as they +were walking together in the fields, says the stranger to him, _I'll +tell you what; if you knew how affairs stand with me, you would advise +me. I must either go upon the highway, or into gaol. That's a hard +choice_, replied Dyer; _but did you ever do anything of that kind? No_, +said the other, _indeed, not hitherto. Well, then_, says his tutor +again, _have you any pistols? No_, replied he, _but I intend to pawn my +watch and buy some._ The bargain was soon made between them. One night +they robbed a man by the Old Spa,[88] the same night they robbed another +by Sadler's Wells. Two or three days after, they robbed a chariot, and +took from persons in it thirty pounds. The young practitioner in +thieving thought this a rare quick way of getting money and therefore +followed it very industriously in the company of his assistant. In +Lincoln's Inn Fields they were hard put to it, for after they had +committed a robbery, abundance of watchmen gathered about them, whom +they suffered to advance very near them, but then firing two or three +pistols over their heads they all ran, and suffered the robbers to go +which way they would. A multitude of other facts they committed, until +Dyer got into that gang who robbed on Blackheath, of whom we have given +some account. + +It is observable that Dyer, in his own narrative, gives not the least +account of his turning evidence and hanging a great number of his +associates, many of whom, as has been said in the former volume,[89] +charged him with having first drawn them into the commission of crimes +and then betrayed them. It seems this was among the circumstances of his +life which did not afford him any mirth, a thing to which throughout the +course of his memoirs he is egregiously addicted. However it was, I must +inform my reader that he remained for near seven years a prisoner in +Newgate after his being an evidence, until at last he found means to get +discharged at the same time with one Abraham Dumbleton, who was his +companion in his future exploits, and suffered with him at the same +time. When they were at the bar, in order to their being discharged out +of Newgate, the Recorder, with his usual humanity, represented to them +the danger there was of their coming to a bad end, in case they should +be set at liberty and get again into the company of their old comrades +who might seduce them to their former practices, and thereby become the +means of their suffering a violent and ignominious death; advising them +at the same time rather to submit to a voluntary transportation, whereby +they would gain a passage into a new country, inhabited by Englishmen, +where they might live honestly without dread of those reproaches to +which they would be ever liable here. But they insisting upon their +discharge and promising to live very honestly for the future, their +request was complied with, and they were set at liberty. + +One of the first crimes committed by Dyer afterwards was robbing a +victualler coming over Bloomsbury Market,[90] between one and two +o'clock in the morning, and from whom, having thrown him down and +stopped his mouth, they took his silver watch, seventeen shillings in +money, two plain rings, and the buckles out of his shoes. They robbed +another man in the Tottenham Court Road coming to town, tied him and +then took from him two-and-forty shillings. Dyer also happening to be +one day a little cleaner and better dressed than ordinary, was taken +notice of in Lincoln's Inn Fields by one of those abominable, unnatural +wretches who addict themselves to sodomy. He pretended to know him at +first, and desired him to step to the tavern with him and drink a glass +of wine, which the other readily complied with. In the tavern, Dyer took +notice that the gentleman had a good diamond ring upon his finger, and +then suddenly taking notice of a hackney-coach which drove by with a +single gentleman in it, he pretended it was a friend of his and that he +needs must go down and speak a word with him. Under pretence of doing +which, he went clear off with the diamond ring. Two or three days after, +he met the same person with a man in years, and of some consideration. +Upon his asking Dyer how he came to go off in that manner from the +tavern, he, who was accustomed to such salutations, gave him a rough +answer, and the spark fearing a worse accusation might be alleged +against himself, thought fit to go off without making any more words +about it. + +I am not able to say how long after, but certainly it could be no very +considerable space before he and Dumbleton robbed Mr. Bradley, in Kirby +Street, by Hatton Garden, of his hat and wig, at the same time trampling +on him, beating him, and using him in the most cruel manner imaginable, +as was sworn by Mr. Bradley upon their trial. However, by affrighting +the watch with their pistols, they got off safe and a night or two after +broke open a linen-draper's shop, and took out a large parcel of linen. +For these two facts they were shortly after apprehended, and on very +full evidence convicted at the Old Bailey. + +Under sentence of death, Dyer said he was sorry for his offences, but +spoke of them in a manner that showed he had but a slight sense of those +heinous crimes in which he had continued so long. His narrative that he +left behind him, and which was published the day before his execution, +is a manifest proof of the ludicrous terms which those unhappy creatures +affect in the relation of their own adventures. However, it becomes us +not to judge concerning the sentiments of a person who in his last +moments professed himself a penitent. Instead of doing which, we shall +produce the speech he made at the place of execution. + + Good People, + + I desire all young men to take warning by my ignominious death, and + to forsake evil company, especially lewd women, who have been the + chief cause of my unhappy fate. I hope, and make it my earnest + request that nobody will be so ill a Christian as to reflect on my + aged parents, who took an early care to instruct me, and brought me + up a member, though a very unworthy one, of the Church of England. I + hope my misfortunes will be a warning to all youth, especially some + whom I wish well; I will not name them, but hope, if they see this, + they will take it to themselves. I die in charity with all men, + forgiving and hoping to be forgiven myself, through the merits of my + blessed Saviour Jesus Christ. + +He died on the 21st of November, 1729, being thirty-one years of age. + +FOOTNOTES: + + [87] This may mean that they dropped themselves into the + cess-pit and made their way out through another opening. + + [88] Spa Fields, Clerkenwell, was a notorious spot for footpads. + + [89] See pages 121, 122. + + [90] This was at the south-west corner of Bloomsbury Square. + + + + +The Lives of WILLIAM ROGERS, a Thief; WILLIAM SIMPSON, a Horse-dealer; +and ROBERT OLIVER, _alias_ WILLIAM JOHNSON, a Thief + + +The first of these persons was descended from very mean parents, who +had, however, given him a tolerable education, so far as to qualify him +by reading and writing for any ordinary kind of business, to which they +intended to breed him on his coming to a fit age. They put him out +apprentice to a shoemaker, with whom he lived out his time, with the +approbation of his master and all who knew him. Afterwards he married a +wife and worked for some time honestly as a journeyman at his trade, +being exceedingly fond of his new wife. But she being a woman who liked +living in a better state than he could afford by what he gained at his +work, and he being desirous to live more at home, and yet maintain her +plentifully too, at last came to picking and thieving; and being +detected in stealing some shoes out of a shop, he was for that crime +transported. + +In Maryland and Virginia he continued some time working at his trade +with masters there, who gave him great encouragement, so that he might +have lived very happily there, if he had not been desirous of coming to +England. His mind ran continually on his wife. It was for her sake that +he at first had fallen into these practices, and to enjoy her +conversation was almost the only thing which tempted him to return home. + +On his arrival here, it was no doubt with the greatest uneasiness that +he heard his wife, as soon as ever he went abroad, cohabited with +another man and could never afterwards be brought to see him, or give +him any assistance, no not when he was under his last and great +misfortunes. Her unkindness afflicted the unhappy man so much that he +grew careless of his safety, and thereby became speedily apprehended, +and was tried for his offence in returning before the time was expired; +and the fact being clear he was at once convicted. + +Under sentence of death, he seemed to deplore nothing so much as the +unkindness of his wife, who would not so much as afford him one visit, +when he had hazarded, and even sacrificed his life to visit her. He +confessed that he had been guilty of that crime for which he had +formerly been transported, but denied that he lived in such a course of +wickedness and debauchery as most malefactors do. On the contrary, he +said he was heartily sorry for his sins, and hoped that God would accept +his imperfect repentance. + +William Simpson was a young man of very good parents in Gloucestershire, +who had taken care to educate him carefully, both in the knowledge of +letters and of true religion, and they then put him out apprentice to a +tailor; but not liking that employment, he did not follow it, but lived +with a relation of his who was a great farmer in the country. There, it +seems, he stole a black gelding to the value of ten pounds, for which he +was quickly apprehended and committed to prison, and upon very full +evidence convicted. The unhappy youth said that nothing but idleness and +an aversion to any employment were the causes of his committing an act +of such a nature, so contrary to the principles in which he had been +instructed, and to which he was not tempted by ill-company, or driven to +by any straits. Under sentence of death he behaved with great modesty, +penitence and civility, was desirous of being instructed and did +everything that could be expected from a man in his miserable condition. + +Robert Oliver, _alias_ William Johnson, was born of parents of tolerable +circumstances in Yorkshire, they bred him at school, and afterwards +bound him apprentice to a tallow-chandler. After he was out of his time, +he got somehow or other into the service of Mrs. North, where he robbed +one Joseph Heppworth of seven-and-forty guineas. As soon as he had done +it, he went to Moorgate and gave two-and-twenty of them for a horse, +upon which he rode down into his own country, where he exchanged it for +another horse, getting four guineas to boot. But the person who had lost +the money being indefatigable, and imagining that he might have gone +down into his own country, followed him thither, and after some time +seized him and got him confined in Beverley gaol. But it seems he found +a way to make his escape from thence, and so getting to London, skulked +up and down here for some time, until at last he was discovered and +committed to Newgate and at the ensuing sessions at the Old Bailey was +tried and convicted for the aforesaid offence. + +Under sentence he behaved himself stupidly, not seeming to have a just +concern for the offence which he had committed. He was sullen, would say +very little, did not deny the crime for which he died, but yet did not +seem to have that compunction which might have been expected from a man +in his sad condition. + +At the place of execution Rogers said little; Simpson acknowledged lewd +women had been his ruin; Robert Oliver acknowledged that he had been a +vicious, unruly, young man, who had hearkened to no advice, but addicted +to nothing but the accomplishment of his vices. They were all desirous +of prayers, and after they were celebrated they submitted to their +deaths very patiently; and with pious ejaculations, they were executed +on the 21st of November, 1739, Rogers being forty years of age, Simpson +nineteen, and Oliver twenty-two. + + + + +The Life of JAMES DRUMMOND + + +Folly and wickedness, as it were, naturally lead men to poverty, shame +and misfortunes, but when such miseries overtake persons who lived +soberly and in all outward appearance honestly, it is apt to create +wonder at first, and afterwards to excite compassion. + +The unhappy man of whom we are now speaking was the son of a sailor, who +brought him when but a boy of three years of age up to London, and then +dying, left him to the care of his mother, who was too poor to give him +any education. However, he went to sea, and being a young man ingenious +enough in himself, and very tractable in his temper, he soon became a +tolerable proficient in the practical part of navigation. This +recommended him to pretty constant business, whereby he got enough to +maintain himself and his family handsomely enough, if he had thought fit +to have employed it that way; which for a considerable space of time he +did, keeping up a very good reputation in the neighbourhood where he +lived, and serving with a fair character on board several men-of-war, +going up the Baltic with squadrons sent thither to preserve the Swedish +coast from being insulted by the Moscovites. + +After his return, he served on board the fleet which destroyed that of +the Spaniards in Sicily. He was afterwards coxswain in the Admiral, when +they served in the Mediterranean, and on the coast of Spain, but coming +home at last and being weary of going to sea, he took up the trade of +selling china and some small goods about the country; in which he got so +established a character that the gentlemen with whom he chiefly dealt +would have trusted him a hundred pounds on his word, and never anything +gave a greater shock to his neighbours and acquaintances than the news +of his being apprehended for a highwayman. However, it seems he had been +engaged to that course by his brother, notwithstanding that till then he +had lived not only honestly, but with tolerable sentiments of religion. + +The method in which he was drawn to turn robber on a sudden was thus. On +the 19th of October, 1729, his brother came to him as he was working on +the outside of a ship on the other side of the water, and invited him to +go out with him to a public house, to which at first he was very +unwilling; but at last suffering himself to be prevailed upon, he and +his brother went together to a house not far distant, where they drank +to a higher pitch than James Drummond had ever done before. His brother +all along insinuated how advantageous a trade the highway was, owning he +had followed nothing else for some years past, and saying there was not +the least hazard run in it, at the same time advising his brother to +quit labouring hard, and to take to it, too. James was now grown so +drunk that he hardly knew what he did, so that after much persuasion he +got up behind his brother upon the same horse, but was afterwards set +down, it being judged by both of them to be better to rob on foot, while +he who was well armed and well mounted might be able to defend them +both. Having come to this fatal agreement, they immediately set about +those enterprises which they had consulted together. + +The first robbery they committed was upon Mr. William Isgrig, from whom +they took sixteen guineas, seven half-guineas, three broad pieces, one +moidore, twenty shillings in silver, and a watch value two pounds. Not +satisfied with this the same night they attacked one Mr. Wakeling, on +the same road, and took from him a silver watch, and three or four +shillings in money, though not without much resistance, Mr. Wakeling +having drawn his sword and defended himself for a considerable time; but +perceiving one of the rogues to be a footpad, he followed him so +closely, and made such an outcry to the watch, that after a long pursuit +and a sharp struggle with him, they took James Drummond prisoner. His +brother after firing a pistol or two, rode off as fast as he could. At +the ensuing sessions at the Old Bailey he was indicted for both offences +and upon very full and dear evidence convicted. + +It was impossible to describe the agonies which this unhappy man +suffered while under sentence of death, the sense of his own condition, +the reflection on his former character, unsullied and untainted amongst +his whole neighbourhood, the consideration of leaving a wife and five +small children behind him, with small provision for their support, and +what was worse exposed to the reflection of the world on the score of an +unhappy father, scandalous in the last actions of his life, and +ignominious in his death. However, returning to his former principles of +piety and religion, he comforted himself under the weight of all his +misfortunes, by leaning on the mercy of God, praying fervently to Him to +grant him patience and protection under those dreadful evils which he +suffered. He acknowledged all to be exactly true which was deposed +against him at his trial, confessed the justice of his sentence, and +prepared to undergo it with as much submission and resignation as was +possible, and indeed perhaps no criminal ever behaved with more +penitence than he did. He died on Monday, the 22nd of December, 1729, +being then forty years of age. + + + + +The Lives of WILLIAM CAUSTIN and GEOFFREY YOUNGER, Footpads + + +The first of these unhappy men, William Caustin, was born somewhere in +the country, but the particular place is not mentioned in any papers I +have before me. Neither am I able to say of what condition his parents +were, yet whether poor or rich they afforded him a very tolerable +education, and when he was grown big enough to be put out apprentice, +bound him to a barber, to whom he served out his time with remarkable +fidelity. When out of his time he married a wife and set up for himself; +yet whether through inevitable misfortunes, or for want of good +management, I cannot say, but he failed in a very short time after, and +so was reduced to be a journeyman again. However, his character remained +so unblemished that he was never out of business, nor ill-treated by any +masters where he worked. On the contrary, he was caressed wherever he +came, and treated with as much civility as if he had been a relation to +those whom he had served. + +His wife unfortunately falling sick upon his hand, he became thereby +thrown out of business, and in that time falling into ill company, their +repeated solicitations prevailed with him to go for once upon the +highway, which accordingly he did, and committed, in company with +Geoffrey Younger and the evidence, a robbery on William Bowman, taking +from him a guinea and thirteen shillings, for which he was very quickly +after apprehended, and the fact being plainly and fully proved, he was +convicted, it being the only fact he ever committed. + +Geoffrey Younger, his companion, was descended of very honest creditable +parents in Northamptonshire. There he was put apprentice to a baker, to +whom he served his time out very honestly and faithfully. Afterwards he +came up to London, and lived here for seven years as a journeyman, in as +good a reputation as it was possible for a young man to have. But having +by that time got a good quantity of clothes, and about ten pounds in his +pockets, he began to think himself too good to work, and unfortunately +falling into the company of some idle debauched persons of both sexes, +they soon led him into a road of ruin. Amongst these was one Bradley, a +fellow of his own business, whose company of all others, he most +affected. This fellow having addicted himself to the pursuit of the most +scandalous vices, easily drew in Younger to go with him to a house where +gamesters resorted and advising him to venture his money, Younger was +good enough to take his advice, and so was bubbled out of every farthing +of his money. + +Surprised and confounded at this extraordinary turn, which had reduced +him to indigence in a moment, he did nothing but lament his own hard +fortune, and curse his indiscretion for coming to such a place. Bradley +endeavoured to cheer him, telling him he would yet put him in a way to +get money, and thereupon proposed going with him upon the highway; in +order to encourage him to which, he told him that at such a place they +should meet with a man who had fourscore pounds about him. So after +abundance of arguments, Younger yielded, and out they went. From that +time forwards he gave a loose to all his brutal inclinations, associated +himself with nobody but common whores and thieves, spent his time in +gaming, when not engaged in a worse employment, and never, after his +acquaintance with Bradley, thought of doing anything either just or +honest. But his course was of no very long continuance, for having +committed four or five robberies, the last of which was in the company +of William Caustin, they were both apprehended, and as has been said, +upon very full evidence convicted. + +Under sentence of death they both of them blamed Bradley the evidence, +as the person who had drawn then first to the commission of those crimes +for which they were now to answer with their lives. Caustin's wife died +while he was under sentence, and he thereby lost what little comfort he +had under his afflictions. However, he endeavoured to compose himself +the best he could, to suffer that judgment which the Law had pronounced +upon him, and which he himself acknowledged to be just. Younger, on the +other hand, was exceedingly timorous and so terribly affrighted at the +approach of death that he scarce retained his senses. He confessed very +freely the enormities of his former life; said that a more dissolute +person than himself never lived; cried out against the evidence Bradley, +as the author of his misfortunes; charged him with having painfully +endeavoured to seduce him. But in the midst of this he wept bitterly, +and showed a great terror at the approach of his execution than was seen +amongst any of the rest who suffered with him, his countenance being so +much altered, that it was hardly possible for anybody to know him, who +had been acquainted with him before, insomuch that he looked for many +weeks before his execution like a person who had been already dead and +buried. + +As the day of dissolution approached, it was hoped that he would recover +more courage, but instead of that he became so terribly frighted that he +could scarce speak, or show any signs of life when he was brought to +Tyburn. However, there he did gather spirits a little, and spoke to the +crowd to take warning by him, and avoid coming to that fatal place. He +said that he had been guilty of but five robberies in all his life; said +he forgave his prosecutors and the evidence who swore against him; and +in this disposition they both died at the same time with the malefactors +before mentioned, Caustin being thirty-six years of age, and Younger +about thirty-four. + + + + +The Lives of HENRY KNOWLAND and THOMAS WESTWOOD, Footpads + + +Henry Knowland was the son of a father of the same name who was a +butcher. He received tolerably good education at school, and was brought +up by his father to his own business; but he was of a lewd disposition, +continually running after whores, keeping lewd company, gaming and +drinking until he was able neither to stand nor go. He married his first +cousin, who had formerly been the wife of Neeves, the evidence. It seems +this very Knowland had been put into Whitechapel gaol upon her swearing +a robbery against him for taking a gold chain off her neck, but that +affair being accommodated, he a little after married her, which was +perhaps no small cause of his future ruin. + +He was always dishonest in his principles, and ready to lay hold of any +money without ever thinking of paying it again. At Smithfield he used to +be very dextrous in cheating country graziers of their cattle. The +method by which he did it was generally thus. Taking advantage of a +countryman whom he saw looked unacquainted with things, he struck a +bargain as soon as possible, and for any price he pleased, for his +goods; then stepping in to drink a mug and receive the money, Knowland +had an accomplice already planted, who coming hastily into the room told +him with a submissive air that a gentleman at such a place desired to +speak with him. Upon this he, arising in a hurry, tells the countryman +he would return immediately and pay him his money, while the attendant +in the meanwhile drove off with the beast; and so the poor man was left +without hopes of seeing either the money or bullock and perhaps ruined +into the bargain for being obliged to pay his master for the beast that +was lost. + +Thomas Westwood, the second of these offenders, was a man descended of +very mean parents, who either had it not in their power, or were so +careless as to afford him little or no education. He himself, also, was +a stupid, obstinate fellow, who never took any pains to attain the least +degree of knowledge, but contented himself with living like a beast, in +a continual round of eating and drinking and sleeping. By trade he was a +sawyer, and when he wanted business in his trade, which, as the Ordinary +tells us, he often did bring a poor purblind creature, he either sold +sawdust about town, or else practised as a bailiffs follower, a +profession which led him into yet greater debaucheries and +extravagancies than otherwise possible he might have ever fallen into. + +Knowland and he were apprehended on suspicion for being robbers, and +were tried at the Old Bailey on four indictments, all said to have been +committed on the same day, viz., on the 23rd of November, 1729. The +first was for assaulting John Molton in an open field, putting him in +fear, and taking from him four shillings; the second was for assaulting +Mary Butler and taking from her sixpence in money; the third was for +assaulting Nicholas Butler, and taking from him half a guinea and one +shilling; the fourth was for assaulting Anne Nailor, and taking from her +three and sixpence in money. + +The prosecutors on all these indictments swore positively to the +prisoners' faces. Mr. Butler was desperately wounded (the Ordinary says +he was mortally wounded) but through God's grace recovered. In their +defence they called a great number of people to prove them in other +places at the time those robberies were committed, which they positively +swore, but the jury giving credit to the prosecutors' evidence, they +were both found guilty. However, they absolutely denied the crimes to +the last suffering at Tyburn with great marks of sorrow and loud +exclamations to God to have mercy on their souls, the 28th of February, +1730. Knowland being twenty-four years of age, and Westwood +twenty-seven, at the time of their deaths. + + + + +The Life of JOHN EVERETT, a Highwayman + + +This unfortunate man, who, in the course of his life, made some noise in +the world, was the son of honest and reputable parents at Hitchen, in +Hertfordshire. They gave their son all the education necessary to +qualify him for such business as he thought proper to put him to, which +was that of a salesman; but before his time was expired he went over to +Flanders, and served in the late War there, in several sieges and +battles; where he behaved so well as to be preferred to the post of a +serjeant in the Honourable General How's regiment of foot. But returning +to England upon the peace, and being quartered at Worcester he there +purchased his discharge. + +Coming up to London he betook himself, for bread, to the office of a +bailiff in Whitechapel Court, in which station he continued for about +seven years until he fell into misfortunes, chiefly through the means of +one C----th. To shelter himself from a gaol, which threatened him at +that time, he was forced to go into the Foot Guards, where he served in +the company commanded by the right Honourable the Earl of Albemarle; but +unluckily for him, having commenced an acquaintance with Richard Bird at +the aforesaid Mr. C----th's, Bird told him he perceived they were much +in a case, that is, they both wanted money, and that therefore looking +upon him (Everett) to be a man who could be trusted, he would propose to +him an easy method for supply. This method was neither better nor worse +than robbing on the highway. + +To this proposition Everett readily agreeing, they immediately joined, +provided proper utensils for their co-partnership, and soon after +practised their trade with great success in the counties of Middlesex, +Essex, Surrey and Kent, particularly robbing the Dartford coach, from +the passengers of which they took a portmanteau, wherein was contained +jewels, money and valuable goods to a very great amount. But spending as +fast as they got it, they were never the better for the multitude of +facts they committed, but were in a continual necessity of hazarding +body and soul for a very precarious subsistance. + +A short time after, they robbed the Woodford stage-coach and found in it +only one passenger worth plundering. From him they took a gold watch and +some silver, but the gentleman expressing a great concern at the loss of +his watch, they told him if he would promise faithfully to send such a +sum of money to such a place, they would let him have it again. On +Hounslow Heath they attacked two officers of the army, who were well +mounted and guarded with servants armed with blunderbusses. They took +their gold watches and money from them, though the officers endeavoured +to resist, but they forced them to submit to the well-known doctrine of +passive obedience before they acquitted them. The watches (pursuant to a +treaty they made with them on the spot) were afterwards left at Young +Man's Coffee House, Charing Cross, where the owners had them again on +payment of twenty guineas, as stipulated in the said treaty between the +parties. + +Another robbery they committed was on Squire Amlow (of Bream's +Buildings, Chancery Lane), in Epsom Lane, turning up to Epsom. When he +was attacked he drew a sword and made several passes at them as he sat +in an open chaise; but notwithstanding his resolution in opposing them, +they by force took two guineas, a silver watch, and his silver-hilted +sword, and some parchment writings of a considerable value. On his +submission and request for his writings, they accordingly delivered them +up, let him pass and helped him to his watch again, being in the hands +of Mr. Corket, a pawnbroker in Houndsditch. They also took opportunities +to rob all the butchers and higlers from Epping Forest to Woodford, +particularly one old woman, who wore a high crowned hat of her mother's +as she said, which hat they took and searched, and out of the lining of +it found three pounds and delivered her the hat again. On Acton Common +they also met two chariots with gentlemen and ladies in them and robbed +them in money, watches and other things to the value of forty pounds. + +My readers, from these instances, must have a tolerable notion of +Everett's humour, it may prove entertaining, therefore, to give them a +specimen of his own manner of relating his adventures, and therefore I +insert the following ones in his own words. + + Soon after our last achievement, my old comrade Dick Bird, and I, + stopped a coach in the evening on Hounslow Heath, in which (amongst + other passengers) were two precise, but courageous Quakers, who had + the assurance to call us Sons of Violence; and refusing to comply + with our reasonable demands jumped out of the coach to give us + battle. Whereupon we began a sharp engagement, and showed them the + arm of flesh was too strong for the Spirit, which seemed to move + very powerful within them. After a short contest (though we never + offered to fire, for I ever abhorred barbarity, or the more heinous + sin of murder) through the cowardly persuasions of their + fellow-travellers they submitted, though sore against their + inclinations. As they were stout fellows and men every inch of them, + we scorned to abuse them, and contented ourselves with rifling them + of the little Mammon of unrighteousness which they had about them, + which amounted to about thirty or forty shillings and their watches. + The rest in the coach, whose hearts were sunk into their breeches, + Dick fleeced without the least resistance. + + There was one circumstance of this affair which created a little + diversion, and therefore with my readers leave, I will relate it. + The Precisions for the most part, though they are plain in their + dress, wear the best of commodities, and though a smart toupee[91] + is an abomination, yet a bob-wig, or a natural of six or seven + guineas' price, is a modest covering allowed by the saints. One of + the prigs was well furnished in this particular, and flattering + myself it would become me, I resolved to make it lawful plunder. + Without any further ceremony, therefore, than alleging exchange was + no robbery, I napped his poll, and dressed him immediately in + masquerade with an old tie-wig, which I had the day before purchased + of an antiquated Chelsea pensioner for half-a-crown. The other + company, though in doleful dumps for the loss of the coriander seed, + could not forbear grinning at the merry metamorphis, for our Quaker + now looked more like a devil than saint. As companions in distress + ever alleviate its weight, they invited him with a general laugh + into their leathern convenience again, wished us a goodnight, and + hoped they should have no farther molestation on the road. We gave + then the watch-word, and assured them they should not, then tipped + the honest coachman a shilling to drink our healths, and brushed off + the ground. + + About a week or ten days later, my brother Dick and I projected a + new scheme more nimble than the former, to take a purse without the + charge of horse hire. Millington Common was determined to be the + scene of action. We sauntered for some time upon the green and + suffered several to pass by without the least molestation, but at + last we espied two gentlemen well-mounted coming towards us, who we + imagined might be able to replenish our empty purses, so we prepared + for an attack. After the usual salutation, I stopped the foremost + and demanded his cash, his watch and other appurtenances thereunto + belonging, and assured him I was a brother of an honourable but + numerous family; that to work I had no inclination and to beg I was + ashamed, and that I had at present no other way for a livelihood, if + such a demand at first view ought appear a little immodest or + unreasonable, I hoped he would excuse it, as necessity and not + choice was the fatal inducement. + + My brother Dick was as rhetorical in his apologies with the + hindermost, whom he dismounted. We used them with more good manners + and humanity than the common pads, who act for the most part rather + like Turks and Jews than Christians, in such enterprises, to the + eternal scandal of the profession. We contented ourselves with what + silver and little gold they had about them, which to about three or + four pounds, and their gold watches, one of which, as well I + remember, was of Tompion's make, and which I afterwards pawned for + five guineas to a fellow that the week after broke, and ran away + with it, so that I had not the opportunity of restoring it again to + the proper owner, for which I heartily beg his pardon. As we must + own the gentlemen behaved well and came unto our measures without + the least resistance, so they must do us the justice to acknowledge + that we treated them as such and neither disrobed nor abused them. + We thought it, however, common prudence to cut the girths of their + horses' saddles, and secure their bridles for fear of a pursuit. + + Thus flushed again with success, we made the best of our way to + Brentford, and there took the ferry; but Fortune, though she is + fair, yet she is a fickle mistress, her smiles are often false and + very precarious. Before we had got ashore, we heard the persons had + got scent of us, and our triumph had like to have ended in + captivity. When we were three parts over, and out of danger of + drowning, we told the ferrymen our distress, gave them ten + shillings, and obliged them to throw their oars into the Thames. The + agreeable reward and the fears of being thrown in themselves in case + of a denial, made them readily consent. In we plunged after them, + and soon made the shore. Though we looked like Hob just drawn out of + the well, those that saw us only imagined it was a drunken frolic. + Our expeditious flight soon dried our clothes, and without catching + the least cold, we both arrived safe that night at London. + + We congratulated each other, you may imagine on our happy and + narrow escape, and solaced ourselves after the fatigue of the day, + with a mistress and a bottle. + +I have copied these pages from Mr. Everett's book that my readers might +have a clear and just idea of those notions which these unhappy men +entertain of the life they lead, and hope they may be of some use in +giving such youths as are too apt to be taken with their low kind of +jests, a just abhorrence of committing villainy, merely to divert the +mob, and make themselves the sole topic of discourse in alehouses and +cellars. + +But to return to Everett. He was taken up on suspicion and committed to +New Prison, where he continued three years, behaving himself so well in +the prison that the justices ordered him his liberty, and he was +thereupon made turnkey of that place. In this post he continued to act +so honestly that he got a tolerable reputation, taking the Red Lion +alehouse, in Turnmill Street, Cow Cross, in order to live the better; +resigning his place as turnkey as soon as he was settled in it. + +He who succeeded him was a footman to the Duchess of Newcastle's and not +being very well acquainted with the nature of his new office, he was +very industrious to prevail with Everett to return to his former +condition, and accept the key from him. Promises and entreaties were not +long made in vain. Everett was sensible there was money to be got,[92] +and therefore, upon the fair promises of the new keeper, became turnkey +again. But when he had shown his master the art of governing such a +territory as his was; when he had instructed him in the secrets of +raising money, and shown him the methods of managing the several sorts +of prisoners that were committed to its care, his superior quickly gave +him to understand that he had now done all he wanted, and the next kind +office would be to quit this place; for it is with those sort of people +as with some in a higher station, though they at first caress men who +are better acquainted with affairs than themselves, in order to improve +their own knowledge, yet no sooner do they think themselves qualified to +go on without their assistance, but they grow uneasy at such services, +and are never quiet until they are rid of men whose abilities are their +greatest faults. + +A little after Everett was turned out to make room for the keeper's +brother, he had the additional misfortune to keep an account with a +person who too hastily demanded his money, and John, not being able to +pay it, therefore upon arrested him, and threw him into gaol. He +quickly turned himself over to the Fleet, where he first took the +rules, and then got into the Thistle and Crown Alehouse, in the Old +Bailey. There he lived for a while and afterwards took the Cock in the +same place, where he lived for three years with an indifferent +reputation, until he was prevailed on to take the Fleet Cellar[93], and +became very busy in the execution of the then Warden's project, until +the committee of the House of Commons thought fit to commit both of them +to Newgate. + +This effectually undid him, for while he was a prisoner there, the +brewer made a seizure of his whole stock of beer, to the value of three +hundred pounds, and this it was, as he himself said, which posted him +out upon the highway again. Whether we may depend upon those +protestations he had made that he should never otherwise have gone upon +the road again, but have lived and died free, at least from that sort of +wickedness which indeed he had reason to dislike, since he had saved his +life by impeaching Bird his companion, who was hanged at Chelmsford at +the assizes held there for the County of Essex. When he had once taken +this resolution in his head, it was not long before he equipped himself +with necessaries for his employment. + +The first robbery he committed was upon a lady in a chariot, and the +lady desiring that he would put up his pistol for fear of frightening a +child of six years old in the coach with her, he did so, and took from +her a guinea and some silver, without touching her gold watch, or any +other valuable things that she had about her. He had scarce committed +the robbery, before the lady's husband and another gentleman and his +company came up, and the accident being related to them, they +immediately pursued him as hard as their horses could gallop; and came +so close up with him, that he was hardly got into the Globe Tavern, in +Hatton Garden, and sent away his horse, before they passed by the door. +As soon as he thought they were out of sight, he slipped away with all +the precaution he was able, and got into a little blind alehouse in +Holborn, where he had scarce lit a pipe, and called for a tankard of +drink, before he perceived both the gentlemen looking very earnesty +about, though he now looked upon himself as out of all danger. + +It was a very short time after, that he committed the last fact, which +was the robbing of Mrs. Manley[94], and a lady, who was in a chariot +with her, a black boy being behind in the coach. He got safe enough off +and into town, after this robbery; but how it was I cannot tell, his +neighbours suspected him, and talked of him as a highwayman, and +reported very confidently that he was taken up, as it seems he was, but +was discharged again for want of evidence. He was speedily seized again, +and being committed to Newgate, was brought to his trial at the Old +Bailey for the said fact. + +Mrs. Ellis deposed that the prisoner was the person who robbed the +coach, and that she observed him follow it when they came out of town. +Mrs. Manley deposed also to his being the person who robbed them, and +William Coffee, a negro boy, who was behind the coach, swore positively +to his face. Several men who were present at his being apprehended, +swore that he had a pistol, dagger, six bullets, a flint and powder horn +about him, under a red rug coat. + +His defence was very trivial, and the jury upon a short consultation, +found him guilty. Under sentence of death, he behaved very +indifferently, sometimes appearing tolerably cool, at others in a +grievous passion, especially at the keepers, if they refused him such +liberties as he thought fit to ask. When he was first condemned, he +flattered himself with hopes of life, if it were possible for him to +prevail on the ladies whom he had robbed to petition in his favour; in +order to induce them to which, he wrote the following letter, though to +no purpose, for the death warrant came down suddenly and he was included +with the before-mentioned prisoners. + + THE LETTER + + Madam, + + I crave leave, with all humility and respect, to address you and + Madam Ellis, and with the utmost submission and concern, do humbly + beg your pardons for the fears and surprise my misfortunes reduced + me to put you and the children into, whose cries moved so much + compassion in me that I had not power to pursue with any rigour my + desperate designs, which your ladyship must have perceived by the + consternation I was struck into on a sudden. My sole intention was, + if I could have got £50 to settle myself in a public house, and to + take up an honest course of life, and do own at best it is a very + heinous crime. Yet, madam, you will recollect after what manner I + treated you, and at the same time consider the methods taken by + others on the like occasion. This necessity I was drove to, by + adhering to a certain master I lately served, and to obey his wicked + and pernicious commands, in following his wicked and pernicious + counsels, brought me to poverty, and consequently to this unhappy + state I now labour under, and was become almost as much as himself, + the scorn and hatred of mankind. I say, madam, if you will be so + good as to consider all these unhappy circumstances, and that + necessity admits of no contradiction, they will, I am persuaded, + inspire compassion in generous souls (a character you both + deservedly bear); and as a fellow-creature, I beg mercy at your + ladyship's hands, by signing a petition to the Recorder for me, to + the end, he may be induced to make a favourable report, and thereby + move his most sacred Majesty to clemency, by the sentence to some + other corporal punishment, and shall dedicate the rest of my days in + praying for both your happiness and prosperity in this world, and + eternal felicity and bliss in that to come, and crave leave, with + due deference, madam, to subscribe myself, + + Your ladyship's most devoted, + Afflicted humble servant, + John Everett + +The Ordinary of Newgate, in the account he has given of this prisoner, +has drawn as bad a character as he is able, and in order to it, has +gathered together all the ill-terms he could think of, even though some +of them are contrary to one another. The truth is, that the fellow in +himself had abundance of ill-qualities, with some good ones, and +especially good nature of which he had a very large share. Lewd women +were what brought him to his ruin, for to their company he continually +addicted himself, and with his low intrigues amongst them is the book I +have mentioned stuffed from one end to the other. + +As to religion, it is certain he had very little of it before he was +confined, so it is not very likely that he should make any great +proficiency while he remained there. He was careless, indeed, under his +misfortunes, but did not give himself up to any loose or profane +expressions, but on the contrary attended at Chapel with decency at +least, if not with devotion. + +Some attempts were made to save his life, by engaging him to make +discoveries in an affair of high concern, but all was ineffectual, and +he suffered on the 20th of February, 1729-30, with less apprehension +than might have been expected from a man under his unhappy +circumstances. The executioner, to put the prisoner sooner out of his +pain, jumped upon his shoulders, and thereby broke the rope, but he was +soon tied up again, and there remained until the rest were cut down. + +At the time of his execution, he was forty-four years of age or +thereabouts. + +FOOTNOTES: + + [91] This was a small wig covering only the top of the head; a + bob-wig was short and tied at the back with a large bow; a + natural was a large, full wig, in which the hair was made to + look like natural locks. + + [92] The scandalous system of bleeding prisoners for every little + necessity and comfort made gaoloring a very profitable trade. + + [93] That is, managed the sale of liquor in the Fleet. + + [94] Author of _The New Atlantis_ and sundry political pamphlets + and libels, plays and novels. + + + + +The Lives of ROBERT DRUMMOND, a Highwayman and FERDINANDO SHRIMPTON, a +Highwayman and Murderer + + +Robert Drummond was the brother of James Drummond, whom we have before +mentioned. He had formerly dealt in hardwares, and thereby lived with +some reputation in the town of Sunderland, nobody ever dreaming that he +went upon the highway for money. But it was not long that he continued +even to put this mask upon his villainy, but on the contrary gave way to +his wild and debauched temper, and committed a thousand extravagancies, +which soon created suspicions, and occasioned his being apprehended on +suspicion of a robbery. This clearly being made out at the ensuing +assizes, he was thereupon convicted, pardoned, and transported. But he +soon found a way to return into England, and grew one of the most daring +and mischievous robbers that ever infested the road. + +The multitude of his robberies made his person so well known that it is +wonderful he should so long escape, especially considering the roughness +and cruelty of his temper, he never using anybody well, firing upon any +who attempted to ride away from him, and beating and abusing those who +submitted to him. He drew in, as has been said before, his brother +James, and deserting him when pursued and in danger, he was the occasion +of his death. It was also suspected that Shrimpton and he were the +persons who committed those robberies for which Knowland and Westwood +were executed. However it were, he continued for a considerable space +after the two Shrimptons and he robbed together, committing sometimes +nine or ten robberies in one night, until they were all three +apprehended, and William Shrimpton became an evidence against them. + +Ferdinando Shrimpton, the other malefactor, was a person well educated, +though his father was one of the greatest highwaymen in England. He [the +father] lived at Bristol, and behaved in outward appearance so well that +he was never suspected, but unluckily one evening some constables coming +into an inn hastily to apprehend another person, his guilty heart making +him afraid that they were come in search of nobody but himself, he +thereupon immediately drew a pistol and shot one of them dead, for which +murder being convicted, he readily confessed his former offences, and +after his execution for the aforesaid crime, was hung in chains. + +As for this unhappy man, his son, he had been bred to no trade, but +after his father's death served as a foot-soldier in the Guards and +eked out his pay by taking the same steps which his father had done +before him. Never any fellow was of a bolder and of a more audacious +spirit than he, and after he had once associated himself with Drummond, +they quickly forced William Shrimpton, who was Ferdinando's cousin, to +commit one or two facts with him, and afterwards he would never suffer +him to be quiet. + +On Hounslow Heath, it seems, Shrimpton robbed a man of a horse, a silver +watch and some money. The man applied himself to Shrimpton when he was +apprehended, begging that he would find a way to help him to his horse +again. Shrimpton promised he would, and for a guinea was as good as his +word, though the gelding was worth fifteen pounds; but for his watch, +nothing either was, or as they pretended could be, told about it. But +that was only for fear of disobliging the pawnbroker where they had sent +it, for Shrimpton afterwards, upon the owner's thirty-four shillings by +his wife, had it again, though Ferdinando was very much disobliged that +he received but half a crown for his trouble. + +Drummond, he and his cousin being seized, William turned evidence +against them, and at the ensuing sessions at the Old Bailey, Shrimpton +being indicted for the murder of Simon Prebent, Mr. Tyson's coachman, +and Robert Drummond for aiding and abetting, and assisting him, they +were both upon full evidence convicted, as they were also convicted for +a robbery on the highway, on Mr. Tyson, after the death of the coachman. +They were a third time indicted together for assaulting Robert Furnel on +the highway, taking from him a watch of great value, a guinea and a +half, some silver and a whip, together with some other things of value. +They were also indicted afresh for assaulting Jonathan Cockhoofs on the +highway, taking from him a bay gelding, value nine pounds, several +roasting pigs and pieces of pork, etc.; of all which they were found +guilty, the fact being as clear and as strong against them as possible. + +Under sentence of death, they behaved themselves with great obstinacy +and resolution, refused to give any account of their crimes, but in +general would say that they were great and notorious offenders. As to +the fact committed by Knowland and Westwood, they would not positively +say it was done by them, though they could not deny it. Only when +pressed upon it, Drummond would say in a passion, _What, would you have +us take upon us all the robberies that were committed in the country?_ +This was all that could be got from him, even when he was at the point +to die and the wife of Knowland earnestly begged that he would tell the +truth, as he was now entering into another world, and the owning or not +owning of those facts could no ways prejudice them. + +As to the barbarous murder committed upon Mr. Tyson's coachman, it did +not seem to make the least impression upon their spirits. Shrimpton, by +whose hands the man was killed, never appeared one whit more uneasy when +the sermon on murder was peculiarly preached on his account, but on the +contrary talked and jested with his companions as he was wont to do. In +a word more hardened, obstinate and impenitent wretches were never seen; +for as they were wanting in all principles of religion, so they were +void even of humanity and good nature. They valued blood no more than +they did water, but were ready to shed the first with as little concern +as they spilt the latter. Inured in wickedness and rapine, old in years +and covered in offences, they yielded their last breaths at Tyburn, with +very little sign of contrition or repentance, on the 17th of February, +1730, Drummond being about fifty, and Shrimpton about thirty years of +age. + + + + +The Life of WILLIAM NEWCOMB, a housebreaker + + +Though the many instances we have, of late years, had of amazing +wickednesses committed by lads one would scarce believe were capable of +executing, much less of contriving schemes so full of ginning and of +guilt, ought in a great measure to prevent our being surprised at +anything of the same kind, let it be committed by ever such a stripling, +yet I confess it was not without wonder that I perused the papers +relating to this unfortunate young man--so strong an instance of a great +capacity for mischief at the same time that he never once evidenced +either care or ability in succeeding in an honest way. On the contrary, +he was assidious only to attain as much money as might put him on the +road of debauchery, and then stupidly gave himself up to squandering it +in the gratification of his lusts, until indigence brought to rack his +inventions again, and his second attempt proving abortive, brought him +to the gallows. + +He was born of honest parents, who took care enough in his education to +qualify him for the business of a shoemaker, for which they designed +him, and to which they put him apprentice. He had not served above three +years of his time, before he robbed his master of a very considerable +sum of money. The man having a respect for his family, put him away +without prosecuting him. His father took him home, but, however, +reproaching him very often for the villainous facts he had committed, he +went away from him and lay about the town, intending to take the first +opportunity that offered of stealing a good booty, and march off into +the country. + +At last, after consulting with himself for some time, he fixed upon a +banker's shop in Lombard Street, within two doors of the church of St. +Edmund the King, thinking with himself that if once he could get into +that shop, be should make himself at a blow. In order to it he got into +the church overnight and stayed there until morning, when, just as it +began to grow light, he steered downstairs into the shop, having got +over the top of Mr. Jenkin's house, and watching his opportunity, laid +hold of a single bag and slipped out of doors with it. The booty was +indeed a large one, for it happened that what he took was all gold, +which was upwards of eight hundred guineas. This put it in his power to +show himself in that state of life which he most admired, for sending +for a tailor be had two or three suits of fine clothes made, bought a +couple of geldings, hired a footman in livery to attend him, and thus +equipped set out for the horse races at Newmarket. + +Women and gaming very soon reduced the bulk of his gold and in six or +seven months, finding his pockets very low, he returned to London to +replenish himself. The good success he before had in robbing a banker, +and his knowing nobody was so likely to furnish him with ready money, +put him upon making the like attempt at Mr. Hoare's, into whose house he +got and endeavoured to conceal himself as conveniently as he could for +that purpose. But being detected and apprehended on the roof of the +house, whither he had fled to avoid pursuit, he was committed to +Newgate, and at the next sessions at the Old Bailey, was tried for +burglary, and convicted. + +Under sentence of death he behaved with great mildness and civility. He +confessed his having been as great a sinner as his years would give him +leave, addicted to whoring, drunkenness, gaming and having quite +obliterated all the religious principles which his former education had +instilled into him. However, he endeavoured to retrieve as much as +possible the knowledge of his duty, and to fulfil it by praying to +Almighty God for the forgiveness of his many offences; and in this +disposition of mind he departed this life, on the 17th of February, +1730, being about nineteen years of age. + + + + +The Life of STEPHEN DOWDALE, a Thief + + +This unfortunate man was the son of parents in good circumstances in the +Kingdom of Ireland, who were very careful of giving him the best +education they were capable of, both as to letters and as to the +principles of the Christian religion. Yet from some hope they had of his +succeeding in a military way, they chose rather to let him serve in the +army than breed him to any particular trade. It seems he behaved so well +in the regiment of dragoons in which he served, that his officers +advanced him to the post of sergeant, and just as the Peace was +concluded, he had hopes of being made a quartermaster. But the regiment +then being broke, his hopes were all dissipated, and he thrown into the +world to shift for himself as well as he could. + +In Ireland he remained with his friends some years, but finding by +degrees that their kindness cooled, and that it would be impossible for +him to subsist much longer upon the bounty of his relations, he +thereupon resolved to come over at once to England and endeavour to live +here by his wits. The gaming tables were the places where he chiefly +resorted, but finding that fortune was a mistress not to be depended +upon he resolved to take some more certain method of living, and for +that purpose associated himself with ten or a dozen knights of the road. +He continued his practices without the least suspicion for a very +considerable time, in all which he appeared one of the greatest beaux at +the other end of the town. + +But growing uneasy in the midst of that seeming gaiety in which he +lived, and being under some apprehensions that one or more of his +companions was meditating means of making peace with the government at +the expense of his life, he resolved to prevent them; and thereupon +surrendered himself of his own accord into the hands of a constable, and +gave the best information he was able against all his confederates. But +however it was, most of them had previous knowledge of the warrants +issued against them, and thereby made their escapes. Others who were +apprehended were acquitted by the jury, notwithstanding this evidence +against them, so that the public not being likely to reap any benefit by +his discovery, some people thought proper to turn his own confession +upon himself. Accordingly, at the next Sessions at the Old Bailey, he +was indicted for feloniously stealing a gold watch value twenty pounds, +out of the house of Thomas Martin, on the 30th of August preceding the +indictment. He was also indicted a second time for feloniously stealing +a diamond ring out of the shop of John Trible, on the 25th of August. +Both these facts were in the information he had made, and therefore the +proof was dear and direct against him, and beyond his power to avoid by +any defence. + +Under sentence of death be behaved himself with great resignation, +seemed to be very penitent for those numerous offences he had committed, +though now and then he let fell expressions which showed that he thought +himself hardly dealt with by those who had received his confession. +However, what with fear and concern, and what with the moistness of the +place wherein he was confined, he fell into a grievous distemper, which +quickly increased into a high fever, which affected his senses, and +shortly after took away his life, just as a very worthy gentleman in the +commission for the peace for Middlesex had procured his life, which was +thus ended by the course of Nature though in the cells of Newgate, he +being then in the forty-fourth year of his age. He died on the 5th of +April, 1730. + + + + +The Life of ABRAHAM ISRAEL, a Jew + + +As it is a very ordinary case for fiction to be imposed on the world for +truth, so it sometimes happens that truth hath such extraordinary +circumstances attending it, as well nigh bring it to pass for fiction. +The adventures of this unhappy man, who was a Hebrew by nation, have +something in them strange, and which excite pity; for a man must be +wanting in humanity who can look upon a young person endowed with the +natural advantage of a good genius, lightened by the acquired +accomplishments of learning, fall of a sudden from an honest and +reputable behaviour into debauchery, wickedness and rapine, methods that +lead to certain destruction, and as it were to drag men to violent and +shameful deaths. + +This unfortunate person, Abraham Israel, was born of parents of the +Hebrew nation, of good character and in good circumstances, at Presburg, +in the kingdom of Hungary. They were exceedingly desirous of giving +their son a good education, and therefore sent him to study in the +Jewish College at Prague, in Bohemia, where they allowed him about two +hundred pounds Stirling a year. He improved under the tuition of the +rabbis there to a great degree, insomuch that he was admired by them as +a prodigy of learning. His behaviour in every other way being +unblamable, and therefore not spending above half what his father sent +him, he distributed the rest among the indigent scholars there, of all +nations and religions. As a mark of his early and polite genius, we have +thought proper to entertain our readers with a short description of the +city of Prague, which he wrote in the German tongue, and which on this +occasion we have ventured to translate into English. + + Prague is the capital of the Kingdom of Bohemia, which, as if + protected by nature, is encompassed round with high mountains. + Throughout all Europe there is no soil in general more fertile or + better adapted to the plough. The fruits there are excellent and + great quantities of fowl are plentiful almost to excess, the cattle + are large and excellent. In fine nothing is poor, wretched or + miserable there except the people, who are slaves to their lords, + and never enjoy even the fruits of their own hard labour. But to + return to Prague, it is a city situated on a hill, part of it + stretching down the plain, having the river Muldau running through + it. The buildings are of so large extent that this city is divided + into three, and by some into four cities. The old city lies on the + east of the river, is exceedingly populous, and houses in that + quarter fair, but old-fashioned. Here is the quarter assigned unto + our nation (i.e., the Jews) where we enjoy greater privileges and + are treated with more lenity than in any other part of Germany. The + heads of our people deal to very great advantage in jewels and + precious stones dug out of the Bohemian mines. The lesser town on + the other side of the river is more beautiful in its building than + the old town, has fine gardens and stately palaces, among which + there is the famous one of Count Wallenstein, the magnificence of + which, may be the better guessed from our knowing that a hundred + houses were pulled down to make room for it. Its hall is thought one + of the finest in all Europe, its gardens are wonderfully stately, + and the stables which he built here for his horses are almost beyond + description, marble pillars parted the standing of each horse from + another. The racks were of polished steel, and their mangers of the + finest marble, and over the head of each stand was placed the figure + of each horse, as large as the life. This famous man who was the + greatest captain of his time, after having built this sumptuous + palace, re-established the Emperor's power, almost utterly broken by + the Swedes, growing at last too powerful for a subject, or as the + Germans say, endeavouring to make himself master of the Kingdom of + Bohemia, he was, if not by the command, at least by the connivance + of the Emperor Ferdinand, privately assassinated in the city of + Egra, in the year 1634, by certain Irish officers, in whom he + reposed the greatest confidence. Since his time Prague has seen no + greater powerful persons among her countrymen; on the contrary, the + inhabitants now in general are poor, their habits mean, the Hebrew + nation being obliged, both men and women, to wear a particular garb. + Its streets are dirty, and nothing but the Imperial Palace preserves + anything of its ancient grandeur; the same fate hath befallen the + other Bohemian cities, and thus in a land of Paradise the people + live like slaves. + +When at the age of thirteen, the unfortunate Abraham was recalled by his +father from college, at his return home, every one was surprised at that +prodigious knowledge which he had acquired while at Prague. Those of +their nation who resided at Presburg desired Abraham's father that his +son might, according to the custom of the Hebrews, read in the +synagogue, which accordingly he did with great and deserved applause. +His relations, and the rich Jews of the town, loaded him the next day +with valuable presents, in order to show their veneration for the +religion and learning of their ancestors; but these encouragements being +heaped on a vain and ambitious temper, were the ruin of a youth hitherto +virtuous in his conduct and passionately fond of learning. For growing +on a sudden conceited with his own abilities, puffed up with the vanity +of having excelled his equals, he began to addict himself to acquire +higher accomplishments, grew fond of music, delighted in +dancing-schools, would needs be taught fencing and riding, and from the +studies preparative to making a grave rabbi, jumped all of a sudden to +the qualities necessary to finish a Jewish fop. + +His relations soon showed by the alteration of their conduct how little +they approved of his new state of life, but that signified nothing to +him, he still went on at his old rate; until at last perceiving his +parents would do nothing for him, he went with an idle woman to +Amsterdam. There he was uneasy, not knowing what course of life to take, +but at last submitted to wearing a livery, and got into service. He +behaved himself amongst the Spanish Jews so well that they gave him a +recommendation to Baron Swaffo in England, upon which he came over +thither, and entered into his service. He recommended him to Mr. Jacob +Mendez da Costa, where he Stayed for some time, with a good character as +a diligent servant. From him he went to Mr. Villareal on College Hill. +It seems that while he continued at the Hague, he fell in love with a +young woman there, who continually ran in his head after his coming over +hither. As soon, therefore, as he got money enough, he went over to the +Hague, on purpose to make her a visit. When he came there, he found she +was gone, which made him very uneasy, yet he resolved not to go to +Amsterdam, whither he heard she went from the Hague. + +However, it was not long before she was thrown in his way, for upon his +coming over again to London, where he got into the service of Mr. Jacob +Mendez da Costa, he heard at a barber's shop of a young maid just +brought over from Holland who was then at her uncle's in St. Mary Axe, +not knowing where to get a place. Upon enquiring her name, he found it +to be his old acquaintance and mistress at the Hague. It was not long +before he turned out the cook at the place where he lived, and brought +her home in her place. + +For a while she behaved like an honest and industrious servant, but one +night as Abraham went to bed, he saw her opening an escrutoire with a +knife, which she said she could at any time do. Abraham at first forbid +her, but she by her endearments, quickly brought him over to her party, +insomuch that after having lain with her, he consented to rummage the +escrutoire. In it they found diamond rings and other jewels to a very +great value. The wench said to him, holding up a fine diamond ring, +_Abraham, you might take this, and it would prove the making of us +both._ But the fellow would not listen to her. However, they agreed to +take five guineas, which when they had done, they went to bed together +according to custom. + +Sometime after they begged a holiday and going out borrowed some more +money from the same bank, but staying out all night she lost her place, +whereupon she went back to her uncle's, and afterwards got a place in +Winchester Street. There Abraham visited her, and suspecting that she +was with child, asked her very gravely and kindly whether it were so or +not? She said, _No_, and pretended to want money, upon which he turned +back and gave her a guinea. Some time after he came to see her again, +asked her the same question, and had the same answer, yet in a few hours +after she caused him to be apprehended by the parish officers, the +expenses whereof cost him five guineas immediately, and he was obliged +to deposit fourteen guineas more as a security that he would indemnify +the parish. + +This threw him out of his place, and though he got into another, and +behaved well in it, yet going into the service of Mr. John Mendez da +Costa, he became there so uneasy on account of his child, and some other +troublesome affairs, that he ventured on stealing eight silver spoons, +five silver forks, two pair of silver canisters, a diamond ring value +two hundred and fifty pounds, a pair of diamond ear-rings worth ninety +pounds, three diamond buckles, and other goods of a great value. For +this fact he was prosecuted, and on very full evidence convicted. + +Under sentence of death, the Ordinary informs us that he appeared to be +better acquainted with Hebrew than is common amongst Jews. He came up to +the chapel rather for the air than for devotion. However, he one day +sung part of a Psalm. His hatred against his prosecutor was strong and +unconquerable, for when the minister told him it was his duty to forgive +him, he said he did not know whether it was or no according to their +law, and sometimes said that Heaven might deal with the same justice by +him hereafter, as he had been dealt with here. + +As the time of his death approached, he grew graver, and read more +constantly in those books he had in Hebrew characters of his own +religion. However, he wrote a letter to the gentleman he robbed in very +harsh terms, and applied to him some of the imprecations of the hundred +and ninth Psalm. At the place of execution he had two men with him, who +were muttering something or other in his ear. He had a little Hebrew +prayer-book in his hand, and read in it. When being again persuaded to +forgive his prosecutor, he at last, in a faint voice, answered that he +did, and then submitted to his fate at Tyburn, on the 12th of May, 1730, +being then about twenty-two years of age. He had several relations who +had a great deal of money in England, and they took care of his body. + + + + +The Life of EBENEZER ELLISON, a Notorious Irish Thief + + +With respect to this malefactor I have nothing to acquaint the world +with but what is taken from his own speech which was printed at Dublin, +and said to be published there by his own desire for the common good. It +made a great noise there then, and may perhaps serve to entertain you +now, wherefore I proceed to give it you in his own words. + + I am now going to suffer the just punishment of my crimes, + prescribed by the Law of God and my country. I know it is the + constant custom that those who come to this place should have + speeches made for them, and cried about in their own hearing as they + are carried to execution; and truly they are such speeches that + although our fraternity be an ignorant illiterate people, they would + make a man ashamed to have such nonsense and false English charged + upon him, even when he is going to the gallows. They contain a + pretended account of our birth and family, of the facts for which we + are to die, of our sincere repentance, and a declaration of our + religion. I cannot expect to avoid the same treatment with my + predecessors. However, having an education one or two degrees better + than those of my rank and profession, ever since my commitment I + have been considering what might be proper for me to deliver upon + this occasion. + + And first, I cannot say from the bottom of my heart that I am truly + sorry for the offence I have given to God and the world; but I am + very much so for the bad success of my villainies, in bringing me to + this untimely end; for it is plainly evident, that after having some + time ago obtained a pardon from the Crown, I again took up my old + trade. My evil habits were so rooted in me, and I was grown unfit + for any other kind of employment; and therefore, although in + compliance with my friends I resolved to go to the gallows after the + usual manner, kneeling with a book in my hand and my eyes lift up, + yet I shall feel no more devotion in my heart than I observed in + some of my comrades, who have been drunk among common whores the + very night before their execution. I can say further from my own + knowledge, that two of my own fraternity, after they had been hanged + and wonderfully came to life, and made their escapes, as it + sometimes happens, proved afterwards the wickedest rogues I ever + knew, and so continued until they were hanged again for good and + all; and yet they had the impudence at both times they went up to + the gallows to smite their breasts and lift up their eyes to Heaven + all the way. + + Secondly, from the knowledge I have of my own wicked dispositon, and + that of my comrades, I give it as my opinion that nothing can be + more unfortunate to the public than the mercy of Government in even + pardoning and transporting us, unless we betray one another, as we + never fail to do if we are sure to be well paid, and then a pardon + may do good. By the same rule, it is better to have but one fox in a + farm than three or four, but we generally make a shift to return + after being transported, and are ten times greater rogues than + before, and much more cunning. Besides, I know it by experience, + that some hopes we have of finding mercy when we are tried, or after + we are condemned, is always a great encouragement to us. + + Thirdly, nothing is more dangerous to idle young fellows than the + company of those odious common whores we frequent, and of which this + town is full. These wretches put us upon all mischief to feed their + lust and extravagance. They are ten times more bloody and cruel than + men. Their advice is always not to spare us if we are pursued, they + get drunk with us, and are common to us all, and yet if they can get + anything by it, are sore to be our betrayers. + + Now, as I am a dying man, something I have done which may be of good + use to the public, I have left with an honest man and indeed the + only honed man I ever was acquainted with--the names of all my + wicked brethren, the present places of abode, with a short account + of the chief crimes they have committed in many of which I have been + their accomplice, and heard the rest from their own mouths. I have + likewise set down the names of those we call our setters, of the + wicked houses we frequent, and of those who receive and buy our + stolen goods. I have solemnly charged this honest man, and have + received his promise upon oath, that whenever he hears of any to be + tried for robbing or housebreaking, he will look into his list, and + he if finds the name there of the thief concerned, to send the whole + paper to the Government. Of this I here give my companions fair and + public warning, and I hope they will take it. + + In the paper above-mentioned, which I left with my friend, I have + also set down the names of the several gentlemen whom we have robbed + in Dublin streets for three years past. I have told the + circumstances of those robberies, and shown plainly that nothing but + the want of common courage was the cause of their misfortunes. I + have therefore desired my friends that whenever any gentleman + happens to be robbed in the streets, he will get the relation + printed and published with the first letters of those gentlemen's + names, who by their want of bravery are likely to be the cause of + all the mischief of that kind, which may happen for the future. I + cannot leave the world without a short description of that kind of + life which I have led for some years past and is exactly the same + with the rest of our wicked brethren. + + Although we are generally so corrupted from our childhood as to have + no sense of goodness, yet something heavy always hangs about us. I + know not what it is, that we are never easy until we are half drunk + among our whores and companions, nor sleep sound, unless we drink + longer than we can stand. If we go abroad in the day, a wise man + would easily find us to be rogues by our faces, we have such + suspicious, fearful and constrained countenances, often turning back + and sneaking through narrow lanes and alleys. I have never failed of + knowing a brother thief by his looks, though I never saw him before. + Every man amongst us keeps his particular whore, who is however + common to us all when we have a mind to change. When we have got a + booty, if it be money, we divide it equally among our companions, + and soon squander it on our vices in those houses that receive us, + for the master and mistress and very tapster go snacks, and besides + make us pay treble reckonings. If our plunder be plate, watches, + rings, snuff-boxes and the like, we have customers in all quarters + of the town to take them off. I have seen a tankard sold, worth + fifteen pounds to a fellow in ---- Street, for twenty shillings, and + a gold watch for thirty. I have set down his name, and that of + several others in the paper already mentioned. We have setters + watching in corners, and by dead walls, to give us notice when a + gentleman goes by, especially if he be anything in drink. I believe + in my conscience, that if an account were made of a thousand pounds + in stolen goods, considering the low rates we sell them at, the + bribes we must give for concealment, the extortions of alehouse + reckonings, and other necessary charges there would not remain fifty + pounds clear to be divided among the robbers, and out of this we + must find clothes for whores, besides treating them from morning + until night, who in requital award us with nothing but treachery and + the pox, for when our money is gone, they are every moment + threatening to inform against us, if we will not get out to look for + more. If anything in this world be like Hell, as I have heard it + described by our clergy, the truest picture of it must be in the + back room of one of our alehouses at midnight, where a crew of + robbers and their whores are met together after a booty, and are + beginning to grow drunk, from that time until they are past their + senses, in such a continued horrible noise of cursing, blasphemy, + lewdness, scurrility, and brutish behaviour, such roaring and + confusion, such a clatter of mugs and pots at each other's heads, + that Bedlam in comparison is a sober and orderly place. At last they + all tumble from their stools and benches, and sleep away the rest of + the night, and generally the landlord or his wife, or some other + whore, who has a stronger head than the rest, picks their pockets + before they awake. The misfortune is, that we can never be easy + until we are drunk, and our drunkenness constantly exposes us to be + more easily betrayed and taken. + + This is a short picture of the life I have led, which is more + miserable than that of the poorest labourer who works for fourpence + a day; and yet custom is so strong that I am confident, if I could + make escape at the foot of the gallows, I should be following the + same course this very evening. Upon the whole, we ought to be looked + upon as the common enemies of mankind, whose interest it is to root + us out like worms, and other mischievous vermin, against which no + fair play is required. If I have done service to men in what I have + said, I shall hope to have done service to God, and that will be + better than a silly speech made by me full of whining and canting, + which I utterly despise, and have never been used to yet such a one + I expect to have my ears tormented with as I am passing along the + streets. + + Good people, fare ye well; bad as I am, I leave many worse behind + me, and I hope you shall see me die like a man, though a death + contrary. + + E. E. + + + + +The Life of JAMES DALTON, a Thief + + +The character of this criminal is already so infamous, and his crimes so +notorious that I may spare myself any introductory observation which I +have made use of as to most of the rest with respect to his birth. He +was so unfortunate as to have the gallows hereditary to his family, his +father, who was by birth an Irishman, and in the late Wars in Flanders a +sergeant, coming over here was indicted and hanged for a street robbery. +After his death, Dalton's mother married a butcher, who, not long before +Dalton's death, was transported, and she herself for a like crime shared +in the same punishment. + +This unhappy young man himself went between his father's legs in the +cart when he made his fatal exit at Tyburn. It has, indeed, remained a +doubt whether Dalton the father were a downright thief or not; his own +friends say that he was only a cheat, and one of the most dexterous +sharpers at cards in England. It seems he fell in with some people of +his own profession, who thought he got their money too much easily, and +therefore made bold to fix him with a downright robbery. + +As for James Dalton the younger, from his infancy he was a thief and +deserved the gallows almost as soon as he wore breeches. He began his +pranks with robbing the maid where he went to school. By eleven years +old he got himself into the company of Fulsom and Field, who were +evidences against Jonathan Wild and Blueskin, and in their company +committed villainies of every denomination, such as picking pockets, +snatching hats and wigs, breaking open shops, filching bundles at dusk +of the evening. All the money they got by these practices was spent +among the common women of the town, whose company they frequented. Then +the Old Bailey and Smithfield Cloisters became the place of their +resort, from whence they carried away goods to a considerable quantity, +sold them at under-rates, and squandered away the money upon strumpets. + +Towards Smithfield and the narrow lanes and allies about it, are the +chief houses of entertainment for such people, where they are +promiscuously admitted, men or women, and have places every way fitted +for both concealing and entertainment. The man and woman of the house +frequently take their commodities off their hand at low prices, and the +women who frequent these sort of places help them off with what trifling +sums of money they receive; for though they are utterly devoid of +education, yet dinning and flattery are so perfectly practised by them, +that these bewitched young robbers make no scruple of venturing soul and +body to acquire wherewith to purchase their favours, which are +frequently attended with circumstances that would send them rotten to +their graves, if the gallows did not intercept and take them before they +are got half way. But it happened that Field was apprehended, and to +save himself immediately made an information against his companions, +named Dalton and Fulsom, whereupon they were obliged to be very cautious +and durst venture out only in the night. It happened that in Broad +Street, St. Giles's they met about twelve o'clock at night a captain in +the Foot-Guards. Dalton commanded the gentleman to surrender, but +persons of his cloth seldom parting with their money so peaceably, there +happened a skirmish, in which Fulsom knocked him down, and afterwards +they rifled him, taking some silver and a leaden shilling out of his +pocket, together with a pocket book, which had some bank notes in it, +and therefore was burnt by them for fear it should betray them. But in +this fact, Dalton, who had not even honesty enough for a thief, cheated +his companion of seven guineas and a watch. + +The woman to whom they sold their stolen goods was one Hannah Britton, +who, upon Lambert's being committed to New Prison, was named in his +information, taken up and committed to Newgate. At the sessions after +she was convicted for that offence, and thereupon whipped from Holborn +Bars to St. Giles's Pound; which proceeding so affrighted Dalton that he +resolved for a time to retire out of London. + +Thereupon he and one of his companions went down to Bristol, to see what +they could make at the Fair. But they were not over-lucky in their +country expedition, for they were apprehended for breaking a shop open, +and tried at the assizes; but the witness not being able to swear +directly to their persons, they were acquitted through the defect of +evidence. As soon as they were out of prison, Dalton returned to London +as speedily as he was able, where joining himself with the remainder of +the old gang, shortly after his arrival they broke open a toy-shop near +Holborn Bars, and carried off eight hundred pounds worth of goods, with +a pretty large sum in ready money. Of the goods they did not make above +two hundred and fifty pounds, and for the ready money, which was about +twenty pounds, they shared it amongst them. + +Dalton about that time frequenting a house near Golden Lane, found +doxies there to help him off with it, and reduced him to the necessity +of making t'other large stride in the way to Tyburn. Not long after, +therefore, he committed a robbery in the road to Islington, for which +being taken up he brought three who personated a doctor, apothecary and +surgeon at his trial, who swore that the time the robbery was said to +have been committed he was sick and even at the point of death, upon +which he was acquitted. + +But as this was a narrow escape, so his liberty was of no long +continuance, for his companion Fulsom, being apprehended for a felony, +to save himself, made an information against his comrades, and amongst +the rest named Dalton, and gave so exact an account of his haunts that h +e was quickly after apprehended, and at the ensuing sessions convicted +and ordered for transportation. + +At sea a great storm arising, they were glad to call up such of the +criminals as they thought might be of use towards managing the ship, +amongst whom was James Dalton, who no sooner was upon deck but he was +contriving to make the crew mutiny and seize the ship. In a very little +time he brought enough of them to be of his mind in order to execute +their intent, and accordingly got the fire-arms and made themselves +masters of the ship, and obliged the men to navigate her to a little +port near Cape Finisterre, in Spain, where they robbed the ship of about +a hundred pounds, and then went on shore and travelled by land to Vigo. +They were scarce got thither before the ship arrived, and the captain +charged them with the piracy they had committed; but from the lenity of +the Spanish Government, they quickly got released, without giving the +captain any satisfaction. The Governor, when they were discharged from +their confinement, gave them a pass in which, after reciting their +names, he styled them all English thieves, which putting them in no +small fright, they resolved to prevent its doing them a mischief, +committed it to the flames, and then ran the hazard of travelling the +country without one. This, accordingly, they did, until they met with a +Dutch ship, the master of which readily gave them a passage to +Amsterdam, from whence Dalton and two or three more, found means to get +over again to England, and came up to London. + +On their arrival here they fell to robbing with such fury that the +streets were hardly safe when the sun was set; but Dalton apprehending +that this trade would not lost long, resolved to make a country +expedition, in order to get out of the way. Thereupon down he went again +to his old city of refuge, Bristol. There he did not continue long +before he was apprehended for breaking open a linen-draper's shop but +the burglary not being clearly proved, the jury found him guilty of the +felony only, whereupon he was once more transported to Virginia. + +He did not continue long in that plantation before growing weary of +labour, he thought fit to threaten his master, so that the man was glad +to discharge him, and thought himself happy of getting rid of such a +servant. Upon which Dalton soon found out one Whalebone, a fellow of a +like disposition with himself; and they went about stealing boats and +negroes, running away with them and selling them in other colonies. At +last Dalton met with a ship which carried him for England. By the way he +was pressed on board the _Hampshire_ man-of-war, in which he was a +spectator of the last siege of Gibraltar.[95] + +On his return he received his wages and lived on it for a little time. +Then he with Benjamin Branch and William Field, took to snatching of +pockets. At last they took Christopher Rawlins into their society and in +a few months' time they three snatched five hundred pockets. Amongst the +rest Dalton cut off one from a woman's side at St. Andrew's, Holborn, +for which Branch being in company was taken and executed, although +Dalton and Rawlins did all they could to have made up the affair with +the prosecutor but in vain. This trade therefore being at an end, he and +his companion Rawlins fell next to robbing coaches in the streets, and +being once more apprehended, he found himself under a necessity of +making an information against his companions, six or seven of whom were +executed upon his evidence. He also received ten guineas to swear +against Nichols the peruke-maker, but after he received the money, his +conscience checked him, and though he did not return it, yet he +absolutely refused to give any evidence against him. But Neeves, who had +been taken into the same plot, went through with it, and as has been +said before, hanged him for a fact which he never committed.[96] + +A multitude of wives Dalton married during his life, and many of them +were alive at the time of his decease, four of them coming at once to +see him in Newgate when under his last misfortune, and appearing at +that time to be very friendly together. He had not been long out of +Newgate before be fell to his old practices, and a few sessions after +was apprehended, and tried for stopping the coach of an eminent +physician with an intent to rob it. For this he was sentenced to a fine +and imprisonment, which upon insulting the court was ordered to be in +one of the condemned cells in Newgate. But he did not remain long there, +being the very next sessions brought to his trial on an indictment for +robbing John Waller in a certain field or open place near the highway, +putting him in fear of his life, and taking from him twenty-five +handkerchiefs, value four pounds, five ducats value forty-eight +shillings, two guineas, a three guilder piece, a French pistol, and five +shillings in silver, on the 22nd of November, 1729. The prosecutor +deposed, that being a Holland trader, the prisoner met with him as he +was drinking at the Adam and Eve at Pancras, in his return from +Hampstead, where he had sold some goods, and received a little money; +that Dalton perceiving it grow dark, desired to walk to town with him, +and that they had a link with them, which Dalton put out in the fields, +and then knocked him down, beat him and abused him, and then robbed him +of the things mentioned in the indictment; and that he threatened to +blow his brains out if he made any noise or called for help. He swore +also to a pistol which had been produced against Dalton on a former +trial. + +In his defence the prisoner insisted peremptorily upon his innocence, +charged the prosecutor with being a common affidavit man, and a fellow +of as bad if not worse character than himself. However, in order to +falsify some circumstances which he had deposed against him, Dalton +called three witnesses, Charles North, Edward Brumfield, and John +Mitchell, who were all prisoners in Newgate, but were permitted by the +Court to come down. Some of them contradicted the prosecutor as to a +gingham waistcoat which he had swore Dalton wore in Newgate. They swore +also to the prosecutor's visiting Dalton there, and owing that he never +damaged him a farthing in his life. But the jury on the whole found him +guilty, and he received sentence of death. + +As he had little reason to hope for pardon, so he never deluded himself +with false expectations about it, but applied himself, as diligently as +he was able, to repent of those manifold sins and offences which he had +committed. He confessed very frankly the manifold crimes and horrid +enormities in which he had involved himself. He seemed to be very +sensible of that dreadful state into which his own wickedness had +plunged him. He behaved himself gravely when at public prayers at the +chapel, and applied himself with great diligence to praying and singing +of Psalms when in his cell; but as to the particular crime of which he +was convicted, that he absolutely denied from first to last, with the +strongest asseverations that not one word of all the prosecutor's +evidence was true, and indeed there has since appeared great likelihood +that he spoke nothing but the truth. + +For this Waller going on in the same fact after the death of Dalton, +became an evidence against many others, sometimes in one country by one +name, by and by in another country by another name. In Cambridgeshire, +particularly, he convicted two men for a robbery whose lives were saved +by means of the Clerk of the Peace entertaining some suspicion of this +Mr. Waller's veracity. But as practices of this sort, though they may +continue undiscovered for some time, rarely escape for good and all, so +Waller's fate came home to him at last; for a worthy magistrate +suspecting the truth of an information which he gave before him by +another name, and he coming afterwards and owning his true name to be +Waller, he was apprehended for the perjury contained in the said +examination, and committed to Newgate, and at the next sessions at the +Old Bailey received sentence for this offence to stand in the pillory +near the Seven Dials. He had scarce been exalted above five minutes, +before the mob knocked him on the head, for which fact Andrew Dalton, +who did it to revenge the death of his brother, the criminal of whom we +are now speaking, together with one Richard Griffith, at the time I am +now writing, are under sentence of death. + +But to return to James Dalton, he continued to behave uniformly and +penitently all the time he lay under conviction, and as the friends and +relations of Nichols applied themselves to him about clearing the +innocence of their deceased friend, he said that Neeves himself actually +committed the fact, which he swore upon the person they mentioned, and +that he was entirely innocent of whatever was laid to his charge. + +When the bellman came to repeat the verses, which he always does the +night before the malefactors are to die, Dalton illuminated his cell +with six candles. In his passage to the place of execution he appeared +very cheerful. When he arrived there, having once more denied in the +most solemn manner the fact for which he was to suffer, he yielded up +his breath at Tyburn, the 13th of May, 1730, being then somewhat above +thirty years of age. + +[Illustration: HIGHWAY ROBBERY OF HIS MAJESTY'S MAIL + +Two waylaid postboys are being bound back to back, while one of the +highwaymen carries off the mail-bag + +(_From the Annals of Newgate_)] + +FOOTNOTES: + + [95] On Feb. 22, 1727, when the Spaniards attacked with 20,000 + men and were repulsed with a loss of 5,000. The English lost 300. + + [96] See page 463. + + + + +The Life of HUGH HOUGHTON, _alias_ AWTON, _alias_ NORTON, who robbed +the Bristol Mail + + +This unfortunate person was the son of honest and reputable people of +Lancaster, who took care to give him a very good education, sufficient +to have fitted him for any trade whatever. Afterwards they bound him out +apprentice to a wine-cooper, to whom he served out his time very +carefully and honestly, and appeared in his temper and disposition to be +a civil, good-natured young man. For some time after his coming out of +his time, he followed his trade of a wine-cooper, but being pressed on +board a man-of-war, during the French War in the late Queen's time, he +behaved himself so well on board that he acquired the goodwill of all +his officers, attained to the degree of a midshipman, and was afterwards +gunner's mate, receiving also a title to five pound _per annum_, out of +the Pension Chest at Chatham. + +After this he came to London, married a wife and was a housekeeper in +town; and for his better support got himself into the Horse Guards, +where he served with reputation, until some small time before his death, +when some clothes of value being taken away, and he being strongly +suspected on that score was dismissed the service, whereby he fell into +great difficulties for want of money. + +It seems that for many months before his death he had frequented the +house of one Mr. Marlow, and was indebted to him for a considerable sum +of money, but one day he came and discharged it, having for that purpose +changed a twenty pound bank-note at a brewer's not far distant. But the +Bristol mail happening about that time to be robbed, and the bank-note, +after various circulations, being discovered to be one of those taken +out of it, Houghton was thereupon seized and committed, being at the +next sessions brought to his trial at the Old Bailey for the fact, when +the course of the evidence appeared against him as follows. He was +arraigned on an indictment for dealing from Stephen Crouches, on the +King's highway, after putting him in fear, a sorrel gelding value five +pounds, the property of Thomas Ostwich, a mail value four pounds, and +fifty leather bags, value five pounds, the property of our Sovereign +Lord the King, on the first of March, 1730. + +Stephen Crouches deposed that on the day laid in the indictment, he was +going with the Bristol and Gloucester mail, being near Knightsbridge, a +man of the prisoner's size, who spoke like him, came out of the gateway +and bid him stand; that he laid the horse to the farther side of a +field, commanded him to show him the Bristol bag, which he took and went +off with the horse, leaving this evidence bound with his hands behind +him, threatening to murder him in case he made the least noise. + +Daniel Burton deposed that the prisoner Houghton had more than once +proposed to him the robbing of the Bristol mail, and upon his refusing +to be concerned in it, would then have had him rob their landlady, Mrs. +Marlow, which when her husband came to know, he turned him out of doors. + +The next witness that was called was Mr. Marlow, who deposed that on the +2nd of March, the prisoner Houghton paid him five pounds which was owing +to him, having changed for that purpose a bank-note of twenty pounds at +Mr. Broadhead's the brewer. Then the note itself was produced, which had +been paid by Mr. Broadhead to Mr. King, a factor, and by him to Mr. +Dictorine's man, in Thames Street, and by him again to the servant of +Messrs. Knight and Jackson, by whom it was brought into Court, an +endorsement being upon it not to be paid till the fifth of May. But Mr. +Marlow being asked as to his being acquainted by Burton with the +prisoner's attempts to persuade him to robbing the Bristol mail, and +afterwards robbing his house, Mr. Marlow answered that he did not +remember he had ever been told such a thing, but that he did indeed know +the prisoner together with one Masa, was for scandalous practices turned +out of the Guards. + +William Burligh deposed that he took out of the prisoner's pocket a +pocket-book in which was several notes, which pocket-book the prisoner +said he took up in Covent Garden. Mr. Langley, the Turnkey of Newgate, +deposed that after he was committed to his custody, he searched his +pocket and found therein three bank-notes of Mr. Hoare, which he gave to +Mr. Archer. Mr. Archer deposed that he did receive such notes, which +were so taken as had been before sworn by Mr. Langley. + +There were some other persons produced who swore to some slips of +leather which were found in Houghton's lodgings, and which were believed +to be cut out of the bag which were taken from the Bristol Mail. The +prisoner in his defence said he believed there was a trap laid for him +and exclaimed against Burton. Two women positively deposed that Houghton +all that night was not out of his lodgings. But the jury notwithstanding +that, gave so much credit to the evidence offered for the King, that +they found him guilty. + +Under sentence of death, he said that he had hitherto lived free from +most of those enormous vices into which criminals are usually plunged, +who came to his unhappy fate. He said that through the course of his +life he had always been a good husband, a loving parent, and had +provided carefully for his family; that he had served the Government +twelve years by land, and twelve years by sea, and in all that time +never had any reflection upon him until the unhappy accident in the +Guards, which he said he was not guilty of, and had been since confessed +by another man. + +As to the fact for which he was to die, he said that the same day the +mail was robbed (which was on a Sunday morning) at six or seven o'clock +he found a bundle of papers which he took up, and perceived them to be a +parcel taken out of the Bristol mail, and therefore having perused them +carefully, and taken out of them such as he judged proper, he being at +that time out of business and in great want, put up the rest of them in +a sheet of paper, directed to the Post Master General, and laid them +down in the box-house at Lincoln's Inn Fields, being afraid to go with +them to the office, because a great reward was offered for the robber. +And that he, having changed a twenty-pound bank-note, paid five pounds +of it away to his landlord, Mr. Marlow. He reflected also very severely +on the evidence given against him by Mr. Burton, which he said was the +very reverse of the truth. Burton having often solicited him to go upon +the highway as the shortest method of easing his misfortunes and +bringing them both money. + +As he persisted in averring the confession he made to be the truth, it +was objected to him that it was a story, the most improbable in the +world, that when a man had hazarded his life to rob the Bristol mail, he +should then throw away all the booty, and leave it in such a place as +Covent Garden, for any stranger to take up as he came by; yet neither +this nor anything else that could be said to him had so much weight as +to move him to a free confession of his guilt, but on the contrary, he +gave greater and more evident signs of a sullen, morose and reserved +disposition, spoke little, desired not to be interrupted, made general +confessions of his sins, pleased himself with high conceits of the +Divine Mercy, and endeavoured as much as possible to avoid conferences +with anybody, and especially declined speaking of that offence for which +he was to die. + +When he first came to Newgate, the keepers had, it seems, a strong +apprehension that he would attempt something against his own life, and +upon this suspicion they were very careful of him, and enjoined a barber +who shaved him in prison to be so, lest he should take that occasion to +cut his throat. Yet nothing of this happened until the day of his +execution, when the keepers coming to him in the morning, found him +praying very devoutly in his cell; but about twenty minutes after, going +thither again, they perceived he had fastened his sword belt which he +wore always about him to the grate of the window which looked out of +his cell, to the end of which he tied his handkerchief, and having then +adjusted that about his neck, he strangled himself with it, and was dead +when the keepers opened the doors to look in. + +The Ordinary makes this remark upon his exit, that it is to be feared he +was a hypocrite and that little of what he said can be believed. For my +part, I am far from taking upon me either to enter into the breasts of +men or pretend to set bounds to the mercy of God, and therefore without +any further remarks, shall conclude his life with informing my readers +that at the time he put an end to his own being, he was about +forty-eight years of age, and a man in his person and behaviour very +unlikely to have been such a one as it is to be feared (notwithstanding +all his denials) he really was. + + + + +The Life of JOHN DOYLE, a Highwayman + + +When once men have plunged themselves so far into sensual pleasures as +to lose all sense of any other delight than that arises from the +gratification of the senses, there is no great cause of wonder if they +addict themselves to illegal methods of gaining wherewith to purchase +such enjoyments; since the want of virtue easily draws on the loss of +all other principles, nor can it be hoped from a man who has delivered +himself over to the dominion of these vices that he should stop short at +the lawful means of obtaining money by which alone he can be enabled to +possess them. + +Common women are usually the first bane of those unhappy persons who +forfeit their lives to the Law as the just punishment of their offences; +these women, I say, are so far from having the least concern whether +their paramours run any unhappy courses to obtain the sums necessary to +supply their mutual extravagance, that on the contrary they are ever +ready, by oblique hints and insinuations, to put them upon such +dangerous exploits which as they are sure to reap the fruits of, so +sometimes when they grow weary of them, they find it an easy method to +get rid of them and at the same time put money in their own pockets. Yet +so blind are these unhappy wretches, that although such things fall out +yearly, yet they are never to be warned, but run into the snare with as +much readiness as if they were going unto the possession of certain and +lasting happiness. + +But to come to the adventures of the unhappy person whose life we are +going to relate. John Doyle was born in the town of Carrough, in +Ireland, and of very honest parents who gave him as good education as +could be expected in that country, instructing him in writing and +accounts, and made some progress in Latin. When he was fit for a trade, +his friends agreed to put him out, and not thinking they should find a +master good enough for him in a country place, they sent him to Dublin, +and bound him to a tallow-chandler and soap-boiler in St. Thomas's +Street, whom he faithfully served seven years, and his master gave him a +good character. Being out of his time, his master prevailed with him to +work journey-work for him, which he did for nine months; but having got +acquainted by that time with some of the town ladies and pretending to +his friends that he was in hopes of better business, his friends +remitted him fifty pounds to help him forward. + +He lived well while that money lasted, but when it was almost spent, he +knew not what to turn himself to, for working did not agree with him. He +took a resolution to come to England, and on the 19th of April, 1715, he +came over in a packet-boat. Having no more money left than three pounds +ten shillings, and not seeing which way he could get a further supply +unless he went to work, which he could not endure, he resolved to rob on +the highway; and to fit him for it, he bought a pair of pistols at West +Chester which cost him forty shillings. He continued in that city till +the Chester coach was to go for London. At four miles distant from the +town he attacked it, and robbed four passengers that were in it of +fourteen pounds, six shillings and ninepence, two silver watches and a +mourning ring, which was the first attempt of that kind that ever he +made in his life; then he went off a by-way undiscovered. + +Having got a pretty good booty, he travelled across the country to +Shrewsbury, and having stayed there about two days, he happened to meet +a man that had been formerly a collector on the road, who had a horse to +sell. He bought the horse for seven guineas, though indeed it was worth +twenty, as it proved afterwards; no man soever was master of a better +bred horse for the highway. He was not willing to stay long at +Shrewsbury, so he went from thence and going along the country, met two +ladies in a small chaise, with only one servant and a pair of horses. He +robbed them of a purse with twenty-nine half guineas, nine shillings in +silver and twopence brass, and two gold watches. The servant who rode by +had a case of pistols which he took from him, and then made off +undiscovered. His horse at that time was much better acquainted with +coming up to a coach door than he was. Sometime afterwards he passed +across the country, and came to Newbury, in Berkshire, where he +remained for about fourteen days, during which time he was very reserved +and kept no company. But growing weary, he departed from that place the +same morning that the Newbury coach was to set out for London: and when +it was about five miles distant from the town of Newbury, he came up to +the coach door, and making a ceremony, as became a man of business, +demanded their all, which they very readily consented to deliver, which +proved to be about twenty-nine pounds in money, a silver watch, a plain +wedding ring, a tortoiseshell snuff box, and a very good whip. + +There was also a family ring which a gentleman begged very hard for, +whereupon by his earnest application he gave it back, and the man +assured him he would never appear against him. He was a man of honour, +for he happened to meet him some time after at the Rummer and Horseshoe +in Drury Lane, where he treated Doyle handsomely, and showed him the +ring, and withal declared that he would not be his enemy on any account +whatsoever. + +Doyle being at this time a young beginner, thought what he got for the +preceding time to be very well, and in a few days after this arrived at +Windsor, where he stayed one night, and there being a gentleman's family +bound for London, that lay that night at the Mermaid Inn in the town, he +changed his lodging and removed to the inn; and having stayed there that +night, he minded where they put their valuable baggage up. The next +morning he paid his reckoning and came away, and got about four miles +out of the town before them; then coming up and making the usual +ceremony, he demanded their money, watches and rings. The gentleman in +the coach pulled out a blunderbuss, but Doyle soon quelled him by +clapping a pistol to his nose, telling him that if he stirred hand or +foot he was a dead man. Then he made him give his blunderbuss first, +then his money which was fifty guineas, fifteen shillings in silver, and +five-pence in brass, a woman's gold watch and a pocket book in which +were seven bank-notes, which the gentleman said he took that day in +order to pay his servants' wages. After this he made the best of his way +to London and got into James's Street, Westminster, where he drank a +pint of wine, and then crossed over to Lambeth, and put up his horse at +the Red Lion Inn, and stayed there that night. + +The next morning he came to the Coach and Horses in Old Palace Yard, +Westminster, where he dined, and about seven at night departed from +thence and went to the Phoenix gaming-house in the Haymarket, to which +place, he said, he believed a great many owe their ruin. He remained +some time at the Phoenix, and seeing them gaming hard, he had a mind to +have a touch at it; when coming into the ring he took the box in his +turn, and in about thirty minutes lost thirty-seven pounds, which broke +him. But having some watches about him, he went immediately to the Three +Bowls in Market Lane, St. James, and pawned a gold watch for sixteen +guineas; and returning back to the Phoenix went to gaming a second time, +and in less than an hour recovered his money and forty-three pounds +more. And seeing an acquaintance there he took him to the Cardigan's +Head tavern, Charing Cross, and made merry. That night he lay at the +White Bear in Piccadilly, and stayed there until the next evening, after +which, having paid his reckoning, he went to Lambeth to his landlord who +had his horse in his care, and remained there that night. The next +morning he went away having discharged the house. + +Having then a pretty sum of money about him, he had an inclination to +see the country of Kent, and accordingly went that day to Greenwich, and +put up his horse while he went to see the Hospital; and having baited +the horse he parted from thence, and going over Blackheath, he happened +to meet a gentleman, who proved to be Sir Gregory Page. Doyle took what +money he had about him, which was about seventy guineas in a green +purse, a watch, two gold seals and eighteen pence in silver. That night +he rode away to Maidstone, and from thence to Canterbury. + +In a few days he returned to London, and was for a long time silent, +even for about six months, and never robbed or made an attempt to rob +any man, but kept his horse in a very good order, and commonly went in +an afternoon to Hampstead, sometimes to Richmond, or to Hackney. In +short, he knew all the roads about London in less than six months as +well as any man in England. His money beginning now to grow short, not +having turned out so long, and the keeping his horse on the other hand +being costly, he resolved that his horse should pay for his own keeping, +and turned out one evening and robbed a Jew of seventy-five pounds, and +of his and his lady's watches, a gold box and some silver, and returned +to town undiscovered. The next day Doyle went Brentford way, and coming +to Turnham Green stayed some time at the Pack Horse, where he saw two +Quakers on horseback. He rode gently after them till they got to +Hounslow Heath, where he secured what money they had, which was +something above a hundred pounds. They begged hard for some money back, +when he gave them a guinea, taking from them their spurs and whips, and +at some distance threw them away. Those two men, as he found some days +after by the papers, were two meal factors that were going to High +Wycombe market in Buckinghamshire, to buy either wheat or flour. + +This last being a pretty good booty, he had a mind afterwards to go for +Ireland and accordingly set out for his journey thither. He took +shipping at King's Road near Bristol, on board a small vessel bound to +Waterford, where he arrived and stayed at the Eagle in Waterford three +days, and from thence went directly to Dublin. Doyle was not long in +Dublin before he became acquainted with his wife, whom he courted for +some time and was extravagant in spending his money on her. He also soon +got acquainted with one N. B., a man now alive, and they turned out +together. None was able to stand against them, for they had everything +that came in their way, and in plain terms, there was not a man that +carried money about him, within eight miles of Dublin, but if they met +him they were sure to get what he had. + +Being grown so wicked Doyle was at length taken for a robber and +committed to Newgate, then kept by one Mr. Hawkins, who used him so +barbarously that he wished himself out of his hands. Accordingly he got +his irons off and broke out of the gaol. Hawkins knowing all the +bums[97] in Dublin, sent them up and down the city to take him, but to +no purpose. However, they rooted him fairly out of that neighbourhood. + +Then he returned to Waterford, where he appointed his wife and friend +should meet him, which they did; and in about four hours after he came +there he found them out, and there being a ship bound for Bristol, he +sent them on board, agreed with the captain and went himself on board +the same night. They hoisted their sails and got down to the Passage +near Waterford, but the wind proving contrary, they were obliged to +return back, and then concluded it was determined for Doyle to be taken; +which he had been had he kept on board, but he luckily got on shore, +when it was agreed to go to Cork. There they met with an honest cock of +a landlord, and he kept himself very private, making the poor man +believe that his companion and he were two that were raising men for the +Chevalier's[98] service, and that their keeping so private proceeded +from a fear of being discovered. The poor man had then a double regard +for them, he being a lover in his heart of ----. Doyle then sent his +wife to seek for a ship; but Hawkins having pursued him from Dublin, +happened to see her, and dogged her to the ship where she went on board, +sending officers to search, for he was sure he should find him there. He +was mistaken, but they took his poor wife up to see if they could make +her discover where he was, and ordered a strong guard to bring her to +Cork gaol. A boat was provided to bring her on shore, but she telling +the men some plausible stories that her husband was not the man they +represented him to be, one of the watermen having stripped off his +clothes in order to row, and there being a great many honest fellows in +the boat, they assisted her in putting on waterman's clothes, which as +soon as done, she fairly got away from them, and came and acquainted +Doyle that Hawkins was in town, and how she had been in danger. They +then concluded on leaving Cork, hired horses that night, and came to a +place called Mallow, within ten miles of Cork. The next day they +travelled to Limerick, where Doyle bought a horse, bridle, etc., and +went towards Galloway, and in all his journey round about got but two +prizes, which did not amount to above fifteen pounds. + +Sometime after, his wife was transported, which gave him a great deal of +concern, and he could not be in any way content without her. So getting +some money together he went to Virginia, and having arrived there soon +met with her, having had intelligence where to enquire for her. The +first house be came into was one William Dalton's, who had some days +before bought the late noted James Dalton,[99] who was then his servant, +whom he very often used to send along with Doyle in his boat to put him +on board a ship. Then he thought it his best way to buy his wife's +liberty, which he did, paying fifteen pounds for it. + +He had then a considerable deal of money about him, and removed from +that part of the country where she was known and went to New York. Being +arrived there he soon got acquainted with some of his countrymen, with +whom be had used to go a-hunting and to the horse races; so be spent +some time in seeing the country. By chance he came to hear of a namesake +of his, that lived in an island a little distant from New York, and +being willing to see any of his name, he sent for him, and according to +Doyle's request, he wrote to him that he would come the next day, which +he did, and proved to be his uncle. The old man was overjoyed to see +Doyle, and carried him home with him, where he stayed a long time, and +spent a great deal of money. + +His uncle was very much affronted at Doyle's ill-treatment of the +natives, whom he severely beat, insomuch that the whole place was afraid +of him, and all intended to join and take the Law of him. Soon after he +departed from New York and went to Boston, where he remained some time, +and at length he resolved within himself to settle and work at his +trade, thinking it better to do so than to spend all his money, and be +obliged to return to England or Ireland without a penny in his pocket. +He did so, and having agreed with a master he went to work, and was very +saving and frugal. + +He remained with that man till by his wife's industry he had got, +including what was his own, about two hundred pounds English money. Then +he advised his wife to go for Ireland in the first ship that was bound +that way, laying all her money out to twenty pounds, and shipped the +goods which he had brought on board for her account. She then went to +Ireland and Doyle for England, promising to go over to her as soon as he +could get some money, for he had then an inclination to leave off his +old trade of collecting. + +Being arrived at London, he met with a certain person with whom he +joined, and as he himself terms it, never had man a braver companion, +for let him push at what he would, his new companion never flinched one +inch. They turned out about London for some time, and got a great deal +of money, for nothing hardly missed them. They used a long time the +roads about Hounslow, Hampstead, and places adjacent, until the papers +began to describe them, on which they went into Essex, and robbed +several graziers, farmers and others. Then they went to Bishop's +Stortford, in Hertfordshire, where they robbed one man in particular who +had his money tied up under his arm in a great purse. Doyle says that he +had some intelligence from a friend that the man had money about him, he +made him strip in buff, and then found out where he lodged it, and took +it, but he did not use him in any way ill, for he says it was the man's +business to conceal it, as much as his to discover it. + +Doyle and his partner hearing of a certain fair which was to be held a +few days after, they resolved to go to it, and coming there took notice +who took most money. In the evening they took their horses, and about +three miles distant from the town there was a green, over which the +people were obliged to come from the fair. There came a great many +graziers and farmers, whom they robbed of upwards of eight hundred +pounds. At this time Doyle had in money and valuable things, such as +diamonds, rings, watches, to the amount of about sixteen hundred pounds. +His partner had also a great deal of money, but not so much as Doyle, by +reason that he (D) had got some very often which he had no right to have +a share of. + +Doyle went again for Ireland, and carried all his money with him, and +having a great many poor relations, distributed part of it amongst them; +some he lent, which he could never get again, and in a little his money +grew short, having frequented horse races and all public places. +However, before all was spent he returned to England. Following his old +course of life, he happened into several broils, with which a little +money and a few friends he got over. In a short space of time he became +acquainted with Benjamin Wileman. They two, with another person +concerned with them, committed several robberies. At length they were +discovered, apprehended and committed to Newgate. Wileman, it seems, had +an itching to become an evidence against Doyle and W. G. But Doyle made +himself an evidence, being really, as he said, for his own preservation +and not for the sake of any reward. + +Doyle's wife being for a second time transported, he went with her in +the same ship, and having arrived in Virginia, slaved there some time, +until he began to grow weary of the place. But as he was always too +indulgent to her, he bought her her liberty, and shipped her and himself +on board the first ship that came to England, when in seven weeks time +they arrived in the Downs. Soon after they came up to England, but were +not long in town before his wife was taken up for returning from +transportation, and committed to Newgate, where she remained until the +sessions following, and being brought upon her trial, pleaded guilty. + +When they came to pass sentence upon her, she produced his Majesty's +most gracious pardon, and was admitted to bail to plead the same, and +thereupon discharged. Doyle, a short time after, went to the West of +England, where he slaved some time, following his old way of life; and +associating himself with a certain companion, got a considerable sum of +money, and came to Marlborough. And having continued some time in that +neighbourhood, they usually kept the markets, where they commonly +cleared five pounds a day. Going from Marlborough they came to +Hungerford, and put up their horses at the George Inn; and having +ordered something for dinner, saw some graziers on the road, but one of +them being an old sportsman, and a brother tradesman of Doyle's +formerly, he knew the said Doyle immediately, by the description given +of him, and very honestly came to him, and told him that he had a charge +of money about him, and withal begged that he would not hurt him, since +he had made so ingenuous a confession, desiring Doyle to make the best +of his way to another part of the country, telling him at the same time +where he lived in London, and that if he should act honourably by him, +he would put a thousand pounds in his pocket in a month's time. +According to the grazier's directions, Doyle and his companions +departed, but having met, as Doyle phrases it, with a running chase in +their cross way, which they had taken for safety, they were obliged to +return back into the main road again, and by accident put up at the same +inn where the grazier and his companions were that evening. The grazier, +as soon as he saw Doyle, came in and drank a bottle with him, and then +retired to his companions, without taking any manner of notice of him. + +As they came for London, they took everything that came into their net, +and in three days time Doyle paid his brother sportsman, the grazier, a +visit, who received him handsomely, and appointed him to meet him the +next market day at the Greyhound in Smithfield, in order to make good +part of his promise to him. Doyle and his companion went to him, put up +their horses at the same inn and passed for country farmers. This +grazier, who formerly had been one of the same profession being now +grown honest and bred a butcher, was then turned salesman in Smithfield, +and sold cattle for country graziers, and sent them their money back by +their servants who had brought the cattle to town. Having drunk a glass +of wine together, they began to talk about business, and the grazier +being obliged to go into the market to sell some beasts, desired Doyle +and his companion to stay there until he returned. When he came he gave +them some little instructions how they should proceed in an affair he +had then in view to serve then in, and having taken his advice, they +rode out of town; and it being a West Country fair they rode Turnham +Green way. + +They had not time to drink a pint of wine before the West Country +chapman came ajogging along. They took two hundred and forty pounds from +him, making (as D. terms it) a much quicker bargain with him than he had +done with the butcher at Smithfield. The chapman begged hard for some +money to carry him home to his family, and after they had given him two +guineas, he said to them that he had often travelled that road with five +hundred pounds about him, and never had been stopped. To which Doyle +replied, that half the highwaymen who frequented the road were but mere +old women, otherwise he would never have had that to brag of, and then +parted. Doyle says that the honest man at Smithfield had poundage of him +as well as from the grazier, so that he acted in a double capacity. + +That night they came to London, and having put up their horses, put on +other clothes and went to Smithfield, where not finding the butcher at +home, they write a note and left it for an appointment to meet him at +the Horn Tavern in Fleet Street, where they had not stayed long before +he came. After taking a cheerful glass they talked the story over, and +out of the booty Doyle gave turn fifty guineas, after which the butcher +promised to be his friend upon a better affair. After paying the +reckoning they parted and appointed to meet the next market day at +Smithfield. + +They went at the time appointed, and having drank a morning glass, +stepped into the market and stayed some time. Their brother sportsman +being very busy, he made excuse to Doyle and his companion, telling them +there was nothing to be done in their way till the evening, desiring +them to be patient. They remained in and about Smithfield till then, and +market being entirely over, their friend came up to the place appointed, +and showed them a man on horseback to whom he had just paid fifty +pounds. Doyle and his companion immediately called for their horses, +took leave of their friend, and kept in sight of the countryman until he +was out of town. And when he was got near the Adam and Eve, at +Kensington, they came up to him, and made a ceremony, as became men of +their profession. He was very unwilling to part from his money, making +an attempt to ride away, but they soon overtook him, and after some +dispute took every penny that he received in Smithfield, and for his +residing gave him back only a crown to bear his charges home. In his +memoirs Doyle makes this observation, that they always robbed between +sun and sun, so that the persons robbed might make the county pay them +that money back if they thought fit to sue them for it.[100] Next +morning Doyle and his companion came to the place appointed, and not +meeting with their brother sportsman sent for him, where they drank +together, and talked as usual about business, paying him poundage out of +what money they had collected on his information (for they usually dealt +with him as a custom-house officer does by an informer); after which +they parted for that time, and did not meet for a month after. + +Afterwards they went up and down Hertfordshire, but got scarce money +enough to bear their expenses; but where there were small gettings they +lived the more frugally, for Doyle observed that if the country did not +bear their expenses wherever he travelled, he thought it very hard, and +that if he failed of gaming one day, he commonly got as much the next as +he could well destroy. + +Hitherto we have kept very close to those memoirs which Mr. Doyle left +behind him, which I did with this view, that my readers might have some +idea of what these people think of themselves. I shall now bring you to +the conclusion of his story, by informing you that finding himself beset +at the several lodgings which he kept by way of precaution, he for some +days behaved himself with much circumspection; but happening to forget +his pistols, he was seized, coming out of an inn in Drury Lane, and +though he made as much resistance as he was able, yet they forced him +unto a coach and conveyed him to Newgate. It is hard to say what +expectations he entertained after he was once apprehended, but it is +reasonable to believe that he had strong hopes of life, notwithstanding +his pleading guilty at his trial, for he dissembled until the time of +the coming down of a death warrant, and then declared he was a Roman +Catholic, and not a member of the Church of England, as he had hitherto +pretended. + +He seemed to be a tolerably good-natured man, but excessively vicious at +the same time that he was extravagantly fond of the woman he called his +wife. He took no little pleasure in the relations of those adventures +which happened to him in his exploits on the highway, and expressed +himself with much seeming satisfaction, because as he said, he had never +been guilty of beating or using passengers ill, much less of wounding or +attempting to murder them. In general terms, he pretended to much +penitence, but whether it was that he could not get over the natural +vivacity of his own temper, or that the principles of the Church of +Rome, as is too common a case, proved a strong opiate in his conscience, +however it was, I say, Doyle did not seem to have any true contrition +for his great and manifold offences. On the contrary, he appeared with +some levity, even when on the very point of death. + +He went to execution in a mourning coach; all the way he read with much +seeming attention in a little Popish manual, which had been given him by +one of his friends. At the tree he spoke a little to the people, told +them that his wife had been a very good wife to him, let her character +in other respects be what it would. Then he declared he had left behind +him memoirs of his life and conduct, to which he had nothing to add +there, and from which I have taken verbatim a great part of what I have +related. And then, having nothing more to offer to the world, he +submitted to death on the first of June, 1730, but in what year of his +age I cannot say. + +However, before I make an end of what relates to Mr. Doyle, it would be +proper to acquaint the public that the vanity of his wife extended so +far as to make a pompous funeral for him at St. Sepulchre's church, +whereat she, as chief mourner assisted, and was led by a gentleman whom +the world suspected to be of her husband's employment. + +FOOTNOTES: + + [97] i.e., bailiffs, informers and spies. + + [98] The Pretender, whose name was only to be mentioned with + baited breath. + + [99] See page 533. + + [100] Passengers robbed on the highway between sunrise and + sunset, could sue the county for the amount of their loss, it + being the duty of the officials to keep the roads safe. + + + + +The Life of JOHN YOUNG, a Highwayman + + +I have more than once remarked in the course of these memoirs that of +all crimes, cruelty makes men the most generally hated, and that from +this reasonable cause, that they seem to have taken up an aversion to +their own kind. This was remarkably the case of the unhappy man of whom +we are now speaking. + +He was, it seems, the son of very honest and industrious parents, his +father being a gardener at Kensington. From him he received as good an +education as it was in his power to give him, and was treated with all +the indulgence that could be expected from a tender parent; and it seems +that after five years' stay at school, he was qualified for any business +whatsoever. So after consulting his own inclinations he was put out +apprentice to a coach-maker in Long Acre, where he stayed not long; but +finding all work disagreeable to him, he therefore resolved to be gone, +let the consequence be what it would. When this resolve was once taken, +it was but a very short time before it was put into execution. Living +now at large, and not knowing how to gain money enough to support +himself, and therefore being in very great straits, he complied with the +solicitations of some hackney-coachmen, who advised him to learn their +trade. They took some pains to instruct him, employed him often, and in +about six months time he became perfect master of his business, and +drove for Mr. Blunt, in Piccadilly. His behaviour here was so honest +that Mr. Blunt gave him a good character, and he thereby obtained the +place of a gentleman's coachmen. In a short time he saved money and +began to have some relish for an honest life; and continuing +industriously to hoard up what he received either in wages or vales +[tips] at last by these methods he drew together a very considerable sum +of money. + +And then it came into his head to settle himself in an honest way of +life, in which design his father gave him all the encouragement that was +in his power, telling him in order to do it, he should marry an honest, +virtuous woman. Whereupon, with the advice and consent of his parents, +he married a young woman of a reputable family from Kentish Town, who, +as to fortune, brought him a pretty little addition to his own savings, +so that altogether he had, according to his own account, a very pretty +competency wherewith to begin the world. + +For some time after his marriage he indulged himself in living without +employment, but finding such a course wasted his little stock very fast, +he began to apply his thoughts to the consideration of what course was +the most likely to get his bread in. After beating his brains for some +little time on this subject he at last resolved on keeping a +public-house; which agreeing very well with his father's and relations' +notions, he thereupon immediately took the King's Arms, in Red Lion +Street, where for some time he continued to have very good business. In +all, he remained there about five years, and might in that time have got +a very pretty sum of money if he had not been so unhappy as to grow +proud, as soon as he had anything in his pocket. It was not long, +therefore, before he gave way to his own roving disposition, going over +to Ireland, where he remained for a considerable space, living by his +wits as he expresses it, or, in the language of honest people, by +defrauding others. + +But Ireland is a country where such sort of people are not likely to +support themselves long; money is far from being plentiful, and though +the common people are credulous in their nature, yet tradesmen and the +folks of middling ranks are as suspicious as any nation in the world. +The county of West Meath was the place where he had fixed his residence +for the greatest part of the time he continued in the island, but at +last it grew too hot for him. The inhabitants became sensible of his way +of living, and gave him such disturbance that he found himself under an +indispensable necessity of quitting that place as soon as possibly he +could; and so having picked up as much money as would pay for his +passage, he came over again into England, out of humour with rambling +while he felt the uneasiness it had brought upon him, but ready to take +it up again as soon as ever his circumstances were made a little easy, +which in his present condition was not likely to happen in haste. + +His friends received him very coldly, his parents had it not in their +power to do more for him. In a word, the countenance of the world +frowned upon him, and everybody treated him with that disdain and +contempt which his foolish behaviour deserved. However, instead of +reclaiming him, this forced him upon worse courses. His wife, it seems, +either died in his absence, or was dead before he went abroad, and soon +after his return he contracted an acquaintance with a woman, who was at +that time cook in the family of a certain bishop; her he courted and a +short time after, married. She brought him not only some ready money, +but also goods to a pretty large value. Young being not a bit mended by +his misfortunes, squandered away the first in a very short time, and +turned the last into ready money. However, these supplies were of not +very long continuance, and with much importunity his friends, in order, +if it were possible, to keep him honest, got him in a small place in +the Revenue, and he was put in as one of the officers to survey +candles. In this post he continued for about a twelvemonth, and then +relapsing into his former idle and profligate courses, he was quickly +suspected and thereby put to his shifts again, though his wife at that +time was in place, and helped him very frequently with money. + +This, it seems, was too servile a course for a man of Mr. Young's spirit +to take, so that he picked up as much as bought him a pair of pistols, +and then went upon the highway, to which it seems the foolish pride of +not being dependant upon his wife did at that time not a little +contribute. In his first adventure in this new employment, he got +fifteen guineas, but being in a very great apprehension of a pursuit, +his fears engaged him to fly down to Bristol, in order, if it were +possible, to avoid them. After staying there some considerable time, he +began at last to take heart, and to fancy he might be forgotten. Upon +these hopes he resolved with himself to come up towards London again; +and taking advantage of a person travelling with him to Uxbridge, he +made use of every method in his power to insinuate himself into his +fellow traveller's good graces. This he effected, insomuch that at High +Wycombe, in Buckinghamshire, as Young himself told the story, he +prevailed on him to lend him three half-crowns to defray his expenses, +pretending that he had some friend or relation hard by who would repay +him. But unfortunately for the man, he had talked too freely of a sum of +money which he pretended to have about him. It thereupon raised an +inclination in Young to strip him and rob him of this supposed great +prize; for which purpose he attacked him in a lone place, and not only +threatened him with shooting him, but as he pretended, by his hand +shaking, was as good as his word, and actually wounded him in such a +manner as he in all probability at that time took to be mortal; but +taking advantage of the condition in which the poor man was, he made the +best of his way off, and was so lucky as to escape for the present, +although that crime brought him afterwards to his execution. + +When he had considered a little the nature of the fact which he had +committed, it appeared even to himself of so black and barbarous a +nature that he resolved to fly to the West of England, in order to +remain there for some time. But from this he was deterred by looking +into a newspaper and finding himself advertised there; the man whom he +had shot being also said to be dead, this put him into such a +consternation that he returned directly to London, and going to a place +hard by where his wife lived, he sent for her, and told her that he was +threatened with an unfortunate affair which might be of the greatest +ill-consequence to him if he should be discovered. She seemed to be +extremely moved at his misfortunes, and gave him what money she could +spare, which was not a little, insomuch that Young at last began to +suspect she made bold now and then to borrow of her mistress; but if she +did, that was a practice he could forgive her. At last he proposed +taking a lodging for himself at Horsely Down,[101] as a place the +likeliest for him to be concealed in. There his wife continued to supply +him, until one Sunday morning she came in a great hurry and brought with +her a pretty handsome parcel of guineas. Young could not help suspecting +she did not come very honestly by them. However, if he had the money he +troubled not his head much which way he came by it, and he had so good a +knack of wheedling her that he got twenty pounds out of her that Sunday. + +A very few days after, intelligence was got of his retreat, and the man +whom he had robbed and shot made so indefatigable a search after him, +that he was taken up and committed to the New Gaol, and his wife, a very +little time after, was committed to Newgate for breaking open her lady's +escrutoire, and robbing her of a hundred guineas. This was what Young +said himself and I repeat it because I have his memoirs before me. Yet +in respect to truth, I shall be obliged to say something of another +nature in its due place; but to go on with our narration according to +the time in which facts happened. + +A _Habeas Corpus_ was directed to the sheriff of Surrey, whereupon Young +was brought to Newgate, and at the next sessions of the Old Bailey was +indicted for the aforesaid robbery, which was committed in the county of +Middlesex. The charge against him was for assaulting Thomas Stinton, in +a field or open place near the Highway, and taking from him a mare of +the value of seven pounds, a bridle value one shilling and sixpence, a +saddle value twelve shillings, three broad-pieces of gold and nine +shillings in silver, at the same time putting the said Thomas Stinton in +fear of his life. + +Upon this indictment the prosecutor deposed that meeting with the +prisoner about seven miles on this side of Bristol, and being glad of +each other's company, they continued and lodged together till they came +to Oxford; where the prisoner complaining that he was short of money, +the prosecutor lent him a crown out of his pocket, and at Loudwater, the +place where they lodged next night, he lent him half a crown more. The +next morning they came for London, and being a little on this side of +Uxbridge, Young said he had a friend in Hounslow who would advance him +the money which he had borrowed from the prosecutor, and thereupon +desired Mr. Stinton to go with him thither, to which he agreed; and +Young thereupon persuaded him to go by a nearer way, and under that +pretence after making him leap hedges and ditches, at last brought him +to a place by the river side, where on a sudden he knocked him off his +horse, and that with such force that he made the blood gush out of his +nose and mouth. + +As soon as Young perceived that the prosecutor had recovered his senses +a little, he demanded his money, to which Mr. Stinton replied, _Is this +the manner in which you treat your friend? You see, I have not strength +to give you anything._ Whereupon Young took from him his pocket-book and +money. And Mr. Stinton earnestly entreating that he would give him +somewhat to bear his expenses home, in answer thereto Young said, _Ay, +I'll give you what shall carry you home straight_, and then shot him in +the neck, and pushing him down into the ditch, said, _Lie there._ Some +time after with much ado, Mr. Stinton crawled out and got to a house, +but saw no more of the prisoner, or of either of their mares. + +George Hartwell deposed that he helped both the prisoner and the +prosecutor to the inn where they lay at Oxford. Sarah Howard deposed +that she kept the inn or house where they lodged at Loudwater the night +before the robbery was committed. And all the witnesses, as well as the +prosecutor being positive to the person of the prisoner, the charge +seemed to be as fully proved as it was possible for a thing of that +nature to admit. + +The prisoner in his defence did not pretend to deny the fact, but as +much as he was able endeavoured to extenuate it. He said, that for his +part he did not know anything of the mare; that the going off the pistol +was merely accidental; that he did, indeed, take the money, and +therefore, did not expect any other than to suffer death, but that it +would be a great satisfaction to him, even in his last moments, that he +neither had or ever intended to commit any murder. But those words in +the prosecutor's evidence, _I'll give you something to carry you home_, +and _Lie there_ (that is in the ditch) being mentioned in summing up the +evidence to the jury, Young, with great warmth and many asseverations, +denied that he made use of them. The jury, after a very short +consideration, being full satisfied with the evidence which had been +offered, found him guilty. + +The very same day his wife was indicted for the robbery of her mistress, +when the fact was charged upon her thus: that she on a Sunday, conveyed +Young secretly upstairs in her mistress's house, where she passed for a +single woman; that he took an opportunity to break open a closet and to +steal from thence ninety guineas, and ten pounds in silver; a satin +petticoat value thirty shillings, and an orange crepe petticoat were +also carried off; and she asking leave of her lady to go out in the +afternoon, took that opportunity to go quite away, not being heard of +for a long time. Upon her husband being apprehended for the fact for +which he died, somebody remembered her and the story of her robbing her +mistress, caused her thereupon to be apprehended. Not being able to +prove her marriage at the time of her trial, she was convicted, and +ordered for transportation. This was a very different story from that +which Young told in his relations of his wife's adventure, but when it +came to be mentioned to that unhappy man and pressed upon him, though he +could not be brought to acknowledge it, yet he never denied it; which +the Ordinary says, was a method of proceeding he took up, because +unwilling to confess the truth, and afraid when so near death to tell a +lie. + +When under sentence of death, this unfortunate person began to have a +true sense of his own miserable condition; he was very far from denying +the crime for which he suffered, although he still continued to deny +some of the circumstances of it. The judgment which had been pronounced +upon him, he acknowledged to be very just and reasonable, and was so far +from being either angry or affrighted at the death he was to die that on +the contrary he said it was the only thing that gave his thoughts ease. +To say truth, the force of religion was never more visible in any man +than it was in this unfortunate malefactor. He was sensible of his +repentance being both forced and late, which made him attend to the +duties thereof with an extraordinary fervour and application. He said +that the thoughts of his dissolution had no other effect upon him than +to quicken his diligence in imploring God for pardon. To all those who +visited him either from their knowledge of him in former circumstances, +or, as too many do, from the curiosity of observing how he would behave +under those melancholy circumstances in which he then was, he discoursed +of nothing but death, eternity, and future judgment. The gravity of his +temper and the serious turn of his thoughts was never interrupted in any +respect throughout the whole space of time in which he lay under +condemnation; on the contrary, he every day appeared to have more and +more improved from his meditations and almost continual devotions, +appearing frequently when at chapel wrapped up as it were in ecstasy at +the thoughts of heaven and future felicity, humbling himself, however, +for the numberless sins he had committed, and omitting nothing which +could serve to show the greatness of his sorrow and the sincerity of his +contrition. + +The day he was to die, the unfortunate old man his father, then upwards +of seventy years of age, came to visit him, and saw him haltered as he +went out to execution. Words are too feeble to express that impetuosity +of grief which overwhelmed both the miserable father and the dying son. +However, the old man, bedewing him with a flood of tears, exhorted him +not to let go on his hopes in Christ, even in that miserable +conjuncture; but that he should remember the mercy of God was over all +his works, and in an especial manner was promised to those who were +penitent for their sins, which Christ had especially confirmed in +sealing the pardon of the repenting thief, even upon the cross. + +At the place of execution he appeared scarce without any appearance of +terror, much less of obstinacy or contempt of death. Being asked what he +did with the pocket-book which he took from Mr. Stinton, and which +contained in it things of very great use to him, Young replied +ingeniously that he had burnt it, for which he was heartily sorry, but +that he did not look into or make himself acquainted with its contents. +Just before the cart drew away, he arose and spoke to the people, and +said, _The love of idleness, being too much addicted to company, and a +too greedy love of strong liquors has brought me to this unhappy end. +The Law intends my death for an example unto others; let it be so, let +my follies prevent others from falling into the like, and let the shame +which you see me suffer, deter all of you from the commission of such +sins as may bring you to the like fatal end. My sentence is just, but +pray, ye good people, for my soul, that though I die ignominiously here, +I may not perish everlastingly._ + +He was executed the first of June, 1730, being at the time about +thirty-nine years of age. + +FOOTNOTES: + + [101] This district, at the Dockhead end of Tooley Street, was + at that time a sort of No Man's Land, where horses were grazed + and a few poverty-stricken wretches lived in sheds and holes in + the ground. + + + + +The Life of THOMAS POLSON, _alias_ HITCHIN, a Footpad and Highwayman + + +Habit is the most dangerous of all evils. The transports of passion are +sometimes prevented from having fatal effects, either by the precautions +of those with whom we quarrel, or because a sudden reflection of our own +minds checks our hand. But where men have abandoned themselves to +wickedness, and given themselves up to the commission of every kind of +evil without restraint, there is little hope to be entertained of their +ever mending; and if the fear of a sudden death work a true repentance, +it is all that can be hoped. + +As for this unfortunate man of whose actions the course of our memoirs +obliges us to treat, he was descended from parents who lived at Marlow, +in the county of Salop, who were equally honest in their reputations, +and easy in their circumstances. They spared nothing in the education of +their son, and it is hard to say whether their care of him was more or +his application was less. Even while a child and at school he gave too +evident symptoms of that lazy, indolent disposition which attended him +so flagrantly and was justly the occasion of all the misfortunes of his +succeeding life. Learning was of all things his aversion. It was with +difficulty that he was taught to read and write. As to employment, his +father brought him up to husbandry and the business of a rural life. + +When he was of age his father gave him an estate of twenty pounds _per +annum_, freehold, and got him into a very good farm. He procured for him +also a wife, who had ten pounds a year more of her own, and settled him +in such a manner that no young man in the country had a better prospect +of doing well than himself. But, alas! to what purpose are the +endeavours of others, where a man studies nothing so much as to compass +his own ruin? On a sudden he took a love to card-playing, and addicted +himself to it with such earnestness that he neglected his business and +squandered his money. Want was what of all things he hated, except work, +and therefore rather than labour to retrieve, he bethought himself of an +easier way of getting money, and that was to steal. + +His first attempt was upon his father, whom he robbed of a considerable +sum of money. He not being in the least suspected, a poor maid who lived +in the house bore the blame for about six months, and nobody in all that +time being charged with it but her, there was at last a design in the +old man's head to prosecute her. This reaching young Polson's ear, he +resolved not to let an innocent person suffer, which was indeed a very +just and honourable act, whereupon he wrote an humble letter to his +father, acknowledging his fault, begging pardon for his offences, and +desiring that he would not prosecute the poor woman, or suffer her to be +any longer under the odium of a fact of which she had not the least +knowledge. This, to be sure, had its effect on his father, who was a +very honest and considerate man. He took care to restore the wench to +her good character and his favour, though for a while he with just +reason continued to frown upon his son. At last paternal tenderness +prevailed, and after giving him several cautions and much good advice, +he promised, on his good behaviour, to forgive him what had past. The +young man promised fairly, but falling quickly into necessities, want of +money had its old effect upon him again, that is, impatient to be at his +old practices, tired with work, and yet not knowing how to get money, +he at length resolved to go into Wales and steal horses. + +This project he executed, and took one from one Mr. Lewis of a +considerable value. He sold it to a London butcher for about sixteen +pounds, at a village not far from Shrewsbury. That money did him a +little good, and therefore the next time he was in a strait he readily +bethought himself of Wales. Accordingly he equipped himself with a +little pad, and out he set in quest of purchase. At a little inn in +Wales be met with a gentleman whom he had reason to suppose had money +about him, whereupon our highwayman was very industrious first to make +him drink, and then to get him for a bed-fellow, both of which designs +he in the end brought to pass, and by that means robbed him of six +pounds odd money, taking care to go in the morning a different road from +what he had talked of, and by that means easily escaped what pursuit was +made after him. + +When he had committed this fact he retired towards Canterbury, giving +himself over entirely to thieving or cheating, on which design he +traversed the whole county of Kent, but found the people so cautious +that he did it with very little advantage; until at last coming near +Maidstone, he observed a parcel of fine linen hanging upon a hedge. He +immediately bethought himself that though the people were wise, yet +their hedges might be otherwise, upon which stepping up to it, he fairly +stripped it of ten fine shirts, and so left the people who had washed +them to account for it. After this exploit, he made the best of his way +to London, where he speedily sold the stolen linen for five pounds to a +Life Guardsman; and when he had spent a good part of it, down he went +into Norfolk. And being afraid that the inhabitants would take notice of +a stranger setting up his abode there for any considerable time, he +thought fit to pretend to be very lame. Having continued as long as he +thought proper in this place, he took his opportunity to carry off a +fine mare out of the grounds of Sir John Habbard, Baronet, now the Right +Honourable the Lord Blickling. This was one of the most dangerous feats +he ever committed in his life, for the scent was so strong upon him, and +so quickly followed, that he was forced to take a multitude of byways to +get to London, where he set her up in the Haymarket. However he quickly +found there was no possibility of disposing of her here, information +having been given of her to all the great jockeys; so that for present +money he was obliged to borrow four guineas of the man at the inn, and +to leave her in his hands by way of security, which was making but a +poor hand of what he had hazarded his life for. + +By this time his father had received some intelligence of his way of +living, and out of tenderness of its consequences, wrote to him assuring +him of forgiveness for all that was past, if he would come down into the +country and live honestly. Such undeserved tenderness had some weight +even with our criminal himself, and he at last began to frame his mind +to comply with the request of so good a father. Accordingly, down he +came, and for a little space, behaved himself honestly and as he should +do; but his old distemper, laziness quickly came in his way, and finding +money not to come in so fast as he would have it, he began to think of +his old practice again, and prepared himself once more to sally out upon +his illegal adventures. For this purpose taking with him a little mare +of his brothers, for at that time he had no horse proper for the designs +he went on, forth he rode in search of prey. + +Wales was the place he first visited, and after riding up and down for a +good while without meeting with any purchase worth taking, he at last +unluckily stumbled upon a poor old man in Flintshire, who had one foot +already in the grave. From him he took a silver watch, worth about five +pounds, and five shillings in money, which was all the poor man had, and +making thereupon the greatest haste he could out of the country, he got +clear away before it was discovered. After this he came again to London, +where what little money he had he lavished away upon women of the town. + +It was not long before want overtook him again, upon which he determined +to visit Yorkshire, in hopes of raising some considerable booty there. +All the way down, according to his common practice, he bilked the +public-houses, and at last arriving at Doncaster, began to set heartily +about the work for which he came down. On a market day, he robbed an old +farmer of forty shillings and a pair of silver buckles, taking his horse +also from him, which, when he had ridden about fifteen miles across +country, he turned loose. He rambled from thence on foot, as well as he +could, in order to get into his native country of Shropshire, where +after the commission of a multitude of such actions, none of which +afforded him any great booty, he arrived. + +His father took him home again, and he lived for eleven months tolerably +honest. However, to keep his hand in use, he now and then stole a +shoulder of mutton, a joint which he particularly loved; but sometimes +to please his father he would work a little, though it always went much +against the grain. At last he quarrelled with his wife, and thereupon +threatened to go away again, which very quickly after he did, turning +his course, notwithstanding his former ill-success into Yorkshire once +more. He was at several of the races in that county, and having no +particular business at any place, did nothing but course the country +round, pilfering and stealing whatever came in his way; insomuch that at +one inn, finding nothing else to lay his hands on, he stole the people's +sheets off the bed he lay in, and marched off in the morning so early, +that he was out of danger before they perceived the theft. + +But finding that he could not do any considerable matter amongst the +people, who are cunning to a proverb, he bethought himself of returning +to London, and the society of those strumpets in which he took a +delight. However, all the way on the road he made a shift to pick up as +much as kept him pretty well all the way. On his arrival in town he set +up his place of residence in an inn near Leather Lane, Holborn, where he +remained one whole day to rest himself after the fatigue of his northern +journey. There he reflected on the sad state in which his affairs were, +being without money and without friends, justly disregarded by his +friends in the country, and hated and despised by all his neighbours. +His debts, too, amounted there to near a hundred and forty pounds, so +that there was no hopes in going back. The result of these cogitations +was that the next day he would go out on the road towards Hampstead, and +see what might be made there. He accordingly did so, but with very ill +success. However, he returned a second time and had no better; the third +day, towards evening, he observed an old gentleman in a chaise by +himself, whom he robbed of six guineas, a watch, a mourning-ring, and +nine and sixpence in silver, and then making over the fields got home +very safe. + +For three days he thought fit to remain within doors, under pretence of +sickness, fearing lest he should be advertised and described in the +public prints; but finding nothing of that happened, he grew bold, and +for about fourteen nights continued the same trade constantly, getting, +sometimes, two or three pieces, and sometimes losing his labour and +getting nothing at all. At length, waiting pretty late for an old man, +who, as he was informed, was to come that night with eight hundred +pounds about him, although he was so feeble that a child might be able +to take it from him, he at length grew impatient, and resolved to rob +the first man he met. This proved to be one Mr. Andrews, who raised so +quick a pursuit upon him that he never lost sight of him until the time +of his being apprehended, when he was carried to Newgate and prosecuted +the next sessions for the aforesaid robbery. + +He was then indicted for taking from the said Thomas Andrews, after +putting him in fear, six or seven shillings in money, a bay mare, bridle +and saddle, and a cane, on the 23rd of July, 1730. The evidence was +exceedingly clear, he having, as I have said, never gone out of sight, +from the time of the robbery to the time he was taken. Under sentence of +death the prisoner behaved with great piety and resignation. He showed +great concern for the offences of his former life, and testified the +utmost sorrow for having blemished an honest family by the shame of his +vices and their just punishment. The night before his execution he wrote +a letter to his parents in the country, which though it be written in a +very uncouth style, yet I have thought fit to insert it _verbatim_, +because there is a strain in it of unusual confusion and concern, +expressing the agony of a dying man with more truth and tenderness than +the best penned epistle could have done. + + Honoured Parents, + + My duty to both, my love to my brother-in-law. I wish to God I had + been ruled by you, for now I see the evil of my sin, but I freely + die, only the disgrace I have brought on you, my wife and children. + I wrote to my wife last Saturday was seven night but had no answer, + for I should have been glad to have heard from you before I die, + which will be on Wednesday the seventh of this instant October, + hoping I have made my peace with God Almighty. I freely forgive all + the world, and die in charity with all people. Had it not been for + Joyce Hite's sister and Mr. Howel, I might have starved, he told me + it has cost him fifteen shillings on my account, and he gave me four + more. I desire Thomas Mason will give my wife that locket for my + son. + + I have nothing more to say, but my prayers to God for you all day + and night, and for God's sake, be as kind to my poor wife and + children as in your power lies. I desire there might be some care + taken of that Estate at Minton for my son. Mr. Botfield hath the old + writings, and I beg you will get them and give them to my wife, and + pray show her this letter and my love to her, and my blessing to my + children, begging of her as I am a dying man to be good to them, and + not make any difference in them, but be as kind to one as the other, + and if she is able to put the boy to some trade. Mr. Waring and + Thomas Tomlings have each of them a book of mine, pray ask for them, + which is all I have to say, but my prayers to God for you all, which + is all from your + + Dying Son, + Richard Polson. + In my Cell. + October the 6th. + + P.S. My love to all my friends. Pray show this letter to my wife as + soon as you can, and desire of her to bring up my children in the + fear of the Lord, and to make my son a scholar if she is able. There + is five of us to die. + +In this disposition of mind, and without adding anything to his former +confessions he suffered on the seventh of October, 1730, being then in +the thirty-third year of his age. + + + + +The Life of SAMUEL ARMSTRONG, a Housebreaker + + +I have heretofore remarked the great danger there is in having a bad +character, and keeping ill-company, from the probability of truth which +it gives to every accusation that either malice or interest may induce +men to bring against one. + +This malefactor was the son of parents in tolerable circumstances, who +were careful of his education, and when he grew up bound him apprentice +to Captain Matthews, commander of a vessel which traded to Guinea and +the West Indies. He behaved at sea very well, and had not the least +objection made to his character when he came home. Happy had it been for +him if he had gone to sea again, without suffering himself to be tainted +with the vices of this great city. + +Unfortunately for him, he fell in love with a young woman, and lived +with her for some time as his wife. His fondness for this creature drew +him to be guilty of those base actions which first brought him to +Newgate and the bar at the Old Bailey, and so far blasted his character +and unfortunately betrayed him to his death. In the company of this +female he quickly lavished what little money he had, and not knowing how +to get more, he fell into the persuasions of some wicked young fellows +who advised him to take to robbing in the streets. Certain it is that he +had not made many attempts (he himself said none) before he was +apprehended, and that the first fact he was ever concerned in was +stealing a man's hat and tobacco box in Thames Street. This was +committed by his companion, who gave them to him, and then running away, +left him to be answerable for the fact, for which being indicted at the +next sessions at the Old Bailey, he was found guilty, but it being a +single felony only it did not affect his life. + +However, having been seen there by one Holland, who turned evidence, he +thought fit to save his own life by swearing him into the commission of +a burglary which himself and one Thomas Griffith actually committed. +However, his oath being positive, and the character of this unhappy lad +so bad, the people who were robbed were induced to prosecute him with +great vehemence, and the jury, on the same presumptions, found him +guilty. Griffith, who received sentence with him but afterwards had a +pardon, acknowledged that he himself was guilty, but declared at the +same time that this unhappy young man was absolutely clear of what was +laid to his charge, Holland and himself being the only persons who +committed that burglary, and took away the kitchen things which were +sworn against him. Moreover, that Armstrong coming to Newgate, and +seeing Holland and speaking to him about something, Holland took that +opportunity of asking who Armstrong was, and what he came there for, +being told the story of his conviction for the hat and wig, he thought +fit to add him to his former information against Griffith, and so by +swearing against two, effectually secured himself. In this story both +the unhappy person of whom we are speaking and Thomas Griffith, who was +condemned for and confessed the fact agreed, and Armstrong went to death +absolutely denying the fact for which he was to suffer. + +At the place of execution his colour changed, and though at other times +he appeared to be a bold young man, yet now his courage failed him, he +trembled and turned pale, besought the people to pray for his soul, and +in great agony and confusion, submitted to death on the seventh day of +October, 1730, being at the time of his death about twenty-two years of +age. + + + + +The Life of NICHOLAS GILBURN, a Most Notorious Highwayman + + +This unfortunate person was born at Ballingary, near Limerick, in the +west of Ireland, of parents in very tolerable circumstances, who gave +him a very good education; but perceiving that he had a martial +disposition, they resolved not to cross it, and therefore, though he was +not above fourteen years of age, got him recommended to an officer, who +received him as a dragoon. He served about four years with a very good +reputation in the army; but he had a brother who then rode in a regiment +of horse, who wrote to him from London, and encouraged him to come over +into England, which occasioned his writing to his officer to desire his +discharge. To this his officer readily agreed. + +He went thereupon from the north of Ireland to the west, to his friend, +where having equipped himself with clothing, linen and other +necessaries, he then came to London, expecting to meet his brother. But +on his arrival here he was disappointed, and that disappointment, +together with his want of money, made him very uneasy. At last, in order +to procure bread, he resolved to list himself in the Foot Guards. He did +so, and continued in them for about two years, during which time, he +says in his dying declaration, that he did duty as well, and appeared as +clean as any man in the company; nay, in all that time, he avers that he +never neglected his guard but once, which was very fatal to him, for it +brought him into the acquaintance of those who betrayed him to measures +which cost him his life. For being taken up and carried to the Savoy for +the afore-mentioned offence, he had not been long in prison before +Wilson, who had been concerned with Burnworth, _alias_ Frazier, and the +rest in the murder of Mr. Ball in the Mint; and one Mr. G----, an old +highwayman, though he had never conversed with him before, came to pay +him a visit. + +They treated him both with meat and drink, seemed to commiserate his +condition very much, and promised him that he should not want +twelvepence a day, during the time in confinement. This promise was very +well kept, and Gilburn in a few days obtained his liberty. The next day +he met Wilson in St. James's Park, who after complimenting him upon his +happy deliverance, invited him to a house in Spring Gardens to drink and +make merry together. Gilburn readily consented, and after discoursing of +courage, want of money, the miseries of poverty, and some other +preparatory articles, Wilson parted with him for that time, appointing +another meeting with him at eleven o'clock the next morning. There +Wilson pursued his former topic, and at last told him plainly that the +best and shortest method to relieve their wants was to go on the +highway; and when he had once made this step, he scrupled not to make a +further, telling Gilburn that there was no such danger in those +practices as was generally apprehended, for that with a little care and +circumspection the gallows might be well enough avoided, which he said +was plain enough from his own adventures, since he had lived several +years in the profession, and by being cautious enough to look about him, +had escaped any confinement. + +Gilburn heard this account with terror. He had never committed anything +of this kind hitherto, and knew very well that if he once engaged he +could never afterwards go back. Wilson seemed not at all uneasy at his +pause, but artfully introducing discourse on other subjects, plied him +in the meanwhile with liquor, until he saw him pretty warm, and then +resumed the story of his own adventures and of the facility of acquiring +money when a man is but well stored with courage and has ever so little +conduct. This artifice unfortunately had its effect, Wilson's +conversation and the fumes of liquor prevailing so far upon Gilburn +that, as he himself phrased it, he resolved at last upon business. + +The day following, Gilburn provided himself with pistols, and removed +his quarters to go and live with Wilson, who encouraged him with all the +arguments he was able to stick to his new profession, and Gilburn in +return swore he would live and die with him. So at night they went out +together in quest of adventures. The road they took was towards +Paddington. A little after they were come into the fields, they attacked +a gentleman and took from him eight shillings, with which Gilburn was +very much pleased, though they had little luck after, so that they +returned at last to their lodgings, weary and fatigued, and were obliged +to mount guard the next morning. When their guard was over, they were, +as Mr. Gilburn expresses it in his last speech, as bare as a bird's +arse, so no time was to be lost, and accordingly that very night they +made their second expedition. Nobody coming in their way, Gilburn began +to fret, and at last falling into a downright passion, swore he would +rob the first man he met. He was as good as his word, and the booty he +got proved a tolerable provision for some days. + +But guard-day drawing nigh again, Wilson told him there was no mounting +without money, and the same methods were taken as formerly; but as the +leagues by which men are united in villainy are liable to a thousand +inconveniencies which are uneasily born, and yet hard to be remedied, so +Wilson's humours being very different from that of Gilburn, they soon +began to differ about the money they acquired by plunder. At last, +coming one night very much tired and fatigued to a public-house where +Wilson was acquainted, they called for some drink to refresh themselves, +which when they had done, Gilburn was for dividing the money, himself +standing in need of linen and other necessaries. Wilson, on the other +hand, was for having a bowl of punch, and words thereupon arose to such +a height that at last they fell to fighting. This quarrel was +irreconcilable, and they absolutely parted company, though Gilburn +unfortunately pursued the same road; and having robbed a gentleman on +horseback of several yards of fine padusoy, he was shortly after +apprehended and committed to Newgate. + +At first he absolutely denied the fact, but when he was convicted, and +saw no hopes of pardon, he acknowledged what had been sworn against him +by the prosecutor to be true, attended with much gravity at chapel, and +seemed to be greatly afflicted through a due sense of those many sins +which he had committed. Wilson, his companion, had a little before been +executed at Kingston, and Gilburn with all outward signs of contrition, +suffered the same death at Tyburn, at the same time with the +before-mentioned malefactor, being at the time of his death about +twenty-two years of age. + + + + +The Lives of JAMES O'BRYAN, HUGH MORRIS and ROBERT JOHNSON, Highwaymen +and Street-Robbers + + +Amongst the many flagrant vices of the present age, there is none more +remarkable than the strange property we see in young people to commit +the most notorious crimes, provided they may thereby furnish themselves +with money enough to support their lavish expenses in vices which in +former times were scarce heard of by lads of that age, at which our +boldest highwaymen begin to exert themselves now. + +The first of these unfortunate lads, James O'Bryan, was born at Dublin, +was brought over hither young, and had a good education given him which +he had very little inclination to make a proper use of. Nothing could +persuade him to go out to a trade; on the contrary, he pretended he +would apply himself to his father's employment, which was that of a +plasterer. But as working was required, he soon grew out of humour with +it, and addicted himself wholly to strolling about the streets with such +wicked lads as himself, and so was easily drawn in to think of supplying +himself with money by the plunder of honest people, in order to carry on +those debaucheries in which, though a lad, he was already deeply +immersed. + +Women, forsooth, drew this spark away from the paths of virtue and +goodness at about sixteen years old, after which time he lost all sense +of duty to his parents, respect of laws divine or human, and even care +of himself. It seems he found certain houses in Chick Lane, where they +met abundance of loose young men and women, accustomed themselves to +every kind of debauchery which it was possible for wicked people to +commit or the most fruitful genius to invent. Here he fell into the +company of his two companions, Morris and Johnson. + +The first of these was the son of an unfortunate tradesman who had once +kept a great shop, and lived in good reputation in the Strand, but +through the common calamities of life, he was so unfortunate as to +break, and laying it too much to heart, died soon after it, happy, +however, in one thing, that he did not live to see the deplorable end of +his son by the hand of justice. + +Robert Johnson was the son of honest parents, and had a very good +education, but put it to a very ill use; for having all his life time +been addicted to pilfering and thieving, at last he fell into the +company of these unfortunate young men who led him a directer way to the +gallows than perhaps he might have found himself. One of his chief +inducements to forfeit reputation and hazard life by engaging in street +robberies, was his commencing an amour with his father's servant-maid, +and not long after falling into a multitude of such like adventures, the +ready road to inevitable ruin. + +These three sparks, together with Bernard Fink, and another person who +turned evidence against them, came all at the same time to a resolution +of attacking people in the streets; and having provided themselves with +pistols and whatever else they thought necessary for putting their +design in execution, they immediately set about it, and though but boys, +committed bolder and more numerous robberies than had ever hitherto been +heard of. It may, indeed, seem surprising that lads of their age should +be able to intimidate passengers, but when it is considered that having +less precaution than older rogues, they were more ready at firing +pistols or otherwise injuring those whom they attacked, than any set of +fellows who had hitherto disturbed the crown, this wonder will wear off. + +It was not above two months that they continued their depredations, but +in that time they had been exceedingly busy, and had committed a +multitude of facts. One gentleman whom they attacked in Lincoln's Inn +Fields, refused to surrender, and drew his sword upon Morris. That young +robber immediately fired his pistol, and the rest coming to his +assistance, the gentleman thought it but prudent to retire, the noise +they made having alarmed the watch and so prevented his losing anything. + +After this it became a very common practice with them, as soon as they +stopped anybody, to clap a pistol under their nose, and bid them smell +at it, while one of their companions, with a thousand execrations, +threatened to blow their brains out if they made the least resistance. +As soon as the business of the night was over, they immediately +adjourned to their places of rendezvous at Chick Lane, or to other +houses of the same stamp elsewhere, and without the least consideration +of the hazards they had run, squandered the wages of their villainies +upon such impudent strumpets as for the lucre of a few shillings +prostituted themselves to them in these debaucheries. + +Mr. O'Bryan was the hero of this troop of infant robbers; he valued +himself much on never meddling with small matters or committing any +meaner crime than that of the highway. It happened he had a mistress +coming out of the country and he would needs have his companions take +each of them a doxy and go with him as far as Windsor to receive her. +They readily complied, and at Windsor they were all seized and from +thence brought to town, two of their own gang turning evidence, so that +on the clearest proof, they were all three convicted. + +Under sentence of death they behaved with great audacity, seemed to +value themselves on the crimes they had committed, caused several +disturbances at chapel and discovered little or no sense of that +miserable condition in which they were. O'Bryan died a Papist, and in +the cart read with great earnestness a book of devotions in that way. He +wrote a letter to his father the day before he died, and also something +which he called verses to his sister, both of which I have subjoined +_verbatim_ that my readers may have the better idea of the capacity of +those poor creatures. + + To Mr. Terrance O'Bryan, living in Burleigh Street in the Strand. + Honoured Father and Mother, + + The uneasiness I give you is more terror to me than the thoughts of + death, but pray make yourselves as easy as you can, for I hope I am + going to a better place; for God is my refuge and my strength, and + my helper in time of tribulation, and pray take care of my brother + now whilst he is young, and make him serve God, and keep him out of + bad company. If I had served God as I ought to have done, and kept + out of bad company, I had not come to this unhappy misfortune, but I + hope it is for the good of my soul, it is good I hope what God has + at present ordained for me, for there is mercy in the foresight of + death, and in the time God has given me to prepare for it. A natural + death might have had less terror, for in that I might have wanted + many advantages which are now granted me. My trust is in God, and I + hope he won't reward me according to my deserts. All that I can + suffer here must have an end, for this life is short, so are all the + sufferings of it, but the next life is Eternal. Pray give my love to + my sister, and desire her not to neglect her duty to God. I hope + you are all well, as I am at present, I thank God. So no more at + present. + + From your unhappy and undutiful son, + James O'Bryan. + +The verses sent by James O'Bryan to his sister two days before his +execution: + + My loving tender sister dear, + From you I soon must part I fear. + Think not on my wretched state, + Nor grieve for my unhappy fate, + But serve the Lord with all your heart, + And from you He'll never part. + When I am dead and in my tomb, + For my poor soul I hope there's room, + In Heaven with God above on high, + I hope to live eternally. + +At the time of their execution James O'Bryan was about twenty, Hugh +Morris seventeen, and Robert Johnson not full twenty years of age, which +was on the 16th of November, 1730. + + + + +The History of the Life and surprising adventures of JOHN GOW, _alias_ +SMITH, a most notorious Pirate and Murderer + + +The principal use to which a work of this nature can be applied is to +engage persons to refuse the first stirrings of their passions, and the +slighted emotions of vice in their breasts, since they see before their +eyes so many sad examples of the fatal consequences which follow upon +rash and wicked enterprises, of which the following history exhibits as +extraordinary an instance as perhaps is anythere to be found. + +In giving an account of this malefactor, we are obliged to begin with +his embarking on board the vessel which he afterwards seized and went +a-pirating in. It was called the _George_ galley, and was of about two +hundred tons burden, commanded by Oliver Ferneau, a Frenchman, but a +subject of the Crown of England, who entertained this Gow as a private +seaman only, but afterwards, to his great misfortune, preferred him to +be the second mate in the voyage of which we are next to speak. + +Captain Ferneau being a man of reputation among the merchants of +Amsterdam, got a voyage for his ship from thence to Santa Cruz on the +coast of Barbary, to load beeswax, and to carry it to Genoa, which was +his delivering port; and as the Dutch, having war with the Turks of +Algiers, were willing to employ him as an English ship, so he was as +willing to be manned with English seamen, and accordingly among the +rest, he unhappily took on board this Gow with his wretched gang, such +as MacCauly, Melvin, Williams and others. But not being able to man +themselves wholly with English or Scots, he was obliged to take some +Swedes, and other seamen to make his complement, which was twenty-three +in all. Among the latter sort, one was named Winter, and another +Peterson, both of them Swedes by nation, but wicked as Gow and his other +fellows were. They sailed from the Texel in the month of August, 1724, +and arrived at Santa Cruz on the second of September following, where +having a super-cargo on board, who took charge of the loading, and four +chests of money to purchase it, they soon got the beeswax, on board, and +on the third of November they appointed to set sail to pursue the +voyage. + +That day the ship having lain two months in the road at Santa Cruz, +taking in her lading, the captain made preparations to put to sea, and +the usual signals for sailing having been given, some of the merchants +from on shore, who had been concerned in furnishing the cargo, came on +board in the forenoon to take their leave of the captain, and wish him a +good voyage, as is usual on such occasions. Whether it was concerted by +the whole gang beforehand, we know not, but while the captain was +treating and entertaining the merchants under the awning upon the +quarter deck, as is the custom in those hot countries, three of the +seamen, viz., Winter and Peterson, two Swedes, and MacCauly a Scotchman, +came rudely upon the quarter deck as if they took the opportunity +because the merchants were present, believing the captain would not use +any violence with them in the presence of the merchants. + +They made a long complaint of all their ill-usage, and particularly of +their provisions and allowance, as they said, being not sufficient nor +such as was ordinarily made in other merchant ships, seeming to load the +captain, Monsieur Ferneau, with being the occasion of it, and that he +did it for his private gain, which however had not been true. If the +fact had been true, the overplus of provisions (if the stores had been +more than sufficient) belonged to the owners, not to the captain, at the +end of the voyage, there being also a steward on board to take the +account. In making this complaint they seemed to direct their speech to +the merchants as well as to the captain, as if they had been concerned +in the ship, or as if desiring them to intercede for them with the +captain, that they might have redress and a better allowance. + +The captain was highly provoked at this rudeness, as indeed he had +reason, it being a double affront to him as it was done in the view of +the merchants who were come on board to him, to do him an honour at +parting. However, he restrained his passion, and gave them not the least +angry word, only that if they were aggrieved they had no more to do but +to let him have know of it; that if they were ill-used it was not by his +order that he would enquire into it and if anything was amiss it should +be rectified, with which the seamen withdrew, seemingly well satisfied +with his answer. + +About five the same evening they unmoored the ship and hove short upon +their best bower anchor, awaiting the land breeze (as is usual on that +coast) to carry them out to sea; but instead of that, it fell stark +calm, and the captain fearing the ship would fall foul of her own +anchor, ordered the mizen top-sail to be furled. Peterson, one of the +malcontent seamen, being the nearest man at hand seemed to go about it, +but moved so carelessly and heavily that it appeared plainly he did not +care whether it was done or no, and particularly as if he had a mind the +captain should see it and take notice of it. Which the captain did, for +perceiving how awkwardly he went about it, he spoke a little tartly to +him, and asked him what was the reason he did not stir a little and furl +the sail. Peterson, as if he had waited for the question, answered in a +surly tone, and with a kind of disdain, _So as we eat, so shall we +work._ This he spoke aloud, so that he might be sure the captain heard +him and the rest of the men also, and it was evident that as he spoke in +plural numbers, _We_, so he spoke their minds as well as his own, and +words which they all agreed to before. + +The captain, however, though he heard plain enough what he said, took +not the least notice of it, or gave him the least reason to believe he +had heard him, being not willing to begin a quarrel with the men and +knowing that if he took any notice at all of it, he must resent it and +punish it too. + +Soon after this, the calm went off, and the land breeze sprang up, and +they immediately weighed and stood out to sea; but the captain having +had these two bustles with his men just at their putting to sea, was +very uneasy in his mind, as indeed he had reason to be; and the same +evening, soon after they were under sail, the mate being walking on the +quarter deck, he went, and taking two or three turns with him, told him +how he had been used by the men, particularly how they affronted him +before the merchants, and what an answer Peterson had given him on the +quarter deck, when he ordered him to furl the mizen top sail. The mate +was as surprised at these things as the captain, and after some other +discourse about it, in which it was their unhappiness not to be so +private as they ought to have been in a case of such importance, the +captain told him he thought it was absolutely necessary to have a +quantity of small arms brought immediately into the great cabin, not +only to defend themselves if there should be occasion, but also that he +might be in a posture to correct those fellows for their insolence, +especially should he meet with any more of it. The mate agreed that it +was necessary to be done, and had they said no more, or said this more +privately, all had been well, and the wicked design had been much more +difficult, if not the execution of it effectually prevented. + +But two mistakes in this part was the ruin of them all. First, that the +captain spoke it without due caution, so that Winter and Peterson, the +two principal malcontents, who were expressly mentioned by the captain +to be corrected, overheard it, and knew by that means what they had to +expect if they did not immediately bestir themselves to prevent it. The +other mistake was that when the captain and mate agreed that it was +necessary to have arms got ready, and brought into the great cabin, the +captain unhappily bid him go immediately to Gow, the second mate and +gunner, and give him orders to get the arms cleared and loaded for him, +and to bring them up to the great cabin; which was in short to tell the +conspirators that the captain was preparing to be too strong for them, +if they did not fall to work with him immediately. + +Winter and Peterson went immediately forward, where they knew the rest +of the mutineers were, and to whom they communicated what they had +heard, telling them that it was time to provide for their own safety, +for otherwise their destruction was resolved on, and the captain would +soon be in such a posture that there would be no muddling with him. +While they were thus consulting, as they said, only for their own +safety, Gow and Williams came into them with some others to the number +of eight, and no sooner were they joined by these two, but they fell +downright to the point which Gow had so long formed in his own mind, +viz., to seize upon the captain and mate, and all those that they could +not bring to join with them; in short, to throw them into the sea, and +to go upon the account. All those who are acquainted with the sea +language know the meaning of that expression, and that it is, in few +words, to run away with the ship and turn pirates. + +Villainous designs are soonest concluded; as they had but little time +to consult upon what measures they should take, so very little +consultation served for what was before them, and they came to this +short but hellish resolution, viz., that they would immediately, that +very night, murder the captain and such others as they named, and +afterwards proceed with the ship as they should see cause. And here it +is to be observed that though Winter and Peterson were in the first +proposal, namely to prevent their being brought to correction by the +captain, yet Gow and Williams were the principal advisers in the bloody +part, which however the rest came into soon; for, as I said before, as +they had but little time to resolve in, so they had but very little +debate about it but what was first proposed was forthwith engaged in and +consented to. + +It must not be omitted that Gow had always had the wicked game of +pirating in his head, and that he had attempted it, or rather tried to +attempt it before, but was not able to bring it to pass; so he and +Williams had also several times, even in this very voyage, dropped some +hints of this vile design, as they thought there was room for it, and +touched two or three times at what a noble opportunity they had of +enriching themselves, and making their fortunes, as they wickedly called +it. This was when they had the four chests of money on board and +Williams made it a kind of jest in his discourse, how easily they might +carry it off, ship and all. But as they did not find themselves +seconded, or that any of the men showed themselves in favour of such a +thing, but rather spoke of it with abhorrence they passed it over as a +kind of discourse that had nothing at all in it, except that one of the +men, viz., the surgeon, once took them up short for so much as +mentioning such a thing, told them the thought was criminal and it ought +not to be spoken of among them, which reproof was supposed cost him his +life afterwards. + +As Gow and his comrade had thus started the thing at a distance before, +though it was then without success, yet they had the less to do now, +when other discontents had raised a secret fire in the breasts of the +men; for now, being as it were mad and desperate with apprehensions of +their being severely punished by the captain, they wanted no persuasions +to come into the most wicked undertaking that the devil or any of his +angels could propose to them. Nor do we find that upon any of their +examinations they pretended to have made any scruples or objections to +the cruelty of the bloody attempt that was to be made, but came to it at +once, and resolved to put it in execution immediately, that is to say, +the very same evening. + +It was the captain's constant custom to call all the ship's company into +the great cabin every night at eight o'clock to prayers, and then the +watch being set, one went upon deck, and the other turned in, or, as +the seamen phrase it, went to their hammocks to sleep; and here they +concerted their devilish plot. It was the turn of five of the +conspirators to go to sleep, and of these Gow and Williams were two. The +three who were to be upon the deck were Winter, Rowlinson, and Melvin, a +Scotchman. The persons they immediately designed for destruction were +four, viz., the captain, the mate, the super-cargo, and the surgeon, +whereof all but the captain were gone to sleep, the captain himself +being upon the quarter deck. + +Between nine and ten at night, all being quiet and secure, and the poor +gentlemen that were to be murdered fast asleep, the villains that were +below gave the watch-word, which was, _Who fires next?_ At which they +all got out of their hammocks with as little noise as they could, and +going in the dark to the hammocks of the chief mate, super-cargo and +surgeon, they cut all their throats. The surgeon's throat was cut so +effectually that he could struggle very little with them, but leaping +out of his hammock, ran up to get upon the deck, holding his hand upon +his throat. But be stumbled at the tiller, and falling down had no +breath, and consequently no strength to raise himself, but died where he +lay. + +The mate, whose throat was cut but not his windpipe, struggled so +vigorously with the villain who attacked him that he got away from him +and into the hold; and the super-cargo, in the same condition, got +forwards between decks under some deals and both of them begged with the +most moving cries and entreaties for their lives. And when nothing could +prevail, they begged with the same earnestness for but a few moments to +pray to God, and recommend their souls to mercy. But alike in vain, for +the wretched murderers, heated with blood, were past pity, and not being +able to come at them with their knives, with which they had begun the +execution, they shot them with their pistols, firing several times upon +each of them until they found they were quite dead. + +As all this, even before the firing, could not be done without some +noise, the captain, who was walking alone upon the quarter-deck, called +out and asked what was the matter. The boatswain, who sat on the after +bits, and was not of the party, answered he could not tell, but he was +afraid there was somebody overboard; upon which the captain stepped +towards the ship's side to look over. Then Winter, Rowlinson and Melvin, +coming that moment behind him, laid hands on him, and lifting him up, +attempted to throw him overboard into the sea; but he being a nimble +strong man, got hold of the shrouds and struggled so hard with them that +they could not break his hold. Turning his head to look behind him to +see who he had to deal with, one of them cut his throat with a broad +Dutch knife; but neither was that wound mortal, for the captain still +struggled with them, and seeing he should undoubtedly be murdered, he +constantly cried up to God for mercy, for he found there was none to be +expected from them. During this struggle, another of the murderers +stabbed him with a knife in the back, and that with such a force that +the villain could not draw the knife out again to repeat his blow, which +he would otherwise have done. + +At this moment Gow came up from the butchery he had been at between +decks, and seeing the captain still alive, he went close up to him and +shot him, as he confessed, with a brace of bullets. What part he shot +him in could not be known, though they said he had shot him in the head; +however, he had yet life enough (though they threw him overboard) to +take hold of a rope, and would still have saved himself but they cut +that rope and then he fell into the sea, and was seen no more. + +Thus they finished the tragedy, having murdered four of the principal +men in command in the ship, so that there was nobody now to oppose them; +for Gow being second mate and gunner, the command fell to him, of +course, and the rest of the men having no arms ready, not knowing how to +get at any, were in utmost consternation, expecting they would go on +with the work and cut their throats. In this fright everyone shifted for +himself. As for those who were upon deck, some got up in the round tops, +others got into the ship's head, resolving to throw themselves into the +sea rather than be mangled with knives and murdered as the captain and +mate, etc., had been. Those who were below, not knowing what to do, or +whose turn it should be next, lay still in their hammocks expecting +death every moment, and not daring to stir lest the villains should +think they did it in order to make resistance, which however they were +in no way capable of doing, having no concert one with another, not +knowing anything in particular of one another, as who was alive or who +was dead. Had the captain, who was himself a bold and stout man, been in +his great cabin with three or four men with him, and his fire-arms, as +he intended to have had, those eight fellows had never been able to have +done their work. But every man was taken unprovided, and in the utmost +surprise, so that the murderers met with no resistance; and as for those +what were left, they were less able to make resistance than the other, +so that, as has been said, they were in the utmost terror and amazement, +expecting every minute to be murdered as the rest had been. + +But the villains had done. The persons who had any command were +dispatched, so they cooled a little as to blood. The first thing they +did afterwards, was to call up all the eight upon the quarter deck, +where they congratulated one another, and shook hands together, engaging +to proceed by joint consent in their resolved design, that is, of +turning pirates. In older to which, they unanimously chose Gow to +command the ship, promising all subjection and obedience to his orders, +so that we must now call him Captain Gow, and he, by the same consent of +the rest, named Williams his lieutenant. Other officers they appointed +afterwards. + +The first orders they issued was to let all the rest of the men know +that if they continued quiet and offered not to meddle with any of their +affairs, they should receive no hurt, but chiefly forbade any man to set +a foot abaft the main mast, except they were called to the helm, upon +pain of being immediately cut to pieces, keeping for that purpose one +man at the steerage door, and one upon the quarter deck with drawn +cutlasses in their hands. But there was no need for it, for the men were +so terrified with the bloody doings they had seen, that they never +offered to come in sight until they were called. + +Their next work was to throw overboard the three dead bodies of the +mate, the surgeon, and the super-cargo, which they said lay in their +way; that was soon done, their pockets being first searched and rifled. +From thence they went to work with the great cabin and with all the +lockers, chests, boxes and trunks. These they broke open and rifled, +that is, such of them as belonged to the murdered persons, and whatever +they found there they shared among themselves. When they had done this, +they called for liquor, and sat down to drinking until morning, leaving +the men, as above, to keep guard, and particularly to guard the arms, +but relieved them from time to time as they saw occasion. + +By this time they had drawn in four more of the men to approve of what +they had done, and promised to join with them, so that now there were +twelve in number, and being but twenty-four at first, whereof four were +murdered, they had but eight men to be apprehensive of, and those they +could easily look after. So the next day, they sent for them all to +appear before their new captain, where they were told by Gow what his +resolution was, viz., to go a-cruising or to go upon the account. If +they were willing to join with them and go into their measures, they +should be well used, and there should be no distinction among them but +they should all fare alike; he said that they had been forced to do what +they had done by the barbarous usage of Ferneau, but that there was now +no looking back; and therefore, as they had not been concerned in what +was past, they had nothing to do but to act in concert, do their duty as +sailors, and obey orders for the good of the ship, and no harm should +come to any of them. + +As they all looked like condemned prisoners brought up to the bar to +receive sentence of death, so they all answered by a profound silence, +which Gow took as they meant it, viz, as a consent because they durst +not refuse. So they were then permitted to go up and down everywhere as +they used to do, though such of them as sometimes afterwards showed any +reluctance to act as principals, were never trusted, always suspected +and very often severely beaten. Some of them were in many ways inhumanly +treated and that particularly by Williams, the lieutenant, who was in +his nature a merciless, cruel, and inexorable wretch, as we shall have +occasion to take notice of again in its place. + +They were now in a new circumstance of life, and acting upon a different +stage of business, though upon the same stage as to the element, the +water. Before they were a merchant ship, laden upon a good account, with +merchants' goods from the coast of Barbary, and bound to the coast of +Italy; but they were now a crew of pirates, or as they call them in the +Levant, Corsairs, bound nowhere but to look out for purchase and spoil +wherever they could find it. In pursuit of this wicked trade they first +changed the name of the ship, which was before called the _George_ +galley, and which they called now the _Revenge_, a name, indeed, +suitable to the bloody steps they had taken. In the next place they made +the best of the ship's forces. The ship had but twelve guns mounted when +they came out of Holland, but as they had six more good guns in the hold +with cartridges and everything proper for service (which they had in +store through being freighted for the Dutch merchants, and the Algerians +being at war with the Dutch), they supposed they might want them for +defence. Now they took care to mount them for a much worse design, so +that now they had eighteen guns, though too many for the number of hands +they had on board. In the third place, instead of pursuing their voyage +to Genoa with the ship's cargo, they took a clear contrary course, and +resolved to station themselves upon the coasts of Spain and Portugal, +and to cruise upon all nations; but what they chiefly aimed at was a +ship with wine, if possible, for that they wanted extremely. + +The first prize they took was an English sloop, belonging to Pool, +Thomas Wise commander, bound from Newfoundland with fish for Cadiz. This +was a prize of no value to them, so they took out the master, Mr. Wise +and his men, who were but five in number, with their anchors, cables and +sails, and what else they found worth taking, and sunk the vessel. The +next prize they took was a Scotch vessel, bound from Glasgow with +herrings and salmon from thence to Genoa, and commanded by one Mr. John +Somerville, of Port Patrick. This vessel was likewise of little value to +them, except that they took as they had done from the other, their arms, +ammunition, clothes, provisions, sails, anchors, cables, etc., and +everything of value, and sunk her too as they had done the sloop. The +reason they gave for sinking these two vessels was to prevent their +being discovered, for as they were now cruising on the coast of +Portugal, had they let their ships have gone with several of their men +on board, they would presently have stood in for shore, and have given +the alarm, and the men-of-war, of which there were several, as well +Dutch as English, in the river of Lisbon, would immediately have put out +to sea in quest of them, and they were very unwilling to leave the coast +of Portugal until they had got a ship with wine, which they very much +wanted. + +After this they cruised eight or ten days without seeing so much as one +vessel upon the seas, and were just resolving to stand more to the to +the coast of Galicia, when they descried a sail to the southward, being +a ship about as big as their own, though they could not perceive what +force she had. However they gave chase, and the vessel perceiving it, +crowded from them with all the sail they could make, hoisting up French +colours, and standing away to the southward. They continued the chase +three days and nights, and though they did not gain much upon her, the +Frenchman sailing very well, yet they kept her in sight all the while +and for the most part within gunshot. But the third night, the weather +proving a little hazy, the Frenchman changed her course in the night, +and so got clear of them, and good reason they had to bless themselves +in the escape they had made, if they had but known what a dreadful crew +of rogues they had fallen among if they had been taken. + +They were now gotten a long way to the southward and being greatly +disappointed, and in want of water as well as wine, they resolved to +stand away for the Madeiras, which they knew were not far off; so they +accordingly made the island in two days more, and keeping a large +offing, they cruised for three or four days more, expecting to meet with +some Portuguese vessel going in or coming out. But it was in vain, for +nothing stirred. So, tired with waiting, they stood in for the road, and +came to anchor, though at a great distance. Then they sent their boat +towards the shore with seven men, all well armed, to see whether it +might not be practicable to board one of the ships in the road, and +cutting her away from her anchors, bring her off; or if they found that +could not be done, then their orders were to intercept some of the +boats belonging to the place, which carry wines on board the ships in +the road, or from one place to another on the coast. But they came back +again disappointed in both, everybody being alarmed and aware of them, +knowing by their posture what they were. + +Having thus spent several days to no purpose, and finding themselves +discovered, at last (being apparently under a necessity to make an +attempt somewhere) they stood away for Porto Santo,[102] about ten +leagues to the windward of Madeiras, and belonging also to the +Portuguese. Here putting up British colours, they sent their boat ashore +with Captain Somerville's bill of health, and a present to the governor +of three barrels of salmon, and six barrels of herrings, and a very +civil message, desiring leave to water, and to buy some refreshments, +pretending to be bound to ----. + +The Governor very courteously granted their desire, but with more +courtesy than discretion went off himself, with about nine or ten of his +principal people, to pay the English captain a visit, little thinking +what kind of a captain it was they were going to compliment, and what +price it might have cost them. However, Gow, handsomely dressed, +received then with some ceremony, and entertained them tolerably well +for a while. But the Governor having been kept as long by civility as +they could, and the refreshments from the shore not appearing, he was +forced to unmask; and when the Governor and his company rose up to take +their leave, to their great surprise they were suddenly surrounded with +a gang of fellows with muskets, and an officer at the head of them. +These told them, in so many words, they were the captain's prisoners, +and must not think of going on shore any more until the water and +provisions which were promised should come on board. + +It is impossible to conceive the consternation and surprise the +Portuguese gentry were in, nor is it very decently to be expressed. The +poor Governor was so much more than half dead with fright that he really +befouled himself in a piteous manner, and the rest were in not much +better condition. They trembled, cried, begged, crossed themselves, and +said their prayers as men going to execution, but it was all one, they +were told flatly that the captain was not to be trifled with, that the +ship was in want of provisions, and they would have them, or they should +carry them all away. They were, however, well enough treated, except for +the restraint of their persons, and were often asked to refresh +themselves; but they would neither eat not drink any more all the while +they stayed on board, which was until the next day in the evening, when +to their great satisfaction they saw a great boat come off from the +fort, and which came directly on board with seven butts of water, a cow +and a calf, and a good number of fowls. + +When the boat came alongside and delivered the stores, Captain Gow +complimented the Governor and his gentlemen, and discharged them to +their great joy, and besides that gave them in return for their +provisions two cerons of beeswax, and fired them three guns at their +going away. It is to be supposed they would have a care how they went on +board any ship again, in compliment to their captain, unless they were +very sure who they were. Having had no better success in this out of the +way run to the Madeiras, they resolved to make the best of their way +back again to the coast of Spain and Portugal. They accordingly left +Porto Santo die next morning with a fair wind, standing directly for +Cape St. Vincent or the Southward Cape. + +They had not been upon the coast of Spain above two or three days, +before they met with a New England ship, one Cross commander, laden with +slaves, and bound for Lisbon, being to load there with wine for London. +This was also a prize of no value to them, and they began to be very +much discouraged with their bad fortune. However, they took out Captain +Cross and his men, which were seven or eight in number, with most of the +provisions and some of the sails, and gave the ship to Captain Wise, the +poor man whom they took at first in a sloop from Newfoundland; and in +order to pay Wise and his men for what they took from them, and make +them satisfaction, as they called it, they gave to Captain Wise and his +mate twenty-four cerons of wax, and to his men who were four in number, +two cerons of wax each. Thus they pretended honesty, and to make +reparation of damages by giving them the goods which they had robbed the +Dutch merchants of, whose super-cargo they had murdered. + +The day before the division of the spoil they saw a large ship to +windward, which at first put them into some surprise, for she came +bearing down directly upon them, and they thought she had been a +Portuguese man-of-war, but they found soon after that it was a merchant +ship, had French colours and bound home, as they supposed from the West +Indies; and so it was, for they afterwards learned that she was laden at +Martinico and bound for Rochelle. + +The Frenchmen not fearing them came on large to the wind, being a ship +of much greater force than Gow's ship, carrying thirty-two guns and +eighty men, besides a great many passengers. However, Gow at first made +as if he would lie by for them, but seeing plainly what a ship it was, +and that they should have their hands full of her, he began to consider; +and calling his men together upon the deck, told them what was in his +mind, viz., that the Frenchman was apparently superior in force in every +way; that they were but ill-manned, and had a great many prisoners on +board, and that some of their own people were not very well to be +trusted; that six of their best hands were on board the prize; and that +all they had left were not sufficient to ply their guns and stand by the +sails, and that therefore as they were under no necessity to engage, so +he thought it would be next to madness to think of it. + +The generality of the men were of Gow's mind, and agreed to decline the +fight, but Williams, his lieutenant, strenuously opposed it; and being +not to be appeased by all that Gow could say to him, or any one else, +flew out into a rage at Gow, upbraiding him with being a coward, and not +fit to command a ship of force. The truth is, Gow's reasoning was good, +and the thing was just, considering their own condition; but Williams +was a fellow incapable of any solid thinking, had a kind of savage, +brutal courage, but nothing of true bravery in him, and this made him +the most desperate and outrageous villain in the world, and the most +cruel and inhuman to those whose disaster it was to fall into his hands, +as had frequently appeared in his usage of the prisoners under his power +in this very voyage. Gow was a man of temper, and notwithstanding all +the ill-language Williams gave him, said little or nothing but by way of +argument against attacking the French ship, which would certainly have +been too strong for them; but this provoked Williams the more, and he +grew so extraordinary an height, that he demanded boldly of Gow to give +his orders for fighting, which Gow declining still Williams presented +his pistol at him, and snapped it, but it did not go off, which enraged +him the more. + +Winter and Peterson standing nearest to Williams, and seeing him so +furious, flew at him immediately, and each of them fired a pistol at +him. One shot him through the arm, and the other into his belly, at +which he fell, and the men about him laid hold of him to throw him +overboard, believing he was dead; but as they lifted him up, he started +violently out of their hands, and leaped directly into the hold, and +from thence ran desperately into the powder-room with his pistol cocked +in his hand, swearing he would blow them all up. He had certainly done +it, if they had not seized him just as he had gotten the scuttle open, +and was that moment going to put his hellish resolution into practice. + +Having thus secured the distracted, raving creature, they carried him +forward to the place which they had made on purpose between decks to +secure their prisoners, and put him amongst them, having first loaded +him with irons, and particularly handcuffed him with his hands behind +him, to the great satisfaction of the other prisoners, who knowing what +a butcherly furious fellow he was, were terrified to the last degree to +see him come in among them, until they beheld the condition he came in. +He was, indeed, the terror of all the prisoners, for he usually treated +them in a barbarous manner, without the least provocation, and merely +for his humour, presenting pistols to their breasts, swearing he would +shoot them that moment, and then would beat them unmercifully, and all +for his diversion as he called it. Having thus laid him fast, they +presently resolved to stand away to the westward, by which they quitted +the Martinico ship, who by that time was come nearer to them, and +farther convinced them they were in no condition to have engaged her, +for she was a stout ship and full of men. + +All this happened just the day before they shared their last prize among +the prisoners, in which they put on such a mock face of doing justice to +the several captains and mates and other men, their prisoners, whose +ships they had taken away, and to whom now they made reparation, by +giving them what they had taken violently from another, so that it was a +strange medley of mock justice made up of rapine and generosity blended +together. + +Two days after this they took a Bristol ship bound from Newfoundland to +Oporto with fish. They let her cargo alone, for they had no occasion for +fish, but they took out almost all their provisions, all the ammunition, +arms, etc., and her good sails, also her best cables, and forced two of +her men to go away with them, and then got ten of the Frenchman on board +and let her go. But just as they were parting with her, they consulted +together what to do with Williams the lieutenant, who was then among the +prisoners and in irons. And after a short debate, they resolved to put +him on board the Bristol-man and send him away too, which accordingly +was done, with directions to the master to deliver him on board the +first English man-of-war they should meet with, in order to get his +being hanged for a pirate, as they jeeringly called him, as soon as he +came to England, giving the master an account of some of his villainies. + +The truth is, this Williams was a monster rather than a man. He was the +most inhuman, bloody and desperate creature that the world could +produce, and was even too wicked for Gow and all his crew, though they +pirates and murderers, as has been shown. His temper was so savage, so +villainous, so merciless, that even the pirates themselves told him it +was time he was hanged out of the way. + +One instance of the barbarity of Williams cannot be omitted, and will be +sufficient to justify all that can be said of him. When Gow gave it as a +reason against engaging with the Martinico ship, that he had a great +many prisoners on board, and some of their own men that they could not +depend on, Williams proposed to have them all called up one by one, and +to cut their throats and throw them overboard--a proposal so horrid that +the worst of the crew shook their heads at it. Gow answered him very +handsomely, that there had been too much blood spilled already; yet the +refusing this, heightened the quarrel, and was the chief occasion of his +offering to pistol Gow himself. After which his behaviour was such as +made all the ship's crew resolved to be rid of him, and it was thought +if they had not had an opportunity to send him away, as they did by the +Bristol ship, they would have been obliged to have hanged him +themselves. This cruel and butchery temper of Williams being carried to +such a height, and so near to the ruin of them all, shocked some of +them, and as they acknowledged gave some check in the heat of their +wicked progress, and had they had an opportunity to have gone on shore +at that time, without falling into the hands of Justice, it is believed +the greatest part of them would have abandoned the ship, and perhaps the +very trade of a pirate too. But they had dipped their hands in blood, +and Heaven had no doubt determined to bring them, that is, the chief of +them, to the gallows for it, as indeed they all deserved, so they went +on. + +When they put Williams on board the Bristol-man, and he was told what +directions they gave with him, he began to relent, and made all the +intercession he could to Captain Gow for pardon, or at least not to be +put on board the ship, knowing that if he was carried to Lisbon, he +should meet with his due from the Portuguese, if not from the English; +for it seems he had been concerned in some villainies among the +Portuguese before he came on board the _George_ galley. What they were +he did not confess, nor indeed did his own ship's crew trouble +themselves to examine him about it. He had been wicked enough among +them, and it was sufficient to make them use him as they did. It was +more to be wondered, indeed, that they did not cut him to pieces upon +the spot and throw him into the sea, half on one side of the ship, and +half on the other, for there was scarce a man in the ship but on one +occasion or other had some apprehensions of him, and might be said to go +in danger of his life from him. But they chose to shift their hands of +him this bloodless way, so they double fettered him and brought him up. +When they brought him among the men, he begged they would throw him +into the sea and drown him; then entreated for his life with a meanness +which made them despise him, and with tears, so that one time they began +to relent. But then the devilish temper of the fellow over-ruled it +again, so at last they resolved to let him go, and did accordingly put +him on board, and gave him many a hearty curse at parting, wishing him a +good voyage to the gallows, which was made good afterwards, though in +such company as they little thought of at that time. The Bristol captain +was very just to him, for according to their orders, as soon as they +came to Lisbon, they put him on board the _Argyle_, one of His Majesty's +ships, Captain Bowles commander, then lying in the Tagus, and bound home +for England, who accordingly brought him home. Though, as it happened, +Heaven brought the captain and the rest of the crew so quickly to an end +of their villainies that they all came home time enough to be hanged +with their lieutenant. + +But to return to Gow and his crew. Having thus dismissed the +Bristol-man, and cleared his hands of most of his prisoners, with the +same wicked generosity he gave the Bristol captain thirteen cerons of +beeswax, as a gratuity for his trouble and charge with the prisoners, +and in recompense, as he called it, for the goods he had taken from him, +and so they parted. + +This was the last prize they took, not only on the coast of Portugal, +but anywhere else, for Gow, who, to give him his due, was a fellow of +council and had a great presence of mind in cases of exigence, +considered that as soon as the Bristol ship came into the river of +Lisbon, they would certainly give an account of them, as well of their +strength, and of their station in which they cruised, and that +consequently the English men-of-war (of which there are generally some +in that river) would immediately come abroad to look for then. So he +began to reason with his officers that the coast of Portugal would be no +proper place at all for them, unless they resolved to fall into the +hands of the said men-of-war, and they ought to consider immediately +what to do. In these debates some advised one thing, some another, as is +usual in like cases. Some were for going to the coast of Guinea, where, +as they said, was purchase[103] enough, and very rich ships to be taken; +others were for going to the West Indies, and to cruise among the +Islands, and take up their station at Tobago; others, and not those of +the most ignorant, proposed standing in to the Bay of Mexico, and +joining in with some of a new sort of pirates at St. Jago de la Cuba, +who are all Spaniards, and call themselves _Guarda del Costa_, that is +Guard ships for the coast (though under that pretence they make prize of +ships of all nations, and sometimes even of their own countrymen too, +but especially of the English), but when this was proposed, it was +answered they durst not trust the Spaniards. Others said they should go +first to the islands of New Providence [Bahama Islands], or to the mouth +of the Gulf of Florida, and then cruising on the coast of North America, +and making their retreat at New Providence, cruise from the Gulf of +Florida, north upon the coast of Carolina, and as high as the Capes of +Virginia. + +But nothing could be resolved on, until at last Gow let them into the +secret of a project, which, as he told them, he had long had in his +thoughts, and this was to go away to the North of Scotland, near the +coast of which, as he said, he was born and bred, and where he said, if +they met with no purchase upon the sea, he could tell them how they +should enrich themselves by going on shore. To bring them to concur with +this design, he represented the danger they were in where they were, the +want they were in of fresh water, and of several kinds of provisions, +but above all, the necessity they were in of careening and cleaning +their ship; that it was too long a run for them to go to southward, and +that they had not provisions to serve them till they could reach to any +place proper for that purpose, and might be driven to the utmost +distress, if they should be put by from watering, either by weather or +enemies. + +Also, he told them, if any of the men-of-war came out in search of them, +they would never imagine they were gone away to the northward, so that +their run that way was perfectly secure, and he could assure them of his +own knowledge that if they landed in such places as he should direct, +they could not fail of considerable booty in plundering some gentlemen's +houses, who lived secured and unguarded very near the shore; and that +though the country should be alarmed, yet before the Government could +send any men-of-war to attack them, they might clean their ship, lay in +a store of fresh provisions, and be gone. Beside that, they would get a +good many stout fellows to go along with them upon his encouragement, so +that they should be better manned than they were yet, and should be +ready against all events. + +These arguments and their approaching fate concurring, had a sufficient +influence on the ship's company to prevail on them to consent, so they +made the best of their way to the northward; and about the middle of +January they arrived at Carristoun,[104] in the Isles of Orkney, and +came to an anchor in a place which Gow told them was safe riding under +the lee of a small island at some distance from the port. But now their +misfortunes began to come on, and things looked but with an indifferent +aspect upon them, for several of their men, especially such of them as +had been forced or decoyed into their service, began to think of making +their escape from them, and to cast about for means to bring it to pass. + +The first to take an opportunity to go away was a young man who was +originally one of the ship's company, but was forced by fear of being +murdered (as has been observed) to give a silent assent to go with them. +It was one evening when the boat went on shore, for they kept a civil +correspondence with the people of the town, that this young fellow, +being one of the ship's crew and having been several times on shore +before, and therefore not suspected, gave them the slip and got away to +a farm-house which lay under a hill out of sight. There, for two or +three pieces-of-eight, he got a horse, and soon by that means escaped to +Kirkwall, a market town and chief of the Orkneys, about twelve miles +from the place where the ship lay. As soon as he came there he +surrendered himself to the Government, desiring protection, and informed +them who Gow was, and what the ship's crew were, and upon what business +they were abroad, with what else he knew of their designs, as to +plundering the gentlemen's houses, etc. Upon this they immediately +raised the country, and got a strength together to defend themselves. + +But the next disaster that attended the pirates (for misfortunes seldom +come alone) was more fatal than this, for ten of Gow's men, most of them +likewise forced into their service, went away with the long-boat, making +the best of their way for the mainland of Scotland. These men, however +they did it, or what shift soever they made to get so far, were taken in +the Firth of Edinburgh, and made prisoners there. + +Hardened for his own destruction and Justice evidently pursuing him, Gow +grew the bolder for the disaster, and notwithstanding that the country +was alarmed, and that he was fully discovered, instead of making a +timely escape, he resolved to land, and so put his intended project of +plundering the gentlemen's houses into execution, whatever it cost him. + +In order to this he sent the boatswain and ten men on shore the very +same night, very well armed, directing them to go to the house of Mr. +Honeyman of Grahamsey, sheriff of the county, and who was himself at +that time, to his great good fortune, from home. The people of the house +had not the least notice of their coming, so that when they knocked at +the door, it was immediately opened. Upon which they all entered the +house at once, except one Panton, who they set sentinel and ordered him +to stand at the door to secure their retreat, and to hinder any from +coming in after them Mrs. Honeyman and her daughter were extremely +frightened at the sight of so many armed men coming into the house, and +ran screaming about like people distracted, while the pirates, not +regarding them, were looking about for chests and trunks, where they +might expect to find some plunder; and Mrs. Honeyman in her fright +coming to the door asked Panton, the man who stood sentinel there, what +the meaning of it all was. He told her freely they were pirates, and +that they came to plunder her house. At this she recovered some courage, +and ran back into the house immediately, and knowing where her money +lay, which was very considerable and all in gold, she put the bag in her +lap and boldly rushing by Panton, who thought she was only running from +them in a fright, carried it all off, and so made her escape with the +treasure. + +The boatswain being informed that the money was carried off, resolved to +revenge himself by burning the writings and papers, which they call +there the charters of their estates, and are always of great value in +gentlemen's houses of estates but the young lady, Mr. Honeyman's +daughter hearing them threaten to burn the writings, watched her +opportunity, and running to the charter-room where they lay, tied the +most considerable of them up in a napkin and threw them out of the +window, jumped out after them herself, and escaped without damage, +though the window was one storey high at least. + +However, the pirates had the plundering of all the rest of the house +besides, and carried off a great deal of plate, and things of value, and +forced one of the servants, who played very well on the bagpipes, to +march along, piping before them, when they carried it off to the ship. +The next day they weighed anchor, intending though they had cleaned but +one side of the ship, to put out to sea and quit the coast. But sailing +eastward, they came to anchor again at a little island called Calf +Sound. And having some further mischief in their view here the boatswain +went on shore again with some armed men; but meeting with no other +plunder they carried off three women, whom they kept on board some time +and used so inhumanly that when they set them on shore again they were +not able to go or stand, and it is said one of them died on the beach +where they left them. + +The next day they weighed again, holding the same course eastward, +through the openings between the islands, till they came off Ross Ness; +and now Gow resolved to make the best of his way for the Island of Eday, +to plunder the house of Mr. Fea, a gentleman of a considerable estate, +and with whom Gow had some acquaintance, having been at school together, +when they were youths. On the 13th of February in the morning, Gow +appearing with his ship off Calf Sound, Mr. Fea and his family were very +much alarmed, not being able to get together above six or seven men for +his defence. He therefore wrote a letter to Gow intending to send it on +board as soon as he should get into the harbour, to desire him to +forbear the usual salutes, with his great guns, because Mrs. Fea his +wife was so very much indisposed, and this as he would oblige his old +school fellow; telling him at the same time that the inhabitants were +all fled to the mountains, on the report of his being a pirate, which he +hoped would not prove true. In which case, he should be very ready to +supply him with all such necessities as the island would afford, +desiring him to send the messengers safe back, at whose return the +alarms of the people would immediately be at an end. + +The tide it seems runs extremely rapid among those islands, and the +navigation is thereby rendered very dangerous and uncertain. Gow was an +able seaman, but was no pilot for that place, and which was worse, he +had no boat to assist in case of extremity, to ware the ship, and in +turning into Calf Sound, he stood a little too near the point of a +little island called the Calf, and which lay in the middle of the +passage. Here his ship missing stays, was in great danger of going on +shore; to avoid which, he dropped an anchor under his foot, which taking +good hold, brought him up, and he thought the danger was over. Gow was +yet in distress and had no remedy but to send his small boat on shore to +Mr. Fea to desire his assistance, that is to say, to desire him to lend +him a boat to carry out an anchor and heave off the ship. Mr. Fea sent +back the boat, and one James Laing in it, with the letter already +mentioned. Gow sent him back immediately with an answer, by word of +mouth, viz., that he would write to nobody, but if Mr. Fea would order +his people to assist him with a boat to carry out an anchor, he would +reward them handsomely. + +In the meantime Mr. Fea ordered his great boat, for he had such a one as +Gow wanted, to be staved and launched into the water and sunk, and the +masts, sails and oars to be carried out of sight. While this was doing +Mr. Fea perceived Gow's boat coming on shore, with five persons in her. +These men having landed on the main island, left their boat on the +beach, and altogether marched directly up to the mansion house. This put +him into some surprise at first, however, he resolved to meet them in a +peaceable manner, though he perceived they were all double-armed. When +he came up to them, he entreated them not to go up to the house, +because of the languishing condition of his wife, who was already +frighted with the rumours which had been raised of their being pirates, +and that she would certainly die with the fear she was in for herself +and family, if they came to the door. + +The boatswain answered they did not desire to fright his wife, or +anybody else, but they came to desire the assistance of his boat, and if +he would not grant them so small a favour, he had nothing to expect from +them but the utmost extremity. Mr. Fea returned that they knew well +enough he could not venture to give them or lend them his boat or any +help, as they appeared to be such people as were reported, but that if +they would take them by force, he could not help himself. But in the +meantime, talking still in a friendly manner to them, he asked them to +go to a neighbouring house, which he said was a change-house, that is a +public-house, and take a cup of ale with him. This they consented to, +seeing Mr. Fea was alone; so they went all with him. In the meantime Mr. +Fea found means to give secret orders that the oars, masts and sails of +the pirates' boat should be all carried away, and that a quarter of an +hour after they had sat together, he should be called hastily out of the +room, on some pretence or other of somebody to speak with him; all which +was performed to a tittle. When he was got from them, he gave orders +that his six men, who before he had got together, and who were now come +to him well armed, should place themselves at a certain stile behind a +thick hedge, and which was about half way between the alehouse and his +own house, saying that if he came that way with the boatswain alone, +they should suddenly start out upon them both, and throwing him down, +should seize upon the other, but that if all the five came with him, he +would take an occasion to be either before or behind them, so that they +might all fire upon them, without danger of hurting him. + +Having given these orders, and depending upon their being well executed, +he returned to the company and having given them more ale, told them he +would gladly do them any service that he could lawfully do, and that if +they would take the trouble of walking up to his house in a peaceable +manner so that his family might not be frighted with seeing him among +them, they should have all the assistance that was in his power. The +fellows (whether they had taken too much ale, or whether the condition +of their ship and the hopes of getting a boat to help them, blinded +their eyes, is not certain) fell with ease into this snare, and agreed +readily to go along with Mr. Fea; but after a while resolved not to go +all of them, only deputed the boatswain to go, which was what Mr. Fea +most desired. + +[Illustration: A GANG OF MEN AND WOMEN TRANSPORTS BEING MARCHED FROM +NEWGATE TO BLACKFRIARS + +Chained neck to neck and hand to hand these wretches were led through +the streets to Blackfriars Stairs, where they were taken aboard a barge +and carried down the river to the vessel which was to transport them to +America. + +(_From the Newgate Calendar_)] + +The boatswain was very willing to accept of the trust, but it was +observed he took a great deal of care of his arms, which were no less +than four pistols, all loaded with a brace of bullets each, nor would he +be persuaded to leave any of them behind him, no not with his own men. +In this posture, Mr. Fea and the boatswain walked along together very +quietly, until they came to the stile, having got over which Mr. Fea, +seeing his men all ready, turned short about upon the boatswain, and +taking him by the collar, told him he was his prisoner and the same +moment, the rest of his men rushing in upon them, threw both down, and +so secured the boatswain, without giving him time so much as to fire one +pistol. He cried out, indeed, with all his might to alarm his men, but +they soon stopped his mouth by first forcing a pistol into it, and then +a handkerchief; and having disarmed him, bound his hands behind him and +his feet together. Then Mr. Fea left him there under a guard, and with +his other five men, but without arms, at least such that could be seen, +returned to the alehouse to the rest. The house having two doors, they +divided themselves and rushing in at both doors at the same time, they +seized the four men before they were aware, or had time to lay hold of +their arms. They did indeed what men could do, and one of them snapped a +pistol at Mr. Fea, but it did not go off, and Mr. Fea at the same time +snatching at the pistol to divert the shot if it had fired, struck his +hand with such force against the cock, as very much bruised it. + +They were all five now in his power, and he sent them away under a good +guard to a village in the middle of the island, where they were kept +separate from one another, and sufficiently secured. Mr. Fea then +despatched expresses to the gentlemen in the neighbouring island to +acquaint them with what he had done, and to desire their speedy +assistance, also desiring earnestly that they would take care that no +boat should go within reach of the pirates' guns. And at night Mr. Fea +caused fires to be made upon the hills round him, to alarm the country, +and ordered all the boats round the Island to be hauled up upon the +beach, as far as it was possible, and disabled also, lest the pirates +should swim from the ship, and get any of them into their possession. + +Next day, the 4th, it blew very hard all day, and in the evening about +high water, it shifted to W.N.W., upon which the pirates set their +sails, expecting to get off and so to lay it round the island, and put +out to sea. But the fellow who was ordered to cut the cable, missing +several strokes, the cable checked the ship's way, and consequently on a +sudden she took all aback. Then the cable being parted when it should +have been held, the ship ran directly on shore on the Calf Island, nor +could all their speed prevent it. With an air of desperation Gow told +them they were all dead men, nor could it indeed be otherwise, for +having lost the only boat they had, and five of their best hands, they +were able to do little or nothing towards getting their ship off; +besides, as she went on shore at the top of high water, and a spring +tide, there was no hope of getting her off afterward. Wherefore the next +morning, being Monday, the 15th, they hung out a white flag, as a signal +for a parley, and sent a man on shore upon Calf Island, for now they +could go on shore out of the ship at half flood. + +Now Mr. Fea thought he might talk with Gow, in a different style from +what he did before; so he wrote a letter to him, wherein he complained +of the rude behaviour of his five men, for which he told him, he had +been obliged to seize on them, and make them prisoners, letting him know +that the country being all alarmed would soon be too many for him, and +therefore advised him to surrender himself peaceably, and be the author +of a quiet surrender of the rest, as the only means to obtain any +favour; and then he might become an evidence against the rest, and so +might save his own life. This letter Mr. Fea sent by a boat with four +armed men to the island, to be given to the fellow that Gow had sent on +shore, and who waited there; at the same time, he gave them a letter +from Gow to Mr. Fea, for now he was humbled enough to write, which +before he refused. Gow's letter to Mr. Fea was to let him have some men +and boats, to take out the best of the cargo, in order to lighten the +ship, and set her afloat; offering himself to come on shore and be +hostage for the security of men and boats and to give Mr. Fea a thousand +pounds in goods for the service. He declared at the same time, that if +this small succour was refused him, he would take care nobody should +better himself by his misfortunes, for rather than they would suffer +themselves to be taken, they would set fire to the ship, and would all +perish together. + +Mr. Fea replied to this letter that he had a boat indeed, that would +have been fit for his service, but that she was staved and sunk; but if +he would come on shore quietly without arms, and bring his carpenter +with him to repair the boat, he might have her. Mr. Fea did this to give +Gow an opportunity to embrace his first offer of surrendering. But Gow +was neither humble enough to come in nor sincere enough to treat with +him fairly, if he had intended to let him have the boat; and if he had, +it is probable that the former letter had made the men suspicious of +him, so that now he could do nothing without communicating it to the +rest of the crew. About four in the afternoon Mr. Fea received an answer +to his last letter, the copy of which is exactly as follows: + + From on board our Ship the + _Revenge_, Feb. 16th, 1725. + + Honoured Sir, + + I am sorry to hear of the irregular proceedings of my men; I gave no + orders to that effect, and what hath been wrongfully done to the + country, was contrary to my inclinations. It is my misfortune to be + in this condition at present; it was in your power to have done + otherwise in making my fortune better. Since my being in the + country, I have wronged no man, nor taken anything but what I have + paid for. My design in coming was to make the country better, which + I am still capable to do, providing you are just to me. I thank you + for the concern you have for my bad fortune, and am sorry I cannot + embrace your proposal as to being evidence, my people have already + made use of that advantage. I have by my last signified my design of + proceeding, provided I can procure no better terms. Please to send + James Laing on board to continue till my return. I should be glad to + have the good fortune to commune with you upon that subject. I beg + that you would assist me with a boat, and be assured I do no man + harm, were it in my power, as I am now at your mercy. I cannot + surrender myself prisoner, I'd rather commit myself to the mercy of + the seas; so that if you will incline to contribute to my escape, I + shall leave my ship and cargo at your disposal. + + I continue, + Honoured Sir etc., + John Smith + +Upon this letter, and especially that part wherein Gow desired to +commune with him, Mr. Fea, believing he might do some service in +persuading him to submit, went over to Calf Island and went on shore +alone, ordering his boat to lie in readiness to take him in again, but +not one man to stir out of her, and calling to Gow with a speaking +trumpet desired him to come on shore. This the other readily did, but +Mr. Fea, before he ventured, wisely foresaw that whilst he was alone +upon the Island, the pirates might unknown from him, get the ship by +different ways, and under cover of shore might get behind and surround +him. To prevent which, he set a man upon the top of his own house, which +was on the opposite shore and overlooked the whole island, and ordered +him to make signals with his flag, waving his flag once for every man +that he saw come on shore, but if four or more came on shore, then to +keep the flag waving continually, till he (Mr. Fea) should retire. This +precaution was very needful, for no sooner was Mr. Fea advanced upon the +island, expecting Gow to come on shore to meet him, but he saw a fellow +come from the ship, with a white flag, a bottle, a glass and a bundle, +then turning to his own house, he saw his man make the signals +appointed, and that the man kept the flag continually waving. Upon which +he immediately retired to his boat, and he was no sooner got into it, +but he saw five fellows running under shore, with lighted matches and +grenadoes in their hands to have intercepted him, but seeing him out of +their reach, they retired to the ship. + +After this the fellow with the white flag came up and gave Mr. Fea two +letters; he would have left the bundle, which he said was a present to +Mr. Fea, and the bottle which he said was a bottle of brandy, but Mr. +Fea would not take them, but told the fellow his captain was a +treacherous villain, and he did not doubt that he should see him hanged, +and as to him (the fellow) he had a great mind to shoot him; upon which +the fellow took to his heels, and Mr. Fea being in his boat did not +think it worth while to land again to pursue him. This put an end to all +parley for the present, but had the pirates succeeded in this attempt, +they would have so far gained their point, either that they must have +been assisted, or Mr. Fea must have been sacrificed. + +The two letters from Gow were one for Mr. Fea, and the other for his +wife. The first was much to the same purpose as the former, only that in +this Gow requested the great boat with her masts, sails and oars, with +some provisions to transport themselves whither they thought fit to go +for their own safety, offering to leave the ship and cargo to Mr. Fea, +and threatening that if the men-of-war arrived (for Mr. Fea had given +him notice that he expected two men-of-war) before he was thus assisted, +they would set fire to the ship, and blow themselves up, so that as they +had lived so they would die together. The letter to Mrs. Fea was to +desire her to intercede with her husband, and plead that he was their +countryman and had been her husband's schoolfellow, etc. But no answer +was returned to either of these letters. + +On the 17th, in the morning, contrary to expectation, Gow himself came +on shore upon the Calf Island[105], unarmed except for his sword, and +alone, only one man at a distance, carrying a white flag, making signals +for a parley. Mr. Fea, who by this time had gotten more people about +him, immediately sent one Mr. Fea, of Whitehall, a gentleman of his own +family, with five other persons well-armed over the island, with orders +to secure Gow if it were possible by any means, either dead or alive. +When they came on shore, Gow proposed that one of them, whose name was +Schottary, a master of a vessel, should go on board the ship as hostage +for this Gow's safety, and Schottary consenting, Gow himself conducted +him to the ship's side. + +Mr. Fea perceiving this from his own house, immediately took another +boat and went over to the island himself, and while he was expostulating +with his men for letting Schottary go for hostage, Gow returned, and Mr. +Fea made no hesitation, but told him that he was his prisoner. At this +Gow started and said that it ought not to be so, since there was a +hostage delivered for him. Mr. Fea said he gave no order for it, and it +was what they could not justify, and since Schottary had ventured +without orders, he must take his fate, he would run the venture of it; +but he advised Gow, as he expected good usage himself, that he would +send the fellow who carried his white flag back to the ship with orders +for them to return Schottary in safety, and to desire Winter and +Peterson to come with him. Gow declined giving any such orders, but the +fellow said he would readily go and fetch them, and did so, and they +came along with him. When Gow saw them, he reproached them for being so +easily imposed on, and ordered them to go back to the ship immediately, +but Mr. Fea's men, who were too strong for them, surrounded them and +took them all. When this was done, they demanded Gow to deliver his +sword, but he said he would rather die with it in his hand, and begged +them to shoot him, but was denied; and Mr. Fea's men disarming him of +his sword, carried him with the other two into their boat, and after +that to the main island, where Mr. Fea lived. + +Having thus secured the captain, Mr. Fea prevailed with him to go to the +shore over against the ship, and to call the gunner and another man to +come on shore on Calf Island, which they did. But they were no sooner +there, but they also were surrounded by some men which Mr. Fea had +placed out of sight upon the island for that purpose. Then they made Gow +call to the carpenter to come on shore, still making them believe they +would have a boat; and Mr. Fea went over and met him alone, and talking +with him, told him they could not repair the boat without help and +without tools. So persuading him to go back and bring a hand or two with +him, and some tools, some oakum, nails, etc., the carpenter being thus +deluded, went back and brought a Frenchman and another with him, with +all things proper for their work. All of whom, as soon as they came on +shore, were likewise seized and secured by Mr. Fea and his men. + +But there were still a great many men in the ship, whom it was necessary +to bring if possible to a quiet surrender; so Mr. Fea ordered his men to +make a feint as if they would go to work upon the great boat which lay +on the shore upon the island but in sight of the ship. There they +hammered and knocked and made a noise as if they were really caulking +and repairing her, in order to her being launched off and put into their +possession; but towards night he obliged Gow to write to the men that +Mr. Fea would not deliver the boat until he was in possession of the +ship, and therefore he ordered them all to come on shore, without arms, +and in a peaceable manner. This occasioned many debates in the ship, but +as they had no officers to guide them and were all in confusion, they +knew not what to do. So after some time bewailing their hard fate, and +dividing what money was left in the ship among them, they yielded and +went on shore, and were all made prisoners, to the number of +eight-and-twenty, including those who were secured before. + +Being now all secured and in custody in the most proper places in the +island, Mr. Fea took care to give notice to the proper officers in the +country, and by them to the Government of Edinburgh, in order to get +help for the carrying them to England. The distance being so great, it +took up some time; for the Government at Edinburgh not being immediately +concerned in it, but rather the Court of Admiralty of Great Britain, +expresses were dispatched from thence to London, that his Majesty's +pleasure might be known; in return to which, orders were despatched into +Scotland to have them immediately sent up into England with as much +expedition as the case would admit. Accordingly they were brought up by +land to Edinburgh first, and from thence being put on board the +_Greyhound_ frigate, they were brought by sea to England. This +necessarily took up a great deal of time, so that had they been wise +enough to improve the hours that were left, they had almost half a +year's time to prepare themselves for death, though they cruelly denied +the poor mate of a few moments to commend his soul to God's mercy, even +after he was half murdered before. They were most of them in custody the +latter end of January, and were not executed till the 11th of June. + +The _Greyhound_ arrived in the river the 25th of March, and the next day +came to an anchor at Woolwich; and the pirates being put into boats +appointed to receive them, with a strong guard to attend them, were +brought on shore on the 30th, and conveyed to the Marshalsea prison in +Southwark, where they were delivered to the keepers of the said prison, +and were laid in irons. There they had the mortification to meet +Lieutenant Williams, who was brought home by the _Argyle_ man-of-war, +from Lisbon, and had been committed to the same prison but a very few +days before. + +Indeed, as it was a mortification to them, so it was more to him, for +though he might be secretly pleased that those who had so cruelly, as he +called it, put him into the hands of Justice by sending him to Lisbon, +were brought into the same circumstances with himself, yet on the other +hand, it could not but be a terrible mortification to him that here were +now sufficient witnesses found to prove his crimes against him, which +were not so easy to be had before. + +Being thus laid fast, it remained to proceed against them in due form, +and this took up some long time still. On Friday, the 2nd of April, they +were all carried to Doctors' Commons, where the proper judges being +present, they were examined; by which examination the measures were +taken for the farther proceedings. For as they were not equally guilty, +so it was needful to determine who it was proper to bring to an +immediate trial, and who, being less guilty, were more proper objects of +the Government's clemency, as being under force and fear and +consequently necessitated to act as they did; and also who it might be +proper to single out as an evidence against the rest. After being thus +examined they were remanded to the Marshalsea. On Saturday, the 8th of +May, the five who were appointed for evidence against the rest, and +whose names are particularly set down in its place, were sent from the +Marshalsea prison to Newgate, in order to give their information. + +Being thus brought up to London, and committed to the Marshalsea prison, +and the Government being fully informed, what black uncommon offenders +they were, it was thought proper to bring them to speedy justice. In +order to this, some of them, as has been said, who were less criminal +than the rest, and who apparently had been forced into their service, +were sorted out, and being examined (giving first an account of +themselves, and then of the whole fraternity) it was thought fit to make +use of their evidence for the more clear detecting and convincing of the +rest. These were George Dobson, John Phinnes, Timothy Murphy, and +William Booth. + +These were the principal evidences, and were indeed more than +sufficient, for they so exactly agreed in their evidence, and the +prisoners (pirates) said so little in their defence, that there was no +room for the jury to question their guilt, or to doubt the truth of any +part of the account given in. Robert Read was a young man, mentioned +before, who escaped from the boat in the Orkneys, where he surrendered +himself, after getting a horse at a farmer's house, and conveying +himself to Kirkwall, the chief town of the said Orkneys. Nevertheless, +he was brought up as a prisoner with the rest, nor was he made use of as +an evidence but was tried upon most, if not all the indictments with the +rest. But Dobson, one of the witnesses, did him the justice to testify +that he was forced into their service, as others were, for fear of +having their throats cut, as many had been served before their faces, +and that in particular he was not present at, or concerned in any of the +murders for which the rest were indicted. Upon which evidence, he was +acquitted by the jury. Also he brought one Archibald Sutor, the man of +the house said before to be a farm-house, as to whether the said Read +made his escape in the Orkneys, who testified that he did so escape to +him, and that he begged him to procure him a horse, to ride off to +Kirkwall, which he did, and there he surrendered himself; also he +testified that Read gave him (Sutor) a full account of the ship and the +pirates that were in her, and what they were; and that he (Sutor) +revealed it all to the collector of the Customs, by which means the +country was alarmed, and he added, that it was by this man's means that +all the prisoners were apprehended (though that was going too far, for +'tis plain, that it was by the vigilance and courage of Mr. Fea, +chiefly, that they were reduced to such distresses as obliged them to +surrender). However, it was true that Read's escape did alarm the +country, and that he merited very well of the public for the timely +discovery he made, so he came off clear as indeed it was but just, for +he was not only forced to serve them, but as Dobson testified for him, +he had often expressed his uneasiness at being obliged to act with them, +and that he wished he could get away, and he was sincere in those +wishes, as appeared by his taking the first opportunity he could get to +put it in practice. This Dobson was one of the ten men who ran away with +the pirates' long-boat from the Orkneys, and who were afterwards made +prisoners in the Firth of Leith, and carried up to Edinburgh. + +Gow was now a prisoner among the rest in the Marshalsea. His behaviour +there was sullen and reserved, rather than penitent. It had been hinted +to him by Mr. Fea, as by others, that by his behaviour he should +endeavour to make himself an evidence against others, and to merit his +life by a ready submission, and obliging others to do the like. But Gow +was no fool, and he easily saw there were too many gone before who had +provided for their own safety at his expense, and besides that he knew +himself too deeply guilty of cruelty and murder to be accepted by public +justice as an evidence, especially where so many other less criminals +were to be had. This made him, with good reason, too, give over any +thoughts of escaping by such means as that; and perhaps seeing so +plainly that there was no room for it might be the reason why he seemed +to reject the offer, otherwise he was not a person of such nice honour +as that we should suppose he would not have secured his own life at the +expense of his comrades. Gow appeared to have given over all thoughts of +life, from the first time he came to England. Not that he showed any +tokens of his repentance, or any sense of his condition suitable to that +which was before him, but continuing sullen and reserved, even to the +very time he was brought to the bar, when he came there, he could not be +tried with the rest, for the arraignment being made in the usual form, +he refused to plead. The Court used all the arguments which humanity +dictates in such cases,[106] to prevail on him to come into ordinary +course of other people in like government, laying before him the +sentence of the law in such cases, namely that he must be pressed to +death, the only torturing execution which however they were obliged to +inflict. + +But he continued inflexible, carried on his obstinacy to such a height +as to receive the sentence in form, as usual in such cases. The +execution being appointed to be done the next morning, he was carried +back to Newgate in order to it. But whether he was prevailed with by +argument and the reasons of those about him, or whether the apparatus +for the execution and the manner of the death he was to die terrified +him, we cannot say, but the next morning he yielded, and petitioned to +be allowed to plead, and he admitted to be tried in the ordinary way. +Which being granted, he was brought to the bar by himself and pleaded, +being arraigned again upon the same indictment upon which he had been +sentenced as a mute, and was found guilty. + +Williams the lieutenant, who was put on board the Bristol ship (as hath +been said) with orders to deliver him on board the first English +man-of-war they should meet with, comes, of course, to have the rest of +his history made up in this place. The captain of the Bristol ship, +though he received his orders from the crew of pirates and rogues, whose +instructions he was not obliged to follow, and whose accusation of +Williams they were not obliged to give credit to, yet punctually obeyed +the order, and put him on board the _Argyle_, Captain Bowler, then lying +in the port of Lisbon and bound for England; who, as they took him in +irons, kept him so, and brought him to England, in the same conditions. +But as the pirates did not send any of their company, nor indeed could +they do it, along with him to be evidence against him, and the men who +went out of the pirate ship on board the Bristol ship, being till then +kept as prisoners on board the pirate ship (and perhaps could not have +said enough, or given particular evidence, sufficient to convict him in +a course of justice), Providence supplied the want by bringing the whole +crew to the same place; for Williams was in the Marshalsea prison before +them, and by that means they furnished sufficient evidence against +Williams also, so that they were all tried together. + +In Williams's case the evidence was as particular as in Gow's, and +Dobson and the other swore positively that Williams boasted that after +MacCauly had cut the super-cargo's throat imperfectly, he (Williams) +murdered him, and added that he would not give him time to say his +prayers, but shot him through the head. Phinnes and Timothy Murphy +testified the same, and to show the bloody disposition of this wretch, +William Booth testified that Williams proposed afterwards to the company +that if they took any more ships they should not encumber themselves +with the men, having already so many prisoners that in case of a fight +they should not be safe with them; but that they should take them and +tie them, back to back, and throw them all overboard into the sea. + +It should not be omitted here also in the case of Gow himself (as I have +observed in the introduction) that Gow had long meditated the kind of +villainy which he now put in practice, and that it was his resolution to +turn pirate the first opportunity he should get, whatever voyage he +undertook, and that I observed he had intended it on board a ship in +which he came home from Lisbon, and failed only for want of a sufficient +party. So this resolution of his is confirmed by the testimony and +confession of James Belvin, one of his fellow-criminals, who upon trial +declared that he knew that Gow and the crew of the _George_ galley had a +design to turn pirates from the beginning, and added that he discovered +it to George Dobson, in Amsterdam, before the ship went out to sea. For +the confirmation of this, George Dobson was called up again, after he +had given his evidence upon the trials, and being confronted by Belvin, +he did acknowledge that Belvin had said so, and that in particular he +had said that the boatswain had a design to murder the master and some +others and run away with the ship. Being asked why he did not +immediately reveal it to the master, Captain Ferneau, he answered that +he heard Belvin tell the mate of it, and that the mate told the captain; +but the captain made light of it. But the boatswain finding himself +discovered, refused to go, upon which Gow was made second mate, and +Belvin was made boatswain; an he had been as honest afterwards as +before (whereas on the contrary, he was as forward and active as any of +them, except that he was not in the first secret nor in the murders), he +might have escaped what afterwards became so justly his due. But as they +acted together, Justice required that they should suffer together, and +accordingly, Gow and Williams, Belvin, Melvin, Winter, Peterson, +Rowlinson and MacCauly, received the reward of their cruelty and blood +at the gallows, being all executed together on the eleventh of June. + +It happened that Gow being a very strong man, and giving a kind of +spring, it so strained the rope that, on some people pulling him by the +legs, it broke and he fell down, after he had remained about four +minutes suspended. His fall stunned him a little, but as soon as he was +taken up, he recovered himself so far as to be able to ascend the ladder +a second time, which he did with very little concern, dying with the +same brutal ferocity which animated all his actions while alive. His +body hangs in chains over against Greenwich, as that of Williams does +over against Blackwall. + +FOOTNOTES: + + [102] The most northerly of the islands. + + [103] The word is here used in its original sense, indicating + something acquired by seeking--or hunting--_pour chasser._ + + [104] The island of Carrick. + + [105] According to Johnson's _History of the Pirates_ (Chap. + XVIII) Gow's real motive for returning to the Orkneys was to wed + a girl whose parents had repulsed him on account of his poverty. + She was the daughter of one Mr. G----, a well-to-do man. + + [106] One of these humane arguments, according to Johnson, _op. + cit._, consisted in tying his thumbs together with whipcord, + "which was done several times by the executioner and another + officer; they drawing the cord until it broke." + + + +APPENDIX + + +_Although the several histories which are related within the compass of +this Appendix do not so properly fall under the general title of this +work (most of them having fallen out in a period of time long before +that to which I have fixed the beginning of these memoirs of the +unfortunate victims to public justice) yet there are two reasons which +determined me to give these narratives a place in this collection. The +first is that the wonders of Providence signalized in these transactions +might hereby be recorded and preserved to posterity; and the other, that +from the perusal the wicked might be deterred from pursuing their +vicious courses, from the prospect of those sudden, dreadful, and +unexpected strokes which the best hid criminal practices have met with +from the unsearchable conduct of Divine Justice. And as these arguments +had weight enough with me to engage me to the performance of this work, +so I hope they will also incline my readers to peruse them with that +improvement and delight which I have ever aimed to excite in the course +of my labours._ + + + + +A true and perfect account of the examination, confession, trial, +condemnation and execution, of JOHN PERRY, his mother and brother, for +the supposed murder of WILLIAM HARRISON, Gent. + + +Upon Thursday, the 6th of August, 1660, William Harrison, steward to the +Lady Viscount Campden, at Campden in Gloucester, being about seventy +years of age, walked from Campden aforesaid to Charringworth, about two +miles from thence, to receive his lady's rent; and not returning so +early as formerly, his wife, Mrs. Harrison, between eight and nine +o'clock in the evening, sent her servant John Perry, to meet his master +on the way from Charringworth. But neither Mr. Harrison nor his servant +John Perry returning that night, early the next morning Edward Harrison, +William's son, went towards Charringworth to enquire after his father. +On the way he met Perry coming thence, and being informed by him that he +was not there, they went together to Ebrington, a village between +Charringworth and Campden, where they were told by one Daniel, that Mr. +Harrison called at his house the evening before, in his return from +Charringworth, but stayed not. Then they went to Paxford, about half a +mile from thence, where hearing nothing of Mr. Harrison, they returned +towards Campden. And on the way hearing of a hat, band and a comb, taken +up on the highway between Ebrington and Campden, by a poor woman then +leasing [gleaning] in the field, they sought her out. With her they +found the hat, band and comb, which they knew to be Mr. Harrison's; and +being brought by the woman to the place where she found the same, in the +highway between Ebrington and Campden, near unto a great furze-brake, +they there searched for Mr. Harrison, supposing he had been murdered, +the hat and the comb being hacked and cut, and the band bloody, but +nothing more could there be found. The news hereof coming to Campden, so +alarmed the town that the men, women and children hasted thence in +multitudes to search for Mr. Harrison's supposed dead body, but all in +vain. + +Mrs. Harrison's fears for her husband were now much increased, and +having sent her servant Perry the evening before to meet his master, and +he not returning that night, caused a suspicion that he had robbed and +murdered him. Thereupon the said Perry was the next day brought before a +Justice of the Peace; by whom being examined concerning his master's +absence, and his own staying out the night he went to meet him, gave +this account of himself. That his mistress sending him to meet his +master, between eight and nine o'clock in the evening, he went down +Campden Field towards Charringworth about a land's length,[107] where +meeting one William Read of Campden, he acquainted him with his errand, +and farther told him that as it was growing dark he was afraid to go +forwards, and would therefore return and fetch his young master's horse +and return with him; he went to Mr. Harrison's court gate, where they +parted. He stayed till one Pierce coming by, he went again with him +about a bow's shot into the fields, and returned with him likewise to +his master's gate, where they also parted; and the said John Perry +averred that he went into his master's hen-roost, where he lay about an +hour, but slept not, but when the clock struck twelve, arose and went +towards Charringworth, until a great mist arising, he lost his way, and +so lay the rest of the night under a hedge. At break of day on Friday +morning he went to Charringworth, where he enquired for his master of +one Edward Plaisterer, who told him he had been with him the afternoon +before, and received three-and-twenty pounds of him, but stayed not long +with him. He went to William Curtis of the same town, who told him he +heard his master was at his house the day before, but being not at home, +did not see him. After which he said he returned homewards, it being +about five o'clock in the morning, when on the way he met his master's +son, with whom he went to Ebrington and Paxford, etc. Curtis being +examined, affirmed what Perry had said concerning them to be true. + +Perry then being asked by the Justice of Peace how he, who was afraid to +go to Charringworth at nine o'clock, became so bold as to go thither at +twelve, answered that at nine o'clock it was dark, but at twelve the +moon shone. Being further asked why returning twice home after his +mistress had sent him to meet his master, and staying until twelve of +the clock, he went not into the house to know whether his master was +come, before he went a third time, at that time of night to look after +him, he answered that he knew his master was not at home, because he saw +a light in his chamber window, which never used to be there so late when +he was at home. + +Yet notwithstanding this that Perry had said about staying forth that +night, it was not thought fit to discharge him until further enquiry was +made after Mr. Harrison, and accordingly he continued in custody at +Campden, sometimes in an inn there, and sometimes in the common prison, +from Saturday, August the 18th, to the Friday following; during which +time he was again examined at Campden, by the aforesaid Justice of +Peace, but confessed nothing more than before, nor at that time could +any further discovery be made as to what was become of Mr. Harrison. But +it hath been said that during his restraint at Campden he told some (who +pressed him to confess what he knew concerning his master) that a tinker +had killed him; and to others he said that a gentleman's servant of the +neighbourhood had robbed and murdered him; and others, again, he told +that he was murdered and hid in a bean-rick in Campden, where search was +in vain made for him. At length he gave out that if he was again carried +before the Justice, he would discover that to him which he would not do +to anybody else; and thereupon he was, on Friday, August the 24th, again +brought before the Justice of Peace, who first examined him. And asking +him whether he would confess what had become of his master, he answered +he was murdered but not by him. The Justice of Peace then telling him +that if he knew him to be murdered, he knew likewise by whom he was, so +he acknowledged he did, and being urged to confess what he knew +concerning it, affirmed that it was his mother and brother that had +murdered his master. The Justice of Peace then advised him to consider +what he said, telling him that he feared he might be guilty of his +master's death, and that he should not draw more innocent blood upon his +head, for what he now charged his mother and brother with might cost +them their lives. But he affirming he spoke nothing but the truth, and +that if he were immediately to die he would justify it, the Justice +desired him to declare how, and when they did it. + +He then told him that ever since he came into his master's service his +mother and brother had lain at him to help them to money, telling him +how poor they were, and that it was in his power to relieve them by +giving them notice when his master went to receive his lady's rents, for +they would then waylay him and rob him. And further, he said that upon +the Thursday morning, when his master went to Charringworth, going on an +errand into the town, he met his brother in the street, whom he then +told whither his master was going, and if he waylaid him he might have +his money; and further said, that in the evening when his mistress sent +him to meet his master, he met his brother in the street before his +master's gate, going as he said to meet his master, and so they went +together to the churchyard, about a stone's throw from Mr. Harrison's +gate, where they parted. He going the footway beyond the church, they +met again, and so went together the way leading to Charringworth, until +they came to a gate about a bow's shot from Campden church that goes +into a ground of the Lady Campden's, called the Conygree, which to +those who have a key to go through the garden, is the nearest from that +place to Mrs. Harrison's house. When they came near unto that gate, he +(the said John Perry) said he told his brother that he believed his +master was just gone into the Conygree (for it was then so dark they +could not discern any man, so as to know him). But perceiving there was +no way but for those who had a key through the gardens, he concluded it +was his master who had gone through, and so told his brother if he +followed him, he might have his money, and he in the meantime, would +walk a turn in the fields. Which accordingly he did, and then followed +his brother. About the middle of the Conygree, he found his master on +the ground, his brother upon him, and his mother standing by. Being +asked whether his master was dead, he answered, No, for that after he +came to them, his master cried, _Ah, rogues! Will you kill me?_ At which +he told his brother he hoped he would not kill his master; his brother +replied, _Peace, peace, you're a fool_; and so strangled him. Which +having done, he took a bag of money out of his pocket, and threw it into +his mother's lap; and then he and his brother carried his master's dead +body into the garden, adjoining to the Conygree, where they consulted +what to do with it, and at length agreed to throw it into the great pool +by Wallington's Mill, behind the garden. + +His mother and brother bid him go up to the court next the house, to +hearken whether anyone was stirring, and they would throw the body into +the pool; and being asked whether it was there, he said, he knew not, +for that he left it in the garden, but his mother and brother said they +would throw it there, and if it was not there, he knew not where it was, +for that he returned no more to them, but went into the court gate, +which goes into the town. He met with John Pierce with whom he went into +the field, and again returned with him to his master's gate. After which +he went into the hen-roost, where he lay until twelve o'clock at night, +but slept not, and having, when he came from his mother and brother, +brought with him his master's hat, band and comb, which he laid in the +hen-roost, he carried the said hat, band and comb, and threw them after +he had given them three or four cuts with his knife, in the highway, +where they were after found. And being asked what he intended by so +doing, he said he did it that it might be believed his master had been +there robbed and murdered. And having thus disposed of his hat, band and +comb, he went towards Charringworth, as hath been related. + +Upon this confession and accusation, the Justice of Peace gave order for +the apprehending of Joan and Richard Perry, the mother and brother of +John Perry, and for searching the pool where Mr. Harrison's body was +said to be thrown, which was accordingly done, but nothing of him could +be found there. The Fish Pools, likewise, in Campden, were drawn and +searched, but nothing could be found there either; so that some were of +opinion that the body might be laid in the ruins of Campden House, burnt +in the late wars, and not unfit for such a concealment, where was +likewise search made, but all in vain. + +On Saturday, August 25th, Joan and Richard Perry, together with John +Perry, were brought before the Justice of Peace, who acquainted the said +Joan and Richard with what John had lain to their charge. They denied +all, with many imprecations on themselves if they were in the least +guilty of anything of which they were accused, but John on the other +side affirmed to their faces that he had spoken nothing but the truth +and that they had murdered his master, further telling them that he +could never be at quiet for them since he came into his master's +service, being continually followed by them to help them to money (which +they told him he might do by giving them notice when his master went to +receive his lady's rents), and that meeting his brother Richard in +Campden Town, the Thursday morning his master went to Charringworth, he +told him whither he was going, and upon what errand; Richard confessed +he met his brother that morning and spoke with him, but nothing passed +between them to that purpose. Both he and his mother told John he was a +villain to accuse them wrongfully, as he had done, but John on the other +side affirmed that he had spoken nothing but the truth and would justify +it to his death. + +One remarkable circumstance happened in these prisoners' return from the +Justice's house to Campden, viz., Richard Perry following a good +distance behind his brother John, pulling a clout out of his pocket, +dropped a ball of inkle,[108] which one of his guard taking up, he +desired him to restore it, saying it was only his wife's hair lace; but +the party opening it, and finding a slip knot at the end, went and +showed it unto John, who was then a good distance before and knew +nothing of the dropping and taking up of this inkle. Being showed it, +and asked whether he knew it, he shook his head and said, yes to his +sorrow, for that was the string his brother strangled his master with. +This was sworn upon the evidence at their trial. + +The morrow being the Lord's day, they remained at Campden, where the +minister of the place designing to speak to them, if possible to +persuade them to repentance and a farther confession, they were brought +to church; and in their way thither passing by Richard's house, two of +his children meeting him, he took the lesser in his arm, and was leading +the other in his hand, when on a sudden both their noses fell +a-bleeding, which was looked upon as ominous. + +Here it will be no impertinent digression to tell how the year before, +Mr. Harrison had his house broken open between eleven and twelve o'clock +at noon, upon Campden market-day, whilst himself and his whole family +were away, a ladder being set up to a window of the second story, and an +iron bar wrenched thence with a ploughshare, which was left in the room, +and seven score pounds in money carried away, the authors of which +robbery could never be found. After this, and not many weeks before Mr. +Harrison's absence, one evening in Campden garden his servant Perry made +a hideous outcry, whereas some who heard it coming in, met him running +and seemingly affrighted, with a sheep-pick in his hand, to whom he told +a story how he had been set upon by two men in white, with naked swords, +and how he defended himself with his sheep-pick, the handle whereof was +cut in two or three places, as was likewise a key in his pocket, which +he said was done with one of their swords. + +The passages the Justice of the Peace having before heard, and calling +to mind upon Perry's confession, asked him first concerning the robbery, +when his master lost seven score pounds out of his house at noon-day, +whether he knew who did it? He answered, Yes, it was his brother, and +being further asked, whether he was with him, he answered, No, he was at +church, but that he gave him notice of the money, and told him in which +room it was, and where he might have a ladder, that would reach the +window; and that his brother after told him he had the money, and had +buried it in his garden, and that they were at Michaelmas next to have +divided it, whereupon search was made in the garden, but no money could +be there found. And being further asked concerning the other passage, of +his being assaulted in the garden, he confessed it was all a fiction, +and that he did it having a design to rob his master, so that rogues +being believed to haunt the place, when his master was robbed they might +be thought to have done it. + +At the next assizes, which were held in September following, John, Joan +and Richard Perry had two indictments found against them, one for +breaking into William Harrison's house, and robbing him of one hundred +and forty pounds, in the year, 1659; the other for robbing and murdering +the said William Harrison on the 16th day of August, 1660. Upon the last +indictment, the judge of the assizes, Sir C. T., would not try them, +because the body was not found; but they were then tried upon the other +indictment for robbery, to which they pleaded not guilty. But someone +whispering behind them, they soon pleaded guilty, humbly begging the +benefit of his Majesty's gracious pardon and Act of Oblivion,[109] which +was granted them. But though they pleaded guilty to their indictment, +being thereunto promised (as probable) by some who are unwilling to lose +time and trouble the Court with their trial as the Act of Oblivion +pardoned them; yet they all afterwards and at their death, denied that +they were guilty of that robbery, or that they knew who did it. Yet at +his assize, as several credible persons have affirmed, John Perry still +persisted in his story that his mother and brother had murdered his +master, and further added that they had attempted to poison him in gaol, +so that he durst neither eat nor drink with them. + +At the next assizes, which was held the Spring following, John, Joan and +Richard Perry were by the then judge of assize, Sir B. H., tried upon +the indictment of murder, and pleaded thereunto severally not guilty. +And when John's confession before the Justice was proved, _viva voce_, +by several witnesses who heard the same, he told them he was then mad +and knew not what he said. The other two, Richard and Joan Perry, said +they were wholly innocent of what they were accused, and that they knew +nothing of Mr. Harrison's death, nor what was become of him; and Richard +said that his brother had accused others as well as him of having +murdered his master, which the judge bidding him prove, he said that +most of those who had given evidence against him knew it, but naming +none, nor did any speak to it. And so the jury found them all three +guilty. + +Some few days after being brought to the place of their execution, which +was on Broadway Hill, in sight of Campden, the mother, who was reputed a +witch and to have bewitched her sons, so that they would confess nothing +while she lived, was executed first. After which, Richard being upon the +ladder, professed as he had done all along that he was wholly innocent +of the fact for which he was then to die, and that he knew nothing of +Mr. Harrison's death, nor what was become of him, and did with great +earnestness beg and beseech his brother, for the satisfaction of the +whole world and for his own conscience, to declare what he knew +concerning him. But he, with a dogged and surly carriage, told the +people he was not obliged to confess to them; yet immediately before his +death, he said he knew nothing of his master's death, nor what had +become of him but they might hereafter possibly hear. + +Mr. Harrison's account of his being absent two years, and of his return +home, addressed to Sir Thomas Overbery, Knight + + Honoured Sir, + + In obedience to your commands, I give you this true account of my + being carried away beyond the seas, my continuance there and return + home. + + On Thursday, in the afternoon, in the time of harvest, I went to + Charringworth to demand rents due to my Lady Campden, at which the + tenants were busy in the fields, and were late ere they came home, + which occasioned my stay there till the close of the evening. I + expected a considerable sum, but received only twenty-three pounds + and no more. In my return home, in the narrow passages amongst + Ebrington Furzes, there met me one horseman, and said, _Art thou + there?_ and I, fearing that he would have rode over me, struck his + horse over the nose, whereupon he struck me with his sword several + blows, and ran it into my side, while I with my little cane made my + defence as well as I could. At last another came behind me, ran me + in the thigh, laid hold on the collar of my doublet, and drew me to + a hedge near to the place. Then came in another. They did not take + away my money, but mounted me behind one of them, drew my arms about + his middle, and fastened my wrists together with something that had + a spring lock to it, as I conceived, by hearing it give a snap as + they put it on; then they threw a great cloak over me and carried me + away. + + In the night, they alighted at a hayrick, which stood near unto a + stone pit, by a wall side, where they took away my money. This was + about two hours before day, as I heard one of them tell the other he + thought it to be then. They tumbled me into the stone pit. They + stayed, as I thought, about an hour at the hayrick. When they took + horse again, one of them bade me come out of the pit. I answered + they had my money already, and asked what they would do with me, + whereupon he struck me again, drew me out, and put a great quantity + of money into my pockets, and mounted me again, after the same + manner. And on Friday, about sunset, they brought me to a lone house + upon a heath, by a thicket of bushes, where they took me down, + almost dead, being sorely bruised with the carriage of the money. + When the woman of the house saw that I could neither stand nor + speak, she asked them whether or no they had brought a dead man? + They answered, no, but a friend that was hurt, and they were + carrying me to a surgeon. She answered, if they did not make haste + their friend would be dead before they could bring him to one. + There they laid me on the cushions and suffered none to come into + the room but a little girl. There we stayed all night, they giving + me some broth and strong waters. + + In the morning, very early, they mounted me as before, and on + Saturday night, they brought me to a place where were two or three + houses, in one of which I lay all night on cushions by their + bedside. On Sunday morning they carried me from thence, and about + three or four of the clock, they brought me to a place by the + seaside, called Deal, where they laid me down in the ground. One of + them staying by me, the other two walked a little off to meet a man, + with whom they talked; and in their discourse I heard them mention + seven pounds, after which they went away together, and about half an + hour after returned. The man (whose name, as I after heard, was + Wrenshaw) said he feared I would die before they could put me on + board; then they put me into a boat, and carried me on ship-board, + where my wounds were dressed. + + I remained in the ship, as near as I could reckon, about six weeks, + in which time I was indifferently recovered of my wounds and + weaknesses. Then the master of the ship came in and told me and the + rest who were in the same condition, that he discovered three + Turkish ships. We all offered to fight in defence of the ship and + ourselves, but he commanded us to keep close, and said he would deal + with them well enough. A little while after, he called us up, and + when we came on deck we saw two Turkish ships close by us; into one + of them we were put, and placed in a dark hold, where how long we + continued before we were landed, I know not. + + When we were landed they led us two days' journey, and put us into a + great house or prison, where we remained four days and a half, and + then came to us eight men to view us, who seemed to be officers. + They called us and examined us of our trades and callings, which + everyone answered. One said he was a surgeon, another that he was a + broad-cloth weaver, and I, after two or three demands, said I had + some skill in physic. We three were set by, and taken by three of + these eight men who came to view us. It was my chance to be chosen + by a grave physician of eighty-seven years of age, who lived near to + Smyrna, who had formerly been in England, and knew Crowland in + Lincolnshire, which he preferred before all others in England. He + employed me to keep his still-house, and gave me a silver bowl, + double gilt, to drink in. My business was most in that place, but + once he set me to gather cotton wool, which I not doing he struck me + to the ground, and after drew his stiletto to stab me; but I holding + up my hands to him, he gave me a stamp and turned from me, for + which I render thanks to my Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ, who + stayed his hand and preserved me. + + I was there about a year and three quarters, and then my master fell + sick on a Thursday, and sent for me, and calling me, as he used, by + the name of Bell, told me he should die and bid me shift for myself. + He died on the Saturday following, and I instantly hastened with my + bowl[110] to a port almost a day's journey distant, the way to which + place I knew, having been twice there employed by my master about + the carriage of the cotton wool. When I came thither I addressed + myself to two men who came out of a ship of Hamburg, which, as they + said, was bound for Portugal within three or four days. I enquired + of them for an English ship, they answered there was none. I + entreated them to take me into their ship, but they answered they + durst not, for fear of being discovered by the searchers, which + might occasion the forfeiture, not only of their goods, but also of + their lives. I was very importunate with them, but could not + prevail. They left me to wait on Providence, which at length brought + me another out of the same ship, to whom I made known my condition, + craving his assistance for my transportation. He made me the like + answer as the former, and was as stiff in his denial, until the + sight of my bowl put him to pause. He returned to the ship, and + after an hour's space came back again accompanied with another + seaman, and for my bowl, undertook to transport me; but he told me I + must be contented to lie down in the keel and endure much hardship, + which I was content to do to gain my liberty. + + So they took me on board, and placed me below in the vessel, in a + very uneasy place, and obscured me with boards and other things, + where I lay undiscovered, notwithstanding the strict search that was + made in the vessel. My two chapmen who had my bowl, honestly + furnished me with victuals daily, until we arrived at Lisbon in + Portugal, where, as soon as the master had left the ship and was + gone into the city, they set me on shore moneyless, to shift for + myself. I knew not what course to take, but as Providence led me, I + went up into the city, and came into a fair street, and being weary + I turned my back to a wall, and leaned upon my staff. Over against + me were four gentlemen discoursing together; after a while one of + them came to me, and spake to me in a language that I understood + not. I told him I was an Englishman and understood not what he + spoke. He answered me in plain English, that he understood me, and + was himself born in Wisbech, in Lincolnshire. Then I related to him + my sad condition, and he taking compassion on me, took me with him, + provided me with lodging and diet, and by his interest with a master + of a ship bound for England, procured my passage; and bringing me on + ship board, he bestowed wine and strong waters on me, and at his + return gave me eight stivers and commended me to the care of the + master of the ship, who landed me safe at Dover. From thence I made + a shift to get to London, where being furnished with necessaries I + came into the country. + + Thus, honoured Sir, I have given you a true account of my great + sufferings and happy deliverance by the mercy and goodness of God, + my most gracious Father in Jesus Christ, my Saviour and Redeemer, to + whose name be ascribed all honour, praise and glory. I conclude and + rest, + + Your Worship's, + In all dutiful respect, + William Harrison + +Before I part with this story, it is proper for me to remark that though +it does not contain any extraordinary mark of the wisdom of Providence, +yet being in its nature strange and hitherto having escaped any other +collection, I thought it not improper to be preserved here, since some +of the circumstances are of such a nature as not to be paralleled in any +English story. + +FOOTNOTES: + + [107] A local term for a strip of furrowed land. + + [108] A kind of broad linen tape. + + [109] Passed at the Restoration, in 1660, granting "free + general pardon, indemnity, and oblivion for all treasons and + state offences" committed between 1 Jan., 1637, and 24 June, + 1660. The regicides and certain Irish priests were excepted. + + [110] That is, the silver-gilt one his master had given him. + + + + +A Relation of the Surprising Discovery of the Murder of MARY BARWICK, +committed by WILLIAM BARWICK, her husband, on the 14th of April, 1690, +upon which he was convicted, at the Lent Assizes at York, before the +Honourable Sir John Powell, Knight, then one of the Judges of Assize + + +In the following relation, I have kept strictly up to the motives which +I have mentioned in the beginning of this Appendix, and I hope that will +atone for the inserting of this story, which I confess can be of no +other use than to gratify the curiosity of the reader. + +As murder is one of the greatest crimes that man can be guilty of, so it +is no less strangely and providentially discovered when secretly +committed. The foul criminal believes himself secure, because there was +no witness of the fact. Not considering that the all-seeing eye of +Heaven beholds his iniquity, and by some means or other bringing it to +light, never permits it to go unpunished. Indeed, so certainly does the +revenge of God pursue the abominated murderer, that when witnesses are +wanting of the fact, the very ghosts of the murdered parties cannot rest +quiet in their graves until they have made the detection themselves. Of +this we are now to give the reader two remarkable examples that lately +happened in Yorkshire, and no less signal for the truth of both +tragedies, as being confirmed by the trial of the offenders at the last +assizes held for that county. + +The first of these murders was committed by William Barwick, upon the +body of Mary Barwick his wife, at the same time big with child. What +were the motives that induced the man to do this horrid fact does not +appear by the examination of the evidence, or the confession of the +party; only it appeared upon his trial that he had got her with child +before he married her, that being then constrained to marry her, he grew +weary of her, which was the reason he was so willing to be rid of her, +though he ventured body and soul to accomplish his design. + +The murder was committed on Palm Monday, being then the fourteenth of +April, about two o'clock in the afternoon, at which time the said +Barwick drilled his wife along until he came to a certain close, within +sight of Cawood Castle, where he found the conveniency of a pond. He +threw her by force into the water, and when she was drowned and drawn +forth again by himself upon the bank of the pond, he had the cruelty to +behold the motion of the infant, yet warm in her womb. This done, he +concealed the body, as it may readily be supposed, among the bushes that +usually encompass a pond, and the next night when it grew dusk, fetching +a hay spade from a rick that stood in the close, he made a hole by the +side of the pond, and there slightly buried the woman in her clothes. +Having thus despatched two at once, and thinking himself secure, because +unseen, he went the same day to his brother-in-law, one Thomas Lofthouse +of Rusforth, within three miles of York, who had married his drowned +wife's sister, and told him he had carried his wife to one Richard +Harrison's house in Selby, who was his uncle, and would take care of +her. + +But Heaven would not be so deluded, but raised up the ghost of the +murdered woman to make the discovery. It was Easter Tuesday following, +about two-o'clock in the afternoon, that the afore-mentioned Lofthouse, +having occasion to water a quickset hedge not far from his house, as he +was going for the second pailful, an apparition went before him in the +shape of a woman, and soon after set down against a rising green grass +plot, right over against the pond. He walked by her as he went to the +pond, and as he returned with the pail from the pond, looking sideways +to see whether she continued in the same place, he found she did, and +that she seemed to dandle something in her lap that looked like a white +bag, as he thought, which he did not observe before. So soon as he had +emptied his pail, he went into his yard and stood still to turn whether +he could see her again, but she was vanished. In this information he +says that the woman seemed to be habited in a brown-coloured petticoat, +waistcoat and a white hood, such a one as his wife's sister usually +wore, and that her countenance looked extremely pale and wan, with her +teeth in sight, but no gums appearing, and that her physiognomy was like +that of his wife's sister, who was wife to William Barwick. + +But notwithstanding the ghastliness of the apparition, it seems it made +so little impression on Lofthouse's mind that he thought no more of it, +neither did he speak to anybody concerning it until the same night, as +he was at family duty of prayers, when that apparition returned again to +his thoughts, and discomposed his devotion; so that after he had made an +end of his prayers, he told the whole story of what he had seen to his +wife, who laying circumstances together, immediately inferred that her +sister was either drowned or otherwise murdered, and desired her husband +to look after her the next day, which was the Wednesday in Easter week. +Upon this, Lofthouse, recollecting what Barwick had told him of his +carrying his wife to his uncle at Selby, repaired to Harrison +before-mentioned, but found all that Barwick had said to be false, for +Harrison had neither heard of Barwick nor his wife, neither did he know +anything of them. Which notable circumstance, together with that other +of the apparition, increased his suspicion to that degree that now +concluding his wife's sister was murdered, he went to the Lord Mayor of +York. And having obtained his warrant, he got Barwick apprehended; who +was no sooner brought before the Lord Mayor, but his own conscience then +accusing him, he acknowledged the whole matter, as it has been already +related, and as it appears by the examination and confession herewith +printed. + +On Wednesday, the 16th of September, 1690, the criminal, William +Barwick, was brought to his trial before the Honourable Sir John Powel, +Knight, one of the judges of the Northern Circuit, at the assizes held +at York, where the prisoner pleaded not guilty to his indictment. But +upon the evidence of Thomas Lofthouse and his wife, and a third person, +that the woman was found buried in her clothes, close by the pond side, +agreeable to the prisoner's confession, and that she had several +bruises on her head, occasioned by the blows the murderer had given her +to keep her under water, and upon reading the prisoner's confession +before the Lord Mayor of York, attested by the clerk who wrote the +confession, and who swore the prisoner's owning and signing it for +truth, he was found guilty and sentenced to death, and afterwards +ordered to be hanged in chains. + +All the defence that the prisoner made was only this, that he was +threatened into the confession that he had made, and was in such a +consternation that he did not know what he said or did; but then it was +sworn to by two witnesses that there was no such thing as any +threatening made use of, but that he made a free and voluntary +confession, only with this addition at first, that he told the Lord +Mayor he had sold his wife for five shillings, but not being able to +name either the person or the place, where she might be produced, that +was looked upon as too frivolous to outweigh circumstances that were too +apparent. + + The Examination of William Barwick, taken the 25th of April, 1690 + + Who sayeth and confesseth that he carried his wife over a certain + wainbridge, called Bishop Dyke Bridge, between Cawood and Sherburn; + and within a lane about one hundred yards from the said bridge, and + on the left hand of the said bridge, he and his wife went over a + stile, on the left hand of a certain gate, entering into a certain + close, on the left hand of the said lane; and in a pond in the said + close, adjoining to a quick-wood hedge, he did drown his wife and + upon a bank of the said pond did bury her, and further, that he was + within sight of Cawood Castle, on the left hand, and there was but + one hedge betwixt the said close where he drowned his wife, and the + Bishops Slates, belonging to the said castle. + + William Barwick + _Exam, capt. did etc. + anno super dict. + coram me._ + + _S. Dawson, Mayor_ + + + + +An Account of the Conviction and Execution of Mr. WALKER, and MARK +SHARP, for the Murder of ANN WALKER + + +I am conscious that my collecting these relations may expose me to the +railery and ridicule of a very numerous tribe of wits in this age, who +value themselves extremely on their contempt of supernatural stories, +and their disbelief of all things which relate to apparitions or returns +from that state in which souls go when they depart from the body. Yet +the following story is so remarkable, the proofs so exceedingly cogent, +and the mistakes made in the relation of it by various authors so +likely, notwithstanding, to bring it in the course of time into +discredit, that I thought I could not do a greater service to the public +than to preserve it in its genuine purity, which I have had occasion to +retrieve from the sight of some papers which related thereto, and from +which the following account is written verbatim, without any alteration +so much as in a letter. + +About the year 1631, there lived in a place called +Chester-in-the-Street, in the County Palatine of Durham, one Mr. Walker, +a yeoman of good fortune and credit. He was a widower and kept a young +woman, one Ann Walker, a relation of his, in his house as housekeeper. +It was suspected, it seems, by some of the neighbours, that she was with +child, immediately upon which she was removed to one Dame Cair's an aunt +of hers in the town of Lumley, hard by. The old woman treated her with +much kindness and civility, but was exceedingly earnest to know of her +who was the father of the child with which she went, but the young woman +constantly avoided answering that question. But at last, perceiving how +uneasy the old woman was because she could get no knowledge how the poor +babe was to be provided for, this Ann Walker at last said that he who +got her with child would take care of both her and it, with which answer +her aunt was tolerably satisfied. + +Some time after, of an evening, her old master Walker, and one Mark +Sharp, with whom he was extraordinarily intimate, came to her aunt's +house and took the said Anne Walker away. About a fortnight passed +without her being seen or heard of, and without much talk of the +neighbourhood concerning her, supposing she had been carried somewhere +to be privately brought to bed, in order to escape her shame. But one +James Graham, a miller, who lived two miles from the place where +Walker's house was, being one night between the hours of twelve and one, +grinding corn in his mill, and the mill door shut, as he came downstairs +from putting corn into the hopper, he saw a woman standing in the +middle of the floor, with her hair all bloody, hanging about her ears, +and five large wounds in her head. Graham, though he was a bold man, was +exceedingly shocked at this spectacle. At last after calling upon God to +protect him, he, in a low voice, demanded who she was, and what she +wanted of him. To which the woman made answer, _I am the spirit of Anne +Walker, who lived with Walker at Chester-in-the-Street, and being got +with child by him, he promised to send me to a private place, where I +should be well looked to until I was brought to bed, and well again, and +then I should come to him again and keep his house. And I was +accordingly, late one night, sent away with Mark Sharp, who upon the +moor, just by the Yellow Bank Head, slew me with a pick, an instrument +wherewith they dig coals, and gave me these five wounds, and afterwards +threw me into a coalpit hard by, and hid the pick under the bank. His +shoes and stockings also being bloody he endeavoured to wash them, but +seeing the blood would not go forth, he hid them there too. And now +James Grime_ (so the country people pronounce Graham) _I am come to you, +that by revealing this bloody act my murderers may be brought to +justice; which unless you do, I will continually pursue and haunt you._ + +The miller returned home to his house very melancholy, and much +astonished at this sight, yet he held his peace, hoping that if he did +not reveal it she would go to somebody else. He was fearful of blasting +the character of Mr. Walker, who was a man of substance, by telling such +a tale concerning him to a Justice of Peace. However, he avoided as much +as he was able being in the mill alone, especially at nights, but +notwithstanding all his care, and though other persons were not far off, +she appeared to him there again, and in a harsh tone demanded why he had +not made known what she had spoken of to him. He made her no answer, but +fled to the other end of the place where the people were. Yet some +little time after, just after sunset, she met him in his own garden, and +spoke to him with such a cruel aspect and with such fearful threats that +he promised to go the next morning to a magistrate, which he accordingly +did. + +On the morrow, being St. Thomas's Day, he applied to a justice of the +peace and told him the story. The justice having tendered him his oath, +and taking his information in writing, forthwith issued his warrant, and +apprehended Mr. Walker and Mark Sharp, who by trade was a collier, i.e., +dug coals out of a mine. They made light of the thing before the +justice, although he in the meanwhile had caused a place which Graham +said the apparition had spoken of, to be searched, and there found the +dead body, wounded in place and manner as before described, with the +pick, the shoes and the stockings. However, Walker and Sharp were +admitted to bail, and at the next assizes appeared upon their trial. + +Judge Davenport heard the several circumstances of the woman's being +carried out by Sharp, her being suspected to be with child by her +master, Walker, and the story which Graham repeated exactly upon oath, +as he had done before the justice. The foreman of the jury did depose +that he saw a child standing upon the shoulders of the prisoner Walker, +at the Bar, and the judge himself was under such a concern and +uneasiness that as soon as the jury had found the prisoners guilty, he +immediately rose up and passed sentence of death upon them, a thing +never known before nor since in Durham, the custom being not to pass +sentence until the close of the assizes. + + + + +The Life of JACQUES PERRIER, a French Robber and Murderer + + +As I have stepped in the former stories a little back in time, so in +this I shall make bold to go out of our own nation, to relate a very +extraordinary passage which happened at Paris in the beginning of the +last century, because it will serve as a notable instance of that +confusion and fear which guilt brings over the souls of the most +hardened villains and thereby renders them often instruments of justice +upon themselves; so that it seems not virtue only is its own reward, but +vice also brings upon itself those torments which it ought to feel. Thus +Providence ordereth, with inscrutable wisdom, that every man should feel +happiness or misery according as his own demeanour serves. But it is now +time that we hearken to the story. + +It happened that a certain architect, who was in high esteem with the +greatest nobles in France for his excellent skill in building after the +Italian model, and had thereby obtained both a great reputation and a +large estate, being a generous and charitable man, took into his house +one Jacques Perrier, in the nature of an accountant, for the better +ordering of his affairs. For the six years that this Jacques lived in +his master's house, never any man was known to behave better or more +commendably than he did. At length he married and had children, so that +the master looking upon him as a staid discreet person, of whose +fidelity he had indubitable proofs; he therefore gave him the charge of +everything, when he went to a country house of his, a small distance +from Paris, where he sometimes stayed for a week or so to unbend his +mind and enjoy the benefit of the summer season. + +At last, Jacques observing what great wealth he had acquired, began to +be covetous and desirous of obtaining it; and after having cast it long +in his head how he might obtain it, he at length resolved with himself +to join with certain villains who at that time robbed in the streets and +committed murders on the roads about Paris. Gaining notice of a house +where such people frequented, he found ways and means to be admitted +into the room where they had their consultations. And the person who +introduced him having promised for his fidelity, they listened very +attentively to the proposal which he promised to make them, and which +after a little pause, he performed in these words. _My good friends, it +is now upwards of six years since I have lived in the service of a rich +and eminent person. I thought that before this time I might have made my +fortune under him, and therefore have hitherto served him faithfully and +honestly; but finding my expectations herein deceived, I come to make +you an offer which may enrich you all. He has a house in the country, +whither he retires with his daughter and maid-servant only. These may +easily be dispatched and then all his effects will be our own. I will +venture to assure you, they will be worth ten thousand crowns._ + +The thieves were not a little rejoiced at the thoughts of so +extraordinary a booty, and therefore, after returning Perrier thanks, +they readily embraced his motion and promised him whatever assistance he +should require. It was not long before the unfortunate, gentleman went, +as usual, with his daughter and her maid, to enjoy the pleasures of his +rural habitation, leaving the direction of his affairs to Jacques, who +no sooner saw him safe out of Paris, but he went to give notice to his +associates that the time was now come to execute his bloody proposal. +They quickly got all things in readiness, and as soon as it was evening, +set out under the command of this desperate varlet to commit that +horrible murder which he had contrived. Arriving at the house, Perrier +knocked at the door; the maid knowing him, supposed some extraordinary +business had brought him thither, and readily opened the door. But she +was exceedingly surprised to find him followed by five ruffians oddly +dressed, masked and with large staves in their hands. However, they did +not give her much time to consider, but followed her immediately into +the kitchen, where, by the direction of their abominable leader, they +immediately, with many cruel blows, put her to death. From thence they +went upstairs into the old gentleman's apartment, and found him sitting +upon his bed. As soon as they entered, _Perrier_, said his master, _is +it thus that you return that kindness with which I have always treated +you. Did I not take you from misery and want. Have I not maintained you, +and put it in your power to maintain your family? Will you repay this my +charity with robbing me of all I have? Must the tenderness I have shown +towards you draw upon me death from your hands, and do you not think +that the same God who hath seen me cherish and relieve you, will not +bring upon you condign punishment for this execrable villainy thou art +going to commit?_ + +Perrier was sensible of the truth of what he said, but knowing it was +impossible for him to go back, he gave a sign to the murderers to fall +about the execution of their work; but the old man, who was too wise to +expect mercy from their hands, endeavoured to lay hold of a halbert +which stood in his room, designing therewith, as well as he could, to +defend himself. But before he could get it into his hands the villains +struck him down, and with thirty or forty wounds gave a passage for his +soul into a better life. + +The unfortunate young lady lay in the next room to her father's, and +being already got to bed, heard with astonishment the execrable fact. +However, full of fear and astonishment, she covered herself with the bed +clothes, and endeavoured all she was able, to hide herself in the bed. +But alas, her caution was to small purpose. Perrier knew too well the +situation of all things to be deceived by so trivial an artifice, and +therefore after pulling the bedclothes into the middle of the floor, he +exposed, naked, to his fellow ruffians, the most beautiful young lady in +France. In vain she fell upon her knees, and with all that tender +elocution so natural to their sex when in distress, besought them that +they would spare her life, which, as she said, could be of no benefit to +them, and could only serve to increase the number of their sins; but +they were too much flushed in cruelty and blood to give any attention to +her entreaties, and so without respect either to the softness of her +sex, or to her tender age, with a shower of blows from their clubs they +laid her dead upon the floor. Being thus become master of the house, +Perrier took the keys, and opening the several apartments, disclosed to +them all the riches of his deceased master. They immediately brought +away all the ready money they found in the house, which amounted to +little less than ten thousand crowns. All the rich movables they +conveyed away to a boat which they had prepared for that purpose, and +had fastened in a creek of the river on a bank of which the house stood. +They loaded and unloaded this vessel five or six times, for there was no +hurry in carrying away the goods, seeing it was the dead time of the +night, and when they had thoroughly plundered it of everything that +would yield money, they then came away and went to the place where they +laid up their spoils. There it was resolved to divide the booty, and +Perrier claimed the largest share, as well in right of his having put +them upon that project, as that he had assisted more strenuously in the +execution of it than any of them; for when men associate themselves to +commit wickedness, he who surpasses the rest in villainy claims the same +reward, and from the same reasons, as he who in another society +surpasses all his neighbours in virtue. When this execrable fact was +over, and he had secured his share in the plunder, he returned home to +the house of his master, and remained in carrying on the ordinary course +of business of his master. + +About two days after, it happened that a man who had business with the +old gentleman called at his country house, and after knocking a good +while at the door, finding that nobody answered, he went to town, and +meeting with Jacques Perrier at his master's house, he told him of his +calling upon him in the country, and that he found nobody there. Jacques +counterfeited the greatest surprise at the news, and calling many +assistants, went down immediately to his master's seat, and with all the +seeming horror imaginable, became a second time a witness of those +barbarities which he and his villainous associates had committed. At the +sight of the murdered maid in the kitchen, he cried out with the +greatest vehemence, and seemed in an agony of sorrow; but when he saw +the body of his master, he roared and stamped, he cried out, tore his +hair and threw himself upon the body as if he had never more intended to +have drawn breath. All the persons he had carried with him were +effectually deceived by his behaviour, and were under apprehensions lest +his too violent grief should throw him into a fever or prompt him to lay +hands upon himself. He was not contented with acting thus upon the spot, +but resolved to play it over again when he came back to Paris. There +abundance of people pitied him, and looked on him as one whom the +sincere love he had for his master had drawn to the utmost despair by +reason of his unfortunate death. + +But one of the old gentleman's relations, who was a man of more +penetration than the rest, began to suspect his excessive affliction, +and by his arguments drew another gentleman, who was also interested in +the family affairs, to be of his opinion; whereupon Jacques was +apprehended on suspicion and sent to prison. Solitude and confinement +are often the roads to repentance and confession, for the vanities of +the world being no longer before them, in such cases people are apt to +retire into the recesses of their own breasts, and having no avocations +from considering how they have spent their former years, the reflection +often extorts truth which would never be by any other method +discovered. But it was not so with Perrier. His dissimulation was of a +stronger contexture, and not to be broken even by sorrow and +confinement. He not only continued to deny the knowledge of the murder, +but also to lament the loss of so indulgent a master, with such floods +of tears, and so many strong appearances of real sorrow and affection +that, no proof appearing against him, the magistrates were afraid of +having themselves reproached with injustice if they had not given him +his liberty, to which, after six months imprisonment, he was restored. + +The rest of the assassins seeing a long space of time elapsed, and that +still not the least discovery was made of the murder, laid aside all +fears of being taken, and began to appear more openly than hitherto they +had done since the perpetration of that fact. But in the midst of their +security the Providence of God forced them to betray themselves; for as +the father, son and cousin, who were all concerned in the murder, were +sitting with one Masson, another of the confederates, making merry at a +public-house, on a sudden they turned their heads and saw ten or twelve +archers or marshal's men (who have the same authority as constables in +our country) who by chance met together and came into the house to +drink. Guilt on a sudden struck the whole company with apprehensions +that they were come in search of them, the fear of which made them throw +down their knives and forks, leave what they had upon the table and fly +with the utmost precipitation, as supposing they ran for their lives. + +This extravagant behaviour struck the archers with amazement, and +immediately calling for the landlord, they enquired of him what should +be the sudden cause of this terror in his guests. He replied that it was +impossible for him to tell certainly, but from discourse which he had +heard, he took them to be persons of no very honest character, and from +the great sums of money he had heard them count out, he was apprehensive +that they had committed some robbery or other. There wanted not any +farther account to stir up the archers to a pursuit, from whence they +already assured themselves they should be considerable gainers, the +thing speaking for itself, since honest people are not used to fall into +such panics; but only guilt creates apprehensions in men at the sight of +the ministers of justice. Immediately, therefore, the officers pursued +them in the road they had taken, and the old man being less able to +travel than the rest, in about two hours time they came up with him at +the side of a rivulet, where, for very weariness he had stopped as not +being able to cross it. + +No sooner did they come up to him but he surrendered, and fear having +brought a sudden repentance, he, without any equivocation, began to +confess all the crimes of his life. He said that it was true they all of +them deserved death, and he was content to suffer; he said, moreover, +that in the course of his life he had murdered upwards of three-score +with his own hands. He also carried the officers to an island in the +river, which was the usual place of the execution of those innocents who +fell into the hands of their gang, and acknowledged that of all the +offences he had committed, nothing gave him so much pain as the having +murdered a hopeful young gentleman (for the sake of a trifle of money +which he had about him) by putting a stone about his neck and sinking +him in the water. + +Of the other three, two were apprehended, but the third made his escape +and was running hastily with the news to Jacques Perrier and their other +companions, but he was soon after seized, and carried to prison with the +rest, none escaping from the hands of Justice but Masson and the cruel +Perrier, the author of all this mischief. The three who were in prison +endured the torture with the greatest constancy, absolutely denying that +they knew anything of the murders and robberies which had been +committed, yet when they were confronted by the old man, their courage +deserted them, they acknowledged the fact, and judgment was pronounced +upon them that they should be broke alive upon the wheel, before the +house of the unfortunate architect whom they had murdered. + +When they were brought there, with a strong guard, to suffer that +punishment to which the Law had so justly doomed them, they appeared to +be very penitent and sorrowful for their crimes, and one of them in +particular did, with greatest vehemency, beseech the pardon of Almighty +God, of the king his sovereign, and of his people whom he had so much +injured, declaring that he could not die in peace without informing the +multitude who were assembled to behold their execution, of a certain +kind of villainy in which he was particularly concerned. He said it was +his custom to watch about the sides of the road which lay near the +woods, and that having a cord with him, he suddenly threw it about the +neck of any passenger who was coming by, and therewith immediately +strangled him before he was aware, or capable of resisting them, and if +at any time there came by several passengers together who demanded what +he did there, he replied that he was sent thither by his master to catch +a cow; and his going in the habit of a peasant gave such an aspect of +truth to the story that he was never suspected. + +Though the concourse of people be generally very great, yet the +assembly on this occasion was much larger than ordinary, and those who +were spectators, contrary to the ordinary custom, showed but very little +compassion at the miserable tortures which those wretches endured. On +the contrary, they continually cried out that they should discover what +was become of Perrier and their other accomplice, Masson. These +unfortunate men continued to assert in their last moments that they knew +nothing of either of them, but supposed that, hearing of their +apprehension, they had immediately made their escape, and were retired +as far as they were able from the danger. The people were infinitely +satisfied with the death of these assassins, and nothing was wanting to +complete the triumph of Justice but the apprehension of Perrier and his +associate, to whose adventures it is now time that we return, in order +to display the severe justice of Providence, and the admirable methods +by which it disappoints all the courses that human wit can invent in +order to frustrate its intent. + +Masson had hid himself in a village not far from the city of Tours, +where he concealed himself so effectually that the inhabitants had not +the least suspicion of his being a dishonest man. On the contrary, he +applied himself to an honest way of getting his livelihood, and after +sojourning there for a considerable space, he married a young woman, +with the consent of her parents, and seemed to be now established in a +state of peace and security, if it were possible for a guilty soul to +know either security or peace. A trivial accident, in which no man but +Masson would have had a hand, proved the instrument by which he was +drawn to suffering that cruel death which his companions had before +undergone, and he so justly deserved. + +There was, it seems, a young country fellow in the neighbourhood where +Masson lived, who was just married, and according to a silly notion +which prevails not only among the peasants of France but also among the +clowns of all other nations in Europe, fancied himself bewitched by some +charm or other, which rendered him incapable of performing the rites of +his marriage bed. Masson thereupon offered, if he would give him a +reasonable gratuity, to free him from this insupportable malady, and a +bargain was accordingly struck for four crowns, two of which the fellow +gave him in his hand, and two more were to be paid on the accomplishment +of the cure, when there were no more complaints of insufficiency. Upon +this he immediately demanded the other two crowns, which the other +refused, and our infatuated thief brought the cause before the +magistrates, where, when it came to be examined, it appeared plainly +that Masson had bragged to his companions that he had wrought the +charm, for the undoing of which he now claimed a reward. And as the +Justice of the Court required, he was sentenced to be banished as a +sorcerer, after being first whipped at all the cross-streets in town. + +But behold the marvellous conduct of Divine Justice. He appealed from +this sentence to the parliament at Paris, whither he was no sooner +conducted under a strong guard, but he was immediately known to be one +of that gang of assassins which had been executed for the murder of +Perrier's master and family. Immediately he was charged with this fact, +and the heirs of that unfortunate gentleman prosecuted their charge with +such vigour that he received the like judgment, to be broken alive upon +the wheel at the same place where his associates had suffered death; +which sentence was rigorously executed five years after the perpetration +of that execrable fact. + +There remained nobody but Jacques Perrier, the author and contriver of +this horrid villainy, who had not suffered according to their deserts. +He, after hiding himself for a while, until he saw what became of his +companions, hastily betook himself to flight, and endeavoured to fly +into England, where, if he once arrived, he knew he should remain in +safety. But in this attempt he was disappointed (although nobody pursued +him), for being arrived at Calais, the same covetous and wicked +disposition which had prompted him to murder so kind a master and all +his family, egged him on to rob a certain rich merchant there, which +villainous design he effected whilst the gentleman was at church. But he +gained not much by that, for the booty being too large to be concealed, +he was very quickly apprehended and for this fact condemned to be +hanged. He had more wit, however, than his companion, Masson, and +therefore never dreamt of appealing to the parliament of Paris, where he +knew he should meet with the same fate which had befallen the rest of +the gang. However, when he came to suffer that death which was appointed +him by Law, he did not stick to acknowledge that execrable parricide +which he had projected, as well as carried into execution; so that when +the news reached Paris, it occasioned universal joy that not one of +these bloody villains had escaped, but were so wonderfully cut off, when +they themselves fancied the danger to be over. + +The French author from whom I have transcribed this account hath swelled +the relation with much of that false eloquence which was so common in +the last age, not only in France, but throughout all Europe. Except that +I have rejected this, I have been very faithful in this translation, the +story appearing to me to be very extraordinary in its kind, and worthy +therefore of being known to the public, since it will sufficiently +declare that as vice prevails generally throughout all countries and +climates, stirring up men to cruel and atrocious deeds, so the eye of +Providence is continually watchful, and suffers not the blood of +innocents to cry out for revenge in vain. It remains that I inform my +readers that this villainy was transacted about the year 1611, and that +Masson and Jacques Perrier suffered in the year 1616. + + + + +The Lives of ABRAHAM WHITE, FRANCIS SANDERS, JOHN MINES, _alias_ +MINSHAM, _alias_ MITCHELL, and CONSTANCE BUCKLE, Thieves and +Housebreakers + + +Of these unfortunate lads, Abraham White was born of mean parents who +had it not in their power to give him much education, but taught him, +however, the business of a bricklayer, which was his father's trade, and +by which, doubtless, if he had been careful, he might have got his +bread. But he unfortunately addicting himself from childhood to drinking +and lewd company, soon plunged himself into all manner of wickedness, +and quickly brought on a fatal necessity of stepping into the road of +the gallows; and associating himself with Sanders and Minsham, they had +all gone together upon the road for about six weeks before they were +taken. + +Francis Sanders was a young fellow of very tolerable arts and education. +He had been put out apprentice to a stay-maker, attained to a great +proficiency in his trade; and by the help of his friends, who were very +willing to lend him their assistance, he might have done very well in +the world if it had not been for that unfortunate inclination to roving, +which continually possessed him. His acquaintance with a certain bad +woman was in all probability the first cause of his addicting himself to +ill-courses, and as in the papers I have before me relating to him, her +history is also contained, I thought it would not be unentertaining to +my readers if I ventured to insert it. This woman's true name was Mary +Smith. She was brought up, while young, from her native country of +Yorkshire to London, where getting into the service of an eminent +shopkeeper, she might, had she been honest and industrious, have lived +easily and with credit; but unfortunately both for herself and her +master's apprentice, the young man took a liking to her, and one night, +having first taken care to make himself master of the key of her door, +he came out of his chamber into hers, where after a faint resistance, +he got to bed to her. Their correspondence was carried on for a good +while without suspicion, but the young man having one night stole a +bottle of rum with a design that it should make his mistress and he +merry together before they went to bed, they inconsiderately drank so +heartily of it that the next morning they slept so sound that their +master and mistress came upstairs at ten o'clock, and found them in bed +together. Upon this, the wench, without more ado, was turned out of +doors, and was forced to live at an alehouse of ill-repute, where +Sanders used to come of an evening, and so got acquainted with her. + +John Minsham was an unfortunate wretch, born of mean parents, and +equally destitute of capacity or education. From the time he had been +able to crawl alone, he had known scarce any other home than the street. +Shoe-blacks and such like vagabonds were his constant companions, and +the only honest employment he ever pretended to was that of a +hackney-coachman, which the brethren of the whip had taught him out of +charity. + +Thus furnished with bad principles, and every way fitted for those +detestable practices into which they precipitated themselves, they first +got into one another's company at a dram-shop near St. Giles in the +Fields, much frequented by Constance Buckle, a most lewd and abandoned +strumpet, and one Rowland Jones, a fellow of as bad principles as +themselves. One night, having intoxicated themselves with the vile +manufacture of the house, they went out, after they had spent their +money, and in Bloomsbury Square attacked one John Ross, from whom they +took away a hat value five shillings, and fourpence halfpenny in money. +This man, it seems, lived the very next door to the gin-shop where they +frequented. Going there the next day, to make complaint, he was +immediately told that the people who had robbed him had sold his hat, +and were coming thither by and by to drink the money out in gin. Upon +this information Ross procured proper assistance, and the people keeping +their appointment pretty exactly, were all surprised and taken. + +In the confusion they were under when first apprehended, Minsham and +Sanders in part owned the fact, but Rowland Jones making a full and +frank discovery, was accepted as an evidence, and produced against them +at their trial at the ensuing sessions at the Old Bailey, where, upon +full evidence, they were all convicted of this fact, and Francis +Sanders, Constance Buckle, and Robert Tyler, were indicted for +assaulting Richard Smith on the highway, putting him in fear, and taking +from him a hat value five shillings. + +Rowland Jones, the evidence, deposed that the night the robbery was +committed he was in company with the prisoners at a brandy shop, where +having drunk until they were all pretty much elevated, they went out in +order to see what they could pick up. And not far from the place they +went from, overtaking a man whom they saw had a pretty good hat on, +Sanders hit him a blow in the face, and that not doing the business, he +repeated it, and at the second blow, the hat fell off from his head, +whereupon Constance Buckle caught it and clapped it under her coat. The +constable deposed that by the information of Rowland Jones, he +apprehended the prisoners. Constance Buckle acknowledged that she was in +their company when the man was knocked down and the hat taken, whereupon +the jury, without withdrawing, found them guilty, and they received +sentence of death. + +The woman Constance Buckle pleaded her being with child, and a jury of +matrons being impannelled, they found she was quick, and thereby +procured her a respite of execution, and soon after her sentence was +changed to transportation. The rest, under conviction, behaved +themselves very indifferently, and manifested sufficiently that though +custom and an evil disposition might make them bold in the commission of +robberies, yet when death looked them steadily and unavoidably in the +face, all that resolution forsook them, and in their last moments they +behaved with all the appearances of terror which are usually seen in +souls just awakened to a due sense of their guilt. They died on the 23rd +of December, 1730; White being eighteen, Sanders near eighteen, and +Minsham sixteen years of age. + + + + +INDEX + +Abergavenny +Acton Common +African Company, the Royal +Allen, a felon +Alnwick +Amesbury +Amlow, Squire +Amsterdam +Anderson, Thomas, a thief +Andover +Angier, Humphrey, a highwayman +Annesley, Mr., his Murder +Ansell, James, a deer-stealer +Apparition, of a murdered woman +Appeals, nature of +Applebee, a footpad +Apprehension, of offenders +Armstrong, Samuel, a housebreaker +Artillery Ground +Aruba Island +Ashby, Joseph +Ashley, Isaac +Aspley, Mr. Fluellen +Audley, Lord +Austin, John, a footpad +Avery, Captain, a pirate + +Bagshot Heath +Bailey, Francis, a highwayman +Ball, Thomas +Baltic, expedition to +Barcelona +Barnham, a cheat +Barton, John, a robber + William, a highwayman +Barwick, William, a murderer +Bath +Beezely, Mr., a distiller +Bellamy, Martin, a thief +Belsize +Bennett, an apprentice +Benson, Edward, a thief + F., a thief + Timothy, a highwayman +Berry, Thomas +Bess, Edgeworth, _see_ Lion, Elizabeth +Belts +Beverley +Bewle, John +Bicester +Biddisford, a deer-stealer +Bigg, Jepthah, an incendiary +Billers, Sir William +Billings, Thomas, a murderer +Bird, Dick + James +Bishopsgate Street +Bishop Stortford +Black Act, the +Blacket, Frances, _alias_ Mary, a highwaywoman +Blackheath +Black Mary, _see_ Rawlins, Mary. +Blake, Joseph, _alias_ Blueskin, a highwayman + Robert, a coiner +Blewit, William +Bloomsbury Market +Blueskin (_see_ Blake) +Blunt, a corporal +Bohemia +Bond Street +Booty, James, a ravisher +Boston, New England +Bourn, William, a thief +Bow +Bradley, a baker + Thomas, a street-robber +Bradshaw, John, a pirate +Bramston, William +Branch, Benjamin +Brentford +Bridewell +Bridges, William +Brightwell, the brothers +Brinsden, Matthias, a murderer +Bristol + Mail, robbery of +Britton, Hannah +Brixton +Broom, Thomas +Brown, a thief + Edward, a footpad +Brownsworth, George +Buckle, Constance, a strumpet +Burden, Thomas, a robber +Burgess, Jonah +Burglary, laws concerning +Burk, William, a footpad +Burnet, Stephen, a street-robber +Burning alive, a capital punishment +Burnworth, Edward, _alias_ Frazier +Burridge, William, a highwayman +Burton, a shoplift +Bushey Heath +Butler, James, a highwayman +Butlock, Thomas, a thief +Byng, Admiral + +Calhagan +Calvo, Stefano di +Cammel, James, a thief +Campden, Gloucester +Candy, Joseph +Cane, Richard, a footpad +Carolina, America +Carrick (Carristoun), Orkney +Carrick, James, a highwayman +Carrol, a thief +Cartwright, John +Casey, William, a robber +Caustin, William, a footpad +Cawood Castle +Chambers, a felon +Chancery Lane +Charnock, Thomas +Charringworth, Glos. +Cheapside +Chelsea +Chester +Chester-in-the-Street +Chickley, Captain +Civil John, _see_ Turner, John +Clare Market +Clark, Eleanor +Clark, Matthew, a footpad +Claxton, John, a thief +Clean-Limbed Tom, a footpad +Cliffe, James +Clink Prison +Cluff, James, a murderer +Cobham, Lord +Coffee, William, a negro +Coining +Colthouse, William +Conyers, Symbol +Cope, Colonel +Copenhagen + House, Islington +Cork +Cornwall, Joshua, a thief +Cotterell, John, a thief +Cotton, Timothy, a highwayman +Covent Garden +Coventry Act +Cox, Mr., a surgeon +Crouch, Robert, a footpad +Crouches, Stephen +Crowder, Thomas, a thief +Croydon +Cullen Pierce +Currey, George +Curtis, Peter + +Da Costa, Mr. Jacob Mendez +Dalton, James, a thief +Darby, Widdington +Darien, colonials at +Davis, Captain Howel, a pirate + John + Lumley, a highwayman + Moll, a diver + Vincent, a murderer +Dawson, Mrs. +Deal +Dean, Mrs., wife of J. Wild +De Casteja, Baron +Delasay, Mr., Under-Secretary of State +Denton, Justice +Deval, Abraham, a forger +Dickenson, Emanuel +Dimmock, Mr., a sailor +Disney +Doncaster +Dorchester +Dormer +Dowdale, Stephen, a thief +Doyle, John, a highwayman +Drummond, James + Robert, a highwayman +Drury, Anthony + Lane +Dublin +Duce, William, a highwayman +Dumbleton, Abraham, a thief +Dyer, John +Dykes, John, a thief 52-54 + +Eaton, Mr., a Lifeguardsman +Ebrington, Glos. +Edgeworth, Bess, _see_ Lion, Elizabeth +Elisha, William, a highwayman +Elliot, Edward, a deer-stealer +Ellis, Colonel +Ellison, Ebenezer, an Irish thief +Epsom +Everett, John, a highwayman +Execution Dock +Exeter + +Falcon Stairs +Farnham Holt +Fea, Mr., of Eday, Orkneys +Featherby, John, a Street-Robber +Fenwick, Nicholas +Ferneau, Oliver +Ferris, a coiner +Field, William +Finch, Mr., resident at the Hague +Finchley, Common +Fink, Bernard +Fisher, Henry, a murderer +Fitzer, William +Fitzpatrick, Katherine, a shoplift +Flanders +Fleet Prison + Street +Flood, Matthew, footpad +Follwell, John +Foster, John, a housebreaker +Fowles, Amy +Fowls +Frazier, ring-keeper at Moorfields +Frost, William, a highwayman +Fulsom, a thief + +Gahogan, Henry, a coiner +Gale, George, a thief +Gambia River +Gardiner, Stephen, a highwayman +Garnet, William +Garraway +_George_ galley +Gerrard, Samuel, a constable +Gilburn, Nicholas, a highwayman +Gillingham, John, a highwayman +Gloucester + Statute of +Golden Tinman, the, _see_ Trippuck, John +Golding, Thomas +Goldington, Sarah +Gomeroon, Joseph +Gow, John, a pirate +Grace, Charles +Grahamsey, Orkneys +Gravesend +Great Ombersley +Green, Alice, a cheat + Jenny + Mary + Peter +Greenford +Greenwich +Griffin, Jane, a murderess +Griffith, Thomas +Grundy, Thomas James, a housebreaker +Guy, John, a deer-stealer + +Hall, Richard +Hammersmith +Hamp, John, footpad +Hampstead + Road +Hanson, Mr. + Mary, a murderer +Hanwell Green +Harman, James, a highwayman +Harpham, Robert, a coiner +Harris, Samuel, a highwayman +Harrison, William +Hartly, John +Harwich +Hatfield, Herts. +Hawes, Nathaniel, a thief +Hawksworth, William, a murderer +Hayes, Catherine, a murderess +Haymarket +Haynes, Robert, a murderer +Hereford +Hewlett, John, a murderer +Hide, Martha +Higgs, John +Highgate +Highwaymen, laws against +High Wycombe +Hoare, Mr., the banker +Hockley-in-the-Hole +Holborn +Holden, William, a footpad +Hollis, William, a thief +Holmes, Jane, a shoplifter +Honeyman, Mr., of Grahamsey +Hornby, John, a thief +Horseferry, Westminster +Horsely Down, Southwark +Houghton, Hugh, a robber +Hounslow Heath +Houssart, Lewis, a murderer +How, James, a highwayman +Hue and cry +Hughs, John, a footpad + Richard, a highwayman +Hulse, Dr. Edward +Hungerford +Huntingdon +Hyde Park + +_Ignoramus_, in law +Inns and Taverns: + Adam and Eve, St. Pancras + Baptist Head, Old Bailey + Black Boy, Goodman's Fields + Boar's Head, Smithfield + Brawn's Head, New Bond Street + Cardigan's Head, Charing Cross + Castle, Fleet Street + Coach and Horses, Old Palace Yard + Cock, Old Bailey + Dog and Dial, Monmouth Street + Elephant and Castle, Fleet Street + Farthing Pie House + Fighting Cocks, St. George's Fields + Globe, Hatton Garden + Green Lettuce, Holborn + Hampshire Hog + Horn, Fleet Street + King of Hearts, Fore Street + King's Arms, Red Lion Street + King's Head, Fish Street + One Tun, Strand + Pinder of Wakefield + Red Lion, Cow Cross + Red Lion, Lambeth + Rummer and Horseshoe, Drury Lane + Shoulder of Mutton, Billingsgate + Sieve, Little Minories + Thistle and Crown, Old Bailey + Three Bowls, St. James's + Three Pigeons + White Bear, Piccadilly +Insurance Offices, cheated +Islington +Israel, Abraham, a Jew + +Jackson, Nathaniel, a highwayman +Jaen, Captain, a murderer +Jamaica +James, Richard, a highwayman +Jenny, wife of T. Benson +Johnson, Jane + John, a coiner + Robert, a highwayman + Roger +Jones, Benjamin + Elizabeth + John, a pickpocket + Mr. Richard + Rowland +Julian, an incendiary +Justices of the Peace, remarks upon + +Kelley, Peter, a murderer +Kelly, Hugh +Kemp, Joseph, a housebreaker +Kennedy, Walter, a pirate +Kennington Common +Kensington +King, Robert +Kingshell, Robert, a deer-stealer +King's Road, Chelsea + Street, Westminster +Kingston +Kirkwall +Knap, John +Kneebone, Mr. +Knightsbridge +Knowland, Henry, a footpad + +Lamb, Anthony +Lambert, Justice +Langley, Captain + Claude +Larceny, laws concerning +Laws, Sir Nicholas +Law terms +Leadenhall Street +Leather Lane +Leeds, the Duke of +Leghorn, Italy +Leonard, Christopher, and Kate +Levee, John, a highwayman + Peter, a street-robber +Lewis, John, a thief +Lincoln, James, a murderer +Lincoln's Inn Fields +Lion, Elizabeth, or Edgeworth Bess +Lipsat, William, a thief +Little, James, a footpad + John, a housebreaker + Queen Street, Lincoln's Inn +Lock, William +Lofthouse, Thomas +Longmore, Henry +Lotteries +Low, Captain Edward +Lowther, Mr. + Captain, George + +MacCauly, a pirate +MacGuire, Bryan, a highwayman +Maggott, Mrs. +Maidstone +Man, Betty +Manley, Mrs., the author +Marjoram, William +Marlborough, Wilts. +Marple, William, a highwayman +Marshall, Henry, a deer-stealer +Marshal, William, a thief +Marshalsea Prison +Martin, Jane, a cheat + Peter, a Chelsea pensioner +Maryland, plantations in +Marylebone +Massey, Captain John +Maycock, Mrs. +Medline, Thomas, a highwayman +Meff, John, a housebreaker +Malvin, a pirate +Middleton, Joseph, a housebreaker +Miles, Mrs. +Miller, William, a highwayman +Milliner, Mary +Millington Common +Minsham, John, a thief +Mint, in Southwark +Mitcham +Molony, John, a thief +_Monmouth_, man-of-war +Moody +Moorfields +Morphew, John +Morris, Edward + Hugh, a highwayman +Murden, Sir Jeremiah +Murrel, John, a horse-stealer +Myring, Leonard, a barber + +Neal, Edmund, a footpad +Neasden +Neeves, Thomas, a thief +Newbury, Berks. +Newcastle-upon-Tyne +Newcomb, William, a housebreaker +Newfoundland +Newgate +Newman, Mr. Nathaniel +Newmarket +New Mint +New Prison +New York +Nichols, John + Richard, a thief + Robert +_Night Rambler_, a pirate sloop +Nisbet, a joiner +Northampton +Norwich +Nottingham +Nunney, Luke, a murderer + +Oakey, Richard, a footpad +Oblivion, Act of (1660) +O'Brian, a thief +O'Bryan, James, a highwayman +Ogden, Samuel, highwayman +Old Bailey +Old Spa, Clerkenwell +Oliver, Robert, a thief +Oporto +Osborn, Elizabeth +Ouranaquoy, an Indian chief +Overbery, Sir Thomas +Owen, Griffith, a highwayman +Oxford + Road + +Packer, Thomas, a highwayman +Palermo +Pall Mall +Parford, Mr. +Paris +Parvin, Richard, a deer-stealer +Paternoster Row +Patrick, Samuel +Payne, Mrs. Diana + John + Sarah, an infamous woman +_Peine fort et Dure_ +Pennsylvania +Penrice, Sir Henry +Perkins, Robert, a thief +Perrier, Jacques, a French robber +_Perry_ galley +Perry, Edward + John, and his family, murderers + Thomas, a footpad +Peterson, a pirate +Phelps +Philadelphia +Philip, a justice's clerk +Philpot, Mr., a surveyor +Piccadilly +Picken, Joseph, a highwayman +Pincher, William +Pink, Edward and John, deer-stealers +Pitts, Colonel +Plantations of America +Poison, Thomas, a footpad +Porto Santo, Madeira +Portsmouth + Road +Pots, Philip +Poultry Compter +Powell, Sir John +Prague, description of +Pressing, as a punishment +Price, John, a housebreaker +Pugh, John, highwayman +Purney, Ordinary of Newgate +Putney Common +Pye, Richard + +Quakers, robbed + +Rag Fair +Ransom, John +Ratcliff Highway +Rawlins, Christopher, a thief + Mary (Black Mary) + Thomas +Raymond, Lord Chief Justice +Read, Robert + William + William, of Campden +Reading, James +Receiving, practised by Wild +Reddey, Eleanor +Red Lion Fields + Square +Reeves, Thomas, a highwayman +_Revenge_, a pirate galley +Rewards, for apprehending criminals +Reynolds, Edward, a thief +Rice +Rivers, Thomas, a thief +Roberts, Dorcas +Robinson, Mary, a shoplift +Roche, Philip, a pirate +Rogers, William, a thief + Captain Woodes +Rondeau, Anne +Rose Sponging-house +Rotterdam +Rouden, John, _alias_ Hulks, a thief +Russell, William, a footpad + +Sadler's Wells +St. Albans +St. Andrew's, Holborn +St. George's Fields +St. Giles's Pound + Round-house +St. James's Park +St. Margaret's, Westminster +St. Pancras +St. Paul's, Covent Garden +St. Sepulchre's Bell-man +St. Swithin's Alley, Cornhill +St. Thomas's Hospital +Salisbury +Salter, Peter +Sanctuaries in London +Sanders, Francis, a thief +Sandford +Santa Cruz +Scarborough, Earl of +Schmidt, Frederick, alterer of bank-notes +Scrimgeour +Scurrier, Richard, a shoplift +Sefton, William, a thief +Sells, Samuel +Sharp, Mark, a murderer +Shaw, James, a highwayman +Sheldon, Mrs. +Shelterers, the +Shepherd, Jack, highwayman, and prisonbreaker + Richard, a housebreaker + Thomas, a thief +Sherbourne +Sherwood, James, a footpad +Shoreditch +Shrewsberry, _alias_ Smith, Joseph, a robber +Shrewsbury +Shrimpton, Ferdinand, a highwayman +Sikes, James +Simpson, William, a horse-stealer +Sleaford +Smith, Bryan, a blackmailer + John, a murderer + Mary, a whore + Simon + Thomas, a highwayman +Smithfield +Smoky Chimney Doctor, _see_ Drury, A. +Smyrna +Snow, Foster +Southampton Street +Spain, expedition to +Spencer, Barbara, a coiner +Sperry, William, a footpad +Springate, Mrs. +Spring Gardens +Stabbing, Statute of +Standford, Mary, a pickpocket +Stanley, Captain John, a murderer +Stephens, Catherine +Stepney +Stevens, Mary +Stinton, Thomas +Stockden, Worcestershire +Stocks, Market +Stone, John +Sunderland +Swaffo, Baron +Swift, William, a thief + +Tartoue, Peter +Taverns, _see_ Inns +Temple, The +Thompson, Sarah +Thompson, Sir William, recorder +Thomson, John, a highwayman +Tilt Yard, Westminster +Timms, Thomas, a footpad +Tompkins, Mr. +Toon, James, a thief +Tothill Fields, Bridewell +Tottenham + Court Road +Tower Hill +Towers, Mr. + Charles, a minter +Transportation +Trantham, Richard, a housebreaker +Trig Stairs +Trippuck, John, a highwayman +Turner, Mrs. Elizabeth + John, _alias_ Civil John, a highwayman +Turnham Green +Tyburn +Tyrrell, John, a horse-stealer + +Upton, John, a pirate + +Vanloden, Baron and Countess +Vaux, Thomas, a street-robber +Vigo +Vinegar Yard, Drury Lane + +Wakeling, Mr. +Walden, Matthew +Walker, Ann +Waller, John +Waltham Blacks, the +Wandsworth +Wapping +Ward Joseph, a footpad +Waterford +Watts, Sarah, a fence +Weaver, Charles, a murderer +Weedon, George, a footpad +Wendover +West, Jeddediah + John +Westbrook, a surgeon +West Chester + Chester, Pennsylvania + Haden, Northants +Westwood, James + Thomas, a footpad +Whalebone, _alias_ Welbone, John, a thief +Whinyard, Mr. +White, Abraham, a thief + James, a thief +Whitechapel +Whitefriars +Whittingham, Richard, a footpad +Wight, Isle of +Wigley, John, a highwayman +Wild, Jonathan, thief-taker +Wildgoose, a servant +Wileman, Benjamin, a highwayman +Wilkinson, Robert, a murderer +Willesden Green +Will the Sailor +Williams, a pirate +Willis, a constable +Willoughby, Mr. +Wilson, Thomas, a footpad +Windsor +Winship, John, a highwayman +Wise, Captain +Wood, Thomas +Woodbury Hill, Dorset +Woodman, Richard, a highwayman +Wood Street Compter +Worcester +Worebington, Roger +Wright, James, a highwayman + +Yarmouth +Yates, _alias_ Gates, _alias_ Vulcan +York, Mr. +Yorkshire Bob, a housebreaker +Young, John, a highwayman + Hon. William +Younger, Geoffrey, a footpad + +Zouch, William + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Lives Of The Most Remarkable Criminals +Who have been Condemned and Executed for Murder, the Highway, Housebreaking, Street Robberies, Coining or other offences, by Arthur L. Hayward + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK REMARKABLE CRIMINALS *** + +***** This file should be named 13097-8.txt or 13097-8.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.net/1/3/0/9/13097/ + +Produced by Eloise Mason and Cally Soukup, and PG Distributed +Proofreaders + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.net/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.net + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.net), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.net + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. From 1256387c5eec36c616f54aceda682bb6f19ccf08 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: AddisonNoxy <34310754+AddisonNoxy@users.noreply.github.com> Date: Wed, 20 Mar 2019 15:57:06 -0500 Subject: [PATCH 07/63] Create buccaneersandpiratesofourcoasts --- .../unrelated/buccaneersandpiratesofourcoasts | 7581 +++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 7581 insertions(+) create mode 100644 files/books/unrelated/buccaneersandpiratesofourcoasts diff --git a/files/books/unrelated/buccaneersandpiratesofourcoasts b/files/books/unrelated/buccaneersandpiratesofourcoasts new file mode 100644 index 0000000..088601b --- /dev/null +++ b/files/books/unrelated/buccaneersandpiratesofourcoasts @@ -0,0 +1,7581 @@ +Title: Buccaneers and Pirates of Our Coasts + + +Author: Frank Richard Stockton + + + +Release Date: November 30, 2005 [eBook #17188] + +Language: English + + +***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK BUCCANEERS AND PIRATES OF OUR +COASTS*** + + +E-text prepared by Suzanne Shell, David Yingling, and the Project +Gutenberg Online Distributed Proofreading Team (http://www.pgdp.net/) + + + +Note: Project Gutenberg also has an HTML version of this + file which includes the original illustrations. + See 17188-h.htm or 17188-h.zip: + (http://www.gutenberg.net/dirs/1/7/1/8/17188/17188-h/17188-h.htm) + or + (http://www.gutenberg.net/dirs/1/7/1/8/17188/17188-h.zip) + + + + + +BUCCANEERS AND PIRATES OF OUR COASTS + +by + +FRANK R. STOCKTON + +Illustrated + + + + + + + +[Illustration: "The pirates climbed up the sides of the man-of-war as if +they had been twenty-nine cats."--Frontispiece.] + + +[Illustration] + + + + +Grosset & Dunlap, Publishers +New York +by arrangement with The Macmillan Company +Copyright, 1897-1898, +By the Century Co. +Copyright, 1898, 1926, +By the MacMillan Company. +All rights reserved--no part of this book +may be reproduced in any form without +permission in writing from the publisher, +except by a reviewer who wishes to quote +brief passages in connection with a review +written for inclusion in magazine or +newspaper. +Set up and electrotyped July, 1898. Reprinted November, +1898; September, 1905; May, 1906; April, October, 1908; +October, 1910; March, 1913; September, 1914; January, +1915; October, 1917. +Printed in the United States of America + + + + +FOREWORD + + +Tempting boys to be what they should be--giving them in wholesome form +what they want--that is the purpose and power of Scouting. To help +parents and leaders of youth secure _books boys like best_ that are also +best for boys, the Boy Scouts of America organized EVERY BOY'S LIBRARY. +The books included, formerly sold at prices ranging from $1.50 to $2.00 +but, by special arrangement with the several publishers interested, are +now sold in the EVERY BOY'S LIBRARY Edition at $1.00 per volume. + +The books of EVERY BOY'S LIBRARY were selected by the Library Commission +of the Boy Scouts of America, consisting of George F. Bowerman, +Librarian, Public Library of the District of Columbia; Harrison W. +Craver, Director, Engineering Societies Library, New York City; Claude +G. Leland, Superintendent, Bureau of Libraries, Board of Education, New +York City; Edward F. Stevens, Librarian, Pratt Institute Free Library, +Brooklyn, N.Y., and Franklin K. Mathiews, Chief Scout Librarian. Only +such books were chosen by the Commission as proved to be, by _a nation +wide canvas_, most in demand by the boys themselves. Their popularity is +further attested by the fact that in the EVERY BOY'S LIBRARY Edition, +more than a million and a quarter copies of these books have already +been sold. + +We know so well, are reminded so often of the worth of the good book and +great, that too often we fail to observe or understand the influence for +good of a boy's recreational reading. Such books may influence him for +good or ill as profoundly as his play activities, of which they are a +vital part. The needful thing is to find stories in which the heroes +have the characteristics boys so much admire--unquenchable courage, +immense resourcefulness, absolute fidelity, conspicuous greatness. We +believe the books of EVERY BOY'S LIBRARY measurably well meet this +challenge. + +BOY SCOUTS OF AMERICA, + + [signed] James E. West + + Chief Scout Executive. + + + + +Contents + + +Chapter Page + +I. The Bold Buccaneers 1 + +II. Some Masters in Piracy 7 + +III. Pupils in Piracy 16 + +IV. Peter the Great 23 + +V. The Story of a Pearl Pirate 31 + +VI. The Surprising Adventures of Bartholemy Portuguez 39 + +VII. The Pirate who could not Swim 49 + +VIII. How Bartholemy rested Himself 59 + +IX. A Pirate Author 65 + +X. The Story of Roc, the Brazilian 72 + +XI. A Buccaneer Boom 89 + +XII. The Story of L'Olonnois the Cruel 94 + +XIII. A Resurrected Pirate 100 + +XIV. Villany on a Grand Scale 109 + +XV. A Just Reward 119 + +XVI. A Pirate Potentate 132 + +XVII. How Morgan was helped by Some Religious People 145 + +XVIII. A Piratical Aftermath 153 + +XIX. A Tight Place for Morgan 159 + +XX. The Story of a High-Minded Pirate 171 + +XXI. Exit Buccaneer; Enter Pirate 192 + +XXII. The Great Blackbeard comes upon the Stage 200 + +XXIII. A True-Hearted Sailor draws his Sword 210 + +XXIV. A Greenhorn under the Black Flag 217 + +XXV. Bonnet again to the Front 224 + +XXVI. The Battle of the Sand Bars 233 + +XXVII. A Six Weeks' Pirate 243 + +XXVIII. The Story of Two Women Pirates 253 + +XXIX. A Pirate from Boyhood 263 + +XXX. A Pirate of the Gulf 277 + +XXXI. The Pirate of the Buried Treasure 291 + +XXXII. The Real Captain Kidd 309 + + +[Illustration: The Haunts of "The Brethren of the Coast"] + + + + +Buccaneers and Pirates of Our Coasts + + + + +Chapter I + +The Bold Buccaneers + + +When I was a boy I strongly desired to be a pirate, and the reason for +this was the absolute independence of that sort of life. Restrictions of +all sorts had become onerous to me, and in my reading of the adventures +of the bold sea-rovers of the main, I had unconsciously selected those +portions of a pirate's life which were attractive to me, and had totally +disregarded all the rest. + +In fact, I had a great desire to become what might be called a marine +Robin Hood. I would take from the rich and give to the poor; I would run +my long, low, black craft by the side of the merchantman, and when I had +loaded my vessel with the rich stuffs and golden ingots which composed +her cargo, I would sail away to some poor village, and make its +inhabitants prosperous and happy for the rest of their lives by a +judicious distribution of my booty. + +I would always be as free as a sea-bird. My men would be devoted to me, +and my word would be their law. I would decide for myself whether this +or that proceeding would be proper, generous, and worthy of my unlimited +power; when tired of sailing, I would retire to my island,--the position +of which, in a beautiful semi-tropic ocean, would be known only to +myself and to my crew,--and there I would pass happy days in the company +of my books, my works of art, and all the various treasures I had taken +from the mercenary vessels which I had overhauled. + +Such was my notion of a pirate's life. I would kill nobody; the very +sight of my black flag would be sufficient to put an end to all thought +of resistance on the part of my victims, who would no more think of +fighting me, than a fat bishop would have thought of lifting his hand +against Robin Hood and his merry men; and I truly believe that I +expected my conscience to have a great deal more to do in the way of +approval of my actions, than it had found necessary in the course of my +ordinary school-boy life. + +I mention these early impressions because I have a notion that a great +many people--and not only young people--have an idea of piracy not +altogether different from that of my boyhood. They know that pirates +are wicked men, that, in fact, they are sea-robbers or maritime +murderers, but their bold and adventurous method of life, their bravery, +daring, and the exciting character of their expeditions, give them +something of the same charm and interest which belong to the robber +knights of the middle ages. The one mounts his mailed steed and clanks +his long sword against his iron stirrup, riding forth into the world +with a feeling that he can do anything that pleases him, if he finds +himself strong enough. The other springs into his rakish craft, spreads +his sails to the wind, and dashes over the sparkling main with a feeling +that he can do anything he pleases, provided he be strong enough. + +The first pirates who made themselves known in American waters were the +famous buccaneers; these began their career in a very commonplace and +unobjectionable manner, and the name by which they were known had +originally no piratical significance. It was derived from the French +word _boucanier_, signifying "a drier of beef." + +Some of the West India islands, especially San Domingo, were almost +overrun with wild cattle of various kinds, and this was owing to the +fact that the Spaniards had killed off nearly all the natives, and so +had left the interior of the islands to the herds of cattle which had +increased rapidly. There were a few settlements on the seacoast, but +the Spaniards did not allow the inhabitants of these to trade with any +nation but their own, and consequently the people were badly supplied +with the necessaries of life. + +But the trading vessels which sailed from Europe to that part of the +Caribbean Sea were manned by bold and daring sailors, and when they knew +that San Domingo contained an abundance of beef cattle, they did not +hesitate to stop at the little seaports to replenish their stores. The +natives of the island were skilled in the art of preparing beef by +smoking and drying it,--very much in the same way in which our Indians +prepare "jerked meat" for winter use. + +But so many vessels came to San Domingo for beef that there were not +enough people on the island to do all the hunting and drying that was +necessary, so these trading vessels frequently anchored in some quiet +cove, and the crews went on shore and devoted themselves to securing a +cargo of beef,--not only enough for their own use, but for trading +purposes; thus they became known as "beef-driers," or buccaneers. + +When the Spaniards heard of this new industry which had arisen within +the limits of their possessions, they pursued the vessels of the +buccaneers wherever they were seen, and relentlessly destroyed them and +their crews. But there were not enough Spanish vessels to put down the +trade in dried beef; more European vessels--generally English and +French--stopped at San Domingo; more bands of hunting sailors made their +way into the interior. When these daring fellows knew that the Spaniards +were determined to break up their trade, they became more determined +that it should not be broken up, and they armed themselves and their +vessels so that they might be able to make a defence against the Spanish +men-of-war. + +Thus gradually and almost imperceptibly a state of maritime warfare grew +up in the waters of the West Indies between Spain and the beef-traders +of other nations; and from being obliged to fight, the buccaneers became +glad to fight, provided that it was Spain they fought. True to her +policy of despotism and cruelty when dealing with her American +possessions, Spain waged a bitter and bloody war against the buccaneers +who dared to interfere with the commercial relations between herself and +her West India colonies, and in return, the buccaneers were just as +bitter and savage in their warfare against Spain. From defending +themselves against Spanish attacks, they began to attack Spaniards +whenever there was any chance of success, at first only upon the sea, +but afterwards on land. The cruelty and ferocity of Spanish rule had +brought them into existence, and it was against Spain and her +possessions that the cruelty and ferocity which she had taught them were +now directed. + +When the buccaneers had begun to understand each other and to effect +organizations among themselves, they adopted a general name,--"The +Brethren of the Coast." The outside world, especially the Spanish world, +called them pirates, sea-robbers, buccaneers,--any title which would +express their lawless character, but in their own denomination of +themselves they expressed only their fraternal relations; and for the +greater part of their career, they truly stood by each other like +brothers. + + + + +Chapter II + +Some Masters in Piracy + + +From the very earliest days of history there have been pirates, and it +is, therefore, not at all remarkable that, in the early days of the +history of this continent, sea-robbers should have made themselves +prominent; but the buccaneers of America differed in many ways from +those pirates with whom the history of the old world has made us +acquainted. + +It was very seldom that an armed vessel set out from an European port +for the express purpose of sea-robbery in American waters. At first +nearly all the noted buccaneers were traders. But the circumstances +which surrounded them in the new world made of them pirates whose evil +deeds have never been surpassed in any part of the globe. + +These unusual circumstances and amazing temptations do not furnish an +excuse for the exceptionally wicked careers of the early American +pirates; but we are bound to remember these causes or we could not +understand the records of the settlement of the West Indies. The +buccaneers were fierce and reckless fellows who pursued their daring +occupation because it was profitable, because they had learned to like +it, and because it enabled them to wreak a certain amount of vengeance +upon the common enemy. But we must not assume that they inaugurated the +piratical conquests and warfare which existed so long upon our eastern +seacoasts. + +Before the buccaneers began their careers, there had been great masters +of piracy who had opened their schools in the Caribbean Sea; and in +order that the condition of affairs in this country during parts of the +sixteenth and seventeenth centuries may be clearly understood, we will +consider some of the very earliest noted pirates of the West Indies. + +When we begin a judicial inquiry into the condition of our +fellow-beings, we should try to be as courteous as we can, but we must +be just; consequently a man's fame and position must not turn us aside, +when we are acting as historical investigators. + +Therefore, we shall be bold and speak the truth, and although we shall +take off our hats and bow very respectfully, we must still assert that +Christopher Columbus was the first who practised piracy in American +waters. + +When he sailed with his three little ships to discover unknown lands, he +was an accredited explorer for the court of Spain, and was bravely +sailing forth with an honest purpose, and with the same regard for law +and justice as is possessed by any explorer of the present day. But when +he discovered some unknown lands, rich in treasure and outside of all +legal restrictions, the views and ideas of the great discoverer +gradually changed. Being now beyond the boundaries of civilization, he +also placed himself beyond the boundaries of civilized law. Robbery, +murder, and the destruction of property, by the commanders of naval +expeditions, who have no warrant or commission for their conduct, is the +same as piracy, and when Columbus ceased to be a legalized explorer, and +when, against the expressed wishes, and even the prohibitions, of the +royal personages who had sent him out on this expedition, he began to +devastate the countries he had discovered, and to enslave and +exterminate their peaceable natives, then he became a master in piracy, +from whom the buccaneers afterward learned many a valuable lesson. + +It is not necessary for us to enter very deeply into the consideration +of the policy of Columbus toward the people of the islands of the West +Indies. His second voyage was nothing more than an expedition for the +sake of plunder. He had discovered gold and other riches in the West +Indies and he had found that the people who inhabited the islands were +simple-hearted, inoffensive creatures, who did not know how to fight and +who did not want to fight. Therefore, it was so easy to sail his ships +into the harbors of defenceless islands, to subjugate the natives, and +to take away the products of their mines and soil, that he commenced a +veritable course of piracy. + +The acquisition of gold and all sorts of plunder seemed to be the sole +object of this Spanish expedition; natives were enslaved, and subjected +to the greatest hardships, so that they died in great numbers. At one +time three hundred of them were sent as slaves to Spain. A pack of +bloodhounds, which Columbus had brought with him for the purpose, was +used to hunt down the poor Indians when they endeavored to escape from +the hands of the oppressors, and in every way the island of Hayti, the +principal scene of the actions of Columbus, was treated as if its +inhabitants had committed a dreadful crime by being in possession of the +wealth which the Spaniards desired for themselves. + +Queen Isabella was greatly opposed to these cruel and unjust +proceedings. She sent back to their native land the slaves which +Columbus had shipped to Spain, and she gave positive orders that no more +of the inhabitants were to be enslaved, and that they were all to be +treated with moderation and kindness. But the Atlantic is a wide ocean, +and Columbus, far away from his royal patron, paid little attention to +her wishes and commands; without going further into the history of this +period, we will simply mention the fact that it was on account of his +alleged atrocities that Columbus was superseded in his command, and sent +back in chains to Spain. + +There was another noted personage of the sixteenth century who played +the part of pirate in the new world, and thereby set a most shining +example to the buccaneers of those regions. This was no other than Sir +Francis Drake, one of England's greatest naval commanders. + +It is probable that Drake, when he started out in life, was a man of +very law-abiding and orderly disposition, for he was appointed by Queen +Elizabeth a naval chaplain, and, it is said, though there is some doubt +about this, that he was subsequently vicar of a parish. But by nature he +was a sailor, and nothing else, and after having made several voyages in +which he showed himself a good fighter, as well as a good commander, he +undertook, in 1572, an expedition against the Spanish settlements in the +West Indies, for which he had no legal warrant whatever. + +Spain was not at war with England, and when Drake sailed with four small +ships into the port of the little town of Nombre de Dios in the middle +of the night, the inhabitants of the town were as much astonished as the +people of Perth Amboy would be if four armed vessels were to steam into +Raritan Bay, and endeavor to take possession of the town. The peaceful +Spanish townspeople were not at war with any civilized nation, and they +could not understand why bands of armed men should invade their streets, +enter the market-place, fire their calivers, or muskets, into the air, +and then sound a trumpet loud enough to wake up everybody in the place. +Just outside of the town the invaders had left a portion of their men, +and when these heard the trumpet in the market-place, they also fired +their guns; all this noise and hubbub so frightened the good people of +the town, that many of them jumped from their beds, and without stopping +to dress, fled away to the mountains. But all the citizens were not such +cowards, and fourteen or fifteen of them armed themselves and went out +to defend their town from the unknown invaders. + +Beginners in any trade or profession, whether it be the playing of the +piano, the painting of pictures, or the pursuit of piracy, are often +timid and distrustful of themselves; so it happened on this occasion +with Francis Drake and his men, who were merely amateur pirates, and +showed very plainly that they did not yet understand their business. + +When the fifteen Spanish citizens came into the market-place and found +there the little body of armed Englishmen, they immediately fired upon +them, not knowing or caring who they were. This brave resistance seems +to have frightened Drake and his men almost as much as their trumpets +and guns had frightened the citizens, and the English immediately +retreated from the town. When they reached the place where they had left +the rest of their party, they found that these had already run away, and +taken to the boats. Consequently Drake and his brave men were obliged to +take off some of their clothes and to wade out to the little ships. The +Englishmen secured no booty whatever, and killed only one Spaniard, who +was a man who had been looking out of a window to see what was the +matter. + +Whether or not Drake's conscience had anything to do with the bungling +manner in which he made this first attempt at piracy, we cannot say, but +he soon gave his conscience a holiday, and undertook some very +successful robbing enterprises. He received information from some +natives, that a train of mules was coming across the Isthmus of Panama +loaded with gold and silver bullion, and guarded only by their drivers; +for the merchants who owned all this treasure had no idea that there was +any one in that part of the world who would commit a robbery upon them. +But Drake and his men soon proved that they could hold up a train of +mules as easily as some of the masked robbers in our western country +hold up a train of cars. All the gold was taken, but the silver was too +heavy for the amateur pirates to carry. + +Two days after that, Drake and his men came to a place called "The House +of Crosses," where they killed five or six peaceable merchants, but were +greatly disappointed to find no gold, although the house was full of +rich merchandise of various kinds. As his men had no means of carrying +away heavy goods, he burned up the house and all its contents and went +to his ships, and sailed away with the treasure he had already obtained. + +Whatever this gallant ex-chaplain now thought of himself, he was +considered by the Spaniards as an out-and-out pirate, and in this +opinion they were quite correct. During his great voyage around the +world, which he began in 1577, he came down upon the Spanish-American +settlements like a storm from the sea. He attacked towns, carried off +treasure, captured merchant-vessels,--and in fact showed himself to be a +thoroughbred and accomplished pirate of the first class. + +It was in consequence of the rich plunder with which his ships were now +loaded, that he made his voyage around the world. He was afraid to go +back the way he came, for fear of capture, and so, having passed the +Straits of Magellan, and having failed to find a way out of the Pacific +in the neighborhood of California, he doubled the Cape of Good Hope, and +sailed along the western coast of Africa to European waters. + +This grand piratical expedition excited great indignation in Spain, +which country was still at peace with England, and even in England there +were influential people who counselled the Queen that it would be wise +and prudent to disavow Drake's actions, and compel him to restore to +Spain the booty he had taken from his subjects. But Queen Elizabeth was +not the woman to do that sort of thing. She liked brave men and brave +deeds, and she was proud of Drake. Therefore, instead of punishing him, +she honored him, and went to take dinner with him on board his ship, +which lay at Deptford. + +So Columbus does not stand alone as a grand master of piracy. The famous +Sir Francis Drake, who became vice-admiral of the fleet which defeated +the Spanish Armada, was a worthy companion of the great Genoese. + +These notable instances have been mentioned because it would be unjust +to take up the history of those resolute traders who sailed from +England, France, and Holland, to the distant waters of the western world +for the purpose of legitimate enterprise and commerce, and who +afterwards became thorough-going pirates, without trying to make it +clear that they had shining examples for their notable careers. + + + + +Chapter III + +Pupils in Piracy + + +After the discoveries of Columbus, the Spanish mind seems to have been +filled with the idea that the whole undiscovered world, wherever it +might be, belonged to Spain, and that no other nation had any right +whatever to discover anything on the other side of the Atlantic, or to +make any use whatever of lands which had been discovered. In fact, the +natives of the new countries, and the inhabitants of all old countries +except her own, were considered by Spain as possessing no rights +whatever. If the natives refused to pay tribute, or to spend their days +toiling for gold for their masters, or if vessels from England or France +touched at one of their settlements for purposes of trade, it was all +the same to the Spaniards; a war of attempted extermination was waged +alike against the peaceful inhabitants of Hispaniola, now Hayti, and +upon the bearded and hardy seamen from Northern Europe. Under this +treatment the natives weakened and gradually disappeared; but the +buccaneers became more and more numerous and powerful. + +The buccaneers were not unlike that class of men known in our western +country as cowboys. Young fellows of good families from England and +France often determined to embrace a life of adventure, and possibly +profit, and sailed out to the West Indies to get gold and hides, and to +fight Spaniards. Frequently they dropped their family names and assumed +others more suitable to roving freebooters, and, like the bold young +fellows who ride over our western plains, driving cattle and shooting +Indians, they adopted a style of dress as free and easy, but probably +not quite so picturesque, as that of the cowboy. They soon became a very +rough set of fellows, in appearance as well as action, endeavoring in +every way to let the people of the western world understand that they +were absolutely free and independent of the manners and customs, as well +as of the laws of their native countries. + +So well was this independence understood, that when the buccaneers +became strong enough to inflict some serious injury upon the settlements +in the West Indies, and the Spanish court remonstrated with Queen +Elizabeth on account of what had been done by some of her subjects, she +replied that she had nothing to do with these buccaneers, who, although +they had been born in England, had ceased for the time to be her +subjects, and the Spaniards must defend themselves against them just as +if they were an independent nation. + +But it is impossible for men who have been brought up in civilized +society, and who have been accustomed to obey laws, to rid themselves +entirely of all ideas of propriety and morality, as soon as they begin a +life of lawlessness. So it happened that many of the buccaneers could +not divest themselves of the notions of good behavior to which they had +been accustomed from youth. For instance, we are told of a captain of +buccaneers, who, landing at a settlement on a Sunday, took his crew to +church. As it is not at all probable that any of the buccaneering +vessels carried chaplains, opportunities of attending services must have +been rare. This captain seems to have wished to show that pirates in +church know what they ought to do just as well as other people; it was +for this reason that, when one of his men behaved himself in an improper +and disorderly manner during the service, this proper-minded captain +arose from his seat and shot the offender dead. + +There was a Frenchman of that period who must have been a warm-hearted +philanthropist, because, having read accounts of the terrible atrocities +of the Spaniards in the western lands, he determined to leave his home +and his family, and become a buccaneer, in order that he might do what +he could for the suffering natives in the Spanish possessions. He +entered into the great work which he had planned for himself with such +enthusiasm and zeal, that in the course of time he came to be known as +"The Exterminator," and if there had been more people of his +philanthropic turn of mind, there would soon have been no inhabitants +whatever upon the islands from which the Spaniards had driven out the +Indians. + +There was another person of that day,--also a Frenchman,--who became +deeply involved in debt in his own country, and feeling that the +principles of honor forbade him to live upon and enjoy what was really +the property of others, he made up his mind to sail across the Atlantic, +and become a buccaneer. He hoped that if he should be successful in his +new profession, and should be enabled to rob Spaniards for a term of +years, he could return to France, pay off all his debts, and afterward +live the life of a man of honor and respectability. + +Other ideas which the buccaneers brought with them from their native +countries soon showed themselves when these daring sailors began their +lives as regular pirates; among these, the idea of organization was very +prominent. Of course it was hard to get a number of free and +untrammelled crews to unite and obey the commands of a few officers. But +in time the buccaneers had recognized leaders, and laws were made for +concerted action. In consequence of this the buccaneers became a +formidable body of men, sometimes superior to the Spanish naval and +military forces. + +It must be remembered that the buccaneers lived in a very peculiar age. +So far as the history of America is concerned, it might be called the +age of blood and gold. In the newly discovered countries there were no +laws which European nations or individuals cared to observe. In the West +Indies and the adjacent mainlands there were gold and silver, and there +were also valuable products of other kinds, and when the Spaniards +sailed to their part of the new world, these treasures were the things +for which they came. The natives were weak and not able to defend +themselves. All the Spaniards had to do was to take what they could +find, and when they could not find enough they made the poor Indians +find it for them. Here was a part of the world, and an age of the world, +wherein it was the custom for men to do what they pleased, provided they +felt themselves strong enough, and it was not to be supposed that any +one European nation could expect a monopoly of this state of mind. + +Therefore it was that while the Spaniards robbed and ruined the natives +of the lands they discovered, the English, French, and Dutch buccaneers +robbed the robbers. Great vessels were sent out from Spain, carrying +nothing in the way of merchandise to America, but returning with all the +precious metals and valuable products of the newly discovered regions, +which could in any way be taken from the unfortunate natives. The gold +mines of the new world had long been worked, and yielded handsome +revenues, but the native method of operating them did not satisfy the +Spaniards, who forced the poor Indians to labor incessantly at the +difficult task of digging out the precious metals, until many of them +died under the cruel oppression. Sometimes the Indians were kept six +months under ground, working in the mines; and at one time, when it was +found that the natives had died off, or had fled from the neighborhood +of some of the rich gold deposits, it was proposed to send to Africa and +get a cargo of negroes to work the mines. + +Now it is easy to see that all this made buccaneering a very tempting +occupation. To capture a great treasure ship, after the Spaniards had +been at so much trouble to load it, was a grand thing, according to the +pirate's point of view, and although it often required reckless bravery +and almost superhuman energy to accomplish the feats necessary in this +dangerous vocation, these were qualities which were possessed by nearly +all the sea-robbers of our coast; the stories of some of the most +interesting of these wild and desperate fellows,--men who did not +combine piracy with discoveries and explorations, but who were +out-and-out sea-robbers, and gained in that way all the reputation they +ever possessed,--will be told in subsequent chapters. + + + + +Chapter IV + +Peter the Great + + +Very prominent among the early regular buccaneers was a Frenchman who +came to be called Peter the Great. This man seems to have been one of +those adventurers who were not buccaneers in the earlier sense of the +word (by which I mean they were not traders who touched at Spanish +settlements to procure cattle and hides, and who were prepared to fight +any Spaniards who might interfere with them), but they were men who came +from Europe on purpose to prey upon Spanish possessions, whether on land +or sea. Some of them made a rough sort of settlement on the island of +Tortuga, and then it was that Peter the Great seems to have come into +prominence. He gathered about him a body of adherents, but although he +had a great reputation as an individual pirate, it seems to have been a +good while before he achieved any success as a leader. + +The fortunes of Peter and his men must have been at a pretty low ebb +when they found themselves cruising in a large, canoe-shaped boat not +far from the island of Hispaniola. There were twenty-nine of them in +all, and they were not able to procure a vessel suitable for their +purpose. They had been a long time floating about in an aimless way, +hoping to see some Spanish merchant-vessel which they might attack and +possibly capture, but no such vessel appeared. Their provisions began to +give out, the men were hungry, discontented, and grumbling. In fact, +they were in almost as bad a condition as were the sailors of Columbus +just before they discovered signs of land, after their long and weary +voyage across the Atlantic. + +When Peter and his men were almost on the point of despair, they +perceived, far away upon the still waters, a large ship. With a great +jump, hope sprang up in the breast of every man. They seized the oars +and pulled in the direction of the distant craft. But when they were +near enough, they saw that the vessel was not a merchantman, probably +piled with gold and treasure, but a man-of-war belonging to the Spanish +fleet. In fact, it was the vessel of the vice-admiral. This was an +astonishing and disheartening state of things. It was very much as if a +lion, hearing the approach of probable prey, had sprung from the thicket +where he had been concealed, and had beheld before him, not a fine, fat +deer, but an immense and scrawny elephant. + +But the twenty-nine buccaneers in the crew were very hungry. They had +not come out upon those waters to attack men-of-war, but, more than +that, they had not come out to perish by hunger and thirst. There could +be no doubt that there was plenty to eat and to drink on that tall +Spanish vessel, and if they could not get food and water they could not +live more than a day or two longer. + +Under the circumstances it was not long before Peter the Great made up +his mind that if his men would stand by him, he would endeavor to +capture that Spanish war-vessel; when he put the question to his crew +they all swore that they would follow him and obey his orders as long as +life was left in their bodies. To attack a vessel armed with cannon, and +manned by a crew very much larger than their little party, seemed almost +like throwing themselves upon certain death. But still, there was a +chance that in some way they might get the better of the Spaniards; +whereas, if they rowed away again into the solitudes of the ocean, they +would give up all chance of saving themselves from death by starvation. +Steadily, therefore, they pulled toward the Spanish vessel, and +slowly--for there was but little wind--she approached them. + +The people in the man-of-war did not fail to perceive the little boat +far out on the ocean, and some of them sent to the captain and reported +the fact. The news, however, did not interest him, for he was engaged in +playing cards in his cabin, and it was not until an hour afterward that +he consented to come on deck and look out toward the boat which had been +sighted, and which was now much nearer. + +Taking a good look at the boat, and perceiving that it was nothing more +than a canoe, the captain laughed at the advice of some of his officers, +who thought it would be well to fire a few cannon-shot and sink the +little craft. The captain thought it would be a useless proceeding. He +did not know anything about the people in the boat, and he did not very +much care, but he remarked that if they should come near enough, it +might be a good thing to put out some tackle and haul them and their +boat on deck, after which they might be examined and questioned whenever +it should suit his convenience. Then he went down to his cards. + +If Peter the Great and his men could have been sure that if they were to +row alongside the Spanish vessel they would have been quietly hauled on +deck and examined, they would have been delighted at the opportunity. +With cutlasses, pistols, and knives, they were more than ready to +demonstrate to the Spaniards what sort of fellows they were, and the +captain would have found hungry pirates uncomfortable persons to +question. + +But it seemed to Peter and his crew a very difficult thing indeed to get +themselves on board the man-of-war, so they curbed their ardor and +enthusiasm, and waited until nightfall before approaching nearer. As +soon as it became dark enough they slowly and quietly paddled toward the +great ship, which was now almost becalmed. There were no lights in the +boat, and the people on the deck of the vessel saw and heard nothing on +the dark waters around them. + +When they were very near the man-of-war, the captain of the +buccaneers--according to the ancient accounts of this adventure--ordered +his chirurgeon, or surgeon, to bore a large hole in the bottom of their +canoe. It is probable that this officer, with his saws and other +surgical instruments, was expected to do carpenter work when there were +no duties for him to perform in the regular line of his profession. At +any rate, he went to work, and noiselessly bored the hole. + +This remarkable proceeding showed the desperate character of these +pirates. A great, almost impossible task was before them, and nothing +but absolute recklessness could enable them to succeed. If his men +should meet with strong opposition from the Spaniards in the proposed +attack, and if any of them should become frightened and try to retreat +to the boat, Peter knew that all would be lost, and consequently he +determined to make it impossible for any man to get away in that boat. +If they could not conquer the Spanish vessel they must die on her decks. + +When the half-sunken canoe touched the sides of the vessel, the pirates, +seizing every rope or projection on which they could lay their hands, +climbed up the sides of the man-of-war, as if they had been twenty-nine +cats, and springing over the rail, dashed upon the sailors who were on +deck. These men were utterly stupefied and astounded. They had seen +nothing, they had heard nothing, and all of a sudden they were +confronted with savage fellows with cutlasses and pistols. + +Some of the crew looked over the sides to see where these strange +visitors had come from, but they saw nothing, for the canoe had gone to +the bottom. Then they were filled with a superstitious horror, believing +that the wild visitors were devils who had dropped from the sky, for +there seemed no other place from which they could come. Making no +attempt to defend themselves, the sailors, wild with terror, tumbled +below and hid themselves, without even giving an alarm. + +The Spanish captain was still playing cards, and whether he was winning +or losing, the old historians do not tell us, but very suddenly a +newcomer took a hand in the game. This was Peter the Great, and he +played the ace of trumps. With a great pistol in his hand, he called +upon the Spanish captain to surrender. That noble commander glanced +around. There was a savage pirate holding a pistol at the head of each +of the officers at the table. He threw up his cards. The trick was won +by Peter and his men. + +The rest of the game was easy enough. When the pirates spread themselves +over the vessel, the frightened crew got out of sight as well as they +could. Some, who attempted to seize their arms in order to defend +themselves, were ruthlessly cut down or shot, and when the hatches had +been securely fastened upon the sailors who had fled below, Peter the +Great was captain and owner of that tall Spanish man-of-war. + +It is quite certain that the first thing these pirates did to celebrate +their victory was to eat a rousing good supper, and then they took +charge of the vessel, and sailed her triumphantly over the waters on +which, not many hours before, they had feared that a little boat would +soon be floating, filled with their emaciated bodies. + +This most remarkable success of Peter the Great worked a great change, +of course, in the circumstances of himself and his men. But it worked a +greater change in the career, and possibly in the character of the +captain. He was now a very rich man, and all his followers had plenty of +money. The Spanish vessel was amply supplied with provisions, and there +was also on board a great quantity of gold bullion, which was to be +shipped to Spain. In fact, Peter and his men had booty enough to satisfy +any sensible pirate. Now we all know that sensible pirates, and people +in any sphere of life who are satisfied when they have enough, are very +rare indeed, and therefore it is not a little surprising that the bold +buccaneer, whose story we are now telling, should have proved that he +merited, in a certain way, the title his companions had given him. + +Sailing his prize to the shores of Hispaniola, Peter put on shore all +the Spaniards whose services he did not desire. The rest of his +prisoners he compelled to help his men work the ship, and then, without +delay, he sailed away to France, and there he retired entirely from the +business of piracy, and set himself up as a gentleman of wealth and +leisure. + + + + +Chapter V + +The Story of a Pearl Pirate + + +The ordinary story of the pirate, or the wicked man in general, no +matter how successful he may have been in his criminal career, nearly +always ends disastrously, and in that way points a moral which doubtless +has a good effect on a large class of people, who would be very glad to +do wrong, provided no harm was likely to come to them in consequence. +But the story of Peter the Great, which we have just told, contains no +such moral. In fact, its influence upon the adventurers of that period +was most unwholesome. + +When the wonderful success of Peter the Great became known, the +buccaneering community at Tortuga was wildly excited. Every +bushy-bearded fellow who could get possession of a small boat, and +induce a score of other bushy-bearded fellows to follow him, wanted to +start out and capture a rich Spanish galleon, as the great ships, used +alike for war and commerce, were then called. + +But not only were the French and English sailors and traders who had +become buccaneers excited and stimulated by the remarkable good fortune +of their companion, but many people of adventurous mind, who had never +thought of leaving England for purposes of piracy, now became firmly +convinced that there was no business which promised better than that of +a buccaneer, and some of them crossed the ocean for the express purpose +of getting rich by capturing Spanish vessels homeward bound. + +As there were not enough suitable vessels in Tortuga for the demands of +the recently stimulated industry, the buccaneer settlers went to other +parts of the West Indies to obtain suitable craft, and it is related +that in about a month after the great victory of Peter the Great, two +large Spanish vessels, loaded with silver bullion, and two other heavily +laden merchantmen were brought into Tortuga by the buccaneers. + +One of the adventurers who set out about this time on a cruise after +gold-laden vessels, was a Frenchman who was known to his countrymen as +Pierre François, and to the English as Peter Francis. He was a good +sailor, and ready for any sort of a sea-fight, but for a long time he +cruised about without seeing anything which it was worth while to +attempt to capture. At last, when his provisions began to give out, and +his men became somewhat discontented, Pierre made up his mind that +rather than return to Tortuga empty-handed, he would make a bold and +novel stroke for fortune. + +At the mouth of one of the large rivers of the mainland the Spaniards +had established a pearl fishery,--for there was no kind of wealth or +treasure, on the land, under ground, or at the bottom of the sea, that +the Spaniards did not get if it were possible for them to do so. + +Every year, at the proper season, a dozen or more vessels came to this +pearl-bank, attended by a man-of-war to protect them from molestation. +Pierre knew all about this, and as he could not find any Spanish +merchantmen to rob, he thought he would go down and see what he could do +with the pearl-fishers. This was something the buccaneers had not yet +attempted, but no one knows what he can do until he tries, and it was +very necessary that this buccaneer captain should try something +immediately. + +When he reached the coast near the mouth of the river, he took the masts +out of his little vessel, and rowed quietly toward the pearl-fishing +fleet, as if he had intended to join them on some entirely peaceable +errand; and, in fact, there was no reason whatever why the Spaniards +should suppose that a boat full of buccaneers should be rowing along +that part of the coast. + +The pearl-fishing vessels were all at anchor, and the people on board +were quietly attending to their business. Out at sea, some distance +from the mouth of the river, the man-of-war was lying becalmed. The +native divers who went down to the bottom of the sea to bring up the +shellfish which contained the pearls, plunged into the water, and came +up wet and shining in the sun, with no fear whatever of any sharks which +might be swimming about in search of a dinner, and the people on the +vessels opened the oysters and carefully searched for pearls, feeling as +safe from harm as if they were picking olives in their native groves. + +But something worse than a shark was quietly making its way over those +tranquil waters, and no banditti who ever descended from Spanish +mountains upon the quiet peasants of a village, equalled in ferocity the +savage fellows who were crouching in the little boat belonging to Pierre +of Tortuga. + +This innocent-looking craft, which the pearl-fishers probably thought +was loaded with fruit or vegetables which somebody from the mainland +desired to sell, was permitted, without being challenged or interfered +with, to row up alongside the largest vessel of the fleet, on which +there were some armed men and a few cannon. + +As soon as Pierre's boat touched the Spanish vessel, the buccaneers +sprang on board with their pistols and cutlasses, and a savage fight +began. The Spaniards were surprised, but there were a great many more +of them than there were pirates, and they fought hard. However, the man +who makes the attack, and who is at the same time desperate and hungry, +has a great advantage, and it was not long before the buccaneers were +masters of the vessel. Those of the Spaniards who were not killed, were +forced into the service of their captors, and Pierre found himself in +command of a very good vessel. + +Now it so happened that the man-of-war was so far away that she knew +nothing of this fight on board one of the fleet which she was there to +watch, and if she had known of it, she would not have been able to give +any assistance, for there was no wind by which she could sail to the +mouth of the river. Therefore, so far as she was concerned, Pierre +considered himself safe. + +But although he had captured a Spanish ship, he was not so foolish as to +haul down her flag, and run up his own in her place. He had had very +good success so far, but he was not satisfied. It was quite probable +that there was a rich store of pearls on board the vessel he had taken, +but on the other vessels of the fleet there were many more pearls, and +these he wanted if he could get them. In fact, he conceived the grand +idea of capturing the whole fleet. + +But it would be impossible for Pierre to attempt anything on such a +magnificent scale until he had first disposed of the man-of-war, and as +he had now a good strong ship, with a much larger crew than that with +which he had set out,--for the Spanish prisoners would be obliged to man +the guns and help in every way to fight their countrymen,--Pierre +determined to attack the man-of-war. + +A land wind began to blow, which enabled him to make very fair headway +out to sea. The Spanish colors were flying from his topmast, and he +hoped to be able, without being suspected of any evil designs, to get so +near to the man-of-war that he might run alongside and boldly board her. + +But something now happened which Pierre could not have expected. When +the commander of the war-vessel perceived that one of the fleet under +his charge was leaving her companions and putting out to sea, he could +imagine no reason for such extraordinary conduct, except that she was +taking advantage of the fact that the wind had not yet reached his +vessel, and was trying to run away with the pearls she had on board. +From these ready suspicions we may imagine that, at that time, the +robbers who robbed robbers were not all buccaneers. + +Soon after the Spanish captain perceived that one of his fleet was +making his way out of the river, the wind reached his vessel, and he +immediately set all sail and started in pursuit of the rascals, whom he +supposed to be his dishonest countrymen. + +The breeze freshened rapidly, and when Pierre and his men saw that the +man-of-war was coming toward them at a good rate of speed, showing +plainly that she had suspicions of them, they gave up all hope of +running alongside of her and boarding her, and concluded that the best +thing they could do would be to give up their plan of capturing the +pearl-fishing fleet, and get away with the ship they had taken, and +whatever it had on board. So they set all sail, and there was a fine +sea-chase. + +The now frightened buccaneers were too anxious to get away. They not +only put on all the sail which the vessel could carry, but they put on +more. The wind blew harder, and suddenly down came the mainmast with a +crash. This stopped the chase, and the next act in the performance would +have to be a sea-fight. Pierre and his buccaneers were good at that sort +of thing, and when the man-of-war came up, there was a terrible time on +board those two vessels. But the Spaniards were the stronger, and the +buccaneers were defeated. + +There must have been something in the daring courage of this Frenchman +and his little band of followers, which gave him favor in the eyes of +the Spanish captain, for there was no other reason for the good +treatment which the buccaneers received. + +They were not put to the sword nor thrown overboard, not sent on shore +and made to work as slaves,--three very common methods of treating +prisoners in those days. But they were all set free, and put on land, +where they might go where they pleased. + +This unfortunate result of the bold enterprise undertaken by Pierre +François was deeply deplored, not only at Tortuga, but in England and in +France. If this bold buccaneer had captured the pearl fleet, it would +have been a victory that would have made a hero of him on each side of +the Atlantic, but had he even been able to get away with the one vessel +he had seized, he would have been a rich man, and might have retired to +a life of ease and affluence; the vessel he had captured proved to be +one of the richest laden of the whole fleet, and not only in the heart +of Pierre and his men, but among his sympathizers in Europe and America, +there was great disappointment at the loss of that mainmast, which, +until it cracked, was carrying him forward to fame and fortune. + + + + +Chapter VI + +The Surprising Adventures of Bartholemy Portuguez + + +As we have seen that the buccaneers were mainly English, French, and +Dutch sailors, who were united to make a common piratical warfare upon +the Spaniards in the West Indies, it may seem a little strange to find a +man from Portugal who seemed to be on the wrong side of this peculiar +fight which was going on in the new world between the sailors of +Northern and Southern Europe. But although Portugal is such a close +neighbor of Spain, the two countries have often been at war with each +other, and their interests are by no means the same. The only advantage +that Portugal could expect from the newly discovered treasures of the +West were those which her seafaring men, acting with the seafaring men +of other nations, should wrest from Spanish vessels homeward bound. + +Consequently, there were Portuguese among the pirates of those days. +Among these was a man named Bartholemy Portuguez, a famous +_flibustier_. + +It may be here remarked that the name of buccaneer was chiefly affected +by the English adventurers on our coast, while the French members of the +profession often preferred the name of "flibustier." This word, which +has since been corrupted into our familiar "filibuster," is said to have +been originally a corruption, being nothing more than the French method +of pronouncing the word "freebooters," which title had long been used +for independent robbers. + +Thus, although Bartholemy called himself a flibustier, he was really a +buccaneer, and his name came to be known all over the Caribbean Sea. +From the accounts we have of him it appears that he did not start out on +his career of piracy as a poor man. He had some capital to invest in the +business, and when he went over to the West Indies he took with him a +small ship, armed with four small cannon, and manned by a crew of picked +men, many of them no doubt professional robbers, and the others anxious +for practice in this most alluring vocation, for the gold fields of +California were never more attractive to the bold and hardy adventurers +of our country, than were the gold fields of the sea to the buccaneers +and flibustiers of the seventeenth century. + +When Bartholemy reached the Caribbean Sea he probably first touched at +Tortuga, the pirates' headquarters, and then sailed out very much as if +he had been a fisherman going forth to see what he could catch on the +sea. He cruised about on the track generally taken by treasure ships +going from the mainland to the Havanas, or the island of Hispaniola, and +when at last he sighted a vessel in the distance, it was not long before +he and his men had made up their minds that if they were to have any +sport that day it would be with what might be called most decidedly a +game fish, for the ship slowly sailing toward them was a large Spanish +vessel, and from her portholes there protruded the muzzles of at least +twenty cannon. Of course, they knew that such a vessel would have a much +larger crew than their own, and, altogether, Bartholemy was very much in +the position of a man who should go out to harpoon a sturgeon, and who +should find himself confronted by a vicious swordfish. + +The Spanish merchantmen of that day were generally well armed, for +getting home safely across the Atlantic was often the most difficult +part of the treasure-seeking. There were many of these ships, which, +although they did not belong to the Spanish navy, might almost be +designated as men-of-war; and it was one of these with which our +flibustier had now met. + +But pirates and fishermen cannot afford to pick and choose. They must +take what comes to them and make the best of it, and this is exactly +the way in which the matter presented itself to Bartholemy and his men. +They held one of their councils around the mast, and after an address +from their leader, they decided that come what may, they must attack +that Spanish vessel. + +So the little pirate sailed boldly toward the big Spaniard, and the +latter vessel, utterly astonished at the audacity of this attack,--for +the pirates' flag was flying,--lay to, head to the wind, and waited, the +gunners standing by their cannon. When the pirates had come near enough +to see and understand the size and power of the vessel they had thought +of attacking, they did not, as might have been expected, put about and +sail away at the best of their vessel's speed, but they kept straight on +their course as if they had been about to fall upon a great, unwieldy +merchantman, manned by common sailors. + +Perceiving the foolhardiness of the little vessel, the Spanish commander +determined to give it a lesson which would teach its captain to +understand better the relative power of great vessels and little ones, +so, as soon as the pirates' vessel was near enough, he ordered a +broadside fired upon it. The Spanish ship had a great many people on +board. It had a crew of seventy men, and besides these there were some +passengers, and regular marines, and knowing that the captain had +determined to fire upon the approaching vessel, everybody had gathered +on deck to see the little pirate ship go down. + +But the ten great cannon-balls which were shot out at Bartholemy's +little craft all missed their aim, and before the guns could be reloaded +or the great ship be got around so as to deliver her other broadside, +the pirate vessel was alongside of her. Bartholemy had fired none of his +cannon. Such guns were useless against so huge a foe. What he was after +was a hand-to-hand combat on the deck of the Spanish ship. + +The pirates were all ready for hot work. They had thrown aside their +coats and shirts as if each of them were going into a prize fight, and, +with their cutlasses in their hands, and their pistols and knives in +their belts, they scrambled like monkeys up the sides of the great ship. +But Spaniards are brave men and good fighters, and there were more than +twice as many of them as there were of the pirates, and it was not long +before the latter found out that they could not capture that vessel by +boarding it. So over the side they tumbled as fast as they could go, +leaving some of their number dead and wounded behind them. They jumped +into their own vessel, and then they put off to a short distance to take +breath and get ready for a different kind of a fight. The triumphant +Spaniards now prepared to get rid of this boat load of half-naked wild +beasts, which they could easily do if they should take better aim with +their cannon than they had done before. + +But to their amazement they soon found that they could do nothing with +the guns, nor were they able to work their ship so as to get it into +position for effectual shots. Bartholemy and his men laid aside their +cutlasses and their pistols, and took up their muskets, with which they +were well provided. Their vessel lay within a very short range of the +Spanish ship, and whenever a man could be seen through the portholes, or +showed himself in the rigging or anywhere else where it was necessary to +go in order to work the ship, he made himself a target for the good aim +of the pirates. The pirate vessel could move about as it pleased, for it +required but a few men to manage it, and so it kept out of the way of +the Spanish guns, and its best marksmen, crouching close to the deck, +fired and fired whenever a Spanish head was to be seen. + +For five long hours this unequal contest was kept up. It might have +reminded one of a man with a slender rod and a long, delicate line, who +had hooked a big salmon. The man could not pull in the salmon, but, on +the other hand, the salmon could not hurt the man, and in the course of +time the big fish would be tired out, and the man would get out his +landing-net and scoop him in. + +Now Bartholemy thought he could scoop in the Spanish vessel. So many of +her men had been shot that the two crews would be more nearly equal. So, +boldly, he ran his vessel alongside the big ship and again boarded her. +Now there was another great fight on the decks. The Spaniards had ceased +to be triumphant, but they had become desperate, and in the furious +combat ten of the pirates were killed and four wounded. But the +Spaniards fared worse than that; more than half of the men who had not +been shot by the pirates went down before their cutlasses and pistols, +and it was not long before Bartholemy had captured the great Spanish +ship. + +It was a fearful and a bloody victory he had gained. A great part of his +own men were lying dead or helpless on the deck, and of the Spaniards +only forty were left alive, and these, it appears from the accounts, +must have been nearly all wounded or disabled. + +It was a common habit among the buccaneers, as well as among the +Spaniards, to kill all prisoners who were not able to work for them, but +Bartholemy does not seem to have arrived at the stage of depravity +necessary for this. So he determined not to kill his prisoners, but he +put them all into a boat and let them go where they pleased; while he +was left with fifteen men to work a great vessel which required a crew +of five times that number. + +But the men who could conquer and capture a ship against such enormous +odds, felt themselves fully capable of working her, even with their +little crew. Before doing anything in the way of navigation they cleared +the decks of the dead bodies, taking from them all watches, trinkets, +and money, and then went below to see what sort of a prize they had +gained. They found it a very good one indeed. There were seventy-five +thousand crowns in money, besides a cargo of cocoa worth five thousand +more, and this, combined with the value of the ship and all its +fittings, was a great fortune for those days. + +When the victorious pirates had counted their gains and had mended the +sails and rigging of their new ship, they took what they wanted out of +their own vessel, and left her to sink or to float as she pleased, and +then they sailed away in the direction of the island of Jamaica. But the +winds did not suit them, and, as their crew was so very small, they +could not take advantage of light breezes as they could have done if +they had had men enough. Consequently they were obliged to stop to get +water before they reached the friendly vicinity of Jamaica. + +They cast anchor at Cape St. Anthony on the west end of Cuba. After a +considerable delay at this place they started out again to resume their +voyage, but it was not long before they perceived, to their horror, +three Spanish vessels coming towards them. It was impossible for a very +large ship, manned by an extremely small crew, to sail away from those +fully equipped vessels, and as to attempting to defend themselves +against the overwhelming power of the antagonists, that was too absurd +to be thought of even by such a reckless fellow as Bartholemy. So, when +the ship was hailed by the Spanish vessels he lay to and waited until a +boat's crew boarded him. With the eye of a nautical man the Spanish +captain of one of the ships perceived that something was the matter with +this vessel, for its sails and rigging were terribly cut up in the long +fight through which it had passed, and of course he wanted to know what +had happened. When he found that the great ship was in the possession of +a very small body of pirates, Bartholemy and his men were immediately +made prisoners, taken on board the Spanish ship, stripped of everything +they possessed, even their clothes, and shut up in the hold. A crew from +the Spanish ships was sent to man the vessel which had been captured, +and then the little fleet set sail for San Francisco in Campeachy. + +An hour had worked a very great change in the fortunes of Bartholemy and +his men; in the fine cabin of their grand prize they had feasted and +sung, and had gloried over their wonderful success, and now, in the +vessel of their captor, they were shut up in the dark, to be enslaved or +perhaps executed. + +But it is not likely that any one of them either despaired or repented; +these are sentiments very little in use by pirates. + + + + +Chapter VII + +The Pirate who could not Swim + + +When the little fleet of Spanish vessels, including the one which had +been captured by Bartholemy Portuguez and his men, were on their way to +Campeachy, they met with very stormy weather so that they were +separated, and the ship which contained Bartholemy and his companions +arrived first at the port for which they were bound. + +The captain, who had Bartholemy and the others in charge, did not know +what an important capture he had made; he supposed that these pirates +were ordinary buccaneers, and it appears that it was his intention to +keep them as his own private prisoners, for, as they were all very +able-bodied men, they would be extremely useful on a ship. But when his +vessel was safely moored, and it became known in the town that he had a +company of pirates on board, a great many people came from shore to see +these savage men, who were probably looked upon very much as if they +were a menagerie of wild beasts brought from foreign lands. + +Among the sightseers who came to the ship was a merchant of the town who +had seen Bartholemy before, and who had heard of his various exploits. +He therefore went to the captain of the vessel and informed him that he +had on board one of the very worst pirates in the whole world, whose +wicked deeds were well known in various parts of the West Indies, and +who ought immediately to be delivered up to the civil authorities. This +proposal, however, met with no favor from the Spanish captain, who had +found Bartholemy a very quiet man, and could see that he was a very +strong one, and he did not at all desire to give up such a valuable +addition to his crew. But the merchant grew very angry, for he knew that +Bartholemy had inflicted great injury on Spanish commerce, and as the +captain would not listen to him, he went to the Governor of the town and +reported the case. When this dignitary heard the story he immediately +sent a party of officers to the ship, and commanded the captain to +deliver the pirate leader into their charge. The other men were left +where they were, but Bartholemy was taken away and confined in another +ship. The merchant, who seemed to know a great deal about him, informed +the authorities that this terrible pirate had been captured several +times, but that he had always managed to escape, and, therefore, he was +put in irons, and preparations were made to execute him on the next day; +for, from what he had heard, the Governor considered that this pirate +was no better than a wild beast, and that he should be put to death +without even the formality of a trial. + +But there was a Spanish soldier on board the ship who seemed to have had +some pity, or perhaps some admiration, for the daring pirate, and he +thought that if he were to be hung the next day it was no more than +right to let him know it, so that when he went in to take some food to +Bartholemy he told him what was to happen. + +Now this pirate captain was a man who always wanted to have a share in +what was to happen, and he immediately racked his brain to find out what +he could do in this case. He had never been in a more desperate +situation, but he did not lose heart, and immediately set to work to +free himself from his irons, which were probably very clumsy affairs. At +last, caring little how much he scratched and tore his skin, he +succeeded in getting rid of his fetters, and could move about as freely +as a tiger in a cage. To get out of this cage was Bartholemy's first +object. It would be comparatively easy, because in the course of time +some one would come into the hold, and the athletic buccaneer thought +that he could easily get the better of whoever might open the hatch. +But the next act in this truly melodramatic performance would be a great +deal more difficult; for in order to escape from the ship it would be +absolutely necessary for Bartholemy to swim to shore, and he did not +know how to swim, which seems a strange failing in a hardy sailor with +so many other nautical accomplishments. In the rough hold where he was +shut up, our pirate, peering about, anxious and earnest, discovered two +large, earthen jars in which wine had been brought from Spain, and with +these he determined to make a sort of life-preserver. He found some +pieces of oiled cloth, which he tied tightly over the open mouths of the +jars and fastened them with cords. He was satisfied that this unwieldy +contrivance would support him in the water. + +Among other things he had found in his rummagings about the hold was an +old knife, and with this in his hand he now sat waiting for a good +opportunity to attack his sentinel. + +This came soon after nightfall. A man descended with a lantern to see +that the prisoner was still secure,--let us hope that it was not the +soldier who had kindly informed him of his fate,--and as soon as he was +fairly in the hold Bartholemy sprang upon him. There was a fierce +struggle, but the pirate was quick and powerful, and the sentinel was +soon dead. Then, carrying his two jars, Bartholemy climbed swiftly and +noiselessly up the short ladder, came out on deck in the darkness, made +a rush toward the side of the ship, and leaped overboard. For a moment +he sank below the surface, but the two air-tight jars quickly rose and +bore him up with them. There was a bustle on board the ship, there was +some random firing of muskets in the direction of the splashing which +the watch had heard, but none of the balls struck the pirate or his +jars, and he soon floated out of sight and hearing. Kicking out with his +legs, and paddling as well as he could with one hand while he held on to +the jars with the other, he at last managed to reach the land, and ran +as fast as he could into the dark woods beyond the town. + +Bartholemy was now greatly in fear that, when his escape was discovered, +he would be tracked by bloodhounds,--for these dogs were much used by +the Spaniards in pursuing escaping slaves or prisoners,--and he +therefore did not feel safe in immediately making his way along the +coast, which was what he wished to do. If the hounds should get upon his +trail, he was a lost man. The desperate pirate, therefore, determined to +give the bloodhounds no chance to follow him, and for three days he +remained in a marshy forest, in the dark recesses of which he could +hide, and where the water, which covered the ground, prevented the dogs +from following his scent. He had nothing to eat except a few roots of +water-plants, but he was accustomed to privation, and these kept him +alive. Often he heard the hounds baying on the dry land adjoining the +marsh, and sometimes he saw at night distant torches, which he was sure +were carried by men who were hunting for him. + +But at last the pursuit seemed to be given up; and hearing no more dogs +and seeing no more flickering lights, Bartholemy left the marsh and set +out on his long journey down the coast. The place he wished to reach was +called Golpho Triste, which was forty leagues away, but where he had +reason to suppose he would find some friends. When he came out from +among the trees, he mounted a small hill and looked back upon the town. +The public square was lighted, and there in the middle of it he saw the +gallows which had been erected for his execution, and this sight, +doubtless, animated him very much during the first part of his journey. + +The terrible trials and hardships which Bartholemy experienced during +his tramp along the coast were such as could have been endured only by +one of the strongest and toughest of men. He had found in the marsh an +old gourd, or calabash, which he had filled with fresh water,--for he +could expect nothing but sea-water during his journey,--and as for +solid food he had nothing but the raw shellfish which he found upon the +rocks; but after a diet of roots, shellfish must have been a very +agreeable change, and they gave him all the strength and vigor he +needed. Very often he found streams and inlets which he was obliged to +ford, and as he could see that they were always filled with alligators, +the passage of them was not very pleasant. His method of getting across +one of these narrow streams, was to hurl rocks into the water until he +had frightened away the alligators immediately in front of him, and +then, when he had made for himself what seemed to be a free passage, he +would dash in and hurry across. + +At other times great forests stretched down to the very coast, and +through these he was obliged to make his way, although he could hear the +roars and screams of wild beasts all about him. Any one who is afraid to +go down into a dark cellar to get some apples from a barrel at the foot +of the stairs, can have no idea of the sort of mind possessed by +Bartholemy Portuguez. The animals might howl around him and glare at him +with their shining eyes, and the alligators might lash the water into +foam with their great tails, but he was bound for Golpho Triste and was +not to be stopped on his way by anything alive. + +But at last he came to something not alive, which seemed to be an +obstacle which would certainly get the better of him. This was a wide +river, flowing through the inland country into the sea. He made his way +up the shore of this river for a considerable distance, but it grew but +little narrower, and he could see no chance of getting across. He could +not swim and he had no wine-jars now with which to buoy himself up, and +if he had been able to swim he would probably have been eaten up by +alligators soon after he left the shore. But a man in his situation +would not be likely to give up readily; he had done so much that he was +ready to do more if he could only find out what to do. + +Now a piece of good fortune happened to him, although to an ordinary +traveller it might have been considered a matter of no importance +whatever. On the edge of the shore, where it had floated down from some +region higher up the river, Bartholemy perceived an old board, in which +there were some long and heavy rusty nails. Greatly encouraged by this +discovery the indefatigable traveller set about a work which resembled +that of the old woman who wanted a needle, and who began to rub a +crow-bar on a stone in order to reduce it to the proper size. Bartholemy +carefully knocked all the nails out of the board, and then finding a +large flat stone, he rubbed down one of them until he had formed it +into the shape of a rude knife blade, which he made as sharp as he +could. Then with these tools he undertook the construction of a raft, +working away like a beaver, and using the sharpened nails instead of his +teeth. He cut down a number of small trees, and when he had enough of +these slender trunks he bound them together with reeds and osiers, which +he found on the river bank. So, after infinite labor and trial he +constructed a raft which would bear him on the surface of the water. +When he had launched this he got upon it, gathering up his legs so as to +keep out of reach of the alligators, and with a long pole pushed himself +off from shore. Sometimes paddling and sometimes pushing his pole +against the bottom, he at last got across the river and took up his +journey upon dry land. + +But our pirate had not progressed very far upon the other side of the +river before he met with a new difficulty of a very formidable +character. This was a great forest of mangrove trees, which grow in +muddy and watery places and which have many roots, some coming down from +the branches, and some extending themselves in a hopeless tangle in the +water and mud. It would have been impossible for even a stork to walk +through this forest, but as there was no way of getting around it +Bartholemy determined to go through it, even if he could not walk. No +athlete of the present day, no matter if he should be a most +accomplished circus-man, could reasonably expect to perform the feat +which this bold pirate successfully accomplished. For five or six +leagues he went through that mangrove forest, never once setting his +foot upon the ground,--by which is meant mud, water, and roots,--but +swinging himself by his hands and arms, from branch to branch, as if he +had been a great ape, only resting occasionally, drawing himself upon a +stout limb where he might sit for a while and get his breath. If he had +slipped while he was swinging from one limb to another and had gone down +into the mire and roots beneath him, it is likely that he would never +have been able to get out alive. But he made no slips. He might not have +had the agility and grace of a trapeze performer, but his grasp was +powerful and his arms were strong, and so he swung and clutched, and +clutched and swung, until he had gone entirely through the forest and +had come out on the open coast. + + + + +Chapter VIII + +How Bartholemy rested Himself + + +It was full two weeks from the time that Bartholemy began his most +adventurous and difficult journey before he reached the little town of +Golpho Triste, where, as he had hoped, he found some of his buccaneer +friends. Now that his hardships and dangers were over, and when, instead +of roots and shellfish, he could sit down to good, plentiful meals, and +stretch himself upon a comfortable bed, it might have been supposed that +Bartholemy would have given himself a long rest, but this hardy pirate +had no desire for a vacation at this time. Instead of being worn out and +exhausted by his amazing exertions and semi-starvation, he arrived among +his friends vigorous and energetic and exceedingly anxious to recommence +business as soon as possible. He told them of all that had happened to +him, what wonderful good fortune had come to him, and what terrible bad +fortune had quickly followed it, and when he had related his adventures +and his dangers he astonished even his piratical friends by asking them +to furnish him with a small vessel and about twenty men, in order that +he might go back and revenge himself, not only for what had happened to +him, but for what would have happened if he had not taken his affairs +into his own hands. + +To do daring and astounding deeds is part of the business of a pirate, +and although it was an uncommonly bold enterprise that Bartholemy +contemplated, he got his vessel and he got his men, and away he sailed. +After a voyage of about eight days he came in sight of the little +seaport town, and sailing slowly along the coast, he waited until +nightfall before entering the harbor. Anchored at a considerable +distance from shore was the great Spanish ship on which he had been a +prisoner, and from which he would have been taken and hung in the public +square; the sight of the vessel filled his soul with a savage fury known +only to pirates and bull dogs. + +As the little vessel slowly approached the great ship, the people on +board the latter thought it was a trading-vessel from shore, and allowed +it to come alongside, such small craft seldom coming from the sea. But +the moment Bartholemy reached the ship he scrambled up its side almost +as rapidly as he had jumped down from it with his two wine-jars a few +weeks before, and every one of his crew, leaving their own vessel to +take care of itself, scrambled up after him. + +Nobody on board was prepared to defend the ship. It was the same old +story; resting quietly in a peaceful harbor, what danger had they to +expect? As usual the pirates had everything their own way; they were +ready to fight, and the others were not, and they were led by a man who +was determined to take that ship without giving even a thought to the +ordinary alternative of dying in the attempt. The affair was more of a +massacre than a combat, and there were people on board who did not know +what was taking place until the vessel had been captured. + +As soon as Bartholemy was master of the great vessel he gave orders to +slip the cable and hoist the sails, for he was anxious to get out of +that harbor as quickly as possible. The fight had apparently attracted +no attention in the town, but there were ships in the port whose company +the bold buccaneer did not at all desire, and as soon as possible he got +his grand prize under way and went sailing out of the port. + +Now, indeed, was Bartholemy triumphant; the ship he had captured was a +finer one and a richer one than that other vessel which had been taken +from him. It was loaded with valuable merchandise, and we may here +remark that for some reason or other all Spanish vessels of that day +which were so unfortunate as to be taken by pirates, seemed to be richly +laden. + +If our bold pirate had sung wild pirate songs, as he passed the flowing +bowl while carousing with his crew in the cabin of the Spanish vessel he +had first captured, he now sang wilder songs, and passed more flowing +bowls, for this prize was a much greater one than the first. If +Bartholemy could have communicated his great good fortune to the other +buccaneers in the West Indies, there would have been a boom in piracy +which would have threatened great danger to the honesty and integrity of +the seafaring men of that region. + +But nobody, not even a pirate, has any way of finding out what is going +to happen next, and if Bartholemy had had an idea of the fluctuations +which were about to occur in the market in which he had made his +investments he would have been in a great hurry to sell all his stock +very much below par. The fluctuations referred to occurred on the ocean, +near the island of Pinos, and came in the shape of great storm waves, +which blew the Spanish vessel with all its rich cargo, and its +triumphant pirate crew, high up upon the cruel rocks, and wrecked it +absolutely and utterly. Bartholemy and his men barely managed to get +into a little boat, and row themselves away. All the wealth and +treasure which had come to them with the capture of the Spanish vessel, +all the power which the possession of that vessel gave them, and all the +wild joy which came to them with riches and power, were lost to them in +as short a space of time as it had taken to gain them. + +In the way of well-defined and conspicuous ups and downs, few lives +surpassed that of Bartholemy Portuguez. But after this he seems, in the +language of the old English song, "All in the downs." He had many +adventures after the desperate affair in the bay of Campeachy, but they +must all have turned out badly for him, and, consequently, very well, it +is probable, for divers and sundry Spanish vessels, and, for the rest of +his life, he bore the reputation of an unfortunate pirate. He was one of +those men whose success seemed to have depended entirely upon his own +exertions. If there happened to be the least chance of his doing +anything, he generally did it; Spanish cannon, well-armed Spanish crews, +manacles, imprisonment, the dangers of the ocean to a man who could not +swim, bloodhounds, alligators, wild beasts, awful forests impenetrable +to common men, all these were bravely met and triumphed over by +Bartholemy. + +But when he came to ordinary good fortune, such as any pirate might +expect, Bartholemy the Portuguese found that he had no chance at all. +But he was not a common pirate, and was, therefore, obliged to be +content with his uncommon career. He eventually settled in the island of +Jamaica, but nobody knows what became of him. If it so happened that he +found himself obliged to make his living by some simple industry, such +as the selling of fruit upon a street corner, it is likely he never +disposed of a banana or an orange unless he jumped at the throat of a +passer-by and compelled him to purchase. As for sitting still and +waiting for customers to come to him, such a man as Bartholemy would not +be likely to do anything so commonplace. + + + + +Chapter IX + +A Pirate Author + + +In the days which we are considering there were all sorts of pirates, +some of whom gained much reputation in one way and some in another, but +there was one of them who had a disposition different from that of any +of his fellows. He was a regular pirate, but it is not likely that he +ever did much fighting, for, as he took great pride in the brave deeds +of the Brethren of the Coast, he would have been sure to tell us of his +own if he had ever performed any. He was a mild-mannered man, and, +although he was a pirate, he eventually laid aside the pistol, the +musket, and the cutlass, and took up the pen,--a very uncommon weapon +for a buccaneer. + +This man was John Esquemeling, supposed by some to be a Dutchman, and by +others a native of France. He sailed to the West Indies in the year +1666, in the service of the French West India Company. He went out as a +peaceable merchant clerk, and had no more idea of becoming a pirate +than he had of going into literature, although he finally did both. + +At that time the French West India Company had a colonial establishment +on the island of Tortuga, which was principally inhabited, as we have +seen before, by buccaneers in all their various grades and stages, from +beef-driers to pirates. The French authorities undertook to supply these +erratic people with the goods and provisions which they needed, and +built storehouses with everything necessary for carrying on the trade. +There were plenty of purchasers, for the buccaneers were willing to buy +everything which could be brought from Europe. They were fond of good +wine, good groceries, good firearms, and ammunition, fine cutlasses, and +very often good clothes, in which they could disport themselves when on +shore. But they had peculiar customs and manners, and although they were +willing to buy as much as the French traders had to sell, they could not +be prevailed upon to pay their bills. A pirate is not the sort of a man +who generally cares to pay his bills. When he gets goods in any way, he +wants them charged to him, and if that charge includes the features of +robbery and murder, he will probably make no objection. But as for +paying good money for what is received, that is quite another thing. + +That this was the state of feeling on the island of Tortuga was +discovered before very long by the French mercantile agents, who then +applied to the mother country for assistance in collecting the debts due +them, and a body of men, who might be called collectors, or deputy +sheriffs, was sent out to the island; but although these officers were +armed with pistols and swords, as well as with authority, they could do +nothing with the buccaneers, and after a time the work of endeavoring to +collect debts from pirates was given up. And as there was no profit in +carrying on business in this way, the mercantile agency was also given +up, and its officers were ordered to sell out everything they had on +hand, and come home. There was, therefore, a sale, for which cash +payments were demanded, and there was a great bargain day on the island +of Tortuga. Everything was disposed of,--the stock of merchandise on +hand, the tables, the desks, the stationery, the bookkeepers, the +clerks, and the errand boys. The living items of the stock on hand were +considered to be property just as if they had been any kind of +merchandise, and were sold as slaves. + +Now poor John Esquemeling found himself in a sad condition. He was +bought by one of the French officials who had been left on the island, +and he described his new master as a veritable fiend. He was worked +hard, half fed, treated cruelly in many ways, and to add to his misery, +his master tantalized him by offering to set him free upon the payment +of a sum of money equal to about three hundred dollars. He might as well +have been asked to pay three thousand or three million dollars, for he +had not a penny in the world. + +At last he was so fortunate as to fall sick, and his master, as +avaricious as he was cruel, fearing that this creature he owned might +die, and thus be an entire loss to him, sold him to a surgeon, very much +as one would sell a sick horse to a veterinary surgeon, on the principle +that he might make something out of the animal by curing him. + +His new master treated Esquemeling very well, and after he had taken +medicine and food enough to set him upon his legs, and had worked for +the surgeon about a year, that kind master offered him his liberty if he +would promise, as soon as he could earn the money, to pay him one +hundred dollars, which would be a profit to his owner, who had paid but +seventy dollars for him. This offer, of course, Esquemeling accepted +with delight, and having made the bargain, he stepped forth upon the +warm sands of the island of Tortuga a free and happy man. But he was as +poor as a church mouse. He had nothing in the world but the clothes on +his back, and he saw no way in which he could make money enough to keep +himself alive until he had paid for himself. He tried various ways of +support, but there was no opening for a young business man in that +section of the country, and at last he came to the conclusion that there +was only one way by which he could accomplish his object, and he +therefore determined to enter into "the wicked order of pirates or +robbers at sea." + +It must have been a strange thing for a man accustomed to pens and ink, +to yard-sticks and scales, to feel obliged to enroll himself into a +company of bloody, big-bearded pirates, but a man must eat, and +buccaneering was the only profession open to our ex-clerk. For some +reason or other, certainly not on account of his bravery and daring, +Esquemeling was very well received by the pirates of Tortuga. Perhaps +they liked him because he was a mild-mannered man and so different from +themselves. Nobody was afraid of him, every one felt superior to him, +and we are all very apt to like people to whom we feel superior. + +As for Esquemeling himself, he soon came to entertain the highest +opinion of his pirate companions. He looked upon the buccaneers who had +distinguished themselves as great heroes, and it must have been +extremely gratifying to those savage fellows to tell Esquemeling all the +wonderful things they had done. In the whole of the West Indies there +was no one who was in the habit of giving such intelligent attention to +the accounts of piratical depredations and savage sea-fights, as was +Esquemeling and if he had demanded a salary as a listener there is no +doubt that it would have been paid to him. + +It was not long before his intense admiration of the buccaneers and +their performances began to produce in him the feeling that the history +of these great exploits should not be lost to the world, and so he set +about writing the lives and adventures of many of the buccaneers with +whom he became acquainted. + +He remained with the pirates for several years, and during that time +worked very industriously getting material together for his history. +When he returned to his own country in 1672, having done as much +literary work as was possible among the uncivilized surroundings of +Tortuga, he there completed a book, which he called, "The Buccaneers of +America, or The True Account of the Most Remarkable Assaults Committed +of Late Years Upon the Coasts of the West Indies by the Buccaneers, +etc., by John Esquemeling, One of the Buccaneers, Who Was Present at +Those Tragedies." + +From this title it is probable that our literary pirate accompanied his +comrades on their various voyages and assaults, in the capacity of +reporter, and although he states he was present at many of "those +tragedies," he makes no reference to any deeds of valor or cruelty +performed by himself, which shows him to have been a wonderfully +conscientious historian. There are persons, however, who doubt his +impartiality, because, as he liked the French, he always gave the +pirates of that nationality the credit for most of the bravery displayed +on their expeditions, and all of the magnanimity and courtesy, if there +happened to be any, while the surliness, brutality, and extraordinary +wickednesses were all ascribed to the English. But be this as it may, +Esquemeling's history was a great success. It was written in Dutch and +was afterwards translated into English, French, and Spanish. It +contained a great deal of information regarding buccaneering in general, +and most of the stories of pirates which we have already told, and many +of the surprising narrations which are to come, have been taken from the +book of this buccaneer historian. + + + + +Chapter X + +The Story of Roc, the Brazilian + + +Having given the history of a very plain and quiet buccaneer, who was a +reporter and writer, and who, if he were now living, would be eligible +as a member of an Authors' Club, we will pass to the consideration of a +regular out-and-out pirate, one from whose mast-head would have floated +the black flag with its skull and cross-bones if that emblematic piece +of bunting had been in use by the pirates of the period. + +This famous buccaneer was called Roc, because he had to have a name, and +his own was unknown, and "the Brazilian," because he was born in Brazil, +though of Dutch parents. Unlike most of his fellow-practitioners he did +not gradually become a pirate. From his early youth he never had an +intention of being anything else. As soon as he grew to be a man he +became a bloody buccaneer, and at the first opportunity he joined a +pirate crew, and had made but a few voyages when it was perceived by his +companions that he was destined to become a most remarkable sea-robber. +He was offered the command of a ship with a well-armed crew of marine +savages, and in a very short time after he had set out on his first +independent cruise he fell in with a Spanish ship loaded with silver +bullion; having captured this, he sailed with his prize to Jamaica, +which was one of the great resorts of the English buccaneers. There his +success delighted the community, his talents for the conduct of great +piratical operations soon became apparent, and he was generally +acknowledged as the Head Pirate of the West Indies. + +He was now looked upon as a hero even by those colonists who had no +sympathy with pirates, and as for Esquemeling, he simply worshipped the +great Brazilian desperado. If he had been writing the life and times of +Alexander the Great, Julius Cæsar, or Mr. Gladstone, he could not have +been more enthusiastic in his praises. And as in The Arabian Nights the +roc is described as the greatest of birds, so, in the eyes of the +buccaneer biographer, this Roc was the greatest of pirates. But it was +not only in the mind of the historian that Roc now became famous; the +better he became known, the more general was the fear and respect felt +for him, and we are told that the mothers of the islands used to put +their children to sleep by threatening them with the terrible Roc if +they did not close their eyes. This story, however, I regard with a +great deal of doubt; it has been told of Saladin and many other wicked +and famous men, but I do not believe it is an easy thing to frighten a +child into going to sleep. If I found it necessary to make a youngster +take a nap, I should say nothing of the condition of affairs in Cuba or +of the persecutions of the Armenians. + +This renowned pirate from Brazil must have been a terrible fellow to +look at. He was strong and brawny, his face was short and very wide, +with high cheek-bones, and his expression probably resembled that of a +pug dog. His eyebrows were enormously large and bushy, and from under +them he glared at his mundane surroundings. He was not a man whose +spirit could be quelled by looking him steadfastly in the eye. It was +his custom in the daytime to walk about, carrying a drawn cutlass, +resting easily upon his arm, edge up, very much as a fine gentleman +carries his high silk hat, and any one who should impertinently stare or +endeavor to quell his high spirits in any other way, would probably have +felt the edge of that cutlass descending rapidly through his physical +organism. + +He was a man who insisted upon being obeyed, and if any one of his crew +behaved improperly, or was even found idle, this strict and inexorable +master would cut him down where he stood. But although he was so strict +and exacting during the business sessions of his piratical year, by +which I mean when he was cruising around after prizes, he was very much +more disagreeable when he was taking a vacation. On his return to +Jamaica after one of his expeditions it was his habit to give himself +some relaxation after the hardships and dangers through which he had +passed, and on such occasions it was a great comfort to Roc to get +himself thoroughly drunk. With his cutlass waving high in the air, he +would rush out into the street and take a whack at every one whom he +met. As far as was possible the citizens allowed him to have the street +to himself, and it was not at all likely that his visits to Jamaica were +looked forward to with any eager anticipations. + +Roc, it may be said, was not only a bloody pirate, but a blooded one; he +was thoroughbred. From the time he had been able to assert his +individuality he had been a pirate, and there was no reason to suppose +that he would ever reform himself into anything else. There were no +extenuating circumstances in his case; in his nature there was no alloy, +nor moderation, nor forbearance. The appreciative Esquemeling, who might +be called the Boswell of the buccaneers, could never have met his hero +Roc, when that bushy-bearded pirate was running "amuck" in the streets, +but if he had, it is not probable that his book would have been written. +He assures us that when Roc was not drunk he was esteemed, but at the +same time feared; but there are various ways of gaining esteem, and +Roc's method certainly succeeded very well in the case of his literary +associate. + +As we have seen, the hatred of the Spaniards by the buccaneers began +very early in the settlement of the West Indies, and in fact, it is very +likely that if there had been no Spaniards there would never have been +any buccaneers; but in all the instances of ferocious enmity toward the +Spaniards there has been nothing to equal the feelings of Roc, the +Brazilian, upon that subject. His dislike to everything Spanish arose, +he declared, from cruelties which had been practised upon his parents by +people of that nation, and his main principle of action throughout all +his piratical career seems to have been that there was nothing too bad +for a Spaniard. The object of his life was to wage bitter war against +Spanish ships and Spanish settlements. He seldom gave any quarter to his +prisoners, and would often subject them to horrible tortures in order to +make them tell where he could find the things he wanted. There is +nothing horrible that has ever been written or told about the buccaneer +life, which could not have been told about Roc, the Brazilian. He was a +typical pirate. + +[Illustration: "In a small boat filled with some of his trusty men, he +rowed quietly into the port."--p. 77.] + +Roc was very successful, in his enterprises, and took a great deal of +valuable merchandise to Jamaica, but although he and his crew were +always rich men when they went on shore, they did not remain in that +condition very long. The buccaneers of that day were all very +extravagant, and, moreover, they were great gamblers, and it was not +uncommon for them to lose everything they possessed before they had been +on shore a week. Then there was nothing for them to do but to go on +board their vessels and put out to sea in search of some fresh prize. So +far Roc's career had been very much like that of many other Companions +of the Coast, differing from them only in respect to intensity and +force, but he was a clever man with ideas, and was able to adapt himself +to circumstances. + +He was cruising about Campeachy without seeing any craft that was worth +capturing, when he thought that it would be very well for him to go out +on a sort of marine scouting expedition and find out whether or not +there were any Spanish vessels in the bay which were well laden and +which were likely soon to come out. So, with a small boat filled with +some of his trusty men, he rowed quietly into the port to see what he +could discover. If he had had Esquemeling with him, and had sent that +mild-mannered observer into the harbor to investigate into the state of +affairs, and come back with a report, it would have been a great deal +better for the pirate captain, but he chose to go himself, and he came +to grief. No sooner did the people on the ships lying in the harbor +behold a boat approaching with a big-browed, broad-jawed mariner sitting +in the stern, and with a good many more broad-backed, hairy mariners +than were necessary, pulling at the oars, than they gave the alarm. The +well-known pirate was recognized, and it was not long before he was +captured. Roc must have had a great deal of confidence in his own +powers, or perhaps he relied somewhat upon the fear which his very +presence evoked. But he made a mistake this time; he had run into the +lion's jaw, and the lion had closed his teeth upon him. + +When the pirate captain and his companions were brought before the +Governor, he made no pretence of putting them to trial. Buccaneers were +outlawed by the Spanish, and were considered as wild beasts to be killed +without mercy wherever caught. Consequently Roc and his men were thrown +into a dungeon and condemned to be executed. If, however, the Spanish +Governor had known what was good for himself, he would have had them +killed that night. + +During the time that preparations were going on for making examples of +these impertinent pirates, who had dared to enter the port of Campeachy, +Roc was racking his brains to find some method of getting out of the +terrible scrape into which he had fallen. This was a branch of the +business in which a capable pirate was obliged to be proficient; if he +could not get himself out of scrapes, he could not expect to be +successful. In this case there was no chance of cutting down sentinels, +or jumping overboard with a couple of wine-jars for a life-preserver, or +of doing any of those ordinary things which pirates were in the habit of +doing when escaping from their captors. Roc and his men were in a +dungeon on land, inside of a fortress, and if they escaped from this, +they would find themselves unarmed in the midst of a body of Spanish +soldiers. Their stout arms and their stout hearts were of no use to them +now, and they were obliged to depend upon their wits if they had any. +Roc had plenty of wit, and he used it well. There was a slave, probably +not a negro nor a native, but most likely some European who had been +made prisoner, who came in to bring him food and drink, and by the means +of this man the pirate hoped to play a trick upon the Governor. He +promised the slave that if he would help him,--and he told him it would +be very easy to do so,--he would give him money enough to buy his +freedom and to return to his friends, and this, of course, was a great +inducement to the poor fellow, who may have been an Englishman or a +Frenchman in good circumstances at home. The slave agreed to the +proposals, and the first thing he did was to bring some +writing-materials to Roc, who thereupon began the composition of a +letter upon which he based all his hopes of life and freedom. + +When he was coming into the bay, Roc had noticed a large French vessel +that was lying at some distance from the town, and he wrote his letter +as if it had come from the captain of this ship. In the character of +this French captain he addressed his letter to the Governor of the town, +and in it he stated that he had understood that certain Companions of +the Coast, for whom he had great sympathy,--for the French and the +buccaneers were always good friends,--had been captured by the Governor, +who, he heard, had threatened to execute them. Then the French captain, +by the hand of Roc, went on to say that if any harm should come to these +brave men, who had been taken and imprisoned when they were doing no +harm to anybody, he would swear, in his most solemn manner, that never, +for the rest of his life, would he give quarter to any Spaniard who +might fall into his hands, and he, moreover, threatened that any kind of +vengeance which should become possible for the buccaneers and French +united, to inflict upon the Spanish ships, or upon the town of +Campeachy, should be taken as soon as possible after he should hear of +any injury that might be inflicted upon the unfortunate men who were +then lying imprisoned in the fortress. + +When the slave came back to Roc, the letter was given to him with very +particular directions as to what he was to do with it. He was to +disguise himself as much as possible, so that he should not be +recognized by the people of the place, and then in the night he was to +make his way out of the town, and early in the morning he was to return +as if he had been walking along the shore of the harbor, when he was to +state that he had been put on shore from the French vessel in the +offing, with a letter which he was to present to the Governor. + +The slave performed his part of the business very well. The next day, +wet and bedraggled, from making his way through the weeds and mud of the +coast, he presented himself at the fortress with his letter, and when he +was allowed to take it to the Governor, no one suspected that he was a +person employed about the place. Having fulfilled his mission, he +departed, and when seen again he was the same servant whose business it +was to carry food to the prisoners. + +The Governor read the letter with a disquieted mind; he knew that the +French ship which was lying outside the harbor was a powerful vessel and +he did not like French ships, anyway. The town had once been taken and +very badly treated by a little fleet of French and English buccaneers, +and he was very anxious that nothing of the kind should happen again. +There was no great Spanish force in the harbor at that time, and he did +not know how many buccaneering vessels might be able to gather together +in the bay if it should become known that the great pirate Roc had been +put to death in Campeachy. It was an unusual thing for a prisoner to +have such powerful friends so near by, and the Governor took Roc's case +into most earnest consideration. A few hours' reflection was sufficient +to convince him that it would be very unsafe to tamper with such a +dangerous prize as the pirate Roc, and he determined to get rid of him +as soon as possible. He felt himself in the position of a man who has +stolen a baby-bear, and who hears the roar of an approaching parent +through the woods; to throw away the cub and walk off as though he had +no idea there were any bears in that forest would be the inclination of +a man so situated, and to get rid of the great pirate without provoking +the vengeance of his friends was the natural inclination of the +Governor. + +Now Roc and his men were treated well, and having been brought before +the Governor, were told that in consequence of their having committed no +overt act of disorder they would be set at liberty and shipped to +England, upon the single condition that they would abandon piracy and +agree to become quiet citizens in whatever respectable vocation they +might select. + +To these terms Roc and his men agreed without argument. They declared +that they would retire from the buccaneering business, and that nothing +would suit them better than to return to the ways of civilization and +virtue. There was a ship about to depart for Spain, and on this the +Governor gave Roc and his men free passage to the other side of the +ocean. There is no doubt that our buccaneers would have much preferred +to have been put on board the French vessel; but as the Spanish Governor +had started his prisoners on the road to reform, he did not wish to +throw them into the way of temptation by allowing them to associate with +such wicked companions as Frenchmen, and Roc made no suggestion of the +kind, knowing very well how greatly astonished the French captain would +be if the Governor were to communicate with him on the subject. + +On the voyage to Spain Roc was on his good behavior, and he was a man +who knew how to behave very well when it was absolutely necessary: no +doubt there must have been many dull days on board ship when he would +have been delighted to gamble, to get drunk, and to run "amuck" up and +down the deck. But he carefully abstained from all these recreations, +and showed himself to be such an able-bodied and willing sailor that the +captain allowed him to serve as one of the crew. Roc knew how to do a +great many things; not only could he murder and rob, but he knew how to +turn an honest penny when there was no other way of filling his purse. +He had learned among the Indians how to shoot fish with bow and arrows, +and on this voyage across the Atlantic he occupied all his spare time in +sitting in the rigging and shooting the fish which disported themselves +about the vessel. These fish he sold to the officers, and we are told +that in this way he earned no less than five hundred crowns, perhaps +that many dollars. If this account is true, fish must have been very +costly in those days, but it showed plainly that if Roc had desired to +get into an honest business, he would have found fish-shooting a +profitable occupation. In every way Roc behaved so well that for his +sake all his men were treated kindly and allowed many privileges. + +But when this party of reformed pirates reached Spain and were allowed +to go where they pleased, they thought no more of the oaths they had +taken to abandon piracy than they thought of the oaths which they had +been in the habit of throwing right and left when they had been +strolling about on the island of Jamaica. They had no ship, and not +enough money to buy one, but as soon as they could manage it they sailed +back to the West Indies, and eventually found themselves in Jamaica, as +bold and as bloody buccaneers as ever they had been. + +Not only did Roc cast from him every thought of reformation and a +respectable life, but he determined to begin the business of piracy on a +grander scale than ever before. He made a compact with an old French +buccaneer, named Tributor, and with a large company of buccaneers he +actually set out to take a town. Having lost everything he possessed, +and having passed such a long time without any employment more +profitable than that of shooting fish with a bow and arrows, our doughty +pirate now desired to make a grand strike, and if he could take a town +and pillage it of everything valuable it contained, he would make a very +good fortune in a very short time, and might retire, if he chose, from +the active practice of his profession. + +The town which Roc and Tributor determined to attack was Merida, in +Yucatan, and although this was a bold and rash undertaking, the two +pirates were bold and rash enough for anything. Roc had been a prisoner +in Merida, and on account of his knowledge of the town he believed that +he and his followers could land upon the coast, and then quietly advance +upon the town without their approach being discovered. If they could do +this, it would be an easy matter to rush upon the unsuspecting garrison, +and, having annihilated these, make themselves masters of the town. + +But their plans did not work very well; they were discovered by some +Indians, after they had landed, who hurried to Merida and gave notice of +the approach of the buccaneers. Consequently, when Roc and his +companions reached the town they found the garrison prepared for them, +cannons loaded, and all the approaches guarded. Still the pirates did +not hesitate; they advanced fiercely to the attack just as they were +accustomed to do when they were boarding a Spanish vessel, but they soon +found that fighting on land was very different from fighting at sea. In +a marine combat it is seldom that a party of boarders is attacked in the +rear by the enemy, although on land such methods of warfare may always +be expected; but Roc and Tributor did not expect anything of the kind, +and they were, therefore, greatly dismayed when a party of horsemen from +the town, who had made a wide détour through the woods, suddenly charged +upon their rear. Between the guns of the garrison and the sabres of the +horsemen the buccaneers had a very hard time, and it was not long before +they were completely defeated. Tributor and a great many of the pirates +were killed or taken, and Roc, the Brazilian, had a terrible fall. + +This most memorable fall occurred in the estimation of John Esquemeling, +who knew all about the attack on Merida, and who wrote the account of +it. But he had never expected to be called upon to record that his +great hero, Roc, the Brazilian, saved his life, after the utter defeat +of himself and his companions, by ignominiously running away. The loyal +chronicler had as firm a belief in the absolute inability of his hero to +fly from danger as was shown by the Scottish Douglas, when he stood, his +back against a mass of stone, and invited his enemies to "Come one, come +all." The bushy-browed pirate of the drawn cutlass had so often +expressed his contempt for a soldier who would even surrender, to say +nothing of running away, that Esquemeling could scarcely believe that +Roc had retreated from his enemies, deserted his friends, and turned his +back upon the principles which he had always so truculently proclaimed. + +But this downfall of a hero simply shows that Esquemeling, although he +was a member of the piratical body, and was proud to consider himself a +buccaneer, did not understand the true nature of a pirate. Under the +brutality, the cruelty, the dishonesty, and the recklessness of the +sea-robbers of those days, there was nearly always meanness and +cowardice. Roc, as we have said in the beginning of this sketch, was a +typical pirate; under certain circumstances he showed himself to have +all those brave and savage qualities which Esquemeling esteemed and +revered, and under other circumstances he showed those other qualities +which Esquemeling despised, but which are necessary to make up the true +character of a pirate. + +The historian John seems to have been very much cut up by the manner in +which his favorite hero had rounded off his piratical career, and after +that he entirely dropped Roc from his chronicles. + +This out-and-out pirate was afterwards living in Jamaica, and probably +engaged in new enterprises, but Esquemeling would have nothing more to +do with him nor with the history of his deeds. + + + + +Chapter XI + +A Buccaneer Boom + + +The condition of affairs in the West Indies was becoming very serious in +the eyes of the Spanish rulers. They had discovered a new country, they +had taken possession of it, and they had found great wealth of various +kinds, of which they were very much in need. This wealth was being +carried to Spain as fast as it could be taken from the unfortunate +natives and gathered together for transportation, and everything would +have gone on very well indeed had it not been for the most culpable and +unwarranted interference of that lawless party of men, who might almost +be said to amount to a nationality, who were continually on the alert to +take from Spain everything she could take from America. The English, +French, and Dutch governments were generally at peace with Spain, but +they sat by quietly and saw their sailor subjects band themselves +together and make war upon Spanish commerce,--a very one-sided commerce, +it is true. + +It was of no use for Spain to complain of the buccaneers to her sister +maritime nations. It is not certain that they could have done anything +to interfere with the operations of the sea-robbers who originally +sailed from their coasts, but it is certain they did not try to do +anything. Whatever was to be done, Spain must do herself. The pirates +were as slippery as they were savage, and although the Spaniards made a +regular naval war upon them, they seemed to increase rather than to +diminish. Every time that a Spanish merchantman was taken, and its gold +and silver and valuable goods carried off to Tortuga or Jamaica, and +divided among a lot of savage and rollicking fellows, the greater became +the enthusiasm among the Brethren of the Coast, and the wider spread the +buccaneering boom. More ships laden almost entirely with stalwart men, +well provided with arms, and very badly furnished with principles, came +from England and France, and the Spanish ships of war in the West Indies +found that they were confronted by what was, in many respects, a regular +naval force. + +The buccaneers were afraid of nothing; they paid no attention to the +rules of war,--a little ship would attack a big one without the +slightest hesitation, and more than that, would generally take it,--and +in every way Spain was beginning to feel as if she were acting the part +of provider to the pirate seamen of every nation. + +Finding that she could do nothing to diminish the number of the +buccaneering vessels, Spain determined that she would not have so many +richly laden ships of her own upon these dangerous seas; consequently, a +change was made in regard to the shipping of merchandise and the +valuable metals from America to her home ports. The cargoes were +concentrated, and what had previously been placed upon three ships was +crowded into the holds and between the decks of one great vessel, which +was so well armed and defended as to make it almost impossible for any +pirate ship to capture it. In some respects this plan worked very well, +although when the buccaneers did happen to pounce upon one of these +richly laden vessels, in such numbers and with such swift ferocity, that +they were able to capture it, they rejoiced over a prize far more +valuable than anything the pirate soul had ever dreamed of before. But +it was not often that one of these great ships was taken, and for a time +the results of Spanish robbery and cruelty were safely carried to Spain. + +But it was very hard to get the better of the buccaneers; their lives +and their fortunes depended upon this boom, and if in one way they could +not get the gold out of the Spaniards, which the latter got out of the +natives, they would try another. When the miners in the gold fields find +they can no longer wash out with their pans a paying quantity of the +precious metal, they go to work on the rocks and break them into pieces +and crush them into dust; so, when the buccaneers found it did not pay +to devote themselves to capturing Spanish gold on its transit across the +ocean, many of them changed their methods of operation and boldly +planned to seize the treasures of their enemy before it was put upon the +ships. + +Consequently, the buccaneers formed themselves into larger bodies +commanded by noted leaders, and made attacks upon the Spanish +settlements and towns. Many of these were found nearly defenceless, and +even those which boasted fortifications often fell before the reckless +charges of the buccaneers. The pillage, the burning, and the cruelty on +shore exceeded that which had hitherto been known on the sea. There is +generally a great deal more in a town than there is in a ship, and the +buccaneers proved themselves to be among the most outrageous, exacting, +and cruel conquerors ever known in the world. They were governed by no +laws of warfare; whatever they chose to do they did. They respected +nobody, not even themselves, and acted like wild beasts, without the +disposition which is generally shown by a wild beast, to lie down and go +to sleep when he has had enough. + +There were times when it seemed as though it would be safer for a man +who had a regard for his life and comfort, to sail upon a pirate ship +instead of a Spanish galleon, or to take up his residence in one of the +uncivilized communities of Tortuga or Jamaica, instead of settling in a +well-ordered Spanish-American town with its mayor, its officials, and +its garrison. + +It was a very strange nation of marine bandits which had thus sprung +into existence on these faraway waters; it was a nation of grown-up men, +who existed only for the purpose of carrying off that which other people +were taking away; it was a nation of second-hand robbers, who carried +their operations to such an extent that they threatened to do away +entirely with that series of primary robberies to which Spain had +devoted herself. I do not know that there were any companies formed in +those days for the prosecution of buccaneering, but I am quite sure that +if there had been, their shares would have gone up to a very high +figure. + + + + +Chapter XII + +The Story of L'Olonnois the Cruel + + +In the preceding chapter we have seen that the buccaneers had at last +become so numerous and so formidable that it was dangerous for a Spanish +ship laden with treasure from the new world to attempt to get out of the +Caribbean Sea into the Atlantic, and that thus failing to find enough +richly laden vessels to satisfy their ardent cravings for plunder, the +buccaneers were forced to make some change in their methods of criminal +warfare; and from capturing Spanish galleons, they formed themselves +into well-organized bodies and attacked towns. + +Among the buccaneer leaders who distinguished themselves as land pirates +was a thoroughbred scoundrel by the name of Francis L'Olonnois, who was +born in France. In those days it was the custom to enforce servitude +upon people who were not able to take care of themselves. Unfortunate +debtors and paupers of all classes were sold to people who had need of +their services. The only difference sometimes between master and +servant depended entirely upon the fact that one had money, and the +other had none. Boys and girls were sold for a term of years, somewhat +as if they had been apprentices, and it so happened that the boy +L'Olonnois was sold to a master who took him to the West Indies. There +he led the life of a slave until he was of age, and then, being no +longer subject to ownership, he became one of the freest and most +independent persons who ever walked this earth. + +He began his career on the island of Hispaniola, where he took up the +business of hunting and butchering cattle; but he very soon gave up this +life for that of a pirate, and enlisted as a common sailor on one of +their ships. Here he gave signs of such great ability as a brave and +unscrupulous scoundrel that one of the leading pirates on the island of +Tortuga gave him a ship and a crew, and set him up in business on his +own account. The piratical career of L'Olonnois was very much like that +of other buccaneers of the day, except that he was so abominably cruel +to the Spanish prisoners whom he captured that he gained a reputation +for vile humanity, surpassing that of any other rascal on the western +continent. When he captured a prisoner, it seemed to delight his soul as +much to torture and mutilate him before killing him as to take away +whatever valuables he possessed. His reputation for ingenious +wickedness spread all over the West Indies, so that the crews of Spanish +ships, attacked by this demon, would rather die on their decks or sink +to the bottom in their ships than be captured by L'Olonnois. + +All the barbarities, the brutalities, and the fiendish ferocity which +have ever been attributed to the pirates of the world were united in the +character of this inhuman wretch, who does not appear to be so good an +example of the true pirate as Roc, the Brazilian. He was not so brave, +he was not so able, and he was so utterly base that it would be +impossible for any one to look upon him as a hero. After having attained +in a very short time the reputation of being the most bloody and wicked +pirate of his day, L'Olonnois was unfortunate enough to be wrecked upon +the coast, not far from the town of Campeachy. He and his crew got +safely to shore, but it was not long before their presence was +discovered by the people of the town, and the Spanish soldiers thereupon +sallied out and attacked them. There was a fierce fight, but the +Spaniards were the stronger, and the buccaneers were utterly defeated. +Many of them were killed, and most of the rest wounded or taken +prisoners. + +Among the wounded was L'Olonnois, and as he knew that if he should be +discovered he would meet with no mercy, he got behind some bushes, +scooped up several handfuls of sand, mixed it with his blood, and with +it rubbed his face so that it presented the pallor of a corpse. Then he +lay down among the bodies of his dead companions, and when the Spaniards +afterwards walked over the battlefield, he was looked upon as one of the +common pirates whom they had killed. + +When the soldiers had retired into the town with their prisoners, the +make-believe corpse stealthily arose and made his way into the woods, +where he stayed until his wounds were well enough for him to walk about. +He divested himself of his great boots, his pistol belt, and the rest of +his piratical costume, and, adding to his scanty raiment a cloak and hat +which he had stolen from a poor cottage, he boldly approached the town +and entered it. He looked like a very ordinary person, and no notice was +taken of him by the authorities. Here he found shelter and something to +eat, and he soon began to make himself very much at home in the streets +of Campeachy. + +It was a very gay time in the town, and, as everybody seemed to be +happy, L'Olonnois was very glad to join in the general rejoicing, and +these hilarities gave him particular pleasure as he found out that he +was the cause of them. The buccaneers who had been captured, and who +were imprisoned in the fortress, had been interrogated over and over +again by the Spanish officials in regard to L'Olonnois, their commander, +and, as they had invariably answered that he had been killed, the +Spanish were forced to believe the glad tidings, and they celebrated the +death of the monster as the greatest piece of public good fortune which +could come to their community. They built bonfires, they sang songs +about the death of the black-hearted buccaneer, and services of +thanksgiving were held in their churches. + +All this was a great delight to L'Olonnois, who joined hands with the +young men and women, as they danced around the bonfires; he assisted in +a fine bass voice in the choruses which told of his death and his +dreadful doom, and he went to church and listened to the priests and the +people as they gave thanks for their deliverance from his enormities. + +But L'Olonnois did not waste all his time chuckling over the baseless +rejoicings of the people of the town. He made himself acquainted with +some of the white slaves, men who had been brought from England, and +finding some of them very much discontented with their lot, he ventured +to tell them that he was one of the pirates who had escaped, and offered +them riches and liberty if they would join him in a scheme he had +concocted. It would have been easy enough for him to get away from the +town by himself, but this would have been of no use to him unless he +obtained some sort of a vessel, and some men to help him navigate it. So +he proposed to the slaves that they should steal a small boat belonging +to the master of one of them, and in this, under cover of the night, the +little party safely left Campeachy and set sail for Tortuga, which, as +we have told, was then the headquarters of the buccaneers, and "the +common place of refuge of all sorts or wickedness, and the seminary, as +it were, of all manner of pirates." + + + + +Chapter XIII + +A Resurrected Pirate + + +When L'Olonnois arrived at Tortuga he caused great astonishment among +his old associates; that he had come back a comparative pauper surprised +no one, for this was a common thing to happen to a pirate, but the +wonder was that he got back at all. + +He had no money, but, by the exercise of his crafty abilities, he +managed to get possession of a ship, which he manned with a crew of +about a score of impecunious dare-devils who were very anxious to do +something to mend their fortunes. + +Having now become very fond of land-fighting, he did not go out in +search of ships, but directed his vessel to a little village called de +los Cayos, on the coast of Cuba, for here, he thought, was a chance for +a good and easy stroke of business. This village was the abode of +industrious people, who were traders in tobacco, hides, and sugar, and +who were obliged to carry on their traffic in a rather peculiar manner. +The sea near their town was shallow, so that large ships could not +approach very near, and thus the villagers were kept busy carrying goods +and supplies in small boats, backwards and forwards from the town to the +vessels at anchor. Here was a nice little prize that could not get away +from him, and L'Olonnois had plenty of time to make his preparations to +seize it. As he could not sail a ship directly up to the town, he +cruised about the coast at some distance from de los Cayos, endeavoring +to procure two small boats in which to approach the town, but although +his preparations were made as quietly as possible, the presence of his +vessel was discovered by some fishermen. They knew that it was a pirate +ship, and some of them who had seen L'Olonnois recognized that dreaded +pirate upon the deck. Word of the impending danger was taken to the +town, and the people there immediately sent a message by land to Havana, +informing the Governor of the island that the cruel pirate L'Olonnois +was in a ship a short distance from their village, which he undoubtedly +intended to attack. + +When the Governor heard this astonishing tale, it was almost impossible +for him to believe it. The good news of the death of L'Olonnois had come +from Campeachy to Havana, and the people of the latter town also +rejoiced greatly. To be now told that this scourge of the West Indies +was alive, and was about to fall upon a peaceful little village on the +island over which he ruled, filled the Governor with rage as well as +amazement, and he ordered a well-armed ship, with a large crew of +fighting men, to sail immediately for de los Cayos, giving the captain +express orders that he was not to come back until he had obliterated +from the face of the earth the whole of the wretched gang with the +exception of the leader. This extraordinary villain was to be brought to +Havana to be treated as the Governor should see fit. In order that his +commands should be executed promptly and effectually, the Governor sent +a big negro slave in the ship, who was charged with the duty of hanging +every one of the pirates except L'Olonnois. + +By the time the war-vessel had arrived at de los Cayos, L'Olonnois had +made his preparation to attack the place. He had procured two large +canoes, and in these he had intended to row up to the town and land with +his men. But now there was a change in the state of affairs, and he was +obliged to alter his plans. The ordinary person in command of two small +boats, who should suddenly discover that a village which he supposed +almost defenceless, was protected by a large man-of-war, with cannon and +a well-armed crew, would have altered his plans so completely that he +would have left that part of the coast of Cuba with all possible +expedition. But the pirates of that day seemed to pay very little +attention to the element of odds; if they met an enemy who was weak, +they would fall upon him, and if they met with one who was a good deal +stronger than themselves, they would fall upon him all the same. When +the time came to fight they fought. + +Of course L'Olonnois could not now row leisurely up to the town and +begin to pillage it as he had intended, but no intention of giving up +his project entered his mind. As the Spanish vessel was in his way, he +would attack her and get her out of his way if the thing could be done. + +In this new state of affairs he was obliged to use stratagem, and he +also needed a larger force than he had with him, and he therefore +captured some men who were fishing along the coast and put them into his +canoes to help work the oars. Then by night he proceeded slowly in the +direction of the Spanish vessel. The man-of-war was anchored not very +far from the town, and when about two o'clock in the morning the watch +on deck saw some canoes approaching they supposed them to be boats from +shore, for, as has been said, such vessels were continually plying about +those shallow waters. The canoes were hailed, and after having given an +account of themselves they were asked if they knew anything about the +pirate ship upon the coast. L'Olonnois understood very well that it +would not do for him or his men to make answer to these inquiries, for +their speech would have shown they did not belong to those parts. +Therefore he made one of his prisoner fishermen answer that they had not +seen a pirate vessel, and if there had been one there, it must have +sailed away when its captain heard the Spanish ship was coming. Then the +canoes were allowed to go their way, but their way was a very different +one from any which could have been expected by the captain of the ship. + +They rowed off into the darkness instead of going toward the town, and +waited until nearly daybreak, then they boldly made for the man-of-war, +one canoe attacking her on one side and the other on the other. Before +the Spanish could comprehend what had happened there were more than +twenty pirates upon their decks, the dreaded L'Olonnois at their head. + +In such a case as this cannon were of no use, and when the crew tried to +rush upon deck, they found that cutlasses and pistols did not avail very +much better. The pirates had the advantage; they had overpowered the +watch, and were defending the deck against all comers from below. It +requires a very brave sailor to stick his head out of a hatchway when he +sees three or four cutlasses ready to split it open. But there was some +stout fighting on board; the officers came out of their cabins, and some +of the men were able to force their way out into the struggle. The +pirates knew, however, that they were but few and that were their +enemies allowed to get on deck they would prove entirely too strong, and +they fought, each scoundrel of them, like three men, and the savage +fight ended by every Spanish sailor or officer who was not killed or +wounded being forced to stay below decks, where the hatches were +securely fastened down upon them. + +L'Olonnois now stood a proud victor on the deck of his prize, and, being +a man of principle, he determined to live up to the distinguished +reputation which he had acquired in that part of the world. Baring his +muscular and hairy right arm, he clutched the handle of his sharp and +heavy cutlass and ordered the prisoners to be brought up from below, one +at a time, and conducted to the place where he stood. He wished to give +Spain a lesson which would make her understand that he was not to be +interfered with in the execution of his enterprises, and he determined +to allow himself the pleasure of personally teaching this lesson. + +As soon as a prisoner was brought to L'Olonnois he struck off his head, +and this performance he continued, beginning with number one, and going +on until he had counted ninety. The last one brought to him was the +negro slave. This man, who was not a soldier, was desperately frightened +and begged piteously for his life. L'Olonnois, finding that the man was +willing to tell everything he knew, questioned him about the sending of +this vessel from Havana, and when the poor fellow had finished by +telling that he had come there, not of his own accord, but simply for +the purpose of obeying his master, to hang all the pirates except their +leader, that great buccaneer laughed, and, finding he could get nothing +more from the negro, cut off his head likewise, and his body was tumbled +into the sea after those of his companions. + +Now there was not a Spaniard left on board the great ship except one +man, who had been preserved from the fate of the others because +L'Olonnois had some correspondence to attend to, and he needed a +messenger to carry a letter. The pirate captain went into the cabin, +where he found writing-materials ready to his hand, and there he +composed a letter to the Governor of Havana, a part of which read as +follows: "I shall never henceforward give quarter unto any Spaniard +whatsoever. And I have great hopes that I shall execute on your own +person the very same punishment I have done to them you sent against me. +Thus I have retaliated the kindness you designed unto me and my +companions." + +When this message was received by the dignified official who filled the +post of Governor of Cuba, he stormed and fairly foamed at the mouth. To +be utterly foiled and discomfited by this resurrected pirate, and to be +afterwards addressed in terms of such unheard-of insolence and abuse, +was more than he could bear, and, in the presence of many of his +officials and attendants, he swore a terrible oath that after that hour +he would never again give quarter to any buccaneer, no matter when or +where he was captured, or what he might be doing at the time. Every man +of the wretched band should die as soon as he could lay hands upon him. + +But when the inhabitants of Havana and the surrounding villages heard of +this terrible resolution of their Governor they were very much +disturbed. They lived in constant danger of attack, especially those who +were engaged in fishing or maritime pursuits, and they feared that when +it became known that no buccaneer was to receive quarter, the Spanish +colonists would be treated in the same way, no matter where they might +be found and taken. Consequently, it was represented to the Governor +that his plan of vengeance would work most disastrously for the Spanish +settlers, for the buccaneers could do far more damage to them than he +could possibly do to these dreadful Brethren of the Coast, and that, +unless he wished to bring upon them troubles greater than those of +famine or pestilence, they begged that he would retract his oath. + +When the high dignitary had cooled down a little, he saw that there was +a good deal of sense in what the representative of the people had said +to him, and he consequently felt obliged, in consideration of the public +safety, to take back what he had said, and to give up the purpose, which +would have rendered unsafe the lives of so many peaceable people. + +L'Olonnois was now the possessor of a fine vessel which had not been in +the least injured during the battle in which it had been won. But his +little crew, some of whom had been killed and wounded, was insufficient +to work such a ship upon an important cruise on the high seas, and he +also discovered, much to his surprise, that there were very few +provisions on board, for when the vessel was sent from Havana it was +supposed she would make but a very short cruise. This savage swinger of +the cutlass thereupon concluded that he would not try to do any great +thing for the present, but, having obtained some booty and men from the +woe-begone town of de los Cayos, he sailed away, touching at several +other small ports for the purpose of pillage, and finally anchoring at +Tortuga. + + + + +Chapter XIV + +Villany on a Grand Scale + + +When L'Olonnois landed on the disreputable shores of Tortuga, he was +received by all circles of the vicious society of the island with loud +acclamation. He had not only taken a fine Spanish ship, he had not only +bearded the Governor of Havana in his fortified den, but he had struck +off ninety heads with his own hand. Even people who did not care for him +before reverenced him now. In all the annals of piracy no hero had ever +done such a deed as this, and the best records of human butchering had +been broken. + +Now grand and ambitious ideas began to swell the head of this champion +slaughterer, and he conceived the plan of getting up a grand expedition +to go forth and capture the important town of Maracaibo, in New +Venezuela. This was an enterprise far above the ordinary aims of a +buccaneer, and it would require more than ordinary force to accomplish +it. He therefore set himself to work to enlist a large number of men and +to equip a fleet of vessels, of which he was to be chief commander or +admiral. There were a great many unemployed pirates in Tortuga at that +time, and many a brawny rascal volunteered to sail under the flag of the +daring butcher of the seas. + +But in order to equip a fleet, money was necessary as well as men, +and therefore L'Olonnois thought himself very lucky when he succeeded +in interesting the principal piratical capitalist of Tortuga in his +undertaking. This was an old and seasoned buccaneer by the name of +Michael de Basco, who had made money enough by his piratical exploits +to retire from business and live on his income. He held the position +of Mayor of the island and was an important man among his +fellow-miscreants. When de Basco heard of the great expedition which +L'Olonnois was about to undertake, his whole soul was fired and he could +not rest tamely in his comfortable quarters when such great things were +to be done, and he offered to assist L'Olonnois with funds and join in +the expedition if he were made commander of the land forces. This offer +was accepted gladly, for de Basco had a great reputation as a fighter in +Europe as well as in America. + +When everything had been made ready, L'Olonnois set sail for Maracaibo +with a fleet of eight ships. On the way they captured two Spanish +vessels, both of which were rich prizes, and at last they arrived +before the town which they intended to capture. + +Maracaibo was a prosperous place of three or four thousand inhabitants; +they were rich people living in fine houses, and many of them had +plantations which extended out into the country. In every way the town +possessed great attractions to piratical marauders, but there were +difficulties in the way; being such an important place, of course it had +important defences. On an island in the harbor there was a strong fort, +or castle, and on another island a little further from the town there +was a tall tower, on the top of which a sentinel was posted night and +day to give notice of any approaching enemy. Between these two islands +was the only channel by which the town could be approached from the sea. +But in preparing these defences the authorities had thought only of +defending themselves against ordinary naval forces and had not +anticipated the extraordinary naval methods of the buccaneers who used +to be merely sea-robbers, who fell upon ships after they had left their +ports, but who now set out to capture not only ships at sea but towns on +land. + +L'Olonnois had too much sense to run his ships close under the guns of +the fortress, against which he could expect to do nothing, for the +buccaneers relied but little upon their cannon, and so they paid no +more attention to the ordinary harbor than if it had not been there, but +sailed into a fresh-water lake at some distance from the town, and out +of sight of the tower. There L'Olonnois landed his men, and, advancing +upon the fort from the rear, easily crossed over to the little island +and marched upon the fort. It was very early in the morning. The +garrison was utterly amazed by this attack from land, and although they +fought bravely for three hours, they were obliged to give up the defence +of the walls, and as many of them as could do so got out of the fort and +escaped to the mainland and the town. + +L'Olonnois now took possession of the fort, and then, with the greater +part of his men, he returned to his ships, brought them around to the +entrance of the bay, and then boldly sailed with his whole fleet under +the very noses of the cannon and anchored in the harbor in front of the +town. + +When the citizens of Maracaibo heard from the escaping garrison that the +fort had been taken, they were filled with horror and dismay, for they +had no further means of defence. They knew that the pirates had come +there for no other object than to rob, pillage, and cruelly treat them, +and consequently as many as possible hurried away into the woods and the +surrounding country with as many of their valuables as they could carry. +They resembled the citizens of a town attacked by the cholera or the +plague, and in fact, they would have preferred a most terrible +pestilence to this terrible scourge of piracy from which they were about +to suffer. + +As soon as L'Olonnois and his wild pirates had landed in the city they +devoted themselves entirely to eating and drinking and making themselves +merry. They had been on short commons during the latter part of their +voyage, and they had a royal time with the abundance of food and wine +which they found in the houses of the town. The next day, however, they +set about attending to the business which had brought them there, and +parties of pirates were sent out into the surrounding country to find +the people who had run away and to take from them the treasures they had +carried off. But although a great many of the poor, miserable, +unfortunate citizens were captured and brought back to the town, there +was found upon them very little money, and but few jewels or ornaments +of value. And now L'Olonnois began to prove how much worse his presence +was than any other misfortune which could have happened to the town. He +tortured the poor prisoners, men, women, and children, to make them tell +where they had hidden their treasures, sometimes hacking one of them +with his sword, declaring at the same time that if he did not tell where +his money was hidden he would immediately set to work to cut up his +family and his friends. + +The cruelties inflicted upon the inhabitants by this vile and beastly +pirate and his men were so horrible that they could not be put into +print. Even John Esquemeling, who wrote the account of it, had not the +heart to tell everything that had happened. But after two weeks of +horror and torture, the pirates were able to get but comparatively +little out of the town, and they therefore determined to go somewhere +else, where they might do better. + +At the southern end of Lake Maracaibo, about forty leagues from the town +which the pirates had just desolated and ruined, lay Gibraltar, a +good-sized and prosperous town, and for this place L'Olonnois and his +fleet now set sail; but they were not able to approach unsuspected and +unseen, for news of their terrible doings had gone before them, and +their coming was expected. When they drew near the town they saw the +flag flying from the fort, and they knew that every preparation had been +made for defence. To attack such a place as this was a rash undertaking; +the Spaniards had perhaps a thousand soldiers, and the pirates numbered +but three hundred and eighty, but L'Olonnois did not hesitate. As usual, +he had no thought of bombardment, or any ordinary method of naval +warfare; but at the first convenient spot he landed all his men, and +having drawn them up in a body, he made them an address. He made them +understand clearly the difficult piece of work which was before them; +but he assured them that pirates were so much in the habit of conquering +Spaniards that if they would all promise to follow him and do their +best, he was certain he could take the town. He assured them that it +would be an ignoble thing to give up such a grand enterprise as this +simply because they found the enemy strong and so well prepared to meet +them, and ended by stating that if he saw a man flinch or hold back for +a second, he would pistol him with his own hand. Whereupon the pirates +all shook hands and promised they would follow L'Olonnois wherever he +might lead them. + +This they truly did, and L'Olonnois, having a very imperfect knowledge +of the proper way to the town, led them into a wild bog, where this +precious pack of rascals soon found themselves up to their knees in mud +and water, and in spite of all the cursing and swearing which they did, +they were not able to press through the bog or get out of it. In this +plight they were discovered by a body of horsemen from the town, who +began firing upon them. The Spaniards must now have thought that their +game was almost bagged and that all they had to do was to stand on the +edge of the bog and shoot down the floundering fellows who could not get +away from them. But these fellows were bloody buccaneers, each one of +them a great deal harder to kill than a cat, and they did not propose to +stay in the bog to be shot down. With their cutlasses they hewed off +branches of trees and threw these down in the bog, making a sort of rude +roadway by means of which they were able to get out on solid ground. But +here they found themselves confronted by a large body of Spaniards, +entrenched behind earthworks. Cannon and musket were opened upon the +buccaneers, and the noise and smoke were so terrible they could scarcely +hear the commands of their leaders. + +Never before, perhaps, had pirates been engaged in such a land battle as +this. Very soon the Spaniards charged from behind their earthworks, and +then L'Olonnois and his men were actually obliged to fly back. If he +could have found any way of retreating to his ships, L'Olonnois would +doubtless have done so, in spite of his doughty words, when he addressed +his men, but this was now impossible, for the Spaniards had felled trees +and had made a barricade between the pirates and their ships. The +buccaneers were now in a very tight place; their enemy was behind +defences and firing at them steadily, without showing any intention of +coming out to give the pirates a chance for what they considered a fair +fight. Every now and then a buccaneer would fall, and L'Olonnois saw +that as it would be utterly useless to endeavor to charge the barricade +he must resort to some sort of trickery or else give up the battle. + +Suddenly he passed the word for every man to turn his back and run away +as fast as he could from the earthworks. Away scampered the pirates, and +from the valiant Spaniards there came a shout of victory. The soldiers +could not be restrained from following the fugitives and putting to +death every one of the cowardly rascals. Away went the buccaneers, and +after them, hot and furious, came the soldiers. But as soon as the +Spaniards were so far away from their entrenchments that they could not +get back to them, the crafty L'Olonnois, who ran with one eye turned +behind him, called a halt, his men turned, formed into battle array, and +began an onslaught upon their pursuing enemy, such as these military +persons had never dreamed of in their wildest imagination. We are told +that over two hundred Spaniards perished in a very short time. Before a +furious pirate with a cutlass a soldier with his musket seemed to have +no chance at all, and very soon the Spaniards who were left alive broke +and ran into the woods. + +The buccaneers formed into a body and marched toward the town, which +surrendered without firing a gun, and L'Olonnois and his men, who, but +an hour before, had been in danger of being shot down by their enemy as +if they had been rabbits in a pen, now marched boldly into the centre of +the town, pulled down the Spanish flag, and hoisted their own in its +place. They were the masters of Gibraltar. Never had ambitious villany +been more successful. + + + + +Chapter XV + +A Just Reward + + +When L'Olonnois and his buccaneers entered the town of Gibraltar they +found that the greater part of the inhabitants had fled, but there were +many people left, and these were made prisoners as fast as they were +discovered. They were all forced to go into the great church, and then +the pirates, fearing that the Spaniards outside of the town might be +reënforced and come back again to attack them, carried a number of +cannon into the church and fortified the building. When this had been +done, they felt safe and began to act as if they had been a menagerie of +wild beasts let loose upon a body of defenceless men, women, and +children. Not only did these wretched men rush into the houses, stealing +everything valuable they could find and were able to carry away, but +when they had gathered together all they could discover they tortured +their poor prisoners by every cruel method they could think of, in order +to make them tell where more treasures were concealed. Many of these +unfortunates had had nothing to hide, and therefore could give no +information to their brutal inquisitors, and others died without telling +what they had done with their valuables. When the town had been +thoroughly searched and sifted, the pirates sent men out into the little +villages and plantations in the country, and even hunters and small +farmers were captured and made to give up everything they possessed +which was worth taking. + +For nearly three weeks these outrageous proceedings continued, and to +prove that they were lower than the brute beasts they allowed the +greater number of the prisoners collected in the church, to perish of +hunger. There were not provisions enough in the town for the pirates' +own uses and for these miserable creatures also, and so, with the +exception of a small quantity of mule flesh, which many of the prisoners +could not eat, they got nothing whatever, and slowly starved. + +When L'Olonnois and his friends had been in possession of Gibraltar for +about a month, they thought it was time to leave, but their greedy souls +were not satisfied with the booty they had already obtained, and they +therefore sent messages to the Spaniards who were still concealed in the +forests, that unless in the course of two days a ransom of ten thousand +pieces of eight were paid to them, they would burn the town to the +ground. No matter what they thought of this heartless demand, it was +not easy for the scattered citizens to collect such a sum as this, and +the two days passed without the payment of the ransom, and the +relentless pirates promptly carried out their threat and set the town on +fire in various places. When the poor Spaniards saw this and perceived +that they were about to lose even their homes, they sent to the town and +promised that if the pirates would put out the fires they would pay the +money. In the hope of more money, and not in the least moved by any +feeling of kindness, L'Olonnois ordered his men to help put out the +fires, but they were not extinguished until a quarter of the town was +entirely burned and a fine church reduced to ashes. + +When the buccaneers found they could squeeze nothing more out of the +town, they went on board their ships, carrying with them all the plunder +and booty they had collected, and among their spoils were about five +hundred slaves, of all ages and both sexes, who had been offered an +opportunity to ransom themselves, but who, of course, had no money with +which to buy their freedom, and who were now condemned to a captivity +worse than anything they had ever known before. + +Now the eight ships with their demon crews sailed away over the lake +toward Maracaibo. It was quite possible for them to get out to sea +without revisiting this unfortunate town, but as this would have been a +very good thing for them to do, it was impossible for them to do it; no +chance to do anything wicked was ever missed by these pirates. +Consequently L'Olonnois gave orders to drop anchor near the city, and +then he sent some messengers ashore to inform the already half-ruined +citizens that unless they sent him thirty thousand pieces of eight he +would enter their town again, carry away everything they had left, and +burn the place to the ground. The poor citizens sent a committee to +confer with the pirates, and while the negotiations were going on some +of the conscienceless buccaneers went on shore and carried off from one +of the great churches its images, pictures, and even its bells. It was +at last arranged that the citizens should pay twenty thousand pieces of +eight, which was the utmost sum they could possibly raise, and, in +addition to this, five hundred head of beef-cattle, and the pirates +promised that if this were done they would depart and molest the town no +more. The money was paid, the cattle were put on board the ships, and to +the unspeakable relief of the citizens, the pirate fleet sailed away +from the harbor. + +But it would be difficult to express the horror and dismay of those same +citizens when, three days afterward, those pirate ships all came back +again. Black despair now fell upon the town; there was nothing more to +be stolen, and these wretches must have repented that they had left the +town standing, and had returned to burn it down. But when one man came +ashore in a boat bringing the intelligence that L'Olonnois could not get +his largest ship across a bar at the entrance to the lake, and that he +wanted a pilot to show him the channel, then the spirits of the people +went up like one great united rocket, bursting into the most beautiful +coruscations of sparks and colors. There was nothing on earth that they +would be so glad to furnish him as a pilot to show him how to sail away +from their shores. The pilot was instantly sent to the fleet, and +L'Olonnois and his devastating band departed. + +They did not go directly to Tortuga, but stopped at a little island near +Hispaniola, which was inhabited by French buccaneers, and this delay was +made entirely for the purpose of dividing the booty. It seems strange +that any principle of right and justice should have been regarded by +these dishonest knaves, even in their relations to each other, but they +had rigid rules in regard to the division of their spoils, and according +to these curious regulations the whole amount of plunder was apportioned +among the officers and crews of the different ships. + +Before the regular allotment of shares was made, the claims of the +wounded were fully satisfied according to their established code. For +the loss of a right arm a man was paid about six hundred dollars or six +slaves; for the loss of a left arm, five hundred dollars, or five +slaves; for a missing right leg, five hundred dollars, or five slaves; +for a missing left leg, four hundred dollars, or four slaves; for an eye +or a finger, one hundred dollars, or one slave. Then the rest of the +money and spoils were divided among all the buccaneers without reference +to what had been paid to the wounded. The shares of those who had been +killed were given to friends or acquaintances, who undertook to deliver +them to their families. + +The spoils in this case consisted of two hundred and sixty thousand +dollars in money and a great quantity of valuable goods, besides many +slaves and precious stones and jewels. These latter were apportioned +among the men in the most ridiculous manner, the pirates having no idea +of the relative value of the jewels, some of them preferring large and +worthless colored stones to smaller diamonds and rubies. When all their +wickedly gained property had been divided, the pirates sailed to +Tortuga, where they proceeded, without loss of time, to get rid of the +wealth they had amassed. They ate, they drank, they gambled; they +crowded the taverns as taverns have never been crowded before; they sold +their valuable merchandise for a twentieth part of its value to some of +the more level-headed people of the place; and having rioted, gambled, +and committed every sort of extravagance for about three weeks, the +majority of L'Olonnois' rascally crew found themselves as poor as when +they had started off on their expedition. It took them almost as long to +divide their spoils as it did to get rid of them. + +As these precious rascals had now nothing to live upon, it was necessary +to start out again and commit some more acts of robbery and ruin; and +L'Olonnois, whose rapacious mind seems to have been filled with a desire +for town-destroying, projected an expedition to Nicaragua, where he +proposed to pillage and devastate as many towns and villages as +possible. His reputation as a successful commander was now so high that +he had no trouble in getting men, for more offered themselves than he +could possibly take. + +He departed with seven hundred men and six ships, stopping on the way +near the coast of Cuba, and robbing some poor fishermen of their boats, +which he would need in shallow water. Their voyage was a very long one, +and they were beset by calms, and instead of reaching Nicaragua, they +drifted into the Gulf of Honduras. Here they found themselves nearly out +of provisions, and were obliged to land and scour the country to find +something to eat. Leaving their ships, they began a land march through +the unfortunate region where they now found themselves. They robbed +Indians, they robbed villages; they devastated little towns, taking +everything that they cared for, and burning what they did not want, and +treating the people they captured with viler cruelties than any in which +the buccaneers had yet indulged. Their great object was to take +everything they could find, and then try to make the people confess +where other things were hidden. Men and women were hacked to pieces with +swords; it was L'Olonnois' pleasure, when a poor victim had nothing to +tell, to tear out his tongue with his own hands, and it is said that on +some occasions his fury was so great that he would cut out the heart of +a man and bite at it with his great teeth. No more dreadful miseries +could be conceived than those inflicted upon the peaceful inhabitants of +the country through which these wretches passed. They frequently met +ambuscades of Spaniards, who endeavored to stop their progress; but this +was impossible. The pirates were too strong in number and too savage in +disposition to be resisted by ordinary Christians, and they kept on +their wicked way. + +At last they reached a town called San Pedro, which was fairly well +defended, having around it a great hedge of prickly thorns; but thorns +cannot keep out pirates, and after a severe fight the citizens +surrendered, on condition that they should have two hours' truce. This +was given, and the time was occupied by the people in running away into +the woods and carrying off their valuables. But when the two hours had +expired, L'Olonnois and his men entered the town, and instead of +rummaging around to see what they could find, they followed the +unfortunate people into the woods, for they well understood what they +wanted when they asked for a truce, and robbed them of nearly everything +they had taken away. + +But the capture of this town was not of much service to L'Olonnois, who +did not find provisions enough to feed his men. Their supplies ran very +low, and it was not long before they were in danger of starvation. +Consequently they made their way by the most direct course to the coast, +where they hoped to be able to get something to eat. If they could find +nothing else, they might at least catch fish. On their way every rascal +of them prepared himself a net, made out of the fibres of a certain +plant, which grew in abundance in those regions, in order that he might +catch himself a supper when he reached the sea. + +After a time the buccaneers got back to their fleet and remained on the +coast about three months, waiting for some expected Spanish ships, which +they hoped to capture. They eventually met with one, and after a great +deal of ordinary fighting and stratagem they boarded and took her, but +found her not a very valuable prize. + +Now L'Olonnois proposed to his men that they should sail for Guatemala, +but he met with an unexpected obstacle; the buccaneers who had enlisted +under him had expected to make great fortunes in this expedition, but +their high hopes had not been realized. They had had very little booty +and very little food, they were hungry and disappointed and wanted to go +home, and the great majority of them declined to follow L'Olonnois any +farther. But there were some who declared that they would rather die +than go home to Tortuga as poor as when they left it, and so remained +with L'Olonnois on the biggest ship of the fleet, which he commanded. +The smaller vessels now departed for Tortuga, and after some trouble +L'Olonnois succeeded in getting his vessel out of the harbor where it +had been anchored, and sailed for the islands of de las Pertas. Here he +had the misfortune to run his big vessel hopelessly aground. + +When they found it absolutely impossible to get their great vessel off +the sand banks, the pirates set to work to break her up and build a boat +out of her planks. This was a serious undertaking, but it was all they +could do. They could not swim away, and their ship was of no use to them +as she was. But when they began to work they had no idea it would take +so long to build a boat. It was several months before the unwieldy craft +was finished, and they occupied part of the time in gardening, planting +French beans, which came to maturity in six weeks, and gave them some +fresh vegetables. They also had some stores and portable stoves on board +their dismantled ship, and made bread from some wheat which was among +their provisions, thus managing to live very well. + +L'Olonnois was never intended by nature to be a boat-builder, or +anything else that was useful and honest, and when the boat was finished +it was discovered that it had been planned so badly that it would not +hold them all, so all they could do was to draw lots to see who should +embark in her, for one-half of them would have to stay until the others +came back to release them. Of course L'Olonnois went away in the boat, +and reached the mouth of the Nicaragua River. There his party was +attacked by some Spaniards and Indians, who killed more than half of +them and prevented the others from landing. L'Olonnois and the rest of +his men got safely away, and they might now have sailed back to the +island where they had left their comrades, for there was room enough for +them all in the boat. But they did nothing of the sort, but went to the +coast of Cartagena. + +The pirates left on the island were eventually taken off by a +buccaneering vessel, but L'Olonnois had now reached the end of the +string by which the devil had allowed him to gambol on this earth for so +long a time. On the shores where he had now landed he did not find +prosperous villages, treasure houses, and peaceful inhabitants, who +could be robbed and tortured, but instead of these he came upon a +community of Indians, who were called by the Spaniards, Bravos, or wild +men. These people would never have anything to do with the whites. It +was impossible to conquer them or to pacify them by kind treatment. They +hated the white man and would have nothing to do with him. They had +heard of L'Olonnois and his buccaneers, and when they found this +notorious pirate upon their shores they were filled with a fury such as +they had never felt for any others of his race. + +These bloody pirates had always conquered in their desperate fights +because they were so reckless and so savage, but now they had fallen +among thoroughbred savages, more cruel and more brutal and pitiless than +themselves. Nearly all the buccaneers were killed, and L'Olonnois was +taken prisoner. His furious captors tore his living body apart, piece by +piece, and threw each fragment into the fire, and when the whole of this +most inhuman of inhuman men had been entirely consumed, they scattered +his ashes to the winds so that not a trace should remain on earth of +this monster. If, in his infancy, he had died of croup, the history of +the human race would have lost some of its blackest pages. + + + + +Chapter XVI + +A Pirate Potentate + + +Sometime in the last half of the seventeenth century on a quiet farm in +a secluded part of Wales there was born a little boy baby. His father +was a farmer, and his mother churned, and tended the cows and the +chickens, and there was no reason to imagine that this gentle little +baby, born and reared in this rural solitude, would become one of the +most formidable pirates that the world ever knew. Yet such was the case. + +The baby's name was Henry Morgan, and as he grew to be a big boy a +distaste for farming grew with him. So strong was his dislike that when +he became a young man he ran away to the seacoast, for he had a fancy to +be a sailor. There he found a ship bound for the West Indies, and in +this he started out on his life's career. He had no money to pay his +passage, and he therefore followed the usual custom of those days and +sold himself for a term of three years to an agent who was taking out a +number of men to work on the plantations. In the places where these men +were enlisted they were termed servants, but when they got to the new +world they were generally called slaves and treated as such. + +When young Morgan reached the Barbadoes he was resold to a planter, and +during his term of service he probably worked a good deal harder and was +treated much more roughly than any of the laborers on his father's farm. +But as soon as he was a free man he went to Jamaica, and there were few +places in the world where a young man could be more free and more +independent than in this lawless island. + +Here were rollicking and blustering "flibustiers," and here the young +man determined to study piracy. He was not a sailor and hunter who by +the force of circumstances gradually became a buccaneer, but he +deliberately selected his profession, and immediately set to work to +acquire a knowledge of its practice. There was a buccaneer ship about to +sail from Jamaica, and on this Morgan enlisted. He was a clever fellow +and very soon showed himself to be a brave and able sailor. + +After three or four voyages he acquired a reputation for remarkable +coolness in emergencies, and showed an ability to take advantage of +favorable circumstances, which was not possessed by many of his +comrades. These prominent traits in his character became the foundation +of his success. He also proved himself a very good business man, and +having saved a considerable amount of money he joined with some other +buccaneers and bought a ship, of which he took command. This ship soon +made itself a scourge in the Spanish seas; no other buccaneering vessel +was so widely known and so greatly feared, and the English people in +these regions were as proud of the young Captain Morgan as if he had +been a regularly commissioned admiral, cruising against an acknowledged +enemy. + +Returning from one of his voyages Morgan found an old buccaneer, named +Mansvelt, in Jamaica, who had gathered together a fleet of vessels with +which he was about to sail for the mainland. This expedition seemed a +promising one to Morgan, and he joined it, being elected vice-admiral of +the fleet of fifteen vessels. Since the successes of L'Olonnois and +others, attacks upon towns had become very popular with the buccaneers, +whose leaders were getting to be tired of the retail branch of their +business; that is, sailing about in one ship and capturing such +merchantmen as it might fall in with. + +Mansvelt's expedition took with it not only six hundred fighting +pirates, but one writing pirate, for John Esquemeling accompanied it, +and so far as the fame and reputation of these adventurers was concerned +his pen was mightier than their swords, for had it not been for his +account of their deeds very little about them would have been known to +the world. + +The fleet sailed directly for St. Catherine, an island near Costa Rica, +which was strongly fortified by the Spaniards and used by them as a +station for ammunition and supplies, and also as a prison. The pirates +landed upon the island and made a most furious assault upon the +fortifications, and although they were built of stone and well furnished +with cannon, the savage assailants met with their usual good fortune. +They swarmed over the walls and carried the place at the edge of the +cutlass and the mouth of the pistol. In this fierce fight Morgan +performed such feats of valor that even some of the Spaniards who had +been taken prisoners, were forced to praise his extraordinary courage +and ability as a leader. + +The buccaneers proceeded to make very good use of their victory. They +captured some small adjoining islands and brought the cannon from them +to the main fortress, which they put in a good condition of defence. +Here they confined all their prisoners and slaves, and supplied the +island with an abundance of stores and provisions. + +It is believed that when Mansvelt formed the plan of capturing this +island he did so with the idea of founding there a permanent pirate +principality, the inhabitants of which should not consider themselves +English, French, or Dutch, but plain pirates, having a nationality and +country of their own. Had the seed thus planted by Mansvelt and Morgan +grown and matured, it is not unlikely that the whole of the West Indies +might now be owned and inhabited by an independent nation, whose +founders were the bold buccaneers. + +When everything had been made tight and right at St. Catherine, Mansvelt +and Morgan sailed for the mainland, for the purpose of attacking an +inland town called Nata, but in this expedition they were not +successful. The Spanish Governor of the province had heard of their +approach, and met them with a body of soldiers so large that they +prudently gave up the attempt,--a proceeding not very common with them, +but Morgan was not only a dare-devil of a pirate, but a very shrewd +Welshman. + +They returned to the ships, and after touching at St. Catherine and +leaving there enough men to defend it, under the command of a Frenchman +named Le Sieur Simon, they sailed for Jamaica. Everything at St. +Catherine was arranged for permanent occupation; there was plenty of +fresh water, and the ground could be cultivated, and Simon was promised +that additional forces should be sent him so that he could hold the +island as a regular station for the assembling and fitting out of pirate +vessels. + +The permanent pirate colony never came to anything; no reënforcements +were sent; Mansvelt died, and the Spaniards gathered together a +sufficient force to retake the island of St. Catherine, and make +prisoners of Simon and his men. This was a blow to Morgan, who had had +great hopes of the fortified station he thought he had so firmly +established, but after the project failed he set about forming another +expedition. + +He was now recognized as buccaneer-in-chief of the West Indies, and he +very soon gathered together twelve ships and seven hundred men. +Everything was made ready to sail, and the only thing left to be done +was to decide what particular place they should favor with a visit. + +There were some who advised an attack upon Havana, giving as a reason +that in that city there were a great many nuns, monks, and priests, and +if they could capture them, they might ask as ransom for them, a sum a +great deal larger than they could expect to get from the pillage of an +ordinary town. But Havana was considered to be too strong a place for a +profitable venture, and after several suggestions had been made, at last +a deserter from the Spanish army, who had joined them, came forward with +a good idea. He told the pirates of a town in Cuba, to which he knew the +way; it was named Port-au-Prince, and was situated so far inland that it +had never been sacked. When the pirates heard that there existed an +entirely fresh and unpillaged town, they were filled with as much +excited delight as if they had been a party of school-boys who had just +been told where they might find a tree full of ripe apples which had +been overlooked by the men who had been gathering the crop. + +When Morgan's fleet arrived at the nearest harbor to Port-au-Prince, he +landed his men and marched toward the town, but he did not succeed in +making a secret attack, as he had hoped. One of his prisoners, a +Spaniard, let himself drop overboard as soon as the vessels cast anchor, +and swimming ashore, hurried to Port-au-Prince and informed the Governor +of the attack which was about to be made on the town. Thus prepared, +this able commander knew just what to do. He marched a body of soldiers +along the road by which the pirates must come, and when he found a +suitable spot he caused great trees to be cut down and laid across the +road, thus making a formidable barricade. Behind this his soldiers were +posted with their muskets and their cannon, and when the pirates should +arrive they would find that they would have to do some extraordinary +fighting before they could pass this well-defended barrier. + +When Morgan came within sight of this barricade, he understood that the +Spaniards had discovered his approach, and so he called a halt. He had +always been opposed to unnecessary work, and he considered that it would +be entirely unnecessary to attempt to disturb this admirable defence, so +he left the road, marched his men into the woods, led them entirely +around the barricades, and then, after proceeding a considerable +distance, emerged upon a wide plain which lay before the town. Here he +found that he would have to fight his way into the city, and, probably +much to his surprise, his men were presently charged by a body of +cavalry. + +Pirates, as a rule, have nothing to do with horses, either in peace or +war, and the Governor of the town no doubt thought that when his +well-armed horsemen charged upon these men, accustomed to fighting on +the decks of ships, and totally unused to cavalry combats, he would soon +scatter and disperse them. But pirates are peculiar fighters; if they +had been attacked from above by means of balloons, or from below by +mines and explosives, they would doubtless have adapted their style of +defence to the method of attack. They always did this, and according to +Esquemeling they nearly always got the better of their enemies; but we +must remember that in cases where they did not succeed, as happened when +they marched against the town of Nata, he says very little about the +affair and amplifies only the accounts of their successes. + +But the pirates routed the horsemen, and, after a fight of about four +hours, they routed all the other Spaniards who resisted them, and took +possession of the town. Here they captured a great many prisoners which +they shut up in the churches and then sent detachments out into the +country to look for those who had run away. Then these utterly debased +and cruel men began their usual course after capturing a town; they +pillaged, feasted, and rioted; they gave no thought to the needs of the +prisoners whom they had shut up in the churches, many of whom starved to +death; they tortured the poor people to make them tell where they had +hid their treasures, and nothing was too vile or too wicked for them to +do if they thought they could profit by it. They had come for the +express purpose of taking everything that the people possessed, and +until they had forced from them all that was of the slightest value, +they were not satisfied. Even when the poor citizens seemed to have +given up everything they owned they were informed that if they did not +pay two heavy ransoms, one to protect themselves from being carried away +into slavery, and one to keep their town from being burned, the same +punishments would be inflicted upon them. + +For two weeks the pirates waited for the unfortunate citizens to go out +into the country and find some of their townsmen who had escaped with a +portion of their treasure. In those days people did not keep their +wealth in banks as they do now, but every man was the custodian of most +of his own possessions, and when they fled from the visitation of an +enemy they took with them everything of value that they could carry. If +their fortunes had been deposited in banks, it would doubtless have been +more convenient for the pirates. + +Before the citizens returned Morgan made a discovery: a negro was +captured who carried letters from the Governor of Santiago, a +neighboring city, to some of the citizens of Port-au-Prince, telling +them not to be in too great a hurry to pay the ransom demanded by the +pirates, because he was coming with a strong force to their assistance. +When Morgan read these letters, he changed his mind, and thought it +would be a wise thing not to stay in that region any longer than could +be helped. So he decided not to wait for the unfortunate citizens to +collect the heavy ransom he demanded, but told them that if they would +furnish him with five hundred head of cattle, and also supply salt and +help prepare the meat for shipment, he would make no further demands +upon them. This, of course, the citizens were glad enough to do, and +when the buccaneers had carried to the ships everything they had stolen, +and when the beef had been put on board, they sailed away. + +Morgan directed the course of the fleet to a small island on which he +wished to land in order that they might take an account of stock and +divide the profits. This the pirates always did as soon as possible +after they had concluded one of their nefarious enterprises. But his men +were not at all satisfied with what happened on the island. Morgan +estimated the total value of the booty to be about fifty thousand +dollars, and when this comparatively small sum was divided, many of the +men complained that it would not give them enough to pay their debts in +Jamaica. They were utterly astonished that after having sacked an +entirely fresh town they should have so little, and there is no doubt +that many of them believed that their leader was a man who carried on +the business of piracy for the purpose of enriching himself, while he +gave his followers barely enough to keep them quiet. + +There was, however, another cause of discontent among a large body of +the men; it appears that the men were very fond of marrow-bones, and +while they were yet at Port-au-Prince and the prisoners were salting the +meat which was to go on the ships, the buccaneers went about among them +and took the marrow-bones which they cooked and ate while they were +fresh. One of the men, a Frenchman, had selected a very fine bone, and +had put it by his side while he was preparing some other tidbits, when +an Englishman came along, picked up the bone, and carried it away. + +Now even in the chronicles of Mother Goose we are told of the intimate +connection between Welshmen, thievery, and marrow-bones; for + + "Taffy was a Welshman, + Taffy was a thief, + Taffy came to my house + And stole a leg of beef. + + "I went to Taffy's house, + Taffy wasn't home, + Taffy went to my house, + And stole a marrow-bone." + +What happened to Taffy we do not know, but Morgan was a Welshman, Morgan +was a thief, and one of his men had stolen a marrow-bone; therefore came +trouble. The Frenchman challenged the Englishman; but the latter, being +a mean scoundrel, took advantage of his opponent, unfairly stabbed him +in the back and killed him. + +Now all the Frenchmen in the company rose in furious protest, and +Morgan, wishing to pacify them, had the English assassin put in chains, +and promised that he would take him to Jamaica and deliver him to +justice. But the Frenchmen declined to be satisfied; they had received +but very little money after they had pillaged a rich town, and they +believed that their English companions were inclined to take advantage +of them in every way, and consequently the greater part of them banded +together and deliberately deserted Morgan, who was obliged to go back to +Jamaica with not more than half his regular forces, doubtless wishing +that the cattle on the island of Cuba had been able to get along without +marrow-bones. + + + + +Chapter XVII + +How Morgan was helped by Some Religious People + + +When the Welsh buccaneer started out on another expedition his company +consisted entirely of Englishmen, and was not nearly so large as it had +been; when he announced to his followers that he intended to attack the +fortified town of Porto Bello, on the mainland, there was a general +murmuring among the men, for Porto Bello was one of the strongest towns +possessed by the Spaniards, and the buccaneers did not believe that +their comparatively small force would be able to take it. But Morgan +made them a speech in which he endeavored to encourage them to follow +him in this difficult undertaking. One of his arguments was, that +although their numbers were small, their hearts were large; but he +produced the greatest effect upon them when he said that as they were +but a few, each man's share of the booty would be much larger than if it +must be divided among a great number. This touched the souls of the +pirates, and they vowed to follow their leader wherever he might take +them. + +The buccaneers found Porto Bello a very hard nut to crack; they landed +and marched upon the town, which was defended by several forts or +castles. Even when one of these had been taken by assault, and after it +had been blown up with all its garrison, who had been taken prisoners, +still the town was not intimidated, and the Governor vowed he would +never surrender, but would die fighting to the last. The pirates raged +like demons; they shot down every man they could see at the cannon or +upon the walls, and they made desperate efforts to capture the principal +fort, but they did not succeed, and after a long time Morgan began to +despair. The garrison was strong and well commanded, and whenever the +pirates attempted to scale the wall they were shot down, while fire-pots +full of powder, with stones and other missiles, were hurled upon them. + +At last the wily Morgan had an idea. He set his men to work to make some +ladders high enough to reach to the top of the walls, and wide enough to +allow three or four men to go up abreast. If he could get these properly +set up, his crew of desperate tiger-cats could make a combined rush and +get over the walls. But to carry the ladders and place them would be +almost impossible, for the men who bore them would surely be shot down +before they could finish the work. But it was not Morgan's plan that his +men should carry these ladders. He had captured some convents in the +suburbs of the town, with a number of nuns and monks, known as +"religious people," and he now ordered these poor creatures, the women +as well as the men, to take up the ladders and place them against the +walls, believing that the Spanish Governor would not allow his soldiers +to fire at these innocent persons whom the pirates had forced to do +their will. + +But the Governor was determined to defend the town no matter who had to +suffer, and so the soldiers fired at the nuns and monks just as though +they were buccaneers or any other enemies. The "religious people" cried +out in terror, and screamed to their friends not to fire upon them; but +the soldiers obeyed the commands of the Governor, while the pirates were +swearing terribly behind them and threatening them with their pistols, +and so the poor nuns and monks had to press forward, many of them +dropping dead or wounded. They continued their work until the ladders +were placed, and then over the walls went the pirates, with yells and +howls of triumph, and not long after that the town was taken. The +Governor died, fighting in the principal fort, and the citizens and +soldiers all united in the most vigorous defence; but it was of no use. +Each pirate seemed to have not only nine lives, but nine arms, each one +wielding a cutlass or aiming a pistol. + +When the fighting was over, the second act in the horrible drama took +place as usual. The pirates ate, drank, rioted, and committed all manner +of outrages and cruelties upon the inhabitants, closing the performance +with the customary threat that if the already distressed and +impoverished inhabitants did not pay an enormous ransom, their town +would be burned. + +Before the ransom was paid, the Governor of Panama heard what was going +on at Porto Bello, and sent a force to the assistance of the town, but +this time the buccaneers did not hastily retreat, Morgan knew of a +narrow defile through which the Spanish forces must pass, and there he +posted a number of his men, who defended the pass so well that the +Spaniards were obliged to retreat. This Governor must have been a +student of military science; he was utterly astounded when he heard that +this pirate leader, with less than four hundred men, had captured the +redoubtable town of Porto Bello, defended by a strong garrison and +inhabited by citizens who were brave and accustomed to fighting, and, +being anxious to increase his knowledge of improved methods of warfare, +he sent a messenger to Morgan "desiring him to send him some small +pattern of those arms wherewith he had taken with such violence so great +a city." The pirate leader received the messenger with much courtesy, +and sent to the Governor a pistol and a few balls, "desiring him to +accept that slender pattern of the arms wherewith he had taken Porto +Bello, and keep them for a twelvemonth; after which time he promised to +come to Panama and fetch them away." + +This courteous correspondence was continued by the Governor returning +the pistol and balls with thanks, and also sending Morgan a handsome +gold ring with the message that he need not trouble himself to come to +Panama; for, if he did, he would meet with very different fortune from +that which had come to him at Porto Bello. + +Morgan put the ring on his finger and postponed his reply, and, as soon +as the ransom was paid, he put his booty on board his ships and +departed. When the spoils of Porto Bello came to be counted, it was +found that they were of great value, and each man received a lordly +share. + +When Captain Morgan was ready to set out on another expedition, he found +plenty of pirates ready to join him, and he commanded all the ships and +men whom he enlisted to rendezvous at a place called the Isle of Cows. A +fine, large, English ship had recently come to Jamaica from New England, +and this vessel also joined Morgan's forces on the island, where the +pirate leader took this ship as his own, being much the best and largest +vessel of the fleet. + +Besides the ships belonging to Morgan, there was in the harbor where +they were now congregated, a fine vessel belonging to some French +buccaneers, and Morgan desired very much that this vessel should join +his fleet, but the French cherished hard feelings against the English, +and would not join them. + +Although Morgan was a brave man, his meanness was quite equal to his +courage, and he determined to be revenged upon these Frenchmen who had +refused to give him their aid, and therefore played a malicious trick +upon them. Sometime before, this French vessel, being out of provisions +when upon the high seas, had met an English ship, and had taken from her +such supplies as it had needed. The captain did not pay for these, being +out of money as well as food, not an uncommon thing among buccaneers, +but they gave the English notes of exchange payable in Jamaica; but as +these notes were never honored, the people of the English ship had never +been paid for their provisions. + +This affair properly arranged in Morgan's mind, he sent a very polite +note to the captain of the French ship and some of his officers, +inviting them to dine with him on his own vessel. The French accepted +the invitation, but when Morgan received them on board his ship he did +not conduct them down to dinner; instead of that, he began to upbraid +them for the manner in which they had treated an English crew, and then +he ordered them to be taken down below and imprisoned in the hold. +Having accomplished this, and feeling greatly elated by this piece of +sly vengeance, he went into his fine cabin, and he and his officers sat +down to the grand feast he had prepared. + +There were fine times on board this great English ship; the pirates were +about to set forth on an important expedition, and they celebrated the +occasion by eating and drinking, firing guns, and all manner of riotous +hilarity. In the midst of the wild festivities--and nobody knew how it +happened--a spark of fire got into the powder magazine, and the ship +blew up, sending the lifeless bodies of three hundred English sailors, +and the French prisoners, high into the air. The only persons on board +who escaped were Morgan and his officers who were in the cabin close to +the stern of the vessel, at some distance from the magazine. + +This terrible accident threw the pirate fleet into great confusion for a +time; but Morgan soon recovered himself, and, casting about to see what +was the best thing to be done, it came into his head that he would act +the part of the wolf in the fable of the wolf and the lamb. As there +was no way of finding out how the magazine happened to explode, he took +the ground that the French prisoners whom he had shut up in the hold, +had thrown a lighted match into the magazine, wishing thus to revenge +themselves even though they should, at the same time, lose their own +lives. The people of the French ship bitterly opposed any such view of +the case, but their protestations were of no use; they might declare as +much as they pleased that it was impossible for them to make the waters +muddy, being lower down in the stream than the wolfish pirate who was +accusing them, but it availed nothing. Morgan sprang upon them and their +ship, and sent them to Jamaica, where, upon his false charge, they were +shut up in prison, and so remained for a long time. + +Such atrocious wickedness as the treatment of the nuns and monks, +described in this chapter, would never have been countenanced in any +warfare between civilized nations. But Morgan's pirates were not making +war; they were robbers and murderers on a grand scale. They had no right +to call themselves civilized; they were worse than barbarians. + +[Illustration: "Morgan began to upbraid them, and ordered them taken +below."--p. 151.] + + + + +Chapter XVIII + +A Piratical Aftermath + + +Morgan's destination was the isle of Savona, near which a great Spanish +fleet was expected to pass, and here he hoped to make some rich prizes. +But when he got out to sea he met with contrary and dangerous winds, +which delayed him a long time, and eventually when he arrived at Savona, +after having landed at various places, where he pillaged, murdered, and +burned, according to the extent of his opportunities, he found at least +one-half of his men and ships had not arrived. With the small force +which he now had with him he could not set out to attack a Spanish +fleet, and therefore he was glad to accept the suggestion made to him by +a Frenchman who happened to be in his company. + +This man had been with L'Olonnois two years before when that bloody +pirate had sacked the towns of Maracaibo and Gibraltar; he had made +himself perfectly familiar with the fortifications and defences of these +towns, and he told Morgan that it would be easy to take them. To be +sure they had been thoroughly sacked before, and therefore did not offer +the tempting inducements of perfectly fresh towns, such as +Port-au-Prince, but still in two years the inhabitants must have +gathered together some possessions desirable to pirates, and therefore, +although Morgan could not go to these towns with the expectation of +reaping a full harvest, he might at least gather up an aftermath which +would pay him for his trouble. + +So away sailed this horde of ravenous scoundrels for the lake of +Maracaibo, at the outer end of which lay the town of Maracaibo, and at +the other extremity the town of Gibraltar. When they had sailed near +enough to the fortifications they anchored out of sight of the +watch-tower and, landing in the night, marched on one of the forts. Here +the career of Morgan came very near closing forever. The Spaniards had +discovered the approach of the pirates, and this fort had been converted +into a great trap in which the citizens hoped to capture and destroy the +pirate leader and his men. Everybody had left the fort, the gates were +open, and a slow-match, communicating with the magazine, had been +lighted just before the last Spaniard had left. + +But the oldest and most sagacious of rats would be no more difficult to +entrap than was the wily pirate Morgan. When he entered the open gates +of the fort and found everything in perfect order, he suspected a trick, +and looking about him he soon saw the smouldering match. Instantly he +made a dash at it, seized it and extinguished the fire. Had he been +delayed in this discovery a quarter of an hour longer, he and his men +would have been blown to pieces along with the fort. + +Now the pirates pressed on toward the town, but they met with no +resistance. The Spaniards, having failed to blow up their dreaded +enemies, had retreated into the surrounding country and had left the +town. The triumphant pirates spread themselves everywhere. They searched +the abandoned town for people and valuables, and every man who cared to +do so took one of the empty houses for his private residence. They made +the church the common meeting-place where they might all gather together +when it was necessary, and when they had spent the night in eating and +drinking all the good things they could find, they set out the next day +to hunt for the fugitive citizens. + +For three weeks Morgan and his men held a devil's carnival in Maracaibo. +To tell of the abominable tortures and cruelties which they inflicted +upon the poor people, whom they dragged from their hiding-places in the +surrounding country, would make our flesh creep and our blood run cold. +When they could do no more evil they sailed away up the lake for +Gibraltar. + +It is not necessary to tell the story of the taking of this town. When +Morgan arrived there he found it also entirely deserted. The awful dread +of the human beasts who were coming upon them had forced the inhabitants +to fly. In the whole town only one man was left, and he was an idiot who +had not sense enough to run away. This poor fellow was tortured to tell +where his treasures were hid, and when he consented to take them to the +place where he had concealed his possessions, they found a few broken +earthen dishes, and a little bit of money, about as much as a poor +imbecile might be supposed to possess. Thereupon the disappointed fiends +cruelly killed him. + +For five weeks the country surrounding Gibraltar was the scene of a +series of diabolical horrors. The pirates undertook the most hazardous +and difficult expeditions in order to find the people who had hidden +themselves on islands and in the mountains, and although they obtained a +great deal of booty, they met with a good many misfortunes. Some of them +were drowned in swollen streams, and others lost much of their pillage +by rains and storms. + +At last, after having closed his vile proceedings in the ordinary pirate +fashion, by threatening to burn the town if he were not paid a ransom, +Morgan thought it time for him to depart, for if the Spaniards should +collect a sufficient force at Maracaibo to keep him from getting out of +the lake, he would indeed be caught in a trap. The ransom was partly +paid and partly promised, and Morgan and his men departed, carrying with +them some hostages for the rest of the ransom due. + +When Morgan and his fleet arrived at Maracaibo, they found the town +still deserted, but they also discovered that they were caught in the +trap which they had feared, out of which they saw no way of escaping. +News had been sent the Spanish forces; of the capture and sacking of +Maracaibo, and three large men-of-war now lay in the channel below the +town which led from the lake into the sea. And more than this, the +castle which defended the entrance to the lake, and which the pirates +had found empty when they arrived, was now well manned and supplied with +a great many cannon, so that for once in their lives these wicked +buccaneers were almost discouraged. Their little ships could not stand +against the men-of-war; and in any case they could not pass the castle, +which was now prepared to blow them to pieces if they should come near +enough. + +But in the midst of these disheartening circumstances, the pirate leader +showed what an arrogant, blustering dare-devil he was, for, instead of +admitting his discomfiture and trying to make terms with the Spaniards, +he sent a letter to the admiral of the ships, in which he stated that if +he did not allow him a free passage out to sea he would burn every house +in Maracaibo. To this insolent threat, the Spanish admiral replied in a +long letter, in which he told Morgan that if he attempted to leave the +lake he would fire upon his ships, and, if necessary, follow them out to +sea, until not a stick of one of them should be left. But in the great +magnanimity of his soul he declared that he would allow Morgan to sail +away freely, provided he would deliver all the booty he had captured, +together with the prisoners and slaves, and promise to go home and +abandon buccaneering forever. In case he declined these terms, the +admiral declared he would come up the channel in boats filled with his +soldiers and put every pirate to the sword. + +When Morgan received this letter, he called his men together in the +public square of the town, and asked them what they would do, and when +these fellows heard that they were asked to give up all their booty, +they unanimously voted that they would perish rather than do such an +unmanly thing as that. So it was agreed that they would fight themselves +out of the lake of Maracaibo, or stay there, dead or alive, as the case +might be. + + + + +Chapter XIX + +A Tight Place for Morgan + + +At this important crisis again turned up the man with an idea. This was +an inventive buccaneer, who proposed to Morgan that they should take a +medium-sized ship which they had captured at the other end of the lake, +and make a fire-ship of her. In order that the Spaniards might not +suspect the character of this incendiary craft, he proposed that they +should fit her up like one of the pirate war-vessels, for in this case +the Spaniards would not try to get away from her, but would be glad to +have her come near enough for them to capture her. + +Morgan was pleased with this plan, and the fire-ship was prepared with +all haste. All the pitch, tar, and brimstone in the town were put on +board of her, together with other combustibles. On the deck were placed +logs of wood, which were dressed up in coats and hats to look like men, +and by their sides were muskets and cutlasses. Portholes were made, and +in these were placed other logs to represent cannon. Thus this merchant +vessel, now as inflammable as a pine knot, was made to resemble a +somewhat formidable pirate ship. The rest of the fleet was made ready, +the valuables and prisoners and slaves were put on board; and they all +sailed boldly down toward the Spanish vessels, the fire-ship in front. + +When the Spanish admiral saw this insignificant fleet approaching, he +made ready to sink it to the bottom, and when the leading vessel made +its way directly toward his own ship, as if with the impudent intention +of boarding her, he did not fire at her, but let her come on. The few +pirates on board the fire-ship ran her up against the side of the great +man-of-war; and after making her fast and applying their matches, they +immediately slipped overboard, and swam to one of their own vessels +before the Spaniards had an idea of what had happened. The fire-ship was +soon ablaze, and as the flames quickly spread, the large vessel took +fire, and the people on board had scarcely time to get out of her before +she sank. + +The commander of one of the other ships was so much frightened by what +had occurred in so short a space of time that he ran his vessel aground +and wrecked her, her men jumping out into the water and making for the +land. As for the other ship, the pirates boldly attacked her and +captured her, and as she was a very fine vessel, Morgan left his own +small vessel, in which he had been commanding his fleet, and took +possession of her. Thus, in a very short time, the whole state of +affairs was changed. The Spaniards had no ships at all, and Morgan was +in command of a very fine vessel, in which he led his triumphant fleet. + +Victory is a grand thing to a pirate as it is to every human being who +has been engaged in a conflict, but none of the joys of triumph could +equal the sordid rapacity of Morgan and his men. They spent days in +trying to recover the money and plate which were on board the sunken +Spanish ships. The sterns of these projected above water, and a great +deal of valuable treasure was recovered from them. The pirates worked +very hard at this, although they had not the slightest idea how they +were to pass the castle and get away with the plunder after they had +obtained it. + +When the wrecks had been stripped of everything of value, the time came +for demanding a ransom for not burning the town and hanging the +prisoners, and as the poor citizens knew very well what they might +expect, they sent word to the admiral, who had escaped to the castle, +begging him to accede to the demands of Morgan, and to let the wretched +pirates go. But the admiral, Don Alonso, was a thoroughbred Spaniard, +and he would listen to no such cowardly suggestion. He would consent to +no ransom being paid, and on no account would he allow the pirates to +pass the channel. The citizens, however, who knew what was good for +them, raised the money, and paid the ransom in coin and cattle, and +Morgan declared that if the admiral would not let him out of the lake, +he would have to attend to that matter himself. + +But before he made another bold stroke against the enemy his stingy and +niggardly spirit urged him to defend himself against his friends, and +before endeavoring to leave he ordered a division of the spoils. Many of +the goods taken from the two towns were on board the different vessels +of the fleet, and he was very much afraid that if his comrades, who +commanded the other ships, should be so fortunate as to get out to sea, +they would sail away with the booty they carried, and he would not see +any of it. Therefore, the booty from every ship was brought on board his +own fine vessel, and every man was put through an examination as rigid +as if he had been passing a custom house, and was obliged to prove that +he had not concealed or kept back any money or jewels. The value of the +plunder was very great, and when it had been divided, according to the +scale which Morgan had adopted, the pirate leader felt safe. He now had +his share of the prizes in his own possession, and that to him was more +important than anything else in the world. + +The question of getting away was a very serious one; the greater part of +his fleet consisted of small vessels which could not defy the guns of +the fort, and as the stout hearts and brawny arms of his followers could +be of no use to him in this dilemma, Morgan was obliged to fall back +upon his own brains; therefore, he planned a trick. + +When everything had been prepared for departure, Morgan anchored his +fleet at a distance from the castle, but not so far away that the +Spaniards could not observe his movements. Then he loaded some boats +with armed men and had them rowed ashore on the side of the channel on +which the castle stood. The boats landed behind a little wood, and there +the men, instead of getting out, crouched themselves down in the bottom +of the boats so that they should not be seen. Then the boats, apparently +empty, were rowed back to the pirate ships, and in a short time, again +full of men sitting, upright, with their muskets and cutlasses, they +went to the shore, and soon afterwards returned apparently empty as +before. + +This performance was repeated over and over again, until the people in +the castle were convinced that Morgan was putting his men on shore in +order to make a land attack upon the rear of the castle during the +night. But the Spanish admiral was not to be caught by any such clumsy +stratagem as that, and, therefore, in great haste he had his big cannon +moved to the land side of the fort, and posted there the greater part of +his garrison in order that when the pirates made their assault in the +dead of the night they would meet with a reception for which they had +not bargained. + +When it was dark, and the tide began to run out, the pirate vessels +weighed anchor, and they all drifted down toward the castle. Morgan's +spies had perceived some of the extraordinary movements in the Spanish +fortifications, and he therefore drifted down with a good deal of +confidence, although, had his trick been discovered in time it would +have gone very hard with his fleet. It is probable that he had taken all +these chances into consideration and had felt pretty sure that if the +cannon of the fort had been opened upon them it would not have been the +big ship which carried him and his precious load which would have been +sunk by the great guns, and that no matter what happened to the smaller +vessels and the men on board them, he and his own ship would be able to +sail away. + +But the Spaniards did not perceive the approach of the drifting fleet, +for they were intrepidly waiting at the back of the castle to make it +very hot for the pirates when they should arrive. Slowly past the great +walls of the fort drifted the fleet of buccaneers, and then, at a +signal, every vessel hoisted its sails, and, with a good wind, sailed +rapidly toward the open sea. The last pirate vessel had scarcely passed +the fort when the Spaniards discovered what was going on, and in great +haste they rolled their cannon back to the water side of the fort and +began firing furiously, but it was of no use. + +The pirates sailed on until they were out of danger, and then they +anchored and arranged for putting on shore the greater number of their +prisoners, who were only an encumbrance to them. As a parting insult, +Morgan fired seven or eight of his largest guns at the castle, whose +humiliated occupants did not reply by a single shot. + +In order to understand what thoroughly contemptible scoundrels these +pirates were it may be stated that when Morgan and his men reached +Jamaica after a good deal of storm and trouble on the way, they found +there many of their comrades who had not been able to join them at their +rendezvous at Savona. These unfortunate fellows, who had not known where +Morgan had gone and were unable to join him, had endeavored to do some +piratical business of their own, but had had very little luck and a +great many misfortunes. Morgan's men, with their pockets full of money, +jeered and sneered at their poor comrades who had had such hard times, +and without any thought of sharing with them the least portion of their +own vile gains they treated them with contempt and derision. + +The buccaneer, Captain Henry Morgan, was now a very great personage, but +with his next expedition, which was a very important one, and in its +extent resembled warfare rather than piracy, we shall have little to do +because his exploits in this case were not performed on our Atlantic +coasts, but over the Isthmus, on the shores of the Pacific. + +Morgan raised a great fleet, carrying a little army of two thousand men, +and with this he made his way to the other side of the Isthmus and +attacked the city of Panama, which, of course, he captured. His terrible +deeds at this place resembled those which he performed after the capture +of the smaller towns which we have been considering, except that they +were on a scale of greater magnitude. Nearly the whole of the town of +Panama was burned, and the excesses, cruelties, and pillages of the +conquerors were something almost without parallel. + +Before marching overland to Panama, Morgan had recaptured the island of +St. Catherine, which was a very valuable station for his purposes, and +had also taken the castle of Chagres on the mainland near by, and on his +return from the conquest and pillage of the unfortunate city he and his +forces gathered together at Chagres in order to divide the spoils. + +Now came great trouble and dissatisfaction; many of the buccaneers +loudly declared that Morgan was taking everything that was really +valuable for his own, especially the precious stones and jewels, and +that they were getting a very small share of the booty of Panama. There +seemed to be good reason for these complaints, for the sum of about two +hundred dollars apiece was all that Morgan's men received after their +terrible hardships and dangers and the pillage of a very rich town. The +murmurings and complaints against Morgan's peculiar methods became +louder and more frequent, and at last the wily Welshman began to be +afraid that serious trouble would come to him if he did not take care of +himself. This, however, he was very capable of doing. Silently and +quietly one night, without giving notice to any of the buccaneers at +Chagres, except a few who were in his secret, Morgan, in his large ship, +sailed away for Jamaica, followed by only a few other vessels, +containing some of his favored companions. + +When the great body of the buccaneers, the principal portion of which +were Frenchmen, found that their leader had deserted them, there was a +grand commotion, and if they had been able, the furious men who had had +this trick played upon them, would have followed Morgan to treat him as +they had so often treated the Spaniards. But they could not +follow--Morgan had taken great care that this should not happen. Their +ships were out of order; they had been left very short of provisions and +ammunition, and found that not only were they unable to avenge +themselves on their traitor leader, but that it would be very hard for +them to get away at all. + +Poor Esquemeling, the literary pirate, was one of those who was left +behind, and in his doleful state he made the following reflection, which +we quote from his book: "Captain Morgan left us all in such a miserable +condition as might serve for a lively representation of what rewards +attend wickedness at the latter end of life. Whence we ought to have +learned how to regulate and amend our actions for the future." + +After Morgan had safely reached Jamaica with all his booty, the idea +renewed itself in his mind of returning to St. Catherine, fortifying the +place and putting it in complete order, and then occupying it as a +station for all pirates, with himself the supreme governor and king of +the buccaneers. But before he had completed his arrangements for doing +this there was a change in the affairs at Jamaica: the king of England, +having listened to the complaints of the Spanish crown, had recalled the +former Governor and put him on trial to answer for the manner in which +he allowed the island to be used by the pirates for their wicked +purposes against a friendly nation, and had sent a new Governor with +orders to allow no buccaneers in Jamaica, and in every way to suppress +piracy in those parts. + +Now the shrewd Morgan saw that his present business was likely to become +a very undesirable one, and he accordingly determined to give it up. +Having brutally pillaged and most cruelly treated the Spaniards as long +as he was able to do so, and having cheated and defrauded his friends +and companions to the utmost extent possible, he made up his mind to +reform, and a more thoroughly base and contemptible reformed scoundrel +was never seen on the face of the earth. + +Morgan was now a rich man, and he lost no time in becoming very +respectable. He endeavored to win favor with the new Governor, and was +so successful that when that official was obliged to return to England +on account of his health, he left the ex-pirate in charge of the affairs +of the island in the capacity of Deputy-Governor. More than this, King +Charles, who apparently had heard of Morgan's great bravery and ability, +and had not cared to listen to anything else about him, knighted him, +and this preëminent and inhuman water-thief became Sir Henry Morgan. + +In his new official capacity Morgan was very severe upon his former +associates, and when any of them were captured and brought before him, +he condemned some to be imprisoned and some to be hung, and in every +way apparently endeavored to break up the unlawful business of +buccaneering. + +About this time John Esquemeling betook himself to Europe with all +possible despatch, for he had work to do and things to tell with which +the Deputy-Governor would have no sympathy whatever. He got away safely, +and he wrote his book, and if he had not had this good fortune, the +world would have lost a great part of the story of what happened to the +soft little baby who was born among the quiet green fields of Wales. + +Even during the time that he was Deputy-Governor, Morgan was suspected +of sharing in the gains of some buccaneers at the same time that he +punished others, and after the death of Charles II. he was sent to +England and imprisoned, but what eventually became of him we do not +know. If he succeeded in ill-using and defrauding his Satanic Majesty, +there is no record of the fact. + + + + +Chapter XX + +The Story of a High-Minded Pirate + + +After having considered the extraordinary performances of so many of +those execrable wretches, the buccaneers, it is refreshing and +satisfactory to find that there were exceptions even to the rules which +governed the conduct and general make-up of the ordinary pirate of the +period, and we are therefore glad enough to tell the story of a man, +who, although he was an out-and-out buccaneer, possessed some peculiar +characteristics which give him a place of his own in the history of +piracy. + +In the early part of these sketches we have alluded to a gentleman of +France, who, having become deeply involved in debt, could see no way of +putting himself in a condition to pay his creditors but to go into +business of some kind. He had no mercantile education, he had not +learned any profession, and it was therefore necessary for him to do +something for which a previous preparation was not absolutely essential. + +After having carefully considered all the methods of making money which +were open to him under the circumstances, he finally concluded to take +up piracy and literature. Even at the present day it is considered by +many persons that one of these branches of industry is a field of action +especially adapted to those who have not had the opportunity of giving +the time and study necessary in any other method of making a living. + +The French gentleman whose adventures we are about to relate was a very +different man from John Esquemeling, who was a literary pirate and +nothing more. Being of a clerkly disposition, the gentle John did not +pretend to use the sabre or the pistol. His part in life was simply to +watch his companions fight, burn, and steal, while his only weapon was +his pen, with which he set down their exploits and thereby murdered +their reputations. + +But Monsieur Raveneau de Lussan was both buccaneer and author, and when +he had finished his piratical career he wrote a book in which he gave a +full account of it, thus showing that although he had not been brought +up to a business life, he had very good ideas about money-making. + +More than that, he had very good ideas about his own reputation, and +instead of leaving his exploits and adventures to be written up by other +people,--that is, if any one should think it worth while to do so,--he +took that business into his own hands. He was well educated, he had +been brought up in good society, and as he desired to return to that +society it was natural for him to wish to paint his own portrait as a +buccaneer. Pictures of that kind as they were ordinarily executed were +not at all agreeable to the eyes of the cultivated classes of France, +and so M. de Lussan determined to give his personal attention not only +to his business speculations, but to his reputation. He went out as a +buccaneer in order to rob the Spaniards of treasure with which to pay +his honest debts, and, in order to prevent his piratical career being +described in the coarse and disagreeable fashion in which people +generally wrote about pirates, he determined to write his own +adventures. + +If a man wishes to appear well before the world, it is often a very good +thing for him to write his autobiography, especially if there is +anything a little shady in his career, and it may be that de Lussan's +reputation as a high-minded pirate depends somewhat on the book he wrote +after he had put down the sword and taken up the pen; but if he gave a +more pleasing color to his proceedings than they really deserved, we +ought to be glad of it. For, even if de Lussan the buccaneer was in some +degree a creature of the imagination of de Lussan the author, we have a +story which is much more pleasing and, in some respects, more romantic +than stories of ordinary pirates could possibly be made unless the +writer of such stories abandoned fact altogether and plunged blindly +into fiction. + +Among the good qualities of de Lussan was a pious disposition. He had +always been a religious person, and, being a Catholic, he had a high +regard and veneration for religious buildings, for priests, and for the +services of the church, and when he had crossed the Atlantic in his +ship, the crew of which was composed of desperadoes of various nations, +and when he had landed upon the western continent, he wished still to +conform to the religious manners and customs of the old world. + +Having a strong force under his command and possessing, in common with +most of the gentlemen of that period, a good military education, it was +not long after he landed on the mainland before he captured a small +town. The resistance which he met was soon overcome, and our high-minded +pirate found himself in the position of a conqueror with a community at +his mercy. As his piety now raised itself above all his other +attributes, the first thing that he did was to repair to the principal +church of the town, accompanied by all his men, and here, in accordance +with his commands, a Te Deum was sung and services were conducted by the +priests in charge. Then, after having properly performed his religious +duties, de Lussan sent his men through the town with orders to rob the +inhabitants of everything valuable they possessed. + +The ransacking and pillaging of the houses continued for some time, but +when the last of his men had returned with the booty they had collected, +the high-minded chief was dissatisfied. The town appeared to be a good +deal poorer than he had expected, and as the collection seemed to be so +very small, de Lussan concluded that in some way or other he must pass +around the hat again. While he was wondering how he should do this he +happened to hear that on a sugar plantation not very far away from the +town there were some ladies of rank who, having heard of the approach of +the pirates, had taken refuge there, thinking that even if the town +should be captured, their savage enemies would not wander into the +country to look for spoils and victims. + +But these ladies were greatly mistaken. When de Lussan heard where they +were, he sent out a body of men to make them prisoners and bring them +back to him. They might not have any money or jewels in their +possession, but as they belonged to good families who were probably +wealthy, a good deal of money could be made out of them by holding them +and demanding a heavy ransom for their release. So the ladies were all +brought to town and shut up securely until their friends and relatives +managed to raise enough money to pay their ransom and set them free, and +then, I have no doubt, de Lussan advised them to go to church and offer +up thanks for their happy deliverance. + +As our high-minded pirate pursued his plundering way along the coast of +South America, he met with a good many things which jarred upon his +sensitive nature--things he had not expected when he started out on his +new career. One of his disappointments was occasioned by the manners and +customs of the English buccaneers under his command. These were very +different from the Frenchmen of his company, for they made not the +slightest pretence to piety. + +When they had captured a town or a village, the Englishmen would go to +the churches, tear down the paintings, chop the ornaments from the +altars with their cutlasses, and steal the silver crucifixes, the +candlesticks, and even the communion services. Such conduct gave great +pain to de Lussan. To rob and destroy the property of churches was in +his eyes a great sin, and he never suffered anything of the kind if he +could prevent it. When he found in any place which he captured a wealthy +religious community or a richly furnished church, he scrupulously +refrained from taking anything or of doing damage to property, and +contented himself with demanding heavy indemnity, which the priests +were obliged to pay as a return for the pious exemption which he granted +them. + +But it was very difficult to control the Englishmen. They would rob and +destroy a church as willingly as if it were the home of a peaceful +family, and although their conscientious commander did everything he +could to prevent their excesses, he did not always succeed. If he had +known what was likely to happen, his party would have consisted entirely +of Frenchmen. + +Another thing which disappointed and annoyed the gentlemanly de Lussan +was the estimation in which the buccaneers were held by the ladies of +the country through which he was passing. He soon found that the women +in the Spanish settlements had the most horrible ideas regarding the +members of the famous "Brotherhood of the Coast." To be sure, all the +Spanish settlers, and a great part of the natives of the country, were +filled with horror and dismay whenever they heard that a company of +buccaneers was within a hundred miles of their homes, and it is not +surprising that this was the case, for the stories of the atrocities and +cruelties of these desperadoes had spread over the western world. + +But the women of the settlements looked upon the buccaneers with greater +fear and abhorrence than the men could possibly feel, for the belief +was almost universal among them that buccaneers were terrible monsters +of cannibal habits who delighted in devouring human beings, especially +if they happened to be young and tender. This ignorance of the true +character of the invaders of the country was greatly deplored by de +Lussan. He had a most profound pity for those simple-minded persons who +had allowed themselves to be so deceived in regard to the real character +of himself and his men, and whenever he had an opportunity, he +endeavored to persuade the ladies who fell in his way that sooner than +eat a woman he would entirely abstain from food. + +On one occasion, when politely conducting a young lady to a place of +confinement, where in company with other women of good family she was to +be shut up until their relatives could pay handsome ransoms for their +release, he was very much surprised when she suddenly turned to him with +tears in her eyes, and besought him not to devour her. This astonishing +speech so wounded the feelings of the gallant Frenchman that for a +moment he could not reply, and when he asked her what had put such an +unreasonable fear in her mind, she could only answer that she thought he +looked hungry, and that perhaps he would not be willing to wait +until--And there she stopped, for she could not bring her mind to +say--until she was properly prepared for the table. + +"What!" exclaimed the high-minded pirate. "Do you suppose that I would +eat you in the street?" And as the poor girl, who was now crying, would +make him no answer, he fell into a sombre silence which continued until +they had reached their destination. + +The cruel aspersions which were cast upon his character by the women of +the country were very galling to the chivalrous soul of this gentleman +of France, and in every way possible he endeavored to show the Spanish +ladies that their opinions of him were entirely incorrect, and even if +his men were rather a hard lot of fellows, they were not cannibals. + +The high-minded pirate had now two principal objects before him. One was +to lay his hand upon all the treasure he could find, and the other was +to show the people of the country, especially the ladies, that he was a +gentleman of agreeable manners and a pious turn of mind. + +It is highly probable that for some time the hero of this story did not +succeed in his first object as well as he would have liked. A great deal +of treasure was secured, but some of it consisted of property which +could not be easily turned into cash or carried away, and he had with +him a body of rapacious and conscienceless scoundrels who were +continually clamoring for as large a share of the available +spoils--such as jewels, money, and small articles of value--as they +could induce their commander to allow them, and, in consequence of this +greediness of his own men, his share of the plunder was not always as +large as it ought to be. + +But in his other object he was very much more successful, and, in proof +of this, we have only to relate an interesting and remarkable adventure +which befell him. He laid siege to a large town, and, as the place was +well defended by fortifications and armed men, a severe battle took +place before it was captured. But at last the town was taken, and de +Lussan and his men having gone to church to give thanks for their +victory,--his Englishmen being obliged to attend the services no matter +what they did afterward,--he went diligently to work to gather from the +citizens their valuable and available possessions. In this way he was +brought into personal contact with a great many of the people of the +town, and among the acquaintances which he made was that of a young +Spanish lady of great beauty. + +The conditions and circumstances in the midst of which this lady found +herself after the city had been taken, were very peculiar. She had been +the wife of one of the principal citizens, the treasurer of the town, +who was possessed of a large fortune, and who lived in one of the best +houses in the place; but during the battle with the buccaneers, her +husband, who fought bravely in defence of the place, was killed, and she +now found herself not only a widow, but a prisoner in the hands of those +ruthless pirates whose very name had struck terror into the hearts of +the Spanish settlers. Plunged into misery and despair, it was impossible +for her to foresee what was going to happen to her. + +As has been said, the religious services in the church were immediately +followed by the pillage of the town; every house was visited, and the +trembling inhabitants were obliged to deliver up their treasures to the +savage fellows who tramped through their halls and rooms, swearing +savagely when they did not find as much as they expected, and laughing +with wild glee at any unusual discovery of jewels or coin. + +The buccaneer officers as well as the men assisted in gathering in the +spoils of the town, and it so happened that M. Raveneau de Lussan, with +his good clothes and his jaunty hat with a feather in it, selected the +house of the late treasurer of the city as a suitable place for him to +make his investigations. He found there a great many valuable articles +and also found the beautiful young widow. + +The effect produced upon the mind of the lady when the captain of the +buccaneers entered her house was a very surprising one. Instead of +beholding a savage, brutal ruffian, with ragged clothes and gleaming +teeth, she saw a handsome gentleman, as well dressed as circumstances +would permit, very polite in his manners, and with as great a desire to +transact his business without giving her any more inconvenience than was +necessary, as if he had been a tax-collector or had come to examine the +gas meter. If all the buccaneers were such agreeable men as this one, +she and her friends had been laboring under a great mistake. + +De Lussan did not complete his examination of the treasurer's house in +one visit, and during the next two or three days the young widow not +only became acquainted with the character of buccaneers in general, but +she learned to know this particular buccaneer very well, and to find out +what an entirely different man he was from the savage fellows who +composed his company. She was grateful to him for his kind manner of +appropriating her possessions, she was greatly interested in his +society,--for he was a man of culture and information,--and in less than +three days she found herself very much in love with him. There was not a +man in the whole town who, in her opinion, could compare with this +gallant commander of buccaneers. + +It was not very long before de Lussan became conscious of the favor he +had found in the eyes of this lady; for as a buccaneer could not be +expected to remain very long in one place, it was necessary, if this +lady wished the captor of her money and treasure to know that he had +also captured her heart, that she must not be slow in letting him know +the state of her affections, and being a young person of a very +practical mind she promptly informed de Lussan that she loved him and +desired him to marry her. + +The gallant Frenchman was very much amazed when this proposition was +made to him, which was in the highest degree complimentary. It was very +attractive to him--but he could not understand it. The lady's husband +had been dead but a few days--he had assisted in having the unfortunate +gentleman properly buried--and it seemed to him very unnatural that the +young widow should be in such an extraordinary hurry to prepare a +marriage feast before the funeral baked meats had been cleared from the +table. + +There was but one way in which he could explain to himself this +remarkable transition from grief to a new affection. He believed that +the people of this country were like their fruits and their flowers. The +oranges might fall from the trees, but the blossoms would still be +there. Husband and wives or lovers might die, but in the tropical hearts +of these people it was not necessary that new affections should be +formed, for they were already there, and needed only some one to receive +them. + +As he did not undertake his present expedition for the purpose of +marrying ladies, no matter how beautiful they might be, it is quite +natural that de Lussan should not accept the proffered hand of the young +widow. But when she came to detail her plans, he found that it would be +well worth his while to carefully consider her project. + +The lady was by no means a thoughtless young creature, carried away by a +sudden attachment. Before making known to de Lussan her preference for +him above all other men, she had given the subject her most careful and +earnest consideration, and had made plans which in her opinion would +enable the buccaneer captain and herself to settle the matter to the +satisfaction of all parties. + +When de Lussan heard the lady's scheme, he was as much surprised by her +businesslike ability as he had been by the declaration of her affection +for him. She knew very well that he could not marry her and take her +with him. Moreover, she did not wish to go. She had no fancy for such +wild expeditions and such savage companions. Her plans were for peace +and comfort and a happy domestic life. In a word, she desired that the +handsome de Lussan should remain with her. + +Of course the gentleman opened his eyes very wide when he heard this, +but she had a great deal to say upon the subject, and she had not +omitted any of the details which would be necessary for the success of +her scheme. + +The lady knew just as well as the buccaneer captain knew that the men +under his command would not allow him to remain comfortably in that town +with his share of the plunder, while they went on without a leader to +undergo all sorts of hardships and dangers, perhaps defeat and death. If +he announced his intention of withdrawing from the band, his enraged +companions would probably kill him. Consequently a friendly separation +between himself and his buccaneer followers was a thing not to be +thought of, and she did not even propose it. + +Her idea was a very different one. Just as soon as possible, that very +night, de Lussan was to slip quietly out of the town, and make his way +into the surrounding country. She would furnish him with a horse, and +tell him the way he should take, and he was not to stop until he had +reached a secluded spot, where she was quite sure the buccaneers would +not be able to find him, no matter how diligently they might search. +When they had entirely failed in every effort to discover their lost +captain, who they would probably suppose had been killed by wandering +Indians,--for it was impossible that he could have been murdered in the +town without their knowledge,--they would give him up as lost and press +on in search of further adventures. + +When the buccaneers were far away, and all danger from their return had +entirely passed, then the brave and polite Frenchman, now no longer a +buccaneer, could safely return to the town, where the young widow would +be most happy to marry him, to lodge him in her handsome house, and to +make over to him all the large fortune and estates which had been the +property of her late husband. + +This was a very attractive offer surely, a beautiful woman, and a +handsome fortune. But she offered more than this. She knew that a +gentleman who had once captured and despoiled the town might feel a +little delicacy in regard to marrying and settling there and becoming +one of its citizens, and therefore she was prepared to remove any +objections which might be occasioned by such considerate sentiments on +his part. + +She assured him that if he would agree to her plan, she would use her +influence with the authorities, and would obtain for him the position of +city treasurer, which her husband had formerly held. And when he +declared that such an astounding performance must be utterly impossible, +she started out immediately, and having interviewed the Governor of the +town and other municipal officers, secured their signature to a paper in +which they promised that if M. de Lussan would accept the proposals +which the lady had made, he would be received most kindly by the +officers and citizens of the town; that the position of treasurer would +be given to him, and that all the promises of the lady should be made +good. + +Now our high-minded pirate was thrown into a great quandary, and +although at first he had had no notion whatever of accepting the +pleasant proposition which had been made to him by the young widow, he +began to see that there were many good reasons why the affection, the +high position, and the unusual advantages which she had offered to him +might perhaps be the very best fortune which he could expect in this +world. In the first place, if he should marry this charming young +creature and settle down as a respected citizen and an officer of the +town, he would be entirely freed from the necessity of leading the life +of a buccaneer, and this life was becoming more and more repugnant to +him every day,--not only on account of the highly disagreeable nature of +his associates and their reckless deeds, but because the country was +becoming aroused, and the resistance to his advances was growing +stronger and stronger. In the next attack he made upon a town or village +he might receive a musket ball in his body, which would end his career +and leave his debts in France unpaid. + +More than that, he was disappointed, as has been said before, in regard +to the financial successes he had expected. At that time he saw no +immediate prospect of being able to go home with money enough in his +pocket to pay off his creditors, and if he did not return to his native +land under those conditions, he did not wish to return there at all. +Under these circumstances it seemed to be wise and prudent, that if he +had no reason to expect to be able to settle down honorably and +peaceably in France, to accept this opportunity to settle honorably, +peaceably, and in every way satisfactorily in America. + +It is easy to imagine the pitching and the tossing in the mind of our +French buccaneer. The more he thought of the attractions of the fair +widow and of the wealth and position which had been offered him, the +more he hated all thoughts of his piratical crew, and of the dastardly +and cruel character of the work in which they were engaged. If he could +have trusted the officers and citizens of the town, there is not much +doubt that he would have married the widow, but those officers and +citizens were Spaniards, and he was a Frenchman. A week before the +inhabitants of the place had been prosperous, contented, and happy. Now +they had been robbed, insulted, and in many cases ruined, and he was +commander of the body of desperadoes who had robbed and ruined them. Was +it likely that they would forget the injuries which he had inflicted +upon them simply because he had married a wealthy lady of the town and +had kindly consented to accept the office of city treasurer? + +It was much more probable that when his men had really left that part of +the country the citizens would forget all their promises to him and +remember only his conduct toward them, and that even if he remained +alive long enough to marry the lady and take the position offered him, +it would not be long before she was again a widow and the office vacant. + +So de Lussan shut his eyes to the tempting prospects which were spread +out before him, and preferring rather to be a live buccaneer than a dead +city treasurer, he told the beautiful widow that he could not marry her +and that he must go forth again into the hard, unsympathetic world to +fight, to burn, to steal, and to be polite. Then, fearing that if he +remained he might find his resolution weakened, he gathered together his +men and his pillage, and sadly went away, leaving behind him a joyful +town and a weeping widow. + +If the affection of the young Spanish lady for the buccaneer chief was +sufficient to make her take an interest in his subsequent career, she +would probably have been proud of him, for the ladies of those days had +a high opinion of brave men and successful warriors. De Lussan soon +proved that he was not only a good fighter, but that he was also an +able general, and his operations on the western coast of South America +were more like military campaigns than ordinary expeditions of lawless +buccaneers. + +He attacked and captured the city of Panama, always an attractive prize +to the buccaneer forces, and after that he marched down the western +coast of South America, conquering and sacking many towns. As he now +carried on his business in a somewhat wholesale way, it could not fail +to bring him in a handsome profit, and in the course of time he felt +that he was able to retire from the active practice of his profession +and to return to France. + +But as he was going back into the circles of respectability, he wished +to do so as a respectable man. He discarded his hat and plume, he threw +away his great cutlass and his heavy pistols, and attired in the costume +of a gentleman in society he prepared himself to enter again upon his +old life. He made the acquaintance of some of the French colonial +officers in the West Indies, and obtaining from them letters of +introduction to the Treasurer-General of France, he went home as a +gentleman who had acquired a fortune by successful enterprises in the +new world. + +The pirate who not only possesses a sense of propriety and a sensitive +mind, but is also gifted with an ability to write a book in which he +describes his own actions and adventures, is to be credited with unusual +advantages, and as Raveneau de Lussan possessed these advantages, he has +come down to posterity as a high-minded pirate. + + + + +Chapter XXI + +Exit Buccaneer; Enter Pirate + + +The buccaneers of the West Indies and South America had grown to be a +most formidable body of reckless freebooters. From merely capturing +Spanish ships, laden with the treasures taken from the natives of the +new world, they had grown strong enough to attack Spanish towns and +cities. But when they became soldiers and marched in little armies, the +patience of the civilized world began to weaken: Panama, for instance, +was an important Spanish city; England was at peace with Spain; +therefore, when a military force composed mainly of Englishmen, and led +by a British subject, captured and sacked the said Spanish city, England +was placed in an awkward position; if she did not interfere with her +buccaneers, she would have a quarrel to settle with Spain. + +Therefore it was that a new Governor was sent to Jamaica with strict +orders to use every power he possessed to put down the buccaneers and to +break up their organization, and it was to this end that he set a thief +to catch thieves and empowered the ex-pirate, Morgan, to execute his +former comrades. + +But methods of conciliation, as well as threats of punishment, were used +to induce the buccaneers to give up their illegal calling, and liberal +offers were made to them to settle in Jamaica and become law-abiding +citizens. They were promised grants of land and assistance of various +kinds in order to induce them to take up the legitimate callings of +planters and traders. + +But these offers were not at all tempting to the Brethren of the Coast; +from pirates _rampant_ to pirates _couchant_ was too great a change, and +some of them, who found it impossible to embark on piratical cruises, on +account of the increasing difficulties of fitting out vessels, returned +to their original avocations of cattle-butchering and beef-drying, and +some, it is said, chose rather to live among the wild Indians and share +their independent lives, than to bind themselves to any form of honest +industry. + +The French had also been very active in suppressing the operations of +their buccaneers, and now the Brethren of the Coast, considered as an +organization for preying upon the commerce and settlers of Spain, might +be said to have ceased to exist. But it must not be supposed that +because buccaneering had died out, that piracy was dead. If we tear +down a wasps' nest, we destroy the abode of a fierce and pitiless +community, but we scatter the wasps, and it is likely that each one of +them, in the unrestricted and irresponsible career to which he has been +unwillingly forced, will prove a much more angry and dangerous insect +than he had ever been before. + +This is what happened to these buccaneers who would not give up a +piratical life; driven away from Jamaica, from San Domingo, and even +from Tortuga, they retained a resting-place only at New Providence, an +island in the Bahamas, and this they did not maintain very long. Then +they spread themselves all over the watery world. They were no longer +buccaneers, they were no longer brothers of any sort or kind, they no +longer set out merely to pillage and fight the Spaniards, but their +attacks were made upon people of every nation. English ships and French +ships, once safe from them, were a welcome prey to these new pirates, +unrestrained by any kind of loyalty, even by any kind of enmity. They +were more rapacious, they were more cruel, they were more like fiends +than they had ever been before. They were cowardly and they no longer +proceeded against towns which might be defended, nor ran up alongside of +a man-of-war to boldly board her in the very teeth of her guns. They +confined themselves to attacks upon peaceable merchant vessels, often +robbing them and then scuttling them, delighted with the spectacle of a +ship, with all its crew, sinking hopelessly into the sea. + +The scene of piratical operations in America was now very much changed. +The successors of the Brothers of the Coast, no longer united by any +bonds of fellowship, but each pirate captain acting independently in his +own wicked way, was coming up from the West Indies to afflict the +seacoast of our country. + +The old buccaneers knew all about our southern coast, for they were +among the very first white men who ever set foot on the shores of North +and South Carolina before that region had been settled by colonists, and +when the only inhabitants were the wild Indians. These early buccaneers +often used its bays and harbors as convenient ports of refuge, where +they could anchor, divide spoils, take in fresh water, and stay as long +as they pleased without fear of molestation. It was natural enough that +when the Spanish-hating buccaneer merged into the independent pirate, +who respected no flag, and preyed upon ships of every nation, he should +feel very much at home on the Carolina coasts. + +As the country was settled, and Charles Town, now Charleston, grew to be +a port of considerable importance, the pirates felt as much at home in +this region as when it was inhabited merely by Indians. They frequently +touched at little seaside settlements, and boldly sailed into the harbor +of Charles Town. But, unlike the unfortunate citizens of Porto Bello or +Maracaibo, the American colonists were not frightened when they saw a +pirate ship anchored in their harbors, for they knew its crew did not +come as enemies, but as friendly traders. + +The early English colonists were not as prosperous as they might have +been if the mother country had not been so anxious to make money out of +them. They were not allowed to import goods from any country but +England, and if they had products or crops to export, they must be sold +to English merchants. For whatever they bought they had to pay the +highest prices, and they could not send into the markets of the world to +get the best value for their own productions. + +Therefore it was that a pirate ship was a very welcome visitor in +Charles Town harbor. She was generally loaded with goods, which, as they +were stolen, her captain could afford to sell very cheaply indeed, and +as there was always plenty of Spanish gold on board, her crew was not +apt to haggle very much in regard to the price of the spirits, the +groceries, or the provisions which they bought from the merchants of the +town. This friendly commerce between the pirates and the Carolinians +grew to be so extensive that at one time the larger part of the coin in +circulation in those colonies consisted of Spanish gold pieces, which +had been brought in and used by the pirates for the purchase of goods. + +But a pirate is very seldom a person of discretion, who knows when to +leave well enough alone, and so, instead of contenting themselves with +robbing and capturing the vessels belonging to people whom their Charles +Town friends and customers would look upon as foreigners, they boldly +sailed up and down the coast, seeking for floating booty wherever they +might find it, and when a pirate vessel commanded by an English captain +and manned principally by an English crew, fell in with a big +merchantman flying the English flag, they bore down upon that vessel, +just as if it had been French, or Spanish, or Dutch, and if the crew +were impertinent enough to offer any resistance, they were cut down and +thrown overboard. + +At last the pirates became so swaggeringly bold and their captains so +enterprising in their illegal trading that the English government took +vigorous measures, not only to break up piracy, but to punish all +colonists who should encourage the freebooters by commercial dealings +with them. At these laws the pirates laughed, and the colonists winced, +and there were many people in Charles Town who vowed that if the King +wanted them to help him put down piracy, he must show them some other +way of getting imported goods at reasonable prices. So the pirates went +on capturing merchantmen whenever they had a chance, and the Carolinians +continued to look forward with interest to the bargain days which always +followed the arrival of a pirate ship. But this state of things did not +last, and the time came when the people of Charles Town experienced a +change of mind. The planters were now growing large quantities of rice, +and this crop became so valuable that the prosperity of the colonies +greatly increased. And now the pirates also became very much interested +in the rice crops, and when they had captured four or five vessels +sailing out of Charles Town heavily laden with rice, the people of that +town suddenly became aware of the true character of a pirate. He was now +in their eyes an unmitigated scoundrel who not only stole goods from all +nations, which he brought to them and sold at low prices, but he +actually stole their goods, their precious rice which they were sending +to England. + +The indignant citizens of Charles Town took a bold stand, and such a +bold one it was that when part of a crew of pirates, who had been put +ashore by their comrades on account of a quarrel, made their way to the +town, thinking they could tell a tale of shipwreck and rely upon the +friendship of their old customers, they were taken into custody, and +seven out of the nine were hanged. + +The occasional repetition of such acts as this, and the exhibition of +dangling pirates, hung up like scarecrows at the entrance of the +harbors, dampened the ardor of the freebooters a good deal, and for some +years they kept away from the harbor of Charles Town, which had once +been to them such a friendly port. + + + + +Chapter XXII + +The Great Blackbeard comes upon the Stage + + +So long as the people of the Carolinas were prosperous and able to +capture and execute pirates who interfered with their trade the Atlantic +sea-robbers kept away from their ports, but this prosperity did not +last. Indian wars broke out, and in the course of time the colonies +became very much weakened and impoverished, and then it was that the +harbor of Charles Town began to be again interesting to the pirates. + +About this time one of the most famous of sea-robbers was harassing the +Atlantic coast of North America, and from New England to the West +Indies, he was known as the great pirate Blackbeard. This man, whose +real name was Thatch, was a most terrible fellow in appearance as well +as action. He wore a long, heavy, black beard, which it was his fancy to +separate into tails, each one tied with a colored ribbon, and often +tucked behind his ears. Some of the writers of that day declared that +the sight of this beard would create more terror in any port of the +American seaboard than would the sudden appearance of a fiery comet. +Across his brawny breast he carried a sort of a sling in which hung not +less than three pairs of pistols in leathern holsters, and these, in +addition to his cutlass and a knife or two in his belt, made him a most +formidable-looking fellow. + +Some of the fanciful recreations of Blackbeard show him to have been a +person of consistent purpose. Even in his hours of rest when he was not +fighting or robbing, his savage soul demanded some interesting +excitement. Once he was seated at table with his mate and two or three +sailors, and when the meal was over he took up a pair of pistols, and +cocking them put them under the table. This peculiar action caused one +of the sailors to remember very suddenly that he had something to do on +deck, and he immediately disappeared. But the others looked at their +captain in astonishment, wondering what he would do next. They soon +found out; for crossing the pistols, still under the table, he fired +them. One ball hit the mate in the leg, but the other struck no one. +When asked what he meant by this strange action, he replied that if he +did not shoot one of his men now and then they would forget what sort of +a person he was. + +At another time he invented a game; he gathered his officers and crew +together and told them that they were going to play that they were +living in the lower regions. Thereupon the whole party followed him down +into the hold. The hatches and all the other openings were closed, and +then Blackbeard began to illuminate the scene with fire and brimstone. +The sulphur burned, the fumes rose, a ghastly light spread over the +countenances of the desperadoes, and very soon some of them began to +gasp and cough and implore the captain to let in some fresh air, but +Blackbeard was bound to have a good game, and he proceeded to burn more +brimstone. He laughed at the gasping fellows about him and declared that +he would be just as willing to breathe the fumes of sulphur as common +air. When at last he threw open the hatches, some of the men were almost +dead, but their stalwart captain had not even sneezed. + +In the early part of the eighteenth century Blackbeard made his +headquarters in one of the inlets on the North Carolina coast, and there +he ruled as absolute king, for the settlers in the vicinity seemed to be +as anxious to oblige him as the captains of the merchantmen sailing +along the coast were anxious to keep out of his way. On one of his +voyages Blackbeard went down the coast as far as Honduras, where he took +a good many prizes, and as some of the crews of the captured vessels +enlisted under him he sailed north with a stronger force than ever +before, having a large ship of forty guns, three smaller vessels, and +four hundred men. With this little fleet Blackbeard made for the coast +of South Carolina, and anchored outside the harbor of Charles Town. He +well understood the present condition of the place and was not in the +least afraid that the citizens would hang him up on the shores of the +bay. + +Blackbeard began work without delay. Several well-laden ships--the +Carolinians having no idea that pirates were waiting for them--came +sailing out to sea and were immediately captured. One of these was a +very important vessel, for it not only carried a valuable cargo, but a +number of passengers, many of them people of note, who were on their way +to England. One of these was a Mr. Wragg, who was a member of the +Council of the Province. It might have been supposed that when +Blackbeard took possession of this ship, he would have been satisfied +with the cargo and the money which he found on board, and having no use +for prominent citizens, would have let them go their way; but he was a +trader as well as a plunderer, and he therefore determined that the best +thing to do in this case was to put an assorted lot of highly +respectable passengers upon the market and see what he could get for +them. He was not at the time in need of money or provisions, but his men +were very much in want of medicines, so he decided to trade off his +prisoners for pills, potions, plasters, and all sorts of apothecary's +supplies. + +He put three of his pirates in a boat, and with them one of the +passengers, a Mr. Marks, who was commissioned as Blackbeard's special +agent, with orders to inform the Governor that if he did not immediately +send the medicines required, amounting in value to about three hundred +pounds, and if he did not allow the pirate crew of the boat to return in +safety, every one of the prisoners would be hanged from the yard-arm of +his ship. + +The boat rowed away to the distant town, and Blackbeard waited two days +for its return, and then he grew very angry, for he believed that his +messengers had been taken into custody, and he came very near hanging +Mr. Wragg and all his companions. But before he began to satisfy his +vengeance, news came from the boat. It had been upset in the bay, and +had had great trouble in getting to Charles Town, but it had arrived +there at last. Blackbeard now waited a day or two longer; but as no news +came from Mr. Marks, he vowed he would not be trifled with by the +impudent people of Charles Town, and swore that every man, woman, and +child among the prisoners should immediately prepare to be hanged. + +Of course the unfortunate prisoners in the pirate ship were in a +terrible state of mind during the absence of Mr. Marks. They knew very +well that they could expect no mercy from Blackbeard if the errand +should be unsuccessful, and they also knew that the Charles Town people +would not be likely to submit to such an outrageous demand upon them; so +they trembled and quaked by day and by night, and when at last they were +told to get ready to be hanged, every particle of courage left them, and +they proposed to Blackbeard that if he would spare their lives, and that +if it should turn out that their fellow-citizens had decided to +sacrifice them for the sake of a few paltry drugs, they would take up +the cause of the pirates; they would show Blackbeard the best way to +sail into the harbor, and they would join with him and his men in +attacking the city and punishing the inhabitants for their hard-hearted +treatment of their unfortunate fellow-citizens. + +This proposition pleased Blackbeard immensely; it would have been like a +new game to take Mr. Wragg to the town and make him fight his +fellow-members of the Council of the Province, and so he rescinded his +order for a general execution, and bade his prisoners prepare to join +with his pirates when he should give the word for an assault upon their +city. + +In the meantime there was a terrible stir in Charles Town. When the +Governor and citizens received the insolent and brutal message of +Blackbeard they were filled with rage as well as consternation, and if +there had been any way of going out to sea to rescue their unhappy +fellow-citizens, every able-bodied man in the town would have enlisted +in the expedition. But they had no vessels of war, and they were not +even in a position to arm any of the merchantmen in the harbor. It +seemed to the Governor and his council that there was nothing for them +to do but to submit to the demands of Blackbeard, for they very well +knew that he was a scoundrel who would keep his word, and also that +whatever they did must be done quickly, for there were the three +swaggering pirates in the town, strutting about the streets as if they +owned the place. If this continued much longer, it would be impossible +to keep the infuriated citizens from falling upon these blustering +rascals and bringing their impertinence to a summary end. If this should +happen, it would be a terrible thing, for not only would Mr. Wragg and +his companions be put to death, but the pirates would undoubtedly attack +the town, which was in a very poor position for defence. + +Consequently the drugs were collected with all possible haste, and Mr. +Marks and the pirates were sent with them to Blackbeard. We do not know +whether or not that bedizened cutthroat was satisfied with the way +things turned out; for having had the idea of going to Charles Town and +obliging the prisoners to help him confiscate the drugs and chemicals, +he may have preferred this unusual proceeding to a more commonplace +transaction; but as the medicine had arrived he accepted it, and having +secured all possible booty and money from the ships he had captured, and +had stripped his prisoners of the greater part of their clothing, he set +them on shore to walk to Charles Town as well as they could. They had a +miserably difficult time, making their way through the woods and +marshes, for there were women and children among them who were scarcely +equal to the journey. One of the children was a little boy, the son of +Mr. Wragg, who afterward became a very prominent man in the colonies. He +rose to such a high position, not only among his countrymen, but in the +opinion of the English government, that when he died, about the +beginning of the Revolution, a tablet to his memory was placed in +Westminster Abbey, which is, perhaps, the first instance of such an +honor being paid to an American. + +Having now provided himself with medicines enough to keep his wild crew +in good physical condition, no matter how much they might feast and +frolic on the booty they had obtained from Charles Town, Blackbeard +sailed back to his North Carolina haunts and took a long vacation, +during which time he managed to put himself on very good terms with the +Governor and officials of the country. He had plenty of money and was +willing to spend it, and so he was allowed to do pretty much as he +pleased, provided he kept his purse open and did not steal from his +neighbors. + +But Blackbeard became tired of playing the part of a make-believe +respectable citizen, and having spent the greater part of his money, he +wanted to make some more. Consequently he fitted out a small vessel, and +declaring that he was going on a legitimate commercial cruise, he took +out regular papers for a port in the West Indies and sailed away, as if +he had been a mild-mannered New England mariner going to catch codfish. +The officials of the town of Bath, from which he sailed, came down to +the ship and shook hands with him and hoped he would have good success. + +After a moderate absence he returned to Bath, bringing with him a large +French merchant vessel, with no people on board, but loaded with a +valuable cargo of sugar and other goods. This vessel he declared he had +found deserted at sea, and he therefore claimed it as a legitimate +prize. Knowing the character of this bloody pirate, and knowing how very +improbable it was that the captain and all the crew of a valuable +merchant vessel, with nothing whatever the matter with her, would go out +into their boats and row away, leaving their ship to become the +property of any one who might happen along, it may seem surprising that +the officials of Bath appeared to have no doubt of the truth of +Blackbeard's story, and allowed him freely to land the cargo on the +French ship and store it away as his own property. + +But people who consort with pirates cannot be expected to have very +lively consciences, and although there must have been persons in the +town with intelligence enough to understand the story of pitiless murder +told by that empty vessel, whose very decks and masts must have been +regarded as silent witnesses that her captain and crew did not leave her +of their own free will, no one in the town interfered with the thrifty +Blackbeard or caused any public suspicion to fall upon the propriety of +his actions. + + + + +Chapter XXIII + +A True-Hearted Sailor draws his Sword + + +Feeling now quite sure that he could do what he pleased on shore as well +as at sea, Blackbeard swore more, swaggered more, and whenever he felt +like it, sailed up and down the coast and took a prize or two to keep +the pot boiling for himself and his men. + +On one of these expeditions he went to Philadelphia, and having landed, +he walked about to see what sort of a place it was, but the Governor of +the state, hearing of his arrival, quickly arranged to let him know that +the Quaker city allowed no black-hearted pirate, with a ribbon-bedecked +beard, to promenade on Chestnut and Market streets, and promptly issued +a warrant for the sea-robber's arrest. But Blackbeard was too sharp and +too old a criminal to be caught in that way, and he left the city with +great despatch. + +The people along the coast of North Carolina became very tired of +Blackbeard and his men. All sorts of depredations were committed on +vessels, large and small, and whenever a ship was boarded and robbed or +whenever a fishing-vessel was laid under contribution, Blackbeard was +known to be at the bottom of the business, whether he personally +appeared or not. To have this busy pirate for a neighbor was extremely +unpleasant, and the North Carolina settlers greatly longed to get rid of +him. It was of no use for them to ask their own State Government to +suppress this outrageous scoundrel, and although their good neighbor, +South Carolina, might have been willing to help them, she was too poor +at that time and had enough to do to take care of herself. + +Not knowing, or not caring for the strong feeling of the settlers +against him, Blackbeard continued in his wicked ways, and among other +crimes he captured a small vessel and treated the crew in such a cruel +and atrocious manner that the better class of North Carolinians vowed +they would stand him no longer, and they therefore applied to Governor +Spotswood, of Virginia, and asked his aid in putting down the pirates. +The Virginians were very willing to do what they could for their +unfortunate neighbors. The legislature offered a reward for the capture +of Blackbeard or any of his men; but the Governor, feeling that this was +not enough, determined to do something on his own responsibility, for +he knew very well that the time might come when the pirate vessels would +begin to haunt Virginia waters. + +There happened to be at that time two small British men-of-war in +Hampton Roads, and although the Governor had no authority to send these +after the pirates, he fitted out two sloops at his own expense and +manned them with the best fighting men from the war-vessels. One of the +sloops he put under Captain Brand, and the other under Captain Maynard, +both brave and experienced naval officers. All preparations were made +with the greatest secrecy--for if Blackbeard had heard of what was going +on, he would probably have decamped--and then the two sloops went out to +sea with a commission from the Governor to capture Blackbeard, dead or +alive. This was a pretty heavy contract, but Brand and Maynard were +courageous men and did not hesitate to take it. + +The Virginians had been informed that the pirate captain and his men +were on a vessel in Ocracoke Inlet, and when they arrived they found, to +their delight, that Blackbeard was there. When the pirates saw the two +armed vessels sailing into the inlet, they knew very well that they were +about to be attacked, and it did not take them long to get ready for a +fight, nor did they wait to see what their enemy was about to do. As +soon as the sloops were near enough, Blackbeard, without waiting for +any preliminary exercises, such as a demand for surrender or any +nonsense of that sort, let drive at the intruders with eight heavily +loaded cannon. + +Now the curtain had been rung up, and the play began, and a very lively +play it was. The guns of the Virginians blazed away at the pirate ship, +and they would have sent out boats to board her had not Blackbeard +forestalled them. Boarding was always a favorite method of fighting with +the pirates. They did not often carry heavy cannon, and even when they +did, they had but little fancy for battles at long distances. What they +liked was to meet foes face to face and cut them down on their own +decks. In such combats they felt at home, and were almost always +successful, for there were few mariners or sailors, even in the British +navy, who could stand against these brawny, glaring-eyed dare-devils, +who sprang over the sides of a vessel like panthers, and fought like +bulldogs. Blackbeard had had enough cannonading, and he did not wait to +be boarded. Springing into a boat with about twenty of his men, he rowed +to the vessel commanded by Maynard, and in a few minutes he and his +pirates surged on board her. + +Now there followed on the decks of that sloop one of the most fearful +hand-to-hand combats known to naval history. Pirates had often attacked +vessels where they met with strong resistance, but never had a gang of +sea-robbers fallen in with such bold and skilled antagonists as those +who now confronted Blackbeard and his crew. At it they went,--cut, fire, +slash, bang, howl, and shout. Steel clashed, pistols blazed, smoke went +up, and blood ran down, and it was hard in the confusion for a man to +tell friend from foe. Blackbeard was everywhere, bounding from side to +side, as he swung his cutlass high and low, and though many a shot was +fired at him, and many a rush made in his direction, every now and then +a sailor went down beneath his whirling blade. + +But the great pirate had not boarded that ship to fight with common men. +He was looking for Maynard, the commander. Soon he met him, and for the +first time in his life he found his match. Maynard was a practised +swordsman, and no matter how hard and how swiftly came down the cutlass +of the pirate, his strokes were always evaded, and the sword of the +Virginian played more dangerously near him. At last Blackbeard, finding +that he could not cut down his enemy, suddenly drew a pistol, and was +about to empty its barrels into the very face of his opponent, when +Maynard sent his sword-blade into the throat of the furious pirate; the +great Blackbeard went down upon his back on the deck, and in the next +moment Maynard put an end to his nefarious career. Their leader dead, +the few pirates who were left alive gave up the fight, and sprang +overboard, hoping to be able to swim ashore, and the victory of the +Virginians was complete. + +The strength, toughness, and extraordinary vitality of these feline +human beings, who were known as pirates, has often occasioned +astonishment in ordinary people. Their sun-tanned and hairy bodies +seemed to be made of something like wire, leather, and India rubber, +upon which the most tremendous exertions, and even the infliction of +severe wounds, made but little impression. Before Blackbeard fell, he +received from Maynard and others no less than twenty-five wounds, and +yet he fought fearlessly to the last, and when the panting officer +sheathed his sword, he felt that he had performed a most signal deed of +valor. + +When they had broken up the pirate nest in Ocracoke Inlet, the two +sloops sailed to Bath, where they compelled some of the unscrupulous +town officials to surrender the cargo which had been stolen from the +French vessel and stored in the town by Blackbeard; then they sailed +proudly back to Hampton Roads, with the head of the dreaded Blackbeard +dangling from the end of the bowsprit of the vessel he had boarded, and +on whose deck he had discovered the fact, before unknown to him, that a +well-trained, honest man can fight as well as the most reckless +cutthroat who ever decked his beard with ribbons, and swore enmity to +all things good. + + + + +Chapter XXIV + +A Greenhorn under the Black Flag + + +Early in the eighteenth century there lived at Bridgetown, in the island +of Barbadoes, a very pleasant, middle-aged gentleman named Major Stede +Bonnet. He was a man in comfortable circumstances, and had been an +officer in the British army. He had retired from military service, and +had bought an estate at Bridgetown, where he lived in comfort and was +respected by his neighbors. + +But for some reason or other this quiet and reputable gentleman got it +into his head that he would like to be a pirate. There were some persons +who said that this strange fancy was due to the fact that his wife did +not make his home pleasant for him, but it is quite certain that if a +man wants an excuse for robbing and murdering his fellow-beings he ought +to have a much better one than the bad temper of his wife. But besides +the general reasons why Major Bonnet should not become a pirate, and +which applied to all men as well as himself, there was a special reason +against his adoption of the profession of a sea-robber, for he was an +out-and-out landsman and knew nothing whatever of nautical matters. He +had been at sea but very little, and if he had heard a boatswain order +his man to furl the keel, to batten down the shrouds, or to hoist the +forechains to the topmast yard, he would have seen nothing out of the +way in these commands. He was very fond of history, and very well read +in the literature of the day. He was accustomed to the habits of good +society, and knew a great deal about farming and horses, cows and +poultry, but if he had been compelled to steer a vessel, he would not +have known how to keep her bow ahead of her stern. + +But notwithstanding this absolute incapacity for such a life, and the +absence of any of the ordinary motives for abandoning respectability and +entering upon a career of crime, Major Bonnet was determined to become a +pirate, and he became one. He had money enough to buy a ship and to fit +her out and man her, and this he quietly did at Bridgetown, nobody +supposing that he was going to do anything more than start off on some +commercial cruise. When everything was ready, his vessel slipped out of +the harbor one night, and after he was sailing safely on the rolling sea +he stood upon the quarter-deck and proclaimed himself a pirate. It might +not be supposed that this was necessary, for the seventy men on board +his ship were all desperate cutthroats, of various nationalities, whom +he had found in the little port, and who knew very well what was +expected of them when they reached the sea. But if Stede Bonnet had not +proclaimed himself a pirate, it is possible that he might not have +believed, himself, that he was one, and so he ran up the black flag, +with its skeleton or skull and cross-bones, he girded on a great +cutlass, and, folding his arms, he ordered his mate to steer the vessel +to the coast of Virginia. + +Although Bonnet knew so little about ships and the sea, and had had no +experience in piracy, his men were practised seamen, and those of them +who had not been pirates before were quite ready and very well fitted to +become such; so when this green hand came into the waters of Virginia he +actually took two or three vessels and robbed them of their cargoes, +burning the ships, and sending the crews on shore. + +This had grown to be a common custom among the pirates, who, though +cruel and hard-hearted, had not the inducements of the old buccaneers to +torture and murder the crews of the vessels which they captured. They +could not hate human beings in general as the buccaneers hated the +Spaniards, and so they were a little more humane to their prisoners, +setting them ashore on some island or desert coast, and letting them +shift for themselves as best they might. This was called marooning, and +was somewhat less heartless than the old methods of getting rid of +undesirable prisoners by drowning or beheading them. + +As Bonnet had always been rather conventional in his ideas and had +respected the customs of the society in which he found himself, he now +adopted all the piratical fashions of the day, and when he found himself +too far from land to put the captured crew on shore, he did not hesitate +to make them "walk the plank," which was a favorite device of the +pirates whenever they had no other way of disposing of their prisoners. +The unfortunate wretches, with their hands tied behind them, were +compelled, one by one, to mount a plank which was projected over the +side of the vessel and balanced like a see-saw, and when, prodded by +knives and cutlasses, they stepped out upon this plank, of course it +tipped up, and down they went into the sea. In this way, men, women, and +children slipped out of sight among the waves as the vessel sailed +merrily on. + +In one branch of his new profession Bonnet rapidly became proficient. He +was an insatiable robber and a cruel conqueror. He captured merchant +vessels all along the coast as high up as New England, and then he came +down again and stopped for a while before Charles Town harbor, where he +took a couple of prizes, and then put into one of the North Carolina +harbors, where it was always easy for a pirate vessel to refit and get +ready for further adventures. + +Bonnet's vessel was named the _Revenge_, which was about as ill suited +to the vessel as her commander was ill fitted to sail her, for Bonnet +had nobody to revenge himself upon unless, indeed, it were his scolding +wife. But a good many pirate ships were then called the _Revenge_, and +Bonnet was bound to follow the fashion, whatever it might be. + +Very soon after he had stood upon the quarter-deck and proclaimed +himself a pirate his men had discovered that he knew no more about +sailing than he knew about painting portraits, and although there were +under-officers who directed all the nautical operations, the mass of the +crew conceived a great contempt for a landsman captain. There was much +grumbling and growling, and many of the men would have been glad to +throw Bonnet overboard and take the ship into their own hands. But when +any symptoms of mutiny showed themselves, the pirates found that +although they did not have a sailor in command over them, they had a +very determined and relentless master. Bonnet knew that the captain of a +pirate ship ought to be the most severe and rigid man on board, and so, +at the slightest sign of insubordination, his grumbling men were put in +chains or flogged, and it was Bonnet's habit at such times to strut +about the deck with loaded pistols, threatening to blow out the brains +of any man who dared to disobey him. Recognizing that although their +captain was no sailor he was a first-class tyrant, the rebellious crew +kept their grumbling to themselves and worked his ship. + +Bonnet now pointed the bow of the _Revenge_ southward--that is, he +requested somebody else to see that it was done--and sailed to the Bay +of Honduras, which was a favorite resort of the pirates about that time. +And here it was that he first met with the famous Captain Blackbeard. +There can be no doubt that our amateur pirate was very glad indeed to +become acquainted with this well-known professional, and they soon +became good friends. Blackbeard was on the point of organizing an +expedition, and he proposed that Bonnet and his vessel should join it. +This invitation was gladly accepted, and the two pirate captains started +out on a cruise together. Now the old reprobate, Blackbeard, knew +everything about ships and was a good navigator, and it was not long +before he discovered that his new partner was as green as grass in +regard to all nautical affairs. Consequently, after having thought the +matter over for a time, he made up his mind that Bonnet was not at all +fit to command such a fine vessel as the one he owned and had fitted +out, and as pirates make their own laws, and perhaps do not obey them +if they happen not to feel like it, Blackbeard sent for Bonnet to come +on board his ship, and then, in a manner as cold-blooded as if he had +been about to cut down a helpless prisoner, Blackbeard told Bonnet that +he was not fit to be a pirate captain, that he intended to keep him on +board his own vessel, and that he would send somebody to take charge of +the _Revenge_. + +This was a fall indeed, and Bonnet was almost stunned by it. An hour +before he had been proudly strutting about on the deck of a vessel which +belonged to him, and in which he had captured many valuable prizes, and +now he was told he was to stay on Blackbeard's ship and make himself +useful in keeping the log book, or in doing any other easy thing which +he might happen to understand. The green pirate ground his teeth and +swore bitterly inside of himself, but he said nothing openly; on +Blackbeard's ship Blackbeard's decisions were not to be questioned. + + + + +Chapter XXV + +Bonnet again to the Front + + +It must not be supposed that the late commander of the _Revenge_ +continued to be satisfied, as he sat in the cabin of Blackbeard's vessel +and made the entries of the day's sailing and various performances. He +obeyed the orders of his usurping partner because he was obliged to do +so, but he did not hate Blackbeard any the less because he had to keep +quiet about it. He accompanied his pirate chief on various cruises, +among which was the famous expedition to the harbor of Charles Town +where Blackbeard traded Mr. Wragg and his companions for medicines. + +Having a very fine fleet under him, Blackbeard did a very successful +business for some time, but feeling that he had earned enough for the +present, and that it was time for him to take one of his vacations, he +put into an inlet in North Carolina, where he disbanded his crew. So +long as he was on shore spending his money and having a good time, he +did not want to have a lot of men about him who would look to him to +support them when they had spent their portion of the spoils. Having no +further use for Bonnet, he dismissed him also, and did not object to his +resuming possession of his own vessel. If the green pirate chose to go +to sea again and perhaps drown himself and his crew, it was a matter of +no concern to Blackbeard. + +But this was a matter of very great concern to Stede Bonnet, and he +proceeded to prove that there were certain branches of the piratical +business in which he was an adept, and second to none of his +fellow-practitioners. He wished to go pirating again, and saw a way of +doing this which he thought would be far superior to any of the common +methods. It was about this time that King George of England, very +desirous of breaking up piracy, issued a proclamation in which he +promised pardon to any pirate who would appear before the proper +authorities, renounce his evil practices, and take an oath of +allegiance. It also happened that very soon after this proclamation had +been issued, England went to war with Spain. Being a man who kept +himself posted in the news of the world, so far as it was possible, +Bonnet saw in the present state of affairs a very good chance for him to +play the part of a wolf in sheep's clothing, and he proceeded to begin +his new piratical career by renouncing piracy. So leaving the _Revenge_ +in the inlet, he journeyed overland to Bath; there he signed pledges, +took oaths, and did everything that was necessary to change himself from +a pirate captain to a respectable commander of a duly authorized British +privateer. Returning to his vessel with all the papers in his pocket +necessary to prove that he was a loyal and law-abiding subject of Great +Britain, he took out regular clearance papers for St. Thomas, which was +a British naval station, and where he declared he was going in order to +obtain a commission as a privateer. + +Now the wily Bonnet had everything he wanted except a crew. Of course it +would not do for him, in his present respectable capacity, to go about +enlisting unemployed pirates, but at this point fortune again favored +him; he knew of a desert island not very far away where Blackbeard, at +the end of his last cruise, had marooned a large party of his men. This +heartless pirate had not wanted to take all of his followers into port, +because they might prove troublesome and expensive to him, and so he had +put a number of them on this island, to live or die as the case might +be. Bonnet went over to this island, and finding the greater part of +these men still surviving, he offered to take them to St. Thomas in his +vessel if they would agree to work the ship to port. This proposition +was of course joyfully accepted, and very soon the _Revenge_ was manned +with a complete crew of competent desperadoes. + +All these operations took a good deal of time, and, at last, when +everything was ready for Bonnet to start out on his piratical cruise, he +received information which caused him to change his mind, and to set +forth on an errand of a very different kind. He had supposed that +Blackbeard, whom he had never forgiven for the shameful and treacherous +manner in which he had treated him, was still on shore enjoying himself, +but he was told by the captain of a small trading vessel that the old +pirate was preparing for another cruise, and that he was then in +Ocracoke Inlet. Now Bonnet folded his arms and stamped his feet upon the +quarter-deck. The time had come for him to show that the name of his +vessel meant something. Never before had he had an opportunity for +revenging himself on anybody, but now that hour had arrived. He would +revenge himself upon Blackbeard! + +The implacable Bonnet sailed out to sea in a truly warlike frame of +mind. He was not going forth to prey upon unresisting merchantmen; he +was on his way to punish a black-hearted pirate, a faithless scoundrel, +who had not only acted knavishly toward the world in general, but had +behaved most disloyally and disrespectfully toward a fellow pirate +chief. If he could once run the _Revenge_ alongside the ship of the +perfidious Blackbeard, he would show him what a green hand could do. + +When Bonnet reached Ocracoke Inlet, he was deeply disappointed to find +that Blackbeard had left that harbor, but he did not give up the +pursuit. He made hot chase after the vessel of his pirate enemy, keeping +a sharp lookout in hopes of discovering some signs of him. If the +enraged Bonnet could have met the ferocious Blackbeard face to face, +there might have been a combat which would have relieved the world of +two atrocious villains, and Captain Maynard would have been deprived of +the honor of having slain the most famous pirate of the day. + +Bonnet was a good soldier and a brave man, and although he could not +sail a ship, he understood the use of the sword even better, perhaps, +than Blackbeard, and there is good reason to believe that if the two +ships had come together, their respective crews would have allowed their +captains to fight out their private quarrel without interference, for +pirates delight in a bloody spectacle, and this would have been to them +a rare diversion of the kind. + +But Bonnet never overtook Blackbeard, and the great combat between the +rival pirates did not take place. After vainly searching for a +considerable time for a trace or sight of Blackbeard, the baffled Bonnet +gave up the pursuit and turned his mind to other objects. The first +thing he did was to change the name of his vessel; if he could not be +revenged, he would not sail in the _Revenge_. Casting about in his mind +for a good name, he decided to call her the _Royal James_. Having no +intention of respecting his oaths or of keeping his promises, he thought +that, as he was going to be disloyal, he might as well be as disloyal as +he could, and so he gave his ship the name assumed by the son of James +the Second, who was a pretender to the throne, and was then in France +plotting against the English government. + +The next thing he did was to change his own name, for he thought this +would make matters better for him if he should be captured after +entering upon his new criminal career. So he called himself Captain +Thomas, by which name he was afterwards known. + +When these preliminaries had been arranged, he gathered his crew +together and announced that instead of going to St. Thomas to get a +commission as a privateer, he had determined to keep on in his old +manner of life, and that he wished them to understand that not only was +he a pirate captain, but that they were a pirate crew. Many of the men +were very much surprised at this announcement, for they had thought it a +very natural thing for the green-hand Bonnet to give up pirating after +he had been so thoroughly snubbed by Blackbeard, and they had not +supposed that he would ever think again of sailing under a black flag. + +However, the crew's opinion of the green-hand captain had been a good +deal changed. In his various cruises he had learned a good deal about +navigation, and could now give very fair orders, and his furious pursuit +of Blackbeard had also given him a reputation for reckless bravery which +he had not enjoyed before. A man who was chafing and fuming for a chance +of a hand-to-hand conflict with the greatest pirate of the day must be a +pretty good sort of a fellow from their point of view. Moreover, their +strutting and stalking captain, so recently balked of his dark revenge, +was a very savage-looking man, and it would not be pleasant either to +try to persuade him to give up his piratical intention, or to decline to +join him in carrying it out; so the whole of the crew, minor officers +and men, changed their minds about going to St. Thomas, and agreed to +hoist the skull and cross-bones, and to follow Captain Bonnet wherever +he might lead. + +Bonnet now cruised about in grand style and took some prizes on the +Virginia coast, and then went up into Delaware Bay, where he captured +such ships as he wanted, and acted generally in the most domineering and +insolent fashion. Once, when he stopped near the town of Lewes, in order +to send some prisoners ashore, he sent a message to the officers of the +town to the effect that if they interfered with his men when they came +ashore, he would open fire upon the town with his cannon, and blow every +house into splinters. Of course the citizens, having no way of defending +themselves, were obliged to allow the pirates to come on shore and +depart unmolested. + +Then after this the blustering captain captured two valuable sloops, and +wishing to take them along with him without the trouble of transferring +their cargoes to his own vessel, he left their crews on board, and +ordered them to follow him wherever he went. Some days after that, when +one of the vessels seemed to be sailing at too great a distance, Bonnet +quickly let her captain know that he was not a man to be trifled with, +and sent him the message that if he did not keep close to the _Royal +James_, he would fire into him and sink him to the bottom. + +After a time Bonnet put into a North Carolina port in order to repair +the _Royal James_, which was becoming very leaky, and seeing no +immediate legitimate way of getting planks and beams enough with which +to make the necessary repairs, he captured a small sloop belonging in +the neighborhood, and broke it up in order to get the material he needed +to make his own vessel seaworthy. + +Now the people of the North Carolina coast very seldom interfered with +pirates, as we have seen, and it is likely that Bonnet might have +stayed in port as long as he pleased, and repaired and refitted his +vessel without molestation if he had bought and paid for the planks and +timber he required. But when it came to boldly seizing their property, +that was too much even for the people of the region, and complaints of +Bonnet's behavior spread from settlement to settlement, and it very soon +became known all down the coast that there was a pirate in North +Carolina who was committing depredations there and was preparing to set +out on a fresh cruise. + +When these tidings came to Charles Town, the citizens were thrown into +great agitation. It had not been long since Blackbeard had visited their +harbor, and had treated them with such brutal insolence, and there were +bold spirits in the town who declared that if any effort by them could +prevent another visitation of the pirates, that effort should be made. +There was no naval force in the harbor which could be sent out to meet +the pirates, who were coming down the coast; but Mr. William Rhett, a +private gentleman of position in the place, went to the Governor and +offered to fit out, at his own expense, an expedition for the purpose of +turning away from their city the danger which threatened it. + + + + +Chapter XXVI + +The Battle of the Sand Bars + + +When that estimable private gentleman, Mr. William Rhett, of Charles +Town, had received a commission from the Governor to go forth on his own +responsibility and meet the dreaded pirate, the news of whose +depredations had thrown the good citizens into such a fever of +apprehension, he took possession, in the name of the law, of two large +sloops, the _Henry_ and the _Sea-Nymph_, which were in the harbor, and +at his own expense he manned them with well-armed crews, and put on +board of each of them eight small cannon. When everything was ready, Mr. +Rhett was in command of a very formidable force for those waters, and if +he had been ready to sail a few days sooner, he would have had an +opportunity of giving his men some practice in fighting pirates before +they met the particular and more important sea-robber whom they had set +out to encounter. Just as his vessel was ready to sail, Mr. Rhett +received news that a pirate ship had captured two or three merchantmen +just outside the harbor, and he put out to sea with all possible haste +and cruised up and down the coast for some time, but he did not find +this most recent depredator, who had departed very promptly when he +heard that armed ships were coming out of the harbor. + +Now Mr. Rhett, who was no more of a sailor than Stede Bonnet had been +when he first began his seafaring life, boldly made his way up the coast +to the mouth of Cape Fear River, where he had been told the pirate +vessel was lying. When he reached his destination, Mr. Rhett found that +it would not be an easy thing to ascend the river, for the reason that +the pilots he had brought with him knew nothing about the waters of that +part of the coast, and although the two ships made their way very +cautiously, it was not long after they had entered the river before they +got out of the channel, and it being low tide, both of them ran aground +upon sand bars. + +This was a very annoying accident, but it was not disastrous, for the +sailing masters who commanded the sloops knew very well that when the +tide rose, their vessels would float again. But it prevented Mr. Rhett +from going on and making an immediate attack upon the pirate vessel, the +topmasts of which could be plainly seen behind a high headland some +distance up the river. + +Of course Bonnet, or Captain Thomas, as he now chose to be called, soon +became aware of the fact that two good-sized vessels were lying aground +near the mouth of the river, and having a very natural curiosity to see +what sort of craft they were, he waited until nightfall and then sent +three armed boats to make observations. When these boats returned to the +_Royal James_ and reported that the grounded vessels were not +well-loaded trading craft, but large sloops full of men and armed with +cannon, Bonnet (for we prefer to call him by his old name) had good +reason to fold his arms, knit his brows, and strut up and down the deck. +He was sure that the armed vessels came from Charles Town, and there was +no reason to doubt that if the Governor of South Carolina had sent two +ships against him the matter was a very serious one. He was penned up in +the river, he had only one fighting vessel to contend against two, and +if he could not succeed in getting out to sea before he should be +attacked by the Charles Town ships, there would be but little chance of +his continuing in his present line of business. If the _Royal James_ had +been ready to sail, there is no doubt that Bonnet would have taken his +chance of finding the channel in the dark, and would have sailed away +that night without regard to the cannonading which might have been +directed against him from the two stranded vessels. + +But as it was impossible to get ready to sail, Bonnet went to work with +the greatest energy to get ready to fight. He knew that when the tide +rose there would be two armed sloops afloat, and that there would be a +regular naval battle on the quiet waters of Cape Fear River. All night +his men worked to clear the decks and get everything in order for the +coming combat, and all night Mr. Rhett and his crews kept a sharp watch +for any unexpected move of the enemy, while they loaded their guns, +their pistols, and their cannon, and put everything in order for action. + +Very early in the morning the wide-awake crews of the South Carolina +vessels, which were now afloat and at anchor, saw that the topmasts of +the pirate craft were beginning to move above the distant headland, and +very soon Bonnet's ship came out into view, under full sail, and as she +veered around they saw that she was coming toward them. Up went the +anchors and up went the sails of the _Henry_ and the _Sea-Nymph_, and +the naval battle between the retired army officer who had almost learned +to be a sailor, and the private gentleman from South Carolina, who knew +nothing whatever about managing ships, was about to begin. + +It was plain to the South Carolinians that the great object of the +pirate captain was to get out to sea just as soon as he could, and that +he was coming down the river, not because he wished to make an +immediate attack upon them, but because he hoped to slip by them and +get away. Of course they could follow him upon the ocean and fight him +if their vessels were fast enough, but once out of the river with plenty +of sea-room, he would have twenty chances of escape where now he had +one. + +But Mr. Rhett did not intend that the pirates should play him this +little trick; he wanted to fight the dastardly wretches in the river, +where they could not get away, and he had no idea of letting them sneak +out to sea. Consequently as the _Royal James_, under full sail, was +making her way down the river, keeping as far as possible from her two +enemies, Mr. Rhett ordered his ships to bear down upon her so as to cut +off her retreat and force her toward the opposite shore of the river. +This manoeuvre was performed with great success. The two Charles Town +sloops sailed so boldly and swiftly toward the _Royal James_ that the +latter was obliged to hug the shore, and the first thing the pirates +knew they were stuck fast and tight upon a sand bar. Three minutes +afterward the _Henry_ ran upon a sand bar, and there being enough of +these obstructions in that river to satisfy any ordinary demand, the +_Sea-Nymph_ very soon grounded herself upon another of them. But +unfortunately she took up her permanent position at a considerable +distance from her consort. + +Here now were the vessels which were to conduct this memorable +sea-fight, all three fast in the sand and unable to move, and their +predicament was made the worse by the fact that it would be five hours +before the tide would rise high enough for any one of them to float. The +positions of the three vessels were very peculiar and awkward; the +_Henry_ and the _Royal James_ were lying so near to each other that Mr. +Rhett could have shot Major Bonnet with a pistol if the latter gentleman +had given him the chance, and the _Sea-Nymph_ was so far away that she +was entirely out of the fight, and her crew could do nothing but stand +and watch what was going on between the other two vessels. + +But although they could not get any nearer each other, nor get away from +each other, the pirates and Mr. Rhett's crew had no idea of postponing +the battle until they should be afloat and able to fight in the ordinary +fashion of ships; they immediately began to fire at each other with +pistols, muskets, and cannon, and the din and roar was something that +must have astonished the birds and beasts and fishes of that quiet +region. + +As the tide continued to run out of the river, and its waters became +more and more shallow, the two contending vessels began to careen over +to one side, and, unfortunately for the _Henry_, they both careened in +the same direction, and in such a manner that the deck of the _Royal +James_ was inclined away from the _Henry_, while the deck of the latter +leaned toward her pirate foe. This gave a great advantage to Bonnet and +his crew, for they were in a great measure protected by the hull of +their vessel, whereas the whole deck of the _Henry_ was exposed to the +fire of the pirates. But Mr. Rhett and his South Carolinians were all +brave men, and they blazed away with their muskets and pistols at the +pirates whenever they could see a head above the rail of the _Royal +James_, while with their cannon they kept firing at the pirate's hull. + +For five long hours the fight continued, but the cannon carried by the +two vessels must have been of very small calibre, for if they had been +firing at such short range and for such a length of time with modern +guns, they must have shattered each other into kindling wood. But +neither vessel seems to have been seriously injured, and although there +were a good many men killed on both sides, the combat was kept up with +great determination and fury. At one time it seemed almost certain that +Bonnet would get the better of Mr. Rhett, and he ordered his black flag +waved contemptuously in the air while his men shouted to the South +Carolinians to come over and call upon them, but the South Carolina boys +answered these taunts with cheers and fired away more furiously than +ever. + +The tide was now coming in, and everybody on board the two fighting +vessels knew very well that the first one of them which should float +would have a great advantage over the other, and would probably be the +conqueror. In came the tide, and still the cannons roared and the +muskets cracked, while the hearts of the pirates and the South +Carolinians almost stood still as they each watched the other vessel to +see if she showed any signs of floating. + +At last such signs were seen; the _Henry_ was further from the shore +than the _Royal James_, and she first felt the influence of the rising +waters. Her masts began to straighten, and at last her deck was level, +and she floated clear of the bottom while her antagonist still lay +careened over on her side. Now the pirates saw there was no chance for +them; in a very short time the other Carolina sloop would be afloat, and +then the two vessels would bear down upon them and utterly destroy both +them and their vessel. Consequently upon the _Royal James_ there was a +general disposition to surrender and to make the best terms they could, +for it would be a great deal better to submit and run the chance of a +trial than to keep up the fight against enemies so much superior both in +numbers and ships, who would soon be upon them. + +But Bonnet would not listen to one word of surrender. Rather than give +up the fight he declared he would set fire to the powder magazine of +the _Royal James_ and blow himself, his ship, and his men high up into +the air. Although he had not a sailor's skill, he possessed a soldier's +soul, and in spite of his being a dastardly and cruel pirate he was a +brave man. But Bonnet was only one, and his crew numbered dozens, and +notwithstanding his furiously dissenting voice it was determined to +surrender, and when Mr. Rhett sailed up to the _Royal James_, intending +to board her if the pirates still showed resistance, he found them ready +to submit to terms and to yield themselves his prisoners. + +Thus ended the great sea-fight between the private gentlemen, and thus +ended Stede Bonnet's career. He and his men were taken to Charles Town, +where most of the pirate crew were tried and executed. The green-hand +pirate, who had wrought more devastation along the American coast than +many a skilled sea-robber, was held in custody to await his trial, and +it seems very strange that there should have been a public sentiment in +Charles Town which induced the officials to treat this pirate with a +certain degree of respect simply from the fact that his station in life +had been that of a gentleman. He was a much more black-hearted scoundrel +than any of his men, but they were executed as soon as possible while +his trial was postponed and he was allowed privileges which would never +have been accorded a common pirate. In consequence of this leniency he +escaped and had to be retaken by Mr. Rhett. It was so long before he was +tried that sympathy for his misfortunes arose among some of the +tender-hearted citizens of Charles Town whose houses he would have +pillaged and whose families he would have murdered if the exigencies of +piracy had rendered such action desirable. + +Finding that other people were trying to save his life, Bonnet came down +from his high horse and tried to save it himself by writing piteous +letters to the Governor, begging for mercy. But the Governor of South +Carolina had no notion of sparing a pirate who had deliberately put +himself under the protection of the law in order that he might better +pursue his lawless and wicked career, and the green hand, with the black +heart, was finally hung on the same spot where his companions had been +executed. + + + + +Chapter XXVII + +A Six Weeks' Pirate + + +About the time of Stede Bonnet's terminal adventures a very +unpretentious pirate made his appearance in the waters of New York. This +was a man named Richard Worley, who set himself up in piracy in a very +small way, but who, by a strict attention to business, soon achieved a +remarkable success. He started out as a scourge upon the commerce of the +Atlantic Ocean with only an open boat and eight men. In this small craft +he went down the coast of New Jersey taking everything he could from +fishing boats and small trading vessels until he reached Delaware Bay, +and here he made a bold stroke and captured a good-sized sloop. + +When this piratical outrage was reported at Philadelphia, it created a +great sensation, and people talked about it until the open boat with +nine men grew into a great pirate ship filled with roaring desperadoes +and cutthroats. From Philadelphia the news was sent to New York, and +that government was warned of the great danger which threatened the +coast. As soon as this alarming intelligence was received, the New +Yorkers set to work to get up an expedition which should go out to sea +and endeavor to destroy the pirate vessel before it could enter their +port, and work havoc among their merchantmen. + +It may seem strange that a small open boat with nine men could stir up +such a commotion in these two great provinces of North America, but if +we can try to imagine the effect which would be produced among the +inhabitants of Staten Island, or in the hearts of the dwellers in the +beautiful houses on the shores of the Delaware River, by the +announcement that a boat carrying nine desperate burglars was to be +expected in their neighborhood, we can better understand what the people +of New York and Philadelphia thought when they heard that Worley had +captured a sloop in Delaware Bay. + +The expedition which left New York made a very unsuccessful cruise. It +sailed for days and days, but never saw a sign of a boat containing nine +men, and it returned disappointed and obliged to report no progress. +With Worley, however, progress had been very decided. He captured +another sloop, and this being a large one and suitable to his purposes, +he took possession of it, gave up his open boat, and fitted out his +prize as a regular piratical craft. With a good ship under his command, +Captain Worley now enlarged his sphere of action; on both shores of +Delaware Bay, and along the coast of New Jersey, he captured everything +which came in his way, and for about three weeks he made the waters in +those regions very hot for every kind of peaceable commercial craft. If +Worley had been in trade, his motto would have been "Quick sales and +small profits," for by day and by night, the _New York's Revenge_, which +was the name he gave to his new vessel, cruised east and west and north +and south, losing no opportunity of levying contributions of money, +merchandise, food, and drink upon any vessel, no matter how +insignificant it might be. + +The Philadelphians now began to tremble in their shoes; for if a boat +had so quickly grown into a sloop, the sloop might grow into a fleet, +and they had all heard of Porto Bello, and the deeds of the bloody +buccaneers. The Governor of Pennsylvania, recognizing the impending +danger and the necessity of prompt action, sent to Sandy Hook, where +there was a British man-of-war, the _Phoenix_, and urged that this +vessel should come down into Delaware Bay and put an end to the pirate +ship which was ravaging those waters. Considering that Worley had not +been engaged in piracy for much more than four weeks, he had created a +reputation for enterprise and industry, which gave him a very important +position as a commerce destroyer, and a large man-of-war did not think +that he was too small game for her to hunt down, and so she set forth to +capture or destroy the audacious Worley. But never a Worley of any kind +did she see. While the _Phoenix_ was sailing along the coast, +examining all the coves and harbors of New Jersey and Pennsylvania, the +_New York's Revenge_ put out to sea, and then proceeded southward to +discover a more undisturbed field of operation. + +We will now leave Worley's vessel sailing southward, and go for a time +to Charles Town, where some very important events were taking place. The +Governor of South Carolina had been very much afraid that the pirates in +general would take some sort of revenge for the capture of Stede Bonnet, +who was then in prison awaiting trial, and that if he should be +executed, Charles Town might be visited by an overpowering piratical +force, and he applied to England to have a war-vessel sent to the +harbor. But before any relief of this kind could be expected, news came +to Charles Town that already a celebrated pirate, named Moody, was +outside of the harbor, capturing merchant vessels, and it might be that +he was only waiting for the arrival of other pirate ships to sail into +the harbor and rescue Bonnet. + +Now the Charles Town citizens saw that they must again act for +themselves, and not depend upon the home government. If there were +pirates outside the harbor, they must be met and fought before they +could come up to the city; and the Governor and the Council decided +immediately to fit out a little fleet. Four merchant vessels were +quickly provided with cannon, ammunition, and men, and the command of +this expedition would undoubtedly have been given to Mr. Rhett had it +not been that he and the Governor had quarrelled. There being no naval +officers in Charles Town, their fighting vessels had to be commanded by +civilians, and Governor Johnson now determined that he would try his +hand at carrying on a sea-fight. Mr. Rhett had done very well; why +should not he? + +Before the Governor's little fleet of vessels, one of which was the +_Royal James_, captured from Bonnet, was quite ready to sail, the +Governor received news that his preparations had not been made a moment +too soon, for already two vessels, one a large ship, and the other an +armed sloop, had come into the outer harbor, and were lying at anchor +off Sullivan's Island. It was very likely that Moody, having returned +from some outside operation, was waiting there for the arrival of other +pirate ships, and that it was an important thing to attack him at once. + +As it was very desirable that the pirates should not be frightened away +before the Charles Town fleet could reach them, the vessels of the +latter were made to look as much like mere merchantmen as possible. +Their cannon were covered, and the greater part of the crews was kept +below, out of sight. Thus the four ships came sailing down the bay, and +early in the morning made their appearance in the sight of the pirates. +When the ship and the big sloop saw the four merchant vessels sailing +quietly out of the harbor, they made immediate preparations to capture +them. Anchors were weighed, sails were set, and with a black flag flying +from the topmast of each vessel, the pirates steered toward the Charles +Town fleet, and soon approached near enough to the _King William_, which +was the foremost of the fleet, to call upon her captain to surrender. +But at that moment Governor Johnson, who was on board the +_Mediterranean_, and could hear the insolent pirate shouting through his +speaking-trumpet, gave a preconcerted signal. Instantly everything was +changed. The covers were jerked off from the cannon of the pretended +merchantmen, armed men poured up out of the holds, the flag of England +was quickly raised on each one of them, and the sixty-eight guns of the +combined fleet opened fire upon the astonished pirates. + +The ship which seemed to be the more formidable of the enemy's vessels +had run up so close to her intended prey that two of Governor Johnson's +vessels, the _Sea-Nymph_ and the _Royal James_, once so bitterly opposed +to each other, but now fighting together in honest comradeship, were +able to go between her and the open sea and so cut off her retreat. + +But if the captain of the pirate ship could not get away, he showed that +he was very well able to fight, and although the two vessels which had +made him the object of their attack were pouring cannon balls and musket +shot upon him, he blazed away with his cannon and his muskets. The three +vessels were so near each other that sometimes their yard-arms almost +touched, so that this terrible fight seemed almost like a hand-to-hand +conflict. For four hours the roaring of the cannon, the crushing of +timbers, the almost continuous discharge of musketry were kept up, while +the smoke of the battle frequently almost prevented the crews of the +contending ships from seeing each other. Not so very far away the people +of Charles Town, who were standing on the shores of their beautiful +harbor, could see the fierce fight which was going on, and great was the +excitement and anxiety throughout the city. + +But the time came when two ships grew too much for one, and as the +_Royal James_ and the _Sea-Nymph_ were able to take positions by which +they could rake the deck of the pirate vessel, many of her men gave up +the fight and rushed down into the hold to save their lives. Then both +the Charles Town vessels bore down upon the pirate and boarded her, and +now there was another savage battle with pistols and cutlasses. The +pirate captain and several of his crew were still on deck, and they +fought like wounded lions, and it was not until they had all been cut +down or shot that victory came to the men of Charles Town. + +Very soon after this terrible battle was over the waiting crowds in the +city saw a glorious sight; the pirate ship came sailing slowly up the +harbor, a captured vessel, with the _Sea-Nymph_ on one side and the +_Royal James_ on the other, the colors of the Crown flying from the +masts of each one of the three. + +The other pirate ship, which was quite large, seemed to be more +fortunate than her companion, for she was able to get out to sea, and +spreading all her sails she made every effort to escape. Governor +Johnson, however, had no idea of letting her get away if he could help +it. When a civilian goes out to fight a sea-battle he naturally wants to +show what he can do, and Governor Johnson did not mean to let people +think that Mr. Rhett was a better naval commander than he was. He +ordered the _Mediterranean_ and the _King William_ to put on all sail, +and away they went after the big ship. The retreating pirates did +everything they could to effect escape, throwing over their cannon, and +even their boats, in order to lighten their ship, but it was of no use. +The Governor's vessels were the faster sailers, and when the _King +William_ got near enough to fire a few cannon balls into the flying +ship, the latter hauled down the black flag and without hesitation lay +to and surrendered. + +It was plain enough that this ship was not manned by desperate pirates, +and when Governor Johnson went on board of her he found her to be not +really a pirate ship, but an English vessel which not long before had +been captured by the pirates in whose company she had visited Charles +Town harbor. She had been bringing over from England a company of +convicts and what were called "covenant servants," who were going to the +colonies to be disposed of to the planters for a term of years. Among +these were thirty-six women, and when the South Carolinians went below +they were greatly surprised to find the hold crowded with these +unfortunate creatures, some of whom were nearly frightened to death. At +the time of this vessel's capture the pirate captain had enlisted some +of the convicts into his crew, as he needed men, and putting on board of +his prize a few pirates to command her, the ship had been worked by such +of her own crew and passengers as were willing to serve under pirates, +while the others were shut up below. + +Here was a fine prize taken with very little trouble, and the _King +William_ and the _Mediterranean_ returned to Charles Town with their +captured ship, to be met with the shouts and cheers of the delighted +citizens, already excited to a high pitch by the previous arrival of the +captured pirate sloop. + +But Governor Johnson met with something else which made a stronger +impression on him than the cheers of his townspeople, and this was the +great surprise of finding that he had not fought and conquered the +pirate Moody; without suspecting such a thing, he had crushed and +utterly annihilated the dreaded Worley, whose deeds had created such a +consternation in northern waters, and whose threatened approach had sent +a thrill of excitement all down the coast. When this astonishing news +became known, the flags of the city were waved more wildly, and the +shouts and cheers rose higher. + +Thus came to an end, in the short time of six weeks, the career of +Richard Worley, who, without doubt, did more piratical work in less time +than any sea-robber on record. + + + + +Chapter XXVIII + +The Story of Two Women Pirates + + +The history of the world gives us many instances of women who have taken +the parts of men, almost always acquitting themselves with as much +credit as if they had really belonged to the male sex, and, in our +modern days, these instances are becoming more frequent than ever +before. Joan of Arc put on a suit of armor and bravely led an army, and +there have been many other fighting women who made a reputation for +themselves; but it is very seldom that we hear of a woman who became a +pirate. There were, however, two women pirates who made themselves very +well known on our coast. + +The most famous of these women pirates was named Mary Reed. Her father +was an English captain of a trading vessel, and her mother sailed with +him. This mother had had an elder child, a son, and she also had a +mother-in-law in England from whom she expected great things for her +little boy. But the boy died, and Mrs. Reed, being afraid that her +mother-in-law would not be willing to leave any property to a girl, +determined to play a little trick, and make believe that her second +child was also a boy. + +Consequently, as soon as the little girl, who, from her birth had been +called Mary by her father and mother, was old enough to leave off baby +clothes, she put on boy's clothes, and when the family returned to +England a nice little boy appeared before his grandmother; but all this +deception amounted to nothing, for the old lady died without leaving +anything to the pretended boy. Mary's mother believed that her child +would get along better in the world as a boy than she would as a girl, +and therefore she still dressed her in masculine clothes, and put her +out to service as a foot-boy, or one of those youngsters who now go by +the name of "Buttons." + +But Mary did not fancy blacking boots and running errands. She was very +well satisfied to be a boy, but she wanted to live the kind of a boy's +life which would please her fancy, and as she thought life on the ocean +wave would suit her very well, she ran away from her employer's house +and enlisted on board a man-of-war as a powder monkey. + +After a short time, Mary found that the ocean was not all that she +expected it to be, and when she had grown up so that she looked like a +good strapping fellow, she ran away from the man-of-war when it was in +an English port, and went to Flanders, and there she thought she would +try something new, and see whether or not she would like a soldier's +life better than that of a sailor. She enlisted in a regiment of foot, +and in the course of time she became a very good soldier and took part +in several battles, firing her musket and charging with her bayonet as +well as any of the men beside her. + +But there is a great deal of hard work connected with infantry service, +and although she was eager for the excitement of battle with the +exhilarating smell of powder and the cheering shouts of her +fellow-soldiers, Mary did not fancy tramping on long marches, carrying +her heavy musket and knapsack. She got herself changed into a regiment +of cavalry, and here, mounted upon a horse, with the encumbrances she +disliked to carry comfortably strapped behind her, Mary felt much more +at ease, and much better satisfied. But she was not destined to achieve +fame as a dashing cavalry man with foaming steed and flashing sabre. One +of her comrades was a very prepossessing young fellow, and Mary fell in +love with him, and when she told him she was not really a cavalry man +but a cavalry woman, he returned her affection, and the two agreed that +they would quit the army, and set up domestic life as quiet civilians. +They were married, and went into the tavern-keeping business. They were +both fond of horses, and did not wish to sever all connection with the +method of life they had just given up, and so they called their little +inn the Three Horse Shoes, and were always glad when any one of their +customers came riding up to their stables, instead of simply walking in +their door. + +But this domestic life did not last very long. Mary's husband died, and, +not wishing to keep a tavern by herself, she again put on the dress of a +man and enlisted as a soldier. But her military experience did not +satisfy her, and after all she believed that she liked the sea better +than the land, and again she shipped as a sailor on a vessel bound for +the West Indies. + +Now Mary's desire for change and variety seemed likely to be fully +satisfied. The ship was taken by English pirates, and as she was English +and looked as if she would make a good freebooter, they compelled her to +join them, and thus it was that she got her first idea of a pirate's +life. When this company disbanded, she went to New Providence and +enlisted on a privateer, but, as was very common on such vessels +commissioned to perform acts of legal piracy, the crew soon determined +that illegal piracy was much preferable, so they hoisted the black flag, +and began to scourge the seas. + +Mary Reed was now a regular pirate, with a cutlass, pistol, and every +outward appearance of a daring sea-robber, except that she wore no +bristling beard, but as her face was sunburned and seamed by the +weather, she looked mannish enough to frighten the senses out of any +unfortunate trader on whose deck she bounded in company with her +shouting, hairy-faced companions. It is told of her that she did not +fancy the life of a pirate, but she seemed to believe in the principle +of whatever is worth doing is worth doing well; she was as ready with +her cutlass and her pistol as any other ocean bandit. + +But although Mary was a daring pirate, she was also a woman, and again +she fell in love. A very pleasant and agreeable sailor was taken +prisoner by the crew of her ship, and Mary concluded that she would take +him as her portion of the spoils. Consequently, at the first port they +touched she became again a woman and married him, and as they had no +other present method of livelihood he remained with her on her ship. +Mary and her husband had no real love for a pirate's life, and they +determined to give it up as soon as possible, but the chance to do so +did not arrive. Mary had a very high regard for her new husband, who was +a quiet, amiable man, and not at all suited to his present life, and as +he had become a pirate for the love of her, she did everything she could +to make life easy for him. + +She even went so far as to fight a duel in his place, one of the crew +having insulted him, probably thinking him a milksop who would not +resent an affront. But the latent courage of Mary's husband instantly +blazed up, and he challenged the insulter to a duel. Although Mary +thought her husband was brave enough to fight anybody, she thought that +perhaps, in some ways, he was a milksop and did not understand the use +of arms nearly as well as she did. Therefore, she made him stay on board +the ship while she went to a little island near where they were anchored +and fought the duel with sword and pistol. The man pirate and the woman +pirate now went savagely to work, and it was not long before the man +pirate lay dead upon the sand, while Mary returned to an admiring crew +and a grateful husband. + +During her piratical career Mary fell in with another woman pirate, Anne +Bonny, by name, and these women, being perhaps the only two of their +kind, became close friends. Anne came of a good family. She was the +daughter of an Irish lawyer, who went to Carolina and became a planter, +and there the little girl grew up. When her mother died she kept the +house, but her disposition was very much more masculine than feminine. +She was very quick-tempered and easily enraged, and it is told of her +that when an Englishwoman, who was working as a servant in her father's +house, had irritated Anne by some carelessness or impertinence, that +hot-tempered young woman sprang upon her and stabbed her with a +carving-knife. + +It is not surprising that Anne soon showed a dislike for the humdrum +life on a plantation, and meeting with a young sailor, who owned nothing +in the world but the becoming clothes he wore, she married him. +Thereupon her father, who seems to have been as hot-headed as his +daughter, promptly turned her out of doors. The fiery Anne was glad +enough to adopt her husband's life, and she went to sea with him, +sailing to New Providence. There she was thrown into an entirely new +circle of society. Pirates were in the habit of congregating at this +place, and Anne was greatly delighted with the company of these daring, +dashing sea-robbers, of whose exploits she had so often heard. The more +she associated with the pirates, the less she cared for the plain, +stupid sailors, who were content with the merchant service, and she +finally deserted her husband and married a Captain Rackham, one of the +most attractive and dashing pirates of the day. + +Anne went on board the ship of her pirate husband, and as she was sure +his profession would exactly suit her wild and impetuous nature, she +determined also to become a pirate. She put on man's clothes, girded to +her side a cutlass, and hung pistols in her belt. During many voyages +Anne sailed with Captain Rackham, and wherever there was pirate's work +to do, she was on deck to do it. At last the gallant captain came to +grief. He was captured and condemned to death. Now there was an +opportunity for Anne's nature to assert itself, and it did, but it was a +very different sort of nature from that of Mary Reed. Just before his +execution Anne was admitted to see her husband, but instead of offering +to do anything that might comfort him or palliate his dreadful +misfortune, she simply stood and contemptuously glared at him. She was +sorry, she said, to see him in such a predicament, but she told him +plainly that if he had had the courage to fight like a man, he would not +then be waiting to be hung like a dog, and with that she walked away and +left him. + +On the occasion when Captain Rackham had been captured, Mary Reed and +her husband were on board his ship, and there was, perhaps, some reason +for Anne's denunciation of the cowardice of Captain Rackham. As has been +said, the two women were good friends and great fighters, and when they +found the vessel engaged in a fight with a man-of-war, they stood +together upon the deck and boldly fought, although the rest of the crew, +and even the captain himself, were so discouraged by the heavy fire +which was brought to bear on them, that they had retreated to the hold. + +Mary and Anne were so disgusted at this exhibition of cowardice, that +they rushed to the hatchways and shouted to their dastardly companions +to come up and help defend the ship, and when their entreaties were +disregarded they were so enraged that they fired down into the hold, +killing one of the frightened pirates and wounding several others. But +their ship was taken, and Mary and Anne, in company with all the pirates +who had been left alive, were put in irons and carried to England. + +When she was in prison, Mary declared that she and her husband had +firmly intended to give up piracy and become private citizens. But when +she was put on trial, the accounts of her deeds had a great deal more +effect than her words upon her judges, and she was condemned to be +executed. She was saved, however, from this fate by a fever of which she +died soon after her conviction. + +The impetuous Anne was also condemned, but the course of justice is +often very curious and difficult to understand, and this hard-hearted +and sanguinary woman was reprieved and finally pardoned. Whether or not +she continued to disport herself as a man we do not know, but it is +certain that she was the last of the female pirates. + +There are a great many things which women can do as well as men, and +there are many professions and lines of work from which they have been +long debarred, and for which they are most admirably adapted, but it +seems to me that piracy is not one of them. It is said that a woman's +nature is apt to carry her too far, and I have never heard of any man +pirate who would allow himself to become so enraged against the +cowardice of his companions that he would deliberately fire down into +the hold of a vessel containing his wife and a crowd of his former +associates. + + + + +Chapter XXIX + +A Pirate from Boyhood + + +About the beginning of the eighteenth century there lived in +Westminster, England, a boy who very early in life made a choice of a +future career. Nearly all boys have ideas upon this subject, and while +some think they would like to be presidents or generals of armies, +others fancy that they would prefer to be explorers of unknown countries +or to keep candy shops. But it generally happens that these youthful +ideas are never carried out, and that the boy who would wish to sell +candy because he likes to eat it, becomes a farmer on the western +prairie, where confectionery is never seen, and the would-be general +determines to study for the ministry. + +But Edward Low, the boy under consideration, was a different sort of a +fellow. The life of a robber suited his youthful fancy, and he not only +adopted it at a very early age, but he stuck to it until the end of his +life. He was much stronger and bolder than the youngsters with whom he +associated, and he soon became known among them as a regular land +pirate. If a boy possessed anything which Ned Low desired, whether it +happened to be an apple, a nut, or a farthing, the young robber gave +chase to him, and treated him as a pirate treats a merchant vessel which +he has boarded. + +Not only did young Low resemble a pirate in his dishonest methods, but +he also resembled one in his meanness and cruelty; if one of his victims +was supposed by him to have hidden any of the treasures which his captor +believed him to possess, Low would inflict upon him every form of +punishment which the ingenuity of a bad boy could devise, in order to +compel him to confess where he had concealed the half-penny which had +been given to him for holding a horse, or the ball with which he had +been seen playing. In the course of time this young street pirate became +a terror to all boys in that part of London in which he lived, and by +beginning so early he acquired a great proficiency in dishonest and +cruel practices. + +It is likely that young Low inherited his knavish disposition, for one +of his brothers became a very bold and ingenious thief, and invented a +new kind of robbery which afterwards was popular in London. This brother +grew to be a tall fellow, and it was his practice to dress himself like +a porter,--one of those men who in those days carried packages and +parcels about the city. On his head he poised a basket, and supporting +this burden with his hands, he hurriedly made his way through the most +crowded streets of London. + +The basket was a heavy one, but it did not contain any ordinary goods, +such as merchandise or marketing; but instead of these it held a very +sharp and active boy seven years old, one of the younger members of the +Low family. As the tall brother pushed rapidly here and there among the +hurrying people on the sidewalks, the boy in the basket would suddenly +stretch out with his wiry young arm, and snatch the hat or the wig of +some man who might pass near enough for him to reach him. This done, the +porter and his basket would quickly be lost in the crowd; and even if +the astonished citizen, suddenly finding himself hatless and wigless, +beheld the long-legged Low, he would have no reason to suppose that that +industrious man with the basket on his head had anything to do with the +loss of his head covering. + +This new style of street robbery must have been quite profitable, for of +course the boy in the basket was well instructed, and never snatched at +a shabby hat or a poor looking wig. The elder Low came to have a good +many imitators, and it happened in the course of time that many a worthy +citizen of London wished there were some harmless way of gluing his wig +to the top of his head, or that it were the custom to secure the hat by +means of strings tied under the chin. + +As Ned Low grew up to be a strong young fellow, he also grew +discontented with the pilferings and petty plunders which were possible +to him in the London streets, and so he went to sea and sailed to +America. He landed in Boston, and, as it was necessary to work in order +to eat,--for opportunities of a dishonest livelihood had not yet opened +themselves before him,--he undertook to learn the trade of a rigger, but +as he was very badly suited to any sort of steady occupation, he soon +quarrelled with his master, ran away, and got on board a vessel bound +for Honduras. + +For a time he earned a livelihood by cutting logwood, but it was not +long before he quarrelled with the captain of the vessel for whom he was +working, and finally became so enraged that he tried to kill him. He did +not succeed in this dastardly attempt, but as he could not commit murder +he decided to do the next worst thing, and so gathering together twelve +of the greatest rascals among his companions, they seized a boat, went +out to the captain's schooner, which was lying near shore, and took +possession of it. Then they hoisted anchor, ran up the sail, and put out +to sea, leaving the captain and the men who were with him to take care +of themselves the best that they could and live on logwood leaves if +they could find nothing else to eat. + +Now young Low was out upon the ocean in possession of a vessel and in +command of twelve sturdy scoundrels, and he did not have the least +trouble in the world in making up his mind what he should do next. As +soon as he could manufacture a black flag from materials he found on +board, he flung this ominous ensign to the breeze, and declared himself +a pirate. This was the summit of his ambition, and in this new +profession he had very little to learn. From a boy thief to a man pirate +the way is easy enough. + +The logwood schooner, of course, was not provided with the cannon, +cutlasses, and pistols necessary for piratical undertakings, and +therefore Low found himself in the position of a young man beginning +business with a very small capital. So, in the hopes of providing +himself with the necessary appliances for his work, Low sailed for one +of the islands of the West Indies which was a resort for pirates, and +there he had very good fortune, for he fell in with a man named Lowther +who was already well established in the profession of piracy. + +When Low sailed into the little port with his home-made black flag +floating above him, Lowther received him with the greatest courtesy and +hospitality, and shortly afterwards proposed to the newly fledged pirate +to go into partnership with him. This offer was accepted, and Low was +made second in command of the little fleet of two vessels, each of +which was well provided with arms, ammunition, and all things necessary +for robbery on the high seas. + +The partnership between these two rascals did not continue very long. +They took several valuable prizes, and the more booty he obtained, the +higher became Low's opinion of himself, and the greater his desire for +independent action. Therefore it was that when they had captured a large +brigantine, Low determined that he would no longer serve under any man. +He made a bargain with Lowther by which they dissolved partnership, and +Low became the owner of the brigantine. In this vessel, with forty-four +men as a crew, he again started out in the black flag business on his +own account, and parting from his former chief officer, he sailed +northward. + +As Low had landed in Boston, and had lived some time in that city, he +seems to have conceived a fancy for New England, which, however, was not +at all reciprocated by the inhabitants of that part of the country. + +Among the first feats which Low performed in New England waters was the +capture of a sloop about to enter one of the ports of Rhode Island. When +he had taken everything out of this vessel which he wanted, Low cut away +the yards from the masts and stripped the vessel of all its sails and +rigging. As his object was to get away from these waters before his +presence was discovered by the people on shore, he not only made it +almost impossible to sail the vessel he had despoiled, but he wounded +the captain and others of the peaceful crew so that they should not be +able to give information to any passing craft. Then he sailed away as +rapidly as possible in the direction of the open sea. In spite, however, +of all the disadvantages under which they labored, the crew of the +merchant vessel managed to get into Block Island, and from there a small +boat was hurriedly rowed over to Rhode Island, carrying intelligence of +the bold piracy which had been committed so close to one of its ports. + +When the Governor heard what had happened, he quickly sent out drummers +to sound the alarm in the seaport towns and to call upon volunteers to +go out and capture the pirates. So great was the resentment caused by +the audacious deed of Low that a large number of volunteers hastened to +offer their services to the Governor, and two vessels were fitted out +with such rapidity that, although their commanders had only heard of the +affair in the morning, they were ready to sail before sunset. They put +on all sail and made the best speed they could, and although they really +caught sight of Low's ship, the pirate vessel was a swifter craft than +those in pursuit of her, and the angry sailors of Rhode Island were at +last compelled to give up the chase. + +The next of Low's transactions was on a wholesale scale. Rounding Cape +Cod and sailing up the coast, he at last reached the vicinity of +Marblehead, and there, in a harbor called in those days Port Rosemary, +he found at anchor a fleet of thirteen merchant vessels. This was a +grand sight, as welcome to the eye of a pirate as a great nugget of gold +would be to a miner who for weary days had been washing yellow grains +from the "pay dirt" which he had laboriously dug from the hard soil. + +It would have been easy for Low to take his pick from these vessels +quietly resting in the little harbor, for he soon perceived that none of +them were armed nor were they able to protect themselves from assault, +but his audacity was of an expansive kind, and he determined to capture +them all. Sailing boldly into the harbor, he hoisted the dreadful black +flag, and then, standing on his quarter-deck with his speaking-trumpet, +he shouted to each vessel as he passed it that if it did not surrender +he would board it and give no quarter to captain or crew. Of course +there was nothing else for the peaceful sailors to do but to submit, and +so this greedy pirate took possession of each vessel in turn and +stripped it of everything of value he cared to take away. + +But he did not confine himself to stealing the goods on board these +merchantmen. As he preferred to command several vessels instead of one, +he took possession of some of the best of the ships and compelled as +many of their men as he thought he would need to enter his service. +Then, as one of the captured vessels was larger and better than his +brigantine, he took it for his own ship, and at the head of the little +pirate fleet he bid farewell to Marblehead and started out on a grand +cruise against the commerce of our coast. + +It is wonderful how rapidly this man Low succeeded in his business +enterprises. Beginning with a little vessel with a dozen unarmed men, he +found himself in a very short time at the head of what was perhaps the +largest piratical force in American waters. What might have happened if +Nature had not taken a hand in this game it is not difficult to imagine, +for our seaboard towns, especially those of the South, would have been +an easy prey to Low and his fleet. + +But sailing down to the West Indies, probably in order to fit out his +ships with guns, arms, and ammunition before beginning a naval campaign, +his fleet was overtaken by a terrible storm, and in order to save the +vessels they were obliged to throw overboard a great many of the heavier +goods they had captured at Marblehead, and when at last they found +shelter in the harbor of a small island, they were glad that they had +escaped with their lives. + +The grasping and rapacious Low was not now in a condition to proceed to +any rendezvous of pirates where he might purchase the arms and supplies +he needed. A great part of his valuable plunder had gone to the bottom +of the sea, and he was therefore obliged to content himself with +operations upon a comparatively small scale. + +How small and contemptible this scale was it is scarcely possible for an +ordinary civilized being to comprehend, but the soul of this ignoble +pirate was capable of extraordinary baseness. + +When he had repaired the damage to his ships, Low sailed out from the +island, and before long he fell in with a wrecked vessel which had lost +all its masts in a great storm, and was totally disabled, floating about +wherever the winds chose to blow it. The poor fellows on board greatly +needed succor, and there is no doubt that when they saw the approach of +sails their hopes rose high, and even if they had known what sort of +ships they were which were making their way toward them, they would +scarcely have suspected that the commander of these goodly vessels was +such an utterly despicable scoundrel as he proved to be. + +Instead of giving any sort of aid to the poor shipwrecked crew, Low and +his men set to work to plunder their vessel, and they took from it a +thousand pounds in money, and everything of value which they could find +on board. Having thus stripped the unfortunate wreck, they departed, +leaving the captain and crew of the disabled vessel to perish by storm +or starvation, unless some other vessel, manned by human beings and not +pitiless beasts, should pass their way and save them. + +Low now commenced a long series of piratical depredations. He captured +many merchantmen, he committed the vilest cruelties upon his victims, +and in every way proved himself to be one of the meanest and most +black-hearted pirates of whom we have any account. It is not necessary +to relate his various dastardly performances. They were all very much of +the same order, and none of them possessed any peculiar interest; his +existence is referred to in these pages because he was one of the most +noted and successful pirates of his time, and also because his career +indicated how entirely different was the character of the buccaneers of +previous days from that of the pirates who in the eighteenth century +infested our coast. The first might have been compared to bold and +dashing highwaymen, who at least showed courage and daring; but the +others resembled sneak thieves, always seeking to commit a crime if they +could do it in safety, but never willing to risk their cowardly necks in +any danger. + +The buccaneers of the olden days were certainly men of the greatest +bravery. They did not hesitate to attack well-armed vessels manned by +crews much larger than their own, and in later periods they faced cannon +and conquered cities. Their crimes were many and vile; but when they +committed cruelties they did so in order to compel their prisoners to +disclose their hidden treasures, and when they attacked a Spanish +vessel, and murdered all on board, they had in their hearts the +remembrance that the Spanish naval forces gave no quarter to buccaneers. + +But pirates such as Edward Low showed not one palliating feature in +their infamous characters. To rob and desert a shipwrecked crew was only +one of Low's contemptible actions. It appears that he seldom attacked a +vessel from which there seemed to be any probability of resistance, and +we read of no notable combats or sea-fights in which he was engaged. He +preyed upon the weak and defenceless, and his inhuman cruelties were +practised, not for the sake of extorting gain from his victims, but +simply to gratify his spite and love of wickedness. + +There were men among Low's followers who looked upon him as a bold and +brave leader, for he was always a blusterer and a braggart, and there +were honest seamen and merchants who were very much afraid of him, but +time proved that there was no reason for any one to suppose that Edward +Low had a spark of courage in his composition. He was brave enough when +he was attacking an unarmed crew, but when he had to deal with any +vessel capable of inflicting any injury upon him he was a coward indeed. + +Sailing in company with one companion vessel,--for he had discarded the +greater part of his pirate fleet,--Low sighted a good-sized ship at a +considerable distance, and he and his consort immediately gave chase, +supposing the distant vessel might prove to be a good prize. It so +happened, however, that the ship discovered by Low was an English +man-of-war, the _Greyhound_, which was cruising along the coast looking +for these very pirates, who had recently committed some outrageous +crimes upon the crews of merchant vessels in those waters. + +When the two ships, with the black flags floating above them and their +decks crowded with desperate fellows armed with pistols and cutlasses, +drew near to the vessel, of which they expected to make a prize, they +were greatly amazed when she suddenly turned in her course and delivered +a broadside from her heavy cannon. The pirates returned the fire, for +they were well armed with cannon, and there was nothing else for them to +do but fight, but the combat was an extremely short one. Low's consort +was soon disabled by the fire from the man-of-war, and, as soon as he +perceived this, the dastardly Low, without any regard for his +companions in arms, and with no thought for anything but his own safety, +immediately stopped fighting, and setting all sail, sped away from the +scene of combat as swiftly as it was possible for the wind to force his +vessel through the water. + +The disabled pirate ship was quickly captured, and not long afterwards +twenty-five of her crew were tried, convicted, and hung near Newport, +Rhode Island. But the arrant Low escaped without injury, and continued +his career of contemptible crime for some time longer. What finally +became of him is not set down in the histories of piracy. It is not +improbable that if the men under his command were not too brutally +stupid to comprehend his cowardly unfaithfulness to them, they suddenly +removed from this world one of the least interesting of all base +beings. + + + + +Chapter XXX + +The Pirate of the Gulf + + +At the beginning of this century there was a very able and, indeed, +talented man living on the shores of the Gulf of Mexico, who has been +set down in the historical records of the times as a very important +pirate, and who is described in story and in tradition as a gallant and +romantic freebooter of the sea. This man was Jean Lafitte, widely known +as "The Pirate of the Gulf," and yet who was, in fact, so little of a +pirate, that it may be doubted whether or not he deserves a place in +these stories of American pirates. + +Lafitte was a French blacksmith, and, while still a young man, he came +with his two brothers to New Orleans, and set up a shop in Bourbon +Street, where he did a good business in horseshoeing and in other +branches of his trade. But he had a soul which soared high above his +anvil and his bellows, and perceiving an opportunity to take up a very +profitable occupation, he gave up blacksmithing, and with his two +brothers as partners became a superintendent of privateering and a +general manager of semi-legalized piracy. The business opportunity which +came to the watchful and clear-sighted Lafitte may be briefly described. + +In the early years of this century the Gulf of Mexico was the scene of +operations of small vessels calling themselves privateers, but in fact +pirates. War had broken out between England and Spain, on the one side, +and France on the other, and consequently the first-named nations were +very glad to commission privateers to prey upon the commerce of France. +There were also privateers who had been sent out by some of the Central +American republics who had thrown off the Spanish yoke, and these, +considering Spanish vessels as their proper booty, were very much +inclined to look upon English vessels in the same light, as the English +and Spanish were allies. And when a few French privateers came also upon +the scene, they helped to make the business of legitimate capture of +merchantmen, during the time of war, a very complicated affair. + +But upon one point these privateers, who so often acted as pirates, +because they had not the spare time in which to work out difficult +problems of nationality, were all agreed: when they had loaded their +ships with booty, they must sail to some place where it would be safe to +dispose of it. So, in course of time, the bay of Barrataria, about +forty miles south of New Orleans and very well situated for an illegal +settlement, was chosen as a privateers' port, and a large and +flourishing colony soon grew up at the head of the bay, to which came +privateers of every nationality to dispose of their cargoes. + +Of course there was no one in the comparatively desolate country about +Barrataria who could buy the valuable goods which were brought into that +port, but the great object of the owners of this merchandise was to +smuggle it up to New Orleans and dispose of it. But there could be no +legitimate traffic of this sort, for the United States at the very +beginning of the century was at peace with England, France, and Spain, +and therefore could not receive into any of her ports, goods which had +been captured from the ships of these nations. Consequently the plunder +of the privateering pirates of Barrataria was brought up to New Orleans +in all sorts of secret and underhand fashions, and sold to merchants in +that city, without the custom house having anything to do with the +importations. + +Now this was great business; Jean Lafitte had a great business mind, and +therefore it was not long after his arrival at Barrataria before he was +the head man in the colony, and director-in-chief of all its operations. +Thus, by becoming a prominent figure in a piratical circle, he came to +be considered a pirate, and as such came down to us in the pages of +history. + +But, in fact, Lafitte never committed an act of piracy in his life; he +was a blacksmith, and knew no more about sailing a ship or even the +smallest kind of a boat than he knew about the proper construction of a +sonnet. He did not even try, like the celebrated Bonnet, to find other +people who would navigate a vessel for him, for he had no taste for the +ocean wave, and all that he had to do he did upon firm, dry land. It is +said of him that he was never at sea but twice in his life: once when he +came from France, and once when he left this country, and on neither +occasion did he sail under the "Jolly Roger," as the pirate flag was +sometimes called. For these reasons it seems scarcely right to call +Lafitte a pirate, but as he has been so generally considered in that +light, we will admit him into the bad company, the stories of whose +lives we are now telling. + +The energy and business abilities of Jean Lafitte soon made themselves +felt not only in Barrataria, but in New Orleans. The privateers found +that he managed their affairs with much discretion and considerable +fairness, and, while they were willing to depend upon him, they were +obliged to obey him. + +On the other hand, the trade of New Orleans was very much influenced by +the great quantities of goods which under Lafitte's directions were +smuggled into the city. Many merchants and shopkeepers who possessed no +consciences to speak of were glad to buy these smuggled goods for very +little money and to sell them at low prices and large profits, but the +respectable business men, who were obliged to pay market prices for +their goods, were greatly disturbed by the large quantities of +merchandise which were continually smuggled into New Orleans and sold at +rates with which they could not compete. + +It was toward the end of our war with England, which began in 1812, that +the government of the United States, urged to speedy action by the +increasing complaints of the law-abiding merchants of New Orleans, +determined to send out a small naval force and entirely break up the +illegitimate rendezvous at Barrataria. + +Lafitte's two brothers were in New Orleans acting as his agents, and one +of them, Dominique, was arrested and thrown into prison, and Commodore +Patterson, who was commanding at that station, was ordered to fit out an +expedition as quickly as possible to sail down to Barrataria to destroy +the ships found in the bay, to capture the town, and to confiscate and +seize upon all goods which might be found in the place. + +When Jean Lafitte heard of the vigorous methods which were about to be +taken against him, his prospects must have been very gloomy ones, for +of course he could not defend his little colony against a regular naval +force, which, although its large vessels could not sail into the shallow +bay, could send out boats with armed crews against which it would be +foolish for him to contend. But just about this time a very strange +thing happened. + +A strong English naval force had taken possession of Pensacola, Florida, +and as an attack upon New Orleans was contemplated, the British +commander, knowing of Lafitte's colony at Barrataria, and believing that +these hardy and reckless adventurers would be very valuable allies in +the proposed movement upon the city, determined to send an ambassador to +Lafitte to see what could be done in the way of forming an alliance with +this powerful leader of semi-pirates and smugglers. + +Accordingly, the sloop of war _Sophia_, commanded by Captain Lockyer, +was sent to Barrataria to treat with Lafitte, and when this vessel +arrived off the mouth of the harbor, which she could not enter, she +began firing signal guns in order to attract the attention of the people +of the colony. Naturally enough, the report of the _Sophia's_ guns +created a great excitement in Barrataria, and all the people who +happened to be at the settlement at that time crowded out upon the beach +to see what they could see. But the war-vessel was too far away for them +to distinguish her nationality, and Lafitte quickly made up his mind +that the only thing for him to do was to row out to the mouth of the +harbor and see what was the matter. Without doubt he feared that this +was the United States vessel which had come to break up his settlement. +But whether this was the case or not, he must go out and try the effect +of fair words, for he had no desire whatever to defend his interests by +hard blows. + +Before Lafitte reached the vessel he was surprised to find it was a +British man-of-war, not an American, and very soon he saw that a boat +was coming from it and rowing toward him. This boat contained Captain +Lockyer and two other officers, besides the men who rowed it; when the +two boats met, the captain told who he was, and asked if Mr. Lafitte +could be found in Barrataria, stating that he had an important document +to deliver to him. The cautious Frenchman did not immediately admit that +he was the man for whom the document was intended, but he said that +Lafitte was at Barrataria, and as the two boats rowed together toward +shore, he thought it would be as well to announce his position, and did +so. + +When the crowd of privateersmen saw the officers in British uniform +landing upon their beach, they were not inclined to receive them kindly, +for an attack had been made upon the place by a small British force +some time before, and a good deal of damage had been done. But Lafitte +quieted the angry feelings of his followers, conducted the officers to +his own house, and treated them with great hospitality, which he was +able to do in fine style, for his men brought into Barrataria luxuries +from all parts of the world. + +When Lafitte opened the package of papers which Captain Lockyer handed +to him, he was very much surprised. Some of them were general +proclamations announcing the intention of Great Britain if the people of +Louisiana did not submit to her demands; but the most important document +was one in which Colonel Nichols, commander-in-chief of the British +forces in the Gulf, made an offer to Lafitte and his followers to become +a part of the British navy, promising to give amnesty to all the +inhabitants of Barrataria, to make their leader a captain in the navy, +and to do a great many other good things, provided they would join his +forces, and help him to attack the American seaports. In case, however, +this offer should be refused, the Barratarians were assured that their +place would speedily be attacked, their vessels destroyed, and all their +possessions confiscated. + +Lafitte was now in a state of great perplexity. He did not wish to +become a British captain, for his knowledge of horseshoeing would be of +no service to him in such a capacity; moreover, he had no love for the +British, and his sympathies were all on the side of the United States in +this war. But here he was with the British commander asking him to +become an ally, and to take up arms against the United States, +threatening at the same time to destroy him and his colony in case of +refusal. On the other hand, there was the United States at that moment +preparing an expedition for the purpose of breaking up the settlement at +Barrataria, and to do everything which the British threatened to do, in +case Lafitte did not agree to their proposals. + +The chief of Barrataria might have made a poor show with a cutlass and a +brace of pistols, but he was a long-headed and sagacious man, with a +strong tendency to practical diplomacy. He was in a bad scrape, and he +must act with decision and promptness, if he wanted to get out of it. + +The first thing he did was to gain time by delaying his answer to the +proposition brought by Captain Lockyer. He assured that officer that he +must consult with his people and see what they would do, and that he +must also get rid of some truculent members of the colony, who would +never agree to act in concert with England, and that therefore he should +not be able to give an answer to Colonel Nichols for two weeks. Captain +Lockyer saw for himself that it would not be an easy matter to induce +these independent and unruly fellows, many of whom already hated +England, to enter into the British service. Therefore he thought it +would be wise to allow Lafitte the time he asked for, and he sailed +away, promising to return in fifteen days. + +The diplomatic Lafitte, having finished for a time his negotiations with +the British, lost no time in communicating with the American +authorities. He sent to Governor Claiborne, of Louisiana, all the +documents he had received from Captain Lockyer, and wrote him a letter +in which he told him everything that had happened, and thus gave to the +United States the first authentic information of the proposed attack +upon Mobile and New Orleans. He then told the Governor that he had no +intention of fighting against the country he had adopted; that he was +perfectly willing and anxious to aid her in every manner possible, and +that he and his followers would gladly join the United States against +the British, asking nothing in return except that all proceedings +against Barrataria should be abandoned, that amnesty should be given to +him and his men, that his brother should be released from prison, and +that an act of oblivion should be passed by which the deeds of the +smugglers of Barrataria should be condoned and forgotten. + +Furthermore, he said that if the United States government did not +accede to his proposition, he would immediately depart from Barrataria +with all his men; for no matter what loss such a proceeding might prove +to him he would not remain in a place where he might be forced to act +against the United States. Lafitte also wrote to a member of the +Louisiana Legislature, and his letters were well calculated to produce a +very good effect in his favor. + +The Governor immediately called a council, and submitted the papers and +letters received from Lafitte. When these had been read, two points were +considered by the council, the first being that the letters and +proclamations from the British might be forgeries concocted by Lafitte +for the purpose of averting the punishment which was threatened by the +United States; and the second, whether or not it would be consistent +with the dignity of the government to treat with this leader of pirates +and smugglers. + +The consultation resulted in a decision not to have anything to do with +Lafitte in the way of negotiations, and to hurry forward the +preparations which had been made for the destruction of the dangerous +and injurious settlement at Barrataria. In consequence of this action of +the council, Commodore Patterson sailed in a very few days down the +Mississippi and attacked the pirate settlement at Barrataria with such +effect that most of her ships were taken, many prisoners and much +valuable merchandise captured, and the whole place utterly destroyed. +Lafitte, with the greater part of his men, had fled to the woods, and so +escaped capture. + +Captain Lockyer at the appointed time arrived off the harbor of +Barrataria and blazed away with his signal guns for forty-eight hours, +but receiving no answer, and fearing to send a boat into the harbor, +suspecting treachery on the part of Lafitte, he was obliged to depart in +ignorance of what had happened. + +When the papers and letters which had been sent to Governor Claiborne by +Lafitte were made public, the people of Louisiana and the rest of the +country did not at all agree with the Governor and his council in regard +to their decision and their subsequent action, and Edward Livingston, a +distinguished lawyer of New York, took the part of Lafitte and argued +very strongly in favor of his loyalty and honesty in the affair. + +Even when it was discovered that all the information which Lafitte had +sent was perfectly correct, and that a formidable attack was about to be +made upon New Orleans, General Jackson, who was in command in that part +of the country, issued a very savage proclamation against the British +method of making war, and among their wicked deeds he mentioned nothing +which seemed to him to be worse than their endeavor to employ against +the citizens of the United States the band of "hellish banditti" +commanded by Jean Lafitte! + +But public opinion was strongly in favor of the ex-pirate of the Gulf, +and as things began to look more and more serious in regard to New +Orleans, General Jackson was at last very glad, in spite of all that he +had said, to accept the renewed offers of Lafitte and his men to assist +in the defence of the city, and in consequence of his change of mind +many of the former inhabitants of Barrataria fought in the battle of New +Orleans and did good work. Their services were so valuable, in fact, +that when the war closed President Madison issued a proclamation in +which it was stated that the former inhabitants of Barrataria, in +consequence of having abandoned their wicked ways of life, and having +assisted in the defence of their country, were now granted full pardon +for all the evil deeds they had previously committed. + +Now Lafitte and his men were free and independent citizens of the United +States; they could live where they pleased without fear of molestation, +and could enter into any sort of legal business which suited their +fancy, but this did not satisfy Lafitte. He had endeavored to take a +prompt and honest stand on the side of his country; his offers had been +treated with contempt and disbelief; he had been branded as a deceitful +knave, and no disposition had been shown to act justly toward him until +his services became so necessary to the government that it was obliged +to accept them. + +Consequently, Lafitte, accompanied by some of his old adherents, +determined to leave a country where his loyalty had received such +unsatisfactory recognition, and to begin life again in some other part +of the American continent. Not long after the war he sailed out upon the +Gulf of Mexico,--for what destination it is not known, but probably for +some Central American port,--and as nothing was ever heard of him or his +party, it is believed by many persons that they all perished in the +great storm which arose soon after their departure. There were other +persons, however, who stated that he reached Yucatan, where he died on +dry land in 1826. + +But the end of Lafitte is no more doubtful than his right to the title +given to him by people of a romantic turn of mind, and other persons of +a still more fanciful disposition might be willing to suppose that the +Gulf of Mexico, indignant at the undeserved distinction which had come +to him, had swallowed him up in order to put an end to his pretension to +the title of "The Pirate of the Gulf." + + + + +Chapter XXXI + +The Pirate of the Buried Treasure + + +Among all the pirates who have figured in history, legend, or song, +there is one whose name stands preëminent as the typical hero of the +dreaded black flag. The name of this man will instantly rise in the mind +of almost every reader, for when we speak of pirates we always think of +Captain Kidd. + +In fact, however, Captain Kidd was not a typical pirate, for in many +ways he was different from the ordinary marine freebooter, especially +when we consider him in relation to our own country. All other pirates +who made themselves notorious on our coast were known as robbers, +pillagers, and ruthless destroyers of life and property, but Captain +Kidd's fame was of another kind. We do not think of him as a pirate who +came to carry away the property of American citizens, for nearly all the +stories about him relate to his arrival at different points on our +shores for the sole purpose of burying and thus concealing the rich +treasures which he had collected in other parts of the world. + +This novel reputation given a pirate who enriched our shore by his +deposits and took away none of the possessions of our people could not +fail to make Captain Kidd a most interesting personage, and the result +has been that he has been lifted out of the sphere of ordinary history +and description into the region of imagination and legendary romance. In +a word, he has been made a hero of fiction and song. It may be well, +then, to assume that there are two Captain Kidds,--one the Kidd of +legend and story, and the other the Kidd of actual fact, and we will +consider, one at a time, the two characters in which we know the man. + +As has been said before, nearly all the stories of the legendary Captain +Kidd relate to his visits along our northern coast, and even to inland +points, for the purpose of concealing the treasures which had been +amassed in other parts of the world. + +Thus if we were to find ourselves in almost any village or rural +settlement along the coast of New Jersey or Long Island, and were to +fall in with any old resident who was fond of talking to strangers, he +would probably point out to us the blackened and weather-beaten ribs of +a great ship which had been wrecked on the sand bar off the coast during +a terrible storm long ago; he would show us where the bathing was +pleasant and safe; he would tell us of the best place for fishing, and +probably show us the high bluff a little back from the beach from which +the Indian maiden leaped to escape the tomahawk of her enraged lover, +and then he would be almost sure to tell us of the secluded spot where +it was said Captain Kidd and his pirates once buried a lot of treasure. + +If we should ask our garrulous guide why this treasure had not been dug +up by the people of the place, he would probably shake his head and +declare that personally he knew nothing about it, but that it was +generally believed that it was there, and he had heard that there had +been people who had tried to find it, but if they did find any they +never said anything about it, and it was his opinion that if Captain +Kidd ever put any gold or silver or precious stones under the ground on +that part of the coast these treasures were all there yet. + +Further questioning would probably develop the fact that there was a +certain superstition which prevented a great many people from +interfering with the possible deposits which Captain Kidd had made in +their neighborhood, and although few persons would be able to define +exactly the foundation of the superstition, it was generally supposed +that most of the pirates' treasures were guarded by pirate ghosts. In +that case, of course, timid individuals would be deterred from going +out by themselves at night,--for that was the proper time to dig for +buried treasure,--and as it would not have been easy to get together a +number of men each brave enough to give the others courage, many of the +spots reputed to be the repositories of buried treasure have never been +disturbed. + +In spite of the fear of ghosts, in spite of the want of accurate +knowledge in regard to favored localities, in spite of hardships, +previous disappointments, or expected ridicule, a great many extensive +excavations have been made in the sands or the soil along the coasts of +our northern states, and even in quiet woods lying miles from the sea, +to which it would have been necessary for the pirates to carry their +goods in wagons, people have dug and hoped and have gone away sadly to +attend to more sensible business, and far up some of our rivers--where a +pirate vessel never floated--people have dug with the same hopeful +anxiety, and have stopped digging in the same condition of dejected +disappointment. + +Sometimes these enterprises were conducted on a scale which reminds us +of the operations on the gold coast of California. Companies were +organized, stock was issued and subscribed for, and the excavations were +conducted under the direction of skilful treasure-seeking engineers. + +It is said that not long ago a company was organized in Nova Scotia for +the purpose of seeking for Captain Kidd's treasures in a place which it +is highly probable Captain Kidd never saw. A great excavation having +been made, the water from the sea came in and filled it up, but the work +was stopped only long enough to procure steam pumps with which the big +hole could be drained. At last accounts the treasures had not been +reached, and this incident is mentioned only to show how this belief in +buried treasures continues even to the present day. + +There is a legend which differs somewhat from the ordinary run of these +stories, and it is told about a little island on the coast of Cape Cod, +which is called Hannah Screecher's Island, and this is the way its name +came to it. + +Captain Kidd while sailing along the coast, looking for a suitable place +to bury some treasure, found this island adapted to his purpose, and +landed there with his savage crew, and his bags and boxes, and his gold +and precious stones. It was said to be the habit of these pirates, +whenever they made a deposit on the coast, to make the hole big enough +not only to hold the treasure they wished to deposit there, but the body +of one of the crew,--who was buried with the valuables in order that his +spirit might act as a day and night watchman to frighten away people who +might happen to be digging in that particular spot. + +The story relates that somewhere on the coast Captain Kidd had captured +a young lady named Hannah, and not knowing what to do with her, and +desiring not to commit an unnecessary extravagance by disposing of a +useful sailor, he determined to kill Hannah, and bury her with the +treasure, in order that she might keep away intruders until he came for +it. + +It was very natural that when Hannah was brought on shore and found out +what was going to be done with her, she should screech in a most +dreadful manner, and although the pirates soon silenced her and covered +her up, they did not succeed in silencing her spirit, and ever since +that time,--according to the stories told by some of the older +inhabitants of Cape Cod,--there may be heard in the early dusk of the +evening the screeches of Hannah coming across the water from her little +island to the mainland. + +Mr. James Herbert Morse has written a ballad founded upon this peculiar +incident, and with the permission of the author we give it here:-- + + THE LADY HANNAH. + + "Now take my hand," quoth Captain Kidd, + "The air is blithe, I scent the meads." + He led her up the starlit sands, + Out of the rustling reeds. + + The great white owl then beat his breast, + Athwart the cedars whirred and flew; + "There's death in our handsome captain's eye" + Murmured the pirate's crew. + + And long they lay upon their oars + And cursed the silence and the chill; + They cursed the wail of the rising wind, + For no man dared be still. + + Of ribald songs they sang a score + To stifle the midnight sobs and sighs, + They told wild tales of the Indian Main, + To drown the far-off cries. + + But when they ceased, and Captain Kidd + Came down the sands of Dead Neck Isle, + "My lady wearies," he grimly said, + "And she would rest awhile. + + "I've made her a bed--'tis here, 'tis there, + And she shall wake, be it soon or long, + Where grass is green and wild birds sing + And the wind makes undersong. + + "Be quick, my men, and give a hand, + She loved soft furs and silken stuff, + Jewels of gold and silver bars, + And she shall have enough. + + "With silver bars and golden ore, + So fine a lady she shall be, + A many suitor shall seek her long, + As they sought Penelope. + + "And if a lover would win her hand, + No lips e'er kissed a hand so white, + And if a lover would hear her sing, + She sings at owlet light. + + "But if a lover would win her gold, + And his hands be strong to lift the lid, + 'Tis here, 'tis there, 'tis everywhere-- + In the chest," quoth Captain Kidd. + + They lifted long, they lifted well, + Ingots of gold, and silver bars, + And silken plunder from wild, wild wars, + But where they laid them, no man can tell, + Though known to a thousand stars. + +But the ordinary Kidd stories are very much the same, and depend a good +deal upon the character of the coast and upon the imagination of the +people who live in that region. We will give one of them as a sample, +and from this a number of very good pirate stories could be manufactured +by ingenious persons. + +It was a fine summer night late in the seventeenth century. A young man +named Abner Stout, in company with his wife Mary, went out for a walk +upon the beach. They lived in a little village near the coast of New +Jersey. Abner was a good carpenter, but a poor man; but he and his wife +were very happy with each other, and as they walked toward the sea in +the light of the full moon, no young lovers could have been more gay. + +When they reached a little bluff covered with low shrubbery, which was +the first spot from which they could have a full view of the ocean, +Abner suddenly stopped, and pointed out to Mary an unusual sight. There, +as plainly in view as if it had been broad daylight, was a vessel lying +at the entrance of the little bay. The sails were furled, and it was +apparently anchored. + +For a minute Abner gazed in utter amazement at the sight of this vessel, +for no ships, large or small, came to this little lonely bay. There was +a harbor two or three miles farther up the coast to which all trading +craft repaired. What could the strange ship want here? + +This unusual visitor to the little bay was a very low and very long, +black schooner, with tall masts which raked forward, and with something +which looked very much like a black flag fluttering in its rigging. Now +the truth struck into the soul of Abner. "Hide yourself, Mary," he +whispered. "It is a pirate ship!" And almost at the same instant the +young man and his wife laid themselves flat on the ground among the +bushes, but they were very careful, each of them, to take a position +which would allow them to peep out through the twigs and leaves upon the +scene before them. + +There seemed to be a good deal of commotion on board the black schooner, +and very soon a large boat pushed off from her side, and the men in it +began rowing rapidly toward the shore, apparently making for a spot on +the beach, not far from the bluff on which Abner and Mary were +concealed. "Let us get up and run," whispered Mary, trembling from head +to toe. "They are pirates, and they are coming here!" + +"Lie still! Lie still!" said Abner. "If we get up and leave these +bushes, we shall be seen, and then they will be after us! Lie still, and +do not move a finger!" + +The trembling Mary obeyed her husband, and they both lay quite still, +scarcely breathing, with eyes wide open. The boat rapidly approached the +shore. Abner counted ten men rowing and one man sitting in the stern. +The boat seemed to be heavily loaded, and the oarsmen rowed hard. + +Now the boat was run through the surf to the beach, and its eleven +occupants jumped out. There was no mistaking their character. They were +true pirates. They had great cutlasses and pistols, and one of them was +very tall and broad shouldered, and wore an old-fashioned cocked hat. + +"That's Captain Kidd," whispered Abner to his wife, and she pressed his +hand to let him know that she thought he must be right. + +Now the men came up high upon the beach, and began looking about here +and there as if they were searching for something. Mary was filled with +horror for fear they should come to that bluff to search, but Abner knew +there was no danger of that. They had probably come to those shores to +bury treasure, as if they were great sea-turtles coming up upon the +beach to lay their eggs, and they were now looking for some good spot +where they might dig. + +Presently the tall man gave some orders in a low voice, and then his men +left him to himself, and went back to the boat. There was a great pine +tree standing back a considerable distance from the water, battered and +racked by storms, but still a tough old tree. Toward this the pirate +captain stalked, and standing close to it, with his back against it, he +looked up into the sky. It was plain that he was looking for a star. +There were very few of these luminaries to be seen in the heavens, for +the moon was so bright. But as Abner looked in the direction in which +the pirate captain gazed, he saw a star still bright in spite of the +moonlight. + +With his eyes fixed upon this star, the pirate captain now stepped +forward, making long strides. One, two, three, four, five, six, seven. +Then he stopped, plunged his right heel in the soft ground, and turned +squarely about to the left, so that his broad back was now parallel +with a line drawn from the pine tree to the star. + +At right angles to this line the pirate now stepped forward, making as +before seven long paces. Then he stopped, dug his heel into the ground, +and beckoned to his men. Up they came running, carrying picks and +spades, and with great alacrity they began to dig at the place where the +captain had marked with his heel. + +It was plain that these pirates were used to making excavations, for it +was not long before the hole was so deep that those within it could not +be seen. Then the captain gave an order to cease digging, and he and all +the pirates went back to the boat. + +For about half an hour,--though Mary thought it was a longer time than +that,--those pirates worked very hard carrying great boxes and bags from +the boat to the excavation. When everything had been brought up, two of +the pirates went down into the hole, and the others handed to them the +various packages. Skilfully and quickly they worked, doubtless storing +their goods with great care, until nearly everything which had been +brought from the boat had been placed in the deep hole. Some rolls of +goods were left upon the ground which Mary thought were carpets, but +which Abner believed to be rich Persian rugs, or something of that +kind. + +Now the captain stepped aside, and picking up from the sand some little +sticks and reeds, he selected ten of them, and with these in one hand, +and with their ends protruding a short distance above his closed +fingers, he rejoined his men. They gathered before him, and he held out +toward them the hand which contained the little sticks. + +"They're drawing lots!" gasped Abner, and Mary trembled more than she +had done yet. + +Now the lots were all drawn, and one man, apparently a young pirate, +stepped out from among his fellows. His head was bowed, and his arms +were folded across his manly chest. The captain spoke a few words, and +the young pirate advanced alone to the side of the deep hole. + +Mary now shut her eyes tight, tight; but Abner's were wide open. There +was a sudden gleam of cutlasses in the air; there was one short, +plaintive groan, and the body of the young pirate fell into the hole. +Instantly all the other goods, furs, rugs, or whatever they were, were +tumbled in upon him. Then the men began to shovel in the earth and sand, +and in an incredibly short time the hole was filled up even with the +ground about it. + +Of course all the earth and sand which had been taken out of the hole +could not now be put back into it. But these experienced treasure-hiders +knew exactly what to do with it. A spadeful at a time, the soil which +could not be replaced was carried to the sea, and thrown out into the +water, and when the whole place had been carefully smoothed over, the +pirates gathered sticks and stones, and little bushes, and great masses +of wild cranberry vines, and scattered them about over the place so that +it soon looked exactly like the rest of the beach about it. + +Then the tall captain gave another low command, the pirates returned to +their boat, it was pushed off, and rapidly rowed back to the schooner. +Up came the anchor, up went the dark sails. The low, black schooner was +put about, and very soon she was disappearing over the darkening waters, +her black flag fluttering fiercely high above her. + +"Now, let us run," whispered poor Mary, who, although she had not seen +everything, imagined a great deal; for as the pirates were getting into +their boat she had opened her eyes and had counted them, and there were +only nine beside the tall captain. + +Abner thought that her advice was very good, and starting up out of the +brushwood they hastened home as fast as their legs would carry them. + +[Illustration: "Two of the pirates went down into the hole."--p. 302.] + +The next day Abner seemed to be a changed man. He had work to do, but he +neglected it. Never had such a thing happened before! For hours he sat +in front of the house, looking up into the sky, counting one, two, +three, four, five, six, seven. Then he would twist himself around on +the little bench, and count seven more. + +This worthy couple lived in a small house which had a large cellar, and +during the afternoon of that day Abner busied himself in clearing out +this cellar, and taking out of it everything which it had contained. His +wife asked no questions. In her soul she knew what Abner was thinking +about. + +Supper was over, and most of the people in the village were thinking of +going to bed, when Abner said to Mary, "Let us each take a spade, and I +will carry a pail, and we will go out upon the beach for a walk. If any +one should see us, they would think that we were going to dig for +clams." + +"Oh, no, dear Abner!" cried Mary. "We must not dig there! Think of that +young pirate. Almost the first thing we would come to would be him!" + +"I have thought of that," said Abner; "but do you not believe that the +most Christian act that you and I could do would be to take him out and +place him in a proper grave near by?" + +"Oh, no!" exclaimed Mary, "do not say such a thing as that! Think of his +ghost! They killed him and put him there, that his ghost might guard +their treasure. You know, Abner, as well as I do, that this is their +dreadful fashion!" + +"I know all about that," said Abner, "and that is the reason I wish to +go to-night. I do not believe there has yet been time enough for his +ghost to form. But let us take him out now, dear Mary, and lay him +reverently away,--and then!" He looked at her with flashing eyes. + +"But, Abner," said she, "do you think we have the right?" + +"Of course we have," said he. "Those treasures do not belong to the +pirates. If we take them they are treasure-trove, and legally ours. And +think, dear Mary, how poor we are to-night, and how rich we may be +to-morrow! Come, get the pail. We must be off." + +Running nearly all the way,--for they were in such a hurry they could +not walk,--Abner and Mary soon reached the bluff, and hastily scrambling +down to the beach below, they stood upon the dreadful spot where Captain +Kidd and his pirates had stood the night before. There was the old +battered pine tree, reaching out two of its bare arms encouragingly +toward them. + +Without loss of time Abner walked up to the tree, put his back to it, +and then looked up into the sky. Now he called Mary to him. "Which star +do you think he looked at, good wife?" said he. "There is a bright one +low down, and then there is another one a little higher up, and farther +to the right, but it is fainter." + +"It would be the bright one, I think," said Mary. And then Abner, his +eyes fixed upon the bright star, commenced to stride. One, two, three, +four, five, six, seven. Turning squarely around to the left he again +made seven paces. And now he beckoned vigorously to Mary to come and +dig. + +For about ten minutes they dug, and then they laid bare a great mass of +rock. "This isn't the place," cried Abner. "I must begin again. I did +not look at the right star. I will take the other one." + +For the greater part of that night Abner and Mary remained upon the +beach. Abner would put his back against the tree, fix his eyes upon +another star, stride forward seven paces, and then seven to the left, +and he would come upon a little scrubby pine tree. Of course that was +not the place. + +The moon soon began to set, and more stars came out, so that Abner had a +greater choice. Again and again he made his measurements, and every time +that he came to the end of his second seven paces, he found that it +would have been impossible for the pirates to make their excavation +there. + +There was clearly something wrong. Abner thought that he had not +selected the right star, and Mary thought that his legs were not long +enough. "That pirate captain," quoth she, "had a long and manly stride. +Seven of his paces would go a far greater distance than seven of yours, +Abner." + +Abner made his paces a little longer; but although he and his wife kept +up their work until they could see the early dawn, they found no spot +where it would be worth while to dig, and so mournfully they returned to +their home and their empty cellar. + +As long as the moonlight lasted, Abner and Mary went to the little beach +at the head of the bay, and made their measurements and their searches +but although they sometimes dug a little here and there, they always +found that they had not struck the place where the pirate's treasure had +been buried. + +When at last they gave up their search, and concluded to put their +household goods back into their cellar, they told the tale to some of +the neighbors, and other people went out and dug, not only at the place +which had been designated, but miles up and down the coast, and then the +story was told and retold, and so it has lasted until the present day. + +What has been said about the legendary Captain Kidd will give a very +good idea of the estimation in which this romantic being has been, and +still is, held in various parts of the country, and, of all the +legitimate legends about him, there is not one which recounts his +piratical deeds upon our coast. The reason for this will be seen when we +consider, in the next chapter, the life and character of the real +Captain Kidd. + + + + +Chapter XXXII + +The Real Captain Kidd + + +William Kidd, or Robert Kidd, as he is sometimes called, was a sailor in +the merchant service who had a wife and family in New York. He was a +very respectable man and had a good reputation as a seaman, and about +1690, when there was war between England and France, Kidd was given the +command of a privateer, and having had two or three engagements with +French vessels he showed himself to be a brave fighter and a prudent +commander. + +Some years later he sailed to England, and, while there, he received an +appointment of a peculiar character. It was at the time when the King of +England was doing his best to put down the pirates of the American +coast, and Sir George Bellomont, the recently appointed Governor of New +York, recommended Captain Kidd as a very suitable man to command a ship +to be sent out to suppress piracy. When Kidd agreed to take the position +of chief of marine police, he was not employed by the Crown, but by a +small company of gentlemen of capital, who formed themselves into a sort +of trust company, or society for the prevention of cruelty to +merchantmen, and the object of their association was not only to put +down pirates, but to put some money in their own pockets as well. + +Kidd was furnished with two commissions, one appointing him a privateer +with authority to capture French vessels, and the other empowering him +to seize and destroy all pirate ships. Kidd was ordered in his mission +to keep a strict account of all booty captured, in order that it might +be fairly divided among those who were stockholders in the enterprise, +one-tenth of the total proceeds being reserved for the King. + +Kidd sailed from England in the _Adventure_, a large ship with thirty +guns and eighty men, and on his way to America he captured a French ship +which he carried to New York. Here he arranged to make his crew a great +deal larger than had been thought necessary in England, and, by offering +a fair share of the property he might confiscate on piratical or French +ships, he induced a great many able seamen to enter his service, and +when the _Adventure_ left New York she carried a crew of one hundred and +fifty-five men. + +With a fine ship and a strong crew, Kidd now sailed out of the harbor +with the ostensible purpose of putting down piracy in American waters, +but the methods of this legally appointed marine policeman were very +peculiar, and, instead of cruising up and down our coast, he gayly +sailed away to the island of Madeira, and then around the Cape of Good +Hope to Madagascar and the Red Sea, thus getting himself as far out of +his regular beat as any New York constable would have been had he +undertaken to patrol the dominions of the Khan of Tartary. + +By the time Captain Kidd reached that part of the world he had been at +sea for nearly a year without putting down any pirates or capturing any +French ships. In fact, he had made no money whatever for himself or the +stockholders of the company which had sent him out. His men, of course, +must have been very much surprised at this unusual neglect of his own +and his employers' interests, but when he reached the Red Sea, he boldly +informed them that he had made a change in his business, and had decided +that he would be no longer a suppressor of piracy, but would become a +pirate himself; and, instead of taking prizes of French ships +only,--which he was legally empowered to do,--he would try to capture +any valuable ship he could find on the seas, no matter to what nation it +belonged. He then went on to state that his present purpose in coming +into those oriental waters was to capture the rich fleet from Mocha +which was due in the lower part of the Red Sea about that time. + +The crew of the _Adventure_, who must have been tired of having very +little to do and making no money, expressed their entire approbation of +their captain's change of purpose, and readily agreed to become pirates. + +Kidd waited a good while for the Mocha fleet, but it did not arrive, and +then he made his first venture in actual piracy. He overhauled a Moorish +vessel which was commanded by an English captain, and as England was not +at war with Morocco, and as the nationality of the ship's commander +should have protected him, Kidd thus boldly broke the marine laws which +governed the civilized world and stamped himself an out-and-out pirate. +After the exercise of considerable cruelty he extorted from his first +prize a small amount of money; and although he and his men did not gain +very much booty, they had whetted their appetites for more, and Kidd +cruised savagely over the eastern seas in search of other spoils. + +After a time the _Adventure_ fell in with a fine English ship, called +the _Royal Captain_, and although she was probably laden with a rich +cargo, Kidd did not attack her. His piratical character was not yet +sufficiently formed to give him the disloyal audacity which would enable +him with his English ship and his English crew, to fall upon another +English ship manned by another English crew. In time his heart might be +hardened, but he felt that he could not begin with this sort of thing +just yet. So the _Adventure_ saluted the _Royal Captain_ with +ceremonious politeness, and each vessel passed quietly on its way. But +this conscientious consideration did not suit Kidd's crew. They had +already had a taste of booty, and they were hungry for more, and when +the fine English vessel, of which they might so easily have made a +prize, was allowed to escape them, they were loud in their complaints +and grumblings. + +One of the men, a gunner, named William Moore, became actually +impertinent upon the subject, and he and Captain Kidd had a violent +quarrel, in the course of which the captain picked up a heavy iron-bound +bucket and struck the dissatisfied gunner on the head with it. The blow +was such a powerful one that the man's skull was broken, and he died the +next day. + +Captain Kidd's conscience seems to have been a good deal in his way; for +although he had been sailing about in various eastern waters, taking +prizes wherever he could, he was anxious that reports of his misdeeds +should not get home before him. Having captured a fine vessel bound +westward, he took from her all the booty he could, and then proceeded +to arrange matters so that the capture of this ship should appear to be +a legal transaction. The ship was manned by Moors and commanded by a +Dutchman, and of course Kidd had no right to touch it, but the +sharp-witted and business-like pirate selected one of the passengers and +made him sign a paper declaring that he was a Frenchman, and that he +commanded the ship. When this statement had been sworn to before +witnesses, Kidd put the document in his pocket so that if he were called +upon to explain the transaction he might be able to show that he had +good reason to suppose that he had captured a French ship, which, of +course, was all right and proper. + +Kidd now ravaged the East India waters with great success and profit, +and at last he fell in with a very fine ship from Armenia, called the +_Quedagh Merchant_, commanded by an Englishman. Kidd's conscience had +been growing harder and harder every day, and he did not now hesitate to +attack any vessel. The great merchantman was captured, and proved to be +one of the most valuable prizes ever taken by a pirate, for Kidd's own +share of the spoils amounted to more than sixty thousand dollars. This +was such a grand haul that Kidd lost no time in taking his prize to some +place where he might safely dispose of her cargo, and get rid of her +passengers. Accordingly he sailed for Madagascar. While he was there he +fell in with the first pirate vessel he had met since he had started out +to put down piracy. This was a ship commanded by an English pirate named +Culliford, and here would have been a chance for Captain Kidd to show +that, although he might transgress the law himself, he would be true to +his engagement not to allow other people to do so; but he had given up +putting down piracy, and instead of apprehending Culliford he went into +partnership with him, and the two agreed to go pirating together. + +This partnership, however, did not continue long, for Captain Kidd began +to believe that it was time for him to return to his native country and +make a report of his proceedings to his employers. Having confined his +piratical proceedings to distant parts of the world, he hoped that he +would be able to make Sir George Bellomont and the other stockholders +suppose that his booty was all legitimately taken from French vessels +cruising in the east, and when the proper division should be made he +would be able to quietly enjoy his portion of the treasure he had +gained. + +He did not go back in the _Adventure_, which was probably not large +enough to carry all the booty he had amassed, but putting everything on +board his latest prize, the _Quedagh Merchant_, he burned his old ship +and sailed homeward. + +When he reached the West Indies, however, our wary sea-robber was very +much surprised to find that accounts of his evil deeds had reached +America, and that the colonial authorities had been so much incensed by +the news that the man who had been sent out to suppress piracy had +become himself a pirate, that they had circulated notices throughout the +different colonies, urging the arrest of Kidd if he should come into any +American port. This was disheartening intelligence for the +treasure-laden Captain Kidd, but he did not despair; he knew that the +love of money was often as strong in the minds of human beings as the +love of justice. Sir George Bellomont, who was now in New York, was one +of the principal stockholders in the enterprise, and Kidd hoped that the +rich share of the results of his industry which would come to the +Governor might cause unpleasant reports to be disregarded. In this case +he might yet return to his wife and family with a neat little fortune, +and without danger of being called upon to explain his exceptional +performances in the eastern seas. + +Of course Kidd was not so foolish and rash as to sail into New York +harbor on board the _Quedagh Merchant_, so he bought a small sloop and +put the most valuable portion of his goods on board her, leaving his +larger vessel, which also contained a great quantity of merchandise, in +the charge of one of his confederates, and in the little sloop he +cautiously approached the coast of New Jersey. His great desire was to +find out what sort of a reception he might expect, so he entered +Delaware Bay, and when he stopped at a little seaport in order to take +in some supplies, he discovered that there was but small chance of his +visiting his home and his family, and of making a report to his superior +in the character of a deserving mariner who had returned after a +successful voyage. Some people in the village recognized him, and the +report soon spread to New York that the pirate Kidd was lurking about +the coast. A sloop of war was sent out to capture his vessel, and +finding that it was impossible to remain in the vicinity where he had +been discovered, Kidd sailed northward and entered Long Island Sound. + +Here the shrewd and anxious pirate began to act the part of the watch +dog who has been killing sheep. In every way he endeavored to assume the +appearance of innocence and to conceal every sign of misbehavior. He +wrote to Sir George Bellomont that he should have called upon him in +order to report his proceedings and hand over his profits, were it not +for the wicked and malicious reports which had been circulated about +him. + +It was during this period of suspense, when the returned pirate did not +know what was likely to happen, that it is supposed, by the believers in +the hidden treasures of Kidd, that he buried his coin and bullion and +his jewels, some in one place and some in another, so that if he were +captured his riches would not be taken with him. Among the wild stories +which were believed at that time, and for long years after, was one to +the effect that Captain Kidd's ship was chased up the Hudson River by a +man-of-war, and that the pirates, finding they could not get away, sank +their ship and fled to the shore with all the gold and silver they could +carry, which they afterwards buried at the foot of Dunderbergh Mountain. +A great deal of rocky soil has been turned over at different times in +search of these treasures, but no discoveries of hidden coin have yet +been reported. The fact is, however, that during this time of anxious +waiting Kidd never sailed west of Oyster Bay in Long Island. He was +afraid to approach New York, although he had frequent communication with +that city, and was joined by his wife and family. + +About this time occurred an incident which has given rise to all the +stories regarding the buried treasure of Captain Kidd. The disturbed and +anxious pirate concluded that it was a dangerous thing to keep so much +valuable treasure on board his vessel which might at any time be +overhauled by the authorities, and he therefore landed at Gardiner's +Island on the Long Island coast, and obtained permission from the +proprietor to bury some of his superfluous stores upon his estate. This +was a straightforward transaction. Mr. Gardiner knew all about the +burial of the treasure, and when it was afterwards proved that Kidd was +really a pirate the hidden booty was all given up to the government. + +This appears to be the only case in which it was positively known that +Kidd buried treasure on our coast, and it has given rise to all the +stories of the kind which have ever been told. + +For some weeks Kidd's sloop remained in Long Island Sound, and then he +took courage and went to Boston to see some influential people there. He +was allowed to go freely about the city for a week, and then he was +arrested. + +The rest of Kidd's story is soon told; he was sent to England for trial, +and there he was condemned to death, not only for the piracies he had +committed, but also for the murder of William Moore. He was executed, +and his body was hung in chains on the banks of the Thames, where for +years it dangled in the wind, a warning to all evil-minded sailors. + +About the time of Kidd's trial and execution a ballad was written which +had a wide circulation in England and America. It was set to music, and +for many years helped to spread the fame of this pirate. The ballad was +a very long one, containing nearly twenty-six verses, and some of them +run as follows:-- + + My name was Robert Kidd, when I sailed, when I sailed, + My name was Robert Kidd, when I sailed, + My name was Robert Kidd, + God's laws I did forbid, + And so wickedly I did, when I sailed. + + My parents taught me well, when I sailed, when I sailed, + My parents taught me well when I sailed, + My parents taught me well + To shun the gates of hell, + But 'gainst them I rebelled, when I sailed. + + I'd a Bible in my hand, when I sailed, when I sailed, + I'd a Bible in my hand when I sailed, + I'd a Bible in my hand, + By my father's great command, + And sunk it in the sand, when I sailed. + + I murdered William Moore, as I sailed, as I sailed, + I murdered William Moore as I sailed, + I murdered William Moore, + And laid him in his gore, + Not many leagues from shore, as I sailed. + + I was sick and nigh to death, when I sailed, when I sailed, + I was sick and nigh to death when I sailed, + I was sick and nigh to death, + And I vowed at every breath, + To walk in wisdom's ways, as I sailed. + + I thought I was undone, as I sailed, as I sailed, + I thought I was undone, as I sailed, + I thought I was undone, + And my wicked glass had run, + But health did soon return, as I sailed. + + My repentance lasted not, as I sailed, as I sailed, + My repentance lasted not, as I sailed, + My repentance lasted not, + My vows I soon forgot, + Damnation was my lot, as I sailed. + + I spyed the ships from France, as I sailed, as I sailed, + I spyed the ships from France, as I sailed, + I spyed the ships from France, + To them I did advance, + And took them all by chance, as I sailed. + + I spyed the ships of Spain, as I sailed, as I sailed, + I spyed the ships of Spain, as I sailed, + I spyed the ships of Spain, + I fired on them amain, + 'Till most of them was slain, as I sailed. + + I'd ninety bars of gold, as I sailed, as I sailed, + I'd ninety bars of gold, as I sailed, + I'd ninety bars of gold, + And dollars manifold, + With riches uncontrolled, as I sailed. + + Thus being o'er-taken at last, I must die, I must die, + Thus being o'er-taken at last, I must die, + Thus being o'er-taken at last, + And into prison cast, + And sentence being passed, I must die. + + Farewell, the raging main, I must die, I must die, + Farewell, the raging main, I must die, + Farewell, the raging main, + To Turkey, France, and Spain, + I shall ne'er see you again, I must die. + + To Execution Dock I must go, I must go, + To Execution Dock I must go, + To Execution Dock, + Will many thousands flock, + But I must bear the shock, and must die. + + Come all ye young and old, see me die, see me die, + Come all ye young and old, see me die, + Come all ye young and old, + You're welcome to my gold, + For by it I've lost my soul, and must die. + + Take warning now by me, for I must die, for I must die, + Take warning now by me, for I must die, + Take warning now by me, + And shun bad company, + Lest you come to hell with me, for I die. + +It is said that Kidd showed no repentance when he was tried, but +insisted that he was the victim of malicious persons who swore falsely +against him. And yet a more thoroughly dishonest rascal never sailed +under the black flag. In the guise of an accredited officer of the +government, he committed the crimes he was sent out to suppress; he +deceived his men; he robbed and misused his fellow-countrymen and his +friends, and he even descended to the meanness of cheating and +despoiling the natives of the West India Islands, with whom he traded. +These people were in the habit of supplying pirates with food and other +necessaries, and they always found their rough customers entirely +honest, and willing to pay for what they received; for as the pirates +made a practice of stopping at certain points for supplies, they wished, +of course, to be on good terms with those who furnished them. But Kidd +had no ideas of honor toward people of high or low degree. He would +trade with the natives as if he intended to treat them fairly and pay +for all he got; but when the time came for him to depart, and he was +ready to weigh anchor, he would seize upon all the commodities he could +lay his hands upon, and without paying a copper to the distressed and +indignant Indians, he would gayly sail away, his black flag flaunting +derisively in the wind. + +But although in reality Captain Kidd was no hero, he has been known for +a century and more as the great American pirate, and his name has been +representative of piracy ever since. Years after he had been hung, when +people heard that a vessel with a black flag, or one which looked black +in the distance, flying from its rigging had been seen, they forgot that +the famous pirate was dead, and imagined that Captain Kidd was visiting +their part of the coast in order that he might find a good place to bury +some treasure which it was no longer safe for him to carry about. + +There were two great reasons for the fame of Captain Kidd. One of these +was the fact that he had been sent out by important officers of the +crown who expected to share the profits of his legitimate operations, +but who were supposed by their enemies to be perfectly willing to take +any sort of profits provided it could not be proved that they were the +results of piracy, and who afterwards allowed Kidd to suffer for their +sins as well as his own. These opinions introduced certain political +features into his career and made him a very much talked-of man. The +greater reason for his fame, however, was the widespread belief in his +buried treasures, and this made him the object of the most intense +interest to hundreds of misguided people who hoped to be lucky enough to +share his spoils. + +There were other pirates on the American coast during the eighteenth +century, and some of them became very well known, but their stories are +not uncommon, and we need not tell them here. As our country became +better settled, and as well-armed revenue cutters began to cruise up and +down our Atlantic coast for the protection of our commerce, pirates +became fewer and fewer, and even those who were still bold enough to ply +their trade grew milder in their manners, less daring in their exploits, +and--more important than anything else--so unsuccessful in their illegal +enterprises that they were forced to admit that it was now more +profitable to command or work a merchantman than endeavor to capture +one, and so the sea-robbers of our coasts gradually passed away. + + + +***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK BUCCANEERS AND PIRATES OF OUR +COASTS*** + + +******* This file should be named 17188-8.txt or 17188-8.zip ******* + + +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: +http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/1/7/1/8/17188 + + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.net/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.net + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.net), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.gutenberg.net/fundraising/pglaf. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://www.gutenberg.net/about/contact + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://www.gutenberg.net/fundraising/donate + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: +http://www.gutenberg.net/fundraising/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.net + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. From acff1d62a0af97b10959c051f69d0ad44f68edb5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: AddisonNoxy <34310754+AddisonNoxy@users.noreply.github.com> Date: Wed, 20 Mar 2019 15:59:31 -0500 Subject: [PATCH 08/63] Create thesignofthefour --- files/books/unrelated/thesignofthefour | 4911 ++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 4911 insertions(+) create mode 100644 files/books/unrelated/thesignofthefour diff --git a/files/books/unrelated/thesignofthefour b/files/books/unrelated/thesignofthefour new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7ac5593 --- /dev/null +++ b/files/books/unrelated/thesignofthefour @@ -0,0 +1,4911 @@ +The Sign of the Four + + +By + +Sir Arthur Conan Doyle + + + + +Contents + + + + + +Chapter I + +The Science of Deduction + +Sherlock Holmes took his bottle from the corner of the mantel-piece and +his hypodermic syringe from its neat morocco case. With his long, +white, nervous fingers he adjusted the delicate needle, and rolled back +his left shirt-cuff. For some little time his eyes rested thoughtfully +upon the sinewy forearm and wrist all dotted and scarred with +innumerable puncture-marks. Finally he thrust the sharp point home, +pressed down the tiny piston, and sank back into the velvet-lined +arm-chair with a long sigh of satisfaction. + +Three times a day for many months I had witnessed this performance, but +custom had not reconciled my mind to it. On the contrary, from day to +day I had become more irritable at the sight, and my conscience swelled +nightly within me at the thought that I had lacked the courage to +protest. Again and again I had registered a vow that I should deliver +my soul upon the subject, but there was that in the cool, nonchalant +air of my companion which made him the last man with whom one would +care to take anything approaching to a liberty. His great powers, his +masterly manner, and the experience which I had had of his many +extraordinary qualities, all made me diffident and backward in crossing +him. + +Yet upon that afternoon, whether it was the Beaune which I had taken +with my lunch, or the additional exasperation produced by the extreme +deliberation of his manner, I suddenly felt that I could hold out no +longer. + +"Which is it to-day?" I asked,--"morphine or cocaine?" + +He raised his eyes languidly from the old black-letter volume which he +had opened. "It is cocaine," he said,--"a seven-per-cent. solution. +Would you care to try it?" + +"No, indeed," I answered, brusquely. "My constitution has not got over +the Afghan campaign yet. I cannot afford to throw any extra strain +upon it." + +He smiled at my vehemence. "Perhaps you are right, Watson," he said. +"I suppose that its influence is physically a bad one. I find it, +however, so transcendently stimulating and clarifying to the mind that +its secondary action is a matter of small moment." + +"But consider!" I said, earnestly. "Count the cost! Your brain may, +as you say, be roused and excited, but it is a pathological and morbid +process, which involves increased tissue-change and may at last leave a +permanent weakness. You know, too, what a black reaction comes upon +you. Surely the game is hardly worth the candle. Why should you, for +a mere passing pleasure, risk the loss of those great powers with which +you have been endowed? Remember that I speak not only as one comrade to +another, but as a medical man to one for whose constitution he is to +some extent answerable." + +He did not seem offended. On the contrary, he put his finger-tips +together and leaned his elbows on the arms of his chair, like one who +has a relish for conversation. + +"My mind," he said, "rebels at stagnation. Give me problems, give me +work, give me the most abstruse cryptogram or the most intricate +analysis, and I am in my own proper atmosphere. I can dispense then +with artificial stimulants. But I abhor the dull routine of existence. +I crave for mental exaltation. That is why I have chosen my own +particular profession,--or rather created it, for I am the only one in +the world." + +"The only unofficial detective?" I said, raising my eyebrows. + +"The only unofficial consulting detective," he answered. "I am the +last and highest court of appeal in detection. When Gregson or +Lestrade or Athelney Jones are out of their depths--which, by the way, +is their normal state--the matter is laid before me. I examine the +data, as an expert, and pronounce a specialist's opinion. I claim no +credit in such cases. My name figures in no newspaper. The work +itself, the pleasure of finding a field for my peculiar powers, is my +highest reward. But you have yourself had some experience of my +methods of work in the Jefferson Hope case." + +"Yes, indeed," said I, cordially. "I was never so struck by anything +in my life. I even embodied it in a small brochure with the somewhat +fantastic title of 'A Study in Scarlet.'" + +He shook his head sadly. "I glanced over it," said he. "Honestly, I +cannot congratulate you upon it. Detection is, or ought to be, an +exact science, and should be treated in the same cold and unemotional +manner. You have attempted to tinge it with romanticism, which +produces much the same effect as if you worked a love-story or an +elopement into the fifth proposition of Euclid." + +"But the romance was there," I remonstrated. "I could not tamper with +the facts." + +"Some facts should be suppressed, or at least a just sense of +proportion should be observed in treating them. The only point in the +case which deserved mention was the curious analytical reasoning from +effects to causes by which I succeeded in unraveling it." + +I was annoyed at this criticism of a work which had been specially +designed to please him. I confess, too, that I was irritated by the +egotism which seemed to demand that every line of my pamphlet should be +devoted to his own special doings. More than once during the years +that I had lived with him in Baker Street I had observed that a small +vanity underlay my companion's quiet and didactic manner. I made no +remark, however, but sat nursing my wounded leg. I had a Jezail bullet +through it some time before, and, though it did not prevent me from +walking, it ached wearily at every change of the weather. + +"My practice has extended recently to the Continent," said Holmes, +after a while, filling up his old brier-root pipe. "I was consulted +last week by Francois Le Villard, who, as you probably know, has come +rather to the front lately in the French detective service. He has all +the Celtic power of quick intuition, but he is deficient in the wide +range of exact knowledge which is essential to the higher developments +of his art. The case was concerned with a will, and possessed some +features of interest. I was able to refer him to two parallel cases, +the one at Riga in 1857, and the other at St. Louis in 1871, which have +suggested to him the true solution. Here is the letter which I had +this morning acknowledging my assistance." He tossed over, as he +spoke, a crumpled sheet of foreign notepaper. I glanced my eyes down +it, catching a profusion of notes of admiration, with stray +"magnifiques," "coup-de-maitres," and "tours-de-force," all testifying +to the ardent admiration of the Frenchman. + +"He speaks as a pupil to his master," said I. + +"Oh, he rates my assistance too highly," said Sherlock Holmes, lightly. +"He has considerable gifts himself. He possesses two out of the three +qualities necessary for the ideal detective. He has the power of +observation and that of deduction. He is only wanting in knowledge; +and that may come in time. He is now translating my small works into +French." + +"Your works?" + +"Oh, didn't you know?" he cried, laughing. "Yes, I have been guilty of +several monographs. They are all upon technical subjects. Here, for +example, is one 'Upon the Distinction between the Ashes of the Various +Tobaccoes.' In it I enumerate a hundred and forty forms of cigar-, +cigarette-, and pipe-tobacco, with colored plates illustrating the +difference in the ash. It is a point which is continually turning up +in criminal trials, and which is sometimes of supreme importance as a +clue. If you can say definitely, for example, that some murder has +been done by a man who was smoking an Indian lunkah, it obviously +narrows your field of search. To the trained eye there is as much +difference between the black ash of a Trichinopoly and the white fluff +of bird's-eye as there is between a cabbage and a potato." + +"You have an extraordinary genius for minutiae," I remarked. + +"I appreciate their importance. Here is my monograph upon the tracing +of footsteps, with some remarks upon the uses of plaster of Paris as a +preserver of impresses. Here, too, is a curious little work upon the +influence of a trade upon the form of the hand, with lithotypes of the +hands of slaters, sailors, corkcutters, compositors, weavers, and +diamond-polishers. That is a matter of great practical interest to the +scientific detective,--especially in cases of unclaimed bodies, or in +discovering the antecedents of criminals. But I weary you with my +hobby." + +"Not at all," I answered, earnestly. "It is of the greatest interest +to me, especially since I have had the opportunity of observing your +practical application of it. But you spoke just now of observation and +deduction. Surely the one to some extent implies the other." + +"Why, hardly," he answered, leaning back luxuriously in his arm-chair, +and sending up thick blue wreaths from his pipe. "For example, +observation shows me that you have been to the Wigmore Street +Post-Office this morning, but deduction lets me know that when there +you dispatched a telegram." + +"Right!" said I. "Right on both points! But I confess that I don't +see how you arrived at it. It was a sudden impulse upon my part, and I +have mentioned it to no one." + +"It is simplicity itself," he remarked, chuckling at my surprise,--"so +absurdly simple that an explanation is superfluous; and yet it may +serve to define the limits of observation and of deduction. +Observation tells me that you have a little reddish mould adhering to +your instep. Just opposite the Seymour Street Office they have taken +up the pavement and thrown up some earth which lies in such a way that +it is difficult to avoid treading in it in entering. The earth is of +this peculiar reddish tint which is found, as far as I know, nowhere +else in the neighborhood. So much is observation. The rest is +deduction." + +"How, then, did you deduce the telegram?" + +"Why, of course I knew that you had not written a letter, since I sat +opposite to you all morning. I see also in your open desk there that +you have a sheet of stamps and a thick bundle of post-cards. What +could you go into the post-office for, then, but to send a wire? +Eliminate all other factors, and the one which remains must be the +truth." + +"In this case it certainly is so," I replied, after a little thought. +"The thing, however, is, as you say, of the simplest. Would you think +me impertinent if I were to put your theories to a more severe test?" + +"On the contrary," he answered, "it would prevent me from taking a +second dose of cocaine. I should be delighted to look into any problem +which you might submit to me." + +"I have heard you say that it is difficult for a man to have any object +in daily use without leaving the impress of his individuality upon it +in such a way that a trained observer might read it. Now, I have here +a watch which has recently come into my possession. Would you have the +kindness to let me have an opinion upon the character or habits of the +late owner?" + +I handed him over the watch with some slight feeling of amusement in my +heart, for the test was, as I thought, an impossible one, and I +intended it as a lesson against the somewhat dogmatic tone which he +occasionally assumed. He balanced the watch in his hand, gazed hard at +the dial, opened the back, and examined the works, first with his naked +eyes and then with a powerful convex lens. I could hardly keep from +smiling at his crestfallen face when he finally snapped the case to and +handed it back. + +"There are hardly any data," he remarked. "The watch has been recently +cleaned, which robs me of my most suggestive facts." + +"You are right," I answered. "It was cleaned before being sent to me." +In my heart I accused my companion of putting forward a most lame and +impotent excuse to cover his failure. What data could he expect from +an uncleaned watch? + +"Though unsatisfactory, my research has not been entirely barren," he +observed, staring up at the ceiling with dreamy, lack-lustre eyes. +"Subject to your correction, I should judge that the watch belonged to +your elder brother, who inherited it from your father." + +"That you gather, no doubt, from the H. W. upon the back?" + +"Quite so. The W. suggests your own name. The date of the watch is +nearly fifty years back, and the initials are as old as the watch: so +it was made for the last generation. Jewelry usually descends to the +eldest son, and he is most likely to have the same name as the father. +Your father has, if I remember right, been dead many years. It has, +therefore, been in the hands of your eldest brother." + +"Right, so far," said I. "Anything else?" + +"He was a man of untidy habits,--very untidy and careless. He was left +with good prospects, but he threw away his chances, lived for some time +in poverty with occasional short intervals of prosperity, and finally, +taking to drink, he died. That is all I can gather." + +I sprang from my chair and limped impatiently about the room with +considerable bitterness in my heart. + +"This is unworthy of you, Holmes," I said. "I could not have believed +that you would have descended to this. You have made inquires into the +history of my unhappy brother, and you now pretend to deduce this +knowledge in some fanciful way. You cannot expect me to believe that +you have read all this from his old watch! It is unkind, and, to speak +plainly, has a touch of charlatanism in it." + +"My dear doctor," said he, kindly, "pray accept my apologies. Viewing +the matter as an abstract problem, I had forgotten how personal and +painful a thing it might be to you. I assure you, however, that I +never even knew that you had a brother until you handed me the watch." + +"Then how in the name of all that is wonderful did you get these facts? +They are absolutely correct in every particular." + +"Ah, that is good luck. I could only say what was the balance of +probability. I did not at all expect to be so accurate." + +"But it was not mere guess-work?" + +"No, no: I never guess. It is a shocking habit,--destructive to the +logical faculty. What seems strange to you is only so because you do +not follow my train of thought or observe the small facts upon which +large inferences may depend. For example, I began by stating that your +brother was careless. When you observe the lower part of that +watch-case you notice that it is not only dinted in two places, but it +is cut and marked all over from the habit of keeping other hard +objects, such as coins or keys, in the same pocket. Surely it is no +great feat to assume that a man who treats a fifty-guinea watch so +cavalierly must be a careless man. Neither is it a very far-fetched +inference that a man who inherits one article of such value is pretty +well provided for in other respects." + +I nodded, to show that I followed his reasoning. + +"It is very customary for pawnbrokers in England, when they take a +watch, to scratch the number of the ticket with a pin-point upon the +inside of the case. It is more handy than a label, as there is no risk +of the number being lost or transposed. There are no less than four +such numbers visible to my lens on the inside of this case. +Inference,--that your brother was often at low water. Secondary +inference,--that he had occasional bursts of prosperity, or he could +not have redeemed the pledge. Finally, I ask you to look at the inner +plate, which contains the key-hole. Look at the thousands of scratches +all round the hole,--marks where the key has slipped. What sober man's +key could have scored those grooves? But you will never see a +drunkard's watch without them. He winds it at night, and he leaves +these traces of his unsteady hand. Where is the mystery in all this?" + +"It is as clear as daylight," I answered. "I regret the injustice +which I did you. I should have had more faith in your marvellous +faculty. May I ask whether you have any professional inquiry on foot +at present?" + +"None. Hence the cocaine. I cannot live without brain-work. What else +is there to live for? Stand at the window here. Was ever such a +dreary, dismal, unprofitable world? See how the yellow fog swirls down +the street and drifts across the dun-colored houses. What could be +more hopelessly prosaic and material? What is the use of having +powers, doctor, when one has no field upon which to exert them? Crime +is commonplace, existence is commonplace, and no qualities save those +which are commonplace have any function upon earth." + +I had opened my mouth to reply to this tirade, when with a crisp knock +our landlady entered, bearing a card upon the brass salver. + +"A young lady for you, sir," she said, addressing my companion. + +"Miss Mary Morstan," he read. "Hum! I have no recollection of the +name. Ask the young lady to step up, Mrs. Hudson. Don't go, doctor. +I should prefer that you remain." + + + +Chapter II + +The Statement of the Case + +Miss Morstan entered the room with a firm step and an outward composure +of manner. She was a blonde young lady, small, dainty, well gloved, +and dressed in the most perfect taste. There was, however, a plainness +and simplicity about her costume which bore with it a suggestion of +limited means. The dress was a sombre grayish beige, untrimmed and +unbraided, and she wore a small turban of the same dull hue, relieved +only by a suspicion of white feather in the side. Her face had neither +regularity of feature nor beauty of complexion, but her expression was +sweet and amiable, and her large blue eyes were singularly spiritual +and sympathetic. In an experience of women which extends over many +nations and three separate continents, I have never looked upon a face +which gave a clearer promise of a refined and sensitive nature. I could +not but observe that as she took the seat which Sherlock Holmes placed +for her, her lip trembled, her hand quivered, and she showed every sign +of intense inward agitation. + +"I have come to you, Mr. Holmes," she said, "because you once enabled +my employer, Mrs. Cecil Forrester, to unravel a little domestic +complication. She was much impressed by your kindness and skill." + +"Mrs. Cecil Forrester," he repeated thoughtfully. "I believe that I +was of some slight service to her. The case, however, as I remember +it, was a very simple one." + +"She did not think so. But at least you cannot say the same of mine. +I can hardly imagine anything more strange, more utterly inexplicable, +than the situation in which I find myself." + +Holmes rubbed his hands, and his eyes glistened. He leaned forward in +his chair with an expression of extraordinary concentration upon his +clear-cut, hawklike features. "State your case," said he, in brisk, +business tones. + +I felt that my position was an embarrassing one. "You will, I am sure, +excuse me," I said, rising from my chair. + +To my surprise, the young lady held up her gloved hand to detain me. +"If your friend," she said, "would be good enough to stop, he might be +of inestimable service to me." + +I relapsed into my chair. + +"Briefly," she continued, "the facts are these. My father was an +officer in an Indian regiment who sent me home when I was quite a +child. My mother was dead, and I had no relative in England. I was +placed, however, in a comfortable boarding establishment at Edinburgh, +and there I remained until I was seventeen years of age. In the year +1878 my father, who was senior captain of his regiment, obtained twelve +months' leave and came home. He telegraphed to me from London that he +had arrived all safe, and directed me to come down at once, giving the +Langham Hotel as his address. His message, as I remember, was full of +kindness and love. On reaching London I drove to the Langham, and was +informed that Captain Morstan was staying there, but that he had gone +out the night before and had not yet returned. I waited all day without +news of him. That night, on the advice of the manager of the hotel, I +communicated with the police, and next morning we advertised in all the +papers. Our inquiries led to no result; and from that day to this no +word has ever been heard of my unfortunate father. He came home with +his heart full of hope, to find some peace, some comfort, and +instead--" She put her hand to her throat, and a choking sob cut short +the sentence. + +"The date?" asked Holmes, opening his note-book. + +"He disappeared upon the 3d of December, 1878,--nearly ten years ago." + +"His luggage?" + +"Remained at the hotel. There was nothing in it to suggest a +clue,--some clothes, some books, and a considerable number of +curiosities from the Andaman Islands. He had been one of the officers +in charge of the convict-guard there." + +"Had he any friends in town?" + +"Only one that we know of,--Major Sholto, of his own regiment, the 34th +Bombay Infantry. The major had retired some little time before, and +lived at Upper Norwood. We communicated with him, of course, but he +did not even know that his brother officer was in England." + +"A singular case," remarked Holmes. + +"I have not yet described to you the most singular part. About six +years ago--to be exact, upon the 4th of May, 1882--an advertisement +appeared in the Times asking for the address of Miss Mary Morstan and +stating that it would be to her advantage to come forward. There was +no name or address appended. I had at that time just entered the +family of Mrs. Cecil Forrester in the capacity of governess. By her +advice I published my address in the advertisement column. The same +day there arrived through the post a small card-board box addressed to +me, which I found to contain a very large and lustrous pearl. No word +of writing was enclosed. Since then every year upon the same date +there has always appeared a similar box, containing a similar pearl, +without any clue as to the sender. They have been pronounced by an +expert to be of a rare variety and of considerable value. You can see +for yourselves that they are very handsome." She opened a flat box as +she spoke, and showed me six of the finest pearls that I had ever seen. + +"Your statement is most interesting," said Sherlock Holmes. "Has +anything else occurred to you?" + +"Yes, and no later than to-day. That is why I have come to you. This +morning I received this letter, which you will perhaps read for +yourself." + +"Thank you," said Holmes. "The envelope too, please. Postmark, +London, S.W. Date, July 7. Hum! Man's thumb-mark on +corner,--probably postman. Best quality paper. Envelopes at sixpence +a packet. Particular man in his stationery. No address. 'Be at the +third pillar from the left outside the Lyceum Theatre to-night at seven +o'clock. If you are distrustful, bring two friends. You are a wronged +woman, and shall have justice. Do not bring police. If you do, all +will be in vain. Your unknown friend.' Well, really, this is a very +pretty little mystery. What do you intend to do, Miss Morstan?" + +"That is exactly what I want to ask you." + +"Then we shall most certainly go. You and I and--yes, why, Dr. Watson +is the very man. Your correspondent says two friends. He and I have +worked together before." + +"But would he come?" she asked, with something appealing in her voice +and expression. + +"I should be proud and happy," said I, fervently, "if I can be of any +service." + +"You are both very kind," she answered. "I have led a retired life, +and have no friends whom I could appeal to. If I am here at six it +will do, I suppose?" + +"You must not be later," said Holmes. "There is one other point, +however. Is this handwriting the same as that upon the pearl-box +addresses?" + +"I have them here," she answered, producing half a dozen pieces of +paper. + +"You are certainly a model client. You have the correct intuition. +Let us see, now." He spread out the papers upon the table, and gave +little darting glances from one to the other. "They are disguised +hands, except the letter," he said, presently, "but there can be no +question as to the authorship. See how the irrepressible Greek e will +break out, and see the twirl of the final s. They are undoubtedly by +the same person. I should not like to suggest false hopes, Miss +Morstan, but is there any resemblance between this hand and that of +your father?" + +"Nothing could be more unlike." + +"I expected to hear you say so. We shall look out for you, then, at +six. Pray allow me to keep the papers. I may look into the matter +before then. It is only half-past three. Au revoir, then." + +"Au revoir," said our visitor, and, with a bright, kindly glance from +one to the other of us, she replaced her pearl-box in her bosom and +hurried away. Standing at the window, I watched her walking briskly +down the street, until the gray turban and white feather were but a +speck in the sombre crowd. + +"What a very attractive woman!" I exclaimed, turning to my companion. + +He had lit his pipe again, and was leaning back with drooping eyelids. +"Is she?" he said, languidly. "I did not observe." + +"You really are an automaton,--a calculating-machine!" I cried. "There +is something positively inhuman in you at times." + +He smiled gently. "It is of the first importance," he said, "not to +allow your judgment to be biased by personal qualities. A client is to +me a mere unit,--a factor in a problem. The emotional qualities are +antagonistic to clear reasoning. I assure you that the most winning +woman I ever knew was hanged for poisoning three little children for +their insurance-money, and the most repellant man of my acquaintance is +a philanthropist who has spent nearly a quarter of a million upon the +London poor." + +"In this case, however--" + +"I never make exceptions. An exception disproves the rule. Have you +ever had occasion to study character in handwriting? What do you make +of this fellow's scribble?" + +"It is legible and regular," I answered. "A man of business habits and +some force of character." + +Holmes shook his head. "Look at his long letters," he said. "They +hardly rise above the common herd. That d might be an a, and that l an +e. Men of character always differentiate their long letters, however +illegibly they may write. There is vacillation in his k's and +self-esteem in his capitals. I am going out now. I have some few +references to make. Let me recommend this book,--one of the most +remarkable ever penned. It is Winwood Reade's 'Martyrdom of Man.' I +shall be back in an hour." + +I sat in the window with the volume in my hand, but my thoughts were +far from the daring speculations of the writer. My mind ran upon our +late visitor,--her smiles, the deep rich tones of her voice, the +strange mystery which overhung her life. If she were seventeen at the +time of her father's disappearance she must be seven-and-twenty now,--a +sweet age, when youth has lost its self-consciousness and become a +little sobered by experience. So I sat and mused, until such dangerous +thoughts came into my head that I hurried away to my desk and plunged +furiously into the latest treatise upon pathology. What was I, an army +surgeon with a weak leg and a weaker banking-account, that I should +dare to think of such things? She was a unit, a factor,--nothing more. +If my future were black, it was better surely to face it like a man +than to attempt to brighten it by mere will-o'-the-wisps of the +imagination. + + + +Chapter III + +In Quest of a Solution + +It was half-past five before Holmes returned. He was bright, eager, +and in excellent spirits,--a mood which in his case alternated with +fits of the blackest depression. + +"There is no great mystery in this matter," he said, taking the cup of +tea which I had poured out for him. "The facts appear to admit of only +one explanation." + +"What! you have solved it already?" + +"Well, that would be too much to say. I have discovered a suggestive +fact, that is all. It is, however, VERY suggestive. The details are +still to be added. I have just found, on consulting the back files of +the Times, that Major Sholto, of Upper Norword, late of the 34th Bombay +Infantry, died upon the 28th of April, 1882." + +"I may be very obtuse, Holmes, but I fail to see what this suggests." + +"No? You surprise me. Look at it in this way, then. Captain Morstan +disappears. The only person in London whom he could have visited is +Major Sholto. Major Sholto denies having heard that he was in London. +Four years later Sholto dies. WITHIN A WEEK OF HIS DEATH Captain +Morstan's daughter receives a valuable present, which is repeated from +year to year, and now culminates in a letter which describes her as a +wronged woman. What wrong can it refer to except this deprivation of +her father? And why should the presents begin immediately after +Sholto's death, unless it is that Sholto's heir knows something of the +mystery and desires to make compensation? Have you any alternative +theory which will meet the facts?" + +"But what a strange compensation! And how strangely made! Why, too, +should he write a letter now, rather than six years ago? Again, the +letter speaks of giving her justice. What justice can she have? It is +too much to suppose that her father is still alive. There is no other +injustice in her case that you know of." + +"There are difficulties; there are certainly difficulties," said +Sherlock Holmes, pensively. "But our expedition of to-night will solve +them all. Ah, here is a four-wheeler, and Miss Morstan is inside. Are +you all ready? Then we had better go down, for it is a little past the +hour." + +I picked up my hat and my heaviest stick, but I observed that Holmes +took his revolver from his drawer and slipped it into his pocket. It +was clear that he thought that our night's work might be a serious one. + +Miss Morstan was muffled in a dark cloak, and her sensitive face was +composed, but pale. She must have been more than woman if she did not +feel some uneasiness at the strange enterprise upon which we were +embarking, yet her self-control was perfect, and she readily answered +the few additional questions which Sherlock Holmes put to her. + +"Major Sholto was a very particular friend of papa's," she said. "His +letters were full of allusions to the major. He and papa were in +command of the troops at the Andaman Islands, so they were thrown a +great deal together. By the way, a curious paper was found in papa's +desk which no one could understand. I don't suppose that it is of the +slightest importance, but I thought you might care to see it, so I +brought it with me. It is here." + +Holmes unfolded the paper carefully and smoothed it out upon his knee. +He then very methodically examined it all over with his double lens. + +"It is paper of native Indian manufacture," he remarked. "It has at +some time been pinned to a board. The diagram upon it appears to be a +plan of part of a large building with numerous halls, corridors, and +passages. At one point is a small cross done in red ink, and above it +is '3.37 from left,' in faded pencil-writing. In the left-hand corner +is a curious hieroglyphic like four crosses in a line with their arms +touching. Beside it is written, in very rough and coarse characters, +'The sign of the four,--Jonathan Small, Mahomet Singh, Abdullah Khan, +Dost Akbar.' No, I confess that I do not see how this bears upon the +matter. Yet it is evidently a document of importance. It has been kept +carefully in a pocket-book; for the one side is as clean as the other." + +"It was in his pocket-book that we found it." + +"Preserve it carefully, then, Miss Morstan, for it may prove to be of +use to us. I begin to suspect that this matter may turn out to be much +deeper and more subtle than I at first supposed. I must reconsider my +ideas." He leaned back in the cab, and I could see by his drawn brow +and his vacant eye that he was thinking intently. Miss Morstan and I +chatted in an undertone about our present expedition and its possible +outcome, but our companion maintained his impenetrable reserve until +the end of our journey. + +It was a September evening, and not yet seven o'clock, but the day had +been a dreary one, and a dense drizzly fog lay low upon the great city. +Mud-colored clouds drooped sadly over the muddy streets. Down the +Strand the lamps were but misty splotches of diffused light which threw +a feeble circular glimmer upon the slimy pavement. The yellow glare +from the shop-windows streamed out into the steamy, vaporous air, and +threw a murky, shifting radiance across the crowded thoroughfare. +There was, to my mind, something eerie and ghost-like in the endless +procession of faces which flitted across these narrow bars of +light,--sad faces and glad, haggard and merry. Like all human kind, +they flitted from the gloom into the light, and so back into the gloom +once more. I am not subject to impressions, but the dull, heavy +evening, with the strange business upon which we were engaged, combined +to make me nervous and depressed. I could see from Miss Morstan's +manner that she was suffering from the same feeling. Holmes alone +could rise superior to petty influences. He held his open note-book +upon his knee, and from time to time he jotted down figures and +memoranda in the light of his pocket-lantern. + +At the Lyceum Theatre the crowds were already thick at the +side-entrances. In front a continuous stream of hansoms and +four-wheelers were rattling up, discharging their cargoes of +shirt-fronted men and beshawled, bediamonded women. We had hardly +reached the third pillar, which was our rendezvous, before a small, +dark, brisk man in the dress of a coachman accosted us. + +"Are you the parties who come with Miss Morstan?" he asked. + +"I am Miss Morstan, and these two gentlemen are my friends," said she. + +He bent a pair of wonderfully penetrating and questioning eyes upon us. +"You will excuse me, miss," he said with a certain dogged manner, "but +I was to ask you to give me your word that neither of your companions +is a police-officer." + +"I give you my word on that," she answered. + +He gave a shrill whistle, on which a street Arab led across a +four-wheeler and opened the door. The man who had addressed us mounted +to the box, while we took our places inside. We had hardly done so +before the driver whipped up his horse, and we plunged away at a +furious pace through the foggy streets. + +The situation was a curious one. We were driving to an unknown place, +on an unknown errand. Yet our invitation was either a complete +hoax,--which was an inconceivable hypothesis,--or else we had good +reason to think that important issues might hang upon our journey. +Miss Morstan's demeanor was as resolute and collected as ever. I +endeavored to cheer and amuse her by reminiscences of my adventures in +Afghanistan; but, to tell the truth, I was myself so excited at our +situation and so curious as to our destination that my stories were +slightly involved. To this day she declares that I told her one moving +anecdote as to how a musket looked into my tent at the dead of night, +and how I fired a double-barrelled tiger cub at it. At first I had +some idea as to the direction in which we were driving; but soon, what +with our pace, the fog, and my own limited knowledge of London, I lost +my bearings, and knew nothing, save that we seemed to be going a very +long way. Sherlock Holmes was never at fault, however, and he muttered +the names as the cab rattled through squares and in and out by tortuous +by-streets. + +"Rochester Row," said he. "Now Vincent Square. Now we come out on the +Vauxhall Bridge Road. We are making for the Surrey side, apparently. +Yes, I thought so. Now we are on the bridge. You can catch glimpses +of the river." + +We did indeed get a fleeting view of a stretch of the Thames with the +lamps shining upon the broad, silent water; but our cab dashed on, and +was soon involved in a labyrinth of streets upon the other side. + +"Wordsworth Road," said my companion. "Priory Road. Lark Hall Lane. +Stockwell Place. Robert Street. Cold Harbor Lane. Our quest does not +appear to take us to very fashionable regions." + +We had, indeed, reached a questionable and forbidding neighborhood. +Long lines of dull brick houses were only relieved by the coarse glare +and tawdry brilliancy of public houses at the corner. Then came rows +of two-storied villas each with a fronting of miniature garden, and +then again interminable lines of new staring brick buildings,--the +monster tentacles which the giant city was throwing out into the +country. At last the cab drew up at the third house in a new terrace. +None of the other houses were inhabited, and that at which we stopped +was as dark as its neighbors, save for a single glimmer in the kitchen +window. On our knocking, however, the door was instantly thrown open +by a Hindoo servant clad in a yellow turban, white loose-fitting +clothes, and a yellow sash. There was something strangely incongruous +in this Oriental figure framed in the commonplace door-way of a +third-rate suburban dwelling-house. + +"The Sahib awaits you," said he, and even as he spoke there came a high +piping voice from some inner room. "Show them in to me, khitmutgar," +it cried. "Show them straight in to me." + + + +Chapter IV + +The Story of the Bald-Headed Man + +We followed the Indian down a sordid and common passage, ill lit and +worse furnished, until he came to a door upon the right, which he threw +open. A blaze of yellow light streamed out upon us, and in the centre +of the glare there stood a small man with a very high head, a bristle +of red hair all round the fringe of it, and a bald, shining scalp which +shot out from among it like a mountain-peak from fir-trees. He writhed +his hands together as he stood, and his features were in a perpetual +jerk, now smiling, now scowling, but never for an instant in repose. +Nature had given him a pendulous lip, and a too visible line of yellow +and irregular teeth, which he strove feebly to conceal by constantly +passing his hand over the lower part of his face. In spite of his +obtrusive baldness, he gave the impression of youth. In point of fact +he had just turned his thirtieth year. + +"Your servant, Miss Morstan," he kept repeating, in a thin, high voice. +"Your servant, gentlemen. Pray step into my little sanctum. A small +place, miss, but furnished to my own liking. An oasis of art in the +howling desert of South London." + +We were all astonished by the appearance of the apartment into which he +invited us. In that sorry house it looked as out of place as a diamond +of the first water in a setting of brass. The richest and glossiest of +curtains and tapestries draped the walls, looped back here and there to +expose some richly-mounted painting or Oriental vase. The carpet was +of amber-and-black, so soft and so thick that the foot sank pleasantly +into it, as into a bed of moss. Two great tiger-skins thrown athwart +it increased the suggestion of Eastern luxury, as did a huge hookah +which stood upon a mat in the corner. A lamp in the fashion of a +silver dove was hung from an almost invisible golden wire in the centre +of the room. As it burned it filled the air with a subtle and aromatic +odor. + +"Mr. Thaddeus Sholto," said the little man, still jerking and smiling. +"That is my name. You are Miss Morstan, of course. And these +gentlemen--" + +"This is Mr. Sherlock Holmes, and this is Dr. Watson." + +"A doctor, eh?" cried he, much excited. "Have you your stethoscope? +Might I ask you--would you have the kindness? I have grave doubts as +to my mitral valve, if you would be so very good. The aortic I may +rely upon, but I should value your opinion upon the mitral." + +I listened to his heart, as requested, but was unable to find anything +amiss, save indeed that he was in an ecstasy of fear, for he shivered +from head to foot. "It appears to be normal," I said. "You have no +cause for uneasiness." + +"You will excuse my anxiety, Miss Morstan," he remarked, airily. "I am +a great sufferer, and I have long had suspicions as to that valve. I +am delighted to hear that they are unwarranted. Had your father, Miss +Morstan, refrained from throwing a strain upon his heart, he might have +been alive now." + +I could have struck the man across the face, so hot was I at this +callous and off-hand reference to so delicate a matter. Miss Morstan +sat down, and her face grew white to the lips. "I knew in my heart +that he was dead," said she. + +"I can give you every information," said he, "and, what is more, I can +do you justice; and I will, too, whatever Brother Bartholomew may say. +I am so glad to have your friends here, not only as an escort to you, +but also as witnesses to what I am about to do and say. The three of +us can show a bold front to Brother Bartholomew. But let us have no +outsiders,--no police or officials. We can settle everything +satisfactorily among ourselves, without any interference. Nothing +would annoy Brother Bartholomew more than any publicity." He sat down +upon a low settee and blinked at us inquiringly with his weak, watery +blue eyes. + +"For my part," said Holmes, "whatever you may choose to say will go no +further." + +I nodded to show my agreement. + +"That is well! That is well!" said he. "May I offer you a glass of +Chianti, Miss Morstan? Or of Tokay? I keep no other wines. Shall I +open a flask? No? Well, then, I trust that you have no objection to +tobacco-smoke, to the mild balsamic odor of the Eastern tobacco. I am +a little nervous, and I find my hookah an invaluable sedative." He +applied a taper to the great bowl, and the smoke bubbled merrily +through the rose-water. We sat all three in a semicircle, with our +heads advanced, and our chins upon our hands, while the strange, jerky +little fellow, with his high, shining head, puffed uneasily in the +centre. + +"When I first determined to make this communication to you," said he, +"I might have given you my address, but I feared that you might +disregard my request and bring unpleasant people with you. I took the +liberty, therefore, of making an appointment in such a way that my man +Williams might be able to see you first. I have complete confidence in +his discretion, and he had orders, if he were dissatisfied, to proceed +no further in the matter. You will excuse these precautions, but I am +a man of somewhat retiring, and I might even say refined, tastes, and +there is nothing more unaesthetic than a policeman. I have a natural +shrinking from all forms of rough materialism. I seldom come in contact +with the rough crowd. I live, as you see, with some little atmosphere +of elegance around me. I may call myself a patron of the arts. It is +my weakness. The landscape is a genuine Corot, and, though a +connoisseur might perhaps throw a doubt upon that Salvator Rosa, there +cannot be the least question about the Bouguereau. I am partial to the +modern French school." + +"You will excuse me, Mr. Sholto," said Miss Morstan, "but I am here at +your request to learn something which you desire to tell me. It is +very late, and I should desire the interview to be as short as +possible." + +"At the best it must take some time," he answered; "for we shall +certainly have to go to Norwood and see Brother Bartholomew. We shall +all go and try if we can get the better of Brother Bartholomew. He is +very angry with me for taking the course which has seemed right to me. +I had quite high words with him last night. You cannot imagine what a +terrible fellow he is when he is angry." + +"If we are to go to Norwood it would perhaps be as well to start at +once," I ventured to remark. + +He laughed until his ears were quite red. "That would hardly do," he +cried. "I don't know what he would say if I brought you in that sudden +way. No, I must prepare you by showing you how we all stand to each +other. In the first place, I must tell you that there are several +points in the story of which I am myself ignorant. I can only lay the +facts before you as far as I know them myself. + +"My father was, as you may have guessed, Major John Sholto, once of the +Indian army. He retired some eleven years ago, and came to live at +Pondicherry Lodge in Upper Norwood. He had prospered in India, and +brought back with him a considerable sum of money, a large collection +of valuable curiosities, and a staff of native servants. With these +advantages he bought himself a house, and lived in great luxury. My +twin-brother Bartholomew and I were the only children. + +"I very well remember the sensation which was caused by the +disappearance of Captain Morstan. We read the details in the papers, +and, knowing that he had been a friend of our father's, we discussed +the case freely in his presence. He used to join in our speculations +as to what could have happened. Never for an instant did we suspect +that he had the whole secret hidden in his own breast,--that of all men +he alone knew the fate of Arthur Morstan. + +"We did know, however, that some mystery--some positive +danger--overhung our father. He was very fearful of going out alone, +and he always employed two prize-fighters to act as porters at +Pondicherry Lodge. Williams, who drove you to-night, was one of them. +He was once light-weight champion of England. Our father would never +tell us what it was he feared, but he had a most marked aversion to men +with wooden legs. On one occasion he actually fired his revolver at a +wooden-legged man, who proved to be a harmless tradesman canvassing for +orders. We had to pay a large sum to hush the matter up. My brother +and I used to think this a mere whim of my father's, but events have +since led us to change our opinion. + +"Early in 1882 my father received a letter from India which was a great +shock to him. He nearly fainted at the breakfast-table when he opened +it, and from that day he sickened to his death. What was in the letter +we could never discover, but I could see as he held it that it was +short and written in a scrawling hand. He had suffered for years from +an enlarged spleen, but he now became rapidly worse, and towards the +end of April we were informed that he was beyond all hope, and that he +wished to make a last communication to us. + +"When we entered his room he was propped up with pillows and breathing +heavily. He besought us to lock the door and to come upon either side +of the bed. Then, grasping our hands, he made a remarkable statement +to us, in a voice which was broken as much by emotion as by pain. I +shall try and give it to you in his own very words. + +"'I have only one thing,' he said, 'which weighs upon my mind at this +supreme moment. It is my treatment of poor Morstan's orphan. The +cursed greed which has been my besetting sin through life has withheld +from her the treasure, half at least of which should have been hers. +And yet I have made no use of it myself,--so blind and foolish a thing +is avarice. The mere feeling of possession has been so dear to me that +I could not bear to share it with another. See that chaplet dipped +with pearls beside the quinine-bottle. Even that I could not bear to +part with, although I had got it out with the design of sending it to +her. You, my sons, will give her a fair share of the Agra treasure. But +send her nothing--not even the chaplet--until I am gone. After all, men +have been as bad as this and have recovered. + +"'I will tell you how Morstan died,' he continued. 'He had suffered +for years from a weak heart, but he concealed it from every one. I +alone knew it. When in India, he and I, through a remarkable chain of +circumstances, came into possession of a considerable treasure. I +brought it over to England, and on the night of Morstan's arrival he +came straight over here to claim his share. He walked over from the +station, and was admitted by my faithful Lal Chowdar, who is now dead. +Morstan and I had a difference of opinion as to the division of the +treasure, and we came to heated words. Morstan had sprung out of his +chair in a paroxysm of anger, when he suddenly pressed his hand to his +side, his face turned a dusky hue, and he fell backwards, cutting his +head against the corner of the treasure-chest. When I stooped over him +I found, to my horror, that he was dead. + +"'For a long time I sat half distracted, wondering what I should do. +My first impulse was, of course, to call for assistance; but I could +not but recognize that there was every chance that I would be accused +of his murder. His death at the moment of a quarrel, and the gash in +his head, would be black against me. Again, an official inquiry could +not be made without bringing out some facts about the treasure, which I +was particularly anxious to keep secret. He had told me that no soul +upon earth knew where he had gone. There seemed to be no necessity why +any soul ever should know. + +"'I was still pondering over the matter, when, looking up, I saw my +servant, Lal Chowdar, in the doorway. He stole in and bolted the door +behind him. "Do not fear, Sahib," he said. "No one need know that you +have killed him. Let us hide him away, and who is the wiser?" "I did +not kill him," said I. Lal Chowdar shook his head and smiled. "I +heard it all, Sahib," said he. "I heard you quarrel, and I heard the +blow. But my lips are sealed. All are asleep in the house. Let us put +him away together." That was enough to decide me. If my own servant +could not believe my innocence, how could I hope to make it good before +twelve foolish tradesmen in a jury-box? Lal Chowdar and I disposed of +the body that night, and within a few days the London papers were full +of the mysterious disappearance of Captain Morstan. You will see from +what I say that I can hardly be blamed in the matter. My fault lies in +the fact that we concealed not only the body, but also the treasure, +and that I have clung to Morstan's share as well as to my own. I wish +you, therefore, to make restitution. Put your ears down to my mouth. +The treasure is hidden in--' At this instant a horrible change came +over his expression; his eyes stared wildly, his jaw dropped, and he +yelled, in a voice which I can never forget, 'Keep him out! For +Christ's sake keep him out!' We both stared round at the window behind +us upon which his gaze was fixed. A face was looking in at us out of +the darkness. We could see the whitening of the nose where it was +pressed against the glass. It was a bearded, hairy face, with wild +cruel eyes and an expression of concentrated malevolence. My brother +and I rushed towards the window, but the man was gone. When we +returned to my father his head had dropped and his pulse had ceased to +beat. + +"We searched the garden that night, but found no sign of the intruder, +save that just under the window a single footmark was visible in the +flower-bed. But for that one trace, we might have thought that our +imaginations had conjured up that wild, fierce face. We soon, however, +had another and a more striking proof that there were secret agencies +at work all round us. The window of my father's room was found open in +the morning, his cupboards and boxes had been rifled, and upon his +chest was fixed a torn piece of paper, with the words 'The sign of the +four' scrawled across it. What the phrase meant, or who our secret +visitor may have been, we never knew. As far as we can judge, none of +my father's property had been actually stolen, though everything had +been turned out. My brother and I naturally associated this peculiar +incident with the fear which haunted my father during his life; but it +is still a complete mystery to us." + +The little man stopped to relight his hookah and puffed thoughtfully +for a few moments. We had all sat absorbed, listening to his +extraordinary narrative. At the short account of her father's death +Miss Morstan had turned deadly white, and for a moment I feared that +she was about to faint. She rallied however, on drinking a glass of +water which I quietly poured out for her from a Venetian carafe upon +the side-table. Sherlock Holmes leaned back in his chair with an +abstracted expression and the lids drawn low over his glittering eyes. +As I glanced at him I could not but think how on that very day he had +complained bitterly of the commonplaceness of life. Here at least was +a problem which would tax his sagacity to the utmost. Mr. Thaddeus +Sholto looked from one to the other of us with an obvious pride at the +effect which his story had produced, and then continued between the +puffs of his overgrown pipe. + +"My brother and I," said he, "were, as you may imagine, much excited as +to the treasure which my father had spoken of. For weeks and for +months we dug and delved in every part of the garden, without +discovering its whereabouts. It was maddening to think that the +hiding-place was on his very lips at the moment that he died. We could +judge the splendor of the missing riches by the chaplet which he had +taken out. Over this chaplet my brother Bartholomew and I had some +little discussion. The pearls were evidently of great value, and he +was averse to part with them, for, between friends, my brother was +himself a little inclined to my father's fault. He thought, too, that +if we parted with the chaplet it might give rise to gossip and finally +bring us into trouble. It was all that I could do to persuade him to +let me find out Miss Morstan's address and send her a detached pearl at +fixed intervals, so that at least she might never feel destitute." + +"It was a kindly thought," said our companion, earnestly. "It was +extremely good of you." + +The little man waved his hand deprecatingly. "We were your trustees," +he said. "That was the view which I took of it, though Brother +Bartholomew could not altogether see it in that light. We had plenty +of money ourselves. I desired no more. Besides, it would have been +such bad taste to have treated a young lady in so scurvy a fashion. 'Le +mauvais gout mene au crime.' The French have a very neat way of +putting these things. Our difference of opinion on this subject went so +far that I thought it best to set up rooms for myself: so I left +Pondicherry Lodge, taking the old khitmutgar and Williams with me. +Yesterday, however, I learn that an event of extreme importance has +occurred. The treasure has been discovered. I instantly communicated +with Miss Morstan, and it only remains for us to drive out to Norwood +and demand our share. I explained my views last night to Brother +Bartholomew: so we shall be expected, if not welcome, visitors." + +Mr. Thaddeus Sholto ceased, and sat twitching on his luxurious settee. +We all remained silent, with our thoughts upon the new development +which the mysterious business had taken. Holmes was the first to +spring to his feet. + +"You have done well, sir, from first to last," said he. "It is +possible that we may be able to make you some small return by throwing +some light upon that which is still dark to you. But, as Miss Morstan +remarked just now, it is late, and we had best put the matter through +without delay." + +Our new acquaintance very deliberately coiled up the tube of his +hookah, and produced from behind a curtain a very long befrogged +topcoat with Astrakhan collar and cuffs. This he buttoned tightly up, +in spite of the extreme closeness of the night, and finished his attire +by putting on a rabbit-skin cap with hanging lappets which covered the +ears, so that no part of him was visible save his mobile and peaky +face. "My health is somewhat fragile," he remarked, as he led the way +down the passage. "I am compelled to be a valetudinarian." + +Our cab was awaiting us outside, and our programme was evidently +prearranged, for the driver started off at once at a rapid pace. +Thaddeus Sholto talked incessantly, in a voice which rose high above +the rattle of the wheels. + +"Bartholomew is a clever fellow," said he. "How do you think he found +out where the treasure was? He had come to the conclusion that it was +somewhere indoors: so he worked out all the cubic space of the house, +and made measurements everywhere, so that not one inch should be +unaccounted for. Among other things, he found that the height of the +building was seventy-four feet, but on adding together the heights of +all the separate rooms, and making every allowance for the space +between, which he ascertained by borings, he could not bring the total +to more than seventy feet. There were four feet unaccounted for. These +could only be at the top of the building. He knocked a hole, +therefore, in the lath-and-plaster ceiling of the highest room, and +there, sure enough, he came upon another little garret above it, which +had been sealed up and was known to no one. In the centre stood the +treasure-chest, resting upon two rafters. He lowered it through the +hole, and there it lies. He computes the value of the jewels at not +less than half a million sterling." + +At the mention of this gigantic sum we all stared at one another +open-eyed. Miss Morstan, could we secure her rights, would change from +a needy governess to the richest heiress in England. Surely it was the +place of a loyal friend to rejoice at such news; yet I am ashamed to +say that selfishness took me by the soul, and that my heart turned as +heavy as lead within me. I stammered out some few halting words of +congratulation, and then sat downcast, with my head drooped, deaf to +the babble of our new acquaintance. He was clearly a confirmed +hypochondriac, and I was dreamily conscious that he was pouring forth +interminable trains of symptoms, and imploring information as to the +composition and action of innumerable quack nostrums, some of which he +bore about in a leather case in his pocket. I trust that he may not +remember any of the answers which I gave him that night. Holmes +declares that he overheard me caution him against the great danger of +taking more than two drops of castor oil, while I recommended +strychnine in large doses as a sedative. However that may be, I was +certainly relieved when our cab pulled up with a jerk and the coachman +sprang down to open the door. + +"This, Miss Morstan, is Pondicherry Lodge," said Mr. Thaddeus Sholto, +as he handed her out. + + + +Chapter V + +The Tragedy of Pondicherry Lodge + +It was nearly eleven o'clock when we reached this final stage of our +night's adventures. We had left the damp fog of the great city behind +us, and the night was fairly fine. A warm wind blew from the westward, +and heavy clouds moved slowly across the sky, with half a moon peeping +occasionally through the rifts. It was clear enough to see for some +distance, but Thaddeus Sholto took down one of the side-lamps from the +carriage to give us a better light upon our way. + +Pondicherry Lodge stood in its own grounds, and was girt round with a +very high stone wall topped with broken glass. A single narrow +iron-clamped door formed the only means of entrance. On this our guide +knocked with a peculiar postman-like rat-tat. + +"Who is there?" cried a gruff voice from within. + +"It is I, McMurdo. You surely know my knock by this time." + +There was a grumbling sound and a clanking and jarring of keys. The +door swung heavily back, and a short, deep-chested man stood in the +opening, with the yellow light of the lantern shining upon his +protruded face and twinkling distrustful eyes. + +"That you, Mr. Thaddeus? But who are the others? I had no orders +about them from the master." + +"No, McMurdo? You surprise me! I told my brother last night that I +should bring some friends." + +"He ain't been out o' his room to-day, Mr. Thaddeus, and I have no +orders. You know very well that I must stick to regulations. I can let +you in, but your friends must just stop where they are." + +This was an unexpected obstacle. Thaddeus Sholto looked about him in a +perplexed and helpless manner. "This is too bad of you, McMurdo!" he +said. "If I guarantee them, that is enough for you. There is the young +lady, too. She cannot wait on the public road at this hour." + +"Very sorry, Mr. Thaddeus," said the porter, inexorably. "Folk may be +friends o' yours, and yet no friends o' the master's. He pays me well +to do my duty, and my duty I'll do. I don't know none o' your friends." + +"Oh, yes you do, McMurdo," cried Sherlock Holmes, genially. "I don't +think you can have forgotten me. Don't you remember the amateur who +fought three rounds with you at Alison's rooms on the night of your +benefit four years back?" + +"Not Mr. Sherlock Holmes!" roared the prize-fighter. "God's truth! how +could I have mistook you? If instead o' standin' there so quiet you +had just stepped up and given me that cross-hit of yours under the jaw, +I'd ha' known you without a question. Ah, you're one that has wasted +your gifts, you have! You might have aimed high, if you had joined the +fancy." + +"You see, Watson, if all else fails me I have still one of the +scientific professions open to me," said Holmes, laughing. "Our friend +won't keep us out in the cold now, I am sure." + +"In you come, sir, in you come,--you and your friends," he answered. +"Very sorry, Mr. Thaddeus, but orders are very strict. Had to be +certain of your friends before I let them in." + +Inside, a gravel path wound through desolate grounds to a huge clump of +a house, square and prosaic, all plunged in shadow save where a +moonbeam struck one corner and glimmered in a garret window. The vast +size of the building, with its gloom and its deathly silence, struck a +chill to the heart. Even Thaddeus Sholto seemed ill at ease, and the +lantern quivered and rattled in his hand. + +"I cannot understand it," he said. "There must be some mistake. I +distinctly told Bartholomew that we should be here, and yet there is no +light in his window. I do not know what to make of it." + +"Does he always guard the premises in this way?" asked Holmes. + +"Yes; he has followed my father's custom. He was the favorite son, you +know, and I sometimes think that my father may have told him more than +he ever told me. That is Bartholomew's window up there where the +moonshine strikes. It is quite bright, but there is no light from +within, I think." + +"None," said Holmes. "But I see the glint of a light in that little +window beside the door." + +"Ah, that is the housekeeper's room. That is where old Mrs. Bernstone +sits. She can tell us all about it. But perhaps you would not mind +waiting here for a minute or two, for if we all go in together and she +has no word of our coming she may be alarmed. But hush! what is that?" + +He held up the lantern, and his hand shook until the circles of light +flickered and wavered all round us. Miss Morstan seized my wrist, and +we all stood with thumping hearts, straining our ears. From the great +black house there sounded through the silent night the saddest and most +pitiful of sounds,--the shrill, broken whimpering of a frightened woman. + +"It is Mrs. Bernstone," said Sholto. "She is the only woman in the +house. Wait here. I shall be back in a moment." He hurried for the +door, and knocked in his peculiar way. We could see a tall old woman +admit him, and sway with pleasure at the very sight of him. + +"Oh, Mr. Thaddeus, sir, I am so glad you have come! I am so glad you +have come, Mr. Thaddeus, sir!" We heard her reiterated rejoicings +until the door was closed and her voice died away into a muffled +monotone. + +Our guide had left us the lantern. Holmes swung it slowly round, and +peered keenly at the house, and at the great rubbish-heaps which +cumbered the grounds. Miss Morstan and I stood together, and her hand +was in mine. A wondrous subtle thing is love, for here were we two who +had never seen each other before that day, between whom no word or even +look of affection had ever passed, and yet now in an hour of trouble +our hands instinctively sought for each other. I have marvelled at it +since, but at the time it seemed the most natural thing that I should +go out to her so, and, as she has often told me, there was in her also +the instinct to turn to me for comfort and protection. So we stood +hand in hand, like two children, and there was peace in our hearts for +all the dark things that surrounded us. + +"What a strange place!" she said, looking round. + +"It looks as though all the moles in England had been let loose in it. +I have seen something of the sort on the side of a hill near Ballarat, +where the prospectors had been at work." + +"And from the same cause," said Holmes. "These are the traces of the +treasure-seekers. You must remember that they were six years looking +for it. No wonder that the grounds look like a gravel-pit." + +At that moment the door of the house burst open, and Thaddeus Sholto +came running out, with his hands thrown forward and terror in his eyes. + +"There is something amiss with Bartholomew!" he cried. "I am +frightened! My nerves cannot stand it." He was, indeed, half +blubbering with fear, and his twitching feeble face peeping out from +the great Astrakhan collar had the helpless appealing expression of a +terrified child. + +"Come into the house," said Holmes, in his crisp, firm way. + +"Yes, do!" pleaded Thaddeus Sholto. "I really do not feel equal to +giving directions." + +We all followed him into the housekeeper's room, which stood upon the +left-hand side of the passage. The old woman was pacing up and down +with a scared look and restless picking fingers, but the sight of Miss +Morstan appeared to have a soothing effect upon her. + +"God bless your sweet calm face!" she cried, with an hysterical sob. +"It does me good to see you. Oh, but I have been sorely tried this +day!" + +Our companion patted her thin, work-worn hand, and murmured some few +words of kindly womanly comfort which brought the color back into the +others bloodless cheeks. + +"Master has locked himself in and will not answer me," she explained. +"All day I have waited to hear from him, for he often likes to be +alone; but an hour ago I feared that something was amiss, so I went up +and peeped through the key-hole. You must go up, Mr. Thaddeus,--you +must go up and look for yourself. I have seen Mr. Bartholomew Sholto +in joy and in sorrow for ten long years, but I never saw him with such +a face on him as that." + +Sherlock Holmes took the lamp and led the way, for Thaddeus Sholto's +teeth were chattering in his head. So shaken was he that I had to pass +my hand under his arm as we went up the stairs, for his knees were +trembling under him. Twice as we ascended Holmes whipped his lens out +of his pocket and carefully examined marks which appeared to me to be +mere shapeless smudges of dust upon the cocoa-nut matting which served +as a stair-carpet. He walked slowly from step to step, holding the +lamp, and shooting keen glances to right and left. Miss Morstan had +remained behind with the frightened housekeeper. + +The third flight of stairs ended in a straight passage of some length, +with a great picture in Indian tapestry upon the right of it and three +doors upon the left. Holmes advanced along it in the same slow and +methodical way, while we kept close at his heels, with our long black +shadows streaming backwards down the corridor. The third door was that +which we were seeking. Holmes knocked without receiving any answer, +and then tried to turn the handle and force it open. It was locked on +the inside, however, and by a broad and powerful bolt, as we could see +when we set our lamp up against it. The key being turned, however, the +hole was not entirely closed. Sherlock Holmes bent down to it, and +instantly rose again with a sharp intaking of the breath. + +"There is something devilish in this, Watson," said he, more moved than +I had ever before seen him. "What do you make of it?" + +I stooped to the hole, and recoiled in horror. Moonlight was streaming +into the room, and it was bright with a vague and shifty radiance. +Looking straight at me, and suspended, as it were, in the air, for all +beneath was in shadow, there hung a face,--the very face of our +companion Thaddeus. There was the same high, shining head, the same +circular bristle of red hair, the same bloodless countenance. The +features were set, however, in a horrible smile, a fixed and unnatural +grin, which in that still and moonlit room was more jarring to the +nerves than any scowl or contortion. So like was the face to that of +our little friend that I looked round at him to make sure that he was +indeed with us. Then I recalled to mind that he had mentioned to us +that his brother and he were twins. + +"This is terrible!" I said to Holmes. "What is to be done?" + +"The door must come down," he answered, and, springing against it, he +put all his weight upon the lock. It creaked and groaned, but did not +yield. Together we flung ourselves upon it once more, and this time it +gave way with a sudden snap, and we found ourselves within Bartholomew +Sholto's chamber. + +It appeared to have been fitted up as a chemical laboratory. A double +line of glass-stoppered bottles was drawn up upon the wall opposite the +door, and the table was littered over with Bunsen burners, test-tubes, +and retorts. In the corners stood carboys of acid in wicker baskets. +One of these appeared to leak or to have been broken, for a stream of +dark-colored liquid had trickled out from it, and the air was heavy +with a peculiarly pungent, tar-like odor. A set of steps stood at one +side of the room, in the midst of a litter of lath and plaster, and +above them there was an opening in the ceiling large enough for a man +to pass through. At the foot of the steps a long coil of rope was +thrown carelessly together. + +By the table, in a wooden arm-chair, the master of the house was seated +all in a heap, with his head sunk upon his left shoulder, and that +ghastly, inscrutable smile upon his face. He was stiff and cold, and +had clearly been dead many hours. It seemed to me that not only his +features but all his limbs were twisted and turned in the most +fantastic fashion. By his hand upon the table there lay a peculiar +instrument,--a brown, close-grained stick, with a stone head like a +hammer, rudely lashed on with coarse twine. Beside it was a torn sheet +of note-paper with some words scrawled upon it. Holmes glanced at it, +and then handed it to me. + +"You see," he said, with a significant raising of the eyebrows. + +In the light of the lantern I read, with a thrill of horror, "The sign +of the four." + +"In God's name, what does it all mean?" I asked. + +"It means murder," said he, stooping over the dead man. "Ah, I +expected it. Look here!" He pointed to what looked like a long, dark +thorn stuck in the skin just above the ear. + +"It looks like a thorn," said I. + +"It is a thorn. You may pick it out. But be careful, for it is +poisoned." + +I took it up between my finger and thumb. It came away from the skin +so readily that hardly any mark was left behind. One tiny speck of +blood showed where the puncture had been. + +"This is all an insoluble mystery to me," said I. "It grows darker +instead of clearer." + +"On the contrary," he answered, "it clears every instant. I only +require a few missing links to have an entirely connected case." + +We had almost forgotten our companion's presence since we entered the +chamber. He was still standing in the door-way, the very picture of +terror, wringing his hands and moaning to himself. Suddenly, however, +he broke out into a sharp, querulous cry. + +"The treasure is gone!" he said. "They have robbed him of the +treasure! There is the hole through which we lowered it. I helped him +to do it! I was the last person who saw him! I left him here last +night, and I heard him lock the door as I came down-stairs." + +"What time was that?" + +"It was ten o'clock. And now he is dead, and the police will be called +in, and I shall be suspected of having had a hand in it. Oh, yes, I am +sure I shall. But you don't think so, gentlemen? Surely you don't +think that it was I? Is it likely that I would have brought you here +if it were I? Oh, dear! oh, dear! I know that I shall go mad!" He +jerked his arms and stamped his feet in a kind of convulsive frenzy. + +"You have no reason for fear, Mr. Sholto," said Holmes, kindly, putting +his hand upon his shoulder. "Take my advice, and drive down to the +station to report this matter to the police. Offer to assist them in +every way. We shall wait here until your return." + +The little man obeyed in a half-stupefied fashion, and we heard him +stumbling down the stairs in the dark. + + + +Chapter VI + +Sherlock Holmes Gives a Demonstration + +"Now, Watson," said Holmes, rubbing his hands, "we have half an hour to +ourselves. Let us make good use of it. My case is, as I have told +you, almost complete; but we must not err on the side of +over-confidence. Simple as the case seems now, there may be something +deeper underlying it." + +"Simple!" I ejaculated. + +"Surely," said he, with something of the air of a clinical professor +expounding to his class. "Just sit in the corner there, that your +footprints may not complicate matters. Now to work! In the first +place, how did these folk come, and how did they go? The door has not +been opened since last night. How of the window?" He carried the lamp +across to it, muttering his observations aloud the while, but +addressing them to himself rather than to me. "Window is snibbed on +the inner side. Framework is solid. No hinges at the side. Let us +open it. No water-pipe near. Roof quite out of reach. Yet a man has +mounted by the window. It rained a little last night. Here is the +print of a foot in mould upon the sill. And here is a circular muddy +mark, and here again upon the floor, and here again by the table. See +here, Watson! This is really a very pretty demonstration." + +I looked at the round, well-defined muddy discs. "This is not a +footmark," said I. + +"It is something much more valuable to us. It is the impression of a +wooden stump. You see here on the sill is the boot-mark, a heavy boot +with the broad metal heel, and beside it is the mark of the timber-toe." + +"It is the wooden-legged man." + +"Quite so. But there has been some one else,--a very able and +efficient ally. Could you scale that wall, doctor?" + +I looked out of the open window. The moon still shone brightly on that +angle of the house. We were a good sixty feet from the ground, and, +look where I would, I could see no foothold, nor as much as a crevice +in the brick-work. + +"It is absolutely impossible," I answered. + +"Without aid it is so. But suppose you had a friend up here who +lowered you this good stout rope which I see in the corner, securing +one end of it to this great hook in the wall. Then, I think, if you +were an active man, You might swarm up, wooden leg and all. You would +depart, of course, in the same fashion, and your ally would draw up the +rope, untie it from the hook, shut the window, snib it on the inside, +and get away in the way that he originally came. As a minor point it +may be noted," he continued, fingering the rope, "that our +wooden-legged friend, though a fair climber, was not a professional +sailor. His hands were far from horny. My lens discloses more than +one blood-mark, especially towards the end of the rope, from which I +gather that he slipped down with such velocity that he took the skin +off his hand." + +"This is all very well," said I, "but the thing becomes more +unintelligible than ever. How about this mysterious ally? How came he +into the room?" + +"Yes, the ally!" repeated Holmes, pensively. "There are features of +interest about this ally. He lifts the case from the regions of the +commonplace. I fancy that this ally breaks fresh ground in the annals +of crime in this country,--though parallel cases suggest themselves +from India, and, if my memory serves me, from Senegambia." + +"How came he, then?" I reiterated. "The door is locked, the window is +inaccessible. Was it through the chimney?" + +"The grate is much too small," he answered. "I had already considered +that possibility." + +"How then?" I persisted. + +"You will not apply my precept," he said, shaking his head. "How often +have I said to you that when you have eliminated the impossible +whatever remains, HOWEVER IMPROBABLE, must be the truth? We know that +he did not come through the door, the window, or the chimney. We also +know that he could not have been concealed in the room, as there is no +concealment possible. Whence, then, did he come?" + +"He came through the hole in the roof," I cried. + +"Of course he did. He must have done so. If you will have the kindness +to hold the lamp for me, we shall now extend our researches to the room +above,--the secret room in which the treasure was found." + +He mounted the steps, and, seizing a rafter with either hand, he swung +himself up into the garret. Then, lying on his face, he reached down +for the lamp and held it while I followed him. + +The chamber in which we found ourselves was about ten feet one way and +six the other. The floor was formed by the rafters, with thin +lath-and-plaster between, so that in walking one had to step from beam +to beam. The roof ran up to an apex, and was evidently the inner shell +of the true roof of the house. There was no furniture of any sort, and +the accumulated dust of years lay thick upon the floor. + +"Here you are, you see," said Sherlock Holmes, putting his hand against +the sloping wall. "This is a trap-door which leads out on to the roof. +I can press it back, and here is the roof itself, sloping at a gentle +angle. This, then, is the way by which Number One entered. Let us see +if we can find any other traces of his individuality." + +He held down the lamp to the floor, and as he did so I saw for the +second time that night a startled, surprised look come over his face. +For myself, as I followed his gaze my skin was cold under my clothes. +The floor was covered thickly with the prints of a naked foot,--clear, +well defined, perfectly formed, but scarce half the size of those of an +ordinary man. + +"Holmes," I said, in a whisper, "a child has done the horrid thing." + +He had recovered his self-possession in an instant. "I was staggered +for the moment," he said, "but the thing is quite natural. My memory +failed me, or I should have been able to foretell it. There is nothing +more to be learned here. Let us go down." + +"What is your theory, then, as to those footmarks?" I asked, eagerly, +when we had regained the lower room once more. + +"My dear Watson, try a little analysis yourself," said he, with a touch +of impatience. "You know my methods. Apply them, and it will be +instructive to compare results." + +"I cannot conceive anything which will cover the facts," I answered. + +"It will be clear enough to you soon," he said, in an off-hand way. "I +think that there is nothing else of importance here, but I will look." +He whipped out his lens and a tape measure, and hurried about the room +on his knees, measuring, comparing, examining, with his long thin nose +only a few inches from the planks, and his beady eyes gleaming and +deep-set like those of a bird. So swift, silent, and furtive were his +movements, like those of a trained blood-hound picking out a scent, +that I could not but think what a terrible criminal he would have made +had he turned his energy and sagacity against the law, instead of +exerting them in its defense. As he hunted about, he kept muttering to +himself, and finally he broke out into a loud crow of delight. + +"We are certainly in luck," said he. "We ought to have very little +trouble now. Number One has had the misfortune to tread in the +creosote. You can see the outline of the edge of his small foot here +at the side of this evil-smelling mess. The carboy has been cracked, +You see, and the stuff has leaked out." + +"What then?" I asked. + +"Why, we have got him, that's all," said he. "I know a dog that would +follow that scent to the world's end. If a pack can track a trailed +herring across a shire, how far can a specially-trained hound follow so +pungent a smell as this? It sounds like a sum in the rule of three. +The answer should give us the--But halloo! here are the accredited +representatives of the law." + +Heavy steps and the clamor of loud voices were audible from below, and +the hall door shut with a loud crash. + +"Before they come," said Holmes, "just put your hand here on this poor +fellow's arm, and here on his leg. What do you feel?" + +"The muscles are as hard as a board," I answered. + +"Quite so. They are in a state of extreme contraction, far exceeding +the usual rigor mortis. Coupled with this distortion of the face, this +Hippocratic smile, or 'risus sardonicus,' as the old writers called it, +what conclusion would it suggest to your mind?" + +"Death from some powerful vegetable alkaloid," I answered,--"some +strychnine-like substance which would produce tetanus." + +"That was the idea which occurred to me the instant I saw the drawn +muscles of the face. On getting into the room I at once looked for the +means by which the poison had entered the system. As you saw, I +discovered a thorn which had been driven or shot with no great force +into the scalp. You observe that the part struck was that which would +be turned towards the hole in the ceiling if the man were erect in his +chair. Now examine the thorn." + +I took it up gingerly and held it in the light of the lantern. It was +long, sharp, and black, with a glazed look near the point as though +some gummy substance had dried upon it. The blunt end had been trimmed +and rounded off with a knife. + +"Is that an English thorn?" he asked. + +"No, it certainly is not." + +"With all these data you should be able to draw some just inference. +But here are the regulars: so the auxiliary forces may beat a retreat." + +As he spoke, the steps which had been coming nearer sounded loudly on +the passage, and a very stout, portly man in a gray suit strode heavily +into the room. He was red-faced, burly and plethoric, with a pair of +very small twinkling eyes which looked keenly out from between swollen +and puffy pouches. He was closely followed by an inspector in uniform, +and by the still palpitating Thaddeus Sholto. + +"Here's a business!" he cried, in a muffled, husky voice. "Here's a +pretty business! But who are all these? Why, the house seems to be as +full as a rabbit-warren!" + +"I think you must recollect me, Mr. Athelney Jones," said Holmes, +quietly. + +"Why, of course I do!" he wheezed. "It's Mr. Sherlock Holmes, the +theorist. Remember you! I'll never forget how you lectured us all on +causes and inferences and effects in the Bishopgate jewel case. It's +true you set us on the right track; but you'll own now that it was more +by good luck than good guidance." + +"It was a piece of very simple reasoning." + +"Oh, come, now, come! Never be ashamed to own up. But what is all +this? Bad business! Bad business! Stern facts here,--no room for +theories. How lucky that I happened to be out at Norwood over another +case! I was at the station when the message arrived. What d'you think +the man died of?" + +"Oh, this is hardly a case for me to theorize over," said Holmes, dryly. + +"No, no. Still, we can't deny that you hit the nail on the head +sometimes. Dear me! Door locked, I understand. Jewels worth half a +million missing. How was the window?" + +"Fastened; but there are steps on the sill." + +"Well, well, if it was fastened the steps could have nothing to do with +the matter. That's common sense. Man might have died in a fit; but +then the jewels are missing. Ha! I have a theory. These flashes come +upon me at times.--Just step outside, sergeant, and you, Mr. Sholto. +Your friend can remain.--What do you think of this, Holmes? Sholto +was, on his own confession, with his brother last night. The brother +died in a fit, on which Sholto walked off with the treasure. How's +that?" + +"On which the dead man very considerately got up and locked the door on +the inside." + +"Hum! There's a flaw there. Let us apply common sense to the matter. +This Thaddeus Sholto WAS with his brother; there WAS a quarrel; so much +we know. The brother is dead and the jewels are gone. So much also we +know. No one saw the brother from the time Thaddeus left him. His bed +had not been slept in. Thaddeus is evidently in a most disturbed state +of mind. His appearance is--well, not attractive. You see that I am +weaving my web round Thaddeus. The net begins to close upon him." + +"You are not quite in possession of the facts yet," said Holmes. "This +splinter of wood, which I have every reason to believe to be poisoned, +was in the man's scalp where you still see the mark; this card, +inscribed as you see it, was on the table; and beside it lay this +rather curious stone-headed instrument. How does all that fit into +your theory?" + +"Confirms it in every respect," said the fat detective, pompously. +"House is full of Indian curiosities. Thaddeus brought this up, and if +this splinter be poisonous Thaddeus may as well have made murderous use +of it as any other man. The card is some hocus-pocus,--a blind, as +like as not. The only question is, how did he depart? Ah, of course, +here is a hole in the roof." With great activity, considering his +bulk, he sprang up the steps and squeezed through into the garret, and +immediately afterwards we heard his exulting voice proclaiming that he +had found the trap-door. + +"He can find something," remarked Holmes, shrugging his shoulders. "He +has occasional glimmerings of reason. _Il n'y a pas des sots si +incommodes que ceux qui ont de l'esprit!_" + +"You see!" said Athelney Jones, reappearing down the steps again. +"Facts are better than mere theories, after all. My view of the case +is confirmed. There is a trap-door communicating with the roof, and it +is partly open." + +"It was I who opened it." + +"Oh, indeed! You did notice it, then?" He seemed a little crestfallen +at the discovery. "Well, whoever noticed it, it shows how our +gentleman got away. Inspector!" + +"Yes, sir," from the passage. + +"Ask Mr. Sholto to step this way.--Mr. Sholto, it is my duty to inform +you that anything which you may say will be used against you. I arrest +you in the queen's name as being concerned in the death of your +brother." + +"There, now! Didn't I tell you!" cried the poor little man, throwing +out his hands, and looking from one to the other of us. + +"Don't trouble yourself about it, Mr. Sholto," said Holmes. "I think +that I can engage to clear you of the charge." + +"Don't promise too much, Mr. Theorist,--don't promise too much!" +snapped the detective. "You may find it a harder matter than you +think." + +"Not only will I clear him, Mr. Jones, but I will make you a free +present of the name and description of one of the two people who were +in this room last night. His name, I have every reason to believe, is +Jonathan Small. He is a poorly-educated man, small, active, with his +right leg off, and wearing a wooden stump which is worn away upon the +inner side. His left boot has a coarse, square-toed sole, with an iron +band round the heel. He is a middle-aged man, much sunburned, and has +been a convict. These few indications may be of some assistance to +you, coupled with the fact that there is a good deal of skin missing +from the palm of his hand. The other man--" + +"Ah! the other man--?" asked Athelney Jones, in a sneering voice, but +impressed none the less, as I could easily see, by the precision of the +other's manner. + +"Is a rather curious person," said Sherlock Holmes, turning upon his +heel. "I hope before very long to be able to introduce you to the pair +of them.--A word with you, Watson." + +He led me out to the head of the stair. "This unexpected occurrence," +he said, "has caused us rather to lose sight of the original purpose of +our journey." + +"I have just been thinking so," I answered. "It is not right that Miss +Morstan should remain in this stricken house." + +"No. You must escort her home. She lives with Mrs. Cecil Forrester, +in Lower Camberwell: so it is not very far. I will wait for you here +if you will drive out again. Or perhaps you are too tired?" + +"By no means. I don't think I could rest until I know more of this +fantastic business. I have seen something of the rough side of life, +but I give you my word that this quick succession of strange surprises +to-night has shaken my nerve completely. I should like, however, to +see the matter through with you, now that I have got so far." + +"Your presence will be of great service to me," he answered. "We shall +work the case out independently, and leave this fellow Jones to exult +over any mare's-nest which he may choose to construct. When you have +dropped Miss Morstan I wish you to go on to No. 3 Pinchin Lane, down +near the water's edge at Lambeth. The third house on the right-hand +side is a bird-stuffer's: Sherman is the name. You will see a weasel +holding a young rabbit in the window. Knock old Sherman up, and tell +him, with my compliments, that I want Toby at once. You will bring +Toby back in the cab with you." + +"A dog, I suppose." + +"Yes,--a queer mongrel, with a most amazing power of scent. I would +rather have Toby's help than that of the whole detective force of +London." + +"I shall bring him, then," said I. "It is one now. I ought to be back +before three, if I can get a fresh horse." + +"And I," said Holmes, "shall see what I can learn from Mrs. Bernstone, +and from the Indian servant, who, Mr. Thaddeus tell me, sleeps in the +next garret. Then I shall study the great Jones's methods and listen +to his not too delicate sarcasms. 'Wir sind gewohnt das die Menschen +verhoehnen was sie nicht verstehen.' Goethe is always pithy." + + + +Chapter VII + +The Episode of the Barrel + +The police had brought a cab with them, and in this I escorted Miss +Morstan back to her home. After the angelic fashion of women, she had +borne trouble with a calm face as long as there was some one weaker +than herself to support, and I had found her bright and placid by the +side of the frightened housekeeper. In the cab, however, she first +turned faint, and then burst into a passion of weeping,--so sorely had +she been tried by the adventures of the night. She has told me since +that she thought me cold and distant upon that journey. She little +guessed the struggle within my breast, or the effort of self-restraint +which held me back. My sympathies and my love went out to her, even as +my hand had in the garden. I felt that years of the conventionalities +of life could not teach me to know her sweet, brave nature as had this +one day of strange experiences. Yet there were two thoughts which +sealed the words of affection upon my lips. She was weak and helpless, +shaken in mind and nerve. It was to take her at a disadvantage to +obtrude love upon her at such a time. Worse still, she was rich. If +Holmes's researches were successful, she would be an heiress. Was it +fair, was it honorable, that a half-pay surgeon should take such +advantage of an intimacy which chance had brought about? Might she not +look upon me as a mere vulgar fortune-seeker? I could not bear to risk +that such a thought should cross her mind. This Agra treasure +intervened like an impassable barrier between us. + +It was nearly two o'clock when we reached Mrs. Cecil Forrester's. The +servants had retired hours ago, but Mrs. Forrester had been so +interested by the strange message which Miss Morstan had received that +she had sat up in the hope of her return. She opened the door herself, +a middle-aged, graceful woman, and it gave me joy to see how tenderly +her arm stole round the other's waist and how motherly was the voice in +which she greeted her. She was clearly no mere paid dependant, but an +honored friend. I was introduced, and Mrs. Forrester earnestly begged +me to step in and tell her our adventures. I explained, however, the +importance of my errand, and promised faithfully to call and report any +progress which we might make with the case. As we drove away I stole a +glance back, and I still seem to see that little group on the step, the +two graceful, clinging figures, the half-opened door, the hall light +shining through stained glass, the barometer, and the bright +stair-rods. It was soothing to catch even that passing glimpse of a +tranquil English home in the midst of the wild, dark business which had +absorbed us. + +And the more I thought of what had happened, the wilder and darker it +grew. I reviewed the whole extraordinary sequence of events as I +rattled on through the silent gas-lit streets. There was the original +problem: that at least was pretty clear now. The death of Captain +Morstan, the sending of the pearls, the advertisement, the letter,--we +had had light upon all those events. They had only led us, however, to +a deeper and far more tragic mystery. The Indian treasure, the curious +plan found among Morstan's baggage, the strange scene at Major Sholto's +death, the rediscovery of the treasure immediately followed by the +murder of the discoverer, the very singular accompaniments to the +crime, the footsteps, the remarkable weapons, the words upon the card, +corresponding with those upon Captain Morstan's chart,--here was indeed +a labyrinth in which a man less singularly endowed than my +fellow-lodger might well despair of ever finding the clue. + +Pinchin Lane was a row of shabby two-storied brick houses in the lower +quarter of Lambeth. I had to knock for some time at No. 3 before I +could make my impression. At last, however, there was the glint of a +candle behind the blind, and a face looked out at the upper window. + +"Go on, you drunken vagabone," said the face. "If you kick up any more +row I'll open the kennels and let out forty-three dogs upon you." + +"If you'll let one out it's just what I have come for," said I. + +"Go on!" yelled the voice. "So help me gracious, I have a wiper in the +bag, an' I'll drop it on your 'ead if you don't hook it." + +"But I want a dog," I cried. + +"I won't be argued with!" shouted Mr. Sherman. "Now stand clear, for +when I say 'three,' down goes the wiper." + +"Mr. Sherlock Holmes--" I began, but the words had a most magical +effect, for the window instantly slammed down, and within a minute the +door was unbarred and open. Mr. Sherman was a lanky, lean old man, +with stooping shoulders, a stringy neck, and blue-tinted glasses. + +"A friend of Mr. Sherlock is always welcome," said he. "Step in, sir. +Keep clear of the badger; for he bites. Ah, naughty, naughty, would +you take a nip at the gentleman?" This to a stoat which thrust its +wicked head and red eyes between the bars of its cage. "Don't mind +that, sir: it's only a slow-worm. It hain't got no fangs, so I gives +it the run o' the room, for it keeps the beetles down. You must not +mind my bein' just a little short wi' you at first, for I'm guyed at by +the children, and there's many a one just comes down this lane to knock +me up. What was it that Mr. Sherlock Holmes wanted, sir?" + +"He wanted a dog of yours." + +"Ah! that would be Toby." + +"Yes, Toby was the name." + +"Toby lives at No. 7 on the left here." He moved slowly forward with +his candle among the queer animal family which he had gathered round +him. In the uncertain, shadowy light I could see dimly that there were +glancing, glimmering eyes peeping down at us from every cranny and +corner. Even the rafters above our heads were lined by solemn fowls, +who lazily shifted their weight from one leg to the other as our voices +disturbed their slumbers. + +Toby proved to be an ugly, long-haired, lop-eared creature, half spaniel +and half lurcher, brown-and-white in color, with a very clumsy waddling +gait. It accepted after some hesitation a lump of sugar which the old +naturalist handed to me, and, having thus sealed an alliance, it +followed me to the cab, and made no difficulties about accompanying me. +It had just struck three on the Palace clock when I found myself back +once more at Pondicherry Lodge. The ex-prize-fighter McMurdo had, I +found, been arrested as an accessory, and both he and Mr. Sholto had +been marched off to the station. Two constables guarded the narrow +gate, but they allowed me to pass with the dog on my mentioning the +detective's name. + +Holmes was standing on the door-step, with his hands in his pockets, +smoking his pipe. + +"Ah, you have him there!" said he. "Good dog, then! Atheney Jones has +gone. We have had an immense display of energy since you left. He has +arrested not only friend Thaddeus, but the gatekeeper, the housekeeper, +and the Indian servant. We have the place to ourselves, but for a +sergeant up-stairs. Leave the dog here, and come up." + +We tied Toby to the hall table, and reascended the stairs. The room +was as he had left it, save that a sheet had been draped over the +central figure. A weary-looking police-sergeant reclined in the corner. + +"Lend me your bull's-eye, sergeant," said my companion. "Now tie this +bit of card round my neck, so as to hang it in front of me. Thank you. +Now I must kick off my boots and stockings.--Just you carry them down +with you, Watson. I am going to do a little climbing. And dip my +handkerchief into the creasote. That will do. Now come up into the +garret with me for a moment." + +We clambered up through the hole. Holmes turned his light once more +upon the footsteps in the dust. + +"I wish you particularly to notice these footmarks," he said. "Do you +observe anything noteworthy about them?" + +"They belong," I said, "to a child or a small woman." + +"Apart from their size, though. Is there nothing else?" + +"They appear to be much as other footmarks." + +"Not at all. Look here! This is the print of a right foot in the +dust. Now I make one with my naked foot beside it. What is the chief +difference?" + +"Your toes are all cramped together. The other print has each toe +distinctly divided." + +"Quite so. That is the point. Bear that in mind. Now, would you +kindly step over to that flap-window and smell the edge of the +wood-work? I shall stay here, as I have this handkerchief in my hand." + +I did as he directed, and was instantly conscious of a strong tarry +smell. + +"That is where he put his foot in getting out. If YOU can trace him, I +should think that Toby will have no difficulty. Now run down-stairs, +loose the dog, and look out for Blondin." + +By the time that I got out into the grounds Sherlock Holmes was on the +roof, and I could see him like an enormous glow-worm crawling very +slowly along the ridge. I lost sight of him behind a stack of +chimneys, but he presently reappeared, and then vanished once more upon +the opposite side. When I made my way round there I found him seated +at one of the corner eaves. + +"That you, Watson?" he cried. + +"Yes." + +"This is the place. What is that black thing down there?" + +"A water-barrel." + +"Top on it?" + +"Yes." + +"No sign of a ladder?" + +"No." + +"Confound the fellow! It's a most break-neck place. I ought to be +able to come down where he could climb up. The water-pipe feels pretty +firm. Here goes, anyhow." + +There was a scuffling of feet, and the lantern began to come steadily +down the side of the wall. Then with a light spring he came on to the +barrel, and from there to the earth. + +"It was easy to follow him," he said, drawing on his stockings and +boots. "Tiles were loosened the whole way along, and in his hurry he +had dropped this. It confirms my diagnosis, as you doctors express it." + +The object which he held up to me was a small pocket or pouch woven out +of colored grasses and with a few tawdry beads strung round it. In +shape and size it was not unlike a cigarette-case. Inside were half a +dozen spines of dark wood, sharp at one end and rounded at the other, +like that which had struck Bartholomew Sholto. + +"They are hellish things," said he. "Look out that you don't prick +yourself. I'm delighted to have them, for the chances are that they +are all he has. There is the less fear of you or me finding one in our +skin before long. I would sooner face a Martini bullet, myself. Are +you game for a six-mile trudge, Watson?" + +"Certainly," I answered. + +"Your leg will stand it?" + +"Oh, yes." + +"Here you are, doggy! Good old Toby! Smell it, Toby, smell it!" He +pushed the creasote handkerchief under the dog's nose, while the +creature stood with its fluffy legs separated, and with a most comical +cock to its head, like a connoisseur sniffing the bouquet of a famous +vintage. Holmes then threw the handkerchief to a distance, fastened a +stout cord to the mongrel's collar, and led him to the foot of the +water-barrel. The creature instantly broke into a succession of high, +tremulous yelps, and, with his nose on the ground, and his tail in the +air, pattered off upon the trail at a pace which strained his leash and +kept us at the top of our speed. + +The east had been gradually whitening, and we could now see some +distance in the cold gray light. The square, massive house, with its +black, empty windows and high, bare walls, towered up, sad and forlorn, +behind us. Our course led right across the grounds, in and out among +the trenches and pits with which they were scarred and intersected. +The whole place, with its scattered dirt-heaps and ill-grown shrubs, +had a blighted, ill-omened look which harmonized with the black tragedy +which hung over it. + +On reaching the boundary wall Toby ran along, whining eagerly, +underneath its shadow, and stopped finally in a corner screened by a +young beech. Where the two walls joined, several bricks had been +loosened, and the crevices left were worn down and rounded upon the +lower side, as though they had frequently been used as a ladder. +Holmes clambered up, and, taking the dog from me, he dropped it over +upon the other side. + +"There's the print of wooden-leg's hand," he remarked, as I mounted up +beside him. "You see the slight smudge of blood upon the white +plaster. What a lucky thing it is that we have had no very heavy rain +since yesterday! The scent will lie upon the road in spite of their +eight-and-twenty hours' start." + +I confess that I had my doubts myself when I reflected upon the great +traffic which had passed along the London road in the interval. My +fears were soon appeased, however. Toby never hesitated or swerved, +but waddled on in his peculiar rolling fashion. Clearly, the pungent +smell of the creasote rose high above all other contending scents. + +"Do not imagine," said Holmes, "that I depend for my success in this +case upon the mere chance of one of these fellows having put his foot +in the chemical. I have knowledge now which would enable me to trace +them in many different ways. This, however, is the readiest and, since +fortune has put it into our hands, I should be culpable if I neglected +it. It has, however, prevented the case from becoming the pretty +little intellectual problem which it at one time promised to be. There +might have been some credit to be gained out of it, but for this too +palpable clue." + +"There is credit, and to spare," said I. "I assure you, Holmes, that I +marvel at the means by which you obtain your results in this case, even +more than I did in the Jefferson Hope Murder. The thing seems to me to +be deeper and more inexplicable. How, for example, could you describe +with such confidence the wooden-legged man?" + +"Pshaw, my dear boy! it was simplicity itself. I don't wish to be +theatrical. It is all patent and above-board. Two officers who are in +command of a convict-guard learn an important secret as to buried +treasure. A map is drawn for them by an Englishman named Jonathan +Small. You remember that we saw the name upon the chart in Captain +Morstan's possession. He had signed it in behalf of himself and his +associates,--the sign of the four, as he somewhat dramatically called +it. Aided by this chart, the officers--or one of them--gets the +treasure and brings it to England, leaving, we will suppose, some +condition under which he received it unfulfilled. Now, then, why did +not Jonathan Small get the treasure himself? The answer is obvious. +The chart is dated at a time when Morstan was brought into close +association with convicts. Jonathan Small did not get the treasure +because he and his associates were themselves convicts and could not +get away." + +"But that is mere speculation," said I. + +"It is more than that. It is the only hypothesis which covers the +facts. Let us see how it fits in with the sequel. Major Sholto +remains at peace for some years, happy in the possession of his +treasure. Then he receives a letter from India which gives him a great +fright. What was that?" + +"A letter to say that the men whom he had wronged had been set free." + +"Or had escaped. That is much more likely, for he would have known +what their term of imprisonment was. It would not have been a surprise +to him. What does he do then? He guards himself against a +wooden-legged man,--a white man, mark you, for he mistakes a white +tradesman for him, and actually fires a pistol at him. Now, only one +white man's name is on the chart. The others are Hindoos or +Mohammedans. There is no other white man. Therefore we may say with +confidence that the wooden-legged man is identical with Jonathan Small. +Does the reasoning strike you as being faulty?" + +"No: it is clear and concise." + +"Well, now, let us put ourselves in the place of Jonathan Small. Let us +look at it from his point of view. He comes to England with the double +idea of regaining what he would consider to be his rights and of having +his revenge upon the man who had wronged him. He found out where +Sholto lived, and very possibly he established communications with some +one inside the house. There is this butler, Lal Rao, whom we have not +seen. Mrs. Bernstone gives him far from a good character. Small could +not find out, however, where the treasure was hid, for no one ever +knew, save the major and one faithful servant who had died. Suddenly +Small learns that the major is on his death-bed. In a frenzy lest the +secret of the treasure die with him, he runs the gauntlet of the +guards, makes his way to the dying man's window, and is only deterred +from entering by the presence of his two sons. Mad with hate, however, +against the dead man, he enters the room that night, searches his +private papers in the hope of discovering some memorandum relating to +the treasure, and finally leaves a momento of his visit in the short +inscription upon the card. He had doubtless planned beforehand that +should he slay the major he would leave some such record upon the body +as a sign that it was not a common murder, but, from the point of view +of the four associates, something in the nature of an act of justice. +Whimsical and bizarre conceits of this kind are common enough in the +annals of crime, and usually afford valuable indications as to the +criminal. Do you follow all this?" + +"Very clearly." + +"Now, what could Jonathan Small do? He could only continue to keep a +secret watch upon the efforts made to find the treasure. Possibly he +leaves England and only comes back at intervals. Then comes the +discovery of the garret, and he is instantly informed of it. We again +trace the presence of some confederate in the household. Jonathan, +with his wooden leg, is utterly unable to reach the lofty room of +Bartholomew Sholto. He takes with him, however, a rather curious +associate, who gets over this difficulty, but dips his naked foot into +creasote, whence comes Toby, and a six-mile limp for a half-pay officer +with a damaged tendo Achillis." + +"But it was the associate, and not Jonathan, who committed the crime." + +"Quite so. And rather to Jonathan's disgust, to judge by the way he +stamped about when he got into the room. He bore no grudge against +Bartholomew Sholto, and would have preferred if he could have been +simply bound and gagged. He did not wish to put his head in a halter. +There was no help for it, however: the savage instincts of his +companion had broken out, and the poison had done its work: so +Jonathan Small left his record, lowered the treasure-box to the ground, +and followed it himself. That was the train of events as far as I can +decipher them. Of course as to his personal appearance he must be +middle-aged, and must be sunburned after serving his time in such an +oven as the Andamans. His height is readily calculated from the length +of his stride, and we know that he was bearded. His hairiness was the +one point which impressed itself upon Thaddeus Sholto when he saw him +at the window. I don't know that there is anything else." + +"The associate?" + +"Ah, well, there is no great mystery in that. But you will know all +about it soon enough. How sweet the morning air is! See how that one +little cloud floats like a pink feather from some gigantic flamingo. +Now the red rim of the sun pushes itself over the London cloud-bank. +It shines on a good many folk, but on none, I dare bet, who are on a +stranger errand than you and I. How small we feel with our petty +ambitions and strivings in the presence of the great elemental forces +of nature! Are you well up in your Jean Paul?" + +"Fairly so. I worked back to him through Carlyle." + +"That was like following the brook to the parent lake. He makes one +curious but profound remark. It is that the chief proof of man's real +greatness lies in his perception of his own smallness. It argues, you +see, a power of comparison and of appreciation which is in itself a +proof of nobility. There is much food for thought in Richter. You +have not a pistol, have you?" + +"I have my stick." + +"It is just possible that we may need something of the sort if we get +to their lair. Jonathan I shall leave to you, but if the other turns +nasty I shall shoot him dead." He took out his revolver as he spoke, +and, having loaded two of the chambers, he put it back into the +right-hand pocket of his jacket. + +We had during this time been following the guidance of Toby down the +half-rural villa-lined roads which lead to the metropolis. Now, +however, we were beginning to come among continuous streets, where +laborers and dockmen were already astir, and slatternly women were +taking down shutters and brushing door-steps. At the square-topped +corner public houses business was just beginning, and rough-looking men +were emerging, rubbing their sleeves across their beards after their +morning wet. Strange dogs sauntered up and stared wonderingly at us as +we passed, but our inimitable Toby looked neither to the right nor to +the left, but trotted onwards with his nose to the ground and an +occasional eager whine which spoke of a hot scent. + +We had traversed Streatham, Brixton, Camberwell, and now found +ourselves in Kennington Lane, having borne away through the +side-streets to the east of the Oval. The men whom we pursued seemed +to have taken a curiously zigzag road, with the idea probably of +escaping observation. They had never kept to the main road if a +parallel side-street would serve their turn. At the foot of Kennington +Lane they had edged away to the left through Bond Street and Miles +Street. Where the latter street turns into Knight's Place, Toby ceased +to advance, but began to run backwards and forwards with one ear cocked +and the other drooping, the very picture of canine indecision. Then he +waddled round in circles, looking up to us from time to time, as if to +ask for sympathy in his embarrassment. + +"What the deuce is the matter with the dog?" growled Holmes. "They +surely would not take a cab, or go off in a balloon." + +"Perhaps they stood here for some time," I suggested. + +"Ah! it's all right. He's off again," said my companion, in a tone of +relief. + +He was indeed off, for after sniffing round again he suddenly made up +his mind, and darted away with an energy and determination such as he +had not yet shown. The scent appeared to be much hotter than before, +for he had not even to put his nose on the ground, but tugged at his +leash and tried to break into a run. I cold see by the gleam in +Holmes's eyes that he thought we were nearing the end of our journey. + +Our course now ran down Nine Elms until we came to Broderick and +Nelson's large timber-yard, just past the White Eagle tavern. Here the +dog, frantic with excitement, turned down through the side-gate into +the enclosure, where the sawyers were already at work. On the dog +raced through sawdust and shavings, down an alley, round a passage, +between two wood-piles, and finally, with a triumphant yelp, sprang +upon a large barrel which still stood upon the hand-trolley on which it +had been brought. With lolling tongue and blinking eyes, Toby stood +upon the cask, looking from one to the other of us for some sign of +appreciation. The staves of the barrel and the wheels of the trolley +were smeared with a dark liquid, and the whole air was heavy with the +smell of creasote. + +Sherlock Holmes and I looked blankly at each other, and then burst +simultaneously into an uncontrollable fit of laughter. + + + +Chapter VIII + +The Baker Street Irregulars + +"What now?" I asked. "Toby has lost his character for infallibility." + +"He acted according to his lights," said Holmes, lifting him down from +the barrel and walking him out of the timber-yard. "If you consider +how much creasote is carted about London in one day, it is no great +wonder that our trail should have been crossed. It is much used now, +especially for the seasoning of wood. Poor Toby is not to blame." + +"We must get on the main scent again, I suppose." + +"Yes. And, fortunately, we have no distance to go. Evidently what +puzzled the dog at the corner of Knight's Place was that there were two +different trails running in opposite directions. We took the wrong one. +It only remains to follow the other." + +There was no difficulty about this. On leading Toby to the place where +he had committed his fault, he cast about in a wide circle and finally +dashed off in a fresh direction. + +"We must take care that he does not now bring us to the place where the +creasote-barrel came from," I observed. + +"I had thought of that. But you notice that he keeps on the pavement, +whereas the barrel passed down the roadway. No, we are on the true +scent now." + +It tended down towards the river-side, running through Belmont Place +and Prince's Street. At the end of Broad Street it ran right down to +the water's edge, where there was a small wooden wharf. Toby led us to +the very edge of this, and there stood whining, looking out on the dark +current beyond. + +"We are out of luck," said Holmes. "They have taken to a boat here." +Several small punts and skiffs were lying about in the water and on the +edge of the wharf. We took Toby round to each in turn, but, though he +sniffed earnestly, he made no sign. + +Close to the rude landing-stage was a small brick house, with a wooden +placard slung out through the second window. "Mordecai Smith" was +printed across it in large letters, and, underneath, "Boats to hire by +the hour or day." A second inscription above the door informed us that +a steam launch was kept,--a statement which was confirmed by a great +pile of coke upon the jetty. Sherlock Holmes looked slowly round, and +his face assumed an ominous expression. + +"This looks bad," said he. "These fellows are sharper than I expected. +They seem to have covered their tracks. There has, I fear, been +preconcerted management here." + +He was approaching the door of the house, when it opened, and a little, +curly-headed lad of six came running out, followed by a stoutish, +red-faced woman with a large sponge in her hand. + +"You come back and be washed, Jack," she shouted. "Come back, you +young imp; for if your father comes home and finds you like that, he'll +let us hear of it." + +"Dear little chap!" said Holmes, strategically. "What a rosy-cheeked +young rascal! Now, Jack, is there anything you would like?" + +The youth pondered for a moment. "I'd like a shillin'," said he. + +"Nothing you would like better?" + +"I'd like two shillin' better," the prodigy answered, after some +thought. + +"Here you are, then! Catch!--A fine child, Mrs. Smith!" + +"Lor' bless you, sir, he is that, and forward. He gets a'most too much +for me to manage, 'specially when my man is away days at a time." + +"Away, is he?" said Holmes, in a disappointed voice. "I am sorry for +that, for I wanted to speak to Mr. Smith." + +"He's been away since yesterday mornin', sir, and, truth to tell, I am +beginnin' to feel frightened about him. But if it was about a boat, +sir, maybe I could serve as well." + +"I wanted to hire his steam launch." + +"Why, bless you, sir, it is in the steam launch that he has gone. +That's what puzzles me; for I know there ain't more coals in her than +would take her to about Woolwich and back. If he'd been away in the +barge I'd ha' thought nothin'; for many a time a job has taken him as +far as Gravesend, and then if there was much doin' there he might ha' +stayed over. But what good is a steam launch without coals?" + +"He might have bought some at a wharf down the river." + +"He might, sir, but it weren't his way. Many a time I've heard him +call out at the prices they charge for a few odd bags. Besides, I don't +like that wooden-legged man, wi' his ugly face and outlandish talk. +What did he want always knockin' about here for?" + +"A wooden-legged man?" said Holmes, with bland surprise. + +"Yes, sir, a brown, monkey-faced chap that's called more'n once for my +old man. It was him that roused him up yesternight, and, what's more, +my man knew he was comin', for he had steam up in the launch. I tell +you straight, sir, I don't feel easy in my mind about it." + +"But, my dear Mrs. Smith," said Holmes, shrugging his shoulders, "You +are frightening yourself about nothing. How could you possibly tell +that it was the wooden-legged man who came in the night? I don't quite +understand how you can be so sure." + +"His voice, sir. I knew his voice, which is kind o' thick and foggy. +He tapped at the winder,--about three it would be. 'Show a leg, +matey,' says he: 'time to turn out guard.' My old man woke up +Jim,--that's my eldest,--and away they went, without so much as a word +to me. I could hear the wooden leg clackin' on the stones." + +"And was this wooden-legged man alone?" + +"Couldn't say, I am sure, sir. I didn't hear no one else." + +"I am sorry, Mrs. Smith, for I wanted a steam launch, and I have heard +good reports of the--Let me see, what is her name?" + +"The Aurora, sir." + +"Ah! She's not that old green launch with a yellow line, very broad in +the beam?" + +"No, indeed. She's as trim a little thing as any on the river. She's +been fresh painted, black with two red streaks." + +"Thanks. I hope that you will hear soon from Mr. Smith. I am going +down the river; and if I should see anything of the Aurora I shall let +him know that you are uneasy. A black funnel, you say?" + +"No, sir. Black with a white band." + +"Ah, of course. It was the sides which were black. Good-morning, Mrs. +Smith.--There is a boatman here with a wherry, Watson. We shall take +it and cross the river. + +"The main thing with people of that sort," said Holmes, as we sat in +the sheets of the wherry, "is never to let them think that their +information can be of the slightest importance to you. If you do, they +will instantly shut up like an oyster. If you listen to them under +protest, as it were, you are very likely to get what you want." + +"Our course now seems pretty clear," said I. + +"What would you do, then?" + +"I would engage a launch and go down the river on the track of the +Aurora." + +"My dear fellow, it would be a colossal task. She may have touched at +any wharf on either side of the stream between here and Greenwich. +Below the bridge there is a perfect labyrinth of landing-places for +miles. It would take you days and days to exhaust them, if you set +about it alone." + +"Employ the police, then." + +"No. I shall probably call Athelney Jones in at the last moment. He is +not a bad fellow, and I should not like to do anything which would +injure him professionally. But I have a fancy for working it out +myself, now that we have gone so far." + +"Could we advertise, then, asking for information from wharfingers?" + +"Worse and worse! Our men would know that the chase was hot at their +heels, and they would be off out of the country. As it is, they are +likely enough to leave, but as long as they think they are perfectly +safe they will be in no hurry. Jones's energy will be of use to us +there, for his view of the case is sure to push itself into the daily +press, and the runaways will think that every one is off on the wrong +scent." + +"What are we to do, then?" I asked, as we landed near Millbank +Penitentiary. + +"Take this hansom, drive home, have some breakfast, and get an hour's +sleep. It is quite on the cards that we may be afoot to-night again. +Stop at a telegraph-office, cabby! We will keep Toby, for he may be of +use to us yet." + +We pulled up at the Great Peter Street post-office, and Holmes +despatched his wire. "Whom do you think that is to?" he asked, as we +resumed our journey. + +"I am sure I don't know." + +"You remember the Baker Street division of the detective police force +whom I employed in the Jefferson Hope case?" + +"Well," said I, laughing. + +"This is just the case where they might be invaluable. If they fail, I +have other resources; but I shall try them first. That wire was to my +dirty little lieutenant, Wiggins, and I expect that he and his gang +will be with us before we have finished our breakfast." + +It was between eight and nine o'clock now, and I was conscious of a +strong reaction after the successive excitements of the night. I was +limp and weary, befogged in mind and fatigued in body. I had not the +professional enthusiasm which carried my companion on, nor could I look +at the matter as a mere abstract intellectual problem. As far as the +death of Bartholomew Sholto went, I had heard little good of him, and +could feel no intense antipathy to his murderers. The treasure, +however, was a different matter. That, or part of it, belonged +rightfully to Miss Morstan. While there was a chance of recovering it +I was ready to devote my life to the one object. True, if I found it +it would probably put her forever beyond my reach. Yet it would be a +petty and selfish love which would be influenced by such a thought as +that. If Holmes could work to find the criminals, I had a tenfold +stronger reason to urge me on to find the treasure. + +A bath at Baker Street and a complete change freshened me up +wonderfully. When I came down to our room I found the breakfast laid +and Homes pouring out the coffee. + +"Here it is," said he, laughing, and pointing to an open newspaper. +"The energetic Jones and the ubiquitous reporter have fixed it up +between them. But you have had enough of the case. Better have your +ham and eggs first." + +I took the paper from him and read the short notice, which was headed +"Mysterious Business at Upper Norwood." + +"About twelve o'clock last night," said the Standard, "Mr. Bartholomew +Sholto, of Pondicherry Lodge, Upper Norwood, was found dead in his room +under circumstances which point to foul play. As far as we can learn, +no actual traces of violence were found upon Mr. Sholto's person, but a +valuable collection of Indian gems which the deceased gentleman had +inherited from his father has been carried off. The discovery was +first made by Mr. Sherlock Holmes and Dr. Watson, who had called at the +house with Mr. Thaddeus Sholto, brother of the deceased. By a singular +piece of good fortune, Mr. Athelney Jones, the well-known member of the +detective police force, happened to be at the Norwood Police Station, +and was on the ground within half an hour of the first alarm. His +trained and experienced faculties were at once directed towards the +detection of the criminals, with the gratifying result that the +brother, Thaddeus Sholto, has already been arrested, together with the +housekeeper, Mrs. Bernstone, an Indian butler named Lal Rao, and a +porter, or gatekeeper, named McMurdo. It is quite certain that the +thief or thieves were well acquainted with the house, for Mr. Jones's +well-known technical knowledge and his powers of minute observation +have enabled him to prove conclusively that the miscreants could not +have entered by the door or by the window, but must have made their way +across the roof of the building, and so through a trap-door into a room +which communicated with that in which the body was found. This fact, +which has been very clearly made out, proves conclusively that it was +no mere haphazard burglary. The prompt and energetic action of the +officers of the law shows the great advantage of the presence on such +occasions of a single vigorous and masterful mind. We cannot but think +that it supplies an argument to those who would wish to see our +detectives more decentralized, and so brought into closer and more +effective touch with the cases which it is their duty to investigate." + +"Isn't it gorgeous!" said Holmes, grinning over his coffee-cup. "What +do you think of it?" + +"I think that we have had a close shave ourselves of being arrested for +the crime." + +"So do I. I wouldn't answer for our safety now, if he should happen to +have another of his attacks of energy." + +At this moment there was a loud ring at the bell, and I could hear Mrs. +Hudson, our landlady, raising her voice in a wail of expostulation and +dismay. + +"By heaven, Holmes," I said, half rising, "I believe that they are +really after us." + +"No, it's not quite so bad as that. It is the unofficial force,--the +Baker Street irregulars." + +As he spoke, there came a swift pattering of naked feet upon the +stairs, a clatter of high voices, and in rushed a dozen dirty and +ragged little street-Arabs. There was some show of discipline among +them, despite their tumultuous entry, for they instantly drew up in +line and stood facing us with expectant faces. One of their number, +taller and older than the others, stood forward with an air of lounging +superiority which was very funny in such a disreputable little +scarecrow. + +"Got your message, sir," said he, "and brought 'em on sharp. Three bob +and a tanner for tickets." + +"Here you are," said Holmes, producing some silver. "In future they +can report to you, Wiggins, and you to me. I cannot have the house +invaded in this way. However, it is just as well that you should all +hear the instructions. I want to find the whereabouts of a steam +launch called the Aurora, owner Mordecai Smith, black with two red +streaks, funnel black with a white band. She is down the river +somewhere. I want one boy to be at Mordecai Smith's landing-stage +opposite Millbank to say if the boat comes back. You must divide it +out among yourselves, and do both banks thoroughly. Let me know the +moment you have news. Is that all clear?" + +"Yes, guv'nor," said Wiggins. + +"The old scale of pay, and a guinea to the boy who finds the boat. +Here's a day in advance. Now off you go!" He handed them a shilling +each, and away they buzzed down the stairs, and I saw them a moment +later streaming down the street. + +"If the launch is above water they will find her," said Holmes, as he +rose from the table and lit his pipe. "They can go everywhere, see +everything, overhear every one. I expect to hear before evening that +they have spotted her. In the mean while, we can do nothing but await +results. We cannot pick up the broken trail until we find either the +Aurora or Mr. Mordecai Smith." + +"Toby could eat these scraps, I dare say. Are you going to bed, +Holmes?" + +"No: I am not tired. I have a curious constitution. I never remember +feeling tired by work, though idleness exhausts me completely. I am +going to smoke and to think over this queer business to which my fair +client has introduced us. If ever man had an easy task, this of ours +ought to be. Wooden-legged men are not so common, but the other man +must, I should think, be absolutely unique." + +"That other man again!" + +"I have no wish to make a mystery of him,--to you, anyway. But you +must have formed your own opinion. Now, do consider the data. +Diminutive footmarks, toes never fettered by boots, naked feet, +stone-headed wooden mace, great agility, small poisoned darts. What do +you make of all this?" + +"A savage!" I exclaimed. "Perhaps one of those Indians who were the +associates of Jonathan Small." + +"Hardly that," said he. "When first I saw signs of strange weapons I +was inclined to think so; but the remarkable character of the footmarks +caused me to reconsider my views. Some of the inhabitants of the +Indian Peninsula are small men, but none could have left such marks as +that. The Hindoo proper has long and thin feet. The sandal-wearing +Mohammedan has the great toe well separated from the others, because +the thong is commonly passed between. These little darts, too, could +only be shot in one way. They are from a blow-pipe. Now, then, where +are we to find our savage?" + +"South American," I hazarded. + +He stretched his hand up, and took down a bulky volume from the shelf. +"This is the first volume of a gazetteer which is now being published. +It may be looked upon as the very latest authority. What have we here? +'Andaman Islands, situated 340 miles to the north of Sumatra, in the +Bay of Bengal.' Hum! hum! What's all this? Moist climate, coral +reefs, sharks, Port Blair, convict-barracks, Rutland Island, +cottonwoods--Ah, here we are. 'The aborigines of the Andaman Islands +may perhaps claim the distinction of being the smallest race upon this +earth, though some anthropologists prefer the Bushmen of Africa, the +Digger Indians of America, and the Terra del Fuegians. The average +height is rather below four feet, although many full-grown adults may +be found who are very much smaller than this. They are a fierce, +morose, and intractable people, though capable of forming most devoted +friendships when their confidence has once been gained.' Mark that, +Watson. Now, then, listen to this. 'They are naturally hideous, +having large, misshapen heads, small, fierce eyes, and distorted +features. Their feet and hands, however, are remarkably small. So +intractable and fierce are they that all the efforts of the British +official have failed to win them over in any degree. They have always +been a terror to shipwrecked crews, braining the survivors with their +stone-headed clubs, or shooting them with their poisoned arrows. These +massacres are invariably concluded by a cannibal feast.' Nice, amiable +people, Watson! If this fellow had been left to his own unaided +devices this affair might have taken an even more ghastly turn. I +fancy that, even as it is, Jonathan Small would give a good deal not to +have employed him." + +"But how came he to have so singular a companion?" + +"Ah, that is more than I can tell. Since, however, we had already +determined that Small had come from the Andamans, it is not so very +wonderful that this islander should be with him. No doubt we shall +know all about it in time. Look here, Watson; you look regularly done. +Lie down there on the sofa, and see if I can put you to sleep." + +He took up his violin from the corner, and as I stretched myself out he +began to play some low, dreamy, melodious air,--his own, no doubt, for +he had a remarkable gift for improvisation. I have a vague remembrance +of his gaunt limbs, his earnest face, and the rise and fall of his bow. +Then I seemed to be floated peacefully away upon a soft sea of sound, +until I found myself in dream-land, with the sweet face of Mary Morstan +looking down upon me. + + + +Chapter IX + +A Break in the Chain + +It was late in the afternoon before I woke, strengthened and refreshed. +Sherlock Holmes still sat exactly as I had left him, save that he had +laid aside his violin and was deep in a book. He looked across at me, +as I stirred, and I noticed that his face was dark and troubled. + +"You have slept soundly," he said. "I feared that our talk would wake +you." + +"I heard nothing," I answered. "Have you had fresh news, then?" + +"Unfortunately, no. I confess that I am surprised and disappointed. I +expected something definite by this time. Wiggins has just been up to +report. He says that no trace can be found of the launch. It is a +provoking check, for every hour is of importance." + +"Can I do anything? I am perfectly fresh now, and quite ready for +another night's outing." + +"No, we can do nothing. We can only wait. If we go ourselves, the +message might come in our absence, and delay be caused. You can do +what you will, but I must remain on guard." + +"Then I shall run over to Camberwell and call upon Mrs. Cecil +Forrester. She asked me to, yesterday." + +"On Mrs. Cecil Forrester?" asked Holmes, with the twinkle of a smile in +his eyes. + +"Well, of course Miss Morstan too. They were anxious to hear what +happened." + +"I would not tell them too much," said Holmes. "Women are never to be +entirely trusted,--not the best of them." + +I did not pause to argue over this atrocious sentiment. "I shall be +back in an hour or two," I remarked. + +"All right! Good luck! But, I say, if you are crossing the river you +may as well return Toby, for I don't think it is at all likely that we +shall have any use for him now." + +I took our mongrel accordingly, and left him, together with a +half-sovereign, at the old naturalist's in Pinchin Lane. At Camberwell +I found Miss Morstan a little weary after her night's adventures, but +very eager to hear the news. Mrs. Forrester, too, was full of +curiosity. I told them all that we had done, suppressing, however, the +more dreadful parts of the tragedy. Thus, although I spoke of Mr. +Sholto's death, I said nothing of the exact manner and method of it. +With all my omissions, however, there was enough to startle and amaze +them. + +"It is a romance!" cried Mrs. Forrester. "An injured lady, half a +million in treasure, a black cannibal, and a wooden-legged ruffian. +They take the place of the conventional dragon or wicked earl." + +"And two knight-errants to the rescue," added Miss Morstan, with a +bright glance at me. + +"Why, Mary, your fortune depends upon the issue of this search. I don't +think that you are nearly excited enough. Just imagine what it must be +to be so rich, and to have the world at your feet!" + +It sent a little thrill of joy to my heart to notice that she showed no +sign of elation at the prospect. On the contrary, she gave a toss of +her proud head, as though the matter were one in which she took small +interest. + +"It is for Mr. Thaddeus Sholto that I am anxious," she said. "Nothing +else is of any consequence; but I think that he has behaved most kindly +and honorably throughout. It is our duty to clear him of this dreadful +and unfounded charge." + +It was evening before I left Camberwell, and quite dark by the time I +reached home. My companion's book and pipe lay by his chair, but he +had disappeared. I looked about in the hope of seeing a note, but +there was none. + +"I suppose that Mr. Sherlock Holmes has gone out," I said to Mrs. +Hudson as she came up to lower the blinds. + +"No, sir. He has gone to his room, sir. Do you know, sir," sinking +her voice into an impressive whisper, "I am afraid for his health?" + +"Why so, Mrs. Hudson?" + +"Well, he's that strange, sir. After you was gone he walked and he +walked, up and down, and up and down, until I was weary of the sound of +his footstep. Then I heard him talking to himself and muttering, and +every time the bell rang out he came on the stairhead, with 'What is +that, Mrs. Hudson?' And now he has slammed off to his room, but I can +hear him walking away the same as ever. I hope he's not going to be +ill, sir. I ventured to say something to him about cooling medicine, +but he turned on me, sir, with such a look that I don't know how ever I +got out of the room." + +"I don't think that you have any cause to be uneasy, Mrs. Hudson," I +answered. "I have seen him like this before. He has some small matter +upon his mind which makes him restless." I tried to speak lightly to +our worthy landlady, but I was myself somewhat uneasy when through the +long night I still from time to time heard the dull sound of his tread, +and knew how his keen spirit was chafing against this involuntary +inaction. + +At breakfast-time he looked worn and haggard, with a little fleck of +feverish color upon either cheek. + +"You are knocking yourself up, old man," I remarked. "I heard you +marching about in the night." + +"No, I could not sleep," he answered. "This infernal problem is +consuming me. It is too much to be balked by so petty an obstacle, +when all else had been overcome. I know the men, the launch, +everything; and yet I can get no news. I have set other agencies at +work, and used every means at my disposal. The whole river has been +searched on either side, but there is no news, nor has Mrs. Smith heard +of her husband. I shall come to the conclusion soon that they have +scuttled the craft. But there are objections to that." + +"Or that Mrs. Smith has put us on a wrong scent." + +"No, I think that may be dismissed. I had inquiries made, and there is +a launch of that description." + +"Could it have gone up the river?" + +"I have considered that possibility too, and there is a search-party +who will work up as far as Richmond. If no news comes to-day, I shall +start off myself to-morrow, and go for the men rather than the boat. +But surely, surely, we shall hear something." + +We did not, however. Not a word came to us either from Wiggins or from +the other agencies. There were articles in most of the papers upon the +Norwood tragedy. They all appeared to be rather hostile to the +unfortunate Thaddeus Sholto. No fresh details were to be found, +however, in any of them, save that an inquest was to be held upon the +following day. I walked over to Camberwell in the evening to report +our ill success to the ladies, and on my return I found Holmes dejected +and somewhat morose. He would hardly reply to my questions, and busied +himself all evening in an abstruse chemical analysis which involved +much heating of retorts and distilling of vapors, ending at last in a +smell which fairly drove me out of the apartment. Up to the small hours +of the morning I could hear the clinking of his test-tubes which told +me that he was still engaged in his malodorous experiment. + +In the early dawn I woke with a start, and was surprised to find him +standing by my bedside, clad in a rude sailor dress with a pea-jacket, +and a coarse red scarf round his neck. + +"I am off down the river, Watson," said he. "I have been turning it +over in my mind, and I can see only one way out of it. It is worth +trying, at all events." + +"Surely I can come with you, then?" said I. + +"No; you can be much more useful if you will remain here as my +representative. I am loath to go, for it is quite on the cards that +some message may come during the day, though Wiggins was despondent +about it last night. I want you to open all notes and telegrams, and to +act on your own judgment if any news should come. Can I rely upon you?" + +"Most certainly." + +"I am afraid that you will not be able to wire to me, for I can hardly +tell yet where I may find myself. If I am in luck, however, I may not +be gone so very long. I shall have news of some sort or other before I +get back." + +I had heard nothing of him by breakfast-time. On opening the Standard, +however, I found that there was a fresh allusion to the business. +"With reference to the Upper Norwood tragedy," it remarked, "we have +reason to believe that the matter promises to be even more complex and +mysterious than was originally supposed. Fresh evidence has shown that +it is quite impossible that Mr. Thaddeus Sholto could have been in any +way concerned in the matter. He and the housekeeper, Mrs. Bernstone, +were both released yesterday evening. It is believed, however, that +the police have a clue as to the real culprits, and that it is being +prosecuted by Mr. Athelney Jones, of Scotland Yard, with all his +well-known energy and sagacity. Further arrests may be expected at any +moment." + +"That is satisfactory so far as it goes," thought I. "Friend Sholto is +safe, at any rate. I wonder what the fresh clue may be; though it +seems to be a stereotyped form whenever the police have made a blunder." + +I tossed the paper down upon the table, but at that moment my eye +caught an advertisement in the agony column. It ran in this way: + +"Lost.--Whereas Mordecai Smith, boatman, and his son, Jim, left Smith's +Wharf at or about three o'clock last Tuesday morning in the steam +launch Aurora, black with two red stripes, funnel black with a white +band, the sum of five pounds will be paid to any one who can give +information to Mrs. Smith, at Smith's Wharf, or at 221b Baker Street, +as to the whereabouts of the said Mordecai Smith and the launch Aurora." + +This was clearly Holmes's doing. The Baker Street address was enough +to prove that. It struck me as rather ingenious, because it might be +read by the fugitives without their seeing in it more than the natural +anxiety of a wife for her missing husband. + +It was a long day. Every time that a knock came to the door, or a +sharp step passed in the street, I imagined that it was either Holmes +returning or an answer to his advertisement. I tried to read, but my +thoughts would wander off to our strange quest and to the ill-assorted +and villainous pair whom we were pursuing. Could there be, I wondered, +some radical flaw in my companion's reasoning. Might he be suffering +from some huge self-deception? Was it not possible that his nimble and +speculative mind had built up this wild theory upon faulty premises? I +had never known him to be wrong; and yet the keenest reasoner may +occasionally be deceived. He was likely, I thought, to fall into error +through the over-refinement of his logic,--his preference for a subtle +and bizarre explanation when a plainer and more commonplace one lay +ready to his hand. Yet, on the other hand, I had myself seen the +evidence, and I had heard the reasons for his deductions. When I +looked back on the long chain of curious circumstances, many of them +trivial in themselves, but all tending in the same direction, I could +not disguise from myself that even if Holmes's explanation were +incorrect the true theory must be equally outre and startling. + +At three o'clock in the afternoon there was a loud peal at the bell, an +authoritative voice in the hall, and, to my surprise, no less a person +than Mr. Athelney Jones was shown up to me. Very different was he, +however, from the brusque and masterful professor of common sense who +had taken over the case so confidently at Upper Norwood. His +expression was downcast, and his bearing meek and even apologetic. + +"Good-day, sir; good-day," said he. "Mr. Sherlock Holmes is out, I +understand." + +"Yes, and I cannot be sure when he will be back. But perhaps you would +care to wait. Take that chair and try one of these cigars." + +"Thank you; I don't mind if I do," said he, mopping his face with a red +bandanna handkerchief. + +"And a whiskey-and-soda?" + +"Well, half a glass. It is very hot for the time of year; and I have +had a good deal to worry and try me. You know my theory about this +Norwood case?" + +"I remember that you expressed one." + +"Well, I have been obliged to reconsider it. I had my net drawn +tightly round Mr. Sholto, sir, when pop he went through a hole in the +middle of it. He was able to prove an alibi which could not be shaken. +From the time that he left his brother's room he was never out of sight +of some one or other. So it could not be he who climbed over roofs and +through trap-doors. It's a very dark case, and my professional credit +is at stake. I should be very glad of a little assistance." + +"We all need help sometimes," said I. + +"Your friend Mr. Sherlock Holmes is a wonderful man, sir," said he, in +a husky and confidential voice. "He's a man who is not to be beat. I +have known that young man go into a good many cases, but I never saw +the case yet that he could not throw a light upon. He is irregular in +his methods, and a little quick perhaps in jumping at theories, but, on +the whole, I think he would have made a most promising officer, and I +don't care who knows it. I have had a wire from him this morning, by +which I understand that he has got some clue to this Sholto business. +Here is the message." + +He took the telegram out of his pocket, and handed it to me. It was +dated from Poplar at twelve o'clock. "Go to Baker Street at once," it +said. "If I have not returned, wait for me. I am close on the track +of the Sholto gang. You can come with us to-night if you want to be in +at the finish." + +"This sounds well. He has evidently picked up the scent again," said I. + +"Ah, then he has been at fault too," exclaimed Jones, with evident +satisfaction. "Even the best of us are thrown off sometimes. Of +course this may prove to be a false alarm; but it is my duty as an +officer of the law to allow no chance to slip. But there is some one at +the door. Perhaps this is he." + +A heavy step was heard ascending the stair, with a great wheezing and +rattling as from a man who was sorely put to it for breath. Once or +twice he stopped, as though the climb were too much for him, but at +last he made his way to our door and entered. His appearance +corresponded to the sounds which we had heard. He was an aged man, +clad in seafaring garb, with an old pea-jacket buttoned up to his +throat. His back was bowed, his knees were shaky, and his breathing +was painfully asthmatic. As he leaned upon a thick oaken cudgel his +shoulders heaved in the effort to draw the air into his lungs. He had +a colored scarf round his chin, and I could see little of his face save +a pair of keen dark eyes, overhung by bushy white brows, and long gray +side-whiskers. Altogether he gave me the impression of a respectable +master mariner who had fallen into years and poverty. + +"What is it, my man?" I asked. + +He looked about him in the slow methodical fashion of old age. + +"Is Mr. Sherlock Holmes here?" said he. + +"No; but I am acting for him. You can tell me any message you have for +him." + +"It was to him himself I was to tell it," said he. + +"But I tell you that I am acting for him. Was it about Mordecai +Smith's boat?" + +"Yes. I knows well where it is. An' I knows where the men he is after +are. An' I knows where the treasure is. I knows all about it." + +"Then tell me, and I shall let him know." + +"It was to him I was to tell it," he repeated, with the petulant +obstinacy of a very old man. + +"Well, you must wait for him." + +"No, no; I ain't goin' to lose a whole day to please no one. If Mr. +Holmes ain't here, then Mr. Holmes must find it all out for himself. I +don't care about the look of either of you, and I won't tell a word." + +He shuffled towards the door, but Athelney Jones got in front of him. + +"Wait a bit, my friend," said he. "You have important information, and +you must not walk off. We shall keep you, whether you like or not, +until our friend returns." + +The old man made a little run towards the door, but, as Athelney Jones +put his broad back up against it, he recognized the uselessness of +resistance. + +"Pretty sort o' treatment this!" he cried, stamping his stick. "I come +here to see a gentleman, and you two, who I never saw in my life, seize +me and treat me in this fashion!" + +"You will be none the worse," I said. "We shall recompense you for the +loss of your time. Sit over here on the sofa, and you will not have +long to wait." + +He came across sullenly enough, and seated himself with his face +resting on his hands. Jones and I resumed our cigars and our talk. +Suddenly, however, Holmes's voice broke in upon us. + +"I think that you might offer me a cigar too," he said. + +We both started in our chairs. There was Holmes sitting close to us +with an air of quiet amusement. + +"Holmes!" I exclaimed. "You here! But where is the old man?" + +"Here is the old man," said he, holding out a heap of white hair. "Here +he is,--wig, whiskers, eyebrows, and all. I thought my disguise was +pretty good, but I hardly expected that it would stand that test." + +"Ah, You rogue!" cried Jones, highly delighted. "You would have made +an actor, and a rare one. You had the proper workhouse cough, and +those weak legs of yours are worth ten pound a week. I thought I knew +the glint of your eye, though. You didn't get away from us so easily, +You see." + +"I have been working in that get-up all day," said he, lighting his +cigar. "You see, a good many of the criminal classes begin to know +me,--especially since our friend here took to publishing some of my +cases: so I can only go on the war-path under some simple disguise +like this. You got my wire?" + +"Yes; that was what brought me here." + +"How has your case prospered?" + +"It has all come to nothing. I have had to release two of my +prisoners, and there is no evidence against the other two." + +"Never mind. We shall give you two others in the place of them. But +you must put yourself under my orders. You are welcome to all the +official credit, but you must act on the line that I point out. Is +that agreed?" + +"Entirely, if you will help me to the men." + +"Well, then, in the first place I shall want a fast police-boat--a +steam launch--to be at the Westminster Stairs at seven o'clock." + +"That is easily managed. There is always one about there; but I can +step across the road and telephone to make sure." + +"Then I shall want two stanch men, in case of resistance." + +"There will be two or three in the boat. What else?" + +"When we secure the men we shall get the treasure. I think that it +would be a pleasure to my friend here to take the box round to the +young lady to whom half of it rightfully belongs. Let her be the first +to open it.--Eh, Watson?" + +"It would be a great pleasure to me." + +"Rather an irregular proceeding," said Jones, shaking his head. +"However, the whole thing is irregular, and I suppose we must wink at +it. The treasure must afterwards be handed over to the authorities +until after the official investigation." + +"Certainly. That is easily managed. One other point. I should much +like to have a few details about this matter from the lips of Jonathan +Small himself. You know I like to work the detail of my cases out. +There is no objection to my having an unofficial interview with him, +either here in my rooms or elsewhere, as long as he is efficiently +guarded?" + +"Well, you are master of the situation. I have had no proof yet of the +existence of this Jonathan Small. However, if you can catch him I +don't see how I can refuse you an interview with him." + +"That is understood, then?" + +"Perfectly. Is there anything else?" + +"Only that I insist upon your dining with us. It will be ready in half +an hour. I have oysters and a brace of grouse, with something a little +choice in white wines.--Watson, you have never yet recognized my merits +as a housekeeper." + + + +Chapter X + +The End of the Islander + +Our meal was a merry one. Holmes could talk exceedingly well when he +chose, and that night he did choose. He appeared to be in a state of +nervous exaltation. I have never known him so brilliant. He spoke on +a quick succession of subjects,--on miracle-plays, on medieval pottery, +on Stradivarius violins, on the Buddhism of Ceylon, and on the +war-ships of the future,--handling each as though he had made a special +study of it. His bright humor marked the reaction from his black +depression of the preceding days. Athelney Jones proved to be a +sociable soul in his hours of relaxation, and faced his dinner with the +air of a bon vivant. For myself, I felt elated at the thought that we +were nearing the end of our task, and I caught something of Holmes's +gaiety. None of us alluded during dinner to the cause which had +brought us together. + +When the cloth was cleared, Holmes glanced at his watch, and filled up +three glasses with port. "One bumper," said he, "to the success of our +little expedition. And now it is high time we were off. Have you a +pistol, Watson?" + +"I have my old service-revolver in my desk." + +"You had best take it, then. It is well to be prepared. I see that +the cab is at the door. I ordered it for half-past six." + +It was a little past seven before we reached the Westminster wharf, and +found our launch awaiting us. Holmes eyed it critically. + +"Is there anything to mark it as a police-boat?" + +"Yes,--that green lamp at the side." + +"Then take it off." + +The small change was made, we stepped on board, and the ropes were cast +off. Jones, Holmes, and I sat in the stern. There was one man at the +rudder, one to tend the engines, and two burly police-inspectors +forward. + +"Where to?" asked Jones. + +"To the Tower. Tell them to stop opposite Jacobson's Yard." + +Our craft was evidently a very fast one. We shot past the long lines +of loaded barges as though they were stationary. Holmes smiled with +satisfaction as we overhauled a river steamer and left her behind us. + +"We ought to be able to catch anything on the river," he said. + +"Well, hardly that. But there are not many launches to beat us." + +"We shall have to catch the Aurora, and she has a name for being a +clipper. I will tell you how the land lies, Watson. You recollect how +annoyed I was at being balked by so small a thing?" + +"Yes." + +"Well, I gave my mind a thorough rest by plunging into a chemical +analysis. One of our greatest statesmen has said that a change of work +is the best rest. So it is. When I had succeeded in dissolving the +hydrocarbon which I was at work at, I came back to our problem of the +Sholtos, and thought the whole matter out again. My boys had been up +the river and down the river without result. The launch was not at any +landing-stage or wharf, nor had it returned. Yet it could hardly have +been scuttled to hide their traces,--though that always remained as a +possible hypothesis if all else failed. I knew this man Small had a +certain degree of low cunning, but I did not think him capable of +anything in the nature of delicate finesse. That is usually a product +of higher education. I then reflected that since he had certainly been +in London some time--as we had evidence that he maintained a continual +watch over Pondicherry Lodge--he could hardly leave at a moment's +notice, but would need some little time, if it were only a day, to +arrange his affairs. That was the balance of probability, at any rate." + +"It seems to me to be a little weak," said I. "It is more probable +that he had arranged his affairs before ever he set out upon his +expedition." + +"No, I hardly think so. This lair of his would be too valuable a +retreat in case of need for him to give it up until he was sure that he +could do without it. But a second consideration struck me. Jonathan +Small must have felt that the peculiar appearance of his companion, +however much he may have top-coated him, would give rise to gossip, and +possibly be associated with this Norwood tragedy. He was quite sharp +enough to see that. They had started from their head-quarters under +cover of darkness, and he would wish to get back before it was broad +light. Now, it was past three o'clock, according to Mrs. Smith, when +they got the boat. It would be quite bright, and people would be about +in an hour or so. Therefore, I argued, they did not go very far. They +paid Smith well to hold his tongue, reserved his launch for the final +escape, and hurried to their lodgings with the treasure-box. In a +couple of nights, when they had time to see what view the papers took, +and whether there was any suspicion, they would make their way under +cover of darkness to some ship at Gravesend or in the Downs, where no +doubt they had already arranged for passages to America or the +Colonies." + +"But the launch? They could not have taken that to their lodgings." + +"Quite so. I argued that the launch must be no great way off, in spite +of its invisibility. I then put myself in the place of Small, and +looked at it as a man of his capacity would. He would probably +consider that to send back the launch or to keep it at a wharf would +make pursuit easy if the police did happen to get on his track. How, +then, could he conceal the launch and yet have her at hand when wanted? +I wondered what I should do myself if I were in his shoes. I could +only think of one way of doing it. I might land the launch over to +some boat-builder or repairer, with directions to make a trifling +change in her. She would then be removed to his shed or yard, and so +be effectually concealed, while at the same time I could have her at a +few hours' notice." + +"That seems simple enough." + +"It is just these very simple things which are extremely liable to be +overlooked. However, I determined to act on the idea. I started at +once in this harmless seaman's rig and inquired at all the yards down +the river. I drew blank at fifteen, but at the +sixteenth--Jacobson's--I learned that the Aurora had been handed over +to them two days ago by a wooden-legged man, with some trivial +directions as to her rudder. 'There ain't naught amiss with her +rudder,' said the foreman. 'There she lies, with the red streaks.' At +that moment who should come down but Mordecai Smith, the missing owner? +He was rather the worse for liquor. I should not, of course, have +known him, but he bellowed out his name and the name of his launch. 'I +want her to-night at eight o'clock,' said he,--'eight o'clock sharp, +mind, for I have two gentlemen who won't be kept waiting.' They had +evidently paid him well, for he was very flush of money, chucking +shillings about to the men. I followed him some distance, but he +subsided into an ale-house: so I went back to the yard, and, happening +to pick up one of my boys on the way, I stationed him as a sentry over +the launch. He is to stand at water's edge and wave his handkerchief +to us when they start. We shall be lying off in the stream, and it +will be a strange thing if we do not take men, treasure, and all." + +"You have planned it all very neatly, whether they are the right men or +not," said Jones; "but if the affair were in my hands I should have had +a body of police in Jacobson's Yard, and arrested them when they came +down." + +"Which would have been never. This man Small is a pretty shrewd +fellow. He would send a scout on ahead, and if anything made him +suspicious lie snug for another week." + +"But you might have stuck to Mordecai Smith, and so been led to their +hiding-place," said I. + +"In that case I should have wasted my day. I think that it is a hundred +to one against Smith knowing where they live. As long as he has liquor +and good pay, why should he ask questions? They send him messages what +to do. No, I thought over every possible course, and this is the best." + +While this conversation had been proceeding, we had been shooting the +long series of bridges which span the Thames. As we passed the City +the last rays of the sun were gilding the cross upon the summit of St. +Paul's. It was twilight before we reached the Tower. + +"That is Jacobson's Yard," said Holmes, pointing to a bristle of masts +and rigging on the Surrey side. "Cruise gently up and down here under +cover of this string of lighters." He took a pair of night-glasses +from his pocket and gazed some time at the shore. "I see my sentry at +his post," he remarked, "but no sign of a handkerchief." + +"Suppose we go down-stream a short way and lie in wait for them," said +Jones, eagerly. We were all eager by this time, even the policemen and +stokers, who had a very vague idea of what was going forward. + +"We have no right to take anything for granted," Holmes answered. "It +is certainly ten to one that they go down-stream, but we cannot be +certain. From this point we can see the entrance of the yard, and they +can hardly see us. It will be a clear night and plenty of light. We +must stay where we are. See how the folk swarm over yonder in the +gaslight." + +"They are coming from work in the yard." + +"Dirty-looking rascals, but I suppose every one has some little +immortal spark concealed about him. You would not think it, to look at +them. There is no a priori probability about it. A strange enigma is +man!" + +"Some one calls him a soul concealed in an animal," I suggested. + +"Winwood Reade is good upon the subject," said Holmes. "He remarks +that, while the individual man is an insoluble puzzle, in the aggregate +he becomes a mathematical certainty. You can, for example, never +foretell what any one man will do, but you can say with precision what +an average number will be up to. Individuals vary, but percentages +remain constant. So says the statistician. But do I see a +handkerchief? Surely there is a white flutter over yonder." + +"Yes, it is your boy," I cried. "I can see him plainly." + +"And there is the Aurora," exclaimed Holmes, "and going like the devil! +Full speed ahead, engineer. Make after that launch with the yellow +light. By heaven, I shall never forgive myself if she proves to have +the heels of us!" + +She had slipped unseen through the yard-entrance and passed behind two +or three small craft, so that she had fairly got her speed up before we +saw her. Now she was flying down the stream, near in to the shore, +going at a tremendous rate. Jones looked gravely at her and shook his +head. + +"She is very fast," he said. "I doubt if we shall catch her." + +"We MUST catch her!" cried Holmes, between his teeth. "Heap it on, +stokers! Make her do all she can! If we burn the boat we must have +them!" + +We were fairly after her now. The furnaces roared, and the powerful +engines whizzed and clanked, like a great metallic heart. Her sharp, +steep prow cut through the river-water and sent two rolling waves to +right and to left of us. With every throb of the engines we sprang and +quivered like a living thing. One great yellow lantern in our bows +threw a long, flickering funnel of light in front of us. Right ahead a +dark blur upon the water showed where the Aurora lay, and the swirl of +white foam behind her spoke of the pace at which she was going. We +flashed past barges, steamers, merchant-vessels, in and out, behind +this one and round the other. Voices hailed us out of the darkness, +but still the Aurora thundered on, and still we followed close upon her +track. + +"Pile it on, men, pile it on!" cried Holmes, looking down into the +engine-room, while the fierce glow from below beat upon his eager, +aquiline face. "Get every pound of steam you can." + +"I think we gain a little," said Jones, with his eyes on the Aurora. + +"I am sure of it," said I. "We shall be up with her in a very few +minutes." + +At that moment, however, as our evil fate would have it, a tug with +three barges in tow blundered in between us. It was only by putting +our helm hard down that we avoided a collision, and before we could +round them and recover our way the Aurora had gained a good two hundred +yards. She was still, however, well in view, and the murky uncertain +twilight was setting into a clear starlit night. Our boilers were +strained to their utmost, and the frail shell vibrated and creaked with +the fierce energy which was driving us along. We had shot through the +Pool, past the West India Docks, down the long Deptford Reach, and up +again after rounding the Isle of Dogs. The dull blur in front of us +resolved itself now clearly enough into the dainty Aurora. Jones +turned our search-light upon her, so that we could plainly see the +figures upon her deck. One man sat by the stern, with something black +between his knees over which he stooped. Beside him lay a dark mass +which looked like a Newfoundland dog. The boy held the tiller, while +against the red glare of the furnace I could see old Smith, stripped to +the waist, and shovelling coals for dear life. They may have had some +doubt at first as to whether we were really pursuing them, but now as +we followed every winding and turning which they took there could no +longer be any question about it. At Greenwich we were about three +hundred paces behind them. At Blackwall we could not have been more +than two hundred and fifty. I have coursed many creatures in many +countries during my checkered career, but never did sport give me such +a wild thrill as this mad, flying man-hunt down the Thames. Steadily +we drew in upon them, yard by yard. In the silence of the night we +could hear the panting and clanking of their machinery. The man in the +stern still crouched upon the deck, and his arms were moving as though +he were busy, while every now and then he would look up and measure +with a glance the distance which still separated us. Nearer we came +and nearer. Jones yelled to them to stop. We were not more than four +boat's lengths behind them, both boats flying at a tremendous pace. It +was a clear reach of the river, with Barking Level upon one side and +the melancholy Plumstead Marshes upon the other. At our hail the man +in the stern sprang up from the deck and shook his two clinched fists +at us, cursing the while in a high, cracked voice. He was a good-sized, +powerful man, and as he stood poising himself with legs astride I could +see that from the thigh downwards there was but a wooden stump upon the +right side. At the sound of his strident, angry cries there was +movement in the huddled bundle upon the deck. It straightened itself +into a little black man--the smallest I have ever seen--with a great, +misshapen head and a shock of tangled, dishevelled hair. Holmes had +already drawn his revolver, and I whipped out mine at the sight of this +savage, distorted creature. He was wrapped in some sort of dark ulster +or blanket, which left only his face exposed; but that face was enough +to give a man a sleepless night. Never have I seen features so deeply +marked with all bestiality and cruelty. His small eyes glowed and +burned with a sombre light, and his thick lips were writhed back from +his teeth, which grinned and chattered at us with a half animal fury. + +"Fire if he raises his hand," said Holmes, quietly. We were within a +boat's-length by this time, and almost within touch of our quarry. I +can see the two of them now as they stood, the white man with his legs +far apart, shrieking out curses, and the unhallowed dwarf with his +hideous face, and his strong yellow teeth gnashing at us in the light +of our lantern. + +It was well that we had so clear a view of him. Even as we looked he +plucked out from under his covering a short, round piece of wood, like +a school-ruler, and clapped it to his lips. Our pistols rang out +together. He whirled round, threw up his arms, and with a kind of +choking cough fell sideways into the stream. I caught one glimpse of +his venomous, menacing eyes amid the white swirl of the waters. At the +same moment the wooden-legged man threw himself upon the rudder and put +it hard down, so that his boat made straight in for the southern bank, +while we shot past her stern, only clearing her by a few feet. We were +round after her in an instant, but she was already nearly at the bank. +It was a wild and desolate place, where the moon glimmered upon a wide +expanse of marsh-land, with pools of stagnant water and beds of +decaying vegetation. The launch with a dull thud ran up upon the +mud-bank, with her bow in the air and her stern flush with the water. +The fugitive sprang out, but his stump instantly sank its whole length +into the sodden soil. In vain he struggled and writhed. Not one step +could he possibly take either forwards or backwards. He yelled in +impotent rage, and kicked frantically into the mud with his other foot, +but his struggles only bored his wooden pin the deeper into the sticky +bank. When we brought our launch alongside he was so firmly anchored +that it was only by throwing the end of a rope over his shoulders that +we were able to haul him out, and to drag him, like some evil fish, +over our side. The two Smiths, father and son, sat sullenly in their +launch, but came aboard meekly enough when commanded. The Aurora +herself we hauled off and made fast to our stern. A solid iron chest +of Indian workmanship stood upon the deck. This, there could be no +question, was the same that had contained the ill-omened treasure of +the Sholtos. There was no key, but it was of considerable weight, so +we transferred it carefully to our own little cabin. As we steamed +slowly up-stream again, we flashed our search-light in every direction, +but there was no sign of the Islander. Somewhere in the dark ooze at +the bottom of the Thames lie the bones of that strange visitor to our +shores. + + +"See here," said Holmes, pointing to the wooden hatchway. "We were +hardly quick enough with our pistols." There, sure enough, just behind +where we had been standing, stuck one of those murderous darts which we +knew so well. It must have whizzed between us at the instant that we +fired. Holmes smiled at it and shrugged his shoulders in his easy +fashion, but I confess that it turned me sick to think of the horrible +death which had passed so close to us that night. + + + +Chapter XI + +The Great Agra Treasure + +Our captive sat in the cabin opposite to the iron box which he had done +so much and waited so long to gain. He was a sunburned, reckless-eyed +fellow, with a net-work of lines and wrinkles all over his mahogany +features, which told of a hard, open-air life. There was a singular +prominence about his bearded chin which marked a man who was not to be +easily turned from his purpose. His age may have been fifty or +thereabouts, for his black, curly hair was thickly shot with gray. His +face in repose was not an unpleasing one, though his heavy brows and +aggressive chin gave him, as I had lately seen, a terrible expression +when moved to anger. He sat now with his handcuffed hands upon his +lap, and his head sunk upon his breast, while he looked with his keen, +twinkling eyes at the box which had been the cause of his ill-doings. +It seemed to me that there was more sorrow than anger in his rigid and +contained countenance. Once he looked up at me with a gleam of +something like humor in his eyes. + +"Well, Jonathan Small," said Holmes, lighting a cigar, "I am sorry that +it has come to this." + +"And so am I, sir," he answered, frankly. "I don't believe that I can +swing over the job. I give you my word on the book that I never raised +hand against Mr. Sholto. It was that little hell-hound Tonga who shot +one of his cursed darts into him. I had no part in it, sir. I was as +grieved as if it had been my blood-relation. I welted the little devil +with the slack end of the rope for it, but it was done, and I could not +undo it again." + +"Have a cigar," said Holmes; "and you had best take a pull out of my +flask, for you are very wet. How could you expect so small and weak a +man as this black fellow to overpower Mr. Sholto and hold him while you +were climbing the rope?" + +"You seem to know as much about it as if you were there, sir. The truth +is that I hoped to find the room clear. I knew the habits of the house +pretty well, and it was the time when Mr. Sholto usually went down to +his supper. I shall make no secret of the business. The best defence +that I can make is just the simple truth. Now, if it had been the old +major I would have swung for him with a light heart. I would have +thought no more of knifing him than of smoking this cigar. But it's +cursed hard that I should be lagged over this young Sholto, with whom I +had no quarrel whatever." + +"You are under the charge of Mr. Athelney Jones, of Scotland Yard. He +is going to bring you up to my rooms, and I shall ask you for a true +account of the matter. You must make a clean breast of it, for if you +do I hope that I may be of use to you. I think I can prove that the +poison acts so quickly that the man was dead before ever you reached +the room." + +"That he was, sir. I never got such a turn in my life as when I saw +him grinning at me with his head on his shoulder as I climbed through +the window. It fairly shook me, sir. I'd have half killed Tonga for +it if he had not scrambled off. That was how he came to leave his +club, and some of his darts too, as he tells me, which I dare say +helped to put you on our track; though how you kept on it is more than +I can tell. I don't feel no malice against you for it. But it does +seem a queer thing," he added, with a bitter smile, "that I who have a +fair claim to nigh upon half a million of money should spend the first +half of my life building a breakwater in the Andamans, and am like to +spend the other half digging drains at Dartmoor. It was an evil day +for me when first I clapped eyes upon the merchant Achmet and had to do +with the Agra treasure, which never brought anything but a curse yet +upon the man who owned it. To him it brought murder, to Major Sholto +it brought fear and guilt, to me it has meant slavery for life." + +At this moment Athelney Jones thrust his broad face and heavy shoulders +into the tiny cabin. "Quite a family party," he remarked. "I think I +shall have a pull at that flask, Holmes. Well, I think we may all +congratulate each other. Pity we didn't take the other alive; but +there was no choice. I say, Holmes, you must confess that you cut it +rather fine. It was all we could do to overhaul her." + +"All is well that ends well," said Holmes. "But I certainly did not +know that the Aurora was such a clipper." + +"Smith says she is one of the fastest launches on the river, and that +if he had had another man to help him with the engines we should never +have caught her. He swears he knew nothing of this Norwood business." + +"Neither he did," cried our prisoner,--"not a word. I chose his launch +because I heard that she was a flier. We told him nothing, but we paid +him well, and he was to get something handsome if we reached our +vessel, the Esmeralda, at Gravesend, outward bound for the Brazils." + +"Well, if he has done no wrong we shall see that no wrong comes to him. +If we are pretty quick in catching our men, we are not so quick in +condemning them." It was amusing to notice how the consequential Jones +was already beginning to give himself airs on the strength of the +capture. From the slight smile which played over Sherlock Holmes's +face, I could see that the speech had not been lost upon him. + +"We will be at Vauxhall Bridge presently," said Jones, "and shall land +you, Dr. Watson, with the treasure-box. I need hardly tell you that I +am taking a very grave responsibility upon myself in doing this. It is +most irregular; but of course an agreement is an agreement. I must, +however, as a matter of duty, send an inspector with you, since you +have so valuable a charge. You will drive, no doubt?" + +"Yes, I shall drive." + +"It is a pity there is no key, that we may make an inventory first. +You will have to break it open. Where is the key, my man?" + +"At the bottom of the river," said Small, shortly. + +"Hum! There was no use your giving this unnecessary trouble. We have +had work enough already through you. However, doctor, I need not warn +you to be careful. Bring the box back with you to the Baker Street +rooms. You will find us there, on our way to the station." + +They landed me at Vauxhall, with my heavy iron box, and with a bluff, +genial inspector as my companion. A quarter of an hour's drive brought +us to Mrs. Cecil Forrester's. The servant seemed surprised at so late +a visitor. Mrs. Cecil Forrester was out for the evening, she +explained, and likely to be very late. Miss Morstan, however, was in +the drawing-room: so to the drawing-room I went, box in hand, leaving +the obliging inspector in the cab. + +She was seated by the open window, dressed in some sort of white +diaphanous material, with a little touch of scarlet at the neck and +waist. The soft light of a shaded lamp fell upon her as she leaned +back in the basket chair, playing over her sweet, grave face, and +tinting with a dull, metallic sparkle the rich coils of her luxuriant +hair. One white arm and hand drooped over the side of the chair, and +her whole pose and figure spoke of an absorbing melancholy. At the +sound of my foot-fall she sprang to her feet, however, and a bright +flush of surprise and of pleasure colored her pale cheeks. + +"I heard a cab drive up," she said. "I thought that Mrs. Forrester had +come back very early, but I never dreamed that it might be you. What +news have you brought me?" + +"I have brought something better than news," said I, putting down the +box upon the table and speaking jovially and boisterously, though my +heart was heavy within me. "I have brought you something which is +worth all the news in the world. I have brought you a fortune." + +She glanced at the iron box. "Is that the treasure, then?" she asked, +coolly enough. + +"Yes, this is the great Agra treasure. Half of it is yours and half is +Thaddeus Sholto's. You will have a couple of hundred thousand each. +Think of that! An annuity of ten thousand pounds. There will be few +richer young ladies in England. Is it not glorious?" + +I think that I must have been rather overacting my delight, and that +she detected a hollow ring in my congratulations, for I saw her +eyebrows rise a little, and she glanced at me curiously. + +"If I have it," said she, "I owe it to you." + +"No, no," I answered, "not to me, but to my friend Sherlock Holmes. +With all the will in the world, I could never have followed up a clue +which has taxed even his analytical genius. As it was, we very nearly +lost it at the last moment." + +"Pray sit down and tell me all about it, Dr. Watson," said she. + +I narrated briefly what had occurred since I had seen her +last,--Holmes's new method of search, the discovery of the Aurora, the +appearance of Athelney Jones, our expedition in the evening, and the +wild chase down the Thames. She listened with parted lips and shining +eyes to my recital of our adventures. When I spoke of the dart which +had so narrowly missed us, she turned so white that I feared that she +was about to faint. + +"It is nothing," she said, as I hastened to pour her out some water. +"I am all right again. It was a shock to me to hear that I had placed +my friends in such horrible peril." + +"That is all over," I answered. "It was nothing. I will tell you no +more gloomy details. Let us turn to something brighter. There is the +treasure. What could be brighter than that? I got leave to bring it +with me, thinking that it would interest you to be the first to see it." + +"It would be of the greatest interest to me," she said. There was no +eagerness in her voice, however. It had struck her, doubtless, that it +might seem ungracious upon her part to be indifferent to a prize which +had cost so much to win. + +"What a pretty box!" she said, stooping over it. "This is Indian work, +I suppose?" + +"Yes; it is Benares metal-work." + +"And so heavy!" she exclaimed, trying to raise it. "The box alone must +be of some value. Where is the key?" + +"Small threw it into the Thames," I answered. "I must borrow Mrs. +Forrester's poker." There was in the front a thick and broad hasp, +wrought in the image of a sitting Buddha. Under this I thrust the end +of the poker and twisted it outward as a lever. The hasp sprang open +with a loud snap. With trembling fingers I flung back the lid. We +both stood gazing in astonishment. The box was empty! + +No wonder that it was heavy. The iron-work was two-thirds of an inch +thick all round. It was massive, well made, and solid, like a chest +constructed to carry things of great price, but not one shred or crumb +of metal or jewelry lay within it. It was absolutely and completely +empty. + +"The treasure is lost," said Miss Morstan, calmly. + +As I listened to the words and realized what they meant, a great shadow +seemed to pass from my soul. I did not know how this Agra treasure had +weighed me down, until now that it was finally removed. It was +selfish, no doubt, disloyal, wrong, but I could realize nothing save +that the golden barrier was gone from between us. "Thank God!" I +ejaculated from my very heart. + +She looked at me with a quick, questioning smile. "Why do you say +that?" she asked. + +"Because you are within my reach again," I said, taking her hand. She +did not withdraw it. "Because I love you, Mary, as truly as ever a man +loved a woman. Because this treasure, these riches, sealed my lips. +Now that they are gone I can tell you how I love you. That is why I +said, 'Thank God.'" + +"Then I say, 'Thank God,' too," she whispered, as I drew her to my +side. Whoever had lost a treasure, I knew that night that I had gained +one. + + + +Chapter XII + +The Strange Story of Jonathan Small + +A very patient man was that inspector in the cab, for it was a weary +time before I rejoined him. His face clouded over when I showed him +the empty box. + +"There goes the reward!" said he, gloomily. "Where there is no money +there is no pay. This night's work would have been worth a tenner each +to Sam Brown and me if the treasure had been there." + +"Mr. Thaddeus Sholto is a rich man," I said. "He will see that you are +rewarded, treasure or no." + +The inspector shook his head despondently, however. "It's a bad job," +he repeated; "and so Mr. Athelney Jones will think." + +His forecast proved to be correct, for the detective looked blank +enough when I got to Baker Street and showed him the empty box. They +had only just arrived, Holmes, the prisoner, and he, for they had +changed their plans so far as to report themselves at a station upon +the way. My companion lounged in his arm-chair with his usual listless +expression, while Small sat stolidly opposite to him with his wooden +leg cocked over his sound one. As I exhibited the empty box he leaned +back in his chair and laughed aloud. + +"This is your doing, Small," said Athelney Jones, angrily. + +"Yes, I have put it away where you shall never lay hand upon it," he +cried, exultantly. "It is my treasure; and if I can't have the loot +I'll take darned good care that no one else does. I tell you that no +living man has any right to it, unless it is three men who are in the +Andaman convict-barracks and myself. I know now that I cannot have the +use of it, and I know that they cannot. I have acted all through for +them as much as for myself. It's been the sign of four with us always. +Well I know that they would have had me do just what I have done, and +throw the treasure into the Thames rather than let it go to kith or kin +of Sholto or of Morstan. It was not to make them rich that we did for +Achmet. You'll find the treasure where the key is, and where little +Tonga is. When I saw that your launch must catch us, I put the loot +away in a safe place. There are no rupees for you this journey." + +"You are deceiving us, Small," said Athelney Jones, sternly. "If you +had wished to throw the treasure into the Thames it would have been +easier for you to have thrown box and all." + +"Easier for me to throw, and easier for you to recover," he answered, +with a shrewd, sidelong look. "The man that was clever enough to hunt +me down is clever enough to pick an iron box from the bottom of a +river. Now that they are scattered over five miles or so, it may be a +harder job. It went to my heart to do it, though. I was half mad when +you came up with us. However, there's no good grieving over it. I've +had ups in my life, and I've had downs, but I've learned not to cry +over spilled milk." + +"This is a very serious matter, Small," said the detective. "If you +had helped justice, instead of thwarting it in this way, you would have +had a better chance at your trial." + +"Justice!" snarled the ex-convict. "A pretty justice! Whose loot is +this, if it is not ours? Where is the justice that I should give it up +to those who have never earned it? Look how I have earned it! Twenty +long years in that fever-ridden swamp, all day at work under the +mangrove-tree, all night chained up in the filthy convict-huts, bitten +by mosquitoes, racked with ague, bullied by every cursed black-faced +policeman who loved to take it out of a white man. That was how I +earned the Agra treasure; and you talk to me of justice because I +cannot bear to feel that I have paid this price only that another may +enjoy it! I would rather swing a score of times, or have one of +Tonga's darts in my hide, than live in a convict's cell and feel that +another man is at his ease in a palace with the money that should be +mine." Small had dropped his mask of stoicism, and all this came out in +a wild whirl of words, while his eyes blazed, and the handcuffs clanked +together with the impassioned movement of his hands. I could +understand, as I saw the fury and the passion of the man, that it was +no groundless or unnatural terror which had possessed Major Sholto when +he first learned that the injured convict was upon his track. + +"You forget that we know nothing of all this," said Holmes quietly. +"We have not heard your story, and we cannot tell how far justice may +originally have been on your side." + +"Well, sir, you have been very fair-spoken to me, though I can see that +I have you to thank that I have these bracelets upon my wrists. Still, +I bear no grudge for that. It is all fair and above-board. If you +want to hear my story I have no wish to hold it back. What I say to you +is God's truth, every word of it. Thank you; you can put the glass +beside me here, and I'll put my lips to it if I am dry. + +"I am a Worcestershire man myself,--born near Pershore. I dare say you +would find a heap of Smalls living there now if you were to look. I +have often thought of taking a look round there, but the truth is that +I was never much of a credit to the family, and I doubt if they would +be so very glad to see me. They were all steady, chapel-going folk, +small farmers, well known and respected over the country-side, while I +was always a bit of a rover. At last, however, when I was about +eighteen, I gave them no more trouble, for I got into a mess over a +girl, and could only get out of it again by taking the queen's shilling +and joining the 3d Buffs, which was just starting for India. + +"I wasn't destined to do much soldiering, however. I had just got past +the goose-step, and learned to handle my musket, when I was fool enough +to go swimming in the Ganges. Luckily for me, my company sergeant, +John Holder, was in the water at the same time, and he was one of the +finest swimmers in the service. A crocodile took me, just as I was +half-way across, and nipped off my right leg as clean as a surgeon +could have done it, just above the knee. What with the shock and the +loss of blood, I fainted, and should have drowned if Holder had not +caught hold of me and paddled for the bank. I was five months in +hospital over it, and when at last I was able to limp out of it with +this timber toe strapped to my stump I found myself invalided out of +the army and unfitted for any active occupation. + +"I was, as you can imagine, pretty down on my luck at this time, for I +was a useless cripple though not yet in my twentieth year. However, my +misfortune soon proved to be a blessing in disguise. A man named +Abelwhite, who had come out there as an indigo-planter, wanted an +overseer to look after his coolies and keep them up to their work. He +happened to be a friend of our colonel's, who had taken an interest in +me since the accident. To make a long story short, the colonel +recommended me strongly for the post and, as the work was mostly to be +done on horseback, my leg was no great obstacle, for I had enough knee +left to keep good grip on the saddle. What I had to do was to ride +over the plantation, to keep an eye on the men as they worked, and to +report the idlers. The pay was fair, I had comfortable quarters, and +altogether I was content to spend the remainder of my life in +indigo-planting. Mr. Abelwhite was a kind man, and he would often drop +into my little shanty and smoke a pipe with me, for white folk out +there feel their hearts warm to each other as they never do here at +home. + +"Well, I was never in luck's way long. Suddenly, without a note of +warning, the great mutiny broke upon us. One month India lay as still +and peaceful, to all appearance, as Surrey or Kent; the next there were +two hundred thousand black devils let loose, and the country was a +perfect hell. Of course you know all about it, gentlemen,--a deal more +than I do, very like, since reading is not in my line. I only know +what I saw with my own eyes. Our plantation was at a place called +Muttra, near the border of the Northwest Provinces. Night after night +the whole sky was alight with the burning bungalows, and day after day +we had small companies of Europeans passing through our estate with +their wives and children, on their way to Agra, where were the nearest +troops. Mr. Abelwhite was an obstinate man. He had it in his head +that the affair had been exaggerated, and that it would blow over as +suddenly as it had sprung up. There he sat on his veranda, drinking +whiskey-pegs and smoking cheroots, while the country was in a blaze +about him. Of course we stuck by him, I and Dawson, who, with his +wife, used to do the book-work and the managing. Well, one fine day +the crash came. I had been away on a distant plantation, and was +riding slowly home in the evening, when my eye fell upon something all +huddled together at the bottom of a steep nullah. I rode down to see +what it was, and the cold struck through my heart when I found it was +Dawson's wife, all cut into ribbons, and half eaten by jackals and +native dogs. A little further up the road Dawson himself was lying on +his face, quite dead, with an empty revolver in his hand and four +Sepoys lying across each other in front of him. I reined up my horse, +wondering which way I should turn, but at that moment I saw thick smoke +curling up from Abelwhite's bungalow and the flames beginning to burst +through the roof. I knew then that I could do my employer no good, but +would only throw my own life away if I meddled in the matter. From +where I stood I could see hundreds of the black fiends, with their red +coats still on their backs, dancing and howling round the burning +house. Some of them pointed at me, and a couple of bullets sang past +my head; so I broke away across the paddy-fields, and found myself late +at night safe within the walls at Agra. + +"As it proved, however, there was no great safety there, either. The +whole country was up like a swarm of bees. Wherever the English could +collect in little bands they held just the ground that their guns +commanded. Everywhere else they were helpless fugitives. It was a +fight of the millions against the hundreds; and the cruellest part of +it was that these men that we fought against, foot, horse, and gunners, +were our own picked troops, whom we had taught and trained, handling +our own weapons, and blowing our own bugle-calls. At Agra there were +the 3d Bengal Fusiliers, some Sikhs, two troops of horse, and a battery +of artillery. A volunteer corps of clerks and merchants had been +formed, and this I joined, wooden leg and all. We went out to meet the +rebels at Shahgunge early in July, and we beat them back for a time, +but our powder gave out, and we had to fall back upon the city. +Nothing but the worst news came to us from every side,--which is not to +be wondered at, for if you look at the map you will see that we were +right in the heart of it. Lucknow is rather better than a hundred +miles to the east, and Cawnpore about as far to the south. From every +point on the compass there was nothing but torture and murder and +outrage. + +"The city of Agra is a great place, swarming with fanatics and fierce +devil-worshippers of all sorts. Our handful of men were lost among the +narrow, winding streets. Our leader moved across the river, therefore, +and took up his position in the old fort at Agra. I don't know if any +of you gentlemen have ever read or heard anything of that old fort. It +is a very queer place,--the queerest that ever I was in, and I have +been in some rum corners, too. First of all, it is enormous in size. +I should think that the enclosure must be acres and acres. There is a +modern part, which took all our garrison, women, children, stores, and +everything else, with plenty of room over. But the modern part is +nothing like the size of the old quarter, where nobody goes, and which +is given over to the scorpions and the centipedes. It is all full of +great deserted halls, and winding passages, and long corridors twisting +in and out, so that it is easy enough for folk to get lost in it. For +this reason it was seldom that any one went into it, though now and +again a party with torches might go exploring. + +"The river washes along the front of the old fort, and so protects it, +but on the sides and behind there are many doors, and these had to be +guarded, of course, in the old quarter as well as in that which was +actually held by our troops. We were short-handed, with hardly men +enough to man the angles of the building and to serve the guns. It was +impossible for us, therefore, to station a strong guard at every one of +the innumerable gates. What we did was to organize a central +guard-house in the middle of the fort, and to leave each gate under the +charge of one white man and two or three natives. I was selected to +take charge during certain hours of the night of a small isolated door +upon the southwest side of the building. Two Sikh troopers were placed +under my command, and I was instructed if anything went wrong to fire +my musket, when I might rely upon help coming at once from the central +guard. As the guard was a good two hundred paces away, however, and as +the space between was cut up into a labyrinth of passages and +corridors, I had great doubts as to whether they could arrive in time +to be of any use in case of an actual attack. + +"Well, I was pretty proud at having this small command given me, since +I was a raw recruit, and a game-legged one at that. For two nights I +kept the watch with my Punjaubees. They were tall, fierce-looking +chaps, Mahomet Singh and Abdullah Khan by name, both old fighting-men +who had borne arms against us at Chilian-wallah. They could talk +English pretty well, but I could get little out of them. They +preferred to stand together and jabber all night in their queer Sikh +lingo. For myself, I used to stand outside the gate-way, looking down +on the broad, winding river and on the twinkling lights of the great +city. The beating of drums, the rattle of tomtoms, and the yells and +howls of the rebels, drunk with opium and with bang, were enough to +remind us all night of our dangerous neighbors across the stream. +Every two hours the officer of the night used to come round to all the +posts, to make sure that all was well. + +"The third night of my watch was dark and dirty, with a small, driving +rain. It was dreary work standing in the gate-way hour after hour in +such weather. I tried again and again to make my Sikhs talk, but +without much success. At two in the morning the rounds passed, and +broke for a moment the weariness of the night. Finding that my +companions would not be led into conversation, I took out my pipe, and +laid down my musket to strike the match. In an instant the two Sikhs +were upon me. One of them snatched my firelock up and levelled it at +my head, while the other held a great knife to my throat and swore +between his teeth that he would plunge it into me if I moved a step. + +"My first thought was that these fellows were in league with the +rebels, and that this was the beginning of an assault. If our door +were in the hands of the Sepoys the place must fall, and the women and +children be treated as they were in Cawnpore. Maybe you gentlemen +think that I am just making out a case for myself, but I give you my +word that when I thought of that, though I felt the point of the knife +at my throat, I opened my mouth with the intention of giving a scream, +if it was my last one, which might alarm the main guard. The man who +held me seemed to know my thoughts; for, even as I braced myself to it, +he whispered, 'Don't make a noise. The fort is safe enough. There are +no rebel dogs on this side of the river.' There was the ring of truth +in what he said, and I knew that if I raised my voice I was a dead man. +I could read it in the fellow's brown eyes. I waited, therefore, in +silence, to see what it was that they wanted from me. + +"'Listen to me, Sahib,' said the taller and fiercer of the pair, the +one whom they called Abdullah Khan. 'You must either be with us now or +you must be silenced forever. The thing is too great a one for us to +hesitate. Either you are heart and soul with us on your oath on the +cross of the Christians, or your body this night shall be thrown into +the ditch and we shall pass over to our brothers in the rebel army. +There is no middle way. Which is it to be, death or life? We can only +give you three minutes to decide, for the time is passing, and all must +be done before the rounds come again.' + +"'How can I decide?' said I. 'You have not told me what you want of +me. But I tell you now that if it is anything against the safety of +the fort I will have no truck with it, so you can drive home your knife +and welcome.' + +"'It is nothing against the fort,' said he. 'We only ask you to do +that which your countrymen come to this land for. We ask you to be +rich. If you will be one of us this night, we will swear to you upon +the naked knife, and by the threefold oath which no Sikh was ever known +to break, that you shall have your fair share of the loot. A quarter +of the treasure shall be yours. We can say no fairer.' + +"'But what is the treasure, then?' I asked. 'I am as ready to be rich +as you can be, if you will but show me how it can be done.' + +"'You will swear, then,' said he, 'by the bones of your father, by the +honor of your mother, by the cross of your faith, to raise no hand and +speak no word against us, either now or afterwards?' + +"'I will swear it,' I answered, 'provided that the fort is not +endangered.' + +"'Then my comrade and I will swear that you shall have a quarter of the +treasure which shall be equally divided among the four of us.' + +"'There are but three,' said I. + +"'No; Dost Akbar must have his share. We can tell the tale to you +while we await them. Do you stand at the gate, Mahomet Singh, and give +notice of their coming. The thing stands thus, Sahib, and I tell it to +you because I know that an oath is binding upon a Feringhee, and that +we may trust you. Had you been a lying Hindoo, though you had sworn by +all the gods in their false temples, your blood would have been upon +the knife, and your body in the water. But the Sikh knows the +Englishman, and the Englishman knows the Sikh. Hearken, then, to what +I have to say. + +"'There is a rajah in the northern provinces who has much wealth, +though his lands are small. Much has come to him from his father, and +more still he has set by himself, for he is of a low nature and hoards +his gold rather than spend it. When the troubles broke out he would be +friends both with the lion and the tiger,--with the Sepoy and with the +Company's Raj. Soon, however, it seemed to him that the white men's +day was come, for through all the land he could hear of nothing but of +their death and their overthrow. Yet, being a careful man, he made +such plans that, come what might, half at least of his treasure should +be left to him. That which was in gold and silver he kept by him in +the vaults of his palace, but the most precious stones and the choicest +pearls that he had he put in an iron box, and sent it by a trusty +servant who, under the guise of a merchant, should take it to the fort +at Agra, there to lie until the land is at peace. Thus, if the rebels +won he would have his money, but if the Company conquered his jewels +would be saved to him. Having thus divided his hoard, he threw himself +into the cause of the Sepoys, since they were strong upon his borders. +By doing this, mark you, Sahib, his property becomes the due of those +who have been true to their salt. + +"'This pretended merchant, who travels under the name of Achmet, is now +in the city of Agra, and desires to gain his way into the fort. He has +with him as travelling-companion my foster-brother Dost Akbar, who +knows his secret. Dost Akbar has promised this night to lead him to a +side-postern of the fort, and has chosen this one for his purpose. +Here he will come presently, and here he will find Mahomet Singh and +myself awaiting him. The place is lonely, and none shall know of his +coming. The world shall know of the merchant Achmet no more, but the +great treasure of the rajah shall be divided among us. What say you to +it, Sahib?' + +"In Worcestershire the life of a man seems a great and a sacred thing; +but it is very different when there is fire and blood all round you and +you have been used to meeting death at every turn. Whether Achmet the +merchant lived or died was a thing as light as air to me, but at the +talk about the treasure my heart turned to it, and I thought of what I +might do in the old country with it, and how my folk would stare when +they saw their ne'er-do-well coming back with his pockets full of gold +moidores. I had, therefore, already made up my mind. Abdullah Khan, +however, thinking that I hesitated, pressed the matter more closely. + +"'Consider, Sahib,' said he, 'that if this man is taken by the +commandant he will be hung or shot, and his jewels taken by the +government, so that no man will be a rupee the better for them. Now, +since we do the taking of him, why should we not do the rest as well? +The jewels will be as well with us as in the Company's coffers. There +will be enough to make every one of us rich men and great chiefs. No +one can know about the matter, for here we are cut off from all men. +What could be better for the purpose? Say again, then, Sahib, whether +you are with us, or if we must look upon you as an enemy.' + +"'I am with you heart and soul,' said I. + +"'It is well,' he answered, handing me back my firelock. 'You see that +we trust you, for your word, like ours, is not to be broken. We have +now only to wait for my brother and the merchant.' + +"'Does your brother know, then, of what you will do?' I asked. + +"'The plan is his. He has devised it. We will go to the gate and +share the watch with Mahomet Singh.' + +"The rain was still falling steadily, for it was just the beginning of +the wet season. Brown, heavy clouds were drifting across the sky, and +it was hard to see more than a stone-cast. A deep moat lay in front of +our door, but the water was in places nearly dried up, and it could +easily be crossed. It was strange to me to be standing there with +those two wild Punjaubees waiting for the man who was coming to his +death. + +"Suddenly my eye caught the glint of a shaded lantern at the other side +of the moat. It vanished among the mound-heaps, and then appeared +again coming slowly in our direction. + +"'Here they are!' I exclaimed. + +"'You will challenge him, Sahib, as usual,' whispered Abdullah. 'Give +him no cause for fear. Send us in with him, and we shall do the rest +while you stay here on guard. Have the lantern ready to uncover, that +we may be sure that it is indeed the man.' + +"The light had flickered onwards, now stopping and now advancing, until +I could see two dark figures upon the other side of the moat. I let +them scramble down the sloping bank, splash through the mire, and climb +half-way up to the gate, before I challenged them. + +"'Who goes there?' said I, in a subdued voice. + +"'Friends,' came the answer. I uncovered my lantern and threw a flood +of light upon them. The first was an enormous Sikh, with a black beard +which swept nearly down to his cummerbund. Outside of a show I have +never seen so tall a man. The other was a little, fat, round fellow, +with a great yellow turban, and a bundle in his hand, done up in a +shawl. He seemed to be all in a quiver with fear, for his hands +twitched as if he had the ague, and his head kept turning to left and +right with two bright little twinkling eyes, like a mouse when he +ventures out from his hole. It gave me the chills to think of killing +him, but I thought of the treasure, and my heart set as hard as a flint +within me. When he saw my white face he gave a little chirrup of joy +and came running up towards me. + +"'Your protection, Sahib,' he panted,--'your protection for the unhappy +merchant Achmet. I have travelled across Rajpootana that I might seek +the shelter of the fort at Agra. I have been robbed and beaten and +abused because I have been the friend of the Company. It is a blessed +night this when I am once more in safety,--I and my poor possessions.' + +"'What have you in the bundle?' I asked. + +"'An iron box,' he answered, 'which contains one or two little family +matters which are of no value to others, but which I should be sorry to +lose. Yet I am not a beggar; and I shall reward you, young Sahib, and +your governor also, if he will give me the shelter I ask.' + +"I could not trust myself to speak longer with the man. The more I +looked at his fat, frightened face, the harder did it seem that we +should slay him in cold blood. It was best to get it over. + +"'Take him to the main guard,' said I. The two Sikhs closed in upon +him on each side, and the giant walked behind, while they marched in +through the dark gate-way. Never was a man so compassed round with +death. I remained at the gate-way with the lantern. + +"I could hear the measured tramp of their footsteps sounding through +the lonely corridors. Suddenly it ceased, and I heard voices, and a +scuffle, with the sound of blows. A moment later there came, to my +horror, a rush of footsteps coming in my direction, with the loud +breathing of a running man. I turned my lantern down the long, +straight passage, and there was the fat man, running like the wind, +with a smear of blood across his face, and close at his heels, bounding +like a tiger, the great black-bearded Sikh, with a knife flashing in +his hand. I have never seen a man run so fast as that little merchant. +He was gaining on the Sikh, and I could see that if he once passed me +and got to the open air he would save himself yet. My heart softened +to him, but again the thought of his treasure turned me hard and +bitter. I cast my firelock between his legs as he raced past, and he +rolled twice over like a shot rabbit. Ere he could stagger to his feet +the Sikh was upon him, and buried his knife twice in his side. The man +never uttered moan nor moved muscle, but lay were he had fallen. I +think myself that he may have broken his neck with the fall. You see, +gentlemen, that I am keeping my promise. I am telling you every work +of the business just exactly as it happened, whether it is in my favor +or not." + +He stopped, and held out his manacled hands for the whiskey-and-water +which Holmes had brewed for him. For myself, I confess that I had now +conceived the utmost horror of the man, not only for this cold-blooded +business in which he had been concerned, but even more for the somewhat +flippant and careless way in which he narrated it. Whatever punishment +was in store for him, I felt that he might expect no sympathy from me. +Sherlock Holmes and Jones sat with their hands upon their knees, deeply +interested in the story, but with the same disgust written upon their +faces. He may have observed it, for there was a touch of defiance in +his voice and manner as he proceeded. + +"It was all very bad, no doubt," said he. "I should like to know how +many fellows in my shoes would have refused a share of this loot when +they knew that they would have their throats cut for their pains. +Besides, it was my life or his when once he was in the fort. If he had +got out, the whole business would come to light, and I should have been +court-martialled and shot as likely as not; for people were not very +lenient at a time like that." + +"Go on with your story," said Holmes, shortly. + +"Well, we carried him in, Abdullah, Akbar, and I. A fine weight he +was, too, for all that he was so short. Mahomet Singh was left to +guard the door. We took him to a place which the Sikhs had already +prepared. It was some distance off, where a winding passage leads to a +great empty hall, the brick walls of which were all crumbling to +pieces. The earth floor had sunk in at one place, making a natural +grave, so we left Achmet the merchant there, having first covered him +over with loose bricks. This done, we all went back to the treasure. + +"It lay where he had dropped it when he was first attacked. The box +was the same which now lies open upon your table. A key was hung by a +silken cord to that carved handle upon the top. We opened it, and the +light of the lantern gleamed upon a collection of gems such as I have +read of and thought about when I was a little lad at Pershore. It was +blinding to look upon them. When we had feasted our eyes we took them +all out and made a list of them. There were one hundred and +forty-three diamonds of the first water, including one which has been +called, I believe, 'the Great Mogul' and is said to be the second +largest stone in existence. Then there were ninety-seven very fine +emeralds, and one hundred and seventy rubies, some of which, however, +were small. There were forty carbuncles, two hundred and ten +sapphires, sixty-one agates, and a great quantity of beryls, onyxes, +cats'-eyes, turquoises, and other stones, the very names of which I did +not know at the time, though I have become more familiar with them +since. Besides this, there were nearly three hundred very fine pearls, +twelve of which were set in a gold coronet. By the way, these last had +been taken out of the chest and were not there when I recovered it. + +"After we had counted our treasures we put them back into the chest and +carried them to the gate-way to show them to Mahomet Singh. Then we +solemnly renewed our oath to stand by each other and be true to our +secret. We agreed to conceal our loot in a safe place until the +country should be at peace again, and then to divide it equally among +ourselves. There was no use dividing it at present, for if gems of +such value were found upon us it would cause suspicion, and there was +no privacy in the fort nor any place where we could keep them. We +carried the box, therefore, into the same hall where we had buried the +body, and there, under certain bricks in the best-preserved wall, we +made a hollow and put our treasure. We made careful note of the place, +and next day I drew four plans, one for each of us, and put the sign of +the four of us at the bottom, for we had sworn that we should each +always act for all, so that none might take advantage. That is an oath +that I can put my hand to my heart and swear that I have never broken. + +"Well, there's no use my telling you gentlemen what came of the Indian +mutiny. After Wilson took Delhi and Sir Colin relieved Lucknow the +back of the business was broken. Fresh troops came pouring in, and +Nana Sahib made himself scarce over the frontier. A flying column under +Colonel Greathed came round to Agra and cleared the Pandies away from +it. Peace seemed to be settling upon the country, and we four were +beginning to hope that the time was at hand when we might safely go off +with our shares of the plunder. In a moment, however, our hopes were +shattered by our being arrested as the murderers of Achmet. + +"It came about in this way. When the rajah put his jewels into the +hands of Achmet he did it because he knew that he was a trusty man. +They are suspicious folk in the East, however: so what does this rajah +do but take a second even more trusty servant and set him to play the +spy upon the first? This second man was ordered never to let Achmet +out of his sight, and he followed him like his shadow. He went after +him that night and saw him pass through the doorway. Of course he +thought he had taken refuge in the fort, and applied for admission +there himself next day, but could find no trace of Achmet. This seemed +to him so strange that he spoke about it to a sergeant of guides, who +brought it to the ears of the commandant. A thorough search was +quickly made, and the body was discovered. Thus at the very moment +that we thought that all was safe we were all four seized and brought +to trial on a charge of murder,--three of us because we had held the +gate that night, and the fourth because he was known to have been in +the company of the murdered man. Not a word about the jewels came out +at the trial, for the rajah had been deposed and driven out of India: +so no one had any particular interest in them. The murder, however, +was clearly made out, and it was certain that we must all have been +concerned in it. The three Sikhs got penal servitude for life, and I +was condemned to death, though my sentence was afterwards commuted into +the same as the others. + +"It was rather a queer position that we found ourselves in then. There +we were all four tied by the leg and with precious little chance of +ever getting out again, while we each held a secret which might have +put each of us in a palace if we could only have made use of it. It +was enough to make a man eat his heart out to have to stand the kick +and the cuff of every petty jack-in-office, to have rice to eat and +water to drink, when that gorgeous fortune was ready for him outside, +just waiting to be picked up. It might have driven me mad; but I was +always a pretty stubborn one, so I just held on and bided my time. + +"At last it seemed to me to have come. I was changed from Agra to +Madras, and from there to Blair Island in the Andamans. There are very +few white convicts at this settlement, and, as I had behaved well from +the first, I soon found myself a sort of privileged person. I was +given a hut in Hope Town, which is a small place on the slopes of Mount +Harriet, and I was left pretty much to myself. It is a dreary, +fever-stricken place, and all beyond our little clearings was infested +with wild cannibal natives, who were ready enough to blow a poisoned +dart at us if they saw a chance. There was digging, and ditching, and +yam-planting, and a dozen other things to be done, so we were busy +enough all day; though in the evening we had a little time to +ourselves. Among other things, I learned to dispense drugs for the +surgeon, and picked up a smattering of his knowledge. All the time I +was on the lookout for a chance of escape; but it is hundreds of miles +from any other land, and there is little or no wind in those seas: so +it was a terribly difficult job to get away. + +"The surgeon, Dr. Somerton, was a fast, sporting young chap, and the +other young officers would meet in his rooms of an evening and play +cards. The surgery, where I used to make up my drugs, was next to his +sitting-room, with a small window between us. Often, if I felt +lonesome, I used to turn out the lamp in the surgery, and then, +standing there, I could hear their talk and watch their play. I am +fond of a hand at cards myself, and it was almost as good as having one +to watch the others. There was Major Sholto, Captain Morstan, and +Lieutenant Bromley Brown, who were in command of the native troops, and +there was the surgeon himself, and two or three prison-officials, +crafty old hands who played a nice sly safe game. A very snug little +party they used to make. + +"Well, there was one thing which very soon struck me, and that was that +the soldiers used always to lose and the civilians to win. Mind, I +don't say that there was anything unfair, but so it was. These +prison-chaps had done little else than play cards ever since they had +been at the Andamans, and they knew each other's game to a point, while +the others just played to pass the time and threw their cards down +anyhow. Night after night the soldiers got up poorer men, and the +poorer they got the more keen they were to play. Major Sholto was the +hardest hit. He used to pay in notes and gold at first, but soon it +came to notes of hand and for big sums. He sometimes would win for a +few deals, just to give him heart, and then the luck would set in +against him worse than ever. All day he would wander about as black as +thunder, and he took to drinking a deal more than was good for him. + +"One night he lost even more heavily than usual. I was sitting in my +hut when he and Captain Morstan came stumbling along on the way to +their quarters. They were bosom friends, those two, and never far +apart. The major was raving about his losses. + +"'It's all up, Morstan,' he was saying, as they passed my hut. 'I shall +have to send in my papers. I am a ruined man.' + +"'Nonsense, old chap!' said the other, slapping him upon the shoulder. +'I've had a nasty facer myself, but--' That was all I could hear, but +it was enough to set me thinking. + +"A couple of days later Major Sholto was strolling on the beach: so I +took the chance of speaking to him. + +"'I wish to have your advice, major,' said I. + +"'Well, Small, what is it?' he asked, taking his cheroot from his lips. + +"'I wanted to ask you, sir,' said I, 'who is the proper person to whom +hidden treasure should be handed over. I know where half a million +worth lies, and, as I cannot use it myself, I thought perhaps the best +thing that I could do would be to hand it over to the proper +authorities, and then perhaps they would get my sentence shortened for +me.' + +"'Half a million, Small?' he gasped, looking hard at me to see if I was +in earnest. + +"'Quite that, sir,--in jewels and pearls. It lies there ready for any +one. And the queer thing about it is that the real owner is outlawed +and cannot hold property, so that it belongs to the first comer.' + +"'To government, Small,' he stammered,--'to government.' But he said +it in a halting fashion, and I knew in my heart that I had got him. + +"'You think, then, sir, that I should give the information to the +Governor-General?' said I, quietly. + +"'Well, well, you must not do anything rash, or that you might repent. +Let me hear all about it, Small. Give me the facts.' + +"I told him the whole story, with small changes so that he could not +identify the places. When I had finished he stood stock still and full +of thought. I could see by the twitch of his lip that there was a +struggle going on within him. + +"'This is a very important matter, Small,' he said, at last. 'You must +not say a word to any one about it, and I shall see you again soon.' + +"Two nights later he and his friend Captain Morstan came to my hut in +the dead of the night with a lantern. + +"'I want you just to let Captain Morstan hear that story from your own +lips, Small,' said he. + +"I repeated it as I had told it before. + +"'It rings true, eh?' said he. 'It's good enough to act upon?' + +"Captain Morstan nodded. + +"'Look here, Small,' said the major. 'We have been talking it over, my +friend here and I, and we have come to the conclusion that this secret +of yours is hardly a government matter, after all, but is a private +concern of your own, which of course you have the power of disposing of +as you think best. Now, the question is, what price would you ask for +it? We might be inclined to take it up, and at least look into it, if +we could agree as to terms.' He tried to speak in a cool, careless +way, but his eyes were shining with excitement and greed. + +"'Why, as to that, gentlemen,' I answered, trying also to be cool, but +feeling as excited as he did, 'there is only one bargain which a man in +my position can make. I shall want you to help me to my freedom, and +to help my three companions to theirs. We shall then take you into +partnership, and give you a fifth share to divide between you.' + +"'Hum!' said he. 'A fifth share! That is not very tempting.' + +"'It would come to fifty thousand apiece,' said I. + +"'But how can we gain your freedom? You know very well that you ask an +impossibility.' + +"'Nothing of the sort,' I answered. 'I have thought it all out to the +last detail. The only bar to our escape is that we can get no boat fit +for the voyage, and no provisions to last us for so long a time. There +are plenty of little yachts and yawls at Calcutta or Madras which would +serve our turn well. Do you bring one over. We shall engage to get +aboard her by night, and if you will drop us on any part of the Indian +coast you will have done your part of the bargain.' + +"'If there were only one,' he said. + +"'None or all,' I answered. 'We have sworn it. The four of us must +always act together.' + +"'You see, Morstan,' said he, 'Small is a man of his word. He does not +flinch from his friend. I think we may very well trust him.' + +"'It's a dirty business,' the other answered. 'Yet, as you say, the +money would save our commissions handsomely.' + +"'Well, Small,' said the major, 'we must, I suppose, try and meet you. +We must first, of course, test the truth of your story. Tell me where +the box is hid, and I shall get leave of absence and go back to India +in the monthly relief-boat to inquire into the affair.' + +"'Not so fast,' said I, growing colder as he got hot. 'I must have the +consent of my three comrades. I tell you that it is four or none with +us.' + +"'Nonsense!' he broke in. 'What have three black fellows to do with +our agreement?' + +"'Black or blue,' said I, 'they are in with me, and we all go together.' + +"Well, the matter ended by a second meeting, at which Mahomet Singh, +Abdullah Khan, and Dost Akbar were all present. We talked the matter +over again, and at last we came to an arrangement. We were to provide +both the officers with charts of the part of the Agra fort and mark the +place in the wall where the treasure was hid. Major Sholto was to go +to India to test our story. If he found the box he was to leave it +there, to send out a small yacht provisioned for a voyage, which was to +lie off Rutland Island, and to which we were to make our way, and +finally to return to his duties. Captain Morstan was then to apply for +leave of absence, to meet us at Agra, and there we were to have a final +division of the treasure, he taking the major's share as well as his +own. All this we sealed by the most solemn oaths that the mind could +think or the lips utter. I sat up all night with paper and ink, and by +the morning I had the two charts all ready, signed with the sign of +four,--that is, of Abdullah, Akbar, Mahomet, and myself. + +"Well, gentlemen, I weary you with my long story, and I know that my +friend Mr. Jones is impatient to get me safely stowed in chokey. I'll +make it as short as I can. The villain Sholto went off to India, but +he never came back again. Captain Morstan showed me his name among a +list of passengers in one of the mail-boats very shortly afterwards. +His uncle had died, leaving him a fortune, and he had left the army, +yet he could stoop to treat five men as he had treated us. Morstan +went over to Agra shortly afterwards, and found, as we expected, that +the treasure was indeed gone. The scoundrel had stolen it all, without +carrying out one of the conditions on which we had sold him the secret. +From that day I lived only for vengeance. I thought of it by day and I +nursed it by night. It became an overpowering, absorbing passion with +me. I cared nothing for the law,--nothing for the gallows. To escape, +to track down Sholto, to have my hand upon his throat,--that was my one +thought. Even the Agra treasure had come to be a smaller thing in my +mind than the slaying of Sholto. + +"Well, I have set my mind on many things in this life, and never one +which I did not carry out. But it was weary years before my time came. +I have told you that I had picked up something of medicine. One day +when Dr. Somerton was down with a fever a little Andaman Islander was +picked up by a convict-gang in the woods. He was sick to death, and +had gone to a lonely place to die. I took him in hand, though he was +as venomous as a young snake, and after a couple of months I got him +all right and able to walk. He took a kind of fancy to me then, and +would hardly go back to his woods, but was always hanging about my hut. +I learned a little of his lingo from him, and this made him all the +fonder of me. + +"Tonga--for that was his name--was a fine boatman, and owned a big, +roomy canoe of his own. When I found that he was devoted to me and +would do anything to serve me, I saw my chance of escape. I talked it +over with him. He was to bring his boat round on a certain night to an +old wharf which was never guarded, and there he was to pick me up. I +gave him directions to have several gourds of water and a lot of yams, +cocoa-nuts, and sweet potatoes. + +"He was stanch and true, was little Tonga. No man ever had a more +faithful mate. At the night named he had his boat at the wharf. As it +chanced, however, there was one of the convict-guard down there,--a +vile Pathan who had never missed a chance of insulting and injuring me. +I had always vowed vengeance, and now I had my chance. It was as if +fate had placed him in my way that I might pay my debt before I left +the island. He stood on the bank with his back to me, and his carbine +on his shoulder. I looked about for a stone to beat out his brains +with, but none could I see. Then a queer thought came into my head and +showed me where I could lay my hand on a weapon. I sat down in the +darkness and unstrapped my wooden leg. With three long hops I was on +him. He put his carbine to his shoulder, but I struck him full, and +knocked the whole front of his skull in. You can see the split in the +wood now where I hit him. We both went down together, for I could not +keep my balance, but when I got up I found him still lying quiet +enough. I made for the boat, and in an hour we were well out at sea. +Tonga had brought all his earthly possessions with him, his arms and +his gods. Among other things, he had a long bamboo spear, and some +Andaman cocoa-nut matting, with which I made a sort of sail. For ten +days we were beating about, trusting to luck, and on the eleventh we +were picked up by a trader which was going from Singapore to Jiddah +with a cargo of Malay pilgrims. They were a rum crowd, and Tonga and I +soon managed to settle down among them. They had one very good +quality: they let you alone and asked no questions. + +"Well, if I were to tell you all the adventures that my little chum and +I went through, you would not thank me, for I would have you here until +the sun was shining. Here and there we drifted about the world, +something always turning up to keep us from London. All the time, +however, I never lost sight of my purpose. I would dream of Sholto at +night. A hundred times I have killed him in my sleep. At last, +however, some three or four years ago, we found ourselves in England. +I had no great difficulty in finding where Sholto lived, and I set to +work to discover whether he had realized the treasure, or if he still +had it. I made friends with someone who could help me,--I name no +names, for I don't want to get any one else in a hole,--and I soon +found that he still had the jewels. Then I tried to get at him in many +ways; but he was pretty sly, and had always two prize-fighters, besides +his sons and his khitmutgar, on guard over him. + +"One day, however, I got word that he was dying. I hurried at once to +the garden, mad that he should slip out of my clutches like that, and, +looking through the window, I saw him lying in his bed, with his sons +on each side of him. I'd have come through and taken my chance with +the three of them, only even as I looked at him his jaw dropped, and I +knew that he was gone. I got into his room that same night, though, +and I searched his papers to see if there was any record of where he +had hidden our jewels. There was not a line, however: so I came away, +bitter and savage as a man could be. Before I left I bethought me that +if I ever met my Sikh friends again it would be a satisfaction to know +that I had left some mark of our hatred: so I scrawled down the sign +of the four of us, as it had been on the chart, and I pinned it on his +bosom. It was too much that he should be taken to the grave without +some token from the men whom he had robbed and befooled. + +"We earned a living at this time by my exhibiting poor Tonga at fairs +and other such places as the black cannibal. He would eat raw meat and +dance his war-dance: so we always had a hatful of pennies after a +day's work. I still heard all the news from Pondicherry Lodge, and for +some years there was no news to hear, except that they were hunting for +the treasure. At last, however, came what we had waited for so long. +The treasure had been found. It was up at the top of the house, in Mr. +Bartholomew Sholto's chemical laboratory. I came at once and had a +look at the place, but I could not see how with my wooden leg I was to +make my way up to it. I learned, however, about a trap-door in the +roof, and also about Mr. Sholto's supper-hour. It seemed to me that I +could manage the thing easily through Tonga. I brought him out with me +with a long rope wound round his waist. He could climb like a cat, and +he soon made his way through the roof, but, as ill luck would have it, +Bartholomew Sholto was still in the room, to his cost. Tonga thought +he had done something very clever in killing him, for when I came up by +the rope I found him strutting about as proud as a peacock. Very much +surprised was he when I made at him with the rope's end and cursed him +for a little blood-thirsty imp. I took the treasure-box and let it +down, and then slid down myself, having first left the sign of the four +upon the table, to show that the jewels had come back at last to those +who had most right to them. Tonga then pulled up the rope, closed the +window, and made off the way that he had come. + +"I don't know that I have anything else to tell you. I had heard a +waterman speak of the speed of Smith's launch the Aurora, so I thought +she would be a handy craft for our escape. I engaged with old Smith, +and was to give him a big sum if he got us safe to our ship. He knew, +no doubt, that there was some screw loose, but he was not in our +secrets. All this is the truth, and if I tell it to you, gentlemen, it +is not to amuse you,--for you have not done me a very good turn,--but +it is because I believe the best defence I can make is just to hold +back nothing, but let all the world know how badly I have myself been +served by Major Sholto, and how innocent I am of the death of his son." + +"A very remarkable account," said Sherlock Holmes. "A fitting wind-up +to an extremely interesting case. There is nothing at all new to me in +the latter part of your narrative, except that you brought your own +rope. That I did not know. By the way, I had hoped that Tonga had +lost all his darts; yet he managed to shoot one at us in the boat." + +"He had lost them all, sir, except the one which was in his blow-pipe +at the time." + +"Ah, of course," said Holmes. "I had not thought of that." + +"Is there any other point which you would like to ask about?" asked the +convict, affably. + +"I think not, thank you," my companion answered. + +"Well, Holmes," said Athelney Jones, "You are a man to be humored, and +we all know that you are a connoisseur of crime, but duty is duty, and +I have gone rather far in doing what you and your friend asked me. I +shall feel more at ease when we have our story-teller here safe under +lock and key. The cab still waits, and there are two inspectors +down-stairs. I am much obliged to you both for your assistance. Of +course you will be wanted at the trial. Good-night to you." + +"Good-night, gentlemen both," said Jonathan Small. + +"You first, Small," remarked the wary Jones as they left the room. +"I'll take particular care that you don't club me with your wooden leg, +whatever you may have done to the gentleman at the Andaman Isles." + +"Well, and there is the end of our little drama," I remarked, after we +had set some time smoking in silence. "I fear that it may be the last +investigation in which I shall have the chance of studying your +methods. Miss Morstan has done me the honor to accept me as a husband +in prospective." + +He gave a most dismal groan. "I feared as much," said he. "I really +cannot congratulate you." + +I was a little hurt. "Have you any reason to be dissatisfied with my +choice?" I asked. + +"Not at all. I think she is one of the most charming young ladies I +ever met, and might have been most useful in such work as we have been +doing. She had a decided genius that way: witness the way in which she +preserved that Agra plan from all the other papers of her father. But +love is an emotional thing, and whatever is emotional is opposed to +that true cold reason which I place above all things. I should never +marry myself, lest I bias my judgment." + +"I trust," said I, laughing, "that my judgment may survive the ordeal. +But you look weary." + +"Yes, the reaction is already upon me. I shall be as limp as a rag for +a week." + +"Strange," said I, "how terms of what in another man I should call +laziness alternate with your fits of splendid energy and vigor." + +"Yes," he answered, "there are in me the makings of a very fine loafer +and also of a pretty spry sort of fellow. I often think of those lines +of old Goethe,-- + + Schade dass die Natur nur EINEN Mensch aus Dir schuf, + Denn zum wuerdigen Mann war und zum Schelmen der Stoff. + +"By the way, a propos of this Norwood business, you see that they had, +as I surmised, a confederate in the house, who could be none other than +Lal Rao, the butler: so Jones actually has the undivided honor of +having caught one fish in his great haul." + +"The division seems rather unfair," I remarked. "You have done all the +work in this business. I get a wife out of it, Jones gets the credit, +pray what remains for you?" + +"For me," said Sherlock Holmes, "there still remains the +cocaine-bottle." And he stretched his long white hand up for it. + + + + + + + + + +End of Project Gutenberg's The Sign of the Four, by Arthur Conan Doyle + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE SIGN OF THE FOUR *** + +***** This file should be named 2097.txt or 2097.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/2/0/9/2097/ + + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.net/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.net + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.net), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.net + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. From 9daff9d5ef8cb6af40c59f772354638030ec867d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: AddisonNoxy <34310754+AddisonNoxy@users.noreply.github.com> Date: Wed, 20 Mar 2019 16:00:18 -0500 Subject: [PATCH 09/63] Create theadventuresofsherlockholmes --- .../unrelated/theadventuresofsherlockholmes | 13029 ++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 13029 insertions(+) create mode 100644 files/books/unrelated/theadventuresofsherlockholmes diff --git a/files/books/unrelated/theadventuresofsherlockholmes b/files/books/unrelated/theadventuresofsherlockholmes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6a9d7a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/files/books/unrelated/theadventuresofsherlockholmes @@ -0,0 +1,13029 @@ +Produced by an anonymous Project Gutenberg volunteer and Jose Menendez + + + + + + + + + +THE ADVENTURES OF SHERLOCK HOLMES + +by + +SIR ARTHUR CONAN DOYLE + + + + I. A Scandal in Bohemia + II. The Red-headed League + III. A Case of Identity + IV. The Boscombe Valley Mystery + V. The Five Orange Pips + VI. The Man with the Twisted Lip + VII. The Adventure of the Blue Carbuncle +VIII. The Adventure of the Speckled Band + IX. The Adventure of the Engineer's Thumb + X. The Adventure of the Noble Bachelor + XI. The Adventure of the Beryl Coronet + XII. The Adventure of the Copper Beeches + + + + +ADVENTURE I. A SCANDAL IN BOHEMIA + +I. + +To Sherlock Holmes she is always THE woman. I have seldom heard +him mention her under any other name. In his eyes she eclipses +and predominates the whole of her sex. It was not that he felt +any emotion akin to love for Irene Adler. All emotions, and that +one particularly, were abhorrent to his cold, precise but +admirably balanced mind. He was, I take it, the most perfect +reasoning and observing machine that the world has seen, but as a +lover he would have placed himself in a false position. He never +spoke of the softer passions, save with a gibe and a sneer. They +were admirable things for the observer--excellent for drawing the +veil from men's motives and actions. But for the trained reasoner +to admit such intrusions into his own delicate and finely +adjusted temperament was to introduce a distracting factor which +might throw a doubt upon all his mental results. Grit in a +sensitive instrument, or a crack in one of his own high-power +lenses, would not be more disturbing than a strong emotion in a +nature such as his. And yet there was but one woman to him, and +that woman was the late Irene Adler, of dubious and questionable +memory. + +I had seen little of Holmes lately. My marriage had drifted us +away from each other. My own complete happiness, and the +home-centred interests which rise up around the man who first +finds himself master of his own establishment, were sufficient to +absorb all my attention, while Holmes, who loathed every form of +society with his whole Bohemian soul, remained in our lodgings in +Baker Street, buried among his old books, and alternating from +week to week between cocaine and ambition, the drowsiness of the +drug, and the fierce energy of his own keen nature. He was still, +as ever, deeply attracted by the study of crime, and occupied his +immense faculties and extraordinary powers of observation in +following out those clues, and clearing up those mysteries which +had been abandoned as hopeless by the official police. From time +to time I heard some vague account of his doings: of his summons +to Odessa in the case of the Trepoff murder, of his clearing up +of the singular tragedy of the Atkinson brothers at Trincomalee, +and finally of the mission which he had accomplished so +delicately and successfully for the reigning family of Holland. +Beyond these signs of his activity, however, which I merely +shared with all the readers of the daily press, I knew little of +my former friend and companion. + +One night--it was on the twentieth of March, 1888--I was +returning from a journey to a patient (for I had now returned to +civil practice), when my way led me through Baker Street. As I +passed the well-remembered door, which must always be associated +in my mind with my wooing, and with the dark incidents of the +Study in Scarlet, I was seized with a keen desire to see Holmes +again, and to know how he was employing his extraordinary powers. +His rooms were brilliantly lit, and, even as I looked up, I saw +his tall, spare figure pass twice in a dark silhouette against +the blind. He was pacing the room swiftly, eagerly, with his head +sunk upon his chest and his hands clasped behind him. To me, who +knew his every mood and habit, his attitude and manner told their +own story. He was at work again. He had risen out of his +drug-created dreams and was hot upon the scent of some new +problem. I rang the bell and was shown up to the chamber which +had formerly been in part my own. + +His manner was not effusive. It seldom was; but he was glad, I +think, to see me. With hardly a word spoken, but with a kindly +eye, he waved me to an armchair, threw across his case of cigars, +and indicated a spirit case and a gasogene in the corner. Then he +stood before the fire and looked me over in his singular +introspective fashion. + +"Wedlock suits you," he remarked. "I think, Watson, that you have +put on seven and a half pounds since I saw you." + +"Seven!" I answered. + +"Indeed, I should have thought a little more. Just a trifle more, +I fancy, Watson. And in practice again, I observe. You did not +tell me that you intended to go into harness." + +"Then, how do you know?" + +"I see it, I deduce it. How do I know that you have been getting +yourself very wet lately, and that you have a most clumsy and +careless servant girl?" + +"My dear Holmes," said I, "this is too much. You would certainly +have been burned, had you lived a few centuries ago. It is true +that I had a country walk on Thursday and came home in a dreadful +mess, but as I have changed my clothes I can't imagine how you +deduce it. As to Mary Jane, she is incorrigible, and my wife has +given her notice, but there, again, I fail to see how you work it +out." + +He chuckled to himself and rubbed his long, nervous hands +together. + +"It is simplicity itself," said he; "my eyes tell me that on the +inside of your left shoe, just where the firelight strikes it, +the leather is scored by six almost parallel cuts. Obviously they +have been caused by someone who has very carelessly scraped round +the edges of the sole in order to remove crusted mud from it. +Hence, you see, my double deduction that you had been out in vile +weather, and that you had a particularly malignant boot-slitting +specimen of the London slavey. As to your practice, if a +gentleman walks into my rooms smelling of iodoform, with a black +mark of nitrate of silver upon his right forefinger, and a bulge +on the right side of his top-hat to show where he has secreted +his stethoscope, I must be dull, indeed, if I do not pronounce +him to be an active member of the medical profession." + +I could not help laughing at the ease with which he explained his +process of deduction. "When I hear you give your reasons," I +remarked, "the thing always appears to me to be so ridiculously +simple that I could easily do it myself, though at each +successive instance of your reasoning I am baffled until you +explain your process. And yet I believe that my eyes are as good +as yours." + +"Quite so," he answered, lighting a cigarette, and throwing +himself down into an armchair. "You see, but you do not observe. +The distinction is clear. For example, you have frequently seen +the steps which lead up from the hall to this room." + +"Frequently." + +"How often?" + +"Well, some hundreds of times." + +"Then how many are there?" + +"How many? I don't know." + +"Quite so! You have not observed. And yet you have seen. That is +just my point. Now, I know that there are seventeen steps, +because I have both seen and observed. By-the-way, since you are +interested in these little problems, and since you are good +enough to chronicle one or two of my trifling experiences, you +may be interested in this." He threw over a sheet of thick, +pink-tinted note-paper which had been lying open upon the table. +"It came by the last post," said he. "Read it aloud." + +The note was undated, and without either signature or address. + +"There will call upon you to-night, at a quarter to eight +o'clock," it said, "a gentleman who desires to consult you upon a +matter of the very deepest moment. Your recent services to one of +the royal houses of Europe have shown that you are one who may +safely be trusted with matters which are of an importance which +can hardly be exaggerated. This account of you we have from all +quarters received. Be in your chamber then at that hour, and do +not take it amiss if your visitor wear a mask." + +"This is indeed a mystery," I remarked. "What do you imagine that +it means?" + +"I have no data yet. It is a capital mistake to theorize before +one has data. Insensibly one begins to twist facts to suit +theories, instead of theories to suit facts. But the note itself. +What do you deduce from it?" + +I carefully examined the writing, and the paper upon which it was +written. + +"The man who wrote it was presumably well to do," I remarked, +endeavouring to imitate my companion's processes. "Such paper +could not be bought under half a crown a packet. It is peculiarly +strong and stiff." + +"Peculiar--that is the very word," said Holmes. "It is not an +English paper at all. Hold it up to the light." + +I did so, and saw a large "E" with a small "g," a "P," and a +large "G" with a small "t" woven into the texture of the paper. + +"What do you make of that?" asked Holmes. + +"The name of the maker, no doubt; or his monogram, rather." + +"Not at all. The 'G' with the small 't' stands for +'Gesellschaft,' which is the German for 'Company.' It is a +customary contraction like our 'Co.' 'P,' of course, stands for +'Papier.' Now for the 'Eg.' Let us glance at our Continental +Gazetteer." He took down a heavy brown volume from his shelves. +"Eglow, Eglonitz--here we are, Egria. It is in a German-speaking +country--in Bohemia, not far from Carlsbad. 'Remarkable as being +the scene of the death of Wallenstein, and for its numerous +glass-factories and paper-mills.' Ha, ha, my boy, what do you +make of that?" His eyes sparkled, and he sent up a great blue +triumphant cloud from his cigarette. + +"The paper was made in Bohemia," I said. + +"Precisely. And the man who wrote the note is a German. Do you +note the peculiar construction of the sentence--'This account of +you we have from all quarters received.' A Frenchman or Russian +could not have written that. It is the German who is so +uncourteous to his verbs. It only remains, therefore, to discover +what is wanted by this German who writes upon Bohemian paper and +prefers wearing a mask to showing his face. And here he comes, if +I am not mistaken, to resolve all our doubts." + +As he spoke there was the sharp sound of horses' hoofs and +grating wheels against the curb, followed by a sharp pull at the +bell. Holmes whistled. + +"A pair, by the sound," said he. "Yes," he continued, glancing +out of the window. "A nice little brougham and a pair of +beauties. A hundred and fifty guineas apiece. There's money in +this case, Watson, if there is nothing else." + +"I think that I had better go, Holmes." + +"Not a bit, Doctor. Stay where you are. I am lost without my +Boswell. And this promises to be interesting. It would be a pity +to miss it." + +"But your client--" + +"Never mind him. I may want your help, and so may he. Here he +comes. Sit down in that armchair, Doctor, and give us your best +attention." + +A slow and heavy step, which had been heard upon the stairs and +in the passage, paused immediately outside the door. Then there +was a loud and authoritative tap. + +"Come in!" said Holmes. + +A man entered who could hardly have been less than six feet six +inches in height, with the chest and limbs of a Hercules. His +dress was rich with a richness which would, in England, be looked +upon as akin to bad taste. Heavy bands of astrakhan were slashed +across the sleeves and fronts of his double-breasted coat, while +the deep blue cloak which was thrown over his shoulders was lined +with flame-coloured silk and secured at the neck with a brooch +which consisted of a single flaming beryl. Boots which extended +halfway up his calves, and which were trimmed at the tops with +rich brown fur, completed the impression of barbaric opulence +which was suggested by his whole appearance. He carried a +broad-brimmed hat in his hand, while he wore across the upper +part of his face, extending down past the cheekbones, a black +vizard mask, which he had apparently adjusted that very moment, +for his hand was still raised to it as he entered. From the lower +part of the face he appeared to be a man of strong character, +with a thick, hanging lip, and a long, straight chin suggestive +of resolution pushed to the length of obstinacy. + +"You had my note?" he asked with a deep harsh voice and a +strongly marked German accent. "I told you that I would call." He +looked from one to the other of us, as if uncertain which to +address. + +"Pray take a seat," said Holmes. "This is my friend and +colleague, Dr. Watson, who is occasionally good enough to help me +in my cases. Whom have I the honour to address?" + +"You may address me as the Count Von Kramm, a Bohemian nobleman. +I understand that this gentleman, your friend, is a man of honour +and discretion, whom I may trust with a matter of the most +extreme importance. If not, I should much prefer to communicate +with you alone." + +I rose to go, but Holmes caught me by the wrist and pushed me +back into my chair. "It is both, or none," said he. "You may say +before this gentleman anything which you may say to me." + +The Count shrugged his broad shoulders. "Then I must begin," said +he, "by binding you both to absolute secrecy for two years; at +the end of that time the matter will be of no importance. At +present it is not too much to say that it is of such weight it +may have an influence upon European history." + +"I promise," said Holmes. + +"And I." + +"You will excuse this mask," continued our strange visitor. "The +august person who employs me wishes his agent to be unknown to +you, and I may confess at once that the title by which I have +just called myself is not exactly my own." + +"I was aware of it," said Holmes dryly. + +"The circumstances are of great delicacy, and every precaution +has to be taken to quench what might grow to be an immense +scandal and seriously compromise one of the reigning families of +Europe. To speak plainly, the matter implicates the great House +of Ormstein, hereditary kings of Bohemia." + +"I was also aware of that," murmured Holmes, settling himself +down in his armchair and closing his eyes. + +Our visitor glanced with some apparent surprise at the languid, +lounging figure of the man who had been no doubt depicted to him +as the most incisive reasoner and most energetic agent in Europe. +Holmes slowly reopened his eyes and looked impatiently at his +gigantic client. + +"If your Majesty would condescend to state your case," he +remarked, "I should be better able to advise you." + +The man sprang from his chair and paced up and down the room in +uncontrollable agitation. Then, with a gesture of desperation, he +tore the mask from his face and hurled it upon the ground. "You +are right," he cried; "I am the King. Why should I attempt to +conceal it?" + +"Why, indeed?" murmured Holmes. "Your Majesty had not spoken +before I was aware that I was addressing Wilhelm Gottsreich +Sigismond von Ormstein, Grand Duke of Cassel-Felstein, and +hereditary King of Bohemia." + +"But you can understand," said our strange visitor, sitting down +once more and passing his hand over his high white forehead, "you +can understand that I am not accustomed to doing such business in +my own person. Yet the matter was so delicate that I could not +confide it to an agent without putting myself in his power. I +have come incognito from Prague for the purpose of consulting +you." + +"Then, pray consult," said Holmes, shutting his eyes once more. + +"The facts are briefly these: Some five years ago, during a +lengthy visit to Warsaw, I made the acquaintance of the well-known +adventuress, Irene Adler. The name is no doubt familiar to you." + +"Kindly look her up in my index, Doctor," murmured Holmes without +opening his eyes. For many years he had adopted a system of +docketing all paragraphs concerning men and things, so that it +was difficult to name a subject or a person on which he could not +at once furnish information. In this case I found her biography +sandwiched in between that of a Hebrew rabbi and that of a +staff-commander who had written a monograph upon the deep-sea +fishes. + +"Let me see!" said Holmes. "Hum! Born in New Jersey in the year +1858. Contralto--hum! La Scala, hum! Prima donna Imperial Opera +of Warsaw--yes! Retired from operatic stage--ha! Living in +London--quite so! Your Majesty, as I understand, became entangled +with this young person, wrote her some compromising letters, and +is now desirous of getting those letters back." + +"Precisely so. But how--" + +"Was there a secret marriage?" + +"None." + +"No legal papers or certificates?" + +"None." + +"Then I fail to follow your Majesty. If this young person should +produce her letters for blackmailing or other purposes, how is +she to prove their authenticity?" + +"There is the writing." + +"Pooh, pooh! Forgery." + +"My private note-paper." + +"Stolen." + +"My own seal." + +"Imitated." + +"My photograph." + +"Bought." + +"We were both in the photograph." + +"Oh, dear! That is very bad! Your Majesty has indeed committed an +indiscretion." + +"I was mad--insane." + +"You have compromised yourself seriously." + +"I was only Crown Prince then. I was young. I am but thirty now." + +"It must be recovered." + +"We have tried and failed." + +"Your Majesty must pay. It must be bought." + +"She will not sell." + +"Stolen, then." + +"Five attempts have been made. Twice burglars in my pay ransacked +her house. Once we diverted her luggage when she travelled. Twice +she has been waylaid. There has been no result." + +"No sign of it?" + +"Absolutely none." + +Holmes laughed. "It is quite a pretty little problem," said he. + +"But a very serious one to me," returned the King reproachfully. + +"Very, indeed. And what does she propose to do with the +photograph?" + +"To ruin me." + +"But how?" + +"I am about to be married." + +"So I have heard." + +"To Clotilde Lothman von Saxe-Meningen, second daughter of the +King of Scandinavia. You may know the strict principles of her +family. She is herself the very soul of delicacy. A shadow of a +doubt as to my conduct would bring the matter to an end." + +"And Irene Adler?" + +"Threatens to send them the photograph. And she will do it. I +know that she will do it. You do not know her, but she has a soul +of steel. She has the face of the most beautiful of women, and +the mind of the most resolute of men. Rather than I should marry +another woman, there are no lengths to which she would not +go--none." + +"You are sure that she has not sent it yet?" + +"I am sure." + +"And why?" + +"Because she has said that she would send it on the day when the +betrothal was publicly proclaimed. That will be next Monday." + +"Oh, then we have three days yet," said Holmes with a yawn. "That +is very fortunate, as I have one or two matters of importance to +look into just at present. Your Majesty will, of course, stay in +London for the present?" + +"Certainly. You will find me at the Langham under the name of the +Count Von Kramm." + +"Then I shall drop you a line to let you know how we progress." + +"Pray do so. I shall be all anxiety." + +"Then, as to money?" + +"You have carte blanche." + +"Absolutely?" + +"I tell you that I would give one of the provinces of my kingdom +to have that photograph." + +"And for present expenses?" + +The King took a heavy chamois leather bag from under his cloak +and laid it on the table. + +"There are three hundred pounds in gold and seven hundred in +notes," he said. + +Holmes scribbled a receipt upon a sheet of his note-book and +handed it to him. + +"And Mademoiselle's address?" he asked. + +"Is Briony Lodge, Serpentine Avenue, St. John's Wood." + +Holmes took a note of it. "One other question," said he. "Was the +photograph a cabinet?" + +"It was." + +"Then, good-night, your Majesty, and I trust that we shall soon +have some good news for you. And good-night, Watson," he added, +as the wheels of the royal brougham rolled down the street. "If +you will be good enough to call to-morrow afternoon at three +o'clock I should like to chat this little matter over with you." + + +II. + +At three o'clock precisely I was at Baker Street, but Holmes had +not yet returned. The landlady informed me that he had left the +house shortly after eight o'clock in the morning. I sat down +beside the fire, however, with the intention of awaiting him, +however long he might be. I was already deeply interested in his +inquiry, for, though it was surrounded by none of the grim and +strange features which were associated with the two crimes which +I have already recorded, still, the nature of the case and the +exalted station of his client gave it a character of its own. +Indeed, apart from the nature of the investigation which my +friend had on hand, there was something in his masterly grasp of +a situation, and his keen, incisive reasoning, which made it a +pleasure to me to study his system of work, and to follow the +quick, subtle methods by which he disentangled the most +inextricable mysteries. So accustomed was I to his invariable +success that the very possibility of his failing had ceased to +enter into my head. + +It was close upon four before the door opened, and a +drunken-looking groom, ill-kempt and side-whiskered, with an +inflamed face and disreputable clothes, walked into the room. +Accustomed as I was to my friend's amazing powers in the use of +disguises, I had to look three times before I was certain that it +was indeed he. With a nod he vanished into the bedroom, whence he +emerged in five minutes tweed-suited and respectable, as of old. +Putting his hands into his pockets, he stretched out his legs in +front of the fire and laughed heartily for some minutes. + +"Well, really!" he cried, and then he choked and laughed again +until he was obliged to lie back, limp and helpless, in the +chair. + +"What is it?" + +"It's quite too funny. I am sure you could never guess how I +employed my morning, or what I ended by doing." + +"I can't imagine. I suppose that you have been watching the +habits, and perhaps the house, of Miss Irene Adler." + +"Quite so; but the sequel was rather unusual. I will tell you, +however. I left the house a little after eight o'clock this +morning in the character of a groom out of work. There is a +wonderful sympathy and freemasonry among horsey men. Be one of +them, and you will know all that there is to know. I soon found +Briony Lodge. It is a bijou villa, with a garden at the back, but +built out in front right up to the road, two stories. Chubb lock +to the door. Large sitting-room on the right side, well +furnished, with long windows almost to the floor, and those +preposterous English window fasteners which a child could open. +Behind there was nothing remarkable, save that the passage window +could be reached from the top of the coach-house. I walked round +it and examined it closely from every point of view, but without +noting anything else of interest. + +"I then lounged down the street and found, as I expected, that +there was a mews in a lane which runs down by one wall of the +garden. I lent the ostlers a hand in rubbing down their horses, +and received in exchange twopence, a glass of half and half, two +fills of shag tobacco, and as much information as I could desire +about Miss Adler, to say nothing of half a dozen other people in +the neighbourhood in whom I was not in the least interested, but +whose biographies I was compelled to listen to." + +"And what of Irene Adler?" I asked. + +"Oh, she has turned all the men's heads down in that part. She is +the daintiest thing under a bonnet on this planet. So say the +Serpentine-mews, to a man. She lives quietly, sings at concerts, +drives out at five every day, and returns at seven sharp for +dinner. Seldom goes out at other times, except when she sings. +Has only one male visitor, but a good deal of him. He is dark, +handsome, and dashing, never calls less than once a day, and +often twice. He is a Mr. Godfrey Norton, of the Inner Temple. See +the advantages of a cabman as a confidant. They had driven him +home a dozen times from Serpentine-mews, and knew all about him. +When I had listened to all they had to tell, I began to walk up +and down near Briony Lodge once more, and to think over my plan +of campaign. + +"This Godfrey Norton was evidently an important factor in the +matter. He was a lawyer. That sounded ominous. What was the +relation between them, and what the object of his repeated +visits? Was she his client, his friend, or his mistress? If the +former, she had probably transferred the photograph to his +keeping. If the latter, it was less likely. On the issue of this +question depended whether I should continue my work at Briony +Lodge, or turn my attention to the gentleman's chambers in the +Temple. It was a delicate point, and it widened the field of my +inquiry. I fear that I bore you with these details, but I have to +let you see my little difficulties, if you are to understand the +situation." + +"I am following you closely," I answered. + +"I was still balancing the matter in my mind when a hansom cab +drove up to Briony Lodge, and a gentleman sprang out. He was a +remarkably handsome man, dark, aquiline, and moustached--evidently +the man of whom I had heard. He appeared to be in a +great hurry, shouted to the cabman to wait, and brushed past the +maid who opened the door with the air of a man who was thoroughly +at home. + +"He was in the house about half an hour, and I could catch +glimpses of him in the windows of the sitting-room, pacing up and +down, talking excitedly, and waving his arms. Of her I could see +nothing. Presently he emerged, looking even more flurried than +before. As he stepped up to the cab, he pulled a gold watch from +his pocket and looked at it earnestly, 'Drive like the devil,' he +shouted, 'first to Gross & Hankey's in Regent Street, and then to +the Church of St. Monica in the Edgeware Road. Half a guinea if +you do it in twenty minutes!' + +"Away they went, and I was just wondering whether I should not do +well to follow them when up the lane came a neat little landau, +the coachman with his coat only half-buttoned, and his tie under +his ear, while all the tags of his harness were sticking out of +the buckles. It hadn't pulled up before she shot out of the hall +door and into it. I only caught a glimpse of her at the moment, +but she was a lovely woman, with a face that a man might die for. + +"'The Church of St. Monica, John,' she cried, 'and half a +sovereign if you reach it in twenty minutes.' + +"This was quite too good to lose, Watson. I was just balancing +whether I should run for it, or whether I should perch behind her +landau when a cab came through the street. The driver looked +twice at such a shabby fare, but I jumped in before he could +object. 'The Church of St. Monica,' said I, 'and half a sovereign +if you reach it in twenty minutes.' It was twenty-five minutes to +twelve, and of course it was clear enough what was in the wind. + +"My cabby drove fast. I don't think I ever drove faster, but the +others were there before us. The cab and the landau with their +steaming horses were in front of the door when I arrived. I paid +the man and hurried into the church. There was not a soul there +save the two whom I had followed and a surpliced clergyman, who +seemed to be expostulating with them. They were all three +standing in a knot in front of the altar. I lounged up the side +aisle like any other idler who has dropped into a church. +Suddenly, to my surprise, the three at the altar faced round to +me, and Godfrey Norton came running as hard as he could towards +me. + +"'Thank God,' he cried. 'You'll do. Come! Come!' + +"'What then?' I asked. + +"'Come, man, come, only three minutes, or it won't be legal.' + +"I was half-dragged up to the altar, and before I knew where I was +I found myself mumbling responses which were whispered in my ear, +and vouching for things of which I knew nothing, and generally +assisting in the secure tying up of Irene Adler, spinster, to +Godfrey Norton, bachelor. It was all done in an instant, and +there was the gentleman thanking me on the one side and the lady +on the other, while the clergyman beamed on me in front. It was +the most preposterous position in which I ever found myself in my +life, and it was the thought of it that started me laughing just +now. It seems that there had been some informality about their +license, that the clergyman absolutely refused to marry them +without a witness of some sort, and that my lucky appearance +saved the bridegroom from having to sally out into the streets in +search of a best man. The bride gave me a sovereign, and I mean +to wear it on my watch-chain in memory of the occasion." + +"This is a very unexpected turn of affairs," said I; "and what +then?" + +"Well, I found my plans very seriously menaced. It looked as if +the pair might take an immediate departure, and so necessitate +very prompt and energetic measures on my part. At the church +door, however, they separated, he driving back to the Temple, and +she to her own house. 'I shall drive out in the park at five as +usual,' she said as she left him. I heard no more. They drove +away in different directions, and I went off to make my own +arrangements." + +"Which are?" + +"Some cold beef and a glass of beer," he answered, ringing the +bell. "I have been too busy to think of food, and I am likely to +be busier still this evening. By the way, Doctor, I shall want +your co-operation." + +"I shall be delighted." + +"You don't mind breaking the law?" + +"Not in the least." + +"Nor running a chance of arrest?" + +"Not in a good cause." + +"Oh, the cause is excellent!" + +"Then I am your man." + +"I was sure that I might rely on you." + +"But what is it you wish?" + +"When Mrs. Turner has brought in the tray I will make it clear to +you. Now," he said as he turned hungrily on the simple fare that +our landlady had provided, "I must discuss it while I eat, for I +have not much time. It is nearly five now. In two hours we must +be on the scene of action. Miss Irene, or Madame, rather, returns +from her drive at seven. We must be at Briony Lodge to meet her." + +"And what then?" + +"You must leave that to me. I have already arranged what is to +occur. There is only one point on which I must insist. You must +not interfere, come what may. You understand?" + +"I am to be neutral?" + +"To do nothing whatever. There will probably be some small +unpleasantness. Do not join in it. It will end in my being +conveyed into the house. Four or five minutes afterwards the +sitting-room window will open. You are to station yourself close +to that open window." + +"Yes." + +"You are to watch me, for I will be visible to you." + +"Yes." + +"And when I raise my hand--so--you will throw into the room what +I give you to throw, and will, at the same time, raise the cry of +fire. You quite follow me?" + +"Entirely." + +"It is nothing very formidable," he said, taking a long cigar-shaped +roll from his pocket. "It is an ordinary plumber's smoke-rocket, +fitted with a cap at either end to make it self-lighting. +Your task is confined to that. When you raise your cry of fire, +it will be taken up by quite a number of people. You may then +walk to the end of the street, and I will rejoin you in ten +minutes. I hope that I have made myself clear?" + +"I am to remain neutral, to get near the window, to watch you, +and at the signal to throw in this object, then to raise the cry +of fire, and to wait you at the corner of the street." + +"Precisely." + +"Then you may entirely rely on me." + +"That is excellent. I think, perhaps, it is almost time that I +prepare for the new role I have to play." + +He disappeared into his bedroom and returned in a few minutes in +the character of an amiable and simple-minded Nonconformist +clergyman. His broad black hat, his baggy trousers, his white +tie, his sympathetic smile, and general look of peering and +benevolent curiosity were such as Mr. John Hare alone could have +equalled. It was not merely that Holmes changed his costume. His +expression, his manner, his very soul seemed to vary with every +fresh part that he assumed. The stage lost a fine actor, even as +science lost an acute reasoner, when he became a specialist in +crime. + +It was a quarter past six when we left Baker Street, and it still +wanted ten minutes to the hour when we found ourselves in +Serpentine Avenue. It was already dusk, and the lamps were just +being lighted as we paced up and down in front of Briony Lodge, +waiting for the coming of its occupant. The house was just such +as I had pictured it from Sherlock Holmes' succinct description, +but the locality appeared to be less private than I expected. On +the contrary, for a small street in a quiet neighbourhood, it was +remarkably animated. There was a group of shabbily dressed men +smoking and laughing in a corner, a scissors-grinder with his +wheel, two guardsmen who were flirting with a nurse-girl, and +several well-dressed young men who were lounging up and down with +cigars in their mouths. + +"You see," remarked Holmes, as we paced to and fro in front of +the house, "this marriage rather simplifies matters. The +photograph becomes a double-edged weapon now. The chances are +that she would be as averse to its being seen by Mr. Godfrey +Norton, as our client is to its coming to the eyes of his +princess. Now the question is, Where are we to find the +photograph?" + +"Where, indeed?" + +"It is most unlikely that she carries it about with her. It is +cabinet size. Too large for easy concealment about a woman's +dress. She knows that the King is capable of having her waylaid +and searched. Two attempts of the sort have already been made. We +may take it, then, that she does not carry it about with her." + +"Where, then?" + +"Her banker or her lawyer. There is that double possibility. But +I am inclined to think neither. Women are naturally secretive, +and they like to do their own secreting. Why should she hand it +over to anyone else? She could trust her own guardianship, but +she could not tell what indirect or political influence might be +brought to bear upon a business man. Besides, remember that she +had resolved to use it within a few days. It must be where she +can lay her hands upon it. It must be in her own house." + +"But it has twice been burgled." + +"Pshaw! They did not know how to look." + +"But how will you look?" + +"I will not look." + +"What then?" + +"I will get her to show me." + +"But she will refuse." + +"She will not be able to. But I hear the rumble of wheels. It is +her carriage. Now carry out my orders to the letter." + +As he spoke the gleam of the side-lights of a carriage came round +the curve of the avenue. It was a smart little landau which +rattled up to the door of Briony Lodge. As it pulled up, one of +the loafing men at the corner dashed forward to open the door in +the hope of earning a copper, but was elbowed away by another +loafer, who had rushed up with the same intention. A fierce +quarrel broke out, which was increased by the two guardsmen, who +took sides with one of the loungers, and by the scissors-grinder, +who was equally hot upon the other side. A blow was struck, and +in an instant the lady, who had stepped from her carriage, was +the centre of a little knot of flushed and struggling men, who +struck savagely at each other with their fists and sticks. Holmes +dashed into the crowd to protect the lady; but just as he reached +her he gave a cry and dropped to the ground, with the blood +running freely down his face. At his fall the guardsmen took to +their heels in one direction and the loungers in the other, while +a number of better-dressed people, who had watched the scuffle +without taking part in it, crowded in to help the lady and to +attend to the injured man. Irene Adler, as I will still call her, +had hurried up the steps; but she stood at the top with her +superb figure outlined against the lights of the hall, looking +back into the street. + +"Is the poor gentleman much hurt?" she asked. + +"He is dead," cried several voices. + +"No, no, there's life in him!" shouted another. "But he'll be +gone before you can get him to hospital." + +"He's a brave fellow," said a woman. "They would have had the +lady's purse and watch if it hadn't been for him. They were a +gang, and a rough one, too. Ah, he's breathing now." + +"He can't lie in the street. May we bring him in, marm?" + +"Surely. Bring him into the sitting-room. There is a comfortable +sofa. This way, please!" + +Slowly and solemnly he was borne into Briony Lodge and laid out +in the principal room, while I still observed the proceedings +from my post by the window. The lamps had been lit, but the +blinds had not been drawn, so that I could see Holmes as he lay +upon the couch. I do not know whether he was seized with +compunction at that moment for the part he was playing, but I +know that I never felt more heartily ashamed of myself in my life +than when I saw the beautiful creature against whom I was +conspiring, or the grace and kindliness with which she waited +upon the injured man. And yet it would be the blackest treachery +to Holmes to draw back now from the part which he had intrusted +to me. I hardened my heart, and took the smoke-rocket from under +my ulster. After all, I thought, we are not injuring her. We are +but preventing her from injuring another. + +Holmes had sat up upon the couch, and I saw him motion like a man +who is in need of air. A maid rushed across and threw open the +window. At the same instant I saw him raise his hand and at the +signal I tossed my rocket into the room with a cry of "Fire!" The +word was no sooner out of my mouth than the whole crowd of +spectators, well dressed and ill--gentlemen, ostlers, and +servant-maids--joined in a general shriek of "Fire!" Thick clouds +of smoke curled through the room and out at the open window. I +caught a glimpse of rushing figures, and a moment later the voice +of Holmes from within assuring them that it was a false alarm. +Slipping through the shouting crowd I made my way to the corner +of the street, and in ten minutes was rejoiced to find my +friend's arm in mine, and to get away from the scene of uproar. +He walked swiftly and in silence for some few minutes until we +had turned down one of the quiet streets which lead towards the +Edgeware Road. + +"You did it very nicely, Doctor," he remarked. "Nothing could +have been better. It is all right." + +"You have the photograph?" + +"I know where it is." + +"And how did you find out?" + +"She showed me, as I told you she would." + +"I am still in the dark." + +"I do not wish to make a mystery," said he, laughing. "The matter +was perfectly simple. You, of course, saw that everyone in the +street was an accomplice. They were all engaged for the evening." + +"I guessed as much." + +"Then, when the row broke out, I had a little moist red paint in +the palm of my hand. I rushed forward, fell down, clapped my hand +to my face, and became a piteous spectacle. It is an old trick." + +"That also I could fathom." + +"Then they carried me in. She was bound to have me in. What else +could she do? And into her sitting-room, which was the very room +which I suspected. It lay between that and her bedroom, and I was +determined to see which. They laid me on a couch, I motioned for +air, they were compelled to open the window, and you had your +chance." + +"How did that help you?" + +"It was all-important. When a woman thinks that her house is on +fire, her instinct is at once to rush to the thing which she +values most. It is a perfectly overpowering impulse, and I have +more than once taken advantage of it. In the case of the +Darlington substitution scandal it was of use to me, and also in +the Arnsworth Castle business. A married woman grabs at her baby; +an unmarried one reaches for her jewel-box. Now it was clear to +me that our lady of to-day had nothing in the house more precious +to her than what we are in quest of. She would rush to secure it. +The alarm of fire was admirably done. The smoke and shouting were +enough to shake nerves of steel. She responded beautifully. The +photograph is in a recess behind a sliding panel just above the +right bell-pull. She was there in an instant, and I caught a +glimpse of it as she half-drew it out. When I cried out that it +was a false alarm, she replaced it, glanced at the rocket, rushed +from the room, and I have not seen her since. I rose, and, making +my excuses, escaped from the house. I hesitated whether to +attempt to secure the photograph at once; but the coachman had +come in, and as he was watching me narrowly it seemed safer to +wait. A little over-precipitance may ruin all." + +"And now?" I asked. + +"Our quest is practically finished. I shall call with the King +to-morrow, and with you, if you care to come with us. We will be +shown into the sitting-room to wait for the lady, but it is +probable that when she comes she may find neither us nor the +photograph. It might be a satisfaction to his Majesty to regain +it with his own hands." + +"And when will you call?" + +"At eight in the morning. She will not be up, so that we shall +have a clear field. Besides, we must be prompt, for this marriage +may mean a complete change in her life and habits. I must wire to +the King without delay." + +We had reached Baker Street and had stopped at the door. He was +searching his pockets for the key when someone passing said: + +"Good-night, Mister Sherlock Holmes." + +There were several people on the pavement at the time, but the +greeting appeared to come from a slim youth in an ulster who had +hurried by. + +"I've heard that voice before," said Holmes, staring down the +dimly lit street. "Now, I wonder who the deuce that could have +been." + + +III. + +I slept at Baker Street that night, and we were engaged upon our +toast and coffee in the morning when the King of Bohemia rushed +into the room. + +"You have really got it!" he cried, grasping Sherlock Holmes by +either shoulder and looking eagerly into his face. + +"Not yet." + +"But you have hopes?" + +"I have hopes." + +"Then, come. I am all impatience to be gone." + +"We must have a cab." + +"No, my brougham is waiting." + +"Then that will simplify matters." We descended and started off +once more for Briony Lodge. + +"Irene Adler is married," remarked Holmes. + +"Married! When?" + +"Yesterday." + +"But to whom?" + +"To an English lawyer named Norton." + +"But she could not love him." + +"I am in hopes that she does." + +"And why in hopes?" + +"Because it would spare your Majesty all fear of future +annoyance. If the lady loves her husband, she does not love your +Majesty. If she does not love your Majesty, there is no reason +why she should interfere with your Majesty's plan." + +"It is true. And yet--Well! I wish she had been of my own +station! What a queen she would have made!" He relapsed into a +moody silence, which was not broken until we drew up in +Serpentine Avenue. + +The door of Briony Lodge was open, and an elderly woman stood +upon the steps. She watched us with a sardonic eye as we stepped +from the brougham. + +"Mr. Sherlock Holmes, I believe?" said she. + +"I am Mr. Holmes," answered my companion, looking at her with a +questioning and rather startled gaze. + +"Indeed! My mistress told me that you were likely to call. She +left this morning with her husband by the 5:15 train from Charing +Cross for the Continent." + +"What!" Sherlock Holmes staggered back, white with chagrin and +surprise. "Do you mean that she has left England?" + +"Never to return." + +"And the papers?" asked the King hoarsely. "All is lost." + +"We shall see." He pushed past the servant and rushed into the +drawing-room, followed by the King and myself. The furniture was +scattered about in every direction, with dismantled shelves and +open drawers, as if the lady had hurriedly ransacked them before +her flight. Holmes rushed at the bell-pull, tore back a small +sliding shutter, and, plunging in his hand, pulled out a +photograph and a letter. The photograph was of Irene Adler +herself in evening dress, the letter was superscribed to +"Sherlock Holmes, Esq. To be left till called for." My friend +tore it open and we all three read it together. It was dated at +midnight of the preceding night and ran in this way: + +"MY DEAR MR. SHERLOCK HOLMES,--You really did it very well. You +took me in completely. Until after the alarm of fire, I had not a +suspicion. But then, when I found how I had betrayed myself, I +began to think. I had been warned against you months ago. I had +been told that if the King employed an agent it would certainly +be you. And your address had been given me. Yet, with all this, +you made me reveal what you wanted to know. Even after I became +suspicious, I found it hard to think evil of such a dear, kind +old clergyman. But, you know, I have been trained as an actress +myself. Male costume is nothing new to me. I often take advantage +of the freedom which it gives. I sent John, the coachman, to +watch you, ran up stairs, got into my walking-clothes, as I call +them, and came down just as you departed. + +"Well, I followed you to your door, and so made sure that I was +really an object of interest to the celebrated Mr. Sherlock +Holmes. Then I, rather imprudently, wished you good-night, and +started for the Temple to see my husband. + +"We both thought the best resource was flight, when pursued by +so formidable an antagonist; so you will find the nest empty when +you call to-morrow. As to the photograph, your client may rest in +peace. I love and am loved by a better man than he. The King may +do what he will without hindrance from one whom he has cruelly +wronged. I keep it only to safeguard myself, and to preserve a +weapon which will always secure me from any steps which he might +take in the future. I leave a photograph which he might care to +possess; and I remain, dear Mr. Sherlock Holmes, + + "Very truly yours, + "IRENE NORTON, née ADLER." + +"What a woman--oh, what a woman!" cried the King of Bohemia, when +we had all three read this epistle. "Did I not tell you how quick +and resolute she was? Would she not have made an admirable queen? +Is it not a pity that she was not on my level?" + +"From what I have seen of the lady she seems indeed to be on a +very different level to your Majesty," said Holmes coldly. "I am +sorry that I have not been able to bring your Majesty's business +to a more successful conclusion." + +"On the contrary, my dear sir," cried the King; "nothing could be +more successful. I know that her word is inviolate. The +photograph is now as safe as if it were in the fire." + +"I am glad to hear your Majesty say so." + +"I am immensely indebted to you. Pray tell me in what way I can +reward you. This ring--" He slipped an emerald snake ring from +his finger and held it out upon the palm of his hand. + +"Your Majesty has something which I should value even more +highly," said Holmes. + +"You have but to name it." + +"This photograph!" + +The King stared at him in amazement. + +"Irene's photograph!" he cried. "Certainly, if you wish it." + +"I thank your Majesty. Then there is no more to be done in the +matter. I have the honour to wish you a very good-morning." He +bowed, and, turning away without observing the hand which the +King had stretched out to him, he set off in my company for his +chambers. + +And that was how a great scandal threatened to affect the kingdom +of Bohemia, and how the best plans of Mr. Sherlock Holmes were +beaten by a woman's wit. He used to make merry over the +cleverness of women, but I have not heard him do it of late. And +when he speaks of Irene Adler, or when he refers to her +photograph, it is always under the honourable title of the woman. + + + +ADVENTURE II. THE RED-HEADED LEAGUE + +I had called upon my friend, Mr. Sherlock Holmes, one day in the +autumn of last year and found him in deep conversation with a +very stout, florid-faced, elderly gentleman with fiery red hair. +With an apology for my intrusion, I was about to withdraw when +Holmes pulled me abruptly into the room and closed the door +behind me. + +"You could not possibly have come at a better time, my dear +Watson," he said cordially. + +"I was afraid that you were engaged." + +"So I am. Very much so." + +"Then I can wait in the next room." + +"Not at all. This gentleman, Mr. Wilson, has been my partner and +helper in many of my most successful cases, and I have no +doubt that he will be of the utmost use to me in yours also." + +The stout gentleman half rose from his chair and gave a bob of +greeting, with a quick little questioning glance from his small +fat-encircled eyes. + +"Try the settee," said Holmes, relapsing into his armchair and +putting his fingertips together, as was his custom when in +judicial moods. "I know, my dear Watson, that you share my love +of all that is bizarre and outside the conventions and humdrum +routine of everyday life. You have shown your relish for it by +the enthusiasm which has prompted you to chronicle, and, if you +will excuse my saying so, somewhat to embellish so many of my own +little adventures." + +"Your cases have indeed been of the greatest interest to me," I +observed. + +"You will remember that I remarked the other day, just before we +went into the very simple problem presented by Miss Mary +Sutherland, that for strange effects and extraordinary +combinations we must go to life itself, which is always far more +daring than any effort of the imagination." + +"A proposition which I took the liberty of doubting." + +"You did, Doctor, but none the less you must come round to my +view, for otherwise I shall keep on piling fact upon fact on you +until your reason breaks down under them and acknowledges me to +be right. Now, Mr. Jabez Wilson here has been good enough to call +upon me this morning, and to begin a narrative which promises to +be one of the most singular which I have listened to for some +time. You have heard me remark that the strangest and most unique +things are very often connected not with the larger but with the +smaller crimes, and occasionally, indeed, where there is room for +doubt whether any positive crime has been committed. As far as I +have heard it is impossible for me to say whether the present +case is an instance of crime or not, but the course of events is +certainly among the most singular that I have ever listened to. +Perhaps, Mr. Wilson, you would have the great kindness to +recommence your narrative. I ask you not merely because my friend +Dr. Watson has not heard the opening part but also because the +peculiar nature of the story makes me anxious to have every +possible detail from your lips. As a rule, when I have heard some +slight indication of the course of events, I am able to guide +myself by the thousands of other similar cases which occur to my +memory. In the present instance I am forced to admit that the +facts are, to the best of my belief, unique." + +The portly client puffed out his chest with an appearance of some +little pride and pulled a dirty and wrinkled newspaper from the +inside pocket of his greatcoat. As he glanced down the +advertisement column, with his head thrust forward and the paper +flattened out upon his knee, I took a good look at the man and +endeavoured, after the fashion of my companion, to read the +indications which might be presented by his dress or appearance. + +I did not gain very much, however, by my inspection. Our visitor +bore every mark of being an average commonplace British +tradesman, obese, pompous, and slow. He wore rather baggy grey +shepherd's check trousers, a not over-clean black frock-coat, +unbuttoned in the front, and a drab waistcoat with a heavy brassy +Albert chain, and a square pierced bit of metal dangling down as +an ornament. A frayed top-hat and a faded brown overcoat with a +wrinkled velvet collar lay upon a chair beside him. Altogether, +look as I would, there was nothing remarkable about the man save +his blazing red head, and the expression of extreme chagrin and +discontent upon his features. + +Sherlock Holmes' quick eye took in my occupation, and he shook +his head with a smile as he noticed my questioning glances. +"Beyond the obvious facts that he has at some time done manual +labour, that he takes snuff, that he is a Freemason, that he has +been in China, and that he has done a considerable amount of +writing lately, I can deduce nothing else." + +Mr. Jabez Wilson started up in his chair, with his forefinger +upon the paper, but his eyes upon my companion. + +"How, in the name of good-fortune, did you know all that, Mr. +Holmes?" he asked. "How did you know, for example, that I did +manual labour. It's as true as gospel, for I began as a ship's +carpenter." + +"Your hands, my dear sir. Your right hand is quite a size larger +than your left. You have worked with it, and the muscles are more +developed." + +"Well, the snuff, then, and the Freemasonry?" + +"I won't insult your intelligence by telling you how I read that, +especially as, rather against the strict rules of your order, you +use an arc-and-compass breastpin." + +"Ah, of course, I forgot that. But the writing?" + +"What else can be indicated by that right cuff so very shiny for +five inches, and the left one with the smooth patch near the +elbow where you rest it upon the desk?" + +"Well, but China?" + +"The fish that you have tattooed immediately above your right +wrist could only have been done in China. I have made a small +study of tattoo marks and have even contributed to the literature +of the subject. That trick of staining the fishes' scales of a +delicate pink is quite peculiar to China. When, in addition, I +see a Chinese coin hanging from your watch-chain, the matter +becomes even more simple." + +Mr. Jabez Wilson laughed heavily. "Well, I never!" said he. "I +thought at first that you had done something clever, but I see +that there was nothing in it, after all." + +"I begin to think, Watson," said Holmes, "that I make a mistake +in explaining. 'Omne ignotum pro magnifico,' you know, and my +poor little reputation, such as it is, will suffer shipwreck if I +am so candid. Can you not find the advertisement, Mr. Wilson?" + +"Yes, I have got it now," he answered with his thick red finger +planted halfway down the column. "Here it is. This is what began +it all. You just read it for yourself, sir." + +I took the paper from him and read as follows: + +"TO THE RED-HEADED LEAGUE: On account of the bequest of the late +Ezekiah Hopkins, of Lebanon, Pennsylvania, U. S. A., there is now +another vacancy open which entitles a member of the League to a +salary of 4 pounds a week for purely nominal services. All +red-headed men who are sound in body and mind and above the age +of twenty-one years, are eligible. Apply in person on Monday, at +eleven o'clock, to Duncan Ross, at the offices of the League, 7 +Pope's Court, Fleet Street." + +"What on earth does this mean?" I ejaculated after I had twice +read over the extraordinary announcement. + +Holmes chuckled and wriggled in his chair, as was his habit when +in high spirits. "It is a little off the beaten track, isn't it?" +said he. "And now, Mr. Wilson, off you go at scratch and tell us +all about yourself, your household, and the effect which this +advertisement had upon your fortunes. You will first make a note, +Doctor, of the paper and the date." + +"It is The Morning Chronicle of April 27, 1890. Just two months +ago." + +"Very good. Now, Mr. Wilson?" + +"Well, it is just as I have been telling you, Mr. Sherlock +Holmes," said Jabez Wilson, mopping his forehead; "I have a small +pawnbroker's business at Coburg Square, near the City. It's not a +very large affair, and of late years it has not done more than +just give me a living. I used to be able to keep two assistants, +but now I only keep one; and I would have a job to pay him but +that he is willing to come for half wages so as to learn the +business." + +"What is the name of this obliging youth?" asked Sherlock Holmes. + +"His name is Vincent Spaulding, and he's not such a youth, +either. It's hard to say his age. I should not wish a smarter +assistant, Mr. Holmes; and I know very well that he could better +himself and earn twice what I am able to give him. But, after +all, if he is satisfied, why should I put ideas in his head?" + +"Why, indeed? You seem most fortunate in having an employé who +comes under the full market price. It is not a common experience +among employers in this age. I don't know that your assistant is +not as remarkable as your advertisement." + +"Oh, he has his faults, too," said Mr. Wilson. "Never was such a +fellow for photography. Snapping away with a camera when he ought +to be improving his mind, and then diving down into the cellar +like a rabbit into its hole to develop his pictures. That is his +main fault, but on the whole he's a good worker. There's no vice +in him." + +"He is still with you, I presume?" + +"Yes, sir. He and a girl of fourteen, who does a bit of simple +cooking and keeps the place clean--that's all I have in the +house, for I am a widower and never had any family. We live very +quietly, sir, the three of us; and we keep a roof over our heads +and pay our debts, if we do nothing more. + +"The first thing that put us out was that advertisement. +Spaulding, he came down into the office just this day eight +weeks, with this very paper in his hand, and he says: + +"'I wish to the Lord, Mr. Wilson, that I was a red-headed man.' + +"'Why that?' I asks. + +"'Why,' says he, 'here's another vacancy on the League of the +Red-headed Men. It's worth quite a little fortune to any man who +gets it, and I understand that there are more vacancies than +there are men, so that the trustees are at their wits' end what +to do with the money. If my hair would only change colour, here's +a nice little crib all ready for me to step into.' + +"'Why, what is it, then?' I asked. You see, Mr. Holmes, I am a +very stay-at-home man, and as my business came to me instead of +my having to go to it, I was often weeks on end without putting +my foot over the door-mat. In that way I didn't know much of what +was going on outside, and I was always glad of a bit of news. + +"'Have you never heard of the League of the Red-headed Men?' he +asked with his eyes open. + +"'Never.' + +"'Why, I wonder at that, for you are eligible yourself for one +of the vacancies.' + +"'And what are they worth?' I asked. + +"'Oh, merely a couple of hundred a year, but the work is slight, +and it need not interfere very much with one's other +occupations.' + +"Well, you can easily think that that made me prick up my ears, +for the business has not been over-good for some years, and an +extra couple of hundred would have been very handy. + +"'Tell me all about it,' said I. + +"'Well,' said he, showing me the advertisement, 'you can see for +yourself that the League has a vacancy, and there is the address +where you should apply for particulars. As far as I can make out, +the League was founded by an American millionaire, Ezekiah +Hopkins, who was very peculiar in his ways. He was himself +red-headed, and he had a great sympathy for all red-headed men; +so when he died it was found that he had left his enormous +fortune in the hands of trustees, with instructions to apply the +interest to the providing of easy berths to men whose hair is of +that colour. From all I hear it is splendid pay and very little to +do.' + +"'But,' said I, 'there would be millions of red-headed men who +would apply.' + +"'Not so many as you might think,' he answered. 'You see it is +really confined to Londoners, and to grown men. This American had +started from London when he was young, and he wanted to do the +old town a good turn. Then, again, I have heard it is no use your +applying if your hair is light red, or dark red, or anything but +real bright, blazing, fiery red. Now, if you cared to apply, Mr. +Wilson, you would just walk in; but perhaps it would hardly be +worth your while to put yourself out of the way for the sake of a +few hundred pounds.' + +"Now, it is a fact, gentlemen, as you may see for yourselves, +that my hair is of a very full and rich tint, so that it seemed +to me that if there was to be any competition in the matter I +stood as good a chance as any man that I had ever met. Vincent +Spaulding seemed to know so much about it that I thought he might +prove useful, so I just ordered him to put up the shutters for +the day and to come right away with me. He was very willing to +have a holiday, so we shut the business up and started off for +the address that was given us in the advertisement. + +"I never hope to see such a sight as that again, Mr. Holmes. From +north, south, east, and west every man who had a shade of red in +his hair had tramped into the city to answer the advertisement. +Fleet Street was choked with red-headed folk, and Pope's Court +looked like a coster's orange barrow. I should not have thought +there were so many in the whole country as were brought together +by that single advertisement. Every shade of colour they +were--straw, lemon, orange, brick, Irish-setter, liver, clay; +but, as Spaulding said, there were not many who had the real +vivid flame-coloured tint. When I saw how many were waiting, I +would have given it up in despair; but Spaulding would not hear +of it. How he did it I could not imagine, but he pushed and +pulled and butted until he got me through the crowd, and right up +to the steps which led to the office. There was a double stream +upon the stair, some going up in hope, and some coming back +dejected; but we wedged in as well as we could and soon found +ourselves in the office." + +"Your experience has been a most entertaining one," remarked +Holmes as his client paused and refreshed his memory with a huge +pinch of snuff. "Pray continue your very interesting statement." + +"There was nothing in the office but a couple of wooden chairs +and a deal table, behind which sat a small man with a head that +was even redder than mine. He said a few words to each candidate +as he came up, and then he always managed to find some fault in +them which would disqualify them. Getting a vacancy did not seem +to be such a very easy matter, after all. However, when our turn +came the little man was much more favourable to me than to any of +the others, and he closed the door as we entered, so that he +might have a private word with us. + +"'This is Mr. Jabez Wilson,' said my assistant, 'and he is +willing to fill a vacancy in the League.' + +"'And he is admirably suited for it,' the other answered. 'He has +every requirement. I cannot recall when I have seen anything so +fine.' He took a step backward, cocked his head on one side, and +gazed at my hair until I felt quite bashful. Then suddenly he +plunged forward, wrung my hand, and congratulated me warmly on my +success. + +"'It would be injustice to hesitate,' said he. 'You will, +however, I am sure, excuse me for taking an obvious precaution.' +With that he seized my hair in both his hands, and tugged until I +yelled with the pain. 'There is water in your eyes,' said he as +he released me. 'I perceive that all is as it should be. But we +have to be careful, for we have twice been deceived by wigs and +once by paint. I could tell you tales of cobbler's wax which +would disgust you with human nature.' He stepped over to the +window and shouted through it at the top of his voice that the +vacancy was filled. A groan of disappointment came up from below, +and the folk all trooped away in different directions until there +was not a red-head to be seen except my own and that of the +manager. + +"'My name,' said he, 'is Mr. Duncan Ross, and I am myself one of +the pensioners upon the fund left by our noble benefactor. Are +you a married man, Mr. Wilson? Have you a family?' + +"I answered that I had not. + +"His face fell immediately. + +"'Dear me!' he said gravely, 'that is very serious indeed! I am +sorry to hear you say that. The fund was, of course, for the +propagation and spread of the red-heads as well as for their +maintenance. It is exceedingly unfortunate that you should be a +bachelor.' + +"My face lengthened at this, Mr. Holmes, for I thought that I was +not to have the vacancy after all; but after thinking it over for +a few minutes he said that it would be all right. + +"'In the case of another,' said he, 'the objection might be +fatal, but we must stretch a point in favour of a man with such a +head of hair as yours. When shall you be able to enter upon your +new duties?' + +"'Well, it is a little awkward, for I have a business already,' +said I. + +"'Oh, never mind about that, Mr. Wilson!' said Vincent Spaulding. +'I should be able to look after that for you.' + +"'What would be the hours?' I asked. + +"'Ten to two.' + +"Now a pawnbroker's business is mostly done of an evening, Mr. +Holmes, especially Thursday and Friday evening, which is just +before pay-day; so it would suit me very well to earn a little in +the mornings. Besides, I knew that my assistant was a good man, +and that he would see to anything that turned up. + +"'That would suit me very well,' said I. 'And the pay?' + +"'Is 4 pounds a week.' + +"'And the work?' + +"'Is purely nominal.' + +"'What do you call purely nominal?' + +"'Well, you have to be in the office, or at least in the +building, the whole time. If you leave, you forfeit your whole +position forever. The will is very clear upon that point. You +don't comply with the conditions if you budge from the office +during that time.' + +"'It's only four hours a day, and I should not think of leaving,' +said I. + +"'No excuse will avail,' said Mr. Duncan Ross; 'neither sickness +nor business nor anything else. There you must stay, or you lose +your billet.' + +"'And the work?' + +"'Is to copy out the "Encyclopaedia Britannica." There is the first +volume of it in that press. You must find your own ink, pens, and +blotting-paper, but we provide this table and chair. Will you be +ready to-morrow?' + +"'Certainly,' I answered. + +"'Then, good-bye, Mr. Jabez Wilson, and let me congratulate you +once more on the important position which you have been fortunate +enough to gain.' He bowed me out of the room and I went home with +my assistant, hardly knowing what to say or do, I was so pleased +at my own good fortune. + +"Well, I thought over the matter all day, and by evening I was in +low spirits again; for I had quite persuaded myself that the +whole affair must be some great hoax or fraud, though what its +object might be I could not imagine. It seemed altogether past +belief that anyone could make such a will, or that they would pay +such a sum for doing anything so simple as copying out the +'Encyclopaedia Britannica.' Vincent Spaulding did what he could to +cheer me up, but by bedtime I had reasoned myself out of the +whole thing. However, in the morning I determined to have a look +at it anyhow, so I bought a penny bottle of ink, and with a +quill-pen, and seven sheets of foolscap paper, I started off for +Pope's Court. + +"Well, to my surprise and delight, everything was as right as +possible. The table was set out ready for me, and Mr. Duncan Ross +was there to see that I got fairly to work. He started me off +upon the letter A, and then he left me; but he would drop in from +time to time to see that all was right with me. At two o'clock he +bade me good-day, complimented me upon the amount that I had +written, and locked the door of the office after me. + +"This went on day after day, Mr. Holmes, and on Saturday the +manager came in and planked down four golden sovereigns for my +week's work. It was the same next week, and the same the week +after. Every morning I was there at ten, and every afternoon I +left at two. By degrees Mr. Duncan Ross took to coming in only +once of a morning, and then, after a time, he did not come in at +all. Still, of course, I never dared to leave the room for an +instant, for I was not sure when he might come, and the billet +was such a good one, and suited me so well, that I would not risk +the loss of it. + +"Eight weeks passed away like this, and I had written about +Abbots and Archery and Armour and Architecture and Attica, and +hoped with diligence that I might get on to the B's before very +long. It cost me something in foolscap, and I had pretty nearly +filled a shelf with my writings. And then suddenly the whole +business came to an end." + +"To an end?" + +"Yes, sir. And no later than this morning. I went to my work as +usual at ten o'clock, but the door was shut and locked, with a +little square of cardboard hammered on to the middle of the +panel with a tack. Here it is, and you can read for yourself." + +He held up a piece of white cardboard about the size of a sheet +of note-paper. It read in this fashion: + + THE RED-HEADED LEAGUE + + IS + + DISSOLVED. + + October 9, 1890. + +Sherlock Holmes and I surveyed this curt announcement and the +rueful face behind it, until the comical side of the affair so +completely overtopped every other consideration that we both +burst out into a roar of laughter. + +"I cannot see that there is anything very funny," cried our +client, flushing up to the roots of his flaming head. "If you can +do nothing better than laugh at me, I can go elsewhere." + +"No, no," cried Holmes, shoving him back into the chair from +which he had half risen. "I really wouldn't miss your case for +the world. It is most refreshingly unusual. But there is, if you +will excuse my saying so, something just a little funny about it. +Pray what steps did you take when you found the card upon the +door?" + +"I was staggered, sir. I did not know what to do. Then I called +at the offices round, but none of them seemed to know anything +about it. Finally, I went to the landlord, who is an accountant +living on the ground-floor, and I asked him if he could tell me +what had become of the Red-headed League. He said that he had +never heard of any such body. Then I asked him who Mr. Duncan +Ross was. He answered that the name was new to him. + +"'Well,' said I, 'the gentleman at No. 4.' + +"'What, the red-headed man?' + +"'Yes.' + +"'Oh,' said he, 'his name was William Morris. He was a solicitor +and was using my room as a temporary convenience until his new +premises were ready. He moved out yesterday.' + +"'Where could I find him?' + +"'Oh, at his new offices. He did tell me the address. Yes, 17 +King Edward Street, near St. Paul's.' + +"I started off, Mr. Holmes, but when I got to that address it was +a manufactory of artificial knee-caps, and no one in it had ever +heard of either Mr. William Morris or Mr. Duncan Ross." + +"And what did you do then?" asked Holmes. + +"I went home to Saxe-Coburg Square, and I took the advice of my +assistant. But he could not help me in any way. He could only say +that if I waited I should hear by post. But that was not quite +good enough, Mr. Holmes. I did not wish to lose such a place +without a struggle, so, as I had heard that you were good enough +to give advice to poor folk who were in need of it, I came right +away to you." + +"And you did very wisely," said Holmes. "Your case is an +exceedingly remarkable one, and I shall be happy to look into it. +From what you have told me I think that it is possible that +graver issues hang from it than might at first sight appear." + +"Grave enough!" said Mr. Jabez Wilson. "Why, I have lost four +pound a week." + +"As far as you are personally concerned," remarked Holmes, "I do +not see that you have any grievance against this extraordinary +league. On the contrary, you are, as I understand, richer by some +30 pounds, to say nothing of the minute knowledge which you have +gained on every subject which comes under the letter A. You have +lost nothing by them." + +"No, sir. But I want to find out about them, and who they are, +and what their object was in playing this prank--if it was a +prank--upon me. It was a pretty expensive joke for them, for it +cost them two and thirty pounds." + +"We shall endeavour to clear up these points for you. And, first, +one or two questions, Mr. Wilson. This assistant of yours who +first called your attention to the advertisement--how long had he +been with you?" + +"About a month then." + +"How did he come?" + +"In answer to an advertisement." + +"Was he the only applicant?" + +"No, I had a dozen." + +"Why did you pick him?" + +"Because he was handy and would come cheap." + +"At half-wages, in fact." + +"Yes." + +"What is he like, this Vincent Spaulding?" + +"Small, stout-built, very quick in his ways, no hair on his face, +though he's not short of thirty. Has a white splash of acid upon +his forehead." + +Holmes sat up in his chair in considerable excitement. "I thought +as much," said he. "Have you ever observed that his ears are +pierced for earrings?" + +"Yes, sir. He told me that a gipsy had done it for him when he +was a lad." + +"Hum!" said Holmes, sinking back in deep thought. "He is still +with you?" + +"Oh, yes, sir; I have only just left him." + +"And has your business been attended to in your absence?" + +"Nothing to complain of, sir. There's never very much to do of a +morning." + +"That will do, Mr. Wilson. I shall be happy to give you an +opinion upon the subject in the course of a day or two. To-day is +Saturday, and I hope that by Monday we may come to a conclusion." + +"Well, Watson," said Holmes when our visitor had left us, "what +do you make of it all?" + +"I make nothing of it," I answered frankly. "It is a most +mysterious business." + +"As a rule," said Holmes, "the more bizarre a thing is the less +mysterious it proves to be. It is your commonplace, featureless +crimes which are really puzzling, just as a commonplace face is +the most difficult to identify. But I must be prompt over this +matter." + +"What are you going to do, then?" I asked. + +"To smoke," he answered. "It is quite a three pipe problem, and I +beg that you won't speak to me for fifty minutes." He curled +himself up in his chair, with his thin knees drawn up to his +hawk-like nose, and there he sat with his eyes closed and his +black clay pipe thrusting out like the bill of some strange bird. +I had come to the conclusion that he had dropped asleep, and +indeed was nodding myself, when he suddenly sprang out of his +chair with the gesture of a man who has made up his mind and put +his pipe down upon the mantelpiece. + +"Sarasate plays at the St. James's Hall this afternoon," he +remarked. "What do you think, Watson? Could your patients spare +you for a few hours?" + +"I have nothing to do to-day. My practice is never very +absorbing." + +"Then put on your hat and come. I am going through the City +first, and we can have some lunch on the way. I observe that +there is a good deal of German music on the programme, which is +rather more to my taste than Italian or French. It is +introspective, and I want to introspect. Come along!" + +We travelled by the Underground as far as Aldersgate; and a short +walk took us to Saxe-Coburg Square, the scene of the singular +story which we had listened to in the morning. It was a poky, +little, shabby-genteel place, where four lines of dingy +two-storied brick houses looked out into a small railed-in +enclosure, where a lawn of weedy grass and a few clumps of faded +laurel-bushes made a hard fight against a smoke-laden and +uncongenial atmosphere. Three gilt balls and a brown board with +"JABEZ WILSON" in white letters, upon a corner house, announced +the place where our red-headed client carried on his business. +Sherlock Holmes stopped in front of it with his head on one side +and looked it all over, with his eyes shining brightly between +puckered lids. Then he walked slowly up the street, and then down +again to the corner, still looking keenly at the houses. Finally +he returned to the pawnbroker's, and, having thumped vigorously +upon the pavement with his stick two or three times, he went up +to the door and knocked. It was instantly opened by a +bright-looking, clean-shaven young fellow, who asked him to step +in. + +"Thank you," said Holmes, "I only wished to ask you how you would +go from here to the Strand." + +"Third right, fourth left," answered the assistant promptly, +closing the door. + +"Smart fellow, that," observed Holmes as we walked away. "He is, +in my judgment, the fourth smartest man in London, and for daring +I am not sure that he has not a claim to be third. I have known +something of him before." + +"Evidently," said I, "Mr. Wilson's assistant counts for a good +deal in this mystery of the Red-headed League. I am sure that you +inquired your way merely in order that you might see him." + +"Not him." + +"What then?" + +"The knees of his trousers." + +"And what did you see?" + +"What I expected to see." + +"Why did you beat the pavement?" + +"My dear doctor, this is a time for observation, not for talk. We +are spies in an enemy's country. We know something of Saxe-Coburg +Square. Let us now explore the parts which lie behind it." + +The road in which we found ourselves as we turned round the +corner from the retired Saxe-Coburg Square presented as great a +contrast to it as the front of a picture does to the back. It was +one of the main arteries which conveyed the traffic of the City +to the north and west. The roadway was blocked with the immense +stream of commerce flowing in a double tide inward and outward, +while the footpaths were black with the hurrying swarm of +pedestrians. It was difficult to realise as we looked at the line +of fine shops and stately business premises that they really +abutted on the other side upon the faded and stagnant square +which we had just quitted. + +"Let me see," said Holmes, standing at the corner and glancing +along the line, "I should like just to remember the order of the +houses here. It is a hobby of mine to have an exact knowledge of +London. There is Mortimer's, the tobacconist, the little +newspaper shop, the Coburg branch of the City and Suburban Bank, +the Vegetarian Restaurant, and McFarlane's carriage-building +depot. That carries us right on to the other block. And now, +Doctor, we've done our work, so it's time we had some play. A +sandwich and a cup of coffee, and then off to violin-land, where +all is sweetness and delicacy and harmony, and there are no +red-headed clients to vex us with their conundrums." + +My friend was an enthusiastic musician, being himself not only a +very capable performer but a composer of no ordinary merit. All +the afternoon he sat in the stalls wrapped in the most perfect +happiness, gently waving his long, thin fingers in time to the +music, while his gently smiling face and his languid, dreamy eyes +were as unlike those of Holmes the sleuth-hound, Holmes the +relentless, keen-witted, ready-handed criminal agent, as it was +possible to conceive. In his singular character the dual nature +alternately asserted itself, and his extreme exactness and +astuteness represented, as I have often thought, the reaction +against the poetic and contemplative mood which occasionally +predominated in him. The swing of his nature took him from +extreme languor to devouring energy; and, as I knew well, he was +never so truly formidable as when, for days on end, he had been +lounging in his armchair amid his improvisations and his +black-letter editions. Then it was that the lust of the chase +would suddenly come upon him, and that his brilliant reasoning +power would rise to the level of intuition, until those who were +unacquainted with his methods would look askance at him as on a +man whose knowledge was not that of other mortals. When I saw him +that afternoon so enwrapped in the music at St. James's Hall I +felt that an evil time might be coming upon those whom he had set +himself to hunt down. + +"You want to go home, no doubt, Doctor," he remarked as we +emerged. + +"Yes, it would be as well." + +"And I have some business to do which will take some hours. This +business at Coburg Square is serious." + +"Why serious?" + +"A considerable crime is in contemplation. I have every reason to +believe that we shall be in time to stop it. But to-day being +Saturday rather complicates matters. I shall want your help +to-night." + +"At what time?" + +"Ten will be early enough." + +"I shall be at Baker Street at ten." + +"Very well. And, I say, Doctor, there may be some little danger, +so kindly put your army revolver in your pocket." He waved his +hand, turned on his heel, and disappeared in an instant among the +crowd. + +I trust that I am not more dense than my neighbours, but I was +always oppressed with a sense of my own stupidity in my dealings +with Sherlock Holmes. Here I had heard what he had heard, I had +seen what he had seen, and yet from his words it was evident that +he saw clearly not only what had happened but what was about to +happen, while to me the whole business was still confused and +grotesque. As I drove home to my house in Kensington I thought +over it all, from the extraordinary story of the red-headed +copier of the "Encyclopaedia" down to the visit to Saxe-Coburg +Square, and the ominous words with which he had parted from me. +What was this nocturnal expedition, and why should I go armed? +Where were we going, and what were we to do? I had the hint from +Holmes that this smooth-faced pawnbroker's assistant was a +formidable man--a man who might play a deep game. I tried to +puzzle it out, but gave it up in despair and set the matter aside +until night should bring an explanation. + +It was a quarter-past nine when I started from home and made my +way across the Park, and so through Oxford Street to Baker +Street. Two hansoms were standing at the door, and as I entered +the passage I heard the sound of voices from above. On entering +his room I found Holmes in animated conversation with two men, +one of whom I recognised as Peter Jones, the official police +agent, while the other was a long, thin, sad-faced man, with a +very shiny hat and oppressively respectable frock-coat. + +"Ha! Our party is complete," said Holmes, buttoning up his +pea-jacket and taking his heavy hunting crop from the rack. +"Watson, I think you know Mr. Jones, of Scotland Yard? Let me +introduce you to Mr. Merryweather, who is to be our companion in +to-night's adventure." + +"We're hunting in couples again, Doctor, you see," said Jones in +his consequential way. "Our friend here is a wonderful man for +starting a chase. All he wants is an old dog to help him to do +the running down." + +"I hope a wild goose may not prove to be the end of our chase," +observed Mr. Merryweather gloomily. + +"You may place considerable confidence in Mr. Holmes, sir," said +the police agent loftily. "He has his own little methods, which +are, if he won't mind my saying so, just a little too theoretical +and fantastic, but he has the makings of a detective in him. It +is not too much to say that once or twice, as in that business of +the Sholto murder and the Agra treasure, he has been more nearly +correct than the official force." + +"Oh, if you say so, Mr. Jones, it is all right," said the +stranger with deference. "Still, I confess that I miss my rubber. +It is the first Saturday night for seven-and-twenty years that I +have not had my rubber." + +"I think you will find," said Sherlock Holmes, "that you will +play for a higher stake to-night than you have ever done yet, and +that the play will be more exciting. For you, Mr. Merryweather, +the stake will be some 30,000 pounds; and for you, Jones, it will +be the man upon whom you wish to lay your hands." + +"John Clay, the murderer, thief, smasher, and forger. He's a +young man, Mr. Merryweather, but he is at the head of his +profession, and I would rather have my bracelets on him than on +any criminal in London. He's a remarkable man, is young John +Clay. His grandfather was a royal duke, and he himself has been +to Eton and Oxford. His brain is as cunning as his fingers, and +though we meet signs of him at every turn, we never know where to +find the man himself. He'll crack a crib in Scotland one week, +and be raising money to build an orphanage in Cornwall the next. +I've been on his track for years and have never set eyes on him +yet." + +"I hope that I may have the pleasure of introducing you to-night. +I've had one or two little turns also with Mr. John Clay, and I +agree with you that he is at the head of his profession. It is +past ten, however, and quite time that we started. If you two +will take the first hansom, Watson and I will follow in the +second." + +Sherlock Holmes was not very communicative during the long drive +and lay back in the cab humming the tunes which he had heard in +the afternoon. We rattled through an endless labyrinth of gas-lit +streets until we emerged into Farrington Street. + +"We are close there now," my friend remarked. "This fellow +Merryweather is a bank director, and personally interested in the +matter. I thought it as well to have Jones with us also. He is +not a bad fellow, though an absolute imbecile in his profession. +He has one positive virtue. He is as brave as a bulldog and as +tenacious as a lobster if he gets his claws upon anyone. Here we +are, and they are waiting for us." + +We had reached the same crowded thoroughfare in which we had +found ourselves in the morning. Our cabs were dismissed, and, +following the guidance of Mr. Merryweather, we passed down a +narrow passage and through a side door, which he opened for us. +Within there was a small corridor, which ended in a very massive +iron gate. This also was opened, and led down a flight of winding +stone steps, which terminated at another formidable gate. Mr. +Merryweather stopped to light a lantern, and then conducted us +down a dark, earth-smelling passage, and so, after opening a +third door, into a huge vault or cellar, which was piled all +round with crates and massive boxes. + +"You are not very vulnerable from above," Holmes remarked as he +held up the lantern and gazed about him. + +"Nor from below," said Mr. Merryweather, striking his stick upon +the flags which lined the floor. "Why, dear me, it sounds quite +hollow!" he remarked, looking up in surprise. + +"I must really ask you to be a little more quiet!" said Holmes +severely. "You have already imperilled the whole success of our +expedition. Might I beg that you would have the goodness to sit +down upon one of those boxes, and not to interfere?" + +The solemn Mr. Merryweather perched himself upon a crate, with a +very injured expression upon his face, while Holmes fell upon his +knees upon the floor and, with the lantern and a magnifying lens, +began to examine minutely the cracks between the stones. A few +seconds sufficed to satisfy him, for he sprang to his feet again +and put his glass in his pocket. + +"We have at least an hour before us," he remarked, "for they can +hardly take any steps until the good pawnbroker is safely in bed. +Then they will not lose a minute, for the sooner they do their +work the longer time they will have for their escape. We are at +present, Doctor--as no doubt you have divined--in the cellar of +the City branch of one of the principal London banks. Mr. +Merryweather is the chairman of directors, and he will explain to +you that there are reasons why the more daring criminals of +London should take a considerable interest in this cellar at +present." + +"It is our French gold," whispered the director. "We have had +several warnings that an attempt might be made upon it." + +"Your French gold?" + +"Yes. We had occasion some months ago to strengthen our resources +and borrowed for that purpose 30,000 napoleons from the Bank of +France. It has become known that we have never had occasion to +unpack the money, and that it is still lying in our cellar. The +crate upon which I sit contains 2,000 napoleons packed between +layers of lead foil. Our reserve of bullion is much larger at +present than is usually kept in a single branch office, and the +directors have had misgivings upon the subject." + +"Which were very well justified," observed Holmes. "And now it is +time that we arranged our little plans. I expect that within an +hour matters will come to a head. In the meantime Mr. +Merryweather, we must put the screen over that dark lantern." + +"And sit in the dark?" + +"I am afraid so. I had brought a pack of cards in my pocket, and +I thought that, as we were a partie carrée, you might have your +rubber after all. But I see that the enemy's preparations have +gone so far that we cannot risk the presence of a light. And, +first of all, we must choose our positions. These are daring men, +and though we shall take them at a disadvantage, they may do us +some harm unless we are careful. I shall stand behind this crate, +and do you conceal yourselves behind those. Then, when I flash a +light upon them, close in swiftly. If they fire, Watson, have no +compunction about shooting them down." + +I placed my revolver, cocked, upon the top of the wooden case +behind which I crouched. Holmes shot the slide across the front +of his lantern and left us in pitch darkness--such an absolute +darkness as I have never before experienced. The smell of hot +metal remained to assure us that the light was still there, ready +to flash out at a moment's notice. To me, with my nerves worked +up to a pitch of expectancy, there was something depressing and +subduing in the sudden gloom, and in the cold dank air of the +vault. + +"They have but one retreat," whispered Holmes. "That is back +through the house into Saxe-Coburg Square. I hope that you have +done what I asked you, Jones?" + +"I have an inspector and two officers waiting at the front door." + +"Then we have stopped all the holes. And now we must be silent +and wait." + +What a time it seemed! From comparing notes afterwards it was but +an hour and a quarter, yet it appeared to me that the night must +have almost gone and the dawn be breaking above us. My limbs +were weary and stiff, for I feared to change my position; yet my +nerves were worked up to the highest pitch of tension, and my +hearing was so acute that I could not only hear the gentle +breathing of my companions, but I could distinguish the deeper, +heavier in-breath of the bulky Jones from the thin, sighing note +of the bank director. From my position I could look over the case +in the direction of the floor. Suddenly my eyes caught the glint +of a light. + +At first it was but a lurid spark upon the stone pavement. Then +it lengthened out until it became a yellow line, and then, +without any warning or sound, a gash seemed to open and a hand +appeared, a white, almost womanly hand, which felt about in the +centre of the little area of light. For a minute or more the +hand, with its writhing fingers, protruded out of the floor. Then +it was withdrawn as suddenly as it appeared, and all was dark +again save the single lurid spark which marked a chink between +the stones. + +Its disappearance, however, was but momentary. With a rending, +tearing sound, one of the broad, white stones turned over upon +its side and left a square, gaping hole, through which streamed +the light of a lantern. Over the edge there peeped a clean-cut, +boyish face, which looked keenly about it, and then, with a hand +on either side of the aperture, drew itself shoulder-high and +waist-high, until one knee rested upon the edge. In another +instant he stood at the side of the hole and was hauling after +him a companion, lithe and small like himself, with a pale face +and a shock of very red hair. + +"It's all clear," he whispered. "Have you the chisel and the +bags? Great Scott! Jump, Archie, jump, and I'll swing for it!" + +Sherlock Holmes had sprung out and seized the intruder by the +collar. The other dived down the hole, and I heard the sound of +rending cloth as Jones clutched at his skirts. The light flashed +upon the barrel of a revolver, but Holmes' hunting crop came +down on the man's wrist, and the pistol clinked upon the stone +floor. + +"It's no use, John Clay," said Holmes blandly. "You have no +chance at all." + +"So I see," the other answered with the utmost coolness. "I fancy +that my pal is all right, though I see you have got his +coat-tails." + +"There are three men waiting for him at the door," said Holmes. + +"Oh, indeed! You seem to have done the thing very completely. I +must compliment you." + +"And I you," Holmes answered. "Your red-headed idea was very new +and effective." + +"You'll see your pal again presently," said Jones. "He's quicker +at climbing down holes than I am. Just hold out while I fix the +derbies." + +"I beg that you will not touch me with your filthy hands," +remarked our prisoner as the handcuffs clattered upon his wrists. +"You may not be aware that I have royal blood in my veins. Have +the goodness, also, when you address me always to say 'sir' and +'please.'" + +"All right," said Jones with a stare and a snigger. "Well, would +you please, sir, march upstairs, where we can get a cab to carry +your Highness to the police-station?" + +"That is better," said John Clay serenely. He made a sweeping bow +to the three of us and walked quietly off in the custody of the +detective. + +"Really, Mr. Holmes," said Mr. Merryweather as we followed them +from the cellar, "I do not know how the bank can thank you or +repay you. There is no doubt that you have detected and defeated +in the most complete manner one of the most determined attempts +at bank robbery that have ever come within my experience." + +"I have had one or two little scores of my own to settle with Mr. +John Clay," said Holmes. "I have been at some small expense over +this matter, which I shall expect the bank to refund, but beyond +that I am amply repaid by having had an experience which is in +many ways unique, and by hearing the very remarkable narrative of +the Red-headed League." + + +"You see, Watson," he explained in the early hours of the morning +as we sat over a glass of whisky and soda in Baker Street, "it +was perfectly obvious from the first that the only possible +object of this rather fantastic business of the advertisement of +the League, and the copying of the 'Encyclopaedia,' must be to get +this not over-bright pawnbroker out of the way for a number of +hours every day. It was a curious way of managing it, but, +really, it would be difficult to suggest a better. The method was +no doubt suggested to Clay's ingenious mind by the colour of his +accomplice's hair. The 4 pounds a week was a lure which must draw +him, and what was it to them, who were playing for thousands? +They put in the advertisement, one rogue has the temporary +office, the other rogue incites the man to apply for it, and +together they manage to secure his absence every morning in the +week. From the time that I heard of the assistant having come for +half wages, it was obvious to me that he had some strong motive +for securing the situation." + +"But how could you guess what the motive was?" + +"Had there been women in the house, I should have suspected a +mere vulgar intrigue. That, however, was out of the question. The +man's business was a small one, and there was nothing in his +house which could account for such elaborate preparations, and +such an expenditure as they were at. It must, then, be something +out of the house. What could it be? I thought of the assistant's +fondness for photography, and his trick of vanishing into the +cellar. The cellar! There was the end of this tangled clue. Then +I made inquiries as to this mysterious assistant and found that I +had to deal with one of the coolest and most daring criminals in +London. He was doing something in the cellar--something which +took many hours a day for months on end. What could it be, once +more? I could think of nothing save that he was running a tunnel +to some other building. + +"So far I had got when we went to visit the scene of action. I +surprised you by beating upon the pavement with my stick. I was +ascertaining whether the cellar stretched out in front or behind. +It was not in front. Then I rang the bell, and, as I hoped, the +assistant answered it. We have had some skirmishes, but we had +never set eyes upon each other before. I hardly looked at his +face. His knees were what I wished to see. You must yourself have +remarked how worn, wrinkled, and stained they were. They spoke of +those hours of burrowing. The only remaining point was what they +were burrowing for. I walked round the corner, saw the City and +Suburban Bank abutted on our friend's premises, and felt that I +had solved my problem. When you drove home after the concert I +called upon Scotland Yard and upon the chairman of the bank +directors, with the result that you have seen." + +"And how could you tell that they would make their attempt +to-night?" I asked. + +"Well, when they closed their League offices that was a sign that +they cared no longer about Mr. Jabez Wilson's presence--in other +words, that they had completed their tunnel. But it was essential +that they should use it soon, as it might be discovered, or the +bullion might be removed. Saturday would suit them better than +any other day, as it would give them two days for their escape. +For all these reasons I expected them to come to-night." + +"You reasoned it out beautifully," I exclaimed in unfeigned +admiration. "It is so long a chain, and yet every link rings +true." + +"It saved me from ennui," he answered, yawning. "Alas! I already +feel it closing in upon me. My life is spent in one long effort +to escape from the commonplaces of existence. These little +problems help me to do so." + +"And you are a benefactor of the race," said I. + +He shrugged his shoulders. "Well, perhaps, after all, it is of +some little use," he remarked. "'L'homme c'est rien--l'oeuvre +c'est tout,' as Gustave Flaubert wrote to George Sand." + + + +ADVENTURE III. A CASE OF IDENTITY + +"My dear fellow," said Sherlock Holmes as we sat on either side +of the fire in his lodgings at Baker Street, "life is infinitely +stranger than anything which the mind of man could invent. We +would not dare to conceive the things which are really mere +commonplaces of existence. If we could fly out of that window +hand in hand, hover over this great city, gently remove the +roofs, and peep in at the queer things which are going on, the +strange coincidences, the plannings, the cross-purposes, the +wonderful chains of events, working through generations, and +leading to the most outré results, it would make all fiction with +its conventionalities and foreseen conclusions most stale and +unprofitable." + +"And yet I am not convinced of it," I answered. "The cases which +come to light in the papers are, as a rule, bald enough, and +vulgar enough. We have in our police reports realism pushed to +its extreme limits, and yet the result is, it must be confessed, +neither fascinating nor artistic." + +"A certain selection and discretion must be used in producing a +realistic effect," remarked Holmes. "This is wanting in the +police report, where more stress is laid, perhaps, upon the +platitudes of the magistrate than upon the details, which to an +observer contain the vital essence of the whole matter. Depend +upon it, there is nothing so unnatural as the commonplace." + +I smiled and shook my head. "I can quite understand your thinking +so," I said. "Of course, in your position of unofficial adviser +and helper to everybody who is absolutely puzzled, throughout +three continents, you are brought in contact with all that is +strange and bizarre. But here"--I picked up the morning paper +from the ground--"let us put it to a practical test. Here is the +first heading upon which I come. 'A husband's cruelty to his +wife.' There is half a column of print, but I know without +reading it that it is all perfectly familiar to me. There is, of +course, the other woman, the drink, the push, the blow, the +bruise, the sympathetic sister or landlady. The crudest of +writers could invent nothing more crude." + +"Indeed, your example is an unfortunate one for your argument," +said Holmes, taking the paper and glancing his eye down it. "This +is the Dundas separation case, and, as it happens, I was engaged +in clearing up some small points in connection with it. The +husband was a teetotaler, there was no other woman, and the +conduct complained of was that he had drifted into the habit of +winding up every meal by taking out his false teeth and hurling +them at his wife, which, you will allow, is not an action likely +to occur to the imagination of the average story-teller. Take a +pinch of snuff, Doctor, and acknowledge that I have scored over +you in your example." + +He held out his snuffbox of old gold, with a great amethyst in +the centre of the lid. Its splendour was in such contrast to his +homely ways and simple life that I could not help commenting upon +it. + +"Ah," said he, "I forgot that I had not seen you for some weeks. +It is a little souvenir from the King of Bohemia in return for my +assistance in the case of the Irene Adler papers." + +"And the ring?" I asked, glancing at a remarkable brilliant which +sparkled upon his finger. + +"It was from the reigning family of Holland, though the matter in +which I served them was of such delicacy that I cannot confide it +even to you, who have been good enough to chronicle one or two of +my little problems." + +"And have you any on hand just now?" I asked with interest. + +"Some ten or twelve, but none which present any feature of +interest. They are important, you understand, without being +interesting. Indeed, I have found that it is usually in +unimportant matters that there is a field for the observation, +and for the quick analysis of cause and effect which gives the +charm to an investigation. The larger crimes are apt to be the +simpler, for the bigger the crime the more obvious, as a rule, is +the motive. In these cases, save for one rather intricate matter +which has been referred to me from Marseilles, there is nothing +which presents any features of interest. It is possible, however, +that I may have something better before very many minutes are +over, for this is one of my clients, or I am much mistaken." + +He had risen from his chair and was standing between the parted +blinds gazing down into the dull neutral-tinted London street. +Looking over his shoulder, I saw that on the pavement opposite +there stood a large woman with a heavy fur boa round her neck, +and a large curling red feather in a broad-brimmed hat which was +tilted in a coquettish Duchess of Devonshire fashion over her +ear. From under this great panoply she peeped up in a nervous, +hesitating fashion at our windows, while her body oscillated +backward and forward, and her fingers fidgeted with her glove +buttons. Suddenly, with a plunge, as of the swimmer who leaves +the bank, she hurried across the road, and we heard the sharp +clang of the bell. + +"I have seen those symptoms before," said Holmes, throwing his +cigarette into the fire. "Oscillation upon the pavement always +means an affaire de coeur. She would like advice, but is not sure +that the matter is not too delicate for communication. And yet +even here we may discriminate. When a woman has been seriously +wronged by a man she no longer oscillates, and the usual symptom +is a broken bell wire. Here we may take it that there is a love +matter, but that the maiden is not so much angry as perplexed, or +grieved. But here she comes in person to resolve our doubts." + +As he spoke there was a tap at the door, and the boy in buttons +entered to announce Miss Mary Sutherland, while the lady herself +loomed behind his small black figure like a full-sailed +merchant-man behind a tiny pilot boat. Sherlock Holmes welcomed +her with the easy courtesy for which he was remarkable, and, +having closed the door and bowed her into an armchair, he looked +her over in the minute and yet abstracted fashion which was +peculiar to him. + +"Do you not find," he said, "that with your short sight it is a +little trying to do so much typewriting?" + +"I did at first," she answered, "but now I know where the letters +are without looking." Then, suddenly realising the full purport +of his words, she gave a violent start and looked up, with fear +and astonishment upon her broad, good-humoured face. "You've +heard about me, Mr. Holmes," she cried, "else how could you know +all that?" + +"Never mind," said Holmes, laughing; "it is my business to know +things. Perhaps I have trained myself to see what others +overlook. If not, why should you come to consult me?" + +"I came to you, sir, because I heard of you from Mrs. Etherege, +whose husband you found so easy when the police and everyone had +given him up for dead. Oh, Mr. Holmes, I wish you would do as +much for me. I'm not rich, but still I have a hundred a year in +my own right, besides the little that I make by the machine, and +I would give it all to know what has become of Mr. Hosmer Angel." + +"Why did you come away to consult me in such a hurry?" asked +Sherlock Holmes, with his finger-tips together and his eyes to +the ceiling. + +Again a startled look came over the somewhat vacuous face of Miss +Mary Sutherland. "Yes, I did bang out of the house," she said, +"for it made me angry to see the easy way in which Mr. +Windibank--that is, my father--took it all. He would not go to +the police, and he would not go to you, and so at last, as he +would do nothing and kept on saying that there was no harm done, +it made me mad, and I just on with my things and came right away +to you." + +"Your father," said Holmes, "your stepfather, surely, since the +name is different." + +"Yes, my stepfather. I call him father, though it sounds funny, +too, for he is only five years and two months older than myself." + +"And your mother is alive?" + +"Oh, yes, mother is alive and well. I wasn't best pleased, Mr. +Holmes, when she married again so soon after father's death, and +a man who was nearly fifteen years younger than herself. Father +was a plumber in the Tottenham Court Road, and he left a tidy +business behind him, which mother carried on with Mr. Hardy, the +foreman; but when Mr. Windibank came he made her sell the +business, for he was very superior, being a traveller in wines. +They got 4700 pounds for the goodwill and interest, which wasn't +near as much as father could have got if he had been alive." + +I had expected to see Sherlock Holmes impatient under this +rambling and inconsequential narrative, but, on the contrary, he +had listened with the greatest concentration of attention. + +"Your own little income," he asked, "does it come out of the +business?" + +"Oh, no, sir. It is quite separate and was left me by my uncle +Ned in Auckland. It is in New Zealand stock, paying 4 1/2 per +cent. Two thousand five hundred pounds was the amount, but I can +only touch the interest." + +"You interest me extremely," said Holmes. "And since you draw so +large a sum as a hundred a year, with what you earn into the +bargain, you no doubt travel a little and indulge yourself in +every way. I believe that a single lady can get on very nicely +upon an income of about 60 pounds." + +"I could do with much less than that, Mr. Holmes, but you +understand that as long as I live at home I don't wish to be a +burden to them, and so they have the use of the money just while +I am staying with them. Of course, that is only just for the +time. Mr. Windibank draws my interest every quarter and pays it +over to mother, and I find that I can do pretty well with what I +earn at typewriting. It brings me twopence a sheet, and I can +often do from fifteen to twenty sheets in a day." + +"You have made your position very clear to me," said Holmes. +"This is my friend, Dr. Watson, before whom you can speak as +freely as before myself. Kindly tell us now all about your +connection with Mr. Hosmer Angel." + +A flush stole over Miss Sutherland's face, and she picked +nervously at the fringe of her jacket. "I met him first at the +gasfitters' ball," she said. "They used to send father tickets +when he was alive, and then afterwards they remembered us, and +sent them to mother. Mr. Windibank did not wish us to go. He +never did wish us to go anywhere. He would get quite mad if I +wanted so much as to join a Sunday-school treat. But this time I +was set on going, and I would go; for what right had he to +prevent? He said the folk were not fit for us to know, when all +father's friends were to be there. And he said that I had nothing +fit to wear, when I had my purple plush that I had never so much +as taken out of the drawer. At last, when nothing else would do, +he went off to France upon the business of the firm, but we went, +mother and I, with Mr. Hardy, who used to be our foreman, and it +was there I met Mr. Hosmer Angel." + +"I suppose," said Holmes, "that when Mr. Windibank came back from +France he was very annoyed at your having gone to the ball." + +"Oh, well, he was very good about it. He laughed, I remember, and +shrugged his shoulders, and said there was no use denying +anything to a woman, for she would have her way." + +"I see. Then at the gasfitters' ball you met, as I understand, a +gentleman called Mr. Hosmer Angel." + +"Yes, sir. I met him that night, and he called next day to ask if +we had got home all safe, and after that we met him--that is to +say, Mr. Holmes, I met him twice for walks, but after that father +came back again, and Mr. Hosmer Angel could not come to the house +any more." + +"No?" + +"Well, you know father didn't like anything of the sort. He +wouldn't have any visitors if he could help it, and he used to +say that a woman should be happy in her own family circle. But +then, as I used to say to mother, a woman wants her own circle to +begin with, and I had not got mine yet." + +"But how about Mr. Hosmer Angel? Did he make no attempt to see +you?" + +"Well, father was going off to France again in a week, and Hosmer +wrote and said that it would be safer and better not to see each +other until he had gone. We could write in the meantime, and he +used to write every day. I took the letters in in the morning, so +there was no need for father to know." + +"Were you engaged to the gentleman at this time?" + +"Oh, yes, Mr. Holmes. We were engaged after the first walk that +we took. Hosmer--Mr. Angel--was a cashier in an office in +Leadenhall Street--and--" + +"What office?" + +"That's the worst of it, Mr. Holmes, I don't know." + +"Where did he live, then?" + +"He slept on the premises." + +"And you don't know his address?" + +"No--except that it was Leadenhall Street." + +"Where did you address your letters, then?" + +"To the Leadenhall Street Post Office, to be left till called +for. He said that if they were sent to the office he would be +chaffed by all the other clerks about having letters from a lady, +so I offered to typewrite them, like he did his, but he wouldn't +have that, for he said that when I wrote them they seemed to come +from me, but when they were typewritten he always felt that the +machine had come between us. That will just show you how fond he +was of me, Mr. Holmes, and the little things that he would think +of." + +"It was most suggestive," said Holmes. "It has long been an axiom +of mine that the little things are infinitely the most important. +Can you remember any other little things about Mr. Hosmer Angel?" + +"He was a very shy man, Mr. Holmes. He would rather walk with me +in the evening than in the daylight, for he said that he hated to +be conspicuous. Very retiring and gentlemanly he was. Even his +voice was gentle. He'd had the quinsy and swollen glands when he +was young, he told me, and it had left him with a weak throat, +and a hesitating, whispering fashion of speech. He was always +well dressed, very neat and plain, but his eyes were weak, just +as mine are, and he wore tinted glasses against the glare." + +"Well, and what happened when Mr. Windibank, your stepfather, +returned to France?" + +"Mr. Hosmer Angel came to the house again and proposed that we +should marry before father came back. He was in dreadful earnest +and made me swear, with my hands on the Testament, that whatever +happened I would always be true to him. Mother said he was quite +right to make me swear, and that it was a sign of his passion. +Mother was all in his favour from the first and was even fonder +of him than I was. Then, when they talked of marrying within the +week, I began to ask about father; but they both said never to +mind about father, but just to tell him afterwards, and mother +said she would make it all right with him. I didn't quite like +that, Mr. Holmes. It seemed funny that I should ask his leave, as +he was only a few years older than me; but I didn't want to do +anything on the sly, so I wrote to father at Bordeaux, where the +company has its French offices, but the letter came back to me on +the very morning of the wedding." + +"It missed him, then?" + +"Yes, sir; for he had started to England just before it arrived." + +"Ha! that was unfortunate. Your wedding was arranged, then, for +the Friday. Was it to be in church?" + +"Yes, sir, but very quietly. It was to be at St. Saviour's, near +King's Cross, and we were to have breakfast afterwards at the St. +Pancras Hotel. Hosmer came for us in a hansom, but as there were +two of us he put us both into it and stepped himself into a +four-wheeler, which happened to be the only other cab in the +street. We got to the church first, and when the four-wheeler +drove up we waited for him to step out, but he never did, and +when the cabman got down from the box and looked there was no one +there! The cabman said that he could not imagine what had become +of him, for he had seen him get in with his own eyes. That was +last Friday, Mr. Holmes, and I have never seen or heard anything +since then to throw any light upon what became of him." + +"It seems to me that you have been very shamefully treated," said +Holmes. + +"Oh, no, sir! He was too good and kind to leave me so. Why, all +the morning he was saying to me that, whatever happened, I was to +be true; and that even if something quite unforeseen occurred to +separate us, I was always to remember that I was pledged to him, +and that he would claim his pledge sooner or later. It seemed +strange talk for a wedding-morning, but what has happened since +gives a meaning to it." + +"Most certainly it does. Your own opinion is, then, that some +unforeseen catastrophe has occurred to him?" + +"Yes, sir. I believe that he foresaw some danger, or else he +would not have talked so. And then I think that what he foresaw +happened." + +"But you have no notion as to what it could have been?" + +"None." + +"One more question. How did your mother take the matter?" + +"She was angry, and said that I was never to speak of the matter +again." + +"And your father? Did you tell him?" + +"Yes; and he seemed to think, with me, that something had +happened, and that I should hear of Hosmer again. As he said, +what interest could anyone have in bringing me to the doors of +the church, and then leaving me? Now, if he had borrowed my +money, or if he had married me and got my money settled on him, +there might be some reason, but Hosmer was very independent about +money and never would look at a shilling of mine. And yet, what +could have happened? And why could he not write? Oh, it drives me +half-mad to think of it, and I can't sleep a wink at night." She +pulled a little handkerchief out of her muff and began to sob +heavily into it. + +"I shall glance into the case for you," said Holmes, rising, "and +I have no doubt that we shall reach some definite result. Let the +weight of the matter rest upon me now, and do not let your mind +dwell upon it further. Above all, try to let Mr. Hosmer Angel +vanish from your memory, as he has done from your life." + +"Then you don't think I'll see him again?" + +"I fear not." + +"Then what has happened to him?" + +"You will leave that question in my hands. I should like an +accurate description of him and any letters of his which you can +spare." + +"I advertised for him in last Saturday's Chronicle," said she. +"Here is the slip and here are four letters from him." + +"Thank you. And your address?" + +"No. 31 Lyon Place, Camberwell." + +"Mr. Angel's address you never had, I understand. Where is your +father's place of business?" + +"He travels for Westhouse & Marbank, the great claret importers +of Fenchurch Street." + +"Thank you. You have made your statement very clearly. You will +leave the papers here, and remember the advice which I have given +you. Let the whole incident be a sealed book, and do not allow it +to affect your life." + +"You are very kind, Mr. Holmes, but I cannot do that. I shall be +true to Hosmer. He shall find me ready when he comes back." + +For all the preposterous hat and the vacuous face, there was +something noble in the simple faith of our visitor which +compelled our respect. She laid her little bundle of papers upon +the table and went her way, with a promise to come again whenever +she might be summoned. + +Sherlock Holmes sat silent for a few minutes with his fingertips +still pressed together, his legs stretched out in front of him, +and his gaze directed upward to the ceiling. Then he took down +from the rack the old and oily clay pipe, which was to him as a +counsellor, and, having lit it, he leaned back in his chair, with +the thick blue cloud-wreaths spinning up from him, and a look of +infinite languor in his face. + +"Quite an interesting study, that maiden," he observed. "I found +her more interesting than her little problem, which, by the way, +is rather a trite one. You will find parallel cases, if you +consult my index, in Andover in '77, and there was something of +the sort at The Hague last year. Old as is the idea, however, +there were one or two details which were new to me. But the +maiden herself was most instructive." + +"You appeared to read a good deal upon her which was quite +invisible to me," I remarked. + +"Not invisible but unnoticed, Watson. You did not know where to +look, and so you missed all that was important. I can never bring +you to realise the importance of sleeves, the suggestiveness of +thumb-nails, or the great issues that may hang from a boot-lace. +Now, what did you gather from that woman's appearance? Describe +it." + +"Well, she had a slate-coloured, broad-brimmed straw hat, with a +feather of a brickish red. Her jacket was black, with black beads +sewn upon it, and a fringe of little black jet ornaments. Her +dress was brown, rather darker than coffee colour, with a little +purple plush at the neck and sleeves. Her gloves were greyish and +were worn through at the right forefinger. Her boots I didn't +observe. She had small round, hanging gold earrings, and a +general air of being fairly well-to-do in a vulgar, comfortable, +easy-going way." + +Sherlock Holmes clapped his hands softly together and chuckled. + +"'Pon my word, Watson, you are coming along wonderfully. You have +really done very well indeed. It is true that you have missed +everything of importance, but you have hit upon the method, and +you have a quick eye for colour. Never trust to general +impressions, my boy, but concentrate yourself upon details. My +first glance is always at a woman's sleeve. In a man it is +perhaps better first to take the knee of the trouser. As you +observe, this woman had plush upon her sleeves, which is a most +useful material for showing traces. The double line a little +above the wrist, where the typewritist presses against the table, +was beautifully defined. The sewing-machine, of the hand type, +leaves a similar mark, but only on the left arm, and on the side +of it farthest from the thumb, instead of being right across the +broadest part, as this was. I then glanced at her face, and, +observing the dint of a pince-nez at either side of her nose, I +ventured a remark upon short sight and typewriting, which seemed +to surprise her." + +"It surprised me." + +"But, surely, it was obvious. I was then much surprised and +interested on glancing down to observe that, though the boots +which she was wearing were not unlike each other, they were +really odd ones; the one having a slightly decorated toe-cap, and +the other a plain one. One was buttoned only in the two lower +buttons out of five, and the other at the first, third, and +fifth. Now, when you see that a young lady, otherwise neatly +dressed, has come away from home with odd boots, half-buttoned, +it is no great deduction to say that she came away in a hurry." + +"And what else?" I asked, keenly interested, as I always was, by +my friend's incisive reasoning. + +"I noted, in passing, that she had written a note before leaving +home but after being fully dressed. You observed that her right +glove was torn at the forefinger, but you did not apparently see +that both glove and finger were stained with violet ink. She had +written in a hurry and dipped her pen too deep. It must have been +this morning, or the mark would not remain clear upon the finger. +All this is amusing, though rather elementary, but I must go back +to business, Watson. Would you mind reading me the advertised +description of Mr. Hosmer Angel?" + +I held the little printed slip to the light. + +"Missing," it said, "on the morning of the fourteenth, a gentleman +named Hosmer Angel. About five ft. seven in. in height; +strongly built, sallow complexion, black hair, a little bald in +the centre, bushy, black side-whiskers and moustache; tinted +glasses, slight infirmity of speech. Was dressed, when last seen, +in black frock-coat faced with silk, black waistcoat, gold Albert +chain, and grey Harris tweed trousers, with brown gaiters over +elastic-sided boots. Known to have been employed in an office in +Leadenhall Street. Anybody bringing--" + +"That will do," said Holmes. "As to the letters," he continued, +glancing over them, "they are very commonplace. Absolutely no +clue in them to Mr. Angel, save that he quotes Balzac once. There +is one remarkable point, however, which will no doubt strike +you." + +"They are typewritten," I remarked. + +"Not only that, but the signature is typewritten. Look at the +neat little 'Hosmer Angel' at the bottom. There is a date, you +see, but no superscription except Leadenhall Street, which is +rather vague. The point about the signature is very suggestive--in +fact, we may call it conclusive." + +"Of what?" + +"My dear fellow, is it possible you do not see how strongly it +bears upon the case?" + +"I cannot say that I do unless it were that he wished to be able +to deny his signature if an action for breach of promise were +instituted." + +"No, that was not the point. However, I shall write two letters, +which should settle the matter. One is to a firm in the City, the +other is to the young lady's stepfather, Mr. Windibank, asking +him whether he could meet us here at six o'clock tomorrow +evening. It is just as well that we should do business with the +male relatives. And now, Doctor, we can do nothing until the +answers to those letters come, so we may put our little problem +upon the shelf for the interim." + +I had had so many reasons to believe in my friend's subtle powers +of reasoning and extraordinary energy in action that I felt that +he must have some solid grounds for the assured and easy +demeanour with which he treated the singular mystery which he had +been called upon to fathom. Once only had I known him to fail, in +the case of the King of Bohemia and of the Irene Adler +photograph; but when I looked back to the weird business of the +Sign of Four, and the extraordinary circumstances connected with +the Study in Scarlet, I felt that it would be a strange tangle +indeed which he could not unravel. + +I left him then, still puffing at his black clay pipe, with the +conviction that when I came again on the next evening I would +find that he held in his hands all the clues which would lead up +to the identity of the disappearing bridegroom of Miss Mary +Sutherland. + +A professional case of great gravity was engaging my own +attention at the time, and the whole of next day I was busy at +the bedside of the sufferer. It was not until close upon six +o'clock that I found myself free and was able to spring into a +hansom and drive to Baker Street, half afraid that I might be too +late to assist at the dénouement of the little mystery. I found +Sherlock Holmes alone, however, half asleep, with his long, thin +form curled up in the recesses of his armchair. A formidable +array of bottles and test-tubes, with the pungent cleanly smell +of hydrochloric acid, told me that he had spent his day in the +chemical work which was so dear to him. + +"Well, have you solved it?" I asked as I entered. + +"Yes. It was the bisulphate of baryta." + +"No, no, the mystery!" I cried. + +"Oh, that! I thought of the salt that I have been working upon. +There was never any mystery in the matter, though, as I said +yesterday, some of the details are of interest. The only drawback +is that there is no law, I fear, that can touch the scoundrel." + +"Who was he, then, and what was his object in deserting Miss +Sutherland?" + +The question was hardly out of my mouth, and Holmes had not yet +opened his lips to reply, when we heard a heavy footfall in the +passage and a tap at the door. + +"This is the girl's stepfather, Mr. James Windibank," said +Holmes. "He has written to me to say that he would be here at +six. Come in!" + +The man who entered was a sturdy, middle-sized fellow, some +thirty years of age, clean-shaven, and sallow-skinned, with a +bland, insinuating manner, and a pair of wonderfully sharp and +penetrating grey eyes. He shot a questioning glance at each of +us, placed his shiny top-hat upon the sideboard, and with a +slight bow sidled down into the nearest chair. + +"Good-evening, Mr. James Windibank," said Holmes. "I think that +this typewritten letter is from you, in which you made an +appointment with me for six o'clock?" + +"Yes, sir. I am afraid that I am a little late, but I am not +quite my own master, you know. I am sorry that Miss Sutherland +has troubled you about this little matter, for I think it is far +better not to wash linen of the sort in public. It was quite +against my wishes that she came, but she is a very excitable, +impulsive girl, as you may have noticed, and she is not easily +controlled when she has made up her mind on a point. Of course, I +did not mind you so much, as you are not connected with the +official police, but it is not pleasant to have a family +misfortune like this noised abroad. Besides, it is a useless +expense, for how could you possibly find this Hosmer Angel?" + +"On the contrary," said Holmes quietly; "I have every reason to +believe that I will succeed in discovering Mr. Hosmer Angel." + +Mr. Windibank gave a violent start and dropped his gloves. "I am +delighted to hear it," he said. + +"It is a curious thing," remarked Holmes, "that a typewriter has +really quite as much individuality as a man's handwriting. Unless +they are quite new, no two of them write exactly alike. Some +letters get more worn than others, and some wear only on one +side. Now, you remark in this note of yours, Mr. Windibank, that +in every case there is some little slurring over of the 'e,' and +a slight defect in the tail of the 'r.' There are fourteen other +characteristics, but those are the more obvious." + +"We do all our correspondence with this machine at the office, +and no doubt it is a little worn," our visitor answered, glancing +keenly at Holmes with his bright little eyes. + +"And now I will show you what is really a very interesting study, +Mr. Windibank," Holmes continued. "I think of writing another +little monograph some of these days on the typewriter and its +relation to crime. It is a subject to which I have devoted some +little attention. I have here four letters which purport to come +from the missing man. They are all typewritten. In each case, not +only are the 'e's' slurred and the 'r's' tailless, but you will +observe, if you care to use my magnifying lens, that the fourteen +other characteristics to which I have alluded are there as well." + +Mr. Windibank sprang out of his chair and picked up his hat. "I +cannot waste time over this sort of fantastic talk, Mr. Holmes," +he said. "If you can catch the man, catch him, and let me know +when you have done it." + +"Certainly," said Holmes, stepping over and turning the key in +the door. "I let you know, then, that I have caught him!" + +"What! where?" shouted Mr. Windibank, turning white to his lips +and glancing about him like a rat in a trap. + +"Oh, it won't do--really it won't," said Holmes suavely. "There +is no possible getting out of it, Mr. Windibank. It is quite too +transparent, and it was a very bad compliment when you said that +it was impossible for me to solve so simple a question. That's +right! Sit down and let us talk it over." + +Our visitor collapsed into a chair, with a ghastly face and a +glitter of moisture on his brow. "It--it's not actionable," he +stammered. + +"I am very much afraid that it is not. But between ourselves, +Windibank, it was as cruel and selfish and heartless a trick in a +petty way as ever came before me. Now, let me just run over the +course of events, and you will contradict me if I go wrong." + +The man sat huddled up in his chair, with his head sunk upon his +breast, like one who is utterly crushed. Holmes stuck his feet up +on the corner of the mantelpiece and, leaning back with his hands +in his pockets, began talking, rather to himself, as it seemed, +than to us. + +"The man married a woman very much older than himself for her +money," said he, "and he enjoyed the use of the money of the +daughter as long as she lived with them. It was a considerable +sum, for people in their position, and the loss of it would have +made a serious difference. It was worth an effort to preserve it. +The daughter was of a good, amiable disposition, but affectionate +and warm-hearted in her ways, so that it was evident that with +her fair personal advantages, and her little income, she would +not be allowed to remain single long. Now her marriage would +mean, of course, the loss of a hundred a year, so what does her +stepfather do to prevent it? He takes the obvious course of +keeping her at home and forbidding her to seek the company of +people of her own age. But soon he found that that would not +answer forever. She became restive, insisted upon her rights, and +finally announced her positive intention of going to a certain +ball. What does her clever stepfather do then? He conceives an +idea more creditable to his head than to his heart. With the +connivance and assistance of his wife he disguised himself, +covered those keen eyes with tinted glasses, masked the face with +a moustache and a pair of bushy whiskers, sunk that clear voice +into an insinuating whisper, and doubly secure on account of the +girl's short sight, he appears as Mr. Hosmer Angel, and keeps off +other lovers by making love himself." + +"It was only a joke at first," groaned our visitor. "We never +thought that she would have been so carried away." + +"Very likely not. However that may be, the young lady was very +decidedly carried away, and, having quite made up her mind that +her stepfather was in France, the suspicion of treachery never +for an instant entered her mind. She was flattered by the +gentleman's attentions, and the effect was increased by the +loudly expressed admiration of her mother. Then Mr. Angel began +to call, for it was obvious that the matter should be pushed as +far as it would go if a real effect were to be produced. There +were meetings, and an engagement, which would finally secure the +girl's affections from turning towards anyone else. But the +deception could not be kept up forever. These pretended journeys +to France were rather cumbrous. The thing to do was clearly to +bring the business to an end in such a dramatic manner that it +would leave a permanent impression upon the young lady's mind and +prevent her from looking upon any other suitor for some time to +come. Hence those vows of fidelity exacted upon a Testament, and +hence also the allusions to a possibility of something happening +on the very morning of the wedding. James Windibank wished Miss +Sutherland to be so bound to Hosmer Angel, and so uncertain as to +his fate, that for ten years to come, at any rate, she would not +listen to another man. As far as the church door he brought her, +and then, as he could go no farther, he conveniently vanished +away by the old trick of stepping in at one door of a +four-wheeler and out at the other. I think that was the chain of +events, Mr. Windibank!" + +Our visitor had recovered something of his assurance while Holmes +had been talking, and he rose from his chair now with a cold +sneer upon his pale face. + +"It may be so, or it may not, Mr. Holmes," said he, "but if you +are so very sharp you ought to be sharp enough to know that it is +you who are breaking the law now, and not me. I have done nothing +actionable from the first, but as long as you keep that door +locked you lay yourself open to an action for assault and illegal +constraint." + +"The law cannot, as you say, touch you," said Holmes, unlocking +and throwing open the door, "yet there never was a man who +deserved punishment more. If the young lady has a brother or a +friend, he ought to lay a whip across your shoulders. By Jove!" +he continued, flushing up at the sight of the bitter sneer upon +the man's face, "it is not part of my duties to my client, but +here's a hunting crop handy, and I think I shall just treat +myself to--" He took two swift steps to the whip, but before he +could grasp it there was a wild clatter of steps upon the stairs, +the heavy hall door banged, and from the window we could see Mr. +James Windibank running at the top of his speed down the road. + +"There's a cold-blooded scoundrel!" said Holmes, laughing, as he +threw himself down into his chair once more. "That fellow will +rise from crime to crime until he does something very bad, and +ends on a gallows. The case has, in some respects, been not +entirely devoid of interest." + +"I cannot now entirely see all the steps of your reasoning," I +remarked. + +"Well, of course it was obvious from the first that this Mr. +Hosmer Angel must have some strong object for his curious +conduct, and it was equally clear that the only man who really +profited by the incident, as far as we could see, was the +stepfather. Then the fact that the two men were never together, +but that the one always appeared when the other was away, was +suggestive. So were the tinted spectacles and the curious voice, +which both hinted at a disguise, as did the bushy whiskers. My +suspicions were all confirmed by his peculiar action in +typewriting his signature, which, of course, inferred that his +handwriting was so familiar to her that she would recognise even +the smallest sample of it. You see all these isolated facts, +together with many minor ones, all pointed in the same +direction." + +"And how did you verify them?" + +"Having once spotted my man, it was easy to get corroboration. I +knew the firm for which this man worked. Having taken the printed +description. I eliminated everything from it which could be the +result of a disguise--the whiskers, the glasses, the voice, and I +sent it to the firm, with a request that they would inform me +whether it answered to the description of any of their +travellers. I had already noticed the peculiarities of the +typewriter, and I wrote to the man himself at his business +address asking him if he would come here. As I expected, his +reply was typewritten and revealed the same trivial but +characteristic defects. The same post brought me a letter from +Westhouse & Marbank, of Fenchurch Street, to say that the +description tallied in every respect with that of their employé, +James Windibank. Voilà tout!" + +"And Miss Sutherland?" + +"If I tell her she will not believe me. You may remember the old +Persian saying, 'There is danger for him who taketh the tiger +cub, and danger also for whoso snatches a delusion from a woman.' +There is as much sense in Hafiz as in Horace, and as much +knowledge of the world." + + + +ADVENTURE IV. THE BOSCOMBE VALLEY MYSTERY + +We were seated at breakfast one morning, my wife and I, when the +maid brought in a telegram. It was from Sherlock Holmes and ran +in this way: + +"Have you a couple of days to spare? Have just been wired for from +the west of England in connection with Boscombe Valley tragedy. +Shall be glad if you will come with me. Air and scenery perfect. +Leave Paddington by the 11:15." + +"What do you say, dear?" said my wife, looking across at me. +"Will you go?" + +"I really don't know what to say. I have a fairly long list at +present." + +"Oh, Anstruther would do your work for you. You have been looking +a little pale lately. I think that the change would do you good, +and you are always so interested in Mr. Sherlock Holmes' cases." + +"I should be ungrateful if I were not, seeing what I gained +through one of them," I answered. "But if I am to go, I must pack +at once, for I have only half an hour." + +My experience of camp life in Afghanistan had at least had the +effect of making me a prompt and ready traveller. My wants were +few and simple, so that in less than the time stated I was in a +cab with my valise, rattling away to Paddington Station. Sherlock +Holmes was pacing up and down the platform, his tall, gaunt +figure made even gaunter and taller by his long grey +travelling-cloak and close-fitting cloth cap. + +"It is really very good of you to come, Watson," said he. "It +makes a considerable difference to me, having someone with me on +whom I can thoroughly rely. Local aid is always either worthless +or else biassed. If you will keep the two corner seats I shall +get the tickets." + +We had the carriage to ourselves save for an immense litter of +papers which Holmes had brought with him. Among these he rummaged +and read, with intervals of note-taking and of meditation, until +we were past Reading. Then he suddenly rolled them all into a +gigantic ball and tossed them up onto the rack. + +"Have you heard anything of the case?" he asked. + +"Not a word. I have not seen a paper for some days." + +"The London press has not had very full accounts. I have just +been looking through all the recent papers in order to master the +particulars. It seems, from what I gather, to be one of those +simple cases which are so extremely difficult." + +"That sounds a little paradoxical." + +"But it is profoundly true. Singularity is almost invariably a +clue. The more featureless and commonplace a crime is, the more +difficult it is to bring it home. In this case, however, they +have established a very serious case against the son of the +murdered man." + +"It is a murder, then?" + +"Well, it is conjectured to be so. I shall take nothing for +granted until I have the opportunity of looking personally into +it. I will explain the state of things to you, as far as I have +been able to understand it, in a very few words. + +"Boscombe Valley is a country district not very far from Ross, in +Herefordshire. The largest landed proprietor in that part is a +Mr. John Turner, who made his money in Australia and returned +some years ago to the old country. One of the farms which he +held, that of Hatherley, was let to Mr. Charles McCarthy, who was +also an ex-Australian. The men had known each other in the +colonies, so that it was not unnatural that when they came to +settle down they should do so as near each other as possible. +Turner was apparently the richer man, so McCarthy became his +tenant but still remained, it seems, upon terms of perfect +equality, as they were frequently together. McCarthy had one son, +a lad of eighteen, and Turner had an only daughter of the same +age, but neither of them had wives living. They appear to have +avoided the society of the neighbouring English families and to +have led retired lives, though both the McCarthys were fond of +sport and were frequently seen at the race-meetings of the +neighbourhood. McCarthy kept two servants--a man and a girl. +Turner had a considerable household, some half-dozen at the +least. That is as much as I have been able to gather about the +families. Now for the facts. + +"On June 3rd, that is, on Monday last, McCarthy left his house at +Hatherley about three in the afternoon and walked down to the +Boscombe Pool, which is a small lake formed by the spreading out +of the stream which runs down the Boscombe Valley. He had been +out with his serving-man in the morning at Ross, and he had told +the man that he must hurry, as he had an appointment of +importance to keep at three. From that appointment he never came +back alive. + +"From Hatherley Farm-house to the Boscombe Pool is a quarter of a +mile, and two people saw him as he passed over this ground. One +was an old woman, whose name is not mentioned, and the other was +William Crowder, a game-keeper in the employ of Mr. Turner. Both +these witnesses depose that Mr. McCarthy was walking alone. The +game-keeper adds that within a few minutes of his seeing Mr. +McCarthy pass he had seen his son, Mr. James McCarthy, going the +same way with a gun under his arm. To the best of his belief, the +father was actually in sight at the time, and the son was +following him. He thought no more of the matter until he heard in +the evening of the tragedy that had occurred. + +"The two McCarthys were seen after the time when William Crowder, +the game-keeper, lost sight of them. The Boscombe Pool is thickly +wooded round, with just a fringe of grass and of reeds round the +edge. A girl of fourteen, Patience Moran, who is the daughter of +the lodge-keeper of the Boscombe Valley estate, was in one of the +woods picking flowers. She states that while she was there she +saw, at the border of the wood and close by the lake, Mr. +McCarthy and his son, and that they appeared to be having a +violent quarrel. She heard Mr. McCarthy the elder using very +strong language to his son, and she saw the latter raise up his +hand as if to strike his father. She was so frightened by their +violence that she ran away and told her mother when she reached +home that she had left the two McCarthys quarrelling near +Boscombe Pool, and that she was afraid that they were going to +fight. She had hardly said the words when young Mr. McCarthy came +running up to the lodge to say that he had found his father dead +in the wood, and to ask for the help of the lodge-keeper. He was +much excited, without either his gun or his hat, and his right +hand and sleeve were observed to be stained with fresh blood. On +following him they found the dead body stretched out upon the +grass beside the pool. The head had been beaten in by repeated +blows of some heavy and blunt weapon. The injuries were such as +might very well have been inflicted by the butt-end of his son's +gun, which was found lying on the grass within a few paces of the +body. Under these circumstances the young man was instantly +arrested, and a verdict of 'wilful murder' having been returned +at the inquest on Tuesday, he was on Wednesday brought before the +magistrates at Ross, who have referred the case to the next +Assizes. Those are the main facts of the case as they came out +before the coroner and the police-court." + +"I could hardly imagine a more damning case," I remarked. "If +ever circumstantial evidence pointed to a criminal it does so +here." + +"Circumstantial evidence is a very tricky thing," answered Holmes +thoughtfully. "It may seem to point very straight to one thing, +but if you shift your own point of view a little, you may find it +pointing in an equally uncompromising manner to something +entirely different. It must be confessed, however, that the case +looks exceedingly grave against the young man, and it is very +possible that he is indeed the culprit. There are several people +in the neighbourhood, however, and among them Miss Turner, the +daughter of the neighbouring landowner, who believe in his +innocence, and who have retained Lestrade, whom you may recollect +in connection with the Study in Scarlet, to work out the case in +his interest. Lestrade, being rather puzzled, has referred the +case to me, and hence it is that two middle-aged gentlemen are +flying westward at fifty miles an hour instead of quietly +digesting their breakfasts at home." + +"I am afraid," said I, "that the facts are so obvious that you +will find little credit to be gained out of this case." + +"There is nothing more deceptive than an obvious fact," he +answered, laughing. "Besides, we may chance to hit upon some +other obvious facts which may have been by no means obvious to +Mr. Lestrade. You know me too well to think that I am boasting +when I say that I shall either confirm or destroy his theory by +means which he is quite incapable of employing, or even of +understanding. To take the first example to hand, I very clearly +perceive that in your bedroom the window is upon the right-hand +side, and yet I question whether Mr. Lestrade would have noted +even so self-evident a thing as that." + +"How on earth--" + +"My dear fellow, I know you well. I know the military neatness +which characterises you. You shave every morning, and in this +season you shave by the sunlight; but since your shaving is less +and less complete as we get farther back on the left side, until +it becomes positively slovenly as we get round the angle of the +jaw, it is surely very clear that that side is less illuminated +than the other. I could not imagine a man of your habits looking +at himself in an equal light and being satisfied with such a +result. I only quote this as a trivial example of observation and +inference. Therein lies my métier, and it is just possible that +it may be of some service in the investigation which lies before +us. There are one or two minor points which were brought out in +the inquest, and which are worth considering." + +"What are they?" + +"It appears that his arrest did not take place at once, but after +the return to Hatherley Farm. On the inspector of constabulary +informing him that he was a prisoner, he remarked that he was not +surprised to hear it, and that it was no more than his deserts. +This observation of his had the natural effect of removing any +traces of doubt which might have remained in the minds of the +coroner's jury." + +"It was a confession," I ejaculated. + +"No, for it was followed by a protestation of innocence." + +"Coming on the top of such a damning series of events, it was at +least a most suspicious remark." + +"On the contrary," said Holmes, "it is the brightest rift which I +can at present see in the clouds. However innocent he might be, +he could not be such an absolute imbecile as not to see that the +circumstances were very black against him. Had he appeared +surprised at his own arrest, or feigned indignation at it, I +should have looked upon it as highly suspicious, because such +surprise or anger would not be natural under the circumstances, +and yet might appear to be the best policy to a scheming man. His +frank acceptance of the situation marks him as either an innocent +man, or else as a man of considerable self-restraint and +firmness. As to his remark about his deserts, it was also not +unnatural if you consider that he stood beside the dead body of +his father, and that there is no doubt that he had that very day +so far forgotten his filial duty as to bandy words with him, and +even, according to the little girl whose evidence is so +important, to raise his hand as if to strike him. The +self-reproach and contrition which are displayed in his remark +appear to me to be the signs of a healthy mind rather than of a +guilty one." + +I shook my head. "Many men have been hanged on far slighter +evidence," I remarked. + +"So they have. And many men have been wrongfully hanged." + +"What is the young man's own account of the matter?" + +"It is, I am afraid, not very encouraging to his supporters, +though there are one or two points in it which are suggestive. +You will find it here, and may read it for yourself." + +He picked out from his bundle a copy of the local Herefordshire +paper, and having turned down the sheet he pointed out the +paragraph in which the unfortunate young man had given his own +statement of what had occurred. I settled myself down in the +corner of the carriage and read it very carefully. It ran in this +way: + +"Mr. James McCarthy, the only son of the deceased, was then called +and gave evidence as follows: 'I had been away from home for +three days at Bristol, and had only just returned upon the +morning of last Monday, the 3rd. My father was absent from home at +the time of my arrival, and I was informed by the maid that he +had driven over to Ross with John Cobb, the groom. Shortly after +my return I heard the wheels of his trap in the yard, and, +looking out of my window, I saw him get out and walk rapidly out +of the yard, though I was not aware in which direction he was +going. I then took my gun and strolled out in the direction of +the Boscombe Pool, with the intention of visiting the rabbit +warren which is upon the other side. On my way I saw William +Crowder, the game-keeper, as he had stated in his evidence; but +he is mistaken in thinking that I was following my father. I had +no idea that he was in front of me. When about a hundred yards +from the pool I heard a cry of "Cooee!" which was a usual signal +between my father and myself. I then hurried forward, and found +him standing by the pool. He appeared to be much surprised at +seeing me and asked me rather roughly what I was doing there. A +conversation ensued which led to high words and almost to blows, +for my father was a man of a very violent temper. Seeing that his +passion was becoming ungovernable, I left him and returned +towards Hatherley Farm. I had not gone more than 150 yards, +however, when I heard a hideous outcry behind me, which caused me +to run back again. I found my father expiring upon the ground, +with his head terribly injured. I dropped my gun and held him in +my arms, but he almost instantly expired. I knelt beside him for +some minutes, and then made my way to Mr. Turner's lodge-keeper, +his house being the nearest, to ask for assistance. I saw no one +near my father when I returned, and I have no idea how he came by +his injuries. He was not a popular man, being somewhat cold and +forbidding in his manners, but he had, as far as I know, no +active enemies. I know nothing further of the matter.' + +"The Coroner: Did your father make any statement to you before +he died? + +"Witness: He mumbled a few words, but I could only catch some +allusion to a rat. + +"The Coroner: What did you understand by that? + +"Witness: It conveyed no meaning to me. I thought that he was +delirious. + +"The Coroner: What was the point upon which you and your father +had this final quarrel? + +"Witness: I should prefer not to answer. + +"The Coroner: I am afraid that I must press it. + +"Witness: It is really impossible for me to tell you. I can +assure you that it has nothing to do with the sad tragedy which +followed. + +"The Coroner: That is for the court to decide. I need not point +out to you that your refusal to answer will prejudice your case +considerably in any future proceedings which may arise. + +"Witness: I must still refuse. + +"The Coroner: I understand that the cry of 'Cooee' was a common +signal between you and your father? + +"Witness: It was. + +"The Coroner: How was it, then, that he uttered it before he saw +you, and before he even knew that you had returned from Bristol? + +"Witness (with considerable confusion): I do not know. + +"A Juryman: Did you see nothing which aroused your suspicions +when you returned on hearing the cry and found your father +fatally injured? + +"Witness: Nothing definite. + +"The Coroner: What do you mean? + +"Witness: I was so disturbed and excited as I rushed out into +the open, that I could think of nothing except of my father. Yet +I have a vague impression that as I ran forward something lay +upon the ground to the left of me. It seemed to me to be +something grey in colour, a coat of some sort, or a plaid perhaps. +When I rose from my father I looked round for it, but it was +gone. + +"'Do you mean that it disappeared before you went for help?' + +"'Yes, it was gone.' + +"'You cannot say what it was?' + +"'No, I had a feeling something was there.' + +"'How far from the body?' + +"'A dozen yards or so.' + +"'And how far from the edge of the wood?' + +"'About the same.' + +"'Then if it was removed it was while you were within a dozen +yards of it?' + +"'Yes, but with my back towards it.' + +"This concluded the examination of the witness." + +"I see," said I as I glanced down the column, "that the coroner +in his concluding remarks was rather severe upon young McCarthy. +He calls attention, and with reason, to the discrepancy about his +father having signalled to him before seeing him, also to his +refusal to give details of his conversation with his father, and +his singular account of his father's dying words. They are all, +as he remarks, very much against the son." + +Holmes laughed softly to himself and stretched himself out upon +the cushioned seat. "Both you and the coroner have been at some +pains," said he, "to single out the very strongest points in the +young man's favour. Don't you see that you alternately give him +credit for having too much imagination and too little? Too +little, if he could not invent a cause of quarrel which would +give him the sympathy of the jury; too much, if he evolved from +his own inner consciousness anything so outré as a dying +reference to a rat, and the incident of the vanishing cloth. No, +sir, I shall approach this case from the point of view that what +this young man says is true, and we shall see whither that +hypothesis will lead us. And now here is my pocket Petrarch, and +not another word shall I say of this case until we are on the +scene of action. We lunch at Swindon, and I see that we shall be +there in twenty minutes." + +It was nearly four o'clock when we at last, after passing through +the beautiful Stroud Valley, and over the broad gleaming Severn, +found ourselves at the pretty little country-town of Ross. A +lean, ferret-like man, furtive and sly-looking, was waiting for +us upon the platform. In spite of the light brown dustcoat and +leather-leggings which he wore in deference to his rustic +surroundings, I had no difficulty in recognising Lestrade, of +Scotland Yard. With him we drove to the Hereford Arms where a +room had already been engaged for us. + +"I have ordered a carriage," said Lestrade as we sat over a cup +of tea. "I knew your energetic nature, and that you would not be +happy until you had been on the scene of the crime." + +"It was very nice and complimentary of you," Holmes answered. "It +is entirely a question of barometric pressure." + +Lestrade looked startled. "I do not quite follow," he said. + +"How is the glass? Twenty-nine, I see. No wind, and not a cloud +in the sky. I have a caseful of cigarettes here which need +smoking, and the sofa is very much superior to the usual country +hotel abomination. I do not think that it is probable that I +shall use the carriage to-night." + +Lestrade laughed indulgently. "You have, no doubt, already formed +your conclusions from the newspapers," he said. "The case is as +plain as a pikestaff, and the more one goes into it the plainer +it becomes. Still, of course, one can't refuse a lady, and such a +very positive one, too. She has heard of you, and would have your +opinion, though I repeatedly told her that there was nothing +which you could do which I had not already done. Why, bless my +soul! here is her carriage at the door." + +He had hardly spoken before there rushed into the room one of the +most lovely young women that I have ever seen in my life. Her +violet eyes shining, her lips parted, a pink flush upon her +cheeks, all thought of her natural reserve lost in her +overpowering excitement and concern. + +"Oh, Mr. Sherlock Holmes!" she cried, glancing from one to the +other of us, and finally, with a woman's quick intuition, +fastening upon my companion, "I am so glad that you have come. I +have driven down to tell you so. I know that James didn't do it. +I know it, and I want you to start upon your work knowing it, +too. Never let yourself doubt upon that point. We have known each +other since we were little children, and I know his faults as no +one else does; but he is too tender-hearted to hurt a fly. Such a +charge is absurd to anyone who really knows him." + +"I hope we may clear him, Miss Turner," said Sherlock Holmes. +"You may rely upon my doing all that I can." + +"But you have read the evidence. You have formed some conclusion? +Do you not see some loophole, some flaw? Do you not yourself +think that he is innocent?" + +"I think that it is very probable." + +"There, now!" she cried, throwing back her head and looking +defiantly at Lestrade. "You hear! He gives me hopes." + +Lestrade shrugged his shoulders. "I am afraid that my colleague +has been a little quick in forming his conclusions," he said. + +"But he is right. Oh! I know that he is right. James never did +it. And about his quarrel with his father, I am sure that the +reason why he would not speak about it to the coroner was because +I was concerned in it." + +"In what way?" asked Holmes. + +"It is no time for me to hide anything. James and his father had +many disagreements about me. Mr. McCarthy was very anxious that +there should be a marriage between us. James and I have always +loved each other as brother and sister; but of course he is young +and has seen very little of life yet, and--and--well, he +naturally did not wish to do anything like that yet. So there +were quarrels, and this, I am sure, was one of them." + +"And your father?" asked Holmes. "Was he in favour of such a +union?" + +"No, he was averse to it also. No one but Mr. McCarthy was in +favour of it." A quick blush passed over her fresh young face as +Holmes shot one of his keen, questioning glances at her. + +"Thank you for this information," said he. "May I see your father +if I call to-morrow?" + +"I am afraid the doctor won't allow it." + +"The doctor?" + +"Yes, have you not heard? Poor father has never been strong for +years back, but this has broken him down completely. He has taken +to his bed, and Dr. Willows says that he is a wreck and that his +nervous system is shattered. Mr. McCarthy was the only man alive +who had known dad in the old days in Victoria." + +"Ha! In Victoria! That is important." + +"Yes, at the mines." + +"Quite so; at the gold-mines, where, as I understand, Mr. Turner +made his money." + +"Yes, certainly." + +"Thank you, Miss Turner. You have been of material assistance to +me." + +"You will tell me if you have any news to-morrow. No doubt you +will go to the prison to see James. Oh, if you do, Mr. Holmes, do +tell him that I know him to be innocent." + +"I will, Miss Turner." + +"I must go home now, for dad is very ill, and he misses me so if +I leave him. Good-bye, and God help you in your undertaking." She +hurried from the room as impulsively as she had entered, and we +heard the wheels of her carriage rattle off down the street. + +"I am ashamed of you, Holmes," said Lestrade with dignity after a +few minutes' silence. "Why should you raise up hopes which you +are bound to disappoint? I am not over-tender of heart, but I +call it cruel." + +"I think that I see my way to clearing James McCarthy," said +Holmes. "Have you an order to see him in prison?" + +"Yes, but only for you and me." + +"Then I shall reconsider my resolution about going out. We have +still time to take a train to Hereford and see him to-night?" + +"Ample." + +"Then let us do so. Watson, I fear that you will find it very +slow, but I shall only be away a couple of hours." + +I walked down to the station with them, and then wandered through +the streets of the little town, finally returning to the hotel, +where I lay upon the sofa and tried to interest myself in a +yellow-backed novel. The puny plot of the story was so thin, +however, when compared to the deep mystery through which we were +groping, and I found my attention wander so continually from the +action to the fact, that I at last flung it across the room and +gave myself up entirely to a consideration of the events of the +day. Supposing that this unhappy young man's story were +absolutely true, then what hellish thing, what absolutely +unforeseen and extraordinary calamity could have occurred between +the time when he parted from his father, and the moment when, +drawn back by his screams, he rushed into the glade? It was +something terrible and deadly. What could it be? Might not the +nature of the injuries reveal something to my medical instincts? +I rang the bell and called for the weekly county paper, which +contained a verbatim account of the inquest. In the surgeon's +deposition it was stated that the posterior third of the left +parietal bone and the left half of the occipital bone had been +shattered by a heavy blow from a blunt weapon. I marked the spot +upon my own head. Clearly such a blow must have been struck from +behind. That was to some extent in favour of the accused, as when +seen quarrelling he was face to face with his father. Still, it +did not go for very much, for the older man might have turned his +back before the blow fell. Still, it might be worth while to call +Holmes' attention to it. Then there was the peculiar dying +reference to a rat. What could that mean? It could not be +delirium. A man dying from a sudden blow does not commonly become +delirious. No, it was more likely to be an attempt to explain how +he met his fate. But what could it indicate? I cudgelled my +brains to find some possible explanation. And then the incident +of the grey cloth seen by young McCarthy. If that were true the +murderer must have dropped some part of his dress, presumably his +overcoat, in his flight, and must have had the hardihood to +return and to carry it away at the instant when the son was +kneeling with his back turned not a dozen paces off. What a +tissue of mysteries and improbabilities the whole thing was! I +did not wonder at Lestrade's opinion, and yet I had so much faith +in Sherlock Holmes' insight that I could not lose hope as long +as every fresh fact seemed to strengthen his conviction of young +McCarthy's innocence. + +It was late before Sherlock Holmes returned. He came back alone, +for Lestrade was staying in lodgings in the town. + +"The glass still keeps very high," he remarked as he sat down. +"It is of importance that it should not rain before we are able +to go over the ground. On the other hand, a man should be at his +very best and keenest for such nice work as that, and I did not +wish to do it when fagged by a long journey. I have seen young +McCarthy." + +"And what did you learn from him?" + +"Nothing." + +"Could he throw no light?" + +"None at all. I was inclined to think at one time that he knew +who had done it and was screening him or her, but I am convinced +now that he is as puzzled as everyone else. He is not a very +quick-witted youth, though comely to look at and, I should think, +sound at heart." + +"I cannot admire his taste," I remarked, "if it is indeed a fact +that he was averse to a marriage with so charming a young lady as +this Miss Turner." + +"Ah, thereby hangs a rather painful tale. This fellow is madly, +insanely, in love with her, but some two years ago, when he was +only a lad, and before he really knew her, for she had been away +five years at a boarding-school, what does the idiot do but get +into the clutches of a barmaid in Bristol and marry her at a +registry office? No one knows a word of the matter, but you can +imagine how maddening it must be to him to be upbraided for not +doing what he would give his very eyes to do, but what he knows +to be absolutely impossible. It was sheer frenzy of this sort +which made him throw his hands up into the air when his father, +at their last interview, was goading him on to propose to Miss +Turner. On the other hand, he had no means of supporting himself, +and his father, who was by all accounts a very hard man, would +have thrown him over utterly had he known the truth. It was with +his barmaid wife that he had spent the last three days in +Bristol, and his father did not know where he was. Mark that +point. It is of importance. Good has come out of evil, however, +for the barmaid, finding from the papers that he is in serious +trouble and likely to be hanged, has thrown him over utterly and +has written to him to say that she has a husband already in the +Bermuda Dockyard, so that there is really no tie between them. I +think that that bit of news has consoled young McCarthy for all +that he has suffered." + +"But if he is innocent, who has done it?" + +"Ah! who? I would call your attention very particularly to two +points. One is that the murdered man had an appointment with +someone at the pool, and that the someone could not have been his +son, for his son was away, and he did not know when he would +return. The second is that the murdered man was heard to cry +'Cooee!' before he knew that his son had returned. Those are the +crucial points upon which the case depends. And now let us talk +about George Meredith, if you please, and we shall leave all +minor matters until to-morrow." + +There was no rain, as Holmes had foretold, and the morning broke +bright and cloudless. At nine o'clock Lestrade called for us with +the carriage, and we set off for Hatherley Farm and the Boscombe +Pool. + +"There is serious news this morning," Lestrade observed. "It is +said that Mr. Turner, of the Hall, is so ill that his life is +despaired of." + +"An elderly man, I presume?" said Holmes. + +"About sixty; but his constitution has been shattered by his life +abroad, and he has been in failing health for some time. This +business has had a very bad effect upon him. He was an old friend +of McCarthy's, and, I may add, a great benefactor to him, for I +have learned that he gave him Hatherley Farm rent free." + +"Indeed! That is interesting," said Holmes. + +"Oh, yes! In a hundred other ways he has helped him. Everybody +about here speaks of his kindness to him." + +"Really! Does it not strike you as a little singular that this +McCarthy, who appears to have had little of his own, and to have +been under such obligations to Turner, should still talk of +marrying his son to Turner's daughter, who is, presumably, +heiress to the estate, and that in such a very cocksure manner, +as if it were merely a case of a proposal and all else would +follow? It is the more strange, since we know that Turner himself +was averse to the idea. The daughter told us as much. Do you not +deduce something from that?" + +"We have got to the deductions and the inferences," said +Lestrade, winking at me. "I find it hard enough to tackle facts, +Holmes, without flying away after theories and fancies." + +"You are right," said Holmes demurely; "you do find it very hard +to tackle the facts." + +"Anyhow, I have grasped one fact which you seem to find it +difficult to get hold of," replied Lestrade with some warmth. + +"And that is--" + +"That McCarthy senior met his death from McCarthy junior and that +all theories to the contrary are the merest moonshine." + +"Well, moonshine is a brighter thing than fog," said Holmes, +laughing. "But I am very much mistaken if this is not Hatherley +Farm upon the left." + +"Yes, that is it." It was a widespread, comfortable-looking +building, two-storied, slate-roofed, with great yellow blotches +of lichen upon the grey walls. The drawn blinds and the smokeless +chimneys, however, gave it a stricken look, as though the weight +of this horror still lay heavy upon it. We called at the door, +when the maid, at Holmes' request, showed us the boots which her +master wore at the time of his death, and also a pair of the +son's, though not the pair which he had then had. Having measured +these very carefully from seven or eight different points, Holmes +desired to be led to the court-yard, from which we all followed +the winding track which led to Boscombe Pool. + +Sherlock Holmes was transformed when he was hot upon such a scent +as this. Men who had only known the quiet thinker and logician of +Baker Street would have failed to recognise him. His face flushed +and darkened. His brows were drawn into two hard black lines, +while his eyes shone out from beneath them with a steely glitter. +His face was bent downward, his shoulders bowed, his lips +compressed, and the veins stood out like whipcord in his long, +sinewy neck. His nostrils seemed to dilate with a purely animal +lust for the chase, and his mind was so absolutely concentrated +upon the matter before him that a question or remark fell +unheeded upon his ears, or, at the most, only provoked a quick, +impatient snarl in reply. Swiftly and silently he made his way +along the track which ran through the meadows, and so by way of +the woods to the Boscombe Pool. It was damp, marshy ground, as is +all that district, and there were marks of many feet, both upon +the path and amid the short grass which bounded it on either +side. Sometimes Holmes would hurry on, sometimes stop dead, and +once he made quite a little detour into the meadow. Lestrade and +I walked behind him, the detective indifferent and contemptuous, +while I watched my friend with the interest which sprang from the +conviction that every one of his actions was directed towards a +definite end. + +The Boscombe Pool, which is a little reed-girt sheet of water +some fifty yards across, is situated at the boundary between the +Hatherley Farm and the private park of the wealthy Mr. Turner. +Above the woods which lined it upon the farther side we could see +the red, jutting pinnacles which marked the site of the rich +landowner's dwelling. On the Hatherley side of the pool the woods +grew very thick, and there was a narrow belt of sodden grass +twenty paces across between the edge of the trees and the reeds +which lined the lake. Lestrade showed us the exact spot at which +the body had been found, and, indeed, so moist was the ground, +that I could plainly see the traces which had been left by the +fall of the stricken man. To Holmes, as I could see by his eager +face and peering eyes, very many other things were to be read +upon the trampled grass. He ran round, like a dog who is picking +up a scent, and then turned upon my companion. + +"What did you go into the pool for?" he asked. + +"I fished about with a rake. I thought there might be some weapon +or other trace. But how on earth--" + +"Oh, tut, tut! I have no time! That left foot of yours with its +inward twist is all over the place. A mole could trace it, and +there it vanishes among the reeds. Oh, how simple it would all +have been had I been here before they came like a herd of buffalo +and wallowed all over it. Here is where the party with the +lodge-keeper came, and they have covered all tracks for six or +eight feet round the body. But here are three separate tracks of +the same feet." He drew out a lens and lay down upon his +waterproof to have a better view, talking all the time rather to +himself than to us. "These are young McCarthy's feet. Twice he +was walking, and once he ran swiftly, so that the soles are +deeply marked and the heels hardly visible. That bears out his +story. He ran when he saw his father on the ground. Then here are +the father's feet as he paced up and down. What is this, then? It +is the butt-end of the gun as the son stood listening. And this? +Ha, ha! What have we here? Tiptoes! tiptoes! Square, too, quite +unusual boots! They come, they go, they come again--of course +that was for the cloak. Now where did they come from?" He ran up +and down, sometimes losing, sometimes finding the track until we +were well within the edge of the wood and under the shadow of a +great beech, the largest tree in the neighbourhood. Holmes traced +his way to the farther side of this and lay down once more upon +his face with a little cry of satisfaction. For a long time he +remained there, turning over the leaves and dried sticks, +gathering up what seemed to me to be dust into an envelope and +examining with his lens not only the ground but even the bark of +the tree as far as he could reach. A jagged stone was lying among +the moss, and this also he carefully examined and retained. Then +he followed a pathway through the wood until he came to the +highroad, where all traces were lost. + +"It has been a case of considerable interest," he remarked, +returning to his natural manner. "I fancy that this grey house on +the right must be the lodge. I think that I will go in and have a +word with Moran, and perhaps write a little note. Having done +that, we may drive back to our luncheon. You may walk to the cab, +and I shall be with you presently." + +It was about ten minutes before we regained our cab and drove +back into Ross, Holmes still carrying with him the stone which he +had picked up in the wood. + +"This may interest you, Lestrade," he remarked, holding it out. +"The murder was done with it." + +"I see no marks." + +"There are none." + +"How do you know, then?" + +"The grass was growing under it. It had only lain there a few +days. There was no sign of a place whence it had been taken. It +corresponds with the injuries. There is no sign of any other +weapon." + +"And the murderer?" + +"Is a tall man, left-handed, limps with the right leg, wears +thick-soled shooting-boots and a grey cloak, smokes Indian +cigars, uses a cigar-holder, and carries a blunt pen-knife in his +pocket. There are several other indications, but these may be +enough to aid us in our search." + +Lestrade laughed. "I am afraid that I am still a sceptic," he +said. "Theories are all very well, but we have to deal with a +hard-headed British jury." + +"Nous verrons," answered Holmes calmly. "You work your own +method, and I shall work mine. I shall be busy this afternoon, +and shall probably return to London by the evening train." + +"And leave your case unfinished?" + +"No, finished." + +"But the mystery?" + +"It is solved." + +"Who was the criminal, then?" + +"The gentleman I describe." + +"But who is he?" + +"Surely it would not be difficult to find out. This is not such a +populous neighbourhood." + +Lestrade shrugged his shoulders. "I am a practical man," he said, +"and I really cannot undertake to go about the country looking +for a left-handed gentleman with a game leg. I should become the +laughing-stock of Scotland Yard." + +"All right," said Holmes quietly. "I have given you the chance. +Here are your lodgings. Good-bye. I shall drop you a line before +I leave." + +Having left Lestrade at his rooms, we drove to our hotel, where +we found lunch upon the table. Holmes was silent and buried in +thought with a pained expression upon his face, as one who finds +himself in a perplexing position. + +"Look here, Watson," he said when the cloth was cleared "just sit +down in this chair and let me preach to you for a little. I don't +know quite what to do, and I should value your advice. Light a +cigar and let me expound." + + "Pray do so." + +"Well, now, in considering this case there are two points about +young McCarthy's narrative which struck us both instantly, +although they impressed me in his favour and you against him. One +was the fact that his father should, according to his account, +cry 'Cooee!' before seeing him. The other was his singular dying +reference to a rat. He mumbled several words, you understand, but +that was all that caught the son's ear. Now from this double +point our research must commence, and we will begin it by +presuming that what the lad says is absolutely true." + +"What of this 'Cooee!' then?" + +"Well, obviously it could not have been meant for the son. The +son, as far as he knew, was in Bristol. It was mere chance that +he was within earshot. The 'Cooee!' was meant to attract the +attention of whoever it was that he had the appointment with. But +'Cooee' is a distinctly Australian cry, and one which is used +between Australians. There is a strong presumption that the +person whom McCarthy expected to meet him at Boscombe Pool was +someone who had been in Australia." + +"What of the rat, then?" + +Sherlock Holmes took a folded paper from his pocket and flattened +it out on the table. "This is a map of the Colony of Victoria," +he said. "I wired to Bristol for it last night." He put his hand +over part of the map. "What do you read?" + +"ARAT," I read. + +"And now?" He raised his hand. + +"BALLARAT." + +"Quite so. That was the word the man uttered, and of which his +son only caught the last two syllables. He was trying to utter +the name of his murderer. So and so, of Ballarat." + +"It is wonderful!" I exclaimed. + +"It is obvious. And now, you see, I had narrowed the field down +considerably. The possession of a grey garment was a third point +which, granting the son's statement to be correct, was a +certainty. We have come now out of mere vagueness to the definite +conception of an Australian from Ballarat with a grey cloak." + +"Certainly." + +"And one who was at home in the district, for the pool can only +be approached by the farm or by the estate, where strangers could +hardly wander." + +"Quite so." + +"Then comes our expedition of to-day. By an examination of the +ground I gained the trifling details which I gave to that +imbecile Lestrade, as to the personality of the criminal." + +"But how did you gain them?" + +"You know my method. It is founded upon the observation of +trifles." + +"His height I know that you might roughly judge from the length +of his stride. His boots, too, might be told from their traces." + +"Yes, they were peculiar boots." + +"But his lameness?" + +"The impression of his right foot was always less distinct than +his left. He put less weight upon it. Why? Because he limped--he +was lame." + +"But his left-handedness." + +"You were yourself struck by the nature of the injury as recorded +by the surgeon at the inquest. The blow was struck from +immediately behind, and yet was upon the left side. Now, how can +that be unless it were by a left-handed man? He had stood behind +that tree during the interview between the father and son. He had +even smoked there. I found the ash of a cigar, which my special +knowledge of tobacco ashes enables me to pronounce as an Indian +cigar. I have, as you know, devoted some attention to this, and +written a little monograph on the ashes of 140 different +varieties of pipe, cigar, and cigarette tobacco. Having found the +ash, I then looked round and discovered the stump among the moss +where he had tossed it. It was an Indian cigar, of the variety +which are rolled in Rotterdam." + +"And the cigar-holder?" + +"I could see that the end had not been in his mouth. Therefore he +used a holder. The tip had been cut off, not bitten off, but the +cut was not a clean one, so I deduced a blunt pen-knife." + +"Holmes," I said, "you have drawn a net round this man from which +he cannot escape, and you have saved an innocent human life as +truly as if you had cut the cord which was hanging him. I see the +direction in which all this points. The culprit is--" + +"Mr. John Turner," cried the hotel waiter, opening the door of +our sitting-room, and ushering in a visitor. + +The man who entered was a strange and impressive figure. His +slow, limping step and bowed shoulders gave the appearance of +decrepitude, and yet his hard, deep-lined, craggy features, and +his enormous limbs showed that he was possessed of unusual +strength of body and of character. His tangled beard, grizzled +hair, and outstanding, drooping eyebrows combined to give an air +of dignity and power to his appearance, but his face was of an +ashen white, while his lips and the corners of his nostrils were +tinged with a shade of blue. It was clear to me at a glance that +he was in the grip of some deadly and chronic disease. + +"Pray sit down on the sofa," said Holmes gently. "You had my +note?" + +"Yes, the lodge-keeper brought it up. You said that you wished to +see me here to avoid scandal." + +"I thought people would talk if I went to the Hall." + +"And why did you wish to see me?" He looked across at my +companion with despair in his weary eyes, as though his question +was already answered. + +"Yes," said Holmes, answering the look rather than the words. "It +is so. I know all about McCarthy." + +The old man sank his face in his hands. "God help me!" he cried. +"But I would not have let the young man come to harm. I give you +my word that I would have spoken out if it went against him at +the Assizes." + +"I am glad to hear you say so," said Holmes gravely. + +"I would have spoken now had it not been for my dear girl. It +would break her heart--it will break her heart when she hears +that I am arrested." + +"It may not come to that," said Holmes. + +"What?" + +"I am no official agent. I understand that it was your daughter +who required my presence here, and I am acting in her interests. +Young McCarthy must be got off, however." + +"I am a dying man," said old Turner. "I have had diabetes for +years. My doctor says it is a question whether I shall live a +month. Yet I would rather die under my own roof than in a gaol." + +Holmes rose and sat down at the table with his pen in his hand +and a bundle of paper before him. "Just tell us the truth," he +said. "I shall jot down the facts. You will sign it, and Watson +here can witness it. Then I could produce your confession at the +last extremity to save young McCarthy. I promise you that I shall +not use it unless it is absolutely needed." + +"It's as well," said the old man; "it's a question whether I +shall live to the Assizes, so it matters little to me, but I +should wish to spare Alice the shock. And now I will make the +thing clear to you; it has been a long time in the acting, but +will not take me long to tell. + +"You didn't know this dead man, McCarthy. He was a devil +incarnate. I tell you that. God keep you out of the clutches of +such a man as he. His grip has been upon me these twenty years, +and he has blasted my life. I'll tell you first how I came to be +in his power. + +"It was in the early '60's at the diggings. I was a young chap +then, hot-blooded and reckless, ready to turn my hand at +anything; I got among bad companions, took to drink, had no luck +with my claim, took to the bush, and in a word became what you +would call over here a highway robber. There were six of us, and +we had a wild, free life of it, sticking up a station from time +to time, or stopping the wagons on the road to the diggings. +Black Jack of Ballarat was the name I went under, and our party +is still remembered in the colony as the Ballarat Gang. + +"One day a gold convoy came down from Ballarat to Melbourne, and +we lay in wait for it and attacked it. There were six troopers +and six of us, so it was a close thing, but we emptied four of +their saddles at the first volley. Three of our boys were killed, +however, before we got the swag. I put my pistol to the head of +the wagon-driver, who was this very man McCarthy. I wish to the +Lord that I had shot him then, but I spared him, though I saw his +wicked little eyes fixed on my face, as though to remember every +feature. We got away with the gold, became wealthy men, and made +our way over to England without being suspected. There I parted +from my old pals and determined to settle down to a quiet and +respectable life. I bought this estate, which chanced to be in +the market, and I set myself to do a little good with my money, +to make up for the way in which I had earned it. I married, too, +and though my wife died young she left me my dear little Alice. +Even when she was just a baby her wee hand seemed to lead me down +the right path as nothing else had ever done. In a word, I turned +over a new leaf and did my best to make up for the past. All was +going well when McCarthy laid his grip upon me. + +"I had gone up to town about an investment, and I met him in +Regent Street with hardly a coat to his back or a boot to his +foot. + +"'Here we are, Jack,' says he, touching me on the arm; 'we'll be +as good as a family to you. There's two of us, me and my son, and +you can have the keeping of us. If you don't--it's a fine, +law-abiding country is England, and there's always a policeman +within hail.' + +"Well, down they came to the west country, there was no shaking +them off, and there they have lived rent free on my best land +ever since. There was no rest for me, no peace, no forgetfulness; +turn where I would, there was his cunning, grinning face at my +elbow. It grew worse as Alice grew up, for he soon saw I was more +afraid of her knowing my past than of the police. Whatever he +wanted he must have, and whatever it was I gave him without +question, land, money, houses, until at last he asked a thing +which I could not give. He asked for Alice. + +"His son, you see, had grown up, and so had my girl, and as I was +known to be in weak health, it seemed a fine stroke to him that +his lad should step into the whole property. But there I was +firm. I would not have his cursed stock mixed with mine; not that +I had any dislike to the lad, but his blood was in him, and that +was enough. I stood firm. McCarthy threatened. I braved him to do +his worst. We were to meet at the pool midway between our houses +to talk it over. + +"When I went down there I found him talking with his son, so I +smoked a cigar and waited behind a tree until he should be alone. +But as I listened to his talk all that was black and bitter in +me seemed to come uppermost. He was urging his son to marry my +daughter with as little regard for what she might think as if she +were a slut from off the streets. It drove me mad to think that I +and all that I held most dear should be in the power of such a +man as this. Could I not snap the bond? I was already a dying and +a desperate man. Though clear of mind and fairly strong of limb, +I knew that my own fate was sealed. But my memory and my girl! +Both could be saved if I could but silence that foul tongue. I +did it, Mr. Holmes. I would do it again. Deeply as I have sinned, +I have led a life of martyrdom to atone for it. But that my girl +should be entangled in the same meshes which held me was more +than I could suffer. I struck him down with no more compunction +than if he had been some foul and venomous beast. His cry brought +back his son; but I had gained the cover of the wood, though I +was forced to go back to fetch the cloak which I had dropped in +my flight. That is the true story, gentlemen, of all that +occurred." + +"Well, it is not for me to judge you," said Holmes as the old man +signed the statement which had been drawn out. "I pray that we +may never be exposed to such a temptation." + +"I pray not, sir. And what do you intend to do?" + +"In view of your health, nothing. You are yourself aware that you +will soon have to answer for your deed at a higher court than the +Assizes. I will keep your confession, and if McCarthy is +condemned I shall be forced to use it. If not, it shall never be +seen by mortal eye; and your secret, whether you be alive or +dead, shall be safe with us." + +"Farewell, then," said the old man solemnly. "Your own deathbeds, +when they come, will be the easier for the thought of the peace +which you have given to mine." Tottering and shaking in all his +giant frame, he stumbled slowly from the room. + +"God help us!" said Holmes after a long silence. "Why does fate +play such tricks with poor, helpless worms? I never hear of such +a case as this that I do not think of Baxter's words, and say, +'There, but for the grace of God, goes Sherlock Holmes.'" + +James McCarthy was acquitted at the Assizes on the strength of a +number of objections which had been drawn out by Holmes and +submitted to the defending counsel. Old Turner lived for seven +months after our interview, but he is now dead; and there is +every prospect that the son and daughter may come to live happily +together in ignorance of the black cloud which rests upon their +past. + + + +ADVENTURE V. THE FIVE ORANGE PIPS + +When I glance over my notes and records of the Sherlock Holmes +cases between the years '82 and '90, I am faced by so many which +present strange and interesting features that it is no easy +matter to know which to choose and which to leave. Some, however, +have already gained publicity through the papers, and others have +not offered a field for those peculiar qualities which my friend +possessed in so high a degree, and which it is the object of +these papers to illustrate. Some, too, have baffled his +analytical skill, and would be, as narratives, beginnings without +an ending, while others have been but partially cleared up, and +have their explanations founded rather upon conjecture and +surmise than on that absolute logical proof which was so dear to +him. There is, however, one of these last which was so remarkable +in its details and so startling in its results that I am tempted +to give some account of it in spite of the fact that there are +points in connection with it which never have been, and probably +never will be, entirely cleared up. + +The year '87 furnished us with a long series of cases of greater +or less interest, of which I retain the records. Among my +headings under this one twelve months I find an account of the +adventure of the Paradol Chamber, of the Amateur Mendicant +Society, who held a luxurious club in the lower vault of a +furniture warehouse, of the facts connected with the loss of the +British barque "Sophy Anderson", of the singular adventures of the +Grice Patersons in the island of Uffa, and finally of the +Camberwell poisoning case. In the latter, as may be remembered, +Sherlock Holmes was able, by winding up the dead man's watch, to +prove that it had been wound up two hours before, and that +therefore the deceased had gone to bed within that time--a +deduction which was of the greatest importance in clearing up the +case. All these I may sketch out at some future date, but none of +them present such singular features as the strange train of +circumstances which I have now taken up my pen to describe. + +It was in the latter days of September, and the equinoctial gales +had set in with exceptional violence. All day the wind had +screamed and the rain had beaten against the windows, so that +even here in the heart of great, hand-made London we were forced +to raise our minds for the instant from the routine of life and +to recognise the presence of those great elemental forces which +shriek at mankind through the bars of his civilisation, like +untamed beasts in a cage. As evening drew in, the storm grew +higher and louder, and the wind cried and sobbed like a child in +the chimney. Sherlock Holmes sat moodily at one side of the +fireplace cross-indexing his records of crime, while I at the +other was deep in one of Clark Russell's fine sea-stories until +the howl of the gale from without seemed to blend with the text, +and the splash of the rain to lengthen out into the long swash of +the sea waves. My wife was on a visit to her mother's, and for a +few days I was a dweller once more in my old quarters at Baker +Street. + +"Why," said I, glancing up at my companion, "that was surely the +bell. Who could come to-night? Some friend of yours, perhaps?" + +"Except yourself I have none," he answered. "I do not encourage +visitors." + +"A client, then?" + +"If so, it is a serious case. Nothing less would bring a man out +on such a day and at such an hour. But I take it that it is more +likely to be some crony of the landlady's." + +Sherlock Holmes was wrong in his conjecture, however, for there +came a step in the passage and a tapping at the door. He +stretched out his long arm to turn the lamp away from himself and +towards the vacant chair upon which a newcomer must sit. + +"Come in!" said he. + +The man who entered was young, some two-and-twenty at the +outside, well-groomed and trimly clad, with something of +refinement and delicacy in his bearing. The streaming umbrella +which he held in his hand, and his long shining waterproof told +of the fierce weather through which he had come. He looked about +him anxiously in the glare of the lamp, and I could see that his +face was pale and his eyes heavy, like those of a man who is +weighed down with some great anxiety. + +"I owe you an apology," he said, raising his golden pince-nez to +his eyes. "I trust that I am not intruding. I fear that I have +brought some traces of the storm and rain into your snug +chamber." + +"Give me your coat and umbrella," said Holmes. "They may rest +here on the hook and will be dry presently. You have come up from +the south-west, I see." + +"Yes, from Horsham." + +"That clay and chalk mixture which I see upon your toe caps is +quite distinctive." + +"I have come for advice." + +"That is easily got." + +"And help." + +"That is not always so easy." + +"I have heard of you, Mr. Holmes. I heard from Major Prendergast +how you saved him in the Tankerville Club scandal." + +"Ah, of course. He was wrongfully accused of cheating at cards." + +"He said that you could solve anything." + +"He said too much." + +"That you are never beaten." + +"I have been beaten four times--three times by men, and once by a +woman." + +"But what is that compared with the number of your successes?" + +"It is true that I have been generally successful." + +"Then you may be so with me." + +"I beg that you will draw your chair up to the fire and favour me +with some details as to your case." + +"It is no ordinary one." + +"None of those which come to me are. I am the last court of +appeal." + +"And yet I question, sir, whether, in all your experience, you +have ever listened to a more mysterious and inexplicable chain of +events than those which have happened in my own family." + +"You fill me with interest," said Holmes. "Pray give us the +essential facts from the commencement, and I can afterwards +question you as to those details which seem to me to be most +important." + +The young man pulled his chair up and pushed his wet feet out +towards the blaze. + +"My name," said he, "is John Openshaw, but my own affairs have, +as far as I can understand, little to do with this awful +business. It is a hereditary matter; so in order to give you an +idea of the facts, I must go back to the commencement of the +affair. + +"You must know that my grandfather had two sons--my uncle Elias +and my father Joseph. My father had a small factory at Coventry, +which he enlarged at the time of the invention of bicycling. He +was a patentee of the Openshaw unbreakable tire, and his business +met with such success that he was able to sell it and to retire +upon a handsome competence. + +"My uncle Elias emigrated to America when he was a young man and +became a planter in Florida, where he was reported to have done +very well. At the time of the war he fought in Jackson's army, +and afterwards under Hood, where he rose to be a colonel. When +Lee laid down his arms my uncle returned to his plantation, where +he remained for three or four years. About 1869 or 1870 he came +back to Europe and took a small estate in Sussex, near Horsham. +He had made a very considerable fortune in the States, and his +reason for leaving them was his aversion to the negroes, and his +dislike of the Republican policy in extending the franchise to +them. He was a singular man, fierce and quick-tempered, very +foul-mouthed when he was angry, and of a most retiring +disposition. During all the years that he lived at Horsham, I +doubt if ever he set foot in the town. He had a garden and two or +three fields round his house, and there he would take his +exercise, though very often for weeks on end he would never leave +his room. He drank a great deal of brandy and smoked very +heavily, but he would see no society and did not want any +friends, not even his own brother. + +"He didn't mind me; in fact, he took a fancy to me, for at the +time when he saw me first I was a youngster of twelve or so. This +would be in the year 1878, after he had been eight or nine years +in England. He begged my father to let me live with him and he +was very kind to me in his way. When he was sober he used to be +fond of playing backgammon and draughts with me, and he would +make me his representative both with the servants and with the +tradespeople, so that by the time that I was sixteen I was quite +master of the house. I kept all the keys and could go where I +liked and do what I liked, so long as I did not disturb him in +his privacy. There was one singular exception, however, for he +had a single room, a lumber-room up among the attics, which was +invariably locked, and which he would never permit either me or +anyone else to enter. With a boy's curiosity I have peeped +through the keyhole, but I was never able to see more than such a +collection of old trunks and bundles as would be expected in such +a room. + +"One day--it was in March, 1883--a letter with a foreign stamp +lay upon the table in front of the colonel's plate. It was not a +common thing for him to receive letters, for his bills were all +paid in ready money, and he had no friends of any sort. 'From +India!' said he as he took it up, 'Pondicherry postmark! What can +this be?' Opening it hurriedly, out there jumped five little +dried orange pips, which pattered down upon his plate. I began to +laugh at this, but the laugh was struck from my lips at the sight +of his face. His lip had fallen, his eyes were protruding, his +skin the colour of putty, and he glared at the envelope which he +still held in his trembling hand, 'K. K. K.!' he shrieked, and +then, 'My God, my God, my sins have overtaken me!' + +"'What is it, uncle?' I cried. + +"'Death,' said he, and rising from the table he retired to his +room, leaving me palpitating with horror. I took up the envelope +and saw scrawled in red ink upon the inner flap, just above the +gum, the letter K three times repeated. There was nothing else +save the five dried pips. What could be the reason of his +overpowering terror? I left the breakfast-table, and as I +ascended the stair I met him coming down with an old rusty key, +which must have belonged to the attic, in one hand, and a small +brass box, like a cashbox, in the other. + +"'They may do what they like, but I'll checkmate them still,' +said he with an oath. 'Tell Mary that I shall want a fire in my +room to-day, and send down to Fordham, the Horsham lawyer.' + +"I did as he ordered, and when the lawyer arrived I was asked to +step up to the room. The fire was burning brightly, and in the +grate there was a mass of black, fluffy ashes, as of burned +paper, while the brass box stood open and empty beside it. As I +glanced at the box I noticed, with a start, that upon the lid was +printed the treble K which I had read in the morning upon the +envelope. + +"'I wish you, John,' said my uncle, 'to witness my will. I leave +my estate, with all its advantages and all its disadvantages, to +my brother, your father, whence it will, no doubt, descend to +you. If you can enjoy it in peace, well and good! If you find you +cannot, take my advice, my boy, and leave it to your deadliest +enemy. I am sorry to give you such a two-edged thing, but I can't +say what turn things are going to take. Kindly sign the paper +where Mr. Fordham shows you.' + +"I signed the paper as directed, and the lawyer took it away with +him. The singular incident made, as you may think, the deepest +impression upon me, and I pondered over it and turned it every +way in my mind without being able to make anything of it. Yet I +could not shake off the vague feeling of dread which it left +behind, though the sensation grew less keen as the weeks passed +and nothing happened to disturb the usual routine of our lives. I +could see a change in my uncle, however. He drank more than ever, +and he was less inclined for any sort of society. Most of his +time he would spend in his room, with the door locked upon the +inside, but sometimes he would emerge in a sort of drunken frenzy +and would burst out of the house and tear about the garden with a +revolver in his hand, screaming out that he was afraid of no man, +and that he was not to be cooped up, like a sheep in a pen, by +man or devil. When these hot fits were over, however, he would +rush tumultuously in at the door and lock and bar it behind him, +like a man who can brazen it out no longer against the terror +which lies at the roots of his soul. At such times I have seen +his face, even on a cold day, glisten with moisture, as though it +were new raised from a basin. + +"Well, to come to an end of the matter, Mr. Holmes, and not to +abuse your patience, there came a night when he made one of those +drunken sallies from which he never came back. We found him, when +we went to search for him, face downward in a little +green-scummed pool, which lay at the foot of the garden. There +was no sign of any violence, and the water was but two feet deep, +so that the jury, having regard to his known eccentricity, +brought in a verdict of 'suicide.' But I, who knew how he winced +from the very thought of death, had much ado to persuade myself +that he had gone out of his way to meet it. The matter passed, +however, and my father entered into possession of the estate, and +of some 14,000 pounds, which lay to his credit at the bank." + +"One moment," Holmes interposed, "your statement is, I foresee, +one of the most remarkable to which I have ever listened. Let me +have the date of the reception by your uncle of the letter, and +the date of his supposed suicide." + +"The letter arrived on March 10, 1883. His death was seven weeks +later, upon the night of May 2nd." + +"Thank you. Pray proceed." + +"When my father took over the Horsham property, he, at my +request, made a careful examination of the attic, which had been +always locked up. We found the brass box there, although its +contents had been destroyed. On the inside of the cover was a +paper label, with the initials of K. K. K. repeated upon it, and +'Letters, memoranda, receipts, and a register' written beneath. +These, we presume, indicated the nature of the papers which had +been destroyed by Colonel Openshaw. For the rest, there was +nothing of much importance in the attic save a great many +scattered papers and note-books bearing upon my uncle's life in +America. Some of them were of the war time and showed that he had +done his duty well and had borne the repute of a brave soldier. +Others were of a date during the reconstruction of the Southern +states, and were mostly concerned with politics, for he had +evidently taken a strong part in opposing the carpet-bag +politicians who had been sent down from the North. + +"Well, it was the beginning of '84 when my father came to live at +Horsham, and all went as well as possible with us until the +January of '85. On the fourth day after the new year I heard my +father give a sharp cry of surprise as we sat together at the +breakfast-table. There he was, sitting with a newly opened +envelope in one hand and five dried orange pips in the +outstretched palm of the other one. He had always laughed at what +he called my cock-and-bull story about the colonel, but he looked +very scared and puzzled now that the same thing had come upon +himself. + +"'Why, what on earth does this mean, John?' he stammered. + +"My heart had turned to lead. 'It is K. K. K.,' said I. + +"He looked inside the envelope. 'So it is,' he cried. 'Here are +the very letters. But what is this written above them?' + +"'Put the papers on the sundial,' I read, peeping over his +shoulder. + +"'What papers? What sundial?' he asked. + +"'The sundial in the garden. There is no other,' said I; 'but the +papers must be those that are destroyed.' + +"'Pooh!' said he, gripping hard at his courage. 'We are in a +civilised land here, and we can't have tomfoolery of this kind. +Where does the thing come from?' + +"'From Dundee,' I answered, glancing at the postmark. + +"'Some preposterous practical joke,' said he. 'What have I to do +with sundials and papers? I shall take no notice of such +nonsense.' + +"'I should certainly speak to the police,' I said. + +"'And be laughed at for my pains. Nothing of the sort.' + +"'Then let me do so?' + +"'No, I forbid you. I won't have a fuss made about such +nonsense.' + +"It was in vain to argue with him, for he was a very obstinate +man. I went about, however, with a heart which was full of +forebodings. + +"On the third day after the coming of the letter my father went +from home to visit an old friend of his, Major Freebody, who is +in command of one of the forts upon Portsdown Hill. I was glad +that he should go, for it seemed to me that he was farther from +danger when he was away from home. In that, however, I was in +error. Upon the second day of his absence I received a telegram +from the major, imploring me to come at once. My father had +fallen over one of the deep chalk-pits which abound in the +neighbourhood, and was lying senseless, with a shattered skull. I +hurried to him, but he passed away without having ever recovered +his consciousness. He had, as it appears, been returning from +Fareham in the twilight, and as the country was unknown to him, +and the chalk-pit unfenced, the jury had no hesitation in +bringing in a verdict of 'death from accidental causes.' +Carefully as I examined every fact connected with his death, I +was unable to find anything which could suggest the idea of +murder. There were no signs of violence, no footmarks, no +robbery, no record of strangers having been seen upon the roads. +And yet I need not tell you that my mind was far from at ease, +and that I was well-nigh certain that some foul plot had been +woven round him. + +"In this sinister way I came into my inheritance. You will ask me +why I did not dispose of it? I answer, because I was well +convinced that our troubles were in some way dependent upon an +incident in my uncle's life, and that the danger would be as +pressing in one house as in another. + +"It was in January, '85, that my poor father met his end, and two +years and eight months have elapsed since then. During that time +I have lived happily at Horsham, and I had begun to hope that +this curse had passed away from the family, and that it had ended +with the last generation. I had begun to take comfort too soon, +however; yesterday morning the blow fell in the very shape in +which it had come upon my father." + +The young man took from his waistcoat a crumpled envelope, and +turning to the table he shook out upon it five little dried +orange pips. + +"This is the envelope," he continued. "The postmark is +London--eastern division. Within are the very words which were +upon my father's last message: 'K. K. K.'; and then 'Put the +papers on the sundial.'" + +"What have you done?" asked Holmes. + +"Nothing." + +"Nothing?" + +"To tell the truth"--he sank his face into his thin, white +hands--"I have felt helpless. I have felt like one of those poor +rabbits when the snake is writhing towards it. I seem to be in +the grasp of some resistless, inexorable evil, which no foresight +and no precautions can guard against." + +"Tut! tut!" cried Sherlock Holmes. "You must act, man, or you are +lost. Nothing but energy can save you. This is no time for +despair." + +"I have seen the police." + +"Ah!" + +"But they listened to my story with a smile. I am convinced that +the inspector has formed the opinion that the letters are all +practical jokes, and that the deaths of my relations were really +accidents, as the jury stated, and were not to be connected with +the warnings." + +Holmes shook his clenched hands in the air. "Incredible +imbecility!" he cried. + +"They have, however, allowed me a policeman, who may remain in +the house with me." + +"Has he come with you to-night?" + +"No. His orders were to stay in the house." + +Again Holmes raved in the air. + +"Why did you come to me," he cried, "and, above all, why did you +not come at once?" + +"I did not know. It was only to-day that I spoke to Major +Prendergast about my troubles and was advised by him to come to +you." + +"It is really two days since you had the letter. We should have +acted before this. You have no further evidence, I suppose, than +that which you have placed before us--no suggestive detail which +might help us?" + +"There is one thing," said John Openshaw. He rummaged in his coat +pocket, and, drawing out a piece of discoloured, blue-tinted +paper, he laid it out upon the table. "I have some remembrance," +said he, "that on the day when my uncle burned the papers I +observed that the small, unburned margins which lay amid the +ashes were of this particular colour. I found this single sheet +upon the floor of his room, and I am inclined to think that it +may be one of the papers which has, perhaps, fluttered out from +among the others, and in that way has escaped destruction. Beyond +the mention of pips, I do not see that it helps us much. I think +myself that it is a page from some private diary. The writing is +undoubtedly my uncle's." + +Holmes moved the lamp, and we both bent over the sheet of paper, +which showed by its ragged edge that it had indeed been torn from +a book. It was headed, "March, 1869," and beneath were the +following enigmatical notices: + +"4th. Hudson came. Same old platform. + +"7th. Set the pips on McCauley, Paramore, and + John Swain, of St. Augustine. + +"9th. McCauley cleared. + +"10th. John Swain cleared. + +"12th. Visited Paramore. All well." + +"Thank you!" said Holmes, folding up the paper and returning it +to our visitor. "And now you must on no account lose another +instant. We cannot spare time even to discuss what you have told +me. You must get home instantly and act." + +"What shall I do?" + +"There is but one thing to do. It must be done at once. You must +put this piece of paper which you have shown us into the brass +box which you have described. You must also put in a note to say +that all the other papers were burned by your uncle, and that +this is the only one which remains. You must assert that in such +words as will carry conviction with them. Having done this, you +must at once put the box out upon the sundial, as directed. Do +you understand?" + +"Entirely." + +"Do not think of revenge, or anything of the sort, at present. I +think that we may gain that by means of the law; but we have our +web to weave, while theirs is already woven. The first +consideration is to remove the pressing danger which threatens +you. The second is to clear up the mystery and to punish the +guilty parties." + +"I thank you," said the young man, rising and pulling on his +overcoat. "You have given me fresh life and hope. I shall +certainly do as you advise." + +"Do not lose an instant. And, above all, take care of yourself in +the meanwhile, for I do not think that there can be a doubt that +you are threatened by a very real and imminent danger. How do you +go back?" + +"By train from Waterloo." + +"It is not yet nine. The streets will be crowded, so I trust that +you may be in safety. And yet you cannot guard yourself too +closely." + +"I am armed." + +"That is well. To-morrow I shall set to work upon your case." + +"I shall see you at Horsham, then?" + +"No, your secret lies in London. It is there that I shall seek +it." + +"Then I shall call upon you in a day, or in two days, with news +as to the box and the papers. I shall take your advice in every +particular." He shook hands with us and took his leave. Outside +the wind still screamed and the rain splashed and pattered +against the windows. This strange, wild story seemed to have come +to us from amid the mad elements--blown in upon us like a sheet +of sea-weed in a gale--and now to have been reabsorbed by them +once more. + +Sherlock Holmes sat for some time in silence, with his head sunk +forward and his eyes bent upon the red glow of the fire. Then he +lit his pipe, and leaning back in his chair he watched the blue +smoke-rings as they chased each other up to the ceiling. + +"I think, Watson," he remarked at last, "that of all our cases we +have had none more fantastic than this." + +"Save, perhaps, the Sign of Four." + +"Well, yes. Save, perhaps, that. And yet this John Openshaw seems +to me to be walking amid even greater perils than did the +Sholtos." + +"But have you," I asked, "formed any definite conception as to +what these perils are?" + +"There can be no question as to their nature," he answered. + +"Then what are they? Who is this K. K. K., and why does he pursue +this unhappy family?" + +Sherlock Holmes closed his eyes and placed his elbows upon the +arms of his chair, with his finger-tips together. "The ideal +reasoner," he remarked, "would, when he had once been shown a +single fact in all its bearings, deduce from it not only all the +chain of events which led up to it but also all the results which +would follow from it. As Cuvier could correctly describe a whole +animal by the contemplation of a single bone, so the observer who +has thoroughly understood one link in a series of incidents +should be able to accurately state all the other ones, both +before and after. We have not yet grasped the results which the +reason alone can attain to. Problems may be solved in the study +which have baffled all those who have sought a solution by the +aid of their senses. To carry the art, however, to its highest +pitch, it is necessary that the reasoner should be able to +utilise all the facts which have come to his knowledge; and this +in itself implies, as you will readily see, a possession of all +knowledge, which, even in these days of free education and +encyclopaedias, is a somewhat rare accomplishment. It is not so +impossible, however, that a man should possess all knowledge +which is likely to be useful to him in his work, and this I have +endeavoured in my case to do. If I remember rightly, you on one +occasion, in the early days of our friendship, defined my limits +in a very precise fashion." + +"Yes," I answered, laughing. "It was a singular document. +Philosophy, astronomy, and politics were marked at zero, I +remember. Botany variable, geology profound as regards the +mud-stains from any region within fifty miles of town, chemistry +eccentric, anatomy unsystematic, sensational literature and crime +records unique, violin-player, boxer, swordsman, lawyer, and +self-poisoner by cocaine and tobacco. Those, I think, were the +main points of my analysis." + +Holmes grinned at the last item. "Well," he said, "I say now, as +I said then, that a man should keep his little brain-attic +stocked with all the furniture that he is likely to use, and the +rest he can put away in the lumber-room of his library, where he +can get it if he wants it. Now, for such a case as the one which +has been submitted to us to-night, we need certainly to muster +all our resources. Kindly hand me down the letter K of the +'American Encyclopaedia' which stands upon the shelf beside you. +Thank you. Now let us consider the situation and see what may be +deduced from it. In the first place, we may start with a strong +presumption that Colonel Openshaw had some very strong reason for +leaving America. Men at his time of life do not change all their +habits and exchange willingly the charming climate of Florida for +the lonely life of an English provincial town. His extreme love +of solitude in England suggests the idea that he was in fear of +someone or something, so we may assume as a working hypothesis +that it was fear of someone or something which drove him from +America. As to what it was he feared, we can only deduce that by +considering the formidable letters which were received by himself +and his successors. Did you remark the postmarks of those +letters?" + +"The first was from Pondicherry, the second from Dundee, and the +third from London." + +"From East London. What do you deduce from that?" + +"They are all seaports. That the writer was on board of a ship." + +"Excellent. We have already a clue. There can be no doubt that +the probability--the strong probability--is that the writer was +on board of a ship. And now let us consider another point. In the +case of Pondicherry, seven weeks elapsed between the threat and +its fulfilment, in Dundee it was only some three or four days. +Does that suggest anything?" + +"A greater distance to travel." + +"But the letter had also a greater distance to come." + +"Then I do not see the point." + +"There is at least a presumption that the vessel in which the man +or men are is a sailing-ship. It looks as if they always send +their singular warning or token before them when starting upon +their mission. You see how quickly the deed followed the sign +when it came from Dundee. If they had come from Pondicherry in a +steamer they would have arrived almost as soon as their letter. +But, as a matter of fact, seven weeks elapsed. I think that those +seven weeks represented the difference between the mail-boat which +brought the letter and the sailing vessel which brought the +writer." + +"It is possible." + +"More than that. It is probable. And now you see the deadly +urgency of this new case, and why I urged young Openshaw to +caution. The blow has always fallen at the end of the time which +it would take the senders to travel the distance. But this one +comes from London, and therefore we cannot count upon delay." + +"Good God!" I cried. "What can it mean, this relentless +persecution?" + +"The papers which Openshaw carried are obviously of vital +importance to the person or persons in the sailing-ship. I think +that it is quite clear that there must be more than one of them. +A single man could not have carried out two deaths in such a way +as to deceive a coroner's jury. There must have been several in +it, and they must have been men of resource and determination. +Their papers they mean to have, be the holder of them who it may. +In this way you see K. K. K. ceases to be the initials of an +individual and becomes the badge of a society." + +"But of what society?" + +"Have you never--" said Sherlock Holmes, bending forward and +sinking his voice--"have you never heard of the Ku Klux Klan?" + +"I never have." + +Holmes turned over the leaves of the book upon his knee. "Here it +is," said he presently: + +"'Ku Klux Klan. A name derived from the fanciful resemblance to +the sound produced by cocking a rifle. This terrible secret +society was formed by some ex-Confederate soldiers in the +Southern states after the Civil War, and it rapidly formed local +branches in different parts of the country, notably in Tennessee, +Louisiana, the Carolinas, Georgia, and Florida. Its power was +used for political purposes, principally for the terrorising of +the negro voters and the murdering and driving from the country +of those who were opposed to its views. Its outrages were usually +preceded by a warning sent to the marked man in some fantastic +but generally recognised shape--a sprig of oak-leaves in some +parts, melon seeds or orange pips in others. On receiving this +the victim might either openly abjure his former ways, or might +fly from the country. If he braved the matter out, death would +unfailingly come upon him, and usually in some strange and +unforeseen manner. So perfect was the organisation of the +society, and so systematic its methods, that there is hardly a +case upon record where any man succeeded in braving it with +impunity, or in which any of its outrages were traced home to the +perpetrators. For some years the organisation flourished in spite +of the efforts of the United States government and of the better +classes of the community in the South. Eventually, in the year +1869, the movement rather suddenly collapsed, although there have +been sporadic outbreaks of the same sort since that date.' + +"You will observe," said Holmes, laying down the volume, "that +the sudden breaking up of the society was coincident with the +disappearance of Openshaw from America with their papers. It may +well have been cause and effect. It is no wonder that he and his +family have some of the more implacable spirits upon their track. +You can understand that this register and diary may implicate +some of the first men in the South, and that there may be many +who will not sleep easy at night until it is recovered." + +"Then the page we have seen--" + +"Is such as we might expect. It ran, if I remember right, 'sent +the pips to A, B, and C'--that is, sent the society's warning to +them. Then there are successive entries that A and B cleared, or +left the country, and finally that C was visited, with, I fear, a +sinister result for C. Well, I think, Doctor, that we may let +some light into this dark place, and I believe that the only +chance young Openshaw has in the meantime is to do what I have +told him. There is nothing more to be said or to be done +to-night, so hand me over my violin and let us try to forget for +half an hour the miserable weather and the still more miserable +ways of our fellow-men." + + +It had cleared in the morning, and the sun was shining with a +subdued brightness through the dim veil which hangs over the +great city. Sherlock Holmes was already at breakfast when I came +down. + +"You will excuse me for not waiting for you," said he; "I have, I +foresee, a very busy day before me in looking into this case of +young Openshaw's." + +"What steps will you take?" I asked. + +"It will very much depend upon the results of my first inquiries. +I may have to go down to Horsham, after all." + +"You will not go there first?" + +"No, I shall commence with the City. Just ring the bell and the +maid will bring up your coffee." + +As I waited, I lifted the unopened newspaper from the table and +glanced my eye over it. It rested upon a heading which sent a +chill to my heart. + +"Holmes," I cried, "you are too late." + +"Ah!" said he, laying down his cup, "I feared as much. How was it +done?" He spoke calmly, but I could see that he was deeply moved. + +"My eye caught the name of Openshaw, and the heading 'Tragedy +Near Waterloo Bridge.' Here is the account: + +"Between nine and ten last night Police-Constable Cook, of the H +Division, on duty near Waterloo Bridge, heard a cry for help and +a splash in the water. The night, however, was extremely dark and +stormy, so that, in spite of the help of several passers-by, it +was quite impossible to effect a rescue. The alarm, however, was +given, and, by the aid of the water-police, the body was +eventually recovered. It proved to be that of a young gentleman +whose name, as it appears from an envelope which was found in his +pocket, was John Openshaw, and whose residence is near Horsham. +It is conjectured that he may have been hurrying down to catch +the last train from Waterloo Station, and that in his haste and +the extreme darkness he missed his path and walked over the edge +of one of the small landing-places for river steamboats. The body +exhibited no traces of violence, and there can be no doubt that +the deceased had been the victim of an unfortunate accident, +which should have the effect of calling the attention of the +authorities to the condition of the riverside landing-stages." + +We sat in silence for some minutes, Holmes more depressed and +shaken than I had ever seen him. + +"That hurts my pride, Watson," he said at last. "It is a petty +feeling, no doubt, but it hurts my pride. It becomes a personal +matter with me now, and, if God sends me health, I shall set my +hand upon this gang. That he should come to me for help, and that +I should send him away to his death--!" He sprang from his chair +and paced about the room in uncontrollable agitation, with a +flush upon his sallow cheeks and a nervous clasping and +unclasping of his long thin hands. + +"They must be cunning devils," he exclaimed at last. "How could +they have decoyed him down there? The Embankment is not on the +direct line to the station. The bridge, no doubt, was too +crowded, even on such a night, for their purpose. Well, Watson, +we shall see who will win in the long run. I am going out now!" + +"To the police?" + +"No; I shall be my own police. When I have spun the web they may +take the flies, but not before." + +All day I was engaged in my professional work, and it was late in +the evening before I returned to Baker Street. Sherlock Holmes +had not come back yet. It was nearly ten o'clock before he +entered, looking pale and worn. He walked up to the sideboard, +and tearing a piece from the loaf he devoured it voraciously, +washing it down with a long draught of water. + +"You are hungry," I remarked. + +"Starving. It had escaped my memory. I have had nothing since +breakfast." + +"Nothing?" + +"Not a bite. I had no time to think of it." + +"And how have you succeeded?" + +"Well." + +"You have a clue?" + +"I have them in the hollow of my hand. Young Openshaw shall not +long remain unavenged. Why, Watson, let us put their own devilish +trade-mark upon them. It is well thought of!" + +"What do you mean?" + +He took an orange from the cupboard, and tearing it to pieces he +squeezed out the pips upon the table. Of these he took five and +thrust them into an envelope. On the inside of the flap he wrote +"S. H. for J. O." Then he sealed it and addressed it to "Captain +James Calhoun, Barque 'Lone Star,' Savannah, Georgia." + +"That will await him when he enters port," said he, chuckling. +"It may give him a sleepless night. He will find it as sure a +precursor of his fate as Openshaw did before him." + +"And who is this Captain Calhoun?" + +"The leader of the gang. I shall have the others, but he first." + +"How did you trace it, then?" + +He took a large sheet of paper from his pocket, all covered with +dates and names. + +"I have spent the whole day," said he, "over Lloyd's registers +and files of the old papers, following the future career of every +vessel which touched at Pondicherry in January and February in +'83. There were thirty-six ships of fair tonnage which were +reported there during those months. Of these, one, the 'Lone Star,' +instantly attracted my attention, since, although it was reported +as having cleared from London, the name is that which is given to +one of the states of the Union." + +"Texas, I think." + +"I was not and am not sure which; but I knew that the ship must +have an American origin." + +"What then?" + +"I searched the Dundee records, and when I found that the barque +'Lone Star' was there in January, '85, my suspicion became a +certainty. I then inquired as to the vessels which lay at present +in the port of London." + +"Yes?" + +"The 'Lone Star' had arrived here last week. I went down to the +Albert Dock and found that she had been taken down the river by +the early tide this morning, homeward bound to Savannah. I wired +to Gravesend and learned that she had passed some time ago, and +as the wind is easterly I have no doubt that she is now past the +Goodwins and not very far from the Isle of Wight." + +"What will you do, then?" + +"Oh, I have my hand upon him. He and the two mates, are as I +learn, the only native-born Americans in the ship. The others are +Finns and Germans. I know, also, that they were all three away +from the ship last night. I had it from the stevedore who has +been loading their cargo. By the time that their sailing-ship +reaches Savannah the mail-boat will have carried this letter, and +the cable will have informed the police of Savannah that these +three gentlemen are badly wanted here upon a charge of murder." + +There is ever a flaw, however, in the best laid of human plans, +and the murderers of John Openshaw were never to receive the +orange pips which would show them that another, as cunning and as +resolute as themselves, was upon their track. Very long and very +severe were the equinoctial gales that year. We waited long for +news of the "Lone Star" of Savannah, but none ever reached us. We +did at last hear that somewhere far out in the Atlantic a +shattered stern-post of a boat was seen swinging in the trough +of a wave, with the letters "L. S." carved upon it, and that is +all which we shall ever know of the fate of the "Lone Star." + + + +ADVENTURE VI. THE MAN WITH THE TWISTED LIP + +Isa Whitney, brother of the late Elias Whitney, D.D., Principal +of the Theological College of St. George's, was much addicted to +opium. The habit grew upon him, as I understand, from some +foolish freak when he was at college; for having read De +Quincey's description of his dreams and sensations, he had +drenched his tobacco with laudanum in an attempt to produce the +same effects. He found, as so many more have done, that the +practice is easier to attain than to get rid of, and for many +years he continued to be a slave to the drug, an object of +mingled horror and pity to his friends and relatives. I can see +him now, with yellow, pasty face, drooping lids, and pin-point +pupils, all huddled in a chair, the wreck and ruin of a noble +man. + +One night--it was in June, '89--there came a ring to my bell, +about the hour when a man gives his first yawn and glances at the +clock. I sat up in my chair, and my wife laid her needle-work +down in her lap and made a little face of disappointment. + +"A patient!" said she. "You'll have to go out." + +I groaned, for I was newly come back from a weary day. + +We heard the door open, a few hurried words, and then quick steps +upon the linoleum. Our own door flew open, and a lady, clad in +some dark-coloured stuff, with a black veil, entered the room. + +"You will excuse my calling so late," she began, and then, +suddenly losing her self-control, she ran forward, threw her arms +about my wife's neck, and sobbed upon her shoulder. "Oh, I'm in +such trouble!" she cried; "I do so want a little help." + +"Why," said my wife, pulling up her veil, "it is Kate Whitney. +How you startled me, Kate! I had not an idea who you were when +you came in." + +"I didn't know what to do, so I came straight to you." That was +always the way. Folk who were in grief came to my wife like birds +to a light-house. + +"It was very sweet of you to come. Now, you must have some wine +and water, and sit here comfortably and tell us all about it. Or +should you rather that I sent James off to bed?" + +"Oh, no, no! I want the doctor's advice and help, too. It's about +Isa. He has not been home for two days. I am so frightened about +him!" + +It was not the first time that she had spoken to us of her +husband's trouble, to me as a doctor, to my wife as an old friend +and school companion. We soothed and comforted her by such words +as we could find. Did she know where her husband was? Was it +possible that we could bring him back to her? + +It seems that it was. She had the surest information that of late +he had, when the fit was on him, made use of an opium den in the +farthest east of the City. Hitherto his orgies had always been +confined to one day, and he had come back, twitching and +shattered, in the evening. But now the spell had been upon him +eight-and-forty hours, and he lay there, doubtless among the +dregs of the docks, breathing in the poison or sleeping off the +effects. There he was to be found, she was sure of it, at the Bar +of Gold, in Upper Swandam Lane. But what was she to do? How could +she, a young and timid woman, make her way into such a place and +pluck her husband out from among the ruffians who surrounded him? + +There was the case, and of course there was but one way out of +it. Might I not escort her to this place? And then, as a second +thought, why should she come at all? I was Isa Whitney's medical +adviser, and as such I had influence over him. I could manage it +better if I were alone. I promised her on my word that I would +send him home in a cab within two hours if he were indeed at the +address which she had given me. And so in ten minutes I had left +my armchair and cheery sitting-room behind me, and was speeding +eastward in a hansom on a strange errand, as it seemed to me at +the time, though the future only could show how strange it was to +be. + +But there was no great difficulty in the first stage of my +adventure. Upper Swandam Lane is a vile alley lurking behind the +high wharves which line the north side of the river to the east +of London Bridge. Between a slop-shop and a gin-shop, approached +by a steep flight of steps leading down to a black gap like the +mouth of a cave, I found the den of which I was in search. +Ordering my cab to wait, I passed down the steps, worn hollow in +the centre by the ceaseless tread of drunken feet; and by the +light of a flickering oil-lamp above the door I found the latch +and made my way into a long, low room, thick and heavy with the +brown opium smoke, and terraced with wooden berths, like the +forecastle of an emigrant ship. + +Through the gloom one could dimly catch a glimpse of bodies lying +in strange fantastic poses, bowed shoulders, bent knees, heads +thrown back, and chins pointing upward, with here and there a +dark, lack-lustre eye turned upon the newcomer. Out of the black +shadows there glimmered little red circles of light, now bright, +now faint, as the burning poison waxed or waned in the bowls of +the metal pipes. The most lay silent, but some muttered to +themselves, and others talked together in a strange, low, +monotonous voice, their conversation coming in gushes, and then +suddenly tailing off into silence, each mumbling out his own +thoughts and paying little heed to the words of his neighbour. At +the farther end was a small brazier of burning charcoal, beside +which on a three-legged wooden stool there sat a tall, thin old +man, with his jaw resting upon his two fists, and his elbows upon +his knees, staring into the fire. + +As I entered, a sallow Malay attendant had hurried up with a pipe +for me and a supply of the drug, beckoning me to an empty berth. + +"Thank you. I have not come to stay," said I. "There is a friend +of mine here, Mr. Isa Whitney, and I wish to speak with him." + +There was a movement and an exclamation from my right, and +peering through the gloom, I saw Whitney, pale, haggard, and +unkempt, staring out at me. + +"My God! It's Watson," said he. He was in a pitiable state of +reaction, with every nerve in a twitter. "I say, Watson, what +o'clock is it?" + +"Nearly eleven." + +"Of what day?" + +"Of Friday, June 19th." + +"Good heavens! I thought it was Wednesday. It is Wednesday. What +d'you want to frighten a chap for?" He sank his face onto his +arms and began to sob in a high treble key. + +"I tell you that it is Friday, man. Your wife has been waiting +this two days for you. You should be ashamed of yourself!" + +"So I am. But you've got mixed, Watson, for I have only been here +a few hours, three pipes, four pipes--I forget how many. But I'll +go home with you. I wouldn't frighten Kate--poor little Kate. +Give me your hand! Have you a cab?" + +"Yes, I have one waiting." + +"Then I shall go in it. But I must owe something. Find what I +owe, Watson. I am all off colour. I can do nothing for myself." + +I walked down the narrow passage between the double row of +sleepers, holding my breath to keep out the vile, stupefying +fumes of the drug, and looking about for the manager. As I passed +the tall man who sat by the brazier I felt a sudden pluck at my +skirt, and a low voice whispered, "Walk past me, and then look +back at me." The words fell quite distinctly upon my ear. I +glanced down. They could only have come from the old man at my +side, and yet he sat now as absorbed as ever, very thin, very +wrinkled, bent with age, an opium pipe dangling down from between +his knees, as though it had dropped in sheer lassitude from his +fingers. I took two steps forward and looked back. It took all my +self-control to prevent me from breaking out into a cry of +astonishment. He had turned his back so that none could see him +but I. His form had filled out, his wrinkles were gone, the dull +eyes had regained their fire, and there, sitting by the fire and +grinning at my surprise, was none other than Sherlock Holmes. He +made a slight motion to me to approach him, and instantly, as he +turned his face half round to the company once more, subsided +into a doddering, loose-lipped senility. + +"Holmes!" I whispered, "what on earth are you doing in this den?" + +"As low as you can," he answered; "I have excellent ears. If you +would have the great kindness to get rid of that sottish friend +of yours I should be exceedingly glad to have a little talk with +you." + +"I have a cab outside." + +"Then pray send him home in it. You may safely trust him, for he +appears to be too limp to get into any mischief. I should +recommend you also to send a note by the cabman to your wife to +say that you have thrown in your lot with me. If you will wait +outside, I shall be with you in five minutes." + +It was difficult to refuse any of Sherlock Holmes' requests, for +they were always so exceedingly definite, and put forward with +such a quiet air of mastery. I felt, however, that when Whitney +was once confined in the cab my mission was practically +accomplished; and for the rest, I could not wish anything better +than to be associated with my friend in one of those singular +adventures which were the normal condition of his existence. In a +few minutes I had written my note, paid Whitney's bill, led him +out to the cab, and seen him driven through the darkness. In a +very short time a decrepit figure had emerged from the opium den, +and I was walking down the street with Sherlock Holmes. For two +streets he shuffled along with a bent back and an uncertain foot. +Then, glancing quickly round, he straightened himself out and +burst into a hearty fit of laughter. + +"I suppose, Watson," said he, "that you imagine that I have added +opium-smoking to cocaine injections, and all the other little +weaknesses on which you have favoured me with your medical +views." + +"I was certainly surprised to find you there." + +"But not more so than I to find you." + +"I came to find a friend." + +"And I to find an enemy." + +"An enemy?" + +"Yes; one of my natural enemies, or, shall I say, my natural +prey. Briefly, Watson, I am in the midst of a very remarkable +inquiry, and I have hoped to find a clue in the incoherent +ramblings of these sots, as I have done before now. Had I been +recognised in that den my life would not have been worth an +hour's purchase; for I have used it before now for my own +purposes, and the rascally Lascar who runs it has sworn to have +vengeance upon me. There is a trap-door at the back of that +building, near the corner of Paul's Wharf, which could tell some +strange tales of what has passed through it upon the moonless +nights." + +"What! You do not mean bodies?" + +"Ay, bodies, Watson. We should be rich men if we had 1000 pounds +for every poor devil who has been done to death in that den. It +is the vilest murder-trap on the whole riverside, and I fear that +Neville St. Clair has entered it never to leave it more. But our +trap should be here." He put his two forefingers between his +teeth and whistled shrilly--a signal which was answered by a +similar whistle from the distance, followed shortly by the rattle +of wheels and the clink of horses' hoofs. + +"Now, Watson," said Holmes, as a tall dog-cart dashed up through +the gloom, throwing out two golden tunnels of yellow light from +its side lanterns. "You'll come with me, won't you?" + +"If I can be of use." + +"Oh, a trusty comrade is always of use; and a chronicler still +more so. My room at The Cedars is a double-bedded one." + +"The Cedars?" + +"Yes; that is Mr. St. Clair's house. I am staying there while I +conduct the inquiry." + +"Where is it, then?" + +"Near Lee, in Kent. We have a seven-mile drive before us." + +"But I am all in the dark." + +"Of course you are. You'll know all about it presently. Jump up +here. All right, John; we shall not need you. Here's half a +crown. Look out for me to-morrow, about eleven. Give her her +head. So long, then!" + +He flicked the horse with his whip, and we dashed away through +the endless succession of sombre and deserted streets, which +widened gradually, until we were flying across a broad +balustraded bridge, with the murky river flowing sluggishly +beneath us. Beyond lay another dull wilderness of bricks and +mortar, its silence broken only by the heavy, regular footfall of +the policeman, or the songs and shouts of some belated party of +revellers. A dull wrack was drifting slowly across the sky, and a +star or two twinkled dimly here and there through the rifts of +the clouds. Holmes drove in silence, with his head sunk upon his +breast, and the air of a man who is lost in thought, while I sat +beside him, curious to learn what this new quest might be which +seemed to tax his powers so sorely, and yet afraid to break in +upon the current of his thoughts. We had driven several miles, +and were beginning to get to the fringe of the belt of suburban +villas, when he shook himself, shrugged his shoulders, and lit up +his pipe with the air of a man who has satisfied himself that he +is acting for the best. + +"You have a grand gift of silence, Watson," said he. "It makes +you quite invaluable as a companion. 'Pon my word, it is a great +thing for me to have someone to talk to, for my own thoughts are +not over-pleasant. I was wondering what I should say to this dear +little woman to-night when she meets me at the door." + +"You forget that I know nothing about it." + +"I shall just have time to tell you the facts of the case before +we get to Lee. It seems absurdly simple, and yet, somehow I can +get nothing to go upon. There's plenty of thread, no doubt, but I +can't get the end of it into my hand. Now, I'll state the case +clearly and concisely to you, Watson, and maybe you can see a +spark where all is dark to me." + +"Proceed, then." + +"Some years ago--to be definite, in May, 1884--there came to Lee +a gentleman, Neville St. Clair by name, who appeared to have +plenty of money. He took a large villa, laid out the grounds very +nicely, and lived generally in good style. By degrees he made +friends in the neighbourhood, and in 1887 he married the daughter +of a local brewer, by whom he now has two children. He had no +occupation, but was interested in several companies and went into +town as a rule in the morning, returning by the 5:14 from Cannon +Street every night. Mr. St. Clair is now thirty-seven years of +age, is a man of temperate habits, a good husband, a very +affectionate father, and a man who is popular with all who know +him. I may add that his whole debts at the present moment, as far +as we have been able to ascertain, amount to 88 pounds 10s., while +he has 220 pounds standing to his credit in the Capital and +Counties Bank. There is no reason, therefore, to think that money +troubles have been weighing upon his mind. + +"Last Monday Mr. Neville St. Clair went into town rather earlier +than usual, remarking before he started that he had two important +commissions to perform, and that he would bring his little boy +home a box of bricks. Now, by the merest chance, his wife +received a telegram upon this same Monday, very shortly after his +departure, to the effect that a small parcel of considerable +value which she had been expecting was waiting for her at the +offices of the Aberdeen Shipping Company. Now, if you are well up +in your London, you will know that the office of the company is +in Fresno Street, which branches out of Upper Swandam Lane, where +you found me to-night. Mrs. St. Clair had her lunch, started for +the City, did some shopping, proceeded to the company's office, +got her packet, and found herself at exactly 4:35 walking through +Swandam Lane on her way back to the station. Have you followed me +so far?" + +"It is very clear." + +"If you remember, Monday was an exceedingly hot day, and Mrs. St. +Clair walked slowly, glancing about in the hope of seeing a cab, +as she did not like the neighbourhood in which she found herself. +While she was walking in this way down Swandam Lane, she suddenly +heard an ejaculation or cry, and was struck cold to see her +husband looking down at her and, as it seemed to her, beckoning +to her from a second-floor window. The window was open, and she +distinctly saw his face, which she describes as being terribly +agitated. He waved his hands frantically to her, and then +vanished from the window so suddenly that it seemed to her that +he had been plucked back by some irresistible force from behind. +One singular point which struck her quick feminine eye was that +although he wore some dark coat, such as he had started to town +in, he had on neither collar nor necktie. + +"Convinced that something was amiss with him, she rushed down the +steps--for the house was none other than the opium den in which +you found me to-night--and running through the front room she +attempted to ascend the stairs which led to the first floor. At +the foot of the stairs, however, she met this Lascar scoundrel of +whom I have spoken, who thrust her back and, aided by a Dane, who +acts as assistant there, pushed her out into the street. Filled +with the most maddening doubts and fears, she rushed down the +lane and, by rare good-fortune, met in Fresno Street a number of +constables with an inspector, all on their way to their beat. The +inspector and two men accompanied her back, and in spite of the +continued resistance of the proprietor, they made their way to +the room in which Mr. St. Clair had last been seen. There was no +sign of him there. In fact, in the whole of that floor there was +no one to be found save a crippled wretch of hideous aspect, who, +it seems, made his home there. Both he and the Lascar stoutly +swore that no one else had been in the front room during the +afternoon. So determined was their denial that the inspector was +staggered, and had almost come to believe that Mrs. St. Clair had +been deluded when, with a cry, she sprang at a small deal box +which lay upon the table and tore the lid from it. Out there fell +a cascade of children's bricks. It was the toy which he had +promised to bring home. + +"This discovery, and the evident confusion which the cripple +showed, made the inspector realise that the matter was serious. +The rooms were carefully examined, and results all pointed to an +abominable crime. The front room was plainly furnished as a +sitting-room and led into a small bedroom, which looked out upon +the back of one of the wharves. Between the wharf and the bedroom +window is a narrow strip, which is dry at low tide but is covered +at high tide with at least four and a half feet of water. The +bedroom window was a broad one and opened from below. On +examination traces of blood were to be seen upon the windowsill, +and several scattered drops were visible upon the wooden floor of +the bedroom. Thrust away behind a curtain in the front room were +all the clothes of Mr. Neville St. Clair, with the exception of +his coat. His boots, his socks, his hat, and his watch--all were +there. There were no signs of violence upon any of these +garments, and there were no other traces of Mr. Neville St. +Clair. Out of the window he must apparently have gone for no +other exit could be discovered, and the ominous bloodstains upon +the sill gave little promise that he could save himself by +swimming, for the tide was at its very highest at the moment of +the tragedy. + +"And now as to the villains who seemed to be immediately +implicated in the matter. The Lascar was known to be a man of the +vilest antecedents, but as, by Mrs. St. Clair's story, he was +known to have been at the foot of the stair within a very few +seconds of her husband's appearance at the window, he could +hardly have been more than an accessory to the crime. His defence +was one of absolute ignorance, and he protested that he had no +knowledge as to the doings of Hugh Boone, his lodger, and that he +could not account in any way for the presence of the missing +gentleman's clothes. + +"So much for the Lascar manager. Now for the sinister cripple who +lives upon the second floor of the opium den, and who was +certainly the last human being whose eyes rested upon Neville St. +Clair. His name is Hugh Boone, and his hideous face is one which +is familiar to every man who goes much to the City. He is a +professional beggar, though in order to avoid the police +regulations he pretends to a small trade in wax vestas. Some +little distance down Threadneedle Street, upon the left-hand +side, there is, as you may have remarked, a small angle in the +wall. Here it is that this creature takes his daily seat, +cross-legged with his tiny stock of matches on his lap, and as he +is a piteous spectacle a small rain of charity descends into the +greasy leather cap which lies upon the pavement beside him. I +have watched the fellow more than once before ever I thought of +making his professional acquaintance, and I have been surprised +at the harvest which he has reaped in a short time. His +appearance, you see, is so remarkable that no one can pass him +without observing him. A shock of orange hair, a pale face +disfigured by a horrible scar, which, by its contraction, has +turned up the outer edge of his upper lip, a bulldog chin, and a +pair of very penetrating dark eyes, which present a singular +contrast to the colour of his hair, all mark him out from amid +the common crowd of mendicants and so, too, does his wit, for he +is ever ready with a reply to any piece of chaff which may be +thrown at him by the passers-by. This is the man whom we now +learn to have been the lodger at the opium den, and to have been +the last man to see the gentleman of whom we are in quest." + +"But a cripple!" said I. "What could he have done single-handed +against a man in the prime of life?" + +"He is a cripple in the sense that he walks with a limp; but in +other respects he appears to be a powerful and well-nurtured man. +Surely your medical experience would tell you, Watson, that +weakness in one limb is often compensated for by exceptional +strength in the others." + +"Pray continue your narrative." + +"Mrs. St. Clair had fainted at the sight of the blood upon the +window, and she was escorted home in a cab by the police, as her +presence could be of no help to them in their investigations. +Inspector Barton, who had charge of the case, made a very careful +examination of the premises, but without finding anything which +threw any light upon the matter. One mistake had been made in not +arresting Boone instantly, as he was allowed some few minutes +during which he might have communicated with his friend the +Lascar, but this fault was soon remedied, and he was seized and +searched, without anything being found which could incriminate +him. There were, it is true, some blood-stains upon his right +shirt-sleeve, but he pointed to his ring-finger, which had been +cut near the nail, and explained that the bleeding came from +there, adding that he had been to the window not long before, and +that the stains which had been observed there came doubtless from +the same source. He denied strenuously having ever seen Mr. +Neville St. Clair and swore that the presence of the clothes in +his room was as much a mystery to him as to the police. As to +Mrs. St. Clair's assertion that she had actually seen her husband +at the window, he declared that she must have been either mad or +dreaming. He was removed, loudly protesting, to the +police-station, while the inspector remained upon the premises in +the hope that the ebbing tide might afford some fresh clue. + +"And it did, though they hardly found upon the mud-bank what they +had feared to find. It was Neville St. Clair's coat, and not +Neville St. Clair, which lay uncovered as the tide receded. And +what do you think they found in the pockets?" + +"I cannot imagine." + +"No, I don't think you would guess. Every pocket stuffed with +pennies and half-pennies--421 pennies and 270 half-pennies. It +was no wonder that it had not been swept away by the tide. But a +human body is a different matter. There is a fierce eddy between +the wharf and the house. It seemed likely enough that the +weighted coat had remained when the stripped body had been sucked +away into the river." + +"But I understand that all the other clothes were found in the +room. Would the body be dressed in a coat alone?" + +"No, sir, but the facts might be met speciously enough. Suppose +that this man Boone had thrust Neville St. Clair through the +window, there is no human eye which could have seen the deed. +What would he do then? It would of course instantly strike him +that he must get rid of the tell-tale garments. He would seize +the coat, then, and be in the act of throwing it out, when it +would occur to him that it would swim and not sink. He has little +time, for he has heard the scuffle downstairs when the wife tried +to force her way up, and perhaps he has already heard from his +Lascar confederate that the police are hurrying up the street. +There is not an instant to be lost. He rushes to some secret +hoard, where he has accumulated the fruits of his beggary, and he +stuffs all the coins upon which he can lay his hands into the +pockets to make sure of the coat's sinking. He throws it out, and +would have done the same with the other garments had not he heard +the rush of steps below, and only just had time to close the +window when the police appeared." + +"It certainly sounds feasible." + +"Well, we will take it as a working hypothesis for want of a +better. Boone, as I have told you, was arrested and taken to the +station, but it could not be shown that there had ever before +been anything against him. He had for years been known as a +professional beggar, but his life appeared to have been a very +quiet and innocent one. There the matter stands at present, and +the questions which have to be solved--what Neville St. Clair was +doing in the opium den, what happened to him when there, where is +he now, and what Hugh Boone had to do with his disappearance--are +all as far from a solution as ever. I confess that I cannot +recall any case within my experience which looked at the first +glance so simple and yet which presented such difficulties." + +While Sherlock Holmes had been detailing this singular series of +events, we had been whirling through the outskirts of the great +town until the last straggling houses had been left behind, and +we rattled along with a country hedge upon either side of us. +Just as he finished, however, we drove through two scattered +villages, where a few lights still glimmered in the windows. + +"We are on the outskirts of Lee," said my companion. "We have +touched on three English counties in our short drive, starting in +Middlesex, passing over an angle of Surrey, and ending in Kent. +See that light among the trees? That is The Cedars, and beside +that lamp sits a woman whose anxious ears have already, I have +little doubt, caught the clink of our horse's feet." + +"But why are you not conducting the case from Baker Street?" I +asked. + +"Because there are many inquiries which must be made out here. +Mrs. St. Clair has most kindly put two rooms at my disposal, and +you may rest assured that she will have nothing but a welcome for +my friend and colleague. I hate to meet her, Watson, when I have +no news of her husband. Here we are. Whoa, there, whoa!" + +We had pulled up in front of a large villa which stood within its +own grounds. A stable-boy had run out to the horse's head, and +springing down, I followed Holmes up the small, winding +gravel-drive which led to the house. As we approached, the door +flew open, and a little blonde woman stood in the opening, clad +in some sort of light mousseline de soie, with a touch of fluffy +pink chiffon at her neck and wrists. She stood with her figure +outlined against the flood of light, one hand upon the door, one +half-raised in her eagerness, her body slightly bent, her head +and face protruded, with eager eyes and parted lips, a standing +question. + +"Well?" she cried, "well?" And then, seeing that there were two +of us, she gave a cry of hope which sank into a groan as she saw +that my companion shook his head and shrugged his shoulders. + +"No good news?" + +"None." + +"No bad?" + +"No." + +"Thank God for that. But come in. You must be weary, for you have +had a long day." + +"This is my friend, Dr. Watson. He has been of most vital use to +me in several of my cases, and a lucky chance has made it +possible for me to bring him out and associate him with this +investigation." + +"I am delighted to see you," said she, pressing my hand warmly. +"You will, I am sure, forgive anything that may be wanting in our +arrangements, when you consider the blow which has come so +suddenly upon us." + +"My dear madam," said I, "I am an old campaigner, and if I were +not I can very well see that no apology is needed. If I can be of +any assistance, either to you or to my friend here, I shall be +indeed happy." + +"Now, Mr. Sherlock Holmes," said the lady as we entered a +well-lit dining-room, upon the table of which a cold supper had +been laid out, "I should very much like to ask you one or two +plain questions, to which I beg that you will give a plain +answer." + +"Certainly, madam." + +"Do not trouble about my feelings. I am not hysterical, nor given +to fainting. I simply wish to hear your real, real opinion." + +"Upon what point?" + +"In your heart of hearts, do you think that Neville is alive?" + +Sherlock Holmes seemed to be embarrassed by the question. +"Frankly, now!" she repeated, standing upon the rug and looking +keenly down at him as he leaned back in a basket-chair. + +"Frankly, then, madam, I do not." + +"You think that he is dead?" + +"I do." + +"Murdered?" + +"I don't say that. Perhaps." + +"And on what day did he meet his death?" + +"On Monday." + +"Then perhaps, Mr. Holmes, you will be good enough to explain how +it is that I have received a letter from him to-day." + +Sherlock Holmes sprang out of his chair as if he had been +galvanised. + +"What!" he roared. + +"Yes, to-day." She stood smiling, holding up a little slip of +paper in the air. + +"May I see it?" + +"Certainly." + +He snatched it from her in his eagerness, and smoothing it out +upon the table he drew over the lamp and examined it intently. I +had left my chair and was gazing at it over his shoulder. The +envelope was a very coarse one and was stamped with the Gravesend +postmark and with the date of that very day, or rather of the day +before, for it was considerably after midnight. + +"Coarse writing," murmured Holmes. "Surely this is not your +husband's writing, madam." + +"No, but the enclosure is." + +"I perceive also that whoever addressed the envelope had to go +and inquire as to the address." + +"How can you tell that?" + +"The name, you see, is in perfectly black ink, which has dried +itself. The rest is of the greyish colour, which shows that +blotting-paper has been used. If it had been written straight +off, and then blotted, none would be of a deep black shade. This +man has written the name, and there has then been a pause before +he wrote the address, which can only mean that he was not +familiar with it. It is, of course, a trifle, but there is +nothing so important as trifles. Let us now see the letter. Ha! +there has been an enclosure here!" + +"Yes, there was a ring. His signet-ring." + +"And you are sure that this is your husband's hand?" + +"One of his hands." + +"One?" + +"His hand when he wrote hurriedly. It is very unlike his usual +writing, and yet I know it well." + +"'Dearest do not be frightened. All will come well. There is a +huge error which it may take some little time to rectify. +Wait in patience.--NEVILLE.' Written in pencil upon the fly-leaf +of a book, octavo size, no water-mark. Hum! Posted to-day in +Gravesend by a man with a dirty thumb. Ha! And the flap has been +gummed, if I am not very much in error, by a person who had been +chewing tobacco. And you have no doubt that it is your husband's +hand, madam?" + +"None. Neville wrote those words." + +"And they were posted to-day at Gravesend. Well, Mrs. St. Clair, +the clouds lighten, though I should not venture to say that the +danger is over." + +"But he must be alive, Mr. Holmes." + +"Unless this is a clever forgery to put us on the wrong scent. +The ring, after all, proves nothing. It may have been taken from +him." + +"No, no; it is, it is his very own writing!" + +"Very well. It may, however, have been written on Monday and only +posted to-day." + +"That is possible." + +"If so, much may have happened between." + +"Oh, you must not discourage me, Mr. Holmes. I know that all is +well with him. There is so keen a sympathy between us that I +should know if evil came upon him. On the very day that I saw him +last he cut himself in the bedroom, and yet I in the dining-room +rushed upstairs instantly with the utmost certainty that +something had happened. Do you think that I would respond to such +a trifle and yet be ignorant of his death?" + +"I have seen too much not to know that the impression of a woman +may be more valuable than the conclusion of an analytical +reasoner. And in this letter you certainly have a very strong +piece of evidence to corroborate your view. But if your husband +is alive and able to write letters, why should he remain away +from you?" + +"I cannot imagine. It is unthinkable." + +"And on Monday he made no remarks before leaving you?" + +"No." + +"And you were surprised to see him in Swandam Lane?" + +"Very much so." + +"Was the window open?" + +"Yes." + +"Then he might have called to you?" + +"He might." + +"He only, as I understand, gave an inarticulate cry?" + +"Yes." + +"A call for help, you thought?" + +"Yes. He waved his hands." + +"But it might have been a cry of surprise. Astonishment at the +unexpected sight of you might cause him to throw up his hands?" + +"It is possible." + +"And you thought he was pulled back?" + +"He disappeared so suddenly." + +"He might have leaped back. You did not see anyone else in the +room?" + +"No, but this horrible man confessed to having been there, and +the Lascar was at the foot of the stairs." + +"Quite so. Your husband, as far as you could see, had his +ordinary clothes on?" + +"But without his collar or tie. I distinctly saw his bare +throat." + +"Had he ever spoken of Swandam Lane?" + +"Never." + +"Had he ever showed any signs of having taken opium?" + +"Never." + +"Thank you, Mrs. St. Clair. Those are the principal points about +which I wished to be absolutely clear. We shall now have a little +supper and then retire, for we may have a very busy day +to-morrow." + +A large and comfortable double-bedded room had been placed at our +disposal, and I was quickly between the sheets, for I was weary +after my night of adventure. Sherlock Holmes was a man, however, +who, when he had an unsolved problem upon his mind, would go for +days, and even for a week, without rest, turning it over, +rearranging his facts, looking at it from every point of view +until he had either fathomed it or convinced himself that his +data were insufficient. It was soon evident to me that he was now +preparing for an all-night sitting. He took off his coat and +waistcoat, put on a large blue dressing-gown, and then wandered +about the room collecting pillows from his bed and cushions from +the sofa and armchairs. With these he constructed a sort of +Eastern divan, upon which he perched himself cross-legged, with +an ounce of shag tobacco and a box of matches laid out in front +of him. In the dim light of the lamp I saw him sitting there, an +old briar pipe between his lips, his eyes fixed vacantly upon the +corner of the ceiling, the blue smoke curling up from him, +silent, motionless, with the light shining upon his strong-set +aquiline features. So he sat as I dropped off to sleep, and so he +sat when a sudden ejaculation caused me to wake up, and I found +the summer sun shining into the apartment. The pipe was still +between his lips, the smoke still curled upward, and the room was +full of a dense tobacco haze, but nothing remained of the heap of +shag which I had seen upon the previous night. + +"Awake, Watson?" he asked. + +"Yes." + +"Game for a morning drive?" + +"Certainly." + +"Then dress. No one is stirring yet, but I know where the +stable-boy sleeps, and we shall soon have the trap out." He +chuckled to himself as he spoke, his eyes twinkled, and he seemed +a different man to the sombre thinker of the previous night. + +As I dressed I glanced at my watch. It was no wonder that no one +was stirring. It was twenty-five minutes past four. I had hardly +finished when Holmes returned with the news that the boy was +putting in the horse. + +"I want to test a little theory of mine," said he, pulling on his +boots. "I think, Watson, that you are now standing in the +presence of one of the most absolute fools in Europe. I deserve +to be kicked from here to Charing Cross. But I think I have the +key of the affair now." + +"And where is it?" I asked, smiling. + +"In the bathroom," he answered. "Oh, yes, I am not joking," he +continued, seeing my look of incredulity. "I have just been +there, and I have taken it out, and I have got it in this +Gladstone bag. Come on, my boy, and we shall see whether it will +not fit the lock." + +We made our way downstairs as quietly as possible, and out into +the bright morning sunshine. In the road stood our horse and +trap, with the half-clad stable-boy waiting at the head. We both +sprang in, and away we dashed down the London Road. A few country +carts were stirring, bearing in vegetables to the metropolis, but +the lines of villas on either side were as silent and lifeless as +some city in a dream. + +"It has been in some points a singular case," said Holmes, +flicking the horse on into a gallop. "I confess that I have been +as blind as a mole, but it is better to learn wisdom late than +never to learn it at all." + +In town the earliest risers were just beginning to look sleepily +from their windows as we drove through the streets of the Surrey +side. Passing down the Waterloo Bridge Road we crossed over the +river, and dashing up Wellington Street wheeled sharply to the +right and found ourselves in Bow Street. Sherlock Holmes was well +known to the force, and the two constables at the door saluted +him. One of them held the horse's head while the other led us in. + +"Who is on duty?" asked Holmes. + +"Inspector Bradstreet, sir." + +"Ah, Bradstreet, how are you?" A tall, stout official had come +down the stone-flagged passage, in a peaked cap and frogged +jacket. "I wish to have a quiet word with you, Bradstreet." +"Certainly, Mr. Holmes. Step into my room here." It was a small, +office-like room, with a huge ledger upon the table, and a +telephone projecting from the wall. The inspector sat down at his +desk. + +"What can I do for you, Mr. Holmes?" + +"I called about that beggarman, Boone--the one who was charged +with being concerned in the disappearance of Mr. Neville St. +Clair, of Lee." + +"Yes. He was brought up and remanded for further inquiries." + +"So I heard. You have him here?" + +"In the cells." + +"Is he quiet?" + +"Oh, he gives no trouble. But he is a dirty scoundrel." + +"Dirty?" + +"Yes, it is all we can do to make him wash his hands, and his +face is as black as a tinker's. Well, when once his case has been +settled, he will have a regular prison bath; and I think, if you +saw him, you would agree with me that he needed it." + +"I should like to see him very much." + +"Would you? That is easily done. Come this way. You can leave +your bag." + +"No, I think that I'll take it." + +"Very good. Come this way, if you please." He led us down a +passage, opened a barred door, passed down a winding stair, and +brought us to a whitewashed corridor with a line of doors on each +side. + +"The third on the right is his," said the inspector. "Here it +is!" He quietly shot back a panel in the upper part of the door +and glanced through. + +"He is asleep," said he. "You can see him very well." + +We both put our eyes to the grating. The prisoner lay with his +face towards us, in a very deep sleep, breathing slowly and +heavily. He was a middle-sized man, coarsely clad as became his +calling, with a coloured shirt protruding through the rent in his +tattered coat. He was, as the inspector had said, extremely +dirty, but the grime which covered his face could not conceal its +repulsive ugliness. A broad wheal from an old scar ran right +across it from eye to chin, and by its contraction had turned up +one side of the upper lip, so that three teeth were exposed in a +perpetual snarl. A shock of very bright red hair grew low over +his eyes and forehead. + +"He's a beauty, isn't he?" said the inspector. + +"He certainly needs a wash," remarked Holmes. "I had an idea that +he might, and I took the liberty of bringing the tools with me." +He opened the Gladstone bag as he spoke, and took out, to my +astonishment, a very large bath-sponge. + +"He! he! You are a funny one," chuckled the inspector. + +"Now, if you will have the great goodness to open that door very +quietly, we will soon make him cut a much more respectable +figure." + +"Well, I don't know why not," said the inspector. "He doesn't +look a credit to the Bow Street cells, does he?" He slipped his +key into the lock, and we all very quietly entered the cell. The +sleeper half turned, and then settled down once more into a deep +slumber. Holmes stooped to the water-jug, moistened his sponge, +and then rubbed it twice vigorously across and down the +prisoner's face. + +"Let me introduce you," he shouted, "to Mr. Neville St. Clair, of +Lee, in the county of Kent." + +Never in my life have I seen such a sight. The man's face peeled +off under the sponge like the bark from a tree. Gone was the +coarse brown tint! Gone, too, was the horrid scar which had +seamed it across, and the twisted lip which had given the +repulsive sneer to the face! A twitch brought away the tangled +red hair, and there, sitting up in his bed, was a pale, +sad-faced, refined-looking man, black-haired and smooth-skinned, +rubbing his eyes and staring about him with sleepy bewilderment. +Then suddenly realising the exposure, he broke into a scream and +threw himself down with his face to the pillow. + +"Great heavens!" cried the inspector, "it is, indeed, the missing +man. I know him from the photograph." + +The prisoner turned with the reckless air of a man who abandons +himself to his destiny. "Be it so," said he. "And pray what am I +charged with?" + +"With making away with Mr. Neville St.-- Oh, come, you can't be +charged with that unless they make a case of attempted suicide of +it," said the inspector with a grin. "Well, I have been +twenty-seven years in the force, but this really takes the cake." + +"If I am Mr. Neville St. Clair, then it is obvious that no crime +has been committed, and that, therefore, I am illegally +detained." + +"No crime, but a very great error has been committed," said +Holmes. "You would have done better to have trusted your wife." + +"It was not the wife; it was the children," groaned the prisoner. +"God help me, I would not have them ashamed of their father. My +God! What an exposure! What can I do?" + +Sherlock Holmes sat down beside him on the couch and patted him +kindly on the shoulder. + +"If you leave it to a court of law to clear the matter up," said +he, "of course you can hardly avoid publicity. On the other hand, +if you convince the police authorities that there is no possible +case against you, I do not know that there is any reason that the +details should find their way into the papers. Inspector +Bradstreet would, I am sure, make notes upon anything which you +might tell us and submit it to the proper authorities. The case +would then never go into court at all." + +"God bless you!" cried the prisoner passionately. "I would have +endured imprisonment, ay, even execution, rather than have left +my miserable secret as a family blot to my children. + +"You are the first who have ever heard my story. My father was a +schoolmaster in Chesterfield, where I received an excellent +education. I travelled in my youth, took to the stage, and +finally became a reporter on an evening paper in London. One day +my editor wished to have a series of articles upon begging in the +metropolis, and I volunteered to supply them. There was the point +from which all my adventures started. It was only by trying +begging as an amateur that I could get the facts upon which to +base my articles. When an actor I had, of course, learned all the +secrets of making up, and had been famous in the green-room for +my skill. I took advantage now of my attainments. I painted my +face, and to make myself as pitiable as possible I made a good +scar and fixed one side of my lip in a twist by the aid of a +small slip of flesh-coloured plaster. Then with a red head of +hair, and an appropriate dress, I took my station in the business +part of the city, ostensibly as a match-seller but really as a +beggar. For seven hours I plied my trade, and when I returned +home in the evening I found to my surprise that I had received no +less than 26s. 4d. + +"I wrote my articles and thought little more of the matter until, +some time later, I backed a bill for a friend and had a writ +served upon me for 25 pounds. I was at my wit's end where to get +the money, but a sudden idea came to me. I begged a fortnight's +grace from the creditor, asked for a holiday from my employers, +and spent the time in begging in the City under my disguise. In +ten days I had the money and had paid the debt. + +"Well, you can imagine how hard it was to settle down to arduous +work at 2 pounds a week when I knew that I could earn as much in +a day by smearing my face with a little paint, laying my cap on +the ground, and sitting still. It was a long fight between my +pride and the money, but the dollars won at last, and I threw up +reporting and sat day after day in the corner which I had first +chosen, inspiring pity by my ghastly face and filling my pockets +with coppers. Only one man knew my secret. He was the keeper of a +low den in which I used to lodge in Swandam Lane, where I could +every morning emerge as a squalid beggar and in the evenings +transform myself into a well-dressed man about town. This fellow, +a Lascar, was well paid by me for his rooms, so that I knew that +my secret was safe in his possession. + +"Well, very soon I found that I was saving considerable sums of +money. I do not mean that any beggar in the streets of London +could earn 700 pounds a year--which is less than my average +takings--but I had exceptional advantages in my power of making +up, and also in a facility of repartee, which improved by +practice and made me quite a recognised character in the City. +All day a stream of pennies, varied by silver, poured in upon me, +and it was a very bad day in which I failed to take 2 pounds. + +"As I grew richer I grew more ambitious, took a house in the +country, and eventually married, without anyone having a +suspicion as to my real occupation. My dear wife knew that I had +business in the City. She little knew what. + +"Last Monday I had finished for the day and was dressing in my +room above the opium den when I looked out of my window and saw, +to my horror and astonishment, that my wife was standing in the +street, with her eyes fixed full upon me. I gave a cry of +surprise, threw up my arms to cover my face, and, rushing to my +confidant, the Lascar, entreated him to prevent anyone from +coming up to me. I heard her voice downstairs, but I knew that +she could not ascend. Swiftly I threw off my clothes, pulled on +those of a beggar, and put on my pigments and wig. Even a wife's +eyes could not pierce so complete a disguise. But then it +occurred to me that there might be a search in the room, and that +the clothes might betray me. I threw open the window, reopening +by my violence a small cut which I had inflicted upon myself in +the bedroom that morning. Then I seized my coat, which was +weighted by the coppers which I had just transferred to it from +the leather bag in which I carried my takings. I hurled it out of +the window, and it disappeared into the Thames. The other clothes +would have followed, but at that moment there was a rush of +constables up the stair, and a few minutes after I found, rather, +I confess, to my relief, that instead of being identified as Mr. +Neville St. Clair, I was arrested as his murderer. + +"I do not know that there is anything else for me to explain. I +was determined to preserve my disguise as long as possible, and +hence my preference for a dirty face. Knowing that my wife would +be terribly anxious, I slipped off my ring and confided it to the +Lascar at a moment when no constable was watching me, together +with a hurried scrawl, telling her that she had no cause to +fear." + +"That note only reached her yesterday," said Holmes. + +"Good God! What a week she must have spent!" + +"The police have watched this Lascar," said Inspector Bradstreet, +"and I can quite understand that he might find it difficult to +post a letter unobserved. Probably he handed it to some sailor +customer of his, who forgot all about it for some days." + +"That was it," said Holmes, nodding approvingly; "I have no doubt +of it. But have you never been prosecuted for begging?" + +"Many times; but what was a fine to me?" + +"It must stop here, however," said Bradstreet. "If the police are +to hush this thing up, there must be no more of Hugh Boone." + +"I have sworn it by the most solemn oaths which a man can take." + +"In that case I think that it is probable that no further steps +may be taken. But if you are found again, then all must come out. +I am sure, Mr. Holmes, that we are very much indebted to you for +having cleared the matter up. I wish I knew how you reach your +results." + +"I reached this one," said my friend, "by sitting upon five +pillows and consuming an ounce of shag. I think, Watson, that if +we drive to Baker Street we shall just be in time for breakfast." + + + +VII. THE ADVENTURE OF THE BLUE CARBUNCLE + +I had called upon my friend Sherlock Holmes upon the second +morning after Christmas, with the intention of wishing him the +compliments of the season. He was lounging upon the sofa in a +purple dressing-gown, a pipe-rack within his reach upon the +right, and a pile of crumpled morning papers, evidently newly +studied, near at hand. Beside the couch was a wooden chair, and +on the angle of the back hung a very seedy and disreputable +hard-felt hat, much the worse for wear, and cracked in several +places. A lens and a forceps lying upon the seat of the chair +suggested that the hat had been suspended in this manner for the +purpose of examination. + +"You are engaged," said I; "perhaps I interrupt you." + +"Not at all. I am glad to have a friend with whom I can discuss +my results. The matter is a perfectly trivial one"--he jerked his +thumb in the direction of the old hat--"but there are points in +connection with it which are not entirely devoid of interest and +even of instruction." + +I seated myself in his armchair and warmed my hands before his +crackling fire, for a sharp frost had set in, and the windows +were thick with the ice crystals. "I suppose," I remarked, "that, +homely as it looks, this thing has some deadly story linked on to +it--that it is the clue which will guide you in the solution of +some mystery and the punishment of some crime." + +"No, no. No crime," said Sherlock Holmes, laughing. "Only one of +those whimsical little incidents which will happen when you have +four million human beings all jostling each other within the +space of a few square miles. Amid the action and reaction of so +dense a swarm of humanity, every possible combination of events +may be expected to take place, and many a little problem will be +presented which may be striking and bizarre without being +criminal. We have already had experience of such." + +"So much so," I remarked, "that of the last six cases which I +have added to my notes, three have been entirely free of any +legal crime." + +"Precisely. You allude to my attempt to recover the Irene Adler +papers, to the singular case of Miss Mary Sutherland, and to the +adventure of the man with the twisted lip. Well, I have no doubt +that this small matter will fall into the same innocent category. +You know Peterson, the commissionaire?" + +"Yes." + +"It is to him that this trophy belongs." + +"It is his hat." + +"No, no, he found it. Its owner is unknown. I beg that you will +look upon it not as a battered billycock but as an intellectual +problem. And, first, as to how it came here. It arrived upon +Christmas morning, in company with a good fat goose, which is, I +have no doubt, roasting at this moment in front of Peterson's +fire. The facts are these: about four o'clock on Christmas +morning, Peterson, who, as you know, is a very honest fellow, was +returning from some small jollification and was making his way +homeward down Tottenham Court Road. In front of him he saw, in +the gaslight, a tallish man, walking with a slight stagger, and +carrying a white goose slung over his shoulder. As he reached the +corner of Goodge Street, a row broke out between this stranger +and a little knot of roughs. One of the latter knocked off the +man's hat, on which he raised his stick to defend himself and, +swinging it over his head, smashed the shop window behind him. +Peterson had rushed forward to protect the stranger from his +assailants; but the man, shocked at having broken the window, and +seeing an official-looking person in uniform rushing towards him, +dropped his goose, took to his heels, and vanished amid the +labyrinth of small streets which lie at the back of Tottenham +Court Road. The roughs had also fled at the appearance of +Peterson, so that he was left in possession of the field of +battle, and also of the spoils of victory in the shape of this +battered hat and a most unimpeachable Christmas goose." + +"Which surely he restored to their owner?" + +"My dear fellow, there lies the problem. It is true that 'For +Mrs. Henry Baker' was printed upon a small card which was tied to +the bird's left leg, and it is also true that the initials 'H. +B.' are legible upon the lining of this hat, but as there are +some thousands of Bakers, and some hundreds of Henry Bakers in +this city of ours, it is not easy to restore lost property to any +one of them." + +"What, then, did Peterson do?" + +"He brought round both hat and goose to me on Christmas morning, +knowing that even the smallest problems are of interest to me. +The goose we retained until this morning, when there were signs +that, in spite of the slight frost, it would be well that it +should be eaten without unnecessary delay. Its finder has carried +it off, therefore, to fulfil the ultimate destiny of a goose, +while I continue to retain the hat of the unknown gentleman who +lost his Christmas dinner." + +"Did he not advertise?" + +"No." + +"Then, what clue could you have as to his identity?" + +"Only as much as we can deduce." + +"From his hat?" + +"Precisely." + +"But you are joking. What can you gather from this old battered +felt?" + +"Here is my lens. You know my methods. What can you gather +yourself as to the individuality of the man who has worn this +article?" + +I took the tattered object in my hands and turned it over rather +ruefully. It was a very ordinary black hat of the usual round +shape, hard and much the worse for wear. The lining had been of +red silk, but was a good deal discoloured. There was no maker's +name; but, as Holmes had remarked, the initials "H. B." were +scrawled upon one side. It was pierced in the brim for a +hat-securer, but the elastic was missing. For the rest, it was +cracked, exceedingly dusty, and spotted in several places, +although there seemed to have been some attempt to hide the +discoloured patches by smearing them with ink. + +"I can see nothing," said I, handing it back to my friend. + +"On the contrary, Watson, you can see everything. You fail, +however, to reason from what you see. You are too timid in +drawing your inferences." + +"Then, pray tell me what it is that you can infer from this hat?" + +He picked it up and gazed at it in the peculiar introspective +fashion which was characteristic of him. "It is perhaps less +suggestive than it might have been," he remarked, "and yet there +are a few inferences which are very distinct, and a few others +which represent at least a strong balance of probability. That +the man was highly intellectual is of course obvious upon the +face of it, and also that he was fairly well-to-do within the +last three years, although he has now fallen upon evil days. He +had foresight, but has less now than formerly, pointing to a +moral retrogression, which, when taken with the decline of his +fortunes, seems to indicate some evil influence, probably drink, +at work upon him. This may account also for the obvious fact that +his wife has ceased to love him." + +"My dear Holmes!" + +"He has, however, retained some degree of self-respect," he +continued, disregarding my remonstrance. "He is a man who leads a +sedentary life, goes out little, is out of training entirely, is +middle-aged, has grizzled hair which he has had cut within the +last few days, and which he anoints with lime-cream. These are +the more patent facts which are to be deduced from his hat. Also, +by the way, that it is extremely improbable that he has gas laid +on in his house." + +"You are certainly joking, Holmes." + +"Not in the least. Is it possible that even now, when I give you +these results, you are unable to see how they are attained?" + +"I have no doubt that I am very stupid, but I must confess that I +am unable to follow you. For example, how did you deduce that +this man was intellectual?" + +For answer Holmes clapped the hat upon his head. It came right +over the forehead and settled upon the bridge of his nose. "It is +a question of cubic capacity," said he; "a man with so large a +brain must have something in it." + +"The decline of his fortunes, then?" + +"This hat is three years old. These flat brims curled at the edge +came in then. It is a hat of the very best quality. Look at the +band of ribbed silk and the excellent lining. If this man could +afford to buy so expensive a hat three years ago, and has had no +hat since, then he has assuredly gone down in the world." + +"Well, that is clear enough, certainly. But how about the +foresight and the moral retrogression?" + +Sherlock Holmes laughed. "Here is the foresight," said he putting +his finger upon the little disc and loop of the hat-securer. +"They are never sold upon hats. If this man ordered one, it is a +sign of a certain amount of foresight, since he went out of his +way to take this precaution against the wind. But since we see +that he has broken the elastic and has not troubled to replace +it, it is obvious that he has less foresight now than formerly, +which is a distinct proof of a weakening nature. On the other +hand, he has endeavoured to conceal some of these stains upon the +felt by daubing them with ink, which is a sign that he has not +entirely lost his self-respect." + +"Your reasoning is certainly plausible." + +"The further points, that he is middle-aged, that his hair is +grizzled, that it has been recently cut, and that he uses +lime-cream, are all to be gathered from a close examination of the +lower part of the lining. The lens discloses a large number of +hair-ends, clean cut by the scissors of the barber. They all +appear to be adhesive, and there is a distinct odour of +lime-cream. This dust, you will observe, is not the gritty, grey +dust of the street but the fluffy brown dust of the house, +showing that it has been hung up indoors most of the time, while +the marks of moisture upon the inside are proof positive that the +wearer perspired very freely, and could therefore, hardly be in +the best of training." + +"But his wife--you said that she had ceased to love him." + +"This hat has not been brushed for weeks. When I see you, my dear +Watson, with a week's accumulation of dust upon your hat, and +when your wife allows you to go out in such a state, I shall fear +that you also have been unfortunate enough to lose your wife's +affection." + +"But he might be a bachelor." + +"Nay, he was bringing home the goose as a peace-offering to his +wife. Remember the card upon the bird's leg." + +"You have an answer to everything. But how on earth do you deduce +that the gas is not laid on in his house?" + +"One tallow stain, or even two, might come by chance; but when I +see no less than five, I think that there can be little doubt +that the individual must be brought into frequent contact with +burning tallow--walks upstairs at night probably with his hat in +one hand and a guttering candle in the other. Anyhow, he never +got tallow-stains from a gas-jet. Are you satisfied?" + +"Well, it is very ingenious," said I, laughing; "but since, as +you said just now, there has been no crime committed, and no harm +done save the loss of a goose, all this seems to be rather a +waste of energy." + +Sherlock Holmes had opened his mouth to reply, when the door flew +open, and Peterson, the commissionaire, rushed into the apartment +with flushed cheeks and the face of a man who is dazed with +astonishment. + +"The goose, Mr. Holmes! The goose, sir!" he gasped. + +"Eh? What of it, then? Has it returned to life and flapped off +through the kitchen window?" Holmes twisted himself round upon +the sofa to get a fairer view of the man's excited face. + +"See here, sir! See what my wife found in its crop!" He held out +his hand and displayed upon the centre of the palm a brilliantly +scintillating blue stone, rather smaller than a bean in size, but +of such purity and radiance that it twinkled like an electric +point in the dark hollow of his hand. + +Sherlock Holmes sat up with a whistle. "By Jove, Peterson!" said +he, "this is treasure trove indeed. I suppose you know what you +have got?" + +"A diamond, sir? A precious stone. It cuts into glass as though +it were putty." + +"It's more than a precious stone. It is the precious stone." + +"Not the Countess of Morcar's blue carbuncle!" I ejaculated. + +"Precisely so. I ought to know its size and shape, seeing that I +have read the advertisement about it in The Times every day +lately. It is absolutely unique, and its value can only be +conjectured, but the reward offered of 1000 pounds is certainly +not within a twentieth part of the market price." + +"A thousand pounds! Great Lord of mercy!" The commissionaire +plumped down into a chair and stared from one to the other of us. + +"That is the reward, and I have reason to know that there are +sentimental considerations in the background which would induce +the Countess to part with half her fortune if she could but +recover the gem." + +"It was lost, if I remember aright, at the Hotel Cosmopolitan," I +remarked. + +"Precisely so, on December 22nd, just five days ago. John Horner, +a plumber, was accused of having abstracted it from the lady's +jewel-case. The evidence against him was so strong that the case +has been referred to the Assizes. I have some account of the +matter here, I believe." He rummaged amid his newspapers, +glancing over the dates, until at last he smoothed one out, +doubled it over, and read the following paragraph: + +"Hotel Cosmopolitan Jewel Robbery. John Horner, 26, plumber, was +brought up upon the charge of having upon the 22nd inst., +abstracted from the jewel-case of the Countess of Morcar the +valuable gem known as the blue carbuncle. James Ryder, +upper-attendant at the hotel, gave his evidence to the effect +that he had shown Horner up to the dressing-room of the Countess +of Morcar upon the day of the robbery in order that he might +solder the second bar of the grate, which was loose. He had +remained with Horner some little time, but had finally been +called away. On returning, he found that Horner had disappeared, +that the bureau had been forced open, and that the small morocco +casket in which, as it afterwards transpired, the Countess was +accustomed to keep her jewel, was lying empty upon the +dressing-table. Ryder instantly gave the alarm, and Horner was +arrested the same evening; but the stone could not be found +either upon his person or in his rooms. Catherine Cusack, maid to +the Countess, deposed to having heard Ryder's cry of dismay on +discovering the robbery, and to having rushed into the room, +where she found matters as described by the last witness. +Inspector Bradstreet, B division, gave evidence as to the arrest +of Horner, who struggled frantically, and protested his innocence +in the strongest terms. Evidence of a previous conviction for +robbery having been given against the prisoner, the magistrate +refused to deal summarily with the offence, but referred it to +the Assizes. Horner, who had shown signs of intense emotion +during the proceedings, fainted away at the conclusion and was +carried out of court." + +"Hum! So much for the police-court," said Holmes thoughtfully, +tossing aside the paper. "The question for us now to solve is the +sequence of events leading from a rifled jewel-case at one end to +the crop of a goose in Tottenham Court Road at the other. You +see, Watson, our little deductions have suddenly assumed a much +more important and less innocent aspect. Here is the stone; the +stone came from the goose, and the goose came from Mr. Henry +Baker, the gentleman with the bad hat and all the other +characteristics with which I have bored you. So now we must set +ourselves very seriously to finding this gentleman and +ascertaining what part he has played in this little mystery. To +do this, we must try the simplest means first, and these lie +undoubtedly in an advertisement in all the evening papers. If +this fail, I shall have recourse to other methods." + +"What will you say?" + +"Give me a pencil and that slip of paper. Now, then: 'Found at +the corner of Goodge Street, a goose and a black felt hat. Mr. +Henry Baker can have the same by applying at 6:30 this evening at +221B, Baker Street.' That is clear and concise." + +"Very. But will he see it?" + +"Well, he is sure to keep an eye on the papers, since, to a poor +man, the loss was a heavy one. He was clearly so scared by his +mischance in breaking the window and by the approach of Peterson +that he thought of nothing but flight, but since then he must +have bitterly regretted the impulse which caused him to drop his +bird. Then, again, the introduction of his name will cause him to +see it, for everyone who knows him will direct his attention to +it. Here you are, Peterson, run down to the advertising agency +and have this put in the evening papers." + +"In which, sir?" + +"Oh, in the Globe, Star, Pall Mall, St. James's, Evening News, +Standard, Echo, and any others that occur to you." + +"Very well, sir. And this stone?" + +"Ah, yes, I shall keep the stone. Thank you. And, I say, +Peterson, just buy a goose on your way back and leave it here +with me, for we must have one to give to this gentleman in place +of the one which your family is now devouring." + +When the commissionaire had gone, Holmes took up the stone and +held it against the light. "It's a bonny thing," said he. "Just +see how it glints and sparkles. Of course it is a nucleus and +focus of crime. Every good stone is. They are the devil's pet +baits. In the larger and older jewels every facet may stand for a +bloody deed. This stone is not yet twenty years old. It was found +in the banks of the Amoy River in southern China and is remarkable +in having every characteristic of the carbuncle, save that it is +blue in shade instead of ruby red. In spite of its youth, it has +already a sinister history. There have been two murders, a +vitriol-throwing, a suicide, and several robberies brought about +for the sake of this forty-grain weight of crystallised charcoal. +Who would think that so pretty a toy would be a purveyor to the +gallows and the prison? I'll lock it up in my strong box now and +drop a line to the Countess to say that we have it." + +"Do you think that this man Horner is innocent?" + +"I cannot tell." + +"Well, then, do you imagine that this other one, Henry Baker, had +anything to do with the matter?" + +"It is, I think, much more likely that Henry Baker is an +absolutely innocent man, who had no idea that the bird which he +was carrying was of considerably more value than if it were made +of solid gold. That, however, I shall determine by a very simple +test if we have an answer to our advertisement." + +"And you can do nothing until then?" + +"Nothing." + +"In that case I shall continue my professional round. But I shall +come back in the evening at the hour you have mentioned, for I +should like to see the solution of so tangled a business." + +"Very glad to see you. I dine at seven. There is a woodcock, I +believe. By the way, in view of recent occurrences, perhaps I +ought to ask Mrs. Hudson to examine its crop." + +I had been delayed at a case, and it was a little after half-past +six when I found myself in Baker Street once more. As I +approached the house I saw a tall man in a Scotch bonnet with a +coat which was buttoned up to his chin waiting outside in the +bright semicircle which was thrown from the fanlight. Just as I +arrived the door was opened, and we were shown up together to +Holmes' room. + +"Mr. Henry Baker, I believe," said he, rising from his armchair +and greeting his visitor with the easy air of geniality which he +could so readily assume. "Pray take this chair by the fire, Mr. +Baker. It is a cold night, and I observe that your circulation is +more adapted for summer than for winter. Ah, Watson, you have +just come at the right time. Is that your hat, Mr. Baker?" + +"Yes, sir, that is undoubtedly my hat." + +He was a large man with rounded shoulders, a massive head, and a +broad, intelligent face, sloping down to a pointed beard of +grizzled brown. A touch of red in nose and cheeks, with a slight +tremor of his extended hand, recalled Holmes' surmise as to his +habits. His rusty black frock-coat was buttoned right up in +front, with the collar turned up, and his lank wrists protruded +from his sleeves without a sign of cuff or shirt. He spoke in a +slow staccato fashion, choosing his words with care, and gave the +impression generally of a man of learning and letters who had had +ill-usage at the hands of fortune. + +"We have retained these things for some days," said Holmes, +"because we expected to see an advertisement from you giving your +address. I am at a loss to know now why you did not advertise." + +Our visitor gave a rather shamefaced laugh. "Shillings have not +been so plentiful with me as they once were," he remarked. "I had +no doubt that the gang of roughs who assaulted me had carried off +both my hat and the bird. I did not care to spend more money in a +hopeless attempt at recovering them." + +"Very naturally. By the way, about the bird, we were compelled to +eat it." + +"To eat it!" Our visitor half rose from his chair in his +excitement. + +"Yes, it would have been of no use to anyone had we not done so. +But I presume that this other goose upon the sideboard, which is +about the same weight and perfectly fresh, will answer your +purpose equally well?" + +"Oh, certainly, certainly," answered Mr. Baker with a sigh of +relief. + +"Of course, we still have the feathers, legs, crop, and so on of +your own bird, so if you wish--" + +The man burst into a hearty laugh. "They might be useful to me as +relics of my adventure," said he, "but beyond that I can hardly +see what use the disjecta membra of my late acquaintance are +going to be to me. No, sir, I think that, with your permission, I +will confine my attentions to the excellent bird which I perceive +upon the sideboard." + +Sherlock Holmes glanced sharply across at me with a slight shrug +of his shoulders. + +"There is your hat, then, and there your bird," said he. "By the +way, would it bore you to tell me where you got the other one +from? I am somewhat of a fowl fancier, and I have seldom seen a +better grown goose." + +"Certainly, sir," said Baker, who had risen and tucked his newly +gained property under his arm. "There are a few of us who +frequent the Alpha Inn, near the Museum--we are to be found in +the Museum itself during the day, you understand. This year our +good host, Windigate by name, instituted a goose club, by which, +on consideration of some few pence every week, we were each to +receive a bird at Christmas. My pence were duly paid, and the +rest is familiar to you. I am much indebted to you, sir, for a +Scotch bonnet is fitted neither to my years nor my gravity." With +a comical pomposity of manner he bowed solemnly to both of us and +strode off upon his way. + +"So much for Mr. Henry Baker," said Holmes when he had closed the +door behind him. "It is quite certain that he knows nothing +whatever about the matter. Are you hungry, Watson?" + +"Not particularly." + +"Then I suggest that we turn our dinner into a supper and follow +up this clue while it is still hot." + +"By all means." + +It was a bitter night, so we drew on our ulsters and wrapped +cravats about our throats. Outside, the stars were shining coldly +in a cloudless sky, and the breath of the passers-by blew out +into smoke like so many pistol shots. Our footfalls rang out +crisply and loudly as we swung through the doctors' quarter, +Wimpole Street, Harley Street, and so through Wigmore Street into +Oxford Street. In a quarter of an hour we were in Bloomsbury at +the Alpha Inn, which is a small public-house at the corner of one +of the streets which runs down into Holborn. Holmes pushed open +the door of the private bar and ordered two glasses of beer from +the ruddy-faced, white-aproned landlord. + +"Your beer should be excellent if it is as good as your geese," +said he. + +"My geese!" The man seemed surprised. + +"Yes. I was speaking only half an hour ago to Mr. Henry Baker, +who was a member of your goose club." + +"Ah! yes, I see. But you see, sir, them's not our geese." + +"Indeed! Whose, then?" + +"Well, I got the two dozen from a salesman in Covent Garden." + +"Indeed? I know some of them. Which was it?" + +"Breckinridge is his name." + +"Ah! I don't know him. Well, here's your good health landlord, +and prosperity to your house. Good-night." + +"Now for Mr. Breckinridge," he continued, buttoning up his coat +as we came out into the frosty air. "Remember, Watson that though +we have so homely a thing as a goose at one end of this chain, we +have at the other a man who will certainly get seven years' penal +servitude unless we can establish his innocence. It is possible +that our inquiry may but confirm his guilt; but, in any case, we +have a line of investigation which has been missed by the police, +and which a singular chance has placed in our hands. Let us +follow it out to the bitter end. Faces to the south, then, and +quick march!" + +We passed across Holborn, down Endell Street, and so through a +zigzag of slums to Covent Garden Market. One of the largest +stalls bore the name of Breckinridge upon it, and the proprietor +a horsey-looking man, with a sharp face and trim side-whiskers was +helping a boy to put up the shutters. + +"Good-evening. It's a cold night," said Holmes. + +The salesman nodded and shot a questioning glance at my +companion. + +"Sold out of geese, I see," continued Holmes, pointing at the +bare slabs of marble. + +"Let you have five hundred to-morrow morning." + +"That's no good." + +"Well, there are some on the stall with the gas-flare." + +"Ah, but I was recommended to you." + +"Who by?" + +"The landlord of the Alpha." + +"Oh, yes; I sent him a couple of dozen." + +"Fine birds they were, too. Now where did you get them from?" + +To my surprise the question provoked a burst of anger from the +salesman. + +"Now, then, mister," said he, with his head cocked and his arms +akimbo, "what are you driving at? Let's have it straight, now." + +"It is straight enough. I should like to know who sold you the +geese which you supplied to the Alpha." + +"Well then, I shan't tell you. So now!" + +"Oh, it is a matter of no importance; but I don't know why you +should be so warm over such a trifle." + +"Warm! You'd be as warm, maybe, if you were as pestered as I am. +When I pay good money for a good article there should be an end +of the business; but it's 'Where are the geese?' and 'Who did you +sell the geese to?' and 'What will you take for the geese?' One +would think they were the only geese in the world, to hear the +fuss that is made over them." + +"Well, I have no connection with any other people who have been +making inquiries," said Holmes carelessly. "If you won't tell us +the bet is off, that is all. But I'm always ready to back my +opinion on a matter of fowls, and I have a fiver on it that the +bird I ate is country bred." + +"Well, then, you've lost your fiver, for it's town bred," snapped +the salesman. + +"It's nothing of the kind." + +"I say it is." + +"I don't believe it." + +"D'you think you know more about fowls than I, who have handled +them ever since I was a nipper? I tell you, all those birds that +went to the Alpha were town bred." + +"You'll never persuade me to believe that." + +"Will you bet, then?" + +"It's merely taking your money, for I know that I am right. But +I'll have a sovereign on with you, just to teach you not to be +obstinate." + +The salesman chuckled grimly. "Bring me the books, Bill," said +he. + +The small boy brought round a small thin volume and a great +greasy-backed one, laying them out together beneath the hanging +lamp. + +"Now then, Mr. Cocksure," said the salesman, "I thought that I +was out of geese, but before I finish you'll find that there is +still one left in my shop. You see this little book?" + +"Well?" + +"That's the list of the folk from whom I buy. D'you see? Well, +then, here on this page are the country folk, and the numbers +after their names are where their accounts are in the big ledger. +Now, then! You see this other page in red ink? Well, that is a +list of my town suppliers. Now, look at that third name. Just +read it out to me." + +"Mrs. Oakshott, 117, Brixton Road--249," read Holmes. + +"Quite so. Now turn that up in the ledger." + +Holmes turned to the page indicated. "Here you are, 'Mrs. +Oakshott, 117, Brixton Road, egg and poultry supplier.'" + +"Now, then, what's the last entry?" + +"'December 22nd. Twenty-four geese at 7s. 6d.'" + +"Quite so. There you are. And underneath?" + +"'Sold to Mr. Windigate of the Alpha, at 12s.'" + +"What have you to say now?" + +Sherlock Holmes looked deeply chagrined. He drew a sovereign from +his pocket and threw it down upon the slab, turning away with the +air of a man whose disgust is too deep for words. A few yards off +he stopped under a lamp-post and laughed in the hearty, noiseless +fashion which was peculiar to him. + +"When you see a man with whiskers of that cut and the 'Pink 'un' +protruding out of his pocket, you can always draw him by a bet," +said he. "I daresay that if I had put 100 pounds down in front of +him, that man would not have given me such complete information +as was drawn from him by the idea that he was doing me on a +wager. Well, Watson, we are, I fancy, nearing the end of our +quest, and the only point which remains to be determined is +whether we should go on to this Mrs. Oakshott to-night, or +whether we should reserve it for to-morrow. It is clear from what +that surly fellow said that there are others besides ourselves +who are anxious about the matter, and I should--" + +His remarks were suddenly cut short by a loud hubbub which broke +out from the stall which we had just left. Turning round we saw a +little rat-faced fellow standing in the centre of the circle of +yellow light which was thrown by the swinging lamp, while +Breckinridge, the salesman, framed in the door of his stall, was +shaking his fists fiercely at the cringing figure. + +"I've had enough of you and your geese," he shouted. "I wish you +were all at the devil together. If you come pestering me any more +with your silly talk I'll set the dog at you. You bring Mrs. +Oakshott here and I'll answer her, but what have you to do with +it? Did I buy the geese off you?" + +"No; but one of them was mine all the same," whined the little +man. + +"Well, then, ask Mrs. Oakshott for it." + +"She told me to ask you." + +"Well, you can ask the King of Proosia, for all I care. I've had +enough of it. Get out of this!" He rushed fiercely forward, and +the inquirer flitted away into the darkness. + +"Ha! this may save us a visit to Brixton Road," whispered Holmes. +"Come with me, and we will see what is to be made of this +fellow." Striding through the scattered knots of people who +lounged round the flaring stalls, my companion speedily overtook +the little man and touched him upon the shoulder. He sprang +round, and I could see in the gas-light that every vestige of +colour had been driven from his face. + +"Who are you, then? What do you want?" he asked in a quavering +voice. + +"You will excuse me," said Holmes blandly, "but I could not help +overhearing the questions which you put to the salesman just now. +I think that I could be of assistance to you." + +"You? Who are you? How could you know anything of the matter?" + +"My name is Sherlock Holmes. It is my business to know what other +people don't know." + +"But you can know nothing of this?" + +"Excuse me, I know everything of it. You are endeavouring to +trace some geese which were sold by Mrs. Oakshott, of Brixton +Road, to a salesman named Breckinridge, by him in turn to Mr. +Windigate, of the Alpha, and by him to his club, of which Mr. +Henry Baker is a member." + +"Oh, sir, you are the very man whom I have longed to meet," cried +the little fellow with outstretched hands and quivering fingers. +"I can hardly explain to you how interested I am in this matter." + +Sherlock Holmes hailed a four-wheeler which was passing. "In that +case we had better discuss it in a cosy room rather than in this +wind-swept market-place," said he. "But pray tell me, before we +go farther, who it is that I have the pleasure of assisting." + +The man hesitated for an instant. "My name is John Robinson," he +answered with a sidelong glance. + +"No, no; the real name," said Holmes sweetly. "It is always +awkward doing business with an alias." + +A flush sprang to the white cheeks of the stranger. "Well then," +said he, "my real name is James Ryder." + +"Precisely so. Head attendant at the Hotel Cosmopolitan. Pray +step into the cab, and I shall soon be able to tell you +everything which you would wish to know." + +The little man stood glancing from one to the other of us with +half-frightened, half-hopeful eyes, as one who is not sure +whether he is on the verge of a windfall or of a catastrophe. +Then he stepped into the cab, and in half an hour we were back in +the sitting-room at Baker Street. Nothing had been said during +our drive, but the high, thin breathing of our new companion, and +the claspings and unclaspings of his hands, spoke of the nervous +tension within him. + +"Here we are!" said Holmes cheerily as we filed into the room. +"The fire looks very seasonable in this weather. You look cold, +Mr. Ryder. Pray take the basket-chair. I will just put on my +slippers before we settle this little matter of yours. Now, then! +You want to know what became of those geese?" + +"Yes, sir." + +"Or rather, I fancy, of that goose. It was one bird, I imagine in +which you were interested--white, with a black bar across the +tail." + +Ryder quivered with emotion. "Oh, sir," he cried, "can you tell +me where it went to?" + +"It came here." + +"Here?" + +"Yes, and a most remarkable bird it proved. I don't wonder that +you should take an interest in it. It laid an egg after it was +dead--the bonniest, brightest little blue egg that ever was seen. +I have it here in my museum." + +Our visitor staggered to his feet and clutched the mantelpiece +with his right hand. Holmes unlocked his strong-box and held up +the blue carbuncle, which shone out like a star, with a cold, +brilliant, many-pointed radiance. Ryder stood glaring with a +drawn face, uncertain whether to claim or to disown it. + +"The game's up, Ryder," said Holmes quietly. "Hold up, man, or +you'll be into the fire! Give him an arm back into his chair, +Watson. He's not got blood enough to go in for felony with +impunity. Give him a dash of brandy. So! Now he looks a little +more human. What a shrimp it is, to be sure!" + +For a moment he had staggered and nearly fallen, but the brandy +brought a tinge of colour into his cheeks, and he sat staring +with frightened eyes at his accuser. + +"I have almost every link in my hands, and all the proofs which I +could possibly need, so there is little which you need tell me. +Still, that little may as well be cleared up to make the case +complete. You had heard, Ryder, of this blue stone of the +Countess of Morcar's?" + +"It was Catherine Cusack who told me of it," said he in a +crackling voice. + +"I see--her ladyship's waiting-maid. Well, the temptation of +sudden wealth so easily acquired was too much for you, as it has +been for better men before you; but you were not very scrupulous +in the means you used. It seems to me, Ryder, that there is the +making of a very pretty villain in you. You knew that this man +Horner, the plumber, had been concerned in some such matter +before, and that suspicion would rest the more readily upon him. +What did you do, then? You made some small job in my lady's +room--you and your confederate Cusack--and you managed that he +should be the man sent for. Then, when he had left, you rifled +the jewel-case, raised the alarm, and had this unfortunate man +arrested. You then--" + +Ryder threw himself down suddenly upon the rug and clutched at my +companion's knees. "For God's sake, have mercy!" he shrieked. +"Think of my father! Of my mother! It would break their hearts. I +never went wrong before! I never will again. I swear it. I'll +swear it on a Bible. Oh, don't bring it into court! For Christ's +sake, don't!" + +"Get back into your chair!" said Holmes sternly. "It is very well +to cringe and crawl now, but you thought little enough of this +poor Horner in the dock for a crime of which he knew nothing." + +"I will fly, Mr. Holmes. I will leave the country, sir. Then the +charge against him will break down." + +"Hum! We will talk about that. And now let us hear a true account +of the next act. How came the stone into the goose, and how came +the goose into the open market? Tell us the truth, for there lies +your only hope of safety." + +Ryder passed his tongue over his parched lips. "I will tell you +it just as it happened, sir," said he. "When Horner had been +arrested, it seemed to me that it would be best for me to get +away with the stone at once, for I did not know at what moment +the police might not take it into their heads to search me and my +room. There was no place about the hotel where it would be safe. +I went out, as if on some commission, and I made for my sister's +house. She had married a man named Oakshott, and lived in Brixton +Road, where she fattened fowls for the market. All the way there +every man I met seemed to me to be a policeman or a detective; +and, for all that it was a cold night, the sweat was pouring down +my face before I came to the Brixton Road. My sister asked me +what was the matter, and why I was so pale; but I told her that I +had been upset by the jewel robbery at the hotel. Then I went +into the back yard and smoked a pipe and wondered what it would +be best to do. + +"I had a friend once called Maudsley, who went to the bad, and +has just been serving his time in Pentonville. One day he had met +me, and fell into talk about the ways of thieves, and how they +could get rid of what they stole. I knew that he would be true to +me, for I knew one or two things about him; so I made up my mind +to go right on to Kilburn, where he lived, and take him into my +confidence. He would show me how to turn the stone into money. +But how to get to him in safety? I thought of the agonies I had +gone through in coming from the hotel. I might at any moment be +seized and searched, and there would be the stone in my waistcoat +pocket. I was leaning against the wall at the time and looking at +the geese which were waddling about round my feet, and suddenly +an idea came into my head which showed me how I could beat the +best detective that ever lived. + +"My sister had told me some weeks before that I might have the +pick of her geese for a Christmas present, and I knew that she +was always as good as her word. I would take my goose now, and in +it I would carry my stone to Kilburn. There was a little shed in +the yard, and behind this I drove one of the birds--a fine big +one, white, with a barred tail. I caught it, and prying its bill +open, I thrust the stone down its throat as far as my finger +could reach. The bird gave a gulp, and I felt the stone pass +along its gullet and down into its crop. But the creature flapped +and struggled, and out came my sister to know what was the +matter. As I turned to speak to her the brute broke loose and +fluttered off among the others. + +"'Whatever were you doing with that bird, Jem?' says she. + +"'Well,' said I, 'you said you'd give me one for Christmas, and I +was feeling which was the fattest.' + +"'Oh,' says she, 'we've set yours aside for you--Jem's bird, we +call it. It's the big white one over yonder. There's twenty-six +of them, which makes one for you, and one for us, and two dozen +for the market.' + +"'Thank you, Maggie,' says I; 'but if it is all the same to you, +I'd rather have that one I was handling just now.' + +"'The other is a good three pound heavier,' said she, 'and we +fattened it expressly for you.' + +"'Never mind. I'll have the other, and I'll take it now,' said I. + +"'Oh, just as you like,' said she, a little huffed. 'Which is it +you want, then?' + +"'That white one with the barred tail, right in the middle of the +flock.' + +"'Oh, very well. Kill it and take it with you.' + +"Well, I did what she said, Mr. Holmes, and I carried the bird +all the way to Kilburn. I told my pal what I had done, for he was +a man that it was easy to tell a thing like that to. He laughed +until he choked, and we got a knife and opened the goose. My +heart turned to water, for there was no sign of the stone, and I +knew that some terrible mistake had occurred. I left the bird, +rushed back to my sister's, and hurried into the back yard. There +was not a bird to be seen there. + +"'Where are they all, Maggie?' I cried. + +"'Gone to the dealer's, Jem.' + +"'Which dealer's?' + +"'Breckinridge, of Covent Garden.' + +"'But was there another with a barred tail?' I asked, 'the same +as the one I chose?' + +"'Yes, Jem; there were two barred-tailed ones, and I could never +tell them apart.' + +"Well, then, of course I saw it all, and I ran off as hard as my +feet would carry me to this man Breckinridge; but he had sold the +lot at once, and not one word would he tell me as to where they +had gone. You heard him yourselves to-night. Well, he has always +answered me like that. My sister thinks that I am going mad. +Sometimes I think that I am myself. And now--and now I am myself +a branded thief, without ever having touched the wealth for which +I sold my character. God help me! God help me!" He burst into +convulsive sobbing, with his face buried in his hands. + +There was a long silence, broken only by his heavy breathing and +by the measured tapping of Sherlock Holmes' finger-tips upon the +edge of the table. Then my friend rose and threw open the door. + +"Get out!" said he. + +"What, sir! Oh, Heaven bless you!" + +"No more words. Get out!" + +And no more words were needed. There was a rush, a clatter upon +the stairs, the bang of a door, and the crisp rattle of running +footfalls from the street. + +"After all, Watson," said Holmes, reaching up his hand for his +clay pipe, "I am not retained by the police to supply their +deficiencies. If Horner were in danger it would be another thing; +but this fellow will not appear against him, and the case must +collapse. I suppose that I am commuting a felony, but it is just +possible that I am saving a soul. This fellow will not go wrong +again; he is too terribly frightened. Send him to gaol now, and +you make him a gaol-bird for life. Besides, it is the season of +forgiveness. Chance has put in our way a most singular and +whimsical problem, and its solution is its own reward. If you +will have the goodness to touch the bell, Doctor, we will begin +another investigation, in which, also a bird will be the chief +feature." + + + +VIII. THE ADVENTURE OF THE SPECKLED BAND + +On glancing over my notes of the seventy odd cases in which I +have during the last eight years studied the methods of my friend +Sherlock Holmes, I find many tragic, some comic, a large number +merely strange, but none commonplace; for, working as he did +rather for the love of his art than for the acquirement of +wealth, he refused to associate himself with any investigation +which did not tend towards the unusual, and even the fantastic. +Of all these varied cases, however, I cannot recall any which +presented more singular features than that which was associated +with the well-known Surrey family of the Roylotts of Stoke Moran. +The events in question occurred in the early days of my +association with Holmes, when we were sharing rooms as bachelors +in Baker Street. It is possible that I might have placed them +upon record before, but a promise of secrecy was made at the +time, from which I have only been freed during the last month by +the untimely death of the lady to whom the pledge was given. It +is perhaps as well that the facts should now come to light, for I +have reasons to know that there are widespread rumours as to the +death of Dr. Grimesby Roylott which tend to make the matter even +more terrible than the truth. + +It was early in April in the year '83 that I woke one morning to +find Sherlock Holmes standing, fully dressed, by the side of my +bed. He was a late riser, as a rule, and as the clock on the +mantelpiece showed me that it was only a quarter-past seven, I +blinked up at him in some surprise, and perhaps just a little +resentment, for I was myself regular in my habits. + +"Very sorry to knock you up, Watson," said he, "but it's the +common lot this morning. Mrs. Hudson has been knocked up, she +retorted upon me, and I on you." + +"What is it, then--a fire?" + +"No; a client. It seems that a young lady has arrived in a +considerable state of excitement, who insists upon seeing me. She +is waiting now in the sitting-room. Now, when young ladies wander +about the metropolis at this hour of the morning, and knock +sleepy people up out of their beds, I presume that it is +something very pressing which they have to communicate. Should it +prove to be an interesting case, you would, I am sure, wish to +follow it from the outset. I thought, at any rate, that I should +call you and give you the chance." + +"My dear fellow, I would not miss it for anything." + +I had no keener pleasure than in following Holmes in his +professional investigations, and in admiring the rapid +deductions, as swift as intuitions, and yet always founded on a +logical basis with which he unravelled the problems which were +submitted to him. I rapidly threw on my clothes and was ready in +a few minutes to accompany my friend down to the sitting-room. A +lady dressed in black and heavily veiled, who had been sitting in +the window, rose as we entered. + +"Good-morning, madam," said Holmes cheerily. "My name is Sherlock +Holmes. This is my intimate friend and associate, Dr. Watson, +before whom you can speak as freely as before myself. Ha! I am +glad to see that Mrs. Hudson has had the good sense to light the +fire. Pray draw up to it, and I shall order you a cup of hot +coffee, for I observe that you are shivering." + +"It is not cold which makes me shiver," said the woman in a low +voice, changing her seat as requested. + +"What, then?" + +"It is fear, Mr. Holmes. It is terror." She raised her veil as +she spoke, and we could see that she was indeed in a pitiable +state of agitation, her face all drawn and grey, with restless +frightened eyes, like those of some hunted animal. Her features +and figure were those of a woman of thirty, but her hair was shot +with premature grey, and her expression was weary and haggard. +Sherlock Holmes ran her over with one of his quick, +all-comprehensive glances. + +"You must not fear," said he soothingly, bending forward and +patting her forearm. "We shall soon set matters right, I have no +doubt. You have come in by train this morning, I see." + +"You know me, then?" + +"No, but I observe the second half of a return ticket in the palm +of your left glove. You must have started early, and yet you had +a good drive in a dog-cart, along heavy roads, before you reached +the station." + +The lady gave a violent start and stared in bewilderment at my +companion. + +"There is no mystery, my dear madam," said he, smiling. "The left +arm of your jacket is spattered with mud in no less than seven +places. The marks are perfectly fresh. There is no vehicle save a +dog-cart which throws up mud in that way, and then only when you +sit on the left-hand side of the driver." + +"Whatever your reasons may be, you are perfectly correct," said +she. "I started from home before six, reached Leatherhead at +twenty past, and came in by the first train to Waterloo. Sir, I +can stand this strain no longer; I shall go mad if it continues. +I have no one to turn to--none, save only one, who cares for me, +and he, poor fellow, can be of little aid. I have heard of you, +Mr. Holmes; I have heard of you from Mrs. Farintosh, whom you +helped in the hour of her sore need. It was from her that I had +your address. Oh, sir, do you not think that you could help me, +too, and at least throw a little light through the dense darkness +which surrounds me? At present it is out of my power to reward +you for your services, but in a month or six weeks I shall be +married, with the control of my own income, and then at least you +shall not find me ungrateful." + +Holmes turned to his desk and, unlocking it, drew out a small +case-book, which he consulted. + +"Farintosh," said he. "Ah yes, I recall the case; it was +concerned with an opal tiara. I think it was before your time, +Watson. I can only say, madam, that I shall be happy to devote +the same care to your case as I did to that of your friend. As to +reward, my profession is its own reward; but you are at liberty +to defray whatever expenses I may be put to, at the time which +suits you best. And now I beg that you will lay before us +everything that may help us in forming an opinion upon the +matter." + +"Alas!" replied our visitor, "the very horror of my situation +lies in the fact that my fears are so vague, and my suspicions +depend so entirely upon small points, which might seem trivial to +another, that even he to whom of all others I have a right to +look for help and advice looks upon all that I tell him about it +as the fancies of a nervous woman. He does not say so, but I can +read it from his soothing answers and averted eyes. But I have +heard, Mr. Holmes, that you can see deeply into the manifold +wickedness of the human heart. You may advise me how to walk amid +the dangers which encompass me." + +"I am all attention, madam." + +"My name is Helen Stoner, and I am living with my stepfather, who +is the last survivor of one of the oldest Saxon families in +England, the Roylotts of Stoke Moran, on the western border of +Surrey." + +Holmes nodded his head. "The name is familiar to me," said he. + +"The family was at one time among the richest in England, and the +estates extended over the borders into Berkshire in the north, +and Hampshire in the west. In the last century, however, four +successive heirs were of a dissolute and wasteful disposition, +and the family ruin was eventually completed by a gambler in the +days of the Regency. Nothing was left save a few acres of ground, +and the two-hundred-year-old house, which is itself crushed under +a heavy mortgage. The last squire dragged out his existence +there, living the horrible life of an aristocratic pauper; but +his only son, my stepfather, seeing that he must adapt himself to +the new conditions, obtained an advance from a relative, which +enabled him to take a medical degree and went out to Calcutta, +where, by his professional skill and his force of character, he +established a large practice. In a fit of anger, however, caused +by some robberies which had been perpetrated in the house, he +beat his native butler to death and narrowly escaped a capital +sentence. As it was, he suffered a long term of imprisonment and +afterwards returned to England a morose and disappointed man. + +"When Dr. Roylott was in India he married my mother, Mrs. Stoner, +the young widow of Major-General Stoner, of the Bengal Artillery. +My sister Julia and I were twins, and we were only two years old +at the time of my mother's re-marriage. She had a considerable +sum of money--not less than 1000 pounds a year--and this she +bequeathed to Dr. Roylott entirely while we resided with him, +with a provision that a certain annual sum should be allowed to +each of us in the event of our marriage. Shortly after our return +to England my mother died--she was killed eight years ago in a +railway accident near Crewe. Dr. Roylott then abandoned his +attempts to establish himself in practice in London and took us +to live with him in the old ancestral house at Stoke Moran. The +money which my mother had left was enough for all our wants, and +there seemed to be no obstacle to our happiness. + +"But a terrible change came over our stepfather about this time. +Instead of making friends and exchanging visits with our +neighbours, who had at first been overjoyed to see a Roylott of +Stoke Moran back in the old family seat, he shut himself up in +his house and seldom came out save to indulge in ferocious +quarrels with whoever might cross his path. Violence of temper +approaching to mania has been hereditary in the men of the +family, and in my stepfather's case it had, I believe, been +intensified by his long residence in the tropics. A series of +disgraceful brawls took place, two of which ended in the +police-court, until at last he became the terror of the village, +and the folks would fly at his approach, for he is a man of +immense strength, and absolutely uncontrollable in his anger. + +"Last week he hurled the local blacksmith over a parapet into a +stream, and it was only by paying over all the money which I +could gather together that I was able to avert another public +exposure. He had no friends at all save the wandering gipsies, +and he would give these vagabonds leave to encamp upon the few +acres of bramble-covered land which represent the family estate, +and would accept in return the hospitality of their tents, +wandering away with them sometimes for weeks on end. He has a +passion also for Indian animals, which are sent over to him by a +correspondent, and he has at this moment a cheetah and a baboon, +which wander freely over his grounds and are feared by the +villagers almost as much as their master. + +"You can imagine from what I say that my poor sister Julia and I +had no great pleasure in our lives. No servant would stay with +us, and for a long time we did all the work of the house. She was +but thirty at the time of her death, and yet her hair had already +begun to whiten, even as mine has." + +"Your sister is dead, then?" + +"She died just two years ago, and it is of her death that I wish +to speak to you. You can understand that, living the life which I +have described, we were little likely to see anyone of our own +age and position. We had, however, an aunt, my mother's maiden +sister, Miss Honoria Westphail, who lives near Harrow, and we +were occasionally allowed to pay short visits at this lady's +house. Julia went there at Christmas two years ago, and met there +a half-pay major of marines, to whom she became engaged. My +stepfather learned of the engagement when my sister returned and +offered no objection to the marriage; but within a fortnight of +the day which had been fixed for the wedding, the terrible event +occurred which has deprived me of my only companion." + +Sherlock Holmes had been leaning back in his chair with his eyes +closed and his head sunk in a cushion, but he half opened his +lids now and glanced across at his visitor. + +"Pray be precise as to details," said he. + +"It is easy for me to be so, for every event of that dreadful +time is seared into my memory. The manor-house is, as I have +already said, very old, and only one wing is now inhabited. The +bedrooms in this wing are on the ground floor, the sitting-rooms +being in the central block of the buildings. Of these bedrooms +the first is Dr. Roylott's, the second my sister's, and the third +my own. There is no communication between them, but they all open +out into the same corridor. Do I make myself plain?" + +"Perfectly so." + +"The windows of the three rooms open out upon the lawn. That +fatal night Dr. Roylott had gone to his room early, though we +knew that he had not retired to rest, for my sister was troubled +by the smell of the strong Indian cigars which it was his custom +to smoke. She left her room, therefore, and came into mine, where +she sat for some time, chatting about her approaching wedding. At +eleven o'clock she rose to leave me, but she paused at the door +and looked back. + +"'Tell me, Helen,' said she, 'have you ever heard anyone whistle +in the dead of the night?' + +"'Never,' said I. + +"'I suppose that you could not possibly whistle, yourself, in +your sleep?' + +"'Certainly not. But why?' + +"'Because during the last few nights I have always, about three +in the morning, heard a low, clear whistle. I am a light sleeper, +and it has awakened me. I cannot tell where it came from--perhaps +from the next room, perhaps from the lawn. I thought that I would +just ask you whether you had heard it.' + +"'No, I have not. It must be those wretched gipsies in the +plantation.' + +"'Very likely. And yet if it were on the lawn, I wonder that you +did not hear it also.' + +"'Ah, but I sleep more heavily than you.' + +"'Well, it is of no great consequence, at any rate.' She smiled +back at me, closed my door, and a few moments later I heard her +key turn in the lock." + +"Indeed," said Holmes. "Was it your custom always to lock +yourselves in at night?" + +"Always." + +"And why?" + +"I think that I mentioned to you that the doctor kept a cheetah +and a baboon. We had no feeling of security unless our doors were +locked." + +"Quite so. Pray proceed with your statement." + +"I could not sleep that night. A vague feeling of impending +misfortune impressed me. My sister and I, you will recollect, +were twins, and you know how subtle are the links which bind two +souls which are so closely allied. It was a wild night. The wind +was howling outside, and the rain was beating and splashing +against the windows. Suddenly, amid all the hubbub of the gale, +there burst forth the wild scream of a terrified woman. I knew +that it was my sister's voice. I sprang from my bed, wrapped a +shawl round me, and rushed into the corridor. As I opened my door +I seemed to hear a low whistle, such as my sister described, and +a few moments later a clanging sound, as if a mass of metal had +fallen. As I ran down the passage, my sister's door was unlocked, +and revolved slowly upon its hinges. I stared at it +horror-stricken, not knowing what was about to issue from it. By +the light of the corridor-lamp I saw my sister appear at the +opening, her face blanched with terror, her hands groping for +help, her whole figure swaying to and fro like that of a +drunkard. I ran to her and threw my arms round her, but at that +moment her knees seemed to give way and she fell to the ground. +She writhed as one who is in terrible pain, and her limbs were +dreadfully convulsed. At first I thought that she had not +recognised me, but as I bent over her she suddenly shrieked out +in a voice which I shall never forget, 'Oh, my God! Helen! It was +the band! The speckled band!' There was something else which she +would fain have said, and she stabbed with her finger into the +air in the direction of the doctor's room, but a fresh convulsion +seized her and choked her words. I rushed out, calling loudly for +my stepfather, and I met him hastening from his room in his +dressing-gown. When he reached my sister's side she was +unconscious, and though he poured brandy down her throat and sent +for medical aid from the village, all efforts were in vain, for +she slowly sank and died without having recovered her +consciousness. Such was the dreadful end of my beloved sister." + +"One moment," said Holmes, "are you sure about this whistle and +metallic sound? Could you swear to it?" + +"That was what the county coroner asked me at the inquiry. It is +my strong impression that I heard it, and yet, among the crash of +the gale and the creaking of an old house, I may possibly have +been deceived." + +"Was your sister dressed?" + +"No, she was in her night-dress. In her right hand was found the +charred stump of a match, and in her left a match-box." + +"Showing that she had struck a light and looked about her when +the alarm took place. That is important. And what conclusions did +the coroner come to?" + +"He investigated the case with great care, for Dr. Roylott's +conduct had long been notorious in the county, but he was unable +to find any satisfactory cause of death. My evidence showed that +the door had been fastened upon the inner side, and the windows +were blocked by old-fashioned shutters with broad iron bars, +which were secured every night. The walls were carefully sounded, +and were shown to be quite solid all round, and the flooring was +also thoroughly examined, with the same result. The chimney is +wide, but is barred up by four large staples. It is certain, +therefore, that my sister was quite alone when she met her end. +Besides, there were no marks of any violence upon her." + +"How about poison?" + +"The doctors examined her for it, but without success." + +"What do you think that this unfortunate lady died of, then?" + +"It is my belief that she died of pure fear and nervous shock, +though what it was that frightened her I cannot imagine." + +"Were there gipsies in the plantation at the time?" + +"Yes, there are nearly always some there." + +"Ah, and what did you gather from this allusion to a band--a +speckled band?" + +"Sometimes I have thought that it was merely the wild talk of +delirium, sometimes that it may have referred to some band of +people, perhaps to these very gipsies in the plantation. I do not +know whether the spotted handkerchiefs which so many of them wear +over their heads might have suggested the strange adjective which +she used." + +Holmes shook his head like a man who is far from being satisfied. + +"These are very deep waters," said he; "pray go on with your +narrative." + +"Two years have passed since then, and my life has been until +lately lonelier than ever. A month ago, however, a dear friend, +whom I have known for many years, has done me the honour to ask +my hand in marriage. His name is Armitage--Percy Armitage--the +second son of Mr. Armitage, of Crane Water, near Reading. My +stepfather has offered no opposition to the match, and we are to +be married in the course of the spring. Two days ago some repairs +were started in the west wing of the building, and my bedroom +wall has been pierced, so that I have had to move into the +chamber in which my sister died, and to sleep in the very bed in +which she slept. Imagine, then, my thrill of terror when last +night, as I lay awake, thinking over her terrible fate, I +suddenly heard in the silence of the night the low whistle which +had been the herald of her own death. I sprang up and lit the +lamp, but nothing was to be seen in the room. I was too shaken to +go to bed again, however, so I dressed, and as soon as it was +daylight I slipped down, got a dog-cart at the Crown Inn, which +is opposite, and drove to Leatherhead, from whence I have come on +this morning with the one object of seeing you and asking your +advice." + +"You have done wisely," said my friend. "But have you told me +all?" + +"Yes, all." + +"Miss Roylott, you have not. You are screening your stepfather." + +"Why, what do you mean?" + +For answer Holmes pushed back the frill of black lace which +fringed the hand that lay upon our visitor's knee. Five little +livid spots, the marks of four fingers and a thumb, were printed +upon the white wrist. + +"You have been cruelly used," said Holmes. + +The lady coloured deeply and covered over her injured wrist. "He +is a hard man," she said, "and perhaps he hardly knows his own +strength." + +There was a long silence, during which Holmes leaned his chin +upon his hands and stared into the crackling fire. + +"This is a very deep business," he said at last. "There are a +thousand details which I should desire to know before I decide +upon our course of action. Yet we have not a moment to lose. If +we were to come to Stoke Moran to-day, would it be possible for +us to see over these rooms without the knowledge of your +stepfather?" + +"As it happens, he spoke of coming into town to-day upon some +most important business. It is probable that he will be away all +day, and that there would be nothing to disturb you. We have a +housekeeper now, but she is old and foolish, and I could easily +get her out of the way." + +"Excellent. You are not averse to this trip, Watson?" + +"By no means." + +"Then we shall both come. What are you going to do yourself?" + +"I have one or two things which I would wish to do now that I am +in town. But I shall return by the twelve o'clock train, so as to +be there in time for your coming." + +"And you may expect us early in the afternoon. I have myself some +small business matters to attend to. Will you not wait and +breakfast?" + +"No, I must go. My heart is lightened already since I have +confided my trouble to you. I shall look forward to seeing you +again this afternoon." She dropped her thick black veil over her +face and glided from the room. + +"And what do you think of it all, Watson?" asked Sherlock Holmes, +leaning back in his chair. + +"It seems to me to be a most dark and sinister business." + +"Dark enough and sinister enough." + +"Yet if the lady is correct in saying that the flooring and walls +are sound, and that the door, window, and chimney are impassable, +then her sister must have been undoubtedly alone when she met her +mysterious end." + +"What becomes, then, of these nocturnal whistles, and what of the +very peculiar words of the dying woman?" + +"I cannot think." + +"When you combine the ideas of whistles at night, the presence of +a band of gipsies who are on intimate terms with this old doctor, +the fact that we have every reason to believe that the doctor has +an interest in preventing his stepdaughter's marriage, the dying +allusion to a band, and, finally, the fact that Miss Helen Stoner +heard a metallic clang, which might have been caused by one of +those metal bars that secured the shutters falling back into its +place, I think that there is good ground to think that the +mystery may be cleared along those lines." + +"But what, then, did the gipsies do?" + +"I cannot imagine." + +"I see many objections to any such theory." + +"And so do I. It is precisely for that reason that we are going +to Stoke Moran this day. I want to see whether the objections are +fatal, or if they may be explained away. But what in the name of +the devil!" + +The ejaculation had been drawn from my companion by the fact that +our door had been suddenly dashed open, and that a huge man had +framed himself in the aperture. His costume was a peculiar +mixture of the professional and of the agricultural, having a +black top-hat, a long frock-coat, and a pair of high gaiters, +with a hunting-crop swinging in his hand. So tall was he that his +hat actually brushed the cross bar of the doorway, and his +breadth seemed to span it across from side to side. A large face, +seared with a thousand wrinkles, burned yellow with the sun, and +marked with every evil passion, was turned from one to the other +of us, while his deep-set, bile-shot eyes, and his high, thin, +fleshless nose, gave him somewhat the resemblance to a fierce old +bird of prey. + +"Which of you is Holmes?" asked this apparition. + +"My name, sir; but you have the advantage of me," said my +companion quietly. + +"I am Dr. Grimesby Roylott, of Stoke Moran." + +"Indeed, Doctor," said Holmes blandly. "Pray take a seat." + +"I will do nothing of the kind. My stepdaughter has been here. I +have traced her. What has she been saying to you?" + +"It is a little cold for the time of the year," said Holmes. + +"What has she been saying to you?" screamed the old man +furiously. + +"But I have heard that the crocuses promise well," continued my +companion imperturbably. + +"Ha! You put me off, do you?" said our new visitor, taking a step +forward and shaking his hunting-crop. "I know you, you scoundrel! +I have heard of you before. You are Holmes, the meddler." + +My friend smiled. + +"Holmes, the busybody!" + +His smile broadened. + +"Holmes, the Scotland Yard Jack-in-office!" + +Holmes chuckled heartily. "Your conversation is most +entertaining," said he. "When you go out close the door, for +there is a decided draught." + +"I will go when I have said my say. Don't you dare to meddle with +my affairs. I know that Miss Stoner has been here. I traced her! +I am a dangerous man to fall foul of! See here." He stepped +swiftly forward, seized the poker, and bent it into a curve with +his huge brown hands. + +"See that you keep yourself out of my grip," he snarled, and +hurling the twisted poker into the fireplace he strode out of the +room. + +"He seems a very amiable person," said Holmes, laughing. "I am +not quite so bulky, but if he had remained I might have shown him +that my grip was not much more feeble than his own." As he spoke +he picked up the steel poker and, with a sudden effort, +straightened it out again. + +"Fancy his having the insolence to confound me with the official +detective force! This incident gives zest to our investigation, +however, and I only trust that our little friend will not suffer +from her imprudence in allowing this brute to trace her. And now, +Watson, we shall order breakfast, and afterwards I shall walk +down to Doctors' Commons, where I hope to get some data which may +help us in this matter." + + +It was nearly one o'clock when Sherlock Holmes returned from his +excursion. He held in his hand a sheet of blue paper, scrawled +over with notes and figures. + +"I have seen the will of the deceased wife," said he. "To +determine its exact meaning I have been obliged to work out the +present prices of the investments with which it is concerned. The +total income, which at the time of the wife's death was little +short of 1100 pounds, is now, through the fall in agricultural +prices, not more than 750 pounds. Each daughter can claim an +income of 250 pounds, in case of marriage. It is evident, +therefore, that if both girls had married, this beauty would have +had a mere pittance, while even one of them would cripple him to +a very serious extent. My morning's work has not been wasted, +since it has proved that he has the very strongest motives for +standing in the way of anything of the sort. And now, Watson, +this is too serious for dawdling, especially as the old man is +aware that we are interesting ourselves in his affairs; so if you +are ready, we shall call a cab and drive to Waterloo. I should be +very much obliged if you would slip your revolver into your +pocket. An Eley's No. 2 is an excellent argument with gentlemen +who can twist steel pokers into knots. That and a tooth-brush +are, I think, all that we need." + +At Waterloo we were fortunate in catching a train for +Leatherhead, where we hired a trap at the station inn and drove +for four or five miles through the lovely Surrey lanes. It was a +perfect day, with a bright sun and a few fleecy clouds in the +heavens. The trees and wayside hedges were just throwing out +their first green shoots, and the air was full of the pleasant +smell of the moist earth. To me at least there was a strange +contrast between the sweet promise of the spring and this +sinister quest upon which we were engaged. My companion sat in +the front of the trap, his arms folded, his hat pulled down over +his eyes, and his chin sunk upon his breast, buried in the +deepest thought. Suddenly, however, he started, tapped me on the +shoulder, and pointed over the meadows. + +"Look there!" said he. + +A heavily timbered park stretched up in a gentle slope, +thickening into a grove at the highest point. From amid the +branches there jutted out the grey gables and high roof-tree of a +very old mansion. + +"Stoke Moran?" said he. + +"Yes, sir, that be the house of Dr. Grimesby Roylott," remarked +the driver. + +"There is some building going on there," said Holmes; "that is +where we are going." + +"There's the village," said the driver, pointing to a cluster of +roofs some distance to the left; "but if you want to get to the +house, you'll find it shorter to get over this stile, and so by +the foot-path over the fields. There it is, where the lady is +walking." + +"And the lady, I fancy, is Miss Stoner," observed Holmes, shading +his eyes. "Yes, I think we had better do as you suggest." + +We got off, paid our fare, and the trap rattled back on its way +to Leatherhead. + +"I thought it as well," said Holmes as we climbed the stile, +"that this fellow should think we had come here as architects, or +on some definite business. It may stop his gossip. +Good-afternoon, Miss Stoner. You see that we have been as good as +our word." + +Our client of the morning had hurried forward to meet us with a +face which spoke her joy. "I have been waiting so eagerly for +you," she cried, shaking hands with us warmly. "All has turned +out splendidly. Dr. Roylott has gone to town, and it is unlikely +that he will be back before evening." + +"We have had the pleasure of making the doctor's acquaintance," +said Holmes, and in a few words he sketched out what had +occurred. Miss Stoner turned white to the lips as she listened. + +"Good heavens!" she cried, "he has followed me, then." + +"So it appears." + +"He is so cunning that I never know when I am safe from him. What +will he say when he returns?" + +"He must guard himself, for he may find that there is someone +more cunning than himself upon his track. You must lock yourself +up from him to-night. If he is violent, we shall take you away to +your aunt's at Harrow. Now, we must make the best use of our +time, so kindly take us at once to the rooms which we are to +examine." + +The building was of grey, lichen-blotched stone, with a high +central portion and two curving wings, like the claws of a crab, +thrown out on each side. In one of these wings the windows were +broken and blocked with wooden boards, while the roof was partly +caved in, a picture of ruin. The central portion was in little +better repair, but the right-hand block was comparatively modern, +and the blinds in the windows, with the blue smoke curling up +from the chimneys, showed that this was where the family resided. +Some scaffolding had been erected against the end wall, and the +stone-work had been broken into, but there were no signs of any +workmen at the moment of our visit. Holmes walked slowly up and +down the ill-trimmed lawn and examined with deep attention the +outsides of the windows. + +"This, I take it, belongs to the room in which you used to sleep, +the centre one to your sister's, and the one next to the main +building to Dr. Roylott's chamber?" + +"Exactly so. But I am now sleeping in the middle one." + +"Pending the alterations, as I understand. By the way, there does +not seem to be any very pressing need for repairs at that end +wall." + +"There were none. I believe that it was an excuse to move me from +my room." + +"Ah! that is suggestive. Now, on the other side of this narrow +wing runs the corridor from which these three rooms open. There +are windows in it, of course?" + +"Yes, but very small ones. Too narrow for anyone to pass +through." + +"As you both locked your doors at night, your rooms were +unapproachable from that side. Now, would you have the kindness +to go into your room and bar your shutters?" + +Miss Stoner did so, and Holmes, after a careful examination +through the open window, endeavoured in every way to force the +shutter open, but without success. There was no slit through +which a knife could be passed to raise the bar. Then with his +lens he tested the hinges, but they were of solid iron, built +firmly into the massive masonry. "Hum!" said he, scratching his +chin in some perplexity, "my theory certainly presents some +difficulties. No one could pass these shutters if they were +bolted. Well, we shall see if the inside throws any light upon +the matter." + +A small side door led into the whitewashed corridor from which +the three bedrooms opened. Holmes refused to examine the third +chamber, so we passed at once to the second, that in which Miss +Stoner was now sleeping, and in which her sister had met with her +fate. It was a homely little room, with a low ceiling and a +gaping fireplace, after the fashion of old country-houses. A +brown chest of drawers stood in one corner, a narrow +white-counterpaned bed in another, and a dressing-table on the +left-hand side of the window. These articles, with two small +wicker-work chairs, made up all the furniture in the room save +for a square of Wilton carpet in the centre. The boards round and +the panelling of the walls were of brown, worm-eaten oak, so old +and discoloured that it may have dated from the original building +of the house. Holmes drew one of the chairs into a corner and sat +silent, while his eyes travelled round and round and up and down, +taking in every detail of the apartment. + +"Where does that bell communicate with?" he asked at last +pointing to a thick bell-rope which hung down beside the bed, the +tassel actually lying upon the pillow. + +"It goes to the housekeeper's room." + +"It looks newer than the other things?" + +"Yes, it was only put there a couple of years ago." + +"Your sister asked for it, I suppose?" + +"No, I never heard of her using it. We used always to get what we +wanted for ourselves." + +"Indeed, it seemed unnecessary to put so nice a bell-pull there. +You will excuse me for a few minutes while I satisfy myself as to +this floor." He threw himself down upon his face with his lens in +his hand and crawled swiftly backward and forward, examining +minutely the cracks between the boards. Then he did the same with +the wood-work with which the chamber was panelled. Finally he +walked over to the bed and spent some time in staring at it and +in running his eye up and down the wall. Finally he took the +bell-rope in his hand and gave it a brisk tug. + +"Why, it's a dummy," said he. + +"Won't it ring?" + +"No, it is not even attached to a wire. This is very interesting. +You can see now that it is fastened to a hook just above where +the little opening for the ventilator is." + +"How very absurd! I never noticed that before." + +"Very strange!" muttered Holmes, pulling at the rope. "There are +one or two very singular points about this room. For example, +what a fool a builder must be to open a ventilator into another +room, when, with the same trouble, he might have communicated +with the outside air!" + +"That is also quite modern," said the lady. + +"Done about the same time as the bell-rope?" remarked Holmes. + +"Yes, there were several little changes carried out about that +time." + +"They seem to have been of a most interesting character--dummy +bell-ropes, and ventilators which do not ventilate. With your +permission, Miss Stoner, we shall now carry our researches into +the inner apartment." + +Dr. Grimesby Roylott's chamber was larger than that of his +step-daughter, but was as plainly furnished. A camp-bed, a small +wooden shelf full of books, mostly of a technical character, an +armchair beside the bed, a plain wooden chair against the wall, a +round table, and a large iron safe were the principal things +which met the eye. Holmes walked slowly round and examined each +and all of them with the keenest interest. + +"What's in here?" he asked, tapping the safe. + +"My stepfather's business papers." + +"Oh! you have seen inside, then?" + +"Only once, some years ago. I remember that it was full of +papers." + +"There isn't a cat in it, for example?" + +"No. What a strange idea!" + +"Well, look at this!" He took up a small saucer of milk which +stood on the top of it. + +"No; we don't keep a cat. But there is a cheetah and a baboon." + +"Ah, yes, of course! Well, a cheetah is just a big cat, and yet a +saucer of milk does not go very far in satisfying its wants, I +daresay. There is one point which I should wish to determine." He +squatted down in front of the wooden chair and examined the seat +of it with the greatest attention. + +"Thank you. That is quite settled," said he, rising and putting +his lens in his pocket. "Hullo! Here is something interesting!" + +The object which had caught his eye was a small dog lash hung on +one corner of the bed. The lash, however, was curled upon itself +and tied so as to make a loop of whipcord. + +"What do you make of that, Watson?" + +"It's a common enough lash. But I don't know why it should be +tied." + +"That is not quite so common, is it? Ah, me! it's a wicked world, +and when a clever man turns his brains to crime it is the worst +of all. I think that I have seen enough now, Miss Stoner, and +with your permission we shall walk out upon the lawn." + +I had never seen my friend's face so grim or his brow so dark as +it was when we turned from the scene of this investigation. We +had walked several times up and down the lawn, neither Miss +Stoner nor myself liking to break in upon his thoughts before he +roused himself from his reverie. + +"It is very essential, Miss Stoner," said he, "that you should +absolutely follow my advice in every respect." + +"I shall most certainly do so." + +"The matter is too serious for any hesitation. Your life may +depend upon your compliance." + +"I assure you that I am in your hands." + +"In the first place, both my friend and I must spend the night in +your room." + +Both Miss Stoner and I gazed at him in astonishment. + +"Yes, it must be so. Let me explain. I believe that that is the +village inn over there?" + +"Yes, that is the Crown." + +"Very good. Your windows would be visible from there?" + +"Certainly." + +"You must confine yourself to your room, on pretence of a +headache, when your stepfather comes back. Then when you hear him +retire for the night, you must open the shutters of your window, +undo the hasp, put your lamp there as a signal to us, and then +withdraw quietly with everything which you are likely to want +into the room which you used to occupy. I have no doubt that, in +spite of the repairs, you could manage there for one night." + +"Oh, yes, easily." + +"The rest you will leave in our hands." + +"But what will you do?" + +"We shall spend the night in your room, and we shall investigate +the cause of this noise which has disturbed you." + +"I believe, Mr. Holmes, that you have already made up your mind," +said Miss Stoner, laying her hand upon my companion's sleeve. + +"Perhaps I have." + +"Then, for pity's sake, tell me what was the cause of my sister's +death." + +"I should prefer to have clearer proofs before I speak." + +"You can at least tell me whether my own thought is correct, and +if she died from some sudden fright." + +"No, I do not think so. I think that there was probably some more +tangible cause. And now, Miss Stoner, we must leave you for if +Dr. Roylott returned and saw us our journey would be in vain. +Good-bye, and be brave, for if you will do what I have told you, +you may rest assured that we shall soon drive away the dangers +that threaten you." + +Sherlock Holmes and I had no difficulty in engaging a bedroom and +sitting-room at the Crown Inn. They were on the upper floor, and +from our window we could command a view of the avenue gate, and +of the inhabited wing of Stoke Moran Manor House. At dusk we saw +Dr. Grimesby Roylott drive past, his huge form looming up beside +the little figure of the lad who drove him. The boy had some +slight difficulty in undoing the heavy iron gates, and we heard +the hoarse roar of the doctor's voice and saw the fury with which +he shook his clinched fists at him. The trap drove on, and a few +minutes later we saw a sudden light spring up among the trees as +the lamp was lit in one of the sitting-rooms. + +"Do you know, Watson," said Holmes as we sat together in the +gathering darkness, "I have really some scruples as to taking you +to-night. There is a distinct element of danger." + +"Can I be of assistance?" + +"Your presence might be invaluable." + +"Then I shall certainly come." + +"It is very kind of you." + +"You speak of danger. You have evidently seen more in these rooms +than was visible to me." + +"No, but I fancy that I may have deduced a little more. I imagine +that you saw all that I did." + +"I saw nothing remarkable save the bell-rope, and what purpose +that could answer I confess is more than I can imagine." + +"You saw the ventilator, too?" + +"Yes, but I do not think that it is such a very unusual thing to +have a small opening between two rooms. It was so small that a +rat could hardly pass through." + +"I knew that we should find a ventilator before ever we came to +Stoke Moran." + +"My dear Holmes!" + +"Oh, yes, I did. You remember in her statement she said that her +sister could smell Dr. Roylott's cigar. Now, of course that +suggested at once that there must be a communication between the +two rooms. It could only be a small one, or it would have been +remarked upon at the coroner's inquiry. I deduced a ventilator." + +"But what harm can there be in that?" + +"Well, there is at least a curious coincidence of dates. A +ventilator is made, a cord is hung, and a lady who sleeps in the +bed dies. Does not that strike you?" + +"I cannot as yet see any connection." + +"Did you observe anything very peculiar about that bed?" + +"No." + +"It was clamped to the floor. Did you ever see a bed fastened +like that before?" + +"I cannot say that I have." + +"The lady could not move her bed. It must always be in the same +relative position to the ventilator and to the rope--or so we may +call it, since it was clearly never meant for a bell-pull." + +"Holmes," I cried, "I seem to see dimly what you are hinting at. +We are only just in time to prevent some subtle and horrible +crime." + +"Subtle enough and horrible enough. When a doctor does go wrong +he is the first of criminals. He has nerve and he has knowledge. +Palmer and Pritchard were among the heads of their profession. +This man strikes even deeper, but I think, Watson, that we shall +be able to strike deeper still. But we shall have horrors enough +before the night is over; for goodness' sake let us have a quiet +pipe and turn our minds for a few hours to something more +cheerful." + + +About nine o'clock the light among the trees was extinguished, +and all was dark in the direction of the Manor House. Two hours +passed slowly away, and then, suddenly, just at the stroke of +eleven, a single bright light shone out right in front of us. + +"That is our signal," said Holmes, springing to his feet; "it +comes from the middle window." + +As we passed out he exchanged a few words with the landlord, +explaining that we were going on a late visit to an acquaintance, +and that it was possible that we might spend the night there. A +moment later we were out on the dark road, a chill wind blowing +in our faces, and one yellow light twinkling in front of us +through the gloom to guide us on our sombre errand. + +There was little difficulty in entering the grounds, for +unrepaired breaches gaped in the old park wall. Making our way +among the trees, we reached the lawn, crossed it, and were about +to enter through the window when out from a clump of laurel +bushes there darted what seemed to be a hideous and distorted +child, who threw itself upon the grass with writhing limbs and +then ran swiftly across the lawn into the darkness. + +"My God!" I whispered; "did you see it?" + +Holmes was for the moment as startled as I. His hand closed like +a vice upon my wrist in his agitation. Then he broke into a low +laugh and put his lips to my ear. + +"It is a nice household," he murmured. "That is the baboon." + +I had forgotten the strange pets which the doctor affected. There +was a cheetah, too; perhaps we might find it upon our shoulders +at any moment. I confess that I felt easier in my mind when, +after following Holmes' example and slipping off my shoes, I +found myself inside the bedroom. My companion noiselessly closed +the shutters, moved the lamp onto the table, and cast his eyes +round the room. All was as we had seen it in the daytime. Then +creeping up to me and making a trumpet of his hand, he whispered +into my ear again so gently that it was all that I could do to +distinguish the words: + +"The least sound would be fatal to our plans." + +I nodded to show that I had heard. + +"We must sit without light. He would see it through the +ventilator." + +I nodded again. + +"Do not go asleep; your very life may depend upon it. Have your +pistol ready in case we should need it. I will sit on the side of +the bed, and you in that chair." + +I took out my revolver and laid it on the corner of the table. + +Holmes had brought up a long thin cane, and this he placed upon +the bed beside him. By it he laid the box of matches and the +stump of a candle. Then he turned down the lamp, and we were left +in darkness. + +How shall I ever forget that dreadful vigil? I could not hear a +sound, not even the drawing of a breath, and yet I knew that my +companion sat open-eyed, within a few feet of me, in the same +state of nervous tension in which I was myself. The shutters cut +off the least ray of light, and we waited in absolute darkness. + +From outside came the occasional cry of a night-bird, and once at +our very window a long drawn catlike whine, which told us that +the cheetah was indeed at liberty. Far away we could hear the +deep tones of the parish clock, which boomed out every quarter of +an hour. How long they seemed, those quarters! Twelve struck, and +one and two and three, and still we sat waiting silently for +whatever might befall. + +Suddenly there was the momentary gleam of a light up in the +direction of the ventilator, which vanished immediately, but was +succeeded by a strong smell of burning oil and heated metal. +Someone in the next room had lit a dark-lantern. I heard a gentle +sound of movement, and then all was silent once more, though the +smell grew stronger. For half an hour I sat with straining ears. +Then suddenly another sound became audible--a very gentle, +soothing sound, like that of a small jet of steam escaping +continually from a kettle. The instant that we heard it, Holmes +sprang from the bed, struck a match, and lashed furiously with +his cane at the bell-pull. + +"You see it, Watson?" he yelled. "You see it?" + +But I saw nothing. At the moment when Holmes struck the light I +heard a low, clear whistle, but the sudden glare flashing into my +weary eyes made it impossible for me to tell what it was at which +my friend lashed so savagely. I could, however, see that his face +was deadly pale and filled with horror and loathing. He had +ceased to strike and was gazing up at the ventilator when +suddenly there broke from the silence of the night the most +horrible cry to which I have ever listened. It swelled up louder +and louder, a hoarse yell of pain and fear and anger all mingled +in the one dreadful shriek. They say that away down in the +village, and even in the distant parsonage, that cry raised the +sleepers from their beds. It struck cold to our hearts, and I +stood gazing at Holmes, and he at me, until the last echoes of it +had died away into the silence from which it rose. + +"What can it mean?" I gasped. + +"It means that it is all over," Holmes answered. "And perhaps, +after all, it is for the best. Take your pistol, and we will +enter Dr. Roylott's room." + +With a grave face he lit the lamp and led the way down the +corridor. Twice he struck at the chamber door without any reply +from within. Then he turned the handle and entered, I at his +heels, with the cocked pistol in my hand. + +It was a singular sight which met our eyes. On the table stood a +dark-lantern with the shutter half open, throwing a brilliant +beam of light upon the iron safe, the door of which was ajar. +Beside this table, on the wooden chair, sat Dr. Grimesby Roylott +clad in a long grey dressing-gown, his bare ankles protruding +beneath, and his feet thrust into red heelless Turkish slippers. +Across his lap lay the short stock with the long lash which we +had noticed during the day. His chin was cocked upward and his +eyes were fixed in a dreadful, rigid stare at the corner of the +ceiling. Round his brow he had a peculiar yellow band, with +brownish speckles, which seemed to be bound tightly round his +head. As we entered he made neither sound nor motion. + +"The band! the speckled band!" whispered Holmes. + +I took a step forward. In an instant his strange headgear began +to move, and there reared itself from among his hair the squat +diamond-shaped head and puffed neck of a loathsome serpent. + +"It is a swamp adder!" cried Holmes; "the deadliest snake in +India. He has died within ten seconds of being bitten. Violence +does, in truth, recoil upon the violent, and the schemer falls +into the pit which he digs for another. Let us thrust this +creature back into its den, and we can then remove Miss Stoner to +some place of shelter and let the county police know what has +happened." + +As he spoke he drew the dog-whip swiftly from the dead man's lap, +and throwing the noose round the reptile's neck he drew it from +its horrid perch and, carrying it at arm's length, threw it into +the iron safe, which he closed upon it. + +Such are the true facts of the death of Dr. Grimesby Roylott, of +Stoke Moran. It is not necessary that I should prolong a +narrative which has already run to too great a length by telling +how we broke the sad news to the terrified girl, how we conveyed +her by the morning train to the care of her good aunt at Harrow, +of how the slow process of official inquiry came to the +conclusion that the doctor met his fate while indiscreetly +playing with a dangerous pet. The little which I had yet to learn +of the case was told me by Sherlock Holmes as we travelled back +next day. + +"I had," said he, "come to an entirely erroneous conclusion which +shows, my dear Watson, how dangerous it always is to reason from +insufficient data. The presence of the gipsies, and the use of +the word 'band,' which was used by the poor girl, no doubt, to +explain the appearance which she had caught a hurried glimpse of +by the light of her match, were sufficient to put me upon an +entirely wrong scent. I can only claim the merit that I instantly +reconsidered my position when, however, it became clear to me +that whatever danger threatened an occupant of the room could not +come either from the window or the door. My attention was +speedily drawn, as I have already remarked to you, to this +ventilator, and to the bell-rope which hung down to the bed. The +discovery that this was a dummy, and that the bed was clamped to +the floor, instantly gave rise to the suspicion that the rope was +there as a bridge for something passing through the hole and +coming to the bed. The idea of a snake instantly occurred to me, +and when I coupled it with my knowledge that the doctor was +furnished with a supply of creatures from India, I felt that I +was probably on the right track. The idea of using a form of +poison which could not possibly be discovered by any chemical +test was just such a one as would occur to a clever and ruthless +man who had had an Eastern training. The rapidity with which such +a poison would take effect would also, from his point of view, be +an advantage. It would be a sharp-eyed coroner, indeed, who could +distinguish the two little dark punctures which would show where +the poison fangs had done their work. Then I thought of the +whistle. Of course he must recall the snake before the morning +light revealed it to the victim. He had trained it, probably by +the use of the milk which we saw, to return to him when summoned. +He would put it through this ventilator at the hour that he +thought best, with the certainty that it would crawl down the +rope and land on the bed. It might or might not bite the +occupant, perhaps she might escape every night for a week, but +sooner or later she must fall a victim. + +"I had come to these conclusions before ever I had entered his +room. An inspection of his chair showed me that he had been in +the habit of standing on it, which of course would be necessary +in order that he should reach the ventilator. The sight of the +safe, the saucer of milk, and the loop of whipcord were enough to +finally dispel any doubts which may have remained. The metallic +clang heard by Miss Stoner was obviously caused by her stepfather +hastily closing the door of his safe upon its terrible occupant. +Having once made up my mind, you know the steps which I took in +order to put the matter to the proof. I heard the creature hiss +as I have no doubt that you did also, and I instantly lit the +light and attacked it." + +"With the result of driving it through the ventilator." + +"And also with the result of causing it to turn upon its master +at the other side. Some of the blows of my cane came home and +roused its snakish temper, so that it flew upon the first person +it saw. In this way I am no doubt indirectly responsible for Dr. +Grimesby Roylott's death, and I cannot say that it is likely to +weigh very heavily upon my conscience." + + + +IX. THE ADVENTURE OF THE ENGINEER'S THUMB + +Of all the problems which have been submitted to my friend, Mr. +Sherlock Holmes, for solution during the years of our intimacy, +there were only two which I was the means of introducing to his +notice--that of Mr. Hatherley's thumb, and that of Colonel +Warburton's madness. Of these the latter may have afforded a +finer field for an acute and original observer, but the other was +so strange in its inception and so dramatic in its details that +it may be the more worthy of being placed upon record, even if it +gave my friend fewer openings for those deductive methods of +reasoning by which he achieved such remarkable results. The story +has, I believe, been told more than once in the newspapers, but, +like all such narratives, its effect is much less striking when +set forth en bloc in a single half-column of print than when the +facts slowly evolve before your own eyes, and the mystery clears +gradually away as each new discovery furnishes a step which leads +on to the complete truth. At the time the circumstances made a +deep impression upon me, and the lapse of two years has hardly +served to weaken the effect. + +It was in the summer of '89, not long after my marriage, that the +events occurred which I am now about to summarise. I had returned +to civil practice and had finally abandoned Holmes in his Baker +Street rooms, although I continually visited him and occasionally +even persuaded him to forgo his Bohemian habits so far as to come +and visit us. My practice had steadily increased, and as I +happened to live at no very great distance from Paddington +Station, I got a few patients from among the officials. One of +these, whom I had cured of a painful and lingering disease, was +never weary of advertising my virtues and of endeavouring to send +me on every sufferer over whom he might have any influence. + +One morning, at a little before seven o'clock, I was awakened by +the maid tapping at the door to announce that two men had come +from Paddington and were waiting in the consulting-room. I +dressed hurriedly, for I knew by experience that railway cases +were seldom trivial, and hastened downstairs. As I descended, my +old ally, the guard, came out of the room and closed the door +tightly behind him. + +"I've got him here," he whispered, jerking his thumb over his +shoulder; "he's all right." + +"What is it, then?" I asked, for his manner suggested that it was +some strange creature which he had caged up in my room. + +"It's a new patient," he whispered. "I thought I'd bring him +round myself; then he couldn't slip away. There he is, all safe +and sound. I must go now, Doctor; I have my dooties, just the +same as you." And off he went, this trusty tout, without even +giving me time to thank him. + +I entered my consulting-room and found a gentleman seated by the +table. He was quietly dressed in a suit of heather tweed with a +soft cloth cap which he had laid down upon my books. Round one of +his hands he had a handkerchief wrapped, which was mottled all +over with bloodstains. He was young, not more than +five-and-twenty, I should say, with a strong, masculine face; but +he was exceedingly pale and gave me the impression of a man who +was suffering from some strong agitation, which it took all his +strength of mind to control. + +"I am sorry to knock you up so early, Doctor," said he, "but I +have had a very serious accident during the night. I came in by +train this morning, and on inquiring at Paddington as to where I +might find a doctor, a worthy fellow very kindly escorted me +here. I gave the maid a card, but I see that she has left it upon +the side-table." + +I took it up and glanced at it. "Mr. Victor Hatherley, hydraulic +engineer, 16A, Victoria Street (3rd floor)." That was the name, +style, and abode of my morning visitor. "I regret that I have +kept you waiting," said I, sitting down in my library-chair. "You +are fresh from a night journey, I understand, which is in itself +a monotonous occupation." + +"Oh, my night could not be called monotonous," said he, and +laughed. He laughed very heartily, with a high, ringing note, +leaning back in his chair and shaking his sides. All my medical +instincts rose up against that laugh. + +"Stop it!" I cried; "pull yourself together!" and I poured out +some water from a caraffe. + +It was useless, however. He was off in one of those hysterical +outbursts which come upon a strong nature when some great crisis +is over and gone. Presently he came to himself once more, very +weary and pale-looking. + +"I have been making a fool of myself," he gasped. + +"Not at all. Drink this." I dashed some brandy into the water, +and the colour began to come back to his bloodless cheeks. + +"That's better!" said he. "And now, Doctor, perhaps you would +kindly attend to my thumb, or rather to the place where my thumb +used to be." + +He unwound the handkerchief and held out his hand. It gave even +my hardened nerves a shudder to look at it. There were four +protruding fingers and a horrid red, spongy surface where the +thumb should have been. It had been hacked or torn right out from +the roots. + +"Good heavens!" I cried, "this is a terrible injury. It must have +bled considerably." + +"Yes, it did. I fainted when it was done, and I think that I must +have been senseless for a long time. When I came to I found that +it was still bleeding, so I tied one end of my handkerchief very +tightly round the wrist and braced it up with a twig." + +"Excellent! You should have been a surgeon." + +"It is a question of hydraulics, you see, and came within my own +province." + +"This has been done," said I, examining the wound, "by a very +heavy and sharp instrument." + +"A thing like a cleaver," said he. + +"An accident, I presume?" + +"By no means." + +"What! a murderous attack?" + +"Very murderous indeed." + +"You horrify me." + +I sponged the wound, cleaned it, dressed it, and finally covered +it over with cotton wadding and carbolised bandages. He lay back +without wincing, though he bit his lip from time to time. + +"How is that?" I asked when I had finished. + +"Capital! Between your brandy and your bandage, I feel a new man. +I was very weak, but I have had a good deal to go through." + +"Perhaps you had better not speak of the matter. It is evidently +trying to your nerves." + +"Oh, no, not now. I shall have to tell my tale to the police; +but, between ourselves, if it were not for the convincing +evidence of this wound of mine, I should be surprised if they +believed my statement, for it is a very extraordinary one, and I +have not much in the way of proof with which to back it up; and, +even if they believe me, the clues which I can give them are so +vague that it is a question whether justice will be done." + +"Ha!" cried I, "if it is anything in the nature of a problem +which you desire to see solved, I should strongly recommend you +to come to my friend, Mr. Sherlock Holmes, before you go to the +official police." + +"Oh, I have heard of that fellow," answered my visitor, "and I +should be very glad if he would take the matter up, though of +course I must use the official police as well. Would you give me +an introduction to him?" + +"I'll do better. I'll take you round to him myself." + +"I should be immensely obliged to you." + +"We'll call a cab and go together. We shall just be in time to +have a little breakfast with him. Do you feel equal to it?" + +"Yes; I shall not feel easy until I have told my story." + +"Then my servant will call a cab, and I shall be with you in an +instant." I rushed upstairs, explained the matter shortly to my +wife, and in five minutes was inside a hansom, driving with my +new acquaintance to Baker Street. + +Sherlock Holmes was, as I expected, lounging about his +sitting-room in his dressing-gown, reading the agony column of The +Times and smoking his before-breakfast pipe, which was composed +of all the plugs and dottles left from his smokes of the day +before, all carefully dried and collected on the corner of the +mantelpiece. He received us in his quietly genial fashion, +ordered fresh rashers and eggs, and joined us in a hearty meal. +When it was concluded he settled our new acquaintance upon the +sofa, placed a pillow beneath his head, and laid a glass of +brandy and water within his reach. + +"It is easy to see that your experience has been no common one, +Mr. Hatherley," said he. "Pray, lie down there and make yourself +absolutely at home. Tell us what you can, but stop when you are +tired and keep up your strength with a little stimulant." + +"Thank you," said my patient, "but I have felt another man since +the doctor bandaged me, and I think that your breakfast has +completed the cure. I shall take up as little of your valuable +time as possible, so I shall start at once upon my peculiar +experiences." + +Holmes sat in his big armchair with the weary, heavy-lidded +expression which veiled his keen and eager nature, while I sat +opposite to him, and we listened in silence to the strange story +which our visitor detailed to us. + +"You must know," said he, "that I am an orphan and a bachelor, +residing alone in lodgings in London. By profession I am a +hydraulic engineer, and I have had considerable experience of my +work during the seven years that I was apprenticed to Venner & +Matheson, the well-known firm, of Greenwich. Two years ago, +having served my time, and having also come into a fair sum of +money through my poor father's death, I determined to start in +business for myself and took professional chambers in Victoria +Street. + +"I suppose that everyone finds his first independent start in +business a dreary experience. To me it has been exceptionally so. +During two years I have had three consultations and one small +job, and that is absolutely all that my profession has brought +me. My gross takings amount to 27 pounds 10s. Every day, from +nine in the morning until four in the afternoon, I waited in my +little den, until at last my heart began to sink, and I came to +believe that I should never have any practice at all. + +"Yesterday, however, just as I was thinking of leaving the +office, my clerk entered to say there was a gentleman waiting who +wished to see me upon business. He brought up a card, too, with +the name of 'Colonel Lysander Stark' engraved upon it. Close at +his heels came the colonel himself, a man rather over the middle +size, but of an exceeding thinness. I do not think that I have +ever seen so thin a man. His whole face sharpened away into nose +and chin, and the skin of his cheeks was drawn quite tense over +his outstanding bones. Yet this emaciation seemed to be his +natural habit, and due to no disease, for his eye was bright, his +step brisk, and his bearing assured. He was plainly but neatly +dressed, and his age, I should judge, would be nearer forty than +thirty. + +"'Mr. Hatherley?' said he, with something of a German accent. +'You have been recommended to me, Mr. Hatherley, as being a man +who is not only proficient in his profession but is also discreet +and capable of preserving a secret.' + +"I bowed, feeling as flattered as any young man would at such an +address. 'May I ask who it was who gave me so good a character?' + +"'Well, perhaps it is better that I should not tell you that just +at this moment. I have it from the same source that you are both +an orphan and a bachelor and are residing alone in London.' + +"'That is quite correct,' I answered; 'but you will excuse me if +I say that I cannot see how all this bears upon my professional +qualifications. I understand that it was on a professional matter +that you wished to speak to me?' + +"'Undoubtedly so. But you will find that all I say is really to +the point. I have a professional commission for you, but absolute +secrecy is quite essential--absolute secrecy, you understand, and +of course we may expect that more from a man who is alone than +from one who lives in the bosom of his family.' + +"'If I promise to keep a secret,' said I, 'you may absolutely +depend upon my doing so.' + +"He looked very hard at me as I spoke, and it seemed to me that I +had never seen so suspicious and questioning an eye. + +"'Do you promise, then?' said he at last. + +"'Yes, I promise.' + +"'Absolute and complete silence before, during, and after? No +reference to the matter at all, either in word or writing?' + +"'I have already given you my word.' + +"'Very good.' He suddenly sprang up, and darting like lightning +across the room he flung open the door. The passage outside was +empty. + +"'That's all right,' said he, coming back. 'I know that clerks are +sometimes curious as to their master's affairs. Now we can talk +in safety.' He drew up his chair very close to mine and began to +stare at me again with the same questioning and thoughtful look. + +"A feeling of repulsion, and of something akin to fear had begun +to rise within me at the strange antics of this fleshless man. +Even my dread of losing a client could not restrain me from +showing my impatience. + +"'I beg that you will state your business, sir,' said I; 'my time +is of value.' Heaven forgive me for that last sentence, but the +words came to my lips. + +"'How would fifty guineas for a night's work suit you?' he asked. + +"'Most admirably.' + +"'I say a night's work, but an hour's would be nearer the mark. I +simply want your opinion about a hydraulic stamping machine which +has got out of gear. If you show us what is wrong we shall soon +set it right ourselves. What do you think of such a commission as +that?' + +"'The work appears to be light and the pay munificent.' + +"'Precisely so. We shall want you to come to-night by the last +train.' + +"'Where to?' + +"'To Eyford, in Berkshire. It is a little place near the borders +of Oxfordshire, and within seven miles of Reading. There is a +train from Paddington which would bring you there at about +11:15.' + +"'Very good.' + +"'I shall come down in a carriage to meet you.' + +"'There is a drive, then?' + +"'Yes, our little place is quite out in the country. It is a good +seven miles from Eyford Station.' + +"'Then we can hardly get there before midnight. I suppose there +would be no chance of a train back. I should be compelled to stop +the night.' + +"'Yes, we could easily give you a shake-down.' + +"'That is very awkward. Could I not come at some more convenient +hour?' + +"'We have judged it best that you should come late. It is to +recompense you for any inconvenience that we are paying to you, a +young and unknown man, a fee which would buy an opinion from the +very heads of your profession. Still, of course, if you would +like to draw out of the business, there is plenty of time to do +so.' + +"I thought of the fifty guineas, and of how very useful they +would be to me. 'Not at all,' said I, 'I shall be very happy to +accommodate myself to your wishes. I should like, however, to +understand a little more clearly what it is that you wish me to +do.' + +"'Quite so. It is very natural that the pledge of secrecy which +we have exacted from you should have aroused your curiosity. I +have no wish to commit you to anything without your having it all +laid before you. I suppose that we are absolutely safe from +eavesdroppers?' + +"'Entirely.' + +"'Then the matter stands thus. You are probably aware that +fuller's-earth is a valuable product, and that it is only found +in one or two places in England?' + +"'I have heard so.' + +"'Some little time ago I bought a small place--a very small +place--within ten miles of Reading. I was fortunate enough to +discover that there was a deposit of fuller's-earth in one of my +fields. On examining it, however, I found that this deposit was a +comparatively small one, and that it formed a link between two +very much larger ones upon the right and left--both of them, +however, in the grounds of my neighbours. These good people were +absolutely ignorant that their land contained that which was +quite as valuable as a gold-mine. Naturally, it was to my +interest to buy their land before they discovered its true value, +but unfortunately I had no capital by which I could do this. I +took a few of my friends into the secret, however, and they +suggested that we should quietly and secretly work our own little +deposit and that in this way we should earn the money which would +enable us to buy the neighbouring fields. This we have now been +doing for some time, and in order to help us in our operations we +erected a hydraulic press. This press, as I have already +explained, has got out of order, and we wish your advice upon the +subject. We guard our secret very jealously, however, and if it +once became known that we had hydraulic engineers coming to our +little house, it would soon rouse inquiry, and then, if the facts +came out, it would be good-bye to any chance of getting these +fields and carrying out our plans. That is why I have made you +promise me that you will not tell a human being that you are +going to Eyford to-night. I hope that I make it all plain?' + +"'I quite follow you,' said I. 'The only point which I could not +quite understand was what use you could make of a hydraulic press +in excavating fuller's-earth, which, as I understand, is dug out +like gravel from a pit.' + +"'Ah!' said he carelessly, 'we have our own process. We compress +the earth into bricks, so as to remove them without revealing +what they are. But that is a mere detail. I have taken you fully +into my confidence now, Mr. Hatherley, and I have shown you how I +trust you.' He rose as he spoke. 'I shall expect you, then, at +Eyford at 11:15.' + +"'I shall certainly be there.' + +"'And not a word to a soul.' He looked at me with a last long, +questioning gaze, and then, pressing my hand in a cold, dank +grasp, he hurried from the room. + +"Well, when I came to think it all over in cool blood I was very +much astonished, as you may both think, at this sudden commission +which had been intrusted to me. On the one hand, of course, I was +glad, for the fee was at least tenfold what I should have asked +had I set a price upon my own services, and it was possible that +this order might lead to other ones. On the other hand, the face +and manner of my patron had made an unpleasant impression upon +me, and I could not think that his explanation of the +fuller's-earth was sufficient to explain the necessity for my +coming at midnight, and his extreme anxiety lest I should tell +anyone of my errand. However, I threw all fears to the winds, ate +a hearty supper, drove to Paddington, and started off, having +obeyed to the letter the injunction as to holding my tongue. + +"At Reading I had to change not only my carriage but my station. +However, I was in time for the last train to Eyford, and I +reached the little dim-lit station after eleven o'clock. I was the +only passenger who got out there, and there was no one upon the +platform save a single sleepy porter with a lantern. As I passed +out through the wicket gate, however, I found my acquaintance of +the morning waiting in the shadow upon the other side. Without a +word he grasped my arm and hurried me into a carriage, the door +of which was standing open. He drew up the windows on either +side, tapped on the wood-work, and away we went as fast as the +horse could go." + +"One horse?" interjected Holmes. + +"Yes, only one." + +"Did you observe the colour?" + +"Yes, I saw it by the side-lights when I was stepping into the +carriage. It was a chestnut." + +"Tired-looking or fresh?" + +"Oh, fresh and glossy." + +"Thank you. I am sorry to have interrupted you. Pray continue +your most interesting statement." + +"Away we went then, and we drove for at least an hour. Colonel +Lysander Stark had said that it was only seven miles, but I +should think, from the rate that we seemed to go, and from the +time that we took, that it must have been nearer twelve. He sat +at my side in silence all the time, and I was aware, more than +once when I glanced in his direction, that he was looking at me +with great intensity. The country roads seem to be not very good +in that part of the world, for we lurched and jolted terribly. I +tried to look out of the windows to see something of where we +were, but they were made of frosted glass, and I could make out +nothing save the occasional bright blur of a passing light. Now +and then I hazarded some remark to break the monotony of the +journey, but the colonel answered only in monosyllables, and the +conversation soon flagged. At last, however, the bumping of the +road was exchanged for the crisp smoothness of a gravel-drive, +and the carriage came to a stand. Colonel Lysander Stark sprang +out, and, as I followed after him, pulled me swiftly into a porch +which gaped in front of us. We stepped, as it were, right out of +the carriage and into the hall, so that I failed to catch the +most fleeting glance of the front of the house. The instant that +I had crossed the threshold the door slammed heavily behind us, +and I heard faintly the rattle of the wheels as the carriage +drove away. + +"It was pitch dark inside the house, and the colonel fumbled +about looking for matches and muttering under his breath. +Suddenly a door opened at the other end of the passage, and a +long, golden bar of light shot out in our direction. It grew +broader, and a woman appeared with a lamp in her hand, which she +held above her head, pushing her face forward and peering at us. +I could see that she was pretty, and from the gloss with which +the light shone upon her dark dress I knew that it was a rich +material. She spoke a few words in a foreign tongue in a tone as +though asking a question, and when my companion answered in a +gruff monosyllable she gave such a start that the lamp nearly +fell from her hand. Colonel Stark went up to her, whispered +something in her ear, and then, pushing her back into the room +from whence she had come, he walked towards me again with the +lamp in his hand. + +"'Perhaps you will have the kindness to wait in this room for a +few minutes,' said he, throwing open another door. It was a +quiet, little, plainly furnished room, with a round table in the +centre, on which several German books were scattered. Colonel +Stark laid down the lamp on the top of a harmonium beside the +door. 'I shall not keep you waiting an instant,' said he, and +vanished into the darkness. + +"I glanced at the books upon the table, and in spite of my +ignorance of German I could see that two of them were treatises +on science, the others being volumes of poetry. Then I walked +across to the window, hoping that I might catch some glimpse of +the country-side, but an oak shutter, heavily barred, was folded +across it. It was a wonderfully silent house. There was an old +clock ticking loudly somewhere in the passage, but otherwise +everything was deadly still. A vague feeling of uneasiness began +to steal over me. Who were these German people, and what were +they doing living in this strange, out-of-the-way place? And +where was the place? I was ten miles or so from Eyford, that was +all I knew, but whether north, south, east, or west I had no +idea. For that matter, Reading, and possibly other large towns, +were within that radius, so the place might not be so secluded, +after all. Yet it was quite certain, from the absolute stillness, +that we were in the country. I paced up and down the room, +humming a tune under my breath to keep up my spirits and feeling +that I was thoroughly earning my fifty-guinea fee. + +"Suddenly, without any preliminary sound in the midst of the +utter stillness, the door of my room swung slowly open. The woman +was standing in the aperture, the darkness of the hall behind +her, the yellow light from my lamp beating upon her eager and +beautiful face. I could see at a glance that she was sick with +fear, and the sight sent a chill to my own heart. She held up one +shaking finger to warn me to be silent, and she shot a few +whispered words of broken English at me, her eyes glancing back, +like those of a frightened horse, into the gloom behind her. + +"'I would go,' said she, trying hard, as it seemed to me, to +speak calmly; 'I would go. I should not stay here. There is no +good for you to do.' + +"'But, madam,' said I, 'I have not yet done what I came for. I +cannot possibly leave until I have seen the machine.' + +"'It is not worth your while to wait,' she went on. 'You can pass +through the door; no one hinders.' And then, seeing that I smiled +and shook my head, she suddenly threw aside her constraint and +made a step forward, with her hands wrung together. 'For the love +of Heaven!' she whispered, 'get away from here before it is too +late!' + +"But I am somewhat headstrong by nature, and the more ready to +engage in an affair when there is some obstacle in the way. I +thought of my fifty-guinea fee, of my wearisome journey, and of +the unpleasant night which seemed to be before me. Was it all to +go for nothing? Why should I slink away without having carried +out my commission, and without the payment which was my due? This +woman might, for all I knew, be a monomaniac. With a stout +bearing, therefore, though her manner had shaken me more than I +cared to confess, I still shook my head and declared my intention +of remaining where I was. She was about to renew her entreaties +when a door slammed overhead, and the sound of several footsteps +was heard upon the stairs. She listened for an instant, threw up +her hands with a despairing gesture, and vanished as suddenly and +as noiselessly as she had come. + +"The newcomers were Colonel Lysander Stark and a short thick man +with a chinchilla beard growing out of the creases of his double +chin, who was introduced to me as Mr. Ferguson. + +"'This is my secretary and manager,' said the colonel. 'By the +way, I was under the impression that I left this door shut just +now. I fear that you have felt the draught.' + +"'On the contrary,' said I, 'I opened the door myself because I +felt the room to be a little close.' + +"He shot one of his suspicious looks at me. 'Perhaps we had +better proceed to business, then,' said he. 'Mr. Ferguson and I +will take you up to see the machine.' + +"'I had better put my hat on, I suppose.' + +"'Oh, no, it is in the house.' + +"'What, you dig fuller's-earth in the house?' + +"'No, no. This is only where we compress it. But never mind that. +All we wish you to do is to examine the machine and to let us +know what is wrong with it.' + +"We went upstairs together, the colonel first with the lamp, the +fat manager and I behind him. It was a labyrinth of an old house, +with corridors, passages, narrow winding staircases, and little +low doors, the thresholds of which were hollowed out by the +generations who had crossed them. There were no carpets and no +signs of any furniture above the ground floor, while the plaster +was peeling off the walls, and the damp was breaking through in +green, unhealthy blotches. I tried to put on as unconcerned an +air as possible, but I had not forgotten the warnings of the +lady, even though I disregarded them, and I kept a keen eye upon +my two companions. Ferguson appeared to be a morose and silent +man, but I could see from the little that he said that he was at +least a fellow-countryman. + +"Colonel Lysander Stark stopped at last before a low door, which +he unlocked. Within was a small, square room, in which the three +of us could hardly get at one time. Ferguson remained outside, +and the colonel ushered me in. + +"'We are now,' said he, 'actually within the hydraulic press, and +it would be a particularly unpleasant thing for us if anyone were +to turn it on. The ceiling of this small chamber is really the +end of the descending piston, and it comes down with the force of +many tons upon this metal floor. There are small lateral columns +of water outside which receive the force, and which transmit and +multiply it in the manner which is familiar to you. The machine +goes readily enough, but there is some stiffness in the working +of it, and it has lost a little of its force. Perhaps you will +have the goodness to look it over and to show us how we can set +it right.' + +"I took the lamp from him, and I examined the machine very +thoroughly. It was indeed a gigantic one, and capable of +exercising enormous pressure. When I passed outside, however, and +pressed down the levers which controlled it, I knew at once by +the whishing sound that there was a slight leakage, which allowed +a regurgitation of water through one of the side cylinders. An +examination showed that one of the india-rubber bands which was +round the head of a driving-rod had shrunk so as not quite to +fill the socket along which it worked. This was clearly the cause +of the loss of power, and I pointed it out to my companions, who +followed my remarks very carefully and asked several practical +questions as to how they should proceed to set it right. When I +had made it clear to them, I returned to the main chamber of the +machine and took a good look at it to satisfy my own curiosity. +It was obvious at a glance that the story of the fuller's-earth +was the merest fabrication, for it would be absurd to suppose +that so powerful an engine could be designed for so inadequate a +purpose. The walls were of wood, but the floor consisted of a +large iron trough, and when I came to examine it I could see a +crust of metallic deposit all over it. I had stooped and was +scraping at this to see exactly what it was when I heard a +muttered exclamation in German and saw the cadaverous face of the +colonel looking down at me. + +"'What are you doing there?' he asked. + +"I felt angry at having been tricked by so elaborate a story as +that which he had told me. 'I was admiring your fuller's-earth,' +said I; 'I think that I should be better able to advise you as to +your machine if I knew what the exact purpose was for which it +was used.' + +"The instant that I uttered the words I regretted the rashness of +my speech. His face set hard, and a baleful light sprang up in +his grey eyes. + +"'Very well,' said he, 'you shall know all about the machine.' He +took a step backward, slammed the little door, and turned the key +in the lock. I rushed towards it and pulled at the handle, but it +was quite secure, and did not give in the least to my kicks and +shoves. 'Hullo!' I yelled. 'Hullo! Colonel! Let me out!' + +"And then suddenly in the silence I heard a sound which sent my +heart into my mouth. It was the clank of the levers and the swish +of the leaking cylinder. He had set the engine at work. The lamp +still stood upon the floor where I had placed it when examining +the trough. By its light I saw that the black ceiling was coming +down upon me, slowly, jerkily, but, as none knew better than +myself, with a force which must within a minute grind me to a +shapeless pulp. I threw myself, screaming, against the door, and +dragged with my nails at the lock. I implored the colonel to let +me out, but the remorseless clanking of the levers drowned my +cries. The ceiling was only a foot or two above my head, and with +my hand upraised I could feel its hard, rough surface. Then it +flashed through my mind that the pain of my death would depend +very much upon the position in which I met it. If I lay on my +face the weight would come upon my spine, and I shuddered to +think of that dreadful snap. Easier the other way, perhaps; and +yet, had I the nerve to lie and look up at that deadly black +shadow wavering down upon me? Already I was unable to stand +erect, when my eye caught something which brought a gush of hope +back to my heart. + +"I have said that though the floor and ceiling were of iron, the +walls were of wood. As I gave a last hurried glance around, I saw +a thin line of yellow light between two of the boards, which +broadened and broadened as a small panel was pushed backward. For +an instant I could hardly believe that here was indeed a door +which led away from death. The next instant I threw myself +through, and lay half-fainting upon the other side. The panel had +closed again behind me, but the crash of the lamp, and a few +moments afterwards the clang of the two slabs of metal, told me +how narrow had been my escape. + +"I was recalled to myself by a frantic plucking at my wrist, and +I found myself lying upon the stone floor of a narrow corridor, +while a woman bent over me and tugged at me with her left hand, +while she held a candle in her right. It was the same good friend +whose warning I had so foolishly rejected. + +"'Come! come!' she cried breathlessly. 'They will be here in a +moment. They will see that you are not there. Oh, do not waste +the so-precious time, but come!' + +"This time, at least, I did not scorn her advice. I staggered to +my feet and ran with her along the corridor and down a winding +stair. The latter led to another broad passage, and just as we +reached it we heard the sound of running feet and the shouting of +two voices, one answering the other from the floor on which we +were and from the one beneath. My guide stopped and looked about +her like one who is at her wit's end. Then she threw open a door +which led into a bedroom, through the window of which the moon +was shining brightly. + +"'It is your only chance,' said she. 'It is high, but it may be +that you can jump it.' + +"As she spoke a light sprang into view at the further end of the +passage, and I saw the lean figure of Colonel Lysander Stark +rushing forward with a lantern in one hand and a weapon like a +butcher's cleaver in the other. I rushed across the bedroom, +flung open the window, and looked out. How quiet and sweet and +wholesome the garden looked in the moonlight, and it could not be +more than thirty feet down. I clambered out upon the sill, but I +hesitated to jump until I should have heard what passed between +my saviour and the ruffian who pursued me. If she were ill-used, +then at any risks I was determined to go back to her assistance. +The thought had hardly flashed through my mind before he was at +the door, pushing his way past her; but she threw her arms round +him and tried to hold him back. + +"'Fritz! Fritz!' she cried in English, 'remember your promise +after the last time. You said it should not be again. He will be +silent! Oh, he will be silent!' + +"'You are mad, Elise!' he shouted, struggling to break away from +her. 'You will be the ruin of us. He has seen too much. Let me +pass, I say!' He dashed her to one side, and, rushing to the +window, cut at me with his heavy weapon. I had let myself go, and +was hanging by the hands to the sill, when his blow fell. I was +conscious of a dull pain, my grip loosened, and I fell into the +garden below. + +"I was shaken but not hurt by the fall; so I picked myself up and +rushed off among the bushes as hard as I could run, for I +understood that I was far from being out of danger yet. Suddenly, +however, as I ran, a deadly dizziness and sickness came over me. +I glanced down at my hand, which was throbbing painfully, and +then, for the first time, saw that my thumb had been cut off and +that the blood was pouring from my wound. I endeavoured to tie my +handkerchief round it, but there came a sudden buzzing in my +ears, and next moment I fell in a dead faint among the +rose-bushes. + +"How long I remained unconscious I cannot tell. It must have been +a very long time, for the moon had sunk, and a bright morning was +breaking when I came to myself. My clothes were all sodden with +dew, and my coat-sleeve was drenched with blood from my wounded +thumb. The smarting of it recalled in an instant all the +particulars of my night's adventure, and I sprang to my feet with +the feeling that I might hardly yet be safe from my pursuers. But +to my astonishment, when I came to look round me, neither house +nor garden were to be seen. I had been lying in an angle of the +hedge close by the highroad, and just a little lower down was a +long building, which proved, upon my approaching it, to be the +very station at which I had arrived upon the previous night. Were +it not for the ugly wound upon my hand, all that had passed +during those dreadful hours might have been an evil dream. + +"Half dazed, I went into the station and asked about the morning +train. There would be one to Reading in less than an hour. The +same porter was on duty, I found, as had been there when I +arrived. I inquired of him whether he had ever heard of Colonel +Lysander Stark. The name was strange to him. Had he observed a +carriage the night before waiting for me? No, he had not. Was +there a police-station anywhere near? There was one about three +miles off. + +"It was too far for me to go, weak and ill as I was. I determined +to wait until I got back to town before telling my story to the +police. It was a little past six when I arrived, so I went first +to have my wound dressed, and then the doctor was kind enough to +bring me along here. I put the case into your hands and shall do +exactly what you advise." + +We both sat in silence for some little time after listening to +this extraordinary narrative. Then Sherlock Holmes pulled down +from the shelf one of the ponderous commonplace books in which he +placed his cuttings. + +"Here is an advertisement which will interest you," said he. "It +appeared in all the papers about a year ago. Listen to this: +'Lost, on the 9th inst., Mr. Jeremiah Hayling, aged +twenty-six, a hydraulic engineer. Left his lodgings at ten +o'clock at night, and has not been heard of since. Was +dressed in,' etc., etc. Ha! That represents the last time that +the colonel needed to have his machine overhauled, I fancy." + +"Good heavens!" cried my patient. "Then that explains what the +girl said." + +"Undoubtedly. It is quite clear that the colonel was a cool and +desperate man, who was absolutely determined that nothing should +stand in the way of his little game, like those out-and-out +pirates who will leave no survivor from a captured ship. Well, +every moment now is precious, so if you feel equal to it we shall +go down to Scotland Yard at once as a preliminary to starting for +Eyford." + +Some three hours or so afterwards we were all in the train +together, bound from Reading to the little Berkshire village. +There were Sherlock Holmes, the hydraulic engineer, Inspector +Bradstreet, of Scotland Yard, a plain-clothes man, and myself. +Bradstreet had spread an ordnance map of the county out upon the +seat and was busy with his compasses drawing a circle with Eyford +for its centre. + +"There you are," said he. "That circle is drawn at a radius of +ten miles from the village. The place we want must be somewhere +near that line. You said ten miles, I think, sir." + +"It was an hour's good drive." + +"And you think that they brought you back all that way when you +were unconscious?" + +"They must have done so. I have a confused memory, too, of having +been lifted and conveyed somewhere." + +"What I cannot understand," said I, "is why they should have +spared you when they found you lying fainting in the garden. +Perhaps the villain was softened by the woman's entreaties." + +"I hardly think that likely. I never saw a more inexorable face +in my life." + +"Oh, we shall soon clear up all that," said Bradstreet. "Well, I +have drawn my circle, and I only wish I knew at what point upon +it the folk that we are in search of are to be found." + +"I think I could lay my finger on it," said Holmes quietly. + +"Really, now!" cried the inspector, "you have formed your +opinion! Come, now, we shall see who agrees with you. I say it is +south, for the country is more deserted there." + +"And I say east," said my patient. + +"I am for west," remarked the plain-clothes man. "There are +several quiet little villages up there." + +"And I am for north," said I, "because there are no hills there, +and our friend says that he did not notice the carriage go up +any." + +"Come," cried the inspector, laughing; "it's a very pretty +diversity of opinion. We have boxed the compass among us. Who do +you give your casting vote to?" + +"You are all wrong." + +"But we can't all be." + +"Oh, yes, you can. This is my point." He placed his finger in the +centre of the circle. "This is where we shall find them." + +"But the twelve-mile drive?" gasped Hatherley. + +"Six out and six back. Nothing simpler. You say yourself that the +horse was fresh and glossy when you got in. How could it be that +if it had gone twelve miles over heavy roads?" + +"Indeed, it is a likely ruse enough," observed Bradstreet +thoughtfully. "Of course there can be no doubt as to the nature +of this gang." + +"None at all," said Holmes. "They are coiners on a large scale, +and have used the machine to form the amalgam which has taken the +place of silver." + +"We have known for some time that a clever gang was at work," +said the inspector. "They have been turning out half-crowns by +the thousand. We even traced them as far as Reading, but could +get no farther, for they had covered their traces in a way that +showed that they were very old hands. But now, thanks to this +lucky chance, I think that we have got them right enough." + +But the inspector was mistaken, for those criminals were not +destined to fall into the hands of justice. As we rolled into +Eyford Station we saw a gigantic column of smoke which streamed +up from behind a small clump of trees in the neighbourhood and +hung like an immense ostrich feather over the landscape. + +"A house on fire?" asked Bradstreet as the train steamed off +again on its way. + +"Yes, sir!" said the station-master. + +"When did it break out?" + +"I hear that it was during the night, sir, but it has got worse, +and the whole place is in a blaze." + +"Whose house is it?" + +"Dr. Becher's." + +"Tell me," broke in the engineer, "is Dr. Becher a German, very +thin, with a long, sharp nose?" + +The station-master laughed heartily. "No, sir, Dr. Becher is an +Englishman, and there isn't a man in the parish who has a +better-lined waistcoat. But he has a gentleman staying with him, +a patient, as I understand, who is a foreigner, and he looks as +if a little good Berkshire beef would do him no harm." + +The station-master had not finished his speech before we were all +hastening in the direction of the fire. The road topped a low +hill, and there was a great widespread whitewashed building in +front of us, spouting fire at every chink and window, while in +the garden in front three fire-engines were vainly striving to +keep the flames under. + +"That's it!" cried Hatherley, in intense excitement. "There is +the gravel-drive, and there are the rose-bushes where I lay. That +second window is the one that I jumped from." + +"Well, at least," said Holmes, "you have had your revenge upon +them. There can be no question that it was your oil-lamp which, +when it was crushed in the press, set fire to the wooden walls, +though no doubt they were too excited in the chase after you to +observe it at the time. Now keep your eyes open in this crowd for +your friends of last night, though I very much fear that they are +a good hundred miles off by now." + +And Holmes' fears came to be realised, for from that day to this +no word has ever been heard either of the beautiful woman, the +sinister German, or the morose Englishman. Early that morning a +peasant had met a cart containing several people and some very +bulky boxes driving rapidly in the direction of Reading, but +there all traces of the fugitives disappeared, and even Holmes' +ingenuity failed ever to discover the least clue as to their +whereabouts. + +The firemen had been much perturbed at the strange arrangements +which they had found within, and still more so by discovering a +newly severed human thumb upon a window-sill of the second floor. +About sunset, however, their efforts were at last successful, and +they subdued the flames, but not before the roof had fallen in, +and the whole place been reduced to such absolute ruin that, save +some twisted cylinders and iron piping, not a trace remained of +the machinery which had cost our unfortunate acquaintance so +dearly. Large masses of nickel and of tin were discovered stored +in an out-house, but no coins were to be found, which may have +explained the presence of those bulky boxes which have been +already referred to. + +How our hydraulic engineer had been conveyed from the garden to +the spot where he recovered his senses might have remained +forever a mystery were it not for the soft mould, which told us a +very plain tale. He had evidently been carried down by two +persons, one of whom had remarkably small feet and the other +unusually large ones. On the whole, it was most probable that the +silent Englishman, being less bold or less murderous than his +companion, had assisted the woman to bear the unconscious man out +of the way of danger. + +"Well," said our engineer ruefully as we took our seats to return +once more to London, "it has been a pretty business for me! I +have lost my thumb and I have lost a fifty-guinea fee, and what +have I gained?" + +"Experience," said Holmes, laughing. "Indirectly it may be of +value, you know; you have only to put it into words to gain the +reputation of being excellent company for the remainder of your +existence." + + + +X. THE ADVENTURE OF THE NOBLE BACHELOR + +The Lord St. Simon marriage, and its curious termination, have +long ceased to be a subject of interest in those exalted circles +in which the unfortunate bridegroom moves. Fresh scandals have +eclipsed it, and their more piquant details have drawn the +gossips away from this four-year-old drama. As I have reason to +believe, however, that the full facts have never been revealed to +the general public, and as my friend Sherlock Holmes had a +considerable share in clearing the matter up, I feel that no +memoir of him would be complete without some little sketch of +this remarkable episode. + +It was a few weeks before my own marriage, during the days when I +was still sharing rooms with Holmes in Baker Street, that he came +home from an afternoon stroll to find a letter on the table +waiting for him. I had remained indoors all day, for the weather +had taken a sudden turn to rain, with high autumnal winds, and +the Jezail bullet which I had brought back in one of my limbs as +a relic of my Afghan campaign throbbed with dull persistence. +With my body in one easy-chair and my legs upon another, I had +surrounded myself with a cloud of newspapers until at last, +saturated with the news of the day, I tossed them all aside and +lay listless, watching the huge crest and monogram upon the +envelope upon the table and wondering lazily who my friend's +noble correspondent could be. + +"Here is a very fashionable epistle," I remarked as he entered. +"Your morning letters, if I remember right, were from a +fish-monger and a tide-waiter." + +"Yes, my correspondence has certainly the charm of variety," he +answered, smiling, "and the humbler are usually the more +interesting. This looks like one of those unwelcome social +summonses which call upon a man either to be bored or to lie." + +He broke the seal and glanced over the contents. + +"Oh, come, it may prove to be something of interest, after all." + +"Not social, then?" + +"No, distinctly professional." + +"And from a noble client?" + +"One of the highest in England." + +"My dear fellow, I congratulate you." + +"I assure you, Watson, without affectation, that the status of my +client is a matter of less moment to me than the interest of his +case. It is just possible, however, that that also may not be +wanting in this new investigation. You have been reading the +papers diligently of late, have you not?" + +"It looks like it," said I ruefully, pointing to a huge bundle in +the corner. "I have had nothing else to do." + +"It is fortunate, for you will perhaps be able to post me up. I +read nothing except the criminal news and the agony column. The +latter is always instructive. But if you have followed recent +events so closely you must have read about Lord St. Simon and his +wedding?" + +"Oh, yes, with the deepest interest." + +"That is well. The letter which I hold in my hand is from Lord +St. Simon. I will read it to you, and in return you must turn +over these papers and let me have whatever bears upon the matter. +This is what he says: + +"'MY DEAR MR. SHERLOCK HOLMES:--Lord Backwater tells me that I +may place implicit reliance upon your judgment and discretion. I +have determined, therefore, to call upon you and to consult you +in reference to the very painful event which has occurred in +connection with my wedding. Mr. Lestrade, of Scotland Yard, is +acting already in the matter, but he assures me that he sees no +objection to your co-operation, and that he even thinks that +it might be of some assistance. I will call at four o'clock in +the afternoon, and, should you have any other engagement at that +time, I hope that you will postpone it, as this matter is of +paramount importance. Yours faithfully, ST. SIMON.' + +"It is dated from Grosvenor Mansions, written with a quill pen, +and the noble lord has had the misfortune to get a smear of ink +upon the outer side of his right little finger," remarked Holmes +as he folded up the epistle. + +"He says four o'clock. It is three now. He will be here in an +hour." + +"Then I have just time, with your assistance, to get clear upon +the subject. Turn over those papers and arrange the extracts in +their order of time, while I take a glance as to who our client +is." He picked a red-covered volume from a line of books of +reference beside the mantelpiece. "Here he is," said he, sitting +down and flattening it out upon his knee. "'Lord Robert Walsingham +de Vere St. Simon, second son of the Duke of Balmoral.' Hum! 'Arms: +Azure, three caltrops in chief over a fess sable. Born in 1846.' +He's forty-one years of age, which is mature for marriage. Was +Under-Secretary for the colonies in a late administration. The +Duke, his father, was at one time Secretary for Foreign Affairs. +They inherit Plantagenet blood by direct descent, and Tudor on +the distaff side. Ha! Well, there is nothing very instructive in +all this. I think that I must turn to you Watson, for something +more solid." + +"I have very little difficulty in finding what I want," said I, +"for the facts are quite recent, and the matter struck me as +remarkable. I feared to refer them to you, however, as I knew +that you had an inquiry on hand and that you disliked the +intrusion of other matters." + +"Oh, you mean the little problem of the Grosvenor Square +furniture van. That is quite cleared up now--though, indeed, it +was obvious from the first. Pray give me the results of your +newspaper selections." + +"Here is the first notice which I can find. It is in the personal +column of the Morning Post, and dates, as you see, some weeks +back: 'A marriage has been arranged,' it says, 'and will, if +rumour is correct, very shortly take place, between Lord Robert +St. Simon, second son of the Duke of Balmoral, and Miss Hatty +Doran, the only daughter of Aloysius Doran. Esq., of San +Francisco, Cal., U.S.A.' That is all." + +"Terse and to the point," remarked Holmes, stretching his long, +thin legs towards the fire. + +"There was a paragraph amplifying this in one of the society +papers of the same week. Ah, here it is: 'There will soon be a +call for protection in the marriage market, for the present +free-trade principle appears to tell heavily against our home +product. One by one the management of the noble houses of Great +Britain is passing into the hands of our fair cousins from across +the Atlantic. An important addition has been made during the last +week to the list of the prizes which have been borne away by +these charming invaders. Lord St. Simon, who has shown himself +for over twenty years proof against the little god's arrows, has +now definitely announced his approaching marriage with Miss Hatty +Doran, the fascinating daughter of a California millionaire. Miss +Doran, whose graceful figure and striking face attracted much +attention at the Westbury House festivities, is an only child, +and it is currently reported that her dowry will run to +considerably over the six figures, with expectancies for the +future. As it is an open secret that the Duke of Balmoral has +been compelled to sell his pictures within the last few years, +and as Lord St. Simon has no property of his own save the small +estate of Birchmoor, it is obvious that the Californian heiress +is not the only gainer by an alliance which will enable her to +make the easy and common transition from a Republican lady to a +British peeress.'" + +"Anything else?" asked Holmes, yawning. + +"Oh, yes; plenty. Then there is another note in the Morning Post +to say that the marriage would be an absolutely quiet one, that it +would be at St. George's, Hanover Square, that only half a dozen +intimate friends would be invited, and that the party would +return to the furnished house at Lancaster Gate which has been +taken by Mr. Aloysius Doran. Two days later--that is, on +Wednesday last--there is a curt announcement that the wedding had +taken place, and that the honeymoon would be passed at Lord +Backwater's place, near Petersfield. Those are all the notices +which appeared before the disappearance of the bride." + +"Before the what?" asked Holmes with a start. + +"The vanishing of the lady." + +"When did she vanish, then?" + +"At the wedding breakfast." + +"Indeed. This is more interesting than it promised to be; quite +dramatic, in fact." + +"Yes; it struck me as being a little out of the common." + +"They often vanish before the ceremony, and occasionally during +the honeymoon; but I cannot call to mind anything quite so prompt +as this. Pray let me have the details." + +"I warn you that they are very incomplete." + +"Perhaps we may make them less so." + +"Such as they are, they are set forth in a single article of a +morning paper of yesterday, which I will read to you. It is +headed, 'Singular Occurrence at a Fashionable Wedding': + +"'The family of Lord Robert St. Simon has been thrown into the +greatest consternation by the strange and painful episodes which +have taken place in connection with his wedding. The ceremony, as +shortly announced in the papers of yesterday, occurred on the +previous morning; but it is only now that it has been possible to +confirm the strange rumours which have been so persistently +floating about. In spite of the attempts of the friends to hush +the matter up, so much public attention has now been drawn to it +that no good purpose can be served by affecting to disregard what +is a common subject for conversation. + +"'The ceremony, which was performed at St. George's, Hanover +Square, was a very quiet one, no one being present save the +father of the bride, Mr. Aloysius Doran, the Duchess of Balmoral, +Lord Backwater, Lord Eustace and Lady Clara St. Simon (the +younger brother and sister of the bridegroom), and Lady Alicia +Whittington. The whole party proceeded afterwards to the house of +Mr. Aloysius Doran, at Lancaster Gate, where breakfast had been +prepared. It appears that some little trouble was caused by a +woman, whose name has not been ascertained, who endeavoured to +force her way into the house after the bridal party, alleging +that she had some claim upon Lord St. Simon. It was only after a +painful and prolonged scene that she was ejected by the butler +and the footman. The bride, who had fortunately entered the house +before this unpleasant interruption, had sat down to breakfast +with the rest, when she complained of a sudden indisposition and +retired to her room. Her prolonged absence having caused some +comment, her father followed her, but learned from her maid that +she had only come up to her chamber for an instant, caught up an +ulster and bonnet, and hurried down to the passage. One of the +footmen declared that he had seen a lady leave the house thus +apparelled, but had refused to credit that it was his mistress, +believing her to be with the company. On ascertaining that his +daughter had disappeared, Mr. Aloysius Doran, in conjunction with +the bridegroom, instantly put themselves in communication with +the police, and very energetic inquiries are being made, which +will probably result in a speedy clearing up of this very +singular business. Up to a late hour last night, however, nothing +had transpired as to the whereabouts of the missing lady. There +are rumours of foul play in the matter, and it is said that the +police have caused the arrest of the woman who had caused the +original disturbance, in the belief that, from jealousy or some +other motive, she may have been concerned in the strange +disappearance of the bride.'" + +"And is that all?" + +"Only one little item in another of the morning papers, but it is +a suggestive one." + +"And it is--" + +"That Miss Flora Millar, the lady who had caused the disturbance, +has actually been arrested. It appears that she was formerly a +danseuse at the Allegro, and that she has known the bridegroom +for some years. There are no further particulars, and the whole +case is in your hands now--so far as it has been set forth in the +public press." + +"And an exceedingly interesting case it appears to be. I would +not have missed it for worlds. But there is a ring at the bell, +Watson, and as the clock makes it a few minutes after four, I +have no doubt that this will prove to be our noble client. Do not +dream of going, Watson, for I very much prefer having a witness, +if only as a check to my own memory." + +"Lord Robert St. Simon," announced our page-boy, throwing open +the door. A gentleman entered, with a pleasant, cultured face, +high-nosed and pale, with something perhaps of petulance about +the mouth, and with the steady, well-opened eye of a man whose +pleasant lot it had ever been to command and to be obeyed. His +manner was brisk, and yet his general appearance gave an undue +impression of age, for he had a slight forward stoop and a little +bend of the knees as he walked. His hair, too, as he swept off +his very curly-brimmed hat, was grizzled round the edges and thin +upon the top. As to his dress, it was careful to the verge of +foppishness, with high collar, black frock-coat, white waistcoat, +yellow gloves, patent-leather shoes, and light-coloured gaiters. +He advanced slowly into the room, turning his head from left to +right, and swinging in his right hand the cord which held his +golden eyeglasses. + +"Good-day, Lord St. Simon," said Holmes, rising and bowing. "Pray +take the basket-chair. This is my friend and colleague, Dr. +Watson. Draw up a little to the fire, and we will talk this +matter over." + +"A most painful matter to me, as you can most readily imagine, +Mr. Holmes. I have been cut to the quick. I understand that you +have already managed several delicate cases of this sort, sir, +though I presume that they were hardly from the same class of +society." + +"No, I am descending." + +"I beg pardon." + +"My last client of the sort was a king." + +"Oh, really! I had no idea. And which king?" + +"The King of Scandinavia." + +"What! Had he lost his wife?" + +"You can understand," said Holmes suavely, "that I extend to the +affairs of my other clients the same secrecy which I promise to +you in yours." + +"Of course! Very right! very right! I'm sure I beg pardon. As to +my own case, I am ready to give you any information which may +assist you in forming an opinion." + +"Thank you. I have already learned all that is in the public +prints, nothing more. I presume that I may take it as correct--this +article, for example, as to the disappearance of the bride." + +Lord St. Simon glanced over it. "Yes, it is correct, as far as it +goes." + +"But it needs a great deal of supplementing before anyone could +offer an opinion. I think that I may arrive at my facts most +directly by questioning you." + +"Pray do so." + +"When did you first meet Miss Hatty Doran?" + +"In San Francisco, a year ago." + +"You were travelling in the States?" + +"Yes." + +"Did you become engaged then?" + +"No." + +"But you were on a friendly footing?" + +"I was amused by her society, and she could see that I was +amused." + +"Her father is very rich?" + +"He is said to be the richest man on the Pacific slope." + +"And how did he make his money?" + +"In mining. He had nothing a few years ago. Then he struck gold, +invested it, and came up by leaps and bounds." + +"Now, what is your own impression as to the young lady's--your +wife's character?" + +The nobleman swung his glasses a little faster and stared down +into the fire. "You see, Mr. Holmes," said he, "my wife was +twenty before her father became a rich man. During that time she +ran free in a mining camp and wandered through woods or +mountains, so that her education has come from Nature rather than +from the schoolmaster. She is what we call in England a tomboy, +with a strong nature, wild and free, unfettered by any sort of +traditions. She is impetuous--volcanic, I was about to say. She +is swift in making up her mind and fearless in carrying out her +resolutions. On the other hand, I would not have given her the +name which I have the honour to bear"--he gave a little stately +cough--"had not I thought her to be at bottom a noble woman. I +believe that she is capable of heroic self-sacrifice and that +anything dishonourable would be repugnant to her." + +"Have you her photograph?" + +"I brought this with me." He opened a locket and showed us the +full face of a very lovely woman. It was not a photograph but an +ivory miniature, and the artist had brought out the full effect +of the lustrous black hair, the large dark eyes, and the +exquisite mouth. Holmes gazed long and earnestly at it. Then he +closed the locket and handed it back to Lord St. Simon. + +"The young lady came to London, then, and you renewed your +acquaintance?" + +"Yes, her father brought her over for this last London season. I +met her several times, became engaged to her, and have now +married her." + +"She brought, I understand, a considerable dowry?" + +"A fair dowry. Not more than is usual in my family." + +"And this, of course, remains to you, since the marriage is a +fait accompli?" + +"I really have made no inquiries on the subject." + +"Very naturally not. Did you see Miss Doran on the day before the +wedding?" + +"Yes." + +"Was she in good spirits?" + +"Never better. She kept talking of what we should do in our +future lives." + +"Indeed! That is very interesting. And on the morning of the +wedding?" + +"She was as bright as possible--at least until after the +ceremony." + +"And did you observe any change in her then?" + +"Well, to tell the truth, I saw then the first signs that I had +ever seen that her temper was just a little sharp. The incident +however, was too trivial to relate and can have no possible +bearing upon the case." + +"Pray let us have it, for all that." + +"Oh, it is childish. She dropped her bouquet as we went towards +the vestry. She was passing the front pew at the time, and it +fell over into the pew. There was a moment's delay, but the +gentleman in the pew handed it up to her again, and it did not +appear to be the worse for the fall. Yet when I spoke to her of +the matter, she answered me abruptly; and in the carriage, on our +way home, she seemed absurdly agitated over this trifling cause." + +"Indeed! You say that there was a gentleman in the pew. Some of +the general public were present, then?" + +"Oh, yes. It is impossible to exclude them when the church is +open." + +"This gentleman was not one of your wife's friends?" + +"No, no; I call him a gentleman by courtesy, but he was quite a +common-looking person. I hardly noticed his appearance. But +really I think that we are wandering rather far from the point." + +"Lady St. Simon, then, returned from the wedding in a less +cheerful frame of mind than she had gone to it. What did she do +on re-entering her father's house?" + +"I saw her in conversation with her maid." + +"And who is her maid?" + +"Alice is her name. She is an American and came from California +with her." + +"A confidential servant?" + +"A little too much so. It seemed to me that her mistress allowed +her to take great liberties. Still, of course, in America they +look upon these things in a different way." + +"How long did she speak to this Alice?" + +"Oh, a few minutes. I had something else to think of." + +"You did not overhear what they said?" + +"Lady St. Simon said something about 'jumping a claim.' She was +accustomed to use slang of the kind. I have no idea what she +meant." + +"American slang is very expressive sometimes. And what did your +wife do when she finished speaking to her maid?" + +"She walked into the breakfast-room." + +"On your arm?" + +"No, alone. She was very independent in little matters like that. +Then, after we had sat down for ten minutes or so, she rose +hurriedly, muttered some words of apology, and left the room. She +never came back." + +"But this maid, Alice, as I understand, deposes that she went to +her room, covered her bride's dress with a long ulster, put on a +bonnet, and went out." + +"Quite so. And she was afterwards seen walking into Hyde Park in +company with Flora Millar, a woman who is now in custody, and who +had already made a disturbance at Mr. Doran's house that +morning." + +"Ah, yes. I should like a few particulars as to this young lady, +and your relations to her." + +Lord St. Simon shrugged his shoulders and raised his eyebrows. +"We have been on a friendly footing for some years--I may say on +a very friendly footing. She used to be at the Allegro. I have +not treated her ungenerously, and she had no just cause of +complaint against me, but you know what women are, Mr. Holmes. +Flora was a dear little thing, but exceedingly hot-headed and +devotedly attached to me. She wrote me dreadful letters when she +heard that I was about to be married, and, to tell the truth, the +reason why I had the marriage celebrated so quietly was that I +feared lest there might be a scandal in the church. She came to +Mr. Doran's door just after we returned, and she endeavoured to +push her way in, uttering very abusive expressions towards my +wife, and even threatening her, but I had foreseen the +possibility of something of the sort, and I had two police +fellows there in private clothes, who soon pushed her out again. +She was quiet when she saw that there was no good in making a +row." + +"Did your wife hear all this?" + +"No, thank goodness, she did not." + +"And she was seen walking with this very woman afterwards?" + +"Yes. That is what Mr. Lestrade, of Scotland Yard, looks upon as +so serious. It is thought that Flora decoyed my wife out and laid +some terrible trap for her." + +"Well, it is a possible supposition." + +"You think so, too?" + +"I did not say a probable one. But you do not yourself look upon +this as likely?" + +"I do not think Flora would hurt a fly." + +"Still, jealousy is a strange transformer of characters. Pray +what is your own theory as to what took place?" + +"Well, really, I came to seek a theory, not to propound one. I +have given you all the facts. Since you ask me, however, I may +say that it has occurred to me as possible that the excitement of +this affair, the consciousness that she had made so immense a +social stride, had the effect of causing some little nervous +disturbance in my wife." + +"In short, that she had become suddenly deranged?" + +"Well, really, when I consider that she has turned her back--I +will not say upon me, but upon so much that many have aspired to +without success--I can hardly explain it in any other fashion." + +"Well, certainly that is also a conceivable hypothesis," said +Holmes, smiling. "And now, Lord St. Simon, I think that I have +nearly all my data. May I ask whether you were seated at the +breakfast-table so that you could see out of the window?" + +"We could see the other side of the road and the Park." + +"Quite so. Then I do not think that I need to detain you longer. +I shall communicate with you." + +"Should you be fortunate enough to solve this problem," said our +client, rising. + +"I have solved it." + +"Eh? What was that?" + +"I say that I have solved it." + +"Where, then, is my wife?" + +"That is a detail which I shall speedily supply." + +Lord St. Simon shook his head. "I am afraid that it will take +wiser heads than yours or mine," he remarked, and bowing in a +stately, old-fashioned manner he departed. + +"It is very good of Lord St. Simon to honour my head by putting +it on a level with his own," said Sherlock Holmes, laughing. "I +think that I shall have a whisky and soda and a cigar after all +this cross-questioning. I had formed my conclusions as to the +case before our client came into the room." + +"My dear Holmes!" + +"I have notes of several similar cases, though none, as I +remarked before, which were quite as prompt. My whole examination +served to turn my conjecture into a certainty. Circumstantial +evidence is occasionally very convincing, as when you find a +trout in the milk, to quote Thoreau's example." + +"But I have heard all that you have heard." + +"Without, however, the knowledge of pre-existing cases which +serves me so well. There was a parallel instance in Aberdeen some +years back, and something on very much the same lines at Munich +the year after the Franco-Prussian War. It is one of these +cases--but, hullo, here is Lestrade! Good-afternoon, Lestrade! +You will find an extra tumbler upon the sideboard, and there are +cigars in the box." + +The official detective was attired in a pea-jacket and cravat, +which gave him a decidedly nautical appearance, and he carried a +black canvas bag in his hand. With a short greeting he seated +himself and lit the cigar which had been offered to him. + +"What's up, then?" asked Holmes with a twinkle in his eye. "You +look dissatisfied." + +"And I feel dissatisfied. It is this infernal St. Simon marriage +case. I can make neither head nor tail of the business." + +"Really! You surprise me." + +"Who ever heard of such a mixed affair? Every clue seems to slip +through my fingers. I have been at work upon it all day." + +"And very wet it seems to have made you," said Holmes laying his +hand upon the arm of the pea-jacket. + +"Yes, I have been dragging the Serpentine." + +"In heaven's name, what for?" + +"In search of the body of Lady St. Simon." + +Sherlock Holmes leaned back in his chair and laughed heartily. + +"Have you dragged the basin of Trafalgar Square fountain?" he +asked. + +"Why? What do you mean?" + +"Because you have just as good a chance of finding this lady in +the one as in the other." + +Lestrade shot an angry glance at my companion. "I suppose you +know all about it," he snarled. + +"Well, I have only just heard the facts, but my mind is made up." + +"Oh, indeed! Then you think that the Serpentine plays no part in +the matter?" + +"I think it very unlikely." + +"Then perhaps you will kindly explain how it is that we found +this in it?" He opened his bag as he spoke, and tumbled onto the +floor a wedding-dress of watered silk, a pair of white satin +shoes and a bride's wreath and veil, all discoloured and soaked +in water. "There," said he, putting a new wedding-ring upon the +top of the pile. "There is a little nut for you to crack, Master +Holmes." + +"Oh, indeed!" said my friend, blowing blue rings into the air. +"You dragged them from the Serpentine?" + +"No. They were found floating near the margin by a park-keeper. +They have been identified as her clothes, and it seemed to me +that if the clothes were there the body would not be far off." + +"By the same brilliant reasoning, every man's body is to be found +in the neighbourhood of his wardrobe. And pray what did you hope +to arrive at through this?" + +"At some evidence implicating Flora Millar in the disappearance." + +"I am afraid that you will find it difficult." + +"Are you, indeed, now?" cried Lestrade with some bitterness. "I +am afraid, Holmes, that you are not very practical with your +deductions and your inferences. You have made two blunders in as +many minutes. This dress does implicate Miss Flora Millar." + +"And how?" + +"In the dress is a pocket. In the pocket is a card-case. In the +card-case is a note. And here is the very note." He slapped it +down upon the table in front of him. "Listen to this: 'You will +see me when all is ready. Come at once. F.H.M.' Now my theory all +along has been that Lady St. Simon was decoyed away by Flora +Millar, and that she, with confederates, no doubt, was +responsible for her disappearance. Here, signed with her +initials, is the very note which was no doubt quietly slipped +into her hand at the door and which lured her within their +reach." + +"Very good, Lestrade," said Holmes, laughing. "You really are +very fine indeed. Let me see it." He took up the paper in a +listless way, but his attention instantly became riveted, and he +gave a little cry of satisfaction. "This is indeed important," +said he. + +"Ha! you find it so?" + +"Extremely so. I congratulate you warmly." + +Lestrade rose in his triumph and bent his head to look. "Why," he +shrieked, "you're looking at the wrong side!" + +"On the contrary, this is the right side." + +"The right side? You're mad! Here is the note written in pencil +over here." + +"And over here is what appears to be the fragment of a hotel +bill, which interests me deeply." + +"There's nothing in it. I looked at it before," said Lestrade. +"'Oct. 4th, rooms 8s., breakfast 2s. 6d., cocktail 1s., lunch 2s. +6d., glass sherry, 8d.' I see nothing in that." + +"Very likely not. It is most important, all the same. As to the +note, it is important also, or at least the initials are, so I +congratulate you again." + +"I've wasted time enough," said Lestrade, rising. "I believe in +hard work and not in sitting by the fire spinning fine theories. +Good-day, Mr. Holmes, and we shall see which gets to the bottom +of the matter first." He gathered up the garments, thrust them +into the bag, and made for the door. + +"Just one hint to you, Lestrade," drawled Holmes before his rival +vanished; "I will tell you the true solution of the matter. Lady +St. Simon is a myth. There is not, and there never has been, any +such person." + +Lestrade looked sadly at my companion. Then he turned to me, +tapped his forehead three times, shook his head solemnly, and +hurried away. + +He had hardly shut the door behind him when Holmes rose to put on +his overcoat. "There is something in what the fellow says about +outdoor work," he remarked, "so I think, Watson, that I must +leave you to your papers for a little." + +It was after five o'clock when Sherlock Holmes left me, but I had +no time to be lonely, for within an hour there arrived a +confectioner's man with a very large flat box. This he unpacked +with the help of a youth whom he had brought with him, and +presently, to my very great astonishment, a quite epicurean +little cold supper began to be laid out upon our humble +lodging-house mahogany. There were a couple of brace of cold +woodcock, a pheasant, a pâté de foie gras pie with a group of +ancient and cobwebby bottles. Having laid out all these luxuries, +my two visitors vanished away, like the genii of the Arabian +Nights, with no explanation save that the things had been paid +for and were ordered to this address. + +Just before nine o'clock Sherlock Holmes stepped briskly into the +room. His features were gravely set, but there was a light in his +eye which made me think that he had not been disappointed in his +conclusions. + +"They have laid the supper, then," he said, rubbing his hands. + +"You seem to expect company. They have laid for five." + +"Yes, I fancy we may have some company dropping in," said he. "I +am surprised that Lord St. Simon has not already arrived. Ha! I +fancy that I hear his step now upon the stairs." + +It was indeed our visitor of the afternoon who came bustling in, +dangling his glasses more vigorously than ever, and with a very +perturbed expression upon his aristocratic features. + +"My messenger reached you, then?" asked Holmes. + +"Yes, and I confess that the contents startled me beyond measure. +Have you good authority for what you say?" + +"The best possible." + +Lord St. Simon sank into a chair and passed his hand over his +forehead. + +"What will the Duke say," he murmured, "when he hears that one of +the family has been subjected to such humiliation?" + +"It is the purest accident. I cannot allow that there is any +humiliation." + +"Ah, you look on these things from another standpoint." + +"I fail to see that anyone is to blame. I can hardly see how the +lady could have acted otherwise, though her abrupt method of +doing it was undoubtedly to be regretted. Having no mother, she +had no one to advise her at such a crisis." + +"It was a slight, sir, a public slight," said Lord St. Simon, +tapping his fingers upon the table. + +"You must make allowance for this poor girl, placed in so +unprecedented a position." + +"I will make no allowance. I am very angry indeed, and I have +been shamefully used." + +"I think that I heard a ring," said Holmes. "Yes, there are steps +on the landing. If I cannot persuade you to take a lenient view +of the matter, Lord St. Simon, I have brought an advocate here +who may be more successful." He opened the door and ushered in a +lady and gentleman. "Lord St. Simon," said he "allow me to +introduce you to Mr. and Mrs. Francis Hay Moulton. The lady, I +think, you have already met." + +At the sight of these newcomers our client had sprung from his +seat and stood very erect, with his eyes cast down and his hand +thrust into the breast of his frock-coat, a picture of offended +dignity. The lady had taken a quick step forward and had held out +her hand to him, but he still refused to raise his eyes. It was +as well for his resolution, perhaps, for her pleading face was +one which it was hard to resist. + +"You're angry, Robert," said she. "Well, I guess you have every +cause to be." + +"Pray make no apology to me," said Lord St. Simon bitterly. + +"Oh, yes, I know that I have treated you real bad and that I +should have spoken to you before I went; but I was kind of +rattled, and from the time when I saw Frank here again I just +didn't know what I was doing or saying. I only wonder I didn't +fall down and do a faint right there before the altar." + +"Perhaps, Mrs. Moulton, you would like my friend and me to leave +the room while you explain this matter?" + +"If I may give an opinion," remarked the strange gentleman, +"we've had just a little too much secrecy over this business +already. For my part, I should like all Europe and America to +hear the rights of it." He was a small, wiry, sunburnt man, +clean-shaven, with a sharp face and alert manner. + +"Then I'll tell our story right away," said the lady. "Frank here +and I met in '84, in McQuire's camp, near the Rockies, where pa +was working a claim. We were engaged to each other, Frank and I; +but then one day father struck a rich pocket and made a pile, +while poor Frank here had a claim that petered out and came to +nothing. The richer pa grew the poorer was Frank; so at last pa +wouldn't hear of our engagement lasting any longer, and he took +me away to 'Frisco. Frank wouldn't throw up his hand, though; so +he followed me there, and he saw me without pa knowing anything +about it. It would only have made him mad to know, so we just +fixed it all up for ourselves. Frank said that he would go and +make his pile, too, and never come back to claim me until he had +as much as pa. So then I promised to wait for him to the end of +time and pledged myself not to marry anyone else while he lived. +'Why shouldn't we be married right away, then,' said he, 'and +then I will feel sure of you; and I won't claim to be your +husband until I come back?' Well, we talked it over, and he had +fixed it all up so nicely, with a clergyman all ready in waiting, +that we just did it right there; and then Frank went off to seek +his fortune, and I went back to pa. + +"The next I heard of Frank was that he was in Montana, and then +he went prospecting in Arizona, and then I heard of him from New +Mexico. After that came a long newspaper story about how a +miners' camp had been attacked by Apache Indians, and there was +my Frank's name among the killed. I fainted dead away, and I was +very sick for months after. Pa thought I had a decline and took +me to half the doctors in 'Frisco. Not a word of news came for a +year and more, so that I never doubted that Frank was really +dead. Then Lord St. Simon came to 'Frisco, and we came to London, +and a marriage was arranged, and pa was very pleased, but I felt +all the time that no man on this earth would ever take the place +in my heart that had been given to my poor Frank. + +"Still, if I had married Lord St. Simon, of course I'd have done +my duty by him. We can't command our love, but we can our +actions. I went to the altar with him with the intention to make +him just as good a wife as it was in me to be. But you may +imagine what I felt when, just as I came to the altar rails, I +glanced back and saw Frank standing and looking at me out of the +first pew. I thought it was his ghost at first; but when I looked +again there he was still, with a kind of question in his eyes, as +if to ask me whether I were glad or sorry to see him. I wonder I +didn't drop. I know that everything was turning round, and the +words of the clergyman were just like the buzz of a bee in my +ear. I didn't know what to do. Should I stop the service and make +a scene in the church? I glanced at him again, and he seemed to +know what I was thinking, for he raised his finger to his lips to +tell me to be still. Then I saw him scribble on a piece of paper, +and I knew that he was writing me a note. As I passed his pew on +the way out I dropped my bouquet over to him, and he slipped the +note into my hand when he returned me the flowers. It was only a +line asking me to join him when he made the sign to me to do so. +Of course I never doubted for a moment that my first duty was now +to him, and I determined to do just whatever he might direct. + +"When I got back I told my maid, who had known him in California, +and had always been his friend. I ordered her to say nothing, but +to get a few things packed and my ulster ready. I know I ought to +have spoken to Lord St. Simon, but it was dreadful hard before +his mother and all those great people. I just made up my mind to +run away and explain afterwards. I hadn't been at the table ten +minutes before I saw Frank out of the window at the other side of +the road. He beckoned to me and then began walking into the Park. +I slipped out, put on my things, and followed him. Some woman +came talking something or other about Lord St. Simon to +me--seemed to me from the little I heard as if he had a little +secret of his own before marriage also--but I managed to get away +from her and soon overtook Frank. We got into a cab together, and +away we drove to some lodgings he had taken in Gordon Square, and +that was my true wedding after all those years of waiting. Frank +had been a prisoner among the Apaches, had escaped, came on to +'Frisco, found that I had given him up for dead and had gone to +England, followed me there, and had come upon me at last on the +very morning of my second wedding." + +"I saw it in a paper," explained the American. "It gave the name +and the church but not where the lady lived." + +"Then we had a talk as to what we should do, and Frank was all +for openness, but I was so ashamed of it all that I felt as if I +should like to vanish away and never see any of them again--just +sending a line to pa, perhaps, to show him that I was alive. It +was awful to me to think of all those lords and ladies sitting +round that breakfast-table and waiting for me to come back. So +Frank took my wedding-clothes and things and made a bundle of +them, so that I should not be traced, and dropped them away +somewhere where no one could find them. It is likely that we +should have gone on to Paris to-morrow, only that this good +gentleman, Mr. Holmes, came round to us this evening, though how +he found us is more than I can think, and he showed us very +clearly and kindly that I was wrong and that Frank was right, and +that we should be putting ourselves in the wrong if we were so +secret. Then he offered to give us a chance of talking to Lord +St. Simon alone, and so we came right away round to his rooms at +once. Now, Robert, you have heard it all, and I am very sorry if +I have given you pain, and I hope that you do not think very +meanly of me." + +Lord St. Simon had by no means relaxed his rigid attitude, but +had listened with a frowning brow and a compressed lip to this +long narrative. + +"Excuse me," he said, "but it is not my custom to discuss my most +intimate personal affairs in this public manner." + +"Then you won't forgive me? You won't shake hands before I go?" + +"Oh, certainly, if it would give you any pleasure." He put out +his hand and coldly grasped that which she extended to him. + +"I had hoped," suggested Holmes, "that you would have joined us +in a friendly supper." + +"I think that there you ask a little too much," responded his +Lordship. "I may be forced to acquiesce in these recent +developments, but I can hardly be expected to make merry over +them. I think that with your permission I will now wish you all a +very good-night." He included us all in a sweeping bow and +stalked out of the room. + +"Then I trust that you at least will honour me with your +company," said Sherlock Holmes. "It is always a joy to meet an +American, Mr. Moulton, for I am one of those who believe that the +folly of a monarch and the blundering of a minister in far-gone +years will not prevent our children from being some day citizens +of the same world-wide country under a flag which shall be a +quartering of the Union Jack with the Stars and Stripes." + +"The case has been an interesting one," remarked Holmes when our +visitors had left us, "because it serves to show very clearly how +simple the explanation may be of an affair which at first sight +seems to be almost inexplicable. Nothing could be more natural +than the sequence of events as narrated by this lady, and nothing +stranger than the result when viewed, for instance, by Mr. +Lestrade of Scotland Yard." + +"You were not yourself at fault at all, then?" + +"From the first, two facts were very obvious to me, the one that +the lady had been quite willing to undergo the wedding ceremony, +the other that she had repented of it within a few minutes of +returning home. Obviously something had occurred during the +morning, then, to cause her to change her mind. What could that +something be? She could not have spoken to anyone when she was +out, for she had been in the company of the bridegroom. Had she +seen someone, then? If she had, it must be someone from America +because she had spent so short a time in this country that she +could hardly have allowed anyone to acquire so deep an influence +over her that the mere sight of him would induce her to change +her plans so completely. You see we have already arrived, by a +process of exclusion, at the idea that she might have seen an +American. Then who could this American be, and why should he +possess so much influence over her? It might be a lover; it might +be a husband. Her young womanhood had, I knew, been spent in +rough scenes and under strange conditions. So far I had got +before I ever heard Lord St. Simon's narrative. When he told us +of a man in a pew, of the change in the bride's manner, of so +transparent a device for obtaining a note as the dropping of a +bouquet, of her resort to her confidential maid, and of her very +significant allusion to claim-jumping--which in miners' parlance +means taking possession of that which another person has a prior +claim to--the whole situation became absolutely clear. She had +gone off with a man, and the man was either a lover or was a +previous husband--the chances being in favour of the latter." + +"And how in the world did you find them?" + +"It might have been difficult, but friend Lestrade held +information in his hands the value of which he did not himself +know. The initials were, of course, of the highest importance, +but more valuable still was it to know that within a week he had +settled his bill at one of the most select London hotels." + +"How did you deduce the select?" + +"By the select prices. Eight shillings for a bed and eightpence +for a glass of sherry pointed to one of the most expensive +hotels. There are not many in London which charge at that rate. +In the second one which I visited in Northumberland Avenue, I +learned by an inspection of the book that Francis H. Moulton, an +American gentleman, had left only the day before, and on looking +over the entries against him, I came upon the very items which I +had seen in the duplicate bill. His letters were to be forwarded +to 226 Gordon Square; so thither I travelled, and being fortunate +enough to find the loving couple at home, I ventured to give them +some paternal advice and to point out to them that it would be +better in every way that they should make their position a little +clearer both to the general public and to Lord St. Simon in +particular. I invited them to meet him here, and, as you see, I +made him keep the appointment." + +"But with no very good result," I remarked. "His conduct was +certainly not very gracious." + +"Ah, Watson," said Holmes, smiling, "perhaps you would not be +very gracious either, if, after all the trouble of wooing and +wedding, you found yourself deprived in an instant of wife and of +fortune. I think that we may judge Lord St. Simon very mercifully +and thank our stars that we are never likely to find ourselves in +the same position. Draw your chair up and hand me my violin, for +the only problem we have still to solve is how to while away +these bleak autumnal evenings." + + + +XI. THE ADVENTURE OF THE BERYL CORONET + +"Holmes," said I as I stood one morning in our bow-window looking +down the street, "here is a madman coming along. It seems rather +sad that his relatives should allow him to come out alone." + +My friend rose lazily from his armchair and stood with his hands +in the pockets of his dressing-gown, looking over my shoulder. It +was a bright, crisp February morning, and the snow of the day +before still lay deep upon the ground, shimmering brightly in the +wintry sun. Down the centre of Baker Street it had been ploughed +into a brown crumbly band by the traffic, but at either side and +on the heaped-up edges of the foot-paths it still lay as white as +when it fell. The grey pavement had been cleaned and scraped, but +was still dangerously slippery, so that there were fewer +passengers than usual. Indeed, from the direction of the +Metropolitan Station no one was coming save the single gentleman +whose eccentric conduct had drawn my attention. + +He was a man of about fifty, tall, portly, and imposing, with a +massive, strongly marked face and a commanding figure. He was +dressed in a sombre yet rich style, in black frock-coat, shining +hat, neat brown gaiters, and well-cut pearl-grey trousers. Yet +his actions were in absurd contrast to the dignity of his dress +and features, for he was running hard, with occasional little +springs, such as a weary man gives who is little accustomed to +set any tax upon his legs. As he ran he jerked his hands up and +down, waggled his head, and writhed his face into the most +extraordinary contortions. + +"What on earth can be the matter with him?" I asked. "He is +looking up at the numbers of the houses." + +"I believe that he is coming here," said Holmes, rubbing his +hands. + +"Here?" + +"Yes; I rather think he is coming to consult me professionally. I +think that I recognise the symptoms. Ha! did I not tell you?" As +he spoke, the man, puffing and blowing, rushed at our door and +pulled at our bell until the whole house resounded with the +clanging. + +A few moments later he was in our room, still puffing, still +gesticulating, but with so fixed a look of grief and despair in +his eyes that our smiles were turned in an instant to horror and +pity. For a while he could not get his words out, but swayed his +body and plucked at his hair like one who has been driven to the +extreme limits of his reason. Then, suddenly springing to his +feet, he beat his head against the wall with such force that we +both rushed upon him and tore him away to the centre of the room. +Sherlock Holmes pushed him down into the easy-chair and, sitting +beside him, patted his hand and chatted with him in the easy, +soothing tones which he knew so well how to employ. + +"You have come to me to tell your story, have you not?" said he. +"You are fatigued with your haste. Pray wait until you have +recovered yourself, and then I shall be most happy to look into +any little problem which you may submit to me." + +The man sat for a minute or more with a heaving chest, fighting +against his emotion. Then he passed his handkerchief over his +brow, set his lips tight, and turned his face towards us. + +"No doubt you think me mad?" said he. + +"I see that you have had some great trouble," responded Holmes. + +"God knows I have!--a trouble which is enough to unseat my +reason, so sudden and so terrible is it. Public disgrace I might +have faced, although I am a man whose character has never yet +borne a stain. Private affliction also is the lot of every man; +but the two coming together, and in so frightful a form, have +been enough to shake my very soul. Besides, it is not I alone. +The very noblest in the land may suffer unless some way be found +out of this horrible affair." + +"Pray compose yourself, sir," said Holmes, "and let me have a +clear account of who you are and what it is that has befallen +you." + +"My name," answered our visitor, "is probably familiar to your +ears. I am Alexander Holder, of the banking firm of Holder & +Stevenson, of Threadneedle Street." + +The name was indeed well known to us as belonging to the senior +partner in the second largest private banking concern in the City +of London. What could have happened, then, to bring one of the +foremost citizens of London to this most pitiable pass? We +waited, all curiosity, until with another effort he braced +himself to tell his story. + +"I feel that time is of value," said he; "that is why I hastened +here when the police inspector suggested that I should secure +your co-operation. I came to Baker Street by the Underground and +hurried from there on foot, for the cabs go slowly through this +snow. That is why I was so out of breath, for I am a man who +takes very little exercise. I feel better now, and I will put the +facts before you as shortly and yet as clearly as I can. + +"It is, of course, well known to you that in a successful banking +business as much depends upon our being able to find remunerative +investments for our funds as upon our increasing our connection +and the number of our depositors. One of our most lucrative means +of laying out money is in the shape of loans, where the security +is unimpeachable. We have done a good deal in this direction +during the last few years, and there are many noble families to +whom we have advanced large sums upon the security of their +pictures, libraries, or plate. + +"Yesterday morning I was seated in my office at the bank when a +card was brought in to me by one of the clerks. I started when I +saw the name, for it was that of none other than--well, perhaps +even to you I had better say no more than that it was a name +which is a household word all over the earth--one of the highest, +noblest, most exalted names in England. I was overwhelmed by the +honour and attempted, when he entered, to say so, but he plunged +at once into business with the air of a man who wishes to hurry +quickly through a disagreeable task. + +"'Mr. Holder,' said he, 'I have been informed that you are in the +habit of advancing money.' + +"'The firm does so when the security is good.' I answered. + +"'It is absolutely essential to me,' said he, 'that I should have +50,000 pounds at once. I could, of course, borrow so trifling a +sum ten times over from my friends, but I much prefer to make it +a matter of business and to carry out that business myself. In my +position you can readily understand that it is unwise to place +one's self under obligations.' + +"'For how long, may I ask, do you want this sum?' I asked. + +"'Next Monday I have a large sum due to me, and I shall then most +certainly repay what you advance, with whatever interest you +think it right to charge. But it is very essential to me that the +money should be paid at once.' + +"'I should be happy to advance it without further parley from my +own private purse,' said I, 'were it not that the strain would be +rather more than it could bear. If, on the other hand, I am to do +it in the name of the firm, then in justice to my partner I must +insist that, even in your case, every businesslike precaution +should be taken.' + +"'I should much prefer to have it so,' said he, raising up a +square, black morocco case which he had laid beside his chair. +'You have doubtless heard of the Beryl Coronet?' + +"'One of the most precious public possessions of the empire,' +said I. + +"'Precisely.' He opened the case, and there, imbedded in soft, +flesh-coloured velvet, lay the magnificent piece of jewellery +which he had named. 'There are thirty-nine enormous beryls,' said +he, 'and the price of the gold chasing is incalculable. The +lowest estimate would put the worth of the coronet at double the +sum which I have asked. I am prepared to leave it with you as my +security.' + +"I took the precious case into my hands and looked in some +perplexity from it to my illustrious client. + +"'You doubt its value?' he asked. + +"'Not at all. I only doubt--' + +"'The propriety of my leaving it. You may set your mind at rest +about that. I should not dream of doing so were it not absolutely +certain that I should be able in four days to reclaim it. It is a +pure matter of form. Is the security sufficient?' + +"'Ample.' + +"'You understand, Mr. Holder, that I am giving you a strong proof +of the confidence which I have in you, founded upon all that I +have heard of you. I rely upon you not only to be discreet and to +refrain from all gossip upon the matter but, above all, to +preserve this coronet with every possible precaution because I +need not say that a great public scandal would be caused if any +harm were to befall it. Any injury to it would be almost as +serious as its complete loss, for there are no beryls in the +world to match these, and it would be impossible to replace them. +I leave it with you, however, with every confidence, and I shall +call for it in person on Monday morning.' + +"Seeing that my client was anxious to leave, I said no more but, +calling for my cashier, I ordered him to pay over fifty 1000 +pound notes. When I was alone once more, however, with the +precious case lying upon the table in front of me, I could not +but think with some misgivings of the immense responsibility +which it entailed upon me. There could be no doubt that, as it +was a national possession, a horrible scandal would ensue if any +misfortune should occur to it. I already regretted having ever +consented to take charge of it. However, it was too late to alter +the matter now, so I locked it up in my private safe and turned +once more to my work. + +"When evening came I felt that it would be an imprudence to leave +so precious a thing in the office behind me. Bankers' safes had +been forced before now, and why should not mine be? If so, how +terrible would be the position in which I should find myself! I +determined, therefore, that for the next few days I would always +carry the case backward and forward with me, so that it might +never be really out of my reach. With this intention, I called a +cab and drove out to my house at Streatham, carrying the jewel +with me. I did not breathe freely until I had taken it upstairs +and locked it in the bureau of my dressing-room. + +"And now a word as to my household, Mr. Holmes, for I wish you to +thoroughly understand the situation. My groom and my page sleep +out of the house, and may be set aside altogether. I have three +maid-servants who have been with me a number of years and whose +absolute reliability is quite above suspicion. Another, Lucy +Parr, the second waiting-maid, has only been in my service a few +months. She came with an excellent character, however, and has +always given me satisfaction. She is a very pretty girl and has +attracted admirers who have occasionally hung about the place. +That is the only drawback which we have found to her, but we +believe her to be a thoroughly good girl in every way. + +"So much for the servants. My family itself is so small that it +will not take me long to describe it. I am a widower and have an +only son, Arthur. He has been a disappointment to me, Mr. +Holmes--a grievous disappointment. I have no doubt that I am +myself to blame. People tell me that I have spoiled him. Very +likely I have. When my dear wife died I felt that he was all I +had to love. I could not bear to see the smile fade even for a +moment from his face. I have never denied him a wish. Perhaps it +would have been better for both of us had I been sterner, but I +meant it for the best. + +"It was naturally my intention that he should succeed me in my +business, but he was not of a business turn. He was wild, +wayward, and, to speak the truth, I could not trust him in the +handling of large sums of money. When he was young he became a +member of an aristocratic club, and there, having charming +manners, he was soon the intimate of a number of men with long +purses and expensive habits. He learned to play heavily at cards +and to squander money on the turf, until he had again and again +to come to me and implore me to give him an advance upon his +allowance, that he might settle his debts of honour. He tried +more than once to break away from the dangerous company which he +was keeping, but each time the influence of his friend, Sir +George Burnwell, was enough to draw him back again. + +"And, indeed, I could not wonder that such a man as Sir George +Burnwell should gain an influence over him, for he has frequently +brought him to my house, and I have found myself that I could +hardly resist the fascination of his manner. He is older than +Arthur, a man of the world to his finger-tips, one who had been +everywhere, seen everything, a brilliant talker, and a man of +great personal beauty. Yet when I think of him in cold blood, far +away from the glamour of his presence, I am convinced from his +cynical speech and the look which I have caught in his eyes that +he is one who should be deeply distrusted. So I think, and so, +too, thinks my little Mary, who has a woman's quick insight into +character. + +"And now there is only she to be described. She is my niece; but +when my brother died five years ago and left her alone in the +world I adopted her, and have looked upon her ever since as my +daughter. She is a sunbeam in my house--sweet, loving, beautiful, +a wonderful manager and housekeeper, yet as tender and quiet and +gentle as a woman could be. She is my right hand. I do not know +what I could do without her. In only one matter has she ever gone +against my wishes. Twice my boy has asked her to marry him, for +he loves her devotedly, but each time she has refused him. I +think that if anyone could have drawn him into the right path it +would have been she, and that his marriage might have changed his +whole life; but now, alas! it is too late--forever too late! + +"Now, Mr. Holmes, you know the people who live under my roof, and +I shall continue with my miserable story. + +"When we were taking coffee in the drawing-room that night after +dinner, I told Arthur and Mary my experience, and of the precious +treasure which we had under our roof, suppressing only the name +of my client. Lucy Parr, who had brought in the coffee, had, I am +sure, left the room; but I cannot swear that the door was closed. +Mary and Arthur were much interested and wished to see the famous +coronet, but I thought it better not to disturb it. + +"'Where have you put it?' asked Arthur. + +"'In my own bureau.' + +"'Well, I hope to goodness the house won't be burgled during the +night.' said he. + +"'It is locked up,' I answered. + +"'Oh, any old key will fit that bureau. When I was a youngster I +have opened it myself with the key of the box-room cupboard.' + +"He often had a wild way of talking, so that I thought little of +what he said. He followed me to my room, however, that night with +a very grave face. + +"'Look here, dad,' said he with his eyes cast down, 'can you let +me have 200 pounds?' + +"'No, I cannot!' I answered sharply. 'I have been far too +generous with you in money matters.' + +"'You have been very kind,' said he, 'but I must have this money, +or else I can never show my face inside the club again.' + +"'And a very good thing, too!' I cried. + +"'Yes, but you would not have me leave it a dishonoured man,' +said he. 'I could not bear the disgrace. I must raise the money +in some way, and if you will not let me have it, then I must try +other means.' + +"I was very angry, for this was the third demand during the +month. 'You shall not have a farthing from me,' I cried, on which +he bowed and left the room without another word. + +"When he was gone I unlocked my bureau, made sure that my +treasure was safe, and locked it again. Then I started to go +round the house to see that all was secure--a duty which I +usually leave to Mary but which I thought it well to perform +myself that night. As I came down the stairs I saw Mary herself +at the side window of the hall, which she closed and fastened as +I approached. + +"'Tell me, dad,' said she, looking, I thought, a little +disturbed, 'did you give Lucy, the maid, leave to go out +to-night?' + +"'Certainly not.' + +"'She came in just now by the back door. I have no doubt that she +has only been to the side gate to see someone, but I think that +it is hardly safe and should be stopped.' + +"'You must speak to her in the morning, or I will if you prefer +it. Are you sure that everything is fastened?' + +"'Quite sure, dad.' + +"'Then, good-night.' I kissed her and went up to my bedroom +again, where I was soon asleep. + +"I am endeavouring to tell you everything, Mr. Holmes, which may +have any bearing upon the case, but I beg that you will question +me upon any point which I do not make clear." + +"On the contrary, your statement is singularly lucid." + +"I come to a part of my story now in which I should wish to be +particularly so. I am not a very heavy sleeper, and the anxiety +in my mind tended, no doubt, to make me even less so than usual. +About two in the morning, then, I was awakened by some sound in +the house. It had ceased ere I was wide awake, but it had left an +impression behind it as though a window had gently closed +somewhere. I lay listening with all my ears. Suddenly, to my +horror, there was a distinct sound of footsteps moving softly in +the next room. I slipped out of bed, all palpitating with fear, +and peeped round the corner of my dressing-room door. + +"'Arthur!' I screamed, 'you villain! you thief! How dare you +touch that coronet?' + +"The gas was half up, as I had left it, and my unhappy boy, +dressed only in his shirt and trousers, was standing beside the +light, holding the coronet in his hands. He appeared to be +wrenching at it, or bending it with all his strength. At my cry +he dropped it from his grasp and turned as pale as death. I +snatched it up and examined it. One of the gold corners, with +three of the beryls in it, was missing. + +"'You blackguard!' I shouted, beside myself with rage. 'You have +destroyed it! You have dishonoured me forever! Where are the +jewels which you have stolen?' + +"'Stolen!' he cried. + +"'Yes, thief!' I roared, shaking him by the shoulder. + +"'There are none missing. There cannot be any missing,' said he. + +"'There are three missing. And you know where they are. Must I +call you a liar as well as a thief? Did I not see you trying to +tear off another piece?' + +"'You have called me names enough,' said he, 'I will not stand it +any longer. I shall not say another word about this business, +since you have chosen to insult me. I will leave your house in +the morning and make my own way in the world.' + +"'You shall leave it in the hands of the police!' I cried +half-mad with grief and rage. 'I shall have this matter probed to +the bottom.' + +"'You shall learn nothing from me,' said he with a passion such +as I should not have thought was in his nature. 'If you choose to +call the police, let the police find what they can.' + +"By this time the whole house was astir, for I had raised my +voice in my anger. Mary was the first to rush into my room, and, +at the sight of the coronet and of Arthur's face, she read the +whole story and, with a scream, fell down senseless on the +ground. I sent the house-maid for the police and put the +investigation into their hands at once. When the inspector and a +constable entered the house, Arthur, who had stood sullenly with +his arms folded, asked me whether it was my intention to charge +him with theft. I answered that it had ceased to be a private +matter, but had become a public one, since the ruined coronet was +national property. I was determined that the law should have its +way in everything. + +"'At least,' said he, 'you will not have me arrested at once. It +would be to your advantage as well as mine if I might leave the +house for five minutes.' + +"'That you may get away, or perhaps that you may conceal what you +have stolen,' said I. And then, realising the dreadful position +in which I was placed, I implored him to remember that not only +my honour but that of one who was far greater than I was at +stake; and that he threatened to raise a scandal which would +convulse the nation. He might avert it all if he would but tell +me what he had done with the three missing stones. + +"'You may as well face the matter,' said I; 'you have been caught +in the act, and no confession could make your guilt more heinous. +If you but make such reparation as is in your power, by telling +us where the beryls are, all shall be forgiven and forgotten.' + +"'Keep your forgiveness for those who ask for it,' he answered, +turning away from me with a sneer. I saw that he was too hardened +for any words of mine to influence him. There was but one way for +it. I called in the inspector and gave him into custody. A search +was made at once not only of his person but of his room and of +every portion of the house where he could possibly have concealed +the gems; but no trace of them could be found, nor would the +wretched boy open his mouth for all our persuasions and our +threats. This morning he was removed to a cell, and I, after +going through all the police formalities, have hurried round to +you to implore you to use your skill in unravelling the matter. +The police have openly confessed that they can at present make +nothing of it. You may go to any expense which you think +necessary. I have already offered a reward of 1000 pounds. My +God, what shall I do! I have lost my honour, my gems, and my son +in one night. Oh, what shall I do!" + +He put a hand on either side of his head and rocked himself to +and fro, droning to himself like a child whose grief has got +beyond words. + +Sherlock Holmes sat silent for some few minutes, with his brows +knitted and his eyes fixed upon the fire. + +"Do you receive much company?" he asked. + +"None save my partner with his family and an occasional friend of +Arthur's. Sir George Burnwell has been several times lately. No +one else, I think." + +"Do you go out much in society?" + +"Arthur does. Mary and I stay at home. We neither of us care for +it." + +"That is unusual in a young girl." + +"She is of a quiet nature. Besides, she is not so very young. She +is four-and-twenty." + +"This matter, from what you say, seems to have been a shock to +her also." + +"Terrible! She is even more affected than I." + +"You have neither of you any doubt as to your son's guilt?" + +"How can we have when I saw him with my own eyes with the coronet +in his hands." + +"I hardly consider that a conclusive proof. Was the remainder of +the coronet at all injured?" + +"Yes, it was twisted." + +"Do you not think, then, that he might have been trying to +straighten it?" + +"God bless you! You are doing what you can for him and for me. +But it is too heavy a task. What was he doing there at all? If +his purpose were innocent, why did he not say so?" + +"Precisely. And if it were guilty, why did he not invent a lie? +His silence appears to me to cut both ways. There are several +singular points about the case. What did the police think of the +noise which awoke you from your sleep?" + +"They considered that it might be caused by Arthur's closing his +bedroom door." + +"A likely story! As if a man bent on felony would slam his door +so as to wake a household. What did they say, then, of the +disappearance of these gems?" + +"They are still sounding the planking and probing the furniture +in the hope of finding them." + +"Have they thought of looking outside the house?" + +"Yes, they have shown extraordinary energy. The whole garden has +already been minutely examined." + +"Now, my dear sir," said Holmes, "is it not obvious to you now +that this matter really strikes very much deeper than either you +or the police were at first inclined to think? It appeared to you +to be a simple case; to me it seems exceedingly complex. Consider +what is involved by your theory. You suppose that your son came +down from his bed, went, at great risk, to your dressing-room, +opened your bureau, took out your coronet, broke off by main +force a small portion of it, went off to some other place, +concealed three gems out of the thirty-nine, with such skill that +nobody can find them, and then returned with the other thirty-six +into the room in which he exposed himself to the greatest danger +of being discovered. I ask you now, is such a theory tenable?" + +"But what other is there?" cried the banker with a gesture of +despair. "If his motives were innocent, why does he not explain +them?" + +"It is our task to find that out," replied Holmes; "so now, if +you please, Mr. Holder, we will set off for Streatham together, +and devote an hour to glancing a little more closely into +details." + +My friend insisted upon my accompanying them in their expedition, +which I was eager enough to do, for my curiosity and sympathy +were deeply stirred by the story to which we had listened. I +confess that the guilt of the banker's son appeared to me to be +as obvious as it did to his unhappy father, but still I had such +faith in Holmes' judgment that I felt that there must be some +grounds for hope as long as he was dissatisfied with the accepted +explanation. He hardly spoke a word the whole way out to the +southern suburb, but sat with his chin upon his breast and his +hat drawn over his eyes, sunk in the deepest thought. Our client +appeared to have taken fresh heart at the little glimpse of hope +which had been presented to him, and he even broke into a +desultory chat with me over his business affairs. A short railway +journey and a shorter walk brought us to Fairbank, the modest +residence of the great financier. + +Fairbank was a good-sized square house of white stone, standing +back a little from the road. A double carriage-sweep, with a +snow-clad lawn, stretched down in front to two large iron gates +which closed the entrance. On the right side was a small wooden +thicket, which led into a narrow path between two neat hedges +stretching from the road to the kitchen door, and forming the +tradesmen's entrance. On the left ran a lane which led to the +stables, and was not itself within the grounds at all, being a +public, though little used, thoroughfare. Holmes left us standing +at the door and walked slowly all round the house, across the +front, down the tradesmen's path, and so round by the garden +behind into the stable lane. So long was he that Mr. Holder and I +went into the dining-room and waited by the fire until he should +return. We were sitting there in silence when the door opened and +a young lady came in. She was rather above the middle height, +slim, with dark hair and eyes, which seemed the darker against +the absolute pallor of her skin. I do not think that I have ever +seen such deadly paleness in a woman's face. Her lips, too, were +bloodless, but her eyes were flushed with crying. As she swept +silently into the room she impressed me with a greater sense of +grief than the banker had done in the morning, and it was the +more striking in her as she was evidently a woman of strong +character, with immense capacity for self-restraint. Disregarding +my presence, she went straight to her uncle and passed her hand +over his head with a sweet womanly caress. + +"You have given orders that Arthur should be liberated, have you +not, dad?" she asked. + +"No, no, my girl, the matter must be probed to the bottom." + +"But I am so sure that he is innocent. You know what woman's +instincts are. I know that he has done no harm and that you will +be sorry for having acted so harshly." + +"Why is he silent, then, if he is innocent?" + +"Who knows? Perhaps because he was so angry that you should +suspect him." + +"How could I help suspecting him, when I actually saw him with +the coronet in his hand?" + +"Oh, but he had only picked it up to look at it. Oh, do, do take +my word for it that he is innocent. Let the matter drop and say +no more. It is so dreadful to think of our dear Arthur in +prison!" + +"I shall never let it drop until the gems are found--never, Mary! +Your affection for Arthur blinds you as to the awful consequences +to me. Far from hushing the thing up, I have brought a gentleman +down from London to inquire more deeply into it." + +"This gentleman?" she asked, facing round to me. + +"No, his friend. He wished us to leave him alone. He is round in +the stable lane now." + +"The stable lane?" She raised her dark eyebrows. "What can he +hope to find there? Ah! this, I suppose, is he. I trust, sir, +that you will succeed in proving, what I feel sure is the truth, +that my cousin Arthur is innocent of this crime." + +"I fully share your opinion, and I trust, with you, that we may +prove it," returned Holmes, going back to the mat to knock the +snow from his shoes. "I believe I have the honour of addressing +Miss Mary Holder. Might I ask you a question or two?" + +"Pray do, sir, if it may help to clear this horrible affair up." + +"You heard nothing yourself last night?" + +"Nothing, until my uncle here began to speak loudly. I heard +that, and I came down." + +"You shut up the windows and doors the night before. Did you +fasten all the windows?" + +"Yes." + +"Were they all fastened this morning?" + +"Yes." + +"You have a maid who has a sweetheart? I think that you remarked +to your uncle last night that she had been out to see him?" + +"Yes, and she was the girl who waited in the drawing-room, and +who may have heard uncle's remarks about the coronet." + +"I see. You infer that she may have gone out to tell her +sweetheart, and that the two may have planned the robbery." + +"But what is the good of all these vague theories," cried the +banker impatiently, "when I have told you that I saw Arthur with +the coronet in his hands?" + +"Wait a little, Mr. Holder. We must come back to that. About this +girl, Miss Holder. You saw her return by the kitchen door, I +presume?" + +"Yes; when I went to see if the door was fastened for the night I +met her slipping in. I saw the man, too, in the gloom." + +"Do you know him?" + +"Oh, yes! he is the green-grocer who brings our vegetables round. +His name is Francis Prosper." + +"He stood," said Holmes, "to the left of the door--that is to +say, farther up the path than is necessary to reach the door?" + +"Yes, he did." + +"And he is a man with a wooden leg?" + +Something like fear sprang up in the young lady's expressive +black eyes. "Why, you are like a magician," said she. "How do you +know that?" She smiled, but there was no answering smile in +Holmes' thin, eager face. + +"I should be very glad now to go upstairs," said he. "I shall +probably wish to go over the outside of the house again. Perhaps +I had better take a look at the lower windows before I go up." + +He walked swiftly round from one to the other, pausing only at +the large one which looked from the hall onto the stable lane. +This he opened and made a very careful examination of the sill +with his powerful magnifying lens. "Now we shall go upstairs," +said he at last. + +The banker's dressing-room was a plainly furnished little +chamber, with a grey carpet, a large bureau, and a long mirror. +Holmes went to the bureau first and looked hard at the lock. + +"Which key was used to open it?" he asked. + +"That which my son himself indicated--that of the cupboard of the +lumber-room." + +"Have you it here?" + +"That is it on the dressing-table." + +Sherlock Holmes took it up and opened the bureau. + +"It is a noiseless lock," said he. "It is no wonder that it did +not wake you. This case, I presume, contains the coronet. We must +have a look at it." He opened the case, and taking out the diadem +he laid it upon the table. It was a magnificent specimen of the +jeweller's art, and the thirty-six stones were the finest that I +have ever seen. At one side of the coronet was a cracked edge, +where a corner holding three gems had been torn away. + +"Now, Mr. Holder," said Holmes, "here is the corner which +corresponds to that which has been so unfortunately lost. Might I +beg that you will break it off." + +The banker recoiled in horror. "I should not dream of trying," +said he. + +"Then I will." Holmes suddenly bent his strength upon it, but +without result. "I feel it give a little," said he; "but, though +I am exceptionally strong in the fingers, it would take me all my +time to break it. An ordinary man could not do it. Now, what do +you think would happen if I did break it, Mr. Holder? There would +be a noise like a pistol shot. Do you tell me that all this +happened within a few yards of your bed and that you heard +nothing of it?" + +"I do not know what to think. It is all dark to me." + +"But perhaps it may grow lighter as we go. What do you think, +Miss Holder?" + +"I confess that I still share my uncle's perplexity." + +"Your son had no shoes or slippers on when you saw him?" + +"He had nothing on save only his trousers and shirt." + +"Thank you. We have certainly been favoured with extraordinary +luck during this inquiry, and it will be entirely our own fault +if we do not succeed in clearing the matter up. With your +permission, Mr. Holder, I shall now continue my investigations +outside." + +He went alone, at his own request, for he explained that any +unnecessary footmarks might make his task more difficult. For an +hour or more he was at work, returning at last with his feet +heavy with snow and his features as inscrutable as ever. + +"I think that I have seen now all that there is to see, Mr. +Holder," said he; "I can serve you best by returning to my +rooms." + +"But the gems, Mr. Holmes. Where are they?" + +"I cannot tell." + +The banker wrung his hands. "I shall never see them again!" he +cried. "And my son? You give me hopes?" + +"My opinion is in no way altered." + +"Then, for God's sake, what was this dark business which was +acted in my house last night?" + +"If you can call upon me at my Baker Street rooms to-morrow +morning between nine and ten I shall be happy to do what I can to +make it clearer. I understand that you give me carte blanche to +act for you, provided only that I get back the gems, and that you +place no limit on the sum I may draw." + +"I would give my fortune to have them back." + +"Very good. I shall look into the matter between this and then. +Good-bye; it is just possible that I may have to come over here +again before evening." + +It was obvious to me that my companion's mind was now made up +about the case, although what his conclusions were was more than +I could even dimly imagine. Several times during our homeward +journey I endeavoured to sound him upon the point, but he always +glided away to some other topic, until at last I gave it over in +despair. It was not yet three when we found ourselves in our +rooms once more. He hurried to his chamber and was down again in +a few minutes dressed as a common loafer. With his collar turned +up, his shiny, seedy coat, his red cravat, and his worn boots, he +was a perfect sample of the class. + +"I think that this should do," said he, glancing into the glass +above the fireplace. "I only wish that you could come with me, +Watson, but I fear that it won't do. I may be on the trail in +this matter, or I may be following a will-o'-the-wisp, but I +shall soon know which it is. I hope that I may be back in a few +hours." He cut a slice of beef from the joint upon the sideboard, +sandwiched it between two rounds of bread, and thrusting this +rude meal into his pocket he started off upon his expedition. + +I had just finished my tea when he returned, evidently in +excellent spirits, swinging an old elastic-sided boot in his +hand. He chucked it down into a corner and helped himself to a +cup of tea. + +"I only looked in as I passed," said he. "I am going right on." + +"Where to?" + +"Oh, to the other side of the West End. It may be some time +before I get back. Don't wait up for me in case I should be +late." + +"How are you getting on?" + +"Oh, so so. Nothing to complain of. I have been out to Streatham +since I saw you last, but I did not call at the house. It is a +very sweet little problem, and I would not have missed it for a +good deal. However, I must not sit gossiping here, but must get +these disreputable clothes off and return to my highly +respectable self." + +I could see by his manner that he had stronger reasons for +satisfaction than his words alone would imply. His eyes twinkled, +and there was even a touch of colour upon his sallow cheeks. He +hastened upstairs, and a few minutes later I heard the slam of +the hall door, which told me that he was off once more upon his +congenial hunt. + +I waited until midnight, but there was no sign of his return, so +I retired to my room. It was no uncommon thing for him to be away +for days and nights on end when he was hot upon a scent, so that +his lateness caused me no surprise. I do not know at what hour he +came in, but when I came down to breakfast in the morning there +he was with a cup of coffee in one hand and the paper in the +other, as fresh and trim as possible. + +"You will excuse my beginning without you, Watson," said he, "but +you remember that our client has rather an early appointment this +morning." + +"Why, it is after nine now," I answered. "I should not be +surprised if that were he. I thought I heard a ring." + +It was, indeed, our friend the financier. I was shocked by the +change which had come over him, for his face which was naturally +of a broad and massive mould, was now pinched and fallen in, +while his hair seemed to me at least a shade whiter. He entered +with a weariness and lethargy which was even more painful than +his violence of the morning before, and he dropped heavily into +the armchair which I pushed forward for him. + +"I do not know what I have done to be so severely tried," said +he. "Only two days ago I was a happy and prosperous man, without +a care in the world. Now I am left to a lonely and dishonoured +age. One sorrow comes close upon the heels of another. My niece, +Mary, has deserted me." + +"Deserted you?" + +"Yes. Her bed this morning had not been slept in, her room was +empty, and a note for me lay upon the hall table. I had said to +her last night, in sorrow and not in anger, that if she had +married my boy all might have been well with him. Perhaps it was +thoughtless of me to say so. It is to that remark that she refers +in this note: + +"'MY DEAREST UNCLE:--I feel that I have brought trouble upon you, +and that if I had acted differently this terrible misfortune +might never have occurred. I cannot, with this thought in my +mind, ever again be happy under your roof, and I feel that I must +leave you forever. Do not worry about my future, for that is +provided for; and, above all, do not search for me, for it will +be fruitless labour and an ill-service to me. In life or in +death, I am ever your loving,--MARY.' + +"What could she mean by that note, Mr. Holmes? Do you think it +points to suicide?" + +"No, no, nothing of the kind. It is perhaps the best possible +solution. I trust, Mr. Holder, that you are nearing the end of +your troubles." + +"Ha! You say so! You have heard something, Mr. Holmes; you have +learned something! Where are the gems?" + +"You would not think 1000 pounds apiece an excessive sum for +them?" + +"I would pay ten." + +"That would be unnecessary. Three thousand will cover the matter. +And there is a little reward, I fancy. Have you your check-book? +Here is a pen. Better make it out for 4000 pounds." + +With a dazed face the banker made out the required check. Holmes +walked over to his desk, took out a little triangular piece of +gold with three gems in it, and threw it down upon the table. + +With a shriek of joy our client clutched it up. + +"You have it!" he gasped. "I am saved! I am saved!" + +The reaction of joy was as passionate as his grief had been, and +he hugged his recovered gems to his bosom. + +"There is one other thing you owe, Mr. Holder," said Sherlock +Holmes rather sternly. + +"Owe!" He caught up a pen. "Name the sum, and I will pay it." + +"No, the debt is not to me. You owe a very humble apology to that +noble lad, your son, who has carried himself in this matter as I +should be proud to see my own son do, should I ever chance to +have one." + +"Then it was not Arthur who took them?" + +"I told you yesterday, and I repeat to-day, that it was not." + +"You are sure of it! Then let us hurry to him at once to let him +know that the truth is known." + +"He knows it already. When I had cleared it all up I had an +interview with him, and finding that he would not tell me the +story, I told it to him, on which he had to confess that I was +right and to add the very few details which were not yet quite +clear to me. Your news of this morning, however, may open his +lips." + +"For heaven's sake, tell me, then, what is this extraordinary +mystery!" + +"I will do so, and I will show you the steps by which I reached +it. And let me say to you, first, that which it is hardest for me +to say and for you to hear: there has been an understanding +between Sir George Burnwell and your niece Mary. They have now +fled together." + +"My Mary? Impossible!" + +"It is unfortunately more than possible; it is certain. Neither +you nor your son knew the true character of this man when you +admitted him into your family circle. He is one of the most +dangerous men in England--a ruined gambler, an absolutely +desperate villain, a man without heart or conscience. Your niece +knew nothing of such men. When he breathed his vows to her, as he +had done to a hundred before her, she flattered herself that she +alone had touched his heart. The devil knows best what he said, +but at least she became his tool and was in the habit of seeing +him nearly every evening." + +"I cannot, and I will not, believe it!" cried the banker with an +ashen face. + +"I will tell you, then, what occurred in your house last night. +Your niece, when you had, as she thought, gone to your room, +slipped down and talked to her lover through the window which +leads into the stable lane. His footmarks had pressed right +through the snow, so long had he stood there. She told him of the +coronet. His wicked lust for gold kindled at the news, and he +bent her to his will. I have no doubt that she loved you, but +there are women in whom the love of a lover extinguishes all +other loves, and I think that she must have been one. She had +hardly listened to his instructions when she saw you coming +downstairs, on which she closed the window rapidly and told you +about one of the servants' escapade with her wooden-legged lover, +which was all perfectly true. + +"Your boy, Arthur, went to bed after his interview with you but +he slept badly on account of his uneasiness about his club debts. +In the middle of the night he heard a soft tread pass his door, +so he rose and, looking out, was surprised to see his cousin +walking very stealthily along the passage until she disappeared +into your dressing-room. Petrified with astonishment, the lad +slipped on some clothes and waited there in the dark to see what +would come of this strange affair. Presently she emerged from the +room again, and in the light of the passage-lamp your son saw +that she carried the precious coronet in her hands. She passed +down the stairs, and he, thrilling with horror, ran along and +slipped behind the curtain near your door, whence he could see +what passed in the hall beneath. He saw her stealthily open the +window, hand out the coronet to someone in the gloom, and then +closing it once more hurry back to her room, passing quite close +to where he stood hid behind the curtain. + +"As long as she was on the scene he could not take any action +without a horrible exposure of the woman whom he loved. But the +instant that she was gone he realised how crushing a misfortune +this would be for you, and how all-important it was to set it +right. He rushed down, just as he was, in his bare feet, opened +the window, sprang out into the snow, and ran down the lane, +where he could see a dark figure in the moonlight. Sir George +Burnwell tried to get away, but Arthur caught him, and there was +a struggle between them, your lad tugging at one side of the +coronet, and his opponent at the other. In the scuffle, your son +struck Sir George and cut him over the eye. Then something +suddenly snapped, and your son, finding that he had the coronet +in his hands, rushed back, closed the window, ascended to your +room, and had just observed that the coronet had been twisted in +the struggle and was endeavouring to straighten it when you +appeared upon the scene." + +"Is it possible?" gasped the banker. + +"You then roused his anger by calling him names at a moment when +he felt that he had deserved your warmest thanks. He could not +explain the true state of affairs without betraying one who +certainly deserved little enough consideration at his hands. He +took the more chivalrous view, however, and preserved her +secret." + +"And that was why she shrieked and fainted when she saw the +coronet," cried Mr. Holder. "Oh, my God! what a blind fool I have +been! And his asking to be allowed to go out for five minutes! +The dear fellow wanted to see if the missing piece were at the +scene of the struggle. How cruelly I have misjudged him!" + +"When I arrived at the house," continued Holmes, "I at once went +very carefully round it to observe if there were any traces in +the snow which might help me. I knew that none had fallen since +the evening before, and also that there had been a strong frost +to preserve impressions. I passed along the tradesmen's path, but +found it all trampled down and indistinguishable. Just beyond it, +however, at the far side of the kitchen door, a woman had stood +and talked with a man, whose round impressions on one side showed +that he had a wooden leg. I could even tell that they had been +disturbed, for the woman had run back swiftly to the door, as was +shown by the deep toe and light heel marks, while Wooden-leg had +waited a little, and then had gone away. I thought at the time +that this might be the maid and her sweetheart, of whom you had +already spoken to me, and inquiry showed it was so. I passed +round the garden without seeing anything more than random tracks, +which I took to be the police; but when I got into the stable +lane a very long and complex story was written in the snow in +front of me. + +"There was a double line of tracks of a booted man, and a second +double line which I saw with delight belonged to a man with naked +feet. I was at once convinced from what you had told me that the +latter was your son. The first had walked both ways, but the +other had run swiftly, and as his tread was marked in places over +the depression of the boot, it was obvious that he had passed +after the other. I followed them up and found they led to the +hall window, where Boots had worn all the snow away while +waiting. Then I walked to the other end, which was a hundred +yards or more down the lane. I saw where Boots had faced round, +where the snow was cut up as though there had been a struggle, +and, finally, where a few drops of blood had fallen, to show me +that I was not mistaken. Boots had then run down the lane, and +another little smudge of blood showed that it was he who had been +hurt. When he came to the highroad at the other end, I found that +the pavement had been cleared, so there was an end to that clue. + +"On entering the house, however, I examined, as you remember, the +sill and framework of the hall window with my lens, and I could +at once see that someone had passed out. I could distinguish the +outline of an instep where the wet foot had been placed in coming +in. I was then beginning to be able to form an opinion as to what +had occurred. A man had waited outside the window; someone had +brought the gems; the deed had been overseen by your son; he had +pursued the thief; had struggled with him; they had each tugged +at the coronet, their united strength causing injuries which +neither alone could have effected. He had returned with the +prize, but had left a fragment in the grasp of his opponent. So +far I was clear. The question now was, who was the man and who +was it brought him the coronet? + +"It is an old maxim of mine that when you have excluded the +impossible, whatever remains, however improbable, must be the +truth. Now, I knew that it was not you who had brought it down, +so there only remained your niece and the maids. But if it were +the maids, why should your son allow himself to be accused in +their place? There could be no possible reason. As he loved his +cousin, however, there was an excellent explanation why he should +retain her secret--the more so as the secret was a disgraceful +one. When I remembered that you had seen her at that window, and +how she had fainted on seeing the coronet again, my conjecture +became a certainty. + +"And who could it be who was her confederate? A lover evidently, +for who else could outweigh the love and gratitude which she must +feel to you? I knew that you went out little, and that your +circle of friends was a very limited one. But among them was Sir +George Burnwell. I had heard of him before as being a man of evil +reputation among women. It must have been he who wore those boots +and retained the missing gems. Even though he knew that Arthur +had discovered him, he might still flatter himself that he was +safe, for the lad could not say a word without compromising his +own family. + +"Well, your own good sense will suggest what measures I took +next. I went in the shape of a loafer to Sir George's house, +managed to pick up an acquaintance with his valet, learned that +his master had cut his head the night before, and, finally, at +the expense of six shillings, made all sure by buying a pair of +his cast-off shoes. With these I journeyed down to Streatham and +saw that they exactly fitted the tracks." + +"I saw an ill-dressed vagabond in the lane yesterday evening," +said Mr. Holder. + +"Precisely. It was I. I found that I had my man, so I came home +and changed my clothes. It was a delicate part which I had to +play then, for I saw that a prosecution must be avoided to avert +scandal, and I knew that so astute a villain would see that our +hands were tied in the matter. I went and saw him. At first, of +course, he denied everything. But when I gave him every +particular that had occurred, he tried to bluster and took down a +life-preserver from the wall. I knew my man, however, and I +clapped a pistol to his head before he could strike. Then he +became a little more reasonable. I told him that we would give +him a price for the stones he held--1000 pounds apiece. That +brought out the first signs of grief that he had shown. 'Why, +dash it all!' said he, 'I've let them go at six hundred for the +three!' I soon managed to get the address of the receiver who had +them, on promising him that there would be no prosecution. Off I +set to him, and after much chaffering I got our stones at 1000 +pounds apiece. Then I looked in upon your son, told him that all +was right, and eventually got to my bed about two o'clock, after +what I may call a really hard day's work." + +"A day which has saved England from a great public scandal," said +the banker, rising. "Sir, I cannot find words to thank you, but +you shall not find me ungrateful for what you have done. Your +skill has indeed exceeded all that I have heard of it. And now I +must fly to my dear boy to apologise to him for the wrong which I +have done him. As to what you tell me of poor Mary, it goes to my +very heart. Not even your skill can inform me where she is now." + +"I think that we may safely say," returned Holmes, "that she is +wherever Sir George Burnwell is. It is equally certain, too, that +whatever her sins are, they will soon receive a more than +sufficient punishment." + + + +XII. THE ADVENTURE OF THE COPPER BEECHES + +"To the man who loves art for its own sake," remarked Sherlock +Holmes, tossing aside the advertisement sheet of the Daily +Telegraph, "it is frequently in its least important and lowliest +manifestations that the keenest pleasure is to be derived. It is +pleasant to me to observe, Watson, that you have so far grasped +this truth that in these little records of our cases which you +have been good enough to draw up, and, I am bound to say, +occasionally to embellish, you have given prominence not so much +to the many causes célèbres and sensational trials in which I +have figured but rather to those incidents which may have been +trivial in themselves, but which have given room for those +faculties of deduction and of logical synthesis which I have made +my special province." + +"And yet," said I, smiling, "I cannot quite hold myself absolved +from the charge of sensationalism which has been urged against my +records." + +"You have erred, perhaps," he observed, taking up a glowing +cinder with the tongs and lighting with it the long cherry-wood +pipe which was wont to replace his clay when he was in a +disputatious rather than a meditative mood--"you have erred +perhaps in attempting to put colour and life into each of your +statements instead of confining yourself to the task of placing +upon record that severe reasoning from cause to effect which is +really the only notable feature about the thing." + +"It seems to me that I have done you full justice in the matter," +I remarked with some coldness, for I was repelled by the egotism +which I had more than once observed to be a strong factor in my +friend's singular character. + +"No, it is not selfishness or conceit," said he, answering, as +was his wont, my thoughts rather than my words. "If I claim full +justice for my art, it is because it is an impersonal thing--a +thing beyond myself. Crime is common. Logic is rare. Therefore it +is upon the logic rather than upon the crime that you should +dwell. You have degraded what should have been a course of +lectures into a series of tales." + +It was a cold morning of the early spring, and we sat after +breakfast on either side of a cheery fire in the old room at +Baker Street. A thick fog rolled down between the lines of +dun-coloured houses, and the opposing windows loomed like dark, +shapeless blurs through the heavy yellow wreaths. Our gas was lit +and shone on the white cloth and glimmer of china and metal, for +the table had not been cleared yet. Sherlock Holmes had been +silent all the morning, dipping continuously into the +advertisement columns of a succession of papers until at last, +having apparently given up his search, he had emerged in no very +sweet temper to lecture me upon my literary shortcomings. + +"At the same time," he remarked after a pause, during which he +had sat puffing at his long pipe and gazing down into the fire, +"you can hardly be open to a charge of sensationalism, for out of +these cases which you have been so kind as to interest yourself +in, a fair proportion do not treat of crime, in its legal sense, +at all. The small matter in which I endeavoured to help the King +of Bohemia, the singular experience of Miss Mary Sutherland, the +problem connected with the man with the twisted lip, and the +incident of the noble bachelor, were all matters which are +outside the pale of the law. But in avoiding the sensational, I +fear that you may have bordered on the trivial." + +"The end may have been so," I answered, "but the methods I hold +to have been novel and of interest." + +"Pshaw, my dear fellow, what do the public, the great unobservant +public, who could hardly tell a weaver by his tooth or a +compositor by his left thumb, care about the finer shades of +analysis and deduction! But, indeed, if you are trivial, I cannot +blame you, for the days of the great cases are past. Man, or at +least criminal man, has lost all enterprise and originality. As +to my own little practice, it seems to be degenerating into an +agency for recovering lost lead pencils and giving advice to +young ladies from boarding-schools. I think that I have touched +bottom at last, however. This note I had this morning marks my +zero-point, I fancy. Read it!" He tossed a crumpled letter across +to me. + +It was dated from Montague Place upon the preceding evening, and +ran thus: + +"DEAR MR. HOLMES:--I am very anxious to consult you as to whether +I should or should not accept a situation which has been offered +to me as governess. I shall call at half-past ten to-morrow if I +do not inconvenience you. Yours faithfully, + "VIOLET HUNTER." + +"Do you know the young lady?" I asked. + +"Not I." + +"It is half-past ten now." + +"Yes, and I have no doubt that is her ring." + +"It may turn out to be of more interest than you think. You +remember that the affair of the blue carbuncle, which appeared to +be a mere whim at first, developed into a serious investigation. +It may be so in this case, also." + +"Well, let us hope so. But our doubts will very soon be solved, +for here, unless I am much mistaken, is the person in question." + +As he spoke the door opened and a young lady entered the room. +She was plainly but neatly dressed, with a bright, quick face, +freckled like a plover's egg, and with the brisk manner of a +woman who has had her own way to make in the world. + +"You will excuse my troubling you, I am sure," said she, as my +companion rose to greet her, "but I have had a very strange +experience, and as I have no parents or relations of any sort +from whom I could ask advice, I thought that perhaps you would be +kind enough to tell me what I should do." + +"Pray take a seat, Miss Hunter. I shall be happy to do anything +that I can to serve you." + +I could see that Holmes was favourably impressed by the manner +and speech of his new client. He looked her over in his searching +fashion, and then composed himself, with his lids drooping and +his finger-tips together, to listen to her story. + +"I have been a governess for five years," said she, "in the +family of Colonel Spence Munro, but two months ago the colonel +received an appointment at Halifax, in Nova Scotia, and took his +children over to America with him, so that I found myself without +a situation. I advertised, and I answered advertisements, but +without success. At last the little money which I had saved began +to run short, and I was at my wit's end as to what I should do. + +"There is a well-known agency for governesses in the West End +called Westaway's, and there I used to call about once a week in +order to see whether anything had turned up which might suit me. +Westaway was the name of the founder of the business, but it is +really managed by Miss Stoper. She sits in her own little office, +and the ladies who are seeking employment wait in an anteroom, +and are then shown in one by one, when she consults her ledgers +and sees whether she has anything which would suit them. + +"Well, when I called last week I was shown into the little office +as usual, but I found that Miss Stoper was not alone. A +prodigiously stout man with a very smiling face and a great heavy +chin which rolled down in fold upon fold over his throat sat at +her elbow with a pair of glasses on his nose, looking very +earnestly at the ladies who entered. As I came in he gave quite a +jump in his chair and turned quickly to Miss Stoper. + +"'That will do,' said he; 'I could not ask for anything better. +Capital! capital!' He seemed quite enthusiastic and rubbed his +hands together in the most genial fashion. He was such a +comfortable-looking man that it was quite a pleasure to look at +him. + +"'You are looking for a situation, miss?' he asked. + +"'Yes, sir.' + +"'As governess?' + +"'Yes, sir.' + +"'And what salary do you ask?' + +"'I had 4 pounds a month in my last place with Colonel Spence +Munro.' + +"'Oh, tut, tut! sweating--rank sweating!' he cried, throwing his +fat hands out into the air like a man who is in a boiling +passion. 'How could anyone offer so pitiful a sum to a lady with +such attractions and accomplishments?' + +"'My accomplishments, sir, may be less than you imagine,' said I. +'A little French, a little German, music, and drawing--' + +"'Tut, tut!' he cried. 'This is all quite beside the question. +The point is, have you or have you not the bearing and deportment +of a lady? There it is in a nutshell. If you have not, you are +not fitted for the rearing of a child who may some day play a +considerable part in the history of the country. But if you have +why, then, how could any gentleman ask you to condescend to +accept anything under the three figures? Your salary with me, +madam, would commence at 100 pounds a year.' + +"You may imagine, Mr. Holmes, that to me, destitute as I was, +such an offer seemed almost too good to be true. The gentleman, +however, seeing perhaps the look of incredulity upon my face, +opened a pocket-book and took out a note. + +"'It is also my custom,' said he, smiling in the most pleasant +fashion until his eyes were just two little shining slits amid +the white creases of his face, 'to advance to my young ladies +half their salary beforehand, so that they may meet any little +expenses of their journey and their wardrobe.' + +"It seemed to me that I had never met so fascinating and so +thoughtful a man. As I was already in debt to my tradesmen, the +advance was a great convenience, and yet there was something +unnatural about the whole transaction which made me wish to know +a little more before I quite committed myself. + +"'May I ask where you live, sir?' said I. + +"'Hampshire. Charming rural place. The Copper Beeches, five miles +on the far side of Winchester. It is the most lovely country, my +dear young lady, and the dearest old country-house.' + +"'And my duties, sir? I should be glad to know what they would +be.' + +"'One child--one dear little romper just six years old. Oh, if +you could see him killing cockroaches with a slipper! Smack! +smack! smack! Three gone before you could wink!' He leaned back +in his chair and laughed his eyes into his head again. + +"I was a little startled at the nature of the child's amusement, +but the father's laughter made me think that perhaps he was +joking. + +"'My sole duties, then,' I asked, 'are to take charge of a single +child?' + +"'No, no, not the sole, not the sole, my dear young lady,' he +cried. 'Your duty would be, as I am sure your good sense would +suggest, to obey any little commands my wife might give, provided +always that they were such commands as a lady might with +propriety obey. You see no difficulty, heh?' + +"'I should be happy to make myself useful.' + +"'Quite so. In dress now, for example. We are faddy people, you +know--faddy but kind-hearted. If you were asked to wear any dress +which we might give you, you would not object to our little whim. +Heh?' + +"'No,' said I, considerably astonished at his words. + +"'Or to sit here, or sit there, that would not be offensive to +you?' + +"'Oh, no.' + +"'Or to cut your hair quite short before you come to us?' + +"I could hardly believe my ears. As you may observe, Mr. Holmes, +my hair is somewhat luxuriant, and of a rather peculiar tint of +chestnut. It has been considered artistic. I could not dream of +sacrificing it in this offhand fashion. + +"'I am afraid that that is quite impossible,' said I. He had been +watching me eagerly out of his small eyes, and I could see a +shadow pass over his face as I spoke. + +"'I am afraid that it is quite essential,' said he. 'It is a +little fancy of my wife's, and ladies' fancies, you know, madam, +ladies' fancies must be consulted. And so you won't cut your +hair?' + +"'No, sir, I really could not,' I answered firmly. + +"'Ah, very well; then that quite settles the matter. It is a +pity, because in other respects you would really have done very +nicely. In that case, Miss Stoper, I had best inspect a few more +of your young ladies.' + +"The manageress had sat all this while busy with her papers +without a word to either of us, but she glanced at me now with so +much annoyance upon her face that I could not help suspecting +that she had lost a handsome commission through my refusal. + +"'Do you desire your name to be kept upon the books?' she asked. + +"'If you please, Miss Stoper.' + +"'Well, really, it seems rather useless, since you refuse the +most excellent offers in this fashion,' said she sharply. 'You +can hardly expect us to exert ourselves to find another such +opening for you. Good-day to you, Miss Hunter.' She struck a gong +upon the table, and I was shown out by the page. + +"Well, Mr. Holmes, when I got back to my lodgings and found +little enough in the cupboard, and two or three bills upon the +table, I began to ask myself whether I had not done a very +foolish thing. After all, if these people had strange fads and +expected obedience on the most extraordinary matters, they were +at least ready to pay for their eccentricity. Very few +governesses in England are getting 100 pounds a year. Besides, +what use was my hair to me? Many people are improved by wearing +it short and perhaps I should be among the number. Next day I was +inclined to think that I had made a mistake, and by the day after +I was sure of it. I had almost overcome my pride so far as to go +back to the agency and inquire whether the place was still open +when I received this letter from the gentleman himself. I have it +here and I will read it to you: + + "'The Copper Beeches, near Winchester. +"'DEAR MISS HUNTER:--Miss Stoper has very kindly given me your +address, and I write from here to ask you whether you have +reconsidered your decision. My wife is very anxious that you +should come, for she has been much attracted by my description of +you. We are willing to give 30 pounds a quarter, or 120 pounds a +year, so as to recompense you for any little inconvenience which +our fads may cause you. They are not very exacting, after all. My +wife is fond of a particular shade of electric blue and would +like you to wear such a dress indoors in the morning. You need +not, however, go to the expense of purchasing one, as we have one +belonging to my dear daughter Alice (now in Philadelphia), which +would, I should think, fit you very well. Then, as to sitting +here or there, or amusing yourself in any manner indicated, that +need cause you no inconvenience. As regards your hair, it is no +doubt a pity, especially as I could not help remarking its beauty +during our short interview, but I am afraid that I must remain +firm upon this point, and I only hope that the increased salary +may recompense you for the loss. Your duties, as far as the child +is concerned, are very light. Now do try to come, and I shall +meet you with the dog-cart at Winchester. Let me know your train. +Yours faithfully, JEPHRO RUCASTLE.' + +"That is the letter which I have just received, Mr. Holmes, and +my mind is made up that I will accept it. I thought, however, +that before taking the final step I should like to submit the +whole matter to your consideration." + +"Well, Miss Hunter, if your mind is made up, that settles the +question," said Holmes, smiling. + +"But you would not advise me to refuse?" + +"I confess that it is not the situation which I should like to +see a sister of mine apply for." + +"What is the meaning of it all, Mr. Holmes?" + +"Ah, I have no data. I cannot tell. Perhaps you have yourself +formed some opinion?" + +"Well, there seems to me to be only one possible solution. Mr. +Rucastle seemed to be a very kind, good-natured man. Is it not +possible that his wife is a lunatic, that he desires to keep the +matter quiet for fear she should be taken to an asylum, and that +he humours her fancies in every way in order to prevent an +outbreak?" + +"That is a possible solution--in fact, as matters stand, it is +the most probable one. But in any case it does not seem to be a +nice household for a young lady." + +"But the money, Mr. Holmes, the money!" + +"Well, yes, of course the pay is good--too good. That is what +makes me uneasy. Why should they give you 120 pounds a year, when +they could have their pick for 40 pounds? There must be some +strong reason behind." + +"I thought that if I told you the circumstances you would +understand afterwards if I wanted your help. I should feel so +much stronger if I felt that you were at the back of me." + +"Oh, you may carry that feeling away with you. I assure you that +your little problem promises to be the most interesting which has +come my way for some months. There is something distinctly novel +about some of the features. If you should find yourself in doubt +or in danger--" + +"Danger! What danger do you foresee?" + +Holmes shook his head gravely. "It would cease to be a danger if +we could define it," said he. "But at any time, day or night, a +telegram would bring me down to your help." + +"That is enough." She rose briskly from her chair with the +anxiety all swept from her face. "I shall go down to Hampshire +quite easy in my mind now. I shall write to Mr. Rucastle at once, +sacrifice my poor hair to-night, and start for Winchester +to-morrow." With a few grateful words to Holmes she bade us both +good-night and bustled off upon her way. + +"At least," said I as we heard her quick, firm steps descending +the stairs, "she seems to be a young lady who is very well able +to take care of herself." + +"And she would need to be," said Holmes gravely. "I am much +mistaken if we do not hear from her before many days are past." + +It was not very long before my friend's prediction was fulfilled. +A fortnight went by, during which I frequently found my thoughts +turning in her direction and wondering what strange side-alley of +human experience this lonely woman had strayed into. The unusual +salary, the curious conditions, the light duties, all pointed to +something abnormal, though whether a fad or a plot, or whether +the man were a philanthropist or a villain, it was quite beyond +my powers to determine. As to Holmes, I observed that he sat +frequently for half an hour on end, with knitted brows and an +abstracted air, but he swept the matter away with a wave of his +hand when I mentioned it. "Data! data! data!" he cried +impatiently. "I can't make bricks without clay." And yet he would +always wind up by muttering that no sister of his should ever +have accepted such a situation. + +The telegram which we eventually received came late one night +just as I was thinking of turning in and Holmes was settling down +to one of those all-night chemical researches which he frequently +indulged in, when I would leave him stooping over a retort and a +test-tube at night and find him in the same position when I came +down to breakfast in the morning. He opened the yellow envelope, +and then, glancing at the message, threw it across to me. + +"Just look up the trains in Bradshaw," said he, and turned back +to his chemical studies. + +The summons was a brief and urgent one. + +"Please be at the Black Swan Hotel at Winchester at midday +to-morrow," it said. "Do come! I am at my wit's end. HUNTER." + +"Will you come with me?" asked Holmes, glancing up. + +"I should wish to." + +"Just look it up, then." + +"There is a train at half-past nine," said I, glancing over my +Bradshaw. "It is due at Winchester at 11:30." + +"That will do very nicely. Then perhaps I had better postpone my +analysis of the acetones, as we may need to be at our best in the +morning." + +By eleven o'clock the next day we were well upon our way to the +old English capital. Holmes had been buried in the morning papers +all the way down, but after we had passed the Hampshire border he +threw them down and began to admire the scenery. It was an ideal +spring day, a light blue sky, flecked with little fleecy white +clouds drifting across from west to east. The sun was shining +very brightly, and yet there was an exhilarating nip in the air, +which set an edge to a man's energy. All over the countryside, +away to the rolling hills around Aldershot, the little red and +grey roofs of the farm-steadings peeped out from amid the light +green of the new foliage. + +"Are they not fresh and beautiful?" I cried with all the +enthusiasm of a man fresh from the fogs of Baker Street. + +But Holmes shook his head gravely. + +"Do you know, Watson," said he, "that it is one of the curses of +a mind with a turn like mine that I must look at everything with +reference to my own special subject. You look at these scattered +houses, and you are impressed by their beauty. I look at them, +and the only thought which comes to me is a feeling of their +isolation and of the impunity with which crime may be committed +there." + +"Good heavens!" I cried. "Who would associate crime with these +dear old homesteads?" + +"They always fill me with a certain horror. It is my belief, +Watson, founded upon my experience, that the lowest and vilest +alleys in London do not present a more dreadful record of sin +than does the smiling and beautiful countryside." + +"You horrify me!" + +"But the reason is very obvious. The pressure of public opinion +can do in the town what the law cannot accomplish. There is no +lane so vile that the scream of a tortured child, or the thud of +a drunkard's blow, does not beget sympathy and indignation among +the neighbours, and then the whole machinery of justice is ever +so close that a word of complaint can set it going, and there is +but a step between the crime and the dock. But look at these +lonely houses, each in its own fields, filled for the most part +with poor ignorant folk who know little of the law. Think of the +deeds of hellish cruelty, the hidden wickedness which may go on, +year in, year out, in such places, and none the wiser. Had this +lady who appeals to us for help gone to live in Winchester, I +should never have had a fear for her. It is the five miles of +country which makes the danger. Still, it is clear that she is +not personally threatened." + +"No. If she can come to Winchester to meet us she can get away." + +"Quite so. She has her freedom." + +"What CAN be the matter, then? Can you suggest no explanation?" + +"I have devised seven separate explanations, each of which would +cover the facts as far as we know them. But which of these is +correct can only be determined by the fresh information which we +shall no doubt find waiting for us. Well, there is the tower of +the cathedral, and we shall soon learn all that Miss Hunter has +to tell." + +The Black Swan is an inn of repute in the High Street, at no +distance from the station, and there we found the young lady +waiting for us. She had engaged a sitting-room, and our lunch +awaited us upon the table. + +"I am so delighted that you have come," she said earnestly. "It +is so very kind of you both; but indeed I do not know what I +should do. Your advice will be altogether invaluable to me." + +"Pray tell us what has happened to you." + +"I will do so, and I must be quick, for I have promised Mr. +Rucastle to be back before three. I got his leave to come into +town this morning, though he little knew for what purpose." + +"Let us have everything in its due order." Holmes thrust his long +thin legs out towards the fire and composed himself to listen. + +"In the first place, I may say that I have met, on the whole, +with no actual ill-treatment from Mr. and Mrs. Rucastle. It is +only fair to them to say that. But I cannot understand them, and +I am not easy in my mind about them." + +"What can you not understand?" + +"Their reasons for their conduct. But you shall have it all just +as it occurred. When I came down, Mr. Rucastle met me here and +drove me in his dog-cart to the Copper Beeches. It is, as he +said, beautifully situated, but it is not beautiful in itself, +for it is a large square block of a house, whitewashed, but all +stained and streaked with damp and bad weather. There are grounds +round it, woods on three sides, and on the fourth a field which +slopes down to the Southampton highroad, which curves past about +a hundred yards from the front door. This ground in front belongs +to the house, but the woods all round are part of Lord +Southerton's preserves. A clump of copper beeches immediately in +front of the hall door has given its name to the place. + +"I was driven over by my employer, who was as amiable as ever, +and was introduced by him that evening to his wife and the child. +There was no truth, Mr. Holmes, in the conjecture which seemed to +us to be probable in your rooms at Baker Street. Mrs. Rucastle is +not mad. I found her to be a silent, pale-faced woman, much +younger than her husband, not more than thirty, I should think, +while he can hardly be less than forty-five. From their +conversation I have gathered that they have been married about +seven years, that he was a widower, and that his only child by +the first wife was the daughter who has gone to Philadelphia. Mr. +Rucastle told me in private that the reason why she had left them +was that she had an unreasoning aversion to her stepmother. As +the daughter could not have been less than twenty, I can quite +imagine that her position must have been uncomfortable with her +father's young wife. + +"Mrs. Rucastle seemed to me to be colourless in mind as well as +in feature. She impressed me neither favourably nor the reverse. +She was a nonentity. It was easy to see that she was passionately +devoted both to her husband and to her little son. Her light grey +eyes wandered continually from one to the other, noting every +little want and forestalling it if possible. He was kind to her +also in his bluff, boisterous fashion, and on the whole they +seemed to be a happy couple. And yet she had some secret sorrow, +this woman. She would often be lost in deep thought, with the +saddest look upon her face. More than once I have surprised her +in tears. I have thought sometimes that it was the disposition of +her child which weighed upon her mind, for I have never met so +utterly spoiled and so ill-natured a little creature. He is small +for his age, with a head which is quite disproportionately large. +His whole life appears to be spent in an alternation between +savage fits of passion and gloomy intervals of sulking. Giving +pain to any creature weaker than himself seems to be his one idea +of amusement, and he shows quite remarkable talent in planning +the capture of mice, little birds, and insects. But I would +rather not talk about the creature, Mr. Holmes, and, indeed, he +has little to do with my story." + +"I am glad of all details," remarked my friend, "whether they +seem to you to be relevant or not." + +"I shall try not to miss anything of importance. The one +unpleasant thing about the house, which struck me at once, was +the appearance and conduct of the servants. There are only two, a +man and his wife. Toller, for that is his name, is a rough, +uncouth man, with grizzled hair and whiskers, and a perpetual +smell of drink. Twice since I have been with them he has been +quite drunk, and yet Mr. Rucastle seemed to take no notice of it. +His wife is a very tall and strong woman with a sour face, as +silent as Mrs. Rucastle and much less amiable. They are a most +unpleasant couple, but fortunately I spend most of my time in the +nursery and my own room, which are next to each other in one +corner of the building. + +"For two days after my arrival at the Copper Beeches my life was +very quiet; on the third, Mrs. Rucastle came down just after +breakfast and whispered something to her husband. + +"'Oh, yes,' said he, turning to me, 'we are very much obliged to +you, Miss Hunter, for falling in with our whims so far as to cut +your hair. I assure you that it has not detracted in the tiniest +iota from your appearance. We shall now see how the electric-blue +dress will become you. You will find it laid out upon the bed in +your room, and if you would be so good as to put it on we should +both be extremely obliged.' + +"The dress which I found waiting for me was of a peculiar shade +of blue. It was of excellent material, a sort of beige, but it +bore unmistakable signs of having been worn before. It could not +have been a better fit if I had been measured for it. Both Mr. +and Mrs. Rucastle expressed a delight at the look of it, which +seemed quite exaggerated in its vehemence. They were waiting for +me in the drawing-room, which is a very large room, stretching +along the entire front of the house, with three long windows +reaching down to the floor. A chair had been placed close to the +central window, with its back turned towards it. In this I was +asked to sit, and then Mr. Rucastle, walking up and down on the +other side of the room, began to tell me a series of the funniest +stories that I have ever listened to. You cannot imagine how +comical he was, and I laughed until I was quite weary. Mrs. +Rucastle, however, who has evidently no sense of humour, never so +much as smiled, but sat with her hands in her lap, and a sad, +anxious look upon her face. After an hour or so, Mr. Rucastle +suddenly remarked that it was time to commence the duties of the +day, and that I might change my dress and go to little Edward in +the nursery. + +"Two days later this same performance was gone through under +exactly similar circumstances. Again I changed my dress, again I +sat in the window, and again I laughed very heartily at the funny +stories of which my employer had an immense répertoire, and which +he told inimitably. Then he handed me a yellow-backed novel, and +moving my chair a little sideways, that my own shadow might not +fall upon the page, he begged me to read aloud to him. I read for +about ten minutes, beginning in the heart of a chapter, and then +suddenly, in the middle of a sentence, he ordered me to cease and +to change my dress. + +"You can easily imagine, Mr. Holmes, how curious I became as to +what the meaning of this extraordinary performance could possibly +be. They were always very careful, I observed, to turn my face +away from the window, so that I became consumed with the desire +to see what was going on behind my back. At first it seemed to be +impossible, but I soon devised a means. My hand-mirror had been +broken, so a happy thought seized me, and I concealed a piece of +the glass in my handkerchief. On the next occasion, in the midst +of my laughter, I put my handkerchief up to my eyes, and was able +with a little management to see all that there was behind me. I +confess that I was disappointed. There was nothing. At least that +was my first impression. At the second glance, however, I +perceived that there was a man standing in the Southampton Road, +a small bearded man in a grey suit, who seemed to be looking in +my direction. The road is an important highway, and there are +usually people there. This man, however, was leaning against the +railings which bordered our field and was looking earnestly up. I +lowered my handkerchief and glanced at Mrs. Rucastle to find her +eyes fixed upon me with a most searching gaze. She said nothing, +but I am convinced that she had divined that I had a mirror in my +hand and had seen what was behind me. She rose at once. + +"'Jephro,' said she, 'there is an impertinent fellow upon the +road there who stares up at Miss Hunter.' + +"'No friend of yours, Miss Hunter?' he asked. + +"'No, I know no one in these parts.' + +"'Dear me! How very impertinent! Kindly turn round and motion to +him to go away.' + +"'Surely it would be better to take no notice.' + +"'No, no, we should have him loitering here always. Kindly turn +round and wave him away like that.' + +"I did as I was told, and at the same instant Mrs. Rucastle drew +down the blind. That was a week ago, and from that time I have +not sat again in the window, nor have I worn the blue dress, nor +seen the man in the road." + +"Pray continue," said Holmes. "Your narrative promises to be a +most interesting one." + +"You will find it rather disconnected, I fear, and there may +prove to be little relation between the different incidents of +which I speak. On the very first day that I was at the Copper +Beeches, Mr. Rucastle took me to a small outhouse which stands +near the kitchen door. As we approached it I heard the sharp +rattling of a chain, and the sound as of a large animal moving +about. + +"'Look in here!' said Mr. Rucastle, showing me a slit between two +planks. 'Is he not a beauty?' + +"I looked through and was conscious of two glowing eyes, and of a +vague figure huddled up in the darkness. + +"'Don't be frightened,' said my employer, laughing at the start +which I had given. 'It's only Carlo, my mastiff. I call him mine, +but really old Toller, my groom, is the only man who can do +anything with him. We feed him once a day, and not too much then, +so that he is always as keen as mustard. Toller lets him loose +every night, and God help the trespasser whom he lays his fangs +upon. For goodness' sake don't you ever on any pretext set your +foot over the threshold at night, for it's as much as your life +is worth.' + +"The warning was no idle one, for two nights later I happened to +look out of my bedroom window about two o'clock in the morning. +It was a beautiful moonlight night, and the lawn in front of the +house was silvered over and almost as bright as day. I was +standing, rapt in the peaceful beauty of the scene, when I was +aware that something was moving under the shadow of the copper +beeches. As it emerged into the moonshine I saw what it was. It +was a giant dog, as large as a calf, tawny tinted, with hanging +jowl, black muzzle, and huge projecting bones. It walked slowly +across the lawn and vanished into the shadow upon the other side. +That dreadful sentinel sent a chill to my heart which I do not +think that any burglar could have done. + +"And now I have a very strange experience to tell you. I had, as +you know, cut off my hair in London, and I had placed it in a +great coil at the bottom of my trunk. One evening, after the +child was in bed, I began to amuse myself by examining the +furniture of my room and by rearranging my own little things. +There was an old chest of drawers in the room, the two upper ones +empty and open, the lower one locked. I had filled the first two +with my linen, and as I had still much to pack away I was +naturally annoyed at not having the use of the third drawer. It +struck me that it might have been fastened by a mere oversight, +so I took out my bunch of keys and tried to open it. The very +first key fitted to perfection, and I drew the drawer open. There +was only one thing in it, but I am sure that you would never +guess what it was. It was my coil of hair. + +"I took it up and examined it. It was of the same peculiar tint, +and the same thickness. But then the impossibility of the thing +obtruded itself upon me. How could my hair have been locked in +the drawer? With trembling hands I undid my trunk, turned out the +contents, and drew from the bottom my own hair. I laid the two +tresses together, and I assure you that they were identical. Was +it not extraordinary? Puzzle as I would, I could make nothing at +all of what it meant. I returned the strange hair to the drawer, +and I said nothing of the matter to the Rucastles as I felt that +I had put myself in the wrong by opening a drawer which they had +locked. + +"I am naturally observant, as you may have remarked, Mr. Holmes, +and I soon had a pretty good plan of the whole house in my head. +There was one wing, however, which appeared not to be inhabited +at all. A door which faced that which led into the quarters of +the Tollers opened into this suite, but it was invariably locked. +One day, however, as I ascended the stair, I met Mr. Rucastle +coming out through this door, his keys in his hand, and a look on +his face which made him a very different person to the round, +jovial man to whom I was accustomed. His cheeks were red, his +brow was all crinkled with anger, and the veins stood out at his +temples with passion. He locked the door and hurried past me +without a word or a look. + +"This aroused my curiosity, so when I went out for a walk in the +grounds with my charge, I strolled round to the side from which I +could see the windows of this part of the house. There were four +of them in a row, three of which were simply dirty, while the +fourth was shuttered up. They were evidently all deserted. As I +strolled up and down, glancing at them occasionally, Mr. Rucastle +came out to me, looking as merry and jovial as ever. + +"'Ah!' said he, 'you must not think me rude if I passed you +without a word, my dear young lady. I was preoccupied with +business matters.' + +"I assured him that I was not offended. 'By the way,' said I, +'you seem to have quite a suite of spare rooms up there, and one +of them has the shutters up.' + +"He looked surprised and, as it seemed to me, a little startled +at my remark. + +"'Photography is one of my hobbies,' said he. 'I have made my +dark room up there. But, dear me! what an observant young lady we +have come upon. Who would have believed it? Who would have ever +believed it?' He spoke in a jesting tone, but there was no jest +in his eyes as he looked at me. I read suspicion there and +annoyance, but no jest. + +"Well, Mr. Holmes, from the moment that I understood that there +was something about that suite of rooms which I was not to know, +I was all on fire to go over them. It was not mere curiosity, +though I have my share of that. It was more a feeling of duty--a +feeling that some good might come from my penetrating to this +place. They talk of woman's instinct; perhaps it was woman's +instinct which gave me that feeling. At any rate, it was there, +and I was keenly on the lookout for any chance to pass the +forbidden door. + +"It was only yesterday that the chance came. I may tell you that, +besides Mr. Rucastle, both Toller and his wife find something to +do in these deserted rooms, and I once saw him carrying a large +black linen bag with him through the door. Recently he has been +drinking hard, and yesterday evening he was very drunk; and when +I came upstairs there was the key in the door. I have no doubt at +all that he had left it there. Mr. and Mrs. Rucastle were both +downstairs, and the child was with them, so that I had an +admirable opportunity. I turned the key gently in the lock, +opened the door, and slipped through. + +"There was a little passage in front of me, unpapered and +uncarpeted, which turned at a right angle at the farther end. +Round this corner were three doors in a line, the first and third +of which were open. They each led into an empty room, dusty and +cheerless, with two windows in the one and one in the other, so +thick with dirt that the evening light glimmered dimly through +them. The centre door was closed, and across the outside of it +had been fastened one of the broad bars of an iron bed, padlocked +at one end to a ring in the wall, and fastened at the other with +stout cord. The door itself was locked as well, and the key was +not there. This barricaded door corresponded clearly with the +shuttered window outside, and yet I could see by the glimmer from +beneath it that the room was not in darkness. Evidently there was +a skylight which let in light from above. As I stood in the +passage gazing at the sinister door and wondering what secret it +might veil, I suddenly heard the sound of steps within the room +and saw a shadow pass backward and forward against the little +slit of dim light which shone out from under the door. A mad, +unreasoning terror rose up in me at the sight, Mr. Holmes. My +overstrung nerves failed me suddenly, and I turned and ran--ran +as though some dreadful hand were behind me clutching at the +skirt of my dress. I rushed down the passage, through the door, +and straight into the arms of Mr. Rucastle, who was waiting +outside. + +"'So,' said he, smiling, 'it was you, then. I thought that it +must be when I saw the door open.' + +"'Oh, I am so frightened!' I panted. + +"'My dear young lady! my dear young lady!'--you cannot think how +caressing and soothing his manner was--'and what has frightened +you, my dear young lady?' + +"But his voice was just a little too coaxing. He overdid it. I +was keenly on my guard against him. + +"'I was foolish enough to go into the empty wing,' I answered. +'But it is so lonely and eerie in this dim light that I was +frightened and ran out again. Oh, it is so dreadfully still in +there!' + +"'Only that?' said he, looking at me keenly. + +"'Why, what did you think?' I asked. + +"'Why do you think that I lock this door?' + +"'I am sure that I do not know.' + +"'It is to keep people out who have no business there. Do you +see?' He was still smiling in the most amiable manner. + +"'I am sure if I had known--' + +"'Well, then, you know now. And if you ever put your foot over +that threshold again'--here in an instant the smile hardened into +a grin of rage, and he glared down at me with the face of a +demon--'I'll throw you to the mastiff.' + +"I was so terrified that I do not know what I did. I suppose that +I must have rushed past him into my room. I remember nothing +until I found myself lying on my bed trembling all over. Then I +thought of you, Mr. Holmes. I could not live there longer without +some advice. I was frightened of the house, of the man, of the +woman, of the servants, even of the child. They were all horrible +to me. If I could only bring you down all would be well. Of +course I might have fled from the house, but my curiosity was +almost as strong as my fears. My mind was soon made up. I would +send you a wire. I put on my hat and cloak, went down to the +office, which is about half a mile from the house, and then +returned, feeling very much easier. A horrible doubt came into my +mind as I approached the door lest the dog might be loose, but I +remembered that Toller had drunk himself into a state of +insensibility that evening, and I knew that he was the only one +in the household who had any influence with the savage creature, +or who would venture to set him free. I slipped in in safety and +lay awake half the night in my joy at the thought of seeing you. +I had no difficulty in getting leave to come into Winchester this +morning, but I must be back before three o'clock, for Mr. and +Mrs. Rucastle are going on a visit, and will be away all the +evening, so that I must look after the child. Now I have told you +all my adventures, Mr. Holmes, and I should be very glad if you +could tell me what it all means, and, above all, what I should +do." + +Holmes and I had listened spellbound to this extraordinary story. +My friend rose now and paced up and down the room, his hands in +his pockets, and an expression of the most profound gravity upon +his face. + +"Is Toller still drunk?" he asked. + +"Yes. I heard his wife tell Mrs. Rucastle that she could do +nothing with him." + +"That is well. And the Rucastles go out to-night?" + +"Yes." + +"Is there a cellar with a good strong lock?" + +"Yes, the wine-cellar." + +"You seem to me to have acted all through this matter like a very +brave and sensible girl, Miss Hunter. Do you think that you could +perform one more feat? I should not ask it of you if I did not +think you a quite exceptional woman." + +"I will try. What is it?" + +"We shall be at the Copper Beeches by seven o'clock, my friend +and I. The Rucastles will be gone by that time, and Toller will, +we hope, be incapable. There only remains Mrs. Toller, who might +give the alarm. If you could send her into the cellar on some +errand, and then turn the key upon her, you would facilitate +matters immensely." + +"I will do it." + +"Excellent! We shall then look thoroughly into the affair. Of +course there is only one feasible explanation. You have been +brought there to personate someone, and the real person is +imprisoned in this chamber. That is obvious. As to who this +prisoner is, I have no doubt that it is the daughter, Miss Alice +Rucastle, if I remember right, who was said to have gone to +America. You were chosen, doubtless, as resembling her in height, +figure, and the colour of your hair. Hers had been cut off, very +possibly in some illness through which she has passed, and so, of +course, yours had to be sacrificed also. By a curious chance you +came upon her tresses. The man in the road was undoubtedly some +friend of hers--possibly her fiancé--and no doubt, as you wore +the girl's dress and were so like her, he was convinced from your +laughter, whenever he saw you, and afterwards from your gesture, +that Miss Rucastle was perfectly happy, and that she no longer +desired his attentions. The dog is let loose at night to prevent +him from endeavouring to communicate with her. So much is fairly +clear. The most serious point in the case is the disposition of +the child." + +"What on earth has that to do with it?" I ejaculated. + +"My dear Watson, you as a medical man are continually gaining +light as to the tendencies of a child by the study of the +parents. Don't you see that the converse is equally valid. I have +frequently gained my first real insight into the character of +parents by studying their children. This child's disposition is +abnormally cruel, merely for cruelty's sake, and whether he +derives this from his smiling father, as I should suspect, or +from his mother, it bodes evil for the poor girl who is in their +power." + +"I am sure that you are right, Mr. Holmes," cried our client. "A +thousand things come back to me which make me certain that you +have hit it. Oh, let us lose not an instant in bringing help to +this poor creature." + +"We must be circumspect, for we are dealing with a very cunning +man. We can do nothing until seven o'clock. At that hour we shall +be with you, and it will not be long before we solve the +mystery." + +We were as good as our word, for it was just seven when we +reached the Copper Beeches, having put up our trap at a wayside +public-house. The group of trees, with their dark leaves shining +like burnished metal in the light of the setting sun, were +sufficient to mark the house even had Miss Hunter not been +standing smiling on the door-step. + +"Have you managed it?" asked Holmes. + +A loud thudding noise came from somewhere downstairs. "That is +Mrs. Toller in the cellar," said she. "Her husband lies snoring +on the kitchen rug. Here are his keys, which are the duplicates +of Mr. Rucastle's." + +"You have done well indeed!" cried Holmes with enthusiasm. "Now +lead the way, and we shall soon see the end of this black +business." + +We passed up the stair, unlocked the door, followed on down a +passage, and found ourselves in front of the barricade which Miss +Hunter had described. Holmes cut the cord and removed the +transverse bar. Then he tried the various keys in the lock, but +without success. No sound came from within, and at the silence +Holmes' face clouded over. + +"I trust that we are not too late," said he. "I think, Miss +Hunter, that we had better go in without you. Now, Watson, put +your shoulder to it, and we shall see whether we cannot make our +way in." + +It was an old rickety door and gave at once before our united +strength. Together we rushed into the room. It was empty. There +was no furniture save a little pallet bed, a small table, and a +basketful of linen. The skylight above was open, and the prisoner +gone. + +"There has been some villainy here," said Holmes; "this beauty +has guessed Miss Hunter's intentions and has carried his victim +off." + +"But how?" + +"Through the skylight. We shall soon see how he managed it." He +swung himself up onto the roof. "Ah, yes," he cried, "here's the +end of a long light ladder against the eaves. That is how he did +it." + +"But it is impossible," said Miss Hunter; "the ladder was not +there when the Rucastles went away." + +"He has come back and done it. I tell you that he is a clever and +dangerous man. I should not be very much surprised if this were +he whose step I hear now upon the stair. I think, Watson, that it +would be as well for you to have your pistol ready." + +The words were hardly out of his mouth before a man appeared at +the door of the room, a very fat and burly man, with a heavy +stick in his hand. Miss Hunter screamed and shrunk against the +wall at the sight of him, but Sherlock Holmes sprang forward and +confronted him. + +"You villain!" said he, "where's your daughter?" + +The fat man cast his eyes round, and then up at the open +skylight. + +"It is for me to ask you that," he shrieked, "you thieves! Spies +and thieves! I have caught you, have I? You are in my power. I'll +serve you!" He turned and clattered down the stairs as hard as he +could go. + +"He's gone for the dog!" cried Miss Hunter. + +"I have my revolver," said I. + +"Better close the front door," cried Holmes, and we all rushed +down the stairs together. We had hardly reached the hall when we +heard the baying of a hound, and then a scream of agony, with a +horrible worrying sound which it was dreadful to listen to. An +elderly man with a red face and shaking limbs came staggering out +at a side door. + +"My God!" he cried. "Someone has loosed the dog. It's not been +fed for two days. Quick, quick, or it'll be too late!" + +Holmes and I rushed out and round the angle of the house, with +Toller hurrying behind us. There was the huge famished brute, its +black muzzle buried in Rucastle's throat, while he writhed and +screamed upon the ground. Running up, I blew its brains out, and +it fell over with its keen white teeth still meeting in the great +creases of his neck. With much labour we separated them and +carried him, living but horribly mangled, into the house. We laid +him upon the drawing-room sofa, and having dispatched the sobered +Toller to bear the news to his wife, I did what I could to +relieve his pain. We were all assembled round him when the door +opened, and a tall, gaunt woman entered the room. + +"Mrs. Toller!" cried Miss Hunter. + +"Yes, miss. Mr. Rucastle let me out when he came back before he +went up to you. Ah, miss, it is a pity you didn't let me know +what you were planning, for I would have told you that your pains +were wasted." + +"Ha!" said Holmes, looking keenly at her. "It is clear that Mrs. +Toller knows more about this matter than anyone else." + +"Yes, sir, I do, and I am ready enough to tell what I know." + +"Then, pray, sit down, and let us hear it for there are several +points on which I must confess that I am still in the dark." + +"I will soon make it clear to you," said she; "and I'd have done +so before now if I could ha' got out from the cellar. If there's +police-court business over this, you'll remember that I was the +one that stood your friend, and that I was Miss Alice's friend +too. + +"She was never happy at home, Miss Alice wasn't, from the time +that her father married again. She was slighted like and had no +say in anything, but it never really became bad for her until +after she met Mr. Fowler at a friend's house. As well as I could +learn, Miss Alice had rights of her own by will, but she was so +quiet and patient, she was, that she never said a word about them +but just left everything in Mr. Rucastle's hands. He knew he was +safe with her; but when there was a chance of a husband coming +forward, who would ask for all that the law would give him, then +her father thought it time to put a stop on it. He wanted her to +sign a paper, so that whether she married or not, he could use +her money. When she wouldn't do it, he kept on worrying her until +she got brain-fever, and for six weeks was at death's door. Then +she got better at last, all worn to a shadow, and with her +beautiful hair cut off; but that didn't make no change in her +young man, and he stuck to her as true as man could be." + +"Ah," said Holmes, "I think that what you have been good enough +to tell us makes the matter fairly clear, and that I can deduce +all that remains. Mr. Rucastle then, I presume, took to this +system of imprisonment?" + +"Yes, sir." + +"And brought Miss Hunter down from London in order to get rid of +the disagreeable persistence of Mr. Fowler." + +"That was it, sir." + +"But Mr. Fowler being a persevering man, as a good seaman should +be, blockaded the house, and having met you succeeded by certain +arguments, metallic or otherwise, in convincing you that your +interests were the same as his." + +"Mr. Fowler was a very kind-spoken, free-handed gentleman," said +Mrs. Toller serenely. + +"And in this way he managed that your good man should have no +want of drink, and that a ladder should be ready at the moment +when your master had gone out." + +"You have it, sir, just as it happened." + +"I am sure we owe you an apology, Mrs. Toller," said Holmes, "for +you have certainly cleared up everything which puzzled us. And +here comes the country surgeon and Mrs. Rucastle, so I think, +Watson, that we had best escort Miss Hunter back to Winchester, +as it seems to me that our locus standi now is rather a +questionable one." + +And thus was solved the mystery of the sinister house with the +copper beeches in front of the door. Mr. Rucastle survived, but +was always a broken man, kept alive solely through the care of +his devoted wife. They still live with their old servants, who +probably know so much of Rucastle's past life that he finds it +difficult to part from them. Mr. Fowler and Miss Rucastle were +married, by special license, in Southampton the day after their +flight, and he is now the holder of a government appointment in +the island of Mauritius. As to Miss Violet Hunter, my friend +Holmes, rather to my disappointment, manifested no further +interest in her when once she had ceased to be the centre of one +of his problems, and she is now the head of a private school at +Walsall, where I believe that she has met with considerable success. + + + + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Adventures of Sherlock Holmes, by +Arthur Conan Doyle + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE ADVENTURES OF SHERLOCK HOLMES *** + +***** This file should be named 1661-8.txt or 1661-8.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/1/6/6/1661/ + +Produced by an anonymous Project Gutenberg volunteer and Jose Menendez + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.net/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.net + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.net), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.net + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. From 3d61f0532a136ee2ee0bb837156c7759e4c9be03 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: AddisonNoxy <34310754+AddisonNoxy@users.noreply.github.com> Date: Tue, 26 Mar 2019 15:36:44 -0500 Subject: [PATCH 10/63] Create thefellowshipofthering --- files/books/unrelated/thefellowshipofthering | 21550 +++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 21550 insertions(+) create mode 100644 files/books/unrelated/thefellowshipofthering diff --git a/files/books/unrelated/thefellowshipofthering b/files/books/unrelated/thefellowshipofthering new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8b24e54 --- /dev/null +++ b/files/books/unrelated/thefellowshipofthering @@ -0,0 +1,21550 @@ +“THE LORD OF THE RINGS' + +V*art One + +THE FELLOWSHIP +OF THE RING + +J.R.R.ToIkien + + + +Complete Table of Contents + + + +Foreword + +Prologue + +1 . Concerning Hobbits + +2. Concerning Pipe-weed + +3. Of the Ordering of the Shire + +4. Of the Finding of the Ring + +note on the shire records + + + + +Book I + +Chapter 1 +Chapter 2 +Chapter 3 +Chapter 4 +Chapter 5 +Chapter 6 +Chapter 7 +Chapter 8 +Chapter 9 +Chapter 10 +Chapter 11 +Chapter 12 + + + +A Long-expected Party +The Shadow of the Past +Three is Company +A Short Cut to Mushrooms +A Conspiracy Unmasked +The Old Forest + +In the House of Tom Bombadil +Fog on the Barrow-Downs +At the Sign of The Prancing Pony +Strider + +A Knife in the Dark +Flight to the Ford + + + +Book II + +Chapter 1 +Chapter 2 +Chapter 3 +Chapter 4 +Chapter 5 +Chapter 6 +Chapter 7 +Chapter 8 +Chapter 9 +Chapter 10 + + + +Many Meetings +The Council of Elrond +The Ring Goes South +A Journey in the Dark +The Bridge of Khazad-dym +Lothlurien + +The Mirror of Galadriel +Farewell to Lurien +The Great River +The Breaking of the Fellowship + + + + +Book III + +Chapter 1 +Chapter 2 +Chapter 3 +Chapter 4 +Chapter 5 +Chapter 6 +Chapter 7 +Chapter 8 +Chapter 9 +Chapter 10 +Chapter 11 + + + +The Departure of Boromir + +The Riders of Rohan + +The Urak-Hai + +Treebeard + +The White Rider + +The King of the Golden Hall + +Helm's Deep + +The Road to Isengard + +Flotsam and Jetsam + +The Voice of Saruman + +The Palantnr + + + +Book IV +Chapter 1 +Chapter 2 +Chapter 3 +Chapter 4 +Chapter 5 +Chapter 6 +Chapter 7 +Chapter 8 +Chapter 9 +Chapter 10 + + + +The Taming of Smjagol +The Passage of the Marshes +The Black Gate is Closed +Of Herbs and Stewed Rabbit +The Window on the West +The Forbidden Pool +Journey to the Cross-roads +The Stairs of Cirith Ungol +Shelob's Lair + +The Choices of Master Samwise + + + + +Book V +Chapter 1 +Chapter 2 +Chapter 3 +Chapter 4 +Chapter 5 +Chapter 6 +Chapter 7 +Chapter 8 +Chapter 9 +Chapter 10 + + + +Minas Tirith + +The Passing of the Grey Company + +The Muster of Rohan + +The Siege of Gondor + +The Ride of the Rohirrim + +The Battle of the Pelennor Fields + +The Pyre of Denethor + +The Houses of Healing + +The Last Debate + +The Black Gate Opens + + + +Book VI +Chapter 1 +Chapter 2 +Chapter 3 +Chapter 4 +Chapter 5 +Chapter 6 +Chapter 7 +Chapter 8 +Chapter 9 + + + +The Tower of Cirith Ungo +The Land of Shadow +Mount Doom +The Field of Cormallen +The Steward and the King +Many Partings +Homeward Bound +The Scouring of the Shire +The Grey Havens + + + + +Foreword + + + +This tale grew in the telling, until it became a history of the Great +War of the Ring and included many glimpses of the yet more ancient history +that preceded it. It was begun soon after The Hobbit was written and before +its publication in 1937; but I did not go on with this sequel, for I wished +first to complete and set in order the mythology and legends of the Elder +Days, which had then been taking shape for some years. I desired to do this +for my own satisfaction, and I had little hope that other people would be +interested in this work, especially since it was primarily linguistic in +inspiration and was begun in order to provide the necessary background of +'history' for Elvish tongues. + +When those whose advice and opinion I sought corrected little hope to +no hope, I went back to the sequel, encouraged by requests from readers for +more information concerning hobbits and their adventures. But the story was +drawn irresistibly towards the older world, and became an account, as it +were, of its end and passing away before its beginning and middle had been +told. The process had begun in the writing of The Hobbit, in which there +were already some references to the older matter: Elrond, Gondolin, the +High-elves, and the ores, as well as glimpses that had arisen unbidden of +things higher or deeper or darker than its surface: Durin, Moria, Gandalf, +the Necromancer, the Ring. The discovery of the significance of these +glimpses and of their relation to the ancient histories revealed the Third +Age and its culmination in the War of the Ring. + +Those who had asked for more information about hobbits eventually got +it, but they had to wait a long time; for the composition of The Lord of the +Rings went on at intervals during the years 1936 to 1949, a period in which +I had many duties that I did not neglect, and many other interests as a +learner and teacher that often absorbed me. The delay was, of course, also +increased by the outbreak of war in 1939, by the end of which year the tale +had not yet reached the end of Book One. In spite of the darkness of the +next five years I found that the story could not now be wholly abandoned, +and I plodded on, mostly by night, till I stood by Balin's tomb in Moria. +There I halted for a long while. It was almost a year later when I went on +and so came to Lothlurien and the Great River late in 1941. In the next year + + + + +I wrote the first drafts of the matter that now stands as Book Three, and +the beginnings of chapters I and III of Book Five; and there as the beacons +flared in Anurien and Thjoden came to Harrowdale I stopped. Foresight had +failed and there was no time for thought. + +It was during 1944 that, leaving the loose ends and perplexities of a +war which it was my task to conduct, or at least to report, 1 forced myself +to tackle the journey of Frodo to Mordor. These chapters, eventually to +become Book Four, were written and sent out as a serial to my son, +Christopher, then in South Africa with the RAF. Nonetheless it took another +five years before the tale was brought to its present end; in that time I +changed my house, my chair, and my college, and the days though less dark +were no less laborious. Then when the ’end’ had at last been reached the +whole story had to be revised, and indeed largely re-written backwards. And +it had to be typed, and re-typed: by me; the cost of professional typing by +the ten-fingered was beyond my means. + +The Lord of the Rings has been read by many people since it finally +appeared in print; and I should like to say something here with reference to +the many opinions or guesses that I have received or have read concerning +the motives and meaning of the tale. The prime motive was the desire of a +tale-teller to try his hand at a really long story that would hold the +attention of readers, amuse them, delight them, and at times maybe excite +them or deeply move them. As a guide I had only my own feelings for what is +appealing or moving, and for many the guide was inevitably often at fault. +Some who have read the book, or at any rate have reviewed it, have found it +boring, absurd, or contemptible; and I have no cause to complain, since I +have similar opinions of their works, or of the kinds of writing that they +evidently prefer. But even from the points of view of many who have enjoyed +my story there is much that fails to please. It is perhaps not possible in a +long tale to please everybody at all points, nor to displease everybody at +the same points; for I find from the letters that I have received that the +passages or chapters that are to some a blemish are all by others specially +approved. The most critical reader of all, myself, now finds many defects, +minor and major, but being fortunately under no obligation either to review +the book or to write it again, he will pass over these in silence, except +one that has been noted by others: the book is too short. + +As for any inner meaning or 'message', it has in the intention of the +author none. It is neither allegorical nor topical. As the story grew it put + + + + +down roots (into the past) and threw out unexpected branches: but its main +theme was settled from the outset by the inevitable choice of the Ring as +the link between it and The Hobbit. The crucial chapter, "The Shadow of the +Past', is one of the oldest parts of the tale. It was written long before +the foreshadow of 1939 had yet become a threat of inevitable disaster, and +from that point the story would have developed along essentially the same +lines, if that disaster had been averted. Its sources are things long before +in mind, or in some cases already written, and little or nothing in it was +modified by the war that began in 1939 or its sequels. + +The real war does not resemble the legendary war in its process or its +conclusion. If it had inspired or directed the development of the legend, +then certainly the Ring would have been seized and used against Sauron; he +would not have been annihilated but enslaved, and Barad-dyr would not have +been destroyed but occupied. Saruman, failing to get possession of the Ring, +would m the confusion and treacheries of the time have found in Mordor the +missing links in his own researches into Ring-lore, and before long he would +have made a Great Ring of his own with which to challenge the self-styled +Ruler of Middle-earth. In that conflict both sides would have held hobbits +in hatred and contempt: they would not long have survived even as slaves. + +Other arrangements could be devised according to the tastes or views of +those who like allegory or topical reference. But I cordially dislike +allegory in all its manifestations, and always have done so since I grew old +and wary enough to detect its presence. I much prefer history, true or +feigned, with its varied applicability to the thought and experience of +readers. I think that many confuse 'applicability' with 'allegory'; but the +one resides in the freedom of the reader, and the other in the purposed +domination of the author. + +An author cannot of course remain wholly unaffected by his experience, +but the ways in which a story-germ uses the soil of experience are extremely +complex, and attempts to define the process are at best guesses from +evidence that is inadequate and ambiguous. It is also false, though +naturally attractive, when the lives of an author and critic have +overlapped, to suppose that the movements of thought or the events of times +common to both were necessarily the most powerful influences. One has +indeed + +personally to come under the shadow of war to feel fully its oppression; but +as the years go by it seems now often forgotten that to be caught in youth + + + + +by 1914 was no less hideous an experience than to be involved in 1939 and +the following years. By 1918 all but one of my close friends were dead. Or +to take a less grievous matter: it has been supposed by some that The +Scouring of the Shire’ reflects the situation in England at the time when I +was finishing my tale. It does not. It is an essential part of the plot, +foreseen from the outset, though in the event modified by the character of +Saruman as developed in the story without, need I say, any allegorical +significance or contemporary political reference whatsoever. It has indeed +some basis in experience, though slender (for the economic situation was +entirely different), and much further back. The country in which I lived in +childhood was being shabbily destroyed before I was ten, in days when +motor-cars were rare objects (I had never seen one) and men were still +building suburban railways. Recently I saw in a paper a picture of the last +decrepitude of the once thriving corn-mill beside its pool that long ago +seemed to me so important. I never liked the looks of the Young miller, but +his father, the Old miller, had a black beard, and he was not named +Sandy man. + +The Lord of the Rings is now issued in a new edition, and the +opportunity has been taken of revising it. A number of errors and +inconsistencies that still remained in the text have been corrected, and an +attempt has been made to provide information on a few points which attentive +readers have raised. I have considered all their comments and enquiries, and +if some seem to have been passed over that may be because I have failed to +keep my notes in order; but many enquiries could only be answered by +additional appendices, or indeed by the production of an accessory volume +containing much of the material that I did not include in the original +edition, in particular more detailed linguistic information. In the meantime +this edition offers this Foreword, an addition to the Prologue, some notes, +and an index of the names of persons and places. This index is in intention +complete in items but not in references, since for the present purpose it +has been necessary to reduce its bulk. A complete index, making full use of +the material prepared for me by Mrs. N. Smith, belongs rather to the +accessory volume. + + + + +* PROLOGUE * + + + +1. Concerning Hobbits + + + +This book is largely concerned with Hobbits, and from its pages a +reader may discover much of their character and a little of their history. +Further information will also be found in the selection from the Red Book of +Westmarch that has already been published, under the title of The Hobbit. +That story was derived from the earlier chapters of the Red Book, composed +by Bilbo himself, the first Hobbit to become famous in the world at large, +and called by him There and Back Again, since they told of his journey into +the East and his return: an adventure which later involved all the Hobbits +in the great events of that Age that are here related. + +Many, however, may wish to know more about this remarkable people +from + +the outset, while some may not possess the earlier book. For such readers a +few notes on the more important points are here collected from Hobbit-lore, +and the first adventure is briefly recalled. + +Hobbits are an unobtrusive but very ancient people, more numerous +formerly than they are today; for they love peace and quiet and good tilled +earth: a well-ordered and well-farmed countryside was their favourite haunt. +They do not and did not understand or like machines more complicated than a +forge -bellows, a water-mill, or a hand-loom, though they were skilful with +tools. Even in ancient days they were, as a rule, shy of 'the Big Folk', as +they call us, and now they avoid us with dismay and are becoming hard to +find. They are quick of hearing and sharp-eyed, and though they are inclined +to be fat and do not hurry unnecessarily, they are nonetheless nimble and +deft in their movements. They possessed from the first the art of +disappearing swiftly and silently, when large folk whom they do not wish to +meet come blundering by; and this an they have developed until to Men it may +seem magical. But Hobbits have never, in fact, studied magic of any kind, +and their elusiveness is due solely to a professional skill that heredity +and practice, and a close friendship with the earth, have rendered + + + + +inimitable by bigger and clumsier races. + +For they are a little people, smaller than Dwarves: less tout and +stocky, that is, even when they are not actually much shorter. Their height +is variable, ranging between two and four feet of our measure. They seldom +now reach three feet; but they hive dwindled, they say, and in ancient days +they were taller. According to the Red Book, Bandobras Took (Bullroarer), +son of Isengrim the Second, was four foot five and able to ride a horse. He +was surpassed in all Hobbit records only by two famous characters of old; +but that curious matter is dealt with in this book. + +As for the Hobbits of the Shire, with whom these tales are concerned, +in the days of their peace and prosperity they were a merry folk. They +dressed in bright colours, being notably fond of yellow and green; but they +seldom wore shoes, since their feet had tough leathery soles and were clad +in a thick curling hair, much like the hair of their heads, which was +commonly brown. Thus, the only craft little practised among them was +shoe-making; but they had long and skilful fingers and could make many other +useful and comely things. Their faces were as a rule good-natured rather +than beautiful, broad, bright-eyed, red-cheeked, with mouths apt to +laughter, and to eating and drinking. And laugh they did, and eat, and +drink, often and heartily, being fond of simple jests at all times, and of +six meals a day (when they could get them). They were hospitable and +delighted in parties, and in presents, which they gave away freely and +eagerly accepted. + +It is plain indeed that in spite of later estrangement Hobbits are +relatives of ours: far nearer to us than Elves, or even than Dwarves. Of old +they spoke the languages of Men, after their own fashion, and liked and +disliked much the same things as Men did. But what exactly our relationship +is can no longer be discovered. The beginning of Hobbits lies far back in +the Elder Days that are now lost and forgotten. Only the Elves still +preserve any records of that vanished time, and their traditions are +concerned almost entirely with their own history, in which Men appear seldom +and Hobbits are not mentioned at all. Yet it is clear that Hobbits had, in +fact, lived quietly in Middle-earth for many long years before other folk +became even aware of them. And the world being after all full of strange +creatures beyond count, these little people seemed of very little +importance. But in the days of Bilbo, and of Frodo his heir, they suddenly +became, by no wish of their own, both important and renowned, and troubled + + + + +the counsels of the Wise and the Great. + +Those days, the Third Age of Middle -earth, are now long past, and the +shape of all lands has been changed; but the regions in which Hobbits then +lived were doubtless the same as those in which they still linger: the +North-West of the Old World, east of the Sea. Of their original home the +Hobbits in Bilbo's time preserved no knowledge. A love of learning (other +than genealogical lore) was far from general among them, but there remained +still a few in the older families who studied their own books, and even +gathered reports of old times and distant lands from Elves, Dwarves, and +Men. Their own records began only after the settlement of the Shire, and +their most ancient legends hardly looked further back than their Wandering +Days. It is clear, nonetheless, from these legends, and from the evidence of +their peculiar words and customs, that like many other folk Hobbits had in +the distant past moved westward. Their earliest tales seem to glimpse a time +when they dwelt in the upper vales of Anduin, between the eaves of +Greenwood + +the Great and the Misty Mountains. Why they later undertook the hard and +perilous crossing of the mountains into Eriador is no longer certain. Their +own accounts speak of the multiplying of Men in the land, and of a shadow +that fell on the forest, so that it became darkened and its new name was +Mirkwood. + +Before the crossing of the mountains the Hobbits had already become +divided into three somewhat different breeds: Harfoots, Stoors, and +Fallohides. The Harfoots were browner of skin, smaller, and shorter, and +they were beardless and bootless; their hands and feet were neat and nimble; +and they preferred highlands and hillsides. The Stoors were broader, heavier +in build; their feet and hands were larger, and they preferred flat lands +and riversides. The Fallohides were fairer of skin and also of hair, and +they were taller and slimmer than the others; they were lovers of trees and +of woodlands. + +The Harfoots had much to do with Dwarves in ancient times, and long +lived in the foothills of the mountains. They moved westward early, and +roamed over Eriador as far as Weathertop while the others were still in the +Wilderland. They were the most normal and representative variety of Hobbit, +and far the most numerous. They were the most inclined to settle in one +place, and longest preserved their ancestral habit of living in tunnels and +holes. + + + + +The Stoors lingered long by the banks of the Great River Anduin, and +were less shy of Men. They came west after the Harfoots and followed the +course of the Loudwater southwards; and there many of them long dwelt +between Tharbad and the borders of Dunland before they moved north again. + +The Fallohides, the least numerous, were a northerly branch. They were +more friendly with Elves than the other Hobbits were, and had more skill in +language and song than in handicrafts; and of old they preferred hunting to +tilling. They crossed the mountains north of Rivendell and came down the +River Hoarwell. In Eriador they soon mingled with the other kinds that had +preceded them, but being somewhat bolder and more adventurous, they were +often found as leaders or chieftains among clans of Harfoots or Stoors. Even +in Bilbo's time the strong Fallohidish strain could still be noted among the +greater families, such as the Tooks and the Masters of Buckland. + +In the westlands of Eriador, between the Misty Mountains and the +Mountains of Lune, the Hobbits found both Men and Elves. Indeed, a remnant +still dwelt there of the D®nedain, the kings of Men that came over the Sea +out of Westernesse; but they were dwindling fast and the lands of their +North Kingdom were falling far and wide into waste. There was room and to +spare for incomers, and ere long the Hobbits began to settle in ordered +communities. Most of their earlier settlements had long disappeared and been +forgotten in Bilbo's time; but one of the first to become important still +endured, though reduced in size; this was at Bree and in the Chetwood that +lay round about, some forty miles east of the Shire. + +It was in these early days, doubtless, that the Hobbits learned their +letters and began to write after the manner of the D®nedain, who had in +their turn long before learned the art from the Elves. And in those days +also they forgot whatever languages they had used before, and spoke ever +after the Common Speech, the Westron as it was named, that was current +through all the lands of the kings from Arnor to Gondor, and about all the +coasts of the Sea from B elf alas to Lune. Yet they kept a few words of their +own, as well as their own names of months and days, and a great store of +personal names out of the past. + +About this time legend among the Hobbits first becomes history with a +reckoning of years. For it was in the one thousand six hundred and first +year of the Third Age that the Fallohide brothers, Marcho and Blanco, set +out from Bree; and having obtained permission from the high king at +Fornostl, they crossed the brown river Baranduin with a great following of + + + + +Hobbits. They passed over the Bridge of Stonebows, that had been built in +the days of the power of the North Kingdom, and they took ail the land +beyond to dwell in, between the river and the Far Downs. All that was +demanded of them was that they should keep the Great Bridge in repair, and +all other bridges and roads, speed the king's messengers, and acknowledge +his lordship. + +Thus began the Shire-reckoning, for the year of the crossing of the +Brandywine (as the Hobbits turned the name) became Year One of the Shire, +and all later dates were reckoned from it. 2 At once the western Hobbits fell +in love with their new land, and they remained there, and soon passed once +more out of the history of Men and of Elves. While there was still a king +they were in name his subjects, but they were, in fact, ruled by their own +chieftains and meddled not at all with events in the world outside. To the +last battle at Fornost with the Witch-lord of Angmar they sent some bowmen +to the aid of the king, or so they maintained, though no tales of Men record +it. But in that war the North Kingdom ended; and then the Hobbits took the +land for their own, and they chose from their own chiefs a Thain to hold the +authority of the king that was gone. There for a thousand years they were +little troubled by wars, and they prospered and multiplied after the Dark +Plague (S.R. 37) until the disaster of the Long Winter and the famine that +followed it. Many thousands then perished, but the Days of Dearth (1158-60) +were at the time of this tale long past and the Hobbits had again become +accustomed to plenty. The land was rich and kindly, and though it had long +been deserted when they entered it, it had before been well tilled, and +there the king had once had many farms, cornlands, vineyards, and woods. + +Forty leagues it stretched from the Far Downs to the Brandywine Bridge, +and fifty from the northern moors to the marshes in the south. The Hobbits +named it the Shire, as the region of the authority of their Thain, and a +district of well-ordered business; and there in that pleasant comer of the +world they plied their well-ordered business of living, and they heeded less +and less the world outside where dark things moved, until they came to think +that peace and plenty were the rule in Middle-earth and the right of all +sensible folk. They forgot or ignored what little they had ever known of the +Guardians, and of the labours of those that made possible the long peace of +the Shire. They were, in fact, sheltered, but they had ceased to remember +it. + +At no time had Hobbits of any kind been warlike, and they had never + + + + +fought among themselves. In olden days they had, of course, been often +obliged to fight to maintain themselves in a hard world; but in Bilbo's time +that was very ancient history. The last battle, before this story opens, and +indeed the only one that had ever been fought within the borders of the +Shire, was beyond living memory: the Battle of Greenfields, S.R. 1147, in +which Bandobras Took routed an invasion of Ores. Even the weathers had +grown + +milder, and the wolves that had once come ravening out of the North in +bitter white winters were now only a grandfather's tale. So, though there +was still some store of weapons in the Shire, these were used mostly as +trophies, hanging above hearths or on walls, or gathered into the museum at +Michel Delving. The Mathom-house it was called; for anything that Hobbits +had no immediate use for, but were unwilling to throw away, they called a +mathom. Their dwellings were apt to become rather crowded with mathoms, +and + +many of the presents that passed from hand to hand were of that son. + +Nonetheless, ease and peace had left this people still curiously tough. + +They were, if it came to it, difficult to daunt or to kill; and they were, +perhaps, so unwearyingly fond of good things not least because they could, +when put to it, do without them, and could survive rough handling by grief, +foe, or weather in a way that astonished those who did not know them well +and looked no further than their bellies and their well-fed faces. Though +slow to quarrel, and for sport killing nothing that lived, they were doughty +at bay, and at need could still handle arms. They shot well with the bow, +for they were keen-eyed and sure at the mark. Not only with bows and arrows. +If any Hobbit stooped for a stone, it was well to get quickly under cover, +as all trespassing beasts knew very well. + +All Hobbits had originally lived in holes in the ground, or so they +believed, and in such dwellings they still felt most at home; but in the +course of time they had been obliged to adopt other forms of abode. Actually +in the Shire in Bilbo's days it was, as a rule, only the richest and the +poorest Hobbits that maintained the old custom. The poorest went on living +in burrows of the most primitive kind, mere holes indeed, with only one +window or none; while the well-to-do still constructed more luxurious +versions of the simple diggings of old. But suitable sites for these large +and ramifying tunnels (or smicils as they called them) were not everywhere to +be found; and in the flats and the low-lying districts the Hobbits, as they + + + + +multiplied, began to build above ground. Indeed, even in the hilly regions +and the older villages, such as Hobbiton or Tuckborough, or in the chief +township of the Shire, Michel Delving on the White Downs, there were now +many houses of wood, brick, or stone. These were specially favoured by +millers, smiths, ropers, and Cartwrights, and others of that sort; for even +when they had holes to live in. Hobbits had long been accustomed to build +sheds and workshops. + +The habit of building farmhouses and barns was said to have begun among +the inhabitants of the Marish down by the Brandywine. The Hobbits of that +quarter, the Eastfarthing, were rather large and heavy-legged, and they wore +dwarf-boots in muddy weather. But they were well known to be Stoors in a +large part of their blood, as indeed was shown by the down that many grew on +their chins. No Harfoot or Fallohide had any trace of a beard. Indeed, the +folk of the Marish, and of Buckland, east of the River, which they +afterwards occupied, came for the most part later into the Shire up from +south-away; and they still had many peculiar names and strange words not +found elsewhere in the Shire. + +It is probable that the craft of building, as many other crafts beside, +was derived from the D®nedain. But the Hobbits may have learned it direct +from the Elves, the teachers of Men in their youth. For the Elves of the +High Kindred had not yet forsaken Middle-earth, and they dwelt still at that +time at the Grey Havens away to the west, and in other places within reach +of the Shire. Three Elf-towers of immemorial age were still to be seen on +the Tower Hills beyond the western marches. They shone far off in the +moonlight. The tallest was furthest away, standing alone upon a green mound. +The Hobbits of the Westfarthing said that one could see the Sea from the lop +of that tower; but no Hobbit had ever been known to climb it. Indeed, few +Hobbits had ever seen or sailed upon the Sea, and fewer still had ever +returned to report it. Most Hobbits regarded even rivers and small boats +with deep misgivings, and not many of them could swim. And as the days of +the Shire lengthened they spoke less and less with the Elves, and grew +afraid of them, and distrustful of those that had dealings with them; and +the Sea became a word of fear among them, and a token of death, and they +turned their faces away from the hills in the west. + +The craft of building may have come from Elves or Men, but the Hobbits +used it in their own fashion. They did not go in for towers. Their houses +were usually long, low, and comfortable. The oldest kind were, indeed, no + + + + +more than built imitations of smials, thatched with dry grass or straw, or +roofed with turves, and having walls somewhat bulged. That stage, however, +belonged to the early days of the Shire, and hobbit -building had long since +been altered, improved by devices, learned from Dwarves, or discovered by +themselves. A preference for round windows, and even round doors, was the +chief remaining peculiarity of hobbit-architecture. + +The houses and the holes of Shire-hobbits were often large, and +inhabited by large families. (Bilbo and Frodo Baggins were as bachelors very +exceptional, as they were also in many other ways, such as their friendship +with the Elves.) Sometimes, as in the case of the Tooks of Great Smials, or +the Brandybucks of Brandy Hall, many generations of relatives lived in +(comparative) peace together in one ancestral and many -tunnelled mansion. +All Hobbits were, in any case, clannish and reckoned up their relationships +with great care. They drew long and elaborate family -trees with innumerable +branches. In dealing with Hobbits it is important to remember who is related +to whom, and in what degree. It would be impossible in this book to set out +a family -tree that included even the more important members of the more +important families at the time which these tales tell of. The genealogical +trees at the end of the Red Book of Westmarch are a small book in +themselves, and all but Hobbits would find them exceedingly dull. Hobbits +delighted in such things, if they were accurate: they liked to have books +filled with things that they already knew, set out fair and square with no +contradictions. + + + + +2. Concerning Pipe-weed + + + +There is another astonishing thing about Hobbits of old that must be +mentioned, an astonishing habit: they imbibed or inhaled, through pipes of +clay or wood, the smoke of the burning leaves of a herb, which they called +pipe-weed or leaf, a variety probably of Nicotiana. A great deal of mystery +surrounds the origin of this peculiar custom, or 'art' as the Hobbits +preferred to call it. All that could be discovered about it in antiquity was +put together by Meriadoc Brandybuck (later Master of Buckland), and since he +and the tobacco of the Southfarthing play a part in the history that +follows, his remarks in the introduction to his Herblore of the Shire may be +quoted. + +’This,' he says, 'is the one art that we can certainly claim to be our +own invention. When Hobbits first began to smoke is not known, all the +legends and family histories take it for granted; for ages folk in the Shire +smoked various herbs, some fouler, some sweeter. But all accounts agree that +Tobold Hornblower of Longbottom in the Southfarthing first grew the true +pipe-weed in his gardens in the days of Isengrim the Second, about the year +1070 of Shire-reckoning. The best home-grown still comes from that district, +especially the varieties now known as Longbottom Leaf, Old Toby, and +Southern Star. + +'How Old Toby came by the plant is not recorded, for to his dying day +he would not tell. He knew much about herbs, but he was no traveller. It is +said that in his youth he went often to Bree, though he certainly never went +further from the Shire than that. It is thus quite possible that he learned +of this plant in Bree, where now, at any rate, it grows well on the south +slopes of the hill. The Bree-hobbits claim to have been the first actual +smokers of the pipe-weed. They claim, of course, to have done everything +before the people of the Shire, whom they refer to as "colonists"; but in +this case their claim is, I think, likely to be true. And certainly it was +from Bree that the art of smoking the genuine weed spread in the recent +centuries among Dwarves and such other folk, Rangers, Wizards, or wanderers, +as still passed to and fro through that ancient road-meeting. The home and +centre of the an is thus to be found in the old inn of Bree, The Prancing + + + + +Pony, that has been kept by the family of Butterbur from time beyond record. + +'All the same, observations that I have made on my own many journeys +south have convinced me that the weed itself is not native to our parts of +the world, but came northward from the lower Anduin, whither it was, I +suspect, originally brought over Sea by the Men of Westernesse. It grows +abundantly in Gondor, and there is richer and larger than in the North, +where it is never found wild, and flourishes only in warm sheltered places +like Longbottom. The Men of Gondor call it sweet galenas, and esteem it only +for the fragrance of its flowers. From that land it must have been carried +up the Greenway during the long centuries between the coming of Elendil and +our own day. But even the D®nedain of Gondor allow us this credit: Hobbits +first put it into pipes. Not even the Wizards first thought of that before +we did. Though one Wizard that I knew took up the art long ago, and became +as skilful in it as in all other things that he put his mind to.' + + + + +3. Of the Ordering of the Shire + + + +The Shire was divided into four quarters, the Farthings already +referred to. North, South, East, and West; and these again each into a +number of folklands, which still bore the names of some of the old leading +families, although by the time of this history these names were no longer +found only in their proper folklands. Nearly all Tooks still lived in the +Tookland, but that was not true of many other families, such as the +Bagginses or the Boffins. Outside the Farthings were the East and West +Marches: the Buckland (see beginning of Chapter V, Book I); and the +Westmarch added to the Shire in S.R. 1462. + +The Shire at this time had hardly any 'government'. Families for the +most part managed their own affairs. Growing food and eating it occupied +most of their time. In other matters they were, as a rule, generous and not +greedy, but contented and moderate, so that estates, farms, workshops, and +small trades tended to remain unchanged for generations. + +There remained, of course, the ancient tradition concerning the high +king at Fornost, or Norbury as they called it, away north of the Shire. But +there had been no king for nearly a thousand years, and even the ruins of +Kings' Norbury were covered with grass. Yet the Hobbits still said of wild +folk and wicked things (such as trolls) that they had not heard of the king. + +For they attributed to the king of old all their essential laws; and usually +they kept the laws of free will, because they were The Rules (as they said), +both ancient and just. + +It is true that the Took family had long been pre-eminent; for the +office of Thain had passed to them (from the Oldbucks) some centuries +before, and the chief Took had borne that title ever since. The Thain was +the master of the Shire-moot, and captain of the Shire-muster and the +Hobbitry-in-arms, but as muster and moot were only held in times of +emergency, which no longer occurred, the Thainship had ceased to be more +than a nominal dignity. The Took family was still, indeed, accorded a +special respect, for it remained both numerous and exceedingly wealthy, and +was liable to produce in every generation strong characters of peculiar +habits and even adventurous temperament. The latter qualities, however, were + + + + +now rather tolerated (in the rich) than generally approved. The custom +endured, nonetheless, of referring to the head of the family as The Took, +and of adding to his name, if required, a number: such as Isengrim the +Second, for instance. + +The only real official in the Shire at this date was the Mayor of +Michel Delving (or of the Shire), who was elected every seven years at the +Free Fair on the White Downs at the Lithe, that is at Midsummer. As mayor +almost his only duty was to preside at banquets, given on the +Shire-holidays, which occurred at frequent intervals. But the offices of +Postmaster and First Shirriff were attached to the mayoralty, so that he +managed both the Messenger Service and the Watch. These were the only +Shire-services, and the Messengers were the most numerous, and much the +busier of the two. By no means all Hobbits were lettered, but those who were +wrote constantly to all their friends (and a selection of their relations) +who lived further off than an afternoon's walk. + +The Shirriffs was the name that the Hobbits gave to their police, or +the nearest equivalent that they possessed. They had, of course, no uniforms +(such things being quite unknown), only a feather in their caps; and they +were in practice rather haywards than policemen, more concerned with the +strayings of beasts than of people. There were in all the Shire only twelve +of them, three in each Farthing, for Inside Work. A rather larger body, +varying at need, was employed to 'beat the bounds’, and to see that +Outsiders of any kind, great or small, did not make themselves a nuisance. + +At the time when this story begins the Bounders, as they were called, +had been greatly increased. There were many reports and complaints of +strange persons and creatures prowling about the borders, or over them: the +first sign that all was not quite as it should be, and always had been +except in tales and legends of long ago. Few heeded the sign, and not even +Bilbo yet had any notion of what it portended. Sixty years had passed since +he set out on his memorable journey, and he was old even for Hobbits, who +reached a hundred as often as not; but much evidently still remained of the +considerable wealth that he had brought back. How much or how little he +revealed to no one, not even to Frodo his favourite 'nephew'. And he still +kept secret the ring that he bad found. + + + + +4. Of the Finding of the Ring + + + +As is told in The Hobbit , there came one day to Bilbo's door the great +Wizard, Gandalf the Grey, and thirteen dwarves with him: none other, indeed, +than Thorin Oakenshield, descendant of kings, and his twelve companions in +exile. With them he set out, to his own lasting astonishment, on a morning +of April, it being then the year 1341 Shire-reckoning, on a quest of great +treasure, the dwarf-hoards of the Kings under the Mountain, beneath Erebor +in Dale, far off in the East. The quest was successful, and the Dragon that +guarded the hoard was destroyed. Yet, though before all was won the Battle +of Five Armies was fought, and Thorin was slain, and many deeds of renown +were done, the matter would scarcely have concerned later history, or earned +more than a note in the long annals of the Third Age, but for an 'accident' +by the way. The party was assailed by Ores in a high pass of the Misty +Mountains as they went towards Wilderland; and so it happened that Bilbo was +lost for a while in the black ore-mines deep under the mountains, and there, +as he groped in vain in the dark, he put his hand on a ring, lying on the +floor of a tunnel. Ele put it in his pocket. It seemed then like mere luck. + +Trying to find his way out. Bilbo went on down to the roots of the +mountains, until he could go no further. At the bottom of the tunnel lay a +cold lake far from the light, and on an island of rock in the water lived +Gollum. He was a loathsome little creature: he paddled a small boat with his +large flat feet, peering with pale luminous eyes and catching blind fish +with his long fingers, and eating them raw. He ate any living thing, even +ore, if he could catch it and strangle it without a struggle. He possessed a +secret treasure that had come to him long ages ago, when he still lived in +the light: a ring of gold that made its wearer invisible. It was the one +thing he loved, his 'precious', and he talked to it, even when it was not +with him. For he kept it hidden safe in a hole on his island, except when he +was hunting or spying on the ores of the mines. + +Maybe he would have attacked Bilbo at once, if the ring had been on him +when they met; but it was not, and the hobbit held in his hand an Elvish +knife, which served him as a sword. So to gain time Gollum challenged Bilbo +to the Riddle-game, saying that if he asked a riddle which Bilbo could not + + + + +guess, then he would kill him and eat him; but if Bilbo defeated him, then +he would do as Bilbo wished: he would lead him to a way out of the tunnels. + +Since he was lost in the dark without hope, and could neither go on nor +back. Bilbo accepted the challenge; and they asked one another many riddles. +In the end Bilbo won the game, more by luck (as it seemed) than by wits; for +he was stumped at last for a riddle to ask, and cried out, as his hand came +upon the ring he lad picked up and forgotten: What haw I got in my pocket? +This Gollum failed to answer, though he demanded three guesses. + +The Authorities, it is true, differ whether this last question was a +mere 'question' and not a 'riddle' according to the strict rules of the +Game; but all agree that, after accepting it and trying to guess the answer, +Gollum was bound by his promise. And Bilbo pressed him to keep his word; +for + +the thought came to him that this slimy creature might prove false, even +though such promises were held sacred, and of old all but the wickedest +things feared to break them. But after ages alone in the dark Gollum's heart +was black, and treachery was in it. He slipped away, and returned to the +island, of which Bilbo knew nothing, not far off in the dark water. There, +he thought, lay his ring. He was hungry now, and angry, and once his +'precious' was with him he would not fear any weapon at all. + +But the ring was not on the island; he had lost it, it was gone. His +screech sent a shiver down Bilbo's back, though he did not yet understand +what had happened. But Gollum had at last leaped to a guess, too late. What +has it got in its pocketses? he cried. The light in his eyes was like a +green flame as he sped back to murder the hobbit and recover his 'precious'. +Just in time Bilbo saw his peril, and he fled blindly up the passage away +from the water; and once more he was saved by his luck. For just as he ran +he put his hand in his pocket, and the ring slipped quietly on to his +finger. So it was that Gollum passed him without seeing him, and went to +guard the way out, lest the 'thief should escape. Warily Bilbo followed +him, as he went along, cursing, and talking to himself about his 'precious'; +from which talk at last even Bilbo guessed the truth, and hope came to him +in the darkness: he himself had found the marvellous ring and a chance of +escape from the ores and from Gollum. + +At length they came to a halt before an unseen opening that led to the +lower gates of the mines, on the eastward side of the mountains. There +Gollum crouched at bay, smelling and listening; and Bilbo was tempted to + + + + +slay him with his sword. But pity stayed him, and though he kept the ring, +in which his only hope lay, he would not use it to help him kill the +wretched creature at a disadvantage. In the end, gathering his courage, he +leaped over Gollum in the dark, and fled away down the passage, pursued by +his enemy's cries of hate and despair: Thief thief! Baggins! We hates it +for ever! + +Now it is a curious fact that this is not the story as Bilbo first told +it to his companions. To them his account was that Gollum had promised to +give him a present, if he won the game; but when Gollum went to fetch it +from his island he found the treasure was gone: a magic ring, which had been +given to him long ago on his birthday. Bilbo guessed that this was the very +ring that he had found, and as he had won the game, it was already his by +right. But being in a tight place, he said nothing about it, and made Gollum +show him the way out, as a reward instead of a present. This account Bilbo +set down in his memoirs, and he seems never to have altered it himself, not +even after the Council of Elrond. Evidently it still appeared in the +original Red Book, as it did in several of the copies and abstracts. But +many copies contain the true account (as an alternative), derived no doubt +from notes by Frodo or Samwise, both of whom learned the truth, though they +seem to have been unwilling to delete anything actually written by the old +hobbit himself. + +Gandalf, however, disbelieved Bilbo's first story, as soon as he heard +it, and he continued to be very curious about the ring. Eventually he got +the true tale out of Bilbo after much questioning, which for a while +strained their friendship; but the wizard seemed to think the truth +important. Though he did not say so to Bilbo, he also thought it important, +and disturbing, to find that the good hobbit had not told the truth from the +first: quite contrary to his habit. The idea of a 'present' was not mere +hobbitlike invention, all the same. It was suggested to Bilbo, as he +confessed, by Gollum's talk that he overheard; for Gollum did, in fact, call +the ring his 'birthday present', many times. That also Gandalf thought +strange and suspicious; but he did not discover the truth in this point for +many more years, as will be seen in this book. + +Of Bilbo's later adventures little more need be said here. With the +help of the ring he escaped from the ore-guards at the gate and rejoined his +companions. He used the ring many times on his quest, chiefly for the help +of his friends; but he kept it secret from them as long as he could. After + + + + +his return to his home he never spoke of it again to anyone, save Gandalf +and Frodo; and no one else in the Shire knew of its existence, or so he +believed. Only to Frodo did he show the account of his Journey that he was +writing. + +His sword, Sting, Bilbo hung over his fireplace, and his coat of +marvellous mail, the gift of the Dwarves from the Dragon -hoard, he lent to a +museum, to the Michel Delving Mathom-house in fact. But he kept in a drawer +at Bag End the old cloak and hood that he had worn on his travels; and the +ring, secured by a fine chain, remained in his pocket. + +He returned to his home at Bag End on June the 22nd in his fifty-second +year (S.R. 1342), and nothing very notable occurred in the Shire until Mr. +Baggins began the preparations for the celebration of his +hundred-and-eleventh birthday (S.R. 1401). At this point this History +begins. + + + + +NOTE ON THE SHIRE RECORDS + + + +At the end of the Third Age the part played by the Hobbits in the great +events that led to the inclusion of the Shire in the Reunited Kingdom +awakened among them a more widespread interest in their own history; and +many of their traditions, up to that time still mainly oral, were collected +and Written down. The greater families were also concerned with events in +the Kingdom at large, and many of their members studied its ancient +histories and legends. By the end of the first century of the Fourth Age +there were already to be found in the Shire several libraries that contained +many historical books and records. + +The largest of these collections were probably at Undertowers, at Great +Smials, and at Brandy Hall. This account of the end of the Third Age is +drawn mainly from the Red Book of Westmarch. That most important source +for + +the history of the War of the Ring was so called because it was long +preserved at Undertowers, the home of the Fairbairns, Wardens of the +Westmarch. 1 It was in origin Bilbo's private diary, which he took with him +to Rivendell. Frodo brought it back to the Shire, together with many loose +leaves of notes, and during S.R. 1420-1 he nearly filled its pages with his +account of the War. But annexed to it and preserved with it, probably m a +single red case, were the three large volumes, bound in red leather, that +Bilbo gave to him as a parting gift. To these four volumes there was added +in Westmarch a fifth containing commentaries, genealogies, and various other +matter concerning the hobbit members of the Fellowship. + +The original Red Book has not been preserved, but many copies were +made, especially of the first volume, for the use of the descendants of the +children of Master Samwise. The most important copy, however, has a +different history. It was kept at Great Smials, but it was written in +Condor, probably at the request of the great-grandson of Peregrin, and +completed in S.R. 1592 (F.A. 172). Its southern scribe appended this note: +Findegil, King's Writer, finished this work in IV 172. It is an exact copy +in all details of the Thain's Book m Minas Tirith. That book was a copy, +made at the request of King Elessar, of the Red Book of the Periannath, and + + + + +was brought to him by the Thain Peregrin when he retired to Gondor in IV 64. + +The Thain’s Book was thus the first copy made of the Red Book and +contained much that was later omitted or lost. In Minas Tirith it received +much annotation, and many corrections, especially of names, words, and +quotations in the Elvish languages; and there was added to it an abbreviated +version of those parts of The Tale of Aragorn and Arwen which lie outside +the account of the War. The full tale is stated to have been written by +Barahir, grandson of the Steward Faramir, some time after the passing of the +King. But the chief importance of Findegil’s copy is that it alone contains +the whole of Bilbo's ’Translations from the Elvish'. These three volumes +were found to be a work of great skill and learning in which, between 1403 +and 1418, he had used all the sources available to him in Rivendell, both +living and written. But since they were little used by Frodo, being almost +entirely concerned with the Elder Days, no more is said of them here. + +Since Meriadoc and Peregrin became the heads of their great families, +and at the same time kept up their connexions with Rohan and Gondor, the +libraries at Bucklebury and Tuckborough contained much that did not appear +in the Red Book. In Brandy Hall there were many works dealing with Eriador +and the history of Rohan. Some of these were composed or begun by +Meriadoc + +himself, though in the Shire he was chiefly remembered for his Herhlore of +the Shire, and for his Reckoning of Years m which he discussed the relation +of the calendars of the Shire and Bree to those of Rivendell, Gondor, and +Rohan. He also wrote a short treatise on Old Words and Names in the Shire, +having special interest in discovering the kinship with the language of the +Rohirrim of such 'shire-words' as mathom and old elements in place names. + +At Great Smials the books were of less interest to Shire-folk, though +more important for larger history. None of them was written by Peregrin, but +he and his successors collected many manuscripts written by scribes of +Gondor: mainly copies or summaries of histories or legends relating to +Elendil and his heirs. Only here in the Shire were to be found extensive +materials for the history of N®menor and the arising of Sauron. It was +probably at Great Smials that The Tale of Years 1 was put together, with the +assistance of material collected by Meriadoc. Though the dates given are +often conjectural, especially for the Second Age, they deserve attention. It +is probable that Meriadoc obtained assistance and information from +Rivendell, which he visited more than once. There, though Elrond had + + + + +departed, his sons long remained, together with some of the High-elven folk. +It is said that Celeborn went to dwell there after the departure of +Galadriel; but there is no record of the day when at last he sought the Grey +Havens, and with him went the last living memory of the Elder Days in +Middle-earth. + + + + +* BOOK I * + + + +Chapter 1 . A Long-expected Party + +When Mr. Bilbo Baggins of Bag End announced that he would shortly be +celebrating his eleventy -first birthday with a party of special +magnificence, there was much talk and excitement in Hobbiton. + +Bilbo was very rich and very peculiar, and had been the wonder of the +Shire for sixty years, ever since his remarkable disappearance and +unexpected return. The riches he had brought back from his travels had now +become a local legend, and it was popularly believed, whatever the old folk +might say, that the Hill at Bag End was full of tunnels stuffed with +treasure. And if that was not enough for fame, there was also his prolonged +vigour to marvel at. Time wore on, but it seemed to have little effect on +Mr. Baggins. At ninety he was much the same as at fifty. At ninety-nine they +began to call him we//-preserved, but unchanged would have been nearer the +mark. There were some that shook their heads and thought this was too much +of a good thing; it seemed unfair that anyone should possess (apparently) +perpetual youth as well as (reputedly) inexhaustible wealth. + +'It will have to be paid for,' they said. 'It isn't natural, and +trouble will come of it!' + +But so far trouble had not come; and as Mr. Baggins was generous with +his money, most people were willing to forgive him his oddities and his good +fortune. He remained on visiting terms with his relatives (except, of +course, the Sackville-Bagginses), and he had many devoted admirers among +the + +hobbits of poor and unimportant families. But he had no close friends, until +some of his younger cousins began to grow up. + +The eldest of these, and Bilbo's favourite, was young Frodo Baggins. +When Bilbo was ninety-nine, he adopted Frodo as his heir, and brought him to +live at Bag End; and the hopes of the Sackville-Bagginses were finally +dashed. Bilbo and Frodo happened to have the same birthday, September +22nd. + +'You had better come and live here, Frodo my lad,' said Bilbo one day; 'and +then we can celebrate our birthday-parties comfortably together.' At that + + + + +time Frodo was still in his tweens, as the hobbits called the irresponsible +twenties between childhood and coming of age at thirty-three. + +Twelve more years passed. Each year the Bagginses had given very lively +combined birthday-parties at Bag End; but now it was understood that +something quite exceptional was being planned for that autumn. Bilbo was +going to be eleventy-one, 111, a rather curious number and a very +respectable age for a hobbit (the Old Took himself had only reached 130); +and Frodo was going to be thirty-three, 33) an important number: the date of +his 'coming of age'. + +Tongues began to wag in Flobbiton and By water; and rumour of the coming +event travelled all over the Shire. The history and character of Mr. Bilbo +Baggins became once again the chief topic of conversation; and the older +folk suddenly found their reminiscences in welcome demand. + +No one had a more attentive audience than old Ham Gamgee, commonly +known as the Gaffer. He held forth at The Ivy Bush , a small inn on the +Bywater road; and he spoke with some authority, for he had tended the garden +at Bag End for forty years, and had helped old Holman in the same job before +that. Now that he was himself growing old and stiff in the joints, the job +was mainly carried on by his youngest son, Sam Gamgee. Both father and son +were on very friendly terms with Bilbo and Frodo. They lived on the Hill +itself, in Number 3 Bagshot Row just below Bag End. + +’A very nice well-spoken gentlehobbit is Mr. Bilbo, as I've always +said,' the Gaffer declared. With perfect truth: for Bilbo was very polite to +him, calling him 'Master Hamfast', and consulting him constantly upon the +growing of vegetables - in the matter of 'roots', especially potatoes, the +Gaffer was recognized as the leading authority by all in the neighbourhood +(including himself). + +'But what about this Frodo that lives with him?' asked Old Noakes of +By water. 'Baggins is his name, but he's more than half a Brandybuck, they +say. It beats me why any Baggins of Hobbiton should go looking for a wife +away there in Buckland, where folks are so queer.' + +'And no wonder they're queer,' put in Daddy Twofoot (the Gaffer's +next-door neighbour), 'if they live on the wrong side of the Brandywine +River, and right agin the Old Forest. That's a dark bad place, if half the +tales be true.' + +'You're right, Dad!' said the Gaffer. 'Not that the Brandybucks of +Buck-land live in the Old Forest; but they're a queer breed, seemingly. They + + + + +fool about with boats on that big river - and that isn’t natural. Small +wonder that trouble came of it, I say. But be that as it may, Mr. Frodo is +as nice a young hobbit as you could wish to meet. Very much like Mr. Bilbo, +and in more than looks. After all his father was a Baggins. A decent +respectable hobbit was Mr. Drogo Baggins; there was never much to tell of +him, till he was drownded.' + +'Drownded?' said several voices. They had heard this and other darker +rumours before, of course; but hobbits have a passion for family history, +and they were ready to hear it again. 'Well, so they say,' said the Gaffer. + +'You see: Mr. Drogo, he married poor Miss Primula Brandybuck. She was +our + +Mr. Bilbo's first cousin on the mother's side (her mother being the youngest +of the Old Took's daughters); and Mr. Drogo was his second cousin. So Mr. +Frodo is his first and second cousin, once removed either way, as the saying +is, if you follow me. And Mr. Drogo was staying at Brandy Flail with his +father-in-law, old Master Gorbadoc, as he often did after his marriage (him +being partial to his vittles, and old Gorbadoc keeping a mighty generous +table); and he went out boating on the Brandywine River; and he and his wife +were drownded, and poor Mr. Frodo only a child and all. ' + +'I've heard they went on the water after dinner in the moonlight,' said +Old Noakes; 'and it was Drogo's weight as sunk the boat.' + +'And / heard she pushed him in, and he pulled her in after him,' said +Sandy man, the Hobbiton miller. + +'You shouldn't listen to all you hear, Sandyman,' said the Gaffer, who +did not much like the miller. 'There isn't no call to go talking of pushing +and pulling. Boats are quite tricky enough for those that sit still without +looking further for the cause of trouble. Anyway: there was this Mr. Frodo +left an orphan and stranded, as you might say, among those queer +Bucklanders, being brought up anyhow in Brandy Hall. A regular warren, by +all accounts. Old Master Gorbadoc never had fewer than a couple of hundred +relations in the place. Mr. Bilbo never did a kinder deed than when he +brought the lad back to live among decent folk. + +'But I reckon it was a nasty shock for those Sackville-Bagginses. They +thought they were going to get Bag End, that time when he went off and was +thought to be dead. And then he comes back and orders them off; and he goes +on living and living, and never looking a day older, bless him! And suddenly +he produces an heir, and has all the papers made out proper. The + + + + +Sackville-Bagginses won’t never see the inside of Bag End now, or it is to +be hoped not.' + +'There's a tidy bit of money tucked away up there, I hear tell,' said a +stranger, a visitor on business from Michel Delving in the Westfarthing. + +'All the top of your hill is full of tunnels packed with chests of gold and +silver, and jools, by what I've heard. ' + +'Then you've heard more than I can speak to,' answered the Gaffer. I +know nothing about jools. Mr. Bilbo is free with his money, and there seems +no lack of it; but I know of no tunnel -making. I saw Mr. Bilbo when he came +back, a matter of sixty years ago, when I was a lad. I'd not long come +prentice to old Holman (him being my dad's cousin), but he had me up at Bag +End helping him to keep folks from trampling and trapessing all over the +garden while the sale was on. And in the middle of it all Mr. Bilbo comes up +the Hill with a pony and some mighty big bags and a couple of chests. I +don't doubt they were mostly full of treasure he had picked up in foreign +parts, where there be mountains of gold, they say; but there wasn't enough +to fill tunnels. But my lad Sam will know more about that. He's in and out +of Bag End. Crazy about stories of the old days he is, and he listens to all +Mr. Bilbo's tales. Mr. Bilbo has learned him his letters - meaning no harm, +mark you, and I hope no harm will come of it. + +'Elves and Dragons' Isays to him. 'Cabbages and potatoes are better +for me and you. Don 't go getting mixed up in the business of your betters, +or you'll land in trouble too big for you, ' I says to him. And I might say +it to others,' he added with a look at the stranger and the miller. + +But the Gaffer did not convince his audience. The legend of Bilbo's +wealth was now too firmly fixed in the minds of the younger generation of +hobbits. + +'Ah, but he has likely enough been adding to what he brought at first,' +argued the miller, voicing common opinion. 'He's often away from home. And +look at the outlandish folk that visit him: dwarves coming at night, and +that old wandering conjuror, Gandalf, and all. You can say what you like, +Gaffer, but Bag End's a queer place, and its folk are queerer.' + +'And you can say what you like, about what you know no more of than you +do of boating, Mr. Sandyman,' retorted the Gaffer, disliking the miller even +more than usual. If that's being queer, then we could do with a bit more +queerness in these parts. There's some not far away that wouldn't offer a +pint of beer to a friend, if they lived in a hole with golden walls. But + + + + +they do things proper at Bag End. Our Sam says that everyone's going to be +invited to the party, and there’s going to be presents, mark you, presents +for all - this very month as is.' + +That very month was September, and as fine as you could ask. A day or +two later a rumour (probably started by the knowledgeable Sam) was spread +about that there were going to be fireworks - fireworks, what is more, such +as had not been seen in the Shire for nigh on a century, not indeed since +the Old Took died. + +Days passed and The Day drew nearer. An odd-looking waggon laden with +odd-looking packages rolled into Hobbiton one evening and toiled up the Hill +to Bag End. The startled hobbits peered out of lamplit doors to gape at it. + +It was driven by outlandish folk, singing strange songs: dwarves with long +beards and deep hoods. A few of them remained at Bag End. At the end of the +second week in September a cart came in through Bywater from the direction +of the Brandywine Bridge in broad daylight. An old man was driving it all +alone. He wore a tall pointed blue hat, a long grey cloak, and a silver +scarf. He had a long white beard and bushy eyebrows that stuck out beyond +the brim of his hat. Small hobbit-children ran after the cart all through +Hobbiton and right up the hill. It had a cargo of fireworks, as they rightly +guessed. At Bilbo's front door the old man began to unload: there were great +bundles of fireworks of all sorts and shapes, each labelled with a large red +G and the elf-rune, . + +That was Gandalf s mark, of course, and the old man was Gandalf the +Wizard, whose fame in the Shire was due mainly to his skill with fires, +smokes, and lights. His real business was far more difficult and dangerous, +but the Shire-folk knew nothing about it. To them he was just one of the +'attractions' at the Party. Hence the excitement of the hobbit-children. 'G +for Grand!' they shouted, and the old man smiled. They knew him by sight, +though he only appeared in Hobbiton occasionally and never stopped long; but +neither they nor any but the oldest of their elders had seen one of his +firework displays - they now belonged to the legendary past. + +When the old man, helped by Bilbo and some dwarves, had finished +unloading. Bilbo gave a few pennies away; but not a single squib or cracker +was forthcoming, to the disappointment of the onlookers. + +'Run away now!' said Gandalf. 'You will get plenty when the time +comes.' Then he disappeared inside with Bilbo, and the door was shut. The +young hobbits stared at the door in vain for a while, and then made off, + + + + +feeling that the day of the party would never come. + +Inside Bag End, Bilbo and Gandalf were sitting at the open window of a +small room looking out west on to the garden. The late afternoon was bright +and peaceful. The flowers glowed red and golden: snap-dragons and +sun-flowers, and nasturtiums trailing all over the turf walls and peeping in +at the round windows. + +'How bright your garden looks!' said Gandalf. + +'Yes,' said Bilbo. I am very fond indeed of it, and of all the dear old +Shire; but I think I need a holiday.' + +'You mean to go on with your plan then?' + +'I do. I made up my mind months ago, and I haven't changed it.' + +'Very well. It is no good saying any more. Stick to your plan - your +whole plan, mind - and I hope it will turn out for the best, for you, and +for all of us.' + +'I hope so. Anyway I mean to enjoy myself on Thursday, and have my +little joke.' + +'Who will laugh, I wonder?' said Gandalf, shaking his head. + +'We shall see,' said Bilbo. + +The next day more carts rolled up the Hill, and still more carts. There +might have been some grumbling about 'dealing locally', but that very week +orders began to pour out of Bag End for every kind of provision, commodity, +or luxury that could be obtained in Hobbiton or Bywater or anywhere in the +neighbourhood. People became enthusiastic; and they began to tick off the +days on the calendar; and they watched eagerly for the postman, hoping for +invitations. + +Before long the invitations began pouring out, and the Hobbiton +post-office was blocked, and the Bywater post-office was snowed under, and +voluntary assistant postmen were called for. There was a constant stream of +them going up the Hill, carrying hundreds of polite variations on Thank you, + +I shall certainly come. + +A notice appeared on the gate at Bag End: NO ADMITTANCE EXCEPT +ON PARTY + +BUSINESS. Even those who had, or pretended to have Party Business were +seldom allowed inside. Bilbo was busy: writing invitations, ticking off +answers, packing up presents, and making some private preparations of his +own. From the time of Gandalf s arrival he remained hidden from view. + +One morning the hobbits woke to find the large field, south of Bilbo's + + + + +front door, covered with ropes and poles for tents and pavilions. A special +entrance was cut into the bank leading to the road, and wide steps and a +large white gate were built there. The three hobbit-families of Bagshot Row, +adjoining the field, were intensely interested and generally envied. Old +Gaffer Gamgee stopped even pretending to work in his garden. + +The tents began to go up. There was a specially large pavilion, so big +that the tree that grew in the field was right inside it, and stood proudly +near one end, at the head of the chief table. Lanterns were hung on all its +branches. More promising still (to the hobbits’ mind): an enormous open-air +kitchen was erected in the north corner of the field. A draught of cooks, +from every inn and eating-house for miles around, arrived to supplement the +dwarves and other odd folk that were quartered at Bag End. Excitement rose +to its height. + +Then the weather clouded over. That was on Wednesday the eve of the +Party. Anxiety was intense. Then Thursday, September the 22nd, actually +dawned. The sun got up, the clouds vanished, flags were unfurled and the fun +began. + +Bilbo Baggins called it a party, but it was really a variety of +entertainments rolled into one. Practically everybody living near was +invited. A very few were overlooked by accident, but as they turned up all +the same, that did not matter. Many people from other parts of the Shire +were also asked; and there were even a few from outside the borders. Bilbo +met the guests (and additions) at the new white gate in person. Ele gave away +presents to all and sundry - the latter were those who went out again by a +back way and came in again by the gate. Hobbits give presents to other +people on their own birthdays. Not very expensive ones, as a rule, and not +so lavishly as on this occasion; but it was not a bad system. Actually in +Hobbiton and Bywater every day in the year it was somebody’s birthday, so +that every hobbit in those parts had a fair chance of at least one present +at least once a week. But they never got tired of them. + +On this occasion the presents were unusually good. The hobbit-children +were so excited that for a while they almost forgot about eating. There were +toys the like of which they had never seen before, all beautiful and some +obviously magical. Many of them had indeed been ordered a year before, and +had come all the way from the Mountain and from Dale, and were of real +dwarf-make. + +When every guest had been welcomed and was finally inside the gate, + + + + +there were songs, dances, music, games, and, of course, food and drink. +There were three official meals: lunch, tea, and dinner (or supper). But +lunch and tea were marked chiefly by the fact that at those times all the +guests were sitting down and eating together. At other times there were +merely lots of people eating and drinking - continuously from elevenses +until six-thirty, when the fireworks started. + +The fireworks were by Gandalf: they were not only brought by him, but +designed and made by him; and the special effects, set pieces, and flights +of rockets were let off by him. But there was also a generous distribution +of squibs, crackers, backarappers, sparklers, torches, dwarf-candles, +elf-fountains, goblin -barkers and thunder -claps. They were all superb. The +art of Gandalf improved with age. + +There were rockets like a flight of scintillating birds singing with +sweet voices. There were green trees with trunks of dark smoke: their leaves +opened like a whole spring unfolding in a moment, and their shining branches +dropped glowing flowers down upon the astonished hobbits, disappearing with +a sweet scent just before they touched their upturned faces. There were +fountains of butterflies that flew glittering into the trees; there were +pillars of coloured fires that rose and turned into eagles, or sailing +ships, or a phalanx of flying swans; there was a red thunderstorm and a +shower of yellow rain; there was a forest of silver spears that sprang +suddenly into the air with a yell like an embattled army, and came down +again into the Water with a hiss like a hundred hot snakes. And there was +also one last surprise, in honour of Bilbo, and it startled the hobbits +exceedingly, as Gandalf intended. The lights went out. A great smoke went +up. It shaped itself like a mountain seen in the distance, and began to glow +at the summit. It spouted green and scarlet flames. Out flew a red -golden +dragon - not life-size, but terribly life-like: fire came from his jaws, his +eyes glared down; there was a roar, and he whizzed three times over the +heads of the crowd. They all ducked, and many fell flat on their faces. The +dragon passed like an express train, turned a somersault, and burst over +Bywater with a deafening explosion. + +That is the signal for supper!' said Bilbo. The pain and alarm +vanished at once, and the prostrate hobbits leaped to their feet. There was +a splendid supper for everyone; for everyone, that is, except those invited +to the special family dinner-party. This was held in the great pavilion with +the tree. The invitations were limited to twelve dozen (a number also called + + + + +by the hobbits one Gross, though the word was not considered proper to use +of people); and the guests were selected from all the families to which +Bilbo and Frodo were related, with the addition of a few special unrelated +friends (such as Gandalf). Many young hobbits were included, and present by +parental permission; for hobbits were easy-going with their children in the +matter of sitting up late, especially when there was a chance of getting +them a free meal. Bringing up young hobbits took a lot of provender. + +There were many Bagginses and Boffins, and also many Tooks and +Brandybucks; there were various Grubbs (relations of Bilbo Baggins' +grandmother), and various Chubbs (connexions of his Took grandfather); and +selection of Burrowses, Bolgers, Bracegirdles, Brockhouses, Goodbodies, +Hornblowers and Proudfoots. Some of these were only very distantly +connected + +with Bilbo, and some of them had hardly ever been in Hobbiton before, as +they lived in remote corners of the Shire. The Sackville-Bagginses were not +forgotten. Otho and his wife Lobelia were present. They disliked Bilbo and +detested Frodo, but so magnificent was the invitation card, written in +golden ink, that they had felt it was impossible to refuse. Besides, their +cousin, Bilbo, had been specializing in food for many years and his table +had a high reputation. + +All the one hundred and forty-four guests expected a pleasant feast; +though they rather dreaded the after-dinner speech of their host (an +inevitable item). Fie was liable to drag in bits of what he called poetry; +and sometimes, after a glass or two, would allude to the absurd adventures +of his mysterious journey. The guests were not disappointed: they had a very +pleasant feast, in fact an engrossing entertainment: rich, abundant, varied, +and prolonged. The purchase of provisions fell almost to nothing throughout +the district in the ensuing weeks; but as Bilbo's catering had depleted the +stocks of most stores, cellars and warehouses for miles around, that did not +matter much. + +After the feast (more or less) came the Speech. Most of the company +were, however, now in a tolerant mood, at that delightful stage which they +called ’filling up the corners’. They were sipping their favourite drinks, +and nibbling at their favourite dainties, and their fears were forgotten. + +They were prepared to listen to anything, and to cheer at every full stop. + +My dear People, began Bilbo, rising in his place. ’Flear! Flear! Hear!’ +they shouted, and kept on repeating it in chorus, seeming reluctant to + + + + +follow their own advice. Bilbo left his place and went and stood on a chair +under the illuminated tree. The light of the lanterns fell on his beaming +face; the golden buttons shone on his embroidered silk waistcoat. They could +all see him standing, waving one hand in the air, the other was in his +trouser -pocket. + +My dear Bagginses and Boffins, he began again; and my dear Tooks and +Brandybucks, and Grubbs, and Chubbs, and Burrowses, and Hornblowers, +and + +Bolgers, Bracegirdles, Goodbodies, Brockhouses and Proudfoots. + +'ProudFEET!' + +shouted an elderly hobbit from the back of the pavilion. His name, of +course, was Proudfoot, and well merited; his feet were large, exceptionally +furry, and both were on the table. + +Proudfoots, repeated Bilbo. Also my good Sackville-Bagginses that I +welcome back at last to Bag End. Today is my one hundred and eleventh +birthday: I am eleventy -one today!' Hurray! Hurray! Many Happy Returns!' +they shouted, and they hammered joyously on the tables. Bilbo was doing +splendidly. This was the sort of stuff they liked: short and obvious. + +I hope you are all enjoying yourselves as much as I am. Deafening +cheers. Cries of Yes (and No). Noises of trumpets and horns, pipes and +flutes, and other musical instruments. There were, as has been said, many +young hobbits present. Hundreds of musical crackers had been pulled. Most of +them bore the mark DALE on them; which did not convey much to most of +the + +hobbits, but they all agreed they were marvellous crackers. They contained +instruments, small, but of perfect make and enchanting tones. Indeed, in one +corner some of the young Tooks and Brandybucks, supposing Uncle Bilbo to +have finished (since he had plainly said all that was necessary), now got up +an impromptu orchestra, and began a merry dance-tune. Master Everard Took +and Miss Melilot Brandybuck got on a table and with bells in their hands +began to dance the Springle-ring: a pretty dance, but rather vigorous. + +But Bilbo had not finished. Seizing a horn from a youngster near by, he +blew three loud hoots. The noise subsided. / shall not keep you long, he +cried. Cheers from all the assembly. / have called you all together for a +Purpose. Something in the way that he said this made an impression. There +was almost silence, and one or two of the Tooks pricked up their ears. + +Indeed, for Three Purposes! First of all, to tell you that I am + + + + +immensely fond of you all, and that eleventy-one years is too short a time +to live among such excellent and admirable hobbits. Tremendous outburst of +approval. + +/ don 't know half of you half as well as I should like; and I like less +than half of you half as well as you deserve. This was unexpected and rather +difficult. There was some scattered clapping, but most of them were trying +to work it out and see if it came to a compliment. + +Secondly, to celebrate my birthday. Cheers again. I should say: OUR +birthday. For it is, of course, also the birthday of my heir and nephew, + +Frodo. He comes of age and into his inheritance today. Some perfunctory +clapping by the elders; and some loud shouts of ’Frodo! Frodo! Jolly old +Frodo,' from the juniors. The Sackville-Bagginses scowled, and wondered what +was meant by 'coming into his inheritance'. Together we score one hundred +and forty-four. Your numbers were chosen to fit this remarkable total: One +Gross, if I may use the expression. No cheers. This was ridiculous. Many of +his guests, and especially the Sackville-Bagginses, were insulted, feeling +sure they had only been asked to fill up the required number, like goods in +a package. 'One Gross, indeed! Vulgar expression.' + +It is also, if I may be allowed to refer to ancient history, the +anniversary of my arrival by barrel at Esgaroth on the Long Lake; though the +fact that it was my birthday slipped my memory on that occasion. I was only +fifty-one then, and birthdays did not seem so important. The banquet was +very splendid, however, though I had a bad cold at the time, I remember, and +could only say 'thagyou very buch'. I now repeat it more correctly: Thank +you very much for coming to my little party. Obstinate silence. They all +feared that a song or some poetry was now imminent; and they were getting +bored. Why couldn't he stop talking and let them drink his health? But Bilbo +did not sing or recite. Fie paused for a moment. + +Thirdly and finally, he said, I wish to make an ANNOUNCEMENT. Fie +spoke + +this last word so loudly and suddenly that everyone sat up who still could. + +I regret to announce that - though, as I said, eleventy-one years is far too +short a time to spend among you - this is the END. I am going. I am leaving +NOW. GOOD-BYE 7 + +He stepped down and vanished. There was a blinding flash of light, and +the guests all blinked. When they opened their eyes Bilbo was nowhere to be +seen. One hundred and forty-four flabbergasted hobbits sat back speechless. + + + + +Old Odo Proudfoot removed his feet from the table and stamped. Then there +was a dead silence, until suddenly, after several deep breaths, every +Baggins, Boffin, Took, Brandybuck, Grubb, Chubb, Burrows, Bolger, +Bracegirdle, Brockhouse, Goodbody, Hornblower, and Proudfoot began to +talk + +at once. + +It was generally agreed that the joke was in very bad taste, and more +food and drink were needed to cure the guests of shock and annoyance. 'He's +mad. I always said so,' was probably the most popular comment. Even the +Tooks (with a few exceptions) thought Bilbo’s behaviour was absurd. For the +moment most of them took it for granted that his disappearance was nothing +more than a ridiculous prank. + +But old Rory Brandybuck was not so sure. Neither age nor an enormous +dinner had clouded his wits, and he said to his daughter-in-law, Esmeralda: +'There's something fishy in this, my dear! I believe that mad Baggins is off +again. Silly old fool. But why worry? He hasn't taken the vittles with him.' + +He called loudly to Frodo to send the wine round again. + +Frodo was the only one present who had said nothing. For some time he +had sat silent beside Bilbo's empty chair, and ignored all remarks and +questions. He had enjoyed the joke, of course, even though he had been in +the know. He had difficulty in keeping from laughter at the indignant +surprise of the guests. But at the same time he felt deeply troubled: he +realized suddenly that he loved the old hobbit dearly. Most of the guests +went on eating and drinking and discussing Bilbo Baggins' oddities, past and +present; but the Sackville-Bagginses had already departed in wrath. Frodo +did not want to have any more to do with the party. He gave orders for more +wine to be served; then he got up and drained his own glass silently to the +health of Bilbo, and slipped out of the pavilion. + +As for Bilbo Baggins, even while he was making his speech, he had been +fingering the golden ring in his pocket: his magic ring that he had kept +secret for so many years. As he stepped down he slipped it on his finger, +and he was never seen by any hobbit in Hobbiton again. + +He walked briskly back to his hole, and stood for a moment listening +with a smile to the din in the pavilion and to the sounds of merrymaking in +other parts of the field. Then he went in. He took off his party clothes, +folded up and wrapped in tissue-paper his embroidered silk waistcoat, and +put it away. Then he put on quickly some old untidy garments, and fastened + + + + +round his waist a worn leather belt. On it he hung a short sword in a +battered black-leather scabbard. From a locked drawer, smelling of +moth-balls, he took out an old cloak and hood. They had been locked up as if +they were very precious, but they were so patched and weatherstained that +their original colour could hardly be guessed: it might have been dark +green. They were rather too large for him. He then went into his study, and +from a large strong-box took out a bundle wrapped in old cloths, and a +leather -bound manuscript; and also a large bulky envelope. The book and +bundle he stuffed into the top of a heavy bag that was standing there, +already nearly full. Into the envelope he slipped his golden ring, and its +fine chain, and then sealed it, and addressed it to Frodo. At first he put +it on the mantelpiece, but suddenly he removed it and stuck it in his +pocket. At that moment the door opened and Gandalf came quickly in. + +'Hullo!' said Bilbo. 'I wondered if you would turn up.' + +'I am glad to find you visible,' replied the wizard, sitting down in a +chair, 'I wanted to catch you and have a few final words. I suppose you feel +that everything has gone off splendidly and according to plan?' + +'Yes, I do,' said Bilbo. "Though that flash was surprising: it quite +startled me, let alone the others. A little addition of your own, I +suppose?' + +It was. You have wisely kept that ring secret all these years, and it +seemed to me necessary to give your guests something else that would seem to +explain your sudden vanishment.' + +'And would spoil my joke. You are an interfering old busybody,' laughed +Bilbo, 'but I expect you know best, as usual.' + +'I do - when I know anything. But I don't feel too sure about this +whole affair. It has now come to the final point. You have had your joke, +and alarmed or offended most of your relations, and given the whole Shire +something to talk about for nine days, or ninety-nine more likely. Are you +going any further?' + +'Yes, I am. I feel I need a holiday, a very long holiday, as I have +told you before. Probably a permanent holiday: I don't expect I shall +return. In fact, I don't mean to, and I have made all arrangements. + +'I am old, Gandalf. I don't look it, but I am beginning to feel it in +my heart of hearts. Well-preserved indeed!' he snorted. 'Why, I feel all +thin, sort of stretched, if you know what I mean: like butter that has been +scraped over too much bread. That can't be right. I need a change, or + + + + +something.' + +Gandalf looked curiously and closely at him. 'No, it does not seem +right,' he said thoughtfully. 'No, after all I believe your plan is probably +the best.' + +'Well, I've made up my mind, anyway. I want to see mountains again, +Gandalf, mountains, and then find somewhere where I can rest. In peace and +quiet, without a lot of relatives prying around, and a string of confounded +visitors hanging on the bell. I might find somewhere where I can finish my +book. I have thought of a nice ending for it: and he lived happily ever +after to the end of his days. ' + +Gandalf laughed. I hope he will. But nobody will read the book, however +it ends.' + +'Oh, they may, in years to come. Frodo has read some already, as far as +it has gone. You'll keep an eye on Frodo, won't you?' + +'Yes, I will - two eyes, as often as I can spare them.' + +'He would come with me, of course, if I asked him. In fact he offered +to once, just before the party. But he does not really want to, yet. I want +to see the wild country again before I die, and the Mountains; but he is +still in love with the Shire, with woods and fields and little rivers. He +ought to be comfortable here. I am leaving everything to him, of course, +except a few oddments. I hope he will be happy, when he gets used to being +on his own. It's time he was his own master now.' + +'Everything?' said Gandalf. 'The ring as well? You agreed to that, you +remember.' + +'Well, er, yes, I suppose so,' stammered Bilbo. + +'Where is it?' + +'In an envelope, if you must know,' said Bilbo impatiently. 'There on +the mantelpiece. Well, no! Here it is in my pocket!' He hesitated. 'Isn't +that odd now?' he said softly to himself. 'Yet after all, why not? Why +shouldn't it stay there?' + +Gandalf looked again very hard at Bilbo, and there was a gleam in his +eyes. 'I think, Bilbo,' he said quietly, 'I should leave it behind. Don't +you want to?' + +'Well yes - and no. Now it comes to it, I don't like parting with it at +all, I may say. And I don't really see why I should. Why do you want me to?' +he asked, and a curious change came over his voice. It was sharp with + + + + +suspicion and annoyance. 'You are always badgering me about my ring; but +you + +have never bothered me about the other things that I got on my journey.' + +'No, but I had to badger you,' said Gandalf. 'I wanted the truth. It +was important. Magic rings are - well, magical; and they are rare and +curious. I was professionally interested in your ring, you may say; and I +still am. I should like to know where it is, if you go wandering again. Also +I think you have had it quite long enough. You won't need it any more. +Bilbo, unless I am quite mistaken.' + +Bilbo flushed, and there was an angry light in his eyes. His kindly +face grew hard. 'Why not?' he cried. 'And what business is it of yours, +anyway, to know what I do with my own things? It is my own. I found it. It +came to me.' + +'Yes, yes,' said Gandalf. 'But there is no need to get angry.' + +'If I am it is your fault,' said Bilbo. 'It is mine, I tell you. My +own. My precious. Yes, my precious.' + +The wizard's face remained grave and attentive, and only a flicker in +his deep eyes showed that he was startled and indeed alarmed. 'It has been +called that before,' he said, 'but not by you.' + +'But I say it now. And why not? Even if Gollum said the same once. It's +not his now, but mine. And I shall keep it, I say.' + +Gandalf stood up. He spoke sternly. 'You will be a fool if you do. + +Bilbo,' he said. 'You make that clearer with every word you say. It has got +far too much hold on you. Let it go! And then you can go yourself, and be +free.' + +'I'll do as I choose and go as I please,' said Bilbo obstinately. + +'Now, now, my dear hobbit! ' said Gandalf. 'All your long life we have +been friends, and you owe me something. Come! Do as you promised: give it +up! ' + +'Well, if you want my ring yourself, say so!' cried Bilbo. 'But you +won't get it. I won't give my precious away, I tell you.' His hand strayed +to the hilt of his small sword. + +Gandalf s eyes flashed. It will be my turn to get angry soon,' he said. + +If you say that again, I shall. Then you will see Gandalf the Grey +uncloaked.' He took a step towards the hobbit, and he seemed to grow tall +and menacing; his shadow filled the little room. + +Bilbo backed away to the wall, breathing hard, his hand clutching at + + + + +his pocket. They stood for a while facing one another, and the air of the +room tingled. Gandalf s eyes remained bent on the hobbit. Slowly his hands +relaxed, and he began to tremble. + +'I don’t know what has come over you, Gandalf,' he said. 'You have +never been like this before. What is it all about? It is mine isn't it? I +found it, and Gollum would have killed me, if I hadn't kept it. I'm not a +thief, whatever he said.' + +'I have never called you one,' Gandalf answered. 'And I am not one +either. I am not trying to rob you, but to help you. I wish you would trust +me, as you used.' He turned away, and the shadow passed. He seemed to +dwindle again to an old grey man, bent and troubled. + +Bilbo drew his hand over his eyes. I am sorry,' he said. 'But I felt so +queer. And yet it would be a relief in a way not to be bothered with it any +more. It has been so growing on my mind lately. Sometimes I have felt it was +like an eye looking at me. And I am always wanting to put it on and +disappear, don't you know; or wondering if it is safe, and pulling it out to +make sure. I tried locking it up, but I found I couldn't rest without it in +my pocket. I don't know why. And I don't seem able to make up my mind.' + +'Then trust mine,' said Gandalf. 'It is quite made up. Go away and +leave it behind. Stop possessing it. Give it to Frodo, and I will look after +him.' + +Bilbo stood for a moment tense and undecided. Presently he sighed. 'All +right,' he said with an effort. I will.' Then he shrugged his shoulders, and +smiled rather ruefully. 'After all that's what this party business was all +about, really: to give away lots of birthday presents, and somehow make it +easier to give it away at the same time. It hasn't made it any easier in the +end, but it would be a pity to waste all my preparations. It would quite +spoil the joke.' + +'Indeed it would take away the only point I ever saw in the affair,' +said Gandalf. + +'Very well,' said Bilbo, 'it goes to Frodo with all the rest.' He drew +a deep breath. 'And now I really must be starting, or somebody else will +catch me. I have said good-bye, and I couldn't bear to do it all over +again.' He picked up his bag and moved to the door. + +'You have still got the ring in your pocket,' said the wizard. 'Well, +so I have!' cried Bilbo. 'And my will and all the other documents too. You +had better take it and deliver it for me. That will be safest.' + + + + +'No, don’t give the ring to me,' said Gandalf. 'Put it on the +mantelpiece. It will be safe enough there, till Frodo comes. I shall wait +for him.' + +Bilbo took out the envelope, but just as he was about to set it by the +clock, his hand jerked back, and the packet fell on the floor. Before he +could pick it up, the wizard stooped and seized it and set it in its place. + +A spasm of anger passed swiftly over the hobbit's face again. Suddenly it +gave way to a look of relief and a laugh. 'Well, that's that,' he said. 'Now +I'm off!' + +They went out into the hall. Bilbo chose his favourite stick from the +stand; then he whistled. Three dwarves came out of different rooms where +they had been busy. + +'Is everything ready?' asked Bilbo. 'Everything packed and labelled?' + +'Everything,' they answered. + +'Well, let's start then!' He stepped out of the front-door. + +It was a fine night, and the black sky was dotted with stars. He looked +up, sniffing the air. 'What fun! What fun to be off again, off on the Road +with dwarves ! This is what I have really been longing for, for years ! +Good-bye! ' he said, looking at his old home and bowing to the door. +'Good-bye, Gandalf!' + +'Good-bye, for the present, Bilbo. Take care of yourself! You are old +enough, and perhaps wise enough.' + +'Take care! I don't care. Don't you worry about me! I am as happy now +as I have ever been, and that is saying a great deal. But the time has come. + +I am being swept off my feet at last,' he added, and then in a low voice, as +if to himself, he sang softly in the dark: + +The Road goes ever on and on + +Down from the door where it began. + +Now far ahead the Road has gone, + +And I must follow, if I can, + +Pursuing it with eager feet, + +Until it joins some larger way + +Where many paths and errands meet. + +And whither then? I cannot say. + +He paused, silent for a moment. Then without another word he turned +away from the lights and voices in the fields and tents, and followed by his +three companions went round into his garden, and trotted down the long + + + + +sloping path. He jumped over a low place in the hedge at the bottom, and +took to the meadows, passing into the night like a rustle of wind in the +grass. + +Gandalf remained for a while staring after him into the darkness. +’Goodbye, my dear Bilbo - until our next meeting!' he said softly and went +back indoors. + +Frodo came in soon afterwards, and found him sitting in the dark, deep +in thought. 'Has he gone?' he asked. + +'Yes,' answered Gandalf, 'he has gone at last.' + +' I wish - 1 mean, I hoped until this evening that it was only a joke,' +said Frodo. 'But I knew in my heart that he really meant to go. He always +used to joke about serious things. I wish I had come back sooner, just to +see him off.' + +I think really he preferred slipping off quietly in the end,' said +Gandalf. 'Don't be too troubled. He'll be all right - now. He left a packet +for you. There it is!' + +Frodo took the envelope from the mantelpiece, and glanced at it, but +did not open it. + +'You'll find his will and all the other documents in there, I think,' +said the wizard. 'You are the master of Bag End now. And also, I fancy, +you'll find a golden ring.' + +'The ring!' exclaimed Frodo. 'Has he left me that? I wonder why. Still, +it may be useful.' + +'It may, and it may not,' said Gandalf. 'I should not make use of it, +if I were you. But keep it secret, and keep it safe! Now I am going to bed.' + +As master of Bag End Frodo felt it his painful duty to say good-bye to +the guests. Rumours of strange events had by now spread all over the field, +but Frodo would only say no doubt everything will be cleared up in the +morning. About midnight carriages came for the important folk. One by one +they rolled away, filled with full but very unsatisfied hobbits. Gardeners +came by arrangement, and removed in wheel-barrows those that had +inadvertently remained behind. + +Night slowly passed. The sun rose. The hobbits rose rather later. +Morning went on. People came and began (by orders) to clear away the +pavilions and the tables and the chairs, and the spoons and knives and +bottles and plates, and the lanterns, and the flowering shrubs in boxes, and +the crumbs and cracker -paper, the forgotten bags and gloves and + + + + +handkerchiefs, and the uneaten food (a very small item). Then a number of +other people came (without orders): Bagginses, and Boffins, and Bolgers, and +Tooks, and other guests that lived or were staying near. By mid-day, when +even the best-fed were out and about again, there was a large crowd at Bag +End, uninvited but not unexpected. + +Frodo was waiting on the step, smiling, but looking rather tired and +worried. He welcomed all the callers, but he had not much more to say than +before. His reply to all inquiries was simply this: 'Mr. Bilbo Baggins has +gone away; as far as I know, for good.' Some of the visitors he invited to +come inside, as Bilbo had left 'messages' for them. + +Inside in the hall there was piled a large assortment of packages and +parcels and small articles of furniture. On every item there was a label +tied. There were several labels of this sort: + +For ADELARD TOOK, for his VERY OWN, from Bilbo, on an umbrella. +Adelard + +had carried off many unlabelled ones. + +For DORA BAGGINS in memory of a LONG correspondence, with love +from + +Bilbo, on a large waste-paper basket. Dora was Drogo's sister and the eldest +surviving female relative of Bilbo and Frodo; she was ninety-nine, and had +written reams of good advice for more than half a century. + +For MILO BURROWS, hoping it will be useful, from B.B., on a gold pen +and ink-bottle. Milo never answered letters. + +For ANGELICA'S use, from Uncle Bilbo, on a round convex mirror. She +was + +a young Baggins, and too obviously considered her face shapely. + +For the collection of HUGO BRACEGIRDLE, from a contributor, on an +(empty) book -case. Hugo was a great borrower of books, and worse than usual +at returning them. + +For LOBELIA SACKVILLE-BAGGINS, as a PRESENT, on a case of +silver + +spoons. Bilbo believed that she had acquired a good many of his spoons, +while he was away on his former journey. Fobelia knew that quite well. When +she arrived later in the day, she took the point at once, but she also took +the spoons. + +This is only a small selection of the assembled presents. Bilbo's +residence had got rather cluttered up with things in the course of his long + + + + +life. It was a tendency of hobbit-holes to get cluttered up: for which the +custom of giving so many birthday-presents was largely responsible. Not, of +course, that the birthday-presents were always new, there were one or two +old mathoms of forgotten uses that had circulated all around the district; +but Bilbo had usually given new presents, and kept those that he received. +The old hole was now being cleared a little. + +Every one of the various parting gifts had labels, written out +personally by Bilbo, and several had some point, or some joke. But, of +course, most of the things were given where they would be wanted and +welcome. The poorer hobbits, and especially those of Bagshot Row, did very +well. Old Gaffer Gamgee got two sacks of potatoes, a new spade, a woollen +waistcoat, and a bottle of ointment for creaking joints. Old Rory +Brandybuck, in return for much hospitality, got a dozen bottles of Old +Winyards: a strong red wine from the Southfarthing, and now quite mature, as +it had been laid down by Bilbo's father. Rory quite forgave Bilbo, and voted +him a capital fellow after the first bottle. + +There was plenty of everything left for Frodo. And, of course, all the +chief treasures, as well as the books, pictures, and more than enough +furniture, were left in his possession. There was, however, no sign nor +mention of money or jewellery: not a penny -piece or a glass bead was given +away. + +Frodo had a very trying time that afternoon. A false rumour that the +whole household was being distributed free spread like wildfire; and before +long the place was packed with people who had no business there, but could +not be kept out. Fabels got torn off and mixed, and quarrels broke out. Some +people tried to do swaps and deals in the hall; and others tried to make off +with minor items not addressed to them, or with anything that seemed +unwanted or unwatched. The road to the gate was blocked with barrows and +handcarts. + +In the middle of the commotion the Sackville-Bagginses arrived. Frodo +had retired for a while and left his friend Merry Brandybuck to keep an eye +on things. When Otho loudly demanded to see Frodo, Merry bowed politely. + +'He is indisposed,' he said. 'He is resting.' + +'Hiding, you mean,' said Fobelia. 'Anyway we want to see him and we +mean to see him. Just go and tell him so!' + +Merry left them a long while in the hall, and they had time to discover +their parting gift of spoons. It did not improve their tempers. Eventually + + + + +they were shown into the study. Frodo was sitting at a table with a lot of +papers in front of him. He looked indisposed - to see Sackville-Bagginses at +any rate; and he stood up, fidgeting with something in his pocket. But he +spoke quite politely. + +The Sackville-Bagginses were rather offensive. They began by offering +him bad bargain-prices (as between friends) for various valuable and +unlabelled things. When Frodo replied that only the things specially +directed by Bilbo were being given away, they said the whole affair was very +fishy. + +'Only one thing is clear to me,' said Otho, 'and that is that you are +doing exceedingly well out of it. I insist on seeing the will.' + +Otho would have been Bilbo's heir, but for the adoption of Frodo. He +read the will carefully and snorted. It was, unfortunately, very clear and +correct (according to the legal customs of hobbits, which demand among other +things seven signatures of witnesses in red ink). + +'Foiled again!' he said to his wife. 'And after waiting sixty years. + +Spoons? Fiddlesticks!' He snapped his fingers under Frodo's nose and slumped +off. But Lobelia was not so easily got rid of. A little later Frodo came out +of the study to see how things were going on and found her still about the +place, investigating nooks and comers and tapping the floors. He escorted +her firmly off the premises, after he had relieved her of several small (but +rather valuable) articles that had somehow fallen inside her umbrella. Her +face looked as if she was in the throes of thinking out a really crushing +parting remark; but all she found to say, turning round on the step, was: + +'You'll live to regret it, young fellow! Why didn't you go too? You +don't belong here; you're no Baggins - you - you're a Brandybuck!' + +'Did you hear that, Merry? That was an insult, if you like,' said Frodo +as he shut the door on her. + +'It was a compliment,' said Merry Brandybuck, 'and so, of course, not +true.' + +Then they went round the hole, and evicted three young hobbits (two +Boffins and a Bolger) who were knocking holes in the walls of one of the +cellars. Frodo also had a tussle with young Sancho Proudfoot (old Odo +Proudfoot's grandson), who had begun an excavation in the larger pantry, +where he thought there was an echo. The legend of Bilbo's gold excited both +curiosity and hope; for legendary gold (mysteriously obtained, if not +positively ill-gotten), is, as every one knows, any one's for the finding + + + + +-unless the search is interrupted. + +When he had overcome Sancho and pushed him out, Frodo collapsed on +chair in the hall. It's time to close the shop, Merry,' he said. 'Lock the +door, and don’t open it to anyone today, not even if they bring a battering +ram.’ Then he went to revive himself with a belated cup of tea. + +He had hardly sat down, when there came a soft knock at the front-door. +'Lobelia again most likely,' he thought. 'She must have thought of something +really nasty, and have come back again to say it. It can wait.' + +He went on with his tea. The knock was repeated, much louder, but he +took no notice. Suddenly the wizard's head appeared at the window. + +'If you don't let me in, Frodo, I shall blow your door right down your +hole and out through the hill,' he said. + +'My dear Gandalf! Half a minute!' cried Frodo, running out of the room +to the door. 'Come in! Come in! I thought it was Lobelia.' + +'Then I forgive you. But I saw her some time ago, driving a pony-trap +towards Bywater with a face that would have curdled new milk.' + +'She had already nearly curdled me. Honestly, I nearly tried on Bilbo's +ring. I longed to disappear.' + +'Don't do that!' said Gandalf, sitting down. 'Do be careful of that +ring, Frodo ! In fact, it is partly about that that I have come to say a last +word.' + +'Well, what about it?' + +'What do you know already?' + +'Only what Bilbo told me. I have heard his story: how he found it, and +how he used it: on his journey, I mean.' + +'Which story, I wonder,' said Gandalf. + +'Oh, not what he told the dwarves and put in his book,' said Frodo. 'He +told me the true story soon after I came to live here. He said you had +pestered him till he told you, so I had better know too. "No secrets between +us, Frodo," he said; "but they are not to go any further. It's mine +anyway.'" + +'That's interesting,' said Gandalf. 'Well, what did you think of it +all?' + +'If you mean, inventing all that about a "present", well, I thought the +true story much more likely, and I couldn't see the point of altering it at +all. It was very unlike Bilbo to do so, anyway; and I thought it rather +odd.' + + + + +'So did I. But odd things may happen to people that have such treasures +- if they use them. Let it be a warning to you to be very careful with it. + +It may have other powers than just making you vanish when you wish to.' + +'I don't understand,' said Frodo. + +'Neither do I,' answered the wizard. 'I have merely begun to wonder +about the ring, especially since last night. No need to worry. But if you +take my advice you will use it very seldom, or not at all. At least I beg +you not to use it in any way that will cause talk or rouse suspicion. I say +again: keep it safe, and keep it secret!' + +'You are very mysterious! What are you afraid of?' + +'I am not certain, so I will say no more. I may be able to tell you +something when I come back. I am going off at once: so this is good-bye for +the present.' He got up. + +'At once!' cried Frodo. 'Why, I thought you were staying on for at +least a week. I was looking forward to your help.' + +'I did mean to - but I have had to change my mind. I may be away for a +good while; but I'll come and see you again, as soon as I can. Expect me +when you see me! I shall slip in quietly. I shan't often be visiting the +Shire openly again. I find that I have become rather unpopular. They say I +am a nuisance and a disturber of the peace. Some people are actually +accusing me of spiriting Bilbo away, or worse. If you want to know, there is +supposed to be a plot between you and me to get hold of his wealth.' + +'Some people!' exclaimed Frodo. 'You mean Otho and Lobelia. How +abominable! I would give them Bag End and everything else, if I could get +Bilbo back and go off tramping in the country with him. I love the Shire. +But I begin to wish, somehow, that I had gone too. I wonder if I shall ever +see him again.' + +'So do I,' said Gandalf. 'And I wonder many other things. Good-bye now! +Take care of yourself! Lookout for me, especially at unlikely times ! +Good-bye!' + +Frodo saw him to the door. He gave a final wave of his hand, and walked +off at a surprising pace; but Frodo thought the old wizard looked unusually +bent, almost as if he was carrying a great weight. The evening was closing +in, and his cloaked figure quickly vanished into the twilight. Frodo did not +see him again for a long time. + + + + +Chapter 2 . The Shadow of the Past + + + +The talk did not die down in nine or even ninety -nine days. The second +disappearance of Mr. Bilbo Baggins was discussed in Hobbiton, and indeed all +over the Shire, for a year and a day, and was remembered much longer than +that. It became a fireside -story for young hobbits; and eventually Mad +Baggins, who used to vanish with a bang and a flash and reappear with bags +of jewels and gold, became a favourite character of legend and lived on long +after all the true events were forgotten. + +But in the meantime, the general opinion in the neighbourhood was that +Bilbo, who had always been rather cracked, had at last gone quite mad, and +had run off into the Blue. There he had undoubtedly fallen into a pool or a +river and come to a tragic, but hardly an untimely, end. The blame was +mostly laid on Gandalf. + +'If only that dratted wizard will leave young Frodo alone, perhaps +he'll settle down and grow some hobbit-sense,' they said. And to all +appearance the wizard did leave Frodo alone, and he did settle down, but the +growth of hobbit-sense was not very noticeable. Indeed, he at once began to +carry on Bilbo's reputation for oddity. He refused to go into mourning; and +the next year he gave a party in honour of Bilbo's hundred-and-twelfth +birthday, which he called Hundred-weight Feast. But that was short of the +mark, for twenty guests were invited and there were several meals at which +it snowed food and rained drink, as hobbits say. + +Some people were rather shocked; but Frodo kept up the custom of giving +Bilbo's Birthday Party year after year until they got used to it. He said +that he did not think Bilbo was dead. When they asked: 'Where is he then?' +he shrugged his shoulders. + +He lived alone, as Bilbo had done; but he had a good many friends, +especially among the younger hobbits (mostly descendants of the Old Took) +who had as children been fond of Bilbo and often in and out of Bag End. +Folco Boffin and Fredegar Bolger were two of these; but his closest friends +were Peregrin Took (usually called Pippin), and Merry Brandybuck (his real +name was Meriadoc, but that was seldom remembered). Frodo went tramping +all + +over the Shire with them; but more often he wandered by himself, and to the +amazement of sensible folk he was sometimes seen far from home walking in + + + + +the hills and woods under the starlight. Merry and Pippin suspected that he +visited the Elves at times, as Bilbo had done. + +As time went on, people began to notice that Frodo also showed signs of +good ’preservation': outwardly he retained the appearance of a robust and +energetic hobbit just out of his tweens. ’Some folk have all the luck,’ they +said; but it was not until Frodo approached the usually more sober age of +fifty that they began to think it queer. + +Frodo himself, after the first shock, found that being his own master +and the Mr. Baggins of Bag End was rather pleasant. For some years he was +quite happy and did not worry much about the future. But half unknown to +himself the regret that he had not gone with Bilbo was steadily growing. He +found himself wondering at times, especially in the autumn, about the wild +lands, and strange visions of mountains that he had never seen came into his +dreams. He began to say to himself: 'Perhaps I shall cross the River myself +one day.' To which the other half of his mind always replied: 'Not yet.' + +So it went on, until his forties were running out, and his fiftieth +birthday was drawing near: fifty was a number that he felt was somehow +significant (or ominous); it was at any rate at that age that adventure had +suddenly befallen Bilbo. Frodo began to feel restless, and the old paths +seemed too well-trodden. He looked at maps, and wondered what lay beyond +their edges: maps made in the Shire showed mostly white spaces beyond its +borders. He took to wandering further afield and more often by himself; and +Merry and his other friends watched him anxiously. Often he was seen walking +and talking with the strange wayfarers that began at this time to appear in +the Shire. + +There were rumours of strange things happening in the world outside; +and as Gandalf had not at that time appeared or sent any message for several +years, Frodo gathered all the news he could. Elves, who seldom walked in the +Shire, could now be seen passing westward through the woods in the evening, +passing and not returning; but they were leaving Middle-earth and were no +longer concerned with its troubles. There were, however, dwarves on the road +in unusual numbers. The ancient East -West Road ran through the Shire to its +end at the Grey Havens, and dwarves had always used it on their way to their +mines in the Blue Mountains. They were the hobbits' chief source of news +from distant parts - if they wanted any: as a rule dwarves said little and +hobbits asked no more. But now Frodo often met strange dwarves of far +countries, seeking refuge in the West. They were troubled, and some spoke in + + + + +whispers of the Enemy and of the Land of Mordor. + +That name the hobbits only knew in legends of the dark past, like a +shadow in the background of their memories; but it was ominous and +disquieting. It seemed that the evil power in Mirkwood had been driven out +by the White Council only to reappear in greater strength in the old +strongholds of Mordor. The Dark Tower had been rebuilt, it was said. From +there the power was spreading far and wide, and away far east and south +there were wars and growing fear. Ores were multiplying again in the +mountains. Trolls were abroad, no longer dull-witted, but cunning and armed +with dreadful weapons. And there were murmured hints of creatures more +terrible than all these, but they had no name. + +Little of all this, of course, reached the ears of ordinary hobbits. + +But even the deafest and most stay-at-home began to hear queer tales; and +those whose business took them to the borders saw strange things. The +conversation in The Green Dragon at Bywater, one evening in the spring of +Frodo's fiftieth year, showed that even in the comfortable heart of the +Shire rumours had been heard, though most hobbits still laughed at them. + +Sam Gamgee was sitting in one corner near the fire, and opposite him +was Ted Sandyman, the miller's son; and there were various other rustic +hobbits listening to their talk. + +’Queer things you do hear these days, to be sure,' said Sam. + +'Ah,' said Ted, 'you do, if you listen. But I can hear fireside-tales +and children's stories at home, if I want to.' + +'No doubt you can,' retorted Sam, 'and I daresay there's more truth in +some of them than you reckon. Who invented the stories anyway? Take +dragons +now.' + +'No thank 'ee,' said Ted, 'I won't. I heard tell of them when I was a +youngster, but there's no call to believe in them now. There's only one +Dragon in By water, and that's Green,' he said, getting a general laugh. + +'All right,' said Sam, laughing with the rest. 'But what about these +Tree-men, these giants, as you might call them? They do say that one bigger +than a tree was seen up away beyond the North Moors not long back.' + +'Who's theyT + +'My cousin Hal for one. He works for Mr. Boffin at Overhill and goes up +to the Northfarthing for the hunting. He saw one.' + +'Says he did, perhaps. Your Hal's always saying he's seen things; and + + + + +maybe he sees things that ain't there.' + +'But this one was as big as an elm tree, and walking - walking seven +yards to a stride, if it was an inch.' + +'Then I bet it wasn't an inch. What he saw was an elm tree, as like as +not.' + +'But this one was walking, I tell you; and there ain't no elm tree on +the North Moors.' + +'Then Hal can't have seen one,' said Ted. There was some laughing and +clapping: the audience seemed to think that Ted had scored a point. + +'All the same,' said Sam, 'you can't deny that others besides our +Halfast have seen queer folk crossing the Shire - crossing it, mind you: +there are more that are turned back at the borders. The Bounders have never +been so busy before. + +'And I've heard tell that Elves are moving west. They do say they are +going to the harbours, out away beyond the White Towers.' Sam waved his +arm + +vaguely: neither he nor any of them knew how far it was to the Sea, past the +old towers beyond the western borders of the Shire. But it was an old +tradition that away over there stood the Grey Havens, from which at times +elven-ships set sail, never to return. + +'They are sailing, sailing, sailing over the Sea, they are going into +the West and leaving us,' said Sam, half chanting the words, shaking his +head sadly and solemnly. But Ted laughed. + +'Well, that isn't anything new, if you believe the old tales. And I +don't see what it matters to me or you. Let them sail! But I warrant you +haven't seen them doing it; nor any one else in the Shire.' + +'Well I don't know,' said Sam thoughtfully. He believed he had once +seen an Elf in the woods, and still hoped to see more one day. Of all the +legends that he had heard in his early years such fragments of tales and +half-remembered stories about the Elves as the hobbits knew, had always +moved him most deeply. 'There are some, even in these parts, as know the +Fair Folk and get news of them,' he said. 'There's Mr. Baggins now, that I +work for. He told me that they were sailing and he knows a bit about Elves. +And old Mr. Bilbo knew more: many's the talk I had with him when I was a +little lad.' + +'Oh, they're both cracked,' said Ted. 'Leastways old Bilbo was cracked, +and Frodo's cracking. If that's where you get your news from, you'll never + + + + +want for moonshine. Well, friends, I'm off home. Your good health!' He +drained his mug and went out noisily. + +Sam sat silent and said no more. He had a good deal to think about. For +one thing, there was a lot to do up in the Bag End garden, and he would have +a busy day tomorrow, if the weather cleared. The grass was growing fast. But +Sam had more on his mind than gardening. After a while he sighed, and got up +and went out. + +It was early April and the sky was now clearing after heavy rain. The +sun was down, and a cool pale evening was quietly fading into night. He +walked home under the early stars through Hobbiton and up the Hill, +whistling softly and thoughtfully. + +It was just at this time that Gandalf reappeared after his long +absence. For three years after the Party he had been away. Then he paid +Frodo a brief visit, and after taking a good look at him he went off again. +During the next year or two he had turned up fairly often, coming +unexpectedly after dusk, and going off without warning before sunrise. He +would not discuss his own business and journeys, and seemed chiefly +interested in small news about Frodo's health and doings. + +Then suddenly his visits had ceased. It was over nine years since Frodo +had seen or heard of him, and he had begun to think that the wizard would +never return and had given up all interest in hobbits. But that evening, as +Sam was walking home and twilight was fading, there came the once familiar +tap on the study window. + +Frodo welcomed his old friend with surprise and great delight. They +looked hard at one another. + +’Ah well eh?' said Gandalf. 'You look the same as ever, Frodo!' + +'So do you,' Frodo replied; but secretly he thought that Gandalf looked +older and more careworn. He pressed him for news of himself and of the wide +world, and soon they were deep in talk, and they stayed up far into the +night. + +Next morning after a late breakfast, the wizard was sitting with Frodo +by the open window of the study. A bright fire was on the hearth, but the +sun was warm, and the wind was in the South. Everything looked fresh, and +the new green of Spring was shimmering in the fields and on the tips of the +trees' fingers. + +Gandalf was thinking of a spring, nearly eighty years before, when +Bilbo had run out of Bag End without a handkerchief. His hair was perhaps + + + + +whiter than it had been then, and his beard and eyebrows were perhaps +longer, and his face more lined with care and wisdom; but his eyes were as +bright as ever, and he smoked and blew smoke -rings with the same vigour and +delight. + +He was smoking now in silence, for Frodo was sitting still, deep in +thought. Even in the light of morning he felt the dark shadow of the tidings +that Gandalf had brought. At last he broke the silence. + +'Last night you began to tell me strange things about my ring, + +Gandalf,' he said. 'And then you stopped, because you said that such matters +were best left until daylight. Don't you think you had better finish now? + +You say the ring is dangerous, far more dangerous than I guess. In what +way?' + +'In many ways,' answered the wizard. It is far more powerful than I +ever dared to think at first, so powerful that in the end it would utterly +overcome anyone of mortal race who possessed it. It would possess him. + +'In Eregion long ago many Elven-rings were made, magic rings as you +call them, and they were, of course, of various kinds: some more potent and +some less. The lesser rings were only essays in the craft before it was +full-grown, and to the Elven-smiths they were but trifles - yet still to my +mind dangerous for mortals. But the Great Rings, the Rings of Power, they +were perilous. + +'A mortal, Frodo, who keeps one of the Great Rings, does not die, but +he does not grow or obtain more life, he merely continues, until at last +every minute is a weariness. And if he often uses the Ring to make himself +invisible, he fades: he becomes in the end invisible permanently, and walks +in the twilight under the eye of the dark power that rules the Rings. Yes, +sooner or later - later, if he is strong or well-meaning to begin with, but +neither strength nor good purpose will last - sooner or later the dark power +will devour him.' + +'How terrifying!' said Frodo. There was another long silence. The sound +of Sam Gamgee cutting the lawn came in from the garden. + +'How long have you known this?' asked Frodo at length. 'And how much +did Bilbo know?' + +'Bilbo knew no more than he told you, I am sure,' said Gandalf. 'He +would certainly never have passed on to you anything that he thought would +be a danger, even though I promised to look after you. He thought the ring +was very beautiful, and very useful at need; and if anything was wrong or + + + + +queer, it was himself. He said that it was "growing on his mind", and he was +always worrying about it; but he did not suspect that the ring itself was to +blame. Though he had found out that the thing needed looking after; it did +not seem always of the same size or weight; it shrank or expanded in an odd +way, and might suddenly slip off a finger where it had been tight.' + +'Yes, he warned me of that in his last letter,' said Frodo, 'so I have +always kept it on its chain.' + +'Very wise,' said Gandalf. 'But as for his long life, Bilbo never +connected it with the ring at all. He took all the credit for that to +himself, and he was very proud of it. Though he was getting restless and +uneasy. Thin and stretched he said. A sign that the ring was getting +control.' + +'How long have you known all this?' asked Frodo again. + +'Known?' said Gandalf. 'I have known much that only the Wise know, +Frodo. But if you mean "known about this ring", well, I still do not know, +one might say. There is a last test to make. But I no longer doubt my guess. + +'When did I first begin to guess?' he mused, searching back in memory. + +'Let me see - it was in the year that the White Council drove the dark power +from Mirkwood, just before the Battle of Five Armies, that Bilbo found his +ring. A shadow fell on my heart then, though I did not know yet what I +feared. I wondered often how Gollum came by a Great Ring, as plainly it was +- that at least was clear from the first. Then I heard Bilbo's strange story +of how he had "won" it, and I could not believe it. When I at last got the +truth out of him, I saw at once that he had been trying to put his claim to +the ring beyond doubt. Much like Gollum with his "birthday present". The +lies were too much alike for my comfort. Clearly the ring had an unwholesome +power that set to work on its keeper at once. That was the first real +warning I had that all was not well. I told Bilbo often that such rings were +better left unused; but he resented it, and soon got angry. There was little +else that I could do. I could not take it from him without doing greater +harm; and I had no right to do so anyway. I could only watch and wait. I +might perhaps have consulted Saruman the White, but something always held +me +back.' + +'Who is he?' asked Frodo. I have never heard of him before.' + +'Maybe not,' answered Gandalf. 'Hobbits are, or were, no concern of +his. Yet he is great among the Wise. He is the chief of my order and the + + + + +head of the Council. His knowledge is deep, but his pride has grown with it, +and he takes ill any meddling. The lore of the Elven-rings, great and small, +is his province. He has long studied it, seeking the lost secrets of their +making; but when the Rings were debated in the Council, all that he would +reveal to us of his ring-lore told against my fears. So my doubt slept - but +uneasily. Still I watched and I waited. + +'And all seemed well with Bilbo. And the years passed. Yes, they +passed, and they seemed not to touch him. He showed no signs of age. The +shadow fell on me again. But I said to myself: "After all he comes of a +long-lived family on his mother's side. There is time yet. Wait!" + +'And I waited. Until that night when he left this house. He said and +did things then that filled me with a fear that no words of Saruman could +allay. I knew at last that something dark and deadly was at work. And I have +spent most of the years since then in finding out the truth of it.' + +'There wasn't any permanent harm done, was there?' asked Frodo +anxiously. 'He would get all right in time, wouldn't he? Be able to rest in +peace, I mean?' + +'He felt better at once,' said Gandalf. 'But there is only one Power in +this world that knows all about the Rings and their effects; and as far as I +know there is no Power in the world that knows all about hobbits. Among the +Wise I am the only one that goes in for hobbit-lore: an obscure branch of +knowledge, but full of surprises. Soft as butter they can be, and yet +sometimes as tough as old tree-roots. I think it likely that some would +resist the Rings far longer than most of the Wise would believe. I don't +think you need worry about Bilbo. + +'Of course, he possessed the ring for many years, and used it, so it +might take a long while for the influence to wear off - before it was safe +for him to see it again, for instance. Otherwise, he might live on for +years, quite happily: just stop as he was when he parted with it. For he +gave it up in the end of his own accord: an important point. No, I was not +troubled about dear Bilbo any more, once he had let the thing go. It is for +you that I feel responsible. + +'Ever since Bilbo left I have been deeply concerned about you, and +about all these charming, absurd, helpless hobbits. It would be a grievous +blow to the world, if the Dark Power overcame the Shire; if all your kind, +jolly, stupid Bolgers, Hornblowers, Boffins, Bracegirdles, and the rest, not +to mention the ridiculous Bagginses, became enslaved.' + + + + +Frodo shuddered. 'But why should we be?' he asked. 'And why should he +want such slaves?' + +'To tell you the truth,' replied Gandalf, 'I believe that hitherto - +hitherto, mark you - he has entirely overlooked the existence of hobbits. + +You should be thankful. But your safety has passed. He does not need you - +he has many more useful servants - but he won't forget you again. And +hobbits as miserable slaves would please him far more than hobbits happy and +free. There is such a thing as malice and revenge.' + +'Revenge?' said Frodo. 'Revenge for what? I still don't understand what +all this has to do with Bilbo and myself, and our ring.' + +'It has everything to do with it,' said Gandalf. 'You do not know the +real peril yet; but you shall. I was not sure of it myself when I was last +here; but the time has come to speak. Give me the ring for a moment.' + +Frodo took it from his breeches-pocket, where it was clasped to a chain +that hung from his belt. He unfastened it and handed it slowly to the +wizard. It felt suddenly very heavy, as if either it or Frodo himself was in +some way reluctant for Gandalf to touch it. + +Gandalf held it up. It looked to be made of pure and solid gold. 'Can +you see any markings on it?' he asked. + +'No,' said Frodo. 'There are none. It is quite plain, and it never +shows a scratch or sign of wear.' + +'Well then, look!' To Frodo's astonishment and distress the wizard +threw it suddenly into the middle of a glowing corner of the fire. Frodo +gave a cry and groped for the tongs; but Gandalf held him back. + +'Wait!' he said in a commanding voice, giving Frodo a quick look from +under his bristling brows. + +No apparent change came over the ring. After a while Gandalf got up, +closed the shutters outside the window, and drew the curtains. The room +became dark and silent, though the clack of Sam's shears, now nearer to the +windows, could still be heard faintly from the garden. For a moment the +wizard stood looking at the fire; then he stooped and removed the ring to +the hearth with the tongs, and at once picked it up. Frodo gasped. + +It is quite cool,' said Gandalf. 'Take it!' Frodo received it on his +shrinking palm: it seemed to have become thicker and heavier than ever. + +'Hold it up!' said Gandalf. 'And look closely!' + +As Frodo did so, he now saw fine lines, finer than the finest +pen-strokes, running along the ring, outside and inside: lines of fire that + + + + +seemed to form the letters of a flowing script. They shone piercingly +bright, and yet remote, as if out of a great depth. + +I cannot read the fiery letters,' said Frodo in a quavering voice. + +'No,' said Gandalf, 'but I can. The letters are Elvish, of an ancient +mode, but the language is that of Mordor, which I will not utter here. But +this in the Common Tongue is what is said, close enough: + +One Ring to rule them all, One Ring to find them, + +One Ring to bring them all and in the darkness bind them. + +It is only two lines of a verse long known in Elven-lore: + +Three Rings for the Elven-kings under the sky, + +Seven for the Dwarf-lords in their halls of stone, + +Nine for Mortal Men doomed to die, + +One for the Dark Lord on his dark throne +In the Land of Mordor where the Shadows lie. + +One Ring to rule them all. One Ring to find them, + +One Ring to bring them all and in the darkness bind them +In the Land of Mordor where the Shadows lie. ' + +He paused, and then said slowly in a deep voice: 'This is the +Master -ring, the One Ring to rule them all. This is the One Ring that he +lost many ages ago, to the great weakening of his power. He greatly desires +it - but he must not get it.' + +Frodo sat silent and motionless. Fear seemed to stretch out a vast +hand, like a dark cloud rising in the East and looming up to engulf him. +'This ring!' he stammered. 'How, how on earth did it come to me?' + +'Ah!' said Gandalf. 'That is a very long story. The beginnings lie back +in the Black Years, which only the lore-masters now remember. If I were to +tell you all that tale, we should still be sitting here when Spring had +passed into Winter. + +'But last night I told you of Sauron the Great, the Dark Lord. The +rumours that you have heard are true: he has indeed arisen again and left +his hold in Mirkwood and returned to his ancient fastness in the Dark Tower +of Mordor. That name even you hobbits have heard of, like a shadow on the +borders of old stories. Always after a defeat and a respite, the Shadow +takes another shape and grows again.' + +'I wish it need not have happened in my time,' said Frodo. + +'So do I,' said Gandalf, 'and so do all who live to see such times. But + + + + +that is not for them to decide. All we have to decide is what to do with the +time that is given, us. And already, Frodo, our time is beginning to look +black. The Enemy is fast becoming very strong. His plans are far from ripe, + +I think, but they are ripening. We shall be hard put to it. We should be +very hard put to it, even if it were not for this dreadful chance. + +'The Enemy still lacks one thing to give him strength and knowledge to +beat down all resistance, break the last defences, and cover all the lands +in a second darkness. He lacks the One Ring. + +'The Three, fairest of all, the Elf-lords hid from him, and his hand +never touched them or sullied them. Seven the Dwarf-kings possessed, but +three he has recovered, and the others the dragons have consumed. Nine he +gave to Mortal Men, proud and great, and so ensnared them. Long ago they +fell under the dominion of the One, and they became Ringwraiths, shadows +under his great Shadow, his most terrible servants. Long ago. It is many a +year since the Nine walked abroad. Yet who knows? As the Shadow grows +once + +more, they too may walk again. But come! We will not speak of such things +even in the morning of the Shire. + +'So it is now: the Nine he has gathered to himself; the Seven also, or +else they are destroyed. The Three are hidden still. But that no longer +troubles him. He only needs the One; for he made that Ring himself, it is +his, and he let a great part of his own former power pass into it, so that +he could rule all the others. If he recovers it, then he will command them +all again, wherever they be, even the Three, and all that has been wrought +with them will be laid bare, and he will be stronger than ever. + +'And this is the dreadful chance, Frodo. He believed that the One had +perished; that the Elves had destroyed it, as should have been done. But he +knows now that it has not perished, that it has been found. So he is seeking +it, seeking it, and all his thought is bent on it. It is his great hope and +our great fear.' + +'Why, why wasn't it destroyed?' cried Frodo. 'And how did the Enemy +ever come to lose it, if he was so strong, and it was so precious to him?' + +He clutched the Ring in his hand, as if he saw already dark fingers +stretching out to seize it. + +'It was taken from him,' said Gandalf. 'The strength of the Elves to +resist him was greater long ago; and not all Men were estranged from them. +The Men of Westernesse came to their aid. That is a chapter of ancient + + + + +history which it might be good to recall; for there was sorrow then too, and +gathering dark, but great valour, and great deeds that were not wholly vain. + +One day, perhaps, I will tell you all the tale, or you shall hear it told in +full by one who knows it best. + +'But for the moment, since most of all you need to know how this thing +came to you, and that will be tale enough, this is all that I will say. It +was Gil-galad, Elven-king and Elendil of Westernesse who overthrew Sauron, +though they themselves perished in the deed; and Isildur Elendil's son cut +the Ring from Sauron's hand and took it for his own. Then Sauron was +vanquished and his spirit fled and was hidden for long years, until his +shadow took shape again in Mirkwood. + +'But the Ring was lost. It fell into the Great River, Anduin, and +vanished. For Isildur was marching north along the east banks of the River, +and near the Gladden Fields he was waylaid by the Ores of the Mountains, and +almost all his folk were slain. He leaped into the waters, but the Ring +slipped from his finger as he swam, and then the Ores saw him and killed him +with arrows.' + +Gandalf paused. 'And there in the dark pools amid the Gladden Fields,' +he said, 'the Ring passed out of knowledge and legend; and even so much of +its history is known now only to a few, and the Council of the Wise could +discover no more. But at last I can carry on the story, I think. + +'Fong after, but still very long ago, there lived by the banks of the +Great River on the edge of Wilderland a clever -handed and quiet-footed +little people. I guess they were of hobbit -kind; akin to the fathers of the +fathers of the Stoors, for they loved the River, and often swam in it, or +made little boats of reeds. There was among them a family of high repute, +for it was large and wealthier than most, and it was ruled by a grandmother +of the folk, stern and wise in old lore, such as they had. The most +inquisitive and curious-minded of that family was called Smjagol. He was +interested in roots and beginnings; he dived into deep pools; he burrowed +under trees and growing plants; he tunnelled into green mounds; and he +ceased to look up at the hill-tops, or the leaves on trees, or the flowers +opening in the air: his head and his eyes were downward. + +'He had a friend called Djagol, of similar sort, sharper -eyed but not +so quick and strong. On a time they took a boat and went down to the Gladden +Fields, where there were great beds of iris and flowering reeds. There +Smjagol got out and went nosing about the banks but Deal sat in the boat and + + + + +fished. Suddenly a great fish took his hook, and before he knew where he +was, he was dragged out and down into the water, to the bottom. Then he let +go of his line, for he thought he saw something shining in the river-bed; +and holding his breath he grabbed at it. + +'Then up he came spluttering, with weeds in his hair and a handful of +mud; and he swam to the bank. And behold! when he washed the mud away, +there + +in his hand lay a beautiful golden ring; and it shone and glittered in the +sun, so that his heart was glad. But Smjagol had been watching him from +behind a tree, and as Deal gloated over the ring, Smjagol came softly up +behind. + +"'Give us that, Deal, my love," said Smjagol, over his friend's +shoulder. + +'"Why?" said Deal. + +' "Because it's my birthday, my love, and I wants it," said Smjagol. + +'"I don't care," said Deal. "I have given you a present already, more +than I could afford. I found this, and I'm going to keep it." + +' "Oh, are you indeed, my love," said Smjagol; and he caught Deal by +the throat and strangled him, because the gold looked so bright and +beautiful. Then he put the ring on his finger. + +'No one ever found out what had become of Deal; he was murdered far +from home, and his body was cunningly hidden. But Smjagol returned alone; +and he found that none of his family could see him, when he was wearing the +ring. He was very pleased with his discovery and he concealed it; and he +used it to find out secrets, and he put his knowledge to crooked and +malicious uses. He became sharp-eyed and keen-eared for all that was +hurtful. The ring had given him power according to his stature. It is not to +be wondered at that he became very unpopular and was shunned (when +visible) + +by all his relations. They kicked him, and he bit their feet. He took to +thieving, and going about muttering to himself, and gurgling in his throat. + +So they called him Gollum, and cursed him, and told him to go far away; and +his grandmother, desiring peace, expelled him from the family and turned him +out of her hole. + +'He wandered in loneliness, weeping a little for the hardness of the +world, and he journeyed up the River, till he came to a stream that flowed +down from the mountains, and he went that way. He caught fish in deep pools + + + + +with invisible fingers and ate them raw. One day it was very hot, and as he +was bending over a pool, he felt a burning on the back of his head) and a +dazzling light from the water pained his wet eyes. He wondered at it, for he +had almost forgotten about the Sun. Then for the last time he looked up and +shook his fist at her. + +'But as he lowered his eyes, he saw far above the tops of the Misty +Mountains, out of which the stream came. And he thought suddenly: "It would +be cool and shady under those mountains. The Sun could not watch me there. +The roots of those mountains must be roots indeed; there must be great +secrets buried there which have not been discovered since the beginning." + +’So he journeyed by night up into the highlands, and he found a little +cave out of which the dark stream ran; and he wormed his way like a maggot +into the heart of the hills, and vanished out of all knowledge. The Ring +went into the shadows with him, and even the maker, when his power had +begun + +to grow again, could learn nothing of it.' + +'Gollum!' cried Frodo. 'Gollum? Do you mean that this is the very +Gollum-creature that Bilbo met? How loathsome!' + +'I think it is a sad story,' said the wizard, 'and it might have +happened to others, even to some hobbits that I have known.' + +'I can't believe that Gollum was connected with hobbits, however +distantly,' said Frodo with some heat. 'What an abominable notion!' + +'It is true all the same,' replied Gandalf. 'About their origins, at +any rate, I know more than hobbits do themselves. And even Bilbo's story +suggests the kinship. There was a great deal in the background of their +minds and memories that was very similar. They understood one another +remarkably well, very much better than a hobbit would understand, say, a +Dwarf, or an Ore, or even an Elf. Think of the riddles they both knew, for +one thing.' + +'Yes,' said Frodo. 'Though other folks besides hobbits ask riddles, and +of much the same sort. And hobbits don't cheat. Gollum meant to cheat all +the time. He was just trying to put poor Bilbo off his guard. And I daresay +it amused his wickedness to start a game which might end in providing him +with an easy victim, but if he lost would not hurt him.' + +'Only too true, I fear,' said Gandalf. 'But there was something else in +it, I think, which you don't see yet. Even Gollum was not wholly ruined. He +had proved tougher than even one of the Wise would have guessed -as a hobbit + + + + +might. There was a little corner of his mind that was still his own, and +light came through it, as through a chink in the dark: light out of the +past. It was actually pleasant, I think, to hear a kindly voice again, +bringing up memories of wind, and trees, and sun on the grass, and such +forgotten things. + +'But that, of course, would only make the evil part of him angrier in +the end - unless it could be conquered. Unless it could be cured.' Gandalf +sighed. 'Alas! there is little hope of that for him. Yet not no hope. No, +not though he possessed the Ring so long, almost as far back as he can +remember. For it was long since he had worn it much: in the black darkness +it was seldom needed. Certainly he had never "faded". He is thin and tough +still. But the thing was eating up his mind, of course, and the torment had +become almost unbearable. + +'All the "great secrets" under the mountains had turned out to be just +empty night: there was nothing more to find out, nothing worth doing, only +nasty furtive eating and resentful remembering. He was altogether wretched. +He hated the dark, and he hated light more: he hated everything, and the +Ring most of all.' + +'What do you mean?' said Frodo. 'Surely the Ring was his precious and +the only thing he cared for? But if he hated it, why didn't he get rid of +it, or go away and leave it?' + +'You ought to begin to understand, Frodo, after all you have heard,' +said Gandalf. 'He hated it and loved it, as he hated and loved himself. He +could not get rid of it. He had no will left in the matter. + +'A Ring of Power looks after itself, Frodo. It may slip off +treacherously, but its keeper never abandons it. At most he plays with the +idea of handing it on to someone else's care - and that only at an early +stage, when it first begins to grip. But as far as I know Bilbo alone in +history has ever gone beyond playing, and really done it. He needed all my +help, too. And even so he would never have just forsaken it, or cast it +aside. It was not Gollum, Frodo, but the Ring itself that decided things. + +The Ring left him. ' + +'What, just in time to meet Bilbo?' said Frodo. 'Wouldn't an Ore have +suited it better?' + +'It is no laughing matter,' said Gandalf. 'Not for you. It was the +strangest event in the whole history of the Ring so far: Bilbo's arrival +just at that time, and putting his hand on it, blindly, in the dark. + + + + +'There was more than one power at work, Frodo. The Ring was trying to +get back to its master. It had slipped from Isildur's hand and betrayed him; +then when a chance came it caught poor Deal, and he was murdered; and after +that Gollum, and it had devoured him. It could make no further use of him: +he was too small and mean; and as long as it stayed with him he would never +leave his deep pool again. So now, when its master was awake once more and +sending out his dark thought from Mirkwood, it abandoned Gollum. Only to +be + +picked up by the most unlikely person imaginable: Bilbo from the Shire! + +'Behind that there was something else at work, beyond any design of the +Ring-maker. I can put it no plainer than by saying that Bilbo was meant to +find the Ring, and not by its maker. In which case you also were meant to +have it. And that maybe an encouraging thought.' + +It is not,' said Frodo. "Though I am not sure that I understand you. + +But how have you learned all this about the Ring, and about Gollum? Do you +really know it all, or are you just guessing still?' + +Gandalf looked at Frodo, and his eyes glinted. I knew much and I have +learned much,' he answered. 'But I am not going to give an account of all my +doings to you. The history of Elendil and Isildur and the One Ring is known +to all the Wise. Your ring is shown to be that One Ring by the fire- writing +alone, apart from any other evidence.' 'And when did you discover that?' +asked Frodo, interrupting. 'Just now in this room, of course,' answered the +wizard sharply. 'But I expected to find it. I have come back from dark +journeys and long search to make that final test. It is the last proof, and +all is now only too clear. Making out Gollum's part, and fitting it into the +gap in the history, required some thought. I may have started with guesses +about Gollum, but I am not guessing now. I know. I have seen him.' + +'You have seen Gollum?' exclaimed Frodo in amazement. + +'Yes. The obvious thing to do, of course, if one could. I tried long +ago; but I have managed it at last.' + +'Then what happened after Bilbo escaped from him? Do you know that?' + +'Not so clearly. What I have told you is what Gollum was willing to +tell - though not, of course, in the way I have reported it. Gollum is a +liar, and you have to sift his words. For instance, he called the Ring his +"birthday present", and he stuck to that. He said it came from his +grandmother, who had lots of beautiful things of that kind. A ridiculous +story. I have no doubt that Smjagol's grandmother was a matriarch, a great + + + + +person in her way, but to talk of her possessing many Elven-rings was +absurd, and as for giving them away, it was a lie. But a lie with a grain of +truth. + +'The murder of Deal haunted Gollum, and he had made up a defence, +repeating it to his "precious" over and over again, as he gnawed bones in +the dark, until he almost believed it. It was his birthday. Deal ought to +have given the ring to him. It had previously turned up just so as to be a +present. It was his birthday present, and so on, and on. + +I endured him as long as I could, but the truth was desperately +important, and in the end I had to be harsh. I put the fear of fire on him, +and wrung the true story out of him, bit by bit, together with much +snivelling and snarling. He thought he was misunderstood and ill-used. But +when he had at last told me his history, as far as the end of the +Riddle-game and Bilbo's escape, he would not say any more, except in dark +hints. Some other fear was on him greater than mine. He muttered that he was +going to gel his own back. People would see if he would stand being kicked, +and driven into a hole and then robbed. Gollum had good friends now, good +friends and very strong. They would help him. Baggins would pay for it. That +was his chief thought. He hated Bilbo and cursed his name. What is more, he +knew where he came from.' + +'But how did he find that out?' asked Frodo. + +'Well, as for the name, Bilbo very foolishly told Gollum himself; and +after that it would not be difficult to discover his country, once Gollum +came out. Oh yes, he came out. His longing for the Ring proved stronger than +his fear of the Ores, or even of the light. After a year or two he left the +mountains. You see, though still bound by desire of it, the Ring was no +longer devouring him; he began to revive a little. He felt old, terribly +old, yet less timid, and he was mortally hungry. + +'Light, light of Sun and Moon, he still feared and hated, and he always +will, I think; but he was cunning. He found he could hide from daylight and +moonshine, and make his way swiftly and softly by dead of night with his +pale cold eyes, and catch small frightened or unwary things. He grew +stronger and bolder with new food and new air. He found his way into +Mirkwood, as one would expect.' + +'Is that where you found him?' asked Frodo. + +'I saw him there,' answered Gandalf, 'but before that he had wandered +far, following Bilbo's trail. It was difficult to learn anything from him + + + + +for certain, for his talk was constantly interrupted by curses and threats. + +"What had it got in its pocketses?" he said. "It wouldn't say, no precious. + +Little cheat. Not a fair question. It cheated first, it did. It broke the +rules. We ought to have squeezed it, yes precious. And we will, precious!" + +’That is a sample of his talk. I don't suppose you want any more. I had +weary days of it. But from hints dropped among the snarls I even gathered +that his padding feet had taken him at last to Esgaroth, and even to the +streets of Dale, listening secretly and peering. Well, the news of the great +events went far and wide in Wilderland, and many had heard Bilbo's name and +knew where he came from. We had made no secret of our return journey to his +home in the West. Gollum's sharp ears would soon learn what he wanted.' + +'Then why didn't he track Bilbo further?' asked Frodo. 'Why didn't he +come to the Shire?' + +'Ah,' said Gandalf, 'now we come to it. I think Gollum tried to. He set +out and came back westward, as far as the Great River. But then he turned +aside. He was not daunted by the distance, I am sure. No, something else +drew him away. So my friends think, those that hunted him for me. + +'The Wood -elves tracked him first, an easy task for them, for his trail +was still fresh then. Through Mirkwood and back again it led them, though +they never caught him. The wood was full of the rumour of him, dreadful +tales even among beasts and birds. The Woodmen said that there was some +new + +terror abroad, a ghost that drank blood. It climbed trees to find nests; it +crept into holes to find the young; it slipped through windows to find +cradles. + +'But at the western edge of Mirkwood the trail turned away. It wandered +off southwards and passed out of the Wood-elves' ken, and was lost. And then +I made a great mistake. Yes, Frodo, and not the first; though I fear it may +prove the worst. I let the matter be. I let him go; for I had much else to +think of at that time, and I still trusted the lore of Saruman. + +'Well, that was years ago. I have paid for it since with many dark and +dangerous days. The trail was long cold when I took it up again, after Bilbo +left here. And my search would have been in vain, but for the help that I +had from a friend: Aragorn, the greatest traveller and huntsman of this age +of the world. Together we sought for Gollum down the whole length of +Wilderland, without hope, and without success. But at last, when I had given +up the chase and turned to other parts, Gollum was found. My friend returned + + + + +out of the great perils bringing the miserable creature with him. + +’What he had been doing he would not say. He only wept and called us +cruel, with many a gollum in his throat; and when we pressed him he whined +and cringed, and rubbed his long hands, licking his fingers as if they +pained him, as if he remembered some old torture. But I am afraid there is +no possible doubt: he had made his slow, sneaking way, step by step, mile by +mile, south, down at last to the Land of Mordor.' + +A heavy silence fell in the room. Frodo could hear his heart beating. + +Even outside everything seemed still. No sound of Sam's shears could now be +heard. + +’Yes, to Mordor,' said Gandalf. 'Alas! Mordor draws all wicked things, +and the Dark Power was bending all its will to gather them there. The Ring +of the Enemy would leave its mark, too, leave him open to the summons. And +all folk were whispering then of the new Shadow in the South, and its hatred +of the West. There were his fine new friends, who would help him in his +revenge ! + +'Wretched fool! In that land he would learn much, too much for his +comfort. And sooner or later as he lurked and pried on the borders he would +be caught, and taken - for examination. That was the way of it, I fear. When +he was found he had already been there long, and was on his way back. On +some errand of mischief. But that does not matter much now. His worst +mischief was done. + +'Yes, alas! through him the Enemy has learned that the One has been +found again. He knows where Isildur fell. He knows where Gollum found his +ring. He knows that it is a Great Ring, for it gave long life. He knows that +it is not one of the Three, for they have never been lost, and they endure +no evil. He knows that it is not one of the Seven, or the Nine, for they are +accounted for. He knows that it is the One. And he has at last heard, I +think, of hobbits and the Shire. + +'The Shire - he may be seeking for it now, if he has not already found +out where it lies. Indeed, Frodo, I fear that he may even think that the +long -unnoticed name of Baggins has become important.' + +'But this is terrible!' cried Frodo. 'Far worse than the worst that I +imagined from your hints and warnings. O Gandalf, best of friends, what am I +to do? For now I am really afraid. What am I to do? What a pity that Bilbo +did not stab that vile creature, when he had a chance!' + +'Pity? It was Pity that stayed his hand. Pity, and Mercy: not to strike + + + + +without need. And he has been well rewarded, Frodo. Be sure that he took so +little hurt from the evil, and escaped in the end, because he began his +ownership of the Ring so. With Pity.' + +'I am sorry,' said Frodo. 'But I am frightened; and I do not feel any +pity for Gollum.' + +'You have not seen him,' Gandalf broke in. + +'No, and I don't want to,' said Frodo. I can't understand you. Do you +mean to say that you, and the Elves, have let him live on after all those +horrible deeds? Now at any rate he is as bad as an Ore, and just an enemy. +He deserves death.' + +'Deserves it! I daresay he does. Many that live deserve death. And some +that die deserve life. Can you give it to them? Then do not be too eager to +deal out death in judgement. For even the very wise cannot see all ends. I +have not much hope that Gollum can be cured before he dies, but there is a +chance of it. And he is bound up with the fate of the Ring. My heart tells +me that he has some part to play yet, for good or ill, before the end; and +when that comes, the pity of Bilbo may rule the fate of many - yours not +least. In any case we did not kill him: he is very old and very wretched. + +The Wood-elves have him in prison, but they treat him with such kindness as +they can find in their wise hearts.' + +'All the same,' said Frodo, 'even if Bilbo could not kill Gollum, I +wish he had not kept the Ring. I wish he had never found it, and that I had +not got it! Why did you let me keep it? Why didn't you make me throw it +away, or, or destroy it?' + +'Let you? Make you?' said the wizard. 'Haven't you been listening to +all that I have said? You are not thinking of what you are saying. But as +for throwing it away, that was obviously wrong. These Rings have a way of +being found. In evil hands it might have done great evil. Worst of all, it +might have fallen into the hands of the Enemy. Indeed it certainly would; +for this is the One, and he is exerting all his power to find it or draw it +to himself. + +'Of course, my dear Frodo, it was dangerous for you; and that has +troubled me deeply. But there was so much at stake that I had to take some +risk - though even when I was far away there has never been a day when the +Shire has not been guarded by watchful eyes. As long as you never used it, I +did not think that the Ring would have any lasting effect on you, not for +evil, not at any rate for a very long time. And you must remember that nine + + + + +years ago, when I last saw you, I still knew little for certain.' + +'But why not destroy it, as you say should have been done long ago?' +cried Frodo again. If you had warned me, or even sent me a message, I would +have done away with it.' + +'Would you? How would you do that? Have you ever tried?' + +'No. But I suppose one could hammer it or melt it.' + +'Try!' said Gandalf. Try now!' + +Frodo drew the Ring out of his pocket again and looked at it. It now +appeared plain and smooth, without mark or device that he could see. The +gold looked very fair and pure, and Frodo thought how rich and beautiful was +its colour, how perfect was its roundness. It was an admirable thing and +altogether precious. When he took it out he had intended to fling it from +him into the very hottest part of the fire. But he found now that he could +not do so, not without a great struggle. He weighed the Ring in his hand, +hesitating, and forcing himself to remember all that Gandalf had told him; +and then with an effort of will he made a movement, as if to cast it away - +but he found that he had put it back in his pocket. + +Gandalf laughed grimly. 'You see? Already you too, Frodo, cannot easily +let it go, nor will to damage it. And I could not "make" you - except by +force, which would break your mind. But as for breaking the Ring, force is +useless. Even if you took it and struck it with a heavy sledge-hammer, it +would make no dint in it. It cannot be unmade by your hands, or by mine. + +'Your small fire, of course, would not melt even ordinary gold. This +Ring has already passed through it unscathed, and even unheated. But there +is no smith's forge in this Shire that could change it at all. Not even the +anvils and furnaces of the Dwarves could do that. It has been said that +dragon-fire could melt and consume the Rings of Power, but there is not now +any dragon left on earth in which the old fire is hot enough; nor was there +ever any dragon, not even Ancalagon the Black, who could have harmed the +One + +Ring, the Ruling Ring, for that was made by Sauron himself. There is only +one way: to find the Cracks of Doom in the depths of Orodruin, the +Fire-mountain, and cast the Ring in there, if you really wish to destroy it, +to put it beyond the grasp of the Enemy for ever.' + +'I do really wish to destroy it!' cried Frodo. 'Or, well, to have it +destroyed. I am not made for perilous quests. I wish I had never seen the +Ring ! Why did it come to me? Why was I chosen?' + + + + +’Such questions cannot be answered,' said Gandalf. 'You may be sure +that it was not for any merit that others do not possess: not for power or +wisdom, at any rate. But you have been chosen, and you must therefore use +such strength and heart and wits as you have.' + +'But I have so little of any of these things! You are wise and +powerful. Will you not take the Ring?' + +'No!' cried Gandalf, springing to his feet. 'With that power I should +have power too great and terrible. And over me the Ring would gain a power +still greater and more deadly.' His eyes flashed and his face was lit as by +a fire within. 'Do not tempt me! For I do not wish to become like the Dark +Lord himself. Yet the way of the Ring to my heart is by pity, pity for +weakness and the desire of strength to do good. Do not tempt me! I dare not +take it, not even to keep it safe, unused. The wish to wield it would be too +great, for my strength. I shall have such need of it. Great perils lie +before me.' + +He went to the window and drew aside the curtains and the shutters. +Sunlight streamed back again into the room. Sam passed along the path +outside whistling. 'And now,' said the wizard, turning back to Frodo, 'the +decision lies with you. But I will always help you.' He laid his hand on +Frodo's shoulder. 'I will help you bear this burden, as long as It is yours +to bear. But we must do something, soon. The Enemy is moving.' + +There was a long silence. Gandalf sat down again and puffed at his +pipe, as if lost in thought. His eyes seemed closed, but under the lids he +was watching Frodo intently. Frodo gazed fixedly at the red embers on the +hearth, until they filled all his vision, and he seemed to be looking down +into profound wells of fire. He was thinking of the fabled Cracks of Doom +and the terror of the Fiery Mountain. + +'Well!' said Gandalf at last. 'What are you thinking about? Have you +decided what to do?' + +'No!' answered Frodo, coming back to himself out of darkness, and +finding to his surprise that it was not dark, and that out of the window he +could see the sunlit garden. 'Or perhaps, yes. As far as I understand what +you have said, I suppose I must keep the Ring and guard it, at least for the +present, whatever it may do to me.' + +'Whatever it may do, it will be slow, slow to evil, if you keep it with +that purpose,' said Gandalf. + +'I hope so,' said Frodo. 'But I hope that you may find some other + + + + +better keeper soon. But in the meanwhile it seems that I am a danger, a +danger to all that live near me. I cannot keep the Ring and stay here. I +ought to leave Bag End, leave the Shire, leave everything and go away.’ He +sighed. + +'I should like to save the Shire, if I could - though there have been +times when I thought the inhabitants too stupid and dull for words, and have +felt that an earthquake or an invasion of dragons might be good for them. +But I don't feel like that now. I feel that as long as the Shire lies +behind, safe and comfortable, I shall find wandering more bearable: I shall +know that somewhere there is a firm foothold, even if my feet cannot stand +there again. + +'Of course, I have sometimes thought of going away, but I imagined that +as a kind of holiday, a series of adventures like Bilbo's or better, ending +in peace. But this would mean exile, a flight from danger into danger, +drawing it after me. And I suppose I must go alone, if I am to do that and +save the Shire. But I feel very small, and very uprooted, and well - +desperate. The Enemy is so strong and terrible.' + +He did not tell Gandalf, but as he was speaking a great desire to +follow Bilbo flamed up in his heart - to follow Bilbo, and even perhaps to +find him again. It was so strong that it overcame his fear: he could almost +have run out there and then down the road without his hat, as Bilbo had done +on a similar morning long ago. + +'My dear Frodo!' exclaimed Gandalf. 'Hobbits really are amazing +creatures, as I have said before. You can learn all that there is to know +about their ways in a month, and yet after a hundred years they can still +surprise you at a pinch. I hardly expected to get such an answer, not even +from you. But Bilbo made no mistake in choosing his heir, though he little +thought how important it would prove. I am afraid you are right. The Ring +will not be able to stay hidden in the Shire much longer; and for your own +sake, as well as for others, you will have to go, and leave the name of +Baggins behind you. That name will not be safe to have, outside the Shire or +in the Wild. I will give you a travelling name now. When you go, go as Mr. +Underhill. + +'But I don't think you need go alone. Not if you know of anyone you can +trust, and who would be willing to go by your side - and that you would be +willing to take into unknown perils. But if you look for a companion, be +careful in choosing! And be careful of what you say, even to your closest + + + + +friends! The enemy has many spies and many ways of hearing.' + +Suddenly he stopped as if listening. Frodo became aware that all was +very quiet, inside and outside. Gandalf crept to one side of the window. +Then with a dart he sprang to the sill, and thrust a long arm out and +downwards. There was a squawk, and up came Sam Gamgee's curly head +hauled by +one ear. + +'Well, well, bless my beard!' said Gandalf. 'Sam Gamgee is it? Now what +may you be doing?' + +'Lor bless you, Mr. Gandalf, sir!' said Sam. 'Nothing! Leastways I was +just trimming the grass-border under the window, if you follow me.' He +picked up his shears and exhibited them as evidence. + +'I don't,' said Gandalf grimly. It is some time since I last heard the +sound of your shears. How long have you been eavesdropping?' + +'Eavesdropping, sir? I don't follow you, begging your pardon. There +ain't no eaves at Bag End, and that's a fact.' + +'Don't be a fool! What have you heard, and why did you listen?' +Gandalf s eyes flashed and his brows stuck out like bristles. + +'Mr. Frodo, sir!' cried Sam quaking. 'Don't let him hurt me, sir! Don't +let him turn me into anything unnatural! My old dad would take on so. I +meant no harm, on my honour, sir!' + +'He won't hurt you,' said Frodo, hardly able to keep from laughing, +although he was himself startled and rather puzzled. 'He knows, as well as I +do, that you mean no harm. But just you up and answer his questions straight +away!' + +'Well, sir,' said Sam dithering a little. 'I heard a deal that I didn't +rightly understand, about an enemy, and rings, and Mr. Bilbo, sir, and +dragons, and a fiery mountain, and - and Elves, sir. I listened because I +couldn't help myself, if you know what I mean. Lor bless me, sir, but I do +love tales of that sort. And I believe them too, whatever Ted may say. +Elves, sir! I would dearly love to see them. Couldn't you take me to see +Elves, sir, when you go?' + +Suddenly Gandalf laughed. 'Come inside!' he shouted, and putting out +both his arms he lifted the astonished Sam, shears, grass-clippings and all, +right through the window and stood him on the floor. 'Take you to see Elves, +eh?' he said, eyeing Sam closely, but with a smile flickering on his face. + +'So you heard that Mr. Frodo is going away?' + + + + +'I did, sir. And that's why I choked: which you heard seemingly. I +tried not to, sir, but it burst out of me: I was so upset.' + +'It can't be helped, Sam,' said Frodo sadly. He had suddenly realized +that flying from the Shire would mean more painful partings than merely +saying farewell to the familiar comforts of Bag End. 'I shall have to go. +But' - and here he looked hard at Sam - 'if you really care about me, you +will keep that dead secret. See? If you don't, if you even breathe a word of +what you've heard here, then I hope Gandalf will turn you into a spotted +toad and fill the garden full of grass-snakes.' + +Sam fell on his knees, trembling. 'Get up, Sam!' said Gandalf. I have +thought of something better than that. Something to shut your mouth, and +punish you properly for listening. You shall go away with Mr. Frodo!' + +'Me, sir!' cried Sam, springing up like a dog invited for a walk. 'Me +go and see Elves and all! Hooray!' he shouted, and then burst into tears. + + + + +Chapter 3 . Three is Company + + + +'You ought to go quietly, and you ought to go soon,' said Gandalf. Two +or three weeks had passed, and still Frodo made no sign of getting ready to + +go- + +'I know. But it is difficult to do both,' he objected. If I just vanish +like Bilbo, the tale will be all over the Shire in no time.' + +'Of course you mustn't vanish!' said Gandalf. 'That wouldn't do at all! + +I said soon, not instantly. If you can think of any way of slipping out of +the Shire without its being generally known, it will be worth a little +delay. But you must not delay too long.' + +'What about the autumn, on or after Our Birthday?' asked Frodo. 'I +think I could probably make some arrangements by then.' + +To tell the truth, he was very reluctant to start, now that it had come +to the point. Bag End seemed a more desirable residence than it had for +years, and he wanted to savour as much as he could of his last summer in the +Shire. When autumn came, he knew that part at least of his heart would think +more kindly of journeying, as it always did at that season. He had indeed +privately made up his mind to leave on his fiftieth birthday: Bilbo's one +hundred and twenty-eighth. It seemed somehow the proper day on which to set +out and follow him. Following Bilbo was uppermost in his mind, and the one +thing that made the thought of leaving bearable. He thought as little as +possible about the Ring, and where it might lead him in the end. But he did +not tell all his thoughts to Gandalf. What the wizard guessed was always +difficult to tell. + +He looked at Frodo and smiled. 'Very well,' he said. 'I think that will +do - but it must not be any later. I am getting very anxious. In the +mean-while, do take care, and don't let out any hint of where you are going! +And see that Sam Gamgee does not talk. If he does, I really shall turn him +into a toad.' + +'As for where I am going,' said Frodo, 'it would be difficult to give +that away, for I have no clear idea myself, yet.' + +'Don't be absurd!' said Gandalf. 'I am not warning you against leaving +an address at the post-office! But you are leaving the Shire - and that +should not be known, until you are far away. And you must go, or at least + + + + +set out, either North, South, West or East - and the direction should +certainly not be known.' + +'I have been so taken up with the thoughts of leaving Bag End, and of +saying farewell, that I have never even considered the direction,' said +Frodo. 'For where am I to go? And by what shall I steer? What is to be my +quest? Bilbo went to find a treasure, there and back again; but I go to lose +one, and not return, as far as I can see.' + +'But you cannot see very far,' said Gandalf. 'Neither can I. It may be +your task to find the Cracks of Doom; but that quest may be for others: I do +not know. At any rate you are not ready for that long road yet.' + +'No indeed!' said Frodo. 'But in the meantime what course am I to +lake?' + +'Towards danger; but not too rashly, nor too straight,' answered the +wizard. 'If you want my advice, make for Rivendell. That journey should not +prove too perilous, though the Road is less easy than it was, and it will +grow worse as the year fails.' + +'Rivendell!' said Frodo. 'Very good: I will go east, and I will make +for Rivendell. I will take Sam to visit the Elves; he will be delighted.' He +spoke lightly; but his heart was moved suddenly with a desire to see the +house of Elrond Halfelven, and breathe the air of that deep valley where +many of the Fair Folk still dwelt in peace. + +One summer's evening an astonishing piece of news reached the Ivy Bush +and Green Dragon. Giants and other portents on the borders of the Shire were +forgotten for more important matters: Mr. Frodo was selling Bag End, indeed +he had already sold it - to the Sackville-Bagginses! + +'For a nice bit, loo,' said some. 'At a bargain price,' said others, + +'and that's more likely when Mistress Fobelia's the buyer.' (Otho had died +some years before, at the ripe but disappointed age of 102.) + +Just why Mr. Frodo was selling his beautiful hole was even more +debatable than the price. A few held the theory - supported by the nods and +hints of Mr. Baggins himself - that Frodo's money was running out: he was +going to leave Hobbiton and live in a quiet way on the proceeds of the sale +down in Buckland among his Brandybuck relations. 'As far from the +Sackville-Bagginses as may be,' some added. But so firmly fixed had the +notion of the immeasurable wealth of the Bagginses of Bag End become that +most found this hard to believe, harder than any other reason or unreason +that their fancy could suggest: to most it suggested a dark and yet + + + + +unrevealed plot by Gandalf. Though he kept himself very quiet and did not go +about by day, it was well known that he was 'hiding up in the Bag End'. But +however a removal might fit in with the designs of his wizardry, there was +no doubt about the fact: Frodo Baggins was going back to Buckland. + +'Yes, I shall be moving this autumn,' he said. 'Merry Brandybuck is +looking out for a nice little hole for me, or perhaps a small house.' + +As a matter of fact with Merry's help he had already chosen and bought +a little house at Crickhollow in the country beyond Bucklebury. To all but +Sam he pretended he was going to settle down there permanently. The decision +to set out eastwards had suggested the idea to him; for Buckland was on the +eastern borders of the Shire, and as he had lived there in childhood his +going back would at least seem credible. + +Gandalf stayed in the Shire for over two months. Then one evening, at +the end of June, soon after Frodo's plan had been finally arranged, he +suddenly announced that he was going off again next morning. 'Only for a +short while, I hope,' he said. 'But I am going down beyond the southern +borders to get some news, if I can. I have been idle longer than I should.' + +He spoke lightly, but it seemed to Frodo that he looked rather worried. + +'Has anything happened?' he asked. + +'Well no; but I have heard something that has made me anxious and needs +looking into. If I think it necessary after all for you to get off at once, + +I shall come back immediately, or at least send word. In the meanwhile stick +to your plan; but be more careful than ever, especially of the Ring. Fet me +impress on you once more: don't use it!' + +He went off at dawn. 'I may be back any day,' he said. 'At the very +latest I shall come back for the farewell party. I think after all you may +need my company on the Road.' + +At first Frodo was a good deal disturbed, and wondered often what +Gandalf could have heard; but his uneasiness wore off, and in the fine +weather he forgot his troubles for a while. The Shire had seldom seen so +fair a summer, or so rich an autumn: the trees were laden with apples, honey +was dripping in the combs, and the corn was tall and full. + +Autumn was well under way before Frodo began to worry about Gandalf +again. September was passing and there was still no news of him. The +Birthday, and the removal, drew nearer, and still he did not come, or send +word. Bag End began to be busy. Some of Frodo's friends came to stay and +help him with the packing: there was Fredegar Bolger and Folco Boffin, and + + + + +of course his special friends Pippin Took and Merry Brandybuck. Between +them + +they turned the whole place upside-down. + +On September 20th two covered carts went off laden to Buckland, +conveying the furniture and goods that Frodo had not sold to his new home, +by way of the Brandywine Bridge. The next day Frodo became really anxious, +and kept a constant look-out for Gandalf. Thursday, his birthday morning, +dawned as fair and clear as it had long ago for Bilbo's great party. Still +Gandalf did not appear. In the evening Frodo gave his farewell feast: it was +quite small, just a dinner for himself and his four helpers; but he was +troubled and fell in no mood for it. The thought that he would so soon have +to part with his young friends weighed on his heart. He wondered how he +would break it to them. + +The four younger hobbits were, however, in high spirits, and the party +soon became very cheerful in spite of Gandalf s absence. The dining-room was +bare except for a table and chairs, but the food was good, and there was +good wine: Frodo's wine had not been included in the sale to the +Sackville-Bagginses. + +’Whatever happens to the rest of my stuff, when the S.-B.s get their +claws on it, at any rate I have found a good home for this!' said Frodo, as +he drained his glass. It was the last drop of Old Winyards. + +When they had sung many songs, and talked of many things they had done +together, they toasted Bilbo's birthday, and they drank his health and +Frodo's together according to Frodo's custom. Then they went out for a sniff +of air, and glimpse of the stars, and then they went to bed. Frodo's party +was over, and Gandalf had not come. + +The next morning they were busy packing another cart with the remainder +of the luggage. Merry took charge of this, and drove off with Fatty (that is +Fredegar Bolger). 'Someone must get there and warm the house before you +arrive,' said Merry. 'Well, see you later - the day after tomorrow, if you +don't go to sleep on the way!' + +Folco went home after lunch, but Pippin remained behind. Frodo was +restless and anxious, listening in vain for a sound of Gandalf. He decided +to wait until nightfall. After that, if Gandalf wanted him urgently, he +would go to Crickhollow, and might even get there first. For Frodo was going +on foot. His plan - for pleasure and a last look at the Shire as much as any +other reason - was to walk from Hobbiton to Bucklebury Ferry, taking it + + + + +fairly easy. + +'I shall get myself a bit into training, too,' he said, looking at +himself in a dusty mirror in the half-empty hall. He had not done any +strenuous walking for a long time, and the reflection looked rather flabby, +he thought. + +After lunch, the Sackville-Bagginses, Lobelia and her sandy-haired son, +Lotho, turned up, much to Frodo's annoyance. 'Ours at last!' said Lobelia, +as she stepped inside. It was not polite; nor strictly true, for the sale of +Bag End did not take effect until midnight. But Lobelia can perhaps be +forgiven: she had been obliged to wait about seventy-seven years longer for +Bag End than she once hoped, and she was now a hundred years old. +Anyway, + +she had come to see that nothing she had paid for had been carried off; and +she wanted the keys. It took a long while to satisfy her, as she had brought +a complete inventory with her and went right through it. In the end she +departed with Lotho and the spare key and the promise that the other key +would be left at the Gamgees' in Bagshot Row. She snorted, and showed +plainly that she thought the Gamgees capable of plundering the hole during +the night. Frodo did not offer her any tea. + +He took his own tea with Pippin and Sam Gamgee in the kitchen. It had +been officially announced that Sam was coming to Buckland 'to do for Mr. +Frodo and look after his bit of garden'; an arrangement that was approved by +the Gaffer, though it did not console him for the prospect of having Lobelia +as a neighbour. + +'Our last meal at Bag End!' said Frodo, pushing back his chair. They +left the washing up for Lobelia. Pippin and Sam strapped up their three +packs and piled them in the porch. Pippin went out for a last stroll in the +garden. Sam disappeared. + +The sun went down. Bag End seemed sad and gloomy and dishevelled. +Frodo + +wandered round the familiar rooms, and saw the light of the sunset fade on +the walls, and shadows creep out of the corners. It grew slowly dark +indoors. He went out and walked down to the gate at the bottom of the path, +and then on a short way down the Hill Road. He half expected to see Gandalf +come striding up through the dusk. + +The sky was clear and the stars were growing bright. 'It's going to be +a fine night,' he said aloud. 'That's good for a beginning. I feel like + + + + +walking. I can't bear any more hanging about. I am going to start, and +Gandalf must follow me.' He turned to go back, and then slopped, for he +heard voices, just round the corner by the end of Bagshot Row. One voice was +certainly the old Gaffer's; the other was strange, and somehow unpleasant. + +He could not make out what it said, but he heard the Gaffer's answers, which +were rather shrill. The old man seemed put out. + +'No, Mr. Baggins has gone away. Went this morning, and my Sam went +with + +him: anyway all his stuff went. Yes, sold out and gone, I tell'ee. Why? +Why's none of my business, or yours. Where to? That ain't no secret. He's +moved to Bucklebury or some such place, away down yonder. Yes it is - a tidy +way. I've never been so far myself; they're queer folks in Buckland. No, I +can't give no message. Good night to you!' + +Footsteps went away down the Hill. Frodo wondered vaguely why the fact +that they did not come on up the Hill seemed a great relief. 'I am sick of +questions and curiosity about my doings, I suppose,' he thought. 'What an +inquisitive lot they all are!' He had half a mind to go and ask the Gaffer +who the inquirer was; but he thought better (or worse) of it, and turned and +walked quickly back to Bag End. + +Pippin was sitting on his pack in the porch. Sam was not there. Frodo +stepped inside the dark door. 'Sam!' he called. 'Sam! Time!' + +'Coming, sir!' came the answer from far within, followed soon by Sam +himself, wiping his mouth. He had been saying farewell to the beer -barrel in +the cellar. + +'All aboard, Sam?' said Frodo. + +'Yes, sir. I'll last for a bit now, sir.' + +Frodo shut and locked the round door, and gave the key to Sam. 'Run +down with this to your home, Sam!' he said. 'Then cut along the Row and meet +us as quick as you can at the gate in the lane beyond the meadows. We are +not going through the village tonight. Too many ears pricking and eyes +prying.' Sam ran off at full speed. + +'Well, now we're off at last!' said Frodo. They shouldered their packs +and took up their sticks, and walked round the corner to the west side of +Bag End. 'Good-bye!' said Frodo, looking at the dark blank windows. He +waved + +his hand, and then turned and (following Bilbo, if he had known it) hurried +after Peregrin down the garden-path. They jumped over the low place in the + + + + +hedge at the bottom and took to the fields, passing into the darkness like a +rustle in the grasses. + +At the bottom of the Hill on its western side they came to the gate +opening on to a narrow lane. There they halted and adjusted the straps of +their packs. Presently Sam appeared, trotting quickly and breathing hard; +his heavy pack was hoisted high on his shoulders, and he had put on his head +a tall shapeless fell bag, which he called a hat. In the gloom he looked +very much like a dwarf. + +'I am sure you have given me all the heaviest stuff,' said Frodo. 'I +pity snails, and all that carry their homes on their backs.' + +'I could take a lot more yet, sir. My packet is quite light,' said Sam +stoutly and untruthfully. + +'No, you don't, Sam!' said Pippin. 'It is good for him. He's got +nothing except what he ordered us to pack. He's been slack lately, and he'll +feel the weight less when he's walked off some of his own.' + +'Be kind to a poor old hobbit!' laughed Frodo. 'I shall be as thin as a +willow-wand, I'm sure, before I get to Buckland. But I was talking nonsense. + +I suspect you have taken more than your share, Sam, and I shall look into it +at our next packing.' He picked up his stick again. 'Well, we all like +walking in the dark,' he said, 'so let's put some miles behind us before +bed.' + +For a short way they followed the lane westwards. Then leaving it they +turned left and took quietly to the fields again. They went in single file +along hedgerows and the borders of coppices, and night fell dark about them. +In their dark cloaks they were as invisible as if they all had magic rings. + +Since they were all hobbits, and were trying to be silent, they made no +noise that even hobbits would hear. Even the wild things in the fields and +woods hardly noticed their passing. + +After some time they crossed the Water, west of Hobbiton, by a narrow +plank -bridge. The stream was there no more than a winding black ribbon, +bordered with leaning alder -trees. A mile or two further south they hastily +crossed the great road from the Brandywine Bridge; they were now in the +Tookland and bending south-eastwards they made for the Green Hill Country. +As they began to climb its first slopes they looked back and saw the lamps +in Hobbiton far off twinkling in the gentle valley of the Water. Soon it +disappeared in the folds of the darkened land, and was followed by By water +beside its grey pool. When the light of the last farm was far behind, + + + + +peeping among the trees, Frodo turned and waved a hand in farewell. + +'I wonder if I shall ever look down into that valley again,' he said +quietly. + +When they had walked for about three hours they rested. The night was +clear, cool, and starry, but smoke-like wisps of mist were creeping up the +hill-sides from the streams and deep meadows. Thin-clad birches, swaying in +a light wind above their heads, made a black net against the pale sky. They +ate a very frugal supper (for hobbits), and then went on again. Soon they +struck a narrow road, that went rolling up and down, fading grey into the +darkness ahead: the road to Woodhall, and Stock, and the Bucklebury Ferry. +It climbed away from the main road in the Water -valley, and wound over the +skirts of the Green Hills towards Woody-End, a wild corner of the +Eastfarthing. + +After a while they plunged into a deeply cloven track between tall +trees that rustled their dry leaves in the night. It was very dark. At first +they talked, or hummed a tune softly together, being now far away from +inquisitive ears. Then they marched on in silence, and Pippin began to lag +behind. At last, as they began to climb a steep slope, he stopped and +yawned. + +'I am so sleepy,' he said, 'that soon I shall fall down on the road. + +Are you going to sleep on your legs? It is nearly midnight.' + +'I thought you liked walking in the dark,' said Frodo. 'But there is no +great hurry. Merry expects us some time the day after tomorrow; but that +leaves us nearly two days more. We'll halt at the first likely spot.' + +'The wind's in the West,' said Sam. 'If we get to the other side of +this hill, we shall find a spot that is sheltered and snug enough, sir. + +There is a dry fir-wood just ahead, if I remember rightly.' Sam knew the +land well within twenty miles of Hobbiton, but that was the limit of his +geography. + +Just over the top of the hill they came on the patch of fir-wood. + +Leaving the road they went into the deep resin-scented darkness of the +trees, and gathered dead sticks and cones to make a fire. Soon they had a +merry crackle of flame at the foot of a large fir-tree and they sat round it +for a while, until they began to nod. Then, each in an angle of the great +tree's roots, they curled up in their cloaks and blankets, and were soon +fast asleep. They set no watch; even Frodo feared no danger yet, for they +were still in the heart of the Shire. A few creatures came and looked at + + + + +them when the fire had died away. A fox passing through the wood on business +of his own stopped several minutes and sniffed. + +'Hobbits!' he thought. 'Well, what next? I have heard of strange doings +in this land, but I have seldom heard of a hobbit sleeping out of doors +under a tree. Three of them! There's something mighty queer behind this.' He +was quite right, but he never found out any more about it. + +The morning came, pale and clammy. Frodo woke up first, and found that +a tree-root had made a hole in his back, and that his neck was stiff. + +'Walking for pleasure! Why didn't I drive?' he thought, as he usually +did at the beginning of an expedition. 'And all my beautiful feather beds +are sold to the Sackville-Bagginses! These tree-roots would do them good.' + +He stretched. 'Wake up, hobbits!' he cried. It's a beautiful morning.' + +'What's beautiful about it?' said Pippin, peering over the edge of his +blanket with one eye. 'Sam! Gel breakfast ready for half-past nine! Have you +got the bath-water hot?' + +Sam jumped up, looking rather bleary. 'No, sir, I haven't, sir!' he +said. + +Frodo stripped the blankets from Pippin and rolled him over, and then +walked off to the edge of the wood. Away eastward the sun was rising red out +of the mists that lay thick on the world. Touched with gold and red the +autumn trees seemed to be sailing rootless in a shadowy sea. A little below +him to the left the road ran down steeply into a hollow and disappeared. + +When he returned Sam and Pippin had got a good fire going. 'Water!' +shouted Pippin. 'Where's the water?' + +'I don't keep water in my pockets,' said Frodo. 'We thought you had +gone to find some,' said Pippin, busy setting out the food, and cups. 'You +had better go now.' + +'You can come too,' said Frodo, 'and bring all the water-bottles.' + +There was a stream at the foot of the hill. They filled their bottles and +the small camping kettle at a little fall where the water fell a few feet +over an outcrop of grey stone. It was icy cold; and they spluttered and +puffed as they bathed their faces and hands. + +When their breakfast was over, and their packs all trussed up again, it +was after ten o'clock, and the day was beginning to turn fine and hot. They +went down the slope, and across the stream where it dived under the road, +and up the next slope, and up and down another shoulder of the hills; and by +that time their cloaks, blankets, water, food, and other gear already seemed + + + + +a heavy burden. + +The day's march promised to be warm and tiring work. After some miles, +however, the road ceased to roll up and down: it climbed to the top of a +steep bank in a weary zig-zagging sort of way, and then prepared to go down +for the last time. In front of them they saw the lower lands dotted with +small clumps of trees that melted away in the distance to a brown woodland +haze. They were looking across the Woody End towards the Brandywine +River. + +The road wound away before them like a piece of string. + +’The road goes on for ever,' said Pippin; 'but I can't without a rest. + +It is high time for lunch.' He sat down on the bank at the side of the road +and looked away east into the haze, beyond which lay the River, and the end +of the Shire in which he had spent all his life. Sam stood by him. His round +eyes were wide open - for he was looking across lands he had never seen to a +new horizon. + +'Do Elves live in those woods?' he asked. + +'Not that I ever heard,' said Pippin. Frodo was silent. He too was +gazing eastward along the road, as if he had never seen it before. Suddenly +he spoke, aloud but as if to himself, saying slowly: + +The Road goes ever on and on +Down from the door where it began. + +Now far ahead the Road has gone, + +And I must follow, if I can, + +Pursuing it with weary feet, + +Until it joins some larger way, + +Where many paths and errands meet. + +And whither then? I cannot say. + +'That sounds like a bit of old Bilbo's rhyming,' said Pippin. 'Or is it +one of your imitations? It does not sound altogether encouraging.' + +'I don't know,' said Frodo. It came to me then, as if I was making it +up; but I may have heard it long ago. Certainly it reminds me very much of +Bilbo in the last years, before he went away. He used often to say there was +only one Road; that it was like a great river: its springs were at every +doorstep, and every path was its tributary. "It's a dangerous business, +Frodo, going out of your door," he used to say. "You step into the Road, and +if you don't keep your feet, there is no knowing where you might be swept +off to. Do you realize that this is the very path that goes through + + + + +Mirkwood, and that if you let it, it might take you to the Lonely Mountain +or even further and to worse places?" He used to say that on the path +outside the front door at Bag End, especially after he had been out for a +long walk.' + +'Well, the Road won’t sweep me anywhere for an hour at least,' said +Pippin, unslinging his pack. The others followed his example, putting their +packs against the bank and their legs out into the road. After a rest they +had a good lunch, and then more rest. + +The sun was beginning to get low and the light of afternoon was on the +land as they went down the hill. So far they had not met a soul on the road. +This way was not much used, being hardly fit for carts, and there was little +traffic to the Woody End. They had been jogging along again for an hour or +more when Sam stopped a moment as if listening. They were now on level +ground, and the road after much winding lay straight ahead through +grass-land sprinkled with tall trees, outliers of the approaching woods. + +'I can hear a pony or a horse coming along the road behind,' said Sam. + +They looked back, but the turn of the road prevented them from seeing +far. 'I wonder if that is Gandalf coming after us,' said Frodo; but even as +he said it, he had a feeling that it was not so, and a sudden desire to hide +from the view of the rider came over him. + +'It may not matter much,' he said apologetically, 'but I would rather +not be seen on the road - by anyone. I am sick of my doings being noticed +and discussed. And if it is Gandalf,' he added as an afterthought, 'we can +give him a little surprise, to pay him out for being so late. Let's get out +of sight!' + +The other two ran quickly to the left and down into a little hollow not +far from the road. There they lay flat. Frodo hesitated for a second: +curiosity or some other feeling was struggling with his desire to hide. The +sound of hoofs drew nearer. Just in time he threw himself down in a patch of +long grass behind a tree that overshadowed the road. Then he lifted his head +and peered cautiously above one of the great roots. + +Round the corner came a black horse, no hobbit-pony but a full-sized +horse; and on it sat a large man, who seemed to crouch in the saddle, +wrapped in a great black cloak and hood, so that only his boots in the high +stirrups showed below; his face was shadowed and invisible. + +When it reached the tree and was level with Frodo the horse stopped. + +The riding figure sat quite still with its head bowed, as if listening. From + + + + +inside the hood came a noise as of someone sniffing to catch an elusive +scent; the head turned from side to side of the road. + +A sudden unreasoning fear of discovery laid hold of Frodo, and he +thought of his Ring. He hardly dared to breathe, and yet the desire to get +it out of his pocket became so strong that he began slowly to move his hand. + +He felt that he had only to slip it on, and then he would be safe. The +advice of Gandalf seemed absurd. Bilbo had used the Ring. 'And I am still in +the Shire,' he thought, as his hand touched the chain on which it hung. At +that moment the rider sat up, and shook the reins. The horse stepped +forward, walking slowly at first, and then breaking into a quick trot. + +Frodo crawled to the edge of the road and watched the rider, until he +dwindled into the distance. He could not be quite sure, but it seemed to him +that suddenly, before it passed out of sight, the horse turned aside and +went into the trees on the right. + +'Well, I call that very queer, and indeed disturbing,' said Frodo to +himself, as he walked towards his companions. Pippin and Sam had remained +flat in the grass, and had seen nothing; so Frodo described the rider and +his strange behaviour. + +'I can't say why, but I felt certain he was looking or smelling for me; +and also I felt certain that I did not want him to discover me. I've never +seen or fell anything like it in the Shire before.' + +'But what has one of the Big People got to do with us?' said Pippin. + +'And what is he doing in this part of the world?' + +'There are some Men about,' said Frodo. 'Down in the Southfarthing they +have had trouble with Big People, I believe. But I have never heard of +anything like this rider. I wonder where he comes from.' + +'Begging your pardon,' put in Sam suddenly, 'I know where he comes +from. It's from Hobbiton that this here black rider comes, unless there's +more than one. And I know where he's going to.' + +'What do you mean?' said Frodo sharply, looking at him in astonishment. +'Why didn't you speak up before?' + +'I have only just remembered, sir. It was like this: when I got back to +our hole yesterday evening with the key, my dad, he says to me: Hello, Sam! +he says. I thought you were away with Mr. Frodo this morning. There's been a +strange customer asking for Mr. Baggins of Bag End, and he's only just gone. +I've sent him on to Bucklebury. Not that Hiked the sound of him. He seemed +mighty put out, when I told him Mr. Baggins had left his old home for good. + + + + +Hissed at me, he did. It gave me quite a shudder. What sort of a fellow was +he? says I to the Gaffer. / don 't know, says he; but he wasn 't a hobbit. He +was tall and black-like, and he stooped aver me. I reckon it was one of the +Big Folk from foreign parts. He spoke funny. + +'I couldn't stay to hear more, sir, since you were waiting; and I +didn't give much heed to it myself. The Gaffer is getting old, and more than +a bit blind, and it must have been near dark when this fellow come up the +Hill and found him taking the air at the end of our Row. I hope he hasn't +done no harm, sir, nor me.' + +'The Gaffer can't be blamed anyway,' said Frodo. 'As a matter of fact I +heard him talking to a stranger, who seemed to be inquiring for me, and I +nearly went and asked him who it was. I wish I had, or you had told me about +it before. I might have been more careful on the road.' + +'Still, there may be no connexion between this rider and the Gaffer's +stranger,' said Pippin. 'We left Hobbiton secretly enough, and I don't see +how he could have followed us.' + +'What about the smelling, sir?' said Sam. 'And the Gaffer said he was a +black chap.' + +'I wish I had waited for Gandalf,' Frodo muttered. 'But perhaps it +would only have made matters worse.' + +'Then you know or guess something about this rider?' said Pippin, who +had caught the muttered words. + +'I don't know, and I would rather not guess,' said Frodo. 'All right, +cousin Frodo! You can keep your secret for the present, if you want to be +mysterious. In the meanwhile what are we to do? I should like a bite and a +sup, but somehow I think we had better move on from here. Your talk of +sniffing riders with invisible noses has unsettled me.' + +'Yes, I think we will move on now,' said Frodo; 'but not on the road +-in case that rider comes back, or another follows him. We ought to do a +good step more today. Buckland is still miles away.' + +The shadows of the trees were long and thin on the grass, as they +started off again. They now kept a stone's throw to the left of the road, +and kept out of sight of it as much as they could. But this hindered them; +for the grass was thick and tussocky, and the ground uneven, and the trees +began to draw together into thickets. + +The sun had gone down red behind the hills at their backs, and evening +was coming on before they came back to the road at the end of the long level + + + + +over which it had run straight for some miles. At that point it bent left +and went down into the lowlands of the Yale making for Stock; but a lane +branched right, winding through a wood of ancient oak-trees on its way to +Woodhall. 'That is the way for us,' said Frodo. + +Not far from the road-meeting they came on the huge hulk of a tree: it +was still alive and had leaves on the small branches that it had put out +round the broken stumps of its long-fallen limbs; but it was hollow, and +could be entered by a great crack on the side away from the road. The +hobbits crept inside, and sat there upon a floor of old leaves and decayed +wood. They rested and had a light meal, talking quietly and listening from +time to time. + +Twilight was about them as they crept back to the lane. The West wind +was sighing in the branches. Leaves were whispering. Soon the road began to +fall gently but steadily into the dusk. A star came out above the trees in +the darkening East before them. They went abreast and in step, to keep up +their spirits. After a time, as the stars grew thicker and brighter, the +feeling of disquiet left them, and they no longer listened for the sound of +hoofs. They began to hum softly, as hobbits have a way of doing as they walk +along, especially when they are drawing near to home at night. With most +hobbits it is a supper-song or a bed-song; but these hobbits hummed a +walking-song (though not, of course, without any mention of supper and bed). +Bilbo Baggins had made the words, to a tune that was as old as the hills, +and taught it to Frodo as they walked in the lanes of the Water -valley and +talked about Adventure. + +Upon the hearth the fire is red, + +Beneath the roof there is a bed; + +But not yet weary are our feet, + +Still round the corner we may meet +A sudden tree or standing stone +That none have seen but we alone. + +Tree and flower and leaf and grass, + +Let them pass! Let them pass! + +Hill and water under sky, + +Pass them by! Pass them by! + + + +Still round the corner there may wait +A new road or a secret gate, + + + + +And though we pass them by today, + +Tomorrow we may come this way +And take the hidden paths that run +Towards the Moon or to the Sun. + +Apple, thorn, and nut and sloe, + +Let them go! Let them go! + +Sand and stone and pool and dell, + +Fare you well! Fare you well! + +Home is behind, the world ahead, + +And there are many paths to tread +Through shadows to the edge of night, + +Until the stars are all alight. + +Then world behind and home ahead, + +We'll wander back to home and bed. + +Mist and twilight, cloud and shade, + +Away shall fade! Away shall fade! + +Fire and lamp, and meat and bread, + +And then to bed! And then to bed! + +The song ended. 'And now to bed! And now to bed!' sang Pippin in a high +voice. + +'Hush!' said Frodo. 'I think I hear hoofs again.' + +They slopped suddenly and stood as silent as tree-shadows, listening. + +There was a sound of hoofs in the lane, some way behind, but coming slow and +clear down the wind. Quickly and quietly they slipped off the path, and ran +into the deeper shade under the oak-trees. + +'Don't let us go too far!' said Frodo. 'I don't want to be seen, but I +want to see if it is another Black Rider.' + +'Very well!' said Pippin. 'But don't forget the sniffing!' + +The hoofs drew nearer. They had no time to find any hiding-place better +than the general darkness under the trees; Sam and Pippin crouched behind a +large tree-bole, while Frodo crept back a few yards towards the lane. It +showed grey and pale, a line of fading light through the wood. Above it the +stars were thick in the dim sky, but there was no moon. + +The sound of hoofs stopped. As Frodo watched he saw something dark pass +across the lighter space between two trees, and then halt. It looked like +the black shade of a horse led by a smaller black shadow. The black shadow + + + + +stood close to the point where they had left the path, and it swayed from +side to side. Frodo thought he heard the sound of snuffling. The shadow bent +to the ground, and then began to crawl towards him. + +Once more the desire to slip on the Ring came over Frodo; but this time +it was stronger than before. So strong that, almost before he realized what +he was doing, his hand was groping in his pocket. But at that moment there +came a sound like mingled song and laughter. Clear voices rose and fell in +the starlit air. The black shadow straightened up and retreated. It climbed +on to the shadowy horse and seemed to vanish across the lane into the +darkness on the other side. Frodo breathed again. + +'Elves!' exclaimed Sam in a hoarse whisper. 'Elves, sir!' He would have +burst out of the trees and dashed off towards the voices, if they had not +pulled him back. + +'Yes, it is Elves,' said Frodo. 'One can meet them sometimes in the +Woody End. They don't live in the Shire, but they wander into it in Spring +and Autumn, out of their own lands away beyond the Tower Hills. I am +thankful that they do! You did not see, but that Black Rider stopped just +here and was actually crawling towards us when the song began. As soon as he +heard the voices he slipped away.' + +'What about the Elves?' said Sam, too excited to trouble about the +rider. 'Can't we go and see them?' + +'Listen! They are coming this way,' said Frodo. 'We have only to wait.' + +The singing drew nearer. One clear voice rose now above the others. It was +singing in the fair elven-tongue, of which Frodo knew only a little, and the +others knew nothing. Yet the sound blending with the melody seemed to shape +itself in their thought into words which they only partly understood. This +was the song as Frodo heard it: + + + +Snow-white! Snow-white! O Lady clear! +O Queen beyond the Western Seas! + +O Light to us that wander here + + + +Amid the world of woven trees! + + + +Gilthoniel! O Elbereth! + +Clear are thy eyes and bright thy breath! +Snow-white! Snow-white! We sing to thee +In a far land beyond the Sea. + + + + +O stars that in the Sunless Year + +With shining hand by her were sawn, + +In windy fields now bright and clear + +We see your silver blossom blown! + +O Elbereth! Gilthoniel! + +We still remember, we who dwell + +In this far land beneath the trees, + +Thy starlight on the Western Seas. + +The song ended. These are High Elves! They spoke the name of +Elbereth!' said Frodo in amazement, 'Few of that fairest folk are ever seen +in the Shire. Not many now remain in Middle-earth, east of the Great Sea. +This is indeed a strange chance!' + +The hobbits sat in shadow by the wayside. Before long the Elves came +down the lane towards the valley. They passed slowly, and the hobbits could +see the starlight glimmering on their hair and in their eyes. They bore no +lights, yet as they walked a shimmer, like the light of the moon above the +rim of the hills before it rises, seemed to fall about their feet. They were +now silent, and as the last Elf passed he turned and looked towards the +hobbits and laughed. + +'Hail, Frodo!' he cried. 'You are abroad late. Or are you perhaps +lost?' Then he called aloud to the others, and all the company stopped and +gathered round. + +'This is indeed wonderful!' they said. 'Three hobbits in a wood at +night! We have not seen such a thing since Bilbo went away. What is the +meaning of it?' + +'The meaning of it, fair people,' said Frodo, 'is simply that we seem +to be going the same way as you are. I like walking under the stars. But I +would welcome your company.' + +'But we have no need of other company, and hobbits are so dull,' they +laughed. 'And how do you know that we go the same way as you, for you do +not + +know whither we are going?' + +'And how do you know my name?' asked Frodo in return. + +'We know many things,' they said. 'We have seen you often before with +Bilbo, though you may not have seen us.' + +'Who are you, and who is your lord?' asked Frodo. + + + + +'I am Gildor,' answered their leader, the Elf who had first hailed him. + +'Gildor Inglorion of the House of Finrod. We are Exiles, and most of our +kindred have long ago departed and we too are now only tarrying here a +while, ere we return over the Great Sea. But some of our kinsfolk dwell +still in peace in Rivendell. Come now, Frodo, tell us what you are doing? + +For we see that there is some shadow of fear upon you.' + +'O Wise People!' interrupted Pippin eagerly. ’Tell us about the Black +Riders!' + +'Black Riders?' they said in low voices. 'Why do you ask about Black +Riders?' + +'Because two Black Riders have overtaken us today, or one has done so +twice,' said Pippin; 'only a little while ago he slipped away as you drew +near.' + +The Elves did not answer at once, but spoke together softly in their +own tongue. At length Gildor turned to the hobbits. 'We will not speak of +this here,' he said. 'We think you had best come now with us. It is not our +custom, but for this time we will lake you on our road, and you shall lodge +with us tonight, if you will.' + +'O Fair Folk! This is good fortune beyond my hope,' said Pippin. Sam +was speechless. 'I thank you indeed, Gildor Inglorion,' said Frodo bowing. +'Elen snla l®menn' omentielvo, a star shines on the hour of our meeting,' he +added in the high-elven speech. + +'Be careful, friends!' cried Gildor laughing. 'Speak no secrets! Here +is a scholar in the Ancient Tongue. Bilbo was a good master. Hail, +Elf-friend!' he said, bowing to Frodo. 'Come now with your friends and join +our company! You had best walk in the middle so that you may not stray. You +may be weary before we halt.' + +'Why? Where are you going?' asked Frodo. + +'For tonight we go to the woods on the hills above Woodhall. It is some +miles, but you shall have rest at the end of it, and it will shorten your +journey tomorrow.' + +They now marched on again in silence, and passed like shadows and faint +lights: for Elves (even more than hobbits) could walk when they wished +without sound or footfall. Pippin soon began to feel sleepy, and staggered +once or twice; but each time a tall Elf at his side put out his arm and +saved him from a fall. Sam walked along at Frodo's side, as if in a dream, +with an expression on his face half of fear and half of astonished joy. + + + + +The woods on either side became denser; the trees were now younger and +thicker; and as the lane went lower, running down into a fold of the hills, +there were many deep brakes of hazel on the rising slopes at either hand. At +last the Elves turned aside from the path. A green ride lay almost unseen +through the thickets on the right; and this they followed as it wound away +back up the wooded slopes on to the top of a shoulder of the hills that +stood out into the lower land of the river -valley. Suddenly they came out of +the shadow of the trees, and before them lay a wide space of grass, grey +under the night. On three sides the woods pressed upon it; but eastward the +ground fell steeply and the tops of the dark trees, growing at the bottom of +the slope, were below their feet. Beyond, the low lands lay dim and flat +under the stars. Nearer at hand a few lights twinkled in the village of +Woodhall. + +The Elves sat on the grass and spoke together in soft voices; they +seemed to take no further notice of the hobbits. Frodo and his companions +wrapped themselves in cloaks and blankets, and drowsiness stole over them. +The night grew on, and the lights in the valley went out. Pippin fell +asleep, pillowed on a green hillock. + +Away high in the East swung Remmirath, the Netted Stars, and slowly +above the mists red Borgil rose, glowing like a jewel of fire. Then by some +shift of airs all the mist was drawn away like a veil, and there leaned up, +as he climbed over the rim of the world, the Swordsman of the Sky, +Menelvagor with his shining belt. The Elves all burst into song. Suddenly +under the trees a fire sprang up with a red light. + +'Come!' the Elves called to the hobbits. 'Come! Now is the time for +speech and merriment!' + +Pippin sat up and rubbed his eyes. He shivered. 'There is a fire in the +hall, and food for hungry guests,' said an Elf standing before him. + +At the south end of the greensward there was an opening. There the +green floor ran on into the wood, and formed a wide space like a hall, +roofed by the boughs of trees. Their great trunks ran like pillars down each +side. In the middle there was a wood-fire blazing, and upon the tree-pillars +torches with lights of gold and silver were burning steadily. The Elves sat +round the fire upon the grass or upon the sawn rings of old trunks. Some +went to and fro bearing cups and pouring drink; others brought food on +heaped plates and dishes. + +'This is poor fare,' they said to the hobbits; 'for we are lodging in + + + + +the greenwood far from our halls. If ever you are our guests at home, we +will treat you better.' + +'It seems to me good enough for a birthday-party,' said Frodo. + +Pippin afterwards recalled little of either food or drink, for his mind +was filled with the light upon the elf-faces, and the sound of voices so +various and so beautiful that he felt in a waking dream. But he remembered +that there was bread, surpassing the savour of a fair white loaf to one who +is starving; and fruits sweet as wildberries and richer than the tended +fruits of gardens; he drained a cup that was filled with a fragrant draught, +cool as a clear fountain, golden as a summer afternoon. + +Sam could never describe in words, nor picture clearly to himself, what +he felt or thought that night, though it remained in his memory as one of +the chief events of his life. The nearest he ever got was to say: 'Well, +sir, if I could grow apples like that, I would call myself a gardener. But +it was the singing that went to my heart, if you know what I mean.' + +Frodo sat, eating, drinking, and talking with delight; but his mind was +chiefly on the words spoken. He knew a little of the elf-speech and listened +eagerly. Now and again he spoke to those that served him and thanked them in +their own language. They smiled at him and said laughing: 'Here is a jewel +among hobbits!' + +After a while Pippin fell fast asleep, and was lifted up and borne away +to a bower under the trees; there he was laid upon a soft bed and slept the +rest of the night away. Sam refused to leave his master. When Pippin had +gone, he came and sat curled up at Frodo's feet, where at last he nodded and +closed his eyes. Frodo remained long awake, talking with Gildor. + +They spoke of many things, old and new, and Frodo questioned Gildor +much about happenings in the wide world outside the Shire. The tidings were +mostly sad and ominous: of gathering darkness, the wars of Men, and the +flight of the Elves. At last Frodo asked the question that was nearest to +his heart: + +'Tell me, Gildor, have you ever seen Bilbo since he left us?' + +Gildor smiled. 'Yes,' he answered. 'Twice. He said farewell to us on +this very spot. But I saw him once again, far from here.' He would say no +more about Bilbo, and Frodo fell silent. + +'You do not ask me or tell me much that concerns yourself, Frodo,' said +Gildor. 'But I already know a little, and I can read more in your face and +in the thought behind your questions. You are leaving the Shire, and yet you + + + + +doubt that you will find what you seek, or accomplish what you intend, or +that you will ever return. Is not that so?' + +'It is,' said Frodo; 'but I thought my going was a secret known only to +Gandalf and my faithful Sam.' He looked down at Sam, who was snoring +gently. + +'The secret will not reach the Enemy from us,' said Gildor. + +'The Enemy?' said Frodo. 'Then you know why I am leaving the Shire?' + +'I do not know for what reason the Enemy is pursuing you,' answered +Gildor; 'but I perceive that he is - strange indeed though that seems to me. + +And I warn you that peril is now both before you and behind you, and upon +either side.' + +'You mean the Riders? I feared that they were servants of the Enemy. +What are the Black Riders?' + +'Has Gandalf told you nothing?' + +'Nothing about such creatures.' + +'Then I think it is not for me to say more - lest terror should keep +you from your journey. For it seems to me that you have set out only just in +time, if indeed you are in time. You must now make haste, and neither stay +nor turn back; for the Shire is no longer any protection to you.' + +'I cannot imagine what information could be more terrifying than your +hints and warnings,' exclaimed Frodo. 'I knew that danger lay ahead, of +course; but I did not expect to meet it in our own Shire. Can't a hobbit +walk from the Water to the River in peace?' + +'But it is not your own Shire,' said Gildor. 'Others dwelt here before +hobbits were; and others will dwell here again when hobbits are no more. The +wide world is all about you: you can fence yourselves in, but you cannot for +ever fence it out.' + +'I know - and yet it has always seemed so safe and familiar. What can I +do now? My plan was to leave the Shire secretly, and make my way to +Rivendell; but now my footsteps are dogged, before ever I get to Buckland.' + +'I think you should still follow that plan,' said Gildor. 'I do not +think the Road will prove too hard for your courage. But if you desire +clearer counsel, you should ask Gandalf. I do not know the reason for your +flight, and therefore I do not know by what means your pursuers will assail +you. These things Gandalf must know. I suppose that you will see him before +you leave the Shire?' + +'I hope so. But that is another thing that makes me anxious. I have + + + + +been expecting Gandalf for many days. He was to have come to Hobbiton at +the + +latest two nights ago; but he has never appeared. Now I am wondering what +can have happened. Should I wait for him?’ + +Gildor was silent for a moment. 'I do not like this news,' he said at +last. 'That Gandalf should be late, does not bode well. But it is said: Do +not meddle in the affairs of Wizards, for they are subtle and quick to +anger. The choice is yours: to go or wait.' + +'And it is also said,' answered Frodo: 'Go not to the Elves for +counsel, for they will say both no and yes. ' + +'Is it indeed?' laughed Gildor. 'Elves seldom give unguarded advice, +for advice is a dangerous gift, even from the wise to the wise, and all +courses may run ill. But what would you? You have not told me all concerning +yourself; and how then shall I choose better than you? But if you demand +advice, I will for friendship's sake give it. I think you should now go at +once, without delay; and if Gandalf does not come before you set out, then I +also advise this: do not go alone. Take such friends as are trusty and +willing. Now you should be grateful, for I do not give this counsel gladly. + +The Elves have their own labours and their own sorrows, and they are little +concerned with the ways of hobbits, or of any other creatures upon earth. + +Our paths cross theirs seldom, by chance or purpose. In this meeting there +may be more than chance; but the purpose is not clear to me, and I fear to +say too much.' + +'I am deeply grateful,' said Frodo; 'but I wish you would tell me +plainly what the Black Riders are. If I take your advice I may not see +Gandalf for a long while, and I ought to know what is the danger that +pursues me.' + +'Is it not enough to know that they are servants of the Enemy?' +answered Gildor. 'Flee them! Speak no words to them! They are deadly. Ask no +more of me! But my heart forbodes that, ere all is ended, you, Frodo son of +Drogo, will know more of these fell things than Gildor Inglorion. May +Elbereth protect you!' + +'But where shall I find courage?' asked Frodo. 'That is what I chiefly +need.' + +'Courage is found in unlikely places,' said Gildor. 'Be of good hope! + +Sleep now! In the morning we shall have gone; but we will send our messages + + + + +through the lands. The Wandering Companies shall know of your journey, +and + +those that have power for good shall be on the watch. I name you Elf-friend; +and may the stars shine upon the end of your road! Seldom have we had such +delight in strangers, and it is fair to hear words of the Ancient Speech +from the lips of other wanderers in the world.' + +Frodo felt sleep coming upon him, even as Gildor finished speaking. 'I +will sleep now,' he said; and the Elf led him to a bower beside Pippin, and +he threw himself upon a bed and fell at once into a dreamless slumber. + + + + +Chapter 4 . A Short Cut to Mushrooms + + + +In the morning Frodo woke refreshed. He was lying in a bower made by a +living tree with branches laced and drooping to the ground; his bed was of +fern and grass, deep and soft and strangely fragrant. The sun was shining +through the fluttering leaves, which were still green upon the tree. He +jumped up and went out. + +Sam was sitting on the grass near the edge of the wood. Pippin was +standing studying the sky and weather. There was no sign of the Elves. + +'They have left us fruit and drink, and bread,' said Pippin. 'Come and +have your breakfast. The bread tastes almost as good as it did last night. I +did not want to leave you any, but Sam insisted.' + +Frodo sat down beside Sam and began to eat. 'What is the plan for +today?' asked Pippin. + +'To walk to Bucklebury as quickly as possible,' answered Frodo, and +gave his attention to the food. + +'Do you think we shall see anything of those Riders?' asked Pippin +cheerfully. Under the morning sun the prospect of seeing a whole troop of +them did not seem very alarming to him. + +'Yes, probably,' said Frodo, not liking the reminder. 'But I hope to +get across the river without their seeing us.' + +'Did you find out anything about them from Gildor?' + +'Not much - only hints and riddles,' said Frodo evasively. 'Did you ask +about the sniffing?' + +'We didn't discuss it,' said Frodo with his mouth full. + +'You should have. I am sure it is very important.' + +'In that case I am sure Gildor would have refused to explain it,' said +Frodo sharply. 'And now leave me in peace for a bit! I don't want to answer +a string of questions while I am eating. I want to think!' + +'Good heavens!' said Pippin. 'At breakfast?' He walked away towards the +edge of the green. + +From Frodo' s mind the bright morning - treacherously bright, he thought +- had not banished the fear of pursuit; and he pondered the words of Gildor. +The merry voice of Pippin came to him. He was running on the green turf and +singing. + + + + +'No! I could not!' he said to himself. 'It is one thing to take my +young friends walking over the Shire with me, until we are hungry and weary, +and food and bed are sweet. To take them into exile, where hunger and +weariness may have no cure, is quite another - even if they are willing to +come. The inheritance is mine alone. I don't think I ought even to take +Sam.' He looked at Sam Gamgee, and discovered that Sam was watching him. + +'Well, Sam!' he said. 'What about it? I am leaving the Shire as soon as +ever I can - in fact I have made up my mind now not even to wait a day at +Crickhollow, if it can be helped.' + +'Very good, sir!' + +'You still mean to come with me?' + +'I do.' + +'It is going to be very dangerous, Sam. 'It is already dangerous. Most +likely neither of us will come back.' + +'If you don't come back, sir, then I shan't, that's certain,' said Sam. + +'Don't you leave him! they said to me. Leave him! I said. I never mean to. I +am going with him, if he climbs to the Moon, and if any of those Black +Rulers try to stop him, they'll have Sam Gamgee to reckon with, I said. They +laughed.' + +'Who are they, and what are you talking about?' + +'The Elves, sir. We had some talk last night; and they seemed to know +you were going away, so I didn't see the use of denying it. Wonderful folk, +Elves, sir! Wonderful!' + +'They are,' said Frodo. 'Do you like them still, now you have had a +closer view?' + +'They seem a bit above my likes and dislikes, so to speak,' answered +Sam slowly. 'It don't seem to matter what I think about them. They are quite +different from what I expected - so old and young, and so gay and sad, as it +were.' + +Frodo looked at Sam rather startled, half expecting to see some outward +sign of the odd change that seemed to have come over him. It did not sound +like the voice of the old Sam Gamgee that he thought he knew. But it looked +like the old Sam Gamgee sitting there, except that his face was unusually +thoughtful. + +'Do you feel any need to leave the Shire now - now that your wish to +see them has come true already?' he asked. + +'Yes, sir. I don't know how to say it, but after last night I feel + + + + +different. I seem to see ahead, in a kind of way. I know we are going to +take a very long road, into darkness; but I know I can't turn back. It isn't +to see Elves now, nor dragons, nor mountains, that I want - 1 don't rightly +know what I want: but I have something to do before the end, and it lies +ahead, not in the Shire. I must see it through, sir, if you understand me.' + +'I don't altogether. But I understand that Gandalf chose me a good +companion. I am content. We will go together.' + +Frodo finished his breakfast in silence. Then standing up he looked +over the land ahead, and called to Pippin. + +'All ready to start?' he said as Pippin ran up. 'We must be getting off +at once. We slept late; and there are a good many miles to go.' + +'You slept late, you mean,' said Pippin. 'I was up long before; and we +are only waiting for you to finish eating and thinking.' + +'I have finished both now. And I am going to make for Bucklebury Ferry +as quickly as possible. I am not going out of the way, back to the road we +left last night: I am going to cut straight across country from here.' + +'Then you are going to fly,' said Pippin. 'You won't cut straight on +foot anywhere in this country.' + +'We can cut straighter than the road anyway,' answered Frodo. 'The +Ferry is east from Woodhall; but the hard road curves away to the left -you +can see a bend of it away north over there. It goes round the north end of +the Marish so as to strike the causeway from the Bridge above Stock. But +that is miles out of the way. We could save a quarter of the distance if we +made a line for the Ferry from where we stand.' + +'Short cuts make long delays, ' argued Pippin. 'The country is rough +round here, and there are bogs and all kinds of difficulties down in the +Marish -I know the land in these parts. And if you are worrying about Black +Riders, I can't see that it is any worse meeting them on a road than in a +wood or a field.' + +'It is less easy to find people in the woods and fields,' answered +Frodo. 'And if you are supposed to be on the road, there is some chance that +you will be looked for on the road and not off it.' + +'All right!' said Pippin. 'I will follow you into every bog and ditch. + +But it is hard! I had counted on passing the Golden Perch at Stock before +sundown. The best beer in the Eastfarthing, or used to be: it is a long time +since I tasted it.' + +'That settles it!' said Frodo. 'Short cuts make delays, but inns make + + + + +longer ones. At all costs we must keep you away from the Golden Perch. We +want to get to Bucklebury before dark. What do you say, Sam?' + +'I will go along with you, Mr. Frodo,' said Sam (in spite of private +misgiving and a deep regret for the best beer in the Eastfarthing). + +Then if we are going to toil through bog and briar, let's go now!' +said Pippin. + +It was already nearly as hot as it had been the day before; but clouds +were beginning to come up from the West. It looked likely to turn to rain. + +The hobbits scrambled down a steep green bank and plunged into the thick +trees below. Their course had been chosen to leave Woodhall to their left, +and to cut slanting through the woods that clustered along the eastern side +of the hills, until they reached the flats beyond. Then they could make +straight for the Ferry over country that was open, except for a few ditches +and fences. Frodo reckoned they had eighteen miles to go in a straight line. + +He soon found that the thicket was closer and more tangled than it had +appeared. There were no paths in the undergrowth, and they did not get on +very fast. When they had struggled to the bottom of the bank, they found a +stream running down from the hills behind in a deeply dug bed with steep +slippery sides overhung with brambles. Most inconveniently it cut across the +line they had chosen. They could not jump over it, nor indeed get across it +at all without getting wet, scratched, and muddy. They halted, wondering +what to do. 'First check!' said Pippin, smiling grimly. + +Sam Gamgee looked back. Through an opening in the trees he caught a +glimpse of the top of the green bank from which they had climbed down. + +'Look!' he said, clutching Frodo by the arm. They all looked, and on +the edge high above them they saw against the sky a horse standing. Beside +it stooped a black figure. + +They at once gave up any idea of going back. Frodo led the way, and +plunged quickly into the thick bushes beside the stream. 'Whew!' he said to +Pippin. 'We were both right! The short cut has gone crooked already; but we +got under cover only just in time. You've got sharp ears, Sam: can you hear +anything coming?' + +They stood still, almost holding their breath as they listened; but +there was no sound of pursuit. 'I don't fancy he would try bringing his +horse down that bank,' said Sam. 'But I guess he knows we came down it. We +had better be going on.' + +Going on was not altogether easy. They had packs to carry, and the + + + + +bushes and brambles were reluctant to let them through. They were cut off +from the wind by the ridge behind, and the air was still and stuffy. When +they forced their way at last into more open ground, they were hot and tired +and very scratched, and they were also no longer certain of the direction in +which they were going. The banks of the stream sank, as it reached the +levels and became broader and shallower, wandering off towards the Marish +and the River. + +’Why, this is the Stock-brook!' said Pippin. 'If we are going to try +and get back on to our course, we must cross at once and bear right.' + +They waded the stream, and hurried over a wide open space, rush-grown +and treeless, on the further side. Beyond that they came again to a belt of +trees: tall oaks, for the most part, with here and there an elm tree or an +ash. The ground was fairly level, and there was little undergrowth; but the +trees were loo close for them to see far ahead. The leaves blew upwards in +sudden gusts of wind, and spots of rain began to fall from the overcast sky. +Then the wind died away and the rain came streaming down. They trudged +along + +as fast as they could, over patches of grass, and through thick drifts of +old leaves; and all about them the rain pattered and trickled. They did not +talk, but kept glancing back, and from side to side. + +After half an hour Pippin said: 'I hope we have not turned too much +towards the south, and are not walking longwise through this wood! It is not +a very broad belt —I should have said no more than a mile at the widest - +and we ought to have been through it by now.' + +'It is no good our starting to go in zig-zags,' said Frodo. 'That won't +mend matters. Let us keep on as we are going! I am not sure that I want to +come out into the open yet.' + +They went on for perhaps another couple of miles. Then the sun gleamed +out of ragged clouds again and the rain lessened. It was now past mid-day, +and they felt it was high time for lunch. They halted under an elm tree: its +leaves though fast turning yellow were still thick, and the ground at its +feel was fairly dry and sheltered. When they came to make their meal, they +found that the Elves had filled their bottles with a clear drink, pale +golden in colour: it had the scent of a honey made of many flowers, and was +wonderfully refreshing. Very soon they were laughing, and snapping their +fingers at rain, and at Black Riders. The last few miles, they felt, would +soon be behind them. + + + + +Frodo propped his back against the tree-trunk, and closed his eyes. Sam +and Pippin sat near, and they began to hum, and then to sing softly: + +Ho! Ho! Ho! to the bottle I go + +To heal my heart and drown my woe. + +Rain may fall and wind may blow, + +And many miles be still to go, + +But under a tall tree I will lie, + +And let the clouds go sailing by. + +Ho! Ho! Ho! they began again louder. They stopped short suddenly. Frodo +sprang to his feet. A long-drawn wail came down the wind, like the cry of +some evil and lonely creature. It rose and fell, and ended on a high +piercing note. Even as they sat and stood, as if suddenly frozen, it was +answered by another cry, fainter and further off, but no less chilling to +the blood. There was then a silence, broken only by the sound of the wind in +the leaves. + +'And what do you think that was?' Pippin asked at last, trying to speak +lightly, but quavering a little. 'If it was a bird, it was one that I never +heard in the Shire before.' + +'It was not bird or beast,' said Frodo. 'It was a call, or a signal — +there were words in that cry, though I could not catch them. But no hobbit +has such a voice.' + +No more was said about it. They were all thinking of the Riders, but no +one spoke of them. They were now reluctant either to stay or go on; but +sooner or later they had got to get across the open country to the Ferry, +and it was best to go sooner and in daylight. In a few moments they had +shouldered their packs again and were off. + +Before long the wood came to a sudden end. Wide grass-lands stretched +before them. They now saw that they had, in fact, turned too much to the +south. Away over the flats they could glimpse the low hill of Bucklebury +across the River, but it was now to their left. Creeping cautiously out from +the edge of the trees, they set off across the open as quickly as they +could. + +At first they felt afraid, away from the shelter of the wood. Far back +behind them stood the high place where they had breakfasted. Frodo half +expected to see the small distant figure of a horseman on the ridge dark +against the sky; but there was no sign of one. The sun escaping from the +breaking clouds, as it sank towards the hills they had left, was now shining + + + + +brightly again. Their fear left them, though they still felt uneasy. But the +land became steadily more tame and well-ordered. Soon they came into +well-tended fields and meadows: there were hedges and gates and dikes for +drainage. Everything seemed quiet and peaceful, just an ordinary corner of +the Shire. Their spirits rose with every step. The line of the River grew +nearer; and the Black Riders began to seem like phantoms of the woods now +left far behind. + +They passed along the edge of a huge turnip-field, and came to a stout +gate. Beyond it a rutted lane ran between low well-laid hedges towards a +distant clump of trees. Pippin stopped. + +'I know these fields and this gate!' he said. 'This is Bamfurlong, old +Farmer Maggot's land. That's his farm away there in the trees.' + +'One trouble after another!' said Frodo, looking nearly as much alarmed +as if Pippin had declared the lane was the slot leading to a dragon's den. + +The others looked at him in surprise. + +'What's wrong with old Maggot?' asked Pippin. 'He's a good friend to +all the Brandy bucks. Of course he's a terror to trespassers, and keeps +ferocious dogs - but after all, folk down here are near the border and have +to be more on their guard.' + +'I know,' said Frodo. 'But all the same,' he added with a shamefaced +laugh, 'I am terrified of him and his dogs. I have avoided his farm for +years and years. He caught me several times trespassing after mushrooms, +when I was a youngster at Brandy Hall. On the last occasion he beat me, and +then took me and showed me to his dogs. "See, lads," he said, "next time +this young varmint sets foot on my land, you can eat him. Now see him off!" +They chased me all the way to the Ferry. I have never got over the fright - +though I daresay the beasts knew their business and would not really have +touched me.' + +Pippin laughed. 'Well, it's time you made it up. Especially if you are +coming back to live in Buckland. Old Maggot is really a stout fellow - if +you leave his mushrooms alone. Fet's get into the lane and then we shan't be +trespassing. If we meet him, I'll do the talking. He is a friend of Merry's, +and I used to come here with him a good deal at one time.' + +They went along the lane, until they saw the thatched roofs of a large +house and farm-buildings peeping out among the trees ahead. The Maggots, +and + +the Puddifoots of Stock, and most of the inhabitants of the Marish, were + + + + +house-dwellers; and this farm was stoutly built of brick and had a high wall +all round it. There was a wide wooden gate opening out of the wall into the +lane. + +Suddenly as they drew nearer a terrific baying and barking broke out, +and a loud voice was heard shouting: ’Grip! Fang! Wolf! Come on, lads!' + +Frodo and Sam stopped dead, but Pippin walked on a few paces. The gate +opened and three huge dogs came pelting out into the lane, and dashed +towards the travellers, barking fiercely. They took no notice of Pippin; but +Sam shrank against the wall, while two wolvish-looking dogs sniffed at him +suspiciously, and snarled if he moved. The largest and most ferocious of the +three halted in front of Frodo, bristling and growling. + +Through the gate there now appeared a broad thick -set hobbit with a +round red face. 'Hallo! Hallo! And who may you be, and what may you be +wanting?' he asked. + +'Good afternoon, Mr. Maggot!' said Pippin. + +The farmer looked at him closely. 'Well, if it isn't Master Pippin - +Mr. Peregrin Took, I should say!' he cried, changing from a scowl to a grin. +'It's a long time since I saw you round here. It's lucky for you that I know +you. I was just going out to set my dogs on any strangers. There are some +funny things going on today. Of course, we do get queer folk wandering in +these parts at times. Too near the River,' he said, shaking his head. 'But +this fellow was the most outlandish I have ever set eyes on. He won't cross +my land without leave a second time, not if I can stop it.' + +'What fellow do you mean?' asked Pippin. + +'Then you haven't seen him?' said the farmer. 'He went up the lane +towards the causeway not a long while back. He was a funny customer and +asking funny questions. But perhaps you'll come along inside, and we'll pass +the news more comfortable. I've a drop of good ale on tap, if you and your +friends are willing, Mr. Took.' + +It seemed plain that the farmer would tell them more, if allowed to do +it in his own time and fashion, so they all accepted the invitation. 'What +about the dogs?' asked Frodo anxiously. + +The farmer laughed. 'They won't harm you - not unless I tell 'em to. + +Here, Grip! Fang! Heel!' he cried. 'Heel, Wolf!' To the relief of Frodo and +Sam, the dogs walked away and let them go free. + +Pippin introduced the other two to the farmer. 'Mr. Frodo Baggins,' he +said. 'You may not remember him, but he used to live at Brandy Hall.' At the + + + + +name Baggins the farmer started, and gave Frodo a sharp glance. For a moment +Frodo thought that the memory of stolen mushrooms had been aroused, and +that + +the dogs would be told to see him off. But Farmer Maggot took him by the +arm. + +'Well, if that isn't queerer than ever?' he exclaimed. 'Mr. Baggins is +it? Come inside! We must have a talk.' + +They went into the farmer's kitchen, and sat by the wide fire-place. + +Mrs. Maggot brought out beer in a huge jug, and filled four large mugs. It +was a good brew, and Pippin found himself more than compensated for +missing + +the Golden Perch. Sam sipped his beer suspiciously. He had a natural +mistrust of the inhabitants of other parts of the Shire; and also he was not +disposed to be quick friends with anyone who had beaten his master, however +long ago. + +After a few remarks about the weather and the agricultural prospects +(which were no worse than usual), Farmer Maggot put down his mug and +looked + +at them all in turn. + +'Now, Mr. Peregrin,' he said, 'where might you be coming from, and +where might you be going to? Were you coming to visit' me? For, if so, you +had gone past my gate without my seeing you.' + +'Well, no,' answered Pippin. 'To tell you the truth, since you have +guessed it, we got into the lane from the other end: we had come over your +fields. But that was quite by accident. We lost our way in the woods, back +near Woodhall, trying to take a short cut to the Ferry.' + +'If you were in a hurry, the road would have served you better,' said +the farmer. 'But I wasn't worrying about that. You have leave to walk over +my land, if you have a mind, Mr. Peregrin. And you, Mr. Baggins - though I +daresay you still like mushrooms.' He laughed. 'Ah yes, I recognized the +name. I recollect the time when young Frodo Baggins was one of the worst +young rascals of Buckland. But it wasn't mushrooms I was thinking of. I had +just heard the name Baggins before you turned up. What do you think that +funny customer asked me?' + +They waited anxiously for him to go on. 'Well,' the farmer continued, +approaching his point with slow relish, 'he came riding on a big black horse +in at the gate, which happened to be open, and right up to my door. All + + + + +black he was himself, too, and cloaked and hooded up, as if he did not want +to be known. "Now what in the Shire can he want?" I thought to myself. We +don't see many of the Big Folk over the border; and anyway I had never heard +of any like this black fellow. + +' "Good-day to you!" I says, going out to him. "This lane don’t lead +anywhere, and wherever you may be going, your quickest way will be back to +the road." I didn't like the looks of him; and when Grip came out, he took +one sniff and let out a yelp as if he had been slung: he put down his tail +and bolted off howling. The black fellow sat quite still. + +' "I come from yonder," he said, slow and stiff-like, pointing back +west, over my fields, if you please. "Have you seen Baggins? " he asked in a +queer voice, and bent down towards me. I could not see any face, for his +hood fell down so low; and I felt a sort of shiver down my back. But I did +not see why he should come riding over my land so bold. + +' "Be off!" I said. "There are no Bagginses here. You're in the wrong +part of the Shire. You had better go back west to Hobbiton - but you can go +by road this time." + +' "Baggins has left," he answered in a whisper. "He is coming. He is +not far away. I wish to find him. If he passes will you tell me? I will come +back with gold." + +' "No you won't," I said. "You'll go back where you belong, double +quick. I give you one minute before I call all my dogs." + +'He gave a sort of hiss. It might have been laughing, and it might not. + +Then he spurred his great horse right at me, and I jumped out of the way +only just in time. I called the dogs, but he swung off, and rode through the +gate and up the lane towards the causeway like a bolt of thunder. What do +you think of that?' + +Frodo sat for a moment looking at the fire, but his only thought was +how on earth would they reach the Ferry. 'I don't know what to think,' he +said at last. + +'Then I'll tell you what to think,' said Maggot. 'You should never have +gone mixing yourself up with Hobbiton folk, Mr. Frodo. Folk are queer up +there.' Sam stirred in his chair, and looked at the farmer with an +unfriendly eye. 'But you were always a reckless lad. When I heard you had +left the Brandybucks and gone off to that old Mr. Bilbo, I said that you +were going to find trouble. Mark my words, this all comes of those strange +doings of Mr. Bilbo's. His money was got in some strange fashion in foreign + + + + +parts, they say. Maybe there is some that want to know what has become of +the gold and jewels that he buried in the hill of Hobbiton, as I hear?' + +Frodo said nothing: the shrewd guesses of the farmer were rather +disconcerting. + +'Well, Mr. Frodo,' Maggot went on, 'I'm glad that you've had the sense +to come back to Buckland. My advice is: stay there! And don't get mixed up +with these outlandish folk. You'll have friends in these parts. If any of +these black fellows come after you again, I'll deal with them. I'll say +you're dead, or have left the Shire, or anything you like. And that might be +true enough; for as like as not it is old Mr. Bilbo they want news of.' + +'Maybe you're right,' said Frodo, avoiding the farmer's eye and staring +at the fire. + +Maggot looked at him thoughtfully. 'Well, I see you have ideas of your +own,' he said. 'It is as plain as my nose that no accident brought you and +that rider here on the same afternoon; and maybe my news was no great news +to you, after all. I am not asking you to tell me anything you have a mind +to keep to yourself; but I see you are in some kind of trouble. Perhaps you +are thinking it won't be too easy to get to the Ferry without being caught?' + +'I was thinking so,' said Frodo. But we have got to try and get there; +and it won't be done by sitting and thinking. Sol am afraid we must be +going. Thank you very much indeed for your kindness! I've been in terror of +you and your dogs for over thirty years, Farmer Maggot, though you may laugh +to hear it. It's a pity: for I've missed a good friend. And now I'm sorry to +leave so soon. But I'll come back, perhaps, one day - if I get a chance.' + +'You'll be welcome when you come,' said Maggot. 'But now I've a notion. +It's near sundown already, and we are going to have our supper; for we +mostly go to bed soon after the Sun. If you and Mr. Peregrin and all could +stay and have a bite with us, we would be pleased!' + +'And so should we!' said Frodo. 'But we must be going at once, I'm +afraid. Even now it will be dark before we can reach the Ferry.' + +'Ah! but wait a minute! I was going to say: after a bit of supper, I'll +gel out a small waggon, and I'll drive you all to the Ferry. That will save +you a good step, and it might also save you trouble of another sort.' + +Frodo now accepted the invitation gratefully, to the relief of Pippin +and Sam. The sun was already behind the western hills, and the light was +failing. Two of Maggot's sons and his three daughters came in, and a +generous supper was laid on the large table. The kitchen was lit with + + + + +candles and the fire was mended. Mrs. Maggot hustled in and out. One or two +other hobbits belonging to the farm-household came in. In a short while +fourteen sat down to eat. There was beer in plenty, and a mighty dish of +mushrooms and bacon, besides much other solid farmhouse fare. The dogs lay +by the fire and gnawed rinds and cracked bones. + +When they had finished, the farmer and his sons went out with a lantern +and got the waggon ready. It was dark in the yard, when the guests came out. +They threw their packs on board and climbed in. The farmer sat in the +driving-seat, and whipped up his two stout ponies. His wife stood in the +light of the open door. + +'You be careful of yourself. Maggot!' she called. 'Don't go arguing +with any foreigners, and come straight back!' + +'I will!' said he, and drove out of the gate. There was now no breath +of wind stirring; the night was still and quiet, and a chill was in the air. + +They went without lights and took it slowly. After a mile or two the lane +came to an end, crossing a deep dike, and climbing a short slope up on to +the high-banked causeway. + +Maggot got down and took a good look either way, north and south, but +nothing could be seen in the darkness, and there was not a sound in the +still air. Thin strands of river -mist were hanging above the dikes, and +crawling over the fields. + +'It's going to be thick,' said Maggot; 'but I'll not light my lantern +till I turn for home. We'll hear anything on the road long before we meet it +tonight.' + +It was five miles or more from Maggot's lane to the Ferry. The hobbits +wrapped themselves up, but their ears were strained for any sound above the +creak of the wheels and the slow clop of the ponies' hoofs. The waggon +seemed slower than a snail to Frodo. Beside him Pippin was nodding towards +sleep; but Sam was staring forwards into the rising fog. + +They reached the entrance to the Ferry lane at last. It was marked by +two tall white posts that suddenly loomed up on their right. Farmer Maggot +drew in his ponies and the waggon creaked to a halt. They were just +beginning lo scramble out, when suddenly they heard what they had all been +dreading: hoofs on the road ahead. The sound was coming towards them. + +Maggot jumped down and stood holding the ponies' heads, and peering +forward into the gloom. Clip-clop, clip-clop came the approaching rider. The +fall of the hoofs sounded loud in the still, foggy air. + + + + +'You'd better be hidden, Mr. Frodo,’ said Sam anxiously. 'You get down +in the waggon and cover up with blankets, and we'll send this rider to the +rightabouts!' He climbed out and went to the farmer's side. Black Riders +would have to ride over him to get near the waggon. + +Clop-clop, clop-clop. The rider was nearly on them. + +'Hallo there!' called Farmer Maggot. The advancing hoofs stopped short. +They thought they could dimly guess a dark cloaked shape in the mist, a yard +or two ahead. 'Now then!' said the farmer, throwing the reins to Sam and +striding forward. 'Don't you come a step nearer! What do you want, and where +are you going?' + +'I want Mr. Baggins. Have you seen him?' said a muffled voice - but the +voice was the voice of Merry Brandybuck. A dark lantern was uncovered, and +its light fell on the astonished face of the farmer. + +'Mr. Merry!' he cried. + +'Yes, of course! Who did you think it was?' said Merry coming forward. + +As he came out of the mist and their fears subsided, he seemed suddenly to +diminish to ordinary hobbit-size. He was riding a pony, and a scarf was +swathed round his neck and over his chin to keep out the fog. + +Frodo sprang out of the waggon to greet him. 'So there you are at +last!' said Merry. 'I was beginning to wonder if you would turn up at all +today, and I was just going back to supper. When it grew foggy I came across +and rode up towards Stock to see if you had fallen in any ditches. But I'm +blest if I know which way you have come. Where did you find them, Mr. +Maggot? In your duck-pond?' + +'No, I caught 'em trespassing,' said the farmer, 'and nearly set my +dogs on 'em; but they'll tell you all the story, I've no doubt. Now, if +you'll excuse me, Mr. Merry and Mr. Frodo and all, I'd best be turning for +home. Mrs. Maggot will be worriting with the night getting thick.' + +He backed the waggon into the lane and turned it. 'Well, good night to +you all,' he said. 'It's been a queer day, and no mistake. But all's well as +ends well; though perhaps we should not say that until we reach our own +doors. I'll not deny that I'll be glad now when I do.' He lit his lanterns, +and got up. Suddenly he produced a large basket from under the seat. 'I was +nearly forgetting,' he said. 'Mrs. Maggot put this up for Mr. Baggins, with +her compliments.' He handed it down and moved off, followed by a chorus of +thanks and good-nights. + +They watched the pale rings of light round his lanterns as they + + + + +dwindled into the foggy night. Suddenly Frodo laughed: from the covered +basket he held, the scent of mushrooms was rising. + + + + +Chapter 5 . A Conspiracy Unmasked + + + +'Now we had better get home ourselves,' said Merry. There's something +funny about all this, I see; but it must wait till we get in.' + +They turned down the Ferry lane, which was straight and well-kept and +edged with large white- washed stones. In a hundred yards or so it brought +them to the river -bank, where there was a broad wooden landing-stage. A +large flat ferry-boat was moored beside it. The white bollards near the +water's edge glimmered in the light of two lamps on high posts. Behind them +the mists in the flat fields were now above the hedges; but the water before +them was dark, with only a few curling wisps like steam among the reeds by +the bank. There seemed to be less fog on the further side. + +Merry led the pony over a gangway on to the ferry, and the others +followed. Merry then pushed slowly off with a long pole. The Brandywine +flowed slow and broad before them. On the other side the bank was steep, and +up it a winding path climbed from the further landing. Lamps were twinkling +there. Behind loomed up the Buck Hill; and out of it, through stray shrouds +of mist, shone many round windows, yellow and red. They were the windows +of + +Brandy Hall, the ancient home of the Brandy bucks. + +Long ago Gorhendad Oldbuck, head of the Oldbuck family, one of the +oldest in the Marish or indeed in the Shire, had crossed the river, which +was the original boundary of the land eastwards. He built (and excavated) +Brandy Hall, changed his name to Brandybuck, and settled down to become +master of what was virtually a small independent country. His family grew +and grew, and after his days continued to grow, until Brandy Hall occupied +the whole of the low hill, and had three large front-doors, many side-doors, +and about a hundred windows. The Brandybucks and their numerous +dependants + +then began to burrow, and later to build, all round about. That was the +origin of Buckland, a thickly inhabited strip between the river and the Old +Forest, a sort of colony from the Shire. Its chief village was Bucklebury, +clustering in the banks and slopes behind Brandy Hall. + +The people in the Marish were friendly with the Bucklanders, and the +authority of the Master of the Hall (as the head of the Brandybuck family + + + + +was called) was still acknowledged by the farmers between Stock and Rushey. +But most of the folk of the old Shire regarded the Bucklanders as peculiar, +half foreigners as it were. Though, as a matter of fact, they were not very +different from the other hobbits of the Four Farthings. Except in one point: +they were fond of boats, and some of them could swim. + +Their land was originally unprotected from the East; but on that side +they had built a hedge: the High Hay. It had been planted many generations +ago, and was now thick and tail, for it was constantly tended. It ran all +the way from Brandywine Bridge, in a big loop curving away from the river, +to Haysend (where the Withywindle flowed out of the Forest into the +Brandywine): well over twenty miles from end to end. But, of course, it was +not a complete protection. The Forest drew close to the hedge in many +places. The Bucklanders kept their doors locked after dark, and that also +was not usual in the Shire. + +The ferry-boat moved slowly across the water. The Buckland shore drew +nearer. Sam was the only member of the party who had not been over the river +before. He had a strange feeling as the slow gurgling stream slipped by: his +old life lay behind in the mists, dark adventure lay in front. He scratched +his head, and for a moment had a passing wish that Mr. Frodo could have gone +on living quietly at Bag End. + +The four hobbits stepped off the ferry. Merry was tying it up, and +Pippin was already leading the pony up the path, when Sam (who had been +looking back, as if to take farewell of the Shire) said in a hoarse whisper: + +'Look back, Mr. Frodo! Do you see anything?' + +On the far stage, under the distant lamps, they could just make out a +figure: it looked like a dark black bundle left behind. But as they looked +it seemed to move and sway this way and that, as if searching the ground. It +then crawled, or went crouching, back into the gloom beyond the lamps. + +'What in the Shire is that?' exclaimed Merry. + +'Something that is following us,' said Frodo. 'But don't ask any more +now! Let's get away at once!' They hurried up the path to the top of the +bank, but when they looked back the far shore was shrouded in mist, and +nothing could be seen. + +'Thank goodness you don't keep any boats on the west -bank!' said Frodo. +'Can horses cross the river?' + +'They can go twenty miles north to Brandywine Bridge - or they might +swim,' answered Merry. 'Though I never heard of any horse swimming the + + + + +Brandywine. But what have horses to do with it?' I'll tell you later. Let's +get indoors and then we can talk.' + +'All right! You and Pippin know your way; so I'll just ride on and tell +Fatty Bolger that you are coming. We'll see about supper and things.' + +'We had our supper early with Farmer Maggot,' said Frodo; 'but we could +do with another.' + +'You shall have it! Give me that basket!' said Merry, and rode ahead +into the darkness. + +It was some distance from the Brandywine to Frodo's new house at +Crickhollow. They passed Buck Hill and Brandy Hall on their left, and on the +outskirts of Bucklebury struck the main road of Buckland that ran south from +the Bridge. Half a mile northward along this they came to a lane opening on +their right. This they followed for a couple of miles as it climbed up and +down into the country. + +At last they came to a narrow gate in a thick hedge. Nothing could be +seen of the house in the dark: it stood back from the lane in the middle of +a wide circle of lawn surrounded by a belt of low trees inside the outer +hedge. Frodo had chosen it, because it stood in an out-of-the-way corner of +the country, and there were no other dwellings close by. You could get in +and out without being noticed. It had been built a long while before by the +Brandybucks, for the use of guests, or members of the family that wished to +escape from the crowded life of Brandy Hall for a time. It was an +old-fashioned countrified house, as much like a hobbit-hole as possible: it +was long and low, with no upper storey; and it had a roof of turf, round +windows, and a large round door. + +As they walked lip the green path from the gate no light was visible; +the windows were dark and shuttered. Frodo knocked on the door, and Fatty +Bolger opened it. A friendly light streamed out. They slipped in quickly and +shut themselves and the light inside. They were in a wide hall with doors on +either side; in front of them a passage ran back down the middle of the +house. + +'Well, what do you think of it?' asked Merry coming up the passage. 'We +have done our best in a short time to make it look like home. After all +Fatty and I only got here with the last cart-load yesterday.' + +Frodo looked round. It did look like home. Many of his own favourite +things - or Bilbo's things (they reminded him sharply of him in their new +selling) - were arranged as nearly as possible as they had been at Bag End. + + + + +It was a pleasant, comfortable, welcoming place; and he found himself +wishing that he was really coming here to settle down in quiet retirement. + +It seemed unfair to have put his friends to all this trouble; and he +wondered again how he was going to break the news to them that he must leave +them so soon, indeed at once. Yet that would have to be done that very +night, before they all went to bed. + +'It's delightful!' he said with an effort. 'I hardly feel that I have +moved at all.' + +The travellers hung up their cloaks, and piled their packs on the +floor. Merry led them down the passage and threw open a door at the far end. +Firelight came out, and a puff of steam. + +'A bath!' cried Pippin. 'O blessed Meriadoc!' + +'Which order shall we go in?' said Frodo. 'Eldest first, or quickest +first? You'll be last either way, Master Peregrin.' + +'Trust me to arrange things better than that!' said Merry. 'We can't +begin life at Crickhollow with a quarrel over baths. In that room there are +three tubs, and a copper full of boiling water. There are also towels, mats +and soap. Get inside, and be quick!' + +Merry and Fatty went into the kitchen on the other side of the passage, +and busied themselves with the final preparations for a late supper. +Snatches of competing songs came from the bathroom mixed with the sound +of + +splashing and wallowing. The voice of Pippin was suddenly lifted up above +the others in one of Bilbo's favourite bath-songs. + +Sing hey! for the bath at close of day +that washes the weary mud away! + +A loon is he that will not sing: + +O! Water Hot is a noble thing! + +O! Sweet is the sound of falling rain, +and the brook that leaps from hill to plain; +but better than rain or rippling streams +is Water Hot that smokes and steams. + +O! Water cold we may pour at need +down a thirsty throat and be glad indeed; +but better is Beer, if drink we lack, + + + + +and Water Hot poured down the back. + + + +O! Water is fair that leaps on high + +in a fountain white beneath the sky; + +but never did fountain sound so sweet + +as splashing Hot Water with my feet! + +There was a terrific splash, and a shout of Whoa! from Frodo. It +appeared that a lot of Pippin's bath had imitated a fountain and leaped on +high. + +Merry went to the door: 'What about supper and beer in the throat?' he +called. Frodo came out drying his hair. + +'There's so much water in the air that I'm coming into the kitchen to +finish,' he said. + +'Lawks!' said Merry, looking in. The stone floor was swimming. 'You +ought to mop all that up before you get anything to eat. Peregrin,' he said. +'Hurry up, or we shan't wait for you.' + +They had supper in the kitchen on a table near the fire. 'I suppose you +three won't want mushrooms again?' said Fredegar without much hope. + +'Yes we shall!' cried Pippin. + +'They're mine!' said Frodo. 'Given to me by Mrs. Maggot, a queen among +farmers' wives. Take your greedy hands away, and I'll serve them.' + +Hobbits have a passion for mushrooms, surpassing even the greediest +likings of Big People. A fact which partly explains young Frodo's long +expeditions to the renowned fields of the Marish, and the wrath of the +injured Maggot. On this occasion there was plenty for all, even according to +hobbit standards. There were also many other things to follow, and when they +had finished even Fatty Bolger heaved a sigh of content. They pushed back +the table, and drew chairs round the fire. + +'We'll clear up later,' said Merry. 'Now tell me all about it! I guess +that you have been having adventures, which was not quite fair without me. I +want a full account; and most of all I want to know what was the matter with +old Maggot, and why he spoke to me like that. He sounded almost as if he was +scared, if that is possible.' + +'We have all been scared,' said Pippin after a pause, in which Frodo +stared at the fire and did not speak. 'You would have been, too, if you had +been chased for two days by Black Riders.' + +'And what are they?' + + + + +'Black figures riding on black horses,' answered Pippin. 'If Frodo +won't talk, I will tell you the whole tale from the beginning.' He then gave +a full account of their journey from the time when they left Hobbiton. Sam +gave various supporting nods and exclamations. Frodo remained silent. + +'I should think you were making it all up,' said Merry, 'if I had not +seen that black shape on the landing-stage - and heard the queer sound in +Maggot's voice. What do you make of it all, Frodo?' + +'Cousin Frodo has been very close,' said Pippin. 'But the time has come +for him to open out. So far we have been given nothing more to go on than +Farmer Maggot's guess that it has something to do with old Bilbo's +treasure.' + +'That was only a guess,' said Frodo hastily. 'Maggot does not know +anything.' + +'Old Maggot is a shrewd fellow,' said Merry. 'A lot goes on behind his +round face that does not come out in his talk. I've heard that he used to go +into the Old Forest at one time, and he has the reputation of knowing a good +many strange things. But you can at least tell us, Frodo, whether you think +his guess good or bad.' + +'I think, ' answered Frodo slowly, 'that it was a good guess, as far as +it goes. There is a connexion with Bilbo's old adventures, and the Riders +are looking, or perhaps one ought to say searching, for him or for me. I +also fear, if you want to know, that it is no joke at all; and that I am not +safe here or anywhere else.' He looked round at the windows and walls, as if +he was afraid they would suddenly give way. The others looked at him in +silence, and exchanged meaning glances among themselves. + +'It's coming out in a minute,' whispered Pippin to Merry. Merry nodded. + +'Well!' said Frodo at last, sitting up and straightening his back, as +if he had made a decision. 'I can't keep it dark any longer. I have got +something to tell you all. But I don't know quite how to begin.' + +'I think I could help you,' said Merry quietly, 'by telling you some of +it myself.' + +'What do you mean?' said Frodo, looking at him anxiously. 'Just this, +my dear old Frodo: you are miserable, because you don't know how to say +good-bye. You meant to leave the Shire, of course. But danger has come on +you sooner than you expected, and now you are making up your mind to go at +once. And you don't want to. We are very sorry for you.' + +Frodo opened his mouth and shut it again. His look of surprise was so + + + + +comical that they laughed. 'Dear old Frodo!' said Pippin. 'Did you really +think you had thrown dust in all our eyes? You have not been nearly careful +or clever enough for that! You have obviously been planning to go and saying +farewell to all your haunts all this year since April. We have constantly +heard you muttering: "Shall I ever look down into that valley again, I +wonder", and things like that. And pretending that you had come to the end +of your money, and actually selling your beloved Bag End to those +Sackville-Bagginses! And all those close talks with Gandalf.' + +'Good heavens!' said Frodo. 'I thought I had been both careful and +clever. I don't know what Gandalf would say. Is all the Shire discussing my +departure then?' + +'Oh no!' said Merry. 'Don't worry about that! The secret won't keep for +long, of course; but at present it is, I think, only known to us +conspirators. After all, you must remember that we know you well, and are +often with you. We can usually guess what you are thinking. I knew Bilbo, +too. To tell you the truth, I had been watching you rather closely ever +since he left. I thought you would go after him sooner or later; indeed I +expected you to go sooner, and lately we have been very anxious. We have +been terrified that you might give us the slip, and go off suddenly, all on +your own like he did. Ever since this spring we have kept our eyes open, and +done a good deal of planning on our own account. You are not going to escape +so easily!' + +'But I must go,' said Frodo. 'It cannot be helped, dear friends. It is +wretched for us all, but it is no use your trying to keep me. Since you have +guessed so much, please help me and do not hinder me!' + +'You do not understand!' said Pippin. 'You must go - and therefore we +must, too. Merry and I are coming with you. Sam is an excellent fellow, and +would jump down a dragon's throat to save you, if he did not trip over his +own feet; but you will need more than one companion in your dangerous +adventure.' + +'My dear and most beloved hobbits!' said Frodo deeply moved. 'But I +could not allow it. I decided that long ago, too. You speak of danger, but +you do not understand. This is no treasure-hunt, no there-and -back journey. + +I am flying from deadly peril into deadly peril.' + +'Of course we understand,' said Merry firmly. 'That is why we have +decided to come. We know the Ring is no laughing -matter; but we are going to +do our best to help you against the Enemy.' + + + + +The Ring!' said Frodo, now completely amazed. + +'Yes, the Ring,' said Merry. 'My dear old hobbit, you don't allow for +the inquisitiveness of friends. I have known about the existence of the Ring +for years - before Bilbo went away, in fact; but since he obviously regarded +it as secret, I kept the knowledge in my head, until we formed our +conspiracy. I did not know Bilbo, of course, as well as I know you; I was +too young, and he was also more careful - but he was not careful enough. If +you want to know how I first found out, I will tell you.' + +'Go on!' said Frodo faintly. + +'It was the Sackville-Bagginses that were his downfall, as you might +expect. One day, a year before the Party, I happened to be walking along the +road, when I saw Bilbo ahead. Suddenly in the distance the S.-B.s appeared, +coming towards us. Bilbo slowed down, and then hey presto! he vanished. I +was so startled that I hardly had the wits to hide myself in a more ordinary +fashion; but I got through the hedge and walked along the field inside. I +was peeping through into the road, after the S.-B.s had passed, and was +looking straight at Bilbo when he suddenly reappeared. I caught a glint of +gold as he put something back in his trouser -pocket. + +'After that I kept my eyes open. In fact, I confess that I spied. But +you must admit that it was very intriguing, and I was only in my teens. I +must be the only one in the Shire, besides you Frodo, that has ever seen the +old fellow's secret book.' + +'You have read his book!' cried Frodo. 'Good heavens above! Is nothing +safe?' + +'Not too safe, I should say,' said Merry. 'But I have only had one +rapid glance, and that was difficult to get. He never left the book about. I +wonder what became of it. I should like another look. Have you got it, +Frodo?' + +'No. It was not at Bag End. He must have taken it away.' + +'Well, as I was saying,' Merry proceeded, 'I kept my knowledge to +myself, till this Spring when things got serious. Then we formed our +conspiracy; and as we were serious, too, and meant business, we have not +been too scrupulous. You are not a very easy nut to crack, and Gandalf is +worse. But if you want to be introduced to our chief investigator, I can +produce him.' + +'Where is he?' said Frodo, looking round, as if he expected a masked +and sinister figure to come out of a cupboard. + + + + +’Step forward, Sam!' said Merry; and Sam stood up with a face scarlet +up to the ears. 'Here's our collector of information ! And he collected a +lot, I can tell you, before he was finally caught. After which, I may say, +he seemed to regard himself as on parole, and dried up.' + +'Sam!' cried Frodo, feeling that amazement could go no further, and +quite unable to decide whether he felt angry, amused, relieved, or merely +foolish. + +'Yes, sir!' said Sam. 'Begging your pardon, sir! But I meant no wrong +to you, Mr. Frodo, nor to Mr. Gandalf for that matter. He has some sense, +mind you; and when you said go alone, he said no! lake someone as you can +trust. ' + +'But it does not seem that I can trust anyone,' said Frodo. Sam looked +at him unhappily. 'It all depends on what you want,' put in Merry. 'You can +trust us to stick to you through thick and thin - to the bitter end. And you +can trust us to keep any secret of yours - closer than you keep it yourself. + +But you cannot trust us to let you face trouble alone, and go off without a +word. We are your friends, Frodo. Anyway: there it is. We know most of what +Gandalf has told you. We know a good deal about the Ring. We are horribly +afraid - but we are coming with you; or following you like hounds.' + +'And after all, sir,' added Sam, 'you did ought to take the Elves' +advice. Gildor said you should take them as was willing, and you can't deny +it.' + +'I don't deny it,' said Frodo, looking at Sam, who was now grinning. 'I +don't deny it, but I'll never believe you are sleeping again, whether you +snore or not. I shall kick you hard to make sure. + +'You are a set of deceitful scoundrels!' he said, turning to the +others. 'But bless you!' he laughed, getting up and waving his arms, 'I give +in. I will take Gildor's advice. If the danger were not so dark, I should +dance for joy. Even so, I cannot help feeling happy; happier than I have +felt for a long time. I had dreaded this evening.' + +'Good! That's settled. Three cheers for Captain Frodo and company!' +they shouted; and they danced round him. Merry and Pippin began a song, +which they had apparently got ready for the occasion. + +It was made on the model of the dwarf-song that started Bilbo on his +adventure long ago, and went to the same tune: + +Farewell we call to hearth and hall! + +Though wind may blow and rain may fall, + + + + +We must away ere break of day +Far over wood and mountain tall. + + + +To Rivendell, where Elves yet dwell +In glades beneath the misty fell, + +Through moor and waste we ride in haste, + +And whither then we cannot tell. + +With foes ahead, behind us dread, + +Beneath the sky shall be our bed, + +Until at last our toil be passed, + +Our journey done, our errand sped. + +We must away! We must away! + +We ride before the break of day! + +'Very good!' said Frodo. 'But in that case there are a lot of things to +do before we go to bed - under a roof, for tonight at any rate.' + +'Oh! That was poetry!' said Pippin. 'Do you really mean to start before +the break of day?' + +'I don't know,' answered Frodo. 'I fear those Black Riders, and I am +sure it is unsafe to stay in one place long, especially in a place to which +it is known I was going. Also Gildor advised me not to wait. But I should +very much like to see Gandalf. I could see that even Gildor was disturbed +when he heard that Gandalf had never appeared. It really depends on two +things. Flow soon could the Riders get to Bucklebury? And how soon could +we + +get off? It will take a good deal of preparation.' + +'The answer to the second question,' said Merry, 'is that we could get +off in an hour. I have prepared practically everything. There are six ponies +in a stable across the fields; stores and tackle are all packed, except for +a few extra clothes, and the perishable food.' + +'It seems to have been a very efficient conspiracy,' said Frodo. 'But +what about the Black Riders? Would it be safe to wait one day for Gandalf?' + +'That all depends on what you think the Riders would do, if they found +you here,' answered Merry. 'They could have reached here by now, of course, +if they were not stopped at the North-gate, where the Hedge runs down to the +river -bank, just this side of the Bridge. The gate-guards would not let them + + + + +through by night, though they might break through. Even in the daylight they +would try to keep them out, I think, at any rate until they got a message +through to the Master of the Hall - for they would not like the look of the +Riders, and would certainly be frightened by them. But, of course, Buckland +cannot resist a determined attack for long. And it is possible that in the +morning even a Black Rider that rode up and asked for Mr. Baggins would be +let through. It is pretty generally known that you are coming back to live +at Crickhollow.' + +Frodo sat for a while in thought. 'I have made up my mind,' he said +finally. 'I am starting tomorrow, as soon as it is light. But I am not going +by road: it would be safer to wait here than that. If I go through the +North-gate my departure from Buckland will be known at once, instead of +being secret for several days at least, as it might be. And what is more, +the Bridge and the East Road near the borders will certainly be watched, +whether any Rider gets into Buckland or not. We don't know how many there +are; but there are at least two, and possibly more. The only thing to do is +to go off in a quite unexpected direction.' + +'But that can only mean going into the Old Forest!' said Fredegar +horrified. 'You can't be thinking of doing that. It is quite as dangerous as +Black Riders.' + +'Not quite,' said Merry. It sounds very desperate, but I believe Frodo +is right. It is the only way of getting off without being followed at once. + +With luck we might gel a considerable start.' + +'But you won't have any luck in the Old Forest,' objected Fredegar. 'No +one ever has luck in there. You'll gel lost. People don't go in there.' + +'Oh yes they do!' said Merry. 'The Brandybucks go in - occasionally +when the fit takes them. We have a private entrance. Frodo went in once, +long ago. I have been in several times: usually in daylight, of course, when +the trees are sleepy and fairly quiet.' + +'Well, do as you think best!' said Fredegar. 'I am more afraid of the +Old Forest than of anything I know about: the stories about it are a +nightmare; but my vote hardly counts, as I am not going on the journey. + +Still, I am very glad someone is stopping behind, who can tell Gandalf what +you have done, when he turns up, as I am sure he will before long.' + +Fond as he was of Frodo, Fatty Bolger had no desire to leave the Shire, +nor to see what lay outside it. His family came from the Eastfarthing, from +Budgeford in Bridgefields in fact, but he had never been over the Brandywine + + + + +Bridge. His task, according to the original plans of the conspirators, was +to stay behind and deal with inquisitive folk, and to keep up as long as +possible the pretence that Mr. Baggins was still living at Crickhollow. He +had even brought along some old clothes of Frodo's to help him in playing +the part. They little thought how dangerous that part might prove. + +'Excellent!' said Frodo, when he understood the plan. ’We could not +have left any message behind for Gandalf otherwise. I don't know whether +these Riders can read or not, of course, but I should not have dared to risk +a written message, in case they got in and searched the house. But if Fatty +is willing to hold the fort, and I can be sure of Gandalf knowing the way we +have gone, that decides me. I am going into the Old Forest first thing +tomorrow.’ + +'Well, that's that,' said Pippin. 'On the whole I would rather have our +job than Fatty's - waiting here till Black Riders come.' + +'You wait till you are well inside the Forest,' said Fredegar. 'You'll +wish you were back here with me before this time tomorrow.' + +'It's no good arguing about it any more,' said Merry. 'We have still +got to tidy up and put the finishing touches to the packing, before we get +to bed. I shall call you all before the break of day.' + +When at last he had got to bed, Frodo could not sleep for some time. + +His legs ached. He. was glad that he was riding in the morning. Eventually +he fell into a vague dream, in which he seemed to be looking out of a high +window over a dark sea of tangled trees. Down below among the roots there +was the sound of creatures crawling and snuffling. He felt sure they would +smell him out sooner or later. + +Then he heard a noise in the distance. At first he thought it was a +great wind coming over the leaves of the forest. Then he knew that it was +not leaves, but the sound of the Sea far-off; a sound he had never heard in +waking life, though it had often troubled his dreams. Suddenly he found he +was out in the open. There were no trees after all. He was on a dark heath, +and there was a strange salt smell in the air. Looking up he saw before him +a tall white tower, standing alone on a high ridge. A great desire came over +him to climb the tower and see the Sea. He started to struggle up the ridge +towards the tower: but suddenly a light came in the sky, and there was a +noise of thunder. + + + + +Chapter 6. The Old Forest + + + +Frodo woke suddenly. It was still dark in the room. Merry was standing +there with a candle in one hand, and banging on the door with the other. + +'All right! What is it?' said Frodo, still shaken and bewildered. + +'What is it!' cried Merry. 'It is time to get up. It is half past four +and very foggy. Come on! Sam is already getting breakfast ready. Even Pippin +is up. I am just going to saddle the ponies, and fetch the one that is to be +the baggage-carrier. Wake that sluggard Fatty! At least he must get up and +see us off.' + +Soon after six o'clock the five hobbits were ready to start. Fatty +Bolger was still yawning. They stole quietly out of the house. Merry went in +front leading a laden pony, and took his way along a path that went through +a spinney behind the house, and then cut across several fields. The leaves +of trees were glistening, and every twig was dripping; the grass was grey +with cold dew. Everything was still, and far-away noises seemed near and +clear: fowls chattering in a yard, someone closing a door of a distant +house. + +In their shed they found the ponies; sturdy little beasts of the kind +loved by hobbits, not speedy, but good for a long day's work. They mounted, +and soon they were riding off into the mist, which seemed to open +reluctantly before them and close forbiddingly behind them. After riding for +about an hour, slowly and without talking, they saw the Fledge looming +suddenly ahead. It was tall and netted over with silver cobwebs. 'How are +you going to get through this?' asked Fredegar. 'Follow me!' said Merry, + +'and you will see.' He turned to the left along the Hedge, and soon they +came to a point where it bent inwards, running along the lip of a hollow. A +cutting had been made, at some distance from the Hedge, and went sloping +gently down into the ground. It had walls of brick at the sides, which rose +steadily, until suddenly they arched over and formed a tunnel that dived +deep under the Hedge and came out in the hollow on the other side. + +Here Fatty Bolger halted. 'Good-bye, Frodo!' he said. 'I wish you were +not going into the Forest. I only hope you will not need rescuing before the +day is out. But good luck to you - today and every day!' + +'If there are no worse things ahead than the Old Forest, I shall be +lucky,' said Frodo. 'Tell Gandalf to hurry along the East Road: we shall + + + + +soon be back on it and going as fast as we can.’ ’Good-bye!' they cried, and +rode down the slope and disappeared from Fredegar's sight into the tunnel. + +It was dark and damp. At the far end it was closed by a gate of +thick-set iron bars. Merry got down and unlocked the gate, and when they had +all passed through he pushed it to again. It shut with a clang, and the lock +clicked. The sound was ominous. + +’There!’ said Merry. 'You have left the Shire, and are now outside, and +on the edge of the Old Forest.' + +'Are the stories about it true?' asked Pippin. + +'I don't know what stories you mean,' Merry answered. 'If you mean the +old bogey-stories Fatty's nurses used to tell him, about goblins and wolves +and things of that sort, I should say no. At any rate I don't believe them. + +But the Forest is queer. Everything in it is very much more alive, more +aware of what is going on, so to speak, than things are in the Shire. And +the trees do not like strangers. They watch you. They are usually content +merely to watch you, as long as daylight lasts, and don't do much. +Occasionally the most unfriendly ones may drop a branch, or stick a root +out, or grasp at you with a long trailer. But at night things can be most +alarming, or so I am told. I have only once or twice been in here after +dark, and then only near the hedge. I thought all the trees were whispering +to each other, passing news and plots along in an unintelligible language; +and the branches swayed and groped without any wind. They do say the trees +do actually move, and can surround strangers and hem them in. In fact long +ago they attacked the Hedge: they came and planted themselves right by it, +and leaned over it. But the hobbits came and cut down hundreds of trees, and +made a great bonfire in the Forest, and burned all the ground in a long +strip east of the Hedge. After that the trees gave up the attack, but they +became very unfriendly. There is still a wide bare space not far inside +where the bonfire was made.' + +'Is it only the trees that are dangerous?' asked Pippin. + +'There are various queer things living deep in the Forest, and on the +far side,' said Merry, 'or at least I have heard so; but I have never seen +any of them. But something makes paths. Whenever one comes inside one +finds + +open tracks; but they seem to shift and change from time to time in a queer +fashion. Not far from this tunnel there is, or was for a long time, the +beginning of quite a broad path leading to the Bonfire Glade, and then on + + + + +more or less in our direction, east and a little north. That is the path I +am going to try and find.’ + +The hobbits now left the tunnel-gate and rode across the wide hollow. + +On the far side was a faint path leading up on to the floor of the Forest, a +hundred yards and more beyond the Hedge; but it vanished as soon as it +brought them under the trees. Looking back they could see the dark line of +the Hedge through the stems of trees that were already thick about them. +Looking ahead they could see only tree-trunks of innumerable sizes and +shapes: straight or bent, twisted, leaning, squat or slender, smooth or +gnarled and branched; and all the stems were green or grey with moss and +slimy, shaggy growths. + +Merry alone seemed fairly cheerful. 'You had better lead on and find +that path,' Frodo said to him. 'Don't let us lose one another, or forget +which way the Hedge lies!' + +They picked a way among the trees, and their ponies plodded along, +carefully avoiding the many writhing and interlacing roots. There was no +undergrowth. The ground was rising steadily, and as they went forward it +seemed that the trees became taller, darker, and thicker. There was no +sound, except an occasional drip of moisture falling through the still +leaves. For the moment there was no whispering or movement among the +branches; but they all got an uncomfortable feeling that they were being +watched with disapproval, deepening to dislike and even enmity. The feeling +steadily grew, until they found themselves looking up quickly, or glancing +back over their shoulders, as if they expected a sudden blow. + +There was not as yet any sign of a path, and the trees seemed +constantly to bar their way. Pippin suddenly felt that he could not bear it +any longer, and without warning let out a shout. 'Oi! Oi !' he cried. 'I am +not going to do anything. Just let me pass through, will you!' + +The others halted startled; but the cry fell as if muffled by a heavy +curtain. There was no echo or answer though the wood seemed to become +more + +crowded and more watchful than before. + +'I should not shout, if I were you,' said Merry. It does more harm than +good.' + +Frodo began to wonder if it were possible to find a way through, and if +he had been right to make the others come into this abominable wood. Merry +was looking from side to side, and seemed already uncertain which way to go. + + + + +Pippin noticed it. 'It has not taken you long to lose us,' he said. But at +that moment Merry gave a whistle of relief and pointed ahead. + +'Well, well!' he said. 'These trees do shift. There is the Bonfire +Glade in front of us (or I hope so), but the path to it seems to have moved +away!' + +The light grew clearer as they went forward. Suddenly they came out of +the trees and found themselves in a wide circular space. There was sky above +them, blue and clear to their surprise, for down under the Forest -roof they +had not been able to see the rising morning and the lifting of the mist. The +sun was not, however, high enough yet to shine down into the clearing, +though its light was on the tree-tops. The leaves were all thicker and +greener about the edges of the glade, enclosing it with an almost solid +wall. No tree grew there, only rough grass and many tall plants: stalky and +faded hemlocks and wood-parsley, fire-weed seeding into fluffy ashes, and +rampant nettles and thistles. A dreary place: but it seemed a charming and +cheerful garden after the close Forest. + +The hobbits felt encouraged, and looked up hopefully at the broadening +daylight in the sky. At the far side of the glade there was a break in the +wall of trees, and a clear path beyond it. They could see it running on into +the wood, wide in places and open above, though every now and again the +trees drew in and overshadowed it with their dark boughs. Up this path they +rode. They were still climbing gently, but they now went much quicker, and +with better heart; for it seemed to them that the Forest had relented, and +was going to let them pass unhindered after all. + +But after a while the air began to get hot and stuffy. The trees drew +close again on either side, and they could no longer see far ahead. Now +stronger than ever they felt again the ill will of the wood pressing on +them. So silent was it that the fall of their ponies' hoofs, rustling on +dead leaves and occasionally stumbling on hidden roots, seemed to thud in +their ears. Frodo tried to sing a song to encourage them, but his voice sank +to a murmur. + +O! Wanderers in the shadowed land +despair not! For though dark they stand, +all woods there be must end at last, +and see the open sun go past: +the setting sun, the rising sun, +the day's end, or the day begun. + + + + +For east or west all woods must fail... + +Fail - even as he said the word his voice faded into silence. The air +seemed heavy and the making of words wearisome. Just behind them a large +branch fell from an old overhanging tree with a crash into the path. The +trees seemed to close in before them. + +They do not like all that about ending and failing,' said Merry. 'I +should not sing any more at present. Wait till we do get to the edge, and +then we'll turn and give them a rousing chorus!' + +He spoke cheerfully, and if he felt any great anxiety, he did not show +it. The others did not answer. They were depressed. A heavy weight was +settling steadily on Frodo's heart, and he regretted now with every step +forward that he had ever thought of challenging the menace of the trees. He +was, indeed, just about to stop and propose going back (if that was still +possible), when things took a new turn. The path stopped climbing, and +became for a while nearly level. The dark trees drew aside, and ahead they +could see the path going almost straight forward. Before them, but some +distance off, there stood a green hill-top, treeless, rising like a bald +head out of the encircling wood. The path seemed to be making directly for +it. + +They now hurried forward again, delighted with the thought of climbing +out for a while above the roof of the Forest. The path dipped, and then +again began to climb upwards, leading them at last to the foot of the steep +hillside. There it left the trees and faded into the turf. The wood stood +all round the hill like thick hair that ended sharply in a circle round a +shaven crown. + +The hobbits led their ponies up, winding round and round until they +reached the top. There they stood and gazed about them. The air was gleaming +and sunlit, but hazy; and they could not see to any great distance. Near at +hand the mist was now almost gone; though here and there it lay in hollows +of the wood, and to the south of them, out of a deep fold cutting right +across the Forest, the fog still rose like steam or wisps of white smoke. + +'That,' said Merry, pointing with his hand, 'that is the line of the +Withywindle. It comes down out of the Downs and flows south-west through +the + +midst of the Forest to join the Brandywine below Haysend. We don't want to +go that way! The Withywindle valley is said to be the queerest part of the +whole wood - the centre from which all the queerness comes, as it were.' + + + + +The others looked in the direction that Merry pointed out, but they +could see little but mists over the damp and deep-cut valley; and beyond it +the southern half of the Forest faded from view. + +The sun on the hill-lop was now getting hot. It must have been about +eleven o'clock; but the autumn haze still prevented them from seeing much in +other directions. In the west they could not make out either the line of the +Hedge or the valley of the Brandywine beyond it. Northward, where they +looked most hopefully, they could see nothing that might be the line of the +great East Road, for which they were making. They were on an island in a sea +of trees, and the horizon was veiled. + +On the south-eastern side the ground fell very steeply, as if the +slopes of the hill were continued far down under the trees, like +island-shores that really are the sides of a mountain rising out of deep +waters. They sat on the green edge and looked out over the woods below them, +while they ate their mid-day meal. As the sun rose and passed noon they +glimpsed far off in the east the grey-green lines of the Downs that lay +beyond the Old Forest on that side. That cheered them greatly; for it was +good to see a sight of anything beyond the wood's borders, though they did +not mean to go that way, if they could help it: the Barrow-downs had as +sinister a reputation in hobbit-legend as the Forest itself. + +At length they made up their minds to go on again. The path that had +brought them to the hill reappeared on the northward side; but they had not +followed it far before they became aware that it was bending steadily to the +right. Soon it began to descend rapidly and they guessed that it must +actually be heading towards the Withy windle valley: not at all the direction +they wished lo take. After some discussion they decided to leave this +misleading path and strike northward; for although they had not been able to +see it from the hill-top, the Road must lie that way, and it could not be +many miles off. Also northward, and to the left of the path, the land seemed +lo be drier and more open, climbing up to slopes where the trees were +thinner, and pines and firs replaced the oaks and ashes and other strange +and nameless trees of the denser wood. + +At first their choice seemed to be good: they got along at a fair +speed, though whenever they got a glimpse of the sun in an open glade they +seemed unaccountably to have veered eastwards. But after a time the trees +began to close in again, just where they had appeared from a distance to be +thinner and less tangled. Then deep folds in the ground were discovered + + + + +unexpectedly, like the ruts of great giant-wheels or wide moats and sunken +roads long disused and choked with brambles. These lay usually right across +their line of march, and could only be crossed by scrambling down and out +again, which was troublesome and difficult with their ponies. Each time they +climbed down they found the hollow filled with thick bushes and matted +undergrowth, which somehow would not yield to the left, but only gave way +when they turned to the right; and they had to go some distance along the +bottom before they could find a way up the further bank. Each time they +clambered out, the trees seemed deeper and darker; and always to the left +and upwards it was most difficult to find a way, and they were forced to the +right and downwards. + +After an hour or two they had lost all clear sense of direction, though +they knew well enough that they had long ceased to go northward at all. They +were being headed off, and were simply following a course chosen for them - +eastwards and southwards, into the heart of the Forest and not out of it. + +The afternoon was wearing away when they scrambled and stumbled into a +fold that was wider and deeper than any they had yet met. It was so sleep +and overhung that it proved impossible to climb out of it again, either +forwards or backwards, without leaving their ponies and their baggage +behind. All they could do was to follow the fold - downwards. The ground +grew soft, and in places boggy; springs appeared in the banks, and soon they +found themselves following a brook that trickled and babbled through a weedy +bed. Then the ground began to fall rapidly, and the brook growing strong and +noisy, flowed and leaped swiftly downhill. They were in a deep dim-lit gully +over-arched by trees high above them. + +After stumbling along for some way along the stream, they came quite +suddenly out of the gloom. As if through a gate they saw the sunlight before +them. Coming to the opening they found that they had made their way down +through a cleft in a high sleep bank, almost a cliff. At its feet was a wide +space of grass and reeds; and in the distance could be glimpsed another bank +almost as steep. A golden afternoon of late sunshine lay warm and drowsy +upon the hidden land between. In the midst of it there wound lazily a dark +river of brown water, bordered with ancient willows, arched over with +willows, blocked with fallen willows, and flecked with thousands of faded +willow-leaves. The air was thick with them, fluttering yellow from the +branches; for there was a warm and gentle breeze blowing softly in the +valley, and the reeds were rustling, and the willow-boughs were creaking. + + + + +'Well, now I have at least some notion of where we are!' said Merry. + +'We have come almost in the opposite direction to which we intended. This is +the River Withy windle! I will go on and explore.' + +He passed out into the sunshine and disappeared into the long grasses. +After a while he reappeared, and reported that there was fairly solid ground +between the cliff-foot and the river; in some places firm turf went down to +the water's edge. 'What's more,' he said, 'there seems to be something like +a footpath winding along on this side of the river. If we turn left and +follow it, we shall be bound to come out on the east side of the Forest +eventually.' + +'I dare say!' said Pippin. 'That is, if the track goes on so far, and +does not simply lead us into a bog and leave us there. Who made the track, +do you suppose, and why? I am sure it was not for our benefit. I am getting +very suspicious of this Forest and everything in it, and I begin to believe +all the stories about it. And have you any idea how far eastward we should +have to go?' + +'No,' said Merry, 'I haven't. I don't know in the least how far down +the Withywindle we are, or who could possibly come here often enough to +make + +a path along it. But there is no other way out that I can see or think of.' + +There being nothing else for it, they filed out, and Merry led them to +the path that he had discovered. Everywhere the reeds and grasses were lush +and tall, in places far above their heads; but once found, the path was easy +to follow, as it turned and twisted, picking out the sounder ground among +the bogs and pools. Here and there it passed over other rills, running down +gullies into the Withywindle out of the higher forest-lands, and at these +points there were tree-trunks or bundles of brushwood laid carefully across. + +The hobbits began to feel very hot. There were armies of flies of all +kinds buzzing round their ears, and the afternoon sun was burning on their +backs. At last they came suddenly into a thin shade; great grey branches +reached across the path. Each step forward became more reluctant than the +last. Sleepiness seemed to be creeping out of the ground and up their legs, +and falling softly out of the air upon their heads and eyes. + +Frodo felt his chin go down and his head nod. Just in front of him +Pippin fell forward on to his knees. Frodo halted. 'It's no good,' he heard +Merry saying. 'Can't go another step without rest. Must have nap. It's cool +under the willows. Less flies!' + + + + +Frodo did not like the sound of this. 'Come on!' he cried. 'We can't +have a nap yet. We must get clear of the Forest first.' But the others were +too far gone to care. Beside them Sam stood yawning and blinking stupidly. + +Suddenly Frodo himself felt sleep overwhelming him. His head swam. +There now seemed hardly a sound in the air. The flies had stopped buzzing. +Only a gentle noise on the edge of hearing, a soft fluttering as of a song +half whispered, seemed to stir in the boughs above. He lifted his heavy eyes +and saw leaning over him a huge willow-tree, old and hoary. Enormous it +looked, its sprawling branches going up like reaching arms with many +long-fingered hands, its knotted and twisted trunk gaping in wide fissures +that creaked faintly as the boughs moved. The leaves fluttering against the +bright sky dazzled him, and he toppled over, lying where he fell upon the +grass. + +Merry and Pippin dragged themselves forward and lay down with their +backs to the willow-trunk. Behind them the great cracks gaped wide to +receive them as the tree swayed and creaked. They looked up at the grey and +yellow leaves, moving softly against the light, and singing. They shut their +eyes, and then it seemed that they could almost hear words, cool words, +saying something about water and sleep. They gave themselves up to the spell +and fell fast asleep at the foot of the great grey willow. + +Frodo lay for a while fighting with the sleep that was overpowering +him; then with an effort he struggled to his feel again. He felt a +compelling desire for cool water. 'Wait for me, Sam,' he stammered. 'Must +bathe feet a minute.' + +Half in a dream he wandered forward to the riverward side of the tree, +where great winding roots grew out into the stream, like gnarled dragonets +straining down to drink. He straddled one of these, and paddled his hot feel +in the cool brown water; and there he too suddenly fell asleep with his back +against the tree. + +Sam sat down and scratched his head, and yawned like a cavern. He was +worried. The afternoon was getting late, and he thought this sudden +sleepiness uncanny. 'There's more behind this than sun and warm air,' he +muttered to himself. 'I don't like this great big tree. I don't trust it. + +Hark at it singing about sleep now! This won't do at all!' + +He pulled himself to his feet, and staggered off to see what had become +of the ponies. He found that two had wandered on a good way along the path; +and he had just caught them and brought them back towards the others, when + + + + +he heard two noises; one loud, and the other soft but very clear. One was +the splash of something heavy falling into the water; the other was a noise +like the snick of a lock when a door quietly closes fast. + +He rushed back to the bank. Frodo was in the water close to the edge, +and a great tree-root seemed to be over him and holding him down, but he was +not struggling. Sam gripped him by the jacket, and dragged him from under +the root; and then with difficulty hauled him on to the bank. Almost at once +he woke, and coughed and spluttered. + +'Do you know, Sam,' he said at length, 'the beastly tree threw me in! I +felt it. The big root just twisted round and tipped me in!' + +'You were dreaming I expect, Mr. Frodo,' said Sam. 'You shouldn't sit +in such a place, if you feel sleepy.' + +'What about the others?' Frodo asked. 'I wonder what sort of dreams +they are having.' + +They went round to the other side of the tree, and then Sam understood +the click that he had heard. Pippin had vanished. The crack by which he had +laid himself had closed together, so that not a chink could be seen. Merry +was trapped: another crack had closed about his waist; his legs lay outside, +but the rest of him was inside a dark opening, the edges of which gripped +like a pair of pincers. + +Frodo and Sam beat first upon the tree-trunk where Pippin had lain. + +They then struggled frantically to pull open the jaws of the crack that held +poor Merry. It was quite useless. + +'What a foul thing to happen!' cried Frodo wildly. 'Why did we ever +come into this dreadful Forest? I wish we were all back at Crickhollow!' He +kicked the tree with all his strength, heedless of his own feet. A hardly +perceptible shiver ran through the stem and up into the branches; the leaves +rustled and whispered, but with a sound now of faint and far-off laughter. + +'I suppose we haven't got an axe among our luggage, Mr. Frodo?' asked +Sam. + +'I brought a little hatchet for chopping firewood,' said Frodo. 'That +wouldn't be much use.' + +'Wait a minute!' cried Sam, struck by an idea suggested by firewood. + +'We might do something with fire!' + +'We might,' said Frodo doubtfully. 'We might succeed in roasting Pippin +alive inside.' + + + + +'We might try to hurt or frighten this tree to begin with,' said Sam +fiercely. 'If it don't let them go, I'll have it down, if I have to gnaw +it.' He ran to the ponies and before long came back with two tinder-boxes +and a hatchet. + +Quickly they gathered dry grass and leaves, and bits of bark; and made +a pile of broken twigs and chopped sticks. These they heaped against the +trunk on the far side of the tree from the prisoners. As soon as Sam had +struck a spark into the tinder, it kindled the dry grass and a flurry of +flame and smoke went up. The twigs crackled. Little fingers of fire licked +against the dry scored rind of the ancient tree and scorched it. A tremor +ran through the whole willow. The leaves seemed to hiss above their heads +with a sound of pain and anger. A loud scream came from Merry, and from far +inside the tree they heard Pippin give a muffled yell. + +'Put it out! Put it out!' cried Merry. 'He'll squeeze me in two, if you +don't. He says so!' + +'Who? What?' shouted Frodo, rushing round to the other side of the +tree. + +'Put it out! Put it out!' begged Merry. The branches of the willow +began to sway violently. There was a sound as of a wind rising and spreading +outwards to the branches of all the other trees round about, as though they +had dropped a stone into the quiet slumber of the river -valley and set up +ripples of anger that ran out over the whole Forest. Sam kicked at the +little fire and stamped out the sparks. But Frodo, without any clear idea of +why he did so, or what he hoped for, ran along the path crying help! help! +help! It seemed to him that he could hardly hear the sound of his own shrill +voice: it was blown away from him by the willow-wind and drowned in a +clamour of leaves, as soon as the words left his mouth. He felt desperate: +lost and witless. + +Suddenly he slopped. There was an answer, or so he thought; but it +seemed to come from behind him, away down the path further back in the +Forest. He turned round and listened, and soon there could be no doubt: +someone was singing a song; a deep glad voice was singing carelessly and +happily, but it was singing nonsense: + +Hey dol! merry dol! ring a dong dillo! + +Ring a dong! hop along! fal lal the willow! + +Tom Bom, jolly Tom, Tom Bombadillo! + + + + +Half hopeful and half afraid of some new danger, Frodo and Sam now both +stood still. Suddenly out of a long string of nonsense-words (or so they +seemed) the voice rose up loud and clear and burst into this song: + +Hey! Come merry dot ! derry dol! My darling! + +Light goes the weather-wind and the feathered starling. + +Down along under Hill, shining in the sunlight, + +Waiting on the doorstep for the cold starlight, + +There my pretty lady is. River-woman's daughter, + +Slender as the willow-wand, clearer than the water. + +Old Tom Bombadil water-lilies bringing + +Comes hopping home again. Can you hear him singing? + +Hey! Come merry dol! deny dol! and merry-o, + +Goldberry, Goldberry, merry yellow berry-o! + +Poor old Willow-man, you tuck your roots away! + +Tom's in a hurry now. Evening will follow day. + +Tom's going home again water-lilies bringing. + +Hey! Come derry dol! Can you hear me singing? + +Frodo and Sam stood as if enchanted. The wind puffed out. The leaves +hung silently again on stiff branches. There was another burst of song, and +then suddenly, hopping and dancing along the path, there appeared above the +reeds an old battered hat with a tall crown and a long blue feather stuck in +the band. With another hop and a bound there came into view a man, or so it +seemed. At any rate he was too large and heavy for a hobbit, if not quite +tall enough for one of the Big People, though he made noise enough for one, +slumping along with great yellow boots on his thick legs, and charging +through grass and rushes like a cow going down to drink. He had a blue coat +and a long brown beard; his eyes were blue and bright, and his face was red +as a ripe apple, but creased into a hundred wrinkles of laughter. In his +hands he carried on a large leaf as on a tray a small pile of white +water-lilies. + +'Help!' cried Frodo and Sam running towards him with their hands +stretched out. + +'Whoa! Whoa! steady there!’ cried the old man, holding up one hand, and +they stopped short, as if they had been struck stiff. 'Now, my little +fellows, where be you a-going to, puffing like a bellows? What's the matter +here then? Do you know who I am? I'm Tom Bombadil. Tell me what's +your + + + + +trouble! Tom's in a hurry now. Don't you crush my lilies!' + +'My friends are caught in the willow-tree,' cried Frodo breathlessly. + +'Master Merry's being squeezed in a crack!' cried Sam. + +'What?' shouted Tom Bombadil, leaping up in the air. 'Old Man Willow? +Naught worse than that, eh? That can soon be mended. I know the tune for +him. Old grey Willow-man! I'll freeze his marrow cold, if he don't behave +himself. I'll sing his roots off. I'll sing a wind up and blow leaf and +branch away. Old Man Willow!' Setting down his lilies carefully on the +grass, he ran to the tree. There he saw Merry's feet still sticking out - +the rest had already been drawn further inside. Tom put his mouth to the +crack and began singing into it in a low voice. They could not catch the +words, but evidently Merry was aroused. His legs began to kick. Tom sprang +away, and breaking off a hanging branch smote the side of the willow with +it. 'You let them out again, Old Man Willow!' he said. 'What be you +a-thinking of? You should not be waking. Eat earth! Dig deep! Drink water! +Go to sleep! Bombadil is talking!' He then seized Merry's feet and drew him +out of the suddenly widening crack. + +There was a tearing creak and the other crack split open, and out of it +Pippin sprang, as if he had been kicked. Then with a loud snap both cracks +closed fast again. A shudder ran through the tree from root to tip, and +complete silence fell. + +'Thank you!' said the hobbits, one after the other. + +Tom Bombadil burst out laughing. 'Well, my little fellows!' said he, +stooping so that he peered into their faces. 'You shall come home with me! +The table is all laden with yellow cream, honeycomb, and white bread and +butter. Goldberry is waiting. Time enough for questions around the supper +table. You follow after me as quick as you are able!' With that he picked up +his lilies, and then with a beckoning wave of his hand went hopping and +dancing along the path eastward, still singing loudly and nonsensically. + +Too surprised and too relieved to talk, the hobbits followed after him +as fast as they could. But that was not fast enough. Tom soon disappeared in +front of them, and the noise of his singing got fainter and further away. +Suddenly his voice came floating back to them in a loud halloo! + +Hop along, my little friends, up the Withywindle! + +Tom's going on ahead candles for to kindle. + +Down west sinks the Sun: soon you will be groping. + +When the night-shadows fall, then the door will open, + + + + +Out of the window-panes light will twinkle yellow. + +Fear no alder black! Heed no hoary willow! + +Fear neither root nor bough! Tom goes on before you. + +Hey now! merry dot! We'll be waiting for you! + +After that the hobbits heard no more. Almost at once the sun seemed to +sink into the trees behind them. They thought of the slanting light of +evening glittering on the Brandywine River, and the windows of Bucklebury +beginning to gleam with hundreds of lights. Great shadows fell across them; +trunks and branches of trees hung dark and threatening over the path. White +mists began to rise and curl on the surface of the river and stray about the +roots of the trees upon its borders. Out of the very ground at their feet a +shadowy steam arose and mingled with the swiftly falling dusk. + +It became difficult to follow the path, and they were very tired. Their +legs seemed leaden. Strange furtive noises ran among the bushes and reeds on +either side of them; and if they looked up to the pale sky, they caught +sight of queer gnarled and knobbly faces that gloomed dark against the +twilight, and leered down at them from the high bank and the edges of the +wood. They began to feel that all this country was unreal, and that they +were stumbling through an ominous dream that led to no awakening. + +Just as they felt their feet slowing down to a standstill, they noticed +that the ground was gently rising. The water began to murmur. In the +darkness they caught the white glimmer of foam, where the river flowed over +a short fall. Then suddenly the trees came to an end and the mists were left +behind. They stepped out from the Forest, and found a wide sweep of grass +welling up before them. The river, now small and swift, was leaping merrily +down to meet them, glinting here and there in the light of the stars, which +were already shining in the sky. + +The grass under their feet was smooth and short, as if it had been mown +or shaven. The eaves of the Forest behind were clipped, and trim as a hedge. +The path was now plain before them, well -tended and bordered with stone. It +wound up on to the top of a grassy knoll, now grey under the pale starry +night; and there, still high above them on a further slope, they saw the +twinkling lights of a house. Down again the path went, and then up again, up +a long smooth hillside of turf, towards the light. Suddenly a wide yellow +beam flowed out brightly from a door that was opened. There was Tom +Bombadil’s house before them, up, down, under hill. Behind it a steep +shoulder of the land lay grey and bare, and beyond that the dark shapes of + + + + +the Barrow-downs stalked away into the eastern night. + +They all hurried forward, hobbits and ponies. Already half their +weariness and all their fears had fallen from them. Hey! Come merry dol! +rolled out the song to greet them. + +Hey! Come derry dol! Hop along, my hearties! + +Hobbits! Ponies all! We are fond of parties. + +Now let the fun begin! Let us sing together! + +Then another clear voice, as young and as ancient as Spring, like the +song of a glad water flowing down into the night from a bright morning in +the hills, came falling like silver to meet them: + +Now let the song begin! Let us sing together + +Of sun, stars, moon and mist, rain and cloudy weather, + +Light on the budding leaf, dew on the feather, + +Wind on the open hill, bells on the heather, + +Reeds by the shady pool, lilies on the water: + +Old Tom Bombadil and the River-daughter! + +And with that song the hobbits stood upon the threshold, and a golden +light was all about them. + + + + +Chapter 7 . In the House of Tom Bombadil + + + +The four hobbits stepped over the wide stone threshold, and stood +still, blinking. They were in a long low room, filled with the light of +lamps swinging from the beams of the roof; and on the table of dark polished +wood stood many candles, tall and yellow, burning brightly. + +In a chair, at the far side of the room facing the outer door, sat a +woman. Her long yellow hair rippled down her shoulders; her gown was +green, + +green as young reeds, shot with silver like beads of dew; and her belt was +of gold, shaped like a chain of flag-lilies set with the pale-blue eyes of +forget-me-nots. About her feel in wide vessels of green and brown +earthenware, white water-lilies were floating, so that she seemed to be +enthroned in the midst of a pool. + +’Enter, good guests!' she said, and as she spoke they knew that it was +her clear voice they had heard singing. They came a few timid steps further +into the room, and began to bow low, feeling strangely surprised and +awkward, like folk that, knocking at a cottage door to beg for a drink of +water, have been answered by a fair young elf-queen clad in living flowers. +But before they could say anything, she sprang lightly up and over the +lily -bowls, and ran laughing towards them; and as she ran her gown rustled +softly like the wind in the flowering borders of a river. + +’Come dear folk!' she said, taking Frodo by the hand. Faugh and be +merry! I am Goldberry, daughter of the River.' Then lightly she passed them +and closing the door she turned her back to it, with her white arms spread +out across it. 'Let us shut out the night!' she said. 'For you are still +afraid, perhaps, of mist and tree-shadows and deep water, and untame things. +Fear nothing! For tonight you are under the roof of Tom Bombadil.' + +The hobbits looked at her in wonder; and she looked at each of them and +smiled. 'Fair lady Goldberry!' said Frodo at last, feeling his heart moved +with a joy that he did not understand. He stood as he had at times stood +enchanted by fair el ven- voices; but the spell that was now laid upon him was +different: less keen and lofty was the delight, but deeper and nearer to +mortal heart; marvellous and yet not strange. 'Fair lady Goldberry!' he said +again. 'Now the joy that was hidden in the songs we heard is made plain to + + + + +me. + +O slender as a willow-wand! O clearer than clear water ! + +O reed by the living pool! Fair River-daughter! + +O spring-time and summer-time, and spring again after! + +O wind on the waterfall, and the leaves' laughter!' + +Suddenly he stopped and stammered, overcome with surprise to hear +himself saying such things. But Goldberry laughed. + +'Welcome!' she said. 'I had not heard that folk of the Shire were so +sweet -tongued. But I see you are an elf-friend; the light in your eyes and +the ring in your voice tells it. This is a merry meeting! Sit now, and wait +for the Master of the house! He will not be long. He is tending your tired +beasts.' + +The hobbits sat down gladly in low rush-seated chairs, while Goldberry +busied herself about the table; and their eyes followed her, for the slender +grace of her movement filled them with quiet delight. From somewhere behind +the house came the sound of singing. Every now and again they caught, among +many a derry dol and a merry dol and a ring a ding dillo the repeated words: + +Old Tom Bombadil is a merry fellow; + +Bright blue his jacket is, and his boots are yellow. + +'Fair lady!' said Frodo again after a while. 'Tell me, if my asking +does not seem foolish, who is Tom Bombadil?' + +'He is,' said Goldberry, staying her swift movements and smiling. + +Frodo looked at her questioningly. 'He is, as you have seen him,' she +said in answer to his look. 'He is the Master of wood, water, and hill.' + +'Then all this strange land belongs to him?' + +'No indeed!' she answered, and her smile faded. 'That would indeed be a +burden,' she added in a low voice, as if to herself. 'The trees and the +grasses and all things growing or living in the land belong each to +themselves. Tom Bombadil is the Master. No one has ever caught old Tom +walking in the forest, wading in the water, leaping on the hill-tops under +light and shadow. He has no fear. Tom Bombadil is master.' + +A door opened and in came Tom Bombadil. He had now no hat and his +thick + +brown hair was crowned with autumn leaves. He laughed, and going to +Goldberry, took her hand. + +'Here's my pretty lady!' he said, bowing to the hobbits. 'Here's my +Goldberry clothed all in silver -green with flowers in her girdle! Is the + + + + +table laden? I see yellow cream and honeycomb, and white bread, and butter; +milk, cheese, and green herbs and ripe berries gathered. Is that enough for +us? Is the supper ready?' + +'It is,' said Goldberry; 'but the guests perhaps are not?' + +Tom clapped his hands and cried: 'Tom, Tom! your guests are tired, and +you had near forgotten! Come now, my merry friends, and Tom will refresh +you! You shall clean grimy hands, and wash your weary faces; cast off your +muddy cloaks and comb out your tangles!' + +He opened the door, and they followed him down a short passage and +round a sharp turn. They came to a low room with a sloping roof (a +penthouse, it seemed, built on to the north end of the house). Its walls +were of clean stone, but they were mostly covered with green hanging mats +and yellow curtains. The floor was flagged, and strewn with fresh green +rushes. There were four deep mattresses, each piled with white blankets, +laid on the floor along one side. Against the opposite wall was a long bench +laden with wide earthenware basins, and beside it stood brown ewers filled +with water, some cold, some steaming hot. There were soft green slippers set +ready beside each bed. + +Before long, washed and refreshed, the hobbits were seated at the +table, two on each side, while at either end sat Goldberry and the Master. + +It was a long and merry meal. Though the hobbits ate, as only famished +hobbits can eat, there was no lack. The drink in their drinking -bowls seemed +to be clear cold water, yet it went to their hearts like wine and set free +their voices. The guests became suddenly aware that they were singing +merrily, as if it was easier and more natural than talking. + +At last Tom and Goldberry rose and cleared the table swiftly. The +guests were commanded to sit quiet, and were set in chairs, each with a +footstool to his tired feet. There was a fire in the wide hearth before +them, and it was burning with a sweet smell, as if it were built of +apple-wood. When everything was set in order, all the lights in the room +were put out, except one lamp and a pair of candles at each end of the +chimney-shelf. Then Goldberry came and stood before them, holding a candle; +and she wished them each a good night and deep sleep. + +'Have peace now,' she said, 'until the morning! Heed no nightly noises! + +For nothing passes door and window here save moonlight and starlight and the +wind off the hill-top. Good night!' She passed out of the room with a +glimmer and a rustle. The sound of her footsteps was like a stream falling + + + + +gently away downhill over cool stones in the quiet of night. + +Tom sat on a while beside them in silence, while each of them tried to +muster the courage to ask one of the many questions he had meant to ask at +supper. Sleep gathered on their eyelids. At last Frodo spoke: + +'Did you hear me calling, Master, or was it just chance that brought +you at that moment?' + +Tom stirred like a man shaken out of a pleasant dream. 'Eh, what?' said +he. 'Did I hear you calling? Nay, I did not hear: I was busy singing. Just +chance brought me then, if chance you call it. It was no plan of mine, +though I was waiting for you. We heard news of you, and learned that you +were wandering. We guessed you'd come ere long down to the water: all paths +lead that way, down to Withywindle. Old grey Willow-man, he's a mighty +singer; and it's hard for little folk to escape his cunning mazes. But Tom +had an errand there, that he dared not hinder.' Tom nodded as if sleep was +taking him again; but he went on in a soft singing voice: + +I had an errand there: gathering water-lilies, +green leaves and lilies white to please my pretty lady, +the last ere the year's end to keep them from the winter, +to flower by her pretty feet tilt the snows are melted. + +Each year at summer's end I go to find them for her, +in a wide pool, deep and clear, far down Withywindle; +there they open first in spring and there they linger latest. + +By that pool long ago I found the River-daughter, +fair young Goldberry sitting in the rushes. + +Sweet was her singing then, and her heart was beating! + +He opened his eyes and looked at them with a sudden glint of blue: + +And that proved well for you — for now I shall no longer +go down deep again along the forest-water, +not while the year is old. Nor shall I be passing +Old Man Willow's house this side of spring-time, +not till the merry spring, when the River-daughter +dances down the withy-path to bathe in the water. + +He fell silent again; but Frodo could not help asking one more +question: the one he most desired to have answered. 'Tell us, Master,' he +said, 'about the Willow-man. What is he? I have never heard of him before.' + +'No, don't!' said Merry and Pippin together, sitting suddenly upright. + +'Not now! Not until the morning!' + + + + +That is right!' said the old man. 'Now is the time for resting. Some +things are ill to hear when the world's in shadow. Sleep till the +morning -light, rest on the pillow ! Heed no nightly noise! Fear no grey +willow!' And with that he took down the lamp and blew it out, and grasping a +candle in either hand he led them out of the room. + +Their mattresses and pillows were soft as down, and the blankets were +of white wool. They had hardly laid themselves on the deep beds and drawn +the light covers over them before they were asleep. + +In the dead night, Frodo lay in a dream without light. Then he saw the +young moon rising; under its thin light there loomed before him a black wall +of rock, pierced by a dark arch like a great gate. It seemed to Frodo that +he was lifted up, and passing over he saw that the rock-wall was a circle of +hills, and that within it was a plain, and in the midst of the plain stood a +pinnacle of stone, like a vast tower but not made by hands. On its top stood +the figure of a man. The moon as it rose seemed to hang for a moment above +his head and glistened in his white hair as the wind stirred it. Up from the +dark plain below came the crying of fell voices, and the howling of many +wolves. Suddenly a shadow, like the shape of great wings, passed across the +moon. The figure lifted his arms and a light flashed from the staff that he +wielded. A mighty eagle swept down and bore him away. The voices wailed +and + +the wolves yammered. There was a noise like a strong wind blowing, and on it +was borne the sound of hoofs, galloping, galloping, galloping from the East. +'Black Riders!' thought Frodo as he wakened, with the sound of the hoofs +still echoing in his mind. He wondered if he would ever again have the +courage to leave the safety of these stone walls. He lay motionless, still +listening; but all was now silent, and at last he turned and fell asleep +again or wandered into some other unremembered dream. + +At his side Pippin lay dreaming pleasantly; but a change came over his +dreams and he turned and groaned. Suddenly he woke, or thought he had +waked, + +and yet still heard in the darkness the sound that had disturbed his dream: +tip-tap, squeak : the noise was like branches fretting in the wind, +twig-fingers scraping wall and window: creak, creak, creak. He wondered if +there were willow-trees close to the house; and then suddenly he had a +dreadful feeling that he was not in an ordinary house at all, but inside the +willow and listening to that horrible dry creaking voice laughing at him + + + + +again. He sat up, and felt the soft pillows yield to his hands, and he lay +down again relieved. He seemed to hear the echo of words in his ears: ’Fear +nothing! Have peace until the morning! Heed no nightly noises!' Then he went +to sleep again. + +It was the sound of water that Merry heard falling into his quiet +sleep: water streaming down gently, and then spreading, spreading +irresistibly all round the house into a dark shoreless pool. It gurgled +under the walls, and was rising slowly but surely. 'I shall be drowned!' he +thought. It will find its way in, and then I shall drown.' He felt that he +was lying in a soft slimy bog, and springing up he set his fool on the +corner of a cold hard flagstone. Then he remembered where he was and lay +down again. He seemed to hear or remember hearing: 'Nothing passes doors or +windows save moonlight and starlight and the wind off the hill-top.' A +little breath of sweet air moved the curtain. He breathed deep and fell +asleep again. + +As far as he could remember, Sam slept through the night in deep +content, if logs are contented. + +They woke up, all four at once, in the morning light. Tom was moving +about the room whistling like a starling. When he heard them stir he clapped +his hands, and cried: 'Hey! Come merry dol! derry dol! My hearties!' He drew +back the yellow curtains, and the hobbits saw that these had covered the +windows, at either end of the room, one looking east and the other looking +west. + +They leapt up refreshed. Frodo ran to the eastern window, and found +himself looking into a kitchen-garden grey with dew. He had half expected to +see turf right up to the walls, turf all pocked with hoof-prints. Actually +his view was screened by a tall line of beans on poles; but above and far +beyond them the grey top of the hill loomed up against the sunrise. It was a +pale morning: in the East, behind long clouds like lines of soiled wool +stained red at the edges, lay glimmering deeps of yellow. The sky spoke of +rain to come; but the light was broadening quickly, and the red flowers on +the beans began to glow against the wet green leaves. + +Pippin looked out of the western window, down into a pool of mist. The +Forest was hidden under a fog. It was like looking down on to a sloping +cloud-roof from above. There was a fold or channel where the mist was broken +into many plumes and billows; the valley of the Withywindle. The stream ran +down the hill on the left and vanished into the white shadows. Near at hand + + + + +was a flower-garden and a clipped hedge silver -netted, and beyond that grey +shaven grass pale with dew-drops. There was no willow-tree to be seen. + +'Good morning, merry friends!' cried Tom, opening the eastern window +wide. A cool air flowed in; it had a rainy smell. 'Sun won't show her face +much today. I'm thinking. I have been walking wide, leaping on the hilltops, +since the grey dawn began, nosing wind and weather, wet grass underfoot, wet +sky above me. I wakened Goldberry singing under window; but nought +wakes + +hobbit-folk in the early morning. In the night little folk wake up in the +darkness, and sleep after light has come! Ring a ding dillo! Wake now, my +merry friends! Forget the nightly noises! Ring a ding dillo del! derry del, +my hearties! If you come soon you'll find breakfast on the table. If you +come late you'll get grass and rain-water!' + +Needless to say - not that Tom's threat sounded very serious - the +hobbits came soon, and left the table late and only when it was beginning lo +look rather empty. Neither Tom nor Goldberry were there. Tom could be heard +about the house, clattering in the kitchen, and up and down the stairs, and +singing here and there outside. The room looked westward over the +mist-clouded valley, and the window was open. Water dripped down from the +thatched eaves above. Before they had finished breakfast the clouds had +joined into an unbroken roof, and a straight grey rain came softly and +steadily down. Behind its deep curtain the Forest was completely veiled. + +As they looked out of the window there came falling gently as if it was +flowing down the rain out of the sky, the clear voice of Goldberry singing +up above them. They could hear few words, but it seemed plain to them that +the song was a rain-song, as sweet as showers on dry hills, that told the +tale of a river from the spring in the highlands to the Sea far below. The +hobbits listened with delight; and Frodo was glad in his heart, and blessed +the kindly weather, because it delayed them from departing. The thought of +going had been heavy upon him from the moment he awoke; but he guessed +now + +that they would not go further that day. + +The upper wind settled in the West and deeper and wetter clouds rolled +up to spill their laden rain on the bare heads of the Downs. Nothing could +be seen all round the house but falling water. Frodo stood near the open +door and watched the white chalky path turn into a little river of milk and + + + + +go bubbling away down into the valley. Tom Bombadil came trotting round +the + +corner of the house, waving his arms as if he was warding off the rain - and +indeed when he sprang over the threshold he seemed quite dry, except for his +boots. These he took off and put in the chimney-corner. Then he sat in the +largest chair and called the hobbits to gather round him. + +This is Goldberry's washing day,' he said, ’and her autumn-cleaning. + +Too wet for hobbit-folk - let them rest while they are able! It’s a good day +for long tales, for questions and for answers, so Tom will start the +talking.’ + +He then told them many remarkable stories, sometimes half as if +speaking to himself, sometimes looking at them suddenly with a bright blue +eye under his deep brows. Often his voice would turn to song, and he would +get out of his chair and dance about. He told them tales of bees and +flowers, the ways of trees, and the strange creatures of the Forest, about +the evil things and good things, things friendly and things unfriendly, +cruel things and kind things, and secrets hidden under brambles. + +As they listened, they began to understand the lives of the Forest, +apart from themselves, indeed to feel themselves as the strangers where all +other things were at home. Moving constantly in and out of his talk was Old +Man Willow, and Frodo learned now enough to content him, indeed more +than + +enough, for it was not comfortable lore. Tom’s words laid bare the hearts of +trees and their thoughts, which were often dark and strange, and filled with +a hatred of things that go free upon the earth, gnawing, biting, breaking, +hacking, burning: destroyers and usurpers. It was not called the Old Forest +without reason, for it was indeed ancient, a survivor of vast forgotten +woods; and in it there lived yet, ageing no quicker than the hills, the +fathers of the fathers of trees, remembering times when they were lords. The +countless years had filled them with pride and rooted wisdom, and with +malice. But none were more dangerous than the Great Willow: his heart was +rotten, but his strength was green; and he was cunning, and a master of +winds, and his song and thought ran through the woods on both sides of the +river. His grey thirsty spirit drew power out of the earth and spread like +fine root-threads in the ground, and invisible twig-fingers in the air, till +it had under its dominion nearly all the trees of the Forest from the Hedge +to the Downs. + + + + +Suddenly Tom’s talk left the woods and went leaping up the young +stream, over bubbling waterfalls, over pebbles and worn rocks, and among +small flowers in close grass and wet crannies, wandering at last up on to +the Downs. They heard of the Great Barrows, and the green mounds, and the +stone-rings upon the hills and in the hollows among the hills. Sheep were +bleating in flocks. Green walls and white walls rose. There were fortresses +on the heights. Kings of little kingdoms fought together, and the young Sun +shone like fire on the red metal of their new and greedy swords. There was +victory and defeat; and towers fell, fortresses were burned, and flames went +up into the sky. Gold was piled on the biers of dead kings and queens; and +mounds covered them, and the stone doors were shut; and the grass grew over +all. Sheep walked for a while biting the grass, but soon the hills were +empty again. A shadow came out of dark places far away, and the bones were +stirred in the mounds. Barrow- wights walked in the hollow places with a +clink of rings on cold fingers, and gold chains in the wind.' Stone rings +grinned out of the ground like broken teeth in the moonlight. + +The hobbits shuddered. Even in the Shire the rumour of the +Barrow- wights of the Barrow-downs beyond the Forest had been heard. But it +was not a tale that any hobbit liked to listen to, even by a comfortable +fireside far away. These four now suddenly remembered what the joy of this +house had driven from their minds: the house of Tom Bombadil nestled under +the very shoulder of those dreaded hills. They lost the thread of his tale +and shifted uneasily, looking aside at one another. + +When they caught his words again they found that he had now wandered +into strange regions beyond their memory and beyond their waking thought, +into limes when the world was wider, and the seas flowed straight to the +western Shore; and still on and back Tom went singing out into ancient +starlight, when only the Elf-sires were awake. Then suddenly he slopped, and +they saw that he nodded as if he was falling asleep. The hobbits sat still +before him, enchanted; and it seemed as if, under the spell of his words, +the wind had gone, and the clouds had dried up, and the day had been +withdrawn, and darkness had come from East and West, and all the sky was +filled with the light of white stars. + +Whether the morning and evening of one day or of many days had passed +Frodo could not tell. Ele did not feel either hungry or tired, only filled +with wonder. The stars shone through the window and the silence of the +heavens seemed to be round him. He spoke at last out of his wonder and a + + + + +sudden fear of that silence: + +’Who are you, Master?' he asked. + +’Eh, what?' said Tom sitting up, and his eyes glinting in the gloom. + +'Don't you know my name yet? That's the only answer. Tell me, who are you, +alone, yourself and nameless? But you are young and I am old. Eldest, that's +what I am. Mark my words, my friends: Tom was here before the river and the +trees; Tom remembers the first raindrop and the first acorn. He made paths +before the Big People, and saw the little People arriving. He was here +before the Kings and the graves and the Barrow- wights. When the Elves passed +westward, Tom was here already, before the seas were bent. He knew the dark +under the stars when it was fearless - before the Dark Lord came from +Outside.' + +A shadow seemed to pass by the window, and the hobbits glanced hastily +through the panes. When they turned again, Goldberry stood in the door +behind, framed in light. She held a candle, shielding its flame from the +draught with her hand; and the light flowed through it, like sunlight +through a white shell. + +'The rain has ended,' she said; 'and new waters are running downhill, +under the stars. Let us now laugh and be glad!' + +'And let us have food and drink!' cried Tom. 'Long tales are thirsty. + +And long listening's hungry work, morning, noon, and evening!' With that he +jumped out of his chair, and with a bound took a candle from the +chimney-shelf and lit it in the flame that Goldberry held; then he danced +about the table. Suddenly he hopped through the door and disappeared. + +Quickly he returned, bearing a large and laden tray. Then Tom and +Goldberry set the table; and the hobbits sat half in wonder and half in +laughter: so fair was the grace of Goldberry and so merry and odd the +caperings of Tom. Yet in some fashion they seemed to weave a single dance, +neither hindering the other, in and out of the room, and round about the +table; and with great speed food and vessels and lights were set in order. + +The boards blazed with candles, white and yellow. Tom bowed to his guests. +'Supper is ready,' said Goldberry; and now the hobbits saw that she was +clothed all in silver with a white girdle, and her shoes were like fishes' +mail. But Tom was all in clean blue, blue as rain-washed forget-me-nots, and +he had green stockings. + +It was a supper even better than before. The hobbits under the spell of + + + + +Tom's words may have missed one meal or many, but when the food was +before + +them it seemed at least a week since they had eaten. They did not sing or +even speak much for a while, and paid close attention to business. But after +a time their hearts and spirit rose high again, and their voices rang out in +mirth and laughter. + +After they had eaten, Goldberry sang many songs for them, songs that +began merrily in the hills and fell softly down into silence; and in the +silences they saw in their minds pools and waters wider than any they had +known, and looking into them they saw the sky below them and the stars like +jewels in the depths. Then once more she wished them each good night and +left them by the fireside. But Tom now seemed wide awake and plied them +with + +questions. + +He appeared already to know much about them and all their families, and +indeed to know much of all the history and doings of the Shire down from +days hardly remembered among the hobbits themselves. It no longer surprised +them; but he made no secret that he owed his recent knowledge largely to +Farmer Maggot, whom he seemed to regard as a person of more importance +than + +they had imagined. 'There's earth under his old feet, and clay on his +fingers; wisdom in his bones, and both his eyes are open,' said Tom. It was +also clear that Tom had dealings with the Elves, and it seemed that in some +fashion, news had reached him from Gildor concerning the flight of Frodo. + +Indeed so much did Tom know, and so cunning was his questioning, that +Frodo found himself telling him more about Bilbo and his own hopes and fears +than he had told before even to Gandalf. Tom wagged his head up and down, +and there was a glint in his eyes when he heard of the Riders. + +'Show me the precious Ring!' he said suddenly in the midst of the +story: and Frodo, to his own astonishment, drew out the chain from his +pocket, and unfastening the Ring handed it at once to Tom. + +It seemed to grow larger as it lay for a moment on his big +brown-skinned hand. Then suddenly he put it to his eye and laughed. For a +second the hobbits had a vision, both comical and alarming, of his bright +blue eye gleaming through a circle of gold. Then Tom put the Ring round the +end of his little finger and held it up to the candlelight. For a moment the +hobbits noticed nothing strange about this. Then they gasped. There was no + + + + +sign of Tom disappearing! + +Tom laughed again, and then he spun the Ring in the air - and it +vanished with a flash. Frodo gave a cry - and Tom leaned forward and handed +it back to him with a smile. + +Frodo looked at it closely, and rather suspiciously (like one who has +lent a trinket to a juggler). It was the same Ring, or looked the same and +weighed the same: for that Ring had always seemed to Frodo to weigh +strangely heavy in the hand. But something prompted him to make sure. He +was + +perhaps a trifle annoyed with Tom for seeming to make so light of what even +Gandalf thought so perilously important. He waited for an opportunity, when +the talk was going again, and Tom was telling an absurd story about badgers +and their queer ways - then he slipped the Ring on. + +Merry turned towards him to say something and gave a start, and checked +an exclamation. Frodo was delighted (in a way): it was his own ring all +right, for Merry was staring blankly at his chair, and obviously could not +see him. He got up and crept quietly away from the fireside towards the +outer door. + +'Hey there!' cried Tom, glancing towards him with a most seeing look in +his shining eyes. 'Hey! Come Frodo, there! Where be you a-going? Old Tom +Bombadil's not as blind as that yet. Take off your golden ring! Your hand's +more fair without it. Come back! Leave your game and sit down beside me! +We + +must talk a while more, and think about the morning. Tom must teach the +right road, and keep your feet from wandering.' + +Frodo laughed (trying to feel pleased), and taking off the Ring he came +and sat down again. Tom now told them that he reckoned the Sun would shine +tomorrow, and it would be a glad morning, and setting out would be hopeful. +But they would do well to start early; for weather in that country was a +thing that even Tom could not be sure of for long, and it would change +sometimes quicker than he could change his jacket. 'I am no weather-master,' +he said; 'nor is aught that goes on two legs.' + +By his advice they decided to make nearly due North from his house, +over the western and lower slopes of the Downs: they might hope in that way +to strike the East Road in a day's journey, and avoid the Barrows. He told +them not to be afraid - but to mind their own business. + +'Keep to the green grass. Don't you go a-meddling with old stone or + + + + +cold Wights or prying in their houses, unless you be strong folk with hearts +that never falter!' He said this more than once; and he advised them to pass +barrows by on the west-side, if they chanced to stray near one. Then he +taught them a rhyme to sing, if they should by ill-luck fall into any danger +or difficulty the next day. + +Ho! Tom Bombadil, Tom Bombadillo! + +By water, wood and hill, by the reed and willow, + +By fire, sun and moon, harken now and hear us! + +Come, Tom Bombadil, for our need is near us! + +When they had sung this altogether after him, he clapped them each on +the shoulder with a laugh, and taking candles led them back to their +bedroom. + + + + +Chapter 8 . Fog on the Barrow-Downs + + + +That night they heard no noises. But either in his dreams or out of +them, he could not tell which, Frodo heard a sweet singing running in his +mind; a song that seemed to come like a pale light behind a grey +rain-curtain, and growing stronger to turn the veil all to glass and silver, +until at last it was rolled back, and a far green country opened before him +under a swift sunrise. + +The vision melted into waking; and there was Tom whistling like a +tree-full of birds; and the sun was already slanting down the hill and +through the open window. Outside everything was green and pale gold. + +After breakfast, which they again ate alone, they made ready to say +farewell, as nearly heavy of heart as was possible on such a morning: cool, +bright, and clean under a washed autumn sky of thin blue. The air came fresh +from the North-west. Their quiet ponies were almost frisky, sniffing and +moving restlessly. Tom came out of the house and waved his hat and danced +upon the doorstep, bidding the hobbits to get up and be off and go with good +speed. + +They rode off along a path that wound away from behind the house, and +went slanting up towards the north end of the hill -brow under which it +sheltered. They had just dismounted to lead their ponies up the last steep +slope, when suddenly Frodo stopped. + +'Goldberry!' he cried. 'My fair lady, clad all in silver green! We have +never said farewell to her, nor seen her since the evening!' He was so +distressed that he turned back; but at that moment a clear call came +rippling down. There on the hill-brow she stood beckoning to them: her hair +was flying loose, and as it caught the sun it shone and shimmered. A light +like the glint of water on dewy grass flashed from under her feet as she +danced. + +They hastened up the last slope, and stood breathless beside her. They +bowed, but with a wave of her arm she bade them look round; and they looked +out from the hill-top over lands under the morning. It was now as clear and +far-seen as it had been veiled and misty when they stood upon the knoll in +the Forest, which could now be seen rising pale and green out of the dark +trees in the West. In that direction the land rose in wooded ridges, green, + + + + +yellow, russet under the sun, beyond which lay hidden the valley of the +Brandywine. To the South, over the line of the Withywindle, there was a +distant glint like pale glass where the Brandywine River made a great loop +in the lowlands and flowed away out of the knowledge of the hobbits. +Northward beyond the dwindling downs the land ran away in flats and +swellings of grey and green and pale earth -colours, until it faded into a +featureless and shadowy distance. Eastward the Barrow-downs rose, ridge +behind ridge into the morning, and vanished out of eyesight into a guess: it +was no more than a guess of blue and a remote white glimmer blending with +the hem of the sky, but it spoke to them, out of memory and old tales, of +the high and distant mountains. + +They took a deep draught of the air, and felt that a skip and a few +stout strides would bear them wherever they wished. It seemed fainthearted +to go jogging aside over the crumpled skirts of the downs towards the Road, +when they should be leaping, as lusty as Tom, over the stepping stones of +the hills straight towards the Mountains. + +Goldberry spoke to them and recalled their eyes and thoughts. ’Speed +now, fair guests!’ she said. 'And hold to your purpose! North with the wind +in the left eye and a blessing on your footsteps! Make haste while the Sun +shines!' And to Frodo she said: 'Farewell, Elf-friend, it was a merry +meeting!' + +But Frodo found no words to answer. He bowed low, and mounted his pony, +and followed by his friends jogged slowly down the gentle slope behind the +hill. Tom Bombadil's house and the valley, and the Forest were lost to view. +The air grew warmer between the green walls of hillside and hillside, and +the scent of turf rose strong and sweet as they breathed. Turning back, when +they reached the bottom of the green hollow, they saw Goldberry, now small +and slender like a sunlit flower against the sky: she was standing still +watching them, and her hands were stretched out towards them. As they looked +she gave a clear call, and lifting up her hand she turned and vanished +behind the hill . + +Their way wound along the floor of the hollow, and round the green feet +of a steep hill into another deeper and broader valley, and then over the +shoulder of further hills, and down their long limbs, and up their smooth +sides again, up on to new hill-tops and down into new valleys. There was no +tree nor any visible water: it was a country of grass and short springy +turf, silent except for the whisper of the air over the edges of the land, + + + + +and high lonely cries of strange birds. As they journeyed the sun mounted, +and grew hot. Each time they climbed a ridge the breeze seemed to have grown +less. When they caught a glimpse of the country westward the distant Forest +seemed to be smoking, as if the fallen rain was steaming up again from leaf +and root and mould. A shadow now lay round the edge of sight, a dark haze +above which the upper sky was like a blue cap, hot and heavy. + +About mid-day they came to a hill whose top was wide and flattened, +like a shallow saucer with a green mounded rim. Inside there was no air +stirring, and the sky seemed near their heads. They rode across and looked +northwards. Then their hearts rose, for it seemed plain that they had come +further already than they had expected. Certainly the distances had now all +become hazy and deceptive, but there could be no doubt that the Downs were +coming to an end. A long valley lay below them winding away northwards, +until it came to an opening between two steep shoulders. Beyond, there +seemed to be no more hills. Due north they faintly glimpsed a long dark +line. That is a line of trees,' said Merry, 'and that must mark the Road. + +All along it for many leagues east of the Bridge there are trees growing. + +Some say they were planted in the old days.' + +'Splendid!' said Frodo. 'If we make as good going this afternoon as we +have done this morning, we shall have left the Downs before the Sun sets and +be jogging on in search of a camping place.' But even as he spoke he turned +his glance eastwards, and he saw that on that side the hills were higher and +looked down upon them; and all those hills were crowned with green mounds, +and on some were standing stones, pointing upwards like jagged teeth out of +green gums. + +That view was somehow disquieting; so they turned from the sight and +went down into the hollow circle. In the midst of it there stood a single +stone, standing tall under the sun above, and at this hour casting no +shadow. It was shapeless and yet significant: like a landmark, or a guarding +finger, or more like a warning. But they were now hungry, and the sun was +still at the fearless noon; so they set their backs against the east side of +the stone. It was cool, as if the sun had had no power to warm it; but at +that time this seemed pleasant. There they took food and drink, and made as +good a noon-meal under the open sky as anyone could wish; for the food came +from 'down under Hill'. Tom had provided them with plenty for the comfort of +the day. Their ponies unburdened strayed upon the grass. + +Riding over the hills, and eating their fill, the warm sun and the + + + + +scent of turf, lying a little too long, stretching out their legs and +looking at the sky above their noses: these things are, perhaps, enough to +explain what happened. However, that may be: they woke suddenly and +uncomfortably from a sleep they had never meant to take. The standing stone +was cold, and it cast a long pale shadow that stretched eastward over them. +The sun, a pale and watery yellow, was gleaming through the mist just above +the west wall of the hollow in which they lay; north, south, and east, +beyond the wall the fog was thick, cold and white. The air was silent, heavy +and chill. Their ponies were standing crowded together with their heads +down. + +The hobbits sprang to their feet in alarm, and ran to the western rim. + +They found that they were upon an island in the fog. Even as they looked out +in dismay towards the setting sun, it sank before their eyes into a white +sea, and a cold grey shadow sprang up in the East behind. The fog rolled up +to the walls and rose above them, and as it mounted it bent over their heads +until it became a roof: they were shut in a hall of mist whose central +pillar was the standing stone. + +They felt as if a trap was closing about them; but they did not quite +lose heart. They still remembered the hopeful view they had had of the line +of the Road ahead, and they still knew in which direction it lay. In any +case, they now had so great a dislike for that hollow place about the stone +that no thought of remaining there was in their minds. They packed up as +quickly as their chilled fingers would work. + +Soon they were leading their ponies in single file over the rim and +down the long northward slope of the hill, down into a foggy sea. As they +went down the mist became colder and damper, and their hair hung lank and +dripping on their foreheads. When they reached the bottom it was so cold +that they halted and got out cloaks and hoods, which soon became bedewed +with grey drops. Then, mounting their ponies, they went slowly on again, +feeling their way by the rise and fall of the ground. They were steering, as +well as they could guess, for the gate-like opening at the far northward end +of the long valley which they had seen in the morning. Once they were +through the gap, they had only lo keep on in anything like a straight line +and they were bound in the end to strike the Road. Their thoughts did not go +beyond that, except for a vague hope that perhaps away beyond the Downs +there might be no fog. + +Their going was very slow. To prevent their getting separated and + + + + +wandering in different directions they went in file, with Frodo leading. Sam +was behind him, and after him came Pippin, and then Merry. The valley +seemed + +to stretch on endlessly. Suddenly Frodo saw a hopeful sign. On either side +ahead a darkness began to loom through the mist; and he guessed that they +were at last approaching the gap in the hills, the north-gate of the +Barrow-downs. If they could pass that, they would be free. + +'Come on! Follow me!' he called back over his shoulder, and he hurried +forward. But his hope soon changed to bewilderment and alarm. The dark +patches grew darker, but they shrank; and suddenly he saw, towering ominous +before him and leaning slightly towards one another like the pillars of a +headless door, two huge standing stones. He could not remember having seen +any sign of these in the valley, when he looked out from the hill in the +morning. He had passed between them almost before he was aware: and even +as + +he did so darkness seemed to fall round him. His pony reared and snorted, +and he fell off. When he looked back he found that he was alone: the others +had not followed him. 'Sam!' he called. 'Pippin! Merry! Come along! Why +don't you keep up?' + +There was no answer. Fear took him, and he ran back past the stones +shouting wildly: 'Sam! Sam! Merry! Pippin!' The pony bolted into the mist +and vanished. From some way off, or so it seemed, he thought he heard a cry: +'Hoy! Frodo! Hoy!' It was away eastward, on his left as he stood under the +great stones, staring and straining into the gloom. He plunged off in the +direction of the call, and found himself going steeply uphill. + +As he struggled on he called again, and kept on calling more and more +frantically; but he heard no answer for some time, and then it seemed faint +and far ahead and high above him. 'Frodo! Hoy!' came the thin voices out of +the mist: and then a cry that sounded like help, help! often repeated, +ending with a last help! that trailed off into a long wail suddenly cut +short. He stumbled forward with all the speed he could towards the cries; +but the light was now gone, and clinging night had closed about him, so that +it was impossible to be sure of any direction. He seemed all the time to be +climbing up and up. + +Only the change in the level of the ground at his feet told him when he +at last came to the top of a ridge or hill. He was weary, sweating and yet +chilled. It was wholly dark. + + + + +'Where are you?' he cried out miserably. + +There was no reply. He stood listening. He was suddenly aware that it +was getting very cold, and that up here a wind was beginning to blow, an icy +wind. A change was coming in the weather. The mist was flowing past him +now + +in shreds and tatters. His breath was smoking, and the darkness was less +near and thick. He looked up and saw with surprise that faint stars were +appearing overhead amid the strands of hurrying cloud and fog. The wind +began to hiss over the grass. + +He imagined suddenly that he caught a muffled cry, and he made towards +it; and even as he went forward the mist was rolled up and thrust aside, and +the starry sky was unveiled. A glance showed him that he was now facing +southwards and was on a round hill-top, which he must have climbed from the +north. Out of the east the biting wind was blowing. To his right there +loomed against the westward stars a dark black shape. A great barrow stood +there. + +’Where are you?' he cried again, both angry and afraid. + +'Here!' said a voice, deep and cold, that seemed to come out of the +ground. 'I am waiting for you!' + +'No!' said Frodo; but he did not run away. His knees gave, and he fell +on the ground. Nothing happened, and there was no sound. Trembling he +looked + +up, in time to see a tall dark figure like a shadow against the stars. It +leaned over him. He thought there were two eyes, very cold though lit with a +pale light that seemed to come from some remote distance. Then a grip +stronger and colder than iron seized him. The icy touch froze his bones, and +he remembered no more. + +When he came to himself again, for a moment he could recall nothing +except a sense of dread. Then suddenly he knew that he was imprisoned, +caught hopelessly; he was in a barrow. A Barrow-wight had taken him, and he +was probably already under the dreadful spells of the Barrow- wights about +which whispered tales spoke. He dared not move, but lay as he found himself: +flat on his back upon a cold stone with his hands on his breast. + +But though his fear was so great that it seemed to be part of the very +darkness that was round him, he found himself as he lay thinking about Bilbo +Baggins and his stories, of their jogging along together in the lanes of the +Shire and talking about roads and adventures. There is a seed of courage + + + + +hidden (often deeply, it is true) in the heart of the fattest and most timid +hobbit, wailing for some final and desperate danger to make it grow. Frodo +was neither very fat nor very timid; indeed, though he did not know it, + +Bilbo (and Gandalf) had thought him the best hobbit in the Shire. He thought +he had come to the end of his adventure, and a terrible end, but the thought +hardened him. He found himself stiffening, as if for a final spring; he no +longer felt limp like a helpless prey. + +As he lay there, thinking and getting a hold of himself, he noticed all +at once that the darkness was slowly giving way: a pale greenish light was +growing round him. It did not at first show him what kind of a place he was +in, for the light seemed to be coming out of himself, and from the floor +beside him, and had not yet reached the roof or wall. He turned, and there +in the cold glow he saw lying beside him Sam, Pippin, and Merry. They were +on their backs, and their faces looked deathly pale; and they were clad in +white. About them lay many treasures, of gold maybe, though in that light +they looked cold and unlovely. On their heads were circlets, gold chains +were about their waists, and on their fingers were many rings. Swords lay by +their sides, and shields were at their feet. But across their three necks +lay one long naked sword. + +Suddenly a song began: a cold murmur, rising and falling. The voice +seemed far away and immeasurably dreary, sometimes high in the air and thin, +sometimes like a low moan from the ground. Out of the formless stream of sad +but horrible sounds, strings of words would now and again shape themselves: +grim, hard, cold words, heartless and miserable. The night was railing +against the morning of which it was bereaved, and the cold was cursing the +warmth for which it hungered. Frodo was chilled to the marrow. After a while +the song became clearer, and with dread in his heart he perceived that it +had changed into an incantation: + +Cold be hand and heart and bone, + +and cold be sleep under stone: + +never mare to wake on stony bed, + +never, till the Sun fails and the Moon is dead. + +In the black wind the stars shall die, +and still on gold here let them lie, +till the dark lord lifts his hand +over dead sea and withered land. + +He heard behind his head a creaking and scraping sound. Raising himself + + + + +on one arm he looked, and saw now in the pale light that they were in a kind +of passage which behind them turned a corner. Round the corner a long arm +was groping, walking on its fingers towards Sam, who was lying nearest, and +towards the hilt of the sword that lay upon him. + +At first Frodo felt as if he had indeed been turned into stone by the +incantation. Then a wild thought of escape came to him. He wondered if he +put on the Ring, whether the Barrow-wight would miss him, and he might find +some way out. He thought of himself running free over the grass, grieving +for Merry, and Sam, and Pippin, but free and alive himself. Gandalf would +admit that there had been nothing else he could do. + +But the courage that had been awakened in him was now too strong: he +could not leave his friends so easily. He wavered, groping in his pocket, +and then fought with himself again; and as he did so the arm crept nearer. +Suddenly resolve hardened in him, and he seized a short sword that lay +beside him, and kneeling he stooped low over the bodies of his companions. +With what strength he had he hewed at the crawling arm near the wrist, and +the hand broke off; but at the same moment the sword splintered up to the +hilt. There was a shriek and the light vanished. In the dark there was a +snarling noise. + +Frodo fell forward over Merry, and Merry's face felt cold. All at once +back into his mind, from which it had disappeared with the first coming of +the fog, came the memory of the house down under the Hill, and of Tom +singing. He remembered the rhyme that Tom had taught them. In a small +desperate voice he began: Ho! Tom Bombadil! and with that name his voice +seemed to grow strong: it had a full and lively sound, and the dark chamber +echoed as if to drum and trumpet. + +Ho! Tom Bombadil, Tom Bombadillo! + +By water, wood and hill, by the reed and willow, + +By fire, sun and moon, harken now and hear us! + +Come, Tom Bombadil, for our need is near us! + +There was a sudden deep silence, in which Frodo could hear his heart +beating. After a long slow moment he heard plain, but far away, as if it was +coming down through the ground or through thick walls, an answering voice +singing: + +Old Tom Bombadil is a merry fellow, + +Bright blue his jacket is, and his boots are yellow. + +None has ever caught him yet, for Tom, he is the master: + + + + +His songs are stronger songs, and his feet are faster. + +There was a loud rumbling sound, as of stones rolling and falling, and +suddenly light streamed in, real light, the plain light of day. A low +door -like opening appeared at the end of the chamber beyond Frodo's feet; +and there was Tom's head (hat, feather, and all) framed against the light of +the sun rising red behind him. The light fell upon the floor, and upon the +faces of the three hobbits lying beside Frodo. They did not stir, but the +sickly hue had left them. They looked now as if they were only very deeply +asleep. + +Tom stooped, removed his hat, and came into the dark chamber, singing: + +Get out, you old Wight! Vanish in the sunlight! + +Shrivel like the cold mist, like the winds go wailing, + +Out into the barren lands far beyond the mountains! + +Come never here again! Leave your barrow empty! + +Lost and forgotten be, darker than the darkness, + +Where gates stand for ever shut, till the world is mended. + +At these words there was a cry and part of the inner end of the chamber +fell in with a crash. Then there was a long trailing shriek, fading away +into an unguessable distance; and after that silence. + +’Come, friend Frodo!' said Tom. 'Let us get out on to clean grass! You +must help me bear them.' + +Together they carried out Merry, Pippin, and Sam. As Frodo left the +barrow for the last time he thought he saw a severed hand wriggling still, +like a wounded spider, in a heap of fallen earth. Tom went back in again, +and there was a sound of much thumping and stamping. When he came out he +was + +bearing in his arms a great load of treasure: things of gold, silver, +copper, and bronze; many beads and chains and jewelled ornaments. He +climbed + +the green barrow and laid them all on top in the sunshine. + +There he stood, with his hat in his hand and the wind in his hair, and +looked down upon the three hobbits, that had been laid on their backs upon +the grass at the west side of the mound. Raising his right hand he said in a +clear and commanding voice: + +Wake now my merry tads! Wake and hear me calling! + +Warm now be heart and limb! The cold stone is fallen; + +Dark door is standing wide; dead hand is broken. + + + + +Night under Night is flown, and the Gate is open! + +To Frodo’s great joy the hobbits stirred, stretched their arms, rubbed +their eyes, and then suddenly sprang up. They looked about in amazement, +first at Frodo, and then at Tom standing large as life on the barrow-top +above them; and then at themselves in their thin white rags, crowned and +belted with pale gold, and jingling with trinkets. + +'What in the name of wonder?' began Merry, feeling the golden circlet +that had slipped over one eye. Then he stopped, and a shadow came over his +face, and he closed his eyes. 'Of course, I remember!' he said. 'The men of +Carn Dym came on us at night, and we were worsted. Ah! the spear in my +heart!' He clutched at his breast. 'No! No!' he said, opening his eyes. + +'What am I saying? I have been dreaming. Where did you get to, Frodo?' + +'I thought that I was lost,' said Frodo; 'but I don't want to speak of +it. Let us think of what we are to do now! Let us go on!' + +'Dressed up like this, sir?' said Sam. 'Where are my clothes?' He flung +his circlet, belt, and rings on the grass, and looked round helplessly, as +if he expected to find his cloak, jacket, and breeches, and other +hobbit-garments lying somewhere to hand. + +'You won't find your clothes again,' said Tom, bounding down from the +mound, and laughing as he danced round them in the sunlight. One would have +thought that nothing dangerous or dreadful had happened; and indeed the +horror faded out of their hearts as they looked at him, and saw the merry +glint in his eyes. + +'What do you mean?' asked Pippin, looking at him, half puzzled and half +amused. 'Why not?' + +But Tom shook his head, saying: 'You've found yourselves again, out of +the deep water. Clothes are but little loss, if you escape from drowning. Be +glad, my merry friends, and let the warm sunlight heal now heart and limb! +Cast off these cold rags! Run naked on the grass, while Tom goes a-hunting!' + +He sprang away down hill, whistling and calling. Looking down after him +Frodo saw him running away southwards along the green hollow between +their + +hill and the next, still whistling and crying: + +Hey! now! Come hoy now! Whither do you wander? + +Up, down, near or far, here, there or yonder? + +Sharp-ears, Wise-nose, Swish-tail and Bumpkin, + +White-socks my little lad, and old Fatty Lumpkin! + + + + +So he sang, running fast, tossing up his hat and catching it, until he +was hidden by a fold of the ground: but for some time his hey now! hoy now! +came floating back down the wind, which had shifted round towards the south. + +The air was growing very warm again. The hobbits ran about for a while +on the grass, as he told them. Then they lay basking in the sun with the +delight of those that have been wafted suddenly from bitter winter to a +friendly clime, or of people that, after being long ill and bedridden, wake +one day to find that they are unexpectedly well and the day is again full of +promise. + +By the time that Tom returned they were feeling strong (and hungry). He +reappeared, hat first, over the brow of the hill, and behind him came in an +obedient line six ponies: their own five and one more. The last was plainly +old Fatty Lumpkin: he was larger, stronger, fatter (and older) than their +own ponies. Merry, to whom the others belonged, had not, in fact, given them +any such names, but they answered to the new names that Tom had given +them + +for the rest of their lives. Tom called them one by one and they climbed +over the brow and stood in a line. Then Tom bowed to the hobbits. + +'Here are your ponies, now!' he said. 'They've more sense (in some +ways) than you wandering hobbits have - more sense in their noses. For they +sniff danger ahead which you walk right into; and if they run to save +themselves, then they run the right way. You must forgive them all; for +though their hearts are faithful, to face fear of Barrow- wights is not what +they were made for. See, here they come again, bringing all their burdens!' + +Merry, Sam, and Pippin now clothed themselves in spare garments from +their packs; and they soon felt too hot, for they were obliged to put on +some of the thicker and warmer things that they had brought against the +oncoming of winter. + +'Where does that other old animal, that Fatty Lumpkin, come from?' +asked Frodo. + +'He's mine,' said Tom. 'My four-legged friend; though I seldom ride +him, and he wanders often far, free upon the hillsides. When your ponies +stayed with me, they got to know my Lumpkin; and they smelt him in the +night, and quickly ran to meet him. I thought he'd look for them and with +his words of wisdom take all their fear away. But now, my jolly Lumpkin, old +Tom's going to ride. Hey! he's coming with you, just to set you on the road; +so he needs a pony. For you cannot easily talk to hobbits that are riding, + + + + +when you're on your own legs trying to trot beside them.' + +The hobbits were delighted to hear this, and thanked Tom many times; +but he laughed, and said that they were so good at losing themselves that he +would not feel happy till he had seen them safe over the borders of his +land. Tve got things to do,' he said: 'my making and my singing, my +talking and my walking, and my watching of the country. Tom can't be always +near to open doors and willow-cracks. Tom has his house to mind, and +Goldberry is waiting.' + +It was still fairly early by the sun, something between nine and ten, +and the hobbits turned their minds to food. Their last meal had been lunch +beside the standing stone the day before. They breakfasted now off the +remainder of Tom's provisions, meant for their supper, with additions that +Tom had brought with him. It was not a large meal (considering hobbits and +the circumstances), but they felt much better for it. While they were eating +Tom went up to the mound, and looked through the treasures. Most of these he +made into a pile that glistened and sparkled on the grass. He bade them lie +there 'free to all finders, birds, beasts. Elves or Men, and all kindly +creatures'; for so the spell of the mound should be broken and scattered and +no Wight ever come back to it. He chose for himself from the pile a brooch +set with blue stones, many-shaded like flax-flowers or the wings of blue +butterflies. He looked long at it, as if stirred by some memory, shaking his +head, and saying at last: + +'Here is a pretty toy for Tom and for his lady! Fair was she who long +ago wore this on her shoulder. Goldberry shall wear it now, and we will not +forget her!' + +For each of the hobbits he chose a dagger, long, leaf-shaped, and keen, +of marvellous workmanship, damasked with serpent-forms in red and gold. +They + +gleamed as he drew them from their black sheaths, wrought of some strange +metal, light and strong, and set with many fiery stones. Whether by some +virtue in these sheaths or because of the spell that lay on the mound, the +blades seemed untouched by time, unrusted, sharp, glittering in the sun. + +'Old knives are long enough as swords for hobbit-people,' he said. + +'Sharp blades are good to have, if Shire-folk go walking, east, south, or +far away into dark and danger.' Then he told them that these blades were +forged many long years ago by Men of Westernesse: they were foes of the +Dark + + + + +Lord, but they were overcome by the evil king of Carn Dym in the Land of +Angmar. + +'Few now remember them,' Tom murmured, 'yet still some go wandering, +sons of forgotten kings walking in loneliness, guarding from evil things +folk that are heedless.' + +The hobbits did not understand his words, but as he spoke they had a +vision as it were of a great expanse of years behind them, like a vast +shadowy plain over which there strode shapes of Men, tall and grim with +bright swords, and last came one with a star on his brow. Then the vision +faded, and they were back in the sunlit world. It was time to start again. + +They made ready, packing their bags and lading their ponies. Their new +weapons they hung on their leather belts under their jackets, feeling them +very awkward, and wondering if they would be of any use. Fighting had not +before occurred to any of them as one of the adventures in which their +flight would land them. + +At last they set off. They led their ponies down the hill; and then +mounting they trotted quickly along the valley. They looked back and saw the +top of the old mound on the hill, and from it the sunlight on the gold went +up like a yellow flame. Then they turned a shoulder of the Downs and it was +hidden from view. + +Though Frodo looked about him on every side he saw no sign of the great +stones standing like a gate, and before long they came to the northern gap +and rode swiftly through, and the land fell away before them. It was a merry +journey with Tom Bombadil trotting gaily beside them, or before them, on +Fatty Lumpkin, who could move much faster than his girth promised. Tom +sang + +most of the time, but it was chiefly nonsense, or else perhaps a strange +language unknown to the hobbits, an ancient language whose words were +mainly + +those of wonder and delight. + +They went forward steadily, but they soon saw that the Road was further +away than they had imagined. Even without a fog, their sleep at mid-day +would have prevented them from reaching it until after nightfall on the day +before. The dark line they had seen was not a line of trees but a line of +bushes growing on the edge of a deep dike with a steep wall on the further +side. Tom said that it had once been the boundary of a kingdom, but a very +long lime ago. He seemed to remember something sad about it, and would not + + + + +say much. + +They climbed down and out of the dike and through a gap in the wall, +and then Tom turned due north, for they had been bearing somewhat to the +west. The land was now open and fairly level, and they quickened their pace, +but the sun was already sinking low when at last they saw a line of tall +trees ahead, and they knew that they had come back to the Road after many +unexpected adventures. They galloped their ponies over the last furlongs, +and halted under the long shadows of the trees. They were on the top of a +sloping bank, and the Road, now dim as evening drew on, wound away +below + +them. At this point it ran nearly from South-west to North-east, and on +their right it fell quickly down into a wide hollow. It was rutted and bore +many signs of the recent heavy rain; there were pools and pot-holes full of +water. They rode down the bank and looked up and down. There was nothing +to + +be seen. 'Well, here we are again at last!' said Frodo. 'I suppose we +haven’t lost more than two days by my short cut through the Forest! But +perhaps the delay will prove useful - it may have put them off our trail.' + +The others looked at him. The shadow of the fear of the Black Riders +came suddenly over them again. Ever since they had entered the Forest they +had thought chiefly of getting back to the Road; only now when it lay +beneath their feet did they remember the danger which pursued them, and was +more than likely to be lying in wait for them upon the Road itself. They +looked anxiously back towards the setting sun, but the Road was brown and +empty. + +'Do you think,' asked Pippin hesitatingly, 'do you think we may be +pursued, tonight?' + +'No, I hope not tonight,' answered Tom Bombadil; 'nor perhaps the next +day. But do not trust my guess; for I cannot tell for certain. Out east my +knowledge fails. Tom is not master of Riders from the Black Land far beyond +his country.' + +All the same the hobbits wished he was coming with them. They felt that +he would know how to deal with Black Riders, if anyone did. They would +soon + +now be going forward into lands wholly strange to them, and beyond all but +the most vague and distant legends of the Shire, and in the gathering +twilight they longed for home. A deep loneliness and sense of loss was on + + + + +them. They stood silent, reluctant to make the final parting, and only +slowly became aware that Tom was wishing them farewell, and telling them to +have good heart and to ride on till dark without halting. + +’Tom will give you good advice, till this day is over (after that your +own luck must go with you and guide you): four miles along the Road you'll +come upon a village, Bree under Bree-hill, with doors looking westward. +There you'll find an old inn that is called The Prancing Pony. Barliman +Butterbur is the worthy keeper. There you can stay the night, and afterwards +the morning will speed you upon your way. Be bold, but wary! Keep up your +merry hearts, and ride to meet your fortune!' + +They begged him to come at least as far as the inn and drink once more +with them; but he laughed and refused, saying: + +Tom's country ends here: he will not pass the borders. + +Tom has his house to mind, and Goldberry is waiting! + +Then he turned, tossed up his hat, leaped on Lumpkin's back, and rode +up over the bank and away singing into the dusk. + +The hobbits climbed up and watched him until he was out of sight. + +'I am sorry to take leave of Master Bombadil,' said Sam. 'He's a +caution and no mistake. I reckon we may go a good deal further and see +naught better, nor queerer. But I won't deny I'll be glad to see this +Prancing Pony he spoke of. I hope it'll be like The Green Dragon away back +home! What sort of folk are they in Bree?' + +'There are hobbits in Bree,' said Merry, 'as well as Big Folk. I +daresay it will be homelike enough. The Pony is a good inn by all accounts. + +My people ride out there now and again.' + +'It may be all we could wish,' said Frodo; 'but it is outside the Shire +all the same. Don't make yourselves too much at home ! Please remember -all +of you - that the name of Baggins must NOT be mentioned. I am Mr. Underhill, +if any name must be given.' + +They now mounted their ponies and rode off silently into the evening. +Darkness came down quickly, as they plodded slowly downhill and up again, +until at last they saw lights twinkling some distance ahead. + +Before them rose Bree-hill barring the way, a dark mass against misty +stars; and under its western flank nestled a large village. Towards it they +now hurried desiring only to find a fire, and a door between them and the +night. + + + + +Chapter 9 . At the Sign of + + + +The Prancing Pony + +Bree was the chief village of the Bree-land, a small inhabited region, +like an island in the empty lands round about. Besides Bree itself, there +was Staddle on the other side of the hill, Combe in a deep valley a little +further eastward, and Archet on the edge of the Chetwood. Lying round +Bree-hill and the villages was a small country of fields and tamed woodland +only a few miles broad. + +The Men of Bree were brown-haired, broad, and rather short, cheerful +and independent: they belonged to nobody but themselves; but they were more +friendly and familiar with Hobbits, Dwarves, Elves, and other inhabitants of +the world about them than was (or is) usual with Big People. According to +their own tales they were the original inhabitants and were the descendants +of the first Men that ever wandered into the West of the middle-world. Few +had survived the turmoils of the Elder Days; but when the Kings returned +again over the Great Sea they had found the Bree-men still there, and they +were still there now, when the memory of the old Kings had faded into the +grass. + +In those days no other Men had settled dwellings so far west, or within +a hundred leagues of the Shire. But in the wild lands beyond Bree there were +mysterious wanderers. The Bree-folk called them Rangers, and knew nothing +of + +their origin. They were taller and darker than the Men of Bree and were +believed to have strange powers of sight and hearing, and to understand the +languages of beasts and birds. They roamed at will southwards, and eastwards +even as far as the Misty Mountains; but they were now few and rarely seen. +When they appeared they brought news from afar, and told strange forgotten +tales which were eagerly listened to; but the Bree-folk did not make friends +of them. + +There were also many families of hobbits in the Bree-land and they +claimed to be the oldest settlement of Hobbits in the world, one that was +founded long before even the Brandywine was crossed and the Shire colonized. +They lived mostly in Staddle though there were some in Bree itself, +especially on the higher slopes of the hill, above the houses of the Men. + + + + +The Big Folk and the Little Folk (as they called one another) were on +friendly terms, minding their own affairs in their own ways, but both +rightly regarding themselves as necessary parts of the Bree-folk. Nowhere +else in the world was this peculiar (but excellent) arrangement to be found. + +The Bree-folk, Big and Little, did not themselves travel much; and the +affairs of the four villages were their chief concern. Occasionally the +Hobbits of Bree went as far as Buckland, or the Eastfarthing; but though +their link land was not much further than a day's riding east of the +Brandywine Bridge, the Hobbits of the Shire now seldom visited it. An +occasional Bucklander or adventurous Took would come out to the Inn for a +night or two, but even that was becoming less and less usual. The +Shire-hobbits referred to those of Bree, and to any others that lived beyond +the borders, as Outsiders, and took very little interest in them, +considering them dull and uncouth. There were probably many more +Outsiders + +scattered about in the West of the World in those days than the people of +the Shire imagined. Some, doubtless, were no better than tramps, ready to +dig a hole in any bank and stay only as long as it suited them. But in the +Bree-land, at any rate, the hobbits were decent and prosperous, and no more +rustic than most of their distant relatives Inside. It was not yet forgotten +that there had been a time when there was much coming and going between +the + +Shire and Bree. There was Bree-blood in the Brandybucks by all accounts. + +The village of Bree had some hundred stone houses of the Big Folk, +mostly above the Road, nestling on the hillside with windows looking west. +On that side, running in more than half a circle from the hill and back to +it, there was a deep dike with a thick hedge on the inner side. Over this +the Road crossed by a causeway; but where it pierced the hedge it was barred +by a great gate. There was another gate in the southern comer where the Road +ran out of the village. The gates were closed at nightfall; but just inside +them were small lodges for the gatekeepers. + +Down on the Road, where it swept to the right to go round the foot of +the hill, there was a large inn. It had been built long ago when the traffic +on the roads had been far greater. For Bree stood at an old meeting of ways; +another ancient road crossed the East Road just outside (he dike at the +western end of the village, and in former days Men and other folk of various +sorts had travelled much on it. Strange as News from Bree was still a saying + + + + +in the Eastfarthing, descending from those days, when news from North, +South, and East could be heard in the inn, and when the Shire-hobbits used +to go more often to hear it. But the Northern Lands had long been desolate, +and the North Road was now seldom used: it was grass-grown, and the +Bree-folk called it the Greenway. + +The Inn of Bree was still there, however, and the innkeeper was an +important person. His house was a meeting place for the idle, talkative, and +inquisitive among the inhabitants, large and small, of the four villages; +and a resort of Rangers and other wanderers, and for such travellers (mostly +dwarves) as still journeyed on the East Road, to and from the Mountains. + +It was dark, and white stars were shining, when Frodo and his +companions came at last to the Greenway-crossing and drew near the village. +They came to the West-gate and found it shut, but at the door of the lodge +beyond it, there was a man sitting. He jumped up and fetched a lantern and +looked over the gate at them in surprise. + +’What do you want, and where do you come from?' he asked gruffly. + +'We are making for the inn here,' answered Frodo. 'We are journeying +east and cannot go further tonight.' + +'Hobbits ! Four hobbits ! And what's more, out of the Shire by their +talk,' said the gatekeeper, softly as if speaking to himself. He stared at +them darkly for a moment, and then slowly opened the gate and let them ride +through. + +'We don't often see Shire-folk riding on the Road at night,' he went +on, as they halted a moment by his door. 'You'll pardon my wondering what +business takes you away east of Bree! What may your names be, might I ask?' + +'Our names and our business are our own, and this does not seem a good +place to discuss them,' said Frodo, not liking the look of the man or the +tone of his voice. + +'Your business is your own, no doubt,' said the man; 'but it's my +business to ask questions after nightfall.' + +'We are hobbits from Buckland, and we have a fancy to travel and to +stay at the inn here,' put in Merry. 'I am Mr. Brandybuck. Is that enough +for you? The Bree-folk used to be fair-spoken to travellers, or so I had +heard.' + +'All right, all right!' said the man. 'I meant no offence. But you'll +find maybe that more folk than old Harry at the gate will be asking you +questions. There's queer folk about. If you go on to The Pony, you'll find + + + + +you're oat the only guests.' + +He wished them good night, and they said no more; but Frodo could see +in the lantern-light that the man was still eyeing them curiously. He was +glad to hear the gate clang to behind them, as they rode forward. He +wondered why the man was so suspicious, and whether any one had been +asking + +for news of a party of hobbits. Could it have been Gandalf? He might have +arrived, while they were delayed in the Forest and the Downs. But there was +something in the look and the voice of the gatekeeper that made him uneasy. + +The man stared after the hobbits for a moment, and then he went back to +his house. As soon as his back was turned, a dark figure climbed quickly in +over the gate and melted into the shadows of the village street. + +The hobbits rode on up a gentle slope, passing a few detached houses, +and drew up outside the inn. The houses looked large and strange to them. +Sam stared up at the inn with its three storeys and many windows, and felt +his heart sink. He had imagined himself meeting giants taller than trees, +and other creatures even more terrifying, some time or other in the course +of his journey; but at the moment he was finding his first sight of Men and +their tall houses quite enough, indeed too much for the dark end of a tiring +day. He pictured black horses standing all saddled in the shadows of the +inn-yard, and Black Riders peering out of dark upper windows. + +'We surely aren't going to stay here for the night, are we, sir?' he +exclaimed. 'If there are hobbit-folk in these pans, why don't we look for +some that would be willing to take us in? It would be more homelike.' + +'What's wrong with the inn?' said Frodo. 'Tom Bombadil recommended it. +I expect it's homelike enough inside.' + +Even from the outside the inn looked a pleasant house to familiar eyes. + +It had a front on the Road, and two wings running back on land partly cut +out of the lower slopes of the hill, so that at the rear the second-floor +windows were level with the ground. There was a wide arch leading to a +courtyard between the two wings, and on the left under the arch there was a +large doorway reached by a few broad steps. The door was open and light +streamed out of it. Above the arch there was a lamp, and beneath it swung a +large signboard: a fat white pony reared up on its hind legs. Over the door +was painted in white letters: THE PRANCING PONY by BARLIMAN +BUTTERBUR. Many + +of the lower windows showed lights behind thick curtains. + + + + +As they hesitated outside in the gloom, someone began singing a merry +song inside, and many cheerful voices joined loudly in the chorus. They +listened to this encouraging sound for a moment and then got off their +ponies. The song ended and there was a burst of laughter and clapping. + +They led their ponies under the arch, and leaving them standing in the +yard they climbed up the steps. Frodo went forward and nearly bumped into a +short fat man with a bald head and a red face. He had a white apron on, and +was bustling out of one door and in through another, carrying a tray laden +with full mugs. + +’Can we—' began Frodo. + +'Half a minute, if you please!' shouted the man over his shoulder, and +vanished into a babel of voices and a cloud of smoke. In a moment he was out +again, wiping his hands on his apron. + +'Good evening, little master!' he said, bending down. 'What may you be +wanting?' + +'Beds for four, and stabling for five ponies, if that can be managed. + +Are you Mr. Butterbur?' + +'That's right! Barliman is my name. Barliman Butterbur at your service! +You're from the Shire, eh?' he said, and then suddenly he clapped his hand +to his forehead, as if trying to remember something. 'Hobbits!' he cried. + +'Now what does that remind me of? Might I ask your names, sir?' + +'Mr. Took and Mr. Brandybuck,' said Frodo; 'and this is Sam Gamgee. My +name is Underhill.' + +'There now!' said Mr. Butterbur, snapping his fingers. 'It's gone +again! But it'll come back, when I have time to think. I'm run off my feet; +but I'll see what I can do for you. We don't often get a party out of the +Shire nowadays, and I should be sorry not to make you welcome. But there is +such a crowd already in the house tonight as there hasn't been for long +enough. It never rains but it pours, we say in Bree. + +'Hi! Nob!' he shouted. 'Where are you, you woolly -footed slow-coach? +Nob!' + +'Coming, sir! Coming!' A cheery-looking hobbit bobbed out of a door, +and seeing the travellers, stopped short and stared at them with great +interest. + +'Where's Bob?' asked the landlord. 'You don't know? Well find him! +Double sharp! I haven't got six legs, nor six eyes neither! Tell Bob there's +five ponies that have to be stabled. He must find room somehow.' Nob trotted + + + + +off with a grin and a wink. + +'Well, now, what was I going to say?' said Mr. Butterbur, tapping his +forehead. 'One thing drives out another, so to speak. I'm that busy tonight, +my head is going round. There's a party that came up the Greenway from +down + +South last night - and that was strange enough to begin with. Then there's a +travelling company of dwarves going West come in this evening. And now +there's you. If you weren't hobbits, I doubt if we could house you. But +we've got a room or two in the north wing that were made special for +hobbits, when this place was built. On the ground floor as they usually +prefer; round windows and all as they like it. I hope you'll be comfortable. +You'll be wanting supper, I don't doubt. As soon as may be. This way now!' + +He led them a short way down a passage, and opened a door. 'Here is a +nice little parlour!' he said. 'I hope it will suit. Excuse me now. I'm that +busy. No time for talking. I must be trotting. It's hard work for two legs, +but I don't get thinner. I'll look in again later. If you want anything, +ring the hand-bell, and Nob will come. If he don't come, ring and shout!' + +Off he went at last, and left them feeling rather breathless. He seemed +capable of an endless stream of talk, however busy he might be. They found +themselves in a small and cosy room. There was a bit of bright fire burning +on the hearth, and in front of it were some low and comfortable chairs. +There was a round table, already spread with a white cloth, and on it was a +large hand-bell. But Nob, the hobbit servant, came bustling in long before +they thought of ringing. He brought candles and a tray full of plates. + +'Will you be wanting anything to drink, masters?' he asked. 'And shall +I show you the bedrooms, while your supper is got ready?' + +They were washed and in the middle of good deep mugs of beer when Mr. +Butterbur and Nob came in again. In a twinkling the table was laid. There +was hot soup, cold meats, a blackberry tart, new loaves, slabs of butter, +and half a ripe cheese: good plain food, as good as the Shire could show, +and homelike enough to dispel the last of Sam's misgivings (already much +relieved by the excellence of the beer). + +The landlord hovered round for a link, and then prepared to leave them. + +'I don't know whether you would care to join the company, when you have +supped,' he said, standing at the door. 'Perhaps you would rather go to your +beds. Still the company would be very pleased to welcome you, if you had a +mind. We don't get Outsiders - travellers from the Shire, I should say, + + + + +begging your pardon - often; and we like to hear a bit of news, or any story +or song you may have in mind. But as you please! Ring the bell, if you lack +anything!' + +So refreshed and encouraged did they feel at the end of their supper +(about three quarters of an hour's steady going, not hindered by unnecessary +talk) that Frodo, Pippin, and Sam decided to join the company. Merry said it +would be too stuffy. 'I shall sit here quietly by the fire for a bit, and +perhaps go out later for a sniff of the air. Mind your Ps and Qs, and don't +forget that you are supposed to be escaping in secret, and are still on the +high-road and not very far from the Shire!' + +'All right!' said Pippin. 'Mind yourself! Don't get lost, and don't +forget that it is safer indoors!' + +The company was in the big common-room of the inn. The gathering was +large and mixed, as Frodo discovered, when his eyes got used to the light. + +This came chiefly from a blazing log-fire, for the three lamps hanging from +the beams were dim, and half veiled in smoke. Barliman Butterbur was +standing near the fire, talking to a couple of dwarves and one or two +strange-looking men. On the benches were various folk: men of Bree, a +collection of local hobbits (sitting chattering together), a few more +dwarves, and other vague figures difficult to make out away in the shadows +and comers. + +As soon as the Shire-hobbits entered, there was a chorus of welcome +from the Bree-landers. The strangers, especially those that had come up the +Greenway, stared at them curiously. The landlord introduced the newcomers to +the Bree-folk, so quickly that, though they caught many names, they were +seldom sure who the names belonged to. The Men of Bree seemed all to have +rather botanical (and to the Shire-folk rather odd) names, like Rushlight, +Goatleaf, Heathertoes, Appledore, Thistlewool and Ferny (not to mention +Butterbur). Some of the hobbits had similar names. The Mug worts, for +instance, seemed numerous. But most of them had natural names, such as +Banks, Brockhouse, Longholes, Sandheaver, and Tunnelly, many of which +were + +used in the Shire. There were several Underhills from Saddle, and as they +could not imagine sharing a name without being related, they took Frodo to +their hearts as a long-lost cousin. + +The Bree-hobbits were, in fact, friendly and inquisitive, and Frodo +soon found that some explanation of what he was doing would have to be + + + + +given. He gave out that he was interested in history and geography (at which +there was much wagging of heads, although neither of these words were much +used in the Bree-dialect). He said he was thinking of writing a book (at +which there was silent astonishment), and that he and his friends wanted to +collect information about hobbits living outside the Shire, especially in +the eastern lands. + +At this a chorus of voices broke out. If Frodo had really wanted to +write a book, and had had many ears, he would have learned enough for +several chapters in a few minutes. And if that was not enough, he was given +a whole list of names, beginning with 'Old Barliman here', to whom he could +go for further information. But after a time, as Frodo did not show any sign +of writing a book on the spot, the hobbits returned to their questions about +doings in the Shire. Frodo did not prove very communicative, and he soon +found himself sitting alone in a comer, listening and looking around. + +The Men and Dwarves were mostly talking of distant events and telling +flews of a kind that was becoming only too familiar. There was trouble away +in the South, and it seemed that the Men who had come up the Greenway +were + +on the move, looking for lands where they could find some peace. The +Bree-folk were sympathetic, but plainly not very ready to take a large +number of strangers into their little land. One of the travellers, a +squint-eyed ill-favoured fellow, was foretelling that more and more people +would be coming north in the near future. 'If room isn't found for them, +they'll find it for themselves. They've a right to live, same as other +folk,' he said loudly. The local inhabitants did not look pleased at the +prospect. + +The hobbits did not pay much attention to all this, and it did not at +the moment seem to concern hobbits. Big Folk could hardly beg for lodgings +in hobbit-holes. They were more interested in Sam and Pippin, who were now +feeling quite at home, and were chatting gaily about events in the Shire. +Pippin roused a good deal of laughter with an account of the collapse of the +roof of the Town Hole in Michel Delving: Will Whitfoot, the Mayor, and the +fattest hobbit in the Westfarthing, had been buried in chalk, and came out +like a floured dumpling. But there were several questions asked that made +Frodo a little uneasy. One of the Bree-landers, who seemed to have been in +the Shire several times, wanted to know where the Underhills lived and who +they were related to. + + + + +Suddenly Frodo noticed that a strange-looking weather-beaten man, +sitting in the shadows near the wall, was also listening intently to the +hobbit-talk. He had a tall tankard in front of him, and was smoking a +long-stemmed pipe curiously carved. His legs were stretched out before him, +showing high boots of supple leather that fitted him well, but had seen much +wear and were now caked with mud. A travel -stained cloak of heavy dark- +green + +cloth was drawn close about him, and in spite of the heat of the room he +wore a hood that overshadowed his face; but the gleam of his eyes could be +seen as he watched the hobbits. + +’Who is that?' Frodo asked, when he got a chance to whisper to Mr. +Butterbur. 'I don't think you introduced him?' + +'Him?' said the landlord in an answering whisper, cocking an eye +without turning his head. 'I don't rightly know. He is one of the wandering +folk -Rangers we call them. He seldom talks: not but what he can tell a rare +tale when he has the mind. He disappears for a month, or a year, and then he +pops up again. He was in and out pretty often last spring; but I haven't +seen him about lately. What his right name is I've never heard: but he's +known round here as Strider. Goes about at a great pace on his long shanks; +though he don't tell nobody what cause he has to hurry. But there's no +accounting for East and West, as we say in Bree, meaning the Rangers and the +Shire-folk, begging your pardon. Funny you should ask about him.' But at +that moment Mr. Butterbur was called away by a demand for more ale and his +last remark remained unexplained. + +Frodo found that Strider was now looking at him, as if he had heard or +guessed all that had been said. Presently, with a wave of his hand and a +nod, he invited Frodo to come over and sit by him. As Frodo drew near be +threw back his hood, showing a shaggy head of dark hair necked with grey, +and in a pale stem face a pair of keen grey eyes. + +'I am called Strider,' he said in a low voice. 'I am very pleased to +meet you. Master - Underhill, if old Butterbur got your name right.' + +'He did,' said Frodo stiffly. He felt far from comfortable under the +stare of those keen eyes. + +'Well, Master Underhill,' said Strider, 'if I were you, I should stop +your young friends from talking too much. Drink, fire, and chance -meeting +are pleasant enough, but, well - this isn't the Shire. There are queer folk +about. Though I say it as shouldn't, you may think,' he added with a wry + + + + +smile, seeing Frodo's glance. 'And there have been even stranger travellers +through Bree lately,' he went on, watching Frodo's face. + +Frodo returned his gaze but said nothing; and Strider made no further +sign. His attention seemed suddenly to be fixed on Pippin. To his alarm +Frodo became aware that the ridiculous young Took, encouraged by his success +with the fat Mayor of Michel Delving, was now actually giving a comic +account of Bilbo's farewell party. He was already giving an imitation of the +Speech, and was drawing near to the astonishing Disappearance. + +Frodo was annoyed. It was a harmless enough tale for most of the local +hobbits, no doubt: just a funny story about those funny people away beyond +the River; but some (old Butterbur, for instance) knew a thing or two, and +had probably heard rumours long ago about Bilbo's vanishing. It would bring +the name of Baggins to their minds, especially if there had been inquiries +in Bree after that name. + +Frodo fidgeted, wondering what to do. Pippin was evidently much +enjoying the attention he was getting, and had become quite forgetful of +their danger. Frodo had a sudden fear that in his present mood he might even +mention the Ring; and that might well be disastrous. + +'You had better do something quick!' whispered Strider in his ear. + +Frodo jumped up and stood on a table, and began to talk. The attention +of Pippin's audience was disturbed. Some of the hobbits looked at Frodo and +laughed and clapped, thinking that Mr. Underhill had taken as much ale as +was good for him. + +Frodo suddenly felt very foolish, and found himself (as was his habit +when making a speech) fingering the things in his pocket. He felt the Ring +on its chain, and quite unaccountably the desire came over him to slip it on +and vanish out of the silly situation. It seemed to him, somehow, as if me +suggestion came to him from outside, from someone or something a the room. +He resisted the temptation firmly, and clasped the Ring in his hand, as if +to keep a hold on it and prevent it from escaping or doing any mischief. At +any rate it gave him no inspiration. He spoke 'a few suitable words', as +they would have said in the Shire: We are all very much gratified by the +kindness of your reception, and I venture to hope that my brief visit will +help to renew the old ties of friendship between the Shire and Bree; and +then he hesitated and coughed. + +Everyone in the room was now looking at him. 'A song!' shouted one of +the hobbits. 'A song! A song!' shouted all the others. 'Come on now, master, + + + + +sing us something that we haven’t heard before!' + +For a moment Frodo stood gaping. Then in desperation he began a +ridiculous song that Bilbo had been rather fond of (and indeed rather proud +of, for he had made up the words himself). It was about an inn; and that is +probably why it came into Frodo's mind just then. Here it is in full. Only a +few words of it are now, as a rule, remembered. + +There is an inn, a merry old inn +beneath an old grey hill, + +And there they brew a beer so brown +That the Man in the Moon himself came down +one night to drink his fill. + +The ostler has a tipsy cat +that plays a five-stringed fiddle; + +And up and down he runs his bow, + +Now squeaking high, now purring low, +now sawing in the middle. + +The landlord keeps a little dog +that is mighty fond of jokes; + +When there's good cheer among the guests, + +He cocks an ear at all the jests +and laughs until he chokes. + +They also keep a horned cow +as proud as any queen; + +But music turns her head like ale, + +And makes her wave her tufted tail +and dance upon the green. + +And O! the rows of silver dishes +and the store of silver spoons! + +For Sunday* there's a special pair, + +And these they polish up with care +on Saturday afternoons. + + + +The Man in the Moon was drinking deep, + + + + +and the cat began to wail; + +A dish and a spoon on the table danced, + +The cow in the garden madly pranced, +and the little dog chased his tail. + +The Man in the Moon took another mug, +and then rolled beneath his chair; + +And there he dozed and dreamed of ale, + +Till in the sky the stars were pale, +and dawn was in the air. + +Then the ostler said to his tipsy cat: + +'The white horses of the Moon, + +They neigh and champ their silver bits; + +But their master's been and drowned his wits, +and the Sun'll be rising soon!' + +So the cat on his fiddle played hey-diddle-diddle, +a jig that would wake the dead: + +He squeaked and sawed and quickened the tune, +While the landlord shook the Man in the Moon: +'It's after three!' he said. + +They rolled the Man slowly up the hill +and bundled him into the Moon, + +While his horses galloped up in rear, + +And the cow came capering like a deer, +and a dish ran up with the spoon. + +Now quicker the fiddle went deedle-dum-diddle; +the dog began to roar, + +The cow and the horses stood on their heads; + +The guests all bounded from their beds +and danced upon the floor. + +With a ping and a pong the fiddle-strings broke! +the cow jumped over the Moon, + + + + +And the little dog laughed to see such fun, + +And the Saturday dish went off at a run +with the silver Sunday spoon. + +The round Moon rolled behind the hill +as the Sun raised up her head. + +She * hardly believed her fiery eyes; + +For though it was day, to her surprise +they all went back to bed! + +There was loud and long applause. Frodo had a good voice, and the song +tickled their fancy. 'Where's old Barley?' they cried. 'He ought to hear +this. Bob ought to learn his cat the fiddle, and then we'd have a dance.' + +They called for more ale, and began to shout: 'Let's have it again, master! +Come on now! Once more!' + +They made Frodo have another drink, and then begin his song again, +while many of them joined in; for the tune was well known, and they were +quick at picking up words. It was now Frodo's turn to feel pleased with +himself. He capered about on the table; and when he came a second time to +the cow jumped over the Moon, he leaped in the air. Much too vigorously; for +he came down, bang, into a tray full of mugs, and slipped, and rolled off +the table with a crash, clatter, and bump! The audience all opened their +mouths wide for laughter, and stopped short a gaping silence; for the singer +disappeared. He simply vanished, as if he had gone slap through the floor +without leaving a hole ! + +The local hobbits stared in amazement, and then sprang to their feet +and shouted for Barliman. All the company drew away from Pippin and Sam, +who + +found themselves left alone in a comer, and eyed darkly and doubtfully from +a distance. It was plain that many people regarded them now as the +companions of a travelling magician of unknown powers and purpose. But +there + +was one swarthy Bree-lander, who stood looking at them with a knowing and +half-mocking expression that made them feel very uncomfortable. Presently he +slipped out of the door, followed by the squint-eyed southerner: the two had +been whispering together a good deal during the evening. Harry the +gatekeeper also went out just behind them.. + +Frodo felt a fool. Not knowing what else to do, he crawled away under + + + + +the tables to the dark comer by Strider, who sat unmoved, giving no sign of +his thoughts. Frodo leaned back against the wall and took off the Ring. How +it came to be on his finger he could not tell. He could only suppose that he +had been handling it in his pocket while he sang, and that somehow it had +slipped on when he stuck out his hand with a jerk to save his fall. For a +moment he wondered if the Ring itself had not played him a trick; perhaps it +had tried to reveal itself in response to some wish or command that was felt +in the room. He did not like the looks of the men that had gone out. + +'Well?' said Strider, when he reappeared. ’Why did you do that? Worse +than anything your friends could have said! You have put your foot in it! Or +should I say your finger?' + +'I don't know what you mean,' said Frodo, annoyed and alarmed. + +'Oh yes, you do,' answered Strider; 'but we had better wait until the +uproar has died down. Then, if you please, Mr. Baggins, I should like a +quiet word with you.' + +'What about?' asked Frodo, ignoring the sudden use of his proper name. + +'A matter of some importance - to us both,' answered Strider, looking +Frodo in the eye. 'You may hear something to your advantage.' + +'Very well,' said Frodo, trying to appear unconcerned. 'I'll talk to +you later.' + +Meanwhile an argument was going on by the fireplace. Mr. Butterbur had +come trotting in, and he was now trying to listen to several conflicting +accounts of the event at the same time. + +'I saw him, Mr. Butterbur,' said a hobbit; 'or leastways I didn't see +him, if you take my meaning. He just vanished into thin air, in a manner of +speaking.' + +'You don't say, Mr. Mugwort!' said the landlord, looking puzzled. + +'Yes I do!' replied Mugwort. 'And I mean what I say, what's more.' + +'There's some mistake somewhere,' said Butterbur, shaking his head. +There was too much of that Mr. Underhill to go vanishing into thin air; or +into thick air, as is more likely in this room.' + +'Well, where is he now?' cried several voices. + +'How should I know? He's welcome to go where he will, so long as he +pays in the morning. There's Mr. Took, now: he's not vanished.' + +'Well, I saw what I saw, and I saw what I didn't,' said Mugwort +obstinately. + +'And I say there's some mistake,' repeated Butterbur, picking up the + + + + +tray and gathering up the broken crockery. + +'Of course there's a mistake!' said Frodo. 'I haven't vanished. Here I +am! I've just been having a few words with Strider in the comer.' + +He came forward into the firelight; but most of the company backed +away,, even more perturbed than before. They were not in the least satisfied +by his explanation that he had crawled away quickly under the tables after +he had fallen. Most of the Hobbits and the Men of Bree went off then and +there in a huff, having no fancy for further entertainment that evening. One +or two gave Frodo a black look and departed muttering among themselves. + +The + +Dwarves and the two or three strange Men that still remained got up and said +good night to the landlord, but not to Frodo and his friends. Before long no +one was left but Strider, who sat on, unnoticed, by the wall. + +Mr. Butterbur did not seem much put out. He reckoned, very probably, +that his house would be full again on many future nights, until the present +mystery had been thoroughly discussed. 'Now what have you been doing, Mr. +Underhill?' he asked. 'Frightening my customers and breaking up my crocks +with your acrobatics!' + +'I am very sorry to have caused any trouble,' said Frodo. 'It was quite +unintentional, I assure you. A most unfortunate accident.' + +'All right, Mr. Underhill! But if you're going to do any more tumbling, +or conjuring, or whatever it was, you'd best warn folk beforehand - and warn +me. We're a bit suspicious round here of anything out of the way -uncanny, +if you understand me; and we don't take to it all of a sudden.' + +'I shan't be doing anything of the sort again, Mr. Butterbur, I promise +you. And now I think I'll be getting to bed. We shall be making an early +start. Will you see that our ponies are ready by eight o'clock?' + +'Very good! But before you go, I should like a word with you in +private, Mr. Underhill. Something has just come back to my mind that I ought +to tell you. I hope that you'll not take it amiss. When I've seen to a thing +or two, I'll come along to your room, if you're willing.' + +'Certainly!' said Frodo; but his heart sank. He wondered how many +private talks he would have before he got to bed, and what they would +reveal. Were these people all in league against him? He began to suspect +even old Butterbur's fat face of concealing dark designs. + + + + +Chapter 10. Strider + + + +Frodo, Pippin, and Sam made their way back to the parlour. There was no +light. Merry was not there, and the fire had burned low. It was not until +they had puffed up the embers into a blaze and thrown on a couple of faggots +that they discovered Strider had come with them. There he was calmly sitting +in a chair by the door! + +'Hallo!' said Pippin. 'Who are you, and what do you want?' + +'I am called Strider,' he answered: 'and though he may have forgotten +it, your friend promised to have a quiet talk with me.' + +'You said I might hear something to my advantage, I believe,' said +Frodo. 'What have you to say?' + +'Several things,' answered Strider. 'But, of course, I have my price.' + +'What do you mean?' asked Frodo sharply. + +'Don't be alarmed! I mean just this: I will tell you what I know, and +give you some good advice - but I shall want a reward.' + +'And what will that be, pray?' said Frodo. He suspected now that he had +fallen in with a rascal, and he thought uncomfortably that he had brought +only a little money with him. All of it would hardly satisfy a rogue, and he +could not spare any of it. + +'No more than you can afford,' answered Strider with a slow smile, as +if he guessed Frodo's thoughts. 'Just this: you must take me along with you, +until I wish to leave you.' + +'Oh, indeed!' replied Frodo, surprised, but not much relieved. 'Even if +I wanted another companion, I should not agree to any such thing, until I +knew a good deal more about you, and your business.' + +'Excellent!' exclaimed Strider, crossing his legs and sitting back +comfortably. 'You seem to be coming to your senses again, and that is all to +the good. You have been much too careless so far. Very well! I will tell you +what I know, and leave the reward to you. You may be glad to grant it, when +you have heard me.' + +'Go on then!' said Frodo. 'What do you know?' + +'Too much; too many dark things,' said Strider grimly. 'But as for your +business — ' He got up and went to the door, opened it quickly and looked +out. Then he shut it quietly and sat down again. 'I have quick ears,' he +went on, lowering his voice, 'and though I cannot disappear, I have hunted + + + + +many wild and wary things and I can usually avoid being seen, if I wish. +Now, I was behind the hedge this evening on the Road west of Bree, when four +hobbits came out of the Downlands. I need not repeat all that they said to +old Bombadil or to one another, but one thing interested me. Please +remember, said one of them, that the name Baggins must not be mentioned. I +am Mr. Underhill, if any name must be given. That interested me so much that +I followed them here. I slipped over the gate just behind them. Maybe Mr. +Baggins has an honest reason for leaving his name behind; but if so, I +should advise him and his friends to be more careful.' + +'I don't see what interest my name has for any one in Bree,' said Frodo +angrily, 'and I have still to learn why it interests you. Mr. Strider may +have an honest reason for spying and eavesdropping; but if so, I should +advise him to explain it.' + +'Well answered!' said Strider laughing. 'But the explanation is simple: + +I was looking for a Hobbit called Frodo Baggins. I wanted to find him +quickly. I had learned that he was carrying out of the Shire, well, a secret +that concerned me and my friends. + +'Now, don't mistake me!' he cried, as Frodo rose from his seat, and Sam +jumped up with a scowl. 'I shall take more care of the secret than you do. + +And care is needed!' He leaned forward and looked at them. 'Watch every +shadow!' he said in a low voice. 'Black horsemen have passed through Bree. +On Monday one came down the Greenway, they say; and another appeared +later, + +coming up the Greenway from the south.' + +There was a silence. At last Frodo spoke to Pippin and Sam: 'I ought to +have guessed it from the way the gatekeeper greeted us,' he said. 'And the +landlord seems to have heard something. Why did he press us to join the +company? And why on earth did we behave so foolishly: we ought to have +stayed quiet in here.' + +'It would have been better,' said Strider. 'I would have stopped your +going into the common-room, if I could; but the innkeeper would not let me +in to see you, or take a message.' + +'Do you think he ' began Frodo. + +'No, I don't think any harm of old Butterbur. Only he does not +altogether like mysterious vagabonds of my sort.' Frodo gave him a puzzled +look. 'Well, I have rather a rascally look, have I not?' said Strider with a +curl of his lip and a queer gleam in his eye. 'But I hope we shall get to + + + + +know one another better. When we do, I hope you will explain what happened +at the end of your song. For that little prank ' + +'It was sheer accident!' interrupted Frodo. + +'I wonder,' said Strider. 'Accident, then. That accident has made your +position dangerous.' + +'Hardly more than it was already,' said Frodo. 'I knew these horsemen +were pursuing me; but now at any rate they seem to have missed me and to +have gone away.' + +'You must not count on that!' said Strider sharply. 'They will return. + +And more are coming. There are others. I know their number. I know these +Riders.' He paused, and his eyes were cold and hard. 'And there are some +folk in Bree who are not to be trusted,' he went on. 'Bill Ferny, for +instance. He has an evil name in the Bree-land, and queer folk call at his +house. You must have noticed him among the company: a swarthy sneering +fellow. He was very close with one of the Southern strangers, and they +slipped out together just after your "accident". Not all of those +Southerners mean well; and as for Ferny, he would sell anything to anybody; +or make mischief for amusement.' + +'What will Ferny sell, and what has my accident got to do with him?' +said Frodo, still determined not to understand Strider's hints. + +'News of you, of course,' answered Strider. 'An account of your +performance would be very interesting to certain people. After that they +would hardly need to be told your real name. It seems to me only too likely +that they will hear of it before this night is over. Is that enough? You can +do as you like about my reward: take me as a guide or not. But I may say +that I know all the lands between the Shire and the Misty Mountains, for I +have wandered over them for many years. I am older than I look. I might +prove useful. You will have to leave the open road after tonight; for the +horsemen will watch it night and day. You may escape from Bree, and be +allowed to go forward while the Sun is up; but you won't go far. They will +come on you in the wild, in some dark place where there is no help. Do you +wish them to find you? They are terrible!' + +The hobbits looked at him, and saw with surprise that his face was +drawn as if with pain, and his hands clenched the arms of his chair. The +room was very quiet and still, and the light seemed to have grown dim. For a +while he sat with unseeing eyes as if walking in distant memory or listening +to sounds in the Night far away. + + + + +'There!' he cried after a moment, drawing his hand across his brow. +'Perhaps I know more about these pursuers than you do. You fear them, but +you do not fear them enough, yet. Tomorrow you will have to escape, if you +can. Strider can take you by paths that are seldom trodden. Will you have +him?' + +There was a heavy silence. Frodo made no answer, his mind was confused +with doubt and fear. Sam frowned, and looked at his master; and at last he +broke out: + +'With your leave, Mr. Frodo, I'd say no! This Strider here, he warns +and he says take care; and I say yes to that, and let's begin with him. He +comes out of the Wild, and I never heard no good of such folk. He knows +something, that's plain, and more than I like; but it's no reason why we +should let him go leading us out into some dark place far from help, as he +puts it.' + +Pippin fidgeted and looked uncomfortable. Strider did not reply to Sam, +but turned his keen eyes on Frodo. Frodo caught his glance and looked away. +'No,' he said slowly. 'I don't agree. I think, I think you are not really as +you choose to look. You began to talk to me like the Bree-folk, but your +voice has changed. Still Sam seems right in this: I don't see why you should +warn us to take care, and yet ask us to take you on trust. Why the disguise? +Who are you? What do you really know about - about my business; and how +do + +you know it?' + +'The lesson in caution has been well learned,' said Strider with a grim +smile. 'But caution is one thing and wavering is another. You will never get +to Rivendell now on your own, and to trust me is your only chance. You must +make up your mind. I will answer some of your questions, if that will help +you to do so. But why should you believe my story, if you do not trust me +already? Still here it is ' + +At that moment there came a knock at the door. Mr. Butterbur had +arrived with candles, and behind him was Nob with cans of hot water. Strider +withdrew into a dark corner. + +'I've come to bid you good night,' said the landlord, putting the +candles on the table. 'Nob! Take the water to the rooms!' He came in and +shut the door. + +'It's like this,' he began, hesitating and looking troubled. 'If I've +done any harm, I'm sorry indeed. But one thing drives out another, as you'll + + + + +admit; and I'm a busy man. But first one thing and then another this week +have jogged my memory, as the saying goes; and not too late I hope. You see, +I was asked to look out for hobbits of the Shire, and for one by the name of +Baggins in particular.' + +'And what has that got to do with me?' asked Frodo. + +'Ah! you know best,' said the landlord, knowingly. 'I won't give you +away; but I was told that this Baggins would be going by the name of +Underhill, and I was given a description that fits you well enough, if I may +say so.' + +'Indeed! Let's have it then!' said Frodo, unwisely interrupting. + +'A stout little fellow with red cheeks, ' said Mr. Butterbur solemnly. + +Pippin chuckled, but Sam looked indignant. 'That won't help you much; it +goes for most hobbits. Barley, he says to me,' continued Mr. Butterbur with +a glance at Pippin. 'But this one is taller than some and fairer than most, +and he has a cleft in his chin: perky chap with a bright eye. Begging your +pardon, but he said it, not me.' + +'He said it? And who was he?' asked Frodo eagerly. + +'Ah! That was Gandalf, if you know who I mean. A wizard they say he is, +but he's a good friend of mine, whether or no. But now I don't know what +he'll have to say to me, if I see him again: turn all my ale sour or me into +a block of wood, I shouldn't wonder. He's a bit hasty. Still what's done +can't be undone. ' + +'Well, what have you done?' said Frodo, getting impatient with the slow +unravelling of Butterbur's thoughts. + +'Where was I?' said the landlord, pausing and snapping his fingers. + +'Ah, yes ! Old Gandalf. Three months back he walked right into my room +without a knock. Barley, he says, I'm off in the morning. Will you do +something for me? You've only to name it, I said. I'm in a hurry, said he, +and I've no time myself, but I want a message took to the Shire. Have you +anyone you can send, and trust to go? I can find someone, I said, tomorrow, +maybe, or the day after. Make it tomorrow, he says, and then he gave me a +letter. + +'It's addressed plain enough,' said Mr. Butterbur, producing a letter +from his pocket, and reading out the address slowly and proudly (he valued +his reputation as a lettered man): + +Mr FRODO BAGGINS, BAG END, HOBBITON in the SHIRE. + +'A letter for me from Gandalf!' cried Frodo. + + + + +'Ah!' said Mr. Butterbur. 'Then your right name is Baggins?' + +'It is,' said Frodo, 'and you had better give me that letter at once, +and explain why you never sent it. That's what you came to tell me, I +suppose, though you've taken a long time to come to the point.' + +Poor Mr. Butterbur looked troubled. 'You're right, master,' he said, + +'and I beg your pardon. And I'm mortal afraid of what Gandalf will say, if +harm comes of it. But I didn't keep it back a-purpose. I put it by safe. + +Then I couldn't find nobody willing to go to the Shire next day, nor the day +after, and none of my own folk were to spare; and then one thing after +another drove it out of my mind. I'm a busy man. I'll do what I can to set +matters right, and if there's any help I can give, you've only to name it. + +'Leaving the letter aside, I promised Gandalf no less. Barley, he says +to me, this friend of mine from the Shire, he may be coming out this way +before long, him and another. He'll be calling himself Underhill. Mind that! +But you need ask no questions. And if I'm not with him, he may be in +trouble, and he may need help. Do whatever you can for him, and I'll be +grateful, he says. And here you are, and trouble is not far off, seemingly.' + +'What do you mean?' asked Frodo. + +'These black men,' said the landlord lowering his voice. 'They're +looking for Baggins, and if they mean well, then I'm a hobbit. It was on +Monday, and all the dogs were yammering and the geese screaming. Uncanny, + +I + +called it. Nob, he came and told me that two black men were at the door +asking for a hobbit called Baggins. Nob's hair was all stood on end. I bid +the black fellows be off, and slammed the door on them; but they've been +asking the same question all the way to Archet, I hear. And that Ranger, +Strider, he's been asking questions, too. Tried to get in here to see you, +before you'd had bite or sup, he did.' + +'Fie did!' said Strider suddenly, coming forward into the light. 'And +much trouble would have been saved, if you had let him in, Barliman.' + +The landlord jumped with surprise. 'You!' he cried. 'You're always +popping up. What do you want now?' + +'He's here with my leave,' said Frodo. 'He came to offer me his help.' + +'Well, you know your own business, maybe,' said Mr. Butterbur, looking +suspiciously at Strider. 'But if I was in your plight, I wouldn't take up +with a Ranger.' + +'Then who would you take up with?' asked Strider. 'A fat innkeeper who + + + + +only remembers his own name because people shout it at him all day? They +cannot stay in The Pony for ever, and they cannot go home. They have a long +road before them. Will you go with them and keep the black men off?' + +'Me? Leave Bree! I wouldn't do that for any money,' said Mr. Butterbur, +looking really scared. 'But why can't you stay here quiet for a bit, Mr. +Underhill? What are all these queer goings on? What are these black men +after, and where do they come from, I'd like to know?' + +'I'm sorry I can't explain it all,' answered Frodo. 'I am tired and +very worried, and it's a long tale. But if you mean to help me, I ought to +warn you that you will be in danger as long as I am in your house. These +Black Riders: I am not sure, but I think, I fear they come from ' + +'They come from Mordor,' said Strider in a low voice. 'From Mordor, +Barliman, if that means anything to you.' + +'Save us!' cried Mr. Butterbur turning pale; the name evidently was +known to him. 'That is the worst news that has come to Bree in my time.' 'It +is,' said Frodo. 'Are you still willing to help me?' 'I am,' said Mr. + +Butterbur. 'More than ever. Though I don't know what the likes of me can do +against, against ' he faltered. + +'Against the Shadow in the East,' said Strider quietly. 'Not much, +Barliman, but every little helps. You can let Mr. Underhill stay here +tonight, as Mr. Underhill, and you can forget the name of Baggins, till he +is far away.' + +'I'll do that,' said Butterbur. 'But they'll find out he's here without +help from me, I'm afraid. It's a pity Mr. Baggins drew attention to himself +this evening, to say no more. The story of that Mr. Bilbo's going off has +been heard before tonight in Bree. Even our Nob has been doing some guessing +in his slow pate: and there are others in Bree quicker in the uptake than he +is.' + +'Well, we can only hope the Riders won't come back yet,' said Frodo. + +'I hope not, indeed,' said Butterbur. 'But spooks or no spooks, they +won't get in The Pony so easy. Don't you worry till the morning. Nob'll say +no word. No black man shall pass my doors, while I can stand on my legs. Me +and my folk'll keep watch tonight; but you had best get some sleep, if you +can.' + +'In any case we must be called at dawn,' said Frodo. 'We must get off +as early as possible. Breakfast at six-thirty, please.' + +'Right! I'll see to the orders,' said the landlord. 'Good night, Mr. + + + + +Baggins - Underhill, I should say! Good night - now, bless me! Where's your +Mr. Brandybuck?' + +'I don’t know,' said Frodo with sudden anxiety. They had forgotten all +about Merry, and it was getting late. 'I am afraid he is out. He said +something about going for a breath of air.' + +'Well, you do want looking after and no mistake: your party might be on +a holiday!' said Butterbur. 'I must go and bar the doors quick, but I'll see +your friend is let in when he comes. I'd better send Nob to look for him. +Good night to you all!' At last Mr. Butterbur went out, with another +doubtful look at Strider and a shake of his head. His footsteps retreated +down the passage. + +'Well?' said Strider. 'When are you going to open that letter?' Frodo +looked carefully at the seal before he broke it. It seemed certainly to be +Gandalf s. Inside, written in the wizard's strong but graceful script, was +the following message: + +THE PRANCING PONY, BREE. Midyear's Day, Shire Year, 1418. + +Dear Frodo, + +Bad news has reached me here. I must go off at once. You had better +leave Bag End soon, and get out of the Shire before the end of July at +latest. I will return as soon as I can; and I will follow you, if I find +that you are gone. Leave a message for me here, if you pass through Bree. +You can trust the landlord (Butterbur). You may meet a friend of mine on the +Road: a Man, lean, dark, tall, by some called Strider. He knows our business +and will help you. Make for Rivendell. There I hope we may meet again. If I +do not come, Elrond will advise you. + +Yours in haste + +GANDALF. + +PS. Do NOT use It again, not far any reason whatever! Do not travel by +night! + +PPS. Make sure that it is the real Strider. There are many strange men +on the roads. His true name is Aragorn. + +All that is gold does not glitter, + +Not all those who wander are lost; + +The old that is strong does not wither, + +Deep roots are not reached by the frost. + +From the ashes a fire shall be woken, + +A light from the shadows shall spring; + + + + +Renewed shall be blade that was broken, +The crownless again shall be king. + + + +PPPS. I hope Butterbur sends this promptly. A worthy man, but his +memory is like a lumber-roam: thing wanted always buried. If he forgets, I +shall roast him. + +Fare Well 7 + +Frodo read the letter to himself, and then passed it to Pippin and Sam. +'Really old Butterbur has made a mess of things!' he said. 'He deserves +roasting. If I had got this at once, we might all have been safe in +Rivendell by now. But what can have happened to Gandalf? He writes as if he +was going into great danger.' + +'He has been doing that for many years,' said Strider. + +Frodo turned and looked at him thoughtfully, wondering about Gandalf s +second postscript. 'Why didn't you tell me that you were Gandalf s friend at +once?' he asked. 'It would have saved time.' + +'Would it? Would any of you have believed me till now?' said Strider. + +'I knew nothing of this letter. For all I knew I had to persuade you to +trust me without proofs, if I was to help you. In any case, I did not intend +to tell you all about myself at once. I had to study you first, and make +sure of you. The Enemy has set traps for me before now. As soon as I had +made up my mind, I was ready to tell you whatever you asked. But I must +admit,' he added with a queer laugh, 'that I hoped you would take to me for +my own sake. A hunted man sometimes wearies of distrust and longs for +friendship. But there, I believe my looks are against me.' + +'They are - at first sight at any rate,' laughed Pippin with sudden +relief after reading Gandalf's letter. 'But handsome is as handsome does, as +we say in the Shire; and I daresay we shall all look much the same after +lying for days in hedges and ditches.' + +'It would take more than a few days, or weeks, or years, of wandering +in the Wild to make you look like Strider,' he answered. 'And you would die +first, unless you are made of sterner stuff than you look to be.' + +Pippin subsided; but Sam was not daunted, and he still eyed Strider +dubiously. 'How do we know you are the Strider that Gandalf speaks about?' +he demanded. 'You never mentioned Gandalf, till this letter came out. You +might be a play-acting spy, for all I can see, trying to get us to go with + + + + +you. You might have done in the real Strider and took his clothes. What have +you to say to that?' + +'That you are a stout fellow,' answered Strider; 'but I am afraid my +only answer to you, Sam Gamgee, is this. If I had killed the real Strider, I +could kill you. And I should have killed you already without so much talk. + +If I was after the Ring, I could have it - NOW!' + +He stood up, and seemed suddenly to grow taller. In his eyes gleamed a +light, keen and commanding. Throwing back his cloak, he laid his hand on the +hilt of a sword that had hung concealed by his side. They did not dare to +move. Sam sat wide-mouthed staring at him dumbly. + +'But I am the real Strider, fortunately,' he said, looking down at them +with his face softened by a sudden smile. 'I am Aragorn son of Arathorn; and +if by life or death I can save you, I will.' + +There was a long silence. At last Frodo spoke with hesitation. 'I +believed that you were a friend before the letter came,' he said, 'or at +least I wished to. You have frightened me several times tonight, but never +in the way that servants of the Enemy would, or so I imagine. I think one of +his spies would - well, seem fairer and feel fouler, if you understand.' + +'I see,' laughed Strider. 'I look foul and feel fair. Is that it? All +that is gold does not glitter, not all those who wander are lost ' + +'Did the verses apply to you then?' asked Frodo. 'I could not make out +what they were about. But how did you know that they were in Gandalf s +letter, if you have never seen it?' + +'I did not know,' he answered. 'But I am Aragorn, and those verses go +with that name.' He drew out his sword, and they saw that the blade was +indeed broken a foot below the hilt. 'Not much use is it, Sam?' said +Strider. 'But the time is near when it shall be forged anew.' + +Sam said nothing. + +'Well,' said Strider, 'with Sam's permission we will call that settled. + +Strider shall be your guide. We shall have a rough road tomorrow. Even if we +are allowed to leave Bree unhindered, we can hardly hope now to leave it +unnoticed. But I shall try to get lost as soon as possible. I know one or +two ways out of Bree-land other than the main road. If once we shake off the +pursuit, I shall make for Weathertop.' + +'Weathertop?' said Sam. 'What's that?' + +'It is a hill, just to the north of the Road, about half way from here +to Rivendell. It commands a wide view all round; and there we shall have a + + + + +chance to look about us. Gandalf will make for that point, if he follows us. +After Weathertop our journey will become more difficult, and we shall have +to choose between various dangers.' + +’When did you last see Gandalf?' asked Frodo. 'Do you know where he is, +or what he is doing?' + +Strider looked grave. 'I do not know,' he said. 'I came west with him +in the spring. I have often kept watch on the borders of the Shire in the +last few years, when he was busy elsewhere. He seldom left it unguarded. We +last met on the first of May: at Sam Ford down the Brandywine. He told me +that his business with you had gone well, and that you would be starting for +Rivendell in the last week of September. As I knew he was at your side, I +went away on a journey of my own. And that has proved ill; for plainly some +news reached him, and I was not at hand to help. + +'I am troubled, for the first time since I have known him. We should +have had messages, even if he could not come himself. When I returned, many +days ago, I heard the ill news. The tidings had gone far and wide that +Gandalf was missing and the horsemen had been seen. It was the Elven-folk of +Gildor that told me this; and later they told me that you had left your +home; but there was no news of your leaving Buckland. I have been watching +the East Road anxiously.' + +'Do you think the Black Riders have anything to do with it - with +Gandalf's absence, I mean?' asked Frodo. + +'I do not know of anything else that could have hindered him, except +the Enemy himself,' said Strider. 'But do not give up hope ! Gandalf is +greater than you Shire-folk know - as a rule you can only see his jokes and +toys. But this business of ours will be his greatest task.' + +Pippin yawned. 'I am sorry,' he said, 'but I am dead tired. In spite of +all the danger and worry I must go to bed, or sleep where I sit. Where is +that silly fellow, Merry? It would be the last straw, if we had to go out in +the dark to look for him.' + +At that moment they heard a door slam; then feet came running along the +passage. Merry came in with a rush followed by Nob. He shut the door +hastily, and leaned against it. He was out of breath. They stared at him in +alarm for a moment before he gasped: 'I have seen them, Frodo! I have seen +them! Black Riders!' + +'Black Riders!' cried Frodo. 'Where?' + +'Here. In the village. I stayed indoors for an hour. Then as you did + + + + +not come back, I went out for a stroll. I had come back again and was +standing just outside the light of the lamp looking at the stars. Suddenly I +shivered and felt that something horrible was creeping near: there was a son +of deeper shade among the shadows across the road, just beyond the edge of +the lamplight. It slid away at once into the dark without a sound. There was +no horse.' + +'Which way did it go?' asked Strider, suddenly and sharply. Merry +started, noticing the stranger for the first time. 'Go on!' said Frodo. + +'This is a friend of Gandalf's. I will explain later.' + +'It seemed to make off up the Road, eastward,' continued Merry. 'I +tried to follow. Of course, it vanished almost at once; but I went round the +corner and on as far as the last house on the Road.' + +Strider looked at Merry with wonder. 'You have a stout heart,' he said; + +'but it was foolish.' + +'I don't know,' said Merry. 'Neither brave nor silly, I think. I could +hardly help myself. I seemed to be drawn somehow. Anyway, I went, and +suddenly I heard voices by the hedge. One was muttering; and the other was +whispering, or hissing. I couldn't hear a word that was said. I did not +creep any closer, because I began to tremble all over. Then I felt +terrified, and I turned back, and was just going to bolt home, when +something came behind me and I... I fell over.' + +'I found him, sir,' put in Nob. 'Mr. Butterbur sent me out with a +lantern. I went down to West-gate, and then back up towards South-gate. Just +nigh Bill Ferny's house I thought I could see something in the Road. I +couldn't swear to it, but it looked to me as if two men was stooping over +something, lilting it. I gave a shout, but where I got up to the spot there +was no signs of them, and only Mr. Brandybuck lying by the roadside. He +seemed to be asleep. "I thought I had fallen into deep water," he says to +me, when I shook him. Very queer he was, and as soon as I had roused him, he +got up and ran back here like a hare.' + +'I am afraid that's true,' said Merry, 'though I don't know what I +said. I had an ugly dream, which I can't remember. I went to pieces. I don't +know what came over me.' + +'I do,' said Strider. 'The Black Breath. The Riders must have left +their horses outside, and passed back through the South-gate in secret. They +will know all the news now, for they have visited Bill Ferny; and probably +that Southerner was a spy as well. Something may happen in the night, before + + + + +we leave Bree.' + +'What will happen?' said Merry. 'Will they attack the inn?' 'No, I +think not,' said Strider. 'They are not all here yet. And in any case that +is not their way. In dark and loneliness they are strongest; they will not +openly attack a house where there are lights and many people -not until they +are desperate, not while all the long leagues of Eriador still lie before +us. But their power is in terror, and already some in Bree are in their +clutch. They will drive these wretches to some evil work: Ferny, and some of +the strangers, and, maybe, the gatekeeper too. They had words with Harry at +West-gate on Monday. I was watching them. He was white and shaking when +they + +left him.' + +'We seem to have enemies all round,' said Frodo. 'What are we to do?' + +'Stay here, and do not go to your rooms ! They are sure to have found +out which those are. The hobbit-rooms have windows looking north and close +to the ground. We will all remain together and bar this window and the door. +But first Nob and I will fetch your luggage.' + +While Strider was gone, Frodo gave Merry a rapid account of all that +had happened since supper. Merry was still reading and pondering Gandalf's +letter when Strider and Nob returned. + +'Well Masters,' said Nob, 'I've ruffled up the clothes and put in a +bolster down the middle of each bed. And I made a nice imitation of your +head with a brown woollen mat, Mr. Bag - Underhill, sir,' he added with a +grin. + +Pippin laughed. 'Very life-like!' he said. 'But what will happen when +they have penetrated the disguise?' + +'We shall see,' said Strider. 'Fet us hope to hold the fort till +morning.' + +'Good night to you,' said Nob, and went off to take his part in the +watch on the doors. + +Their bags and gear they piled on the parlour-floor. They pushed a low +chair against the door and shut the window. Peering out, Frodo saw that the +night was still clear. The Sickle was swinging bright above the shoulders of +Bree-hill. He then closed and barred the heavy inside shutters and drew the +curtains together. Strider built up the fire and blew out all the candles. + +The hobbits lay down on their blankets with their feet towards the +hearth; but Strider settled himself in the chair against the door. They + + + + +talked for a little, for Merry still had several questions to ask. + +'Jumped over the Moon!' chuckled Merry as he rolled himself in his +blanket. 'Very ridiculous of you, Frodo! But I wish I had been there to see. +The worthies of Bree will be discussing it a hundred years hence.' + +'I hope so,' said Strider. Then they all fell silent, and one by one +the hobbits dropped off to sleep. + + + + +Chapter 11. A Knife in the Dark + + + +As they prepared for sleep in the inn at Bree, darkness lay on +Buckland; a mist strayed in the dells and along the river -bank. The house at +Crickhollow stood silent. Fatty Bolger opened the door cautiously and peered +out. A feeling of fear had been growing on him all day, and he was unable to +rest or go to bed: there was a brooding threat in the breathless night-air. + +As he stared out into the gloom, a black shadow moved under the trees; the +gate seemed to open of its own accord and close again without a sound. +Terror seized him. He shrank back, and for a moment he stood trembling in +the hall. Then he shut and locked the door. + +The night deepened. There came the soft sound of horses led with +stealth along the lane. Outside the gate they stopped, and three black +figures entered, like shades of night creeping across the ground. One went +to the door, one to the corner of the house on either side; and there they +stood, as still as the shadows of stones, while night went slowly on. The +house and the quiet trees seemed to be waiting breathlessly. + +There was a faint stir in the leaves, and a cock crowed far away. The +cold hour before dawn was passing. The figure by the door moved. In the dark +without moon or stars a drawn blade gleamed, as if a chill light had been +unsheathed. There was a blow, soft but heavy, and the door shuddered. + +'Open, in the name of Mordor!' said a voice thin and menacing. + +At a second blow the door yielded and fell back, with timbers burst and +lock broken. The black figures passed swiftly in. + +At that moment, among the trees nearby, a horn rang out. It rent the +night like fire on a hill -top. + +AWAKE! FEAR! FIRE! FOES! AWAKE! + +Fatty Bolger had not been idle. As soon as he saw the dark shapes creep +from the garden, he knew that he must run for it, or perish. And run he did, +out of the back door, through the garden, and over the fields. When he +reached the nearest house, more than a mile away, he collapsed on the +doorstep. 'No, no, no!' he was crying. 'No, not me! I haven't got it!' It +was some time before anyone could make out what he was babbling about. +At + +last they got the idea that enemies were in Buckland, some strange invasion + + + + +from the Old Forest. And then they lost no more time. + +FEAR! FIRE! FOES! + +The Brandybucks were blowing the Horn-call of Buckland, that had not +been sounded for a hundred years, not since the white wolves came in the +Fell Winter, when the Brandywine was frozen over. + +AWAKE! AWAKE! + +Far-away answering horns were heard. The alarm was spreading. The black +figures fled from the house. One of them let fall a hobbit-cloak on the +step, as he ran. In the lane the noise of hoofs broke out, and gathering to +a gallop, went hammering away into the darkness. All about Crickhollow there +was the sound of horns blowing, and voices crying and feet running. But the +Black Riders rode like a gale to the North-gate. Let the little people blow! +Sauron would deal with them later. Meanwhile they had another errand: they +knew now that the house was empty and the Ring had gone. They rode down +the + +guards at the gate and vanished from the Shire. + +In the early night Frodo woke from deep sleep, suddenly, as if some +sound or presence had disturbed him. He saw that Strider was sitting alert +in his chair: his eyes gleamed in the light of the fire, which had been +tended and was burning brightly; but he made no sign or movement. + +Frodo soon went to sleep again; but his dreams were again troubled with +the noise of wind and of galloping hoofs. The wind seemed to be curling +round the house and shaking it; and far off he heard a horn blowing wildly. + +He opened his eyes, and heard a cock crowing lustily in the inn-yard. +Strider had drawn the curtains and pushed back the shutters with a clang. + +The first grey light of day was in the room, and a cold air was coming +through the open window. + +As soon as Strider had roused them all, he led the way to their +bedrooms. When they saw them they were glad that they had taken his advice: +the windows had been forced open and were swinging, and the curtains were +flapping; the beds were tossed about, and the bolsters slashed and flung +upon the floor; the brown mat was torn to pieces. + +Strider immediately went to fetch the landlord. Poor Mr. Butterbur +looked sleepy and frightened. He had hardly closed his eyes all night (so he +said), but he had never heard a sound. + +'Never has such a thing happened in my time!' he cried, raising his +hands in horror. ’Guests unable to sleep in their beds, and good bolsters + + + + +ruined and all! What are we coming to?' + +'Dark times,' said Strider. 'But for the present you may be left in +peace, when you have got rid of us. We will leave at once. Never mind about +breakfast: a drink and a bite standing will have to do. We shall be packed +in a few minutes.' + +Mr. Butterbur hurried off to see that their ponies were got ready, and +to fetch them a 'bite'. But very soon he came back in dismay. The ponies had +vanished! The stable-doors had all been opened in the night, and they were +gone: not only Merry's ponies, but every other horse and beast in the place. + +Frodo was crushed by the news. How could they hope to reach Rivendell +on foot, pursued by mounted enemies? They might as well set out for the +Moon. Strider sat silent for a while, looking at the hobbits, as if he was +weighing up their strength and courage. + +'Ponies would not help us to escape horsemen,' he said at last, +thoughtfully, as if he guessed what Frodo had in mind. 'We should not go +much slower on foot, not on the roads that I mean to take. I was going to +walk in any case. It is the food and stores that trouble me. We cannot count +on getting anything to eat between here and Rivendell, except what we take +with us; and we ought to take plenty to spare; for we may be delayed, or +forced to go round-about, far out of the direct way. How much are you +prepared to carry on your backs?' + +'As much as we must,' said Pippin with a sinking heart, but trying to +show that he was tougher than he looked (or felt). + +'I can carry enough for two,' said Sam defiantly. + +'Can't anything be done, Mr. Butterbur?' asked Frodo. 'Can't we get a +couple of ponies in the village, or even one just for the baggage? I don't +suppose we could hire them, but we might be able to buy them,' he added, +doubtfully, wondering if he could afford it. + +'I doubt it,' said the landlord unhappily. 'The two or three +riding-ponies that there were in Bree were stabled in my yard, and they're +gone. As for other animals, horses or ponies for draught or what not, there +are very few of them in Bree, and they won't be for sale. But I'll do what I +can. I'll rout out Bob and send him round as soon as may be.' + +'Yes,' said Strider reluctantly, 'you had better do that. I am afraid +we shall have to try to get one pony at least. But so ends all hope of +starting early, and slipping away quietly! We might as well have blown a +horn to announce our departure. That was part of their plan, no doubt.' + + + + +'There is one crumb of comfort,' said Merry, 'and more than a crumb, I +hope: we can have breakfast while we wait - and sit down to it. Let's get +hold of Nob!' + +In the end there was more than three hours' delay. Bob came back with +the report that no horse or pony was to be got for love or money in the +neighbourhood - except one: Bill Ferny had one that he might possibly sell. + +'A poor old half-starved creature it is,' said Bob; 'but he won't part with +it for less than thrice its worth, seeing how you're placed, not if I knows +Bill Ferny.' + +'Bill Ferny?' said Frodo. 'Isn't there some trick? Wouldn't the beast +bolt back to him with all our stuff, or help in tracking us, or something?' + +'I wonder,' said Strider. 'But I cannot imagine any animal running home +to him, once it got away. I fancy this is only an afterthought of kind +Master Ferny's: just a way of increasing his profits from the affair. The +chief danger is that the poor beast is probably at death's door. But there +does not seem any choice. What does he want for it?' + +Bill Ferny's price was twelve silver pennies; and that was indeed at +least three times the pony's value in those pans. It proved to be a bony, +underfed, and dispirited animal; but it did not look like dying just yet. + +Mr. Butterbur paid for it himself, and offered Merry another eighteen pence +as some compensation for the lost animals. He was an honest man, and +well-off as things were reckoned in Bree; but thirty silver pennies was a +sore blow to him, and being cheated by Bill Ferny made it harder to bear. + +Asa matter of fact he came out on the right side in the end. It turned +out later that only one horse had been actually stolen. The others had been +driven off, or had bolted in terror, and were found wandering in different +corners of the Bree-land. Merry's ponies had escaped altogether, and +eventually (having a good deal of sense) they made their way to the Downs in +search of Fatty Lumpkin. So they came under the care of Tom Bombadil for a +while, and were well-off. But when news of the events at Bree came to Tom's +ears, he sent them to Mr. Butterbur, who thus got five good beasts at a very +fair price. They had to work harder in Bree, but Bob treated them well; so +on the whole they were lucky: they missed a dark and dangerous journey. But +they never came to Rivendell. + +However, in the meanwhile for all Mr. Butterbur knew his money was gone +for good, or for bad. And he had other troubles. For there was a great +commotion as soon as the remaining guests were astir and heard news of the + + + + +raid on the inn. The southern travellers had lost several horses and blamed +the innkeeper loudly, until it became known that one of their own number had +also disappeared in the night, none other than Bill Ferny's squint-eyed +companion. Suspicion fell on him at once. + +'If you pick up with a horse-thief, and bring him to my house,' said +Butterbur angrily, 'you ought to pay for all the damage yourselves and not +come shouting at me. Go and ask Ferny where your handsome friend is!' But it +appeared that he was nobody's friend, and nobody could recollect when he had +joined their party. + +After their breakfast the hobbits had to re-pack, and get together +further supplies for the longer journey they were now expecting. It was +close on ten o'clock before they at last got off. By that time the whole of +Bree was buzzing with excitement. Frodo's vanishing trick; the appearance of +the black horsemen; the robbing of the stables; and not least the news that +Strider the Ranger had joined the mysterious hobbits, made such a tale as +would last for many uneventful years. Most of the inhabitants of Bree and +Staddle, and many even from Combe and Archet, were crowded in the road +to + +see the travellers start. The other guests in the inn were at the doors or +hanging out of the windows. + +Strider had changed his mind, and he decided to leave Bree by the main +road. Any attempt to set off across country at once would only make matters +worse: half the inhabitants would follow them, to see what they were up to, +and to prevent them from trespassing. + +They said farewell to Nob and Bob, and took leave of Mr. Butterbur with +many thanks. 'I hope we shall meet again some day, when things are merry +once more,' said Frodo. 'I should like nothing better than to stay in your +house in peace for a while.' + +They tramped off, anxious and downhearted, under the eyes of the crowd. +Not all the faces were friendly, nor all the words that were shouted. But +Strider seemed to be held in awe by most of the Bree-landers, and those that +he stared at shut their mouths and drew away. He walked in front with Frodo; +next came Merry and Pippin; and last came Sam leading the pony, which was +laden with as much of their baggage as they had the heart to give it; but +already it looked less dejected, as if it approved of the change in its +fortunes. Sam was chewing an apple thoughtfully. He had a pocket full of +them: a parting present from Nob and Bob. 'Apples for walking, and a pipe + + + + +for sitting,' he said. 'But I reckon I'll miss them both before long.' + +The hobbits took no notice of the inquisitive heads that peeped out of +doors, or popped over walls and fences, as they passed. But as they drew +near to the further gate, Frodo saw a dark ill-kept house behind a thick +hedge: the last house in the village. In one of the windows he caught a +glimpse of a sallow face with sly, slanting eyes; but it vanished at once. + +'So that's where that southerner is hiding!' he thought. 'He looks more +than half like a goblin.' + +Over the hedge another man was staring boldly. He had heavy black +brows, and dark scornful eyes; his large mouth curled in a sneer. He was +smoking a short black pipe. As they approached he took it out of his mouth +and spat. + +'Morning, Longshanks!' he said. 'Off early? Found some friends at +last?' Strider nodded, but did not answer. 'Morning, my little friends!' he +said to the others. 'I suppose you know who you've taken up with? That's +Stick -at-naught Strider, that is! Though I've heard other names not so +pretty. Watch out tonight! And you, Sammie, don't go ill-treating my poor +old pony! Pah!' He spat again. + +Sam turned quickly. 'And you. Ferny,' he said, 'put your ugly face out +of sight, or it will get hurt.' With a sudden flick, quick as lightning, an +apple left his hand and hit Bill square on the nose. He ducked too late, and +curses came from behind the hedge. 'Waste of a good apple,' said Sam +regretfully, and strode on. + +At last they left the village behind. The escort of children and +stragglers that had followed them got tired and turned back at the +South-gate. Passing through, they kept on along the Road for some miles. It +bent to the left, curving back into its eastward line as it rounded the feet +of Bree-hill, and then it began to run swiftly downwards into wooded +country. To their left they could see some of the houses and hobbit -holes of +Staddle on the gentler south-eastern slopes of the hill; down in a deep +hollow away north of the Road there were wisps of rising smoke that showed +where Combe lay; + +Archet was hidden in the trees beyond. + +After the Road had run down some way, and had left Bree-hill standing +tall and brown behind, they came on a narrow track that led off towards the +North. 'This is where we leave the open and take to cover,' said Strider. + +'Not a "short cut", I hope,' said Pippin. 'Our last short cut through + + + + +woods nearly ended in disaster.' + +'Ah, but you had not got me with you then,' laughed Strider. 'My cuts, +short or long, don't go wrong.' He took a look up and down the Road. No one +was in sight; and he led the way quickly down towards the wooded valley. + +His plan, as far as they could understand it without knowing the +country, was to go towards Archet at first, but to bear right and pass it on +the east, and then to steer as straight as he could over the wild lands to +Weathertop Hill. In that way they would, if all went well, cut off a great +loop of the Road, which further on bent southwards to avoid the Midgewater +Marshes. But, of course, they would have to pass through the marshes +themselves, and Strider's description of them was not encouraging. + +However, in the meanwhile, walking was not unpleasant. Indeed, if it +had not been for the disturbing events of the night before, they would have +enjoyed this pan of the journey better than any up to that time. The sun was +shining, clear but not too hot. The woods in the valley were still leafy and +full of colour, and seemed peaceful and wholesome. Strider guided them +confidently among the many crossing paths, although left to themselves they +would soon have been at a loss. He was taking a wandering course with many +turns and doublings, to put off any pursuit. + +'Bill Ferny will have watched where we left the Road, for certain,' he +said; 'though I don't think he will follow us himself. He knows the land +round here well enough, but he knows he is not a match for me in a wood. It +is what he may tell others that I am afraid of. I don't suppose they are far +away. If they think we have made for Archet, so much the better.' + +Whether because of Strider's skill or for some other reason, they saw +no sign and heard no sound of any other living thing all that day: neither +two-footed, except birds; nor four-footed, except one fox and a few +squirrels. The next day they began to steer a steady course eastwards; and +still all was quiet and peaceful. On the third day out from Bree they came +out of the Chetwood. The land had been falling steadily, ever since they +turned aside from the Road, and they now entered a wide flat expanse of +country, much more difficult to manage. They were far beyond the borders of +the Bree-land, out in the pathless wilderness, and drawing near to the +Midge- water Marshes. + +The ground now became damp, and in places boggy and here and there they +came upon pools, and wide stretches of reeds and rushes filled with the +warbling of little hidden birds. They had to pick their way carefully to + + + + +keep both dry-footed and on their proper course. At first they made +fan-progress, but as they went on, their passage became slower and more +dangerous. The marshes were bewildering and treacherous, and there was no +permanent trail even for Rangers to find through their shifting quagmires. + +The flies began to torment them, and the air was full of clouds of tiny +midges that crept up their sleeves and breeches and into their hair. + +'I am being eaten alive!' cried Pippin. 'Midgewater! There are more +midges than water!' + +'What do they live on when they can't get hobbit?' asked Sam, +scratching his neck. + +They spent a miserable day in this lonely and unpleasant country. Their +camping-place was damp, cold, and uncomfortable; and the biting insects +would not let them sleep. There were also abominable creatures haunting the +reeds and tussocks that from the sound of them were evil relatives of the +cricket. There were thousands of them, and they squeaked all round, +neek-breek, breek-neek, unceasingly all the night, until the hobbits were +nearly frantic. + +The next day, the fourth, was little better, and the night almost as +comfortless. Though the Neekerbreekers (as Sam called them) had been left +behind, the midges still pursued them. + +As Frodo lay, tired but unable to close his eyes, it seemed to him that +far away there came a light in the eastern sky: it flashed and faded many +times. It was not the dawn, for that was still some hours off. + +'What is the light?' he said to Strider, who had risen, and was +standing, gazing ahead into the night. + +'I do not know,' Strider answered. 'It is too distant to make out. It +is like lightning that leaps up from the hill-tops.' + +Frodo lay down again, but for a long while he could still see the white +flashes, and against them the tall dark figure of Strider, standing silent +and watchful. At last he passed into uneasy sleep. + +They had not gone far on the fifth day when they left the last +straggling pools and reed-beds of the marshes behind them. The land before +them began steadily to rise again. Away in the distance eastward they could +now see a line of hills. The highest of them was at the right of the line +and a little separated from the others. It had a conical top, slightly +flattened at the summit. + +'That is Weathertop,' said Strider. 'The Old Road, which we have left + + + + +far away on our right, runs to the south of it and passes not far from its +foot. We might reach it by noon tomorrow, if we go straight towards it. I +suppose we had better do so.' + +’What do you mean?' asked Frodo. + +'I mean: when we do get there, it is not certain what we shall find. It +is close to the Road.' + +'But surely we were hoping to find Gandalf there?' + +'Yes; but the hope is faint. If he comes this way at all, he may not +pass through Bree, and so he may not know what we are doing. And anyway, +unless by luck we arrive almost together, we shall miss one another; it will +not be safe for him or for us to wait there long. If the Riders fail to find +us in the wilderness, they are likely to make for Weathertop themselves. It +commands a wide view all round. Indeed, there are many birds and beasts in +this country that could see us, as we stand here, from that hill-top. Not +all the birds are to be trusted, and there are other spies more evil than +they are.' + +The hobbits looked anxiously at the distant hills. Sam looked up into +the pale sky, fearing to see hawks or eagles hovering over them with bright +unfriendly eyes. 'You do make me feel uncomfortable and lonesome, Strider!' +he said. + +'What do you advise us to do?' asked Frodo. + +'I think,' answered Strider slowly, as if he was not quite sure, 'I +think the best thing is to go as straight eastward from here as we can, to +make for the line of hills, not for Weathertop. There we can strike a path I +know that runs at their feet; it will bring us to Weathertop from the north +and less openly. Then we shall see what we shall see.' + +All that day they plodded along, until the cold and early evening came +down. The land became drier and more barren; but mists and vapours lay +behind them on the marshes. A few melancholy birds were piping and wailing, +until the round red sun sank slowly into the western shadows; then an empty +silence fell. The hobbits thought of the soft light of sunset glancing +through the cheerful windows of Bag End far away. + +At the day's end they came to a stream that wandered down from the +hills to lose itself in the stagnant marshland, and they went up along its +banks while the light lasted. It was already night when at last they halted +and made their camp under some stunted alder -trees by the shores of the +stream. Ahead there loomed now against the dusky sky the bleak and treeless + + + + +backs of the hills. That night they set a watch, and Strider, it seemed, did +not sleep at all. The moon was waxing, and in the early night -hours a cold +grey light lay on the land. + +Next morning they set out again soon after sunrise. There was a frost +in the air, and the sky was a pale clear blue. The hobbits felt refreshed, +as if they had had a night of unbroken sleep. Already they were getting used +to much walking on short commons - shorter at any rate than what in the +Shire they would have thought barely enough to keep them on their legs. +Pippin declared that Frodo was looking twice the hobbit that he had been. + +'Very odd,' said Frodo, tightening his belt, 'considering that there is +actually a good deal less of me. I hope the thinning process will not go on +indefinitely, or I shall become a wraith.' + +'Do not speak of such things!' said Strider quickly, and with +surprising earnestness. + +The hills drew nearer. They made an undulating ridge, often rising +almost to a thousand feet, and here and there falling again to low clefts or +passes leading into the eastern land beyond. Along the crest of the ridge +the hobbits could see what looked to be the remains of green-grown walls and +dikes, and in the clefts there still stood the ruins of old works of stone. + +By night they had reached the feet of the westward slopes, and there they +camped. It was the night of the fifth of October, and they were six days out +from Bree. + +In the morning they found, for the first time since they had left the +Chetwood, a track plain to see. They turned right and followed it +southwards. It ran cunningly, taking a line that seemed chosen so as to keep +as much hidden as possible from the view, both of the hill-tops above and of +the flats to the west. It dived into dells, and hugged steep banks; and +where it passed over flatter and more open ground on either side of it there +were lines of large boulders and hewn stones that screened the travellers +almost like a hedge. + +'I wonder who made this path, and what for,' said Merry, as they walked +along one of these avenues, where the stones were unusually large and +closely set. 'I am not sure that I like it: it has a - well, rather a +barrow- wightish look. Is there any barrow on Weathertop?' + +'No. There is no barrow on Weathertop, nor on any of these hills,' +answered Strider. 'The Men of the West did not live here; though in their +latter days they defended the hills for a while against the evil that came + + + + +out of Angmar. This path was made to serve the forts along the walls. But +long before, in the first days of the North Kingdom, they built a great +watch-tower on Weathertop, Amon Syl they called it. It was burned and +broken, and nothing remains of it now but a tumbled ring, like a rough crown +on the old hill's head. Yet once it was tall and fair. It is told that +Elendil stood there watching for the coming of Gil-galad out of the West, in +the days of the Last Alliance.' + +The hobbits gazed at Strider. It seemed that he was learned in old +lore, as well as in the ways of the wild. 'Who was Gil-galad?' asked Merry; +but Strider did not answer, and seemed to be lost in thought. Suddenly a low +voice murmured: + +Gil-galad was an Elven-king. + +Of him the harpers sadly sing: + +the last whose realm was fair and free + +between the Mountains and the Sea. + +His sword was long, his lance was keen, +his shining helm afar was seen; +the countless stars of heaven's field +were mirrored in his silver shield. + +But long ago he rode away, +and where he dwelleth none can say; +for into darkness fell his star +in Mordor where the shadows are. + +The others turned in amazement, for the voice was Sam's. + +'Don't stop!' said Merry. + +'That's all I know,' stammered Sam, blushing. 'I learned it from Mr. + +Bilbo when I was a lad. He used to tell me tales like that, knowing how I +was always one for hearing about Elves. It was Mr. Bilbo as taught me my +letters. He was mighty book -learned was dear old Mr. Bilbo. And he wrote +poetry. He wrote what I have just said.' + +'He did not make it up,' said Strider. 'It is pan of the lay that is +called The Fall of Gil-galad, which is in an ancient tongue. Bilbo must have +translated it. I never knew that.' + +'There was a lot more,' said Sam, 'all about Mordor. I didn't learn +that part, it gave me the shivers I never thought I should be going that way + + + + +myself!' + +’Going to Mordor!' cried Pippin. 'I hope it won't come to that!' + +'Do not speak that name so loudly!' said Strider. + +It was already mid-day when they drew near the southern end of the +path, and saw before them, in the pale clear light of the October sun, a +grey-green bank, leading up like a bridge on to the northward slope of the +hill They decided to make for the top at once, while the daylight was broad +Concealment was no longer possible, and they could only hope that no enemy +or spy was observing them. Nothing was to be seen moving on the hill. If +Gandalf was anywhere about, there was no sign of him. + +On the western flank of Weathertop they found a sheltered hollow, at +the bottom of which there was a bowl -shaped dell with grassy sides. There +they left Sam and Pippin with the pony and their packs and luggage. The +other three went on. After half an hour's plodding climb Strider reached the +crown of the hill; Frodo and Merry followed, tired and breathless. The last +slope had been steep and rocky. + +On the top they found, as Strider had said, a wide ring of ancient +stonework, now crumbling or covered with age-long grass. But in the centre a +cairn of broken stones had been piled. They were blackened as if with fire. +About them the turf was burned to the roots and all within the ring the +grass was scorched and shrivelled, as if flames had swept the hill-top; but +there was no sign of any living thing. + +Standing upon the rim of the ruined circle, they saw all round below +them a wide prospect, for the most pan of lands empty and featureless, +except for patches of woodland away to the south, beyond which they caught +here and there the glint of distant water. Beneath them on this southern +side there ran like a ribbon the Old Road, coming out of the West and +winding up and down, until it faded behind a ridge of dark land to the east. +Nothing was moving on it. Following its line eastward with their eyes they +saw the Mountains: the nearer foothills were brown and sombre; + +behind them stood taller shapes of grey, and behind those again were +high white peaks glimmering among the clouds. + +'Well, here we are!' said Merry. 'And very cheerless and uninviting it +looks! There is no water and no shelter. And no sign of Gandalf. But I don't +blame him for not waiting - if he ever came here.' + +'I wonder,' said Strider, looking round thoughtfully. 'Even if he was a +day or two behind us at Bree, he could have arrived here first. He can ride + + + + +very swiftly when need presses.’ Suddenly he stooped and looked at the stone +on the top of the cairn; it was flatter than the others, and whiter, as if +it had escaped the fire. He picked it up and examined it, turning it in his +fingers. "This has been handled recently,' he said. 'What do you think of +these marks?' + +On the flat under-side Frodo saw some scratches: 'There seems to he a +stroke, a dot, and three more strokes,' he said. + +'The stroke on the left might be a G-rune with thin branches,' said +Strider. 'It might be a sign left by Gandalf, though one cannot be sure. The +scratches are fine, and they certainly look fresh. But the marks might mean +something quite different, and have nothing to do with us. Rangers use +runes, and they come here sometimes.' + +'What could they mean, even if Gandalf made them?' asked Merry + +'I should say,' answered Strider, 'that they stood for G3, and were a +sign that Gandalf was here on October the third: that is three days ago now. + +It would also show that he was in a hurry and danger was at hand, so that he +had no time or did not dare to write anything longer or plainer. If that is +so, we must be wary.' + +'I wish we could feel sure that he made the marks, whatever they may +mean,' said Frodo 'It would be a great comfort to know that he was on the +way, in front of us or behind us.' + +'Perhaps,' said Strider. 'For myself, I believe that he was here, and +was in danger. There have been scorching flames here; and now the light that +we saw three nights ago in the eastern sky comes back to my mind. I guess +that he was attacked on this hill-top, but with what result I cannot tell. + +He is here no longer, and we must now look after ourselves and make our own +way to Rivendell, as best we can ' + +'How far is Rivendell?' asked Merry, gazing round wearily. The world +looked wild and wide from Weathertop. + +'I don't know if the Road has ever been measured in miles beyond the +Forsaken Inn, a day's journey east of Bree,' answered Strider. 'Some say it +is so far, and some say otherwise. It is a strange road, and folk are glad +to reach their journey's end, whether the time is long or short. But I know +how long it would take me on my own feet, with fair weather and no ill +fortune twelve days from here to the Ford of Bruinen, where the Road crosses +the Loudwater that runs out of Rivendell. We have at least a fortnight's +journey before us, for I do not think we shall be able to use the Road.' + + + + +'A fortnight!' said Frodo. 'A lot may happen in that time.' + +'It may,' said Strider. + +They stood for a while silent on the hill -top, near its southward edge. + +In that lonely place Frodo for the first time fully realized his +homelessness and danger. He wished bitterly that his fortune had left him in +the quiet and beloved Shire. He stared down at the hateful Road, leading +back westward - to his home. Suddenly he was aware that two black specks +were moving slowly along it, going westward; and looking again he saw that +three others were creeping eastward to meet them. He gave a cry and clutched +Strider's arm. + +'Look,' he said, pointing downwards. + +At once Strider flung himself on the ground behind the ruined circle, +pulling Frodo down beside him. Merry threw himself alongside. + +'What is it?' he whispered. + +'I do not know, but I fear the worst,' answered Strider. + +Slowly they crawled up to the edge of the ring again, and peered +through a cleft between two jagged stones. The light was no longer bright, +for the clear morning had faded, and clouds creeping out of the East had now +overtaken the sun, as it began to go down. They could all see the black +specks, but neither Frodo nor Merry could make out their shapes for certain; +yet something told them that there, far below, were Black Riders assembling +on the Road beyond the foot of the hill. + +'Yes,' said Strider, whose keener sight left him in no doubt. 'The +enemy is here!' + +Hastily they crept away and slipped down the north side of the hill to +find their companions. + +Sam and Peregrin had not been idle. They had explored the small dell +and the surrounding slopes. Not far away they found a spring of clear water +in the hillside, and near it footprints not more than a day or two old. In +the dell itself they found recent traces of a fire, and other signs of a +hasty camp. There were some fallen rocks on the edge of the dell nearest to +the hill. Behind them Sam came upon a small store of firewood neatly +stacked. + +'I wonder if old Gandalf has been here,' he said to Pippin. 'Whoever it +was put this stuff here meant to come back it seems.' + +Strider was greatly interested in these discoveries. 'I wish I had +waited and explored the ground down here myself,' he said, hurrying off to + + + + +the spring to examine the footprints. + +'It is just as I feared,' he said, when he came back. 'Sam and Pippin +have trampled the soft ground, and the marks are spoilt or confused. Rangers +have been here lately. It is they who left the firewood behind. But there +are also several newer tracks that were not made by Rangers. At least one +set was made, only a day or two ago, by heavy boots. At least one. I cannot +now be certain, but I think there were many booted feet.' He paused and +stood in anxious thought. + +Each of the hobbits saw in his mind a vision of the cloaked and booted +Riders. If the horsemen had already found the dell, the sooner Strider led +them somewhere else the better. Sam viewed the hollow with great dislike, +now that he had heard news of their enemies on the Road, only a few miles +away. + +'Hadn't we better clear out quick, Mr. Strider?' he asked impatiently. + +'It is getting late, and I don't like this hole: it makes my heart sink +somehow.' + +'Yes, we certainly must decide what to do at once,' answered Strider, +looking up and considering the time and the weather. 'Well, Sam,' he said at +last, 'I do not like this place either; but I cannot think of anywhere +better that we could reach before nightfall. At least we are out of sight +for the moment, and if we moved we should be much more likely to be seen +spies. All we could do would be to go right out of our way back north on +this side of the line of hills, where the land is all much the same as it is +here. The Road is watched, but we should have to cross it, if we tried to +take cover in the thickets away to the south. On the north side of the Road +beyond the hills the country is bare and flat for miles.' + +'Can the Riders see ?' asked Merry. 'I mean, they seem usually to have +used their noses rather than their eyes, smelling for us, if smelling is the +right word, at least in the daylight. But you made us lie down flat when you +saw them down below; and now you talk of being seen, if we move.' + +'I was too careless on the hill-top,' answered Strider. 'I was very +anxious to find some sign of Gandalf; but it was a mistake for three of us +to go up and stand there so long. For the black horses can see, and the +Riders can use men and other creatures as spies, as we found at Bree. They +themselves do not see the world of light as we do, but our shapes cast +shadows in their minds, which only the noon sun destroys; and in the dark +they perceive many signs and forms that are hidden from us: then they are + + + + +most to be feared. And at all times they smell the blood of living things, +desiring and hating it. Senses, too, there are other than sight or smell. We +can feel their presence - it troubled our hearts, as soon as we came here, +and before we saw them; they feel ours more keenly. Also,' he added, and his +voice sank to a whisper, 'the Ring draws them.' + +'Is there no escape then?' said Frodo, looking round wildly. 'If I move +I shall be seen and hunted! If I stay, I shall draw them to me!' + +Strider laid his hand on his shoulder. 'There is still hope,' he said. + +'You are not alone. Let us take this wood that is set ready for the fire as +a sign. There is little shelter or defence here, but fire shall serve for +both. Sauron can put fire to his evil uses, as he can all things, but these +Riders do not love it, and fear those who wield it. Fire is our friend in +the wilderness.' + +'Maybe,' muttered Sam. 'It is also as good a way of saying "here we +are" as I can think of, bar shouting.' + +Down in the lowest and most sheltered corner of the dell they lit a +fire, and prepared a meal. The shades of evening began to fall, and it grew +cold. They were suddenly aware of great hunger, for they had not eaten +anything since breakfast; but they dared not make more than a frugal supper. +The lands ahead were empty of all save birds and beasts, unfriendly places +deserted by all the races of the world. Rangers passed at times beyond the +hills, but they were few and did not stay. Other wanderers were rare, and of +evil sort: trolls might stray down at times out of the northern valleys of +the Misty Mountains. Only on the Road would travellers be found, most often +dwarves, hurrying along on business of their own, and with no help and few +words to spare for strangers. + +'I don't see how our food can be made to last,' said Frodo. 'We have +been careful enough in the last few days, and this supper is no feast; but +we have used more than we ought, if we have two weeks still to go, and +perhaps more.' + +'There is food in the wild,' said Strider; 'berry, root, and herb; and +I have some skill as a hunter at need. You need not be afraid of starving +before winter comes. But gathering and catching food is long and weary work, +and we need haste. So tighten your belts, and think with hope of the tables +of Elrond's house!' + +The cold increased as darkness came on. Peering out from the edge of +the dell they could see nothing but a grey land now vanishing quickly into + + + + +shadow. The sky above had cleared again and was slowly filled with twinkling +stars. Frodo and his companions huddled round the fire, wrapped in every +garment and blanket they possessed; but Strider was content with a single +cloak, and sat a little apart, drawing thoughtfully at his pipe. + +As night fell and the light of the fire began to shine out brightly he +began to tell them tales to keep their minds from fear. He knew many +histories and legends of long ago, of Elves and Men and the good and evil +deeds of the Elder Days. They wondered how old he was, and where he had +learned all this lore. + +Tell us of Gil-galad,’ said Merry suddenly, when he paused at the end +of a story of the Elf-Kingdoms. 'Do you know any more of that old lay that +you spoke of?' + +'I do indeed,' answered Strider. 'So also does Frodo, for it concerns +us closely.' Merry and Pippin looked at Frodo, who was staring into the +fire. + +'I know only the little that Gandalf has told me,' said Frodo slowly. +'Gil-galad was the last of the great Elf-kings of Middle-earth. Gil-galad is +Starlight in their tongue. With Elendil, the Elf-friend, he went to the land +of ' + +'No!' said Strider interrupting, 'I do not think that tale should be +told now with the servants of the Enemy at hand. If we win through to the +house of Elrond, you may hear it there, told in full.' + +'Then tell us some other tale of the old days,' begged Sam; 'a tale +about the Elves before the fading time. I would dearly like to hear more +about Elves; the dark seems to press round so close.' + +'I will tell you the tale of Tin®viel,' said Strider, 'in brief - for +it is a long tale of which the end is not known; and there are none now, +except Elrond, that remember it aright as it was told of old. It is a fair +tale, though it is sad, as are all the tales of Middle-earth, and yet it may +lift up your hearts.' He was silent for some time, and then he began not to +speak but to chant softly: + +The leaves were long, the grass was green, + +The hemlock-umbels tall and fair, + +And in the glade a light was seen + +Of stars in shadow shimmering. + +Tin®viel was dancing there + +To music of a pipe unseen, + + + + +And light of stars was in her hair, + +And in her raiment glimmering. + +There Beren came from mountains cold, +And lost he wandered under leaves, + +And where the Elven-river rolled +He walked alone and sorrowing. + +He peered between the hemlock-leaves +And saw in wander flowers of gold +Upon her mantle and her sleeves, + +And her hair like shadow following. + +Enchantment healed his weary feet +That over hills were doomed to roam; + +And forth he hastened, strong and fleet, +And grasped at moonbeams glistening. +Through woven woods in Elvenhome +She tightly fled on dancing feet, + +And left him lonely still to roam +In the silent forest listening. + +He heard there oft the flying sound +Of feet as light as linden-leaves, + +Or music welling underground, + +In hidden hollows quavering. + +Now withered lay the hemlock-sheaves, +And one by one with sighing sound +Whispering fell the beechen leaves +In the wintry woodland wavering. + +He sought her ever, wandering far +Where leaves of years were thickly strewn, +By light of moon and ray of star +In frosty heavens shivering. + +Her mantle glinted in the moon, + +As on a hill-top high and far + +She danced, and at her feet was strewn + + + + +A mist of silver quivering. + + + +When winter passed, she came again, +And her song released the sudden spring, +Like rising lark, and falling rain, + +And melting water bubbling. + +He saw the elven-flowers spring +About her feet, and healed again +He longed by her to dance and sing +Upon the grass untroubling. + +Again she fled, but swift he came. +Tin®viel! Tin®viel! + +He called her by her elvish name; + +And there she halted listening. + +One moment stood she, and a spell +His voice laid on her: Beren came, + +And doom fell on Tin®viel +That in his arms lay glistening. + +As Beren looked into her eyes +Within the shadows of her hair, + +The trembling starlight of the skies +He saw there mirrored shimmering. +Tin®viel the elven-fair, + +Immortal maiden elven-wise, + +About him cast her shadowy hair +And arms like silver glimmering. + +Long was the way that fate them bore, +O'er stony mountains cold and grey, +Through halls of iron and darkling door, +And woods of nightshade morrowless. +The Sundering Seas between them lay, +And yet at last they met once more, + +And long ago they passed away +In the forest singing sorrowless. + + + + +Strider sighed and paused before he spoke again. ’That is a song,' he +said, 'in the mode that is called ann-thennath among the Elves, but is hard +to render in our Common Speech, and this is but a rough echo of it. It tells +of the meeting of Beren son of Barahir and L®thien Tin®viel. Beren was a +mortal man, but L®thien was the daughter of Thingol, a King of Elves upon +Middle-earth when the world was young; and she was the fairest maiden that +has ever been among all the children of this world. As the stars above the +mists of the Northern lands was her loveliness, and in her face was a +shining light. In those days the Great Enemy, of whom Sauron of Mordor was +but a servant, dwelt in Angband in the North, and the Elves of the West +coming back to Middle-earth made war upon him to regain the Silmarils which +he had stolen; and the fathers of Men aided the Elves. But the Enemy was +victorious and Barahir was slain, and Beren escaping through great peril +came over the Mountains of Terror into the hidden Kingdom of Thingol in the +forest of Neldoreth. There he beheld L®thien singing and dancing in a glade +beside the enchanted river Esgalduin; and he named her Tin®viel, that is +Nightingale in the language of old. Many sorrows befell them afterwards, and +they were parted long. Tin®viel rescued Beren from the dungeons of Sauron, +and together they passed through great dangers, and cast down even the Great +Enemy from his throne, and took from his iron crown one of the three +Silmarils, brightest of all jewels, to be the bride-price of L®thien to +Thingol her father. Yet at the last Beren was slain by the Wolf that came +from the gates of Angband, and he died in the arms of Tin®viel. But she +chose mortality, and to die from the world, so that she might follow him; +and it is sung that they met again beyond the Sundering Seas, and after a +brief time walking alive once more in the green woods, together they passed, +long ago, beyond the confines of this world. So it is that L®thien Tin®viel +alone of the Elf-kindred has died indeed and left the world, and they have +lost her whom they most loved. But from her the lineage of the Elf-lords of +old descended among Men. There live still those of whom L®thien was the +foremother, and it is said that her line shall never fail. Elrond of +Rivendell is of that Kin. For of Beren and L®thien was born Dior Thingol’s +heir; and of him Elwing the White whom Edrendil wedded, he that sailed his +ship out of the mists of the world into the seas of heaven with the Silmaril +upon his brow. And of Edrendil came the Kings of N®menor, that is +Westernesse.' + +As Strider was speaking they watched his strange eager face, dimly lit + + + + +in the red glow of the wood-fire. His eyes shone, and his voice was rich and +deep. Above him was a black starry sky. Suddenly a pale light appeared over +the crown of Weathertop behind him. The waxing moon was climbing +slowly + +above the hill that overshadowed them, and the stars above the hill-top +faded. + +The story ended. The hobbits moved and stretched. 'Look!' said Merry. +'The Moon is rising: it must be getting late.' + +The others looked up. Even as they did so, they saw on the top of the +hill something small and dark against the glimmer of the moonrise. It was +perhaps only a large stone or jutting rock shown up by the pale light. + +Sam and Merry got up and walked away from the fire. Frodo and Pippin +remained seated in silence. Strider was watching the moonlight on the hill +intently. All seemed quiet and still, but Frodo felt a cold dread creeping +over his heart, now that Strider was no longer speaking. He huddled closer +to the fire. At that moment Sam came running back from the edge of the dell. + +'I don't know what it is,' he said, 'but I suddenly felt afraid. I +durstn't go outside this dell for any money; I felt that something was +creeping up the slope.' + +'Did you see anything?' asked Frodo, springing to his feet. + +'No, sir. I saw nothing, but I didn't stop to look.' + +'I saw something,' said Merry; 'or I thought I did - away westwards +where the moonlight was falling on the flats beyond the shadow of the +hill-tops, I thought there were two or three black shapes. They seemed to be +moving this way.' + +'Keep close to the fire, with your faces outward!' cried Strider. 'Get +some of the longer sticks ready in your hands!' + +For a breathless time they sat there, silent and alert, with their +backs turned to the wood-fire, each gazing into the shadows that encircled +them. Nothing happened. There was no sound or movement in the night. +Frodo + +stirred, feeling that he must break the silence: he longed to shout out +aloud. + +'Hush!' whispered Strider. 'What's that?' gasped Pippin at the same +moment. + +Over the lip of the little dell, on the side away from the hill, they +felt, rather than saw, a shadow rise, one shadow or more than one. They + + + + +strained their eyes, and the shadows seemed to grow. Soon there could be no +doubt: + +three or four tall black figures were standing there on the slope, +looking down on them. So black were they that they seemed like black holes +in the deep shade behind them. Frodo thought that he heard a faint hiss as +of venomous breath and felt a thin piercing chill. Then the shapes slowly +advanced. + +Terror overcame Pippin and Merry, and they threw themselves flat on the +ground. Sam shrank to Frodo's side. Frodo was hardly less terrified than his +companions; he was quaking as if he was bitter cold, but his terror was +swallowed up in a sudden temptation to put on the Ring. The desire to do +this laid hold of him, and he could think of nothing else. Fie did not forget +the Barrow, nor the message of Gandalf; but something seemed to be +compelling him to disregard all warnings, and he longed to yield. Not with +the hope of escape, or of doing anything, either good or bad: he simply felt +that he must take the Ring and put it on his finger. Fie could not speak. Fie +felt Sam looking at him, as if he knew that his master was in some great +trouble, but he could not turn towards him. He shut his eyes and struggled +for a while; but resistance became unbearable, and at last he slowly drew +out the chain, and slipped the Ring on the forefinger of his left hand. + +Immediately, though everything else remained as before, dim and dark, +the shapes became terribly clear. He was able to see beneath their black +wrappings. There were five tall figures: two standing on the lip of the +dell, three advancing. In their white faces burned keen and merciless eyes; +under their mantles were long grey robes; upon their grey hairs were helms +of silver; in their haggard hands were swords of steel. Their eyes fell on +him and pierced him, as they rushed towards him. Desperate, he drew his own +sword, and it seemed to him that it flickered red, as if it was a firebrand. + +Two of the figures halted. The third was taller than the others: his hair +was long and gleaming and on his helm was a crown. In one hand he held a +long sword, and in the other a knife; both the knife and the hand that held +it glowed with a pale light. He sprang forward and bore down on Frodo. + +At that moment Frodo threw himself forward on the ground, and he heard +himself crying aloud: O Elbereth! Gilthoniel! At the same time he struck at +the feet of his enemy. A shrill cry rang out in the night; and he felt a +pain like a dart of poisoned ice pierce his left shoulder. Even as he +swooned he caught, as through a swirling mist, a glimpse of Strider leaping + + + + +out of the darkness with a flaming brand of wood in either hand. With a last +effort Frodo, dropping his sword, slipped the Ring from his finger and +closed his right hand tight upon it. + + + + +Chapter 12 . Flight to the Ford + + + +When Frodo came to himself he was still clutching the Ring desperately. + +He was lying by the fire, which was now piled high and burning brightly. His +three companions were bending over him. 'What has happened? Where is the +pale king?' he asked wildly. They were too overjoyed to hear him speak to +answer for a while; nor did they understand his question. At length he +gathered from Sam that they had seen nothing but the vague shadowy shapes +coming towards them. Suddenly to his horror Sam found that his master had +vanished; and at that moment a black shadow rushed past him, and he fell. He +heard Frodo’s voice, but it seemed to come from a great distance, or from +under the earth, crying out strange words. They saw nothing more, until they +stumbled over the body of Frodo, lying as if dead, face downwards on the +grass with his sword beneath him. Strider ordered them to pick him up and +lay him near the fire, and then he disappeared. That was now a good while +ago. + +Sam plainly was beginning to have doubts again about Strider; but while +they were talking he returned, appearing suddenly out of the shadows. They +started, and Sam drew his sword and stood over Frodo; but Strider knelt down +swiftly at his side. + +'I am not a Black Rider, Sam,' he said gently, 'nor in league with +them. I have been trying to discover something of their movements; but I +have found nothing. I cannot think why they have gone and do not attack +again. But there is no feeling of their presence anywhere at hand.' + +When he heard what Frodo had to tell, he became full of concern, and +shook his head and sighed. Then he ordered Pippin and Merry to heat as much +water as they could in their small kettles, and to bathe the wound with it. + +'Keep the fire going well, and keep Frodo warm!' he said. Then he got up and +walked away, and called Sam to him. 'I think I understand things better +now,' he said in a low voice. 'There seem only to have been five of the +enemy. Why they were not all here, I don't know; but I don't think they +expected to be resisted. They have drawn off for the time being. But not +far, I fear. They will come again another night, if we cannot escape. They +are only waiting, because they think that their purpose is almost +accomplished, and that the Ring cannot fly much further. I fear, Sam, that + + + + +they believe your master has a deadly wound that will subdue him to their +will. We shall see!' Sam choked with tears. 'Don't despair!' said Strider. + +'You must trust me now. Your Frodo is made of sterner stuff than I had +guessed, though Gandalf hinted that it might prove so. He is not slain, and +I think he will resist the evil power of the wound longer than his enemies +expect. I will do all I can to help and heal him. Guard him well, while I am +away!' He hurried off and disappeared again into the darkness. + +Frodo dozed, though the pain of his wound was slowly growing, and a +deadly chill was spreading from his shoulder to his arm and side. His +friends watched over him, warming him, and bathing his wound. The night +passed slowly and wearily. Dawn was growing in the sky, and the dell was +filling with grey light, when Strider at last returned. + +'Look!' he cried; and stooping he lifted from the ground a black cloak +that had lain there hidden by the darkness. A foot above the lower hem there +was a slash. 'This was the stroke of Frodo's sword,' he said. 'The only hurt +that it did to his enemy, I fear; for it is unharmed, but all blades perish +that pierce that dreadful King. More deadly to him was the name of +Elbereth.' + +'And more deadly to Frodo was this!' He stooped again and lifted up a +long thin knife. There was a cold gleam in it. As Strider raised it they saw +that near the end its edge was notched and the point was broken off. But +even as he held it up in the growing light, they gazed in astonishment, for +the blade seemed to melt, and vanished like a smoke in the air, leaving only +the hilt in Strider's hand. 'Alas!' he cried. 'It was this accursed knife +that gave the wound. Few now have the skill in healing to match such evil +weapons. But I will do what I can.' + +He sat down on the ground, and taking the dagger -hilt laid it on his +knees, and he sang over it a slow song in a strange tongue. Then setting it +aside, he turned to Frodo and in a soft tone spoke words the others could +not catch. From the pouch at his belt he drew out the long leaves of a +plant. + +'These leaves,' he said, 'I have walked far to find; for this plant +does not grow in the bare hills; but in the thickets away south of the Road +I found it in the dark by the scent of its leaves.' He crushed a leaf in his +fingers, and it gave out a sweet and pungent fragrance. 'It is fortunate +that I could find it, for it is a healing plant that the Men of the West +brought to Middle-earth. Athelas they named it, and it grows now sparsely + + + + +and only near places where they dwelt or camped of old; and it is not known +in the North, except to some of those who wander in the Wild. It has great +virtues, but over such a wound as this its healing powers may be small.' + +He threw the leaves into boiling water and bathed Frodo's shoulder. The +fragrance of the steam was refreshing, and those that were unhurt felt their +minds calmed and cleared. The herb had also some power over the wound, for +Frodo felt the pain and also the sense of frozen cold lessen in his side; +but the life did not return to his arm, and he could not raise or use his +hand. He bitterly regretted his foolishness, and reproached himself for +weakness of will; for he now perceived that in putting on the Ring he obeyed +not his own desire but the commanding wish of his enemies. He wondered if he +would remain maimed for life, and how they would now manage to continue +their journey. He fell too weak to stand. + +The others were discussing this very question. They quickly decided to +leave Weathertop as soon as possible. 'I think now,' said Strider, 'that the +enemy has been watching this place for some days. If Gandalf ever came here, +then he must have been forced to ride away, and he will not return. In any +case we are in great peril here after dark, since the attack of last night, +and we can hardly meet greater danger wherever we go.' + +As soon as the daylight was full, they had some hurried food and +packed. It was impossible for Frodo to walk, so they divided the greater +part of their baggage among the four of them, and put Frodo on the pony. In +the last few days the poor beast had improved wonderfully; it already seemed +fatter and stronger, and had begun to show an affection for its new masters, +especially for Sam. Bill Ferny's treatment must have been very hard for the +journey in the wild to seem so much better than its former life. + +They started off in a southerly direction. This would mean crossing the +Road, but. it was the quickest way to more wooded country. And they needed +fuel; for Strider said that Frodo must be kept warm, especially at night, +while fire would be some protection for them all. It was also his plan to +shorten their journey by cutting across another great loop of the Road: east +beyond Weathertop it changed its course and took a wide bend northwards. + +They made their way slowly and cautiously round the south-western +slopes of the hill, and came in a little while to the edge of the Road. + +There was no sign of the Riders. But even as they were hurrying across they +heard far away two cries: a cold voice calling and a cold voice answering. +Trembling they sprang forward, and made for the thickets that lay ahead. The + + + + +land before them sloped away southwards, but it was wild and pathless; +bushes and stunted trees grew in dense patches with wide barren spaces in +between. The grass was scanty, coarse, and grey; and the leaves in the +thickets were faded and falling. It was a cheerless land, and their journey +was slow and gloomy. They spoke little as they trudged along. Frodo's heart +was grieved as he watched them walking beside him with their heads down, +and + +their backs bowed under their burdens. Even Strider seemed tired and +heavy-hearted. + +Before the first day's march was over Frodo's pain began to grow again, +but he did not speak of it for a long time. Four days passed, without the +ground or the scene changing much, except that behind them Weathertop +slowly + +sank, and before them the distant mountains loomed a little nearer. Yet +since that far cry they had seen and heard no sign that the enemy had marked +their flight or followed them. They dreaded the dark hours, and kept watch +in pairs by night, expecting at any time to see black shapes stalking in the +grey night, dimly lit by the cloud- veiled moon; but they saw nothing, and +heard no sound but the sigh of withered leaves and grass. Not once did they +feel the sense of present evil that had assailed them before the attack in +the dell. It seemed too much to hope that the Riders had already lost their +trail again. Perhaps they were waiting to make some ambush in a narrow +place? + +At the end of the fifth day the ground began once more to rise slowly +out of the wide shallow valley into which they had descended. Strider now +turned their course again north-eastwards, and on the sixth day they reached +the top of a long slow-climbing slope, and saw far ahead a huddle of wooded +hills. Away below them they could see the Road sweeping round the feet of +the hills; and to their right a grey river gleamed pale in the thin +sunshine. In the distance they glimpsed yet another river in a stony valley +half-veiled in mist. + +"I am afraid we must go back to the Road here for a while,' said +Strider. 'We have now come to the River Hoarwell, that the Elves call +Mitheithel. It flows down out of the Ettenmoors, the troll-fells north of +Rivendell, and joins the Loud water away in the South. Some call it the +Greyflood after that. It is a great water before it finds the Sea. There is +no way over it below its sources in the Ettenmoors, except by the Last + + + + +Bridge on which the Road crosses.' + +’What is that other river we can see far away there?' asked Merry. + +'That is Loudwater, the Bruinen of Rivendell,' answered Strider. 'The +Road runs along the edge of the hills for many miles from the Bridge to the +Ford of Bruinen. But I have not yet thought how we shall cross that water. +One river at a time! We shall be fortunate indeed if we do not find the Last +Bridge held against us.' + +Next day, early in the morning, they came down again to the borders of +the Road. Sam and Strider went forward, but they found no sign of any +travellers or riders. Here under the shadow of the hills there had been some +rain. Strider judged that it had fallen two days before, and had washed away +all footprints. No horseman had passed since then, as far as he could see. + +They hurried along with all the speed they could make, and after a mile +or two they saw the Last Bridge ahead, at the bottom of a short steep slope. +They dreaded to see black figures waiting there, but they saw none. Strider +made them take cover in a thicket at the side of the Road, while he went +forward to explore. + +Before long he came hurrying back. 'I can see no sign of the enemy,' he +said, 'and I wonder very much what that means. But I have found something +very strange.' + +He held out his hand, and showed a single pale-green jewel. 'I found it +in the mud in the middle of the Bridge,' he said. 'It is a beryl, an +elf-stone. Whether it was set there, or let fall by chance, I cannot say; +but it brings hope to me. I will take it as a sign that we may pass the +Bridge; but beyond that I dare not keep to the Road, without some clearer +token.' + +At once they went on again. They crossed the Bridge in safety, hearing +no sound but the water swirling against its three great arches. A mile +further on they came to a narrow ravine that led away northwards through the +steep lands on the left of the Road. Here Strider turned aside, and soon +they were lost in a sombre country of dark trees winding among the feet of +sullen hills. + +The hobbits were glad to leave the cheerless lands and the perilous +Road behind them; but this new country seemed threatening and unfriendly. As +they went forward the hills about them steadily rose. Here and there upon +heights and ridges they caught glimpses of ancient walls of stone, and the +ruins of towers: they had an ominous look. Frodo, who was not walking, had + + + + +time to gaze ahead and to think. He recalled Bilbo's account of his journey +and the threatening towers on the hills north of the Road, in the country +near the Troll's wood where his first serious adventure had happened. Frodo +guessed that they were now in the same region, and wondered if by chance +they would pass near the spot. + +'Who lives in this land?' he asked. 'And who built these towers? Is +this troll-country?' + +'No!' said Strider. 'Trolls do not build. No one lives in this land. + +Men once dwelt here, ages ago; but none remain now. They became an evil +people, as legends tell, for they fell under the shadow of Angmar. But all +were destroyed in the war that brought the North Kingdom to its end. But +that is now so long ago that the hills have forgotten them, though a shadow +still lies on the land.' + +'Where did you learn such tales, if all the land is empty and +forgetful?' asked Peregrin. 'The birds and beasts do not tell tales of that +son.' + +'The heirs of Elendil do not forget all things past,' said Strider; + +'and many more things than I can tell are remembered in Rivendell.' 'Have +you often been to Rivendell?' said Frodo. 'I have,' said Strider. 'I dwelt +there once, and still I return when I may. + +There my heart is; but it is not my fate to sit in peace, even in the +fair house of Elrond.' + +The hills now began to shut them in. The Road behind held on its way to +the River Bruinen, but both were now hidden from view. The travellers came +into a long valley; narrow, deeply cloven, dark and silent. Trees with old +and twisted roots hung over cliffs, and piled up behind into mounting slopes +of pine-wood. + +The hobbits grew very weary. They advanced slowly, for they had to pick +their way through a pathless country, encumbered by fallen trees and tumbled +rocks. As long as they could they avoided climbing for Frodo's sake, and +because it was in fact difficult to find any way up out of the narrow dales. + +They had been two days in this country when the weather turned wet. The wind +began to blow steadily out of the West and pour the water of the distant +seas on the dark heads of the hills in fine drenching rain. By nightfall +they were all soaked, and their camp was cheerless, for they could not get +any fire to burn. The next day the hills rose still higher and steeper +before them, and they were forced to turn away northwards out of their + + + + +course. Strider seemed to be getting anxious: they were nearly ten days out +from Weathertop, and their stock of provisions was beginning to run low. It +went on raining. + +That night they camped on a stony shelf with a rock -wall behind them, +in which there was a shallow cave, a mere scoop in the cliff. Frodo was +restless. The cold and wet had made his wound more painful than ever, and +the ache and sense of deadly chill took away all sleep. He lay tossing and +turning and listening fearfully to the stealthy night-noises: wind in chinks +of rock, water dripping, a crack, the sudden rattling fall of a loosened +stone. He felt that black shapes were advancing to smother him; but when he +sat up he saw nothing but the back of Strider sitting hunched up, smoking +his pipe, and watching. He lay down again and passed into an uneasy dream, +in which he walked on the grass in his garden in the Shire, but it seemed +faint and dim, less clear than the tall black shadows that stood looking +over the hedge. + +In the morning he woke to find that the rain had stopped. The clouds +were still thick, but they were breaking, and pale strips of blue appeared +between them. The wind was shifting again. They did not start early. +Immediately after their cold and comfortless breakfast Strider went off +alone, telling the others to remain under the shelter of the cliff, until he +came back. He was going to climb up, if he could, and get a look at the lie +of the land. + +When he returned he was not reassuring. 'We have come too far to the +north,' he said, 'and we must find some way to turn back southwards again. + +If we keep on as we are going we shall get up into the Ettendales far north +of Rivendell. That is troll-country, and little known to me. We could +perhaps find our way through and come round to Rivendell from the north; but +it would take too long, for I do not know the way, and our food would not +last. So somehow or other we must find the Ford of Bruinen.' + +The rest of that day they spent scrambling over rocky ground. They +found a passage between two hills that led them into a valley running +south-east, the direction that they wished to take; but towards the end of +the day they found their road again barred by a ridge of high land; its dark +edge against the sky was broken into many bare points like teeth of a +blunted saw. They had a choice between going back or climbing over it. + +They decided to attempt the climb, but it proved very difficult. Before +long Frodo was obliged to dismount and struggle along on foot. Even so they + + + + +often despaired of getting their pony up, or indeed of finding a path for +themselves, burdened as they were. The light was nearly gone, and they were +all exhausted, when at last they reached the top. They had climbed on to a +narrow saddle between two higher points, and the land fell steeply away +again, only a short distance ahead. Frodo threw himself down, and lay on the +ground shivering. His left arm was lifeless, and his side and shoulder felt +as if icy claws were laid upon them. The trees and rocks about him seemed +shadowy and dim. + +'We cannot go any further,' said Merry to Strider. 'I am afraid this +has been too much for Frodo. I am dreadfully anxious about him. What are we +to do? Do you think they will be able to cure him in Ri vendell, if we ever +get there?' + +'We shall see,' answered Strider. 'There is nothing more that I can do +in the wilderness; and it is chiefly because of his wound that I am so +anxious to press on. But I agree that we can go no further tonight.' + +'What is the matter with my master?' asked Sam in a low voice, looking +appealingly at Strider. 'His wound was small, and it is already closed. + +There's nothing to be seen but a cold white mark on his shoulder.' + +'Frodo has been touched by the weapons of the Enemy,' said Strider, + +'and there is some poison or evil at work that is beyond my skill to drive +out. But do not give up hope, Sam!' + +Night was cold up on the high ridge. They lit a small fire down under +the gnarled roots of an old pine, that hung over a shallow pit: it looked as +if stone had once been quarried there. They sat huddled together. The wind +blew chill through the pass, and they heard the tree-tops lower down moaning +and sighing. Frodo lay half in a dream, imagining that endless dark wings +were sweeping by above him, and that on the wings rode pursuers that sought +him in all the hollows of the hill s. + +The morning dawned bright and fair; the air was clean, and the light +pale and clear in a rain- washed sky. Their hearts were encouraged, but (hey +longed for the sun to warm their cold stiff limbs. As soon as it was light, +Strider took Merry with him and went to survey the country from the height +to the east of the pass. The sun had risen and was shining brightly when he +returned with more comforting news. They were now going more or less in the +right direction. If they went on, down the further side of the ridge, they +would have the Mountains on their left. Some way ahead Strider had caught a +glimpse of the Loudwater again, and he knew that, though it was hidden from + + + + +view, the Road to the Ford was not far from the River and lay on the side +nearest to them. + +'We must make for the Road again,' he said. 'We cannot hope to find a +path through these hills. Whatever danger may beset it, the Road is our only +way to the Ford.' + +As soon as they had eaten they set out again. They climbed slowly down +the southern side of the ridge; but the way was much easier than they had +expected, for the slope was far less steep on this side, and before long +Frodo was able to ride again. Bill Ferny's poor old pony was developing an +unexpected talent for picking out a path, and for sparing its rider as many +jolts as possible. The spirits of the party rose again. Even Frodo felt +better in the morning light, but every now and again a mist seemed to +obscure his sight, and he passed his hands over his eyes. + +Pippin was a little ahead of the others. Suddenly he turned round and +called to them. 'There is a path here!' he cried. + +When they came up with him, they saw that he had made no mistake: + +there were clearly the beginnings of a path, that climbed with many +windings out of the woods below and faded away on the hill-top behind. In +places it was now faint and overgrown, or choked with fallen stones and +trees; but at one time it seemed to have been much used. It was a path made +by strong arms and heavy feet. Here and there old trees had been cut or +broken down, and large rocks cloven or heaved aside to make a way. + +They followed the track for some while, for it offered much the easiest +way down, but they went cautiously, and their anxiety increased as they came +into the dark woods, and the path grew plainer and broader. Suddenly coming +out of a belt of fir-trees it ran steeply down a slope, and turned sharply +to the left round the comer of a rocky shoulder of the hill. When they came +to the comer they looked round and saw that the path ran on over a level +strip under the face of a low cliff overhung with trees. In the stony wall +there was a door hanging crookedly ajar upon one great hinge. + +Outside the door they all halted. There was a cave or rock-chamber +behind, but in the gloom inside nothing could be seen. Strider, Sam, and +Merry pushing with all their strength managed to open the door a little +wider, and then Strider and Merry went in. They did not go far, for on the +floor lay many old bones, and nothing else was to be seen near the entrance +except some great empty jars and broken pots. + +'Surely this is a troll-hole, if ever there was one!' said Pippin. + + + + +’Come out, you two, and let us get away. Now we know who made the path - +and + +we had better get off it quick.’ + +'There is no need, I think,' said Strider, coining out. 'It is +certainly a troll-hole, but it seems to have been long forsaken. I don't +think we need be afraid. But let us go on down warily, and we shall see.' + +The path went on again from the door, and turning to the right again +across the level space plunged down a thick wooded slope. Pippin, not liking +to show Strider that he was still afraid, went on ahead with Merry. Sam and +Strider came behind, one on each side of Frodo's pony, for the path was now +broad enough for four or five hobbits to walk abreast. But they had not gone +very far before Pippin came running back, followed by Merry. They both +looked terrified. + +'There are trolls!' Pippin panted. 'Down in a clearing in the woods not +far below. We got a sight of them through the tree-trunks. They are very +large!' + +'We will come and look at them,' said Strider, picking up a stick. + +Frodo said nothing, but Sam looked scared. + +The sun was now high, and it shone down through the half-stripped +branches of the trees, and lit the clearing with bright patches of light. + +They halted suddenly on the edge, and peered through the tree-trunks, +holding their breath. There stood the trolls: three large trolls. One was +stooping, and the other two stood staring at him. + +Strider walked forward unconcernedly. 'Get up, old stone!' he said, and +broke his stick upon the stooping troll. + +Nothing happened. There was a gasp of astonishment from the hobbits, +and then even Frodo laughed. 'Well!' he said. 'We are forgetting our family +history! These must be the very three that were caught by Gandalf, +quarrelling over the right way to cook thirteen dwarves and one hobbit.' + +'I had no idea we were anywhere near the place!' said Pippin. He knew +the story well. Bilbo and Frodo had told it often; but as a matter of fact +he had never more than half believed it. Even now he looked at the stone +trolls with suspicion, wondering if some magic might not suddenly bring them +to life again. + +'You are forgetting not only your family history, but all you ever knew +about trolls,' said Strider. 'It is broad daylight with a bright sun, and +yet you come back trying to scare me with a tale of live trolls waiting for + + + + +us in this glade! In any case you might have noticed that one of them has an +old bird's nest behind his ear. That would be a most unusual ornament for a +live troll!' + +They all laughed. Frodo felt his spirits reviving: the reminder of +Bilbo's first successful adventure was heartening. The sun, too, was warm +and comforting, and the mist before his eyes seemed to be lifting a little. +They rested for some time in the glade, and took their mid-day meal right +under the shadow of the trolls' large legs. + +'Won't somebody give us a bit of a song, while the sun is high?' said +Merry, when they had finished. 'We haven't had a song or a tale for days.' + +'Not since Weathertop,' said Frodo. The others looked at him. 'Don't +worry about me!' he added. 'I feel much better, but I don't think I could +sing. Perhaps Sam could dig something out of his memory.' + +'Come on, Sam!' said Merry. 'There's more stored in your head than you +let on about.' + +'I don't know about that,' said Sam. 'But how would this suit? It ain't +what I call proper poetry, if you understand me: just a bit of nonsense. But +these old images here brought it to my mind.' Standing up, with his hands +behind his back, as if he was at school, he began to sing to an old tune. + +Troll sat alone on his seat of stone, + +And munched and mumbled a bare old bone; + +For many a year he had gnawed it near, + +For meat was hard to come by. + +Done by! Gum by! + +In a case in the hills he dwelt alone, + +And meat was hard to come by. + +Up came Tom with his big boots on. + +Said he to Troll: 'Pray, what is yon? + +For it looks like the shin o' my nuncle Tim, + +As should be a-lyin ' in graveyard. + +Caveyard! Paveyard! + +This many a year has Tim been gone, + +And I thought he were lyin ' in graveyard. ' + + + +'My lad, ' said Troll, 'this bone I stole. +But what be bones that lie in a hole? + + + + +Thy nuncle was dead as a lump o' lead, + +Afore I found his shinbone. + +Tinbone! Thinbone! + +He can spare a share for a poor old troll, + +For he don't need his shinbone. ' + +Said Tom: 7 don't see why the likes o' thee +Without axin ' leave should go makin 'free +With the shank or the shin o' my father's kin; +So hand the old bone over! + +Rover! Trover! + +Though dead he be, it belongs to he; + +So hand the old bone over!' + +'For a couple o' pins,' says Troll, and grins, +'I'll eat thee too, and gnaw thy shins. + +A bit o' fresh meal will go down sweet! + +I'll try my teeth on thee now. + +Hee now! See now! + +I'm tired o' gnawing old bones and skins; + +I've a mind to dine on thee now. ' + +But just as he thought his dinner was caught, +He found his hands had hold of naught. + +Before he could mind, Tom slipped behind +And gave him the boot to lam him. + +Warn him! Darn him! + +A bump o' the boot on the seat, Tom thought, +Would be the way to lam him. + +But harder than stone is the flesh and bone +Of a troll that sits in the hills alone. + +As well set your boot to the mountain's root, +For the seat of a troll don 't feel it. + +Peel it! Heal it! + +Old Troll laughed, when he heard Tom groan, +And he knew his toes could feel it. + + + + +Tom's leg is game, since home he came, + +And his bootless foot is lasting lame; + +But Troll don't care, and he's still there + +With the bone he boned from its owner. + +Doner! Boner! + +Troll's old seat is still the same, + +And the bone he boned from its owner! + +'Well, that's a warning to us all!' laughed Merry. 'It is as well you +used a stick, and not your hand, Strider!' + +'Where did you come by that, Sam?' asked Pippin. 'I've never heard +those words before.' + +Sam muttered something inaudible. 'It's out of his own head, of +course,' said Frodo. 'I am learning a lot about Sam Gamgee on this journey. +First he was a conspirator, now he's a jester. He'll end up by becoming a +wizard - or a warrior!' + +'I hope not,' said Sam. 'I don't want to be neither!' + +In the afternoon they went on down the woods. They were probably +following the very track that Gandalf, Bilbo, and the dwarves had used many +years before. After a few miles they came out on the top of a high bank +above the Road. At this point the Road had left the Hoarwell far behind in +its narrow valley, and now clung close to the feet of the hills, rolling and +winding eastward among woods and heather -covered slopes towards the Ford +and + +the Mountains. Not far down the bank Strider pointed out a stone in the +grass. On it roughly cut and now much weathered could still be seen +dwarf-runes and secret marks. + +'There!' said Merry. 'That must be the stone that marked the place +where the trolls' gold was hidden. How much is left of Bilbo's share, I +wonder, Frodo?' + +Frodo looked at the stone, and wished that Bilbo had brought home no +treasure more perilous, nor less easy to pan with. 'None at all,' he said. + +'Bilbo gave it all away. He told me he did not feel it was really his, as it +came from robbers.' + +The Road lay quiet under the long shadows of early evening. There was +no sign of any other travellers to be seen. As there was now no other +possible course for them to take, they climbed down the bank, and turning + + + + +left went off as fast as they could. Soon a shoulder of the hills cut off +the light of the fast westering sun. A cold wind flowed down to meet them +from the mountains ahead. + +They were beginning to look out for a place off the Road, where they +could camp for the night, when they heard a sound that brought sudden fear +back into their hearts: the noise of hoofs behind them. They looked back, +but they could not see far because of the many windings and rollings of the +Road. As quickly as they could they scrambled off the beaten way and up into +the deep heather and bilberry brushwood on the slopes above, until they came +to a small patch of thick-growing hazels. As they peered out from among the +bushes, they could see the Road, faint and grey in the failing light, some +thirty feel below them. The sound of hoofs drew nearer. They were going +fast, with a light clippety-clippely-clip. Then faintly, as if it was blown +away from them by the breeze, they seemed to catch a dim ringing, as of +small bells tinkling. + +That does not sound like a Black Rider's horse!' said Frodo, listening +intently. The other hobbits agreed hopefully that it did not, but they all +remained full of suspicion. They had been in fear of pursuit for so long +that any sound from behind seemed ominous and unfriendly. But Strider was +now leaning forward, stooped to the ground, with a hand to his ear, and a +look of joy on his face. + +The light faded, and the leaves on the bushes rustled softly. Clearer +and nearer now the bells jingled, and clippety-clip came the quick trotting +feet. Suddenly into view below came a white horse, gleaming in the shadows, +running swiftly. In the dusk its headstall flickered and flashed, as if it +were studded with gems like living stars. The rider's cloak streamed behind +him, and his hood was thrown back; his golden hair flowed shimmering in the +wind of his speed. To Frodo it appeared that a white light was shining +through the form and raiment of the rider, as if through a thin veil. + +Strider sprang from hiding and dashed down towards the Road, leaping +with a cry through the heather; but even before he had moved or called, the +rider had reined in his horse and halted, looking up towards the thicket +where they stood. When he saw Strider, he dismounted and ran to meet him +calling out: Ai na vedui D®nadan! Mae govannen! His speech and clear +ringing + +voice left no doubt in their hearts: the rider was of the Elven-folk. No +others that dwelt in the wide world had voices so fair to hear. But there + + + + +seemed to be a note of haste or fear in his call, and they saw that he was +now speaking quickly and urgently to Strider. + +Soon Strider beckoned to them, and the hobbits left the bushes and +hurried down to the Road. 'This is Glorfindel, who dwells in the house of +Elrond,' said Strider. + +'Hail, and well met at last!' said the Elf-lord to Frodo. 'I was sent +from Rivendell to look for you. We feared that you were in danger upon the +road.' + +'Then Gandalf has reached Rivendell?' cried Frodo joyfully. + +'No. He had not when I departed; but that was nine days ago,' answered +Glorfindel. 'Elrond received news that troubled him. Some of my kindred, +journeying in your land beyond the Baranduin,* learned that things were +amiss, and sent messages as swiftly as they could. They said that the Nine +were abroad, and that you were astray bearing a great burden without +guidance, for Gandalf had not returned. There are few even in Rivendell that +can ride openly against the Nine; but such as there were, Elrond sent out +north, west, and south. It was thought that you might turn far aside to +avoid pursuit, and become lost in the Wilderness. + +'It was my lot to take the Road, and I came to the Bridge of +Mitheithel, and left a token there, nigh on seven days ago. Three of the +servants of Sauron were upon the Bridge, but they withdrew and I pursued +them westward. I came also upon two others, but they turned away southward. +Since then I have searched for your trail. Two days ago I found it, and +followed it over the Bridge; and today I marked where you descended from the +hills again. But come! There is no time for further news. Since you are here +we must risk the peril of the Road and go. There are five behind us, and +when they find your trail upon the Road they will ride after us like the +wind. And they are not all. Where the other four may be, I do not know. I +fear that we may find the Ford is already held against us.' + +While Glorfindel was speaking the shades of evening deepened. Frodo +felt a great weariness come over him. Ever since the sun began to sink the +mist before his eyes had darkened, and he felt that a shadow was coming +between him and the faces of his friends. Now pain assailed him, and he felt +cold. He swayed, clutching at Sam's arm. + +'My master is sick and wounded,' said Sam angrily. 'He can't go on +riding after nightfall. He needs rest.' + +Glorfindel caught Frodo as he sank to the ground, and taking him gently + + + + +in his arms he looked in his face with grave anxiety. + +Briefly Strider told of the attack on their camp under Weathertop, and +of the deadly knife. He drew out the hilt, which he had kept, and handed it +to the Elf. Glorfindel shuddered as he took it, but he looked intently at +it. + +'There are evil things written on this hilt,' he said; 'though maybe +your eyes cannot see them. Keep it, Aragorn, till we reach the house of +Elrond! But be wary, and handle it as little as you may! Alas! the wounds of +this weapon are beyond my skill to heal. I will do what I can - but all the +more do I urge you now to go on without rest.' + +He searched the wound on Frodo's shoulder with his fingers, and his +face grew graver, as if what he learned disquieted him. But Frodo felt the +chill lessen in his side and arm; a little warmth crept down from his +shoulder to his hand, and the pain grew easier. The dusk of evening seemed +to grow lighter about him, as if a cloud had been withdrawn. He saw his +friends' faces more clearly again, and a measure of new hope and strength +returned. + +'You shall ride my horse,' said Glorfindel. 'I will shorten the +stirrups up to the saddle-skins, and you must sit as tight as you can. But +you need not fear: my horse will not let any rider fall that I command him +to bear. His pace is light and smooth; and if danger presses too near, he +will bear you away with a speed that even the black steeds of the enemy +cannot rival.' + +'No, he will not!' said Frodo. 'I shall not ride him, if I am to be +carried off to Rivendell or anywhere else, leaving my friends behind in +danger.' + +Glorfindel smiled. 'I doubt very much,' he said, 'if your friends would +be in danger if you were not with them! The pursuit would follow you and +leave us in peace, I think. It is you, Frodo, and that which you bear that +brings us all in peril.' + +To that Frodo had no answer, and he was persuaded to mount Glorfindel's +white horse. The pony was laden instead with a great part of the others' +burdens, so that they now marched lighter, and for a time made good speed; +but the hobbits began to find it hard to keep up with the swift tireless +feet of the Elf. On he led them, into the mouth of darkness, and still on +under the deep clouded night. There was neither star nor moon. Not until the +grey of dawn did he allow them to halt. Pippin, Merry, and Sam were by that + + + + +time nearly asleep on their stumbling legs; and even Strider seemed by the +sag of his shoulders to be weary. Frodo sat upon the horse in a dark dream. + +They cast themselves down in the heather a few yards from the +road-side, and fell asleep immediately. They seemed hardly to have closed +their eyes when Glorfindel, who had set himself to watch while they slept, +awoke them again. The sun had now climbed far into the morning, and the +clouds and mists of the night were gone. + +'Drink this!' said Glorfindel to them, pouring for each in turn a +little liquor from his silver-studded flask of leather. It was clear as +spring water and had no taste, and it did not feel either cool or warm in +the mouth; but strength and vigour seemed to flow into all their limbs as +they drank it. Eaten after that draught the stale bread and dried fruit +(which was now all that they had left) seemed to satisfy their hunger better +than many a good breakfast in the Shire had done. + +They had rested rather less than five hours when they took to the Road +again. Glorfindel still urged them on, and only allowed two brief halts +during the day's march. In this way they covered almost twenty miles before +nightfall, and came to a point where the Road bent right and ran down +towards the bottom of the valley, now making straight for the Bruinen. So +far there had been no sign or sound of pursuit that the hobbits could see or +hear; but often Glorfindel would halt and listen for a moment, if they +lagged behind, and a look of anxiety clouded his face. Once or twice he +spoke to Strider in the elf-tongue. + +But however anxious their guides might be, it was plain that the +hobbits could go no further that night. They were stumbling along dizzy with +weariness, and unable to think of anything but their feet and legs. Frodo's +pain had redoubled, and during the day things about him faded to shadows of +ghostly grey. He almost welcomed the coming of night, for then the world +seemed less pale and empty. + +The hobbits were still weary, when they set out again early next +morning. There were many miles yet to go between them and the Ford, and +they + +hobbled forward at the best pace they could manage. + +'Our peril will be greatest just ere we reach the river,' said +Glorfindel; 'for my heart warns me that the pursuit is now swift behind us, +and other danger may be waiting by the Ford.' + +The Road was still running steadily downhill, and there was now in + + + + +places much grass at either side, in which the hobbits walked when they +could, to ease their tired feet. In the late afternoon they came to a place +where the Road went suddenly under the dark shadow of tall pine-trees, and +then plunged into a deep cutting with steep moist walls of red stone. Echoes +ran along as they hurried forward; and there seemed to be a sound of many +footfalls following their own. All at once, as if through a gate of light, +the Road ran out again from the end of the tunnel into the open. There at +the bottom of a sharp incline they saw before them a long flat mile, and +beyond that the Ford of Rivendell. On the further side was a steep brown +bank, threaded by a winding path; and behind that the tall mountains +climbed, shoulder above shoulder, and peak beyond peak, into the fading sky. + +There was still an echo as of following feet in the cutting behind +them; a rushing noise as if a wind were rising and pouring through the +branches of the pines. One moment Glorfindel turned and listened, then he +sprang forward with a loud cry. + +'Fly!' he called. 'Fly! The enemy is upon us!’ + +The white horse leaped forward. The hobbits ran down the slope. +Glorfindel and Strider followed as rear -guard. They were only half way +across the flat, when suddenly there was a noise of horses galloping. Out of +the gate in the trees that they had just left rode a Black Rider. He reined +his horse in, and halted, swaying in his saddle. Another followed him, and +then another; then again two more. + +’Ride forward! Ride!' cried Glorfindel to Frodo. + +He did not obey at once, for a strange reluctance seized him. Checking +the horse to a walk, he turned and looked back. The Riders seemed to sit +upon their great steeds like threatening statues upon a hill, dark and +solid, while all the woods and land about them receded as if into a mist. +Suddenly he knew in his heart that they were silently commanding him to +wait. Then at once fear and hatred awoke in him. His hand left the bridle +and gripped the hilt of his sword, and with a red flash he drew it. + +'Ride on! Ride on!' cried Glorfindel, and then loud and clear he called +to the horse in the elf-tongue: noro lim, noro lim, Asfaloth! + +At once the white horse sprang away and sped like the wind along the +last lap of the Road. At the same moment the black horses leaped down the +hill in pursuit, and from the Riders came a terrible cry, such as Frodo had +heard filling the woods with horror in the Eastfarthing far away. It was +answered; and to the dismay of Frodo and his friends out from the trees and + + + + +rocks away on the left four other Riders came flying. Two rode towards +Frodo: two galloped madly towards the Ford to cut off his escape. They +seemed to him to run like the wind and to grow swiftly larger and darker, as +their courses converged with his. + +Frodo looked back for a moment over his shoulder. He could no longer +see his friends. The Riders behind were falling back: even their great +steeds were no match in speed for the white elf-horse of Glorfindel. He +looked forward again, and hope faded. There seemed no chance of reaching the +Ford before he was cut off by the others that had lain in ambush. He could +see them clearly now: they appeared to have cast aside their hoods and black +cloaks, and they were robed in white and grey. Swords were naked in their +pale hands; helms were on their heads. Their cold eyes glittered, and they +called to him with fell voices. + +Fear now filled all Frodo's mind. He thought no longer of his sword. No +cry came from him. He shut his eyes and clung to the horse's mane. The wind +whistled in his ears, and the bells upon the harness rang wild and shrill. A +breath of deadly cold pierced him like a spear, as with a last spurt, like a +flash of white fire, the elf-horse speeding as if on wings, passed right +before the face of the foremost Rider. + +Frodo heard the splash of water. It foamed about his feet. He felt the +quick heave and surge as the horse left the river and struggled up the stony +path. He was climbing the steep bank. He was across the Ford. + +But the pursuers were close behind. At the top of the bank the horse +halted and turned about neighing fiercely. There were Nine Riders at the +water's edge below, and Frodo's spirit quailed before the threat of their +uplifted faces. He knew of nothing that would prevent them from crossing as +easily as he had done; and he felt that it was useless to try to escape over +the long uncertain path from the Ford to the edge of Rivendell, if once the +Riders crossed. In any case he felt that he was commanded urgently to halt. +Hatred again stirred in him, but he had no longer the strength to refuse. + +Suddenly the foremost Rider spurred his horse forward. It checked at +the water and reared up. With a great effort Frodo sat upright and +brandished his sword. + +'Go back!' he cried. 'Go back to the Land of Mordor, and follow me no +more! ' His voice sounded thin and shrill in his own ears. The Riders +halted, but Frodo had not the power of Bombadil. His enemies laughed at him +with a harsh and chilling laughter. 'Come back! Come back!' they called. 'To + + + + +Mordor we will take you!' + +’Go back!' he whispered. + +The Ring! The Ring!' they cried with deadly voices; and immediately +their leader urged his horse forward into the water, followed closely by two +others. + +'By Elbereth and L®thien the Fair,' said Frodo with a last effort, +lifting up his sword, 'you shall have neither the Ring nor me!' + +Then the leader, who was now half across the Ford, stood up menacing in +his stirrups, and raised up his hand. Frodo was stricken dumb. He felt his +tongue cleave to his mouth, and his heart labouring. His sword broke and +fell out of his shaking hand. The elf-horse reared and snorted. The foremost +of the black horses had almost set foot upon the shore. + +At that moment there came a roaring and a rushing: a noise of loud +waters rolling many stones. Dimly Frodo saw the river below him rise, and +down along its course there came a plumed cavalry of waves. White flames +seemed to Frodo to flicker on their crests and he half fancied that he saw +amid the water white riders upon white horses with frothing manes. The three +Riders that were still in the midst of the Ford were overwhelmed: they +disappeared, buried suddenly under angry foam. Those that were behind drew +back in dismay. + +With his last failing senses Frodo heard cries, and it seemed to him +that he saw, beyond the Riders that hesitated on the shore, a shining figure +of white light; and behind it ran small shadowy forms waving flames, that +flared red in the grey mist that was falling over the world. + +The black horses were filled with madness, and leaping forward in +terror they bore their riders into the rushing flood. Their piercing cries +were drowned in the roaring of the river as it carried them away. Then Frodo +felt himself falling, and the roaring and confusion seemed to rise and +engulf him together with his enemies. He heard and saw no more. + + + + +* BOOK II * + + + +Chapter 1 . Many Meetings + +Frodo woke and found himself lying in bed. At first he thought that he +had slept late, after a long unpleasant dream that still hovered on the edge +of memory. Or perhaps he had been ill? But the ceiling looked strange; it +was flat, and it had dark beams richly carved. He lay a little while longer +looking at patches of sunlight on the wall, and listening to the sound of a +waterfall. + +'Where am I, and what is the time?' he said aloud to the ceiling. 'In +the House of Elrond, and it is ten o'clock in the morning.' said a voice. + +'It is the morning of October the twenty -fourth, if you want to know.' + +'Gandalf!' cried Frodo, sitting up. There was the old wizard, sitting +in a chair by the open window. + +'Yes,' he said, 'I am here. And you are lucky to be here, too, after +all the absurd things you have done since you left home.' Frodo lay down +again. He felt too comfortable and peaceful to argue, and in any case he did +not think he would get the better of an argument. He was fully awake now, +and the memory of his journey was returning: the disastrous 'short cut' +through the Old Forest the 'accident' at The Prancing Pony ; and his madness +in putting on the Ring in the dell under Weathertop. While he was thinking +of all these things and trying in vain to bring his memory down to his +arriving in Rivendell, there was a long silence, broken only by the soft +puffs of Gandalf s pipe, as he blew white smoke -rings out of the window. + +'Where's Sam?' Frodo asked at length. 'And are the others all right?' + +'Yes, they are all safe and sound,' answered Gandalf. 'Sam was here +until I sent him off to get some rest, about half an hour ago.' + +'What happened at the Ford?' said Frodo. 'It all seemed so dim somehow; +and it still does.’ + +'Yes, it would. You were beginning to fade,' answered Gandalf. 'The +wound was overcoming you at last. A few more hours and you would have +been + +beyond our aid. But you have some strength in you, my dear hobbit! As you +showed in the Barrow. That was touch and go: perhaps the most dangerous + + + + +moment of all. I wish you could have held out at Weathertop.' + +'You seem to know a great deal already,' said Frodo. 'I have not spoken +to the others about the Barrow. At first it was too horrible; and afterwards +there were other things to think about. How do you know about it?' + +'You have talked long in your sleep, Frodo,' said Gandalf gently, 'and +it has not been hard for me to read your mind and memory. Do not worry! +Though I said "absurd" just now, I did not mean it. I think well of you-and +of the others. It is no small feat to have come so far, and through such +dangers, still bearing the Ring.' + +'We should never have done it without Strider,' said Frodo. 'But we +needed you. I did not know what to do without you.' + +'I was delayed,' said Gandalf, 'and that nearly proved our ruin. And +yet I am not sure; it may have been better so.' + +'I wish you would tell me what happened!' + +'All in good time! You are not supposed to talk or worry about anything +today, by Elrond's orders.' + +'But talking would stop me thinking and wondering, which are quite as +tiring,’ said Frodo. ’I am wide awake now, and I remember so many things +that want explaining. Why were you delayed? You ought to tell me that at +least.' + +'You will soon hear all you wish to know,' said Gandalf. 'We shall have +a Council, as soon as you are well enough. At the moment I will only say +that I was held captive.' + +'You?' cried Frodo. + +'Yes, I, Gandalf the Grey,' said the wizard solemnly. 'There are many +powers in the world, for good or for evil. Some are greater than I am. +Against some I have not yet been measured. But my time is coming. The +Morgul-lord and his Black Riders have come forth. War is preparing!' + +'Then you knew of the Riders already -before I met them?’ + +'Yes, I knew of them. Indeed I spoke of them once to you; for the Black +Riders are the Ringwraiths, the Nine Servants of the Lord of the Rings. But +I did not know that they had arisen again or I should have fled with you at +once. I heard news of them only after I left you in June; but that story +must wait. For the moment we have been saved from disaster, by Aragorn.' + +'Yes,' said Frodo, 'it was Strider that saved us. Yet I was afraid of +him at first. Sam never quite trusted him. I think, not at any rate until we +met Glorfindel.' + + + + +Gandalf smiled. V I have heard all about Sam,' he said. 'He has no more +doubts now.' + +'I am glad,' said Frodo. 'For I have become very fond of Strider. Well, +fond is not the right word. I mean he is dear to me; though he is strange, +and grim at times. In fact, he reminds me often of you. I didn't know that +any of the Big People were like that. I thought, well, that they were just +big, and rather stupid: kind and stupid like Butterbur; or stupid and wicked +like Bill Ferny. But then we don't know much about Men in the Shire, except +perhaps the Breelanders.' + +'You don't know much even about them, if you think old Barliman is +stupid,' said Gandalf. 'He is wise enough on his own ground. He thinks less +than he talks, and slower; yet he can see through a brick wall in time (as +they say in Bree). But there are few left in Middle-earth like Aragorn son +of Arathorn. The race of the Kings from over the Sea is nearly at an end. It +may be that this War of the Ring will be their last adventure.' + +'Do you really mean that Strider is one of the people of the old +Kings?' said Frodo in wonder. 'I thought they had all vanished long ago. I +thought he was only a Ranger.' + +'Only a Ranger!' cried Gandalf. 'My dear Frodo, that is just what the +Rangers are: the last remnant in the North of the great people, the Men of +the West. They have helped me before; and I shall need their help in the +days to come; for we have reached Rivendell, but the Ring is not yet at +rest.' + +'I suppose not,' said Frodo. 'But so far my only thought has been to +get here; and I hope I shan't have to go any further. It is very pleasant +just to rest. I have had a month of exile and adventure, and I find that has +been as much as I want.' + +He fell silent and shut his eyes. After a while he spoke again. 'I have +been reckoning,' he said, 'and I can't bring the total up to October the +twenty-fourth. It ought to be the twenty-first. We must have reached the +Ford by the twentieth.' + +'You have talked and reckoned more than is good for you,' said Gandalf. +'How do the side and shoulder feel now?’ + +’I don't know.' Frodo answered. 'They don't feel at all: which is an +improvement, but'— he made an effort— 'I can move my arm again a little. +Yes, it is coming back to life. It is not cold,' he added, touching his left +hand with his right. + + + + +'Good!' said Gandalf. "It is mending fast. You will soon be sound +again. Elrond has cured you: he has tended you for days, ever since you were +brought in.' + +'Days?' said Frodo. + +'Well, four nights and three days, to be exact. The Elves brought you +from this where you lost count. We have been terribly anxious, and Sam has +hardly left your side, day or night, except to run messages. Elrond is a +master of healing, but the weapons of our Enemy are deadly. To tell you the +truth, I had very little hope; for I suspected that there was some fragment +of the blade still in the closed wound. But it could not be found until last +night. Then Elrond removed a splinter. It was deeply buried, and it was +working inwards.' + +Frodo shuddered, remembering the cruel knife with notched blade that +had vanished in Strider's hands. 'Don't be alarmed!' said Gandalf. 'It is +gone now. It has been melted. And it seems that Hobbits fade very +reluctantly. I have known strong warriors of the Big People who would +quickly have been overcome by that splinter, which you bore for seventeen +days.’ + +'What would they have done to me?’ asked Frodo. 'What were the Riders +trying to do?’ + +'They tried to pierce your heart with a Morgul-knife which remains in +the wound. If they had succeeded, you would have become like they are, only +weaker and under their command. You would have became a wraith under +the + +dominion of the Dark Lord; and he would have tormented you for trying to +keep his Ring, if any greater torment were possible than being robbed of it +and seeing it on his hand.' + +'Thank goodness I did not realize the horrible danger!' said Frodo +faintly. I was mortally afraid, of course; but if I had known more, I should +not have dared even to move. It is a marvel that I escaped!' + +'Yes, fortune or fate have helped you,' said Gandalf, 'not to mention +courage. For your heart was not touched, and only your shoulder was pierced; +and that was because you resisted to the last. But it was a terribly narrow +shave, so to speak. You were in gravest peril while you wore the Ring, for +then you were half in the wraith- world yourself, and they might have seized +you. You could see them, and they could see you.’ + +'I know,' said Frodo. 'They were terrible to behold! But why could we + + + + +all see their horses?' + +'Because they are real horses; just as the black robes are real robes +that they wear to give shape to their nothingness when they have dealings +with the living.' + +'Then why do these black horses endure such riders? All other animals +are terrified when they draw near, even the elf-horse of Glorfindel. The +dogs howl and the geese scream at them.’ + +'Because these horses are born and bred to the service of the Dark Lord +in Mordor. Not all his servants and chattels are wraiths! There are ores and +trolls, there are wargs and werewolves; and there have been and still are +many Men, warriors and kings, that walk alive under the Sun, and yet are +under his sway. And their number is growing daily.’ + +'What about Rivendell and the Elves? Is Rivendell safe?’ + +'Yes, at present, until all else is conquered. The Elves may fear the +Dark Lord, and they may fly before him, but never again will they listen to +him or serve him. And here in Rivendell there live still some of his chief +foes: the Elven-wise, lords of the Eldar from beyond the furthest seas. They +do not fear the Ringwraiths, for those who have dwelt in the Blessed Realm +live at once in both worlds, and against both the Seen and the Unseen they +have great power.' + +'I thought that I saw a white figure that shone and did not grow dim +like the others. Was that Glorfindel then?' + +'Yes, you saw him for a moment as he is upon the other side: one of the +mighty of the Firstborn. Lie is an Elf-lord of a house of princes. Indeed +there is a power in Rivendell to withstand the might of Mordor, for a while: +and elsewhere other powers still dwell. There is power, too, of another kind +in the Shire. But all such places will soon become islands under siege, if +things go on as they are going. The Dark Lord is putting forth all his +strength. + +'Still,' he said, standing suddenly up and sticking out his chin, while +his beard went stiff and straight like bristling wire, 'we must keep up our +courage. You will soon be well, if I do not talk you to death. You are in +Rivendell, and you need not worry about anything for the present.' + +'I haven't any courage to keep up,' said Frodo, 'but I am not worried +at the moment. Just give me news of my friends, and tell me the end of the +affair at the Ford, as I keep on asking, and I shall be content for the +present. After that I shall have another sleep, I think; but I shan't be + + + + +able to close my eyes until you have finished the story for me.' + +Gandalf moved his chair to the bedside, and took a good look at Frodo. + +The colour had come back to his face, and his eyes were clear, and fully +awake and aware. He was smiling, and there seemed to be little wrong with +him. But to the wizard's eye there was a faint change just a hint as it were +of transparency, about him, and especially about the left hand that lay +outside upon the coverlet. + +'Still that must be expected,' said Gandalf to himself. 'He is not half +through yet, and to what he will come in the end not even Elrond can +foretell. Not to evil, I think. He may become like a glass filled with a +clear light for eyes to see that can.' + +'You look splendid,' he said aloud. 'I will risk a brief tale without +consulting Elrond. But quite brief, mind you, and then you must sleep again. +This is what happened, as far as I can gather. The Riders made straight for +you, as soon as you fled. They did not need the guidance of their horses any +longer: you had become visible to them, being already on the threshold of +their world. And also the Ring drew them. Your friends sprang aside, off the +road, or they would have been ridden down. They knew that nothing could save +you, if the white horse could not. The Riders were too swift to overtake, +and too many to oppose. On foot even Glorfindel and Aragorn together could +not with stand all the Nine at once. + +'When the Ring wraiths swept by, your friends ran up behind. Close to +the Ford there is a small hollow beside the road masked by a few stunted +trees. There they hastily kindled fire; for Glorfindel knew that a flood +would come down, if the Riders tried to cross, and then he would have to +deal with any that were left on his side of the river. The moment the flood +appeared, he rushed out, followed by Aragorn and the. others with flaming +brands. Caught between fire and water, and seeing an Elf-lord revealed in +his wrath, they were dismayed, and their horses were stricken with madness. +Three were carried away by the first assault of the flood; the others were +now hurled into the water by their horses and overwhelmed.' + +'And is that the end of the Black Riders?' asked Frodo. + +'No,' said Gandalf. 'Their horses must have perished, and without them +they are crippled. But the Ringwraiths themselves cannot be so easily +destroyed. However, there is nothing more to fear from them at present. Your +friends crossed after the flood had passed; and they found you lying on your +face at the top of the bank, with a broken sword under you. The horse was + + + + +standing guard beside you. You were pale and cold, and they feared that you +were dead, or worse. Elrond's folk met them, carrying you slowly towards +Ri vendell. ' + +'Who made the flood?' asked Frodo. + +'Elrond commanded it,' answered Gandalf. 'The river of this valley is +under his power, and it will rise in anger when he has great need to bar the +Ford. As soon as the captain of the Ringwraiths rode into the water the +flood was released. If I may say so, I added a few touches of my own: you +may not have noticed, but some of the waves took the form of great white +horses with shining white riders; and there were many rolling and grinding +boulders. For a moment I was afraid that we had let loose too fierce a +wrath, and the flood would get out of hand and wash you all away. There is +great vigour in the waters that come down from the snows of the Misty +Mountains.' + +'Yes, it all comes back to me now,’ said Frodo: 'the tremendous +roaring. I thought I was drowning, with my friends and enemies and all. But +now we are safe!' + +Gandalf looked quickly at Frodo, but he had shut his eyes. 'Yes, you +are all safe for the present. Soon there will be feasting and merrymaking to +celebrate the victory at the Ford of Bruinen, and you will all be there in +places of honour.' + +'Splendid!' said Frodo. 'It is wonderful that Elrond, and Glorfindel +and such great lords, not to mention Strider, should take so much trouble +and show me so much kindness.’ + +'Well, there are many reasons why they should,’ said Gandalf, smiling. + +'I am one good reason. The Ring is another: you are the Ring-bearer. And you +are the heir of Bilbo, the Ring-finder.’ + +'Dear Bilbo!’ said Frodo sleepily. 'I wonder where he is. I wish he was +here and could hear all about it. It would have made him laugh, The cow +jumped over the Moon! And the poor old troll!’ With that he fell fast +asleep. + +Frodo was now safe in the Fast Homely House east of the Sea. That house +was, as Bilbo had long ago reported, 'a perfect house, whether you like food +or sleep, or story-telling or singing, or just sitting and thinking best, or +a pleasant mixture of them all'. Merely to be there was a cure for +weariness, fear, and sadness. + +As the evening drew on, Frodo woke up again, and he found that he no + + + + +longer felt in need of rest or sleep, but had a mind for food and drink, and +probably for singing and story-telling afterwards. He got out of bed and +discovered that his arm was already nearly as useful again as it ever had +been. He found laid ready clean garments of green cloth that fitted him +excellently. Looking in a mirror he was startled to see a much thinner +reflection of himself than he remembered: it looked remarkably like the +young nephew of Bilbo who used to go tramping with his uncle in the Shire; +but the eyes looked out at him thoughtfully. + +'Yes, you have seen a thing or two since you last peeped out of a +looking-glass,' he said to his reflection. 'But now for a merry meeting!' + +He stretched out his arms and whistled a tune. + +At that moment there was a knock on the door, and Sam came in. He ran +to Frodo and took his left hand, awkwardly and shyly. He stroked it gently +and then he blushed and turned hastily away. + +'Hullo, Sam!’ said Frodo. + +'It's warm!' said Sam. 'Meaning your hand, Mr. Frodo. It has felt so +cold through the long nights. But glory and trumpets!’ he cried, turning +round again with shining eyes and dancing on the floor. ’It's fine to see +you up and yourself again, sir! Gandalf asked me to come and see if you were +ready to come down, and I thought he was joking.' + +'I am ready,' said Frodo. 'Let's go and look for the rest of the +party!' + +'I can take you to them, sir,' said Sam. 'It's a big house this, and +very peculiar. Always a bit more to discover, and no knowing what you'll +find round a corner. And Elves, sir! Elves here, and Elves there! Some like +kings, terrible and splendid; and some as merry as children. And the music +and the singing-not that I have had the time or the heart for much listening +since we got here. But I'm getting to know some of the ways of the place.' + +'I know what you have been doing, Sam,' said Frodo, taking his arm. +'But you shall be merry tonight, and listen to your heart's content. Come +on, guide me round the corners!' + +Sam led him along several passages and down many steps and out into a +high garden above the steep bank of the river. He found his friends sitting +in a porch on the side of the house looking east. Shadows had fallen in the +valley below, but there was still a light on the faces of the mountains far +above. The air was warm. The sound of running and falling water was loud, +and the evening was filled with a faint scent of trees and flowers, as if + + + + +summer still lingered in Elrond's gardens. + +'Hurray!' cried Pippin, springing up. 'Here is our noble cousin! Make +way for Frodo, Lord of the Ring!' + +'Hush!' said Gandalf from the shadows at the back of the porch. 'Evil +things do not come into this valley; but all the same we should not name +them. The Lord of the Ring is not Frodo, but the master of the Dark Tower of +Mordor, whose power is again stretching out over the world! We are sitting +in a fortress. Outside it is getting dark.’ + +'Gandalf has been saying many cheerful things like that,’ said Pippin. + +'He thinks I need keeping in order. But it seems impossible, somehow, to +feel gloomy or depressed in this place. I feel I could sing, if I knew the +right song for the occasion.’ + +'I feel like singing myself,' laughed Frodo. 'Though at the moment I +feel more like eating and drinking!’ + +'That will soon be cured,’ said Pippin. 'You have shown your usual +cunning in getting up just in time for a meal.’ + +'More than meal! A feast!’ said Merry. 'As soon as Gandalf reported +that you were recovered, the preparations began.’ He had hardly finished +speaking when they were summoned to the hall by the ringing of many bells. + +The hall of Elrond's house was filled with folk: Elves for the most +part, though there were a few guests of other sorts. Elrond, as was his +custom, sat in a great chair at the end of the long table upon the dais; and +next to him on the one side sat Glorfindel, on the other side sat Gandalf. + +Frodo looked at them in wonder, for he had never before seen Elrond, of +whom so many tales spoke; and as they sat upon his right hand and his left, +Glorfindel, and even Gandalf, whom he thought he knew so well, were +revealed + +as lords of dignity and power. Gandalf was shorter in stature than the other +two; but his long white hair, his sweeping silver beard, and his broad +shoulders, made him look like some wise king of ancient legend. In his aged +face under great snowy brows his dark eyes were set like coals that could +leap suddenly into fire. + +Glorfindel was tall and straight; his hair was of shining gold, his +face fair and young and fearless and full of joy; his eyes were bright and +keen, and his voice like music; on his brow sat wisdom, and in his hand was +strength. + +The face of Elrond was ageless, neither old nor young, though in it was + + + + +written the memory of many things both glad and sorrowful. His hair was dark +as the shadows of twilight, and upon it was set a circlet of silver; his +eyes were grey as a clear evening, and in them was a light like the light of +stars. Venerable he seemed as a king crowned with many winters, and yet hale +as a tried warrior in the fulness of his strength. He was the Lord of +Rivendell and mighty among both Elves and Men. + +In the middle of the table, against the woven cloths upon the wall, +there was a chair under a canopy, and there sat a lady fair to look upon, +and so like was she in form of womanhood to Elrond that Frodo guessed that +she was one of his close kindred. Young she was and yet not so. The braids +of her dark hair were touched by no frost, her white arms and clear face +were flawless and smooth, and the light of stars was in her bright eyes, +grey as a cloudless night; yet queenly she looked, and thought and knowledge +were in her glance, as of one who has known many things that the years +bring. Above her brow her head was covered with a cap of silver lace netted +with small gems, glittering white; but her soft grey raiment had no ornament +save a girdle of leaves wrought in silver. + +So it was that Frodo saw her whom few mortals had yet seen; Arwen, +daughter of Elrond, in whom it was said that the likeness of L®thien had +come on earth again; and she was called Undumiel, for she was the Evenstar +of her people. Long she had been in the land of her mother's kin, in Lurien +beyond the mountains, and was but lately returned to Rivendell to her +father's house. But her brothers, Elladan and Elrohir, were out upon +errantry: for they rode often far afield with the Rangers of the North, +forgetting never their mother's torment in the dens of the ores. + +Such loveliness in living thing Frodo had never seen before nor +imagined in his mind; and he was both surprised and abashed to find that he +had a seat at Elrond' s table among all these folk so high and fair. Though +he had a suitable chair, and was raised upon several cushions, he felt very +small, and rather out of place; but that feeling quickly passed. The feast +was merry and the food all that his hunger could desire. It was some time +before he looked about him again or even turned to his neighbours. + +He looked first for his friends. Sam had begged to be allowed to wait +on his master, but had been told that for this time he was a guest of +honour. Frodo could see him now, sitting with Pippin and Merry at the upper +end of one of the side-tables close to the dais. He could see no sign of +Strider. + + + + +Next to Frodo on his right sat a dwarf of important appearance, richly +dressed. His beard, very long and forked, was white, nearly as white as the +snow-white cloth of his garments. He wore a silver belt, and round his neck +hung a chain of silver and diamonds. Frodo stopped eating to look at him. + +'Welcome and well met!' said the dwarf, turning towards him. Then he +actually rose from his seat and bowed. 'Gluin at your service,' he said, and +bowed still lower. + +'Frodo Baggins at your service and your family's,' said Frodo +correctly, rising in surprise and scattering his cushions. 'Am I right in +guessing that you are the Gluin, one of the twelve companions of the great +Thorin Oaken shield?' + +'Quite right,' answered the dwarf, gathering up the cushions and +courteously assisting Frodo back into his seat. 'And I do not ask, for I +have already been told that you are the kinsman and adopted heir of our +friend Bilbo the renowned. Allow me to congratulate you on your recovery.' + +'Thank you very much,’ said Frodo. + +'You have had some very strange adventures, I hear,' said Gluin. 'I +wonder greatly what brings four hobbits on so long a journey. Nothing like +it has happened since Bilbo came with us. But perhaps I should not inquire +too closely, since Elrond and Gandalf do not seem disposed to talk of this?' + +'I think we will not speak of it, at least not yet,' said Frodo +politely. + +He guessed that even in Elrond's house the matter of the Ring was not +one for casual talk; and in any case he wished to forget his troubles for a +time. 'But I am equally curious,' he added, 'to learn what brings so +important a dwarf so far from the Lonely Mountain.' + +Gluin looked at him. 'If you have not heard, I think we will not speak +yet of that either. Master Elrond will summon us all ere long, I believe, +and then we shall all hear many things. But there is much else that may be +told.' + +Throughout the rest of the meal they talked together, but Frodo +listened more than he spoke; for the news of the Shire, apart from the Ring, +seemed small and far-away and unimportant, while Gluin had much to tell of +events in the northern regions of Wilderland. Frodo learned that Grimbeorn +the Old, son of Beorn, was now the lord of many sturdy men, and to their +land between the Mountains and Mirkwood neither ore nor wolf dared to go. + +'Indeed,' said Gluin, 'if it were not for the Beornings, the passage + + + + +from Dale to Rivendell would long ago have become impossible. They are +valiant men and keep open the High Pass and the Ford of Carrock. But their +tolls are high,' he added with a shake of his head; 'and like Beorn of old +they are not over fond of dwarves. Still, they are trusty, and that is much +in these days. Nowhere are there any men so friendly to us as the Men of +Dale. They are good folk, the Bardings. The grandson of Bard the Bowman +rules them, Brand son of Bain son of Bard. He is a strong king, and his +realm now reaches far south and east of Esgaroth.' + +'And what of your own people?' asked Frodo. + +'There is much to tell, good and bad,' said Gluin; 'yet it is mostly +good: we have so far been fortunate, though we do not escape the shadow of +these times. If you really wish to hear of us, I will tell you tidings +gladly. But stop me when you are weary! Dwarves' tongues run on when +speaking of their handiwork, they say.' + +And with that Gluin embarked on a long account of the doings of the +Dwarf-kingdom. He was delighted to have found so polite a listener; for +Frodo showed no sign of weariness and made no attempt to change the subject, +though actually he soon got rather lost among the strange names of people +and places that he had never heard of before. He was interested, however, to +hear that Dbin was still King under the Mountain, and was now old (having +passed his two hundred and fiftieth year), venerable, and fabulously rich. + +Of the ten companions who had survived the Battle of Five Armies seven were +still with him: Dwalin, Gluin, Dori, Nori, Bifur, Bofur, and Bombur. Bombur +was now so fat that he could not move himself from his couch to his chair at +table, and it took six young dwarves to lift him. + +'And what has become of Balin and Ori and Uin?' asked Frodo. + +A shadow passed over Gluin's face. 'We do not know,' he answered. 'It +is largely on account of Balin that I have come to ask the advice of those +that dwell in Rivendell. But tonight let us speak of merrier things!' + +Gluin began then to talk of the works of his people, telling Frodo +about their great labours in Dale and under the Mountain. 'We have done +well,' he said. 'But in metalwork we cannot rival our fathers, many of +whose, secrets are lost. We make good armour and keen swords, but we cannot +again make mail or blade to match those that were made before the dragon +came. Only in mining and building have we surpassed the old days. You should +see the waterways of Dale, Frodo, and the fountains, and the pools! You +should see the stone-paved roads of many colours! And the halls and + + + + +cavernous streets under the earth with arches carved like trees; and the +terraces and towers upon the Mountain’s sides! Then you would see that we +have not been idle.’ + +'I will come and see them, if ever I can,' said Frodo. 'How surprised +Bilbo would have been to see all the changes in the Desolation of Smaug!' + +Gluin looked at Frodo and smiled. 'You were very fond of Bilbo were you +not?' he asked. + +'Yes,' answered Frodo. 1 would rather see him than all the towers and +palaces in the world.' + +At length the feast came to an end. Elrond and Arwen rose and went down +the hall, and the company followed them in due order. The doors were thrown +open, and they went across a wide passage and through other doors, and came +into a further hall. In it were no tables, but a bright fire was burning in +a great hearth between the carven pillars upon either side. + +Frodo found himself walking with Gandalf. 'This is the Hall of Fire' +said the wizard. 'Here you will hear many songs and tales-if you can keep +awake. But except on high days it usually stands empty and quiet, and people +come here who wish for peace, and thought. There is always a fire here, all +the year round, but there is little other light.' + +As Elrond entered and went towards the seat prepared for him, elvish +minstrels began to make sweet music. Slowly the hall filled, and Frodo +looked with delight upon the many fair faces that were gathered together; +the golden firelight played upon them and shimmered in their hair. Suddenly +he noticed, not far from the further end of the fire, a small dark figure +seated on a stool with his back propped against a pillar. Beside him on the +ground was a drinking-cup and some bread. Frodo wondered whether he was +ill + +(if people were ever ill in Ri vendell), and had been unable to come to the +feast. His head seemed sunk in sleep on his breast, and a fold of his dark +cloak was drawn over his face. + +Elrond went forward and stood beside the silent figure. 'Awake little +master, he said, with a smile. Then, turning to Frodo, he beckoned to him. +'Now at last the hour has come that you have wished for, Frodo,' he said. +'Here is a friend that you have long missed.' + +The dark figure raised its head and uncovered its face. + +'Bilbo!' cried Frodo with sudden recognition, and he sprang forward. + +'Hullo, Frodo my lad!’ said Bilbo. 'So you have got here at last. I + + + + +hoped you would manage it. Well, well! So all this feasting is in your +honour, I hear. I hope you enjoyed yourself?' + +'Why weren't you there?' cried Frodo. 'And why haven't I been allowed +to see you before?' + +'Because you were asleep. I have seen a good deal of you. I have sat by +your side with Sam each day. But as for the feast' I don't go in for such +things much now. And I had something else to do.' + +'What were you doing?’ + +'Why, sitting and thinking. I do a lot of that nowadays, and this is +the best place to do it in, as a rule. Wake up, indeed!’ he said, cocking an +eye at Elrond. There was a bright twinkle in it and no sign of sleepiness +that Frodo could see. 'Wake up! I was not asleep. Master Elrond. If you want +to know, you have all come out from your feast too soon, and you have +disturbed me-in the middle of making up a song. I was stuck over a line or +two, and was thinking about them; but now I don't suppose I shall ever get +them right. There will be such a deal of singing that the ideas will be +driven clean out of my head. I shall have to get my friend the D®nadan to +help me. Where is he?' + +Elrond laughed. 'He shall be found,' he said. 'Then you two shall go +into a corner and finish your task, and we will hear it and judge it before +we end our merrymaking.' Messengers were sent to find Bilbo's friend, though +none knew where he was, or why he had not been present at the feast. + +In the meanwhile Frodo and Bilbo sat side by side, and Sam came quickly +and placed himself near them. They talked together in soft voices, oblivious +of the mirth and music in the hall about them. Bilbo had not much to say of +himself. When he had left Hobbiton he had wandered off aimlessly, along the +Road or in the country on either side; but somehow he had steered all the +time towards Ri vendell. 'I got here without much adventure,' he said, 'and +after a rest I went on with the dwarves to Dale: my last journey. I shan't +travel again. Old Balin had gone away. Then I came back here, and here I +have been. I have done this and that. I have written some more of my book. +And, of course, I make up a few songs. They sing them occasionally: just to +please me, I think; for, of course, they aren't really good enough for +Rivendell. And I listen and I think. Time doesn't seem to pass here: it just +is. A remarkable place altogether. + +'I hear all kinds of news, from over the Mountains, and out of the +South, but hardly anything from the Shire. I heard about the Ring, of + + + + +course. Gandalf has been here often. Not that he has told me a great deal, +he has become closer than ever these last few years. The D®nadan has told me +more. Fancy that ring of mine causing such a disturbance! It is a pity that +Gandalf did not find out more sooner. I could have brought the thing here +myself long ago without so much trouble. I have thought several times of +going back to Hobbiton for it; but I am getting old, and they would not let +me: Gandalf and Elrond, I mean. They seemed to think that the Enemy was +looking high and low for me, and would make mincemeat of me, if he caught +me + +tottering about in the Wild. + +'And Gandalf said: "The Ring has passed on, Bilbo. It would do no good +to you or to others, if you tried to meddle with it again." Odd sort of +remark, just like Gandalf. But he said he was looking after you, so I let +things be. I am frightfully glad to see you safe and sound.' He paused and +looked at Frodo doubtfully. + +'Have you got it here?' he asked in a whisper. I can't help feeling +curious, you know, after all I've heard. I should very much like just to +peep at it again.' + +'Yes, I've got it,' answered Frodo, feeling a strange reluctance. 'It +looks just the same as ever it did.' + +'Well, I should just like to see it for a moment,' said Bilbo. + +When he had dressed, Frodo found that while he slept the Ring had been +hung about his neck on a new chain, light but strong. Slowly he drew it out. +Bilbo put out his hand. But Frodo quickly drew back the Ring. To his +distress and amazement he found that he was no longer looking at Bilbo; a +shadow seemed to have fallen between them, and through it he found himself +eyeing a little wrinkled creature with a hungry face and bony groping hands. +He felt a desire to strike him. + +The music and singing round them seemed to falter and a silence fell. +Bilbo looked quickly at Frodo's face and passed his hand across his eyes. 'I +understand now,' he said. 'Put it away! I am sorry: sorry you have come in +for this burden: sorry about everything. Don't adventures ever have an end? + +I suppose not. Someone else always has to carry on the story. Well, it can't +be helped. I wonder if it's any good trying to finish my book? But don't +let's worry about it now-let's have some real News! Tell me all about the +Shire!' + +Frodo hid the Ring away, and the shadow passed leaving hardly a shred + + + + +of memory. The light and music of Rivendell was about him again. Bilbo +smiled and laughed happily. Every item of news from the Shire that Frodo +could tell-aided and corrected now and again by Sam-was of the greatest +interest to him, from the felling of the least tree to the pranks of the +smallest child in Hobbiton. They were so deep in the doings of the Four +Farthings that they did not notice the arrival of a man clad in dark green +cloth. For many minutes he stood looking down at them with a smile. + +Suddenly Bilbo looked up. 'Ah, there you are at last, D®nadan!’ he +cried. + +'Strider!' said Frodo. 'You seem to have a lot of names.' + +'Well, Strider is one that I haven't heard before, anyway,' said Bilbo. + +'What do you call him that for?’ + +'They call me that in Bree,’ said Strider laughing, 'and that is how I +was introduced to him.' + +'And why do you call him D®nadan?’ asked Frodo. + +' The D®nadan,' said Bilbo. 'Fie is often called that here. But I thought +you knew enough Elvish at least to know d®n-udan: Man of the West, +N®menorean. But this is not the time for lessons!’ He turned to Strider. + +'Where have you been, my friend? Why weren't you at the feast? The Fady +Arwen was there.' + +Strider looked down at Bilbo gravely. 'I know,' he said. 'But often I +must put mirth aside. Elladan and Elrohir have returned out of the Wild +unlooked-for, and they had tidings that I wished to hear at once.' + +'Well, my dear fellow,' said Bilbo, 'now you've heard the news, can't +you spare me a moment? I want your help in something urgent. Elrond says +this song of mine is to be finished before the end of the evening, and I am +stuck. Fet's go off into a corner and polish it up!' + +Strider smiled. 'Come then!' he said. 'Fet me hear it!’ + +Frodo was left to himself for a while, for Sam had fallen asleep. He +was alone and felt rather forlorn' although all about him the folk of +Rivendell were gathered. But those near him were silent, intent upon the +music of the voices and the instruments, and they gave no heed to anything +else. Frodo began to listen. + +At first the beauty of the melodies and of the interwoven words in +elven-tongues, even though he understood them little' held him in a spell, +as soon as he began to attend to them. Almost it seemed that the words took +shape, and visions of far lands and bright things that he had never yet + + + + +imagined opened out before him; and the firelit hall became like a golden +mist above seas of foam that sighed upon the margins of the world. Then the +enchantment became more and more dreamlike, until he felt that an endless +river of swelling gold and silver was flowing over him, too multitudinous +for its pattern to be comprehended; it became part of the throbbing air +about him, and it drenched and drowned him. Swiftly he sank under its +shining weight into a deep realm of sleep. + +There he wandered long in a dream of music that turned into running +water, and then suddenly into a voice. It seemed to be the voice of Bilbo +chanting verses. Faint at first and then clearer ran the words. + +Edrendil was a mariner +that tarried in Arvernien; +he built a boat of timber felled +in Nimbrethil to journey in; +her sails he wove of silver fair, +of silver were her lanterns made, +her prow was fashioned like a swan, +and light upon her banners laid. + +In panoply of ancient kings, +in chain, d rings he armoured him; +his shining shield was scored with runes +to ward all wounds and harm from him; +his bow was made of dragon-horn, +his arrows shorn of ebony, +of silver was his habergeon, +his scabbard of chalcedony; +his sword of steel was valiant, +of adamant his helmet tall, +an eagle-plume upon his crest, +upon his breast an emerald. + +Beneath the Moon and under star +he wandered far from northern strands, +bewildered on enchanted ways +beyond the days of mortal lands. + +From gnashing of the Narrow Ice + + + + +where shadow lies on frozen hills, +from nether heats and burning waste +he turned in haste, and roving still +on starless waters far astray +at last he came to Night of Naught, +and passed, and never sight he saw +of shining shore nor light he sought. + +The winds of wrath came driving him, +and blindly in the foam he fled +from west to east and errandless, +unheralded he homeward sped. + +There flying Elwing came to him, +and flame was in the darkness lit; +more bright than light of diamond +the fire upon her carcanet. + +The Silmaril she bound on him +and crowned him with the living light +and dauntless then with burning brow +he turned his prow; and in the night +from Otherworld beyond the Sea +there strong and free a storm arose, +a wind of power in Tarmenel; +by paths that seldom mortal goes +his boat it bore with biting breath +as might of death across the grey +and long-forsaken seas distressed: +from east to west he passed away. + +Through Evernight he back was borne +on black and roaring waves that ran +o'er leagues unlit and foundered shores +that drowned before the Days began, +until he heard on strands of pearl +when ends the world the music long, +where ever foaming billows roll + + + + +the yellow gold and jewels wan. + +He saw the Mountain silent rise +where twilight lies upon the knees +of Valinor, and Eldamar +beheld afar beyond the seas. + +A wanderer escaped from night +to haven white he came at last, +to Elvenhome the green and fair +where keen the air, where pale as glass +beneath the Hill of Ilmarin +a-glimmer in a valley sheer +the lamplit towers ofTirion +are mirrored on the Shadowmere. + +He tarried there from errantry, +and melodies they taught to him, +and sages old him marvels told, +and harps of gold they brought to him. +They clothed him then in elven-white, +and seven lights before him sent, +as through the Calacirian +to hidden land forlorn he went. + +He came unto the timeless halls +where shining fall the countless years, +and endless reigns the Elder King +in Ilmarin on Mountain sheer; +and words unheard were spoken then +of folk of Men and Elven-kin, +beyond the world were visions showed +forbid to those that dwell therein. + +A ship then new they built for him +of mithril and of elven-glass +with shining prow; no shaven oar +nor sail she bore on silver mast: +the Silmaril as lantern light +and banner bright with living flame + + + + +to gleam thereon by Elbereth +herself was set, who thither came +and wings immortal made for him, +and laid on him undying doom, +to sail the shoreless skies and come +behind the Sun and light of Moon. + +From Evereven's lofty hills +where softly silver fountains fall +his wings him bore, a wandering light, +beyond the mighty Mountain Wall. + +From World's End then he turned away +and yearned again to find afar +his home through shadows journeying, +and burning as an island star +on high above the mists he came, +a distant flame before the Sun, +a wonder ere the waking dawn +where grey the Norland waters run. + +And over Middle-earth he passed +and heard at last the weeping sore +of women and of elven-maids +in Elder Days, in years of yore, +gut on him mighty doom was laid, +till Moon should fade, an orb,d star +to pass, and tarry never more +on Hither Shores where mortals are; +for ever still a herald on +an errand that should never rest +to bear his shining lamp afar, +the Flammifer of Westernesse. + +The chanting ceased. Frodo opened his eyes and saw that Bilbo was +seated on his stool in a circle of listeners, who were smiling and +applauding. + +'Now we had better have it again,' said an Elf. + +Bilbo got up and bowed. 'I am flattered, Lindir,’ he said. 'But it + + + + +would be too tiring to repeat it all.' + +'Not too tiring for you,' the Elves answered laughing. 'You know you +are never tired of reciting your own verses. But really we cannot answer +your question at one hearing!' + +'What!' cried Bilbo. 'You can't tell which parts were mine, and which +were the D®nadan's?' + +'It is not easy for us to tell the difference between two mortals' said +the Elf. + +'Nonsense, Lindir,' snorted Bilbo. 'If you can't distinguish between a +Man and a Hobbit, your judgement is poorer than I imagined. They're as +different as peas and apples.' + +'Maybe. To sheep other sheep no doubt appear different,' laughed +Lindir. 'Or to shepherds. But Mortals have not been our study. We have other +business.' + +'I won't argue with you,' said Bilbo. 'I am sleepy after so much music +and singing. I'll leave you to guess, if you want to.' + +He got up and came towards Frodo. 'Well, that's over,' he said in a low +voice. 'It went off better than I expected. I don't often get asked for a +second hearing. What did you think of it?' + +'I am not going to try and guess,' said Frodo smiling. + +'You needn't,’ said Bilbo. 'As a matter of fact it was all mine. Except +that Aragorn insisted on my putting in a green stone. He seemed to think it +important. I don't know why. Otherwise he obviously thought the whole thing +rather above my head, and he said that if I had the cheek to make verses +about Edrendil in the house of Elrond, it was my affair. I suppose he was +right.' + +'I don't know,' said Frodo. 'It seemed to me to fit somehow, though I +can't explain. I was half asleep when you began, and it seemed to follow on +from something that I was dreaming about. I didn't understand that it was +really you speaking until near the end.' + +'It is difficult to keep awake here, until you get used to it;' said +Bilbo. 'Not that hobbits would ever acquire quite the elvish appetite for +music and poetry and tales. They seem to like them as much as food, or more. +They will be going on for a long time yet. What do you say to slipping off +for some more quiet talk?' + +'Can we?’ said Frodo. + +'Of course. This is merrymaking not business. Come and go as you like, + + + + +as long as you don't make a noise.' + +They got up and withdrew quietly into the shadows, and made for the +doors. Sam they left behind, fast asleep still with a smile on his face. In +spite of his delight in Bilbo's company Frodo felt a tug of regret as they +passed out of the Hall of Fire. Even as they stepped over the threshold a +single clear voice rose in song. + +A Elbereth Gilthoniel, +silivren penna mnriel +o menel aglar elenath! + +Na-chaered palan-dnriel +o galadhremmin ennorath, + +Fanuilos, le linnathon +nef aear, sn nef aearon! + +Frodo halted for a moment, looking back. Elrond was in his chair and +the fire was on his face like summer -light upon the trees. Near him sat the +Lady Arwen. To his surprise Frodo saw that Aragorn stood beside her; his +dark cloak was thrown back, and he seemed to be clad in elven-mail, and a +star shone on his breast. They spoke together, and then suddenly it seemed +to Frodo that Arwen turned towards him, and the light of her eyes fell on +him from afar and pierced his heart. + +He stood still enchanted, while the sweet syllables of the elvish song +fell like clear jewels of blended word and melody. ' It is a song to +Elbereth,' said Bilbo. 'They will sing that, and other songs of the Blessed +Realm, many times tonight. Come on!' + +He led Frodo back to his own little room. It opened on to the gar dens +and looked south across the ravine of the Bruinen. There they sat for some +while, looking through the window at the bright stars above the +steep-climbing woods, and talking softly. They spoke no more of the small +news of the Shire far away, nor of the dark shadows and perils that +encompassed them, but of the fair things they had seen in the world +together, of the Elves, of the stars, of trees, and the gentle fall of the +bright year in the woods. + +At last there came a knock on the door. 'Begging your pardon,’ said +Sam, putting in his head, 'but I was just wondering if you would be wanting +anything.' + +'And begging yours, Sam Gamgee,' replied Bilbo. 'I guess you mean that +it is time your master went to bed.' + + + + +'Well, sir, there is a Council early tomorrow, I hear and he only got +up today for the first time.' + +'Quite right, Sam,' laughed Bilbo. 'You can trot off and tell Gandalf +that he has gone to bed. Good night, Frodo! Bless me, but it has been good +to see you again! There are no folk like hobbits after all for a real good +talk. I am getting very old, and I began to wonder if I should ever live to +see your chapters of our story. Good night! I'll take a walk, I think, and +look at the stars of Elbereth in the garden. Sleep well!' + + + + +Chapter 2 . The Council of Elrond + + + +Next day Frodo woke early, feeling refreshed and well. He walked along +the terraces above the loud-flowing Bruinen and watched the pale, cool sun +rise above the far mountains, and shine down. Slanting through the thin +silver mist; the dew upon the yellow leaves was glimmering, and the woven +nets of gossamer twinkled on every bush. Sam walked beside him, saying +nothing, but sniffing the air, and looking every now and again with wonder +in his eyes at the great heights in the East. The snow was white upon their +peaks. + +On a seat cut in the stone beside a turn in the path they came upon +Gandalf and Bilbo deep in talk. 'Hullo! Good morning!' said Bilbo. 'Feel +ready for the great council?’ + +'I feel ready for anything,' answered Frodo. 'But most of all I should +like to go walking today and explore the valley. I should like to get into +those pine- woods up there.' He pointed away far up the side of Rivendell to +the north. + +'You may have a chance later,' said Gandalf. 'But we cannot make any +plans yet. There is much to hear and decide today.' + +Suddenly as they were talking a single clear bell rang out. 'That is +the warning bell for the Council of Elrond,' cried Gandalf. 'Come along now! +Both you and Bilbo are wanted.' + +Frodo and Bilbo followed the wizard quickly along the winding path back +to the house; behind them, uninvited and for the moment forgotten, trotted +Sam. + +Gandalf led them to the porch where Frodo had found his friends the +evening before. The light of the clear autumn morning was now glowing in the +valley. The noise of bubbling waters came up from the foaming river-bed. +Birds were singing, and a wholesome peace lay on the land. To Frodo his +dangerous flight, and the rumours of the darkness growing in the world +outside, already seemed only the memories of a troubled dream; but the faces +that were turned to meet them as they entered were grave. + +Elrond was there, and several others were seated in silence about him. +Frodo saw Glorfindel and Gluin; and in a corner alone Strider was sitting, +clad in his old travel-worn clothes again. Elrond drew Frodo to a seat by + + + + +his side, and presented him to the company, saying: + +'Here, my friends is the hobbit, Frodo son of Drogo. Few have ever come +hither through greater peril or on an errand more urgent.' + +He then pointed out and named those whom Frodo had not met before. +There was a younger dwarf at Gluin's side: his son Gimli. Beside Glorfindel +there were several other counsellors of Elrond's household, of whom Erestor +was the chief; and with him was Galdor, an Elf from the Grey Havens who had +come on an errand from Cnrdan the Shipwright. There was also a strange Elf +clad in green and brown, Legolas, a messenger from his father, Thranduil, +the King of the Elves of Northern Mirkwood. And seated a little apart was a +tall man with a fair and noble face, dark-haired and grey-eyed, proud and +stern of glance. + +He was cloaked and booted as if for a journey on horseback; and indeed +though his garments were rich, and his cloak was lined with fur, they were +stained with long travel. He had a collar of silver in which a single white +stone was set; his locks were shorn about his shoulders. On a baldric he +wore a great horn tipped with silver that now was laid upon his knees. He +gazed at Frodo and Bilbo with sudden wonder. + +'Here,' said Elrond, turning to Gandalf, 'is Boromir, a man from the +South. He arrived in the grey morning, and seeks for counsel. I have bidden +him to be present, for here his questions will be answered.' + +Not all that was spoken and debated in the Council need now be told. +Much was said of events in the world outside, especially in the South, and +in the wide lands east of the Mountains. Of these things Frodo had already +heard many rumours; but the tale of Gluin was new to him, and when the dwarf +spoke he listened attentively. It appeared that amid the splendour of their +works of hand the hearts of the Dwarves of the Lonely Mountain were +troubled. + +'It is now many years ago,' said Gluin, 'that a shadow of disquiet fell +upon our people. Whence it came we did not at first perceive. Words began to +be whispered in secret-: it was said that we were hemmed in a narrow place, +and that greater wealth and splendour would be found in a wider world. Some +spoke of Moria: the mighty works of our fathers that are called in our own +tongue Khazad-dym; and they declared that now at last we had the power and +numbers to return.' + +Gluin sighed. 'Moria! Moria! Wonder of the Northern world! Too deep we +delved there, and woke the nameless fear. Long have its vast mansions lain + + + + +empty since the children of Durin fled. But now we spoke of it again with +longing, and yet with dread; for no dwarf has dared to pass the doors of +Khazad-dym for many lives of kings, save Thrur only, and he perished. At +last, however, Balin listened to the whispers, and resolved to go; and +though Dbin did not give leave willingly, he took with him Ori and Uin and +many of our folk, and they went away south. + +"That was nigh on thirty years ago. For a while we had news and it +seemed good: messages reported that Moria had been entered and a great work +begun there. Then there was silence, and no word has ever come from Moria +since. + +"Then about a year ago a messenger came to Dbin, but not from +Moria -from Mordor: a horseman in the night, who called Dbin to his gate. The +Lord Sauron the Great, so he said, wished for our friendship. Rings he would +give for it, such as he gave of old. And he asked urgently concerning +hobbits, of what kind they were, and where they dwelt. "For Sauron knows," +said he, "that one of these was known to you on a time." + +'At this we were greatly troubled, and we gave no answer. And then his +fell voice was lowered, and he would have sweetened it if he could. "As a +small token only of your friendship Sauron asks this," he said: "that you +should find this thief," such was his word, "and get from him, willing or +no, a little ring, the least of rings, that once he stole. It is but a +trifle that Sauron fancies, and an earnest of your good will. Find it, and +three rings that the Dwarf sires possessed of old shall be returned to you, +and the realm of Moria shall be yours for ever. Find only news of the thief, +whether he still lives and where, and you shall have great reward and +lasting friendship from the Lord. Refuse, and things will not seem so well. + +Do you refuse?" + +'At that his breath came like the hiss of snakes, and all who stood by +shuddered, but Dbin said: "I say neither yea nor nay. I must consider this +message and what it means under its fair cloak." + +' "Consider well, but not too long," said he. + +" "The time of my thought is my own to spend," answered Dbin. + +' "For the present," said he, and rode into the darkness. + +'Heavy have the hearts of our chieftains been since that night. We +needed not the fell voice of the messenger to warn us that his words held +both menace and deceit; for we knew already that the power that has +re-entered Mordor has not changed, and ever it betrayed us of old. Twice the + + + + +messenger has returned, and has gone unanswered. The third and last time, so +he says, is soon to come, before the ending of the year. + +'And so I have been sent at last by Dbin to warn Bilbo that he is +sought by the Enemy, and to learn, if may be, why he desires this ring, this +least of rings. Also we crave the advice of Elrond. For the Shadow grows and +draws nearer. We discover that messengers have come also to King Brand in +Dale, and that he is afraid. We fear that he may yield. Already war is +gathering on his eastern borders. If we make no answer, the Enemy may move +Men of his rule to assail King Brand, and Dbin also.' + +'You have done well to come,' said Elrond. 'You will hear today all +that you need in order to understand the purposes of the Enemy. There is +naught that you can do, other than to resist, with hope or without it. But +you do not stand alone. You will learn that your trouble is but part of the +trouble of all the western world. The Ring ! What shall we do with the Ring, +the least of rings, the trifle that Sauron fancies? That is the doom that we +must deem. + +'That is the purpose for which you are called hither. Called, I say. +though I have not called you to me, strangers from distant lands. You have +come and are here met, in this very nick of time, by chance as it may seem. + +Yet it is not so. Believe rather that it is so ordered that we, who sit +here, and none others, must now find counsel for the peril of the world. + +'Now, therefore, things shall be openly spoken that have been hidden +from all but a few until this day. And first, so that all may understand +what is the peril, the Tale of the Ring shall be told from the beginning +even to this present. And I will begin that tale, though others shall end +it.' + +Then all listened while Elrond in his clear voice spoke of Sauron and +the Rings of Power, and their forging in the Second Age of the world long +ago. A part of his tale was known to some there, but the full tale to none, +and many eyes were turned t= Elrond in fear and wonder as he told of the +Elven-smiths of Eregion and their friendship with Moria, and their eagerness +for knowledge, by which Sauron ensnared them. For in that time he was not +yet evil to behold, and they received his aid and grew mighty in craft, +whereas he learned all their secrets, and betrayed them, and forged secretly +in the Mountain of Fire the One Ring to be their master. But Celebrimbor was +aware of him, and hid the Three which he had made; and there was war, and +the land was laid waste, and the gate of Moria was shut. + + + + +Then through all the years that followed he traced the Ring; but since +that history is elsewhere recounted, even as Elrond himself set it down in +his books of lore, it is not here recalled. For it is a long tale, full of +deeds great and terrible, and briefly though Elrond spoke, the sun rode up +the sky, and the morning was passing ere he ceased. + +Of N®menor he spoke, its glory and its fall, and the return of the +Kings of Men to Middle-earth out of the deeps of the Sea, borne upon the +wings of storm. Then Elendil the Tall and his mighty sons, Isildur and +Anbrion, became great lords; and the North-realm they made in Arnor, and the +South-realm in Gondor above the mouths of Anduin. But Sauron of Mordor +assailed them, and they made the Last Alliance of Elves and Men, and the +hosts of Gil-galad and Elendil were mustered in Arnor. + +Thereupon Elrond paused a while and sighed. 'I remember well the +splendour of their banners,' he said. v It recalled to me the glory of the +Elder Days and the hosts of Beleriand, so many great princes and captains +were assembled. And yet not so many, nor so fair, as when Thangorodrim was +broken, and the Elves deemed that evil was ended for ever, and it was not +so.' + +'You remember?’ said Frodo, speaking his thought aloud in his +astonishment. 'But I thought,' he stammered as Elrond turned towards him, 'I +thought that the fall of Gil-galad was a long age ago.' + +'So it was indeed,' answered Elrond gravely. 'But my memory reaches +back even to the Elder Days. Edrendil was my sire, who was born in Gondolin +before its fall; and my mother was Elwing, daughter of Dior, son of L®thien +of Doriath. I have seen three ages in the West of the world, and many +defeats, and many fruitless victories. + +'I was the herald of Gil-galad and marched with his host. I was at the +Battle of Dagorlad before the Black Gate of Mordor, where we had the +mastery: for the Spear of Gil-galad and the Sword of Elendil, Aiglos and +Narsil, none could withstand. I beheld the last combat on the slopes of +Orodruin, where Gil-galad died, and Elendil fell, and Narsil broke beneath +him; but Sauron himself was overthrown, and Isildur cut the Ring from his +hand with the hilt-shard of his father's sword, and took it for his own.' + +At this the stranger, Boromir, broke in. 'So that is what became of the +Ring!' he cried. 'If ever such a tale was told in the South, it has long +been forgotten. I have heard of the Great Ring of him that we do not name; +but we believed that it perished from the world in the ruin of his first + + + + +realm. Isildur took it! That is tidings indeed.' + +'Alas! yes,' said Elrond. 'Isildur took it, as should not have been. It +should have been cast then into Orodruin's fire nigh at hand where it was +made. But few marked what Isildur did. He alone stood by his father in that +last mortal contest; and by Gil-galad only Cnrdan stood, and I. But Isildur +would not listen to our counsel. + +’ "This I will have as weregild for my father, and my brother," he +said; and therefore whether we would or no, he took it to treasure it. But +soon he was betrayed by it to his death; and so it is named in the North +Isildur's Bane. Yet death maybe was better than what else might have +befallen him. + +'Only to the North did these tidings come, and only to a few. Small +wonder it is that you have not heard them, Boromir. From the ruin of the +Gladden Fields, where Isildur perished, three men only came ever back over +the mountains after long wandering. One of these was Ohtar, the esquire of +Isildur, who bore the shards of the sword of Elendil; and he brought them to +Valandil, the heir of Isildur, who being but a child had remained here in +Rivendell. But Narsil was broken and its light extinguished, and it has not +yet been forged again. + +'Fruitless did I call the victory of the Fast Alliance? Not wholly so, +yet it did not achieve its end. Sauron was diminished, but not destroyed. + +His Ring was lost but not unmade. The Dark Tower was broken, but its +foundations were not removed; for they were made with the power of the Ring, +and while it remains they will endure. Many Elves and many mighty Men, +and + +many of their friends, had perished in the war. Anbrion was slain, and +Isildur was slain; and Gil-galad and Elendil were no more. Never again shall +there be any such league of Elves and Men; for Men multiply and the +Firstborn decrease, and the two kindreds are estranged. And ever since that +day the race of N®menor has decayed, and the span of their years has +lessened. + +'In the North after the war and the slaughter of the Gladden Fields the +Men of Westernesse were diminished, and their city of Ann®minas beside +Fake + +Evendim fell into ruin; and the heirs of Valandil removed and dwelt at +Fornost on the high North Downs, and that now too is desolate. Men call it +Deadmen's Dike, and they fear to tread there. For the folk of Arnor + + + + +dwindled, and their foes devoured them, and their lordship passed, leaving +only green mounds in the grassy hills. + +'In the South the realm of Gondor long endured; and for a while its +splendour grew, recalling somewhat of the might of N®menor, ere it fell. +High towers that people built, and strong places, and havens of many ships; +and the winged crown of the Kings of Men was held in awe by folk of many +tongues. Their chief city was Osgiliath, Citadel of the Stars, through the +midst of which the River flowed. And Minas Ithil they built, Tower of the +Rising Moon, eastward upon a shoulder of the Mountains of Shadow; and +westward at the feet of the White Mountains Minas Anor they made, Tower of +the Setting Sun. There in the courts of the King grew a white tree, from the +seed of that tree which Isildur brought over the deep waters, and the seed +of that tree before came from Eressla, and before that out of the Uttermost +West in the Day before days when the world was young. + +'But in the wearing of the swift years of Middle-earth the line of +Meneldil son of Anbrion failed, and the Tree withered, and the blood of the +N®menoreans became mingled with that of lesser men. Then the watch upon +the + +walls of Mordor slept, and dark things crept back to Gorgoroth. And on a +time evil things came forth, and they took Minas Ithil and abode in it, and +they made it into a place of dread; and it is called Minas Morgul, the Tower +of Sorcery. Then Minas Anor was named anew Minas Tirith, the Tower of +Guard; + +and these two cities were ever at war, but Osgiliath which lay between was +deserted and in its ruins shadows walked. + +'So it has been for many lives of men. But the Lords of Minas Tirith +still fight on, defying our enemies, keeping the passage of the River from +Argonath to the Sea. And now that part of the tale that I shall tell is +drawn to its close. For in the days of Isildur the Ruling Ring passed out of +all knowledge, and the Three were released from its dominion. But now in +this latter day they are in peril once more, for to our sorrow the One has +been found. Others shall speak of its finding, for in that I played small +part.' + +He ceased, but at once Boromir stood up, tall and proud, before them. + +Give me leave, Master Elrond, said he, first to say more of Gondor; for +verily from the land of Gondor I am come. And it would be well for all to +know what passes there. For few, I deem, know of our deeds, and therefore + + + + +guess little of their peril, if we should fail at last. + +'Believe not that in the land of Gondor the blood of N®menor is spent, +nor all its pride and dignity forgotten. By our valour the wild folk of the +East are still restrained, and the terror of Morgul kept at bay; and thus +alone are peace and freedom maintained in the lands behind us, bulwark of +the West. But if the passages of the River should be won, what then? + +'Yet that hour, maybe, is not now far away. The Nameless Enemy has +arisen again. Smoke rises once more from Orodruin that we call Mount +Doom. + +The power of the Black Land grows and we are hard beset. When the +Enemy + +returned our folk were driven from Ithilien, our fair domain east of the +River, though we kept a foothold there and strength of arms. But this very +year, in the days of June, sudden war came upon us out of Mordor, and we +were swept away. We were outnumbered, for Mordor has allied itself with the +Easterlings and the cruel Elaradrim; but it was not by numbers that we were +defeated. A power was there that we have not felt before. + +'Some said that it could be seen, like a great black horseman, a dark +shadow under the moon. Wherever he came a madness filled our foes, but fear +fell on our boldest, so that horse and man gave way and fled. Only a remnant +of our eastern force came back, destroying the last bridge that still stood +amid the ruins of Osgiliath. + +’I was in the company that held the bridge, until it was cast down +behind us. Four only were saved by swimming: my brother and myself and +two + +others. But still we fight on, holding all the west shores of Anduin; and +those who shelter behind us give us praise, if ever they hear our name: much +praise but little help. Only from Rohan now will any men ride to us when we +call. + +'In this evil hour I have come on an errand over many dangerous leagues +to Elrond: a hundred and ten days I have journeyed all alone. But I do not +seek allies in war. The might of Elrond is in wisdom not in weapons, it is +said. I come to ask for counsel and the unravelling of hard words. For on +the eve of the sudden assault a dream came to my brother in a troubled +sleep; and afterwards a like dream came oft to him again, and once to me. + +’In that dream I thought the eastern sky grew dark and there was a +growing thunder, but in the West a pale light lingered, and out of it I + + + + +heard a voice, remote but clear, crying: + +Seek for the Sword that was broken: + +In Imladris it dwells; + +There shall be counsels taken +Stronger than Morgul-spells. + +There shall be shown a token +That Doom is near at hand, + +For Isildur's Bane shall waken, + +And the Halfling forth shall stand. + +Of these words we could understand little, and we spoke to our father, +Denethor, Lord of Minas Tirith, wise in the lore of Gondor. This only would +he say, that Imladris was of old the name among the Elves of a far northern +dale, where Elrond the Halfelven dwelt, greatest of lore-masters. Therefore +my brother, seeing how desperate was our need, was eager to heed the dream +and seek for Imladris; but since the way was full of doubt and danger, I +took the journey upon myself. Loth was my father to give me leave, and long +have I wandered by roads forgotten, seeking the house of Elrond, of which +many had heard, but few knew where it lay.’ + +'And here in the house of Elrond more shall be made clear to you' said +Aragorn, standing up. He cast his sword upon the table that stood before +Elrond, and the blade was in two pieces. 'Here is the Sword that was +Broken!' he said. + +'And who are you, and what have you to do with Minas Tirith?’ asked +Boromir, looking in wonder at the lean face of the Ranger and his +weather-stained cloak. + +'He is Aragorn son of Arathorn,' said Elrond; 'and he is descended +through many fathers from Isildur Elendil's son of Minas Ithil. He is the +Chief of the D®nedain in the North, and few are now left of that folk.’ + +'Then it belongs to you, and not to me at all!' cried Frodo in +amazement, springing to his feet, as if he expected the Ring to be demanded +at once. + +'It does not belong to either of us,' said Aragorn; 'but it has been +ordained that you should hold it for a while.' + +'Bring out the Ring, Frodo!' said Gandalf solemnly. 'The time has come. +Hold it up, and then Boromir will understand the remainder of his riddle.' + +There was a hush, and all turned their eyes on Frodo. He was shaken by +a sudden shame and fear; and he felt a great reluctance to reveal the Ring, + + + + +and a loathing of its touch. He wished he was far away. The Ring gleamed and +flickered as he held it up before them in his trembling hand. + +'Behold Isildur's Bane!' said Elrond. + +Boromir's eyes glinted as he gazed at the golden thing. 'The Halfling!' +he muttered. 'Is then the doom of Minas Tirith come at last? But why then +should we seek a broken sword?’ + +’The words were not the doom of Minas Tirith ,’ said Aragorn. 'But doom +and great deeds are indeed at hand. For the Sword that was Broken is the +Sword of Elendil that broke beneath him when he fell. It has been treasured +by his heirs when all other heirlooms were lost; for it was spoken of old +among us that it should be made again when the Ring, Isildur's Bane, was +found. Now you have seen the sword that you have sought, what would you +ask? + +Do you wish for the House of Elendil to return to the Land of Gondor?' + +'I was not sent to beg any boon, but to seek only the meaning of a +riddle,' answered Boromir proudly. 'Yet we are hard pressed, and the Sword +of Elendil would be a help beyond our hope-if such a thing could indeed +return out of the shadows of the past.' He looked again at Aragorn, and +doubt was in his eyes. + +Frodo felt Bilbo stir impatiently at his side. Evidently he was annoyed +on his friend's behalf. Standing suddenly up he burst out: + +All that is gold does not glitter, + +Not all those who wander are lost; + +The old that is strong does not wither, + +Deep roots are not reached by the frost. + +From the ashes a fire shall be woken, + +A light from the shadows shall spring; + +Renewed shall be blade that was broken: + +The crownless again shall be king. + +'Not very good perhaps, but to the point — if you need more beyond the +word of Elrond. If that was worth a journey of a hundred and ten days to +hear, you had best listen to it.' He sat down with a snort. + +'I made that up myself,' he whispered to Frodo, 'for the D®nadan, a +long time ago when he first told me about himself. I almost wish that my +adventures were not over, and that I could go with him when his day comes.' + +Aragorn smiled at him; then he turned to Boromir again. 'For my part I + + + + +forgive your doubt,' he said. 'Little do I resemble the figures of Elendil +and Isildur as they stand carven in their majesty in the halls of Denethor. + +I am but the heir of Isildur, not Isildur himself. I have had a hard life +and a long; and the leagues that lie between here and Gondor are a small +part in the count of my journeys. I have crossed many mountains and many +rivers, and trodden many plains, even into the far countries of Rhyn and +Harad where the stars are strange. + +'But my home, such as I have, is in the North. For here the heirs of +Valandil have ever dwelt in long line unbroken from father unto son for many +generations. Our days have darkened, and we have dwindled; but ever the +Sword has passed to a new keeper. And this I will say to you, Boromir, ere I +end. Lonely men are we, Rangers of the wild, hunters— but hunters ever of +the servants of the Enemy; for they are found in many places, not in Mordor +only. + +'If Gondor, Boromir, has been a stalwart tower, we have played another +part. Many evil things there are that your strong walls and bright swords do +not stay. You know little of the lands beyond your bounds. Peace and +freedom, do you say? The North would have known them little but for us. Fear +would have destroyed them. But when dark things come from the houseless +hills, or creep from sunless woods, they fly from us. What roads would any +dare to tread, what safety would there be in quiet lands, or in the homes of +simple men at night, if the D®nedain were asleep, or were all gone into the +grave? + +'And yet less thanks have we than you. Travellers scowl at us, and +countrymen give us scornful names. "Strider" I am to one fat man who lives +within a day's march of foes that would freeze his heart or lay his little +town in ruin, if he were not guarded ceaselessly. Yet we would not have it +otherwise. If simple folk are free from care and fear, simple they will be, +and we must be secret to keep them so. That has been the task of my kindred, +while the years have lengthened and the grass has grown. + +'But now the world is changing once again. A new hour comes. Isildur's +Bane is found. Battle is at hand. The Sword shall be reforged. I will come +to Minas Tirith.' + +'Isildur's Bane is found, you say,' said Boromir. 'I have seen a bright +ring in the Halfling's hand; but Isildur perished ere this age of the world +began, they say. How do the Wise know that this ring is his? And how has it +passed down the years, until it is brought hither by so strange a + + + + +messenger?' + +'That shall be told,' said Elrond. + +'But not yet, I beg, Master!’ said Bilbo. 'Already the Sun is climbing +to noon, and I feel the need of something to strengthen me.’ + +'I had not named you,’ said Elrond smiling. 'But I do so now. Come! + +Tell us your tale. And if you have not yet cast your story into verse, you +may tell it in plain words. The briefer, the sooner shall you be refreshed.' + +'Very well,' said Bilbo. 'I will do as you bid. But I will now tell the +true story, and if some here have heard me tell it otherwise' — he looked +sidelong at Gluin — l ask them to forget it and forgive me. I only wished +to claim the treasure as my very own in those days, and to be rid of the +name of thief that was put on me. But perhaps I understand things a little +better now. Anyway, this is what happened.' + +To some there Bilbo's tale was wholly new, and they listened with +amazement while the old hobbit, actually not at all displeased, recounted +his adventure with Gollum, at full length. He did not omit a single riddle. + +He would have given also an account of his party and disappearance from the +Shire, if he had been allowed; but Elrond raised his hand. + +'Well told, my friend,' he said, 'but that is enough at this time. For +the moment it suffices to know that the Ring passed to Frodo, your heir. Let +him now speak!' + +Then, less willingly than Bilbo, Frodo told of all his dealings with +the Ring from the day that it passed into his keeping. Every step of his +journey from Hobbiton to the Ford of Bruinen was questioned and considered, +and everything that he could recall concerning the Black Riders was +examined. At last he sat down again. + +'Not bad,' Bilbo said to him. 'You would have made a good story of it, +if they hadn't kept on interrupting. I tried to make a few notes, but we +shall have to go over it all again together some time, if I am to write it +up. There are whole chapters of stuff before you ever got here!' + +'Yes, it made quite a long tale,' answered Frodo. 'But the story still +does not seem complete to me. I still want to know a good deal, especially +about Gandalf.' + +Galdor of the Havens, who sat near by, overheard him. 'You speak for me +also,’ he cried, and turning to Elrond he said: 'The Wise may have good +reason to believe that the halfling's trove is indeed the Great Ring of long +debate, unlikely though that may seem to those who know less. But may we not + + + + +hear the proofs? And I would ask this also. What of Saruman? He is learned +in the lore of the Rings, yet he is not among us. What is his counsel-if he +knows the things that we have heard?' + +'The questions that you ask, Galdor, are bound together,' said Elrond. + +I had not overlooked them, and they shall be answered. But these things it +is the part of Gandalf to make clear; and I call upon him last, for it is +the place of honour, and in all this matter he has been the chief.' + +'Some, Galdor,' said Gandalf, 'would think the tidings of Gluin, and +the pursuit of Frodo, proof enough that the halfling's trove is a thing of +great worth to the Enemy. Yet it is a ring. What then? The Nine the Nazgyl +keep. The Seven are taken or destroyed.' At this Gluin stirred, but did not +speak. 'The Three we know of. What then is this one that he desires so much? + +'There is indeed a wide waste of time between the River and the +Mountain, between the loss and the finding. But the gap in the knowledge of +the Wise has been filled at last. Yet too slowly. For the Enemy has been +close behind, closer even than I feared. And well is it that not until this +year, this very summer, as it seems, did he learn the full truth. + +'Some here will remember that many years ago I myself dared to pass the +doors of the Necromancer in Dol Guldur, and secretly explored his ways, and +found thus that our fears were true: he was none other than Sauron, our +Enemy of old, at length taking shape and power again. Some, too, will +remember also that Saruman dissuaded us from open deeds against him, and +for + +long we watched him only. Yet at last, as his shadow grew, Saruman yielded, +and the Council put forth its strength and drove the evil out of Mirkwood +and that was in the very year of the finding of this Ring: a strange chance, +if chance it was. + +'But we were too late, as Elrond foresaw. Sauron also had watched us, +and had long prepared against our stroke, governing Mordor from afar through +Minas Morgul, where his Nine servants dwelt, until all was ready. Then he +gave way before us, but only feigned to flee, and soon after came to the +Dark Tower and openly declared himself. Then for the last time the Council +met; for now we learned that he was seeking ever more eagerly for the One. +We feared then that he had some news of it that we knew nothing of. But +Saruman said nay, and repeated what he had said to us before: that the One +would never again be found in Middle-earth. + +"At the worst," said he, "our Enemy knows that we have it not and + + + + +that it still is lost. But what was lost may yet be found, he thinks. Fear +not! His hope will cheat him. Have I not earnestly studied this matter? Into +Anduin the Great it fell; and long ago, while Sauron slept, it was rolled +down the River to the Sea. There let it lie until the End.'" + +Gandalf fell silent, gazing eastward from the porch to the far peaks of +the Misty Mountains, at whose great roots the peril of the world had so long +lain hidden. He sighed. + +'There I was at fault,' he said. 'I was lulled by the words of Saruman +the Wise; but I should have sought for the truth sooner, and our peril would +now be less.’ + +'We were all at fault,’ said Elrond, 'and but for your vigilance the +Darkness, maybe, would already be upon us. But say on!’ + +'From the first my heart misgave me, against all reason that I knew,' +said Gandalf, 'and I desired to know how this thing came to Gollum, and how +long he had possessed it. So I set a watch for him, guessing that he would +ere long come forth from his darkness to seek for his treasure. He came, but +he escaped and was not found. And then alas ! I let the matter rest, watching +and waiting only, as we have too often done. + +'Time passed with many cares, until my doubts were awakened again to +sudden fear. Whence came the hobbit's ring? What, if my fear was true, +should be done with it? Those things I must decide. But I spoke yet of my +dread to none, knowing the peril of an untimely whisper, if it went astray. + +In all the long wars with the Dark Tower treason has ever been our greatest +foe. + +'That was seventeen years ago. Soon I became aware that spies of many +sorts, even beasts and birds, were gathered round the Shire, and my fear +grew. I called for the help of the D®nedain, and their watch was doubled; +and I opened my heart to Aragorn, the heir of Isildur.' + +'And I,' said Aragorn, 'counselled that we should hunt for Gollum. too +late though it may seem. And since it seemed fit that Isildur's heir should +labour to repair Isildur's fault, I went with Gandalf on the long and +hopeless search.' + +Then Gandalf told how they had explored the whole length of Wilderland, +down even to the Mountains of Shadow and the fences of Mordor. 'There we +had + +rumour of him, and we guess that he dwelt there long in the dark hills; but +we never found him, and at last I despaired. And then in my despair I + + + + +thought again of a test that might make the finding of Gollum unneeded. The +ring itself might tell if it were the One. The memory of words at the +Council came back to me: words of Saruman, half-heeded at the time. I heard +them now clearly in my heart. + +' "The Nine, the Seven, and the Three," he said, "had each their proper +gem. Not so the One. It was round and unadorned, as it were one of the +lesser rings; but its maker set marks upon it that the skilled, maybe, could +still see and read." + +'What those marks were he had not said. Who now would know? The +maker. + +And Saruman? But great though his lore may be, it must have a source. What +hand save Sauron’s ever held this thing, ere it was lost? The hand of +Isildur alone. + +'With that thought, I forsook the chase, and passed swiftly to Gondor. + +In former days the members of my order had been well received there, but +Saruman most of all. Often he had been for long the guest of the Lords of +the City. Less welcome did the Lord Denethor show me then than of old, and +grudgingly he permitted me to search among his hoarded scrolls and books. + +’ "If indeed you look only, as you say, for records of ancient days, +and the beginnings of the City, read on! " he said. "For to me what was is +less dark than what is to come, and that is my care. But unless you have +more skill even than Saruman, who has studied here long, you will find +naught that is not well known to me, who am master of the lore of this +City." + +'So said Denethor. And yet there lie in his hoards many records that +few now can read, even of the lore-masters, for their scripts and tongues +have become dark to later men. And Boromir, there lies in Minas Tirith +still, unread, I guess, by any save Saruman and myself since the kings +failed, a scroll that Isildur made himself. For Isildur did not march away +straight from the war in Mordor, as some have told the tale.’ + +'Some in the North, maybe,' Boromir broke in. 'All know in Gondor that +he went first to Minas Anor and dwelt a while with his nephew Meneldil, +instructing him, before he committed to him the rule of the South Kingdom. +In that time he planted there the last sapling of the White Tree in memory +of his brother.' + +'But in that time also he made this scroll,' said Gandalf; 'and that is +not remembered in Gondor, it would seem. For this scroll concerns the Ring, + + + + +and thus wrote Isildur therein: + +The Great Ring shall go now to be an heirloom of the North Kingdom; but +records of it shall be left in Gondor, where also dwell the heirs of +Elendil, lest a time come when the memory of these great matters shall grow +dim. + +'And after these words Isildur described the Ring, such as he found it. + +It was hot when I first took it, hot as a glede, and my hand was +scorched, so that I doubt if ever again I shall be free of the pain of it. + +Yet even as I write it is cooled, and it seemeth to shrink, though it loseth +neither its beauty nor its shape. Already the writing upon it, which at +first was as clear as red flame, fadeth and is now only barely to be read. + +It is fashioned in an elven-script of Eregion, for they have no letters in +Mordor for such subtle work; but the language is unknown to me. I deem it to +be a tongue of the Black Land, since it is foul and uncouth. What evil it +saith I do not know; but I trace here a copy of it, lest it fade beyond +recall. The Ring misseth, maybe, the heat of Sauron's hand, which was black +and yet burned like fire, and so Gil-galad was destroyed; and maybe were the +gold made hot again, the writing would be refreshed, gut for my part I will +risk no hurt to this thing: of all the works of Sauron the only fair. It is +precious to me, though I buy it with great pain. + +’When I read these words, my quest was ended. For the traced writing +was indeed as Isildur guessed, in the tongue of Mordor and the servants of +the Tower. And what was said therein was already known. For in the day that +Sauron first put on the One, Celebrimbor, maker of the Three, was aware of +him, and from afar he heard him speak these words, and so his evil purposes +were revealed. + +'At once I took my leave of Denethor, but even as I went northwards, +messages came to me out of Lurien that Aragorn had passed that way, and that +he had found the creature called Gollum. Therefore I went first to meet him +and hear his tale. Into what deadly perils he had gone alone I dared not +guess.’ + +'There is little need to tell of them,’ said Aragorn. 'If a man must +needs walk in sight of the Black Gate, or tread the deadly flowers of Morgul +Vale, then perils he will have. I, too, despaired at last, and I began my +homeward journey. And then, by fortune, I came suddenly on what I sought: +the marks of soft feet beside a muddy pool. But now the trail was fresh and +swift, and it led not to Mordor but away. Along the skirts of the Dead + + + + +Marshes I followed it, and then I had him. Lurking by a stagnant mere, +peering in the water as the dark eve fell, I caught him, Gollum. He was +covered with green slime. He will never love me, I fear; for he bit me, and +I was not gentle. Nothing more did I ever get from his mouth than the marks +of his teeth. I deemed it the worst part of all my journey, the road back, +watching him day and night, making him walk before me with a halter on his +neck, gagged, until he was tamed by lack of drink and food, driving him ever +towards Mirkwood. I brought him there at last and gave him to the Elves, for +we had agreed that this should be done; and I was glad to be rid of his +company, for he stank. For my part I hope never to look upon him again; but +Gandalf came and endured long speech with him.’ + +'Yes, long and weary,' said Gandalf, 'but not without profit. For one +thing, the tale he told of his loss agreed with that which Bilbo has now +told openly for the first time; but that mattered little, since I had +already guessed it. But I learned then first that Gollum's ring came out of +the Great River nigh to the Gladden Fields. And I learned also that he had +possessed it long. Many lives of his small kind. The power of the ring had +lengthened his years far beyond their span; but that power only the Great +Rings wield. + +'And if that is not proof enough, Galdor, there is the other test that +I spoke of. Upon this very ring which you have here seen held aloft, round +and unadorned, the letters that Isildur reported may still be read, if one +has the strength of will to set the golden thing in the fire a while. That I +have done, and this I have read: + +Ash nazg durbatulyk, ush nazg gimbatul, ash nazg thrakatulyk agh +burzum-ishi krimpatul. ' + +The change in the wizard's voice was astounding. Suddenly it became +menacing, powerful, harsh as stone. A shadow seemed to pass over the high +sun, and the porch for a moment grew dark. All trembled, and the Elves +stopped their ears. + +'Never before has any voice dared to utter the words of that tongue in +Imladris, Gandalf the Grey,’ said Elrond, as the shadow passed and the +company breathed once more. + +'And let us hope that none will ever speak it here again,' answered +Gandalf. 'Nonetheless I do not ask your pardon, Master Elrond. For if that +tongue is not soon to be heard in every corner of the West, then let all put +doubt aside that this thing is indeed what the Wise have declared: the + + + + +treasure of the Enemy, fraught with all his malice; and in it lies a great +part of his strength of old. Out of the Black Years come the words that the +Smiths of Eregion heard, and knew that they had been betrayed: + +One Ring to rule them all, One Ring to find them, One Ring to bring +them all and in the Darkness bind them. + +'Know also, my friends, that I learned more yet from Gollum. He was +loth to speak and his tale was unclear, but it is beyond all doubt that he +went to Mordor, and there all that he knew was forced from him. Thus the +Enemy knows now that the One is found, that it was long in the Shire; and +since his servants have pursued it almost to our door, he soon will know, +already he may know, even as I speak, that we have it here.' + +All sat silent for a while, until at length Boromir spoke. 'He is a +small thing, you say, this Gollum? Small, but great in mischief. What became +of him? To what doom did you put him?’ + +'He is in prison, but no worse,' said Aragorn. 'He had suffered much. + +There is no doubt that he was tormented, and the fear of Sauron lies black +on his heart. Still I for one am glad that he is safely kept by the watchful +Elves of Mirkwood. His malice is great and gives him a strength hardly to be +believed in one so lean and withered. He could work much mischief still, if +he were free. And I do not doubt that he was allowed to leave Mordor on some +evil errand.' + +'Alas! alas!’ cried Legolas, and in his fair elvish face there was +great distress. 'The tidings that I was sent to bring must now be told. They +are not good, but only here have I learned how evil they may seem to this +company. Smjagol, who is now called Gollum, has escaped.’ + +'Escaped?' cried Aragorn. 'That is ill news indeed. We shall all rue it +bitterly, I fear. How came the folk of Thranduil to fail in their trust?' + +'Not through lack of watchfulness,' said Legolas; 'but perhaps through +over -kindliness. And we fear that the prisoner had aid from others, and that +more is known of our doings than we could wish. We guarded this creature day +and night, at Gandalf s bidding, much though we wearied of the task. But +Gandalf bade us hope still for his cure, and we had not the heart to keep +him ever in dungeons under the earth, where he would fall back into his old +black thoughts.' + +'You were less tender to me,' said Gluin with a flash of his eyes as +old memories were stirred of his imprisonment in the deep places of the +Elven-king's halls. + + + + +'Now come!' said Gandalf. 'Pray do not interrupt, my good Gluin. That +was a regrettable misunderstanding, long set right. If all the grievances +that stand between Elves and Dwarves are to be brought up here, we may as +well abandon this Council.' + +Gluin rose and bowed, and Legolas continued. 'In the days of fair +weather we led Gollum through the woods; and there was a high tree standing +alone far from the others which he liked to climb. Often we let him mount up +to the highest branches, until he felt the free wind; but we set a guard at +the tree's foot. One day he refused to come down, and the guards had no mind +to climb after him: he had learned the trick of clinging to boughs with his +feet as well as with his hands; so they sat by the tree far into the night. + +'It was that very night of summer, yet moonless and starless, that Ores +came on us at unawares. We drove them off after some time; they were many +and fierce, but they came from over the mountains, and were unused to the +woods. When the battle was over, we found that Gollum was gone, and his +guards were slain or taken. It then seemed plain to us that the attack had +been made for his rescue, and that he knew of it beforehand. How that was +contrived we cannot guess; but Gollum is cunning, and the spies of the Enemy +are many. The dark things that were driven out in the year of the Dragon's +fall have returned in greater numbers, and Mirkwood is again an evil place, +save where our realm is maintained. + +'We have failed to recapture Gollum. We came on his trail among those +of many Ores, and it plunged deep into the Forest, going south. But ere long +it escaped our skill, and we dared not continue the hunt; for we were +drawing nigh to Dol Guldur, and that is still a very evil place; we do not +go that way.’ + +'Well, well, he is gone,' said Gandalf. 'We have no time to seek for +him again. He must do what he will. But he may play a part yet that neither +he nor Sauron have foreseen. + +'And now I will answer Galdor's other questions. What of Saruman? What +are his counsels to us in this need? This tale I must tell in full, for only +Elrond has heard it yet, and that in brief, but it will bear on all that we +must resolve. It is the last chapter in the Tale of the Ring, so far as it +has yet gone. + +'At the end of June I was in the Shire, but a cloud of anxiety was on +my mind, and I rode to the southern borders of the little land; for I had a +foreboding of some danger, still hidden from me but drawing near. There + + + + +messages reached me telling me of war and defeat in Gondor, and when I heard +of the Black Shadow a chill smote my heart. But I found nothing save a few +fugitives from the South; yet it seemed to me that on them sat a fear of +which they would not speak. I turned then east and north and journeyed along +the Greenway; and not far from Bree I came upon a traveller sitting on a +bank beside the road with his grazing horse beside him. It was Radagast the +Brown, who at one time dwelt at Rhosgobel, near the borders of Mirkwood. + +He + +is one of my order, but I had not seen him for many a year. + +' "Gandalf ! " he cried. "I was seeking you. But I am a stranger in +these parts. All I knew was that you might be found in a wild region with +the uncouth name of Shire." + +' "Your information was correct," I said. "But do not put it that way, +if you meet any of the inhabitants. You are near the borders of the Shire +now. And what do you want with me? It must be pressing. You were never a +traveller, unless driven by great need." + +' "I have an urgent errand," he said. "My news is evil." Then he looked +about him, as if the hedges might have ears. "Nazgyl," he whispered. "The +Nine are abroad again. They have crossed the River secretly and are moving +westward. They have taken the guise of riders in black." + +'I knew then what I had dreaded without knowing it. + +" "The enemy must have some great need or purpose," said Radagast; "but +what it is that makes him look to these distant and desolate parts, I cannot +guess." + +v "What do you mean? " said I. + +v "I have been told that wherever they go the Riders ask for news of a +land called Shire." + +' "The Shire," I said; but my heart sank. For even the Wise might fear +to withstand the Nine, when they are gathered together under their fell +chieftain. A great king and sorcerer he was of old, and now he wields a +deadly fear. "Who told you, and who sent you? " I asked. + +' "Saruman the White," answered Radagast. "And he told me to say that +if you feel the need, he will help; but you must seek his aid at once, or it +will be too late." + +'And that message brought me hope. For Saruman the White is the +greatest of my order. Radagast is, of course, a worthy Wizard, a master of +shapes and changes of hue; and he has much lore of herbs and beasts, and + + + + +birds are especially his friends. But Saruman has long studied the arts of +the Enemy himself, and thus we have often been able to forestall him. It was +by the devices of Saruman that we drove him from Dol Guldur. It might be +that he had found some weapons that would drive back the Nine. + +' "I will go to Saruman," I said. + +' "Then you must go now," said Radagast; "for I have wasted time in +looking for you, and the days are running short. I was told to find you +before Midsummer, and that is now here. Even if you set out from this spot, +you will hardly reach him before the Nine discover the land that they seek. + +I myself shall turn back at once." And with that he mounted and would have +ridden straight off. + +' "Stay a moment! " I said. "We shall need your help, and the help of +all things that will give it. Send out messages to all the beasts and birds +that are your friends. Tell them to bring news of anything that bears on +this matter to Saruman and Gandalf. Let messages be sent to Orthanc." + +"I will do that," he said, and rode off as if the Nine were after + +him. + +'I could not follow him then and there. I had ridden very far already +that day, and I was as weary as my horse; and I needed to consider matters. + +I stayed the night in Bree, and decided that I had no time to return to the +Shire. Never did I make a greater mistake! + +'However, I wrote a message to Frodo, and trusted to my friend the +innkeeper to send it to him. I rode away at dawn; and I came at long last to +the dwelling of Saruman. That is far south in Isengard, in the end of the +Misty Mountains, not far from the Gap of Rohan. And Boromir will tell you +that that is a great open vale that lies between the Misty Mountains and the +northmost foothills of Ered Nimrais, the White Mountains of his home. But +Isengard is a circle of sheer rocks that enclose a valley as with a wall, +and in the midst of that valley is a tower of stone called Orthanc. It was +not made by Saruman, but by the Men of N®menor long ago; and it is very tall +and has many secrets; yet it looks not to be a work of craft. It cannot be +reached save by passing the circle of Isengard; and in that circle there is +only one gate. + +'Late one evening I came to the gate, like a great arch in the wall of +rock; and it was strongly guarded. But the keepers of the gate were on the +watch for me and told me that Saruman awaited me. I rode under the arch, and +the gate closed silently behind me, and suddenly I was afraid, though I knew + + + + +no reason for it. + +'But I rode to the foot of Orthanc, and came to the stair of Saruman +and there he met me and led me up to his high chamber. He wore a ring on his +finger. + +"So you have come, Gandalf," he said to me gravely; but in his eyes +there seemed to be a white light, as if a cold laughter was in his heart. + +v "Yes, I have come," I said. "I have come for your aid, Saruman the +White." And that title seemed to anger him. + +' "Have you indeed, Gandalf the Grey l " he scoffed. "For aid? It has +seldom been heard of that Gandalf the Grey sought for aid, one so cunning +and so wise, wandering about the lands, and concerning himself in every +business, whether it belongs to him or not." + +'I looked at him and wondered. "But if I am not deceived," said I, + +"things are now moving which will require the union of all our strength." + +' "That may be so," he said, "but the thought is late in coming to you. + +How long. I wonder, have you concealed from me, the head of the Council, a +matter of greatest import? What brings you now from your lurking-place in +the Shire? " + +' "The Nine have come forth again," I answered. "They have crossed the +River. So Radagast said to me." + +v "Radagast the Brown! " laughed Saruman, and he no longer concealed +his scorn. "Radagast the Bird-tamer! Radagast the Simple! Radagast the Fool! +Yet he had just the wit to play the part that I set him. For you have come, +and that was all the purpose of my message. And here you will stay, Gandalf +the Grey, and rest from journeys. For I am Saruman the Wise, Saruman +Ring-maker, Saruman of Many Colours! " + +'I looked then and saw that his robes, which had seemed white, were not +so, but were woven of all colours, and if he moved they shimmered and +changed hue so that the eye was bewildered. + +' "I liked white better," I said. + +' "White! " he sneered. "It serves as a beginning. White cloth may be +dyed. The white page can be overwritten; and the white light can be broken." + +' "In which case it is no longer white," said I. "And he that breaks a +thing to find out what it is has left the path of wisdom." + +' "You need not speak to me as to one of the fools that you take for +friends," said he. "I have not brought you hither to be instructed by you, +but to give you a choice." + + + + +'He drew himself up then and began to declaim, as if he were making a +speech long rehearsed. "The Elder Days are gone. The Middle Days are +passing. The Younger Days are beginning. The time of the Elves is over, but +our time is at hand: the world of Men, which we must rule. But we must have +power, power to order all things as we will, for that good which only the +Wise can see. + +' "And listen, Gandalf, my old friend and helper! " he said, coming +near and speaking now in a softer voice. "I said we, for we it may be, if +you will join with me. A new Power is rising. Against it the old allies and +policies will not avail us at all. There is no hope left in Elves or dying +N®menor. This then is one choice before you. before us. We may join with +that Power. It would be wise, Gandalf. There is hope that way. Its victory +is at hand; and there will be rich reward for those that aided it. As the +Power grows, its proved friends will also grow; and the Wise, such as you +and I, may with patience come at last to direct its courses, to control it. + +We can bide our time, we can keep our thoughts in our hearts, deploring +maybe evils done by the way, but approving the high and ultimate purpose: +Knowledge, Rule, Order; all the things that we have so far striven in vain +to accomplish, hindered rather than helped by our weak or idle friends. +There need not be, there would not be, any real change in our designs, only +in our means." + +' "Saruman," I said, "I have heard speeches of this kind before, but +only in the mouths of emissaries sent from Mordor to deceive the ignorant. I +cannot think that you brought me so far only to weary my ears." + +'He looked at me sidelong, and paused a while considering. "Well, I see +that this wise course does not commend itself to you," he said. "Not yet? + +Not if some better way can be contrived? " + +'He came and laid his long hand on my arm. "And why not, Gandalf? " he +whispered. "Why not? The Ruling Ring? If we could command that, then the +Power would pass to us. That is in truth why I brought you here. For I have +many eyes in my service, and I believe that you know where this precious +thing now lies. Is it not so? Or why do the Nine ask for the Shire, and what +is your business there? " As he said this a lust which he could not conceal +shone suddenly in his eyes. + +' "Saruman," I said, standing away from him, "only one hand at a time +can wield the One, and you know that well, so do not trouble to say we! But +I would not give it, nay, I would not give even news of it to you, now that + + + + +I learn your mind. You were head of the Council, but you have unmasked +yourself at last. Well, the choices are, it seems, to submit to Sauron, or +to yourself. I will take neither. Have you others to offer? " + +’He was cold now and perilous. "Yes," he said. "I did not expect you to +show wisdom, even in your own behalf; but I gave you the chance of aiding me +willingly, and so saving yourself much trouble and pain. The third choice is +to stay here, until the end." + +' "Until what end? " + +' "Until you reveal to me where the One may be found. I may find means +to persuade you. Or until it is found in your despite, and the Ruler has +time to turn to lighter matters: to devise, say, a fitting reward for the +hindrance and insolence of Gandalf the Grey." + +' "That may not prove to be one of the lighter matters," said I. He +laughed at me, for my words were empty, and he knew it. + +'They took me and they set me alone on the pinnacle of Orthanc, in the +place where Saruman was accustomed to watch the stars. There is no descent +save by a narrow stair of many thousand steps, and the valley below seems +far away. I looked on it and saw that, whereas it had once been green and +fair, it was now filled with pits and forges. Wolves and ores were housed in +Isengard, for Saruman was mustering a great force on his own account, in +rivalry of Sauron and not in his service yet. Over all his works a dark +smoke hung and wrapped itself about the sides of Orthanc. I stood alone on +an island in the clouds; and I had no chance of escape, and my days were +bitter. I was pierced with cold, and I had but little room in which to pace +to and fro, brooding on the coming of the Riders to the North. + +'That the Nine had indeed arisen I felt assured, apart from the words +of Saruman which might be lies. Long ere I came to Isengard I had heard +tidings by the way that could not be mistaken. Fear was ever in my heart for +my friends in the Shire; but still I had some hope. I hoped that Frodo had +set forth at once, as my letter had urged, and that he had reached Rivendell +before the deadly pursuit began. And both my fear and my hope proved +ill-founded. For my hope was founded on a fat man in Bree; and my fear was +founded on the cunning of Sauron. But fat men who sell ale have many calls +to answer; and the power of Sauron is still less than fear makes it. But in +the circle of Isengard, trapped and alone, it was not easy to think that the +hunters before whom all have fled or fallen would falter in the Shire far +away.’ + + + + +'I saw you!' cried Frodo. 'You were walking backwards and forwards. The +moon shone in your hair.' + +Gandalf paused astonished and looked at him. 'It was only a dream' said +Frodo, 'but it suddenly came back to me. I had quite forgotten it. It came +some time ago; after I left the Shire, I think.' + +'Then it was late in coming,' said Gandalf, 'as you will see. I was in +an evil plight. And those who know me will agree that I have seldom been in +such need, and do not bear such misfortune well. Gandalf the Grey caught +like a fly in a spider's treacherous web! Yet even the most subtle spiders +may leave a weak thread. + +'At first I feared, as Saruman no doubt intended, that Radagast had +also fallen. Yet I had caught no hint of anything wrong in his voice or in +his eye at our meeting. If I had, I should never have gone to Isengard, or I +should have gone more warily. So Saruman guessed, and he had concealed his +mind and deceived his messenger. It would have been useless in any case to +try and win over the honest Radagast to treachery. He sought me in good +faith, and so persuaded me. + +'That was the undoing of Saruman's plot. For Radagast knew no reason +why he should not do as I asked; and he rode away towards Mirkwood where +he + +had many friends of old. And the Eagles of the Mountains went far and wide, +and they saw many things: the gathering of wolves and the mustering of Ores; +and the Nine Riders going hither and thither in the lands; and they heard +news of the escape of Gollum. And they sent a messenger to bring these +tidings to me. + +'So it was that when summer waned, there came a night of moon, and +Gwaihir the Windlord, swiftest of the Great Eagles, came unlooked-for to +Orthanc; and he found me standing on the pinnacle. Then I spoke to him and +he bore me away, before Saruman was aware. I was far from Isengard, ere the +wolves and ores issued from the gate to pursue me. + +' "How far can you bear me? " I said to Gwaihir. + +' "Many leagues," said he, "but not to the ends of the earth. I was +sent to bear tidings not burdens." + +' "Then I must have a steed on land," I said, "and a steed surpassingly +swift, for I have never had such need of haste before." + +' "Then I will bear you to Edoras, where the Lord of Rohan sits in his +halls," he said; "for that is not very far off." And I was glad, for in the + + + + +Riddermark of Rohan the Rohirrim, the Horse-lords, dwell, and there are no +horses like those that are bred in that great vale between the Misty +Mountains and the White. + +' "Are the Men of Rohan still to be trusted, do you think? " I said to +Gwaihir, for the treason of Saruman had shaken my faith. + +' "They pay a tribute of horses," he answered, "and send many yearly to +Mordor, or so it is said; but they are not yet under the yoke. But if +Saruman has become evil, as you say, then their doom cannot be long +delayed." + +'He set me down in the land of Rohan ere dawn; and now I have +lengthened my tale over long. The rest must be more brief. In Rohan I found +evil already at work: the lies of Saruman; and the king of the land would +not listen to my warnings. He bade me take a horse and be gone; and I chose +one much to my liking, but little to his. I took the best horse in his land, +and I have never seen the like of him.’ + +’Then he must be a noble beast indeed,’ said Aragorn; 'and it grieves +me more than many tidings that might seem worse to learn that Sauron levies +such tribute. It was not so when last I was in that land.’ + +'Nor is it now, I will swear,’ said Boromir. 'It is a lie that comes +from the Enemy. I know the Men of Rohan; true and valiant, our allies, +dwelling still in the lands that we gave them long ago.’ + +'The shadow of Mordor lies on distant lands,’ answered Aragorn. +’Saruman has fallen under it. Rohan is beset. Who knows what you will find +there, if ever you return?’ + +'Not this at least.’ said Boromir, ’that they will buy their lives with +horses. They love their horses next to their kin. And not without reason, +for the horses of the Riddermark come from the fields of the North, far from +the Shadow, and their race, as that of their masters, is descended from the +free days of old.’ + +’True indeed!’ said Gandalf. 'And there is one among them that might +have been foaled in the morning of the world. The horses of the Nine cannot +vie with him; tireless, swift as the flowing wind. Shadowfax they called +him. By day his coat glistens like silver; and by night it is like a shade, +and he passes unseen. Light is his footfall! Never before had any man +mounted him, but I took him and I tamed him, and so speedily he bore me that +I reached the Shire when Frodo was on the Barrow-downs, though I set out +from Rohan only when he set out from Hobbiton. + + + + +'But fear grew in me as I rode. Ever as I came north I heard tidings of +the Riders, and though I gained on them day by day, they were ever before +me. They had divided their forces, I learned: some remained on the eastern +borders, not far from the Greenway. and some invaded the Shire from the +south. I came to Hobbiton and Frodo had gone; but I had words with old +Gamgee. Many words and few to the point. He had much to say about the +shortcomings of the new owners of Bag End. + +' "I can't abide changes," said he, "not at my time of life, and least +of all changes for the worst." "Changes for the worst," he repeated many +times. + +' "Worst is a bad word," I said to him, "and I hope you do not live to +see it." But amidst his talk I gathered at last that Frodo had left Hobbiton +less than a week before, and that a black horseman had come to the Hill the +same evening. Then I rode on in fear. I came to Buckland and found it in +uproar, as busy as a hive of ants that has been stirred with a stick. I came +to the house at Crickhollow, and it was broken open and empty; but on the +threshold there lay a cloak that had been Frodo's. Then for a while hope +left me, and I did not wait to gather news, or I might have been comforted; +but I rode on the trail of the Riders. It was hard to follow, for it went +many ways, and I was at a loss. But it seemed to me that one or two had +ridden towards Bree; and that way I went, for I thought of words that might +be said to the innkeeper. + +' "Butterbur they call him," thought I. "If this delay was his fault, I +will melt all the butter in him. I will roast the old fool over a slow +fire." He expected no less, and when he saw my face he fell down flat and +began to melt on the spot.' + +'What did you do to him?' cried Frodo in alarm. 'He was really very +kind to us and did all that he could.' + +Gandalf laughed. 'Don't be afraid!' he said. 'I did not bite, and I +barked very little. So overjoyed was I by the news that I got out of him, +when he stopped quaking, that I embraced the old fellow. How it happened I +could not then guess, but I learned that you had been in Bree the night +before, and had gone off that morning with Strider. + +' "Strider! " I cried, shouting for joy. + +"Yes, sir, I am afraid so, sir," said Butterbur, mistaking me. "He +got at them, in spite of all that I could do, and they took up with him. + +They behaved very queer all the time they were here: wilful, you might say." + + + + +"Ass! Fool! Thrice worthy and beloved Barliman! " said I. "It's the +best news I have had since midsummer: it's worth a gold piece at the least. +May your beer be laid under an enchantment of surpassing excellence for +seven years! " said I. "Now I can take a night's rest, the first since I +have forgotten when." + +'Sol stayed there that night, wondering much what had become of the +Riders; for only of two had there yet been any news in Bree, it seemed. But +in the night we heard more. Five at least came from the west, and they threw +down the gates and passed through Bree like a howling wind; and the +Bree-folk are still shivering and expecting the end of the world. I got up +before dawn and went after them. + +'I do not know, but it seems clear to me that this is what happened. + +Their Captain remained in secret away south of Bree, while two rode ahead +through the village, and four more invaded the Shire. But when these were +foiled in Bree and at Crickhollow, they returned to their Captain with +tidings, and so left the Road unguarded for a while, except by their spies. + +The Captain then sent some eastward straight across country, and he himself +with the rest rode along the Road in great wrath. + +'I galloped to Weathertop like a gale, and I reached it before sundown +on my second day from Bree-and they were there before me. They drew +away + +from me, for they felt the coming of my anger and they dared not face it +while the Sun was in the sky. But they closed round at night, and I was +besieged on the hill -top, in the old ring of Amon Syl. I was hard put to it +indeed: such light and flame cannot have been seen on Weathertop since the +war-beacons of old. + +'At sunrise I escaped and fled towards the north. I could not hope to +do more. It was impossible to find you, Frodo, in the wilderness, and it +would have been folly to try with all the Nine at my heels. Sol had to +trust to Aragorn. But I hoped to draw some of them off, and yet reach +Rivendell ahead of you and send out help. Four Riders did indeed follow me, +but they turned back after a while and made for the Ford, it seems. That +helped a little, for there were only five, not nine, when your camp was +attacked. + +’I reached here at last by a long hard road, up the Floarwell and +through the Ettenmoors, and down from the north. It took me nearly fourteen +days from Weathertop, for I could not ride among the rocks of the + + + + +troll-fells, and Shadowfax departed. I sent him back to his master; but a +great friendship has grown between us, and if I have need he will come at my +call. But so it was that I came to Rivendell only three days before the +Ring, and news of its peril had already been brought here-which proved well +indeed. + +'And that, Frodo, is the end of my account. May Elrond and the others +forgive the length of it. But such a thing has not happened before, that +Gandalf broke tryst and did not come when he promised. An account to the +Ring-bearer of so strange an event was required, I think. + +'Well, the Tale is now told, from first to last. Here we all are, and +here is the Ring. But we have not yet come any nearer to our purpose. What +shall we do with it?' + +There was silence. At last Elrond spoke again. + +'This is grievous news concerning Saruman,' he said; 'for we trusted +him and he is deep in all our counsels. It is perilous to study too deeply +the arts of the Enemy, for good or for ill. But such falls and betrayals, +alas, have happened before. Of the tales that we have heard this day the +tale of Frodo was most strange to me. I have known few hobbits, save Bilbo +here; and it seems to me that he is perhaps not so alone and singular as I +had thought him. The world has changed much since I last was on the +westward +roads. + +'The Barrow- wights we know by many names; and of the Old Forest +many + +tales have been told: all that now remains is but an outlier of its northern +march. Time was when a squirrel could go from tree to tree from what is now +the Shire to Dunland west of Isengard. In those lands I journeyed once, and +many things wild and strange I knew. But I had forgotten Bombadil, if indeed +this is still the same that walked the woods and hills long ago, and even +then was older than the old. That was not then his name. Iarwain Ben-adar we +called him, oldest and fatherless. But many another name he has since been +given by other folk: Forn by the Dwarves, Orald by Northern Men, and other +names beside. He is a strange creature, but maybe I should have summoned +him + +to our Council.' + +'He would not have come,' said Gandalf. + +'Could we not still send messages to him and obtain his help?’ asked + + + + +Erestor. 'It seems that he has a power even over the Ring.' + +'No, I should not put it so,’ said Gandalf. 'Say rather that the Ring +has no power over him. He is his own master. But he cannot alter the Ring +itself, nor break its power over others. And now he is withdrawn into a +little land, within bounds that he has set, though none can see them, +waiting perhaps for a change of days, and he will not step beyond them.' + +'But within those bounds nothing seems to dismay him,' said Erestor. +'Would he not take the Ring and keep it there, for ever harmless?’ + +'No,’ said Gandalf, 'not willingly. He might do so, if all the free +folk of the world begged him, but he would not understand the need. And if +he were given the Ring, he would soon forget it, or most likely throw it +away. Such things have no hold on his mind. He would be a most unsafe +guardian; and that alone is answer enough.’ + +'But in any case,’ said Glorfindel, 'to send the Ring to him would only +postpone the day of evil. He is far away. We could not now take it back to +him, unguessed, unmarked by any spy. And even if we could, soon or late the +Lord of the Rings would learn of its hiding place and would bend all his +power towards it. Could that power be defied by Bombadil alone? I think not. + +I think that in the end, if all else is conquered, Bombadil will fall, Last +as he was First; and then Night will come.’ + +'I know little of Iarwain save the name,’ said Galdor; 'but Glorfindel, + +I think, is right. Power to defy our Enemy is not in him, unless such power +is in the earth itself. And yet we see that Sauron can torture and destroy +the very hills. What power still remains lies with us, here in Imladris, or +with Cirdan at the Havens, or in Lurien. But have they the strength, have we +here the strength to withstand the Enemy, the coming of Sauron at the last, +when all else is overthrown?’ + +'I have not the strength,’ said Elrond; 'neither have they.’ + +'Then if the Ring cannot be kept from him for ever by strength’ said +Glorfindel, 'two things only remain for us to attempt: to send it over the +Sea, or to destroy it.’ + +'But Gandalf has revealed to us that we cannot destroy it by any craft +that we here possess,’ said Elrond. 'And they who dwell beyond the Sea would +not receive it: for good or ill it belongs to Middle-earth; it is for us who +still dwell here to deal with it.’ + +’Then, said Glorfindel, ’let us cast it into the deeps, and so make the +lies of Saruman come true. For it is clear now that even at the Council his + + + + +feet were already on a crooked path. He knew that the Ring was not lost for +ever, but wished us to think so; for he began to lust for it for himself. + +Yet oft in lies truth is hidden: in the Sea it would be safe.' + +'Not safe for ever,' said Gandalf. 'There are many things in the deep +waters; and seas and lands may change. And it is not our part here to take +thought only for a season, or for a few lives of Men, or for a passing age +of the world. We should seek a final end of this menace, even if we do not +hope to make one.’ + +'And that we shall not find on the roads to the Sea,' said Galdor. 'If +the return to Iarwain be thought too dangerous, then flight to the S,a is +now fraught with gravest peril. My heart tells me that Sauron will expect us +to take the western way, when he learns what has befallen. He soon will. The +Nine have been unhorsed indeed but that is but a respite, ere they find new +steeds and swifter. Only the waning might of Gondor stands now between him +and a march in power along the coasts into the North; and if he comes, +assailing the White Towers and the Havens, hereafter the Elves may have no +escape from the lengthening shadows of Middle-earth.' + +'Long yet will that march be delayed,' said Boromir. 'Gondor wanes, you +say. But Gondor stands, and even the end of its strength is still very +strong.' + +'And yet its vigilance can no longer keep back the Nine,' said Galdor. + +'And other roads he may find that Gondor does not guard.' + +'Then,' said Erestor, 'there are but two courses, as Glorfindel already +has declared: to hide the Ring for ever; or to unmake it. But both are +beyond our power. Who will read this riddle for us?’ + +'None here can do so,' said Elrond gravely. 'At least none can foretell +what will come to pass, if we take this road or that. But it seems to me now +clear which is the road that we must take. The westward road seems easiest. +Therefore it must be shunned. It will be watched. Too often the Elves have +fled that way. Now at this last we must take a hard road, a road unforeseen. +There lies our hope, if hope it be. To walk into peril-to Mordor. We must +send the Ring to the Fire.’ + +Silence fell again. Frodo, even in that fair house, looking out upon a +sunlit valley filled with the noise of clear waters, felt a dead darkness in +his heart. Boromir stirred, and Frodo looked at him. He was fingering his +great horn and frowning. At length he spoke. + +’I do not understand all this,' he said. 'Saruman is a traitor, but did + + + + +he not have a glimpse of wisdom? Why do you speak ever of hiding and +destroying? Why should we not think that the Great Ring has come into our +hands to serve us in the very hour of need? Wielding it the Free Lords of +the Free may surely defeat the Enemy. That is what he most fears, I deem. + +The Men of Gondor are valiant, and they will never submit; but they +may be beaten down. Valour needs first strength, and then a weapon. Let the +Ring be your weapon, if it has such power as you say. Take it and go forth +to victory!' + +’Alas, no,’ said Elrond. ’We cannot use the Ruling Ring. That we now +know too well. It belongs to Sauron and was made by him alone, and is +altogether evil. Its strength, Boromir, is too great for anyone to wield at +will, save only those who have already a great power of their own. But for +them it holds an even deadlier peril. The very desire of it corrupts the +heart. Consider Saruman. If any of the Wise should with this Ring overthrow +the Lord of Mordor, using his own arts, he would then set himself on +Sauron’s throne, and yet another Dark Lord would appear. And that is another +reason why the Ring should be destroyed: as long as it is in the world it +will be a danger even to the Wise. For nothing is evil in the beginning. +Even Sauron was not so. I fear to take the Ring to hide it. I will not take +the Ring to wield it.' + +'Nor I,' said Gandalf. + +Boromir looked at them doubtfully, but he bowed his head. 'So be it,’ +he said. 'Then in Gondor we must trust to such weapons as we have. And at +the least, while the Wise ones guard this Ring, we will fight on. Mayhap the +Sword-that-was-Broken may still stem the tide — if the hand that wields it +has inherited not an heirloom only, but the sinews of the Kings of Men.’ + +'Who can tell?’ said Aragorn. 'But we will put it to the test one day.’ + +'May the day not be too long delayed,' said Boromir. 'For though I do +not ask for aid, we need it. It would comfort us to know that others fought +also with all the means that they have.' + +'Then be comforted,’ said Elrond. 'For there are other powers and +realms that you know not, and they are hidden from you. Anduin the Great +flows past many shores, ere it comes to Argonath and the Gates of Gondor.' + +'Still it might be well for all,' said Gluin the Dwarf, 'if all these +strengths were joined, and the powers of each were used in league. Other +rings there may be, less treacherous, that might be used in our need. The +Seven are lost to us — if Balin has not found the ring of Thrur which was + + + + +the last; naught has been heard of it since Thrur perished in Moria. Indeed +I may now reveal that it was partly in hope to find that ring that Balin +went away.’ + +'Balin will find no ring in Moria,' said Gandalf. 'Thrur gave it to +Thrbin his son, but not Thrbin to Thorin. It was taken with torment from +Thrbin in the dungeons of Dol Guldur. I came too late.' + +'Ah, alas!' cried Gluin. 'When will the day come of our revenge? But +still there are the Three. What of the Three Rings of the Elves? Very mighty +Rings, it is said. Do not the Elf-lords keep them? Yet they too were made by +the Dark Lord long ago. Are they idle? I see Elf-lords here. Will they not +say?' + +The Elves returned no answer. 'Did you not hear me, Gluin?’ said +Elrond. 'The Three were not made by Sauron, nor did he ever touch them. But +of them it is not permitted to speak. So much only in this' hour of doubt I +may now say. They are not idle. But they were not made as weapons of war or +conquest: that is not their power. Those who made them did not desire +strength or domination or hoarded wealth, but understanding, making, and +healing, to preserve all things unstained. These things the Elves of +Middle-earth have in some measure gained, though with sorrow. But all that +has been wrought by those who wield the Three will turn to their undoing, +and their minds and hearts will become revealed to Sauron, if he regains the +One. It would be better if the Three had never been. That is his purpose.' + +'But what then would happen, if the Ruling Ring were destroyed as you +counsel?’ asked Gluin. + +'We know not for certain,' answered Elrond sadly. 'Some hope that the +Three Rings, which Sauron has never touched, would then become free, and +their rulers might heal the hurts of the world that he has wrought. But +maybe when the One has gone, the Three will fail, and many fair things will +fade and be forgotten. That is my belief.' + +'Yet all the Elves are willing to endure this chance,' said Glorfindel +'if by it the power of Sauron may be broken, and the fear of his dominion be +taken away for ever.' + +'Thus we return once more to the destroying of the Ring,' said Erestor, + +'and yet we come no nearer. What strength have we for the finding of the +Fire in which it was made? That is the path of despair. Of folly I would +say, if the long wisdom of Elrond did not forbid me.' + +'Despair, or folly?' said Gandalf. 'It is not despair, for despair is + + + + +only for those who see the end beyond all doubt. We do not. It is wisdom to +recognize necessity, when all other courses have been weighed, though as +folly it may appear to those who cling to false hope. Well, let folly be our +cloak, a veil before the eyes of the Enemy! For he is very wise, and weighs +all things to a nicety in the scales of his malice. But the only measure +that he knows is desire, desire for power; and so he judges all hearts. Into +his heart the thought will not enter that any will refuse it, that having +the Ring we may seek to destroy it. If we seek this, we shall put him out of +reckoning.' + +'At least for a while,' said Elrond. 'The road must be trod, but it +will be very hard. And neither strength nor wisdom will carry us far upon +it. This quest may be attempted by the weak with as much hope as the strong. +Yet such is oft the course of deeds that move the wheels of the world: small +hands do them because they must, while the eyes of the great are elsewhere.' + +'Very well, very well, Master Elrond!' said Bilbo suddenly. 'Say no +more! It is plain enough what you are pointing at. Bilbo the silly hobbit +started this affair, and Bilbo had better finish it, or himself. I was very +comfortable here, and getting on with my book. If you want to know, I am +just writing an ending for it. I had thought of putting: and he lived +happily ever afterwards to the end of his days. It is a good ending, and +none the worse for having been used before. Now I shall have to alter that: +it does not look like coming true; and anyway there will evidently have to +be several more chapters, if I live to write them. It is a frightful +nuisance. When ought I to start? + +' Boromir looked in surprise at Bilbo, but the laughter died on his +lips when he saw that all the others regarded the old hobbit with grave +respect. Only Gluin smiled, but his smile came from old memories. + +'Of course, my dear Bilbo,’ said Gandalf. 'If you had really started +this affair, you might be expected to finish it. But you know well enough +now that starting is too great a claim for any, and that only a small part +is played in great deeds by any hero. You need not bow! Though the word was +meant, and we do not doubt that under jest you are making a valiant offer. + +But one beyond your strength, Bilbo. You cannot take this thing back. It has +passed on. If you need my advice any longer, I should say that your part is +ended, unless as a recorder. Finish your book, and leave the ending +unaltered! There is still hope for it. But get ready to write a sequel, when +they come back.' + + + + +Bilbo laughed. 'I have never known you give me pleasant advice before.' +he said. 'As all your unpleasant advice has been good, I wonder if this +advice is not bad. Still, I don't suppose I have the strength or luck left +to deal with the Ring. It has grown, and I have not. But tell me: what do +you mean by they? + +'The messengers who are sent with the Ring.’ + +'Exactly! And who are they to be? That seems to me what this Council +has to decide, and all that it has to decide. Elves may thrive on speech +alone, and Dwarves endure great weariness; but I am only an old hobbit, and +I miss my meal at noon. Can't you think of some names now? Or put it off +till after dinner?' + +No one answered. The noon-bell rang. Still no one spoke. Frodo glanced +at all the faces, but they were not turned to him. All the Council sat with +downcast eyes, as if in deep thought. A great dread fell on him, as if he +was awaiting the pronouncement of some doom that he had long foreseen and +vainly hoped might after all never be spoken. An overwhelming longing to +rest and remain at peace by Bilbo's side in Rivendell filled all his heart. + +At last with an effort he spoke, and wondered to hear his own words, as if +some other will was using his small voice. + +'I will take the Ring,' he said, 'though I do not know the way.' + +Elrond raised his eyes and looked at him, and Frodo felt his heart +pierced by the sudden keenness of the glance. 'If I understand aright all +that I have heard,' he said, 'I think that this task is appointed for you, + +Frodo; and that if you do not find a way, no one will. This is the hour of +the Shire-folk, when they arise from their quiet fields to shake the towers +and counsels of the Great. Who of all the Wise could have foreseen it? Or, +if they are wise, why should they expect to know it, until the hour has +struck? + +'But it is a heavy burden. So heavy that none could lay it on another. + +I do not lay it on you. But if you take it freely, I will say that your +choice is right; and though all the mighty elf-friends of old, Hador, and +H®rin, and T®rin, and Beren himself were assembled together your seat +should + +be among them.' + +'But you won't send him off alone surely, Master?' cried Sam, unable to +contain himself any longer, and jumping up from the corner where he had been +quietly sitting on the floor. + + + + +'No indeed!' said Elrond, turning towards him with a smile. 'You at +least shall go with him. It is hardly possible to separate you from him, +even when he is summoned to a secret council and you are not.' + +Sam sat down, blushing and muttering. 'A nice pickle we have landed +ourselves in, Mr. Frodo!’ he said, shaking his head. + + + + +Chapter 3 . The Ring Goes South + + + +Later that day the hobbits held a meeting of their own in Bilbo's room. +Merry and Pippin were indignant when they heard that Sam had crept into the +Council, and had been chosen as Frodo's companion. + +'It's most unfair,' said Pippin. 'Instead of throwing him out, and +clapping him in chains, Elrond goes and rewards him for his cheek!' + +'Rewards!' said Frodo. 'I can't imagine a more severe punishment. You +are not thinking what you are saying: condemned to go on this hopeless +journey, a reward? Yesterday I dreamed that my task was done, and I could +rest here, a long while, perhaps for good.' + +'I don't wonder,' said Merry, 'and I wish you could. But we are envying +Sam, not you. If you have to go, then it will be a punishment for any of us +to be left behind, even in Rivendell. We have come a long way with you and +been through some stiff times. We want to go on.' + +'That's what I meant,' said Pippin. 'We hobbits ought to stick +together, and we will. I shall go, unless they chain me up. There must be +someone with intelligence in the party.' + +'Then you certainly will not be chosen, Peregrin Took!' said Gandalf, +looking in through the window, which was near the ground. 'But you are all +worrying yourselves unnecessarily. Nothing is decided yet.' + +'Nothing decided!’ cried Pippin. ’Then what were you all doing? You +were shut up for hours.' + +"Talking,' said Bilbo. 'There was a deal of talk, and everyone had an +eye-opener. Even old Gandalf. I think Legolas's bit of news about Gollum +caught even him on the hop, though he passed it off.' + +'You were wrong,' said Gandalf. 'You were inattentive. I had already +heard of it from Gwaihir. If you want to know, the only real eye-openers, as +you put it, were you and Frodo; and I was the only one that was not +surprised.' + +'Well, anyway,' said Bilbo, 'nothing was decided beyond choosing poor +Frodo and Sam. I was afraid all the time that it might come to that, if I +was let off. But if you ask me, Elrond will send out a fair number, when the +reports come in. Have they started yet, Gandalf?' + +'Yes,' said the wizard. 'Some of the scouts have been sent out already. + + + + +More will go tomorrow. Elrond is sending Elves, and they will get in touch +with the Rangers, and maybe with Thranduil's folk in Mirkwood. And +Aragorn + +has gone with Elrond's sons. We shall have to scour the lands all round for +many long leagues before any move is made. So cheer up, Frodo! You will +probably make quite along stay here.' + +'Ah!' said Sam gloomily. 'We'll just wait long enough for winter to +come.' + +'That can't be helped,' said Bilbo. 'It's your fault partly, Frodo my +lad: insisting on waiting for my birthday. A funny way of honouring it, I +can't help thinking. Not the day I should have chosen for letting the S.-B.s +into Bag End. But there it is: you can't wait now fill spring; and you can't +go till the reports come back. + +When winter first begins to bite +and stones crack in the frosty night, +when pools are black and trees are bare, + +'tis evil in the Wild to fare. + +But that I am afraid will be just your luck.' + +'I am afraid it will,' said Gandalf. 'We can't start until we have +found out about the Riders.' + +T thought they were all destroyed in the flood,' said Merry. + +'You cannot destroy Ringwraiths like that,' said Gandalf. 'The power of +their master is in them, and they stand or fall by him. We hope that they +were all unhorsed and unmasked, and so made for a while less dangerous; but +we must find out for certain. In the meantime you should try and forget your +troubles, Frodo. I do not know if I can do anything to help you; but I will +whisper this in your ears. Someone said that intelligence would be needed in +the party. He was right. I think I shall come with you.' + +So great was Frodo's delight at this announcement that Gandalf left the +window-sill, where he had been sitting, and took off his hat and bowed. 'I +only said I think I shall come. Do not count on anything yet. In this matter +Elrond will have much to say, and your friend the Strider. Which reminds me, +I want to see Elrond. I must be off.' + +'How long do you think I shall have here?’ said Frodo to Bilbo when +Gandalf had gone. + +'Oh, I don't know. I can't count days in Rivendell,' said Bilbo. 'But +quite long, I should think. We can have many a good talk. What about helping + + + + +me with my book, and making a start on the next? Have you thought of an +ending?' + +'Yes, several, and all are dark and unpleasant,' said Frodo. + +'Oh, that won't do!' said Bilbo. 'Books ought to have good endings. How +would this do: and they all settled down and lived together happily ever +after?' + +'It will do well, if it ever comes to that,' said Frodo. + +'Ah!' said Sam. 'And where will they live? That's what I often wonder.' + +For a while the hobbits continued to talk and think of the past journey +and of the perils that lay ahead; but such was the virtue of the land of +Rivendell that soon all fear and anxiety was lifted from their minds. The +future, good or ill, was not forgotten, but ceased to have any power over +the present. Health and hope grew strong in them, and they were content with +each good day as it came, taking pleasure in every meal, and in every word +and song. + +So the days slipped away, as each morning dawned bright and fair, and +each evening followed cool and clear. But autumn was waning fast; slowly the +golden light faded to pale silver, and the lingering leaves fell from the +naked trees. A wind began to blow chill from the Misty Mountains to the +east. The Hunter's Moon waxed round in the night sky, and put to flight all +the lesser stars. But low in the South one star shone red. Every night, as +the Moon waned again, it shone brighter and brighter. Frodo could see it +from his window, deep in the heavens burning like a watchful eye that glared +above the trees on the brink of the valley. + +The hobbits had been nearly two months in the House of Elrond, and +November had gone by with the last shreds of autumn, and December was +passing, when the scouts began to return. Some had gone north beyond the +springs of the Hoarwell into the Ettenmoors; and others had gone west, and +with the help of Aragorn and the Rangers had searched the lands far down the +Greyflood, as far as Tharbad, where the old North Road crossed the river by +a ruined town. Many had gone east and south; and some of these had crossed +the Mountains and entered Mirkwood, while others had climbed the pass at the +source of the Gladden River, and had come down into Wilderland and over the +Gladden Fields and so at length had reached the old home of Radagast at +Rhosgobel. Radagast was not there; and they had returned over the high pass +that was called the Dimrill Stair. The sons of Elrond, Elladan and Elrohir, +were the last to return; they had made a great journey, passing down the + + + + +Silverlode into a strange country, but of their errand they would not speak +to any save to Elrond. + +In no region had the messengers discovered any signs or tidings of the +Riders or other servants of the Enemy. Even from the Eagles of the Misty +Mountains they had learned no fresh news. Nothing had been seen or heard of +Gollum; but the wild wolves were still gathering, and were hunting again far +up the Great River. Three of the black horses had been found at once drowned +in the flooded Ford. On the rocks of the rapids below it searchers +discovered the bodies of five more, and also a long black cloak, slashed and +tattered. Of the Black Riders no other trace was to be seen, and nowhere was +their presence to be felt. It seemed that they had vanished from the North. + +’Eight out of the Nine are accounted for at least,' said Gandalf. 'It +is rash to be too sure, yet I think that we may hope now that the +Ringwraiths were scattered, and have been obliged to return as best they +could to their Master in Mordor, empty and shapeless. + +Tf that is so, it will be some time before they can begin the hunt +again. Of course the Enemy has other servants, but they will have to journey +all the way to the borders of Rivendell before they can pick up our trail. + +And if we are careful that will be hard to find. But we must delay no +longer.' + +Elrond summoned the hobbits to him. He looked gravely at Frodo. 'The +time has come,' he said. 'If the Ring is to set out, it must go soon. But +those who go with it must not count on their errand being aided by war or +force. They must pass into the domain of the Enemy far from aid. Do you +still hold to your word, Frodo, that you will be the Ring-bearer?' + +'I do,' said Frodo. 'I will go with Sam.' + +'Then I cannot help you much, not even with counsel,' said Elrond. 'I +can foresee very little of your road; and how your task is to be achieved I +do not know. The Shadow has crept now to the feet of the Mountains, and +draws nigh even to the borders of Greyflood; and under the Shadow all is +dark to me. You will meet many foes, some open, and some disguised; and +you + +may find friends upon your way when you least look for it. I will send out +messages, such as I can contrive, to those whom I know in the wide world; +but so perilous are the lands now become that some may well miscarry, or +come no quicker than you yourself. + +'And I will choose you companions to go with you, as far as they will + + + + +or fortune allows. The number must be few, since your hope is in speed and +secrecy. Had I a host of Elves in armour of the Elder Days, it would avail +little, save to arouse the power of Mordor. + +'The Company of the Ring shall be Nine; and the Nine Walkers shall be +set against the Nine Riders that are evil. With you and your faithful +servant, Gandalf will go; for this shall be his great task, and maybe the +end of his labours. + +'For the rest, they shall represent the other Free Peoples of the +World: Elves, Dwarves, and Men. Legolas shall be for the Elves; and Gimli +son of Gluin for the Dwarves. They are willing to go at least to the passes +of the Mountains, and maybe beyond. For men you shall have Aragorn son of +Arathorn, for the Ring of Isildur concerns him closely.' + +'Strider!' said Frodo. + +’Yes,' he said with a smile. 'I ask leave once again to be your +companion, Frodo.' + +'I would have begged you to come,’ said Frodo, 'only I thought you were +going to Minas Tirith with Boromir.' + +'I am,' said Aragorn. 'And the Sword-that-was-Broken shall be reforged +ere I set out to war. But your road and our road lie together for many +hundreds of miles. Therefore Boromir will also be in the Company. He is a +valiant man.’ + +’There remain two more to be found,' said Elrond. "These I will +consider. Of my household I may find some that it seems good to me to send.' + +'But that will leave no place for us!' cried Pippin in dismay. 'We +don't want to be left behind. We want to go with Frodo.' + +'That is because you do not understand and cannot imagine what lies +ahead,' said Elrond. + +'Neither does Frodo,' said Gandalf, unexpectedly supporting Pippin. + +'Nor do any of us see clearly. It is true that if these hobbits understood +the danger, they would not dare to go. But they would still wish to go, or +wish that they dared, and be shamed and unhappy. I think, Elrond, that in +this matter it would be well to trust rather to their friendship than to +great wisdom. Even if you chose for us an elf-lord, such as Glorfindel, he +could not storm the Dark Tower, nor open the road to the Fire by the power +that is in him.' + +'You speak gravely,' said Elrond, 'but I am in doubt. The Shire, I +forebode, is not free now from peril; and these two I had thought to send + + + + +back there as messengers, to do what they could, according to the fashion of +their country, to warn the people of their danger. In any case, I judge that +the younger of these two, Peregrin Took, should remain. My heart is against +his going.' + +'Then, Master Elrond, you will have to lock me in prison, or send me +home tied in a sack,' said Pippin. 'For otherwise I shall follow the +Company.’ + +'Let it be so then. You shall go,’ said Elrond, and he sighed. 'Now the +tale of Nine is filled. In seven days the Company must depart.' + +The Sword of Elendil was forged anew by Elvish smiths, and on its blade +was traced a device of seven stars set between the crescent Moon and the +rayed Sun, and about them was written many runes; for Aragorn son of +Arathorn was going to war upon the marches of Mordor. Very bright was that +sword when it was made whole again; the light of the sun shone redly in it, +and the light of the moon shone cold, and its edge was hard and keen. And +Aragorn gave it a new name and called it And®ril, Flame of the West. + +Aragorn and Gandalf walked together or sat speaking of their road and +the perils they would meet; and they pondered the storied and figured maps +and books of lore that were in the house of Elrond. Sometimes Frodo was with +them; but he was content to lean on their guidance, and he spent as much +time as he could with Bilbo. + +In those last days the hobbits sat together in the evening in the Hall +of Fire, and there among many tales they heard told in full the lay of Beren +and L®thien and the winning of the Great Jewel; but in the day, while Merry +and Pippin were out and about, Frodo and Sam were to be found with Bilbo in +his own small room. Then Bilbo would read passages from his book (which +still seemed very incomplete), or scraps of his verses, or would take notes +of Frodo's adventures. + +On the morning of the last day Frodo was alone with Bilbo, and the old +hobbit pulled out from under his bed a wooden box. He lifted the lid and +fumbled inside. + +'Here is your sword,' he said. 'But it was broken, you know. I took it +to keep it safe but I've forgotten to ask if the smiths could mend it. No +time now.. So I thought, perhaps, you would care to have this, don't you +know?' + +He took from the box a small sword in an old shabby leathern scabbard. +Then he drew it, and its polished and well-tended blade glittered suddenly, + + + + +cold and bright. This is Sting,' he said, and thrust it with little effort +deep into a wooden beam. 'Take it, if you like. I shan’t want it again, I +expect.' + +Frodo accepted it gratefully. + +'Also there is this!' said Bilbo, bringing out a parcel which seemed to +be rather heavy for its size. He unwound several folds of old cloth, and +held up a small shirt of mail. It was close-woven of many rings, as supple +almost as linen, cold as ice, and harder than steel. It shone like moonlit +silver, and was studded with white gems. With it was a belt of pearl and +crystal. + +'It's a pretty thing, isn't it?' said Bilbo, moving it in the light. + +'And useful. It is my dwarf-mail that Thorin gave me. I got it back from +Michel Delving before I started, and packed it with my luggage: I brought +all the mementoes of my Journey away with me, except the Ring. But I did not +expect to use this, and I don't need it now, except to look at sometimes. + +You hardly feel any weight when you put it on.' + +'I should look — well, I don't think I should look right in it,' said +Frodo. + +'Just what I said myself,’ said Bilbo. 'But never mind about looks. You +can wear it under your outer clothes. Come on! You must share this secret +with me. Don't tell anybody else! But I should feel happier if I knew you +were wearing it. I have a fancy it would turn even the knives of the Black +Riders,' he ended in a low voice. + +'Very well, I will take it,' said Frodo. Bilbo put it on him, and +fastened Sting upon the glittering belt; and then Frodo put over the top his +old weather-stained breeches, tunic, and jacket. + +'Just a plain hobbit you look,' said Bilbo. 'But there is more about +you now than appears on the surface. Good luck to you!' He turned away and +looked out of the window, trying to hum a tune. + +'I cannot thank you as I should, Bilbo, for this, and for all our past +kindnesses,' said Frodo. + +'Don't try!' said the old hobbit, turning round and slapping him on the +back. 'Ow!' he cried. 'You are too hard now to slap! But there you are: +Hobbits must stick together, and especially Bagginses. All I ask in return +is: take as much care of yourself as you can. and bring back all the news +you can, and any old songs and tales you can come by. I’ll do my best to +finish my book before you return. I should like to write the second book, if + + + + +I am spared.' He broke off and turned to the window again, singing softly. + + + +I sit beside the fire and think +of all that I have seen, +of meadow-flowers and butterflies +in summers that have been; + +Of yellow leaves and gossamer +in autumns that there were, +with morning mist and silver sun +and wind upon my hair. + +I sit beside the fire and think +of how the world will be +when winter comes without a spring +that I shall ever see. + +For still there are so many things +that I have never seen: +in every wood in every spring +there is a different green. + +I sit beside the fire and think +of people long ago, +and people who will see a world +that I shall never know. + +But all the while I sit and think +of times there were before, + +I listen for returning feet +and voices at the door. + +It was a cold grey day near the end of December. The East Wind was +streaming through the bare branches of the trees, and seething in the dark +pines on the hills. Ragged clouds were hurrying overhead, dark and low. As +the cheerless shadows of the early evening began to fall the Company made +ready to set out. They were to start at dusk, for Elrond counselled them to + + + + +journey under cover of night as often as they could, until they were far +from Ri vendell. + +'You should fear the many eyes of the servants of Sauron,' he said. 'I +do not doubt that news of the discomfiture of the Riders has already reached +him, and he will be filled with wrath. Soon now his spies on foot and wing +will be abroad in the northern lands. Even of the sky above you must beware +as you go on your way.' + +The Company took little gear of war, for their hope was in secrecy not +in battle. Aragorn had And®ril but no other weapon, and he went forth clad +only in rusty green and brown, as a Ranger of the wilderness. Boromir had a +long sword, in fashion like And®ril but of less lineage and he bore also a +shield and his war -horn. + +'Loud and clear it sounds in the valleys of the hills,' he said, 'and +then let all the foes of Gondor flee!’ Putting it to his lips he blew a +blast, and the echoes leapt from rock to rock, and all that heard that voice +in Rivendell sprang to their feet. + +Slow should you be to wind that horn again, Boromir, said Elrond. +'until you stand once more on the borders of your land, and dire need is on +you.' + +'Maybe,' said Boromir. 'But always I have let my horn cry at setting +forth, and though thereafter we may walk in the shadows, I will not go forth +as a thief in the night.' + +Gimli the dwarf alone wore openly a short shirt of steel-rings, for +dwarves make light of burdens; and in his belt was a broad-bladed axe. +Legolas had a bow and a quiver, and at his belt a long white knife. The +younger hobbits wore the swords that they had taken from the barrow; but +Frodo took only Sting; and his mail-coat, as Bilbo wished, remained hidden. +Gandalf bore his staff, but girt at his side was the elven-sword Glamdring, +the mate of Orcrist that lay now upon the breast of Thorin under the Lonely +Mountain. + +All were well furnished by Elrond with thick warm clothes, and they had +jackets and cloaks lined with fur. Spare food and clothes and blankets and +other needs were laden on a pony, none other than the poor beast that they +had brought from Bree. + +?he stay in Rivendell had worked a great wonder of change on him: he +was glossy and seemed to have the vigour of youth. It was Sam who had +insisted on choosing him, declaring that Bill (as he called him) would pine, + + + + +if he did not come. + +'That animal can nearly talk,' he said, 'and would talk, if he stayed +here much longer. He gave me a look as plain as Mr. Pippin could speak it: +if you don't let me go with you, Sam, I'll follow on my own.' So Bill was +going as the beast of burden, yet he was the only member of the Company that +did not seem depressed. + +Their farewells had been said in the great hall by the fire, and they +were only waiting now for Gandalf, who had not yet come out of the house. A +gleam of firelight came from the open doors, and soft lights were glowing in +many windows. Bilbo huddled in a cloak stood silent on the doorstep beside +Frodo. Aragorn sat with his head bowed to his knees; only Elrond knew fully +what this hour meant to him. The others could be seen as grey shapes in the +darkness. + +Sam was standing by the pony, sucking his teeth, and staring moodily +into the gloom where the river roared stonily below; his desire for +adventure was at its lowest ebb. + +'Bill, my lad,’ he said, 'you oughtn't to have took up with us. You +could have stayed here and et the best hay till the new grass comes.' Bill +swished his tail and said nothing. + +Sam eased the pack on his shoulders, and went over anxiously in his +mind all the things that he had stowed in it, wondering if he had forgotten +anything: his chief treasure, his cooking gear; and the little box of salt +that he always carried and refilled when he could; a good supply of +pipe- weed (but not near enough, I'll warrant); flint and tinder; woollen +hose: linen; various small belongings of his master's that Frodo had +forgotten and Sam had stowed to bring them out in triumph when they were +called for. He went through them all. + +'Rope!' he muttered. 'No rope! And only last night you said to +yourself: "Sam, what about a bit of rope? You'll want it, if you haven't got +it:" Well, I'll want it. I can't get it now.' + +At that moment Elrond came out with Gandalf, and he called the Company +to him. 'This is my last word,' he said in a low voice. 'The Ring-bearer is +setting out on the Quest of Mount Doom. On him alone is any charge laid: +neither to cast away the Ring, nor to deliver it to any servant of the Enemy +nor indeed to let any handle it, save members of the Company and the +Council, and only then in gravest need. The others go with him as free +companions, to help him on his way. You may tarry, or come back, or turn + + + + +aside into other paths, as chance allows. The further you go, the less easy +will it be to withdraw; yet no oath or bond is laid on you to go further +than you will. For you do not yet know the strength of your hearts, and you +cannot foresee what each may meet upon the road.' + +'Faithless is he that says farewell when the road darkens,' said Gimli. + +'Maybe,' said Elrond, 'but let him not vow to walk in the dark, who has +not seen the nightfall.' + +'Yet sworn word may strengthen quaking heart,' said Gimli. + +'Or break it,' said Elrond. 'Look not too far ahead! But go now with +good hearts ! Farewell, and may the blessing of Elves and Men and all Free +Folk go with you. May the stars shine upon your faces!’ + +'Good . . . good luck!' cried Bilbo, stuttering with the cold. 'I don't +suppose you will be able to keep a diary, Frodo my lad, but I shall expect a +full account when you get back. And don't be too long! Farewell!' + +Many others of Elrond's household stood in the shadows and watched them +go, bidding them farewell with soft voices. There was no laughter, and no +song or music. At last they turned away and faded silently into the dusk. + +They crossed the bridge and wound slowly up the long steep paths that +led out of the cloven vale of Rivendell; and they came at length to the high +moor where the wind hissed through the heather. Then with one glance at the +Last Flomely Flouse twinkling below them they strode away far into the night. + +At the Ford of Bruinen they left the Road and turning southwards went +on by narrow paths among the folded lands. Their purpose was to hold this +course west of the Mountains for many miles and days. The country was +much + +rougher and more barren than in the green vale of the Great River in +Wilderland on the other side of the range, and their going would be slow; +but they hoped in this way to escape the notice of unfriendly eyes. The +spies of Sauron had hitherto seldom been seen in this empty country, and the +paths were little known except to the people of Rivendell. + +Gandalf walked in front, and with him went Aragorn, who knew this land +even in the dark. The others were in file behind, and Legolas whose eyes +were keen was the rearguard. The first part of their journey was hard and +dreary, and Frodo remembered little of it, save the wind. For many sunless +days an icy blast came from the Mountains in the east, and no garment seemed +able to keep out its searching fingers. Though the Company was well clad, +they seldom felt warm, either moving or at rest. They slept uneasily during + + + + +the middle of the day, in some hollow of the land, or hidden under the +tangled thorn-bushes that grew in thickets in many places. In the late +afternoon they were roused by the watch, and took their chief meal: cold and +cheerless as a rule, for they could seldom risk the lighting of a fire. In +the evening they went on again, always as nearly southward as they could +find a way. + +At first it seemed to the hobbits that although they walked and +stumbled until they were weary, they were creeping forward like snails, and +getting nowhere. Each day the land looked much the same as it had the day +before. Yet steadily the mountains were drawing nearer. South of Rivendell +they rose ever higher, and bent westwards; and about the feet of the main +range there was tumbled an ever wider land of bleak hills, and deep valleys +filled with turbulent waters. Paths were few and winding, and led them often +only to the edge of some sheer fall, or down into treacherous swamps. + +They had been a fortnight on the way when the weather changed. The wind +suddenly fell and then veered round to the south. The swift-flowing clouds +lifted and melted away, and the sun came out, pale and bright. There came a +cold clear dawn at the end of a long stumbling night-march. The travellers +reached a low ridge crowned with ancient holly -trees whose grey-green trunks +seemed to have been built out of the very stone of the hills. Their dark +leaves shone and their berries glowed red in the light of the rising sun. + +Away in the south Frodo could see the dim shapes of lofty mountains +that seemed now to stand across the path that the Company was taking. At the +left of this high range rose three peaks; the tallest and nearest stood up +like a tooth tipped with snow; its great, bare, northern precipice was still +largely in the shadow, but where the sunlight slanted upon it, it glowed +red. + +Gandalf stood at Frodo’s side and looked out under his hand. 'We have +done well,’ he said. 'We have reached the borders of the country that Men +call Hollin; many Elves lived here in happier days, when Eregion was its +name. Five-and-forty leagues as the crow flies we have come, though many +long miles further our feet have walked. The land and the weather will be +milder now, but perhaps all the more dangerous.’ + +'Dangerous or not, a real sunrise is mighty welcome,’ said Frodo, +throwing back his hood and letting the morning light fall on his face. + +’But the mountains are ahead of us,’ said Pippin. 'We must have turned +eastwards in the night.’ + + + + +'No,' said Gandalf. 'But you see further ahead in the clear light. + +Beyond those peaks the range bends round south-west. There are many maps +in + +Elrond's house, but I suppose you never thought to look at them?' + +'Yes I did, sometimes,' said Pippin, 'but I don't remember them. Frodo +has a better head for that sort of thing.' + +'I need no map,' said Gimli, who had come up with Legolas, and was +gazing out before him with a strange light in his deep eyes. 'There is the +land where our fathers worked of old, and we have wrought the image of those +mountains into many works of metal and of stone, and into many songs and +tales. They stand tall in our dreams: Baraz, Zirak, Shathyr. + +'Only once before have I seen them from afar in waking life, but I know +them and their names, for under them lies Khazad-dym, the Dwarrowdelf, that +is now called the Black Pit, Moria in the Elvish tongue. Yonder stands +Barazinbar, the Redhorn, cruel Caradhras; and beyond him are Silvertine and +Cloudyhead: Celebdil the White, and Fanuidhol the Grey, that we call +Zirak-zigil and Bundushathyr. + +'There the Misty Mountains divide, and between their arms lies the +deep-shadowed valley which we cannot forget: Azanulbizar, the Dimrill Dale, +which the Elves call Nanduhirion.' + +'It is for the Dimrill Dale that we are making,' said Gandalf. 'If we +climb the pass that is called the Redhorn Gate, under the far side of +Caradhras, we shall come down by the Dimrill Stair into the deep vale of the +Dwarves. There lies the Mirrormere, and there the River Silverlode rises in +its icy springs.’ + +'Dark is the water of Kheled-zvram,' said Gimli, 'and cold are the +springs of Kibil-nvla. My heart trembles at the thought that I may see them +soon.' + +'May you have joy of the sight, my good dwarf f said Gandalf. 'But +whatever you may do, we at least cannot stay in that valley. We must go down +the Silverlode into the secret woods, and so to the Great River, and then + +f + +He paused. + +'Yes, and where then?' asked Merry. + +'To the end of the journey — in the end,' said Gandalf. 'We cannot +look too far ahead. Let us be glad that the first stage is safely over. I +think we will rest here, not only today but tonight as well. There is a + + + + +wholesome air about Hollin. Much evil must befall a country before it wholly +forgets the Elves, if once they dwelt there.’ + +That is true,' said Legolas. 'But the Elves of this land were of a +race strange to us of the silvan folk, and the trees and the grass do not +now remember them: Only I hear the stones lament them: deep they delved us, +fair they wrought us, high they builded us; but they are gone. They are +gone. They sought the Elavens long ago.' + +That morning they lit a fire in a deep hollow shrouded by great bushes +of holly, and their supper -breakfast was merrier than it had been since they +set out. They did not hurry to bed afterwards, for they expected to have all +the night to sleep in, and they did not mean to go on again until the +evening of the next day. Only Aragorn was silent and restless. After a while +he left the Company and wandered on to the ridge; there he stood in the +shadow of a tree, looking out southwards and westwards, with his head posed +as if he was listening. Then he returned to the brink of the dell and looked +down at the others laughing and talking. + +'What is the matter, Strider?’ Merry called up. ’What are you looking +for? Do you miss the East Wind?’ + +’No indeed,’ he answered. 'But I miss something. I have been in the +country of Hollin in many seasons. No folk dwell here now, but many other +creatures live here at all times, especially birds. Yet now all things but +you are silent. I can feel it. There is no sound for miles about us, and +your voices seem to make the ground echo. I do not understand it.’ + +Gandalf looked up with sudden interest. 'But what do you guess is the +reason?’ he asked. 'Is there more in it than surprise at seeing four +hobbits, not to mention the rest of us, where people are so seldom seen or +heard?’ + +'I hope that is it,’ answered Aragorn. 'But I have a sense of +watchfulness, and of fear, that I have never had here before.’ + +"Then we must be more careful,’ said Gandalf. ’If you bring a Ranger +with you, it is well to pay attention to him, especially if the Ranger is +Aragorn. We must stop talking aloud, rest quietly, and set the watch.’ + +It was Sam’s turn that day to take the first watch, but Aragorn joined +him. The others fell asleep. Then the silence grew until even Sam felt it. + +The breathing of the sleepers could be plainly heard. The swish of the +pony’s tail and the occasional movements of his feet became loud noises. Sam +could hear his own joints creaking, if he stirred. Dead silence was around + + + + +him, and over all hung a clear blue sky, as the Sun rode up from the East. +Away in the South a dark patch appeared, and grew, and drove north like +flying smoke in the wind. + +'What's that, Strider? It don’t look like a cloud,' said Sam in a +whisper to Aragorn. He made no answer, he was gazing intently at the sky; +but before long Sam could see for himself what was approaching. Flocks of +birds, flying at great speed, were wheeling and circling, and traversing all +the land as if they were searching for something; and they were steadily +drawing nearer. + +'Lie flat and still!' hissed Aragorn, pulling Sam down into the shade +of a holly -bush; for a whole regiment of birds had broken away suddenly from +the main host, and came, flying low, straight towards the ridge. Sam thought +they were a kind of crow of large size. As they passed overhead, in so dense +a throng that their shadow followed them darkly over the ground below, one +harsh croak was heard. + +Not until they had dwindled into the distance, north and west, and the +sky was again clear would Aragorn rise. Then he sprang up and went and +wakened Gandalf. + +'Regiments of black crows are flying over all the land between the +Mountains and the Greyflood,' he said, 'and they have passed over Hollin. +They are not natives here; they are crebain out of Fangorn and Dunland. I do +not know what they are about: possibly there is some trouble away south from +which they are fleeing; but I think they are spying out the land. I have +also glimpsed many hawks flying high up in the sky. I think we ought to move +again this evening. Hollin is no longer wholesome for us: it is being +watched.' + +'And in that case so is the Redhorn Gate,' said Gandalf; 'and how we +can get over that without being seen, I cannot imagine. But we will think of +that when we must. As for moving as soon as it is dark, I am afraid that you +are right.' + +'Luckily our fire made little smoke, and had burned low before the +crebain came,' said Aragorn. 'It must be put out and not lit again.' + +'Well if that isn't a plague and a nuisance!' said Pippin. The news: no +fire, and a move again by night, had been broken to him, as soon as he woke +in the late afternoon. 'All because of a pack of crows! I had looked forward +to a real good meal tonight: something hot.' + +'Well, you can go on looking forward,' said Gandalf. 'There may be many + + + + +unexpected feasts ahead for you. For myself I should like a pipe to smoke in +comfort, and warmer feet. However, we are certain of one thing at any rate: +it will get warmer as we get south.' + +'Too warm, I shouldn't wonder,' muttered Sam to Frodo. 'But I'm +beginning to think it's time we got a sight of that Fiery Mountain and saw +the end of the Road, so to speak. I thought at first that this here Redhorn, +or whatever its name is, might be it, till Gimli spoke his piece. A fair +jaw-cracker dwarf-language must be!' Maps conveyed nothing to Sam's mind, +and all distances in these strange lands seemed so vast that he was quite +out of his reckoning. + +All that day the Company remained in hiding. The dark birds passed over +now and again; but as the westering Sun grew red they disappeared +southwards. At dusk the Company set out, and turning now half east they +steered their course towards Caradhras, which far away still glowed faintly +red in the last light of the vanished Sun. One by one white stars sprang +forth as the sky faded. + +Guided by Aragorn they struck a good path. It looked to Frodo like the +remains of an ancient road, that had once been broad and well planned, from +Hollin to the mountain-pass. The Moon, now at the full, rose over the +mountains, and cast a pale light in which the shadows of stones were black. +Many of them looked to have been worked by hands, though now they lay +tumbled and ruinous in a bleak, barren land. + +It was the cold chill hour before the first stir of dawn, and the moon +was low. Frodo looked up at the sky. Suddenly he saw or felt a shadow pass +over the high stars, as if for a moment they faded and then flashed out +again. He shivered. + +'Did you see anything pass over?' he whispered to Gandalf, who was just +ahead. + +'No, but I felt it, whatever it was,' he answered. 'It may be nothing, +only a wisp of thin cloud.' + +'It was moving fast then,' muttered Aragorn, 'and not with the wind.' + +Nothing further happened that night. The next morning dawned even +brighter than before. But the air was chill again; already the wind was +turning back towards the east. For two more nights they marched on, climbing +steadily but ever more slowly as their road wound up into the hills, and the +mountains towered up, nearer and nearer. On the third morning Caradhras rose +before them, a mighty peak, tipped with snow like silver, but with sheer + + + + +naked sides, dull red as if stained with blood. + +There was a black look in the sky, and the sun was wan. The wind had +gone now round to the north-east. Gandalf snuffed the air and looked back. + +'Winter deepens behind us,' he said quietly to Aragorn. 'The heights +away north are whiter than they were; snow is lying far down their +shoulders. Tonight we shall be on our way high up towards the Redhorn Gate. +We may well be seen by watchers on that narrow path, and waylaid by some +evil; but the weather may prove a more deadly enemy than any. What do you +think of your course now, Aragorn?' + +Frodo overheard these words, and understood that Gandalf and Aragorn +were continuing some debate that had begun long before. He listened +anxiously. + +'I think no good of our course from beginning to end, as you know well, +Gandalf,' answered Aragorn. 'And perils known and unknown will grow as we +go + +on. But we must go on; and it is no good our delaying the passage of the +mountains. Further south there are no passes, till one comes to the Gap of +Rohan. I do not trust that way since your news of Saruman. Who knows +which + +side now the marshals of the Horse-lords serve?’ + +'Who knows indeed!' said Gandalf. 'But there is another way, and not by +the pass of Caradhras: the dark and secret way that we have spoken of.’ + +'But let us not speak of it again! Not yet. Say nothing to the others I +beg, not until it is plain that there is no other way.' + +'We must decide before we go further,' answered Gandalf. + +'Then let us weigh the matter in our minds, while the others rest and +sleep,' said Aragorn. + +In the late afternoon, while the others were finishing their breakfast, + +Gandalf and Aragorn went aside together and stood looking at Caradhras. Its +sides were now dark and sullen, and its head was in grey cloud. Frodo +watched them, wondering which way the debate would go. When they returned +to + +the Company Gandalf spoke, and then he knew that it had been decided to face +the weather and the high pass. He was relieved. He could not guess what was +the other dark and secret way, but the very mention of it had seemed to fill +Aragorn with dismay, and Frodo was glad that it had been abandoned. + +'From signs that we have seen lately,’ said Gandalf, ’I fear that the + + + + +Redhorn Gate may be watched; and also I have doubts of the weather that is +coming up behind. Snow may come. We must go with all the speed that we +can. + +Even so it will take us more than two marches before we reach the top of the +pass. Dark will come early this evening. We must leave as soon as you can +get ready.' + +'I will add a word of advice, if I may,' said Boromir. 'I was born +under the shadow of the White Mountains and know something of journeys +in + +the high places. We shall meet bitter cold, if no worse, before we come down +on the other side. It will not help us to keep so secret that we are frozen +to death. When we leave here, where there are still a few trees and bushes, +each of us should carry a faggot of wood, as large as he can bear.' + +'And Bill could take a bit more, couldn't you lad?' said Sam. The pony +looked at him mournfully. + +'Very well,' said Gandalf. 'But we must not use the wood — not unless +it is a choice between fire and death.' + +The Company set out again with good speed at first; but soon their way +became steep and difficult. The twisting and climbing road had in many +places almost disappeared, and was blocked with many fallen stones. The +night grew deadly dark under great clouds. A bitter wind swirled among the +rocks. By midnight they had climbed to the knees of the great mountains. The +narrow path now wound under a sheer wall of cliffs to the left, above which +the grim flanks of Caradhras towered up invisible in the gloom; on the right +was a gulf of darkness where the land fell suddenly into a deep ravine. + +Laboriously they climbed a sharp slope and halted for a moment at the +top. Frodo felt a soft touch on his face. He put out his arm and saw the dim +white flakes of snow settling on his sleeve. + +They went on. But before long the snow was falling fast, filling all +the air, and swirling into Frodo's eyes. The dark bent shapes of Gandalf and +Aragorn only a pace or two ahead could hardly be seen. + +'I don't like this at all,' panted Sam just behind. 'Snow's all right +on a fine morning, but I like to be in bed while it's falling. I wish this +lot would go off to Hobbiton! Folk might welcome it there.' Except on the +high moors of the Northfarthing a heavy fall was rare in the Shire, and was +regarded as a pleasant event and a chance for fun. No living hobbit (save + + + + +Bilbo) could remember the Fell Winter of 131 1, when the white wolves +invaded + +the Shire over the frozen Brandywine. + +Gandalf halted. Snow was thick on his hood and shoulders; it was +already ankle-deep about his boots. + +"This is what I feared,' he said. 'What do you say now, Aragorn?' + +'That I feared it too,' Aragorn answered, 'but less than other things. + +I knew the risk of snow, though it seldom falls heavily so far south, save +high up in the mountains. But we are not high yet; we are still far down, +where the paths are usually open all the winter.' + +'I wonder if this is a contrivance of the Enemy,' said Boromir. "They +say in my land that he can govern the storms in the Mountains of Shadow that +stand upon the borders of Mordor. He has strange powers and many allies.' + +'His arm has grown long indeed,' said Gimli, 'if he can draw snow down +from the North to trouble us here three hundred leagues away.' + +'His arm has grown long,' said Gandalf. + +While they were halted, the wind died down, and the snow slackened +until it almost ceased. They tramped on again. But they had not gone more +than a furlong when the storm returned with fresh fury. The wind whistled +and the snow became a blinding blizzard. Soon even Boromir found it hard to +keep going. The hobbits, bent nearly double, toiled along behind the taller +folk, but it was plain that they could not go much further, if the snow +continued. Frodo's feet felt like lead. Pippin was dragging behind. Even +Gimli, as stout as any dwarf could be, was grumbling as he trudged. + +The Company halted suddenly, as if they had come to an agreement +without any words being spoken. They heard eerie noises in the darkness +round them. It may have been only a trick of the wind in the cracks and +gullies of the rocky wall, but the sounds were those of shrill cries, and +wild howls of laughter. Stones began to fall from the mountain-side, +whistling over their heads, or crashing on the path beside them. Every now +and again they heard a dull rumble, as a great boulder rolled down from +hidden heights above. + +'We cannot go further tonight,' said Boromir. 'Let those call it the +wind who will; there are fell voices on the air; and these stones are aimed +at us.' + +'I do call it the wind,' said Aragorn. 'But that does not make what you +say untrue. There are many evil and unfriendly things in the world that have + + + + +little love for those that go on two legs, and yet are not in league with +Sauron, but have purposes of their own. Some have been in this world longer +than he.’ + +’Caradhras was called the Cruel, and had an ill name, said Gimli, 'long +years ago, when rumour of Sauron had not been heard in these lands.' + +'It matters little who is the enemy, if we cannot beat off his attack; +said Gandalf. + +'But what can we do?' cried Pippin miserably. He was leaning on Merry +and Frodo, and he was shivering. + +'Either stop where we are, or go back,' said Gandalf. ’It is no good +going on. Only a little higher, if I remember rightly, this path leaves the +cliff and runs into a wide shallow trough at the bottom of a long hard +slope. We should have no shelter there from snow, or stones — or anything +else.' + +'And it is no good going back while the storm holds,' said Aragorn. 'We +have passed no place on the way up that offered more shelter than this +cliff-wall we are under now.' + +'Shelter!' muttered Sam. 'If this is shelter, then one wall and no roof +make a house.' + +The Company now gathered together as close to the cliff as they could. + +It faced southwards, and near the bottom it leaned out a little, so that +they hoped it would give them some protection from the northerly wind and +from the falling stones. But eddying blasts swirled round them from every +side, and the snow flowed down in ever denser clouds. + +They huddled together with their backs to the wall. Bill the pony stood +patiently but dejectedly in front of the hobbits, and screened them a +little; but before long the drifting snow was above his hocks, and it went +on mounting. If they had had no larger companions the hobbits would soon +have been entirely buried. + +A great sleepiness came over Frodo; he felt himself sinking fast into a +warm and hazy dream. He thought a fire was heating his toes, and out of the +shadows on the other side of the hearth he heard Bilbo's voice speaking. / +don 't think much of your diary , he said. Snowstorms on January the twelfth: +there was no need to come back to report that! + +But I wanted rest and sleep, Bilbo , Frodo answered with an effort, when +he felt himself shaken, and he came back painfully to wakefulness. Boromir +had lifted him off the ground out of a nest of snow. + + + + +'This will be the death of the halflings, Gandalf,' said Boromir. 'It +is useless to sit here until the snow goes over our heads. We must do +something to save ourselves.’ + +'Give them this,’ said Gandalf, searching in his pack and drawing out a +leathern flask. 'Just a mouthful each — for all of us. It is very precious. + +It is miruvor, the cordial of Imladris. Elrond gave it to me at our parting. + +Pass it round!’ + +As soon as Frodo had swallowed a little of the warm and fragrant liquor +he felt a new strength of heart, and the heavy drowsiness left his limbs. + +The others also revived and found fresh hope and vigour. But the snow did +not relent. It whirled about them thicker than ever, and the wind blew +louder. + +’What do you say to fire?’ asked Boromir suddenly. ’The choice seems +near now between fire and death, Gandalf. Doubtless we shall be hidden from +all unfriendly eyes when the snow has covered us, but that will not help +us.’ + +’You may make a fire, if you can,’ answered Gandalf. ’If there are any +watchers that can endure this storm, then they can see us, fire or no.’ But +though they had brought wood and kindlings by the advice of Boromir, it +passed the skill of Elf or even Dwarf to strike a flame that would hold amid +the swirling wind or catch in the wet fuel. At last reluctantly Gandalf +himself took a hand. Picking up a faggot he held it aloft for a moment, and +then with a word of command, naur an edraith ammen ! he thrust the end of his +staff into the midst of it. At once a great spout of green and blue flame +sprang out, and the wood flared and sputtered. + +'If there are any to see, then I at least am revealed to them,’ he +said. ’I have written Gandalf is here in signs that all can read from +Rivendell to the mouths of Anduin.’ + +But the Company cared no longer for watchers or unfriendly eyes. Their +hearts were rejoiced to see the light of the fire. The wood burned merrily; +and though all round it the snow hissed, and pools of slush crept under +their feet, they warmed their hands gladly at the blaze. There they stood, +stooping in a circle round the little dancing and blowing flames. A red +light was on their tired and anxious faces; behind them the night was like a +black wall. + +But the wood was burning fast, and the snow still fell. + +The fire burned low. and the last faggot was thrown on. + + + + +The night is getting old,' said Aragorn. "The dawn is not far off.' + +'If any dawn can pierce these clouds,' said Gimli. + +Boromir stepped out of the circle and stared up into the blackness. + +'The snow is growing less,' he said, 'and the wind is quieter.' + +Frodo gazed wearily at the flakes still falling out of the dark to be +revealed white for a moment in the light of the dying fire; but for a long +time he could see no sign of their slackening. Then suddenly, as sleep was +beginning to creep over him again, he was aware that the wind had indeed +fallen, and the flakes were becoming larger and fewer. Very slowly a dim +light began to grow. At last the snow stopped altogether. + +As the light grew stronger it showed a silent shrouded world. Below +their refuge were white humps and domes and shapeless deeps beneath which +the path that they had trodden was altogether lost; but the heights above +were hidden in great clouds still heavy with the threat of snow. + +Gimli looked up and shook his head. 'Caradhras has not forgiven us.' he +said. 'He has more snow yet to fling at us, if we go on. The sooner we go +back and down the better.' + +To this all agreed, but their retreat was now difficult. It might well +prove impossible. Only a few paces from the ashes of their fire the snow lay +many feet deep, higher than the heads of the hobbits; in places it had been +scooped and piled by the wind into great drifts against the cliff. + +'If Gandalf would go before us with a bright flame, he might melt a +path for you,' said Legolas. The storm had troubled him little, and he alone +of the Company remained still light of heart. + +'If Elves could fly over mountains, they might fetch the Sun to save +us,’ answered Gandalf. 'But I must have something to work on. I cannot burn +snow.’ + +'Well,' said Boromir, 'when heads are at a loss bodies must serve, as +we say in my country. The strongest of us must seek a way. See! Though all +is now snow-clad, our path, as we came up, turned about that shoulder of +rock down yonder. It was there that the snow first began to burden us. If we +could reach that point, maybe it would prove easier beyond. It is no more +than a furlong off, I guess.' + +'Then let us force a path thither, you and I!’ said Aragorn. + +Aragorn was the tallest of the Company, but Boromir, little less in +height, was broader and heavier in build. He led the way, and Aragorn +followed him. Slowly they moved off, and were soon toiling heavily. In + + + + +places the snow was breast-high, and often Boromir seemed to be swimming +or + +burrowing with his great arms rather than walking. + +Legolas watched them for a while with a smile upon his lips, and then +he turned to the others. 'The strongest must seek a way, say you? But I say: +let a ploughman plough, but choose an otter for swimming, and for running +light over grass and leaf or over snow-an Elf.' + +With that he sprang forth nimbly, and then Frodo noticed as if for the +first time, though he had long known it, that the Elf had no boots, but wore +only light shoes, as he always did, and his feet made little imprint in the +snow. + +'Farewell!' he said to Gandalf. 'I go to find the Sun!' Then swift as a +runner over firm sand he shot away, and quickly overtaking the toiling men, +with a wave of his hand he passed them, and sped into the distance, and +vanished round the rocky turn. + +The others waited huddled together, watching until Boromir and Aragorn +dwindled into black specks in the whiteness. At length they too passed from +sight. The time dragged on. The clouds lowered, and now a few flakes of snow +came curling down again. + +An hour, maybe, went by, though it seemed far longer, and then at last +they saw Legolas coming back. At the same time Boromir and Aragorn +reappeared round the bend far behind him and came labouring up the slope. + +'Well,' cried Legolas as he ran up, 'I have not brought the Sun. She is +walking in the blue fields of the South, and a little wreath of snow on this +Redhorn hillock troubles her not at all. But I have brought back a gleam of +good hope for those who are doomed to go on feet. There is the greatest +wind-drift of all just beyond the turn, and there our Strong Men were almost +buried. They despaired, until I returned and told them that the drift was +little wider than a wall. And on the other side the snow suddenly grows +less, while further down it is no more than a white coverlet to cool a +hobbit's toes.' + +'Ah, it is as I said,' growled Gimli. 'It was no ordinary storm. It is +the ill will of Caradhras. He does not love Elves and Dwarves, and that +drift was laid to cut off our escape.' + +'But happily your Caradhras has forgotten that you have Men with you,' +said Boromir, who came up at that moment. 'And doughty Men too, if I may +say + + + + +it; though lesser men with spades might have served you better. Still, we +have thrust a lane through the drift; and for that all here may be grateful +who cannot run as light as Elves.' + +'But how are we to get down there, even if you have cut through the +drift?' said Pippin, voicing the thought of all the hobbits. + +'Have hope!' said Boromir. 'I am weary, but I still have some strength +left, and Aragorn too. We will bear the little folk. The others no doubt +will make shift to tread the path behind us. Come, Master Peregrin! I will +begin with you.' + +He lifted up the hobbit. 'Cling to my back! I shall need my arms' he +said and strode forward. Aragorn with Merry came behind. Pippin marvelled at +his strength, seeing the passage that he had already forced with no other +tool than his great limbs. Even now, burdened as he was, he was widening the +track for those who followed, thrusting the snow aside as he went. + +They came at length to the great drift. It was flung across the +mountain-path like a sheer and sudden wall, and its crest, sharp as if +shaped with knives, reared up more than twice the height of Boromir; but +through the middle a passage had been beaten, rising and falling like a +bridge. On the far side Merry and Pippin were set down, and there they +waited with Legolas for the rest of the Company to arrive. + +After a while Boromir returned carrying Sam. Behind in the narrow but +now well-trodden track came Gandalf, leading Bill with Gimli perched among +the baggage. Last came Aragorn carrying Frodo. They passed through the lane; +but hardly had Frodo touched the ground when with a deep rumble there rolled +down a fall of stones and slithering snow. The spray of it half blinded the +Company as they crouched against the cliff, and when the air cleared again +they saw that the path was blocked behind them. + +'Enough, enough!' cried Gimli. 'We are departing as quickly as we may!' +And indeed with that last stroke the malice of the mountain seemed to be +expended, as if Caradhras was satisfied that the invaders had been beaten +off and would not dare to return. The threat of snow lifted; the clouds +began to break and the light grew broader. + +As Legolas had reported, they found that the snow became steadily more +shallow as they went down, so that even the hobbits could trudge along. Soon +they all stood once more on the flat shelf at the head of the steep slope +where they had felt the first flakes of snow the night before. + +The morning was now far advanced. From the high place they looked back + + + + +westwards over the lower lands. Far away in the tumble of country that lay +at the foot of the mountain was the dell from which they had started to +climb the pass. + +Frodo’s legs ached. He was chilled to the bone and hungry; and his head +was dizzy as he thought of the long and painful march downhill. Black specks +swam before his eyes. He rubbed them, but the black specks remained. In the +distance below him, but still high above the lower foothills, dark dots were +circling in the air. + +'The birds again!’ said Aragorn, pointing down. + +That cannot be helped now,’ said Gandalf. 'Whether they are good or +evil, or have nothing to do with us at all, we must go down at once. Not +even on the knees of Caradhras will we wait for another night-fall!’ + +A cold wind flowed down behind them, as they turned their backs on the +Redhorn Gate, and stumbled wearily down the slope. Caradhras had defeated +them. + + + + +Chapter 4 . A Journey in the Dark + + + +It was evening, and the grey light was again waning fast, when they +halted for the night. They were very weary. The mountains were veiled in +deepening dusk, and the wind was cold. Gandalf spared them one more +mouthful + +each of the miruvor of Rivendell. When they had eaten some food he called a +council. + +'We cannot, of course, go on again tonight,' he said. 'The attack on +the Redhorn Gate has tired us out, and we must rest here for a while.' + +'And then where are we to go? ’ asked Frodo. + +'We still have our journey and our errand before us,' answered Gandalf. + +'We have no choice but to go on, or to return to Rivendell.' + +Pippin's face brightened visibly at the mere mention of return to +Rivendell; Merry and Sam looked up hopefully. But Aragorn and Boromir +made + +no sign. Frodo looked troubled. + +'I wish I was back there,’ he said. 'But how can I return without shame +— unless there is indeed no other way, and we are already defeated? ’ + +'You are right, Frodo,' said Gandalf: 'to go back is to admit defeat +and face worse defeat to come. If we go back now, then the Ring must remain +there: we shall not be able to set out again. Then sooner or later Rivendell +will be besieged, and after a brief and bitter time it will be destroyed. + +The Ringwraiths are deadly enemies, but they are only shadows yet of the +power and terror they would possess if the Ruling Ring was on their master's +hand again.' + +'Then we must go on, if there is a way,' said Frodo with a sigh. Sam +sank back into gloom. + +'There is a way that we may attempt,' said Gandalf. I thought from the +beginning, when first I considered this journey, that we should try it. But +it is not a pleasant way, and I have not spoken of it to the Company before. +Aragorn was against it, until the pass over the mountains had at least been +tried.' + +'If it is a worse road than the Redhorn Gate, then it must be evil + + + + +indeed,' said Merry. 'But you had better tell us about it, and let us know +the worst at once.' + +'The road that I speak of leads to the Mines of Moria,' said Gandalf. + +Only Gimli lifted up his head; a smouldering fire was in his eyes. On all +the others a dread fell at the mention of that name. Even to the hobbits it +was a legend of vague fear: + +'The road may lead to Moria, but how can we hope that it will lead +through Moria? ’ said Aragorn darkly. + +'It is a name of ill omen,' said Boromir. 'Nor do I see the need to go +there. If we cannot cross the mountains, let us journey southwards, until we +come to the Gap of Rohan, where men are friendly to my people, taking the +road that I followed on my way hither. Or we might pass by and cross the +Isen into Langstrand and Lebennin, and so come to Gondor from the regions +nigh to the sea.’ + +'Things have changed since you came north, Boromir,' answered Gandalf. +'Did you not hear what I told you of Saruman? With him I may have business +of my own ere all is over. But the Ring must not come near Isengard, if that +can by any means be prevented. The Gap of Rohan is closed to us while we go +with the Bearer. + +'As for the longer road: we cannot afford the time. We might spend a +year in such a journey, and we should pass through many lands that are empty +and harbourless. Yet they would not be safe. The watchful eyes both of +Saruman and of the Enemy are on them. When you came north, Boromir, you +were + +in the Enemy's eyes only one stray wanderer from the South and a matter of +small concern to him: his mind was busy with the pursuit of the Ring. But +you return now as a member of the Ring's Company, and you are in peril as +long as you remain with us. The danger will increase with every league that +we go south under the naked sky. + +'Since our open attempt on the mountain -pass our plight has become more +desperate, I fear. I see now little hope, if we do not soon vanish from +sight for a while, and cover our trail. Therefore I advise that we should go +neither over the mountains, nor round them, but under them. That is a road +at any rate that the Enemy will least expect us to take.’ + +'We do not know what he expects,' said Boromir. 'lie may watch all +roads, likely and unlikely. In that case to enter Moria would be to walk +into a trap, hardly better than knocking at the gates of the Dark Tower + + + + +itself. The name of Moria is black.' + +'You speak of what you do not know, when you liken Moria to the +stronghold of Sauron,' answered Gandalf. 'I alone of you have ever been in +the dungeons of the Dark Lord, and only in his older and lesser dwelling in +Dol Guldur. Those who pass the gates of Barad-dyr do not return. But I would +not lead you into Moria if there were no hope of coming out again. If there +are Ores there, it may prove ill for us, that is true. But most of the Ores +of the Misty Mountains were scattered or destroyed in the Battle of Five +Armies. The Eagles report that Ores are gathering again from afar; but there +is a hope that Moria is still free. + +'There is even a chance that Dwarves are there, and that in some deep +hall of his fathers, Balin son of Fundin may be found. However it may prove, +one must tread the path that need chooses!’ + +’I will tread the path with you, Gandalf! ’ said Gimli. ’I will go and +look on the halls of Durin, whatever may wait there-if you can find the +doors that are shut.’ + +'Good, Gimli! ' said Gandalf. 'You encourage me. We will seek the +hidden doors together. And we will come through. In the ruins of the +Dwarves, a dwarfs head will be less easy to bewilder than Elves or Men or +Hobbits. Yet it will not be the first time that I have been to Moria. I +sought there long for Thrbin son of Thrur after he was lost. I passed +through, and I came out again alive! ’ + +'I too once passed the Dimrill Gate,' said Aragorn quietly; 'but though +I also came out again, the memory is very evil. I do not wish to enter Moria +a second time.' + +'And I don't wish to enter it even once,' said Pippin. + +'Nor me,' muttered Sam. + +'Of course not! ' said Gandalf. 'Who would? But the question is: who +will follow me, if I lead you there? ' + +'I will,' said Gimli eagerly. + +'I will,' said Aragorn heavily. 'You followed my lead almost to +disaster in the snow, and have said no word of blame. I will follow your +lead now — if this last warning does not move you. It is not of the Ring, +nor of us others that I am thinking now, but of you, Gandalf. And I say to +you: if you pass the doors of Moria, beware! ’ + +'I will not go,' said Boromir; 'not unless the vote of the whole +company is against me. What do Legolas and the little folk say? The + + + + +Ring-bearer's voice surely should be heard? ’ + +I do not wish to go to Moria,' said Legolas. + +The hobbits said nothing. Sam looked at Frodo. At last Frodo spoke. 'I +do not wish to go,' he said; 'but neither do I wish to refuse the advice of +Gandalf. I beg that there should be no vote, until we have slept on it. +Gandalf will get votes easier in the light of the morning than in this cold +gloom. How the wind howls ! ' + +At these words all fell into silent thought. They heard the wind +hissing among the rocks and trees, and there was a howling and wailing round +them in the empty spaces of the night. + +Suddenly Aragorn leapt to his feet. 'How the wind howls ! ' he cried. + +'It is howling with wolf-voices. The Wargs have come west of the Mountains! + +f + +'Need we wait until morning then? ' said Gandalf. 'It is as I said. The +hunt is up! Even if we live to see the dawn, who now will wish to journey +south by night with the wild wolves on his trail? ’ + +'How far is Moria? ' asked Boromir. + +'There was a door south-west of Caradhras, some fifteen miles as the +crow flies, and maybe twenty as the wolf runs,' answered Gandalf grimly. + +'Then let us start as soon as it is light tomorrow, if we can,' said +Boromir. 'The wolf that one hears is worse than the ore that one fears.' + +'True!' said Aragorn, loosening his sword in its sheath. 'But where the +warg howls, there also the ore prowls.' + +'I wish I had taken Elrond's advice,' muttered Pippin to Sam. I am no +good after all. There is not enough of the breed of Bandobras the Bullroarer +in me: these howls freeze my blood. I don't ever remember feeling so +wretched.' + +'My heart's right down in my toes, Mr. Pippin,' said Sam. 'But we +aren't etten yet, and there are some stout folk here with us. Whatever may +be in store for old Gandalf, I'll wager it isn't a wolfs belly.' + +For their defence in the night the Company climbed to the top of the +small hill under which they had been sheltering, it was crowned with a knot +of old and twisted trees, about which lay a broken circle of boulder stones. + +In the midst of this they lit a fire, for there was no hope that darkness +and silence would keep their trail from discovery by the hunting packs. + +Round the fire they sat, and those that were not on guard dozed +uneasily. Poor Bill the pony trembled and sweated where he stood. The + + + + +howling of the wolves was now all round them, sometimes nearer and +sometimes + +further off. In the dead of the night many shining eyes were seen peering +over the brow of the hill. Some advanced almost to the ring of stones. At a +gap in the circle a great dark wolf-shape could be seen halted, gazing at +them. A shuddering howl broke from him, as if he were a captain summoning +his pack to the assault. + +Gandalf stood up and strode forward, holding his staff aloft. 'Listen, + +Hound of Sauron! ’ he cried. 'Gandalf is here. Fly, if you value your foul +skin! I will shrivel you from tail to snout, if you come within this ring.' + +The wolf snarled and sprang towards them with a great leap. At that +moment there was a sharp twang. Legolas had loosed his bow. There was a +hideous yell, and the leaping shape thudded to the ground; the elvish arrow +had pierced its throat. The watching eyes were suddenly extinguished. +Gandalf and Aragorn strode forward, but the hill was deserted; the hunting +packs had fled. All about them the darkness grew silent, and no cry came on +the sighing wind. + +The night was old, and westward the waning moon was setting, gleaming +fitfully through the breaking clouds. Suddenly Frodo started from sleep. +Without warning a storm of howls broke out fierce and wild all about the +camp. A great host of Wargs had gathered silently and was now attacking them +from every side at once. + +'Fling fuel on the fire!’ cried Gandalf to the hobbits. 'Draw your +blades, and stand back to back!’ + +In the leaping light, as the fresh wood blazed up, Frodo saw many grey +shapes spring over the ring of stones. More and more followed. Through the +throat of one huge leader Aragorn passed his sword with a thrust; with a +great sweep Boromir hewed the head off another. Beside them Gimli stood +with + +his stout legs apart, wielding his dwarf-axe. The bow of Legolas was +singing. + +In the wavering firelight Gandalf seemed suddenly to grow: he rose up, +a great menacing shape like the monument of some ancient king of stone set +upon a hill. Stooping like a cloud, he lifted a burning branch and strode to +meet the wolves. They gave back before him. High in the air he tossed the +blazing brand. It flared with a sudden white radiance like lightning; and +his voice rolled like thunder. + + + + +' Naur an edraith ammen! Naur dan i ngaurhoth!' he cried. + +There was a roar and a crackle, and the tree above him burst into a +leaf and bloom of blinding flame. The fire leapt from tree-top to tree -top. + +The whole hill was crowned with dazzling light. The swords and knives of the +defenders shone and flickered. The last arrow of Legolas kindled in the air +as it flew, and plunged burning into the heart of a great wolf-chieftain. + +All the others fled. + +Slowly the fire died till nothing was left but falling ash and sparks; +a bitter smoke curled above the burned tree-stumps, and blew darkly from the +hill, as the first light of dawn came dimly in the sky. Their enemies were +routed and did not return. + +'What did I tell you, Mr. Pippin? ' said Sam, she/thing his sword. + +'Wolves won’t get him. That was an eye-opener, and no mistake! Nearly singed +the hair off my head!’ + +When the full light of the morning came no signs of the wolves were to +be found, and they looked in vain for the bodies of the dead. No trace of +the fight remained but the charred trees and the arrows of Legolas lying on +the hill-top. All were undamaged save one of which only the point was left. + +'It is as I feared,’ said Gandalf. 'These were no ordinary wolves +hunting for food in the wilderness. Let us eat quickly and go!’ + +That day the weather changed again, almost as if it was at the command +of some power that had no longer any use for snow, since they had retreated +from the pass, a power that wished now to have a clear light in which things +that moved in the wild could be seen from far away. The wind had been +turning through north to north-west during the night, and now it failed. The +clouds vanished southwards and the sky was opened, high and blue. As they +stood upon the hill-side, ready to depart, a pale sunlight gleamed over the +mountain-tops. + +'We must reach the doors before sunset,’ said Gandalf, ’or I fear we +shall not reach them at all. It is not far, but our path may be winding, for +here Aragorn cannot guide us; he has seldom walked in this country, and only +once have I been under the west wall of Moria, and that was long ago. + +'There it lies,’ he said, pointing away south-eastwards to where the +mountains' sides fell sheer into the shadows at their feet. In the distance +could be dimly seen a line of bare cliffs, and in their midst, taller than +the rest, one great grey wall. 'When we left the pass I led you southwards, +and not back to our starting point, as some of you may have noticed. It is + + + + +well that I did so, for now we have several miles less to cross, and haste +is needed. Let us go! ' + +'I do not know which to hope,' said Boromir grimly: 'that Gandalf will +find what he seeks, or that coming to the cliff we shall find the gates lost +for ever. All choices seem ill, and to be caught between wolves and the wall +the likeliest chance. Lead on!’ + +Gimli now walked ahead by the wizard’s side, so eager was he to come to +Moria. Together they led the Company back towards the mountains. The only +road of old to Moria from the west had lain along the course of a stream, +the Sirannon, that ran out from the feet of the cliffs near where the doors +had stood. But either Gandalf was astray, or else the land had changed in +recent years; for he did not strike the stream where he looked to find it, +only a few miles southwards from their start. + +The morning was passing towards noon, and still the Company wandered +and scrambled in a barren country of red stones. Nowhere could they see any +gleam of water or hear any sound of it. All was bleak and dry. Their hearts +sank. They saw no living thing, and not a bird was in the sky; but what the +night would bring, if it caught them in that lost land, none of them cared +to think. + +Suddenly Gimli, who had pressed on ahead, called back to them. He was +standing on a knoll and pointing to the right. Hurrying up they saw below +them a deep and narrow channel. It was empty and silent, and hardly a +trickle of water flowed among the brown and red-stained stones of its bed; +but on the near side there was a path, much broken and decayed, that wound +its way among the ruined walls and paving-stones of an ancient highroad. + +’Ah! Here it is at last! ' said Gandalf. 'This is where the stream ran: + +Sirannon, the Gate-stream, they used to call it. But what has happened to +the water, I cannot guess; it used to be swift and noisy. Come! We must +hurry on. We are late.' + +The Company were footsore and tired; but they trudged doggedly along +the rough and winding track for many miles. The sun turned from the noon and +began to go west. After a brief halt and a hasty meal they went on again. +Before them the mountains frowned, but their path lay in a deep trough of +land and they could see only the higher shoulders and the far eastward +peaks. + +At length they came to a sharp bend. There the road, which had been +veering southwards between the brink of the channel and a steep fall of the + + + + +land to the left, turned and went due east again. Rounding the corner they +saw before them a low cliff, some five fathoms high, with a broken and +jagged top. Over it a trickling water dripped, through a wide cleft that +seemed to have been carved out by a fall that had once been strong and full. + +'Indeed things have changed! ' said Gandalf. 'But there is no mistaking +the place. There is all that remains of the Stair Falls. If I remember +right, there was a flight of steps cut in the rock at their side, but the +main road wound away left and climbed with several loops up to the level +ground at the top. There used to be a shallow valley beyond the falls right +up to the Walls of Moria, and the Sirannon flowed through it with the road +beside it. Let us go and see what things are like now ! ' + +They found the stone steps without difficulty, and Gimli sprang swiftly +up them, followed by Gandalf and Frodo. When they reached the top they saw +that they could go no further that way, and the reason for the drying up of +the Gate-stream was revealed. Behind them the sinking Sun filled the cool +western sky with glimmering gold. Before them stretched a dark still lake. +Neither sky nor sunset was reflected on its sullen surface. The Sirannon had +been dammed and had filled all the valley. Beyond the ominous water were +reared vast cliffs, their stern faces pallid in the fading light: final and +impassable. No sign of gate or entrance, not a fissure or crack could Frodo +see in the frowning stone. + +'There are the Walls of Moria,' said Gandalf, pointing across the +water. 'And there the Gate stood once upon a time, the Elven Door at the end +of the road from Flollin by which we have come. But this way is blocked. None +of the Company, I guess, will wish to swim this gloomy water at the end of +the day. It has an unwholesome look.’ + +'We must find a way round the northern edge,' said Gimli. 'The first +thing for the Company to do is to climb up by the main path and see where +that will lead us. Even if there were no lake, we could not get our +baggage-pony up this stair.' + +'But in any case we cannot take the poor beast into the Mines,’ said +Gandalf. 'The road under the mountains is a dark road, and there are places +narrow and steep which he cannot tread, even if we can.’ + +'Poor old Bill! ' said Frodo. 'I had not thought of that. And poor Sam! + +I wonder what he will say? ’ + +'I am sorry,' said Gandalf. 'Poor Bill has been a useful companion and +it goes to my heart to turn him adrift now. I would have travelled lighter + + + + +and brought no animal, least of all this one that Sam is fond of, if I had +had my way. I feared all along that we should be obliged to take this road.’ + +The day was drawing to its end, and cold stars were glinting in the sky +high above the sunset, when the Company, with all the speed they could, +climbed up the slopes and reached the side of the lake. In breadth it looked +to be no more than two or three furlongs at the widest point. How far it +stretched away southward they could not see in the failing light; but its +northern end was no more than half a mile from where they stood, and between +the stony ridges that enclosed the valley and the water's edge there was a +rim of open ground. They hurried forward, for they had still a mile or two +to go before they could reach the point on the far shore that Gandalf was +making for; and then he had still to find the doors. + +When they came to the northernmost corner of the lake they found a +narrow creek that barred their way. It was green and stagnant, thrust out +like a slimy arm towards the enclosing hills. Gimli strode forward +undeterred, and found that the water was shallow, no more than ankle-deep at +the edge. Behind him they walked in file, threading their way with care, for +under the weedy pools were sliding and greasy stones, and footing was +treacherous. Frodo shuddered with disgust at the touch of the dark unclean +water on his feet. + +As Sam, the last of the Company, led Bill up on to the dry ground on +the far side, there came a soft sound: a swish, followed by a plop, as if a +fish had disturbed the still surface of the water. Turning quickly they saw +ripples, black-edged with shadow in the waning light: great rings were +widening outwards from a point far out in the lake. There was a bubbling +noise, and then silence. The dusk deepened, and the last gleams of the +sunset were veiled in cloud. + +Gandalf now pressed on at a great pace, and the others followed as +quickly as they could. They reached the strip of dry land between the lake +and the cliffs: it was narrow, often hardly a dozen yards across, and +encumbered with fallen rock and stones; but they found a way, hugging the +cliff, and keeping as far from the dark water as they might. A mile +southwards along the shore they came upon holly trees. Stumps and dead +boughs were rotting in the shallows, the remains it seemed of old thickets, +or of a hedge that had once lined the road across the drowned valley. But +close under the cliff there stood, still strong and living, . two tall +trees, larger than any trees of holly that Frodo had ever seen or imagined. + + + + +Their great roots spread from the wall to the water. Under the looming +cliffs they had looked like mere bushes, when seen far off from the top of +the Stair; but now they towered overhead, stiff, dark, and silent, throwing +deep night-shadows about their feet, standing like sentinel pillars at the +end of the road. + +'Well, here we are at last! 'said Gandalf. 'Here the Elven-way from +Hollin ended. Holly was the token of the people of that land, and they +planted it here to mark the end of their domain; for the West -door was made +chiefly for their use in their traffic with the Lords of Moria. Those were +happier days, when there was still close friendship at times between folk of +different race, even between Dwarves and Elves.' + +'It was not the fault of the Dwarves that the friendship waned,' said +Gimli. + +'I have not heard that it was the fault of the Elves,' said Legolas. + +'I have heard both,' said Gandalf; 'and I will not give judgement now. + +But I beg you two, Legolas and Gimli, at least to be friends, and to help +me. I need you both. The doors are shut and hidden, and the sooner we find +them the better. Night is at hand! ' + +Turning to the others he said: 'While I am searching, will you each +make ready to enter the Mines? For here I fear we must say farewell to our +good beast of burden. You must lay aside much of the stuff that we brought +against bitter weather: you will not need it inside, nor, I hope, when we +come through and journey on down into the South. Instead each of us must +take a share of what the pony carried, especially the food and the +water-skins.' + +'But you can't leave poor old Bill behind in this forsaken place, Mr. +Gandalf! ' cried Sam, angry and distressed. 'I won't have it, and that's +flat. After he has come so far and all ! ' + +'I am sorry, Sam,' said the wizard. 'But when the Door opens I do not +think you will be able to drag your Bill inside, into the long dark of +Moria. You will have to choose between Bill and your master.’ + +'He'd follow Mr. Frodo into a dragon's den, if I led him,' protested +Sam. 'It'd be nothing short of murder to turn him loose with all these +wolves about.' + +'It will be short of murder, I hope,' said Gandalf. He laid his hand on +the pony's head, and spoke in a low voice. 'Go with words of guard and +guiding on you,’ he said. 'You are a wise beast, and have learned much in + + + + +Rivendell. Make your ways to places where you can find grass, and so come in +time to Elrond's house, or wherever you wish to go. + +'There, Sam! He will have quite as much chance of escaping wolves and +getting home as we have.’ + +Sam stood sullenly by the pony and returned no answer. Bill, seeming to +understand well what was going on, nuzzled up to him, putting his nose to +Sam's ear. Sam burst into tears, and fumbled with the straps, unlading all +the pony's packs and throwing them on the ground. The others sorted out the +goods, making a pile of all that could be left behind, and dividing up the +rest. + +When this was done they turned to watch Gandalf. He appeared to have +done nothing. He was standing between the two trees gazing at the blank wall +of the cliff, as if he would bore a hole into it with his eyes. Gimli was +wandering about, tapping the stone here and there with his axe. Legolas was +pressed against the rock, as if listening. + +'Well, here we are and all ready,' said Merry; 'but where are the +Doors? I can't see any sign of them.' + +'Dwarf-doors are not made to be seen when shut,' said Gimli. 'They are +invisible, and their own masters cannot find them or open them, if their +secret is forgotten.' + +'But this Door was not made to be a secret known only to Dwarves,' said +Gandalf, coming suddenly to life and turning round. 'Unless things are +altogether changed, eyes that know what to look for may discover the signs.’ + +He walked forward to the wall. Right between the shadow of the trees +there was a smooth space, and over this he passed his hands to and fro, +muttering words under his breath. Then he stepped back. + +'Look!' he said. 'Can you see anything now?’ + +The Moon now shone upon the grey face of the rock; but they could see +nothing else for a while. Then slowly on the surface, where the wizard's +hands had passed, faint lines appeared, like slender veins of silver running +in the stone. At first they were no more than pale gossamer-threads, so fine +that they only twinkled fitfully where the Moon caught them, but steadily +they grew broader and clearer, until their design could be guessed. + +At the top, as high as Gandalf could reach, was an arch of interlacing +letters in an Elvish character. Below, though the threads were in places +blurred or broken, the outline could be seen of an anvil and a hammer + + + + +surmounted by a crown with seven stars. Beneath these again were two trees, +each bearing crescent moons. More clearly than all else there shone forth in +the middle of the door a single star with many rays. + +'There are the emblems of Dunn!' cried Gimli. + +'And there is the Tree of the High Elves!' said Legolas. + +'And the Star of the House of Flanor,' said Gandalf. 'They are wrought +of ithildin that mirrors only starlight and moonlight, and sleeps until it +is touched by one who speaks words now long forgotten in Middle-earth. It is +long since I heard them, and I thought deeply before I could recall them to +my mind.’ + +’What does the writing say?’ asked Frodo, who was trying to decipher +the inscription on the arch. ’I thought I knew the elf-letters but I cannot +read these.’ + +'The words are in the elven-tongue of the West of Middle-earth in the +Elder Days,’ answered Gandalf. ’But they do not say anything of importance +to us. They say only: The Doors ofDurin, Lord ofMoria. Speak, friend, and +enter. And underneath small and faint is written: I, Narvi, made them. +Celebrimbor ofHollin drew these signs.' + +'What does it mean by speak, friend, and enter!' asked Merry. + +’That is plain enough,’ said Gimli. 'If you are a friend, speak the +password, and the doors will open, and you can enter.’ + +’Yes,' said Gandalf, 'these doors are probably governed by words. Some +dwarf-gates will open only at special times, or for particular persons; and +some have locks and keys that are still needed when all necessary times and +words are known. These doors have no key. In the days of Durin they were not +secret. They usually stood open and doorwards sat here. But if they were +shut, any who knew the opening word could speak it and pass in. At least so +it is recorded, is it not, Gimli? ' + +'It is,' said the dwarf. 'But what the word was is not remembered. + +Narvi and his craft and all his kindred have vanished from the earth.’ + +’But do not you know the word, Gandalf? ’ asked Boromir in surprise. + +'No! ’ said the wizard. + +The others looked dismayed; only Aragorn, who knew Gandalf well, +remained silent and unmoved. + +’Then what was the use of bringing us to this accursed spot?’ cried +Boromir, glancing back with a shudder at the dark water. 'You told us that +you had once passed through the Mines. How could that be, if you did not + + + + +know how to enter? ' + +'The answer to your first question, Boromir,’ said the wizard, 'is that +I do not know the word-yet. But we shall soon see. And,’ he added, with a +glint in his eyes under their bristling brows, 'you may ask what is the use +of my deeds when they are proved useless. As for your other question: do you +doubt my tale? Or have you no wits left? I did not enter this way. I came +from the East. + +'If you wish to know, I will tell you that these doors open outwards. + +From the inside you may thrust them open with your hands. From the outside +nothing will move them save the spell of command. They cannot be forced +inwards.’ + +'What are you going to do then? ’ asked Pippin, undaunted by the +wizard's bristling brows. + +'Knock on the doors with your head, Peregrin Took,' said Gandalf. 'But +if that does not shatter them, and I am allowed a little peace from foolish +questions, I will seek for the opening words. + +'I once knew every spell in all the tongues of Elves or Men or Ores +that was ever used for such a purpose. I can still remember ten score of +them without searching in my mind. But only a few trials, I think, will be +needed; and I shall not have to call on Gimli for words of the secret +dwarf-tongue that they teach to none. The opening words were Elvish, like +the writing on the arch: that seems certain.' + +Ele stepped up to the rock again, and lightly touched with his staff the +silver star in the middle beneath the sign of the anvil. + +Annon edhellen, edro hi ammen! + +Fennas nogothrim, lasto beth lammen! + +he said in a commanding voice. The silver lines faded, but the blank +grey stone did not stir. + +Many times he repeated these words in different order, or varied them. +Then he tried other spells, one after another, speaking now faster and +louder, now soft and slow. Then he spoke many single words of Elvish speech. +Nothing happened. The cliff towered into the night, the countless stars were +kindled, the wind blew cold, and the doors stood fast. + +Again Gandalf approached the wall, and lifting up his arms he spoke in +tones of command and rising wrath. Edro, edro! he cried, and struck the rock +with his staff. Open, open! he shouted, and followed it with the same +command in every language that had ever been spoken in the West of + + + + +Middle-earth. Then he threw his staff on the ground, and sat down in +silence. + +At that moment from far off the wind bore to their listening ears the +howling of wolves. Bill the pony started in fear, and Sam sprang to his side +and whispered softly to him. + +'Do not let him run away! ' said Boromir. 'It seems that we shall need +him still, if the wolves do not find us. How I hate this foul pool! ' He +stooped and picking up a large stone he cast it far into the dark water. + +The stone vanished with a soft slap; but at the same instant there was +a swish and a bubble. Great rippling rings formed on the surface out beyond +where the stone had fallen, and they moved slowly towards the foot of the +cliff. + +’Why did you do that, Boromir? ' said Frodo. V I hate this place, too, +and I am afraid. I don't know of what: not of wolves, or the dark behind the +doors, but of something else. I am afraid of the pool. Don't disturb it! ' + +'1 wish we could get away! ' said Merry. + +'Why doesn't Gandalf do something quick? ' said Pippin. + +Gandalf took no notice of them. He sat with his head bowed, either in +despair or in anxious thought. The mournful howling of the wolves was heard +again. The ripples on the water grew and came closer; some were already +lapping on the shore. + +With a suddenness that startled them all the wizard sprang to his feet. + +He was laughing! V I have it! ' he cried. 'Of course, of course! Absurdly +simple, like most riddles when you see the answer.' + +Picking up his staff he stood before the rock and said in a clear +voice: Mellon! + +The star shone out briefly and faded again. Then silently a great +doorway was outlined, though not a crack or joint had been visible before. +Slowly it divided in the middle and swung outwards inch by inch, until both +doors lay back against the wall. Through the opening a shadowy stair could +be seen climbing steeply up; but beyond the lower steps the darkness was +deeper than the night. The Company stared in wonder. + +V I was wrong after all,' said Gandalf, 'and Gimli too. Merry, of all +people, was on the right track. The opening word was inscribed on the +archway all the time! The translation should have been: Say "Friend" and +enter. I had only to speak the Elvish word for friend and the doors opened. +Quite simple. Too simple for a learned lore-master in these suspicious days. + + + + +Those were happier times. Now let us go!' + +He strode forward and set his foot on the lowest step. But at that +moment several things happened. Frodo felt something seize him by the ankle, +and he fell with a cry. Bill the pony gave a wild neigh of fear, and turned +tail and dashed away along the lakeside into the darkness. Sam leaped after +him, and then hearing Frodo’s cry he ran back again, weeping and cursing. +The others swung round and saw the waters of the lake seething, as if a host +of snakes were swimming up from the southern end. + +Out from the water a long sinuous tentacle had crawled; it was +pale-green and luminous and wet. Its fingered end had hold of Frodo's foot +and was dragging him into the water. Sam on his knees was now slashing at it +with a knife. + +The arm let go of Frodo, and Sam pulled him away, crying out for help. +Twenty others arms came rippling out. The dark water boiled, and there was a +hideous stench. + +'Into the gateway! Up the stairs! Quick! ' shouted Gandalf leaping +back. Rousing them from the horror that seemed to have rooted all but Sam to +the ground where they stood, he drove them forward. + +They were just in time. Sam and Frodo were only a few steps up, and +Gandalf had just begun to climb, when the groping tentacles writhed across +the narrow shore and fingered the cliff- wall and the doors. One came +wriggling over the threshold, glistening in the starlight. Gandalf turned +and paused. If he was considering what word would close the gate again from +within, there was no need. Many coiling arms seized the doors on either +side, and with horrible strength, swung them round. With a shattering echo +they slammed, and all light was lost. A noise of rending and crashing came +dully through the ponderous stone. + +Sam, clinging to Frodo’s arm, collapsed on a step in the black +darkness. 'Poor old Bill! ’ he said in a choking voice. 'Poor old Bill! +Wolves and snakes! But the snakes were too much for him. I had to choose, +Mr. Frodo. I had to come with you.’ + +They heard Gandalf go back down the steps and thrust his staff against +the doors. There was a quiver in the stone and the stairs trembled, .but the +doors did not open. 'Well, well! ’ said the wizard. 'The passage is blocked +behind us now and there is only one way out— on the other side of the +mountains. I fear from the sounds that boulders have been piled up, and the +trees uprooted and thrown across the gate. I am sorry; for the trees were + + + + +beautiful, and had stood so long.' + +'I felt that something horrible was near from the moment that my foot +first touched the water,' said Frodo. 'What was the thing, or were there +many of them? ' + +'I do not know,' answered Gandalf, 'but the arms were all guided by one +purpose. Something has crept, or has been driven out of dark waters under +the mountains. There are older and fouler things than Ores in the deep +places of the world.' He did not speak aloud his thought that whatever it +was that dwelt in the lake, it had seized on Frodo first among all the +Company. + +Boromir muttered under his breath, but the echoing stone magnified the +sound to a hoarse whisper that all could hear: 'In the deep places of the +world! And thither we are going against my wish. Who will lead us nowin +this deadly dark? ' + +'I will,' said Gandalf, 'and Gimli shall walk with me. Follow my staff! + +t + +As the wizard passed on ahead up the great steps, he held his staff +aloft, and from its tip there came a faint radiance. The wide stairway was +sound and undamaged. Two hundred steps they counted, broad and shallow; +and + +at the top they found an arched passage with a level floor leading on into +the dark. + +'Let us sit and rest and have something to eat, here on the landing, +since we can't find a dining-room! ' said Frodo. He had begun to shake off +the terror of the clutching arm, and suddenly he felt extremely hungry. + +The proposal was welcomed by all; and they sat down on the upper steps, +dim figures in the gloom. After they had eaten, Gandalf gave them each a +third sip of the miruvor of Rivendell. + +'It will not last much longer, I am afraid,’ he said; 'but I think we +need it after that horror at the gate. And unless we have great luck, we +shall need all that is left before we see the other side! Go carefully with +the water, too! There are many streams and wells in the Mines, but they +should not be touched. We may not have a chance of filling our skins and +bottles till we come down into Dimrill Dale.' + +'How long is that going to take us? ' asked Frodo. + +'I cannot say,' answered Gandalf. 'It depends on many chances. But +going straight, without mishap or losing our way, we shall take three or + + + + +four marches, I expect. It cannot be less than forty miles from West -door to +East-gate in a direct line, and the road may wind much.' + +After only a brief rest they started on their way again. All were eager +to get the journey over as quickly as possible, and were willing, tired as +they were, to go on marching still for several hours. Gandalf walked in +front as before. In his left hand he held up his glimmering staff, the light +of which just showed the ground before his feet; in his right he held his +sword Glamdring. Behind him came Gimli, his eyes glinting in the dim light +as he turned his head from side to side. Behind the dwarf walked Frodo, and +he had drawn the short sword, Sting. No gleam came from the blades of Sting +or of Glamdring; and that was some comfort, for being the work of Elvish +smiths in the Elder Days these swords shone with a cold light, if any Ores +were near at hand. Behind Frodo went Sam, and after him Legolas, and the +young hobbits, and Boromir. In the dark at the rear, grim and silent, walked +Aragorn. + +The passage twisted round a few turns, and then began to descend. It +went steadily down for a long while before it became level once again. The +air grew hot and stifling, but it was not foul, and at times they felt +currents of cooler air upon their faces, issuing from half-guessed openings +in the walls. There were many of these. In the pale ray of the wizard's +staff, Frodo caught glimpses of stairs and arches and of other passages and +tunnels, sloping up, or running steeply down, or opening blankly dark on +either side. It was bewildering beyond hope of remembering. + +Gimli aided Gandalf very little, except by his stout courage. At least +he was not, as were most of the others, troubled by the mere darkness in +itself. Often the wizard consulted him at points where the choice of way was +doubtful; but it was always Gandalf who had the final word. The Mines of +Moria were vast and intricate beyond the imagination of Gimli, Gluin's son, +dwarf of the mountain-race though he was. To Gandalf the far-off memories of +a journey long before were now of little help, but even in the gloom and +despite all windings of the road he knew whither he wished to go, and he did +not falter, as long as there was a path that led towards his goal. + +'Do not be afraid! ' said Aragorn. There was a pause longer than usual, +and Gandalf and Gimli were whispering together; the others were crowded +behind, waiting anxiously. 'Do not be afraid! I have been with him on many a +journey, if never on one so dark; and there are tales of Rivendell of +greater deeds of his than any that I have seen. He will not go astray-if + + + + +there is any path to find. He has led us in here against our fears, but he +will lead us out again, at whatever cost to himself. He is surer of finding +the way home in a blind night than the cats of Queen Ber®thiel.' + +It was well for the Company that they had such a guide. They had no +fuel nor any means of making torches; in the desperate scramble at the doors +many things had been left behind. But without any light they would soon have +come to grief. There were not only many roads to choose from, there were +also in many places holes and pitfalls, and dark wells beside the path in +which their passing feet echoed. There were fissures and chasms in the walls +and floor, and every now and then a crack would open right before their +feet. The widest was more than seven feet across, and it was long before +Pippin could summon enough courage to leap over the dreadful gap. The noise +of churning water came up from far below, as if some great mill-wheel was +turning in the depths. + +'Rope! ' muttered Sam. 'I knew I'd want it, if I hadn't got it! ' + +As these dangers became more frequent their march became slower. +Already they seemed to have been tramping on, on, endlessly to the +mountains' roots. They were more than weary, and yet there seemed no comfort +in the thought of halting anywhere. Frodo's spirits had risen for a while +after his escape, and after food and a draught of the cordial; but now a +deep uneasiness, growing to dread, crept over him again. Though he had been +healed in Rivendell of the knife-stroke, that grim wound had not been +without effect. His senses were sharper and more aware of things that could +not be seen. One sign of change that he soon had noticed was that he could +see more in the dark than any of his companions, save perhaps Gandalf. And +he was in any case the bearer of the Ring: it hung upon its chain against +his breast, and at whiles it seemed a heavy weight. He felt the certainty of +evil ahead and of evil following; but he said nothing. He gripped tighter on +the hilt of his sword and went on doggedly. + +The Company behind him spoke seldom, and then only in hurried whispers. +There was no sound but the sound of their own feet; the dull stump of +Gimli's dwarf-boots; the heavy tread of Boromir; the light step of Legolas; +the soft, scarce-heard patter of hobbit-feet; and in the rear the slow firm +footfalls of Aragorn with his long stride. When they halted for a moment +they heard nothing at all, unless it were occasionally a faint trickle and +drip of unseen water. Yet Frodo began to hear, or to imagine that he heard, +something else: like the faint fall of soft bare feet. It was never loud + + + + +enough, or near enough, for him to feel certain that he heard it; but once +it had started it never stopped, while the Company was moving. But it was +not an echo, for when they halted it pattered on for a little all by itself, +and then grew still. + +It was after nightfall when they had entered the Mines. They had been +going for several hours with only brief halts, when Gandalf came to his +first serious check. Before him stood a wide dark arch opening into three +passages: all led in the same general direction, eastwards; but the +left-hand passage plunged down, while the right-hand climbed up, and the +middle way seemed to run on, smooth and level but very narrow. + +'I have no memory of this place at all!' said Gandalf, standing +uncertainly under the arch. He held up his staff in the hope of finding some +marks or inscription that might help his choice; but nothing of the kind was +to be seen. I am too weary to decide,' he said, shaking his head. 'And I +expect that you are all as weary as I am, or wearier. We had better halt +here for what is left of the night. You know what I mean! In here it is ever +dark; but outside the late Moon is riding westward and the middle-night has +passed.' + +'Poor old Bill! ' said Sam. 'I wonder where he is. I hope those wolves +haven't got him yet.' + +To the left of the great arch they found a stone door: it was half +closed, but swung back easily to a gentle thrust. Beyond there seemed to lie +a wide chamber cut in the rock. + +'Steady! Steady! ' cried Gandalf as Merry and Pippin pushed forward, +glad to find a place where they could rest with at least more feeling of +shelter than in the open passage. 'Steady! You do not know what is inside +yet. I will go first.’ + +He went in cautiously, and the others filed behind. 'There! ’ he said, +pointing with his staff to the middle of the floor. Before his feet they saw +a large round hole like the mouth of a well. Broken and rusty chains lay at +the edge and trailed down into the black pit. Fragments of stone lay near. + +'One of you might have fallen in and still be wondering when you were +going to strike the bottom,' said Aragorn to Merry. 'Let the guide go first +while you have one.' + +'This seems to have been a guardroom, made for the watching of the +three passages,' said Gimli. 'That hole was plainly a well for the guards' +use, covered with a stone lid. But the lid is broken, and we must all take + + + + +care in the dark.' + +Pippin felt curiously attracted by the well. While the others were +unrolling blankets and making beds against the walls of the chamber, as far +as possible from the hole in the floor, he crept to the edge and peered +over. A chill air seemed to strike his face, rising from invisible depths. +Moved by a sudden impulse he groped for a loose stone, and let it drop. He +felt his heart beat many times before there was any sound. Then far below, +as if the stone had fallen into deep water in some cavernous place, there +came a plunk , very distant, but magnified and repeated in the hollow shaft. + +'What's that? ' cried Gandalf. He was relieved when Pippin confessed +what he had done; but he was angry, and Pippin could see his eye glinting. +’Fool of a Took! ' he growled. 'This is a serious journey, not a hobbit +walking -party. Throw yourself in next time, and then you will be no further +nuisance. Now be quiet! ' + +Nothing more was heard for several minutes; but then there came out of +the depths faint knocks: tom-tap, tap-tom. They stopped, and when the echoes +had died away, they were repeated: tap-tom, tom-tap, tap-tap, tom. They +sounded disquietingly like signals of some sort; but after a while the +knocking died away and was not heard again. + +'That was the sound of a hammer, or I have never heard one,' said +Gimli. + +'Yes,' said Gandalf, 'and I do not like it. It may have nothing to do +with Peregrin's foolish stone; but probably something has been disturbed +that would have been better left quiet. Pray, do nothing of the kind again! + +Let us hope we shall get some rest without further trouble. You, Pippin, can +go on the first watch, as a reward,' he growled, as he rolled himself in a +blanket. + +Pippin sat miserably by the door in the pitch dark; but he kept on +turning round, fearing that some unknown thing would crawl up out of the +well. He wished he could cover the hole, if only with a blanket, but he +dared not move or go near it, even though Gandalf seemed to be asleep. + +Actually Gandalf was awake, though lying still and silent. He was deep +in thought, trying to recall every memory of his former journey in the +Mines, and considering anxiously the next course that he should take; a +false turn now might be disastrous. After an hour he rose up and came over +to Pippin. + +'Get into a corner and have a sleep, my lad,' he said in a kindly tone. + + + + +'You want to sleep, I expect. I cannot get a wink, so I may as well do the +watching.' + +'I know what is the matter with me,' he muttered, as he sat down by the +door. 'I need smoke ! I have not tasted it since the morning before the +snowstorm.' + +The last thing that Pippin saw, as sleep took him, was a dark glimpse +of the old wizard huddled on the floor, shielding a glowing chip in his +gnarled hands between his knees. The flicker for a moment showed his sharp +nose, and the puff of smoke. + +It was Gandalf who roused them all from sleep. He had sat and watched +all alone for about six hours, and had let the others rest. 'And in the +watches I have made up my mind,' he said. 'I do not like the feel of the +middle way; and I do not like the smell of the left-hand way: there is foul +air down there, or I am no guide. I shall take the right-hand passage. It is +time we began to climb up again.' + +For eight dark hours, not counting two brief halts, they marched on; +and they met no danger, and heard nothing, and saw nothing but the faint +gleam of the wizard's light, bobbing like a will-o'-the-wisp in front of +them. The passage they had chosen wound steadily upwards. As far as they +could judge it went in great mounting curves, and as it rose it grew loftier +and wider. There were now no openings to other galleries or tunnels on +either side, and the floor was level and sound, without pits or cracks. +Evidently they had struck what once had been an important road; and they +went forward quicker than they had done on their first march. + +In this way they advanced some fifteen miles, measured in a direct line +east, though they must have actually walked twenty miles or more. As the +road climbed upwards' Frodo's spirits rose a little; but he still felt +oppressed, and still at times he heard, or thought he heard, away behind the +Company and beyond the fall and patter of their feet, a following footstep +that was not an echo. + +They had marched as far as the hobbits could endure without a rest, and +all were thinking of a place where they could sleep, when suddenly the walls +to right and left vanished. They seemed to have passed through some arched +doorway into a black and empty space. There was a great draught of warmer +air behind them, and before them the darkness was cold on their faces. They +halted and crowded anxiously together. + +Gandalf seemed pleased. 'I chose the right way,' he said. 'At last we + + + + +are coming to the habitable parts, and I guess that we are not far now from +the eastern side. But we are high up, a good deal higher than the Dimrill +Gate, unless I am mistaken. From the feeling of the air we must be in a wide +hall. I will now risk a little real light.' + +He raised his staff, and for a brief instant there was blaze like a +flash of lightning. Great shadows sprang up and fled, and for a second they +saw a vast roof far above their heads upheld by many mighty pillars hewn of +stone. Before them and on either side stretched a huge empty hall; its black +walls, polished and smooth as glass, flashed and glittered. Three other +entrances they saw, dark black arches: one straight before them eastwards, +and one on either side. Then the light went out. + +'That is all that I shall venture on for the present,' said Gandalf. + +'There used to be great windows on the mountain-side, and shafts leading out +to the light in the upper reaches of the Mines. I think we have reached them +now, but it is night outside again, and we cannot tell until morning. If I +am right, tomorrow we may actually see the morning peeping in. But in the +meanwhile we had better go no further. Let us rest, if we can. Things have +gone well so far, and the greater part of the dark road is over. But we are +not through yet, and it is a long way down to the Gates that open on the +world.' + +The Company spent that night in the great cavernous hall, huddled close +together in a corner to escape the draught: there seemed to be a steady +inflow of chill air through the eastern archway. All about them as they lay +hung the darkness, hollow and immense, and they were oppressed by the +loneliness and vastness of the dolven halls and endlessly branching stairs +and passages. The wildest imaginings that dark rumour had ever suggested to +the hobbits fell altogether short of the actual dread and wonder of Moria. + +'There must have been a mighty crowd of dwarves here at one time ' said +Sam; 'and every one of them busier than badgers for five hundred years to +make all this, and most in hard rock too! What did they do it all for? They +didn't live in these darksome holes surely? ' + +'These are not holes,’ said Gimli. 'This is the great realm and city of +the Dwarrowdelf. And of old it was not darksome, but full of light and +splendour, as is still remembered in our songs.' + +He rose and standing in the dark he began to chant in a deep voice, +while the echoes ran away into the roof. + +The world was young, the mountains green, + + + + +No stain yet on the Moon was seen, + +No words were laid on stream or stone +When Durin woke and walked alone. + +He named the nameless hills and dells; +He drank from yet untasted wells; + +He stooped and looked in Mirrormere, +And saw a crown of stars appear, + +As gems upon a silver thread, + +Above the shadow of his head. + +The world was fair, the mountains tall, +In Elder Days before the fall +Of mighty kings in Nargothrond +And Gondolin, who now beyond +The Western Seas have passed away: +The world was fair in Durin 's Day. + +A king he was on carven throne +In many-pillared halls of stone +With golden roof and silver floor, + +And runes of power upon the door. + +The light of sun and star and moon +In shining lamps of crystal hewn +Undimmed by cloud or shade of night +There shone for ever fair and bright. + +There hammer on the anvil smote, + +There chisel clove, and graver wrote; +There forged was blade, and bound was +The delver mined, the mason built. +There beryl, pearl, and opal pale, + +And metal wrought like fishes' mail, +Buckler and corslet, axe and sword, +And shining spears were laid in hoard. + +Unwearied then were Durin 's folk +Beneath the mountains music woke: + + + + +The harpers harped, the minstrels sang, +And at the gates the trumpets rang. + + + +The world is grey, the mountains old, + +The forge's fire is ashen-cold +No harp is wrung, no hammer falls: + +The darkness dwells in Durin 's halls +The shadow lies upon his tomb +In Moria, in Khazad-dym. + +But still the sunken stars appear +In dark and windless Mirrormere; + +There lies his crown in water deep, + +Till Durin wakes again from sleep. + +'I like that! ' said Sam. V I should like to learn it. In Moria, in +Khazad-dym ! But it makes the darkness seem heavier, thinking of all those +lamps. Are there piles of jewels and gold lying about here still? ' + +Gimli was silent. Having sung his song he would say no more. + +'Piles of jewels? ' said Gandalf. 'No. The Ores have often plundered +Moria; there is nothing left in the upper halls. And since the dwarves fled, +no one dares to seek the shafts and treasuries down in the deep places: they +are drowned in water— or in a shadow of fear.' + +'Then what do the dwarves want to come back for? ’ asked Sam. + +’For mithrif answered Gandalf. 'The wealth of Moria was not in gold +and jewels, the toys of the Dwarves; nor in iron, their servant. Such things +they found here, it is true, especially iron; but they did not need to delve +for them: all things that they desired they could obtain in traffic. For +here alone in the world was found Moria-silver, or true-silver as some have +called it: mithril is the Elvish name. The Dwarves have a name which they do +not tell. Its worth was ten times that of gold, and now it is beyond price; +for little is left above ground, and even the Ores dare not delve here for +it. The lodes lead away north towards Caradhras, and down to darkness. The +Dwarves tell no tale; but even as mithril was the foundation of their +wealth, so also it was their destruction: they delved too greedily and too +deep, and disturbed that from which they fled, Durin’s Bane. Of what they +brought to light the Ores have gathered nearly all, and given it in tribute +to Sauron, who covets it. + +' Mithril! All folk desired it. It could be beaten like copper, and + + + + +polished like glass; and the Dwarves could make of it a metal, light and yet +harder than tempered steel. Its beauty was like to that of common silver, +but the beauty of mithril did not tarnish or grow dim. The Elves dearly +loved it, and among many uses they made of it ithildin , starmoon, which you +saw upon the doors. Bilbo had a corslet of mithril-rings that Thorin gave +him. I wonder what has become of it? Gathering dust still in Michel Delving +Mathom-house, I suppose.' + +'What? ' cried Gimli, startled out of his silence. 'A corslet of +Moria- silver? That was a kingly gift! ’ + +'Yes,' said Gandalf. I never told him, but its worth was greater than +the value of the whole Shire and everything in it.' + +Frodo said nothing, but he put his hand under his tunic and touched the +rings of his mail-shirt. He felt staggered to think that he had been walking +about with the price of the Shire under his jacket. Had Bilbo known? He felt +no doubt that Bilbo knew quite well. It was indeed a kingly gift. But now +his thoughts had been carried away from the dark Mines, to Rivendell, to +Bilbo, and to Bag End in the days while Bilbo was still there. He wished +with all his heart that he was back there, and in those days, mowing the +lawn, or pottering among the flowers, and that he had never heard of Moria, +or mithril — or the Ring. + +A deep silence fell. One by one the others fell asleep. Frodo was on +guard. As if it were a breath that came in through unseen doors out of deep +places, dread came over him. His hands were cold and his brow damp. He +listened. All his mind was given to listening and nothing else for two slow +hours; but he heard no sound, not even the imagined echo of a footfall. + +His watch was nearly over, when, far off where he guessed that the +western archway stood, he fancied that he could see two pale points of +light, almost like luminous eyes. He started. His head had nodded. 'I must +have nearly fallen asleep on guard,' he thought. 'I was on the edge of a +dream.' He stood up and rubbed his eyes, and remained standing, peering into +the dark, until he was relieved by Legolas. + +When he lay down he quickly went to sleep, but it seemed to him that +the dream went on: he heard whispers, and saw the two pale points of light +approaching, slowly. He woke and found that the others were speaking softly +near him, and that a dim light was falling on his face. High up above the +eastern archway through a shaft near the roof came a long pale gleam; and +across the hall through the northern arch light also glimmered faint and + + + + +distantly. + +Frodo sat up. 'Good morning! 'said Gandalf: 'For morning it is again +at last. I was right, you see. We are high up on the east side of Moria. +Before today is over we ought to find the Great Gates and see the waters of +Mirrormere lying in the Dimrill Dale before us.' + +'I shall be glad,' said Gimli. 'I have looked on Moria, and it is very +great, but it has become dark and dreadful; and we have found no sign of my +kindred. I doubt now that Balin ever came here.' + +After they had breakfasted Gandalf decided to go on again at once. 'We +are tired, but we shall rest better when we are outside,’ he said. 'I think +that none of us will wish to spend another night in Moria.’ + +'No indeed! ’ said Boromir. 'Which way shall we take? Yonder eastward +arch? ’ + +’Maybe,’ said Gandalf. 'But I du not know yet exactly where we are. +Unless I am quite astray, I guess that we are above and to the north of the +Great Gates; and it may not be easy to find the right road down to them. The +eastern arch will probably prove to be the way that we must take; but before +we make up our minds we ought to look about us. Let us go towards that light +in the north door. If we could find a window it would help, but I fear that +the light comes only down deep shafts.’ + +Following his lead the Company passed under the northern arch. They +found themselves in a wide corridor. As they went along it the glimmer grew +stronger, and they saw that it came through a doorway on their right. It was +high and flat-topped, and the stone door was still upon its hinges, standing +half open. Beyond it was a large square chamber. It was dimly lit, but to +their eyes, after so long a time in the dark, it seemed dazzlingly bright, +and they blinked as they entered. + +Their feet disturbed a deep dust upon the floor, and stumbled among +things lying in the doorway whose shapes they could not at first make out. +The chamber was lit by a wide shaft high in the further eastern wall; it +slanted upwards and, far above, a small square patch of blue sky could be +seen. The light of the shaft fell directly on a table in the middle of the +room: a single oblong block, about two feet high, upon which was laid a +great slab of white stone. + +'It looks like a tomb,’ muttered Frodo, and bent forwards with a +curious sense of foreboding, to look more closely at it. Gandalf came +quickly to his side. On the slab runes were deeply graven: + + + + +These are Daeron's Runes, such as were used of old in Moria,' said +Gandalf. 'Here is written in the tongues of Men and Dwarves: +balin son of fundin +lord of moria.' + +'He is dead then,' said Frodo. T feared it was so.' Gimli cast his +hood over his face. + + + + +Chapter 5 . The Bridge of Khazad-dym + + + +The Company of the Ring stood silent beside the tomb of Balin. Frodo +thought of Bilbo and his long friendship with the dwarf, and of Balin's +visit to the Shire long ago. In that dusty chamber in the mountains it +seemed a thousand years ago and on the other side of the world. + +At length they stirred and looked up, and began to search for anything +that would give them tidings of Balin's fate, or show what had become of his +folk. There was another smaller door on the other side of the chamber, under +the shaft. By both the doors they could now see that many bones were lying, +and among them were broken swords and axe-heads, and cloven shields and +helms. Some of the swords were crooked: ore-scimitars with blackened blades. + +There were many recesses cut in the rock of the walls, and in them were +large iron-bound chests of wood. All had been broken and plundered; but +beside the shattered lid of one there lay the remains of a book. It had been +slashed and stabbed and partly burned, and it was so stained with black and +other dark marks like old blood that little of it could be read. Gandalf +lifted it carefully, but the leaves crackled and broke as he laid it on the +slab. He pored over it for some time without speaking. Frodo and Gimli +standing at his side could see, as he gingerly turned the leaves, that they +were written by many different hands, in runes, both of Moria and of Dale, +and here and there in Elvish script. + +At last Gandalf looked up. 'It seems to be a record of the fortunes of +Balin's folk,' he said. V I guess that it began with their coming to Dimrill +Dale nigh on thirty years ago: the pages seem to have numbers referring to +the years after their arrival. The top page is marked one — three, so at +least two are missing from the beginning. Listen to this! + +'We drove out ores from the great gate and guard — I think; the next +word is blurred and burned; probably room — we slew many in the bright — I +think — sun in the dale. Flui was killed by an arrow. He slew the great. + +Then there is a blur followed by Flui under grass near Mirror mere. The next +line or two I cannot read. Then comes We have taken the twentyfirst hall of +North end to dwell in. There is I cannot read what. A shaft is mentioned. + +Then Balin has set up his seat in the Chamber of Mazarbul.' + +'The Chamber of Records,' said Gimli. V I guess that is where we now + + + + +stand.' + +'Well, I can read no more for a long way,' said Gandalf, ’except the +word gold , and Darin 's Axe and something helm. Then Balin is now lord of +Morici. That seems to end a chapter. After some stars another hand begins, +and I can see we found truesilver, and later the word wellforged and then +something, I have it! mithril; and the last two lines Uin to seek for the +upper armouries of Third Deep, something go westwards, a blur, to Hollin +gate' + +Gandalf paused and set a few leaves aside. 'There are several pages of +the same sort, rather hastily written and much damaged, he said; 'but I can +make little of them in this light. Now there must be a number of leaves +missing, because they begin to be numbered five, the fifth year of the +colony, I suppose. Let me see! No, they are too cut and stained; I cannot +read them. We might do better in the sunlight. Wait! Here is something: a +large bold hand using an Elvish script.’ + +’That would be Ori's hand,' said Gimli, looking over the wizard's arm. + +'He could write well and speedily, and often used the Elvish characters.’ + +'I fear he had ill tidings to record in a fair hand,' said Gandalf. + +'The first clear word is sorrow, but the rest of the line is lost, unless it +ends in estre. Yes, it must be yestre followed by day being the tenth of +novembre Balin lord of Moria fell in Dimrill Dale. He went alone to look in +Mirror mere, an ore shot him from behind a stone, we slew the ore, hut many +more ...up from east up the Silverlode. The remainder of the page is so +blurred that I can hardly make anything out, but I think I can read we have +barred the gates, and then can hold them long if, and then perhaps horrible +and suffer. Poor Balin! He seems to have kept the title that he took for +less than five years. I wonder what happened afterwards; but there is no +time to puzzle out the last few pages. Here is the last page of all.' He +paused and sighed. + +'It is grim reading,' he said. 'I fear their end was cruel. Listen! We +cannot get out. We cannot get out. They have taken the Bridge and second +hall. Frbr and Luni and Nbli fell there. Then there are four lines smeared +so that I can only read went 5 days ago. The last lines run the pool is up +to the wall at Westgate. The Watcher in the Water took Uin. We cannot get +out. The end comes, and then drums, drums in the deep. I wonder what that +means. The last thing written is in a trailing scrawl of elf-letters: they +are coming. There is nothing more.' Gandalf paused and stood in silent + + + + +thought. + +A sudden dread and a horror of the chamber fell on the Company. ' We +cannot get out,' muttered Gimli. 'It was well for us that the pool had sunk +a little, and that the Watcher was sleeping down at the southern end.' + +Gandalf raised his head and looked round. 'They seem to have made a +last stand by both doors,' he said; 'but there were not many left by that +time. So ended the attempt to retake Moria! It was valiant but foolish. The +time is not come yet. Now, I fear, we must say farewell to Balin son of +Fundin. Here he must lie in the halls of his fathers. We will take this +book, the Book of Mazarbul, and look at it more closely later. You had +better keep it, Gimli, and take it back to Dbin, if you get a chance. It +will interest him, though it will grieve him deeply. Come, let us go! The +morning is passing.' + +'Which way shall we go? ' asked Boromir. + +'Back to the hall,' answered Gandalf. 'But our visit to this room has +not been in vain. I now know where we are. This must be, as Gimli says, the +Chamber of Mazarbul; and the hall must be the twenty-first of the North-end. +Therefore we should leave by the eastern arch of the hall, and bear right +and south, and go downwards. The Twenty-first Hall should be on the Seventh +Level, that is six above the level of the Gates. Come now! Back to the hall! + +f + +Gandalf had hardly spoken these words, when there came a great noise: a +rolling Boom that seemed to come from depths far below, and to tremble in +the stone at their feet. They sprang towards the door in alarm. Doom, doom +it rolled again, as if huge hands were turning the very caverns of Moria +into a vast drum. Then there came an echoing blast: a great horn was blown +in the hall, and answering horns and harsh cries were heard further off. + +There was a hurrying sound of many feet. + +'They are coming! ’ cried Legolas. + +'We cannot get out,' said Gimli. + +'Trapped! ' cried Gandalf. 'Why did I delay? Here we are, caught, just +as they were before. But I was not here then. We will see what — ' + +Doom, doom came the drum-beat and the walls shook. + +'Slam the doors and wedge them! ' shouted Aragorn. 'And keep your packs +on as long as you can: we may get a chance to cut our way out yet.' + +'No! ' said Gandalf. 'We must not get shut in. Keep the east door ajar! + +We will go that way, if we get a chance.' + + + + +Another harsh horn-call and shrill cries rang out. Feet were coming +down the corridor. There was a ring and clatter as the Company drew their +swords. Glamdring shone with a pale light, and Sting glinted at the edges. +Boromir set his shoulder against the western door. + +'Wait a moment! Do not close it yet! ' said Gandalf. He sprang forward +to Boromir's side and drew himself up to his full height. + +'Who comes hither to disturb the rest of Balin Lord of Moria? ' he +cried in a loud voice. + +There was a rush of hoarse laughter, like the fall of sliding stones +into a pit; amid the clamour a deep voice was raised in command. Doom, +boom, + +doom went the drums in the deep. + +With a quick movement Gandalf stepped before the narrow opening of the +door and thrust forward his staff: There was a dazzling flash that lit the +chamber and the passage outside. For an instant the wizard looked out. +Arrows whined and whistled down the corridor as he sprang back. + +'There are Ores, very many of them,' he said. 'And some are large and +evil: black Uruks of Mordor. For the moment they are hanging back, but there +is something else there. A great cave-troll, I think, or more than one. + +There is no hope of escape that way.' + +'And no hope at all, if they come at the other door as well,' said +Boromir. + +'There is no sound outside here yet,' said Aragorn, who was standing by +the eastern door listening. 'The passage on this side plunges straight down +a stair: it plainly does not lead back towards the hall. But it is no good +flying blindly this way with the pursuit just behind. We cannot block the +door. Its key is gone and the lock is broken, and it opens inwards. We must +do something to delay the enemy first. We will make them fear the Chamber of +Mazarbul!’ he said grimly feeling the edge of his sword, And®ril. + +Heavy feet were heard in the corridor. Boromir flung himself against +the door and heaved it to; then he wedged it with broken sword-blades and +splinters of wood. The Company retreated to the other side of the chamber. +But they had no chance to fly yet. There was a blow on the door that made it +quiver; and then it began to grind slowly open, driving back the wedges. A +huge arm and shoulder, with a dark skin of greenish scales, was thrust +through the widening gap. Then a great, flat, toeless foot was forced +through below. There was a dead silence outside. + + + + +Boromir leaped forward and hewed at the arm with all his might; but his +sword rang, glanced aside, and fell from his shaken hand. The blade was +notched. + +Suddenly, and to his own surprise, Frodo felt a hot wrath blaze up in +his heart. 'The Shire! ' he cried, and springing beside Boromir, he stooped, +and stabbed with Sting at the hideous foot. There was a bellow, and the foot +jerked back, nearly wrenching Sting from Frodo's arm. Black drops dripped +from the blade and smoked on the floor. Boromir hurled himself against the +door and slammed it again. + +'One for the Shire! ' cried Aragorn. 'The hobbit's bite is deep! You +have a good blade, Frodo son of Drogo ! ' + +There was a crash on the door, followed by crash after crash. Rams and +hammers were beating against it. It cracked and staggered back, and the +opening grew suddenly wide. Arrows came whistling in, but struck the +northern wall, and fell harmlessly to the floor. There was a horn-blast and +a rush of feet, and ores one after another leaped into the chamber. + +How many there were the Company could not count. The affray was sharp, +but the ores were dismayed by the fierceness of the defence. Legolas shot +two through the throat. Gimli hewed the legs from under another that had +sprung up on Balin' s tomb. Boromir and Aragorn slew many. When thirteen +had + +fallen the rest fled shrieking, leaving the defenders unharmed, except for +Sam who had a scratch along the scalp. A quick duck had saved him; and he +had felled his ore: a sturdy thrust with his Barrow-blade. A fire was +smouldering in his brown eyes that would have made Ted Sandyman step +backwards, if he had seen it. + +'Now is the time! ' cried Gandalf. 'Let us go, before the troll +returns!' + +But even as they retreated, and before Pippin and Merry had reached the +stair outside, a huge ore-chieftain, almost man-high, clad in black mail +from head to foot, leaped into the chamber; behind him his followers +clustered in the doorway. His broad flat face was swart, his eyes were like +coals, and his tongue was red; he wielded a great spear. With a thrust of +his huge hide shield he turned Boromir's sword and bore him backwards, +throwing him to the ground. Diving under Aragorn's blow with the speed of a +striking snake he charged into the Company and thrust with his spear +straight at Frodo. The blow caught him on the right side, and Frodo was + + + + +hurled against the wall and pinned. Sam, with a cry, hacked at the +spear- shaft, and it broke. But even as the ore flung down the truncheon and +swept out his scimitar, And®ril came down upon his helm. There was a flash +like flame and the helm burst asunder. The ore fell with cloven head. His +followers fled howling, as Boromir and Aragorn sprang at them. + +Doom, doom went the drums in the deep. The great voice rolled out +again. + +'Now! ' shouted Gandalf. 'Now is the last chance. Run for it! ' + +Aragorn picked up Frodo where he lay by the wall and made for the +stair, pushing Merry and Pippin in front of him. The others followed; but +Gimli had to be dragged away by Legolas: in spite of the peril he lingered +by Balin's tomb with his head bowed. Boromir hauled the eastern door to, +grinding upon its hinges: it had great iron rings on either side, but could +not be fastened. + +'I am all right,' gasped Frodo. 'I can walk. Put me down! ' + +Aragorn nearly dropped him in his amazement. 'I thought you were dead! + +' he cried. + +'Not yet! ' said Gandalf. 'But there is time for wonder. Off you go, +all of you, down the stairs! Wait a few minutes for me at the bottom, but if +I do not come soon, go on! Go quickly and choose paths leading right and +downwards.' + +'We cannot leave you to hold the door alone! ' said Aragorn. + +'Do as I say! ' said Gandalf fiercely. 'Swords are no more use here. + +Go!' + +The passage was lit by no shaft and was utterly dark. They groped their +way down a long flight of steps, and then looked back; but they could see +nothing, except high above them the faint glimmer of the wizard's staff. He +seemed to be still standing on guard by the closed door. Frodo breathed +heavily and leaned against Sam, who put his arms about him. They stood +peering up the stairs into the darkness. Frodo thought he could hear the +voice of Gandalf above, muttering words that ran down the sloping roof with +a sighing echo. He could not catch what was said. The walls seemed to be +trembling. Every now and again the drum-beats throbbed and rolled: doom, +doom. + +Suddenly at the top of the stair there was a stab of white light. Then +there was a dull rumble and a heavy thud. The drum-beats broke out wildly: + + + + +doom-boom, doom-boom, and then stopped. Gandalf came flying down the +steps + +and fell to the ground in the midst of the Company. + +'Well, well! That's over! ' said the wizard struggling to his feet. 'I +have done all that I could. But I have met my match, and have nearly been +destroyed. But don't stand here! Go on! You will have to do without light +for a while: I am rather shaken. Go on! Go on! Where are you, Gimli? Come +ahead with me! Keep close behind, all of you!' + +They stumbled after him wondering what had happened. Doom, doom +went + +the drum-beats again: they now sounded muffled and far away, but they were +following. There was no other sound of pursuit, neither tramp of feet, nor +any voice. Gandalf took no turns, right or left, for the passage seemed to +be going in the direction that he desired. Every now and again it descended +a flight of steps, fifty or more, to a lower level. At the moment that was +their chief danger; for in the dark they could not see a descent, until they +came on it, and put their feet out into emptiness. Gandalf felt the ground +with his staff like a blind man. + +At the end of an hour they had gone a mile, or maybe a little more, and +had descended many flights of stairs. There was still no sound of pursuit. +Almost they began to hope that they would escape. At the bottom of the +seventh flight Gandalf halted. + +'It is getting hot! ' he gasped. 'We ought to be down at least to the +level of the Gates now. Soon I think we should look for a left-hand turn to +take us east. I hope it is not far. I am very weary. I must rest here a +moment, even if all the ores ever spawned are after us.' + +Gimli took his arm and helped him down to a seat on the step. 'What +happened away up there at the door? ’ he asked. 'Did you meet the beater of +the drums? ’ + +’I do not know,' answered Gandalf. 'But I found myself suddenly faced +by something that I have not met before. I could think of nothing to do but +to try and put a shutting -spell on the door. I know many; but to do things +of that kind rightly requires time, and even then the door can be broken by +strength. + +'As I stood there I could hear ore- voices on the other side: at any +moment I thought they would burst it open. I could not hear what was said; +they seemed to be talking in their own hideous language. All I caught was + + + + +ghvsh; that is "fire". Then something came into the chamber — I felt it +through the door, and the ores themselves were afraid and fell silent. It +laid hold of the iron ring, and then it perceived me and my spell. + +’What it was I cannot guess, but I have never felt such a challenge. + +The counter-spell was terrible. It nearly broke me. For an instant the door +left my control and began to open ! I had to speak a word of Command. That +proved too great a strain. The door burst in pieces. Something dark as a +cloud was blocking out all the light inside, and I was thrown backwards down +the stairs. All the wall gave way, and the roof of the chamber as well, I +think. + +'I am afraid Balin is buried deep, and maybe something else is buried +there too. I cannot say. But at least the passage behind us was completely +blocked. Ah! I have never felt so spent, but it is passing. And now what +about you, Frodo? There was not time to say so, but I have never been more +delighted in my life than when you spoke. I feared that it was a brave but +dead hobbit that Aragorn was carrying.’ + +'What about me? ' said Frodo. 'I am alive, and whole I think. I am +bruised and in pain, but it is not too bad.’ + +'Well,' said Aragorn, 'I can only say that hobbits are made of a stuff +so tough that I have never met the like of it. Had I known, I would have +spoken softer in the Inn at Bree! That spear -thrust would have skewered a +wild boar! ’ + +’Well, it did not skewer me, I am glad to say,’ said Frodo; 'though I +feel as if I had been caught between a hammer and an anvil.’ He said no +more. He found breathing painful. + +’You take after Bilbo,’ said Gandalf. 'There is more about you than +meets the eye, as I said of him long ago.’ Frodo wondered if the remark +meant more than it said. + +They now went on again. Before long Gimli spoke. He had keen eyes in +the dark. 'I think,’ he said, 'that there is a light ahead. But it is not +daylight. It is red. What can it be? ’ + +' Ghvsh !' muttered Gandalf. 'I wonder if that is what they meant: that +the lower levels are on fire? Still, we can only go on.’ + +Soon the light became unmistakable, and could be seen by all. It was +flickering and glowing on the walls away down the passage before them. They +could now see their way: in front the road sloped down swiftly, and some way +ahead there stood a low archway; through it the glowing light came. The air + + + + +became very hot. + +When they came to the arch Gandalf went through, signing to them to +wait. As he stood just beyond the opening they saw his face lit by a red +glow. Quickly he stepped back. + +'There is some new devilry here,' he said, 'devised for our welcome no +doubt. But I know now where we are: we have reached the First Deep, the +level immediately below the Gates. This is the Second Hall of Old Moria; and +the Gates are near: away beyond the eastern end, on the left, not more than +a quarter of a mile. Across the Bridge, up a broad stair, along a wide road +through the First Hall, and out! But come and look! ' + +They peered out. Before them was another cavernous hall. It was loftier +and far longer than the one in which they had slept. They were near its +eastern end; westward it ran away into darkness. Down the centre stalked a +double line of towering pillars. They were carved like boles of mighty trees +whose boughs upheld the roof with a branching tracery of stone. Their stems +were smooth and black, but a red glow was darkly mirrored in their sides. +Right across the floor, close to the feet of two huge pillars a great +fissure had opened. Out of it a fierce red light came, and now and again +flames licked at the brink and curled about the bases of the columns. Wisps +of dark smoke wavered in the hot air. + +'If we had come by the main road down from the upper halls, we should +have been trapped here,' said Gandalf. 'Let us hope that the fire now lies +between us and pursuit. Come! There is no time to lose.' + +Even as he spoke they heard again the pursuing drum-beat: Doom, doom, +doom. Away beyond the shadows at the western end of the hall there came +cries and horn-calls. Doom, doom : the pillars seemed to tremble and the +flames to quiver. + +'Now for the last race! ’ said Gandalf. 'If the sun is shining outside +we may still escape. After me! ' + +He turned left and sped across the smooth floor of the hall. The +distance was greater than it had looked. As they ran they heard the beat and +echo of many hurrying feet behind. A shrill yell went up: they had been +seen. There was a ring and clash of steel. An arrow whistled over Frodo's +head. + +Boromir laughed. 'They did not expect this,’ he said. 'The fire has cut +them off. We are on the wrong side! ’ + +'Look ahead! ' called Gandalf. 'The Bridge is near. It is dangerous and + + + + +narrow.’ + +Suddenly Frodo saw before him a black chasm. At the end of the hall the +floor vanished and fell to an unknown depth. The outer door could only be +reached by a slender bridge of stone, without kerb or rail, that spanned the +chasm with one curving spring of fifty feet. It was an ancient defence of +the Dwarves against any enemy that might capture the First Hall and the +outer passages. They could only pass across it in single file. At the brink +Gandalf halted and the others came up in a pack behind. + +'Lead the way, Gimli! ' he said. 'Pippin and Merry next. Straight on +and up the stair beyond the door! ' + +Arrows fell among them. One struck Frodo and sprang back. Another +pierced Gandalf s hat and stuck there like a black feather. Frodo looked +behind. Beyond the fire he saw swarming black figures: there seemed to be +hundreds of ores. They brandished spears and scimitars which shone red as +blood in the firelight. Doom, doom rolled the drum-beats, growing louder and +louder, doom, doom. + +Legolas turned and set an arrow to the string, though it was a long +shot for his small bow. He drew, but his hand fell, and the arrow slipped to +the ground. He gave a cry of dismay and fear. Two great trolls appeared; +they bore great slabs of stone, and flung them down to serve as gangways +over the fire. But it was not the trolls that had filled the Elf with +terror. The ranks of the ores had opened, and they crowded away, as if they +themselves were afraid. Something was coming up behind them. What it was +could not be seen: it was like a great shadow, in the middle of which was a +dark form, of man-shape maybe, yet greater; and a power and terror seemed to +be in it and to go before it. + +It came to the edge of the fire and the light faded as if a cloud had +bent over it. Then with a rush it leaped across the fissure. The flames +roared up to greet it, and wreathed about it; and a black smoke swirled in +the air. Its streaming mane kindled, and blazed behind it. In its right hand +was a blade like a stabbing tongue of fire; in its left it held a whip of +many thongs. + +'Ai! ai! ' wailed Legolas. 'A Balrog! A Balrog is come! ' + +Gimli stared with wide eyes. 'Durin's Bane! ' he cried, and letting his +axe fall he covered his face. + +'A Balrog,' muttered Gandalf. 'Now I understand.' He faltered and +leaned heavily on his staff. 'What an evil fortune! And I am already weary.' + + + + +The dark figure streaming with fire raced towards them. The ores yelled +and poured over the stone gangways. Then Boromir raised his horn and blew. +Loud the challenge rang and bellowed, like the shout of many throats under +the cavernous roof. For a moment the ores quailed and the fiery shadow +halted. Then the echoes died as suddenly as a flame blown out by a dark +wind, and the enemy advanced again. + +'Over the bridge!' cried Gandalf, recalling his strength. "Fly ! This is +a foe beyond any of you. I must hold the narrow way. Fly! ' Aragorn and +Boromir did not heed the command, but still held their ground, side by side, +behind Gandalf at the far end of the bridge. The others halted just within +the doorway at the hall's end, and turned, unable to leave their leader to +face the enemy alone. + +The Balrog reached the bridge. Gandalf stood in the middle of the span, +leaning on the staff in his left hand, but in his other hand Glamdring +gleamed, cold and white. His enemy halted again, facing him, and the shadow +about it reached out like two vast wings. It raised the whip, and the thongs +whined and cracked. Fire came from its nostrils. But Gandalf stood firm. + +'You cannot pass,' he said. The ores stood still, and a dead silence +fell. V I am a servant of the Secret Fire, wielder of the flame of Anor. You +cannot pass. The dark fire will not avail you, flame of Udyn. Go back to the +Shadow! You cannot pass.' + +The Balrog made no answer. The fire in it seemed to die, but the +darkness grew. It stepped forward slowly on to the bridge, and suddenly it +drew itself up to a great height, and its wings were spread from wall to +wall; but still Gandalf could be seen, glimmering in the gloom; he seemed +small, and altogether alone: grey and bent, like a wizened tree before the +onset of a storm. + +From out of the shadow a red sword leaped flaming. + +Glamdring glittered white in answer. + +There was a ringing clash and a stab of white fire. The Balrog fell +back and its sword flew up in molten fragments. The wizard swayed on the +bridge, stepped back a pace, and then again stood still. + +'You cannot pass! ' he said. + +With a bound the Balrog leaped full upon the bridge. Its whip whirled +and hissed. + +'He cannot stand alone! ' cried Aragorn suddenly and ran back along the +bridge. 'Elendil!' he shouted. 'I am with you, Gandalf! ' + + + + +'Gondor! ' cried Boromir and leaped after him. + +At that moment Gandalf lifted his staff, and crying aloud he smote the +bridge before him. The staff broke asunder and fell from his hand. A +blinding sheet of white flame sprang up. The bridge cracked. Right at the +Balrog's feet it broke, and the stone upon which it stood crashed into the +gulf, while the rest remained, poised, quivering like a tongue of rock +thrust out into emptiness. + +With a terrible cry the Balrog fell forward, and its shadow plunged +down and vanished. But even as it fell it swung its whip, and the thongs +lashed and curled about the wizard’s knees, dragging him to the brink. He +staggered and fell, grasped vainly at the stone, and slid into the abyss. + +’Fly, you fools! ' he cried, and was gone. + +The fires went out, and blank darkness fell. The Company stood rooted +with horror staring into the pit. Even as Aragorn and Boromir came flying +back, the rest of the bridge cracked and fell. With a cry Aragorn roused +them. + +’Come! I will lead you now ! ' he called. 'We must obey his last +command. Follow me! ' + +They stumbled wildly up the great stairs beyond the door. Aragorn +leading, Boromir at the rear. At the top was a wide echoing passage. Along +this they fled. Frodo heard Sam at his side weeping, and then he found that +he himself was weeping as he ran. Doom, doom, doom the drum-beats rolled +behind, mournful now and slow; doom! + +They ran on. The light grew before them; great shafts pierced the roof. + +They ran swifter. They passed into a hall, bright with daylight from its +high windows in the east. They fled across it. Through its huge broken doors +they passed, and suddenly before them the Great Gates opened, an arch of +blazing light. + +There was a guard of ores crouching in the shadows behind the great +door posts towering on either side, but the gates were shattered and cast +down. Aragorn smote to the ground the captain that stood in his path, and +the rest fled in terror of his wrath. The Company swept past them and took +no heed of them. Out of the Gates they ran and sprang down the huge and +age-worn steps, the threshold of Moria. + +Thus, at last, they came beyond hope under the sky and felt the wind on +their faces. + +They did not halt until they were out of bowshot from the walls. + + + + +Dimrill Dale lay about them. The shadow of the Misty Mountains lay upon it, +but eastwards there was a golden light on the land. It was but one hour +after noon. The sun was shining; the clouds were white and high. + +They looked back. Dark yawned the archway of the Gates under the +mountain-shadow. Faint and far beneath the earth rolled the slow drum-beats: +doom. A thin black smoke trailed out. Nothing else was to be seen; the dale +all around was empty. Doom. Grief at last wholly overcame them, and they +wept long: some standing and silent, some cast upon the ground. Doom, doom. +The drum-beats faded. + + + + +Chapter 6 . Lothlurien + + + +'Alas! I Fear we cannot stay here longer,' said Aragorn. He looked +towards the mountains and held up his sword. 'Farewell, Gandalf ! ' he cried. +'Did I not say to you: if you pass the doors of Moria, bewarel Alas that I +spoke true! What hope have we without you? ' + +He turned to the Company. 'We must do without hope,' he said. 'At least +we may yet be avenged. Let us gird ourselves and weep no more! Come! We +have + +a long road, and much to do.' + +They rose and looked about them. Northward the dale ran up into a glen +of shadows between two great arms of the mountains, above which three white +peaks were shining: Celebdil, Fanuidhol, Caradhras. the Mountains of Moria. +At the head of the glen a torrent flowed like a white lace over an endless +ladder of short falls, and a mist of foam hung in the air about the +mountains' feet. + +'Yonder is the Dimrill Stair,' said Aragorn, pointing to the falls. + +'Down the deep-cloven way that climbs beside the torrent we should have +come, if fortune had been kinder.' + +'Or Caradhras less cruel,' said Gimli. 'There he stands smiling in the +sun! ' He shook his fist at the furthest of the snow-capped peaks and turned +away. + +To the east the outflung arm of the mountains marched to a sudden end, +and far lands could be descried beyond them, wide and vague. To the south +the Misty Mountains receded endlessly as far as sight could reach. Less than +a mile away, and a little below them, for they still stood high up on the +west side of the dale, there lay a mere. It was long and oval, shaped like a +great spear-head thrust deep into the northern glen; but its southern end +was beyond the shadows under the sunlit sky. Yet its waters were dark: a +deep blue like clear evening sky seen from a lamp-lit room. Its face was +still and unruffled. About it lay a smooth sward, shelving down on all sides +to its bare unbroken rim. + +'There lies the Mirrormere, deep Kheled-zvram! ' said Gimli sadly. 'I +remember that he said: "May you have joy of the sight! But we cannot linger +there." Now long shall I journey ere I have joy again. It is I that must + + + + +hasten away, and he that must remain.' + +The Company now went down the road from the Gates. It was rough and +broken, fading to a winding track between heather and whin that thrust amid +the cracking stones. But still it could be seen that once long ago a great +paved way had wound upwards from the lowlands of the Dwarf-kingdom. + +In + +places there were ruined works of stone beside the path, and mounds of green +topped with slender birches, or fir-trees sighing in the wind. An eastward +bend led them hard by the sward of Mirrormere, and there not far from the +roadside stood a single column broken at the top. + +'That is Durin's Stone! ' cried Gimli. 'I cannot pass without turning +aside for a moment to look at the wonder of the dale ! ' + +'Be swift then! ' said Aragorn, looking back towards the Gates. 'The +Sun sinks early. The Ores will not, maybe, come out till after dusk, but we +must be far away before nightfall. The Moon is almost spent, and it will be +dark tonight.' + +'Come with me, Frodo! ' cried the dwarf, springing from the road. 'I +would not have you go without seeing Kheled-zvram.' He ran down the long +green slope. Frodo followed slowly, drawn by the still blue water in spite +of hurt and weariness; Sam came up behind. + +Beside the standing stone Gimli halted and looked up. It was cracked +and weather-worn, and the faint runes upon its side could not be read. 'This +pillar marks the spot where Durin first looked in the Mirrormere,' said the +dwarf. 'Let us look ourselves once, ere we go!' + +They stooped over the dark water. At first they could see nothing. Then +slowly they saw the forms of the encircling mountains mirrored in a profound +blue, and the peaks were like plumes of white flame above them; beyond there +was a space of sky. There like jewels sunk in the deep shone glinting stars, +though sunlight was in the sky above. Of their own stooping forms no shadow +could be seen. + +'O Kheled-zvram fair and wonderful! ' said Gimli. 'There lies the Crown +of Durin till he wakes. Farewell! ' He bowed, and turned away, and hastened +back up the green-sward to the road again. + +'What did you see? ' said Pippin to Sam, but Sam was too deep in +thought to answer. + +The road now turned south and went quickly downwards, running out from +between the arms of the dale. Some way below the mere they came on a deep + + + + +well of water, clear as crystal, from which a freshet fell over a stone lip +and ran glistening and gurgling down a steep rocky channel. + +'Here is the spring from which the Silverlode rises.' said Gimli. 'Do +not drink of it! It is icy cold.' + +'Soon it becomes a swift river, and it gathers water from many other +mountain- streams,' said Aragorn. 'Our road leads beside it for many miles. +For I shall take you by the road that Gandalf chose, and first I hope to +come to the woods where the Silverlode flows into the Great River-out +yonder.' They looked as he pointed, and before them they could see the +stream leaping down to the trough of the valley, and then running on and +away into the lower lands, until it was lost in a golden haze. + +'There lie the woods of Lothlurien! ’ said Legolas. 'That is the +fairest of all the dwellings of my people. There are no trees like the trees +of that land. For in the autumn their leaves fall not, but turn to gold. Not +till the spring comes and the new green opens do they fall, and then the +boughs are laden with yellow flowers; and the floor of the wood is golden, +and golden is the roof, and its pillars are of silver, for the bark of the +trees is smooth and grey. So still our songs in Mirkwood say. My heart would +be glad if I were beneath the eaves of that wood, and it were springtime ! ’ + +'My heart will be glad, even in the winter,' said Aragorn. 'But it lies +many miles away. Let us hasten! ' + +For some time Frodo and Sam managed to keep up with the others; but +Aragorn was leading them at a great pace, and after a while they lagged +behind. They had eaten nothing since the early morning. Sam's cut was +burning like fire, and his head felt light. In spite of the shining sun the +wind seemed chill after the warm darkness of Moria. He shivered. Frodo felt +every step more painful and he gasped for breath. + +At last Legolas turned, and seeing them now far behind, he spoke to +Aragorn. The others halted, and Aragorn ran back, calling to Boromir to come +with him. + +'I am sorry, Frodo! ' he cried, full of concern. 'So much has happened +this day and we have such need of haste, that I have forgotten that you were +hurt; and Sam too. You should have spoken. We have done nothing to ease +you, + +as we ought, though all the ores of Moria were after us. Come now! A little +further on there is a place where we can rest for a little. There I will do +what I can for you. Come, Boromir! We will carry them.' + + + + +Soon afterwards they came upon another stream that ran down from the +west, and joined its bubbling water with the hurrying Silverlode. Together +they plunged over a fall of green-hued stone, and foamed down into a dell. +About it stood fir-trees, short and bent, and its sides were steep and +clothed with harts-tongue and shrubs of whortle -berry. At the bottom there +was a level space through which the stream flowed noisily over shining +pebbles. Here they rested. It was now nearly three hours after noon, and +they had come only a few miles from the Gates. Already the sun was +westering. + +While Gimli and the two younger hobbits kindled a fire of brush- and +fir-wood, and drew water, Aragorn tended Sam and Frodo. Sam's wound was +not + +deep, but it looked ugly, and Aragorn’s face was grave as he examined it. +After a moment he looked up with relief. + +’Good luck, Sam! ’ he said. 'Many have received worse than this in +payment for the slaying of their first ore. The cut is not poisoned, as the +wounds of ore-blades too often are. It should heal well when I have tended +it. Bathe it when Gimli has heated water.' + +He opened his pouch and drew out some withered leaves. 'They are dry +and some of their virtue has one, he said, but here I have still some of the +leaves of athelas that I gathered near Weathertop. Crush one in the water, +and wash the wound clean, and I will bind it. Now it is your turn. Frodo! ' + +'I am all right,' said Frodo, reluctant to have his garments touched. + +'All I needed was some food and a little rest.' + +'No! ' said Aragorn. 'We must have a look and see what the hammer and +the anvil have done to you. I still marvel that you are alive at all.’ + +Gently he stripped off Frodo's old jacket and worn tunic, and gave a gasp of +wonder. Then he laughed. The silver corslet shimmered before his eyes like +the light upon a rippling sea. Carefully he took it off and held it up, and +the gems on it glittered like stars, and the sound of the shaken rings was +like the tinkle of rain in a pool. + +'Look, my friends!’ he called. 'Here's a pretty hobbit-skin to wrap an +el ven -princeling in! If it were known that hobbits had such hides, all the +hunters of Middle-earth would be riding to the Shire.' + +'And all the arrows of all the hunters in the world would be in vain,' +said Gimli, gazing at the mail in wonder. 'It is a mithril-coat. Mithril! I +have never seen or heard tell of one so fair. Is this the coat that Gandalf + + + + +spoke of? Then he undervalued it. But it was well given! ' + +'I have often wondered what you and Bilbo were doing, so close in his +little room,' said Merry. 'Bless the old hobbit! I love him more than ever. + +I hope we get a chance of telling him about it! ' + +There was a dark and blackened bruise on Frodo's right side and breast. +Under the mail there was a shirt of soft leather, but at one point the rings +had been driven through it into the flesh. Frodo's left side also was scored +and bruised where he had been hurled against the wall. While the others set +the food ready. Aragorn bathed the hurts with water in which athelas was +steeped. The pungent fragrance filled the dell, and all those who stooped +over the steaming water felt refreshed and strengthened. Soon Frodo felt the +pain leave him, and his breath grew easy: though he was stiff and sore to +the touch for many days. Aragorn bound some soft pads of cloth at his side. + +'The mail is marvellously light,' he said. 'Put it on again, if you can +bear it. My heart is glad to know that you have such a coat. Do not lay it +aside, even in sleep, unless fortune brings you where you are safe for a +while; and that will seldom chance while your quest lasts.’ + +When they had eaten, the Company got ready to go on. They put out the +fire and hid all traces of it. Then climbing out of the dell they took to +the road again. They had not gone far before the sun sank behind the +westward heights and great shadows crept down the mountain-sides. Dusk +veiled their feet, and mist rose in the hollows. Away in the east the +evening light lay pale upon the dim lands of distant plain and wood. Sam and +Frodo now feeling eased and greatly refreshed were able to go at a fair +pace, and with only one brief halt Aragorn led the Company on for nearly +three more hours. + +It was dark. Deep night had fallen. There were many clear stars, hut +the fast- waning moon would not be seen till late. Gimli and Frodo were at +the rear, walking softly and not speaking, listening for any sound upon the +road behind. At length Gimli broke the silence. + +'Not a sound but the wind,' he said. 'There are no goblins near, or my +ears are made of wood. It is to be hoped that the Ores will be content with +driving us from Moria. And maybe that was all their purpose, and they had +nothing else to do with us-with the Ring. Though Ores will often pursue foes +for many leagues into the plain, if they have a fallen captain to avenge.’ + +Frodo did not answer. He looked at Sting, and the blade was dull. Yet +he had heard something, or thought he had. As soon as the shadows had fallen + + + + +about them and the road behind was dim, he had heard again the quick patter +of feet. Even now he heard it. He turned swiftly. There were two tiny gleams +of light behind, or for a moment he thought he saw them, but at once they +slipped aside and vanished. + +'What is it? ' said the dwarf. + +'I don't know.' answered Frodo. 'I thought I heard feet, and I thought +I saw a light-like eyes. I have thought so often, since we first entered +Moria.' + +Gimli halted and stooped to the ground. 'I hear nothing but the +night-speech of plant and stone,' he said. 'Come! Let us hurry! The others +are out of sight.' + +The night-wind blew chill up the valley to meet them. Before them a +wide grey shadow loomed, and they heard an endless rustle of leaves like +poplars in the breeze. + +'Lothlurien! ' cried Legolas. 'Lothlurien! We have come to the eaves of +the Golden Wood. Alas that it is winter! ' + +Under the night the trees stood tall before them, arched over the road +and stream that ran suddenly beneath their spreading boughs. In the dim +light of the stars their stems were grey, and their quivering leaves a hint +of fallow gold. + +'Lothlurien! ' said Aragorn. 'Glad I am to hear again the wind in the +trees! We are still little more than five leagues from the Gates, but we can +go no further. Here let us hope that the virtue of the Elves will keep us +tonight from the peril that comes behind.' + +'If Elves indeed still dwell here in the darkening world,' said Gimli. + +'It is long since any of my own folk journeyed hither back to the land +whence we wandered in ages long ago,' said Legolas, 'but we hear that Lurien +is not yet deserted, for there is a secret power here that holds evil from +the land. Nevertheless its folk are seldom seen, and maybe they dwell now +deep in the woods and far from the northern border.' + +'Indeed deep in the wood they dwell,' said Aragorn, and sighed as if +some memory stirred in him. 'We must fend for ourselves tonight. We will go +forward a short way, until the trees are all about us, and then we will turn +aside from the path and seek a place to rest in.' + +He stepped forward; but Boromir stood irresolute and did not follow. + +'Is there no other way? ' he said. + +'What other fairer way would you desire? ’ said Aragorn. + + + + +'A plain road, though it led through a hedge of swords,' said Boromir. + +'By strange paths has this Company been led, and so far to evil fortune. +Against my will we passed under the shades of Moria, to our loss. And now we +must enter the Golden Wood, you say. But of that perilous land we have heard +in Gondor, and it is said that few come out who once go in; and of that few +none have escaped unscathed.' + +'Say not unscathed, but if you say unchanged, then maybe you will speak +the truth said Aragorn. But lore wanes in Gondor, Boromir, if in the city of +those who once were wise they now speak evil of Lothlurien. Believe what you +will, there is no other way for us — unless you would go back to +Moria-gate, or scale the pathless mountains, or swim the Great River all +alone.’ + +'Then lead on! ' said Boromir. 'But it is perilous.’ + +'Perilous indeed,' said Aragorn, 'fair and perilous; but only evil need +fear it, or those who bring some evil with them. Follow me! ' + +They had gone little more than a mile into the forest when they came +upon another stream flowing down swiftly from the tree-clad slopes that +climbed back westward towards the mountains. They heard it splashing over a +fall away among the shadows on their right. Its dark hurrying waters ran +across the path before them, and joined the Silverlode in a swirl of dim +pools among the roots of trees. + +'Here is Nimrodel! ' said Legolas. 'Of this stream the Silvan Elves +made many songs long ago, and still we sing them in the North, remembering +the rainbow on its falls, and the golden flowers that floated in its foam. + +All is dark now and the Bridge of Nimrodel is broken down. I will bathe my +feet, for it is said that the water is healing to the weary.' He went +forward and climbed down the deep-cloven bank and stepped into the stream. + +'Follow me!’ he cried. 'The water is not deep. Let us wade across! On +the further bank we can rest, and the sound of the falling water may bring +us sleep and forgetfulness of grief.' + +One by one they climbed down and followed Legolas. For a moment Frodo +stood near the brink and let the water flow over his tired feet. It was cold +but its touch was clean, and as he went on and it mounted to his knees, he +felt that the stain of travel and all weariness was washed from his limbs. + +When all the Company had crossed, they sat and rested and ate a little +food; and Legolas told them tales of Lothlurien that the Elves of Mirkwood +still kept in their hearts, of sunlight and starlight upon the meadows by + + + + +the Great River before the world was grey. + +At length a silence fell, and they heard the music of the waterfall +running sweetly in the shadows. Almost Frodo fancied that he could hear a +voice singing, mingled with the sound of the water. + +'Do you hear the voice of Nimrodel? ' asked Legolas. 'I will sing you a +song of the maiden Nimrodel, who bore the same name as the stream beside +which she lived lung ago. It is a fair song in our woodland tongue; but this +is how it runs in the Westron Speech, as some in Rivendell now sing it.' In +a soft voice hardly to be heard amid the rustle of the leaves above them he +began: + +An Elven-maid there was of old, + +A shining star by day: + +Her mantle white was hemmed with gold, + +Her shoes of silver-grey. + +A star was bound upon her brows, + +A light was on her hair +As sun upon the golden boughs +In Lurien the fair. + +Her hair was long, her limbs were white, + +And fair she was and free; + +And in the wind she went as light +As leaf of linden-tree. + +Beside the falls of Nimrodel, + +By water clear and cool, + +Her voice as falling silver fell +Into the shining pool. + +Where now she wanders none can tell, + +In sunlight or in shade; + +For lost of yore was Nimrodel +And in the mountains strayed. + +The elven-ship in haven grey +Beneath the mountain-lee + + + + +Awaited her for many a day +Beside the roaring sea. + +A wind by night in Northern lands +Arose, and loud it cried, + +And drove the ship from elven-strands +Across the streaming tide. + +When dawn came dim the land was lost, +The mountains sinking grey +Beyond the heaving waves that tossed +Their plumes of blinding spray. + +Amroth beheld the fading shore +Now low beyond the swell, + +And cursed the faithless ship that bore +Him far from Nimrodel. + +Of old he was an Elven-king, + +A lord of tree and glen, + +When golden were the boughs in spring +In fair Lothlurien. + +From helm to sea they saw him leap, + +As arrow from the string, + +And dive into the water deep, + +As mew upon the wing. + +The wind was in his flowing hair, + +The foam about him shone; + +Afar they saw him strong and fair +Go riding like a swan. + +But from the West has come no word, +And on the Hither Shore +No tidings Elven-folk have heard +Of Amroth evermore. + + + + +The voice of Legolas faltered, and the song ceased. 'I cannot sing any +more,' he said. 'That is but a part, for I have forgotten much. It is long +and sad, for it tells how sorrow came upon Lothlurien, Lurien of the +Blossom, when the Dwarves awakened evil in the mountains.' + +'But the Dwarves did not make the evil,' said Gimli. + +'I said not so; yet evil came,' answered Legolas sadly. 'Then many of +the Elves of Nimrodel's kindred left their dwellings and departed and she +was lost far in the South, in the passes of the White Mountains; and she +came not to the ship where Amroth her lover waited for her. But in the +spring when the wind is in the new leaves the echo of her voice may still be +heard by the falls that bear her name. And when the wind is in the South the +voice of Amroth comes up from the sea; for Nimrodel flows into Silverlode, +that Elves call Celebrant, and Celebrant into Anduin the Great, and Anduin +flows into the Bay of B elf alas whence the Elves of Lurien set sail. But +neither Nimrodel nor Amroth ever came back. + +'It is told that she had a house built in the branches of a tree that +grew near the falls; for that was the custom of the Elves of Lurien, to +dwell in the trees, and maybe it is so still. Therefore they were called the +Galadhrim, the Tree -people. Deep in their forest the trees are very great. + +The people of the woods did not delve in the ground like Dwarves, nor build +strong places of stone before the Shadow came.' + +'And even in these latter days dwelling in the trees might be thought +safer than sitting on the ground,' said Gimli. He looked across the stream +to the road that led back to Dimrill Dale, and then up into the roof of dark +boughs above. + +'Your words bring good counsel, Gimli,' said Aragorn. 'We cannot build +a house, but tonight we will do as the Galadhrim and seek refuge in the +tree-tops, if we can. We have sat here beside the road already longer than +was wise.’ + +The Company now turned aside from the path, and went into the shadow of +the deeper woods, westward along the mountain-stream away from +Silverlode. + +Not far from the falls of Nimrodel they found a cluster of trees, some of +which overhung the stream. Their great grey trunks were of mighty girth, but +their height could not be guessed. + +'I will climb up,’ said Legolas. 'I am at home among trees, by root or +bough, though these trees are of a kind strange to me, save as a name in + + + + +song. Mellyrn they are called, and are those that bear the yellow blossom, +but I have never climbed in one. I will see now what is their shape and way +of growth.' + +'Whatever it may be,' said Pippin, 'they will be marvellous trees +indeed if they can offer any rest at night, except to birds. I cannot sleep +on a perch ! ’ + +'Then dig a hole in the ground,' said Legolas, 'if that is more after +the fashion of your kind. But you must dig swift and deep, if you wish to +hide from Ores.’ He sprang lightly up from the ground and caught a branch +that grew from the trunk high above his head. But even as he swung there for +a moment, a voice spoke suddenly from the tree-shadows above him. + +' Daro !' it said in commanding tone, and Legolas dropped back to earth +in surprise and fear. He shrank against the bole of the tree. + +'Stand still! ' he whispered to the others. 'Do not move or speak! ’ + +There was a sound of soft laughter over their heads, and then another +clear voice spoke in an elven-tongue. Frodo could understand little of what +was said, for the speech that the Silvan folk east of the mountains used +among themselves was unlike that of the West. Legolas looked up and +answered + +in the same language.* + +'Who are they, and what do they say? ’ asked Merry. + +'They're Elves,' said Sam. 'Can't you hear their voices? ' + +'Yes, they are Elves,' said Legolas; 'and they say that you breathe so +loud that they could shoot you in the dark.' Sam hastily put his hand over +his mouth. 'But they say also that you need have no fear. They have been +aware of us for a long while. They heard my voice across the Nimrodel, and +knew that I was one of their Northern kindred, and therefore they did not +hinder our crossing; and afterwards they heard my song. Now they bid me +climb up with Frodo; for they seem to have had some tidings of him and of +our journey. The others they ask to wait a little and to keep watch at the +foot of the tree, until they have decided what is to be done.' + +Out of the shadows a ladder was let down: it was made of rope, +silver-grey and glimmering in the dark, and though it looked slender it +proved strong enough to bear many men. Legolas ran lightly up, and Frodo +followed slowly; behind came Sam trying not to breathe loudly. The branches +of the mallorn-tree grew out nearly straight from the trunk, and then swept +upward; but near the top the main stem divided into a crown of many boughs, + + + + +and among these they found that there had been built a wooden platform, or +flet as such things were called in those days: the Elves called it a talan. + +It was reached by a round hole in the centre through which the ladder +passed. + +When Frodo came at last up on to the flet he found Legolas seated with +three other Elves. They were clad in shadowy-grey, and could not be seen +among the tree-stems, unless they moved suddenly. They stood up, and one of +them uncovered a small lamp that gave out a slender silver beam. He held it +up, looking at Frodo's face, and Sam's. Then he shut off the light again, +and spoke words of welcome in his elven-tongue. Frodo spoke haltingly in +return. + +'Welcome!' the Elf then said again in the Common Fanguage, speaking +slowly. 'We seldom use any tongue but our own; for we dwell now in the heart +of the forest, and do not willingly have dealings with any other folk. Even +our own kindred in the North are sundered from us. But there are some of us +still who go abroad for the gathering of news and the watching of our +enemies, and they speak the languages of other lands. I am one. Haldir is my +name. My brothers, R®mil and Orophin, speak little of your tongue. + +'But we have heard rumours of your coming, for the messengers of Elrond +passed by Furien on their way home up the Dimrill Stair. We had not heard of +hobbits, or halflings, for many a long year, and did not know that any yet +dwelt in Middle-earth. You do not look evil! And since you come with an Elf +of our kindred, we are willing to befriend you, as Elrond asked; though it +is not our custom to lead strangers through our land. But you must stay here +tonight. How many are you? ’ + +'Eight,' said Legolas. 'Myself, four hobbits; and two men, one of whom, +Aragorn, is an Elf-friend of the folk of Westernesse.' + +'The name of Aragorn son of Arathorn is known in Lurien,' said Haldir, +'and he has the favour of the Lady. All then is well. But you have yet +spoken only of seven.' + +'The eighth is a dwarf,' said Legolas. + +'A dwarf! ’ said Haldir. 'That is not well. We have not had dealings +with the Dwarves since the Dark Days. They are not permitted in our land. I +cannot allow him to pass.' + +'But he is from the Lonely Mountain, one of Dbin's trusty people, and +friendly to Elrond,' said Frodo. 'Elrond himself chose him to be one of our +companions, and he has been brave and faithful.' + + + + +The Elves spoke together in soft voices, and questioned Legolas in +their own tongue. 'Very good,' said Haldir at last. 'We will do this, though +it is against our liking. If Aragorn and Legolas will guard him, and answer +for him, he shall pass; but he must go blindfold through Lothlurien. + +'But now we must debate no longer. Your folk must not remain on the +ground. We have been keeping watch on the rivers, ever since we saw a great +troop of Ores going north toward Moria, along the skirts of the mountains, +many days ago. Wolves are howling on the wood's borders. If you have indeed +come from Moria, the peril cannot be far behind. Tomorrow early you must go +on. + +'The four hobbits shall climb up here and stay with us- we do not fear +them! There is another ta Ian in the next tree. There the others must take +refuge. You, Legolas, must answer to us for them. Call us, if anything is +amiss! And have an eye on that dwarf!' + +Legolas at once went down the ladder to take Haldir's message; and soon +afterwards Merry and Pippin clambered up on to the high flet. They were out +of breath and seemed rather scared. + +'There!' said Merry panting. 'We have lugged up your blankets as well +as our own. Strider has hidden all the rest of the baggage in a deep drift +of leaves.’ + +'You had no need of your burdens,' said Haldir. 'It is cold in the +tree-tops in winter, though the wind tonight is in the South; but we have +food and drink to give you that will drive away the night-chill, and we have +skins and cloaks to spare.’ + +The hobbits accepted this second (and far better) supper very gladly. + +Then they wrapped themselves warmly, not only in the fur-cloaks of the +Elves, but in their own blankets as well, and tried to go to sleep. But +weary as they were only Sam found that easy to do. Hobbits do not like +heights, and do not sleep upstairs, even when they have any stairs. The flet +was not at all to their liking as a bedroom. It had no walls, not even a +rail; only on one side was there a light plaited screen, which could be +moved and fixed in different places according to the wind. + +Pippin went on talking for a while. 'I hope, if I do go to sleep in +this bed-loft, that I shan't roll off,' he said. + +'Once I do get to sleep,’ said Sam, ’i shall go on sleeping, whether I +roll off or no. And the less said, the sooner I'll drop off, if you take my +meaning.' + + + + +Frodo lay for some time awake, and looked up at the stars glinting +through the pale roof of quivering leaves. Sam was snoring at his side long +before he himself closed his eyes. He could dimly see the grey forms of two +elves sitting motionless with their arms about their knees, speaking in +whispers. The other had gone down to take up his watch on one of the lower +branches. At last lulled by the wind in the boughs above, and the sweet +murmur of the falls of Nimrodel below, Frodo fell asleep with the song of +Legolas running in his mind. + +Late in the night he awoke. The other hobbits were asleep. The Elves +were gone. The sickle Moon was gleaming dimly among the leaves. The wind +was + +still. A little way off he heard a harsh laugh and the tread of many feet on +the ground below. There was a ring of metal. The sounds died slowly away, +and seemed to go southward, on into the wood. + +A head appeared suddenly through the hole in the flet. Frodo sat up in +alarm and saw that it was a grey-hooded Elf. He looked towards the hobbits. + +'What is it? ' said Frodo. + +' Yrch !' said the Elf in a hissing whisper, and cast on to the flet the +rope-ladder rolled up. + +'Ores! ' said Frodo. 'What are they doing? ' But the Elf had gone. + +There were no more sounds. Even the leaves were silent, and the very +falls seemed to be hushed. Frodo sat and shivered in his wraps. He was +thankful that they had not been caught on the ground; but he felt that the +trees offered little protection, except concealment. Ores were as keen as +hounds on a scent, it was said, but they could also climb. He drew out +Sting: it flashed and glittered like a blue flame and then slowly faded +again and grew dull. In spite of the fading of his sword the feeling of +immediate danger did not leave Frodo, rather it grew stronger. He got up and +crawled to the opening and peered down. He was almost certain that he could +hear stealthy movements at the tree’s foot far below. + +Not Elves; for the woodland folk were altogether noiseless in their +movements. Then he heard faintly a sound like sniffing: and something seemed +to be scrabbling on the bark of the tree-trunk. He stared down into the +dark, holding his breath. + +Something was now climbing slowly, and its breath came like a soft +hissing through closed teeth. Then coming up, close to the stem, Frodo saw + + + + +two pale eyes. They stopped and gazed upward unwinking. Suddenly they +turned + +away, and a shadowy figure slipped round the trunk of the tree and vanished. + +Immediately afterwards Haldir came climbing swiftly up through the +branches. 'There was something in this tree that I have never seen before,' +he said. 'It was not an ore. It fled as soon as I touched the tree -stem. It +seemed to be wary, and to have some skill in trees, or I might have thought +that it was one of you hobbits. + +I did not shoot, for I dared not arouse any cries: we cannot risk +battle. A strong company of Ores has passed. They crossed the Nimrodel-curse +their foul feet in its clean water! -and went on down the old road beside the +river. They seemed to pick up some scent, and they searched the ground for a +while near the place where you halted. The three of us could not challenge a +hundred, so we went ahead and spoke with feigned voices, leading them on +into the wood. + +'Orophin has now gone in haste back to our dwellings to warn our +people. None of the Ores will ever return out of Lurien. And there will be +many Elves hidden on the northern border before another night falls. But you +must take the road south as soon as it is fully light.’ + +Day came pale from the East. As the light grew it filtered through the +yellow leaves of the mallorn, and it seemed to the hobbits that the early +sun of a cool summer's morning was shining. Pale-blue sky peeped among the +moving branches. Looking through an opening on the south side of the flet +Frodo saw all the valley of the Silverlode lying like a sea of fallow gold +tossing gently in the breeze. + +The morning was still young and cold when the Company set out again, +guided now by Haldir and his brother R®mil. 'Farewell, sweet Nimrodel! ' +cried Legolas. Frodo looked back and caught a gleam of white foam among +the + +grey tree-stems. 'Farewell,' he said. It seemed to him that he would never +hear again a running water so beautiful, for ever blending its innumerable +notes in an endless changeful music. + +They went back to the path that still went on along the west side of +the Silverlode, and for some way they followed it southward. There were the +prints of ore-feet in the earth. But soon Haldir turned aside into the trees +and halted on the bank of the river under their shadows. + +'There is one of my people yonder across the stream,' he said 'though + + + + +you may not see him.' He gave a call like the low whistle of a bird, and out +of a thicket of young trees an Elf stepped, clad in grey, but with his hood +thrown back; his hair glinted like gold in the morning sun. Haldir skilfully +cast over the stream a coil of grey rope, and he caught it and bound the end +about a tree near the bank. + +'Celebrant is already a strong stream here, as you see,' said Haldir +'and it runs both swift and deep, and is very cold. We do not set foot in it +so far north, unless we must. But in these days of watchfulness we do not +make bridges. This is how we cross! Follow me!' He made his end of the rope +fast about another tree, and then ran lightly along it, over the river and +back again, as if he were on a road. + +V I can walk this path,' said Legolas; 'but the others have not this +skill. Must they swim?’ + +'No!' said Haldir. 'We have two more ropes. We will fasten them above +the other, one shoulder-high, and another half-high, and holding these the +strangers should be able to cross with care.' + +When this slender bridge had been made, the Company passed over, some +cautiously and slowly, others more easily. Of the hobbits Pippin proved the +best for he was sure-footed, and he walked over quickly, holding only with +one hand; but he kept his eyes on the bank ahead and did not look down. Sam +shuffled along, clutching hard, and looking down into the pale eddying water +as if it was a chasm in the mountains. + +He breathed with relief when he was safely across. 'Live and learn! as +my gaffer used to say. Though he was thinking of gardening, not of roosting +like a bird, nor of trying to walk like a spider. Not even my uncle Andy +ever did a trick like that! ’ + +When at length all the Company was gathered on the east bank of the +Silverlode, the Elves untied the ropes and coiled two of them. R®mil, who +had remained on the other side, drew back the last one, slung it on his +shoulder, and with a wave of his hand went away, back to Nimrodel to keep +watch. + +'Now, friends,' said Haldir, 'you have entered the Naith of Lurien or +the Gore, as you would say, for it is the land that lies like a spear -head +between the arms of Silverlode and Anduin the Great. We allow no strangers +to spy out the secrets of the Naith. Few indeed are permitted even to set +foot there. + +'As was agreed, I shall here blindfold the eyes of Gimli the Dwarf. The + + + + +other may walk free for a while, until we come nearer to our dwellings, down +in Egladil, in the Angle between the waters.' + +This was not at all to the liking of Gimli. 'The agreement was made +without my consent,' he said. 'I will not walk blindfold, like a beggar or a +prisoner. And I am no spy. My folk have never had dealings with any of the +servants of the Enemy. Neither have we done harm to the Elves. I am no more +likely to betray you than Legolas, or any other of my companions.’ + +’I do not doubt you,’ said Haldir. 'Yet this is our law. I am not the +master of the law, and cannot set it aside. I have done much in letting you +set foot over Celebrant.' + +Gimli was obstinate. He planted his feet firmly apart, and laid his +hand upon the haft of his axe. 'I will go forward free,' he said, 'or I will +go back and seek my own land, where I am known to be true of word, though I +perish alone in the wilderness.' + +'You cannot go back,' said Haldir sternly. 'Now you have come thus far, +you must be brought before the Lord and the Lady. They shall judge you, to +hold you or to give you leave, as they will. You cannot cross the rivers +again, and behind you there are now secret sentinels that you cannot pass. + +You would be slain before you saw them.' + +Gimli drew his axe from his belt. Haldir and his companion bent their +bows. 'A plague on Dwarves and their stiff necks! ' said Legolas. + +'Come!' said Aragorn. 'If I am still to lead this Company, you must do +as I bid. It is hard upon the Dwarf to be thus singled out. We will all be +blindfold, even Legolas. That will be best, though it will make the journey +slow and dull.' + +Gimli laughed suddenly. 'A merry troop of fools we shall look! Will +Haldir lead us all on a string, like many blind beggars with one dog? But I +will be content, if only Legolas here shares my blindness.’ + +'I am an Elf and a kinsman here,’ said Legolas, becoming angry in his +turn. + +'Now let us cry: "a plague on the stiff necks of Elves!"' said Aragorn. + +'But the Company shall all fare alike. Come, bind our eyes Haldir! ' + +'I shall claim full amends for every fall and stubbed toe, if you do +not lead us well,’ said Gimli as they bound a cloth about his eyes. + +'You will have no claim,' said Haldir. 'I shall lead you well, and the +paths are smooth and straight.’ + +'Alas for the folly of these days! ’ said Legolas. 'Here all are + + + + +enemies of the one Enemy, and yet I must walk blind, while the sun is merry +in the woodland under leaves of gold! ' + +'Folly it may seem,' said Haldir. ’Indeed in nothing is the power of +the Dark Lord more clearly shown than in the estrangement that divides all +those who still oppose him. Yet so little faith and trust do we find now in +the world beyond Lothlurien, unless maybe in Rivendell, that we dare not by +our own trust endanger our land. We live now upon an island amid many +perils, and our hands are more often upon the bowstring than upon the harp. + +'The rivers long defended us, but they are a sure guard no more for the +Shadow has crept northward all about us. Some speak of departing, yet for +that it already seems too late. The mountains to the west are growing evil; +to the east the lands are waste, and full of Sauron’s creatures; and it is +rumoured that we cannot now safely pass southward through Rohan, and the +mouths of the Great River are watched by the Enemy. Even if we could come +to + +the shores of the Sea, we should find no longer any shelter there. It is +said that there are still havens of. the High Elves, but they are far north +and west, beyond the land of the Halflings. But where that may be, though +the Lord and Lady may know, I do not.’ + +'You ought at least to guess, since you have seen us,’ said Merry. + +'There are Elf-havens west of my land, the Shire where Hobbits live.’ + +'Happy folk are Hobbits to dwell near the shores of the sea! ’ said +Haldir. ’It is long indeed since any of my folk have looked on it, yet still +we remember it in song. Tell me of these havens as we walk.’ + +'I cannot,’ said Merry. 'I have never seen them. I have never been out +of my own land before. And if I had known what the world outside was like. I +don’t think I should have had the heart to leave it.’ + +'Not even to see fair Lothlurien? ’ said Haldir. ’The world is indeed +full of peril, and in it there are many dark places; but still there is much +that is fair, and though in all lands love is now mingled with grief, it +grows perhaps the greater. + +'Some there are among us who sing that the Shadow will draw back and +peace shall come again. Yet I do not believe that the world about us will +ever again be as it was of old, or the light of the Sun as it was aforetime. + +For the Elves, I fear, it will prove at best a truce, in which they may pass +to the Sea unhindered and leave the Middle-earth for ever. Alas for +Lothlurien that I love! It would be a poor life in a land where no mallorn + + + + +grew. But if there are mallorn-trees beyond the Great Sea, none have +reported it.' + +As they spoke thus, the Company filed slowly along the paths in the +wood, led by Haldir, while the other Elf walked behind. They felt the ground +beneath their feet smooth and soft, and after a while they walked more +freely, without fear of hurt or fall. Being deprived of sight, Frodo found +his hearing and other senses sharpened. He could smell the trees and the +trodden grass. He could hear many different notes in the rustle of the +leaves overhead, the river murmuring away on his right, and the thin clear +voices of birds in the sky. He felt the sun upon his face and hands when +they passed through an open glade. + +As soon as he set foot upon the far bank of Silverlode a strange +feeling had come upon him, and it deepened as he walked on into the Naith: +it seemed to him that he had stepped over a bridge of time into a corner of +the Elder Days, and was -now walking in a world that was no more. In +Rivendell there was memory of ancient things; in Lurien the ancient things +still lived on in the waking world. Evil had been seen and heard there, +sorrow had been known; the Elves feared and distrusted the world outside: +wolves were howling on the wood's borders: but on the land of Lurien no +shadow lay. + +All that day the Company marched on, until they felt the cool evening +come and heard the early night- wind whispering among many leaves. Then +they + +rested and slept without fear upon the ground; for their guides would not +permit them to unbind their eyes, and they could not climb. In the morning +they went on again, walking without haste. At noon they halted, and Frodo +was aware that they had passed out under the shining Sun. Suddenly he heard +the sound of many voices all around him. + +A marching host of Elves had come up silently: they were hastening +toward the northern borders to guard against any attack from Moria; and they +brought news, some of which Haldir reported. The marauding ores had been +waylaid and almost all destroyed; the remnant had fled westward towards the +mountains, and were being pursued. A strange creature also had been seen, +running with bent back and with hands near the ground, like a beast and yet +notofbeast-shape.lt had eluded capture, and they had not shot it, not +knowing whether it was good or ill, and it had vanished down the Silverlode +southward. + + + + +'Also,' said Haldir, "they bring me a message from the Lord and Lady of +the Galadhrim. You are all to walk free, even the dwarf Gimli. It seems that +the Lady knows who and what is each member of your Company. New +messages + +have come from Rivendell perhaps.' + +He removed the bandage first from Gimli' s eyes. 'Your pardon! ' he +said, bowing low. "Look on us now with friendly eyes! Look and be glad, for +you are the first dwarf to behold the trees of the Naith of Lurien since +Durin's Day! ' + +When his eyes were in turn uncovered, Frodo looked up and caught his +breath. They were standing in an open space. To the left stood a great +mound, covered with a sward of grass as green as Spring-time in the Elder +Days. Upon it, as a double crown, grew two circles of trees: the outer had +bark of snowy white, and were leafless but beautiful in their shapely +nakedness; the inner were mallorn-trees of great height, still arrayed in +pale gold. High amid the branches of a towering tree that stood in the +centre of all there gleamed a white flet. At the feet of the trees, and all +about the green hillsides the grass was studded with small golden flowers +shaped like stars. Among them, nodding on slender stalks, were other +flowers, white and palest green: they glimmered as a mist amid the rich hue +of the grass. Over all the sky was blue, and the sun of afternoon glowed +upon the hill and cast long green shadows beneath the trees. + +'Behold! You are come to Cerin Amroth,' said Haldir. "For this is the +heart of the ancient realm as it was long ago, and here is the mound of +Amroth, where in happier days his high house was built. Here ever bloom the +winter flowers in the unfading grass: the yellow elanor, and the pale +niphredil. Here we will stay awhile, and come to the city of the Galadhrim +at dusk.' + +The others cast themselves down upon the fragrant grass, but Frodo +stood awhile still lost in wonder. It seemed to him that he had stepped +through a high window that looked on a vanished world. A light was upon it +for which his language had no name. All that he saw was shapely, but the +shapes seemed at once clear cut, as if they had been first conceived and +drawn at the uncovering of his eyes, and ancient as if they had endured for +ever. He saw no colour but those he knew, gold and white and blue and green, +but they were fresh and poignant, as if he had at that moment first + + + + +perceived them and made for them names new and wonderful. In winter here +no + +heart could mourn for summer or for spring. No blemish or sickness or +deformity could be seen in anything that grew upon the earth. On the land of +Lurien there was no stain. + +He turned and saw that Sam was now standing beside him, looking round +with a puzzled expression, and rubbing his eyes as if he was not sure that +he was awake. 'It's sunlight and bright day, right enough,' he said. 'I +thought that Elves were all for moon and stars: but this is more elvish than +anything I ever heard tell of. I feel as if I was inside a song, if you take +my meaning.' + +Haldir looked at them, and he seemed indeed to take the meaning of both +thought and word. He smiled. 'You feel the power of the Lady of the +Galadhrim,' he said. 'Would it please you to climb with me up Cerin Amroth? + +f + +They followed him as he stepped lightly up the grass-clad slopes. +Though he walked and breathed, and about him living leaves and flowers were +stirred by the same cool wind as fanned his face, Frodo felt that he was in +a timeless land that did not fade or change or fall into forgetfulness. When +he had gone and passed again into the outer world, still Frodo the wanderer +from the Shire would walk there, upon the grass among elanor and niphredil +in fair Lothlurien. + +They entered the circle of white trees. As they did so the South Wind +blew upon Cerin Amroth and sighed among the branches. Frodo stood still, +hearing far off_ great seas upon beaches that had long ago been washed away, +and sea-birds crying whose race had perished from the earth. + +Haldir had gone on and was now climbing to the high flet. As Frodo +prepared to follow him, he laid his hand upon the tree beside the ladder: +never before had he been so suddenly and so keenly aware of the feel and +texture of a tree's skin and of the life within it. He felt a delight in +wood and the touch of it, neither as forester nor as carpenter; it was the +delight of the living tree itself. + +As he stepped out at last upon the lofty platform, Haldir took his hand +and turned him toward the South. 'Look this way first! ’ he said. + +Frodo looked and saw, still at some distance, a hill of many mighty +trees, or a city of green towers: which it was he could not tell. Out of it, +it seemed to him that the power and light came that held all the land in + + + + +sway. He longed suddenly to fly like a bird to rest in the green city. Then +he looked eastward and saw all the land of Lurien running down to the pale +gleam of Anduin, the Great River. He lifted his eyes across the river and +all the light went out, and he was back again in the world he knew. Beyond +the river the land appeared flat and empty, formless and vague, until far +away it rose again like a wall, dark and drear. The sun that lay on +Lothlurien had no power to enlighten the shadow of that distant height. + +'There lies the fastness of Southern Mirkwood,' said Haldir. 'It is +clad in a forest of dark fir, where the trees strive one against another and +their branches rot and wither. In the midst upon a stony height stands Dol +Guldur, where long the hidden Enemy had his dwelling. We fear that now it is +inhabited again, and with power sevenfold. A black cloud lies often over it +of late. In this high place you may see the two powers that are opposed one +to another; and ever they strive now in thought, but whereas the light +perceives the very heart of the darkness, its own secret has not been +discovered. Not yet.' He turned and climbed swiftly down, and they followed +him. + +At the hill's foot Frodo found Aragorn, standing still and silent as a +tree; but in his hand was a small golden bloom of elanor, and a light was in +his eyes. He was wrapped in some fair memory: and as Frodo looked at him he +knew that he beheld things as they once had been in this same place. For the +grim years were removed from the face of Aragorn, and he seemed clothed in +white, a young lord tall and fair; and he spoke words in the Elvish tongue +to one whom Frodo could not see. Arwen vanimelda, nambril! he said, and then +he drew a breath, and returning out of his thought he looked at Frodo and +smiled. + +'Here is the heart of Elvendom on earth,' he said, 'and here my heart +dwells ever, unless there be a light beyond the dark roads that we still +must tread, you and I. Come with me! ' And taking Frodo's hand in his, he +left the hill of Cerin Amroth and came there never again as living man. + + + + +Chapter 7 . The Mirror of Galadriel + + + +The sun was sinking behind the mountains, and the shadows were +deepening in the woods, when they went on again. Their paths now went into +thickets where the dusk had already gathered. Night came beneath the trees +as they walked, and the Elves uncovered their silver lamps. + +Suddenly they came out into the open again and found themselves under a +pale evening sky pricked by a few early stars. There was a wide treeless +space before them, running in a great circle and bending away on either +hand. Beyond it was a deep fosse lost in soft shadow, but the grass upon its +brink was green, as if it glowed still in memory of the sun that had gone. +Upon the further side there rose to a great height a green wall encircling a +green hill thronged with mallorn-trees taller than any they had yet seen in +all the land. Their height could not be guessed, but they stood up in the +twilight like living towers. In their, many -tiered branches and amid their +ever-moving leaves countless lights were gleaming, green and gold and +silver. Haldir turned towards the Company. + +'Welcome to Caras Galadhon! ' he said. 'Here is the city of the +Galadhrim where dwell the Lord Celeborn and Galadriel the Lady of Lurien. +But we cannot enter here, for the gates do not look northward. We must go +round to the southern side, and the way is not short, for the city is +great.' + +There was a road paved with white stone running on the outer brink of +the fosse. Along this they went westward, with the city ever climbing up +like a green cloud upon their left; and as the night deepened more lights +sprang forth, until all the hill seemed afire with stars. They came at last +to a white bridge, and crossing found the great gates of the city: they +faced south-west, set between the ends of the encircling wall that here +overlapped, and they were tall and strong, and hung with many lamps. + +Haldir knocked and spoke, and the gates opened soundlessly; but of +guards Lrodo could see no sign. The travellers passed within, and the gates +shut behind them. They were in a deep lane between the ends of the wall, and +passing quickly through it they entered the City of the Trees. No folk could +they see, nor hear any feet upon the paths; but there were many voices, +about them, and in the air above. Ear away up on the hill they could hear + + + + +the sound of singing falling from on high like soft rain upon leaves. + +They went along many paths and climbed many stairs, until they came to +the high places and saw before them amid a wide lawn a fountain shimmering. +It was lit by silver lamps that swung from the boughs of trees, and it fell +into a basin of silver, from which a white stream spilled. Upon the south +side of the lawn there stood the mightiest of all the trees; its great +smooth bole gleamed like grey silk, and up it towered, until its first +branches, far above, opened their huge limbs under shadowy clouds of leaves. +Beside it a broad white ladder stood, and at its foot three Elves were +seated. They sprang up as the travellers approached, and Frodo saw that they +were tall and clad in grey mail, and from their shoulders hung long white +cloaks. + +'Here dwell Celeborn and Galadriel,' said Haldir. v It is their wish +that you should ascend and speak with them.' + +One of the Elf-wardens then blew a clear note on a small horn, and it +was answered three times from far above. V I will go first,' said Haldir. + +'Let Frodo come next and with him Legolas. The others may follow as they +wish. It is a long climb for those that are not accustomed to such stairs, +but you may rest upon the way.' + +As he climbed slowly up Frodo passed many flets: some on one side, some +on another, and some set about the bole of the tree, so that the ladder +passed through them. At a great height above the ground he came to a wide +talan, like the deck of a great ship. On it was built a house, so large that +almost it would have served for a hall of Men upon the earth. He entered +behind Haldir, and found that he was in a chamber of oval shape, in the +midst of which grew the trunk of the great mallorn, now tapering towards its +crown, and yet making still a pillar of wide girth. + +The chamber was filled with a soft light; its walls were green and +silver and its roof of gold. Many Elves were seated there. On two chairs +beneath the bole of the tree and canopied by a living bough there sat, side +by side, Celeborn and Galadriel. They stood up to greet their guests, after +the manner of Elves, even those who were accounted mighty kings. Very tall +they were, and the Lady no less tall than the Lord; and they were grave and +beautiful. They were clad wholly in white; and the hair of the Lady was of +deep gold, and the hair of the Lord Celeborn was of silver long and bright; +but no sign of age was upon them, unless it were in the depths of their +eyes; for these were keen as lances in the starlight, and yet profound, the + + + + +wells of deep memory. + +Haldir led Frodo before them, and the Lord welcomed him in his own +tongue. The Lady Galadriel said no word but looked long upon his face. + +'Sit now beside my chair, Frodo of the Shire! ' said Celeborn. 'When +all have come we will speak together.' + +Each of the companions he greeted courteously by name as they entered. +'Welcome Aragorn son of Arathorn! ’ he said. 'It is eight and thirty years +of the world outside since you came to this land; and those years lie heavy +on you. But the end is near, for good or ill. Here lay aside your burden for +a while ! ' + +'Welcome son of Thranduil! Too seldom do my kindred journey hither from +the North.' + +'Welcome Gimli son of Gluin! It is long indeed since we saw one of +Durin's folk in Caras Galadhon. But today we have broken our long law. May +it be a sign that though the world is now dark better days are at hand, and +that friendship shall be renewed between our peoples.' Gimli bowed low. + +When all the guests were seated before his chair the Lord looked at +them again. 'Here there are eight,' he said. 'Nine were to set out: so said +the messages. But maybe there has been some change of counsel that we have +not heard. Elrond is far away, and darkness gathers between us, and all this +year the shadows have grown longer.’ + +'Nay, there was no change of counsel,' said the Lady Galadriel speaking +for the first time. Her voice was clear and musical, but deeper than woman's +wont. 'Gandalf the Grey set out with the Company, but he did not pass the +borders of this land. Now tell us where he is; for I much desired to speak +with him again. But I cannot see him from afar, unless he comes within the +fences of Lothlurien: a grey mist is about him, and the ways of his feet and +of his mind are hidden from me.’ + +'Alas! ' said Aragorn. 'Gandalf the Grey fell into shadow. He remained +in Moria and did not escape.' + +At these words all the Elves in the hall cried aloud in grief and +amazement. 'These are evil tidings,' said Celeborn, 'the most evil that have +been spoken here in long years full of grievous deeds.' He turned to Haldir. +'Why has nothing of this been told to me before? ' he asked in the +Elven-tongue. + +'We have not spoken to Haldir of our deeds or our purpose,' said +Legolas. 'At first we were weary and danger was too close behind and + + + + +afterwards we almost forgot our grief for a time, as we walked in gladness +on the fair paths of Lurien.' + +'Yet our grief is great and our loss cannot be mended,' said Frodo. +’Gandalf was our guide, and he led us through Moria; and when our escape +seemed beyond hope he saved us, and he fell.’ + +Tell us now the full tale! ' said Celeborn: + +Then Aragorn recounted all that had happened upon the pass of +Caradhras, and in the days that followed; and he spoke of Balin and his +book, and the fight in the Chamber of Mazarbul, and the fire, and the narrow +bridge, and the coming of the Terror. 'An evil of the Ancient World it +seemed, such as I have never seen before,' said Aragorn. 'It was both a +shadow and a flame, strong and terrible.' + +'It was a Balrog of Morgoth,' said Legolas; 'of all elf-banes the most +deadly, save the One who sits in the Dark Tower.’ + +'Indeed I saw upon the bridge that which haunts our darkest dreams 1 +saw Durin's Bane,' said Gimli in a low voice, and dread was in his eyes. + +'Alas! ' said Celeborn. 'We long have feared that under Caradhras a +terror slept. But had I known that the Dwarves had stirred up this evil in +Moria again, 1 would have forbidden you to pass the northern borders, you +and all that went with you. And if it were possible, one would say that at +the last Gandalf fell from wisdom into folly, going needlessly into the net +of Moria.' + +'He would be rash indeed that said that thing,' said Galadriel gravely. +'Needless were none of the deeds of Gandalf in life. Those that followed him +knew not his mind and cannot report his full purpose. But however it may be +with the guide, the followers are blameless. Do not repent of your welcome +to the Dwarf. If our folk had been exiled long and far from Lothlurien, who +of the Galadhrim, even Celeborn the Wise, would pass nigh and would not +wish + +to look upon their ancient home, though it had become an abode of dragons? + +'Dark is the water of Kheled-zvram, and cold are the springs of +Kibil-nvla, and fair were the many -pillared halls of Khazad-dym in Elder +Days before the fall of mighty kings beneath the stone.' She looked upon +Gimli, who sat glowering and sad, and she smiled. And the Dwarf, hearing the +names given in his own ancient tongue, looked up and met her eyes; and it +seemed to him that he looked suddenly into the heart of an enemy and saw +there love and understanding. Wonder came into his face, and then he smiled + + + + +in answer. + +He rose clumsily and bowed in dwarf-fashion, saying: 'Yet more fair is +the living land of Lurien, and the Lady Galadriel is above all the jewels +that lie beneath the earth! ' + +There was a silence. At length Celeborn spoke again. 'I did not know +that your plight was so evil,’ he said. 'Let Gimli forget my harsh words: I +spoke in the trouble of my heart. I will do what I can to aid you, each +according to his wish and need, but especially that one of the little folk +who bears the burden.' + +'Your quest is known to us,' said Galadriel, looking at Frodo. 'But we +will not here speak of it more openly. Yet not in vain will it prove, maybe, +that you came to this land seeking aid, as Gandalf himself plainly purposed. +For the Lord of the Galadhrim is accounted the wisest of the Elves of +Middle-earth, and a giver of gifts beyond the power of kings. He has dwelt +in the West since the days of dawn, and I have dwelt with him years +uncounted; for ere the fall of Nargothrond or Gondolin I passed over the +mountains, and together through ages of the world we have fought the long +defeat. + +’I it was who first summoned the White Council. And if my designs had +not gone amiss, it would have been governed by Gandalf the Grey, and then +mayhap things would have gone otherwise. But even now there is hope left. I +will not give you counsel, saying do this, or do that. For not in doing or +contriving, nor in choosing between this course and another, can I avail; +but only in knowing what was and is, and in part also what shall be. But +this I will say to you: your Quest stands upon the edge of a knife. Stray +but a little and it will fail, to the ruin of all. Yet hope remains while +all the Company is true.’ + +And with that word she held them with her eyes, and in silence looked +searchingly at each of them in turn. None save Legolas and Aragorn could +long endure her glance. Sam quickly blushed and hung his head. + +At length the Lady Galadriel released them from her eyes, and she +smiled. 'Do not let your hearts be troubled,' she said. 'Tonight you shall +sleep in peace.' Then they sighed and felt suddenly weary, as those who have +been questioned long and deeply, though no words had been spoken openly. + +'Go now! ' said Celeborn. 'You are worn with sorrow and much toil. Even +if your Quest did not concern us closely, you should have refuge in this +City, until you were healed and refreshed. Now you shall rest, and we will + + + + +not speak of your further road for a while.' + +That night the Company slept upon the ground, much to the satisfaction +of the hobbits. The Elves spread for them a pavilion among the trees near +the fountain, and in it they laid soft couches; then speaking words of peace +with fair elvish voices they left them. For a little while the travellers +talked of their night before in the tree-tops, and of their day's journey, +and of the Lord and Lady; for they had not yet the heart to look further +back. + +'What did you blush for, Sam? ’ said Pippin. 'You soon broke down. +Anyone would have thought you had a guilty conscience. I hope it was nothing +worse than a wicked plot to steal one of my blankets.’ + +'I never thought no such thing,’ answered Sam, in no mood for jest. ’If +you want to know, I felt as if I hadn’t got nothing on, and I didn't like +it. She seemed to be looking inside me and asking me what I would do if she +gave me the chance of flying back home to the Shire to a nice little hole +with-with a bit of garden of my own.' + +'That's funny,' said Merry. 'Almost exactly what I felt myself; only, +only well, I don't think I'll say any more,' he ended lamely. + +All of them, it seemed, had fared alike: each had felt that he was +offered a choice between a shadow full of fear that lay ahead, and something +that he greatly desired: clear before his mind it lay, and to get it he had +only to turn aside from the road and leave the Quest and the war against +Sauron to others. + +'And it seemed to me, too,' said Gimli, 'that my choice would remain +secret and known only to myself.’ + +'To me it seemed exceedingly strange,' said Boromir. 'Maybe it was only +a test, and she thought to read our thoughts for her own good purpose; but +almost I should have said that she was tempting us, and offering what she +pretended to have the power to give. It need not be said that I refused to +listen. The Men of Minas Tirith are true to their word.’ But what he thought +that the Lady had offered him Boromir did not tell. + +And as for Frodo, he would not speak, though Boromir pressed him with +questions. 'She held you long in her gaze, Ring -bearer,’ he said. + +'Yes,' said Frodo; 'but whatever came into my mind then I will keep +there.' + +'Well, have a care! 'said Boromir. 'I do not feel too sure of this +Elvish Lady and her purposes.’ + + + + +'Speak no evil of the Lady Galadriel! ' said Aragorn sternly. 'You know +not what you say. There is in her and in this land no evil, unless a man +bring it hither himself . Then let him beware ! But tonight I shall sleep +without fear for the first time since I left Rivendell. And may I sleep +deep, and forget for a while my grief! I am weary in body and in heart.' He +cast himself down upon his couch and fell at once into a long sleep. + +The others soon did the same, and no sound or dream disturbed their +slumber. When they woke they found that the light of day was broad upon the +lawn before the pavilion, and the fountain rose and fell glittering in the +sun. + +They remained some days in Lothlurien, so far as they could tell or +remember. All the while that they dwelt there the sun shone clear, save for +a gentle rain that fell at times, and passed away leaving all things fresh +and clean. The air was cool and soft, as if it were early spring, yet they +felt about them the deep and thoughtful quiet of winter. It seemed to them +that they did little but eat and drink and rest, and walk among the trees; +and it was enough. + +They had not seen the Lord and Lady again, and they had little speech +with the Elven-folk; for few of these knew or would use the Westron tongue. +Haldir had bidden them farewell and gone back again to the fences of the +North, where great watch was now kept since the tidings of Moria that the +Company had brought. Legolas was away much among the Galadhrim, and +after + +the first night he did not sleep with the other companions, though he +returned to eat and talk with them. Often he took Gimli with him when he +went abroad in the land, and the others wondered at this change. + +Now as the companions sat or walked together they spoke of Gandalf, and +all that each had known and seen of him came clear before their minds. As +they were healed of hurt and weariness of body the grief of their loss grew +more keen. Often they heard nearby Elvish voices singing, and knew that they +were making songs of lamentation for his fall, for they caught his name +among the sweet sad words that they could not understand. + +Mithrandir, Mithrandir sang the Elves, O Pilgrim Grey! For so they +loved to call him. But if Legolas was with the Company, he would not +interpret the songs for them, saying that he had not the skill, and that for +him the grief was still too near, a matter for tears and not yet for song. + +It was Frodo who first put something of his sorrow into halting words. + + + + +He was seldom moved to make song or rhyme; even in Ri vendell he had +listened + +and had not sung himself, though his memory was stored with many things that +others had made before him. But now as he sat beside the fountain in Lurien +and heard about him the voices of the Elves, his thought took shape in a +song that seemed fair to him; yet when he tried to repeat it to Sam only +snatches remained, faded as a handful of withered leaves. + +When evening in the Shire was grey +his footsteps on the Hill were heard; +before the dawn he went away +on journey long without a word. + +From Wilderland to Western shore, +from northern waste to southern hill, +through dragon-lair and hidden door +and darkling woods he walked at will. + +With Dwarf and Hobbit, Elves and Men, +with mortal and immortal folk, +with bird on bough and beast in den, +in their own secret tongues he spoke. + +A deadly sword, a healing hand, +a back that bent beneath its load; +a trumpet-voice, a burning brand, +a weary pilgrim on the road. + +A lord of wisdom throned he sat, +swift in anger, quick to laugh; +an old man in a battered hat +who leaned upon a thorny staff. + +He stood upon the bridge alone +and Fire and Shadow both defied; +his staff was broken on the stone, +in Khazad-dym his wisdom died. + +'Why, you'll be beating Mr. Bilbo next! ' said Sam. + + + + +'No, I am afraid not,' said Frodo. 'But that is the best I can do yet.' + +'Well, Mr. Frodo, if you do have another go, I hope you'll say a word +about his fireworks,' said Sam. 'Something like this: + +The finest rockets ever seen: +they burst in stars of blue and green, +or after thunder golden showers +came falling like a rain of flowers. + +Though that doesn't do them justice by a long road.' + +'No, I'll leave that to you, Sam. Or perhaps to Bilbo. But-well. I +can't talk of it any more. I can't bear to think of bringing the news to +him.' + +One evening Frodo and Sam were walking together in the cool twilight. +Both of them felt restless again. On Frodo suddenly the shadow of parting +had fallen: he knew somehow that the time was very near when he must leave +Lothlurien. + +'What do you think of Elves now, Sam? ’ he said. 'I asked you the same +question once before-it seems a very long while ago; but you have seen more +of them since then.' + +'I have indeed! ' said Sam. 'And I reckon there's Elves and Elves. + +They're all elvish enough, but they're not all the same. Now these folk +aren't wanderers or homeless, and seem a bit nearer to the likes of us: they +seem to belong here, more even than Flobbits do in the Shire. Whether they've +made the land, or the land's made them, it's hard to say, if you take my +meaning. It's wonderfully quiet here. Nothing seems to be going on, and +nobody seems to want it to. If there's any magic about, it's right down +deep, where I can't lay my hands on it, in a manner of speaking.' + +'You can see and feel it everywhere,' said Frodo. + +'Well,' said Sam, 'you can't see nobody working it. No fireworks like +poor Gandalf used to show. I wonder we don't see nothing of the Lord and +Lady in all these days. I fancy now that she could do some wonderful things, +if she had a mind. I'd dearly love to see some Elf-magic, Mr. Frodo! ' + +'I wouldn't,' said Frodo. 'I am content. And I don't miss Gandalf's +fireworks, but his bushy eyebrows, and his quick temper, and his voice.' + +'You're right,' said Sam. 'And don't think I'm finding fault. I've +often wanted to see a bit of magic like what it tells of in old tales, but +I've never heard of a better land than this. It's like being at home and on +a holiday at the same time, if you understand me. I don't want to leave. All + + + + +the same, I'm beginning to feel that if we’ve got to go on, then we'd best +get it over. + +'It's the job that's never started as takes longest to finish, as my +old gaffer used to say. And I don't reckon that these folk can do much more +to help us, magic or no. It's when we leave this land that we shall miss +Gandalf worse, I'm thinking.' + +'I am afraid that's only too true, Sam,' said Frodo. 'Yet I hope very +much that before we leave we shall see the Lady of the Elves again.' + +Even as he spoke, they saw, as if she came in answer to their words, +the Lady Galadriel approaching. Tall and white and fair she walked beneath +the trees. She spoke no word, but beckoned to them. + +Turning aside, she led them toward the southern slopes of the hill of +Caras Galadhon, and passing through a high green hedge they came into an +enclosed garden. No trees grew there, and it lay open to the sky. The +evening star had risen and was shining with white fire above the western +woods. Down a long flight of steps the Lady went into a deep green hollow, +through which ran murmuring the silver stream that issued from the fountain +on the hill. At the bottom, upon a low pedestal carved like a branching +tree, stood a basin of silver, wide and shallow, and beside it stood a +silver ewer. + +With water from the stream Galadriel filled the basin to the brim, and +breathed on it, and when the water was still again she spoke. 'Here is the +Mirror of Galadriel,’ she said. ’I have brought you here so that you may +look in it, if you will.' + +The air was very still, and the dell was dark, and the Elf-lady beside +him was tall and pale. 'What shall we look for, and what shall we see? ' +asked Frodo, filled with awe. + +'Many things I can command the Mirror to reveal,' she answered, 'and to +some I can show what they desire to see. But the Mirror will also show +things unbidden, and those are often stranger and more profitable than +things which we wish to behold. What you will see, if you leave the Mirror +free to work, I cannot tell. For it shows things that were, and things that +are, things that yet may be. But which it is that he sees, even the wisest +cannot always tell. Do you wish to look? ' + +Frodo did not answer. + +'And you? ’ she said, turning to Sam. 'For this is what your folk would +call magic. I believe; though I do not understand clearly what they mean; + + + + +and they seem also to use the same word of the deceits of the Enemy. But +this, if you will, is the magic of Galadriel. Did you not say that you +wished to see Elf-magic? ' + +'I did,' said Sam, trembling a little between fear and curiosity. Til +have a peep, Lady, if you're willing.’ + +'And I'd not mind a glimpse of what's going on at home,' he said in an +aside to Frodo. 'It seems a terrible long time that I've been away. But +there, like as not I'll only see the stars, or something that I won't +understand.' + +'Like as not,' said the Lady with a gentle laugh. 'But come, you shall +look and see what you may. Do not touch the water! ’ + +Sam climbed up on the foot of the pedestal and leaned over the basin. + +The water looked hard and dark. Stars were reflected in it. + +'There's only stars, as I thought,' he said. Then he gave a low gasp, +for the stars went out. As if a dark veil had been withdrawn, the Mirror +grew grey, and then clear. There was sun shining, and the branches of trees +were waving and tossing in the wind. But before Sam could make up his mind +what it was that he saw, the light faded; and now he thought he saw Frodo +with a pale face lying fast asleep under a great dark cliff. Then he seemed +to see himself going along a dim passage, and climbing an endless winding +stair. It came to him suddenly that he was looking urgently for something, +but what it was he did not know. Like a dream the vision shifted and went +back, and he saw the trees again. But this time they were not so close, and +he could see what was going on: they were not waving in the wind, they were +falling, crashing to the ground. + +'Hi!' cried Sam in an outraged voice. 'There's that Ted Sandyman +a-cutting down trees as he shouldn't. They didn't ought to be felled: it's +that avenue beyond the Mill that shades the road to Bywater. I wish I could +get at Ted, and I'd fell himV + +But now Sam noticed that the Old Mill had vanished, and a large +red-brick building was being put up where it had stood. Lots of folk were +busily at work. There was a tall red chimney nearby. Black smoke seemed to +cloud the surface of the Mirror. + +'There's some devilry at work in the Shire,' he said. 'Elrond knew what +he was about when he wanted to send Mr. Merry back.' Then suddenly Sam +gave + +a cry and sprang away. 'I can't stay here,' he said wildly. 'I must go home. + + + + +They’ve dug up Bagshot Row, and there's the poor old gaffer going down the +Hill with his bits of things on a barrow. I must go home! ’ + +’You cannot go home alone,’ said the Lady. ’You did not wish to go home +without your master before you looked in the Mirror, and yet you knew that +evil things might well be happening in the Shire. Remember that the Mirror +shows many things, and not all have yet come to pass. Some never come to be, +unless those that behold the visions turn aside from their path to prevent +them. The Mirror is dangerous as a guide of deeds.’ + +Sam sat on the ground and put his head in his hands. 'I wish I had +never come here, and I don’t want to see no more magic,’ he said and fell +silent. After a moment he spoke again thickly, as if struggling with tears. + +'No, I’ll go home by the long road with Mr. Frodo, or not at all,’ he said. + +'But I hope I do get back some day. If what I’ve seen turns out true, +somebody’s going to catch it hot! ’ + +'Do you now wish to look, Frodo? ’ said the Lady Galadriel. 'You did +not wish to see Elf-magic and were content.’ + +'Do you advise me to look? ’ asked Frodo. + +’No,’ she said. 'I do not counsel you one way or the other. I am not a +counsellor. You may learn something, and whether what you see be fair or +evil, that may be profitable, and yet it may not. Seeing is both good and +perilous. Yet I think, Frodo, that you have courage and wisdom enough for +the venture, or I would not have brought you here. Do as you will! ’ + +'I will look,’ said Frodo, and he climbed on the pedestal and bent over +the dark water. At once the Mirror cleared and he saw a twilit land. +Mountains loomed dark in the distance against a pale sky. A long grey road +wound back out of sight. Far away a figure came slowly down the road, faint +and small at first, but growing larger and clearer as it approached. +Suddenly Frodo realized that it reminded him of Gandalf. He almost called +aloud the wizard’s name, and then he saw that the figure was clothed not in +grey but in white, in a white that shone faintly in the dusk; and in its +hand there was a white staff. The head was so bowed that he could see no +face, and presently the figure turned aside round a bend in the road and +went out of the Mirror's view. Doubt came into Frodo's mind: was this a +vision of Gandalf on one of his many lonely journeys long ago, or was it +Saruman? + +The vision now changed. Brief and small but very vivid he caught a +glimpse of Bilbo walking restlessly about his room. The table was littered + + + + +with disordered papers; rain was beating on the windows. + +Then there was a pause, and after it many swift scenes followed that +Frodo in some way knew to be parts of a great history in which he had become +involved. The mist cleared and he saw a sight which he had never seen before +but knew at once: the Sea. Darkness fell. The sea rose and raged in a great +storm. Then he saw against the Sun, sinking blood-red into a wrack of +clouds, the black outline of a tall ship with torn sails riding up out of +the West. Then a wide river flowing through a populous city. Then a white +fortress with seven towers. And then again a ship with black sails, but now +it was morning again, and the water rippled with light, and a banner bearing +the emblem of a white tree shone in the sun. A smoke as of fire and battle +arose, and again the sun went down in a burning red that faded into a grey +mist; and into the mist a small ship passed away, twinkling with lights. It +vanished, and Frodo sighed and prepared to draw away. + +But suddenly the Mirror went altogether dark, as dark as if a hole had +opened in the world of sight, and Frodo looked into emptiness. In the black +abyss there appeared a single Eye that slowly grew, until it filled nearly +all the Mirror. So terrible was it that Frodo stood rooted, unable to cry +out or to withdraw his gaze. The Eye was rimmed with fire, but was itself +glazed, yellow as a cat's, watchful and intent, and the black slit of its +pupil opened on a pit, a window into nothing. + +Then the Eye began to rove, searching this way and that; and Frodo knew +with certainty and horror that among the many things that it sought he +himself was one. But he also knew that it could not see him-not yet, not +unless he willed it. The Ring that hung upon its chain about his neck grew +heavy, heavier than a great stone, and his head was dragged downwards. The +Mirror seemed to be growing hot and curls of steam were rising from the +water. He was slipping forward. + +'Do not touch the water!' said the Lady Galadriel softly. The vision +faded, and Frodo found that he was looking at the cool stars twinkling in +the silver basin. He stepped back shaking all over and looked at the Lady. + +V I know what it was that you last saw,' she said; 'for that is also in +my mind. Do not be afraid! But do not think that only by singing amid the +trees, nor even by the slender arrows of elven-bows, is this land of +Lothlurien maintained and defended against its Enemy. I say to you, Frodo, +that even as I speak to you, I perceive the Dark Lord and know his mind, or +all of his mind that concerns the Elves. And he gropes ever to see me and my + + + + +thought. But still the door is closed! ' + +She lifted up her white arms, and spread out her hands towards the East +in a gesture of rejection and denial. Edrendil, the Evening Star, most +beloved of the Elves, shone clear above. So bright was it that the figure of +the Elven-lady cast a dim shadow on the ground. Its rays glanced upon a ring +about her finger; it glittered like polished gold overlaid with silver +light, and a white stone in it twinkled as if the Even-star had come down to +rest upon her hand. Frodo gazed at the ring with awe; for suddenly it seemed +to him that he understood. + +'Yes,' she said, divining his thought, 'it is not permitted to speak of +it, and Elrond could not do so. But it cannot be hidden from the +Ring -bearer, and one who has seen the Eye. Verily it is in the land of +Lurien upon the finger of Galadriel that one of the Three remains. This is +Nenya, the Ring of Adamant, and I am its keeper. + +'He suspects, but he does not know — not yet. Do you not see now +wherefore your coming is to us as the footstep of Doom? For if you fail, +then we are laid bare to the Enemy. Yet if you succeed, then our power is +diminished, and Lothlurien will fade, and the tides of Time will sweep it +away. We must depart into the West, or dwindle to a rustic folk of dell and +cave, slowly to forget and to be forgotten.' + +Frodo bent his head. 'And what do you wish? ' he said at last. + +'That what should be shall be,’ she answered. 'The love of the Elves +for their land and their works is deeper than the deeps of the Sea, and +their regret is undying and cannot ever wholly be assuaged. Yet they will +cast all away rather than submit to Sauron: for they know him now. For the +fate of Lothlurien you are not answerable but only for the doing of your own +task. Yet I could wish, were it of any avail, that the One Ring had never +been wrought, or had remained for ever lost.’ + +'You are wise and fearless and fair, Lady Galadriel,' said Frodo. 'I +will give you the One Ring, if you ask for it. It is too great a matter for +me.’ + +Galadriel laughed with a sudden clear laugh. 'Wise the Lady Galadriel +may be,' she said, 'yet here she has met her match in courtesy. Gently are +you revenged for my testing of your heart at our first meeting. You begin to +see with a keen eye. I do not deny that my heart has greatly desired to ask +what you offer. For many long years I had pondered what I might do, should +the Great Ring come into my hands, and behold! it was brought within my + + + + +grasp. The evil that was devised long ago works on in many ways, whether +Sauron himself stands or falls. Would not that have been a noble deed to set +to the credit of his Ring, if I had taken it by force or fear from my guest? + +'And now at last it comes. You will give me the Ring freely! In place +of the Dark Lord you will set up a Queen. And I shall not be dark, but +beautiful and terrible as the Morning and the Night! Fair as the Sea and the +Sun and the Snow upon the Mountain! Dreadful as the Storm and the +Lightning ! + +Stronger than the foundations of the earth. All shall love me and despair! ' + +She lifted up her hand and from the ring that she wore there issued a +great light that illuminated her alone and left all else dark. She stood +before Frodo seeming now tall beyond measurement, and beautiful beyond +enduring, terrible and worshipful. Then she let her hand fall, and the light +faded, and suddenly she laughed again, and lo! she was shrunken: a slender +elf-woman, clad in simple white, whose gentle voice was soft and sad. + +'I pass the test,' she said. 'I will diminish, and go into the West and +remain Galadriel.' + +They stood for a long while in silence. At length the Lady spoke again. + +'Let us return! ' she said. 'In the morning you must depart for now we have +chosen, and the tides of fate are flowing.' + +'I would ask one thing before we go,' said Frodo, 'a thing which I +often meant to ask Gandalf in Rivendell. I am permitted to wear the One +Ring: why cannot I see all the others and know the thoughts of those that +wear them? ’ + +'You have not tried,’ she said. 'Only thrice have you set the Ring upon +your finger since you knew what you possessed. Do not try! It would destroy +you. Did not Gandalf tell you that the rings give power according to the +measure of each possessor? Before you could use that power you would need +to + +become far stronger, and to train your will to the domination of others. Yet +even so, as Ring-bearer and as one that has borne it on finger and seen that +which is hidden, your sight is grown keener. You have perceived my thought +more clearly than many that are accounted wise. You saw the Eye of him that +holds the Seven and the Nine. And did you not see and recognize the ring +upon my finger? Did you see my ring? ’ she asked turning again to Sam. + +'No, Lady,' he answered. 'To tell you the truth, I wondered what you +were talking about. I saw a star through your finger. But if you'll pardon + + + + +my speaking out, I think my master was right. I wish you'd take his Ring. +You'd put things to rights. You'd stop them digging up the gaffer and +turning him adrift. You'd make some folk pay for their dirty work.' + +'I would,' she said. 'That is how it would begin. But it would not stop +with that, alas! We will not speak more of it. Let us go!' + + + + +Chapter 8 . Farewell to Lurien + + + +That night the Company was again summoned to the chamber of Celeborn, +and there the Lord and Lady greeted them with fair words. At length Celeborn +spoke of their departure. + +'Now is the time,' he said, 'when those who wish to continue the Quest +must harden their hearts to leave this land. Those who no longer wish to go +forward may remain here, for a while. But whether they stay or go, none can +be sure of peace. For we are come now to the edge of doom. Here those who +wish may await the oncoming of the hour till either the ways of the world +lie open again, or we summon them to the last need of Lurien. Then they may +return to their own lands, or else go to the long home of those that fall in +battle.’ + +There was a silence. 'They all resolved to go forward,’ said Galadriel +looking in their eyes. + +'As for me,’ said Boromir, 'my way home lies onward and not back.’ + +'That is true,’ said Celeborn, 'but is all this Company going with you +to Minas Tirith? ’ + +'We have not decided our course,’ said Aragorn. ’Beyond Lothlurien I do +not know what Gandalf intended to do. Indeed I do not think that even he had +any clear purpose.’ + +'Maybe not,’ said Celeborn, 'yet when you leave this land, you can no +longer forget the Great River. As some of you know well, it cannot be +crossed by travellers with baggage between Lurien and Gondor, save by boat. +And are not the bridges of Osgiliath broken down and all the landings held +now by the Enemy? + +'On which side will you journey? The way to Minas Tirith lies upon this +side, upon the west; but the straight road of the Quest lies east of the +River, upon the darker shore. Which shore will you now take? ’ + +'If my advice is heeded, it will be the western shore, and the way to +Minas Tirith,’ answered Boromir. 'But I am not the leader of the Company.’ +The others said nothing, and Aragorn looked doubtful and troubled. + +'I see that you do not yet know what to do,’ said Celeborn. 'It is not +my part to choose for you; but I will help you as I may. There are some + + + + +among you who can handle boats: Legolas, whose folk know the swift Forest +River; and Boromir of Gondor; and Aragorn the traveller.' + +'And one Hobbit! ' cried Merry. 'Not all of us look on boats as wild +horses. My people live by the banks of the Brandywine.' + +'That is well,’ said Celeborn. 'Then I will furnish your Company with +boats. They must be small and light, for if you go far by water, there are +places where you will be forced to carry them. You will come to the rapids +of Sarn Gebir, and maybe at last to the great falls of Rauros where the +River thunders down from Nen Hithoel; and there are other perils. Boats may +make your journey less toilsome for awhile. Yet they will not give you +counsel: in the end you must leave them and the River, and turn west-or +east.’ + +Aragorn thanked Celeborn many times. The gift of boats comforted him +much, not least because there would now be no need to decide his course for +some days. The others, too, looked more hopeful. Whatever perils lay ahead, +it seemed better to float down the broad tide of Anduin to meet them than to +plod forward with bent backs. Only Sam was doubtful: he at any rate still +thought boats as bad as wild horses, or worse, and not all the dangers that +he had survived made him think better of them. + +'All shall be prepared for you and await you at the haven before noon +tomorrow,' said Celeborn. 'I will send my people to you in the morning to +help you make ready for the journey. Now we will wish you all a fair night +and untroubled sleep.' + +'Good night, my friends! ' said Galadriel. 'Sleep in peace! Do not +trouble your hearts overmuch with thought of the road tonight. Maybe the +paths that you each shall tread are already laid before your feet, though +you do not see them. Good night! ' + +The Company now took their leave and returned to their pavilion. +Legolas went with them, for this was to be their last night in Lothlurien, +and in spite of the words of Galadriel they wished to take counsel together. + +For a long time they debated what they should do, and how it would be +best to attempt the fulfilling of their purpose with the Ring: but they came +to no decision. It was plain that most of them desired to go first to Minas +Tirith, and to escape at least for a while from the terror of the Enemy. + +They would have been willing to follow a leader over the River and into the +shadow of Mordor; but Frodo spoke no word, and Aragorn was still divided in +his mind. + + + + +His own plan, while Gandalf remained with them, had been to go with +Boromir, and with his sword help to deliver Gondor. For he believed that the +message of the dreams was a summons, and that the hour had come at last +when + +the heir of Elendil should come forth and strive with Sauron for the +mastery. But in Moria the burden of Gandalf had been laid on him; and he +knew that he could not now forsake the Ring, if Frodo refused in the end to +go with Boromir. And yet what help could he or any of the Company give to +Frodo, save to walk blindly with him into the darkness? + +'I shall go to Minas Tirith, alone if need be, for it is my duty,' said +Boromir; and after that he was silent for a while, sitting with his eyes +fixed on Frodo, as if he was trying to read the Halfling’s thoughts. At +length he spoke again, softly, as if he was debating with himself. 'If you +wish only to destroy the Ring,’ he said, "then there is little use in war +and weapons; and the Men of Minas Tirith cannot help. But if you wish to +destroy the armed might of the Dark Lord, then it is folly to go without +force into his domain; and folly to throw away.' He paused suddenly, as if +he had become aware that he was speaking his thoughts aloud. 'It would be +folly to throw lives away, I mean,' he ended. 'It is a choice between +defending a strong place and walking openly into the arms of death. At +least, that is how I see it.' + +Frodo caught something new and strange in Boromir's glance, and he +looked hard at him. Plainly Boromir's thought was different from his final +words. It would be folly to throw away: what? The Ring of Power? He had said +something like this at the Council, but then he had accepted the correction +of Elrond. Frodo looked at Aragorn, but he seemed deep in his own thought +and made no sign that he had heeded Boromir's words. And so their debate +ended. Merry and Pippin were already asleep, and Sam was nodding. The +night + +was growing old. + +In the morning, as they were beginning to pack their slender goods, + +Elves that could speak their tongue came to them and brought them many gifts +of food and clothing for the journey. The food was mostly in the form of +very thin cakes, made of a meal that was baked a light brown on the outside, +and inside was the colour of cream. Gimli took up one of the cakes and +looked at it with a doubtful eye. + +'Cram,' he said under his breath, as he broke off a crisp corner and + + + + +nibbled at it. His expression quickly changed, and he ate all the rest of +the cake with relish. + +'No more, no more!' cried the Elves laughing. 'You have eaten enough +already for a long day’s march.’ + +'I thought it was only a kind of cram , such as the Dale-men make for +journeys in the wild,’ said the Dwarf. + +'So it is,’ they answered. 'But we call it lembas or waybread, and it +is more strengthening than any food made by Men, and it is more pleasant +than cram, by all accounts.’ + +'Indeed it is,’ said Gimli. ’Why it is better than the honey-cakes of +the Beornings, and that is great praise, for the Beornings are the best +bakers that I know of; but they are none too willing to deal out their cakes +to travellers in these days. You are kindly hosts! ’ + +’All the same, we bid you spare the food,’ they said. ’Eat little at a +time, and only at need. For these things are given to serve you when all +else fails. The cakes will keep sweet for many many days, if they are +unbroken and left in their leaf- wrappings, as we have brought them. One will +keep a traveller on his feet for a day of long labour, even if he be one of +the tall Men of Minas Tirith.’ + +The Elves next unwrapped and gave to each of the Company the clothes +they had brought. For each they had provided a hood and cloak, made +according to his size, of the light but warm silken stuff that the Galadhrim +wove. It was hard to say of what colour they were: grey with the hue of +twilight under the trees they seemed to be; and yet if they were moved, or +set in another light, they were green as shadowed leaves, or brown as fallow +fields by night, dusk-silver as water under the stars. Each cloak was +fastened about the neck with a brooch like a green leaf veined with silver. + +'Are these magic cloaks? ’ asked Pippin, looking at them with wonder. + +'I do not know what you mean by that,’ answered the leader of the +Elves. 'They are fair garments, and the web is good, for it was made in this +land. They are elvish robes certainly, if that is what you mean. Leaf and +branch, water and stone: they have the hue and beauty of all these things +under the twilight of Lurien that we love; for we put the thought of all +that we love into all that we make. Yet they are garments, not armour, and +they will not turn shaft or blade. But they should serve you well: they are +light to wear, and warm enough or cool enough at need. And you will find +them a great aid in keeping out of the sight of unfriendly eyes, whether you + + + + +walk among the stones or the trees. You are indeed high in the favour of the +Lady! For she herself and her maidens wove this stuff; and never before have +we clad strangers in the garb of our own people.' + +After their morning meal the Company said farewell to the lawn by the +fountain. Their hearts were heavy; for it was a fair place, and it had +become like home to them, though they could not count the days and nights +that they had passed there. As they stood for a moment looking at the white +water in the sunlight, Haldir came walking towards them over the green grass +of the glade. Frodo greeted him with delight. + +'I have returned from the Northern Fences,' said the Elf, 'and I am +sent now to be your guide again. The Dimrill Dale is full of vapour and +clouds of smoke, and the mountains are troubled. There are noises in the +deeps of the earth. If any of you had thought of returning northwards to +your homes, you would not have been able to pass that way. But come! Your +path now goes south.' + +As they walked through Caras Galadhon the green ways were empty; but in +the trees above them many voices were murmuring and singing. They +themselves + +went silently. At last Haldir led them down the southward slopes of the +hill, and they came again to the great gate hung with lamps, and to the +white bridge; and so they passed out and left the city of the Elves. Then +they turned away from the paved road and took a path that went off into a +deep thicket of mallorn-trees, and passed on, winding through rolling +woodlands of silver shadow, leading them ever down, southwards and +eastwards, towards the shores of the River. + +They had gone some ten miles and noon was at hand when they came on a +high green wall. Passing through an opening they came suddenly out of the +trees. Before them lay a long lawn of shining grass, studded with golden +elanor that glinted in the sun. The lawn ran out into a narrow tongue +between bright margins: on the right and west the Silverlode flowed +glittering; on the left and east the Great River rolled its broad waters, +deep and dark. On the further shores the woodlands still marched on +southwards as far as the eye could see, but all the banks were bleak and +bare. No mallorn lifted its gold-hung boughs beyond the Land of Lurien. + +On the bank of the Silverlode, at some distance up from the meeting of +the streams, there was a hythe of white stones and white wood. By it were +moored many boats and barges. Some were brightly painted, and shone with + + + + +silver and gold and green, but most were either white or grey. Three small +grey boats had been made ready for the travellers, and in these the Elves +stowed their goods. And they added also coils of rope, three to each boat. +Slender they looked, but strong, silken to the touch, grey of hue like the +elven-cloaks. + +'What are these? ' asked Sam, handling one that lay upon the +greensward. + +'Ropes indeed! ' answered an Elf from the boats. 'Never travel far +without a rope! And one that is long and strong and light. Such are these. +They may be a help in many needs.' + +'You don't need to tell me that! ' said Sam. I came without any and +I've been worried ever since. But I was wondering what these were made of, +knowing a bit about rope -making: it's in the family as you might say.' + +'They are made of hithlain,' said the Elf, 'but there is no time now to +instruct you in the art of their making. Had we known that this craft +delighted you, we could have taught you much. But now alas! unless you +should at some time return hither, you must be content with our gift. May it +serve you well ! ' + +'Come! ' said Haldir. 'All is now ready for you. Enter the boats! But +take care at first! ’ + +'Heed the words! ' said the other Elves. 'These boats are light-built, +and they are crafty and unlike the boats of other folk. They will not sink, +lade them as you will; but they are wayward if mishandled. It would be wise +if you accustomed yourselves to stepping in and out, here where there is a +landing-place, before you set off downstream.' + +The Company was arranged in this way: Aragorn, Frodo, and Sam were in +one boat; Boromir, Merry, and Pippin in another; and in the third were +Legolas and Gimli, who had now become fast friends. In this last boat most +of the goods and packs were stowed. The boats were moved and steered with +short-handled paddles that had broad leaf-shaped blades. When all was ready +Aragorn led them on a trial up the Silverlode. The current was swift and +they went forward slowly. Sam sat in the bows, clutching the sides, and +looking back wistfully to the shore. The sunlight glittering on the water +dazzled his eyes. As they passed beyond the green field of the Tongue, the +trees drew down to the river's brink. Here and there golden leaves tossed +and floated on the rippling stream. The air was very bright and still, and +there was a silence, except for the high distant song of larks. + + + + +They turned a sharp bend in the river, and there, sailing proudly down +the stream toward them, they saw a swan of great size. The water rippled on +either side of the white breast beneath its curving neck. Its beak shone +like burnished gold, and its eyes glinted like jet set in yellow stones; its +huge white wings were half lifted. A music came down the river as it drew +nearer; and suddenly they perceived that it was a ship, wrought and carved +with elven-skill in the likeness of a bird. Two elves clad in white steered +it with black paddles. In the midst of the vessel sat Celeborn, and behind +him stood Galadriel, tall and white; a circlet of golden flowers was in her +hair, and in her hand she held a harp, and she sang. Sad and sweet was the +sound of her voice in the cool clear air: + +I sang of leaves, of leaves of gold, and leaves of gold there grew: + +Of wind I sang, a wind there came and in the branches blew. + +Beyond the Sun, beyond the Moon, the foam was on the Sea, + +And by the strand of Ilmarin there grew a golden Tree. + +Beneath the stars of Ever-eve in Eldamar it shone, + +In Eldamar beside the walls of Elven Tirion. + +There long the golden leaves have grown upon the branching years, + +While here beyond the Sundering Seas now fall the Elven-tears. + +O Lurien! The Winter comes, the bare and leafless Day; + +The leaves are falling in the stream, the River flows away. + +O Lurien! Too long I have dwelt upon this Hither Shore +And in a fading crown have twined the golden elanor. + +But if of ships I now should sing, what ship would come to me, + +What ship would bear me ever back across so wide a Sea? + +Aragorn stayed his boat as the Swan-ship drew alongside. The Lady ended +her song and greeted them. 'We have come to bid you our last farewell,' she +said, 'and to speed you with blessings from our land.’ + +'Though you have been our guests,’ said Celeborn, 'you have not yet +eaten with us, and we bid you, therefore, to a parting feast, here between +the flowing waters that will bear you far from Lurien.' + +The Swan passed on slowly to the hythe, and they turned their boats and +followed it. There in the last end of Egladil upon the green grass the +parting feast was held; but Frodo ate and drank little, heeding only the +beauty of the Lady and her voice. She seemed no longer perilous or terrible, +nor filled with hidden power. Already she seemed to him, as by men of later +days Elves still at times are seen: present and yet remote, a living vision + + + + +of that which has already been left far behind by the flowing streams of +Time. + +After they had eaten and drunk, sitting upon the grass, Celeborn spoke +to them again of their journey, and lifting his hand he pointed south to the +woods beyond the Tongue. + +'As you go down the water,' he said, 'you will find that the trees will +fail, and you will come to a barren country. There the River flows in stony +vale amid high moors, until at last after many leagues it comes to the tall +island of the Tindrock, that we call Tol Brandir. There it casts its arms +about the steep shores of the isle, and falls then with a great noise and +smoke over the cataracts of Rauros down into the Nindalf, the Wetwang as it +is called in your tongue. That is a wide region of sluggish fen where the +stream becomes tortuous and much divided. There the Entwash flows in by +many + +mouths from the Forest of Fangorn in the west. About that stream, on this +side of the Great River, lies Rohan. On the further side are the bleak hills +of the Emyn Muil. The wind blows from the East there, for they look out over +the Dead Marshes and the Noman-lands to Cirith Gorgor and the black gates of +Mordor. + +'Boromir, and any that go with him seeking Minas Tirith, will do well +to leave the Great River above Rauros and cross the Entwash before it finds +the marshes. Yet they should not go too far up that stream, nor risk +becoming entangled in the Forest of Fangorn. That is a strange land, and is +now little known. But Boromir and Aragorn doubtless do not need this +warning.' + +'Indeed we have heard of Fangorn in Minas Tirith,' said Boromir. 'But +what I have heard seems to me for the most part old wives' tales, such as we +tell to our children. All that lies north of Rohan is now to us so far away +that fancy can wander freely there. Of old Fangorn lay upon the borders of +our realm; but it is now many lives of men since any of us visited it, to +prove or disprove the legends that have come down from distant years. + +'I have myself been at whiles in Rohan, but I have never crossed it +northwards. When I was sent out as a messenger, I passed through the Gap by +the skirts of the White Mountains, and crossed the Isen and the Grey flood +into Northerland. A long and wearisome journey. Four hundred leagues I +reckoned it, and it took me many months; for I lost my horse at Tharbad, at +the fording of the Greyflood. After that journey, and the road I have + + + + +trodden with this Company, I do not much doubt that I shall find a way +through Rohan, and Fangorn too, if need be.' + +'Then I need say no more,' said Celeborn. 'But do not despise the lore +that has come down from distant years; for oft it may chance that old wives +keep in memory word of things that once were needful for the wise to know.' + +Now Galadriel rose from the grass, and taking a cup from one of her +maidens she filled it with white mead and gave it to Celeborn. + +'Now it is time to drink the cup of farewell,' she said. 'Drink, Lord +of the Galadhrim! And let not your heart be sad though night must follow +noon, and already our evening draweth nigh.’ + +Then she brought the cup to each of the Company, and bade them drink +and farewell. But when they had drunk she commanded them to sit again on the +grass, and chairs were set for her and for Celeborn. Her maidens stood +silent about her, and a while she looked upon her guests. At last she spoke +again. + +'We have drunk the cup of parting,' she said, 'and the shadows fall +between us. But before you go, I have brought in my ship gifts which the +Lord and Lady of the Galadhrim now offer you in memory of Lothlurien.' + +Then + +she called to each in turn. + +'Here is the gift of Celeborn and Galadriel to the leader of your +Company,' she said to Aragorn, and she gave him a sheath that had been made +to fit his sword. It was overlaid with a tracery of flowers and leaves +wrought of silver and gold, and on it were set in elven runes formed of many +gems the name And®ril and the lineage of the sword. + +'The blade that is drawn from this sheath shall not be stained or +broken even in defeat,' she said. 'But is there aught else that you desire +of me at our parting? For darkness will flow between us, and it may be that +we shall not meet again, unless it be far hence upon a road that has no +returning.’ + +And Aragorn answered: 'Lady, you know all my desire, and long held in +keeping the only treasure that I seek. Yet it is not yours to give me, even +if you would; and only through darkness shall I come to it.' + +'Yet maybe this will lighten your heart,' said Galadriel; 'for it was +left in my care to be given to you, should you pass through this land.’ Then +she lifted from her lap a great stone of a clear green, set in a silver +brooch that was wrought in the likeness of an eagle with outspread wings; + + + + +and as she held it up the gem flashed like the sun shining through the +leaves of spring. 'This stone I gave to Celebrnan my daughter, and she to +hers; and now it comes to you as a token of hope. In this hour take the name +that was foretold for you, Elessar, the Elfstone of the house of Elendil! ’ + +Then Aragorn took the stone and pinned the brooch upon his breast, and +those who saw him wondered; for they had not marked before how tall and +kingly he stood, and it seemed to them that many years of toil had fallen +from his shoulders. 'For the gifts that you have given me I thank you,’ he +said, 'O Lady of Lurien of whom were sprung Celebrnan and Arwen +Evenstar. + +What praise could I say more? ' + +The Lady bowed her head, and she turned then to Boromir, and to him she +gave a belt of gold; and to Merry and Pippin she gave small silver belts, +each with a clasp wrought like a golden flower. To Legolas she gave a bow +such as the Galadhrim used, longer and stouter than the bows of Mirkwood, +and strung with a string of elf-hair. With it went a quiver of arrows. + +'For you little gardener and lover of trees,' she said to Sam, 'I have +only a small gift.’ She put into his hand a little box of plain grey wood, +unadorned save for a single silver rune upon the lid. 'Here is set G for +Galadriel,' she said; 'but also it may stand for garden in your tongue. In +this box there is earth from my orchard, and such blessing as Galadriel has +still to bestow is upon it. It will not keep you on your road, nor defend +you against any peril; but if you keep it and see your home again at last, +then perhaps it may reward you. Though you should find all barren and laid +waste, there will be few gardens in Middle-earth that will bloom like your +garden, if you sprinkle this earth there. Then you may remember Galadriel, +and catch a glimpse far off of Lurien, that you have seen only in our +winter. For our spring and our summer are gone by, and they will never be +seen on earth again save in memory.' + +Sam went red to the ears and muttered something inaudible, as he +clutched the box and bowed as well as he could. + +'And what gift would a Dwarf ask of the Elves? ' said Galadriel turning +to Gimli. + +'None, Lady,’ answered Gimli. 'It is enough for me to have seen the +Lady of the Galadhrim, and to have heard her gentle words.' + +'Hear all ye Elves! ’ she cried to those about her. 'Let none say again +that Dwarves are grasping and ungracious! Yet surely, Gimli son of Gluin, + + + + +you desire something that I could give? Name it, I bid you! You shall not be +the only guest without a gift.' + +'There is nothing, Lady Galadriel,' said Gimli, bowing low and +stammering. 'Nothing, unless it might be-unless it is permitted to ask. nay, +to name a single strand of your hair, which surpasses the gold of the earth +as the stars surpass the gems of the mine. I do not ask for such a gift. But +you commanded me to name my desire.’ + +The Elves stirred and murmured with astonishment, and Celeborn gazed at +the Dwarf in wonder, but the Lady smiled. ’It is said that the skill of the +Dwarves is in their hands rather than in their tongues ’ she said; 'yet that +is not true of Gimli. For none have ever made to me a request so bold and +yet so courteous. And how shall I refuse, since I commanded him to speak? +But tell me, what would you do with such a gift? ’ + +'Treasure it, Lady,’ he answered, 'in memory of your words to me at our +first meeting. And if ever I return to the smithies of my home, it shall be +set in imperishable crystal to be an heirloom of my house, and a pledge of +good will between the Mountain and the Wood until the end of days.’ + +Then the Lady unbraided one of her long tresses, and cut off three +golden hairs, and laid them in Gimli’s hand. 'These words shall go with the +gift,’ she said. 'I do not foretell, for all foretelling is now vain: on the +one hand lies darkness, and on the other only hope. But if hope should not +fail, then I say to you, Gimli son of Gluin, that your hands shall flow with +gold, and yet over you gold shall have no dominion. + +'And you, Ring-bearer,’ she said, turning to Frodo. 'I come to you last +who are not last in my thoughts. For you I have prepared this.’ She held up +a small crystal phial: it glittered as she moved it, and rays of white light +sprang from her hand. ’In this phial,’ she said, 'is caught the light of +Edrendil’s star, set amid the waters of my fountain. It will shine still +brighter when night is about you. May it be a light to you in dark places, +when all other lights go out. Remember Galadriel and her Mirror! ’ + +Frodo took the phial, and for a moment as it shone between them, he saw +her again standing like a queen, great and beautiful, but no longer +terrible. He bowed, but found no words to say. + +Now the Lady arose, and Celeborn led them back to the hythe. A yellow +noon lay on the green land of the Tongue, and the water glittered with +silver. All at last was made ready. The Company took their places in the +boats as before. Crying farewell, the Elves of Lurien with long grey poles + + + + +thrust them out into the flowing stream, and the rippling waters bore them +slowly away. The travellers sat still without moving or speaking. On the +green bank near to the very point of the Tongue the Lady Galadriel stood +alone and silent. As they passed her they turned and their eyes watched her +slowly floating away from them. For so it seemed to them: Lurien was +slipping backward, like a bright ship masted with enchanted trees, sailing +on to forgotten shores, while they sat helpless upon the margin of the grey +and leafless world. + +Even as they gazed, the Silverlode passed out into the currents of the +Great River, and their boats turned and began to speed southwards. Soon the +white form of the Lady was small and distant. She shone like a window of +glass upon a far hill in the westering sun, or as a remote lake seen from a +mountain: a crystal fallen in the lap of the land. Then it seemed to Frodo +that she lifted her arms in a final farewell, and far but piercing-clear on +the following wind came the sound of her voice singing. But now she sang in +the ancient tongue of the Elves beyond the Sea, and he did not understand +the words: fair was the music, but it did not comfort him. + +Yet as is the way of Elvish words, they remained graven in his memory, +and long afterwards he interpreted them, as well as he could: the language +was that of Elven-song and spoke of things little known on Middle-earth. + +Ai! lauril lantar lassi s®rinen, + +Yjni ®nutiml ve rbmar aldaron! + +Yjni ve lintl yuldar avbnier +mi oromardi lisse-miruvureva +And®nl pella, Vardo tellumar +nu luini yassen tintilar i eleni +umaryo airetbri-lnrinen. + +Sn man iyulma nin enquantuva? + +An sn Tintalll Varda Oiolosslo +ve fanyar mbryat Elentbri ortanl +ar ilyl tier undulbvl lumbull; +ar sindanuriello caita mornil +i falmalinnar imbl met, ar hnsil +unt®pa Calaciryo mnri oiall. + +Si vanwa nb, Rumello vanwa, Valimar! + + + + +Nambril! Nai hiruvalyl Valimar. + +Nai elyl hiruva. Nambril! + +'Ah! like gold fall the leaves in the wind, long years numberless as +the wings of trees ! The long years have passed like swift draughts of the +sweet mead in lofty halls beyond the West, beneath the blue vaults of Varda +wherein the stars tremble in the song of her voice, holy and queenly. Who +now shall refill the cup for me? For now the Kindler, Varda, the Queen of +the Stars, from Mount Everwhite has uplifted her hands like clouds, and all +paths are drowned deep in shadow; and out of a grey country darkness lies on +the foaming waves between us, and mist covers the jewels of Calacirya for +ever. Now lost, lost to those from the East is Valimar! Farewell! Maybe thou +shalt find Valimar. Maybe even thou shalt find it. Farewell! ' Varda is the +name of that Fady whom the Elves in these lands of exile name Elbereth. + +Suddenly the River swept round a bend, and the banks rose upon either +side, and the light of Furien was hidden. To that fair land Frodo never came +again. + +The travellers now turned their faces to the journey; the sun was +before them, and their eyes were dazzled, for all were filled with tears. + +Gimli wept openly. + +'I have looked the last upon that which was fairest,' he said to +Fegolas his companion. 'Henceforward I will call nothing fair, unless it be +her gift.' He put his hand to his breast. + +'Tell me, Fegolas, why did I come on this Quest? Tittle did I know +where the chief peril lay! Truly Elrond spoke, saying that we could not +foresee what we might meet upon our road. Torment in the dark was the danger +that I feared, and it did not hold me back. But I would not have come, had I +known the danger of light and joy. Now I have taken my worst wound in this +parting, even if I were to go this night straight to the Dark Ford. Alas for +Gimli son of Gluin! ’ + +'Nay! ’ said Fegolas. 'Alas for us all! And for all that walk the world +in these after-days. For such is the way of it: to find and lose, as it +seems to those whose boat is on the running stream. But I count you blessed, +Gimli son of Gluin: for your loss you suffer of your own free will, and you +might have chosen otherwise. But you have not forsaken your companions, +and + +the least reward that you shall have is that the memory of Fothlurien shall +remain ever clear and unstained in your heart, and shall neither fade nor + + + + +grow stale.' + +'Maybe,' said Gimli; 'and I thank you for your words. True words +doubtless; yet all such comfort is cold. Memory is not what the heart +desires. That is only a mirror, be it clear as Kheled-zvram. Or so says the +heart of Gimli the Dwarf. Elves may see things otherwise. Indeed I have +heard that for them memory is more like to the waking world than to a dream. +Not so for Dwarves. + +'But let us talk no more of it. Look to the boat! She is too low in the +water with all this baggage, and the Great River is swift. I do not wish to +drown my grief in cold water.' He took up a paddle, and steered towards the +western bank, following Aragorn's boat ahead, which had already moved out of +the middle stream. + +So the Company went on their long way, down the wide hurrying waters, +borne ever southwards. Bare woods stalked along either bank, and they could +not see any glimpse of the lands behind. The breeze died away and the River +flowed without a sound. No voice of bird broke the silence. The sun grew +misty as the day grew old, until it gleamed in a pale sky like a high white +pearl. Then it faded into the West, and dusk came early, followed by a grey +and starless night. Far into the dark quiet hours they floated on, guiding +their boats under the overhanging shadows of the western woods. Great trees +passed by like ghosts, thrusting their twisted thirsty roots through the +mist down into the water. It was dreary and cold. Frodo sat and listened to +the faint lap and gurgle of the River fretting among the tree-roots and +driftwood near the shore, until his head nodded and he fell into an uneasy +sleep. + + + + +Chapter 9 . The Great River + + + +Frodo was roused by Sam. He found that he was lying, well wrapped, +under tall grey -skinned trees in a quiet corner of the woodlands on the west +bank of the Great River, Anduin. He had slept the night away, and the grey +of morning was dim among the bare branches. Gimli was busy with a small fire +near at hand. + +They started again before the day was broad. Not that most of the +Company were eager to hurry southwards: they were content that the decision, +which they must make at latest when they came to Rauros and the Tindrock +Isle, still lay some days ahead; and they let the River bear them on at its +own pace, having no desire to hasten towards the perils that lay beyond, +whichever course they took in the end. Aragorn let them drift with the +stream as they wished, husbanding their strength against weariness to come. +But he insisted that at least they should start early each day and journey +on far into the evening; for he felt in his heart that time was pressing, +and he feared that the Dark Lord had not been idle while they lingered in +Lurien. + +Nonetheless they saw no sign of an enemy that day, nor the next. The +dull grey hours passed without event. As the third day of their voyage wore +on the lands changed slowly: the trees thinned and then failed altogether. + +On the eastern bank to their left they saw long formless slopes stretching +up and away toward the sky; brown and withered they looked, as if fire had +passed over them, leaving no living blade of green: an unfriendly waste +without even a broken tree or a bold stone to relieve the emptiness. They +had come to the Brown Lands that lay, vast and desolate, between Southern +Mirkwood and the hills of the Emyn Muil. What pestilence or war or evil deed +of the Enemy had so blasted all that region even Aragorn could not tell. + +Upon the west to their right the land was treeless also, but it was +flat, and in many places green with wide plains of grass. On this side of +the River they passed forests of great reeds, so tall that they shut out all +view to the west, as the little boats went rustling by along their +fluttering borders. Their dark withered plumes bent and tossed in the light +cold airs, hissing softly and sadly. Here and there through openings Frodo +could catch sudden glimpses of rolling meads, and far beyond them hills in + + + + +the sunset, and away on the edge of sight a dark line, where marched the +southernmost ranks of the Misty Mountains. + +There was no sign of living moving things, save birds. Of these there +were many: small fowl whistling and piping in the reeds, but they were +seldom seen. Once or twice the travellers heard the rush and whine of +swan-wings, and looking up they saw a great phalanx streaming along the sky. +'Swans! ' said Sam. 'And mighty big ones too! ’ + +'Yes,' said Aragorn, ’and they are black swans.' + +'How wide and empty and mournful all this country looks! ’ said Frodo. + +'I always imagined that as one journeyed south it got warmer and merrier, +until winter was left behind for ever.’ + +’But we have not journeyed far south yet,’ answered Aragorn. 'It is +still winter, and we are far from the sea. Here the world is cold until the +sudden spring, and we may yet have snow again. Far away down in the Bay of +Belfalas, to which Anduin runs, it is warm and merry, maybe, or would be but +for the Enemy. But here we are not above sixty leagues, I guess, south of +the Southfarthing away in your Shire, hundreds of long miles yonder. You are +looking now south-west across the north plains of the Riddermark, Rohan the +land of the Horse-lords. Ere long we shall come to the mouth of the Limlight +that runs down from Fangorn to join the Great River. That is the north +boundary of Rohan; and of old all that lay between Limlight and the White +Mountains belonged to the Rohirrim. It is a rich and pleasant land, and its +grass has no rival; but in these evil days folk do not dwell by the River or +ride often to its shores. Anduin is wide, yet the ores can shoot their +arrows far across the stream; and of late, it is said, they have dared to +cross the water and raid the herds and studs of Rohan.’ + +Sam looked from bank to bank uneasily. The trees had seemed hostile +before, as if they harboured secret eyes and lurking dangers; now he wished +that the trees were still there. He felt that the Company was too naked, +afloat in little open boats in the midst of shelterless lands, and on a +river that was the frontier of war. + +In the next day or two, as they went on, borne steadily southwards, +this feeling of insecurity grew on all the Company. For a whole day they +took to their paddles and hastened forward. The banks slid by. Soon the +River broadened and grew more shallow; long stony beaches lay upon the east, +and there were gravel-shoals in the water, so that careful steering was +needed. The Brown Lands rose into bleak wolds, over which flowed a chill air + + + + +from the East. On the other side the meads had become rolling downs of +withered grass amidst a land of fen and tussock. Frodo shivered, thinking of +the lawns and fountains, the clear sun and gentle rains of Lothlurien. There +was little speech and no laughter in any of the boats. Each member of the +Company was busy with his own thoughts. + +The heart of Legolas was running under the stars of a summer night in +some northern glade amid the beech- woods; Gimli was fingering gold in his +mind, and wondering if it were fit to be wrought into the housing of the +Lady's gift. Merry and Pippin in the middle boat were ill at ease, for +Boromir sat muttering to himself, sometimes biting his nails, as if some +restlessness or doubt consumed him, sometimes seizing a paddle and driving +the boat close behind Aragorn's. Then Pippin, who sat in the bow looking +back, caught a queer gleam in his eye, as he peered forward gazing at Frodo. +Sam had long ago made up his mind that, though boats were maybe not as +dangerous as he had been brought up to believe, they were far more +uncomfortable than even he had imagined. Fie was cramped and miserable, +having nothing to do but stare at the winter -lands crawling by and the grey +water on either side of him. Even when the paddles were in use they did not +trust Sam with one. + +As dusk drew down on the fourth day, he was looking back over the bowed +heads of Frodo and Aragorn and the following boats; he was drowsy and +longed + +for camp and the feel of earth under his toes. Suddenly something caught his +sight: at first he stared at it listlessly, then he sat up and rubbed his +eyes; but when he looked again he could not see it any more. + +That night they camped on a small eyot close to the western bank. Sam +lay rolled in blankets beside Frodo. V I had a funny dream an hour or two +before we stopped, Mr. Frodo,' he said. 'Or maybe it wasn't a dream. Funny +it was anyway.' + +'Well, what was it? ' said Frodo, knowing that Sam would not settle +down until he had told his tale, whatever it was. 'I haven't seen or thought +of anything to make me smile since we left Lothlurien.' + +'It wasn't funny that way, Mr. Frodo. It was queer. All wrong, if it +wasn't a dream. And you had best hear it. It was like this: I saw a log with +eyes! ' + +'The log's all right,' said Frodo. 'There are many in the River. But +leave out the eyes ! ’ + + + + +'That I won't,' said Sam. ' 'Twas the eyes as made me sit up, so to +speak. I saw what I took to be a log floating along in the half-light behind +Gimli's boat; but I didn't give much heed to it. Then it seemed as if the +log was slowly catching us up. And that was peculiar, as you might say, +seeing as we were all floating on the stream together. Just then I saw the +eyes: two pale sort of points, shiny -like, on a hump at the near end of the +log. What's more, it wasn't a log, for it had paddle-feet, like a swan's +almost, only they seemed bigger, and kept dipping in and out of the water. + +'That's when I sat right up and rubbed my eyes, meaning to give a +shout, if it was still there when I had rubbed the drowse out of my head. + +For the whatever -it-was was coming along fast now and getting close behind +Gimli. But whether those two lamps spotted me moving and staring, or whether +I came to my senses, I don't know. When I looked again, it wasn't there. Yet +I think I caught a glimpse with the tail of-my eye, as the saying is, of +something dark shooting under the shadow of the bank. I couldn't see no more +eyes though. + +'I said to myself: "dreaming again, Sam Gamgee," I said: and I said no +more just then. But I've been thinking since, and now I'm not so sure. What +do you make of it, Mr. Frodo? ' + +'I should make nothing of it but a log and the dusk and sleep in your +eyes Sam, said Frodo, if this was the first time that those eyes had been +seen. But it isn't. I saw them away back north before we reached Lurien. And +I saw a strange creature with eyes climbing to the flet that night. Haldir +saw it too. And do you remember the report of the Elves that went after the +ore-band? ' + +'Ah,' said Sam. 'I do; and I remember more too. I don't like my +thoughts; but thinking of one thing and another, and Mr. Bilbo's stories and +all, I fancy I could put a name on the creature, at a guess. A nasty name. +Gollum, maybe? ' + +'Yes, that is what I have feared for some time,' said Frodo. 'Ever +since the night on the flet. I suppose he was lurking in Moria, and picked +up our trail then; but I hoped that our stay in Lurien would throw him off +the scent again. The miserable creature must have been hiding in the woods +by the Silverlode, watching us start off! ’ + +'That's about it,' said Sam. 'And we'd better be a bit more watchful +ourselves, or we'll feel some nasty fingers round our necks one of these +nights, if we ever wake up to feel anything. And that's what I was leading + + + + +up to. No need to trouble Strider or the others tonight. I'll keep watch. I +can sleep tomorrow, being no more than luggage in a boat, as you might say.' + +V I might,' said Frodo, 'and I might say "luggage with eyes". You shall +watch; but only if you promise to wake me halfway towards morning, if +nothing happens before then.' + +In the dead hours Frodo came out of a deep dark sleep to find Sam +shaking him. 'It's a shame to wake you,' whispered Sam, 'but that's what you +said. There's nothing to tell, or not much. I thought I heard some soft +plashing and a sniffing noise, a while back; but you hear a lot of such +queer sounds by a river at night.' + +He lay down, and Frodo sat up, huddled in his blankets, and fought off +his sleep. Minutes or hours passed slowly, and nothing happened. Frodo was +just yielding to the temptation to lie down again when a dark shape, hardly +visible, floated close to one of the moored boats. A long whitish hand could +be dimly seen as it shot out and grabbed the gunwale; two pale lamplike eyes +shone coldly as they peered inside, and then they lifted and gazed up at +Frodo on the eyot. They were not more than a yard or two away, and Frodo +heard the soft hiss of intaken breath. He stood up, drawing Sting from its +sheath, and faced the eyes. Immediately their light was shut off. There was +another hiss and a splash, and the dark log-shape shot away downstream into +the night. Aragorn stirred in his sleep, turned over, and sat up' + +'What is it? ' he whispered, springing up and coming to Frodo. 'I felt +something in my sleep. Why have you drawn your sword? ' + +'Gollum,' answered Frodo. 'Or at least, so I guess.' + +'Ah! ' said Aragorn. 'So you know about our little footpad, do you? He +padded after us all through Moria and right down to Nimrodel. Since we took +to boats, he has been lying on a log and paddling with hands and feet. I +have tried to catch him once or twice at night; but he is slier than a fox, +and as slippery as a fish. I hoped the river-voyage would beat him, but he +is too clever a waterman. + +'We shall have to try going faster tomorrow. You lie down now, and I +will keep watch for what is left of the night. I wish I could lay my hands +on the wretch. We might make him useful. But if I cannot, we shall have to +try and lose him. He is very dangerous. Quite apart from murder by night on +his own account, he may put any enemy that is about on our track.' + +The night passed without Gollum showing so much as a shadow again. +After that the Company kept a sharp look-out, but they saw no more of Gollum + + + + +while the voyage lasted. If he was still following, he was very wary and +cunning. At Aragorn’s bidding they paddled now for long spells, and the +banks went swiftly by. But they saw little of the country, for they +journeyed mostly by night and twilight, resting by day, and lying as hidden +as the land allowed. In this way the time passed without event until the +seventh day. + +The weather was still grey and overcast, with wind from the East, but +as evening drew into night the sky away westward cleared, and pools of faint +light, yellow and pale green, opened under the grey shores of cloud. There +the white rind of the new Moon could be seen glimmering in the remote lakes. +Sam looked at it and puckered his brows. + +The next day the country on either side began to change rapidly. The +banks began to rise and grow stony. Soon they were passing through a hilly +rocky land, and on both shores there were steep slopes buried in deep brakes +of thorn and sloe, tangled with brambles and creepers. Behind them stood low +crumbling cliffs, and chimneys of grey weathered stone dark with ivy; and +beyond these again there rose high ridges crowned with wind-writhen firs. +They were drawing near to the grey hill -country of the Emyn Muil, the +southern march of Wilderland. + +There were many birds about the cliffs and the rock-chimneys, and all +day high in the air flocks of birds had been circling, black against the +pale sky. As they lay in their camp that day Aragorn watched the flights +doubtfully, wondering if Gollum had been doing some mischief and the news +of + +their voyage was now moving in the wilderness. Later as the sun was setting, +and the Company was stirring and getting ready to start again, he descried a +dark spot against the fading light: a great bird high and far off, now +wheeling, now flying on slowly southwards. + +’What is that, Legolas? ' he asked, pointing to the northern sky. 'Is +it, as I think, an eagle? ' + +’Yes.' said Legolas. 'It is an eagle, a hunting eagle. I wonder what +that forebodes. It is far from the mountains.' + +'We will not start until it is fully dark,' said Aragorn. + +The eighth night of their journey came. It was silent and windless; the +grey east wind had passed away. The thin crescent of the Moon had fallen +early into the pale sunset, but the sky was clear above, and though far away +in the South there were great ranges of cloud that still shone faintly, in + + + + +the West stars glinted bright. + +'Come! ' said Aragorn. 'We will venture one more journey by night. We +are coming to reaches of the River that I do not know well: for I have never +journeyed by water in these parts before, not between here and the rapids of +Sarn Gebir. But if I am right in my reckoning, those are still many miles +ahead. Still there are dangerous places even before we come there: rocks and +stony eyots in the stream. We must keep a sharp watch and not try to paddle +swiftly.’ + +To Sam in the leading boat was given the task of watchman. He lay +forward peering into the gloom. The night grew dark, but the stars above +were strangely bright, and there was a glimmer On the face of the River. It +was close on midnight, and they had been drifting for some while, hardly +using the paddles, when suddenly Sam cried out. Only a few yards ahead dark +shapes loomed up in the stream and he heard the swirl of racing water. There +was a swift current which swung left, towards the eastern shore where the +channel was clear. As they were swept aside the travellers could see, now +very close, the pale foam of the River lashing against sharp rocks that were +thrust out far into the stream like a ridge of teeth. The boats were all +huddled together. + +'Hoy there, Aragorn! ’ shouted Boromir, as his boat bumped into the +leader. 'This is madness! We cannot dare the Rapids by night! But no boat +can live in Sarn Gebir, be it night or day.’ + +'Back, back! ’ cried Aragorn. Turn! Turn if you can! ’ He drove his +paddle into the water, trying to hold the boat and bring it round. + +’I am out of my reckoning,’ he said to Frodo. ’I did not know that we +had come so far: Anduin flows faster than I thought. Sarn Gebir must be +close at hand already.’ + +With great efforts they checked the boats and slowly brought them +about; but at first they could make only small headway against the current, +and all the time they were carried nearer and nearer to the eastern bank. + +Now dark and ominous it loomed up in the night. + +’All together, paddle! ’ shouted Boromir. ’Paddle! Or we shall be +driven on the shoals.’ Even as he spoke Frodo felt the keel beneath him +grate upon stone. + +At that moment there was a twang of bowstrings: several arrows whistled +over them, and some fell among them. One smote Frodo between the +shoulders + + + + +and he lurched forward with a cry, letting go his paddle: but the arrow fell +back, foiled by his hidden coat of mail. Another passed through Aragorn's +hood; and a third stood fast in the gunwale of the second boat, close by +Merry's hand. Sam thought he could glimpse black figures running to and fro +upon the long shingle -banks that lay under the eastern shore. They seemed +very near. + +' Yrch !' said Legolas, falling into his own tongue. + +'Ores! ' cried Gimli. + +'Gollum's doing, I'll be bound.' said Sam to Frodo. 'And a nice place +to choose, too. The River seems set on taking us right into their arms! ' + +They all leaned forward straining at the paddles: even Sam took a hand. +Every moment they expected to feel the bite of black -feathered arrows. Many +whined overhead or struck the water nearby; but there were no more hits. It +was dark, but not too dark for the night-eyes of Ores, and in the +star-glimmer they must have offered their cunning foes some mark, unless it +was that the grey cloaks Of Lurien and the grey timber of the elf- wrought +boats defeated the malice of the archers of Mordor. + +Stroke by stroke they laboured on. In the darkness it was hard to be +sure that they were indeed moving at all; but slowly the swirl of the water +grew less, and the shadow of the eastern bank faded back into the night. At +last, as far as they could judge, they had reached the middle of the stream +again and had driven their boats back some distance above the jutting rocks. +Then half turning they thrust them with all their strength towards the +western shore. Under the shadow Of bushes leaning out over the water they +halted and drew breath. + +Legolas laid down his paddle and took up the bow that he had brought +from Lurien. Then he sprang ashore and climbed a few paces up the bank. +Stringing the bow and fitting an arrow he turned, peering back over the +River into the darkness. Across the water there were shrill cries, but +nothing could be seen. + +Frodo looked up at the Elf standing tall above him, as he gazed into +the night, seeking a mark to shoot at. His head was dark, crowned with sharp +white stars that glittered in the black pools of the sky behind. But now +rising and sailing up from the South the great clouds advanced, sending out +dark outriders into the starry fields. A sudden dread fell on the Company. + +' Elbereth Gilthoniel!' sighed Legolas as he looked up. Even as he did +so, a dark shape, like a cloud and yet not a cloud, for it moved far more + + + + +swiftly, came out of the blackness in the South, and sped towards the +Company, blotting out all light as it approached. Soon it appeared as a +great winged creature, blacker than the pits in the night. Fierce voices +rose up to greet it from across the water. Frodo felt a sudden chill running +through him and clutching at his heart; there was a deadly cold, like the +memory of an old wound, in his shoulder. He crouched down, as if to hide. + +Suddenly the great bow of Lurien sang. Shrill went the arrow from the +elven-string. Frodo looked up. Almost above him the winged shape swerved. +There was a harsh croaking scream, as it fell out of the air, vanishing down +into the gloom of the eastern shore. The sky was clean again. There was a +tumult of many voices far away, cursing and wailing in the darkness, and +then silence. Neither shaft nor cry came again from the east that night. + +After a while Aragorn led the boats back upstream. They felt their way +along the water’s edge for some distance, until they found a small shallow +bay. A few low trees grew there close to the water, and behind them rose a +steep rocky bank. Here the Company decided to stay and await the dawn: it +was useless to attempt to move further by night. They made no camp and lit +no fire, but lay huddled in the boats, moored close together. + +’Praised be the bow of Galadriel, and the hand and eye of Legolas ! ’ +said Gimli, as he munched a wafer of lembas. 'That was a mighty shot in the +dark, my friend!' + +'But who can say what it hit?' said Legolas. + +'I cannot,' said Gimli. 'But I am glad that the shadow came no nearer. + +I liked it not at all. Too much it reminded me of the shadow in Moria — the +shadow of the Balrog,' he ended in a whisper. + +'It was not a Balrog,' said Frodo, still shivering with the chill that +had come upon him. 'It was something colder. I think it was — ' Then he +paused and fell silent. + +'What do you think? ' asked Boromir eagerly, leaning from his boat, as +if he was trying to catch a glimpse of Frodo's face. + +'I think — No, I will not say,' answered Frodo. 'Whatever it was, its +fall has dismayed our enemies.' + +'So it seems,' said Aragorn. 'Yet where they are, and how many, and +what they will do next, we do not know. This night we must all be sleepless! +Dark hides us now. But what the day will show who can tell? Have your +weapons close to hand! ' + +Sam sat tapping the hilt of his sword as if he were counting on his + + + + +fingers, and looking up at the sky. "It's very strange,' he murmured. 'The +Moon's the same in the Shire and in Wilderland, or it ought to be. But +either it's out of its running, or I'm all wrong in my reckoning. You'll +remember, Mr. Frodo, the Moon was waning as we lay on the flet up in that +tree: a week from the full, I reckon. And we'd been a week on the way last +night, when up pops a New Moon as thin as a nail-paring, as if we had never +stayed no time in the Elvish country. + +'Well, I can remember three nights there for certain, and I seem to +remember several more, but I would take my oath it was never a whole month. +Anyone would think that time did not count in there! ’ + +'And perhaps that was the way of it,’ said Frodo. 'In that land, maybe, +we were in a time that has elsewhere long gone by. It was not, I think, +until Silverlode bore us back to Anduin that we returned to the time that +flows through mortal lands to the Great Sea. And I don't remember any moon, +either new or old, in Caras Galadhon: only stars by night and sun by day.' + +Legolas stirred in his boat. 'Nay, time does not tarry ever,' he said; + +'but change and growth is not in all things and places alike. For the Elves +the world moves, and it moves both very swift and very slow. Swift, because +they themselves change little, and all else fleets by: it is a grief to +them. Slow, because they do not count the running years, not for themselves. +The passing seasons are but ripples ever repeated in the long long stream. + +Yet beneath the Sun all things must wear to an end at last.’ + +'But the wearing is slow in Lurien,' said Frodo. 'The power of the Lady +is on it. Rich are the hours, though short they seem, in Caras Galadhon, +where Galadriel wields the Elven-ring.’ + +'That should not have been said outside Lurien, not even to me,' said +Aragorn. 'Speak no more of it! But so it is, Sam: in that land you lost your +count. There time flowed swiftly by us, as for the Elves. The old moon +passed, and a new moon waxed and waned in the world outside, while we +tarried there. And yestereve a new moon came again. Winter is nearly gone. +Time flows on to a spring of little hope.’ + +The night passed silently. No voice or call was heard again across the +water. The travellers huddled in their boats felt the changing of the +weather. The air grew warm and very still under the great moist clouds that +had floated up from the South and the distant seas. The rushing of the River +over the rocks of the rapids seemed to grow louder and closer. The twigs of +the trees above them began to drip. + + + + +When the day came the mood of the world about them had become soft and +sad. Slowly the dawn grew to a pale light, diffused and shadowless. There +was mist on the River, and white fog swathed the shore; the far bank could +not be seen. + +'I can't abide fog,' said Sam; 'but this seems to be a lucky one. Now +perhaps we can get away without those cursed goblins seeing us.' + +'Perhaps so,' said Aragorn. 'But it will be hard to find the path +unless the fog lifts a little later on. And we must find the path, if we are +to pass Sarn Gebir and come to the Emyn Muil.' + +'I do not see why we should pass the Rapids or follow the River any +further,' said Boromir. 'If the Emyn Muil lie before us, then we can abandon +these cockle-boats, and strike westward and southward, until we come to the +Entwash and cross into my own land.’ + +'We can, if we are making for Minas Tirith,’ said Aragorn, 'but that is +not yet agreed. And such a course may be more perilous than it sounds. The +vale of Entwash is flat and fenny, and fog is a deadly peril there for those +on foot and laden. I would not abandon our boats until we must. The River is +at least a path that cannot be missed.' + +'But the Enemy holds the eastern bank,' objected Boromir. 'And even if +you pass the Gates of Argonath and come unmolested to the Tindrock, what +will you do then? Leap down the Falls and land in the marshes? ’ + +'No! ' answered Aragorn. 'Say rather that we will bear our boats by the +ancient way to Rauros-foot, and there take to the water again. Do you not +know, Boromir, or do you choose to forget the North Stair, and the high seat +upon Amon Hen, that were made in the days of the great kings? I at least +have a mind to stand in that high place again, before I decide my further +course. There, maybe, we shall see some sign that will guide us.' + +Boromir held out long against this choice; but when it became plain +that Frodo would follow Aragorn, wherever he went, he gave in. 'It is not +the way of the Men of Minas Tirith to desert their friends at need,' he +said, 'and you will need my strength, if ever you are to reach the Tindrock. + +To the tall isle I will go, but no further. There I shall turn to my home, +alone if my help has not earned the reward of any companionship.’ + +The day was now growing, and the fog had lifted a little. It was +decided that Aragorn and Legolas should at once go forward along the shore, +while the others remained by the boats. Aragorn hoped to find some way by +which they could carry both their boats and their baggage to the smoother + + + + +water beyond the Rapids. + +'Boats of the Elves would not sink, maybe,’ he said, 'but that does not +say that we should come through Sarn Gebir alive. None have ever done so +yet. No road was made by the Men of Gondor in this region, for even in their +great days their realm did not reach up Anduin beyond the Emyn Muil; but +there is a portage-way somewhere on the western shore, if I can find it. It +cannot yet have perished; for light boats used to journey out of Wilderland +down to Osgiliath, and still did so until a few years ago, when the Ores of +Mordor began to multiply.’ + +’Seldom in my life has any boat come out of the North, and the Ores +prowl on the east-shore,’ said Boromir. 'If you go forward, peril will grow +with every mile, even if you find a path.’ + +'Peril lies ahead on every southward road,’ answered Aragorn. 'Wait for +us one day. If we do not return in that time, you will know that evil has +indeed befallen us. Then you must take a new leader and follow him as best +you can.’ + +It was with a heavy heart that Frodo saw Aragorn and Legolas climb the +steep bank and vanish into the mists; but his fears proved groundless. Only +two or three hours had passed, and it was barely mid-day, when the shadowy +shapes of the explorers appeared again. + +'All is well,’ said Aragorn, as he clambered down the bank. ’There is a +track, and it leads to a good landing that is still serviceable. The +distance is not great: the head of the Rapids is but half a mile below us, +and they are little more than a mile long. Not far beyond them the stream +becomes clear and smooth again, though it runs swiftly. Our hardest task +will be to get our boats and baggage to the old portage- way. We have found +it, but it lies well back from the water-side here, and runs under the lee +of a rock-wall, a furlong or more from the shore. We did not find where the +northward landing lies. If it still remains, we must have passed it +yesterday night. We might labour far upstream and yet miss it in the fog. I +fear we must leave the River now, and make for the portage-way as best we +can from here.’ + +'That would not be easy, even if we were all Men,’ said Boromir. + +'Yet such as we are we will try it,’ said Aragorn. + +’Aye, we will,’ said Gimli. 'The legs of Men will lag on a rough road, +while a Dwarf goes on, be the burden twice his own weight, Master Boromir! ’ + +The task proved hard indeed, yet in the end it was done. The goods were + + + + +taken out of the boats and brought to the top of the bank, where there was a +level space. Then the boats were drawn out of the water and carried up. They +were far less heavy than any had expected. Of what tree growing in the +elvish country they were made not even Legolas knew; but the wood was +tough + +and yet strangely light. Merry and Pippin alone could carry their boat with +ease along the flat. Nonetheless it needed the strength of the two Men to +lift and haul them over the ground that the Company now had to cross. It +sloped up away from the River, a tumbled waste of grey limestone-boulders, +with many hidden holes shrouded with weeds and bushes; there were thickets +of brambles, and sheer dells; and here and there boggy pools fed by waters +trickling from the terraces further inland. + +One by one Boromir and Aragorn carried the boats, while the others +toiled and scrambled after them with the baggage. At last all was removed +and laid on the portage-way. Then with little further hindrance, save from +sprawling briars and many fallen stones, they moved forward all together. +Fog still hung in veils upon the crumbling rock-wall, and to their left mist +shrouded the River: they could hear it rushing and foaming over the sharp +shelves and stony teeth of Sarn Gebir, but they could not see it. Twice they +made the journey, before all was brought safe to the southern landing. + +There the portage-way, turning back to the water-side, ran gently down +to the shallow edge of a little pool. It seemed to have been scooped in the +river-side, not by hand, but by the water swirling down from Sarn Gebir +against a low pier of rock that jutted out some way into the stream. Beyond +it the shore rose sheer into a grey cliff, and there was no further passage +for those on foot. + +Already the short afternoon was past, and a dim cloudy dusk was closing +in. They sat beside the water listening to the confused rush and roar of the +Rapids hidden in the mist; they were tired and sleepy, and their hearts were +as gloomy as the dying day. + +'Well, here we are, and here we must pass another night,' said Boromir. + +'We need sleep, and even if Aragorn had a mind to pass the Gates of Argonath +by night, we are all too tired-except, no doubt, our sturdy dwarf.' + +Gimli made no reply: he was nodding as he sat. + +'Let us rest as much as we can now,' said Aragorn. 'Tomorrow we must +journey by day again. Unless the weather changes once more and cheats us, we +shall have a good chance of slipping through, unseen by any eyes on the + + + + +eastern shore. But tonight two must watch together in turns: three hours off +and one on guard.' + +Nothing happened that night worse than a brief drizzle of rain an hour +before dawn. As soon as it was fully light they started. Already the fog was +thinning. They kept as close as they could to the western side, and they +could see the dim shapes of the low cliffs rising ever higher, shadowy walls +with their feet in the hurrying river. In the mid-morning the clouds drew +down lower, and it began to rain heavily. They drew the skin -covers over +their boats to prevent them from being flooded, and drifted on: little could +be seen before them or about them through the grey falling curtains. + +The rain, however, did not last long. Slowly the sky above grew +lighter, and then suddenly the clouds broke, and their draggled fringes +trailed away northward up the River. The fogs and mists were gone. Before +the travellers lay a wide ravine, with great rocky sides to which clung, +upon shelves and in narrow crevices, a few thrawn trees. The channel grew +narrower and the River swifter. Now they were speeding along with little +hope of stopping or turning, whatever they might meet ahead. Over them was a +lane of pale-blue sky, around them the dark overshadowed River, and before +them black, shutting out the sun, the hills of Emyn Muil, in which no +opening could be seen. + +Frodo peering forward saw in the distance two great rocks approaching: +like great pinnacles or pillars of stone they seemed. Tall and sheer and +ominous they stood upon either side of the stream. A narrow gap appeared +between them, and the River swept the boats towards it. + +'Behold the Argonath, the Pillars of the Kings! ' cried Aragorn. 'We +shall pass them soon. Keep the boats in line, and as far apart as you can! + +Hold the middle of the stream! ’ + +As Frodo was borne towards them the great pillars rose like towers to +meet him. Giants they seemed to him, vast grey figures silent but +threatening. Then he saw that they were indeed shaped and fashioned: the +craft and power of old had wrought upon them, and still they preserved +through the suns and rains of forgotten years the mighty likenesses in which +they had been hewn. Upon great pedestals founded in the deep waters stood +two great kings of stone: still with blurred eyes and crannied brows they +frowned upon the North. The left hand of each was raised palm outwards in +gesture of warning; in each right hand there was an axe; upon each head +there was a crumbling helm and crown. Great power and majesty they still + + + + +wore, the silent wardens of a long -vanished kingdom. Awe and fear fell upon +Frodo, and he cowered down, shutting his eyes and not daring to look up as +the boat drew near. Even Boromir bowed his head as the boats whirled by. +frail and fleeting as little leaves, under the enduring shadow of the +sentinels of N®menor. So they passed into the dark chasm of the Gates. + +Sheer rose the dreadful cliffs to unguessed heights on either side. Far +off was the dim sky. The black waters roared and echoed, and a wind screamed +over them. Frodo crouching over his knees heard Sam in front muttering and +groaning: 'What a place! What a horrible place! Just let me get out of this +boat, and I'll never wet my toes in a puddle again, let alone a river! ' + +'Fear not!' said a strange voice behind him. Frodo turned and saw +Strider, and yet not Strider; for the weatherworn Ranger was no longer +there. In the stern sat Aragorn son of Arathorn, proud and erect, guiding +the boat with skilful strokes; his hood was cast back, and his dark hair was +blowing in the wind, a light was in his eyes: a king returning from exile to +his own land. + +’Fear not! ' he said. 'Long have I desired to look upon the likenesses +of Isildur and Anbrion, my sires of old. Under their shadow Elessar, the +Elfstone son of Arathorn of the House of Valandil Isildur’s son heir of +Elendil, has nought to dread! ’ + +Then the light of his eyes faded, and he spoke to himself: 'Would that +Gandalf were here! How my heart yearns for Minas Anor and the walls of my +own city! But whither now shall I go? ’ + +The chasm was long and dark, and filled with the noise of wind and +rushing water and echoing stone. It bent somewhat towards the west so that +at first all was dark ahead; but soon Frodo saw a tall gap of light before +him, ever growing. Swiftly it drew near, and suddenly the boats shot +through, out into a wide clear light. + +The sun, already long fallen from the noon, was shining in a windy sky. + +The pent waters spread out into a long oval lake, pale Nen Hithoel, fenced +by steep grey hills whose sides were clad with trees, but their heads were +bare, cold-gleaming in the sunlight. At the far southern end rose three +peaks. The midmost stood somewhat forward from the others and sundered +from + +them, an island in the waters, about which the flowing River flung pale +shimmering arms. Distant but deep there came up on the wind a roaring sound +like the roll of thunder heard far away. + + + + +'Behold Tol Brandir! ' said Aragorn, pointing south to the tall peak. + +'Upon the left stands Amon Lhaw, and upon the right is Amon Hen the Hills of +Hearing and of Sight. In the days of the great kings there were high seats +upon them, and watch was kept there. But it is said that no foot of man or +beast has ever been set upon Tol Brandir. Ere the shade of night falls we +shall come to them. I hear the endless voice of Rauros calling.' + +The Company rested now for a while, drifting south on the current that +flowed through the middle of the lake. They ate some food, and then they +took to their paddles and hastened on their way. The sides of the westward +hills fell into shadow, and the Sun grew round and red. Here and there a +misty star peered out. The three peaks loomed before them, darkling in the +twilight. Rauros was roaring with a great voice. Already night was laid on +the flowing waters when the travellers came at last under the shadow of the +hills. + +The tenth day of their journey was over. Wilderland was behind them. +They could go no further without choice between the east-way and the west. +The last stage of the Quest was before them. + + + + +Chapter 10. The Breaking of the Fellowship + + + +Aragorn led them to the right arm of the River. Here upon its western +side under the shadow of Tol Brandir a green lawn ran down to the water from +the feet of Amon Hen. Behind it rose the first gentle slopes of the hill +clad with trees, and trees marched away westward along the curving shores of +the lake. A little spring fell tumbling down and fed the grass. + +'Here we will rest tonight,' said Aragorn. 'This is the lawn of Parth +Galen: a fair place in the summer days of old. Let us hope that no evil has +yet come here.' + +They drew up their boats on the green banks, and beside them they made +their camp. They set a watch, but had no sight nor sound of their enemies. + +If Gollum had contrived to follow them, he remained unseen and unheard. +Nonetheless as the night wore on Aragorn grew uneasy, tossing often in his +sleep and waking. In the small hours he got up and came to Frodo, whose turn +it was to watch. + +'Why are you waking? ' asked Frodo. 'It is not your watch.' + +'I do not know,’ answered Aragorn; 'but a shadow and a threat has been +growing in my sleep. It would be well to draw your sword.' + +'Why? ’ said Frodo. 'Are enemies at hand? ’ + +'Let us see what Sting may show,' answered Aragorn. + +Frodo then drew the elf-blade from its sheath. To his dismay the edges +gleamed dimly in the night. 'Ores! ’ he said. 'Not very near, and yet too +near, it seems.’ + +'I feared as much,' said Aragorn. 'But maybe they are not on this side +of the River. The light of Sting is faint, and it may point to no more than +spies of Mordor roaming on the slopes of Amon Lhaw. I have never heard +before of Ores upon Amon Hen. Yet who knows what may happen in these +evil + +days, now that Minas Tirith no longer holds secure the passages of Anduin. +We must go warily tomorrow.’ + +The day came like fire and smoke. Low in the East there were black bars +of cloud like the fumes of a great burning. The rising sun lit them from +beneath with flames of murky red; but soon it climbed above them into a +clear sky. The summit of Tol Brandir was tipped with gold. Frodo looked out + + + + +eastward and gazed at the tall island. Its sides sprang sheer out of the +running water. High up above the tall cliffs were steep slopes upon which +trees climbed, mounting one head above another; and above them again were +grey faces of inaccessible rock, crowned by a great spire of stone. Many +birds were circling about it, but no sign of other living things could be +seen. + +When they had eaten, Aragorn called the Company together. 'The day has +come at last,' he said: 'the day of choice which we have long delayed. What +shall now become of our Company that has travelled so far in fellowship? +Shall we turn west with Boromir and go to the wars of Gondor; or turn east +to the Fear and Shadow; or shall we break our fellowship and go this way and +that as each may choose? Whatever we do must be done soon. We cannot +long + +halt here. The enemy is on the eastern shore, we know; but I fear that the +Ores may already be on this side of the water.' + +There was a long silence in which no one spoke or moved. + +'Well, Frodo,' said Aragorn at last. 'I fear that the burden is laid +upon you. You are the Bearer appointed by the Council. Your own way you +alone can choose. In this matter I cannot advise you. I am not Gandalf, and +though I have tried to bear his part, I do not know what design or hope he +had for this hour, if indeed he had any. Most likely it seems that if he +were here now the choice would still wait on you. Such is your fate.' + +Frodo did not answer at once. Then he spoke slowly. 'I know that haste +is needed, yet I cannot choose. The burden is heavy. Give me an hour longer, +and I will speak. Let me be alone! ’ + +Aragorn looked at him with kindly pity. 'Very well, Frodo son of +Drogo,' he said. 'You shall have an hour, and you shall be alone. We will +stay here for a while. But do not stray far or out of call.’ + +Frodo sat for a moment with his head bowed. Sam, who had been watching +his master with great concern, shook his head and muttered: 'Plain as a +pikestaff it is, but it's no good Sam Gamgee putting in his spoke just now.' + +Presently Frodo got up and walked away; and Sam saw that while the +others restrained themselves and did not stare at him, the eyes of Boromir +followed Frodo intently, until he passed out of sight in the trees at the +foot of Amon Hen. + +Wandering aimlessly at first in the wood, Frodo found that his feet + + + + +were leading him up towards the slopes of the hill. He came to a path, the +dwindling ruins of a road of long ago. In steep places stairs of stone had +been hewn, but now they were cracked and worn, and split by the roots of +trees. For some while he climbed, not caring which way he went, until he +came to a grassy place. Rowan-trees grew about it, and in the midst was a +wide flat stone. The little upland lawn was open upon the East and was +filled now with the early sunlight. Frodo halted and looked out over the +River, far below him, to Tol Brandir and the birds wheeling in the great +gulf of air between him and the untrodden isle. The voice of Rauros was a +mighty roaring mingled with a deep throbbing boom. + +He sat down upon the stone and cupped his chin in his hands, staring +eastwards but seeing little with his eyes. All that had happened since Bilbo +left the Shire was passing through his mind, and he recalled and pondered +everything that he could remember of Gandalf s words. Time went on, and +still he was no nearer to a choice. + +Suddenly he awoke from his thoughts: a strange feeling came to him that +something was behind him, that unfriendly eyes were upon him. He sprang up +and turned; but all that he saw to his surprise was Boromir, and his face +was smiling and kind. + +'I was afraid for you, Frodo,' he said, coming forward. 'If Aragorn is +right and Ores are near, then none of us should wander alone, and you least +of all: so much depends on you. And my heart too is heavy. May I stay now +and talk for a while, since I have found you? It would comfort me. Where +there are so many, all speech becomes a debate without end. But two together +may perhaps find wisdom.' + +'You are kind,' answered Frodo. 'But I do not think that any speech +will help me. For I know what I should do, but I am afraid of doing it, +Boromir: afraid.' + +Boromir stood silent. Rauros roared endlessly on. The wind murmured in +the branches of the trees. Frodo shivered. + +Suddenly Boromir came and sat beside him. 'Are you sure that you do not +suffer needlessly? ’ he said. 'I wish to help you. You need counsel in your +hard choice. Will you not take mine? ’ + +’I think I know already what counsel you would give, Boromir,' said +Frodo. 'And it would seem like wisdom but for the warning of my heart.' + +'Warning? Warning against what? ' said Boromir sharply. + +'Against delay. Against the way that seems easier. Against refusal of + + + + +the burden that is laid on me. Against -well, if it must be said, against +trust in the strength and truth of Men.' + +'Yet that strength has long protected you far away in your little +country, though you knew it not.' + +'I do not doubt the valour of your people. But the world is changing. + +The walls of Minas Tirith may be strong, but they are not strong enough. If +they fail, what then? ' + +'We shall fall in battle valiantly. Yet there is still hope that they +will not fail.' + +'No hope while the Ring lasts,' said Frodo. + +'Ah! The Ring! ' said Boromir, his eyes lighting. 'The Ring! Is it not +a strange fate that we should suffer so much fear and doubt for so small a +thing? So small a thing! And I have seen it only for an instant in the House +of Elrond. Could I not have a sight of it again? ' + +Frodo looked up. His heart went suddenly cold. He caught the strange +gleam in Boromir's eyes, yet his face was still kind and friendly. 'It is +best that it should lie hidden,' he answered. + +'As you wish. I care not,' said Boromir. 'Yet may I not even speak of +it? For you seem ever to think only of its power in the hands of the Enemy: +of its evil uses not of its good. The world is changing, you say. Minas +Tirith will fall, if the Ring lasts. But why? Certainly, if the Ring were +with the Enemy. But why, if it were with us? ' + +'Were you not at the Council? ' answered Frodo. 'Because we cannot use +it, and what is done with it turns to evil.’ + +Boromir got up and walked about impatiently. 'So you go on,' he cried. +'Gandalf, Elrond — all these folk have taught you to say so. For themselves +they may be right. These elves and half-elves and wizards, they would come +to grief perhaps. Yet often I doubt if they are wise and not merely timid. + +But each to his own kind. True-hearted Men, they will not be corrupted. We +of Minas Tirith have been staunch through long years of trial. We do not +desire the power of wizard-lords, only strength to defend ourselves, +strength in a just cause. And behold! in our need chance brings to light the +-Ring of Power. It is a gift, I say; a gift to the foes of Mordor. It is mad +not to use it, to use the power of the Enemy against him. The fearless, the +ruthless, these alone will achieve victory. What could not a warrior do in +this hour, a great leader? What could not Aragorn do? Or if he refuses, why + + + + +not Boromir? The Ring would give me power of Command. How I would +drive the + +hosts of Mordor, and all men would flock to my banner!' + +Boromir strode up and down, speaking ever more loudly: Almost he seemed +to have forgotten Frodo, while his talk dwelt on walls and weapons, and the +mustering of men; and he drew plans for great alliances and glorious +victories to be; and he cast down Mordor, and became himself a mighty king, +benevolent and wise. Suddenly he stopped and waved his arms. + +'And they tell us to throw it away!' he cried. 'I do not say destroy +it. That might be well, if reason could show any hope of doing so. It does +not. The only plan that is proposed to us is that a halfling should walk +blindly into Mordor and offer the Enemy every chance of recapturing it for +himself. Folly! + +'Surely you see it, my friend?' he said, turning now suddenly to Frodo +again. 'You say that you are afraid. If it is so, the boldest should pardon +you. But is it not really your good sense that revolts?' + +'No, I am afraid,' said Frodo. 'Simply afraid. But I am glad to have +heard you speak so fully. My mind is clearer now.' + +'Then you will come to Minas Tirith? ' cried Boromir. His eyes were +shining and his face eager. + +'You misunderstand me,’ said Frodo. + +'But you will come, at least for a while? ' Boromir persisted. 'My city +is not far now; and it is little further from there to Mordor than from +here. We have been long in the wilderness, and you need news of what the +Enemy is doing before you make a move. Come with me, Frodo,' he said. +'You + +need rest before your venture, if go you must.’ He laid his hand on the +hobbit's shoulder in friendly fashion; but Frodo felt the hand trembling +with suppressed excitement. He stepped quickly away, and eyed with alarm the +tall Man, nearly twice his height and many times his match in strength. + +'Why are you so unfriendly? ’ said Boromir. 'I am a true man, neither +thief nor tracker. I need your Ring: that you know now; but I give you my +word that I do not desire to keep it. Will you not at least let me make +trial of my plan? Lend me the Ring! ’ + +'No! no! ' cried Frodo. 'The Council laid it upon me to bear it.' + +'It is by our own folly that the Enemy will defeat us,’ cried Boromir. + +'How it angers me! Fool! Obstinate fool! Running wilfully to death and + + + + +mining our cause. If any mortals have claim to the Ring, it is the men of +N®menor, and not Halflings. It is not yours save by unhappy chance. It might +have been mine. It should be mine. Give it to me ! ' + +Frodo did not answer, but moved away till the great flat stone stood +between them. 'Come, come, my friend! ' said Boromir in a softer voice. 'Why +not get rid of it? Why not be free of your doubt and fear? You can lay the +blame on me, if you will. You can say that I was too strong and took it by +force. For I am too strong for you, halfling,' he cried; and suddenly he +sprang over the stone and leaped at Frodo. His fair and pleasant face was +hideously changed; a raging fire was in his eyes. + +Frodo dodged aside and again put the stone between them. There was only +one thing he could do: trembling he pulled out the Ring upon its chain and +quickly slipped it on his finger, even as Boromir sprang at him again. The +Man gasped, stared for a moment amazed, and then ran wildly about, seeking +here and there among the rocks and trees. + +'Miserable trickster!' he shouted. 'Let me get my hands on you! Now I +see your mind. You will take the Ring to Sauron and sell us all. You have +only waited your chance to leave us in the lurch. Curse you and all +halflings to death and darkness ! ' Then, catching his foot on a stone, he +fell sprawling and lay upon his face. For a while he was as still as if his +own curse had struck him down; then suddenly he wept. + +He rose and passed his hand over his eyes, dashing away the tears. + +'What have I said? ' he cried. 'What have I done? Frodo, Frodo! ' he called. +'Come back! A madness took me, but it has passed. Come back! ' + +There was no answer. Frodo did not even hear his cries. He was already +far away, leaping blindly up the path to the hill-top. Terror and grief +shook him, seeing in his thought the mad fierce face of Boromir, and his +burning eyes. + +Soon he came out alone on the summit of Amon Hen, and halted, gasping +for breath. He saw as through a mist a wide flat circle, paved with mighty +flags, and surrounded with a crumbling battlement; and in the middle, set +upon four carven pillars, was a high seat, reached by a stair of many steps. + +Up he went and sat upon the ancient chair, feeling like a lost child that +had clambered upon the throne of mountain -kings. + +At first he could see little. He seemed to be in a world of mist in +which there were only shadows: the Ring was upon him. Then here and there +the mist gave way and he saw many visions: small and clear as if they were + + + + +under his eyes upon a table, and yet remote. There was no sound, only bright +living images. The world seemed to have shrunk and fallen silent. He was +sitting upon the Seat of Seeing, on Amon Hen, the Hill of the Eye of the Men +of N®menor. Eastward he looked into wide uncharted lands, nameless plains, +and forests unexplored. Northward he looked, and the Great River lay like a +ribbon beneath him, and the Misty Mountains stood small and hard as broken +teeth. Westward he looked and saw the broad pastures of Rohan; and Orthanc, +the pinnacle of Isengard, like a black spike. Southward he looked, and below +his very feet the Great River curled like a toppling wave and plunged over +the falls of Rauros into a foaming pit; a glimmering rainbow played upon the +fume. And Ethir Anduin he saw, the mighty delta of the River, and myriads of +sea-birds whirling like a white dust in the sun, and beneath them a green +and silver sea, rippling in endless lines. + +But everywhere he looked he saw the signs of war. The Misty Mountains +were crawling like anthills: ores were issuing out of a thousand holes. + +Under the boughs of Mirkwood there was deadly strife of Elves and Men and +fell beasts. The land of the Beornings was aflame; a cloud was over Moria; +smoke rose on the borders of Lurien. + +Horsemen were galloping on the grass of Rohan; wolves poured from +Isengard. From the havens of Harad ships of war put out to sea; and out of +the East Men were moving endlessly: swordsmen, spearmen, bowmen upon +horses, + +chariots of chieftains and laden wains. All the power of the Dark Lord was +in motion. Then turning south again he beheld Minas Tirith. Far away it +seemed, and beautiful: white-walled, many -towered, proud and fair upon its +mountain- seat; its battlements glittered with steel, and its turrets were +bright with many banners. Hope leaped in his heart. But against Minas Tirith +was set another fortress, greater and more strong. Thither, eastward, +unwilling his eye was drawn. It passed the ruined bridges of Osgiliath, the +grinning gates of Minas Morgul. and the haunted Mountains, and it looked +upon Gorgoroth, the valley of terror in the Land of Mordor. Darkness lay +there under the Sun. Fire glowed amid the smoke. Mount Doom was burning, +and + +a great reek rising. Then at last his gaze was held: wall upon wall, +battlement upon battlement, black, immeasurably strong, mountain of iron, +gate of steel, tower of adamant, he saw it: Barad-dyr, Fortress of Sauron. + +All hope left him. + + + + +And suddenly he felt the Eye. There was an eye in the Dark Tower that +did not sleep. He knew that it had become aware of his gaze. A fierce eager +will was there. It leaped towards him; almost like a finger he felt it, +searching for him. Very soon it would nail him down, know just exactly where +he was. Amon Lhaw it touched. It glanced upon Tol Brandir he threw himself +from the seat, crouching, covering his head with his grey hood. + +He heard himself crying out: Never, never! Or was it: Verily I come, I +come to you ? He could not tell. Then as a flash from some other point of +power there came to his mind another thought: Take it off! Take it off! + +Fool, take it off! Take off the Ring! + +The two powers strove in him. For a moment, perfectly balanced between +their piercing points, he writhed, tormented. Suddenly he was aware of +himself again. Frodo, neither the Voice nor the Eye: free to choose, and +with one remaining instant in which to do so. He took the Ring off his +finger. He was kneeling in clear sunlight before the high seat. A black +shadow seemed to pass like an arm above him; it missed Amon Hen and +groped + +out west, and faded. Then all the sky was clean and blue and birds sang in +every tree. + +Frodo rose to his feet. A great weariness was on him, but his will was +firm and his heart lighter. He spoke aloud to himself. T will do now what I +must,' he said. This at least is plain: the evil of the Ring is already at +work even in the Company, and the Ring must leave them before it does more +harm. I will go alone. Some I cannot trust, and those I can trust are too +dear to me: poor old Sam, and Merry and Pippin. Strider, too: his heart +yearns for Minas Tirith, and he will be needed there, now Boromir has fallen +into evil. I will go alone. At once.' + +He went quickly down the path and came back to the lawn where Boromir +had found him. Then he halted, listening. He thought he could hear cries and +calls from the woods near the shore below. + +'They'll be hunting for me,' he said. T wonder how long I have been +away. Hours, I should think.' He hesitated. 'What can I do? ' he muttered. + +'I must go now or I shall never go. I shan't get a chance again. I hate +leaving them, and like this without any explanation. But surely they will +understand. Sam will. And what else can I do?' + +Slowly he drew out the Ring and put it on once more. He vanished and +passed down the hill, less than a rustle of the wind. + + + + +The others remained long by the river -side. For some time they had been +silent, moving restlessly about; but now they were sitting in a circle, and +they were talking. Every now and again they made efforts to speak of other +things, of their long road and many adventures; they questioned Aragorn +concerning the realm of Gondor and its ancient history, and the remnants of +its great works that could still be seen in this strange border -land of the +Emyn Muil: the stone kings and the seats of Lhaw and Hen, and the great +Stair beside the falls of Rauros. But always their thoughts and words +strayed back to Frodo and the Ring. What would Frodo choose to do? Why +was + +he hesitating? + +'He is debating which course is the most desperate, I think,’ said +Aragorn. 'And well he may. It is now more hopeless than ever for the Company +to go east, since we have been tracked by Gollum, and must fear that the +secret of our journey is already betrayed. But Minas Tirith is no nearer to +the Fire and the destruction of the Burden. + +'We may remain there for a while and make a brave stand; but the Lord +Denethor and all his men cannot hope to do what even Elrond said was beyond +his power: either to keep the Burden secret, or to hold off the full might +of the Enemy when he comes to take it. Which way would any of us choose in +Frodo’s place? I do not know. Now indeed we miss Gandalf most.’ + +’Grievous is our loss,’ said Legolas. ’Yet we must needs make up our +minds without his aid. Why cannot we decide, and so help Frodo? Let us call +him back and then vote! I should vote for Minas Tirith.’ + +'And so should I,’ said Gimli. ’We, of course, were only sent to help +the Bearer along the road, to go no further than we wished; and none of us +is under any oath or command to seek Mount Doom. Hard was my parting +from + +Lothlurien. Yet I have come so far, and I say this: now we have reached the +last choice, it is clear to me that I cannot leave Frodo. I would choose +Minas Tirith, but if he does not, then I follow him.’ + +'And I too will go with him,’ said Legolas. 'It would be faithless now +to say farewell.’ + +’It would indeed be a betrayal, if we all left him,’ said Aragorn. ’But +if he goes east, then all need not go with him; nor do I think that all +should. That venture is desperate: as much so for eight as for three or two, +or one alone. If you would let me choose, then I should appoint three + + + + +companions: Sam, who could not bear it otherwise; and Gimli; and myself. +Boromir will return to his own city, where his father and his people need +him; and with him the others should go, or at least Meriadoc and Peregrin, +if Legolas is not willing to leave us.' + +'That won’t do at all! ' cried Merry. 'We can't leave Frodo! Pippin and +I always intended to go wherever he went, and we still do. But we did not +realize what that would mean. It seemed different so far away, in the Shire +or in Ri vendell. It would be mad and cruel to let Frodo go to Mordor. Why +can't we stop him?' + +'We must stop him,' said Pippin. 'And that is what he is worrying +about, I am sure. He knows we shan't agree to his going east. And he doesn't +like to ask anyone to go with him, poor old fellow. Imagine it: going off to +Mordor alone! ' Pippin shuddered. 'But the dear silly old hobbit, he ought +to know that he hasn't got to ask. He ought to know that if we can't stop +him, we shan't leave him.' + +'Begging your pardon,' said Sam. 'I don't think you understand my +master at all. He isn't hesitating about which way to go. Of course not! +What's the good of Minas Tirith anyway? To him, I mean, begging your +pardon, + +Master Boromir,' he added, and turned. It was then that they discovered that +Boromir, who at first had been sitting silent on the outside of the circle, +was no longer there. + +'Now where's he got to? ' cried Sam, looking worried. 'He's been a bit +queer lately, to my mind. But anyway he's not in this business. He's off to +his home, as he always said; and no blame to him. But Mr. Frodo, he knows +he's got to find the Cracks of Doom, if he can. But he's afraid. Now it's +come to the point, he's just plain terrified. That's what his trouble is. Of +course he's had a bit of schooling, so to speak-we all have-since we left +home, or he'd be so terrified he'd just fling the Ring in the River and +bolt. But he's still too frightened to start. And he isn't worrying about us +either: whether we'll go along with him or no. He knows we mean to. That's +another thing that's bothering him. If he screws himself up to go, he'll +want to go alone. Mark my words! We're going to have trouble when he +comes + +back. For he'll screw himself up all right, as sure as his name's Baggins.' + +'I believe you speak more wisely than any of us, Sam,' said Aragorn. +'And what shall we do, if you prove right? ’ + + + + +'Stop him! Don't let him go! ' cried Pippin. + +'I wonder? ' said Aragorn. 'He is the Bearer, and the fate of the +Burden is on him. I do not think that it is our part to drive him one way or +the other. Nor do I think that we should succeed, if we tried. There are +other powers at work far stronger.' + +'Well, I wish Frodo would "screw himself up" and come back, and let us +get it over,' said Pippin. 'This waiting is horrible! Surely the time is up? + +f + +'Yes,' said Aragorn. 'The hour is long passed. The morning is wearing +away. We must call for him.' + +At that moment Boromir reappeared. He came out from the trees and +walked towards them without speaking. His face looked grim and sad. He +paused as if counting those that were present, and then sat down aloof, with +his eyes on the ground. + +'Where have you been, Boromir? ’ asked Aragorn. 'Have you seen Frodo? ’ + +Boromir hesitated for a second. 'Yes, and no,’ he answered slowly. + +'Yes: I found him some way up the hill, and I spoke to him. I urged him to +come to Minas Tirith and not to go east. I grew angry and he left me. He +vanished. I have never seen such a thing happen before, though I have heard +of it in tales. He must have put the Ring on. I could not find him again. I +thought he would return to you.' + +'Is that all that you have to say? ' said Aragorn, looking hard and not +too kindly at Boromir. + +'Yes,' he answered. 'I will say no more yet.’ + +'This is bad!' cried Sam, jumping up. 'I don't know what this Man has +been up to. Why should Mr. Frodo put the thing on? He didn't ought to have; +and if he has, goodness knows what may have happened!' + +'But he wouldn't keep it on' 1 said Merry. 'Not when he had escaped the +unwelcome visitor, like Bilbo used to.' + +'But where did he go? Where is he? ' cried Pippin. 'He's been away ages +now.' + +'How long is it since you saw Frodo last, Boromir? ' asked Aragorn. + +'Half an hour, maybe,' he answered. 'Or it might be an hour. I have +wandered for some time since. I do not know! I do not know! ' He put his +head in his hands, and sat as if bowed with grief. + +'An hour since he vanished! ' shouted Sam. 'We must try and find him at +once. Come on! ’ + + + + +'Wait a moment! ' cried Aragorn. 'We must divide up into pairs, and +arrange-here, hold on! Wait! ' + +It was no good. They took no notice of him. Sam had dashed off first. +Merry and Pippin had followed, and were already disappearing westward into +the trees by the shore, shouting: Frodo! Frodo ! in their clear, high +hobbit- voices. Legolas and Gimli were running. A sudden panic or madness +seemed to have fallen on the Company. + +'We shall all be scattered and lost,’ groaned Aragorn. 'Boromir! I do +not know what part you have played in this mischief, but help now! Go after +those two young hobbits, and guard them at the least, even if you cannot +find Frodo. Come back to this spot, if you find him, or any traces of him. I +shall return soon.' + +Aragorn sprang swiftly away and went in pursuit of Sam. Just as he +reached the little lawn among the rowans he overtook him, toiling uphill, +panting and calling, Frodo! + +'Come with me, Sam! ’ he said. 'None of us should be alone. There is +mischief about. I feel it. I am going to the top, to the Seat of Amon Hen, +to see what may be seen. And look! It is as my heart guessed, Frodo went +this way. Follow me, and keep your eyes open! ' He sped up the path. + +Sam did his best, but he could not keep up with Strider the Ranger, and +soon fell behind. He had not gone far before Aragorn was out of sight ahead. +Sam stopped and puffed. Suddenly he clapped his hand to his head. + +'Whoa, Sam Gamgee! ’ he said aloud. 'Your legs are too short, so use +your head! Let me see now! Boromir isn't lying, that's not his way; but he +hasn't told us everything. Something scared Mr. Frodo badly. He screwed +himself up to the point, sudden. He made up his mind at last to go. Where +to? Off East. Not without Sam? Yes, without even his Sam. That's hard, cruel +hard.' + +Sam passed his hand over his eyes, brushing away the tears. 'Steady, +Gamgee! ' he said. 'Think, if you can! He can't fly across rivers, and he +can't jump waterfalls. He's got no gear. So he's got to get back to the +boats. Back to the boats! Back to the boats, Sam, like lightning! ' + +Sam turned and bolted back down the path. He fell and cut his knees. Up +he got and ran on. He came to the edge of the lawn of Parth Galen by the +shore, where the boats were drawn up out of the water. No one was there. +There seemed to be cries in the woods behind, but he did not heed them. He +stood gazing for a moment, stock-still, gaping. A boat was sliding down the + + + + +bank all by itself. With a shout Sam raced across the grass. The boat +slipped into the wat + + + +128d + + + +er. + +'Coming, Mr. Frodo! Coming! ' called Sam, and flung himself from the +bank, clutching at the departing boat. He missed it by a yard. With a cry +and a splash he fell face downward into deep swift water. Gurgling he went +under, and the River closed over his curly head. + +An exclamation of dismay came from the empty boat. A paddle swirled and +the boat put about. Frodo was just in time to grasp Sam by the hair as he +came up, bubbling and struggling. Fear was staring in his round brown eyes. + +'Up you come, Sam my lad! ’ said Frodo. 'Now take my hand! ' + +'Save me, Mr. Frodo! ’ gasped Sam. 'I'm drownded. I can’t see your +hand.’ + +'Here it is. Don't pinch, lad! I won’t let you go. Tread water and +don’t flounder, or you'll upset the boat. There now, get hold of the side, +and let me use the paddle! ' + +With a few strokes Frodo brought the boat back to the bank, and Sam was +able to scramble out, wet as a water-rat. Frodo took off the Ring and +stepped ashore again. + +'Of all the confounded nuisances you are the worst, Sam! ’ he said. + +’Oh, Mr. Frodo, that’s hard! ’ said Sam shivering. 'That’s hard, trying +to go without me and all. If I hadn’t a guessed right, where would you be +now? ’ + +'Safely on my way.’ + +'Safely! ’ said Sam. 'All alone and without me to help you? I couldn’t +have a borne it, it’d have been the death of me.’ + +’It would be the death of you to come with me, Sam,’ said Frodo and I +could not have borne that.’ + +'Not as certain as being left behind,’ said Sam. + +'But I am going to Mordor.’ + +'I know that well enough, Mr. Frodo. Of course you are. And I’m coming +with you.’ + +'Now, Sam,’ said Frodo, 'don’t hinder me! The others will be coming +back at any minute. If they catch me here. I shall have to argue and + + + + +explain, and I shall never have the heart or the chance to get off. But I +must go at once. It's the only way.’ + +'Of course it is,' answered Sam. 'But not alone. I'm coming too, or +neither of us isn’t going. I'll knock holes in all the boats first.' + +Frodo actually laughed. A sudden warmth and gladness touched his heart. +'Leave one! 'he said. 'We'll need it. But you can't come like this without +your gear or food or anything.' + +'Just hold on a moment, and I'll get my stuff!' cried Sam eagerly. + +'It's all ready. I thought we should be off today.' He rushed to the camping +place, fished out his pack from the pile where Frodo had laid it when he +emptied the boat of his companions' goods grabbed a spare blanket, and some +extra packages of food, and ran back. + +'So all my plan is spoilt! ’ said Frodo. 'It is no good trying to +escape you. But I’m glad, Sam. I cannot tell you how glad. Come along! It is +plain that we were meant to go together. We will go, and may the others find +a safe road! Strider will look after them. I don't suppose we shall see them +again.' + +'Yet we may, Mr Frodo. We may,' said Sam. + +So Frodo and Sam set off on the last stage of the Quest together. Frodo +paddled away from the shore, and the River bore them swiftly away, down the +western arm, and past the frowning cliffs of Tol Brandir. The roar of the +great falls drew nearer. Even with such help as Sam could give, it was hard +work to pass across the current at the southward end of the island and drive +the boat eastward towards the far shore. + +At length they came to land again upon the southern slopes of Amon +Lhaw. There they found a shelving shore, and they drew the boat out, high +above the water, and hid it as well as they could behind a great boulder. + +Then shouldering their burdens, they set off, seeking a path that would +bring them over the grey hills of the Emyn Muil, and down into the Land of +Shadow. + + + + +Here ends the first part of the history of the War of the Ring. + +The second part is called THE TWO TOWERS, since the events recounted +in it are dominated by ORTHANC, the citadel of Saruman, and the fortress +o/MINAS MORGUL that guards the secret entrance to Mordor; it tells of +the deeds and perils of all the members of the now sundered fellowship, until +the coming of the Great Darkness. + +The third part tells of the last defence against the Shadow, and the +end of the mission of the Ring-bearer in THE RETURN OF THE KING. From ec7d3b9c4de280808a96ab5c1035d29bb2a3e95e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: AddisonNoxy <34310754+AddisonNoxy@users.noreply.github.com> Date: Tue, 26 Mar 2019 15:43:38 -0500 Subject: [PATCH 11/63] Create essentialguidetocssandhtmlwebdesign --- .../essentialguidetocssandhtmlwebdesign | 44700 ++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 44700 insertions(+) create mode 100644 files/books/unrelated/essentialguidetocssandhtmlwebdesign diff --git a/files/books/unrelated/essentialguidetocssandhtmlwebdesign b/files/books/unrelated/essentialguidetocssandhtmlwebdesign new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0bd0e0c --- /dev/null +++ b/files/books/unrelated/essentialguidetocssandhtmlwebdesign @@ -0,0 +1,44700 @@ +A MODERN, MODULAR APPROACH +TO STANDARDS-COMPLIANT WEB DESIGN. + + +THE GUIDE TO + + +CSS and HTML + +Web Design + + + +► CREATE CUTTING-EDGE, GOOD-LOOKING, +EFFICIENT WEB PAGES. + +► WORK WITH STANDARDS-COMPLIANT +TECHNOLOGIES. + +► COMBINE EXERCISES TO FASHION +COUNTLESS WEB PAGE DESIGNS. + + +friendsof + + +0 + + +CRAIG GRANNELL + +FOREWORD BY JON HICKS, HICKSDESIGN + + +an Apress- company + + + + + + +The Essential Guide to CSS +and HTML Web Design + + +Craig Grannell + + +friendsof + + +.0 + + +DESIGNER + + +an Apress* company + + + +The Essential Guide to CSS and +HTML Web Design + +Copyright © 2007 by Craig Grannell + +All rights reserved. No part of this work may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, +electronic or mechanical, including photocopying, recording, or by any information storage or retrieval +system, without the prior written permission of the copyright owner and the publisher. + +15BN-13 (pbk): 978-1-59059-907-5 + +I5BN-10 (pbk): 1-59059-907-1 + +Printed and bound in the United States of America 987654321 + +Trademarked names may appear in this book. Rather than use a trademark symbol with every occurrence +of a trademarked name, we use the names only in an editorial fashion and to the benefit of the trademark +owner, with no intention of infringement of the trademark. + +Distributed to the book trade worldwide by Springer-Verlag New York, Inc., 233 Spring Street, 6th Floor, +New York, NY 10013. Phone 1-800-SPRINGER, fax 201-348-4505, e-mail orders-ny@springer-sbm.com, +or visit www.springeronline.com. + +For information on translations, please contact Apress directly at 2855 Telegraph Avenue, Suite 600, +Berkeley, CA 94705. Phone 510-549-5930, fax 510-549-5939, e-mail in-fo@apress.com, +or visit www.apress.com. + +The information in this book is distributed on an “as is" basis, without warranty. Although every precaution +has been taken in the preparation of this work, neither the author(s) nor Apress shall have any liability to +any person or entity with respect to any loss or damage caused or alleged to be caused directly or +indirectly by the information contained in this work. + +The source code for this book is freely available to readers at www.friendsofed.com in the +Downloads section. + + +Credits + + +Lead Editors + +Assistant Production Director + +Chris Mills, + +Kari Brooks-Copony + +Tom Welsh + +Technical Reviewer + +Production Editor + +Ellie Fountain + +David Anderson + +Editorial Board + +Compositor + +Dina Quan + +Steve Anglin, Ewan Buckingham, + +Gary Cornell, Jonathan Gennick, + +Artist + +Jason Gilmore, Jonathan Hassell, + +April Milne + +Matthew Moodie, Jeffrey Pepper, + +Ben Renow-Clarke, Dominic Shakeshaft, + +Proofreader + +Matt Wade, Tom Welsh + +Nancy Sixsmith + +Project Manager + +Indexer + +Kylie Johnston + +Julie Grady + +Copy Editor + +Interior and Cover Designer + +Damon Larson + +Kurt Krames + + +Manufacturing Director + +Tom Debolski + + +CONTENTS AT A GLANCE + + +About the Author.w + +About the Technical Reviewer.^ + +Acknowledgments. xix + +Foreword. xxi + +Introduction. xxiii + +Chapter 1: An Introduction to Web Design. \ + +Chapter 2: Web Page Essentials.M + +Chapter 3: Working with Type.62 + +Chapter 4: Working with Images.119 + +Chapter 5: Using Links and Creating Navigation.1^ + +Chapter 6: Tables: How Nature (and the W3C) Intended.233 + +Chapter 7: Page Layouts with CSS.257 + +Chapter 8: Getting User Feedback.313 + +Chapter 9: Dealing with Browser Quirks.347 + +Chapter 10: Putting Everything Together.372 + +Appendix A: XHTML Reference.399 + +Appendix B: Web Color Reference.447 + +Appendix C: Entities Reference.4^ + +Appendix D: CSS Reference.472 + +Appendix E: Browser Guide.497 + +Appendix F: Software Guide.503 + +Index.509 + + +III + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +CONTENTS + + +About the Author.^ + +About the Technical Reviewer.^ + +Acknowledgments. xix + +Foreword. xxi + +Introduction.xxiii + + +Chapter 1: An Introduction to Web Design. + +A brief history of the Internet.2 + +Why create a website?.3 + +Audience requirements.4 + +Web design overview .5 + +Why WYSIWYG tools aren’t used in this book.6 + +Introducing HTML and XHTML.6 + +Introducing the concept of HTML tags and elements.7 + +Nesting tags .7 + +Web standards and XHTML.8 + +Semantic markup.9 + +Introducing CSS.10 + +Separating content from design .10 + +The rules of CSS . 21 + +Types of CSS selectors.12 + +Class selectors.12 + +ID selectors.13 + +Grouped selectors. 21 + +Contextual selectors. ]A + +Adding styles to a web page.1_5 + +The cascade. 2§ + +The CSS box model explained. 2Z + +Creating boilerplates. 21 + +Creating, styling, and restyling a web page . 20 + + +V + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +CONTENTS + + +Working with website content. M + +information architecture and site maps. ^ + +Basic web page structure and iayout. ^ + +Limitations of web design. ^ + +Chapter 2: Web Page Essentials.M + +starting with the essentiais.30 + +Document defaults.30 + +DOCTYPE declarations explained.32 + +XHTML Strict. ^ + +XHTML Transitional. ^ + +XHTML Frameset.33 + +HTML DOCTYPEs.33 + +Partial DTDs. ^ + +What about the XML declaration?. ^ + +The head section. ^ + +Page titles. ^ + +meta tags and search engines.37 + +Keywords and descriptions.37 + +revisit-after, robots, and author.38 + +Attaching external documents.38 + +Attaching external CSS files: The link method. ^ + +Attaching CSS files: The ©import method. ^ + +Attaching favicons and JavaScript.43 + +Checking paths.42 + +The body section.42 + +Content margins and padding in CSS.42 + +Zeroing margins and padding on all elements.43 + +Working with CSS shorthand for boxes. ^ + +Setting a default font and font color. ^ + +Web page backgrounds.45 + +Web page backgrounds in CSS.46 + +background-color.46 + +background-image.46 + +background-repeat. ^ + +background-attachment.47 + +background-position.48 + +CSS shorthand for web backgrounds.48 + +Web page background ideas.49 + +Adding a background pattern.M + +Drop shadows. ^ + +A drop shadow that terminates with the content. ^ + +Gradients.M + +Watermarks. ^ + +Closing your document. ^ + +Naming your files.57 + +Commenting your work. ^ + +Web page essentials checklist.W + + +VI + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +CONTENTS + + +Chapter 3: Working with Type. 61 + +An introduction to typography. §2 + +Styling text the old-fashioned way (or, why we hate font tags). M + +A new beginning: Semantic markup.65 + +Paragraphs and headings . §& + +Logical and physical styles. §& + +Styles for emphasis (bold and italic). ^ + +Deprecated and nonstandard physical styles.67 + +The big and small elements.67 + +Teletype, subscript, and superscript.67 + +Logical styles for programming-oriented content .68 + +Block quotes, quote citations, and definitions .68 + +Acronyms and abbreviations. ^ + +Elements for inserted and deleted text.69 + +The importance of well-formed markup.70 + +The importance of end tags .70 + +Styling text using CSS. 71_ + +Defining font colors. 7]_ + +Defining fonts.72 + +Web-safe fonts.73 + +Sans-serif fonts for the Web.73 + +Serif fonts for the Web.74 + +Fonts for headings and monospace type .75 + +Mac vs. Windows: Anti-aliasing.76 + +Using images for text .77 + +Image-replacement techniques.78 + +Defining font size and line height.79 + +Setting text in pixels.80 + +Setting text using keywords and percentages.80 + +Setting text using percentages and ems. 81_ + +Setting line height.82 + +Defining font-style, font-weight, and font-variant.83 + +CSS shorthand for font properties.84 + +Controlling text element margins.85 + +Using text-indent for print-like paragraphs .85 + +Setting letter-spacing and word-spacing.86 + +Controlling case with text-transform.87 + +Creating alternatives with classes and spans.87 + +Styling semantic markup.89 + +Styling semantic markup: A basic example with proportional line heights .90 + +Styling semantic markup: A modern example with sans-serif fonts .92 + +Styling semantic markup: A traditional example with serif fonts and + +a baseline grid .95 + +Creating drop caps and pull quotes using CSS.98 + +Creating a drop cap using a CSS pseudo-element .% + +Creating a drop cap with span elements and CSS . 1_00 + +Creating pull quotes in CSS . 1_02 + +Using classes and CSS overrides to create an alternate pull quote . 1_05 + +Adding reference citations. 1_06 + + +VII + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +CONTENTS + + +Working with lists. 1_06 + +Unordered lists.1_07 + +Ordered lists.1_07 + +Definition lists.1_07 + +Nesting lists.1_08 + +Styling lists with CSS .1_08 + +list-style-image property. 1_09 + +Dealing with font-size inheritance.1_09 + +list-style-position property. 1J0 + +list-style-type property. 1J0 + +List style shorthand. 1_n + +List margins and padding. 1_n + +inline lists for navigation. 1_[2 + +Thinking creatively with lists. 1J2 + +Creating better-looking lists . 112 + +Displaying blocks of code online . 115 + +Chapter 4: Working with Images. 119 + + +introduction. ]20 + +Color theory. ]20 + +Color wheels. 211 + +Additive and subtractive color systems. 211 + +Creating a color scheme using a color wheel. 211 + +Working with hex. 211 + +Web-safe colors. 211 + +Choosing formats for images. 211 + +JPEG. 211 + +GIF. 211 + +GiF89: The transparent GiF. 211 + +PNG. 211 + +Other image formats. 211 + +Common web image gaffes. 211 + +Using graphics for body copy. 211 + +Not working from original images. 211 + +Overwriting original documents. 211 + +Busy backgrounds. 211 + +Lack of contrast. 211 + +Using the wrong image format. 211 + +Resizing in FITML. 211 + +Not balancing quality and file size. 211 + +Text overlays and splitting images. 211 + +Stealing images and designs. 211 + +Working with images in XHTML. ]3A + +Using alt text for accessibility benefits. 211 + +Descriptive alt text for link-based images. 211 + +Null alt attributes for interface images. 211 + +Using alt and title text for tooltips. 211 + + +VIII + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +CONTENTS + + +Using CSS when working with images. 136 + +Applying CSS borders to images.1_36 + +Using CSS to wrap text around images. 1_3§ + +Displaying random images. 1_32 + +Creating a JavaScript-based image randomizer . + +Creating a PHP-based image randomizer . + +Chapter 5: Using Links and Creating Navigation. 147 + + +introduction to web navigation. + +Navigation types.148 + +Inline navigation.149 + +Site navigation. 1^ + +Search-based navigation.1_50 + +Creating and styling web page links.1_50 + +Absolute links. 1_^ + +Relative links. 1_51 + +Root-relative links.1_52 + +internal page links . 1_51 + +Backward compatibility with fragment identifiers. 1_51 + +Top-of-page links.1_M + +Link states. 1_51 + +Defining link states with CSS.1_% + +Correctly ordering link states .1_56 + +The difference between a and a:link. 1_5Z + +Editing link styles using CSS. 1_5Z + +The :focus pseudo-class. 1_52 + +Multiple link states: The cascade .1_60 + +Styling multiple link states .1_60 + +Enhanced link accessibility and usability.1_62 + +The title attribute.1_63 + +Using accesskey and tabindex.1_63 + +Skip navigation links.1_64 + +Creating a skip navigation link . 165 + +Styling a skip navigation link . 166 + +Enhancing skip navigation with a background image . 168 + +Link targeting.1_69 + +Links and images. 225 + +Adding pop-ups to images. 171 + +Adding a pop-up to an image . 2Z1 + +image maps. 222 + +Faking images maps using CSS. 222 + +Using CSS to create a fake image map with rollovers . 222 + +Enhancing links with JavaScript. 2§1 + +Creating a pop-up window. 2§1 + +Creating an online gallery. 185 + +Switching images using JavaScript . 185 + +Adding captions to your image gallery . 222 + +Automated gallery scripts. 222 + + +DC + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +CONTENTS + + +Collapsible page content.1% + +Setting up a collapsible div .1% + +Enhancing accessibility for collapsible content. + +Modularizing the collapsible content script. + +How to find targets for collapsible content scripts. + +Creating navigation bars. + +Using lists for navigation bars. + +Using HTML lists and CSS to create a button-like vertical navigation bar .1% + +Creating a vertical navigation bar with collapsible sections .200 + +Working with inline lists.202 + +Creating breadcrumb navigation .202 + +Creating a simple horizontal navigation bar .204 + +Creating a CSS-only tab bar that automates the active page .207 + +Graphical navigation with rollover effects. 2U_ + +Using CSS backgrounds to create a navigation bar . 211 + +Using a grid image for multiple link styles and colors .214 + +Creating graphical tabs that expand with resized text .217 + +Creating a two-tier navigation menu . 220 + +Creating a drop-down menu . 224 + +Creating a multicolumn drop-down menu . 226 + +The dos and don’ts of web navigation. 2^ + +Chapter 6: Tables: How Nature (and the W3C) Intended. 233 + + +The great table debate. 23A + +How tables work. 2^ + +Adding a border. 2^ + +Cell spacing and cell padding. 2^ + +Spanning rows and cells. 2^ + +Setting dimensions and alignment. 2^ + +Vertical alignment of table cell content. 2^ + +Creating accessible tables. 2^ + +Captions and summaries. 2^ + +Using table headers.240 + +Row groups.240 + +Scope and headers. 2£[ + +Building a table. 242 + +Building the table .243 + +Styling a table.247 + +Adding borders to tables. 247 + +Styling the playlist table .248 + +Adding separator stripes.2M + +Applying separator stripes . 2^ + +Adding separator stripes with PHP.2W + +Tables for layout.2W + + +X + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +CONTENTS + + +Chapter 7: Page Layouts with CSS. 257 + + +Layout for the Web. 2^ + +Grids and boxes. 2^ + +Working with columns. 2^ + +Fixed vs. liquid design. 2§0 + +Layout technology: Tables vs. CSS.2M + +Logical element placement. 261 + +Workflow for CSS layouts.261_ + +Anatomy of a layout: Tables vs. CSS.2K + +Creating a page structure .2W + +Box formatting. 2§3 + +CSS layouts: A single box. 2M + +Creating a fixed-width wrapper . 264 + +Adding padding, margins, and backgrounds to a layout .265 + +Creating a maximum-width layout . 268 + +Using absolute positioning to center a box onscreen .2M + +Nesting boxes: Boxouts.272 + +The float property .273 + +Creating a boxout .274 + +Advanced layouts with multiple boxes and columns.278 + +Working with two structural divs.278 + +Manipulating two structural divs for fixed-width layouts .278 + +Manipulating two structural divs for liquid layouts . 2^ + +Placing columns within wrappers and clearing floated content.288 + +Placing columns within a wrapper . 288 + +Clearing floated content .290 + +Working with sidebars and multiple boxouts.293 + +Creating a sidebar with faux-column backgrounds .294 + +Boxouts revisited: Creating multiple boxouts within a sidebar .296 + +Creating flanking sidebars.298 + +Creating flanking sidebars .299 + +Automating layout variations.304 + +Using body class values and CSS to automate page layouts .304 + +Scrollable content areas.306 + +Working with frames.307 + +Working with internal frames (iframes).309 + +Scrollable content areas with CSS.310 + +Chapter 8: Getting User Feedback. 313 + + +Introducing user feedback.314 + +Using mailto: URLs .314 + +Scrambling addresses.31_5 + +Working with forms.31_5 + +Creating a form.316 + +Adding controls.316 + +Improving form accessibility.318 + +The label, fieldset, and legend elements.318 + +Adding tabindex attributes .319 + + +ya + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +CONTENTS + + +CSS styling and layout for forms. 3^ + +Adding styles to forms. 3^ + +Advanced form layout with CSS. 3^ + +Sending feedback. 3^ + +Configuring nms FormMail. 3^ + +Multiple recipients. 3^ + +Script server permissions. 3^ + +Sending form data using PHP. 3^ + +Using e-mail to send form data. 3^ + +A layout for contact pages. 3^ + +Using microformats to enhance contact information. 3^ + +Using microformats to enhance contact details . 3^ + +Online microformat contacts resources. 3£1_ + +Contact details structure redux. 3^ + +Chapter 9: Dealing with Browser Quirks. 347 + + +The final test. 3^ + +Weeding out common errors.348 + +A browser test suite. 3^ + +installing multiple versions of browsers.3W + +Dealing with internet Explorer bugs.3M + +Outdated methods for hacking CSS documents. 3^ + +Conditional comments.3% + +Dealing with rounding errors. 3^ + +Alt text overriding title text. 3^ + +Common fixes for Internet Explorer 5.x. 3^ + +Box model fixes (5.x). 3^ + +Centering layouts.3M + +The text-transform bug. 3§0 + +Font-size inheritance in tables.3M + +Common fixes for Internet Explorer 6 and 5.361_ + +Fixing min-width and max-width.361_ + +Double-float margin bug.361_ + +Expanding boxes. 362 + +The 3-pixel text jog.3K + +Whitespace bugs in styled lists.363 + +Problems with iframes.363 + +Ignoring the abbr element. 3M + +PNG replacement. 364 + +Problems with CSS hover menus (drop-downs).365 + +Fixing hasLayout problems (the peekaboo bug).365 + +Targeting other browsers. 367 + + +XII + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +CONTENTS + + +Chapter 10: Putting Everything Together. 371 + + +Putting the pieces together.372 + +Managing style sheets.372 + +Creating a portfolio layout.373 + +About the design and required images.374 + +Putting the gallery together.374 + +Styling the gallery.375 + +Hacking for Internet Explorer.378 + +Creating an online storefront.378 + +About the design and required images.379 + +Putting the storefront together.380 + +Styling the storefront. 3^ + +Fonts and fixes for the storefront layout.384 + +Creating a business website.387 + +About the design and required images.387 + +Putting the business site together.388 + +Styling the business website.389 + +Working with style sheets for print.392 + +Appendix A: XHTML Reference. 399 + +standard attributes.400 + +Core attributes.400 + +Keyboard attributes.400 + +Language attributes. 4^ + +Event attributes. 4^ + +Core events. 4^ + +Form element events.402 + +Window events.403 + +XHTML elements and attributes.403 + +Appendix B: Web Color Reference. 447 + + +Color values. 4^ + +Web-safe colors.448 + +Color names.449 + +Appendix C: Entities Reference. 451 + + +Characters used in XHTML.4W + +Punctuation characters and symbols.4W + +Quotation marks.4W + +Spacing and nonprinting characters.4W + +Punctuation characters.4M + +Symbols.4M + +Characters for European languages. 4^ + +Currency signs. A§0 + + +XIII + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +CONTENTS + + +Mathematical, technical, and Greek characters.4M + +Common mathematical characters. A§0 + +Advanced mathematical and technical characters.461_ + +Greek characters. 463 + +Arrows, lozenge, and card suits. 466 + +Converting the nonstandard Microsoft set. 466 + +Appendix D: CSS Reference. 471 + + +The CSS box model.472 + +Common CSS values.473 + +CSS properties and values. 474 + +Basic selectors.489 + +Pseudo-classes. 4^ + +Pseudo-elements. 4^ + +CSS boilerplates and management. 4^ + +Modular style sheets.494 + +Appendix E: Browser Guide. 497 + + +Firefox.4% + +internet Explorer.498 + +Opera.4M + +Safari.500 + +Other browsers.500 + +Appendix F: Software Guide. 503 + +Web design software.504 + +Graphic design software.505 + +The author’s toolbox.506 + +Index.509 + + +XIV + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +ABOUT THE AUTHOR + + +Craig Grannell is a well-known web designer and writer +who’s been flying the flag for web standards for a number +of years. Originally trained in the fine arts, the mid-1990s +saw Craig become immersed in the world of digital media, +his creative projects encompassing everything from video +and installation-based audio work, to strange live perform¬ +ances—sometimes with the aid of a computer, televisions, +videos, and a PA system, and sometimes with a small bag +of water above his head. His creative, playful art, which +usually contained a dark, satirical edge, struck a chord with +those who saw it, leading to successful appearances at a +number of leading European media arts festivals. + +Craig soon realized he’d actually have to make a proper living, however. Luckily, the Web +caught his attention, initially as a means to promote his art via an online portfolio, but then +as a creative medium in itself, and he’s been working with it ever since. It was during this time +that he founded Snub Communications (www.snubcommunications.com), a design and writ¬ +ing agency whose clients have since included the likes of Rebellion Developments (publish¬ +ers of 2000 AD), IDG UK (publishers of Macworld, PC Advisor, Digital Arts, and other +magazines), and Swim Records. + +Along with writing the book you’re holding right now, Craig has authored Web Designer’s +Reference (friends of ED, 2005) and various books on Dreamweaver, including Foundation +Web Design with Dreamweaver 8 (friends of ED, 2006). Elsewhere, he’s written numerous +articles for Computer Arts, MacFormat, .net/Practical Web Design, 4Talent, MacUser, the +dearly departed Cre@te Online, and many other publications besides. + +When not designing websites, Craig can usually be found hard at work in his quest for global +superstardom by way of his eclectic audio project, the delights of which you can sample at +WWW . pro jectnoise .co.uk. + + + + + + + +ABOUT THE TECHNICAL REVIEWER + + +David Anderson is a biochemistry graduate from North West +England who first noticed the value of the Internet in the early +1990s while using it as a research tool to aid his academic studies. +He created his first website shortly after graduating in 1997, and +began to establish himself as a freelance developer while also +working in a variety of roles for several major UK companies until +eventually founding his own business, S2R Creations, in 2003. + +David discovered the web standards movement early in his +career, and quickly adapted his working practices to utilize the +power and versatility of CSS and semantic HTML. Clients benefiting from his skills have +included New Directions Recruitment and Rex Judd Ltd. He has been sharing his knowledge +with members of various web development forums for over five years, has written for +Practical Web Design magazine, and has established his reputation as an authority on web +standards as a result. + +When he isn’t developing websites, he can be found taking photos of anything that will stay +still long enough, as well as a few things that won’t. He shares his photos on Flickr, at +www.flickr.com/photos/ap4a, and also writes on his blog at www.ap4a.co.uk. + + + +XVII + + + + + + +ACKNOWLEDGMENTS + + +Writing a book is a long process, involving many hours of effort. To see the final product is +exhilarating and extremely satisfying, but it couldn’t have happened without those who’ve +supported me along the way. In particular. I’d like to thank David Anderson, whose excellent +editing, reviewing, ideas, and suggestions were indispensable in the revision of the text. +Special thanks also to Chris Mills for getting the ball rolling, to Tom Welsh for picking up the +baton, and to Kylie Johnston for keeping everything ticking over. Thanks also to the other +members of the friends of ED team for their hard work in getting this publication into the +world. + +I’m also extremely fortunate to have had the support of several other great designers. 1 par¬ +ticularly owe a debt of gratitude to Sarah Gay (www.stuffbysarah.net) for her highly useful, +selfless contributions, and to my former partner in crime David Powers, who once again +stepped in to assist with a couple of elements in the book. Thanks also to Jon Hicks, Matthew +Pennell, and Lokesh Dhakar for granting permission to include elements of their work, and to +the many designers whose work has been an inspiration over the years. + +And, finally, thanks to Kay for once again being there for me and putting up with me while 1 +wrote this book. + + +XIX + + + +FOREWORD + + +Designing for the Web is a wonderful thing. The ability to publish something and have it +appear immediately and globally is an empowering feeling. I’ll never forget the first rush I felt +when, as a print designer, I could simply “upload” some files and have them be immediately +visible, rather than waiting in trepidation for the boxes to return from the printer. Back then +the Web was simpler, there were fewer materials and tools, and “styling” was something you +hacked together using bizarre hacks and workarounds to achieve even the simplest of tasks. +The browser landscape was equally testing. + +Now we’re in a much better position. We have a wonderful thing called CSS that allows us to +style pages with concise style rules and leave the HTML to describe the content, not the pres¬ +entation. Content can be repurposed for different media. + +But anyone keen to learn web design (from scratch, or to improve their existing skills) has a +bewildering job on their hands. The publishing market is saturated with good books on web +design, HTML, and CSS. Yet if you were asked for a single book that encompasses all three, +and that someone could understand without assuming any prior “Internet knowledge,” what +would you recommend? Still trying to think of one? + +A regular contributor to .net/Practical Web Design magazine, Craig Grannell has written The +Essential Guide to CSS and HTML Web Design for this purpose. Whether you need a reference +for unmemorable code like HTML entities, or need to know what on earth HTML entities are, +it’s all here. Laid out in an understandable and non-patronizing manner, every aspect of cre¬ +ating a site is covered. + +There are still many challenges to face when designing sites, but the sheer fun of it is better +than ever. With this guide in your hands, more so! + + +Jon Hicks +Hicksdesign + + + +INTRODUCTION + + +The Web is an ever-changing, evolving entity, and it’s easy for a designer to get left behind. +As both a designer and writer, 1 see a lot of books on web design, and although many are well +written, few are truly integrated, modular resources that any designer can find useful in his +or her day-to-day work. Most web design books concentrate on a single technology (or, +commonly, a piece of software), leaving the designer to figure out how to put the pieces +together. + + +This book is different + +The Essential Guide to CSS and HTML Web Design provides a modern, integrated approach +to web design. Each of the chapters looks at a specific aspect of creating a web page, such as +type, working with images, creating navigation, and creating layout blocks. In each case, rel¬ +evant technologies are explored in context and at the appropriate times, just as in real-world +projects—for example, markup is explored along with associated CSS and JavaScript, rather +than each technology being placed in separate chapters, and visual design ideas are dis¬ +cussed so you can get a feel for how code affects page layouts. Dozens of practical examples +are provided, which you can use to further your understanding of each subject. This highly +modular and integrated approach means that you can dip in and out of the book as you +need to, crafting along the way a number of web page elements that you can use on count¬ +less sites in the future. + +Because the entire skills gamut is covered—from foundation to advanced—this book is ideal +for beginners and long-time professionals alike, if you’re making your first move into stan- +dards-based web design, the “ground floor” is covered, rather than an assumption being +made regarding your knowledge. However, contemporary ideas, techniques, and thinking are +explored throughout, ensuring that the book is just as essential for the experienced designer +wanting to work on CSS layouts, or the graphic designer who wants to discover how to cre¬ +ate cutting-edge websites. + +This book’s advocacy of web standards, usability, and accessibility with a strong eye toward +visual design makes it of use to technologists and designers alike, enabling everyone to build +better websites. An entire chapter is devoted to browser issues, which should help ensure +your sites look great, regardless of the end user’s setup. And for those moments when a + + +XXIII + + +INTRODUCTION + + +particular tag or property value slips your mind, this book provides a comprehensive refer¬ +ence guide that includes important and relevant XHTML elements and attributes, XHTML +entities, web colors, and CSS 2.1 properties and values. + +Remember that you can visit the friends of ED support forums at www.friendsofed.com/ +forums to discuss aspects of this book, or just to chat with like-minded designers and devel¬ +opers. You can also download files associated with this book from www.friendsofed.com— +just find the book in the friends of ED catalog located on the homepage, and then follow its +link to access downloads and other associated resources. + + +Layout conventions + +To keep this book as clear and easy to follow as possible, the following conventions are used +throughout: + +■ Important words or concepts are normally highlighted on the first appearance in bold +type. + +■ Code is presented in fixed-width font. + +■ New or changed code is normally presented in bold fixed-width font. + +■ Pseudo-code and variable input are written in italic fixed-uidth font. + +■ Menu commands are written in the form Menu >■ Submenu >■ Submenu. + +■ Where I want to draw your attention to something. I’ve highlighted it like this: + + +f A + +Ahem, don’t say I didn’t warn you. + +V_^_ + + +m To make it easier to work through the exercises, each one has an introductory box +that lists where you can find any required files and the completed files within the +downloadable file archive. A short overview of what you’ll learn is also included. + +■ Sometimes code won’t fit on a single line in a book. Where this happens, I use an +arrow like this: + +This is a very, very long section of code that should be written all on +^ the same line without a break. + + +XXIV + + + + + + + +I + + +Zen + + + +A demonstration of w +can be accomplishe* +visually through CSS-b + + + +1 AN INTRODUCTION TO + +WEB DESIGN + + +File Edit Options Navigate Annotate + +Document Title: [lAbout NCSA Mosaic +Document URL: |http://www.ncsa.uiu^ + +Nanoscience..Environmenta + +NCSA's Mosaic I wasn't the +a major splash. In Novemb +pack of existing browsers +a more attractive interfa +to use and appealing to " + + +NCSA Mosaic for MS Windows + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +THE ESSENTIAL GUIDE TO CSS AND HTML WEB DESIGN + + +In this chapter: + +■ Introducing the Internet and web design + +■ Working with web standards + +■ Working with XHTML + +■ Understanding and creating CSS rules + +■ Creating web page boilerplates + +■ Organizing web page content + + +A brief history of the Internet + +Even in the wildest dreams of science fiction and fantasy writers, few envisioned anything +that offers the level of potential that the Internet now provides for sharing information on +a worldwide basis. For both businesses and individuals, the Internet is now the medium of +choice, largely because it enables you to present your wares to the entire world on a 24/7 +basis. But the technology’s origins were more ominous than and very different from the +ever-growing, sprawling free-for-all that exists today. + +In the 1960s, the American military was experimenting with methods by which the US +authorities might be able to communicate in the aftermath of a nuclear attack. The sug¬ +gested solution was to replace point-to-point communication networks with one that was +more akin to a net. This meant information could find its way from place to place even if +certain sections of the network were destroyed. Despite the project eventually being +shelved by the Pentagon, the concept itself lived on, eventually influencing a network that +connected several American universities. + +During the following decade, this fledgling network went international and began opening +itself up to the general public. The term Internet was coined in the 1980s, which also her¬ +alded the invention of Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol (TCP/IP), the net¬ +working software that makes possible communication between computers running on +different systems. During the 1980s, Tim Berners-Lee was also busy working on HTML, his +effort to weld hypertext to a markup language in an attempt to make communication of +research between himself and his colleagues simpler. + +Despite the technology’s healthy level of expansion, the general public remained largely +unaware of the Internet until well into the 1990s. By this time, HTML had evolved from a +fairly loose set of rules—browsers having to make assumptions regarding coder intent and +rendering output—to a somewhat stricter set of specifications and recommendations. +This, along with a combination of inexpensive hardware, the advent of highly usable web +browsers such as Mosaic (see the following image), and improved communications tech¬ +nology, saw an explosion of growth that continues to this day. + +Initially, only the largest brands dipped their toes into these new waters, but soon thou¬ +sands of companies were on the Web, enabling customers all over the globe to access +information, and later to shop online. Home users soon got in on the act, once it became +clear that the basics of web design weren’t rocket science, and that, in a sense, everyone + + +2 + + +AN INTRODUCTION TO WEB DESIGN + + +could do it—all you needed was a text editor, an FTP client, and some web space. +Designers soon got in on the act, increasingly catered for by new elements within HTML; +Cascading Style Sheets (CSS), which took a while to be adopted by browsers, but eventu¬ +ally provided a means of creating highly advanced layouts for the Web; and faster web +connections, which made media-rich sites accessible to the general public without forcing +them to wait ages for content to download. + +Therefore, unlike most media, the Web is truly a tool for everyone, and in many countries, +the Internet has become ubiquitous. For those working in a related industry, it’s hard to +conceive that as recently as the mid-1990s relatively few people were even aware of the +Internet’s existence! + + + + +So, from obscure roots as a concept for military communications, the Internet has evolved +into an essential tool for millions of people, enabling them to communicate with each +other, research and gather information, telecommute, shop, play games, and become +involved in countless other activities on a worldwide basis. + + +Why create a website? + +Before putting pen to paper (and mouse to keyboard), it’s important to think about the +reason behind putting a site online. Millions already exist, so why do you need to create +one yourself? Also, if you’re working for a company, perhaps you already have plenty of +marketing material, so why do you need a website as well? + + +3 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +THE ESSENTIAL GUIDE TO CSS AND HTML WEB DESIGN + + +I should mention here that I’m certainly not trying to put you off—far from it. Instead, I’m +trying to reinforce the point that planning is key in any web design project, and although +some people swear that “winging it” is the best way to go, most such projects end up gath¬ +ering virtual dust online. Therefore, before doing anything else, think through why you +should build a website and what you’re trying to achieve. + +Companies and individuals alike have practical and commercial reasons for setting up a +website. A website enables you to communicate with like-minded individuals or potential +clients on a worldwide basis. If you’re a creative talent of some kind, you can use a website +to showcase your portfolio, offering online photographs, music tracks for download, or +poetry. If you fancy yourself as a journalist, a blog enables you to get your opinion out +there. If you own or work for a business, creating a website is often the most efficient +means of marketing your company. And even if you just have a hobby, a website can be a +great way of finding others who share your passion—while you may be the only person in +town who likes a particular movie or type of memorabilia, chances are there are thousands +of people worldwide who think the same, and a website can bring you all together. This is +perhaps why the paper fanzine has all but died, only to be reborn online, where develop¬ +ment costs are negligible and worldwide distribution is a cinch. + +In practical terms, a website exists online all day, every day (barring the odd hiccup with +ISPs), which certainly isn’t the case with printed media, which is there one minute and in +the recycle trash the next. Distribution is less expensive than sending out printed mate¬ +rial—a thousand-page website can be hosted for $10 per month or less, but sending a +thousand-page document to one person (let alone a thousand or several thousand) may +cost more than that. Likewise, development (particularly corrections and updates) is often +significantly cheaper, too. For example, if you want to rework a print brochure, you have +to redesign it and then reprint it. Reworking a section of a website often means swapping +out a few files, which is efficient and affordable. So, for large companies and individuals +alike, the ability to have relevant information online in a form that can often be updated +in mere minutes, thereby keeping all interested parties up to date, is hard to resisti + + +Audience requirements + +This book centers on the design and technology aspects of web design, but close attention +must always be paid to your potential audience. It’s no good forcing design ideas that +result in inappropriate visuals, unusable navigation to all but the most technically minded +of people, and huge download times on your site’s unsuspecting visitors. + +Prior to creating a site, you must ascertain what your audience wants and expects in terms +of content, design, and how the site will work (by way of talking to the relevant people, +and also, if your budget allows, by using surveys and focus groups). You don’t have to take +all of your audience’s ideas into account (after all, many will be contradictory), but be +mindful of common themes and ensure they’re not ignored. + +Technical considerations must be researched. If you’re targeting designers, you can be +fairly sure that a large proportion of the audience will be using monitors set to a high res¬ +olution and millions of colors, and you can design accordingly. If your site is aimed at busi¬ +ness users, be mindful that much of your potential audience will likely be using laptops (or + + +4 + + +AN INTRODUCTION TO WEB DESIGN + + +older computers, for staff at the lower end of the ladder), with screen resolutions of +1024X768 or lower. + +Determining the web browsers your audience members use is another important consid¬ +eration. Although use of web standards (used throughout this book) is more likely to +result in a highly compatible site, browser quirks still cause unforeseen problems; there¬ +fore, always check to see what browsers are popular with a site’s visitors, and ensure you +test in as many as you can. Sometimes you won’t have access to such statistics, or you may +just be after a “sanity check” regarding what’s generally popular. A couple of useful places +to research global web browser statistics are www.w3schools.com/browsers/browsers_ +stats.asp and www.upsdell.com/BrowserNews/. Note, though, that any statistics you see +online are effectively guesswork and are not a definitive representation of the Web as a +whole; still, they do provide a useful, sizeable sample that’s often indicative of current +browser trends. + +Although you might be used to checking browser usage, and then, based on the results, +designing for specific browsers, we’ll be adhering closely to web standards throughout this +book. When doing this, an “author once, work anywhere” approach is feasible, as long as +you’re aware of various browser quirks (many of which are explored in Chapter 9). Of +course, you should still always ensure you test sites in as many browsers as possible, just to +make sure everything works as intended. + + + +Web design overview + +Web design has evolved rapidly over the years. Initially, browsers were basic, and early ver¬ +sions of HTML were fairly limited in what they enabled designers to do. Therefore, many +older sites on the Web are plain in appearance. Additionally, the Web was originally largely +a technical repository, hence the boring layouts of many sites in the mid 1990s—after all, +statistics, documentation, and papers rarely need to be jazzed up, and the audience didn’t +demand such things anyway. + +As with any medium finding its feet, things soon changed, especially once the general pub¬ +lic flocked to the Web. It was no longer enough for websites to be text-based information +repositories. Users craved—demanded, even—color! Images! Excitement! Animation! +Interaction! Even video and audio managed to get a foothold as compression techniques +improved and connection speeds increased. + +The danger of eye candy became all too apparent as the turn of the century approached; +every site, it seemed, had a Flash intro, and the phrase “skip intro” became so common +that it eventually spawned a parody website. + +These days, site design has tended toward being more restrained, as designers have +become more comfortable with using specific types of technologies for relevant and +appropriate purposes. Therefore, you’ll find beautifully designed XHTML- and CSS-based +sites sitting alongside highly animated Flash efforts. + +Of late, special emphasis is being placed on usability and accessibility, and, in the majority +of cases, designers have cottoned to the fact that content must take precedence. However, + + +5 + + + +THE ESSENTIAL GUIDE TO CSS AND HTML WEB DESIGN + + +just because web standards, usability, and accessibility are key, that doesn’t mean design +should be thrown out the window. As we’ll see in later chapters, web standards do not +have to come at the expense of good design—far from it. In fact, a strong understanding +of web standards helps to improve websites, making it easier for you to create cutting- +edge layouts that work across platforms and are easy to update. It also provides you with +a method of catering for obsolete devices. + + +f ^ + +If you’re relatively new to web design, you may be wondering about the best platform +and software for creating websites. Ultimately, it matters little which platform you +choose, as long as you have access to the most popular browsers for testing purposes +(a list that I’d now include Apple’s Safari in, alongside Internet Explorer, Firefox, and +Opera). Regarding software, there’s an overview in Appendix E (“Browsers Guide”), but +this isn’t an exhaustive guide, so do your own research and find software to your liking. + +V_ J + + +Why WYSIWYG tools aren’t used in this book + +With lots of software available and this book being design-oriented, you might wonder +why I’m not using WYSIWYG web design tools. This isn’t because I shun such tools—it’s +more that in order to best learn how to do something, you need to start from scratch, with +the foundations. Many web design applications make it tempting to “hide” the underlying +code from you, and most users end up relying on the graphical interface. This is fine until +something goes wrong and you don’t know how to fix it. + +Removing software from the equation also means we concentrate on the underlying tech¬ +nology that drives web pages, without the distraction of working out which button does +what. It also ensures that the book will be relevant to you, regardless of what software you +use or your current skill level. Therefore, I suggest you install a quality text editor to work +through the exercises, or set your web design application to use its code view. Once you’re +familiar with the concepts outlined in this book, you can apply them to your work, what¬ +ever your chosen application for web design. This level of flexibility is important, because +you never know when you might have to switch applications—something that’s relatively +painless if you know how to design for the Web and understand technologies like CSS +and HTML. + + +Introducing HTML and XHTML + +The foundation of the majority of web pages is HyperText Markup Language, commonly +known by its initials, HTML. A curious facet of the language is that it’s easy to pick up the +basics—anyone who’s computer literate should be able to piece together a basic page +after learning some tags—but it has enough flexibility and scope to keep designers inter¬ +ested and experimenting, especially when HTML is combined with Cascading Style Sheets +(CSS), which we’ll discuss later in this chapter. This section presents an overview of HTML +tags and elements, and how HTML and XHTML relate to web standards. + + +6 + + + + +AN INTRODUCTION TO WEB DESIGN + + +Introducing the concept of HTML tags and elements + +HTML documents are text files that contain tags, which are used to mark up HTML ele¬ +ments. These documents are usually saved with the .html file extension, although some +prefer .htm, which is a holdover from DOS file name limitations, which restricted you to +eight characters for the file name and three for the extension. + +The aforementioned tags are what web browsers use to display pages, and assuming the +browser is well behaved (most modern ones are), the display should conform to standards +as laid out by the World Wide Web Consortium (W3C), the organization that develops +guidelines and specifications for many web technologies. + + + +The W3C website is found at www.w 3 . 0 rg. The site offers numerous useful tools, +including validation services against which you can check your web pages. + +V_ J + + +HTML tags are surrounded by angle brackets—for instance,
is a paragraph start tag. It’s +good practice to close tags once the element content or intended display effect con¬ +cludes, and this is done with an end tag. End tags are identical to the opening start tags, +but with an added forward slash: /. A complete HTML element looks like this: + +
Here is a paragraph.
+ +This element consists of the following: + +■ Start tag:+ +■ Content: Here is a paragraph. + +■ End tag:
+ + +HTML doesn’t have a hard-and-fast rule regarding the case of tags, unlike XHTML, +which we’ll shortly be talking about and which will be used throughout the book. If +you look at the source code of HTML pages on the Web, you may see lowercase tags, +uppercase tags or, in the case of pages put together over a period of time, a mixture +of the two. That said, it’s still good practice with any markup language to be consis¬ +tent, regardless of whether the rules are more flexible. + +\ _ J + + +Nesting tags + +There are many occasions when tags must be placed inside each other; this process is +called nesting. One reason for nesting is to apply basic styles to text-based elements. +Earlier, you saw the code for a paragraph element. We can now make the text bold by sur¬ +rounding the element content with a strong element: + +Here is a paragraph.
+ + +7 + + + + + + + +THE ESSENTIAL GUIDE TO CSS AND HTML WEB DESIGN + + +You might be used to using the bold element to make text bold, but it is a physical +element that only amends the look of text rather than also conveying semantic mean¬ +ing. Logical elements, such as strong, convey meaning and add styling to text and are +therefore preferred. These will be covered in Chapter 3. + +V_ J + + +Note that the strong tags are nested within the paragraph tags (), not the other +way around. That’s because the paragraph is the parent element to which formatting is +being applied. The paragraph could be made bold and italic by adding another element, +emphasis (), as follows; + +Here is a paragraph.
+ +In this case, the strong and em tags could be in the opposite order, as they’re at the same +level in the hierarchy. However, you must always close nested tags in the reverse order to +that in which they’re opened, as shown in the previous code block, otherwise some +browsers may not display your work as intended. For instance, the following should be +avoided: + +Here is a paragraph.
+ +As previously mentioned, it’s good practice to close tags in HTML—even though it’s not a +requirement for all elements, being sloppy in this area can lead to errors. Take a look at +the following: + +Here is a paragraph.
+ +Here, the emphasis element isn’t closed, meaning subsequent text-based content on the +page is likely to be displayed in italics—so take care to close all your tags. + + +Web standards and XHTML + +As mentioned earlier, we’ll be working with Extensible HyperText Markup Language +(XHTML) rules in this book, rather than HTML. The differences between HTML and XHTML +are few, but important, and largely came about because of the inconsistent way that +browsers displayed HTML. XHTML is stricter than HTML and has additional rules; oddly, +this actually makes it easier to learn, because you don’t have to worry about things like +which case to use for tags and whether they require closing. You have hard-and-fast rules +in each case. XHTML-specific rules are as follows. + +All tags and attribute names must be in lowercase and must always be closed. Therefore, +the following is incorrect: + +This is a paragraph. + +
This is another paragraph. + + +8 + + + + +AN INTRODUCTION TO WEB DESIGN + + +The preceding lines should be written like this: + +
This is a paragraph.
+ +This is another paragraph.
+ +Unlike HTML, all XHTML elements require an end tag, including empty elements (such as +br, img, and hr). The HTML for a carriage return is br. In XHTML, this must be written +This text is red.
+ +This is a paragraph, and this text is +red.
+ + +12 + + + + +AN INTRODUCTION TO WEB DESIGN + + +If you want a make a class specific to a certain element, place the relevant HTML tag +before the period in the CSS rule: + +p.warningText { +color: red; + +} + +If you used this CSS rule with the HTML elements shown previously, the paragraph’s text +would remain red, but not the heading or span, due to the warningText class now being +exclusively tied to the paragraph selector only. + +Usefully, it’s possible to style an element by using multiple class values. This is done by +listing multiple values in the class attribute, separated by spaces: + ++ +The previous example’s content would be styled as per the rules .warningText and +• hugeText. + +ID selectors + +ID selectors can be used only once on each web page. In HTML, you apply a unique iden¬ +tifier to an HTML element with the id attribute: + +
+ +To style this element in CSS, precede the ID name with a hash mark (#): + +p#footer { +padding: 20px; + +} + +In this case, the footer div would have 20 pixels of padding on all sides. + +Essentially, then, classes can be used multiple times on a web page, but IDs cannot. +Typically, IDs are used to define one-off page elements, such as structural divisions, +whereas classes are used to define the style for multiple items. + +Grouped selectors + +Should you wish to set a property value for a number of different selectors, you can use +grouped selectors, which take the form of a comma-separated list: + +hi, h2, h3, hA, hs, h6 { +color: green; + +} + +In the preceding example, all the website’s headings have been set to be green. Note that +you’re not restricted to a single rule for each element—^you can use grouped selectors for +common definitions and separate ones for specific property values, as follows: + + + +13 + + + +THE ESSENTIAL GUIDE TO CSS AND HTML WEB DESIGN + + +hlj h2j h3j h4j hSj h6 { +color: green; + +} + +hi { + +font-size: l.Sem; + +} + +h2 { + +font-size: 1.2em; + +} + + +f \ + +If you define a property value twice, browsers render your web element depending on +each rule’s position in the cascade. See the section “The cascade” later in the chapter +for more information. + +y - J + + +Contextual selectors + +This selector type is handy when working with advanced CSS. As the name suggests, +contextual selectors define property values for HTML elements depending on context. +Take, for instance, the following example: + +I am a paragraph.
+ +So am I.
+ + + +You can style the page’s paragraphs as a whole and then define some specific values for +those within the navigation div by using a standard element selector for the former and a +contextual selector for the latter: + +P { + +color: black; + +} + +#navigation p { +color: blue; +font-weight: bold; + +} + +As shown, syntax for contextual selectors (#navigation p) is simple—^you just separate the +individual selectors with some whitespace. The two rules shown previously have the fol¬ +lowing result: + + +14 + + + + +AN INTRODUCTION TO WEB DESIGN + + +■ The p rule colors the web page’s paragraphs black. + +■ The #navigation p rule overrides the p rule for paragraphs within the navigation +div, coloring them blue and making them bold. + + +1 + + +By working with contextual selectors, it’s possible to get very specific with regard to styling +things on your website; we’ll be using these selectors regularly. + + +There are other types of selectors used for specific tasks. These will be covered as rel¬ +evant later in the book. + +V_' + + +Adding styles to a web page + +The most common (and useful) method of applying CSS rules to a web page is by using +external style sheets. CSS rules are defined in a text document, which is saved with the file +suffix .css. This document is attached to an HTML document in one of two ways, both of +which require the addition of HTML elements to the head section. + +The first method of attaching a CSS file is to use a link tag: + +clink rel="stylesheet" href="mystylesheet.css" type="text/css" + +^ media="screen" /> + + +/ \ + +Remember that we’re working with XHTML in this book, hence the trailing slash on +the link tag, a tag that has no content. + +V_ J + + +Alternatively, import the style sheet into the style element: + +cstyle type="text/css" media="screen"> + +/* */ + + + +The second of these methods was initially used to “hide” CSS rules from noncompliant +browsers, thereby at least giving users of such devices access to the website’s content, if +not its design. In some browsers (notably Internet Explorer), however, this can cause a +“flash” of unstyled content before the page is loaded. This flash doesn’t occur when a link +element is also present. In the full site designs in Chapter 10, you’ll note that both meth¬ +ods are used—@import for importing the main style sheet for screen and link for linking +to a print style sheet. + + +15 + + + + + + + +THE ESSENTIAL GUIDE TO CSS AND HTML WEB DESIGN + + +The style tag can also be used to embed CSS directly into the head section of a specific +HTML document, like this: + + + +cstyle type="text/css"> + +/* */ + + + + + +You’ll find that many visual web design tools create CSS in this manner, but adding rules to +a style element is only worth doing if you have a one-page website, or if you want to +affect tags on a specific page, overriding those in an attached style sheet (see the next sec¬ +tion for more information). There’s certainly no point in adding styles like this to every +page, because updating them would then require every page to be updated, rather than +just an external style sheet. + +The third method of applying CSS is to do so as an inline style, directly in an element’s +HTML tag: + + +This paragraph will be displayed in blue.
+ +As you can see, this method involves using the style attribute, and it’s only of use in very +specific, one-off situations. There's no point in using inline styles for all styling on your +website—to do so would give few benefits over the likes of archaic font tags. Inline styles +also happen to be deprecated in XHTML 1.1, so they’re eventually destined for the chop. + + +The cascade + +It’s possible to define the rule for a given element multiple times: you can do so in the +same style sheet, and several style sheets can be attached to an HTML document. On top +of that, you may be using embedded style sheets and inline styles. The cascade is a way of +dealing with conflicts, and its simple rule is this: + + +f \ + +The value closest to the element in question is the one that is applied. + +V_ J + + +In the following example, the second font-size setting for paragraphs takes precedence +because it’s closest to paragraphs in the HTML: + + +16 + + + + +AN INTRODUCTION TO WEB DESIGN + + +P { + +font-size: l.lem; + +} + +P { + +font-size: 1.2em; + +} + +Subsequently, paragraphs on pages the preceding rule is attached to are rendered at +1.2em. If a similar rule were placed as an embedded style sheet below the imported/linked +style sheet, that rule would take precedence, and if one were applied as an inline style +(directly in the relevant element), then that would take precedence over all others. + + + +Note that it’s possible to import or link multiple style sheets in a web page’s head sec¬ +tion. The cascade principle still applies; in other words, any rules in a second attached +style sheet override those in the one preceding it. + +V_^_ J + + +CSS uses the concept of inheritance. A document’s HTML elements form a strict hierarchy, +beginning with html, and then branching into head and body, each of which has numerous +descendant elements (such as title and meta for head, and p and img for body). When a +style is applied to an element, its descendants—those elements nested within it—often +take on CSS property values, unless a more specific style has been applied. However, not +all CSS style properties are inherited. See the CSS reference section of this book for more +details. + + +The CSS box model explained + +The box model is something every designer working with CSS needs a full understanding +of, in order to know how elements interact with each other and also how various proper¬ +ties affect an element. Essentially, each element in CSS is surrounded by a box whose +dimensions are automated depending on the content. By using width and height proper¬ +ties in CSS, these dimensions can be defined in a specific manner. + +You can set padding to surround the content and add a border and margins to the box. A +background image and background color can also be defined. Any background image or +color is visible behind the content and padding, but not the margin. The effective space an +element takes up is the sum of the box dimensions (which effectively define the available +dimensions for the box’s contents), padding, border, and margins. Therefore, a 500-pixel¬ +wide box with 20 pixels of padding at each side and a 5-pixel border will actually take up +550 pixels of horizontal space (5 + 20 + 500 + 20 + 5). + + +r \ + +Note that in some cases, margins between two elements “collapse,” +leading to only the larger margin value being used. + +V_ J + + +17 + + + + + + + +THE ESSENTIAL GUIDE TO CSS AND HTML WEB DESIGN + + +THE CSS BOX MODEL HIERARCHY + + +Content + + + +Here’s some + +content, cons + +by the paddinS +been applico +some sample + +constrained +padding that +applied. + + +grained + +that's + +Here’s + +content, + +the + +been + + +Padding* + + +Border + + +Background image + + +Background coior + + +Margin* + + +* Transparent eiements + + +©Jon Hicks (www.hicksdesign.co.uk) + + +Creating boilerplates + +Every web page looks different, just as every book or magazine is different from every +other one. However, under the hood there are often many similarities between sites, and +if you author several, you’ll soon note that you’re doing the same things again and +again. With that in mind, it makes sense to create some web page boilerplates—starting +points for all of your projects. In the download files, available from the Downloads +section of the friends of ED website (www.friendsofed.com), there are two boilerplates +folders: basic-boilerplates and advanced-boilerplates. In basic-boilerplates, the +XHTML-basic.html web page is a blank XHTML Strict document, and in advanced- +boilerplates, XHTML-extended.html adds some handy divs that provide a basic page +structure that’s common in many web pages, along with some additions to the head sec¬ +tion. (The former is used as a quick starting point for many of the tutorials in this book. +The latter is perhaps a better starting point for a full website project.) The CSS-with- +ToC.css document in advanced-boilerplates uses CSS comments to create sections in +the document to house related CSS rules. This is handy when you consider that a CSS doc¬ +ument may eventually have dozens of rules in it—this makes it easier for you to be able to +find them quickly. + + +18 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +AN INTRODUCTION TO WEB DESIGN + + +CSS comments look like this: /* this is a comment */, and can be single-line or multiple¬ +line. In the advanced CSS boilerplate, a multiline comment is used for an introduction and +table of contents: + +/* + + + +STYLE SHEET FOR [WEB SITE] +Created by [AUTHOR NAME] +[URL OF AUTHOR] + +ToC + +1. defaults + +2. structure + +3. links and navigation + +4. fonts + +5. images + +Notes + + +*/ + + +Each section of the document is then headed by a lengthy comment that makes it obvious +when a section has begun: + +/*- 1 . defaults -*/ + +* { + +margin: 0; +padding: 0; + +} + +body { + +} + +As you can see, property/value pairs and the closing curly bracket are indented by two +tabs in the document (represented by two spaces on this page), which makes it easier to +scan vertically through numerous selectors. (Note that for the bulk of this book, the rules +aren’t formatted in this way, because indenting only the property/value pairs differentiates +them more clearly in print; however, the download files all have CSS rules indented as per +the recommendations within this section.) Comments can also be used for subheadings, +which I tend to indent by one tab: + +/* float-clearing rules */ + +.separator { +clear: both; + +} + +Although the bulk of the style sheet’s rules are empty, just having a boilerplate to work +from saves plenty of time in the long run, ensuring you don’t have to key in the same + + +19 + + + + + +THE ESSENTIAL GUIDE TO CSS AND HTML WEB DESIGN + + +defaults time and time again. Use the one from the download files as the basis for your +own, but if you regularly use other elements on a page (such as pull quotes), be sure to +add those, too—after all, it’s quicker to amend a few existing rules to restyle them than it +is to key them in from scratch. + + +Along the same lines as boilerplates, you can save time by creating a snippets folder +on your hard drive. Use it to store snippets of code—HTML elements, CSS rules, and +so on—that you can reuse on various websites. Many applications have this function¬ +ality built in, so make use of it if your preferred application does. + +V_ J + + +To show you the power of CSS, we’re going to work through a brief exercise using the boil¬ +erplates mentioned earlier. Don’t worry about understanding everything just yet, because +all of the various properties and values shown will be explained later in the book. + + +Creating, styling, and restyling a web page + + +Required files + +XHTML-basic.html and CSS-default.css from the basic- +boilerplates folder. + +What you’ll learn + +How to create, style, and restyle a web page. + +Completed files + +creating-and-styling-a-web-page.html, creating-and- +styling-a-web-page.css, creating-and-styling-a-web-page- +2.html, and creating-and-styling-a-web-page-2.css, in the +chapter 1 folder. + +1. Copy XHTML- + +■basic.html and CSS-default.css to your hard drive and rename + + +them creating-and-styling-a-web-page.html and creating-and-styling-a- +web-page.css. + +2. Attach the style sheet. Type Creating and styling a web page in the title ele¬ +ment to give the page a title, and then amend the @import value so that the style +sheet is imported: + +cstyle type="text/css" media="screen"> + +/* */ + + + +3. Add some content. Within the wrapper div, add some basic page content, as +shown in the following code block. Note how the heading, paragraph, and quote +are marked up using a heading element (A paragraph of text, which is very exciting—something +^ that will live on through the generations.
+ ++ ++ +8ildquo;A quote about something, to make +^ people go "hmmmm" in a thoughtful manner.8[rdquoj
+
Another paragraph, with equally exciting text; in fact, it8irsquo;s +^ so exciting, we're not sure it&rsquojs legal to print.
+ +...
+ +